S^1?F8cl"brar7
3 9424 05098 089 2
SIOHAiiE ITEM
PROCESSING- ONE
U.B.C. LIBRARY
GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
A PEACTICAL
GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
CONTAINING DESCRIPTIONS OF THE
HARDIEST AND MOST BEAUTIFUL ANNUALS AND BIENNIALS
HARDY HERBACEOUS AND BULBOUS PERENNIALS
HARDY WATER AND BOG PLANTS
FLOWERING AND ORNAMENTAL TREES AND SHRUBS
CONIFERS; HARDY FERNS; HARDY BAMBOOS
AND OTHER ORNAMENTAL GRASSES
ALSO THE BEST KINDS OF
FRUITS AND VEGETABLES
THAT MAY BE GROWN IN THE OPEN AIR IN THE BRITISH ISLANDS
WITH FULL AND PRACTICAL INSTRUCTIONS AS TO
CULTURE AND PROPAGATION
By JOHN WEATHERS, F.K.H.S.
LATE ASSISTANT- SECRETARY TO THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY,
HORTICULTURAL LECTURER TO THE MIDDLESEX COUNTY COUNCIL,
FORMERLY OF THE ROYAL GARDENS, KEW, ETC.
'Then let the learned gardener mark with care
The kinds of stocks, and what those kinds will bear;
Explore the nature of each several tree,
And, known, improve with artful industry.
And let no spot of idle earth be found,
But cultivate the genius of the ground' — Virgil (Drytlm's translation)
"WITH 163 ILLUSTEATIOITS
LONGMANS, GEEEN, AND CO.
39 PATERNOSTER ROW, LONDON
NEW YORK AND BOMBAY
1901
All rights reserved
Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2010 with funding from
University of British Columbia Library
http://www.archive.org/details/practicalguidetoOOweat
PEEEACE
In adding a ' Pkactical Guide to Gaeden Plants ' to the literature
of Gardening my chief aim has been to produce a book that will be
unique and of real use not only to Amateur Gardeners, for whom it is
particularly intended, but also to those engaged professionally in
Horticulture. The work is the result of many years' experience among
all kinds of Plants, gained in various nurseries and gardens in this
country and on the Continent under many different conditions. It
deals thoroughly with the description, cultivation, and propagation of
all plants — Flowers, Fruits, and Vegetables — that may be grown more
or less successfully in the open air in the British Islands, and it cannot
be regarded in any sense as a botanical treatise or text-book. Tender
plants which require the protection and artificial warmth of green-
houses have been excluded, with the exception of a few that may be
grown in the open air during the summer months. Due regard has
been given to the different climatic conditions prevailing throughout
the British Islands, and the reader is advised as to whether any par-
ticular plant will flourish out of doors in all parts of the Kingdom, or
only in a few favoured spots like Devonshire, Cornwall, and the South
of Ireland.
ABBANGEMENT
The work has been divided into Four Parts for the sake of con-
venience. In Part I. the Life History of Plants from start to
finish is dealt with in such a way, and without the use of technical
expressions, so as to give the reader a good idea of the work carried on
by the roots, stems, leaves, flowers, fruits &c. of plants in general.
The Propagation of Plants by means of Seeds, Cuttings, Budding,
Grafting, Layering &c. is also discussed from a general point of view,
so that the reader may be better able to grasp the details given later
vi PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GABDEN PLANTS
on under each particular genus and species. The various kinds of
Soils, Manures, and Plant-foods have also received a good deal of
notice, chiefly because the importance of such subjects is as a rule
not fully grasped by amateurs. Intimately connected with Soils and
Manures are the various operations for the improvement of the soil,
such as Digging, Trenching, Hoeing, Baking, Mulching, Drainage &c,
all of which are explained to the reader. The management of Lawns
and Pathways is also dealt with in this portion of the work.
Part II. is devoted entirely to the Flower Garden, that is to say, to
the Description, Culture, and Propagation of all the most beautiful
Haedy Annuals and Biennials ; Haedy Heebaceous Peeennials ;
Bulbous Plants ; Bock Gaeden .Plants ; Haedy Watee and Bog
Plants ; Oenamental and Floweeing Teees and Sheubs, including
Conifees ; Haedy Bamboos, and other ornamental Geasses ; besides
Haedy Feens, Hoesetails, Clubmosses &c.
This important part of the work includes almost everything worthy
of a place in the garden. As many as 133 Natural Orders, containing
over 1000 Genera and several thousand Species, have been described
and fully dealt with in regard to Culture and Propagation in every case.
The plants have been arranged on a systematic basis, and that laid
down by Bentham and Hooker in their standard work, the ' Genera
Plantarum,' has been followed in the main. The natural orders,
beginning with the Crowfoot Order (Ranunculacece) , and ending with
the Clubmosses (Lycopodiacece) , follow each other according to their
natural relationship, and the genera in each order are arranged in the
same way. The species belonging to each genus, however, follow each
other in alphabetical order for the sake of convenient reference.
The value of arranging all the flowering plants thus in their natural
groups is fully discussed at p. 120 under the article on the ' Classifica-
tion of Plants,' and need not be further referred to in this place, except
to say that it is hoped the arrangement on such a basis will at once
commend itself to every reader interested not only in growing plants,
but also in studying them, and comparing their characteristics one with
another. So that the reader may be able to see at a glance some of
the choicest plants belonging to the various groups referred to above,
a careful selection has been made from each of them. Thus there will
be no difficulty in choosing any Annuals or Biennials, Hardy Herba-
ceous Perennials, Flowering Trees and Shrubs &c. one may wish to
cultivate in his or her garden.
As colour plays a very important part in artistic gardening nowa-
days, lists are also given of Hardy Plants, having flowers of white, red,
blue, yellow, purple, and other shades. These lists will be valuable for
PEE FACE vii
the purposes of massing in herbaceous borders to produce effect by
means of contrast in floral colouring. As the height is given to almost
every plant described it is scarcely necessary to make out a list of plants
with various heights.
Under the ' Trees and Shrubs ' at p. 107 the list has been so
arranged as to enable the reader to see immediately which kinds are
in blossom at any particular month of the year, from January to
December.
Part III. is devoted to the Description, Culture, and Propagation
of the best Hardy Fruits for our climate, and Part IV. is in the same
way devoted to Vegetables. The Culture plays an important part
in these two groups, and is fully described in simple language. The
methods recommended are not those of any particular gardener, but
such as are generally practised in the best gardens in the kingdom.
Sometimes more than one way of growing a plant is mentioned, but
the reader should always remember that while the principles of cultiva-
tion are usually the same, there may be many differences in detail. He
should, therefore, use a wise discretion, by taking into consideration
the nature of the soil, situation, aspect, altitude &c. of his own particular
garden, and then by means of the information given, mixed with a little
common sense (one of the best plant foods known) , there will be little
difficulty as a rule in growing his plants, flowers, fruits, or vegetables.
As a reminder of the various operations to be performed during the
year, a short calendar of work has been added to the Flower, Fruit,
and Vegetable sections of the book.
THE GLOSSARY
Although it is always a difficult task for a technical writer to de-
scribe the objects and operations connected with his own profession in
ordinary language, I have endeavoured to avoid as far as possible the
use of all technical gardening and botanical expressions throughout
the work, except where such were inevitable. Simple language has
been used throughout, but technical words are to be found here
and there in the descriptions of the various natural orders and genera.
These terms, however, are comparatively few, and occur many times
over under similar circumstances, so that the reader will soon regard
them as ordinary language. With a view, however, of making their
meanings quite clear, all technical expressions have been grouped to-
gether in a ' Glossary,' and numerous thumbnail sketches have also
been given to further elucidate the meanings of many.
viii PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
PLANT NAMES
One of the greatest complaints amateurs have against gardeners and
botanists is that they will use ' such long Latin names ' for their plants.
And there are some even — very few it is to be hoped — who use this as
an argument, not only against the study, but also the cultivation of
beautiful plants. ' If you would only give your plants English names,'
they say, ' we could understand them better and take more interest in
them.' This may be very true, but such people seldom find difficulty
with names like Begonia, Gloxinia, Campanula, Passiflora, Colchicum,
Crocus, Primula, Geranium, Pelargonium, Zinnia, Phlox, Coreopsis,
Nemophila, and many other botanical names which practice has
rendered familiar. As a matter of fact it is simply impossible to give
every plant an English name, and efforts to do so have resulted in
some very peculiar if not really awkward and inappropriate appella-
tions, which are often worse than the proper botanical name. There is
no need to say anything against the use of proper English names for
plants in all cases where they can be appropriately used and are gene-
rally accepted. Such English names are a help to the amateur, and
throughout this work they have been used on every possible occasion,
even to the extent of adopting popular names such as Buttercup,
Poppy, Daisy &c. to represent the various natural orders to which
they belong. No attempt, however, has been made to coin new or
awkward popular names ; and it must be pointed out that one and the
same English name is often applied to two or more plants belonging
to totally different families, as may be seen by reference to the copious
Index at the end. The scientific names adopted throughout the work
are those generally accepted by botanists throughout the world.
ILLUSTRATIONS
The illustration of species has not been attempted, as a satisfactory
representation of each one would have necessarily increased the bulk
of the book and its cost to the purchaser beyond what is thought
desirable, and anything short of this would be of little practical value.
As faithful a word -picture of a plant as possible has been given in
the descriptions, and it is hoped that this will be of real practical
value to the reader, and enable him to recognise any particular
plant. Illustrations, however, have not been altogether abandoned.
The ' Glossary of Technical Terms ' at the beginning of the book has
PREFACE ix
been freely illustrated, as have also such operations as Budding (p. 58),
Grafting (p. 52), Layering (p. 59), Pruning (p. 1033), Tree-planting
(p. 1032) &c. The differences between the branches bearing flower-
buds and leaf-buds in most of the fruit trees have also been illustrated
for the benefit of those amateurs who like to do their own pruning but
are often not quite sure as to whether they are cutting away fruit-bear-
ing branches or not.
Such, in brief, is an outline of the work ; and I may add in conclu-
sion that I am indebted for many hints and suggestions to numerous
friends, among whom special mention may be made of Mr. James
Britten, F.L.S., of the Botanical Department, British Museum ;
Mr. Geo. Nicholson, F.L.S. ; Mr. W. Watson, and Mr. W. J. Bean,
of the Koyal Gardens, Kew ; Mr. Geo. Tebbutt, of Mogden Gardens,
Isleworth ; and Mr. W. H. Divers, Head Gardener to the Duke of
Rutland, Belvoir Castle, who has kindly read the proofs of the Fruit
and Vegetable portions of the work, and whose assistance may be
regarded as an extra guarantee of accuracy and sound practical advice.
JOHN WEATHERS.
Isleworth-on-Thames ;
September 1900.
CONTENTS
PREFACE v
GLOSSARY OF TERMS *
INTRODUCTION 1!)
PART I
LIFE HISTORY OF CULTIVATED PLANTS:
Growth 21
The Seed . ... 24
The Root 26
The Stem 29
The Leaves 32
The Flower 36
FERTILISATION AND HYBRIDISATION 37
THE FRUIT 38
INFLUENCE OF LIGHT ON VEGETATION 40
PROPAGATION OF PLANTS : 41
By Seeds 42
By Cuttings 48
By Grafting 52
By Budding 58
By Layering 59
By Dividing the Rootstock 60
By Suckers 60
THE SOIL, ITS NATURE AND COMPOSITION 61
IMPROVING THE SOIL 63
PLANT FOODS AND MANURES 69
PART II
THE HARDY FLOWER GARDEN 77
ANNUALS AND BIENNIALS 78
THE HARDY HERBACEOUS BORDER. . . 80
xii PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
PAGE
LIST OF CHOICE HERBACEOUS PERENNIALS 86
PLANTS FOR SHADY PLACES ■ . . . . 88
TRAILING AND CLIMBING PLANTS 89
HARDY PLANTS WITH WHITE FLOWERS 90
RED FLOWERS 91
BLUE OR PURPLE FLOWERS 92
YELLOW FLOWERS 93
PLANTS IN FLOWER FROM SEPTEMBER TO MAY 94
BULBOUS AND RHIZOMATOUS PLANTS 95
THE ROCK GARDEN 96
ALPINE AND ROCK GARDEN PLANTS 102
ORNAMENTAL AND FLOWERING TREES AND SHRUBS 104
AUTUMN TINTS 110
EVERGREEN TREES AND SHRUBS Ill
HARDY WATER AND BOG PLANTS 112
LAWNS US
GARDEN WALKS AND PATHWAYS 117
CLASSIFICATION OF PLANTS 120
KEY TO NATURAL ORDERS OF PLANTS 121
DESCRIPTIONS, CULTURE, AND PROPAGATION OF ANNUALS, BIENNIALS,
PERENNIALS, ORNAMENTAL TREES AND SHRUBS &c. . . . 131-956
DESCRIPTIONS, CULTURE, AND PROPAGATION OF GRASSES, HARDY
BAMBOOS AND SEDGES 956-972
DESCRIPTIONS, CULTURE, AND PROPAGATION OF CONIFERS . . 972-1008
DESCRIPTIONS, CULTURE, AND PROPAGATION OF HARDY FERNS, HORSE-
TAILS, CLUBMOSSES 1008-1024
CALENDAR OF WORK FOR THE FLOWER GARDEN .... 1025-1027
PART III
THE HARDY FRUIT GARDEN 1028-1102
PART IV
THE VEGETABLE GARDEN 1103-1169
INDEX 1171
GLOSSARY
OF THE PKINCIPAL TECHNICAL TEEMS USED
SPAEINGLY IN THIS WOEK
Like every other profession, Gardening ha= its own peculiar terms and expressions, which
are readily understood by the skilled practitioner. To the amateur, however, such technical
terms and expressions are often bewildering when not explained in simple language or with-
out illustration. To meet this difficulty, and to encourage the amateur to take a keener
interest in the plants he may have in his garden, the technical terms used in this work are
explained in the following glossary. In all cases where there is likely to be some doubt as
to the meaning, an illustration has been given. It must, however, be understood that as
regards form, it may often be necessary to use two or more terms to convey an accurate idea.
Thus a leaf may be called ' ovate-lance-shaped ' which means that its shape is somewhat
between ovate and lance-shaped— it is broader than lanceolate (fig. 68) and narrower than
ovate (fig. 75). And so on with other expressions. As a rule the mere botanical expressions
have been avoided as far as possible in the body of the work, wherever a suitable English
one could be substituted without inaccuracy. '
Abortive, Abortion, imperfectly formed or
rudimentary, as is often the case of stamens
and petals.
Acanthus, spiny.
Acaulescent, Acaulis, apparently stemless,
as in Primroses and other plants where
the spaces between the joints are very
short.
Accrescent, growing after flowering is over,
as with the calyx of Physalis Francheti
(p. 691).
Accumbent, lying against a thing, applied
to the seed leaves or
cotyledons in the seed.
Acerosus, needle-shaped,
as the leaves of Pines,
&c. (see Acicular).
Achene, Achenium, a
hard dry one-seeded
superior fruit, as in
Buttercup, Clematis,
Strawberry. In fig. 1
the left hand drawing
shows a magnified achene of a Buttercup
with a section of the ovary, within which
FIG. 1. — ACHENE.
the seed s appears. The stigma is shown
at st. The right-hand drawing shows a
feathery achene of Clematis. The fruit is
at/, and the awn at a.
Achlamydeous, flowers
without sepals or
petals, as with most
of the plants de-
scribed from p. 759 to
p. 805.
Acicular, needle-shaped,
as in the case of Pine
leaves (fig. 2).
Acinaciform, scimitar-
shaped, like leaves of some Mesembryan-
themums.
Acrogenous, growing from the apex, as in
the case of Perns.
Aculeate, armed with prickles, as the
stems of Boses, Brambles cfec. (fig. 3).
Acuminate, drawn out into a long point ;
taper-pointed (fig. 4).
Acute, sharp ; forming an angle less than a
right angle at the tip.
Adelphia, a brotherhood. Stamens are
PIG. 2.— ACICULAR.
PBACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
monadelphous,' as in the Mallows (p. 270),
diadelphous,' as in the Labiate family
*TG. 3. — ACULEATUS.
FIG. 4.— ACUM1XATE-
(p. 742), or * polyadelphous,' as in the
Hypericums (p. 265) ; according as they
are arranged in one, two, or more fas-
cicles or bundles.
Adnate, one organ united to another, as
an ovary to the calyx-tube, or stamens to
petals.
Adpressed, pressed close to anything, but
not united with it, like the hairs on stems
and leaves.
Adventitious, accidental, out of the usual
place. Roots are said to be ' adventitious '
when developed from any part of a plant
except the ' radicle ' or first downward
growth from the seed.
/Eruginous, verdigris coloured.
^Estivalis, produced in summer.
/Estivation, the arrangement of the parts of
a flower (i.e. sepals, petals, stamens,
pistils <&c.) when in bud. The term ' pras-
floration ' is used in America.
Agrestis, growing in fields.
Alabastrum, a flower-bud.
Alae, the wings or side petals of a papiliona-
ceous flower, represented
in fig. 5 at w.
Alate, alatus, winged, as
the stems of Thistles
and various seeds — e.g.
that of the Elm.
Albescens, albescent,
turning white, or whit-
ish.
Albumen, nutritious mat-
ter contained in the seed
to feed the young plant until it has de-
veloped roots and leaves (see p. 25).
Alburnum, the sap-wood, or outer rings of
wood in dicotyledonous trees.
Albus, white.
Alliaceous, with a Garlic or Onion-like odour.
Alpestris, sub-alpine.
Alpine, a term applied to plants native of
high mountains, beyond the forest range.
Alternate, leaves arranged on the stem one
after another (fig. 6). Petals are alternate
with the sepals, or the stamens with the
petals, when they stand over the spaces
between them.
FIG. 5. — AL.E.
Alveolate, honey-combed like ; with hollows
or depressions in regular order, as on the
bare flower heads or receptacles of many
of the Compositse (p. 492).
FIG. 6. — ALTERNATE.
-AMENTUM.
FIG.
AMPLEXICAUL
Amentaceous, a term applied to plants
having the flowers in catkins, like the
Willow and Hazel (fig. 7). A female flower
is shown at /, and the male ones at in.
Amplexicaul, said of leaves when clasping
the stem with the base
(fig. 8).
Ampullaceous, swelling
out like a bottle or
bladder.
Anastomosing, forming a
network, as the veins of
leaves and fronds.
Ancipital, two-edged, as in
the flower-stems of many
Iridaceous plants.
Andrcecium, the male organs or stamens of
a flower collectively (figs. 9, 55, 56, and 109).
Anemophilous, wind-loving — said of wind-
fertilised flowers, like Willows, Conifers
&c, the pollen of which is blown about by
the wind and is thus carried to the stig-
matic surface of the carpels in the female
flowers.
Anfractuose, bent hither and thither.
Angios, covered, hidden. Angiospermous,
having the seed enclosed in an ovary
(p. 121).
Anisos, unequal. Anisomerous, parts un-
equal in number in the same flower.
Annual, flowering and fruiting the first sea-
son of being raised from seed, arid of one
year or season's duration only (p. 78).
Annulus, the name
given to the ring of
tissue around the
upper portion of the a-
stalk in Mushrooms
and other Fungi. .
Also applied to the f\
row of strong cells in
spore cases of Ferns.
Anther, the essential
part of the stamen
which contains the
pollen. In fig. 9 the anther is shown by
the letter a.
FIG. a.— ANTHERS.
GLOSSARY
Antheridium, the organ in Ferns correspond-
ing to the stamens in flowers (p. 1009).
Apetalous, without petals, as with Ane-
mones, Clematis Ac.
Apex, the end furthest from the point of
attachment, as in the case of leaves.
Aphyllous, leafless, like the stems of many
exotic Euphorbias and Cacta-
ceous plants.
Apiculate, having a very small
hard point at the end or apex
of a leaf, as in fig. 10.
Apocarpous, when several
pistils or carpels in the same
flower are separate, as in the
Strawberry and many Ranun-
culaceas.
Apterous, without wings.
Aquatic, aquatilis, living or
growing in water. ,
Arachnoid, cobwebby, like some of the
Houseleeks (p. 44).
Arboreus, arborescent, growing into a tree.
Archegonium, the organ in Ferns corre-
sponding to the carpels or pistils in flowers
(p. 1009).
Arcuate, curved like a bow.
Arenarius, arenose, growing in sandy soil.
Argenteus, silvery.
Argillose, argillaceous, growing in clayey
soil.
Argos, Greek for silvery white— as in argo-
phyllus, white-leaved.
Argutus, very sharply toothed.
Arillate, seeds furnished with an aril or
fleshy growth from the base, as in the Yew,
Euonymus &c (fig. 11). At a is repre-
sented the fleshy aril, and at/ the fruit or
seed.
FIG. 11.— ARIL.
FIG. 12. — ARISTATE.
Aristate, awned or bearded, like Barley
(fig. 12).
Articulatus, jointed.
Arvensis, growing in cultivated grounds.
Ascending, curving upwards into a vertical,
from a more or less horizontal or prostrate
position.
Asper, asperous, rough ; furnished with
harsh hairs.
Assimilation, the process of manufacturing
food by the leaves (see p. 34).
Ater, deep black ; used in combinations such
as atropurpureus, atrococcineus, atrosan-
guineus dc.
FIG. 13.—
AURICULATE.
Atratus, becoming black.
Attenuate, narrowing gradually to a point.
Aurantiacus, orange-coloured.
Auratus, golden-yellow.
Aureus, golden.
Auriculate, Auricled, having auricles, or ear-
like appendages at the base
of the leaves (fig. 13).
Awn, a long-pointed bristle-
like appendage, as the beard
of many kinds of grasses,
like Barley, Oats &c.
Axil, the upper angle formed
by the union of the stem and
leaf.
Axile, proceeding from the
centre or axis. This term is
used in connection with the
way seeds are arranged on the placentas in
the ovary shown at a in fig. 86.
Axillary, produced in the axils of the leaves
or other organs.
Axis, the main ascending stem and descend-
ing root of a plant.
Azureus, sky-blue.
Baccate, having a more or less succulent or
pulpy seed-vessel or berry as in the Fuchsia,
Aucuba, &c.
Barbatus, bearded, having tufts of soft hair.
Bearded, having long hair like a beard, as
the ' crests ' of many Irises (p.yi7 )•
Berry, a pulpy fruit containing several seeds
imbedded in the juice, as the Currant,
Gooseberry, Orange &c. (fig. 14).
14.— BERRY.
FIG. 15. — BIFID.
Bifid, divided half-way down into two parts
(fig. 15).
Bijugate, having only two pairs of leaflets, as
shown in fig. 16.
FIG. 16. — BIJUGATE.
FIG. 17. — BIPISNATE.
Bipartite, divided nearly to its base into two
parts ; nearly the same as Bifid.
B2
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
Bipinnate, when the pinnae or divisions of a
pinnate leaf are themselves again pinnate,
as shown in fig. 17.
Bipinnatifid, when the divisions of a pinnati-
fid leaf are themselves pinnatifid (fig. 18).
FIG. 18.— BIPINNATIFID.
FIG. 19. — BITERNATE.
Biternate, when the divisions of a ternate
leaf are themselves ternate (fig. 19).
Blade, the lamina or flat part of a leaf (fig.
98, 6).
Bracteatus, furnished with bracts.
Bracteoles, minute bracts attached to the
base of the pedicels.
Bracts, small leaves somewhat different from
the others, seated on the flower stalks
(peduncles) (fig. 89, b).
Bulb, a leaf-bud with fleshy scales, usually
placed underground. In tig. 20 a repre-
sents the scaly bulb of a Lily, and b the
tunicated bulb of a Tulip.
Bulbiferous, bearing bulbs.
FIG. 21. — BULBILS.
Bulbils, small bulbs, produced in the axils of
the leaves of many Lilies (fig. 21, b).
Bulbous, having bulb-like steins or roots.
Bullate, blistered or puffed up, like the
leaves of Savoys.
Caducous, dropping off, as the petals of
Poppies.
Caeruleus, pale blue.
Caesius, ash-grey.
Caespitose, in close dwarf tufts, like many
Dianthus (p. 238).
Calcarate, furnished with a spur, like the
flowers of Larkspurs, Columbines, Tropae-
olums &c. (tig. 22).
Calceolate or Calciform, having a pouch or
slipper, as in Calceolaria and the Lady's
Slipper Orchid (fig. 23).
Calyx ( Sepals), the outer and usually greenish
whorl of leaf-like organs of the flower below
FIG. 22 —CALCARATE. FIG. 23.— CALCEOLATE.
the corolla (petals). The calyx is shown
at c, and the petals atp, in fig. 22.
Cambium-layer, see p. 30.
Campanulate, bell-shaped,
as in the Campanulas, p.
562 (fig. 24).
Campestris, growing in
fields.
Candidus, pure white.
Canescens, greyish-white.
Capillary, like very slender
threads.
Capitate, Capitular, Capi-
tulum, growing in heads or
close clusters, as with most flowers of the
Composite order (fig. 25).
FIG. 24. —
CAMPAXULATK.
FIG. 25. — CAPITL'LUM.
FIG. 26.— CAPSULE.
FIG. 27. — CARCERULK.
Capsule, a dry usually many-seeded seed-
vessel, as in Poppy (fig. 26).
Carcerule, the name
applied to the fruits of
many of the Mallow
and Hollyhock tribe
(fig. 27).
Carneus, flesh-colour.
Carpel, the free or
united divisions of the
ovary or capsule.
Cartilaginous, tough
and hard, often applied
to the margins of
leaves.
Caruncle, an outgrowth
or excrescence at the
scar (hilum) of some
seeds, such as the Castor
Oil plant (Kicinus) and
the Viola (fig. 28).
Catkin, a spike of closely crowded flowers of
one sex, in which the perianths are replaced
FIG. 28.— CARUNCLE.
GLOSS A BY
by bracts, as in Alders, Birches, Hazels,
Willows (fig. 7).
Caulicle, a little stem ; the name sometimes
given to the rudimentary stem in dicotyle-
donous seedlings.
Cauline, belonging to or produced from the
stem.
Cell, see p. 22.
Centrifugal, applied to those forms of in-
florescence whose terminal or central
flowers open first.
Centripetal, flowering from the base or
circumference towards the centre or tip,
as in Wallflowers.
Cernuus, drooping, pendant.
Chaffy, covered with minute membranous
scales.
Channelled, hollowed somewhat like a gutter
on the upper surface of leaves or down the
stem.
Chlorophyll, see p. 33.
Chryso, in compounds, signifies golden-
yellow, as Chrysanthus.
Cilia, Ciliate, hairs placed like eyelashes on
the edge of leaves, petals <fec.
(fig. 111).
Circinate, rolled up from the top
towards the base like a cro-
sier, as with the unfolding
fronds of Ferns (fig. 29).
Circumscissile, divided by a
circular slit or opening round
the sides, as shown in fig. 90.
Cladodes, leaf-like branches, as
in Butcher's Broom, p. 810.
Clavate, club-shaped, a body
which is slender at the base
and gradually thickening upwards.
Claw, the narrow and suddenly contracted
base of a petal (fig. 30). c represents the
claw proper, b the blade, and s the scales
often seen in many flowers of the Pink
order (p. 238).
Cleft, deeply cut, but not to the midrib.
Coccineus, scarlet or carmine tinged with
yellow.
FIG. 29.—
CIRCINATE.
FIG. 30.— CLAW.
FIG. 31. — COCCI.
Coccus, Cocci, the separable carpels or nutlets
of a dry fruit, as in Pelargoniums and Ge-
raniums (fig. 31, shown at s).
Cohering, the attachment of similar parts,
as the petals forming a gamo- or mono-
petalous corolla ; and when the filaments of
stamens are united.
Column, a term more particularly used to
denote the united sta-
mens and pistils in
the Orchid family
(p. 890). In fig. 32 st
represents the stig-
matic surface in a
hollow on to which the
pollinia (one of which
is shown at p) must
be placed to produce seeds. At a is shown
the covering or lid over the pollinia.
Comose, furnished with hairs at the end, as
some seeds like those of the Composite
order.
Compound, formed of many similar parts,
as the leaves of Thalictrums, Aquilegias,
Horse Chestnut, Acacia &c.
Compressed, flattened laterally.
Conical, narrowing to a point from a broad
circular base.
Connate, when two
similar parts are
slightly connected
round the stem, as the
leaves of some Loni-
ceras (fig. 33).
Connective, the rib or
part of the filament
between the anther-
cells, often produced,
as in Paris quadrifolia (fig. 9, c).
Contorted, in restivation, when one edge of
a petal or sepal is covered and the other
free or exposed ; twisted.
Convolute, in aestivation or vernation, when
one part is rolled up within another
lengthwise.
Cordate, with two rounded lobes at the base,
heart-shaped (fig. 34).
Coriaceous, leathery, tough.
FIG. 38.— CONNATE.
FIG. 34.— CORDATE.
FIG. 35.— CORM.
Corm, a fleshy bulb-like, solid, not scaly,
underground stem, as in Crocus, Gladiolus,
Cyclamen. See fig. 35, which represents
the corm of a Crocus, the young one (yc)
being above the old one (oc).
Corolla, the whorl of floral leaves, called
PB ACTIO AL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
petals, between the calyx and stamens,
usually coloured. Figs. 5, 22, 23, 36, 40,
49, 58 &c. show many kinds of corollas.
Corona, a term applied to the crown or
trumpet in the centre of most Narcissus
and Daffodil flowers (fig. 36, c).
FIG. 36.— CORONA.
FIG. 37. — CORYMB.
Corymb, a raceme with the pedicels becom-
ing gradually shorter as they approach the
top of the flower stalk, so that all the
flowers are nearly on a level (fig. 37).
Corymbose, in the form of a corymb.
Costate, ribbed.
Cotyledons, the seed lobes, often forming
the first leaves of the plant (fig. 48, c).
Crassus, thick and fleshy.
Cremocarp, the name given to the half-fruits
or carpels of the Umbellifer family, which
split apart when ripe (fig. 38).
*V
PIG. 38.— CREMOCARP.
FIG. 39.— CRENATE.
Crenate, with rounded teeth on the margins
of leaves. See fig. 39, which represents a
heart-shaped (cordate) reniform (kidney-
shaped) leaf with a crenate margin.
Crenulate, minutely crenate.
Crested, having an appendage like a crest,
as in the cultivated forms of many Ferns
and in Cockscombs (p. 762).
Crinitus, furnished with tufts of shaggy hair.
Cruciform, four parts, as petals, arranged so
as to form a cross, as in Arabis, Wallflower,
and most of the Crucifer order (fig. 40).
Cryptogamous, see p. 121.
Cucullate, hooded, as the spathe of Arum
italicum (fig. 41). See Spathe.
Cuneate, like a wedge, but attached by its
point, usually applied to the shape of leaves
or petals.
Cuspidate, abrupt, but with a little point at
the end ; something like apiculate but
larger (fig. 42).
FIG. 42.— CUSPIDATE.
FIG. 43.— CYME.
Cyme, inflorescence formed of a terminal
flower, beneath which are side branches
each having a terminal flower and
branches again similarly dividing, and so
on, as in many plants of the Pink Order
(fig. 43).
Cymose, arranged in a cyme.
Dealbatus, covered with a greyish-white
powder.
Deca, in compounds signifies ten — as deca-
jyetalus, ten-petalled.
Deciduous, falling off, said of the leaves of
large numbers of trees and shrubs in
autumn ; Caducous has the same meaning
but is applied to the sepals and petals of
most flowers after expansion.
Declinate, bent downwards, like the stamens
in many flowers.
Declining, straight, but pointed downwards.
Decompound, subdivided more than three
times, as the leaves of many Umbelliferous
plants, Thalictrums &c.
Decumbent, said of stems lying on the
ground, but tending to rise at the tips.
Decurrent, when the limb of a leaf is pro-
longed down the stem, below the point of
attachment of the midrib, as in the case
of the common Comfrey, many Thistles
&c. (fig. 44).
FIG. 44.— DECURRENT.
FIG. 45. — DECUSSATE.
FIG. 40.— CRUCIFORM.
FIG. 41.— CUCULLATE.
Decussate, opposite leaves in four equal
rows, as in many Veronicas (fig. 45).
GLOSSARY
FIG. 46.— DEHISCENCE.
Deflexed, curved downwards or towards the
back.
Dehiscence, the mode in which an ovary or
fruit opens to shed its
seeds. Fig. 46 shows
various ways in which
the pods open ; a is
called loculicidal, and
b septifragal dehi-
scence.
Deltoid, fleshy with a
triangular transverse
section.
Dentate, with short
triangular teeth, as on the margins of many
leaves.
Denticulate, finely toothed, like the Camellia
leaf.
Depressed, when flattened at the top, like
many Apples, Onions.
Di, in compounds, signifies two, as diandrous,
2 stamens.
Diadelphous, stamens in two bundles or
fascicles, as in some Legu-
minous flowers (fig. 47).
Dichlamydeous, having
both calyx and corolla, as
in most of the flowers
described between p. 131
and p. 759.
Dichotomous, when a
branch, stem, or flower-
stalk is much forked in
pairs.
Diclinous, the same as
Unisexual, when stamens and pistils are
in different flowers.
Dicotyledonous, said of plants having two
seed-leaves, and afterwards net-veined
leaves &c, as explained at p. 122. Fig.
48 shows a seedling dicotyledon : r shows
the true roots ; h the hypocotyl or part
between the true root and true stem ; c
the cotyledons or seed-leaves ; a, the first
pair of true net-veined leaves, and p the
first true bud after the original one called a
plumule.
Am
ing from the top of the petiole, as the
leaves of the Lupin, Horse Chestnut &c.
(fig. 50).
Dimidiate, the two halves of an organ very
FIG. 50. — DIGITATE.
I'ltt. 51. — DIMIDIATE.
FIG. 47.—
DIADELPHOUS.
FIG. 48.— DICOTYLEDON. FIG. 49.— DIDYNAMOUS.
Didynamous, having four stamens, two
shorter than the others, as in many plants
of the Labiate order (fig. 49).
Digitate, fingered leaves or lobes all start-
unequal in size, like the leaves of Begonias,
Lime trees &c. (fig. 51).
Dioecious, with the different sexes on
different plants : stamens on one plant,
pistils on another, as in Willows, Aucubas,
Hippophae &c.
Disc, a fleshy surface from which the
stamens and pistils spring. The term ' disci-
floras ' has been applied to a large class of
plants having these characters (p. 123).
Disc florets are the central flowers in Com-
posite plants like Daisy, Marguerite &c.
Dissected, deeply divided into many narrow
lobes, like the leaves of Umbelliferous
plants, Thalictrums &c.
Dissepiments, the partitions of an ovary or
fruit, as shown in fig. 46.
Distichous, arranged in two opposite rows,
as the leaves of Taxodium distichum
(p. 983).
Divaricate, spreading at an obtuse angle.
Drupe, a fleshy fruit
having a hard stone
(putamen or endocarp,
shown at s), as the
Cherry, Plum, Peach
&c. (fig. 52). m repre-
sents the fleshy edible
portion called meso-
carp, and e the skin or
epicarp. See Pome,
tig. 88.
Duramen, the heartwood
or centre of Dicotyledonous trees, and the
outer part of the stem of Monocotyledo-
Echinate, clothed with spines or prickles,
like the fruit of the Sweet Chestnut.
Elliptic, oval, but pointed at each end.
Elongate, much lengthened.
Emarginate, slightly notched at the end, as
in the case of many leaves (fig. 53).
Embryo, the germ of a plant in the seed
(see p. 24).
FIG. 52.— DRUPE.
PBACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
Ensiform, sword- shaped, as the leaves of
Iris, Gladiolus &c.
Entire, said of leaves, petals, sepals not
toothed nor lobed, nor divided at the edge.
FIG. 53. — EMARGINATF.
FIG. 54. — EPICALYX.
Epicalyx, the term applied to the secondary
calyx or sepals, as seen in Strawberries and
Mallows. In fig. 54, e shows the epicalyx ;
c, the calyx (or sepals) proper ; and p the
petals.
Epidermis, the skin of a leaf or stem im-
mediately underlying the cuticle.
Epigynous, when the parts of a flower are
apparently seated on the ovary (fig. 55).
FIG. 55.— EPIGYNOUS. PIG. 56. — EPIPETALOCS.
Epipetalous,when the stamens are seated on
the petals or corolla, as in Primroses &c.
(fig. 56).
Equitant, overlapping each other, as the
leaves of the Iris.
Erose, irregularly cut, as if gnawed, some-
what as represented in fig. 95.
Etaerio, a fruit composed of several drupels,
as in the Blackberry.
Exogenous, growing by additions to the
circumference. This term was formerly
used instead of Dicotyledonous.
Exserted, projecting beyond, as stamens
protruding beyond the corolla or petals, as
in figs. 55 and 56.
Exstipulate, without stipules.
Extrorse, applied to anthers which shed the
pollen outwards, or away from the pistil.
Falcate, sickle-shaped, applied to leaves
like some of the Eucalyptuses.
Fasciated, a term applied to stems which
become abnormally flattened, and bear an
extraordinary number of flowers or leaves,
as is often seen in Asparagus and in Lilium
auratum.
Fascicle, a cyme or crowded cluster of
flowers placed on short pedicels of nearly
equal length, as in Sweet William and
other Pinks.
Fasciculate, when several similar parts are
collected into a bundle and spring from
the same spot.
Fastigiate, applied to the branches of a
tree when they are erect and close, like a
tapering birch broom, as in the upright
Cypress and Lombardy Poplar.
Fimbriate, fringed at the margin, like the
petals of Carnations, Sweet Williams, and
other Pinks, as shown in fig. 30.
Fistular, applied to the hollow stems and
leaves of plants, as in many of the Umbelli-
ferffi.
Flaccid, weak, flabby, as when leaves droop
for want of water.
Flavus, flavidus, pale yellow.
Flexuose, zigzag, usually changing its direc-
tion at each joint, like the branches of
many trees, the Beech &c.
Floccose, with little tufts like wool.
Florets, the small flowers of Composite
plants (fig. 25,/).
Fluitans, floating.
FJuviatilis, aquatic.
Follicle, an inflated 1-celled carpel, opening
by a suture to which several
seeds are attached, as in
Trollius, Delphinium, Pas-
onia (fig. 57).
Free, separate, not joined
together or with any other
organ.
Frond, the leaf-like part of
Ferns, whether simple or
divided.
Fruit, the seed-vessel or ovary
with its ripe contents
(seeds) and any external appendages.
Frutex, Frutescent, Fruticose, a shrub,
shrubby ; a woody plant destitute of a
trunk, and branching from the base, or
nearly so.
Fugacious, soon falling off, like the cap on
the flower-bud of Eschscholtzia, the sepals
and petals of Poppies &c.
Fulvus, dull yellow, buff.
Funnel-shaped, tubular below, but gradually
enlarging upwards, like the flowers of some
Convolvuluses (fig. 66).
Furcate, forked.
Fuscus, brownish.
Fusiform, spindle-shaped, thick tapering to
each end, like the root of a long Radish.
Galbalus, the fleshy and ultimately woody
cone of Junipers and Cypresses.
Galeate, shaped like a helmet, as the upper
segment of the flower of Monkshood (fig.
58).
gloss a in-
Gamopetalous, when the petals are united
together, as in Canterbury Bells, Laures-
F1G. 60. — GIBBOUS.
many
l'IG. 58.— fJAIJCATK. IIG. 59.— GAMOl'KTAI.OIS.
tinus, Forsythias, and most of the plants
described under Gamopetaloe in this work,
p. 477, see figs. 59, 60, 63, 66, 67.
Gibbous, swollen on one
side, like the flower of
Valerian (fig. 60).
Glabrous, without hairs or
down on the surface, as
the leaves of Camellias,
Aucubas, Cherry Laurels
<ftc.
Gland, Glandular, a wart-
like cellular secreting
organ usually raised above
the surface, as on the leaves of
Peaches.
Glandular-hairy, having hairs tipped with
glands.
Glans, a name applied to the fruit of the
Oak. In fig. 61, c represents
the cupule, without the
seed, and g the entire fruit.
Glaucous, sea-green with a
whitish-blue lustre, like
the thick fleshy leaves of
Echeveria secunda, and
many Aquilegias &c.
Globose, round like a globe,
used in connection with in-
florescences, like the heads
of flowers of Echinops
Ritro, as well as of single
bodies like fruits, capsules &c.
Glumes, the scales enclosing the spikelet of
flowers in Grasses.
Graveolens, possessing an intense odour, as
in Ruta graveolens, the Bue.
Gymnos, in compounds signifies naked, as
' Gymnospermous,' naked-seeded, applied
to the Coniferae (p. 972).
Gynandrous, stamens and styles consoli-
dated, as in the case of the Orchid family
(p. 890), shown under Column (fig. 32).
Gyncecium, the female organs, that is, car-
pels or pistils collectively.
Habit, the port or aspect of a plant.
Hastate, a leaf enlarged at the base into
two lobes pointing outwards nearly hori-
zontally (fig. 62
FIG. 61.— GLANS.
FIG. 62. — HASTATK.
KIG. 63. — HYPO-
CKATERIFORM.
Head, a close terminal collection of flowers
surrounded by an invo-
lucre, as in composite
flowers ; the same as a
capitulum.
Herbaceous, the parts of
plants which are not
woody ; also organs, or
parts of them, of a green
colour.
Hermaphrodite, flowers
having both stamens and
pistil, as in figs. 49, 55,
60 &c.
Hesperidium, a hard-rinded berry, like the
Orange and Lemon.
Hirsute, with long soft hairs.
Hispid, covered with stiff hairs.
Hoary, with greyish-white down.
Hooded, flowers formed into a hood at the
end, like the Aconites.
See Galeate (fig. 58).
Humilis, dwarf, low.
Hybrid, see p. 37.
Hypo, in compounds,
signifies under, as hypo-
gynous stamens, below
the pistil, as shown in
fig. 109.
Hypocotyl, the part of the
young stem below the
seed leaves, as shown
at h, fig. 48.
Hypocrateriform, salver-shaped, said of flat
corollas (fig. 63). At t is shown the ' tube'
of such flowers.
Igneus, bright scarlet.
Imberbis, destitute of hairs.
Imbricate, arranged over each other like
the scales of flower and leaf buds.
Impari-pinnate, pinnate,
with an odd terminal
leaflet, as shown in fig.
63, in which I indicates
one of the 5 leaflets com-
posing the whole leaf,
p the stalk or petiole,
and st the stipules. This
is the same as oddly-
pinnate.
Incised, deeply cut, as the
leaves of the Haw-
thorns.
Included, not extending beyond the organs
surrounding it ; said of stamens which do
not project beyond the mouth of the
corolla.
Incomplete, some part wanting, as calyx
corolla &c. Plants belonging to the In-
complete section are described from p. 759
to p. 805.
Incurved, curved inwards.
Indefinite, many, but uncertain in number,
FIG. 64. — IMPARI-
PINNATE.
10
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
FIG. 65.— 1NDUSIIW1.
said of stamens when more than 20 in
number, as in Buttercups, Wild Roses &c.
Indehiscent, not bursting, said of fruits
which do not open spontaneously when
fully ripe.
Induplicate, when the edges of organs
arranged in a valvate manner are folded
inwards.
Indusium, the membranous covering of the
spores-cases of many
Ferns, as shown in
fig. 65 ; in repre-
sents the indusium,
and sp the spore-
cases. A solitary
spore-case burst and
scattering spores is
shown in fig. 105.
Inferior, applied to an
ovary when the calyx
tube is adnate to it ;
and to the calyx when it is quite free from
the ovary and below it, in which latter case
the ovary is superior.
Indexed, curved inwards.
Inflorescence, the arrangement of the flowers
upon the stalk or peduncle. Inflorescences
are spoken of as racemose, cymose, spicate,
capitate, corymbose,
paniculate &c, accord-
ing as to whether they
are borne in the
manner described by
those terms.
I nf undibulif orm .funnel-
shaped (fig. 66).
Internode, the space
between two nodes or
joints of a stem.
Interruptedly pinnate,
when pairs of small pinnns alternate with
large ones.
Introrse, said of anthers which open inwards
towards the pistil or carpels.
Involucels, the involucres of secondary
umbels.
Involucre, the whorled bracts at the base
of an umbel, head, or single flower, as in
figs. 25, and 113, in.
Involute, rolled from the back of anything,
as towards the upper side of a leaf.
Irregular, petals or sepals unequal in size,
or different in form in the same flower, as
shown in figs. 5, 22, 23, 49.
Jugum, applied to a pair of leaflets ; thus a
leaf may be unijugate, bijugate, or multi-
jugate according as there are one, two, or
many pairs of leaflets (figs. 16, 17).
Keel, the name given to the lower pair of
petals of Papilionaceous or Pea-like flowers.
In fig. 5 the keel is shown at h.
FIG. 66. — INFUNDI-
BULIFORM.
FIG. 68.—
LANCEOLATE.
Labellum, the same as ' lip,' q.v.
Labiate, lipped, as the flowers of many
plants of the Labiataa
family ; a corolla or calyx
divided into 2 unequal por-
tions (fig. 67).
Laciniate, divided into nar-
row irregular lobes.
Lacteus, white, with a faint
tinge of blue.
Lacustris, growing in lakes.
Lamina, the blade of a leaf,
as shown at b in fig. 98.
Lanceolate or lance-shaped,
narrowly elliptic, and
tapering to each end, as
shown in fig. 68, in which
a represents a lance-
shaped leaf proper, and b
an oblanceolate leaf, or
a lance-shaped leaf re-
versed.
Lancet-shaped, shortly and
bluntly lanceolate.
Lax, loosely arranged,
often used in connection
with the arrangement of flowers on the
stems.
Leaflets, the subdivisions of compound
leaves, as shown in figs. 16, 17, 50, 64.
Legume, a 1-celled and 2-
valved seed vessel with
the seeds arranged along
the inner angle, as in the
Pea, Bean &c. (fig. 69).
Ligulate, strap - shaped,
used in connection with
the shape of leaves, and
also of the ' ray ' or outer
spreading florets in plants
of the Composite order fig. 69.— legume.
(p. 492).
Ligule, a membrane at the base of the blade
of the leaf of Grasses.
Limb, the flattened expanded part of a leaf
or petal, as shown at figs. 70, 72, 73 <fec.
Linear, very narrow and long.
Lingulate, tongue-shaped, long, fleshy, con-
vex, blunt.
Lip, this term (and also the Latin equivalent
labellum) is used particu-
larly to designate the
largest and most conspic-
uous segment of an Orchid
flower, as shown in fig.
70. Here I is the lip,
col the column, more
highly shown at fig. 32,
p the petals, s the sepals,
and us the upper sepal.
Littoralis, growing on the fig. 70.— Lir.
sea-shore.
Lobate, cut into rather large divisions, as
with many leaves.
GLOSSARY
11
Lobule, a small lobe.
Locuhcidal (dehiscence), splitting down the
back between the divisions.
as shown in tig. 46, a.
Lucidus, shining.
Lunate, shaped somewhat like
the new moon, but not so
regular in outline.
Luteus, yellow.
Lyrate, a pinnatifid leaf with
the lobes successively and
gradually enlarging upwards
from the petiole, and ending
in one larger than the others
(fig. 71).
Macros, in composition, long, large, as
macrophylla, large-leaved.
Marcescent, withering, but remaining in its
place, like the calyx and corolla of many
flowers.
Medulla, botanical name for pith. The
medullary rays (see p. 30) are the ' silver
grain ' of the wood of Dicotyledons.
Membranous, of the texture of membrane ;
thin and flexible ; more or less papery.
Micropyle, the orifice in the ovule (sec
p. 24).
Midrib, the large vein extending along the
middle of a leaf from its petiole nearly or
quite to the other end, as shown in the
leaves in figs. 4, 34, 72 &c.
Mono, in compounds signifies one, as mono-
cotyledon, one seed-leaf.
Monocarpic, flowering and fruiting only
once, like some of the American Aloes
(Agave) (see p. 21).
Monochlamydeous, the term given to
flowers which have only one set of floral
envelopes — either petals or sepals (see
p. 126).
Monocotyledonous, having one sheathing
cotyledon or seed-leaf, as in the Oat,
Wheat, Barley, Onion, Lily, and most of
the plants belonging to the Monocotyledo-
nous group, described between p. 805 and
p. 972.
Monoecious, with the stamens and pistils
in separate flowers but on the same plant,
as in Cucumbers, Marrows, Begonias,
and Filberts. At fig. 7, / represents the
female flowers, and m the male flowers
of the Filbert on the same branch.
Monosepalous, monopetalous, when the
sepals or petals are joined by their edges
so as apparently to form one, the same
as gamosepalous and gamopetalous
(fig- 59).
Mucronate, abruptly tipped with a short
point of the same texture.
Multi, in compounds signifies many, as
multiflorus many - flowered, multicolor,
many-coloured.
Multifid, divided into many parts.
Muricate, covered with sharp short points.
Mutabilis, changeable.
Mycelium, the ' spawn ' of Fungi (see ' Mush-
rooms,' p. 1167).
Nectary, an organ which secretes honey.
Nectaries are found at the base of the
petals in Buttercups ; in the Hellebores
(p. 152) &c. the petals are reduced to
nectaries, and in the Parnassia (p. 428)
there is a radiating fringe of nectaries at
the base of each petal.
Netted, covered with veins or nerves con-
nected together like network, as shown in
figs. 34, 39, 98, 101 &c.
Niger, black.
Nitidus, smooth and shining.
Nivalis, from snowy regions.
Niveus, snowy-white.
Node, a point in a stem where a leaf is pro-
duced.
Nucleus, the name given to the central and
denser mass in the protoplasm (see p. 22).
Nudus, naked.
Nut, a hard dry 1 -seeded seed-vessel.
Nutans, drooping, nodding.
Ob, in conjunction with terms means in-
verted ; thus obcordatc (fig. 72) means a
heart-shaped leaf attached to the stalk by
FIG. 72. — OBCORDATE.
FIG. 73. — OBOVATE.
the narrow end ; obovate (fig. 73) means
ovate with the attachment at the narrow
end, and the same with ob-
lanceolate (fig. 68, b).
Oblong, long oval, equally
broad at each end.
Obtuse, rounded or blunt.
Ocrea, a tubular mem-
branous stipule surround-
ing the stem, as in many
of the Polygonums (fig.
74).
Odes, Oides, a termination
denoting similarity, resemblance.
Opposite, when two similar organs, as leaves,
for example, grow one on each side of some
body ; or different organs are opposed to
each other with a stem between them.
FIG. 74. — OCREA.
12
PBACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
FIG. 75.— OVATE.
Orbicular, nearly round and flat, as in fig.
79, which shows an orbicular and peltate
leaf of Tropceolum majus.
Oval, an ellipse ; not broader at one end
than at the other, and
about twice as long as
broad.
Ovary, the immature seed-
vessel.
Ovate, egg-shaped ; a short
fiat figure rather broader
below the middle of its
length (fig. 75).
Ovoid, the same as ovate,
but applied usually to
solid, and not flat, bodies,
e.g. Apples, Pears, Plums.
Ovule, the name applied to the young seed
before it has been fertilised by the contents
of the pollen-tube.
Palate, the prominent part of the base of
the lower lip which closes the mouth of a
personate corolla, as shown in the flower
of Snapdragon at fig. 84, p.
Palea, the leaf-like parts of the flower of
Grasses, inclosing the stamens, pistils, and
hypogynous scales.
Paleaceous, furnished with chaffy scales, as
the receptacle of some Composites.
Palmate, spreading like the fingers of a
hand from the same point.
Palmate-lobed, palmate with lobes, as in the
leaves of the Maple.
Palmatifid, palmate,
with the lobes extend-
ing to the middle of
the leaf, as in the
Castor Oil plant (fig.
76).
Palmatisect, palmate,
with the divisions ex-
tending to the bottom
of the leaf.
Paludosus, Palustris,
growing in marshy places.
Panicle, a raceme with branching pedicels
(fig. 77).
FIG. 76. — PALMATIFID.
FIG. 77. — PANICLE. FIG. 78.— PAPPUS.
Papilionaceous, like the flower of a Pea
(fig. 5).
Pappus, the crest of the fruit in Composites,
formed of the altered limb of the calyx.
In fig. 78, a shows a sessile or stalkless
pappus, and b a stalked or stipitate pappus ;
/ is the fruit.
Parasitic, living on another plant, like the
Mistletoe (p. 781).
Parenchyma, the soft cellular tissue of
plants, the green pulpy material between
the ribs and veins of leaves.
Parietal (placentation), on the sides or walls
of the carpels, as shown in fig. 86, p.
Paripinnate, pinnate with an equal number
of leaflets, as shown in fig. 85.
Patent, spreading widely, a term often used
by botanists in connection with the petals
of a corolla.
Pectinate, scalloped, crenately incised, like
the teeth of a comb.
Pedate, palmate with three lobes and the
lateral lobes having similar large lobes on
their outer edge, as the leaves of Helle-
borus.
Pedate-lobed, pedate, with rounded divisions
or lobes.
Pedatifid, pedate, with the divisions reach-
ing to the middle of the leaf.
Pedatipartite, pedate, with the divisions
nearly reaching to the bottom of the leaf.
Pedatisect, pedate, with the divisions ex-
tending nearly to the midrib.
Pedicel, the branch of a peduncle, otherwise
the stalklet of an individual blossom, as
shown in fig. 91, ped ; here the peduncle
or main flower stalk is shown at p, and the
bracts are shown at b.
Peduncle, flower stalk.
FIG. 79.— PELTATE. FIG,
Peloria, the term applied
to the regular form of a
usually irregular flower
like the Common Toad-
flax (fig. 80).
Peltate, when the point of
attachment is on the face,
not at the edge, of a leaf or
other organ (fig. 79).
Penninerved, Penniveined,
when the veins of a leaf
radiate obliquely and re-
gularly from the midrib (fig. 81).
Pentagonal, with five angles having convex
spaces between them.
FIG. 81.— PENNI-
VEINED.
GLOSSARY
13
Pentangular, with five angles and five flat
or concave faces.
Perennial, of three or more years' duration,
and flowering and fruiting each year.
Perfoliate, when the
leaf completely sur-
rounds the stem so
that the latter seems
to pass through it, as
shown in fig. 82.
Perianth, the floral
whorls when the calyx
and corolla are not
distinguishable, as in
Tulips, Lilies, Or-
chids, Irises, Snow-
drops &c, and many plants belonging to
the Monocotyledons (p. 127).
Pericarp, seed-vessel, including adhering
calyx if present.
Perigynous, growing upon the throat of the
calyx around or above the ovary, as shown
in fig. 83.
Perisperm, another name for the albumen
of the seed (see p. 25).
PKKFOUATK.
FIG. 83. — PERIGYNOUS. KG. 84. — PBBSONATB.
Persistent, not soon falling off, as the leaves
of evergreens.
Personate, a gamopetalous two-lipped
corolla of which the lower lip is pressed
upwards so as to close the opening, as in
the Snapdragon (fig. 84). At p the ' palate '
is represented.
Petals, the divisions of the corolla.
Petal-like, resembling petals in texture and
colour as in Clematis, Hellebores, Marsh
Marigold &c, in which the sepals have
assumed the functions and appearance of
petals.
Petiolate, having a petiole or leafstalk.
Petiole, the stalk of a leaf as shown at p in
figs. 64 and 98 ; Petiolule, the stalk of a
leaflet.
Phaenogamous, Phanerogamous, having
manifest flowers (p. 121).
Phylloclades, branches assuming the form
and functions of leaves (see Cladodes).
Phyllum, in composition, a leaf.
Pileus, the ' cap ' of a Mushroom and other
Fungi.
Pilose, with scattered rather stiff hairs.
Pinnae, the segments of a pinnate leaf
(fig. 85).
FIG. 85. — PINNATE.
Pinnate, when leaflets are arranged on
opposite sides of a common stalk (fig. 83).
Pinnatifid, a leaf deeply
cut into segments
nearly to the midrib
(fig. 18).
Pinnatipartite, pin-
nate,with the divisions
acute, and almost free,
as in the leaves of the
Corn Poppy.
Pinnatisect, pinnate,
with the divisions
reaching nearly to the
midrib, as in the leaves of Water Cress.
Pinnules, the segments of pinnate leaves
and fronds.
Pistil, the ovary, style, and stigma taken to-
gether. In fig. 55 ov represents the ovary,
st the style, and stig the stigma. In fig.
109 the style — or portion between the
ovary and stigma— is absent or very short.
Pith, the cellular tissue in the centre of
Dicotyledonous stems.
Pitted, covered with small depressed spots.
Placenta, the process or body which bears
the ovules in the ovary (fig. 86).
FIG. 86. — PLACENTAS.
FIG. 87. — PLAITED.
Plaited, Plicate, folded in the manner of a
closed fan, like many leaves before they
are unfolded (fig. 87).
Plumose, feathery.
Plumule, the first or embryonic bud repre-
sented in fig. 48 at p.
Pod, a 1 -celled and 2-valved seed-vessel with
the seeds arranged along the inner angle.
See Legume (fig. 69).
Pollen, the dust in the anther which serves
to fertilise the ovules (fig. 9,p).
Pollination, the application of the pollen to
the stigma, as described at p. 24.
Pollinium, the waxy pollen mass in Orchids
(see fig. 32, p).
Polycarpic, fruiting more than once, several
times (see p. 22).
Polygamous, a term applied to those plants
having male, female, and hermaphrodite
flowers intermixed on the same individual.
Polygonal, with many angles.
Polypetalous, with free, distinct, and separate
petals, as in Buttercups, Eoses, and most of
the plants described from p. 131 to p. 477.
1.4
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
FIG. 88.— POME.
Polysepalous, with separate sepals.
Pome, the name given to such fruits as the
Apple and Pear. In
fig. 88 st represents
the remains of the
stamens in the ' eye '
(e) of the fruit ; ct
shows the calyx tube ;
en the endocarp (core)
within which are the
seeds s ; the fleshy
edible part is repre-
sented at m (meso-
carp), and ep the epi-
carp.
Pores, small, often roundish, holes.
Praecox, flowering early.
Pratensis, growing in meadows.
Prickles, hardened epidermal appendages
resembling thorns, but not woody (see
aculeate, rig. 3).
Procumbent, Prostrate, lying on the ground.
Prothallium or Prothallus, the flat deep
green body resulting
from the germination
of a fern spore, and
bearing male and
female organs as ex-
plained at p. 1009. In
fig. 89 the prothallium
is shown at p, from
the under surface of
which are given off
the rhizoids or root-
like hairs, rh ; and the
first fern frond /, after fertilisation has
taken place.
Protoplasm, the living jelly-like contents of
plant cells (see p. 22).
Pubescence, Pubescent, with closely ad-
pressed down.
Pulverulent, covered with fine powdery
matter.
Pumilus, short and dense in habit.
Punctate, having minute spots on the sur-
face.
Putamen, the hard part or shell of stone
fruit, like the Almond, Peach, Cherry,
Plum (fig. 52, s).
Pyramidal, nearly in the
shape of a pyramid, as
shown at p. 1035.
Pyriform, Pear-shaped.
Pyxidium, a seed-pod or
capsule opening hori-
zontally by means of a
lid, as in many plants of
the Primula and Sola-
num orders. In fig. 90,
o represents the oper-
culum or lid ; s the
seeds; and c the calyx supporting the
capsule.
FIG. 89.—
PROTHALLIUM.
FIG. 91.— RACEME.
Quadrifoliate, with four leaflets diverging
from the same point, as in Paris quadri-
folia (p. 880).
Quinate, arranged in fives, as the leaflets of
Akebia quinata (p. 179).
Raceme, a spike with stalked flowers, as
that of the Laburnum, Currant, Wallflower
&c. (fig. 91) ; o repre-
sents a bract ; ped the
stalklet or pedicel of the
individual flower ; and
p the peduncle or main
stalk of all the flowers
in the raceme.
Racemose, flowering in a
raceme.
Rachis, the central stem
of some kinds of inflo-
rescence. The stalk of
the frond of Ferns above the lowest pinna;.
Radical, springing from just above the
root, said of the leaves of many low-grow-
ing tufted plants.
Radicle, the first root of a young plant
emerging from the seed (fig. 48, r ).
Ramosus, much branched.
Ray, parts diverging in a circle from a cen-
tral point. Ray-florets are the outer strap-
shaped ones, as in the Daisy and many
other Composite plants.
Receptacle, the dilated top of the
bearing the flowers in Composites
Torus).
Recurved, bent moderately backwards.
Reflexed, bent considerably backwards.
Regular, all the parts of each series of a
flower alike, as in figs. 40, 59, 63, &c.
Reniform, transversely oval, but broadly
cordate at the base ; kidney-shaped
(fig. 92).
Repens, creeping.
Reticulate, forming a network.
stalk
(see
92. — RENIFORM.
FIG. 93. — KETUSE.
Retuse, abruptly blunt with a notch in the
middle (fig. 93).
Revolute, rolled back, as towards the under
side of a leaf,
Rhizome, a thickish prostrate more or less
subterranean stem producing roots and
leafy shoots, as in Irises, Solomon's Seal
&c.
GLOSS ABY
15
Ringent, a 2-lipped widely open or gaping
corolla, like that of the Dead Nettle (fig. 65).
Riparius, growing on the banks of streams
or lakes.
Rootstock, a thick short rhizome or tuber.
The term is loosely applied by gardeners
to mean the clump, set, or mass of roots
of an herbaceous perennial plant.
Rosette, a collection of leaves growing close
together, and radiating from the main
stem.
Rosulate, disposed in the form of a rosette.
Rotate, a monopetalous corolla with a short
tube and very spreading limb (fig. 94), as in
Potato and other flowers of the Solanum
order.
Ruber, red of any tint.
Ruderalis, growing amongst rubbish.
FIG. 94. — ROTATE. FIG. 95. — RUNC1NATE.
Rugose, covered with a net of lines enclos-
ing convex spaces, like the leaves of Rosa
rugosa.
Rugulose, finely rugose.
Runcinate, where the lobes of leaves are
directed towards the base (fig. 95).
Runner, a prostrate shoot rooting at its end,
as in the Strawberry.
Rupestris, growing on rocks.
Sabulosus, growing in sandy places.
Sagittate, like the barbed head of an arrow,
the auricles or lobes pointing backwards
(fig. 96) not outwards as in Hastate (fig. 62).
Salver- shaped, a corolla with a long slender
tube and flat limb, the same as hypocra-
teriform (fig. 63).
FIG. 96. — SAGITTATE
Samara, applied to such winged indehiscent
fruits as the Ash, Elm &c. (fig. 97).
Saxatilis, growing on rocks or stones.
Scaber, scabrid, scabrous, rough to the
touch.
Scales, minute rudimentary leaves or appen-
dages to petals, as in many Pinks <fcc.
Scandens, climbing.
Scape, a leafless flower stem springing from
the root, like that of Tulips, Hyacinths,
Daffodils.
Scarious, with a thin, dry, shrivelled appear-
ance.
Scorpioid, rolled up in a somewhat crosier-
like fashion. See Circinate.
Secund, all turned towards one side.
Sempervirens, evergreen.
Sepals, the division of the calyx.
Septicidal (dehiscence), separating through
the dissepiments (fig. 46, b).
Septum, the partition of an ovary or fruit.
Sericeus, silky.
Serotinus, late.
Serrate, toothed like a saw, like the margins
of many leaves (fig. 98).
Serratures, teeth like
those of a saw.
Serrulate, with very
small saw-like teeth.
Sessile, without a stalk,
like many leaves.
Seta, a bristle ; a bristle
tipped with a gland ; a
slender straight prickle.
Setaceous, like a bristle.
Setose, bearing bristles
or setae usually ending in glands.
Sheath, the lower part of a leaf or its petiole,
which forms a vertical sheath surrounding
the stem.
Silicle, a silique about as long as it is
broad (fig. 99).
KIG. 98. — SEKRATK.
FIG. 99.— SILICLES.
A
H
FIG. 100. — SIL1QUES
Silique, a long pod -like
fruit of Crucifers having
its edges connected by
an internal membrane
(fig. 100).
Simple, not compound ;
not branched, lobed, or
divided.
Sinuate, having many
large blunt lobes, as in
Oak leaves (fig. 101).
Sinus, the recesses of a lobed organ, as shown
in the leaf at fig. 101.
FIG. 101.— SINUATE.
16
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
Smooth, free from all kinds of roughness.
Solitary, growing singly, said of flowers when
only one is borne on the stalk.
Spadix, a succulent spike bearing many
sessile closely placed flowers, as in fig. 99,
where b.st represents the barren stamens ;
f.st the fertile stamens ; bp the barren
pistils; and fp the fertile ones capable of
producing seeds.
Spathe, a large bract often inclosing a spadix,
as shown in fig. 41 ; s is the spathe and sp
the spadix.
PIG. 102.— SPADIX.
pig. 103.—
SPATHULATE.
FIG. 104. — SPIKE.
Spathulate or Spatulate, oblong, with a long
and narrow base ; spoon-shaped (fig. 103).
Spike, a long simple axis with many sessile
flowers like a raceme except that the
individual flowers have no stalks ; see
fig. 104, representing the flower spike of
Plantain.
Spikelet, the small group of flowers in
Grasses enclosed within one or more
glumes.
Spine, a stiff, sharp, woody, persistent thorn,
as seen in Gooseberries, Barberries, Black-
thorns &c.
Spinose, furnished with spines.
Spinulose, with small, often very minute
spines or prickles.
Sporangium, a single
spore case which con-
tains the spores or seeds
of Ferns. In fig. 105 sp
represents the dust-like
spores falling from the
ruptured case ; and a
represents the stiffer
ringed midrib or annu-
lus (see Indusium).
Spur, a tubular exten-
sion of the lower part
of a petal or monopetalous corolla, as seen
in Columbines and Tropasolum (fig. 22).
Squamatus, clothed with scales.
Squarrose, rough with projecting or deflexed
scales.
Stamen, the male organ of a flower, usually
formed of a filament and anther. In fig. 9,
/ represents the filament; a the anther
shedding the pollen p ; and c the con-
nective or midrib between the 2 anther
FIG. 105. —
SPORANGITM.
lobes. The connective is produced in
one case, as in the stamens of Paris
quadrifolia.
Staminode, rudimentary organs next to the
stamens ; usually barren or antherless
stamens.
Standard, the upper or posterior petal of
a Pea-flower which is outside the others
in the bud, shown at st in fig. 5.
Stellate, radiating from a centre like a star ;
applied to flowers of which the petals are
narrow and distant and radiate like the
rays of a star.
Stellulate, like minute stars.
Stigma, the cellular part at the top of a
carpel or style to which the pollen adheres,
shown at si in fig. 1, and stig in figs. 56,
109.
Stipe, the stalk of Fern fronds up to the
lowest pinnae.
Stipitate, stalked ; applied to carpels which
are more or less slightly elevated on a
stalk. A stipitate pappus is shown in
fig. 78, b.
Stipules, leaf-like appendages at the base of
the petiole, shown at st in figs. 64, 98,
111 (s).
Stolon, an offset or runner producing roots
at intervals, as in Strawberry.
Strap-shaped, not very narrow nor long,
and with nearly parallel sides ; the same
as ligulate.
Striate, with slender streaks or furrows.
Strobilus, a flower-head or
cone consisting of several
overlapping scales, as seen
in many members of the
Conifer order (p. 972).
Style, the slender termina-
tion of a carpel bearing
the stigma, shown in fig.
83.
Sub, in composition means
almost or nearly, some-
what ; thus sub-rotund
means nearly round ; sub-shrubby, some-
what shrubby ; sub -orbicular, roundish
&c.
Subulate, awl-shaped, tapering from the
base to a fine point, a long narrow
triangle.
Sucker, a leafy stem produced at the end of
an underground shoot, as with Plum trees,
Lilacs &c.
Suffruticose, rather shrubby.
Sulcate, furrowed, like the stems of many
Umbelliferous plants.
Superior, above anything ; a calyx is superior
when its tube is wholly attached to the
ovary ; half superior when attached only
to the lower half of it ; an ovary is superior
when wholly free from and above the
GLOSSARY
17
Supra-decompound, subdivided many times.
Sylvaticus, Sylvestris, inhabiting woods.
Syn, signifies union or growing together, as
syncarpous, when the carpels are consoli-
dated, as shown in fig. 27, or syngenesious,
when the anthers are united, as in most
flowers of the Composite order.
Tap roots, roots with stout tapering bodies
developed direct from the seed, like
Carrots and Turnips
(fig. 107).
Tendril, a twisting
slender organ for
laying hold of objects.
Tenuis, slender, thin.
Terete, applied to
round or nearly
round stems, like an
ordinary lead pencil
or goose quill.
Ternate, growing in threes, as shown in the
portions of fig. 19, and in fig. 108, like the
leaves of Choisya ternata (p. 296).
Testa, the outer skin of a seed.
Tri, in compounds, signifies three.
Triangular, with three angles and three
flat faces.
Trichotomous, in forks of three prongs
successively repeated.
Trifid, when leaves are divided about half
way down into three parts, as shown in
fig. 110.
PIG. 110.— TKii'in.
KIG. 111.— TRIFOLIATE.
Pitt. 107.— TAP-ROOTS.
FIG. 108.— TERNATE.
FIG. L09. — TETRA-
DYXAMOLS.
Tetradynamous, having six stamens, of
which two are shorter than the other four,
as in the Wallflower (fig. 109) and most
plants of the Crucifer order.
Tetragonous, with four angles and four
convex faces, like the stems of Dead
Nettles and many other plants of the
Labiate order.
Thalamus, the receptacle or torus of a
flower.
Thorn, an abortive branch with a sharp
point ; distinguished from a Prickle by
being woody.
Throat, the orifice of the tube of a gamo-
petalous corolla or gamosepalous calyx.
Thyrsoid, having a close-branched raceme
of which the middle is broader than the
ends.
Tomentose, covered with cottony entangled
hairs, forming a matted shagginess called
tomentum ; felted.
Toothed, having small tooth-like divisions
on the margin.
Torus, the part on which the divisions of
a flower or fruit are seated ; the same as
receptacle.
Trifoliate, composed of three leaflets, as
the leaves of Clover shown in fig. Ill,
where the leaflets are ciliated on the
margins ; the stipules at the base are
shown at s.
Trifoliolate, having three leaflets proceeding
from the same point, as in fig. 19.
Trigonous, with three angles and three
convex faces.
Tripartite, divided into three parts nearly
to its base ; more than trifid.
Tripinnate, three times pinnately sub-
divided, as if the leaflets in fig. 17 were
again divided.
Triquetrous, having three angles and three
concave faces.
Tristis, dull-coloured.
Truncate, blunt as if cut off at the end,
like the leaf of the
Tulip tree (fig. 112).
Tube, the pipe formed
by the cohesion of the
petals in a gamopeta-
lous corolla, as shown
in fig. 63, t.
Tuber, a thickened and
underground fleshy
part of the stem, as
the Potato and Jeru-
salem Artichoke.
Tubercles, little round knobs.
Tubercular, tubercled, tuberculate, covered
with little knobs.
Tuberous, like a tuber, but not part of the
stem.
Tubular, hollow and nearly cylindrical,
something like fistular.
Turbinate, top-shaped, conical and attached
by its long point, like many Pears.
Uliginosus, inhabiting swampy places.
Umbel, when many stalked flowers spring
from one point and reach about the
c
18
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
same level, as in fig. 113. Partial umbels
are umbels seated upon the branches of
an umbel, the whole forming a compound
umbel.
Umbrosus, growing in shady places.
Unarmed, where stems and leaves are
destitute of spines or prickles.
Undulate, having a wavy margin.
FIG. 113.— UMBEL. FIG. 114.— UBCBOLATE.
Unilateral, turned to one side.
Urceolate, like a pitcher contracted at the
mouth, like the flowers of many Heaths,
as shown in fig. 114.
Urens, stinging, as the hairs of the common
Stinging Nettle.
Valvate (aestivation), sepals or petals meet-
ing at the margins, but
not overlapping each
other, as shown in fig.
115.
Veins, the nerves in leaves
and their ramifications,
as shown in figs. 34 &c.
Velutinous, velvety, as the
surface of leaves.
Ventral, the anterior part big. 115.— valvate.
of an organ.
Ventricose, swelling unequally on one side,
somewhat like the corolla of Valerian
shown in fig. 60.
Vernalis, produced in spring.
Vernation, the arrangement of the leaves
when in bud.
Verrucose, warty.
Versatile, affixed in the middle, applied to
anthers like those of Lilies which swing
backwards and forwards with the move-
ment of the air. In fig. 9 a versatile
anther is shown in the middle.
Verticillate, arranged in whorls.
Villous, shaggy with loose long soft hair.
Virens, green.
Virgatus, twiggy.
Viridis, clear full green.
Viscous, clammy.
Volubilis, twisting.
Wedge-shaped, like a wedge, but attached
by its point.
Whorl, whorled, similar organs arranged in
a circle round an axis, as the
leaves of Galium, Asperula
(fig. 116), and of some Lilies.
Winged, having leaf-like or
membranous expansions, like
the stems of many Thistles.
Wings, the lateral petals of
a Pea-flower, as shown at w
in fig. 5 ; the flat mem-
branous appendages of some
seeds. whorl.
Zygomorphic, said of a flower which can
only be bisected in one plane so as to
show two similar halves. Most Orchid
flowers bisected vertically are zygomorphic,
as are also many flowers of the Labiate
family (p. 742), the Aconite (p. 162) &c.
INTBODUCTION
The cultivation of plants at the present day has been brought almost
to the highest point of perfection. Far greater attention is now given
to the problem as to how the finest Flowers, Fruits, and Vegetables can
be produced in the best way at the least cost than at any previous period
in our history. The whole country is alive to the importance and
necessity of making the land produce as much as possible in the best
possible way. County Councils are lavishing money to have gardening
taught either in schoolrooms or in gardens, but as yet have not decided
upon any definite plan whereby those taught are likely to obtain any
or much benefit from what they learn. And yet, it is a curious fact
that, although we know a good deal more about plants now than our
ancestors did, and though thousands of plants, natives of all parts of
the world, are grown in our gardens that were quite unknown to
them, still there has been practically but little change in the principal
methods of cultivation. The importance of tilling and manuring the
soil and bringing it into a state of fertility has been recognised from
the earliest ages, while little or nothing was known of its nature and
composition, or the chemical changes that take place in it, or that are
produced by rain, heat and cold, &c. The proper times for Digging,
Planting, Sowing seeds, and various other operations were also well
known, and modern gardeners still continue to work on the same old
lines. The ancients were also acquainted with the arts of Budding,
Grafting, Layering, Pruning, Thinning Out, Transplanting &c, and
all these operations were alluded to as commonplaces by the poet
Virgil before the Christian Era in his well-known Bucolics. It thus
appears that, notwithstanding the march of time, the principles of
cultivation remain the same in all ages, and gardeners have only to
c2
20 PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
apply them with a fair amount of common sense, and attention to
details necessitated by the nature of any particular plant.
Although, unhappily, a good knowledge of plants, their structure
and requirements, does not necessarily mean that a person with this
knowledge is also a good cultivator, it is nevertheless true that a
gardener who turns such knowledge to practical use has a much
better chance of producing fine flowers, fruits, and vegetables than he
who is not so well equipped in this respect. Many gardeners — amateur
and professional — are like poets : they are born and not made ; they
seem to know instinctively and exactly how to cultivate any particular
plant ; or if they do not, it is not very long before they find out.
Without knowing it, such gardeners carry out the true principles of
cultivation, which after all are in strict accordance with natural laws,
and therefore the more one studies the nature of a plant and its
requirements the sooner will he be able to grow it to perfection in his
garden.
Before one can hope to grow a plant of any kind satisfactorily it is
obvious that at least some knowledge is required in regard to the
functions of the various parts of plants, the soil and its composition,
and treatment, and many other details. An attempt has been made in
this direction with a view to giving the reader information that may be
of use to him in the garden. It is most important to have a clear idea
as to the functions of the Hoots, Stems, Leaves, Flowers, Fruits, and
Seeds, as this will prevent many mistakes in cultural treatment. A
doctor who did not understand the anatomy of his patient, and what he
required to keep him in good health, would be a sorry practitioner. So
with the person who would grow plants successfully. He must under-
stand them, he must know something about their relationship to each
other, the countries in which they grow wild, the kind of soil that suits
them best, whether they prefer sunshine or shadow, moist or dry
situations, and how best they may be increased so- that they shall not
die out of cultivation altogether, either through old age, ill-treatment,
or other causes.
GROWTH 21
PART I
THE LIFE HISTOKY OF CULTIVATED PLANTS
Feom a gardening point of view cultivated plants may be said to be
constructed on a common plan, although there is a vast variation in
details. Speaking generally, most plants are characterised by having
Seeds, Koots, Stems, Leaves, Flowers, and Fruit, and may be annual or
biennial herbs, or herbaceous or woody perennial plants.
Whatever group they belong to, their corresponding parts are
constructed on the same principle and perform the same functions.
As the good cultivation of plants depends to a very large extent
upon a more or less intimate knowledge of their nature, it may be
useful if a brief account is given of the various organs mentioned
above.
GROWTH OF PLANTS
Perhaps one of the first things people notice about plants is that
they grow. Plants, somewhat like human beings and animals, are
living objects, and are affected in much the same way by heat, cold,
moisture &c. They also are to be found in all parts of the world,
and according to the climate in which they grow are looked upon as
being more or less hardy or tender. They pass from what may be
called the infant or seedling stage to maturity, and then more or less
slowly or quickly begin to decay and ultimately die. They have a
complete cycle of existence, and this cycle is completed by some in a
much shorter time than others. Annuals and biennials for example
complete their cycle of existence in one or two years, but others like
herbaceous perennials, trees and shrubs &c, exist for several years
before the individual becomes exhausted. And yet while an individual
plant may pass from the seedling stage to death in one or more years,
according to its nature, as a rule it makes provision for reproducing
itself again before actually dying. This process of reproduction is
naturally carried on by means of seeds. Some plants like annuals and
biennials bear only one crop of seeds and then die. Plants with these
characteristics — that fruit only once — are said to be monocarpic.
22 PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
Other plants, however, which may live for very many years, like some
of the American Aloes, also fruit or produce seeds only once in a life-
time and then die. These are also said to be monocarpic. Nearly all
our hardy herbaceous perennials, and woody perennials like trees and
shrubs — Apples, Pears, Plums, Oaks, Ashes, Beeches &c. — fruit or
produce seeds year after year for several generations, and are therefore
said to be polycarpic.
It little matters, however, whether plants be annuals, biennials, or
perennials, whether they produce only one crop of seed or many, they
are all governed by the same laws of Growth.
Plant-cells. — To give the reader a better idea of how this process
called growth takes place, it is necessary to point out that plants are
made up of cells and tissues. Some plants, indeed, like the green
Protococcus seen on damp walls, the mould on old leather &c, are very
simple in their structure and often consist of one cell only. And it is in
the contents of the individual cells, the presence of which was discovered
in 1667 by Kobert Hooke, that we must look for the origin of growth.
Protoplasm. — Every plant cell in a young stage is filled with a
slimy jelly-like substance to which the name of Protoplasm was given
in 1846 by a German botanist, Hugo von Mohl. This protoplasm is
practically the seat of life. It is constantly undergoing more or less
rapid changes in composition, absorbing new food, digesting it, and
expelling all waste or worn-out materials. When the cells are young
they are completely filled with it, but as they grow old the protoplasm
begins to break up into strands, leaving spaces in between which
become filled with watery sap absorbed and drafted up by the roots.
By-and-bye the protoplasm recedes from the centre of the cell to line
the cell walls, and ultimately vanishes altogether with age, the refuse
from it going to make the cell walls thicker and harder, and producing
what we know as wood or fibre.
Before this stage is reached, however, the protoplasm, or rather
the central portion of it called the nucleus, divides and forms a new
cell. This, like its parent, becomes surrounded with a cell wall, and
then becomes practically an independent individual working out its
own life history in the same way. When it is remembered that plants
are made up of millions of these cells containing protoplasm, and that
with the advance of age each mass of protoplasm is capable of pro-
pagating itself by division, it is not so very difficult to account for what
we understand as growth — how plants often attain enormous heights,
and the trunks of trees great diameters — according to their nature.
Although each mass of protoplasm is as it were completely enclosed
within its own cell walls, it is not, however, cut off from all communi-
PROTOPLASM 23
cation with the protoplasm in the neighbouring cells. It is supposed
that thin microscopic strands of protoplasm pass through the cell
walls from one protoplasmic mass to another, and also that the fluid
from a well-filled or turgid cell is diffused through the cell walls into a
comparatively empty one by a process which has been termed osmosis
or endosmosis, and that in this way the cell-sap is drafted to the outer-
most points of the shoots of plants no matter how tall. As the proto-
plasm in each cell is therefore dependent for its support on the food
dissolved in the cell-sap it naturally follows that no solid substance can
possibly enter as such into the system of a plant. The protoplasm is
formed, or forms itself, out of the food which has been absorbed in a
liquid state, and it then proceeds to build up the various tissues of the
plant which we know as shoots, stems, leaves, flowers &c. When the
liquid or watery sap in the cells becomes excessive it is exhaled or
breathed out into the atmosphere in the form of vapour by means of
the pores of the leaves referred to below under ' Transpiration ' at
p. 34, and fresh supplies as wanted are absorbed by the roots, but
only under favourable climatic conditions. To sum up, the whole
plant is dependent on the work of the protoplasm, and so long as this
continues to perform its functions, so long will the plant live and
produce in due course its flowers and fruits. Anything therefore that
tends to interfere with the work of the protoplasm, such as too much
heat or cold, too much drought or moisture, too much light or shade,
also stops the growth of the plant, and until proper conditions are
restored the plant is likely to die because the protoplasm cannot perform
its work in a satisfactory manner.
The great aim of the gardener, therefore, is to choose the most
favourable conditions for his plants so that there will be no interference
or check to the mysterious work carried on within the cell walls by the
protoplasm. If a plant comes from a tropical climate, he endeavours to
imitate the natural warmth by growing it in a hothouse, as he very
soon discovers by the drooping and withering leaves and stems that a
cool temperature will be injurious. In the same way plants from
cold regions will be injured by excessive heat. As this work, however,
only deals with plants which will grow in the open air in our own
climate, the reader need not concern himself much about artificial heat,
although he will find many cases in which he is advised to use hotbeds
for raising seeds &c, and to place his plants in the warmest and sunniest,
in the coolest and shadiest, in the driest or dampest positions in his
garden ; but these instructions are all based upon this one principle
of placing a plant under the circumstances most favourable to the work
to be performed by the protoplasm in the cells.
24 PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
THE SEED
It has been stated above that the growth of a plant takes the form
of a cycle, and it is therefore difficult to take any one organ and say
' growth begins here.' This cannot be said of the root, as it is the out-
come of the seed ; it cannot be said of the leaves, as they are outgrowths
of the stem ; and it cannot even be said of the seed, which is produced
by the ripened fruit. As, however, for practical purposes it is necessary
to start somewhere, the most logical beginning from a gardening point
of view seems to be the Seed, which we will therefore consider.
Many years ago, the late Dr. Lindley described a seed as being ' a
living body, separating from its parent and capable of growing into a
new individual of the same species. It is a reproductive fragment, or
vital point, containing within itself all the elements of life, which, how-
ever, can only be called into action by special circumstances.'
As popularly understood, seeds are only produced by Flowering
Plants or 'Phanerogams ' (p. 121). They are the result of the ovules
(either naked, as in the Pine order ; or enclosed in carpels, as in most
other Flowering Plants) being fertilised by the pollen tube. Each fer-
tilised seed contains an embryo, or the rudiments of a young plant.
When placed in a suitable temperature, with moisture, they are capable
of reproducing all the characters of their parents. The so-called
' seeds ' or spores of Ferns differ very much from those of Flowering
Plants, and the way in which they are reproduced is explained at p. 1009.
The process of forming seeds takes place somewhat in this way.
When the grain of dust or pollen from an anther in the flower falls
on to the stigmatic surface of the carpel, the grain of pollen begins to
grow much in the same way as a seed in the soil, with the exception
that all the growth is downwards. A microscopic thread called the
pollen tube makes its way from the pollen grain downwards through
the tissue of the carpel, and eventually reaches the ovule contained
within the walls of the ovary. At one end of the ovule there is a small
hole called the micropyle. The pollen tube enters this and comes in
contact with a cell much larger than the others called the embryo-sac.
Within the embryo-sac and close to the micropyle are three other cells,
one of which called the egg-cell or embryonic vesicle receives the contents
of the pollen tube and is thus fertilised. This operation, sooner or
later, results in the production of what is commonly known as a seed.
After fertilisation, the nuclei in the masses of protoplasm in the cells
divide as explained above and form new masses, and thus fill up the
interior of the embryo-sac. Eventually the embryo, or }roung plant,
THE SEED: GERMINATION 25
fills up the entire space within the seed coats as in the case of the Pea,
Bean, Horse-Chestnut, Oak &c. ; or it may occupy only a very small
space as in Wheat, Onion &c, and remain imbedded in a substance at
one time called albumen, but now more generally called perisperm.
When the embryo occupies the whole seed, as in the case of the
Bean &c, all the reserve material for the purpose of nourishing the
young plant is stored up in the fleshy seed-leaves or cotyledons, and it
is from these that food supplies are drawn until the young root has
developed sufficiently to absorb food from the soil, after germination
has taken place. In the case of other seeds, however, like those of the
Wheat and Onion, the young plant is fed upon the albumen or peri-
sperm, and not on the seed leaves, until roots are formed.
Germination. — Seeds germinate as the result of a certain amount
of heat, moisture, and air. The seeds of some plants germinate in a
much lower temperature than others, but there is a certain point called
the ' optimum ' at which seeds of any given plant will sprout more readily
than at a point below or above it. The best or ' optimum ' tempera-
ture for germination varies according to the nature of the plant or
species, and the gardener learns by experience which temperature is
most suitable for raising the seeds of any particular plant. He knows
for instance that the seeds of many plants will sprout sooner if they are
sown upon a hotbed than if they are sown in the open ground where
the temperature may be 10° or 20° lower. He also knows that a
certain amount of moisture is absolutely necessary, and that the free
circulation of air between the particles of soil shall not be impeded,
as he usually takes particular care to have the soil well drained, so
that the water and consequently the air shall pass through it freely.
Speaking generally, the seeds of most of the plants described in this
work germinate readily either out of doors in autumn or spring ; in
cold frames without artificial heat ; or in the gentle heat of a hotbed or
greenhouse, say 60° to 70° F. or even less.
Heat and Cold. — When a seed ' sprouts ' or germinates as a result
of the suitable conditions referred to above it is obvious that growth is
taking place. It undergoes a change from the apparently dried condition
in which it was before its contact with moisture or suitable heat. In
fact, heat is the prime mover of life in the seed ; hence by the use of
hotbeds or frames or greenhouses several degrees more heat are obtained
than out of doors. Chemical changes take place in the seed ; water is
absorbed from the soil through the seed coats ; the latter are soon unable
to contain their swollen contents and consequently burst. The first seed-
leaves are pushed upwards through the soil, and the tiny rootlet down-
wards into it. These signs are simply an indication of the work that is
26 PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
being done by the protoplasm in the cells as already explained. From
the water absorbed through the seed-coats, the protoplasm receives a
supply of food and proceeds to manufacture it, with the result that the
nuclei in the masses of protoplasm divide and produce other nuclei, and
these again in due course carry out the same process, not only until a
plant is fully developed but until it dies.
Vitality of Seeds. — Some seeds retain their vitality for several
years — that is, their power of germinating does not appear to be much
injured by being kept a long time — while others very soon lose it. For
practical purposes it is preferable to obtain fresh and thoroughly
ripened seed to secure the best results. The stories as to the germi-
nating power of mummy-wheat 2,000 years old are fables, but many
seeds will retain their vitality and produce good plants after careful
storing for 5 to 10 years.
THE ROOT
To the ordinary observer every part of a plant which happens to
grow naturally underground is regarded as a 'root.' This looseness of
expression is not altogether confined to the uninitiated, as the term
' roots ' is also applied by florists and nurserymen to entire plants, such
as Pansies, Violas, Sweet Williams, Foxgloves, Double Daisies, and
many other plants in which a large trade is done during the spring
months. At present, however, we are chiefly concerned with real
roots, and it is necessary that the gardener should have a clear idea
as to their origin and function.
The first Root is the downward growth from the lower end of the
' caulicle ' or basal portion of the embryo. It usually breaks through
the seed coat at germinating time, before the cotyledons emerge to
the light, the object in view by nature evidently being that the young
plant should be provided with roots as early as possible after growth
has commenced in the seed. When the first root persists and continues
to grow it becomes what is known as a tap-root, and is present in all
Dicotyledonous plants (p. 131 to p. 805) raised from seed. Good examples
are seen in the Carrot, Parsnip, and Beetroot as represented at fig. 107
in the Glossary. As the tap-root in many plants has a tendency to
grow down into uncongenial and sterile parts of the soil, it may be
prevented from developing in a downward direction by more or less
frequent transplanting; this injures the tip, stops its growth, and
causes the more desirable fibrous roots to develop from the sides.
Boots branch in all directions and apparently without system, and
become finer and more threadlike towards the tips. They usually
ROOTS 27
avoid the light, bear no leaves or buds, and are generally of a pale or
whitish colour although sometimes with coloured juice.
Functions. — The main function of the root is to obtain liquid food
from the soil. The tips of the root are chiefly concerned in this work,
the older portions merely serving as holdfasts for the plant, and as
channels for conveying the food to the stems and leaves. The
extremity of each root-fibre is covered with a cap, formerly called a
' spongiole,' which protects a mass of young and active cells forming
the ' growing point.' As the roots push their way in a somewhat
corkscrew-like fashion through the soil, the outer layers of the root-
cap wear out and are replaced from within by the discarded layers
of the growing point. The contents of the cells of the growing point
are very sensitive to heat, cold, and moisture, and under favourable
conditions absorb water and whatever plant food is dissolved in it in
large quantities. During the spring and summer they are most active,
gradually subsiding towards autumn and becoming almost inactive in
winter. When plants are moved during the active state of growth
most of the root-tips are injured or broken, and the supply of food and
water is cut off from the plant until new roots are formed. Sometimes
plants moved at this period never recover from the shock to the roots
and, being unable to produce new ones quickly enough, die, practically
of starvation and drought.
Many roots have root-hairs. These are developed chiefly on land
plants to assist in obtaining water more quickly from the soil. In
water-plants root-hairs are usually absent. But the roots of such
plants (e.g. the Watercress) grown on land soon develop root-hairs.
From the above remarks it is obvious that one of the chief things
necessary to enable roots to perform their work properly is water.
Without moisture in the soil the roots are useless, and the entire plant
collapses in consequence. From a gardening point of view, therefore,
the greatest attention should be paid to the watering of plants, some
requiring more and some less, according to their nature. Whether the
water which is absorbed contains plant food or not depends a good
deal upon the operations of the gardener. It is possible that many of
the foods referred to at p. 70 are in the soil, but they must be readily
soluble in water, and also be in a fit state to benefit the plant.
Besides the substances absorbed in the water, root-tips and hairs
absorb substances otherwise insoluble in water, and cling tenaciously
to particles of minerals. They exude an acid secretion which dissolves
the mineral matters, and these are thus modified so as to become
digestible, and readily pass through the cell-walls into the protoplasm
referred to above.
28 PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
Root-pressure. — It is well known — indeed obvious — that the tallest
tree in the world has water drafted to its highest point. This is an
extraordinary fact when it is remembered that the Giant Sequoia of
California and the Gum Trees of Australia often reach the great height of
400 to 500 ft. The tips of branches being naturally the youngest and
tenderest parts of a plant are always well supplied with water. How
the water gets to the outermost tips is a debatable matter and many
theories have been suggested ; but the fact remains that it gets there,
and the propelling force has been termed 'root-pressure.' It is sup-
posed that the water from the fully charged lower cells diffuses or
filters through the partitions or walls into the upper cells by a process
called ' osmosis,' referred to above under the chapter on ' Growth.' It
can hardly, however, be a mere physical process, as each living cell in a
plant contains the living substance called protoplasm already referred
to. As each cell containing protoplasm is more or less supplied with
watery juice from the roots, it is evident that a vast quantity of moisture
is thereby taken from the soil, and passes from cell to cell by root-
pressure. When trees and shrubs are cut in spring during the period
of great absorption, large quantities of water are sometimes forced from
the cut surfaces, and constitute what gardeners call ' bleeding.' This,
if carried to excess, would be injurious, if not fatal, to the plant ; but
the surplus overflow as a rule soon becomes checked by the development
of fresh leaves, the cells of which must be supplied with sap, and serve
to stop the overflow from any wounds.
Kinds of Roots.— Roots, while all performing the same functions,
differ a good deal in appearance. Broadly speaking they may be
classified asfibrotis, fleshy, and tuberous. All grasses and many annuals,
biennials, and herbaceous plants have fibrous roots, while the Dahlia
may be taken as an example of a plant with fleshy roots. What are
termed ' adventitious ' or accidental roots are those developed from any
part of the plant except the seed. The roots of cuttings, layers, stems,
&c. are therefore all adventitious. In the case of Monocotyledonous
plants (see p. 127) the primary root from the seed soon ceases to grow,
and all the roots afterwards developed are from the stem, and are
hence mostly adventitious. Their functions, however, are precisely the
same as those of the true roots developed directly from the seedling.
The tubers of Potatoes and Jerusalem Artichokes, the rhizomes or
rootstocks of Irises, the corms of Crocuses and Gladioli, and the bulbs
of Onions and Lilies, although all naturally growing in the soil are
not really roots at all but modified stems, and are referred to below.
THE STEM 29
THE STEM
The stem is the axis of the plant which bears leaves, flowers, and
fruit so that each shall be in the most favourable position for
performing its functions. The leaves are separated from each other
by greater or less distances called internodes. Sometimes these inter-
nodes are so short that the plant appears to be stemless or almost
so, as in the Primrose and Houseleek. Stems always originate in a bud,
the first one arising between the seed-leaves from the small bud known
as the plumule. Branches arise also from buds in the axils of leaves,
and this gives the spreading habit so characteristic of trees and shrubs,
all belonging to the Dicotyledonous and Gymnospermous groups of
plants (see p. 122). Among the Monocotyledons (p. 127) and Ferns
(p. 1008) buds at the end of the stem only are developed, hence the
usually unbranched character of their stems.
In the lower orders of plants, such as Seaweeds, Liverworts,
Mushrooms &c, stems are unknown. The first trace of a stem
appears in the Mosses, and becomes more marked in the Clubmosses
(p. 1024), Horsetails (p. 1023), and Ferns (p. 1008) ; but the stem as
generally understood attains its greatest development in the plants
belonging to the flowering groups, as seen in the Oak, Apple, Beech,
Elm, Pine &c. Whether they are herbaceous, that is, soft, tender, and
deciduous as in annuals and biennials (p. 78), and herbaceous
perennials (p. 86), or woody as in trees and shrubs (p. 107), the stems
of all flowering plants have their origin in the ' plumule ' or first bud
of the embryo plant.
STRUCTURE OF STEMS
Besides the differences in stems referred to below, it may be
mentioned here that there is a very marked difference in the structure
of the stems of Dicotyledonous plants (p. 122) and those of Monoco-
tyledons (p. 127). An examination of the stem of a Willow, Apple,
Fuchsia, Wallflower, or any other plant belonging to the Dicotyledonous
group will show in transverse section that it consists of three distinct
parts, viz. (i.) the pith in the centre; (ii.) then the wood; and (hi.)
the bark or rind outside. The bark is readily peeled off, especially
when the sap is flowing upwards in spring, and it leaves the white
wood exposed to view. On the outside of the wood and next the bark
is a very important layer of quick-growing and actively dividing cells
30 PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
called the ' cambium layer.' As long as ever a Dicotyledonous plant lives,
this cambium layer has the power of doing two wonderful things : it
adds by division of the cells a layer of wood on the inside every year,
and a layer of bark on the outside, and it is by this process, which
goes on year after year in woody stems, that the latter increase in bulk.
It thus happens that the youngest part of the wood of a tree trunk is
on the outside beneath the bark, and not in the centre near the pith ;
while the youngest bark is next to it and not on the extreme outer
surface. It is the addition of a layer of wood each year to that already
existing that gives the ringed appearance to tree trunks, each ring
representing one year's growth.
If a strip of bark be taken off all round the trunk or branch of a
tree without injuring the wood, it will be found that the leaves do not
shrivel up or wither, as one might expect, as a result of the operation.
It is evident, therefore, that the sap from the roots ascends by the
vessels in the cambium and young wood, and not by means of the
bark, nor yet by means of the pith or the old inner wood, as is indeed
obvious when one sees a huge Elm, Willow, or Oak with all the
interior scooped out of the trunk. It will also be noticed that, if a
branch has a string tied round it firmly, the portion above the
string will become swollen. This shows that the elaborated or assimi-
lated food made by the leaves returns down the stem by the outer cells,
and as these are compressed at the tie the descent of the nutritive
material is checked at that point and the cells above become gorged.
There are many other kinds of cells and vessels in the stems of
Dicotyledonous plants, some being spiral, like compressed watch-springs,
some cylindrical with slits or holes in the sides, or only at the base
where they join another vessel, and so on ; and running through them all
from the central pith or ' medulla ' to the circumference are rays known
as ' medullary ' rays, popularly known as the ' silver grain ' in wood.
All the cells and vessels in a stem are not of the same nature : some
are very tender like those of the cambium, some tough like those
of the bast cells, and others fibrous or woody. The latter are seen in
the principal nerves or veins of leaves, and are gathered together into
bundles. Each leaf is connected with the stem by means of these
fibrous bundles, and as the leaves are arranged all round the stem it is
obvious that the fibre-bundles from them collect and form a circle
round the stem. The traces of these fibre-bundles from the leaf into
the stem are well seen in the scars left by the fallen leaves in autumn,
as in the Horse-Chestnut and other trees.
Such are briefly the main points in the structure of the stems of
Dicotyledonous plants, and they are referred to here chiefly because a
STEMS 31
knowledge of them is necessary for the operations of Budding and
Grafting described further on.
In the stems of Monocotyledons we find a different structure, the
most striking feature being the absence of real pith, wood, and bark.
There is no cambium layer, and consequently no concentric rings of
wood and bark as in Dicotyledons, and the fibrous bundles are chiefly
collected on the outer portions of them, and give them the hard texture
so well known in the stems of Bamboos and Canes.
As it is the presence of the cambium layer which enables grafting
or budding to be done at all, it therefore follows that these operations
cannot be performed satisfactorily on Monocotyledons which have
no cambium layer in their stems.
KINDS OF STEMS
Stems are usually regarded as being above the soil, but there are
certain modified kinds which perform their work beneath the surface,
and are popularly looked upon as roots.
Those above the surface are classified as follows : —
1. Herbaceous. These are stems which die down to the ground
every year after blooming, as in the case of most hardy herbaceous
perennials (see list, p. 86).
2. Sub-shrubby, more or less woody below but herbaceous above.
3. Shrubby, arborescent, or arboreous, woody, and living from year
to year, and attaining considerable size as in the case of trees and shrubs,
a list of which is given at p. 107.
Stems assume various directions in growth, some being erect and
ascending, others more or less trailing or prostrate on the ground,
others creeping and developing roots at the joints, where they touch
the soil ; and others climbing or twining by tendrils, as in the Passion
Flower and Virginian Creeper ; by twisted leaf-stalks, as in the Clematis,
or by aerial rootlets, as in the Ivy.
Stolons are stems or branches which recline on the earth and take
root. Many plants are naturally increased in this way and the process
of layering was no doubt suggested by seeing stems throw out roots
when in contact with the soil.
An Offset is a short stolon with a tuft of leaves at the end, from
which roots also develop, as seen in the common Houseleek.
Runners, as in the Strawberry, are similar in their nature, being
long slender stolons which when fully grown develop roots at the tip,
and afterwards buds and leaves to form a new plant.
Tendrils are branches modified for climbing purposes, and are either
simple or branched, but are useless for propagating purposes.
32 PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
Spines or Thorns are also modified branches or leaves ; but the
prickles of the Bose and Blackberry are merely excrescences or cellular
outgrowths of the stem.
Underground Stems. — Perhaps the best known form of an under-
ground stem is that of the Flag Iris (p. 917) and Solomon's Seal (p. 811).
They look like real roots but the leaf-like scales and buds show them to
be stems by nature. Many plants have underground and more or less
creeping stems, as in Lily of the Valley (p. 813), Mint (p. 744), and Couch-
grass, the latter on this account spreading rapidly and becoming a
nuisance, especially when chopped by hoeing &c.
Underground stems are often thickened and serve as storehouses
for food during the winter in many plants with herbaceous stems.
They take many shapes, among which may be mentioned :
The Tuber, as in the Potato (p. 1133) j the Jerusalem Artichoke, the
' eyes ' of which are leaf-buds from which stems arise (p. 1140); the Corm
or Solid Bulb, as in the Cyclamen (p. 626), Crocus (p. 936), and Gladio-
lus (p. 947) ; the Bulb, as in the Madonna Lily (p. 846), the Tulip
(p. 860), Hyacinth (p. 833), Onion (p. 1148) &c.
In some plants the stems are so modified in form and structure that
they perform the functions of the foliage. The stems of many cacta-
ceous plants are of this nature, and also the branches of the Common
Butcher's Broom (see p. 810) which resemble leaves in appearance.
THE LEAVES
From definite points (called nodes or joints) of the stem and branches
leaves are developed and arranged more or less horizontally, vertically,
or drooping so as to obtain a greater or less amount of sunshine, and
to throw water towards or away from the main axis of the plant, accord-
ing to the nature of the species.
It will be noticed for example that the leaves of Ehubarb (p. 770),
ArumLily (p. 955) and other plants have the tips of the leaves uppermost.
They are more or less channelled down the centre, and water is by this
means transferred towards the centre of the plant, and down the stem
to the roots. In such plants it will generally be found that the roots
do not spread over large areas but are confined in a small space
beneath the centre of the plant. Many other plants on the contrary,
like most of our trees and shrubs and flowering plants, have the leaf-
tips pointed outwards and downwards so as to throw the water chiefly
around the circumference of the plant and away from the centre. In
plants with these peculiarities the roots spread out and away from the
STRUCTURE OF LEAVES 33
centre in all directions, and usually go beyond the circumference of the
foliage. In this way the active fibrous roots secure the full benefit of
the rain which is thrown off the leaves.
A complete leaf consists of a flattened portion, called the blade ; a
stalk or petiole, and a pair of more or less scaly or leafy appendages
called stipules, all of which characters are illustrated in the Glossary
at fig. 98. The stalk and stipules are frequently absent, leaving the
blade attached to the stem by the base, when it is said to be sessile.
As a rule, when fully developed, leaves cease to increase in length or
breadth, and remain unchanged in form until death, when they are
removed by natural decay, as inmost Monocotyledonous plants (p. 127),
or by breaking off at a joint, as in most Dicotyledons (p. 122).
Some leaves develop and die in one season, and are called deciduous ;
others persist for two or more seasons before falling off, new ones in
the meantime being formed, thus giving the plant an evergieen appear-
ance.
The tissue of the blade is traversed by a framework of stronger ribs
or veins more or less netted in Dicotyledons, as shown at fig. 48 in the
Glossary, p. 7, and parallel or curved in Monocotyledons, as shown at
fig. 96 in the Glossary. The beautiful arrangement of the veins is
well seen in leaves which have been skeletonised — that is, when the
more perishable tissue (called parenchyma) between the veins has
decayed through artificial or natural agencies. These veins serve
not only to strengthen the leaf-blade, but also as channels through
which the sap from the root is distributed to the cells composing the
blade.
Structure of Leaves. — Ordinary leaves consist of an upper and
under surface between which are layers of cells more or less irregular
in shape and filled with grains of green colouring matter known as
chlorophyll floating about in the protoplasm (see p. 22). The cells
near the upper surface are much more compactly arranged than those
beneath, hence the more intense green of leaves above. Where leaves
receive an equal amount of light, as in Irises, Gladiolus, and many
other Monocotyledons, there is not a great difference in colour between
the two sides.
The skin, cuticle, or epidermis of the leaf is studded with small
openings or breathing pores, known as stomata. These are more
numerous on the under surface, and it has been computed that there are
as many as 60,000 of them to the square inch in a Lily leaf, and about
100,000 to the square inch on that of an Apple leaf. The leaves of water
plants present a striking difference from those of land plants. Those
under water are more or less divided and are so thin in texture that they
34 PBACTICAL GUIDE TO GABDEN PLANTS
can absorb the necessary food or throw off surplus gases through the
walls of the cells instead of through stomata. Those floating on the
surface have stomata above, but none or very few beneath.
Functions of the Leaf. — The most important work of the leaf is to
construct, manufacture, ' elaborate ' or make digestible food for the plant
out of the raw materials in the sap, and to give off through its pores
surplus gases and watery vapour.
It is only under the light of the sun that the living protoplasm in
the cells of leaves is capable of changing mineral matters and gases into
plant food. From the air carbonic acid gas is taken in through the
pores in the leaf and is absorbed through the cell walls by the proto-
plasm in the cells. The carbon is retained and the oxygen is given off.
This process of manufacturing food is called assimilation, and may
be likened to what is known as digestion with human beings and
animals. By its means starch, sugar, oils and various other substances
found in plants are obtained, and constitute the food of man and
animals. The absorption and liberation of gases by means of the pores
is known as respiration, owing to its being somewhat akin to the
breathing of animals, the great difference, however, ' being that plants
breathe out oxygen during the day instead of carbonic acid gas, and
thus keep the air in a purified state.
Transpiration. — Almost every part of a living plant is continually
giving off vapour from its tissues, although the quantity varies with
atmospheric conditions. When in active growth the roots often absorb
more water from the soil than is actually needed, and the surplus
is given off into the air by means of the stomata in the leaves and
minute pores in the stems. This continual discharge of watery vapour
is known as transpiration, and according as the cells become emptied
by evaporation they absorb fresh supplies from contiguous cells by
means of the process already referred to as Osmosis, see p. 23.
Whether large or small quantities are given off depends a good deal
upon the wetness or dryness of the atmosphere, and upon heat and cold
that is, practically on. the state of the weather. It is not merely a
mechanical process of evaporation, as the amount given off is regulated by
the plant itself. When too much vapour is being given off, the stomata
begin to close, as if realising that the loss of great quantities of water
means injury to the plant as a whole. So long as the supply of water
from the roots exceeds that given off by the leaves, the latter remain
plump and fresh, as the cells composing them are turgid or full of
watery sap. But as soon as the leaves throw off more water than is
supplied by the roots, the cells of the leaves gradually become emptied
AliRANGEMENT OF LEAVES 35
and collapse. As a consequence the entire leaf droops or, as gardeners
say, it ' flags.'
In hot dry summers many thin-leaved plants may be seen to ' flag '
daring the day, although the roots may be well supplied with water,
and only recover their freshness in the cool of the evening, when the
transpiration current is not so great. This current of water from root
to leaves continues as long as ever a particle of moisture remains near
the roots. And it even continues for some time after plants and
flowers have been severed from the roots and placed in water. This
explains why in a cut state stems and flowers often last a long time
fresh in water. If the base of the stems is cut from time to time, and
under water if possible, the freshness may be extended for several days.
AKEANGEMENT OF LEAVES
Leaves are arranged upon the stem in definite order and may be
alternate — that is, one after the other with only one leaf to each joint
as shown in the Glossary, fig. 6 ; opposite, when there are two leaves
to each joint, one on each side and opposite each other (Glossary, fig.
45) ; whorled or verticillate, when more than two leaves spring from a
joint and form a circle (Glossary, fig. 116). In the case of Pine-trees it
looks as if several leaves sprang from one joint, but such is really not
the case : they are single leaves on a branch the joints of which are
very close together.
The blade of a leaf may be in one piece, when it is called simple, as
shown in the Glossary, figs. 4, 8, 10 &c. ; or cut up into separate
leaflets, when it is compound, as in figs. 17, 19, and 50 in the Glossary.
Simple leaves assume roundish, elliptic, oval, or linear shapes with
intermediate variations, and may be either sharp or blunt or slightly
notched or pointed at the apex. The margins may be entire, wavy,
serrate, toothed, lobed, or variously cut, and the base may be prolonged
below the insertion of leaf-stalk, the lobes uniting and producing a
peltate or shield-like form, as in the Indian Cress (Tropaeolum) shown
at fig. 79 in the Glossary. When the leaf-stalk (petiole) is absent the
leaf is sessile, and when stipules are absent a leaf is said to be exstipu-
late. When the lobes of a sessile leaf are produced downwards to
clasp the stem, leaves are said to be amplexicaul, as in fig. 8 of the
Glossary ; and if the lobes of opposite sessile leaves unite, they become
connate as in fig. 33 ; or if single and surrounding the stem perfoliate,
as in fig. 82.
Compound leaves may have the component parts called ' leaflets '
radiating from the end of the stalk, as in the Horse Chestnut, when they
D 2
36 PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
are termed palmate or digitate (Glossary, fig. 50) ; or from opposite
sides of the midrib like a feather, when they are pinnate (fig. 85). The
leaflets of pinnate leaves may be divided once, twice, or more times.
When the leaflets arise from one another on each side of the middle
lobe, they are called pedate, as in the Christmas Rose (Helleborus).
There is great variation, and as a rule two or more terms are employed
to describe the shape of a leaf, but the main forms will be found illus-
trated in the Glossary, pp. 1-18.
THE FLOWER
The botanist regards the parts of a flower as so many leaves specially
modified for certain purposes. x\.n ordinary flower is composed of
(i.) sepals (the calyx) ; (ii.) petals (the corolla) ; (iii.) stamens (andrce-
cium) ; (iv.) carpels or pistil (gyncecium). The sepals and petals are
often absent altogether : sometimes one, sometimes another. As a rule
they form the most conspicuous and showy part of the flower, and their
natural duty is supposed to be to attract insects to search for honey and
thus disturb the pollen and fertilise the pistils or carpels. The stamens
and carpels are the essential parts of the flower, without which it is
impossible to obtain seed. The stamens contain pollen in the little sacs
or bags at the apex called anthers shown at fig. 9 in the Glossary.
Insects are useful in brushing this pollen against the sticky top (the
stigma) of the pistil. The pollen is sometimes ripe before the stigma,
and vice versa, and it thus happens that flowers are not often fertilised
with their own pollen. In this way the pistils in one flower may be
fertilised with pollen from another, and if the species are different a
' hybrid ' has been effected, or a ' cross ' if the plants are of the same
species. Seeds obtained from a plant thus crossed do not exactly
reproduce the characters of the parents, although the differences may
be very slight.
Sometimes the sarnejjflower contains both stamens and pistil, when
it is said to be hermaphrodite. When a flower contains stamens only
or pistils only on the same plant, it is said to be monoecious, as in the
Cucumber (p. 1156), Marrow (p. 1155), Begonia (p. 462). But when
male and female (or staminate and pistillate) flowers are borne on dif-
ferent plants, they are said to be dioecious, as in the Aucuba (p. 475)
and Willow (p. 802). Very often flowers are without stamens and
pistils, and are termed neuter or sterile, as in the cultivated forms of
the Guelder Kose (p. 480) and the Hydrangea (p. 429).
Double Flowers. — Cultivation often plays havoc with the stamens
and pistils. These become more or less suppressed, and (as showing
FERTILISATION AND HYBRIDISATION 37
them to be really modified leaves) they are replaced by petals, as in the
garden Eose (p. 382), Carnation (p. 240), Hollyhock (p. 272), Double
Begonia (p. 462) and Chrysanthemum (p. 531). The more the stamens
and pistils become suppressed or modified by cultivation, the less chance
is there of obtaining seeds from such flowers, and plants bearing them
are with difficulty increased by seeds. Hence the adoption of other
methods of propagation in such cases.
FERTILISATION AND HYBRIDISATION
Since the functions of the stamens and pistils have been better
understood, gardeners have taken full advantage of them by transferring
the pollen from the stamens of one flower to the pistils of another with
a view to raising new races or ' strains ' as they are called. When in a
reciprocal state, fertilisation is usually effected, the pollen grows on the
sticky surface of the pistil (called the stigma) and seeds are ultimately
borne in the way described at p. 24. The plants raised from such
seeds may combine the characters of both parents in a more or less
even degree. When two species of the same genus are thus fertilised
a ' hybrid ' is the result. When two species belonging to different
genera are fertilised, the product is called a ' bigeneric ' hybrid. But
when forms of the same species are fertilised with each other, they are
simply called ' crosses,' and chiefly differ in the colour and size of the
flower.
Of late years hybridisation has been carried on to an enormous
extent among all classes of plants, and some very fine garden flowers
have been thus obtained. It must be remembered, however, that only
plants having a natural relationship to each other are likely to produce
hybrids. The more distantly related they are, the less likely are they
to be fertilised or produce seeds. As most of the plants described in
this work are arranged according to their natural relationships to each
other, it will be easy to see which are the most likely ones to use for
hybridising purposes.
Unlike animals, it is a remarkable fact that most plant hybrids are
capable of producing fertile seeds, and are as perfect in every detail as
the species from which they were originally derived. Occasionally a
hybrid is met with, which only with difficulty can be fertilised and made
to produce seed. In such a case as with ' double '-flowered plants it
must be increased by other means than seeds.
It may be appropriate to mention here that certain flowers, like Prim-
roses (p. 617), Auriculas (p. 618), Oxalis (p. 292), Loosestrife (p. 451) &c.
have the stamens and pistils alternately long in some flowers and short
38 PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
in others, and Darwin has pointed out that pollen from long stamens
in one flower is naturally adapted for fertilising the long pistils in
another; and the same with the short forms. Many flowers are
fertilised by bees and various insects, but many others, like the Pine
trees (p. 972), Willows (p. 802), Alders (p. 796), Poplars (p. 803),
Birches (p. 793) &c, depend upon the wind to have their pollen blown
about and transferred to the ovules (as in the Pines) or pistils (as in
the others).
FOEMS OF FLOWEES
Flowers are usually said to be ' regular ' when their sepals and
petals are similar as shown in figs. 24, 40, 54, 59, 63, and 66 in the
Glossary ; or ' irregular,' when one or more sepal or petal differs in
size or shape from the others as shown in figs. 5, 22, 23, 58, 60, and
67. The petals may be quite free from each other, when they are
called polypetalous (see p. 122), or may be united, when they are said
to be gamopetalous (see p. 125). In the Glossary figs. 23, 24, 59, 63,
65, and 67 are examples of Gamopetalous flowers, while figs. 5, 40, 54,
and 58 are examples of Polypetalous flowers. The stamens and pistils
may also be either free or united. These characters are of great use for
the purposes of classification, and are more systematically detailed at
p. 120.
THE INFLOEESCENCE
The way in which flowers are borne is termed the inflorescence.
Flowers may be at the ends of the branches or in the axils of the leaves,
and may have stalks (peduncles) branched or unbranched forming
racemes, panicles, corymbs, umbels, or cymes &c. ; all of which terms
are explained and illustrated in the Glossary (p. 1). When without stalks
they may form spikes, as in the Plantain, or heads, as in Clover, or
catkins, as in the Birch. There are various modifications of these, as
in the Arum Lily, where the flowers are in a fleshy spike (spadix)
enveloped in a large and showy leaf called a spathe.
THE FRUIT
In popular language the term ' Fruit ' is very vaguely used.
Strictly speaking, the ripened carpels, whether hard or soft, constitute
the fruit, or, in other words, the seed vessel or ovary. All flowering
plants which produce seeds enclosed in an ovary are termed Angio-
sperms (see p. 121) and include both Dicotyledons and Monocotyledons.
THE FRUIT 39
The Pine trees and Cycads have their seeds quite naked on scales, and
are termed Gymno sperms (p. 122).
Development of the Fruit. — Soon after the stigma of a carpel
has been fertilised it withers, and the ovary begins to enlarge, the
ovules which it contained now developing into seeds as the result of
fertilisation. Sometimes an ovary (or fruit) contains only one seed,
sometimes many, and there may be many ovaries in one flower, as in
the Strawberry (p. 1089), Kaspberry (p. 1085) &c, each containing only
one seed ; or there may be few ovaries or only one, each containing
several seeds. In any case the ovary consists of one or more carpels
either separate and distinct, or united.
When ripe, some fruits open naturally and shed their seeds, and
are said to be dehiscent ; others never open, and the seeds are only
liberated by the rotting of the ovary walls. Such fruits are called
indehiscent. As many kinds of fruits are mentioned in the pages
of this work it may be as well to briefly define those best known.
SOFT OR FLESHY FRUITS
The Berry is a fruit which is soft throughout, the seeds being
imbedded in a pulp, as in the Gooseberry (see Glossary, fig. 14), Currant,
Grape, Tomato, and Orange (the latter having a leathery rind). The
Pepo or Gourd is a hard-skinned berry, such as the Cucumber, Marrow,
Melon.
The Pome is a fleshy fruit like the berry, but the calyx is the
thickened edible portion in which is imbedded the cartilaginous ovaiy
known as the ' core ' in Apples, Pears, and Quinces (see Glossary,
fig. 88).
The Drupe is the name of the fruit of Cherries, Peaches, Plums,
Almonds and Nectarines. The outer layer, often merely the skin, is
called the epicarp ; the middle layer or flesh the mesocarp ; the inner
layer or ' stone ' the endocarp (see Glossary, fig. 52)
In the Blackberry and Piaspberry the fruit consists of a collection
of small drupes and is called an etario. The fruit of the Mulberry,
like that of the Blackberry in appearance, is the product not of one
flower but of several crowded on a short stalk.
HARD OR DRY FRUITS
The Achene is a small dry indehiscent one-seeded fruit, well seen
in Buttercups and Strawberries. In the latter they are popularly
regarded as ' seeds.' The juicy edible pulp is in reality the swollen top
or receptacle of the flower stalk (see Glossary, fig. 1).
40 PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
The Pod or Legume, familiar in the Pea, Bean, Scarlet Runner &c,
is a fruit splitting into two valves, bearing the seeds on the edges (see
Glossary, fig. 69). A L omentum is a pod constricted between the seed
breaking transversely into distinct joints.
A Samara or Key Fruit, like that of the Elm, Ash, or Maple, is an
indehiscent fruit furnished with wings (Glossary, fig. 97).
A Follicle, as seen in the Paeony, Larkspur &c, is a simple carpel
opening on one side only (Glossary, fig. 57).
The Capsule is a dehiscent fruit composed of more than one carpel
usually with many seeds (Glossary, figs. 26, 27).
The Silique and Silicle are the long and short pods respectively
of the Crucifer order (p. 201) (Glossary, figs. 99, 100).
The Cone is the peculiar multiple fruit of the Pine-tree family
(p. 972). The cones consist of flat scales overlapping each other, and
bearing the seeds at the base (Glossary, fig. 106).
The Cremocarp is the name of the fruit of the Umbellifer family
(p. 464). It consists of two achenes which split apart when ripe
(Glossary, fig. 38).
A Nut is a dry indehiscent fruit usually with one seed surrounded
by a bony wall, as the Hazel or Cobnut (p. 797). In the Oak, the nut
or acorn is fixed in a cup called the cupule, the whole fruit being called
a Glans (Glossary, fig. 61).
INFLUENCE OF LIGHT ON VEGETATION
All plants having green leaves or stems can only properly develop
and perform the function of assimilation or digestion by the aid of
sunlight. Mushrooms (see p. 1166) and other Fungi carry out their
functions with and without the aid of light. Some plants like as much
sunlight as possible ; others only a little, preferring a diffused light or
deep shade ; and others again seem to thrive better under intermediate
conditions, some leaning towards light rather than shade.
Light is essential in any case to secure the formation of chlorophyll.
the name given to the green pigment found in the cells of leaves. But
this substance also requires a suitable temperature, and will not develop
in very cold weather. The absence of chlorophyll is noticeable by the
pale or yellowish appearance of the plants.
Sometimes gardeners are not anxious that it should develop at all ;
hence the reason of blanching Celery (see p. 1130), Seakale (p. 1121) &c.
by covering the leaf-stalks over with soil, pots, boxes &c. The exclu-
sion of light prevents the formation of the green colouring matter, and
the stems are in consequence more palatable when eaten.
PROPAGATION 41
In the absence of light the leaves will not absorb carbonic acid gas,
which is essential to the welfare of the plant. The latter must there-
fore live on whatever reserve material it has stored away in the stems
or roots.
All observant gardeners know the difference between plants grown
in light and plants grown in darkness or deep shade. Those under the
latter conditions grow rapidly, and plants that are naturally sturdy will
assume a weakly, more or less climbing habit, being anxious to reach
the sunlight. And every cottager knows that the leaves and shoots of
the ' Geranium ' in his window always turn towards the glass and not
towards the centre of the room.
On the other hand plants grown in plenty of light do not develop
so rapidly, but each part performs its own function properly and steadily,
with the result that the plants are more sturdy, and the stems and
shoots become better matured and produce better flowers and fruits.
Light may therefore be said to have a dwarfing and ripening effect
upon plants, while darkness has an elongating and weakening effect.
Apart from this may be mentioned the fact that the leaves of many
plants of the Leguminous order (p. 322), such as the well-known Sen-
sitive Plant, go to ' sleep ' — that is, droop — during the night time, and
only regain their spreading position in daylight.
From a cultural point of view, therefore, it is important to notice the
effect of light, shade and darkness in plants. Very often a plant which
has been grown in strong sunlight will not thrive under the best of
treatment ; but when it is shaded or partially shaded, it soon begins to
show that it appreciates the altered conditions by the way in which it
puts forth new growths. At p. 88 a selection of plants is given which
will flourish in shaded or partially shaded situations, while many others
are mentioned in various parts of the work.
PROPAGATION OF PLANTS
Propagation is the term applied to any method by means of which
plants are increased or multiplied in number. Some plants can only be
increased in one way, others in several ; but as a rule the gardener
usually and not unnaturally selects the method which gives him the
quickest and what he considers also to be the best results. In the
case of annuals and most biennials (see p. 78) he has no other choice
as a rule but to raise them from seeds. This is also Nature's method of
42 PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
increasing niost plants, but the process is often too slow to be regarded
with satisfaction by the gardener. He therefore also has recourse to
the other methods of propagation described below.
I. Propagation by Seeds
As just stated above, most plants growing in a natural state are
increased by seeds. From a garden point of view, however, it is not
always advisable to adopt this means, although many hundreds of plants
may be very easily raised thereby. When it is desired to keep any
particular plant true to its variety — that is, so that the progeny may
faithfully reproduce all the features of the parent, in regard to habit,
foliage, flowers, colour, fruit, flavour &c. — it is not wise to increase or
propagate such a plant by means of seeds. For this reason : that pollen
from the flowers of an inferior, or at least undesirable, variety may have
fertilised the pistils in the flowers of the plant which it is desired to
propagate. The characters of the original variety would in this way be
tampered with, and the seedlings, although very similar to it, may have
inherited some of the undesirable qualities of the strange parent, and
lost the most desirable ones of the other.
It is therefore almost impossible for any seed to reproduce all the
characters and qualities of its mother parent with absolute fidelity.
Where little or no importance is attached to this fact, seeds will be
found one of the readiest methods by which large numbers of plants
may be produced. Plants raised from seed offer immense variety,
and where novelties are required either as hybrids or crosses (see p. 37)
it is a most interesting occupation raising them from seeds.
SEED SOWING
The best time for sowing seed is either in the autumn when
thoroughly ripe, or in spring, when the earth's natural heat is favour-
able to germination. In a state of nature, as soon as seeds are ripe
they fall to the ground and perhaps remain dormant during the
winter, or else germinate sufficiently early to be strong enough to
withstand the rigours of winter. All our annual weeds and a good many
of our choice hardiest annuals if left alone would reproduce themselves
in this way. And so would the hardy biennials and perennials, as
witness the Evening Primrose, Horse Chestnut, Ash, Oak, &c. From
a gardening point of view, however, it is found convenient to make
spring the chief seed-sowing season, as there are so many other matters
to attend to in the autumn. Other periods, when preferable for any
particular plant, will be found noted in the following pages.
SEED SOWING <&c. 43
PREPARATION OF THE SOIL FOR SOWING SEEDS
Seeds are sown out of doors, either in beds, or in rows or ' drills ' as
they are often called. In whatever way they are sown the ground
must first of all be specially prepared for their reception. It should
as a rule be well dug or trenched some time previously, so that it will
have had sufficient time to settle down afterwards. The surface must
be made fine, and should be quite free from clods or lumps. As a rule
seed beds are level, but they may under certain circumstances, where
the soil, for instance, is naturally heavy and wet, be raised, with alleys
about a foot wide between them, the better for thinning out, weeding
&c. afterwards. Under south walls, the beds may be slightly inclined
so as to catch more benefit from the sun's rays in early spring. The soil
being thus warmed naturally excites growth, and the seedlings appear
rather earlier than if sown under other conditions.
The necessity for a fine surface is obvious when it is remembered
that the seeds of a vast number of plants are very small. If the soil
were in a rough state and somewhat lumpy, the small seeds would
sink down much too deep, and the young plants would probably never
see the light of day ; or if they did it would be in such a weak and
exhausted state that they would recover only with very great difficulty.
The upper surface of the soil may be made fine in various ways.
It may be sifted and afterwards levelled with a rake ; or, if it is in a
good friable condition, any lumps in it may be readily crushed with
the spade or fork, before levelling properly with the rake.
The soil also may be trodden down well with the feet or a very
light roller. This will secure evenness and consistency throughout,
and will afford a much better run for the roots than if it is left very
loose and powdery.
COVERING SEEDS
There is a vast range of variation in the size of seeds — some being
like dust and scarcely discernible, while others, like the Pea, Bean,
Horse Chestnut &c. are large enough to be handled quite easily.
The well-known seed of the Coco-nut Palm is one of the largest
seeds known, while those of our British and exotic Orchids are
among the very smallest. Similar to these latter are the spores or
' seeds ' of Ferns, while those of Rhododendrons, Azaleas, and many
other plants of the Heath order (p. 574) are very little larger. Such a
difference in size naturally suggests a difference in treatment in regard
to covering seeds. The rough and ready principle usually adopted is
to cover seeds with soil equalling their own depth or diameter, and for
all practical purposes this is found to work very well. Minute seeds,
44 PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
like those of Ehododendron, therefore, are simply sown on the surface
of the prepared soil, the fineness of which should as a rule correspond
to the fineness of the seeds sown. Larger seeds may be covered with
soil to a depth varying according to their size.
WATEEING SEED-BEDS
Water is just as essential to growth as heat. Hence the soil
in which seeds are sown must be in a more or less moist condition
according to the nature of the plant. Some seeds require to be
moderately moist, while others — such as those of marsh plants, a list of
which is given at pp. 112, 113 — require to be sown almost or quite in a
wet muddy soil. In the case of the fine seeds already alluded to, where
there is no covering of soil, great attention to watering is necessary for
some time. Being not only minute, but also tender and likely to be
shrivelled up by drought, the soil on which these tiny seeds rest should
before sowing be thoroughly soaked with water. Afterwards they may
be kept moist with a sprinkling from a very fine-rosed watering-pot, or
the pots or pans in which they are sown may be stood half their depth
in water. In this way the soil will absorb moisture upwards from the
bottom, and thus avoid the necessity of watering with a can. Very
often, when the latter is used carelessly or thoughtlessly for fine seeds,
these are washed into a heap at one side, and thus are too dense to
permit any good growth in the seedlings.
EECEPTACLES FOE SOWING SEEDS
It is often more convenient to sow seeds in greenhouses, hotbeds, or
cold frames ; or the quantity to be sown may be so small that it is not
worth while sowing it in the open border. Under such circumstances
flowerpots, pans, or shallow wooden boxes are generally used. Whatever
receptacle is used it is first of all necessary to see that it is well drained
before filling it up with soil.
' CEOCKING ' OE DEAINING POTS
In the case of flowerpots, these must be ' crocked,' as gardeners say.
A flattish piece of broken pot, having about the same diameter as the
bottom of the pot, is placed over the hole in the centre. Over this large
' crock ' smaller ones are placed, sometimes as much as half way up or
more, when particularly good drainage is required. Where large quan-
tities of crocks are used, they should become gradually smaller towards
the top. Over them all is placed a layer of moss, or fibre of some sort,
DRAINAGE 45
such as that shaken out of peat, or turfy loam. This prevents the soil
from being washed down among the crocks, and thus choking up the
spaces between them required for the free passage of water and air.
NECESSITY OF DRAINAGE
Too much importance cannot be attached to the proper drainage of
soil, whether it is held in a pot or box, or whether it is in the open garden.
Unless the water can pass away from the soil readily, it becomes more
or less stagnant in it, causes sourness, prevents the circulation of air,
lowers the temperature round the roots, and generally interferes with
the health of the plant. Under the chapter on soils the question of
drainage is more fully treated (see p. 66). Whether boxes, pans, or
other receptacles are used, the question of drainage must be first
attended to as with flowerpots.
Having attended to the drainage, the soil, which must be of a nature
suitable to the plants to be grown, may be placed over the moss and
crocks, and pressed down more or less firmly with the fingers or a
small piece of flat board, and brought to within half an inch of the top
of the rim as a rule. Where very fine seeds, like those of Begonia, are
to be sown the soil may be raised in the centre, forming a shallow dome,
but in such cases the soil must be light and easily permeable by
water.
HOW TO SOW SEED
As a general rule, it may be said that seeds of all kinds of plants
are sown too thickly, with the natural consequence that the seedlings
spring up very close to each other, and if they are not ' pricked out ' or
' thinned out,' as described below, they soon stifle each other, and very
few, if any, good plants are obtained.
Where the seeds are fairly large and easily handled there is no
excuse for sowing them thickly. It may take a little longer time to sow
them at more or less regular intervals, but the time spent then will be
saved, and more than saved, later on when they have germinated. In
the event of other work requiring attention, thinly sown seedlings may
be allowed to stand longer in the seed-pots without injury than those
which have come up too close to each other.
With tiny seeds it is very difficult to avoid sowing them thickly,
and great care must be exercised in handling them. Some of them
are so small and so light, that hundreds of them may be blown away
and lost for ever by a slight puff of wind, or even a cough. Such seeds
therefore should not be sown in a draughty place for this reason.
46 PBACTICAL GUIDE TO GABDEN PLANTS
To avoid sowing them too thickly, it is a good plan to sift some dry
sand through fine muslin or a hair sieve, and mix the seeds thoroughly
with it. The sand and seeds may then be sown as thinly as possible
over the surface, treating the grains of sand as if they were seeds — and
the seedlings will as a rule not be so close together as if sown without
this artificial aid.
The sowing of Fern spores has been dealt with separately at
p. 1008.
THINNING OUT SEEDLINGS
This will be necessary when the seedlings are large enough to handle,
so that those intended for bloom will have ample space to fully develop
without having had their roots disturbed. Thinning out is best done
in dull showery weather when the seeds have been sown in the open
air. Failing this, the seed bed should be watered before or after the
work.
PRICKING OUT SEEDLINGS
This operation is almost equivalent to thinning the seedlings and
to transplantation. It consists in transferring the seedlings from pots,
pans, or places in which they developed from the seed, to similar
receptacles or places, only much further apart according to kind.
The plants have thus more room and air and become sturdy. They also
produce more fibrous roots, as the removal usually injures the first
central main or tap root, and its place must be taken by new fibrous
ones developed from the sides.
Many plants are improved in growth by pricking out or transplanting,
but a few are injured by the process, and these are mentioned in their
proper places. As a rule it is safer not to transplant or prick out any
plants which are grown chiefly for the sake of their tap-roots, such as
the Carrot (p. 1128), Parsnip (p. 1129), Turnip (p. 1119), Eadish
(p. 1120), Beet &c. (p. 1151). If transplanted very young they may
develop fairly regular-shaped roots, but as a rule they do not, hence are
usually thinned out in the seed beds instead of being transplanted.
Hotbeds
As hotbeds and cold frames are most useful for raising seeds and
for many other purposes in the garden, they may be referred to here.
A hotbed when well made is an extremely useful adjunct to a gar-
den, and especially a garden without greenhouses. It may be erected
in some out of the way part where its presence is not too noticeable.
By its aid all kinds of tender plants may be raised in early spring or
GOLD FRAMES 47
protected in winter ; cuttings of bedding and other plants will quickly
root on it, and many other uses may be found for it.
For making hotbeds the best stable manure should be used, to-
gether with plenty of leaves, those of the Oak or Chestnut for choice.
Stable manure by itself heats too quickly and dies out too rapidly.
By adding leaves, heat is not generated so quickly but is more lasting
and suitable for plants.
The whole should be well mixed and turned over (any dry portions
being thoroughly wetted) every other day for about a week or so, to
allow the rank steam to escape.
In making the hotbed, the litter and leaves should be placed evenly
layer after layer, and in such a way as to be 6 to 12 inches longer and wider
than the frame intended for it. As the bed proceeds it should be evenly
and firmly trodden down, the better to secure a uniform heat. When
finished and settled down the hotbed should be 3 to 4 feet high, sloping
from the back to the front, and facing south. The surface may be
covered with a layer of well-rotted manure, and upon this may be a
covering of prepared soil or coco-nut fibre, varying in thickness
according to particular requirements.
It is advisable to tilt the ends of the lights at first to allow the escape
of rank steam. Shading may be done, if necessary, by mats, canvas, or
whitening the glass.
When any plants described in this work require the assistance of a
hotbed, the fact will be found mentioned.
Cold Frames
Besides hotbeds, cold frames are very convenient, more particularly
for raising seeds of rather tender hardy plants, or for protecting peren-
nial plants in winter that have been grown in the open air during the
summer and autumn months. In very severe winters the frames may
be banked round with litter, and covered with one or more layers of
Kussian mats if needed. In fine mild wintry weather the lights should
be taken off or well propped up during the warmest portion of the day,
when not frosty, and should be closed early enough to retain a fair
proportion of sun heat for the night. Cold frames are of various sizes
and makes to suit different kinds of plants ; but they are rather expen-
sive. The amateur, however, can easily improvise a frame good enough
for practical purposes. See page 100.
Labelling
After seeds of annuals, biennials, or indeed any plant, have been
properly sown, it is important that each kind should be distinctly
labelled. Wooden labels varying from 3 to 12 inches long may be
48 PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
used. The surface should be slightly and evenly covered with white
paint (Continental growers like yellow) and written upon while still
damp. With the sharpened end of the label pointing to the left, the
generic name should be written above the specific. The date of sowing
should also be recorded, and to prevent it becoming obliterated by being
pushed too far into the soil, this is best done on a space ruled off by a
line at the top of the label. Several labels may be ruled at once, and
there is nothing lost by a little neatness and clearness in writing.
When special seeds are sown, the name of the sender, country &c. are
worth while recording. Where many kinds of seeds are sown, it will
be interesting to note how much longer it takes some seeds to germinate
than others under equal conditions.
In the Flower Border and Eock Garden it must be admitted that
labels often look far from picturesque, especially when the plants they
represent have disappeared perhaps for ever. In such cases they have
not inaptly been termed tombstones, and should be removed when all
hope of the plant beneath the surface is abandoned.
On the whole, however, a good case can be made out for labels in
the flower garden, whether of wood or zinc, especially when many species
are grown, unless one has an extraordinary memory. In the case
of deciduous herbaceous plants labels mark the spot in winter and
prevent the plant being accidentally uprooted and thrown away. The
size of the label, however, should always be more or less in proportion
to the size of the plant, as nothing looks more ridiculous than to see a
tiny plant an inch or two high hidden behind a label a foot long and
2-3 in. broad.
2. Propagation by Cuttings
Perhaps there is no operation in which the amateur gardener takes
so keen a delight as in increasing any choice plant in his stock by the
readiest means, and sometimes by unusual means, for the sake of ex-
periment. Apart from increasing plants by the natural method of
sowing seed, that of making cuttings is most popular, and many
amateurs whose enthusiasm knows no bounds endeavour to make a new
plant out of every part of an old one, whether suitable or not. As a
rule, these enthusiasts make the best gardeners, as every failure is a
lesson, and the more failures they can reckon the greater the extent of
their knowledge.
Cuttings consist of detached portions of a plant — either root, stem,
or leaves — from which separate and distinct plants with roots of their
own are obtained, and lead an independent existence. Although some
plants are more difficult than others to raise from cuttings, it may be
CUTTINGS 49
taken as a general principle that plants having buds, bark, and more or
less pithy stems are capable of being increased by this means. This
practically includes all the Dicotyledons except annuals (see p. 78)
and excludes many Monocotyledons (p. 127) and Ferns (p. 1008).
Plants are often increased by cuttings simply because there is no other
way — but chiefly because seeds will not ripen or cannot be procured.
Special varieties are also increased by cuttings, as, if raised from seeds,
the distinguishing characters may be lost or blended with those of
another variety, as already explained at p. 42.
Selecting Cuttings. — Cuttings should always be selected from
healthy plants and the best varieties. When herbaceous, they are taken
from the young plump shoots. A few of the lower leaves are stripped
off, and the stem is cut away to a joint. Herbaceous cuttings may be
put in whenever they can be obtained, but spring and autumn are
perhaps the best seasons. If cuttings of choice plants are placed in a
little heat, as on a hotbed (p. 46), and kept shaded for a few days, they
root or ' strike ' much more quickly than if left unprotected in the open
air. But cuttings of a vast number of herbaceous plants and of trees
and shrubs root easily in a shady border or in a cold frame.
Until a cutting makes roots of its own, it must continue to live
somehow. It is well known that plants with roots will suffer from
want of water, and that very hot sunshine will often cause the leaves
to wither even when the roots are well supplied with water. How,
therefore, is a piece of a plant which cannot absorb water, as it has no
roots, and cannot prevent the evaporation of the moisture already in it,
going to exist for any length of time, and not only exist, but produce
roots and eventually develop into a large plant from which several other
cuttings may be taken ? It is well known that portions of plants placed
in water often keep fresh and healthy for a long time, especially if kept
shaded from bright sun. This fact is taken advantage of in regard to
cuttings. They are usually placed in damp, sandy soil, and are kept
shaded from the sun. Air is also excluded for a time. In this way
evaporation is checked, the cuttings retain a good deal of their plump-
ness, and the cells of the cut surface when cleanly cut with a sharp
knife have the power of taking up and transmitting from one to another
a certain quantity of water.
The roots have still to be formed, otherwise the cuttings die, as they
cannot live indefinitely in a rootless condition. In making cuttings ..
they are usually cut clean across just beneath a joint with a sharp knife.
The reason for this is that at every joint is one bud or more, usually m
a dormant condition. These buds become plumper and plumper on
the plant until they burst into leaf or flower. They evidently have the
50 PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GAJRDEN PLANTS
power of attracting or drawing to themselves, therefore, a greater amount
of nourishment than the part of the stem between the joints. When
a cutting is severed just beneath this seat or storehouse of nourish-
ment, the injured cells of the cut surface endeavour to heal their
wounds and keep alive by drawing away some of this nourishment.
When this takes place a cushion or ring is formed round the cut sur-
face, and protects the inner cells from further injury. From this ring
or cushion, which gardeners call the ' callus,' roots are soon developed —
they are drawn out as it were by the moisture of the soil, and at once
begin to absorb food in a soluble state at their tender tips. Once this
stage has been reached a change is seen above the soil in the cutting.
The young bud at the tip is no longer inactive, but begins to grow and
put forth leaves, and these also begin to work in conjunction with the
roots, and thus add to the size and weight of what is now an indepen-
dent plant. Henceforth it must be treated like its parent and get the
benefit of light, air, moisture and heat in the same way, according to
its requirements.
A large number of plants may be obtained from cuttings, but there
are also a vast number which cannot be increased in this way, such as
' annuals ' for example. The same may be said of most biennials, that
is, plants which take two years to fully mature before dying down.
To these may be added such plants as Grasses, Bamboos, Palms, and
many other plants like them having leaves with parallel or curved
veins, and no rind or bark, as in the Willow, Apple, Pear, Plum &c.
Cuttings may be divided into two main groups — soft-wooded or
herbaceous, and woody. In the Zonal Pelargonium, for instance, not
only will the ends of the branches ' strike ' or produce roots but almost
every joint, always provided the stems are not too sappy. And here it
may be as well to mention as a general rule that all cuttings should be
taken from fairly well-ripened and firm parts of the plants. Cuttings
of stems too young and watery are apt to rot very soon, and those
from very old and dried wood do not root, chiefly because there are no
young cells full of life left. Cuttings of most herbaceous plants and of
many trees and shrubs all require pretty much the same treatment.
They should be inserted in sandy soil, a hole having first been
vmade with a blunt-pointed dibber about twice as thick as an ordinary
lead-pencil. The soil should be pressed firmly but gently round the
fy&se so as not to crush the tissues, but at the same time firmly enough
to prevent the cuttings coming out readily when gently pulled with the
finger and thumb.
VPots, pans, shallow boxes, or any other receptacle may be used for
putting the cuttings in, but whatever receptacle is used it should
CUTTINGS 51
always be well drained as explained under ' Seed Sowing,' p. 43. No
particular heat is required for the plants mentioned, but in others which
do not come within the scope of this work a very high temperature is
necessary both above and below to make them throw out roots.
Cuttings of woody plants differ a good deal from those of soft-
wooded or herbaceous plants. In them we have a quite different kind
of cutting. The most notable thing is the absence of leaves, but dor-
mant buds are shown at the joints where the leaves have fallen away.
There are a large number of plants which are easily increased by cuttings
of this kind. When the leaves have fallen off naturally in the autumn,
the thoroughly ripened stems may be cut into various lengths and put
into the soil, allowing them to remain during the winter. In spring
the dormant buds will burst into leaf, and in the course of the summer
new branches will be developed. All this is a sign that work is being
done under the surface of the soil. Beneath the hard woody bark is a
layer of green tissue, with a mass of green young cells full of the
active growing material called protoplasm. During the winter the
temperature has been too low to start the living matter in the cells into
growth, and so they remain idle or dormant. But when the tempera-
ture reaches a certain point in the spring it happens to be just suitable
for the protoplasm, and the contents of every cell in consequence become
active. A ' callus ' is formed at the cut end of the stem in the soil, and
by-and-by young roots are developed exactly as in the soft-wooded
cuttings, and the process of taking up nourishment from the soil begins
in earnest. A large number of trees and shrubs, with net-veined leaves,
can be increased in this way, among them being the Virginian Creeper,
and its relation, the Ampelopsis Veitchi, which clings to walls, the
Willow, Gooseberry, Currant, Mock Orange, Rose, Apple, Pear, Plum,
Cherry &c. Of all these it is better to have a shoot about eight or nine
inches long, so that about half of it may be inserted in the soil,
although cuttings of many others need be only 2-3 in. long.
Root Cuttings. — Tops of branches and portions of the stems are
the usual parts of a plant used for making cuttings. But there are
other parts which are equally useful for the same purpose. The root,
for instance, of some plants like the Japanese Windflower (Anemone
japonica) and the Japanese Quince (Cydonia japonica), Sea Kale, the
Eose, and many others, if cut into pieces a couple of inches long, and
' sown ' in the soil as if they were seeds, will produce young plants.
As a rule root cuttings are usually best put in a little heat. Only
those plants the roots of which have a tendency to develop buds are
increased in this way. A distinction must be made between these
roots and underground stems.
E 2
52
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
Leaf Cuttings are employed in the case of plants in the Crassula
order, and tender plants like Begonias and Gloxinias. The leaves are
placed on fine sandy soil or coco-nut fibre, and the main nerves are
cut through with a sharp knife. The sap from the cut surface forms a
callus, and from this comes a little bud above and roots below. After
a time the body of the leaves decays, leaving the plantlets, which are
potted up singly into small pots, in fine rich sandy soil.
Preparing Soil for Cuttings. — The soil for cuttings should always
be specially prepared, particularly for those of flowering plants. What-
ever soil the plant grows in best should be used, with more than the
usual mixture of sand ; and it should always be well drained, as stag-
nant moisture would very soon rot the rootless stem. The more tender
or difficult the plant, the more care should be taken in watering,
shading, and airing the cuttings.
3. Propagation by Grafting
A graft is somewhat like a cutting, but instead of its being placed
to root in the soil it is inserted in the stem of another living plant
which is already provided with roots. Only trees and shrubs and
sometimes herbaceous plants of the Dicotyledonous group can be
grafted. The cut surface of the graft or ' scion ' and the stock should
fit neatly together, in such a way that the layer of the inner bark in
each should be in contact. This layer is called the ' cambium,' and
consists of thin- walled cells, which are always at work adding a layer
of wood on the inside and a layer of bark on the outside, thus adding
to the diameter of the plant stem, as already explained at p. 30.
FIG. 117. — WHIP
GRAFTING.
FIG. 118.— WHIP
GRAFTING.
FIG. 119. — WHIP
GRAFTING.
FIG. 120. WHIP
GRAFTING.
Varieties of Grafting. — There are various ways in which a graft is
attached to the stock, the chief being : —
GRAFTING
53
(a) Whip Grafting.— This is most generally practised. It consists
in making an oblique cut in both stock and scion in such a way that
they will fit exactly as shown in figs. 117 and 118. A tongue (t) is
also cut in each so as to fit one into the other. Where there is a
difference in size the scion must be inserted nearer one edge to secure
the meeting of the inner bark. When neatly fitted, as in fig. 119, the
whole should be bound with woollen thread or raffia so as to keep the
scion from moving about, and clay or grafting wax should be at once
plastered all round to exclude the air and prevent drying. Fig. 120
shows a completed graft tied up, the dotted lines representing the
clay or grafting wax around the joined portions.
(b) Cleft Grafting.— This method consists in splitting or cleaving
the head of the stock open by a chisel or small chopper. The end of
the scion is cut wedge-shaped and inserted in the cleft so as to make
the inner edges of the bark meet. This may also be called Market-
garden Grafting, as it is usually employed in furnishing the tops of old,
worn-out fruit trees. The objection to it is that in splitting the stock,
perhaps in three or four places, a much larger space than is required for
the scion is made, and may take a long time to heal, if it ever does.
There are variations of this method.
(c) Saddle Grafting. — In this method the stock and scion must be
of equal thickness. The stock, as shown in fig. 121 a, is cut upwards
on two opposite sides to make a
wedge. The scion, as shown in fig.
121 b, is split up the centre and
hollowed so as to fit on top of the
stock. The reverse method, of in-
serting a wedge-ended scion into the
stock, is called Wedge Grafting.
{d) Crown or Bind Grafting. —
This system is generally practised in
spring, when the bark easily separates
from the wood. The scion is cut
obliquely, but a square shoulder is
made at the base by a transverse cut.
It is pushed in between the bark and
wood of the stock until the shoulder
rests on the top of the stock. Several
slender grafts may be inserted by this means round the edge of a large
trunk, as shown in fig. 122.
An improved method of Grafting is shown in figs. 123, 124, and
125. It is not exactly new, as something similar was practised about
FIG. 121. — SADDLE
GRAFTING.
FIG. 122. — CROWN
GRAFTING.
54
PR ACTIO AL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
ninety years ago ; but specimens from which the drawings were made
were exhibited a few years ago in London to show the difference
between the ordinary system of grafting and the improved one. Fig. 123
shows a graft inserted in a much thicker stock. The rind or bark,
however, is not cut away from the graft, but is carried over the head
of the stock, and is inserted under the bark on the opposite side. This
is the only difference in the two operations, the tying up and waxing or
claying being done as usual. The result of the union is shown, how-
ever, in fig. 124. This shows that a cushion of tissue and bark has
formed over the head of the stock, and has thus protected it from
decay owing to possible moisture, fungoid diseases &c. In fig. 125
FIG. 123.
FIG. 124.
FIG. 125.
the result of inserting a graft in the ordinary way is shown. The
union is perfect enough, but the central cylinder of wood in the stock
has not been covered over by the bark, and is thus left exposed to the
weather, and may sooner or later decay. This, of course, means danger
to the graft, although it may not take place for several years.
(e) Side Grafting consists in inserting a graft sideways into the
branch or trunk of a tree chiefly to fill up a vacant space. The scion
may have either shooting buds on last year's growth and be inserted
in April, or may have dormant buds on the current year's wood and be
inserted about August or September, to develop the following year.
The practise of inserting dormant fruit-buds has been tried in France
and England, and the advocates of it claim that magnificent fruit has
been obtained thereby. (See figs. 130, 131, p. 59.)
(/) Veneer Grafting is practised in spring or autumn, preferably the
former, chiefly with evergreen trees and shrubs. The corresponding
sides of the stock and graft are cut obliquely about 1 in. long, fitted
together, tied, and placed in a close frame. The leaves of the scion are
GRAFTING 55
not stripped off at the top, and the top of the stock need not be cut off
till after the union has taken place.
(g) Grafting by Approach or Inarching. — This is rarely practised
except on Vines. It consists in bringing the stems of two plants
together, cutting away a portion of the bark of each, fitting the cut
surfaces together and tying. Here both stock and scion have roots, but
the scion is not severed from its parent until it has been completely
united to the foreign stock.
(h) Root Grafting. — Many plants are grafted on roots of their own
or an allied species, chiefly when the sap begins to flow in spring.
Unless carefully performed the union will be imperfect and the plants
useless after a time. Clematises were and still are grafted in this way,
but sooner or later they nearly all die unless the operation is neatly per-
formed, and it is therefore better to obtain plants from cuttings or seeds.
Whichever kind of Grafting is practised, the main point to remember
is that the cambium-layers — seated just between the inner bark and the
young wood — of both the stock and scion must come in contact with
each other. It is useless placing the hard wood of the one against that of
the other, as the cells in that portion have long ceased to be in a living
state. The cells of the cambium-layer in the stock unite with those
in the cambium-layer of the scion, the contents as it were intermix or
fuse together by the reciprocal action of the protoplasm (see p. 22),
and a union between the two is effected. As plants of the Monoco-
tyledonous group have no cambium-layer it naturally follows that they
cannot be grafted ; but nothwithstanding this, numerous attempts
have been made, and all have failed.
Selecting the Grafts or Scions. — In selecting a branch for graft-
ing due consideration must be given not only to the relationship exist-
ing between stock and scion referred to in the preceding paragraph,
but care should be taken to select well-ripened shoots of the previous
year containing several buds. Attention should also be given to the
buds to see that they are leaf-buds and not flower-buds. The main
object in grafting being first of all to produce branches, it is obvious that
this may be effected more readily by means of shoots having leaf -buds
instead of flower-buds. In the various fruit trees described in this
work the difference between the wood or leaf-buds and the flower-buds
is shown in the illustrations, so that readers may not mistake one for
the other.
When grafting is practised only scions of really choice and fruitful
varieties should be selected. The scions should be 6-8 in. long, and are
best taken from the side shoots rather than those of the uppermost
and strongest growing branches. It is not essential to unite a scion
56 PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
to the stock immediately it is detached from the tree. Indeed, a few
days are allowed to elapse so that movement of the sap shall become
slower in the scion than the stock. The shoots, however, must not be
allowed to dry or shrivel up, but may be placed in the soil in a shady
place. If they are to be sent away any distance it is a good plan to
stick the ends into a Potato tuber or moist clay, or to pack them in
damp moss. When, however, the scion is about to be inserted in the
stock the end should always be cut so as to have a fresh surface.
Time to graft. — Except where otherwise mentioned grafting is
usually performed about March. About this time the sap is beginning
to rise from the action of the roots, and the bark is more readily opened.
The process of uniting also goes on slowly at first and becomes more
rapid with the flow of the sap. The shooting of the buds on the scion
usually indicates that union has taken place, and the ties should be
looked at frequently afterwards, and loosened later on if necessary.
Relationship of Stock and Graft. — It is important to remember
that plants cannot be promiscuously grafted one on another. They
must at least belong to the same Natural Order, and should as a rule
be closely related. As all the plants described in this work are arranged
according to their close relationship with one another it will be easy
to avoid making mistakes in grafting one species on to another with
which it has no near affinity. It is improbable, for example, that a
Barberry (p. 178) could be successfully grafted on an Apple tree (p. 1042),
and vice versa. At the same time such practices cannot be prevented,
and if they should succeed it would indeed be a wonderful thing.
Exclusion of Air. — This is another essential point to remember
when grafting. If the air is allowed to circulate around the cut
surfaces the latter are soon dried up, a film is formed over them, and
an effective barrier is thus placed between the cells of the two
cambium-layers. Various composts are used to exclude the air, but
those referred to below are perhaps the best and most generally useful.
Grafting Clay and Wax. — This is made of clay well worked up with
a little chopped hay and horse or cow manure. If a hole is made in
the centre of the heap, water poured in will keep it moist for a long
time. It is an easy way of obtaining a good material for placing round
grafts. In France a mixture of 28 parts black pitch, 28 Burgundy
pitch, 16 yellow wax, 14 tallow, and 14 sifted ashes, is generally used
instead of clay.
Three parts each of resin and bees-wax and two parts of tallow
also make a good wax, which can be used lukewarm for grafts of small
or delicate plants. The wax known as ' Mastic l'homme Lefort ' is a
clean preparation sold in tin boxes. It may be applied cold and is
GRAFTING 57
called ' French Cold Grafting Wax.' Although soft, it hardens with
exposure to the air.
ADVANTAGES OF GRAFTING
Some authorities condemn grafting altogether on the ground that
the plants sooner or later lose their vitality and become little better
than scarecrows. Where the operation has been unskilfully performed
this is undoubtedly the case, but there are hundreds, if not thousands,
of examples of grafted trees in the rudest vigour throughout the
country. It seems as if the constitution of a plant goes a long way
towards proving whether grafting is a success or a failure, and it is
scarcely advisable to argue general principles from isolated examples
on one side or the other.
It is claimed for grafting
(i.) That it increases and accelerates the fruitfulness in fruit trees
owing to the check of the elaborated sap at the junction of the stock
and scion in its downward course.
(ii.) That old and unfruitful trees with strong and healthy stems
and roots may be rendered fruitful in two or three years by having
scions of fruitful and healthy trees grafted on their tops.
(iii.) That naturally tall-growing varieties may be dwarfed by
grafting on a less vigorous stock, and the reverse may also be attained.
When there is too great a disparity between the stock and scion, the
device of double or treble grafting is often adopted, so as to equalise
matters as much as possible. That is, one or two kinds intermediate in
vigour may be grafted on the stock before the required scion is ulti-
mately grafted on to one of them.
(iv.) That a naturally deep-rooting tree, like the Pear, may be
prevented from sending its roots down into cold and uncongenial soil
by grafting it on a naturally shallow-rooting stock, like the Quince ;
and
(v.) That by means of grafting, choice varieties of fruit, the innate
qualities of which cannot with any certainty be transmitted to their
progeny by seeds, are preserved and multiplied with greater certainty
and quickness,
' And in short space the laden boughs arise,
With happy fruit advancing to the skies.
The mother plant admires the leaves unknown
Of alien trees, and apples not her own.'
Influence of Stock on Scion. — It is curious that notwithstanding
the growth of one species on another, and the influence exerted in
regard to fertility &c, yet each kind undergoes no change in its
58
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
botanical structure. A Quince stock will produce Quince suckers, and
the Pear grafted on it will produce only the leaves, flowers, and fruits
of the Pear. In the same way, a Peach grafted on an Almond or a
Plum will remain a Peach. While it is true generally that neither
stock nor scion is affected by the other structurally, there is one
remarkable exception afforded by Laburnum Adami, known as a graft-
hybrid, and described at p. 327.
4. Propagation by Budding
The process of propagation by budding consists in detaching a
ripened bud from one plant and inserting it beneath the bark in the
stem of another closely related. It is confined almost entirely to woody
Dicotyledons, for the same reasons as Grafting, viz. because they have
a cambium-layer (see p. 30), and is usually performed about the end
of May or June to the end of July, when the sap is in rapid circulation,
and the bark readily separates from the wood. Almost all Roses,
Stone-fruit Trees, as well as many ornamental trees, like Maples &c,
are budded, and the practice is now being extended to many other trees
and shrubs.
Budding may be done in various ways, but the method usually
practised is known as shield or T-budding.
The bark of the stock should have a cut made lengthways and cross-
ways like the letter T as shown in the sketch fig. 126. A bud is then
carefully selected (in most cases care should be taken to select a leaf-
FIG. 126.
FIG. 127.
FIG. 128.
FIG. 129.
bud, not a flower-bud) by passing the knife behind the bud so as to
secure a piece of bark or a ' shield ' about ^ inch long above and below
it as shown in fig. 127, but without any wood behind. By allowing
a leaf-stalk to remain beneath the bud, a handle is supplied, which
enables one to easily insert the bud between the lips of the T-cut in
the bark when gently pressed open by the thin bone handle of the
budding-knife. The bud must then be carefully and firmly — but not
tightly — tied with woollen thread or soft matting, gently bringing
the edges of the cut together. In a month or so the bud will have
begun to swell, and the thread or matting if not already burst or
BUDDING AND LAYERING
59
decayed should be loosened or removed altogether. Fig. 128 shows
the bud inserted halfway in the slit, and fig. 129 shows it completely
inserted and securely tied.
About November the budded shoot will have grown a good deal, and
should be cut back to within 5 or 6 inches of the insertion of the bud ;
in the following March or April the shoot may be still further shortened
back close to the bud itself before growth commences.
Where much budding is done, care must be taken to keep the buds
from being dried up by the sun and air. A good
plan is to have them in a jar or water-pot with
some wet moss to keep them fresh.
Budding is often performed later in the season
than August, with the object of keeping the bud
from shooting until the following spring. It is
also done in spring just at the beginning of growth,
but the same principles underlie the operation no
matter when performed. Sometimes a dormant
fruit-bud as shown in figs. 130, 131 is inserted in autumn, and is said
to produce larger and finer fruits than the other fruit-buds.
5. Propagation by Layering
This operation is extensively practised to increase trees and shrubs,
and perennial herbaceous plants which cannot be so readily pro-
pagated by other means. It con-
sists in bending down to the soil
a branch and fixing it by a peg
(as shown in figs. 132 and 133),
and covering it with a mound of
earth (represented -by the dotted
FIG. 130. FIG. 131.
FIG. 132. — LAYERING HERBACEOUS STEMS.
FIG. 133. — LAYERING WOODY STEMS.
lines) until such a time as it has developed roots of its own, the
layer in the meantime being fed by the parent plant.
Very often the branch layered is cut halfway through lengthwise at
the part to be placed in the soil, and a tongue or heel is formed, as
shown near the pegs in the illustrations. The cut is kept open by the
60 PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
soil, a small peg, or a pebble, and this induces a callus to form and
roots to develop more quickly. Where the branches to be layered are
near the ground, as in Carnations, Strawberries &c. there is little
difficulty in performing the operation. Occasionally, however, branches
of trees a few feet above the ground have to be layered. They must
be carefully bent down, firmly pegged at the point of contact, and
covered with soil. As a rule when the branches are fleshy or woody
they may be notched or slit, but they are also simply twisted so as to
bring the cells closer together at the twist, and thus arrest the down-
ward course of the elaborated sap.
Principle of Layering. — Layering is practised on the principle that
any injury which prevents or checks the return of the elaborated sap
down the stem greatly facilitates the production of roots. This check
is brought about by slitting the stem, removing a portion of the bark,
notching &c. on the under side. As in a cutting, a ' callus ' is formed
on the cut surface by the returning sap, and roots are eventually
developed.
Sometimes, instead of making an incision in the stems, a ligature of
some kind, say wire, is bound round it tightly. This checks the return
of the sap, and the stem above the ligature increases in size. If placed
in the soil roots will be emitted, but if exposed to the air the effect in
the case of fruit trees is generally seen in much larger and finer fruits.
6. Propagation by dividing the Rootstock
In the case of hardy herbaceous perennials (i.e. plants which live
for several years, but the stems of which die down annually) dividing
the roots in autumn or spring is found to be an easy means of propaga-
tion. The more carefully the work is done, the less injury is caused,
and the sooner the plants recover. Chopping up with a spade in the
case of Phloxes, Perennial Sunflowers, Larkspurs &c. is not to be
recommended, as too much needless damage is caused thereby.
Wherever shoots spring from the base or around the old rootstock
they may be carefully detached either with the fingers or a sharp
knife, and if inserted in good soil and kept shaded for a time, will
produce good plants.
7. Propagation by Suckers
Many plants throw up from the root numerous leafy branches
called suckers. It is often found useful to detach these carefully by
means of a sharp knife or other instrument with as much root ah
possible attached. By transplanting to a shady place, they soon
recover and are then practically established plants leading an indepen-
dent life.
THE SOIL, ITS NATURE AND COMPOSITION 61
THE SOIL, ITS NATURE AND COMPOSITION
Soil is the term applied to the upper crust of the earth's surface
which has been ground and powdered into a more or less fine state by
the action of man and the weather. It consists of particles of various
kinds of rock mixed with decayed or decaying animal and vegetable
matters. Beneath the soil in which the roots of plants grow is what
is termed the subsoil. This may be a bed of clay, sand, limestone,
gravel &c, and is generally not in a condition to supply the roots of
plants with the food they require until it has been tilled and mixed with
the surface soil.
Soil absorbs and radiates heat and moisture and is gradually being
broken up into smaller fragments by the action of heat, cold, moisture,
and the gases of the air. Frost plays an important part in breaking
down particles of rock and converting them into soil. The frozen water
(ice) pushes the particles asunder and with the increase of temperature
they fall apart. The absorption of heat by day and its radiation by
night also reduce the soil to a finer condition. And the roots of plants
themselves have the power of breaking up particles of rock, and even
of dissolving by their action mineral substances not readily soluble in
water. In fact a change is always going on in the soil, and the
gardener simply hastens the process by his operations. It is as well,
however, that he should always bear in mind that it is the upper layer
of the earth's surface, and not that two, three, or more feet below it, that
is likely to contain available food for the plants he grows. And although
the under layers constituting the sub-soil may be broken up when
occasion requires or opportunity permits, they should never be brought
to the surface as a medium for the roots of plants to grow in.
Kinds of Soil. — Soils for gardening purposes are usually spoken of as
sandy, clayey, loamy, peaty, chalky, and gravelly. A mixture of these
is on the whole better than any one of them by itself ; although for
certain plants it may be better if one or other sometimes predominates.
Sandy and Gravelly Soils are of little value by themselves, but may
be improved by the addition of clay, vegetable matter or humus and lime
or chalk. By this means a loose gravelly soil is rendered more
adhesive, and the roots are enabled to perform their functions without
being torn about by the wind.
Clayey Soils are too sticky and retentive of water to be of any use
to plants. They require to be broken up and mixed with sand, ashes,
lime, humus, &c, until they are rendered sufficiently porous and at the
same time capable of retaining moisture in the particles.
62 PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
Loam is a well-balanced mixture of clay, sand, and humus, and is
termed ' sandy ' or ' clayey ' according as one or the other predominates.
For garden purposes a loamy soil is best, as it can be most readily
cultivated to suit the majority of plants. ,
Chalky or Limestone Soils are those in which chalk or limestone
is present in appreciable proportion, say over 20 per cent. The
presence of lime may be detected by adding vinegar or any other weak
acid to the soil. If the lime is present in any great quantity it will
cause a froth, owing to the carbonic acid being released. Wet chalky
soils are as bad as clay, but in a hard state the particles are of great
benefit in keeping the soil open, and preventing the accumulation of
noxious acids in it. For this reason lime (or strictly speaking carbonate
of lime) is added to wet sour soils to drive off the carbonic acid gas,
which is injurious. Peaty soils by its aid and good drainage may be
rendered more or less fertile in time. Clayey soils by a similar process
are brought nearer the ideal of what is required for the growth of
plants.
Although lime is a great fertiliser of the soil and is always more or
less essential in one form or another for a large number of plants, it is
however injurious in the soil in which Ehododendrons, Azaleas,
Kalmias and certain other plants belonging to the Heath family
(p. 574) are grown.
Vegetable Soil or Humus contains an excess of organic material —
that is, something which has been in a living state at one time either as
plants or animals. This kind of soil, recognised by its dark colour,
readily absorbs and retains water. It is useful for light sandy soils,
which it binds more closely ; and for heavy soils, which it renders more
porous. It also has the power of retaining plant foods to a great degree,
and by its slow decay or rotting generates carbonic acid gas, which is a
powerful dissolvent of mineral matters in the soil.
Wherever organic decay or rotting takes place heat is generated,
and this is well instanced by farmyard manure, leaves &c. ; and when
this heating process takes place in the soil, the latter becomes changed
and rendered more fertile, and also warmer as a consequence of the
fermenting processes which have taken place.
Humus, although very valuable, is not alone a suitable medium in
which to grow plants, being too light, spongy and loose, and devoid
of much mineral matter. It is most useful in conjunction with the
other soils, and is chiefly obtained from farmyard manure, and the leaves
of trees. The latter should be collected every autumn and stored in
heaps. The action of the weather, rain-water, and an occasional
turning over will soon reduce them to what is termed 'leaf-mould.'
IMPROVING THE SOIL 63
In leaf-mould the gardener has a most valuable agent in rendering his
soil suitable for the cultivation of plants. When well-rotted a little
leaf-mould may be mixed with almost any soil used for the production
of flowers, fruit, or vegetables, and some kinds are particularly fond of
it as a rooting medium. Its use is frequently mentioned in the cultural
operations in the body of the book.
IMPEOVING THE SOIL
No matter how rich or how poor a soil may be, it can always be
improved and rendered more fertile by various tillage operations. By
digging or trenching the soil it becomes not only finer in texture and
better mixed, but portions that were underneath before become exposed
to the action of the weather — rain, frost, heat, cold &c, all of which
produce important changes in it, making it as it were more digestible
and acceptable to the roots of plants. Wet land cannot be successfully
improved until means have been taken to drain away the water by
furrows, ditches or pipes, or in the case of flower borders by having the
bed filled with bricks, stones, rubble or some rough material through
which the water will pass. An excess of wetness in the soil causes it
to be cold, and the heat of the sun, instead of being used to promote
the growth of the plant, is absorbed by the water. Stagnant water in
the soil prevents the free access of air ; hence acids are generated and
bring about what is known as a sour condition.
Digging". — This is one of the most important and necessary opera-
tions for bringing the soil into a fertile condition. It is usually
done with a spade or a fork, the object in view being to turn the upper
layer of the soil completely upside down, so that what was under-
neath shall be exposed to the action of the sun and air, frost, snow,
rain &c, and thus become more broken up and finer in texture.
Digging requires the exercise not only of physical strength but also
of intelligence. Merely scraping the surface of the soil with the spade
or the fork is not digging at all, and is of very little benefit, although
to the uninitiated it may look quite as well on top as ground that has
been properly dug. The object aimed at, however, is the improvement
of the soil by crushing it, breaking it up, and completely inverting it.
The spade or fork should therefore be driven straight down, almost at
right angles, to the full length of the blade or tines, as the case may be,
so that a good ' spit ' or spadeful may be obtained. Where an odd man
is employed for digging purposes it should be seen that he drives the
tool straight down into the soil, as the more slanting the cut the quicker
the ground is got over, and the less good is done to it. Where, however,
64 PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
the owner of the garden can perform the digging himself it would be
an excellent substitute for exercises such as rowing, cricket, lawn-tennis
&c.
Best time for digging. — Ground may be dug whenever it is not in a
wet sticky condition, and when free from frost and snow. During the
autumn and winter months, however, the work is seriously taken in
hand after the crops have been cleared from the ground. The fresh
upturned soil is then exposed until spring to the action of the weather,
and owing to the rest given and the chemical changes that have taken
place, it will be in a much improved condition either for sowing seeds
or planting out fresh crops.
How to dig. — The novice usually regards digging as a simple opera-
tion until he has tried his hand at it for half an hour or so. In that
short period he not only secures a serious backache and can hardly
stand upright, but he has also got into difficulties in disposing of the
soil which he has been trying to dig up. Instead of having a clean
open furrow always in front of him into which to turn the next ' spit,'
he finds he has nowhere to place it except back in the spot from which
he has lifted it.
To give some idea as to how the work is to be done, let the reader
imagine this page to represent a piece of ground which is to be dug.
If it is only a small area the first furrow — represented by the top line
of type — may be taken out from the top and transferred to the bottom
outside where the last furrow or line of type stands. Furrow (or line
of type) number two may then be dug a spade deep and turned into the
space left open by the first one taken out. And so on, digging each
row from left to right or vice versa, and pushing it forward into the
vacant furrow, until the last one is reached. The furrow here may
then be filled with the soil taken from the first opening, and thus the
whole surface will not only have been turned over, but will stand on a
different bottom from what it did before.
Should the piece of ground be too large to dig across it at once, it
may be divided into two or more convenient portions. Let the reader
imagine it divided into two portions like some pages of this book. The
soil from the first furrow — -represented in the columns by the top line
of type— may then be placed over at the top right-hand side or column.
Then the various rows (as represented by the lines of type) may be dug
one after the other as before until the end is reached. The workman
then turns right about face to begin plot number two — as it were from
the bottom of the page. The soil from the furrow (represented by the
bottom line of type in the right-hand column) is transferred to the
furrow at the bottom of the first plot on the left and thus completes it.
IMPROVING THE SOIL 65
Plot number two is then dug in the same way as number one, until the
top is reached. And here the soil taken out when the work was begun
is used to fill the last furrow.
If the work is properly done, the surface, although perhaps cloddy,
will be fairly even and be without hills and hollows. Before proceeding
to dig each line or row, all weeds on the surface, and also manure, if
any, should be turned into the bottom of the open furrow, after which
the soil is placed upon it or them. The surface may be left as turned
over, with the exception of any particularly big clods which are easily
reduced with a slap of the spade or fork. If the surface is thus left
rough for the action of the winter frosts and rains the clods will
gradually fall asunder and by the spring the surface will be in a
beautifully mellow condition, requiring only slightly forking over
more for the sake of appearance perhaps than anything else.
Double digging. — As the name indicates, this means digging the
soil two spits deep. The first spit is taken out in the usual way
described above, but the subsoil is simply dug and inverted without
being removed from its original position. This is an excellent practice
where the subsoil happens to be rather poor. It also opens the soil
better and allows the water to drain away more readily from the roots
of the plants. And while it is better than ordinary digging it is not
nearly so hard as trenching.
Ridging up. — This operation is performed by digging in a straight
line and putting the soil from the furrow up on the left or right to form
a ridge. The base of the ridge may be two spits wide and may have a
spadeful of soil from a furrow on each side placed on top of it. Or it
need only be one spit or spade wide, so that there shall be twice as many
ridges and furrows, thus exposing more soil to the action of the
weather. If the ridge on which the soil is placed has been dug before-
hand it will be all the better. Ground thus treated may be left during
the winter months to become mellowed and fertilised for spring
cropping.
A modification of ridging is to turn up a spit and invert it in the
same place. Then on top of this place the next spit, leaving a
corresponding hollow. The ground treated in this way will be a series
of little hillocks and hollows.
In the spring time, before planting, the ridges are forked down and
made level, and it will be found that the texture of the soil has been
wonderfully improved by the treatment.
Trenching. — This is a much more serious operation than digging,
and is also far harder work. Consequently it is not done more often
than is absolutely necessary. The work is usually performed at the
66 PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
end of autumn or early winter. The object is to turn up a much
greater depth of soil than can be accomplished by simple digging as
described above, and to loosen and leaven the subsoil. As the latter,
however, is generally much less fertile than the upper layer of soil,
care must be taken that it does not completely replace that when the
work is finished. Should it do so, more harm than good has been
done, as the fertile soil has been placed at the bottom of the trench,
where the roots cannot reach it ; or if they do they have to work in a
lower temperature, and this in itself may be detrimental to the roots.
Unless they work in a proper temperature, the protoplasm (see p. 22)
in the tender cells is unable to become active, with the result that
water and the food it contains cannot be absorbed. Hence the leaves
cannot assist in assimilating the food necessary to build up the tissues
of the plants and to produce flowers, fruits &c.
Opening a Trench. — A piece of ground 3 to 4 feet wide should be
marked off with a line. This is dug out about 3 or 4 feet — the width
and depth of the trench usually correspond — and is wheeled to the
other end of the ground, where the work is to finish. Indeed the work
is laid out precisely in the same way as for digging, but there is of course
much more soil to remove.
The first trench being open, the next piece of ground, the same
width, is marked off and dug into it. The soil, however, should not be
completely inverted as in digging, especially if the subsoil is poor, but
should be placed in the trench in such a way that it is always more or
less on an inclined plane. To secure this the soil from one trench may
be allowed to invade the other, thus keeping the worst soil always at
the bottom, and the best on top. Manure should be placed or mixed
with the lower layers of soil, which in due course will become improved
in texture and fertility.
Trenching may be repeated about every third or fourth year. But
whenever it is done, the soil should, if possible, be trenched at right
angles to the direction on the previous occasion, so as to secure greater
distribution and change.
The same may be said in regard to digging. If the soil is dug from
north to south on one occasion, it should be dug from east to west on
another, or in any other different direction.
Drainage. — The necessity and importance of thoroughly draining
the soil used in seed pots, pans &c. have been mentioned at p. 45.
For the cultivation of outdoor crops, whether flowers, fruits, or
vegetables, the necessity for a well-drained soil is no less important.
Indeed the success of any crop depends very largely upon whether the
soil is in such a porous state that water will readily pass away after
IMPROVING THE SOIL 67
wetting it, and not remain in pools either on the surface or some little
distance below it. Even in the case of plants which grow naturally
in marshy or boggy situations stagnant water is injurious and means
should be taken to prevent its accumulation.
Farmers are often obliged to drain their land by laying pipes at
various depths, or by having trenches or ditches made at various inter-
vals so that the water may be carried away from the soil in which
their crops are growing. In the cultivation of flowers, fruits and
vegetables perfect drainage is often secured by thoroughly trenching
the soil, deeply digging it, and ridging it up as explained. I have seen
neglected kitchen-garden ground so sodden with water that the surface
became covered with the green slime so characteristic of stagnant
moisture. But after it had been well trenched and left exposed during
the winter months it became quite porous, and now bears good crops
annually. The soil, therefore, cannot be turned up too much, and if the
subsoil is too poor to bring to the surface occasionally it may be at
least turned over as explained under ' Double digging.'
In wet heavy soil all the stones and rougher portions may be placed
at the bottom to act as drainage much in the same way as ' crocks ' in
a flower-pot. Flower borders very often require to be thoroughly
drained with a layer of brickbats, clinkers, stones, mortar-rubbish &c.
at a depth of three or four feet when devoted to the cultivation of
certain plants, such as Oncocyclus Irises (p 918), Mariposa Lilies
(p. 872) and other plants which readily succumb to stagnant moisture
at the roots in our climate.
The reason why wet ground is so injurious to plant life is because
the temperature is lower than in drained land, and the passage of air
gases through the soil is prevented. As long as the soil is in a wet
condition so long will the heat of the sun be used to evaporate the
water instead of warming the soil. Even in the hottest summer, the
warm water will come to the surface, while the cold will sink down
and chill the roots- and retard, if not altogether stop, their absorptive
process as described at p. 27. And thus the plants suffer perhaps in
the midst of an abundance of plant food which is not placed at their
disposal in a proper state owing to bad drainage.
LIMING THE SOIL
Besides digging and trenching the soil, it may, if in a wet condi-
tion, also be improved by the addition of lime, which is a most important
agent in fertilising the soil. It not only ' sweetens ' sour wet land, but
makes it drier and more porous, and thus increases its temperature.
68 PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
It also frequently liberates potash (one of the most important plant
foods locked up in the soil), and it is also a great preventive of
vermin in the shape of slags, snails, caterpillars and grubs of all kinds.
At the rate of from 10 to 20 cwts. per acre or £ lb. to 1 lb. per square
yard may be applied during the winter months in a powdered state,
when the soil is free from vegetation. But while there can be no
doubt as to the fertilising properties of lime care must be taken not to
be continually dressing the soil with it. It is a bad plan, not only with
lime, but with all other fertilisers, to apply one kind only. A change is
beneficial, and chemical changes take place between one and the other,
but all the changes are more or less useful to the soil. See p. 1030.
Gas Lime also may be applied during the same season, but must
be given in smaller quantities, say at the rate of 1 to 2 cwts. per acre, as
in a fresh state it is very injurious to plant life. It is, however, a deadly
enemy to insect pests. The fresher the gas lime the smaller the pro-
portion of it should be used ; about two or three ounces to the square
yard would be quite sufficient. The longer it is exposed the less
injurious to plant life does it become, as many of its poisonous gases
escape into the atmosphere.
HOEING AND BAKING
Next to the spade and the fork the hoe is perhaps the most impor-
tant tool used in garden cultivation. It is made in many forms, shapes
and sizes, but that known as the ' Draw Hoe,' which the gardener
pulls towards him as he walks forwards, and that known as the ' Dutch
Hoe,' which he pushes from him as he walks backwards, are the best
known and most used.
Whatever the shape, however, the object in view is the same. The
hoe plays many parts in the garden. It is used for drawing drills for
seeds, Potatoes or other tubers, for breaking and loosening the soil, for
thinning out seedlings, for cutting up weeds, and for keeping the sur-
face of the soil generally clean and in good condition. Like everything
else connected with gardening, hoeing requires a good deal of intelli-
gence and knowledge of the crops, otherwise the workman may soon
do far more harm than good.
The rake also plays an important part in the improvement of the
soil. It is indispensable for levelling the ground in the preparation of
seed-beds, clearing the weeds and rubbish generally from borders,
shrubberies, lawns &c, and its use in the hands of an intelligent work-
man can never be a drawback in keeping a garden in good order.
PLANT FOODS AND MANURES 69
MULCHING
The reader will find this expression used many times in connection
with the cultural directions given for the various plants described in
this work. It is therefore advisable to explain its meaning and value.
A ' mulch ' or ' mulching ' in gardening language means an extra
covering of soil, rotten leaves, or manure, either separately or
combined, placed over the roots of plants either after the latter have
been newly planted, or at any period during their growth when it may
be considered advisable.
The advantages of mulching may be summed up as follows : —
(i.) During the hot and dry summer months it prevents excessive
evaporation from the soil and thus not only preserves the moisture for
the roots to absorb, but it also prevents the soil from becoming
excessively hot by day, and cold by night, thus maintaining a more
regular temperature.
(ii.) In winter it protects the roots from frost and also keeps the
soil warmer.
(iii.) When a rich mulch is applied to newly planted trees and
shrubs, it not only has the above advantages, but the manurial matters
contained in it are washed down into the soil and enrich it with food
for the benefit of the newly formed or forming roots.
(iv.) A good mulching of rich manure to all kinds of fruit trees after
they have set their fruits is highly beneficial in assisting them to swell
rapidly and ripen more quickly. Once a plant — no matter whether a
tree, shrub, or annual — begins to develop fruit and seeds, a demand is
made upon its reserve materials. If these are not quite sufficient to
meet the demand, it is easy to conceive that the extra food supplied
by means of a good mulching will supply the deficiency.
PLANT FOODS AND MANURES
Besides being a rooting medium for plants, the soil may also be
regarded as a storehouse containing some of the particular kinds of food
required to build up the stems, leaves, flowers, and fruits of plants in
conjunction with other foods obtained from the air. A soil is said to
be fertile when it contains an abundance of plant food, and sterile or
barren when this food is scarce or altogether absent. The great object
a gardener has in view therefore is to treat the soil in such a way that
it shall always be in a more or less fertile condition, and never be
deficient in any of the essential plant foods.
70 PB ACTIO AL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
Plants require at least twelve different kinds of food to develop
properly, and to bring their flowers or fruits to perfection. These foods
are : —
Oxygen
Sulphur
Lime
Carbon
Phosphorus
Soda
Hydrogen
Potash
Magnesia
Nitrogen
Iron
Chlorine
These are present in all cultivated plants in greater or less
quantities, besides many other things which are said to be non-essential.
As a rule all the foods except Nitrogen, Potash, and Phosphorus are
readily obtained from the air, soil, or water by the plants themselves.
Lime is often present in sufficient quantities, and is very important for
fruit or leguminous crops. Only a small trace of Iron is necessary, yet
without its aid the green colouring of leaves cannot be developed. The
air supplies Oxygen and Carbon, which are absorbed in a combined state
by the leaves of plants and are afterwards split up — the Carbon being
retained to build up the frame of the plant, while a large amount of the
Oxygen is liberated by the pores of the leaves (see p. 33).
All the mineral substances are provided by the roots, but they must
first of all be dissolved by water. Salt (chloride of sodium) is generally
found in plants which grow naturally near the sea, and where these
have been brought under cultivation, dressings of salt may be given to the
soil occasionally, as in the case of Asparagus (p. 1145) and Seakale
(p. 1121) &c.
Three important plant foods
The good growth of plants practically depends upon the presence
of Nitrogen, Potash, and Phosphorus in such a state that they can
readily enter into the plant and assist the other foods in building it
up. The absence of any one of these three foods cannot be made
good by an extra supply of the others. The gardener need not
often worry himself in regard to the nine other foods mentioned
above, with the exception of Lime ; but he should always satisfy
himself that his soil is not deficient to any great extent in any of these
three foods, the peculiarities and properties of which are referred to
below.
Nitrogen. — Although so abundant in the atmosphere — being four-
fifths of the whole — this gas is very shy of uniting with others, or of
being absorbed by the leaves of plants like carbonic acid gas. There
PLANT FOODS 71
is an exception in the case of Leguminous plants (see pp. 322-355).
It has been found that plants of this order have the peculiarity of
developing small nodules on their roots. These nodules are supposed
to be the work of bacteria which possess the power of absorbing large
quantities of nitrogen from the air, thus bringing it into contact with
and fertilising the soil. For this reason it is unnecessary to give
Leguminous crops, such as Peas, Beans, Lupins &c, nitrogenous
manures. Indeed dressing the soil growing such crops with nitro-
genous manures is likely to do a good deal of mischief. The plants get
as it were surfeited with a food which they are capable of obtaining
easily for themselves. They may require potash and phosphatic
manures but never or rarely ever nitrogenous ones. And soil poor in
nitrogen may be enriched by the cultivation of Leguminous plants,
afterwards digging or ploughing them into the soil.
Uses of Nitrogen. — Nitrogen promotes the growth of plants, giving
the leaves a deeper colour and making them larger and more luxuriant.
It is chiefly obtained from farmyard manure, and the droppings of
various animals — pigs, horses, cows, chickens &c. — but never in a free
state. Guano — the excreta of seabirds in South America— nitrate of
soda, nitrate of potash and sulphate of ammonia are the principal arti-
ficial sources which supply nitrogen. The manures containing it
require to be used in very small quantities.
Nitrate of Soda is a mineral salt found in Chili, Peru, and Bolivia,
and has of late years become very popular as a quick-acting manure
for all kinds of crops. It resembles dirty common salt in appearance,
and like that substance readily dissolves in water. Care should there-
fore be taken when storing it to deposit it in a dry place, otherwise it
will lose much of its value.
Care must be exercised in its use for garden crops. If too much is
given the leaves of the plants will shrivel up as if they had been
boiled. About 1 lb. to forty square yards is usually considered to be
a safe dressing, and it may be applied with advantage to such crops
as Potatoes, Cabbages and other Cruciferous crops (p. 1113), Beet,
Tomatoes &c.
Owing to its fleeting character, and the ease with which it is
washed out of the soil, it is obvious that nitrate of soda is only of real
value to the roots of any crop of plants in an actively growing state.
It should therefore be used to hasten the growth of young plants, or
to bring others more quickly into a state of full growth.
As a rule it is best used by itself and not in conjunction with other
manures, such as superphosphate which decomposes it. If mixed with
armyard or other organic manures which have the power of extracting
72 PBACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
and destroying all its value, it is so much waste, and at the same time
there is little use in applying it to any soil which is not actually well
supplied with phosphates and potash — the two other important manures
referred to above.
Sulphate of Ammonia. — This is very similar in appearance to
Nitrate of Soda, but is if anything a little dirtier in colour. It is
manufactured from the ammonia liquor of gas works, and is somewhat
stronger and more durable in its action than Nitrate of Soda ; conse-
quently it need not be used in such large quantities. Although it
may be mixed with Superphosphate, Sulphate of Ammonia should
never be used in conjunction with lime or chalk, ashes, or a manure
known as ' Thomas's phosphate ' or ' basic slag,' as these drive off the
ammonia from it.
Gas Liquor. — This contains a good percentage of ammoniacal
manures, and is stronger in action than Sulphate of Ammonia. A
gallon of it should be diluted with at least four gallons of water, and
may be used as a liquid manure.
Soot. — This is not only a good nitrogenous manure but also con-
tains a certain amount of phosphoric acid and potash, and may there-
fore be said to be more or less ideal as it contains the three most
important plant foods. It is valuable not only for its manurial
properties but also for its great value in keeping away slugs, snails,
and other vermin.
Other Nitrogenous Manures. — Under this heading may be placed
almost all refuse which has been in a living state at one time or
another. The refuse from slaughterhouses, such as dried blood, and
meat, hoof-parings, old rags, hides, leather &c, are all more or less of
manurial value, but they do not yield up their food until in a
thoroughly decayed state. They are therefore rather slow-acting in
the soil, but are nevertheless valuable for perennial crops.
Phosphatic Manures. — These are derived from phosphates, and
have a marked effect in the production and early ripening of fruit, and all
garden crops benefit by their presence, as they are compounds of potash,
lime, and ammonia — all valuable plant foods. Superphosphate of lime,
bones, phosphate of ammonia, and phosphate of potash, are the chief
phosphatic plant foods used.
Superphosphate of Lime. — When in a good condition this is a fine
greyish powder, dry and friable to the fingers, and not wet and sticky.
It has a peculiar smell and tastes very sour or ' limy.' About 1 cwt.
of it contains 12-14 lbs. of phosphoric acid, or more than is yielded by
a ton of good farmyard manure. It should be used carefully, about
1 lb. to every 4 or 5 square yards being sufficient for vegetable and
MANURES 73
fruit crops. A smaller quantity, however, is safer for the flower border,
applied in spring and lightly forked into the soil as the plants are
about to begin growth. The best time as a rule for dressing the soil
with superphosphate is in spring when seeds are being sown. If the
soil is in a poor condition, superphosphate by itself will not be of much
use, and the ground should have had a good dressing of farmyard
manure the previous autumn to make it valuable.
Bones. — The value of Bones as a phosphatic manure has long been
recognised, and many gardeners are very partial to having a sprinkling
of ' bone-meal ' or ' bone-flour ' always mixed with soil when repotting
or replanting. Bones are, however, a very slow-acting manure, but
the process of decomposition and consequent quicker action may be
assisted by having them finely crushed. In the form of bone-meal,
unadulterated and unsteamed bones contain about 45-50 per cent, of
phosphate of lime, and also a small quantity— 4-5 per cent.— of
ammonia salts. Steamed or boiled bones contain about 60 per cent.
of phosphate of lime, but not so much ammonia. The phosphate of
lime, however, is not soluble in pure water, but when acted upon by
the carbonic acid in ordinary water, rain &c. it gradually dissolves and
fertilises the soil.
A manure called dissolved bones or bone superphosphate is produced
by mixing a certain quantity of sulphuric acid (or oil of vitriol) with
raw bone-meal — about 9 cwts. of sulphuric acid to 20 cwts. of bone-
meal. About one-third of the insoluble phosphate of lime in the bones
is changed by the chemical process into a soluble condition, and is thus
more readily available for the roots of plants. A reasonable dressing
for fruit and vegetable crops is about 1-2 lbs. to every ten square yards,
and may be given in winter or spring.
Basic Slag. — This is a dark coloured powdery substance also
known as ' Thomas's phosphate ' and ' basic cinder.' It contains a
good deal of oxidised iron (commonly called ' rust '), but not to any
injurious extent. Its chief value lies in the amount of lime it contains
in the form of a phosphate, and it is particularly valuable for improv-
ing soils which are destitute of lime or chalk, and also vegetable or
animal remains called humus. It is best applied in autumn or winter
at the rate of 4-8 ounces to the square yard, or 10-20 cwts. to the
acre, more or less according to the poverty of the soil in regard to lime
and humus. It is good for fruit trees and most garden crops, but will
give disappointing results if applied in spring instead of autumn or
winter as recommended.
Potash.— While nitrogenous food increases luxurious growth, and
phosphatic food large crops of fruit, potash increases the quality and
74 PBACTICAL GUIDE TO GABDEN PLANTS
flavour by manufacturing the sugary ingredients so noticeable in Apples,
Pears, Plums, Grapes, Beetroot &c.
Garden soil is rarely lacking in potash, and a supply may always be
liberated by the addition of lime. Soil which has been well manured
with dung for years is very rich in potash, and in such cases it is
scarcely necessary to trouble about obtaining special artificial manures.
Where, however, the soil is poor in potash, it will be improved by lime,
basic slag, and hainit — the latter a cheap and economical manure
containing sulphate of potash, common salt, sulphate of magnesia
(Epsom Salts) and chloride of magnesia. Besides these, sulphate of
potash, muriate of potash, and phosphate of potash all yield potash,
as do also the ashes of all vegetables and plants generally. Most fruit
and vegetable crops, and particularly those belonging to the Cruciferous
group, are improved by the addition or presence of potash manures in
the soil.
Other manures. — Besides the above manures, which are all more
or less artificially manufactured and brought into a more or less soluble
condition so as to be available as plant-food, it is now necessary to
refer to others which may be termed natural manures. Of these the best
known is certainly : —
Farmyard manure. — This consists of the refuse of litter, solid and
liquid excreta of all animals, &c. from stables. To be fit for use in the
garden it should be turned over constantly and well watered, to pre-
vent the escape of the volatile ammonia. The water however should
not be allowed to drain away and be lost for ever, but means should be
taken to secure it and use it as a liquid manure.
Good farmyard manure contains about 10-12 lbs. of nitrogen,
10-15 lbs. of potash, and 4-9 lbs. of phosphate, that is only 24-36 lbs.
or less than ^ cwt. altogether of essential plant foods out of a ton of
material. The remaining 19i cwts. of straw or litter however are not
absolutely valueless. The material has been alive at one time, and
has been produced by the soil and air. "When returned to the soil
therefore it acts as a kind of tonic to the mineral particles in the soil,
it retains moisture in hot weather, and keeps out cold in winter, and
has other useful properties that make it on the whole an excellent and
popular manure. Some gardeners have an inclination to do without
farmyard manure altogether, and rely a good deal upon the chemical or
artificial productions referred to above. It is a mistake, however, as
mentioned before, to be always dressing soil with the same kinds of
manures, and a medium course is best adopted. While farmyard
manure may not give such good or clean results as chemical manures
for some crops, such as Potatoes for example, that are subject to fungoid
MANURES 75
diseases, the use of chemical manures entirely would leave the soil
in the course of time impoverished owing to the absence of all humus,
and this as already mentioned is a very important ingredient of most
soils.
Peat-moss litter, now largely employed for bedding down animals, is
also a good manure, but its heating qualities, although rapid, are not so
lasting as ordinary stable manure. It however soaks up liquids from
the stables much better and holds it in the tissues.
Poultry manure. — Where fowls are kept it is a mistake to waste
the cleanings from their pens. A ton of chicken manure yields 18-25
lbs. of nitrogen, 12-24 lbs. of phosphate, and 6-12 lbs. of potash. The
excreta should be used with care and should always be well mixed with
soil, or made up in bags or sacks and sunk in tanks of water to yield a
good liquid manure.
Pigeon manure is even richer in manurial value than that of
chickens. A ton contains about 72 lbs. of nitrogen, 48 lbs. of phos-
phates, and 25 lbs. of potash. It may be used with care in the same
way as chicken manure. Indeed the excreta of all animals make
excellent manures and are well worth saving for garden purposes. A
few experiments in using them will soon enable the gardener to find
out the most useful quantities to use.
Guano. — This is the excreta and decayed bodies of the sea-birds that
frequent the rocky islands near the coast of Peru. In a saleable state
it is a dark brownish or snuff-coloured powder, with a peculiar smell of
its own, and weighs about 70 lbs. to the bushel. As a manure its value
depends mainly on the amount of ammonia, soluble and insoluble
phosphates, and alkaline salts which it contains. One ton of good
Peruvian Guano is considered to be equal in manurial value to either
33^ tons of farmyard manure ; 20 tons of horse-dung ; 38^ tons of
cow-dung ; 22^ tons of pig-dung; or 14^ tons of ' night soil ' or human
excrement. Looked at in another way it may be stated that out of
1 cwt. (112 lbs.) of good Guano, there is about 8 lbs. of nitrogen, 18
lbs. of phosphoric acid, and 3i lbs. of potash — the quantity of each per
ton of course being 20 times as much. For garden purposes about
2-4 cwts. per acre, or 1-2 ozs. to the square yard, is a reasonable
dressing, but care should be exercised in its use, and it is better to give
smaller amounts to most crops until the action has been tested. As a
liquid manure it is very valuable, about a tea-spoonful — more or less —
to a couple of gallons of water being a good stimulant for flowers. It
is better not to wet the foliage of plants with liquid manures of any
kind owing to their rather vigorous action.
"When buying Guano or any other high class manure it is always
76 PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
advisable to obtain a warranty as to the amount of available nitrogen,
(or ammonia), phosphates, and potash contained in them.
Fish Guano. — This is the dried and powdered refuse from cod and
herring and other fish factories, and may be regarded as containing a
fair amount of nitrogen and phosphoric acid. According to the kind
of fish used, this guano may contain from 7 to 14 per cent, of nitrogen
in the form of ammonia ; 13-30 per cent, of phosphate of lime ; and
only 2-3 per cent, of potash. To be of much value as a fertiliser the
oily matters should have been extracted as far as possible, as the
presence of oil retards the action of the manure and gives unsatisfactory
results. The action of Fish Guano is somewhat similar to that of
Peruvian Guano, but it may be used a little more freely, say about
2-10 cwts. per acre, or at the rate of 1-4 ozs. to the square yard.
The above are the principal manures in use, but in various seaside
localities seaweed is much valued, chiefly owing to the potash salts
contained in it. A ton of fresh seaweed contains about 10 lbs. of
nitrogen, 10 lbs. of phosphoric acid, 30-45 lbs. of potash, and about
50 lbs. of common salt. It may be turned over several times in a heap
and allowed to decompose like ordinary farmyard manure, and in this
state may be dug into the soil in the same way.
Old rags, rapecake dust, meat refuse, horn shavings and almost any
vegetable remains free from fungus diseases may also be used for
manuring the soil.
Coal ashes, which are often recommended in ignorance, should
never be applied to any decent soil, as they do more harm than good.
If used at all, it should be only to make sticky clayey soil more
porous.
THE HARDY FLOWER GARDEN 77
PAKT II
THE HARDY FLOWER GARDEN
The modern Flower Garden embraces the cultivation of such a variety
of plants that it may be as well to enumerate the different groups or
sections in which they are usually placed. Thus, many gardens have
a place set apart purposely for the cultivation of rock-plants and
alpines ; also specially prepared borders for choice herbaceous perennials
of all sorts ; streams, pools, or lakes for water and marsh plants ; and
also sufficient space for the cultivation of ornamental trees and shrubs.
Although the plants belonging to the various groups are described
in their natural orders in the following pages, and may easily be found
by referring to the Index, there is a certain convenience in having a list
of them all together for ready reference. To facilitate obtaining further
information about them, the page at which any particular plant is
described is given immediately after the name.
Should the reader, therefore, wish to have a list of the best Annuals,
Herbaceous Perennials, Kock Plants, Water Plants, Bulbous Plants,
Ornamental and Flowering Trees and Shrubs &c, he has only to con-
sult the lists given below. If he does not know any plant mentioned,
he will find a description of it with cultural information at the page
quoted after the name.
At the same time should there be a plant in his or her garden the
name of which is unknown it will be possible to ' run it down ' or
determine to which natural order or genus it belongs by means of the
' Key ' given at p. 121.
Although the lists are fairly exhaustive the author does not
recommend the cultivation of all of them in every garden. This would
indeed be impossible in most cases, but a selection should be made
according to the taste of the reader, and the known capability of his
soil, and what it will grow. As a rule it is more satisfactory to grow
a few different kinds of plants well, and study their peculiarities and
tastes, their likes and dislikes for certain soils and situations &c, than
to fill a garden with many kinds that may be quite unsuitable, or
cannot be properly attended to.
78 PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
ANNUALS AND BIENNIALS
Annuals are plants which spring from seed, flower, produce seed, and
die in one year or season of growth. Many biennial or even perennial
plants are treated as annuals, as it is less trouble to raise them from
seeds every year than to house or protect the roots during the winter.
« Hardy ' annuals are those plants which may be sown and grown
from start to finish in the open air. ' Tender ' or ' half hardy ' annuals,
on the other hand, require to be raised in gentle heat, and must not be
planted out until all danger from frost is past ; or if sown outside, the
operation must be performed later than for hardy annuals.
Hardy annuals may be sown either in pots or pans, or in the places
outside in the garden in which they are intended to bloom : whether in
rows or patches of course depends on the grower. The soil should be
well prepared, raked over, and levelled. The seed should be sown very
thinly, and only slightly covered, and gently patted down with a flat
board or the back of a spade, and the general instructions given from
p. 42 to p. 46 must be borne in mind.
When flowers are required in summer or autumn, hardy annuals
may be sown out of doors in March and April. If required in early
summer or late spring, then the seeds should be sown early in Septem-
ber. When thinned out, the sturdy seedlings may be afterwards trans-
planted to their flowering positions, sufficiently early to become
established before winter. For further particulars the reader is referred
to the article on seeds and seed sowing, pp. 24, 42.
Biennials. — These are plants which usually require two years or
seasons of growth to develop fully from seed before they die naturally.
The seeds of hardy biennials are usually sown from June to August, and
pricked out or transplanted in the autumn to the places in which they
are to bloom the following year. Tender biennials must be sown in
autumn in a frame or cool house, and the plants must be sheltered in
these places until about the end of the following May, when they may
be planted out.
The following is a selection of the best annuals and biennials, or
plants that may be treated in the same way.
ANNUALS AND BIENNIALS
79
LIST I
A Selection of the most Ornamental Annual and Biennial Plants,
or those that may be treated as such
The page at which description and cultural information for each are given appears
after the name.
Abronia umbellata, p. 700.
Acroclinium roseum, p. 508.
Adonis autumnalis, p. 145.
Alyssum maritimum, p. 210.
Amberboa moschata, p. 551.
odorata, p. 551.
Antirrhinum, vars., p. 710.
Aphanostephus ramosissi-
mus, p. 497.
Arabis arenosa, p. 206.
Asperula azurea setosa,
p. 487.
Baeria coronaria, p. 524.
Balsam, p. 294.
Brachycome iberidifolia,
p. 497.
Calandrinia discolor, p. 262.
grandiflora,
p. 262.
Calendula officinalis, p. 544.
Callistephus hortensis (the
type) and various China
Asters, p. 499,
Campanula Loreyi, p. 567.
macrostyla,
p. 566.
Medium, p. 566.
sibirica, p. 568.
spicata, p. 568.
Candytuft, p. 218.
Canterbury Bells, p. 566.
Carnations, Marguerite,
p. 241.
Celosia, p. 762.
Centaurea cyanus, p. 550.
moschata, p. 551.
Centauridium Drummondi,
p. 496.
Centranthus macrosiphon,
p. 489.
Cheiranthus, p. 204.
China Aster, p. 499.
Chrysanthemum carinatum,
p. 531.
coronarium,
p. 531.
Clarkia elegans, p. 452.
pulchella, p. 453.
Clintonia pulchella, p. 555.
Cockscomb, p. 762.
Collinsia bicolor, p. 717.
Collinsia verna, p. 718.
Collomia coccinea, p. 663.
Convolvulus tricolor, p. 686.
Coreopsis Drummondi,
p. 518.
Cosmidium burridgeanum,
p. 522.
Cosmos bipinnatus, p. 522.
Datura, p. 692.
Delphinium, annual vars.,
p. 158.
Dianthus sinensis, p. 243.
Digitalis purpurea, vars.,
p. 722.
Dimorphotheca annua,
P. 544.
Ecklonis, p. 544.
Dracocephalum, vars., p. 751.
Erysimum alpinum, p. 214.
Perofskianum,
p. 215.
Eschscholtzia, vars., p. 197.
Eucharidium grandiflorum,
p. 455.
Eutoca viscida, p. 669.
Forget-me-not, p. 677.
Foxglove, p. 722.
Gaillardia amblyodon,p. 527.
picta, p. 527.
Gaura Lindheimeri, p. 457.
Gilia achilleasfolia, p. 664.
coronopifolia, p. 664.
densiflora, p. 664.
dianthoides, p. 664.
liniflora, p. 665.
micrantha, p. 665.
tricolor, p. 665.
Glaucium, vars., p. 196.
Godetia Whitneyi. p. 454.
Gypsophila elegans, p. 248.
viscosa, p. 249.
Helianthus annuus, p. 515.
petiolaris, p. 517.
Helichrysum arenarium,
p. 508.
bracteatum,
p. 508.
Honesty, p. 207.
Iberis coronaria, p. 218.
umbellata, p. 220.
Ionopsidium acaule, p. 216.
Ipomopsis elegans, p.
Kaulfussia amelloides.p. 498.
Kochia scoparia, p. 766.
Lamarckia aurea, p. 961.
Lasthenia californica, p. 524.
Lathyrus odoratus, p. 348.
Lavatera trimestris, p. 274.
Layia elegans, p. 523.
platyglossa, p. 324.
Leptosiphon densiflorus,
p. 664.
roseus, p. 665.
Leptosyne calliopsidea,
p. 519.
maritima, p. 519.
Stillmani, p. 519.
Limnanthes Douglasi, p. 292.
Linaria aparinoides, p. 708.
bipartita, p. 708.
multipunctata, p. 709.
reticulata, p. 709.
spartea, p. 710.
Linum grandiflorum, p. 283.
usitatissimum,
P. 284.
Lunaria biennis, p. 207.
Lupinus affinis, p. 324.
Hartwegi, p. 325.
luteus, p. 325.
Menziesii, p. 325.
mutabilis, p. 325.
nanus, p. 325.
pilosus, p. 325.
subcarnosus, p. 326.
Malcolmia maritima, and
var. alba, p. 214.
Mai ope grandiflora, p. 271.
malacoides, p. 271.
trifida, p. 271.
Malva crispa, p. 275.
mam-itiana, p. 275.
Marigold, p. 544.
Martynia fragrans, p. 735.
proboscidea,
p. 735.
Matthiola annua, p. 201.
incana, p. 202.
Mentzelia Lindleyi, p. 458.
Michauxia campanuloides,
P. 560.
Mignonette, p. 222.
80
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
Mina lobata, p. 684.
Morning Glory, p. 683.
Myosotis alpestris, p. 677.
dissitiflora, p. 677.
Nemesia strumosa, p. 707.
versicolor, p. 707.
Nemophila atomaria, p. 667.
aurita, p. 667.
insignis, p. 667.
maculata, p. 667.
Nicotiana, vars., p. 695.
Nigella darnascena, p. 155.
hispanica, p. 155.
Nolana atriplicifolia, p. 686.
Nycterina selaginoides,
p. 718.
(Enothera, vars., p. 453.
Omphalodes linifolia, p. 671.
Oxalis rosea, p. 293.
Oxyura chrysanthemoides,
p. 523.
Palava flexuosa, p. 271.
Papaver croceum, p. 191.
glaucum, p. 191.
Rhceas, vars., p. 192.
somniferum, vars.,
p. 192.
Petunia, p. 697.
Phacelia, vars., p. 668.
Pharbitis hispida, and vars.,
p. 683.
Phlox Drummondi, p. 660.
Picotees, p. 240.
Pinks, p. 246.
Platvstenion californicus,
p. 190.
Polygonum orientale, p. 770.
Poppies, p. 191.
Eeseda odorata. p. 222.
Rhodanthe Manglesii.p. 508.
Salpiglossis sinuata, p. 700.
Sanvitalia procunibens,
p. 512.
Saponaria calabrica, p. 249.
Scabiosa caucasica, p. 491.
Schizanthus pinnatus, p. 699.
retusus, p. 700.
Senecio elegans, p. 541.
Silene Armeria, p. 251.
Atoeion, p. 251.
compacta, p. 251.
pendula. p. 253.
quadrifida. p. 254.
Snapdragon, p. 710.
Specularia speculum, p. 569.
Sphenogyne speciosa, p. 544.
Statice spicata, p. 603.
Stocks, p. 201.
Suworowi, p. 603.
Sweet Pea, p. 348.
Scabious, p. 491.
Sultan, p. 551.
William, p. 238.
Tagetes erecta, p. 526.
patula, p. 526.
signata, p. 526.
Tobacco, p. 695.
Trifolium incarnatum, p. 334.
Tropaeolum majus, p. 290.
minus, p. 291.
peregrinum,
p. 291.
Yenidium calendulaceum,
p. 545.
Yerbascum phoeniceum,
p. 702.
Verbena hybrida, p. 740.
Viola, vars., p. 228.
Virginian Stock, p. 214.
Viscaria oculata, p. 257.
Wallflower, p. 204.
Whitlavia grandiflora. p. 669.
Xeranthemum annuum,
p. 547.
Zaluzianskia, p. 718.
Zauschneria californica,
p. 452.
Zea Mays, p. 964.
Zinnia elegans, p. 512.
THE HARDY HERBACEOUS BORDER
In the flower garden proper, the hardy herbaceous border is un-
doubtedly the most important feature. Its beauty and variety depend
almost entirely on the taste of the owner, and a knowledge of the
plants used. Some herbaceous borders nearly always present a bright
and attractive appearance owing to a good and tasteful selection of
plants arranged with due regard to their various heights, their period
of blossoming, and the contrasts produced by the colour of their flowers.
Other borders, however, which receive but little or no attention present
anything but an attractive appearance.
Many things have to be considered in the making of a good flower
border — such as site, aspect, soil, habit, height, colour, and general
requirements of each species, and whether they are better grown as
individual specimens or in large or small masses or groups to produce
the best effect. Indeed it may be said that the chief object in view in
making a hardy herbaceous border is to secure a pleasing natural picture
with plants and flowers of different habits, heights, colours &c.
The nature of the locality must always be taken into consideration,
THE HARDY HERBACEOUS BORDER 81
and only those plants should be grown that will flourish with ordinary
good care and attention. It must be borne in mind that some plants
thrive in one locality and make glorious pictures in the flower border,
while in other districts — perhaps not many miles distant — they prove
to be utter failures, notwithstanding every attention to cultural details.
Unfortunately, this is one of the peculiar things that puzzle gar-
deners not a little. Many, of an experimental turn of mind, resolve
to make a difficult plant grow by hook or by crook if good cultivation can
do it. Very often they are highly successful, and very often not. And
curiously enough, many of these so-called difficult plants to cultivate,
when they fail under what is considered the best treatment, often
astonish the disgusted cultivator by growing vigorously and flowering
profusely when they have been neglected and left to shift for them-
selves. A writer in the ' Garden ' has illustrated this point very clearly
in connection with Tropaolum spedosum (see p. 291). He says : —
This species was planted in many positions, care being taken to afford
a porous root-run and a sufficiency of shade, for in the south it is
almost impossible to establish this Tropaeohim in a situation exposed to
the full rays of the sun. After the planting was concluded a certain
quantity of roots remained over, and these were placed in holes dug at
the foot of a spreading young yew tree, the soil not being disturbed
further than was necessary for covering the roots. After this was
effected, these latter were not given another thought, as they were not ex-
pected to succeed, and had only been roughly planted as an alternative to
being thrown away. In course of time all the carefully planted and
tended Tropaeolums disappeared, and for a couple of years the forgotten
roots beneath the yew did nothing to advertise their existence. In the
third year, however, a vivid splash of vermilion on one of the branches
of the yew drew attention to the fact that the plants were not only
alive, but in the best of health, in which state they have since remained,
garlanding the sombre foliage during the summer months with an-
opulence of colour that year by year increases in extent.'
The moral of this is that the reader must not be discouraged if he
should fail to grow a plant under one set of conditions. Should this
unfortunately happen, then he should at least try totally different condi-
tions in his garden before finally rejecting the plant as unsuitable.
Site of Herbaceous Borders. — Where a large and varied selection
of plants from all quarters of the globe is to be grown in the same
border, the best general site is one facing any point of the compass
between east and west. There are several choice plants — Tropceolum
spedosum, mentioned above, for example — that will flourish facing north
or east ; but the great majority of choice border plants require a position
82 PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
sheltered from the bleak cold winds of the east and north. This shelter
is better and more picturesque if given by means of ornamental trees
and shrubs, or thick evergreen hedges. When herbaceous borders are
made against walls and outside greenhouses care should be taken not to
have the back portion choked up with vegetation with an idea of hiding
the wall. The latter object can be secured by training various plants
and climbers like Ivies, Vitis, Smilax, Choisya, Clematis, Jasmine,
Bignonia &c. over them.
But there is no necessity whatever to have beautiful flower borders
near buildings or walls of any sort, or even fringing shrubberies, although
all these situations are valuable if properly utilised. The flower border
may stand alone in the grass and may be so arranged that sufficient
shelter is afforded from a distance by hedges, trees, buildings &c.
Width. — The width of flower borders is often so great that the
plants towards the back are so placed as to be too far off to be
properly attended to without constantly walking over the border and
treading the soil down into a perfectly hard state. Five to six feet
wide is quite enough for any border, and it should be so arranged that
it may be viewed from both sides. Where flowers are largely cut for
room decoration this will be found a convenient width, as it will admit
of the flowers being cut from the centre of the bed without trespassing
on the soil or the intervening plants.
Where very broad stretches of ground may be used for the flower
border, pathways of grass about 2 ft. wide may be left between the
borders. This will allow for the erection at intervals of trellises, arches,
pergolas &c, over which climbers from each side may be trained up.
Where herbaceous borders run parallel with greenhouses or conserva-
tories, as they frequently do, a pathway at the back by the walls will be
a great convenience, and will also allow a freer circulation of air among
the plants. The taste of the cultivator, however, will always decide
where the borders are to be made, how they are to be planted, and the
kinds of plants to be used.
Soil. — For general purposes a rich loamy well-drained soil is best.
It may be leavened by the addition of manure, leafsoil, peat and sand,
as may be required for any particular plant grown in it. It should be
from 2 to 3 feet deep and, before planting, well dug or trenched as
occasion demands. In the following pages there is frequent reference
to ' ordinary good garden soil.' This means any soil which is well-
drained and consists of loam, sand, leaf-mould and other vegetable and
animal refuse, clay, peat &c, all of which have been thoroughly worked
with the addition of manures for years past. It would be difficult
without analysis to say of what such a soil was composed.
THE HARDY HERBACEOUS BORDER 83
Planting. — As the herbaceous border is usually intended to last for
several years, care should be exercised in selecting and arranging the
■plants properly at first, to avoid subsequent alterations. If the borders
are arranged as recommended it will not be necessary to have all the
tall plants at the back, the others sloping downwards to the dwarf ones
in front, thus giving a painful air of symmetrical arrangement. Many
of the taller kinds may be placed in the centre, and behind or in front
of them the dwarfer ones may be planted, according as to whether they
require plenty of sunshine or shadow. In fact, the plants should be
made to assist each other as much as possible in this respect. A tall
plant may be readily used for shading a dwarfer one by its shadow
during the hotter and sunnier portion of the day. In the same way a
tender plant may be sheltered from the winds if arranged near
another of a more hardy constitution.
Massing or Grouping. — It often happens that one plant by itself
fails to produce a good effect. It may be straggling in habit and small
in flower, and is lost amid more showy surroundings. It is somewhat
similar to a solitary soldier in a more or less gay uniform, and a whole
battalion dressed in the same way. The individual looks common-
place and excites no comment, but when he is one of a thousand he con-
tributes his share to the brilliant effect of the whole. So it is with
many plants. When they are ineffective as single specimens they
become handsome and desirable subjects in a flower border when grown
together in large masses. If Violets, Primroses, Saxifrages, Asters,
Aubrietias, Larkspurs, Anemones, Campanulas, Coreopsis, Gentians,
Phloxes, Pentstemons &c. were grown simply as single plants at a great
distance from each other, they wTould never produce the effect, or be
so much appreciated as they are when grown in masses and groups.
Colour and Time of Flowering. — This is an important point to con-
sider in arranging the plants. In the following lists some of the best
flowers are arranged according to the principal predominating colour,
so that the reader will find no difficulty in making a selection for him-
self. The period of blooming should also be taken into consideration,
with a view to obtaining flowers in the open air for as long a period as
possible. In this way the flower border will continue to maintain its
interest from one year's end to another. As it is often useful to know
what plants are likely to bloom in the dullest months of the year, a list
of those which blossom between September and May is given at p. 94.
It is scarcely necessary to give a detailed list of those which flower
from May to September, as during this period there are so many, and
there is no difficulty in finding them. In regard to the trees and shrubs,
however, a list of which is given at p. 107, some pains have been taken
g2
84 PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
to give the months in the year at which representatives of most of them
are usually in blossom.
General Arrangement of the Flower Border.— This has been
treated so well by Miss Jekyll, of Munstead, in a paper read before
the Horticultural Society that I take the liberty of reproducing her
remarks here : —
' An essential feature in a garden of hardy flowers is a well-arranged
mixed border. It is here that we can show the true summer flowers
at their best, but it is here, more than anywhere else, that the " art of
many sacrifices " must be put in practice. For the main spaces plants
should be chosen of bold and striking beauty, but as a border of all
large plants would have a kind of monotony, certain spaces, chiefly
towards the front, but also running back in many parts among groups
of taller things, should be planted with those of lower growth. The
chief plants for such a border are Oriental Poppies (p. 191), Paeonies
(p. 165), the boldest of the Irises (p. 917), Day-Lilies (p. 815), Herbaceous
Spiraeas (p. 364), Oenotheras (p. 453), a few of the best Campanulas
(p. 562), Delphiniums (p. 158), Lilies (p. 842), three or four of the best
perennial Sunflowers (p. 515), the tall blue Sea-Holly (p. 465), Tritomas
(p. 817), Mulleins (p. 701), Thalictrums (p. 137), Dahlias (p. 519),
Hollyhocks (p. 272), and a few others. These are the plants that will
form the great effects of the border. The nearest parts, and some
spaces between the taller growths, should have groups of plants of
lower stature, and yet of a somewhat bold form of foliage. Of these
the broad-leaved Saxifrages (p. 415), and Funkias (p. 816), are among
the best. Still dwarfer plants, such as Pinks (p. 238), and Pansies
(p. 233), are suitable for the extreme edge.
' Each kind of plant in the mixed border should stand in a bold group,
and the groups, differing in size and shape, according to the aspect of
the plant, should follow one another in a carefully arranged sequence
of colour, keeping plants of a colour together, such as Mulleins with
Oenotheras, and Tritoma with Oriental Poppy. In the case of the last
named, it is convenient to actually intergroup the two kinds, for the
foliage of the Poppies dies away early and the blank space it would
have left becomes covered by the later-growTing leaves of the autumn-
blooming Tritoma.
' Groups of red, orange and strong yellow follow well, and help each
other by forming a rich colour harmony. Flowers of a strong blue
colour, like Delphiniums, seem to ask for a contrast, such as that of
white Lilies (p. 846) or the pale yellow of Oenothera lamarchiana
(p. 453), and Verbascum phlomoides (p. 702), the best of the Mulleins.
In practice it is perhaps best to exclude bulbous plants from the mixed
THE HARDY HERBACEOUS BORDER 85
border, " especially in light soils that need frequent enrichment," as the
disturbing of the ground, occasioned by division of the plants and
manuring, is perilous to the bulbs, the foliage of which has usually
disappeared by autumn, and whose places are probably forgotten unless
marked by unsightly labels. But exception should be made in favour
of the three common Lilies, the White (p. 846), the Orange (p. 848)
and the Tiger (p. 857). Labels must be absolutely abolished in the
ornamental garden. (See p. 47.)
' Some families of plants, especially those whose beauty is in infinite
variety, may best be enjoyed in places almost by themselves, where the
eye would be undisturbed by the consideration of other kinds of flowers.
A garden of Lilies may be made of great beauty, the groups of Lilies
appearing among dwarf and moderate sized shrubs and hardy Ferns.
The Paeony family (p. 165) is another example of a large range of
summer flowers that deserve such treatment in addition to their use in
other places. A whole wealth of garden beauty exists in this one tribe
alone, for, apart from those best known — namely, the double varieties of
the old garden kind, the Chinese herbaceous (p. 168) and the old Tree
Paeony (p. 171) — there are many other kinds, both species and their
cultivated varieties, that are happily available for garden use.
' Many a beautiful garden picture may also be made by the placing
of quite a small number, or even a single example of some stately plant
in a quiet place by itself, such as a group of Lilium giganteum (p. 849)
with its noble flower spikes and its broad glistening leaves. A group
of this grand Lily, in partial shade and backed by trees or small shrubs,
shows one of the stateliest forms that can be seen of a flowering plant
of one year's growth.
' Such another example is offered by the Californian Tree Poppy
(Ronmeya Coulter i, p. 190) which, when well established, will grow in
one season into a bush 7 feet high and as much through. It is a
remarkably beautiful plant and to an eye trained to harmonies of
colour singularly pleasing in the relation of its large milk-white flowers
and pale blue-green leaves. It delights in a sunny well-sheltered place
in a light soil.
' Old walls are easily made beautiful by sowing a few seeds of Wall-
flowers (p. 240), Snapdragon (p. 710), Bed Valerian (p. 490), and Kock
Pinks (p. 245), and even a heap of hungry sand will grow to perfection
the handsome Lyme Grass (p. 959) and the beautiful Sea-Holly (p. 465).
' There is no end to the interest of this kind of gardening, and the
harder the problem the greater the triumph when, for instance, a
difficult or ugly piece of ground has been compelled into beauty, and
what was before unsightly is made delightful to the eye, and with such
8G
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
skill that the result looks, not as if it had been done, but as if it had
happened.
' It should be remembered that a beautiful garden is a place of
pleasant labour and happy restfulness, and that the more it can be filled
with perfect pictures, the more it gives delight to the eye and solace to
the mind, and the nearer it approaches to the making of an earthly
paradise.'
The following is a list of the best Herbaceous Perennial Plants for
cultivation in the flower border. After each name the page at which
information in regard to description, culture &c. is given is indi-
cated in figures.
Acanthus latifolius, p. 73(5.
longifolius, p. 736.
mollis, p. 736.
spinosissiraus,
P. 737.
spinosus, p. 737.
Achillea aegyptiaca, p. 528.
asplenifolia, p. 528.
Eupatorium, p. 528.
Ptarmica, fl. pi.,
p. 529.
tomentosa, p. 520.
Aconitum, vars., p. 162.
Adonis vernalis, p. 144.
^Ethionema cordifolium,
p. 216.
Alstrcemeria, vars., p. 914.
Altha?a rosea, p. 271.
Alyssum saxatile, p. 210.
Anchusa italica, p. 675.
Anemone, vars., p. 139.
Anthemis tinctoria, p. 530.
Anthericum, vars., p. 825.
Aquilegia, vars., p. 155.
Arnebia echioides, p. 679.
Arum italicum, p. 954.
Arundo Donax, p. 958.
Asclepias tuberosa, p. 647.
Asphodelus luteus, p. 823.
ramosus, p. 823.
Aster, vars., p. 500.
Astilbe, vars., p. 414.
Astragalus monspessulanus,
p. 343.
Baptisia australis, p. 323.
Betonica grandirlora, p. 755.
Bocconia cordata, p. 195.
Buphthalmum grandiflorum,
p. 511.
salicifolium,
p. 511.
speciosum,
p. 511.
LIST II
Calceolaria alba, p. 704.
Kellyana, p. 705.
Calla palustris, p. 955.
Callirhoe involucrata, p. 276.
Calystegia dahurica, p. 684.
pubescens, p. 684.
Campanula abietina, p. 563.
alpina, p. 563.
carpatica, p. 563.
dahurica, p. 564.
glomerata, p. 564.
grandis, p. 565.
lactiflora, p. 565.
latifolia, p. 565.
mirabilis, p. 566.
nobilis, p. 566.
persicasfolia,
p. 566.
pyramidalis,
p. 567.
rotundifolia.
p. 568.
Trachelium.
p. 568.
turbinata, p. 563.
Van Houttei,
p. 565.
Carbenia benedicta, p. 551.
Cassia marilandica, p. 354.
Catananche bicolor, p. 553.
crerulea, p. 553.
Centaurea americana, p. 549.
babylonica,
p. 549.
macrocephala,
p. 550.
ragusina, p. 551.
Centranthus ruber, p. 489.
Cephalaria alpina, p. 491.
Chelone glabra, p. 712.
obliqua, p. 712.
Chrysanthemum, vars.,
p. 531.
Chrysobactron Hookeri,
p. 826.
Chrysogonum virginianum.
p. 511.
Cimicifuga racemosa, p. 164.
Clematis recta, p. 135.
Cnicus, vars., p. 548.
Columbine, p. 155
Commelina cselestis, p. 807.
Convallaria majalis, p. 813.
Convolvulus althaeoides,
p. 685.
Solclanella,
p. 684.
Coreopsis grandirlora, p. 518.
lanceolata, p. 518.
tenuifolia, p. 519.
Coronilla iberica, p. 345.
varia, p. 345.
Corydalis lutea, p. 200.
nobilis, p. 200.
Crambe cordifolia, p. 221.
pinnatifida, p. 222.
Cypripedium Calceolus,
p. 892.
spectabile,
p. 893.
Dahlia, vars., p. 519.
Delphinium, vars., p. 158.
Dicentra eximia, p. 198.
spectabilis, p. 1'.)'.).
Dictamnus Fraxinella,
p. 296.
Dodecatheon integrifolium,
p. 626.
Jeffreyanum,
p. 626.
Meadia,
p. 626.
Doronicum caucasicum,
p. 540.
plantagineum,
p. 540.
HERB A GEO Us PER ENNL I L PLA A' TS
H7
Dracocephalum argunense,
p. 751.
austriacum,
p. 751.
grandiflor-
um,p. 751.
ruyschian-
uni, p. 752.
Eohinops Ritro, p. 547.
ruthenicus, p. 547.
Epilobium angustifolium,
p. 452.
rosmarinifolium,
p. 452.
Epimedium pinnatum,
p. 184.
Eranthis hyemalis, p. 154.
Eremurus, vars., p. 824.
Erigeron speciosus, p. 50(i.
Erodium Manescavi, p. 287.
Eryngium, vars.. p. 405.
Erythroniuni, vars., p. 869.
Ferula communis, p. 468.
glauca, p. 469.
tingitana, p. 469.
Funkia, vars., p. 816.
Gaillardia aristata, p. 527.
grandiflora,
p. 527.
Galega officinalis, p. 337.
iana Andrewsii, p. 653.
asclepiadea, p. 653.
lutea, p. 655.
Geranium, vars., p. 285.
Geum, vars., p. 374.
Gillenia trifoliata, p. 369.
Gunnera manicata, p. 446.
scabra, p. 447.
Gypsophila paniculata,
p. 249.
Steveni, p. 249.
Hacquetia Epipactis, p. 467.
Hedysarum, vars., p. 345.
Heleniumautumnale, p. 526.
nudirlorum, p. 527.
Helianthus, vars., p. 515.
Helichrysum arenarium,
p. 508.
Helleborus. vars., p. 152.
Hemerocallis aurantiaca
major, p. 815.
flava, p. 815.
fulva, p. 815.
minor, p. 816.
Hesperis matronalis, p. 213.
Heuchera sanguinea, p. 427.
Hibiscus militaris, p. 279.
palustris, p. 279.
roseus, p. 279.
Iberis, vars., p. 218.
Inula glandulosa, p. 510.
Hookeri, p. 510.
Iris, vars., p. 917.
Jett'ersonia diphylla, p. 184.
Kniphofia, in variety, p. si 7.
Larkspur, p. 15s.
Lathyrus grandiflorus,
p. 34H.
latit'olius, p. 348.
rotundifolius.
p. 349.
splendens, p. 349.
Liatris elegans, p. 495.
spicata, p. 495.
squarrosa, [). 495.
Lilium, vars., p. 842.
Linaria, vars., p. 707.
Lindelotia spectabilis. p. 672.
Linuin alpinuni, p. 283.
arboreum, p. 283.
flavum, p. 283.
narbonense, p. 284.
perenne, p. 284.
Lobelia cardinalis, p. 556.
tulgens, p. 557.
splendens, p. 557.
Lupinus aootkatensis, p. 326.
polyphyllus, p. 326.
Lychnis chalcedonica and
vars., p. 255.
coronaria, p. 255.
diurna rl. pi.,
p. 256.
fulgens, p. 256.
haageana, p. 257.
Lagasca\ p. 257.
vespertina rl. pi.,
p. 257.
Viscaria, p. 25s.
Lysimachia clethroides,
p. 629.
punctata, j). 629.
Lythrum Salicaria, p. 451.
virgatum, p. 451.
Malva campanulata, p. 276.
moschata. p. 275.
Meconopsis cambrica, p. 194.
nepalensis. p. 194.
Wallichi, p. 194.
Medicago falcata, p. 333.
Melittis Melissophyllum,
p. 754.
Menyantb.es trifoliata, p. (557.
Mertensia sibirica, p. 676.
virginica, p. 676.
Monarda didyma, p. 750.
fistulosa, p. 750.
Monkshood, p. 162.
Morina longifolia, p. 490.
Myosotis dissitirlora, p. 677.
palustris, p. 678.
sylvatica, p. 678.
Nepeta Mussini, p. 750.
(Enothera, vars., p. 453.
Omphalodes verna, p. 671.
Onobrychis montana, p. 346.
Ononis aragonensis, p. 332.
rotundifolia, p. 332.
Orobus cyaneus, p. 350.
rlaccidus, p. 350.
lathyroides, p. 350.
variegatus, p. 351.
vernus, p. 351 .
Ostrowskya magnifica,p. 559
Ourisia coccinea, p. 723.
Pu?onia, vars., p. 165.
Pansy, p. 233.
Papaver bracteatum, p. 191.
lateritium, p. 191.
nudicanle, p. 191.
orientale, p. 191.
pilosum, p. 192.
Pentstemon, vars., p. 712.
Phlomis ferruginea, p. 757.
fruticosa, p. 757.
herba-venti, p. 757.
Kusselliana, p. 757.
Phlox, vars., p. 658.
Phygelius capensis, p. 711.
Physalis Francheti, p. >'<'.K).
Physostegiaimbricata.p. 754.
virginiana,
p. 751.
Phyteuma comosum, p. 561.
Phytolacca decandra, p. 767.
Plagianthus Lyalli, p. 277.
Platycodon grandirlorum,
p. 559.
Plumbago Larpenta\ p. 604.
Podophyllum Emodi, p. 185.
peltatum,
p. 185.
Poleruonium caeruleum.
p. 665.
confertum.
p. 665.
humile, p. 666.
pulchellum.
p. 666.
Polyanthus, vars., p. 620.
Polygonatum multirlorum,
p. 811.
Polygonum cuspidatum,
p. 759.
sachalinense,
p. 770.
sph;erostachy-
um, p. 770.
vaccinifoliuni,
p. 770.
Potentilla, vars., p. 376.
Primula, vars., p. 604.
Prunella grandirlora. p. 754.
webbiana, p. 754.
Pyre thrum achille.-pfolium,
p. 535.
roseum, p. 536.
uliginosum,
p. 535.
PBACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
Ranunculus aconitifolius,
p. 146.
acris fl. pi.,
p. 146.
amplexicaulis,
p. 146.
asiaticus,
p. 147.
Lyalli, p. 149.
monspeliacus,
p. 149.
montanus,
P. 149.
spicatus,p. 150.
Rheum, vars., p. 770.
Rhexia virginica, p. 449.
Romneya Coulteri, p. 190.
Rudbeckia, vars., p. 514.
Salvia argentea, p. 747.
patens, p. 748.
Santolina Chamrecyparissus,
p. 529.
incana, p. 530.
Saponaria ocynioides, p. 249.
Saxifraga cordifolia, p. 419.
crassifolia, p. 419.
Scabiosa caucasica, p. 491.
Scutellaria alpina, p. 753.
inacrantha, p. 753.
Sedum kamtschaticuin,
p. 439.
populifoliuni, p. 440.
Sedum Sieboldi, p. 440.
spectabile, p. 441.
Senecio, vars., p. 540.
Sidalcea Candida, p. 276.
malvffiflora, p. 277.
Silene alpestris, p. 251.
Elisabeths, p. 252.
maritima, p. 252.
Schafta, p. 254.
Silphium laciniatum, p. 511.
Sisyrinchium grandiflorum,
p. 943.
Solidago, vars., p. 496.
Spigelia marilandica, p. 649.
Spiraea Aruncus, p. 364.
lobata, p. 364.
palmata, p. 365.
Stachys lanata, p. 755.
Statice latifolia, p. 602.
speciosa, p. 603.
tatarica, p. 603.
Stokesia cyanea, p. 493.
Symphvandra Hoffmanni,
p. 570.
pendula,
p. 570.
Wanneri,
p. 570.
Symphytum asperrimum,
p. 673.
caucasicum,
p. 673.
LIST III
Thalictrum, vars., p. 137.
Thermopsis fabacea, p. 323.
lanceolata,
p. 323.
Tiarella cordifolia, p. 426.
Tradescantia virginica and
vars., p. 807.
Tricyrtis hirta, p. 879.
Tritoma Uvaria, p. 818.
Trollius, vars, p. 151.
Tropseolurn pentaphyllum,
p. 291.
polyphyllum,
p. 291.
speciosum,
p. 291.
Veratrum album, p. 881.
nigrum, p. 881.
viride, p. 881.
Verbascum Chaixi, p. 702.
olympicum,
p. 702.
phlomoides,
p. 702.
Veronica, vars., p. 724.
Vicia argentea, p. 347.
Cracca, p. 347.
Vinca herbacea, p. 645.
Viola, vars., p. 228.
Zauschneria californica,
p. 452.
A Selection of Herbaceous Plants etc. that will grow in more or less
Shady Places. The description, culture, and propagation will be
found at the page mentioned after the names.
Acanthus, vars., p. 736.
Achillea Ptarmica rl. pi.,
p. 529.
Aconitum, vars., p. 162.
Act»a, vars., p. 164.
Ajuga reptans, p. 759.
Anemone, vars., p. 139.
Aquilegia vulgaris, p. 158.
Aralia edulis, p. 470.
nudicaulis, p. 470.
racemosa, p. 470.
Aristolochia, vars., p. 773.
Artemisia, vars., p. 538.
Arum Dracunculus, p. 954.
italicum, p. 955.
Arundinaria, vars., p. 965.
Asclepias, vars., p. 647.
Asperula odorata, p. 487.
Asphodelus ramosus,
p. 822.
Aster, vars., p. 500.
Astilbe, vars., p. 414.
Astrantia, vars., p. 466.
Baneberry, p. 164.
Baptisia, vars., p. 323.
Betonica grandirlora, p. 755.
Borago orientalis, p. 674.
Bromus, vars., p. 959.
Buphthalmum grandiflorum,
p. 511.
salicifolium,
p. 511.
Calystegia vars.. p. 684.
Campanula, vars., p. 563.
Centaurea montana, p. 551.
Chelidonium majus, p. 196.
Clematis, vars., p. 131.
Convallaiia majalis, p. 813.
Coreopsis lanceolata,
p. 518.
Cortusa Matthioli, p. 624.
Corydalis nobilis, p. 200.
Crambe cordifolia, p. 221.
Cyclamen, vars., p. 626.
Cynoglossum Omphalodes,
p. 672.
Cypripedium, vars, p. 892.
Delphinium, vars., p. 158.
Dicentra spectabilis, p. 199.
Digitalis, vars., p. 722.
Dodecatheon, vars., p. 626.
Doronicum Pardalianches,
p. 540.
plantagineum ,
p. 540.
Dracocephalum Ruyschia-
num, p. 752.
Echinops, vars., p. 547.
Elymus arenarius, p. 959.
Epigffia repens, p. 578.
Epilobium angustifolium,
p. 452.
Epimedium, vars., p. 184.
Equisetum sylvaticum,
p. 1024.
Telmateia,
p. 1023.
Eranthis hyemalis, p. 154.
Eryngium alpinum, p. 465.
Erythronium, vars., p. 869.
Eupatorium, vars., p. 494
Ferula, vars., p. 468.
TRAILING AND CLIMBING PLANTS
89
Fragaria, vars., p. 376.
Fritillaria, vars., p. 857.
Funkia, vars., p. 81(5.
Galanthus nivalis, p. 906.
plicatus, p. 906.
Gaultheria, vars., p. 575.
Gentiana septemfida, p. 656.
Geranium, vars., p. 285.
Geum, vars., p. 374.
Gillenia trifoliata, p. 3(i9.
Hedysarum, vars., p. 345.
Helianthus, vars., p. 515.
Helleborus, vars., p. 152.
Helonias bullata, p. 878.
Hemerocallis, vars., p. 815.
Heuchera, vars., p. 427.
Hieracium aurantiacum,
p. 553.
Hop, p. 788.
Humulus Lupulus, p. 788.
Hypericum, vars., p. 265.
Inula Heleniuin, p. 510.
Iris, vars., p. !)17.
Lamium, vars., p. 75(1.
Lathyrus, vars., p. 348.
Lavatera, vars., p. 274.
Leucojum, vars., p. 907.
Liatris spicata, p. 495.
Lilium, vars., p. 842.
Linnffia borealis, p. 482.
Lupinus polyphyllus, p. 326.
Lychnis diurna, p. 256.
vespertina, p. 257.
Lysimachia, vars., p. 629.
Ly thrum, vars., p. 451.
Malva, vars., p. 275.
Meconopsis nepalensis.
p. 194.
Wallichi, p. 194.
Medicago, vars., p. 333.
Melittis Melissophyllum,
p. 754.
Mertensia, vars., p. 670.
Mimulus moschatus, p. 720.
Mitchella repens, p. 488.
Monarda, vars., p. 750.
Mulgedium alpinum, p. 554.
Myosotis, vars., p. 077.
Narcissus, vars., p. 893.
(Enothera, vars., p. 453.
Omphalodes verna, p. 671.
Onopordon Acanthium,
p. 548.
Ornithogalum, vars., p. 842.
Pffionia, vars., p. 165.
Panicum altissimum, p. 902.
capillare, p. 962.
virgatum, p. 962.
Phlomis, vars., p. 757.
Physostegia, vars., p. 754.
Podophyllum, vars., p. 185.
Polemonium reptans, p. 066.
Polygonatum multirlorum,
p. 811.
Polygonum affine, p. 768.
cuspidatum,
p. 769.
Primula, vars., p. 004.
Pyrola, vars., p. 598.
Ranunculus aconitii'olius, rl.
pi., p. 140.
Rubus, vars., p. 371.
Rudbeckia californica,
p. 514.
hirta, p. 514.
laciniata, p. 514.
triloba, p. 515.
Ruscus aculeatus, p. 810.
racemosus, p. 810.
Sanguinaria canadensis,
p. 195.
Saponaria officinalis, p. 249.
Saxifraga cordifolia, p. 419.
crassifolia, p. 419.
Fortunei, p. 421.
Geum, p, 421.
umbrosa, p. 426.
Scilla, vars., p. 838.
Sedum spectabile, p. 441.
Sinilacina bifolia, p. 813.
stellata, p. 813.
Spigelia marilandica, p. 649.
Spiraea, vars., p. 304.
Symphytum, vars., p. 673.
Thalictrum, vars., p. 137.
Tradescantia virginica,
n. 807.
Trillium grandiflorum, vars..
p. 880.
Trollius, vars., p. 151.
Tulipa, vars., p. 800.
Tussilago fragrans, p. 539.
Uvularia grandirlora, p. 879.
Valeriana, p. 488.
officinalis, p. 489.
Phu, p. 489.
Veratrnm album, p. 881.
nigrum, p. 881.
Vernonia, vars., p. 493.
Vinca, vars., p. 645.
Viola, vars., p. 228.
Xerophyllum asphodelioides,
p. 878.
LIST IV
Trailing and Climbing Plants, for covering Boivers, Trellises, Bailings,
Old Trees, Stumps, Bockwork, Banks, Walls dx.
Lapageria, vars., p. 810.
Lardizabala biternata,
p. 179.
Lathyrus, vars. (Sweet Peas),
p. 348.
Lonicera Caprit'olium,
p. 483.
confusa, p. 483.
rlava, p. 483.
japonica, p. 484.
Periclymenum,
p. 484.
Lycium europaeum, p. 692.
Menispermum canadense,
p. 178.
Mina lobata, p. 684.
Mutisia decurrens, p. 551.
Abobra viridiflora, p. 402.
Actinidia polygama, p. 207.
Adlumia cirrhosa, p. 199.
Akebia quinata, p. 179.
Apios tuberosa, p. 351.
Aristolochia Sipho, p. 773.
tomentosa,
p. 773.
Bignonia capreolata, p. 731.
Bryonia dioica, p. 461.
Calystegia dahmica, p. 684.
pubescens, p. 684.
Cissus davidiana, p. 309.
japonica, p. 309.
platanifolia, p. 309.
viticifolia, p, 310.
Clematis, vars., p. 131.
I Convolvulus arvensis,
p. 685.
mauritanicus,
p. 685.
Eccremocarpus scaber,
p. 734.
i Grammatocarpus volubilis,
p. 459.
Hablitzia tamnoides, p. 765.
Hedera, vars., p. 471.
Holbcellia latifolia, p. 179.
Humulus Lupulus, p. 788.
Ipomasa, vars., p. 683.
Jasminum nudiflorum,
p. 636.
officinale, p. 637.
revolutum, p. 637.
90
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
Passiflora ca?rulea, p. 460.
I'eriploca graeca, p. 647.
Polygonum baldschuanicum,
p. 768.
dumetorum,
p. 769.
Smilax, vars., p. 808.
Solarium jasminoides, p. 689.
Stachyurus precox, p. 268.
Tamus communis, p. 884.
Tecoma radicans, p. 732.
Thunbergia alata, p. 735.
Tropreolum, vars., p. 290.
Virginian Creeper, p. 309.
Vitis, vars., p. 307.
Wistaria sinensis, p. 338.
LIST V
A Selection of Hardy Plants with White Flowers
Achillea Clavennas, p. 528.
Ptarmica pi.,
p. 529.
serrata pi., p. 529.
umbellata, p. 529.
Aeonitum Napellus albus,
p. 163.
Actaea spicata, p. 164.
Allium neapolitanum,
p. 831.
Alyssum maritimum, p. 210.
Ammobium alatum, p. 509.
Androsace Chamajasme,
p. 622.
Anemone alba, p. 139.
alpina, p. 140.
japonica alba,
p. 142.
narcissiflora,
p. 142.
nemorosa, p. 142.
sylvestris, p. 144.
thalictroides,
P. 138.
trifolia, p. 144.
vitifolia, p. 144.
Antennaria dioica, p. 507.
Anthemis Bit-beisteini,
p. 530.
Antirrhinum majus album,
p. 710.
Aquilegia vulgaris alba,
p. 158,
Arabis, vars., p. 205.
Arenaria montana, p. 260.
verna, p. 2(50.
Argemone grandiflora,
p. 193.
Asperula odorata, p. 487.
Asphodelus ramosus, p. 823.
Astilbe japonica, p. 414.
rivularis, p. 414.
Astragalus hypoglottis albus,
p. 343.
Bellium, vars., p. 498.
Calla ffithiopica, p. 955.
palustris, p. 955.
Callistephus hortensis, vars..
p. 499.
Campanula crespitosa alba,
p. 563.
Campanula carpatica alba,
p. 563.
glomerata alba,
p. 564.
lactiflora,
p. 565.
lamiifolia,
p. 565.
latifolia alba,
p. 565.
Medium alba,
p. 566.
nitida, p. 566.
persicsefolia
alba, p. 566.
pyramidalis
alba, p. 567.
rotundifolia
alba, p. 568.
speciosa,
p. 568.
Trachelium
alba, p. 568.
Cardamine trifolia, p. 207.
Centranthus ruber albus,
p. 489.
Cerastium, vars., p. 258.
Chrysanthemum Leucanthe-
mum, sinense, numerous
white-flowered vars.,
p. 531.
Clematis Flammula, p. 133.
montana, p. 134.
recta, p. 135.
Convallaria majalis, p. 813.
Crambe cordifolia, p. 221.
pinnatifida, p. 222.
Crocus, white vars., p. 936.
Cynoglossum linifolium,
p. 671.
Dahlia, white vars., p. 519.
Dianthus Caryophyllus, white
vars., p. 240.
deltoides albus,
p. 244.
plumarius albus,
p. 246.
Dictamnus Fraxinella alba,
p. 296.
Digitalis, vars., p. 722.
Dryas octopetala, p. 374.
Epilobium angustifolium
album, p. 452.
Erinus alpinus albus, p. 723.
Erythronium Dens-canis
album,p. 870.
giganteum,
p. 870.
grandiflorum,
p. 871.
Hartwegi,
p. 871.
Eupatorium ageratoides,
p. 494.
aromaticum,
p. 494.
Fritillaria Meleagris alba,
p. 859.
Funkia grandiflora, p. 817.
Galanthus, vars., p. 906.
Galega officinalis alba,
p. 337.
Gentiana asclepiadea alba,
p. 653.
Geranium pratense album,
p. 286.
sylvaticum album,
p. 287.
Gladiolus Colvillei albus,
p. 950.
Gypsophila elegans, p. 248.
paniculata,
p. 249.
Helleborus niger, p. 153,
Hepatica triloba alba, p. 141.
Hesperis matronalis alba
plena, p. 213.
Hoteia japonica, p. 414.
Hutchinsia alpina, p. 220.
Hyacinthus, vars., p. 833.
Iberis corifolia, p. 218.
correafolia, p. 218.
saxatilis, p. 219.
semperflorens, p. 219.
Iris florentina, p. 922.
germanica alba, p. 923.
pumila albida, p. 929.
Isopyrum thalictroides,
p. 154.
Jeffersonia diphylla, p. 184.
Lamium maculatum album,
p. 756.
WHITE-FLOWERED HARDY PLANTS
91
Lathyrus latifolius albus,
p. 348.
Leucanthemum lacustre,
p. 534.
Leucojum sestivum, p. 907.
vernum, p. 907.
Libertia formosa, p. 942.
Lilium Browni, p. 845.
candidum, p. 840.
japonicum, p. 850.
longirlorum, p. 851.
speciosum album,
p. 855.
washingtonianum,
p. 857.
[jinum monogynum, p. 284.
perenne album,
p. 284.
Lupinus polyphyllus albus,
p. 320.
Lychnis vespertina fl. pi.,
p. 257.
Malva moschata alba, p. 275.
Michauxia campanuloides,
p. 500.
Musoari botryoides alba,
p. 832.
Myosotis sylvatica alba,
p. 678.
Narcissus poeticus, p. 903.
Nicotiana affinis, p. 695.
Nierembergia rivularis,
p. 698.
Nymphaaa alba, p. 186.
Nymphaea hybrids, p. 187.
(Enothera eximia, p. 454.
speciosa, p. 454.
taraxacifolia,
p. 455.
Onosma albo-roseum,
p. 681.
Ornithogalum arabicum,
p. 842.
pyramidale,
p. 842.
Ornithogalum umbellatum,
p. 842.
Oxalis Acetosella, p. 293.
Pasonia, vars., p. 165.
Pansy, vars., p. 233.
Paradisia Liliastrum, p. 823.
Phlox, numerous white hy-
brids, p. 662.
subulata alba, p. 662.
Platycodon grandirlorum
album, p. 559.
Polianthes tuberosa, p. 915.
Potentilla alba, p. 377.
Primula involucrata, p. 610.
Munroi, p. 610.
nivalis, p. 612.
pubescens alba,
p. 014.
Prunella grandiflora alba,
p. 754.
Pyrethrum Parthenium fl.
pi., p. 536.
roseum album,
p. 537.
serotinum,p.535.
Ranunculus aconitifolius ple-
nus, p. 146.
alpestris, p. 146.
amplexicaulis,
p. 146.
Romneya Coulteri, p. 190.
Sagittaria sagittifolia plena,
p. 806.
Sanguinaria canadensis,
p. 195.
Saxifraga ajuga?folia, p. 417.
burseriana, p. 418.
caespitosa, p. 419.
ceratophylla,
p. 426.
Cotyledon, p. 419.
diapensioides,
p. 420.
granulat fl. pi.,
p. 421.
Saxifraga Hosti, p. 421.
hypnoides, p. 422.
lactea, p. 422.
longifolia, p. 423.
Mertensiana,
p. 423.
nivalis, p. 424.
pallida, p. 424.
rocheliana, p. 425.
Scabiosa caucasica alba,
p. 491.
Scilla bifolia alba, p. 839.
campanulata alba,
p. 840.
festalis alba, p. 839.
Sedum album, p. 43',).
Sidalcea Candida, p. 276.
Silene alpestris, p. 251.
maritima, p. 252.
Zawadskii, p. 254.
Sisyrinchium grandiflo
album, p. 943.
Smilacina bifolia, p. 813.
Spirrea Aruncus, p. 364.
Filipendula, p. 364.
Ulmaria, p. 365.
Statice Limonium album,
p. 602.
Tiarella cordifolia, p. 426.
Tradescantia virginica alba,
p. 807.
Trillium grandirlorum,
p. 880.
Triteleia unirlora, p. 830.
Tulipa, white vars., p. 860.
Verbascum phcenrceum
album, p. 702.
Verbena, white vars., p. 740.
Vinca minor alba, p. 646.
Viola cornuta alba, p. 229.
Yucca filamentosa, p. 821.
gloriosa, p. 821.
Zephyranthes Atamasco,
p. 909.
Candida, p. 910.
LIST VI
A Selection of Hardy Plants with Red, Crimson, Scarlet, or
Pinkish Floivers
Acaena microphylla, p. 381.
Achillea asplenifolia, p. 528.
Millefolium roseum,
p. 529.
^Ethionema, vars., p. 216.
Allium acuminatum, p. 831.
Althtea rosea, p. 271.
Amaryllis Belladonna, p. 912.
Androsace carnea, p. 621.
Anemone coronaria, vars.,
p. 140.
Anemone fulgens, p. 141.
hortensis, p. 144.
japonica, p. 142.
pavonina, p. 141.
Anomatheca cruenta, p. 944.
Antennaria dioica, p. 507.
Anthyllis montana, p. 334.
Antirrhinum majus, p. 710.
Apocynum androsaemifolium,
p. 646.
Aquilegia canadensis, p. 156.
Aquilegia Skinneri, p. 157.
Arabis blepharophylla,
p. 206.
Armeria Cephalotes, p. 603.
dianthoides, p. 603.
maritima, p. 603.
Asclepias tuberosa, p. 648.
Aster, vars., p. 500.
China, vars., p. 499.
Astragalus monspessulanus,
p. 343.
92
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
Begonia, vars., p. 462.
Bellis, vars., p. 498.
Betonica grandiflora. p. 755.
Brodiasa coccinea, p. 827.
rosea, p. 829.
Bryanthus erectus, p. 582.
Butomus umbellatus, p. 806.
Calandrinia umbellata,
p. 262.
Callirhoe digitata, p. 275.
involucrata, p. 275.
Calystegia pubescens pi.,
p. 684.
Centranthus ruber, p. 489.
Chrysanthemum, vars.,
p. 531.
Colchicum, vars., p. 875.
Coronilla varia, p. 345.
Cortusa Matthioli, p. 624.
Dahlia, vars., p. 519.
Daphne Cneorum, p. 778.
Delphinium nudicaule,
p. 161.
Dianthus, vars., p. 238.
Dicentra eximia, p. 198.
spectabilis, p. 199.
Dictamnus Fraxinella, p. 296.
Digitalis purpurea, p. 722.
Dodecatheon, vars., p. 626.
Epilobium angustifolium,
p. 452.
Erica, vars., p. 580.
Erinus alpinus, p. 723.
Erodium Manescavi, p. 207.
Erythrasa littoralis, p. 651.
Fuchsia, vars., p. 455.
Geranium Laniberti, p. 286.
macrorhizon,
p. 286.
Geum coccineum, p. 374.
sanguineum, p. 286.
Gladiolus, vars., p. 947.
Hedysarum coronarium,
p. 345.
multijugum,
p. 346.
Helianthemum, vars., p. 226.
Hepatica triloba rubra, p. 141.
Hibiscus militaris, p. 279.
moscheutos, p. 279.
roseus, p. 279.
Incarvillea Delavayi, p. 733.
Olgse, p. 733.
Ipomopsis elegans, p. 664.
Kniphoria Uvaria, vars..
p. 818.
Lathyrus, vars., p. 347.
Lavatera Olbia, p. 274.
trimestris, p. 274.
Liatris, vars., p. 495.
Lilium Catesbau, p. 847.
chalcedonicum,
p. 847.
tenuifolium, p. 856.
thunbergianum,
p. 848.
tigrinum, p. 857.
umbellatum, p. 857.
Linum grandiflorum, p. 283.
Lobelia fulgens, p. 557.
Tupa, p. 557.
Lunaria biennis, p. 207.
Lychnis, vars., p. 255.
Lythrum, vars., p. 450.
Malva, vars., p. 275.
Matthiola, vars., p. 201.
Menziesia empetriformis,
p. 582.
Miiabilis Jalapa, p. 760.
Modiola geranioides, p. 277.
Monarda, vars., p. 750.
Montbretia crocosmiasliora.
p. 946.
Ononis rotundifolia, p. 332.
Ourisia coccinea, p. 723.
Oxalis, vars., p. 292.
Pasonia, vars., p. 165.
Papaver, vars., p. 191.
Pelargonium endlicheria-
num, p. 288.
Pentstemon barbatus, p. 713.
campanulatus,
p. 714.
gentian oides,
p. 715.
Phlox, vars., p. 658.
Phygelius capensis, p. 711.
Potentilla, vars., p. 376.
Primula cortusoides, p. 607.
japonica, p. 610.
viscosa, p. 617.
Pulmonaria, vars., p. 675.
Pyrethrum roseurn, vars.,
p. 535.
Rhexia virginica, p. 449.
Salvia coccinea, p. 747.
splendens, p. 749.
Saponaria casspitosa, p. 249.
calabrica, p. 249.
ocymoides, p. 250.
officinalis, p. 250.
Saxifraga biflora, p. 418.
cordifolia, p. 419.
crassifolia, p. 419.
ligulata, p. 422.
oppositifolia,
p. 424.
purpurascens,
p. 425.
Schizostylis coccinea, p. 943.
Sedum Ewersii, p. 439.
pulchellum, p. 439.
Sieboldi, p. 440.
spectabile, p. 441.
spurium, p. 441.
Silene Armeria, p. 251.
Elisabethae, p. 252.
pendula, p. 253.
pennsylvanica, p. 253.
Pumilio. p. 253.
Schafta, p. 254.
virginica, p. 254.
Sparaxis pulcherrima, p. 943.
Spigelia marilandica, p. 649.
Spiraea lobata, p. 364.
pahnata, p. 365.
Symphytum bohemicum,
p. 674.
Tigridia Pavonia, p. 936.
Tropasolum speciosum,
p. 291.
Tulipa, vars., p. 860.
Zauschneria californica,
p. 452.
LIST VII
A Selection of Hardy Plants, with Blue, Bluish, or Publish Flowers
Aconitum, vars., p. 162.
Adenophora, vars., p. 569.
Agapanthus umbellatus,
p. 826.
Ageratum, vars., p. 493.
Allium azureum, p. 831.
Anchusa, vars., p. 675.
Anemone apennina, p. 140.
blanda, p. 140.
Anemone Hepatica, p. 141.
Pulsatilla, p. 143.
Aquilegia, vars., p. 155.
Aster alpinus, p. 501.
Amellus, p. 501.
lsevis, p. 501.
Shortii, p. 503.
Stracheyi, p. 503.
Townshendi, p. 503.
Aster turbinellus, p. 504.
Aubrietia, vars., p. 208.
Baptisia australis, p. 323.
exaltata, p. 324.
Borago orientalis, p. 674.
Brodiaea congesta, p. 828.
grandiflora, p. 828.
laxa, p. 829.
Callistephus hortensis.p. 499.
YELLOW-FLOWERED HARDY PLANTS
93
Camassia esculenta, p. 841.
Campanula, vars., p. 562.
Catananche caarulea, p. 553.
Ccntaurea Cyanus, p. 550.
montana, p. 550.
Chionodoxa Lucilia>, p. 837.
,, grandirlora,
p. 837.
Clematis, vars., p. 131.
Commelina cselestis, p. 807.
Crocus, vars., p. 936.
Cyananthus lobatus, p. 560.
Delphinium, vars., p. 158.
Dracocephalum, vars., p. 751.
Eehinops llitro, p. 547.
ruthenicus, p. 547.
Edraianthus Pumilio, p. 558.
Erigeron speciosus, p. 506.
Eryngium alpinum, p. 465.
amethystinum, p. 465.
oliverianum, p. 466.
Funkia ovata, p. 817.
Galega orientalis, p. 337.
Gentiana, vars., p. 652.
Geranium armenum, p. 285.
iberieum, p. 286.
pratense, p. 286.
sylvaticum, p. 287.
Globularia, vars., p. 737.
Hepatica angulosa, p. 140.
triloba, p. 141.
Hyacinthus amethystinus,
p. 836.
Hyacinthus azureus, p. 836.
Iris, vars., p. 917.
Kaulfussia amelloides,
p. 498.
Linaria alpina, p. 707.
purpurea, p. 709.
Lindeloria spectabilis, p. 672.
Linum, vars., p. 282.
Lithospermum, vars„ p. 678.
Lobelia, vars., p. 556.
Lupinus, vars., p. 324.
Mertensia dahurica, p. 676.
lanceolata, p. 676.
virginica, p. 676.
Mulgedium alpinum, p. 554.
Plumieri, p. 554.
Muscari, vars., p. 832.
Myosotis, vars., p. t',77.
Nemophila insignis, p. 667.
Omphalodes Lucilire, p. 672.
verna, p. 672.
Ophiopogon spicatus, p. 889.
Orobus cyaneus, p. 350.
flaccidus, p. 350.
vermis, p. 351.
Parochetus communis,
p. 333.
Passirlora casrulea, p. 460.
Pentstemon azureus, p. 713.
glaber, p. 714.
Jaffrayanus,
p. 715.
Phacelia, vars., p. 668.
Phyteuma, vars., p. 561.
Platycodon grandirlorum,
p. 559.
Mariesi, p. 559.
Plumbago Larpentas, p. 604.
Polemonium, vars., p. 665.
Prunella, vars., p. 754.
Pulmonaria angustifolia,
p. 675.
mollis, p. 675.
sibirica, p. 676.
Puschkinia scilloides,
p. 837.
Salvia azurea, p. 747.
patens, etc., p. 748.
Scilla, vars., p. 838.
Sedum eaeruleum, p. 439.
Stokesia cyanea, p. 493.
Symphytum caucasicum,
p. 673.
Trachelium canuleum,
p. 570.
Tradescantia virginica.
p. 807.
Verbena venosa, p. 740.
Veronica, vars., p. 724.
Vicia, vars., p. 347.
Vinca, vars., p. 645.
Viola, vars., p. 228.
Whitlavia grandirlora,
p. 669.
LIST VIII
A Selection of Hardy Plants with Yellow Flowers in Various Shades
Achillea agyptiaca, p. 528.
Eupatorium, p. 528.
tomenlosa, p. 529.
Aconitum Anthora, p. 162.
barbatum, p. 162.
Lycoctonium,
p. 163.
Adonis vernalis, p. 144.
Allium Moly, p. 831.
Alstrcemeria aurantiaca,
p. 914.
Alyssum, vars., p. 210.
Anemone palmata, p. 143.
ranunculoides,
p. 143.
sulphurea, p. 140.
Anthemis tinctoria, p. 530.
Argemone mexicana, p. 193.
ochroleuca, p. 193.
Arnebia cornuta, p. 680.
echioides, p. 680.
Arnica montana, p. 539.
Asphodelus luteus, p. 823.
Baeria coronaria, p. 524.
Bartonia aurea, p. 458.
Buphthalmum grandirlorum,
p. 511.
salicifolium,
p. 511.
Calceolaria amplexicaulis,
p. 704.
kellyana, p. 705.
Caltha palustris, p. 150.
Cassia marilandica, p. 354.
Celsia cretica, p. 702.
Centaurea babylonica, p. 549.
macrocephala,
p. 550.
ragusina, p. 551.
suaveolens, p. 551.
Centauridium Drummondi,
p. 496.
Cheiranthus Cheiri, p. 204.
Marshallii,
p. 204.
Chelidonium majus, p. 196.
Chlora grandirlora, p. 651.
perfoliata, p. 651.
Chrysanthemum, vellow vars.
p. 534.
Chrysobactron Hookeri,
p. 826.
i Cistus formosus, p. 226.
i Coreopsis, vars., p. 518.
j Coronilla Emerus, p. 345.
iberica, p. 345.
juncea, p. 345.
Corydalis in var., p. 199.
Crepis aurea, p. 553.
barbata, p. 553.
Crocosma aurea, p. 945.
Crocus in var., p. 936.
Dahlia, yellow vars., p. 519.
Delphinium Zalil, p. 162.
Dendromecon rigidum, p. 196.
Digitalis lutea, p. 723.
Dondia Epipactis, p. 467.
Doronicum, vars., p. 540.
Draba aizoides, p. 211.
94
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
Draba Aizoon, p. 212.
cuspidata, p. 212.
tridentata, p. 213.
Dryas Drummondi, p. 374.
Epimedium pinnatum,
p. 184.
Eranthis hyemalis, p. 154.
Erigeron aurantiacus, p. 506.
Erysimum, vars., p. 214.
Fritillaria imperialis lutea,
p. 858.
Gaillardia, vars., p. 527.
Gazania, vars., p. 546.
Genista, vars., p. 328.
Geum macrophyllum, p. 375.
montanum, p. 375.
pyrenaicum, p. 375.
reptans, p. 375.
rhaeticuni, p. 375.
rivale, p. 375.
Helenium, vars., p. 526.
Helianthemum, vars., p.'226.
Helianthus, vars., p. 515.
Helichrysum arenarium,
p. 508.
Helipterum humboldtianum,
p. 508.
Hemerocallis, vars., p. 815.
Hunnemannia fumarieefolia,
p. 197.
Hypericum, vars., p. 265.
Inula, vars., p. 510.
Iris rlavescens, p. 922.
germanica, vars., p. 923.
Monnieri, p. 927.
ochroleuca, p. 927.
Pseudacorus, p. 929.
xiphioides, vars., p. 934.
Xiphium, p. 935.
Kniphofia Macowani, p. 819.
Lathyrus odoratus, vars.,
p. 349.
Layia elegans, p. 523.
platyglossa, p. 524.
Lilium canadense, p. 845.
croceum, p. 848.
Hansoni, p. 850.
monadelphum,
p. 853.
Parryi, p. 853.
testaceum, p. 856.
Limnanthemum nymphae-
oides, p. 658.
Linaria vulgaris, p. 710.
Linosyris vulgaris, p. 502.
Linum arboreum, p. 283.
campanulatum, p.283.
flavum, p. 283.
Lotus corniculatus, p. 335.
Lupinus luteus, p. 325.
Menziesii, p. 325.
Lysimacbia lanceolatea,
p. 629.
Nummularia,
p. 629.
Medicago falcata, p. 333.
Narcissus, vars., p. 893.
Nupbar luteum, p. 185.
(Enothera, vars., p. 453.
Onosma tauricum, p. 681.
Orobus aurantius, p. 350.
Papaver alpinum var., p. 191.
croceum, p. 191.
nudicaule, p. 191.
Pblomis fruticosa, p. 757.
russelliana, p. 757.
Potentilla, vars., p. 376.
Primula Auricula, p. 606.
elatior, p. 608.
imperialis, p. 610.
luteola, p. 611.
Palinuri, p. 613.
sikkimensis, p. 616.
vulgaris, p. 617.
Ranunculus, vars., p. 146.
Rudbeckia, vars., p. 514.
Sanvitalia procumbens,
p. 572.
Saxifraga Cymbalaria,
p. 420.
sancta, p. 425.
Sedum acre, p. 438.
kamtscbaticum,
p. 439.
Senecio, vars., p. 540.
Silphium, vars., p. 511.
Solidago, vars., p. 496.
Sphenogyne speciosa, p. 544.
Statice Bonduelli, p. 602.
Fortunei, p. 602.
Sternbergia, vars., p. 908.
Tagetes, vars., p. 525.
Thermopsis fabacea, p. 323.
lanceolata,
p. 323.
Trollius, vars., p. 151.
Tropaaolum peregrinum,
p. 291.
polyphyllum,
p. 291.
Tulipa, vars., p. 864.
Venidium calendulaceum,
p. 545.
Verbascum Cbaixii, p. 702.
phlomoides,
p. 702.
Vesicaria, vars., p. 209.
Viola pubescens, p. 231.
tricolor, vars., p. 234.
Waitzia aurea, p. 507.
Waldsteinia fragarioides,
p. 376.
geoides, p. 376.
trifolia, p. 376.
Zinnia, vars., p. 512.
LIST IX
Plants that flower between September and May. The Dates are
approximate only. For Trees and Shrubs see p. 107.
September and October
Abronia umbellata, p. 760.
Aconitum japonicum, p. 163.
Alyssum maritimum, p. 210.
Amaryllis Belladonna, p. 912.
Ammobium alatum, p. 509.
Anemone japonica, p. 142.
Aster, vars., p. 501.
Bulbocodium autumnale,
p. 877.
Calandrinia Menziesi, p. 262.
umbellata, p. 262.
Callistephus bortensis,
p. 499.
Chrysanthemum, vars.,
p. 531.
Colchicum autumnale,
p. 876.
speciosum,
p. 876.
variegatum,
p. 876.
Coreopsis, vars., p. 518.
Cosmos bipinnatus, p. 522.
Dahlia, vars., p. 519.
Erianthus Ravenna?, p. 960.
Erigeron aurantiacus, p. 506.
Gaillardia, vars., p. 527.
Gazania, vars., p. 546.
Gladiolus, vars., p. 947.
Gynerium argenteum, p. 960.
Gypsophila elegans, p. 248.
Heuchera sanguinea, p. 427.
Lobelia fulgens, p. 557.
Lychnis haageana, p. 257.
Montbretia crocosmiffifiora,
p. 946.
(Enothera, vars., p. 453.
HARDY BULBOUS PLANTS
95
Pentstemon, vars., p. 712.
Phlox, vars., p. 058.
Phy^elius capensis, p. 711.
Pyrethrum Parthenium rl. pi.
p. 536.
vars., p. 536.
Iludbeckia, vars., p. 514.
Saponaria calabrica, p. 250.
Sternbergia, vars., p. 908.
Tagetes, vars., p. 525.
Tritoma, vars., p. 817.
Venidium calendulaceum,
p. 545.
Verbena, vars., p. 740.
Zauschneria californica,
p. 452.
Zinnia, vars., p. 512.
November to January
Colchicum autunmale, p. 876.
Cyclamen, vars., p. 626.
Galanthus nivalis, p. 906.
Helleborus niger, p. 153.
Iris stylosa, p. 933.
Petasites fragrans, p. 539.
Viola, p. 228.
February and March
Anemone angulosa. p. 140.
apennina, p. 140.
Hepatica. p. 142.
Aubrietia deltoidea, p. 209.
Bulbocodium vernum, p. 877.
Cheiranthus, p. 204.
Chionodoxa Lucilise, p. 837.
Eranthis hyemalis. p. 154.
Erica mediterranea, p. 581.
Galanthus, p. 900.
Helleborus, p. 152.
Iris persica, p. 928.
Leucojum vernum, p. 908.
Narcissus, vars., p. 893.
Scilla sibirica, p. 840.
Viola, p. 228.
April
Adonis vcrnalis, p. 144.
.Ethionema grandiflorum,
p. 217.
Anemone fulgens, p. 141.
Aquilegia caerulea, p. 156.
Auricula, [). i',1n.
Caltha palustris, p. 150.
Centaurea, montana, p. 250.
Convallaria majalis, p. 813.
Dielytra speetabilis, p. 199.
Doronicum, vars., p. 540.
Fritillaria imperialis, p. 85«.
Gentiana, vars., p. 652.
Hoteia japonica, p. 414.
Kaulfussia amelloides,
p. 498.
l'aonia, vars., p. 105.
Primroses, p. 004.
lleineckia carnea, p. 814.
Tulips, p. kco.
LIST X
A Selection of the finest Hardy Bulbous and Rhizomatous Plants for
the Outdoor Garden. Most of these belong to the Orders Ama-
ryllidece (p. 893), Liliaceoi (p. 80ft), and Iridcce {p. 916), bid
a few to other Orders.
Acis autumnalis, p. 908.
Agapanthus umbellatus,
p. 820.
Allium, vars., p. 830.
Alstrctmeria, vars., p. 914.
Amaryllis Belladonna, p. 912.
Anomatheca cruenta, p. 944.
Anthericum, p. 825.
Antholyza, vars., p. 914.
Arum crinitum, p. 953.
Dracunculus, p. 954.
italicum, p. 954.
Asphodelus, vars., p. 822.
Brodiasa coccinea, p. 827.
congesta, p. 828.
grandifiora, p. 828.
Bulbocodium vernum,
p. 877.
Calla palustris, p. 955.
Calliprora lutea, p. 829.
Calochortus, vars., p. 872.
Calopogon, p. 891.
Calypso borealis, p. 890.
Camassia, p. 841.
Chionodoxa, p. 891.
Colchicum, vars., p. 875.
Crinum, p. 911.
Crocosma aurea, p. 945.
Crocus, vars., p. 936.
Cypripedium acaule, p. 892.
Calceolus,
p. 892.
guttatum,
p. 892.
spectabile,
p. 893.
Eremurus, vars., p. 824.
Erythronium, vars., p. 809.
Fritillaria, vars., p. H57.
Funkia, vars., p. 810.
Galanthus, vars., p. 900.
Galtonia, vars., p. 831.
Gladiolus, vars., p. 947.
Hemerocallis, vars., p. 815.
Hippeastrum, p. 910.
Hyacinthus, vars., p. 833.
Iris, vars., p. 917.
Ixiolirion, p. 913.
Kniphoha, vars., p. 817.
Leucojum sativum, p. 908.
vernum, p. 908.
Lilium, vars., p. 842.
Lycoris, p. 912.
Merendera Bulbocodium.
p. 877.
Montbretia crocosmireflora,
p. 946.
Muscari, vars., p. 832.
Narcissus, vars., p. 893.
Ophrys, vars., p. 892.
Orchis, vars., p. 891.
Ornithogalum, vars., p. 842.
Polianthes tuberosa, p. 915.
Polygonatum, vars., p. 811.
Puschkinia scilloides, p. 837.
Bichardia africana, p. 955.
Schizostylis coccinea, p. 943.
Scilla, vars., p. 838.
Sisyrinchium, vars., p. 943.
Sparaxis pulcherrima, p. 943.
Sprekelia, p. 910.
Sternbergia lutea, p. 909.
Tigridia Pavonia, p. 936.
Tricyrtis hirta, p. 879.
Trillium grandiflorum,
p. 880.
Triteleia uniflora, p. 830.
Tritoma, vars., p. 817.
Tritoma, p. 946.
Tulipa, vars., p. 860.
Watsonia, vars., p. 945.
Xerophyllum, p. 878.
Zephyranthes Atamasco,
p. 909.
Candida,
p. 910.
96 PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
THE ROCK GARDEN
This is one of the most important and picturesque features in the
modern flower garden. Although many of the plants recommended
for the Kock Garden will grow perfectly well in the flat flower
border, still they appear in a different light and often to better ad-
vantage when cultivated among the plants usually associated with
alpine heights.
The rockery is an attempt to imitate nature on a small scale by
arranging masses or boulders of rock and earth more or less artistically
and growing upon them, or between the chinks, plants usually found at
high elevations on the mountains of Europe and other parts of the globe.
It is only within the last twenty-five or thirty years that the formation
of beautiful rockeries has been seriously taken in hand. Before that
time all kinds of material did duty for a rockery, but usually not the
slightest attempt at copying nature or studying the interests of the
plants was made. And it was not until Mr. Kobinson, in his valuable
little book dealing with ' Alpine Plants,' opened the eyes of the public
to a better and more rational method of building rockeries and growing
alpine plants upon them, that anything like a good rock garden was to
be found in the kingdom. Now there are many good and several bad
ones, but as the light is spreading we may hope to see the latter
dwindling in number every year.
Formation of a Rock Garden. — The Kev. C. Wolley-Dod, of Edge
Hall, Malpas, Cheshire, who has for very many years been an expert
cultivator of all kinds of hardy herbaceous and alpine plants, writing
about the formation of a rockery a few years ago in the Koyal Horti-
cultural Society's ' Journal,' made the following observations, which
deserve every attention : —
' The forms in which the rockery, usually so called, can be con-
structed may be divided into three : (1) the "barrow-shaped" rockery,
(2) the " facing rockery," and (3) the " sunk rockery." The first may
be raised anywhere, the other two depend partly upon the configuration
of the oround. No wood or tree roots should be used to supplement
any of them ; they must be all stone. The kind of stone is seldom a
matter of choice ; everyone will use what is most handy. The rougher
and more unshapely the blocks the better. The size should vary from
40 to 50 lbs. to 3 or 4 cwt. No mortar or cement for fixing them
together must ever be employed ; they must be firmly wedged and
THE BOCK G A EDEN 97
interlocked, and depend upon one another, and not upon the soil between
them, to keep them in their places. This rule is of the utmost import-
ance ; if it is neglected, a long frost or an excessive rainfall may cause
the whole structure to collapse. Each successive part of the stone
skeleton must be put together before the soil is added. This applies to
all rockeries.
' Size, Aspect, &c. — The most convenient size for the barrow-
shaped rockery is about 4 ft. high, and G or 7 ft. through at the base.
The length is immaterial. If the long sides face north-east and south-
west it will afford perhaps the best variety of aspect ; but the amount
of sunshine each plant gets will depend on the arrangement of each
stone as much as upon the main structure.
' There cannot be too many projections, and care must be taken to
leave no channels between the stones by which the soil can be washed
down to the base. Overhanging brows beneath which plants can be
inserted are very useful ; large surfaces of stone may here and there
be left exposed, and irregularity of form is far better than symmetry.
A formal arrangement of flat pockets or nests offends the eye with-
out helping the cultivator, as the tastes of alpine plants as regards slope
of surface and moisture at their roots are very various.
' As for the degree of slope from base to the summit of the barrow, it
will not be uniform. In some places there will be an irregular square
yard of level on the top, bounded by large cross key-stones, for which
the largest stones should be reserved. In other parts the sides will
slope evenly to the ridge ; or the upper half may be perpendicular,
leaving only wide crevices to suit the taste of certain plants.
' If the blocks are very irregular in form, and their points of contact
as few as possible, providing only for secure interlocking, there will be
plenty of room for soil to nourish the plants. Ever-changing variety
of stone surface, both above and below the soil, is the object to be aimed
at, and any sort of symmetry must be avoided.
' The " Facing Rockery."— The second form, or " facing rockery," is
dependent upon the natural shape of the ground surface. Wherever
there is a steep bank facing south or east, it may be utilised for the
growth of alpine plants. The stones, as before advised, should be large
and unshapely, and be buried to-two thirds of their bulk, and form a
very uneven surface, all being interlocked from top to bottom as de-
scribed.
1 Kockeries of this form are less liable to suffer from drought ; if the
surface covered is large, access to all parts should be provided by con-
venient stepping stones, because, although every stone in the structure
ought to be capable of bearing the weight of a heavy man without
98 PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
danger of displacement, it is better not to have to tread upon the
plants.
' The " Sunk Rockery." — This is perhaps the best of all, but entails
rather more labour in construction. Where subsoil drainage is perfect,
a sunk walk may be made, not less than 10 to 12 feet wide, with sloping
sides. The sides may be faced with stones, as described in the " faced
rockery," and all or part of the excavated soil may be made into a raised
mound, continuing the slopes of the excavated banks, above the ground
level, and thus combining the facing rockery and the barrow rockery.
' If the outer line of this portion above the ground be varied by small
bays, every possible aspect and slope may be provided to suit the taste
of every plant. However, unless drainage is perfect, a sunk walk,
rising to the ground-level at each end, would not be feasible. But a
broad walk, excavated into the side of a hill and sloping all one way,
could be adapted to a structure nearly similar to that described ; or the
ground may be dug out in the form of an amphitheatre to suit the taste
or circumstances.
1 But whatever the form of the rockery adopted, let the situation be
away from the influence of trees, beyond suspicion of the reach of their
roots below, or their drip, or even their shade, above. Trees which
shelter from only high winds are so far serviceable, and so are walls
and high banks. There are few alpine plants for which a storm-swept
surface is good, but trees are objectionable where they lessen the light,
which is an important element in the welfare of most mountain plants.
The shade and shelter afforded by the stones and form of the structure
itself is the best kind of shade and shelter.
'Soil for Alpine and Rock Plants. — We now come to the subject of
soil, which is very important, though I attach less importance to it than
others do who have written on the subject. I hold that where atmo-
spheric and mechanical conditions are favourable, the chemical combina-
tion of the soil is of secondary consideration.
' It is true that in nature we find that the flora of a limestone moun-
tain differs in many particulars from that of a granite mountain, and
on the same mountain some plants will thrive in heavy retentive soil,
while others will be found exclusively in peat or sand. But for one
who is beginning to cultivate alpine plants to have to divide them into
lime-lovers and lime-haters, lovers of sand and lovers of stiff soil, is an
unnecessary aggravation of difficulties.
' So large a proportion of ornamental plants are contented with the
soil which most cultivators provide for all alike — even though in nature
they seem to have predilections — that where an amateur has only one
rockery it would be too perplexing to study the partiality of every plant,
ALPINE PLANTS FROM SEED 99
and to remember every spot where lime-lovers or their opposites had
been growing. While saying this, I confess that I have some rockeries
where both soil and rock are adapted exclusively for lime plants ; others
from which lime is kept away, and where both soil and rock are granitic ;
but the great majority of plants thrive equally well on both. . . .
' With regard to soil, then, we must take care that it does not retain
stagnant moisture and yet it must not dry up too readily. Plants must
be able to penetrate it easily with their roots, the lengths of some of
which must be seen to be believed. Good loam, with a little humus in
the form of leaf -mould or peat, and half or three-quarters of the bulk
composed of stone riddlings from the nearest stone quarry, and varying
in size from that of rape seed to that of horse beans, make up a soil
with which most alpine plants are quite contented. . . .
' Where you are convinced that lime is useful, it may be added as
pure lime, not planting in it till thoroughly slaked by mixture with the
soil. Rough surface dressing is a thing in which all alpine plants
delight, as it keeps the top of the soil sweet and moist and prevents
their leaves being fouled. Use for this purpose riddled stone, which is
better than gravel, as round pebbles are easily washed off the slope by
rain or in watering.
' Raising Alpine Plants from Seed. — A few words may be in place
here about raising alpine plants from seed ; for constant succession is
necessary, the duration of their life in cultivation being, for many ob-
vious reasons, far shorter than in their native home. Reproduction from
seed, where seed can be obtained, ensures the healthiest and finest
growth ; and there is no better way of getting seed than saving it your-
self.
' In several cases the first hint I have had that a plant has ripened
fertile seed has been the recognition of a seedling near the parent ; and
this experience has taught me always to look carefully for seed after
the flowering of rare specimens.
' I need not say, therefore, that I disapprove of the practice of cutting
off flower-heads as soon as they wither ; in some cases the seed-head is
nearly as ornamental as the flower ; but I have before said that discre-
tion must be used even in this, as seedlings of some things are trouble-
some from their number.
' When ripe seed is gathered I recommend its being sown at once. It
is then more likely to come up quickly ; and as all such plants as we
grow on rockeries are better sown in pans, there is seldom difficulty in
keeping small seedlings through the winter. The greatest enemy we
have in the process is the growth of Lichen, the worst being the
Marchantia or Liverwort, which completely chokes tender growth.
h2
100 PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
A coating of finely sifted burnt earth on the surface, and a piece of glass
laid over the pan, especially if no water is used for them unless it has
been boiled, reduces this trouble to a minimum. But sowings of
choice and rare seed should be carefully watched, and the Liverwort
picked off at the first appearance.
'Division and Cutting. — Many alpines seem never to ripen seed
in cultivation, and must be reproduced by division or cuttings. The
skill required to do this varies greatly with different subjects : where a
shoot can seldom be found more than half an inch long, as in the case
of two or three hybrid alpine Pinks, the " striking " needs delicate
manipulation. Other things grow very slowly, though not long-lived,
and a constant succession from cuttings must be ensured. Some of
the terrestrial Orchids — such as Bee, Fly, and Spider, excellent subjects
for rockery — we must be contented to keep as long as they choose to live,
as they never seem to increase in cultivation at all, though they may
flower well year after year.
' But there are not a few plants which refuse to be tamed, and from
the time they are planted in our gardens seem always to go from bad
to worse, and are never presentable in appearance for two seasons to-
gether. Of these I may instance Gentiana bavarica (p. 653) and
Eritrichium nanum (p. 673), which I believe no skill has ever kept in
cultivation without constant renewal, and which perhaps are never
likely to repay the trouble of trying to keep them alive on an English
rockery. In all alpine gardening there will be (even where equal skill
is exerted) different degrees of success according to the surrounding
conditions, and it must not be expected that the same soil and treat-
ment which keeps a hundred rare alpines in perfect health at Edin-
burgh will be equally fortunate at Kew.
' Cold Frames. — Where the area of rockery is considerable a cold
frame (see p. 47) should be assigned for keeping up the supply of
plants for it — cuttings and seedlings — in pots. The best treatment
of these plants in winter has been much discussed in gardening jour-
nals. I may say that I think all attempts to imitate natural conditions,
such as snow and long rest, by unnatural means are mistakes. During
warm winters, mountain plants will grow and must be allowed to grow,
and to keep them unnaturally dark or drying when growing is fatal to
their health. Even in severe frosts air must be given abundantly in
the daytime and the frames must not be muffled up. Stagnant air,
whether damp or dry, is their worst enemy ; but if the weather
is warm enough to set them growing, they may easily die for want
of moisture. I will not say more than this, for experience is the
best guide, and every one thinks he can manage his frames better
ALPINE PLANTS ON WALLS 101
than his neighbour ; but of the use of frames for flowering alpines in
pots I must add a few words.
' There are certain very early flowering alpines upon which a mix-
ture of admiration and lamentation is bestowed at the end of every
winter. Their flowers are often beautiful in a treacherous fortnight at
the beginning of February, and are suddenly destroyed by a return of
winter in its severest form. I may mention, among others, Saxifraga
barseriana and sancta, and their near relatives and hybrids, Primula
marginata and intermedia, Androsace camea, Chamajasme, and Lag-
gcri, several dwarf species of Alyssum and Iberis, and there are a good
many more. Pots or pans containing these may be grouped together
in an open sunny spot, and plunged in sand or coal-ashes, in a rough
frame made for them, so that the lights may be not more than three
or four inches above the pots. These lights should be removed in the
daytime when the weather is fine, and air should be admitted, accord-
ing to the temperature, at night. Such a sheet of elegant beauty,
lasting, if well ranged, through February, March, and April, may be
obtained in this way that I often wonder why amateurs attempt to
flower early alpines in any other fashion.
' With me April is the earliest month in which I can expect to have
anything gay on the open rockery without disappointment. I am
obliged to disfigure the slopes with sheets of glass and handlights to
preserve through winter at all OmphaJodes Lucilice, Onosma tauricum,
Androsace sarmcntosa, and others which cannot endure winter wet,
and the real pleasure of the rockery begins when the frame alpines are
waning. I recommend those masses of covered pots in early spring to
all cultivators of alpines.
'Alpines on Walls. — A few years ago I was driving through
Dorking, and I noticed a smooth and by no means ancient brick wall
covered, above the reach of boys' hands, with Erinus alpinus. Rough
stone walls I had often seen well clothed with alpines, but from that
time I became aware that there is hardly any garden wall, of whatever
material, of which the parts otherwise bare might not be made orna-
mental with flowers. I do not suggest that such things should super-
sede climbing Roses and wall-fruit, but how often we see bare walls on
which nothing is grown at all ! The capabilities of rough stone walls
for growing mountain plants are very great. Falls of Aubrietia and
Iberis, groups of Saxifrage, and similar subjects may make many a corner
gay instead of bare. Some very pretty things I grow on walls which
have defied all my attempts to cultivate them elsewhere. I may
specify Lychnis Lagascce, a fragile evergreen plant of shrubby growth,
easily multiplied by seed, which alternate snows and thaws generally
102
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
crush up, but in this way it continues to thrive, and is covered during
early summer with crimson flowers.'
LIST XI
Selection of Alpine and other Plants suitable for the Rock Garden
Those marked with an asterisk (*) make suitable carpets or masses of green on the
surface of the soil.
*Aeaena microphylla, p. 381.
Acantholimon glumaceum,
p. 601.
* Achillea, vars., p. 528.
Aconitum Napellus, p. 163.
Actaea spicata, p. 164.
-Ethionenia, vars., p. 216.
*Alchemilla alpina, p. 381.
Alyssum maritimum, p. 210.
montanum, p. 210.
pyrenaicum, p. 211.
saxatile, p. 211.
serpyllifolium,
p. 211.
spinosum, p. 211.
Andromeda, p. 578.
Androsace, vars., p. 621.
Anemone, vars., p. 139.
*Antennaria, vars., p. 507.
Antbemis Aizoon, p. 530.
Anthyllis montana, p. 334.
Antirrhinum, vars., p. 710.
Aquilegia pyrenaica, p. 157.
*Arabis albida, p. 205.
androsacea, p. 206.
mollis, p. 206.
procurrens, p. 206.
rosea, p. 206.
Aralia, vars., p. 469.
*Arenaria, vars., p. 259.
Armeria, vars., p. 603.
Arnebia echioides, p. 680.
Artemisia frigida, p. 538.
Arundo Donax, p. 958.
Asperula odorata, p. 487.
Aster alpinus, p. 501.
Astragalus monspessulanus,
p. 343.
*Aubrietia, vars., p. 208.
Azalea sinensis, p. 595.
Bambusa, dwarf kinds,
p. 968.
Bellis caerulescens, p. 498.
Berberis Darwini, p. 181.
empetrifolia, p. 181.
stenophylla, p. 182.
Bulbocodium, p. 877.
Buxus, vars., p. 783.
Calandrinia umbellata,
p. 262.
Callirhoe involucrata,
p. 276.
pedata, p. 276.
Calystegia dahurica, p. 684.
pubescens pi.,
p. 684.
Campanula abietina, p. 563.
Allioni, p. 563.
caespitosa, p. 563.
„ alba, p. 563.
Elatines, p. 564.
fragilis, p. 564.
garganica, p. 564.
isophylla, p. 565.
Mariesii, p. 559.
portenschlagi-
ana, p. 567.
pulla, p. 567.
Baineri, p. 567.
rotundifolia,
p. 568. ^
waldensteini-
ana, p. 569.
&c. &c.
Cerastium Biebersteini,
p. 258.
grandiflorum,
p. 258.
tomentosum,
p. 259.
Chimaphila, vars., p. 598.
Choisya ternata, p. 296.
Clematis (the new varieties
of the lanuginosa section,
and many species), p. 131.
Colchicum, vars., p. 875.
Convolvulus arvensis, p. 685.
mauritanicus,
p. 685.
Cornus canadensis, p. 474.
Coronilla iberica, p. 345.
varia, p. 345.
Cotoneaster horizontalis,
p. 410.
integerrima,
p. 410.
microphylla,
p. 411.
thymifolia,
p. 411.
Crataegus Lalandi, p. 409.
Crocus, vars., p. 936.
Cyananthus lobatus, p. 560.
Cyclamen, vars., p. 626.
Cypripedium, vars., p. 892.
Cytisus kewensis, p. 331.
Cytisus purpureus, p. 332.
Daphne blagayana, p. 777.
Cneorum, p. 778.
fioniana, p. 778.
rupestris p. 778.
*Dianthus alpinus, p. 239.
caasius, p. 239.
deltoides, p. 244.
Knappi, p. 245.
neglectus, p. 245.
petrffius, p. 245.
&c. &c.
Diotis maritima, p. 530.
Diplopappus chrysophyllus,
p. 509.
*Draba, vars., p. 211.
Dracocephalum, vars., p. 751.
Dryas Drummondi, p. 374.
octopetala, p. 374.
Edraianthus tenuifolius,
p. 559.
Empetrum nigrum, p. 805.
Epigasa repens, p. 578.
Epilobium obcordatum,
p. 452.
Erica, vars., p. 580.
Erinus alpinus, p. 723.
Erodium, vars., p. 287.
Erpetion, vars., p. 229.
Erythraea diffusa, p. 651.
Erythronium, vars., p. 869.
Euonymus radicans var.,
p. 302.
Euphorbia Myrsinites,
p. 783.
Fragaria indica, p. 376.
Fritillaria, dwarf vars.,
p. 857.
Galanthus, vars., p. 906.
Gaultheria, var-s., p. 575.
Genista andreana, p. 332.
germanica, p. 329.
pilosa, p. 329.
sagittalis, p. 329.
tinctoria, p. 329.
Gentiana, vars., p. 652.
*Geranium argenteum,
P. 285.
*cinereum, p. 286.
subcaulescens,
p. 285.
Geum miniatum, p. 374.
Globularia, vars., p. 738.
ALPINE PLANTS FOB BOCK GABDEN
103
*Gypsophila cerastioides,
p. 248.
repens, p. 249.
Haberlea rhodopensis, p. 731.
Hedera, vars., p. 471.
Helianthemum, vars., p. 220.
Helleborus, vars., p. 152.
*Herniaria glabra, p. 761.
*Heuchera sanguinea, p. 427.
Hippocrepis comosa, p. 345.
Houstonia oserulea, p. 187.
*Hutchinsia alpina, p. 220.
Hypericum *Coris, p. 260.
japonicum,
p. 266.
moserianum,
p. 266.
nummularium,
p. 267.
perforatum,
p. 267.
Iberis petrrea, p. 219.
Pruiti, p. 219.
saxatilis, p. 219.
Isopyrum thalictroides.p. 154.
Jamesia americana, p. 434.
Lathyrus grandiflorus, p. 348.
latifolius, p. 348.
„ albus,
p. 348.
tuberosus, p. 350.
Ledum tbymifolium, p. 585.
Leontopodium alpinum,
p. 507.
Ligustrum coriaceum, p. 61:).
Linaria alpina, p. 707.
anticaria, p. 707.
Cymbalaria, p. 708.
hepaticrefolia, p. 708.
Linnrea borealis, p. 482.
Linum alpinum, p. 283.
Litbospermum Gastoni,
p. 678.
graminifo-
lium,p.679.
petrasum,
p. 679.
Litbospermum prostratum,
p. 079.
Lotus eorniculatus, p. 335.
Lychnis alpina, p. 255.
Lagascs, p. 257.
Lysimacbia nemorum, p. 029.
Nummularia,
p. 629.
Malva campanulata, i>. 276.
Margyricarpus setosus,
p. 381.
Meconopsis, vars., p. 193.
Medicago falcata, p. 333.
Micromeria Piperella, p. 745.
Muehlenbeckia complexa,
p. 771
Myosotis rupicola, p. 677.
Niircissus, vars., p. 893.
Nepeta Glechoma, p. 750.
variegata, p. 750.
Nierembergia rivularis,
p. 698.
CEnothera missouriensis,
p. 454.
taraxacifolia,
P. 454.
Olearia Haasti, p. 504.
Ompbalodes Lucilia1, p. 672.
verna, p. 672.
Ononis fruticosa, p. 332.
Natrix, p. 332.
Onosma tauricum, p. 681.
Orchis, vars., p. 891.
Orobus, vars., p. 350.
Oxytropis Halleri, p. 344.
montana, p. 344.
pyrenaica, p. 314.
Paronychia serpyllifolia,
p. 761.
Pentstemon, vars., p. 712.
Pernettya, vars., p. 575.
Petrocallis pyrenaica, p. 212.
Pbiladelpbus micropbyllus,
p. 433.
Phlox amcena, p. 660.
divaricata, p. 660.
reptans, p. 661.
Phlox Stellaria, p. 661.
subulata, p. 662.
Plumbago Larpentffi, p. 604.
Polemonium, vars., p. 665.
Polygala Chamsebuxus,
p. 237.
Polygonum Bistorta, p. 768.
vaccinifolium,
p. 770.
Potentilla alpestris, p. 377.
Calabra, p. 378.
bopwoodiana,
p. 379.
nitida, p. 380.
Primula, vars., p. 604.
Etamondia pyrenaica, p. 730.
Ranunculus, \;n ., p. 146.
Rhododendron, vars., p. 585.
Rhus cotinus, p. 319.
Rodgersia podophylla, p. 415.
Rosa, vars., p. 382.
Rubus arcticus, p. 372.
Salix, vars., p. 802.
Samolus repens, p. 632.
Sanguinaria canadensis,
p. 195.
Santolina Cbamajcyparissus,
p. 529.
Saponaria ocymoides, p. 250.
*Saxifraga, dwarf vars.,
p. 415.
Scbizocodon soldanelloides,
p. 600.
Scilla, vars., p. 838.
*Sedum, vars., p. 438.
Sempervivum, vars., p. 441.
Spirrea, vars., p. 363.
Tbalictrum, vars., p. 137.
*Thymus, vars., p. 745.
*Tiarella cordifolia, p. 426.
Trillium grandiflorurn,p. 880.
Triteleia uniflora, p. 830.
Tulipa, vars., p. 860.
Tunica Saxifraga, p. 247.
Vaccinium, vars., p. 572.
Veronica, dwarf vars., p. 724.
Viola, vars., p. 228.
104 PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
ORNAMENTAL AND FLOWERING TREES AND
SHRUBS
One can hardly imagine a garden of any size which does not contain
a flowering or ornamental tree or shrub of some kind or another.
And yet until comparatively recent years the cultivation of this
particular class of plants was more or less neglected, while a vast
amount of time and labour was spent on that gaudy and ephemeral
work known as ' carpet-bedding.' Fortunately, a more rational and
natural view of plants in general is now taken, and there is no part of
a garden which is not eminently suitable for the cultivation of some
plant or another, either native or exotic, and whether tree, shrub or herb.
In the British Islands we are of course confined to the cultivation
of those kinds of trees and shrubs which are natives of temperate
climates like our own, but a perusal of the list given below will show that
there are already a very considerable number which can be grown suc-
cessfully in various parts of the kingdom. They come from all parts of
the world, from China and Japan, North and South America, Europe, Asia
and New Zealand, and with few exceptions they adapt themselves to our
climate with the greatest ease. A visit to Kew Gardens at any season
of the year will give some idea of the great beauty and variety of the
trees and shrubs which may be used to beautify the landscape.
Planting- for Effect. — The arguments used in favour of massing
herbaceous plants in borders apply with equal force to the planting of
flowering shrubs, but not to large trees. The latter, on account of their
size, are best planted in advantageous positions so that they will give
the best possible effect to the landscape. Shrubs, on the other hand,
which grow from two or three to ten or twelve feet high — like Dog-
woods, Forsythias, Cotoneasters, Diervillas, Mock Orange, Viburnums,
Andromedas, Azaleas, Rhododendrons, Barberries, Ceanothus, Daboecia,
Deutzias, Ericas, Spiraeas &c. — may be grown in masses on the lawn,
in the pleasure ground, or wilder parts of the garden.
In what is usually called the ' shrubbery ' many choice shrubs are
spoiled and distorted by being crammed in anyhow, as if the chief object
of the planter was to hide the ground altogether, and prevent any
chance of the plant's natural development. They are pushed away in
holes and corners under large overhanging trees, and often smothered
with the vigorous-growing Snowberry (p. 481), and when by chance
they survive, they only manage to stretch forth a lean and almost leaf-
less branch to obtain a little sunshine.
ORNAMENTAL AND FLOWERING TREES &c. 105
Even in shrubberies, plants would look much better in groups or
masses not too close together ; and as much thought and attention
should be given to the soil and position in which they are placed as
one would bestow on choice fruit trees, Poses, or rock-plants.
Planting. — Trees and shrubs are usually best planted in the autumn
when the sap is in a more or less quiescent state. Many, however,
which do not begin to grow until the usual time in spring may be
planted up to the end of February. Mild open weather should always
be chosen for performing the work, and the soil should be in a dryish
and easily workable condition. If the ground is covered with frost or
snow, the work is best suspended until a more favourable oppor-
tunity presents itself. The actual planting itself should be done as
carefully as if a fruit tree were being placed in the soil. The opera-
tion is explained at p. 1032, to which the reader is invited to turn.
Pruning and Training Ornamental Trees. — If there were no more
trouble taken over the pruning and training of fruit trees than is usually
taken over that of flowering trees and shrubs, the fruit garden would
not only very soon present a neglected appearance but also show
a big falling off in the returns of the fruit crops. All our Apples, Pears,
Plums, Cherries &c. are more or less regularly attended to in the matter
of training, pruning, thinning out &c. ; but their cousins, which are
valued chiefly for their beautiful flowers and ornamental appearance,
are often left to look after themselves, sometimes maybe for years,
until they almost cry out for some little attention to be given them.
Matters, however, in this respect are gradually becoming better, and
trees and shrubs, other than those grown for their fruits, are receiving
a proper share of attention in the way of training and pruning. The
chief principles of pruning are the same as detailed for fruit trees at
p. 1031. There is, however, far more variety in trees and shrubs, and
the gardener should exercise his intelligence when dealing with any
particular species. Its nature may be readily gleaned from its relation
to others with which he may be well acquainted. Being arranged in
botanical families in this book, that will still further aid him in his
practical work. For instance, all the Hawthorns (Crataegus, p. 408),
Almonds (Prunus, p. 356) &c. in the main follow the same principles
of growth as other trees in the Rose Order (p. 355), such as
Apples, Pears, Plums, Cherries &c, and require almost the same kind of
pruning — due attention being given to the special peculiarities of any
particular species.
As a general rule the main point is to keep up a good supply of the
younger wood, and gradually cut away the old and useless branches.
On the branches that are left there are usually two kinds of buds, some
106
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
plumper than the others, and these are generally the ones that produce the
flowers. As the proper time for pruning is mentioned under each class
of plants described it is unnecessary to discuss the matter further here.
The way in which cuts are to be made when pruning fruit trees is
explained and illustrated at p. 1033. It will be noticed, however, that
the buds on most of the branches are arranged not
exactly opposite each other, but usually in an alternate
manner so that there is little danger of injury to the
buds when making a cut. In some trees, however, like
the Lilac (fig. 131), the Ash (fig. 135), Forsythias, and
many others, the buds are usually arranged opposite each
other as shown in the sketches. In such cases, when
pruning, the branch should be cut where the buds or
joints are not situated exactly opposite each other. In
fig. 135 of the Ash taken from nature the thin trans-
verse lines show where a shoot may be cut across so as
to leave the bud immediately beneath the cut to develop
and carry on a branch almost in line with that below
it, and thus add to the symmetry of the tree.
The following is a list of the best trees and shrubs
worth growing in the open air either for their beautiful
flowering qualities, or their ornamental appearance.
The generic name only is given, as the species follow in
alphabetical order at the pages indicated.
It often happens that a list of ornamental trees and shrubs that
bloom at any particular period of the year is required, and to supply
this want an asterisk (*) has been placed after the names in the list to
show the months when plants belonging to any particular genus
may be found in blossom. As might be naturally expected, there are
a very large number of trees and shrubs in bloom during April, May,
June, and July, but it will also be seen that every month in the year
has some particular plant in blossom. By means of the list, therefore,
it will be possible to make a selection so as to have flowers in the
border or shrubbery all the year round. It may be noted that species
are not mentioned, but a reference to the page given after each genus
will enable the reader to find what species belonging to it bloom dur-
ing the months under which an asterisk appears.
It may also be remarked that many trees and shrubs are more
remarkable for their beautiful bright coloured berries, rather than their
blossoms, such as Aucubas, Euonymus, Pernettyas, Sea-Buckthorn,
Skimmias, while many others are remarkable for both flowers and
fruit, such as the Cherries, Cotoneasters, Barberries, Hawthorns, Med-
FIG. 134. FIG. 135
LILAC. ASH.
ORNAMENTAL AND FLOWERING TREES dr.
107
lars, Roses, Viburnums &c. An obelisk (f) has been placed in front
of those genera which are remarkable for their beautiful fruits as well
as flowers.
LIST XII
Ornamental and Flowering Trees and Shrubs
AbeliM, p. 481
Acanthopanax, p. 470
Acer, p. 313 .
Actinidia, p. 267 .
Adenocarpus, p. 327
jEsculus, p. 311 .
Ailanthus, p. 299 .
Akebia, p. 179 .
tAlnus, p. 796 .
+Amelancbier, p. 413
Amorpha, p. 336 .
Arnygdalus, p. 357
Andromeda, p. 578
Aralia, p. 469
tArbutus, p. 574 .
Arundinaria, p. 965
Asimina, p. 177 .
Aueuba, p. 475
Azalea, p. 593
Azara, p. 235
Bambusa, p. 968 .
Bentbamia, p. 474
Berberidopsis, p. 180
tBerberis, p. 180 .
Betula, p. 793
Bignonia, p. 731 .
Bryanthus, p. 582
Buddleia, p. 649 .
Buxus, p. 783
Csesalpinia, p. 353
Calycantbus, p. 172
Camellia, p. 269 .
Carpenteria, p. 434
Carpinus, p. 797 .
Carya, p. 790
Caryopteris, p. 742
Cassandra, p. 576
Cassiope, p. 576 .
Castanea, p. 800 .
Catalpa, p. 732 .
Ceanotbus, p. 305
tCerasus, p. 359 .
Cercis, p. 355
Cbimonanthus, p. 172
Chionanthus, p. 642
Choisya, p. 296 .
Cistus, p. 223
Clematis, p. 131 .
Clerodendron, p. 741
Clethra, p. 598 .
Colutea, p. 340 .
Conifers, p. 972 .
>,
l-S
<
-
A3
a
O
*
*
*
*
—
108
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
tCornus, p. 473 •
Coronilla, p. 344 .
Corylopsis, p. 444
Corylus, p. 797 .
tCotoneaster, p. 410
tCratffigus, p. 408
f Cydonia, p. 406 .
Cytisus, p. 330 .
Daboecia, p. 582 .
fDaphne, p. 777 .
Daphniphyllum, p. 784
Desfontainea, p. 650
Deutzia, p. 431 .
Diervilla, p. 485 .
Dirnorphanthus, p. 470
Direa, p. 779
Elasagnus, p. 779 .
Embothrium, p. 776
Epigasa, p. 578
Erica, p. 580
Eriobotrya, p. 412
Escallonia, p. 434
Eucryphia, p. 371
tEuonymus, p. 301
Eurybia, p. 505 .
Exocborda, p. 369
Fabiana, p. 695 .
Fagus, p. 801
Fatsia, p. 471
Forsytbia, p. 637 .
Fraxinus, p. 640 .
Fremontia, p. 280
Fuchsia, p. 455 .
Garrya, p. 476
Gaultberia, p. 575
Genista, p. 328 .
tGleditschia, p. 354
Gordonia, p. 268 .
Halesia, p. 634
Halimodendron, p. 341
Hamamelis, p. 445
tHedera, p. 471 .
Helianthemum, p. 226
Hibiscus, p. 279 .
tHippophae, p. 781
Hydrangea, p. 429
fHymenanthera, p.
tHypericum, p. 265
Idesia, p. 236
Ilex, p. 299 .
Indigofera, p. 336
Itea, p. 435 .
Jamesia, p. 434
Jasminum, p. 636
f Juglans, p. 791
Kalmia, p. 583
Kerria, p. 370
Kolreuteria, p. 310
Laburnum, p. 327
tLaurus, p. 775 .
234
* *
ORNAMENTAL AND FLOWERING TREES &c.
109
340
Ledum, p. 584
Lespedeza, p. 346
Leuoothoe, p. 577
tLeycesteria, p. 485
Ligustrum, p. 042
Liriodendron, p. 170
Lonicera, p. 482 .
Loropetalum, p. 445
Lycium, p. 601
Lyonia, p. 578
Magnolia, p. 174
tMahonia, p. 180
tMespilus, p. 40(i
Myrica, p. 793
fMyrtus, p. 448
Negundo, p. 315
Neillia, p. 368
Notospartium, p.
Nuttallia, p. 363
Olearia, p. 504 .
Osmanthus, p. (ill
Ostrya, p. 797
Oxydendrum, p. 577
Ozothamnus, p. 507
Preonia (tree), p. 171
Paliurus, p. 303 .
Parrotia, p. 444 .
Paulownia, p. 712
Pavia, p. 311
tPernettya, p. 575
Philadelphus, p. 432
tPhillyrea, p. 641
Phlomis, p. 757 .
Photinia, p. 411 .
Phyllostachys, p. 969
Pieris, p. 579
Piptanthus, p. 322
Platanus, p. 789 .
Populus, p. 803 .
tPrunus, p. 356 .
Ptelea, p. 297
tPterocaiya, p. 792
Pterostyrax, p. 634
tPyrus, p. 405
tQuercus, p. 798 .
tRhamnus, p. 304
Ehaphiolepis, p. 412
Rhododendron, p. 585
Ehodora, p. 591 .
Rhodotypos, p. 370
Rhus, p. 319
Ribes, p. 436
Robinia, p. 338
tRosa, p. 382
tRubus, p. 371
Salix, p. 802
tSambucus, p. 477
tShepherdia, p. 781
tSkimmia, p. 297.
Sophora, p. 352 .
HI
>>
■q
si
=
>->
1-5
■<
*
*
110
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
Spartium, p. 330 .
Spiraea, p. 363
Stachyurus, p. '268
tStaphylea, p. 318
Stauntonia, p. 179
Stephananclra, p. 369
Stuartia, p. 268 .
tStyrax, p. 635
tSymphoriearpus
Syringa, p. 638
Tamarix, p. 264 .
Tecoma, p. 732 .
Tilia, p. 281
Trachycarpus, p. 956
Ulex, p. 330 .
Ulmus, p. 785
tVaccinium, p. 572
Veronica, p. 724 .
tViburnum, p. 478
Vinca, p. 645
Virgilia, p. 352 .
Weigela, p. 485 .
Wistaria, p. 337 .
tXanthoceras, p. 312
Xanthorhiza, p. 164
Yucca, p. 820
Zenobia, p. 578 .
.481
05
5>>
AUTUMN TINTS
While the spring-time is remarkable for the beautiful and brilliant
greens of the foliage of the numerous trees and shrubs which have
awakened from their winter sleep, the autumn is no less remarkable
for the great change of colouring that has come over this same foliage.
In a few short months from May to October, the leaves have been hard
at work assimilating food and building up the tissues of the plants.
When they burst from their protecting winter buds, either from the
branches or the seeds, they proceed to perform their natural functions
with the greatest energy. But as the hot summer approaches, and
then the autumn with its shorter days, the energy of the protoplasm
(see p. 22) within the cells gradually subsides and ultimately ceases
altogether in the case of those leaves which are termed ' deciduous,' or
that remain on the branches but one season.
It is unnecessary to dilate here upon the scientific reasons as to the
falling of the leaves in autumn ; but it may be remarked that all the
food manufactured for the plants is not wasted by the dropping of the
foliage. Before this it has been drafted down the stems and to the
roots in the case of perennials and root crops by means of the fibre
bundles referred to at p. 30 as composing the main nerves and veins
AUTUMN TINTS
111
of the leaves. During the process of withdrawal a change in colour
comes over the foliage. The more or less brilliant greens are gradually
replaced by yellow, orange, red, purple, and a variety of intermediate
shades until most beautiful pictures are produced upon the landscape
by this autumnal colouring. The masses of gold presented by the stately
Elms, the deeper amber yellow of the Horse Chestnuts, the beauti-
ful russety-brown of the Beech and Oaks, the purple-red of the
Virginia Creeper, and the tints of all our native trees and shrubs are
sufficiently well known and never fail to call forth our admiration dur-
ing the autumn. But there are many other trees and shrubs natives
of other climes quite as remarkable for their vivid colouring at this
period, and they are well worthy of a place in gardens where they can
be grown to produce an effect in conjunction with the various hues of
the numerous evergreens of the Conifer Family, the Common Holly
&c. It has been noticed in connection with autumn colouring that
leaves covered with hair or down undergo but very little change in
colour, and it therefore looks as if the change in the cells was due to
the light. While all deciduous trees and shrubs are more or less
beautiful in the colouring of their foliage in autumn, some are particu-
larly fine and deserve especial mention in the following list. The name
of the genus only is mentioned, as the species can easily be found at
the page referred to after the name.
Trees, Shrubs, and
Acer, p. 313.
Actinidia, p. 267.
JEsculus, p. 311.
Akebia, p. 179.
Amelanchier, p. 413.
Aralia, p. 469.
Azalea, p. 574.
Berberis, p. 180.
Betula, p. 793.
Carya, p. 790.
Castanea, p. 800.
Cercis, p. 355
Clerodendron, p. 741.
Cornus, p. 473.
LIST XIII
Climbers remarkable for
their Foliage
Coiylus, p. 797.
Crataegus, p. 408.
Enkianthus, p. 579.
Eucryphia, p. 371.
Euonymus, p. 301.
Fagus, p. 801.
Hamamelis, p. 445.
Kolreuteria, p. 310.
Leucothoe, p. 577.
Liquidambar, p. 445.
Nyssa, p. 476.
Oxydendrurn, p. 577.
Parrotia, p. 444.
Pavia, p. 311.
the Autumnal Colouring of
Prunus, p. 356.
Pterocarya, p. 792.
Quercus, p. 998.
Rhexia, p. 449.
Rhus, p. 319.
Ribes, p. 436.
Salix, p. 802.
; Sambucus, p. 477.
Spiraea, p. 363.
Stephanandra, p. 369.
Stuartia, p. 268.
Styrax, p. 635.
Ulmus, p. 785.
Viburnum, p. 478.
Arbutus Unedo, p. 574.
Arundinaria, vars., p. 965.
Aucuba japonica, p. 475.
Azara microphylla, p. 235
LIST XIV
Evergreen Trees and Shrubs
Bambusa, vars., p. 968. | Berberis stenophylla, p. 182.
Berberis Aquifolium, p. 180.
Darwini, p. 181.
nepalensis, p. 181.
wallichiana, p. 182.
Buxus sempervirens, p. 783.
Ceanothus, vars., p. 305.
112
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
Conifers, p. 972.
Cotoneaster, vars., p. 410.
Crataegus Pyracantha, p. 409.
Daphne pontica, p. 779.
Daphnipnyllum glaucescens,
p. 784.
Elasagnus, vars., p. 779.
Empetrum nigrum, p. 805.
Escallonia illinita, p. 434.
punctata, p. 435.
Garrya elliptica, p. 476.
Gaultheria, vars., p. 576.
Hedera, vars., p. 471.
Ilex, vars., p. 299.
Kalmia, vars., p. 583.
Ledum latifolium, p. 584.
Leucothoe axillaris, p. 577.
Ligustrum, vars., p. 642.
Loiseleuria procumbens,
p. 582.
Lonicera aureo-reticulata,
p. 484.
fragrantissima,
p. 483.
Lyonia paniculata, p. 578.
Magnolia grandinora, p. 175.
Myrtus communis, p. 448.
Olearia Haasti, p. 504.
Osmanthus, vars., p. 641.
Pernettya, vars., p. 875.
Phillyrea, vars., p. 641.
Phyllostachys, vars., p. 969.
Pieris, vars., p. 579.
Pittosporum crassifolium,
p. 236.
Prunus Lauro-cerasus, p. 360.
Quercus Ilex, etc., p. 800.
Rhododendron, vars., p. 585.
llhodotypos kerrioides,p. 370 .
Skimmia, vars., p. 297.
Smilax, p. 808.
Umbellularia calif ornica,
p. 775.
Veronica, vars., p. 724.
Viburnum, vars., p. 478.
HARDY WATER AND BOG PLANTS
It is only of late years that any particular attention has been given
to seriously utilising pieces of water in gardens. The common white
Water Lily (p. 186) and the yellow Brandy Bottle (p. 185) were looked
upon more or less as beautiful aquatic weeds. But the numerous
hardy and brilliantly coloured hybrids that are now in cultivation (see
p. 187) have revolutionised former ideas in regard to the use of water
in the garden, and have served to call attention not only to Water-
Lilies but to many other ornamental plants which may be grown with
advantage either in water or on its banks.
The following is a list of the best water and bog plants. The
descriptions, cultural information &c. will be found at the pages given
after each name.
LIST XV
A Selection of Ornamental Water and Bog Plants
Acorus Calamus, p. 954.
gramineujs, p. 9o4
Alisma, vars., p. 805.
Aponogeton distachyon,
p. 805.
Butomus umbellatus, p.
Caladium virginicum,.
p. 954.
Calla palustris, p. 955.
Caltha palustris, p. 150.
Carex paniculata, p. 971.
pendula, p. 971.
Cyperus longus, p. 971.
j Glyceria aquatica, p. 963.
i Hottonia palustris, p. 604.
806. I Hydrocharis Morsus-rana\
p. 883.
Limnanthes Douglasi, p. 292.
Limnanthemum nymphw-
oides, p. 658.
Limnocharis Humboldti,
p. 806.
Lobelia cardinalis, p. 556.
Menyanthes trifoliata,
p. 657.
Myosotis palustris, p. 677.
Nuphar, vars., p. 185.
Nymphasa, vars., p. 186.
Orontium aquaticum,
p. 955.
HARDY WATER AND BOG PLANTS
113
Parnassia, vars., p. 428.
Peltandra virginioa, p. 954.
Polygonum atrine, p. 768.
Bistorta, p. 768.
Pontederia cordata, p. 882.
Ranunculus aquatilis, p. 147.
Ranunculus Lingua, p. 149.
Richardia africana, p. 955.
Ruinex Hydrolapathum,
p. 768.
Sagittaria sagittifolia h". pi.,
p. 806.
Scirpus lacustris, p. 972.
Sparganium, vars., p. 953.
Stratiotes aloides, p. 883.
Thalia dealbata, p. 884.
Typha in var., p. 953.
Water Lilies, p. 186.
A Selection of Plants thriving in Marshy or Boggy Ground
Arundo Donax, p. 958.
Bamboos, Hardy, p. 964.
Butomus umbellatus, p. 806.
Calla palustris, p. 955.
Caltha, vars., p. 150.
Carex pendula, p. 971.
Chrysobactron Hookeri,
p. 826.
Coptis trifolia, p. 154.
Cornus canadensis, p. 474.
Crinum capense, p. 911.
Cypripedium spectabile,
p. 893.
Dodecatheon Jeffreyanum,
p. 626.
Meadia and var.
alba, p. 626.
Drosera, vars., p. 444.
Eomecon chionantha, p. 195.
Epilobium album, hirsutum,
&c. p. 451.
Eupatorium, vars., p. 494.
Galax aphylla, p. 600.
Gentiana Pneumonanthe,
p. 655.
Gunnera scabra, p. 446.
Helonias bullata, p. 878.
Houttuynia californica,
p. 774.
cordata, p. 774.
Iris fcetidissma, p. 922.
fulva, p. 923.
graminea, p. 923.
Ksempferi, p. 925.
Monnieri, p. 927.
ochroleuca, p. 927.
Pseudacorus, p. 929.
Iris sibirica, p. 931.
Juncus spiralis, p. 882.
Leucanthemum lacustre,
p. 534.
Leucojum sestivum, p. 908.
Hernandezii,
p. 908.
Liatris pyenostachya, p. 495.
spicata, p. 495.
Lilium canadense, p. 845.
carolinianum, p. 856.
pardalinum, p. 853.
superbum, p. 856.
Linmea borealis, p. 482.
Lobelia cardinalis, p. 556.
Lychnis Flos-Cuculi fl.pl.,
p. 256.
Lysimachia clethroides,
p. (529.
Nummularia,
p. 629.
thyrsiflora,
p. 630.
vulgaris, p. 630.
Lythrum, vars., p. 450.
Monarda didyma, p. 750.
Myosotis palustris, p. 678.
Nierembergia rivularis,
p. 6
Nyssa aquatica, p. 476.
Orchis, vars., p. 891.
Osmunda palustris, p. 1022.
regalis, p. 1022.
Oxycoccus, vars., p. 573.
Parnassia, vars., p. 428.
Phormium tenax, p. 816.
Pinguicula, vars., p. 728.
Polygonum compact urn,
p. 769.
Sieboldi, p. 769.
Primula denticulata, p. 607.
farinosa, p. Ii08.
involucrata, p. (ilO.
japonica, p. (jlO.
Munroi, p. 610.
Parryi, p. 013.
Reidi, p. 614.
rosea, p. 615.
sikkimensis, p. 616.
Pyrethrum uliginosum,
p. 535.
Rhexia virginica, p. 449.
Rodgersia podophylla, p. 415.
Sagittaria, vars., p. 806.
Samolus littoralis, p. 632.
Sarracenia purpurea, p. 189.
Saxifraga Hirculus, p. 421.
peltata, p. 424.
Scirpus zebrina, p. 972.
Senecio pulcher, p. 542.
speciosus, p. 543.
Spigelia marilandica, p. 649.
Spiraea Aruncus, p. 364.
astilboides, p. 364.
kamtschatica, p. 364.
palmata, p. 365.
Ulmaria, p. 365.
Swertia perennis, p. 657.
Symplooarpus feetidus,
p. 955.
Thalictrum anemonoides,
p. 138.
flavum, p. 138.
Tradescantia virginica,
p. 807.
LAWNS
All other things being equal, there is nothing that lends a greater
charm and repose to a garden than a well-kept lawn. AVhere such
exists it should always be carefully attended to, as once a lawn is
allowed to become wild, it takes a long time to bring it back to a really
good condition.
114 PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
In the pages of this work many plants are mentioned as being
suitable for lawn decoration. It must not, however, be taken for granted
that each and every plant thus mentioned is to be grown on the lawn.
It would be far better to leave the lawn quite free from all except its
natural vegetation than to spoil it by dotting groups of plants, or
solitary specimens, all over it in a meaningless kind of way. The lawn
should not be treated as if it were an orchard or a shrubbery, and
anything that tends to interfere with its repose, or jars upon the taste,
is to be avoided.
Making a Lawn. — Lawns are made in two waj^s — either by sowing
seed or laying turf. Both ways are good, but some have a preference
for one rather than the other. When a lawn has been made by sowing
grass it takes about three years before a really good foundation has been
made, and during that period numerous rollings, cuttings, and waterings
must have been given. The advantage of making a lawn with turf is
that a good one can be obtained practically in one season — with the aid
of frequent cuttings, rollings, and waterings. If the turf is good and
free from weeds it is on the whole a better and quicker method of
producing a lawn.
Whether seeds or turf are used, the first and all-important point is
to have good soil with a surface properly levelled and quite free from
hillocks and hollows, however slight. The soil should be well dug and
manured and afterwards trodden down with the feet, or rolled ; but the
roller should not be too heavy — one weighing about one cwt. will be
sufficient, or the ground will be pressed into a caked condition, more or
less impervious to the passage of water.
Levelling. — This is readily accomplished by means of a spirit level
attached to the edge of a level board. Special implements are used
for the purpose, but a stout quadrangular pole, about 8 ft. (or half a
rod) long will do equally well, provided its edges are perfectly level.
Where the lawn is to be of some size, wooden pegs must be driven
into the soil at such intervals that the levelling rod can reach from one
to the other. Having fixed one peg at what is to be the ultimate height
and level of the lawn, all other pegs must be fixed or driven into the
soil until the top of each peg is on a level with that of the next. This
can be easily ascertained by means of the spirit level.
The ground itself should also be carefully gone over with the level,
resting the rod in all directions with a view to finding any risings or
depressions. Where such occur they must be reduced or filled up by
means of the rake until the entire surface is as flat and as level, but not
necessarily as smooth, as a billiard table.
LAWNS 115
This point having been reached, and the soil having settled down
properly, seeds of the best lawn grass may be sown during mild
showery weather in March or April, as it then germinates in a very
short time. Seeds may also be sown under similar circumstances in
September, so that the seed shall germinate and the young grass become
established before the setting in of winter.
To ensure a thick and even sward, from 60 to 80 lbs. (or 3-4 bushels)
of grass seed will be required to sow an acre of ground. The seed should
be sown broadcast and as evenly as possible. The soil is afterwards
raked over lightly and a light roller may also be used to bring the seeds
and soil in closer contact, and give a finish to the work. If the weather
is not showery, a good watering is also necessary and may be repeated
from time to time if necessary.
When the grass has grown sufficiently long, it should be cut with a
scythe — not with a mowing machine, as the latter is apt to tear roots
and all up at first. It is as a rule safer to have the first few cuttings
done with a scythe, so that the grass may become strong and tufted,
and thus better able to stand the mowing machine afterwards.
When turf is used, the chief point to remember is : keep the surface
level. Each turf is about 3 ft. long, 1 ft. wide, and an inch or so thick.
The thickness, however, varies a good deal, and where thin turves are
used a little fine soil should be placed beneath to bring them to the
proper level. As three turves go to a square yard it is easy to estimate
the number required for any particular piece of ground. The turf
cutters, however, generally cut a shade under rather than over the
dimensions, and it is therefore always safer to have a few extra ones
in case of necessity.
When the turves have all been laid down neatly edge to edge, a
little fine soil is sprinkled over the surface, and brushed into the crevices.
The whole surface may then be thoroughly beaten with a turf beater
(a thick flat-faced piece of wood, with a long handle let in obliquely
in the centre at the back) so as to reduce any slight inequalities.
Failing this, beating the turf with the back of a strong spade will be
almost equally efficacious. The first cuttings should be done with a
scythe, and frequent rollings and waterings will soon make a fine
greensward.
General Treatment. — Once well established, a lawn should never
be neglected. If looked after regularly, it will last in good condition
for years, but if not, it will in the course of a few years show signs of
wearing out.
Weeding. — This should be done regularly in spring and autumn so
as to keep such plant pests as Plaintain, Daisies, Dandelions, and other
i2
116 PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
weeds down. Frequent cutting with the machine will prevent them
flowering and ripening seed. Where, however, they take a strong hold
they may be eradicated by dropping a little vitriol (sulphuric acid) or
arsenic down the centre of each with a pointed skewer. The latter should
be pushed down into the weeds, as some of them have tap-roots which,
unless killed, will throw forth other shoots after the first ones have
been destroyed. An intelligent lad can do this work easily, but great
care must be taken in using the poison.
Where the use of poison is feared or disliked, the only safe way to
destroy weeds on lawns is to grub them up with an old knife or ' daisy-
grubber.' It takes a long time, but if done systematically is very
effective. An excellent plan is to strain two white lines about 2 feet
apart on the grass and proceed to root up all the weeds between them.
In this way the work is done systematically and in such a narrow space
there is little chance of overlooking the weeds. When one portion
has been cleaned, one line may be taken up and stretched 2 feet from
the other on the opposite side, proceeding with the work in the same way.
Manuring Lawns. — In the course of time the grass will begin to
look poor, and lack vigour and freshness in growth, unless it has some
plant food put into the soil in some way. Covering the lawn with
short well-rotted manure is practically out of the question in most
cases, owing to its unsightliness. Liquid manures of cow-dung, guano,
sulphate of ammonia &c. may, however, be given at frequent intervals,
care being taken that they are not too strong, otherwise the grass may
be ' burnt ' and present a brownish appearance. About 6-8 lbs. of basic
slag and 3-4 lbs. of kainit, mixed together, may be used in the autumn
or winter months, and will sprinkle over about 40 square yards. About
3 or 4 lbs. of superphosphate of lime will also cover the same area and
may be applied, not with the basic slag and kainit, but the following
spring. Bape-dust or fine bone-meal at the rate of about 4 lbs. to about
40 sq. yds. may also be used.
Mossy Lawns. — Moss-covered lawns are very unsightly, and some-
times very difficult to clean. The moss should be well raked out with
a good rake in moist weather during the autumn. The lawn should
be gone over in two or three different directions, and although the grass
will have the appearance of being torn up by the roots, it will in reality
be injured very little. After being well cleared of moss, some fine rich
soil and wood ashes may be strewn over the surface, and a little basic
slag and kainit, as recommended above, may also be added. The surface
is then levelled and lightly rolled. In spring any vacant spot should
be sown with grass seed, so as to bring the whole surface into a green
state.
GARDEN WALKS AND PATHWAYS
117
Renovating old Lawns. — Where lawns, notwithstanding every care,
show unmistakable signs of decay, there is only one thing left to be
done. That is to lift the turf in autumn, and give the soil beneath a
thorough digging and manuring as if about to lay turves in the first
place. After the preparation and levelling of the soil in the way
indicated above, the turves may be replaced, beaten down and rolled,
and receive the same treatment generally as a newly made lawn.
LIST XVI
Ornamental Plants suitable for large Lawns, Parks dc, and for
Subtropical Gardening
Abutilon, p. 278.
Acanthus, p. 736.
Agave, p. 91(5.
Alalia, p. 469.
Arundinaria, p. 965.
Arundo, p. 958.
Bambusa, p. 968.
Bocconia, p. 195.
Canna, p. 885.
Catalpa, p. 732.
Chamrerops excelsa, p. 956.
Cineraria maritima, p. 541.
Cordyline australis, p. 822.
Cortaderia, p. 960.
Eucalyptus globulus, p. 447.
Ferula, p. 468.
Funkia, p. 816.
Grevillea robusta, p. 776.
Gunnera, p. 446.
Gynerium, p. 960.
Melianthus, p. 317.
Molopospermuni, p. 467.
Montanoa, p. 513.
Musa Ensete, p. 888.
Paulownia, p. 712.
Phormium tenax, p. 816.
Phyllostachys, p. 969.
Polygonum, p. 768.
Rhus, p. 319.
Ricinus, p. 784.
Sambucus aurea, p. 478.
Solanum, p. 687.
Trachycarpus. p. 956.
Wigandia, p. 669.
Yucca, p. 820.
Zea Mays, p. 964.
GARDEN WALKS AND PATHWAYS
While it is an excellent thing to have beautiful Lawns, Flower Borders,
Eock Gardens, and patches of Fruits and Vegetables in a garden, it is
no less excellent to be able to reach any or all of these particular spots
by means of pleasant walks, paths, or roadways. In designing any
garden, therefore, it is a matter of the greatest importance to allow a
proper amount of space for walks and pathways. Whether these are
perfectly straight or more or less curved, wide or narrow, will depend
a good deal upon individual taste and the size of the garden. Some
people seem to have a mania for making walks in every possible place,
and this results in cutting the surface of the garden up into a kind
of patchwork, with little triangles here, circles there, horse-shoes,
rectangles, and many other fantastic and useless shapes for flower beds
&c. dotted about here and there. As few footpaths as possible should
be in the garden, and space given only to those absolutely necessary.
This will not only allow of more space for flowers, fruit, or vegetables,
but will not necessitate so much labour in the up-keep of the pathways.
118 PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GAB DEN PLANTS
Gravel Paths. — As these are undoubtedly the most important, it is
necessary that they should be well made at first, as nothing will give
so much trouble and inconvenience afterwards as badly constructed
gravel paths. The main object in making a good pathway is to secure
a firm and pleasant surface for walking upon in all weathers and seasons.
The surface should be such that it will not work up into large pebbles
in summer or sticky mud in winter. Pathways should always have
a gentle slope away from dwellings or other buildings, and the highest
point should be a few inches at least below what builders call the
' damp course ' in houses.
Drainage. — To secure a good pathway it is first of all necessary to
consider the question of drainage, and also the nature of the soil beneath
the surface. In wet heavy soils the drainage requires to be in a more
perfect condition than when walks are constructed on a gravelly bottom.
At p. 44 the drainage of flower-pots &c. for sowing seeds has been
mentioned. Almost precisely the same principle must be carried out
with pathways. In heavy soils there should be 1-2 ft. of old brickbats,
rubble, clinkers &c. well rammed down and made perfectly hard without
being mixed with any finer materials. Above this layer some finer
rubble, stones, clinkers &c. may be placed and also rammed down firmly
and evenly. This will give a perfectly porous layer between the surface
and the soil beneath, and if the drainage is to be made still more perfect,
as is often necessary with important walks and drives in public gardens,
provision must be made at first to have drain pipes laid at the sides to
receive the surface water in times of heavy rain or sudden downpours.
The drainage having been made perfect, the surface may then be covered
2-4 in. deep — more or less — with the best yellow gravel. Care must
be exercised in selecting this, as some kinds have far too much clayey
matter, and others too much sand and grit, to bind properly when
rolled. What is technically known as ' hoggin ' in the London
neighbourhood is an excellent gravel for pathways. It binds well, has
a good colour, and when properly rolled down and watered gives a neat
and finished appearance to the garden. In some large parks and gardens
the gravel walks are covered with ground shells. These make a good sur-
face for walking on in dry weather, although at first the colour is some-
what trying to the eyes, and in wet weather they are not an improvement
on good gravel. Pathways made of gravel should have a slightly convex
top, so that the sides slope gently away from the centre. This will
throw the rain off towards the sides, and give a good foothold in the
centre, even in very wet weather, on well-constructed pathways.
Weeding dx. — Pathways, like lawns, require constant attention to
keep them free from weeds and neat in appearance. It becomes
(rAlll)HX WALKS A XD PATHWAYS 119
necessary occasionally to have the surface pricked up all over, and raked
into proper positions so as to get rid of any hollows caused by wear and
tear. Frequent rolling is also necessary to keep a good surface. Weeds
if not eradicated by the hoe or hand may be destroyed by one of the
many weed killers now on the market. Great care should be exercised
in using these, and the instructions given by sellers may be followed out
to avoid accidents to other vegetation and animals.
Asphalt Paths. — Of late years Asphalt as used for making pave-
ments has been used a good deal for garden paths, and when well made
they seem to be very satisfactory, especially between tiled edgings.
They have a smooth and agreeable walking surface in all weathers, and
when constructed with a slightly convex surface — arching from the
centre to the sides — the rain is readily drained away. They have another
advantage in being nearly always quite free from weeds. This is a
double-barrelled boon — it saves labour and the cost of weed-killers.
Notwithstanding these advantages, however, the gravel pathway still
holds its own in most gardens, chiefly perhaps on account of its
colour, and because when the grass edgings adjoining asphalt paths are
cut they leave a conspicuous narrow border of soil between the asphalt
and the turf ; and asphalt cannot be so readily laid as gravel to cover
unsightly spaces.
Grass Walks. — There is nothing to equal the pleasure derived from
walking on a beautiful greensward, whether it be a well-kept lawn or
an alley between the flower borders. In small gardens it maybe, and of
course is in man}' cases, impossible to have grassy walks ; but in large
parks and gardens many parts now covered with gravel might be more
appropriately covered with grass.
A visit to the Koyal Gardens, Kew, will give one a good idea of how
well grassy avenues, vistas, and pathways may be made, and how
beautiful they look between the trees, shrubs, and flower beds. Years ago
a long vista from the Palm House to the banks of the Thames facing
Syon House was an ugly and very pebbly broad walk which no one ever
walked upon unless obliged to by wet weather. The gravel, however,
has vanished, and the greensward has taken its place, much to the
advantage of the gardens and the comfort of visitors. This might be
imitated with advantage in other gardens. The only disadvantage a
grass walk can have is in wet weather, but at such a time there is but
little inducement to use pathways at all — whether gravel or grass —
only in the case of necessity. The short time during the year that
grass may be unfit to walk upon should not, however, prevent its being
used when possible for walks during the greater portion of the year.
120 PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
CLASSIFICATION OF PLANTS
It is a natural and almost unconscious process to place any two or
more plants similar in appearance and character into the same group
and say that they are more or less closely related, although they differ
from each other in minor details. This is practically classifying plants
according to their relationship to each other into natural groups, and by
such a process the gardener is enabled to deduce many points that may
be of importance to him in the actual work of cultivation.
It would, for instance, be a very poor observer indeed who could not
see the difference between, say, a Buttercup and a Lily, but it might be
somewhat difficult for him to explain in words exactly the points where-
in they differ. Just imagine for a moment a person who had never
seen a Buttercup or a Lily asking what they were and how he was to
distinguish one from the other, and some idea will be gained as to the
difficulty in giving the information in such a way that the Buttercup
or Lily will not be mixed up with an Orchid, or a Hose, or a Tulip, or
any other plant.
When plants are so common that they are grown by almost every-
body, their general features or characteristics become impressed on the
mind, and the names which botanists have given them usually come
tripping off the tongue with ease. But when a strange plant appears
without a name, an effort is at once made, almost unconsciously, to place
it near some plant already known. The roots, stems, leaves, flowers
fruits &c. are carefully and critically examined and compared one by
one, and the plant is said to come near such and such a species but
differs from it in many respects.
If the cultivator of such a plant has even only a slight knowledge
of the way in which plants have been grouped more or less naturally by
botanists, he may, by the aid of his books, run the unknown plant very
close, if not quite, to its own group, from the characters he sees. But
if his books have the plants arranged simply in alphabetical order
according to their names and not according to their relationship, he
may as well give up his search at once, unless he has the time and in-
clination to wade through every name from A to Z. Indeed, descriptive
plant-books arranged in purely alphabetical order are only of value
when the proper name of the plant about which information is required
is already known. This is a sine qua non to the use of such books.
' To call a Rose by any other name ' would in such cases probably lead
to unlooked-for and perhaps not altogether satisfactory results when the
cultural details came to be applied.
CLASSIFICATION OF PLANTS 121
For these reasons chiefly, and also because the majority of amateurs
often find a difficulty in remembering the botanical names of plants,
it has been considered best to have the plants described in this work
arranged in their natural groups or Orders, so that in the event of a
cultivated plant being nameless, it may with very little trouble soon be
found by means of the ' Key ' given below. Where the name of a plant
is already known, a reference to the Index at the end of the work will
at once give the page at which description, culture, propagation and other
information may be found concerning it. The amateur and the profes-
sional gardener will both find it an excellent and interesting proceeding,
however, to try to place or determine any particular plant into its
proper group by means of examining the characters of the flowers,
leaves, stems, roots &c.
The ' Key ' to the natural Orders of Plants described in this work
will be found useful in trying to place a plant whose name is unknown
in its proper group, and, it is hoped, will ultimately lead to its identifica-
tion. Although an attempt has been made to dispense as far as possible
with botanical or technical terms, the use of some was unavoidable.
Such terms will be found explained in the Illustrated Glossary at p. 1.
KEY to the NATURAL ORDERS of PLANTS
described in this work
The Vegetable Kingdom may be divided into two Great Groups or
Sub-Kingdoms, namely : —
I. FLOWEEING PLANTS, or PHANEEOGAMS.
These are trees, shrubs or herbs with more or less conspicuous
flowers provided with stamens and pistils in the same or separate
flowers, and seeds containing a distinct embryo, as in annuals and
biennials, herbaceous plants, trees, shrubs &c.
II. NON-FLOWEEING PLANTS, or CEYPTOGAMS.
These include the Feens (Filices), Horsetails (Equisetum),
Cltjbmosses (Lycopodium), Mushrooms (Agaricus), and all the
lower vegetable organisms.
Flowering Plants (or Phanerogams) are divided into Two Classes : —
(i.) ANGIOSPERMS— This group includes all the flowering
plants popularly known as annuals, biennials, herbaceous peren-
nials and trees and shrubs, described in this work from p. 131 to
p. 972. They are characterised by having roots, stems, leaves,
and flowers, and have their seeds enclosed or hidden in an ovary,
122 PBAGTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
seed vessel, or fruit. It is this latter characteristic that gives the
name to the group, the word ' angiosperm ' being derived from
' angios,' hidden, and ' sperma,' a seed.
(ii.) GYMNOSPERMS.— In these plants the flowers are
strictly unisexual, that is either all female or all male, and the
perianth, ovary, and styles are absent. The ovules are naked
(not enclosed in carpels), and are fertilised by direct contact
with the pollen, and not by means of a pollen tube (see p. 24).
Cotyledons (seed-leaves) 2, or sometimes in whorls of 3 or more.
Natural Orders with these Characters. — Gnetace^e, p. 972, Coni-
FER2E, p. 972.
The Angiosperms (or plants having their seeds enclosed in an ovary)
are also divided into two main groups or sub-classes, viz. : —
1. Dicotyledons (p. 131) and 2. Monocotyledons (p. 805), the
characters of which are given below with the various groups belonging
to them.
Sub-Class I. DICOTYLEDONS (p. 131 to p. 805).
The plants belonging to this group are described in this work from
p. 131 to p. 805, and are characterised by having stems with bark, pith,
and wood, and when perennial, increasing in diameter by an annual
layer of wood added to the outside of the old wood, and another of
bark to the inside of the old bark. Leaves usually with netted veins.
Flowers with the parts usually in fours or fives, and usually with
a distinct perianth. Ovules in closed carpels, through the tissues
of which the pollen tube passes to effect fertilisation as described at
p. 24. Embryo with 2 cotyledons or seed leaves.
Dicotyledons are subdivided into 3 main divisions, viz. : — 1. Poly-
petalce ; 2. DiscifiorcB ; and 3. Calycifiora, each of which is again
subdivided into series, cohorts, and natural orders as below.
Division I. POLYPETALM (p. 131 to p. 477).
Flowers with both calyx (sepals) and corolla (petals). Petals free
or distinct from each other.
Series I. Thalamifloile (p. 131 to p. 284).
Sepals usually free. Petals definite, often numerous. Stamens
inserted on a torus or receptacle, hypogynous, numerous or definite.
Carpels free {apocarpous) or united (syncarpous).
Cohort 1. Ran ales (carpels usually free). — Stamens numerous.
Perianth consisting of calyx only, or of calyx and corolla.
Natural Orders with these Characters. — Eanunculace^e
(p. 131), Calycanthace^: (p. 172), Magnoliace^: (p. 173), Ano-
CLASSIFICATION OF PLANTS 123
nace.e (p. 177), Menispermace^ (p. 178), Berbebide.2E (p. 178),
NYMPHiE ACEiE (p. 185).
Cohort 2. Parietales (placentas parietal). — Stamens nu-
merous or definite in number. Ovary 1-celled or with spurious
dissepiments. Ovules usually many.
Natural Orders with these Characters. — Sarraceniace.e
(p. 188),Papaverace^ (p. 189), Fumariace^e (p. 198), Crucifer/K
(p. 201), Eesedace^: (p. 222), Cistine^e (p. 223), Violarie^e
(p. 227), BixinejE (p. 235).
Cohort 3. Polygaline^e. — Sepals and petals 5, rarely 4
or 3. Stamens equal to or twice as many as the petals or sepals.
Carpels usually 2, cohering in a more or less perfectly 2-celled
ovary. Flowers regular or irregular.
Natural Orders with these Characters. — Pittospore^ (p. 236),
P0LYGALE.E (p. 237).
Cohort 4. CARYOPHYLLiNEiE (placentas free central). — Sepals
2-5, rarely 6, free or united. Petals equal in number, or more, or
fewer by abortion. Stamens as many as petals, or twice as
many, rarely more or fewer. Ovary usually 1-celled.
Natural Orders with these Characters.— Frankeniace^e
(p. 238), Caryophylle^e (p. 238), Portulace.e (p. 261), Tama-
riscine^e (p. 264).
Cohort 5. Guttiferales (stamens numerous, calyx imbri-
cate).— Sepals 2-5, often 4 or 5, rarely numerous. Petals as many
as sepals, rarely more. Ovary usually 3- or more celled. Flowers
regular.
Natural Orders with these Characters. — Hypericlne^e (p. 265),
Ternstrcemiace^e (p. 267).
Cohort 6. Mal vales (stamens numerous, calyx valvate).—
Calyx lobes or sepals 5, rarely 2-4. Petals usually 5, rarely none.
Stamens free or united in one bundle. Ovary usually 3- or more
celled.
Natural Orders with these Characters.— Malvaceae (p. 270),
Sterculiace^ (p. 280), Tiliace^e (p. 280).
Series II. Disciflor^: (p. 284 to p. 322).
Flowers regular ivith parts usually in fives. Calyx usually free
from the ovary. Stamens often definite inserted beloio or above or
around a disc. Ovary ustially superior or immersed in the disc.
Carpels usually united.
Cohort 1. Geraniales. — Disc often beneath the stems or ad-
nate to the staminal column, or reduced to glands alternating with
the petals. Ovary entire or often lobed, or with almost free carpels.
Natural Orders with these Characters. — Line^e (p. 282),
Geraniace^: (p. 284), Kutace^e (p. 295), Simarube^ (p. 298).
124 PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
Cohort 2. Olacales. — Disc cup-shaped or ringed, free, or
bearing the stamens and petals, or divided into glands. Ovary
entire. Leaves simple.
Natural Order with these Characters. — Ilicine^e (p. 299).
Cohort 3. Celasteales. — Disc cushion-like or adnate to the
calyx. Stamens inserted around or on the margins of the disc.
Ovary usually entire. Leaves simple or rarely compound.
Natural Orders with these Characters.— Celastrine^e (p. 301),
Khamne^e (p. 303), AmpelidejE (p. 307).
Cohort 4. Sapindales. — Disc various. Stamens inserted
beneath, above or around it. Ovary entire or often lobed.
Leaves pinnate, or rarely simple or digitate. Flowers often
polygamous dioecious.
Natural Orders with these Characters. — Sapindaces (Acer-
ines) (p. 310), Anacardiaces (p. 319), Coriarie^e (p. 321).
Series III. Calyciflor^e (p. 322 to p. 477).
Calyx tube enclosing the ovary or adnate to it. Petals in one
series enclosed by the calyx tube. Stamens many or definite, inserted
on the calyx tube. Ovary inclosed by calyx tube or inferior.
Cohort 1. Eosales. — Flowers regular or irregular, often herm-
aphrodite. Carpels solitary or numerous, free or united at the
base. Styles usually distinct. Leaves variously compound, or
simple.
Natural Orders with these Characters. — LeguminoSjE (p. 322),
Bosaces (p. 355), Saxifrages (p. 414), Crassulaces (p. 437),
Droseraces (p. 443), Hamamelides (p. 444), Halorages
(p. 446).
Cohort 2. Myrtales. — Flowers regular or nearly so, usually
hermaphrodite. Ovary syncarpous, inferior or enclosed by calyx
tube. Style undivided. Leaves simple, entire, rarely toothed.
Natural Orders with these Characters. — Myrtaces (p. 447),
Melastomaces (p. 449), Lythraries (p. 449), Onagraries
(p. 451).
Cohort 3. Passiflorales. — Flowers regular or nearly so,
rarely irregular. Ovary syncarpous, inferior or superior, usually
enclosed by the calyx tube, 1-celled. Styles more or less divided
or entire, or distinct from the base. Leaves entire, lobed, or
dissected.
Natural Orders with these Characters. — Loases (p. 457),
Passiflores (p. 459), Cucurbitaces (p. 460), Begoniaces
(p. 462).
Cohort 4. Ficoidales. — Flowers regular or nearly so, with
numerous petals and stamens. Ovary syncarpous, half superior or
CLASSIFICATION OF PLANTS 125
superior, 1- or more celled. Styles free, or divided at the apex.
Leaves entire, or absent on fleshy stems.
Natural Orders ivith these Characters. — Cacte^e (p. 463),
Ficoide^e (p. 464).
Cohort 5. Umbellales. — -Flowers regular. Ovary inferior,
2- or more celled. Styles distinct or united at the base. Stamens
usually definite.
Natural Orders ivith these Characters. — Umbellifer^e (p. 464),
Araliace^e (p. 469), Cornace^e (p. 473).
Division II. GAMOFETALM or MONOFETALM (p. 477 to p. 759).
Flowers with both calyx and corolla. Petals more or less united
into a 2- or more lobed corolla.
Series I. Epigyn^e (p. 477 to p. 571).
Ovary inferior. Stamens usually equal in number to the lobes of
the corolla. Mostly herbs, often with milky juice. Shrubs in Capri-
foliaceai and a few Composite.
Cohort 1. Eubiales. — Leaves usually opposite or verticillate.
Stamens attached to the corolla (epipetalous) . Ovary 2- or more
celled, each cell with 2 or more ovules.
Natural Orders with these Characters. — Caprifoliace^e
(p. 477), Kubiace^e (p. 486).
Cohort 2. Asterales. — Stamens attached to the corolla.
Ovary 1-celled, 1-ovuled.
Natural Orders ivith these Characters. — Valeriane^e (p. 488),
Dipsace;e (p. 490), Composite (p. 492).
Cohort 3. Campanales. — Stamens usually free from the
corolla. Ovary 1- or more celled, each with 1 or many ovules.
Natural Order ivith these Characters. — Campanulace^;
(p. 555).
Series II. Hypogyn^: (p. 571 to p. 759).
Ovary often superior. Stamens free from the corolla, opposite the
lobes, or twice or more than twice as many in number.
Cohort 4. Ericales. — Flowers regular, hermaphrodite.
Stamens twice as many as the lobes of the corolla, or equal in
number and alternate with them.
Natural Orders with these Characters. — Vacciniace^; (p. 571),
Ericace^ (p. 574), Diapensiace^i (p. 599).
Cohort 5. Primulales. — Flowers regular, hermaphrodite or
polygamous by abortion. Stamens equal in number to lobes or
petals of the corolla and opposite them. Ovary 1-celled.
Natural Orders with these Characters. — Plumbagine^e
(p. 600), Primulace^e (p. 604).
126 PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
Cohort 6. Ebenales. — Trees or shrubs. Flowers regular,
hermaphrodite or unisexual. Stamens equal in number to, or
twice as many as, or more than, the corolla lobes. Ovary 2- or
more celled.
Natural Orders loith these Characters. — Ebenace^e (p. 632),
Stybaceje (p. 633).
Cohort 7. Gentianales. — Leaves usually opposite. Corolla
regular. Stamens alternate with the corolla lobes and equal in
number, or if fewer often alternate with the carpels.
Natural Orders with these Characters. — Oleace,e (p. 636),
Apocynace^e (p. 644), Asclepiade^e (p. 646), Loganiace^e
(p. 648), Gentiane^e (p. 650).
*** Ovary usually superior. Carpels 2, or rarely 1 or 3.
Cohort 8. Polemoniales. — Leaves usually alternate. Corolla
regular. Stamens alternate with the corolla lobes and equal
in number.
Natural Orders with these Characters. — Polemoniace.e
(p. 658), Hydrophyllace^e (p. 666), Boragine^e (p. 670),
CONVOLVULACE^E (p. 682), SOLANACEiE (p. 687).
Cohort 9. Personales. — Corolla often irregular or oblique.
Upper stamen smaller than the others, or often reduced to a
staminode or absent.
Natural Orders with these Characters. — Scrophularine^e
(p. 701), Lentibularie.e (p. 728), Gesnerace^e (p. 729), BlGNO-
N1ACE.E (p. 731), Pedaline^e (p. 734), ACANTHACE.E (p. 735).
Cohort 10. Lamiales. — Corolla often irregular, oblique or
2-lipped. Upper stamen often reduced to a staminode or
absent. Carpels 1-ovuled or collaterally 2-ovuled. Fruit often
enclosed by the calyx, indehiscent.
Natural Orders icith these Characters. — Selagineje (p. 737),
Verbenace.e (p. 738), Labiat.e (p. 742).
Division III. MONOCHLAMYDEM, INCOMPLETE, or
ACHLAMYDEM (p. 759 to p. 805).
Flowers in which the corolla is usually and the calyx often absent.
(a) Flowers hermaphrodite, or unisexual or polygamous in a few
genera.
Natural Orders with these Characters. — Nyctagineje (p. 759),
ILLECEBRACE^E (p. 761), AMARANTACE.E (p. 761), CHENOPODIACEiE
(p. 765), PHYTOLACCACE^ (p. 766), PoLYGONACEiE (p. 767).
(b) Herbs or shrubs. Ovary apocarpous, syncarpous or mono-
carpous.
Natural Orders with these Characters. — Aristolochiace^: (p. 772),
Piperace^e (p. 773).
CLASSIFICATION OF PLANTS 127
(c) Ovary usually rnonocarpous. Trees or shrubs, very rarely
herbs. Flowers often hermaphrodite. Stamens perigynous.
Natural Orders with these Characters. — Laurine^e (p. 774),
Proteace.e (p. 776), Thymel;eace,e (p. 777), El^eagxack.e (p. 779).
(d) Trees or shrubs, sometimes herbs. Flowers usually strictly
unisexual. Perianth calyx-like, minute or none. Ovary syncarpous
or rnonocarpous.
Natural Orders with these Characters. — Loranthace.e (p. 781),
EuphorbiacEjE (p. 782), Urticace^e (p. 785), Platanace^e (p. 789),
JUGLANDE.E (p. 790), Myricace^e (p. 792), Cupulifer^e (p. 793),
Salicine^e (p. 802), Empetrace^e (p. 804).
Sub-Class II. MONOCOTYLEDONS (p. 805 to p. 972).
The plants belonging to this class have stems without bark, pith, or
concentric rings, and do not increase in diameter by annual layers
of wood. Leaves usually with parallel veins, but net-veined in
Aroide^e (p. 953) and Smilacixe^e (p. 808). Flowers with the parts
mostly in threes or fours, never in fives. Embryo with a single seed-
leaf (cotyledon). First-formed leaves alternate ; radicle not branching,
but throwing out adventitious roots.
Division I. PETALOIDE.fi (p. 805 to p. 952).
Flowers hermaphrodite, rarely unisexual. Perianth rarely absent,
usually in two series ; the inner series or corolla usually petal-like ;
the outer series or calyx often also petal-like.
Series 1. — Hypogynae. — Ovary superior, carpels more or less free
and distinct from each other, or completely united.
Natural Orders with these Characters. — Naiadace^e (p. 805),
ALTSMACE.E (p. 805), COMMELINACE.E (p. 807) LlLIACE^E (p. 808),
JUNCACE^E (p. 882), PONTEDERIACE.E (p. 882).
Series 2. — Epigyn^e. — Ovary inferior. Flowers regular, irregular,
or zygomorphic. Stamens in threes or sixes, sometimes reduced to
one only, and sometimes in waxy pollen masses.
Natural Orders with these Characters. — Hydrocharide^e (p. 883),
Dioscoreace^e (p. 884), Scitamine^e (p. 884), FLemodorace.e (p. 889),
ORCHIDEiE (p. 890), AMARYLLIDEJi (p. 893), IRIDE.E (p. 916).
Division II. SPADICIFLOBM (p. 952 to p. 956).
Flowers small, usually on a spadix, sometimes solitary, frequently
unisexual, but sometimes dioecious. Perianth often wanting, never
petal-like.
128
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
Natural Orders with these Characters.
Aroide/E (p. 953), Palmes (p. 955).
-Typhacee (p. 952),
Division III. GLUMIFLORjE (p. 956 to p. 972).
Flowers hermaphrodite or unisexual, and then mostly monoecious,
usually in heads or spikelets invested by imbricate bracts. Perianth
absent or scaly. Ovary superior, 1- or more celled.
Natural Orders with these Characters. — Graminee (p. 956),
Cyperace^e (p. 971).
Summary of the Above
Sub-Kingdom I. Flowering Plants (p. 131 to p. 1008).
Class I. Angiosperms (p. 131 to p. 972).
Sub-Class I. Dicotyledons. Sub-Class II. Monocotyledons.
Division (i). Polypetalae (p. 131 to Division (i). Petaloidese (p. 805
top. 952).
Series (a) Hypogynse (p. 805 to
p. 883).
(6) Epigynae (p. 883 to
p. 952).
Division (ii). Spadiciflorse (p. 952
to p. 956).
Division (iii). Glumiflorge (p. 956
to p. 972).
p. 477).
Series (a) Thalamiflorae (p. 131
to p. 284).
(b) Disciflorae (p. 284 to
p. 322).
,, (c) Calycinorsa (p. 322 to
p. 477).
Division (ii). Gamopetala? (p. 477
top. 759).
Series (a) Epigynae (p. 477 to
p. 571).
„ (b) Hypogynae (p. 571 to
p. 759).
Division (iii). Incomplete (p. 759
to p. 805).
Class II. Gymnosperms (p. 972 to p. 1008), including Gnetacee
(p. 972), and Conifers (p. 972).
Sub-Kingdom II. Non-Flowering Plants (p. 1008 to p. 1024).
Ferns (p. 1008), Horsetails (p. 1023), Clubmosses (p. 1024).
How to use the ' Key.' — It may perhaps be as well to give an idea as
to the way in which the ' Key ' is to be used for finding out the order,
genus, and species to which any particular plant may belong. First of
all, the plant should be carefully examined in regard to the roots, stem,
leaves, flowers &c, noting size, shape, colour &c, and the ' Key ' should
then be used in the following sequence, as shown in the summary
CLASSIFICATION OF PLANTS 129
above. 1. Sub-Kingdom. 2. Class. 3. Sub-Class. 4. Division.
5. Series. 6. Cohort or subordinate group of each series. 7. Natural
Order. 8. Genus. 9. Species.
For the sake of example, let the reader assume that he has a Wall-
flower but does not know that it is a Wallflower. He is then to proceed
as follows to find out what it is from the ' Key.'
1. He consults the two sub-divisions of the Vegetable Kingdom
((1) ' Flowering ' and (2) ' Non-Flowering ' Plants) and decides that it
belongs to the flowering one, as it has flowers and is therefore what
botanists call a 'Phanerogam.'
2. He then refers to the two ' Classes ' of Flowering Plants (Angio-
sperms and Gymnosperms), and having discovered that the flowers have
(i) a distinct perianth, and (ii) ovules (young seeds) enclosed in carpels or
pods, the plant is regarded as belonging to the group called ' Angio-
sperms,' or plants with seeds hidden or concealed within an ovary or
fruit.
3. The two sub-classes of Angiosperms, i.e. ' Dicotyledons ' and
' Monocotyledons,' are next referred to, and as it has (i) net-veined
leaves, (ii) bark or rind to the stem, and (iii) the parts of the flower
arranged in fours or fives, he places it down as a ' Dicotyledon.'
4. There are three divisions of Dicotyledons : namely, Polypetalce
(p. 122), Gamopetalce (p. 125), and Incomplete or Monocklamydece
(p. 126) ; and it is found that the Wallflower belongs to ' Polypetalas,'
(i) because the flowers have ' both calyx and corolla,' and (ii) because
the petals are ' free or distinct from each other.'
5. Polypetalae is divided into three groups or ' series ' — Thalami-
florae (p. 122), Disciflorse (p. 123), Calyciflorae (p. 124), and it will be
found that the Wallflower belongs to Thalarniflorse, because (i) the
stamens are hypogynous and are inserted on a torus, thalamus, or
receptacle, and not on the calyx tube as in Calyciflorae, and (ii) the
flowers are not in fives as in most of the Discifiorse.
6. When a series is divided into ' cohorts ' or sections the characters
of each of these are examined in the same way. The Wallflower
evidently does not belong to the cohort ' Kanales,' (i) because the car-
pels are not free, and (ii) because the stamens are not numerous. But
owing to the ovary, or seed pod, being 1-celled, and containing many
ovules or seeds, it may be safely assumed to belong to the ' Parietales '
group, which has such characters.
7. Under this group there are eight distinct natural orders men-
tioned. The point now is to find out to which one of them the Wall-
flower belongs. They are taken in rotation, and the characters of
each will be found at the page given in brackets. It is unnecessary to
130 PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
detail the reasoning process with each order, but the reader may take
it for granted or reason it out as above that the Wallflower belongs to
the natural order ' Cruciferae,' because it agrees in the main with all
the essential characters of the order as set forth at p. 201, and it cannot
be made to fit into any other order.
8. Having found the order, the genus or surname of the plant has
next to be found. The genera in each Order follow in natural (not
alphabetical) order, and the reader will find that his Wallflower will not
fit into the first genus, ' Matthioli ' or Stock (p. 201), nor into the second,
' Parrya ' (p. 203), but it agrees in almost every detail with the characters
of the third genus, ' Cheiranthus ' (p. 204). It is therefore placed under
that genus and bears its name.
9. The last step in the identification of the plant is to discover what
species it is. As there are generally only a few of these in each genus,
they have been described in alphabetical order, for the sake of con-
venience. The characters of each species have been given in sufficient
detail to enable the reader to decide for himself which specific (or as it
were christian) name he is to apply to the plant. He may regard species
in the same light as brothers and sisters, differing from each other in
details, but all having the same family or surname.
10. Varieties. — Besides the above nine steps to be followed in
tracing or running down any plant, it may be added that there are
often many ' varieties ' or forms of one species (see, for example, Clematis
heraclecefolia, p. 133). These varieties usually agree in almost every
detail with the species, but often have flowers of a different shade of
colour, or the leaves may be broader or narrower, hairy or smooth, and
so on. Where such characters are constant, a varietal name, often
describing the peculiarity, such as alba, rosea, purpurea, tomentosa,
is sometimes given.
11. Florists' Varieties. — What are known as florists' varieties, how-
ever, are quite distinct from natural varieties. The custom now is to
give popular fancy names to florists' varieties, and they represent often
only the slightest variations in colour shades, which may differ with
good or bad cultivation, shadow or sunshine &c, and can in no way
be kept constant if the plants are increased from seeds.
It therefore matters little what name is given to florists' varieties
of such plants as Clematis, Pseonia, Carnation, Pink, Polyanthus,
Primrose, Violet, Pansy, Phlox, Pentstemon, Hollyhock, Kose, Dahlia,
Chrysanthemum, Gladiolus, and many others, although for the sake of
convenience one must use them when they represent really fine garden
plants.
THE
HAEDY FLOWEB GABDEN
DESCRIPTION, CULTURE, AND PROPAGATION OF THE MOST
DESIRABLE HERBACEOUS AND ALPINE FLOWERS, ORNAMENTAL
AND FLOWERING TREES AND SHRUBS, BAMBOOS, FERNS, &c,
SUITABLE FOR THE OPEN AIR IN THE BRITISH ISLANDS.
Division I. POLYPETALOUS DICOTYLEDONS
Series I. — Thalamifloile (see p. 122).
I. RANUNCULACEiE— Crowfoot or Buttercup Order
Chiefly herbaceous plants, rarely shrubs, with alternate or opposite (as in
Clematis) and generally much -divided leaves, the stalks of which are dilated
at the base, forming a sheath half clasping the stem. Flowers regular or
irregular, with 3-6 hypogynous deciduous sepals, usually imbricate in bud.
Petals 3-15, hypogynous, in one or more rows, sometimes assuming very
remarkable forms, as in Larkspur {Delphinium), Columbine (Aquilegia), and
Monkshood (Aconitum). Stamens usually numerous, hypogynous. Carpels
numerous, one-celled, free, or occasionally united into a many-celled pistil.
Fruit either consists of dry, indehiscent achenes, as in Buttercup ; or berries,
as in Baneberry ; or follicles, as in the Paeony.
The order contains about 1,000 known species, chiefly natives of damp,
cold climates. A few are found in the tropics, but at very high elevations.
CLEMATIS (Traveller's Joy; The by a mulching of good rotten manure in
Virgin's Bower). — A genus of shrubs autumn. Tbe plants are very ornamental
which creep or climb by their leaf-stalks, trained over walls, trellises, arbours, &c.
and have opposite compound leaves, with- They may be propagated by sowing the
out stipules. Calyx consists of 4 petal-like seeds in spring in light sandy soil, in
sepals (garden forms have more) usually gentle heat ; or in cold frames as soon as
valvate. There is no corolla, and the fruit ripe, afterwards pricking the seedlings out
is a head of sessile or stalked achenes, and giving more space for a sturdy devel-
with long, generally feathered awns or opment. Planting out may take place in
styles, which give the plants a beautiful spring or early in autumn. Clematises
appearance even in winter. may also be increased by layers outside
Culture and Propagation. — Clema- put in at any time, but care must be
tises like a rich loamy soil with a certain taken that they are not separated from
amount of chalk or lime, and are benefited the parent plants until well rooted.
k2
132
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
CLEMATIS
Cuttings may also be made from the
young shoots, cut almost to every eye and
placed in a hotbed in sandy soil early in
spring. The garden hybrids are generally
grafted in spring on the roots of such
species as C. Vitalba, C. Viticella and
C. Flammula, but unsatisfactory residts
often follow owing to an imperfect union
between stock and scion, and also
perhaps because growth in spring begins,
or tries to begin, in one before the other.
If the scion, for example, would natur-
ally start into growth on its own roots
a week or so in advance of the stock, it
is easy to see that trouble woidd arise
from this cause ; and the same with the
stock starting into growth before the
scion was naturally ready to absorb the
sap. Increase by cuttings and layers is
now more general in many places, but
many kinds also admit of being divided at
the root in spring or autumn in favour-
able weather.
C. aethusifolia. — A graceful climber,
4-6 ft. high, from N. China, with small
twice or thrice pinnatisect leaves with
narrow linear lobes. The bell-shaped or
tubular flowers are half an inch or more
long, yellowish-white, and are produced
in great profusion in summer. The variety
latisecta is distinguished from the type by
its larger leaf segments.
Culture dc. as above.
C. alpina (Atragene alpina; A. aus-
triaca ; A. sibirica). — A pretty climber
from the mountains of Europe. The
biternate leaves have ovate-lance-shaped,
pointed, serrate leaflets. Flowers in May
vary from blue to white ; petals 10-12,
linear at the base, dilated at the apex.
There is a white-flowered variety named
alba.
Culture Ac. as above.
C. apiifolia. — A vigorous species about
10 ft. high, native of China and Japan. It
has ternate leaves, and dull white flowers,
3-4 in. across, in August and September.
C. brevicauclata (or C. Pieroti), with
pinnate or twice ternate leaves, and small
white flowers, is very near this.
Culture Ac. as above.
C. aromatica (C. ccerulea odorata). — A
slender sub-shrubby species, 4-6 ft. high,
probably of hybrid origin between C.
integrifolia and C. recta. The leaves
have five shortly stalked or almost sessile
lobes more or less ovate-oblong in shape.
The sweet-scented solitary flowers appear
in summer and are about 2 in. across and
of a deep violet-blue.
Culture dc. as above.
C. ca^rulea (C. azurea grandiflora). —
A Japanese species with spreading hairy
ternate leaves, having ovate-acute entire
leaflets. The large violet-coloured flowers
with deep purple stamens are produced
about Jvme and July.
Many garden forms have originated
from this species.
Culture dc. as above.
C. calycina (C. balearica, A. Rich). —
This species — a native of Corsica and
Minorca — is hardy only in the south of
England and the milder parts of the
British Isles. The ternate leaves have
3-lobed stalked and deeply toothed
leaflets, which in winter assume a fine
bronzy tint. The greenish-yellow bell-
shaped flowers are about 2 in. across, and
heavily spotted with reddish-purple. They
are produced from January to April in
clusters of four or five and look very
attractive at that season.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species should be sheltered by growing on
a south wall. It likes a rich loamy soil,
and is best left to ramble about at will,
as it dislikes the use of the knife. The
foliage is evergreen, and during the
autumn and winter months may be used
for room decoration with flowers, owing
to its rather attractive tints.
C. campaniflora. — A Portuguese
climber, 12-18 ft. high, having biternately
cut leaves, subdivided into about twenty-
four entire or 3-lobed leaflets. The pale
violet or white bell-shaped flowers are
about one inch across, and are freely
produced in June and July.
Culture dc. as above.
C. cirrhosa (C. balearica, Pers.). — An
evergreen climber 8-10 ft. high. Native
of Spain, Algiers, and the mountains of
N. Africa. Leaves ovate, somewhat heart-
shaped, toothed. Flowers dull white or
cream-coloured, about H in. across, downy
outside, smooth within, produced in droop-
ing clusters about March and April.
Culture dc. as above.
C. coccinea (C. texensis). — A beautiful
species from Texas, with stems 6-10 ft.
high, which in this country usually die
down in winter. The flowers vary in
colour from crimson to scarlet, and are
swollen at the base, the tips of the 4
leathery sepals being recurved. They
CLEMATIS
BUTTE B CUP OBDEB
CLEM \TIS
133
appear during the early summer months
and at once attract attention by their vivid
colour. This species has been used in the
production of various hybrids. The variety
major has larger flowers than the type.
Of late years several beautiful hybrids
between this and some of the leading hardy
kinds have been raised by Messrs. Jack-
man, of Woking, the most notable being
'Countess of Onslow,' ' Duchess of York,'
and ' Duchess of Albany.' All were figured
in the ' Garden ' for October 16, 1897.
Culture Sc. as above.
C. connata. — A beautiful Himalayan
climber with woody stems and coarsely
toothed leaflets 3-5 in. long, and some-
times more or less 3-lobed. Flowers in
autumn, bell-shaped, clear yellow, re-
curved at the tips.
Culture Sc. as above.
C. crispa (C. cijlindrica ; C. Simsi). —
A hardy evergreen from N. America, 3-4 ft.
high, with purplish stems. Leaves entire,
3-lobed or ternate, acute. The nodding
pale lilac, white, or purple fragrant flowers
appear from June until the autumn. There
seems to be great variation in the leaves
and colour of the flowers of this species.
Culture dc. as above.
C. Douglasi. — Although discovered
many years ago on the Eocky Mountains,
this species is not yet well known in British
gardens. The flowers are about an inch
long, bell-shaped, and recurved at the tips,
deep purple within, paler outside. They
are produced in summer.
Culture dc. as above.
C. Flammula. — This native of Southern
Europe is one of the oldest Clematises in
cultivation, and at the same time one of
the most vigorous and free-flowering of
climbers. Leaves pinnate, smooth, with
roundish, oval, oblong, or linear entire or
3-lobed deep green leaflets, which remain
on the plants well into the winter. The
creamy white, fragrant flowers are less
than an inch across, and appear in late
summer and autumn, giving place to white
and feathery fruits.
Culture dc. as above.
C. flcrida. — A Japanese species 9-12 ft.
high, with ternately decompound leaves,
and ovate-acute entire leaflets. "When fully
open the creamy white solitary flowers,
consisting of 6 or 8 oval lanceolate sepals,
are from 2-4 in. across with purple
stamens in the centre. They appear from
April to September.
There is a well-known and beautiful
form with double flowers.
Culture dc. as above.
C. Fortunei. — A splendid species, also
from Japan, with leathery trifoliate leaves,
and roundish heart-shaped leaflets. The
white fragrant flowers, about an inch
across, consist of numerous oblong-lanceo-
late stalked segments, and appear during
the summer months.
Culture dc. as above.
C. Fremonti. — A dwarf species 12 ft.
high, from North America. The rarely
branched stems bear numerous unstalked
leathery leaves, 3-4 in. long, and drooping
purple flowers recurved at the tips pro-
duced during the summer. The tails or
awns of the fruits are downy when young.
Culture dc. as above.
C. fusca. — A somewhat shrubby
species from N. Asia with prostrate rather
than climbing stems, 6-8 ft. long. The
reddish-brown bell-shaped flowers appear
in summer and are covered with a short
thick brownish wool. The hairy fruits
form a globular head about one inch in
diameter.
Culture dc. as above.
C. Hendersoni (C. eriostemon). — This
is supposed to be a hybrid between C.
Viticella and C. integrifolia, and origi-
nated at Mr. Henderson's nursery, St.
John's Wood, in 1835. It reaches a
height of 8-10 ft. and produces from
June to September deep blue, faintly
perfumed flowers over two inches across.
Culture dc. as above.
C. heracleaefolia (C. tubulosa). — Hya-
cinth Clematis. — A dwarf, sturdy species
from N. China, with more or less trailing
stems, large lobed leaves, and short
stalked corymbs of purplish-blue tubular
flowers, like those of a Hyacinth, produced
during the summer and early autumn
months.
The variety davidiana is often re-
garded as a species. It has trailing
stems 4-5 ft. long, and large ovate leaflets
often about 6 in. long. Flowers tubular,
bright lavender-blue, about j in. long, the
tips of the petals reflexed.
The variety Hookeri has large pin-
nately 3-foliolate leaves with elliptic acute
toothed leaflets, and tubular lilac flowers.
Culture dc. as above. The plants
are readily increased by division of the
roots in spring.
134
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
CLEMATIS
C. indivisa. — A charming New Zea-
land species growing several feet high,
having dull green or purplish sterns and
ternate leaves, the latter being composed
of 3 oblong ovate leathery deep green
smooth leaflets 2^-3 in. long. The pure
white starry flowers, about 3 in. across,
and consisting of 6-8 oblong sepals
surrounding a cluster of greenish or
yellowish -white stamens, appear out of
doors in April and May, but in February
if the plants are grown in greenhouses.
They are borne in loose panicles, some-
times as many as 20 in one truss. The
variety lobata has flowers exactly like
those of the type, but it is readily recog-
nised by means of its more or less lobed
or sinuated leaflets.
Culture and Propagation. — Unfortu-
nately this fine species is hardy only in
the mildest parts of the south and west,
but in other parts of the kingdom it is
well worth growing in a cool greenhouse
for the sake of its attractive flowers. It
likes a rich sandy loam and warm situa-
tions oiit of doors, and is usually in-
creased by grafting upon stocks of the
Common Traveller's Joy (C. Vitalba).
Cuttings of the half-ripened shoots, how-
ever, will root readily in early summer if
placed in sandy soil in gentle bottom heat
in a hotbed or greenhouse. Amateurs
will probably find it more convenient to
obtain established plants from a nursery-
man. Pruning, if necessary, is best done
immediately flowering has ceased, and
not while new growths are being made.
C. integrifolia. — A European species
with erect stems 2-3 ft. high. Leaves
unstalked, 2-4 in. long, entire, ovate-
lanceolate. The drooping blue flowers
are borne singly from June to August
near the top of the stems in the axils of
the united and cup-shaped leaves.
The variety Durandi has 5-nerved
leaves 4-5 in. long, with a purplish downy
margin, and purple beneath. Flowers
deep violet-purple, each sepal with a pro-
minent deeper coloured keel behind.
Stamens in a thick cylindric silky cushion,
white and yellow.
Culture dc. as above.
C. lanuginosa. — A fine Chinese species
5-6 ft. high. Leaves usually simple,
broadly heart-shaped, acute, smooth
above, with a greyish wool on the under
surface. The solitary flowers appear
early in summer, lasting till autumn, and
are 6-7 in. across, with 6 or 8 spreading
and overlapping sepals of a pale lavender,
pure white or deep rich purple colour.
The variety pallida has flowers 9-10
in. across.
C. lanuginosa is the parent of many
of the most beautiful garden hybrids
described below.
Culture dc. as above.
C. ligusticifolia. — A species with stems
about 30 ft. long, from North America.
Leaves composed of 5 leaflets, each li-3
in. long, 3-lobed or very coarsely toothed.
Flowers white, about f in. across, are
produced in summer, the pistillate or
female flowers being on one plant, and the
staminate or male on another.
Culture dc. as above.
C. montana (C. anemonceflora). — This
beautiful and well-known species is a
native of the Himalayas. Its stems will
cover walls to a height of 20 ft. or more,
and are furnished with smooth ternate
leaves, with oblong toothed and pointed
feaflets. During April and May the
large white flowers are produced in great
profusion, either singly or several to-
gether, and almost cover the foliage with
a sheet of white.
Culture dc. as above. This species
will flourish under almost any circum-
stances and in any soil.
C. ochroleuca. — A native of the
Eastern United States, with stems 1-2
ft. high, and entire ovate leaves, the
younger ones being silky beneath.
Flowers in summer, solitary, cream-
coloured within, yellowish outside.
Culture dc. as above.
C. orientalis. — A native of India and
W. Asia, requiring some protection in
this country during severe winters,
especially in the less favoured parts.
The stems climb from 12 to 30 ft. Leaves
pinnate with smooth wedge-shaped leaflets
having pointed lobes. Flowers in August
and September, greenish-yellow, sweet-
scented, tinged with russet, and borne
in great abundance. The fruits have
elegant silky tails. This species is also
known as C. graveolens, a name having
reference to the rather heavy odour of the
blossoms.
Culture dc. as above. Easily in-
creased by cuttings or seeds.
C. Pallasi. — A pretty plant 3-4 ft.
high with trailing stems, pinnate leaves
CLEMATIS
BUTTERCUP ORDER
CLEMATIS 135
and shortly stalked, ovate, lance-shaped,
acute, leathery leaflets 1-1 A in. long, with
sunken veins. Flowers in June, white
with greenish-yellow stamens, and ohlong
spoon-shaped sepals.
Culture dc. as above.
C. paniculata. — A Japanese species
the stems of which attain a length of
about 30 ft. Leaves pinnate with entire
oval heart-shaped acute leaflets. From
July to September the dullish white
flowers, which resemble those of C.
Flammula, and have a Hawthorn- or
Daphne-like fragrance, are produced in
many-flowered panicles.
Culture a ml Propagation. — This plant
does best trained against a sunny wall, or
for covering old tree stumps, pillars &c,
in warm southern parts. The stems may
be cut down to within a foot or so of the
ground in winter to keep the plant within
bounds.
C. patens. — Also a native of Japan,
6-10 ft. high with leaves composed of 3-5
segments smaller and narrower than in C.
lanuginosa to which it is akin. Flowers
in May and June, with 6-8 delicate
mauve sepals.
Many garden varieties, some of which
are mentioned below, have larger flowers
with white, deep blue, or violet sepals.
Culture dc. as above.
C. Pitcheri (C. coloradensis). — A
pretty and distinct plant 9-12 ft. high,
native of Colorado and Western America.
Its leaves consist of 3-9 ovate or heart-
shaped, entire or 3-lobed leaflets, the
uppermost leaves being often simple.
The dull purplish, bell-shaped flowers,
each about 1 in. long and f in. wide
at the swollen base, appear during
July and August, and have narrow
recurved sepals, the tips of which are
often yellow. The reddish-purple fruits
have thread-like tails slightly silky.
The variety lasiostylis is distinguished
by the recurved sepals being tipped with
deep purple -blue and by the deeper
coloured and more hairy fruits ; and
Sargenti is a small-flowered form of the
type.
Culture dc. as above.
C. recta (C. erecta). — A species with
erect herbaceous stems 2-3 ft. high, native
of Southern and Eastern Europe. The
pinnate leaves have entire, ovate, pointed,
stalked leaflets. Flowers from June to
August, numerous, in dense corymbs,
while and sweetly scented, each about an
inch across. The variety florepleno is not
often seen. It differs in having double
flowers in rather denser clusters.
Culture dc. as above. This species
may be increased by dividing the roots.
C. reticulata. — A climber from the
S. United States with leathery pro-
minently net-veined leaves ; the upper
ones simple elliptic ; lower ones pinnate
with 7 9 variable leaflets. Flowers in
September, dull green outside, purple
within, solitary, drooping on long stalks.
Sepals united, recurved at the tips, and
thick and fleshy in texture.
Culture dc. as above.
C. rhodochlora. — A garden variety
with simple broadly oval, or somewhat
heart-shaped shortly stalked leaves.
Flowers about 2 in. across, with 2 small
wine-red sepals and 2 large green ones.
Culture dc. as above.
C. Robertsiana. — This species has
only recently been discovered 10,000-
11,000 ft. up on the mountains of
Afghanistan, and is probably not yet in
cultivation. Flowers solitary, 3-5 in.
across, pale lemon-yellow, closely re-
sembling C. alpina in shape.
Culture dc. as above
C. Stanleyi. — A remarkable species
2-3 ft. high, native of S. Africa. It is
shrubby rather than climbing in habit,
and the stems die down to the ground
every winter, new ones sprouting up in
spring. The leaves are twice pinnate
with variously cut lobes, and are mostly
covered with soft silky white hairs,
although a few leaves are greenish but
hairy. The flowers are produced during
the summer months in the axils of the
leaves, and vary from 2 to 3 in. across, the
sepals being at first cup-shaped, but after-
wards spreading out flat. They vary in
colour from deep violet or puce to rose-
purple, and almost white, and are in
strong contrast to the large bunch of
bright yellow stamens in the centre.
When in fruit the plants present an
elegant appearance, owing to the long
silvery-white tails resembling miniature
ostrich feathers.
Culture and Propagation. — In mild
winters this species is fairly hardy as far
north as the Thames Valley, but it is
136
PBACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS clematis
safer to protect the roots with a layer of
dry leaves, litter, bracken &c. in the
event of severe weather. Seeds are freely
produced and may be sown in cold
frames as soon as ripe, although they
may not sprout freely until the following
spring. The seedlings must be pricked
out and grown on until the following
spring, so that strong sturdy plants will
be ready for planting out. Established
clumps may be carefully divided at the
roots.
C. Stans.— A striking Japanese species
with herbaceous stems 4-5 ft. high and
dark green downy leaves, with roundish
toothed leaflets, more or less 3-lobed.
Flowers in September and October in
terminal panicles or clusters in the axils
of the leaves, each about § in. long, pale
blue, more or less bell-shaped, and
Hyacinth-like.
Culture dc. as above.
C. verticillaris (Atragene americana).
A native of N. America with stems 10
ft. or more in length. Leaves whorled, in
fours, with stalked heart- or lance-shaped
pointed leaflets, somewhat lobed or
serrated. Flowers in May, 2-3 in. across,
purplish-blue, with acute sepals.
Culture dc. as above.
C. Viorna (Leather Floiver). — This N.
American species attains a height of 10 to
12 ft. and is not a particularly vigorous
grower. The smooth pinnate leaves have
entire 3-lobed or ternate leaflets, ovate-
acute in shape. About June the droop-
ing balloon-shaped flowers appear, havmg
thick leathery connivent sepals of a dull
reddish-purple, and reflexed at the tips.
Closely related to this species is C.
Addisoni, a native of the Alleghany moun-
tains. It has dark violet-purple sepals,
with reflexed yellow tips.
Culture dc. as above.
C. virginiana. — This is the common
Virgin's Bower of the United States and
Canada. Its stems reach a length of 15
to 20 ft., and bear ternate leaves with
heart-shaped, acute, largely toothed or
lobed leaflets. The small white fragrant
flowers appear from June to August, and
like C. ligusticifolia the male and female
flowers are borne on separate plants.
Culture dc. as above.
C. Vitalba (White Vine ; Old Man's
Beard; Traveller's Joy, dc). — This is
the only Clematis really indigenous to
England, but does not appear to be a
native of Scotland or Ireland. It climbs
luxuriantly in hedges and thickets, and
is most common on chalky soils. The
pinnate leaves have ovate, heart-shaped,
entire toothed or lobed leaflets. The
greenish-white scented flowers are about
an inch across, and are produced from
July to September. The fruits have a
white feathery tail an inch or so in length,
and these give the plants a very attractive
appearance late in the year, and during
the winter months.
In the Duke of Rutland's garden at
Belvoir Castle there is a specimen 20 ft.
high and 30 ft. in diameter.
Culture dc. as above.
C. Viticella (Vine Bower). — An ele-
gant twiner 8-12 ft. high, and native of
S. Europe and Western Asia. The leaves
are entire or ternately decompound with
entire lobes. The drooping blue, purple,
or rose-coloured flowers, each about 2 in.
across, are borne in summer. There are
now many varieties of this species with
many shades of colour, and most of them
are superior to the type. The form called
magnifica has purple flowers about 4| in.
across.
Culture dc. as above.
HYBRID CLEMATIS.— By means
of fertilising the carpels of one species
with the pollen from another, gardeners
have succeeded in raising a vast number
of hybrids or cross-breeds, many of them
being of the greatest value for the flower
garden, and superior to any of the species
found in a state of nature. (See Hybridi-
sation, p. 37.)
It is, however, not only impossible
but quite unnecessary to give a long list
of the various hj-brids here, as new
names are continually being added, often
without any justification, whenever the
slightest change of colour is noticed.
Special mention must be made of the
beautiful Clematis Jackmanni and its
many forms. This fine hybrid was raised
by Mr. George Jackman of Woking, and
first flowered about 1862. It is one of
the earliest and best, and its large deep
violet-purple flowers with 4-6 sepals are
produced during the summer and autumn.
The two species concerned in its produc-
tion were C. Viticella and C. lanuginosa,
natives of widely different parts of the
Old World. The species chiefly con-
erned with the other garden varieties are
CLEMATIS
BUTTE 11 CUP ORDER
THALICTKUM 137
given below in sections, and it will be
seen that only a few have yet been
utilised by the hybridiser out of the many
kinds described above.
The following is a list of the best
kinds for the flower garden. They are
arranged in the botanical sections to
which they belong, and the usual period
of flowering is given, so that a succession
of kinds may be arranged. The culture
and propagation are as described above
under the genus, p. 131.
' FLORIDA ' SECTION
The following produce large handsome
double flowers in summer from the old or
ripened wood. Care must therefore be
taken, when pruning or thinning, not to
cut the ripe wood away.
Belle of Woking, beautiful silver-grey,
June.
Countess of Lovelace, bright bluish-
lilac, very fine, June.
Duchess of Edinburgh, pure white,
deliciously scented, June and July.
John Gould Veitch, lavender.
Lucie Lemoine, white, with the centre
in the form of a rosette.
' JACKMANNI ' SECTION
These are all summer and autumn
bloomers, flowers mostly large, produced
in masses on the current year's shoots.
Alexandra, pale reddish-violet, very
free.
Gypsy Queen, dark velvety purple,
attractive.
Jackmanni, intense violet-purple, a
universal favourite.
Jackmanni alba, a, tinted white var.,
very beautiful.
Jackmanni ' Snow White,'' pure white,
free.
Jackmanni superba, very dark violet-
purple, larger and of deeper colour than
Jackmanni, very profuse bloomer.
Madame Ed. Andre, a free and distinct
variety with velvety-red flowers.
Madame Grange, flowers crimson-
violet, with red bar hi centre, a rich
colour, sepals prettily crimped at the
edges.
Prince of Wales, deep purple.
Star of India, reddish-violet, with
purple tinge and red bars.
' LANUGINOSA ' SECTION
These flower summer and autumn,
producing their large flowers in succession
on short lateral shoots.
Alba Magna, a very large white-flow-
ered variety of free growth.
Beauty of Worcester, double and
single flowers of a lovely bluish-violet,
with white stamens.
Blue Gem, pale blue.
Excelsior, rich deep mauve.
Fairy Queen, pale flesh with pink bar.
Henriji, large creamy white, finely
formed, one of the best white autumn-
flowering Clematises.
La France, deep violet-purple, dark
anthers, large and vigorous.
Lady Caroline Neville, delicate bluish-
white with mauve bars, large and finely
formed.
Marie Lefebvre, a fine mauve variety
with single flowers.
Mine. Van Houtte, white suffused
mauve, free-flowering and a strong grower.
Mrs. Hope, silvery-mauve.
Nivea, large white, fine.
Otto Freebel, greyish-white.
Princess of Wales, deep bluish-mauve,
with satiny surface, very fine.
Purpurea elegans, deep purple.
' PATENS ' SECTION
These produce their large flowers in
spring and summer, on the old ripened
wood, a fact to be borne in mind when
thinning out.
Lady Londesborough, bluish-lilac,
with pale purple bar.
Miss Bateman, white, chocolate-red
anthers.
Mrs. George Jackman, satiny white
with a creamy bar, flowers large and
produced in profusion spring and autumn.
' VITICELLA ' SECTION
These varieties flower during the
summer and autumn in profuse masses.
Jiybrida Sieboldii, lavender.
Lady Bovill, flowers greyish-blue, cup-
shaped, fine.
rubra grandiflora, bright claret-red,
profuse bloomer.
THALICTRUM (Meadow Rue).—
A genus embracing about fifty species of
hardy herbs with perennial stems, nearly
all natives of the North temperate and
frigid regions. The leaves are ternately
decompound, and ustially elegant in ap-
pearance ; when present on the stems,
alternate. Flowers green, yellow, purple,
or white, often polygamous, borne in
panicles or racemes, usually small, with
the stamens conspicuously protruding.
138 PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GABDEN PLANTS thalictrum
Involucre and petals absent. Sepals 4-5,
petal-like. Carpels numerous. Fruit an
achene, often stalked and compressed.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Meadow Eues will grow well in any
ordinary garden soil, and are easily multi-
plied by dividing the rootstocks in autumn
or spring.
When grown in masses or clumps in
the border or rock garden, they lend a
light and feathery grace to the surround-
ings. For cutting purposes the foliage and
flowers are very useful when mixed with
larger and more showy blossoms. Seeds
may be sown out of doors or in cold
frames as soon as ripe, or in spring,
afterwards pricking the seedlings out in
mild, showery weather.
T. alpinum. — This is a native of the
British Isles, although somewhat rare in
Ireland in a wild state. It will thrive in
marshy or boggy places and requires peaty
soil. The foliage is glaucous beneath, and
the purplish flowers with drooping stamens
appear in July and August.
Culture dec. as above.
T. anemonoides {Rue Anemone). —
This N. American species has a stem
about 6 in. high arising from a cluster
of thickened tuberous roots. The white
flowers appear in April and May, and
have yellowish stamens. The leaves are
2-3-ternate with roundish somewhat
3-lobed leaflets on long stalks. A useful
rock plant. There is a double variety
with smaller flowers.
Culture dc. as above. This species is
often called Anemone thalictroid.es. It is
as a rule best raised from seeds, owing to
the fact that if established clumps are
divided they often take a long time to
recover themselves. A partially shaded
situation in the rockery, such as under a
jutting boulder of rock, and a deep moist
peaty soil suit it admirably.
T. angustifolium. — A pretty species
3-4 ft. high, native of W. Europe, having
masses of light and graceful, deeply cut
foliage. The clear greenish-yellow flowers
are produced in feathery clusters in June
and July, and give the whole plant a fine
effect.
Culture dc. as above.
T. aquilegifolium (Feathered ov Tufted
Columbine). — A native of Europe and
Asia with purple mealy pipe-like stems
1-3 ft. high. Leaves like those of the
Columbine, thrice pinnate with rounded,
smooth deeply toothed leaflets. Flowers
in early summer. Sepals white, fleeting ;
stamens usually purple, sometimes white.
The variety atropurpwrewn has dark
purple stamens and stems ; the variety
forrnosum dark purple stamens, dilated
at the apes ; and the variety roseum has
rose-coloured sepals.
Culture dc. as above.
T. Chelidoni. — A pretty little species
about 6 in. high, native of Thibet. The
twice ternate leaves are divided into downy
and roundish 3-lobed and toothed leaflets
each 4— f in. across, and the lilac-purple
flowers with a bunch of yellow stamens in
the centre droop from thread-like stalks in
August, like those of T. Delavayi.
Culture dc. as above. This is a pretty
rock plant, but to be effective should be
grown in bold masses.
T. Delavayi. — ■ A charming Chinese
species 2-4 ft. high, with pinnate leaves
ternately divided into roundish and some-
what 3-lobed and toothed leaflets. The
flowers appear during the summer months
gracefully drooping or nodding from the
ends of slender thread-like stalks. They
are lilac -purple in colour with a large
bunch of yellowish stamens in the middle,
and in conjunction with the elegantly cut
foliage look extremely handsome.
Culture dc. as above.
T. flavum {False Rhubarb; Fen
Rue). — A native of the British Islands,
growing in wet places, and worthy of a
place among marsh or bog plants in the
garden. The stout stems arise 2-4 ft.
high from a yellow creeping rootstock,
and bear ternately 2-3-pinnate leaves,
with 3-lobed leaflets 1-1^ in. long.
Flowers pale yellow, anthers bright
yellow, produced in July and August.
Culture dc. as above.
T. fcetidum (Fetid Meadow Rue). —
A native of Europe and Asia, about 1 ft.
high. Leaves decompound clothed with
a clammy pubescence, 2-3-pinnate, with
roundish heart-shaped leaflets, 3-5-lobed
at apex. Flowers small, nodding, pro-
duced in early summer in an erect,
spreading panicle. Sepals reddish out-
side ; anthers yellow.
Culture dc. as above.
T. glaucum. — A South European
species, with round, erect, striped and
mealy stems 2-5 ft. high. The leaflets are
THALICTRUM
BUTTERCUP ORDER
ANEMONE 139
ovate, rounded, 3-lobed, the lobes deeply
toothed. In June and July the flowers,
having four or five yellow sepals, are
borne on erect, compound panicles.
Culture d'-c. as above.
T. minus (Maidenhair Meadoiv Rue).
A native of the British Isles, growing
in dry places. The stems vary from 6
in. to 4 ft. high, stout, rigid, often zig-
zag, striped more or less throughout, and
usually furrowed when dry. Leaves
Fern-like, cut into numerous small smooth
roundish glaucous leaflets, toothed at the
apex. Flowers in summer, small, and
drooping in a loose panicle. Sepals
yellowish-green or pale purple with white
edges.
Owing to the beautiful frond-like
foliage of this plant, it is suitable for
rockeries, borders, and even as a pot-
plant. For mixing with cut flowers in
vases, the foliage is very ornamental, and
lasts much longer than Maidenhair Fern.
Culture dc. as above.
T. petaloideum. — A Dahurian species
with round almost naked stems about 18
in. high. Leaves ternately cut, with
smooth, ovate, obtuse, entire or 3-lobed
leaflets. Flowers produced in corymbs
in June and July, with white, nearly
round sepals, flesh-coloured filaments, and
yellow anthers.
Culture dc. as above.
T. rhynchocarpum. — A very remark-
able and handsome species, about 3 ft.
high, native of the Transvaal. The foliage
resembles some of the finer forms of the
Maidenhair Fern. The flowers are borne
in large panicles during the siunmer
months, and are succeeded by the fruits,
which are borne on long stalks and present
a novel and attractive appearance.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species likes a warm, moist, and shaded
spot in the rockery, and will not flourish
in strong sunshine. The soil must be
well drained, and a little protection in
winter may be necessary. Increased by
seeds and division.
T. tuberosum. — A Spanish species
about 12 in. high, with 2-3-pinnate
crowded leaves, and smooth roundish 3-
lobed leaflets. Flowers borne in loose
corymbs in June, and having 5 white
oval, blunt sepals.
Culture dec. as above.
ANEMONE (Wind Flower).— The
generic name is derived from anemos,
the wind, in allusion to the light and
feathery seeds of some species which are
easily blown about by the wind.
A genus of about 70 species of orna-
mental hardy perennials, with radical
leaves much cut or lobed. There is an
involucre of 3 cut leaflets some distance
from the flower. Sepals 4-20 petal-like.
Petals absent, or consist of the outer
stamens changed into stalked glands.
The sub-genus Hepatica is- now in-
cluded in Anemone, and may be distin-
guished by having an involucre of 3 entire
leaflets just under the flowers, and a
calyx of 6-9 petal-like sepals.
Culture and Propagation. — Anemo-
nes are best grown in a rich sandy loam,
but most of them will thrive in ordinary
garden soil. Where special treatment is
required for any particular species, direc-
tions will be found in the proper place.
There are various methods of increas-
ing Windflowers, and although division of
the rootstock and cuttings of the roots
are employed in autumn or early spring,
most of the species may be obtained from
seeds. These should be sown as soon as
ripe in pans or boxes, and may be pro-
tected in a cold frame. The other direc-
tions given under Seed Sowing at p. 42
will be found useful.
A. alba. — A Siberian species about 6
in. high, with ternate or quinate leaves,
purple on the underside ; segments
deeply toothed at top. Flowers in June,
white, rising singly above the leaves, and
having 5 obovate, concave sepals. May
be used in borders or rockeries, in deep
fibrous loam. Increase by seed or division.
Culture dc. as above.
A. albana. — A handsome and distinct
dwarf species 4-6 in. high, found in a wild
state from the borders of Armenia across
Central Asia to Siberia, growing on the
mountain sides. The nodding cup-shaped
flowers are produced very freely in April
and May, and although only of a dullish
yellow, they look very handsome over the
green carpet of foliage. After the flowers
have withered, the seed-heads present a
very ornamental appearance. Forms with
purple or violet flowers have been recorded,
but do not appear to be in cultivation.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species grows well either in the ordinary
flower border, or in the rockery in ordinary
140
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
ANEMONE
garden soil. It prefers an exposed sunny
spot, and will live for several years with-
out being disturbed. Seeds ripen freely
and may be sown as soon as ripe in cold
frames. The yoimg plants are pricked
out and grown on but will not begin to
flower until the third year, according to
Mr. Wolley Dod.
A. alpina (Pulsatilla alpina). — A very
handsome alpine species from the moun-
tains of Central Europe, growing from
6 to 24 in. high. Leaves biternate with
pinnate and deeply serrated lobes, some-
times smooth, and sometimes covered
with long crowded silky hairs. Flowers
produced in May, with 6 spreading ellip-
tic sepals varying in colour from white
to cream, white and purple, and yellow.
The variety sulphur ea has soft yellow
cup-shaped flowers, 2-3 in. across when
fully expanded, the sepals having a silky
down outside. The white-flowered form
of A. alpina is a vigorous plant and
delights in rich loam, peat and leaf soil,
with the addition of a little lime rubble.
Culture dc. as above. The best
way to increase this variety is to sow seed
as soon as ripe in a rather moist peaty bed
and allow the seedlings to remain for one
or two seasons, and then transplant in the
spring to a fully exposed, well-drained and
moist position. A little lime rubble or
old mortar mixed with the soil is usually
beneficial to A. alpina and its varieties.
A. angulosa (Hepatica angulosa). —
A beautiful species from Transylvania,
6-12 in. high, with leaves 3 in. broad,
pahnately 5-lobed, the lobes coarsely
toothed. Flowers in February and March,
2 in. across, of a fine sky-blue, with
numerous black anthers surrounding a
tuft of yellow styles. Suitable for par-
tially shaded places in the rock garden,
margins of borders, shrubberies &c, in
deep rich soil. There is a fine variety
called atroccFi-ulea with large deep purple-
blue flowers.
Culture dc. as above. Increase by
seed or division.
A. apennina (Apennine Windfiower).
A tuberous blackish-rooted species from
S. Europe, growing about 6 in. high. The
leaves of the stern are in whorls of 3,
ternate with long blunt lobes, all some-
what pubescent ; the root-leaves biternate.
Flowers about 2 in. across, bright sky-
blue, appear on single stalks in March.
There is a white (alba)- and also a rose-
coloured (rosea) variety.
Culture dc. as above. This species
prefers sandy loam or peat, and thrives
under the partial shade of trees. It makes
a beautiful carpet of blue, and should be
grown for this piirpose in large patches.
Increased by division.
A. baldensis. — A rare tuberous-rooted
species about 6 in. high, native of Switzer-
land. The leaves are twice ternate with
many-parted linear-lobed segments. The
solitary flowers appear in May, and have
8-10 oblong oval sepals, white, hairy out-
side, and reddish tinged with blue.
Culture dc. as above. Shady parts of
the rockery suit it best.
A. blanda (Blue Winter Windfiower).
A lovely tuberous -rooted species from
Greece. It grows about 6 in. high and
closely resembles A. apennina. Leaves
3-partite or cut, with stalked or sessile
3-partite, cut segments ; those of the in-
volucre deeply cut and stalked. The deep
blue flowers, each nearly 2 in. across,
appear in winter or early spring, having
9-14 oblong linear sepals. The variety
scythinica from N. Kurdistan has pale
blue and white flowers.
Culture dc. as above. This species
likes a rich, light, and well-drained loam
and a warm sheltered place in rockeries
sunny banks, or warm grassy slopes.
Increase by seed or division.
A. coronaria (Poppy Anemone). — This
is an important species, inasmuch as it
has given rise to the many single and
double florists' varieties which appear in
such abundance in the early spring and
summer, are so varied in colouring, and
so popular in price. The typical species
grows about 6-9 in. high, and has ternate
deeply cut leaves with numerous narrow
pointed segments. The flowers have 6
oval rounded sepals varying from red to
white, purple and pink. It is a native of
S. Europe.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Poppy Anemone thrives in warm deep
loam. The roots of the more select
varieties may be taken up when the
leaves wither, and planted at intervals m
September and October or from January
to March to secure a succession of flowers.
If allowed to remain in the ground, how-
ever, it often happens that the warm rains
of late summer will cause the plants to
ANEMONE
BUTTERCUP ORDER
ANEMONE 141
grow and flower again later in the year if
the weather is mild.
Seeds, which should be selected from
the finest varieties, may be sown as soon
as ripe in a spot where it will be possible
to afford shade and moisture — the essen-
tials to a rapid germination. The seed-
lings may be allowed to flower where
sown or transplanted in September or
October.
Among the many forms of the Poppy
Anemone the following deserve special
mention :
1. The Chrysanthemum -flowered
Anemone. — This is a fine race of double-
flowered Anemones, having the appearance
of some Chrysanthemums or China Asters.
There are many varieties, chiefly distin-
guished by colour, which varies a good
deal, the principal tint being lilac-rose,
deep violet, crimson, carmine, rose,
purple, &c.
2. Caen Anemones. — These are well
known by their vigorous growth, the
great size of their flower stalks, and their
large and brilliantly coloured flowers.
Both single and double varieties are
represented. The ' Cardinal's Hat ' and
' Double Nice ' Anemones are particularly
fine forms, the first being deep scarlet
with slight variations, the second of a
beautiful rosy flesh colour.
A. decapetala. — A distinct N. Ameri-
can Windflower 12-18 in. high, with deep
green 3-parted leaves, the lobes of which
are cut into numerous linear segments.
The creamy white or pale primrose flowers
about 1-2 in. across appear in May and
June.
Culture dc. as above. This pretty
species, although perhaps not so orna-
mental as many of the other Windflowers,
is valuable for planting in shady places.
A. Fannini. — A very beautiful and
remarkable Windflower, native of Natal,
where it grows at an elevation of 3,000-
4,000 ft. In a wild state it attains a height
of about 5 feet, and the roundish, angled,
Rhubarb-like leaves a width of 2 ft. or
more. In a cultivated state, however, it
grows only about 2 ft. high, and the leaves
rarely measure more than a foot in dia-
meter. The beautiful sweet-scented star-
like flowers are quite as large as in wild
specimens. They appear in April and
May and are 2-3 in. across, the oblong
acute segments being at first greenish-
yellow, but afterwards a pure snowy white
within, surrounding a mass of yellow
stamens in the centre.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species seems to be perfectly hardy at
least as far north as Kew, when grown in
rich and well-manured loamy soil in warm
positions facing south. It is best left
undisturbed for several years so that it
ni,i\ become thoroughly established. The
leaves die down every winter and during
that period the plants may be mulched
with a layer of rich manure, and in the
event of severe weather some litter or dry
leaves may be placed over the crowns.
The plants may be increased by carefully
dividing the roots in spring or by sowing
imported seeds under glass, afterwards
pricking the young plants out.
A. fulgens (Scarlet Windflower). —
This is a native of S. Europe, growing
about 1 ft. high, with bright green 3-lobed
cut and toothed leaves. The large soli-
tary flowers which appear in May are 2
in. or more across, and of a brilliant
scarlet-crimson colour, sometimes with a
paler zone at the base around the jet
black bunch of stamens in the cent: e.
Culture and Propagation. — This
plant does best in rich loamy soil with a
dash of lime in it, and is suitable for the
partially shaded spots in the rockery or
flower border. Stagnant moisture at the
roots is fatal to it, hence the necessity for
good drainage. The roots may be planted
almost at any time, but during early
autumn is the best time. Increased by
dividing the roots, or from seeds. A.
fulgens major is a fine form, and A.
Pavonina (the Peacock Anemone) is a
double form.
A. Halleri (Pulsatilla Halleri). — A
Swiss plant about 6 in. high, with pinnate
hairy leaves, cut into lance-shaped pointed
divisions. FlowTers in May, the 6 oval
lance-shaped sepals being of a purple
or deep lilac colour, and in strong con-
trast to the conspicuous bunch of yellow
stamens in the centre. A. Hackeli seems
to be a form of this species, but differs in
having more woolly stems, less finely cut
leaves, and larger blossoms.
Culture dc. as above. This is a
suitable plant for sunny positions in the
rockery or the edges of flower borders.
May be increased by seeds or division.
A. Hepatica (Hepatica triloba). — This
is the common Hepatica of S. Europe.
It grows 4-6 in. high, with heart-shaped
142
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
ANEMONE
leaves, having 3 entire ovate pointed
lobes. The blue flowers, with 6-9 sepals,
usually appear about February, and are
very attractive.
Among the many varieties of this
species may be mentioned alba with
pure white flowers; ccerulea, single and
double forms of which exist, with blue
flowers ; rubra (double and single) with
reddish -pink flowers ; lilacina, a pretty
mauve kind ; splendens, a single red ; and
Barloivi, a richly coloured sky-blue sport
from the single blue, besides others.
Culture dc. as above. Hepaticas are
charming spring flowers. They are of
a deep-rooting nature, and prefer a rich
porous soil in sheltered places. When left
undisturbed for a few years the}' form fine
clumps and often produce seedlings in
favourable spots.
A. japonica (Japanese Anemone). — A
fine autumn-flowering Japanese species
about 2-3 ft. high with ternate unequally
lobed and toothed leaves. The rosy-car-
mine flowers, which are borne on long
stalks, are over 2 in. across, and have
numerous conspicuous golden stamens in
the centre, last a long time in perfection
and make the garden gay from August up
to the approach of frost.
The variety alba — also known as
Honorine Jobert — is a splendid variety,
with masses of j)ure white flowers each
about 3 in. across.
The variety elegans (also called rosea
and liybrida) is a variety with a more
tufted habit, broader leaves, and pale rose
flowers.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Japanese Anemone and its varieties
thrive in deep rich soil, and if allowed to
remain undisturbed for several years pro-
duce a grand effect either in groups by
themselves, or in the borders with other
plants. They may be increased by
division, or from root cuttings placed in a
hotbed. It is very rarely indeed that
A. japonica ripens seed in cultivation, but
it has done so on one or two occasions.
The seeds were sown with the result that
varieties called Lord Ardilaun and Lady
Ardilaun were raised. The latter is very
fastidious and almost refuses to grow at
all in some gardens, especially if the soil
has been heavily dressed with rich manure.
It has, however, been found to flourish in
deep and well-dug loamy soil, with the
addition of a little leaf mould at the time
of planting. It grows about 4 ft. high,
and may be recognised by its Vine-like
foliage and white flowers flushed outside
with violet-purple. When well grown it
produces seeds freely. Lord Ardilaun is
usually better, but neither variety is at
present equal in beauty and vigour to the
parent. Another variety named Wliirl-
tuind has been introduced from America,
and a nearly double-flowered variety has
been raised in France under the name of
Coupe d 'Argent.
A. lancifolia. — A very rare tuberous-
rooted species from Pennsylvania growing
only about 3 in. high. The stalked ter-
nate leaves are cut into lance-shaped
roundly toothed segments, and the white
solitary flowers with 5 ovate-acute sepals
appear in May. A plant for the rockery.
Culture dc. as above.
A. multifida (A. hudsoniana). — This
N. American species grows 6-12 in. high
and has ternate leaves, the wedge-shaped
segments of which are much cut into
linear lobes. The small red, whitish-
yellow or citron-coloured flowers appear in
June, having 5-10 elliptic-obtuse sepals.
Culture dc. as above. Suitable for
rockery or border. Increased by division
or seed.
A. narcissiflora (Narcissus-floivered
Anemone). — This very variable and
beautiful species, native of Europe and N.
America, grows about 12 in. high. The
somewhat hairy radical leaves are 3-5-
parted with deeply toothed lobes. The
many-flowered umbels of white or pur-
plish blossoms appear in May, and have
5-6 ovate, blunt or acute sepals.
Culture dc. as above. This species
prefers a somewhat calcareous or sandy
soil in borders or rockeries, and may be
increased by division.
A. nemorosa (Wood Anemone). — This
charming native species adorns the woods
and copses all over the country as well as
in Europe and N. America. It has a hori-
zontal woody rootstock and reaches a
height of 4-8 in. The stalked leaves, which
are covered with silky hairs when young, are
divided two or three times into long nar-
row segments. The white (rarely purple)
solitary flowers with 6 oval veined sepals
are 1-2 in. across, and appear in April
and May. The variety robinsoniana,
which is probably identical with ccerulea,
has sky-blue flowers and is very beautiful.
A new form of this called Alleni is a more
vigorous grower and has larger and more
ANEMONE
BUTTERCUP OR DEB
ANEMONE 143
highly tinted blossoms. The double
variety {fiore pleno) is a pretty plant
with white blossoms which last longer
than those of the type. It is best grown
in clumps in rich loamy soil.
There is also a single and double
variety rosea, with rose-coloured flowers,
and a double form called bracteata fiore
plena having white flowers surrounded by
a large involucre.
Culture de. as above. Although the
Wood Anemone is far more effective in
its native state, it is a lovely plant for
the rockery or flower border in somewhat
shaded situations.
A. obtusiloba. — A Himalayan species
with very hairy 3-lobed heart-shaped
leaves cut into broadly wedge-shaped,
deeply crenated segments. The flowers
have 5 cream-coloured obovate sepals, and
appear in June.
Culture ,('■(-. as above. A warm and
sheltered position is required for this plant.
A. palmata. —This is a distinct tuber-
ous-rooted plant about 6-8 in. high, from
the Mediterranean region. The roundish
heart-shaped leathery leaves are bluntly
3-5-lobed, slightly toothed and hairy. The
large, glossy, golden-yellow flowers with
10-12 oblong obtuse sepals appear in May
and June, opening in the sun. The
double variety, fiore pleno, and the white
one, alba, are both pretty but very scarce.
Culture and Propagation. — A. pal-
mata grows best in flat and dampish
places in deep turfy peat, or loam and
leaf soil, into which it roots deeply and
forms strong clumps. It is increased by
dividing the rootstocks or from seeds.
A. patens. — A species of N. Europe,
with pinnate 8-parted toothed leaves,
which appear after the flowers. In June
the purplish or rarely yellow flowers with
5-6 sepals appear, being almost directly
seated on the involucre. The variety
nuttalliana is a pretty border plant about
1 ft. high from N. America. The flowers
are purple and cream-coloured with con-
nivent sepals hairy on the outside.
Culture dc. as above.
A. polyanthes. — A Himalayan species
12-18 in. high, with round 5-7-lobed and
toothed leaves 2-4 in. across, borne on stout
stalks 4-10 in. long. The white flowers H-
2 in. across appear in May and June and
are borne on branched umbels at the top of
a stout stalk, the base of the umbel having
a leafy involucre of broadly wedge-shaped
lobed and toothed bracts or stalkless leaves.
Cult n re ill-, as above. This plant is
not yet well known and is rather tender.
It requires to be grown in warm sheltered
spots and may be increased by careful
division in spring as growth is about to
commence.
A. pratensis (Pulsatilla pratensis). —
This N. European species is closely
related to the Pasque Flower {A. Pulsa-
tilla), and differs chiefly in having smaller
flowers with narrower and more acute
sepals connivent at the base, and reflexed
at the tips. It is about 6-12 in. high,
with many-parted linear-lobed leaves,
and dark purple drooping flowers which
appear in May.
Culture dc. as above.
A. Pulsatilla {Pulsatilla vulgaris). —
The Pasque Flower is a native of our
chalky downs and limestone pastures,
and also distributed throughout Europe
to N. Asia. It grows from 8 to 12 in. high.
The leaves, which spring from a stout
woody rootstock, and develop after flow-
ering, are thrice pinnatifid, with linear
segments, those of the involucre being
sessile and cut to the base into long linear
portions. The dull purple flowers, each
aboiit lh in. across, appear in May and
June, having 6 erect silky sepals, outer
stamens reduced to glands, and fruits
with long feathery tails. There are
several varieties, among which may be
mentioned dahurica, very dwarf, with
very hairy oblong sepals ; Ulacina, with
lilac flowers ; and rubra, a red-flowered
form with blunter sepals.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Pasque Flower delights in deep, light and
well-drained soil, forming strong clumps,
and flowering freely, either in rockeries
or the edges of borders. Increased by
seeds or division.
A. ranunculoides {Yellow Wood Ane-
mone).— A tuberous -rooted species of S.
Em-ope, growing 4-6 in. high, with 3-5-
parted leaves having deeply toothed some-
what trifid segments. The clear golden-
yellow flowers, with 5 or 6 elliptic sepals,
appear in March either singly or in pairs.
There is a Pyrenean variety with purple
flowers, and one named pallida with sul-
phur-coloured ones.
Culture dc. as above. This charming
little plant is occasionally found natu-
ralised in English woods, and likes the
1U
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
ANEMONE
same treatment as the Pasque Flower.
It looks best grown in broad patches in
light and rather sandy soil.
A. rivularis. — A very distinct plant
from N. India. It grows about 2 ft. high,
and has 3-parted hairy leaves, with
cut and toothed wedge-shaped lobes.
Large loose umbels of white flowers, with
5 oval sepals, and purple anthers, are
borne in April.
Culture dc. as above. The shaded
banks of streams or ponds, or damp situa-
tions in the flower border, suit this species
best.
A. sibirica. — The typical form of this
Siberian rock plant is very rarely seen. It
is 6 in. high, with ternate leaves, and seg-
ments deeply toothed and ciliated. The
white flowers, with 6 rounded sepals,
appear in June.
Culture dc. as above.
A. stellata (Star Windflower).— This
is identical wiih A. hortensis and A.
pavonina. It is tubercus-rooted, and
native of S. Europe, growmg about 8 or
10 in. high. Leaves 3-partecl, with deeply
toothed, wedge-shaped lobes. The star-
shaped flowers with 10-12 oblong bluntish
sepals appear in April, and are red, purple,
rose or whitish in colour. Double -
flowered varieties are sometimes met
with.
Culture dc. as above. This plant likes
a warm and sheltered position in well-
drained soil, and may be increased by
seeds or division.
A. sylvestris (Snoivdrop Windflower).
This handsome species is 6-18 in. high
and a native of Central Europe. It has
creeping roots, from which arise ternate
or quinate leaves, hairy beneath and with
segments deeply toothed at the top, those
of the involucre being stalked. The
slightly drooping, pure white, solitary
flowers, which in bud suggest Snowdrops,
appear in April. When fully open they
are 2-3 in. across, fragrant and with 6
elliptic sepals, and remind one very much
of those of the white-flowered A.japonica.
The variety major has larger and
better flowers than the ordinary form, and
fiore pleno is a new double form worth
growing. Baicalense is a larger flower-
ing variety, dwarfer in growth than the
type, with flowers purple on the outside.
Culture and Propagation. — A light
soil, rich in humus, and a shaded, moist
situation are best for the Snowdrop
Anemone. Increased by dividing the
roots as recommended above.
A. trifolia. — This is a native of the
woody hillsides of Piedmont, the Tyrol,
and Siberia, and is closely related to the
Wood Anemone (A. nemorosa). It is
4-6 in. high, with a creeping habit and
ternate leaves divided into ovate-lanceo-
late acute and toothed segments. The
white flowers with 5 blunt elliptic sepals
appear in April. There is a rose-coloured
variety from Austria.
Culture dc. as above.
A. vernalis (Pulsatilla vernalis). —
This is known as the Shaggy Anemone and
grows about 2-8 in. high, the whole plant
being covered with long tawny hairs.
The pinnate leaves are cut into wedge-
shaped lanceolate segments, while the
erect bell-shaped flowers which appear in
April are solitar37 and terminal with 5-6
oval sepals, whitish inside, violet and
clothed with silky down outside.
Culture dc. as above. It is a native of
the Alps and Pyrenees and should be
grown in moist and well-drained sandy soil
or peat. Increased by dividing the roots
or by seed.
A. virginiana. — AN. American species
1-2 ft. high with ternate leaves cut into
trifid, pointed and deeply toothed seg-
ments. About May the purplish-green
or pale purple flowers appear, having 5
elliptic sepals, with a silky down on the
outside.
Culture dc. as above. This species
requires a damp situation and may be
increased by division or seeds.
A. vitifolia (Vine-leaved Anemone).—
A Himalayan species about 1-2 ft. high,
related to the white Japanese Anemone.
Leaves heart-shaped, 3-5-lobed, with
pointed deeply toothed segments, the
under surface and stems being covered
with a white wool. The white flowers
appear in July, and are 2 in. or more
across, with eight oval-oblong sepals,
thickly covered with down on the out-
side.
Culture and Propagation. — This
plant does not thrive in all places, but
where it does it is worthy of being
naturalised. It requires a warm shel-
tered position and peaty soil.
ADONIS (Pheasant's Eye).— This
genus includes a few species of handsome
annual or perennial herbaceous plants
ADONIS
BUTT EEC UP OB DEB
ADONIS 145
characterised by alternate leaves divided
into numerous narrow segments, and
solitary terminal flowers with 5-8 coloured
deciduous sepals, 5 16 conspicuous petals
often spotted at the base, and numerous
carpels.
Culture and Propagation. — All the
plants grow freely in ordinary garden
soil, but prefer a rich, light sandy loam.
They are excellent border and rockery
plants, but to be seen at their best
should be planted in good patches. They
flower very freely for the most part,
and, if anything, prefer slightly shaded
situations to those fully exposed to the
scorching rays of the sun. The annual
kinds are very useful, and although occa-
sionally a little weedy in habit they may
be kept in bounds by a few short sticks
and string.
The annual species must of course be
raised from seed sown in the spring or
autumn each year, either in the open
border or in cold frames ; the perennials
may also be raised from seed in the same
way, or by division of the roots in autumn
or early spring.
A. aestivalis (Pheasant's Eye). — A S.
European annual about 1 ft. high, with
an almost simple lengthened stem. The
deep crimson flowers having flat oblong
obtuse petals appear in June.
Culture dc. as above.
A. amurensis. — This species is of
recent introduction from N. China, and
is somewhat like A. vernalis, but has
denser foliage. The flowers are bright
shining yellow, about li in. across, and
usually appear in January and February
before any of the other species.
Culture dc. as above.
A. autumnalis (Bed Morocco). — A
native annual about 1 ft. high, with much-
branched, very leafy stems and deep
green leaves, very much divided into
linear segments. From May to September
the terminal solitary globose flowers
appear, the sepals being greenish, and the
broad concave petals scarlet, with a dark
spot at the base.
This is an excellent border or rock
plant. The fleshy flower stems, when
cut, will last a long time hi water or moist
earth or moss, and the flowers will retain
their beauty and freshness.
Culture dc. as above.
A. distor ta.( A. apennina). — This pretty
perennial is a native of the Alps and is
intermediate between A. pyrenaica and
A. vernalis. It grows 9-12 in. high, and
produces its large bright yellow flowers
just as those of A. vernalis are nearly
finished.
Culture dc. as above. It is an excellent
plant for massing in moist and partially
shaded places in the rockery.
A. pyrenaica (Pyrenean Pheasant's
Eye). — A Pyrenean perennial, with much-
branched stems about 1 ft. high. The
lower leaves are on long stalks with trind
petioles and many-parted segments, the
upper ones stalkless, much cut. with linear
entire divisions. The yellow flowers with
8-10 obtuse petals are almost sessile, and
appear about July.
Culture dc. as above. It is difficult
to establish in some gardens, and when
first planted should be guarded from slugs.
Once well established it is safer not to
disturb this species. The soil may be re-
plenished annually with a good mulching
of well-rotted manure or leaf mould.
A. vernalis (Ox-Eye). — A beautiful
European perennial about 1-2 ft. high
with green feathery Fennel-like foliage.
From March to May the bright yellow
Anemone-like flowers, each with 10-12
oblong somewhat incurved petals, are
borne at the tips of the branches. The
sepals are purplish-green and about half
as long as the petals, and the flowers are
often 3-3A in. across when fully open.
The variety sibirica has somewhat
larger flowers than the type.
Culture and Propagation. — This is a
graceful plant for the rockery and should
be left alone for years in a rich moist
sandy loam. It should be in a position
more or less sheltered from rough winds,
otherwise it is apt to become somewhat
dishevelled in appearance.
It is often best raised from seeds sown
as soon as ripe in sheltered spots in the
border. The seeds, as a rule, do not
sprout until the following spring. "When
large enough to be easily handled, they
may be pricked out into a patch of rich
soil, and in autumn — about the end of
September — they will be fit for trans-
planting to their permanent quarters in
the rockery or flower border. Plants from
seeds, however, do not usually flower well
until about three or four years old.
Where large clumps are established there-
fore, and require removal, they may be
divided to secure bloom more quickly.
146
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS ranunculus
A. volgensis. — A Russian species
about, 1 ft. high, intermediate between A.
pyrenaica and A. vernalis. The sterns
are much branched, with scale-like leaves
at the base, and in early summer produce
large pure yellow flowers, the sepals of
which are smooth outside instead of
pubescent as in the other species.
Culture dc. as above.
RANUNCULUS (Buttercup;
Crowfoot). — A genus with about 160
species of annual or perennial herbs
having entire or much-cut leaves, and
white, yellow, or red flowers, either ter-
minal, solitary, or in panicles. Sepals
3 -5 caducous. Petals conspicuous or
rarely minute, equal in number to the
sepals — or as many as 15 — with a nectar-
bearing* scale at the base; stamens and
carpels numerous, free and distinct.
R. aconitifolius (White Bachelor's
Buttons ; Fair Maids of France ; Fair
Maids of Kent).- — A beautiful plant 24 in.
high, native of Europe. Leaves palmately
3-5-lobed and deeply toothed, those of the
stem cut into narrow lance-shaped lobes.
The white flowers with oblong, wedge-
shaped or rounded petals appear in May
and June, sometimes few, sometimes
many.
The double variety — flore pleno —
popularly known as the ' Fair Maids of
France ' has pure snow-white flowers over
half an inch across, and as symmetrical
in form as a Camellia.
Culture and Propagation. — It is a
pretty plant, easily grown in a moist and
shaded spot, as under a north wall, where
the flowers last longer in perfection than
if the plants are grown in strong sunlight.
Seeds of the single variety majr be sown
in the open border in spring, or in early
autumn, or in pots or pans in cold frames.
The seedlings may be pricked out and
grown on for transplanting in spring or
autumn, according to the period of sow-
ing. The plants may also be increased by
dividing the roots in spring, or about the
end of September or October, and this is
the better and probably the only way to
increase the double variety, which is a
much finer and more decorative garden
plant than the single-flowered type.
R. acris flore pleno (Double Butter-
cup ; Gold Knots ; Bachelor' 's Buttons). —
The type of this plant is the common
Buttercup of our pastures and meadows,
and is too well known to need any
description here. And besides, it is un-
suitable for the flower garden. The
double variety, however, is a pretty
border plant, and very ornamental when
in a good sunny position in moist soil.
The bright yellow flowers are borne in
button-like rosettes from April to Septem-
ber.
Culture dc. as above. The double-
flowered Buttercup can only be increased
by dividing the roots in spring or autumn.
R. alpestris. — A native of the Alpine
chalky regions of Central Europe, growing
3-6 in. high. Leaves roundish heart-
shaped, dark glossy green, 3-lobed, with
the lobes deeply crenate and blunt at the
apex ; the leaves of the stem lance-
shaped entire or occasionally more or less
trifid. From April to August 1-3 white
flowers each about an inch across are
borne on a stem, the 5 petals being
obcordate or 3-lobed, and surrounding a
conspicuous cluster of yellow stamens in
the centre.
Culture dc. as above. This species
grows well in moist, sandy soil, and is
suitable for rockeries when grown in bold
patches.
R. amplexicaulis (Snowy Crowfoot).
A beautiful species 3-12 in. high, native
of the Pyrenees and Western Alps. It is
easily recognised by its undivided ovate
or lance-shaped tapering leaves, which
clasp the stem at the base, and are
smooth, glaucous, or with a few deciduous
hairs on the edges. The snow-white
flowers with yellow centres appear in
April and May, 1-6 being on each
stem. Occasionally the flowers are
double.
Culture dc. as above. Grows well in
deep moist loam, and may be naturalised
among dwarf-growing plants in rather
shaded situations.
R. anemonoides (Anemone Crowfoot).
A pretty little plant from the Stj^rian
Alps and Southern Tyrol. It is 3-6 in.
high with glaucous green biternately
divided leaves cut into linear segments.
The rather large flowers, with numerous
divisions in the petals, are greenish-white
inside, pink on the outside, and appear
during the summer months.
Culture dc. as above. It likes a mcist
well -drained soil and a cool situation.
In some localities it is rather delicate,
but once established in the clefts of the
rockery it makes a pretty picture.
EANUNCULUS
BUTTERCUP ORDER
RANUNCULUS 147
R. aquatilis (Lodewort ; Rum's Foot).
A variable British Buttercup, found
rlnating in shallow streams and pools of
fresh water. The submerged leaves are
much divided into slender linear lobes,
while those floating on the surface of the
water are usually 3-lobed, or absent. The
beautiful pure white flowers, about :,! in.
across, are borne in great profusion during
the summer months, and look like minia-
ture single white Water Lilies on the
bosom of the waters.
Culture inn/ I'ropagation. — Seeds
may be sown in pots standing up to the
rims in water, or the roots may be divided
in autumn after flowering is over.
R. asiaticus. — Thisnative of S. Europe
and Asia has given rise to all the garden
Ranunculuses. It grows about 9 in. high,
with erect stems, simple or branched at
the base. The leaves are ternate or bi-
ternate with toothed or deeply trifid
segments. The flowers, which appear in
summer, vary a good deal in colour, and
are nearly always double in the cultivated
forms, having very large obovate and very
obtuse petals.
There are many varieties of the Garden
Ranunculus under fancy names, but the
following varieties or sections deserve
special mention : —
R. a. sanguineus (Turkey Ranuncu-
lus).— This variety has simple stems and
ternate leaves with toothed obtuse seg-
ments and double flowers of various
colours such as orange, yellow, purple, or
variegations of the same, excluding dis-
tinctly white or blue colours.
R. a. superbus is a pretty strain
with large single, semi-double and double
flowers of brilliant colours.
R. a. tenuilobus. — This variety has a
stern more or less branched and much-
cut leaves with sharp linear lobes, the
flowers being white or yellow, rarely
purple.
R. a. vulgaris (Persian Ranunculus).
This ornamental variety has innumerable
seedling forms in cultivation. It has a
stem branched at the base ; leaves ter-
nate with sharp-pointed trifid segments,
and double and single flowers of almost
every shade but blue.
The above represent the main divi-
sions into which the Asiatic Ranunculus
naturally falls. But owing to the careful
selection, Irybridisation, and intercrossing
by British and Continental gardeners,
extending over many generations, the
wild forms have practically disappeared,
and there are now an infinite number of
varieties cultivated, being divided into
groups, known as Scotch, Dutch, French,
Italian, Persian, and Turban or Turkish.
The Scotch and Dutch varieties are
usually the finest forms of the Persian,
and are dwarfer with double flowers
edged and spotted. The French and
Italian varieties are modifications of the
Turkish, and are remarkable for their
vigour and size. The Turkish forms are
less variegated in colour than the others
and have a large proportion of scarlet,
white, yellow and orange self-coloured
flowers, somewhat resembling Pseonies.
As the names in tradesmen's cata-
logues represent mere variations, it is
imnecessary to give them here, as they
woujid probably be obsolete in a very
short time. It would therefore be better
to make an up-to-date selection from the
catalogues themselves.
Culture and Propagation. — The best
time to plant the garden Ranunculus
is about the end of February, although
the work may also be done in October in
favourable weather. The plants like an
open situation but not too much exposed
to summer sun, and the soil should
consist of loam well mixed with decayed
manure, rotten leaves &c, so that it may
always be kept in a fairly humid state.
The claws of the roots should be placed
downwards, drills about 6 in. apart and
2 in. deep having previously been made
with a hoe. The soil should be raked
over the roots and made firm by patting
with a spade. When the leaves appear,
a little artificial manure or mulch of
rotten dung may be given, the latter
being preferable in dry seasons. As the
roots deteriorate somewhat by lying
dormant in the damp soil, especially in
extra wet seasons, they should be taken
up as soon as the leaves and flowers have
withered, and stored hi a cool airy place
until the time for planting comes round
again.
Seeds are obtainable as a rule only
from the semi-double varieties. When
the flower heads have withered, they
should be cut off and placed in a paper
bag, and hung up to dry and thoroughly
ripen before being cleansed. The seeds
may be sown in August and September in
cold frames and in light rich sandy soil.
The young plants should be protected
l 2
148
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS ranunculus
from frost during the winter months, but
should have as much light and air as
possible on all favourable occasions. About
the end of April or May they will be fit
for transplanting to the open ground.
Seeds may also be sown out of doors about
April and May, but if the seedlings are
left in the soil for the winter, the}' should
be protected by lights. Seedling plants
commence to bloom well about the third
or fourth year.
From the old roots there are often
offsets. These may be placed by them-
selves and sown like seeds the following
spring.
R. bulbosus flore pleno (Double-
flowered British Buttercup). — This is a
very pretty form of the common bulbous
Buttercup of meadows and pastures. It
grows about 12 in. high and produces
numerous double yellow flowers during
the summer. It is suitable for borders.
Sometimes the flowers are singularly
prolific. From the centre of one arises
another, and front this second one some-
times a third.
Culture dc. the same as for B. acris
flore pleno.
R. bullatus. — An interesting species
from N. Africa and Corsica, having tufts
of oval toothed and more or less wrinkled
leaves arising from a knotty rootstock.
The fragrant yellow flowers appear late in
the year and are therefore liable to injury
from frost.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species is too tender for the outdoor flower
garden except in the warmest parts of the
south and west. It may, however, be
flowered in cold frames or greenhouses for
the winter. New plants are obtained by
dividing the rootstocks after the leaves and
flowers have withered.
R. cardiophyllus (Heart-leaved Butter-
cup).— This hairy or pubescent plant is
a native of N. America, and grows about
12 in. high. The root-leaves are roundish
heart-shaped, crenate and much cut, the
stem-leaves being palmately cut with
linear deeply crenate lobes. The large
golden flowers appear in May.
Culture dc. the same as for B. aco-
nitifolius.
R. carpaticus. — A handsome Hun-
garian perennial about 1 ft. high, having
creeping rootstocks and roundish pal-
mately lobed leaves with crenate mar-
gins. The bright golden-yellow flowers,
which appear in May and June, are about
2 in. across, and are very attractive when
in masses.
Culture dc. as for B. alpestris.
R. cassubicus. — A species 6 in. high,
native of Northern and Eastern Europe.
The lower leaves are stalked, smooth,
kidney-shaped and crenate, those of the
stem being divided into linear toothed
lobes. Flowers in June and July.
Culture dc. the same as for B. aco-
nitifolius.
R. chaerophyllus (Chervil - leaved
Buttercup). — A hardy tuberous-rooted
species from Portugal, 8-12 in. high.
Leaves stalked, much-divided segments,
very narrow stems slightly downy.
Flowers bright glistening yellow, over
an inch across, with persistent non-
reflexed sepals.
Culture dc. the same as for B. aco-
nitifolius.
R. cortusaefolius. — This fine species is
a native of Teneriffe and reaches a height
of 3-5 ft. in the very mildest parts of this
country. The leaves are very large, and
like the branching stems more or less
hairy ; the lower ones are heart or kidney-
shaped, lobed with coarsely crenate edges,
the upper ones being almost stalkless,
3-5-parted, those near the flowers lance-
shaped. The large glistening yellow
flowers are 2 in. or more across, and are
borne in erect corymbs in early summer.
Culture dc. the same as for B. Lijalli
below. Except in the very mildest parts,
it would be safer to treat this plant as
tender, and give protection in winter by
covering the rootstock with coco-nut
fibre, ashes &c.
R. crenatus. — A charming Hungarian
species about 6 in. high, with pure white
flowers which appear in June and July,
and rather remind one of those of B.
alpestris. The petals, however, have
crenate edges, and the flowers are only
produced singly on the stems.
Culture dc. as above for B. alpestris.
R. creticus macrophyllus. — A native
of the Greek Archipelago with branched
slightly hairy stems and leaves, the latter
being very deeply cut with slightly
rounded teeth. The golden-yellow flowers
appear in May, and the plant reaches a
height of about 1 ft.
Culture dc. the same as for B. Lyalli.
i; \Nl!\('l'HS
BUTTERCUP ORDER
aANUNCULUS 149
R. Ficaria (Fig wort; Lesser Celan-
dine ; l'ilewort). — This British plant
would be very beautiful in gardens if it
were not such a rank weed. Once
established it is difficult to eradicate, and
hoeing only serves to propagate it by
dividing the small club-like roots. Hand-
picking is the surest way of ridding beds
and borders of it. It is easily recognised
by its heart-shaped bluntly angled or
crenate shiny green smooth leaves, radia-
ting on the ground from a short stem, and
flowering from early March till May.
R. glacialis {Glacier Buttercup).
This plant is found high up on the Alps
and Pyrenees near the snow line. It is
3-6 in. high, with leaves usually smooth,
the upper ones sometimes hairy, palmately
3-parted or ternate with lobes deeply cut.
The flowers appear in summer, one to five
on a stem, and are white, tinged with
purplish-rose outside.
Culture and Propagation. — Deep,
gritty, peaty soil and a cool, damp spot in
the rockery suit this plant best. B. gelidus
and B. roseus are forms requiring the
same treatment.
R. Gouani. — A vigorous - growing
Pyrenean Buttercup about 18 in. high, with
slightly downy 3-5 -parted leaves, and
bright yellow flowers, about 2 in. across,
produced in May and June.
Culture dc. the same as for B. aco-
nitifolius.
R. gramineus (Grass-leaved Butter-
cup).— A native of S.W. Europe, 6-12
in. high, with lance-shaped linear uncut
leaves, arising from fascicled roots, and
yellow flowers borne one to three on a
stem in May and June. The variety flo re
pleno has double flowers.
Culture dc. This is the same as for
the varieties of B. asiaticus. B. grami-
neus likes a sandy calcareous soil in moist
and semi-shady spots. When grown in
large masses it looks very effective in the
rockery.
R. Lingua (Greater Spearwort). — This
is a native of our marshes and ditches,
about 3 ft. high, and is suitable for the
margins of lakes, streams, bogs &c. The
leaves are stalkless, lance-shaped, entire
or toothed, 6-10 in. long, with parallel and
reticulated veins. The handsome flowers
about 2 in. across are borne in panicles
from July to September, and are bright
yellow in colour.
Cull mi- ,ic the same as for It. aco-
nitifolius. Besides seeds and division,
plants may also be raised from the bulbils
wlii eh often form in the axils of the older
leaves.
R. Lyalli (New Zen land Water Lily ;
Bockwood Lily). — A very handsome
species 2-4 ft. high, from New Zealand.
Leaves peltate, smooth, on long stout
stalks, the blade being roundish, concave,
thick, and leathery, and sometimes more
than 12 in. in diameter. The waxy white
flowers appear in spring and are 4 in.
across, the petals being broadly wedge-
shaped.
Culture inn/ Propagation. — B. Lyalli
cannot be considered perfectly hardy,
except in the mildest parts of the country.
It should have a sheltered nook from the
north and east winds, and deep peaty soil,
and is best left alone where it is already
doing well. It can be raised from seeds,
provided they can be imported in good
condition. They are best sown as soon as
ripe, or when received, in light rich soil
under glass. When the young plants can
be easily handled they may be pricked
out so as to give more room for growth.
Afterwards, when they require still more
space, they may be potted up singly and
kept in cold frames until they have become
sufficiently strong and well-established to
warrant their removal to the open border
or rockery. On the whole this is a diffi-
cult Buttercup to grow well. It is
probably ' coddled ' too much.
R. millefoliatus. — A plant about 1 ft.
high, with stems almost leafless, erect,
hairy, and single-flowered, native of S.
Europe. Leaves very much cut up into
slender linear segments. The solitary
yellow flowers appear from May to July.
Culture dc. the same as for B. aco-
nitifolius or B. ample xicaulis.
R. monspeliacus. — A handsome plant
12-18 in. high, native of S. Europe.
Leaves woolly, the lower ones 3-lobed, the
lobes wedge-shaped, trifldly toothed ; the
upper ones 3-parted with entire linear
lobes. Flowers bright glistening yellow,
more than an inch across, appearing in
April and May.
Culture dc. as for B. aconitifolius.
R. montanus (Mountain Buttercup).
A dwarf plant 3-6 in. high from the alpine
pastures of the mountain ranges of Europe.
Leaves smooth, the lower ones roundish
150
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS caltha
3-parted, with 3-fid blunt segments; the
upper ones stalkless, 3-5-parted into linear
entire lobes. The solitary yellow flowers,
somewhat larger than those of B. acris,
appear from May to July, and are borne
on more or less downy stems.
Culture dc. the same as for B. aco-
nitifolius. Easily increased by division.
R. parnassiaefolius. — A distinct-looking
species from high elevations on the Alps
and Pyrenees, 3-6 in. high, with velvety
stems of a purplish hue. Leaves entire,
woolly on the edges, rather heart-shaped,
ovate or roundish, those higher up the
stem being ovate lance-shaped. The
snowy-white flowers, sometimes tinged
with pink, are borne in June and July on
hairy stalks.
Culture dc. as for B. alpestris.
R. pedatus. — A species about 1 ft. high
from E. Europe. Lower leaves stalked
3-parted or pedate, with linear entire or
bifid lobes ; the upper leaves are stalkless,
and more or less linear or cut. The yellow
flowers appear in May or June.
Culture dc. as for B. aconitifolius.
R. repens flore pleno. — This double -
flowered yellow variety is often cultivated,
but the single-flowered variety — a native
of Britain— is a more or less troublesome
weed, and best kept out of the flower
garden.
Culture dc. the same as for the
double variety of B. acris.
R. rutaefolius (Bue-leaved Buttercup).
This grows near the limits of perpetual
snow on the Alps, and is 3-6 in. high. It
has distinct foliage, much cut and deeply
divided, and yellow flowers with 8-10
oblong petals, usually borne in early
summer. There seems to be a white-
flowered variety in cultivation.
Culture dc. as above for B. atyestris.
R. Seguieri. — A handsome species
from the Alps, with deeply cut dark green
leaves, and fine white flowers which are
produced in May and June.
Culture dc. as for B. aconitifolius.
R. spicatus (Spiked Buttercup). — A
beautiful plant 12-18 in. high, which dies
down early in summer and re-appears in
September and October. Leaves some-
what hairy, roundish, and 3-lobed. The
large bright yellow flowers appear in
spring, 1-3 on a stem, the carpels in the
centre being elevated in the form of a
spike. Native of N. Africa and Sicily.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species may be divided after the flowers
and foliage have withered. Seeds may
also be sown as soon as ripe in the open
border in special spots, or in pots or pans
in cold frames. The seedlings are
pricked out when large enough, and after-
wards transferred to the open ground
when sturdy enough to look after them-
selves. In the colder parts of the kingdom
a little protection is needed in winter, with
a little bracken, or a handlight over the
plants.
CALTHA (Marsh Marigold). — A
small genus of herbaceous perennials with
stout creeping rootstocks, and radical
heart-shaped leaves. Flowers few, ter-
minal, white or yellow. Sepals 5 or many
more, coloured, deciduous. Petals absent.
Carpels many, sessile, becoming many-
seeded foUicles when ripe.
Culture and Propagation. — The
various forms of the Marsh Marigold are
easily grown on the margins of lakes,
rivers, streams &c, or even in the ordinary
flower border in a moist spot. They are
most effective in large clumps and may
be increased by division of the rootstock.
Seeds of the single-flowered varieties may
also be sown as soon as ripe in pots or
pans of loamy soil stood half their depth
in water. As the seeds often do not
sprout until the following spring, they
should not be thrown away in autumn
under the impression that they are useless.
C. alpina. — A distinct and beautiful
plant 1-2 ft. high, with a bold vigorous
habit, resembling that of our native Marsh
Marigold. The leaves are roundish heart-
shaped or reniform with crenate edges,
while the upper stem leaves are coarsely
toothed and nearly always sessile. The
rich orange-yellow flowers are larger than
those of C. pahtstris, but appear about the
same period. From a botanical point of
view this plant may be only a variety
of C. pahtstris, but it is quite distinct
enough for garden purposes.
Culture dc. as above.
C. palustris. — This is a well-known
native of our marshes, margins of rivers,
ditches &c., with sterns 1-2 ft. high and
large rounded kidney- shaped leaves
toothed on the mai'gins. The brilliant
golden-yellow flowers are 1-2 in. across
TROLLIUS
BUTTERCUP ORDER
TROLLIUS 151
and borne on furrowed stalks from March
to June.
There are several forms among which
may be mentioned the double-flowered
nana plena and monstrosa plena ; and
the single-flowered purpurascens from
S. Europe, with purplish shoots ; biflora,
a twin-flowered form from N. America;
parnassifolia, a dwarf only 3-4 in. high,
also from N. America, with heart-shaped
ovate toothed leaves; and l&pto&epala
from California with white flowers about
li in. across.
Culture dc. as above.
C. radicans is a native of Scotland,
and somewhat rare. It is probably only
a form of C. palustris, but is distinguished
by its deltoid sharply toothed leaves, and
dwarfer habit. The yellow flowers appear
in May and June.
Culture dc. as above.
TROLLIUS (Globe Flower). — A
genus of about nine species of perennial
erect herbs with alternate leaves palmately
lobed or cut, and solitary or few large
yellow or lilac flowers. Sepals 5-15
petal-like ; petals 5-15, small, narrow,
with a very short claw, and blade with
a glandular pit at the base. Stamens
numerous. Carpels 5 or more, becoming
follicles when ripe.
Culture and Propagation. — The Globe
Flowers or Globe Buttercups will grow
in ordinary garden soil, but to obtain
luxuriant growth and freedom of flowering
they should be planted in rich damp soil,
and may be naturalised near the edges of
ponds, streams or marshy places.
The plants may be increased by
dividing the rootstock in autumn or
spring, the former period preferred, as the
disturbed plants can make new roots
before the winter sets in fairly. If divided
in March, the bitter cold and drying
winds of that period do a good deal of
harm and weaken the plants.
The Globe Flowers may also be raised
from seed sown in pans or boxes in spring
and planted out in the autumn, but it
takes two or three seasons for the seed-
lings to become really fine flowering
plants.
T. acaulis (Stemless Globe Flower). —
A native of the W. Himalayas, 4-6 in.
high, with very dwarf stern and 5-parted
leaves. Its bright golden flowers, each
about 2 in. across, are borne in July, the
7 sepals being broadly oval obtuse, and
the 14 petals narrowly wedge-shaped.
Culture dc. as above. This plant
prefers a fine peaty soil in a moist spot.
T. altaicus (Altaian Globe Flower).
A species 12-18 in. high with much-
divided leaves, and pale orange or yellow
flowers about 2 in. across, having 10,
often 15-20 broad obtuse occasionally
crenulate sepals.
Culture dc. as above.
T. asiaticus (Asiatic Globe Flower).
A handsome free-flowering species from
N. Asia, China, and Japan, 12-18 in. high
and closely resembling T. europceus.
Leaves deeply divided and cut. Flowers
deep yellow with 10 spreading sepals, and
10 petals longer than the stamens. There
is a good deal of variation in this species
owing doubtless to its somewhat wide
geographical distribution. Japonicus or
Fortunei, and ' Orange Globe ' with rich
orange-yellow flowers, may be men-
tioned as fine varieties ; also albus which
has very pale yellow flowers — not white,
as the name would imply; and major,
with large blossoms.
Culture dc. as above.
T. caucasicus. — A pretty Caucasian
perennial 9-12 in. high with leaves deeply
divided into 5-7 lobes. The large globular
orange-yellow flowers appear in May and
June.
Culture dc. as above.
T. europaeus (Boits ; Common Globe
Flower ; Golden Ball). — A native species
growing in subalpine pastures and copses,
having stems 6-24 in. high. The lower
stalked leaves are somewhat roundish,
5-parted with wedge-shaped lobes ; the
upper ones being smaller and without
stalks. The flowers are about 2 in.
across, pale yellow, with roundish con-
cave sepals, and oblong petals, appearing
from June to August. They emit a fra-
grant odour, and seen at a distance appear
to be semi-double, somewhat resemblirug
forms of B. asiaticus.
There are many forms in cultivation,
such as albus, superbus, a fine late one,
aurantiacus, and napellifolius, a some-
what dwarfer and more showy kind, while
giganteus, as the name implies, has larger
flowers than the others.
Culture dc. as aboiT0.
T. laxus (T. americanus). — A native of
N. America, 6-9 in. high with palmately
152
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS helleborus
cut leaves. Flowers appear in May, pale
greenish-yellow or nearly white, about
1| in. across, with 5 or 6 spreading sepals,
and 15-25 small petals much shorter than
the stamens.
Culture dc. as above.
T. patulus. — A Siberian species 3-12
n. high with golden-yellow flowers.
Culture dc. as above.
HELLEBORUS (Hellebore;
Christmas Rose, and Bear's Foot). —
A genus containing about twelve species
of erect perennial herbs, with more or
less leathery leaves palmately, pedately
or digitately lobed. Flowers solitary or
in panicles, white, greenish, yellowish, or
purple in colour. Sepals 5, regular, petal -
like, persistent. Petals small, tubular,
two-lipped. Carpels numerous, separate
or cohering at the base, when mature
(follicles) opening at the top.
Culture and Propagation. — Helle-
bores should be grown in deep rich
loamy soil, in damp and rather shaded
places, such as under trees or at the
foot of a north wall. As the flowers
appear during the cheerless and often
rainy winter months, it is well to have
the plants where they can be protected, if
necessary, from the damaging effects of
mud splashes. The Christmas Rose (H.
niger). for example, has most beautiful
white flowers in winter, if protected with
a glass light, or even a piece of canvas,
when in bloom.
Hellebores are chiefly increased by
dividing the rootstock after flowering.
They may also be obtained by the slower
process of sowing seeds when new varie-
ties or variations of old ones are desired
or expected. The seeds may be sown in
rich soil, in pots or pans, in cold frames
as soon as ripe. The following spring the
seedlings will be fit for pricking out, so
that with extra space they will become
large and strong enough for transplanting
about the end of September. Seeds may
also be sown out of doors in specially pre-
pared spots, not exposed to strong sun-
shine.
H. abschasicus {Caucasian Christmas
Bose). — An evergreen Caucasian species
about 1 ft. high, and leaves about 1 ft.
across, divided into 5-7 bluntly lance-
shaped widely spreading toothed lobes.
Flowers from January to March green or
purplish, nodding, about 2 in. across, with
oval pointed sepals, yellowish-white sta-
mens and 18-24 petals. The variety
albus lias pure white flowers, which
appear from February to May.
Culture dc. as above.
H. atrorubens. — A native of the woods
and thickets of S. Europe. It is about
18 in. high, the lower leaves pedate with
5 9 lobes, the upper ones almost sessile
and palmate. The deep purple flowers,
changing with age to dull purple, appear
about March and April, and have
roundish sepals about 1 in. long.
Culture dc. as above.
H. caucasicus. — A Caucasian species
about 18 in. high, with very glossy oblong
leaves 8-4 in. broad. The pale green
flowers appear from January to April,
and have much-lapped sepals about 1^ in.
long. The variety punctatus is a garden
hybrid with showy reddish-purple flowers
spotted inside with dark purple. A newer
form called nigricans is recognised by its
bluish-black flowers.
Culture dc. as above.
H. colchicus. — This is a native of
Asia Minor, and is perhaps the best of
the red or crimson Hellebores. It is
about 18 in. high, with very large, pedate,
toothed, and distinctly veined leaves,
divided 5-7 times. From three to six
bright deep purple flowers, with yellow
stamens, are produced well above the
foliage from January to the end of March.
The flat sepals are sometimes rounded in
shape, and overlap each other.
H. colchicus has been crossed with
H. guttatus and other species, the results
being decided acquisitions to the garden.
One variety — coccineus — has large, hand-
some drooping bell-shaped blossoms of a
beautiful plum purple suffused with red.
Culture dc. as above.
H. foetidus (Stmking Hellebore; Setter
Wort; Bear's Foot). — A very distinct
and ornamental evergreen native species,
growing in chalky pastures and thickets,
forming luxuriant tufts 2-3 ft. high.
The lower leaves are stalked, divided
5-7 times into linear, toothed segments.
The green flowers, 1 in. across, tipped
with purple, are borne on drooping
panicled cymes in February and March.
Culture dc. as above.
H. lividus (H. corsicus). — A native of
Corsica, about 18 in. high, with smooth
trifid leaves, the segments bemg oblong,
lance-shaped and sharply toothed ; from
HELLKHOKVS
BUTTERCUP ORDER
HELLEBORUS 153
lOjto 20 pale green flowers with nearly flat
and spreading sepals appear in March in
a deltoid corymb.
Culture dc. as above.
H. niger (Common Christmas Rose).
This beautiful and well-known plant is
a native of Central and Eastern Europe
and W. Asia. It grows 6-18 in. high,
with smooth leathery pedate leaves cut
into 5-10 lance-shaped segments. From
1-3 flowers, each 2 ."> in. across when
fully expanded, are borne on a stem from
Christmas onwards. They vary in colour
from pure waxy white to a delicate blush
tint.
Among the varieties of this species
may be mentioned : altifolius or maxi-
mus, which has large flowers white inside,
tinged with rose outside, becoming deeper
coloured with age. The leaf-stalks are
also mottled with purple; cmgustifoUus,
of which there are two forms : one, the
' Manchester,' with leaf and flower stalks,
pale green and without spots, and numer-
ous flowers pure white throughout ; the
other, the ' Scotch,' a dwarf compact
plant with flowers pure white within,
slightly tinged with rose outside ;
Madame Fourgade and major are varie-
ties with white flowers, the latter being
particularly free flowering.
Culture dc. as above. This species
may be slightly forced by simply lifting
the clumps and placing them in a cool
greenhouse for the flowers to open in all
their purity. The blooms are in great
demand with florists at Christmas time.
H. odorus (Sweet-scented Hellebore).
This Hungarian species is about 18 in.
high, with pale green leaves veined with
white, those of the root stalked, pedate,
with 6-8 lance-shaped regularly toothed
segments. The green, sweet-scented
drooping flowers, each about 2 in. across,
appear from February to April. The
variety purpu/rascens is dwarfer than the
type, and has purplish-red flowers with
rounded overlapping sepals curved in at
the edges, and white stamens.
Culture dc. as above.
H. olympicus (Olympian Hellebore).
A handsome species 1-2 ft. high, native
of Greece. Leaves digitate, pedate, or
palmate, cut into 5-7 linear oblong
smooth lobes with toothed margins. The
purplish flowers, with roundish sepals,
and yellowish stamens, appear from
February to April, two or three being on
one stem.
Culture dc. as above, This plant re-
quires a somewhat warmer situation than
the other species and does well in shel-
tered and sunny spots in the border or
rockery.
H. orientalis (Lenten Hose; Oriental
Hellebore). — A fine species, native of
Greece and Syria, and growing 8-24 in.
high. Leaves much divided, and some-
what downy when young, and cut into
7-9 more or less lance- shaped toothed
segments. The large rosy flowers with
overlapping sepals appear from February
to May, two to six blossoms on a stem.
Several vigorous hybrids have been raised
by crossing this species with the white-
flowered H. niger and the purple form of
H. odor tin.
Other varieties, often described as
species, are antiquorum, which differs
from the typical H. orientalis by its
smooth leaves, and white flowers softly
suffused with pink and grey ; and guttatus
with 5-7 white flowers on a stem, 2 in.
across, dotted with purple ; subpunctatus
is a form of guttatus, with white flowers
faintly spotted with green inside.
Culture dc. as above. Lenten Helle-
bores are best seen to advantage when
left undisturbed for several years. They
thrive in a deep rich and well- drained
loam in positions that are fairly well
sheltered, either by shrubs or walls, from
keen cold winds. Among the numerous
forms, to which many fancy names have
been given, only those with clear and
distinct colours should be selected and
grown in large bold masses. The dull
dead purple kinds are often too smeary to
be attractive. A good mulching of well-
rotted manure around the plants every
autumn or winter will be of the greatest
advantage in imparting fresh food to the
soil, and increased vigour to the plants.
H. viridis (Green Hellebore; Bear's
Foot). — A native of Em-ope, including
Britain, growing about 18 in. high, with
smooth, dark green leaves, the lower
ones fully developing after flowering and
cut into 5-7 narrow toothed segments.
The green flowers are li-2 in. across and
appear in March and April 5 or 6 at a
time on the stems furnished with palmately
cut leaf-like bracts.
Culture dc. as above.
154
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
COPTIS
ERANTHIS (Winter Aconite).— A
genus of dwarf and pretty perennials
with tuberous roots, palmately cut leaves
and solitary yellow flowers. Sepals 5-8,
regular, petal-like, deciduous. Petals
small, clawed, with a scale at the base.
Stamens and carpels numerous, the latter
separate, becoming follicles when ripe.
Culture and Propagation. — There
are only the species described below.
They will grow in almost any soil, and are
seen to the best advantage under trees or
on banks in semi-wild situations. They
are easily increased by division any time
after flowering up to the end of September.
Seeds may also be sown in the open
border, or in pots or pans, but as a rule
do not sprout until the following spring.
Then they only produce a leaf or two for
a few weeks and dry up, leaving only a
small tubercle about the size of a pin's
head in the soil. Every year this little
tubercle becomes larger, and by the end of
the third or fourth year is quite full grown
and flowers freely.
E. cilicica. — This is a plant with more
finely divided leaves and rather duller
yellow flowers which appear earlier or
later than those of E. liyemalis according
to locality and circumstance.
Culture dc. as above.
E. hyemalis. — This, the best known
species, is a native of W. Europe and
grows 3-8 in. high. The yellow sessile
flowers appear soon after Christmas or
New Year's Day and continue to appear
well into March. There are 6-8 oblong
sepals and a similar number of very short
tubular petals.
Culture dc. as above.
E. sibirica. — A Siberian plant 3 in. or
so high. The yellow flowers appear in
March and April, having 5 oval sepals.
Culture dc. as above.
COPTIS (Gold Thread). — A genus
of pretty evergreen bog plants, with ter-
nately cut leaves and white flowers. Sepals
5-6, regrdar, petal-like, deciduous. Petals
5-6, small, hooded or linear. Carpels
(follicles when ripe) numerous, separate.
Culture and Propagation. — These
plants may be easily grown in moist sandy
or peaty soil and increased by dividing
the roots in autumn or spring. Seeds
may also be sown as soon as ripe in pots
or pans of sandy peat and placed in cold
frames for the winter. The seedlings are
pricked out when large enough into other
boxes or pots, and may be transferred to
the open ground in spring during mild
weather. They may be grown as an
edging or border to Rhododendrons,
Azaleas, Kalmias, and other plants of the
Erica family (see p. 574).
C. asplenifolia. — A native of N.W.
America and Japan, about 1 ft. high, with
biternate leaves, cut into sharply toothed
segments. Flowers white with 5 very long
and narrow petals, dilated and hooded in
the middle, appearing in early summer.
Culture &c. as above.
C. occidentalis. — A plant 6-12 in. high
from the Rocky Mountains. Leaves
trifoliate, with short - stalked broadly
ovate leaflets. The white flowers have
6 non-hooded petals and appear in early
summer.
Culture dc. as above.
C. orientalis. — A Japanese species
3-9 in. high. Leaves ternate, each of the
divisions pinnate at the base, and
pinnatifid above ; lobes deeply cut.
Flowers white, in early summer.
Culture dc. as above.
C. trifolia (Gold Thread). — A native
of N. America, Asia, and Europe, 3-5 in.
high, with bright yellow fibrous roots,
from which the popular name is derived.
Leaves trifoliate, with blunt toothed and
slightly 3-lobed leaflets. The white
flowers appear from April to July on
slender stalks which spring from the roots.
Culture dc. as above.
ISOPYRUM. — A genus containing
about seven species of dwarf slender per-
ennial herbs, with ternately decompound
leaves and white flowers solitary or
loosely paniculate ; sepals 5-6, regular,
petal-like, deciduous. Petals 5, very short
and very variable in form, sometimes
absent. Carpels (follicles when ripe) 2-20,
separate. Stamens sometimes as many as
10 in number.
I. thalictroides. — This European plant
is the only species in cultivation and has
very gracefully cut foliage somewhat
resembling Maidenhair Fern fronds, or
some of the Meadow Rues (Thalictrum).
It is 9-15 in. high, and produces its
small white flowers about April and May.
Culture and Propagation. — This is a
beautiful plant for the rockery and grows
well in sandy or ordinary garden soil.
It may be increased from seeds sown in
spring in the open border, or in pots or
pans in cold frames, so that the seedlings
NIGELLA
BUTTERCUP OBDEIi
AQUILRGIA 155
can be more readily attended to when
large enough to handle easily. The roots
also may be divided about the end of Sep-
tember, or in spring just as growth is
beginning. This species makes a gracefid
edging plant.
NIGELLA (Devil-in -the-Bush ;
Love-in-a-Mist ; Fennel-Flower). — A
genus of about 10 species of curious
erect annuals, with alternate leaves cut
into very narrow more or less finely
cut pinnate segments. Flowers white,
blue or yellow. Sepals 5, regular, petal-
like, deciduous. Petals 5, clawed, with
a small bifid blade. Carpels 3-10, more
or less connate, and opening at the top
when ripe to shed the numerous seeds.
Culture and Propagation. — Nigellas,
or Fennel Flowers, will grow in any
ordinary garden soil, and may be easily
raised from seeds sown in the open border
every spring. When the seedlings are
large enough to handle easily they should
be thinned out to about 6 in. apart. N.
damascena and N. liispanica are the kinds
most generally grown, but the other species
as described below may also be tried.
They are all more or less ornamental
and interesting plants in the rockery or
flower border, and may be cut freely for
bouquets, and for room decoration.
N. damascena. — A native of S. Europe
and Asia Minor, 1-2 ft. high, with finely
cut leaves and large white or blue flowers
appearing in summer and surrounded by
a mossy involucre. Flore pleno is a
double-flowered variety, and alba has
white flowers.
Culture dc. as above.
N. hispanica. — A species 1-2 ft. high
from Spain and the south of France.
Flowers in July and August, large, deep
blue, and without any involucre. There
is a white- and also a purple-flowered
variety of this species.
Culture dc. as above.
N. Nigellastrum (Garidella Nigell-
astrum).— -This is the 'Star Nigella' of
S. Europe. It has very finely cut leaves,
and produces its brown and green flowers
about July.
Culture dc. as above.
N. orientalis. — A curious species from
Asia Minor. It is about 18 in. high, with
pale blue-green foliage cut into long and
narrow segments. The yellow flowers
spotted with red appear in summer.
Culture dc. as above.
N. sativa. — This plant is supposed by
some to be the Fitches mentioned in
Isaiah. It is about 18 in. high and a
native of S. Europe, N. Africa, and Asia
Minor. The rather hairy erect stems are
clothed with leaves cut into short linear
diverging segments. The bluish flowers,
without an involucre, appear in July.
Culture dc. as above.
AQUILEGIA (Columbine). — A genus
of erect perennial herbs, with ternately
decompound leaves, the segments of which
are usually blunt. The flowers are as a
rule very beautiful, vary a good deal in
colour, being blue, white, yellow, purple,
and scarlet, with intermediate shades, and
are borne either singly or in panicles.
Sepals 5, regular, petal-like, deciduous.
Petals 5, concave, produced downwards
between the sepals into a tubular horn-like
spur, curved at the tips. Stamens numer-
ous, the inner row sometimes reduced to
scale-like staminodes. Carpels 5, separate,
changing into opening follicles when ripe.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Columbines are well-known and beautiful
garden plants ; most of them can be
easily grown in ordinary soil, especially
if it consists chiefly of loam with
plenty of vegetable matter in it.
Some of the more choice alpine kinds,
however, require a little care in regard to
soil and situation. They thrive best in
well-drained, but withal moist, sandy soil,
in half shady places with a northern aspect,
and are suitable plants for the rockery.
A good nmlchmg of manure in autumn
or early winter will be highly beneficial
to the plants, and keep them in a vigorous
condition for several years, and enable
them to bring forth immense numbers
of blossoms during the early summer
months.
Columbines are easily increased either
from seeds sown in spring in the open
border ; in the autumn in boxes or pans,
placed in a cold frame ; or by dividing the
rootstock in autumn. As seeds are pro-
duced in great abundance as a rule, and
cross-fertilisation is easily effected, the
only sure way to secure an increase of a
particular variety is by dividing the root-
stock. Every shoot, if carefully detached
and planted, will grow and make a strong
plant the following season. On the other
hand, a charming varietj'- in form and
colour may be obtained by planting seed-
lings. Where A. chrysantha, A. sibirica,
and A. vulgaris are grown with other
156
PBACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS aquilegia
species they sooner or later influence the
progeny of the latter raised from seed,
and ultimately crush the original types
out of the garden. If seeds are not re-
quired the withering flower stalks may be
cut down and very often in favourable
seasons a second blossoming will take
place in autumn as a consequence. •
A. alpina (Alpine Columbine). — A
beautiful species 9-24 in. high, from the
Swiss Alps. The leaves are twice ternate,
with segments deeply divided into linear
lobes. The large drooping flowers which
appear from May to July are 2-3 in. across
when fully open, deep blue, or blue and
white, with straight spurs somewhat in-
curved at the tips. Suitable for the rockery.
Culture dc. as above.
A. atropurpurea. — A Siberian plant
2-3 ft. high, with twice ternate leaves, and
dark purple or bluish-violet flowers, almost
2 in. across, and two or three in a head
with straight spurs. A border plant.
Culture dc. as above.
A. Bertoloni (A. Beuteri). — A pretty
little alpine about 12 in. high, with small,
dark, blue-green leaves. Flowers in June
and July, violet-blue, about 1 in. across,
with short knobby spurs.
Culture dc. as above.
A. canadensis (Canadian Columbine).
A very pretty border or rock plant, 12-24
in. high, native of N. America. The
leaves have 3-parted bluntish segments,
deeply toothed at the apex. The hand-
some and attractive flowers appear from
April to June ; they are scarlet, mixed with
yellow, and less than 1 in. across, with
straight spurs, and styles and stamens
protruding. The variety known as major
is somewhat larger in growth and blossom
than the type, and is an improvement
upon it.
Culture dc. as above.
A. chrysantha (Golden Columbine). —
This fine vigorous species is a native of
California and grows 3-4 ft. high, having
twice ternate leaves. Flowers from May
to August, many on a stem ; sepals prim-
rose-yellow, 1 in. long, tinted with purple
at the tips ; petals of a deeper yellow
colour with straight slender spurs 1A-2 in.
long. The variety flavescens (also known
as aurea) has flowers of a uniform bright
canary-yellow, tinged with red, and spurs
somewhat incurved at the tips. There is
also a dwarf form 12-18 in. high with
golden-yellow flowers, and numerous
variations may be obtained by raising
plants from seed.
Culture dc. as above.
A. caerulea (A. leptoceras ; A.macran-
tlia). — A lovely species for borders or foot
of rockeries. It is a native of the Rocky
Mountains, and 9-15 in. high, with large
twice ternate leaves. Several flowers are
borne on a stem from April to July, each
one being 2^-3 in. across when fully open,
and are blue and white in colour, sometimes
tinted with lilac or claret, rarely pure
white ; spurs about 2 in. long, very slender,
almost straight, and tipped with green.
The variety alba (sometimes called grandi-
flora) is a rare and beautiful form with
large pine white flowers. The variety
hybrida is a vigorous grower of garden
origin and produces numerous bhie and
white flowers. A double-flowered variety
appeared some few years ago and is likely
to remain constant.
Culture dc. as above. In some soils
A. ccerulea is apt to die out. Where this
occurs it should be raised from seed
annually.
A. flabellata. — A pretty Japanese
species about I ft. high, with a black
tuberous rootstock, and stiffish grey-green
leaves cut into 3-5 lobes. The white
flowers with short greenish spurs appear
in early summer in great abundance, and
combined with the dwarfness of the tufted
plant make a good picture in the border or
rockery.
Culture dc. as above. This Columbine
may be grown in pots and gently forced
in greenhouses in the early part of the
year with good results.
A.formosa (^4. arctica ; A. cahfornica ;
A. eximia ; A. f. truncata). — A showy
border plant from N. America, 2-4 ft. high
with twice ternate leaves. The flowers
appear from May to September, many on
a stem, and have bright orange-red sepals
about 1 in. long, with a green blunt tip
and yellow petals ; the spurs are |-| in.
long, slender, almost straight, distinctly
knobby at the tips.
The plant known as A. californica
hybrida is a beautiful hybrid with yellow
sepals and petals, tinted with orange, and
long slender orange-red spurs.
Culture dc. as above.
A. fragrans (Fragrant Columbine). —
A handsome much - branched bushy
species, li-2 ft. high, native of the Hhna-
AQUILEGIA
BUTTERCUP OB DEB
AQUILEGIA 157
layas. The leaves are twice ternate, the
iipper ones downy and somewhat glandular.
Flowers from May to July, few on a stem,
white or pale claret-purple, agreeably
fragrant, and slightly downy ; spurs slender,
twice as long as the truncated petals,
slightly curved, and knobbed at the tips.
Culture dc. as above. This plant re-
quires a somewhat warm and sheltered
position in moist sandy soil.
A. glandulosa {Gland alar Columbi nu ?).
A very pretty Siberian plant 8-12 in.
high, with twice ternate much-lobed leaves.
Flowers from April to June, with large
deep blue nearly oval sepals, and fine blue
petals tipped with creamy white, the spur
being stout and much incurved. The
variety jucunda is a smaller plant, but
very handsome, and is best treated as a
biennial. Seeds may be sown every year
to keep up a supply.
Culture and Propagation. — It is safer
to divide this plant for increase before the
leaves die down, as it is apt to perish, espe-
cially on cold soils, if divided when at rest.
In many places A. glandulosa does not
flower very freely, either because it is too
often disturbed, or the soil is not suffi-
ciently rich and well manured. Once the
plants are established, they should
receive a good dressing of manure every
autumn or winter, and they will nourish
for four or five years without being
disturbed.
A. glauca. — A Himalayan plant 12-
18 in. high, with twice ternate leaves of a
blue-green sheen. Three to four fragrant
white, claret-tinted flowers on a stem
appear in June, having straight or
slightly curved spurs about ^ in. long.
Culture dc. as above. As this plant is
somewhat tender it may not survive hard
winters in unfavourable parts, and would
therefore require a little protection. It
should be given a warm dry spot.
A. longissima. — A native of Texas
and Mexico, 3-4 ft. high, and closely
related to A. chrysantha. The stems and
leaves are covered with silky hairs, the
under surface of the foliage being bluish-
green. The pale yellow or whitish
flowers tinged with red appear in summer
and have spurs 4 in. or more long.
Culture dc. as above.
A. olympica. — A native of Greece,
about 18 in. high, with 2-3 ternate blue-
green leaves, and large delicate mauve
flowers with white petals and short blunt
spurs. They appear about April and May
and are very effective owing to the con-
trast in colour between the sepals and
petals.
Culture dc. as above.
A. pyrenaica. — A pretty rock or
border plant 9-12 in. high, native of
the Pyrenees. Leaves 1-2 ternate, deep
green with linear segments. Flowers
from April to June, one to three on a
stem, bright lilac-blue, with slender spurs
nearly straight, about -\ in. long, and
scarcely knobbed at the top.
Culture <£c. as above.
A. sibirica (A. bicolor ; A gamier i-
wna ; A. speciosa). — A pretty rockery
plant about 12 in. high, native of Siberia,
and having 2 ternate leaves. Flowers in
June and July, many on smooth stems,
bright lilac, with blunt sepals, the limb of
the petals sometimes white ; spurs stout,
much incurved, £-f in. long.
The double-flowered form flore pleno
is a more ornamental plant. It is similar
in habit to the type, but has heads of
double flowers, the spurs of which always
point downwards instead of upwards.
They are blue and white in colour, but
sometimes yellowish, and present a very
handsome appearance when seen in
masses.
Culture dc. as above.
A. Skinned.— A noble and disthict
border species 2-3 ft. high, from the
mountains of Guatemala, with leaves
twice ternately divided and unequally
lobed. The large handsome flowers are
borne on slender stalks from June to
August, with red or greenish lance-shaped
sepals, small golden-yellow petals, and
straight spurs about 2 in. long, and of a
bright orange-red.
Culture dc. as above. This should be
grown in warm sandy loam. Several
forms, apparently hybrids between A.
Shinneri and A. vulgaris, have appeared,
and seem to possess a more vigorous con-
stitution than the typical A. Shinneri.
The flowers also vary a good deal in
colour, as might be expected, and red, blue
and yellow shades are not uncommon.
These primary colours will serve to pro-
duce a vast number of intermediate shades
in due course. Any exceptionally fine
variety can only be kept pure by division
of the rootstocks as advised above at
p. 155.
158
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS aquilegia
A. Stuarti. — This is a splendid Colum-
bine, closely related to .4. glandulosa, and.
from a botanical point of view can only
be regarded as a form of that species. It
was raised by Dr. Stuart of Chirnside,
N.B., by fertilising A. vulgaris wittman-
niana with the pollen of A. glandulosa.
It is, however, a much finer plant than
the latter species, and produces its large
attractive flowers — each about 4 in.
across — in April and May. The sepals
are of a deep and brilliant blue, and in
striking contrast to the white and blue
tubular and shortly1 spurred petals sur-
rounding a bunch of bright yellow stamens
in the centre.
Culture and Propagation. — This
beautiful border plant likes a rich and
deeply dug soil and is best raised from
seeds sown as soon as ripe in the places
where the plants are to bloom. Instead
of pricking out the seedlings, they may be
thinned out to 8 or 12 in. apart, in mild
showery weather. The thinnings may be
transplanted to other parts of the garden
if required. The plants should not be
disturbed for 3 or 4 years, but should
have a good mulch of well-rotted manure
every winter.
A. thalictrifolia. — A downy plant
about 2 ft. high, from the Tyrol, having
leaves with 3-stalked segments cut into
deep oblong lobes. Flowers in June and
July, 2-3 on a stem, lilac-blue, with oblong
acute sepals i in. long, and slender spurs.
Culture Sc. as above.
A. transylvanica. — A beautiful and
free-flowering Transylvanian species 1-2 ft.
high. All its parts are quite smooth, and
the lower leaves are twice ternate, with
2-3-lobed segments. The bright rich
blue or purplish flowers are 2-3 inches
across, and appear in great profusion dur-
ing May and June, the ovate oblong
sepals being distinctly clawed.
Culture dc. as above. It grows very
freely and may be increased by dividing
the roots in ' early autumn or spring.
Closely related to A. glandulosa.
A. viridiflora (Green-flowered Colum-
bine).— A somewhat pretty and distinct
species from Siberia, 12-18 in. high, with
leaves. Flowers sage-green, sweetly
scented and very useful for cutting.
Culture dc. as above.
A. vulgaris (Common Columbine). —
A native of our woods and thickets and
very valuable for its many pretty garden
forms. It grows 1-3 ft. high, with almost
smooth 2-3 ternate blue-green leaves.
The drooping flowers are borne in loose
corymbs from May to July, and are blue,
dull purple, white, or various shades,
including red in the garden forms. Spurs
hooked and knobby at the tips.
There are very many forms — both
single and double-flowered — to which it
would be mere waste of time to give
distinctive names. Mention, however,
may be made of the following : alba, with
pure white single flowers ; alba flore
pleno, with white double flowers; ccBrulea
nana fl. pi., very dwarf, with deep blue
double flowers ; hybrida, with lilac -purple
sepals and white petals; vervceniana,
with variegated or yellow mottled foliage ;
and wittnianniana, a fine variety with
large bright lilac-purple sepals 1-1^ in.
long, white petals, and curved spurs.
Culture dc. as above.
ANEMONOPSIS. — A genus con-
taining only the following species : —
A. macrophylla. — A pretty hardy per-
ennial 2-3 ft. high, native of Japan. It
has large smooth and twice ternate leaves
with coarsely toothed leaflets, and some-
what resembles an Actaea in appearance.
The flowers, which resemble those of
Anemone japonica, but are rather smaller,
appear in June and July in loose raceme -
like clusters. Each flower consists of
about 9 or more concave sepals, pale lilac
inside, purple outside, and 12 or more
linear oblong petals with a nectary-bear-
ing hollow at the base.
Culture and Propagation. — This
Japanese plant is hardy in most parts of
the kingdom but may require a little pro-
tection with dry leaves, litter &c. over the
crowns in the coldest parts. It flourishes
in ordinary good and well-drained garden
soil of a somewhat loamy and gritty
nature, and may be increased by division
of the roots about March. Seeds if obtained
may also be sown in cold frames as soon
as ripe, or in gentle heat in spring, and
the seedlings planted out in May.
DELPHINIUM (Larkspur). — A
genus of about 40 species of erect annual
or perennial herbs, with alternate lobed
or cut leaves. Flowers in racemes or
panicles, blue, purple, pink, or white,
rarely yellow. Sepals 5, petal-like,
separate, or cohering below, the upper
DELPHINIUM
BUTTERCUP ORDER
DELPHINIUM 159
one drawn out into a spur behind. Petals
2-4, small, the 2 upper having spurs
within the sepaline spur, the two others
spurless or absent. Stamens numerous.
Carpels (follicles when ripe) 1-5.
Culture and Propagation. — Perennial
Larkspurs will grow in almost any soil or
situation, but are most luxuriant when
given a deep mellow loam well enriched
with rotted manure, and fairly moist. As
the Larkspurs vary a good deal in height —
from 2 to 6 or 8 ft. — they are suitable for
planting in various situations. If in beds
by themselves, a distance of 2 -3 ft. should
be between the plants, and greater distance
still when in borders with other perennials.
About every third or fourth year the
rootstocks may be divided and replanted.
This is best done in spring, just when the
plants have started into growth. Autumn
division is not advisable, as the roots are
apt to perish during hard winters, pro-
bably because the new ones have not had
sufficient time to obtain a good hold of
the soil.
As with many other flowers, so Delphi-
nium can be made to bloom a long time
by picking off the flowers or spikes as
soon as they begin to fade. The side
shoots are thus stimulated into growth,
and give a fresh supply of flowers. It
must, however, be borne in mind that
this continual development of flowers has
an exhausting effect on the plant's con-
stitution, and this should be counter-
balanced by heavy dressings of manure
in either a solid or liquid state.
Besides the process of dividing the
roots already mentioned, Larkspurs may
also be increased by seeds or cuttings.
Seeds of the perennial kinds are often
very slow in germinating. Those of the
annual species may be sown out of doors
on a warm border in April, or. better still
in pans or boxes, from which the seed-
lings can in due course be pricked off into
light rich soil. In early autumn the seeds
may also be sown in cold frames, and the
seedlings planted out in mild weather the
following spring.
Cuttings of the perennial kinds are
made of the tops of the young shoots in
either spring or autumn. They should be
inserted in somewhat sandy soil either
singly in small pots, or several in a
shallow box, and placed in a cold frame,
excluding the air for a few days. When
well rooted the young plants may be
transferred to their permanent positions.
Besides the natural species described
below, there are very many beautiful
florists' varieties having single, double,
and semi-double flowers in all shades of
blue, lilac, lavender, purple and violet.
As nurserymen are continually adding
new varieties, a reference to their cata-
logues may be better than giving a list
here, which would probably soon be out
of date. The following are the most
distinct natural Larkspurs : —
D. Ajacis (Rocket Larkspur). — A
native annual of British cornfields, 12-18
in. high, with fine deeply cut leaves, and
blue, white or pink flowers about 1 in.
across, produced in long racemes in June
and July.
D. Ajacis has given rise to very many
varieties of annual Larkspurs, which vary
a good deal in habit, and have a very
extensive range of colouring among the
single and double flowers. D. Ajacis
inajus, D. A. minus, D. A. hyacinthi-
florum, and D. A. ra/nwncuUflorv/m may
be taken as types of the various sections
cultivated.
Culture Sc. as above. Seeds sown
annually.
D. armeniacum. — Closely related is a
newer species native of Armenia. It
has the habit and general appearance of
D. Ajacis, but is more vigorous in growth,
and has soft, sky-blue flowers.
Cult u re (tx. as above. Seeds sown
annually.
D. azureum. — A perennial species
from N.W. America, about 3 ft. high,
with 3-5-parted, many-cleft leaves with
linear lobes. The large beautiful sky-
blue flowers are borne on erect racemes
from May to July, the upper petals
being all bearded, the lower ones hairy.
The variety album has white flowers.
Culture Sc. as above. Increased by
seeds, division, or cuttings.
D. brunonianum. — A rare species with
a strong musky odour, native of Thibet.
It is 6-12 in. high, the lower leaves being
kidney-shaped and deeply divided ; the
upper ones 3-parted. The large light
blue flowers with purple margins and
black centre appear in June and July.
Culture Sc. as above. Increased by
seeds, division, or cuttings.
D. cardinale (Scarlet Larkspur). —
A handsome Californian annual 3-4 ft.
high, with smooth and somewhat fleshy
160
PB ACTIO AL GUIDE TO GABDEN PLANTS delphinium
deeply lobed leaves. The bright scarlet
flowers, with distinctly yellow petal limbs,
are produced in spikes during August.
Owing to its long fleshy roots, this species
should be grown in a good depth of rich
soil.
Culture dc. as above. Seeds sown
annually.
D. cardiopetalum. — A Pyrenean
annual about 1 ft. high, with smooth
ternate leaves cut into linear lobes.
Flowers dark bluish-violet on crowded
racemes in June.
Culture dc. as above. Seeds sown
annually.
D. cashmirianum. — A native of Kash-
mir 12-18 in. high, with palmately lobed
leaves 4 in. or more across, deep green,
and slightly hairy. Flowers produced in
corymbs in July, of a distinct pale blue,
each 1-2 in. across.
Culture dc. as above. Best increased
from seed sown in autumn in cold franies.
The variety atrojiurpureum has much
larger and deeper coloured flowers than
the type. The variety Walkeri is dis-
tinguished by having dull yellow petals
tipped with purple.
D. caucasicum. — A Caucasian species
1^-2 ft. high, with palmately lobed and
toothed radical leaves, and lance-shaped
acute bracts on the floral sterns. The dark
blue flowers which are borne singly in
the axils of the bracts are about H in.
across, and are produced nearly the whole
length of the stem.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds, division, or cuttings.
D. cheilanthum. — A species 2-3 ft.
high from Dahuria. Leaves 5-parted with
oblong pointed, sub-trifid, and somewhat
toothed lobes. The dark blue flowers
appear in September.
Culture d-c. as above. Increased by
seeds, division, or cuttings.
D. Consolida. — A European annual
occasionally found wild in England, 12-
18 in. high, with leaves cut into narrow
linear lobes.
This and D. Ajacis have given rise to
a great number of garden varieties.
Culture dc. as above. Seeds sown
annually.
D. dasycarpum. — This hairy -fruited
species is a native of the Caucasus, and is
about 4-6 ft. high. The downy leaves
have 5 lance-shaped lobes, somewhat
trifid and deeply toothed at the apex.
The rather large, beautiful blue flowers
with brownish petals appear in June on
simple downy racemes.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds, division, or cuttings.
D. elegans. — A N. American species
1-2 ft. high with smooth 5-parted leaves
cut into cleft lobes and linear lance-
shaped lobules. The dark blue flowers
are borne on loose racemes in June
and July. There is a double-flowered
form.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds, division, or cuttings.
D. Emiliae. — A fine Californian peren-
nial 1A-2 ft. high. It grows upon simny
slopes in a wild state, with masses of
Calochorti, and produces its trusses of
deep blue flowers in June. As yet it
does not appear to be well known in
British gardens, and seeds have probably
not yet been imported in quantity.
Culture dc. as above. Increased bjr
seeds, division, or cuttings.
D. exalatum (D. elatum). — A species
3-6 ft. high from N. America. Leaves
3-7-parted with wedge-shaped jagged
lobes pointed at the apex. The blue or
sometimes white flowers appear from
June to August in erect spikes.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds, division, or cuttings.
D. formosum. — The native country of
this fine species has not been fixed with
any certainty, but it is supposed to be of
Asiatic origin. It is lr,-3J ft. high, with
grey-green palmately lobed leaves, the
lower ones stalked, the upper sessile and
simply 3-parted. The flowers are borne
on long spikes during the summer and
autumn, and are of a fine azure-blue
shaded with indigo ; the spur is of a
violet-blue, rather long, two-cleft, and
rumpled looking.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds, division, or cuttings.
D. grandiflorum. — One of the most
beautiful Larkspurs, growing 1-3 ft. high,
and native of Siberia and Dahuria. The
light green leaves are smooth above,
hoary beneath, and palmately cut into
many narrow lobes. The large flowers,
varying in colour from blue to white, are
borne on spreading few-flowered racemes
DELPHINIUM
BUTTERCUP ORDER
DELPHINIUM 161
from June to September, and have petals
shorter than the sepals, the limb of the
lower petals being entire and roundish.
There are many varieties of this
species, the best of which is perhaps
chinense or sinense, which differs in
having a stiffer and more erect stem, and
in the 2 lower petals being bearded with
yellow hairs. D. g. plenum is a fine
double-flowered variety ; album has
white flowers, of which there is also a
double form. Other forms are pallidum,
rubrum, pumilum album and pumilum
cceruletim, the names of which give an
idea of the colours.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds, division, or cuttings.
D. hybridum. — A native of Tauria,
3-4 ft. high, with many-parted linear-
lobed leaves having dilated stalks sheath-
ing at the base. The blue flowers, the 2
lower petals of which have white beards,
appear on crowded racemes from June to
August. The variety ochroleucum (also
known as albifloruvi), a native of Arme-
nia, has whitish flowers, smooth outside.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds, division, or cuttings.
D. intermedium. — A European species
4-8 ft. high, with heart-shaped 5-7-parted
leaves, the lobes of which are deeply
serrated. In July and August the glau-
cous racemes of flowers appear, the sepals
being blue, and the very hairy petals
almost black. There is a great deal of
variation in this species.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds, division, or cuttings.
D. laxiflorum. — A Siberian plant 4 6
ft. high. Leaves 3-7-lobed, the lobes
being oblong, acute, and deeply cut ; the
upper leaves are more or less 3-parted
with narrow entire lobes. Flowers in
June, on loose branched racemes.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds, division, or cuttings.
D. mesoleucum. — The native country
of this species is unknown. It grows
about 3 ft. high, with somewhat downy
stems, and has leaves rather dilated at the
base with wedge-shaped segments, deeply
serrated at the top. The flowers appear
in June, having blue sepals and pale
yellow or whitish petals.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds, division, or cuttings.
D. nudicaule. — A brilliant species
12-18 in. high from California. The
somewhat peltate fleshy leaves are
3-parted with numerous sub-divisions,
which in the lower ones are obcordate
with notched lobes, and in the upper
oblong entire. The flowers, which are
borne on a loose raceme from May to
August, have vivid red sepals inclining to
orange, and clear yellow petals, the lower
ones being spoon-shaped with a 2-cleft
fringed lip; the -upper ones elongated,
prominent, hairy at the ends ; the spur
about twice as long as the smooth calyx.
The variety elatius is taller growing than
the species.
Culture and Propagation. — D. nudi-
caule grows best on raised ground in
warm borders with light sandy soil. It
is easily raised from seeds, but well-
established plants may also be divided.
General treatment as described above.
D. Requieni (D. plctum). — A biennial
species about 18 in. high from SAY.
Europe. Leaves on long stalks, the lower
ones cut into 5 broad, wedge-shaped, 3-5-
toothed lobes, the upper ones into 5 linear
entire lobes. The bluish hairy flowers
appear in June.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds sown in cold frames as soon as
ripe. The seedlings to be planted out in
spring.
D. Staphisagria. — A large erect bi-
ennial 2-3 ft. high from S. Europe, with
5-9-lobed leaves. The blue flowers with
whitish petals appear on loose racemes in
May and have a very short spur.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds sown in cold frames as soon as
ripe. The seedlings to be planted out in
spring.
D. tricorne. — A X. American species
about 9 in. high, with 5-parted leaves cut
into 3-5 narrowly divided lobes. The
bright blue flowers appear in May.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds, division, or cuttings.
D. triste. — A native of Siberia, 2 ft.
high, with 3-5-parted leaves, having some-
what pinnatifid sharp narrow lobes. The
flowers appear on loose racemes from
July to September, and are dark brown,
the edges of the sepals being tinged with
red, and the spur of a violet colour.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds, division, or cuttings.
D. trollifolium. — A beautiful N. Ameri-
can Larkspur 2-4 ft. high, with stout
162
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
ACONITUM
smooth or slightly hairy stems. The
long-stalked leaves are divided into 5-7
incised and toothed lobes, and the bright
blue flowers with a white centre are
borne in loose racemes during the early
summer months in May and June.
Culture dc. as above.
D. Zalil (P. sulphur eurri). — A beautiful
tuberous-rooted species 6 ft. or more high,
native of Afghanistan, with deeply cut
leaves and tall spikes of soft yellow
flowers during the summer months.
Culture and Propagation. — Unfortu-
nately this species is somewhat tender
except in sheltered sunny places in the
south. It, however, flowers and seeds
freely, but has a habit of dropping its
leaves when in bloom. Although a peren-
nial, it is best to raise seedlings in gentle
heat every spring so as to have young
plants ready for planting out in well-
manured soil at the end of May. Or the
seeds may be sown in cold frames as soon
as ripe, so that the seedlings will be well
advanced for planting out the following
spring.
ACONITUM (Aconite ; Monks-
hood ; Wolfsbane). — -An extensive genus
of ornamental and dangerously poisonous
perennials with palmately lobed or cut
leaves. Flowers in terminal racemes
or panicles, blue, purple, yellowish, or
white. Sepals 5, the upper one helmet-
shaped, or like a monk's hood. Petals
2-5, small, the 2 upper with long claws
hooded at the tip, the 3 lower minute or
absent. Carpels 3-5 becoming follicles
when ripe.
Culture and Propagation. — Aconites
grow well in any garden soil, and if
not disturbed for years will become
splendid clumps, and produce masses of
handsome flowers. As the roots have
frequently been mistaken for Horse-
Eadish, care should be taken to keep the
plants as far away from the kitchen garden
as possible, and even from the ordinary
flower borders, in case of accidents.
Copses, shrubberies, or the edges of
streams or ponds are suitable places for
these plants to grow.
Aconites are easily increased by seeds
or division of the roots in early autumn,
but preferably in spring, as growth is
about to commence. After performing
the latter operation, the hands should be
well washed as a precaution, or gloves
may be used.
Aconites may also be raised from
seeds sown as soon as ripe in the open
border in half-shaded spots. "Very often,
however, they do not sprout until spring.
The seedlings are pricked out into pre-
pared soil for further growth, and allowed
to remain until the autumn or the follow-
ing spring before being shifted to their
permanent positions.
There are a very large number of
varieties, but the following are among
the best for garden purposes : —
A. album. — A rare and handsome
tuberous-rooted species 4-5 ft. high,
native of the Levant. The large pure
white flowers with erect helmet are
freely produced in August.
Culture dc. as above.
A. angustifolium. — A tuberous-rooted
Siberian species 2-3 ft. high, with deep
blue flowers, having a closed hemispherical
hood, produced in June.
Culture dc. as above.
A. Anthora. — A species, 1-2 ft. high,
from the Pyrenees. The pale yellow
flowers appear in July on downy panicles.
There are several varieties of this species,
among which may be mentioned Pecan-
dollei, euloplium grandiflorum, Jacquini,
and nemorosum, all with yellow flowers.
The black roots are more or less turnip -
shaped and poisonous.
Culture dc. as above.
A. autumnale. — A European species
3-4 ft. high, producing its bluish-purple
flowers from Jul}7 to November.
Culture dc. as above.
A. barbatum (A. squarrosum). — A
native of Siberia, 2-6 ft. high, with hairy
leaf stalks. Flowers in July, creamy
yellow, rather downy, having the middle
sepals densely bearded.
Culture dc. as above.
A. biflorum. — A very rare alpine
species, about 6 in. high, native of
Siberia. The pale blue, usually twin
flowers, downy outside, appear in June.
Culture dc. as above.
A. chinense (A. Fortunei). — A stately
Chinese species 4-6 ft. high, with very
bright and intense blue flowers, borne on
large compound racemes from July to
September.
Culture dc. as above.
A delphinifolium. — A rare alpine
species with slender stems, 6-24 in. high,
ACONITUM
BUTTERCUP ORDER
ACONITUM 163
native of North America. Flowers pale
bluish -purple in June.
Culture dc. as above.
A. eminens. —A European species 2-4
ft. high, producing its blue flowers in June
on erect or spreading downy stalks.
Culture dc. as above.
A. gracile. — A slender-stemmed
Italian species about 2 ft. high, with
large pale blue or violet flowers in June.
Culture dc. as above.
A. Halleri. — A straight-stemmed
branched plant, 4 6 ft. high, from
Switzerland, with dense violet flowers
in June. The variety bicolor has white
flowers variegated with blue.
Culture dc. as above.
A. japonicum. — A beautiful Japanese
species 2-6 ft. high, with large, flesh-
coloured flowers, produced from July to
September. The variety cteruleum has
deep blue flowers.
Culture dc. as above.
A. Lycoctonum {True Wolfs Bane).
A native of Europe, with slender up-
right stems 4-6 ft. high. The rather
large creamy yellow flowers are borne on
more or less downy and branched racemes
about July and August.
Culture dc. as above.
A. Napellus {Common Monk's Hood).
A very handsome and at the same time
virulently poisonous plant, with slightly
pubescent stems, 3-4 ft. high. It is found
wild in England in shady places near
streams, and has black spindle-shaped
roots, and 5-7 -parted leaves, with narrow
pointed segments, the upper ones often
sessile ; stalks dilated at the base. The
dark blue hooded flowers are borne on
racemes 1-2 ft. long from July to
September.
There are a large number of varieties
of this species, differing chiefly in the
shades of colour. One with whitish
flowers is very interesting.
Culture dc. as above.
A. ochroleucum (A. Nuttalli ; A. palli-
dum). —A native of Eussia, 2-4 ft. high,
producing its large cream-coloured flowers
about July.
Culture dc. as above.
A. ottonianum.— A plant 2-4 ft. high,
from the Carpathian Mountains. The blue
flowers variegated with white appear in
July and August.
Culture dc. as above.
A. paniculatum (A hebegynum).—\
native of France and Switzerland, 2 :; ft.
high. The large violet flowers appear
from June to September on a somewhat
downy, much-branched, terminal panicle.
Culture dc. as above.
A. pyrenaicum.— A Pyrenean species
2 ft. high, with long-stalked leaves,
smooth above, rather hairy beneath, and
producing its large yellow flowers in June.
Culture dc. as above.
A. rostratum (A. alpmvm).—k Swiss
plant 1-2 ft. high, with violet flowers
produced in June.
Culture dc. as above.
A. rubicundum.— A Siberian perennial
about 3 ft. high, with very deep green
foliage, and purplish flowers tinged with
yellow, produced in July and August.
Closely related to A. vulpwria.
Culture dc. as above.
A. tauricum {A. plicatum).—A native
of Germany 3-4 ft. high, with dense
racemes of deep blue flowers appearing in
June.
Culture dc. as above.
A. uncinatum.— A species 4-8 ft. high,
from N. America, having branches arising
from the axils of the trapeziform, pin°
nately lobed leaves. The large lilac
flowers appear in July, and have a some-
what spiral spur.
Culture dc. as above.
A. variegatum.— A handsome Euro-
pean species 1-6 ft. high, with glistening
deeply divided leaves. The large blue
flowers appear in July and August, and
are variegated with white.
Culture dc. as above.
A. vulparia(4. lupicidum).— Foxbane.
A well-known European plant 1-3 ft.
high, with 3-5-lobed, ciliated leaves. The
pale yellow flowers are borne on crowded
racemes about July.
There are several varieties, among
which may be mentioned carpaticum,
from the Carpathian Mountains, with lurid
flowers sometimes variegated with yellow ;
and septentrionale, from Siberia, with
reddish-lilac or claret-coloured flowers
produced in August and September.
Culture dc. as above.
51 2
164
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS cimicifuga
ACTJEA (Baneberry ; Herb Chris-
topher).— A small genus of erect perennial
herbs, with alternate. 2-3-ternate leaves,
and long erect racemes of small whitish
flowers which are succeeded by poisonous
berried fruits. Sepals 3-5, almost equal,
petal-like, deciduous. Petals 4-10, small,
clawed, spoon-shaped, fiat. Stamens
numerous, longer than the sepals.
Culture and Propagation. — For the
ornamentation of moist, half-shady spots
of the rockery or flower border, the Actceas
are very useful. They like a rich, moist,
loamy soil with the addition of peat, leaf-
mould and sand, the latter being essential
to keep the whole light and porous. The
plants may be increased by sowing seeds
as soon as ripe about the end of July or
August, either out of doors in a shaded
place, or in cold frames in a compost of
sandy peat and loam. The seedlings are
pricked out when large enough to handle,
and if sturdy they may be planted in
their flowering quarters by the end of
September or October. It is perhaps better,
on the whole, however, to wait until
spring.
Actaeas may also be increased by
dividing the blackish roots in autumn or
in spring.
A. alba (White Baneberry). — A North
American species 12-18 in. high, with
ovate-lanceolate, toothed or cut leaves,
and simple racemes of white flowers in
May and June. Berries white ovoid-
oblong on red stalks.
Culture dc. as above.
A. spicata (Common Baneberry or
Herb Christopher). — A native plant about
1 ft. high found on limestone copses. It
has a stout black rootstock and leaves
2-3-ternately-pinnate and toothed. The
white flowers appear in May, and are
replaced by black, oblong, poisonous
berries.
The variety rubra is a very handsome
variety from N. America. It differs from
the ordinary Baneberry in having bright
red berries in dense clusters overtopping
the leaves.
Culture dc. as above.
CIMICIFUGA (Bugwort; Bug-
bane). — A genus of ornamental herbaceous
perennials resembling the Baneberries in
habit and foliage. Flowers in racemes
somewhat offensive in odour. Sepals 4-5,
subequal, petal-like, deciduous. Petals
1-8, small, clawed, 2-lobed, or absent.
Carpels 1-8, separate, becoming follicles
when ripe.
Culture and Propagation. — These
plants are easily grown in ordinary
garden soil, preferably in a moist shady
place, and may be used in masses. They
may be increased by dividing the root in
spring, or from seeds sown as soon as
ripe in the same way as recommended
for Actcea above.
C. americana. — A native of Carolina,
2-4 ft. high, with tripinnate leaves, and
beautiful feathery panicles of whitish
sweet-scented flowers in August and
September.
Ctdture dc. as above.
C. cordifolia. — Also a native of North
America, 2-3 ft. high, with biternate
leaves, having 4-5-lobed, toothed leaflets,
heart-shaped at the base. Flowers in July
and August in white racemes.
Culture dc. as above.
C. elata. — This is a fetid-smelling herb
about 2 ft. high, native of N. America and
Siberia, in which latter country it is used
on account of its offensive smell for dri-
ving away bugs. The leaves are ternate
or biternate, with ovate oblong deeply
toothed leaflets, and the panicled racemes
of whitish flowers appear in June and
July.
Culture do. as above.
C. foetida. — A beautiful European
species 2-3 ft. high, resembling C. ameri-
cana in habit and foliage, and bearing
panicles of white flowers in July which
are remarkable for their evil smell, as are
also the green seed pods.
Culture dc. as above.
C. japonica. — A Japanese species 3 ft.
high, with large ternate leaves cut into
5-7 heart-shaped lobes. The white un-
stalked flowers appear in summer on long
spikes.
Culture dc. as above.
C. racemosa (C. serpentaria; Actcea
racemosa). — This is the ' Black Snake -
root ' of N. America, and grows from 3 to 5
ft. high, with 3-ternate leaves, having
serrated or cut leaflets. The white flowers
are borne on very long compound racemes
in July and August.
Culture dc. as above.
XANTHORHIZA. — A genus
only one species described below : —
with
XANTHOKHIZA
BUTTERCUP ORDER
1\E0NIA 165
X. apiifolia. — A pretty North American
bush 2-3 ft. high, with long-stalked pin-
nate leaves, composed of 3-5 more or
less ovate lance-shaped, cut, lobed, and
toothed leaflets. The small dark purple
and often polygamous flowers are pro-
duced in March and April in compound
racemes before the leaves have developed.
The flowers consist of 5 petal -like sepals,
and 5 small clawed petals often broadened
at the top.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species will thrive in ordinarj7 good garden
soil, and may be grown in the shrubbery
or border. New plants are chiefly ob-
tained by layering the shoots in summer
and autumn, or by detaching the suckers
and replanting in early autumn or spring.
Seeds are seldom or very rarely produced
in this country.
PJEON1A (P^ony, Peony, or Piony).
A genus of herbaceous plants with
perennial rootstocks, or branched, more
or less woody stems. Leaves alternate,
large, more or less finely cut or lobed.
Flowers beautiful, purple, white, rose &c.
Sepals 5, herbaceous, persistent. Petals
5-10, conspicuous, broad, not pitted. Car-
pels 2-5, surrounded by a fleshy disc ;
follicles dehiscent ; seeds large.
Herbaceous Peonies
Culture. — Paeonies will grow freely in
most soils, but being gross feeders they
prefer good moist loam, which previous
to planting should be well trenched and
have a dressing of rotted cow manure.
Plants with 2 or 3 crowns eventually
make splendid specimens, and provided a
good mulch of manure is placed round the
crowns every winter, say in January or
February, the plants need not be disturbed
for several years and will produce glorious
masses of flower each year during May,
June, and July, according to locality.
The best time for planting is early autumn
— say in October — before growth has
quite ceased, and late spring, about April,
when growth has commenced. The
crowns should not be placed deeper than
1-2 in. below the surface, and the clumps
not less than 3 or 4 ft. apart. With a
view to having fine plants in the future,
the bloom-buds shoidd be pinched off the
first season after planting, so that all the
work of the roots and leaves is devoted to
building up a strong healthy specimen.
Paeonies if not ' coddled ' thrive in all
sorts of positions, but the flowers last
longer in shaded situations, and the foliage
is more luxuriant than in spots fully
exposed to the sun.
If the flowers are cut just as they are
about to open, they will retain their beauty
and freshness a longtime in water. Mixed
with masses of their own foliage, they are
excellent for room decoration. If the
flowers, however, are cut after expanding,
they last only for a short time.
Propagation. — The herbaceous
Paeonies are usually increased by care-
fully dividing the stocks in autumn or
spring. Seeds may also be sown as soon
as ripe, but they are a very long time in
germinating. As, however, it takes from
five to eight years to obtain a really good
flowering plant from seeds, this method of
propagation is rarely adopted, except by
large growers who make a speciality of
raising novelties. The single-flowered
varieties produce seeds in abundance, but
the double-flowered ones, which are much
more highly valued, only rarely produce
seeds. The best time to sow Paeony seeds
is when they are thoroughly ripe. Pre-
pared light loamy soil in a cold frame or
sheltered border is used, or the seeds may
be sown in pots or pans.
P. albiflora (P. edulis). — This well-
known species is a native of Siberia,
where its roots are sometimes eaten by
the Mongolian Tartars. It grows 2-3 ft.
high, and has leaves at first reddish, then
of a ruddy green, smooth, with oblong
acute leaflets 3-4 in. long, 1-H in. broad.
The beautiful white or pink flowers,
which are bright red in bud, appear in
Maj7 and June, sometimes as many as
five on a slender stem, and emit a sweet
Rose-like fragrance.
The best known varieties are fra-
grans, sinensis (Humei), tatarica, uni-
fiora, vestalis, and Whitleyi.
Culture &c. as above.
P. anomala (P. Fischeri ; P. inter-
media; P. sibirica). — It is probable that
the typical P. anomala is not in culti-
vation, most of the cultivated forms, ac-
cording to Mr. Lynch of the Botanic
Gardens, Cambridge, being derived from
a variety called insignis. It is a native
of N. Europe, Siberia &c, and has large
spindle-shaped roots from which arise
stems 2-8 ft. high. Leaves 10-12, cut
into numerous confluent lance-shaped
acute segments 1J-2 in. long, the lower
166
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GAB DEN PLANTS
PiEONIA.
leaves having 30-40. The bright crim-
son solitary flowers, 4 in. across, appear
in May and June, the outer sepals being
produced into long, often compound,
leafy points. The fruits (follicles) are
covered with a red or white down.
Culture dc. as above, p. 165.
P. arietina. — A native of S. Europe,
2-3 ft. high, with pale green or blue-
green leaves, downy beneath, having
more or less oblong or lance-shaped con-
fluent segments. The dark red solitary
flowers, about 4 in. across, appear in May,
and are replaced by 3 or 4 densely woolly
fruits, spreading almost horizontally from
the base.
The variety Andersoni, which is pro-
bably a native of the Levant, has blue
or glaucous-green leaves, and deep rose
flowers with slightly crisped petals. The
variety cretica, from the mountains of
Crete, is one of the earliest of Paeonies,
and may be recognised by its pale glau-
cous green leaves when springing out of
the ground. The flowers are pale rose or
nearly white with torn or jagged petals.
Culture dc. as above.
P. Baked. — A distinct species, resem-
bling P. triternata in habit, and named
a few years ago by Mr. Lynch, of Cam-
bridge. It has cylindrical and somewhat
spindle-shaped roots, and stout stems
about 2 ft. high, reddish, flexuose, and
hairy from the lowest leaf to the flower.
The red-stalked leaves are biternate,
with broadly ovate-acute segments about
3| in. long, the upper surface tinted with
red, the under hairy and glaucous.
Flowers deep rose, over 4 in. across, with
obovate slightly crisped petals, usually
with a white median line beneath.
Culture dc. as above,
P. Bard (P. Bussi, Bot. Mag.t. 22G4).
This is another new species created by
Mr. Lynch. It has leaf segments about
5 times as long as broad, scarcely downy
but very glaucous below, and brilliant red
flowers produced in May. The true P.
Bussi is described on p. 167.
Culture dc. as above.
P. Broteri. — A native of Spain and
Portugal, and closely related to P. coral-
Una. It has cylindrical roots, reddish
stems, smooth ovate pointed leaflets,
broadest near the middle, and rosy-red or
sometimes white flowers, appearing in
May and followed by hairy fruits.
Culture dc. as above.
P. Brownei. — A rare North American
species about 18 in. high, with pale green
or blue -green leaves, having ternately
divided or cut leaflets. The globose
flowers appear in May and are about 1 in.
in diameter, with dull red petals brighter
on the edges.
The variety californica has bifid or
trifid, never pinnatifid, leaflets, the apical
segments being oblong, lanceolate, acute,
and not glaucous.
Culture dc. as above.
P. corallina (P. Alas). — A native of
S. Europe to Asia Minor, with spindle-
shaped or knobby roots. It has reddish
stems 2-3 ft. high, and smooth, deep
green leaves with reddish veins, cut into
more or less broadly ovate segments.
The crimson or rose-red flowers appear
in May, having 6-8 obovate or rounded
petals 2-3 in. long.
Culture dc. as above.
P. coriacea. — A species from the S. of
Spain, mountains of Morocco and Algeria.
The leaves are cut into broadly ovate
entire smooth leaflets, firm in texture.
The flowers are large, bright crimson,
appearing in May.
Culture dc. as above.
P. decora. — A Servian species related
to P. arietina, with smooth stems 2-3 ft.
high, and pale green or slightly glaucous
leaves, red at the edges, smooth or slightly
hairy beneath, cut into numerous oblong
blunt leaflets. Flowers in May, sohtary,
crimson, with 6-8 petals 1^-2 in. long,
and about 1 in. broad. The large hairy
fruits are widely divergent.
The variety Pallasi has narrowly
oblong leaves, while those of elatior are
broadly oblong.
Culture dc. as above.
P. Emodi. — A fine but rather rare
species from the Himalayas. It grows
2-3 ft. high, with thin, smooth, deep green
leaves paler beneath, and cut into numer-
ous lance-shaped pointed segments. The
white flowers, 3-4 in. across, are produced
in March from the axils of the upper
leaves, and have unequal obovate petals
\\- 2 in. broad, while some of the outer
sepals are produced into leafy pohits.
Culture dc. as above. This fine
Paeony requires a warm sheltered situation
and thoroughly well-drained soil so that
t does not suffer during the winter months
1-J20NIA
B UTTER G UP OMDKl:
P^ONIA 1G7
from stagnant moisture at the dormant
roots.
P. humilis. — A well-known garden
plant 18-24 in. high, native of the S. of
France. The leaves are hiternate with
red-tinted stalks, and are cut into numer-
ous oblong-acute confluent segments, deep
green and smooth above, pale green and
downy beneath. The solitary bright red
flowers appear in May on short stalks,
having roundish petals 2 in. long.
Culture dc. as above.
P. hybrida, winch is not a hybrid but
a native of the Caucasus, may be regarded
as a variety of P. tenuifolia. It differs,
however, in not having creeping stems,
and the leaf segments are somewhat
broader. P. laciniata is a synonym.
Culture dc. as above.
P. microcarpa.— A species from the
Spanish mountains, 12-18 in. high, and
closely related to P. humilis. The red-
stalked leaves are very downy beneath,
and cut into numerous oblong-acute seg-
ments. The flowers are bright crimson,
appearing in May.
Culture dc. as above.
P. mollis. — This is supposed to be a
native of the Crimea, and grows about
12 in. high. The rigid hairy stems bear
dark bluish-green much-divided leaves,
densely hairy beneath. The solitary
purple-red flowers appear in May, and
are smaller than those of P. officinalis.
Fruits usually 3, erect, slightly incurved,
and densely hairy.
Culture dc. as above.
P. officinalis. — This native of South
Europe is the most generally met with
Pa?ony in gardens, especially the double-
flowered varieties, which are very beau-
tiful. It is 2-3 ft. high, with smooth deep
green leaves, paler and sometimes downy
beneath, cut into numerous lance-shaped
segments, 1-2 in. broad. The solitary
flowers are usually red or crimson, but
there are various shades to white, all
appearing in May and June.
Among the finest varieties of P. offici-
nalis mention may be made of the follow-
ing : anemonceflora plena, in which the
central petals are united into an elevated
tuft, the outer petals being simdar to those
of the single form ; purpurea plena (also
known as fulgens and splendens) has
globular double flowers of a reddish-pur-
ple, the central petals being more or less
narrowly strap-shaped, and raised some-
what above the outer and much larger
petals ; incarnata, plena has beautiful
crimson flowers which become white as
they grow older; alba plena is a fine
double white variety, as is also maxima
rosed plena, and striata el egans, with deep
rose-striped flowers. P. lobata is a dwarf
form with narrower and more numerous
leaf-segments. It is a native of Portugal,
and may be readily recognised by its
brilliant salmon-coloured flowers.
( 'ultu/re i(e. as above.
P. paradoxa. — A native of Southern
France and Hungary, 12-18 in. high,
forming dense tufts of leaves, much cut
and lobed, with red margins. The flowers
appear in May and June, one on a stem,
and are of a purple-red colour.
This is closely related to the next
species, but has smaller ovate and more
glaucous leaves, with more divided,
crowded, and overlapping leaflets. Culti-
vation, however, has produced a good
many modifications of the type, and there
now exist forms between the single type
and those with very double flowers.
Culture dc. as above.
P. peregrina. — A well-known plant
from S. Europe. It grows 1.1 2 ft. high,
having dull green leaves, smooth above,
paler and hairy beneath, and cut into
oblong acute segments, 3-4 in. long, and
1-1£, in. broad. The bright crimson flowers
having 5-10 petals appear on short stalks
m May and June.
Culture dc. as above.
P. pubens may be regarded as a
variety, and is distinguished by its hairy
stems and leaves, the latter with red
margins, the leaflets tapering to a point,
and flowers rosy - red. The variety
bij::antina has biternate leaves of a pale
grass-green and stems covered with white
hairs. Compacta grows only about 1 it.
high, and has very broad, overlapping
leaflets with very blunt divisions, and
purple-red flowers.
Culture dc. as above.
P. Russi. — A native of Corsica, Sicily,
Sardinia and Algeria. It is 12-18 in.
high, with spindle-shaped roots. The
lower leaves are biternate, thin in
texture, and cut into ovate or oblong
segments. The bright crimson flowers
appear in May and June.
Culture dc. as above.
P. tenuifolia. — A very distinct species
2-18 in. high, with creeping stems,
168
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GABDEN PLANTS
PJSONIA
and a native of Transylvania to the
Crimea, Caucasus, and Armenia. The
leaves are cut into very numerous linear,
one-nerved segments, and at once cha-
racterise the plant. The solitary flowers
with roundish sepals, and dark crimson
elliptic wedge-shaped petals, appear in
May and June, and are enhanced in beauty
by the golden stamens with purple fila-
ments surrounding the deep purple velvety
carpels in the centre.
The handsome double varieties of
P. tenuifolia are those most usually grown
in gardens.
Culture dc. as above.
P. triternata. — A native of the
Caucasus, Asia Minor, and the Crimea,
18-24 in. high. The roots are oblong or
cylindrical, and the smooth leaves, pale
green above, glaucous beneath, are cut
into oblong leaflets, bluntly rounded at
the apex and with a small cusp. The
rose-red flowers are borne in May and
June, one on a stem, and have 6-8
obovate petals 2-2£ in. long.
Culture dc. as above.
P. viilosa (P. sessiliflora). — A species
closely related to P. mollis, but having
longer petioles, and white flowers.
Culture dc. as above.
P. Wittmanniana. — A distinct but
somewhat rare species from the Caucasus
and N. Persia. It is about 2 ft. high, with
biternate leaves, usually having not more
than 3 ovate deep green segments to each
division, downy beneath. The flowers
are borne on short stalks in April and
May, and have roundish sepals and petals,
the latter about 2 in. long, and of a pale
yellow colour.
Culture dc. as above.
HYBRID PEONIES.— The Pajony
owes its importance as a beautiful gar-
den plant chiefly to the fact that hun-
dreds of first class varieties have been
raised in this country and on the Con-
tinent by intercrossing a few natural
species, chiefly P. albiflora and P. offici-
nalis, although a few have sprung from
P. peregrima ; two or three from P. tenui-
folia ; what are known as the Chinese
Pseonies from P. Beevsi and P. Pottsi ;
and the Anemone-flowered kinds which
bear traces of P. officinalis and P.
paradoxa.
The following is a list of the best
Hybrid Pseonies grown, but as new ones
appear every year, those in search of
novelties may consult trade catalogues.
HARDY DOUBLE-FLOWERED
CHINESE PEONIES
Many of the following are very
fragrant.
WHITE AND CREAMY YELLOW PjEONIES
Alba plenissima, pure white.
Albion, blush-white, centre primrose-
yellow and white.
Alice Julvecourt, blush, passing off
white, centre tinged primrose.
Candidissima, beautiful primrose -
yellow, with pure white guard petals,
anemone-flowered.
Comte d'Osmonte, white, tinged blush,
centre bright yellow and beautifully
fringed.
Countess of Clancarty, delicate blush
and primrose-yellow, dwarf, erect grower.
Couronne d'Or, large creamy white,
laced crimson, showing golden anthers.
Delacour Verhille, pure white, with
fine broad petals, strong sturdy habit,
flowers of perfect form.
Duchesse de Theba, delicate flesh-
white, large broad petals.
Duke of Wellington, yellow, with
large pure white guard petals, free
bloomer.
Elegans superbissima, pure white,
dwarf grower.
Festiva maxima, snow-white, large
spreading fully double flower.
Gracchus, primrose-yellow passing off
white, very large.
HeUne Leslie, primrose-yellow with
large white guard petals.
Lady Dartmouth, beautiful pure
white, very large.
Lady Godiva, pure white, centre
tinted flesh, full-double, of highest
quality.
La Tulipe, large snow-white, laced
crimson.
La Vestale, white, with blush guard
petals occasionally laced crimson, fine
substance, strong sturdy growth.
Madame Dupont, pure white, laced
crimson, full-double.
Marie Lemoine, pure white, with
creamy centre, large globular- shaped
flower, full-double.
Nitta, fine broad-petalled pure white
flowers, a new Japanese variety.
Baiko, a new variety from Japan,
P^ONIA
BUTTERCUP ORDER
P^30NIA 169
flowers large, pure white, and semi-
double.
Snoioball (Duchesse tie Nemours),
large snow-white, tall.
Solfaterre, beautiful primrose -yellow,
passing off pure white, tall.
Triomphe de Paris, large broad white
guard petals, centre primrose, passing to
white, handsome flower.
Viscountess Folkestone, pure white,
full-double, of finest form.
Whitleyi, pure white, tinged rose,
very early.
BLUSH-PINK PEONIES
Agnes Barr, softest of pinks, centre
canary-yellow and blush, tall grower.
Aretha sa, pink, passing to blush, free
bloomer, tall grower.
Auguste Miellez, soft pink, inter-
spersed with yellow, tall grower.
Belle Chatelaine, blush-pink, centre
sulphur, changing to white.
Belle Douaissienne, soft rose-pink,
centre primrose, passing off pure white.
Caroline Allain, blush-pink, centre
flesh to white.
Ceres, soft pink guard petals, with
charming fimbriated blush-white centre,
pretty.
Charlemagne, blush, laced rose, full
double.
Delicatissima, flesh, passing to blush -
white, full-double.
Duchess of Stitherland, beautiful pink,
tipped silvery - white, dwarf compact
habit.
Eugene Verdier, blush, centre white,
very large beautifully formed flower, tall
grower, free bloomer.
Faust, blush-pink.
Figaro, pink, centre blush, laced
crimson.
General Bedeau, blush-white, profuse
bloomer.
Grace Darling, soft pink guard petals,
centre blush, splashed crimson, petals
prettily fimbriated.
Grandiflora cornea, soft flesh, early.
Humei carnea, peach-blossom, centre
blush, changing to white.
Lady Ardilaun, delicate blush, centre
shaded primrose, fine large flowers.
Lady Somerset, soft rose-pink, laced
crimson.
Leonie, blush-white, of perfect form.
Madame Breon, colour an exquisite
peach-blossom, large handsome flowers,
free bloomer.
Madame de Galhau, beautiful soft
pink, enormous flowers of perfect form.
Madame de Vatry, white, guard petals
flesh-coloured, fragrant.
Madame Henri, peach-blossom, with
prettily tessellated soft yellow centre.
Madame Loise Mere, beautiful bhish-
pink. large full-double flowers.
Miidame Mannoir, beautiful soft pink,
fully double, dwarf.
Madame Moreau, pink, with blush-
white centre.
Madame Serret, delicate rose, passing
to blush.
Madame Vilmorin, blush-white.
Magnifica, soft pink, centre primrose
and rose.
Monsieur Andre, pink, centre shaded
flesh.
Monsieur Paillet, soft pink, centre
blush, splashed red, very pretty.
Novelty, cream, flushed pink, full-
double, very early.
Paganini, primrose, passing off white,
with large blush guard petals.
Prince Pierre Galitzin, peach-
blossom, primrose centre, prettily fim-
briated.
Princess Clotilde, beautiful peach-
blossom, with creamy yellow and blush
centre, fine form.
Princess May, peach, with creamy
yellow and blush centre, tall grower.
Peine des Francaises, silvery-pink,
interspersed with yellow, laced crimson,
large flower.
Pose d? Amour, lovely blush, full-
double.
Saucy Lass, lovely soft rose-pink,
centre yellow, very pretty.
Taglioni, pink, centre shaded blush,
large showy flowers, profuse bloomer.
The Lady, pink, laced crimson, free
bloomer.
Triomjphe du Nord, silvery-pink, show-
ing the golden anthers, very pretty, tall
grower.
Zoe Verniory, soft pink, centre prirn-
KOSE AND PINK PEONIES
Alexandre Dumas, bright rose, inter-
laced with cream, large flower, very free
bloomer.
Alice Crousse, beautiful soft rose,
flesh centre.
Comte de Paris, rose-carmine, centre
stained salmon, passing off blush.
170
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
P^ONIA
Curiosa, pink, tipped white, tall
grower, free bloomer.
Dr. Boisduval, rose, centre salmon.
Dr. Nestor Pelassy, rose-pink.
Globosa, bright pink, centre interlaced
with flesh.
Gloire de Patrie, bright rose, tipped
white, full-double.
Grandiflora superba, large bright pink
guard petals, centre flesh.
Josephine Parmentier, rose, centre
pink suffused salmon.
Jules Lebon, rose, full-double.
Lady Carrington, bright pink, tipped
white, showing golden anthers.
Lady Leonora Bramwell, beautiful
soft rose, very large full-double flowers.
L Elegante, pmk, centre shading to
blush, very pretty.
Madame Courant, deep rose, edged
silver, fragrant.
Madame Furtado, carmine, centre
florets tinted salmon-rose.
Madame James Odier, bright rose,
centre passing to blush.
Madonnis, rose, centre pink, large
flower of fine form.
Marie Houillon, bright rose, full-
double.
Mikado, a lovely new Japanese variety,
with large bold guard petals of a beautiful
cerise-rose, central florets pink edged
gold.
Mons. Galland, bright pink, full-
double, late.
Prince diaries, rich cerise-rose, centre
tinged salmon.
Peine des Fleurs, bright rose-pink,
strongly full-double.
Bose of Castile, bright rose-pink, large
full-double anemone-flowered.
Bosea magna, bright rose-pink, centre
pink, very effective and showy.
Sidonia, pink, shading to blush, fine
large flowers.
Silenus, bright pink, full-double, free
bloomer.
Sir Henry Irving, bright rose-pink,
very large, of perfect form, a grand late-
flowering variety.
Vicomte de Fonceville, clear pink,
frilled white.
Washington, beautiful rose-cerise.
FULL DEEP ROSE PEONIES
Abel de Pujol, full rose, shading to
pink, free bloomer.
Adelaide Delache, deep rose, tipped
white, profuse bloomer.
Bonaparte, brilliant rose, large loose
flower, showy.
Charles Binder, bright carmine.
Charlotte Bronte, bright rose-carmine.
De Candolle, rose-pink, full-double.
Dr. Bretonneau, deep satin-rose.
Etendard du Grand Homme, brilliant
rose, very large.
Isabelle Karlitzky, full rose-pink.
John Fraser, a lovebv cerise-rose, full-
double, of perfect form.
Madame Benard, bright rose.
Madame Lebon, rich cerise-rose, full-
double, profuse bloomer.
Modeste Guerin, deep rose.
Nobilissima, rose, finely formed
flower.
Sir Charles Dilke, bright rose, tipped
blush, showing the golden anthers.
Sir Walter Scott, brilliant rose, shad-
ing to pink, showing golden anthers.
Souvenir de VExposition Universelle,
beautiful rose, passing off pink.
DEEP CRIMSON PEONIES
Buychii, intense crimson-purple,
dwarf in growth.
Delachei, very deep crimson.
Edward Simmons, large rich crimson,
showing the golden anthers, tall grower.
Francois Ortigat, rich purple, a very
richly coloured variety.
Joseph Chamberlain, rich crimson.
Lord Derby, rich purple-crimson, tall.
Lord Salisbury, flowers rich crimson,
very large.
Louis Van Houtte, a fine rich purple-
crimson, very handsome.
Madame Charpentier, very deep crim-
son, full-double, dwarf.
Madame Stair, brilliant crimson, tall
grower.
Marshal MacMahon, rich fidl carmine,
profuse bloomer.
Paul Bisbourg, rich glittering crimson,
late- flowering.
Prince Imperial, beautiful bright
crimson, tipped purple, fine form.
Prince Prosper, glowing purple car-
mine, showing golden anthers, very
showy.
Peine Potard, very rich glowing crim-
son.
Bobin Hood, rich glittering crimson,
showing golden anthers.
Bubra Triomphans, very rich glitter-
ing crimson.
Sir Frederick Leighton, rich crimson,
tipped white.
l'^ONIA
BUTTERCUP ORDER
P^ONIA 171
Sir William Harcourt, rich glowing
crimson, a very bright colour, tall grower.
Siqjerbissimus, rich carmine, tall.
Besides the double-flowered Paeonies
there are also many handsome forms
with single flowers. Names have been
given to several by specialists, but it is
better to consult catalogues, as new ones
are constantly being added.
TKEK P^EONIKS
P. lutea. — This is a new and remark-
able species from Yunnan, China, and
was introduced to Paris in 1887. Being
of a woody nature, it now shares with
P. Mo id an the distinction of being a Tree
Paeony. It is much dwarfer in growth
than P. Moittan, and has paler green
leaves with much more divided and
pointed lobes, the secondary stalks being
winged instead of channelled. The
yellow flowers appear at the end of May
and during June, and seem to be more
profusely borne when the plants are
grafted than when on their own roots.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species is not yet well known, and but
little can be said of its behaviour out of
doors in cultivation. It is probably
hardy in the mild southern and western
districts, but would require protection in
less favourable parts. The stems may be
grafted in the same way as recommended
below for P. Moutan, and the stocks
mentioned there, as well as P. coralUma,
would probably give satisfactory results.
This species may also be raised from
seeds.
P. Moutan (Moutan, or Tree Pceony).
A fine shrubby much-branched species
3-4 ft. high, native of China and Japan.
The smooth leaves are cut into oblong
acute segments, and in a young state
assume many shades of colour, from purple-
crimson to green. The very large and
handsome flowers appear in May, and
have a wide range of colour, white, rose,
salmon, lilac, scarlet, magenta, violet &c.
being represented.
Culture and Propagation. — Tree
Paeonies like to grow in a good strong,
more or less sandy loam, and being very
gross feeders, they may with great ad-
vantage be given occasional mulchings of
well-rotted cow-manure.
The shrubby varieties of the P. Moutan
may be increased by cuttings taken in
summer with a piece of the older well-
ripened stem attached, and inserted singly
in small pots with sandy soil, and placed
in a cold, shaded frame or greenhouse.
They must also be protected from frost m
winter. These shrubby varieties are also
grafted on the stout fleshy roots of such
herbaceous kinds as P. albiflora and P.
officinalis. The grafts are taken late in
summer or early autumn, and should be
without flower buds. Having united the
graft to the root by inserting it in a slit of
the latter, and binding the junction, the
whole should then be potted and plunged,
so as to cover up the graft a little, in
ordinary soil, placed in a cold frame, and
shaded until the union has become com-
plete. Air may then be admitted, but the
plants are best left undisturbed until
spring. They may then be grown on in
pots or transferred to the open border as
required.
In some parts of the country Tree
Paeonies suffer more or less from the
spring frosts, especially if the previous
summer has not been favourable enough
to thoroughly ripen the growths. Some
of the many varieties are more tender
than others, and in such cases a little
shelter by means of a glass frame would
save the young growths and flowers in
spring.
Tree Paeonies are often grown in pots,
and are placed in greenhouses so that
they may bloom by February. Forcing
the plants out of their natural season of
flowering, however, exhausts them a good
deal, and plants thus treated can be
used successfully for such a purpose only
about every third year. If grown in pots
with very rich soil, and placed in a cold
greenhouse or cold frame for protection,
Tree Paeonies will flower earlier than
those planted out, the blooms will be
much cleaner and finer, and the plants
will not undergo any severe strain.
The following are among some of the
best varieties grown : —
Antigonus, French white and lilac ;
ccelestis, soft lilac ; Margaret Alt-wood,
pure white, with a yellow centre ; The
Mikado, rose and deep yellow ; Luna,
white ; Mammoth, pink ; Morris, soft
rose; Jupiter, salmon; Duhamel, lilac-
rose ; Mdme. Battier, cream and flesh
colour.
172 PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS chimonanthus
II. CALYCANTHACEiE— Allspice Order
Shrubs with square stems, and opposite, simple, and scabrous leaves without
stipules. Flowers perigynous, axillary, solitary, and often fragrant or aromatic.
Sepals and petals numerous, imbricated and combined in a fleshy tube.
Stamens numerous, inserted in a fleshy rim at the mouth of the tube, the inner
ones being sterile ; filaments short. Carpels many, distinct, inserted in a
cavity, one-celled, tapering to a filiform style. The fruit is an etaerio of inde-
hiscent one-seeded achenes.
CALYCANTHUS (Allspice Tree).
A genus of handsome deciduous N.
American shrubs, with rather large,
purple or livid sweet-scented flowers.
They grow in somewhat shaded, moist
soil in the warmer parts of the country,
but in very cold districts may require
a little protection in winter.
Culture and Propagation. — Allspice
trees like a rich, well-drained sandy peat
and loam, but will grow well in any good
garden soil. They are useful for the
shrubbery, or in beds by themselves on
the grass in warm and sheltered positions,
or they may be trained on walls which
are overhung and shaded by tall trees.
Propagation may be effected by sowing
seeds in a cold frame in spring, or as
soon as fully ripe. The plants may also
be increased by division of the clumps or
offsets, and also by layers in summer and
autumn, this method being probably the
easiest in our climate.
C. floridus (Carolina Allspice). — A
native of Carolina 4-6 ft. high, with
spreading branches and ovate leaves,
downy beneath ; the wood and roots
smelling strongly of camphor. The
flowers, which have a sweet apple scent,
appear in May. There are several forms
of this species which receive distinctive
names in catalogues.
Culture dc. as above.
C. glaucus (C. fertilis). — This is also
from Carolina, and grows about the same
height as C. floridus. The leaves are
ovate and lance-shaped, pointed, glaucous
and downy beneath, and the livid purple,
not strongly scented flowers appear in
May. C. oblongifolius is a variety with
somewhat elongated leaves.
Culture dc. as above.
C. lffivigatus.— A shrub 3-6 ft. high
with strictly erect branches, from the
mountains of Pennsylvania. Leaves
oblong, thin, blunt or acute, bright green,
smooth, or nearly so, paler beneath.
Flowers in May, livid purple, like those
of C. glaucus.
Culture dc. as above.
C. occidentalis (C. macrophyllus). —
This is the ' Sweet-scented Shrub ' of
California, and grows 6-12 ft. high, having
oblong or ovate heart-shaped pointed
leaves, slightly downy on the veins
beneath. The brick-red sweet-scented
flowers which are 3-4 in. across — each
petal being about 2 in. long and h in.
broad — are produced from June to
October.
Culture dc. as above.
CHIMONANTHUS. — A genus
closely related to Calycanthus, and con-
taining only one species, described below,
with the characters of the genus : —
C. fragrans (Winter Siveet). — This
beautiful hardy shrub is a native of
China and Japan, and was at one time
also known under the name of Calycan-
thus prcecox. It grows 8-10 ft. high or
more in the British Islands, and from the
middle of December until the end of
February and March its leafless twigs
are covered with sweet-scented yellow
blossoms, each about 1 in. across and with
a purple-brown centre. The numerous
outer scale-like sepals gradually pass into
petals, from which they are scarcely dis-
tinct. The stamens are in two rows, the
5 outer ones only being fertile and united
at the base, the inner ones being sterile
and united into a conelike tube. The
leaves appear after flowering is over, and
are lance-shaped, tapering in outline.
slightly hairy beneath, and rather rough
to the touch.
Culture and Propagation. — This
charming winter-flowering plant should
MAGNOLIA ORDER
ILLICIUM 173
be grown in a deep and rich turfy loam,
to which a little sand and leaf mould
may be added. The soil should be well
drained, as stagnant moisture at the root
is not only injurious to the growth of the
plant, but effectually checks the appear-
ance of its fragrant blossoms just at a
period when they are most desirable.
During the late summer and autumn
months the shoots may be layered, and
will be well rooted by the following spring
or autumn.
In most parts of the country the
• Winter Sweet ' requires the protection
of a wall with a south or western aspect.
The shoots may be trained upon it in the
same way as those of the Peach and
Nectarine. After flowering is over it is
essential to thin out all the old and use-
less shoots, so as to encourage the de-
velopment of young branches during the
year. It is on these yoimg shoots, formed
each year after the flowering period, that
the blossoms are borne in winter, and it
would be a mistake, therefore, to prune
the plants in the autumn, when a good
deal of such work is done. The variety
grandiflorus is superior to the type, and
has larger flowers.
III. MAGNOLIACE^— Magnolia or Lily Tree Order
For the most part beautiful and often aromatic trees and shrubs, with
alternate, leathery, entire or toothed leaves, distinctly jointed with the stem.
Stipules deciduous, but when young are rolled together, and leave ringed
marks where they fall off. Flowers solitary usually hermaphrodite ; sepals
3-6, deciduous ; petals 3 or more, hypogynous, imbricated in several rows.
Stamens numerous, hypogynous, often with dilated or thickened filaments,
free, or monadelphous in male flowers. Carpels numerous, rarely few or
solitary, spirally arranged upon a torus above the stamens, one-celled. Fruit
either woody or fleshy, dehiscent or indehiscent.
This order includes some of the most beautiful flowering trees and shrubs
in the world.
and Ireland. They require the protection
of a wall, and their cultivation should not
be attempted in cold districts. They
thrive in sandy loam, and are propagated
by inserting cuttings of the half- ripened
wood in a cold frame under a glass during
the summer months.
ILLICIUM (Aniseed Tree). — A
genus containing only a few species of
rather tender smooth evergreen shrubs
or small trees, with oblong leathery
stalked leaves, which emit an aromatic
odour when rubbed between the hands.
The yellowish or purple hermaphrodite
flowers are borne either singly or in threes
on the sides of the twigs. Sepals 3 or 6,
membranous, in one or two series. Petals
numerous, in many series. Stamen fila-
ments rather thick. Carpels numerous,
arranged star-wise on the torus, and
becoming fleshy or rather woody when
mature.
Culture and Propagation. — The Ani-
seed Trees require precisely the same
cultural treatment as mentioned under
DRIMYS. — A genus of fine evergreen
half-hardy trees with aromatic bark, and
axillary terminal flowers. Sepals 2-3,
membranaceous, cohering, deciduous.
Petals 6 or more, overlapping in 2 or more
rows.
D. aromatica. — A highly aromatic
Tasmanian shrub, 9-12 ft. high, with
oblong light green dotted leaves, tapering
towards the base. The white or pinkish
flowers are borne in early siunmer — the
males on one plant, the females on
another — and consist of 3 sepals and 6
(or sometimes 8) petals.
Culture <fc. as for D. Winter i.
D. Winteri (Wintera aromatica). —
Winter's Barh.—K native of S. America,
where it reaches a height of 25 ft. or more.
It has deep green smooth oblong obtuse
leaves, glaucous beneath. The flowers,
with 8-12 petals, are about 1 in. across
and have a Jasmine-like perfume.
Culture and Propagation. — These
two species can be grown out of doors only
in the most favourable parts of England
174
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS magnolia
Drimys above. A rich sandy loam, with
the addition of a little peat or leaf mould,
will suit them all well. They can be
grown out of doors with any satisfaction
only in the south, and even there they do
best in warm sheltered positions. New
plants are obtained by placing cuttings
of the ripened or half-ripened shoots in
sandy soil under handlights during the
summer months.
I. floridanum. — This handsome shrub
is a native of Florida and other southern
parts of the United States. It grows
about 8 ft. high, and has oblong lance-
shaped leaves somewhat tapering towards
the point. The conspicuous deep purple-
red flowers, each consisting of 20-30
petals, are produced during the summer
months in drooping clusters, and emit a
fragrant odour.
Culture dc. as above.
I. religiosum {I. anisatum). — This is
a native of China and Japan, and grows
about 4 ft. high. The branches are
clothed with smooth entire leaves, and
during the summer months the small
yellowish-white flowers are produced in
clusters, emitting a sweet odour.
This shrub is held in great reverence
by the Japanese, who decorate the tombs
of their friends with its branches, and
burn the bark as incense.
Culture etc. as above.
MAGNOLIA (Lily Tree).— A genus
of beautiful flowering trees and shrubs
comprising about 20 species, some ever-
green, some deciduous. Flowers con-
spicuous, solitary, terminal, sessile or
shortly stalked, with a spathe-like bract.
Petals 6-12 imbricating in 2 or more rows.
Carpels numerous, oblong, borne on a
more or less conical receptacle. Leaves
large entire.
Culture and Propagation. — Magnolias
thrive in warm sunny positions in deep
rich loamy well-drained soil. When plant-
ing, which shouldbe done in the spring just
as growth begins, care should be taken to
select a spot from which it will not be
necessary to remove the plant for at least
some years, as too frequent transplanting
is detrimental.
The easiest way of increasing Magno-
lias in this country is by means of layers
put down in summer. Seeds, when obtain-
able, should be sown as soon as ripe in a
cold frame, and kept fairly moist until ger-
mination takes place. Cuttings of the half-
ripened green shoots with a piece of older
wood attached may also be struck under
glass during the summer months, and
should be grown under protection until
well rooted and established before plant-
ing out.
Special varieties are increased by
grafting them in July and August upon
such stocks as the ' Cucumber Tree '
(M. acuminata) or the ' Umbrella Tree '
(M. Umbrella).
Some Magnolias are not so hardy as
others, and practical experience is the
best guide as to whether a species will
grow well in a certain locality or not.
Very often the spring frosts play havoc
with the flowers, although the leaves are
left uninjured. The kinds described
below are those found most useful in this
country. Many of them are useful for
cultivation near large towns, as the grime
and soot does little harm to the smooth
foliage beyond dulling its brilliancy some-
what.
M. acuminata (Cucumber Tree). — A
N. American vigorous deciduous tree
30-60 ft. high, with oblong acuminate
leaves, downy beneath, and 6-12 in. long.
The slightly scented glaucous - green
flowers, tinted with yellow, are 3-4 in.
across, having 6-9 petals, and appear
from May to Jidy.
Fine specimens of this tree may be
seen in the Royal Gardens, Kew, at Syon
House, Claremont &c.
Culture dc. as above.
M. Campbelli. — A handsome decidu-
ous tree attaining a height of 150 ft. in
its native country — India. Unfortunately
it will only grow in the most favoured
spots in the British Islands. At Lakeland,
near Cork, is a very fine tree 35-40 ft.
high, which flowered for the first time in
1883, and again in 1885.
M. Campbelli has large oval lance-
shaped leaves covered with silky hairs
beneath. The slightly fragrant flowers
appear in April, and are 6-10 in. across,
pale rose inside, crimson outside.
Culture dc. as above.
M. conspicua (M. Yulan; M. precia).
The Yulan. — A lovely deciduous Chinese
species 20-40 ft. high, with obovate,
abruptly pointed leaves, which are downy
when young. The large erect white and
fragrant flowers, with 6-9 petals suffused
with crimson outside, are produced in
MAGNOLIA
MAGNOLIA ORDER
MAGNOLIA 175
great profusion from February to the end
of June, the first flowers opening before
the development of the leaves.
The variety Soulangeana is prob-
ably a hybrid between M. conspicua and
M. obovata. Its large white flowers are
deeply tinted with reddish-purple. Soul-
angeana nigra is a variety with dark
plum-coloured flowers. Lenne is also a
fine free-flowering variety said to be a
hybrid between obovata and conspicua.
There are other forms known as Alex-
amdrma, cyathiformis, speciosa, speeta-
bilis, superba, triumplians &c. scarcely
distinguishable. That known as stricta
is said to be a cross between Soulangeana
and obovata.
Culture dc. as above. The flowers
ab,ould be protected with canvas or mat-
ting in the event of frosty weather.
M. cordata. — A deciduous tree which
grows 40 -50 ft. high in X. America. Leaves
heart-shaped, rather oval, acute, 4-6 in.
long, smooth above, woolly beneath. The
erect, scentless yellow flowers lined with
purple have 6-9 oblong petals, and appear
from April to July, and are about 4 in.
across. Botanically this is regarded as a
variety of M. acuminata.
Culture dc. as above.
M. Fraseri (M. auriculata). — A fine
deciduous tree with spongy wood, native
of the Southern United States, where it
attains a height of 30-50 ft. The smooth,
spoon-shaped leaves are a foot or more
long, heart-shaped at the base, with blunt
auricles, the under surface being some-
what glaucous. The erect creamy yel-
lowish-white flowers are very sweet-
scented, 3-4 in. across, and have 9 oblong
petals.
Culture dc. as above.
M. glauca. — A beautiful evergreen
shrub from the Eastern United States,
where it reaches a height of 15 ft.
or more and is known as the Laurel
Magnolia or Sweet Bay. The elliptic
obtuse leathery leaves are bluish-green
above, silvery beneath. The fragrant
globular flowers, with 9-12 oval concave
petals, are about 3 in. across, and of a
creamy-white when first open, changing
to pale apricot with age.
The variety major (or thompsoniana)
is a very vigorous form with leaves and
flowers much larger than those of the type.
Culture dc. as above. A moist soil
composed of peat and loam suits this
species best.
M. grandiflora. — This stately ever-
green tree is known as the Laurel Magnolia
of the 3. United States, where it attains
a height of 70-80 ft. In this country there
are specimens 50 ft. or more high. The
oval, oblong, leathery, deep green, shining
leaves with a rusty under surface are
characteristic of this species. The erect
sweet-scented white flowers 6-8 in. across,
with 9-12 petals, are produced freely
during July and August on trees which
have become well-established.
The Laurel Magnolia is met with in
many gardens grown either as a bush
tree or trained against a wall with a
south aspect, and does equally well in
both positions. Cold north and easterly
winds are apt to damage the young
growths sometimes, and it is therefore
desirable to secure a position sheltered
from these as much as possible.
Culture dc. as above.
M. hypoleuca. — A fine Japanese tree,
60 ft. high or more in its native country.
The leaves are 12 in. or more long, and
6-7 in. broad, deep green, smooth above,
covered with white hairs beneath. The
deliciously fragrant, creamy white flowers
are 6-7 in. across, with amass of brilliant
scarlet stamens in the centre.
Culture dc. as above.
M. Kobus (M. Thurberi).— Another
Japanese species 70 80 ft. high in a wild
state. The leaves are 6-7 in. long, and
the creamy white flowers are 4-5 in.
across, and appear in May before the
leaves. This species has been grown in
Kew Gardens for several years.
Culture dc. as above.
M. macrophylla. — A very handsome
deciduous tree with smooth white bark.
It reaches a height of 30 ft. in N. America.
As the name indicates, the beautiful green
leaves are very large, 1-3 ft. long,
8-10 in. broad, oblong-obovate, somewhat
fiddle-shaped, heart-shaped at the base,
the under surface being covered with
white hairs. The open bell-shaped sweet-
scented flowers, with 6-9 oval petals,
appear in June, and are white with a
purple blotch at the base, and measure
8-10 in. across.
This species must be considered as
tender except in the most favoured spots.
It prefers warm soils.
Culture dc. as above.
176
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GABDEN PLANTS schizandra
M. obovata. — A very pretty dwarf
deciduous shrub about 5 ft. high, native of
China and Japan. It has large obovate
dark green leaves, and Tulip-like fragrant
flowers, with 6 petals, purple outside,
white within, produced in great abund-
ance in April and May.
The variety discolor (or purpurea)
has larger and deeper coloured flowers
than the type. There are many other
garden forms differing very little from
each other, the best being Borreri,
angustifolia, and erubescens.
Culture Sc. as above.
M. parviflora. — A deciduous Japanese
shrub, with roundish-oval, cuspidate
leaves, the stalks and principal veins of
which are covered with a reddish down
beneath. The almost globular white
flowers tinted with rose appear about
April and May.
Culture dec. as above.
M. stellata (M. halleana). — A
beautiful dwarf-growing deciduous shrub
from Japan, with obovate obtuse or
elliptic shortly pointed membranous
leaves, 2-5 in. long. The white sweet-
scented starry flowers with numerous
petals appear from March to May and
before the leaves develop.
This is one of the earliest Magnolias
to flower, and grown in beds as in Kew
Gardens it forms a lovely sight in early
spring. It rarely reaches a height of 6 or
7 feet and has a spreading bushy habit.
Culture dc. as above.
M. Umbrella (M. frondosa ; M. tripe-
tola). — This is the Umbrella Tree of the
S. United States, and is a free-growing
and somewhat straggling deciduous shrub
reaching a height of 35-40 ft. in a wild
state. Its smooth lance-shaped spreading
leaves are 1-2 ft. long, downy underneath
when young. In April and May the
slightly scented white flowers, 5-8 in.
across, with 9-12 petals, are freely pro-
duced.
Culture Sc. as above.
M. Watsoni. — A beautiful Japanese
shrub or low tree, with oblong obovate
leaves about 6 in. long, deep green above,
paler beneath. The creamy or ivory-
white flowers, about 5-6 in. across, are
borne at the tips of the yoimg branches
in June, and emit a powerful and agree-
able fragrance. Each flower consists of
7 or 8 concave or incurved obovate petals,
outside of which is a rosy-pink calyx, and
inside which, surrounding the conical pile
of carpels, are numerous rows of stamens,
havingrich crimson filaments and reddish-
brown anthers.
Culture dlc. as above. This species
has been confused with M. parviflora,
but is quite distinct.
LIRIODENDRON.— As there is only
one species in this genus, it is unnecessary
to give a separate generic and specific
description in this case.
L. tulipifera(T»7^j» Tree; Wliitewood) .
A very ornamental flowering tree resem-
bling the Plane in appearance, native of
the United States, having a stem some-
times over 100 ft. high and 3 ft. thick,
with a greyish-brown cracked bark and
many gnarled and easily broken branches.
The leaves are roundish, ovate, and three-
lobed, the central lobe being obliquely
truncate, and forming one of the chief
characteristics of the tree. It is only
when mature — between 20 and 30 years
of age— that the Tulip Tree produces its
beautiful Tulip-like flowers of soft green
and yellow at the tips of the branches in
May. The flowers consist of 3 reflexed
sepals, 6 connivent petals, in two
imbricated rows, and two-seeded carpels
in an oblong spike. There are a few well-
marked varieties of the Tulip Tree now in
cultivation, the best known being aureo-
maculata, integrifolia, fastigiata, and
variegata.
Culture and Pro2)agation. — The Tulip
Tree requires similar soil and treatment
to the Magnolias, but is, on the whole,
hardier. There are some splendid trees
in various parts of the country, and they
seem to be quite as happy as the Horse
Chestnut. Young trees of various sizes
are procurable from nurserymen, but
plants may also be raised from seeds
sown as soon as ripe in moist sandy
loam in warm and sheltered spots out of
doors or in cold frames. A rich loamy
well-drained soil suits the Tulip Tree
best, but any ordinary good garden soil
will grow good specimens.
SCHIZANDRA. — Agenus containing
about half-a-dozen species of trailing or
climbing shrubs with membranous, pellu-
cid dotted, exstipulate leaves. Flowers
1-sexed, red, yellow, or whitish, solitary.
Sepals and petals 9-12, gradually passing
from one to the other. Stamens in the
male flowers 5-15, more or less united
SCHIZANDRA
CUSTARD APPLE ORDER
ASIMINA 177
into a roundish or ring-like mass. Carpels
in the female flowers numerous, becoming
indehiscent berries when ripe. Seeds
kidney-shaped.
S. chinensis. — A handsome climbing
shrub, native of China and Japan, with
stems 10-20 ft. long, clothed with simple
leaves, and bearing pale rosy flowers
during the summer months. After bloom-
ing, the berry-like fruits appear and
assume a scarlet hue when ripe, remain-
ing on the plant for the greater part of
winter.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species is the only one fit for outdoor cul-
tivation in the United Kingdom. It re-
quires a warm sheltered position, and
must be protected in northern parts during
severe winters. A rich sandy loam, with
a little peat or leaf soil added, suits it well.
Cuttings of the more or less ripened shoots
may be rooted during the summer and
autumn months under handlights or in
greenhouses in the same way as Drimy
and Illicium.
KADSURA.— A genus of climbing
shrubs closely related to Schizandru , but
having usually leathery and only rarely
membranous leaves. The 1-sexed solitary
flowers are borne singly in the axils of the
leaves. Sepals and petals 9-15, gradually
changing one into the other. Stamens in
the male flowers numerous, more or less
united. Carpels in the female flowers
numerous, capitate, becoming berries
when ripe.
K. chinensis. — A rather tender Japan-
ese climbing shrub, with smooth, leathery,
more or less oblong-oval leaves, with ser-
rate margins, and tapering at both ends.
The white flowers are borne during the
summer months on stalks opposite the
leaves.
Culture and Propagation. — This plant
likes a warm sheltered position and flour-
ishes in southern parts of the kingdom in
rich sandy loam, peat and leaf soil. It
may be increased by inserting cuttings of
the more or less ripened shoots in sandy
soil under handlights during the summer
months.
IV. ANONACEiE Custard Apple Order
An order of trees and shrubs with alternate, entire, exstipulate leaves, and
hermaphrodite or rarely 1-sexed flowers. Sepals usually 3, more or less
distinct. Petals usually 6, hypogynous. Stamens usually numerous.
Although this order contains about 400 species, mostly natives of the
tropics, the following genus is the only one that can be satisfactorily repre-
sented out of doors in the British Islands.
ASIMINA. — A small genus of shrubs
or small trees, with feather-veined leaves,
and nodding short-stalked flowers borne
on the sides of the branches. Sepals 3,
ovate, valvate. Petals 6, in 2 rows, the
inner ones smaller than the outer ones.
Stamens numerous. Torus (or receptacle)
roundish. Carpels 3-15, becoming an
oblong thickened berry when mature.
A. triloba. — A small tree or shrub
about 10 ft. high, native of Pennsylvania
and other parts of the United States. The
leaves are smooth, oblong, wedge-shaped,
and the pale purple bell-shaped flowers,
about 2 in. across, with a yellow centre,
are produced in early summer. The three
outer broadly ovate petals are distinctly
larger than the three inner ones, and the
points of both series form almost an
equilateral triangle.
Culture and Propagation. — This plant
is best grown in southern and western
parts of the kingdom in warm and shel-
tered situations, but is fairly hardy in the
neighbourhood of London. It likes a rich
sandy loam, but will also flourish in well-
drained good garden soil. To obtain new
plants, the branches may be layered
during the summer and autumn months,
and severed the following year when well
rooted. Imported seeds may also be sown
under glass in rich sandy loam, but the
young plants should not be placed in the
open air permanently until they have
attained a good size, and have been well
hardened and matured by exposure during
the summer months.
178
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
COCCULUS
V. MENISPERMACEiE
An order of climbing woody or somewhat herbaceous plants with alternate,
exstipulate, usually palmately nerved, entire or palmately lobed leaves.
Flowers dioecious, small, usually borne in panicles, racemes, or cymes. Sepals
usually 6, rarely 9 or 12. Petals usually 6, rarely fewer. Stamens in the
male flowers usually equal in number and opposite to the petals, with free or
united filaments. Carpels usually 3, rarely 16 or more, free. Fruit drupe-like,
sessile or stalked.
COCCULUS. — A small genus of
climbing or twining shrubs with ovate or
oblong entire or rarely lobed leaves and
flowers in cymes or axillary panicles.
Sepals, petals, and stamens, 6 of each.
Carpels 3. Fruit an obovoid or roundish
flattened drupe.
Culture and Propagation. — The two
species described below are the only ones
grown out of doors in the British Islands,
and are fairly hardy in the neighbourhood
of London. They will grow in ordinary
good and well-drained garden soil, but
prefer a mixture of sandy loam, peat and
leaf mould. As seeds rarely or never
ripen in this country, new plants may be
raised by means of cuttings of the young
or half-ripened shoots inserted in sandy
soil and placed in bottom heat under a bell
glass during the spring and summer
months.
C. carolinus. — A somewhat downy
climber 10-20 ft. long, native of the
Southern United States, with entire or
sinuate more or less heart-shaped or ovate
leaves, and greenish flowers produced in
summer in axillary racemes or panicles.
Culture dc. as above.
C. laurifolius. — A compact and orna-
mental bush 4-8 ft. high, native of the
Himalayas, Japan &c. and clothed with
smooth shining oblong tapering leaves.
The small white or greenish flowers are
borne during the summer months.
Culture dc. as above. This species
must be sheltered from cold north and
east winds.
MENISPERMUM. — A genus of
climbing shrubs, with deciduous, rather
peltate, palmately lobed or angled leaves,
and small greenish- white or yellowish
flowers in panicles. Sepals 4-8 in two
rows. Petals 6-8, shorter than the sepals.
Stamens in the male flowers 12-24, free ;
in the female flowers 6, sterile. Carpels
2-4, with a dilated stigma. Fruit a more
or less flattened drupe.
M. canadense. — A quick - growing
Canadian climber with large handsome
roundish or kidney-shaped peltate leaves
and drooping racemes of small yellowish
flowers produced in great abundance in
summer.
Culture and Propagation. — This is
a good plant for covering walls, trellises,
arbours &c, so as to give them an orna-
mental appearance during the summer
months. It likes a rich and rather damp
soil and somewhat shaded situations, and
may be increased by dividing the root-
stocks in spring, or by inserting cuttings
of the young shoots in moist sandy soil
under glass at the same period. Seeds,
which are ripened freely in this country,
may also be sown as soon as ripe under
glass, afterwards pricking the seedlings out
and growing them on until large enough
for the outdoor garden.
VI. BERBERIDEiE— Barberry Order
Shrubs or herbaceous perennial plants, very often spiny. Leaves
alternate, simple or often compound, and usually without stipules. Flowers
solitary, racemose or panicled. Sepals 2-6, deciduous, in a double row, sur-
rounded with petal-like scales. Petals free, hypogynous, either equal in
number to the sepals and opposite to them, or twice as many, f Stamens 4-6
STAUNTONIA
BARBERRY ORDER
AKEBIA 179
(rarely 8) in two series, opposite the petals, hypogynous, free or sometimes
monadelphous in male flowers. Carpel solitary, free, 1-celled. Fruit a
capsule or berry.
LARDIZABALA.— A small genus of
climbing shrubs with twice or thrice ter-
nate leaves, having entire or sinuate -
toothed leaflets. Flowers dioecious, violet
or dull purple, borne on axillary peduncles,
the male dowers in racemes, the female
ones solitary. Sepals 6, fleshy. Petals 6,
much smaller. Stamens in the male
flowers 6, imited in one bundle (monadel-
phous), and equal in number, but sterile
in the female flowers. Carpels 3. Fruit
an elongated oblong berry with numerous
more or less kidney-shaped seeds.
L. biternata. — A handsome Chilian
climber with twice ternate, deep glossy,
evergreen leaves, composed of oblong
acxxte leaflets. The small purple flowers
appear late in the year but only in very
favourable parts of the kingdom.
Culture and Propagation. — This is
a useful climber for covering walls, over
which it extends its branches often to a
length of 20 ft. or more, and covers the
surface with its distinct glossy foliage.
It is hardy enough on a south wall in the
neighbourhood of London, but becomes
more luxuriant in growth in more south-
ern and western parts. A compost of
rich and light sandy loam and peat,
thoroughly well drained, suits it best.
New plants may be obtained by inserting
cuttings of the more or less ripened shoots
during the summer months in hght sandy
soil under glass.
STAUNTONIA.— A small genus of
climbing shrubs having digitate leaves
composed of 3-7 leaflets. Flowers monoe-
cious, borne in axillary racemes. Sepals
6, petal like, the outer ones broader than
the inner. Petals none. Stamens in the
male flowers 6, united in one bundle
(monadelphous), equal in number in the
female flowers, but sterile. Carpels 3.
Fruit a roundish berry.
S. hexaphylla. — An ornamental ever-
green climber, native of China and Japan,
with pinnate leaves composed of 6 deep
green elliptic ovate-acute leaflets. Its
small whitish and sweet-scented flowers
are produced in early summer.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species is fairly hardy in the neighbour-
hood of London when grown in sheltered
spots on a south wall. It, however, prefers
the more genial climate of the south and
west, and may be used in the same way
as the Lardizabala for covering walls.
It thrives in a rich and well-drained sandy
loam or any good garden soil, and may be
increased by cuttings of the more or less
ripened shoots inserted in sandy soil
under glass. In autumn any old or use-
less shoots should be cut away, leaving the
younger branches.
HOLBCELLIA. — A small genus of
climbing shrubs closely related to Staun-
t a a ia, and differing from that genus
chiefly in the purple or greenish flowers
having 6 minute petals instead of none,
and 6 free instead of united stamens.
H. latifolia. — This beautiful climbing
evergreen is a native of the Himalayas
and was once known as Stauntonia lati-
folia, a name under which it is still some-
times better known. Its stems reach a
length of about 20 ft. and are covered
with deep shining green leaves divided
into 3 or 5 oblong leathery leaflets. In
favourable parts of the country, the small
greenish-purple flowers are produced in
axillary clusters in early summer, and are
sweetly fragrant. The variety called
angustifolia is rarely seen, and differs
from the type chiefly in having the leaves
composed of from 7 to 9 linear lance-
shaped leaflets.
Culture and Propagation. — This plant
requires to be grown under the same con-
ditions as Stauntonia hexaphylla de-
scribed above. It likes similar soil and
situations, and niay be increased from
cuttings of the ripened or half-ripened
shoots in the same way.
AKEBIA. — A small genus of climbing
shrubs with digitate leaves composed of
3-5 leaflets. Flowers monoecious, violet,
borne in few-flowered axillary racemes.
Sepals 3. Petals none. Stamens 6, free
in the male flowers ; in the female flowers
6-9, sterile. Carpels 3-9, with a peltate
stigma. Fruit an oblong - cylindrical
berry.
A. quinata. — A pretty climber 6-10 ft.
high, native of China and Japan, with
digitate leaves composed of 5 oblong
N 2
180
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS berberis
ernarginate leaflets. It produces its small
violet or purplish sweet-scented flowers in
early summer, in drooping racemes.
Culture and Propaga Hon.— This orna-
mental plant is fairly hardy in sheltered
sunny spots near London, but is much
more at home in the south and west where
the climate is milder. It may be trained
on walls, arbours &c, and thrives best in
a mixture of well-drained sandy loam,
peat, and leaf soil. New plants may be
obtained by dividing the roots in spring,
or by cuttings of the half-ripened shoots
in sandy soil under glass.
BERBERIDOPSIS — A genus con-
taining only one species described below.
B. corallina. — A handsome evergreen
climbing shrub, native of Chili, with
alternate, simple, leathery, oblong, heart-
shaped leaves about 3 in. long, and furn-
ished with spiny teeth on the margins.
The scarlet or crimson-red flowers are
borne in axillary clusters on slender
drooping stalks during the summer, and
look very handsome and brilliant. Each
blossom consists of 9-15 sepals and petals
scarcely distinguishable from each other,
and 8-9 free stamens in the centre.
Culture and Propagation. — This is a
fine plant for training on a south wall and
is fairly hardy round London. It is, how-
ever, more suited for warmer localities.
It will grow in ordinary good and well-
drained garden soil, but prefers a rich
sandy loam. Seeds are produced in good
seasons and in favourable localities, and
may be sown as soon as ripe or in spring
under glass to obtain new plants. The
branches may also be layered in the
autumn ; and cuttings of the young shoots
may be inserted in sandy soil in spring.
BERBERIS (including Mahonia).—
Barberry. — A genus of about 100 species
of erect or straggling yellow-wooded
shrubs, with simple or compound leaves,
often spiny or reduced to spines. Flowers
yellow or orange, racemose or rarely
solitary, or fascicled. Sepals 8-9, petal-
like. Petals 6, slightly smaller, rarely
larger than the sepals, often connivent,
imbricated in 2 rows, and often with 2
glands at the base. Stamens 6, free.
Carpel 1, with a peltate stigma. Fruit
a juicy indehiscent berry.
Culture and Propagation. — Most of
the Barberries are easily grown in any
garden soil, and in almost any situation.
They, however, prefer a rich and well-
drained sandy loam, with the addition of
a little peat or leaf mould, in which their
roots love to ramble. Many kinds assume
brilliant tints in autumn and are very
effective at this season if they have been
planted in bold masses.
The plants may be increased readily
by means of layers and suckers in late
summer or autumn. Cuttings of the
ripened shoots may also be rooted in
sandy soil under handlights or cold frames
in autumn. The plants may be trans-
ferred to the open ground the following
spring in mild showery weather.
Seeds may also be sown as soon as
ripe. They must be cleaned from the
juicy pulp, and sown thinly in sandy soil,
but it is likely they will not sprout till
the following spring. When large enough
to handle easily the seedlings may be
given a little more room in the seed beds,
and by the autumn or following spring
will be fit for another transplanting.
B. Aquifolium (Mahonia aquifolia).
Holly-leaved Barberry. — A well-known
shrubbery plant, 3-6 ft. high, from N.
America, with Holly-like oddly-pinnate
leaves which in a young state are various
shades of pale green, brown, and purple.
The yellow flowers appear in March and
April in nearly erect and much-crowded
racemes. Fruits deep purple with a
' bloom,' useful for jam making.
Culture dc. as above. This species is
probably grown in larger numbers than
all the others put together. Young plants
are extensively used in autumn and winter
for the decoration of window boxes and
small gardens. Larger plants are valu-
able for shrubberies, banks, or, in fact, in
any part of the garden where any other
plant will not thrive. It stands the drip
of overhanging trees well, and is equally
happy in the shade or open sunshine.
It is a most good-tempered plant, and
will grow in the worst of soils. The
foliage is largely used by florists, either
in its natural state or artificially tinted a
deep wine-red.
B. aristata. — This Himalayan Bar-
berry is also known in some places as B.
macrophylla. It grows 3-6 ft. high, and
has more or less oboval, oblong or lance-
shaped leaves with four or five spiny
teeth, the lower spines being 3-parted.
The numerous yellow flowers appear in
March and April in drooping clusters and
BEBBERIS
BARBERRY ORDER
iERIS 181
look very handsome against the smooth
green and tender foliage.
Culture dc. as above.
B. buxifolia (B. dale is).— Box -leaved
Barberry. — A pretty shrub about 8 ft. high
from the Straits of Magellan. Leaves
almost sessile, oval or oblong, entire.
Flowers solitary on slender stalks. The
variety nana is dwarfer than the type.
Culture dc. as above.
B. canadensis {Canadian Barberry).
A Canadian shrub 4 ft. high with obovate-
oblong distantly toothed leaves, and 3-
parted spines. Flowers in many-flowered
nodding racemes in spring.
( 'ulture dc. as above.
B. Darwini {Darwin's Barberry). —
This beautiful plant is a native of S. Chili,
and is perhaps the most popular and
pretty of the genus. It forms a dense
evergreen bush about 2 ft. high, with oval
or oblong leaves about 1 in. long, having
usually 5 spiny teeth. The racemes of
orange flowers are produced in great pro-
fusion in May, and sometimes in the
autumn, and are very conspicuous against
the dark shining green foliage.
Culture dc. as above.
B. diaphana. — This is a recent intro-
duction from China. It is a strong-
growing upright shrub, with pale green
leaves and handsome fruits, and also
possesses sharp spines about an inch long.
Culture dc. as above.
B. empetrifolia. — A shrub 11-1 ft.
high, from the Straits of Magellan, with
linear, sharply pomted leaves, in bundles
of about 7. The terminal flowers are
borne on slender pedicels in May.
Culture dc. as above.
B. floribunda. — A native of Nepaul,
about 10 ft. high, with obovate, lance-
shaped leaves, tapering much towards
he base, having a sharp-pointed tip, and
ciliated 3-parted unequal spines. The
drooping many-flowered racemes appear
in June.
Culture dc. as above.
B. Fortunei. — A pretty evergreen
Chinese Barberry 2-4 ft. high. The pinnate
leaves are composed of 3-4 pairs of narrow
lance-shaped tapering leaflets about 4 in.
long, with spiny serrated edges. They
are of a distinct blue-green or glaucous
hue. The yellow flowers appear in small
compact clusters in spring.
Culture dc. as above.
B. Fremonti. — A handsome evergreen
shrub, 3-4 ft. high, native of Texas,
Arizona &c. The pinnate leaves are com-
posed of 2 -3 pairs of oblong lance-shaped
leaflets, each of which is furnished with
2 3 spiny teeth. The yellow flowers ap-
pear in March and April in more or less
erect loose racemes.
Culture dc. as above.
B. japonica {Mahonia japonica). —
Japanese Barberry. — A distinct species
native of China and Japan. Leaves usually
cut into 9 sessile leaflets, about 3 in. long,
broadly heart-shaped or rounded at the
base, and with about 5 long spiny teeth
and a terminal one. Flowers in terminal
clusters in spring, lemon-yellow. B. Beali
and B. intermedia are forms of this
species.
Culture dc. as above.
B. Lycium. — A handsome Himalayan
Barberry 6 8 ft. high, with whitish stems,
and almost persistent and entire leathery
leaves, green above and glaucous beneath.
The golden-yellow flowers appear late
in spring or early summer in drooping
clusters, and are succeeded by violet-
coloured berries.
Culture dc. as above. This species is
quite hardy and is easily recognised even
when not in blossom by its narrow entire
leaves.
B. nepalensis {Mahonia nepalensis).
A distinct and splendid species 4-6 ft.
high from Nepaid. The leaves are 1-2 ft.
long with 5 9 pairs of obovate-oblong
cuspidate leaflets rounded at the base, and
with 5-10 spiny teeth on each side, and 3
at the apex. The bright yellow flowers
appear in March and April in slender
elongated racemes.
Culture dc. as above.
B. pruinosa. — A dwarf Chinese shrub,
of which the young growths, the under
surface of the leaves, and the numerous
berries are all pure white, while the
flowers are pale creamy yellow.
Culture dc. as above.
B. repens {Mahonia repens). — A North
American species 12 ft. high, having the
leaves divided into 2 or 3 pairs of rounded-
oval spiny-toothed leaflets, with an odd
one at the apex. Flowers in fascicled ra-
cemes arising from the scaly buds of spring.
Culture dc. as above.
B. sinensis {Chinese Barberry). — A
Chinese plant 3-6 ft. high, with oblong
182
PEACT1CAL GUIDE TO GABDEN PLANTS bongardia
blunt, entire or slightly toothed leaves ;
spines 3-parted. Flowers yellow, borne
in nodding racemes in May.
Culture dc. as above.
B. stenophylla. — This is supposed to
be a hybrid between B. Darwini and B.
empetrifolia, and its narrow abruptly
pointed leaves and general habit help to
confirm this opinion. It is an excellent
plant for massing in groups on the grass,
on banks, borders, sides of drives &c, and
when bearing its garlands of bright yellow
flowers, from February to April, looks
reaUy magnificent.
Culture dc. as above.
B. Thunbergi. — A handsome decidu-
ous Japanese shrub with a low-growing
spreading habit. The arching stems are
furnished with straight spines and clusters
of obovate or spoon- shaped leaves l-l in.
long, which assume a glowing scarlet hue
in autumn. The small drooping flowers
appear in April, having red sepals and
yellow petals, the latter tinged with red.
In autumn they are succeeded by oblong
scarlet berries, which with the foliage
make this one of the most attractive of
Barberries.
Culture dc. as above.
B. vulgaris, the Common Barberry
of our copses and hedges, is a somewhat
acrid shrub varying in height from 4-12 ft.
It has obovate spiny-toothed leaves, and
produces its many-flowered drooping
racemes of yellow blossoms in spring.
These are succeeded by the orange-red
berried fruits which look so handsome in
autumn. There is a variety called atro-
piurpurea which has rich purple-red leaves
and looks particularly handsome in
autumn, and many others which differ but
little from the type — forty-three being
given in the Kew Handlist alone. The
variety (tsperma with drooping clusters of
scarlet oblong berries is one of the most
desirable for shrubberies or fences.
Culture dc. as above.
B. wallichiana. — A handsome Nepa-
lese shrub 6-10 ft. high, with leaves in
alternate bundles, 2-3 in. long, lance-
shaped, with hollowed and toothed margins.
The beautiful globular yellow flowers are
borne in drooping clusters in spring for
some distance along the slender branches.
Culture dc. as above.
BONGARDIA. -
one species : —
-A genus having only
B. Rauwolfi (Leontice altaica). — A
pretty little perennial about 6 in. high,
native of Central Asia, with a tuberous
rootstock from which spring the pinnately
cut glaucous leaves with thickish seg-
ments again twice or thrice divided or
toothed with a purple blotch at the base.
The golden-yellow flowers appear in May
on branched pyramidal panicles, each
blossom being about 1 in. across and
drooping from a slender stalklet or
pedicel. Sepals 3-6, petaloid. Petals 6,
almost similar. Stamens 6, free.
Culture and Propagation. — This
plant flourishes in light sandy soil in
warm open positions in the rock garden
or border. A little peat or leaf mould
may be added to the soil, but in winter
the rootstocks should be protected from
cold heavy rains by a flower pot, bell-
glass &c, otherwise the tuberous root-
stocks are apt to perish. The plants may
be increased by seeds sown in cold frames
when ripe, or by offsets taken off in
spring, or in early autumn and wintered
in a cold frame.
LEONTICE (Lion's Leaf). — A
genus with 3 or 4 species of tuberous-
rooted herbs and leaves twice or thrice
pinnately cut. Flowers yellow, in racemes
or panicles. Sepals 6-9 petaloid, the
outer ones smallest. Petals 6, much
shorter than the sepals, truncate at the
apex and nectary-bearing. Stamens 6,
free.
Culture and Propagation. — These
plants may be grown in the same way as
Bongardia Rauwolfi in light sandy soil
in warm sunny positions in the rockery
or border. The tuberous rootstocks or
conns should not be buried too deep in the
soil, and during the winter months should
be protected from cold heavy rains by
glasses &c, or they will share the fate of the
Bongardias. The plants may be increased
by seeds sown in cold frames as soon as
ripe, or by means of offsets taken off in
early autumn and planted in cold frames
until spring ; or by detaching them in
spring when growth has begun.
L. Alberti. — A native of Tiukestan
about 1 ft. high, with 5-parted digitate
leaves, the lobes of which are bluntly
elliptic. The golden - yellow flowers
striped outside with red appear in April
in conical clusters and look attractive.
Other species met with occasionally
are L. darwasica from Bokhara, and
\ VNDINA
BABBEBBY OBDER
BPIMEDIUM L83
L. Leontopetalum, both somewhat re-
sembling the others and requiring the
same treatment.
Culture ,te. as above.
CAULOPHYLLUM. — A genus
having only one species : — ■
C. thalictroides. - An attractive
perennial about 1 ft. high, native of X.
America, and resembling both Bongardia
and Leontice in having a tuberous root-
stock. The leaves are twice or thrice pin-
nately cut into narrow pointed segments
somewhat resembling the Thalictrums
(p. 137). The yellow flowers appear in loose
racemes or clusters in April, and are suc-
ceeded by roundish deep blue berries con-
tracted at the base into a long stalk.
Sepals (or bracteoles) 9, the outer ones
much smaller, the inner ones petaloid.
Petals 6, much smaller, nectary-bearing,
dilated and hooded. Stamens (>, free.
Culture (ind Propagation. — This
species thrives in much the same situa-
tions as the Bongardias and Leontices,
but prefers a little more peat or leaf
mould with the light sandy soil, and also
a partially shaded place in the rockery
or garden. It may be increased by
separating the offsets from the tubers in
early autumn and planting in a cold frame ;
or in spring ; and also by sowing seeds
if obtainable in cold frames when ripe.
The rootstocks should be protected from
heavy rains in winter with a sheet of
glass or a handlight.
NANDINA. — A genus containing at
present only one species described below
with the generic characters : —
N. domestica. — A handsome erect
evergreen shrub about 5 ft. high, native of
China and Japan. The leaves are twice or
thrice pinnately cut into entire leaflets,
and the small white flowers are produced
in summer in panicles at the ends of the
shoots or opposite the leaves. Each
blossom has numerous sepals and petals,
six free stamens and one carpel, the latter
eventually becoming an indehiscent berry
about the size of a pea when mature.
Culture and Propagation. — This shrub
is fairly hardy near London, but it is
better adapted for out-door cultivation in
southern and western parts of the kingdom.
It thrives in ordinary and well-drained
good garden soil, but prefers a mixture of
good loam, peat, and leaf mould. It may
be increased during the summer and
autumn months by inserting cuttings of
tlu more or less ripened shoots in sandy
soil under a handlight or in a greenhouse.
VANCOUVERIA. — A genus with
only one species : —
V. hexandra. — A graceful and distinct
N. American perennial 11', ft. high, with
creeping rhizomes and pinnate leaves
again twice or thrice divided into slender
Fern-like segments. It produces its
slender clusters of blush-coloured flowers
in early summer, each blossom consist-
ing of numerous sepals, 6 petals, and 6
in ■ stamens.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species flourishes in sandy peat, in moist
and shaded parts of the rock garden, and
when grown in large masses looks very
effective. It may be increased by division
in early autumn or spring ; or by seeds
sown when ripe in cold frames.
EPIMEDIUM (Barrenwort). — A
genus of about 8 species of ornamental
herbaceous plants, with creeping peren-
nial rhizomes and annual stems. Leaves
stalked, compound, with bristly-toothed
leaflets. Flowers variously coloured.
Sepals 8, petaloid, flat. Petals 4, hooded or
spurred. Stamens 4, free. Carpel 1.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Epimeditims are suitable plants for the
rock-garden in somewhat shaded posi-
tions, and flourish in a compost of peat
and loam in about equal proportions. In
winter the withered leaves look somewhat
untidy, but they serve as a protection for
the young buds and should not be removed
until the spring, when danger from severe
frost has passed. The foliage of many
kinds assumes bronzy and ruby tints in
autumn.
The plants are usually increased by
dividing the roots early in autumn, or
better still in spring just as growth is
about to commence. At this period cut-
tings of the roots may also be inserted in
sandy peat, and if placed in gentle heat
will develop roots more quickly. Seeds
may also be sown in pots or pans in
spring, or as soon as ripe in cold frames,
and may be treated like seedling Barber-
ries as above.
E. alpinum. — A plant 6-9 in. high,
native of Central Europe, but found
naturalised here and there in England on
rockworks, old castle gardens &c. Leaves
biternate with heart-shaped, oval-pointed,
184
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS epimedium
serrated leaves. Flowers in spring, 12-20
in a loose panicle, outer sepals greyish,
inner ones dark crimson ; petals yellow,
forming a slipper- shaped spur, bearing a
fancied resemblance to a bishop's mitre.
Culture dc. as above.
E. diphyllum (Aceranthus diphyllus).
This Japanese species is the dwarfest of
the genus, and rarely exceeds 3-4 in. in
height. The leaves have stalks 2-3 in.
long, with only 2 heart-shaped oval leaflets.
The numerous small white drooping
Mowers appear in April and May, and have
spurless petals.
Culture dc. as above.
E. macranthum (E. grandiflorum). —
A handsome Japanese species 10-15 in.
high with biternate leaves about 1 ft. long,
cut into 9 heart-shaped oval leaflets 2-3 in.
long with closely set hairy teeth. The
white flowers appear in late spring and
early summer on short racemes, and have
the spur of the petals deflexed. E. viola-
eeum is a dwarf variety, with smaller violet
flowers. There are other forms.
Culture dc. as above.
E. musschianum. — An erect compact-
growing species about 1 ft. high, native of
Japan. The leaves are ternate or biternate
with nine heart-shaped oval leaflets 2-3 in.
long. The dull white blossoms appear in
May on short, close, simple racemes.
Culture dc. as above.
E. perralderianum. — An Algerian
species closely related to E. pinnatum.
Leaves with 3 heart-shaped oval segments
2-3 in. long, bright green sometimes
suffused with brown or dull purple.
Flowers bright yellow §-§ in. across, the
petals having an erect toothed blade, and
an incurved strap- shaped brown spur.
Culture dc. as above.
E. pinnatum. — A handsome, vigorous
Persian plant 8-24 in. high, with 3-pinnate
leaves 12-18 in. long, having ovate-acute
stalked leaflets, toothed on the margins.
Flowers in late spring or early summer,
bright golden-yellow, in loose racemes 6 in.
or so long.
Culture dc. as above.
E. purpureum. — A Japanese species
somewhat like E. alpinum, but having
larger divisions to the leaves. The flowers
appear in May, purplish outside, brownish-
yellow within, and much larger than those
of E. alpinum.
Culture dc. as above.
E. rubrum (E. alpinum rubrum). —
The native country of this species is un-
known. The plant is much like E. alpi-
num in habit, but is a more vigorous
grower. The leaves vary from biternate
to almost ternate, with sometimes as many
as 20 leaflets. Flowers over § in. across,
with oblong deciduous greyish sepals, and
inner petals bright crimson, the outer
petals being pale yellow tinged with red.
Culture dc. as above.
DIPHYLLEIA.— A genus with only
one species : —
D. cymosa (Umbrella Leaf). — A
pretty N. American and Japanese peren-
nial 12-18 in. high, with horizontal rhi-
zomes, from which spring pairs of large
roundish peltate and more or less deeply
lobed leaves. The white flowers appear
in summer and are borne in large loose
clusters, being eventually succeeded by
bluish-black berries. Each blossom con-
sists of 6 petaloid sepals ; 6 somewhat
larger flat petals ; and 6 free stamens.
Culture and Propagation. — This in-
teresting plant flourishes in moist peaty
soil and is thus suitable for massing in
front of Rhododendrons, Azaleas, Kalmias,
and other peat-loving plants of the Heath
order. Or it may be grown near the
margins of lakes &c. in similar soil. It
may be increased in spring as growth
commences by dividing the rhizomatous
roots.
JEFFERSONIA. — A small genus
containing only two species of perennial
herbaceous plants having radical palmi-
nerved leaves, mostly 2-lobed or 2-parted.
Flowers white, solitary, on a naked scape.
Sepals 4, petal-like. Petals 8, flat, larger
than the sepals. Stamens 8, free. Carpel
1. Capsvde leathery.
J. binata (J. dipliylla). — A pretty her-
baceous plant 3-6 in. high, native of the
United States, with leaves deeply 2-lobed,
and white flowers, having the above cha-
racters, produced in spring.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species prefers a rather moist and shady
situation in the rocker}7 or flower-border,
and will thrive in a soil composed of peat,
sand and leaf soil. It may be increased by
dividing the rootstocks in early autumn.
Seeds may also be sown at the same
period, or as soon as ever they are thor-
oughly ripe. They may be sown out of
doors in a prepared bed, and when the
PODOPHYLLUM
WATEli-LILY ORDER
NUPHAR 185
seedlings are large enough to handle may
be transplanted to their permanent
positions.
PODOPHYLLUM (May Apple ;
Mandrake). — A genus of two species of
perennial herbs with creeping rootstocks
and thick fibrous roots. Leaves peltate,
palmately nerved and lobed, one or two on
the stems. Flowers white, solitary, ter-
minal, shortly stalked, nodding. Sepals 6,
petal-like. Petals 6-9, flat, larger than
the sepals. Stamens as many or twice as
many as petals, free. Carpel 1, with a
dilated peltate stigma. Fruit an indehis-
ceut berry.
Culture mill Propagation. — The
Podophyllum* thrive in moist, peaty soil
in warm, sheltered and somewhat shady
spots. They may be increased by seeds
sown as soon as ripe in sandy peat, in
pots or pans, and sheltered in cold frames.
The following spring the seedlings may
be given more room to develop, and by
autumn or the next spring will probably
be fit for placing in the open border or
rockery. Plants may also be raised by
dividing the rootstock in early autumn or
spring, the latter being on the whole the
most suitable period.
P. Emodi {Himalayan May- Apple).
An erect Indian plant 6-12 in. high, with
2 alternate long-stalked leaves 6-10 in.
across, 3-5-lobed to the middle or base,
lobes wedge-shaped, sharply toothed,
the whole surface being heavily spotted
or washed with purple . Flowers in May,
less than 2 in. across with very deciduous
sepals, and 6 (occasionally 4) obovate ob-
long petals. Berries red, 1-2 in. long,
elliptical, edible.
Culture Ac. as above.
P. peltatum (American Mandrake). — A
North American plant 6 12 in. high, with
poisonous leaves and roots. The glossy
green wrinkled leaves are 5 9-parted, with
oblong, rather wedge-shaped toothed lobes.
The fiowerless stems end in a large round
7-9 -lobed peltate leaf, like an umbrella ;
the flowering stems have 2 one-sided leaves
with the stalk near the inner edge. The
waxy-white flowers as large as those of the
Christmas Kose appear in May, and have
12-18 stamens in centre. The green
crab-like fruits, which are 1-2 in. long,
sweet, and slightly acid, edible, ripen in
July, and assume a yellowish tinge with
age.
Culture <{■<■. as above.
P. pleianthum. — A distinct and very
interesting Chinese species 1-2 ft. high,
with roundish peltate leaves, divided into
6-8 triangular toothed lobes. The floral
leaf sterns are forked, and from the axil
are produced large bunches of drooping
purple flowers, which in due course are
succeeded by glaucous-green berries 1-2
in. long, becoming purple when ripe.
Culture dtc. as above.
VII. NYMPHiEACEiE- Water-Lily Order
Herbaceous plants growing in lakes, pools, ponds, ditches, or slow-flowing
rivers, at the bottom of which their fleshy rootstocks are embedded in the
mud, and their large long-stalked heart-shaped or peltate leaves float on the
surface of the water. The usually large, beautiful, and often sweet-scented
flowers also either float on the surface or are slightly raised above the wTater.
There are usually 4 sepals, free or rarely adherent. Petals and stamens
numerous, sometimes all free and hypogynous, often passing gradually one into
another. The ovary is many-celled, with radiating stigmas, and numerous
ovules, and is more or less surrounded by a large fleshy disc.
NUPHAR (Yellow Water-Lily ; Stigma peltate, rayed. Fruit a berry of
Brandy-Bottle).— A small genus with
three or four species, natives of the
northern temperate hemisphere. The
flowers are rather large and yellow, with
5-6 concave, leathery, hypogynous sepals,
and numerous small stamen-like petals.
Stamens numerous, shorter than the
sepals, hypogynous, closely imbricated.
separable carpels, ripening above water.
The Brandy-Bottles are lovely water
plants, requiring the same conditions as
the \Yater-Lilies proper, which see.
N. advena (Nymphcea advena). — A
beautiful native of the lakes, ponds, and
ditches of N. America from Canada to
Carolina. Leaves erect, heart-shaped.
186
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS nymph^a
with divaricated lobes, on half-round
stalks. The large yellow flowers with
red anthers in the centre rise well above
the surface of the water in summer, on
round stalks. There are 6 sepals, purple
within, green outside.
Culture dtc. as below.
N. luteum (Yelloiv Water-Lily). — A
native of the still waters of Great Britain
and Ireland, with roundish, deeply 2-lobed
leaves 8-12 in. across. The fragrant
yellow flowers appear from June to August
slightly above the surface, having 5 sepals,
18-20 obovate wedge-shaped leathery
petals, and 10-30 rayed stigmas. The
variety intermedium has flowers l£ in.
across, with 10-14 rayed stigmas, waved
at the margin.
Culture dc. as below.
N. pumilum {Nymplicea Kahniana).
This plant is a native of Britain, and is
also distributed over Arctic and Central
Europe and N. Asia. It is very similar
to-iV. luteum, differing in the smaller
more rounded petals, and shorter anthers.
Stigmas 8-10-rayed, lobed at the margin.
The yellow flowers appear from June to
August.
Culture dx. as below.
NYMPH/EA (Water -Lily). — A
genus of aquatic plants with large floating
deeply heart-shaped or peltate leaves.
Flowers showy, solitary, red, white, blue,
and intermediate shades. Sepals 4, in-
serted almost at the base of the torus.
Petals numerous and stamens numerous,
adnate to the torus, the inner petals being
transformed into stamens. Carpels nume-
rous, sunk in the fleshy disc, and with
it forming a many-celled ovary, crowned
by the connate radiating stigmas. Fruit
a spongy berry ripening under water.
Culture and Propagation. — There are
altogether between 40 and 50 species of
Water-Lilies known, but most of them
are too tender for out-door cultivation
in the British Islands. Those described
below have been found to stand our
climate well, and should be grown by
aU who have a small piece of water at
their disposal. They grow better in
natural ponds, pools, or quiet streams,
but may also be successfully flowered in
artificial tanks sunk in the ground to a
depth of about 3 ft. The rootstocks are
best planted in spring in about a foot of
soil beneath the water. To prevent the
soil being scattered it is a good plan to
have it in a shallow basket or other
receptacle which will readily sink to the
bottom. Casks or tubs may also be used,
and if sunk level with the surface of the
ground the leaves and flowers will in due
course make a pretty picture during the
summer and autumn months.
Water-Lilies are increased usually by
dividing the tuberous rootstocks and re-
planting them in spring as described
above. The rootstocks may be left in the
mud during the winter, or they may be
taken up and kept in a cool place in sand
until planting time. Seeds may also be
sown in autumn as soon as ripe. As the
fleshy fruits and seeds ripen under water
and are apt to be lost or destroyed by
water-fowl or insects &c, care should be
taken to secure them in good time, but
not before they are thoroughly ripe. The
seeds may be sown in pots or pans of
loamy soil, and just submerged in water—
if possible in a greenhouse where they can
be attended to, or if outside, under pro-
tection. In spring, when the small round
leaves appear and float on the water, each
seedling may be placed in a pot by itself
and again placed under water, to be grown
on until the following spring. If large
enough it may then be planted like the
older rootstocks in a pot or tub, from
which it cannot be easily lost during the
dormant period.
For room decoration the blossoms are
admirably adapted. If cut just as they
are opening and placed in shallow bowls
of water with some green foliage, they
make a handsome picture. The period
of their freshness may be extended by
cutting half an inch or so off the end of
the stalks, thus allowing a fresh layer of
cells to come in contact with the water.
The absorptive process goes on for a long
time in this way by renewing the cuts,
and the flowers retain their plumpness and
brilliancy much longer in consequence.
The Queen's Water-Lily, the Victoria
Regia, which attracts so rnanj' thousands
to Kew every year, is closely related to
the common hardy Water-Lily. It is a
native of the Amazon River, and the
circular leaves with upturned rims are
often 6 ft. or more in diameter. It is
raised from seed every year as described
above, but the seed pots are placed in
water up to 85° Fahr.
N. alba. — This is the common white
Water-Lily of Great Britain and Ireland
and is a beautiful early summer flowering
NYMPH.EA
WATER-LILY OBDEB
NY.M1-H.EA 187
plant, and according to locality is often
in bloom in May. It has fleshy root-
stocks from which arise the roundish,
heart-shaped entire leaves 5-10 in. across.
The scentless flowers are 4-6 in. across,
and float on the surface of the water.
The sepals are linear, oblong, green out-
side. Petals oblong, blunt. There are a
few varieties, such as canclidissima, with
broad-petalled flowers ; plenissima, with
an extra number of petals; maxima, with
larger, and minor, with smaller flowers
than the type.
Culture ((c. as above.
N. Candida (N. semiaptera). — A Bohe-
mian species like N. alba but smaller.
Flowers snowy white, 2-3 in. across,
sepals tinged with green.
Culture dtc. as above.
N. flava. — This is a native of the
South United States, and is probably
hardy enough for the mildest parts of this
country. It has slender rootstocks form-
ing numerous suckers, and oblong rounded
leaves, 4-6 in. long, 3-5 in. broad, shal-
lowly crenate, and irregularly blotched
with dark brown in the early part of
the season. Flowers in summer, canary-
yellow.
Unlike other species, N. flava is not
quite deciduous, and the roots, if taken
up, should therefore never be dried of!', but
be kept in damp soil or wet moss.
Culture rfc. as above.
N. nitida. — A native of Siberia with
heart-shaped quite entire leaves, on smooth
stalks, and without prominent nerves
underneath. The white scentless flowers
with blunt petals appear hi June, and are
3-4 in. across.
Culture dc. as above.
N. odorata. — A beautiful N.American
species resembling N. alba but quite
distinct from it. Leaves heart-shaped,
entire, with nerves and veins very
prominent on the under surface. The
sweet-scented flowers, 6 in. across, appear
from June till September, usually white,
tinted with rose, and opening in the
morning, but closing after midday.
The variety rosea or rosacea has
beautiful flowers suffused with pink ;
sulpliurea has prettily marbled leaves
and sulphur-yellow flowers 8 in. across ;
grandiflora has yellow sweet-scented
flowers, and leaves mottled with brown
above, and spotted with red beneath ;
exauisita has flowers of a deep rosy-
carmine almost red at the base of the
petals ; superba is a fine large-flowered
form, and minor has smaller leaves and
flowers than the type ; Carolinian a is said
to be a cross between the variety rosea
and N. alba candidissima , and is a grand
variety ; gigantea, as the name implies,
has fine large flowers.
( ' ulture dc. as above.
N. pygmaea. — This elegant species
from N. Asia is the smallest of the Water-
Lilies. Its heart-shaped entire leaves are
little more than 3-4 in. across, and the
white fragrant flowers, scarcely 2 in.
across, with a greenish-yellow torus in
the centre, appear from June to September.
Helvola is a seedling from this species,
raised by M. Marliac. It is a beautiful
plant with pale straw-yellow flowers, and
somewhat oblong leaves blotched with
brown above and red beneath.
Culture dtc. as above.
N. spharocarpa. — This is closely re-
lated to N. alba, b;it has rose-carmine
flowers, produced in abundance in May
and June.
Culture (ice. as above.
N. tuberosa. — A beautiful species from
the N.E. United States. It has a creep-
ing rootstock with oblong tubers, and
circular leaves 8-18 in. in diameter, with
an entire or wavy margin. The faintly
scented flowers are white, 4-7 in. across,
and produced in July and August. It is
readily increased \>\ dividing the roots.
The variety rosea has exquisite pink
flowers deliciously fragrant ; Bichardsoni,
which is less vigorous than the type, has
pure white double flowers standing wrell
above the water.
Culture dc. as above.
HARDY HYBRID WATER-LILIES
Besides the natural species, many
beautiful hybrids have been raised during
recent years, and have become exceeding!}-
popular owing to their hardiness in our
climate, and because of their free-flowering
properties. The name of M. Latour
Marliac, of Temple - sur - Lot, France,
deserves to be recorded as the raiser of
most of these beautiful Water-Lilies.
These lovely plants raised by M.
Marliac may for the sake of convenience
be classed into 2 groups, viz. : — Alarliacea
hybrids and Laydeheri hybrids, as
follows :—
N. Marliacea albida. — This is the
188
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS nymphzea
finest and largest white Water-Lily, the
flowers being fragrant and freely pro-
duced.
N. M. camea is very vigorous and
free-flowering, with magnificent flowers,
flesh-tinted with a delicate blush, and
scented like vanilla.
N. M. chromatella is a charming
hybrid, with brown mottled leaves when
young, and large fragrant flowers of clear
yellow, produced from early spring till
late autumn.
N. M. flammea, a splendid variety
with white and reddish-purple flowers,
the outer petals pink, deepening in colour
towards the centre.
N. M. ignea has flowers about 5 in.
across, with pale olive-green sepals edged
with rose behind, and pale rose almost
white in front, the closely imbricating
petals being of a deep bright rosy-crimson
surrounding the vivid orange-red stamens.
N. M. rosea is the choicest of the
hardy pink "Water- Lilies, with large cup-
shaped flowers of an exquisite soft rose
tint much deeper than the variety camea.
N. M. rubro -punctata has flowers 4
in. across, with dark olive-green sepals,
flushed with rosy-lilac in front, and deep
mauve -purple petals delicately dotted
with carmine.
The LaydeTieri group contains : —
N. L. fulgens, a charming variety with
dark green outer sepals and crimson -
magenta petals.
N. L. fulva has creamy yellow
flowers tinted and lined with bright
red, the stamens being golden-yellow,
and the leaves blotched with brown
above and spotted with red beneath.
N. L. lilacea has lilac-rose flowers
scented like Tea Eoses, and about 2i in.
across.
N. L. lucida has large soft vermilion
flowers, with orange stamens, and large
chestnut-spotted leaves.
N. L. imrpurata has symmetrical
flowers of a deep rosy-crimson and vivid
orange-red stamens.
N. L. rosea, flowers medium-sized,
tender pink to carmine. Stamens orange-
red.
Other varieties are : Aurora, may be
called the Chameleon Water-Lily, as its
exquisite flowers change in colour from
day to day, being at first rose-yellow,
then orange-red, ultimately becoming
deep red.
N. Blanda is the purest white, with
flowers 4-6 in. across, vigorous and free-
flowering.
N. Ellisiana is a choice variety with
brilliant carmine-purple flowers.
N. Robinsoni is a fine hybrid with
deep rose-coloured flowers, deeper towards
the centre, dotted with white, and with
orange-red stamens.
N. Signometi is a superb variety with
delicate creamy yellow flowers tinted with
pale rose and carmine.
N. Andreana. — Flowers 5-6 in. above
the water, brick-red, shaded with yellow
ochre ; stamens orange, leaf stalks spotted
with chestnut, and streaked with red-
brown on the back.
N. gloriosa. — A lovely scented flower
7 in. across, very double, bright red, rosy-
white at the tips of the lower petals.
Stamens rich red.
N. caroliniana nivea. — Flowers pure
white, very large and double, very
fragrant. Stamens rich yellow. N. c.
perfecta has salmon-red flowers, very
double ; petals blunt and perfectly regular.
N. sanguinea.- — Flowers rich carmine-
amaranth or clear carmine. Stamens
orange-red.
As the Hardy Water-Lilies have come
into prominence only during the past
few years, there is every reason to believe
and hope that many fine varieties are still
to be raised. Although all the above are
really fine forms they are likely to be super-
seded by others still finer in due course.
VIII. SARRACENIACEiE— Trumpet Leaf Order
A small natural order of remarkable and curious-looking perennial herbaceous
plants, having tufts of radical leaves which are tubular or pitcher-like in form,
and surmounted by a lid. The tubular portion corresponds to the stalk of
ordinary leaves, but is more or less highly coloured, veined, and netted. The
lid-like portion corresponds to the blade of an ordinary leaf, and is usually
very beautifully coloured and netted, while on the inner surface are numerous
SAREACENIA
POPPY ORDER
SAEEACENIA 189
more or less bristly hairs. These point downwards like so many miniature
bayonets, and are supposed to prevent the exit of insects which find their way
unimpeded to the bottom of the pitcher. The top of the latter is furnished
with a strong rim, and is also provided with downward pointing bristly hairs
so that the leaves are veritable death traps to the insects which frequent them
for the sugary secretion which is exuded on the inner surface. Sometimes
the pitchers become almost or quite filled with the dead and decaying bodies
of the insects.
The flowers are few or solitary, and nodding. Sepals 4-5, free, hypogy-
nous. Petals usually 5, free, hypogynous, but absent in the genus Heliamphora.
Stamens numerous, hypogynous. Ovary free, 3-5-celled. Style simple, with
an entire, lobed, or shield-like apex.
SARRACENIA. — This genus is
known under such popular names as
' Indian Cup,' ' Pitcher Plant,' ' Side-
Saddle Flower,' and ' Trumpet Leaf,' all
more or less appropriate. It contains a
few species of half-hardy herbaceous
perennials with trumpet-like or tubular
leaves as described above, and flowers
borne singly at the top of a scape. Sepals
5, spreading. Petals 5, united. Ovary
f)-lobed, 5-celled. The style is remarkable
owing to the fact that it is dilated into a
broad peltate 5-angled, umbrella-like disk,
with 5 radiating nerves, the tips of which
constitute the stigmatic surface where it
is necessary to place the pollen for the
fertilisation of the ovules and the develop-
ment of seeds.
Culture and Propagation. — Most Sar-
racenias unfortunately are too tender to
be grown out of doors successfully in the
British Islands. The kind mentioned
below is the best for this purpose. It
enjoys a marshy spot not too much ex-
posed to hot sunshine. A damp peaty
soil in the rock garden will suit it admir-
ably, and the addition of Sphagnum
moss will also be beneficial. It will
retain moisture and prevent evaporation
from the soil in summer, if placed around
the plants. To allow the soil to become
dry is almost fatal to the plants. As they
do not grow very quickly it is rather
risky to attempt to increase them by
division until good-sized clumps have
been attained. If seeds can be obtained
they may be sown under glass in moist
peaty soil as soon as ripe, and the plants
may be grown on in pots until they are
sufficiently large and sturdy enough for
the open air.
S. purpurea (Huntsman's Cwp). — A
beautiful North American species with
blood-red horn-like leaves 4-6 in. long,
inflated in the middle, contracted at the
mouth, and surmounted with an erect
kidney-shaped lid, hairy within and netted
with purple veins. The purple flowers
are borne in early summer, on scapes
about a foot high.
There are many other kinds of Sarra-
cenias, but they are all too tender for the
open air. A large number of hybrids
have been raised, and these surpass in
beauty and vigour the natural species.
Most of them may be seen in the green-
houses in the Royal Gardens, Kew.
Culture dc. as above.
IX. PAPAVERACE^— Poppy Order
Smooth and often glaucescent, or hairy annual or perennial herbaceous
plants (rarely shrubs), often with a milky juice. Leaves alternate, entire, or
lobed and cut without stipules. Flowers regular, usually nodding in bud, and
borne singly on long stalks. Sepals 2, or 3, rarely 4, free, imbricate,
caducous. Petals 4-6 rarely 8-12, hypogynous, free, in 2 or 3 series
imbricated and often crumpled, deciduous. Stamens numerous, hypogynous,
190
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
ROMNEYA
with slender filaments and erect anthers. Ovary 1-celled, or 2-4-celled by
prolonged placentas. Stigmas as many as placentas, radiating and sessile.
Fruit a pod, dehiscing by pores or valves.
PLATYSTEMON.— A genus con-
taining only one species, viz. : —
P. californicus (Californian Poppy).
A pretty annual about 1 ft. high,
with narrow entire leaves, the lower
ones alternate, the floral ones often
nearly opposite or ternately verticillate.
The yellow flowers are borne on elongated
stalks from June to August, and consist
of 3 sepals, 6 petals, numerous stamens,
and carpels. The variety leiocarpus has
smooth carpels.
Culture and Propagation. — The seeds
of this species may be sown, like those of
the annual Poppies, in spring or autumn,
in any good garden soil, and the seedlings
should be thinned out if too close to-
gether.
ROMNEYA (White Bush Poppy).—
A genus containing only one species —
B. Coulteri, the characters of which of
course are those of the genus.
R. Coulteri is branched, smooth, and
glaucous, perennial, 2-8 ft. high, with
pinnatifid leaves, the linear lanceolate or
deltoid segments of which have hairy
margins. The large, fragrant, delicate
white flowers, often 6 in. across when
fully expanded, appear from June to
September at the ends of the branches.
There are 3 sepals about 1 in. long ; 6
petals, broadly obovate, thickened at the
base, each about 2i in. long, and in 2
circles. Stamens numerous in many
circles.
Culture and Propagation. — This fine
plant is a native of California, and will
grow in most parts of the British Islands.
It likes a rich and somewhat sandy loam
in warm and sheltered situations. During
severe winters in most parts of the
country north of the Thames it is wise to
protect the crowns by means of litter,
dry leaves, or ashes, but protection
should be given only in case of real
necessity, otherwise the young shoots
may be too tender and be unable to stand
the later spring frosts. The plants like
plenty of moisture in summer, and an
occasional dose of liquid manure will be
very beneficial.
The easiest way to increase Romneya
Coulteri is by sowing seed in spring either
singly in small pots or in pans or boxes
in a cold frame or in gentle heat. When
large enough the seedlings may be pricked
out into other boxes, and after being
established may be hardened off for
transplanting out of doors the next or
even the following spring after that.
Dull showery weather should, if possible,
be chosen for this work. Seeds may also
be sown as soon as ripe in autumn in
sandy soil in cold frames or greenhouses,
and the seedlings may be transplanted
the following June. Sometimes the seeds
remain dormant for several months after
sowing.
As the plants often suffer a good deal
in transplanting, it is advisable to be
very careful in handling the roots, so
as not to cause more injury than is
necessary. For this reason it is probably
the best plan to raise the plants singly
in small pots, from which they may be
transferred to pots of a larger size and
grown on in cold frames until sturdy
enough for the open border. They are
more easily transferred from pots than
from boxes or from the open border.
Cuttings of the roots about 2 in. long,
inserted in sandy soil, and placed in a
hotbed early in the year, will sometimes
produce plants, but cuttings of the shoots
rarely root, although they keep fresh for
a long time.
PAPAVER (Poppy). — A genus of
about 14 species of hairy or glaucous
annual or perennial herbs with milky
juice, and lobed and cut leaves. The
nodding showy flowers are red, violet,
yellow or white, on elongated stalks.
Sepals 2, rarely 3. Petals 4, rarely 6,
crumpled. Stamens numerous, hypogy-
nous. Capsule shedding its seeds by
pores or valves under the ledge of the
rayed and peltate stigma.
Culture and Propagation. — Poppies
— both annual and perennial — are very
showy plants, and owing to the differ-
ence in height, as well as their habit
of growth, are suitable for various parts
of the flower garden, in the front, back,
or centre of beds or borders accord-
ing to height. Mixed in patches with
other plants, Poppies are far more
effective by contrast than when grown in
large patches by themselves. The annual
PAPAVER
POPPY ORDER
PAPAVEB 191
kinds are useful for covering up mounds
of earth or bare places, upon which little
else will nourish. They are easily raised
from seeds sown in spring or autumn
in the open border where they are to
bloom, the seedlings being in due course
thinned out. This process of thinning
out is adopted chiefly because annual
Poppies do not as a rule transplant well.
and as the seeds germinate so freely one
can afford to dispense with the surplus
seedlings. The perennial kinds may also
be increased from seeds sown in spring
or autumn, or by division in early autumn,
so that they will have a chance to become
established before winter. But they are
often treated as annuals.
P.alpinum. — A beautiful alpine Poppy
3-6 in. high, with smooth or hairy
leaves finely cut into acute lobed seg-
ments. Flowers in summer, yellow, rose-
tinted or white, the sepals being covered
with long adpressed hairs. Capsule
roundish, prickly.
Culture dc. as above. Raised from
seeds annually.
P. croceum. — A Siberian perennial
9-18 in. high, resembling Meconopsis
cambrica (p. 194) in habit. It has tufts
of erect radical leaves, light green above,
blue-green beneath, and more or less
covered with hairs. The large orange -
yellow flowers appear in summer, and
have the petals somewhat wavy on the
margins. There is a double-flowered
form of this species, which latter is now
regarded as a variety of I', nndicaide.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seed and division.
P. glaucum ( Tu Up Poppy) . — A brilliant
annual Poppy 1-2 ft. high, native of the
East, with thickish blue-green leaves,
oblong in shape and more or less cut into
unequally toothed lobes. The showy
flowers appear in summer, the two large
outer petals being of a deep scarlet red,
shaded with orange, while the two smaller
inner ones are of a similar hue, but more
or less united and forming a cup round
the violet-black stamens in the centre.
Culture dc. as above. Raised annually
from seed.
P. Hooked. — An ornamental Indian
species, forming a bushy herb 3-4 ft. high,
and very much like the Common Corn
Poppy in appearance. The flowers appear
late in summer, and vary in colour from
pale-rose to crimson-scarlet with a diffused
white or blue-black blotch at the base.
Culture dc. as above. Raised from
seeds annually.
P. horridum. — A native of Australia
and S. Africa, having few-flowered hairy
stems, about 2 ft. high, furnished with
rigid prickles. The cut leaves are glau-
cous, with prickles on the nerves and
tips, and the pale red flowers with hairy
sepals appear in July.
Culture dc. as above. Raised from
seeds annually.
P. laevigatum. —An annual Poppy 1-2
ft. high, native of the Caucasus. It has
somewhat glaucous pinnately cut leaves.
and large bright scarlet flowers, the petals
of which have a deep black blotch at the
base, and a border of white round the
edges.
Culture dc. as above. Raised from
seeds annually.
P. lateritium. — An Armenian peren-
nial l.]-2ft.high, with linear elliptic leaves,
cut at the base, and 6-12 in. long. The
bright orange flowers, about 2 in. across,
appear in early summer, the sepals being
covered with long yellow hairs.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds or division.
P. nudicaule (Iceland Poppy). — A
beautiful alpine perennial 9-18 in. high,
native of Siberia, and the northern parts
of America. The glaucous pinnate leaves
are cut into fine acute lobed segments.
The showy flowers with roundish petals
and hairy sepals appear in summer, varying
in colour from bright orange to yellow
and white.
Culture and Propagation. — Although
a perennial, the Iceland Poppy is best
treated as an annual, and the seed may
be sown in autunin or spring, according as
the flowers are required early or late the
following season. General cultivation as
above.
P. orientale (Oriental Poppy). — A
brilliant Poppy 2 3 ft. high, native of
Armenia. It has rough, bristly, hairy
stems and leaves, the latter being a foot
or more long and pinnately cut. The
deep scarlet-crimson flowers, 6-8 in. across,
appear from the end of May to July,
and have a black or purplish blotch
at the base of each petal. The calyx has
3 sepals instead of 2 as in other species.
P. bracteatum (often referred to as a
192
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS papaver
species) is really only a variety of the
Oriental Poppy. It grows, perhaps, a
little taller, and has hairy deeply cut
leaves with oblong serrated and deeply
incised lobes, and scarlet flowers. There
seem to be a good many forms in culti-
vation, varying between orientate and
bracteatum, and it is probable that they
are hybrids between these two. Other
forms are concolor, the flowers of which
have no blotch at the base, and trium-
phans, more dwarf and free-flowering.
Culture dc. as above. Easily raised
from seeds sown as soon as ripe or in
spring ; or by dividing the plants in early
autumn or spring. Plants may also be
raised by cutting the fleshy roots into
pieces an inch or two long, covering them
with rich sandy soil, and placing under a
handlight or iii a greenhouse. This work
is best done when the flowers have passed.
P. pavoninum (Peacock Poppy). — A
native of Central Asia, with rather small
leaves, twice pinnately cut. Flowers in
slimmer, scarlet with a black crescent-
shaped blotch at the base of each petal.
Culture dc. as above. Raised from
seeds annually.
P. persicum (Persian Poppy). — A
Persian species about 18 in. high, with
pinnately cut leaves, having almost
undivided often aristate segments, and
brick-red flowers which appear in June.
Culture dc. as above, p. 190.
P. pilosum. — A handsome perennial
1-2 ft. high, with stem-clasping oval-
oblong pale green leaves having toothed
lobes, and hairy on both surfaces. The
stems are also hairy and produce in
summer many pale lurid scarlet or deep
orange flowers, 2 in. across, with a white
blotch at the base of each petal. Native
of S.E. Europe.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds and division.
P. Rhoeas (Common Com Poppy ; Red
Weed). — A native of British cornfields
and waste places, varying a good deal in
height. The common form has branched
hairy stems with once or twice pinnately
cut leaves, the ascending lobes of which
have a bristle at the tip. The bright
scarlet flowers, 3-4 in. across, appear from
June to August, and have petals in
unequal pairs.
The variety umbrosum is a native of
the Caucasus, about 2 ft. high, with
dazzling scarlet flowers, having a jet black
blotch at the base of each petal, which is
sometimes edged with grey.
Many beautiful double-flowered forms
of this Poppy are now in cultivation,
and are known as Carnation, Picotee,
and Ranunculus-flowered, representing
almost every shade of colour except blue
and yellow. The French and German
Poppies are also forms of this species.
' Shirley Poppies ' are beautiful single-
flowered variations of the common Corn
Poppy, having the most exquisite and
diverse shades— chiefly self-coloured, and
without any blotch at the base of the
petals.
Culture and Propagation. — All the
varieties of the Common Corn Poppy
may be sown out of doors about the
end of March in the spots where they
are intended to bloom. The seedlings
should be thinned out to about 6-8 in.
apai't. To make this operation less tedious
the seeds in the first place should be
sown as thinly as possible.
P. rupifragum atlanticum. — A pretty
Poppy 1-2 ft. high, native of Spain and
Morocco, with hairy stems and bright
green more or less lance-shaped leaves
6-8 in. long, and pinnately divided. The
orange, red, or scarlet flowers appear in
April and May, and are 2-3 in. across,
erect when open but drooping like other
species when in bud.
Culture dc. as above.
P. setigerum (Bristly Pojrpy). — A
native of Europe and Asia 1-2 ft. high,
and closely related to the Opium Poppy,
but differs in having the teeth of the
hairy leaves ending in a stiff bristle. The
violet flowers appear in summer, but
there are now many forms and vari-
ous shades in gardens.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds and division.
P. somniferum (Op>ium Poppy). — A
beautiful annual Poppy 3 -4 ft. high, widely
distributed over Europe, Asia, India, W.
Africa, and naturalised in many parts of
the British Isles. The broad, oblong, lobed
and waved leaves, with a glaucous hue.
are heart-shaped at the base and clasp the
smooth stems. Flowers in summer, white,
rose, lilac, often striped, and usually with
a dark blotch at the base of the often
fringed petals.
The Paeony-flowered Poppies have
been obtained by selection from this spe-
cies, as has also the ' Danebrog ' Poppy.
ARGEMONE
POPPY ORDER
MBCONOPSIS 193
P. Musselli is a garden strain with
double flowers having fringed petals.
These double flowers vary a good deal in
colour, and may be had in the following
shades: lilac, crimson, red, purple, scarlet,
rose &c.
There is also a dwarf race of Opium
Poppies, which are somewhat shorter in
stature and have double flowers. The
variety monstrosum is extremely curious.
Most of the numerous stamens are
changed into small carpels arranged round
the ordinary capsule in the form of a
crown or fringe. This form comes true
from seed, but there is nothing particularly
handsome in it.
Cult ui'c dc. as above. Increased by
seeds sown annually.
ARGEMONE (Prickly Poppy). — A
small genus of handsome brandling
annuals and perennials, having yellow
juice and covered with stiff prickles.
Leaves stalkless, usually spotted with
white ; recesses spiny-toothed. Flowers
about 4 in. across, showy white or yellow,
terminal. Sepals 2-3 (rarely 4), concave,
mucronate. Petals 4-6 (rarely 8).
Stamens numerous.
Culture and Propagation. — Prickly
Poppies love a warm loamy soil. They
may be raised from seeds sown out of
doors at the end of March, or earlier in
pans placed on a hotbed, afterwards
pricking out the seedlings to their flower-
ing quarters.
A. albiflora. — An annual species,
native of Georgia, 1 ft. high, with feather-
veined, stalkless leaves, and white
flowers, with 3 petals, produced in July
and August.
Culture dc. as above.
A. grandiflora. — A perennial 2-3 ft.
high from Mexico, with sinuate, smooth,
glaucous and spiny - toothed leaves.
Flowers in summer, large, somewhat
resembling those of Bomneya Goulteri
(p. 190), white with yellowish anthers.
Culture dc. as above. Although a
true perennial, this species is usually
treated as a tender or half-hardy annual.
The seeds are best sown in gentle heat so as
to have the plants strong enough to flower
early. When raised from seeds sown out-
side in spring, this species does not bloom
till late autumn, but will flower early the
following summer if protected.
A. hirsuta. — A beautiful Californian
annual about 2 ft. high, with piimaiifid
bristly leaves, and pme white flowers 3 5
in. across, borne in September.
Culture d ■< -. as above.
A. mexicana (Devil's Fig). — A Mexi-
can annual 2 ft. high, with hollow-
edged spiny leaves blotched with white
and very much resembling those of the
Milk Thistle (p. 549). The solitary yellow
flowers with 4-6 petals appear in June.
A. hispida from Colorado is similar to
A. mexicana but is much more hairy and
has yellow flowers. A. platyceras is also
closely related. It has white flowers.
Cult iirr dc. as above. Raised from
seeds annually .
A. ochroleuca. — Also a native of
Mexico, with prickly stems, and deeply
sinuated or pinnatitid glaucescent leaves,
blotched with white, and having prickly
bristles on the nerves. The pale yellow
flowers with 6 petals appear in August.
Culture dc. as above. Raised from
seeds annually.
MECONOPSIS.— A small genus of
charming and pretty perennial, biennial.
or rarely annual herbs, with yellow juice,
and entire or often lobed or cut leaves.
Flowers show}', yellow, purple or blue,
on long stalks, nodding in bud. Sepals 2.
Petals 4. Stamens numerous.
Culture and Propagation. — These
plants will grow in ordinary good garden
soil, and are easily raised from seeds
sown in spring. If raised in pans or
shallow boxes under protection from frost,
the seedlings will be strong enough to
plant out by the end of April or May,
or they may be grown on in pots until
the following spring when they will
naturally be much finer in growth.
When extra strong plants are required for
spring planting, the seeds may be sown in
cold frames or greenhouses as soon as ripe
and the seedlings grown on during the
winter. The plants like plenty of water
in sunimer, but should be kept dry in
winter, as at that period moisture at the
roots is almost sure to kill them.
M. aculeata. — A beautiful biennial
about 2 ft. high, native of N.W. India, with
long-stalked, oblong, somewhat pinnate
leaves, and purple flowers 2 in. across, with
numerous yellow stamens in the centre.
They appear in summer and look very
effective in masses.
Culture do. as above. Raised from
seeds sown as soon as ripe.
194
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
MECONOPSIS
M. cambrica (Welsh Poppy). — A
beautiful native perennial about 1-2 ft.
higb, with pale green stalked and pinnate
leaves, having toothed lobes. The erect
pale yellow flowers (drooping in bud) are
borne on long stalks from May to August,
each one being 2-3 in. across.
J Culture dc. as above. The Welsh
Poppy grows freely almost anywhere, and
is perhaps most suitable for semi-wild
places, on old walls, ruins &c. Where it
flourishes it may be left to take care of
itself, as seedlings will come up naturally
and replace the older plants as they die
out.
M. heterophylla. — A beautiful Cali-
fornian annual 12-18 in. high, remarkable
for its handsome coppery orange -coloured
flowers with a purple-black centre. They
are produced freely in June, each blossom
being about 1^- in. across, and with a
delicious scent somewhat resembling that
of Lily of the Valley. The flowers are
not nearly so fleeting as those of other
plants in this order, as they last a good
time in water, especially if cut before
they fully expand.
Culture dc. as above.
M. nepalensis. — A lovely free-flower-
ing biennial from the Himalayas. It
grows 3-5 ft. high, and has pale golden-
yellow nodding flowers, 2-4 in. across.
Culture dc. as above. Raised from
seeds sown under glass as soon as ripe.
The seedlings are planted out in spring.
They like warm sunny spots.
M. quintuplinervia. — A dwarf-growing
compact herb 6-12 in. high, native of
Manchuria, and but little known yet in
British gardens. The long-stalked lance-
shaped leaves are all radical and 5-nerved,
the green surface being covered with
reddish hairs. The violet or purple cup-
shaped flowers about Ik in. across appear
in summer on hairy scapes, and have 4
rhomboid ovate petals with numerous
stamens in the centre, the inner ones
being twice as long as the outer ones.
Culture dc. as above.
M. simplicifolia. — A biennial from
Nepal, about 3 ft. high, with tufted lance-
shaped slightly toothed leaves, 3-5 in. long,
covered with a dense brownish pubescence.
The violet-purple flowers, 2-3 in. across,
are produced in summer at the ends of
unbranched stalks.
Culture dc. as above. To keep up
a supply of this species a stock of plants
should be raised from seeds sown under
glass as soon as ripe every year. The
seedlings are planted out in spring in
warm sunny spots and rich moist and
gritty soil.
M. Wallichi. — Perhaps the hand-
somest species of the genus. It is a per-
ennial from the Himalayas, about 4-6 ft.
high, with hairy pinnatifid leaves 12-15
in. long. The drooping pale blue flowers,
about 2-3 in. across, are borne in June
and July on erect pyramidal stems, the
upper ones opening as soon as the lower
ones begin to wither.
The variety fusco-purpurea is an
effective and ornamental variety with
brownish-purple flowers 2-3 in. across.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seed and division. Although really a
perennial, this fine species should be
raised from seeds every year, sown either
as soon as ripe in cold frames, or in
spring, so that the stock may not die out.
Many plants flower the second year from
the date of sowing the seeds, but others
do not flower for 3 or 4 years after, and
then the plants usually die. Hence the
necessity for raising fresh plants from
seed regularly.
CATHCARTIA.— A genus with only
one species, described below : —
C. villosa. — A beautiful biennial or
perennial about 1 ft. high, from the
Sikkim Himalayas, and somewhat re-
sembling the Welsh Poppy. The stems
and vine-shaped leaves are covered with
tawny hairs, and yield a yellow juice.
The rich yellow flowers are borne on long
stalks in June, and have 2 sepals, 4 petals,
and many stamens with conspicuous
brown anthers.
Culture and Propagation. — The plants
thrive in shady damp sheltered spots, and
may be increased by seeds which are pro-
duced freely. They may be sown as soon
as ripe in cold frames, or in spring in
gentle heat, so that the plants may be
ready for the open border in May.
STYLOPHORUM.— Agenus consist-
ing of three or four species of herbs with
perennial rootstocks and yellow juice.
Lower leaves pinnately cut or absent ;
upper ones few, alternate, or the floral
ones nearly opposite, lobed or cut.
Flowers yellow or red, on long stalks,
solitary or somewhat fascicled, nodding
STYLOPHOKUM
POPPY ORDER
BOCCONIA 195
in bud. Sepals 2. Petals 4. Stamens
many.
Culture and Propagation. — The
species described below thrive in ordinary
garden soil. They prefer, however, a
mixture of moist sandy peat and loam,
and a cool half-shaded corner in the rock
garden. They may be increased by
dividing the roots in early autumn or
spring, or from seeds sown out of doors
about April or as soon as ripe.
S. diphyllum (8. ohioensc). — Celan-
dine Poppy. — A beautiful species 1 ft.
high, from N.W. America, with leaves
and flowers like those of the Celandine
{Chelidonium ma jus), pale or glaucous
beneath, smoothish. Flowers deep yellow,
2 in. across, produced freely in early
summer.
Culture dc. as above.
S. japonicum {Chelidonium japoni-
cum). — -An elegant plant 12 18 in. high,
native of Japan and N.E. Asia, with
slender stems, and lower leaves long-
stalked and pinnately cut. The yellow
Poppy-like flowers appear in May.
Culture dc. as above.
EOMECON (Cyclamen Poppy).— A
genus having only the following species : —
E. chionantha. — A beautiful Chinese
perennial about 1 ft. high, with creeping
underground roots, and pale green long-
stalked and roundish shallowly lobed
leaves, about 3 in. across, with a deep
notch at the base, and resembling the
foliage of some species of Cyclamen. The
pure white flowers about 2 in. across
appear from May to September, and have
a bundle of deep orange stamens in the
centre of the 4 roundish oblong petals.
Both flower- and leaf- stalks are reddish
in colour, and are effective in compact-
growing specimens.
Culture and Propagation. — This
pretty plant flourishes in rich and well-
drained sandy loam with a little peat or
leaf mould added for the sake of warmth
in winter, and for retaining moisture in
summer. It should be grown in warm
sunny positions in the rock garden, and if
necessary protected with a sheet of glass
or a handlight in winter from cold and
heavy rains. It may be readily increased
by means of the underground creeping
roots, which are about as thick as the
finger and send up shoots at the tips
every spring.
SANGUINARIA (Blood Root; Red
Puccoox). — A genus with only one
species : —
S. canadensis. — This native of North
America grows 3-6 in. high and is a
distinct and pretty plant, having thick
creeping rootstocks with yellow juice,
and solitary, rounded, pahnately veined
leaves. The beautiful white flowers, one on
a stem, appear in April and May, and con-
sist of 2 sepals, 8-12 uncrumpled petals
in 2 or 3 circles, and many stamens. The
variety grandijiora has larger flowers than
the type.
Cttlturr a nil Propagation. — The Blood
Root prefers a rather moist soil, and
thrives under trees and other more or less
shaded places. The rootstocks of this
plant should not be taken out of the
ground and dried off, as they are apt to
lose their vitality by so doing.
It is increased by dividing the root-
stocks in spring just as growth is about to
commence. When broken, they shed a
reddish juice, whence the common name
of Blood Root. Seeds may also be sown in
pots or pans as soon as ripe, or in spring,
but it is safer not to prick the seedlings out
until the leaves begin to turn yellow and
he young rootstocks are going to rest.
BOCCONIA (Plume Poppy). — A
genus of tall glaucous herbs or shrubs
having yellow or orange-red juice, lobed
leaves, and numerous small flowers in
terminal panicles, each branch and
branchlet of which is furnished with a
bract. Sepals 2. Petals none. Stamens
many.
• B. cordata {B. japonica ; Macleaya
yedoensis). — A handsome and stately
Chinese perennial 5-8 ft. high, with large
glaucous deeply veined Fig-like leaves.
The small buff or cream-coloured flowers
are produced in great abundance during
the summer and look like feathery plumes
in the distance.
Culture and Propagation. — To see this
plant to advantage it should be grown by
itself in nooks and corners or in beds on
the lawn. It is magnificent when grown
in deep rich loam, and long after the
flowers have passed, the flat pale brown
seed pods look very handsome. When
gently agitated by the wind they have a
very graceful appearance.
It maj7 be increased by dividing the
thickish roots in atitumn or spring.
Cuttings of the young shoots from the
o 2
196
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS glaucium
axils of the leaves may be taken in early
summer, or from the suckers which spring
up round the base of the plant. The
roots cut up into pieces an inch or two
long will also produce young plants. They
are best placed in boxes of rich sandy
loam and covered over about their own
diameter and placed in gentle bottom heat
early in spring. The plants should be
hardened off with as much air and light
as possible before transferring to the open
ground during dull showery weather.
Seeds may also be sown as soon as ripe,
preferably in cold frames or in pots or
pans under glass, and the seedlings may
be pricked out into light rich soil in spring.
B. frutescens is a Mexican species
3-6 ft. high, not hardy enough to stand
our winters, but useful for planting out
from June to September. It has large
handsome sea-green lobed leaves, and
masses of greenish flowers. It is best
raised from seeds, and must have the
protection of a greenhouse in winter.
Culture dc. as above.
B. microcarpa. — A graceful species
about 9 ft. high, native of X. China. It
resembles B. eordata in habit and foliage,
and is if anything rather more ornamental
and effective, and that is saying a good
deal. The feathery plumes of flowers
have a bronzy tint that renders it quite
distinct from B. eordata, and its beauty
is still further enhanced when in fruit.
Culture if-e. as above for B. eordata.
GLAUCIUM (Horned Poppy).— A
genus of 5 or 6 ornamental annual or
biennial herbs, with yellow juice, and
lobed and dissected leaves. Flowers large,
yellow or crimson, on long stalks. Sepals
2. Petals 4. Stamens numerous.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Horned Poppies will grow in ordinary good
garden soil. They may be propagated by
sowing seeds in the open air in April or
May, transferring the seedlings, when
large enough to handle easily, to their
flowering quarters. This must be done
carefully, however, as they do not like
being moved. On the whole it is better
to sow the seeds where the plants are
required to bloom. They may be pro-
tected with a handlight or a sheet of glass
over a bottomless box until sturdy enough.
If sown too thickly the seedlings may
afterwards be thinned out.
G. corniculatum (G. phoeniceum). — A
species from the Mediterranean region,
also found naturalised in England. It is
about 9 in. high, with oblong, cut, hairy
leaves and crimson flowers which appear
in summer and have a black spot at the
base of each petal.
Culture dc. as above.
G. flavum (G. luteum). — A native of
Britain, W. Asia and X. Africa, 1-2 ft. high,
glaucous throughout, with lower leaves
hairy and deeply cut, and with a beautiful
silvery sheen. The large bright yellow
flowers 2-4 in. across appear from June to
October, the petals in opposite dissimilar
pairs, and are succeeded by a smooth
curved pod about a foot long. The indi-
vidual blossoms do not last long, but they
are produced in great abundance, a certain
number opening each day.
Culture dc. as above.
G. leptopodum. — A tufted Chinese
species of recent introduction. It has
divided leaves and bears yellow flowers
in summer.
Culture dc. as above.
CHELIDONIUM (Celandine;
Swallow Wort). — A genus of erect
branched herbs with yellow jvrice. dis-
sected leaves, and yellow flowers. Sepals
2 ; petals 4 ; stamens numerous.
C. majus. — This is an erect branched
perennial herb, native of Britain and W.
Asia. Its stems reach a height of 1-2 ft.,
being brittle, sparingly hairy, and con-
taining a yellow juice. The thin cut
leaves are coarsely toothed, smooth
beneath. The yellow flowers, about an
inch across, are borne from May to
August on slender stems, and have 2
sepals. 4 petals, and numerous stamens.
The variety laciniata has the leaves
cut into linear acute lobes, the petals
being also more or less cut. There is a
double-flowered form.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Celandine grows freely in almost any soil,
but prefers moist shady places. It is a
beautiful plant for the wild garden, shrub-
beries &c, and is easily raised from seeds
sown when ripe in the open border or in
spring. The roots may also be divided in
autumn or spring.
DENDROMECON (Tree Poppy).—
A genus with only one species at present
known : —
D. rigidum. — A smooth ornamental
shrub about 3 ft. high, native of the
Californian moimtains, with an erect and
bushy habit. The more or less ovate
DENDKOMECON
POPPY OlilH-lli
ESCHSCHOLTZIA 197
lance-shaped stiffish leaves are li- 2^ in.
long and of a conspicuous blue-green
or glaucous colour. The golden -yellow
flowers, nearly 2 in. across, appear in
June, the 4 roundish petals being in
striking contrast to the numerous deep
orange-yellow stamens in the centre.
Culture and Propagation. — This
plant flourishes in a warm and sheltered
position in the rock garden or ordinary
flower border, and likes a rather rich and
well-drained sandy loam and a little leaf
soil. It may be increased by cuttings of
the non- flowering shoots inserted in cold
frames in sandy soil in late summer. If
seeds are ripened they should be sown
in cold frames at once, and the young
plants may be ready in spring for the
open air.
HUNNEMANNIA. — A genus con-
taining only one species. It is closely
related to Escbscholtzia, and similar in
appearance and blossom. Sepals 2.
Petals 4. Stamens numerous. Stigma
lobes 4, short, blunt, spreading or de-
flexed. Capsule linear 10-ribbed.
H. fumariaefolia. — A graceful and
beautiful perennial herb about 2 ft. high,
native of California and Mexico. The
leaves are deeply divided like those of
Eschscholtzia, and have a conspicuous
bluish or grey-green hue. The solitary
brilliant yellow cup-shaped flowers are
about 2h in. across, and appear in August
and September, the colouring of the wavy
petals being enhanced by the cluster of
bright orange-red stamens in the centre.
Culture and Propagation. — This
beautiful plant is too tender to be treated
as a perennial in the British Islands ex-
cept in the south and west. It likes a
warm sunny position in the flower border
and is best raised annually from seeds
which are produced freely. The seeds
should be sown as soon as ripe in a cold
frame or in shallow boxes in a cool green-
house, but they will not sprout before the
following spring. When large enough to
handle they may be pricked out into light
rich soil, and by the end of May or begin-
ning of June may be planted in bold
masses in the flower border.
ESCHSCHOLTZIA (Califoknian
Poppy). — A genus of smooth, glaucescent,
ornamental annual or perennial herbs
with leaves much cut and divided into
linear lobes. Flowers yellow on long
stalks. Sepals cohering, forming a de-
ciduous cap. Petals 4. Stamens many.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Eschscholtzias are easily grown in any
soil, and are useful for giving a brilliant
effect to borders and shrubberies from early
summer to the end of autumn. Seeds
may be sown in either autumn or spring
in the open border in spots where the
plants are required to bloom.
There are some 4 or 5 species all
natives of NAN'. America, but E. cali-
fornica and its varieties are the only
ones usually grown.
E. californica. — A perennial 12-18 in.
high, with glaucous finely divided leaves,
and large bright orange-yellow flowers
which appear in early summer. A host
of garden forms have originated from this
species, their flowers being white, pinkish,
or pale yellow. The variety called crocea is
a showy biennial about 1 ft. high, having
deep rich orange flowers in the type.
The garden forms have white, red, and
striped flowers ; also a double-flowered
orange form. The form known as ' Man-
darin ' is curiously pretty.
Culture &c. as above.
E. cucullata. — A remarkable Califor-
nian species, the young leaves of which are
strongly incurved or cupped. The flowers
are lemon-yellow with an orange centre,
but seeds are rarely proditced even in a
wild state. This species is probably not
yet in cultivation.
Culture &c. as above.
E. Douglasi. — A Californian plant of
recent introduction with flowers inter-
mediate in size between those of E. cali-
fornica and E. tenuifolia. They are
bright golden-yellow with a deeper yellow
or orange centre, and open a week or two
earlier than those of E. californica.
Culture dbc. as above.
E. tenuifolia is a compact-growing
annual about 6 in. high, with leaves
divided into threadlike segments. Flowers
about 1 in. across, yellow.
Culture dc. as above.
198
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS dicentea
X. FUMARIACEiE— Fumitory Order
Annual or perennial herbs with brittle stems and a watery juice. Leaves
usually alternate, much-divided, often with tendrils. Flowers irregular,
purple, white or yellow. Sepals 2, small, scale-like, deciduous. Petals 4, in
two usually dissimilar pairs. Stamens 4 distinct (in British species 6), hypo-
gynous, in 2 bundles (diadelphous) opposite the 2 outer petals, one of which
is usually furnished with a spur, rarely all separate. Fruit either an
indehiscent 1- or 2-seeded nut, or a 2-valved or succulent indehiscent many-
seeded capsule.
The irregular flowers chiefly distinguish the Fumitory Order from the
Poppy Order.
HYPECOUM. — A small genus of
glaucous annual herbs with leaves much
cut into linear segments. Flowers
white or yellow, with 2 small narrow
sepals, and 4 spreading petals, the outer
ones flat or slightly concave at the base.
Stamens 4, opposite the petals.
H. procumbens. — A native of South
Europe, about 1 ft. high, with finely cut
glaucous leaves, and bright yellow flowers
in summer.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species will grow in any good garden soil,
and may be raised from seeds sown in the
open in spring, for flowering in summer,
or in autumn for earlier flowering the
following year.
DICENTRA (Dielytra ; Diclytra).
Lyre Flower ; Bleeding Heart. —
A genus of very ornamental, erect,
diffuse, or climbing perennial herbs, with
tuberous, horizontal, or fibrous roots, and
much-cut, stalked leaves. Flowers in
terminal racemes, rose, pink, or yellow.
Sepals 2, scale-like. Petals 4, connivent,
the 2 outer ones concave, saccate, or
spurred at the base. Stamens 6, in two
bundles opposite the outer petals.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Dicentras thrive in a rich loamy soil, and
are lovely plants for the border. They
may be increased by dividing the root-
stocks in early autumn or spring.
Indeed this is the usual method of propa-
gation. Cuttings may also be made of the
fleshy roots, placed in sand and kept in a
cold frame. Seeds may be sown as soon
as ripe, or in spring in light sandy soil in
cold frames. The young plants require to
be pricked out and grown on imtil large
enough for transferring to the open border
in autumn or spring.
D. canadensis. — A North American
species about 6 in. high, with glaucous
finely cut leaves. The white flowers
appear in May, having 2 short blunt
spurs.
Culture dc. as above.
D. chrysantha.— A Californian plant
with rather stiff stems 3-5 ft. high, and
very finely cut glaucous foliage. The
long erect branching racemes of bright
yellow flowers appear in August and
September.
Culture ti-c. as above. This species
may be raised from seed, and should be
planted in a warm sheltered spot. In cold
localities it is desirable to cover the roots
in severe winters with a little bracken or
dry leaves &c.
D. Cucullaria (Dutchman's Breeches).
A curious and not particularly beautiful
dwarf species 3-6 in. high, native of the
United States. It has smooth, slender,
3-ternate leaves, and produces its white,
yellow-tipped flowers having 2 straight
spurs in spring.
Culture <<•(•. as above.
D. eximia (Fumaria eximia). — This
beautiful perennial grows wild in the
rocky clefts of the mountains of Virginia
and N. Carolina. It is about 9-18 in.
high, with divided leaves, and has com-
pound racemes of drooping reddish-
purple flowers in spring and summer and
sometimes also in autumn.
Culture dc. as above.
D. formosa (Fumaria formosa). — A
North American species, about 6 in. high,
DICENI'KX
FUMITORY ORDER
COEYDALIS 199
very similar to D. eximia, but smaller in
all its parts. The bright red broadly
ovate flowers appear in May and have
short and very obtuse spurs.
Culture d:c. as above.
D. spectabilis (Chinaman'1 8 Breeches).
This beautiful and popular plant i* a
native of Siberia and Japan, and has now
become well known in gardens. It is
1-2 ft. high, with stalked leaves cut mto
obovate wedge-shaped segments. The
drooping rosy crimson flowers, about 1 in.
long, are freely produced in spring and
summer on gracefully arching racemes,
and are more or less like inverted hi es in
shape. There is a white-flowered variety
which is not so effective.
This species is slightly forced in green-
houses in many thousands every year
from rootstocks imported in the early
autumn. As an outdoor plant there are
few perennials to surpass it in the flower
border, margins of shrubberies, or rough
rockeries, especially if planted in rich
loamy soil.
Culture dtc. as above.
D. thalictrifolia (D. sca/ndens). — ■ A
pretty glaucous species native of the
Sikkirn Himalayas, with slender creeping
branches and leaves very much divided
and cut as in the Meadow Rues (TJialic-
Iriini) into oval, oblong, or roundish leaf-
lets. The sweet-scented yellow irregular
flowers tinged with red in the throat are
produced in late summer and autumn in
clusters from the axils of the leaves, on
long slender stalks.
Culture dc. as above.
ADLUMIA. — This genus consists
only of the species here described : —
A. cirrhosa (Coryclalis fungosa). —
An interesting N. American plant with
climbing stems about 15 ft. long. The
pale green leaves are thrice pinnate, and
resemble the fronds of Maidenhair Ferns,
The pale rose or purple coloured flowers,
about f in. long, appear in June on
axillary peduncles, and consist of 2 scale-
like sepals, 4 cohering petals, gibbous
at the base, and 6 stamens in 2 cohering
bundles opposite the outer lobes of the
corolla.
Culture and Propagation. — This
pretty plant is a biennial, but in warm
favourable spots will be reproduced
annually from self-sown seeds. Its frail
climbing stems and Fern -like foliage make
it a useful plant for trailing against a wall
or over shrubs, old blanches &c. Seeds
may be sown in the ordinary way in light
sandy soil as soon as ripe, and the seed-
lings after being pricked out must be
sheltered in cold frames during the winter
months. In spring they may be planted
out in mild showery weather.
CORYDALIS.— A genus containing
about 70 species of pretty, smooth, usual] \
glaucous herbs, with tuberous or tufted
rootstocks, and diffuse or slender stems
sometimes climbing by tendrils. The
leaves are much divided, alternate or almost
opposite. The flowers are red, white,
or yellow in terminal or leaf- opposed
racemes. Sepals 2, often scale-like.
Petals 4, the two outer ones larger, one
or both gibbous or spurred, often cohering
in two usually dissimilar pairs. Stamens
6, in 2 cohering bundles opposite the outer
petals.
Culture ami Propagation. — Of the
many species of Fumitory comparatively
few are worth growing in gardens, those
described below being the best. They grow
easily in ordinary garden soil, and some
will thrive in shady spots in damp soil.
They make charming groups in the
rockery or the front of the flower border
and are effective either in foliage or
flower. The plants may be increased
by dividing the roots after flowering or
by offsets from the bulbous-rooted sorts.
The annual species of course must be
raised from seeds sown out of doors in
early autumn or in spring each year.
C. bracteata. — A Siberian perennial
about 9 in. high, with biternate leaves
cut into linear-lobed segments. The
sulphur-yellow flowers appear in May
and June.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
division in spring.
C. cava (C. tuberosa). — A European
perennial, 6 in. high, with biternate
leaves cut into wedge-shaped segments.
The white flowers are produced from
February to May in loose terminal
racemes.
Culture Sc. as above. — Increased by
division of the tuberous rootstocks in
early autumn so that the plants will be
established for flowering at the proper
period ha spring. Seeds are not produced
very freely, and besides, they often do not
sprout for a year or so after being sown.
C. glauca. — A graceful Canadian
annual or biennial 9-12 in. high, with
200
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS corydalis
leaves twice pinnately cut into blunt
oblong lobes, light green above, blue-green
beneath. The scarlet flowers shaded with
orange, and having violet sepals, are pro-
duced freely from June to September, and
in conjunction with the feathery character
of the foliage, produce a very ornamental
effect in the rockery or flower border.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds sown as soon as ripe.
C. Gortschakowi. — A glaucous green
perennial 1-H ft. high, native of Turke-
stan. The leaves are twice pinnately
divided or cut, the lower ones being 5-6
in. long. The golden-yellow flowers
appear in summer, and are borne in
close racemes.
Culture dc. as above.
C. kolpakowskiana. — A tuberous-
rooted perennial from Turkestan, 6 in.
high, with smooth deeply divided leaves,
and long-spurred pink or purple flowers
borne in summer in loose racemes.
Culture dc. as above.
C. ledebouriana. — A pretty herbaceous
perennial about 1 ft. high, native of the
Altai mountains. It has tuberous root-
stocks and leaves twice ternately cut
into obovate glaucous segments. The
purple flowers appear in summer, and
have rather a thick pale purple spur.
Culture dc. as above.
C. lutea (Fumaria lutea). — A well-
known European perennial, about 1 ft.
high, now naturalised on old walls inmany
parts of Great Britain. The pale green
biternate leaves are cut into obovate wedge-
shaped trifid segments, forming graceful
masses. The yellow spurred flowers appear
in early summer in great abundance, and
continue to be produced well into Sep-
tember. Nestling among the foliage,
which retains its freshness almost the
whole year, they look very beautiful, and
make the plant useful for the decoration
of rockeries, ruins, old walls &c. In such
places the seeds often sow themselves, and
may be left to follow nature's course.
Closely related to this species is C.
ochroleuca, which has a similar appear-
ance, and is distinguished chiefly by its
whitish-yellow flowers, which continue to
appear from spring until the end of
autumn.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds or division.
C. Marschalliana. — A perennial 9 in.
high, native of Tauria. Leaves biternate
with oval entire or bifid lobes, and sulphur-
yellow flowers produced in April and May.
Culture dc. as above.
C. nobilis. — A lovely Siberian peren-
nial 9 in. or so high. Leaves twice pinnate,
with wedge-shaped segments cut at the
apex. Flowers in May, pale yellow, tipped
with green, and having a long blunt spur
incurved at the point.
Culture dc. as above. Best increased
in early spring by dividing the rootstocks.
C. pallida. — A juicy herb 1-1^ ft.
high, native of China and Japan. The
pale green leaves are thrice pinnately cut
or divided, and are blue-green on the
under surface. The bright yellow flowers
tipped with brown appear in summer and
are borne in racemes at the ends of the
shoots.
Culture dc. as above.
C. Sewerowii. — A pretty species 12-18
in. high, native of Turkestan, with very
finely divided glaucous green leaves, and
deep yellow flowers in April and May.
Spur short, saccate, and bent downwards.
Culture dc. as above.
C. solida (C. bullosa). — A tuberous
perennial, 6 in. high, native of Europe, and
naturalised in woods and dampish places
in Britain. The very glaucous biternate
leaves are cut into oblong or wedge-shaped
segments, cut at the top, and the large
purplish flowers about 1 in. long are pro-
duced in April and May.
Culture dc. the same as for C. cava
above.
SARCOCAPNOS.— A small genus of
dwarf-tufted glaucous perennial herbs, with
dissected leaves, the lobes of which are
usually broad and rather thick. Flowers
white, yellow, purple, or red, in few-flowered
terminal racemes. Sepals 2, scale-like.
Petals 4, connivent, one of the two outer
ones spurred at the base, the other flat, the
inner ones narrow and cohering at the
apex, keeled or winged behind. Stamens 6,
in 2 cohering bundles opposite the outer
petals.
S. enneaphylla. — A native of S. Europe,
2-6 in. high, with slender stems and thrice
ternately parted and much-lobed leaves on
slender stalks. The small yellow flowers
marked with purple appear in June.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species thrives in ordinary soil, and is
suitable for borders or rockeries. Easily
FUMAKIA
III/, LFL 0 WEB OIWER
MATTHIOLA 201
increased by seeds or division of the
roots in the same way as CorydaUs (see
above). Cuttings of the shoots may also
be made to root under handlights or cold
frames during the summer months if
inserted in light sandy soil, and kept
shaded and fairly damp at first.
FUMARIA (Fumitory). — A genus of
about 40 species of annual (rarely peren-
nial) berbsusually branched, often climbing.
Leaves much divided, with very narrow
segments. Racemes terminal or opposite
the leaves. Sepals 2, scale-like. Petals 4,
erect, conniving, the lower one gibbous or
spurred at the base, the upper flat, the
two inner ones narrow, cohering at the
tip, winged or keeled behind. Stamens 6,
in 2 bundles opposite the 2 outer petals.
F. capreolata. — This is the only species
worth growing. It is indigenous to the
fields and waste places of Britain, Europe,
and Asia, and may be grown in the wild
gardens or border. It grows about 4 ft.
high and has bipinnate glaucous leaves
climbing by twisted stalks, and racemes of
white, purple-tinted flowers from May to
September. There are several forms.
Culture dtc. as recommended above
for CorydaUs. Seeds may be sown in
autumn or spring.
XI. CRUCIFER^- Wallflower Order
Annual, biennial, or perennial herbaceous plants, rarely undershrubs. Flowers
hermaphrodite, regular, usually yellow or white, occasionally purple, generally
in racemes, and without bracts. Sepals 4, deciduous, imbricate or valvate
in bud, the 2 lateral ones often saccate at the base. Petals 4, placed
crosswise, and alternate with the sepals. Stamens 6 (tetradynamous), of
which 2 are shorter and opposite the lateral sepals, hypogynous. Disk with
various green glands opposite the sepals, and between the petals, stamens,
and ovary. Ovary superior, one-celled, but apparently two-celled, owing to
the parietal placenta meeting in the middle, and forming a spurious dissepi-
ment. Fruit a long (siliqua) or short (silicula) 2-celled and 2-valved capsule
or pod, opening by two valves, leaving the seeds on the persistent placentas
(known as a rcplwn, well seen in Honesty), or indehiscent.
MATTHIOLA (Stock).— An impor-
tant genus of about 30 species of branching
annual, biennial, or perennial herbs, or
sub-shrubs, with oblong or linear, entire
or sinuate downy leaves. Flowers in
racemes, often purple, generally sweet-
scented. Sepals erect, the lateral ones
saccate at the base. Petals with long
claws. Fruit-pod a roundish or com-
pressed siliqua, with the lobes of the
stigma connivent, thickened or horned at
the back. The various garden Stocks, such
as Ten Week, Intermediate, Brompton, or
Queen Stocks &c, will be considered under
the natural species from which they have
been derived.
The plant known as ' Virginian Stock '
is described under Malcolmia maritima
(see p. 214).
M. annua. — The Ten "Week and Inter-
mediate Stocks have arisen from this spe-
cies. It is an annual 1-2 ft. high, native
of S. Europe, with erect, branching stems,
furnished with lance-shaped, blunt hoary
leaves. The flowers appear from May to
October on erect racemes, and vary a
good deal in size and colour.
Ten Week Stocks
There are many kinds of Ten Week
Stock mentioned in catalogues, and they
are all more or less worth growing. For
cut flowers, Ten Week Stocks are most
useful from early summer to autumn, and
cutting the main flower spikes often
induces the development of the side
shoots, which would otherwise remain
latent.
Culture and Propagation. — During
March the seed may be sown thinly
in shallow pans or boxes placed on a
gentle hotbed. In a short time the seed-
lings will be sufficiently large to handle
easily. They may then be pricked out
into similar pans or boxes, filled with
rich loamy soil and well drained. Give
202
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS matthiola
the plants as much light and air as possi-
ble, to make them hard and sturdy. By
the end of May or beginning of June, when
all danger of frost is past, the plants may
be placed where they are to bloom. The
richer the soil, the better the plants will
bloom and the more brilliant the colours,
which are white, lemon, pink, rose, scarlet,
purple, crimson, violet, with numerous
shades of each. If there is no convenience
for raising Ten "Week Stocks under glass,
the seeds may be sown in the open border
about the end of April. Plants raised in
this way, however, must not be trans-
planted, as the season in most parts of the
country is scarcely extended enough to
permit of full development. The seed-
lings are best thinned out, leaving the
most promising plants to flower where the
seed has been sown. Among the kinds
grown may be mentioned the Dwarf,
Large-flowered, Giant, Wall-flower, Vic-
toria, and Pyramidal Ten Week Stocks in
various colours.
In order to obtain dwarf, sturdy,
bushy plants the leading shoot may be
pinched out as soon as the flower-buds
Begin to swell. By this means growth
will be retarded in the main shoot, but
will be accelerated in the side ones, each
of which becomes longer and bears numer-
ous blossoms.
Seeds may be saved, but only from
the single-flowering varieties. But as a
rule seed saved in most parts of the
United Kingdom is of little use, and it
is much better to raise plants from the
best imported seeds. To secure a large
percentage of double-flowered varieties,
it is, however, better to obtain well-ripened
and imported seeds from a nurseryman.
Intermediate Stocks
These are also derived from the
Common Stock, Matthiola annua, and
are chiefly confined to scarlet, white, and
purple varieties. They are very useful
for flowering in spring before the ordinary
Ten Week Stocks. To secure them at this
season, the seeds should be sown in July
and August ; the seedlings will thus have
plenty of time to become well established
and hardened to stand the winter. Where
glass protection is available, the plants
may be grown one or more in a pot,
wintered in a cold frame or greenhouse,
with as much light and air as possible,
when they will make fine bushy plants
for early spring flowering.
East Lothian Stocks
This is a form of the Intermediate
variety of Matthiola annua and is
chiefly valuable for producing its flowers
in the autumn, after most of the Ten
Week Stocks are finished. The seeds
may be sown about the end of March or
April, and when large enough transplanted
in the usual way. By using the Inter-
mediate, Ten Week, and East Lothian
Stocks hi rotation as named, it is possible
to have Stocks in bloom for the greater
part of the year.
M. bicornis. — This is a branched sub-
shrub, native of Greece, and somewhat
tender in the least favourable parts of the
country. It has oblong lance-shaped cut
leaves, the upper ones being entire. The
flowers are purplish-red like those of
the Wallflower-leaved Stock (M. incana),
but smaller, and nearly sessile, with ob-
long spoon-shaped petals, appearing in
spring.
Culture Ac. as for the Brompton
Stocks below (see M. incana).
M. fenestralis. — A sub-shrub about 1
ft. high, native of Crete. It has erect
simple stems with crowded, obovate,
downy leaves, and scarlet or pale purple
flowers produced in July and August, on
a long erect raceme, sometimes slightly
branched at the base. Only compara-
tively few double-flowered varieties are
obtained from seeds.
Culture dc. as for the Brompton
Stocks below.
M. incana (Wallfloiver-leaved Stock;
Brompton and Queen Stock). — This grows
in a wild state in W. Europe, the Canaries,
the Levant &c, to a height of 1 or 2 ft.,
having branched sub-shrubby stems with
erect, hoary, oblong, lance-shaped leaves,
and flowers 1-2 in. across in summer vary-
ing from purple to violet.
Culture dc. as below.
Brompton Stocks
These are vigorous growing bien-
nials with handsome flowers of purple,
scarlet, white, or crimson. They are
not quite hardy in all parts of the British
Islands, and where there is a likelihood
of the plants suffering during the winter,
they should be planted under the protect-
ing branches of trees and shrubs, which
will shield them a good deal from the
effects of frost.
Culture and Propagation. — Brompton
MATTHIOLA
WALLFLOWER ORDER
PAREYA 203
Stocks are biennial and therefore require
two seasons' growth to come to perfec-
tion. The seeds may be sown in pans
or boxes in June or July. When the
seedlings are an inch or so high, they
may be transferred to a piece of freshly
dug ground and planted 8-12 in. apart.
Should the plants bo inclined to make
a too vigorous and sappy growth, they
should be lifted and again transplanted.
This will check the growth, and help to
harden the plants for the coming winter.
This second transplanting often saves
the plants from being killed outright in
severe winters.
In the north and naturally cold
localities it is on the whole safer to winter
Brompton Stocks in cold frames, and
have them transplanted in spring. If
grown in pots they may with advantage
be brought into blossom earlier by placing
in the gentle heat of a greenhouse.
In the south of England and Ireland
Brompton Stocks, if raised from seed
sown in spring in gentle heat, will in warm
and favourable seasons flower the same
year. Some forty or fifty years ago
Brompton Stocks were cultivated exten-
sively in the market gardens around
London, but for many years past they
have disappeared altogether from this
region. In the south and in the Channel
Islands, however, they are still grown very
largely, and from the latter place some
fine trusses of bloom are sent to the
London markets every year.
Queen Stocks
These Stocks are supposed to be
identical with Brompton Stocks and may
receive the same treatment. It is said,
however, that the seeds are darker than
those of the Brompton Stock, and that its
leaves are rough and woolly on the under
side, while those of the Brompton are
smooth on both sides.
Wallflower-leaved Stock
This is a variety of the biennial kind,
readily distinguished by having smooth
bright shiny green leaves like Wallflowers
instead of dull-coloured downy ones
like the other Stocks. It may be treated
like the Brompton or Queen Stock referred
to above.
M. tricuspidata. — An annual about 1
ft. high, from the shores of the Mediter-
ranean. It has oblong, toothed or sinuate
leaves, the upper ones being more divided
or cut. Tho bright lilac flowers, lighter
towards the base, appear in summer, and
the entire plant is more or less pubescent.
Culture dc. as for Ten Week Stocks
above, p. 201.
M. tristis (Hesperis tristis). — Night-
scented Stock.— All interesting biennial
from K. Europe, 9-24 in. high. Lower leaves
stalked, upper ones ovate, acute, stalkless,
entire or toothed, smooth or downy, pule
green, 2-4 in. long. Flowers in spring
and summer, varying from a dull white to
a dull dark purple, usually fragrant in the
evening, and scenting the atmosphere for
many yards round.
Culture and Propagation. — This
sweet-scented Stock flourishes in moist
but well-drained garden soil of a loamy
nature. It is raised from seeds sown out
of doors as soon as ripe, or in the early
spring under glass or in gentle heat. In
the latter case the seedlings will flower
the same year in favourable parts ; but
autumn-sown seedlings arc pricked out
and transferred so as to flower the follow-
ing year. Imported seeds may also be
sown as recommended for the Wallflower
below.
PARRYA. — A genus of low, smooth
or hairy herbs, with perennial roots, and
linear or spoon- shaped, entire or sinuate -
toothed leaves. Flowers white, rose, or
purple, with erect sepals, and clawed
spoon-shaped petals.
Culture and Propagation. — Parryas
are suitable for the rockery or edge of
borders. They grow easily in ordinary
garden soil and may be increased by
dividing the roots in early autumn or
spring. Seeds may also be sown as soon
as ripe in the open border, and the seed-
lings should be transplanted not later than
the end of September, so that the roots
may obtain a good hold of the soil before
winter.
P. arabidiflora. — A Siberian plant
6 in. high with somewhat fleshy lance-
shaped leaves and purple flowers in May.
Culture dc. as above.
P. arctica. — A native of Arctic
America about 3 in. high, with almost
entire leaves and corymbs of pale purple
flowers in May and June.
Culture d~c. as above.
P. integerrima.— A Siberian plant 6 in.
high, with entire, somewhat spoon-shaped
204
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS cheiranthus
leaves, and beautiful purple flowers in
April and May.
Culture de. as above.
P. nudicaulis. — A pretty little rock
plant from the Arctic regions. Leaves
elliptic oblong, acute, entire or toothed,
2-3 in. long. Flowers in April and May,
1 in. across, with obcordate petals.
Culture dc. as above.
CHEIRANTHUS (Wallflower).—
A genus of biennial or perennial herbs or
undershrubs with oblong or linear, entire
or toothed leaves. Flowers rather large,
racemose, without bracts, yellow or pur-
ple, having erect sepals, the latter ones
saccate at the base, and long-clawed
petals. The long seed pods are more or
less 4-angled, or winged, or compressed.
C. asper (C. ca/pitatus). — A somewhat
tender Californian species with linear
lance-shaped more or less toothed or
entire leaves, tapering towards the base
and covered with close-pressed hairs.
The rather large yellow flowers appear in
dense corymbs in June.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species requires a rich loamy soil and
warm sheltered positions. It may be
increased in summer by cuttings of the
young and non-flowering side-shoots,
which shoidd be put under a hand glass
and kept in a cold frame or greenhouse
during the winter. Seeds may also be
sown when ripe in cold frames, and the
seedlings are safer protected in severe
winters. In spring they may be planted
out.
C. Cheiri (Common Wallflower). — A
well-known sub-shrubby plant distributed
over Central and N. Europe, and reaching
a height of 1 or 2 ft. The smooth or
slightly hairy leaves are 2-3 in. long,
lance-shaped, quite entire, on more or
less angled stems. The fragrant flowers
are about 1 in. across, and orange-yellow
in a wild state, but various shades of red,
purple or brown in cultivated forms.
The Wallflower is a beautiful old
garden plant, and gives a peculiar charm
to old walls, ruins, and semi-wild places,
on which it grows freely, and looks far
more picturesque than when grown in
rows like Carrots or Turnips.
There are many kinds grown and all
are very beautiful. Among the single -
flowered kinds may be mentioned the
' Blood-red,' ' Harbinger,' ' Belvoir Castle '
' Golden Tom Thumb,' « Ruby Gem,'
' Eastern Queen ' &c. The double varieties
are also beautiful, with many shades of
yellow, pale and dull brown.
Culture and Propagation. — The seeds
of Wallflowers are usually sown too late
in the year, the consequence often being
that the plants are not sufficiently hardy
to withstand a severe winter, especially
when hard frosts succeed cold rains. Im-
ported seeds of both single and double
kinds are usually better than any saved
in the British Islands, as our capricious
seasons often interfere with the proper
ripening of seeds.
From March to the end of May is the
best time for sowing so as to obtain a
succession of bloom. The seedlings
should always be transplanted to check
the tap-root and cause the development
of fibrous roots near the surface. By
Mayor June the plants should be in their
permanent quarters to give a splendid
display of bloom from Christmas to
March.
The common custom among cottagers
of filling gardens in spring with plants
already almost in bloom is not to be
recommended, as the plants are too far
advanced to do any good, and very often
are little better than scarecrows. If spring
planting is adopted, it should be done as
early as possible in mild open weather, so
that the plants will make a brave show
until the time for summer bedding out
commences, that is, any time from the
end of May to the end of June, according
to season and locality.
C. Marshalli. — This is a supposed
hybrid Wallflower 12-18 in. high, having
the lower leaves more or less spoon-shaped,
and the upper ones lance-shaped. The
deep clear orange-yellow flowers about
1 in. across are freely produced in spring.
Culture and Propagation. — Some-
times this Wallflower does not seed
freely, and it must then be increased by
means of cuttings of the young shoots
inserted in light sandy soil in spring and
summer under glass, or in cold frames,
much in the same way as recommended
for C. asper.
C. Menziesi. — A Californian plant
6-8 in. high, somewhat tender, with
oblong lance-shaped downy leaves 2-4 in.
long, and bright purple flowers.
Culture and Propagation. — Requires
the same treatment as C. asper above.
CHEIKANTHUS
WALLFLOWER ORDER
ARABIS 205
C. mutabilis. — A tender shrubby
species 2-3 ft. high, native of Madeira.
Leaves somewhat downy, linear lance-
shaped, finely toothed. Flowers appear
in early spring, cream-coloured at first,
becoming purple or striped with age.
Culture Sc. the same as C. asper
above.
C. scoparius. — A half-hardy shrubby
species from Teneriffe, 2-3 ft. high, linear
lance-shaped entire and somewhat downy
pointed leaves. The flowers appear in
May, at first white, changing to purple.
Culture <£c. the same as for C. asjpt /
above.
C. sempernorens. — A half - hardy
shrubby plant 1-2 ft. high, from Morocco.
The entire roughish leaves are linear
lance-shaped and the yellow and white
flowers appear at various seasons.
Culture and Propagation. — The per-
ennial Wallflowers must be kept dry in
winter and in sheltered places. They
may be increased from cuttings taken
in August or September, and during those
months inserted in a shady place or in
boxes of sandy soil. Also by seeds as for
C. asper.
BARBAREA (Winter or American
Cress). — A genus consisting of about 20
species of smooth, fibrous-rooted biennials
or perennials, with angled stems. Flowers
yellow on erect terminal racemes, some-
times with bracts.
Culture and Propagation. — These
plants grow in any soil, and are readily
increased by cuttings, suckers, seeds, or
division of the roots. The variety men-
tioned below having double flowers rarely
or never produces seeds. It nvust there-
fore be increased by dividing the roots in
early autumn or in spring, or by inserting
cuttings of the side and basal shoots in
sandy soil in a cold frame, or a shady
border in the summer.
B. vulgaris flore pleno (Double Yellow
Rocket). — This is the only variety worth
growing on account of its bright yellow
double flowers which appear from June
till the autumn. The lower leaves are
cut like those of a Dandelion, the upper
ones being obovate, toothed or pinnatifid.
There is a form with yellowish varie-
gated foliage, which may be reproduced
from seeds, or by the other methods
mentioned above. It makes a good
edging plant, and is also suitable for the
rockery.
B. praecox, a British plant, is some-
times grown as a salad, the lower leaves
being used in the same way as Water
Cress and also for seasoning and garnish-
ing.
ARABIS (Wall Cress; Rock
Cress). — A genus of 60 or more species
of smooth or hairy annual or perennial
herbs, the lower leaves of which are
stalked and spoon-shaped, the upper ones
stalkless, entire or toothed, rarely lobed.
Flowers mostly white, rarely purple or
rose.
Culture and Propagation. — These
plants grow in dry spots, and are very
suitable for the rockery or mixed border,
where their masses of snowy white
flowers render them conspicuous in
spring. They are increased from seeds
sown in the open border in April and May,
or as soon as ripe. The seedlings are
pricked out when large enough, and may
be transferred to the places where they
are to flower either about tht end of Sep-
ternber or in spring. Seedlings often
come up spontaneously where a plant is
flourishing. Cuttings of the perennial
species placed in a shady border in summer
will also root freely, and the young plants
thus raised may be transplanted in
autumn. As soon as flowering is over
the plants may also be divided and re-
planted in good garden soil, care being
taken to water the plants well after
moving.
The following are some of the best
kinds for the flower garden, but there are
several others met with occasionally in
botanical collections.
A. albida (J., caucasica). — Aplant 6-9
in. high, native of Tauria and the Cau-
casus. Leaves few. toothed, hoary or
downy, the lower ones obovate oblong,
the upper ones cordately sagittate clasping
the stem. The white flowers appear in
masses from January to May. The
variety variegata has variegated leaves,
and is much used for edgings.
Culture dc. as above.
A. alpina. — A European plant 6 in.
high, with many-toothed lance-shaped
acute hairy leaves, the lower ones stalked,
the upper heart-shaped, stem-clasping.
Flowers white, March to May. A double-
flowered form has recently appeared. It
has no stamens or pistil, but the petals
are 12 instead of 4 in number. There is
a variegated form having leaves bordered
206
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
ARAB IS
with yellowish - white, that render it at-
tractive as an edging plant.
Culture lite, as above.
A. androsacea. — ■ A pretty, dense-
growing species, about 2 in. high, from
Mt. Tanrus in Asia Minor, at an elevation
of 7000 or 8000 ft. The lower leaves are
linear-oblong or lanceolate obtuse in com-
pact rosettes ; the upper ones stalkless,
linear or linear-ovate, slightly toothed.
Flowers in summer, white with ovate
petals.
Culture dc. as above for A. albida.
A. arenosa. — A native of Central
Europe, 6 in. high, with branched hairy
stems. Leaves hairy, the lower ones
pinnatifid, the upper ones deeply toothed.
Flowers from April to Jvdy, rose, rarely
white or purple, slightly fragrant.
C ultu re and Propagation. — This species
being a biennial or annual is best raised
from seeds annually. They should be sown
as soon as ripe out of doors, or in bleak parts
of the country in cold frames. The seed-
lings are pricked out in light soil about
1 ft. apart each way, about the end of
September. If wintered in frames the
plants should have plenty of light and
air on all possible occasions, and may be
planted out at the first favourable oppor-
tune in spring.
A. blepharophylla. — A Californian
species 3^4 in. high, with lower leaves
spoon-shaped, upper ones oblong, sessile,
aU being edged with stiff hairs. Flowers
rosy-purple, varying a good deal.
Culture dc. as for A. albida. Best
raised from seeds annually, as it is often
killed in winter.
A. lucida. — A pretty rock plant native
of Hungary, 4-6 in. high, with shining,
obovate, thickish leaves, clasping the
stem. The white flowers appear in
summer.
The variety variegata is a superior
plant with light green yellow-edged
leaves. It is a very beautiful rock plant
and is very effective in bold masses in
rocks or crevices. The flowers detract
from the appearance of the foliage, and
should be picked off.
Culture dc. as for A. albida.
A. mollis. — A native of the Caucasus,
2 ft. high, with large-toothed somewhat
downy leaves, the lower ones roundly
heart-shaped, on long stalks, the upper
ones oval, heart-shaped and stem-clasping.
The white flowers appear in terminal
racemes from May to July.
Culture dc. as for A. albida.
A. petraea. — A British plant 3-4 in.
high, with smooth ciliated or rough leaves,
the lower ones simple or bifid on long
stalks entire toothed, the upper ones
oblong linear. Flowers white or purplish
with spreading broadly-clawed petals, ap-
pearing from June to August.
Culture d-c. as for A. albida.
A. praecox. — A Hungarian plant 6-9
in. high, with smooth, entire, oblong acute
and stalkless leaves. The white flowers
with obovate wedge-shaped petals appear
from Apiil to June.
Culture dc. as for A. albida.
A. procurrens. — A native of Servia,
about 9 in. high, with creeping stems.
Leaves ovate, entire, smooth, with hairy
edges, the lower ones narrowed into a
stalk, the upper ones stalkless and pointed.
In May and June the white flowers with
obovate petals appear. The variegated
form of this species is a very pretty rock-
plant or for edgings.
Culture dc. as for A. albida.
A. rosea. — A native of Calabria, 12 in.
high. The upper leaves are oblong, some-
what heart-shaped, more or less stem-
clasping, scabrous with branched hairs.
The rosy-purple flowers with oblong
wedge-shaped petals are produced from
May to July.
Culture dc. as for A. albida.
A. verna. — A pretty annual 3-6 in.
high, from S. Europe. The upper leaves
are heart-shaped, stern- clasping, toothed
and roughish with 3 -parted hairs. Flowers
in May and June, small, purple, with
clawed petals.
Culture dc. as above for A. arenosa.
STREPTANTHUS.— Alittle known
genus containing about 20 species of
smooth annual or perennial herbs, having
entire leaves, or the lower ones lyrate pin-
natifid, the upper ones stalkless or stem-
clasping. Flowers purple, rarely white
or yellow, rarely with bracts, sometimes
drooping. Of the 4 sepals, 2 or all are
saccate at the base, often coloured, some-
times very broad. Petals having a
straight or twisted claw.
Culture and Propagation. — The two
species described below are annuals, and
may be raised from seeds sown about
March or April out of doors, or earlier on
STKEPTANTHUS
WALLFLOWER oi.'DER
LUNAIUA 207
a hotbed like other annuals (see p. 78).
They may also be sown in autumn as
soon as ripe, and in cold parts of the
kingdom protected in a cold frame during
the winter months.
S. hyacinthoides. — A simple stemmed
or branching plant 2-3 ft. high, from
N.'YV. America, having unstalked clasp-
ing, oblong-linear pointed leaves. The
deep bluish-purple flowers appear in
autumn, having lance-shaped pointed
sepals, and spoon-shaped 'linear petals,
with a reflexed limb.
Culture dc. as above.
S. maculatus. — A native of the same
region as the preceding, and 18 in. or
more high. Leaves oval oblong, 3 <> in.
long, glaucous, somewhat acute, the
upper ones having long and blunt lobes
clasping the stem. The showy deep
velvety purjde flowers, with purplish
sepals, appear late in summer, the stalk -
lets of each flower being 3-4 in. long.
Culture dc. as above.
CARDAMINE (Lady's Smock;
Cuckoo-Flower). — A genus of some
60 species of smooth herbs varying a
good deal in habit, and not much culti-
vated. The leaves are stalked, entire,
lobed or pinnately cut, differing greatly
on the same plant.
Culture and Propagation. — These
plants thrive in damp shady situations
in any soil, and are easily increased by
dividing the roots after flowering, and
also by sowing the seeds in the open
border as soon as ripe. They may be used
in borders, rockeries, banks &c. The
following are a few of the best kinds : —
C. asarifolia. — A native of S. France
and N. Italy, 12-18 in. high, with smooth,
stalked, roundish heart-shaped leaves,
somewhat sinuately toothed. Flowers in
early summer, in close racemes, white.
Culture dr. as above.
C. pratensis (CucJcoo Flower). — This
is perhaps one of the most common wild
flowers of our damp meadows, its pale
purple or white flowers appearing early
in spring. It is too common to need
cultivation in the flower garden proper,
but its double-flowered variety (flore
pleno) is worth growing in the border.
Culture dc. as above. As the double
variety does not usually produce any
seeds it must of necessity be increased by
division in spring. Cuttings of the shoots
may also be rooted in light rich soil in
a shaded part of the border during the
summer months.
C. rhomboidea. — A tuberous species
from the United States; the lowest leaves
are round, and rather heart-shaped, pass-
ing upwards into ovate or rhomboid-
oblong, :tnd almost lance-shaped, all
somewhat angled and sparingly toothed.
Flowers large, white, appearing in spring.
The variety purpurea has rosy-purple
flowers appearing earlier than those of
the type.
Culture dc. as above.
C. rotundifolia. — A plant found wild
on the mountains of Pennsylvania, about
6 in. high, with procumbent stems.
Leaves smooth, roundish, slightly toothed,
stalked. Flowers in early summer, white
small, in a terminal raceme.
Culture dc. as above.
C. trifolia. — A dwarf plant 3 6 in.
high, with creeping runners, native of the
mountains of Central Europe. Leaves
smooth, ternate, with rhomboid-roundish
toothed leaflets. Flowers in spring, white,
in a terminal cluster.
Culture dc. as above.
LEAVENWORTH I A. — A small
genus of dwarf and pretty annuals with
lvrate-pinnatifid leaves, and flowers either
solitary on scapes or in loose racemes.
L. Michauxii. A native of the
United States, 3 in. high, with leaves in
tufts, and rosy-lilac flowers with a yellow
eye, produced in June. L. aurea is a
yellow-flowered variety worth growing.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species may be treated as a half-hardy
annual, being raised from seeds in the
usual way in gentle heat in spring, after-
wards transferring the young plants to
the open ground at the end of May or
beginning of June.
LUNAR I A (Honesty; Peter's
Pence). — A genus containing 2 species
of annual, biennial or perennial herbs,
with stalked, entire, heart-shaped leaves
and rather large flowers in erect terminal
racemes.
L. annua (L. biennis). — This charming
plant is well known in gardens. It is a
native of N. Europe, and about 2-3 ft.
high, with deep green heart-shaped
and irregularly toothed leaves, and ra-
cemes of beautiful scentless violet-lilac
208
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS aubkietia
flowers produced from May to July.
There are several varieties, chiefly differ-
ing in the colour of the flowers — white,
and various shades of purple. The great
charm of the plant, however, lies in its
large flat elliptic silvery seed pods, like
opaque spectacles, which are borne in
such profusion, and so much used for
room decoration during the autumn and
winter months.
There is a variegated form in which
the leaves are broadly edged with whitish
or creamy yellow.
Culture and Propagation. — Honesty
should be raised from seeds sown in the
open border every spring, and the seed-
lings may be either thinned out or trans-
planted early in autumn or preferably in
spring to their flowering quarters for the
following season. A good sandy loam
suits them best, but any rich garden soil
will produce fine specimens. The plants
should not be nearer than about 18 in. to
each other, and if the leading shoot is
pinched out, fine bushy plants and plenty
of blossom will be obtained by the
development of the side shoots. As the
young and tender shoots are greedily
devoured by slugs, a watch must be kept
on these marauders. A dusting of lime
and soot early in the morning while the
dew is still on the ground will keep them
at bay.
L. rediviva is a vigorous, hairy, branch-
ing perennial species 2-3 ft. high, with
large, heart-shaped, deeply toothed leaves
on long stalks, and racemes of purplish
fragrant flowers produced in early sum-
mer. The fruits or seed pods are smaller
than those of the Common Honesty and
also less rounded, but they may be simi-
larly used.
Culture dc. as above. Although not
so well-known as its biennial relative, this
perennial species, which is a native of the
Alps, is ornamental in the rockery or
flower border if grown in masses for effect.
It prefers a good sandy soil and a some-
what shaded position facing north or
north-west. Seeds may be sown as re-
commended above for L. annua, but the
established plants may also be divided at
the root either about September or in
spring when growth is about to commence.
Cuttings of the non-flowering side and
basal shoots may also be rooted during
the summer months in a shady border or
in a cold frame.
SELENIA. — A genus of 2 species of
small and not well-known annual herbs,
with pinnatisect leaves, and terminal leafy
racemes of yellowish flowers. Sepals
spreading, coloured, sub-equal. Petals
erect. Glands 10, hypogynous.
S. aurea. — A native of the United
States, with linear oblong pinnatifid
leaves 1-2 in. long, having 5-7 pairs of
segments. The golden-yellow scented
flowers, with greenish yellow sepals,
appear about June, and last a long time.
Culture and Propagation. — This
pretty annual grows about 9 in. high and
may be raised from seeds sown in early
spring in gentle heat, or out of doors in
April and May. The seedlings may be
either pricked out in mild weather or
thinned out 6-9 in. apart in ordinary good
garden soil.
FARSETIA.— A genus of about 20
species of hardy or half-hardy branched
erect herbs or undershrubs, more or less
hoary or downy, with entire alternate
leaves, and racemose or spiked flowers,
sometimes minute, white, yellow or
purple. Sepals often erect, the lateral
ones saccate at the base. Petals clawed.
Culture and Propagation. — Most of
the Farsetias are pretty, and will grow
in ordinary garden soil. They are good
plants for rockeries, borders &c, and are
easily increased by seeds sown in spring
in gentle heat, or as soon as ripe in cold
frames. The seedlings may be pricked
out as soon as large enough to handle
easily, and afterwards transferred to the
open border about the end of May or
beginning of June.
F. aegyptiaca. — A somewhat tender
much-branched shrub 1 ft. high, from
N. Africa, with linear hoary leaves, and
white flowers in July.
Culture dc. as above. Grows best in
sandy loam and peat in sheltered spots.
F. clypeata. — A native of S. Europe,
1-2 ft. high, with oblong spreading leaves,
and yellow flowers in June.
Culture dc. as above.
F. lunarioides. — A sub -shrubby species
about 1 ft. high, from the Greek Archi-
pelago. Leaves oblong-obovate, stalked,
hoary. Flowers in June, yellow, with
whitish sepals.
Culture dc. as above.
AUBRIETIA (Purple Kock Cress).
A small gemis of evergreen, more or
AUBRIET1A
WALLFLOWER ORDER
VESICAE! A 209
less tufted, downy or hoary perennials,
with entire or angularly toothed leaves,
and few flowered racemes.
Aubrietias are charming plants for the
rockery, where they make dense carpets
of sage-green leaves and purple flowers.
They may also be used for edgings to
borders, shrubberies &o.
Culture and Propagation. — Aubrietias
thrive in a deep rich loam, and are easily
propagated by seeds sown in spring eith r
in gentle heat about March or in the open
border about April and May. The seed-
lings are pricked out into light soil, and
about the end of September may be trans-
ferred to their permanent positions.
Cuttings may also be rooted during the
summer months in light sandy soil in
partially shaded borders, and the plants
thus obtained may be transplanted as in
the case of seedlings. Aubrietias may
also be increased by layering the long
slender branches after flowering, covering
them with sandy leaf soil ; and dividing
the plants in autumn is likewise an easy
and certain method of increasing the
stock.
A. deltoidea. — A native of the moun-
tains of S. Europe, 2-4 in. high, having
roughish rhomboidal leaves covered with
very short stellate hairs. The lilac -
purple flowers are produced in great pro-
fusion in early spring, and almost hide
the foliage. The petals are twice as long
as the sepals, and have long claws. There
is a charming variegated form in which
the leaves are conspicuously edged with
yellowish-white. It is elegant for rock-
eries and border edgings, and as it does
not seed freely, is best increased by means
of cuttings, layers or division as stated
above.
The following are really only botanical
varieties of A. deltoidea, but they are
more or less distinct, and considered as
species by some authorities ; and to them
may be added the forms known as
Col/u/rrmce, Leichtlini, and Mooreana,
all with deep shades of purple.
A. Bougainvillei is very dwarf and
compact in habit, having light violet-
purple flowers with very even imbricating
petals.
Culture dc. as above.
A. Campbelli (A. Hendersoni). — This
is a vigorous-growing form with larger
deep violet-bhif. flowers than A. deltoidea.
The variety grandiflora with a loose
habit is very near this, and looks very
pretty in masses.
Culture dc. as above.
A. Eyrei. — A very fine variety with
large rich deep violet-purple flowers, and
a free branching habit. A. ol/ympica is
closely related, if not actually the same
as this.
Cult nrc dc. as above.
A. graeca. — A strong-growing variety
from Greece, about 4 in. high, and with
a neat compact habit. The flowers, which
are probably larger than those of any
other variety, are a beautiful shade of
pale purple. Superba is a form with
rather deeper coloured flowers.
Culture lie. as above.
A. purpurea. — This has broader
leaves, larger purple flowers — which also
appear later — a more erect habit and
more leafy stems than A. deltoidea. The
variegated form is useful for carpet-
bedding and as an edging to small beds
&c. Dr. Marie is a beautiful garden
form of A. purpurea.
Culture dc. as above.
A. violacea. — This is a very fine
variety with large deep violet-purple
flowers fading to reddish-violet, and has
a very effective appearance.
Culture dc. as above.
VESICARIA (Bladder Pod).—
This genus contains about 20 species
of branched annual or perennial herbs,
with entire, sinuate or pinnatifid leaves,
and large, rarely small, yellow or purple
flowers, varying in form. Fruit pods
globose or inflated.
Culture and Propagation. — Vesicarias
grow readily in ordinary soil, and are
suitable for sunny parts of rock-work.
The annual and perennial species are
reproduced from seed which is produced
freely in favourable seasons, and may be
sown in cold frames either as soon as ripe,
or in gentle heat in spring. The seedlings
are pricked out into light rich soil when
large enough, and by the end of May or
beginning of June will be ready for
transplanting to the border or rockery as
required. To secure good effects, several
plants should be grouped together about
9-12 in. apart. The perennial kinds may
also be increased from cuttings put under
a hand-glass or in a cold frame during the
summer or autumn months.
V. arctica. — A perennial about 1 ft.
high, from N. America. Leaves in clusters,
•210
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS alyssum
oblanceolate and linear spoon-shaped, of
a beautiful silvery colour. Flowers in
August, yellow, in dense racemes.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds or cuttings.
V. gracilis. — An annual species, 6 in.
high, native of Texas. The thread-like
rigid and slightty rough sterns have
lance- shaped entire or slightly angled
leaves, the lower ones stalked, more or
less spoon-shaped. Flowers in June,
yellow, with spreading obcordate and
nearly sessile petals.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds.
V. grseca (Alyssum utriculatum). —
A perennial plant from Greece. Leaves
of the sterile branches thick, oblong,
spoon-shaped, slightly acute ; those of the
fertile stems stalkless, erect, acute, with
hairy and often slightly toothed margins.
Flowers in summer, yellow.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds and cuttings.
V. grandiflora. — A downy annual from
Texas, 1 ft. high, with erect flexuose stems.
Lower leaves stalked, more or less
lyrately pinnatifid, the upper ones stalk -
less, sinuate-toothed. Flowers in July,
large, yellow, with rounded spreading
shortly clawed petals.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
V. utriculata. — A perennial from S.
Europe, 1 ft. high, having oblong, entire,
smooth leaves, the lower ones with hairy
edges and somewhat spoon-shaped.
Flowers from April to June, yellow,
closely resembling those of the Wall-
flower ; calyx bisaccate at the base.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds and cuttings.
ALYSSUM (Madwort). — A genus
containing about 80 or 90 species of
annuals or dwarf branching shrubby
perennials often covered with hoary
stellate hairs. Leaves sparse, or tufted
at the base, entire, often linear. Racemes
without bracts. Flowers white or yellow,
often inconspicuous.
Culture and Propagation. — The Mad-
worts are most effective as rock plants
or in front of other plants in the mixed
border. They grow freely in ordinary
well-drained soil, and are increased by
cuttings during the summer months in a
shaded border ; division of the roots in
autumn or spring ; or by seed sown out
of doors in April and May, or indoors in
gentle heat earlier in spring. The seed-
lings are pricked off and are usually ready
for transplanting to their permanent
positions about September or spring.
The following are some of the kinds
most frequently met with : —
A. alpestre. — A pretty greyish-look-
ing perennial 3 in. or more high, from
South Europe, with ovate hoary leaves,
and simple racemes of yellow flowers in
Jime. A good plant for chinks of old
walls. The variety obtusifolium is
somewhat rare, with bluntly obovate
spoon-shaped leaves, silvery beneath.
Culture dc. as above.
A. atlanticum. — A native of S. Europe
6-12 in. high, with lance-shaped, hoary
and hairy leaves, and yellow flowers in
June.
Culture dc. as above.
A. gemonense. — A desirable Italian
species about 1 ft. high, with lanceolate,
entire, greyish velvety leaves, and yellow
flowers produced in close corymbs from
April to June.
Culture dc. as above.
A. macrocarpum. — A native of S.
France, less than 1 ft. high, with oblong,
blunt silvery leaves, and racemes of white
flowers in June.
Culture dc. as above.
A. maritimum (Siveet Alyssum). — A
pretty British and European species 4-10
in. high with linear lance-shaped downy
leaves 1-li in. long and racemes of small
white sweet-scented flowers produced
from June to September. The variety
compactum is a closer growing plant
forming rounded tufts, and continues to
flower during the summer and autumn
months. There is also a variegated variety
with yellowish-white bordered leaves.
This rarely seeds, and in any case is best
increased by cuttings or division.
Culture dc. as above. Although in
reality a perennial, the Sweet Alyssum is
frequently treated as an annual. Seeds
may be sown in either autumn or spring,
and the seedlings are transplanted about
the end of May, or in autumn, according
to the season at which the seeds were
sown.
A. montanum. — A spreading tufted
perennial 2-4 in. high, native of the Alps
and Pyrenees. Leaves somewhat hoary,
ALYSSUM
WAL LFL 0 WEB ORDER
DRABA 211
rough with stellate hairs, lower ones
obovate, upper ones oblong. Flowers
from May to July, yellow, sweet-scented.
Culture dc. as above.
A. olympicum. — A native of N. Greece
2-3 in. high, with small, greyish, spoon-
shaped leaves without stalks. Flowers
in summer, small, deep yellow, in
roundish corymbose heads.
Citltu re dc. as above.
A. orientale. — A native of Crete, 1 ft.
high, with lance-shaped, repandly-toothed
waved and downy leaves. Flowers in
May, in corymbose clusters.
Culture Sc. as above.
A. podolicum. — A small alpine from
South Russia, with a profusion of small
white flowers in early summer.
Culture dc. as above.
A. pyrenaicum. — A tufted Fyrenean
species 8-10 in. high, with roundish
leaves woolly on the under surface. The
white flowers appear from June to August,
and are noticeable for the brownish
anthers in the centre.
Culture dc. as above.
A. saxatile. — A well - known and
beautiful species about 1 ft. high, from
E. Europe, somewhat shrubby at the
base. Leaves lance-shaped, entire, hoary.
Flowers in April and May, bright yellow,
freely produced, in loose panicles. The
variety called compactum, which comes
true from seeds, is particularly useful for
rockeries and edgings on account of its
dwarf bushy character. The variety
variegatum, with yellowish-white leaves,
is a pretty form, and does well in a sunny
place in the rockery.
Culture dc. as above. The variegated
form is best increased by means of cuttings.
A. serpyllifolium. — Also from South
Europe, 3-4 in. high, somewhat woody
at the base. Leaves %-h in. long, ovate,
rough and hoary. Flowers from April to
June, pale yellow, in simple racemes.
Culture dc. as above.
A. spinosum. — A native of S. Europe
4-8 in. high, resembling A. macrocarjnim.
Leaves lance-shaped, small and hoary,
the branches being spiny when old.
Flowers in early summer, small, white,
in clusters at the ends of the branches.
Culture dc. as above.
A. tortuosum. — A Hungarian species,
•6 in. high, shrubby at the base, twisted,
with rather lance-shaped, hoary leaves >
and corymbose racemes of yellow flowers
in June.
Culture dc. as above.
A. Wiersbeckii. — A native of Asia
Minor, about 18 in. high, with roughish
erect stems. Leaves 2 in. long, oval,
oblong, acute, without stalks, narrowed at
the base, and covered with rough pro-
minences and fine hairs. Flowers in
summer, deep yellow, about lh in. across,
in large corymbose heads.
Culture Ac. as above.
A. wulfenianum. — A dwarf alpine
Crucifer, native of Eastern Europe. The
decumbent or trailing stems are 1-3 in.
long, and the small oblanceolate leaves
are covered with down. The golden-
yellow flowers appear in summer in
small compact corymbs.
Culture dc. as above.
DRABA (Whitlow Grass). — A genus
containing, according to various authors,
from 80 to 150 species consisting chiefly
of very small, tufted, and hoary alpine
plants, with entire leaves, the lower ones
in rosettes. Eacemes short or elongated.
Flowers without bracts, often small, white
or yellow, rarely purple or rose.
The Drabas are essentially rock
plants, owing to their compact habit and
to their love for sunny spots. For filling
up nooks and crevices, on the top of old
walls, ledges, copings &c, they are very
useful, their cushions of leaves, thickly
studded with white or 3-ellow flowers,
being at once effective and beautiful.
Culture and Propagation. — They
grow easily in ordinary soil, and the per-
ennial sorts may be increased by dividing
the roots in early autumn. The annual
and biennial species and also the peren-
nials may be raised from seed sown in
spring in the open border. If sown late
in summer, annual kinds will flower the
following year.
D. aizoides. — A brilliant species 2 3
in. high, native of S. Wales and Central
Europe. Leaves narrow, lance-shaped,
keeled, hairy at the edges, and arranged
in neat rosettes. Flowers in March,
bright yellow, in terminal racemes. The
variety dedeana from Spain is a pretty
plant with white flowers. It is some-
times regarded as a distinct species.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds and division. This makes fine
p2
212
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
DRABA
cushions for the rock garden, and is a
valuable early-flowering alpine plant.
D. Aizoon (D. ciliaris). — A somewhat
vigorous species, 3 in. high, from the
mountains of W. Europe. Leaves
linear, acute, keeled, hairy - edged..
Flowers in April, bright yellow, on naked
hairy scapes. It ripens seed freely.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds and division.
D. alpina. — A native of N. Europe, 3
inches high, with flat lance-shaped hairy
leaves, and naked downy scapes of golden-
yellow flowers produced in April.
Culture etc. as above. Increased by
seeds and division.
D. aurea. — A biennial species from
Greenland, about 6 in. high, with some-
what branched velvety stems, and oblong-
linear, acute, entire, downy leaves.
Flowers in May, with obovate, blunt,
clawed petals.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds.
D. brunisefolia. — A loosely tufted plant,
about 4 in. high, from the Caucasus.
Leaves linear, somewhat keeled, acute,
in loose rosettes. Flowers in June,
yellow, on naked downy scapes.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds and division.
D. ciliata. — A fine white -flowered
species 2 in. high, from Croatia and
Carniola, and very much like a miniature
plant of Arabis albida. Leaves rather
leathery, smooth, with a cartilaginous
margin slightly toothed and fringed with
stiff hairs. Flowers in early summer,
white, few, closely set.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seed and division.
D. cinerea. — A Siberian biennial 3-6
in. high, with somewhat downy stems,
Leaves oblong-linear, entire, scattered.
Flowers in early spring, white.
Culture d-c. as above. Increased by
seeds.
D. cuspidata. — A native of Tauria, 3
in. high, nearly related to D. Aizoon, and
probably only a form of it. Leaves
in dense rosettes, linear, acute, keeled,
hairy-edged. Flowers in spring, yellow,
in terminal racemes ; scapes naked,
hairy.
Culture dtc. as above. Increased by
seed and division,
D. glacialis. — This is a native of
Siberia and the granitic Alps of Switzer-
land, about 2 in. high and like a small
form of D. aizoides. Leaves linear and
lance-shaped, entire, with stellate hairs.
Flowers in May, bright golden-yellow ;
scapes naked, with a starry down.
Culture d-c. as above. Increased by
seeds and division.
D. lapponica. — A native of the Lapland
Alps, 2-3 in. high, with lance-shaped,
entire, rather hairy leaves. Flowers in
May, white ; scapes naked, very smooth.
Culture dtc. as above. Increased by
seeds and division.
D. Mawi. — A lovely rock plant with
masses of bright green densely tufted
foliage. It is a native of Spain. Leaves
linear-oblong, blunt, shiny, margin
pectinate, with stiffish incurved or
spreading bristles. Flowers in spring,
white, f in. across ; sepals deeply con-
cave, bristled behind, green tipped with
red-brown.
Culture die. as above. Increased by
seeds and division.
D. nivalis. — A native of Arctic Europe
1-2 in. high, more compact in habit than
D. lapponica. Leaves linear-oblong,
rather hairy, with fringed edges. Flowers
in April, white ; scape naked or one-
leaved, smooth.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds and division.
D. pyrenaica (Petrocallis pyrenaica).
A beautiful Alpine 2-3 in. high, native of
the mountains of S. Europe. Leaves
wedge-shaped, palmately 3-lobed ; stems
shrubby at the base dividing into many
small branches. Flowers in April and
May, at first white, pale lilac-purple,
then faintly veined, sweet-scented, borne
in short few-flowered racemes.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds and division.
D. rupestris. — A compact-growing
species 2-3 in. high, native of Norway,
Scotland, and North America. Leaves
crowded, lance-shaped, almost entire,
hairy. Flowers in summer, white, few,
small, on almost leafless stems.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds and division.
D. Sauteri. — A Swiss plant 4 in. high,
with stiff spoon-shaped leaves, fringed
DRABA
WALLFLOWER OIWER
HESPERIS 213
with hairs. Flowers in spring, yellow ;
scapes smooth.
Culture ,(■<■. as above. Increased by
seeds and division.
D. tridentata. — A native of the Cau-
casus readily recognised by its 3-toothed
hairy obovate leaves, narrowed at the base
into a stalk. Flowers in spring, golden-
yellow, in terminal racemes ; scapes
naked, smooth. This species is also
known as D. hispida, on account of its
hairy leaves.
Culture Sc. as above. Increased by
seeds and division.
D. violacea.— A native of the Andes of
Quito, 6-12 in. high, with brandling sub-
shrubby stems, and opposite ovate downy
leaves. Flowers deep violet-purple.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds and division.
SCHIZOPETALON.— A genus con-
sisting of 5 species of pretty-looking erect
slightly branched annual hoary herbs
with alternate, sinuate-toothed or pinna-
tifid leaves. Eacemes terminal, with
leafy bracts. Flowers purple or white.
Sepals erect, nearly equal at the base.
Petals clawed, pinnately lobed.
S. Walkeri. — A curious half-hardy
annual, 1-2 ft. high, native of Chili. The
whole plant is covered with a branched
down, and has alternate, sinuately pinna-
tifid leaves, the upper ones near the flowers
being more or less linear and entire.
Flowers from May to August, white,
almond- scented, fringed, and borne in
long racemes, each pedicel having a
linear bract. The prettily cut petals are
often suffused with violet or purple be-
neath.
Culture and Propagation. — The seeds
of this plant should be sown in the open
in April or May in light, warm rich soil,
and the seedlings should be left to flower
during the siunmer and autumn where
sown, as they do not transplant well.
Cold damp shady spots should be avoided
for growing this interesting plant ; and to
obtain a good effect, the seeds should be
sown in fairly large patches, as thinly as
possible. If the plants are too thick they
must be thinned out.
HESPERIS (Dame's Violet;
Kocket). — This genus contains about 20
species of ornamental biennial or peren-
nial erect hairy herbs with ovate or
oblong, entire, toothed or lyrate leaves.
Flowers rather large, in loose bractless
racemes, often variously coloured, some-
times fragrant. Sepals erect, lateral ones
gibbous at the base. Petals clawed.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Rockets thrive in a somewhat damp
Bandy loam, and are easily reproduced
from seeds. These are sown in April and
May out of doors in light sanely soil, or
earlier in the year under glass in gentle
heat. The seedlings are pricked out when
large enough to handle easily, and may be
moved later on in autumn to their flower-
ing positions. The seeds may also be
sown as soon as ripe in cold frames, and
kept protected during the winter months,
and the seedlings may be placed out of
doors at the end of May.
The plants may also be divided in
spring, but as this would to a certain
extent interfere with early flowering, the
plants are on the whole better divided
any time during August and September.
They should afterwards receive a good
soaking with water to settle the soil and
prevent the plants ' flagging ' or wilting
too much.
H. grandifiora. — The origin of this
plant is unknown. The lower leaves are
oblong-ovate, blunt, the upper ones lance-
shaped. The purplish flowers appear in
summer in many - flowered crowded
racemes.
H. matronalis (Dame's Violet or
Pocket ; Damask Violet ; Common
Pocket). — This pretty old garden plant
grows wild from S. Europe to Eussian
Asia, and is 2-3 ft. high. Leaves 2-5 in.
long, shortly stalked or tapering at the
base, more or less ovate-lance-shaped,
finely and irregularly toothed or serrate.
Flowers from May to July, f in. across,
white or lilac, scented in the evening.
The double white and purple-flowered
kinds (fiore pleno) are much more highly
valued as garden plants, not only for
their pretty flowers, but also for their
delicious fragrance.
Culture dc. as above. The seeds of
this plant may be sown in the chinks or
crevices of old walls, ruins &c, where it
seems to be more at home than anywhere
else. The double forms of the Dame's
Violet (H. matronalis), however, are more
easily increased by carefully dividing the
roots, at least every alternate year, or
from cuttings of the young shoots inser-
ted in the open ground in a shady place.
214
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS erysimum
At one time the double varieties were more
extensively grown than they are at the
present day.
H. violacea. — A pretty biennial or
perennial species 1-2 ft. high, native of
Asia Minor, with tufts of oblong downy or
hairy leaves irregularly toothed on the
margins. The bright purple or violet
flowers, with deeper coloured veins, are
produced from April to June in large
trusses well above the foliage, and are
highly effective and ornamental in the
border or rockery.
Culture dc. as above. This species,
although really a perennial, is usually
raised from seeds sown in autumn or
spring.
MALCOLM I A. —A genus of about
20 species of beautiful branching and
often prostrate hairy herbs, having alter-
nate, entire, or pinnatifid leaves. Flowers
in loose racemes, bractless, white or
purple.
Culture and Propagation. — The Mal-
colmias grow easily in ordinary good gar-
den soil, and may be raised from seeds
sown thinly from spring till autumn, to
obtain a succession of bloom. The general
treatment is the same as recommended
above for the Dame's Violet (Hesperis).
M. chia. — A branching plant 6-12 in.
high, native of Chio. Leaves downy
beneath, entire or rarely toothed, lower
ones obovate or spoon-shaped, upper ones
narrower and more acute. Flowers in
June, purplish-lilac.
Culture dc. as above.
M. littorea. — A native of the
Mediterranean region 6-12 in. high, with
lance-shaped linear, nearly entire, hoary
leaves. Flowers from June to November,
bright pink -purple, the large delicate petals
not being veined. Seed pods hoary.
Culture dc. as above.
M. maritima. — This pretty annual is
commonly known as the ' Virginian
Stock.' It is 6-12 in. high, native of
Europe, having erect branching stems,
and elliptic, blunt, entire leaves, narrowed
at the base. Flowers from spring to
autumn, lilac, rose, red or white, fragrant.
Among the many varieties may be
mentioned alba, white ; alba nana, also
white but dwarfer ; and Crimson King
or Kermesina, dwarf, deep red.
The Virginian Stock is very effective
in masses in borders, beds &c. It grows
readily in almost any part of the garden
and bears in great abundance its masses
of sweet-scented blossoms. It is excellent
for bordering beds of taller plants, and
masses here and there in the rockery pro-
duce a charming picture.
Culture dc. as above.
ERYSIMUM (Hedge Mustard).—
A genus containing, according to various
authors, from 70 to nearly 120 species of
biennial or perennial, hairy or sometimes
hoary-looking herbs. Leaves variable,
narrow, heart-shaped, stem -clasping, or
pinnately cut, linear or oblong, entire,
sinuate toothed, or rarely pinnatifid.
Racemes bractless. Flowers mostly
yellow, sometimes purple, and scented.
Culture and Propagation. — Very few
species are wortby of cultivation, those
described below being among the best
and most showy border plants. They are
easily raised from seeds sown in spring or
autumn in the open border. From the
end of March to the end of June sowings
of the annual species may be made at inter-
vals of 2 or 3 weeks, so that a long suc-
cession of blossom is maintained. The
perennial species may not only be raised
from seeds in the same way as the annuals
but also increased by dividing the roots in
autumn. They all grow freely in ordinary
good garden soil in open sunny situations.
Grown in large masses thej' are very
effective and telling on the landscape
owing to the warmth and brilliancy of
colour of their flowers.
E. alpinum [Cheiranthus alpinus). —
A Norwegian perennial 6 in. high, having
straight simple stems, and lance-shaped
distantly toothed leaves, covered with a
starry down. Flowers in May, sulphur-
yellow, sweet - scented, borne in loose
racemes, and reminding one at a distance
of some of the yellow Primulas, although
the flowers, of course, have only 4 petals
instead of 5.
Culture dc. as above. This pretty
plant is best known as a Cheiranthus.
E. asperum. — A N. American biennial,
about 8 in. high, with greyish hairy stems.
Leaves linear oblong, lower ones toothed,
runcinate, rough, downy. Flowers in July,
yellow, the petals having white claws.
Culture dc. as above.
E. marschallianum. — A biennial,
native of the Caucasus, about 1 ft. high,
with lance-shaped toothed leaves narrowed
KKYSIMI M
WALLFLOWER ORDER
HELIOPHILA 215
at the base, and bright yellow flowers
appearing in summer.
Culture dc. as above. This species
may also be increased by placing cuttings
of the flowerless shoots in light sandy soil
under handlights in August and September,
and protecting them until the following
spring in case of severe frosts in winter.
E. ochroleucum (Cheircmthus ochro-
leucus). — A procumbent perennial, with
branching steins, (5 12 in. high, native of
the Alps of Java. Leaves oblong lance-
shaped, somewhat toothed, hairy or
smooth. Flowers from April to July,
beautiful sulphur-yellow, faintly scented,
petals obovate. The variety helveticum
has narrower entire or toothed leaves,
with somewhat ascending hairy stems.
Culture dtc. as above. E. ochroleucum
is a good rock plant, and if divided every
year seems to do better than by other
methods of increase. It may, however,
also be increased by cuttings in the same
way as E. marschalUcmum and by seeds.
It is excellent for carpeting the soil and
trailing over stones in the rock garden.
E. perofskianum. — - This is a most
showy species from the Caucasus, about
1 ft. high, with oblong lance-shaped
leaves, and brilliant reddish-orange
flowers in great masses during the spring,
if the seeds are sown in autumn. By
sowing in spring, flowers will appear in
summer and autumn. It will grow any-
where.
Culture dc. as above.
E. pulchellum. — A very compact-grow-
ing perennial species attaining a height
of about 1 ft. with dense tufts of oblong-
elliptic toothed leaves. The sulphur-yellow
flowers are freely produced in spring and
summer and emit a faint odour. It is a
native of the East, and is an excellent
plant for dry borders. Owing to its tufted
masses of foliage it makes a good carpet
plant, and rivals the Aubrietias in this
respect.
Culture dc. as above.
E. pumilum. — A charming perennial
rock plant only 1-3 in. high, native of the
Eastern Pyrenees. Leaves linear, lance-
shaped, slightly toothed, greyish-green.
Flowers in summer, pale sulphur-yellow,
fragrant.
Culture dtc. as above.
E. rhaeticum. — A somewhat rare plant
in cultivation. In summer its clear
yellow blossoms are produced in great
profusion above the dense masses of
foliage.
Culture dc. as above.
E. Wahlenbergi. — A branching and
showy perennial species about 2 ft. high,
native of Transylvania. Its stems are
clothed with lance-shaped toothed leaves
and the bright yellow iiowers are freely
produced during the summer months.
Culture <{•<■. as above.
STANLEYA.— A genus containing
about 0 species of smooth perennial
glaucous herbs resembling the Arabia in
habit. Leaves undivided or pinnatifid.
Kacemes elongate, straight, many-flowered,
bractless. Sepals short, spreading, equal
at the base. Petals narrow, elongated,
with long flaws. Anthers twisted.
S. pinnatifida. — This pretty species
from California is the only one at present
grown. The thickish leaves are inter-
ruptedly pinnatifid, and the yellow flowers
appear in May in great abundance on tall
racemes.
Culture and Propagation. — It grows
freely in soil with plenty of humus, and
may be increased by seeds sown under
glass in February or March or out of
doors in April and May. Seeds may also
be sown as soon as ripe in cold frames,
and the seedlings may be pricked off in
light soil and kept under protection during
the whiter months until favourable wea-
ther occurs for planting out in May. The
plants may also be increased by division
of the roots in early autumn or spring.
HELIOPHILA.— A South African
genus of little-known annual or perennial
herbs, or branching smooth or downy
unrlershrubs, with entire, toothed, sinuate,
or pinnatisect leaves. Eacemes bractless.
Flowers white, ^yellow, rose, or blue.
Pedicels often slender. Pods often
pendulous or deflexed.
Culture and Propagation. — The fol-
lowing species — all annual — are easily
grown in ordinary good garden soil, and
may be raised from seed sown out of doors
in April and May, or earlier in spring
under glass or on a gentle hotbed. The
seedlings, if raised by the latter method,
should be pricked off into light sandy soil
and gradually hardened off so as to be
ready for transferring to the open border
about the end of May or beginning of June.
A warm sunny position suits them best.
216
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS ionopsidium
H. amplexicaulis. — A plant about 9 in.
high, with oblong, heart-shaped stem-
clasping entire leaves, the lower ones op-
posite, the upper alternate. Flowers from
June to September, small, varying from
white to purple.
Culture dc. as above.
H. coronopifolia. — This grows 1-2 ft.
high, having phmately parted leaves with
entire linear lobes, and bluish-violet
flowers from June to September.
Culture dc. as above.
H. pilosa. — Grows 6-12 in. high.
Leaves hairy, lower ones lance-sbaped,
pinnatifkl, Tapper ones linear, entire.
Flowers in summer, blue. The variety
ineisa has linear, wedge-shaped leaves,
trifid, rarely 5-fid at the apex, with linear
or pointed lobes.
Culture dc. as above.
VELLA (False Cytisus ; Cress
Rocket). — A small genus of much-
branched, rigid, woody, erect, sometimes
spiny undershrubs, natives of Spain.
V. Pseudo-cytisus grows 2-3 ft. high,
and has alternate, obovate, entire leaves,
and yellow flowers in early spring, the
long petals having dark purple claws.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species, if grown in a dry, warm, sunny
border, is hardy enough to stand the
winter in most parts. It is increased by
cuttings of the young shoots placed
under a hand-glass during the summer
months. Seeds may also be sown as soon
as ripe in cold frames or in spring in
gentle heat, and the young plants may be
placed in the open ground about the end
of May.
V. spinosa. — A much-branched spiny
shrub 6-8 in. high, native of the Spanish
mountains. The lower leaves are fleshy,
and more or less lance-shaped, the upper
ones linear with slender spines in the
axils. The yellow flowers appear in
early summer, and have long-clawed
obovate spoon-shaped petals veined and
netted with violet or purple.
Culture dc. as above. This species is
very rarely seen, even in botanic gardens,
but it makes a good rock plant in warm
sheltered positions. Another species
sometimes seen is V. annua — a mere
annual weed not worth growing.
IONOPSIDIUM (Violet Cress).—
A genus of 2 species of small, smooth
annual herbs, with stalked or unstalked,
spoon-shaped or rounded, entire or 3-lobed
leaves. Flowers small, violet, white or
flesh-coloured.
I. acaule. — A charming little plant
rarely exceeding 2 in. high, native of
Portugal and North Africa, and covered
all over during the summer and autumn
with lilac, or white tinged with violet
flowers. These emit a sweet honey-like
fragrance and are borne on slender stalks
which issue from the axils of the small
roundish leaves. There is a variety with
pure white flowers.
Culture and Propagation. — This little
annual flourishes on rockeries or rough
places in ordinary soil, and in somewhat
shady positions, where it frequently repro-
duces itself annually from self-sown seeds.
Grown in pots or small shallow pans it is
also very effective as a window plant.
Seeds may be sown at intervals of 2 to 3
weeks in the open border from the end of
March to the end of September to secure
a succession of flower. Under favourable
circumstances this plant comes into blos-
som about 8 or 10 weeks, more or less,
after the seeds have been sown.
BIVON./EA. — A genus with only one
species here described.
B. lutea. — A pretty little annual, native
of Sicdy, 3-6 in. high, with thread-like,
sparingly branched stems. Leaves alter-
nate, lower ones stalked, the others with-
out stalks, heart-shaped, stem-clasping at
the base, ovate, toothed, rather blunt.
The small yellow flowers appear in April
on terminal racemes, elongating as they
grow. Pedicels thread-like, bractless.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species thrives in dry sandy soil, and may
be raised in spring from seeds sown in the
open border where the plants are to bloom.
If too thick, the seedlings may be thinned
out so that the remaining plants will have
sufficient space to develop properly. It is
suitable for rockeries, the edges of borders
&c.
^ETHIONEMA.— A genus of pretty
annual or perennial smooth herbaceous
plants or undershrubs, with round stems
and slender branches. Leaves without
stalks, glaucous, the lower ones sometimes
opposite. Flowers small, racemose, clus-
tered, fleshy or purple ; pedicels slender,
bractless. The 4 larger stamens are
winged, or prolonged into a tooth.
Culture and Propagation. — These
plants grow freely in well- drained sandy
iETHTONEMA
WALLFLOWER ORDER
SCHOUWIA 217
loam in the flower border, and sunny situa-
tions, but dwarfer-growing species are
more suitable for the rock garden. The
annual and biennial kinds may be sown
from April to June in the open border
where they are to bloom. The perennials
are also raised from seed, or from cuttings
put in during the summer and shaded till
rooted. In northern parts it is safer to
protect the perennials raised from cuttings
the first year in cold frames until favour-
able weather in spring when they maybe
planted out.
JE. Buxbaumii (Thlaspi arabicwm). —
A pretty erect branching annual, 6 in.
high, native of Thrace, with oblong spoon-
shaped glaucous leaves, and crowded
racemes of pale red flowers in June.
Culture dtc. as above. Raised from
seeds annually.
JE. coridifolium (Iberis jucunda).
A pretty perennial, shrubby at the base,
with erect stems 6-8 in. high. Leaves
numerous, oblong, linear, glaucous, with a
brownish point, and narrowed at the base.
Flowers in June, rosy-lilac, prettily veined,
and in dense terminal rounded racemes.
Culture dc. as above. This species,
being a native of Asia Minor, is not alto-
gether hardy in all parts of the United
Kingdom. It is therefore better to grow
it in rich light and well-drained soil in
warm, sunny and sheltered parts of the
rock garden where it will not be injured
by the severe blasts from the north and
east.
JE. gracile. — A shrubby perennial,
about 8 in. high, native of the sandy hills of
Carniola, with lance-shaped pointed leaves
and crowded terminal racemes of purplish
flowers in June.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds and cuttings.
JE. grandiflorum. — A handsome bushy
perennial about 1 ft. high, from Mount
Lebanon, with ovate oblong, glaucous
leaves. Flowers from May to August, of
a warm shaded rose, in crowded terminal
racemes. An effective rock plant.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds and cuttings.
JE. membranaceum. — A neat dwarf
shrub 3-6 in. high, with thread-like
branches, and native of Persia. Leaves
oblong, linear, obtuse, various, somewhat
fleshy, and clothing the stem rarely closely.
Flowers in June, purple or rose, in small
dense terminal racemes. Pods overlapping
each other, roundish, with a very broad
membranous margin, notched at the top.
Cull a re dc as above. Increased by
seeds and cutting.
JE. monospermum. — A pretty Spanish
biennial 3-6 in. high, with stifnsh
branches, and leathery, more or less ovate,
blunt leaves. Flowers in June, large,
purple. Pods one-celled and one-seeded.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds.
JE. pulchellum. — Perhaps the hand-
somest and hardiest species, resembling
2E. cor i tl if < ilium, but not yet very well
known.
i' 'a! hi re ii-e. as above.
JE. saxatile. — A pretty Spanish annual
about 8 in. high, with lance-shaped, acute
leaves, and loose terminal racemes of lilac-
rose or purplish flowers in May and June.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds. It loves a rather dry and rich
loamy soil.
EUNOMIA.— A genus of 2 species
of pretty little half-hardy evergreen,
branched or tufted undershrubs or herba-
ceous plants, native of Asia Minor. Leaves
stalkless and stem-clasping, entire, thick-
ish. Flowers in short racemes, white.
E. oppositifolia. — A plant with decum-
bent branched stems 6-12 in. high, with
opposite, almost round, entire, smooth
leaves, and terminal racemes of white
flowers in June.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species may be grown in sheltered parts
of the rockery in ordinary soil, and can
be increased by cuttings taken in summer
and put tmder a glass. Or seeds may be
sown in April or May in the open border
where the plants are to bloom. The
seedlings may be thinned out. If sown
earlier in the year, a little bottom heat is
required and the seedlings may be pricked
out and grown on for planting out at the
end of May.
SCHOUWIA.— A genus of 3 species
of very smooth branching annuals, natives
of Arabia, with entire leaves, the upper
ones deeply auricled and stem-clasping.
Flowers at first corymbose, afterwards
racemose, purple; pedicels slender.
Sepals nearly erect, the lateral ones
broader. Stamens free, without teeth.
S. arabica is a pretty annual about
1 ft. high, with rosy -purplish flowers in
218
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
IBERIS
June. The other characters as described
above.
Culture and Propagation. — It grows
freely in light sandy soil, and seeds may
be sown in the open border in spring
frorn the beginning of April to the end of
June if a succession of flowers is required.
IBERIS (Candytuft). — A genus hav-
ing about 20 species of annual or biennial
smooth branched herbs or undershrubs,
with entire or pinnatifid, often fleshy,
leaves. Flowers racemose or corymbose,
white or purple, the outer ones radiating.
Sepals equal at the base. Petals 4, the 2
outer ones larger than the others.
Culture and Propagation. — -All the
Candytufts are easily grown in ordinary
garden soil, in exposed sunny situations.
The annuals and biennials are raised by
seeds sown in the usual way, varying the
date of sowing according to the period
when it is required to have the plants in
bloom. Thus, seeds may be sown as soon
as ripe in cold frames so that a stock of
strong sturdy plants will be ready for
planting out in spring in mild weather.
In February and March seeds may be
sown in gentle heat, afterwards pricking
the seedlings out, so as to enable them to
develop previous to their being planted
out about the end of Maj\ In April and
May seeds may also be sown in the open
border where the plants are to bloom.
When the seedlings are well above ground
they must be thinned out, but not trans-
planted.
In this way a good succession of
flowers may be obtained from early
summer to the end of autumn.
The sub-shrubby perennial kinds are
valuable plants for the border or rock
garden, on account of their deep green
masses of foliage, and clusters of flowers,
which last a long time. The perennials
may be raised from seeds, but it is gener-
ally more convenient to root cuttings
during the summer months in a shaded
border or under handlights ; or to divide
the plants after flowering. The stems
may also be bent down and covered with
light rich soil. In this way roots will
develop as from layers, and the shoots
may be detached in spring.
I. affinis. — A pretty amiual or bien-
nial species, native of France, rarely ex-
ceeding 8 or 9 in. high, with a much-
branched tufted habit, and pinnately
divided leaves. The flowers appear in
spring and summer, and are of a pure
white, the sepals only being tinted with
violet before the buds open. An excellent
little plant for borders and edging.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seed.
I. amara (Common Candytuft). — A
British annual 6-9 in. high, with lance-
shaped, acute, slightly toothed leaves, and
racemes or corymbs of white flowers in
summer. The variety liesperidifolia is
larger and prettier than the type, and is
also more vigorous in growth.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds.
I. bernardiana (I. Bubani). — A Pyre-
nean annual, 6 in. high, with spoon-shaped,
lobed, deep glossy green leaves in dense
compact rosettes, and corymbs of pink
flowers in summer.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds.
I. ciliata. — A rather smooth herbaceous
biennial about 9 in. high, native of S.W.
Europe. Leaves linear, entire, edges
hairy at the base. Flowers in June and
July, white. The variety taurica maybe
treated as an annual or biennial. It has
somewhat fleshy leaves fringed with hairs,
the lower ones spoon-shaped, sometimes
with 2 teeth at the apex ; the upper ones
linear. Flowers white, corymbose, a little
earlier than ciliata proper.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds.
I. corifolia. — A Sicilian alpine 3-4 in.
high, probably a small variety of I. sem-
pervirens. Leaves linear, entire, blunt,
smooth, in dense tufts. It has masses of
small white flowers early in May, and
looks well in the rock garden near the
edge.
Culture dc. as above.
I. coronaria (BocJcet Candytuft). —
A beautiful annual, the native country of
which is unknown. It is about 1 ft. high,
with lance-shaped, entire, leathery leaves,
and numerous long dense heads or spikes
of pure white flowers, borne well above
the foliage in summer. The form known
as ' Giant Snowflake ' is very fine.
Culture d-c. as above. Increased by
seeds.
I. correaefolia. — A splendid evergreen
garden hybrid (probably between semper-
florens and saxatilis) about 1 ft. high,
WALLFLOWER ORDER
IBERIS 219
with woody, slender, trailing branches.
Leaves spoon-shaped, blunt, entire, smooth,
about 1\ in. long. Flowers in May and
June, white, large, in dense flat heads,
lengthening with ape into spikes about 3
in. long, the lower flowers opening first.
Culture and Propagation. — This is an
excellent plant for almost any part of the
flower garden, but especially for rockeries,
edges of borders, nooks &c. As it does
not come true from seed, it is best in-
creased by cuttings or layers. It grows
well in dry soil and hot sunny places.
I. gibraltarica. — A handsome but
somewhat straggling evergreen, 1-2 ft.
high, native of Gibraltar. Leaves wedge-
shaped, blunt, fleshy, distinctly toothed at
the apex, slightly ciliated, about 2 in. long.
Flowers from Easter to Whitsuntide,
large, white, often tinged with pink or red,
in corymbose heads.
Culture ((•(■. This species requires a
well-drained soil in somewhat sheltered
spots, as it may not be quite hardy in all
parts of the country. The variety hybrida
is a denser growing plant than the type,
and has masses of creamy white flowers
gradually deepening to a pretty rose-
purple. Both species and variety are
excellent plants for the rockery or flower
border, and may also be grown to advan-
tage in pots for the decoration of green-
houses and conservatories in the early
part of the year.
I. nana. — A smooth herbaceous annual
or biennial, only 3 in. high, native of
Southern France and Italy. Leaves
roundish, spoon-shaped, entire, rather
fleshy. Flowers in June and July,
purple.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds.
I. odorata. — A native of Greece, an-
nual, 6-12 in. high, with linear toothed
leaves, ciliated at the base, dilated at the
apex. Flowers in summer, white, sweet-
scented, in racemes.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds.
I. petrsea. — A pretty alpine plant 3 in.
high, with a flat cluster of pure white
flowers, tinged with red in the centre,
produced in summer.
Culture dc. as above. A well-drained
moist position in the rockery is the
most suitable place for this plant.
I. pinnata. — A pretty annual Candy-
tuft 8-9 in. high, native of France, with
downy much-branched stems and stalked
pinnately cut or divided leaves, with blunt
lobes. The white sweet-scented flowers
appear from spring to autumn, according
to the period of seed sowing, borne in
dense corymbose clusters. The obovate
petals are sometimes tinged with violet
on t In' margins.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds.
I. Pruiti. — A Sicilian perennial 6 in.
high, with smooth stems sub-shrubby at
the base, resembling I. tenorcana. Leaves
obovate, spoon-shaped, entire or somewhat
toothed. Flowers in May and June, pure
white, in compact heads or corymbs.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds, cuttings, or layers.
I. saxatilis (lioclc Candytuft). — This
dwarf shrub, 3 <» in. high, native of S.
Europe, is the commonest and perhaps
most useful of all the evergreen Candy-
tufts. It has linear, entire, somewhat
fleshy, ciliated leaves, and corymbs oi
white flowers in spring and early
summer.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds, cuttings or layers.
I. semperfiorens. — A handsome but
somewhat tender evergreen 1-2 ft. high,
native of Italy, Sicily &c. Leaves wedge-
shaped or spoon -shaped, rather fleshy,
blunt, entire, smooth and of a deep green.
Flowers from October to May, pure white,
large, sweet-scented, in large, dense
corymbs.
Culture dc. as above. Owing to its
tender nature, this species should be grown
in only the warmest, sunniest, and most
sheltered spots of the rockery or flower
border. It may be increased by seeds,
cuttings, or layers, and prefers a some-
what chalky soil.
I. sempervirens (Evergreen Candy-
tuft).— A well-known plant 9-12 in. high,
native of S. Europe. Leaves smooth,
oblong, blunt, narrowed at the base.
Flowers in spring and summer, pure
white, in long racemes. The variety
garrexiana has somewhat smaller flowers
borne on racemes which lengthen with
age, and is less spreading in habit.
Superha has a bushy habit and dense
heads of white flowers ; and flore pleno has
double white flowers.
The Evergreen Candytuft and its
varieties are excellent garden plants,
suitable for almost any position, and
220
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS hutchinsia
apparently quite proof against the bitterest
winter.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds, cuttings, or layers.
I. tenoreana.— A pretty perennial 3-6
in. high, native of S.W. Europe. Leaves
somewhat fleshy, crenated, lower ones
obovate, narrowed at the base and fringed
with hairs; upper ones oblong linear.
Flowers in early summer, white changing
to purple, freely produced in umbellate
heads.
Culture dc. as above. This species is
liable to perish in severe winters on cold
heavy soils. On well-drained sandy soil
it does well, and is better treated as a
biennial than a perennial. It is easily
reproduced from seed sown as recom-
mended above.
I. umbellata. — This is the well-known
pretty annual Common Candytuft, 6-12
in. high, native of S. Europe. Leaves
lance-shaped, pointed, lower ones serrated,
upper ones entire. Flowers in spring and
summer, very variable in colour, but
usually purple in terminal umbels. Atro-
purpurea has dark crimson flowers ;
carnea, blush or pale flesh-coloured ; nana
purpurea, dwarf, deep purple ; purpurea
lilacina, dwarf, lilac-purple. There are
several other varieties mentioned in
catalogues, chiefly distinguished by the
colour of the flowers.
Culture and Propagation. — This
group of Candytufts likes a rich soil, and
produces the finest flowers in spring from
seeds sown in autumn. General cultiva-
tion &c. as above for annuals.
I. violacea. — A dwarf annual, 3 in.
high, with stalked, spoon-shaped, bluntly
toothed or entire, ciliated leaves. Flowers
in summer, purple, in umbellate corymbs.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds.
HUTCHINSIA.— A genus with only
one or two species of small and rather
smooth annual herbs, having the lower
leaves usually in rosettes, and pinnately
lobed. Scapes several, ascending, leafy.
Flowers sub-corymbose, small, white, on
elongated bractless pedicels.
Culture and Propagation. — These are
pretty plants for the rock garden, edges
of borders &c, in sandy soil. They are
raised from seed like other annuals, either
in gentle heat about February and March,
afterwards pricking the seedlings out and
hardening them off before placing in the
open air at the end of May ; or the seeds
may be sown in the open border from
April to the end of June for a succession
of flowers.
H. alpina. — A pretty little alpine with
shining green leaves, and clusters of
small white flowers on stalks about 1 in.
high.
Culture dc. as above.
H. petraea. — A more or less glabrous,
erect, delicate annual, native of limestone
rocks in Britain and Central and S.
Europe, with lower leaves pinnate, and
masses of minute white flowers.
Culture dc. as above.
IBERIDELLA. — A genus containing
6 species of rather pretty herbs or under -
shrubs, often branched and woody at the
base, smooth, with alternate or opposite
entire leaves, those of the stem often
auricled, or cordately sagittate. Flowers
racemose, white or rose.
I. rotundifolia. — A native of the
European Alps, 3-6 in. high, spreading,
densely tufted, with opposite, fleshy,
broadly ovate leaves. Flowers in early
summer, rosy-lilac, with a yellow eye,
fragrant, about ^ in. across, in erect,
cylindrical, crowded racemes.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species is adapted for the rock garden,
and thrives in rather light sandy soil.
It may be increased by seeds sown as
soon as ripe in cold frames or in the open
border in April and May. Or the plants
may also be divided in early autumn, and
cuttings of the shoots may be inserted in
light sandy soil in a shaded border during
the summer months.
TCHIHATCHEWIA.— Agenuswith
only one species : —
T. isatidea. — A pretty Armenian rock-
plant about a foot high, with very hairy
oblong linear toothed leaves. The bright
rosy-lilac and vanilla - scented flowers
appear in May, and are borne in racemes
about a foot across on thick fleshy stalks.
Culture and Propagation. — • This
plant flourishes in ordinary well-drained
soil in the rock garden, and, being a
biennial should be raised from seeds sown
in cold frames when ripe every year so as
to keep up a stock of plants. The young
plants may be transferred to the open air
in spring, or in autumn if large enough.
BOLEUM
WALLFLOWER ORDER
CRAMBE 221
PELTARIA. A genus consisting of
8 Species of tall glabrous perennial herbs,
with entire leaves, the upper ones of
which are cordate-sagittate at the base.
Flowers more or less in corymbs, white.
Pods large.
P. alliacea. — A pretty plant about 1 ft.
high, native of E. Europe, and emitting
a Garlic-like odour. The white flowers
appear in June, followed by flat, smooth
seed pods.
Culture a in] Propagation. — It will
grow in any light soil, and may be in-
creased by seeds or dividing the roots in
the same way as recommended above for
Iberidella.
ISATIS. — A genus of annual,
biennial, or perennial smooth glaucous
or downy herbs with entire leaves, those
of the sterns being sagittate. The flowers
are usually yellow and borne in loose
racemes. Sepals equal at the base.
Stamens free. Fruit-pod a linear, ob-
long, ovate, roundish or wedge-shaped
siliqua.
There are about 30 species in this
genus, the best known being the native
Ewer's Woad (I. tinctoria) so much in
use by the ancient Britons for staining
their bodies. With the exception of the
species described below, the others are of
no garden value.
I. glauca. — A beautiful perennial 3 4
ft. high, native of Smyrna. The light
green furrowed stems are clothed with
glaucous - green oblong lance - shaped
leaves 6 in. long, having a whitish mid-
rib. The small clear light yellow flowers
appear in July, and are borne in immense
numbers in large loose branched racemes
which look very handsome and effective.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species is not yet well known. It thrives
in ordinary good garden soil in warm and
sheltered positions in the flower border.
Being a true perennial it may be increased
by careful division in spring or early
autumn ; or by seeds sown in cold frames
when ripe or in spring.
BOLEUM. — A genus with only one
species here described : — ■
B. asperum. — An ornamental ever-
green shrub, 6-12 in. high, native of
France, covered with rather stiffish hairs,
and having alternate oblong-linear, entire
leaves, the lower ones somewhat divided.
Flowers in April, creamy yellow, in short
erect and elongated racemes. Sepals
erect, equal at the base. The longer
stamens united in pairs.
Culture and Propagation. — In severe
winters this plant would probably require
protection in northern parts of the country.
It grows well in ordinary soil, and may be
increased by seeds sown in a hotbed in
spring, or in the open border in summer.
Cuttings of the young shoots may also be
rooted in light sandy soil under a hand-
light during the summer months. The
plants thus raised may be protected in
cold frames until favourable weather in
spring will permit of their being planted
out.
CRAM BE (Sea Kale).— A genus with
16 species of herbs or undershrubs having
thickened rootstocks and branched and
glaucous smooth or hairy stems, furnished
with large and often pinnately cut leaves.
Flowers in elongated branched racemes or
panicles.
Cult ii re and Propagation. — The Sea
Kale (('. iiniril i ma) is probably the best
known representative of the genus, and its
culture &c. is fully dealt with in the
Vegetable section of this work at p. 1121.
The species described below are the only
ones at present known of any value as
decorative plants. They are rather large
and coarse growing, but when in full
blossom are among the showiest and most
attractive of flowering plants, chiefly on
account of the immense numbers of
blossoms they produce. They nourish in
any garden soil and are more suitable for
wild parts of the garden in open sunny
spots, for association with such plants as
Heracleiim giganteum, p. 469, Bujili-
tlialmum speciosum, p. 511, &c. They
ripen seeds freely and may be increased
by that means sown out of doors or in
cold frames as soon as ripe or in spring.
The roots may also be divided at the
latter season as growth is commencing.
C. cordifolia. — A vigorous and deep-
rooting Caucasian perennial about 6 ft.
high, with tufts of large radical heart-
shaped lobed, wavy, and wrinkled leaves
12-18 in. wide. The white cross-shaped
flowers are produced in immense numbers
in June and early July, and are borne in
much - branched panicles, which stand
about 3 ft. above the foliage and are
4-6 ft. through, the branchlets spreading
horizontally, or drooping at the base.
Culture dc. as above. Grows well in
shade.
222
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS morisia
C. pinnatifida. — Another remarkable
Caucasian perennial 4-5 ft. high, with
pinnately divided and lobed leaves some-
what resembling those of a Turnip, only
being much larger. The flowers appear
at the same time as those of C. cordifolia,
but the branching panicles are not quite
so large, and the branchlets are rather
ascending than horizontal and descend-
ing. It makes a good companion for C.
cordifolia in the wilder parts of the
garden.
Culture &c. as above.
MORISIA. — A genus with only one
species here described :—
M. hypogaea. — A charming little
perennial 2-3 in. high, native of the
Sardinian mountains. The smooth, deep
and shining green leaves are more or less
cut and lobed like those of Dandelions,
and form dense tufts on the surface of
the soil. The clear bright yellow flowers
about an inch across, and with wedge-
shaped petals, are produced in great pro-
fusion in April and May, just topping the
foliage. The roundish one-seeded fruit
pods are buried in the soil, but they do
not ripen seeds freely in our climate.
Culture and Propagation. — This
pretty plant flourishes in rich, damp,
sandy loam in the flat border or in the
rockery. It may be increased by seeds
which should be sown when ripe, or fail-
ing these the plants may be divided in
spring.
XII. RES EDACE^E— Mignonette Order
Annual or perennial herbaceous plants, rarely shrubs, with alternate,
entire, or pinnately divided leaves, and minute gland-like stipules. Flowers
irregular, hermaphrodite, or rarely unisexual, borne in racemes or spikes, and
furnished with bracts. Calyx persistent, 4-7-partite, often irregular, imbricate
in bud. Petals 4-7, rarely 2 or none, deciduous or persistent, hypogynous or
perigynous, entire or 3 to many partite. Disc hypogynous, conspicuous and
glandular. Stamens usually many (3-40), perigynous or inserted on the disc,
equal or unequal, free or connate. Ovary sessile or stalked with 2-6 connate
carpels, lobed at the top, and open between the stigma-bearing lobes, with
numerous ovules. Fruit dry and membranous, or succulent, opening at the
apex ; or apocarpous, with empty carpels surrounding a central placenta, or
hooded and 1-seeded. Seeds kidney-shaped.
RESEDA (Mignonette). — A genus
containing about 26 species of erect or
decumbent, smooth or hairy, annual or
biennial herbs, with entire, lobed, or
pinnatisect leaves, having gland-like
stipules. Flowers racemose, with bracts.
Calyx 4-7-parted. Petals4-7, hypogynous,
unequal, twice or many times cut. Torus
almost sessile, urn-shaped, dilated behind.
Stamens 10-40, inserted in the torus.
Capsule indehiscent, 3-lobed at apex.
Seeds numerous.
The following are the only species of
any garden value, but B. lutea with
greenish-yellow flowers and B. Luteola
(the Dyer's Rocket or Dyer's Weed)
with small pale yellow flowers are to be
met with in botanical collections.
R. alba. — A fine biennial about 2 ft.,
native of S.Europe. Leaves all pinnatifid
or sometimes interruptedly pinnate, seg-
ments lance-shaped, smooth, rarely wavy.
Flowers from May to September in dense,
erect spikes, with white petals, brownish
anthers, and a 5-6-parted calyx.
Culture and Propagation. — When
given plenty of space to develop, this
species makes a fine and effective border
plant, and will grow in ordinary garden
soil. Seeds may be sown in the open
border in April and May, and the plants
afterwards thinned out to about 1 ft. or
18 in. apart.
R. odorata (Mignonette). — This uni-
versal favourite is a native of N. Africa,
Egypt &c, and has lance-shaped, blunt,
entire or trifid leaves. Flowers out of
doors from June to October, in loose
racemes. Petals yellowish-white, finely
cleft into several club-shaped filaments ;
anthers saffron-yellow, and catyx 6-parted.
The variety frutescens is simply a shrubby
RESEDA
MIGNONETTE OBDER
cistus 223
form of this species. There are many
garden forms, among which may be
mentioned ' Machet ' with fine bold spikes
of flowers in which the red-brown anthers
are so conspicuous, ' Golden Machet,'
' Golden Queen,' ' Miles' Spiral,' ' Victoria,'
' Prince Bismarck,' ' White Diamond,'
' Parson's White ' &c, all worth growing.
Culture and Propagation. — Were it
not for the delicious fragrance of its
flowers it is doubtful if the Mignonette
would receive any attention at all in
gardens. If sown in open patches in
borders or beds, at the end of March or
April till midsummer, in a few weeks the
plants will be producing trusses of fragrant
flowers, which may be cut freely. It is
important to sow rather thinly, and even
then it will be necessary to thin the plants
severely, at the same time pinching out
the tips of the strongest shoots on the
plants left. This treatment will result in
strong bushy plants.
If sown in the autumn, the plants will
survive mild winters, and will flower early
in spring in the milder parts of the
kingdom.
If required in pots, it is best to sow
the seeds in spring in gentle heat, say a
dozen seeds or so in each pot, afterwards
thinning down to one, two, three, or five
plants, according to the size of the pot.
By judiciously pinching the points, one
bushy plant will ultimately be found
sufficient for a pot. The shrubby variety,
fruh'scens, may be cultivated in pots for
four or five years, by giving attention to
pinching out the tips of the shoots so as
to cause the side shoots to develop, and
also by picking off the flowers as soon as
they fade. The energy of the plant is
thus not wasted in producing seeds, and
is utilised for the development of more
shoots. In this way quite large specimens
can be obtained.
The soil for Mignonette in pots should
be a rich and light sandy loam, with a
little leaf mould.
XIII. CISTINE^— Rock Rose Order
Perennial herbs, shrubs, or undershrubs, often with viscid branches. Leaves
entire, opposite or alternate, generally feather-veined, sometimes fan-veined.
Stipules leafy, small or none. Flowers usually hermaphrodite, regular,
solitary and terminal, or in scorpioid cymes ; very fleeting ; white, yellow, or
red, never blue. Sepals 3-5, imbricate, the two outer ones small or absent,
the three inner twisted in bud. Petals 5, rarely 3 or none, fleeting, often
crumpled in bud. Stamens numerous, rarely few, hypognous, free ; ovary 1- or
many-celled, with 3 stigmas. Fruit a 3-5 (rarely 10) valved capsule.
CISTUS (Gum Cistus ; Bock Bose).
A genus containing about 20 well-
defined species of beautiful shrubs, rarely
undershrubs, often somewhat viscid, with
opposite entire or somewhat toothed leaves
without stipules. Flowers often beautiful,
like Wild Boses, in terminal cymes or
panicles, rarely sub-racemose or solitary.
Petals 5, usually with a differently coloured
blotch at the base. Stamens numerous.
Culture and Propagation. — It is
somewhat unfortunate that lovely plants
like the Bock Boses will grow well only in
the warmest and most congenial parts of
the British Islands. The flowers, though
very fleeting individually, not lasting more
than a day or so, are produced in such
numbers in succession that the bushes
always look full of bloom, and make a
lovely picture. A rich, light, sandy soil,
and sheltered position facing south, are
best, and a little extra protection in hard
winters would probably save many a plant
which now dies.
The Bock Boses may be increased by
seeds, layers or cuttings. The latter should
be about 3 or 4 in. long, and placed in
sandy peat under handlights in early
autumn. Layers may be made almost at
any time. Seeds, however, give better
plants. They should be sown early in
spring in light soil under glass, and when
the plants are 1-2 in. high, they may be
shifted singly into small pots, and kept
close and shaded in the frame for some
time to get established. When hardened
off by gradually allowing more air and
sunshine, the plants may then be trans-
ferred to the outdoor garden in mild
showery weather the following sjmng.
224
PB ACTIO AL GUIDE TO GABDEN PLANTS
CISTUS
C. albidus. — A native of S.W. Europe,
2 5 ft. high, with stalkless, oblong elliptic,
hoary or woolly leaves, somewhat 3-
nerved. Flowers in June, 2-3 in. across,
pale purple or rose, yellow at the base,
petals overlapping.
Culture dc. as above.
C. candidissimus (Bhodocistus bertlio-
letianus). — A shrub 4 ft. high, native of
the Grand Canary Islands. Leaves ovate,
elliptic, acute, covered with hoary wool,
3-nerved ; stalks short, sheathing at the
base, with hairy margins. Flowers in
June, pale rose.
Culture dc. as above.
C. Clusii. — A native of Spain and
Portugal, 2 ft. high. Leaves somewhat
3-nerved, linear, with revolute edges, hoary
beneath. Flowers in summer, white, in
heads, bracts hairy, broadly ovate, pointed,
ciliate, deciduous, rather longer than the
flower stalks. The true plant is rarely
seen in cultivation, that which bears its
name being usually C. monspeliensis.
Culture dc. as above.
C. creticus. — A native of Crete, 2 ft.
high, with spoon-shaped, ovate leaves,
wrinkled, covered with hairy wool, waved
at the edges. Flowers in June, pale
purple, yellow at the base. Sepals hairy.
This is now regarded as a variety of C.
villosus.
Culture dc. as above.
C. crispus. — A native of S.W. Europe,
2 ft. high. Leaves stalkless, linear, lance-
shaped, waved and curled, 3-nerved,
wrinkled, downy. Flowers in June and
July, about 2i in. across, almost stalkless,
reddish-purple.
Culture dc. as above.
C. cupanianus. — A Sicilian plant, 2 ft.
high. Leaves stalked, heart-shaped, ovate,
wrinkled, net-veined, upper surface rough,
lower covered with fascicled hairs, mar-
gins fringed. Flowers in June, white,
with a spot of yellow at the base of each
imbricating petal. Sepals hairy.
Culture dc. as above.
C. cyprius. — A native of Cyprus, 4-6
ft. high. Leaves stalked, oblong, lance-
shaped, smooth above, covered with hoary
wool beneath. Flowers in June, about
3 in. across, white, with a dark spot at the
base of each petal.
Culture dc. as above.
C. heterophylius. — An Algerian plant
2 ft. high, with ovate, lance-shaped, short-
stalked leaves, sheathing at the base,
margins revolute. Flowers in June, large,
red, yellow at the base, on hairy leafy
stalks.
Culture dc. as above.
C. hirsutus. — A native of S.W.Europe,
2 ft. high, with unstalked, oblong, blunt,
hairy leaves. Flowers in June, about
2 in. across, white, with a yellow mark at
the base of the petals.
Culture dc. as above.
C. ladaniferus {Gum Cistus). — A
native of Spain, 4 ft. high. Leaves almost
stalkless, connate at the base, linear lance-
shaped, 3-nerved, clammy above, woolly
beneath and 4-5 in. long. Flowers in
June, about 3 in. across, white, terminal,
solitary. The variety maculatus has a
dark blood-red blotch at the base of each
of the white petals ; while albiflorus has
only a yellow stain at the base of the
white petals.
Ctdture dc. as above.
C. latifolius. — A native of Barbary
3 ft. high. Leaves stalked, broadly heart-
shaped, acute, with curled, wavy, toothed
and ciliated margins. Flowers in May,
white, with a yellow spot at the base of
each petal.
Culture dc. as above.
C. laurifolius. — A native of S.W.
Europe, 5-6 ft. high. Leaves stalked, ovate,
lance-shaped, 3-nerved, smooth above,
woolly beneath, stalks dilated and con-
nate at the base. Flowers from June to
August, about 3 in. across, white, with a
yellow spot at the base of each petal, and
borne in umbel-like clusters. There is a
somewhat rare variety called maculatus,
recognised by the deep purple-crimson
blotch at the base of the white petals.
Culture dc. as above.
C. laxus. — A native of S. Europe, 3 ft.
high. Leaves shortly stalked, ovate, lance-
shaped, pointed, with wavy, somewhat
toothed edges, upper ones hairy. Flowers
in July, white, with yellow spots at the
base. Flower stalks and sepals hairy.
Culture dc. as above.
C. longifolius. — A native of Spain and
S. France. Leaves shortly stalked, oblong,
lance-shaped, with waved and downy
edges, veined beneath. Flowers in June,
white, spotted with yellow at the base.
Culture dc. as above.
C. lusitanicus. — Probably a hybrid
between C. ladaniferus and C. mons-
CISTUS
ROCK ROSE ORDER
cistus 225
pelieusis, forming a dense compact bush
8 S ft. high. It has deep green leaves
and large white flowers with a purple
blotch at the base of each petal.
Culture dc. as above.
C. monspeliensis. — A plant 4 ft. high,
native of S. Europe, with linear, lance-
shaped, stalkless, 3-nerved, clammy leaves,
hairy on both surfaces. Flowers in July,
1-li in. across, white, borne in clusters
of from 5 to 20 according to the vigour of
the plant ; petals imbricate and crenate
with a yellowish blotch at the base. The
variety florentinus has narrow, lance-
shaped, wrinkled, almost stalkless leaves,
veined beneath. The white flowers,
yellow at the base and tipped with rose,
are about 2 in. across and are produced
somewhat earlier than those of the type.
Culture dc. as above.
C. oblongifolius. — A native of Spain,
4 ft. high, with hairy branches. Leaves
shortly stalked, oblong lance-shaped,
blunt, downy and waved at the edges,
veined beneath. Flowers in June, white,
concave, spotted with yellow at the base.
Culture dc. as above.
C. obtusifolius. — A Cretan species,
12-18 in. high, with a spreading habit.
Leaves almost stalkless, tapering to the
base, ovate-oblong, blunt, wrinkled, downy,
margins somewhat toothed. Flowers in
June, about 2 in. across, white, spotted
with yellow at the base, several in a
cluster.
Culture dc. as above.
C. parviflorus. — This is also a native
of Crete and has a spreading habit like
C. obtusifolius. The shoots are furnished
with downy twisted leaves about an inch
long, and the small pale rosy flowers, about
1 in. across, are borne in June in cymes
or clusters at the ends of the shoots.
Culture dc. as above.
C. populifolius. — Native of S.W.
Europe, 3-8 ft. high, with heart-shaped,
pointed, wrinkled, smooth leaves, re-
markable for having stalks 1^-2 in. long.
Flowers in May and June, about 2 in.
across, white, borne in cymose clusters ;
sepals clammy, bracts oblong.
Culture dc. as above.
C. psilosepalus. — A plant 2-3 ft. high,
native country unknown. Leaves shortly
stalked, oblong lance-shaped, 3-nerved,
acute, waved at margins, somewhat
toothed and ciliate, rather hairy. Flowers
from June to August, white with a yellow
spot at the base of each broadly wedge-
shaped petal. Sepals long pointed,
smooth, shining, with ciliated edges.
Culture dc. as above.
C. purpureus. — A native of the Levant,
2 4 ft. hi<fli. Leaves oblong lance-shaped,
pointed at each end, wrinkled, with short
hairy sheathing stalks. Flowers in June,
reddish-purple, with a dark purple spot at
the base.
Culture dc. as above.
C. rotundifolius. — A native of South
Europe, 1 ft. high. Leaves roundish
ovate, blunt, flat, wrinkled, net- veined,
with fascicled hairs on both sides, stalks
furrowed, somewhat sheathing at the base.
Flowers from June to September, purple
spotted with yellow at the base. Sepals
heart-shaped, hairy. Flower stalks very
hairy. This is now considered to be a
variety of < '. r/llosus.
Culture dc. as above.
C. salvifolius. —Native of S. Europe,
2 ft. high, with many varieties. Leaves
stalked, ovate, blunt, wrinkled, woolly
beneath. Flowers from June to August,
white, medium-sized, with woolly stalks.
The variety corbariensis (also known
as C. cordrifolius) is supposed to be a
natural hybrid between this species and
C. popuUfoliu8. It grows in the south
of France to 2 ft. high or more. Leaves
rather heart-shaped, ovate, pointed, with
fringed margins, wrinkled on both sur-
faces, and very clammy. Flowers in June
and July, li-2 in. across, white, with a
yellow centre, each flower being on a long
stalk.
Culture dc. as above.
C. vaginatus. — A native of Teneriffe,
2 ft. high. Leaves lance-shaped, acute,
3-nerved, hairy, net- veined beneath ; stalks
furrowed, dilated and sheathing at the
base, with pilose margins. Flowers from
April to June, deep rose.
Culture dc. as above.
C. villosus (C.incanus ; C. uudulatus).
Native of S. Europe, 3 ft. high. Leaves
stalked, roundish ovate, wrinkled, woolly
and hairy ; stalks furrowed, connate at the
base. Flowers in June, large, reddish -
purple, about 2^ in. across. The variety
canescens is dwarfer and has ob.'ong
linear, bluntish, woolly, waved leaves,
3-nerved, without stalks and somewhat
connate at the base. Flowers in May,
226
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS helianthemum
dark purple, tinged with blue, spotted
with yellow at the base of each crenulate
petal. Sepals downy.
Culture dc. as above.
HELIANTHEMUM (Sun Rose).—
A genus of about 30 distinct species of
annual or perennial herbs or shrubs, often
prostrate, with opposite and alternate
leaves. Flowers usually smaller than
those of the Rock Roses, in secund
racemes, sometimes corymbose, some-
times paniculate. Petals broad, 5 (in per-
fect flowers) ; stamens numerous, rarely
few. Stigrna capitate, or crestedly 3-
lobed.
Culture and Propagation. — The Sun
Roses grow freely in sandy loam, and are
splendid plants for the rock garden, where
they form compact masses of lovely
flowers and foliage. The annual kinds
are raised from seeds in the usual way
in gentle heat about March, the seedlings
being pricked off into light rich soil, and
grown on until fit for the outdoor garden
at the end of May. The perennials may
also be increased in this way, but they
are more easily obtained from cuttings,
which root readily in sandy soil in a
shady place during the summer months
under a handlight.
H. atriplicifolium. — A woolly shrub 4 ft.
high, native of Spain. Leaves stalked,
broadly ovate, bluntish, waved at the
base, woolly on both sides. Flowers in
June, large, yellow, on hairy stalks.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds or cuttings.
H. canadense. — An erect, herbaceous,
downy, Canadian species, 1 ft. high.
Leaves oblong linear, margins usually
revolute, woolly beneath. Flowers in
summer, minute, crowded ; stalks very
short, 1-3-flowered.
Culture d-c. as above.
H. carolinianum. — A native of the S.
United States, 6-12 in. high, shrubby at
the base. Leaves shortly stalked, lance-
shaped, toothed, hairy. Flowers in
May and June, yellow, 1 in. across.
Culture dc. as above.
H. formosum. — A hoary-branched
Portuguese shrub, 4 ft. high. Leaves
shortly stalked, obovate lance-shaped,
covered with hairy wool, the younger
ones hoary. Flowers in summer, large,
yellow, spotted with black at the base ;
stalks hairy. This has been also called a
Cistus.
Culture dc. as above.
H. Fumanum.— An elegant Heath-like
undershrub, native of S.W. Europe,
with linear fleshy and slightly hairy
leaves, and bright yellow flowers in June.
Culture dc. as above.
H. globularisefolium. — An herbaceous
species, about 9 in. high, native of Spain
and Portugal. Lower leaves long-stalked,
ovate-oblong, hairy, furrowed above ; the
upper ones stalkless, lanceolate. Flowers
in summer, citron-yellow, black-spotted
at the base of the petals and borne in dense
racemes.
Culture dc. as above.
H. guttatum. — A native annual of
stony places in Britain, Europe, North
Africa, and W. Asia. Stem 6-12 in. high,
with branches 2 or 3 times forked. Leaves
1-2 in. long, linear or obovate, or oblong
lance-shaped, lower ones opposite with-
out stipules, the upper ones alternate with
stipules. Flowers from June to August,
h in. across, yellow with a red spot at the
base of each wedge-shaped petal.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds sown annually.
H. halimifolium. — A shrub 3-4 ft. high,
native of Spain. Leaves downy, ovate
lance-shaped, acute, wavy. Flowers in
summer, large, bright yellow, slightly
spotted at the base.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds or cuttings.
H. italicum. — A European species only
3 in. high, with long, procumbent, hairy
branches. Lower leaves stalked, ovate ;
upper ones almost stalkless, linear oblong.
Flowers in summer, small, yellow ;
racemes simple, hairy.
Culture dc. as above.
H. laivipes. — A pretty shrub of S.W.
Europe, 1 ft. high, with linear, needle-
shaped leaves, and yellow flowers in
summer. This species requires protection
in severe winters.
Culture dc. as above.
H. lavandulaefolium. — A hoary
branched undershrub 1 ft. high, from the
Mediterranean region. Leaves oblong-
linear, hoary, with revolute margins,
under surface woolly. Flowers in sum-
mer, yellow, in crowded racemes.
Culture dc. as above.
HELIANTHEMUM
VIOLA AND PANSY ORDER
hudsoxi.v 227
H. ocymoides. — An undershrub 1-3
ft. high, native of S.W. Europe. Leaves
stalkless, ovate, lance-shaped, blunt.
Flowers in summer ; petals yellow, cre-
nate, with a dark base. H. algarvense,
H. candidii))! and H. ritgosum are forms
of this variable species.
Cult it re Ac, as above.
H. polifolium (H. pulverulentum). —
A rather rare British plant, but also dis-
tributed over Central and Southern
Europe, and N. Africa. Leaves opposite,
hoary and downy on both sides, with
recurved edges. Flowers white, from
May to July, marked with yellow at the
base of the petals.
Culture Ac. as above.
H. scoparium. — ACalifornian perennial
about 3 in. high, with alternate, linear
leaves without stipules. Flowers in May
and June, small, yellow, in twos and
threes at the ends of the branches ;
sepals 5, of which 3 are ovate-acute, and
2 awl-shaped.
< 'nil it re Ac. as above.
H. umbellatum. — A perennial 9-18 in.
high, with linear oblong leaves, recurved
and ciliated at the edges, clammy when
young. Flowers in June, pure white, in a
whorled raceme ending in an umbel.
Culture (/v. as above.
H. vineale. — A European shrubby
evergreen, with variable obovate, ovate, or
elliptic hairy leaves, and simple racemes
of yellow flowers in summer.
Culture Ac. as above.
H. vulgare (H. surreianum ; Cistus
tomentosus). — This is the Common
Sim Rose of Britain, and from it have
sprung most of the beautiful garden
varieties. It is a shrubby procumbent
plant 3 10 in, high, with opposite, oblong,
stipulate leaves, hairy above, downy
beneath. Flowers from June to Sep-
tember, more than 1 in. across, yellow,
borne in loose racemes.
Among the many varieties may be
mentioned: barbutum, with ovate or
elliptic lance-shaped leaves, covered with
white hairs; hyssopifoliu m, with flat,
linear lance-shaped leaves, and saffron-
coloured or coppery-red flowers, with also
a double form of the latter; macranthum,
with flat, ovate oblong, acutish leaves,
smooth above, densely woolly beneath,
and white flowers yellow at the base ;
nmtdbile, with pale rose-coloured flowers,
yellow at the base, changing to white with
age ; and ovalifolium (or serpyllifolium),
with roundish or ovate glossy green leaves,
white beneath, and yellow flowers.
Cult a re Ac. as above.
HUDSON I A. — A genus consisting of
3 species of distinct evergreen, Heath-
like, tufted undershrubs, with small,
needle-like, imbricated, downy leaves.
Flowers small, yellow, numerous, crowded
along the upper ends of the branches.
Petals 5, small, fugacious. Stamens
numerous.
Culture and Propagation. — The Hud-
sonias require a well-drained peaty or
sandy soil, and should be grown in
sheltered sunny spots. They do not grow
well in pots, but may succeed better in the
rockery or border where they would
remain undisturbed at the roots. They
may be increased by layers in summer, or
by cuttings put under a glass and pro-
tected until the following spring, when
they rnay be planted out in favourable
weather.
H. ericoides. — A native of the Eastern
United States, 1 ft. high, with needle-like
leaves, and yellow flowers from May to
July.
Culture Ac. as above.
H. tomentosa. — A hoary and downy
N. American plant, with oval or narrowly
oblong, short, close-pressed and imbricated
leaves, and sessile or short- stalked yellow
flowers in early summer.
Culture Ac. as above.
XIV. VIOLARIEiE— Viola and Pansy Order
Herbs or shrubs with alternate, rarely opposite, simple, entire, or rarely lobed
leaves, and small or leafy stipules, which are usually deciduous in shrubby
species. Flowers usually hermaphrodite, axillary, regular or irregular, solitary
or in racemose or panicled cymes, 2-bracteolate. Sepals 5, often persistent,
equal or unequal, imbricate in bud, and usually elongated into a spur at the
q2
228
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GABDEN PLANTS
VIODA
Petals 5, hypogynous or slightly perigynous, equal or unequal, imbri-
cate or often contorted in bud. Stamens 5, hypogynous, or slightly peri-
gynous ; filaments dilated, with connectives produced beyond the anthers.
Ovary sessile, free, 1-celled, many-seeded. Fruit a 3-valved, dehiscent capsule,
rarely an indehiscent berry.
VIOLA (Violet; Pansy; Hearts-
ease).— A genus containing over 200
species according to some authors, but
reduced to about 100 by Bentham and
Hooker, mostly pretty perennial herbs,
rarely shrubs, with alternate leaves, and
persistent, often leafy, stipules. Flower
stalks axillary, 1- rarely 2- flowered. Se-
pals almost equal, produced at the base.
Petals spreading, the lower ones often
larger, spurred or saccate at the base.
Anthers connate and produced at the apex,
the 2 lower stamens often spurred at the
base.
Violas often produce two kinds of
flowers — the large petalled ones, which
appear first and often yield no seed ; and
the smaller petalled, or non-petaloxis ones,
which appear later, and produce seed
freely, being often fertilised in bud, when
they are said to be ' cleistogamous.'
Culture and Propagation. — Generally
speaking Violas of all kinds are among
the most easily grown plants in gardens.
They delight in a rich, moist, sandy soil
but dislike stagnant water at the roots
and a position that is never shaded from
the scorching rays of the summer sun.
As most of them grow naturally in banks,
copses, more or less marshy places, pastures
&c, where they are to a certain extent
shaded by the overhanging branches of
trees, or by the leaves of the surrounding
vegetation, they thrive under somewhat
similar conditions in a cultivated state.
The cultivation of Sweet Violets (V.
odorata) and Pansies (V. tricolor) is dealt
with under their respective species.
Violas are easily increased by seeds,
cuttings, or division. If desired to flower
the same year, say in autumn, the seeds
should be sown in spring in the open
border during April and May in light
rich soil. If the flowers are wanted in
spring, the seeds may be sown in August
or September so that the seedlings will
be strong and well-established for the
winter months. The seedlings may be
either pricked out and transplanted once
or twice to induce the development of
masses of fibrous roots, or they may be
thinned out in the spot where the seeds
have been sown. Cuttings may be taken
early in April and inserted in a prepared
patch of fine sandy soil in a shady border,
and protected by handlights or frames,
until well rooted. By September they
may be transplanted to their permanent
quarters, and will give a good supply of
bloom the following spring. If planted
in beds by themselves they should not be
nearer than 1 ft. apart so as to admit of
hoeing. After flowering the plants may
be lifted and carefully divided into as
many pieces as possible, and replanted,
each rooted portion making a good tuft
for next season's flowering.
V. altaica. — A native of the Altaian
Mts. with hard creeping slender roots.
Leaves oval, with sharply toothed wedge-
shaped stipules. Flowers from March to
June, yellow, large, with acute toothed
sepals, and an urn-shaped stigma.
Culture rfc. as above.
V. arenaria. — A somewhat rare British
species, compact in growth, and covered
with a hoary down, the whole plant 2-6 in.
across. Leaves roundish, ovate, blunt.
Flowers from April to June, with broad
pale blue petals, and a short spur.
Culture dc. as above.
V. biflora.— A pretty little Violet 3-4
in. high, widely distributed throughout
Asia, Europe, and America. Leaves
kidney-shaped, serrated, smooth, with
ovate stipules. Flowers from April to
June, small, yellow, the lip streaked with
black, usually in pairs, petals smooth ;
spur very short, sepals linear, stigma
bifid.
Culture &c. as above. This curious
little Violet requires well- drained sandy
peat and loam, and may be increased by
dividing the roots in early autumn or in
spring, and also by seeds sown as above.
It dislikes sunny places.
V. blanda. — An American species with
creeping rootstock, and roundish, heart-
shaped or kidney-shaped, slightly downy
leaves. Flowers in early spring, white,
small, faintly scented ; petals almost beard-
VIOLA
VIOLA AND PANSY OBDEli
viola 229
less, the side ones veined with lilac ; spur
short.
Cult ure ire. as above.
V. calcarata. — A very variable fibrous-
rooted species, native of the Austrian
Mountains. Leaves roundish or spoon-
shaped, crenate, stipules palniately cut or
trifid. Flowers in early summer, light
blue or white ; sepals oblong, glandularly
toothed; spur awl-shaped, longer than the
calyx. The variety fla/oa or Zoysii has
yellow flowers ; albijiora has large white
flowers, and Halleri large blue ones.
Culture <(■<■. as above for V. bifiora.
V. canadensis. — A free-growing N.
American species 6-9 in. high, with
alternate broadly heart-shaped, pointed,
serrate leaves. Flowers from May to
August, whitish inside, the upper petals
mostly tinged with violet beneath, the
side ones bearded ; spur very short.
Culture d~c. as above. A very suitable
plant for sloping banks or the rockery.
Easily increased by dividing the roots in
spring or early autumn ; also by seeds
and cuttings.
V. canina (Dog Violet). — A very vari-
able species, native of British pastures and
banks. Leaves 1-3 in. across, long-stalked,
crenate serrate, varying from broadly
ovate heart-shaped to lanceolate. Flowers
i-l| in. across, from April to August,
blue, lilac, grey, or white ; sepals narrow
pointed ; spur blunt ; style club-shaped,
hooked. The variety lactea is a very
slender plant with ovate lance-shaped
leaves, rounded or wedge-shaped at the
base, and with narrow grey petals.
Persiccefolia has long rootstocks with
runners, leaves oblong lance-shaped, and
white or lilac flowers with a very short
spur. The variety alba, as the name
indicates, has white flowers.
Culture tie. as above.
V. capillaris. — A Chilian species with
many tufted, decumbent stems. Leaves
ovate-oblong, blunt at the base, slightly
acute at the apex, with glandular teeth
on the margins. Flowers from May to
August, pale blue, side petals densely
bearded, spur short, blunt, greenish.
Culture dc. as above.
V. cornuta. — A tufted, fibrous-rooted,
ornamental species, native of the Pyrenees
and Switzerland. Leaves heart-shaped,
ovate, crenate, ciliated, with obliquely
heart-shaped, toothed, ciliated stipules.
Flowers from May to July, pale blue ;
sepals and spur awl-shaped, the latter
elongated and abrupt at the base. The
variety alba has white flowers which look
pretty nestling among the masses of deep
green leaves.
Culture tt-c. as above. This species
and its variety look pretty in masses in
shaded parts of the rockery, or on banks
or slopes, and although the flowers are
odourless they are effective. Best in-
creased by sowing seeds annually.
V. cucullata. — A very variable free
flowering species with very scaly root-
stocks, native of N. America. Leaves
long-stalked, erect, more or less kidney- or
heart-shaped, with a broad sinus, smooth
or slightly downy, bluntly serrated.
Flowers in early summer on scapes 3-10
in. high, deep or pale violet-blue or purple,
sometimes almost white or variegated
with white as in the variety called va/rie-
gata; the side petals and often the
lower ones bearded ; spur short, thick.
The variety palmata has leaves 3-7-
parted or cleft, or the earlier ones entire
on the same plant.
Culture <(x. as above. Increased readily
by dividing the roots early in autumn or
in spring.
V. declinata. —A pretty Transylvanian
Viola about 6 in. high with ovate and
bluntly toothed leaves, and large flowers
of a rich bright purple, with deeper mark
ings near the yellow centre.
Culture (/c. as above.
V. delphinifolia. — An interesting spe-
cies, native of the Missourian prairies.
Leaves pedately 7-9-parted, with narrow
2-3-cleft segments, reminding one of
Larkspur foliage ; stipules ovate lance-
shaped, nearly entire. Flowers in spring,
beautiful sky-blue, the 2 upper petals
downy, the lower ones notched at the
end ; spur pouched, short.
Culture ((■(-. as above.
V. hederacea (Erpetion hederaceum ;
E. reniforme). — A tufted Australian
species, with roundish, kidney-shaped or
spoon-shaped leaves, | to 1 in. broad,
entire or toothed. Flowers in summer,
blue, rarely white, small ; petals smooth,
or the side ones slightly downy inside ;
spur reduced to a slight concavity. The
variety grandiflora is an improved form.
Culture dc. as above. This pretty
species requires protection in winter. It
should be propagated by cuttings in
autumn, kept under glass in winter, and
230
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
VIOLA
planted out at the end of May or beginning
of June.
V. heterophylla. — A pretty alpine
Violet with a dwarf compact habit. The
leaves are narrowly lance-shaped and
toothed, and of a bright green, while the
large blue flowers are produced in great
abundance in early summer.
Culture d'c. as above.
V. hirta. — A tufted, hairy British
plant, near V. odorata but with narrower
and more triangular leaves, with deeper
crenatures, and a shallower sinus.
Flowers from April to June, faintly
scented or not ; spur long and hooked.
The variety calcarea is a dwarf starved
form with narrower petals.
Culture Jr. as above.
V. lanceolata. — A N. American species
with a creeping rootstock, and lance-
shaped, blunt, erect leaves tapering into
long, margined stalks. Flowers in early
spring, white, small ; petals beardless, the
lower ones veined with lilac.
Culture etc. as above.
V. montana. — A simple-stemmed, erect
species 1 ft. high, native of Europe,
Siberia &c. Lower leaves heart-shaped,
upper ones ovate, acute, stalks margined ;
stipules oblong toothed or incised.
Flowers from May to July, white, be-
coming bluish ; spur conical, straight,
greenish ; stigma papillose, slightly re-
flexed. The variety Runpii has heart-
shaped or lance-shaped leaves and pro-
cumbent stems.
Culture dtc. as above.
V. munbyana. — A pretty free-flower-
ing, vigorous species, native of Algiers.
Leaves ovate - heart - shaped, bluntly
crenate, smooth or slightly hairy on the
edges. Flowers from February to May,
and also during the autumn months in
favourable seasons, large, violet or yellow,
produced well above the foliage ; spur
straight, nearly twice as long as calyx.
The variety lutea has yellow flowers
which are faintly striped with purple at
the base.
Culture dc. as above. Although a
perennial it is on the whole better to treat
this species and its variety as a biennial,
by raising seeds annually as recommended
above.
V. odorata (Sweet Violet). — This
well-known plant is wild in British
copses and banks, and is also distributed
over Europe, N. Africa, N. and "W. Asia
to the Himalayas. Bootstock short,
scarred, with long runners. Leaves deeply
heart-shaped at the base, sinus closed ;
stipules glandular ; stalks with deflexed
hairs. Flowers from March to May,
sweet-scented, blue, white, or reddish-
purple ; the side petals with or without a
tuft of hairs ; spur short, blunt. Anther-
spurs linear oblong.
The dwarf and distinct variety alba
has white flowers ; pallida plena (the
Neapolitan or Parma Violet) very sweet-
scented, double, pale lavender flowers ;
permixta (probably a hybrid with V.
hirta) pale, scentless flowers, runners not
rooting ; and sepincola (also probably a
hybrid) flowers dark, scentless, plant more
hairy, with rooting runners. Sutyhurea
is a new variety of Sweet Violet, with
shining deep green leaves, and lemon-
yellow flowers, with a deeper yellow shade
in the centre, and a pale violet spur
behind. There are many garden varieties,
among which the following are best
known : — argent&flora, purplish-white,
fragrant ; Comte Brazza, white, double,
sweet-scented ; Czar, very large, single,
blue and fragrant ; White Czar, a fine
white form of the preceding ; Admiral
Avellan ; La Grosse Blene; California;
Princess of Wales; Belle de Chatenay,
strong double white or rose-white ; La
France; Luxonne, strong, beautiful, paler
than the Czar but larger, much grown in
the S. of France ; Lady Hume Campbell;
Marie Louise, lavender blue and white,
very large, sweet-scented and free-flower-
ing; Queen of Violets, double white,
flushed pink; Victoria Regina, large
double blue, sweet-scented ; Russian, an
old free-growing large single blue variety ;
Wells iana ; Wilson ; La Violette des
Quatre Saiso?is, flowers throughout the
autuinn, winter and spring, and is a great
favourite with Parisians.
Culture and Propagation. — In the
open border Sweet Violets delight in a
rich and fairly heavy soil. They require
a little shelter, and the best and most
natural is that given by the surrounding
plants, among which the air circulates
freely. Away from brick walls, and on
banks at the base of a hedge, facing north
or north-west, is perhaps the best place
for violets. Failing such natural positions
the plants will of course do well in the
ordinary flat border, not facing due south.
During the summer months a mulch-
ing of short rotten manure or the
VIOLA
VIOLA AND PANSY OBDEB
VIOLA 231
remnants of spent mushroom beds is
beneficial. It not only prevents the
moisture in the soil from evaporating too
quickly, but also stifles the weeds, if any.
A gentle watering in the cool of the
sun nner evening is also most refreshing
to the plants.
If the plants are too much crowded,
or in too hot a position, they are liable to
be attacked in the first case by green-fly,
and in the second by red- spider. Both
these pests, however, may be kept at bay
by frequent use of the syringe, using clean
hot water (say 80°-120° '¥.). Dusting
with fine sulphur is a good remedy, but
it makes the plants very unsightly.
Forcing Sweet Violets. — Where cold
frames exist in any garden, Sweet
Violets may with advantage be grown in
them for flowering during the winter and
early spring. The plants should be
lifted about the end of September from
the open ground and planted in rich soil
in the frames, with the foliage as near
the glass as possible. The plants should
be thoroughly watered in, and kept close,
that is, no air, or very little, should be
admitted for about a week or ten days
after planting, so that the roots may
more quickly take a hold of the new soil.
After this and throughout the winter, on
favourable days, plenty of air may be
given, and the lights may even be removed
altogether on mild sunny days. Winter
fogs are very injurious to both leaves
and flowers, the former damping off, the
latter remaining undeveloped.
Most of the varieties named above are
suitable for growing in frames, but Marie
Louise, Cornte Brazza, and the Neapolitan
(or Parma) Violets are the best.
Sweet Violets are easily increased by
simply dividing the crowns after flower-
ing, and planting about 9 in. apart in rich
soil, in a somewhat shaded place. Fine
flowering plants may also be obtained
from seed, which should be sown as soon
as ripe, or during the spring months as
recommended above for the species in
general, p. 228.
V. palustris. — A native of the swamps
and bogs in Great Britain and Ireland,
chiefly in the northern parts. Rootstock
white scaly, creeping. Leaves kidney- or
heart - shaped, slightly crenate, with
gland-like stipides. Flowers from April
to July, h in. across, white or lilac, scent-
less ; side petals almost smooth ; spur
short, blunt.
Cull lire do. as above for the species in
general, p. 228.
V. pedata (V. fldbelUfoHa ; V.flabel-
lata). -Bird's Foot Violet. — A beautiful
N. American species with a thick rootstock.
Leaves pedately divided, something like
a bird's foot, with linear lance-shaped
leaflets, entire or deeply 3-toothed at
apex, sometimes very narrow and much
cut; stipides ciliated. Flowers in May
and June, usually bright blue, sometimes
pale or white, large ; petals smooth ; spur
very short ; stigma large and thick,
margined, obliquely truncate.
The variety atropurpurea has incised,
wedge-shaped leaf segments, dark purple
flowers and a downy pistil. Bicolor is a
rare and handsome variety, with the 2
upper petals deep velvety violet. It does
not grow equally well in all places, and
requires special care. The form called
alba lias white flowers.
Culture <(<•• as above for the species
in general, p. 228.
V. pedunculata.— A Californian species
with rhomboid-ovate leaves about 1 in.
long, rather thick, coarsely and bluntly
toothed, and abruptly narrowed at the
base. Flowers in spring, large, deep
yellow ; petals broadly obovate, the 2
upper ones conspicuously clawed, the
side ones bearded at the base ; spur very
short.
Culture dr. as above for the species in
general, p. 228.
V. pinnata. — A species from the
mountains of S. Europe and Siberia.
Leaves deeply divided into 4 or 5 segments,
each 3-parted or pinnatifid, jagged and
very narrow. Flowers in early summer,
pale blue, with darker veins, the 2 side-
petals bearded ; sepals ovate ; spur' broad,
nearly straight.
Culture d-c. as above, p. 228.
V. praemorsa. — A North American
species, usually densely hairy, with short
erect stems. Leaves ovate lance-shaped,
repandly toothed or almost entire ; stipules
entire. Flowers in spring, rather large,
yellow; lower petal veined with brown,
emarginate ; spur very short.
Culture d-c. as above, p. 228.
V. pubescens. — A softly downy species
6-12 in. high, native of N. America.
Stems simple erect, naked below, 2-4
leaved above. Leaves broadly heart-
shaped, toothed, somewhat pointed;
232
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
VIOLA
stipules large, ovate, entire or serrated
at the top. Flowers in spring and early
summer, yellow, lower petal streaked
with purple ; sepals oblong lance-shaped ;
spur very short; stigma with 2 tufts of
hah.
The variety eriocarpa is much taller,
stouter growing, and more downy than
the species, and has woolly seed pods.
Culture dc. as above.
V. pyrolaefolia. — A Patagonian species,
with ovate or more or less heart-shaped
leaves, with stipules fringed at the apex.
Flowers in winter (January), yellow ;
petals densely bearded within ; sepals
pointed ; spur short, blunt.
Culture dc. as above.
V. rostrata. — A native of N. America,
4-6 in. high, with roundish heart-shaped,
serrate leaves, upper ones acute ; stipules
large, lance-shaped, fringed, toothed.
Flowers in early summer, dingy purple
or lavender, with darker streaks. Petals
smooth ; spur slender, rather acute, i in.
long.
Culture dc. as above.
V. rothomagensis. — A free-growing
hairy species, native of Belgium. France,
and Sicily, with rather spindle-shaped roots,
and zigzag branching stems. Leaves ovate,
the lower ones somewhat heart-shaped,
crenate, fringed, stipules pinnatifid, rather
lyrate ; flowers from April to August,
bright blue, the side petals and lip striped
with black ; spur tubidar, blunt, shorter
than the sepals ; bracts near the flower,
lance-shaped, with a tooth on each side.
Culture d-c. as above. This species
requires a warm, sheltered position. It
is sometimes called the Rouen Violet, and
is best raised from seeds sown annually as
recommended above.
V. rotundifolia. — An American species
with a creeping rootstock. Leaves shining,
roundish ovate, heart-shaped, slightly
crenate, increasing from 1 in. broad at
flowering time to 3 or 4 inches. Flowers
in early spring, yellow ; side petals bearded
and lined with brown ; spur very short.
Culture dc. as above.
V. sagittata ( V. dent at a). — A smooth
or hairy species from N. America. Leaves
with small and margined or naked stalks,
varying from oblong heart-shaped to has-
tate, sagittate, oblong lance-shaped, or
ovate, toothed. Flowers in spring and
early summer, rather large, purplish-
blue ; usually the side, but sometimes all
the petals, bearded ; spur short and thick ,
stigma bearded. The variety emargina ta
has almost triangular leaves, lacerate -
toothed near the base ; petals emarginate
or with 2 teeth.
Culture dc. as above.
V. Selkirki (V. u/ubrosa). — A small
delicate fibrous-rooted species, native of
North America. Leaves roundlj7 heart-
shaped, crenate, with a deep, narrow sinns,
and minutely hairy above. Flowers in
spring and early summer, pale violet ;
spur very large, nearly as long as petals,
thickened at the end.
Culture dc. as above.
V. striata. — A North American species
with ascending angidar stems, 6-12 in.
high. Leaves heart-shaped, finely ser-
rated, often acute ; stipules large, oblong
lance-shaped, fringed with strong teeth.
Flowers from April to October, cream-
coloured or white ; side petals bearded,
the lower ones lined with purple ; spur
rather thick, much shorter than the petals ;
stigma beaked.
Culture dc. as above.
V. suavis (Russian Violet). — A native
of Tauria, with long creeping and rooting
stolons. Leaves downy, kidney- or heart-
shaped, crenate. Flowers from March to
May, pale blue, white at the base, sweet-
scented ; sepals blunt ; four upper petals
narrowest, the lower one emarginate, the
2 side ones with a hairy line ; stigma
hooked, naked.
Culture dc. as above.
V. sylvestris (Wood Violet). — A native
of the copses and woods of Britain. Root-
stock very short. Plant smooth with
leaves in a rosette, broadly ovate heart-
shaped, stipules lance-shaped acute,
fimbriate or toothed. Flowers from
March to July, bluish-purple or lilac ; base
of sepals much produced in fruit ; spur
short, broad, compressed, furrowed, usually
pale. The variety reichenbacliiana has
flowers smaller, paler and earlier ; spurs
longer, fruiting sepals scarcely produced.
The variety riviniana has the lower
leaves as broad as long ; the upper ones
a little narrower than long. Flowers
later in summer than the type, bluish -
purple or lilac, scentless ; petals obovate
oblong, the lowest much broader than the
others ; flower-stalks long, with 2 small
bracts. There is also a variety having
VIOLA
VIOLA AND PANSY OHDEll
viola 233
pure white flowers (alba), and another
rarely seen with rose-coloured ones
(rubra).
Culture dc. as above. Easily increased
by seeds or division of the roots.
V. tricolor (Heartsease and Pansy).
This is the wild plant from which the
well-known Heartsease and Pansy are
supposed to have originated, although
some believe that these popular Howers
are descended from V. altaica. The wild
Pansy is a native of the pastures, banks
and waste places in the British Islands,
and is also found in such diverse places
as Arctic Europe, N. Africa. N. and W.
Asia to Siberia and N.W. India. Stems
4-8 in. high, branched, erect or ascend-
ing, angled, tlexuous. Leaves, with long
stalks, ovate oblong or lance-shaped, cre-
nate, 1-1 i in. long, lyrate, coarsely and
remotely crenate-serrate ; stipules very
large, pinnatifid ; lobes spreading like a
fan, linear or oblong obtuse, the middle one-
largest. Flowers from May to September,
J-lj in. across, with purple, whitish, or
golden-yellow petals, sometimes parti-
coloured ; spur thick, blunt ; stigma
capitate, hollowed. The variety arvensis
has white or yellowish flowers, petals
usually shorter than the sepals: Curtisi
has a branching rootstock, with runners,
and blue, purple, or yellow flowers, with
spreading petals ; and lutea (known as
the Mountain Vine) has a branched
rootstock, short stem with underground
runners, and blue, purple, or yellow
flowers, with spreading petals much
longer than the sepals.
Culture dc. as below.
HYBRID PANSIES
The natural species and its varieties are
utterly eclipsed by the vast number of beau-
tiful forms which have been raised from
them by British and Continental garden-
ers. Among the numerous cultivated
varieties are many in which the flowers
have only one— or almost one colour,
chiefly white, yellow, rose, copper, violet,
blue in various shades, chestnut, purple,
intense velvety black &c. Others, and
more numerous, have various colours on
white or yellow grounds ; others again
have copper, old gold, or bronzy flowers
with various shades. Then there are
veined, striped, blotched, variegated,
flamed, bordered and zoned flowers,
washed and shaded with various colours
in all sorts of ways, sometimes giving the
flowers a most singular appearance.
Indeed the range and combination of
colour in Tansies is truly infinite, and
where seedlings are raised regularly every
year, new combinations, colours, and
developments take place.
Pansies have come under the arbitrary
ride of the florist, and he has divided
them into three main sections as
follows : —
(1) English or SI/ow Varieties. —
These are subdivided into white grounds,
yellow grounds, and selfs. The flowers
of • white ground ' Pansies have a large
dense, dark blotch in the centre, with a
lint,' or band of white, cream or straw
colour around it, and this ring may be
edged with blue, or various shades of
purple. In the 'yellow grounds.' the
ring is a pale or deep gold colour edged
with various shades of bronze, maroon
&c. The ' selfs ' must be clear decided
colours, of one shade, and should have
a dark well-defined blotch under the
eye or centre.
(2) Belgian or Fancy Varieties. —
These are usually very large and richly
coloured, and should have a deep coloured
blotch covering almost the whole of the
bottom petal or lip and contiguous parts
of the side petals. The remaining
portion of the flower may be any of the
numerous shades referred to, but should
always be so pale that the colour of the
lower petal is much denser and decidedly
conspicuous in comparison.
(3) Tufted Pansies is the modern
name, and certainly an appropriate
one, for Bedding Pansies and Violas, and
many simply call them Violas — a pretty
name. They are hybrids between V.
cornuta and various garden-pansies, V.
cornuta being the seed bearer. If the
reverse cross is made, a more or less
ordinary Pansy will result.
Violas or Tufted Pansies generally
have a dwarf, close, bushy habit, and
beautiful flowers — usually self-coloured —
much smaller than the ordinary Pansy.
In beds by themselves, or associated with
other plants as a kind of floral carpet,
Violas make a charming picture.
Culture and Propagation. — Pansies
germinate readily from seeds, and may
be sown in the open border or in shallow
pans or boxes in July and August, in rich
sandy soil with plenty of leaf mould in
it. In the open border the seedlings
may be thinned to about 6 in. apart, and
234
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GABDEN PLANTS
VIOLA
by the end of September they will be
large and strong enough to transfer to
the positions in which they are required
to bloom the following spring. From a
packet of choice mixed seed, plants with
the most gorgeous flowers may be
obtained, and if there are any particularly
fine, it will be easy to perpetuate them
by means of cuttings. To obtain a good
supply of these, the plant may have its
branches pegged down, and as quickly as
the shoots are produced they may be
detached.
Cuttings may also be inserted in July
and August, and by the first week in
October the plants will be ready for
their permanent positions.
Provided the plants are grown hi a rich
sandy loam, well-manured, Pansies and
Violas are the easiest of plants to grow.
Some thousands of Pansies and Violas are
sold every spring in the London markets
neatly bound in hay enclosing a ball of
soil round the roots. The regular trade
done rather indicates that all — or at least
the majority — of the plants thus sold
perish during the year. The reason
probably is that Pansies and Violas do
not really care to be disturbed in spring,
just about the period when the flowers
are draining the plant of its reserve
material for the production of seeds.
The flowers trying to carry out the
natural laws of seeding, and the injured
roots trying to re-establish themselves,
the plant as a whole becomes more or
less exhausted, and naturally succumbs
in due course.
Pansies and Violas for Spring Bed-
ding.— Too much importance can scarcely
be attached to these charming plants for
decorating flower-beds and borders during
the spring and early summer months, and
right up till the autumn even. If the
very best results are required Pansies and
Violas should be planted about the end of
September, or as soon as ever the beds
and borders have been cleared of the
usual stock of summer bedding plants.
The soil should be well dug and manured,
and if light or heavy should be improved
according to the recommendations given
at p. 63 in the chapter on Soils. Whole
beds may be planted with a variety of one
colour alone, or two or three distinct
varieties and colours may be used in an
agreeable combination. The best contrasts
are obtained by the juxtaposition of the
primary colours, such as reds, blues, and
yellows, and when intermediate shades
are used care should be taken so that one
colour has an effect upon another. For
example, yellow looks colder with blue
than with red, but blue is more effective
with yellow than with white, and so on.
As a ride the section known as ' Violas ' or
' Tufted Pansies ' are most effective for
bedding purposes, and the colours chosen
shovdd always be clear and well defined,
not ' washy ' or indefinite, as if one coloiu-
had run into another before it had got
dry.
The following is a list of some of the
best Pansies and Violas arranged in
the three main shades of colour, but any
one can probably raise equally as good
from choice seeds. There are many
intermediate shades of colour, but as a
rule the varieties with clear and well-
defined self or uniform colours look best
for bedding purposes.
WHITE -FLOWERED VIOLAS
Accushla, Blanche, Countess of
Hopetoun, Countess of Wharncliffe, Dr.
Svulthorpe, Marchioness, Mary Scott,
Mary Stuart, Nipihetos, President,
Sylvia.
YELLOW-FLOWERED VIOLAS
A. J. Bowberry, Ar dwell Gem,
Bullion, Duchess of Fife, Fanny
Emmeline, George Lord, Golden Bee,
Golden Boy, Goldfinch, Henry IV.,
Kitty Hay, Kitty Whitworth, Lemon
Queen, Lord Elcho, Molly Pope, Mrs.
Greentoood, Nellie M. Brotvn, Pembroke,
Benotvn, Sir Robert Peel, Wonder.
BLUE AND PURPLE-FLOWERED VIOLAS
Acme, Blue Gown, Border Witch,
Britannia, Commander, Councillor W.
Waters, Dorothy Tennant, Ethelinde,
J. B. Biding, John Shires, Magnificent,
Mrs. Grant, Mrs. H. Bellamy, Olivetta,
The Mearns, William Haig.
V. variegata. — A native of Dahuria,
with rather hard subdivided roots.
Leaves heart-sbaped-ovate or roundish,
violaceous beneath, obscurely green
above, white at the veins, and rather
hairy ; stipules lance-shaped, toothed.
Flowers in May and June, pale violet ;
spur cylindrical, straight, as long as the
sepals.
Culture dr. as above, p. 228.
HYMENANTHERA.— A genus con-
taining about 4 species of rigid shrubs on
HYMENANTHERA
BIXINEJE
AZARA 235
small trees, with alternate, sometimes
clustered, often small, entire or toothed
leaves without stipules. Flowers axillary,
small, sometimes polygamous, solitary or
in clusters.
H. crassifolia. — An ornamental shrub
2-4 ft. high, native of New Zealand,
somewhat resembling a white -berried
Cotoneaster when in fruit. Leaves alter-
nate or tufted, linear spoon-shaped, entire,
about \ in. long. Flowers about March,
yellowish, small, followed by masses of
white shining berries, \ in. long, oblong
obtuse.
Culture and Propagation. — This is
* the only species of any note in cultivation.
It flourishes in a mixture of sandy peat
and loam, and may be increased by
cuttings put in sandy soil under a bell
glass during the late summer months and
protected until the following spring.
The plant is quite hardy as far north
as Cheshire, and perhaps still further
north. It is not only an excellent plant
for the garden, but is also remarkable for
its shrubby habit, so unlike what is usually
associated with its relatives, the Pansies
and Violas.
XV. BIXINEiE
Trees or shrubs with alternate, simple, toothed, or more rarely entire leathery
leaves, often marked with transparent dots. Stipules caducous or none.
Flower stalks axillary, many-flowered. Flowers regular, hermaphrodite or
unisexual. Sepals 2-6, often 4-5, slightly cohering at the base. Petals none
or equal in number to the sepals, or numerous, and imbricate or contorted in
bud, deciduous. Stamens hypogynous, of the same number as the petals, or
some multiple of them, dehiscing by a pore at the apex. Ovary 1- or more
celled, with several more or less distinct stigmas. Fruit either fleshy and
indehiscent, or capsular, with 4 or 5 valves, the centime filled with a thin pulp.
Seeds numerous.
This order contains about 160 species, mostly natives of warm regions and
not hardy enough for our climate. The following are the only repre-
sentatives grown out of doors in the British Isles.
AZARA. — A genus of about 12 species
of ornamental evergreen trees or shrubs,
with entire or serrate leaves, often with
conspicuous stipules. Flowers herma-
phrodite, borne in clusters, or shortly
corymbose or almost spicate. Sepals 4,
subvalvate, or 5-6 imbricated. Petals
none. Stamens numerous (except in A.
microphylla).
Culture and Propagation. — The
Azaras thrive in well-drained, rich, sandy
loam, and may be increased from cut-
tings of the ripened shoots placed in sandy
soil under a glass and in gentle bottom
heat in late summer and autumn.
In the southern counties and the
milder parts of Ireland and Scotland the
Azaras are hardy, but in more unfavour-
able parts protection may be required in
severe winters. Trained against walls
with a southern aspect, or grown as
bushes, they are ornamental. All the
plants are natives of Chili, and those
described below are hardy against south
walls in sheltered situations near London.
A. dentata. — A shrub 12 ft. high, with
ovate, serrate, roughish leaves, woolly
beneath ; stipides leafy, unequal in size.
Flowers in June, yellow, in few-flowered
sessile corymbs.
Culture dc. as above.
A. Gilliesi. — A beautiful shrub 15 ft.
high, with reddish-tinted branches and
large, smooth, ovate, coarsely toothed
leaves, like Holly. Flowers in autumn,
bright yellow, in axdlary densely packed
panicles.
Culture <£c. as above.
A. integrifolia.— About 18 ft. high,
with obovate or oblong, entire, smooth
leaves ; stipules equal, persistent. Flowers
in autumn, yellow, fragrant, on short
axillary spikes. There is a rare varie-
gated form.
Culture d'c. as above.
236
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
IDESIA
A. microphylla. — An ornamental shrub
12 ft. high, with srnall obovate obtuse,
dark shining green leaves, in opposite
rows up the stem. Flowers in autumn,
greenish, corymbose, followed by numer-
ous small orange-coloured berries.
Culture d'-c. as above. This is probably
the best known species.
IDESIA. — A genus with only one
species, the description of which is given
below with the generic characters.
I. polycarpa (Flacourtia japonica). —
An ornamental tree native of China and
Japan, where it assumes very large pro-
portions, but is much smaller in cultiva-
tion. It has large and rather heart-shaped
5 -nerved alternate leaves with serrated
margins, and long racemes of rather large
yellowish flowers borne in long drooping
racemes at the ends of the branches. The
male flowers are borne on one plant, the
females on another. There are 5 (or 3-6)
woolly sepals, no petals, and numerous
stamens with shaggy filaments. The
stamens are replaced by staminodes in the
female flowers, in the centre of which are
5 (or 8-6) spreading styles. The fruit is
a many-seeded orange-yellow berry about
the size of a pea.
There is a variety called crispa rarely
seen, and now perhaps not in cultivation,
remarkable for its curiously cut and
crisped leaves.
Culture and Propagation. — This tree
is fairly hardy in the neighbourhood of
London, in warm sheltered situations, and
thrives in ordinary good garden soil,
which must as a matter of course be well-
drained. It may be increased by inserting
cuttings of the more or less ripened shoots
in sandy soil during the summer and
autumn months, and placing them in
gentle heat under glass. Seeds, if obtain-
able, may be sown as soon as ripe or in
spring in light rich soil, and placed in
bottom heat.
XVI. PITTOSPOREiE
A small order of usually smooth shrubs or small trees with alternate, entire,
toothed, or very rarely incised leaves, without stipules. Flowers hermaphro-
dite, regular, or slightly oblique. Sepals 5, usually distinct. Petals 5, hypo-
gynous, longer than the sepals. Stamens 5; hypogynous, free, alternating
with the petals. Fruit a capsule or berry.
PITTOSPORUM.— A genus of usu-
ally smooth and evergreen shrubs or small
trees with entire or sinuate-toothed leaves,
often more or less whorled near the ends
of the branches. Flowers borne in various
ways in clusters at the ends or sides of
the branches. Sepals distinct or united at
the base. Petals more or less cohering in
a tube, or rarely spreading. Ovary sessile
or shortly stalked. Fruit a roundish,
ovoid, or pear-shaped capsule.
Culture and Propagation. — Although
about 50 species have been described in
this genus, those mentioned below are the
only ones suitable for cultivation in the
open air in the milder parts of the British
Islands. They are fairly hardy in ordinary
winters in the neighbourhood of London,
and on the west and south coast even P.
Tobira has been uninjured by 20° of frost.
Pittosporums will thrive in any good
and well-drained garden soil, but they
prefer a rich fibrous loam with a little
sand and leaf mould added. They may
be increased during the summer months
by means of cuttings of the half-ripened
shoots inserted in light sandy soil under
a handlight or bell glass, and placed in
gentle bottom heat. The plants thus raised
may be grown on under glass until they
are large enough and thoroughly hardened
off to stand being planted out of doors,
an operation best performed during mild
weather in spring.
P. crassifolium (P. Raljihi). — An orna-
mental bush 4- 10 ft. high, native of New
Zealand, where it is known as the ' Parch-
ment Bark.' The branches are clothed
with rather narrowly oblong obovate light
green leaves, quite smooth and shining
above, but rather woolly beneath. The
deep brownish-purple flowers are produced
in abundance in early summer in stalked
and nodding umbels.
Culture dc. as above.
P. Tobira (P. chinense). — A pretty
Japanese shrub 10-12 ft. high, with
bluntly obovate smooth leathery leaves,
and clusters of white sweetly scented
lUHtS.VIMA
MILKWORT ORDER
POLYGALA 237
flowers produced during the summer
months.
Culture tic. as above.
P. undulatum. — An ornamental Aus-
tralian shrub 6-10 ft. high with oval lance-
shaped, wavy, deep green, and rather
leathery leaves, tapering at both ends.
The small white flowers appear in early
summer in somewhat downy clusters.
Culture Sc. as above.
BURSARIA. — A small genus of
stiffish and rather spiny shrubs, with
small entire leaves often in clusters.
Flowers small, whitish, in pyramidal
panicles at the ends of the branches.
Sepals minute, distinct. Petals narrow,
spreading almost from the base.
B. spinosa (Itea spinosa). — An orna-
mental evergreen spiny shrub 6-10 ft.
high, native of Australia, with small and
entire oblong wedge-shaped leaves and
trusses of small white flowers produced
during the summer and autumn months
in favourable situations.
Culture dud Propagation. — Although
fairly hardy in warm and sheltered situa-
tions in the vicinity of London, this plant
is much more luxuriant in the milder
south and western parts of the kingdom.
It thrives in good and well-drained garden
soil, but has a preference for rich loam and
peat or leaf soil in about equal proportions.
Cuttings of the young or half-ripened
shoots may be rooted in gentle heat under
glass in the same way as Pittosporuiu*
above, p. 236.
XVII. POLYGALE^-Milkwort Order
Erect or climbing herbs or shrubs with alternate, rarely opposite, simple
entire leaves, always destitute of stipules. Flowers hermaphrodite, irregular,
usually in spikes or racemes, often small and inconspicuous but showy in
many species of Polygala. Two to three small bracts are at the base of the
pedicels. Sepals 5, free, the 2 inner larger and petal-like and known as the
' wings.' Petals 3 or 5, hypogynous, of which one known as the ' keel ' is
larger than the others. Stamens 8, rarely 5 or 4, hypogynous, with filaments
united in a split sheath, which is usually adnate to the petals. Ovary free,
2-celled (rarely 3-5-celled). Fruit usually opening through the valves ; some-
times indehiscent, membranous, fleshy, leathery, drupe-like or winged.
There are about 400 species in this order, distributed throughout temperate
and warm regions.
POLYGALA (Milkseed ; Milk-
wort).— An extensive genus containing
about 200 species, of which only those
mentioned below are worth growing out
of doors, although there are many pretty
species suitable for greenhouse cultiva-
tion. There are 3 species native of
Britain.
The Polygalas are chiefly shrubs or
undershrubs, or herbs, with alternate, or
rarely opposite, or verticillate leaves.
Flowers pea-like in appearance, in termi-
nal or lateral racemes, rarely axillary,
sometimes in contracted heads, rarely
paniculate. Flowers sometimes showy,
sometimes minute, variously coloured.
Sepals 5, unequal, the 2 inner ones large,
petal -like, forming wings. Petals 3,
coherent. Stamens 8, with filaments
iinited.
Cult/we and Propagation. — The
species described below are chiefly useful
for rockeries, and thrive in fibrous peat
and sandy loam mixed, in a somewhat
shaded place. They are increased from
seeds, or by cuttings struck under glass.
The seeds may be sown as soon as
ripe in cold frames, protecting the seed-
lings afterwards under glass until the
following spring. Or the seeds may be
sown in spring in the same way, and the
seedlings grown on singly in pots until the
following spring before transferring them
to the outdoor garden.
P. Chamaebuxus (Bastard Box). — A
pretty creeping shrub 6 in. high, found
wild in the mountain woods of Austria
and Switzerland. Leaves oblong lance-
shaped, with a point at the apex. Flowers
in early summer, creamy or yellow.
238 PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS polygala
tipped with purple, fragrant, in axillary August of a fine rosy-purple colour, some-
few-flowered racemes. The variety pur- times white, large, in threes ; keel crested.
purea is a much prettier plant, with Culture dc. as above,
bright _ magenta-purple flowers, clear p SenegSL t Seneca Snake Boot).—
yellow in the centre. Also native of N_ America, 6-12 in. high,
Culture dc. as above. with iance.shaped or oblong, rough-mar-
P. paucifolia. — A North American gined leaves. Flowers in May and June,
herbaceous perennial 3 in. high, with almost sessile ; wings roundish obovate,
simple erect stems, naked below, and concave ; crest short,
ovate leaves. Flowers from May to Culture dc. as above.
XVIII. FRANKENIACEiE— Sea Heath Order
An order with only one genus (Frankenia) consisting of perennial herbs or
much-branched undershrubs with jointed nodes. The leaves are opposite,
small, without stipules, and the usually pink flowers are regular and herm-
aphrodite, being sessile in the division of the branches, and terminal, embosomed
in the leaves. Sepals 4-6, united in a furrowed tube. Petals alternate with
the sepals, hypogynous, clawed, often with appendages at the base of the
limb. Stamens, 6, sometimes 4, 5, or numerous, hypogynous, free, or slightly
connate at the base. Ovary 1-celled, many-seeded. Fruit 2-, 3-, or 4-valved,
enclosed by the calyx.
This order contains about 30 species chiefly natives of Northern Africa
and Southern Europe, although a few are indigenous to South Africa, New
Holland, and temperate Asia.
FRANKENIA laevis (Sea Heath). — This is a small creeping evergreen with pubes-
cent stems and wiry branches having oblong linear leaves with reflexed margins, and
small rose-coloured flowers which appear in July and August. It is found wild on
our southern sea coasts and the Channel Islands, and may be used in the rock garden.
Culture and Propagation. — -This species will thrive in ordinary garden soil, and
may be used in sunny and rather dry positions. It is most readily increased by
dividing the rootstocks in early autumn or in spring. Seeds may also be sown in cold
frames as soon as ripe, or in the open border in April and May, but they are more
easily attended to if sown in boxes or pans in a cold frame or greenhouse.
XIX. CARYOPHYLLE^— Carnation, Clove, and Pink Order
A large order containing from 800 to 1,200 species, natives chiefly of the cold
and temperate parts of the world. Annual or perennial herbs, rarely shrubby,
branches usually thickened, and sometimes jointed, at the nodes. Leaves
always opposite and entire, often connate at the base, often 1-3-nerved ;
stipules none, or if any small and scarious. Flowers hermaphrodite, rarely
unisexual by abortion. Sepals 4-5, persistent, distinct or cohering in a tube.
Petals 4-5, hypogynous or slightly perigynous, entire, or frequently split into
2 parts, sometimes minute, scale-like, or absent. Stamens (8-10) usually twice
as many as the petals, in two circles, of which the inner is often wanting ;
filaments awl-shaped. Fruit a 2-5-valved capsule with numerous seeds.
Placenta free, central.
DIANTHUS. — This is the genus to as many as 200 species were described
which Carnations, Pinks, and Sweet under it, but this number has been reduced
Williams belong botanically. At one time to about 70 by Bentham and Hooker.
DIANTHUS
CARNATION ORDER
DIANTHUS 239
They are chiefly perennial, occasionally
sub-shrubby herbs, with narrow grassy-
like glaucous leaves. Flowers terminal,
solitary, panicled, or clustered, often rose
or purple, rarely white or yellow. Calyx
tubular, 5-toothed, with imbricating bracts
at the base. Petals 5, with long claws,
the blade entire, many-toothed or cut, or
notched in two, hairy or smooth above, or
with claws produced into scales. Stamens
10, capsule cylindrical-oblong, rarely
ovoid, opening by 4 teeth or valves.
The following are some of the best
kinds in cultivation out of doors. Their
culture and propagation are the same
as those of the Carnation (Dianthus
Caryophylliis), the Pink (D. jdumarius)
and the Sweet William (D. bcvrbatus),
under each of which instructions will be
found.
D. alpestris. — A native of the Alpine
pastures of Europe, 6-9 in. high, with
linear-lanceolate leaves. Flowers in July,
red, usually in pairs ; petals emarginate.
Culture dc. the same as for D. ccesius
below, as well as notes for each species.
D. alpinus. — Native of the Austrian
Alps, 3-4 in. high. Leaves oblong-linear,
blunt, green. Flowers in summer, large,
deep rose spotted with crimson, solitary,
and very freely produced ; petals crenated.
Culture dc. the same as for D. ccesius
below.
D. arenarius. — Native of N. Europe.
Flowers in summer, white, with a livid
spot and purple hairs at the base of the
deeply divided petals.
Culture Se. the same as for D. ccesius
below.
D. atrorubens. — A species 1 ft. high,
native of S. and E. Europe, with 3-nerved
linear leaves. Flowers in summer, dark-
red, small, sessile, in clusters, with an
awned involucre.
Culture dc. the same as for D. ccesius
below.
D. barbatus (Sweet William). — The
type of the well-known Sweet William is
a native of S. and E. Europe, 1-2 ft. high,
with lance -shaped nerved leaves. Flowers
in summer, variously coloured, from dark
purple to white, in dense heads ; petals
bearded.
There are almost innumerable varieties
or forms of the Sweet William, and of late
years they have been much improved
from the florist's point of view. The
individual flowers are larger, more circular
in shape, thicker petalled, and have; the
colours more clearly defined. In what is
called the ' Auricula-eyed ' section, the
flowers have a clear white centre sur-
rounded by red, purple, or some other
deep, rich colour. There is also a section
in which the teeth of the petals are almost
if not quite obliterated, being called
' smooth-edged.' ' Self-coloured ' flowers
exist also, being either pure white, pink or
crimson. Put there are a vast number
of pretty flowers variously edged, spotted,
mottled &c, which remain. There is a
double dwarf variety called magn/ifieus,
with deep velvety crimson flowers, but
the other double kinds are not particularly
desirable. The forms known as fnlgens,
nigricans, Candidas, oculatus, margi/n-
alas, and nanus are all handsome, and
their peculiar features are expressed in
the names.
Culture and Propagation. — Sweet
Williams are easily raised from seeds
sown in the open border or in cold frames
as soon as ripe, or in spring about March
and April. The seedlings may be pricked
out when about 2 in. high into light rich
soil, and may be transplanted either in
early autumn or spring in mild showery
weather, according to the period at which
the seeds were sown.
Where plants are once established in a
garden any number of self-sown seeds will
come up every year. By thinning out or
transplanting into good soil six inches
apart about the end of September, the
plants will become well-established for the
winter and will flower freely the following
summer. Special varieties may be in-
creased by cuttings taken in early summer,
and inserted in rich sandy soil in a shaded
place. Transplant in September to the
flowering positions. The plants may also
be divided in September, but Sweet
Williams being better treated as biennials,
neither this mode of propagation nor
cuttings is much practised, except when
it is desired to keep some particularly fine
variety quite true.
D. bicolor. — A native of S. Russia, 1-2
ft. high, with awl-shaped leaves, the lower
ones woolly. Flowers in summer, white
above, lead-coloured beneath ; petals
dilated.
Culture dc. as for the next species D.
ccesius.
D. ca;sius (Cheddar Pink). — A very
glaucous species 3-G in. high, native of
240
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS dianthus
Britain (the limestone rocks of Cheddar).
Leaves of the barren shoots linear, blunt,
the upper ones of the flowering stems
acute. Flowers in June and July, 1 in.
across, fragrant, delicate rose ; petals
obovate, crenate, downy.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Cheddar Pink is a beautiful plant for
making a carpet at the edge of the flower
border, or may be used in masses in the
rockery. It likes a rich sandy soil and a
warm sheltered position to appear at its
best. It ripens seeds freely, and these
maybe sown in the same way as described
above for Sweet Williams (D. barbatus).
It is, however, much easier to increase the
plants simply by dividing them during
mild showery weather, either in early
autumn or in spring. Once established
the plants need not be disturbed for three
or four years unless they exhibit signs of
weakness. Besides seeds and division
most of the perennial species of Dianthus
may also be increased by cuttings and
layers in the same way as stated for
Carnations, p. 242.
D. callizonus. — A beautiful alpine
Pink, native of Transylvania, with a dense
tufted habit and lance-shaped pointed blue-
green leaves. It flowers profusely during
the siunmer months ; the rich rosy-purple
blossoms are lf-2 in. across, with a distinct
deep purple zone in the centre, and
scarcely overtop the bed of blue-green
foliage, but rather nestle amongst it.
Culture and Propagation. — This plant
does not apparently seed freely in the
British Islands, although it is perfectly
hardy. It may, however, be easily in-
creased by division in autumn or spring,
like D. ccesius, and also by means of
cuttings -placed in sandy soil. It is an
excellent rock plant.
D. Caryophyllus (Carnation; Clove;
Pink). — The Wild Carnation is naturalised
here and there on old castle walls in Eng-
land, and is also distributed all over Cen-
tral and E. Europe. It is a stout glaucous
smooth perennial, much branched and
leafy below, 18-24 in. high. Leaves 4-6
in. long, linear awl-shaped, grooved above.
Flowers in summer, li in. across, fragrant,
nearly every colour except blue, but rosy
in the type ; petals broadly obovate,
toothed and crenate.
CARNATIONS
The Carnation, like the Rose, has for
several centuries been a favourite garden
plant, and careful selection and cultivation
by generations of gardeners through these
long years have produced flowers so
beautiful in shape, and so diversified in
colour, that one can hardly imagine them
to be descended from such a simple plant
as D. Caryophyllus described above.
Carnations are divided into three mam
groups by florists, viz. :— Biz arres (sub-
divided into crimson, pink, and purple,
and scarlet-flowered) ; Flakes (subdivided
into purple, rose, and scarlet) ; and Selfs,
which as the name indicates have flowers
of a uniform colour of any shade through-
out.
The Bizarres are variously coloured
or spotted or striped, with two or three
distinct colours on a clear ground. The
Flakes have a pine ground flaked with
one colour only the entire length of the
petals.
Besides the Carnations proper, there is
also a very important and beautiful class
known as Picotees. These are easily
distinguished by having a ground colour,
the petals being edged wich a distinct and
striking colour. This edging may be
either 'heavy' or 'light,' and serves to
separate Picotees into two sections, in
each of which the edges may be either
purple, red. or rose ; in addition to
which are the ' Yellow ground ' Picotees,
a vigorous class in which the flowers are
various shades of yellow, buff and apricot,
sometimes marked on the edges, or with
lines radiating from centre to edge.
What are known as ' Tree or Per-
petual ' Carnations are usually grown
under glass for flowering in winter in
pots. They do not therefore come within
the scope of this work.
In the olden days, there was also a
section known as ' Painted Ladies,' in
which the under side of the petals was
white, and the upper side red or purple, as
if painted on the white. This class has
practically disappeared from cultivation
altogether, but the National Carnation
and Picotee Society may endeavour to
revive it some day.
The characteristics of a good Carnation
or Picotee flower may be said to consist
of a circular outline, with smooth and
rounded edges, regularity in size and
shape of the petals, and a calyx which
does not split. Where a tendency to
burst the tubular calyx exists, a thin
DIANTHUS
CARNATION OIIDEB
DIANTHUS 241
piece of raffia or worsted may be carefully
and not too tightly tied round it, so that
the (lower can open freely. It may be
mentioned that there are many Carnations
like the Tree section and others — which
have fringed or toothed petals, many of
them very beautiful.
Culture and Propagation. — This is
precisely the same as detailed for Carna-
tions below.
Marguerite Carnations. — A new and
distinct race remarkable for the rapidity
with which they produce their flowers
after sowing the seed. About 70 or 80
per cent, of the flowers (which are
beautifully fringed and of many charming
shades) come double. Seeds, if sown in
gentle heat in early spring, will produce
Mowers out of doors by July or August.
Or better still the seeds may be sown in
cold frames about August and September,
and after the seedlings have been pricked
out once, they may be grown in the cold
frames until the following April and May,
when they may be planted out in mild
weather. The plants should have as
much light and air as possible during the
winter months on all favourable occasions.
They are very useful for room decoration,
in a cut state.
'Jacks.' — This peculiar name is
applied to the large and vigorous growing
Carnations which are grown in hundreds
of thousands annually, chiefly to simply
the great trade done in them by coster -
niongers. There is no doubt whatever
that nearly 100 per cent, of the amateurs
who buy these plants do so in the belief
that they are obtaining some very choice
double-flowered kinds, such as they see in
florists' windows or in other amateurs'
gardens. These ' Jacks ' are mostly
single-flowered Carnations, raised from
seeds in spring, and afterwards planted
out and grown on until the following
spring. They are then taken up for sale,
and as they are apparently remarkably
cheap, they find a ready sale among
cottagers and the uninitiated. As a rule,
however, the purchasers are disappointed
when the plants bloom, owing to the
prevalence of single flowers among them.
CULTIVATION
Although there are naturally many
ailures in Carnation growing, the plants
are not really difficult to grow. The
failures usually result from too much
coddling and shifting about, and never
allowing the plants to have a fair chance.
Of course where plants have been accus-
tomed to the protection of frames during
the winter, and grown in pots, they are
not nearly so hardy and vigorous as those
grow ii without any protection, and what
is worse, they are not so well able to ward
off or withstand the attacks of insect and
fungoid pests. Of late years great efforts
have been made to secure a really hardy
race of Carnations, for the flower garden,
and there are now a large number of
varieties which will grow without any
protection in winter in almost any part
of the British Isles. Where, however,
any one does not wish to run risks with
extra fine varieties whose actual hardiness
has not been tested by experience, it may
be well to give some slight shelter ; but
the hardiness or otherwise should be
tested as soon as a plant can be easily
spared for the experiment.
Soil. — The best soil for Carnations is
a rich loamy one, with plenty of leaf
soil, and a portion of well-rotted stable
manure, and enough coarse sand to keep
it open. Light hot soils are quite unsuit-
able for Carnations, and should be well
enriched with leaf soil, farmyard and
other vegetable manure with a view to
making it cooler and more retentive of
moisture. Soil should always be well
dug some time before planting except in
cases where the plants succeed a totally
distinct crop.
Mann re. — This should never be
applied in a fresh state, and certainly not
to the roots when planting. It is best
applied in a rotten state and as a mulch
on top of the soil in spring. Soot is an
excellent fertdiser ; it tends to give the
foliage a fine 'bloom,' and is also more
or less obnoxious to slugs, snails &c.
Various artificial manures, such as nitrate
of soda and sulphate of ammonia, are also
beneficial, but their use is attended with
great risk — the inclination for a beginner
being to give an overdose which would
probably kill the plants. If given at all,
these are best in a liquid form, say a tea-
spoonful to a gallon or two of water.
Planting and Layering. — Late plant-
ing is responsible for many deaths during
the winter. In Scotland planting should
be finished by the first or second week of
September, and practically about the
same period in England and Ireland.
In order to be able to do this the layers
should also have been made at a period
242
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS dianthus
correspondingly early — say the first and
second weeks of July — thus giving them
about 3 full months to become established
plants.
The benefits of layering and planting
early are obvious. The plants are well
leaved and their roots well established in
the soil before winter sets in. They are
thus in a position to resist the frost ;
they bloom earlier in spring, and the
chances are that the flowers are not only
finer, but in much greater abundance
than from later planted specimens.
An important point to remember in
connection with planting is not to insert
the plants too deeply in the soil. Spread
out the roots carefully and cover them
firmly, but do not bury the stems beyond
half an inch or so. If in rows, the plants
should be about 9 in. apart, with at least
a foot between the rows, to allow of
hoeing &c. in spring.
Staking .— Each plant should be pro-
vided with a stake about 3 ft. high at
time of planting, and the stems should be
neatly tied, so that they do not chafe
when blown about by the wind. Atten-
tion to staking is essential, otherwise the
branches and blooms will straggle about
in the dirt, and be more or less worth-
less.
Position. — Perhaps the most natural
and ornamental way to dispose of Carna-
tions is to plant them in groups, large or
small according to the space available.
They are thus seen to better advantage
when in bloom, and it is easier to notice
their general peculiarities, than if planted
here and there in isolated specimens.
Where possible the plants should be so
placed as to be sheltered from the north
and east, and fully exposed to the west,
and more or less partially shaded from
the summer sun when facing south.
About 9 in. to 12 in. apart will not be too
crowded for the plants.
PROPAGATION
Carnations are increased by seeds,
layers, and cuttings — the latter being
known as ' pipings.'
Seeds are usually sown in April and
May in pots or shallow pans. The soil
should be rather finely sifted, and com-
posed of loam, leaf soil and silver sand.
It is best to carefully place the seeds
about £ in. apart, slightly cover them
with soil, and place in a cold frame
after watering with a fine-rosed can.
When about 6 leaves have developed, the
seedlings may be pricked out round the
edges of a pot or in a shallow box, about
2 in. apart in a similar compost. As
soon as the plants are 3-4 in. high, they
may be pricked out into beds or borders,
about 4 in. apart, and by the first week
of September they should be fine sturdy
plants fit for removing to their flowering
positions. It should be borne in mind
that Carnations from seed are liable to
vary a good deal, and that many of the
flowers will be single, and others poor in
quality. Still there is a possibility of a
really fine variety appearing among them,
in which case it should be carefully
labelled and kept for stock.
Layering is perhaps the most common
method of increasing Carnations and
Picotees. As stated above, layers should
be made by the first and second week of
July with a view to getting strong estab-
lished plants before winter. A fresh
compost like that in which the seeds are
sown should be placed round the base of
each plant, about 2 in. deep. The leaves
of the lower portion of each shoot to be
layered should be stripped off, leaving
about 3 or 4 leafy joints above. A slit
should then be made lengthwise with a
sharp knife, just below a joint which is
neither too woody nor too tender or sappy,
taking care not to sever the shoot from
the plant, but about halfway through, so
as to form a tongue. The shoot thus cut
should then be carefully pegged down
with a piece of bracken stem, or a hair-pin.
in such a way that the cut is left open and
the tongue is firmly fixed in the soil. A
little more compost should then be placed
over the pegged portion of the shoot.
When every branch has been treated in
the same way, the soil should then be
well watered, using a fine-rosed can, and
in a month or so the layers will be
rooted. By the first or second week of
September they may be severed and
transplanted. The sketch at p. 59
will show at a glance the way in which
the shoot of a Carnation or Picotee may
be layered.
Pipings or Cuttings. — Carnations in-
creased by this method are never quite
so good as those from layers, but it is
employed in the case of rare or special
kinds to obtain stock more quickly, or
when the shoots are too short and
numeroiis for layering. The pipings
should be taken with a ' heel ' or cut off at
DIANTHUS
CARNATION ORDER
DIANTHUS 243
a joint which is fairly well ripened, but
not woody. They should then be firmly
inserted in a fine sandy compost, well
watered, and placed in a close and shaded
frame, for 3 or 4 weeks, after which they
may receive plenty of air, and will be
ready for transplanting at the season
recommended.
In the case of layers and cuttings, the
tops of the outer leaves are often snipped
off with the knife. It is then easy to
see when new leaves are forming, as of
course their tips will not be mutilated.
The thin lines across the leaves in the
sketcli show how the tips are cut off.
Thinning the buds. — With the ex-
ception of those who make a business
of exhibiting Carnations for prizes, the
practice of removing some of the flower
buds is seldom or never practised. By
reducing the number of flowers to each
stem, and even by cutting out a whole
flower stem now and again, the flowers
left will certainly be much finer and fuller
when developed.
When Carnations are continuously
grown on the same soil, or on cold heavy
land, or too closely together, they become
more or less subject to various diseases.
And some varieties which thrive in the
south are miserable failures in the north,
and vice versa.
The Carnation Rust (Uromgces
Caryophilinus) appears on the stern or
leaf as a pale raised pustule, over which
the epidermis soon breaks, hanging round
the edges in a ragged state, revealing the
brown powdery reproductive spores of the
fungus. These may be blown or washed
from plant to plant, spreading the disease
rapidly, when in a proper state for
germinating. It may be checked by
finely spraying with sulphide of potas-
sium, dissolving one ounce to 10 gallons
of water.
Leaf spot is a troublesome disease
often caused by a damp atmosphere or
over-crowding. It appears on the leaves
and stems as a more or less circular
purplish spot with a whitish centre, the
latter being often dotted with black by
the fruiting portions of the fungus. The
fungus enters the tissues of the plant
rather deeply, and the spores which are
produced in great abundance are rapidly
distributed by wind and water. It does
not, however, attack all varieties with
equal virulence. The plants may be
dusted with a mixture of soot and
sulphur, or sprayed with sulphide of
potassium as recommended for rust.
Gout is a disease which attacks the stems
close to the ground, and is supposed to be
caused by ' eel-worms ' which enter the
plant to lay their eggs, out of which
conic other worms to feed upon the plant
and kill it. Plants grown in too rich a
soil, and making sappy growth, are more
subject to attacks than others.
The maggot is a pest which often
attacks Carnations. The eggs are laid in
the tissues of the leaf, and the young
insects eat their way down the main
stem to the centre and kill the plant.
The plants should be carefully watched,
and the eggs destroyed between finger and
thumb wherever discovered.
Spittle-fly is easily seen. It appears
when the plants are in bud, and should
be squeezed to death between the finger
and thumb.
D. chinensis (X). sinensis). — Chinese or
I ml in a Tink. — A Chinese biennial 6-12 in.
high, with pale green lance-shaped leaves.
Flowers in summer, usually reddish, but
very variable in colour, either single or
double, with toothed petals. Among the
many forms of D. chdnensis, the following
may be noted as distinct : — albus, flowers
double, white ; carneus, flowers double,
flesh-coloured; fulgens. flowers double,
brilliant scarlet crimson; nanus albus,
ii. atro-sang u ineus, and n. flore pleno, all
dwarf forms ; laeiniatus is a fine Japanese
form with very blue-green foliage and
flowers about 2 in. across, remarkable for
having the petals deeply incised or jagged
almost half the length of the blade. The
variety Gardneri is a native of China, it
has very large flowers with finely cut
petals. The variety Atkinsoni is a beau-
tiful old-fashioned hybrid Pink, with deep
blood-red flowers. It does not ripen seed,
and is rather difficult to increase by
division or cuttings. D. Heddeiveggi is
a beautiful annual or biennial with
variously coloured flowers — single and
double. Very useful for borders in
summer. The forms of Heddeiveggi
known as atropurpureus and diadematus
flore plena are very distinct and worth a
place in the flower border.
Culture and Propagation. — D. chin-
ensis and its varieties may be treated as
tender annuals or biennials. As annuals
the seeds may be sown about March in
r 2
244
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS dianthus
gentle heat in light and rich well -drained
soil. When about 2 in. high the young
plants may be pricked out into other boxes
about 2 in. apart, and grown on under
glass until the end of May or beginning
of June. In the meantime they must
have plenty of light and air, and be
gradually hardened off so as to be ready
for the outdoor garden at the time stated.
Besides sowing under glass, the seeds may
also be sown in the open border in April
and May in patches, where the plants are
to bloom eventually. In this case the
seedlings are to be thinned out about 6 to
8 in. apart, as if transplanted at that late
period the plants will hardly come into
bloom the same season, except in the south
and west.
D. cinnabarinus. — A free-growing
species, native of Greece, with tufts of
linear leaves. The flowers appear in
summer, and are a beautiful orange or
cinnabar-red.
Culture dc. as for D. deltoides.
D. cruentus. — Native of E. Europe.
Leaves linear lance-shaped, very acute,
lower ones tufted. Flowers in summer,
small, numerous, blood-red, scarlet ; petals
toothed, bearded near base with scattered
reddish-violet hairs.
Culture dc. as for D. deltoides.
D. deltoides (Maiden Pink). — A much
branched British perennial 6-9 in. high.
Leaves narrow lance- shaped, downy, the
lower ones blunt. Flowers from June to
September, f in. across, rarely 2 together,
rose-coloured, with a dark circle spotted
with white, or white in the variety albus.
Calyx smooth, strongly ribbed.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Maiden Pink is excellent for carpeting
borders and rockeries with its dense
masses of leaves and flowers. It likes a
rich sandy soil and a warm sheltered
position to appear at its best. It ripens
seeds freely, and these may be sown in
the same way as described above for
Sweet Williams (D. barbatus). It is,
however, much easier to increase the
plants simply by dividing them during
mild showery weather, either in early
autumn or in spring. Once established,
the plants need not be disturbed for three
or four years unless they exhibit signs of
weakness. Besides seeds and division
most of the perennial species of Dianthus
may also be increased by cuttings and
layers in the same way as stated for
Carnations.
D. dentosus (Amoor PinTt). — -A native
of S. Rtissia, 6 in. high. Leaves rather
broadly linear, sometimes slightly wavy,
glaucous, tinged with a reddish hue,
especially in autumn. Flowers in sum-
mer, violet-lilac, more than 1 in. across,
with a regular dark spot formed of purple
streaks at the base of each petal, produ-
cing a dark eye in the centre. Petals
toothed at the edge, bearded at the base.
Culture d-c. as for D. deltoides. The
Amoor Pink seems to have crossed readily
with some of the other species, as there
are now several varieties of it in cultiva-
tion, some with double or semi-double
flowers, all larger than those of the type.
These double-flowered forms are mostly
sterile and do not produce seed. They
must, therefore, be increased by division.
D. fimbriatus. — Native of Spain, 1 ft.
high, with awl- shaped, roughish leaves.
Flowers in summer, rosy, solitary. Petals
oblong, multifidly toothed, beardless,
somewhat like those of D. superbus.
Culture dc. as for D. superbus below.
D. Fischeri. — A somewhat rare Rus-
sian species 7-10 in. high, with stiff lance-
shaped serrulated leaves. Flowers in
summer, light rose, with petals much cut
or feathered at the edge, almost beardless
at the base.
Culture dc. as above for D. deltoides.
D. fragrans. — Native of the Caucasus,
6-9 in. high, with awl-shaped, rough-
edged leaves. Flowers from July to
September, white, fragrant, suffused with
purple. Petals somewhat cut, beardless.
Culture dc. as above for D. deltoides.
D. Freyni. — A beautiful perennial of
garden origin, forming dense masses or
cushions of foliage, and producing in early
summer, and often again in autumn,
bright rosy-carmine flowers, about f in.
across, sitting close to the grassy foliage,
the entire plant being not more than 2 in.
high altogether.
Culture dc. as above. This pretty
little plant is apt to rot off at the ground
if placed too low down. It does not
spread by means of suckers like some
other species, and is best propped up
between two or three pieces of limestone
rock, so that water will pass readily away
from it. As slugs are rather partial to it
a watch must be kept for them.
DIANTHUS
C 1 UNA TION ORDER
DIANTHUS 245
D. fruticosus. — A shrubby -stemmed
species 1-2 ft. high, native of the Grecian
Archipelago. Leaves bluntly obovate
lance-shaped. Flowers in summer, dark
in the centre, rose at the edge, white and
hairy at the base.
Culture dc. as above for D. deltoides.
D. gallicus. — Native of France, Spain
and Portugal, about 6 in. high, with
linear, somewhat ciliated leaves. Flowers
in summer, white, dull purple at the base.
Petals much cut and toothed.
Culture (/c. as above for D. deltoides.
D. giganteus. - A native of E. Europe
2 4 ft. high, with long linear leaves con-
nate at the base. Flowers in summer,
purple, numerous, in hemispherical heads,
supported by leafy bracts.
Cult air (!■<-. as above for D. deltnides.
D. glacialis (Glacier Pink). — A native
of Central and S.VY. Europe, 2-4 in.
high, with short erect tufted stems, and
linear acute serrulated green leaves.
Flowers in summer, small, purple, scent-
less ; petals toothed.
( 'ulture </<■. ;is above for D. barbatus.
This species is best raised from seeds,
as it often dies out when pulled to pieces.
It does best in crevices in the rockery in
peat soil, mixed with nodules of rock for
support.
D. Holtzeri. — A fine species from
Turkestan. Leaves linear lance-shaped.
Flowers pink, about 1 \ in. across ; petals
more or less fringed.
Culture und Propagation. — This
comes very near D. superb us, and is
probably only a variety of it. It requires
the same treatment and may be increased
like D. superbus. The following forms
have been noted: dent at us, with sharply
toothed petals; ebarbatus, with paler
flowers than the type, and scarcely any
hairs in the throat; fimbriatus, with
fringed petals, and flaccidus, with weak
decumbent stems and rosy-purple flowers.
D. Knappi. — A very disthict species
about 1 ft. high, native of Eastern Europe.
It is closely related to D. liburnicus, and
has narrow lance-shaped leaves. The
flowers appear in July and August and
resemble those of a Sweet William. They
are, however, remarkable for being of
a clear primrose-yellow, and therefore
singular and interesting among single-
flowered Dianthuses.
Culture <{-c. as above for D. deltoides.
D. latifolius. — The native country of
this species is unknown. It is about 1.]
ft. high, with oblong lance-shaped leaves,
and somewhat resembles the Sweet
William in habit. Flowers in summer,
pink, in clusters.
Culture <(<■. as for D. chinensis and
D. barbatus above. The plant described
here is possibly a variety of the Indian
Pink or the Sweet William.
D. liburnicus {D. Balbisi). — A glaucous
plant 1 2 ft. high, with angular stems,
and lance-shaped linear leaves. Flowers
in summer, red, almost sessile, in capitate
clusters. Native of S. Europe.
Culture <tc. as above for D. deltoides.
D. monspessulanus {Montpelier Pink).
A native of S. and E. Europe, 6-12 in.
high. Leaves linear, serrulate. Flowers
in summer, red or white, solitary ; petals
digitately cut, smooth in the throat.
Culture dc. as above for D. ccesius.
D. neglectus. — A lovely alpine Pink,
no.tive of the Pyrenees, the high Alps of
Pauphiny &c\, and closely related to the
Glacier Pink. D. glacialis. In its native
state it only reaches a height of 1 -3 in.,
but in cultivation often as much as (5 8 in.
It has a strong sturdy habit, forming tufts
of rather blue-green grassy foliage. The
beautiful and brilliant deep rosy flowers,
quite an inch across, appear in summer
and have the petals attractively mitred or
serrated at the edge, the backs of the
petals being of a nankeen colour.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species, if grown in sandy well-drained
soil, even if rather poor, will stand almost
any winter. It flowers very freely and is
easily increased by division of the tufts or
by means of seeds, which ripen in favour-
able seasons, and should be sown in cold
frames at once, or even in the rockery
under a sheet of glass.
D. pallidiflorus. — A Russian species
6 in. high, forming dense branching tufts.
Leaves linear, pointed, flat, sessile.
Flowers late in summer, purple -rose,
numerous, solitary.
Culture dec. as above for D. deltoides.
D. petraeus (Rock Pink). — Native
of E. Europe, 1-6 in. high, with smooth
awl- shaped, entire leaves. Flowers in
summer, fine rose, numerous, usually
solitary ; petals beardless, cut at the
246
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS dianthus
edges. There is a pretty form with
double flowers called flore plcno.
Culture dtc. as above for D. deltoides.
D. plumarius {Garden Pink; Pheasant's
Eye). — This is supposed to be the origin
of all the Garden Pinks. It is a glaucous
plant 9-12 in. high, native of Eastern
Europe, and naturalised on old walls in
various parts of England. Leaves linear,
rough-edged. Flowers in summer, white,
purple, either single or double, spotted or
variegated ; petals bearded, jagged. The
variety called serotinus blooms somewhat
later than the type, and flore pleno has
double creamy-white flowers.
Garden Pinks have always been great
favourites owing to the great freedom in
which they produce their beautiful sweet-
scented flowers, their dwarf, tufted habit,
and their great hardiness, surpassing in
this respect the Carnation.
Culture and Propagation. — Pinks
may be propagated by exactly the same
methods as recommended for Carnations,
viz. by seeds, layers, and cuttings
(pipings). The latter method is usually
adopted, as many of the varieties are too
short, close and tufted to readily admit of
layers being made. The mode of pro-
cedure is the same as for Carnations
(see p. 242).
In June or July, when the stems are
fairly well ripened, cuttings, or ' pipings '
will readily root in light sandy soil under
handlights if placed in a cool and shaded
part of the garden. When well rooted,
the plants may be transferred to their
flowering positions, but all planting should
be finished by the end of September at
least. If plants are moved much after
October it is safer to winter them in cold
frames, as they will not have had sufficient
time to enable them to develop new
roots and become established before the
approach of winter.
Soil similar to that for Carnations is
also best for Pinks. The latter, how-
ever, do not like too much moisture at
the roots, and where possible the Pink
beds or borders should be somewhat
raised above the ordinary level. Top
dressings of rotted manure, spent mush-
room beds &c. are very beneficial in
spring and summer, and water must not
be lacking in the hot weather. Where
particularly fine flowers are required,
some of the blooms may be pinched off,
leaving the most likely ones only to develop.
Pinks are usually divided into two
classes, viz. Show or Laced Pinks, and
Border Pinks. The latter are most suit-
able for outdoor cultivation, but are also
forced a good deal in greenhouses for
early bloom. The ' Show ' or ' Laced '
varieties are grown under glass especially
for exhibition purposes. The following is
a selection of the best Pinks for outdoor
cultivation : —
WHITE-FLOWERED VARIETIES
Alba maxima, large border variety,
fine for bouquets ; Albino, an improve-
ment upon Snowflake, almost like a
Carnation, fine full flower ; Alice Lee,
Carnation, Fairy King, Her Majesty,
pure white of exceptional size : in the
opinion of some, the very best ; Mrs.
Sinkins, fine border variety, fine for
bouquets ; Mrs. Welsli and S?iotvflake, the
latter a lovely variety with branching
steins ; it rarely bursts.
Anne Boleyn, rose -purple; Ascot,
pink ; Bertha, white, rosy centre ; Boiard,
very large, white, bright red lacing;
Conqueror, dark red, laced ; Empress of
India, white, laced purple; Ernest, red,
broad lacing, large ; Ernest Ladhams,
light pink with deeper centre, flowers as
large as a Malmaison ; a fine novelty,
wonderfully free ; John Ball, dark plum-
purple ; Lena, rosy-purple ; Lorina, pink ;
Loivlander, red ; Masterpiece, purple-
maroon ; Minnie, bright red ; Modesty,
white, rose centre, evenly laced ; Mrs.
Pettifer, white, purple centre, heavily
laced ; Professor, red ; Sarah, fine white,
darky velvety red centre, perfect ;
Vigilant, red.
D. ramosissimus {Bush Pink). — A
free-flowering species, 6 in. high, native
of Tartary, with linear pointed leaves.
Flowers in late summer, purple -rose, on
wiry stems.
Culture <ic. as above for D. deltoides.
D. Seguieri. — A native of S. and E.
Europe, Asia &c, about 1 ft. high.
Flowers in summer, rose-purple.
Culture and Propagation. — This
comes very close to D. dentosus, and is
probably only a variety of it. It may be
grown under similar conditions and in-
creased in the same way.
D. semperflorens. — This is the name
given to a comparatively new race of
Garden Pinks, supposed to be the result of
DIANTHUS
CARNATION OLD HI:
DKYPIS 247
a natural crossing between D. Cargo-
phyllus and D. chvnensis. They are very
elegant in habit and flower profusely, the
colours ranging from pure white to deep
rose and carmine, the petals of some
varieties being prettily striped and
marked. The plants are branching in
habit, and about 12 18 in. high, the
stems being clothed with long lance-
shaped leaves. The Mowers are slightly
fragrant and continue to appear until
cut down by severe frosts. In a cut state
they last a long time in water.
Culture and Propagation. This race
grows well in ordinary good garden soil,
and the plants may be readily increased
by dividing the roots in early autumn or
spring. They may also be increased by
means of cuttings in the same way as
Carnations (see above, p. 241) at almost
any season, but preferably about May and
June.
D. squarrosus. — A species 6 in. high,
native of S. Russia, with stiff, short,
recurved, awl-shaped leaves, furrowed
above. Flowers in summer, white, finely
lagged at the edges.
Culture dtc. as above for J>. deltoides.
D. suavis (Sweet Pink). — -The native
country of this species is unknown. It
grows about 6 in. high, and has linear,
glaucous leaves. Flowers in summer,
sweet-scented, pink, with bearded and
deeply serrated petals.
Cult irre dtc. as above for D. deltoides.
D. superbus (Fringed Pink). — A native
of Europe and Asia, 9-18 in. high.
Leaves bright green, linear lance-shaped,
acute. Flowers in summer, rosy or
reddish ; petals divided beyond the middle,
feathery, bearded at the base.
Culture and Propagation. — This
charming and distinct species is not only
remarkable for its beautifully fringed
petals, but also for the sweet fragrance of
its blossoms. Grown in masses in the
rockery or flower border it makes a fine
display during the summer months. It
flourishes in ordinary good and well-
drained garden soil, but prefers that of a
rather light rich sandy and calcareous
nature. It may be raised from seeds
every year exactly in the same way as
recommended for D. chvnensis above.
D. virgineus. — A plant 6-12 in. high,
native of S.W. Europe, with tufted, linear,
serrulate, stiffish leaves. Flowers in
summer, red, with crenated petals.
Culture dtc. as above for D. deltoides.
TUNICA. — A genus containing about
10 species of graceful slender and some-
what rigid or wiry stemmed herbs,
smaller than Dianthus, and having
narrow leaves. Flowers like those of
Dianthus but smaller, cymose-paniculate,
collected into a close or rounded head.
Calyx top-shaped, or elongate-tubular,
bluntly 5-toothed, 5-15-nerved, usually
with a pair of imbricating bracts at the
base. Petals 5, long-clawed ; blade refuse
or emarginately bifid, without scales.
Stamens 10. Torus small, or rarely pro-
duced on a short stalk. Ovary 1-celled ;
styles 2. Capsule ovoid or oblong, open-
ing at the apex by 4 teeth or valves.
T. Saxifraga. — A small perennial "2 '■>
in. high, found wild in dry stony parts of
the Alps and Pyrenees. Leaves narrow,
lineal-, acute, roughish. Flowers in July,
rose, freely produced in loose forked
panicles. Seedling forms often exhibit
a good deal of variation in colour, and the
Mowers also come double or semi-double.
Culture and Propagation. — This is
the species generally met with in gardens.
It will grow in poor soil almost any-
where, and is useful for the chinks and
holes in old walls, ruins &c, or for the
rock garden. It may be increased by
carefully dividing the numerous wiry
branches with their roots in spring.
Indeed, this is the only sure way to retain
the characteristics of any particularly fine
seminal variation. Seeds, however, are
freely produced, and may be sown out of
doors in warm sheltered and weh\drained
places or in cold frames, as soon as ripe,
if extra strong plants are desired for early
summer flowering. Seeds may also be
sown in gentle heat about March, after-
wards pricking the seecilings out and
growing on until the end of May, when
they may be put out of doors. Or seeds
may be sown in patches where the plants
are to bloom, in April and May, afterwards
thinning the plants out 6-9 in. apart. By
sowing seeds at intervals in this way
blooming is considerably extended.
DRYPIS. — This genus contains only
the following species, a native of the
Mediterranean region : —
D. spinosa. — A pretty little herbaceous
perennial about 6 in. high, with very
rigid 4-sided stems, and stiff awl-shaped
248
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS gypsophila
spinescent leaves. Flowers in early
summer, small, pink or white, in dense
cymes, with spinescent bracteoles and
calyx teeth. Calyx tubular, 5-toothed.
rnany-nerved. Petals 5. narrowly clawed,
blade bifid, without scales. Stamens 5.
Torus small. Styles 3, rarely 2 or 4.
Culture and Propagation. — This plant
is well suited for rockwork, and in sandy
soil produces its pale pink or white
flowers in great profusion. It is increased
by cuttings put in sandy soil under a hand-
glass, or by seed sown in spring — about
March — in gentle heat. When the seed-
lings are large enough to handle, it is
well to prick them out into their flowering
positions as soon as the weather is favour-
able. They should be well watered until
fairly established.
GYPSOPHILA.— A genus contain-
ing about 50 species of very graceful
annual or perennial, usually glaucous
and slightly glandulose, pubescent herbs,
with flat or rarely needle-shaped leaves.
Flowers usually small and numerous,
panicled, calyx more or less tubular or
bell-shaped, o-toothed or 5-fid, broadly
5-nerved. Petals 5, narrow-clawed, with
an entire or emarginate, scaleless blade.
Torus small. Stamens 10. Styles 2, or
very rarely 3. Capsule globose or ovoid,
deeply 4-valved.
Culture and Propagation. — Gypso-
philas thrive in ordinary garden soil, with
which a little lime or brick rubbish may
be mixed. They are easily increased
from seeds, bixt the perennial kinds take
quite a year to make sood flowering plants.
The annual kinds like G. elegans flower
the same year — about June and July — if
the seeds are sown out of doors about the
beginning of April. The perennial species
may also be increased by cuttings taken
from the young side shoots in summer, or
in autumn by dividing the rootstocks. All
the Gypsophilas, however, are better in-
creased fi'orn seed, and several sowings
may be made out of doors of the annual
kinds to keep up a supply of bloom.
G. arenaria. — A perennial species,
native of Central Europe, in sandy,
gravelly soil, about 1 ft. high, with rather
fleshy, smooth, flat, linear leaves.
Flowers in summer, pale red, in dense
long corymbs ; petals rarely notched.
Culture dc. as for G. paniculata
below. Increased by seeds, cuttings, or
division.
G. Arrosti. — A beautiful perennial
2^-3 ft. high, native of Asia Minor. Its
light and graceful stems have fleshy grey-
green lance-shaped leaves about 1\ in.
long, and the small white flowers appear
in August in immense panicles when those
of G. paniculata have disappeared.
Culture dc. as for G. pcmiculata
below. This is a new species and well
worth growing to follow on after G.
paniculata.
G. cerastioides. — A Himalayan peren-
nial over 3 ft. high, with erect 4-sided
stems. Leaves hairy on both sides, with
ciliated edges ; lower leaves spoon-shaped,
with long stalks, abruptly pointed.
Flowers in early summer, white, red-
veined ; petals notched.
Culture dc. as for G. pcmiculata
below. It is perfectly hardy and forms
neat cushions of foliage.
G. elegans. — A charming Caxicasian
annual, 12-18 in. high, with slender much-
branched knotted stems and opposite blue-
green more or less linear lance-shaped
leaves. The small, beautiful flowers, less
than half an inch across, are pure white,
sometimes faintly striped with violet or
reddish -purple. They are borne during
the sunnner and autumn in graceful
forked panicles, which have a light and
airy effect— a mass of white starry flowers
over a blue -green ground.
The specific name is very appropriate,
and G. elegans is highly valued for floral
decorations. This species has recently
been crossed with the perennial G.
paniculata, and has produced an inter-
mediate hybrid resembling G. paniculata
in blossom, but G. elegans in habit.
Culture dc. as above. Raised from
seeds sown two or three times annually
in the open border.
G. fastigiata. — A European perennial
about 1 ft. high, with rather fleshy, linear,
smooth, flat leaves. Flowers in July,
pale red, petals rarely notched.
Culture dc. as for G. paniculata
below.
G. glauca. — A perennial about 18 in.
high, native of the Caucasus, with downy,
clammy branches, and rather fleshy,
bluntly linear, lance-shaped leaves.
Flowers in summer, white, in straggling
panicles.
Culture dc. as for G. paniculata
below.
GYPSOI'HILA
CARNATION ORDER
SAPONARIA 249
G. paniculata. — A beautifully light and
graceful perennial, forming a dense com-
pact bush 2-3 ft. high, native of Europe.
Sterns much branched, knotty, smooth
and glistening, very slender and fragile.
Leaves linear, lance- shaped, opposite,
without stalks. Flowers during the
summer, small, white, very numerous,
borne on stiffish threadlike stalks.
Culture dud Propagation. — Although
this species may be increased by dividing
the thickish roots in spring, it is as a rule
better to raise the plants from seeds.
These may be sown thinly out of doors in
April and May hi a warm and not ten
sunny border with finely prepared soil.
As soon as the plants are large enough to
handle easily they may lie pricked out
into another bed, afterwards keeping them
well watered and shaded until established.
By the end of September, or in mild
weather in spring, the young plants ma\
be moved to their flowering positions in
the flower border. They will not bloom
so well the first and second year as after-
wards, but once established they produce
immense clouds of blossom annually,
and are very valuable for cutting for
bouquets, room decoration kc, either in
masses by themselves or mixed with other
Mowers.
G. perfoliata. — A perennial H-3 ft.
high, native of S.W. Europe. Leaves
smooth, lance-shaped, acute, more or less
stem-clasping. Flowers in sttmmer, pink,
in forked clammy panicles.
Culture tic. as for G. paniculata.
G. repens. — This is a pretty perennial
species 8-6 in. high, native of the Euro-
pean Alps, with smooth linear leaves,
and white or rose-coloured flowers from
July to September, borne in 3-forked
corymb-like clusters.
( 'ulture dc. as above for G. paniculata.
A very useful plant for the rockery.
G. scorzoneraefolia. — A Crimean peren-
nial 1-3 ft. high. Leaves lance-shaped
acute, more or less stem-clasping, 3-5-
nerved and 3-4 in. long. Flowers from
July to September, white, numerous, in
slightly clammy panicles.
Culture dc. as above for G. panicu-
lata.
G. Steveni. — A Caucasian perennial 1-
2 ft. high, with linear lance-shaped, keeled,
gray leaves, nearly all radical. Flowers
from July to September, white, panicled ;
petals broadly linear, blunt, not notched.
Culture dc. as above for Q. panicu-
lata.
G. viscosa. — This pretty annual is a
native of the East. It resembles G.
elegans in height and appearand-, and
has been considered simply as a rosv-
flowered form of that species. It differs,
however, in having a more blue-green
appearance and more knotted and leafy
stems. The Mowers are borne on shorter
and more erect stalks, and are white
Mushed with rose, and slightly fragrant.
There are other minor differences, among
which may be mentioned the elamminess
of the stems, and the somewhat broader
and rather stem-clasping leaves.
Culture dc. as above for G. elegans-.
SAPONARIA (Fuller's Brbb;
Soapwort). — A genus containing about
30 species, some of which are annual, with
a habit like the Gyvsophilaf,, and some
perennial with growth like the Silcnes.
Calyx ovoid or oblong tubular, 5-toothed,
obscurely nerved. Petals 5, narrow-clawed,
with an entire or notched blade, scaly or
not at the base. Stamens 10. Styles 2
or very rarely 3.
Culture and Propagation. — Sapo-
narias grow well in sandy, loamy, well-
drained soil and may be utilised in the
rock garden, borders, edges of shrubberies,
waste places, old banks &c. The perennial
species are easily increased by seeds or by
dividing the roots. The seeds of annual
and biennial kinds should be sown in
April and May in the places where the
plants are to bloom, or earlier in the year
on a hotbed or warm greenhouse, after-
wards transferring the seedlings to the
open air about the end of May.
S. caespitosa. — A pretty alpine peren-
nial 3-6 in. high, native of the Pyrenees.
Leaves in dense tufts, smooth, rather thick,
linear, rough at the edges, keeled behind.
Flowers in summer, bright rose, some-
what umbellate ; petals obovate, entire,
with 2 awl-shaped scales at the throat.
Culture dc. as for S. officinalis below.
This species makes a good carpeting be-
neath taller plants, but although it likes
shade and shelter must not be suffocated
with coarser plants.
S. calabrica. — A beautiful annual 6-12
in. high, native of Calabria, with erect,
forked stems. Leaves obovate spoon-
shaped, usually 1 -nerved, smooth or
250
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS saponaria
slightly downy, with ciliated edges.
Flowers in late summer, beautiful rose,
with rounded petals, narrowed at the base,
and borne on forked branches. The in-
flated reddish calyx is usually hidden by
the upper leaves after flowering. There
is a variet}' with white flowers, and a
dwarf compact one with deep rose ones.
Culture and Propagation. — Seeds of
this species and its varieties may be
sown in gentle heat in March, afterwards
pricking out the seedlings into shallow
boxes, and growing them on under glass
until the end of May, when they may be
placed out of doors in masses, allowing
about 6 in. apart each way between every
plant. Seeds may also be sown out of
doors in April and May where the plants
are to bloom. When the seedlings are
large enough, they may be thinned out
about 6 in. apart as above. From the
beginning to the end of September seeds
may also be sown in the open border and
the plants will survive an ordinary mild
winter except in the bleakest parts of the
kingdom. Plants raised from seeds sown
at this period are much larger and bloom
earlier the following year than those from
spring-sown seeds.
S. glutinosa. — A biennial about 18 in.
high, native of E. Europe, with ovate 3-
nerved leaves. Flowers in summer, blood-
red, with minute petals deeply notched
at the apex and scales at the throat.
Culture dc. as above for S. calabrica.
S. lutea. — A pretty perennial 3-6 in.
high, native of the Alps, with linear leaves
ciliated at the base. Flowers from June
to August, yellow, in heads ; calyx woolly,
with short lobes ; petals obovate, entire ;
stamens more or less violet -coloured.
Culture dc. as for S. officinalis below.
S. ocymoides (Bock Soapwort). — A
lovely trailing perennial native of S. and
Central Europe, forming dense tufts 6-12
in. high, with forked branches. Leaves
ovate lance-shaped, usually 1 -nerved.
Flowers from May to August, red or pink,
in panicled clusters ; calyx purple, cylin-
drical, hairy, and somewhat clammy.
The variety splendens has larger and
more deeply coloured rosy flowers than
the type, and is very effective used as an
edging to taller plants, or in masses in the
rock garden.
Culture dc. the same as for S. offici-
nalis.
S. officinalis ( Bouncing Bet ; Common
Soapivort). — A stout, vigorous and showy
perennial 1-2 ft. high, native of Em-ope,
Asia, and N. America, and also found in
Britain in hedges, roadsides, fields &c.
Leaves smooth, glaucous, oblong lance-
shaped, 3 4 in. long, 3-nerved. Flowers
in August and September, lilac or white,
1 in. across, with obcordate petals. S.
hybrida is a variety with connate upper
leaves, and a gamopetalous corolla. The
variety puberula has the upper part of the
stem and the calyx downy. There is also
a double-flowered variety (Jlore pleno)
with rather pale blossoms like a small
Carnation.
Culture dc. — This species and its
varieties, although perennial, may be
raised annually from seeds in the same
way as recommended for S. calabrica
above. The double-flowered form, how-
ever, which rarely seeds, must be increased
by dividing the roots in early autumn or
in spring. The single-flowered forms may
also be increased by division at the same
period.
S. Vaccaria (Cowherb). — An annual
1-2 ft. high, native of Central Europe and
occasionally found in British cornfields.
Leaves ovate lance-shaped, without stalks.
Flowers in July and August, red,
paniculate; calyx smooth, 5-angled.
Culture dc. as above for S. calabrica.
SILENE (Catchfly ; Campion). — A
large genus containing according to
Bentham and Hooker about 200 more or
less distinct species, although as many as
400 have been described by other authors.
They are annuals or perennials with erect,
tufted, decumbent or diffuse-climbing
stems with opposite entire leaves. Flowers
solitary or rarely in cymes, often in one-
sided spikes forming a terminal cluster
or panicle. Calyx variously inflated,
ovoid, bell-shaped, club-shaped, or tubular,
o-toothed .or 5-cleft, usually 10-nerved.
Petals 5, narrow-clawed, with an entire
2-cleft or rarely laciniated blade, often
with 2 scales at the base. Stamens 10.
Styles usually 3. Capsule opening at the
apex by 6 (rarely 3) teeth or valves.
Culture and Propagation. — Silenes
grow in almost any light loamy soil, and
many of the dwarfer kinds are very useful
as rock-garden plants, while the taller
kinds may find a place in the ordinary
flower border. The perennial species may
be increased by seeds, by cuttings, or
SILENE
CAHXATION ORDEll
SILENE 251
division of the root. The annual kinds,
such as S. pendula and its variety emit
pacta, are best from seeds sown late in
summer. If transplanted not Later than
the end of September, they make good
strong plants for spring flowering.
S. acaulis (Cushion Pink). — A very
dwarf alpine herb tufted into light green
masses like a wide-spreading moss, but
quite firm. Native of the mountains of
Scotland, Ireland, North Wales, the Lake
district of England, and many other
parts of Europe ; found also in Asia and
America. Leaves short, linear, smooth,
crowded. Flowers in summer, pink,
rose or crimson, on short stalks barely
peeping above the leaves ; petals obovate,
slightly notched ; calyx bell-shaped or
tubular, quite smooth, with rather blunt
teeth. Alba is a variety with white
flowers; exscapa, with the flower-steins
shorter than in the usual form ; and
■muscoides, dwarfer still ; but none of
them are far removed from the common
plant.
Culture and Propagation. The
Cushion Pink, as the popular name im-
plies, is a charming little plant for making
green carpets in the border or rock garden.
It likes a well-drained soil composed of
sandy loam, peat, and leaf soil, and also
a partially shaded situation.
Seeds may be sown as soon as ripe in
shaded parts of the border or in cold
frames in pots or pans. The seedlings
are pricked out when large enough, and
are best wintered in cold frames in the
bleakest parts of the kingdom. They
may be planted out in mild weather in
spring in such localities, but in warmer
situations they will stand an ordinary
winter if planted in September. The
plants when well established in clumps
may also be divided in September or in
spring.
S. alpestris [Alpine Catchfly). — A
dwarf and beautiful alpine herb, about
6 in. high, native of the Alps. Leaves
linear - lance - shaped, bluntish, tufted,
smooth, erect ; stem simple, few-leaved.
Flowers in early summer, white,
shining, rather large, panicled ; petals 4-
toothed ; calyx erect, with blunt teeth, as
long as the petals. Some varieties of this
species are quite sticky from viscid matter,
and others perfectly free from it.
Culture d'x. as above for S. acaulis.
S. Armeria {Sweet WilUam Catchfly).
A smooth annual 12 -18 in. high, native of
France and Switzerland, with ovate-lance-
shaped blue-green leaves rather heart-
shaped at the base, borne on erect, knotty,
forked stems which are somewhat clammy
near the top. Flowers from July to
September, pink, in corymbose panicles.
The variety alba is readily distinguished
by its white flowers, and there is another
form with flesh-coloured blossoms.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Sweet William Catchfly is a very orna-
mental border plant and grows well in
almost any soil, so long as it is well
drained and fairly sandy.
Seeds may be sown as soon as ripe in
spots where the plants are to bloom, and
the seedlings niay be thinned out about
6 in. apart, in preference to pricking them
out or transplanting. In cold parts of
the kingdom it is advisable to sow the
seeds in cold frames, and transplant the
seedlings in spring. Seeds may also be
sown in April and May out of doors in
the same way as recommended for
autumn.
S. Atocion. — A downy - stemmed
annual 6-12 in. high, native of the
Levant. Leaves roundish obovate, lower
ones long - stalked, the uppermost ones
sessile. Flowers in summer, pink, in
more or less erect three-forked panicles.
Petals obcordate, blunt, with a sharp
tooth on each side at the base, crowned
with 2 protuberances.
Culture dc. as above for S. Armeria.
Increased by seeds.
S. chloraefolia. — A smooth-stemmed
Armenian perennial 1-2 ft. high, with
elliptic pointed leaves, the upper ones
rather heart-shaped. Flowers in August
and September, large, white, becoming
reddish with age ; calyx long, striped ;
petals cleft half way down with a 2-lobed
crest.
Culture <£c. as above for S. acaulis.
Increased by seeds or division.
S. compacta. — A smooth, glaucous
biennial about 18 in. high, native of
Russia. Leaves ovate heart - shaped,
without stalks, the two large ones beneath
the flowers appearing almost connate.
Flowers in summer, pink, or deep rose,
crowded into dense corymbs ; petals
obovate, entire.
Culture and Propagation. — This is
one of the most beautiful members of the
252
PBACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
SILENE
genus. It must be grown in a rich well-
drained soil, as it cannot stand the wet
and cold of winter. It must not however
be grown in a soil that is too light and
inclined to be dry, but rather in one with
plenty of huraus or decayed vegetable
matter. In fairly inild parts of the king-
dom seeds may be sown out of doors in
autumn as soon as ripe, or in spring, in
the same way as recommended for S. Ar-
meria. In cold northern parts they are
best sown in cold frames either in autumn
or spring, afterwards moving the plants
outside in mild weather in spring.
S. Elisabethae. — A beautiful perennial
3-9 in. high, native of the Tyrolese
mountains, with downy and clammy
stems and leaves, the latter being 2-3 in.
long, lance-shaped, acute. Flowers rather
late in summer, li in. across, bright rose,
the bases or claws of the wedge-shaped
notched petals being white.
Cult live Sc. as above for S. acaulis.
Increased by seeds or division. This
species should be grown in a warm corner
of the rockery, in deep soil composed of
well-drained peat and loam.
S. fimbriata. — A downy perennial 2-4
ft. high, native of the Caucasus. Leaves
large, ovate lance-shaped, wavy, on long
stalks. Flowers from May to August,
white, in large spreading panicles ; petals
fringed.
Culture dr. as above for S. acaulis.
Increased by seeds or division.
S. Hookeri. — A Californian perennial
with decumbent stems. Leaves downy.
2-3 in. long, the lower ones elliptic- spoon -
shaped, narrowed into long stalks, the
upper ones elliptic-lance-shaped, acute or
pointed. Flowers in early summer, over
2 in. across, pink; petals variously lobed.
Culture dc. as above for S. acaulis.
It requires a warm sheltered place in the
rock garden and nourishes in rich sandy
loam, peat and leaf soil.
S. inflate (S. Cucubalus). — This
glaucous, smooth or downy perennial, 2-3
ft. high, is a native of the roadsides and
waste places of Britain, and is popularly
known as the Bladder Campion or Catch-
fly, Cow Bell, White Ben, White Bottle.
Leaves 1-3 in. long, ovate, obovate, or
oblong. Flowers from June to August,
f in. across, drooping, white, some having
stamens only, some pistils only, others
both ; petals deeply cleft ; calyx bladdery,
net-veined. The variety pubcrula is a
rarer form with downy leaves.
Culture St. as above for S. acaulis.
Increased by seeds or division.
S. lacera. — A procumbent hairy bi-
ennial, native of the Caucasus, with long-
stalked, ovate-lance-shaped, wavy leaves.
Flowers from May to August, white
with jagged petals, and a much inflated
calyx.
Culture dc. as above for S. compact a.
Increased by seeds sown in early autumn
or spring.
S. laciniate. — A downy perennial 3-4
ft. high, native of Mexico and California,
with large lance-shaped, acute leaves.
Flowers in summer, large, terminal,
rather drooping, crimson, with a white,
two-parted crest ; calyx cylindrical,
inflated ; petals more or less 4-cleft.
Culture dc. as above for S. acaulis.
Increased by seeds or division. This
plant should be grown in the warmest
part of the garden.
S. livida. — A flexuous, downy perennial
1 ft. high, native of Carniola, with oblong
lance-shaped leaves. Flowers in smmner,
white above, purplish-green beneath,
panicled, drooping to one side ; petals
2-cleft, with scales.
Culture dc. as above for S. acaulis.
Increased by seeds or division.
S. maritima. — A perennial species,
native of British and W. European sea
coasts, very similar in growth to the
Bladder Campion, S. inflata. It has a blue-
green appearance, the numerous stems
being clothed with thickish oblong acute
leaves, the edges of which are furnished
with small spiny teeth. Flowers from
June to August, white, larger than those of
S. inflata and remarkable for the con-
spicuous blue anthers of the stamens ;
petals shortly cleft, the segments broad,
with 2 scales at the base. The variety
flore pleno has handsome double flowers
rising slightly above the tufts of sea-green
leaves.
Culture Sc. as above for S. acaulis.
The double-flowered variety can only be
increased by dividing the roots or stems
in spring.
S. monachorum. — A pretty Bosnian
species very nmch resembling S. quadri-
fida in appearance. Its slender green
stems, however, are furnished with
SILENE
CARNATION OliDEl:
SILENE 253
shorter, narrower, and blunter leaves,
about 5 in. long. The dowers are white
and appear from June onwards. They
have wedge-shaped petals with 4 blunt
teeth, and resemble those of S. alpcstris,
S. auad/ridentata, and S. quadrifida.
Culture do. as above for 8. ant ii lis.
S. noctiflora. — -An erect, soft, downy
annual 1-2 ft. high native of sandy places
in the British Isles. Leaves 8-4 in. long,
oblong lance-shaped, acute, the lower
ones stalked. Flowers in summer, erect,
open at night, fragrant. Petals rosy
within, yellow outside ; calyx cylindrical,
with 10 green nerves.
Culture it'e. as above for S. Armaria.
Increased by. sowing seeds annually as
soon as ripe, or in spring out of doors.
S. nutans (>S\ paradoxa). — Notting-
ham Catch fly. — A downy perennial with
a woody rootstock, native of dry places,
walls &c. in Britain and the Channel
Islands. Stems 2-3 ft. high, clammy
above. Lower leaves oblong lance-shaped,
2-5 in. long, tufted, stalked, the upper
ones small, narrow, without stalks.
Flowers from May to July, dimorphic,
opening and fragrant for 8 nights. .">
stamens ripening on each of the two first
nights, the styles protruding on the third.
Calyx tubular, swollen in the middle.
Petals white or pink, drooping.
Culture ii'c. as above for S. acaulis.
Increased by seed or division.
S. orientalis. — A beautiful perennial
about 2 ft. high, native of Eastern Europe.
Leaves glaucous, ovate, pointed. Flowers
in summer, deep rose, in dense umbel-
like heads 3 in. across.
Culture <tc. as above for S. acaulis.
Increased by seeds or division.
S. pendula. — A downy trailing annual,
native of Italy and Sicily, with ovate-
lance-shaped leaves. Flowers in spring
and summer, flesh-coloured, pendulous ;
calyx swollen, petals cleft. There are
many varieties of this species, the best
known being compaeta, very dwarf,
densely tufted, covered with beautiful
pink flowers in spring; compaeta alba,
with white flowers ; ' Empress of India,'
' Snow King,' ' Double Pink,' r uberrima,
and ruberrima Bonuetti, and ' Zulu
King ' (double) are other forms worth
growing.
Culture and Propagation. — This
Silene and its varieties grow 6 9 in. high,
and are very popular for spring bedding,
especially as they soon make fine tufts,
and produce their pretty flowers in great
abundance. Seeds may be sown as soon
as ripe in some spare part of the garden,
and as soon as the beds and borders are
cleared of the usual summer bedding
plants, they may be filled with the young
Silenes. It is better to get them planted
at least before the middle of October, and
not later than the middle of September
for northern parts of the kingdom, as
otherwise they will be unable to establish
themselves before the frosty weather sets
in. By planting early, good strong tufty
plants will be obtained for flowering pro-
fusely in spring. For flowering during
the summer months seeds may be sown
in the open border in patches in April and
May, afterwards thinning the seedlings
out 6 9 in. apart.
S. pennsylvanica (American Wild
I'inln.—A. beautiful downy X. American
perennial 4-8 in. high. Lower leaves
narrowly spoon-shaped, nearly smooth,
tapering into hairy stalks ; upper ones
lance-shaped. Flowers in early summer,
pink, clustered ; petals wedge-shaped,
slightly notched and jagged-edged.
Culture dtc. as above for S. acaulis.
Increased by seeds and division.
S. picta. — A pretty rush-like annual
1 2 ft. high, native of Asia Minor and
Syria, with much -branched slightly downy
stems. Lower leaves obovate spoon-
shaped ; upper ones linear, acute. Flowers
in summer, pink, loosely panicled ; calyx
striped, and petals veined with red.
Culture dtc. as above for 8. pendula.
Increased by seeds.
S. pumilio {Pigmy Catchfly). — A
beautiful densely tufted perennial, 2-3 in.
high, native of the Tyrol. Leaves shining
green, linear or spoon-shaped, somewhat
fleshy and blunt, and slightly downy.
Flowers in summer, rosy, about an inch
above the leaves ; calyx swollen, hairy,
niany-nerved ; petals obcordate.
Culture etc. as above for S. acaulis.
Increased by seeds or division.
S. pusilla. — A charming little plant,
closely related to S. quadrifida. It has
mossy foliage, and the white flowers are
produced throughout the summer months
on stalks 2-4 in. high.
Culture dc. as above for S. acaulis.
It flourishes in moist sandv loam with a
254
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
SILENE
little mortar rubbish in half- shady places
in the rock garden. When it finds a favour-
able spot it reproduces itself readily from
self-sown seed.
S. quadridentata. — A species closely
related to 8. alpestris. It grows 4-6 in.
high, and forms dense masses of green
linear oblanceolate leaves about lj in.
long. The flowers are freely produced in
summer — from June onwards — in loose
panicles, and are pure white with wedge-
shaped 4 -toothed petals.
Culture dc. as above for S. acaulis.
S. quadrifida. — A pretty loose-growing
European species somewhat resembling
Gypsopliila elegans in appearance. It
grows 3-6 in. high, its slender stems being
furnished with linear leaves about l.j in.
long. The white wedge-shaped flowers
with 4 blunt teeth appear from June
onwards in great profusion and are very
attractive.
Culture de. as above for S. acaulis.
S. regia (Royal Catclifly). — A downy
perennial 3-4 ft. high, native of the S.
United States. Leaves thickish, ovate
lance-shaped, acute. Flowers in summer,
deep scarlet, numerous, in clusters ; petals
spoon-shaped, lanceolate, mostly un-
divided.
Culture dc. as above for S. acaulis.
Increased by seeds or division. Should
be grown in a warm corner of the flower
border.
S. Saxifraga. — A smooth, rather
clammy tufted perennial, 3-6 in. high,
native of the Alps, with acute linear leaves.
Flowers from June to August, yellowish-
white above, reddish beneath, and usually
borne singly on very long stalks, but oc-
casionally two or three on the same stem.
Culture and Projiagation. — Owing
to the thickness of its light green leaves
this species is excellent for making a
carpet under taller plants in the rockery
or border, especially as it likes a certain
amount of shade, but plenty of ventilation,
and a light and rather sandy soil with a
little leaf mould or peat.
Seeds may be sown as soon as ripe in
the open border, and the young plants
may be moved to their flowering positions
before the end of September, or in mild
weather the following spring. In cold
northern parts, it is safer to sow in
autumn in cold frames and plant out in
spring. Seeds however may also be sown
out of doors in April and May for later
blooming. The plants may also be divided
when they have made good tufts in spring
or early autumn, the distance between the
replanted portions being 9 to 12 inches.
S. Schafta. — A pretty Caucasian peren-
nial rarely exceeding 6 in. high. Leaves
obovate, acute. Flowers from June to
October, purple, erect, gradually covering
the stems ; calyx club-shaped, more than
1 in. long ; petals wedge-shaped, small
toothed.
Culture dc. as above for S. Saxifraga.
Like the latter species S. Schafta is ad-
mirably suited for carpeting patches in
the rock garden or border.
S. supina. — A tufted Caucasian peren-
nial, with downy, clammy, woody stems.
Leaves linear, acute. Flowers from June
to August, white, on short alternate
stalks ; calyx long, cylindrrcally club-
shaped, woolly ; petals long-clawed, cleft.
Culture dc. as above for S. acaulis.
S. vespertina. — A beautiful downy
annual 1 ft. high, native of Greece.
Leaves spoon-shaped, acute, on ciliated
stalks. Flowers in summer, rosy, all
turned on one side of the raceme ; calyx
bladdery, club-shaped ; petals 2-lobed.
Culture de. as above for S. compacta,
or 8. pendula. Increased by seeds.
S. virginica (Fire Pink). — A downy
perennial 1-2 ft. high, native of North
America. Leaves thin, spoon-shaped, or
the upper ones oblong, lance-shaped.
Flowers in summer, 2 in. across, deep
crimson, few and loosely cymose : calyx
oblong cylindrical, becoming obconi-
cal ; petals oblong, 2-cleft.
Culture and, Propagation. — This
species is best raised from seeds, as it
takes a long time to recover if divided.
It should have a particularly well-drained
position in the rockery or border, as
wetness at the root in winter is more or
less injurious to it.
S. Zawadski. — A pretty Galician per-
ennial with rosettes of radical lance-
shaped acute leaves, and slender erect
flower stems 6-8 in. high, bearing forked
clusters of white flowers from May to
July. The roundish petals are furnished
with 2 linear scales at the base.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species requires the same treatment in
ever}' way as S. Saxifraga and S. Schafta,
above.
LYCHNIS
CABNATION ORDER
LYCHNIS 255
LYCHNIS (Rose Campion).— A genus
containing about 30 species of beautiful
annual or perennial herbs, often erect,
with the habit of Silene, from which it
differs chiefly in the flowers having more
numerous styles — 5 instead of 3, Calyx
inflated, ovoid, or club-shaped, tubular,
5-toothed, 10-nerved. Petals 5, narrow-
clawed, with entire 2-cleft or laciniated
blades, often with 2 scales at the base.
Stamens 10. Styles 5, rarely fewer
Culture ant! Propagation. — The Can;
pions are easily grown and thrive in a
light, rich, loamy soil. They may be in-
creased by dividing the rootstocks in
autumn or spring, or by seeds. They are
brilliant objects in the border, and are verj
useful for the great quantity of flowers
they afford for cutting.
The species described below are all
perennial except where otherwise men-
tioned.
L. alpina. — A smooth British and
European plant, 4 6 in. high, with crowded
narrow linear-lance-shaped leaves 1-2 in.
long. Flowers in early summer, about
£ in. across, rosy-pink, in compact heads ;
petals narrow, deeply cleft.
Culture etc. as for L. chalcedonica.
Best increased from seeds and with more
difficulty by division. This dwarf plant
is excellent for carpeting patches in the
rockery. It likes partially shaded spots
and light sandy soil.
L. chalcedonica. — A handsome and
striking species 1A 3i ft. high, native of
Russia. Leaves lance-shaped, somewhat
heart-shaped at the base, hairy, stem-
clasping. Flowers in summer, bright
scarlet, in dense heads ; calyx round,
club-shaped, ribbed. There is a white-
flowered form called alba, and also a
double-flowered one called Jiore jileno.
Culture and Propagation. — There
are many varieties of this fine species,
including double red and double white
forms. The single-flowered varieties are
on the whole best increased from seeds,
although they may be also multiplied by
division. The seeds may be sown as soon
as ripe out of doors in the milder parts of
the kingdom, or in cold frames in unfavour-
able localities. The same remarks apply
to spring sowing, but if the plants are
required to bloom the same year, it is
better to sow the seeds in gentle heat, and
have the seedlings grown on and hardened
off, so as to be fit for planting in the open
border by the end of May or beginning of
June.
The double-flowered forms —both scar-
let and white — can only be increased by
dividing the plants, as they very rarely
produce any seeds at all. Division is best
done in early autumn, before the end of
September, or in mild weather in spring.
The double-flowered kinds are some-
what less vigorous than the single-flowered
ones, and are best left undivided if doing
well, for at least two or three years, or
even more according to circumstances.
Splendid tufted plants are produced on
well-manured and well-drained loamy
soil.
L. Cceli-rosa (Agrostemma Cceli-rosa).
Rose of Heaven. — An annual species
about 1 ft. high, native of the Levant.
It lias tufts of much-branched stems
clothed with bright green linear lance-
shaped leaves. Flowers during summer,
delicate rose, bright purple in the type,
with obcordate petals having white scales
at the base.
The variety fimbriata (also known as
nana) grows about 9 in. high, and has
fimbriated petals. There is also a form
of fimbriata called lilacea having pale
lilac blossoms, the plant itself densely
tufted and very free-flowering. The white-
flowered form resembles the type in every
way. with the exception of colour. The
variety purpurea is compact in habit,
with deep purple flowers.
Culture ami Propagation. — Being an
annual, the Rose of Heaven and its varie-
ties are raised from seed sown annually,
either in early autumn in cold frames, or
in the open border about April and May,
according as early or late flowering is
required. The seedlings may be thinned
out about 6-8 in. apart when the seeds
are sown out of doors in the flowering
patches.
L. coronaria (Agrostemma coronaria).
A species 2 3 ft. high, native of S.
Europe, with broadly lance-shaped,
leathery leaves, 3 in. long, covered with a
whitish woolly down. Flowers in July
and August, about 1 \ in. across, crimson-
red, calyx somewhat bell-shaped, ribbed,
petals notched. The variety atrosan-
guinea has fine dark crimson-red flowers.
White-flowered and double red-flowered
forms are sometimes seen.
Culture and Propagation. — L. coro-
naria and its varieties are excellent border
256
PBACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS lychnis
flowers, and are very valuable for cutting.
The plants may be increased much in the
same way as recommended for L. chalce-
donica, either by seeds sown in autumn
or spring, in cold frames or in the open
border according to locality ; or by dividing
the plants in early autumn or spring.
Better plants are however, as a rule, ob-
tained from seeds.
L. dioica (L. diurna). — Bachelor's
Buttons ; Red Campion. — A native of
damp copses, hedgebanks &c. in the
British Islands, and also found in Europe,
Siberia &c. Stems softly hairy, rarely
quite smooth, clammy above. 1-3 ft. high.
Lower leaves 3-6 in. long, obovate,
stalked ; upper ones narrower. Flowers
from spring to autumn, purple-rose,
usually dioecious in wild specimens — that
is, the male flowers are on one plant, the
females on another ; calyx very hairy,
reddish. The double-flowered variety is
very attractive. It Mowers incessantly
and is a fine border plant.
Culture and Propagation. — The
double-flowered variety being seedless it
may be increased by simply dividing the
rootstocks in autumn or spring. The
single form however may be increased
either by seeds or division in the same
way as recommended for L. chalcedonica.
L. Flos-cuculi (Cuckoo Flower;
Bagged Robin). — A somewhat rough-
stemmed plant 1-2 ft. high, native of
moist meadows, copses, cornfields &c, in
the British Islands. Lower leaves stalked,
oblong lance-shaped, pointed, the upper
ones narrow. Flowers in May and June,
drooping, rosy, rarely white, petals with 4
linear segments ; calyx purplish-red. with
ten darker ribs. The double -flowered
variety {Jtorc pTeno) is superior to the
type and is more highly valued as a garden
plant.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Bagged Robin flourishes in any good and
well-drained garden soil, and prefers
rather damp and shaded situations. It
is useful for planting under tall trees
or near the edges of pieces of water, or in
damp shaded parts of the rockery. For
cutting purposes the flowers of both the
double and single kinds are very useful.
Seeds of the single variety may be
sown either as soon as ripe, or in spring
as recommended for L. chalcedonica, but
the plants may also be increased by
dividing the roots about the end of Sep-
tember or in spring. The double-flowered
variety can only be increased by division
in this way.
L. Flos-Jovis (Agrostemma Flos-
Jovis). — Flower of Love. — A Swiss plant
12-18 in. high, with woolly lance-shaped,
stem-clasping leaves. Flowers in summer,
purple or scarlet, in umbel-like heads.
Calyx cylindrical, club-shaped ; petals
2-lobed. '
Culture and Propagation. — Although
a true perennial this species is as a rule
better raised from seeds in the same way
as L. corona/ria. The plants, however,
may be also divided in spring or autumn.
They like a sandy well-drained loam.
L. fulgens. — A Siberian perennial 6-12
in. high, with ovate lance-shaped, hairy
leaves. Flowers in spring and summer,
bright vermilion, large and handsome ;
petals 4-cleft ; outer divisions awl-shaped ;
calyx cylindrical, woolly.
Culture and Propagation. — This bril-
liant species requires to be grown in rich
and well-drained turfy loamy soil, or well-
manured garden mould, as it sometimes
fails to establish itself if neglected.
Seeds are freely produced, and may be
sown as soon as ripe in cold frames, after-
wards pricking the seedlings out and
growing them on in the frames until mild
weather in spring, when they may be
planted out in the open border. Here
they should be grouped in bold masses
for effect, each plant being 6-9 in. away
from the next. The plants may be in-
creased by division about September, or
in spring, and also by means of cuttings
of the young shoots. The latter are best
taken in spring, and inserted in light
sandy soil, and placed on a gentle hot-
bed until rooted. They are afterwards
potted up singlj-, and when established are
hardened off for planting out.
L. grandiflora. — A Chinese species 8-12
in. high. Leaves ovate, almost stalkless,
smooth. Flowers from June to August,
brick-red or scarlet, about 2 in. across,
with spreading lacerated petals, and an
inflated calyx.
Cultureand Propagation, — This beau-
tiful perennial is not quite hardy in all
parts of the kingdom, and hence may
require some little protection with bracken
or dried leaves <kc. in the colder and more
northern parts in severe winters. It
likes a well-drained sandy loam and peat
or leaf soil, and a warm, sheltered and
LYCHNIS
CARNATION ORDER
LYCHNIS 257
partially shaded situation in the rock
garden or flower border. If seeds are
produced they may be sown as recom-
mended for L. fidgens above. Failing
them, the plants may be divided about
the middle or end of September, and re-
planted about 9 or 12 in. apart in masses.
Division may also take place in spring,
but does not as a rule succeed so well as
when done in early autumn. Cuttings of
the young shoots may also be rooted like
those of L. fit l(/ens.
L. haageana. This fine plant is
supposed to be a hybrid between L. fid-
gens and L. corona/ria or L. grandiflora.
It has shaggy stems, 1-2 ft. high, and
large lance-shaped, pointed, hairy leaves
purple-brown beneath. Flowers in sum-
mer, 2 in. or more across, bright scarlet.
Petals broadly obovate, somewhat deeply
notched, and with 2 awl-shaped teeth at
the side. Calyx shaggy, swollen, and
angled.
There are several varieties varying in
colour from scarlet to pure white, the
intermediate shades being rose, salmon,
pink &c. The form known as grandiflora
has very fine and brilliant flowers of vari-
ous shades, and that known as nana
represents a somewhat dwarfer and more
compact race.
Culture and Propagation. — -This is
undoubtedly one of the finest, most showy
border perennials. It flourishes in ordinary
good and well-drained garden soils. It
however prefers a mixture of peat and
loam, and may be massed in front of
Rhododendrons, Azaleas, and other Erica-
ceous plants. L. haageana and its varie-
ties may be increased by sowing seeds as
soon as ripe, or in spring, in the way
recommended for L. chalcedonica or
L. fidgens, and plants obtained in this
way present a great variety of shades of
colour. Any choice or rare variety how-
ever may be increased by division in
early autumn or spring, and also by means
of cuttings of the young shoots, in the
same way as recommended for L. fidgens
and L. grandiflora.
L. Lagascae (Petrocoptis pyrenaica).
A beautiful Pyrenean species about 3 in.
high. Leaves obovate or oblong, rather
leathery, and slightly glaucous. Flowers
in spring and summer, bright rose, less
than 1 in. across, with a white centre. This
is a fine tufted plant for sunny parts of the
rock garden.
Culture dc. as for L. alpina above.
L. oculata (Viscaria oeulata). — A
lovely Algerian annual. 6-18 in. high,
forming compact and free-flowering tufts.
Leaves glaucous lance-shaped acute, be-
coming narrower up the stems. Flowers
in summer in great profusion, pinkish-
purple, the notched petals having a deep
purple spot at the base. Calyx suddenly
contracted below the middle.
There are several desirable varieties
such as cardvnalis, bright crimson-purple ;
carulea, bluish ; alba, white ; Dunnetii,
rose ; splendens, scarlet ; elegans picta,
crimson-purple edged with white ; and
nana, a dwarf about 9 in. high with
flowers of various shades, rose, purple, and
white.
Culture (ie. as above for L. Cwli-rom.
L. Presli. —A native of Poland, 12-18
in. high. Lower leaves numerous, in
rosettes, ovate-lance-shaped, or obovate
pointed, prolonged down the stem ;
upper leaves ovate, abruptly pointed,
entire, much veined, deep green. Flowers
in summer, purplish or carmine-rose,
about 1 in. across, opening in the day-
time, numerously produced in forked
panicled clusters, and having reddish
bracts ; the corona in the centre is fringed,
satiny and rose-white ; calyx reddish,
much swollen.
Culture dc. as above fori. Haageana.
L. pyrenaica. — A Pyrenean species,
3-4 in. high. Leaves glaucous, leathery,
lower ones spoon-shaped, those of the
stem heart-shaped, sessile. Flowers in
summer, pale flesh colour, about i in.
across, in forked clusters. Petals slightly
notched ; calyx bell-shaped.
Culture dc. as above for L. alpina.
L. Sieboldi. — A handsome Japanese
species about 1 ft. high. Leaves sessile,
lower ones oblong, closely set, the others
ovate-oblong acute, entire, soft and downy.
Flowers in summer, large pure white,
with wedge-shaped irregular slightly
notched petals with jagged edges.
Culture dc. as above for L. grandi-
flora.
L. vespertina (L. alba). — White Cam-
pion.— A British and European species
1-3 ft. high, with swollen-jointed purplish
sterns. Leaves connate, ovate-oblong,
pointed, tapering at the base, hairy, the
lower ones stalked, the upper ones sessile.
Flowers from May to August, white,
slightly scented in the evening. Calyx
s
258
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS lychnis
over i in. long, hairy, ribbed ; petals cleft.
The double-flowered variety flo re -pleno is
best known, and is more highly valued for
the flower garden. It is an excellent
border plant and has large white flowers
that are very useful for cutting.
Culture dc. as above ioxL. dioica. The
double-flowered variety must be carefully
divided when it is wished to increase the
stock.
L. Viscaria (German Catchfly). — A
handsome evergreen 10-18 in. high,
native of Britain, Europe &c, with
smooth erect stems, clammy at the nodes.
Lower leaves 3-5 in. long, grass-like, with
stalks downy at the margins. Flowers
in early summer, almost sessile, with
obovate red-purple notched petals. Calyx
i in. long, purple, swollen upwards.
There are several varieties, among
which alba, white, splendens, deep red,
and the double-flowered form (flo re -pleno)
with rosy-pink blossoms are best known.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species and its varieties, especially the
beautiful double-flowered ones, are excel-
lent border or rock plants, and when grown
in masses produce a very striking effect
when in blossom. The single-flowered
varieties produce seeds in abundance, and
may be increased by that means in the
same way as L. haageana or L. chalce-
donica. They are also very readily mul-
tiplied by dividing the tufts in early
autumn or in spring, and this is the only
way that the double-flowered forms can
be increased, besides cuttings of the young
shoots in spring in the same way as
mentioned under L, fulgens.
CERASTIUM (Mouse-Ear Chick-
weed). — A genus containing according to
some authors about 100 species, but
reduced to about 10 by Bentham and
Hooker. Chiefly downy or hairy, rarely
smooth, annual or perennial herbs.
Leaves various, but rarely awl-shaped.
Flowers in terminal, forked, sometimes
leafy, sometimes almost naked, cymes.
Sepals 5, rarely 4. Petals equal in
number, notched or 2-cleft, very rarely
entire or laciniated, sometimes minute.
Stamens 10, or fewer by abortion. Styles
5, rarely 4 or 3, opposite the sepals. Cap-
sule cylindrical or cylindric-conical, often
incurved.
Culture and Propagation.--XW. the
Cerastiums grow readily in ordinary
garden soil. They are easily increased by
division in early autumn or in spring ; or
by cuttings in the open border in a shady
place during the summer and autumn
months. Seeds are freely produced by
many kinds, and may be sown as soon as
ripe in pots or pans of well-drained soil,
and placed in cold frames during the
winter months. The seedlings should be
pricked out when large enough to handle
into other boxes or pans, and should have
as much light and air during the winter as
possible and on all favourable occasions.
They will be strong and sturdy for plant-
ing out in spring. Of the perennial
species described below, BLebersteini,
grmidifiorum, and tomentcsum are most
generally grown on account of their
attractive silvery foliage. They are effec-
tive for borders and edgings, and contrast
forcibly with the brighter colours of other
plants. They are also useful for massing
in the rockery, and most of the species like
an open and sunny situation.
C. alpinum. — A British species 2 4 in.
high. Leaves ovate elliptic or oblong,
covered with long silky hairs, or smooth,
Flowers in summer, white ; panicles
rather hairy, few-flowered. There are
several forms, the best known perhaps
being lanatum and villosum.
Culture d-e. as above. This species
seeds freely.
C. Biebersteini. — An evergreen species
about 6 in. high, native of Tauria.
Stems branching, with woolly ovate-
lance- shaped leaves. Flowers in early
summer, white, on erect forked stalks.
Culture d:c. as above.
C. Boissieri. — A Spanish species 4-12
in. high, with sessile silvery leaves,
usually ovate-lance-shaped, acute, entire.
Flowers in early summer, white, large, in
regular forked cymes.
Culture <tc. as above.
C. decalvans. — An interesting plant,
native of Servia. It has trailing and
rather woody stems, and dense rosettes of
green leaves covered with tufts of wool.
The numerous pure white flowers appear
in May and June.
Culture <tc. as above.
C. grandiflorum. — A strong-growing
deciduous species about 6 in. high, native
of E. Europe. Leaves narrow, acute,
hoary or woolly, with somewhat revolute
margins. Flowers in summer, white.
ARKNARIA
CARNATION ORDER
ARENARIA 259
large, conspicuous, 7-15 on an erect
stalk.
Culture ((■(-. as above.
C. latifolium. — A deciduous European
species 3-6 in. high, with ovate slightly
stalked leaves, pale green or slightly
glaucous. Flowers in summer, large, white,
solitary, or on sparingly forked stalks.
Cult ii re dc. as above.
C. purpurascens. — A remarkable
species, native of the alpine regions of the
Caucasus. It has a bulbous rootstock
from which spring stems 2i-3£ in. long,
furnished with oblong linear-lance-shaped
leaves. The rather large Mowers appear
in summer and are of a beautiful blue,
which contrasts well with the purple
sepals.
Culture and Propagation. — This is a
very effective plant in the rock garden
when in blossom. It will grow in well-
drained soil in sunny situations, but can
be increased only by means of seeds sown
in the way advised above. As neither
runners nor side shoots are produced
from the central stock it cannot be in-
creased by division.
C. tomentosum. — A beautiful and well-
known evergreen species, 6 in. high,
native of S. and E. Europe. Leaves
silvery and oblong, spoon-shaped, upper
ones lance-shaped. Flowers in early sum-
mer, white, in forked cymes on erect
stalks. This species is extensively used
as an edging for beds, borders, banks &c.
Culture <rr. as above.
ARENARIA (Sandwort). — A genus
of more than 130 species of annual or
perennial herbs, sometimes slender or
stifhsh with small awl-shaped leaves,
sometimes spreading or tufted with
broader leaves. Flowers terminal,
cymose-paniculate, or capitate, rarely
axillary or almost solitary. Sepals 5,
rarely 4. Petals equal in number, white,
or very rarely red, entire or slightly
notched, or rarely absent. Stamens 10,
rarely 8 or fewer by abortion. Styles 3,
seldom 2, or 4-5 in some flowers.
The plants known as Alsine are now
referred to this genus.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Arenarias are pretty little plants, chiefly
suitable for the rock garden in more or
less exposed situations, ha ordinary soil.
The perennial species, which only are
worth growing, may be increased by
division in early spring or autumn ; by
seeds sown in spring in a cold frame ; or
by cuttings put under a bell glass during
the spring and summer months, keeping
them shaded until fairly well rooted. The
following are some of the best Sandworts.
A. balearica. — A pretty perennial
Sandwort, native of Corsica, with very
small ovate, shining, rather fleshy, ciliated
leaves. Flowers in early summer, white,
numerous, borne on purple or violet
stalks 1-3 in. high.
Culture a ml Propagation. — This is an
excellent plant for covering the faces of
rocks or stones, as the tiny foliage almost
adheres to the surface, making it a mass
of deep shining green with scarcely an
interstice. It likes open, airy, and par-
tially shaded situations with plenty of
moisture. If exposed to hot sunshine and
drought it soon becomes parched and
withered.
Seeds are freely produced, and though
minute may be saved with comparative
ease if picked before the pods are ripe
enough to burst. The seeds may be sown as
soon as ripe in pots or pans of fine sandy
soil, and require scarcely any covering.
They must be kept shaded and moist, and
when the tiny seedlings are well above
ground, they may be pricked out into
similar pots and pans, and wintered in
cold frames until spring.
An easier method of increase however
is by dividing the plants at any time dur-
ing the summer months. The divided
portions should be placed on fine soil,
and have a little soil sprinkled here and
there over the patches to hold the plants
down. If kept shaded and moist they
will soon root, and may be placed in the
rockery.
A. ciliata. — A procumbent, tufted
evergreen species, 2-3 in. high, native of
Ireland, the Orkney and Shetland Isles,
Europe &c. Leaves small, ovate, downy,
fringed with hairs near the base.
Flowers in summer, about h in. across,
white, with spoon-shaped petals.
Culture dc. as above.
A. graminifolia. — A tufted evergreen
grassy Caucasian plant 6-10 in. high.
Leaves long, awl-shaped, rough-edged.
Flowers in summer, white, on erect
stalks; petals obovate, 5-6 times longer
than the blunt sepals.
Culture dc. as above.
A. grandiflora. — A native of France,
3-6 inches high. Leaves awl-shaped,
s2
260
PBACTICAL GUIDE TO GABDEN PLANTS akenakia
3-nerved, fringed with hairs, lower ones
crowded. Flowers in summer, white,
usually solitary, on long downy stalks.
The variety biflora has two flowers on a
stem, and trifiora three.
Culture dc. as above.
A. laricifolia. — A Swiss species about
6 in. high, with awl-shaped leaves tooth-
letted and ciliated on the edges. Flowers
in summer, white, 1, 3, or 6, borne on
rather rough upright stems.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species is suitable for rockeries or border
edgings, and flourishes in light sandy soil
in sunny situations. It is easily increased
by division of the tufts in early autumn or
spring, or may be raised from seeds in
the same way as A. balearica.
A. longifolia. — A Siberian species 6-9
in. high, with awl-shaped, thread-like,
serrulated leaves. Flowers in summer,
white, crowded on three-forked smooth
panicles.
Culture dc. as above.
A. montana. — A handsome species
about 3 in. high, native of France and
Spain. Leaves lance-shaped linear,
borne on very long stems, procumbent.
Flowers in summer, white, large, over an
inch across, solitary, on long stalks.
Culture dc. as above. As an orna-
mental plant for hanging over the faces of
rock in half-shaded places in the rockery,
A. montana is superior to any other
species of Arenaria. Its loose and elegant
and numerous white flowers make it a
charming picture in suitable positions. It
is easily increased by cuttings made in
April and May, and inserted in sandy soil
in shaded spots. Seeds are also freety
produced and may be sown when ripe or
in spring.
A. peploides (HonTienya peploides). —
Sea Purslane. — A native of British sea-
shores, 3-4 in. high, with rather fleshy,
ovate-acute, recurved leaves. Flowers
from May to August, \ in. across, white.
Petals of the staminate flowers as long as
sepals ; of the pistillate flowers shorter.
Culture dc. as above.
A. purpurascens. — A closely tufted
evergreen species, about 6 in. high, found
abundantly on the higher Pyrenees.
Leaves smooth, ovate lance - shaped,
pointed, stalkless. Flowers in early
summer, purplish, numerous, borne on
downy stalks.
Culture dc. as above.
A. rotundifolia. — A Siberian species
4-6 in. high. Leaves about \ in. across,
roundish, ciliated, on tufted branches.
Flowers in summer, white, solitary, with
roundish ovate petals.
Culture dc. as above.
A. tetraquetra. — A distinct looking
tufted species about 6 inches high, native
of the French Mediterranean shores.
Leaves ovate, edged with a white carti-
lage, and fringed at the base. Flowers
in summer, white, in heads, with narrow
leaves between.
Culture dc. as above.
A. verna. — A native of dry rocks,
pastures, banks &c. in the British Islands,
and also found in Central Europe, N.
Africa, and N. America. It is 1-3 in.
high, with densely tufted 3-nerved awl-
shaped leaves. Flowers in early summer,
5 in. across, white, with greenish centres,
freely produced. The variety c&spitosa
has very leafy sterns, smooth calyx and
flower stalks. In the variety Cerardi
the leaves do not end in a small point.
Culture dc. as above.
SAGINA (Pearlweed ; Pearl-
wort). — A genus of about 8 small tufted
annual or perennial herbs, with awl-
shaped leaves, and small, usually long-
stalked flowers. Sepals 4-5. Petals
4-5, entire, or slightly notched, some-
times minute or absent. Stamens equal
in number to the sepals, or twice as
many, or fewer by abortion. Styles
equal hi number to the sepals and
alternate with them.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Pearlworts being mostly weeds, the
species mentioned below is the only one
worthy of notice as a garden plant. It
may be raised from seed sown in May,
and increased in the autunm by dividing
the patches. For making a green carpet
or edging to a border it is very useful,
and great hopes were at one time
entertained of its value for making
lawns, but with the greatest care it
becomes too patchy for this purpose.
S. pilifera {Spiergula pilifera). — A
tufted moss-like plant, about 2 in. high,
native of Corsica. Leaves linear, awl-
shaped, smooth. Flowers in summer,
small, white ; petals twice as large as
the oblong blunt sepals. The variety
aurea has golden-yellow foliage, and is
more or less used for carpet bedding.
Culture dc. as above.
PORT IT I, AC A
I'UHS LANE ORDER
CALAXDRINIA 261
XX. PORTULACEiE— Purslane Order
An order containing about 15 genera and 125 species of succulent herbs or
undershrubs, often smooth, but sometimes hairy. Leaves alternate, seldom
opposite, entire, often fleshy. Stipules scarious, sometimes lacerated, or
changed into hairs, or absent. Flowers solitary, at the ends of the branches,
racemose, cymose, or paniculate, the lower ones axillary or lateral. Sepals
usually 2, rarely 5, free, or adnate to the base of the ovary, much imbricated,
persistent or deciduous. Petals 4-5, rarely numerous, hypogynous or rarely
perigynous, free, or connate at the very base, imbricate, entire, often fleeting
or deliquescent. Stamens inserted with the petals, often adnate to them at
the base, sometimes equalling them in number, sometimes fewer and opposite,
sometimes numerous ; filaments thread-like, distinct. Carpels 3 or more ;
stigmas several, much divided.
P. grandiflora [Sun Plant). — A
beautiful Brazilian plant, about 6 in. high,
with cylindrical, acute leaves, having tufts
of hairs in the axils. Flowers in summer,
crimson-purple, three or four together,
crowded, surrounded by whorls of leaves
and crowded hairs. The variety Thellu-
soni is a taller plant, with less cylindrical
and blunter leaves than the type, and
large scarlet flowers, with 2-lobed petals.
There are several forms such as aurea,
aureo- striata, alba, coccinea, splendens,
caryophylloides, Thornburni,aurantiaca,
Bed ma mi i &c, with single flowers of
various hues, and most of them are ob-
tainable from a packet of mixed seed.
The variety called jj/ewa has beautiful
double flowers of a brilliant crimson-
purple, and looks very handsome.
The popular name of ' Sun Plant ' is
derived from the fact that the flowers open
as a rule only during bright sunshine ;
hence the necessity for planting in warm
sunny positions to obtain the best results.
Portulaca oleracea, an Indian annual,
is sometimes grown as a salad, the leaves
being eaten fresh or in a cooked state.
CALANDRINIA (Rock Purslane).
A genus containing about 60 species of
smooth or hairy annual or perennial
herbs, sometimes shrubby at the base.
Leaves alternate or tufted, rather fleshy.
Flowers solitary, long-stalked, or axillary,
or in loose terminal racemes or con-
tracted heads. Sepals 2, herbaceous,
ovate, persistent, or rarely deciduous.
Petals 5, often ephemeral, rarely fewer or
numerous, hypogynous. Stamens 5 or
more, free, cohering into a ring at the
PORTULACA (Purslane).— A genus
containing about 16 species of spreading
or ascending fleshy herbs, with alternate
or nearly opposite flat or rounded leaves,
often with tufts of bristles in the axils,
the upper ones often forming an involucre
round the flowers. Sepals '2, cohering in
a tube and adnate to the base of the
ovary, free above, deciduous. Petals 4-6,
free, or slightly connate at the base.
Stamens 8 or more, at the base of the
petals, and with them perigynous. Style
deeply cut into 3-8 branches.
Culture and Pro2)agation. — Outdoor
Portulacas are best treated as annuals.
The seeds may be sown thinly in April
in pans in a cold frame. By June the
seedlings will be ready for planting out.
If pricked off into pots or pans previously
and kept in a well-aired frame the seed-
lings make much better plants. Seeds
may also be sown in the open border
about the end of May, to bloom later
than those raised under glass.
The double-flowered varieties may be
increased by means of cuttings during the
summer and autumn months, but this
process necessitates keeping the plants
under glass during the winter period.
The cuttings should be inserted in light
sandy soil and may be rooted in a shaded
part of the garden, out of doors or under a
handlight ; or if the season is unfavourable
on a gentle hotbed.
Portulacas are not particular as to
soil, but rich loam and leaf mould suit
them best. They should be planted in
the sunniest and warmest parts, and in
bold masses to secure better effect when
in bloom. The best kind to grow is:
262
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS calandeinia
base, or adhering to the petals. Capsule
globose or ovoid, 3-valved.
Culture and Propagation. — The
species described below are the ones
chiefly grown as annuals from seed,
except C. umbellata, which is treated as a
biennial. They like a light sandy soil in
warm places in the rock garden. As the
plants do not transplant well, it is better
to sow seeds where the plants are to
flower, protecting them with handlights
or sheets of glass until all danger of frost
is over. The flowers of most species ex-
pand only in bright sunshine, thus resem-
bling the Portulacas.
C. discolor. — A Chilian plant 12-18
in. high, with fleshy obovate leaves,
nai'rowed at the base, pale green above,
purple beneath. Flowers in summer,
bright rose, 1A in. across, with a yellow
tuft of stamens in the centre, borne on
long racemes. The blossoms are at first
drooping, but become erect when fully
expanded. This species is often called
C. elegans in gardens.
Culture dc. as above. Seeds may be
sown in the open border in warm sheltered
situations, with plenty of sunshine, in
April and May, and even as late as the
end of June, to secure a succession of
flowering till late in autumn. The seed-
lings when large enough may be thinned
out 6-8 in. apart.
C. grandiflora. — A native of Chili 1 ft.
high, with rather shrubby stems. Leaves
fleshy, rhomboid, acute, stalked. Flowers
in summer, 2 in. across, rosy, in loose
racemes ; calyx spotted with black.
Culture dc. as above.
C. Menziesi (C. speciosa). — A Califor-
nian species with much-branched stems
at first prostrate, but afterwards turning
upwards 12-18 in. high. Leaves spathu-
late, much narrowed towards the base.
Flowers from June to September, deep
purple-crimson, i-1 in. across.
Culture dc. — This is one of the most
beautiful members of the genus and looks
very effective grown in large patches.
Seeds may be sown at intervals from
April to July to keep up a succession of
blossom.
C. nitida. — A pretty tufted species
about 6 in. high, native of Chili. Leaves
smooth, oblong, spathulate, sub-acute,
narrowed at the base. Flowers in sum-
mer, rosj7, about 2 in. across, and borne
in many-flowered leafy racemes.
Culture dtc. as above for C. discolor.
C. oppositifolia. — A pretty Californian
species with a thick and fleshy tuberous
rootstock, and oblanceolate leaves 2-2£
in. long. The pure white or blush
flowers, each about 1^ in. across, are borne
in late summer, 3 or 4 on a stem 3-6 in.
high. The sepals are roundish and
sharply toothed, as are also the 5 deeply
cleft petals, surrounding a cluster of
about 20 stamens in the centre.
Cult are Ac. as for C. umbellata below.
This species is rather tender and is
best wintered in a cold greenhouse in un-
favourable parts of the kingdom. C.
Tiveedyi, a dwarf -tufted species with thick
fleshy leaves and bronzy flesh-coloured
flowers, would probably succeed if treated
in the same way, at least in the milder
parts of the kingdom.
C. umbellata. — A distinct and pretty
Peruvian species about 6 inches high,
with radical, linear, acute, hairy leaves.
Flowers in summer and autumn, brilliant
magenta-crimson, less than 1 in. across,
in many-flowered cymose corymbs.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species is a perennial on dry soils, and
may be grown in warm fully exposed
sunny parts of the rock garden. The seeds
should be sown in fine sandy soil in pots
or in the open some time during Sep-
tember, or in April and May as mentioned
above for C. discolor. If sown in pots the
seedlings should not be pricked out, as
they are apt to perish by such treatment,
but the whole potful — soil and all — should
be carefully planted without breaking the
soil. In favourable parts of the kingdom
this species and also C. grandiflora will
often reproduce themselves from self-sown
seeds.
CLAYTON I A. — A genus containing
about 20 species of fleshy annual or
perennial herbaceous plants, usually
smooth, sometimes with tuberous root-
stocks. Lower leaves stalked, upper ones
alternate or opposite. Stipules none.
Flowers in terminal racemes or cymes,
rarely axillar}' or solitary. Sepals 2,
herbaceous, ovate, persistent. Petals 5,
hypogynous. Stamens 5, opposite the
petals, and adhering to them at the base.
Style 3-cleft or 3-furrowed.
Culture and Propagation. — Clay-
tonias are adapted for the rockery or
CLAYTONIA
PURSLANE ORDER
LEWISIA 263
wild garden. The annual fibrous-rooted
species may be increased by seeds ; the
tuberous-rooted ones also by seeds, or by
offsets taken in autumn or spring. The
tuberous species thrive best in damp
peaty soil ; the annuals in loamy soil.
C. caroliniana. — A spreading dwarf
species, native of North America, with
sputhuJate oblong or ovate-lance-shaped
leaves. Flowers in spring, rosy, in loose
racemes.
Culture itc. This species may be
grown in peaty soil in the rock garden in
partially shaded and moist situations. It
may be increased by seeds sown as soon
as ripe in pots or pans in cold frames.
The seedlings are pricked out and grown
on till the following spring before trans-
ferring to the open ground. The roots
may also be divided in early autumn or
in spring.
C. perfoliata. — An annual species
3-6 in. high, native of N.W. America to
Mexico, and Cuba, also found naturalised
in parts of the British Islands. Upper
leaves connate or perfoliate, forming a
roundish disc ; lower ones stalked, oval-
rhomboid. Flowers from May to August,
white, small.
Culture de. This species will grow in
any garden soil, and may be increased by
seeds sown out of doors as soon as ripe, or
in April and May.
C. sibirica. — A Siberian perennial
3-6 in. high, with spindle-shaped roots.
Leaves ovate, the lower ones stalked, upper
ones opposite, sessile. Flowers in spring,
rosy, with 2-cleft petals.
Culture £c. as above for C. caroliniana.
C. virginica. — A tuberous-rooted N.
American perennial 3 in. high. Leaves
linear lance-shaped. Flowers in spring,
white, with notched petals.
Culturedc. as above for C. caroliniana.
SPRAGUEA. — A genus containing
only one species here described : — ■
S. umbellata. — A rare Californian
perennial 6-9 in. high, with somewhat
fleshy spathulate leaves, and small
scarious stipules. Flowers in summer,
pinky-rose, in dense imbricated spikes.
Sepals 2, roundish heart-shaped, mem-
branaceous, persistent. Petals 4, hypo-
gynous. Stamens 3, opposite the petals,
and adhering to them at the base. Style
2-cleft.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species is probably not quite hardy in
unfavourable parts of the country, and in
such places may require slight protection.
It grows in ordinary soil and is useful for
the rockery, or edges of the flower border.
To obtain flowers the same year, seeds
should be sown on a hotbed in February,
the seedlings being pricked out singly
into small pots so as to be ready for
planting out by the end of May, to bloom
in August and September. Seeds sown
later in the open will not produce flowers
until the following spring or summer.
LEWISIA. — Like the preceding, this
genus has only one species : —
L. rediviva {Spathim). — A remark-
able and pretty N. American plant 1-3
in. high, with edible, tapering, fleshy, red-
etemmed roots, white within. Leaves
densely tufted, linear, fleshy, withering on
the appearance of the flowers. The latter
appear in summer on one-flowered scapes,
jointed above the middle, pink, with a
nearly white centre, 3-4 in. across. Sepals
6-8 (most of the other plants in this order
have only 2), broadly ovate, contorted,
imbricate, finely veined with red, persis-
tent. Petals 8 10, hypogynous, imbricate.
Stamens numerous, inserted with the
petals. Styles deeply 6-8-cleft.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species should be planted in a nook or
crevice in the rockery, where its fleshy
roots will obtain plenty of moisture. The
position, however, should be a sunny one,
as the flowers will not readily develop in
shady spots. After blooming the plant
shrivels up into a withered string-like
mass. In very hot seasons the plants
should be watered every day. Lewisias
are increased by seeds, or by dividing the
roots in spring. The seeds should be
sown as soon as ripe hi pots or pans in
cold frames, and the seedlings after being
pricked out should be grown on during
the whiter months in the frames until fine
weather in spring, when they may be
planted out. Or the seeds may be sown
in gentle bottom heat about February and
March. The seedlings are pricked out
and hardened off so as to be ready for the
open air by the end of May or beginning
of June.
264
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS tamakix
XXI. TAMARISCINEiE— Tamarisk Order
A small genus containing 5 genera, and about 40 species of shrubs or under-
shrubs, rarely trees or durable herbs. Leaves alternate, very small, often
scale-like, imbricate, entire, and often fleshy with a usually pitted surface.
Stipules none. Flowers regular, often hermaphrodite, in close spikes, or
racemes, often white or rose, flesh-coloured, small or showy. Sepals 5,
rarely 4, free or connate at the base, much imbricated in bud. Petals 5,
rarely 4, free, or cohering in a tube at the base. Disc hypogynous or slightly
perigynous, 10-glandular, crenate or angulate, rarely absent. Stamens 5 or
more, inserted on the disc, free, or variously connate at the base. Anthers
2-celled, versatile. Ovary free, 1-celled, or imperfectly septate. Capsule
dehiscent, leathery.
TAMARIX (Tamarisk). — A genus
containing about 20 species (50 according
to some authors) of small trees or bushes,
with minute, scale-like leaves, stena-
clasping or sheathing. Flowers white or
rose, in spikes or dense racemes. Sepals
4-5, rarely 6, free. Petals 4-5, inserted
under the glandular, crenate, angled or
lobed disc, free, or slightly connate at the
base. Stamens 5-10, rarely 4, or 11-12,
inserted on the disc, free or connate in a
ring near the base. Ovary narrowed up-
wards ; styles 3-4, short, thick.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Tamarisks thrive in almost any good
garden soil, and are very effective orna-
ments in shmbberies and borders. Along
the south coast and in the Channel
islands the common Tamarisk (T.
gallica) is a lovely feathery, Heath-like
tree. Plants may be increased by insert-
ing cuttings of the flowerless shoots about
4 in. long under glass in sandy soil during
the summer months. When well rooted
they may be planted out in spring in a
warm sunny border and well watered.
Seeds may also be sown as soon as
ripe in cold frames, and the young plants
may be grown in the frames imtil the
following spring, when they may be trans-
ferred to a warm and sheltered border.
Seeds may also be sown in spring and
treated in the same way.
T. chinensis. — This is somewhat
similar to T. gallica, but has if anything
a more graceful and feathery appearance.
It is sometimes called T. japonica
plumosa, and produces pink flowers.
Culture dc. as above. It is not quite
so hardy as T. gallica.
T. gallica (Common Tamarisk). — A
fast-growing, beautiful evergreen shrub
6-12 ft. high, native of Britain, and also
distributed throughout Europe to India.
Leaves very small, closely imbricated,
triangular, auricled and keeled on the
very slender, feathery branchlets, and
about | in. long, and awl-shaped on older
wood. Flowers from July to September,
white or pink, in catkin-like spikes 1 in.
long.
Culture dc. as above.
T. hispida (T. hliasgarica). — This is
a recently introduced species from Central
Asia. The leaves are very small and
blue-green in appearance, closely pressed
to the stems, and therosy-carrnine flowers
are produced in autumn.
Culture dc. as above.
T. parvifiora (T. africana). — A
native of S.E. Europe, 6-10 ft. high,
with small lance-shaped acute leaves,
slightly keeled. Flowers in summer,
pink, crowded on spikes or lateral
racemes.
Culture dc. as above.
T. tetrandra. — A Caucasian shrub
6 8 ft. high, with lance-shaped stem-
clasping leaves. Flowers in summer,
pinkish-white, borne on lateral racemes
about H in. long, and remarkable for
having only 4 stamens or anthers, as
indicated by the name.
Culture dc. as above. This species is
very hardy and produces seeds freely in
the neighbourhood of London.
MYRICARIA. — A small genus con-
taining 3 or 4 closely related species
of deciduous undershrubs, with small.
MYRICARIA
ST, JO NX's WORT ORDER
HYPERICUM 265
narrow, clustered leaves. Flowers rosy
or white, in long spiked terminal
racemes, leafy at the base. Sepals and
petals 5, free. Stamens usually 10,
inserted on the disc, slightly connate at
the base or beyond the middle.
M. germanica. — An elegant Heath-
like shrub 3-6 ft. high, native of Europe
and Asia, with rigid, erect, and slightly
angular branches. Leaves somewhat
glaucous, linear, blunt, spotted. Flowers
in summer, white or rose-tinted, in spike-
like racemes ; petals lance-shaped, acute.
Culture and Propagation. — The
above is the only species of note. It
is a good shrub for dry banks in warm
sandy soils, and may be increased by
seeds sown in the open air about May,
or by cuttings of the firm young wood
during the summer months, inserted in
light sandy soil under a handlight. They
may be transplanted in mild weather the
following spring.
REAUMURIA.— A
species of little-known
genus of 10
much-branched
procumbent or straggling shrubs with
small or roxuidish, fleshy, often clustered
leaves. Flowers terminal, solitary, often
showy, larger than in Tamarix. Sepals
5, nearly connate at the base or almost
free, surrounded by few or many imbri-
cated sepaloid bracts. Claws of the petals
broad. Stamens numerous, free, or in
5 bundles opposite the petals, more or
less connate at the base. Styles 5, awl-
like.
R. hypericoides. — A beautiful Syrian
shrub about 2 ft. high, with leathery
leaves, varying from linear to lanceolate
oblong. Flowers in summer, purple ;
petals irregular, ovate or ovate-oblong,
very blunt, with appendices short and
slightly fimbriate at the apex.
Culture and Propagation. ■ — This
species grows readily in sandy loam and
peat in a warm corner of the border or
shrubbery. Cuttings of the ripe young
wood root readily in a sandy soil under
a bell glass in the same way as re-
commended for Tamarix and Myri-
caria.
XXII. HYPERICINE^E— St. John's Wort Order
An order containing 8 genera and over 200 species of evergreen or deciduous
herbs, shrubs, or rarely trees. Leaves opposite, rarely verticillate, simple,
entire, penni-nerved, or glandular-toothed, herbaceous, or very rarely leathery
in texture, sometimes small or needle-like, usually full of pellucid dots, and
bordered with black glands. Stipules none. Flowers regular, hermaphro-
dite, terminal or rarely axillary, solitary, cymose or cyrnose paniculate-
usually yellow or white. Sepals 5, rarely 4, imbricate. Petals 5, rarely 4,
hypogynous, imbricate, often contorted, bordered with blackish dots, some-
times with a fleshy scale or hollow at the base. Stamens numerous, hypo -
gynous, often in 3 or 5 connate or approaching bundles, sometimes in many
bundles, with fleshy glands intervening.
HYPERICUM (St. John's Wort).
A genus containing about 160 species
of deciduous or evergreen shrubs or under -
shrubs. Leaves often almost sessile,
small or membranaceous, entire or rarely
somewhat toothed, usually with pellucid
black dots at the edges. Flowers yellow,
rarely white, solitary, cymose or panicu-
late. Sepals and petals 5. Stamens free
or slightly cohering at the base into 3-8
bundles. Styles distinct or rarely co-
hering.
Culture and Propagation. — Hyperi-
cums prefer a rich sandy loam, but will
grow readily in any ordinary garden soil.
They are useful for shrubberies, borders,
banks, or in beds by themselves. They
are increased quickly from seeds or cut-
tings, or by dividing the creeping rooted
species. The half-hardy kinds may
require a little protection in winter in
northern parts of the country. All the
kinds described below lose their leaves
in winter and have yellow flowers except
where otherwise stated.
H. aegyptiacum. — A half-hardy round -
stemmed evergreen 6-18 in. high, native
of N. Africa and the Levant. Leaves
glaucous, small, ovate, crowded, without
266
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS Hypericum
dots. Flowers in summer, small, few,
almost sessile.
Culture and Propagation. — Although
from sunny Mediterranean climes this
species is hardy in ordinary winters in
the neighbourhood of London. It must,
however, be grown in warm and sheltered
spots and in well-drained rather sandy
soil. Cuttings of the ripened or half-
ripened shoots, without flower buds, may
be rooted under a handlight during the
summer and autumn months, and trans-
planted the following spring. Seeds may
also be sown as soon as ripe, if obtainable,
and the young plants moved into a warm
border the following spring after all danger
from frost is over.
H. Androsaemum (Sweet Amber;
Common Tutsan). — A sub-shrubby species,
native of Britain, with sessile, ovate,
somewhat heart-shaped leaves, minutely
dotted. Flowers in summer, large, ter-
minal, stalked.
Culture dc. as above. Seeds freehy
produced.
H. Ascyron. — A Siberian species 3 ft.
high, with 4-angled stems. Leaves stem-
clasping, lance-shaped, acute, full of pellu-
cid dots. Flowers in summer, very large.
Culture dc. as above. Seeds freely
produced.
H. calycinum (Aaron's Beard; Rose
of Sharon). — A beautiful almost ever-
green species about 1 ft. high, with 4-
angled stems, native of S.E. Europe, and
naturalised in parts of Britain. Leaves
broadly ovate, lance-shaped, leathery, full
of pellucid dots. Flowers in siunmer,
large, terminal, solitary, 3 in. across.
Culture dc. as above. Seeds freely.
H. Coris. — A half-hardy round-
stemmed evergreen 6-24 in. high, native
of the Levant. Leaves in whorls, linear,
with revolute edges. Flowers from May
to September, less than 1 in. across.
Culture dc. as above, p. 265.
H. elatum. — AN. American species
about 5 ft. high, having reddish stems
when young. Leaves ovate -oblong acute,
dilated at the base, slightly notched and
rather revolute at the edges. Flowers in
July, borne in corymbose clusters.
Culture dc. as above. Seeds produced
freely.
H. elegans. — A fine Siberian plant
1 ft. high, with winged and black-dotted
stems. Leaves ovate-lance-shaped, some-
what stem-clasping, bluntish, full of pel-
lucid dots. Flowers in summer, borne in
racemose clusters.
Culture dc. as above. This species
seems to be somewhat rare.
H. elodes. — A native of bogs, ditches
and wet moors in the British Islands,
with creeping, round, hairy stems. Leaves
roundish, ovate blunt, shaggy, woolly, mil
of pellucid dots. Flowers in summer, i in.
across, pale yellow with green ribs, open-
ing only in sunshine. Sepals smooth,
oblong blunt, with red glandular serra-
tures.
Culture dc. as above. A good plant
for the bog garden.
H. empetrifolium. — A half-hardy ever-
green 6-12 in. high, native of South
Europe, with slender erect 4-angled
branchlets. Leaves linear with revolute
margins. Flowers in summer ; petals
without glands.
Culture dc. as above, p. 265.
H. hircinum (Goat-scented St. John's
Wort). — A species from the Mediterranean
region, 2-4 ft. high, with winged branches.
Leaves dilated, sessile, ovate-lance-
shaped, with glandular edges. Flowers in
summer, large, with very long styles.
There is a variety called minor which
is smaller in all its parts.
Culture dc. as above. Seeds freely
produced.
H. hookerianum (H. oblong ifoliu m).
A half-hardy evergreen 2 ft. high, native
of Nepaul, with round, shrubby stems.
Leaves elliptic-lance-shaped, crowded,
slightly revolute at the edges, frill of
pellucid dots. Flowers in summer, large.
Culture dc. as above. Seeds freely
produced.
H. japonicum. — A Japanese species
about 1 ft. high, with weak, 4-angled,
smooth, decumbent stems. Leaves
broadly ovate, mucronate, blunt, with
revolute edges, full of pellucid dots.
Flowers in spring, small, in loose panicles.
Culture dc. as above.
H. kalmianum. — A North American
species 2-4 ft. high, with 4-angled stems,
and linear lance-shaped leaves. Flowers
in summer, 3-7 in a terminal corymb-like
cluster.
Culture dc. as above. Seeds freely.
H. moserianum. — This is a hybrid
between H. calycinum and H. patulum,
HYI-URICUM
CAMELLIA ORDER-
ACTINIDIA 267
and has become very popular of late
years. There is a beautiful variegated
form called tricolor, the leaves of which
are blotched with white, green, and rosy-
carmine.
Culture dc. as above, p. 265.
H. nummularium. — A Pyrenean species
3-6 in. high, with round ascending stems,
and roundish stalked leaves. Flowers in
summer, racemose.
Culture dc. as above, p. 265.
H. orientale. — A native of the Levant,
6 12 in. high, with erect, slender, 2 -angled
stems. Leaves stem-clasping, linear,
blunt, erect, fringed with glandular hairs.
Flowers in summer.
Culture dc. as above, p. 265.
H. patulum. — A Japanese species 6 ft.
high, with round, purplish, herbaceous
stems. Leaves ovate lance-shaped,
acute, tapering to the base, revolute at
the edges, without dots.
Culture dc. as above. Seeds freely
produced.
H. perforatum (Common St. John's
Wort). — A native of the copses and
hedge-banks in the British Islands, and
also distributed in the north temperate
regions. It grows about 3 ft. high and
has slender brown stems. Leaves sessile,
oblong, with pellucid dots and occasionally
a few black ones beneath. Flowers from
July to September, 1 in. across ; sepals
lance-shaped acute, entire, with a few
glandular lines or dots.
Culture dc. as above. Seeds freely
produced.
H. prolificum. — A round-stemmed
species with angular branches, 1-2 ft.
high, native of N. America. Leaves
linear lance-shaped, with revolute edges,
full of pellucid dots. Flowers in summer,
corymbose. H. densiflorum is closely
related, but has narrower leaves and
smaller flowers.
Culture dc. as above. Seeds freely
produced.
H. pyramidatum. A X. American
species 4 ft. high, with winged herbace-
ous stems. Leaves stem-clasping, oblong-
lance-shaped, acute, with revolute edges.
Flowers in summer, large, on short thick
stalks.
Culture dc. as above, p. 265.
H. triflorum. A half-hardy smooth-
stemmed species, native of the mountains
of Java. Leaves membranous, ovate-
oblong, bluntish, full of pellucid dots.
Flowers in summer, solitary, usually in
threes on terminal stalks.
Culture dc. as above, p. 265.
H. uralum. — A native of Nepaul 2 ft.
high, with 2-edged compressed branches.
Leaves elliptic, abruptly pointed, smooth,
shining. Flowers in summer, terminal,
somewhat corymbose.
Culture dc. as above, p. 265.
XXIII. TERNSTRCEMIACEiE— Camellia Order
An order containing over 30 genera and 260 species of trees and shrubs, rarely
climbers. Leaves alternate, rarely opposite, simple and entire or rarely
digitately 3-5-lobed, or often serrate, leathery, penni-nerved. Stipules none,
or very rarely, minute, and very caducous. Flowers regular, hermaphrodite,
or rarely diclinous. Sepals 5, rarely 4, or 6-7, free, or slightly cohering at
the base, imbricate, the inner ones often larger. Petals 5, rarely 4, or 6-9,
hypogynous, free or often cohering in a short tube or ring at the base, much
imbricated or twisted. Stamens usually numerous, rarely equal in number
to the petals, hypogynous, free or often connate with each other at the base,
or adnate to the base of the corolla. Disc none. Ovary free. Peduncles 1-
or many-flowered ; or flowers in terminal or axillary racemes, rarely in elongated
panicles, often with 2 bracteoles beneath the calyx.
ACTINIDIA. — A genus containing
about 8 species of ornamental, climbing,
smooth, stiffly hairy or woolly shrubs,
with entire or serrate leaves often mem-
branaceous, penni-nerved. Flowers poly-
gamous or dioecious. Sepals 5, slightly
268
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS gordonia
imbricate, somewhat connate at the base.
Petals 5, rather twisted, imbricate.
Stamens numerous, with versatile anthers.
Culture and Propagation. — Actinidias
thrive in a light, rich, loamy soil in warm
situations, and are excellent for trailing
over walls, trellises, arbours &c. They
may be increased by seeds sown in gentle
heat under glass, or the shoots may be
layered during the summer and autumn
months. Cuttings of the ripened shoots
may also be rooted in the autumn in
sandy soil under a bell glass and grown
on during the winter months under the
protection of a cold frame or greenhouse.
A. Kolomikta. — A beautiful species
from N.E. Asia, with ovate-oblong,
stalked serrate leaves, rounded or some-
what cordate at the base, and tapering to
a long point, very beautiful in autumn,
changing to red and white. Flowers in
summer, white, i in. across, solitary,
axillary or cymose, the stalks being
covered with fluffy white down.
Culture do. as above.
A. polygama. — A Japanese species,
with heart-shaped, serrate, reddish-stalked
leaves about 3 in. long, and fragrant white
flowers in June and July, drooping from
the leaf axils and succeeded by edible
berries in the autumn months.
Culture dc. as above.
A. volubilis. — A free-growing Japanese
climber, with oval and elliptic leaves,
and small white flowers in June.
Culture dc. as above.
STACHYURUS.— A genus contain-
ing only 2 species of smooth shrubs or
small trees with membranous serrate
leaves and small flowers in lateral spikes
or racemes. Sepals and petals 4 each.
Stamens 8, free. Fruit a 4-celled berry.
S. praecox. — A Chinese and Japanese
shrub with flexible sterns 9-10 ft. high,
furnished with bright more or less oval-
lance-shaped tapering leaves 4-6 in. long,
with serrulate edges. The small greenish-
yellow flowers are freely borne in short
axillary clusters early in March, before the
leaves are developed.
Cu It ure and Propagation. — This plant
flourishes in ordinary good and well-
drained garden soil, and may be utilised
like the Actinidias for clothing a south
wall which will give it the necessary
protection from cold winds. It may be
easily increased by cuttings of the ripened
or half-ripened shoots in August and
September, placed in sandy soil under a
handlight and protected until the follow-
ing spring from the severities of winter.
STUARTIA. — A genus containing
3 species of beautiful shrubs, with mem-
branous deciduous leaves, and shortly
stalked, solitary, axillary flowers. Sepals
and petals 5, rarely 6, the latter imbri-
cate, cohering at the base. Stamens
numerous, adhering to the base of the
petals ; anthers versatile. Styles 5, dis-
tinct, or connate.
Culture and Propagation. — Stu-
artias thrive in a peaty and loamy
soil, and in the milder parts of the
country make handsome shrubs. In less
favoured parts they should be protected
from the north and east winds by hardier
trees and shrubs, as the young shoots are
apt to be injured by severe frosts. A
warm and sunny position is essential for
the thorough ripening of the growths.
The plants may be increased by
layering the lower branches, or by putting
cuttings of ripened wood in sandy soil
under a bell glass during the late summer
and autumn months.
S. pentagyna (Malachodendron ova-
turn). — A somewhat slow-growing species
about 10 ft. high, native of N. America,
with ovate-acute leaves. Flowers from
May to July, creamy-white, with 5-6
sepals and petals, the latter being obovate
with jagged edges and a purplish downy
outer surface.
Culture dc. as above.
S. Pseudo-camellia (S. grandijiora).
A beautiful Japanese shrub, about 12
feet high. Leaves ovate-elliptic, shortly
toothed, pointed, narrowed into a reddish
stalk. Flowers in summer, creamy-
white, with finely serrulate dull reddish-
brown sepals.
Culture dc. as above.
S. virginica. — A rounded and spread-
ing bush 6-10 ft. high, native of N.
America, with oblong-ovate, serrulate
leaves, softly downy beneath. Flowers in
early summer, white, about 3 in. across,
with crimson-red stamens. Sepals ovate ;
petals 5, roundish-obovate.
Culture dc. as above.
GORDONIA (Loblolly Bay). — A
genus containing 10 species of evergreen
trees or shrubs with entire or crenate
leaves. Peduncles solitary, 1 -flowered.
GORDONIA
CAMELLIA ORDER
CAMELLIA 269
Sepals usually 5, unequal. Petals free,
or slightly connate at the base, much
imbricated, the inner ones larger.
Stamens numerous, often in 5 bundles,
or united in a ring and adnate to the
petals.
Culture and Propagation. — The
species mentioned below are the only
ones grown out of doors in the British
Islands, and, although they have been
introduced more than a century and a
half, are still very little known. This is
owing chiefly to the fact that tht\ are
not readily increased, either by seeds or
layers — the methods of propagation
usually adopted. They thrive in light
peaty soil with plenty of leaf mould in it,
and should be placed in the most shel-
tered and warmest parts of the garden.
As seeds are very rarely produced in
our climate, it is not possible to obtain
plants by that means very often. Im-
ported seeds should be sown immediately
on arrival, in light sandy peat and leaf
soil, and placed in gentle heat. Layers
may be made during the summer and
autumn months, and cuttings of the
ripened shoots may also be inserted in
moist sandy peat and loam, either in
gentle heat (which is best) or under a
handlight.
G. Lasianthus. — A beautiful Camellia-
like shrub 8-10 ft. high, native of the sea-
coast swamps of the S. United States.
Leaves oblong, smooth, serrated, leathery.
Flowers from July to September, white,
about 4 in. across, fragrant, borne in the
axils of the leaves.
Culture <('•('. as above.
G. pubescens. — A slightly dwarfer
species from the same region, with
obovate-lance-shaped, somewhat serrated
leaves, downy beneath. Flowers late in
summer, white, about 3 in. across, frag-
rant, with a bundle of conspicuous golden-
yellow stamens in the centre.
Culture dc. as above.
CAMELLIA.— A genus which in-
cludes over a dozen species of beautiful
evergreen trees and shrubs, with serrated,
leathery or membranous shining green
leaves. Flowers axillary, solitary or clus-
tered, sessile or shortly stalked, showy.
Sepals 5-6, unequal, gradually passing
from bracteoles to petals ; the latter
slightly cohering at the base, much im-
bricated. Stamens numerous, many of
the outer ones cohering and attached to
the base of the petals ; inner ones free.
Camellias, although usually grown
in cool greenhouses, are in reality hardier
plants than is generally supposed. Prom
the Thames Valley southwards, and in
favourable parts of the south-west of Scot-
land and Ireland, they are practically
hardy. Indeed during the severe frosts
of the winters of 1879-80 and 1880-81
Camellias in widely distant parts of the
country (Wales, Isle of Wight, Dorset,
Argyllshire, Surrey, Cornwall &c.) were
quite uninjured by frosts, although in
many parts well-favoured geographically
the plants were injured. Altitude,
exposure, soil and drainage would account
for this, however, in many cases.
Culture and Propagation. — Camel-
lias like a good rich compost of sandy peat
and loam, and should never be allowed
to get too dry at the roots, as the
flowers are likely to drop as a conse-
quence. The plants are greatly benefited
by a daily syringe during the summer time
— either early in the morning or late in the
afternoon. If the water is applied with
some force from a hose pipe, the stems
and leaves are kept beautifully clean, and
the flower buds become plumper, and are
more likely to develop, than if the plants
are not attended to.
The best position for the Camellia is
facing north or north-west, with a wall or
hedge in the background for protection
from fierce cold winds, which seem to do
a good deal of mischief. If low-growing
hardy shrubs like Osmanthus, Olearia &c.
are planted in front of them, they are a
great protection to the stems and roots,
wdiich are often more affected by biting
winds than the foliage. A shady position,
but one at the same time fully exposed
and well ventilated, is best for outdoor
Camellias, as they do not like the scorch-
ing heat and bright sunshine of summer.
As the wood is fairly well-ripened by
July, that is the best time for planting —
either from pots or the open ground.
Have the hole sufficiently large to admit
of the roots being evenly spread over the
surface and not crumpled up in a ball.
In this way the soil will get in among
the roots properly, new ones will develop
more rapidly, and thus enable the plants
to become well established before the
winter. Planting is always best done in
dull showery weather, so that the plants
will not suffer too much by the evaporation
270
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS camellia
of moisture from the foliage. If planting
takes place in dry sunny weather, the
soil should be well watered and the
plants should also be well syringed daily,
early in the morning and late in the
afternoon, and until they are well esta-
blished it may be advisable to shade
them during the hottest portion of the
day with a covering of thin canvas or
some other light material. The way to
plants trees properly is shown in the
diagram at p. 1032.
Single-flowered Camellias may be
increased by seeds, layers, or cuttings, the
two latter methods being used for the
double and variegated kinds. Cuttings
are best taken in August, and inserted in
sandy peat and loam in a cold shaded
frame. By the following spring those
that have rooted will begin to grow.
They should then be potted off singly in
a similar compost and kept in a close
frame for a time and well syringed until
well established, when they may have
plenty of air to ripen the wood.
Camellias are also grafted or ' inarched '
in early spring when growth begins upon
stocks of the common variety of C. japo-
nica which are raised from cuttings. With-
out the aid of a greenhouse, however, it is
not worth while for the amateur to raise
his own plants. He will get them much
better and cheaper from a nurseryman.
Most of the Camellias seen in gardens
are varieties of C. japonica, but other
species also are here described.
C. euryoides. — - A hairy, branched
Chinese species, about 4 ft. high, with
ovate lance-shaped, pointed leaves, ser-
rated on the edges, and silky beneath.
Flowers from May to July, white.
Culture dc. as above. This plant is
very rarely seen.
C. japonica. — A lovely tree about 20
ft. high, native of Japan and China, with
ovate, pointed, sharply serrated leaves.
In a wild state the flowers are red,
resembling those of the Wild Eose.
This species was introduced to Europe
in 1739 by Lord Petre, but the double-
flowered forms did not appear until 1792
onwards. The variety anemoncefiora
has nearly all the stamens transformed
into small incurved petals, which give
the flower a likeness to a double
Anemone.
Among the many varieties of C.
japonica, the following are probably best
for outdoor culture, but others may be
equally good, if not better : —
alba plena, double white ; Chandleri
elegans, large, light rose ; Donckelaari,
large semi-double, rich crimson, marbled
white ; fimbrlata alba, white petals
notched at edges ; imbricata, deep car-
mine, occasionally variegated ; Lady
Hume's Blush, very free, good form,
flesh colour ; Mathotiana, brilliant red,
and Mathotiana alba, white ; Lavinia
Maggi. pure white, flamed with cerise ;
Countess of Orkney, white, striped with
carmine, sometimes pink, shaded with
deep rose.
Culture dc. as above.
C. reticulata. — A fine Chinese shrub
about 10 ft. high, with oblong pointed,
serrated, net-veined leaves, and large
semi-double bright rose flowers. There
is also a full double-flowered form, and it
is possible that many of the garden forms
are derived from this species.
Culture dc. as above. This species
must be grown in warm, sheltered, and
sunny situations as it does not like ex-
posure to cold winds.
XXIV. MALVACEAE— Mallow Order
An extensive order (about 60 genera and 700 species) of herbs, shrubs, or
rarely trees, with stellate hairs. Leaves alternate, usually palminerved, more
or less divided, stipulate. Peduncles axillary and one-flowered, in fascicled
racemes or panicles. Flowers regular, hermaphrodite, rarely dioecious or
polygamous. Sepals 5, rarely 3-4, more or less united at the base. Petals
5, hypogynous, twisted in bud, free, or adhering to the base of the stamen
tube. Stamens many, hypogynous, filaments more or less united, rarely free.
Disc small, sometimes growing up between the numerous carpels. Fruit dry
MALOPE
MALLOW ORDER
AI/TH-SEA 271
or rarely berry-like, the carpels often united and forming a fruit known as a
carcerule (see Glossary, fig. 27).
MALOPE. — A genus containing only
3 species of little-known smooth or hairy
ornamental annuals, with entire or 3- cleft
leaves. Flowers stalked, violet or rose,
with 3 large heart-shaped bracteoles.
Calyx 5-lobed, persistent. Stamen-tube
divided into numerous filaments.
Culture and Propagation. — Malo-
pes thrive best in sandy loam, in sunny
situations, but .are not fastidious. They
may be raised from seeds sown in slight
heat in March, or in the open bor-
der at the end of April. The latter
method is better on the whole, as the
seedlings do not stand transplanting from
seed pots very well. When sown in the
open border they may simply be thinned
out 6-9 in. apart. During the summer
months they require to be frequently
watered as they absorb and exhale mois-
ture very freely. They look more effec-
tive in masses or groups.
M. malacoides. — A native of South
Europe, about 1 ft. high, with oblong-
ovate, crenate or pinnatind leaves, wedge-
or heart-shaped at the base. Flowers in
summer, large, rose-pink, tinged with
purple.
Culture <{■(-. as above.
M. trifida. — A beautiful annual ] 3 ft.
high, native of S. Spain. Leaves 3-eleft,
toothed, smooth, with pointed lobes.
Flowers from July to September, large,
solitary, purple, or white as in the
variety alba. The variety grandiflora is
a well-known and more vigorous plant
with crimson flowers, of which there are
red and white variations.
KITAIBELIA.— A genus with only
one species here described : —
K. vitifolia. — A perennial herb 6-8 ft.
high, native of E. Europe. Leaves Vine-
like, 5-lobed, acute, toothed. Flowers
late in summer, stalked in the axils of
the upper leaves, large, showy, white or
rose. Calyx 5-lobed, with 6 9 united
bracts. Stamen-tube divided into nume-
rous filaments.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species thrives in any garden soil and is
easily increased by dividing the rootstock
after flowering. Seeds are produced freely
and may be sown as soon as ripe in cold
frames or in gentle heat in greenhouses.
The seedlings should be pricked out into
boxes or pans, or into fine sandy soil in
cold frames, giving them protection from
frost until the following spring, when they
may be transferred to the open border
The seeds may also be sown either in
gentle heat early in spring or in the open
ground during April and May.
PALAVA. — A small genus containing
only 3 species of rather smooth or woolly
annual herbs, natives of Chili and Peru,
with leaves often lobed, sinuate, or dis-
sected. Flowers stalked, axillary, solitary,
purple. Calyx 5-cleft. Stamen-tube
divided into numerous filaments.
Culture and Propagation. — Pala-
vas thrive in ordinary soil. Seeds may
be sown in a little heat in March,
so that the seedlings will be ready for
transplanting by the end of May. Or
seeds may be sown in the open border in
April, afterwards thinning the seedlings
out 6 9 in. apart.
P. flexuosa. — A pretty slender-
stemmed annual about 1 ft- high, with
twice pinnatind, hairy, stalked leaves 2-4
in. long. Flowers in summer, light
mauve or lilac, paler in the centre, with
bright red anthers ; petals red and sepals
purple at the base. This species is also
known as Palava dissecta. It seeds
freely in the British Islands, and in warm
favourable localities would probably re-
produce itself annually from self-sown
seeds.
Culture iVc. as above.
P. rhombifolia. — A somewhat prostrate
hairy species with soft rhomboid leaves,
about 2 in. long. Flowers in July and
August, rose-purple, about 1 in. across,
scentless.
Culture dec. as above.
ALTHAEA. — This genus contains
about a dozen species of more or less well-
known tall or dwarf woolly or hairy bien-
nials or perennials with lobed leaves, and
usually solitary, axillary or racemose
flowers variously coloured. Bracteoles
of the involucre or outer calyx 6-9-eleft,
united at the base. Calyx 5-cleft.
Stamen-tube divided into numerous fila-
ments. Carpels in a regular whorl, 1-
seeded, indebiscent.
Culture and Propagation. — Most
of the plants thrive in almost any garden
272
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS althaea
soil, and being of somewhat coarse and
vigorous growth are suitable for shrub-
beries or the rougher parts of the flower
garden. The perennial species niay be
increased in early autumn or in spring
by dividing the rootstocks carefully. They
may also be multiplied by sowing the
seeds as soon as ripe either in a warm
border or in a cold frame, afterwards
thinning the seedlings out, or pricking
them out into light rich soil at least
before the end of September. The culti-
vation of the Hollyhock will be dealt with
separately under the species from which
it has been derived, viz. A. rosea, and as
a matter of fact the other species de-
scribed may be cultivated in the same
way.
A. cannabina. — A perennial 5-6 ft.
high, native of S. France. Leaves
downy, lower ones palmately parted,
upper ones 3-parted, lobes narrow, teeth
coarse. Flowers in summer, rose.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds or division.
A. caribaea. — A hairy-stemmed bien-
nial about 3 ft. high, native of the Caribbee
Islands. Leaves heart-shaped, roundish,
lobed, crenate -serrate. Flowers in spring,
rosy, with a yellow base.
Cult u re dbc. as above and for A. rosea
below.
A. ficifolia {Antwerp Hollyhock). —
A stout and vigorous Siberian biennial
6-10 ft. high, with somewhat open
hand-shaped leaves, irregularly toothed
on the edges. Flowers in summer, red
or yellow or orange, large, single or
double.
Culture dc. as above and for A. rosea
below.
A. flexuosa. — A perennial 2-3 ft. high,
native of N. India, with long-stalked,
cordate, 7-lobed leaves. Flowers in
summer, scarlet, solitary ; petals obcor-
date.
Culture dc. as above and for A. rosea
below.
A. narbonensis. — A strong-growing
perennial 3-6 ft. high, native of France
and Spain. Leaves downy, serrated,
lower ones 5-7-lobed. Flowers in
August, pale red, on many-flowered
stalks.
Culture dc. as above and for A. rosea
below. This plant is closely related to
A. cannabina, and is practically a botani-
cal form of it, although distinct enough
for garden purposes.
A. officinalis (Common Marsh
Mallow; Guimauve). — -A well-known
British marsh plant 3-4 ft. high, with
soft, woolly, heart-shaped or ovate,
toothed, undivided, or slightly 5-lobed
leaves, and flowers in summer of a
delicate blush colour.
Culture dc. as above. This species is
useful for associating with bog or marsh
plants, and therefore requires to be grown
in moister soil than the other species.
A. rosea (Hollyhock). — The wild
Hollyhock is a straight-stemmed, hairy
perennial 6-10 ft. or more high, native of
China. Leaves rough, heart-sbaped, with
5-7 crenated angles or lobes. Flowers in
summer, rosy, large, axillary, without
stalks, somewhat spiked at the top.
The cultivated Hollyhock, which has
been derived in almost innumerable
varieties from this species, and has been
grown for more than 300 years, is one of
the most beautiful and noble-looking of
hardy plants. From 35 to 40 years
ago it was extensively cultivated, and
from July to the end of September was
a feature at horticultural exhibitions.
There were the English and Scottish
types, the former having small closely set
flowers, with neat, well-filled centres and
narrow ' guard-petals ' ; the latter large
flowers, wide guard-petals, and smaller
centres indented with openings called
' pockets.' The two types were crossed
with each other, and a new race — that
now most generally seen — was the result.
Soil. — Hollyhocks like a deep, rich,
loamy soil, well enriched with farmyard
manure. About the end of March is the
best time for planting, the ground having
previously been well trenched or dug.
During the hot summer months the
plants should have plenty of water. A
mulching of well-rotted manure will
greatly assist in keeping the moisture in
the soil, and prevent its being baked by
the fierce rays of the sun. Plenty of
moisture at the root in summer and
dryness in winter suit Hollyhocks best.
Propagation. — Hollyhocks may be
increased by seeds, cuttings, or by care-
fully dividing the rootstock ; also by
' eyes,' that is buds, taken with a portion
of the older stem, usually during July and
August. By seed is probably the easiest
and most natural method, and there is
AliTH^A
MALLOW ORDER
alth.*:a 273
always a chance of obtaining some really
fine varieties, whereas the other methods
simply reproduce their parents. Seeds
have the further advantage of requiring
no glass protection ; and on the whole
plants obtained by this means are not
nearly so liable to attacks of the dreaded
Hollyhock disease as plants raised from
cuttings that hnve been rooted in heat.
The seeds may be sown in the open
border in May, and the seedlings may be
afterwards pricked out about 6 in. apart
in a prepared bed of fine soil. About the
first or second week in September they
may be transplanted to the spot in winch
bhey are to bloom the following year, and
there should be at least 8 ft. between the
plants in the beds or borders. If planted
too close to each other, a good circulation
of air is prevented, and this in itself is
favourable to the development of the
Hollyhock disease mentioned below.
Cuttings are taken in the summer and
autumn by cutting out the matured side
shoots, or from shoots at the base of the
stem. They may be inserted in sandy
soil either singly in small pots, or several
in a shallow box or pan, and placed at first
in a close shaded frame, a little air being
given after a few days. As the plants
become well rooted and established, they
should receive all the air and light possible
so that they may never be subject to a
damp and sluggish atmosphere.
General Remarks. — Although vigorous
Hollyhocks will shoot their strong stems
up to a height of 8 to 12 ft. they are
liable if at all exposed to strong winds to
be blown aboxit, and more or less spoiled.
It is advisable therefore to supply stoutish
stakes 4-6 ft. high at the time of planting,
so as to prevent injury to the roots at a
later period. As the stems lengthen they
may be tied to the stakes with a piece of
raffia or tar twine. The tie should first
of all be made firmly round the stake at
the desired height so that it wdl not slip
up and down. The loop of the tie may
then be left large enough for the stem,
but not so tight as to cut into the bark.
As the lower flowers, which open first,
begin to fade, the petals only should be
removed if seeds are required, leaving the
pods to ripen ; but if not, the pod and all
may be removed for the sake of a tidy
appearance. The spikes themselves, if
cut and placed in water, will retain their
freshness for a considerable time and the
flowers will continue to open. By fre-
quently cutting a piece off the bottom of
the stem the blossoms last longer.
When the flowers, seed-pods, and
leaves have finished their season's work,
the plants may be cut down to within 6
in. of the ground, and the soil may be
raised a little around the crowns to throw
off the cold rains of winter, which are
injurious if not drained away from the
roots. In this protected state the root-
stocks pass through severe winters safely,
and make vigorous shoots the following
spring. Treated in this way plants will
continue to flower profusely for several
years without being disturbed, but it is
always safe to raise a stock of young
plants regularly by one or other of the
methods described above.
Insect Pests. — In hot weather red-
spider is apt to be very troublesome to
the foliage, if the plants have not been
frequently syringed. A daily application
of water to the leaves, and particularly
the under surface, will keep this pest
away, and also serve to water the plants.
Thrips are also fond of the Hollyhock,
but may be checked by the same means.
In the early stages of growth the spittle-
fly is somewhat mischievous, but is easily
destroyed between the finger and thumb.
The Hollyhock Fungus {Puccinia
mal/oacecvrwm) is by far the most serious
disease the gardener has to cope with. It
is a native of Chili, whence it was intro-
duced to Europe about 1869, and in 4
or 5 years had spread with great rapidity,
dealing destruction all round to Hollyhocks
in England, France, Germany, Holland.
Hungary and parts of Italy.
The fungus appears in early summer
in yellow or orange spots on the leaves —
usually the under surface — and stems of
the Hollyhock. The spots rapidly in-
crease in size, becoming brown in colour,
and when in great profusion interfere
with the work of the leaves to such an
extent that the flower-forming material
is either checked or absorbed by the
parasite with the natural consequence that
the flowers never develop and the consti-
tution of the entire plant is ruined.
When a hardy plant like the Holly-
hock is increased in large numbers with
the aid of artificial heat, it is not un-
natural that its once hardy constitution
should undergo a change, become more
delicate in fact, and thus be unable to
resist the attacks of its natural enemies.
Where Hollyhocks are allowed to stand
274
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS althaea
in the garden without any protection
winter after winter, as they do in many
cottagers' gardens, the Hollyhock fungus
rarely or never makes its appearance.
But on plants that have heen raised
from seeds or cuttings in heat, and pro-
tected in frames in winter it is almost
sure to find a congenial home. One of
the best and most natural preventives
therefore against the fungus is to grow
the plants without any protection what-
ever, but taking all necessary precautions
to keep the soil clean, rich, and well-
draihed.
Remedies. — Many have been tried to
rid the plants of the fungus, but they
have been practically useless, except for
a short time. AVashes of soft soap and
sulphur seem to have been useful in the
early stages of the fungus, but not after-
wards. Perhaps one of the best remedies
for plants seriously attacked is to dissolve
some permanganate of potash in almost
boiling water, and spray the plants
thoroughly with this by means of a very
fine syringe. The water will lose much
of its heat in transit from the syringe to
the plant, and the tiny globules of water
on the surface will be further cooled by
the surrounding air, so that the actual
temperature of the water when it strikes
the fungus will probably not exceed
150° Fahr., and the sudden increase in
temperature will probably kill the fungus
outright. This suggestion inust not be
considered as tantamount to dipping the
plant in boiling water. It has proved
efficacious in the case of mildew on Vines
in fruit without the slightest injury to the
foliage, and if properly done should also
be of service to the Hollyhock. If the
plants are in a really bad condition and
beyond all hope, it is safer to take them
up carefully and without shaking them
about violently so as to spread the fungus
spores, and have them burned. If other
plants are to take their place, the soil into
which they are to go should be well
watered a day or two beforehand with
boiling water. This will kill any of the
fungus spores which may be lurking in
the crevices of the soil.
LAVATERA (Tree Mallow). -- A
genus containing about 18 species of
woolly or hairy trees or shrubs, with
angled or lobed leaves, and flowers
axillary, solitary, or in terminal racemes.
Bracteoles of the involucre 3-6 cohering
about half way up. Calyx 5-]obed.
Stamen-tube divided into numerous fila-
ments.
L. arborea. — A stout-growing downy
shrub 6-10 ft. high, native of British and
S.European coasts. Leaves long-stalked,
roundish, with 5 9 broad, short lobes.
Flowers late in summer, about 2 in. across,
purple, glossy. The form known as
variegata is a very beautiful plant with
variegated leaves, the surface of which is
handsomely marbled with yellow and
yellowish-white on a grey-green ground.
Culture and Propagation. — This spe-
cies is best raised from seeds every year.
They may be sown out of doors in April
and May, or raised in gentle heat about
March so that the seedlings will be ready
for the open ground at the end of May.
Plants raised the first year do not attain
great dimensions, and it is better to keep
them until the second so that they may
appear at their best. In cold and un-
favourable parts of the kingdom they will
not stand severe winters, and in such
places they must be wintered in a green-
house or cold frame. The variegated form,
which is the most popular, and is much
used for sub-tropical gardening, is more
tender than the green-leaved type, and
consequently requires even greater pro-
tection in winter.
L. Olbia. — A rough-stemmed shrub
about 6 ft. high, native of Provence, but
now naturalised in some parts of the
British Islands. Leaves soft, woolly.
3 -5-lobed, the uppermost leaves oblong,
almost entire. Flowers from June to
October, reddish-purple, solitary, on short
stalks.
Culture dc. as above for L. arborea.
This species likes a light rich soil in open
sunny situations, and during the summer
months should be frequently watered.
L. trimestris. — A beautiful annual
3-6 ft. high, native of S. Europe, Asia
Minor &c. Leaves smoothish, roundish,
heart-shaped, upper ones lobed. The
solitary flowers 2-3 in. across are freely
produced from the beginning of July to
October, and are of a beautiful transparent
rose, with deeper coloured veins, and a
purple blotch at the base of the petals.
There is also a white-flowered variety,
alba.
Culture and Propagation.— -This fine
species may be raised from seeds sown
annually either in gentle heat in March.
MAJiVA
MALLOW ORDER
CALLIBHOB 275
or in the open border, where the plants
are to bloom, in April and May. In the
first case the seedlings must be pricked
out and grown on till the end of May or
beginning of June before transferring them
to the outdoor garden. In the second
they need only be thinned out 12 to 18 in.
apart. In hot dry seasons they like plenty
of water at the root. The white-flowered
form of L. trimestris is very pretty.
L. unguiculata. — A woolly-stemmed,
shrubby perennial, native of S.E. Europe,
with acutely 3-5-lobed woolly leaves.
Flowers in late summer, light rosy-lilac,
about 3 in. across, axillary, on short
stalks.
Cult arc ilc. as above for L. arborea.
MALVA (Mallow).— A genus of 16
species of smooth or hairy annual.
biennial, or perennial herbs, with leaves
often angled, lobed, or dissected. Flowers
solitary or clustered, stalked or un-
stalked, or rarely in terminal racemes;.
Bracteoles 3, distinct; calyx 5-lobed,
stamen -tube divided at the apex into
numerous filaments.
Culture and Propagation. — The
species described below are the only ones
worth growing. They thrive in any
fairly good garden soil, and may be used
in borders, shrubberies or the wild garden.
The annual kinds are raised from seeds ;
the perennials also, and by cuttings.
M. Alcea. — A European perennial
aboiit 4 ft. high, with light green, downy
leaves palmately lobed and cut. Flowers
in summer, about 2 in. across, pale rose-
purple. The variety fastigiata (also
known as M. Morenii) is a native of Italy,
2-3 ft. high, with lobed and toothed
leaves, and red flowers produced from
July to October.
Culture dec. as above. This species
flourishes in ordinary good garden soil in
warm sheltered positions, and seeds freely.
It may be increased by sowing the seeds
as soon as ripe in a cold frame, afterwards
pricking the seedlings out when large
enough into light rich soil in the frames,
or in shallow pans or boxes. They are
best kept under protection during the
winter months, giving as much air and
light as possible, however, on all occasions
except in frosty weather. By the end of
May or June they will be ready to plant
in the outdoor garden 12-18 in. apart. In
the milder parts of the kingdom seeds
may also be sown in the open border in
April and May. During the summer
months cuttings of the side shoots nia\ be
rooted in sandy soil under handlights and
wintered in cold frames.
M. crispa. — An erect annual 2 « It.
high, found naturalised in many countries
but probably a native of China. Leaves
smooth, angular, toothed, curled. Flowers
in summer, white, pale purple at the tip,
axillary, and almost or quite stalkless.
Culture ,(;-. as above. This plant is
highly ornamental owing to the pretty
appearance of the crisp-edged leaves and
bushy habit. It likes a rich well-drained
soil and partially shaded situations with
plenty of water during the hot summer
months. It may be raised from seeds
sown in gentle heat in March, pricking
the seedlings out and transplanting at the
end of May. Seeds may also be sown in
the open border in April, and the seedlings
afterwards thinned out about 2 3 ft. apart.
In warmer parts of the kingdom seedlings
will come up annually from self-sown
seeds in autumn.
M. mauritiana. An erect annual 4 b"
ft. high, native of N. Africa and South
Europe, with obtusely 5-lobed leaves,
and numerous deep purple flowers in
June.
Culture <(■(■. as above for M. crispa.
M . miniata. — A bushy Mexican species
14-2 ft. high, having oval 3-lobed toothed
leaves, and axillary flowers of bright red
or orange-red, borne in erect spikes from
June onwards until cut down by frost.
Culture a ml Propagation. — This
species, owing to the vivid colouring of its
flowers, makes a very effective border
plant when grown in masses. Although
really perennial, it is scarcely hardy enough
to stand out of doors during the winter
months except in the very mildest parts of
the south and west. It should therefore
be raised from seeds and cuttings annually
in the same way as M. Alcea above.
M. moschata {Mush Mallow). — A hand -
some British perennial 2-3 ft. high. Lower
leaves kidney-shaped, cut; upper ones
with 5 deeply pinnatifid, jagged segments.
Flowers in summer, about 2 in. across,
rose, in terminal and axillary clusters.
The variety alba has beautiful pure white
flowers.
Culture d'-c. as above for M. Alcea.
CALLIRHOE. — A small genus con-
taining about 7 species of elegant annual
t 2
276
PB ACTIO AL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS callikhoe
or perennial herbs, all natives of North
America, usually with lobed or parted
leaves, and similar in growth to the Mal-
lows. Bracteoles 1-3, distinct, or none.
Calyx 5-lobed. Stamen-tube divided at
the apex into numerous filaments.
Culture and. Propagation. — They may
be grown and increased in the same way
as the Mallows, and as mentioned below.
C. alcaeoides. — An erect perennial
species 2-3 ft. high, with deeply lobed
leaves and rosy flowers about 1 1 in. across
borne during the summer and autumn
months.
Culture dc. as for C. digitata.
C. digitate. (Nuttallia digitata). —
A glaucous perennial 2-3 ft. high, with
somewhat peltate 6-7 parted leaves, cut
into linear entire or 2-parted segments.
Flowers in summer, reddish-purple, on
long stalks.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species thrives in ordinary well-drained
garden soil, and likes rather warm stinny
situations with plenty of moisture at the
root during the summer months. It may
be increased by sowing seeds as soon as
ripe in cold frames, afterwards pricking
the seedlings out and growing on in frames
until the following April or May, when
they may be planted out in mild showery
weather. Seeds may also be sown out of
doors in April and May in the milder parts
of the country, but the plants will not
bloom till late in the season. Cuttings of
the side shoots may also be rooted in cold
frames or under handlights during the
summer months, and will make good
strong plants by the following spring.
C. involucrata (Malva involucrata).
A hairy-stemmed, procumbent perennial
about G in. high, with leaves divided
almost to the base, 3-5-parted ; seg-
ments narrow lance-shaped, 3-5-toothed.
Flowers in summer, about 2 in. across,
crimson, shading off into white at the
base, in the centre of which is a cluster
of bright yellow-anthered stamens sur-
rounding purple stigmas.
Culture and Propagation. — Although,
if allowed to ramble over the surface of the
soil, this plant only reaches a height of
about 6 in., its stems nevertheless are 2-3
ft. long. They may be trained on a trellis or
against a Avail if desired, or if allowed to
grow naturally the plant might be placed
on a mound so as to allow the stems to trail
downwards all round. They may be kept
in position by a few pegs here and there.
Seeds are freely produced and may be
sown as soon as ripe in cold frames or in
spring in gentle heat. The seedlings may
be planted out about the end of May.
Being a native of Texas, and rather too
tender to stand our winters except in the
mildest parts of the south and west, pro-
pagation by seeds is the easiest method of
increase for plants to be grown in the
open air.
C. macrorhiza. — A thick-rooted peren-
nial 2-3 ft. high, bearing erect racemes of
piirple-carmine flowers during the summer
and autumn months. There are several
shades of colour, including pale rose and
rose-purple, but the white-flowered variety
is very pretty.
Culturedc. as above for C. involucrata.
C. Papaver (Nuttallia Papaver). —
Poppy Mallow. — A somewhat trailing
perennial about 3 ft. high, with lower
leaves lobed or pedate, the others being
palmate-pedate or digitate or simple as
they ascend the stem. Flowers from
early summer to late autumn, bright
purple - red, with ovate - acute fringed
sepals.
Culture dc. as above for C. involucrata.
C. pedata. — A pretty trailing perennial
(although usually treated as an annual)
2-3 ft. high, with laciniately pedate and
trifid leaves, and panicles of cherry-red
flowers each about 2 inches across pro-
duced during the summer and autumn
months. The varieties compacta and
nana are dwarfer and more compact in
growth than the type.
Culture dc. as above for C. involucrata.
SIDALCEA. — A genus containing
about 8 species of perennial herbs, like
Mallows and Hollyhocks in growth, and
with lobed and parted leaves. Flowers
shortly stalked or sessile, in racemes or
terminal spikes. Bracteoles none. Calyx
5-lobed. Stamen-tube doubled at the
apex, the outer portion divided into 5
anther-bearing bundles, the inner into
numerous filaments.
S. Candida. — A native of Colorado,
2-3 ft. high, with roundish, glossy, 7-lobed,
long-stalked leaves. Flowers in summer,
white, freely produced in terminal racemes.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species will flourish in ordinary good
garden soil in open sunny situations and
likes plenty of water at the roots during
SIDALCEA
MALLOW ORDER
PLAGIANTHUS 277
the Hummer months. Although a true
perennial it is best raised from seeds
sown every year as soon as ripe in
cold frames, or in spring in the .same
way. or in gentle heat. The seedlings
must be pricked out so as to have space
enough to develop into bushy plants.
Those from summer or autumn seeds
flower earlier and are finer plants than
those raised from seeds in the spring. The
latter bloom later in the season. Where
the plants are not killed by winter frosts
they may also be increased by division in
early autumn or in spring, but seedling
plants are usually more satisfactory.
S. malvaeflora (Callirhoc spicaia). — A
slender, twiggy-stemmed species about 2 3
ft. high, native of Texas. Lower leaves
roundish, 5 9-lobed and cut, the others
variously lobed, cut, and toothed, the upper
ones being almost entire. Flowers in
summer, lilac or pale rose, less than 2 in.
across, numerous. The variety Listeri
has beautifully fringed pale pink flowers,
borne on tall graceful spikes.
Culture dc. as above.
MALVASTRUM. — A genus con-
taining 60 80 species of erect dwarf or
trailing herbs or undershrubs resembling
the Malvas and Sidas. Leaves various,
entire, heart-shaped, or deeply lobed.
Flowers scarlet, orange, or yellow, borne
in the leaf axils or at the ends of the
shoots. Bracteoles 1-3, small or none.
Calyx 5-cleft. Stamen-tube divided into
numerous filaments at the apex.
Culture and Propagation. — These
plants flourish in warm sunny positions
in ordinary good garden soil and are
suitable for the herbaceous border or rock
garden in the milder parts of the kingdom.
Although more tender, on the whole they
may be treated much in the same way as
the Malvas, Sidalceas, and Callirhoes,
and are increased by seeds sown as soon
as ripe in cold frames or by cuttings of
the side and basal shoots in autumn.
M. campanulatum (Malva campanu-
lata). — -A downy Chilian species 1-1 1 ft.
high, with large deeply lobed and divided
leaves. Flowers late in summer, bright
rose-purple, borne in long loose spikes at
the ends of the shoots.
Culture dc. as above. This can only
be considered hardy in the milder parts
of the kingdom.
M. coccineum. — A native of the
United States, about 6 in. high, with more
or less deeply lobed blue-green leaves
and trusses of scarlet flowers from July
to September. The variety gronsular ice-
folium grows 1.1-2 ft. high, and has
strong hairy stems and leaves, and red
flowers.
Culture ,(<■. as above.
M. Gilliesi {Modiola geranioides). —
A pretty plant about 6 in. high, native of
temperate S. America. It has trailing
stems and palmately lobed leaves, and
during the summer months produces
bright red flowers.
Culture do. as above. This is best
grown in rich sandy and well-drained
loam in warm sunny parts of the rock
garden. In low damp places it is often
killed in winter.
M. lateritium {Malva lateriUd). — A
hairy perennial, native of Montevideo.
Although the stems are only about 6 12
in. high, they trail as much on the ground
before rising. The beautiful salmon-pink
Mowers, each about 1.1 in. across, with a
purple blotch at the base of the petals,
are borne in great profusion from June to
September, singly on long stalks in the
leaf axils.
Culture dc. as above. This species
only ripens seed in hot favourable seasons.
It may be, however, easily increased by
severing the trailing stems which root at
the joints, or by cuttings of the non-
flowering shoots inserted in cold frames
in autumn. These will produce sturdy
plants by spring. Perfectly hardy only
in the milder parts of the kingdom.
PLAGIANTHUS. — A genus con-
taining about a dozen species of shrubs or
rarely herbs with entire, sinuate, angulate,
or rarely lobed leaves. Flowers often
small, whitish, clustered in the leaf axils
or in spikes at the ends of the shoots,
rarely solitary, or arranged in short
axillary panicles. Bracteoles none, or
distant from the 5-toothed or lobed calyx.
Stamen column divided at the apex into
numerous filaments. Ovary usually 2 5-
celled.
P. Lyalli. — A beautiful flowering shrub,
native of New Zealand, where it attains
a height of 20-30 ft. in the mountainous
districts, and is said to be deciduous
above an altitude of 3,000 ft., but ever-
green below that level. The shortly
stalked leaves are 2-4 in. long, ovate
heart-shaped in outline, tapering at the
apex, and deeply and doubly crenate on
278
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
SIDA
the margins. The pure white flowers li
2 in. across are home in drooping clusters
in Jiuie onj the previous year's growths,
and are remarkable for the conspicuous
bundle of yellow anthers in the centre.
Culture and Proj)agation. — This
handsome shrub will flourish in the open
air in the milder parts of the kingdom,
but is almost sure to be severely injured
if not killed in hard winters in northern
parts. It is best grown against a wall
with a more or less southern aspect,
although it succeeds well as a bush in the
south of Ireland, Cornwall &c. It likes
a rich and well-drained sandy loam with
a little leaf soil and manure added, and a
top dressing in winter or in spring when
growth is being made will also be bene-
ficial and induce the plants to flower pro-
fusely. After flowering — say during July
— the old wood should be cut out where
necessary and the young shoots trained
in and exposed to the sun and air so as
to ripen well for blooming the following
year.
This species may be increased by in-
serting cuttings of the more or less
ripened shoots in sandy soil under hand-
lights in late summer and autumn.
Sometimes only a few cuttings root, and
the riper they are probably the better.
The lower branches may also be layered
in autumn, and detached the following
year when well rooted.
There are a few other species of Plagi-
anthus — all natives of New Zealand or
Australia — known, but they are now
rarely, if ever, seen in cultivation. The
following may be mentioned: — P. beiu-
linus, with Birch-like leaves and terminal
panicles of small whitish flowers ; P.
divaricatus, a marsh plant with small
narrow leaves and whitish flowers either
solitary or hi clusters ; P. Lam/peni with
whitish-yellow flowers; P. pulchellus, a
shrub o-4 ft. high, with heart-shaped
leaves and small whitish flowers.
SIDA (Indian Mallow). — A genus
containing about 80 species of softly downy
or woolly herbs or shrubs, with flowers
sessile or stalked, solitary or clustered,
axillary or in terminal heads, spikes, or
racemes. Bracteoles none, or distant from
the calyx. Calyx 5-toothed or lobed.
Stamen-tube divided at the apex into
numerous filaments.
The following are the only species
suitable for outdoor cultivation, and mav
be treated like the Mallows, Callirhoe. and
Sidalceas.
S. incarnata. — A showy Brazilian
perennial about 2 ft. high, with smooth,
deeply cut, and variously lobed and
toothed leaves, fringed with short hairs.
Flowers in summer, less than 2 in. across,
pink, borne in close pyramidal spikes.
Culture d'c. as for S. Napeea.
S. Napaea. — A smooth herbaceous
perennial 4-10 ft. high, native of North
America. Leaves 5-cleft, with oblong,
pointed tooth lobes. Flowers in summer,
large, white, in umbellate corymbs.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species may be used in masses in the
border, but the plants shoidd not be too
crowded. Seeds are freely produced every
year and may be sown as soon as ripe
either in cold frames or in gentle heat in
spring. The seedlings in both cases are
pricked out and grown on to be transferred
to the open ground in mild weather in
April and May. The plants may also be
divided in early autumn or spring, but the
same general treatment as recommended
for Sidalcea eandida will also suit this
plant perfectly, see p. 276.
ABUTILON. — A genus containing
about 70 species of soft, downy herbs or
shrubs, rarely trees, with leaves often
heart-shaped, angled or lobed, rarely nar-
row. Flowers usually axillary. Brac-
teoles none. Calyx 5-cleft. Stamen-tube
divided at the apex into numerous fila-
ments.
Culture and Propagation. — There are
no Abutilons hardy enough to stand a
frosty winter in the British Islands, except
perhaps in the very mildest parts. In the
winter of 1879-80 plants were uninjured
out of doors at Bournemouth, but at Byde
in the Isle of "Wight they were not un-
naturally injured by 15° of frost. In most
parts of the country nearly all kinds may
be placed out of doors from the end of
May till September, in rich turfy loam,
peat, and leaf soil, with plenty of sand.
In the very mild parts the following kinds
may be tried permanently, with protection
in the event of severe winters. They
root readily from cuttings of the young
wood in spring in a temperature of 65° 70°.
When well rooted the plants are placed
singly into small pots in rich soil, and
kept shaded and moist for a few days
until they become established. They are
afterwards moved to a cooler place, and
\l-.l I'lLON
MALLOW ORDLl;
BIBI8CU8 279
gradually hardened off with plenty of air
and sunshine, and will be ready for the
outdoor garden by the beginning of June.
Cuttings of the ripened shoots will also
root readily in heat about August and
September, and plants raised at this period
will make tine specimens for planting out
the following June if grown on in heat
during the winter and early spring months,
afterwards hardening them off as advised
;i hove. Seeds of Abutilons may be sown
as soon as ripe or in spring in a tempera-
ture of 65°-70° Fahr.
A. Darwini. — A Brazilian species about
4 It. high, with large, broad leaves, and
finely cupped, bright orange flowers, with
darker veins. There are many hybrids
raised from this.
Culture de. as above.
A. megapotamicum {A. vexiUarium).
A well-known species from the Rio Grande
river with ovate acute toothed leaves and
masses of drooping bell-shaped flowers,
having deep red sepals, and pale yellow-
brown petals with deeper coloured netted
veins.
Culture dtc. as above. This species is
usually grown up pillars or on the roofs
or sides of greenhouses, in which it is very
ornamental during the autumn and w inter
months. In the south and west it is
practically hardy in ordinary winters, as
is also A. vitifolium below, and both are
valuable for covering south walls.
A. striatum. — A free-growing Brazilian
species, with large lobed leaves and orange-
yellow flowers, veined with blood-red.
Culture dtc. as above.
A. vitifolium. — A fine Chilian climbing
shrub, suitable for walls. Leaves heart-
shaped, 5-7-lobed, assuming a fine golden
tint in autumn. Flowers in early summer,
large, cupped, porcelain-blue. A. Sello-
wicmum ma/rmoratum, with beautifully
marbled leaves, is a lovely plant.
Culture dtc. as above.
HIBISCUS. — This genus contains
150 species of trees, shrubs or herbs,
with leaves often lobed or variously cut.
Bracteoles persistent or caducous, numer-
ous, rarely 3-5, often narrow, free or
united. Calyx 5-cleft or toothed. Stamen-
tube truncate or 5 -toothed below the apex,
rarely anther-bearing, with numerous pro-
truding filaments.
CultwreandPropagation. — The follow-
ing are the only species which grow well
out of doors in this country. They like a
rich loamy soil and warm sunny positions
to bring their flowers to perfection as early
in the summer as possible, otherwise they
will not bloom until autumn and may be
spoiled by early frosts. The perennial
kinds may be increased by seeds, or cut-
tings rooted under glass ; the annual kinds
from seeds sown in gentle heat about
February or March, or in the open border
in April and May.
H. Manihot. — A handsome shrub 6 9
ft. high, native of the Old World Tropics,
with pedately lobed leaves 0 in. across, and
beautiful soft yellow flowers 4-6 in. across.
wit li a deep purple blotch at the base of
each petal.
( 'nit wre and Propagation.- -This plant
is best treated as an annual, and may lie
raised from seeds sown in heat in February
and planted out at the end of May. Seeds
may also be sown as soon as ripe in cold
frames or in gentle heat, and the seedlings
may be grown on during the winter
months under glass, until favourable
weather in May, when they may be
planted out.
H. militaris. — A fine perennial 3-4 ft.
high, native of the United States. Leaves
heart-shaped, toothed, more or less 3-lobed,
downy beneath. Flowers rosy, about 4
inches across, bell-shaped, produced in
late summer and autumn.
Culture <(c. as above. This species
should he grown in damp places.
H. Moscheutos. — A vigorous N. Ame-
rican perennial 3-5 ft. high, with large,
ovate, pointed, serrate leaves, downy
beneath. Flowers white, with a purplish
centre, sometimes pale rose or purple.
Culture dtc. as above.
H. palustris. — A native of the swamps
and marshes of N. America, 3- 5 ft. high.
Leaves broadly ovate, bluntly serrate.
downy and whitish beneath. Flowers
large, bell-shaped, 3-4 in. across, white
tinted with rose, and having a ring of
deep purple at the base.
Culture dc. as above. This species
reqtrires to be grown in damp situations,
where, however, it will have plenty of
sunshine.
H. roseus. — An attractive species, 4-6
ft. high, naturalised in marshy spots in
France, but native of N. America. Leaves
large, broadly ovate, pointed, white beneath.
Flowers large, rosy, solitary, about 4 in.
280
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS hibiscus
across, and spotted or blotched with purple
at the base. H. militaris and H. j^alus-
tris are considered to be botanical varie-
ties of this.
Culture dr. as above for H. palustris.
H. syriacus {Althaea frutex). — A de-
ciduous Syrian shrub 6-8 ft. high, with
ovate wedge - shaped, 3 - lobed, toothed
leaves. Flowers in the type purple with
a crimson spot at the base of each petal.
There are many varieties with colours
varying from pure white, such as totus
albus, to deep blue, like ccelestis. There
are also several very fine double-flowered
varieties in various colours.
Culture dc. as above. This makes a
beautiful flowering bush, and in the south
and west looks very handsome out of
doors.
H. Trionum (H. africanus). — Bladder
Ketmia. — A beautiful hairy, branched
annual, about 2 ft. high, native of Africa,
S. Europe &c. Leaves heart-shaped, pal-
mately lobed ; lobes linear. Flowers
yellow, 2-3 inches across, with a purple
centre, produced from July to September
and October.
Culture dc. as above, p. 279. Seeds
of this handsome species may be
sown in gentle heat in March, or in the
open border in April and May in the
warmer parts of the country. The plants
prefer a light rich soil and sunny situa-
tions, with plenty of water in summer.
Closely related to this species is H.
vesicarius (or H. grandiflorus) which has
more deeply lobed and toothed leaves, and
larger flowers.
XXV. STERCULIACEiE
A natural order consisting of herbs, shrubs, or trees, with alternate or
rarely nearly opposite, entire, toothed,, or lobed leaves. Flowers regular,
hermaphrodite or one-sexed. Calyx gamosepalous, more or less deeply
5-lobed. Petals 5, hypogynous, free, or adnate to the base of the staminal
tube. Stamens often united at the base into a cylindrical or urn-shaped tube.
Ovary free, 2-5-celled. Fruit a dry capsule, or rarely a berry.
This order contains over 40 genera and more than 500 species, mostly
natives of tropical regions. The following genus is the only one representing
the order in the open air in the British Islands.
FREMONT I A.— A genus represented
by only one species : —
F. californica. — A beautiful deciduous
Californian shrub, with brown stems 6-10
ft. high, and heart-shaped 5-7-lobed leaves,
hairy beneath ; the young shoots covered
with a rich reddish-brown tomentum, and
minute warts. Flowers in June, bright
yellow, about 2 in. across, solitary on short
stalks opposite the leaves. Calyx spread-
ing, bell-shaped, deeply 5-lobed, with a
depression at the base of each segment.
Petals none. Stamen-tube 5-cleft, with
orange -red anthers.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species thrives in a sandy loam, and should
have a position facing west or south-west.
but not too hot or dry. It may be increased
by cuttings in spring, under a bell glass in
gentle heat. When well rooted the plants
may be potted up singly and grown on
until they have become large enough for
planting in the outdoor garden.
XXVI. TILIACEiE— Lime Tree or Linden Tree Order
An order containing about 40 genera and over 300 species of trees and
shrubs, rarely herbs. Leaves alternate, or in a few species opposite or nearly
so, simple, penninerved or palminerved, entire, toothed, or rarely lobed.
Stipules twin, usually small and deciduous, rarely large and persistent, or
absent altogether. Flowers regular, hermaphrodite, or rarely 1-sexed, axillary
or terminal, often cymulose. Sepals 5, rarely 3 or 4, free or connate.
Petals as many in number, or fewer, or absent, usually with a small pit at the
TILIA
LIME TREE ORDER
tilia 281
base, alternate with the sepals, inserted round the base of the torus, entire or
incised ; twisted in bud or variously imbricated. Stamens usually many,
hypogynous, free, or rarely cohering in a ring, or in 5-10 bundles. Ovarj
free, sessile.
TILIA (Lime Tree ; Linden). — A
genus of 8 species of tall ornamental trees
with simple or stellate hairs. Leaves
stalked, often obliquely cordate, serrate.
Flowers white or yellowish in axillary
or terminal cymes on the young growths,
with a leafy bract half-winged, half-free,
attached to the stalk. Sepals and petals
5, the former boat-shaped, the latter often
with a scale at the base. Stamens many,
free, or irregularly disposed in bundles.
Fruit globose, nut-like, indehiscent, 1-2-
seeded.
Culture and Projjagation. — The Lime
trees are stately ornaments of our land-
scape, either as solitary specimens on
large lawns, or in avenues in parks. They
like good loamy soil and do well every-
where except on exposed and hilly situa-
tions. They are usually increased by
layers, which are fit for transplanting in
about 12 months. Young trees that have
been transplanted several times are best
for starting in gardens. The choicer
varieties are usually grafted on stocks of
the common Lime. Seeds are very rarely
ripened in this country, and even if they
were it is not worth while going through the
very slow process of raising plants from
them. A good selection may always be
obtained from nurserymen.
It may be mentioned that Russian
Bast and the bast mats so much used for
covering frames in winter are the product
of the inner bark of various species of
Lime tree.
T. americana (American Basswood
or \V hitewood) .—A North American tree
60-70 ft. high, with deeply heart-shaped,
abruptly pointed, smooth, leathery,
serrate leaves. Flowers in summer,
yellowish-white, followed by yellow fruits
as large as peas. T. pubescens is a
variety with yellow flowers, and leaves
8-4 in. across, with short and broad
serratures. There are several other forms
or variations, in some of which the leaves
are very large.
Culture d'c. as above.
T. argentea (T. alba). — White or
Silver Lime. — A native of E. Europe,
30-50 ft. high, with heart-shaped, some-
what pointed serrated leaves, unequal at
the base, smooth above, downy beneath.
Flowers in summer, yellowish-white,
fragrant ; petals with a scale at the base.
Fruit yellow, ribbed.
Culture ill-, as above.
T. cordata (T. rrricrophylla ; T.
parvifolia ; T. ulmifolia). — A small
native tree, with ovate heart-shaped,
smooth, pointed leaves, finely toothed,
glaucous, and bearded in the axils of the
nerves beneath. Flowers in summer,
yellowish-white, petals without a scale at
the base. Fruit globose or ellipsoid,
hoary or downy, faintly ribbed.
( 'ulture (((■. as above.
T. dasystyla.— A tree 30 60 ft. high,
native of the Crimea. Leaves obliquely
truncate at the base, or somewhat heart-
shaped, slightly hairy beneath and
bearded in the axils of the nerves.
Flowers in summer, yellowish-white ;
style downy at the base.
< 'ulture it-e. as above.
T. heterophylla (American White
Basswood). — A North American tree
30 50 ft. high, with leaves 4-8 in. across,
very oblique, more or less heart-shaped,
abruptly pointed, shining green above,
white and downy and conspicuously
nerved beneath. Flowers in summer,
greenish-yellow, with blunt, crenulated
petals.
< 'ultu re ((■!■. as above.
T. petiolaris (T. alba pendula ; T.
americana pendula; T. argentea pen-
dula).— A Crimean species 50 ft. or more
high, with drooping branchlets. Leaves
pale green above, white with a hoary down
beneath. Flowers in July, yellowish-
green, with 5 petal-like scales among the
stamens. Fruit globose, 5-lobed, warted.
Culture Sc. as above.
T. platyphyllos (T. grandifolia). —
This is our native large-leaved Lime tree.
70-90 ft. high, differing very little from
T. cordata in foliage and flowers. Leaves
sometimes downy on both surfaces, but
always underneath. Flowers in June,
yellowish-white ; petals without scales.
Fruit obovate, globose, 3-5-ribbed when
282
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GAltDEN PLANTS aristotelia
ripe. The variety laciniata has curiously
cut leaves, and is dwarfer and less vigor-
ous than the type; aurantia has orange-
yellow twigs ; blechiana is a distinct
and strong-growing variety with very
large leaves ; pyramidaUs is pyramidal in
growth ; viti folia has lobed. vine-like
leaves.
Culture d'c. as above.
T. vulgaris (T. europcea :■; T. inter-
media). — Lime, Lin, Linden, or Lime
tree. — A S.E. European plant naturalised
in this country. Leaves smooth above,
obliquely heart-shaped, bearded in the
axils of the nerves beneath. Flowers in
June and July, pale yellow : petals with-
out a scale at the base. The variety
variegata is recognised by its leaves
having creamy-white blotches.
ARISTOTELIA. — A small genus
having a few species of evergreen shrubs.
with usually almost opposite, entire, or
toothed leaves. Flowers axillary or
lateral, racemose, often polygamous.
Sepals 4-5, valvate. Petals 4-5. 3-lobed,
toothed or almost entire, thickened round
the base of the torus. Stamens many.
Fruit a berry, small, indehiscent.
A. Macqui. — A handsome Chilian
shrub, about 6 ft. high, with oblong acute,
smooth, shiny, toothed leaves, and small
greenish axillary flowers borne in May.
The pea-like berries are very deep purple,
becoming black when fully ripe. The
variety variegata is more ornamental
than the type, but not quite so hardy.
Culture and Propagation. — This is a
good plant for the shrubbery, and will
grow well in ordinary soil. Cuttings
of the ripened or partially ripened shoots
under a hand-glass root freely in sandy
soil during the summer and autumn
months. They may be grown hi frames
until spring, and then planted out. Fresh
plants are also obtained by layering the
branches in late suunner and autumn.
A. racemosa. — An ornamental de-
cidous shrub or small tree, native of New
Zealand, where it grows 6-20 ft. high. It
has rather large irregularly shaped leaves
of a bright and pleasing green, and pro-
duces its greenish flowers in racemes in
May.
Culture <ic. as above. This species
does not seem to be quite hardy except in
the milder parts of the kingdom. It
flourishes on a south wall and is chiefly
valuable for the ornamental appearance of
the foliage. It may be raised from im-
ported seeds or by cuttings in the same
way as A. Macqui.
XXVII. LINEiE— Flax Order
A small order of smooth or rarely hairy or tomentose herbs, shrubs, or rarely
trees. Leaves alternate, or very rarely opposite, simple, entire, or slightly
serrate-crenate. Flowers regular, hermaphrodite, usually terminal, in racemes,
panicles, corymbs, heads, clusters, or spikes. Sepals 5, rarely 4, free, or
united below. Petals 5, rarely 4, hypogynous, or rarely slightly perigynous,
often twisted ; usually blue, yellow or white, rarely rose, very fugacious, or
persistent in a few genera. Stamens equal in number to the petals, with a
similar number of staminodes, often twice — rarely thrice — as many.
LINUM. — A genus containing about
SO species of smooth or rarely downy
herbaceous plants, sometimes shrubs,
with alternate, or very rarely opposite,
narrow, entire, one- to many-nerved
leaves. Stipules absent or glandular.
Flowers hi terminal or axillary racemes,
panicles, or clustered cymes, yellow, blue,
or rarely rosy, crimson, or white. Sepals
o. entire. Petals 5, twisted, very fugitive.
Stamens united below, hypogynous, alter-
nate with the petals ; staminodes equal in
number, minute or bristle-like. Glands
5, small, adnate to the stamen-tube, oppo-
site the petals. Styles 5. usually free.
Culture and Propagation. — All the
Linums are free-flowering and ornamental.
The annual species are easily raised from
seeds, and so are the perennials, which
may also be divided or increased by
cuttings. The latter should be taken in
summer and inserted in a shady place
under glass.
The plants will grow in ordinary garden
soil, but where a feature is made of them
they may be grown in weU-drained sandy
LINUM
FLAX ORDER
LINUM 283
loam, to which may be addeil a little peat
or leaf mould. In bleak or northerly
parts of the British Islands, the plants
should have warm, sheltered positions.
Unless otherwise stated, the species
described below are all perennials.
To secure the finest and most brilliant
effects Linums should be grown in huge
patches, and the colour of their flowers
should always be taken into consideration
when massing them with plants of other
colours, so that a harmonious result is
obtained.
L. alpinum. — Native of Europe, 6 in.
high, with linear, awl-shaped leaves, full
of pellucid dots. Flowers in summer,
large, blue, 3 'J on each stem.
Cultitre dtc. as below for L. flavum.
This is well suited for the rockery or for
massing in the front of the flower border.
L. angustifolium \l'nle Flax). — A
smooth, glaucous, native species about
1-2 ft. high, with sharp linear-lance-
shaped leaves. Flowers from May to
September, less than 1 in. across, pale
lilac-blue.
Culture Ac. as below for L. flavum.
L. arboreum. — A beautiful dwarf
shrub about 1-1.] ft. high, native of Crete,
with bluntly wedge-shaped, recurved
leaves. Flowers in early summer, yellow,
lj in. across.
Culture and Propagation. — This is
an evergreen species, and when grown in
sheltered spots retains its freshness dur-
ing the winter months. Grown as a pot
plant in a cool or slightly heated green-
house, it may be had in bloom in February
and March. Seeds are rarely ripened,
but plants are readily obtained by means
of cuttings of the more or less ripened
shoots during July and August. They
may be inserted in sandy soil in a cold
frame, and kept shaded and damp until
rooted. Afterwards the plants should be
given as much light and air as possible,
except in very frosty weather, and by
April and May they will be fit for trans-
planting to the flower border, or against a
wall, according to locality. They require
slight protection during severe winters in
northern parts of the kingdom, although
hardy in ordinary winters in the neigh-
bourhood of London.
L. austriacum. — A smooth Austrian
species 1-2 ft. high, with linear lance-
shaped acute leaves, covered with pellucid
dots. Flowers in summer, pale bluish -
purple. Closely related to L. perenne.
Cull arc Ac. as below for L. flavum.
L. campanulatum. — A glaucous plant,
about I ft. high, native of S. Europe.
Lower leaves rounded at the apex, the
others more or less broadly lance-shaped.
Flowers from June to August, bright
yellow, borne in corymb-like cymes.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species is closely related to L. flavum,
and it is possible that hybrids between the
two exist. It is as a rule too tender to
stand our winters except in the mildest
parts of the south and west, and like L.
arborciim it rarely produces good seed
in our climate. New plants, however,
may be obtained from cuttings taken in
July and August and inserted in a cold
frame in the way described under L. ar-
boreum.
L. flavum. — A handsome species 12
18 in. high, native of Austria and Hungary,
with sharp narrow lance-shaped leaves,
without stalks. Flowers in summer,
golden -yellow, freely produced, but in
more compact heads than those of L.
campanulatum.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species resembles L. arboreum in appear-
ance and blossom, and also L. company, la-
tum, but its stems die down in winter. It
is, however, much hardier than these other
two species, and throws up vigorous
shoots in spring. Seeds are also freely
produced in favourable seasons, and new
plants may be obtained by sowing them
in the open border as soon as ripe, in a
warm sheltered position. They do not,
however, germinate ttill spring, and then
the seedlings may be either pricked out
into good rich soil or thinned out 12-18
in. apart. Warm sunny positions are
best, and shade should be avoided, so as
to get a greater abundance of blossom.
L. grandiflorum. — A beautiful smooth
Algerian annual 6-12 in. high, with linear
lance-shaped acute leaves, and large rose-
coloured flowers li in. across in summer.
Cultureand Propagation. — By sowing
seeds at intervals plants may be had in
bloom from May to October. Plants for
flowering from October onwards in the
greenhouse may be obtained by sowing
seeds in pots in summer and giving plenty
of water. There are several forms in
cultivation, the best known being cocci-
neum, roseum, rubrum, and splendens.
284
PBACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
LINUM
L. Macraei (L. Chamissonis). — This
Chilian species is somewhat tender, but
will grow well outside from May to Octo-
ber. It is about 1 ft. high, with stiffish
lance -shaped pointed leaves, and orange
flowers.
Culture dc. as for L. monogynum.
L. monogynum.- — -A shrubby-stemmed
New Zealand plant 1 ft. high, with
lance-shaped leaves. Flowers in summer,
white, about 11 in. across. The variety
candidissimum is a superior plant to the
type, having larger and finer flowers and
a more compact habit.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species is easily increased from seeds sown
as soon as ripe in cold frames. The
seedlings may be transplanted in mild
weather in spring in the same way as
those of L. flavum. Cuttings of the more
or less ripened shoots may also be rooted
in cold frames as recommended for L.
arboreum.
L. narbonense. — A somewhat glaucous
smooth plant, 2 ft. high, native of S.
Europe. Leaves lance-shaped linear,
very acute, rather stiff. Flowers from
May to July, sky-blue with violet veins,
sometimes white, in loose corymbs.
Culture and Propagation. — This is
one of the finest of the blue-flowered
Linums and will flourish in almost
any soil. It is quite happy even on dry.
poor soil, and not only flowers with great
freedom but produces seed freely. These
may be sown as soon as ripe in the same
way as recommended for those of L.
flavum above.
L. nervosum. — A native of E. Europe,
12-18 in. high, with smooth lance-shaped
pointed leaves. Flowers in summer,
blue, large, with slightly notched or
pointed petals, crenate at the apex.
Culture dc. as above for L. flavum.
L. perenne. — A native evergreen species
12-18 in. high, with narrow linear-lance-
shaped acute leaves. Flowers in summer,
1 in. across, usually bright blue, but pink
or white in some varieties.
Culture dc. as for L. flavum and L.
mi rbonense.
L. salsoloides. — A somewhat shrubby
evergreen, 1 ft. high, native of S.W.
Europe, with smooth, linear leaves.
Flowers in summer, | in. across, white
Avith a purple centre.
Culture dc. as above for L. mono-
gynum.
L. sibiricum. — A smooth Siberian
species 3 4 ft. high, with large beautiful
blue flowers. Closely related to L.
perenne.
Culture d-c. as for L. flavum.
L. tauricum. — An evergreen shrubby
species about Ik ft. high, native of the
Caucasus. Leaves glaucous, spoon-shaped
or lance-shaped. Flowers from June to
August, yellow.
Culture dc. as above for L. arboreum.
L. usitatissimum (Common Flax). — A
beautiful smooth European annual about
Ik ft. high, with lance-shaped or linear-
acute-leaves, and blue flowers in summer.
Culture dc. as above for L. grandi-
florum. This is the species so largely
grown in Ireland and elsewhere for the
production of flax, but it is also useful
as a border plant.
L. viscosum. — A Pyrenean plant 12
ft. high, with lance-shaped, slightly downy
leaves, covered with viscid glands.
Flowers in summer, about 1 in. across,
pale purple or lilac, with deeper veins.
They often last well into November and
December.
Culture and Propagation. — This is a
good plant for the rock garden, where it
can be established. It likes warm sunny
positions and the same treatment gene-
rally as L. arboreum. It may be increased
from cuttings taken in July and August,
and inserted in sandy soil in cold frames
in the same way as recommended for L.
arboreum.
Series II. Disciflok.e (see p. 123)
XXVIII. GERANIACEi^—Geranium and Pelargonium Order
An order containing about 750 species of herbs (sometimes climbing)
or undershrubs, rarely trees, smooth or often clothed with a glandular down.
Leaves opposite or alternate, often 2-stipuled, toothed, lobed, dissected, very
GEKANIUM
GERANIUM ORDER
GERANIUM 285
rarely entire. Peduncles often axillary, one-flowered or somewhat umbellately
many-flowered, rarely cymose or racemose. Flowers hermaphrodite, regular
or irregular. Sepals 5, rarely fewer, free or sometimes united to the middle,
imbricate, rarely valvate, the upper one spurred in some genera ; persistent or
rarely deciduous. Petals 5, or by abortion fewer or absent, hypogynous or
somewhat perigynous, variously imbricated, rarely twisted. Torus with 5
glands alternate with the petals, or glandless. Stamens usually ten, rarely
more or fewer. Fruit either a 3 -5-lobed capsule, or separating into cocci,
rarely a berry.
GERANIUM (Crane's Bill). — A
genus with about 100 species of herbs,
rarely shrubs, with opposite or alternate,
toothed, or usually palmately lobed \ea\ es,
usually stipulate. Peduncles axillary,
1-2-flowei-ed. Flowers regular, sepals and
petals 5, hypogynous ; glands 5, alternate
with the petals. Stamens usually 10.
of which 5 are sometimes imperfect.
Carpels 5, separating below and curling
upwards when ripe around a central
column resembling a bird's bill hence the
popular name.
Culture mid Propagation. Gera-
niums grow readily in ordinary well-
drained garden soil, and are well adapted
for the rock garden, margins of borders,
banks &c. They may be increased from
seeds sown in spring or autumn, in warm
sheltered parts of the open border, or
better still in shallow pans or boxes in
cold frames. When the seedlings are well
developed they may be pricked out 2 3
inches apart and grown on until they
again almost touch. During mild weather
in spring they may be planted in the
flower garden K-2 ft. or more apart
according to vigour. A very simple and
easy method of increasing most Geraniums
is by division of the rootstock. This work
is performed about the end of September, or
not later than October, or in mild weather
in spring as growth is commencing.
In order to see Geraniums at their
best, the plants when once established
should not be disturbed for 3 or 4 years.
A good mulching of well- rotted manure
may be placed around the crowns of the
plants in early winter, to act not only as
a shelter to the roots during severe frosts,
but also to replenish the soil with nutritious
food for them in spring. At the latter
period the manure may be very lightly
forked into the soil just beneath the sur-
face, if desired.
Note. — The plants popularly called
' Geraniums ' in gardens are in reality
Pelargoniums (see p. 288).
G. albanum (G. cristatum). — A native
of S.K. Europe, 1 ft. high, with kidney-
shaped, 7-lobed and toothed leaves.
Flowers in May, purple, on hairy stalks.
Culture <ic. as above.
G. argenteum. —A beautiful alpine 2-3
in. high, native of N. Italy. Leaves long-
stalked, hoary or silky on both sides, 5-7-
parted and cut. Flowers in summer,
large, pale rose with darker veins.
Culture it'-e. as above.
G. armenum. — A vigorous and very
handsome Armenian species, about 2 ft.
high, with rather smooth stems and
leaves, the latter being 5-lobed and more
or less toothed at the base. The loose
leafy cymes of dowers appear in June and
July, and are very effective owing to the
brilliant purple colour of the petals, each
of which has a deeper purple blotch at
the base, from which veins radiate over
the surface.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species is practically hardy in ordinary
winters, and may be increased from seeds
— which are freely produced — or by
division as stated above.
G. asphodeloides {G. subcauJesceus).
Native of S. Europe, about 6 in. high,
with very downy 5-lobed and cut leaves.
Flowers in summer, usually purplish-
violet.
Culture <£c. as above.
G. atlanticum. — An Algerian species
12-18 in. high. Leaves roundish, cut
nearly to the base into 5-7-lobed, cut and
toothed segments. Flowers in June, 1A
in. across, pale purple with red veins.
This species is also known as G. malvce-
florum.
Culture <i-c. as above.
286
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS geranium
G. caffrum. — A S. African species 9 in.
or more high. Leaves 1-3 in. across,
hairy above, 3-5-lobed, with several acute,
irregular teeth. Flowers in June, pale
lilac or white, with obovate petals.
Culture dc. as above.
G. cinereum. — An almost stemless
Pyrenean plant about 6 in. high. Leaves
covered with glaucous down, 5-7 -parted
and cut. Flowers in summer, pale red
with dark stripes.
Culture dc. as above. Owing to its
dwarf habit and compact growth this
species may be used for making borders
to flower beds, and is also well adapted
for the lower parts of the rockery. It
likes a light well-drained soil.
G. collinum. — Native of E. Europe,
with angular, somewhat decumbent,
downy stems. Leaves palmately 5-parted,
lobed and deeply serrated. Flowers in
early summer, purplish -violet ; petals
entire, roundish ; flower stalks and calyx
covered with clammy hairs.
Culture dc. as above.
G. dahuricum. — A native of Dahuria
1 ft. high, with opposite, 3-5-parted,
acutely lobed leaves. Flowers in June,
purple ; petals entire, much bearded at the
base.
Culture dc. as above.
G. Endressi. — A Pyrenean plant 1 ft.
high. Leaves opposite, 3 5-lobed, acute,
serrate. Flowers in summer, pale rose,
with darker veins ; petals oblong ovate,
entire, fringed at the base.
Culture dc. as above.
G. eriostemon. — A Nepalese species
6-36 in. high. Leaves 5-lobed, deeply
toothed, lower ones long-stalked, alternate,
upper ones sessile, opposite. Flowers in
June, pale violet ; stamens white, purple
at the top ; petals bearded at the base.
Culture dc. as above.
G. ibericum. — A showy Caucasian
species about 1 ft. high. Leaves hairy, 5-7-
parted, pinnately lobed, toothed. Flowers
in summer and autumn, large, blue ;
petals obcordate or somewhat 3-cleft.
The variety platypetalum is a taller
hairy plant with a profusion of deep
violet flowers streaked with red.
Culture dc. as above.
G. Lamberti.
about 18 in. high,
softly hairy on
- A native of Nepaul
Leaves heart-shaped,
both sides, 5-lobed,
cut and toothed. Flowers in summer,
large, bright lilac.
Culture dc. as above.
G. lucidum. — A native annual or
biennial 6-12 in. high, with roundish,
shining, 5-lobed leaves. Flowers from
May to August, bright rose, about i in.
across.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
sowing seeds annually, either out of
doors in warm 'parts of the kingdom, or
in cold frames in less favoured spots.
G. macrorhizon. — A native of South
Europe, 1 ft. high, with smooth, 5-parted
deeply toothed and lobed leaves, often
spotted with brownish -red. Flowers from
May to July, deep red or bright purple ;
calyx globose, swollen.
Culture dc. as above.
G. maculatum. — A N. American species
1| ft. high, with 3-5-parted, deeply
toothed and lobed leaves, lower ones
long-stalked, upper sessile. Flowers in
summer, pale lilac.
Culture dc. as above.
G. phaeum. — A native of Central and
W. Europe, naturalised in Britain, about
li ft. bigh. Leaves 5 9-lobed, deeply
toothed. Flowers in early summer, dark
brown, almost black, with a white spot at
the base of each entire petal. The variety
lividum has dull purplish flowers ; and
the variety roseum has rose-coloured
blossoms.
Culture dc. as above. This species
seems to prefer partially shaded spots in
the rockery or flower border.
G. pratense. — A beautiful British
plant 2-3 ft. high, with round, downy
stems. Leaves 7 -parted, cut into linear,
deeply serrated lobes. Flowers in
summer, large, blue flushed with violet,
and borne in corymb-like panicles. There
is a fine double blue and a double white -
flowered variety.
Culture dc. as above.
G. robertianum {Herb Robert). — A
common but pretty British species 6-9
in. high, with 3-5-parted lobed leaves.
Flowers in summer, bright crimson, i in.
across. The variety album has white
flowers.
Culture dc. as above.
G. sanguineum. — A fine native species
12 ft. high, with hairy 5-7 -parted leaves,
the lobes again divided into 3-5 narrow
GERANIUM
GERANIUM ORDER
ERODIUM 287
segments. Flowers in summer, crimson
or blood-red, about \\ in. across. The
variety lancastrieme has large flesh-
coloured flowers with purple veins. It
grows only 4-6 in. high. There is also a
white-flowered form of G. sanguineuui.
Culture Sc. as above. This species
flourishes in light sandy soils, and is
excellent for massing in the flower beds,
borders, rockeries, banks &c.
G. striatum. — A native of S. Europe
with 3 5-lobed cut and toothed leaves.
Flowers from May to October, pink, with
darker veins ; petals notched.
Culture Sc. as above.
G. sylvaticum. — A British plant 2-3
in. high, with 5-7-lobed, deeply toothed
leaves. Flowers in summer, less than
1 in. across, purple or blue, with crimson
veins ; white in the variety album.
Culture Sc. as above. A good plant
for edgings and borderings, and also for
the rock garden in light well-drained but
moist soil.
G. tuberosum. — A native of S.Europe,
9 in. or more high, having a roundish
tuberous rootstock and knotted forked
stems. Leaves many-parted, with linear
pinnatifid serrated lobes. Flowers in early
summer, purple, large, numerous, with
deeper coloured veins, petals 2-cleft.
There is a variety called Chariest from
Afghanistan which may be recognised by
having a series of roundish superimposed
tubers, and by the leaf segments being
less lobed than in the type.
Culture Sc. as above. In cold northern
parts of the kingdom it may be advisable
to cover the tuberous rootstocks with
bracken or a heap of dry leaves in severe
winters. In such localities the roots
should be planted rather deeply, as a
further protection, but the soil must be
thoroughly well drained.
ERODIUM (Heron's Bill; Stork's
Bill). — A genus of about 00 species of
pretty herbs, very rarely shrubs, often
with jointed knotty branches. Leaves
opposite or alternate, toothed, lobed, or
often pinnately dissected. Peduncles
axillary, with flowers usually in umbels.
Flowers regular or scarcely irregular.
Sepals 5, imbricate. Petals 5, hypogy-
nous, imbricate, 2 upper ones sometimes
deficient. Stamens 5, alternating with
the 5 scale-like staininodes. Disk of 5
glands, alternate with the petals. Ovary
5-lobed. Tails of carpels spirally twisted
and curling upwards.
Cult a re and Propagation. — Erodi-
ums, which omit a strong peculiar smell
when bruised, thrive in a sandy well-
drained soil in sunny places, and are
excellent plants for the rock garden or
border. They are easily increased by
division oi' the rootstock, either in early
autumn or in spring, or from seed sown
in cold fiames cither as soon as ripe or
in spring. Indeed, there is practically no
difference in the treatment of Erodmms
and Geraniums, which resemble each
other a good deal in appearance and
blossom. The cultural remarks under
Geranium may be applied to each of the
following species.
E. alpinum. -A native of the S. Italian
mountains, with rather smooth, twice pin-
nately cut leaves. Flowers from spring to
autumn, purple, about 1 in. across, 6-10
in an umbel.
Culture Sc. as above.
E. carnifolium. — A native of the
Spanish mountains 6 10 in. high. Leaves
alternately pinnate, 8 9 in. long, leaflets
deeply cut, twice divided, the midrib
covered with soft, downy hairs beneath.
Flowers in spring and early summer, red.
about | in. across, 8-10 in an umbel.
Culture Sc. as above.
E. hymenodes (E. trilobatu.ni). — A
native of the Atlas Mountains 6-15 in.
high, with somewhat 3-lobed, very
blunt, deeply toothed leaves. Flowers
in spring and summer, pink, the upper
petals with a red- brown blotch at the
base.
Culture Sc. as above.
E. macradenum (E. glandulosum).—
A stemless Pyrenean plant about 6 in.
high. Leaves twice divided, forming
tufts, clothed with a glandular down, and
possessing a peculiar aromatic fragrance.
Flowers in summer, pale violet, or flesh
colour, with purple-rose veins, the two
upper petals having a dark spot at the
base.
Culture Sc. as above.
E. Manescavi. — A native of the
Pyrenees 1-2 ft. high. Leaves pinnate,
with oblong, deeply cut leaflets. Flowers
in summer, purplish-red, from 5-15 in an
umbel-like truss.
Culture Sc. as above.
288
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS ekodium
E. pelargoniflorum. — A native of
Anatolia with ovate cordate leaves
springing from the roots. Flowers in
summer, white spotted with purple, 8-10
in an umbel.
Culture dc. as above.
E. petraeum. — A stemless Pyrenean
plant 3-6 in. high. Leaves rather smooth,
pinnate, with deeply divided segments,
and lance-shaped linear lobes. Flowers
in early summer, bright rose, or white
and veined, but not spotted.
Culture dc. as above.
E. Reichardi. — A native of Majorca,
only 2-3 in. high, with small heart-
shaped, crenate, blunt, smoothish leaves.
Flowers from April to September, solitary,
white faintly veined with pink.
Culture dc. as above.
E. romanum. — A S. European biennial
6 9 in. high, with pinnate leaves having
ovate deeply cut leaflets. Flowers from
April to September, purplish, several on a
stalk.
Culture dc. as above.
E. trichomanefolium. — A stemless
plant 4-6 in. high, native of Mount
Lebanon. Leaves bipinnate, hairy, rather
glandular, with oblong linear lobes.
Flowers in summer, flesh-coloured, with
darker veins, about 4 on a stalk.
Culture dc. as above.
PELARGONIUM (Stork's Bill).—
A genus of smooth or downy perennial
herbs or undershrubs, with opposite,
rarely alternate leaves, entire, toothed,
lobed or variously cut, stipulate. Ped-
uncles axillary, opposite the leaves, 2 or
more on an umbel, rarely 1-flowered.
Flowers irregular. Sepals 5. imbricate,
united at the base, the upper one produced
into a spur adnate to the pedicel. Petals
5. or fewer by abortion, slightly peri-
gynous, dissimilar. Stamens 10, hypo-
gynous, united at the base, usually 7 with
fertile anthers. Ovary 5-lobed, beaked.
There are about 170 wild species of
Pelargonium, natives chiefly of S. Africa,
and requiring greenhouse treatment. The
genus is important because from it are
derived the various sections of Bedding
Pelargoniums (popularly called Gera-
niums used in hundreds of thousands
annually for beds and borders. The
species described below (with the exception
of P. endlicherianum and P. querci-
folium) are mentioned chiefly on account
of their connection with the Bedding
' Geraniums.'
P. endlicherianum. — A native of the
Taurus Mountains in Asia Minor, lf-2 ft.
high. Lower leaves roundish, notched
and toothed, the upper ones more or less
deeply divided into 3-5 lobes. Flowers in
late summer, deep rose, large, the 2 larger
petals marked with 5 deep purple nerves.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species is hardy in mild parts of the
country, and thrives in sandy well -drained
loam in a warm nook of the rockery. It
may be increased by means of seeds or
cuttings in the same way as P. zonule
below.
P. inquinans. — A native of S. Africa
about 2 ft. high, with roundish, kidney-
shaped, downy leaves, crenate on the
margins and almost undivided or very
slightly lobed. Flowers in summer,
varying from intense scarlet to rose and
white, many on a stalk ; petals broadly
obovate.
This is the parent of the well-known
Scarlet ' Geranium.' It has no dark zone on
the leaf as in P. zonule, and has broader
and shorter petals than that species.
Culture dc. as for P. zonule below.
P. peltatum (P. hederce folium ; P.
lateripes ; P. scutatum), — A S.African
species, with shrubby, straggling stems,
and smooth or downy, Ivy-like, 5-angled or
lobed leaves. Flowers in summer, white
or red, varying in size, several on a
stalk.
This is the origin of the well-known
Ivy-leaf ' Geranium.' This section has
now become very valuable owing to the
numerous fine double and semi-double
flowered varieties. They are chiefly used
for window boxes, vases &c, but if planted
in round raised beds by themselves, with
their stems trailing over the surface of the
soil, they look very ornamental. Indeed
this is their natural method of growing,
and not trained up sticks or trellises upon
which they have to be carefully and
regularly tied to keep them in order.
Their culture and propagation are the
same as for the Zonal Pelargonium
described below.
P. quercifolium. — This is so well
known as the ' Oak-leaf Geranium' that
it deserves mention. It is a shrubby
plant 3 ft. or more high, with leaves cut
and lobed like small Oak-leaves, and
strongly scented. Flowers in summer.
I-I'WAKGONIUM
(iFJlAXIUM ol! 1) Ell
PELAKGOMUM 289
purple or pink, more or less veined, 3-5
or more on a stalk.
P. zonale [Horseshoe ' Geranium '). —
A shrubby plant 2 ft. or more high* with
roundish, smooth or downy leaves, usually
with a dark horseshoe dike zone, crenate
toothed on the edges and slightly lobed.
Flowers in summer, varying from scarlet
and crimson to red and pure white, many
on a stalk.
The numerous varieties of Pelar-
goniums (Zonals, Silvers, Tricolors,
Bronzes &c.) used in bedding out are
derived from hybrids obtained by cross-
ing P. zonale with P. inquiuans. The
processes of selecting and crossing have
gone on for nearly "200 years, and the
progeny obtained are in no way like their
parents. In the Zonal Pelargonium
proper, it has been the aim of the gar-
dener to get rid of the dissimilarity in the
petals, and to obtain flowers in which
every petal shall be equal, the whole
forming a perfectly circular outline with-
out a break between the petals. How
far he has succeeded may be seen at any
exhibition ; not only are the flowers
perfectly symmetrical in outline, but the
size of the individual blooms, or ' pips ' as
they are technically called, has been
greatly increased, and they are often larger
than an ordinary watch.
Culture. — -The outdoor cultivation of
the Pelargonium is extremely simple.
About the end of May or beginning of
June according to locality and state of the
weather, plants may be put into beds or
borders containing ordinary well-dug soil,
if a rich, sandy loam so much the better.
Sometimes the varieties are mixed or
kept separate according to the taste of
the planter, but in any case they should
not be nearer than 6 to 9 inches, or even
more, as they soon make bushy growth.
Propagation. — The plants are usually
increased by cuttings, which may be
taken at any time as long as they are not
too sappy. From June to August, how-
ever, is the best time out of doors. The
cuttings may be inserted 2-3 in. apart in
a prepared spot with a fair amount of
sunshine, and by September they will
have made good growth and plenty of
roots. They should then be potted up
singly in small pots and kept in a green-
house or cold dry frame during the winter
or in any light airy place where they will
not be touched by frost. If possible the tem-
perature during the winter months should
not fall below 45° or 50° Fahr., and only
very little water is required. If too much
moisture is in the soil or atmosphere, the
leaves and young growths are attacked with
;i fungus which soon causes them to decay.
The best remedy against this is to raise
the temperature by artificial means, such
as hot-waterpipes, and keep the greenhouse
or frame in which the plants are grown in
a fairly dry condition.
Where Zonal Pelargoniums can be
grown in greenhouses during the winter
months to keep up a good supply of
bloom it is necessary to keep the tem-
perature up to about 65°-70° Fahr., and
the atmosphere overhead should not be
charged with moisture to any great extent.
The plants are usually raised from cut-
tings taken in spring and rooted in gentle
heat, either singly in small pots, or in
shallow boxes or pans. When well
rooted they are potted up and grown
on as mentioned above. No blossoms,
however, are allowed to develop. As
they appear they are pinched out with
the finger and thumb, and all the energj
of the plant is devoted to strengthening-
its constitution for flowering during the
winter months. From the beginning of
June to the end of September the plants
should be stood out in the open air in a
warm sunny position, and if kept well
watered, and the shoots and blossoms
pinched out, they will make fine bushy
specimens by the end of the season. In
the case of cuttings and seedlings, when
well rooted, the tip of the main shoot
should be pinched out. This will induce
the side buds to make branches, and
thus give the plant a dwarfer and
sturdier habit. If pinching is neglected,
the plants become lanky and weak, and
do not flower so freely.
Zonal Pelargoniums may also be easily
raised from seeds sown in August or
September as soon as ripe. They ger-
minate freely, and if the seedlings can
be kept safe from frost during the winter,
they will be fine and sturdy for planting
out in early summer. In this way many-
new forms are likely to be obtained, and
if any are really an improvement on exist-
ing varieties they may be retained and
increased by cuttings in the way described
above.
The above remarks apply to all
sections of Pelargoniums. It will, how-
ever, be found that some varieties,
especially among the ' Tricolors,' are
290
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS trop.kolum
somewhat more difficult to propagate and
grow into good plants than others.
There are some hundreds of varieties
in cultivation, but the following are
among the very best for outdoor
gardening : —
Best Scarlets and. Crimsons. —
Vesuvius, West Brighton Gem, Henry
Jacoby, John Gibbons, Rev. A. Atkinson,
Ball of Fire, Corsair, King of the Bedders,
Geo. Potter, Triornphe de Stella, Wonder-
ful.
Silver-leaved varieties. — Flower of
Spring, Day- break, Mrs. Parker.
Tricolors. — Mrs. Pollock, Master
Harry Cox, Lady Cidlam, Countess of
Ashburnham, Peter Grieve, Sophia
Dumaresque.
Green and Gold. — Crystal Palace
Gem, Happy Thought, Golden Christine,
Robert Fish.
Bronze. — Zulu, Marshall McMahon,
Black Douglas, Golden Harry Hieover,
Bronze Queen, Bronze Beauty.
Ivy - leafs. — ■ Album grandiflorum,
Duke of Edinburgh, l'Elegant, Dolly
Varden, Souvenir de Charles Turner,
Madame Crousse &c.
Pinks. — Master Christine, Mrs. Turner,
Constance, E. F. Crocker.
JVhites. — White Vesuvius, White
Princess, White Perfection, Queen of the
Whites.
TROP^EOLUM (Golden Nastur-
tium ; Indian Cress ; Yellow Lark-
spur).— A genus of about 35 species of
beautiful twining or spreading annuals or
perennials, with alternate peltate or pal-
mately angled, lobed or dissected leaves.
Stipules none, or minute. Peduncles
axillary, 1-flowered. Flowers irregular,
orange-yellow, rarely purple or blue.
Sepals 5, united at the base, the upper
one produced into a free spur. Petals 5,
dissimilar, or fewer by abortion, often
fringed or bearded at the base. Stamens
8, free, unequal, all anther-bearing. Fruit
3-lobed, fleshy, indehiscent.
Tropaeolums are extremely valuable
for training over trellises, arbours, old
tree stumps, sheds, old walls &c. in the
summer and autumn months, during
which period their masses of peculiar-
looking flowers and brilliant colours give
a very gay appearance to the garden.
This genus is familiar on account of
the dwarf and climbing varieties of T.
ma jus and T. minus, popularly called
' Nasturtiums ' simply. The Nasturtium
proper belongs to the same order as the
Wallflower and Cabbage (Cruciferce).
Culture and Propagation. — Tropaeo-
lums are annual and perennial, the
latter having either fibrous or tuberous
roots. The annual varieties thrive in
ordinary garden soil and may be raised
from seeds sown out of doors in April.
The perennial kinds like a richer soil —
turfy loam and peat, with plenty of
moisture at the root when growing.
They may be increased by dividing the
roots or tubers, or by inserting cuttings of
the young shoots in pots or pans under
glass.
The following are the best for out-
door gardening : —
T. Lobbianum. — A vigorous climbing
annual, native of Columbia, with roundish
peltate leaves, obscurely lobed, glaucous
beneath. Flowers in summer, orange ;
calyx long-spurred, hairy ; petals obovate,
the 2 upper ones entire, scarcely lobed,
the 3 lower ones smaller, deeply toothed,
fringed, long clawed.
There are several beautiful varieties
of this species, among which mention may
be made of Brilliant; Crystal Palace
Gem (or elegans) ;fulgens ; Golden Queen,
with pure golden-yellow flowers without
spots; hederaifolium, with Ivy-like leaves
of a dark metallic hue and deep crimson-
scarlet flowers ; Napoleon III., yellow
spotted with brown ; Spitfire, with scarlet
flowers and deep purplish foliage.
Culture and Propagation. — Seeds
may be sown out of doors in April and
May in patches where the plants are re-
quired to bloom during the season. They
may also be sown in pots or shallow pans
in cold frames or greenhouses in gentle
heat about March, afterwards transplant-
ing the seedlings at the end of May or
beginning of June. If the seeds are sown
in pots it will be unnecessary to prick the
seedlings out separately, but the whole —
pot, soil, and all — may be planted where
required, thus avoiding injury to the
roots and subsequent ' flagging ' of the
leaves.
T. majus (Great Indian Cress or
Nasturtium). — This well-known climbing
annual is a native of Peru. Leaves
almost round, peltate, sometimes slightly
lobed or wavy. Flowers in summer and
autumn, rich orange, large and showy,
the 2 upper petals marked with deep
TROP^OLUM
GERANIUM ORDER
TROlViEOLUM 291
red-brown. There are several varieties
of this species, with crimson, scarlet,
orange, and striped flowers. The Tom
Thumb section is valuable for bedding
or for the edges of borders &c. A few of
the best dwarf kinds are Empress of
India, bright crimson; Golden King,
golden-yellow ; King of Tom Thumbs,
scarlet; Kin;/ Theo<lore. deep crimson;
Pearl, creamy- white ; Buby Kin//, rosy-
scarlet ; Vesuvius, brilliant scarlet.
Among the double-flowered kinds
Grand ijlo runt plenissiiuu m, double
yellow, with a deep maroon blotch at the
base, and Hennine Grashojf, scarlet, are
the best.
Culture 'le. as above for T. Lobbi-
anum.
T. minus. — This resembles T. majus
but is smaller and weaker growing. The
flowers are deep yellow, streaked with
orange and red ; the petals end in a
bristly point. The plant is also a native
of Peru. There is a variety called cocci-
neus, which has a yellow calyx spotted
with carmine, and deep scarlet-crimson
petals with a scarlet beard.
Culture it'-e. as above for T.Lobbianum.
This small growing species is valuable for
making edgings to beds and borders, or
for furnishing the base of tall naked-
stemmed trees &c.
T. pentaphyllum (Chymocarpus
pentaphylhis). — A vigorous tuber-rooted
climber, native of Buenos Ayres, with
slender purple stems, slightly twisted and
branched. Leaves about 2 in. across,
cut into 5 oblong entire, smooth leaflets.
Flowers in summer. Calyx dull purple,
1| in. long, greenish, marked with deep
purple within ; petals bright vermilion,
small, roundish, somewhat clawed.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species likes warm sunny spots and good
soil, and may be used for covering pillars,
bowers &c. in the same way as T. Lobbia-
num, T. majus &c. The tuberous roots
are best planted in April or May in light
and well-drained sandy soil, with which a
little well-rotted leaf mould or manure has
been incorporated. Seeds may be sown
under glass soon after ripening, and the
young plants are best protected in green-
houses until about the end of May when
the weather will be favourable enough as
a rule for planting them out. During the
winter months, especially if severe frosts
prevail, the tubers should be protected
with a covering of dry leaves, ashes, or
sand, which will also serve to ward off
heavy rains.
T. peregrinum ( T. ackt/ncum ; T.eana-
riense — of gardens). — Canary Creeper.
A well-known graceful climbing annual
(or greenhouse perennial), native of Peru
and Mexico. Leaves somewhat kidney-
shaped, 3 5-lobed. Flowers from June
to October, bright canary-yellow, rather
small, but very numerous ; petals narrow,
the 3 lower ones fringed ; spur hooked.
Culture (Be. as above for T. Lobbia-
niun. This species is grown in thousands
every year, and is to be seen all over the
country, hanging down from cottage
windows, or climbing a trellis by the door,
and utilised in various other ways. It
likes partially shaded situations and plenty
of moisture at the root, although it is
essential to have the soil well drained.
T. polyphyllum ( Yellow Rock Indian
Cress). — A prostrate Chilian species, very
free in growth. The trailing stems 3-4 ft.
long are densely covered with stalked
glaucous leaves each cut into about 8
obovate-lanceolate segments. Flowers
in June, singly from the axils of the
leaves, bright yellow, the 2 broader petals
spotted with red. The variety LeicJitlini
(said to be a hybrid between T. poly-
phyllum and T. edule) differs chiefly in
having deep orange-yellow flowers and
less glaucous leaves.
This plant dies down in autumn, but
its tuberous roots are best left undisturbed
for a few seasons. The young shoots
appear in early spring.
Culture d-c. as above for T. penta-
phyllum.
T. speciosum (Flame Nasturtium). —
A splendid Chilian climber, with downy,
hairy stems, and 6-lobed almost peltate
leaves, downy beneath. Flowers from
June to September and October, beautiful
scarlet ; petals obcordate, the upper ones
narrowly wedge-shaped, the lower ones
roundish. Spurl ong.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species does not grow or flower equally
well in all places. It does best in light
deep loam, with the addition of peat, leaf
soil and sand. In summer a mulching
of well-rotted manure is beneficial. It
dislikes a position where it is likely to be
scorching hot, and should therefore be
planted in a somewhat shaded place
where there is plenty of moisture in the
u 2
292
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
OXALIS
air — such as against bushes or hedges
with a west or northern aspect. The
tubers may be planted in April or May
according to season and localitj', and the
plants may then be allowed to take care
of themselves. If coddled too much they
are likely to be a failure, but so long as
the soil is well drained and fairly good,
and the position partially shaded and not
too cold, the plants will sooner or later
establish themselves. As bearing these
remarks out, the reader is referred to the
observations on this species at p. 81.
T. tuberosum. — A beautiful tuberous-
rooted climber, 2-4 ft. long, native of
Peru, with smooth 5-lobed leaves, trans-
versely truncate at the base. Flowers in
late summer, scarlet and yellow, with
entire or toothed petals.
Culture dc. as above for T. penta-
phylVu/m. In unfavourable parts of the
country it is safer to lift the tubers in
autumn, and store them like Dahlias in a
dry place for the winter.
LIMNANTHES. — A genus of 3
species of smooth, spreading annuals,
with alternate, dissected leaves, without
stipules, and axillary 1-flowered peduncles.
Flowers regular, white, yellow, or rose.
Sepals 5, valvate. Petals 5, twisted.
Torus flattish. dilated, with 5 glands.
Stamens 10, free, nearly perigynous.
Fruit 5-lobed, indehiscent.
The following is the only species
generally grown : —
L. Douglasi. — A showy Californian
annual about 8 in. high, with pinnate
leaves and stem trailing along the sur-
face of the soil. Flowers from spring
to autumn, yellow, passing into white
streaked with grey, sweet-scented, about
5 in. across. There are a few variations
from the type in cultivation, the best known
being grandiflora, which has somewhat
larger flowers.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species is useful for beds, borders or
rockeries, and grows well in ordinary soil.
Once established the seeds will sow
themselves and reproduce young plants
every year without trouble. When
required in particular spots, seeds must
of course be sown there in either March
or September according to the time the
flowers are wanted. In cold northern
parts it will, however, be safer to sow the
seeds at either of the periods mentioned
in cold frames, afterwards pricking the
seedlings out about the end of May.
BALBISIA. — A genus with only one
species here described : —
B. verticillata. — A very ornamental
Chilian evergreen shrub, 3-6 ft. high,
with opposite or alternate, often 3 -parted
leaves, without stipules. Flowers late
in summer, regular, yellow, solitary, on
long stalks. Sepals and petals 5, the
latter twisted, hypogynous. Stamens 10,
hypogynous, free.
Culture and Propagation. — ■ This
shrub is hardy only in the mildest parts
of the country, and should be protected
from severe frosts. It may be increased
by seeds, or by cuttings of the half-
ripened wood, under a bell-glass or hand-
light during the summer and autumn
months. The rooted cuttings should be
grown on in frames or greenhouses until
mild weather in spring, when they may be
planted out in warm sheltered positions.
They like a well-drained sandy loam.
OXALIS (Wood Sorrel). — A large
genus containing over 200 species, of
which only a few are useful for outdoor
gardening. They are herbs or rarely
dwarf shrubs, with usually 3-lobed, Clover-
like leaves. Flowers regular, on axillary
or radical, one or more flowered stalks.
Sepals and petals 5, the latter hypo-
gynous, twisted in bud. Disc none.
Stamens 10, free or united at the base.
Styles 5, distinct, short, long or medium.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Wood Sorrels thrive in a sandy soil in
warm, dry places. They may be grown
in masses in borders or beds, or in clumps
here and there in the rockery. As many
of the species have a bulb-like fleshy
rootstock, the offsets from these may be
used to increase the plants. The best
time to divide the plants is in spring just
as growth is about to commence. They
increase very rapidly in favourable situa-
tions, but few except the native kinds can
be regarded as hardy in the British
Islands except in the mildest parts of the
south and west. The foliage usually dies
down in autumn, and if the tuberous kinds
are planted 4-6 in. deep they will survive
ordinary winters. In the event of severe
frosts, a covering of coco-nut fibre, dry
leaves &c. is advisable to protect the
dormant roots. Seeds if obtainable may
also be sown in spring m gentle heat,
afterwards pricking the seedlings out.
OXALIS
GEEANIUM ORDER
oxalih 293
There is only one drawback to most of
the beautiful flowered Oxalis : and that is
the peculiarity of closing their flowers
except during the brightest sunshine.
"When fully expanded in the sun they
present a really fine sight.
O. Acetosella (Common Wood Sorrel ;
Stubwort). — A native of moist, shady
places in the British Islands. Leaves 3-
lobed, with obcordate, somewhat downy
leaflets. Flowers from April to August
A :; in. across, white, veined with purple.
Some plants produce also a smaller and
shorter stalked flower, which does not
open, but fertilises itself and produces
seed.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
division and seed. The young tender
leaves are sometimes used as a salad.
O. arenaria. — A Chilian species about
4 in. high, with a rootstock of fleshy
scales. Leaves with 3 or 4 two-lobed,
obcordate leaflets, glaucous beneath.
Flowers bright violet-purple, over an
inch across, 3-10 on a stalk.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
division.
O. Bowiei. — A brilliant bulbous
perennial 6-10 in. high, native of S.
Africa. Leaves divided into 3 blunt
obcordate lobes, slightly downy beneath.
Flowers in summer, rich rosy-red, about
lr, in. across, yellowish inside at the base,
several on a stalk.
Cu It n re dc. as above. This fine species
is often used for bedding out, making a
rich border. Increased by division.
O. corniculata. — A small downy
annual or biennial, found almost every-
where except the coldest regions. Leaves
stipidate, 3-foliolate. Flowers from spring
to autumn, yellow, with emarginate petals.
The variety rubra has handsome bronzy
foliage.
Culture etc. as above. Useful as a
carpethig plant.
O. elegans. — This tufted species, about
6 in. high, is a native of the Andes at an
elevation of about 7,000 ft. The leaves
are composed of 3 wedge-shaped leaflets,
about 1 in. long, green above, purple be-
neath. The rich purple flowers, each
about 1 in. across, are produced in umbels
of 6-9 during the summer months.
Culture dc. as above. This is quite
hardy in favourable parts of the south and
west.
O. enneaphylla. — A native of Fuegia
about 4 in. high. Leaves with from 9 to
20 leaflets, usually in 2 series, smooth,
glaucous, more or less wedge-shaped.
Flowers in June, white or pale rose,
nearly 1.'. in. across, sometimes with
pale purple veins and a watery green
centre.
Cult n re lie. as above. This species
has proved hardy at Kew, planted in the
rockery in a rather moist and shaded
position. It is best, however, protected
from heavy rains during the winter sleep
of its ovoid bulb-like tubers, the largest of
which are sometimes 2 in. lom,r.
O. floribunda (O. rosea). — A Chilian
species 9-12 in. high, with 3-foliolate
leaves. Leaflets obcordate. Flowers in
siunmer, rosy, with darker veins.
Culture dc. as above.
O. hirta. — A very variable S. African
species with thin decumbent leafy stems,
each leaf being almost stalkless and cut
into 3 narrow lobes about l in. long. The
rich purple, lilac, or violet flowers are
about \\ in. across, and appear singly in
the axils of the leaves. Sometimes the
whole length of the stem — 12-18 inches —
is clothed with the blossoms, and the plant
then looks charming.
Culture ite. as above.
O. lasiandra. — A beautiful Mexican
species 9-18 in. high, with digitate leaves ;
leaflets 3 in. long, ovate spoon- shaped,
wavy, spotted with crimson beneath.
Flowers in summer, crimson, finely
downy outside, about 20 on a stalk, and
each about 1 in. across.
Culture dc. as above.
O. lobata. — A stemless Chilian species
about 3 in. high, with 3-lobed leaves
rather glaucous beneath. Flowers in late
summer, bright yellow, spotted or pen-
cilled with red in the centre.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
division.
O. luteola. — A bulbous-rooted South
African species about 3 in. high, with
3-lobed leaves, having obcordate leaflets.
Flowers from early spring to autumn,
over an inch across when fully open, soft
creamy-yellow, one on a stem.
Culture dc. as above.
O. stricta. — A North American species
11 ft. high, naturalised in various parts
of Britain, with 3-lobed leaves ; leaflets
obcordate. Flowers in summer and
autumn, yellow, 2-6 on a stalk.
294
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS impatiens
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
division.
O. tetraphylla (0. Deppei). — A very
handsome Mexican species, with large
scaly, bulb-like rootstocks, and 4-lobed
hairy leaves like a Maltese Cross, glau-
coiis beneath. Flowers in summer, lurid
red or purplish-violet, many on a stalk.
Culture dec. as above. Increased by
division. The young leaves of this species
may be eaten as a salad. The fleshy
white roots are tender and juicy but
somewhat tasteless.
O. valdiviensis. — A charming Chilian
annual 6-8 in. high, with 3-lobed leaves,
and deep yellow flowers, streaked with
red, especially outside.
Culture dc. as above.
O. variabilis. — A native of the Cape
with a large bulbous rootstock from which
springs a tuft of shortly stalked leaves
with 3 roundish dark green and usually
hairy leaflets. The cup-like flowers are
fully 2 in. across when fully open, and
are borne singly on erect stalks about 3 in.
high. The colour varies from purple to
rosy-lilac, white, or white and yellow.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
division.
O. violacea. — A N. American species
3 in. high, with black spindle-shaped
bulbs. Leaflets 3, obcordate, smooth,
reddish underneath. Flowers from spring
to autumn, pink, 3-9 on a stalk.
Culture dc. as above.
IMPATIENS (Touch-Me-Not).— A
somewhat large genus of herbs, some-
times shrubs, usually smooth, rarely
downy or hairy. Leaves alternate, oppo-
site or radical, serrate or toothed, with-
out stipules, often with glands at the
base of the stalks. Peduncles axillary,
solitary, or clustered, one- to many-
flowered, the upper ones forming a ter-
minal panicle. Flowers irregular. Sepals
3, very rarely 5, coloured, imbricated, 2
side ones flat, 2 front ones, when present,
small, the upper one produced into a
hollow spur. Petals 3, the front one
outside concave, the side ones 2-cieft
(formed of 2 petals united), the upper lobe
exterior. Disc glands none. Stamens 5.
Capsule 5-celled. the valves open suddenly
and with elasticity.
Culture and Propagation. — The
hardy species of Impatiens thrive in any
garden soil and reproduce themselves
annually without trouble, degenerating
into vigorous weeds unless checked. They
are scarcely suitable for the choice flower
border, but may be utilised in the wilder
parts of the garden or waste places. The
cultivation of the Balsam — I. Balsam ina
— is specially noticed.
The British Yellow Balsam, I. iioli-
me-tangere, is found in moist, mountainous
situations, and is a somewhat pretty
plant. I. tricornis is an Indian annual,
also with yellow flowers. It makes a
bushy plant 3-5 ft. high, having purplish
stems and oval oblong toothed leaves.
I. amphorata. — A Himalayan annual
3-6 ft. high, with succulent branching
steins. Leaves bright green, often with
pink edges and midrib, 3-6 in. long,
broadly lance-shaped, pointed, finely
crenate-serrate. Flowers in late summer,
pale purple, suffused and speckled with
rosy-red ; racemes 2-5 in. long, many-
flowered.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds.
I. Balsamina (Balsamina hortensis).
Common Balsam. — The wild species is a
native of tropical Asia, 1-2 ft. high, with
lance-shaped, serrated leaves. Flowers in
summer, rosy-red.
This is the parent of the well-known
Garden Balsam, at one time grown in
immense quantities. The double-flowered
varieties, such as the Camellia-flowered,
Rose-floivered, Solferino, Kermesina,
alba, rosea, violacea &c, variously striped
and coloured, are chiefly grown, and when
done well, are exceedingly handsome.
Culture and Propagation.— The seeds
should be sown thinly in slight heat
about the end of March in sandy, but not
too rich, soil. When the seedlings are
about 2 in. high, they should be put
singly into 3-inch pots in fairly rich soil,
with the roundish seed leaves close to the
surface. By the end of May or begin-
ning of June the plants will be ready for
planting out in beds by themselves or in
clumps in borders in warm, sunny posi-
tions, where they should receive plenty of
water during the summer. They absorb
water greedily, and are very sensitive to
its absence. It is astonishing, however,
to see the way in which plants which are
almost shrivelled up for want of water
will revive with a good soaking, and the
tenacity of life in such a soft and juicy
plant is really marvellous.
IMI'ATIHNS
EUE OHDEli
BUTA 295
I. Candida. — A showy Himalayan
annual 6 ft. high, with narrow lance-
shaped pointed leaves, in whorls of three,
and pink, serrated edijes. Flowers in late
summer, white, slightly speckled with
crimson.
Culture dc. as above. Seeds may be
sown indoors as recommended for the
Balsam, or in the open air in April and
May.
I. fulva. — A N. American animal 2-4
ft. high, with ovate, coarsely toothed
leaves. Flowers from June to September,
orange-yellow, thickly spotted with
reddish-brown.
Culture de. as above. This species
is now naturalised in the British
Islands.
I. glandulifera. — A native of Ceylon
4-6 ft. high, with lance-shaped, glandu-
larly serrate leaves in whorls; stipules
glandular. Flowers in summer, rosy.
This species spreads rapidly in gardens.
( ' nil ii re ,!■<■. as above.
I. Roylei. — An Indian annual 6-10 ft.
high, with more or less lance-shaped,
sharply serrated leaves in whorls.
Flowers in summer, purple. There are
two or three forms of this species, which
has been confused with the preceding
one.
Cult tin- ite. as above.
XXIX. RUTACEiE-Rue Order
A large order containing about 650 species of shrubs or trees, very rarely
herbs, remarkable for having numerous glandular spots on the leaves and
flowers, often containing pungent, strongly scented, bitter juices. Leaves
without stipules, oft on opposite, simple or often compound, 1-3-5-foliolate or
pinnate, very often entire, occasionally serrulate. Inflorescence various,
very rarely spicate or umbellate, usually cymose and axillary. Flowers
usually hermaphrodite. Sepals 4-5, imbricate, free or united. Petals 4-5,
hypogynous or perigynous, broadly imbricated, rarely valvate. Stamens
inserted at the base or on the edge of the disc, 4-5, or 8-10, rarely fewer or
more, free, or rarely cohering or united to the petals. Styles short or long,
distinct or connate. Fruit a capsule or berry, rarely a drupe.
RUTA (Rue).— A genus of about 40
species of strong-smelling perennial herbs
or undershrubs with round, branching
stems, and alternate, simple, 3-foliolate,
pinnatisect or decompound leaves.
Flowers yellow or greenish, usually
cymose. Calyx 4-5-lobed or parted,
persistent. Petals 4-5, often toothed or
ciliated, imbricated. Disc thick, urn-
shaped, with 8-10 glands or pits. Stamens
8-10 inserted at the base of the disc, one
short, one long, alternately.
Culture and Propagation. — The Rues
thrive in light, rich soil, but only a few-
are of any garden value. They may be
increased by seeds or cuttings in a shady
border. The seeds may be sown out of
doors as soon as ripe or in spring, after-
wards pricking the seedlings oxit about 6
in. apart when well above the siirface.
As the plants increase in size they require
more space, but transplanting should only
be done in mild weather in spring or
autumn. Cuttings of the ripened shoots
will root freely in autumn, especially if
placed in a cold frame or under a hand-
light. Sometimes old bushy plants may
be divided. Once established in a garden
the Rues may be allowed to look after
themselves for years. If cut back every
two or three years, new and vigorous
shoots will be developed.
R. albiflora (Boenningliausenia albi-
flora). — An elegant downy plant 2 ft.
high, native of Nepaul. Leaves very
much cut and finely divided, glaucous,
pubescent. Flowers borne in great
profusion from July to September, white ;
petals entire, shorter than the stamens.
Culture d'-c. as above.
R. graveolens (Common Hue ;
Countryman's Treacle ; Herb of Grace).
A well-known glaucous perennial 2-3 ft.
high, native of S. Europe, found in almost
every garden, no doubt chiefly on account
of its medicinal virtues. Leaves much
divided into oblong-obovate segments.
296
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS zanthoxylum
Flowers from June to September, greenish
with entire or slightly toothed, boat-shaped
petals.
Culture Ac. as above. The leaves are
sometimes used for seasoning.
DICTAMNUS (Dittany ; Burning
Bush; Fraxinella). — A genus with only
one species : —
D. Fraxinella. — A strong-smelling
herb, shrubby at the base, 1-2 ft. high,
native of S. Europe, with alternate un-
equally pinnate leaves, having 4-5 pairs
of finely serrulated leaflets. Flowers
from May to July, pale lilac-rose,
feathered with purple veins. The variety
alba has white, unveined flowers, and
white stamens with yellow anthers.
Calyx 5-parted, deciduous, lower segments
longest. Petals 5, the 4 upper ones
ascending in pairs, the lower one bent
downwards. Disc annular, fleshy.
Stamens 10, bent down, free, inserted
with the petals at the base of the disc.
Culture -and Propagation. — This
plant thrives in light, loamy, well-drained
soil, and in partially shaded situations.
It may be increased either by seeds sown
as soon as ripe, or better still by catting
the fleshy roots into pieces in the spring.
The seeds may be sown in cold frames,
but very often will not germinate until
the following spring. The seedlings are
then pricked out into light rich soil, and
grown on with one or two removals until
they are large enough for the flower border.
It takes two or three years to obtain good
flowering plants from seeds. The Dictarn-
nus may also be increased by cuttings of
the root about 2 in, long inserted in
light rich soil in gentle bottom heat early
in the year. They produce good plants
quicker than seeds.
As ornamental border plants, both the
red and white forms of D. Fraxinella
may be placed in the front rank for the
beautj' and profusion of their flowers,
and the generally beautiful aspect when
well established. One of the most re-
markable features of the plants, especially
during the flowering season, is the fact
that the fragrant oil or resin which exudes
from the rusty-coloured glands is capable
of being ignited on a dark summer's night.
The plant may thus easily be distinguished
from all others in the vicinity, not only
by this phenomenon, but also by the very
strong and at the same time agreeable
odour which pervades the atmosphere.
CHOISYA (Mexican Orange
Flower). — There is only one species in
this genus : —
C. ternata. — A beautiful Mexican
shrub 4-10 ft. high, readily recognised by
its opposite, ternate, smooth, shining
green leaves, full of pellucid dots. Flowers
in summer, white, sweet-scented, freely
produced on axillary stalks near the ends
of the branches, and reminding one of
those of the orange. Sepals 5, mem-
branous, deciduous, imbricate. Petals 5,
membranous, spreading, oblong. Sta-
mens 10, inserted at the base of the disc.
the alternate ones longer. Disc columnar,
thick, erect, hairy.
Culture and Propagation. — This fine
shrub thrives in light, rich soil with a
south or west aspect, and will soon make
a good bush in congenial quarters. It
may also be grown against a wall, and if
not hacked about too much with the
knife its shoots will be laden annually
with clusters of sweet-scented Orange-like
blossoms.
Ripened cuttings strike freely in
sandy soil under a glass in gentle heat
during spring or early summer. Layers
may also be made. In the mild southern
parts of the kingdom, as in Cornwall, the
Mexican Orange often flowers twice and
sometimes three times a year, and will
bear several degrees of frost without
injury. In such places cuttings may be
also freely rooted in cold frames or even
in the open border.
ZANTHOXYLUM (Toothache
Tree ; Prickly Ash). — This genus is
sometimes spelt Xanthoxylum or Xan-
thoxylon. It contains about 80 species of
smooth or downy shrubs or trees, with or
without spines or prickles. The alternate
leaves are unequally pinnate or 3-foliolate,
and the small white or greenish polyga-
mous flowers are borne in axillary or
terminal cymes or clusters. Calyx 3-5-
cleft. Petals 3-5, very rarely none. Sta-
mens 3-5, hypogynous. Carpels 1-5,
oblique, 1-celled, becoming dry or juicy
fruits when ripe.
Z. americanum. — This is the common
Toothache Tree of N. America. It grows
12-15 ft. high, and its leaves are composed
of 9-11 ovate and slightly serrate leaflets,
the roundish leaf stalks being furnished
with prickly stipules at the base. The
small whitish flowers are produced in
clusters in the leaf axils about March and
April.
SKIM MIA
RUE ORDER
SKIMMIA 297
Culture and Propagation. — This
species will grow in ordinary good garden
soil, and may be used in shrubberies,
although it is scarcely worth planting
when so many better trees are now in
cultivation. It may be increased by root-
ing cuttings of the ripened shoots under a
handlight or in a cold frame in sandy soil.
PTELEA. — A genus containing 6
species of unarmed shrubs or small trees
with bitter bark. Leaves alternate,
rarely opposite, 3-foliolate or pinnately
5-foliolate ; leaflets ovate or oblong with
pellucid dots, entire or serrate. Flowers
polygamous, cymose or corymbose.
Calyx short, 4-5-parted. imbricate.
Petals 4 5, much longer than the calyx,
imbricate. In the male flowers disc incon-
spicuous ; stamens 4-5. In the female
flowers, stamens effete, disc short. Style
short ; stigma 2 3-lobed. Fruit roundish,
broadly 2-3-winged, 2-3-celled, indehis-
cent.
P. trifoliata (Hop-tree ; Swamp Dog-
wood). — A N. American shrub 4-8 ft. high,
with 3-foliolate, yellowish, long-stalked
leaves, which suggest Hops when bruised.
Flowers in early summer, small, greenish ;
filaments densely hairy below the middle.
longer than the style in the sterile flowers,
shorter in the fertile ones. The variety
a/urea has beautiful golden-yellow foliage
when young. The winged seed vessels
are very attractive and bear a superficial
resemblance to the fruits of the common
Elm, bitt are much larger, and 3-winged,
each wing being handsomely veined
with a conspicuous branching network.
Culture (Did Propagation. — This orna-
mental shrub will flourish in ordinary
good garden soil and may be increased by
inserting cuttings of the ripened or half-
ripened shoots in sandy soil under a hand-
light. Seeds are freely produced and new
plants may be raised from these if sown
as soon as ripe in cold frames.
SKIMMIA.— A genus of about half-
a-dozen species of very smooth evergreen
shrubs, with alternate, simple, stalked
lance-shaped, entire, leathery leaves,
pellucidly dotted. Flowers clustered in
branched terminal panicles. Calyx
short, 4-5-lobed, imbricate. Petals 4-5,
oblong, much longer than the calyx, valvate
or slightly imbricate. Disc inconspicuous.
Stamens 4-5, hypogynous, effete in the
female flowers. Fruit an ovoid, fleshy,
2-4-stoned drupe.
Culture and Propagation. — Skimmias
thrive in a good loam and peat soil, well-
drained. They are increased by cuttings
in sandy soil under a bell-glass in heat,
or from seeds sown as soon as ripe.
The branches may be also Layered. As
border plants or in beds by themselves,
they look very effective, especially when
covered with bright red berries. For town
gardens the Skimmias are excellent plants,
as their smooth deep green foliage is un-
injured by grime or dirt, while the beauti-
ful coloured berries peeping out here and
there render them extremely ornamental
in autumn and winter.
S. Fortunei. — A pretty Japanese
species 3-4 ft. high, with its deep glossy
green Laurel-like leaves 3-4 in. long, and
white or greenish-white flowers, followed
by scarlet or dull crimson berries in the
autumn.
This plant has been called 8. japonica
for many years. As a good deal of con-
fusion still exists regarding the names of
the cultivated Skimmias, it may be as
well to point out that S. Fortunei (of
Masters) differs from 8. japonica (of
Thunberg) in its dwarfer habit, the deep
green colour of its lance-shaped leaves,
and in having always hermaphrodite
flowers, that is blossoms containing sta-
mens and pistil. S. Fortunei also bears
its ornamental berries with great freedom,
whereas S. japonica does not unless care-
fully fertilised. The variety argentea has
the leaves margined with white, while
rubella is distinguished from the type by
the reddish tints of the flower buds.
Culture (t'-c. as above.
S. japonica. — Until a few years ago
this species went under the name of S.
oblata. It is a beautiful Japanese shrub
2-3 ft. high, with bright green elliptic-
obovate leaves 3-5 in. long, borne close
together on the branches and giving the
plant a dense bushy appearance. The
flowers are sometimes hermaphrodite and
staminate only on the same plant ; but
sometimes a plant bears female flowers
(pistils) only, and sometimes male flowers
(stamens) only. Plants with male flowers
only never bear any berries, while female
flowers must be fertilised with pollen, or
they will be equally barren.
There are many forms of S. japonica
in gardens, and they were at one time re-
garded more or less as distinct species.
The best known are S. fragrans, S. fra-
298
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
CITRUS
grcmtissvma, S. Foremcmi, S. macro-
phylla, S. intermedia and S. oblata ovata.
Culture dc. as above.
S. Laureola (Laureola fragrans). — A
somewhat ornamental Himalayan shrub
with a rather strong if not actually dis-
agreeable odour, by which it may be
readily distinguished from its more popular
relatives. It grows 3-4 ft. high, and has
deep green oblong lance-shaped leaves,
3-5 in. long, iiarrowed at each end and
yellowish-green beneath. The pale yellow
strongly scented flowers appear in spring,
and are replaced in autumn by smooth
ovoid berries resembling the fruits of the
Olive.
Culture dc. as above. This species is
not very much grown, and is not nearly
so hardy as the other kinds mentioned.
It is fairly hardy in the Thames Valley, but
in more northern parts woidd probably
require protection in severe winters.
S. Rogersi. — This is probably a hybrid
between S. Fortunei and S. japoniea. It
has greenish or dull purple shoots fur-
nished with more or less lance-shaped
leaves 3 in. or so in length, with margins
slightly recurved. The flowers are usually
hermaphrodite as in S. Fortunei and are
succeeded by large deep crimson berries
in autumn.
Cult it re dc. as above.
CITRUS (Orange). — A genus of trees
or shrubs often spiny, with alternate
dotted leaves, having a winged stalk
jointed with the blade. Flowers herm-
aphrodite, very fragrant. Calyx cup-
shaped or urn-shaped, 3-5-cleft. Petals
4-8, linear oblong, thick, imbricate.
Stamens 20-60, variously united, or in
many bundles. Disc large, cup-shaped,
ringed ; stjde smooth, deciduous, with a
capitate, lobed stigma. Fruit a globose
or oblong, fleshy, many-celled berry, with
a rind, of which the Orange and Citron are
good examples.
Culture and Propagation. — The
species of Orange mentioned below are the
only ones which can be grown out of
doors in this country in the mildest parts,
and even they require protection in
severe winters. They are worth growing
for their appearance — glossy green leaves
with a profusion of white-scented flowers
and sometimes many fruits. They will
flourish in good garden soil, and are best
sheltered from the cold winds from the
north and east. Fresh plants may be
obtained by means of seeds sown as soon
as ripe in gentle heat. Cuttings of the
plump and firm young shoots may also be
inserted in sandy soil in gentle heat under
a bell-glass until rooted. The branches
may also be layered out of doors in autumn
and budding and grafting may be per-
formed on stocks raised from seed.
C. japoniea (Kumquat). — A shrub
4-6 ft. high, native of China and Japan,
with bright yellow fruit. It requires
plenty of water in summer, but should be
kept dry in winter. It is frequently
grafted on C. trifoliata.
Culture dc. as above.
C. trifoliata (Pseudcegle sepiaria). —
A Japanese shrub 4 ft. high, with trifolio-
late leaves, fragrant white flowers pro-
duced in April and May, and orange-yellow
fruits about li in. in diameter.
Culture dc. as above. In the neigh-
bourhood of London this species has
proved to be perfectly hardy in ordinary
winters in open unprotected situations.
The flowers appear before the leaves, the
latter not attaining their full size until
about the end of June.
XXX. SIMARUBE^— Tree of Heaven Order
A natural order containing over 100 species of scentless shrubs or trees, often
tall, sometimes herbs, with more or less bitter bark. Leaves alternate, or
rarely opposite, pinnate, rarely 1-3-foliolate or simple, leaflets without spots,
rarely glandular. Stipules none. Inflorescence usually axillary, panicled or
racemose, rarely spicate, or a solitary flower. Flowers diclinous or poly-
gamous, rarely hermaphrodite, regular, usually small. Calyx 3-5-lobed or
parted. Petals 3-5, very rarely absent, imbricate or valvate. Disc rarely
absent, ringed, cup-shaped or elongated into a gynophore, entire or lobed.
AILANTHUS
HOLLY OBDEB
ilex 299"
Stamens inserted at the base of the disc, as many, or twice as many, as the
petals, very rarely numerous ; filaments tree, naked, hairy, or scaly at the
base. Styles 2-5. Fruit a drupe, capsule, or samara.
AILANTHUS (Trek of Eeavbn).—
A genus with 3 species of more or less
fetid trees having unequally pinnate
leaves, and small polygamous (lowers in
terminal panicles. Calyx equally 5-lobed.
Petals 5, spreading. Disc 10-lobed.
Stamens 10 (absent in female flow its,
2-3 in hermaphrodite ones). Fruit of 1-5
linear oblong 1-seeded samaras.
A. glandulosa. — A handsome Chinese
tree reaching a height of 60 feet in a
wild state, with large, pinnate, deciduous
leaves 1-3 ft. long, having 9 25 deeply
toothed or lobed leaflets. Flowers in
August, whitish-green, in large branched
terminal, clustered panicles, emitting a
disagreeable smell. They are succeeded
by oblong purple-brown winged and
peculiarly twisted fruits which give the
plant a very ornamental appearance.
Culture and Propagation. — This is a
fine tree for the lawn or park, and thrives
in a light, loamy, well-drained soil. For
the first 10 or 12 years it grows rapidly
in favourable spots. It is easily increased
by slips of the roots or by means of the
suckers which are thrown up from the
base in great abundance, and sometimes
produce simple instead of compound
leaves. Seeds are freely produced by the
female flowers, and from them plants may
also be obtained if sown in cold frames as
soon as ripe.
CNEORUM ( Widow Wail).— A small
genus of ornamental under-shrubs with
alternate entire leathery leaves and
axillary cymes of small hermaphrodite
flowers. Sepals and petals 3-4. Recep-
tacle elongated, columnar, 3 4-ribbed.
Stamens 3 4, shorter than the elongated
suberect petals, and inserted on the middle
of the receptacle. Fruit consists of 1-4
roundish drupe-like cocci.
C. tricoccum. — A smooths. European
shrub 1-2 ft. high, with mon or less
linear oblong leaves ami clusters of yellow
bell-shaped flowers borne in the axils
during the summer months and replaced
in autumn by the 3-lobed fruits.
Culture anil Propagation. — This
species is fairlj hardy in the neighbour-
hood of London when grown in warm
sheltered positions. It grows well in
ordinary good garden soil, but prefers a
mixture of sandy loam and a little peat.
Cuttings of the young and fairly well-
ripened shoots will root freely in sandy
soil under a handlight, especially if placed
in gentle bottom heat. In the colder
parts of the kingdom this species would
require protection in winter. C. pulveru-
lentum from the Canary Islands may be
recognised by the greyish powder on its
leaves and branches. It is very rarely
seen.
XXXI. ILICINE^— Holly Order
A natural order of 3 genera and about 150 species, mostly smooth and
evergreen trees or shrubs. Leaves usually alternate, without stipules,
stalked, simple, leathery, often entire. Flowers small, regular, hermaphrodite,
polygamous, dioecious, or unisexual, in axillary or terminal cymes or clusters.
Calyx 3-6-partite, imbricate, often persistent. Petals 4-5, rarely more, free
or united at the base, hypogynous, deciduous. Stamens usually 4-5,
hypogynous, free or slightly adhering to the base of the petals. Fruit a
somewhat fleshy drupe, with 3-8 stones or ' pyrenes.'
ILEX (Holly). — A genus containing
about 145 species of trees or shrubs, with
alternate, often shining, entire, toothed
or spiny leaves. Peduncles axillary, few-
flowered, or often branched. Flowers
white, often hermaphrodite. Calyx small,
4-5-cleft. Corolla rotate 4- (rarely 5-6-)
parted. Fruit a globose drupe with 4-8
stones.
I. Aquifolium {Common Holly). — A
British and European tree 10-40 ft. high,
with ovate or oblong acute, shining,
wavy, spiny-toothed, deep green leaves.
Flowers in May and June on short
300
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
ILEX
axillary stalks, succeeded by round red
berries.
The Holly is at all seasons of the
year an ornamental tree, but particularly
so in winter when it is covered with its
numerous scarlet berries nestling among
the dark green, shining foliage. Its value
for hedge-making is well known, and in
bygone days it was clipped into all kinds
of fantastic and unnatural shapes. On the
lawn some varieties standing alone are
very effective.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Hollies thrive in good loamy soil, and are
best transplanted early in the autumn, so
that a few new roots may be made before
the frosts of winter set in.
Plants may be raised from seeds,
which should be buried in sand until
spring and then sown, in beds or drills,
covered with about 1 in. of soil, where
they will not get parched. The seedlings
should not be touched for 2 years, after
which they may be transplanted in
autumn, about 1 ft. apart, and remain
for another 2 years, and again transplant.
The special varieties are usually grafted
in March on stocks of the Common Holly
raised from seed ; or are budded in May
with a sprouting bud, or in August with
a dormant one. The amateur, however,
unless he has much time at his disposal,
will leave the propagation of Hollies to
the nurseryman, and pay a few pence
for well-established specimens.
There are many varieties of I.
Aq/u [folium, some with green leaves,
some with silver and gold variegation,
all more or less worthy of cultivation.
Most of them have scarlet berries, but
the variety fructu-albo has white berries ;
fructu-luteo, yellow berries ; fructu-nigro,
black. In the Kew Handlist of trees and
shrubs as many as 53 varieties of the
Common Holly are enumerated, and many
of them are known under other names as
well. The following contain some of the
best varieties of the Common Holly
arranged according to the colouring of the
foliage : —
Green-leaved Hollies. — Altacle-
rensis, august i folia, Beeti, cilia ta, crassi-
folia, donningtonensis, ferox (Hedgehog
Holly), Foxi, handswortliiana . hastata,
Henderson!, lieterophylla, Hodginsi, latis-
sima, laurifolia, uuidercnsis, minorca (or
balearica),monstrosa, myrtifolia, nobilis,
nblata, ovata, scotica, serratifolia, Shep-
hi rdi, sinescens, and whittingtonensis.
Gold-leaved Hollies. — Aurantiaca,
aureo-marginata, aureo-picta, aureo-
puiuila, brevifolia, Coolii, ferox a/urea,
laurifolia, luteo-maculata, myrtifolia
a urea, obscura, pendula aureo-margi-
nata, speciosa (or Golden Queen), tortuosa
aureo-picta, and Webbiana.
Silver-leaved Hollies. — Argentea
regiua, argenteo - marginata, argentea
medio-picta, ferox argenteo-marginata ,
handsivortliensis argentea, Ingrami.
lucida (or Silver Queen), pendula albo-
picta.
There are a few other Hollies in culti-
vation, but few of them equal in beauty
or hardiness the many forms of our Com-
mon Holly. The following are some of
the best : —
I. cornuta. — A handsome Chinese
Holly with stifnsh deep green leaves
usually furnished with 3 horn-like spines
at the apical end, and often with 2 more
at the base, especially when young. The
small flowers appear in early summer and
are succeeded in favourable seasons by
bright red berries about § in. in diameter.
Culture c('c. as above.
I. crenata. — A pretty compact-growing
Japanese Holly with small bluntly ovate
crenate leaves with more or less revolute
margins. The variety major (or Fortunei)
is a more vigorous-growing plant than the
type, and may be recognised by its rounder
leaves. The variety variegata has the
leaves blotched or marbled with dull
yellow.
Culture dtc. as above.
I. dipyrena. — A very ornamental tree
12-15 ft. high, native of the Himalayas.
The angular shoots are clothed with
elliptic-oblong tapering leaves 3-4 in. long
with spiny serrate cartilaginous margins.
The upper surface is deep almost blackish-
green, and is in striking contrast to the
bright yellowish-green of the under surface,
which is traversed by a prominent whit-
ish-green midrib. The small flowers are
succeeded by dark brown 2-seeded berries.
Culture dtc. as above. A good lawn or
park tree.
I. glabra (Prinos glaber). — This is the
• Inkberry ' of the United States. It grows
2-3 ft. high, and has smooth ovate lance-
shaped leaves, with a few spiny teeth near
the apex.
Culture dc, as above. Useful for
shrubberies.
ILEX
SPINDLE TREE ORDER
EUONYMUS 301
I. latifolia. — A handsome Japanese
tree about 20 ft. high, with bluntly ovate
serrate leaves of a deep shining green
above, paler beneath. It makes a good
specimen plant on grass land.
Culture do. as above.
I. opaca. — This ornamental tree is a
native of the Eastern United States and
reaches a height of 20-40 ft., and may be
recognised by its flattish oval leaves, the
wavy edges of which arc sparingly fur-
nished with spiny teeth.
Culture Ac. as above.
Other species of Holly in cultivation,
but rarely met with, are I. ambigua,
I. Amelanchier, I. Gassine, I. Dahoon,
I. decidua, I. laevigata, and /. verticil-
lata, all from the United States and N.
America; and 7. Integra and /. rotwnda,
natives of China and Japan.
NEMOPANTHES. A genus con-
taining a single species: —
N. canadensis (Ilex canadensis ;
Prinos mtegrifoUus). — This is a smooth-
branched shrub about 3 ft. high, with
alternate, slenderly stalked, oblong, de-
ciduous, entire or slightly toothed leaves.
Flowers small, polygamous, white. Calyx
in the male flowers minute, 4-5-toothed ;
in the female flowers absent. Petals 4-5,
distinct, linear, spreading. Stamens 4-5.
Fruit a light red drupe with 4 or 5 bony
nutlets.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species thrives in cold, damp, shady places,
and is most readily increased by seeds.
These may be sown in cold frames as soon
as ripe, and the young plants treated in
the same way as recommended for Hollies
above.
XXXII. CELASTRINE^E Spindle Tree Order
An order of small shrubs or trees sometimes spinescent or climbing.
Leaves opposite and alternate, often leathery, always simple, sometimes lobed.
Stipules minute when present. Flowers very small, greenish or white, often
hermaphrodite. Calyx 4 -5-lobed or parted. Petals 4-5, imbricate. Stamens
3-5 (very rarely 2-10). Fruit a capsular berry, drupe, or samara.
EUONYMUS (Spindle Tree).— A
genus with about 40 species of erect or
rarely climbing, usually smooth, evergreen
or deciduous trees or shrubs, with opposite,
stalked, entire or toothed leaves. Calyx,
petals, and stamens have the characters
of the order. Fruit a 3-5-celled, angled
or winged, leathery, often waited capsule.
Seeds enclosed in an aril.
Culture and Projjagation. — The green,
and variegated green and sold and silver
Spindle Trees are familiar objects in
British gardens. They all grow freely in
any kind of soil. I have seen some small
plants send their roots through the chinks
of a wooden box into a gravel path, and
grow into fine bushes, with the box still
adhering to the base. For hiding old
walls, fences, or unsightly parts of the
garden, the Spindle Trees are very useful.
They are easily increased by inserting
the ripened tips of the branches about
o in. long into a fine sandy loam in
autumn, keeping them damp and fresh
with a frequent spraying overhead. To
obtain bushy specimens, the tips of the
leading shoots must be pinched out. This
will induce the development of side
branches, the tips of which may likewise
be pinched out if a still more bushy habit
is required.
E.americanus (Burning Bush; Straw-
berry Bush). — A deciduous N. American
shrub 2 6 ft. high, with smooth, 4-angled
branches, and ovate oblong-lance-shaped,
serrate leaves, almost sessile. Flowers
in June, greenish-purple. Fruit scarlet.
The variety obovatus is chiefly distin-
guished by having obovate leaves.
Culture tic. as above.
E. atropurpureus (Waahoo). — A
smooth-branched N. American species
6-14 ft. high, with ovate-oblong, pointed,
serrate, stalked leaves, and dark purple
flowers in June.
Culture dc. as above.
E. europaeus (Common Spindle Tree).
A smooth, fetid, native deciduous shrub,
5-20 ft. high, with ovate-lance-shaped,
finely serrate leaves, and small greenish-
white flowers in May, followed by an
abundance of bright pink fruits, which
open when ripe and reveal the orange-
coloured aril. There is a white-fruited
variety, one with scarlet leaves in autumn,
302
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS euonymus
and nanus or pumilus, a dwarf form,
rarely exceeding 2 ft. high. Other forms
are atropmpureus, aucubcefolius, foliis
argenteo-variegatis, and foliis aureo-
variegatis. The Common Spindle Tree
is much used as a stock for grafting the
choicer varieties. Some of its forms are
handsome objects in autumn owing to the
brilliant colouring of the foliage.
Culture Sc. as above.
E. fimbriatus. — A distinct evergreen
shrub, about 12 ft. high, native of Japan,
India &c. Branches round, smooth,
with ovate-pointed leaves fringed with
long, parallel, serrated teeth. There are
varieties with variegated leaves but some-
what tender.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species is usually grown in greenhouses,
as it is usually killed by a few degrees of
frost if grown in the open air. It is suit-
able for the open air only in the very mild-
est parts of the kingdom, and may be
increased by cuttings of the tops of the
shoots like the other species.
E. japonicus. — A handsome evergreen
shrub about 20 ft. high, native of Japan,
India &c, with oval-oblong, lance-shaped,
deep green, leathery, shiny leaves, sharply
serrated and pointed. Flowers in April,
white.
This species has given rise to a large
number of very beautiful varieties with
yellow, white, and tinges of red in the
foliage, and the names are sufficiently
indicative of the colouring, as albo-
marginatus, aureo-marginaius, latifolius
albus, latifolius aureus &c.
Culture dc. as above.
E. latifolius. — A distinct and beautiful
deciduous Japanese species 6-8 ft. high,
with broad, ovate, finely toothed leaves.
Flowers in June, white at first, becoming
purple with age. Fruits deep red ; arils
orange. Thrives in shady places.
Culture d'-c. as above. This species
is perfectly hardy, and in August and
September it is singularly attractive on
account of its numerous racemes of bright
red fruits hanging from thread-like stalks.
It is easily increased from seeds.
E. radicans. — This is a distinct Japan-
ese species with small, oblong or rounded,
serrate leaves; its sub- variety variegata
is often used as an edging, but does well
trained up against a wall. Other pretty
forms are Silver Gem, foliis pictis, roseo-
argenteis, the latter having a decided
tinge of red or rose mixed with the green
and white.
Culture Sc. as above. This species
and its varieties make excellent edgings
for beds and borders and may be kept
within bounds by means of the shears,
the use of which in no way detracts from
their appearance.
E. verrucosus. — A deciduous European
species with warty stems, and somewhat
ovate leaves. Flowers in May, greenish-
white or yellow.
Culture <£c. as above.
PACHYSTIMA.— A small genus of
very smooth evergreen shrubs with small,
opposite, shortly stalked leathery leaves,
minute deciduous stipules, and solitary or
clustered greenish flowers in the axils of
the leaves. Calyx tube obconical, 4-angled,
with 4 rounded lobes. Petals 4, roundish,
spreading. Stamens 4, inserted beneath
the large flat 4-angled disc. Capsule
oblong, flattened, seeds with a whitish
membranous aril.
Culture ami Propagation. — The plants
belonging to this little-known genus will
thrive in ordinary good and well-drained
garden soil, and may be used in the
shrubbery. Cuttings of the more or less
ripened shoots will root in autumn in
sandy soil if placed under a handlight or
in a cold frame, and thus protected during
the winter months.
P. Canbyi. — This rather pretty species
is a native of the mountains of North
Carolina and Virginia, and its somewhat
creeping twiggy stems are furnished with
oblong linear leaves having slightly toothed
margins. The small reddish flowers
appear in summer.
Culture dec. as above.
P. Myrsinites (Mygincla myrtifolia).
This shrub is a native of the mountainous
regions of N.W. America, and grows 1-2
ft. high. It has small leathery leaves
with more or less serrate or entire mar-
gins, and greenish flowers, produced in
summer.
Culture &c. as above.
CELASTRUS (Staff Vine). —A
genus of often climbing, unarmed shrubs,
with alternate, stalked, entire or toothed
leaves. Flowers sometimes unisexual.
Calyx urn-shaped at the base, 5-cleft.
Petals 5, inserted under the disc. Stamens
5, inserted in the sinuses of the cup-
CELASTBU
BUCKTHORN ORDER
PALIUKUS 303
shaped or concave 5-lobed disc. Capsule
roundish, globose, or oblong, leathery.
Seeds inclosed in an aril.
C. Orixa (Orixajaponica). — A Japan-
ese shrub 6-9 ft. high, with elliptic or
obovate glossy green leaves having entire
edges. The small greenish flowers are
produced in summer, the males usually
being in racemes, the females solitary and
long-stalked.
Culture and Propagation. - This
species is hardy in the neighbourhood of
London, and like the better known C.
scandens will thrive in ordinary good gar-
den soil in sheltered positions. It may be
increased by layers.
C. scandens {Cli/mbvng Waxwork;
Bitter Sweet). — A deciduous N.American
climber, 12-15 ft. high, with ovate-pointed,
serrated leaves 8 in. long, 2 in. broad.
Flowers in early summer, pale yellow, in
terminal racemes, succeeded by 3-angled,
3-seeded orange berries.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species thrives in ordinary soil, and is
increased by layering the young shoots
in autumn. Seeds may also be sown in
cold frames as soon as ripe, and as soon
as large enough the following spring they
may be moved into a -prepared bed of good
garden soil outside. For covering arbours
or trellises with its masses of glossy foliage
in summer, and bright berries in autumn,
it is very effective.
MAYTENUS. —A rather large bu1
not well-known genus of evergreen bushes
or shrubs, with alternate and often 2-
ranked, stalked, leathery, serrate leaves,
and minute deciduous stipules. Flowers
small, polygamous, white, yellow, or red-
dish, borne in the axils of the leaves,
either solitary or in clusters or cymes.
Calyx 5-cleft. Petals spreading. Stamens
5, inserted beneath the roundish wavj
edged disc. Capsule leathery, 1-3-celled.
Seeds with a pulpy aril.
M. chilensis. — A Chilian shrub <> 10
ft. high, with elliptic oblong serrate leaves,
tapering at each end. The greenish-
j-ellow flowers appear in early summer
and are not particularly attractive.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species is probably unknown outside
botanic gardens. It grows in ordinary
good garden soil in warm and sheltered
positions protected from the north and
east winds. It may be increased by
layering the shoots in late summer or
autumn, or by placing cuttings of the
ripened shoots in sandy soil under a hand-
light in autumn. It is fairly hardy in the
neighbourhood of London.
XXXIII. RHAMNRJE— Buckthorn Order
An order of erect or climbing trees or shrubs, often spiny, rarely tendrilled
or glandulose, with alternate, simple, usually stipulate leaves, often 3-5-
nerved, entire or serrate. Flowers usually hermaphrodite, often in loose or
dense axillary cymes. Calyx-tube leathery, 4-5-lobed. Petals 4-5, or none.
Stamens 4-5 inserted with the petals in the throat of the calyx. Fruit
capsular or drupe -like.
PALIURUS (Christ's Thorn).— A
genus of sub-erect or decumbent smooth
or slightly tomentose shrubs, armed with
stipular spines. Calyx-tube 5-cleft,
broadly obconical. Petals 5, small,
hooded, often deflexed. Disc 5-lobed.
Stamens 5, enclosed by the petals or pro-
jecting beyond them.
P. aculeatus. — A prickly shrub about
8 ft. high, native of the Mediterranean
region. Leaves ovate, serrulate, smooth,
3-nerved, with 2 spines at the base, one
erect, the other hooked. Flowers in
summer, greenish-yellow. Fruit like
a head with a broad-brimmed hat. The
appropriate name of aculeatus has now
been dropped by botanists, who call this
plant P. australis, the latter name refer-
ring to its habitat in S. Europe.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species, as well as Zizyphus spina -Christi,
is supposed to have supplied the crown of
thorns placed on our Lord's head. It
grows freely in ordinary soil, and may be
increased by layers, cuttings of the roots,
or seeds in late summer or autumn. The
root cuttings and seeds are best treated
under protection in cold frames or under
handlights. In very severe winters the
tips of the branches are likely to suffer.
304
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
EHAMNUS
BERCHEMIA.— This genus contains
about 10 species of erect or often high-
climbing shrubs, having alternate stalked
leathery, feather-veined leaves, and small
deciduous stipules. The small flowers
(which are sometimes polygamous,
although usually hermaphrodite) are
borne either singly or in clusters in the
axils of the upper leaves, or in panicles at
the end of the shoots. Calyx 5 -cleft with
a hemispherical or top-shaped tube.
Petals 5, obovate or lance-shaped, hooded.
Stamens 5. Fruit a blackish or purple
drupe.
B. volubilis (Bhamnus scandens ; B.
rolubilis). — A rather pretty deciduous
climber native of the Southern United
States. Its smooth branches are furnished
with slightly wavy oval leaves having a
short sharp point. The small greenish-
white flowers are borne in summer in the
axils of the leaves and also at the end of
the shoots, and are succeeded in autumn
by oblong violet or purple fruits.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species is hardy in most parts of the king-
dom, and will grow in ordinary good
garden soil. It may be utilised for train-
ing over tree stumps, bowers, trellises &c.
in the rougher parts of the garden. It is
increased by inserting cuttings of the
ripened shoots, and also of the roots, in
sandy soil under a handlight in autumn,
or in gentle bottom heat. The branches
may also be layered during the late sum-
mer and autumn.
RHAMNUS (Buckthorn). — A genus
with about 60 species of evergreen or
deciduous trees or shrubs. Flowers in
axillary cymes, often unisexual. Calyx-
tube urn-shaped, 5-cleft. Petals 4 5, or
none. Stamens 4-5, with very short
filaments. Fruit a berry-like drupe,
oblong or globose.
Cultwre and Propagation. — The Buck-
thorns grow well in ordinary garden soil,
and may be increased by layers in
autumn or cuttings of the ripened shoots
inserted in sandy soil under a handlight
or in a cold frame. Seeds of many of the
Buckthorns are ripened freely in the
British Islands, and fresh plants may be
obtained by sowing these as soon as ripe,
or in spring in cold frames.
R. Alaternus. — A native of the
southern coasts of Europe, about 20 ft.
high, with ovate-elliptic or lance-shaped.
leathery, serrated leaves. Flowers from
April to June, green, dioecious ; petals
absent. There is a variegated form hav-
ing the leaves broadly edged with silvery
white, and also one called latifolius with
broader leaves than the type.
Culture <£c. as above. Ripens seeds
freely.
R. alpinus. — A European shrub, 4 ft.
high, with oval lance-shaped, crenate-
serrate leaves with parallel veins.
Flowers in early summer, greenish,
dioecious : female ones with 4-cleft
stigmas. The variety grand if alius is an
improved form.
Culture dc. as above.
R. californicus (B. oleifolius). — An
unarmed evergreen Californian shrub 6-12
ft. high, with leathery, elliptic oblong,
entire leaves 2 in. long. Flowers in May,
greenish, with 5 stamens.
Culture d*c. as above. Ripens seeds
freely.
R. catharticus (Common Buckthorn).
A British shrub 5-10 ft. high, with
ovate, acutely serrated leaves. Flowers
from May to July, greenish. Fruit black,
\ in. in diameter.
Culture dc. as above. Piipens seeds
freely.
R. croceus. — A spiny, evergreen shrub
4 ft. high, native of California. Leaves
leathery, roundish obovate, about \ in.
long, of a bright yellowish-brown beneath
when dry. Flowers in May, greenish,
with 5 stamens ; petals absent. Fruit
greenish or yellowish.
Culture dc. as above. This species is
rarely seen.
R. davuricus (B. utilis). — A spiny
Chinese shrub, 15-20 ft. high, with obovate
pointed or narrowly elliptic lance -shaped
leaves in clusters at the ends of the
branchlets. Flowers in May, greenish-
yellow.
Culture Sc. as above.
R. Frangula (Berry -bearing Alder;
Black Dogivood). — A British shrub 5-10
ft. high, with obovate entire leaves, and
awl- shaped stipules. Flowers in early
summer, greenish- white, followed by black
fruits j in. in diameter. The wood is
used for gunpowder. There are several
varieties of this species, among which may
be noted asplenifolius, aureo-variegatus,
angustifolius. and latifolius.
Culture dr. as above. Ripens seeds
freelv.
KHAMNUS
BUCKTHORN ORDER
CEANOTHUS 305
R. latifolius. — A shrub about 5 ft. high,
native of the Azores. Leaves elliptic,
pointed, entire, with 12-15 nerves.
Flowers in July, greenish, hermaphrodite ;
stigma slightly 3-cleft.
Culture Sc. as above.
R. libanoticus. — An unarmed shrub G
ft. high, native of Asia Minor, with whitish
bark. Leaves shortly stalked, ovate, or
oblong blunt, rounded at the base, finely
toothed on the edge, becoming bronzy
purple in autumn. Flowers in May,
yellowish.
Culture dc. as above. Ripens seeds
freely.
R. robustus. — A vigorous tree about 20
ft. high, with dark green, leathery leaves
7-8 in. long, over 3 in. broad, broadly
ovate lance-shaped. Flowers in May,
green, succeeded by black, globose fruits,
7, in. in diameter.
Culture dec. as above.
CEANOTHUS.— A genus of about 30
species of evergreen smooth or downy
shrubs, with alternate, rarely opposite,
stalked, leathery, entire leaves. Stipules
minute, caducous. Flowers hermaphro-
dite, small, numerous, in terminal cymose
clusters or panicles. Calyx-tube turbinate
or hemispherical, 5-cleft. Petals 5, in-
serted beneath the thickened disc and
narrowed into a stalk or claw at the base,
the broader apical portion being hooded.
Stamens 5, longer than the petals.
Fruit a 3-lobed drupe.
Culture and Propagation. — These
ornamental plants thrive in a light, rich,
well-drained soil, and do well in almost
any position. They are chiefly suitable
for walls, where they flower profusely,
but some kinds such as C. americanus and
C. azureus make beautiful bushes in
warm and open situations, sheltered from
the north and east winds. The spring or
early summer flowering varieties should
be pruned after the period of blooming is
over, leaving 2 or 3 eyes of the previous
year's growth to produce the flowering
trusses for the following year. The later
flowering kinds may be pruned in a
similar way, or early in the year before
growth begins.
They may be readily increased by
layers ; or from seeds sown in autunm in
a cold frame in sandy soil. Cuttings of
the ripened shoots will also root freely in
sandy soil under handlights in late summer
and autumn.
C. americanus (New Jersey Tea). — A
N. American shrub about 4 ft. high, with
ovate pointed, serrated leaves 2-3 in. long,
downy beneath and distinctly 3-nerved.
Flowers from June to September, white,
in long axillary clusters near the ends of
the shouts.
Culture dc. as above. This species
may be grown either on a wall or as a
bush according to the mildness or other-
wise of the locality. The popular name is
probably due to the fact that its leaves
were brewed into tea during the civil war
by the American soldiers.
C. azureus (C. bicolor ; C.cazruleus). —
A pretty Mexican shrub 3-5 ft. high, with
blunt ovate-oblong, acutely serrated leaves,
smooth above, downy beneath. Flowers
in April and May, pale blue, borne in long
dense racemes. Gloire de Versailles,
Arnoldi, Bertirii, Lucie Moser, Theodor
Froebel, President Reveil, Virginal,
Sceptre d'Azur, Ceres, Carmen &c. are
fine varieties raised by crossing C. azureus
and C. amcrira mis. The hybrids arc far
superior to their parents and there is a
greater range of colouring in their flower
trusses, varying from blue to white and
pale rose. The flowering period of many
of them also extends from June to Sep-
tember, some being earlier or later than
others.
Culture dc. as above.
C. collinus. — A North American species
about 1 ft. high, with ovate or elliptic,
somewhat clammy leaves, and trusses of
white flowers in summer.
Culture dtc. as above. Rarely seen.
C. cuneatus (C. verrucosus). — A Cali-
fornian shrub 4 ft. high, with wedge-
shaped, obovate or oblong usually entire
leaves, which are opposite, instead of
alternate, as in most of the species.
Flowers in April, pale blue, sometimes
white.
Cult ure dc. as above.
C. dentatus (C. Lobbianus). — A
pretty evergreen 4-6 ft. high, native of
California. Leaves clustered, obovate or
oblong elliptic, acute, waved on the edges.
Flowers in early summer, blue.
Culture dc. as above.
C. divaricatus. — A dense-growing N.
American shrub 3-10 ft. high, with spinose
straggling branches, and oblong ovate
leaves, rounded at the base, blunt or
acute at the apex, and with a very glossy
306
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS ceanothus
green surface. Flowers in May and June,
nearly white or very pale blue.
Culture dc. as above. This species
requires wall protection.
C. floribundus. — A Californian shrub
with small, oblong acute, serrulate, shining
green leaves. Flowers in June, brilliant
blue, crowded in globular heads.
Culture dc. as above, p. 305.
C. integerrimus. — A shrub 3-6 ft.
high, native of California. Leaves ovate-
oblong entire or slightly glandular, with
entire not toothed edges. Flowers in June,
usually white, sometimes tinted with blue,
and borne in large panicles at the ends of
the shoots.
Culture dc. as above. Best grown on
a wall.
C. microphyllus. — A somewhat de-
cumbent N. American species 2 ft. high,
with small, oblong, blunt, entire leaves.
Flowers in May and June, white.
Culture dc. as above. Barely seen.
C. ovatus (C. oval is). — A native of
Eastern N. America, closely related to C.
americanus. It has narrow oval leaves
1-2 in. long, smooth above, and toothed
on the margins. Flowers from June to
September, white.
Culture dc. as above, p. 305.
C. papillosus. — A harry Californian
shrub 6-10 ft. high. Leaves narrowly
oblong, serrulate with numerous wart-like
excrescences on the dark green shining
upper surface. Flowers in May and June,
blue, in dense clusters.
Culture dc. as above. Best on a wall.
C. rigidus. — Native of California 5-8
ft. high. Leaves broadly wedge-shaped
or obovate, often emargmate, slightly
toothed and, like C. cuneatus, opposite
instead of alternate, on the woolly or
downy branches. Flowers in April and
May, deep purple, in long terminal spikes.
Culture dc. as above. Best on a wall.
C. thyrsiflorus (C. elegans). — An ele-
gant species, native of California, where
it is said to grow into a fine tree about
25 ft. high. The distinctly angled branches
are clothed with smooth glossy green
toothed leaves 1-2 in. long, and the
brilliant blue flowers are borne in dense
clusters from June to September.
Culture dc. as above. This species
requires the protection of a wall, although
it may succeed as a bush or small tree in
the open in the mildest pai'ts of the south
and west.
C. veitchianus. — A fine Californian
shrub, with thick, small, oblong-obovate
glandular serrulate leaves with a smooth
and shining upper surface. Flowers in
early summer, rich deep blue, in dense
clusters at the ends of the leafy branches.
Culture dc. as above. Best on a wall.
C. velutinus. — A pretty Californian
species having large ovate leaves, deep
green above, whitish beneath. The whitish
flowers are borne in dense clusters during
the summer months.
Culture dc. as above. This seems to
be more tender than any of the other
species described above. It must there-
fore be protected bj' a warm wall, and
ma3T prove quite hardy in the south and
west in the most favoured localities.
COLLETIA. — A genus of curious and
remarkable shrubs often without leaves,
and having spreading opposite and 2-
ranked branches with spiny shoots. Leaves
when present very small, entire, opposite.
Flowers clustered or solitary beneath the
spines. Calyx membranous bell-shaped
or tubular with a 4-5-cleft lirnb. Petals
none, or 4-6 inserted at the mouth of the
calyx. Stamens 4-6, inserted with the
petals. Fruit a drupe or capsule.
C. cruciata (C. bictoniensis). — A very
remarkable looking shrub 4-10 ft. high,
native of Uruguay, having the stems fur-
nished with pairs of flat triangular woody
spines, often li in. across at the base,
each pair of spines being usually at right
angles to the next pair, thus giving a cross-
like arrangement. As a rule the small
ovate toothed leaves appear only on the
young branches. The small creamy or
yellowish-white flowers (which have no
petals) appear in autumn, either singly or
in clusters, on the under side of the flat
spines, and attract attention when in great
abundance. There are various forms of
this ferocious looking shrub known, and
they wTere at one time regarded as distinct
species. The best known perhaps is C.
spinosa (or C. horrida), which may be
recognised by having long slender stiff
and sharply pointed spines over 1 in.
long, and only slightly flattened. Occa-
sionally both forms — C. cruciata with
broad flattish spines, and C. spinosa with
long slender spines — are found on the samo
plant. Other variations have been recog-
nised and are represented by such names
COLLETIA
VINE ORDER
vitis 307
as armata, ferox, polyacaritha, apino-
siaaima, and valdiviana, but they have all
originated from the same species.
Culture and Propagation. — Although
when first introduced to cultivation ('.
cruciata was grown in hothouses, it has
since proved to be practically hardy in
ordinary winters in the neighbourhood of
London, and has not been injured by 10°
of frost. It is, however, wise to grow it
in sunny sheltered situations, and in good
well-drained garden soil. The plants may
be increased by inserting cuttings of the
more or less ripened shoots in sandy soil
under a handlight or on a gentle hotbed.
DISCARIA. — A genus containing
about a dozen species of much-branched
shrubs closely related to the Colletias,
having often spiny branches, small oppo-
site leathery leaves in the axils of which
the small flowers are produced. Calyx
more or less tubular or bell-shaped, with
4-5 recurved lobes. Petals none, or 4 5,
hooded, and inserted in the mouth of the
calyx. Stamens 4 5, inserted with the
petals. Fruit a dry leathery 3-lobed
drupe or capsule.
D. serratifolia (Collet ia serratifolia).
A graceful Chilian shrub 10-12 ft. high,
having Long slender drooping shoots,
clothed with dark green and very glossy
ovate-oblong serrate leaves .! 1 in. long,
and furnished with a pair of stiffish slender
spines at each joint. The small greenish-
white flowers are sweetly fragrant, and
produced in dense clusters during June
and July, giving the plants an attractive
appearance.
This is the best known and most orna-
mental species in cultivation, but to it may
be added 1). longiapvna (also known as
Colletlii longiapind) from Uruguay. This
has rather Longer spines than D. semi I i-
folia, and masses of small yellowish-white
blossoms. D. Toumatou is another
species from New Zealand. It grows 2-6
ft. high, having the stems armed with
sharp spines 1 2 in. long, and clusters of
small white flowers.
Culture and Propagatic»i. — The Dis-
carias require to be grown in warm shel-
tered situations, and will flourish under
the same conditions as the Colletias.
Ordinary good and well-drained garden
soil suits them well, and new plants may
be obtained by means of cuttings of the
more or less ripened shoots inserted in
sandy soil under a handlight or in a hot-
bed/
XXXIV. AMPELIDE^— Vine Order
An order containing about 250 species of evergreen or deciduous climbing
shrubs often with copious watery juice, and tendrils. Sterns knotted or
jointed, roundish, angled, or compressed. Leaves alternate, stalked, simple or
digitately 3-5-foliolate, or pedate. Flowers regular, hermaphrodite or uni-
sexual, small, in cymes or panicles, opposite the leaves, rarely axillary.
Calyx small, entire, or 4-5-toothed or lobed. Petals 4-5, free or variously
united. Stamens 4-5, opposite the petals. Style short, conical, awl-shaped
or none ; stigma capitate or disc-like, somewhat lobed. Fruit a berry, often
watery as in the well-known Grape.
VITIS (including Ampelopsis). —
A genus with about 230 species having
the botanical characters as described for
the order above.
Culture and Propagation. — The Vines
are all beautiful climbing shrubs, the
foliage of which gives wonderful autumn
• tints, and may be utilised in a variety
of ways — for covering naked walls, on
trellises, over boulders of rock-work, up
poles, over arbours &c. They thrive in
deep, rich, loamy soil, and being gross
feeders should have the soil well manured
or mulched every year in late autumn or
during the winter months.
Vines are perhaps most graceful when
grown in parts of the garden where they
may spread forth their graceful and leafy
branches at will. It is, however, more or
less necessary according to circumstances
as regards space, or the vigour of any
particular variety, that the plants should
be pruned or thinned out occasionally.
This operation is best done at the begin-
x'2
308
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
VITIS
ning of the year while the buds are still
dormant, cutting back the shoots almost
close to the main stem, so as to leave one
or two buds to develop branches wherever
required.
They may be increased by cuttings of
the ripened wood inserted in pots in a
close frame in January and February, or
many of them — like the Virginian Creeper
(Vitis quinquefolia) will root readily out
of doors if cuttings about 4 in. long are
inserted in the autumn in a shady border.
Each joint containing a good plump and
weU-ripened bud will make a new plant if
inserted in gentle heat in the early part of
the year. When the cuttings are well
rooted they may be potted up singly into
small pots, and kept in a close warm
frame or greenhouse for some time until
well established. Frequent sprinklings
overhead with tepid water will be very
beneficial, as the young plants do not like
a dry atmosphere.
V. aconitifolia (Ampelopsis triloba ;
A.lucida; A. tripartita ; V.dissecta). —
A slender, elegant and free-growing Chin-
ese species, with long reddish branches,
and leaves deeply cut and lobed like those
of the Monkshood. There are two or
three forms in cultivation.
Culture dc. as above.
V. acuminata. — A native of Eastern
Asia having narrow ovate entire leaves
rounded or slightly heart-shaped at the
base, gradually tapering to a sharp point
and scarcely toothed on the edges. The
upper surface is quite smooth, but the
under one is covered with a glaucous white
down. In autumn the plants are rendered
ornamental by the long narrow bunches
of large black Grapes.
Culture dc. as above.
V. aestivalis (American Summer
Grape). — A North American climber 20
ft. long, with simple, rounded, heart-
shaped leaves, often variously lobed,
woolly beneath, rather smooth when old.
Flowers in May and June, scented like
Mignonette. Fruit black with a bloom,
pleasant-tasting, ripe in October, and
resembling the fruits of the Black Currant
in appearance.
Culture dc. as above.
V. amurensis. — A vigorous grower
native of N. China, with the young
stems and leaf stalks tinged with purple,
but not particularly coloured in autumn.
Culture dc. as above.
V. arborea. — A beautiful N. American
species distinguished by its twice pinnate
leaves, the numerous leaflets being small
and deeply toothed. It is of shorter and
more bushy growth than the other
species. Flowers in June, green, small,
succeeded by globose berries. This species
is also known as V. bipinnata.
Culture dc. as above.
V. arizonica. — A native of Arizona,
with a beautiful habit and very small
leaves. It looks well grown as a bush or
over a short stump.
Culture dc. as above.
V. Berlandieri (V. monticola). — This
hardy Vine is a native of Texas and New
Mexico, and is remarkable for having 5-
angled stems covered with a crispy and
flaky down. The roundish heart-shaped
leaves are more or less 3-lobed and toothed,
and in autumn clusters of blackish -violet
berries are borne.
Culture dc. as above.
V. californica. — A beautiful Californian
Vine remarkable for the deep crimson
colouring of its roundish downy leaves in
autumn. It is a vigorous grower, and
becomes more highly coloured in hot dry
seasons. It likes plenty of moisture at
the root in summer and repays for being
grown in deep rich soil.
Culture dc. as above.
V. capreolata. — A native of the Tem-
perate Himalayas, with 5-foliolate leaves;
leaflets more or less ovate-lance-shaped,
acute, 2-3 in. long. Fruit black, globose,
about the size of a Currant.
Culture dc. as above. This species
may not be quite hardy in northern parts.
It is best on a south wall.
V. Coignetiae. — A beautiful Japanese
Vine, with large, heart-shaped, irregularly
toothed leaves 6-10 in. across, turning a
glorious crimson in autumn and having
the under surface more or less densely
covered with a reddish woolly down.
Culture dc. as above. It is fairly
easily raised from imported seeds, but
some little difficulty has been experienced
in obtaining plants in the usual way from
cuttings, although it grafts readily on
several of the American species.
\ I'MS
VINE OEDEB
vitis 309
V. cordifolia {Chicken, Frost, or
Winter Grape). — A vigorous N. American
climber 12 ft. long, with thin, 3-lobed,
heart-shaped leaves, 3-6 in. wide, sharply
and coarsely toothed. Flowers in early
summer, sweet-scented. Berries blue or
black, with a ' bloom,' sbarp-tasting,
ripening after frost. Hiparia is a form
with broader cut-lobed leaves; and j>a I -
viata is a sub-variety with the leafstalks
and branches frequently red in colour.
Culture Ac. as above, p. 307.
V. davidiana {Cissus davidiana ; C.
platanifolia ; C. rubrica/ulis ; Spvnovitis
Davidi). — A vigorous Chinese climber
with broadly 5-lobed sharply toothed
leaves on long red stalks. Fruits violet
in colour, not eatable. This species is
closely related to V. liomaneti and varies
a good deal in character if the plants are
raised from seeds.
Culture d'c. as above, p. 307.
V. ficifolia. — A distinct species, native
of China and Japan, and remarkable
chiefly for its small roundish lobed leaves
somewhat like those of the Common Fig.
Culture tic. as above, p. 307.
V. heterophylla humulifolia {Hop-
leaved Vine). — A splendid Chinese and
Japanese climber with 3-5 -lobed, sharply
serrate leaves, dark green and wrinkled
above, pale beneath with downy veins, on
slender red stalks. One of the features
of this plant is its beautiful turquoise -
blue berries produced in great abundance,
and speckled with black. The variegated
form is very desirable, the leaves being
beautifully marbled with white or pale
rose on a greenish ground.
Culture Sc. as above. A warm sunny
situation suits these plants best.
V. inconstans (Amgpelopsis Veitchi;
A. tricuspidata). — One of the most
beautiful and useful of Vines, best known
in gardens under its synonyms. The
name here adopted is, however, descrip-
tive of the varying and inconstant shape
of the leaves, which from being almost
entire in a young state change to roundish
heart-shaped with 3 wedge-shaped tailed
lobes and coarsely toothed edges in the
older and larger ones. In some of the
best forms the leaves assume in autumn
beautiful shades of purplish-red and
crimson, while others are of a mellow
brown . It is a native of Japan.
Culture and Propagation. — This plant
grows freely in good soil, and in a year or
two will completely cover a wall or the
end or sides of a house, the slender, wiry
branches clinging to the stones or bricks
by means of numerous suckered tendrils.
It may be easily increased from cut-
tings of the ripe wood cut to a single
' eye ' or joint, and inserted in light sandy
soil in gentle bottom heat any time from
January to the middle of March.
V. japonica {Cissus japonica). — A
vigorous Japanese species having leaves
divided into 5 stalked roundish oval,
toothed or pointed leaflets. There is a
variety called marmorata with broad
yellow blotches on the leaves, and another
named crassifolia which has large and
thick leathery 3-lobed leaves, the upper
surface of which is bright shining green,
and the under surface is covered with a
cobwebby down.
Culture Sc. as above. This species is
somewhat tender except in the mildest
pai'ts.
V. Labrusca {American Plum Grape ;
Isabella Grape ; Northern Fox Grape). —
A very attractive North American spe-
cies with large, roundish heart-shaped,
variously lobed leaves, rusty woolly be-
neath. The flowers are scented like
Mignonette, followed by large dark purple
or amber- coloured berries, with a tough,
musky pulp, ripe in September or
October.
Culture Sc. as above.
V. lanata. — A beautiful Himalayan
species with heart-shaped, ovate, shortly
pointed leaves 3-6 in. long, 2-3 in. broad,
softly downy, occasionally woolly beneath
or nearly glabrous, assuming a beautiful
scarlet colour in autumn. The green
flowers in Ma}7 are succeeded by round,
purple fruits in autumn.
Culture Sc. as above.
V. quinquefolia {Ampelopsis hede-
racea ; A. quinquefolia). — Virginian
Creeper. — A well-known N. American
climber with palmate leaves cut into 3-5
leaflets, oblong pointed, toothed, assuming
in autumn various shades of crimson,
scarlet and purple.
A most luxiiriant grower, and useful
for covering walls, arbours, trellises, old
tree trunks, verandahs &c. There are a
few varieties, such as incisa, with more
deeply cut leaves ; hirsuta, downy on
both surfaces ; muralis, which, unlike the
other forms, has the power of attaching
310
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
VITIS
itself to walls by means of suckered
tendrils, like V. inconstans.
Culture dc. as above.
V. reniformis violacea. — A distinct
Chinese Vine with long slender stems
and large roundish kidney-shaped leaves
with crenulate margins, deep green above,
paler beneath and strongly veined, the
veins and stalks being clothed with cot-
tony hairs. The male and female flowers
are borne on separate plants, the male ones
being in small panicles on slender deep
red stalks.
Culture dc. as above.
V. Romaneti. — A vigorous and distinct
Chinese species with large heart-shaped,
toothed leaves, the stalks of which, as
well as the branches, are covered with
stout hairs or bristles. The male and
female flowers are borne on separate plants
in compact clusters.
Culture dc. as above.
V. serianiaefolia(/l?;i/><?Zo^sis serianice-
folia ; A. tuberosa ; Cissus viticifolia). —
A tuberous-rooted Japanese species, with
.green palrnately 3-5 -parted leaves ; leaf-
lets obovate acute incised-toothed or some-
what lobed ; rachis articulately winged.
Culture dc. as above.
V. striata. — A beautiful evergreen
climber, native of S. Brazil and Uruguay,
with rather thick, digitate, dark-green
leaves ; leaflets unstalked, oblanceolate,
serrate, wedge-shaped at the base. Fruit
reddish, about the size of small peas. It
is called the Ivy of Uruguay, where in the
woods it is one of the most beautiful
climbers, covering the bushes with red
berries in winter.
Culture dc. as above. Although from
rather warm regions, this species is hardy
in warm sheltered places in the neigh-
bourhood of London.
V. Thunbergi. — A vigorous grower
with large leaves 9 in. across, slightly
lobed and coarsely toothed, like those of
V. Coignetice. covered with a rusty down
beneath. Stems and leaf stalks purplish.
Culture dc. as above.
V. vinifera {Common Grape Vine). —
This native of S. Europe is well known,
both as a hardy climber, and as the parent
of the varieties grown in hothouses for
their luscious fruits. Leaves lobed, sinu-
ately toothed, smooth or downy. Fruit
purple, greenish- white or green, watery
or fleshy, sweet, musky or sour to the
taste. There are several distinct varieties,
among which may be mentioned pur-
purea, with purple foliage in autumn;
laciniosa or apiifolia is the Parsley-
leaved Vine with leaves deeply cut into
several deeply lobed leaflets. The Miller's
Grape has small leaves covered with
white down, as if slightly dusted with
flour ; and the Teinturier Grape has
beautiful claret-coloured leaves in
autumn. Amurensis is a variety with
entire 3- 5 -lobed leaves, woolly on both
sides when young.
Culture dc. as above. The cultivation
of the Grape Vine for fruit is dealt with at
p. 1097.
V. vulpina {Southern Fox Grape;
Bullace ; Muscadine). — A distinct and
handsome N. American species, with
rounded, usually smooth and shiny green
leaves, coarsely toothed, rarely lobed, 2-3
in. across. Fruits purplish, without
bloom, musky flavoured, about f in. in
diameter, ripe early in autumn. The
bark of this species does not peel off like
others, and the branchlets are minutely
warty.
Culture dc. as above.
XXXV. .SAPINDACEiE—Horse Chestnut Order
A very large order (600 or 700 species) of trees, shrubs or undershrubs, rarely
herbs, with alternate or opposite, simple or compound leaves, often evergreen,
and regular or irregular, usually polygamous-dioecious flowers. Sepals 4-5,
very rarely none or more, free, or united, often unequal. Petals none, or
3-5, very rarely more, equal or unequal, the upper one sometimes smaller or
deficient. Stamens 8, rarely 5-10 (very rarely 2, 4, or 12 or more), very often
hypogynous and inserted in the disc. Fruit capsular, indehiscent, drupe-like,
berry-like, or leathery, entire or lobed, or composed of 2 or 3 samaras.
KCELREUTERIA. — The characters K. paniculata, which until recently was
of this genus are described below under the only species known.
KQ'.LREUTERIA
HORSE CHESTNUT ORDER
J3SCULUS
311
K. bipinnata. — A recently introduced
Chinese tree with twice pinnate leaves
2 ft. or more long and nearly as broad,
each of the pinna± having 0-10 ovate
acute toothed leaflets. The bright yellow
flowers with a purple blotch at the base of
the petals are like those of K. paniculata,
and are borne in summer in large panicles.
The broadly elliptic fruits about 2.1 in.
long are purple when ripe.
Culture dc. as for A', pa/niculata.
K. paniculata. — A handsome tree,
10-15 ft. high, native of N. China, with
alternate, deciduous, oddly pinnate leaves,
composed of 7-0 pairs of deeply toothed
leaiiets, rich yellow in autumn or vary-
ing to bronze and purple. Flowers in
summer, irregular, polygamous, yellow,
in large terminal panicles about 2-3 ft.
long. Calyx 5-parted, equal, with valvate
sepals. Petals 3-4, clawed, with 2 scales
at the base, the seat of the fifth petal
vacant. Stamens 5-8, bent down, with
free hairy filaments. Fruit a large vesi-
cular, inflated, 3-lobed capsule, very con-
spicuous in autumn, but only produced
in quantities during hot and favourable
seasons.
Culture and Propagation. — This
is an excellent plant for groups, and
will thrive in any good soil, in a warm,
sheltered position. It may be increased
by cuttings of the young wood in spring,
inserted in light sandy soil under hand-
lights or bell-glasses in gentle heat, or by
layers in early autumn.
£SCULUS (including Pavia)
(Horse Chestnut ; Buck Eye). — A genus
of about 14 species of beautiful flowering,
deciduous trees, with opposite, exstipulate,
digitate leaves, composed of 5-9 serrated
leaflets. Flowers polygamous, irregular.
Calyx bell-shaped or tubular, 5-cleft, with
unequal, imbricate lobes. Petals 4-5,
unequal, clawed. Stamens 5-8, free,
inserted in the disc. Fruit a leathery
capsule, smooth or prickly, 3-lobed, or
almost globose. Seeds large, like those
of the Sweet Chestnut in appearance.
The genus Pavia, which is included here,
is chiefly distinguished by having no
prickles on the fruits.
Culture and Prop>agation. — The
Horse Chestnut and Buck Eyes are noble
ornamental trees, which thrive in almost
any soil, but preferably loam. The seeds
germinate freely, but some of the rarer
kinds are grafted or budded on stocks of
the common Horse Chestnut {JE. Hippo-
castanwm).
As solitary specimens in parks and
large gardens, or as planted in avenues,
the Horse Chestnuts must be regarded as
some of the finest sights on the landscape.
They not only flower profusely, but they
cast a deep and refreshmg shade during
the hot summer days. The specimens in
Jiuslicy Park near Hampton Court are
famous fur their beauty, and thousands go
purposely to see them in blossom every
year. Along the banks of the Thames
from Kew to Richmond and also in Kew
Gardens there are many noble specimens.
JE. californica. —A handsome Califor-
nian tree, often 40 ft. high in its native
habitat, but much smaller in this
country. Leaves with smooth oblong-
lanceolate, serrulate leaflets. Flowers in
May, white or pale rose, highly fragrant,
borne in great profusion.
Culture dc. as above.
JE. carnea {JE. rubicunda ; JE. coc-
cinea). A distinct and beautiful North
American tree 20 ft. high, with 5-7
obovate-wedge-shaped, serrated _ leaflets
composing the leaves. Flowers in June,
scarlet, in terminal clusters ; petals 4 ;
stamens 8.
Culture dc. as above.
JE. chinensis. — An ornamental tree,
native of the mountains near Pekin. Its
large palmate leaves are composed of
oblanceolate acute leaflets 6-8 in. long,
with serrate or crenate margins, while the
leaf stalks and also the flower stalks are
covered with fine hairs. The creamy
white flowers are borne in pyramidal
clusters somewhat later in the season
than those of the common Horse Chestnut,
but are not so large or striking in appear-
ance as in that species.
Culture dc. as above.
JE. flava {JE. neglecta). — Sweet Buck
Eye. — A beautiful N. American tree 20-
25 ft. high, with leaves on downy stalks,
and composed of 5-7 elliptic oblong leaf-
lets, downy beneath. Flowers in May,
pale yellow, with a tubular, 4-petalled
corolla. Country lads are fond of sucking
the nectar from the flowers of this species.
The variety purpurascens (also known
as Pavia discolor ; P. hybrida; and JE.
discolor) has yellow flowers, tinged with
red or purple.
Culture dc. as above.
312
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GABDEN PLANTS xanthocebas
JE. glabra(vtE. ohioensis; 2E . piallida) .
A North American species, 20 ft. high,
with very smooth leaves cut into 5 leaf-
lets. Flowers in June, greenish-yellow ;
corolla with 4 spreading, clawed petals,
shorter than the stamens.
Culture dc. as above.
JE. Hippocastanum (Common Horse
Chestnut). — This huge, well-known tree
from the mountainous regions of S. Eastern
Europe is probably the noblest looking
flowering tree in the British Islands. Its
leaves are divided into 7-8 obovate-wedge-
shaped, acute, coarsely toothed leaflets
6-9 in. long. According to locality the
beautiful white flowers tinged and
speckled with red are produced in more
or less erect pyramidal racemes, about 1
ft. long, from Easter to Whitsuntide,
from the end of almost every branch.
There are a few varieties known. One
ftore pleno has double or semi-double
flowers; foliis aureis variegatis has the
leaves blotched with yellow; andlaciniata
has the leaves more or less finely cut and
lobed.
On the Continent the seeds of the
Horse Chestnut are used as food for cattle,
sheep, pigs and poultry, and are said to
improve the quantity and flavour of milk
in cows.
Culture dc. as above. Easily raised
from seeds sown in autumn. Owing to
the shade of this tree, and the horizontal
spreading of its branches, little else will
grow beneath it except Ivy.
JE. indica. — A handsome tree native
of N. India, with very large smooth leaves,
having 7-9 lance-shaped, serrate, stalked
leaflets. Flowers in May in terminal
clusters ; lower petals white tinged with
red, upper ones yellow and edged with
white.
Culture dc. as above.
JE. parviflora (M. macrostachya ;
Pavia macrostachya). — A dwarf North
American tree 3-9 ft. high, with leaves
composed of 5-7 oval-obovate leaflets,
woolly beneath. Flowers from April to
July, white, in long racemes. Stamens
6-7, three times longer than the corolla.
Culture dc. as above.
JE. Pavia (Pavia rubra). — Red Buck-
eye.— A N. American tree 10-15 ft. high,
with leaves composed of 5 elliptic oblong
acute leaflets, slightly bearded in the
axils of the nerves beneath. Flowers in
May, bright red, in large loose clusters.
The variety humilis grows only about 6
ft. high; laciniata has deeply cut leaflets ;
pendula has drooping branches; atru-
sanguinea and Whitley ana have more
brilliant flowers than the type.
Culture dc. as above.
UNGNADIA. — A genus represented
only by the following species : —
U. speciosa. — An ornamental shrub
or small tree, native of Texas, having
alternate oddly pinnate leaves composed
of 3-7 pairs of serrate ovate lance-shaped
leaflets. The irregular polygamous flowers
appear in summer in lateral clusters and
are of a pleasing pinky shade. The bell-
shaped calyx is 4 5-parted, and the 4-5
nearly equal petals have the claws
united and crested at the apex. Stamens
7-10. Capsule 3-lobed, leathery.
Culture and Propagation. — This tree,
although fairly hardy in the neighbour-
hood of London, is more suitable for the
milder and warmer parts of the south and
west. It will thrive in ordinary good
garden soil like the Horse Chestnuts, and
may be increased by layering the branches,
or by sowing imported seeds in cold frames
or greenhouses immediately upon arrival.
It would also probably graft on stocks of
the Common Horse Chestnut.
XANTHOCERAS.— Agenus contain-
ing only one species described herewith
and including the characters of the genus.
X. sorbifolia. — A beautiful Chinese
tree 5-15 ft. high, with somewhat downy
branches, and alternate, exstipulate, oddly
pinnate leaves, having serrated leaflets,
resembling the ' Mountain Ash ' or
' Rowan tree ' (Pyrus Aucuparia, p. 40.}).
Flowers in June, white, over 1 in. across,
with blood-red streaks at the base, regu-
lar, polygamous, produced in erect racemes
6-8 in. long. Sepals 5, equal, boat-shaped,
imbricate. Petals 5, elongated, clawed,
without scales. Disc cup-like, slender,
with 5 horns alternate with the petals.
Stamens 8. Fruit a 3-celled, oblong obtuse
capsule, as large as a hen's egg.
Culture and Propagation. — This tree
thrives in good light garden soil. It is
hardy in the neighbourhood of London,
but attains a greater size when grown on
a south wall than if grown as a bush in
the open. In the south of England and
Ireland it flourishes and makes a charming
flowering tree. In hot favourable seasons
it ripens seeds freely, the large leathery
ACEK
HORSE CHESTNUT ORDER
ACER 313
capsules opening when ripe much in the
same way as those of the Horse Chestnut.
It is usually increased by sowing seeds as
soon as ripe in cold frames, but cuttings
of the roots sometimes ' strike ' if inserted
in light sandy soil in gentle heat in
autumn or early spring.
ACER (Maple). — A genus of about
50 species of beautiful trees and shrubs,
containing a watery or sugary juice,
many of them remarkable for the colours
of the foliage. Leaves opposite, deciduous,
pahnately 3-7-lobed or parted, rarely
entire. Flowers usually polygamous-
dioecious, regular. Calyx 4-12-, often 5-
parted. Petals equal in number to the
sepals, or none. Disc ringed, fleshy,
lobed. Stamens 4 12, often 8. Fruit of
2 spreading samaras with long wings or
' keys.'
The genus negundo, although re-
tained as distinct by the authors of the
' Genera Plantarum,' is now usually
merged with Acer, from which it would
be scarcely possible to distinguish it except
by means of its flowers. The following
are the chief characteristics of the
Negundos : flowers dioecious, calyx
minute, 4-5-cleft or parted. Petals none.
Disc obsolete. Stamens 4-6, hypogynous.
Fruit like that of the Maples.
Culture and Propagation. — Most of
the Maples thrive in deep, loamy, well-
drained soil. The Japanese varieties have
of late years become very popular, not
only for the outdoor garden, but also as
pot plants for the conservatory. They
require a somewhat sheltered position
outside, and are nearly all quite hardy.
Most Maples are easily raised from
seeds sown in autimm or spring. Layer-
ing and grafting are employed for rare or
choice varieties, and many are also budded
during the summer. On the whole it is
more satisfactory for the amateur to obtain
established plants from a nurseryman.
A. argutum. — An elegant Japanese
species having 5-lobed leaves, the lobes
being rather sharply tapering to a point,
and having more or less doubly serrate
margins.
Culture Sc. as above.
A. campestre (Common Maple). — A
small British tree with rough bark full
of fissures, having kidney-shaped, 5-lobed
eaves. This species is chiefly met with
n hedges in the southern counties. The
variety austriaeum has the lobes of the
leaves somewhat pointed ; those of colli-
num (a French variety) being blunt ;
hebecarpum has downy fruits ; laeviga-
ta in, smooth and shining leaves ; nanum,
very dwarf; tauricum has larger and less
lobed leaves than the type ; and varie-
gation has leaves beautifully variegated
with blotches and stripes of white and
pale yellow. Postelense is a new form
with yellowish leaves.
Culture ((r. us above.
A. carpinifolium. — A very distinct and
interesting Japanese species which attains
a height of about 50 ft. in its native
country. It is remarkable for having
leaves quite unlike those of other Acers in
shape. They are broadly oblong lance-
shaped, 4 6 in. long, with coarsely toothed
and serrated margins, and resemble those
of the Hornbeam. The veinsrun obliquely
from the midrib to the margin in parallel
lines, and were it not for the fruits, this
species might easily be mistaken as
belonging to another genus.
Culture ch-. as above.
A. caudatum (A. Icevigatv/m). — A dis-
tinct species from N. India, where it grows
into a fairly large tree. The stems have
dark brown bark, and the long slender
purplish-red twigs are furnished with
moderate-sized leaves, each of which is
divided into 3 ovate and much-tapered
lobes with coarsely toothed margins.
Culture <ic. as above. Although a
native of India it seems to be quite hardy
in most parts of England and Ireland,
though the young growths may be in-
jured in the colder parts of Scotland in
severe winters. It is readily increased by
layers.
A. circinatum. — A beautiful shrub, 5-6
ft. high, native of N.W. America, having
drooping branches and 7-9-lobed ser-
rulated leaves which assume a bright
scarlet colour in autumn. Flowers in
April, deep red, umbellate.
Culture dtc. as above.
A. cissifolium (Negundo cissifolium).
An elegant Japanese species 5-10 ft. high,
with small, light green leaves divided into
3 leaflets.
Culture <tc. as above.
A. creticum. — An almost evergreen
species 4 ft. high, from the Levant.
Leaves wedge-shaped at the base, sharply
3-lobed at the top.
Culture <tc. as above.
314
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GA1WEN PLANTS
ACER
A. dasycarpum (A. eriocarpum ; A.
loinriitosum ; A. glaucum ; A. virgini-
anum). — A N. American tree 40 ft. high.
Leaves truncate at the base, 5-lobed, lobes
unequally and deeply toothed, and of a
beautiful silvery white beneath, and some-
times measuring 8 in. long without the
stalk, by 10 in. broad.
Concerning this species Mr. Nicholson,
of Kew, says, ' it is a fast-growing tree of
the first rank for ornamental purposes, its
graceful habit and handsome foliage
causing it to be extensively planted as an
avenue and general shade tree both in
its native country and in Europe. The
flowers which clothe the leafless branches
in early spring somewhat resemble those
of A. rubrum, but are not nearly so highly
coloured as are those of that species ; they
expand too a fortnight or more earlier.
In autumn the decaying foliage assumes a
bright lemon-yellow tint, at any rate as far
as I have observed in this country. Seeds
are freely produced and ripened both in
England and on the Continent, and a crowd
of sports and seedling forms have received
names in nurseries.'
Some of the most distinct forms are
(in reo-variegatum, the leaves of which are
mottled with yellow ; laciniatum, with
the leaf-lobes more deeply cut and divided
than in the type ; lutescens, having yellow-
ish tinted foliage ; and pulverulenium, the
leaves of which are spotted with white,
and the tips of the young shoots are tinted
with red.
Culture dc. as above, p. 313.
A. diabolicum (A. pulchruvi). — An
elegant Japanese Maple, remarkable for
its large 5-lobed leaves, often measuring
as much as 10 in. across. The lobes are
more or less unecuially toothed or shal-
lowly lobed, while the whole margin is
very distinctly defined. The large yellow-
ish flowers in due course give place to
clusters of beautiful winged fruits between
the wings of which are 2 horn-like pro-
jections which probably suggested the
specific name to the author of the species.
Culture &c. as above, p. 313.
A. distylum. — A distinct Japanese
Maple with ovate un-lobed leaves 6-8 in.
long, rounded at the base, tapering towards
the tips, and having an irregularly toothed
margin. The small yellowish flowers are
replaced in autumn by clusters of pretty
winged seed vessels.
Culture dc. as above, p. 313.
A. glabrum (A. Douglasi ; A. tripar-
titum) — A North American tree 15-30
ft. high. Leaves roundish heart-shaped,
deeply 3-5-lobed or parted, bi-serrate,
light green.
Culture dtc. as above, p. 313.
A. Heldreichi. — A distinct and hand-
some Maple, native of E. Europe, with
rather leathery 3-5-lobed leaves, bright
shining green above, and rather bluish-
green beneath. The leaf-lobes are coarsely
and bluntly toothed, and the general
appearance reminds one of the foliage of
the well-known Virginian Creeper (p. 309).
Culture dc. as above, p. 313.
A. heterophyllum (A. sempervirens).
An evergreen species about 4 ft. high,
native of the Levant, Asia Minor &c.
Leaves small, ovate entire, 3-lobed,
slightly serrate, smooth.
Culture dc. as above, p. 313.
A. ibericum. — A Caucasian species
20 ft. high, with bluntly 3-lobed leaves ;
lobes with I or 2 teeth, side ones distinctly
nerved.
Culture dc. as above, p. 313.
A. insigne. — A pretty Caucasian spe-
cies, very much resembling the Common
Sycamore (A. Pseudo-Platanus) in the
foliage. There is a form known as velu-
tin mil, which is distinguished chiefly by
the slight velvety down on the under
surface of the leaves.
Culture dc. as above. This is said to
be one of the hardiest Maples in cultiva-
tion.
A. japonicum. — A beautiful species
attaining a height of 20 ft. in its native
country, Japan. Leaves many-lobed, light
green in early spring. Flowers in April,
large, deep purple-red. There are many
varieties of this species, all worthy of
cultivation. The best known are a u renin
with distinct golden foliage; compact am
with a compact bushy habit ; laciniatum
with pale green deeply cut leaves ; and
rufinerve albo-lineatiim with dark green
leaves edged and marbled with creamy
white.
Culture dc. as above, p. 313.
A. macrophyllum. — A tree 60 ft. high
in its wild state in N. California. Leaves
digitately 5-lobed, lobes again divided
into three.
Culture dc. as above, p. 313.
AC Ell
HOUSE CHESTNUT ORDER
ACER 315
A. monspessulanum. — A native of S.
Europe 10-20 ft. high, with heart-shaped,
3-lobed leaves; lobes almost or quite
equal, entire.
Culture dc. as above, p. 313.
A. montanum (A spicatum). — A Ca-
nadian tree 18 ft. high, with 3-5-lobed
leaves, unequally and coarsely serrated.
Culture dc. as above, p. 313.
A. Negundo (N. fraximfoKum ;
Negundo aceroidea). — Box Elder ; Ash-
leafed Maple. — A very ornamental tree,
native of N. America, where it grows
40 ft. high. Leaves pinnate, with 3-5
opposite coarsely and deeply toothed
leaflets, the odd one at the apex usually
3-lobed.
There are several varieties, the best
being crispum, with variously cut and
curled leaves; laciniatum, with foliage
still more deeply cut ; and variegation, a
handsome variegated form better known
than any of the others. It is usually
budded on the green variety, and grown
either as a bush or a standard. When
not overplanted to the exclusion of other
choice trees the Box Elder and its varieties
make very beautiful groups in large gar-
dens, parks &c.
Culture dc. as above, p. 313.
A. nikoense (Negundo nikoense). — A
very distinct hairy Japanese shrub, with
3-foliolate leaves, and large fruits.
Culture dc. as above, p. 313.
A. oblongum (A. laurifolium). — A
Himalayan tree 20 ft. high, with oblong
lance-shaped, pointed, entire leaves.
Culture dc. as above, p. 313.
A. obtusifolium. — A native of Crete,
15 ft. high, with rounded bluntly 3-lobed
crenate-serrate leaves.
Culture dc. as above, p. 313.
A. opulifolium (J.. Opalus). — A native
of France 8 ft. high, with heart-shaped,
5-lobed, coarsely toothed leaves, like those
of the Guelder Eose {Viburnum Opulus).
The variety obtusatum is larger and
stronger, with dark green leaves covered
with a white or rusty down beneath.
Culture dc. as above, p. 313.
A. palmatum (A. polymorph/uni; A.
dissectum ; A. septemlobum). — A hand-
some Japanese species about 20 ft. high
in a wild state. Leaves palmately 5-7-
lobed ; lobes oblong, pointed, serrated.
This is the type of most of the
elegant beautifully coloured varieties in
cultivation. Although no hard and fast
line can be drawn between the various
sections, it has however been found more
or less convenient to arrange the various
forms of A. palmatum under three heads
as follows :
1. The Palmatum Group proper. — The
plants in this group are recognised by the
leaves generally having 5 deeply cut lobes.
There are many forms, but the following
are among the most ornamental: — aureum,
a strong-growing form with long-stalked
rather large leaves, light green and
yellowish when young, but assuming
beautiful gold and orange-scarlet tints in
autumn; albo-ma/rgvnatv/m, the green
leaves of which are edged with white ;
crispum, a very distinct form with green
red-stalked leaves, rolled up at the edges.
The habit is also quite distinct, somewhat
resembling that of a miniature Lombardy
Poplar; Unearilobum, a form with
narrow, slightly toothed or (mite entire
lobes, cut to very near the base of the
leaves, which when young are red, as are
also the shoots, but become green with
age ; there is a sub-form of Unearilobum
called atropurpu renin, which differs in
having deep bronzy purple leaves; mi/nor
has smaller leaves than the typical palma-
tum, they are at first tureen but assume
a bronzy tint with age ; roseo-margina-
turn has green leaves edged with rose;
and Slukara Jama has finelv serrated
pale-green foliage suffused with red and
blotched with dark olive-green,
2. The Septemlobum Group. — The
plants in this group are distinguished by
the leaves being divided into 7-9 overlap-
ping lobes, generally larger than those in
the palmatum group. Among the many
forms in this section may be mentioned : —
atropurpureum, with bold dark purple
foliage ; bicolor, an attractive form ren-
dered remarkable by the large carmine
blotches on the leaf-lobes, one half of
which is often of a very brilliant red;
elegans has narrower and more deeply
cut lobes than the typical septemlobum,
which is a free-growing variety with pretty
green leaves. They are of a delicate light
green, flushed with red when young, but
occasionally tinted with bronze ; the sub-
variety, elegans purpureum, is similar in
form but of a much deeper bronzj'-purple
tint ; flavescens has the young shoots and
leaves more or less of a yellowish tint ;
latifolium atropurpureum has beautiful
316
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
ACER
bronzy-purple foliage; lobatum has broad
overlapping irregularly cut lobes ; reticu-
latum is recognised by the variegated
network of yellow or white upon a light
green ground; sanguineum (which is
loosely known under many other names)
has deep red leaves ; tricolor has reddish
leaves prettily streaked and blotched with
creamj'-white and rose ; and variegatum
comes very near, the young leaves and
stalks being red, but streaked with white
and rose when old. The green-leaved
form of A. septemlobum is often used
as a stock upon which the other varieties
are budded or grafted.
3. The Dissectum Group. — This group
is characterised by the leaves being cut
into 7-9 overlapping lobes, each of which
is again more or less deeply cut or incised
from the margins to the midrib. The
plants in this group are extremely graceful
and feathery-like in foliage. The follow-
ing are some of the best varieties : — The
typical form has finely cut green leaves ;
ornatum is similar in appearance but the
Fern-like leaves are of a beautiful deep red
or bronzy-purple ; roseo-marginatum has
deep green leaves, bordered with rose and
streaked with rose and white ; sessili-
folium is a very distinct form with deep
green finely cut leaves and leaflets ; and
tinetum is almost similar to the typical
green-leaved dissection, from which, how-
ever, it may be distinguished by the red-
dish tinge of its beautifully cut foliage.
Culture and Propagation. — From an
ornamental point of view, the many beau-
tiful forms of A. palmatum quite eclipse
all other Maples in cultivation, and of late
years they have become immensely popu-
lar— so much so indeed that they are now
very largely imported direct from Japan.
As they do not as a rule grow very quickly
and are rarely more than 3-6 ft. high,
they are well adapted for growing hi pots
and in conservatories. Most of them are
almost perfectly hardy, except perhaps in
the coldest and bleakest parts of the king-
dom. In such localities they must, how-
ever, be protected if necessary in severe
winters by means of mats laced round a
wicker work of sticks or canes. As for
soil, they seem to flourish equally well in
stiff heavy soil, in dryish sandy soil, and
in peat. They are therefore suitable for
planting in almost any garden the soil of
which is in a fairly good and well-drained
condition. They shordd not be mixed up
with stronger and more coarse -growing
plants in the ordinary shrubbery, as they
would thus stand a chance of being sooner
or later smothered. To obtain the best
effects they may be planted in groups by
themselves in warm and sheltered spots,
where, however, they will be fully exposed
to the ripening influence of the sunshine,
so that the brightest tints of the foliage
may be highly developed. A mulching
of well-rotted manure during the winter
months will be of great value in supplying
fresh food to the soil, and also for pro-
tecting the roots from severe frosts.
A. pectinatum. — A distinct species,
native of Nepal and bikkim, having leaves
with 3-5 tapering lobes, the margins of
which are remarkable for the fine bristly
teeth or serratures. This character readily
distinguishes it from A. caudatum, with
which it has been confused, but the wings
of the rose-tinted fruits are also spreading
horizontally, instead of being more or less
erect as in A. caudatum.
Culture dc. as above, and for A.
caudatum.
A. pennsylvanicum (A. striatum). —
A beautiful N. American tree 20 ft. high,
with trunk striped with white lines.
Leaves heart-shaped, 3-lobed, pointed,
finely and sharply serrated.
Culture dc. as above, p. 313.
A. pictum. — A native of temperate
Asia 15-20 ft. high, with 5-7-lobed, entire,
pointed leaves.
The varieties connivens, marmora-
tum, rubrum, and variegatum differ
chiefly in the colour tints of the foliage.
A new variet}^ named tricolor has the
young leaves of a bright purple -red hue
suffused with rosy-pink, and shading off
into irregular masses of deep red or crim-
son and creamy- white.
Culture dc. as above, p. 313.
A. platanoides (Norway Maple). — An
ornamental European tree 50 ft. high,
with smooth, heart-shaped, 5-lobed leaves ;
lobes pointed with a few coarse sharp
teeth. There are several varieties, such
as aureo-variegatum with pale yellow,
blotched leaves ; laciniatum, leaves vari-
ously and deeply cut, green and yellow ;
Schwedleri, large deep bronzy-red leaves ;
variegatum, with white blotches, and
many others such as the Eagle's or Kite's
Claw, cucullatum, Lobeli, purpurcum,
rubrum, columnare Sec.
Culture lire, as above, p. 313.
ACEK
HORSE CHESTNUT ORDER melianthus 317
A. Pseudo - platanus (Sycamore;
Mock Plane Tree). — An elegant tree
30 60 ft. high, with heart-shaped, 5 7-
lobed, unequally toothed leaves. This has
been so extensively planted all over the
British Islands in all sorts of positions
that it appears almost indigenous. It is
really a native of Central Europe and
W. Asia. Among the several varieties
may be mentioned : — albo-variegatinn.
a beautiful form with white and green
leaves; flavo-marginattvm, green and
yellow leaves ; longifolium, leaves more
deeply cut and longer stalked than the
type ; jmrpureum, leaves purple on the
under surface. Other varieties worthy of
note are atropurpureum, aucubcefolvu/m,
Leopold i, Prvnz Hand/jery, purpureo-
variegatum, and webbia/n/u/m.
Culture if-c. as above, p. 313.
A. rubrum (Scarlet Maple). — A beauti-
ful Canadian species 20 ft. high. Leaves
heart-shaped at the base, palmately 5-
lobed, deeply and unequally toothed.
Flowers scarlet, handsome, produced in
great profusion in spring before the
leaves. There are several varieties, one
in which the leaves are variegated with
white and yellow being very desirable
but rather rare. Other forms are Dnim-
nioncli and sa/ngwi/neum, the latter being
remarkable for the rich red colouring of
the foliage.
Culture <<c. as above, p. 313.
A. rufinerve. — A beautiful Japanese
tree or shrub, the young branches of
which are covered with a bluish-gray
' bloom.' Leaves 3-5-lobed, varying in
size and shape, irregularly toothed,
smooth above, with reddish hairs on the
nerves beneath. The variety albo-lim-
batum is recognised by having as a rule
leaves distinctly edged with white.
Culture Sc. as above, p. 313.
A. saccharinum (Bird's Eye or Sugar
Maple). — A North American tree 40 ft.
high, with' smooth, palmately 5-lobed
leaves and yellow flowers. The variety
nigrum has the lobes of the leaves closer
together.
Culture Sc. as above, p. 313.
A. sieboldianum. — A pretty Japanese
Maple closely related to A. japonicum,
from which it may be distinguished by its
yellowish (not purple) flowers, and by its
regidarly 6-lobed leaves, the lobes of
which are regularly serrated on the mar-
gins. The leaf stalks and flower stalks
are also distinctly hairy.
Culture <!■<■. as above, p. 313.
A. sikkimense. — A pretty Maple,
native of the Sikkim Himalayas, where it
grows naturally at an elevation of 7,000-
0,000 ft. The ovate tapering leaves re-
semble those of A. dish/1 a in, but the ser-
ration on the edges is scarcely noticeable,
and there are 5 main nerves instead of 3,
as in A. dishjlum.
(' ii It ii rr ,tf. as above. This species is
rather tender, but will survive ordinary
winters in warm sheltered places in the
neighbourhood of Kew. In Devonshire
and Cornwall and the south of Ireland it
would probably be almost perfectly hardy,
except in very severe winters, when pro-
tection would be required.
A. tataricum (A. cordifolium) . — A
native of S.E. Europe about 20 ft. high,
with oblong heart-shaped leaves irregularly
toothed or rarely lobed. One of the first
to leaf in spring. The form called Gvn-
nala, from the banks of the Amur River,
is a graceful variety with prettily cut and
lobed leaves, having deeply coloured stalks
and midribs.
Culture Sc. as above, p. 313.
A. Volxemi (A. Tra/atvetteri). — A
noble and distinct Caucasian Maple re-
markable for its quick and vigorous growth
and large 5-lobed leaves, the under surface
of which is of a beautiful silvery white.
Culture dtc. as above. An excellent
tree for making avenues in parks and
large gardens.
MELIANTHUS (Honey Flower).
A genus consisting of only 4 species of
very smooth, glaucous, or hoary shrubs,
often strongly scented, with oddly pinnate
alternate leaves. Flowers hermaphrodite,
usually in terminal or axillary racemes.
Calyx swollen at the base, 5-parted.
Petals 5, eccentric, one minute or absent,
bent down, long-clawed, hairy in the
middle. Disc fleshy, one-sided. Stamens
4, hypogynous, inserted in the disc, two
long, two short, and bent down somewhat.
Style incurved, thread-like, 4-toothed at
apex. Capsule papery, 4-lobed, 4-celled.
M. major. — A native of S. Africa 4-6
ft. high, with hollow stems woody at the
base. Leaves stem-clasping, smooth,
glaucous, with 4-6 pairs of deeply cut
leaflets and an odd one at the apex.
Flowers in summer, brownish, in long
axillary spikes among the upper leaves.
318
PBACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS staphylea
This is the species usually grown, but
comosns, minor, and pectinatus are also
worth growing outside in summer for
subtropical groups on the lawn.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Honey Flowers are not, strictly speaking,
hardy plants, but they are grown so
easily from seeds and look so effective in
the garden from early summer to the end
of autumn that they are well worth grow-
ing. Seeds may be sown in February or
March in a little heat. The seedlings
may be pricked off separately into small
pots when large enough, and will be
ready for planting out by June. Larger
plants may be obtained by sowing in the
autumn and keeping the plants in a
greenhouse during the winter. They may
also be increased for indoor work by cut-
tings, which strike freely under a bell-
glass. On a well- drained, loamy soil and
in sheltered positions the Melianthus may
be wintered outside with a slight pro-
tection of litter or leaves in the mildest
parts of the kingdom.
STAPHYLEA (Bladder Nut).— A
genus of 5 species of deciduous branched
shrubs, with opposite 3-5-foliolate or pin-
nate leaves, and white regular hermaphro-
dite flowers in drooping axillary racemes
or panicles. Sepals 5, equal. Petals 5,
erect. Stamens 5, equal, inserted at the
base of the outside of the rather flat disc.
Fruit a bladder-like capsule.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Staphyleas thrive in good well-drained
ordinary soil, the most popular being S.
colchica, which is much used in early spring
for forcing in greenhouses, when specially
treated. For outdoor cultivation the
plants may be placed in groups by them-
selves in warm and sheltered places en-
joying a slight shade, and for massing
on grass they are very effective. They
are increased by suckers and layers, or
cuttings of the ripened shoots taken in the
autumn and inserted in sandy soil under
a bell-glass. Seeds are also freely pro-
duced by some of the species such as
colchica, pinnata, and trifolia, and from
these fresh plants may be obtained. The
seeds may be sown in cold frames as soon
as ripe, afterwards pricking the seedlings
out when large enough. S. colchica and
S. pinnata, have been crossed with each
other and have produced a hybrid called
S. Coulombieri.
S. Bolanderi. — A Californian shrub
with leaves divided into 3 smooth broadly
oval or round leaflets, abruptly acute and
serrulate. Sepals and petals about \ in.
long ; style and stamens protruding.
Culture dc. as above.
S. Bumalda. — A Japanese species 6 ft.
high. Leaves 3-foliolate. with oblong
pointed, roughish leaflets having bristly
serratures on the margin. Flowers from
June to August ; styles hairy, capsule 2-
beaked.
Culture dc. as above.
S. colchica. — A distinct Caucasian
species 3-5 ft. high, with ternate and
pinnately 5-foliolate leaves 4-5 in. long,
composed of ovate-oblong pointed ser-
rulate leaflets. Flowers in summer, f in.
long, in terminal, erect or slightly nodding
racemes.
Culture dc. as above.
S. pinnata (Job's Tears; St. An-
thony's Nuts). — A native of S. Europe
6-12 ft. high, with leaves composed of 5-7
pairs of oblong smooth, serrated leaflets.
Flowers in racemes, succeeded by globose
white nuts in a bladdery capsule.
Culture dc. as above.
S. trifolia. — A pretty North American
species 6-12 ft. high, with 3-foliolate leaves
divided into ovate pointed regularly
serrated leaflets, downy when young.
Flowers in early summer, with obovate
spoon-shaped petals fringed at the base.
Culture dc. as above.
EUSCAPHIS.— A genus contain-
ing only 2 species of very smooth shrubs
with round branches and opposite, stipu-
late, oddly pinnate leaves composed of
serrate leaflets. The small hermaphrodite
flowers are borne in panicles at the ends
of the branches. Calyx persistent, 5-cleft.
Petals 5, roundish, imbricate. Disc
annular, crenate. Stamens 5, with fila-
ments dilated at the base. Fruit con-
sisting of 1-3 follicles.
E. staphyleoides (E. japonica). — A
rather ornamental shrub 10-12 ft. high,
native of China and Japan. It has
smooth pinnate leaves, and clusters of
small white or yellowish flowers produced
at the ends of the branches in early
summer. In the autumn the plant is
rendered attractive by the red bladdery
fruits or follicles.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species will flourish in ordinary good
garden soil, especially if it consist chiefly
of rich loam. A warm sheltered situation
RHUS
SUMACH ORDER
RHUS 319
suits it best. It may be increased by-
cuttings of the ripened shoots placed in
light soil under a handlight, and also by
seeds sown in cold frames as soon as ripe.
In Japan it is said this plant is highly
valued for its medicinal virtues.
XXXVI. ANACARDIACEiE— Sumach Order
An order containing 450 species of trees or shrubs with a resinous milky juice.
Leaves usually alternate, pinnate, trifoliolate or simple. Flowers hermaphro-
dite, or polygamous, dioecious, or unisexual, usually regular. Calyx 3-7-cleft
or parted. Petals 3-7, rarely absent, usually free, stamens often twice as
many as petals, rarely equal in number, or very numerous.
RHUS (Sumach). — A genus containing
120 species of trees or shrubs abounding
in resinous or caustic juice. Leaves alter-
nate, simple, 1-3-foliolate or oddly pinnate,
Flowers very small, polygamous, in axil-
lary and terminal panicles. Calyx 4-6-
parted ; lobes equal imbricate. Petals 4-6,
equal spreading. Stamens 4, 5. 6, or 10,
free, inserted at the base of the ringed disc.
Fruit a small dry compressed drupe.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Sumachs are mostly useful for shrubberies,
some of them like Rhus Cotinus being
useful for rough places or under trees.
They are excellent for planting in rather
dry spots, as they are not so much affected
by the absence of moisture as are many
other shrubs. They thrive in ordinary
garden soil, and are increased chiefly by
cuttings of the roots or ripened portions
of the stems, or by layers.
R. aromatica (R. suavcolens). — A N.
American shrub 8 ft. high, with downy
leaves when young, thickish when old, and
sweet-scented when crushed ; leaflets 3,
rhomboid-ovate, unequally cut and toothed.
Flowers about April and May, pale yellow,
in catkin-like spikes before the leaves
appear, afterwards followed by red
roundish fruits about the size of Currants.
The variety trilobata is distinguished by
its smaller leaves, the leaflets of which are
distinctly lobed near the apex, and the
odour is not so pleasant as in the type.
Culture dc. as above.
R. copallina. — A somewhat downy N.
American shrub 1-7 ft. high. Leaves with
winged stalks, and 9-21 oblong or ovate
lance-shaped often entire leaflets, smooth
and shining dark green above, downy
beneath. Flowers in summer, greenish-
yellow, in dense clusters at the ends of the
shoots. The female flowers are borne on
one plant, the male ones on another.
Culture dc. as above. In its native
country this species grows 25-40 ft. high,
and its foliage assumes beautiful tints.
R. Coriaria. — A native of S. Europe,
15-20 ft. high, with hairy leaves, composed
of 11 15 elliptic, large, bluntly toothed
leaflets becoming purple-red in autumn.
Flowers in summer, whitish-green. This
species furnishes the Sumach of commerce,
but is very rarely met with in cultivation.
Culture dc. as above. It is hardy
perhaps only in the mildest parts of the
kingdom.
R. cotinoides (Cotinus wmericanus).
This is the • Chit tarn Wood ' of the South
United States, where it assumes the pro-
portions of a small tree 25-35 ft. high,
with a trunk over 1 ft. in diameter. It is
only a small shrub in cultivation, and
very much resembles the European
R. Cotinus in appearance, but is not so
bushy in habit. The large roundish and
undivided leaves form the chief beauty of
the plant, especially in the autumn when
they assume beautiful shades of scarlet
and crimson suffused with tints of yellow
and orange.
Culture dc. as above. As this species
is very scarce even in its native country,
care should be taken to see that the fol-
lowing species is not supplied in its place.
R. Cotinus (Smoke Plant ; Wig Tree ;
Venetian Sumach). — A graceful slender-
stemmed shrub 6-8 ft. high, native of S.
Europe, with obovate or circular, shortly
stalked leaves about 1-3 in. long. Flowers
n June and July, pale purple or flesh-
coloured outside, in loose panicles, the
pedicels becoming hairy and lengthened
after flowering. The variety pendula has
drooping instead of erect branches, and
atropurpurea is remarkable for the purple
hues of the leaves, young shoots, and
flower clusters.
Culture dc. as above. This species
320
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
RHUS
will flourish in almost any soil. The
leaves look very ornamental in autumn
when they assume a rich yellow colour,
often turning to bronzy-purple. Seeds are
freely produced.
R. glabra (B. caroliniana; B. cocci-
nea ; B. elegans ; B. sanguined). — A
beautiful N. American shrub 5-8 ft. high,
with smooth leaves divided into 17-21
lance-shaped oblong serrate leaflets, whitish
beneath. They assume rich red tints in
autumn. Flowers in June, males greenish-
yellow, females greenish-red. Seeds are
freely produced, and the clusters of fruits
look very handsome during the autumn
and winter months. The variety lacinia ta
(known as the ' Fern-leaved Sumach ') is
very elegant, with beautifully cut and
divided leaflets longer and broader than
in the type.
Culture dc. as above, p. 319.
R. Michauxi. — A native of the South
United States having erect stems 2-3 ft.
high, and spreading extensively by means
of underground creeping rootstocks. The
leaves are pinnately divided, but the
beauty of the plant consists largely in the
bright scarlet pyramidal fruit clusters,
which are clothed with a silky down.
Culture dc. as above. This species is
not yet well known, but it may become a
very popular plant, should it prove quite
hardy in this country.
R. Osbecki. — A very distinct and
handsome shrub, native of China and
Japan, where it attains a height of about
20 ft. The large pinnate leaves are com-
posed of 5 or more pairs of leaflets, some
of which are about 6 in. long and 4-5 in.
broad, with large blunt teeth on the
margins, and a short down beneath. The
leaf stalk in between the leaflets is winged
as in B. copa lima, and in autumn the foliage
assumes beautiful tints of red and orange,
which are more vivid in favourable
seasons. The unattractive flowers are
produced in July and August in large
clusters at the ends of the branches, and
seeds are freely produced.
Culture dc. as above.
R. succedanea (Bed Lac Sumach). —
A beautiful Japanese shrub 10-15 ft. high,
with smooth leaves over 1 ft. long
and divided into several pairs of ovate
lance-shaped tapering leaflets, netted with
veins, glaucous beneath. Flowers in sum-
mer, greenish-yellow, succeeded by white
Cherry-like fruits.
Culture dc. as above. This species is
usually grown in a cool greenhouse, but
will grow well out of doors in the milder
parts of the country. It is remarkable for
the beautiful reddish and crimson tints of
the young leaves, which turn green as
they develop, but again assume coloured
hues in autumn before they fall.
R. Toxicodendron (Poison Ivy ; Poison
Oak). — A somewhat climbing N. American
and Japanese species with leaves divided
into 3 leaflets, Ik 6 in. long, rhomboid-
ovate, pointed, rather downy beneath,
variously notched and lobed. Flowers
in June, greenish-yellow.
Culture dc. as above. This remarkable
plant should be carefully handled, as it has
poisonous effects on some people. The
variety radicans has leaves almost or quite
entire. In shady places both species and
variety may be allowed to ramble over
rocks or boulders, tree stiuups &c, looking
very pretty in autumn with the purple-red
coloured foliage. Seeds are freely pro-
duced.
R. trichocarpa. — A beautiful shrub or
small tree recently introduced from
Japan, where it grows 20-25 ft. high.
The leaves are about 20 in. long with deep
red midribs, and broadly ovate, tapering
leaflets, which assume bright scarlet and
orange tints in autumn in a wild state.
The unattractive flowers are produced
in July, and give place later on to droop-
ing clusters of large prickly drupes.
Culture dc. as above. Only small
plants are at present in cultivation, and,
according to Mr. Bean, they have coloured
well at Kew. Should this species prove
hardy in our climate, and colour well, it
will be a great acquisition for producing
fine effects in autumn.
R. typhina (Stag's Horn SumacJi ;
Vinegar Tree). — A well-known N. Ameri-
can tree 10- 30 ft. high, with large hairy
pinnate leaves and densely hairy thick
shoots. Leaflets 11-31, glaucous beneath,
oblong lance-shaped, pointed, deeply ser-
rate, the veins and main rachis clothed
with velvety rusty hairs. Flowers in
June and July, greenish-yellow, in erect
cone-like clusters, the male and female
flowers being borne on separate plants.
Seeds are freely produced, and the fruit
clusters being clothed with deep crimson
or dull reddish hairs look very attractive
KHUS
SUMACH OIIDER
PISTACIA 321
in autumn and winter. The variety arbor-
esccus has leaves slightly downy beneath ;
and frutescens downy and whitish beneath.
Culture dsC as above.
R. venenata( B.vernix). — Poison Elder,
Sumach, or Dogwood. — A very poisonous
but handsome N. American tree (1 18 ft.
high, with rather smooth leaves composed
of 7 18 obovate-oblong entire leaflets.
Flowers in July, green, in loose slender
axillary panicles. The female plants oc-
casionally produce ripe seeds contained
in small Pea-like berries which hang
down in graceful clusters in autumn.
Culture die. as above. Great chic
should be taken not to let the juice of
this plant touch the hands or any part of
the body, as it is quite as poisonous as E.
Toxicodendron.
R. vernicifera (Japan Lacquer or Var-
nish Tree). — A Japanese tree 30 ft. high
with Walnut-like leaves, having 11 13
elliptic acute entire leaflets, smooth above.
with a velvety down beneath. Flowers
in June, greenish-yellow.
Culture <tc. as above. This is a very
graceful shrub, and will survive an ordi-
nary winter out of doors, except, perhaps,
in the bleakest and coldest parts of the
British Islands. It likes a warm sheltered
situation and plenty of sunshine.
PISTACIA.— A genus of half a dozen
evergreen or deciduous trees or shrubs
abounding in resinous juice, with alternate
leaves, with or without an odd leaflet
at the apex, sometimes 3-foliolate.
Flowers small without petals, dicecious, in
axillary clusters. Calyx 5-cleft or parted
in the male flowers; 3 4 in the female
ones. Stamens 5, very short ; absent in
the female flowers. Fruit a dry one-seeded
drupe.
Culture ami I'roparjation. — -The Pis-
tacias thrive in a rich, deep, sandy loam
in sheltered situations against a wall.
They may be increased by layers or cut-
tings of the ripened shoots inserted in
autumn under a handlight or in gentle
heat. As garden plants the Pistacias are
not of great value, although they are im-
portant from an economical point of view.
P. atlantica. — An evergreen tree, 40 ft.
high, native of the Canary Islands, with
oddly pinnate leaves, leaflets tapering to
the base.
( 'ill fare Sc. as aboN 8.
P. Lentiscus (MasticJi Tree). — Native
of S. Europe 20 ft. high, with abruptly
pinnate leaves, having winged stalks and
lance-shaped leaflets. Flowers in spring,
green. This plant yields the drug Mastich.
The variety angustifolia has almost linear
leaflets ; in chia they are ovate.
Culture ((■(■. as above.
P. Terebinthus [Turpentine Tree). —
A deciduous tree 30 ft. high, native of S.
Europe, with numerous ovate lance-shaped
leaflets, of a beautiful reddish hue when
young. Flowers in June, greenish, with
dull yellow anthers and crimson stigmas.
The Chian or Cyprus Turpentine is
obtained from this tree by making in-
cisions in the trunk.
Culture <rV. as above.
P. vera (Pistachio Nat Tree). — A de-
ciduous Syrian tree, 20 ft. high, with
pinnate leaves, and ovate leaflets tapering
at the base. Flowers in April, brownish-
green. Fruits about 1 in. long, ovate,
reddish, with an oblique point.
Culture Sc. as above.
XXXVII. CORIARIEi-E
An order of unarmed shrubs with angled branches and usually opposite ovate
heart-shaped or lance-shaped leaves, 1-5-nerved, entire, smooth, without sti-
pules. Pedicels axillary or racemose, with small greenish hermaphrodite or
almost polygamous flowers. Sepals 5. Petals 5, shorter than the sepals,
hypogynous, fleshy, keeled outside. Stamens 10, hypogynous, free, or adnate
to the keel of the petals. Carpels 5-10, distinct, more or less fleshy.
CORIARIA— This is the only genus
of the order, and its botanical characters
are as described above. It contains five
or six species, but the one described below
is the only bardy one at present much
known. There are, however, a few other
species in cultivation, viz. C. nevalensis
from the Himalayas, and C. thymifolia
from Peru ; C.japonica and C. terminalis
from Japan.
322
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS comaria
C. myrtifolia. — A handsome shrub
3-6 ft. high, native of S. Europe. Leaves
ovate lance-shaped, simple, 3-nerved,
smooth and glaucous, on very short stalks.
Flowers from May to August, greenish.
Culture and Propagation. — It will
grow in ordinary garden soil, and may be
increased by suckers or layers in the
autumn. Seeds may also be sown as soon
as ripe, or in spring in cold frames.
Series III. Calyciflor/e (see p. 124)
XXXVIII. LEGU M I NOS JE— Laburnum and Broom Order
A very extensive oi'der with 6,500 species growing in all parts of the world.
It is divided into three large suborders, Papilionaceae, Caesalpineae, and
Mimosae. The two first named are the only ones represented out of doors in
the British Islands, and their characters are described in proper sequence,
with the genera and species belonging to each.
Sub-Order I. PAPILIONACE.E.
The plants in this group consist of trees shrubs or herbs of very varied
character. Leaves with 2 stipules, alternate, simple or often digitately or
pinnately compound. Flowers irregular, usually hermaphrodite. Sepals
usually 5 more or less united. Petals 5, unequal ; the upper one (known as
the ' standard ') free, larger than the 2 side ones (known as the ' wings '),
which latter enclose and sometimes adhere to the 2 more or less united and
upward curved lower ones (known as the ' keel '). The keel usually encloses
the 10 perigynous stamens, united in a sheath, or the upper one only free ;
rarely all free. Fruit a 1 -celled, usually dehiscent pod, with one or more
seeds.
ANAGYRIS. — A small genus of
shrubs with alternate stalked digitately
3-foliolate leaves, opposite which are
placed two united stipules. Flowers
rather large, yellow, borne in short racemes
at the tips of the branches. Calyx teeth
or lobes nearly equal. Standard shorter
than the oblong wings, roundish, not re-
flexed at the sides. Stamens free.
A. fcetida. — A rather ornamental
shrub 6-8 ft. high, native of S. Europe,
and remarkable for the disagreeable odour
it emits when bruised. The leaves are
composed of three spreading lance-shaped
acute leaflets, and the yellow hairy Labur-
num-like flowers are produced in May and
June in short racemes at the tips of the
branches.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species is hardy as far north as the
Thames Valley in ordinary winters, but
would probably require protection in the
event of severe weather. It may be
grown in well-drained sandy loam and
peat or leaf- soil in warm and sheltered
spots with plenty of air. It may be in-
creased during the summer months by
inserting cuttings of the half-ripened
shoots in sandy soil under a handlight and
protecting them under glass until the
following spring.
PIPTANTHUS (Nepalese Labur-
num).— A genus, the characters of which
are described in the only species it
contains, viz. : —
P. nepalensis ( T lie rmopsis nepalensis).
A handsome evergreen shrub, about
10 ft. high, native of Nepaul, with alter-
nate, stalked, digitately 3-foliolate leaves,
and lance-shaped-acute, slightly hairy
leaflets. Flowers in spring, large, yellow,
in short racemes at the ends of the
branches. Calyx -lobes almost equal ;
standard reflexed at the sides; wings
obovate oblong ; keel scarcely incurved.
Stamens 10, free.
The variety aurea may be recognised
PIPTANTHUS
LABURNUM AND BROOM ORDER baptism 323
by means of the yellow and green stripes
on the bark. Closely related is P. tomen-
tosus from China, which, however, may
be distinguished by the silky down which
covers the leaves and branches.
Culture and Propagation. — This
plant is best on sheltered walls in the
milder parts of the country, in rich sandy
loam, although in favourable places it
may also be grown as a bush like the
Laburnum. It is only in severe winters
that the tips of the shoots are likely to
be injured. It is easily increased by
seeds which ripen in this country.
They may be sown under glass as soon as
ripe, or m spring, afterwards pricking the
seedlings out and growing on for a season
or two in pots until the plants are large
and strong enough to be placed out of
doors. Cuttings of the ripened shoots
will also root, and layers may be made in
autumn.
THERMOPSIS.— A genus contain-
ing about 12 species of perennial herbs,
with alternate digitately 3-foliolate leaves,
and free leafy stipules. Flowers in
terminal racemes, or opposite the leaves.
Calyx more or less bell-shaped with
nearly equal lobes or teeth. Standard
almost equal to the oblong wings, re-
liexed at the sides ; keel almost equal to
or longer than the wings. Stamens 10,
free. Pods almost sessile or slightly
stalked.
Culture and Propagation. — These
plants succeed best in light rich well-
drained soil, and are most surely increased
from seeds, sown either as soon as ripe,
or in spring, in cold frames or in gentle
bottom heat. When the roots are divided
the plants not unfrequently die.
T. barbata. — A Himalayan perennial
1 ft. or more high, with sessile smoothish
often opposite leaves, and oblanceolate
leaflets, and similar stipules. Flowers in
June, deep purple, 1 in. long.
Culture dc. as above.
T. corgonensis. — A plant 1-2 ft. high
native of the Corgon Alps. Leaves
sessile or very shortly stalked, with ovate
acute leaflets, which with the leafy
stipules make a half-whorl. Flowers in
summer, twin, yellow, almost stalkless.
Culture <fV. as above.
T. lanceolata (Podalyria lupinoides).
A native of Kamtschatka about 1 ft.
high. Leaves almost stalkless with
oblong lance-shaped leaflets having silky
down on both surfaces ; stipules half as
long as the leaflets. Flowers in summer,
twin, yellow, with large bracts.
( 'ii/turi- iti-. as above.
T. montana ( T. fdbaoea). — A beautiful
silky-haired N. American perennial 1 -2 ft.
high. Leaves stalked with broadly ovate
leaflets, and broadly ovate blunt stipules.
Flowers in summer, yellow, alternate.
Culture tf-c. as above.
BAPTISIA (False Indigo).— A genus
with about 14 species of herbaceous
perennials, all natives of N. America.
Leaves alternate digitately 3-foliolate, or
simple and sessile, or perfoliate. Stipules
usually small, or rarely large and leafy.
Flowers white, yellow or blue in terminal
racemes, or opposite the leaves on a
stalk. Calyx obtuse or somewhat bell-
shaped. Petals almost equal, the standard
being roundish, reflexed at the sides ; the
wings oblong, and the keel slightly
curved upwards. Stamens 10, free. Pod
stalked, ovoid or nearly globose, swollen,
often leathery.
Culture and Propagation. — ■ The
Baptisias grow freely in rich loamy soil,
and may be easily increased from seeds
sown in cold frames as soon as ripe, or
out of doors in mild weather in spring ; or
by dividing the rootstock very carefully
in early autumn, or in spring as growth is
commencing.
B. alba. — A pretty perennial about 2
ft. high. Leaves stalked, smooth, with
elliptic oblong blunt leaflets. Flowers in
June, white.
Culture Sc. as above.
B. australis. — A fine species 4-5 ft.
high, with spreading branched smooth
stems. Leaves glaucous, stalked, smooth,
with blunt oblong wedge-shaped leaflets
and lance-shaped acute stipules twice the
length of the leaf stalk. Flowers in June,
purple or blue, with white keels.
Culture Sc. as above. This is the best
and most generally grown species, and
when grown in large masses produces
a fine effect. There is a variety called
versicolor.
B. confusa. — A plant 1-2 ft. high, with
smooth - stalked leaves, oblong wedge-
shaped leaflets, and linear lance-shaped
stipules twice the length of the leaf stalk.
Flowers in June, dark blue.
Culture d~c. as above.
y2
324
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS lupinus-
B. exaltata. — A pretty perennial 3-4
ft. high. Leaves ternate, stalked ; leaflets
lance-shaped obovate ; stipules 3 times
longer than the leaf stalk. Flowers in
June, deep blue.
Culture d'c. as above.
B. leucophaea. — A perennial about 1
ft. high. Leaves unstalked, rather hairy ;
leaflets rhornboid-obovate ; stipules and
bracts ovate acute, broad, leafy. Flowers
in July, creamy-white, all leaning to one
side.
Culture 4-c. as above.
B. minor. — A plant 1-2 ft. high.
Leaflets rhomboid lance-shaped ; stipules
lance-shaped, longer than the leaf stalks.
Flowers in June, blue.
< ulture ittc. as above.
B. perfoliata. — A pretty perennial about
3 ft. high. Leaves perfoliate, roundish,
entire, glaucous. Flowers in August,
yellow, small.
Culture d'c. as above.
B. tinctoria. — A handsome species
2-3 ft. high. Leaves stalked ; leaflets
roundish obovate ; stipules bristly, almost
obsolete. Flowers in summer, yellow.
Culture &c. as above. Unless this
species finds itself in a really favourable
situation one is apt to regard it as an
inferior plant.
LUPINUS (Lupine). — A genus
consisting of 80 species of herbaceous
annuals and perennials, rarely under-
shrubs. Leaves simple, or digitately 5-15-
or many-foliolate, rarely 3-foliolate ; sti-
pides adnate to the base of the leaf stalk.
Flowers in erect terminal racemes. Calyx
deeply 2-lobed. Standard petal roundish
or broadly ovate ; wings sickle-shaped-
oblong or obovate, united at the tips ; keel
ending in a curved beak. Stamens 10,
united in one bundle. Pod more or less
compressed, silky-haired, leathery or
fleshy.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Lupines nearly all thrive in ordinary
good garden soil. They will not, how-
ever, flourish in soils heavily charged with
chalk or lime. The presence of either of
these ingredients may be readily detected
by beating up a little of the soil in a tum-
bler of clean, and if possible distilled,
water. After allowing the soil to settle at
the bottom, the water may be breathed
into strongly. If it assumes a milky
colour, then lime is present.
The annual and perennial kinds may
both be easily raised from seeds sown in
early spring out of doors in the places
where the plants are to flower. As the
annual kinds do not bear transplanting
very well, the seeds should be sown very
thinly, and afterwards if the plants are too
close together they must be thinned out.
The perennials may be further multiplied
by dividing the rootstocks at the same
period.
Lupines are easily recognised by their
radiating leaflets as well as their tall
spikes of blossom. They are very valu-
able for the decoration of the herbaceous
border when grown in bold masses, and
some of the finest may be grouped in large
beds on the grass.
L. affinis. — A Californian perennial
about 9 in. high, with deep blue flowers.
Culture Sc. as above.
L. arboreus (Tree Lupine). — A
roundish bush 2-4 ft. high, with
lanceolate-linear leaflets clothed with a
soft silvery down. The beautiful fragrant
yellow flowers appear in great profusion
in summer. There is a purple-flowered
variety and some inferior yellow ones.
Culture and Propagation. — This fine
species differs from the annual and her-
baceous perennial kinds in being of a more
or less woody character. In favourable
situations it attains a very great size and
diameter, and when covered with its fra-
grant blossoms is very attractive. Being
a native of California it likes warm, sunny
and sheltered situations, and in unfavoured
parts of the kingdom may be grown
against a south wall. It may be increased
by seeds sown in a cold frame or pots when
ripe, and also by cuttings of the plump
and fairly well -ripened shoots in summer,
inserted in sandy soil in a cold frame or
in gentle bottom heat.
L. aridus. — A N. American perennial
1 foot high, with linear lance - shaped
leaflets. Flowers in late summer, purple-
blue.
Culture dc. as above.
L. Chamissonis (L. albifrons). — A
Californian perennial 3 ft. high, covered
with a silvery silky down. Leaflets
obovate-oblong, narrowed at the base.
Flowers in September, blue.
Culture <rV. as above. Increased by
seeds and division.
LUPINUS
LAllURNUM AND BROOM ORDER lupinus 325
L. fallax. — An ornamental bush 3-5
ft. high, native of Mount Tamalpais, to
the west of San Francisco Bay. It has a
neat symmetrical habit, and silvery leaves
divided into 7-9 linear lance- shaped acute
leaflets :U-2i in. long. The beautiful
violet-coloured flowers are borne in sum-
mer on long spikes in great profusion.
Culture dc. as above for L. arboreus.
This plant requires to be grown in a
warm sheltered position.
L. Hartwegi. — A beautiful Mexican
species U 2 ft. high. Leaflets 7 9, oblong
lance-shaped ; stipules linear, very long.
Flowers late in summer, varying from
pale to dark blue, the standard petal
shaded with white or rose. There are
white and rose-coloured forms.
Culture andPropagation. — This orna-
mental species is in reality a perennial in
warm dry localities, but in unfavourable
parts it is likely to perish in winter ; it
is therefore best treated as an annual, and
raised from seeds every year as i-ecom-
mended above for L. luteus.
L. laxiflorus (L. arbustus). — A North
American perennial 12 -18 in. high, with
linear lance-shaped leaflets. Flowers late
in summer, blue, the keel and base of the
wings being reddish.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds or division.
L. lepidus. — A perennial about 6 in.
high, native of N. America, with lance-
shaped leaflets silky on both sides.
Flowers in late summer, purple-blue, the
standard petal having a white spot at the
base.
Culture d-c. as above. Inci'eased by
seeds or division.
L. leptophyllus. — A Mexican perennial
1-3 ft. high. Leaflets linear acute, with
a few silky hairs on each surface.
Flowers in summer, violet.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds or division.
L. leucophyllus (L. 2}Ih»iosus). — A
very hairy N. American perennial 2-3 ft.
high, with 7-9 oblong-lance-shaped leaflets
and awl-shaped woolly stipules. Flowers
from June to November, pink.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds or division.
L. littoralis (L. nootkatensis fruti-
cosus ; L. versicolor). — A N. American
perennial 1 ft. high. Leaflets 5-7, linear
spoon-shaped, silky on both surfaces.
Flowers from June to October, purplish-
blue.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds or division.
L. luteus (L. odoratus). — A S. Euro-
pean annual 1-1.1 ft. high. Leaflets 7-9,
oblong, lower ones obovate. Flowers
from June to August, yellow, fragrant.
The variety leucospermus has entirely
white seeds.
Cult it re de. as above. Seeds may be
sown out of doors in April and May, and
in the milder parts of the country in early
autumn as soon as ripe.
L. Menziesi (L. suljrfiurcus). — A re-
markable silky-haired Californian annual,
about 2 ft. high. Leaflets 9-11, oblong
lance-shaped. Flowers in July and
August, slightly fragrant, sulphur-yellow
to orange. The variety superbus is a finer
flowering form.
Guli/wre dc. as above for L. luteus.
Seeds to be sown annually.
L. Micheneri. — An herbaceous peren-
nial, native of N. California. It has a
somewhat trailing habit, and looks pretty
in spring and summer, although the dull
purple or brownish-green flowers are not
particularly attractive.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds and division.
L. microcarpus. — A N. American
annual 1\ ft. high. Leaflets 9-10, lance-
shaped, smooth above, hairy beneath.
Flowers in April, blue, about 6 in a
whorl.
Culture dc. as above for L. luteus.
Seeds to be sown annually.
L. mutabilis. — A beautiful Colombian
annual 3-4 ft. high ; leaflets 7-9, bluntly
lance-shaped, rather glaucous and downy
beneath. Flowers from June to August,
fragrant, large, the standard petal white
changing to blue, with a large yellow
mark in the centre ; wings white faintly
striped ; keel white. Cruikslianki and
varicolor are desirable varieties. The
plant known as hybridus atrococcineus
is a beautiful free-flowering variety with
deep scarlet blossoms, and has probably
originated from forms of L. mutabilis.
Culture dc. as above, and as for L.
luteus. Seeds to be sown annually.
L. nanus (Common Dwarf Lupine).
A pretty Californian annual 1 ft. or
more high. Leaflets 5-7, narrow lance-
shaped acute, hairy. Flowers in early
326
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS lupinus
summer, lilac and blue. The variety
albus has white flowers; albo-coccineus
is very compact in habit, with flowers
white and rosy-carmine.
Culture dc. as above for L. luteus.
Seeds to be sown annually. This species
and its varieties are very free-flowering
and are effective in beds or masses.
L. nootkatensis.— A perennial 1-1 5
ft. high, native of Nootka Sound.
Leaflets 7-8, obovate lance-shaped, hairy.
Flowers from May to July, blue, mixed
with purple, white or yellow, and streaked
with deeper veins.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds or division.
L. ornatus. — A N. American peren-
nial 1-2 ft. high. Leaflets linear lance -
shaped, covered with silvery silky down
on both sides. Flowers from May to No-
vember, pale blue, with deeper coloured
wings, and a ciliated keel.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds or division.
L. perennis. — A pretty perennial about
2 ft. high, native of N. America. Flowers
from May to July, blue.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds or division.
L. pilosus (L. Jiirsutus). — A hairy S.
European annual 2-4 ft. high. Leaflets
9-11, oblong lance-shaped. Flowers in
summer, blue, the centre of the standard
petal deeper in colour. The variety alba
has white flowers, and roseus pale rose
ones.
Culture dc. as above for L. luteus.
Seeds to be sown annually.
L. polyphyllus (L. grandifolius ; L.
macrophyllus). — A strikingly beautiful
and well-known vigorous perennial 3-6 ft.
high, native of California. Leaflets 11-15,
lance-shaped, hairy beneath. Flowers in
summer, in great profusion, varying from
blue to purple and reddish-purple and
white. There are several variations
known as albiflorus, argenteus, flexuosus,
laxiflorus, Lachmanni, rivularis &c.
Va riegatuslms violet-blue flowers streaked
with white. The white-flowered variety
(albiflorus) is very charming, and the
only way to increase a really good form
of it is by dividing the root clumps.
Culture dc. as above recommended
for the perennial species. Seeds may be
also sown in cold frames as soon as ripe,
or a few in small pots, from which latter
the seedlings may be transferred in spring
without breaking the ball of soil.
L. pubescens. — A branching downy
annual 2-3 ft. high, native of Mexico
and Guatemala. Leaflets 7 9, lance-
shaped ; stipules awl- shaped. Flowers
from July to September, violet-blue, with
a white centre, becoming deep purple.
Elirenbergi is a variety of this species.
Culture dc. as above for L. luteus.
Seeds to be sown annually.
L. Sabini. — A N. American perennial
2-3 ft. high. Leaflets 7 12, lance-shaped,
pointed, silky. Flowers in early summer,
yellow.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds and division.
L. subcarnosus (L. bimaculatus ; L.
subramosus ; L. texensis). — An elegant
downy-stemmed annual about 1 ft. high,
native of Texas. Leaflets 5, obovate
lance-shaped, thick or fleshy. Flowers
from July to September, deep rich blue,
with a yellow blotch at the base of the
standard petal ; keel white, tipped with
blue.
Culture dc. as above for L. luteus.
Seeds to be sown annually.
L. tomentosus. — A. beautiful Peruvian
perennial 4-5 ft. high, covered with short
silky hairs. Leaflets 8-10, oblong, blunt-
ish, mucronulate, tapering to the base.
Flowers in summer, lai-ge, variously
coloured blue, purple, rose &c.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds or division. This species may not
be quite hardy in the coldest parts of the
country.
L. tricolor elegans (L. Dunnetti). —
A very pretty slightly downy annual of
uncertain origin. Leaflets 7-9. Flowers
in summer, standard petal deep violet or
purple becoming deeper in colour with
age ; wings and keel white.
Culture dc. as above for L. luteus.
Seeds to be sown annually.
L. varius (L. semiverticillatus). — An
annual, 2-3 ft. high, native of Spain,
and also found in most parts of S.W.
Europe. The stems and leaves are cov-
ered with a whitish silvery down. Leaf-
lets usually 5-6, oblong-lance-shaped,
hairy beneath. Flowers in summer,
usually dark blue, large, often splashed
with white.
Culture dc. as above, and for L. luteus.
Seeds to be sown annually.
adbnocarpus LABUBNUM AND BBOOM OBDEB laburnum 327
L. venustus. — A downy California!!
annual 1\ 2 ft. high. Leaflets 9 11,
obovate-lance shaped, slightly hairy be-
neath. Flowers from July to September,
deep purple or violet, with a white keel.
Culture dc. as above for L. luteus.
Seeds to be sown annually.
ADENOCARPUS. — A genus con-
sisting of 8 species of silky, downy, or
hairy shrubs, with digitately 3-foliolate
leaves and yellow rlowers in terminal
racemes. Two upper lobes of calyx free ;
;! lower more or less connate. Standard
petal roundish ; wings obovate or oblong;
keel much incurved or slightly beaked.
Stamens 10, united in one bundle. Pod
linear, compressed, with glandular
prickles.
Culture toiil Propagation. - These
plants thrive in a mixture of loam,
peat, and sand, and are very useful plants
for borders or shrubberies, which are
brightened by their elegant yellow flowers.
Plants may be increased by seeds, layers.
or cuttings, the latter being put under a
glass in sandy soil in summer and autumn.
The species mentioned below are the
hardiest in this country.
A. decorticans (A. Boissicri). — A
beautiful Spanish shrub, somewhat resem-
bling the Common Furze in appearance
and habit. The branches, however, are
quite free from spines, but are densely
clothed with leaves cut into 2-3 foliolate
linear leaflets. During the early summer
months masses of large golden-yellow
blossoms are freely borne, and look very
effective against the deep green of the
foliage.
Culture ,/r. as above. It is easily
raised from seeds, but as the seedlings do
not transplant well, they are best grown
on in pots until large enough to transfer
to their permanent positions.
A. hispanicus. — A deciduous Spanish
shrub 2-4 ft. high, with hairy branches,
and 3-foliolate, clustered leaves. Flowers
in June, yellow, in crowded racemes.
Culture dtc. as above.
A. intermedius. — A deciduous shrub
3-4 ft. high, native of S. Italy and Sicily,
with rather shaggy branches. Flowers in
May, not crowded on the racemes.
Culture dtc. as above.
A. parvifolius. — A deciduous species
3-4 ft. high, native of exposed heaths in
France. Branches smooth. Flowers in
May. \ellow, not crowded on the racemes
Culticre <rV. as above.
A. telonensis. — A deciduous native of
S. France, 2 4 ft. high. Flowers in June,
yellow, not crowded on the racemes.
Culture <(■<■. as above.
LABURNUM (Golden Rain;
Golden Chain). — -A genus with a few
species of ornamental smooth or downy
trees or shrubs, with digitately 3-foliolate
leaves, inconspicuous stipules, and yellow
flowers in terminal racemes. Calyx
shortly 5 -toothed. Petals free, clawed ;
standard petal ovate or round ; wings
obovate ; keel incurved, bluntish, shorter
than the wings. Stamens 10, united in
one bundle. Pod linear, flatly com-
pressed.
Culture and Propagation. — Labur-
nums thrive in almost any soil and
situation, but they are most effective as
groups in open spaces. If near large trees
or buildings, they soon become ungainly-
Looking and one-sided. The plants are
easily raised from seeds, but there is great
variation among them, some having short
loose miserable clusters of rlowers. The
finest varieties — those with very long
crowded clusters of bloom — are the best
to grow, and they may be increased by
grafting or budding on the commoner
varieties. In making new plantations it is
better to use young plants, as older ones
are difficult to transplant and take a long
time to recover from the shock to the roots.
Fine varieties of Laburnum when in blos-
som always attract such great admiration
that they are often planted as a result in
all sorts of positions — suitable and other-
wise— -to the exclusion of other choice
flowering trees and shrubs.
L. Adami (Purple Laburnum ). — This
remarkable tree, 15-20 ft. high, is supposed
to be a ' graft ' hybrid between the purple -
flowered C ytisuspurjmreus and the yellow-
flowered Laburnum vulgare, raised by
Jean Louis Adam, from whom it takes its
name. The flowers are intermediate in
character and colour between the two
parents, but sometimes yellow, purple, and
intermediate rlowers are seen on the same
plant — the first two producing seeds, the
latter sterile.
Culture dbe. as above.
L. alpinum (Cytisus alpinus). — Scotch
Laburnum. — A European tree 15 20 ft.
328
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS genista
high, with ovate lance-shaped leaflets,
rounded at the base. Flowers in June,
yellow, in drooping clusters. C. fragrans,
C. hirsutum, and C. pendulum are varie-
ties, the characters of which are indicated
in the names. The variety Alschingeri has
very long clusters of flowers ; autumnale
flowers in autumn from the end of the
current year's shoots ; Parke si has very
long racemes of deep yellow flowers ;
Watereri has racemes a foot or more in
length, and is probably the most beautiful
of all.
Culture Sc. as above, p. 327.
L. caramanicum. — A beautiful but not
well-known shrub 3 4 ft. high, native of
Asia Minor. Leaves small, shortly
stalked, 3-foliolate. Flowers in June and
July, bright yellow, in erect racemes
forming a large truss at the ends of the
shoots. Grows well in chalky soil.
Culture dc. as above, p. 327.
L. vulgare (Cytisus Laburnum). —
Common Laburnum. — A tree 20-30 ft.
high, native of Central and S. Europe.
Branches round, whitish ; leaflets ovate
lance-shaped, downy beneath. Flowers
from April to June, bright yellow, in
drooping racemes often nearly a foot in
length in the best forms.
There are several varieties, among
which the best are : auremn, with golden-
yellow leaves ; Carlieri, with very narrow
leaflets and long racemes; involutum,
with the leaflets curled so as to form
' rings ; ' quercifolium, with leaflets sinu-
ated and lobed, like a miniature Oak-leaf
in outline ; serotinum, flowers later than
most of the others ; monstrosuni fasti-
giatum is a form with erect flexible
branches ; and sess Hi folium-is recognised
by the absence of leaf stalks.
There is also a form with variegated
leaves, which is not particularly attractive
and may be regarded merely as a curiosity.
Culture dc. as above, p. 327.
PETTERIA.— This genus has been
separated from Laburnum and Cytisus,
and has only one species here described
with the characters of the genus : —
P. ramentacea (Cytisus Weldeni ;
Laburnum ramentace um) . — A dwarf
smoothish shrub, native of Dalmatia, with
digitately 3-foliolate leaves, elliptic entire
leaflets, and small, blunt or obsolete sti-
pules. Flowers in spring, yellow, in dense
terminal erect racemes. Calyx bell-
shaped, 3-lobed, ciliated. Standard petal
round ; wings and keel oblong, rather
straight ; keel pouched on each side.
Stamens 10, united. Pod broadly linear,
rather sickle -shaped, compressed.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species will flourish in ordinary good
garden soil, and is suitable for massing
with other shrubs. Seeds are freely pro-
duced, and plants may be readily raised
from these when sown either in autumn
or spring in cold frames, or out of doors
in the milder parts of the country. Layers
may also be made in autumn, and any
particularly fine varieties may be grafted
on seedling stocks of the commoner
forms.
GENISTA (Rock Broom). — A
genus with about 70 species of smooth or
silky, armed or spiny shrubs. Leaves
simple or rarely digitately 3-foliolate.
Stipules minute or none. Flowers yellow,
rarely white, either singly or in clusters
at the ends of the branches. Calyx bell-
shaped, the upper lobes usually free, the
3 lower united. Standard petal ovate ;
wings oblong ; keel oblong, straight or
slightly incurved. Stamens 10, united in
one bundle. Pod roundish, ovate, oblong,
or linear.
Culture and Propagation. — Genistas
thrive in any good well-drained garden soil,
and are easily increased from seeds.
These may be sown as soon as ripe, or in
spring, either o\\t of doors for the hardier
species, or in cold frames for the more
tender ones. The seedlings are pricked
out when large enough and given more
room to develop, and are ultimately
planted in their permanent positions.
As many species begin to show signs
of decay after a few years' growth, it is
always safe to raise young plants from
seeds every two or three years to take the
place of any that show signs of weakness.
G. aetnensis (Spartium cetnense). —
A native of Sicily and Sardinia, 6-15 ft.
high, with few linear silky leaves on the
younger twigs only. With the advance of
age the leaves drop and the slender green
branches have to perform their duties.
Flowers from June to August, in great
profusion, the bright yellow clusters being
in striking contrast to the deep green of
the twigs.
Culture dc. as above.
G. anglica (Needle Furze; Petty
Whin). — A prostrate British shrub 1-2 ft.
high, with ovate - lance - shaped spiny
GENISTA
LABURNUM AND BROOM ORDER genista 329
leaves. Flowers in early summer (May
and June), yellow, in short leafy racemes.
Culture dc. as above.
G. anxantica. — A dwarf spreading
species, native of Italy, with ovate elliptic,
rather leathery leaves, and a profusion of
golden-yellow flowers late in summer.
Culture dc. as above. This is a good
plant for massing in the rock garden in
warm sheltered positions.
G. aspalathoides. — A pretty dense and
compact spiny bush 1-2 ft. high, native
of S.W. Europe. During the summer
months (in July and August) it bears
masses of yellow flowers.
Culture dc. as above. It is a good
plant for the rock garden or for furnishing
the sides of grassy slopes, banks Ac.
G. ephedroides. — A stiffish spiny shrub
2 3 ft. high, native of Corsica and Sar-
dinia. Leaflets 3, smooth, linear. Flowers
in summer from June to August, yellow.
Cult arc dc. as above, p. 328.
G. germanica. — A European species
about 18 in. high, with arching stems,
and an abundance of bright yellow
flowers in summer and autumn.
Culture dc. as above. A good rock
garden plant.
G. hispanica. — A native of S.W.
Europe, 6-12 in. high or more, with
lance-shaped hairy leaves and stiffish
branched spines. Flowers from May to
July, large, yellow, fragrant, in crowded
racemes. Flore pleno is a charming
double -flowered variety.
Culture <<r. as above, p. 328.
G. monosperma (G. Beta/ma). — A slen-
der-stemmed twiggy species 2 4 ft. high,
native of the Spanish Peninsula. Leaves
linear oblong, downy. Flowers in sum-
mer, white, silky, in lateral few-flowered
racemes which give a charming appear-
ance to the plant.
Culture (ft*, as above. This fine
species is rather too tender for cultivation
out of doors in the British Islands except
in the mildest parts of the south and
west. Even in such places it is safer to
plant it in the warmest and most sheltered
spots. A good plant for seaside places ;
grows well in sandy soil.
G. ovata. — A native of Central and
S. Europe, 2-4 ft. high, with round, hairy,
erect, striped stems, and hairy ovate
leaves. Flowers in summer, yellow, in
short clusters. This is probably one of
the many forms of elatior, referred to
under G. tiuctoria below.
Culture dc. as above.
G. pilosa (Greenweed). — A dense-
prostrate shrub, native of the gravelh
heaths in the S. and S.W. of England,
with obovate-lance-shaped blunt dowm
leaves. Flowers in May and June, bright
yellow, axillary on short stalklets.
Culture i(i\ as above. A good plant
for dry places in the rock garden.
G. radiata (Spartium radiatum). — A
native of Central and S. Europe, 1-5 ft.
high, with smooth angular branches.
Leaflets 3, linear, silky. Flowers in
summer (June and July), bright yellow,
borne at the ends of the branches.
Culture dc. as above. A good plant
for dry soils.
G. ramosissima(G. cinerea). — A native
of S. Spain about 3 ft. high, with slender
twiggy branches. Flowers in July,
yellow, in great abundance.
Culture <ic. as above.
G. sagittalis. — A distinct species less
than 1 ft. high, native of S. Europe,
having two-edged, wing-like branches,
with ovate lance-shaped leaves, and
masses of yellow flowers in May and
June, borne in erect racemes at the ends
of the shoots.
Culture iir. as above.
G. tinctoria (Dyer's Greenweed). — A
round-stemmed spineless shrub 1-2 ft.
high, native of Britain. Leaves lance-
shaped, smoothish. Flowers from July to
September, bright yellow, in great pro-
fusion. The variety elatior, from the
Caucasus, grows 4 or 5 ft. high, and bears
large panicles of yellow flowers. It is
known under many names, and is evi-
dently a very variable plant. The variety
flore pleno with double flowers is very
attractive, and makes a good plant for the
rock garden or on banks.
Culture dr. as above.
G. virgata. — A round-branched twiggy
species 3-10 ft. high, native of Madeira.
Leaves oblong lance-shaped, rather silky.
Flowers from April to July, golden-yellow,
in racemes at the end of nearly every
twig. Occasionally the blossoms are
borne a second time in autumn, but never
in such great profusion as in the earlier
part of the year.
Culture dc. as above. Although a
native of Madeira, this species seems to
330
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
ULEX
be perfectly hardy out of doors, at least in
the neighbourhood of London.
SPARTIUM (Rush or Spanish
Broom). — This genus consists of only
one species described below and including
the generic characters.
S. junceum (S. acutifoliwm ; Genista
juncea ; Spartianthus junceus). — A
well-known beautiful shrub fi-10 ft. high,
native of Mediterranean countries.
Branches slender, twiggy, round, and
usually without leaves or stipules.
Flowers from June to August, large,
bright yellow, in erect clusters, and great
profusion. Calyx somewhat spathe-like.
Standard petal large, round ; wings
obovate ; keel incurved, pointed, longer
than the wings. Stamens 10, united in
one bundle. Pod elongate, linear, smooth,
flat. There is a double-flowered form
called fiore plena.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Spanish Broom will grow well in any poor
dry soil in exposed situations, and is use-
ful for borders, shrubberies, or sunny
banks. Several fine specimens may be
seen on the banks of the Great Western
Railway between Slough and Maiden-
head. Plants are easily raised from
seeds, which ripen in quantity. The seed-
pods are best picked just before they begin
to open, and if placed in shallow trays in
a warm sunny place will soon ripen fully.
The seeds may then be sown in the open
border, but as a rule the seedlings will
not appear until the following spring.
They may then be transplanted in mild
showery weather, when large enough, and
if judiciously placed will form vers strik-
ing features in the garden. Besides seeds,
plants may be raised from cuttings.
Shoots of the more or less ripened and
flowerless stems may be inserted in sandy
soil under a handlight in late summer or
autumn and will be well rooted by the
following spring.
In spring, before growth commences,
old straggling plants may be cut down
quite low. This will induce new and
strong young growths to spring up from
the base, and thus refurnish the plant and
give it a better shape and appearance.
ULEX (Furze; Gorse; Whin).— A
genus containing about a dozen species of
sharply spiny shrubs, the leaves of which
are reduced to spiny stalks or small
scales. Stipules none. Flowers yellow,
solitaiy or in short axillarj- racemes.
Calyx membranous, coloured, 2-parted.
Petals shortly clawed, nearly equal ;
standard ovate ; wings and keel oblong,
blunt. Stamens 10, united in one bundle.
Pod ovate, oblong, and shortly linear,
compressed or swollen.
Culture and Pro2)agation. — The
beauty of the Furze when in bloom is
very well known. For covering banks,
knolls, mounds txc. it is very useful, and
requires no cultural skill. It is best to
use young plants, as old ones are awkward
to handle, and besides do not transplant
well. Seeds germinate freely in spring,
after having been sown as soon as ripe in
autumn, but the special varieties may also
be increased by cuttings of the ripened or
half-ripened shoots placed under a hand-
light in late summer or autumn.
U. europaeus. — This is the well-known
Gorse, Whin, or Furze, seen in such
abundance on British commons, banks,
&c. It grows 2-3 ft. high, and has the
spines sometimes furnished with minute
1-foliolate hairy leaves. Flowers in
February and March, yellow, f in. long,
odorous, with black hairs on the calyx.
Flore-pleno is a beautiful double -flowered
variety, almost hiding the branches with
its wealth of bloom. Strictus (known as
the Irish Furze) has stiffish erect branches.
In Ireland the young shoots of Furze are
often chopped up fine and given to horses.
Culture dc. as above.
U. nanus (Cat Whin ; Tarn Furze). —
Also a native of the British Islands 1-3 ft.
high, with drooping branches, and spines
i-li in. long. Flowers from July to
November, i in. long, followed by pods
which persist till the following year. The
variety Galli has ascending branches, and
stiff spines longer than those of nanus
proper.
Culture dc. as above.
CYTISUS (Broom).— A genus with
less than 40 species of shrubs, rarely
spiny. Leaves 1-3-foliolate, or absent.
Flowers yellow, purple, or white. Calyx
more or less 2-lipped. Standard petals
almost round, or ovate ; wings obovate,
or oblong ; keel straight or incurved,
obtuse or scarcely pointed. Stamens 10,
united. Pod flat, compressed, oblong or
linear, smooth or hairy,
Culture and Propagation. — The
hardy Cytisus are ornamental shrubs, and
grow well in ordinary garden soil, being
useful in groups, borders, or shrubberies.
CYTISUS
LABUUNUM AND IMOOM 011DK1: cytisus 331
They are mostly raised easily from seeds
sown in the open air as soon as ripe, or
in cold frames in the case of the more
tender varieties. The seedlings may be
transplanted in spring to their permanent
positions. The plants may also be in-
creased by layers ; or the choicer varieties
may be grafted on the commoner sorts,
but this is not recommended. Cuttings
of the more or less ripened and flowerless
shoots will root in tine sandy soil if in-
serted about August and September in a
shaded spot and covered with a handlight.
In spring when well rooted they may be
transplanted. To secure the finest effects
the plants should be grown in bold masses.
As their roots strike down rather deeply
into the soil these plants are particularly
well suited for growing in dry sandy soils
in which other shrubs will not thrive. As
they do not however retain their vigour
and noriferousness for many years, it is
as well always to have a stock of young
plants at hand.
C. albus {White Spanish Broom). — ■
A round-stemmed, twiggy shrub, 6-10
ft. high, native of the Spanish Peninsula.
Leaves sessile. 3-foliolate, with linear
oblong silky leaflets. Flowers about
Whitsuntide, white, in long clustered
racemes, in great profusion. The variety
incarnatus has wine-red flowers, and
multiflorus is a free-flowering form of
the type.
Culture tic. as above.
C. Ardoini. — A pretty rock plant,
about 4 in. high, native of the Maritime
Alps, with stiffish decumbent stems,
springing from a knotted and twisted
stock. Leaflets obovate, hairy, silky
when young. Flowers in spring, bright
yellow, 1-6 in the axils of each leaf.
Culture dc. as above. This charming
little Broom flourishes in warm and de-
positions in the rock garden, and is very
effective during April and May when
covered with masses of bright yellow
blossoms.
C. austriacus. — A round-stemmed
twiggy shrub 2-4 ft. high, native of
Austria, and covered with close-pressed
stiffish hairs. Leaflets spindle-shaped.
Flowers in June, yellow. There is a
variety called leueanthus with soft whitish
or creamy-yellow blossoms.
Culture dc. as above.
C. biflorus (C. elongatus). — A spread-
ing twiggy Hungarian bush, about 3 ft.
high. Leaves 3-foliolate, with close-
pressed hairs beneath. Flowers in May,
bright yellow, about 1£ in. long.
Culture dc. as above. This is a very
variable species, and is known under
many other names, such as ca/narienai8t
caucasicus, ruthenicus, serotinus, ura-
Irnsis &C.
C. capitatus. — A hairy-branched
European shrub, 2 4 ft. high. Leaflets
ovate-elliptic, hairy. Flowers in June,
yellow, numerous.
Culture dc. as above. This species
is also known as C. cal/ycvnus.
C. hirsutus. — A decumbent shrub,
with round twiggy branches, native of
Europe. Leaflets obovate, hairy beneath.
Flowers in June, yellow, clustered on
very short stalklets.
('alt lire dr. as above.
C. kewensis. — This is a charming
hybrid Broom raised as a chance seedling
at Kew, between the small yellow-flowered
('. Ardoi/ni and the tall white-flowered
C. albus. It has a trailing habit, resem-
bling in that respect C. Ardoini, and
during the later spring months produces
its pale creamy-yellow blossoms in great
profusion.
Culture dc. as above. To keep this
beautiful plant quite true in character it
is safer to increase it by means of cuttings,
as plants raised from seeds are likely to
vary a good deal, and would probably
revert to one or the other parent eventu-
ally. For trailing over the surface of
beds, in the rock garden, or sunny banks,
this hybrid is a valuable acquisition.
C. monspessulanus (Genista candi-
cans ; G. triangularis ; G.triquetra). — A
native of S. Europe 2-4 ft. high, with
triangular decumbent stems, and simple
or 3-foliolate leaves ; leaflets ovate lance-
shaped, hairy. Flowers in summer,
yellow, in short terminal racemes.
Culture dc. as above.
C. nigricans. — ■ A downy Austrian
shrub, 3 6 ft. high, with round twiggy
branches. Leaves 3-foliolate, with elliptic
leaflets. Flowers in June, yellow, in
erect racemes.
Culture dc. as above.
C. praecox. — A beautiful flowering
shrub 8-10 ft. high, with a free and
graceful habit. It is a hybrid between
the yellow-flowered C. purgans and the
white-flowered C. albus, and first appeared
332
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS cytisus
more than thirty years ago. It makes a
dense and compact growth, and the bright
green slender twigs give it an evergreen
character when not in blossom. From
the middle of April till about the middle
of May, the young shoots, often nearly
2 ft. long, are literally covered with
masses of pale primrose-yellow flowers,
which however emit a rather powerful
and not particularly pleasant odour.
Culture dc.as above. The only way
to keep this hybrid true to character is to
increase it by cuttings inserted in sandy
soil about August or September, as recom-
mended above. It usually ripens seeds
freely, but like many other plants of
hybrid origin, the chances of obtaining the
time variety from seeds are very remote.
C. purpureus {Purple Broom). — A
beautiful wiry branched trailing shrub,
with oblong leaflets, and purple flowers
in May, in great abundance. Native of
Eastern Europe.
Culture etc. as above. It is often
grafted on standards of the Laburnum to
show its weeping habit. Among rocks
and boulders the branches look very effec-
tive when in bloom. There is a white-
flowered variety called nlbus, and a pretty
yellow-flowered one known as rat is-
bonensis.
C. scoparius (Common Broom). — A
native shrub 2-10 ft. high, with slender
angular hairy branches. Leaves 3-folio-
late, with oblong leaflets. Flowers from
April to July, yellow, solitary. There are
several forms of this species, but the
most important and beautiful is andrea-
nus {Genista andreana), in which the
wings of the yellow flowers are of a rich
purple-brown. This variety is much
grown as a pot plant, and is gently forced
into bloom in greenhouses in early spring.
Other varieties are pendulus, with a weep-
ing habit ; and sulphureus, with pale
yellow sulphur-coloured blossoms.
Culture d-c. as above. This showy
shrub will flourish under almost any cir-
cumstances, except in wet, cold and
boggy situations.
C. sessilifolius. — A smooth, round-
branched shrub 4-6 ft. high, native of S.
Europe. Leaflets 3, ovate. Flowers in
May, yellow, in short erect racemes.
Culture dc. as above.
ONONIS (Rest Harrow).— A genus
with about 60 species of smooth, downy
or hairy, often clammy annual, biennial, or
perennial herbs or undershrubs. Leaves
usually pinnatety 3-foliolate, with the
veins running into teeth on the edges.
Stipules adnate to the leaf stalk. Flowers
rose, yellow, or white, in axillary solitary
or 2-3-flowered racemes. Calyx tube
short with nearly equal lobes. Standard
petal nearly round, with a short claw ;
wings obovate oblong ; keel incurved,
beaked, rarely blunt. Stamens 10. united,
or the upper one rarely free. Pod oblong
or linear, inflated or round.
Culture and Propagation. — The Rest
Harrows may be utilised for covering
rough banks and parts of the rockery.
They grow in any soil, and are easily
increased by seeds, or division of the
roots in early autumn or spring. The
seeds may be sown as soon as ripe in
warm sheltered spots otit of doors, or in
cold frames, and the seedlings may be
transplanted the following spring. The
shrubby kinds may also be increased by
cuttings of the fairly well-ripened shoots
inserted in sandy soil under a handlight
about August and September.
Both 0. spinosa and 0. reclinata are
British plants, usually found on dry pas-
tures, fields, cliffs &c., and although
pretty, perhaps hardly worth cultivating
when there are so many better plants.
O. aragonensis. — A pretty half-hardy
shrub 1-2 ft. high, with smooth 3-foliolate
leaves composed of roundish serrate leaf-
lets. The almost stalkless flowers appear
from May to July on a leafless raceme,
the yellow blossoms being usually in pairs.
Culture d-c. as above. This species
is fairly hardy hi the neighbourhood of
London, and ripens seeds freely.
O. fruticosa. — A handsome shrub 1-2
ft. high, native of S. W. Europe. Leaflets
3, sessile, smooth, lance-shaped, shining,
unequally serrated. Flowers in summer,
purple, three on a stalk.
Culture d-c. as above. Increased by
seeds or cuttings.
O. Natrix. — A S. European perennial
l|-2 ft. high, clothed with a clammy
pubescence. Leaflets 3, oblong, serrated
at the apex. Flowers in summer, yellow,
veined with red.
Culture d-c. as above. Increased by
seeds or division.
O. rotundifolia. — A pretty rather
shrubby perennial, 1-U ft. high, native
of South Europe. Leaflets 3, obovate,
ONONIS
LABURNUM AND BROOM ORDER trifolium 333
roundish, toothed. Flowers in summer,
rosy, three on a stalk.
Culture dr. as above. Increased by
seeds or cuttings.
O. viscosa. — A handsome annual
with downy clammy stems, l.V 3 ft. high.
Leaflets 3, toothed, the middle one largest.
Flowers in summer, yellow, in long
spikes, the back of the standard striped
with purple.
Culture Sc. as above. Being an
annual from S. Europe, the seeds of this
species may be sown in cold frames in
autumn or spring, afterwards transplant-
ing the seedlings to their flowering posi-
tions. Or they may be sown daring April
and May in the open border where the
plants are to bloom, thinning the seedlings
out if too close together.
PAROCHETUS (Shamrock Pea).—
A genus having only one species : —
P. communis. — An elegant creeping
perennial about 3 in. high, native of the
Himalayas. The stems, which root at
the joints, have 3-foliolate Clover-like
leaves, and during October and November
the cobalt-blue Pea-like blossoms are
produced either singly or 2 or 3 together
in the axils of the leaves.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Shamrock Pea is best grown in warm sunny
parts of the rockery in well-drained soil.
Owing to the late period of blooming, the
beautiful blue flowers are often injured
by frost, and in cold localities the plants
would look better grown in pots in cold
frames or a cool greenhouse. Propagation
is effected by dividing the rooting stems
in spring, or by sowing the seeds at the
same period in gentle heat.
MEDICAGO (Lucern; Medick).— A
genus with 40 species of herbs, only one
of which is worth growing. Flowers
yellow or violet, one or more on a stalk.
Calyx shortly toothed or lobed. Petals
free from the stamen-tube ; standard
obovate or oblong, contracted at the base ;
wings oblong, longer than the obtuse
keel. Stamens 10, upper one free. Pod
spirally sickle-shaped, or often shell-like,
unarmed or spiny.
M. falcata. — A native prostrate peren-
nial with stems 2-4 ft. long. Leaflets 3,
oblong, toothed at the apex, entire at the
base. Flowers in summer, usually pale
yellow, but sometimes violet or green, in
short close axillary racemes.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species thrives in any soil, and is suitable
for banks, slopes, or rough parts of the
rock garden. It may be increased by
seeds sown in the open border when ripe,
or in spring, or the plants may also be in-
creased by division in early autumn or
spring.
TRIFOLIUM (Trefoil; Clover).—
A genus containing 150-200 species of
annual or perennial herbs: with digitately
3-, rarely 5-7-foliolate leaves, with stipules
adnate to the stalks. Flowers in spikes,
heads, or umbels, rarely solitary. ( 'alyx
teeth or lobes nearly equal. Petals often
withering, long-clawed, or the 4 lower
ones more or less adnate to the stamen-
tube ; standard oblong or ovate ; wings
narrow, longer than the blunt keel.
Stamens 10, upper one free or rarely
united at the middle with the others.
Pod oblong or nearly round, or obovate-
compressed.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Trefoils are not particularly well-known
flower garden plants, but a few of them
are useful for creeping about in the
rockery or on the margins of borders.
They grow in almost any garden soil, and
may be increased by division in autumn
or spring, or from seed sown when ripe
in the open border.
T. alpestre (Owl-headed Clover). — A
pretty species 6 12 in. high, from the
European Alps and W. Asia. Leaflets
lance-shaped, leathery, ciliate toothed ;
stipides narrow, nearly sessile. Flowers
in June and July, purple. Petals united.
Culture dc. as above.
T. fimbriatum. — A N. American species
with long thick prostrate stems. Leaflets
oblong or slightly wedge-shaped, 1 in. or
more long, conspicuously fringed with
bristly teeth. Flowers in autumn, purple ;
calyx teeth spiny.
Culture dc. as above.
T. fucatum. — A Californian annual
6 in. high. Leaflets roundish wedge-
shaped, sharply toothed, thickish ; stipules
large, entire, abruptly pointed. Flowers
in June, creamy-white mixed with red.
Culture dc. as above. Sow seeds an-
nually in warm spots.
T. hybridum (Alsike or Bastard
Clover). — A European species with
flexuous stems 2-10 in. long. Leaflets
obovate or oblong, i-lA in. long, toothed ;
334
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS tbifolium
stipules oblong with triangular tips.
Flowers from June to August, white or
rosy, in heads about 1 in. in diameter.
Culture dc. as above.
T. incarnatum (Crimson Clover). — A
pretty S. European annual 1 ft. high,
with rather slender hairy stems. Leaflets
broadly obovate or obcordate, ^-1| in.
long. Flowers in June and July, bright
■crimson, i in. long ; calyx hairy.
Culture dc. as above.
T. Lupinaster (Bastard Lupine). —
A Siberian species 1-1 A- ft. high. Leaves
unstalked ; leaflets 5, linear lance-shaped,
sharply toothed and pointed ; stipules
broad, pointed. Flowers in summer,
purple, large, wings and keel paler than
the standard. There is a white form
■called albiflorum.
Culture dc. as above.
T. olympicum. — An erect hairy-
stemmed species 1 ft. high, native of
Mt. Olympus. Leaflets hairy, elliptic-
lance-shaped, entire, stiptiles awl-shaped,
sheathing. Flowers in July, yellowish,
with a very long standard, calyx hairy.
Culture dc. as above.
T. reflexum {Buffalo Clover). — A
handsome, more or less decumbent N.
American annual, with stems lis ft.
long. Leaflets obovate or obovate-oblong,
crenulate serrate ; stipules leafy, pointed.
Flowers from April to June, with broadly
ovate, rosy-red standard, and white wings
and keel.
Culture dc. as above.
T. repens purpureum (Four-leaved
Shamrock). — A variety of the common
white Clover 3-5 in. high, with brown or
purplish leaves having a broad purple
spot on the under side of the leaflets.
Flowers during summer, small, white,
slightly fragrant.
Culture dc. as above.
T. rubens. — A native of Central and
S. Europe 1 ft. high. Leaflets long
narrow ; stipules large. Flowers in
summer, carmine or purple-red, in large
ovoid heads.
Culture dc. as above.
T. spadiceum (Brown Clover). — A
European species 6 in. high. Leaflets
oblong-ovate, toothed ; stipules leafy
pointed. Flowers in summer, yellow,
standard slightly brownish, obcordate.
Culture dc. as above.
T. uniflorum. — A tufted creeping
Syrian species with very short stems.
Leaflets 3, ovate, pointed, toothed,
nerved ; stipules sheathing, long pointed.
Flowers in June and July, reddish, in
thick ovoid heads on long stalks.
Culture dc. as above.
ANTHYLLIS (Kidney Vetch).— A
genus with 20 species of herbs or under-
shrubs usually with pinnate leaves, rarely
reduced to the terminal leaflets. Stipules
small, or none. Flowers usually in
axillary heads or clustered at the ends of
the branches. Calyx tubular or inflated,
5 -toothed. Petals nearly equal, long-
clawed ; standard ovate, abrupt or 2-
auricled at the base ; wings ovate, blunt ;
keel smaller than the wings, incurved,
bluntish, swollen at each side. Stamens
10, usually united. Pod ovoid, or shortly
linear, falcate or curved.
Culture and Propagation. — When
in bloom the Kidney Vetches are pretty
plants, and look well in the rock garden
in sunny positions, and in usually well-
drained warm soil. The annual kinds
may be raised from seeds sown in the
open about April. The perennials may
also be raised in the same way, or from
cuttings in sandy soil under a glass during
the later summer months. Division of
some kinds may also be practised in
autumn or spring.
A. Barba-Jovis (Jupiter's Beard). —
A downy Spanish shrub 4-8 ft. high.
Leaflets 9-13, oblong-linear. Flowers in
March, pale yellow, numerous.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds or cuttings.
A. erinacea (Erinacea liispanica). — A
distinct spiny almost leafless species 6-12
in. high, native of Spain. Leaves few,
oval or oblong. Flowers in April, bluish-
purple.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds or division. Requires a warm shel-
tered position on the rockery.
A. Hermanniae (Cytisus qrcecus). —
A shrubby Corsican species 2-4 ft. high,
with almost stalkless simple or 3-foliolate
leaves, more or less downy. The yellow
flowers appear in April in the axils of the
upper leaves.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds or cuttings.
A. montana. — A pretty tufted silky
and hoary rock plant, 3-6 in. high, native
ANTHYLL1S
LABURNUM AND BROOM ORDER psoralea 335
of the Alps. Leaflets numerous, oval-
oblong, acute, small, entire. Flowers in
June, pink or purple, in dense heads with
a leafy involucre as in the variety atro-
rubens.
Cult inr lie as above Increased by
seeds or division.
A. Vulneraria (Common Wowndwort).
A pretty native perennial with silky stems
6 -18 in. high, and pinnate leaves having
2-6 pairs of narrow oblong leaflets \ \l
in. long. The flowers appear from June
to August and are usually yellow in colour,
but sometimes white as in the variety
alba, or pink, or red. The variety
Dilleni has creamy-coloured flowers with
red tips.
Culture dc. as above. The common
Woundwort is found growing naturally
on dry rocky banks, and may be utilised
for covering dry hare places in the rock
garden.
SECURIGERA (Axe Weed;
Hatchet Vetch). — A genus with only
one species described below : —
S. Coronilla {Coronilla Secv/ridacea).
A rather pretty S. European annual 1 ft.
high with oddly pinnate leaves and entire
leaflets ; stipules small, membranous.
Flowers in July, yellow, nodding, at the
tips of the axillary peduncles ; petals free
from the stamen tube ; standard nearly
round ; wings oblique oblong ; keel in-
curved, somewhat beaked. Stamens 10,
upper one free. Pod linear, falcate,
pointed, flatly compressed.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species grows in ordinary soil, and requires
only to be sown every spring where it is
to bloom. Warm sunny places suit it
best, either in the rockery or border.
DORYCNIUM. A genus with about
6 species of pretty smooth, downy or
hairy herbs or undershrubs. Leaves
4-5-foliolate. Flowers in heads or
rather umbellate, numerous. Calyx
rather bell-shaped, lobes nearly equal.
Petals free from the stamen tube ;
standard oval-oblong, contracted into a
claw at the base ; wings oboval-oblong,
larger than the incurved, bluntish swollen
keel. Stamens 10, upper one free. Pod
oblong or linear, terete, or swollen.
Culture and Propagation. — These
plants are easily grown in rather dry soil,
and readily come from seeds sown out-
side either as soon as ripe, or in spring,
afterwards transplanting the seedlings or
thinning them out to allow sufficient space
to develop properly. They may be grown
in the rock garden in warm exposed
situations.
D. hirsutum (Lotus rectus). — A hoary
plain 1-2 ft. high, native of S. Europe.
Leaves sessile ; leaflets ovate, lance -
shaped or obovate. Flowers in July,
whitish, or pale red, large, in many
flowered heads.
Culture <rc. as above.
D. suffruticosum (Lotus Dorycnium).
A pretty S. European shrub 2 -3 ft. high.
Leaflets and stipules oblong lance-shaped,
acute. Flowers in June, white, with a
reddish keel.
Culture do. .is above. Other species
met with are D. herbaceunt and D. luti-
folium, both from S. Europe and with
white flowers, and D. rectum from the
same region with small rose-coloured
ones.
LOTUS (Bied's Foot Trefoil).— A
genus with 50 100 species of smooth, silky
or hairy herbs or undershrubs. Leaves
4-.j-foliolate. Stipules minute, tubercular,
or none. Flowers on an axillary stalk,
usually several in an umbel. Calyx lobes
nearly equal. Petals free from the stamen-
tube ; standard obovate roundish, or
ovate, pointed, contracted into a claw at
the base ; wings obovate ; keel incurved
or innexed, beaked, swollen at the sides.
Stamens 10, upper one free. Pod oblong
or often linear, straight or curved, round,
swollen or flatly compressed.
Culture and Propagation. — The
species described below is the only one
worth growing in the outdoor garden.
It thrives in ordinary soil, and is easily
raised from seeds sown in the open air as
soon as ripe or in spring. Well suited for
carpeting parts of the rockery.
L. corniculatus. — This is a British
plant often seen in pastures, meadows
&c. Leaflets obovate, acute, entire.
Flowers in summer and autumn, bright
yellow, fading to orange, 4-10 on a stalk ;
standard petal striped with red in front.
The double-flowered variety is an improve-
ment on the type.
PSORALEA.— A large genus of herbs,
shrubs or undershrubs usually with leaves
composed of 3-5 leaflets, and having
the stipides adhering to the stalk. The
flowers are borne in heads, spikes, racemes
or fascicles, rarely solitary, and purple,
336
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS amorpha
blue, rosy or white in colour. Calyx lobes
nearly equal, the 2 upper ones often united.
Petals about as long as or shorter than the
keel ; standard ovate or round, contracted
into a claw, or furnished with small in-
dexed auricles ; wings oblong, somewhat
sickle-shaped ; keel blunt, incitrved. Pod
ovate, indehiscent.
P. glandulosa. ■ — A rather pretty
Chilian shrub 2-4 ft. high, with ternate
leaves composed of ovate lance-shaped
tapering leaflets. The white flowers,
tinged with blue, are borne from May to
September in spiked racemes, issuing from
the axils of the upper leaves.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species is rarely met with, but it is fairly
hardy at Kew in warm positions and
would no doubt be qiute hardy in the
mildest parts of the south and west. It
will grow well in ordinary good garden
soil, and may be increased by cuttings of
the plump shoots in early summer, placed
under a handlight or in a cold frame or
greenhouse.
There are several herbaceous species
to be met with chiefly in botanic gardens,
viz. bituminosa, from South Europe ;
macrostachya, from California ; and
Onobrycliis and physodes from the more
northern parts of America.
AMORPHA (Bastard Indigo). — A
genus with 8 species of smooth or downy
shrubs or undershrubs. Leaves oddly
pinnate with numerous glandular-dotted
leaflets. Stipules small or none. Flowers
densely spicate, racemose, terminal.
Calyx lobes almost equal. Standard
ovate, erect, contracted into a claw ;
wings and keel absent. Stamens 10,
united. Pod short, long, sickle -shaped or
crescent-shaped.
Culture and Propagation. — These
plants thrive in ordinary garden soil, but
require shelter in bleak localities. They
may be increased by layers or cuttings, the
latter being taken off at a joint and in-
serted in a sheltered place in sandy soil in
autumn, allowing them to remain about
a year. They should be protected with
handlights during the winter months.
Suckers, which are freely produced, may
also be used to increase the plants.
A. canescens (Lead Plant). — A hoary-
looking plant 3 ft. high, native of Missouri.
Leaflets ovate-elliptic, sharply pointed.
Flowers in July, dark blue.
Culture dec. as above.
A. fruticosa. — A smooth or slightly
hairy species 6 ft. high, native of Carolina.
Leaflets elliptic-oblong. Flowers in
June and July, very dark bluish-purple
or violet, with conspicuous yellow sta-
mens. In catalogues will be found
numerous so-called varieties of this
species, but it is very difficult to dis-
tinguish one from another. Indeed in the
Kew Handlist of Trees and Shrubs as
many as 15 distinct synonyms are given
for this species.
Culture d'-c. as above.
PETALOSTEMON (Prairie
Clover). — A genus with 14 species of
usually perennial, glandular, dotted herbs
with oddly pinnate leaves. Stipules
minute, bristly. Flowers in heads or
terminal spikes, or opposite the leaves,
often stalked. Calyx lobes nearly equal.
Standard, with a free slender claw, heart-
shaped or oblong, concave or cup-like.
Stamens 5, united at the base. Pod,
including the calyx, membranous.
Culture and Propagation. — The
following species are best known but are
not very much cultivated. They thrive
in sandy loam with a little peat or leaf
mould, and may be increased by dividing
the rootstocks in spring.
P. candidus. — AN. American per-
ennial. 1 ft. high. Leaflets 7-9, lance-
shaped or linear oblong. Flowers in
July, white, in oblong or cylindrical
heads.
Culture d-c. as above.
P. violaceus. — Also a N. American
perennial 1 ft. high, leaflets 5, narrow,
linear. Flowers in July, rosy-purple, in
globose, ovoid, or oblong - cylindrical
heads.
Culture dc. as above.
INDIGOFERA (Indigo).— A genus
with over 200 species of herbs or under-
shrubs. Leaves oddly or evenly pinnate,
rarely digitately 3-foliolate. Flowers in
axillary racemes or spikes. Calyx lobes
small, nearly equal. Standard ovate or
roundish ; wings oblong, slightly cohering
to the straight blunt or pointed keel.
Stamens 10, upper one free. Pod globose,
oblong or linear, straight, arched, or
rarely crosier-like.
I. decora. — A pretty evergreen shrub
1-3 ft. high, native of China and Japan.
The pinnate leaves are composed of 2-6
pairs of bluntly ovate mucronate leaflets,
GALEGA
LABURNUM AND BROOM ORDER wistabia 337
and the reddish dowers are produced
during the early summer months in
crowded racemes. The variety alba has
white flowers.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species was once generally cultivated in
greenhouses, but it has been proved fairly
hardy out of doors in the neighbourhood
of London. It grows better, however, in
the milder parts of the south and west
in warm and sheltered places. It will
grow in loamy soil and leaf mould, and
may be increased by seeds and cuttings in
the same way as I. gerardiana.
I. gerardiana (I. floribv/nda). — -A
pretty Himalayan low branching shrub
with shortly stalked pale grey-green leaves,
glaucous and hoary beneath. Flowers in
July, purple-pink, 10 20 on an erect
raceme. Seeds are ripened freely.
Culture and Propagation. — This may
be grown as a bush or against a wall, and
in bleak districts may require protection
in winter. It thrives in loamy soil with
leaf mould, and is easily raised from seeds
sown under glass ; or may be increased
by cuttings of the young shoots in sandy
or peaty soil. It is an excellent plant for
massing boldly in beds on the grass.
GALEGA (Goat's Eue). — A genus
with 3 species of smooth, erect, ornamental
perennial herbs. Leaves oddly pinnate ;
leaflets entire, veined. Stipules some-
what arrow-shaped. Flowers in axillary
and terminal racemes. Calyx teeth
nearly equal. Standard petal obovate-
oblong, with a short, narrow claw ; wings
oblong, slightly adhering to the somewhat
incurved, blunt keel. Stamens 10, united.
Pod linear, roundish, pointed.
Culture and Propagation. — Galegas
like a rich, loamy soil and sunny situa-
tions, and will flower year after year if
left undisturbed. It is advisable, how-
ever, either to divide them, say, ever3'
third or fourth year, or to give them
fresh soil. They may be increased by
dividing the rootstocks in early autumn or
in spring, the latter season being perhaps
better on the whole ; or by sowing seeds
in the open border in spring. Cuttings
of the non-flowering shoots may be
inserted in cold frames during the
summer months and kept close for a
time.
Galegas are very useful and ornamental
plants for massing in the flower border or
even in beds by themselves.
G. officinalis {Common Goat's Rue). —
A native of South Furope, 3-5 ft. high.
Leaves lance-shaped, smooth, sharply
pointed ; stipules broadly lance-shaped.
Flowers in summer, blue, in dense
clusters. The variety albiflora (or G.
persica) is a very handsome plant with
white flowers, and bicolor has white and
blue flowers.
Culture do. as above. By pinching
off the withering flowers and thus pre-
venting the development of seeds, the
plants often flower a second time in
autumn ; but this is a strain on them.
G. orientalis. — A Caucasian perennial,
2-4 ft. high, with creeping roots and
simple flexuous stems. Leaves ovate,
pointed, smooth ; stipules broadly ovate.
Flowers in summer and autumn, blue, in
more or less erect clusters.
Culture d'-e. as above.
WISTARIA (Grape-Flower Vine;
Shoes and Stockings). — A genus with
4 or f) species of high-climbing, deciduous
shrubs, with oddly pinnate leaves, small
stipules, and drooping terminal racemes.
The 2 upper teeth of the calyx short and
somewhat united ; the 3 lower ones
longer. Standard petal large ; wings
oblong sickle-shaped, usually free from
the blunt, incurved keel. Stamens 10,
the upper one free or united with the
others near the middle. Pod elongated,
alternately swollen and constricted.
Culture and Propagation. — "Wistarias
— especially the common one — grow in
almost any soil, and flower profusely for
many years without the slightest attention
to roots or soil. They are easily increased
by layering the young shoots in summer,
and cutting them away the following
spring. Cuttings will root only with great
difficulty, and grafting a shoot on to the
roots is sometimes practised ; but neither
of these methods is an improvement on
the easier operation of layering.
For covering the walls of houses,
arbours, trellises &c. the value of the
Wistaria is well known. Grown as a
standard with the branches creeping or
trained to a framework, the plants look
very effective on lawns when clothed with
then- weeping trusses of delicate blossoms.
Of the species described below, the com
mon Wistaria ehinensis is undoubtedly
the finest and most useful, and it is never
likely to be supplanted as one of the most
ornamental woody climbers in cultivation.
338
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PL AXIS wistaria
If uncared for, the branches and stems
in a few years become inextricably
tangled. To prevent this they should be
looked over carefully once a year, cutting-
out such branches as are not wanted, and
training others to fill up gaps as may be
required.
W. brachybotrys.--A tortuous Japan-
ese shrub 3-5 ft. high. Leaflets truncate
or rather heart-shaped at the base, ovate
lance-shaped, pointed, silky, hoary onboth
sides. Flowers in April, violet-purple, in
short erect or loosely spreading clusters.
Although known for many years this
is still a very rare plant, and only small
specimens are to be met with in cultiva-
tion. There is a white-flowered variety
alba also known.
Culture dc. as above.
W. chinensis (W. sinensis ; W. conse-
q it ana ; Glycine chinensis ; G. sinensis).
Chinese Kidney Bean Tree. — A beautiful
Chinese climbing shrub, with ovate-
pointed leaflets in opposite distant pairs,
covered with a thin silky down. Flowers
from April to June, before the leaves are
fully developed, pale purple, in long
conical clusters, and in great abundance.
There is a pure white-flowered variety
called alba, and a double-flowered form,
fiore j)leno ; macrobotrys has white
flowers tinted with bluish-purple, in very
long clusters ; and varicgata has silver and
green foliage, but it and fiore plena are
not particularly handsome.
Cult tire dc. as above. This is one of
the few cases where the botanical name
has found popular favour, and the Wistaria
is probably one of the best known plants
in cidtivation. It is invaluable for cover-
ing houses and buildings of all kinds, and
if the branches are trained round the
various sides, thus securing different
aspects, the period of flowering can be con-
siderably lengthened. Thus the shoots on
a north wall will be in bloom 2 or 3 weeks
even after those on a south wall have
faded. In August and September again,
it is not unusual for healthy plants to
come into blossom anew, but the flowers
are not in such great profusion as in the
earlier part of the year.
W. frutescens (Glycine frutescens ;
Thyrsanthus frutescens). — American
Kidney Bean Tree. — A handsome decidu-
ous N. American climber. Leaflets 9-13,
1 in. long, ovate lanoe-shaped or oblong.
Flowers later than W. chinensis, dark blue,
violet-tinted, in clusters 4-6 in. Ion,?.
Magnifica is an improved form with
flower racemes over 1 ft. long. There is
also a variety alba with white flowers,
but otherwise similar to the type.
Culture dc. as above.
W. japonica. — A smooth Japanese
shrub. Leaflets shortly stalked, ovate
lance-shaped, blunt or acute. Flowers
in summer, white, in simple nodding
racemes. This species may be grown as
a bush, in which state it shows little
tendency of a climbing nature. It is also
known as Millettia japonica.
Culture dc. as above.
W. multijuga (TF. grand (flora). — A
beautiful Japanese species with pinnate
leaves, and numerous elliptic - ovate,
pointed leaflets. Flowers in summer, pale
lilac -purple, with purple wings and keel,
individually smaller than those of W.
chinensis, but in racemes often 2-3 ft.
long.
Culture dc. as above.
ROBINIA (Locust Tree).— A genus
with 5 or 6 species of clammy or bristly
deciduous trees or shrubs, with oddly
pinnate leaves, bristly or spiny stipules,
and flowers in axillary racemes. Calyx
teeth short, broad. Standard petal large,
reflexed ; wings sickle-shaped, oblong,
free ; keel incurved, blunt. Stamens 10,
the upper one usually free to the base,
or united with the others midway. Pod
linear, flatly compressed.
Culture and Propiagation. — Ro-
binias grow well almost everywhere,
except in stagnant wet soil, and from the
spring to late autumn are very ornamental
in appearance. They may be increased
by layers when obtainable, or the rarer
kinds by grafting or budding on B.
Pseudacacia. Seeds will also germinate
fairly well, especially if soaked in hot
water for a few hours previous to sowing.
Cuttings of the roots may also be inserted
in sandy soil in gentle bottom heat in the
early spring months.
R. dubia (B. ambigua; B. echinata).
A supposed hybrid between B. Pseud-
acacia and B. viscosa. It is a pretty
tree about 25 ft. high, with ovate leaflets.
Flowers from June to August, pale rose,
sweet-scented, in loose drooping racemes,
followed by brown pods thickly beset
with prickles.
Culture dc. as above. This is also
KOBINIA
LABURNUM AND BROOM ORDER
ROBINIA 339
known as bella-rosea, and is regarded as
a variety of B. Pseudacacia.
R. hispida (Rose Acacia). — A beautiful
N. American shrub 5-15 ft. high, with
more or less bristly branches and stalks.
Leaflets 11-18 on a rachis, smooth,
ovate, or oblong ovate, tipped with a long
bristle. Flowers in early summer, deep
rose, large, scentless, in drooping racemes.
Pods glandular hairy. The variety
macrophylla has larger ovate roundish
leaflets, and smooth branches and flower
stalks without prickles, a fact which has
also earned for it the name of merm/is.
Culture <#c. as above. This species is
generally grafted on stocks of B. Pseud-
acacia, but it may also be increased by
root cuttings. Although it flowers pro-
fusely, it rarely ripens any seeds in the
British Islands. Plants only 2-4 ft. high
flower well.
R. neo - mexicana. — This beautiful
small tree or large shrub is a native of
Colorado, New Mexico, and Arizona, and
sometimes attains a height of 20-25 ft. in
a wild state. It has not been many years
in cultivation, but has proved to be quite
hardy, and there are now specimens at
Kew about 15 ft. or more high. The
young shoots and the under surface of the
young leaflets are covered wuth brownish
hairs, while the fully developed oblong
leaflets, each about lh in. long, are of a
soft bluish-green on the upper surface.
The pretty deep rose-coloured flowers
appear during the summer months in
short drooping racemes about 6 in. long.
Seeds are ripened freely, and are enclosed
in pods covered with bristly brown hairs.
Culture Sc. as above.
R. Pseud-acacia (False Acacia ; Com-
mon Locust). — A handsome, hard-
wooded N. American tree, 30-60 ft. high,
with naked branches. Leaflets 9-18,
oblong ovate or elliptic. Flowers in
April and May, white, fragrant, in slender,
loose, drooping clusters, 3-5 in. long.
Pods smooth. The first plant of the Com-
mon Locust introduced to Europe in 1637
still exists in the Jardin des Plantes at
Paris, but the main branches and trunk
have been much broken, not unnaturally
after more than 260 years.
There are many varieties, such as : —
Bessoniana, a compact, round-headed
tree with thornless branches.
crispa, with nearly all the leaflets
waved or curled.
Decaisneana, with bright rosy-pink
flowers.
fastigiata, similar in growth to the
Lombardy Poplar.
incrmis, small-growing, round-headed
bush, usually grafted on upright stems
of the Common Locust, and often seen
growing in small villa gardens.
macrophylla, leaves long, leaflets
broad.
micropfoylla, leaves small, leaflets
narrow.
monopkylla, leaves reduced to a single
leaflet or sometimes two.
monstrosa, leaves large and twisted.
pendula, shoots slightly drooping.
procera, tall, strong-growing.
uriu /irr/torens, lasts in flower through-
out summer.
sophorcefolia, leaves large, like those
of Sophora japonica.
stricta, a variety with a tendency to
grow erect.
tortuosa, branches curiously twisted.
umbraculifera, leaflets ovate ;
branches much crowded, smooth ; head
rounded.
The characters of other varieties such
as aurea, revol/uta, angustifoUa elegans,
linearis, are indicated by the names.
Culture Sc. as above. The False
Acacia is one of the most graceful hardy
trees grown, not so much for its drooping
masses of white flowers, but for the light
and feathery appearance of its soft green
luxurious foliage. For large gardens and
parks it is very valuable, and although
perfectly hardy, should always be planted
in spots sheltered from tempestuous winds.
This is necessary chiefly because of the
brittleness of the wood, which in old trees
especially is readily rent by violent storms.
Seeds are ripened freely.
R. viscosa (B. glutinosa). — Clammy
Locust. — A N. American tree 20-40 ft.
high. Leaflets 11-15, ovate and oblong,
blunt, or slightly cordate at the base, paler
and downy beneath, tipped with a short
bristle. Flowers in May and June, rosy,
in crowded, roundish, erect racemes. Pods
glandular, viscid.
Culture dc. as above. Although not
such a free grower as the False Acacia,
the Clammy Locust is nevertheless a
desirable ornamental tree. It is easily
recognised not only by its rosy flowers but
also by the clamminess of the young
shoots and leaf stalks. It ripens seeds
freely.
z2
340
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS clianthus
NOTOSPARTIUM.— A genus con-
taining only the one species here described
with the generic characters : —
N. Carmichaeliae. — A very interesting
and rather ornamental tree, native of New
Zealand. It grows about 20 ft. high in
well-favoured localities and is easily recog-
nised by its slender branches and drooping
thong-like shoots which are destitute of
leaves. The rather small pink or rosy
flowers are borne during the summer
months in racemes at the sides of the
twigs, and give the plant a distinct and
attractive appearance, resembling some of
the Brooms. Calyx teeth short, nearly
equal. The standard petal roundish, con-
tracted at the base into a very short claw ;
wings oblong sickle-shaped, free ; keel
incurved, blunt. Stamens 10, the upper
one free. Pod linear, flatly compressed.
Culture and Propagation. — This
singtilar plant proves to be hardy out of
doors in ordinary winters in the neighbour-
hood of London. It likes warm and shel-
tered situations fully exposed to the sun,
and will flourish in ordinary good and
well -drained garden soil, or a mixture of
sandy peat and loam. It produces seeds
freely and may be increased by this means.
The seeds may be sown in cold frames as
soon as ripe or in spring ; cuttings of the
ripened shoots will also root in sandy soil
under the protection of a handlight.
CLIANTHUS (Glory Pea; Parrot
Beak). — A genus of smooth or hairy
climbing herbs or undershrubs with
many-foliolate leaves, herbaceous stipules,
and flowers in short, drooping, axillary
racemes. Calyx teeth almost equal, the
2 upper ones broader at the base. Stan-
dard petal pointed, reflexed, longer than
the falcate lance-shaped wings ; keel
straight or incurved, acute. Stamens 10,
upper one free. Pod swollen, oblong,
pointed, incurved.
C. Dampieri (Glory Pea) .—A beautiful
Australian species about 2 ft. high, with
neatly winged, silver-grey, hairy leaves,
and drooping clusters of large red flowers
5 or 6 on a stalk, with a blackish or
dark purple blotch at the base of the
standard petal. The variety marginatum
has white flowers bordered with red, and
a black blotch at the base of the standard.
Culture and Propagation. — This
plant unfortunately is not quite hardy
even in the mildest parts of the British
Islands and should be slightly protected
in winter. Rich loamy soil and hot sunny
positions suit it best. It may be raised
from seeds sown under glass in gentle
bottom heat, or may be increased from
cuttings of the young shoots put in sandy
soil under glass during the spring and
early summer months.
C. puniceus (Parrot's Bill). — A bril-
liant New Zealand silky-haired species
6-10 ft. high. Leaflets alternate, oblong,
leathery, retuse. Flowers in summer,
scarlet, freely produced, with a large, boat-
shaped, long-beaked keel. Magnificus
is a strong-growing variety much hardier
than the type. A writer in the ' Gardeners'
Chronicle ' some years ago referred to a
plant he grew on a south wall. It was
14 ft. high and had upwards of a thousand
flowers all fully expanded at one time. The
plant was killed down within 3-4 ft. of
the ground in winter, and although two
seedlings from it flowered and seeded in
the open air in summer, they were both
killed the succeeding winter. On the
south-west coast of Scotland this variety
seems to be hardy in ordinary winters.
Culture d:c. The treatment of this
species is the same as for C. Dampieri.
Both species are very remarkable and
beautiful when well grown, but it often
happens that with the greatest care and
the best cultural skill the plants fail to
give an adequate return for the trouble
bestowed upon them.
COLUTEA (Bladder Senna). A
genus containing 7 or 8 species of smooth
or somewhat silky-downy shrubs, with
oddly pinnate leaves, small stipules and
flowers in axillary racemes. Calyx teeth
nearly equal. Standard petal roundish ;
wings sickle-shaped oblong, short-clawed ;
keel broad, much incurved, blunt, with
long united claws. Stamens 10, upper
one free. Pod stalk papery, inflated, or
bladder-like, and forming the main char-
acter of the genus.
Culture and Propagation. — Coluteas
grow readily in any ordinary soil and in
any situation, and may be increased from
seeds sown as soon as ripe or in spring in
warm sheltered spots out of doors ; or cut-
tings of the more or less ripened shoots
inserted in sandy soil in autumn will
root freely under a handlight, and may
be transplanted during mild weather the
following spring.
C. arborescens. — A native of Central
and S. Europe 6-10 ft. high. Leaflets
COLUTEA
LABURNUM AND BROOM ORDER caragana 341
elliptic, depressed at the tips. Flowers
from June to August, yellow, about 6 on
a stalk. This species is said to grow on
the Vesuvian crater. The variety •pygmaa
(or crispa) is a dwarf form with curled
leaves.
Culture dr. as above.
C. cruenta [C. orientalis ; C. san-
guined),— A native of S.E. Europe, 4-6
ft. high. Leaflets 7 9, glaucous. Flowers
in summer, reddish-yellow, 8- 5 on a stalk.
( '. media is very similar but has orange-
yellow flowers.
Culture dc. as above.
C. halepica. — A native of the Levant
3-6 ft. high. Leaves glaucous, with
small, numerous leaflets. Flowers in
summer, yellow, larger than those of the
other species. This plant is also known
as C. istria.
Culture dc. as above.
HALIMODENDRON (Salt Trek).
A genus with only one species described
herewith : —
H. argenteum (JRobinia Haloden-
dron). — A pretty shrub 4 6 ft. high,
native of Asiatic Russia, with abruptly
pinnate, silky, whitish leaves, having 2
pairs of leaflets, the main leaf stalk end-
ing in a spine. Flowers from May to
July, purplish, rather large, umbelled,
axillary, or clustered on the old knots.
Calyx gibbous behind, with short teeth.
Standard roundish, folded at the edges ;
wings falcate -oblong, free ; keel incurved,
obtuse. Stamens 10, upper one free.
Pod ovoid or oblong, much inflated,
thickish, leathery.
Culture and Propagation. — The Salt
Tree thrives in sandy soil and may be
increased by seeds, cuttings, or layers. It
is often grafted upon the common
Laburnum and the Caragana and grown
as a standard tree simply because seedling
plants on their own roots often perish
if placed in positions where the young
stems are not much protected from keen
cold winds. Once the steins have become
well-ripened and woody, there is not so
much danger of the plants dying. Under
favourable conditions it is a handsome
plant, the drooping clusters of purplish
flowers being in strong contrast to the
silvery white or grey of the foliage.
CARAGANA (Siberian Pea Tree).
A genus with 15 species of ornamental
trees or shrubs with abruptly pinnate
leaves, awl-shaped, spiny, or minute
stipules, and axillary, solitary or crowded
flowers, always on slender stalks.
Calyx somewhat gibbous, teeth nearly
equal. Standard petal ovate or roundish,
folded at the sides, with a narrow claw;
wings oblique, oblong, free ; keel rather
straight, obtuse. Stamens 10, upper one
free. Pod sessile, linear, round or
swollen.
Culture and Propagation. — Caraganas
thrive in sandy soil, and are suitable for
shrubberies. They may be raised from
seeds, or increased by cuttings of the roots.
.Did by layers. They are frequently grafted
on C. arborescens, which is raised from seed
sown as soon as ripe or in early spring.
Although not of the highest merit from
a decorative point of view, the Caraganas
nevertheless may be given a place in large
gardens on account of their rather graceful
habit, their perfect hardiness, and the fact
that most of them will nourish in almost
any poor soil.
C. arborescens. — A Siberian tree
15-20 ft. high. Leaflets 4-6 pairs, oval
oblong, hairy ; stipules spiny. Flowers
in April and May, pale or bright yellow,
in clusters, each flower having a slender
stalk about 1 in. long. There are
several varieties, the best being nana,
which is a dwarf compact shrub with
gnarled and knotted branches, the leaves
and flowers, however, being similar to
those of the type ; pendula, as the name
indicates, is a weeping variety and is
usually grafted on tall stocks of the typical
C. arborescens so that the branches may
hang down more or less vertically; Re-
do wshi is remarkable for its long flexuous
usually unbranched steins and its free-
tiowering character.
Culture dc. as above.
C. aurantiaca. — A comparatively
recent introduction from Central Asia.
It grows 3-4 ft. high and is closely related
to C. pygmcea, but may be distinguished
from that species by its larger and more
distinctly lobed calyx and more pointed
linear leaflets, of which latter there are
2 pairs issuing from the axil of a triple
spine. The deep orange-yellow flowers
hang down from the branches in great
profusion in May and June and have a
very ornamental appearance.
Culture dc. as above. Like most of
the other species seeds are produced freely
but the plants are usually grafted.
342
PL' ACTUAL GUIDE TO GAIiDEX PLANTS astragalus
C. Chamlagu. — An ornamental shrub
readily recognised by its deep glossy green
leaves which are composed of 2 pairs of
smooth obovate leaflets l-li in. long, the
outer pah- being the larger. The rather
large yellow flowers appear in early sum-
mer, one to each stalk, and as they begin
to fade assume a reddish tint.
Culture (Be. as above. This species is
rarely or never seen on its own roots. It
is usually grafted on standard stocks of
('. arborescens about 4-5 ft. high, and
assumes a drooping bushy habit that is
very graceful.
C. frutescens. — A Siberian shrub 2-8
ft. high. Leaflets 2 pairs, obovate wedge-
shaped, leaf stalk tipped with a short
spine. Flowers in April, yellow, on
twisted stalks. The variety angustifolia
may be recognised by its narrow wedge-
shaped leaflets ending in a point.
Culture dc. as above.
C. jubata (JRobinia juhata). — A
native of Siberia 1-2 ft. high. Leaflets
4-5 pairs, oblong lance-shaped, fringed
with woolly hairs. Flowers in April,
white or tinged with red, on very short
stalks.
Culture and Propagation. — This re-
markable species is readily recognised by
its woolly bark and bristly stipules. It is
not so amenable to cultivation as the other
species, and is best grown near a south
wall in dry sandy soil. It may be raised
from seeds sown in cold frames when ripe,
but the young plants should be well
hardened off and be of a good sturdy
growth before they are transferred to the
open ground. It may also be grafted like
the other species.
C. microphylla (C. Alt a g ana). —
Native of Dahuria 2 -8 ft. high, with long
slender graceful branches. Leaflets in 6-8
pairs, smooth, obovate roundish, refuse,
about \ in. long. Flowers from April to
Jidy, yellow, solitary.
Culture dc. as above.
C. pygrnaea. — A graceful shrub about
3 ft. high, with long slender branches and
a rather straggling or drooping habit. It
exists in a wild state from the Caucasus
to the Himalayas. The leaves are very
closely arranged on the stems, and each
one is composed of 2 pairs of small narrow
leaflets about -i in. long. The drooping
bright yellow flowers appear in May and
June, and seeds are in due course also
freely produced.
Culture dc. as above.
C. spinosa. — Native of Siberia 4-6 ft.
high. Leaflets 2-4 pairs, wedge-shaped
linear, smooth ; stipules spiny ; old leaf
stalks strong, persistent, spiny. Flowers
in April and May, yellow, nearly sessile.
Culture dc. as above.
CALOPHACA.— A genus with 6 or 7
species of woolly or smooth perennial
herbs or undershrubs, with characters
similar to Caragana.
C. wolgarica. — A Siberian deciduous
shrub 2-3 ft. high, with 6-7 pairs of
roundish leaflets, velvety beneath,
racemes of yellow flowers in May and
June, followed by beautiful reddish pods.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species is the one usually grown and is
useful for the shrubbery. The seeds are
produced in abundance in fine seasons,
and plants may be raised from them.
It is often grafted on tall sterns of the
Laburnum and looks very effective in
bloom.
ASTRAGALUS (Milk Vetch).— A
genus containing more than 600 species
of dense, very much branched, often
spiny, annual or perennial herbs or under-
shrubs, most of them useless from a
garden point of view. Calyx tubular,
5-toothed. Petals often long-clawed ;
standard erect, ovate oblong, or fiddle-
shaped ; stamens 10, upper one free.
Pod sessile or stalked.
Culture and Propagation. — The Milk
Vetches grow well in any light dry soil,
and may be increased by dividing the roots,
by seeds, or in the case of shrubby sorts
also by cuttings in a cold frame. The
seeds are usually a long time sprouting
and are best sown as soon as ripe in pots
or pans under glass. The plants may be
used for the decoration of the rock garden
in the somewhat rougher parts, or massed
in rougher parts of the garden in dry soils.
Besides the species referred to below there
are many others to be met with in botanic
gardens.
A. adsurgens. — A somewhat rare and
handsome smoothish Siberian perennial,
with 11-12 pairs of ovate lanceolate acute
leaflets. Flowers in June, bluish-purple,
densely packed on oblong spikes.
Culture dc. as above.
astragalus I.IBURNUM AND BROOM ORDER astragalus 343
A. aduncus. A Caucasian perennial
6-9 in. high. Leaflets in numerous pairs,
roundish-ovate, smooth, downy. Flowers
in summer, rose-purple, in oblong spikes.
C 'allure Sc. as above.
A. alopecuroides. — A fine erect Si-
berian perennial '2 5 ft. high. Leaflets
numerous, ovate - lance - shaped, downy;
stipules similar, pointed. Flowers in June,
yellow, densely crowded.
( 'nil h re dr. as above.
A. arenarius. — A whitish-hairy Danish
perennial about 6 in. high. Leaflets
linear, blunt ; stipules united opposite the
leaves. Flowers in June, blue.
Culture dc. as above.
A. austriacus. — A spreading pro-
cumbent European perennial. Leaflets
smooth, linear, truncately emarginate.
Flowers in .May, purple, with a blue
standard.
Culture itrc. as above.
A. canadensis. — A rather hairy
Canadian perennial 2 •'! it. high, with
10-12 pairs of elliptic-oblong, bluntish
leaflets. Flowers in July, yellow.
Culture Sc. as above.
A. dahuricus. — An erect, hairy, Si-
berian perennial 1-2 ft. high, with 7-9
pairs of. oblong, mucronate leaflets.
Flowers in July, purple, in dense racemes.
Culture dc. as above.
A. dasyglottis. — A charming spreading
Siberian alpine perennial 3-4 in. high.
Leaflets elliptic-oblong, rather emargi-
nate ; stipules united, opposite the leaves.
Flowers in June, purple, blue, and white,
mixed.
Culture dc. as above.
A. falcatus (A. virescens). — -An erect,
hairy perennial 1-2 ft. high, native of wet,
grassy places in Siberia. Leaflets 16-20
pairs, elliptic-oblong acute. Flowers in
June, greenish-yellow, in spikes.
Culture dc. as above.
A. galegiformis. — A striking Siberian
perennial 3-5 ft. high, with 12-13 pairs of
elliptic-oblong leaflets. Flowers in June,
pale yellow, in drooping racemes.
Culture dtc. as above.
A. Glyciphyllus. — A British perennial
with stout, prostrate, zigzag stems 2-3 ft.
long. Leaflets 5-7 pairs, oval, blunt,
smooth ; stipules ovate lance-shaped, en-
tire. Flowers in June, sulphur-yellow.
Culture dc. as above.
A. hypoglottis (A. danicus). — A hairy
prostrate British perennial, 3 in. or more
high. Leaves 2-4 in. long, with numerous
small, oblong linear, blunt, deep green leaf-
lets. Flowers in summer, bluish-purple,
in roundheads. The variety albua differs
only in having white flowers.
Culture dc. as above.
A. leucophyllus. — A N. American
perennial 2 3 ft. high. Leaflets in
numerous pairs, broadly linear, covered
with soft silky down. Flowers in summer,
pale yellow, in dense racemes.
Culture dc. as above.
A. maximus. — A handsome erect
Armenian perennial 2 3 ft. high. Leaflets
ovate lance-shaped, downy ; stipules
oblong lance-shaped. Flowers in June,
yellow, in cylindrical sessile spikes.
Culture dr. as above.
A. monspessulanus. — A beautiful
vigorous evergreen trailing perennial,
stems 18 in. long, with 10-20 pairs of
ovate acute, hoary leaflets. Flowers in
June, pale rosy-lilac with bars of white on
the standard petals, in racemes "2-5 in.
long.
( ' a II a re dc. as above.
A. onobrychioides. — A handsome
Persian perennial 9-12 in. high, with
8 10 pairs of elliptic leaflets, and united
stipules opposite the leaves. Flowers in
July, bright purple.
< 'til In re dc. as above.
A. Onobrychis. — An elegant more or
less trailing perennial, native of Central
and S. Europe, with stems about 18 in.
long, and 7-16 pairs of oblong leaflets.
Flowers in June, purple. There are several
white-flowering varieties, of which alpinus
is the one best known.
Culture dc. as above.
A. pannosus. — A pretty Siberian
perennial 6-9 in. high, with 4-9 pairs of
ovate lance-shaped leaflets, and compact
rounded heads of rosy flowers in July.
Culture dc. as above.
A. ponticus. — A rather hairy-stemmed
vigorous perennial 2-3 ft. high, native of
Tauria and Bessarabia, with oblong,
smoothish leaflets, lance-shaped stipules,
and yellow heads of flowers in July.
Culture dc. as above.
A. sulcatus. — A smooth Siberian
perennial with furrowed stems 2-3 ft.
high, and linear lance-shaped leaflets.
344
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS coronilda
Flowers in July, pale violet, with a white
keel tipped with brown.
Culture dc. as above.
A. Tragacantha {Great Goat Thorn).
An evergreen spiny shrub l|-3 ft. high,
native of the Levant. Leaves hoary, with
7-9 pairs of linear, hairy leaflets ; stalks
becoming spiny when old. Flowers in
June, pale violet, 2 5 together in the axils
of the leaves. It was at one time erro-
neously thought that Gum Tragacanth
was obtained from this plant.
Culture dc. as above.
A. vaginatus. — A handsome Siberian
perennial 1 ft. high, with 7 or 8 pairs of
elongated oblong leaflets covered with
short silvery hairs. Flowers in summer,
rosy-purple, with white-tipped wings, in
dense spikes. Calyx rather inflated,
covered with soft white and black hairs.
Culture d-c. as above.
A. vesicarius. — A perennial hoary
trailer 6-12 in. high, native of France.
Leaflets 5-7 pahs, elliptic. Flowers in
July, standard petal purple, wings yellow,
keel white tipped with yellow. Calyx
covered with black down and long white
hairs.
Culture d-c. as above.
A. vimineus. — A very handsome
Siberian perennial 6-12 in. high, with
4-6 pairs of lance-shaped acute leaflets
covered with adpressed hairs. Flowers
in June, standard petal purple-rose, longer
than the pure white wings. Calyx covered
with black hairs.
Culture d-c. as above.
A. vulpinus. — A pretty smooth -
stemmed Caucasian perennial 2-3 ft. high,
with obovate blunt, rather velvety leaflets.
Flowers in June, pale yellow, in almost
globose spikes.
Culture de. as above.
OXYTROPIS.— A genus with 100
species of much-branched herbs or under -
shrubs, with the habit and floral char-
acters of Astragalus, from which it
differs chieflj< in the flowers having
a mucronate or pointed keel. Leaves
oddly pinnate. Stipules adnate to the
leaf stalk or free. Flowers in axillary
spikes or racemes.
Culture and Propagation. — These
plants prefer a dry, sandy, loamy soil, but
are not particular so long as they are not
in stagnant, moist spots. They are in-
creased by seeds sown in the open border
or by division of the plants in spring, and
may be utilised for the rougher parts of
the rock garden.
O. campestris. — A pretty Scotch alpine
3-6 in. high, with many pairs of lance -
shaped acute, hoary leaflets. Flowers in
July, creamy-white with purple-tinted
wings and keel, scapes hairy, crowded.
Culture dc. as above.
O. fcetida. — A clammy, smelling plant
4-6 in. high, native of S. France, with
many pairs of smooth lance-shaped linear
leaflets, and creamy-white flowers in July.
Culture dc. as above.
O. Halleri. — An elegant Scotch silky-
haired species 6 in. high, with ovate acute
leaflets and rich bluish-purple, or rarely
white, flowers in July, in round dense
heads.
Culture dc. as above.
O. Lamberti. — A rare and beautiful
stemless rock plant 6-12 in. high, native
of N. America, with silky and hairy lance-
shaped acute leaflets. Flowers in August,
rosy-carmine.
Culture dc. as above.
O. montana. — A hairy European
species 6 in. high, with elliptic lance-
shaped leaflets and short racemes of bluish-
purple flowers in summer.
Culture dc. as above.
O. pilosa (Astragalus 2^osus)- — A
pretty softly hairy Siberian species about
6 in. high, with lance-shaped acute leaflets
and pale yellow flowers in July.
Culture dc. as above.
O. pyrenaica. — A handsome Pyrenean
species 4-6 in. high, with lance-shaped or
oblong pointed leaflets covered with long
silky hairs. Flowers in summer, sky-blue,
erect, 9-15 on a short crowded raceme.
Calyx very hairy, with short lance-like
teeth.
Culture dc. as above.
O. uralensis.— A pretty Scotch and
European perennial with 10-15 pairs of
ovate acute leaflets, and dense round
heads of bright purple flowers in summer.
Very similar to 0. campestris.
Culture dc. as above.
CORONILLA.— This germs contains
about 20 species of smooth rarely silky
herbs or shrubs, with oddly pinnate
leaves, and flowers on long - stalked
coronilla LABUJl.XCM AND BROOM ORDER hedysakim 345
axillary umbels. Calyx teeth nearly
equal, 2 upper ones united. Petals rather
long-clawed ; standard roundish ; wings
obliquely obovate or oblong ; keel
incurved, beaked. Stamens 10, upper one
free. Pod round, 4-angled or slightly
compressed, straight or curved.
Culture and Propagation. — The hardy
Coronillas may be increased by cuttings
inserted in sandy soil in a cold frame or
greenhouse in Bpring. The roots may
also be divided. Seeds if sown as soon
as ripe will give a fair percentage of good
seedlings. They thrive in a mixture of good
loam and peat, and are excellent for the
rougher parts of the rockery, the margins
of shrubberies, or the front of mixed
borders. C. glauca, a lovely greenhouse
plant with glaucous foliage and yellow
Mowers, may be grown outside in the very
mildest parts of the country.
C. Emerus (Scorpion Senna). — An
elegant S. European shrub 3 6 ft. high,
with 5-7 obovate leaflets, and yellow
flowers in April, 3-5 on a stalk. In mild
winters the leaves may remain on the
plant.
Cult are Sc. as above. Increased by
seeds or cuttings.
C. iberica. — A prettj prostrate rock
plant, with more or less ascending stems
6-8 in. high, and 9-11 obcordate, ciliate
leaflets ; stipules distinct, roundish.
toothed. Flowers in July, yellow, large,
7-8 in an umbel. This species is also
known as C. capjjadocica, and is a native
of Asia Minor.
Culture <(<-. as above. Increased by
seeds or division.
C. juncea. — A pretty rush-like shrub
"2-3 ft. high, native of S. Europe. The
round whip-like branches are sparingly
furnished with leaves which are composed
of 8-7 bluntly linear lance -shaped leaflets
of a rather fleshy texture. The bright
yellow flowers appear in June 5-7 in a
cluster at the sides of the branches.
Culture dec. as above. This species is
fairly hardy in the neighbourhood of
London in ordinary winters. It shoidd
be grown in a sunny sheltered situation.
C. varia. — A pretty European species
with trailing stems often 4-5 ft. long, and
11-13 oblong elliptic rnucronate leaflets.
Flowers from June to November, pink
and white, or rarely white, 16-20 in an
umbel.
Culture lie. a§ above. This species
likes a somewhat chalky soil, and may be
used for trailing over rocks in the rock
garden. Seeds may be sown in the open
air in April and May, or as soon as ripe in
cold frames. In the latter case the seed-
lings may be transplanted the following
spring.
HIPPOCREPIS i Horseshoe
A'ktlh).- -A genus with about 12 species
of usually smooth spreading herbs or
undershruhs with oddly pinnate leaves,
and dowers in axillary stalked umbels.
Petals long-clawed; standard roundish;
wings falcate, obovate or oblong; keel
incurved, beaked. Stamens 10, upper one
free. Pod compressed, or rarely round,
often curved, breaking up into 3-6 horse-
shoe-like joints.
H. comosa. — A British, European,
and X. African plant with trailing stems,
fi in. Long, and 7-15 obovate obtuse
Leaflets. Flowers in spring and summer,
yellow. ."> 8 in an umbel.
Culture mill Propagation. — This
plant grows easily in ordinary soil and
may be increased by seeds sown in spring
in the open air. or in autumn as soon as
ripe ; or division of the roots may also be
practised in autumn and spring. The
plants are suitable for the rockery or
border.
HEDYSARUM. — A genus with
50 species of smooth, hoary or silky-
haired perennial herbs or undershrubs,
with oddly pinnate leaves and flow-
ers in axillary racemes. Standard
obovate or obcordate, narrowed at the
base, scarcely clawed ; wings oblong,
sometimes very short ; keel obliquely
truncate. Stamens 10, upper one free.
Pod flattened with rounded or quadrate
joints.
H. coronarium (French Honey-
suckle).— A pretty S. European perennial
3-4 ft. high, with 3-5 pairs of elliptic
or roundish leaflets, downy beneath.
Flowers in summer, deep red, in crowded
spikes or racemes. There is a A'ariety
with white flowers.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species grows freely in ordinary garden
soil, and reproduces itself from self-sown
seed, in favourable sunny spots in deep
soil. In cold parts of the kingdom it may
be advisable to give a little protection in
winter with dry leaves &c. during severe
w7eather. There are several other species
grown in botanical collections.
346
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS lespedeza
H. Mackenzi. — A rather handsome
N. American perennial 2-3 ft. high, the
pinnate leaves of which are made up of
5-7 pairs of oval, blunt, or retuse leaflets.
The pretty rose-purple flowers appear in
early summer in long loose racemes.
Culture dc. as above for H. corona-
rium. Seeds are freely ripened.
H. microcalyx. — A pretty half shrubby
perennial 2-5 ft. high, native of the N.W.
Himalayas. The pinnate leaves are 6-12
in. Jong, and composed of 17-21 oblong
blunt leaflets each f-li in. long. The
bright purple flowers appear in June in
racemes 6-12 in. long.
Culture d'-c. as for H. multijugum.
H. multijugum. — A shrub 2-5 ft. high
native of S. Mongolia. The plant is
covered with soft silky hairs, and the
leaves are composed of 20-30 bluntly
obovate or oblong leaflets, silky beneath.
The pale pinky-red flowers appear in early
summer and are borne in racemes in the
axils of the leaves.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species produces seeds freely in the open
air, and new plants may be obtained by
sowing them as soon as ripe or in spring
in cold frames, afterwards transplanting
the seedlings when large enough. Cut-
tings of the young flowerless shoots may
also be inserted in sandy soil in spring or
early summer under a glass.
ONOBRYCHIS (Sainfoin) . — A
genus with over 70 species of unarmed
herbs or undershrubs, rarely very spiny
shrubs. Leaves oddly pinnate, stipules
scarious. Flowers in stalked spikes or
racemes. Standard petal obovate or
obcordate, narrow at the base, scarcely
clawed ; wings short, or very short ;
keel obliquely truncate at the apex, blunt,
equal to or longer than the standard.
Pod flattened half-round or roundish -
circulate, unjointed.
O. sativa (Co?)imon Sainfoin). — A
British and European species 2-3 ft. high,
with elliptic -oblong, mucronate leaflets,
and bright rosy-red flowers with darker
veins in ovoid compact racemes in
summer. The variety montana is a
more desirable plant 6-12 in. high, from
the Alps. It is a pretty decumbent rock
plant, with cuneate lance-shaped, mucro-
nulate leaflets, and purplish-rose flowers.
O. Laconica is a beautiful species dif-
fering from O. sativa in its larger bright
pink flowers, more glaucous foliage, and
a dwarfer and more compact habit.
Culture and Propagation. — Very few
species are cultivated. They like deep
sandy, loamy soils, and are easily in-
creased from seeds sown in spring or
autumn in the open border where the
plants are to bloom. Open sunny situa-
tions suit them best.
LESPEDEZA. — -A genus containing
about 25-30 species of shrubs or under-
shrubs often covered with soft silky hairs.
Leaves pinnately 3-foliolate. Stipules
free, often minute. Flowers purplish,
rose, or white, borne in axillary clusters or
racemes, or in panicles at the ends of the
branches. Calyx lobes or teeth nearly
equal, or the 2 tipper ones slightly united.
Standard petal obovate or oblong, with a
narrow claw ; wiDgs falcate-oblong, free
or slightly adhering to the incurved, blunt
or beaked keel. Upper stamen free, or
rarely uniting with the others. Pod ovate
or roundish, flatly compressed.
L. bicolor. — A handsome shrub 4-8 ft.
high, native of China and Japan. It has
dark brown minutely warty stems dis-
tinctly ribbed when young and covered
with greyish downy hairs. The leaves
are composed of 3 more or less oval-
elliptic leaflets i-lg in. long, and much
broader than those of L. Sieboldi. The
large branching racemes of blossoms are
much less dense than those of L. Sieboldi,
and the individual flowers also are some-
what smaller and not so highly coloured
with rose-purple.
Culture and Propagation. - — This
species flourishes in ordinary good and
well-drained garden soil, and is hardy in
ordinary winters in the neighbourhood of
London. It should be grown in warm
and sheltered spots in order to secure the
best results. Seeds may be sown in cold
frames when ripe, and cuttings of the
more or less ripened shoots may also be
inserted in sandy soil under a handlight
during the summer and autumn months.
L. Sieboldi (Desmodium penduli*
florum). — A handsome hardy shrub 5-6 ft.
high, native of N. China and Japan, with
drooping branches and Laburnum-like
leaves composed of 3 oblong lance-shaped
leaflets, the terminal one of which has a
much longer stalk than the others, but
they are all covered with white hairs on
the under surface. The pretty rose or
lilac -purple pea-like flowers are produced
LESrEDEZA
LABURNUM AND BROOM ORDER
vicia 347
in great profusion during the summer
months in long slender drooping racemes
6-8 in. long, and give the plant a charac-
teristic appearance. There is also a white-
floweredform whicii is very handsome.
Culture and Propagation. — Although
usually described as a shrub, L. Sieboldt
is in reality an herbaceous perennial, as its
stems are cut down to the ground every
winter. New ones appear every spring,
and the number thus increases and adds
to the effect when in bloom. This species
may be easily increased by division of
the roots in early autumn and also in
spring ; and also by seeds in the same way
as for L. bicolor.
Other species of recent introduction
are L. Delavayi from Yunnan. It ^vows
3-6 ft. high and has a bushy habit. The
3 blunt elliptic leaflets are green above
and silvery beneath, and the deep purple
or violet flowers are borne in large pani
cles at the ends of the branches. L.
macrocarpa from N. China is a shrub
with racemes of small purple (lowers, and
L. trigonoclada is a remarkable herba-
ceous perennial with triangular stems,
smooth leathery leaves, and panicles of
pale yellow or whitish flowers. It is a
native of China.
VICIA. — A genus with over 100
species of annual or perennial herbs, with
abruptly pinnate leaves, the stalks of
which often end in a simple or branched
tendril. Flowers axillary or racemose.
Standard petal obovate or oblong, emar-
ginate ; wings obliquely oblong, adhering
to the falcate oblong or broad keel
at the middle. Upper stamen free, or
more or less united with the other nine.
Pod flattened.
Culture and Propagation. — When
grown in large clusters in borders some
of the Vicias are very effective when in
bloom, but afterwards the}' present a
somewhat straggling and disorderly
appearance. The weak sterns require
branches to hold them up. They will
grow in any garden soil in open situations
and may be increased by seeds sown
either in spring or autumn in the open
border ; or in the case of perennials, by
dividing the rootstock also in early
autumn or spring.
V. argentea. — A Pyrenean perennial
about 1 ft. high, with 4-angled stems,
silvery leaves without tendrils, and
oblong-linear, mucronate leaflets. Flow-
ers in June, pink, many on a stalk, with
a black-spotted keel.
< '///in n- lie. as above.
V. Cracca (Cow Vetch; Tuff///
Vetch).— A rather pretty British perennial
2 6 ft. long. Leaves 1-4 in. long, with
many linear-oblong, acute or mucronate
leaflets. Flowers from June to August,
bright blue, in dense racemes.
( '//Hun1 A/-, as above.
V. gigantea. — An ornamental species
'6 '■> ft. high. Leaves with about 13 pairs
of oblong, mucronate leaflets. Flowers in
June and July.
( ' nil a re dfcc. as above.
V. onobrychioides. — A pretty South
European annual 2 ft. high. Leaflets
numerous, linear, obtuse, or mucronulate.
Flowers in June, purple, many on a long
stalk.
( ' HI 'tii re </'■<•. as above.
V. tenuifolia. — A climbing perennial
1-2 ft. high, native of Germany and
Tauiia. Leaflets linear, smoothish,
mucronate. Flowers in June, violet, in
clustered, long- stalked racemes.
Culture d'e. as above.
LATHYRUS (Sweet and Everlast-
ing; Pea). — A genus containing about 100
well-marked species of dwarf or climbing
annual or perennial herbs. Leaves
pinnate, the stalk ending in a tendril.
Stipules leafy, more or less arrow-shaped,
rarely entire at the base. Flowers on
axillary, elongated stalks, solitary or
racemed. Standard petal broadly ovate
or roundish, emarginate ; wings falcate-
obovate or oblong, slightly adhering at
the middle of the shorter incurved obtuse
keel, or nearly free ; upper stamen free or
more or less united with the others. Pod
flattened or nearly round. For cutting
purposes both Sweet and Everlasting Peas
are extremely valuable. The blossoms
last a long time in water, and by constantly
cutting the sprays fresh flowers are
developed.
Culture and Propagation. — Most of
the Lathyrus are pretty garden plants.
They thrive in rich loamy soil, but many
of them are not particular so long as the
ground is fairly good. Grown as masses
over rough slender branches in the open
border, against walls, over trellises or
arbours, both the annual and perennial
kinds look very effective. The perennial
sorts may be divided at the root in spring ;
348
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS lathyrus
or they may, like the annuals, be sown
in the open ground at that period. A
few more cultural details will be found
under the ' Sweet Pea ' (L. odoratus).
L. californicus. — This is a native of
N. California — closely related to if not
actually a variety of the British Beach
Pea (L. maritimus). It has 4-5 pairs of
ovate-oblong, smooth, glaucous, sharply
pointed leaflets, and semi-sagittate
stipules. Flowers from July to September,
many on a stalk, large, purple, with deeper
veins.
Culture etc. as above.
L. Davidi. — This perennial species is
a native of N. China and Japan, and has
pinnate leaves ending in a tendril. There
are 3-4 elliptic -acute leaflets li-2 in. long,
and the yellowish-white flowers appear in
summer on long- stalked racemes.
( ' ult ure <ic. as above.
L. grandiflorus. — A beautiful large-
flowered species native of S. Europe,
with 4-angled winged stems. Leaves
with one pair of ovate, blunt, waved
leaflets, and small semi-sagittate stipules.
Flowers from June to August, rosy-
red.
Culture Sc. as above. This species
should not be planted too close to other
plants, as its roots travel to a great distance
and send up shoots from all parts, thus
sometimes becoming a nuisance.
L. heterophyllus. — An ' Everlasting !
Pea with erect rigid winged stems, native
of Europe, one or two pairs of lance-
shaped mucronulate leaflets, and winged
leaf stalks. Flowers from July to Sep-
tember, 6-8 on a stalk, large flesh-coloured,
with a whitish keel.
Culture <&c. as above.
L. laetiflorus. — A California n perennial
6-8 ft. high, with light green leaves cut
into about a dozen small leaflets. The
flowers appear in summer and are white
or faintly flesh-coloured, the standard
being veined and washed with bright pink
behind.
Culture dte. as above. This requires a
little protection in Scotland during winter.
A warm sheltered spot suits it best.
L. latifolius (L. sylvestrisplatypliyllus).
Everlasting Pea. — This beautiful and
well-known climber is to be found in
almost every garden, great and small. It
is a native of Europe, and has winged
stems, and leaves with one pair of elliptic
mucronate leaflets. Stipules broad
ovate. Flowers in summer, large, rosy,
many on a stalk. The white variety
alb us is very beautiful.
Culture Sc. as above.
L. magellanicus (L. armitageanus).—
Lord Anson's Pea. — A strong-growing
' Everlasting ' Pea, native of the Straits
of Magellan. Leaves with one pair of
ovate-oblong leaflets heart-shaped-sagit-
tate stipules, broader than the leaves.
Flowers from June to September, bluish-
purple, many on a long stalk.
Culture d'c. as above.
L. odoratus {Sweet Pea). — The wild
Sweet Pea is a native of South Europe,
with ovate sharply pointed leaflets, semi-
sagittate, lanceolate leaflets, and winged
stems. Flowers in summer, variously
coloured, several on a stem.
Of late years the Sweet Pea has
leaped into popular favour to such an
extent that it has almost excluded most of
the other kinds from the garden. There
are about 150 varieties now sold, and they
are nearly all charming in colour and free
in flowering.
Culture and Propagation. — To obtain
the best results from Sweet Peas they
should be grown in well-manured and
deeply dug loamy soil. The seeds may be
sown out of doors in April in patches or
rows according to the purpose for which
they are required. They should be pro-
tected from the birds by wire netting or
branches. When well above the ground
slender twigs or stakes may be put to
them for climbing. They will reach a
height of 4-7 feet or more during the
summer, and flower profusely. To prolong
the period of flowers and a greater supply
of them, the faded blooms should be picked
off so as to prevent the development of
seed-pods except on special varieties from
which it is desired to save seeds. During
hot dry summers a mulching of rotted
manure and plenty of water will be bene-
ficial.
Where cold frames or greenhouses
exist, it is much better to sow the seeds
about 5 or 6 in a 5 in. pot in February,
having previously steeped them in cold or
warm water for a few hours. When an
inch or two high, plenty of light and air
should be given — always excluding frost.
By the end of April or May according to
locality and mildness or otherwise of the
season, they will be sturdy for planting
LATHYHUS
LABURNUM AND BBOOM ORDER lathykus 349
out, after which they may be staked and
treated as above. In mild seasons, how-
ever, they may be planted out about the
second or third week in March with safety
if they have not been grown in too high
a temperature previously.
The variety of uses to which Sweet
Peas may be put are many, and one of
their great charms is to make an other-
wise dingy-looking garden bright and gay,
and give an abundance of blossom, which
if picked when just opening and on long
stalks will last a week or more in vases of
fresh water.
A few of the best varieties grown are
mentioned below, and an attempt has
been made to group them according to
the prevailing colour.
White Sweet Peas. — Blanche Burpee,
Cupid, Emily Henderson, Mrs. Sankey,
Queen of England, Saidie Burpee, Sensa-
tion.
White, Blush, shaded or striped Pink,
Rose, Purple, Lavender dc. — Aurora, Capt.
Clark, Daybreak, Delight, Dolly Varden,
Duchess of Sutherland, Earliest of All,
Eliza Eckford, Empress of India, Gaiety,
Isa Eckford, Juanita, Lemon Queen,
Princess of Wales, Ramona, Senator.
Pink, Cerise, in various shades. —
Adonis, Alice Eckford, Apple Blossom,
California, Countess of Aberdeen, Countess
of Shrewsbury, Cupid, Duke of York,
Emily Lynch, Hon. F. Bouverie, Kathe-
rine Tracey, Lady Mary Currie, Lord
Penzance, Lottie Hutchins, Lovely,
Modesty, Mrs. Gladstone, Ovid, Peach
Blossom, Pink Friar, Prima Donna,
Princess Beatrice, Bed Riding Hood, Royal
Robe, Royal Rose, Violet Queen.
Purple in various shades. — Black
Knight, Captain of the Blues, Carmen
Sylva, Countess of Cadogan, Dorothy
Tennant, Duke of Clarence, Duke of
Sutherland, Duke of Westminster,
Emily Eckford, Fashion, Grand Blue,
Imperial Blue, Indigo King, Madame
Carnot, Maid of Honom% Monarch, Navy
Blue, Othello, Purple Prince, Shahzada.
Lavender, Heliotrope, Lilac, various
shades. — Burpee's Bush Sweet Pea (18-
24 in. high), Colonist, Countess of Radnor,
Creole, Duchess of York, Golden Gate,
Grey Friar, Lady Grisel Hamilton, Lady
Nina Balfour, Lottie Eckford, New
Countess, Princess May, Wawona.
Yellow, Primrose, Orange, Salmon,
various shades. — Chancellor, Coquette,
Countess of Powis, Golden Gleam, Gor-
geous, Lady Beaconsfield. Meteor, Mrs.
Eckford, Oriental, Primrose, Queen
Victoria, Stella Morse, Triumph.
"Rose, Crimson, Scarlet, Bed. — Ameri-
can Belle, Blanche Ferry, Brilliant, Bronze
King, Cardinal, Duchess of Edinburgh,
Firefly, Her Majesty, Ignea, Invincible
(aniline, Little Dorrit, Mars, Mikado,
Miss Hunt, Mrs. Dugdale, Novelty,
Oddity, Tainted Lady, Prince of Wales,
Prince Edward of York, Queen of the
Isles, Rising Sun, Salopia, Scarlet In-
vincible, Splendour, Stanley, The Belle,
The Queen, Vesuvius.
L. pubescens. — A charming Chilian
perennial about G ft. high, with a somewhat
shrubby habit, and oddly pinnate leaves
more or less covered with down all over.
The large and beautiful pale lilac-purple
flowers appear in June in dense racemes,
and seeds are produced in due course if
the blooms arc allowed to remain unpicked.
Culture i(c as above. In the colder
and more northern parts of the country it
is advisable in severe winters to give a
little protection to the dormant roots with
some dry leaves, bracken &c.
L. roseus. — A native of Spain, with
ovate, roundish leaflets, very short ten-
drils, and small awl-shaped stipules.
Flowers in summer, rosy, on thread-like
stalks.
( ' ul tu re dc. as above.
L. rotundifolius (L. Drummondi). —
A pretty Everlasting Pea, native of Persia,
Asia Minor &c, with ovate, roundish leaf-
lets, semi -sagittate stipules, and winged
branching stems. Flowers from May to
July, bright rose-pink, an inch across,
and in large clusters.
Culture dc. as above.
L. Sibthorpi. — A beautiful early-
flowering Everlasting Pea, 2-3 ft. high.
The flowers appear in May and June
in rich masses and are of a beautiful rosy-
purple colour, very useful for cutting.
Culture rf'-c. as above.
L. splendens (Pride of California). —
A beautiful Everlasting Pea, native of
southern California. It has 4-angled stems
about 12 ft. long, and slender pinnate grey-
green leaves. From 6 to 12 very distinct
carmine-red blossoms are borne on the
racemes during the summer months in
the open air, but somewhat earlier in a
greenhouse.
Culture dc. as above. This species
350
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
OROBUS
requires very hot and dry situations, but
likes plenty of water during growth. It
is rather too tender for any except the
mildest parts of the kingdom out of doors,
but makes a charming and brilliant
climber for cold greenhouses.
L. tingitanus (Tangier Pea). — A
pretty Tangierian annual, with winged
stems, ovate, blunt, sharply pointed leaf-
lets, and ovate, semi-sagittate stipules.
Flowers in summer, with a large purple
standard, and bright red wings and keel.
Culture dc. as above.
L. tuberosus. — This native of Europe,
Asia, and N. Africa is now naturalised in
some parts of England, and is also grown
in Holland for its edible, tuberous roots.
The stems are 4-angled, and the leaves
have one pair of oblong, elliptic leaflets,
and narrow, acute, semi-sagittate stipules.
Flowers in summer, large, rosy, 3-6 on a
stalk, very free.
Culture dec. as above. As the roots of
this species travel a good deal under
ground, plants should be placed where
they will not interfere with choicer
subjects.
L. violaceus. — A rather pretty Califor-
nian perennial 6-8 ft. high, with pale green
leaves composed of 10-12 leaflets, and
racemes of violet-blue flowers produced in
summer.
Culture dc. as above. Bequires pro-
tection in northern parts in winter.
OROBUS (Bitter Vetch). • — Ben-
tham and Hooker consider this to be
merely a botanical section of Lathyrus.
For garden purposes, however, it is quite
distinct, and is best kept separate from
the Sweet and Everlasting Peas. It
differs from Lathyrus chiefly in having
no tendril at the tip of the leaf-stalk,
and in the plants as a rule being dwarf,
tufted, and non- climbing in habit.
Culture and Propagation. — They
thrive in any good garden soil, and are
easily increased by dividing the root-
stocks in spring, or by sowing seeds at
the same period. They are suitable for
rougher parts of the rockery, margins of
shrubberies, borders &c.
O. atropurpureus. — An elegant Alge-
rian perennial 1-H ft. high, with leaves
composed of 2-3 pairs of sharp linear
leaflets and small semi- sagittate stipules.
The deep rose or violet-purple flowers
appear in May and June in loose racemes.
Culture dc. as above. In cold northern
parts this species requires protection in
whiter with dry leaves &c.
O. aurantius. — A Caucasian perennial
1^-2 ft. high, with 5-6 pairs of lance-
shaped, bluntish leaflets, and deep yellow
flowers in early summer.
Culture dc. as above.
O. cyaneus (Platystylis cyaneus). —
A pretty Caucasian species 6-12 in. high.
Leaves with 2-3 pairs of closely set,
narrow, lance-shaped, acute leaflets.
Flowers in spring, blue at first, changing
to purple, large, handsome, few on a stalk.
Culture d'-c. as above.
O. filiformis (0. canescens). — A native
of S. Europe, with 4-angled stems, and
leaves with 2-3 pairs of linear, bluntish,
downy or dotted leaflets. Flowers in
May, white, tinged with blue, many on a
stalk.
Culture dc. as above.
O. fiaccidus. — A native of Croatia,
6 ft. high. Leaves with 2-3 pairs of long,
smooth, opposite, linear leaflets, dark
green above, pale beneath ; stipules large,
semi-sagittate. Flowers in May, purple,
with 2 prominent blunt teeth near the
middle of the standard petal.
This is closely related to 0. vermis,
and is regarded as a botanical form of it.
Culture dc. as above.
O. hirsutus. — A native of Thrace, 1 ft.
high. Leaflets ovate, acute, parallel-
nerved. Flowers in May, red.
Culture dc. as above.
O. lathyroides (Vicia oroboides). —
A pretty Siberian species, 1-1 A ft. high.
Leaves composed of 2 leaflets 2 in. long,
1 in. broad, oval, lance-shaped acute ;
stipules semi- sagittate, toothed at the
base. Flowers in early summer, blue,
small, numerous.
Culture dc. as above.
O. luteus. — A handsome Siberian
species 1-2 ft. high. Leaves with 3-5
pairs of elliptic lance-shaped, pointed leaf-
lets, glaucous beneath. Flowers in June,
yellow, many on a stalk.
Culture dc. as above.
O. niger. — A pretty European species
1A-3 ft. high, with flexuous stems, and
glaucous green leaves composed of about
8 pairs of small oval-oblong leaflets. In
June and July about 8-12 handsome
OROHUK
LABURNUM AND liliOOM OllDFAl kkythrina 351
viulct-red flowers are borne on the racemes
which are freely produced.
Culture <(■<■. as above. This graceful
species is remarkable for the blackish tint
of the foliage when drying off.
O. pannonicus. - A native of South
Europe, 1 ft. high. Leaves with 2-3 pairs
of linear, mucronate leaflets. Flowers in
May, varying from white and cream
tinged with rose to purple and white and
yellow, many on a stalk. The variety
variu8 has rose standards, and yellowish
wings and keel, and angular stems.
Culture <('•(■. as above.
O. variegatus. — A native of S. Europe,
with flexuous stems 1 ft. high. Leaves
with 2-8 pairs of ovate lance-shaped
pointed leaflets. Flowers in early
summer, beautifully variegated, the stan-
dard fine rose, veined and netted with
purple-crimson, the wings being tipped
with blue.
Culture d-c. as above.
O. vernus. — A beautiful Central and
S. European perennial, 1-1£ ft. high.
Leaves with 2-3 pairs of shining, ovate
pointed leaflets, and semi- sagittate sti-
pules. Flowers in spring, purple and blue,
with red veins, the keel tinged with green,
freely produced on one-sided nodding
stalks. There is a white-flowered variety
(albus) and also a double-flowered form of
the coloured tj'pe.
Culture d'-e. as above.
ERYTHRINA (Coral Tree). — A
genus with about 25 species of trees or
shrubs, often thick and prickly. Leaves
pinnately 3-foliolate ; stipules small.
Flowers usually bright scarlet, in terminal
racemes. Standard petal larger and
longer than wings or keel. Calyx spathe-
like, truncate, 5-toothed. Stamens 10,
upper one usually free. Pod stalked,
linear, falcate, flattened or round.
E. Crista-galli. — This is a beautiful
Brazilian shrub 6-8 ft. high, with ovate,
rather glaucous leaves, leathery leaflets,
and prickly, glandular stalks. Flowers in
early summer, deep brilliant scarlet, in
large trusses at the ends of the branches,
often 12-20 in a raceme. There are several
varieties, all useful for decorating the
garden during the summer months if too
tender to stand the winter.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species will grow against a warm south
wall for many years if the rootstock is
protected from frost by ashes, litter &c,
and every spring it will send up its thick
shoots. It should be grown in rich loamy
soil, and during active growth should
have plenty of water. In winter, how-
ever, it must be kept dry.
Another and very general method of
cultivation is to treat the Coral Tree ex-
actly in the same way as Dahlias. The
thick rootstocks are lifted as soon as frost
appears and are wintered in dry sheds or
cellars free from frost, after the old stems
have been cut down to within a few inches
of the base. About February or March
they are placed in a warm greenhouse or
hotbed, slightly covered with soil and
gently watered from time to time. This
treatment induces the development of
strong young stems, and as many as 40
or 50 will be produced on a good strong
and healthy old rootstock. The plants
may be potted up and grown on under
glass till the end of .Mayor June, until the
weather is favourable enough for outdoor
planting. Grown in large bold groups on
the grass, as is done in the London parks,
is a very effective method of displaying
the striking and brilliant beauty of the
Coral Tree.
The plants may be increased by cut-
tings in spring in the same way as Dahlias.
When the young shoots have grown 3-6
in. long in the warm greenhouse they may
be detached at the very base with a sharp
knife, and inserted singly in light sandy
soil in small pots. If kept close and
shaded and fairly moist for a short time
the cuttings soon root, and may afterwards
be potted on and hardened off for outdoor
planting like the older plants. It may be
added that frequent waterings with liquid
manure during the growing season will be
of great advantage to the plants, and a
good mulching of well-rotted cow manure
on top of the beds will also be highly
beneficial. The other species of Erythrina
require indoor treatment, although E.
herbacea, with bright scarlet flowers, may
be treated almost in the same way as E.
Crista-galli.
API OS (Ground Nut). — A genus
with 3 species of climbing perennials,
having pinnate 3 -7-foliolate leaves, and
small stipules. Flowers axillary in pani-
cles or clusters at the ends of the branches.
Standard petal reflexed, ovate or roundish,
longer than the obliquely ovate wings ;
keel elongated, much incurved, involute,
or spirally twisted. Stamens 10, upper
352
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS sophora
one free. Pod linear, naore or less sickle-
shaped, flattish.
A. tuberosa (Glycine Apios). — An
elegrant light and graceful twining peren-
nial, native of Pennsylvania, with eatable
floury tubers, and pinnate leaves composed
of 5 oblong lance-shaped leaflets. Flowers
from July to September, deep orange,
dull brownish-purple or pink, sweet-
scented, in dense axillary racemes.
Culture and Propagation. — -When
grown in a sunny sheltered position in
rich sandy loam, this plant is effective, but
is not suitable for cold damp positions.
It may be increased by dividing the tuber-
ous roots in spring and also by seeds
sown in cold frames as soon as ripe. It
is on the whole better to raise plants
from seeds, as the fleshy roots do not
always separate well, and often die after
division. The roots are eaten chiefly
in winter time by the N. American
Indians, and tire idea was once entertained
of growing them in Europe as a substitute
for the Potato when the tubers of the
latter were so much subject to disease.
CLADRASTIS.— A genus with two
species of small trees, having oddly pinnate
leaves, no stipules, and flowers in terminal
f)anicles. Standard petal obovate-orbicu-
ate, reflexed above the middle ; wings
obliquely oblong ; keel slightly incurved,
blunt. Stamens 10, free, or very shortly
connate at the base. Pod linear, com-
pressed, slender.
Culture and Propagation. — These
plants grow best in sandy loam, and are
suitable for shrubberies or perhaps in
clumps on lawns. They may be increased
by seeds which are freely produced in hot
and favourable seasons ; or by cuttings of
the roots.
C. amurensis (Maackia amurensis). —
An ornamental shrub about 6 ft. high,
native of the Arnoor Valley. Leaves with
3-4 pairs of ovate-oblong leaflets. Flowers
late in summer, greenish-white, small, in
long, dense, erect racemes.
Culture dc. as above.
C. tinctoria (C. I a tea; Virgilia luted).
Yellow Wood. — A small N. American
tree, with smooth pinnate leaves having
7-11 ovate leaflets. Flowers in May,
white, in large drooping racemes from the
ends of the branches. There is a form
with variegated leaves which is said to be
constant.
Culture dc. as above.
AMMODENDRON.— A small genus
(3 species) of silvery silky shrubs, with
abruptly pinnate leaves, having spiny
stalks, and inconspicuous stipules. Flowers
in terminal racemes. Standard petal
roundish, recurved ; wings obliquely
oblong; keel incurved, blunt. Stamens
10, free. Pod linear or lance-shaped,
flattened.
A. Sieversi (Sophora bifolia). — An
elegant evergreen shrub 2-4 ft. high, native
of Siberia. Leaves with 2 lance-shaped
leaflets, silky, white on both sides. Flowers
in June, purple, racemose.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species thrives in well-drained sandy loam,
and may be increased by seeds sown in
spring out of doors, or in autumn as soon
as ripe in warm sheltered spots. It may
also be increased by layers during summer
and autumn.
SOPHORA.— A genus with over 20
species of trees, shrubs, rarely herbs, hav-
ing oddly pinnate leaves, and flowers in
simple terminal racemes or panicles.
Standard petal broadly obovate or round-
ish, often shorter than the oblong keel ;
wings obliquely oblong. Stamens 10, free,
or rarely united in a ring at the base. Pod
necklace-shaped, round, or slightly com-
pressed, fleshy, leathery, or woody.
Culture and Propagation. — ■ The
Sophoras thrive in good sandy loam, and
may be increased by imported seeds or by
layering the branches. Cuttings of the
roots may also produce young plants if
placed in bottom heat at the beginning of
. the year. The weeping varieties are
grafted on stocks of the commoner forms.
S. japonica (Styphnolobiwm japoni-
cum). — Chinese or Japanese Pagoda Tree.
A beautiful deciduous tree, 30-40 ft. high,
native of China and Japan, and resembling
the False Acacia (Kobinia) in habit. The
graceful bluish-green leaves have 9-13
oblong-ovate, acute leaflets. Flowers late
in summer, white or creamy, small, in
large, loose panicles at the ends of the
branches. There is a not particularly
beautiful variegated form, and also a
drooping one (pendula), which are best
grafted on the ordinary variety. A newer
variety called lujbrida only differs from
the weeping form in the main branches
spreading out horizontally, and in the
branchlets being long, thin, and drooping.
Culture dc. as above. The Pagoda
Tree and its weeping variety make
S0PH0KA
LABURNUM AND BROOM ORDER gymnocladus 353
excellent lawn and park trees when
sufficient space can be given them, the
light airy effect of their foliage and the
refreshing shade they give being highly
appreciated.
S. platycarpa. — A Japanese species
with the habit and general appearance of
S. japonica, from which, however, it
differs a good deal in the fruits.
Culture <6c. as above.
S. tetraptera (Edwardsia tetraptera).
A beautiful deciduous tree 6-12 ft. high,
native of New Zealand, with leaves com-
posed of 6 40 pairs of leaflets ] :,! in. long,
varying from broadly obcordate to linear
oblong. Flowers in May, yellow, 1 2 in.
long, in crowded racemes at the ends of
the branches. The variety micropTvylla is
distinguished by its smaller leaflets.
Except in the very mildest parts of the
country, perhaps, this species requires pro-
tection from frost. It is extremely elegant
on account of its finely divided foliage,
and its great masses of drooping yellow
blossoms.
Culture dc. In most parts of the
kingdom it requires the protection of a
south wall, but may possibly succeed as a
bush in the mildest parts of the south and
west. It may be increased by seeds sown
in gentle heat in spring; or by cuttings of
the yoimg shoots inserted in sandy soil in
gentle heat ; or by layering the branches
in autumn.
Sub-Order II. OESALPINE.E.
Flowers irregular, rarely regular. Sepals and petals 5, or the latter fewer by
abortion, imbricate, upper one innermost. Stamens usually 10, usually free.
CiESALPINIA.— A genus with about
40 species of pretty trees or shrubs, some-
times climbing, unarmed or with stiff
sharp prickles. Calyx with 5 imbricated
segments. Petals 5, usually roundish,
imbricated. Stamens 10, free, bent down,
filaments often hairy or glandular at
the base. Pod ovate, oblong, lanceolate,
or falcate, flattened.
C. japonica (C sepiaria). — A Japan-
ese prickly tree said to reach a height
of 60 ft. in a wild state. Leaves twice
pinnate, graceful, of a pleasing soft green
tint, each pinna being composed of about
10 pairs of pinnules. Flowers in summer,
deep yellow, with pinky anthers in the
centre, and borne in racemes at the ends
of the branches.
Culture and Propagation. — Casal-
pinias are usually grown under glass, but
the species described above, if planted in
light, sandy, peaty soil in sunny situa-
tions, has proved quite hardy in this coun-
try. It may be increased by imported
seeds sown in cold frames on arrival or in
gentle bottom heat ; or by layering the
branches in autumn. It is better to allow
the prickly stems to remain unpruned
except in cases where they become too
dense and prevent the ripening influence
of sunshine and air.
GYMNOCLADUS (Kentucky Cof-
fee Tree). — A genus with two species
described below with the generic cha-
racters as stated under G. canadensis.
G. canadensis. — An ornamental decidu-
ous unarmed tree 30-60 ft. high, native of
N. America. Leaves twice pinnate, often
3 ft. long, with 4-7 pairs of pinna;, each
one having 6-8 pairs of ovate leaflets.
Flowers from May to July, polygamous,
white, in clusters at the ends of the
branches. Calyx with 5 narrow, nearly
equal segments. Petals 4 5, oblong.
Stamens 10, free, shorter than the petals,
with thickish, hairy filaments. Ovary
minute or wanting in the male flowers ;
sessile, with a thickened oblique stigma in
the female and hermaphrodite ones. Pod
oblong, somewhat falcate, thick, swollen
or nearly round.
Culture and Propagation.— This tree
loves a deep rich loamy soil and somewhat
shady positions. It may be increased by
cuttings of the roots inserted in bottom
heat in early spring, or from imported
seeds.
G. chinensis (Soaj) Tree). — A hardy
Chinese tree having large twice pinnate
leaves, composed of numerous bluntly
oblong leaflets. The whitish flowers are
produced at the ends of the branches in
early summer. In China the women use
the soft substance inside the seed pods for
washing the face, hence the popular name.
Culture Ac. as above for G. cana-
densis.
354
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
CASSIA
GLEDITSCHIA.— A genus with 4 or
5 species of ornamental deciduoiis trees,
often armed with simple or branched rigid
spines. Leaves twice pinnate, and also
on the same tree abruptly pinnate.
Flowers polygamous, in axillary clustered
racemes or fascicled cymes. Calyx tube
with 3-5 narrow subequal segments.
Petals 3-5, sessile, unequal. Stamens 6 10.
free. Pod ovate or elongated, flattened,
leathery or fleshy.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Gleditschias thrive in any fairly good soil,
and may be increased by imported seeds.
The plants are scarcely hardy enough
to stand the rigours of a severe winter in
the more northern parts of the British
Islands.
G. macracantha. — A low-growing
Chinese tree of spreading habit, and re-
markable for the large branched spines on
the trunk. The pinnate leaves are about
6 in. long, with a stout petiole and rachis
channelled on the upper surface. The
leaflets are fleshy in texture, bluntly
oblong, with crenate-serrate edges, and of
a rich deep green on the upper surface,
but paler beneath.
Culture dc. as above. There used to
be a fine specimen of this species in the
gardens at Fulham Palace.
G. monosperma (G. inermis). — Water
Locust. — A native of the United States
30-40 ft. high, with few slender 3-fid
spines, ovate oblong acute leaflets, and
greenish flowers in summer.
Culture dc. as above.
G. sinensis (G. horrida). — A Chinese
tree 30-50 ft. high, with strong spines,
ovate-elliptic, blunt leaflets, and greenish
flowers in summer.
Culture dc. as above.
G. triacanthos (Honey Locust). — A
native of the United States 30-50 ft. high,
with strong simple or 3-fid spines, linear
oblong leaflets, and greenish flowers in
summer. There are a few varieties of
this, including one without spines, and one
with a drooping habit.
Culture dc. as above.
CASSIA. — A genus containing from
200 to 400 species (according to various
authors) of ornamental trees, shrubs, or
herbs, with abruptly pinnate leaves, and
flowers in axillary or terminal panicles.
Calyx segments 5, imbricated. Petals 5,
imbricate spreading, nearly equal. Sta-
mens 3-10, unequal, some abortive. Pod
round or flattened, woody, leathery, or
papery.
Culture and Propagation. — The
species described below are the only ones
that may be grown outside in this country,
and even C. corymbosa and C. hevigata
require protection in winter, the first
named certainly. The Cassias like a rich
sandy loam and peat, and may be readily
increased from imported seeds sown in
heat, or by cuttings of the half-ripened
shoots under glass during the summer
months.
C. coquimbensis. — A pretty Chilian
shrub with leaves 2-4 in. long composed
of 4-6 pairs of elliptic oblong mucronate
leaflets. The flowers are bright yellow,
1-li in. across, and are borne in corym-
bose racemes at the ends of the shoots in
summer.
Culture dc. as above. This species is
generally grown in a cool greenhouse, but
would probably succeed in the open air in
the mildest parts of the south and west,
with a little protection in winter.
C. corymbosa.— A native of Buenos
Ayres 6-10 ft. high, with smooth oblong
lance-shaped, rather falcate leaflets, and a
profusion of yellow flowers in summer.
Culture dc. as above.
C. laevigata (C. herbertiana). — A
native of New Spain, about 3 ft. high, with
smooth ovate lance-shaped pointed leaflets
having an oblong acutish gland between
each pair on the stalk. Flowers in sum-
mer, golden-yellow, numerous.
Culture dc. as above".
C. marilandica (Wild Senna). — A
smooth herbaceous perennial, native of N.
America, 2 3 ft. high, with lance-shaped
oblong, blunt leaflets, and axillary racemes
of yellow flowers late in summer.
Culture dc. as above. This plant
should be grown in sheltered sunny spots,
and may be increased by dividing the
roots in spring, or from seeds sown as
soon as ripe in cold frames.
CERATONIA (Bean Tree; Carob
Tree ; Locust Tree). — A genus with one
species described below with the generic
characters.
C. Siliqua.— A native of the Mediter-
ranean region 30 50 ft. high, with abruptly
pinnate evergreen leathery leaves and oval
blunt leaflets. Stipules minute or none.
Flowers late in summer, small, reddish.
CERATONIA
ROSE ORDER
cercis 355
polygamous, or dioecious, in short racemes.
Calyx bell-shaped, with 5 short segments.
Petals none. Stamens 5. Pod flattened,
thickish, leathery, about 4 in. long, rusty
colour, yielding a pulp which is eaten
sometimes in this country by children.
Culture and Propagation. — This tree
grows well in the mildest parts in warm
sheltered spots. It may be increased by
seeds or by cuttings inserted in sand
under a glass during the late summer or
autumn months, and protected during the
winter.
CERCIS. — A genus with 6 or 7 species
of unarmed, ornamental, deciduous trees
or shrubs, distinguished by their simple
kidney-shaped or cordate leaves, with 3 or
many nerves. Flowers usually produced
in clusters along the branches of one,
two, or more years' growth. Calyx more
or less bell -shaped, very short, and
broadly 5-toothed. Petals 5, somewhat
Pea-like. Stamens 10, free, bent down.
Pod oblong, or broadly linear, flattened.
Culture and Propagation. — These
trees like a deep rich sandy well-drained
soil, and are fine plants for shrub-
beries or even alone on grass. When
well established they are covered with
flowers and may be justly regarded as
amongst the finest flowering trees or
shrubs in cultivation. They are usually
increased by seeds sown in spring in gentle
heat, but it takes 3 or 4 years to obtain
a flowering plant. They are sometimes
multiplied by layers. As old plants do not
bear being transplanted very well, it is
better to secure the permanent positions
for Cercises while they are still young, say
about 2 or 3 years old.
C. canadensis. — A Canadian tree
12-20 ft. high, with heart-shaped, pointed
leaves, bearded in the axils of the veins
beneath. The deep red and bright rose
flowers appear in May in clusters along
the trunk and branches before the leaves
are developed.
Culture die. as above.
C. chinensis (C. japonica). — A
Japanese and Chinese species closely
resembling the preceding in habit and
foliage, but has larger pink or deep purple -
red flowers, and is probably not quite hardy
except in the milder parts of the country.
The roundish ovate leaves taper rather
abruptly to a point, and are about 4 in.
across, and there are about 6 or 8 flowers
in each cluster.
Culture iic. as above.
C. Siliquastrum (Judas Tree; Love
Tree).— A. native of S. Europe 20-30 ft.
high, with smooth, bluntly heart-shaped,
emarginate leaves 3-4 in. across and of a
blue-green hue, and clusters of bright
purple, pale rose or whitish flowers in
May. There is a form of the Judas tree
with variegated leaves.
Cultu re tic. as above. In unfavourable
parts of the country this tree is best
against a wall.
The following species of Cercis are
known to botanists, but are not yet culti-
vated in the British Islands.
C. Griffithi. — A trailing shrub native
of Afghanistan where it grows at an eleva-
tion of over 10,000 ft. It has smooth
kidney- shaped emarginate leaves.
C. racemosa.— A distinct and hand-
some Chinese tree about 20 ft. high, with
roundish leaves 2-4 in. long and broad,
downy beneath. From 10 to 30 flowers
are borne on racemes about 4 in. long.
C. texensis. — A shrub or small tree,
native of the Rio Grande valley, and thus
probably somewhat too tender for outdoor
cultivation in the British Islands. It has
heart-shaped reniform leaves, and clusters
of rosy-pink flowers.
XXXIX. ROSACEA— Rose Order
A large order containing 1,000 species or more of erect or prostrate herbs,
shrubs or trees, rarely climbers. Leaves various, simple or compound, alter-
nate or rarely opposite, stalk often dilated at the base. Stipules 2, free or
adhering to the leaf stalk. Flowers usually regular and hermaphrodite. Calyx
free or adnate to the ovary, usually 5-lobed, imbricated and persistent. Petals
5, rarely none, inserted under the margin of the disc, imbricate. Stamens
usually numerous, inserted with petals. Carpels 1 or many, free or united,
and more or less adnate to the calyx-tube. Fruit various, superior, or more
A A 2
356
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
PRUNUS
or less inferior, naked or enclosed by the persistent calyx-tube. Besides the
Eose, the Apple, Pear, Plum, Cherry, Raspberry, Strawberry, Peach, Nectarine,
Apricot, Almond &c. belong to this important order. Owing to the great
range of variation, the order has been divided into 10 tribes, which however
are not all represented out of doors in this country.
Tribe I. Pruned. — Trees or shrubs with simple leaves, often serrate. Calyx
usually deciduous. Carpels 1. Fruit a drupe. Flowers regular. Stamens usually in
3 whorls of 5 or 10.
PRUNUS. — A genus containing
about 80 species of evergreen or deciduous
trees or shrubs, with alternate, simple,
often serrulate leaves. Flowers solitary,
racemose, or in fascicled corymbs, white
or rose. Petals 5. Stamens 15-20.
Besides the Plums proper, this genus
now includes the Almonds, Peaches, and
Nectarines (Amygdahts) ; the Apricot
(Armeniaca) ; the Cherry (Cerasus), and
the Cherry Laurels (Lauro-cerasus).
Just here these plants are regarded
solely from the point of view of beautiful
ornamental flowering trees. The Almonds,
Cherries, Plums, and Peaches are not
only beautiful flowering trees, but they
bloom at a period when they are most
wanted, that is, from January to June.
Of late years this fact has been appre-
ciated to such an extent that small plants
have been grown in pots for conservatory
decoration in winter. The protection
afforded by the glass alone is sufficient
to make them flower earlier than out of
doors.
As outdoor plants they may be
utilised in shrubberies, or as isolated
specimens in grass or even on lawns.
Indeed, there are so many beautiful hardy
flowering trees and shrubs now (see list,
p. 107) that it is astonishing they are not
more extensively planted instead of the
cheerless and flowerless shrubs so often
seen.
Culture and Propagation. — Speaking
generally all the Plums, Cherries, Almonds
and Laurels described below will flourish
in ordinary good and well-drained garden
soil, and in open but somewhat sheltered
situations. Where it is possible to give
particular attention to their cultivation,
the cultural practice as detailed under the
Plum (p. 1069), the Cherry (p. 1075), the
Peach and Nectarine (p. 1078) may with
advantage be adopted. It is not, however,
necessary to practise all the details given
under each of these fruits, as the objects
in view are entirely different. In one
case the aim of the gardener is to secure
the finest possible crop of fruit ; in the
other he seeks only to obtain a beautiful
well- shaped tree or shrub which shall bear
abundance of blossom, and give the garden,
park, and landscape generally a charming
aspect. To secure this, ordinary good
cultivation mixed with common sense will
as a rule be sufficient. Priming may be
practised to a moderate extent, but only
when the branches are apt to become too
dense so as to exclude light and air from
the interior of the tree, and prevent the
proper ripening of the wood.
As for propagation, this is effected by
seeds, budding, grafting, layering, and cut-
tings, but it will be better for the amateur
as a rule to obtain established plants from
a nurseryman. There is, however, no
reason why he should not sow his own
seeds as soon as ripe in sheltered spots
in ordinary good soil. Plants are easily
obtained in this way, but it takes a long
time before they reach the flowering stage.
By budding or grafting some of the best
flowering Plums or Cherries on stocks of
any of the ordinary kinds raised from
seeds, flowering specimens will be obtained
in a shorter time, and any particularly rare
variety can also be more quickly increased
in numbers by this process. A watch,
however, must be kept to prevent suckers
of the undesired stock springing from the
base and absorbing the nourishment re-
quired by the choicer graft.
Layering is another operation easily
performed with most of the species. By
pegging branches down as explained at
p. 59, plants will in due course be obtained
on their own roots, and with such any
suckers from the base will of course be
the same as the variety.
Cuttings of the ripened branches 9 in.
to 1 ft. long will also root freely with
many kinds if inserted 3 or 4 in. deep in
light rich and sandy soil about September
or October in warm and sheltered spots,
or under handlights in the case of kind?
PBUNUS
ROSE ORDER
pbunus 357
that may prove to be a little tender in
winter. The soil should be pressed firmly
round the cuttings so as to prevent them
being lifted out or loosened by the action
of frost.
Although doubtless convenient from a
botanical point of view to have the Plums,
Almonds, Cherries, and Cherry Laurels
sunk under the genus Primus, from a
popular and gardening point of view it is
perhaps not quite so desirable. It may
therefore be useful to give a list as set forth
in the ' Kew Handbook ' showing the natu-
ral groups to which the various species
described below belong.
The Almonds and Peaches (Amygdalus)
Leaves conduplicate in bud (i.e. folded
with the 2 halves face to fare). Flowers
nearly sessile, expanding before the leaves.
Calyx short or elongated. Drupe often
large, velvety ; flesh firm ; stone wrinkled
and full of small holes.
P. Amygdalus P. nana
P. Boissieri P. orientalis
P. davidiana P. Persica
P. incana P. Simoni
The Apricots (Armeniaca)
Leaves convolute in bud (i.e. rolled
up from one edge to another). Floivers
sessile or stalked, expanding before the
leaves. Calyx short or bell-shaped.
Drupe velvety; flesh pulpy; stone
smooth with a furrow on each side.
P. Armeniaca P. Mume
P. Brigantiaca P. tomentosa
P. dasycarpa P. triloba
The Plums (Primus)
Leaves convolute in bud. Floivers
stalked, solitary or in pairs, expanding
before or at the sanie time as the leaves.
Calyx short, obconical or hemispherical.
Drupe quite smooth, often with a glau-
cous '■bloom'' ; stone compressed, oblong
or ovoid, smooth or wrinkled.
P. alleghaniensis I P. communis
P. americana j P. divaricata
P. angustifolia P. insititia
P. cerasifera | P. spinosa
* The Cherries (Cerasus)
Leaves conduplicate in bud. Floivers
either solitary or in clusters or umbels,
expanding before or at the same time as
the leaves. Calyx short, obconical or
elongated, sometimes cylindrical. Drupe
quite smooth, not glaucous ; stone smooth
or wrinkled.
P. acida
P. Avium
P. Cerasus
P. Chanifficerasus
P. humilis
P. Jacquemonti
P. japonica
P. Maximowiczi
pendula
pcnnsylvanica
prostrata
pscudo-cerasus
Puddum
pumila
P. serrulata
P. Capollin
P. cornuta
P. demissa
V. Mahaleb
'The Bird Cherries (Padus)
P. mollis
P. Padus
P. serotina
P. virginiana
The Cherry Laurels (Laurocerasus)
Leaves conduplicate in bud. Floivers
in racemes from the arils of the leaves or
the ends of the branches. Calyx short,
obconical. Drupe quite smooth, very
rarely glaucous, oblong or round; stone
smooth or wrinkled.
P. ilicifolia I P. lusitanica
P. Laurocerasus
P. acida (Cerasus acida). — A beautifu
dwarf Cherry, native of Europe, and in-
teresting not only for its ornamental
dowering properties but also as one of the
parents of the fruiting varieties. The
beautiful white flowers are borne from
May to September, and are well displayed
among the small deep green glossy leaves.
There is a double-flowered variety (flore
pleno) and also one called semperflorens,
with a drooping habit.
Culture dtc. as above.
P. alleghaniensis. — A Pennsylvanian
shrub 4-6 ft. high or more, having
pure white flowers -l in. across, changing
to pink, followed by nearly round, bluish-
purple fruit, useful for preserving.
Culture d-c. as above.
P. americana (P. nigra). — American
Wild Yellow or Bed Plum. — A handsome
N. American tree 8-20 ft. high, with more
or less ovate, pointed, coarsely toothed
leaves. Flowers in April and May, pure
snowy-white. Fruits yellow, red, or
orange, less than 1 in. in diameter,
pleasantly flavoured.
Culture dc. as above.
P. Amygdalus (Amygdalus communis).
Common Almond. — A beautiful tree 10-
30 ft. high, native of Barbary, with oblong
358
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
PRUNUB
lance-shaped serrulate leaves. Flowers
early in March, white or rose, in great
profusion before the leaves. Fruit com-
pressed, egg-shaped, woolly. There are
several varieties all beautiful, among them
being amara (Bitter Almond), with large
white flowers rosy at the base ; seeds
bitter: dulcis (Sweet Almond), flowers
red, earlier than the type ; leaves grey-
green ; seeds sweet : flore pleno. flowers
double, flesh-colour, rosy in bud ; leaves
oval elliptic, pointed : fragilis, leaves
shorter than in the type ; flowers pale rose :
macrocarpa, leaves broader than in the
type, pointed ; flowers blush-rose, about
2 in. across with broadly obcordate wavy
petals, and large fruits: and pendula.
drooping in habit.
Culture dc. as above, p. 356.
P. angustifolia (Chickasaw Plum). —
A native of the United States, where it
attains a height of 15-20 ft. It has leaves
3 in. long, and white or creamy-tinted
flowers, each about ^ in. across. There
are several varieties, including a varie-
gated one ; but they are not yet well-
known in this country.
Culture dc. as above, p. 356.
P. Armeniaca (Armeniaca vulgar is). —
Common Apricot. — A native of N. China,
15 ft. or more high, with ovate, heart-
shaped, smooth, serrated leaves. Flowers
in February and March before the leaves,
pinkish- white, stalkless. There is a double-
flowered variety.
Culture dc. as above, p. 356.
P. Avium (Cerasus Avium). — Wild
Cherry or Gean. — A beautiful British
tree 20-30 ft. high, with oval lance-
shaped, pointed, serrated, somewhat droop-
ing leaves, slightly downy beneath, with
2 glands at the base. Flowers in April
and May, before the leaves, white. Fruit
roundish ovoid, depressed, black, with
succulent sugary flesh adhering to the
stone. This is one of the parents of the
fruiting Cherries. A hybrid named grceca
has been obtained by crossing it with P.
Mahaleb.
Culture dc. as above. The variety
decumana is a striking tree with leaves
6-8 in. long. Juliana (St. Julian's
Cherry) and its sub-varieties have large
beautiful blush-tinted flowers appearing
with the leaves, and ovate heart-shaped,
sweet-flavoured fruits : multiplex has
pure white double flowers ; nana is dwarf
in habit ; laciniata has cut leaves ; and
pendula has a drooping habit.
P. biferum. — A vigorous tree of garden
origin remarkable for bearing flowers and
fruit at the same time. Leaves broadly
oval, narrowed at both ends. Flowers in
April, large, white, on the old wood, in
small umbellate clusters ; the later ones
appearing on the young wood in short
racemes.
Culture dc. as above, p. 356.
P. Boissieri (Amygdalus Boissieri). —
An ornamental Almond, native of Asia
Minor, not yet well known. Leaves 1 in.
long, elliptic, leathery. Flower's in early
spring, pale flesh-colour, numerous.
Culture dc. as above, p. 356.
P. Brigantiaca (Armeniaca Brigan-
tiaca). — A South European Apricot 6-8
ft. high, with rather heart-shaped, pointed,
sharply and numerously toothed leaves.
Flowers in March, before the leaves,
white ov pink, almost sessile, in heads,
followed by small yellow Apricot-like fruits.
Culture dc. as above, p. 356.
P. Capollin.— A Mexican Cherry 30-35
ft. high in a wild state. Leaves dark
glossy green, loose, drooping. Flowers
white, in erect racemes. Fruit round,
dark red.
Culture dc. as above, p. 356.
P. caroliniana. — A pretty North Ame-
rican Cherry, with evergreen oblong
lance-shaped mucronate smooth, rather
leathery, almost entire leaves. Flowers
in May, rather large, white, in dense
axillai-y racemes.
Culture dc. as above, p. 356.
P. cerasifera (Myrobalan). — The
native country of this showy Plum is
unknown but it is supposed to be indige-
nous to the Caucasus. It forms a very
handsome round-headed tree about 20
ft. high, with elliptic obovate acute, ser-
rulate leaves, smooth beneath. Flowers
in March and April before the leaves, white,
about 1 in. across, in clusters on short
twigs. Fruit red, round, yellow-fleshed.
P. Pissardi (or P. cerasifera atropur-
purea) is a beautiful variety of Persian
origin. It has glossy, blackish-purple
twigs, and smooth, broadly oval, reddish-
purple leaves ; flowers white ; fruit small,
deep red or purple, sugary when ripe.
The foliage is now extensively used by
florists for floral decorations.
The variety contorta has spirally
I'KUNUS
HOSE ORDER
prunus 359
twisted leaves, and tin- tree is more fas-
tigiate in habit than the type.
Culture dtc. as above. The typical
species is also known as P. mirobalana
and Cerasus myrobalcmos, and for this
reasoii has been a good deal confused with
another Plum called the ' Mirabelle,'
which is a variety of the common wild
Plum, P. communis.
P. Cerasus (Cerasus vulgaris ; ('. Cap-
roniavia). — Wild or Dwarf Cherry. —
A small British tree, 15 20 ft. high, with
red bark, slender drooping branches, and
dark blue -green, oblong obovate, or elliptic
crenate-serrate, smooth leaves. Flowers
in May, pure white. The variety Biga-
rella (Cerasus duracina) is supposed to
be a parent of the Bigarreau and Heart
( Sherries.
Many fine varieties are known, the
best perhaps being : — Flore pleno, a
distinct and beautiful double flowered
variety ; multiplex (or ramumculiflora),
also a fine double-flowered form ; and
Rhexii fl. pi., another variety with pure
white long-stalked double flowers in great
profusion. 8emperfloren$ — the All Saints,
Ever-Flowering, or Weeping Cherry — is
a beautiful variety with gracefully droop-
ing branches ; and persiciflora has double
white flowers tinged with rose.
Culture dtc. as above, p. 356.
P. Chamaictvasus(Cerasuschauueccra-
sus). — Ground Cherry. — A dwarf European
Cherry 10 ft. or more high, with obovate,
shining, crenate, bluntish, smooth, rather
leathery leaves. Flowers in May. white,
about f in. across, usually in sessile
clusters. Fruit round, reddish-purple,
acid. The variety pendula h;is a drooping
habit, and there is also a form with varie-
gated leaves.
Culture dc. as above, p. 356.
P. Cocumilio. — An ornamental Plum
from S. Italy, with obovate serrate leaves
and masses of white-flowers in spring,
succeeded by beautiful yellow fruits.
Culture Sc. as above. Although a
native of a warmer climate than our own,
this species seems to be quite hardy. It
grows about 20 ft. high, and one of the
finest specimens in the country is to be
found in the Oxford Botanic Gardens,
where it flowers and fruits almost every
year.
P. communis (Common Plum). — An
ornamental tree 10-15 ft. high, with ovate
or oblong lance -shaped leaves, downy
beneath when young. Flowers in March
and April, white. The variety Pruneau-
//ami has beautiful masses of white
flowers in April, and there is also a
doxible- flowered form of it. The Sloe and
Blackthorn (P. spinosa), the Bullace (P.
insititia) and the Wild Plum (P. domes-
ticu) are all varieties of P. communis,
and in conjunction with it have prob-
ably produced the well-known cultivated
Plum (sec p. 1069). The variety Juliana
is much used as a stock for budding, as is
also the one known as the ' Mirabelle '
Plum alluded to above imder P. cerasiferu.
The double-flowered Blackthorn (P.
spinosa fl. pi.) is a pretty March-blooming
shrub, and a variety of the common wild
Plum culled l'hmtirri is very ornamental
owing to its wealth of semi-double pure
white flowers, succeeded by black and
good flavoured fruits.
Culture dtc. as above, p. 356.
P. dasycarpa (Armeniaca dasycarpa).
A pretty Chinese Apricot 10-15 ft. high,
with dark glossy green, ovate pointed
serrate leaves ; the white flowers appear
in great profusion in March and April
before the leaves unfold.
Culture dtc. as above, p. 356.
P. davidiana (Persica davidiana). — A
very ornamental Chinese tree, with wavy
serrated leaves narrowed towards the base,
and pale rose or white flowers, often pro-
duced as early as January in mild winters,
and in great profusion. The pure white
form is called a Iba, and the pink form rubra.
Culture dtc. as above, p. 356.
P. demissa (Cerasus demissa). — A
species of Bird Cherry, native of the
United States, and closely related to P.
virgin iana. It may, however, be distin-
guished from the latter species by its
thicker and more downy leaves, which are
rounded or somewhat heart-shaped at the
base. The pure white flowers appear in
April and May on racemes 3-6 in. long.
Culture dtc. as above, p. 356.
P. divaricata. — A graceful Caucasian
tree 10- 25 ft. high, with lance-shaped
and ovate leaves 2 in. long, often nearly
cordate at the base, smooth beneath.
Flowers in March and April when the
tree is in leaf, white, f in. across, and
borne in such profusion as to almost hide
the branches.
This species comes very near P. cerasi-
feru, but the flowers open a little later
than that species. It makes a splendid
360
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
PRUNUS
subject for the lawn and is one of the
most effective spring-flowering trees in
cultivation.
Closely related is P. baldschuanica
from Bokhara with obovate elliptic
coarsely serrate leaves and red flowers.
Culture dc. as above, p. 356.
P. humilis (P. Bungei). — A small tree
or bush 4-10 ft. high, native of China.
The ovate pointed leaves are 1^-2 in. long,
with glandular and ciliate stipules. The
beautiful rosy-pink flowers, about i in.
across, are borne freely in April and May.
Culture dc. as above, p. 356.
P. ilicifolia (Cerasus ilicifolia). — A
beautiful Californian Cherry Laurel, with
shining, evergreen, sharply toothed leaves,
more or less Holly-like. Flowers in
spring, small, white, in erect or nodding
racemes 1-3 in. long. Fruit usually red,
sometimes dark purple or black, about
half an inch in diameter.
Culture dc. as above. This very dis-
tinct species is best near the shelter of a
wall in warm, dry situations. It may not
be hardy in bleak parts of the country.
P. incana (Amygdalus incana). — A
handsome Caucasian Almond 2-4 ft. high,
with obovate, serrate leaves, woolly, white
beneath. Flowers in March and April,
deep rosy-red, solitary, followed by downy
flattened fruits. This species is closely
related to P. nana.
Culture dc. as above, p. 356.
P. Jacquemonti. — A pretty Cherry from
N. India, where it grows at an altitude of
6,000-12,000 ft. The ovate pointed leaves
are 1| -2 in. long, and somewhat downy
when young. Flowers bright rosy-pink,
about \ in. across, borne in great profusion
on the previous year's growths about
April and May.
Culture dc. as above, p. 356.
P. japonica (P. sinensis). — A charm-
ing Chinese Plum with oblong pointed,
serrulate leaves, and clusters of small
white flowers in spring. Fruit small,
round, deep red, of a peculiar but agree-
able flavour. The variety flore pleno has
beautiful double flowers 1A in. across,
white, more or less tinted with rose. A
hybrid called reptans has been raised
between P. japonica and P. pumila. It
has somewhat trailing branches and red
flowers. A form called stricta has erect
branches and white flowers.
Culture dc. as above. In about two
years flowering plants may be obtained
from layers, but cuttings of the ripened
shoots will also root in sandy soil under a
handlight.
P. Laurocerasus {Cerasus Lauro-
cerasus). — Common or Cherry Laurel. — A
beautiful and well-known evergreen shrub
6-10 ft. high, native of the Levant. Leaves
oblong lanceolate, serrate, with 2-4 glands
beneath. Flowers in April and May,
small, white, in racemes. There are many
good varieties, among them being : —
angustifolia, with narrow leaves ; ca-
mellicefolia, Camellia-leaved ; caucasica,
a sturdy variety called the ' Spanish
Laurel ' ; colcliica, very free-flowering ;
rotundifolia, round-leaved, much grown
and planted ; variegata, with variegated
foliage ; and shipkaensis, said to be
hardiest of all. Parvifolia is a distinct
narrow-leaved variety sometimes known
as Hartoghia capensis in gardens.
Culture and Propagation. — Cherry
Laurels will grow in ahnost any soil, and
are mostly used for roiigh shrubberies. In
such places they are as a rule much ill-
treated and hacked about with knife and
saw. Grown in sheltered but open spaces
the Cherry Laurel would have a much
handsomer appearance.
It may be increased by layering the
lower branches in autumn, or by inserting
cuttings of the ripened shoots in nicely
prepared sandy soil in sheltered spots
about September.
P. lusitanica (Cerasus lusitanica). —
Portugal Laurel. — A beautiful Portuguese
tree 10-20 ft. high, with evergreen ovate-
lance-shaped, serrated leaves. Flowers in
June, white, in drooping axillary racemes.
Fruit ovoid, red when ripe. The variety
myrtifolia is a dwarf, compact, upright-
growing form with smaller Myrtle -like
leaves ; azorica has larger leaves and
flowers. There is also a rare variety with
variegated foliage.
Culture dc. as above for the Cherry
Laurel.
P. Mahaleb (Cerasus Mahaleb).— The
Mahaleb or Perfumed Cherry attains a
height of 20-30 ft. in its wild state in
Central and S. Europe, and supplies a
red, hard, sweet-scented wood. Leaves
broad, roundish, cordate, toothed. Flowers
in April and May, white, in somewhat
corymbose, leafy racemes. The variety
pendula, with leaves 2 in. long, has a
loose but not altogether drooping habit of
PRUNUS
ROSE ORDER
PRUNUS 361
growth and produces immense masses of
sweet-scented blossoms ; variegata has
clean, silvery, variegated leaves, very
ornamental. There are other varieties
such as globosa, chrysocarpa, and mou-
nt rosa in cultivation, but they are not well
known.
Culture dc. as above.
P. Maximowiczi. — A newly introduced
Cherry, native of Japan and Corea, where
it attains a height of 25-30 ft. and has a
rusty down covering the under surface of
the elliptic obovate, coarsely toothed leaves
as well as the young shoots. The white
flowers, each about \ in. across, are pro-
duced in May on racemes 3-4 in. long,
remarkable for their coarsely toothed
bracts.
Culture dr. as above, p. 356.
P. miqueliana (Cerasus heri/ncqui-
ana). — A Japanese species related to
P. pendula, from which, however, it
differs in having darker coloured shoots,
which, when young, are covered with a
soft down, as are also the broader,
thinner, and the more deeply and irregu-
larly cut leaves, at the base of which are
2 orange glands. The flowers are pale
pink or nearly white, the petals being
narrowly obovate.
Culture dtc. as above. Although
cultivated at Kew this species is not yet
well known.
P. mollis (P. pattoniana ; Cerasus mol-
lis).—A Bird Cherry 20-30 ft. high, native
of the Western United States, and easily
recognised by its blunt elliptic leaves, the
under surface of which is covered with
down. The white flowers, each about I
in. across, are borne in corymb-like
racemes in May, and are in due course
succeeded by reddish fruits.
Culture dc. as above, p. 356.
P. Mume. — A Japanese Apricot with
obovate or broadly elliptic, long pointed,
doubly serrate leaves, rounded at the
base, and smooth or downy beneath.
Flowers early in the year before the
leaves, red or white, usually twin. There
are several forms with single and double
flowers ; also one with a drooping habit.
Culture dc. as above.
P. nana (Amygdalus nana ; A. bes-
seriana). — A beautiful dwarf Almond
2-3 ft. high, native of Tartary, with
smooth, oblong linear, serrated leaves,
narrowed at the base. Flowers in Febru-
ary and March, rosy, one on a stalk, but
in great profusion.
Culture dc. as above. This species is
more easily increased by layering than
any other means.
P. orientalis (Amygdalus argentea).
Silver Almond. — A distinct-looking small-
growing Almond native of Western Asia,
remarkable for the silvery down which
covers its short ovate leaves. It does not
flower very freely owing to the unfavour-
able weather in the early period of the
year, and it can only be considered quite
hardy in the mildest parts of the British
Islands.
Culture dc. as above.
P. orthosepala. — A compact-growing
twiggy shrub 4-5 ft. high, native of Texas,
having white flowers with projecting
orange-coloured stamens. The dark blue
or nearly blackish fruits are covered with
a glaucous 'bloom,' and have a thick
juicy yellow flesh of good flavour and
quality.
Culture dc. as above. This is a com-
paratively new species, and is still practi-
cally unknown in a cultivated state.
P. Padus {Cerasus Padus). — Bird
Cherry or Hagberry. — A beautiful tree
10-30 ft. high, native of the British
Islands, Europe, N. Africa, and Asia.
Leaves 2-4 in. long, elliptic or obovate,
sharply and double serrate, unequally
cordate at the base. Flowers in May,
2-4 in. across, white, in erect (then
drooping) racemes 3-8 in. long.
There are many varieties, such as
argentea, leaves silver blotched; aucu-
biefolia, Aucuba-like leaves ; bracteosa,
with long bracts; flore pleno, a splen-
did double-flowered form; heterophyUa,
leaves various ; parviflora, smaller
flowers than in type ; i-ubra, reddish
flowers; stricta, with flowers in erect
racemes. There is also a Manchurian
variety with fine racemes of flowers which
open some time before the ordinary form.
P. cornuta from the Himalayas is a
form of the Bird Cherry with larger,
broader, and stouter red-stalked leaves
than the native species.
Culture dc. as above.
P. pendula (Cerasus pendula). — A
beautiful drooping Japanese Cherry, with
leaves similar in shape to those of the
Common Cherry (P- Cerasus). Flowers
362
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS prunus
in March and April, beautiful soft rose or
white, in great profusion.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species should be planted in warm
sheltered spots. It is said to come true
from seed, but is often grafted on stocks
5 6 ft. high, to display its drooping cha-
racter to advantage.
P. pennsylvanica {American Wild
lied Cherry). — A graceful N. American
tree 20-30 ft. high, with light reddish-
brown bark, and oblong lance-shaped,
pointed leaves, finely and sharply
serrated, shining green and smooth on
both sides. Flowers in May, white, many
in a cluster. Fruit small, light red,
round, sour.
Culture dc. as above.
P. Persica (Persica vulgaris). — The
Peach. — The wild Peach is supposed to be
of Asiatic origin. It grows about 15 ft.
high, has smooth, lance-shaped, serrated
leaves, and light or dark red, stalkless
flowers in April and May.
There are several varieties, that with
double flowers, flore pleno, being one of
the best ; the purple-leaved variety
known as foliis rubris is pretty and
distinct, and magnified is a newer form
surpassing in beauty any of the others.
The variety Icevis is the origin of the
Nectarine, and is distinguished from the
Peach by its smooth- skinned and rather
firmer fruit.
Culture dc. as above. The treatment
of the cultivated Peach and Nectarine
will be found at p. 1078.
P. prostrata. — A rare and lovely
dwarf Cherry, native of the mountains of
the Levant, with long slender branches
arching outwards and downwards to the
ground. The broadly ovate finely toothed
leaves are 1^-2 in. long on cultivated
plants, but are usually much smaller in
wild specimens. The flowers, which are
borne in great profusion on very short
stalks, are about f hi. across, and of a
bright rose colour.
Culture dc. as above, p. 356.
P. pseudo-cerasus (P. paniculata). —
Bastard Cherry. — A pretty Chinese and
Japanese Cherry 6-20 ft. high, with downy
branches and flower stalks, and obovate
pointed, serrated leaves. Flowers in April
and May, white or rosy-white, each about
2 in. across, in racemes. Fruit pale red,
small, with a pleasant acid flavour.
The double-flowered varieties are far
more beautiful and valuable ornamental
trees than the type. In flore pleno the
flowers are white at first, but are after-
wards suffused with pink. Water eri is
another fine double variety.
Culture dc. as above.
P. Puddum.— A rare Cherry 10-20 ft.
high, native of the Bhotan and Sikkim
Himalayas, where it grows at an elevation
of 5,000-8,000 ft. The smooth serrate
leaves are 3-4 in. long, and the beautiful
soft rosy flowers, each about f in. across,
are borne in great profusion about April
and May on leafless twigs. The red
Cherry-like fruits are produced fairly
freely in warm and sheltered spots.
Culture dc. as above.
P. pumila (Cerasus dejrressa ; C.
gla/uca). — A pretty N. American Cherry
3-6 ft. high, having dark coloured twigs
clothed with bright green oblong leaves
about 2 in. long. The white flowers are
produced in great abundance during April
and May, but in some varieties they are
purer and prettier than in others.
Culture dc. as above, p. 356. This
species is easily increased by cuttings of
the well -ripened shoots inserted in light
sandy soil in September, at which period
the lower branches also may be layered.
Grown in masses or groups this species
looks very effective.
P. serotina. — A rather pretty Bird
Cherry 20-40 ft. high, native of Canada
and Central America, where it sometimes
reaches a height of about 100 ft. Th^
dark green glossy leaves resemble those
of the Portugal Laurel (P. kesitanica),
and readily distinguish it from the other
Cherries. The whitish flowers appear
early in June, and are borne in great
profusion on racemes 3-6 in. long. The
variety pendula differs from the type in
having a drooping habit of growth.
Culture dc. as above, p. 356.
P. serrulata (Cerasus serrulata; C.
Sieboldi). — Double Chinese Cherry. — A
beautiful Chinese tree 15 ft. high, with
smooth, obovate-acute, sharply serrated
leaves. Flowers in April, pale white or
rose - tinted, double, in clusters. The
single-flowered type does not appear to be
in cultivation.
Culture dc. as above, p. 356.
P. Simoni. — An erect-growing, some-
what fastigiate Chinese Almond with
PKUNUS
ROSE ORDER
SPIB.3EA 363
leaves like those of the Common Almond
(P. Amygdalus). Flowers in February
and March, white, succeeded by deep
purple fruits.
Culture die. as above, p. 85(3.
P. subhirtella. — A pretty erect-grow-
ing Japanese Cherry closely related to /'.
pendula. It has rather dull green ovate-
pointed leaves more or less hairy on both
sides. The beautiful soft rosy flowers,
about h in. across, are borne in March
and April, and give a very handsome
appearance to the tree.
Culture dc. as above, p. 35(3.
P. tomentosa. — A pretty Chinese and
Japanese shrub 5 9 ft. high, with leaves
and branches more or less covered with
soft downy hairs, and having large white,
flesh-tinted flowers produced early in
March and April, succeeded later on by
Cherry-like fruits about \ an inch in
diameter. This species is not yet well
known but has been proved quite hardy at
Kew. It is interesting from the fact that
it seems to stand between the Cherries
and Apricots, thus linking the two.
Culture dc. as above, p. 356.
P. triloba fl. pi. {Amygdalopsis Liml-
leyi ; Prunopsis Lindleyi). — This is
perhaps the very best of all the beautiful
flowering Plums, Cherries, or Almonds.
It is a native of China and <?rows 10-15
ft. high, and is easily recognised by its
3-lobed leaves which appear after the
flowers. The latter are produced in such
profusion at the end of March or early in
April as to practically cover the tree ; they
are usually white although tinged with
rose when opening, double, and about
1A-2 in. across. The single-flowered
variety is not yet well known, although
it has recently been introduced. It has
smaller, rosy-white flowers.
Culture (tc. as above.
P. virginiana (Crrasus virginiana). —
Choke Cherry. — A native of the United
States, where it is said to grow from 20
to 80 ft. high. Leaves smooth, oblong,
pointed, doubly serrate. Flowers in May
and June, white, in long, erect racemes.
Fruit round, red.
Culture dc. as above.
P. Watsoni (Sand Plum).— A recently
introduced compact-growing twiggy shrub
3 12 ft. high, native of the United States.
Ii^ beautiful white or blush blossoms
appear about the middle of May, 3 or 4 in
cluster, and in such profusion that the
twigs are almost completely hidden from
view. The flowers are about .1 in. across,
and emit a delicate fragrance. They are
succeeded by bright orange-red shining
fruits in warm and sheltered localities in
favourable seasons.
Culture dc. as above.
NUTTALLIA(Osoberry).— A genus
with only one species described belowr
with the generic characters : —
N. cerasiformis. — A rather pretty
Californian shrub. 6-12 feet high, with
obovate, entire, deciduous leaves. Flowers
in March and April, polygamous-dioecious,
white, small, in drooping racemes, some-
times before the leaves appear. Calyx
campanulate, 5-lobed. Petals 5, oblong,
shortly clawed. Stamens 15, the 10 upper
ones inserted on the calyx, the 5 lower
deflexed inserted in the middle of the tube.
Fruit Plum -like, purple, about 1 in.
long and f in. broad, rarely ripens in even
the most favoured parts of the British
Islands.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species grows well in ordinary soil and
may be increased by the suckers from the
roots, or from imported seeds. Cuttings
of the more or less ripened shoots may
also be rooted in sandy soil under a hand-
light. By layering the lower branches in
autumn fresh plants may also be secured.
Tribe II. Spireme. — Shrubs or trees. Calyx lobes usually persistent. Stamens 10
or more. Carpels 1-8, not enclosed by the calyx tube.
20-60, inserted in 1 or more series or
bundles round the mouth of the calyx
tube. Carpels usually 5, dehiscent.
Culture and Propagation. — Spiraeas
may roughly be divided into two groups —
shrubby-stemnied and herbaceous, the
stems and leaves of the latter dying down
in winter, the former losing only their
leaves. The herbaceous kinds as a rule
SPIRiEA (Meadow Sweet). — A
genus with about 50 species of beautiful
herbs, shrubs, or undershrubs, mostly
deciduous. Leaves alternate, simple,
pinnate, or 2-3-ternate. Stipules free, or
sheathing and adnate to the leaf stalk.
Flowers axillary or terminal, variously
clustered, hermaphrodite or polygamous-
dioecious. Sepals and petals 4-5. Stamens
364
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
SPIRffiA
like a moist, loamy soil, and thrive near
water. They may be increased by dividing
the rootstocks in autumn or spring or by
sowing the seeds as soon as ripe in cold
frames.
Herbaceous Spiraeas
S. Aruncus (Goat's Beard). — A bold
and beautiful herbaceous plant, 8-5 ft.
high, native of North Europe, Asia and
America, with thrice pinnate leaves a foot
long, and lance-shaped oblong or ovate
lance -shaped serrated leaflets. Flowers
in June and July, white, dioecious, in many
slender spikes thrown well above the
foliage. Americana is a variety in which
the interrupted male flowers are scarcely
larger than the female ones, and the plant
in some parts of the world, e.g. the
Japanese Alps, attains only 1 ft. in height.
The variety triternata has thrice ternate
leaves, often covered with an ashy down
beneath.
Culture and Propagation. — This is a
fine plant for massing in the herbaceous
border or for planting in beds by itself on
the grass. It flourishes in both open and
sunny situations and also in shade, pro-
viding there is always plenty of air, and
the plants are not suffocated with over-
hanging branches of trees or placed too
close to other plants. It may be increased
by division in September or early in
spring, or seeds may be sown as soon as
ripe in cold frames, or in the open border,
afterwards pricking off the seedlings the
following spring when large enough, and
in mild weather. When the plants are
coming into bloom it will be found useful
to give them a good mulching of well-
rotted manure and also frequent and
liberal waterings with liquid manure.
S. astilboides. — A distinct and graceful
Japanese species, resembling S. Aruncus
but dwarfer and with smaller and looser
leaves and leaflets. Flowers in summer
in white spicate panicles. The variety
floribunda is superior to the type and
produces finer trusses of blossom.
Culture dc. as above for S. Aruncus.
A fine plant for the edge of a pond or
stream. Although perfectly hardy it is
now grown extensively under glass during
the earlier months of the year as a pot
plant for table and room decoration, for
which purpose its graceful habit and free-
dom of flowering make it very suitable.
S. caespitosa. — A tufted species 6 in.
high, native of the United States, with
small silky entire leaves ; lower ones in a
rosette, spathulate, the upper ones linear,
minute. Flowers in summer, in dense
spiked racemes.
Culture dc. as above for S. Aruncus.
S. digitata. — A Siberian herbaceous
perennial closely related to the N. Ameri-
can S. lobata, from which, however, it
differs in having the terminal leaf-lobe
more rounded, and the other segments
more numerous and narrower, and more
or less hairy beneath, especially along the
nerves. The flowers are pink or almost
white.
Culture dc. as above for S. Aruncus.
S. Filipendula (Dropwort). — A native
of the British Islands, 2-3 ft. high, with
smooth, interruptedly pinnate leaves, 4-
10 in. long, and deeply cut, serrate leaflets.
Flowers in June and July, white or rosy
outside, | in. across, in loose, panicled
cymes. There is a good double-flowered
variety called flore pleno which is very
pretty. Its flowers have been likened to
snowflakes, and are very useful for
bouquets and other floral decorations.
Culture dc. as above for S. Aruncus.
The double -flowered variety is best in-
creased by division only.
S. kamtschatica. — A native of Kam-
tschatca 6-9 ft. high, with palmately lobed
leaves about 6 in. wide and 4 in. long,
having channelled and coarsely hairy
stalks, furnished with 2 leafy stipules at
the base and a number of irregular leaflets
along the whole length. The white,
sweetly scented flowers are borne in corym-
bose heads. This species is also known
as 8. gigantea in some places.
Culture dc. as above for Spircea
Aruncus. Near the banks of lakes, ponds,
or streams this fine ornamental species
attains its greatest height. It is perfectly
hardy even in frozen water. The hardy
flower border is scarcely a suitable place
for it.
S. lobata (Queen of the Prairie). —
This is a smooth herbaceous perennial
2-8 ft. high, native of North America.
Leaves interruptedly pinnate ; end leaflet
very large, 7-9-parted, lobes incised and
toothed, stipules kidney-shaped. Flowers
in June, deep rosy-carmine in large
terminal cymes. The variety albicans
has pale rose-coloured flowers.
Culture dc. as above for S. Aruncus.
This species prefers a somewhat shaded
situation.
SPIRAEA
ROSE ORDER
spirjsa 365
S. palmata. — A strikingly handsome
herbaceous perennial 1-2 ft. high, native
of Japan, with crimson stems, and
palmately 5-7-lobed leaves ; lobes oblong-
pointed, sharply serrated. Flowers from
June to August, brilliant crimson, in large
corymbose panicles. The variety alba
has white flowers and lighter green leaves ;
elegans is said to be a hybrid between
8. pttlmata and Astilbe japonica on the
one hand, or merely a variety of 8.
Uhnaria on the other. It has white
flowers with red anthers, and pinnatisect
leaves. The variety purpurascens has
purple -tinted foliage.
Grown near the edge of ponds or
streams, or in moist loamy soil, S. p><*l-
mat a makes a noble plant. It may be
utilised for the decoration of the green-
house and conservatory, as well-established
plants of it grown in pots will force into
early blossom almost as easily as 8pvrcea
astilboides and Astilbe japonica.
Culture d'c. as above for S. Aruneus.
S. pectinata. — A N. American herba-
ceous perennial 6 12 in. high, with tufted
creeping stems. Leaves 2 or 3 times
cleft with linear acute lobes. Flowers in
summer, whitish, in woolly racemes.
Culture dc. as above for S. Aruneus.
S. Ulmaria (Queen of the Meadoivs).
A pretty native perennial 2-4 ft. high,
with furrowed stems, and interruptedly
pinnate leaves, white and downy beneath ;
lower ones 1-2 ft. long, terminal leaflets
1-3 in. long, acutely lobed. Flowers from
June to August, white, in much-branched
clusters 2-6 in. across. There is a variety
called plujllantha in which the sepals are
transformed into whorled, lance-shaped,
sharply serrated leaves ; petals and
stamens absent, or more or less deformed.
There is also a form in which the leaves
are beautifully variegated with green,
white, and yellow (aureo-variegata), be-
sides one (flore pleno) having double
flowers.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species thrives on the edges of streams
or ponds or in moist situations in the
border or rock garden. It may be in-
creased by seeds or division in the same
way as S. Aruneus.
S. vaccinifolia (S. laxiflora ; S.
rhamnifolia). — A somewhat weak-grow-
ing Himalayan perennial 1-2 ft. high,
with smooth, ovate, crenate leaves on long
stalks, glaucous beneath. Flowers in
July and August, white, in large, loose,
shaggy panicles.
Culture Jtc. as above for S. Aruneus.
This species requires warm sheltered
positions.
S. venusta. — The origin of the true
species is unknown. It grows 4-5 ft.
high, and has the lower leaves palmately
pinnatifid, the upper ones palmatifid with
oblong lance-shaped coarsely serrate
segments, downy beneath on the ribs. It
has rosy flowers in June, and although
near S. lobata is considered to be a
distinct species.
Culture <i-c. as above for S. Aruneus.
S. vestita. — A Himalayan perennial
1-2 ft. high, with somewhat hoary pinnati-
sect leaves ; terminal leaflet 2 6 in. across,
palmately 3-5-lobed and toothed. Flowers
in June, white, ^ in. across, in much-
branched oblong cymes.
Culture <!■<■. as above for S. Aruneus.
This species requires warm sheltered
positions.
Shrubby Spiraeas
The shrubby Spiraeas are increased by
cuttings of the young wood inserted in
sandy soil, and kept close and shaded
until roots begin to form. The lower
branches may also be layered in autumn.
A large number of shrubby Spiraeas ripen
seeds in the British Islands, and such may
also be increased by their means. The
seed should be sown when ripe in cold
frames, and the seedlings pricked out the
following spring into light rich soil in a
warm, but not too sunny, situation.
The shrubby Spiraeas are effective in
masses on grass or in the shrubbery
where they have plenty of room.
S. alpina. — A Siberian species 4-6 ft.
high. Leaves oblong lance-shaped, ses-
sile, serrulate, smooth. Flowers in June
and July, white in terminal corymbs.
Culture etc. as above.
S. arguta (S. multi flora alba). — A
lovely early-flowering shrub 3-4 ft. high.
It is a garden hybrid, one of the parents
being the beautiful Japanese S. Thunbergi,
the other a hybrid called multiflora. The
plant has a graceful habit, and during May
its wiry arching shoots are wreathed with
clusters of pure white blossoms, almost
before the smooth narrow leaves 1-1| in.
long are fully developed.
366
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
SPIRiEA
Culture Sc. as above. This beautiful
plant should find a place in every good
collection of flowering shrubs. It is per-
fectly hardy in most parts of the kingdom,
and may be easily increased by means of
layers or cuttings of the young or half-
ripened shoots. Plants in pots may be
gently forced into early blossom in green-
houses in spring.
S. bella. — A Himalayan species 2-3 ft.
high, with smooth, rusty-coloured stems,
and smooth, ovate, serrate leaves, glaucous
beneath. Flowers in July and August,
beautiful red, in spreading terminal
corymbs. There is a white-flowered
variety.
Culture Sc. as above, p. 365.
S. betulifolia (S. corymbosa). — An al-
most smooth shrub 1-2 ft. high, native
N.E. Asia and N. America. Leaves simple
oval or ovate, toothed towards apex.
Flowers in June, creamy-white, in large
flat compound corymbs.
Culture Sc. as above.
S. Blumei. — A native of Japan 3-6 ft.
high, with obovate, blunt leaves, deeply
toothed at the apex. Flowers white, in
terminal cymes.
Culture Sc. as above, p. 365.
S. bracteata (S. media rotundifoliu).
A beautiful Japanese shrub 5-6 ft. high,
very free in growth, having roundish
leaves with 3 more or less blunt teeth at
the apex. It produces an abundance of
pure white sweet-scented flowers during
the early summer months, in rounded
clusters at the ends of the shoots. The
upper leaves are much smaller and assume
the form of bracts beneath the flower
heads.
Culture dc. as above. This very fine
plant looks well in bold masses and flour-
ishes in good and fairly moist garden soil.
It may be forced gently in greenhouses.
S. bullata (S. crispifolia). — A dwarf
Japanese shrub 1 H ft. high, with erect,
wiry branches, densely covered with a
rusty down. Leaves nearly sessile, i in.
long, ovate oblong, crenate, leathery,
smooth, dark green and wrinkled above.
Flowers in summer, deep pink or ruby,
in dense terminal corymbs.
Culture Ac. as above. An excellent
shrub for the rock garden. It is quite
hardy in the north.
S. cana. — A native of Central Europe,
1-2 ft. high. Leaves ovate, h~l-\ in. long,
acute, entire or slightly toothed, hoary-
haired. Flowers in summer, white, in
racemose corymbs.
Culture Sc. as above, p. 365.
S. canescens. — An erect, hairy shrub,
4 6 ft. high, native of the Himalayas.
Leaves oval or obovate, blunt, entire.
Flowers in summer, pale pink or white,
in crowded tomentose corymbs. In the
' Kew Handlist ' as many as 24 different
names are recorded for this species.
Culture Sc. as above, p. 365.
S. cantoniensis (S. reevesiana). — A
smooth evergreen Japanese shrub, 3-4 ft.
high, with small, simple, lance-shaped
leaves, 3-lobed and deeply toothed.
Flowers in early summer, white, in showy
terminal umbels. There is a beautiful
double-flowered variety.
Culture Sc. as above, p. 365.
S. chamaedrifolia (8. ceanothifolia).
A species 1-2 ft. high, distributed from
S.E. Europe to Japan. Leaves ovate,
deeply serrate at the apex, downy.
Flowers in summer, white, in half-round
corymbs. The variety flexuosa has
elliptic lance-shaped, unequally serrated
leaves, and white flowers generally smaller
than in the type. The variety ulmifolia
is a handsome shrub, 3 5 ft. high, with
Elm-like leaves, and white flowers in half-
round terminal corymbs.
Culture Sc. as above, p. 365.
S. decumbens. — A dwarf, trailing
shnib 6 9 in. high, fit for rocks and banks,
native of the Tyrol. Leaves roundish
oval, crenately toothed. Flowers in sum-
mer, white, in terminal corymbs.
Culture Sc. as above, p. 365.
S. discolor (S. ariasfolia). — Spray
Bush. — A beautiful flowering shrub 8-10
ft. high, native of N.W. America. Leaves
rigid, wedge-shaped at the base, dark
green above, silvery beneath. Flowers in
summer, dull white, in graceful, nodding
panicles. This species is seen to the best
advantage as an isolated specimen on
grass. The variety dumosa (also known
as S. Boursieri) differs from discolor in
being dwarfer in growth, and with less
branched panicles.
Culture Sc. as above, p. 365.
S. Douglasi. — A beautiful shrub 3 ft.
high, native of N.W. America. Leaves
simple, oblong lance-shaped, blunt, serru-
late at the apex, downy, white beneath.
Flowers in August, rosy, in a dense
SPIR-SSA
ROSE ORDER
spih.^a 367
terminal cluster 6-9 in. long. This species
is sometimes known as S. Menziesi.
Culture dc. as above, p. 365.
S. expansa (S. kumaonensis). — A
vigorous-growing compact shrub 4-5 ft.
high, native of the Himalayas, and having
rather large lance-shaped leaves, sharply
and coarsely toothed near the apex, dull
yellowish-green above, and blue -green
beneath. The rather small pale red or
pink flowers appear in August and Sep-
tember, and are borne in large branching
panicles.
Culture dc. as above, p. 365.
S. fissa. — A vigorous Mexican shrub
about 8 ft. high, with angular downy
branches, small leaves, wedge-shaped at
the base, with the side lobes split into a
pair of unequal sharp teeth. Flowers in
May and June, whitish, in loose terminal
panicles.
Culture dc. as above. This can be
grown with safety only in the mildest
parts of the country.
S. gracilis. — A hairy-branched species
2 ft. high, native of Nepaul. Leaves
obtuse or roundish elliptic, smooth, glau-
cous beneath, serrated at the apex.
Flowers in July and August, white, in
loose, rounded corymbs.
Culture dc. as above, p. 365.
S. hypericifolia (S. flagellata). — An
Asiatic shrub 4-6 ft. high. Leaves
obovate-oblong, 3-4-nerved, entire or
toothed, smooth or slightly downy.
Flowers in summer, white, in corymbs
or sessile umbels. The variety acuta (S.
ticutifolia) has spathulate, acute, entire or
rarely 3-5-toothed, rather smooth leaves
and flowers in sessile corymbs ; Besseriana
has mostly entire leaves and flowers in
rather loose corymbs ; crenata has obovate
crenate leaves; thalictroides from Mon-
golia has smooth glaucous obovate entire
leaves, those on the sterile shoots being
crenate-obovate or somewhat deltoid.
Culture dc. as above, p. 365.
S. japonica (S. callosa ; S. Fortunei).
A very beautiful Chinese and Japanese
shrub 3-4 ft. high, with purplish stems
and lance-shaped acute, serrated leaves.
Flowers in June and July, light and dark
rosy-red, in flat terminal corymbs.
There are several fine forms of this,
including alba, a compact pretty bush
about 1 ft. high, with white flowers ;
Bumalda, also dwarf and compact, 2 ft.
high, with deep rose-pink flowers ; and its
sub-variety Anthony Waterer still more
brilliant in colour, and very near rubra,
a handsome form with brilliant purple-red
flowers; splendem (or hydrangeaefoUa)
has peach-coloured flowers ; and superba
has deep rosy-red ones ; ruberrima is a
hybrid between the variety Bumalda and
bul In tn. It is dwarfer in habit than
Bumalda and has also larger and deeper
coloured flowers.
Culture dr. as above. The plant
grown in pots and sold in large quantities
in spring as Spircea japonica belongs to
the Saxifrage oi-der, and its proper name
is Astilbe japonica (see p. 414).
S. laevigata (S. altaica).—k Siberian
shrub 2 3 ft. high, with smooth, glaucous,
entire, oblong lance-shaped leaves.
Flowers in June, white, tinged with rose,
dioecious, male flowers in larger and
looser panicles than the female ones.
Culture dc. as above.
S. lindleyana.— A beautiful Himalavan
shrub 4 12 ft. high, with large unequally
pinnate leaves composed of 11 21 ovate
lance-shaped, coarsely toothed leaflets,
glaucous beneath. Flowers in July and
August, white, in large plume-like clusters.
Culture dc. as above. In warm
chalky soils, and sheltered from north
and east winds, this species displays itself
to great advantage. But it is near water,
and in spots where it has plenty of space,
that the greatest development takes place.
Seeds are freely produced in favourable
seasons, and often sow themselves.
S. media (S. confusa ; S. oblongi-
foUa).—A beautiful shrub 2-4 ft. high,
native of X. Asia. Leaves elliptic lance-
shaped acute, more or less serrate, hairy
beneath. Flowers in June and July,
white, in corymbs.
Culture dc. as above, p. 365.
S. Millefolium (Chomcebatiaria mille-
folium).-—A dwarf evergreen Californian
shrub with much cut leaves like those of
the Milfoil (Achillea), smooth above, with
stellate woolly hairs beneath. Flowers
in summer, whitish, in terminal racemes.
Culture dc. as above.
S. nobleana. — This species comes
from California, and is closely related to
but not quite so hardy as Douglasi. It
grows 3-4 ft. high and has elliptic or
oblong, blunt or acute, more or less toothed
368
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS neillia
leaves, downy or nearly smooth beneath.
Flowers in looser clusters, purple-red, and
earlier than Douglasi, usually in July and
August.
Culture iic. as above, p. 865.
S. prunifolia. — A beautiful Chinese and
Japanese shrub 4-5 ft. high, with small,
smooth, elliptic oval leaves, connate at
the base, and irregularly toothed toward
the apex. Flowers in March, pure white,
in clusters along the whole length of the
branches. The double-flowered variety,
jiore pleno, is a more ornamental plant
than the type.
Culture dc. as above. The foliage of
this species assumes beautiful scarlet tints
in autumn, and is very ornamental.
S. pubescens (S. chinensis). — A Mon-
golian shrub, 2 ft. high, with ovate oblong,
acute leaves li in. long, much wrinkled,
deeply serrated, somewhat 3-lobed, downy
beneath. Flowers in March, pure white,
small, slightly fragrant, in rounded heads.
Culture dc. as above, p. 365
S. salicifolia.— A native of Europe, N.
Asia and N. America, but now naturalised
in parts of the British Islands. It grows
3 5 ft. high, with leaves 2-3 in. long,
oblong lance-shaped, serrate. Flowers in
July and August, rosy-pink, in dense,
somewhat cylindrical cymes. There are
several forms, the peculiarities of which
are indicated by their names, such as
alpestris, carnea, grandiflora, latifolia,
or paniculata &c. There is also a white-
flowered variety.
Culture dc. as above, p. 365.
S. sorbifolia. — A pretty Asiatic shrub
3 6 ft. high, with pinnate leaves and
lance-shaped, sharply serrated leaflets.
Flowers in July and August, white, sweet-
scented, in clustered panicles.
Culture dc. as above, p. 365.
S. Thunbergi. — A beautiful Japanese
shrub 13 ft. high, with smooth, linear
lance-shaped, sharply serrated leaves,
changing to brilliant crimson in autumn.
Flowers in April, white, in great profusion.
Culture dc. as above, p. 365.
S. tomentosa. — A N. American shrub
about 3 ft. high, with rusty tomentose
stems, and ovate or oblong serrate leaves,
woolly beneath. Flowers in July, rosy or
rarely white, in dense panicles.
Culture dc. as above, p. 365.
S. trilobata. — This is a handsome
shrub 1 2 ft. high, native of the Altaian
Mountains. Leaves roundish, lobed,
crenated, smooth. Flowers in May, pure
white, in numerous compact corymbs.
Culture dc. as above, p. 365.
S. Van Houttei. — A beautiful bush 5-8
ft. high, said to be a cross between S.
media and S. trilobata. In late spring it
produces masses of pure white bloom
almost hiding the deep green foliage.
After flowering the shoots that have
borne blossoms should be thinned out,
and new shoots will break away and pro-
duce an abundance of bloom the following
season. This Spiraea is now grown rather
extensively in pots and gently forced into
early blossom in greenhouses.
Culture dc. as above, p. 365.
NEILLIA (Nine Bark). — A genus of
4 or 5 species of branching shrubs, with
simple or variously lobed and toothed
leaves, and large deciduous stipules.
Flowers in racemes or panicles, herma-
phrodite. Calyx more or less bell-shaped,
5-lobed. Petals 5, inserted at the inouth
of the calyx, shortly clawed. Stamens 10
or more, inserted with the petals. Carpels
1-5, sessile or shortly stalked, free or
connate.
Culture and Propagation. — These
plants thrive in rich loam, but do well in
ordinary soil, and are suitable for shrub-
beries, borders, or grassland. They may
be increased by cuttings of ahnost ripe
wood, inserted in sandy soil under a glass.
Seeds are also ripened freely in ordinary
good seasons and may be sown in cold
frames as soon as ripe. In spring, the
seedlings may be transplanted to light
rich soil, in warm and sheltered spots.
N. amurensis (Spircea amurensis). —
A native of Amur 4-7 ft. high, with some-
what cordate-roundish 3 5-lobed leaves ;
lobes acute, sharply serrate, white and
downy beneath. Flowers in summer,
white ; filaments of stamens reddish.
Culture dc. as above.
N. opulifolia (Spircea opulifolia). —
A beautiful N. American shrub 5 ft. high,
with roundish somewhat palmately 3-
lobed and heart-shaped leaves. Flowers
in June, white, in umbellate corymbs,
succeeded by purplish fruits. The variety
lutea has beautiful yellow-tinted foliage,
looking well in the distance. The variety
NEILLIA
ROSE ORDF.i;
GILLENIA 369
mollis (formerly known as Spiraea capi-
tata) is a form with downy leaves.
Culture do. as above.
N. rubifiora and N. thyrsiflora, natives
of Nepaul, are not yet well known, nor are
they quite hardy in northern parts of this
country. The last-named species is a
Spiraea-like bush about 2 ft. high with
bright purple-red stems, and lobed and
serrate leaves which assume beautiful
purple tints in autumn.
Culture dc. as above.
N. Torreyi (or Spiraea monogyna)
resembles N. opuUfoKa, but has a more
compart habit, and grows only 2 3 ft. high.
( ' ult ii re dc. as above.
STEPHANANDRA. -A genus with
only 2 or 3 species of shrubs, with alter-
nate leaves and hermaphrodite flowers.
Calyx lobes and petals 5. Stamens 10.
Culture and Propagation. — This is
practically the same as for the Shrubby
Spiraeas. The plants like a rich loamy
soil thoroughly well-drained and rather
moist than dry on the whole. The addi-
tion of a dressing of manure every autumn
or winter is very beneficial. They may
be increased by dividing the roots in early
autumn, or in mild weather in spring.
Cuttings of the half-ripened shoots will
also root about August in sandy soil under
a handlight, and the plants thus obtained
may be transferred to the open air the
following spring.
S. flexuosa (Spircea incisa). — A
deciduous Japanese shrub, with alter-
nate, stalked, incised or pinnatifid leaves,
1^-3 in. long, somewhat triangular in out-
line, and downy beneath. Stipules leafy,
persistent. Flowers in July, white, small,
in corymbose panicles or racemes.
Culture dc. as above. When well-
grown this is a graceful bush 3-8 ft. high,
with long arching shoots and prettily cut
foliage. It is best grown in masses by
itself or even as single specimens on the
grass. It sends out suckers freely from
the roots, and may be also increased by
this means.
S. Tanakae. — A Japanese shrub some-
what coarser growing and more fleshy
than S. flexuosa, and with larger leaves
4-5 in. long, sharply toothed, but not
deeply lobed. Flowers small and greenish,
in loose panicles, not very attractive.
Culture dc. as above.
EXOCHORDA (Pearl Bush). — A
genus with only one or two species of
shrubs closely related to the Spiraeas in
character.
E. grandiflora (Spircea grandiflora). —
A handsome Chinese shrub, 6 ft. high,
with stalked, lance-shaped oblong entire or
serrulate leaves and no stipules. Flowers
in May, polygamous dioecious, white, large,
in axillary racemes. Calyx bell-shaped,
•I 5-lobed, rounded. Petals 4-5, large, or
rounded, shortly clawed. Stamens 15,
short, inserted at the mouth of the calyx.
Carpels 5, immersed in the calyx tube but
free from it ; when ripe, hoary, compressed,
ribbed.
E. Alberti is a recently introduced
species from Persia, scarcely yet known,
although grown at Kew. It is quite
hardy and a vigorous grower, and
reaches a height of 10-12 ft., very much
l'esembliug E. grandiflora in appearance.
The leaves however are larger and of a
brighter green, and the scentless flowers
are of a purer white but not quite so large.
As stated above, there are 15 stamens in
the flowers of E. grandiflora, but in
E. Alberti there are 25, arranged in
5 bundles.
Culture and Propagation. — The Pearl
Push likes a warm rich loam and a some-
what sheltered position. It may be in-
creased by seeds, layers, cuttings of the
half-ripened branches, or suckers from the
roots. It is a graceful plant for small
groups on the grass, and when it bears
its white blossoms, each about 1.] in. across,
it reminds one of a small single-flowered
Eose.
GILLENIA. — A genus with 2 species
of erect hairy perennials, with almost ses-
sile 3-foliolate leaves and axillary or termi-
nal hermaphrodite flowers on long stalks.
Calyx tube cylindrical, 10-nerved, with 5
erect teeth. Petals 5, linear lance-shaped.
Stamens 10-20. Carpels 5, distinct or
united. Follicles 5, leathery.
Culture and Propagation. — Gillenias
are natives of N. America and thrive in
moist peat and loam in partial shade, and
may be grown under taller plants in the
shrubbery. They may be increased by
dividing the roots in spring every three or
four years when the plants have made
good clumps. Seeds may also be sown as
soon as ripe in cold frames, and the seed-
lings transplanted in mild weather the
following spring.
370
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS adenostoma
G. stipulacea. — A perennial 1-2 ft.
high, with lanceolate deeply cut leaves,
and white flowers in June.
Culture d-c. as above, p. 369.
G. trifoliata (Spiraea trifoUata). — A
Spiraea-like plant about li-2 ft. high, with
3 -parted leaves, and linear, entire, pointed
stipules. Flowers in June and July, red
or white.
Culture dc. as above, p. 369.
KERRIA (Jew's Mallow). — A genus
with one or two species of slender-stemmed
deciduous shrubs with stalked, simple, long
pointed, largely and unequally toothed
leaves, linear awl-shaped stipules, and
large yellow, solitary, stalked flowers at
the ends of the branches. Petals 5, broad
oblong or rounded, shortly clawed.
Stamens numerous. Carpels 5-8, dry,
indehiscent.
K. japonica.— A pretty Japanese shrub
3-4 ft. or more high, with bright green,
shining leaves, rather smooth above, paler
and slightly hairy beneath. Flowers in
spring and early summer, orange -yellow,
numerous. The double-flowered variety
is best known and is usually seen trained
to walls. It looks well, however, grown
as a bush, the slender arching stems being
covered with yellow blossoms. There is
a beautiful variety with leaves variegated
with sea-green, pale yellow and white.
Culture and Propagation. — Kerrias
thrive in any good soil. They may be in-
creased by layers, division of the roots in
early autumn or spring, or by cuttings of
the young shoots in sandy soil under a
glass. After flowering the old wood may
be cut out where necessary and the young
shoots exposed to the light and air as
much as possible.
RHODOTYPOS (White Jew's
Mallow). — A genus with one species
described below, with the generic charac-
ters : —
R. kerrioides. — A charming deciduous
Japanese shrub, 5-15 ft. high, with
decussately opposite, stalked, ovate,
pointed, deeply serrated leaves, silky be-
neath. Flowers in May, white, herma-
phrodite, solitary, on short stalks at the
ends of the branches, numerous. Calyx
lobes 4, large, leafy, deeply serrated.
Petals 4, large, rounded, shortly clawed.
Stamens numerous. Carpels 1-4, drupe-
like, rown, shining, 1 -seeded.
Culture and Prolongation. — This
species may be grown like the Kerria,
either as a bush or wall plant. It is in-
creased in the same way by layers, division
of the roots in early autumn or early
spring, or by cuttings of the young shoots,
and likes similar soil. Seeds are also
ripened freely in favourable seasons, and if
sown in cold frames as soon as ripe, or in
gentle heat in spring, will produce young
plants which may be pricked out and
transferred to the open ground when
strong enough.
N E VI U S I A (Alabama Snow Wreath).
Another geims with only one species.
The following description includes the
generic characters : —
N. alabamensis. — A somewhat rare
and beautiful United States shrub with
alternate, stalked, ovate or oblong, doubly
serrate leaves, and small free stipifles.
Flowers rather large, hermaphrodite,
white or yellowish-green, on slender stalks
along the length of the branches. Calyx
5-lobed, lobes leafy, serrated. Petals
none. Stamens numerous, conspicuous.
Carpels 4. Drupes 4, Pea-like.
Culture and Propagation. — At Kew
this plant flowers freely in the open air,
and it will probably prove hardy in most
parts of the country. It thrives in warm
loamy soil, and may be treated like Neillia
or Bhodotypos. Propagation may be
effected by means of cuttings of the half-
ripened shoots in sandy soil under a hand-
light, or the lower branches may be
layered in autumn and severed from the
parent plant the following year when well
rooted.
ADENOSTOMA.— A genus with 2
species of rigid, branched shrubs, with
Heath-like, linear, leathery, entire leaves,
solitary or clustered. Flowers herma-
phrodite, racemose or paniculate. Calyx
obconic, bell- shaped, 10-ribbed, leathery,
5-lobed. Petals 5, round. Stamens 12
(or 8-15). Fruit a leathery achene.
A. fasciculata. — A Heath-like Cali-
fornian evergreen bush about 2 ft. high,
with the characters above described.
Culture and Propagation. — It thrives
in a peat and loamy soil, and may be
increased by cuttings of the young
shoots in sandy soil under glass. This
plant is very rarely seen.
EUCRYPHIA
ROSE 0RBE1!
RUBUS 371
Tribe III. Quillaje^e.— Trees or shrubs
Calyx lobes often persistent. Stamens 5-10
cular, or a coccus or capsule.
LINDLEYA. — A genus with one
species, the description of which below
includes the generic characters.
L. mespiloides. — A beautiful Mexican
Medlar-like tree, 20-30 ft. high, with
simple crenulate leathery leaves, and
small awl-like stipules. Flowers in July,
hermaphrodite, white, sweet-scented,
axillary or at the tips of the shoots.
Calyx persistent, 5-lobed ; petals 5,
roundish, sessile, large. Stamens 15-20,
inserted at the mouth of the calyx.
Carpels 5. Capsule woody, oblong, 5-
angled or furrowed.
Culture and Propagation. — In the
southern and milder parts of the country
this evergreen tree will doubtless prove
hardy. It likes well-drained loamy soil
with a chalky bottom. It may be in-
creased by cuttings under glass, or by
grafting on the Common Hawthorn. It
is a plant very rarely seen.
EUCRYPHIA. —A genus with 3
species of smooth or woolly resinous trees,
with opposite, leathery, evergreen, simple
or pinnate, entire, toothed or crenate
leaves. Sepals 4, oblong, concave, coher-
ing at the tips. Petals 4, large, somewhat
hypogynous, broadly obovate rounded,
straight or oblique. Stamens very
numerous. Capsule leathery or woody,
5-12-furrowed.
Culture and Propagation. — The
with simple, rarely pinnate leathery leaves.
20. Carpels free or united. Fruit folli-
species described below like a warm
loamy or peaty soil and somewhat
sheltered positions, especially in northern
parts, in beds by themselves on grass or
in borders. They may be increased by
ripened cuttings inserted in sand under
glass and protected during the winter
months.
E. Billardieri Milligani is a beautiful
white-flowered evergreen shrub, recently
introduced to cultivation from Tasmania.
It is somewhat tender, and will scarcely
succeed in the open air far beyond the
Midlands.
( 'nl tun- dtc. as above.
E. cordifolia. — A Chilian tree, 20 ft.
high, with heart-shaped oblong, crenated,
downy leaves. Flowers large, white,
axillary, solitary, stalked.
Cult ure dtc. as above.
E. pinnatifolia. — A distinct and
beautiful shrub 2-3 ft. high, also native of
Chili, with pinnate leaves composed of
ovate serrate or toothed leaflets. Flowers
white, large, about 3 in. across, usually in
pairs near the ends of the shoots, and
having a cluster of numerous stamens in
the centre. They are borne in July and
August and give the plant an extremely
handsome appearance.
Culture dtc. as above.
Tribe IV. Rubeje.-
Calyx lobes persistent,
by the calyx tube.
-Shrubs or undershrubs. often prickly ; leaves often compound.
Stamens and carpels numerous. Drupes many, not enclosed
RUBUS (Bramble). — A genus con-
taining about 100 distinct species of
creeping herbs, or climbing prickly
shrubs, with alternate, simple, lobed, 3-5-
foliolate or oddly pinnate leaves, with
stipules adnate to the stalks. Calyx
lobes 5, persistent. Petals 5. Stamens
and carpels usually numerous. Fruit con-
sisting of fleshy drupes aggregated on
a conical receptacle (well seen in the
Common Raspberry).
Culture and Propagation. — From a
flower garden point of view, only a few of
the best Brambles are worthy of cultiva-
tion, and even they are chiefly useful for
clothing unsightly banks or walls or
rougher parts where little else will grow,
or where choicer plants would be out of
place. They have the great advantage
of flowering freely and growing in the
poorest of garden soils, although of course
the better the soil, the more vigorous will
the plant be. They are easily increased
by suckers, division, layers, or seeds.
The latter may be sown as soon as ripe
either in cold frames for the more tender
kinds, or in the open border for the hardier
ones. The seedlings may be transplanted
in spring during mild weather. It is,
however, much quicker to divide the roots,
or replant suckers, or to detach the rooted
layers.
b b 2
372
PB ACTIO AL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
RUB US
Besides the kinds described below
there are many others to be found in
botanical collections such as Kew, but
they are scarcely worth mention here from
a flower garden point of view.
The Easpberr3T (R. Idceus) is treated
separately at p. 1085.
R. arcticus. — A small non-prickly
species about 6 in. high, native of the
Arctic regions. Leaves 3-foliolate with
rhomboid-ovate coarsely toothed leaflets.
Flowers in June, rose-pink, useful for the
rock garden.
Culture dc. as above.
R. australis. — A distinct-looking New
Zealand climber with prickly stems and
practically no leaves as popularly under-
stood. There is, however, great variation
in regard to these, as some forms have
large deep shining green leaves, composed
of 3-5 leaflets with coarsely toothed mar-
gins. Flowers in early summer, pink or
white, fragrant, about i in. across. Fruit
yellow, juicy. This is not quite hardy
in all parts, and should be trained up a
south wall.
Culture dc. as above.
R. biflorus. — A tall prickly Himalayan
species, with whitish steins, leaflets 3-5,
ovate, doubly toothed, downy or hairy
above, white and woolly beneath.
Flowers in May, white, i-f in. across.
Fruit golden-yellow.
Culture dc. as above. Even in a leaf-
less condition in winter, this species can-
not fail to attract attention, as its cane-
like stems stand out clearly on the land-
scape, being so white that the uninitiated
are apt to imagine them to be white-
washed.
R. Chamaemorus (Cloudberry). — A
non-prickly British species 4-8 hi. high.
Leaves 5-7-lobed, crenate, wrinkled.
Flowers in summer, white, 1 in. across ;
sepals hairy. Fruit orange-yellow, j in.
in diameter.
Culture dc. as above.
R. deliciosus. — A beautiful North
American climber, with roundish, kidney-
shaped, wrinkled leaves slightly 3-5-lobed,
finely serrated. Flowers in May, purple,
about 2 in. across, produced in great abun-
dance. Fruit large, delicious flavour.
Culture dc. as above. This may be
grown as a shrub by cutting back the
shoots. It is very ornamental when in
bloom and may be used in clumps bj'
itself or in the shrubbery in an open
situation.
R.fruticosus (Blackberry ; Bramble).
A well-known prickly denizen of
British and Irish hedges, copses, and
waste places, with beautiful white or
pink flowers, and large black or reddish-
purple fruits, excellent either in a raw,
cooked, or preserved state. The double
white and double pink varieties with
flowers like rosettes are very pretty and
well worth having in any Bramble
collection. There is also a form with
variegated leaves. Some of the American
varieties, like Lawtons, Kittatinny,
Mammoth, do not thrive in this country,
but the Parsley -leaved Blackberry grows
very well.
Culture dc. as above.
R. japonicus tricolor. — A handsome
Japanese trailer with slender stems,
and leaves with 3-lobed toothed or
serrate margins, and remarkable for
their pretty white and green marbling,
mixed with soft rosy-pink. The young
leaves look particularly handsome.
Culture dc. as above. This is a newly
introduced Bramble and will no doubt
prove quite hardy, at least in the mild
southern and western parts of the kingdom.
R. laciniatus. — A distinct, prickly,
straggling species with leaves composed
of 3-5 dissected and sharply serrated
leaflets somewhat downy beneath.
Flowers from June to September, white
or rosy ; petals 3-lobed at the apex.
Culture dc. as above.
R. lasiostylus. — A Chinese species 4-5
ft. high, densely set with prickles, and
covered with a bluish-white bloom.
Flowers in summer, small, reddish-
purple.
Culture dc. as above.
R. leucodermis. — A native of N.W.
America somewhat like R. bijiorus, but
it is not such a strong grower, nor are
the prickly stems so white, but more
distinctly bluish. Flowers white. Fruit
yellowish-red, with a good flavour.
Culture dc. as above.
R. neglectus. — A N. American plant
supposed to be a hybrid between R.
occidentalis and R. strigosus. It has
stout prickly stems about 8 ft. high
covered with a white or bluish-white
bloom. Flowers white. Fruit dark red.
Culture dc. as above.
KUBUS
ROSE ORDER
t II.ULEBATIA 373
R. nutkanus. — A native of Nootka
Sound, with hairy, flexuous stems 1-10
ft. long. Leaves 5-lobed, coarsely and
unequally toothed. Flowers in August,
white, large, followed by red fruits.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species thrives near water or in moist
soil, and may be increased in the ways
mentioned above. It ripens seeds freely
in the British Islands.
R. occidentalis (Tfoi/mbleberry or
Black Raspberry). — A native of the
Eastern United States and Canada, with
dull bluish-white arching stems 5-6 ft.
high. Flowers white, succeeded by
purple-black fruits.
Culture -I'-, as ;ibove.
R. odoratus (Purple Virginian Rasp-
berry).-— A non-prickly N. American
species 3-5 ft. high, with 3-5-lobed
leaves, minutely toothed. Flowers from
June to August, purple-rose, 2 in. across,
many on a stalk.
Culture (Be. as above.
R. phoenicolasius (Japanese Wine-
i). — A tall-growing Japanese species
covered with stiff glandular purple-red
hairs. Leaves 5-7 in. long, 3-foliolate or
simple ; leaflets crenate-serrate, downy
white beneath. Flowers in June, pale
pink, succeeded by scarlet fruits f in. long,
to which birds are very partial.
Culture ttc. as above.
R. rosaefolius. — A Himalayan species,
fit only for the mildest parts of the
country. Leaflets 5-7, ovate lance-shaped,
pointed, deeply serrated. Flowers in
August, white, about 1 in. across. Fruit
orange-red. The double variety coro-
nariiis is a great improvement on the
type, but is likewise tender. It makes
pretty specimens if grown in small pots in
the greenhouse during the winter months.
According to the ' Kew Handlist ' this
variety is now known as E. tJtyrsoides jl.
pi., but the name rosaefolius is very de-
scriptive of the foliage and is retained
here as it is much better known.
R. spectabilis (Salmon Berry). — A
dense, erect-growing, North American
bramble 6-10 ft. high. Leaves 3-foliolate;
leaflets ovate pointed, deeply cut, and
serrate. Flowers in May, bright red or
purple, large. Fruit red, twice the size
of the common Raspberry, but inferior in
flavour.
Culture dx: as above.
R. strigosus. — A native of N.E.
America with glaucous stems covered
with bristles rather than prickles.
Flowers white. Fruit red.
Culture <£c. as above.
Tribe V. Potent ille;e. — Herbs or shrubs. Calyx persistent bracteolate. Stamens
and carpels usually numerous.
PURSHIA. — A genus containing only
the following species, the description of
which includes the generic characters : —
P. tridentata. — A pretty hardy ever-
green shrub 2-3 ft. high, native of X.W.
America. The branches are furnished
with clusters of small alternate, somewhat
wedge-shaped leaves cut into 3 linear
lobes, with recurved margins and a
whitish downy under surface. The short-
stalked yellow flowers appear in summer.
The persistent 5-lobed calyx is elongated
tubular or funnel-shaped, and the corolla
consists of 5 obovate clawed petals sur-
rounding about 25 stamens in the centre.
Culture and Propagation. — Tins little-
known shrub flourishes in ordinary good
and well-drained garden soil of a some-
what sandy nature. It appears to be
perfectly hardy, and may be increased by
inserting cuttings of the young or half-
ripened shoots in sandy soil under a bell-
glass during the summer months.
CHAMjEBATIA.— This genus is also
represented only by the one species de-
scribed here : —
C. foliolosa. — A pretty evergreen shrub
2-3 ft. high, native of California. The
young shoots are clothed with a glandular
down and broadly ovate rather clammy
leaves about 2 in. long, thrice pinnately
cut or divided. The white flowers, about
| in. across, appear in summer in cy-
mose clusters at the ends of the shoots.
Calyx persistent with a bell-shaped or
hemispherical tube, and 5 lobes. Petals
5, obovate. Stamens numerous in many
series, inserted on the throat of the calyx.
Culture and Propagation. — This is
a somewhat tender shrub and is scarcely
hardy enough to be grown in the open air
374
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
GEUM
except in the milder parts of the kingdom.
It flourishes in good well-drained garden
soil, or rich sandy loam, with a little peat
or leaf mould added, and may be increased
by cuttings of the half-ripened shoots
inserted in sandy soil under a handlight
or in a cold frame.
DRYAS (Mountain Avens). — A
genus with 2 species of pretty dwarf tufted,
shrubby plants, with simple, stalked,
oblong, entire, crenate, or somewhat
pinnatifid leaves, shining above, white
beneath. Stipules adnate to the leaf stalk.
Flowers on slender, erect scapes, solitary.
Calyx tube short, glandular hairy. 8-9-
lobed. Petals 8-9, broadly obovate.
Stamens and carpels numerous. Achenes
with slender feathery tails.
Culture and Propagation. — These
plants thrive in moist peaty soil, and
may be increased by cuttings inserted in
sandy soil in spring under glass ; by
division of the roots in early autumn, or
better still in spring when growth is com-
mencing ; or from seed sown in spring in
the open border in mild weather, or early
in autumn as soon as ripe in cold frames.
The seedlings are best wintered in cold
frames the first season so as to enable
them to become strong and sturdy before
transferring to the moist parts of the
rockery or edges of borders.
D. Drummondi. — A rare N. American
evergreen trailer, with elliptic deeply
crenate leaves, white beneath. Flowers
in June, golden-yellow, about 1 in. across.
Culture dc. as above.
D. lanata (D. nivea). — This is a curi-
ous Tyrolese form of I), octopetala with
much narrower and whiter leaves. The
flowers are rather smaller than those of
D. octopetala, but are more freely pro-
duced, and the whole plant is more
vigorous.
Culture dc. as above. Growing
naturally on the sunny slopes of the
southern Tyrol, this plant requires open
sunny situations and will nourish in well-
drained sandy loam. It may be increased
by seeds or division.
D. octopetala (D. depressa). — A dwarf
tufted British plant with obovate coarsely
toothed leaves about 1 in. long, hoary
beneath, shining above. Flowers in May
and June, white, with conspicuous yellow
stamens in the centre. Calyx very
hairy. There is a pretty little form
called minima useful for the rock garden.
Culture dc. as above.
FALLUGIA. — A genus represented
only by the following species : —
F. paradoxa (Sieversia paradoxa). —
An erect much-branched shrub 4 ft. or
more in height, native of California and
Mexico. The alternate stalked leaves are
more or less irregularly cut into 3-5 linear
blunt lobes with recurved margins and
a snowy-white under surface. The large
white showy flowers are borne either
solitary at the ends of the shoots or in
small panicles. The persistent calyx
tube is obconical or hemispherical, with 5
ovate 3-toothed or tailed lobes. Petals 5
obovate roundish. Stamens and achenes
numerous, the latter ending in feathery
tails.
Culture and Propagation. — This is
not a well-known plant. It flourishes in
ordinary good garden soil, and likes warm
sheltered and sunny situations. In the
northern and bleaker parts of the kingdom
it would probably be unable to stand a
hard winter unless well protected with
mats. It may be increased by seeds if
obtainable, sown as soon as ripe in cold
frames, or by means of cuttings of the
half-ripened shoots inserted in sandy soil
under a handlight in summer.
GEUM (Avens). — A genus with about
SO species of perennial herbs with tufted
pinnate radical leaves, having a very
large terminal lobe. Stipules sheathing
and adnate to the base of the leaf stalk.
Flowers solitary or corymbose. Calyx
persistent with 5 bracteoles below the 5
lobes. Petals 5, rounded or obovate.
Stamens and carpels many.
Culture and Propagation. — Geums
are easily grown in any fairly rich loamy
soil. They are excellent border or rock
plants, and like plenty of sun above, and
moisture at the roots during hot summers.
Propagation is mostly easily effected by
dividing the roots or clumps in early
autumn, or in spring as growth com-
mences, when the plants have made large
masses, and would be benefited by the
process. Seeds are freely ripened by most
of the kinds, and may be sown as soon as
ripe either in cold frames or in sheltered
spots in the open border, afterwards prick-
ing the seedlings out in spring about 1 ft.
apart. Seeds may also be sown in the
GEUM
rose oni)h:i:
GEUM 375
open air in spring, and the seedlings trans-
planted early in autumn.
G. chiloense. — A beautiful hairy
perennial 1-3 ft. high, native of Chiloe.
Leaves pinnate, with crenate-serrated
leaflets. Flowers in summer, scarlet,
sometimes shaded with bronze. The
variety grandiflonnn has flowers of a
dazzling scarlet ; miniatum is also a
splendid variety with brilliant flowers,
while the double or semi-double flowered
form is equally handsome and brilliant in
colour.
Culture it'-r. as above. The species and
varieties mentioned are among the very
finest of the Geums and should find a
place in the herbaceous border for the
brilliancy of their flowers. They are all
easily increased by dividing the rootstocks
early in autumn or in spring. Any speci-
ally fine form is best increased in this way,
as seedlings have a great tendency to vary
from the parent plant.
G. coccineum. — A native of S.E.
Europe, (i 12 in. high, rather rare, but
often mixed up with the preceding species.
Leaves large,Jlyrate-pinnatifid with 5-7-
toothed leaflets. Flowers in summer,
scarlet, with roundish obcordate petals.
Heldreiehi is a Greek form with deep
orange-red flowers. There is also a form
with semi-double bright scarlet flowers.
Culture <(V. as above.
G. elatum. — ■ A pretty Himalayan
species with pinnately cut leaves the seg-
ments of which are roundish oblong and
irregularly toothed. Flowers in summer,
golden-yellow, on long slender stalks.
Culture de. as above.
G. macrophyllum. — A North American
species 9-12 in. high, with leaves ending
in a large roundish heart-shaped lobe, and
having a few golden -yellow flowers on the
stem.
Culture <(c. as above.
G. molle. — A native of the Servian
and Balkan mountains closely related to
G. pyrenaicum, from which it differs in
having smaller and more softly hairy
leaves of a bright green colour, and larger
bright yellow blossoms in June.
Culture dc. as above.
G. montanum. — A native of the Alps
6-12 in. high, with softly hairy, incised
leaves. Flowers in summer, 1^ in.
across, yellow, on stems 9-18 in. high,
succeeded by a cluster of feathery tailed
seeds of a reddish-brown colour. There
is a large-flowered variety culled gra/ncU-
florv/m, and a brilliant orange-colouredone
called an r<t ul iaeit ni.
Cull a re dc. as above. It likes warm
spots in the border or rockery fully exposed
to the sun.
G. pyrenaicum. — A hairy Pyrenean
perennial about 1.1 ft. high. Lower leaf-
lets small, ovate, toothed. Flowers in
June, yellow, nodding, 1 -4 on a stem.
( 'ultttre dc. as above.
G. radiatum.-— A handsome perennial,
12-18 in. high, native of the high moun-
tains in Carolina. It has roundish, kid-
ne\ shaped leaves with radiating veins,
and large bright yellow blossoms resem-
bling those of '/. monta/num.
( 'ult ii re ill-, as above.
G. reptans. — This pretty species is
really the rock form of G. monta/nv/m. It
grows in the clefts of rocks and in rocky
debris on the higher Alps at an elevation
of 6000-7500 ft. and is also native of the
Pyrenees and the mountain ranges of
Eastern Europe. The plant sends out
long thread-like runners, at the tips of
which are small buds or shoots which take
root. The grey-green velvety leaves are
more deeply and finely divided than those
of G. monta mi in, and the flowers are
larger, about 2 in. across, and of a soft
yellow colour, appearing in summer, and
afterwards followed by purple hairy seed
heads.
Cult ii re dc. as above. It flourishes in
moist well-drained gritty, but not calca-
reous, soils.
G. rhaeticum. — A native of the Swiss
Alps, 6-9 in. high, with hairy lyrate and
pinnately cut bright green leaves. The
bright yellow flowers, an inch or more
across, are usually produced singly on the
top of the stem, with 2 or 3 reduced leaves
or bracts beneath.
Culture dc. as above.
G. rivale (Water Avcns). — A British
plant 1-3 ft. high, found by the banks of
streams &c. Leaves variable, pinnate,
with more or less obovate toothed leaflets.
Flowers from May to July, 11 h in. across,
yellow or orange.
Culture dc. as above. May be grown
in marshy places in the rockery, or near
streams, pools &c.
G. strictum. — A distinct species with
a wide geographical distribution, being
376
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS potentilla
found on the Caucasus, in Siberia, and
North America. It grows 2— 2£ ft. high,
and has oval pinnate leaves covered with
soft hairs, and produces an abundance of
golden-yellow flowers during the summer
months.
Culture dc. as above.
G. trifiorum (Sievcrsia triflora). — A
pretty N. American perennial with inter-
ruptedly pinnate leaves 4-6 in. long,
with deeply serrated leaflets. Flowers
in summer, white, tipped and edged with
purple-red, or purplish, on hairy stems
8-12 in. high. Calyx dark purple.
Culture dc. as above. It likes a
moist and rather light soil in partially
shaded spots in the rockery or border.
WALDSTEINIA.— - A genus with 4
species of creeping perennial Strawberry-
like herbs. Calyx persistent, 5-lobed, with
5 minute bracteoles. Petals 5, obovate.
Stamens many. Achenes dry or fleshy,
downy or hairy.
Culture mid Propagation. — These
plants grow well in ordinary soil and are
suitable for the rockery. They may be in-
creased by seeds or division in spring or in
early autumn. Seeds maybe sown when
ripe in cold frames or in the open border
in sheltered spots, and the seedlings may
be pricked out in mild weather in spring.
Seeds may also be sown at the latter
period and the seedlings transplanted in
mild showery weather in early autumn.
The plants, however, are so very easily
divided that it is scarcely worth while to
go to the trouble of raising them from
seed, unless a very large number of plants
are required.
W. fragarioides (Barren Strawberry).
A showy N. American perennial with
bright red hairy stems about 6 in. high,
with ternate leaves, and obovate irregularly
toothed leaflets. Flowers in early sum-
mer, bright yellow, about i in. across.
Culture dc. as above.
W. geoides. — A dwarf tufted Hun-
garian perennial 4-6 in. high, with pal-
mately 3-5-lobed and toothed leaves.
Flowers in May and June, small, yellow,
numerous, usually in terminal pairs.
Culture dc. as above.
W. trifolia. — A native of E. Europe
4 6 in. high. Leaves 3-lobed with shortly
stalked hairy leaflets. Flowers in April
and May, rich golden-yellow. W. sibirica
from Siberia appears to be a form of this
species.
Culture dc. as above. This is a
charming plant for trailing over rocks, and
looks much better grown in this way than
as a flat patch in the rockery.
FRAGARIA (Strawberry). — A
genus with only a few species of silky or
hairy perennial herbs, with runners or
stolons. Leaves 1-3-foliolate or pinnate.
Flowers polygamous-dicecious. Calyx
persistent, 5-lobed, 5-bracteolate. Petals
5, broadly obovate, shortly clawed. Sta-
mens many, persistent. Carpels many,
distinct, on a fleshy convex receptacle,
which in the case of the Strawberry is
eaten as the fruit.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Strawberries for the flower garden are
easily grown in ordinary soil not too wet or
cold, and are easily increased by dividing
the rootstocks or the runners. The plants
may be utilised for the ornamentation of
rockeries, old ruins, walls &c. The Straw-
berry proper is treated upon at p. 1088.
F. chilensis. — A pretty S. American
species about 1 ft. high, with obovate,
serrate, wrinkled leaflets, silky beneath.
Flowers in April and May, white, on thick
silky stalks. Fruit rosy, white-fleshed.
The variety grandiflora (known as the
Pine Strawberry) has glaucous leaves
hairy beneath, and somewhat larger
flowers than the type.
Culture dc. as above.
F. indica, with golden-yellow flowers,
and the various forms of the white -
flowered Wild Strawberry (F. vesca) are
i;seful in conjunction with the above for
the rockery or chinks of old walls.
Culture dc. as above.
POTENTILLA (Cinquefoil). — A
genus with about 120 species of smooth,
hairy or silky tornentose perennial herbs
or undershrubs, rarely annuals. Leaves
digitately 3-7-foliolate or oddly pinnate,
with stipules adnate to the base of the
stalk. Flowers in corymbose cymes,
rarely axillary and solitary. Calyx per-
sistent, usually 5-lobed, with 5 bracteoles.
Petals 5, rarely 4, obovate roundish, or
linear spathulate. Stamens, carpels,
achenes many.
Culture and Propagation. — Poten-
tillas prefer a sandy soil. Many of them
are useful for rockeries, banks &c, and a
few of the best make' splendid border
POTENT 11.1, A
ROSE ORDER
POTENTILLA 377
plants. They may be increased by divi-
ding the rootstocks Or by sowing seeds in
spring in the case of the single-flowered
kinds. The double-flowered varieties are
best increased by division, as they do not
usually seed so freely as the single ones,
and also because seedlings rarely come
with the true characters of the parent
plants.
The Double Potentillas are by far
more beautiful garden plants than the
natural species. Grown in a light deep soil
with plenty of sun they make glowing
pictures in the flower garden from June to
September. Although the flowers are
more or less double, and resemble small
Roses, they ripen some seeds, and from
these new forms may be obtained by those
in search of novelties.
These double-flowered forms arc the
result of crossing the atrosa/nguvnea form
of P. a/rgyrophylla with forms of P.
nepalensis, and it is remarkable that
these Himalayan species have produced
such a fine hardy race of ornamental
flowers.
The following is a list of the best
double Potentillas : —
Californe, large golden-yellow; Gem-
didat, brick-red, suffused gold; Carnival,
orange-yellow, flaked crimson ; Cendrillon,
red, shaded yellow ; Ch inois, very large
rich maroon and yellow; CJwomatella,
clear yellow, effective ; Congo, dark ma-
roon and yellow ; Don Quixote, soft
yellow, splashed scarlet ; Eldorado, scar-
let-crimson, shaded gold ; Feu Follet,
orange-scarlet, with broad orange margin ;
Golconde, rich crimson, suffused and
edged gold; Jupiter, vivid crimson, suf-
fused yellow ; Le Vesuve, vermilion,
flushed and blotched golden ; L' Acheron,
brilliant velvety red and yellow ; Madame
Bouillard, rich velvety scarlet, edged
golden, very large flowers ; Mar rond' hide,
maroon and yellow ; Melpomene, bright
yellow, shaded orange-scarlet ; Milton,
yellow, heavily blotched bright red ;
Orphee, beautiful self-yellow ; Panorama,
chrome-yellow, striped purple ; Purpurea
plena, rich deep purple-crimson ; Pur-
purea lutea plena ; Richesse, fiery scarlet,
splashed gold; Toitssaint VOuverture,
rich velvety scarlet, tipped gold ; Van
Dyck, yellow, striped red; Vase d'Or,
canary-yellow ; Velours Pourpre, dark
velvety purple, large double flowers ;
Versicolor, crimson-scarlet, shaded orange;
Vulcan, rich deep crimson ; William
BolUson, glowing scarlet shading to
orange-yellow, very showy and handsome.
P. alba. — A dwarf procumbent species
3 6 in. high, native of the Alps, with
silvery leaves and large white flowers 1 in.
across, from February to August.
Culture dc. as above.
P. alchemilloides. This is a native
of the chalky mountain districts of the
Pyrenees, and grows (J 12 in. high, with
ascending stems, and leaves composed of
5-7 oblong oval Leaflets. The pure white
flowers appear in great abundance from
.Tunc to August.
Culture iir. ;is ;ili<>\ v.
P. alpestris. — A somewhat rare British
plant 6-12 in. high, with rather hairy
leaves, composed of 5 leaflets, and bright
yellow flowers 1 in. across, in early
summer.
Culture dc. as above. It likes a deep
moist soil.
P. ambigua. - A creeping Himalayan
species 6 in. high, with masses of leaves
forming a green carpet on the ground.
Flowers in June, rich yellow, 1 in. across,
just overtopping the foliage.
Cult are etc. as above.
P. anserina (Silver Weed). — A pretty
and distinct species, native of the Northern
temperate hemisphere, being found grow-
ing naturally in moist sandy soil in most
parts of Europe, N. Asia, and N. America.
It has a creeping rootstock, and inter-
ruptedly pinnate leaves composed of many
deeply serrate or pinnately divided leaflets,
the under surface of which is clothed with
soft silky white hairs, which give them a
silvery appearance. The solitary yellow
flowers i-f in. across are freely produced
in July and August.
Culture dec. as above. This species
may be used for covering the sides of
banks or slopes, or for furnishing waste
places.
P. apennina (P. Bocconi). — A dwarf
tufted species, native of the pastures high
up on the Apennines. The leaves are
composed of 3 oval leaflets, and the large
flowers of a bright yellow colour are borne
in summer.
Culture d-c. as above. Suitable for
the border or rockery in open sunny
places. It likes a mixture of peat, loam,
and sand.
378
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS potentilla
P. argentea. — A slender - growing-
species 6-12 in. high, native of the dry
mountainous regions of Europe, Asia
Minor, Siberia, and N. America. The
leaves are composed of 5 obovate leaflets,
greyish-green above, silvery-white beneath.
The small yellow flowers are borne in a
terminal panicle from June to September.
There are several forms of this species,
and a hybrid between it and P. verna also
exists. P. collina, a native of Bohemia, is
closely related.
Culture &c. as above, p. 376.
P. argyrophylla (P. insignis). — A
pretty Himalayan species 1|— 3 ft. high,
with silky, silvery, sharp-toothed leaves.
Flowers in summer, yellow, over 1 in.
across. The variety atrosanguinea has
beautiful dark crimson flowers, and there
is also a fine double-flowered form of it
from which most of the garden forms are
derived.
Culture St. as above, p. 376.
P. aurea. — A very dwarf tufted species
scarcely more than 1-2 in. high. It is a
native of the European mountain ranges
at elevations of 3000 to 6000 ft. The
palmate leaves have 5 oblong lobes edged
with silky silvery hairs. The large
golden-yellow flowers, spotted with orange
at the base of each petal, are borne in
loose panicles from May to July.
P. baldensis from the Tyrolese Alps
is closely related, but may be distinguished
by its denser habit, smaller and more
numerous yellow flowers, and hairy
leaves.
Culture d'c. as above. Suitable for
the rock garden, or for making a carpet
in the flower border, in open sunny situa-
tions in sandy soil, with a little peat or
leaf-mould added.
P. bifurca. — A Caucasian species in
the way of P. anserina, having thread-
like rooting runners, and pinnate leaves
composed of 3-7 pairs of oblong very
downy leaflets. The bright yellow flowers
are borne on an erect panicle 9-12 in.
high froni May to July.
Culture dc. as above, p. 376.
P. Calabra. — A native of S. Europe,
with very silvery 5-lobed leaves, and
lemon-yellow flowers about J in. across,
produced in early summer. This is closely
related to P. argentea, and is practically
only a form of it.
Culture d-c. as above, p. 376.
P. canescens. — An erect -growing per-
ennial 1-2 ft. high, native of the European
mountain ranges. The grey-green leaves
are composed of 5-9 leaflets, and are
covered with a silvery down on the under
surface. The yellow flowers are borne in
broad clusters from May to July.
Culture d-c. as above, p. 376.
P. caulescens. — A pretty species,
native of the Alps, Apennines, Pyrenees
&c, with leafy stems 6-9 in. long. The
lower leaves are composed of 5 leaflets,
the under surface and the margins of
which are furnished with silky hairs.
The white flowers appear in great profu-
sion from June to August.
Culture dc. as above. A sunny crevice
in the rockwork or in stony well-drained
soil suits this species best.
P. chrysantha. — -A native of the moun-
tains of Central Europe, 1-2 ft. high, with
downy leaves composed of 5-7 pairs of
oblong toothed leaflets. The light yellow
flowers are borne on a large panicle from
May to August.
Culture dtc. as above, p. 376.
P. cinerea. — A dwarf creeping species,
native of the mountains of S. Europe and
Asia Minor. The leaves are covered with
a whitish down, and are composed of 4-5
thick leathery leaflets. The small bright
yellow flowers are produced with great
freedom from May to August.
Culture ({■<■. as above, p. 376.
P. clusiana. — A small species 2-3 in.
high, native of the chalky rocks of the
Tyrol and Carpathian Mountains at an
elevation of 3000-6000 ft. The 3-5
oblong leaflets which compose the leaA-es
are covered with silky down, and the
white flowers appear in May and June,
2 or 3 together at the top of the leafy
stems.
Cult ure d-c. as above, p. 376.
P. congesta (Horkelia congesta). — A
Californian species 1-2 ft. high, with
wedge-shaped oblong leaflets cut at the
apex. Flowers in August, white, crowded
on the stalks.
Culture Sc. as above, p. 376.
P. delphinensis. — A dwarf tufted
species 9-18 in. high, with digitate leaves
made up of 5-7 lobes, green on both sides.
The numerous bright yellow flowers are
borne in summer, closely arranged on the
panicle.
Culture d-c. as above, p. 376.
TOTENTILLA
HOSE OBDKl;
I'OTKNTILLA 370
P. Detommasi. — This is a Large and
handsome plant from the Macedonian
mountains, closely related to P. argentea,
from which it may be distinguished by its
more ornamental foliage and its larger
and more brilliant flowers.
Culture iti-. as above, p. 376.
P. Fenzli. — A pretty little species 6 9
in. high, native of the mountains Of Mac< -
donia and Asia Minor. It has finely
divided silky leaves clothed with a silvery
down, and the small yellow blossoms are
produced in close-set panicles in summer.
Culture dc. as above, p. 376.
P. frigida. — This handsome little
species is a native of the Alps, Pyrenees,
and Rocky Mountains, and has somewhat
trailing or ascending stems clothed with
hairy leaves which are composed of 3
olive-green leaflets. The small golden-
yellow flowers are almost stalkless, and
appear either solitary or in pairs at tin
tips of the shoots from June to Sep-
tember.
Culture <t'c. as above. This species
likes well-drained gritty soil in the rock
garden, and a sunny position.
P. fruticosa. — A British shrub 2-4 ft.
high, with brown stems and somewhat
digitately pinnate leaves, glaucous and
silky when young. Flowers in June
and July, bright yellow, about f in.
across, at the ends of almost every
branch. The variety p rostrnta has trail-
ing stems, and davurica, a Chinese form,
has smooth leaves.
Culture and Propagation. — This is
a very striking plant and when in full
blossom is exceedingly attractive. The
branches and leaves are almost hidden
with the abundance of yellow flowers. It
likes well-drained ordinary soil and plenty
of moisture, and may be increased by seeds,
or cuttings of the young shoots in spring.
P. grandiflora. — This fine species is a
native of the pastures and alpine regions
of Europe and Asia. It grows 6-12 in.
high, and has 3-foliate leaves of a grey-
green hue. From 3 to 10 large bright
yellow blossoms are borne on an erect
stalk from May to August.
P. pedemontana, from the Southern
Alps, is closely related, but has a more
spreading habit and smaller leaves covered
with a silky down beneath.
P. minima is a pygmy form of grandi-
flora found on the limestone mountains of
S. Europe at an elevation of 3000-6000
feet. The flowers are very small, and
appear not only in May and June, but
sometimes also in autumn.
Culture dc. as above. Easily increasi n 1
by seeds and offsets.
P. heptaphylla. — An alpine species
with spreading stems 6- 12 in. high. The
leaves are composed of 5-9 leaflets, and
the large bright yellow flowers appear
from May to August.
Culture dc. as above, p. 376.
P. hirta (P. peduta). — A handsome
perennial 1\ 2 ft. high, native of the
mountains of S. Europe, and also found
on the Atlas Mountains in N. Africa.
The leaves are cut into 7 leaflets, and the
rather large golden-yellow flowers con-
tinue to appear throughout the summer
months.
/'. ust rnhanii-ii. I', angustifolia, and
P. obseura are forms of this species.
Culture dc. as above, p. 376.
P. hopwoodiana. — A garden hybrid
1.1 ft. hi<j;h, with oblong wedge-shaped,
coarsely toothed, hairy leaflets. Flowers
in June and July, beautiful salmon -
apricot, edged with bright rose.
Culture iir. as above, p. 376.
P. multifida. — A handsome species
6 12 in. high, oative of the mountains of
Central Europe and Asia. The leaves
are much divided and cut up, deep green
above, and covered with a white down on
the under surface. The yellow flowers
are borne on slender stalks from Mav to
July.
Culture dc. as above, p. 376.
P. nepalensis (P. formosa). — A hand-
some velvety hairy perennial 12-18 in.
high, with deep green leaves composed
of 5-7 oval lance-shaped toothed leaflets.
The brilliant rosy-carmine flowers are
produced freely from May to August,
having rosy filaments in the centre
tipped with blackish anthers. There is
a variet3? called nana, similar to the type,
but of a dwarfer and denser habit of
growth.
Culture dc. as above. This species is
closely related to forms of P. argyro-
pliylla — notably atrosanguinea — and in
conjunction with them has probably been
instrumental in originating the beautiful
double-flowered garden forms.
P. nevadensis. — A small trailing
species, native of the Sierra Nevada in
380
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS potentilla
Spain, where it grows in the clefts of the
rocks at an elevation of about 10,000 ft.
The leaves are composed of 5 leaflets
clothed with a short, soft, silvery down,
and the pale yellow flowers appear in
May and June.
Culture dc. as above, p. 376.
P. nitida. — A native of S. Europe form-
ing broad silvery cushions or carpets
scarcely 2 in. high. The leaves are com-
posed of 3-5 shining, silvery, obovate or
wedge-shaped leaflets. Flowers in sum-
mer, soft delicate rose, but of a much
deeper tint in the variety atrorubens.
Culture dc. as above. Al though this
species is easily increased by dividing the
tufts, it seems as if plants raised from
seed are hardier, and better in every way.
This species is remarkable for having pink
flowers, the majority of the other species
being yellow or white. There is, however,
•a white-flowered form of nitida proper.
P. nivea. — A dwarf tufted species
about 2 in. high, native of the mountainous
regions of Europe, Asia, and N. America.
The whitish downy leaves are composed
of 3 spreading leaflets, the under surface
of which is snowy- white. Flowers yellow,
from May to July.
Culture etc. as above. This species
likes gritty peat and loam in half-shaded
parts of the rockery.
P. opaca. — A native of the mountains
of Central and N. Europe, N. Asia, and
N. America. The branches trail on the
surface of the soil, and are furnished with
large leaves composed of 5-7 leaflets
covered with soft hairs. The yellow
flowers appear in May and June, ap-
parently on the surface of the ground, on
account of the trailing stems.
Culture dc. as above, p. 376.
P. pyrenaica. — A showy Pyrenean
species 6-18 in. high, sometimes covered
with adpressed hairs, sometimes nearly
smooth. Leaves 3-5-lobed, velvety or
rather smooth, the lower ones on long
stalks. Flowers in summer, deep golden-
yellow ; petals very round, and over-
lapping.
Culture dc. as above, p. 376.
P. recta. — A rather stiffish erect-
growing species 12-18 in. high, native of
the European mountains, with leaves
composed of 5-toothed leaflets, and bear-
ing numerous large primrose - yellow
flowers from May to September. There
are several varieties of this fine species,
the best known being laciniata, viae ran -
tha, and palmata.
Culture dc. as above, p. 376.
P. rupestris. — A native of the moun-
tains of Central and S. Europe, with erect
brownish stems l|-2 ft. high, and pinnate
leaves made up of 5-7 oblong toothed
leaflets. The white flowers are borne in
a loose panicle throughout the summer
months.
Culture dc. as above, p. 376.
P. russelliana. — This is supposed to
be a hybrid between P. argnropliylla
atrosanguinea and P. nepalensis. In
slimmer and autumn it bears its rich
blood-scarlet flowers, nearly 2 in. across.
Culture dc. as above, p. 376.
P. Saxifraga. — A native of S. Europe
4-6 in. high. Leaves with 3-5 toothed
or untoothed leaflets. Flowers in May
and June, white, in corymbose heads.
Culture dc. as above, p. 376.
P. splendens. — A Pyrenean species
with a short and rather woody branching
rootstock, and slender stems forming a
dense carpet scarcely 2 in. high. The
3-5 leaflets composing the leaves are of
a glistening green above, with a silvery-
white down beneath ; and the beautiful
white flowers appear singly on long stalks
from May to July. Other white-flowered
Potentillas are P. Fragariastrum, P.
petiolulata, P. viicrantha, and P. pyg-
mcea.
Culture dc. as above, p. 376.
P. subacaulis. — A dwarf tufted species,
native of the mountains of Europe, with
branches spreading on the surface of the
soil, and having leaves composed of 3
greyish downy leaflets. The yellow
flowers appear frorn May to July, slightly
above the trailing branches. Closely
related to P. cinerea and perhaps only a
form of it.
Culture dc. as above, p. 376.
P. unguiculata (Ivesia ungidculata).
A pretty Californian perennial 9-12 in.
high. Lower leaves 4-8 in. long, narrow-
linear, with 3 closely packed leaflets
clothed with silky white hairs. Flowers in
July, pearly-white, i in. across, in slender,
branched panicles.
Culture dc. as above, p. 376.
AC.33NA
HOSE ORDER
\< i:x\ 381
Tribe VI. Poterie/e. — Herbs or shrubs. Petals often absent,
more. Carpels 1-3, enclosed by the calyx tube.
Stamens 1 or
ALCHEMILLA (Lady's Mantle).—
A genus with 30 species of erect or
decumbent herbaceous perennials, with
alternate, lobed, or palmate leaves. Calyx
persistent, 8-10-lobed. Petals none.
Stamens 1-4, inserted in the throat of the
calyx. Carpels 1-4.
A. alpina. — A British plant 3-9 in.
high, more or less clothed with silky
hairs, except the upper surface of the 5-7-
parted, roundish kidney-shaped leaves.
Flowers from June to August, small,
yellowish-green, in spiked and panicled
cymes.
Culture and Propagation. — Alche-
millas grow well in ordinary but well-
drained soil, and are suitable for rock
gardens chiefly on account of their silky
foliage. They may be increased 1>\
dividing the roots, or from seeds sown in
spring.
A. sericea. — A Caucasian species
about 6 in. high, larger in every part
than ^4. alpina, but otherwise very
similar.
Culture <(■(■. as above.
MARGYRICARPUS. — A genus
with 3 species of rigid branching shrubs.
Calyx persistent, 4-5-lobed. Petals none.
Stamens 2-3. Carpel 1, enclosed in the
calyx tube. Fruit, a leathery achene.
M. setosus. — A native of the Andes,
2 4 ft. high, with oddly pinnate leaves,
and deep green, awl-shaped, reflexed
leaflets. Flowers throughout the slim-
mer, green, minute, axillary, stalkless,
succeeded by small white fruits which
form the chief attraction of the plant.
Culture and Propagation. — This
pretty little evergreen is a good rock
plant, and its masses of white fruits
look charming against a dark back-
ground. It thrives in rich sandy loam
with leaf mould, and may be increased by
cuttings in summer, in sandy soil under
a glass ; or by layering the branches.
ACiENA.— A genus with about 30
species of somewhat creeping or decum-
bent, smooth or silky perennials with alter-
nate, oddly pinnate, deeply toothed, or
much cut leaves. Flowers at the ends
of the branches or spicate, small. Calyx
3 7-lobed, persistent. Petals none. Sta-
mens 1-10. Carpels 1 2, enclosed in the
calyx tube.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Acaenas on account of their compact
habit and creeping character are chiefly
useful for clothing rockwork, or dry parts
of the flower border. They grow well in
ordinary soil, and may be increased by
seeds, divisions, cuttings, or portions of
the creeping rootlets. Besides the species
described below there are many others fco
be found in botanical collections.
A. adscendens. A Patagonian species
with long creeping stems and ascending
branchlets clothed with pinnate leaves
which are silky beneath, and divided into
elliptic obovate toothed leaflets ±-1 in.
Long. The roundish flower heads are dark
purple, borne on long stalks in summer.
( ' 'nl I u re ile. as above.
A. microphylla [A. Novce Zealand in).
A small creeping evergreen herb, 1-2 in.
high. Leaves 1-2 in. long, with 2-6 pairs
of ovate toothed leaflets. Flowers in
sin inner, inconspicuous, in close heads,
with long crimson spines, which look very
attractive. Native of New Zealand.
Culture ii-e. as above. In severe
winters this is apt to get injured in ex-
posed situations, but as a rule it soon
recovers with the advent of mild weather.
It is an excellent plant for covering the
face of rockwork.
A. millefolia. — A distinct species with
very finely cut, pale green leaves, and
dullish spikes of inconspicuous flowers.
Culture d'-e. as above.
A. myriophylla. — A Chilian Fern-like
plant 6-12 in. high, deeply cut, with
slightly downy leaflets. Flowers in
summer and autumn, in small, dull-
coloured, rounded spikes.
Culture d'-e. as above.
A. pulchella. — A pretty bronzy-leaved
species with inconspicuous flowers. It
grows rapidly and is well suited for
covering rockwork.
Culture dc. as above.
A. sarmentosa. — A vigorous perennial
from Tristan d'Acunha with silky-haired
382
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
leaves and round heads of flowers borne
on rather long woolly stalks.
Culture dc. as above, p. 381.
A. sericea. — -A Chilian species with
rather long leaves having 3-5 pairs of
oblong wedge-shaped toothed leaflets,
covered with soft silky hairs beneath.
The greenish flowers appear in round
heads on long stalks, but are not particu-
larly attractive.
Culture dc. as above, p. 381.
A. splendens. — A stout-growing tufted
species native of Chili. The pinnate
leaves have 3-4 pairs of narrow obovate
toothed leaflets densely clothed with silky
white hairs on both surfaces. The rather
inconspicuous flowers appear in long inter-
rupted spikes during summer.
Culture dc. as above, p. 381.
ROSA (The Kose). — An important
gemis containing according to Bentham
and Hooker not. more than 30 or 40 really
distinct species although as many as 180
have been described as such. Koses are
more or less erect, climbing, or trailing,
often prickly, smooth, silky, or glandular
haired, woody shrubs, with alternate,
oddly pinnate leaves, serrated leaflets and
adnate stipvdes. Flowers solitary or in
corymbs. Calyx 5-lobed ; lobes simple
or compound, inserted on the top of a
roundish or pear-shaped, fleshy tube.
Petals 5, very rarely 4, but in cultivated
varieties many more owing to the trans-
formation of the numerous stamens.
Carpels numerous, inserted at the base
of the calyx tube, free, with a simple
projecting style and stigma. The ripe
fruits (known as ' hips ') consist of many
1-seeded carpels in a fleshy tube, which
is analogous in structure to the Apple and
Pear.
Garden Roses
Garden Roses are divided into many
groups, all arising from comparatively
few species. Years ago several of the
groups mentioned below were great
favourites, but the appearance of the so-
called Hybrid Perpetaals and the Tea-
Scented Roses, with their exquisite
flowers, rapidly caught the public taste ;
and the older Roses, many of them very
beautiful, free-flowering, and fragrant,
began to disappear from gardens and
likewise catalogues. Of late years, how-
ever, a revival has taken place, and some
of the older sections with ' improved '
forms are finding their way into gardens
again.
GENERAL CULTIVATION
Situation. — Roses should be grown in
an open place, sheltered if possible, by
surrounding vegetation at a distance, from
tempestuous winds, especially the cold
and bleak ones from the north and east.
An aspect facing south-east or south-west
is best, arranged in such a way that dur-
ing the hottest hours of the day the Rose
garden may obtain a little protection from
the fierce rays of the sun by the cast
shadow of trees or hedges.
Soil. — The ideal soil for Roses is a
rich fibrous loam, ' unctuous loam ' as it
is called, that feels somewhat greasy when
pressed between the fingers. It is not
always possible to attain the ideal, nor is
it really essential, as good Roses may be
grown in ordinary garden soil, always
provided the Rose-grower is industrious
and cultivates it. "Where soil is naturally
light the addition of loam or even clay
will improve its texture. Where cold
and heavy, it must be well drained, and
will be benefited by the addition of lime,
sand, burnt earth, and leaf soil. But
whatever kind the soil may be, it is
essential that it must be thoroughly
drained, dug or trenched well, and well
manured. Too much importance cannot
be attached to keeping the soil in which
Roses are grown in a good condition, and
the reader is referred to the various
articles on Soil and its treatment in this
work at pp. 61-69.
Manure. — Taken all round, farmyard
manure is the best for Roses. For light
soils cow manure is preferable to others,
while horse manure is more suitable for
heavy soils. And the ordinary Rose-
grower will find it safer to keep the one
or the other weU incorporated with his
soil. Pig manure is also excellent. The
manures in a fairly well-rotted state may
be spread over the Rose beds about
November, and forked in the following
spring.
There are many other manures em-
ployed, but they are either too expensive
or too difficult to obtain at the right
moment. Some of the chemical manures
may be used with advantage, but they
require to be carefully applied, the ten-
dency with a beginner always being to
give more to the plants than is good for
them.
KOSA
ROSE ORDER
KOSA 383
When trenching or digging Hose beds,
about .] to 1 lb. of basic slag to the square
yard may be added to the soil and well
mixed with it. In ground that has been
well dunged, a sprinkling of lime on the
surface about November will be bene-
ficial not only in liberating potash foods,
but also in keeping the soil from souring
and by acting as a check on slugs and
other vermin. The addition of soot to
the lime is an excellent practice.
Liquid memure and /catering. —
Perhaps the best and safest consists of
horse or cow manure and soot made up
in a tub or tank. Clean water diluted
with this to the colour of pale ale may be
given to the plants occasionally, say two or
three times a week. Care must be taken,
however, not to apphj strong liquid
manure in hot dry weather, unless the
plants have previously had an application
of clear water. The reason for this is that
the thirsty roots would absorb the niamirial
matters too greedily and thus do the plants
more harm than good. By first of all
giving clear water, the roots absorb enough
to fill the tissues of the plants, and when
the liquid manure is given it is taken up
in only small and beneficial quantities.
During the flowering period, one
ounce of nitrate of potash and one ounce
of phosphate of potash to one gallon of
water makes a good stimulant for outdoor
plants, but for plants in pots the same
quantity of manure should have at least
twice as much water. If the reader uses
these manures, it will be wise to experi-
ment with smaller doses than above
prescribed, in case of causing injury ;
and when watering always soak the
soil thoroughly, as merely wetting the
surface is worse than useless.
Mulching and Hoeing. — In dry
seasons, and especially in light soils, it is
necessary to keep as much moisture in
the soil as possible. A good mulching of
cow manure, or even rotted leaves, not
only retards excessive evaporation of
moisture from the soil, but also prevents
it being cracked and baked hard by the
sun. Next to a good mulching with
manure, the surface of the soil to the
depth of an inch or two should be well
hoed, the fine soil thus acting as a nmlch,
and checking evaporation.
Planting. — November is the best time
for planting Eoses. The ground should
have been well dug and manured pre-
viously, and should be in a good friable
condition — neither wet and sticky, nor
dry and dusty. A mild day should be
chosen. The plants should be placed in
the soil just deep enough to give the roots
a firm hold, taking care to spread these
out well, so that the soil gets in easily
between the fibres. The soil should be
trodden down firmly, but no manure should
be put in direct contact with the roots.
A layer, however, may be placed round
the stem after planting to act as a mulch
and a protection from frost at the same
time. Dwarf or bush Roses should be
about 12 15 in. apart, with 2 feet between
the rows, and require no stakes; but
standards or half-standards should have a
stoul stake attached at the time of plant-
ing to prevent injury from strong winds.
The diagram at p. 1082 will give an
idea of the way in which not only Roses
but other trees and bushes should be
planted. The future success of a plant
often depends upon whether it has been
planted properly or not.
Before actually planting it is wise to
carefully examine each plant, cutting
away any injured roots. The branches
also, if long and vigorous, maj' each be
cut back to 3 or 4 ' eyes ' or buds, leaving
the one next the cut pointing outwards.
Some disagree with priming at planting
time, but there are sound physiological
reasons for it, in addition to the fact that
some of the most successful growers
practise it.
As soon as possible after arrival the
plants should be put in the soil. If they
appear dried up or withered, a good
watering all over will do them good ; or
they may be buried completely in the soil
for a few days, when they will recover
their plumpness. In the event of frosty
weather, it is better to dig a trench, into
which the plants may be put and have
their roots covered with soil until planting
time.
Eoses on their own Roots. — Of late
years there has been a demand for Roses
on their own roots, instead of those which
are usually budded or grafted. They
may be a little more difficult to establish
than others, but when once in a suitable
position they grow well and have the
great advantage of not being weakened
by the strong suckers of ruder sorts.
When purchased from the ground they
may be planted in November, as recom-
mended for the others ; but if in pots, as
they usually are, the best time to plant
384
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
ROSA
them is from August to October. Each
plant on removal from the pot to the open
ground should have fine light or very
sandy loam with a little decayed manure
placed round it, to induce new roots to
form more quickly.
No large garden should be without
Hybrid Perpetual and Tea Eoses on
their own roots, as the shoots thrown up
from the roots give a succession of bloom.
Own-root Eoses may be obtained by
means of cuttings or layers described
below ; but, to obtain a large stock in a
short period, resort must be had to bud-
ding at first, so as to obtain as many plants
as possible, from which cuttings may
afterwards be taken.
Pruning Roses. — The pruning of Eoses
depends a good deal upon their natural
features. The main object of pruning is,
of course, to strengthen the plants, preserve
or mould their shape, and impart more
substance, size, and brilliancy of colour to
the flowers. A couple of sharp knives,
and a pair of pruning scissors for smaller
shoots or ones difficult to cut with a
knife, are the tools required, and a pair of
gloves is not to be despised.
In pruning Eoses the chief things to
remember are : 1. That the strong grow-
ers should not be so severely pruned as
the weaker ones. If strong growers are
cut back close, they will send forth other
strong shoots, full of leaf but lacking in
flower. The branches of these, therefore,
should be only slightly cut back to 5 or 6
eyes, but some of the others that crowd
the centre or have taken awkward turns
are to be cut away altogether, thus
giving more strength to those left behind.
2. AVeaker plants, being less able to
support a large number of shoots than
the strong-growing varieties, are to have
every branch cut back to within 2 to 4
buds of the base — always taking care that
the bud nearest the cut is pointing out-
wards, as the direction of the bud of
course indicates the direction in which
the new shoot will naturally develop.
Varieties which flower freely require more
severe pruning than those which flower
poorly. Climbing Eoses require practically
no pruning, although now and again it
will be advisable to take out a branch
here and there. Tea Eoses in the open
air require only a little thinning out and
shortening of the shoots. In the event of
too many shoots appearing after pruning
the least desirable may be pinched or
rubbed out with the finger and thumb.
This is called ' disbudding,' and where
exceptionally fine flowers are wanted, the
practice may also be applied to the flower-
buds — pinching off all except the one
required on each branch. March and
April are the best times for pruning, as a
rule, but the season must always be taken
into accotmt, and the operation performed
at the most suitable time about this period
of the year.
Pegging doivn Poses. — Where a mass
of bloom is required instead of a few large
handsome blooms, the ripened shoots may
be bent down to the soil, and pegged
down here and there. This is as a rule
best done in March, when the weather
is mild and the danger of particularly
severe weather is over. Strong stout
stakes about l|-2 ft. long may be driven
into the soil around the Eose bush, leaving
about 9-12 inches exposed. To this the
shoots may be tied after bending down to
the soil. Fresh shoots will spring up
during the season, and the following year
will bloom. The shoots that flowered the
previous year may be cut away at pruning
timeor as soonasthey have finished bloom-
ing, unless there is a chance of securing a
second crop of blossoms in autumn.
Where pegging down Eoses is practised
a good deal of space is required for the
plants. Three or four feet apart is not
too much by the time the shoots are
covered with flowers.
Labels. — Where a large number of
varieties are grown it is well to have the
plants labelled. An ordinary wooden
label, not too large, painted white, and
written upon while still damp, will be
found as suitable as any. It may be
attached with a piece of thin copper wire.
By having the plants correctly labelled
nothing is left to treacherous memory or
to chance in recording the behaviour of
any particular variety. Some sorts
flourish in one garden and fail in another
under equally good circumstances, and it
would be unfortunate if the failure or
success of an incorrectly named Eose were
credited to the real variety, which would
probably behave quite differently under
the same treatment.
PROPAGATION
Eoses are increased by seeds, cuttings,
layers, suckers, budding, anl grafting.
Seeds are only sown for the production o^'
new varieties or hybrids. They are best
KOSA
ROSE ORDER
kosa 385
sown as soon as ripe, and when sown in
the open must be protected from mice
and birds. They are usually several
mouths in germinating, but when the
seedlings are large enough to handle
easily they may be transplanted to quar-
ters where they can be protected in
winter.
Cuttings of all the strong-growing
Roses root readily. In autumn ripened
shoots about 9 or 12 in. long may be
firmly inserted about 6 in. deep, much
in the same way as Gooseberries and
Currants, but all the buds should be
left on. By spring they will nearly all
be rooted and begin to grow. They
are best left until the autumn and then
moved to their permanent position.
Tea Eoses and other more tender
sorts may be rooted in the same way,
but they require the protection of a cold
frame during the winter months.
Layering is not much practised. The
principle is as explained at p. 59. The
plants obtained in this way are on the
same level as those from cuttings by
being on their own roots, and always safe
from the suckers of an inferior variety.
It is not essential to detach the rooted
layers. They may be allowed to remain
round the parent plant if space will per-
mit, and when in bloom will present a
magnificent sight.
Budding is the most popular means
of increasing Roses, and almost every
arnateur who is fond of them likes to do
his own budding. The stocks chiefly
used are the Dog Rose — taken from the
hedges, struck from cuttings, or raised
from seed — the Manetti, and sometimes
De la Grifferae — a form of B. polyantha.
Each kind has its champions, but there is
a preponderance in favour of the Dog
Rose or Briar.
In the south of France stocks of Bosa
polyantha have been largely used and
spoken of very favourably. Unfor-
tunately, the seeds are somewhat difficult
to procure, and this will prevent its
becoming common. The seeds germinate
in about a month's time, and Roses have
been budded on July 2 on plants the
seeds of which were sown on March 14.
Plants on the polyantha stock are said
to produce twice as many flowers as those
on the canina (Dog Rose) stock.
Rose budding is generally practised
in June and July, and the process is
detailed at p. 58.
drafting Roses is generally done in
March out of doors, and is practised on
old standard trees which have lost their
tops ; but it is scarcelj' worth the trouble.
1 1 rafting may also be performed during
the winter months in greenhouses. The
stocks should be a little in advance of
the grafts, by placing them in gentle heat
some time before the operation is to be
performed. Care must also be taken to
secure sound wood in the grafts, and no
shoots that have been injured by frost
are of any use. By whip-grafting (see
p. 52) a good union may be secured,
afterwards tying both stock and graft up
carefully and firmly, and placing in a
warm close frame. Light is best excluded
for several days until the union has
almost taken place, but as soon as possible
it should be admitted. Budding may be
practised at the same season and under
similar circumstances, and it is possible to
have Roses in bloom by the following June,
or about six months after the process.
Besides the above methods Roses may
also be successfully increased by means of
the single ' eyes ' or buds. These are cut
in the same way as for budding, but a
portion of the leaf — say the 2 bottom
leaflets — is retained and the wood is not
detached from the bark, but is left to
form a plate from which the roots are to
be developed. The ' eyes ' thus prepared
are dibbled into sandy soil and placed in
gentle bottom heat, soon root, and produce
young plants. If kept growing without
a check this is a good way of increasing
Roses. The dormant buds attached to a
piece of the old wood will also root in
bottom heat if inserted about pruning
time.
DISEASES AND PESTS
Mildeto (Sphcerotheca pannosa). — If
outdoor Roses are kept in a good state
of cultivation — that is, if the soil is
kept well tilled, the drainage perfect,
and water abundant but not irregularly
supplied — they do not suffer much
with mildew. If they do, as often
as not something is wrong in one or
other of the departments mentioned, or
perhaps an erratic season with sudden
changes from hot to cold, drought or wet,
is to blame. Airy way, good cultivation
is a great preventive. Soot sprinkled
over the foliage when the dew is on it, and
allowed to remain a few days before
washing off, is an excellent if unsightly
386
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS hybrid roses
remedy. Water, as hot as the hand can
bear, with permanganate of potash
dissolved in it I have found effectual if
applied forcibly in a fine spray with a
syringe.
Bose Bust (Phragmidium mucro-
natum), which disfigures the leaves of
Hybrid Perpetuals with orange-yellow
spots, and any other fungoid disease may
be checked if not destroyed by the same
means, or sprayed with liver of sulphur
at the rate of about 1 oz. to 10 gallons
of water.
Green Fly. — These are very fond of
sucking the sap out of the young and
tender shoots. A simple remedy is to
syringe the plants with warm water in
which a little soft soap has been added,
and perhaps a little petroleum — about a
teaspoonful to a gallon, thoroughly mixing
the whole with the syringe.
The caterpillars of various moths also
play havoc with Rose leaves, and the only
sure remedy for these is to pick them off
and kill them. It is a nasty process, but
it must be done if the bushes are to retain
anything like a decent appearance, and
produce good flowers.
In the following pages brief descrip-
tions are given of the best kinds of Roses
for garden purposes. The varieties have
been classified in sections usually adopted
by rosarians, and in the more important
classes, like the Hybrid Perpetual and Tep,-
Scented, they have been further subdivided
according to the prevailing colour. No
attempt has been made to make a short
and select list of varieties. Such lists are
often misleading, as they are for the most
part based on the experience of a few in-
dividuals who usually record only the
varieties that succeed or fail in their own
particular garden.
HYBRID PERPETUAL ROSES.
It is a stretch of the imagination to
call these Roses ' Perpetual ' in the
sense of lasting a long time in bloom,
as comparatively few of them bear
flowers after August. Indeed many of
the beautiful Tea Roses remain much
longer in bloom than the Hybrid
Perpetuals. The latter are supposed to
be the outcome of hybridising and select-
ing the best forms of B. gallica and
B. damascena, the first step in the
process being a hybrid named B. Port-
landica after a Duchess of Portland who
was a great lover of Roses in the eighteenth
century. In the course of time, however,
they seem to have become so much mixed
up with other sections that it is practically
impossible to trace their origin.
The following is a list of the best
Hybrid Perpetuals, but it must be borne
in mind that new ones are being added
every year by British and Continental
Rose-growers. Those who seek novelties
should therefore consult nurserymen's
catalogues every season.
The varieties are arranged according
to the predominant colour of the flowers,
as it is often convenient to make a selec-
tion of a particular tint. For general
culture and propagation see p. 382.
Shades of Red, Crimson, Carmine &c.
Abel Carriere, rich velvety maroon,
large and well formed.
Alfred Colomb (Marshal P. Wilder),
bright carmine-red, large, full, and
globular.
A. K. Williams, bright reddish-crim-
son, large, and of beautiful form.
Anna de Diesbach, brilliant carmine,
beautifully formed, large and cupped.
Ards Bover, splendid crimson.
Auguste Neuman, velvety crimson,
full, and good habit.
Bacchus, crimson, shaded violet-
maroon, free.
Baronne de Bonstetten, intensely
dark velvety crimson, medium size.
Beauty of Waltham. bright rosy
crimson, large, cupped, and finely formed ;
very fragrant.
Black Prince, very dark crimson,
richly shaded.
Camille Bernardin, bright red, large
and full, fine form.
Captain Hayiuard, bright carmine-
crimson, a new shade of colour ; fine and
full.
Charles Darwin, deep rich crimson,
large and full.
Charles Gater, the finest new crimson
Rose of late years, large globular flowers
of brownish-red.
Charles Lefebvre (Marguerite Bras-
sac, Paul Jamain), brilliant velvety
crimson, cupped, and well formed.
Climbing Duchess of Norfolk, bright
crimson, fine shape, fragrant.
Climbing Etienne Levet, fine car-
mine-red, globular, good habit.
Climbing Jules Margottin, bright
scarlet, perfect shape, very fragrant.
HYBRID KOSES
ROSE ORDER
HYBRID ROSES 387
Climbing Star of Waltham, deep
crimson, good form, imbricated.
Climbing Victor Verdier, bright
cherry-red, large and well formed.
Colonel Felix Breton, very rich violet-
crimson, imbricated, good form.
Coquette des Blanches, white, tinged
with pink.
Countess of Oxford, bright carmine-
red, very large and full.
Crimson Queen, dark crimson, very
fragrant.
Dr. Andry, brilliant red, shaded crim-
son, very effective.
Duchess of Bedford , rich velvety crim-
son, suffused with scarlet, perfect shape.
Duchess of Norfolk, bright crimson,
fine shape, fragrant.
Duke of Albany, vivid crimson and
good form.
Duke of Connaught, rich, bright
velvety crimson, an exquisite colour.
Duke of Edinburgh, deep velvety
crimson, good form and habit.
Duke of Teck, bright crimson -scarlet,
large and full.
Duke of Wellington, dark crimson,
large and full.
Dupuy Jamain, bright cerise, large
free bloomer.
Earl of Duff c rin, a rich dark crimson,
shaded maroon, large and full.
Earl of Pembroke, bright brownish-
crimson, margin bright red.
Eclair, very bright scarlet, globular,
free and good.
Ella Cordon, bright cherry-crimson,
large and full, good in autumn.
Empereur de Maroc, rich velvety
maroon ; a good dark variety.
Etienne Levet, fine carmine-red,
globular, good habit.
E. Y. Teas, bright cerise, cupped,
large and fine shaped.
Fisher Holmes, rich purplish-crimson,
medium size, flowers beautifully im-
bricated.
Francois Levet, cherry-rose, fine
shape.
General Jacqueminot, most brilliant
crimson, large; a grand Rose. This
variety has been crossed with B. multi-
flora, and has produced a charming
hybrid called the ' Dawson Rose,'
see p. 403.
Gloire de Margottin, brilliant red, an
excellent climber.
Glory of Cheshunt, rich shaded crim-
son, cup shape, and free bloomer.
Grand Mogul, deep crimson, shaded
with scarlet and black, good form. Also
known as Jean Soupert.
Gustave Piganea/u, brilliant carmine-
lake, one of the very largest Roses, of ex-
cellent habit.
Haileybury, cerise-crimson, round.
Harrison Weir, rich velvety crimson,
large recurved petals.
Helen Keller, brilliant rosy cerise,
large, full and good autumnal flowers.
Henry Bennett, fine bright red, shaded
with carmine, good form.
Horace Vernet, velvety reddish-purple,
shaded dark crimson.
James Brownlow, brilliant carmine.
J. D. Pawle, velvety crimson, cupped
flower, and good for forcing.
Jean Cherpin, very dark plum colour,
free and hardy.
Jean Liabaud, dark velvety crimson,
large and full.
Joltn Bright, pure glowing crimson,
cup shape.
John Hopper, brilliant rosy crimson,
lilac tint on back of petals, large, full and
a free bloomer.
Jules Margottin, bright scarlet, large
and very fragrant.
Lady Helen Steivart, bright and clear
crimson-scarlet, fine upright form.
Lord Bacon, deep crimson, fine form,
and abundant bloomer.
Lord Clyde, rich scarlet-crimson, large.
Louis van Houtte, velvety crimson,
shaded with purple, globular shape.
Madame Charles Crapelet, bright
cerise, full, fine shape.
Madame There se Levet, bright cherry -
rose, large and full.
Madame Victor Verdier, bright cherry-
red, large and fine shape.
Mademoiselle Annie Wood, rich crim-
son, fine double.
Marie Baumann, bright carmine, the
reverse of petals white, fine form.
Marie Bady {Comtesse de Choiseul),
brilliant red, edged with white, nicely
imbricated.
Marquis of Salisbury, rich crimson,
perfect globular form.
Maurice Bernardin (Ferdinand de
Lesseps, Sir G. Wolseley, Exposition de
Brie), rich vermilion, very full, large
globular shape.
Merry England, rosy crimson, striped
with white.
Mrs. Harry Turner, dazzling crimson-
scarlet, large, and beautifully imbricated.
cc2
388
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS hybrid roses
Mrs. Jowitt, brilliant crimson, large
and deep globular form. Also known as
Due de Rohan.
Paul's Carmine Pillar, bright rosy
carmine, a good climber.
Paul's Chesliunt Scarlet, beautiful in
bud, semi-double, vivid scarlet-crimson.
Pierre Nottmg, dark red with a violet
tint, very fine.
Prefet Limbourg, dark velvety red,
large and cupped.
Prince Arthur, very rich dark crimson,
in the form of General Jacqueminot.
Prince Camille de Rohan (La Rosiere),
dark velvety crimson-maroon, richly
shaded, large and full.
R. B. Cater, bright magenta-car-
mine, beautifully shaped, early and free
flowering.
Red Gauntlet, bright scarlet-crimson,
good shape.
Reynolds Hole, rich crimson, shaded
maroon, fine globular form.
Robert Duncan, bright rosy lake, per-
fectly formed, free blooming and continu-
ous.
Rosieriste Jacobs, rich velvety red,
clouded with black, good form.
Royal Scarlet, a single scarlet variety,
blooms produced in great abundance, useful
for bedding.
Salamander, bright crimson-scarlet,
very vivid, large and full.
Senateur Vaisse, dazzling scarlet, fine
form and large, a free bloomer.
Sir Rowland Hill, a rich deep port
wine colour, large, full and sweetly per-
fumed.
Souvenir de Henry Vy, dark crimson
and good form.
Star of Waltham, deep crimson, large,
full and deeply imbricated
Sultan of Zanzibar, blackish-maroon,
edged with scarlet, large globular flowers.
Suzanne Marie Rodocanachi, soft rosy
cerisa, very distinct and beautiful.
The Shah, very bright red, shaded, of
medium size.
T. W. Girdlestone, brilliant vermilion,
thoroughly distinct, large, full and well
formed.
Tom Wood, cherry-red, large, full and
perfectly formed, flowers very freely.
TJlrich Brunner, cherry-crimson, very
large blooms, effective.
Victor Hugo, brilliant crimson, free-
flowering.
Victor Verdier, cherry-rose, shaded
with carmine, large, fine and very free.
Waltham Standard, brilliant carmine,
shape and petal of A. K. Williams, fine
foliage and a grand exhibition Rose.
Xavier Olibo, velvety black, shaded
with amaranth, large globular form.
Shades of Pink or Rose
Abel Grand, beautiful silvery rose,
glossy and fresh in colour, large and
full.
Alphonse Soujiert, bright pink, very
large and free.
American Beauty, deep rose, large,
globular, and good shape ; deliciously
scented.
Anna Alexieff, bright rose, large, very
free bloomer.
Baroness Rothschild, very light rosy
pink, changing almost to white ; fine
shape, and free.
Clara Cochet, bright pink, clear in
colour, globular shape.
Climbing Edouard Morren, glossy
pink, delicate in colour.
Climbing La France, satiny pink, a
good climber.
Climbing Marie Cointet, bright rose,
changing to blush.
Climbing Queen of Queens, pink, with
blush edges, free bloomer.
Clio, flesh colour, shaded rosy pink,
large and globular.
Comtesse de Serenyi, delicate pink,
shaded rose, large compact flower of
splendid shape.
Countess of Rosebery, soft carmine-
rose, large and full, cupped form, hand
some foliage.
Doivager Duchess of Marlborough
pure rose, large globular flower, beautifully
scented.
Duchesse de Morny, clear bright rose
and fine shape.
Duchess of Fife, soft silvery pink,
a beautiful shade, finely cupped.
Duchesse de Vallombrosa, light rose-
peach passing to white, large globular
flower.
Duchess of York, pale pink flushed
with rose.
Edouard Morren, brilliant glossy pink,
fresh and clear, very large.
Egeria, beautiful light silvery peach,
good shape.
Elie Morel, lilac-rose, large and full,
perfect form.
Ellen Drew, silvery pink, quite a
distinct Rose. A sport from Duchesse de
Morny.
HYHHID HOSES
ROSE ORDER
TEA ROSES 389
Francois Michelon, deep rose, reverse
of petals silvery.
Heinrich Schultheis, delicate pinkish-
rose, large and fine form.
Her Majesty, flesh colour, large
massive flowers, reflexed.
Jeannie Dickson, rosy pink, edged
silvery white, good form.
La France. Perhaps no Kose is better
known or more highly valued for general
planting, both in open ground or under
glass, than La France. It is a Hybrid
Tea, but usually classed with the Hybrid
Perpetuals; very beautiful in form and
colour, which is a lovely shade of peach
blossom, changing to amber-rose, elegantly
tinged with crimson.
Laurence Allen, soft pink, lighter
shading, large and full.
Madame Gabriel Luizet, light silvery
pink, edges of petals shading off to white,
large and good.
Madame Laurent, bright rosy colour
and globular form.
Madame E. Michel, fine bright rose
very large and full, like Madame Gabriel
Luizet, but deeper in colour.
Madame Vidot, transparent flesh,
shaded with rose, large and full.
Mademoiselle Eugenie Verdier (Marie
Finger Amadis), bright flesh colour, large,
full, good habit.
Magna Charta, bright pink, globular,
very large and fine habit.
Marchioness of Downshire, beautiful
satin pink, shaded with rose, large and
full.
Marchioness of Dufferin, beautiful
rosy pink, very large, full and fine form.
Marchioness of Lome, a very rich
and fulgent rose colour, slightly shaded in
centre with vivid carmine.
Marguerite de St. Amand, bright pink,
large, full and imbricated.
Marie Cointet, bright rose, changing
to blush, pretty reflexed form, very free.
Marie Verdier, bright satiny pink,
beautifully cupped.
Marquise de Castellane, bright rose,
large and fine.
Mrs. George Dickson, delicate soft
pink, beautiful in bud.
Mrs. John Laing, soft pink, a large
and beautiful Rose of globular shape.
Mrs. B. G. Sharman Crawford, deep
rosy pink, outer petals shaded with pale
flesh, free bloomer.
Mrs. W. Ramsey, fine rich pink, good
for cutting.
Monsieur Noman, pure rose, large and
magnificent.
Paul Neron, deep rose, large and good
shape.
Pride of Waltham, delicate flesh,
shaded with bright rose.
Princess Louise Victoria, flesh chan-
ging to blush ; makes a good pillar Rose.
Queen of Queens, pink, with blush
edges, good form, and very free bloomer.
Spenser, satin pink, very large and full.
Shades of White or Blush-White
Baronne de Maynard, pure white,
moderate size, good form.
Bladud, silvery white, full and
globular.
Boule de Neige, pure white, good
form, fine in bunches.
Elise Boelle, white, centre peach, free
bloomer.
Helen Paul, pure white, sometimes
shaded pink.
Imperatrice Eugenie, a fine white.
Madame Alfred de Rougemont, white,
tinted with pink, moderate size, free
bloomer.
Madame Fanny de Forrest, beautiful
white, free bloomer.
Madame Freeman, white, shaded rose.
Madame Lacharme, pure white, large
and full, blooms freely.
Mademoiselle Bonnaire, white shaded
blush, medium size, fine form, requires
close pruning.
Marchioness of Londonderry, ivory
white, shell-shaped and reflexed.
Marquise de Montemart, blush-white,
splendidly double.
Mavourneen, delicate silvery white,
shaded rose-flesh.
Merveille de Lyon, white, slightly
tinted with rosy peach, splendid size and
shape.
Miss Ingram, white with a blush
centre.
Perle des Blanches, pure white, medium
size, good shape.
Violette Bouyer, white, shaded delicate
flesh colour, large globular flowers.
Wliite Baroness, pure white, large full
flower, very fine.
TEA-SCENTED ROSES— The Tea
Rose — perhaps the most exquisite of all
beautiful Roses — is supposed to be de-
scended chiefly from B. indica and its
variety odorata, remarkable for the fra-
grance of its blossoms. Like the Hvbrid
390
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS tea roses
Perpetuals, they have been selected and
crossed and brought to great perfection
both in this country and on the Continent.
Unfortunately they are not quite so
hardy as the Hybrid Perpetuals, and most
of them require a slight protection of litter
or bracken or farmyard manure around
them during severe winters, especially in
northern parts of the kingdom, and in
other bleak localities.
Although the kinds enumerated below
are roughly grouped according to their
colours, it is simply impossible to do
justice in print to the many beautifully
tender and delicate shades of colour in the
Tea Roses as a class. As they are a good
deal mixed up with the Noisette Eoses,
the reader would do well to consult both
lists when looking for any particular
variety, as it may be in one or the other
according to the views of certain
rosarians.
For general culture and propagation
see p. 382.
The following is a list of the best
kinds : —
Shades of Pink, Rose, and Crimson
Adam (President), blush-rose, very
sweetly scented, large and full.
Aline Sisley, violet, shaded red,
medium size.
Alphonse Karr, bright peachy crimson,
serni-double and free.
Anna Olivier, rosy flesh, base dark,
fine form and very distinct.
Beaute Inconstante, coppery red,
shaded with carmine and yellow.
Bridesmaid, a strong, vigorous form
of C. Mermet, of deep pink colour.
Catherine Mermet, fine flesh colour,
full and perfect form ; one of the finest.
Best grown in bold groups, as individual
plants have a somewhat naked appear-
ance.
Clara Watson, salmon tinted pink, a
good Rose.
Cleopatra, pale pink, edged with rose,
pretty in bud.
Clotilde, rose and white, centre some-
times violet, double.
Comtesse de Nadaillac, bright, flesh-
coloured rose, with coppery yellow or
apricot base, very fine in the bud and
open flower.
Comtesse de Panisse, bright flesh
colour tinted coppery rose, very full, and
good form.
Comtesse Biza du Pare, beautiful
metallic rose, changing to pink, large
globular form, a pretty colour.
Corinna, flesh colour, shaded with
rose and suffused with tawny copper.
Dr. Bouges, deep red with orange
shading, long semi-double bud, distinct.
Due de Caijlus, deep rosy magenta,
flushed with creamy white and canary-
yellow.
DucJiess of Edinburgh, deep rosy
crimson, large and full, good for forcing.
Elise Fugier, very pale lemon-white.
Emanuel Geibel, a sport from Madame
Falcot, but much deeper in colour.
Empress Alexandra of Bussia, rich
lake shaded with orange, large and
globular, distinct.
Ernest Metz, delicate carmine-rose,
reverse of petals deeper, well formed.
Ethel Brownlow, bright salmon-pink,
shaded with yellow at base of petals.
Francois Dubreuil, beautiful crimson.
General Billot, pale violet flushed with
amaranth.
Goubalt, bright rose, centre buff, large
and full.
Gustave Chandos, salmon-red, very
free, hardy and vigorous growth.
Homer, rose with deeper centre, a
pretty crimpled flower.
La Nuance, delicate flesh colour, fine
form, very pretty.
Madame Berard, light, rich salmon,
large reflexed flowers, very fine.
Madame Camille, delicate salmon-
pink, large and full.
Madame Charles, bright apricot, beau-
tiful in bud.
Madame Cnsin, rose - purple with
yellow centre, fine form.
Madame de St. Joseph, salmon-pink,
large and double.
Madame de Watteville, pale lemon,
with margin of pink, passing to deep rose,
very distinct and free.
Madame Falcot, dark apricot, large
and very fine.
Madame Lambard, fine bright red,
sometimes paler later in the season, fine
imbricated form. One of the best Tea
Roses.
Madame Marie Ditcher, transparent
rose, very large, fine form and good habit.
Maman Cochet, large and full, pink
shaded with salmon - yellow, a good
novelty.
Marquise de Vivens, a distinct and
beautiful bright pink rose, with semi-
double flowers, deliriously fragrant.
TEA ROSES
HOSE ORDER
TEA ROSES 391
Mrs. Pierpont Morgan, like Madame
Cusin, with deeper shade of colour.
Mrs. Wilson, colour deep lemon-yellow,
petals tipped with rose.
Papa Gontier, hright rosy crimson,
exceedingly pretty in bud.
Princesse Alice Monaco, outer petals
pink, centre salmon-yellow.
Safrano, bright apricot, changing to
buff, beautiful in bud.
Souvenir de President Carnot, very
free, bud long, rosy flesh colour, large and
full, perfect form.
Souvenir d'un Ami, salmon-rose,
large, and fine shape. This is a vigorous
and free-flowering Rose, and although
the blossoms hang their heads somewhat,
they are very fine.
Waban, carmine-pink, splashed with
flaming madder-red.
Shades of Yellow
Albert hie Bouquet, pale lemon yellow.
Amazone, golden yellow, long pointed
buds.
Belle Lyonnaise, deep canary yellow,
changing to salmon, large, globular, and
fall.
Climbing Perle des Jardins, fine
orange yellow, good climber.
Comtesse Dusij, pale lemon yellow.
Duchess Marie of Ratibor, creamy
yellow with a reddish centre ; strong
grower.
Etoile de Lyon, fine sulphur yellow,
with brighter centre, large and perfectly
formed.
Francisca Kruger, coppery yellow,
shaded with peach, large and fall.
Gloire de Dijon, buff, shaded with
salmon, orange centre, very large and
good form. A splendid Rose for all
purposes.
Gloire Lyonnaise, clear chrome
yellow, changing to silvery white, large,
full, and good shape.
Golden Gate, very pale lemon yellow,
edged faintly with pink ; not a very strong-
growing variety.
Gustave Begis, canary yellow with
orange centre, beautiful in bud.
Henriette de Beauvan, bright clear
yellow, free ; a good climbing Rose.
Innocente Pirola, light fawn, changing
to white, beautiful shape.
Isabella Sprtmt, sulphur yellow,
beautiful in the bud, free bloomer.
Jean Ducher, salmon yellow, shaded
rcey pink, large, full, and globular.
Jeanne Forgeot, golden yellow, shaded
nankeen and rose.
La Boule d'or, golden yellow, but
requires hot seasons to come to perfection
Le Solvit, beautiful chrome yellow ;
blooms freely in autumn.
Louise de Savoie, lemon yellow, very
large and double.
Ma Capueine, bronze yellow, beauti-
ful in bud, a charming button -hole Rose.
Madame Caroline Kuster, beautiful
orange yellow, large, globular and free-
flowering. Often classed as a Noisette.
Madame Chedane Gninoisseau, very
bright yellow, exquisite colour and shape.
Madame Eugene Verdier, very deep
yellow, distinct and attractive.
Madame Germain e Trochon, yellow,
shaded nankeen yellow, large and full.
Madame Margottin, beautiful citron
yellow, centre rosy peach, large and well-
formed.
Xarcisse, fine pale yellow, free and
full.
Perfection de Monplaisir, deep canary
yellow, lovely, medium size.
Perle des Jardins, fine orange yellow,
very large and fine form ; one of the very
best.
Perle de Lyon, deep yellow, some-
times tinted apricot, large, very full and
fine form.
Princess Beatrice, rich golden yellow,
paler towards outside of flower, large and
well formed.
Princess of Wales, rosy yellow, deeper
centre, large and perfect form.
Raoul Chauvry, yellow, shaded apri-
cot ; flowers large, buds very long.
Sappho, fawn colour, shaded with
yellow and tawny buff, globular, large and
full, very distinct.
Souv. de Jeanne Cabaud, copper-
coloured, shaded yellow and carmine.
Sulphureaux, fine sulphur-rose, large
and full.
Sunset, deep orange yellow, perfect
form ; a very fine Rose.
Shades of White, or White tinted
with Rose, Pink, Salmon, &c.
Annacharton, cream, edged with car-
mine and rose ; very free.
Climbing Devoniensis, white, with
yellow tint, fine, of rampant growth.
Climbing Niphetos, beautiful pure
white, a vigorous grower, flowers on the
lateral shoots.
392
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS tea robes
Devoniensis, white, with yellow tint,
large and fine.
Enchantress, white, slightly tinged
with yellow in the centre, globular ; strong
and free.
Etendard de Jeanne d' 'Arc, creamy
white, changing to pure white, good shape ;
a white Gloire de Dijon.
Hon. Edith Gifford, white, slightly
tinted, with yellow base, a grand Rose.
Letty Coles, white, with pink centre,
novel and distinct.
Madame Angele Jacquier, yellowish-
white, with rose centre, large and full.
Madame Bravy (Alba rosea; Madame
de Sertot ; Josephine Malton), cream,
centre blush, large, and beautifully
formed.
Madame Hippolyte Jamain, white,
with copper-coloured centre, distinct.
Madame Hoste, yellowish-white, centre
deeper yellow, large, perfect form.
Madame Maurin, white, shaded
salmon, large and full.
Madame Willermoz, white, with
salmon centre, fine.
Marie Guillot, fine white, tinted with
yellow, large, full and fine form.
Marie Van Houtte, yellowish-white,
edged with bright rose, large, full and
beautiful. A splendid Rose for massing in
beds.
May Rivers, white, slightly tinted
with lemon, darker in centre.
Muriel Grahame, pale cream flushed
with rose, a sport from Catherine Mermet.
Niphetos, beautiful white, large and
full ; one of the best.
Rubens, white, shaded with rose, good
form. An excellent garden Rose.
Souvenir d'Elise, creamy white, with
blush centre, very beautiful.
Souvenir d'Elise Vardon, white, with
salmon centre, sometimes edged with rose.
Souvenir de Paul Neron, white,
tinged with rose, Ml and perfect form.
Souvenir de S. A. Prince, a pure
white sport from Souvenir d'un Ami, one
of the best white Tea-Scented Roses.
Sylph, flowers ivory white tinted
peach colour, magnificent exhibition Rose.
The Bride, fine white, large and full ;
one of the best.
White Maman Cochet, a white sport
of Maman Cochet, a grand new variety.
HYBRID TEA-SCENTED ROSES
These have been obtained by crossing
the Tea Roses and the Hybrid Per-
petuals. They are hardier than the
ordinary Tea Rose, and may be grown
like the H.P.s. For general culture and
propagation, see p. 382.
Shades of Crimson, Rose, or Pink
Bardou Job, bright glowing crimson,
almost single, a free bloomer.
Camoens, bright China rose, most
taking colour, fine and large.
Captain Christy, delicate flesh colour,
large and full.
Caroline Testout, light salmon-pink,
very large and globular.
Cheshunt Hybrid, cherry-red, large
and full, beautiful in bud, good habit, one
of the finest climbers.
Climbing Captain Christy, delicate
flesh colour, large and full.
Countess of Caledon, rich carmine-
rose, great substance ; strong growth and
free branching habit.
Danmarli, rosy pink, similar to La
France, but brighter in colour, round
ball-shaped flower, large and double.
Lady Mary Fitztvilliam, light rosy
pink, with deeper centre, a splendid
Rose.
La Fraicheur, carmine-rose, shaded
lighter, fine cup-shaped flower, very long
buds, a grand Rose.
Longworth Rambler, light crimson,
semi-double, very vigorous. A good
autumn-flowering climber. Also known
as Leschamps, and classed with the
Noisettes.
Madame Cadeau Ramey, rosy flesh
shaded with yellow, a pretty combination
of colours.
Madame de Tartas, bright rose,
medium size, very free.
Marquis de Litta, carmine-rose, ver-
milion centre, large, full and cupped.
Meteor, dark red, fine and very free.
Mrs. W. C. Whitney, clear deep pink,
large, full and well-formed flowers.
Mrs. W. J. Grant, bright rosy pink,
large, full and beautiful.
Papillon, rosy colour, curious twisted
petals, very pretty.
Princess May, a clear soft opaque
pink, large, full, and globular.
Reine Marie Henriette, deep carmine,
large, full, and well-formed ; a good
climber.
Reine Olga, de Wurtemberg, a vivid
red, good-shaped flowers, but only semi-
double.
Viscountess Folkestone, creamy pink.
NOISETTE ROSES
ROSE ORDER
TEA ROSES 393
semi-climbing habit, very free-flowering,
and early bloomer.
W. F. Bennett, brilliant crimson, large
and free, useful for cutting.
Shades of White or Creamy- White
Antoine Rivoire, cream with orange -
yellow centre, large and full.
Augustine Guinoisseau, a white La
France, very lightly tinted with pale
rose.
Charlotte Gillemot, ivory white, large
and full, and perfect imbricated form.
Climbing Kaiserin Augusta Victoria,
cream shaded lemon, a climbing sport of
great vigour.
Gloire de Bordeaux, silvery white,
large and full.
Grace Darling, white, shaded and
edged with rose, very good and distinct.
Grand Due Adolphe de Luxembourg,
white, blooms in clusters, semi-double.
Kaiserin Augusta Victoria, white,
slightly shaded lemon, deeper in centre, a
distinct and beautiful rose.
Lady Alice, creamy white, large and
fine form.
Madame Joseph Combit, creamy
white, shaded rosy peach, flowers large
and full.
Madame Jules Finger, creamy white,
shaded pink with salmon centre, large
and full.
Margaret Dichson, white with pale
flesh centre, good form.
Marjorie, white with pink tint, free
and continuous bloomer.
Miss Ethel Richardson, almost a pure
white, pale flesh centre, large imbricated
form, very free.
White Lady, creamy white, one of the
most handsome and effective Roses grown,
quite distinct.
NOISETTE ROSES (E. Noiset-
tiana). — This group is supposed to have
arisen by crossing the Tea Rose or the
Bengal Rose with R. moschata, the Musk
Rose, by a French gardener named
Philippe Noisette, who sent it to France
from America, and who may possibly
have used the climbing native American
R. setigera instead of R. moschata. The
climbing character of some of the
Noisette Roses rather favours this idea,
but the sweet fragrance is a point in favour
of R. moscha ta parentage. Some varieties
are occasionally classed as Tea Roses, and
it may be as well to consult both lists
when looking for any particular variety.
The following appear in most catalogues
as Noisette Roses. For general culture
and propagation, see p. 382.
Aimee Vibert, pure white, beautiful
and full, flowers in large clusters. A
good climbing or pillar Rose, also as a
standard bush.
Alister Stella Gray, a climbing Rose,
in the way of W. A. Richardson, with
bunches of straw- and orange-yellow
flowers.
Bouquet d'Or, deep salmon-yellow,
with copper centre, large and full.
Celine Forcstier, pale yellow, with
deeper yellow in centre, free-flowering,
opens well out of doors.
Cloth of Gold, deep yellow, edges
sulphur, a splendid Rose when it can be
flowered ; requires a south wall. Rather
tender. It requires no pruning beyond
cutting out weak growths.
Comtesse de Galard Beam, canary-
yellow, free-flowering and a good climber.
Duchess of Mecklenburg, pale yellow,
produced very freely in bunches.
Fellenberg, rosy crimson, very free
bloomer.
Fortune's Yellow or Beauty of Glazen-
wood, buff striped with crimson. Rather
tender, and is best grown under glass
except in the mildest parts.
J mine Desprez, light colour, fawn
centre, good climber, but looks well droop-
ing from a standard stock.
Lamarque, pure white, with sulphur-
yellow centre. Rather tender, is best
grown under glass except in the mildest
parts.
L' Ideal, yellow and metallic red,
streaked and tinted golden-yellow, quite
distinct. Rather tender, and best grown
under glass except in the mildest parts.
Madame Carnot, fine golden-yellow,
seedling from W. A. Richardson, with
deeper centre, edge of petals paler. It is
rather tender, and is best grown under
glass except in the mildest parts.
Madame Pierre Cochet, centre rich
golden-yellow, shading off to yellowish-
white, a profuse bloomer. Rather tender,
and best grown under glass except in the
mildest parts.
Marechal Niel, bright rich yellow,
large, free and fine form ; the best jellow
Rose in cultivation. Rather tender, and is
best grown under glass except in the
mildest parts. It is subject to canker,
and is probably best on the Briar stock.
394
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS china roses
Princess Mecklenburg, lemon-white,
cluster Rose.
Beve d'Or, deep yellow and buff; a
good climber. It is almost an evergreen
and breaks into good growth from the
base.
Solfaterre, sulphur - yellow, large.
Rather tender, and is best grown under
glass except in the mildest parts.
Triomphe de Bennes, light canary-
yellow, a free bloomer.
White Marechal Niel, a white form of
Marechal Neil, with a similar growth and
habit, and quite as tender.
Wm. Allen Bichardson, beautiful
orange -yellow, flowers small, but very
pretty. It seems to grow better on the
Briar stock.
CHINA, BENGAL, or MONTHLY
ROSES. — Supposed to be derived from B.
indica and its varieties, and first intro-
duced into England about 1770-1780 from
Canton. Hence the name of China Rose.
The flowers are usually produced in
clusters or corymbs, and in great
abundance.
Culture and Propagation. — They are
well adapted for planting in beds on lawns,
and flower profusely almost into winter.
They like warm, light soil but not dryness,
and may be severely pruned except when
a few shoots on a wall are required to
px*oduce early flowers. In severe winters
it would be wise to give some protection
with dry leaves, litter &c, as in the case
of the Tea Roses. For general culture
and propagation see p. 382.
The following is a selection : —
Abbe Mioland, reddish-purple ; vigor-
ous grower.
Archduke Charles, clear rose changing
to crimson.
Blairii No. 1, blush-pink, large and
double, a good climber.
Climbing Cramoisie Superieure, a
bright and effective climber.
Common Blush, blush colour. This is
really the best of all the Monthly Roses.
It flowers profusely, and may be grown as
a climber or for massing in beds, borders,
banks &c.
Cramoisie Superieure, bright crimson,
very effective.
Ducher, pure white, good form and
free.
Duke of York, rosy pink, edged white,
good habit.
Fabvier, brilliant crimson, semi-double,
very effective.
Irene Watts, varying from salmon-
white to pale pink, with long pointed bud.
Laurette de Messimy, delicate rosy
pink, shaded with yellow, most pleasing
and effective. An excellent variety for
grouping in beds.
Little Pet, or White Pet, produces
clusters of white flowers in great profusion.
Very dwarf habit.
Madame Eugenie Besal, colour vari-
able, ranging from coppery red to bright
rose. It is a seedling from Laurette de
Messimy.
Mrs. Bosanquet, delicate pale flesh,
clustering very beautiful.
Nemesis, bright crimson, free and good.
Old Crimson, deep bright crimson.
Queen Mab, soft rosy apricot, centre
shaded with orange, outside tinted with
red. The unopened buds are charming
and very useful for sprays, coat-flowers,
&c.
Bed Pet, similar in habit to White
Pet, but of a rich crimson colour changing
to blackish-maroon in autumn.
Viridiflora, the green-flowered Rose.
BOURBON ROSES (R, indica bor-
bonica). — A very useful group of Garden
Roses, blooming in the autumn freely and
constantly in favourable situations. They
look well grown as standards, but are
more effective grown in bold masses or
in beds in good well-drained soil. They
require very little pruning as a rule, and
may be readily increased by means of
cuttings. Grown on the Briar stock they
come into bloom, however, somewhat later
than when on their own roots. For
general culture and propagation see p.
382. They are somewhat confused
with other sections, but the following is a
selection : —
Acidalie, blush-white of good size.
This variety has slender graceful shoots,
and a somewhat climbing habit.
Armosa, pink, in clusters, very free and
continuous.
Baron Gonella, pinkish-lilac inside,
deep rose outside. A beautiful free-flower-
ing Rose.
Comtesse de Brabantane, flesh-
coloured, fine double -flowered form ; vigo-
rous grower.
Comtesse de Bocquigny, white flushed
with pinky salmon ; flowers produced in
large trusses.
Gloire des Bosomanes, beautiful rich
crimson, semi-double ; vigorous grower.
Kronprinzessin Victoria, soft prim-
BOURBON ROSES
BOSE OBDEB
PBOVBNCE ROSES 396
rose-yellow. A very beautiful sport from
Souv. de la Mabnaison.
Lorna Doone, magenta - carmine,
shaded with scarlet, very handsome and
sweet.
Louise Odier, bright pink, very free
and hardy.
Mdme. Isaac Pereire, beautiful vivid
carmine, full, and of immense size, blooms
freely, growth very vigorous, one of the
finest. May be grown as a bush or
standard.
Mdme. Pierre Oyer, white shaded and
edged with pink ; exquisite form.
Mrs. Paul, blush- white, with rosy
peach shading, large Camellia-like flowers
of great substance, growth very vigorous
and good autumnal bloomer. It is a seed-
ling from Mdme. T. Pereire.
Mrs. Bo8cmquet, pale flesh colour;
very free in growth and blossom either as
a bush or standard.
Purity, pure white, faintly flushed
centre, growth semi-climbing.
Queen, delicate salmon or buff, fragrant.
As many as 20 blossoms are often borne
on one shoot when well grown.
Queen of Bedders, rich crimson, very
free ; dwarf habit.
Heine Victoria, bright rose, medium
size ; good form.
Bobusta, velvety crimson shaded
purple. The shoots grow 0 to 8 ft. long in
one season. A good climber or pillar Kose.
Sir Joseph Paxton, bright rose, rather
flat, but very free and vigorous, and ex-
cellent for town gardens.
Soitv. de la Malmaison, clear blush,
very large and double, superb. One of
the very best.
Souv. de la Pierre Dupuy, fine deep
crimson, shaded with purple, very large
and double, a fine pillar Rose (Hybrid
Bourbon).
BOURSALT ROSES (R. alpina).—
The Boursalt Boses are gradually disap-
pearing, and many rosarians consider them
small loss. And yet I know an old shed,
the end of which has for many years been
covered with the old crimson Amadis, and
at a distance it looks simply charming.
But closer inspection reveals a very coarse
flower indeed, and it is perhaps only just
that it should give place to better things.
PROVENCE or CABBAGE
ROSES. — These beautiful Roses are
derived from B. centifolia, and although
it is not quite clear why they are called
• Provence ' Roses (as they did not ori-
ginate in Provence but in the East) that
name at least sounds better than the
equally obscure appellation of ' Cabbage '
Rose. Many years ago a double yellow
Provence Rose used to be common in
gardens, but now it seems to have dis-
appeared, and is not to be found in
modern catalogues.
Culture and Propagation. — The Pro-
vence Roses enjoy a rich well -manured
soil, and may be severely pruned. They
are best on their own roots, but also suc-
ceed well on the Briar stock. For general
culture and propagation, see p. 382.
The following varieties, including the
miniature Provence or Pompon Roses,
are obtainable : —
Common Provence, rosy blush, large
and full.
Crested or Cristata, rosy pink, with
paler edges, beautiful.
Forcing Provence, flesh colour, large.
Bed Provence, crimson, large and full.
Unique or White Provence, beautiful
white, large and full.
York and. Lancaster, white, striped
with red, sometimes half red and half
white.
MOSS ROSES (R. centifolia
muscosa). — The Moss Roses are a charm-
ing class of hybrids derived like the
Provence Roses from varieties of B. cen-
tifolia, and readily distinguished by the
green, mossy calyx — the moss being trans-
formed hairs of the calyx, and sometimes
of the flower and leaf stalks. Of late years
they have been somewhat neglected owing
doubtless to the appearance of so many
beautiful Tea and Hybrid Perpetual kinds,
but wherever a large collection of Roses is
grown the mossy section is well worth
being represented. The original old red
Moss Rose, from which all the other
varieties have been developed, appears to
have been sent to England about 1735,
from Italy. It was grown by a nursery-
man named Wrench at Broomhouse, Ful-
ham, for 20 years without attracting much
attention, but was afterwards taken in
hand by another nurseryman named
Shailer of Chelsea. He produced the first
white Moss Rose in 1788, or rather it
was a sport from the red variety, and he
budded it on the white Provence Rose.
A striped variety next appeared, and the
cultivation of Moss Roses at high prices
became extensive in the neighbourhood of
Chelsea and Fulham.
396
PBACTICAL GUIDE TO GABDEN PLANTS moss roses
Culture and Propagation. — Moss
Roses like the best of well-drained and
well-manured soil to produce their flowers
in abundance. Some flower in early
summer, others — known as ' Perpetual ' —
in autumn, thus giving a long season of
bloom. They may be grown as dwarf
standards or bushes and do well on their
own roots, or budded on the seedling
Briar. They enjoy a rich fibrous loam,
with which has been incorporated plenty
of well -rotted manure. About every third
or fourth year they will be improved by
transplanting, as they become stronger and
flower more freely. They like severe
pruning as a rule, but discretion must be
used and notice taken of weak and strong
growing varieties. They like a good
mulching of manure, and may be treated
generally as advised at p. 382.
The following are among the best
varieties : —
SUMMER-FLOWERING VARIETIES
These bloom in May, June, and July,
and are all favourites on account of their
peculiar and beautiful appearance.
Alice Leroy, blush shaded with rose,
large and double.
Baronne de Wassenaer, deep rose, very
early, double, and showy.
Captain Ingram, dark velvety purple,
fine.
Celina, flowers rich crimson, produced
in panicles of 8 or 9, and with a well-
mossed calyx.
Common Moss Rose, pale rose, large
and free.
Comtesse de Muri?iais, white, large
and double, each shoot with clusters of
blossom.
Crested, pale rosy-pink, buds beauti-
fully crested, distinct.
Crimson Globe, deep crimson, globular
shaped flowers, and beautifully mossed.
Cloire de Mousseuses, blush, large and
full, one of the best.
Gracilis or Prolific, deep pink, globu-
lar, large, full, and of good shape ; an
excellent kind.
Henry Martin, shaded velvety car-
mine, fine.
Ltinei, deep brilliant rose, a beautiful
round handsome bud fairly well mossed.
Little Gem, small double crimson
flowers ; charming miniature Moss Rose.
This is a good variety for growing in
pots. The buds are very small and very
mossy, but produced in great abundance.
Luxembourg, dark purplish -crimson,
beautiful.
Marie de Blois, bright rose, large,
full ; well mossed, handsome buds.
Nuits d' Young, velvety purple, very
double.
Princess Royal, flesh, very distinct,
small and pretty.
Princess Alice, deep bluish-red, centre
pink, buds well mossed.
Reine Blanche, white, a good variety,
pale green foliage.
White Bath, paper-white, beautiful,
large and full.
' PERPETUAL ' AUTUMN-FLOWERING
VARIETIES
The following are all autumn as well
as summer blooming kinds, and are of
great merit. They should have good rich
soil, and should be closely pruned.
Blanche Moreau, pure white, of perfect
form, well mossed, the sepals passing
beyond the bud nearly an inch, and form-
ing a vivid contrast to the flowers.
Eugene Verdier, crimson, very large
and fine.
Madame Moreau, rose, edged with
white, deeper in the centre.
Madame Win. Paul, bright rose, free-
flowering.
Mousseline, white, sometimes slightly
tinted in opening, large and full, and
thoroughly perpetual.
Perpetual White, white, blooming in
clusters, very mossy.
Salet, very bright pink, flowering
freely in autumn.
Soupert et Notting, flowers very
large and full, of the most perfect form,
fine bright rose, foliage large, equal to the
Provence or Cabbage Rose.
BANKSIAN ROSES (R. Banksle).
The true Banksian Rose is a non-prickly
Chinese climber, with stems often 20-30
ft. long, in favourable places. The leaves
consist of 3-5 shiny, oblong, lance-shaped
serrated leaflets, very hairy at the base
of the middle nerve, and with ciliated
stipules. Flowers in June, white, very
double, nodding.
It was named by Robert Brown in
honour of Lady Banks — whose husband
Sir Joseph was a great patron of botany
and horticulture. The first plant was
introduced in 1807, and what is asserted
to be the identical one is still growing
at Spring Grove House, Isleworth, where
ALBA ROSES
ROSE ORDER
MULTIFLORA ROSES 397
the residence of Sir Joseph Banks stood
until a few years ago when it was replaced
by a modern mansion.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Banksian Roses require the shelter of a
warm wall, and a dry border with rich
soil to bring them to perfection. They
require very little pruning, just removing
the later sappy shoots after July. The
white (alba) and yellow (lutea) varieties
are grown, and should be on their own
roots. A mulching with manure in hard
winters will prevent them being killed.
DAMASK ROSES (R. damascena).
These roses are supposed to be of Syrian
origin, and were first introduced from the
Holy Land by a Comte de Brie when
returning from the Crusades in 1270.
The shoots and leaves of the Damask
Roses are of a distinct light green. The
plants are perfectly hardy, with numerous
fragrant flowers, and require very little
pruning. For general culture and propa-
gation see p. 382.
The varieties usually met with are
La ville de Bruxellcs, light rose, with a
blush margin ; Leda or Painted, blush,
edged with lake ; Madame Hardy, large,
beautiful white ; Madame Staltz, pale
yellow, cupped ; Madame Zoetmans,
creamy white shaded buff; and York
and Lancaster (true), red and white,
sometimes striped, liable to sport and
come self-coloured. Some of the Provence
Roses are also called ' York and Lancas-
ter.' •
The Bose du Hoi is a very old
Damask Perpetual Rose with bright
crimson flowers.
The ALBA ROSES.— Mr. Baker re-
gards R. alba as probably a hybrid between
R. canina and B. gallica. At present the
garden hybrids form a small but choice
group. They thrive under ordinary care,
and the followinge xcept Felicite should
be pruned rather closely.
For general culture and propagation
see p. 382.
Belle de Segur, soft rosy flesh, edges
blush, beautiful, of medium size, full, form
cupped.
Blanche Belgique, white, very florifer-
ous.
Celestial, flesh colour, beautifully
tinted with the most delicate pink, of
medium size, double, cupped.
Felicite (Parmentier), rosy flesh,
margin blush, large and full.
Lorna Doone, deep rose.
Madame Audot, glossy flesh, large and
full.
Madame Legras, creamy white, large
and full.
Maiden's Blush, soft blush, of medium
size.
Mrs. Paul, bold white flowers tinted
with rose.
MULTIFLORA or POLYANTHA
ROSES. — A very pretty and ornamental
class of miniature or fairy Roses which
have been much improved by the
additions made during the last season
or two. The plants are very compact in
habit, and bear in great profusion pretty
small double flowers. They are admir-
ably suited for pot culture as conservatory
plants or for edging Rose beds.
The Polyantha Roses have been
spoken of very favourably as stocks for
other varieties, and may in the future be
more extensively used for that purpose.
For general culture and propagation
see p. 382.
The following are some of the best
known varieties : —
Aglaia (Yelloiu Rambler), bright
canary-yellow flowers, produced in pyra-
midal clusters, very hardy.
Cecile Brunner, blush, shaded pale
pink, very free-flowering, one of the best.
Euphrosyne (Pink Rambler), buds
carmine, changing to pure rose ; a cluster
Rose.
Gloire de Polyantha, a miniature
flower, deep rose, with a white base to the
tiny petals.
Golden Fairy, bright fawn, tinted
white.
Jeanne Ferron, pink, lighter colour
as the flower expands, reflexed, a good
climber.
Ma Paquerette, pure white.
Mignonette, rosy pink, a beautiful
miniature Rose.
Bed Pet, rich crimson, very small,
very free-flowering.
The Pet, delicate pink, changing to
white.
Turner's Crimson Rambler, a fine
introduction from Japan, producing large
clusters of brightest crimson flowers.
The plant is of very vigorous growth,
producing shoots 8-10 ft. long in one
season. A grand variety for climbing or
pegging, very hardy, free -flowering, and a
continuous bloomer. It succeeds on the
398
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS sweet briar
Manetti stock or on its 'own roots, better
than when budded on the Dog Rose.
Cuttings of the ripened shoots will also
root freely and make good plants.
AYRSHIRE ROSES (R. arvensis
or repens, var.). — The Ayrshire Roses are
usually considered to be descended from
the common Field Rose (B. arvensis or
repens). From their hardiness, and rapid
growth, they are admirably adapted for
planting in rough situations where choicer
kinds will not thrive, and for climbing
over banks, trees, pillars, buildings &c.
When grafted or budded on tall stems they
also make excellent weeping Roses.
They are of the easiest cultivation in
ordinary good and well-drained garden
soil, and will respond to the best of treat-
ment as given to the Tea- Scented and
Hybrid Perpetual varieties. They require
little or no pruning, so long as the shoots
are not allowed to get entangled and over-
crowded. The following are some of the
best varieties. For general culture and
propagation see p. 382.
Alice Gray, white, delicately edged
with pink.
Bennett's Seedling, a lovely double
white -flowered variety.
Dundee Bambler, white, with pink
edge.
Princess Victoria, pale flesh.
Queen of the Belgians, creamy white,
double.
Bivers' Ayrshire Queen, reddish-purple.
Buga, pale flesh, very fragrant.
Splendens, pale flesh, buds crimson.
Virginian Bambler, a very free-flower-
ing variety with beautiful pinky-white
blossoms.
EVERGREEN ROSES (R. Sbm-
pervirens). — These are valuable climbing
Roses, blooming in large clusters of ten to
fifty blooms each, and holding their dark
green shining foliage through a great part
of winter ; they are free growers and
quite hardy. Like the Ayrshire, they
form beautiful weeping Roses. In pruning
the head should be well thinned out, a
few of the more pendant shoots being left
their whole length ; these will flower to
their very points. For general culture
and propagation see p. 382.
Donna Maria, pure white, small and
double.
Felicite Perpetue, creamy white, beau-
tiful, small and full, one of the finest.
Flora, rosy flesh, full. It has pretty
red shoots and glossy green leaves which
stand smoky atmosphere well.
Leopoldine d' Orleans, white, tipped
with red, small and double.
Myrianthes Benoncide, blush edged
with rose, small and double. A beautiful
variety.
Princess Marie, a double pink-flowered
variety which retains its leaves somewhat
longer than the others.
FRENCH, GALLICA, or GARDEN
ROSES (R. Gallica). — These Roses grow
anywhere, but become of greatly in-
creased beauty tmder good cultivation.
They may be distinguished by their stiff
erect growth. As standards they form
compact heads, which display the flowers
to great advantage. The flowers are re-
markable for their brilliant and richly
varied hues, fulness, regularity, and a
delicious fragrance. They require moder-
ately close pruning. The striped varieties
of this section (Bosa Mundi, &c.) are
often called York and Lancaster.
For general culture and propagation
see p. 382.
Blanehefleur, white slightly tinted
with flesh.
Boule de Nanteuil, crimson-purple,
centre sometimes fiery.
Cynthie, pale rose, light margin, beau-
tiful, large.
D'Aguesseau, crimson richly shaded
with purple, large and full.
Duchess of Buccleuch, dark rose,
margin blush, beautiful.
Kean, rich velvety ptirple, centre
scarlet.
(Eillet Parfait, pure white with
broad stripes of rosy crimson, beautiful,
very double.
Ohl, dark crimson and scarlet shaded,
large.
Perles des Panachees, white, striped
with rose.
Bosa Mundi, red striped with white,
sometimes all red ; large and semi-double.
Village Maid, white striped with rose
and purple, large and full, of cupped
form.
HYBRID SWEET BRIARS. -
These lovely Hybrids raised by Lord
Penzance are crosses between the Common
Sweet Briar and various old-fashioned
Garden Roses ; the flowers are single or
semi-double, and vary in colour from pale
yellow to crimson. The plants are very
vigorous and perfectly hardy and the
SWEET BRIAK
ROSE ORDER
HYRKID KOSES 399
foliage of all of them is as sweetly scented
as the Common Sweet Briar. They form
a distinct break from any class of Kose yet
in commerce. They are excellent plants
for making hedges, and by pegging the
shoots down as described above at p. 384
these Sweet Briars form one of the most
effective sights in the garden, especially
when they have become well established.
Not only are their flowers lovely in every
way, but the sweet fragrance of the plants
is a character of the highest importance.
For general culture and propagation
see p. 382.
Amy Bobsart, a lovely deep rose, an
abundant bloomer, robust and free.
Anne of Geierstein, dark crimson,
followed by an abundance of pretty clus-
tered bunches of hips. It is a strong
grower and would make an excellent
hedge.
Brenda, soft blush or peach, hand-
some in colour and shade.
Catherine Set on, a very pleasing tint
of soft rosy pink, the bright golden anthers
being very prominent, very free-flower-
ing, perpetual, and a good Autumnal Rose.
Edith Bellenden, pale rose, flowering
profusely in clusters at the ends of the
shoots, which are long and pendulous.
Flora Mclvor, pure white, blushed
with rose, perfect for cutting.
Green Mantle, bright rich pink, with
a band of white encircling the anthers,
which, with their background of white,
have a very pretty effect. This variety,
too, is very free-flowering, and a good
Autumnal Rose.
Jeannie Deans, semi-double, very
large, scarlet- orimson, flowering freely in
clusters, foliage of a deep, healthy-looking
green, and very strong growing.
Julia Mannering, soft pearly or porce-
lain pink, the prettiest of all the pink
varieties, very free-flowering, thoroughly
perpetual, with flower and foliage deli-
riously scented.
Lady Penzance, copper-tinted yellow.
This is a grand Sweet Briar and probably
the finest for giving beautiful effects.
Lord Penzance, fawn colour.
Lucy Ashton, white, pink edges.
Lucy Bertram, a fine deep crimson,
the richest colour of all; the centre is
pure white, which shows off the bright
yellow anthers to good advantage ;
branching habit, free-flowering, a good
Autumnal Rose.
Meg Merrilies, crimson.
Mina, large pure white, opening with
a tint of palest blush, bushy habit, foliage
like a Scotch Briar.
Bose Bradwardme, clear rose.
HYBRIDS of CHINESE, BOUR-
BON, and NOISETTE ROSES (R.
Gallica). — Tbe Roses in this section are
Hybrids between the Gallica, Centifolia.
&c, and the Chinese, Noisette, and Bour-
bon. Most of them grow to perfection as
Wall or Pillar Roses. In pruning they
should be well thinned out, and the shoots
left for flowering shortened but little.
The moderate growers, like Comtesse
Lacipede and Souvenir de Pierre Dupuy,
require closer priming. These Hybrids
are still valuable, frequently concentrating
in the same flower perfection in the
desired points — form, fulness, and size;
and further, many of them are brilliant
in colour. For general culture and pro-
pagation see p. 382.
The following are some of the best
varieties grown : —
Blairii No. 2, blush-pink, fine, very
large and double.
Brennus or Brutus, deep carmine,
superb, very large and full.
Charles Lawson, vivid rose shaded,
large and fidl ; one of the best.
Charles Duval, deep pink, large and
full, cupped.
Chenedole, light vivid crimson, colour
exquisite, very large and double ; a fine
pillar Rose.
Comtesse Lacepede, silvery blush,
sometimes rosy flesh, large, full, cupped.
Coupe d'Hibe, rich deep pink, large
and very double ; one of the best.
Fulgens, deep crimson ; a good climb-
ing Rose.
General Jacqueminot, deep purple,
shaded with crimson.
Juno, pale rose, blush edges, very large
and full.
Madame Barriot, light rose, shaded.
Madame Plantier, pure white, free
bloomer, beautiful, full ; the finest of all
pure white Roses for massing.
Madeline, white, usually margined
with crimson.
Paul Perras, beautiful pale rose, fine,
very large and full.
Paul Bicaut, bright rosy crimson,
large and full ; one of the best.
Paul Verdicr, magnificent bright rose,
large, full, and perfectly imbricated;
good Rose.
400
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS wild roses
Souvenir de Pierre Dupuy, deep
velvety red, very large and double ; fine.
Vivid, vivid crimson, very showy ; a
fine pillar or climbing Rose.
William Jesse, purplish-crimson, tinged
with lilac, large and double.
Climbing' Roses
Although the best Climbing Eoses have
already been mentioned in the sections to
which they belong, it may be convenient
to have a separate list of them for ready
reference. "With the exception of the
Banksian Eoses (see p. 396) most of the
Climbing Eoses are easily grown, and
their general culture and propagation are
as detailed at p. 382. Their great value
for garden purposes consists in the many
ways they may be utilised for the orna-
mentation of parts of the garden where
no other plant would be so effective or so
appropriate, or give such a wealth of
blossom and variety of colour. Old trees,
old buildings, walls, sheds, arbours, per-
golas, arches, trellises, banks, and almost
any place where long rambling branches
will go, are suitable places for Climbing
Eoses, provided they are judiciously
planted, and not overcrowded.
The following is a list of some of the
best Climbing Eoses : —
HYBRID PERPETUAL CLIMBERS
Climbing Duchess of Norfolk (p. 386).
Climbing Etienne Level (p. 386).
Climbing Jules Margottin (p. 386).
Climbing Star of Waltham (p. 387).
Climbing Victor Verdier (p. 387).
Paul's Carmine Pillar (p. 388).
Climbing Edouard Morren (p. 388).
Climbing La France (p. 388).
Climbing Marie Cointet (p. 388).
Climbing Queen of Queens (p. 388).
Princess Louise Victoria (p. 389).
TEA-SCENTED CLIMBERS
( 'limbing Kaiserin Augusta Victoria
(p. 393).
Climbing Perle des Jardins (p. 391).
Climbing Devoniensis (p. 391).
Climbing Niphetos (p. 391).
Cheshunt Hybrid (p. 392).
Gloire de Dijon (p. 391).
Longworth Rambler (p. 392).
Heine Marie Henriette (p. 392).
NOISETTE CLIMBERS AND THEIR HYBRIDS
Aimee Vibert (p. 393).
Alister Stella Gray (p. 393).
Blairi No. 1 (p. 394).
Comtesse de Galard Beam (p. 393).
Joune Desprez (p. 393).
Reve d'or (p. 394).
Vivid (p. 400).
Wm. Allen Richardson (p. 394).
OTHER CLIMBING ROSES
Ayrshire, see varieties (p. 398).
Banksian varieties (p. 396).
Cramoisie superieure (monthly),
(p. 394).
Evergreen varieties (p. 398).
Multiflora or Polyantha varieties
(p. 397).
Musk Roses (E. moschata) (p. 403).
R. setigera (p. 404).
R. loiclmriana (p. 405).
WILD ROSES.— Besides the florist's
Eose. there are several beautiful natural
species which deserve a place in the
garden. Of course one of the greatest
differences between the two groups is that
the flowers of the wild species are usually
single, and have the general characters as
described at p. 382. In the garden forms
the numerous stamens have been trans-
formed into petals, hence the ' doubling. '
Culture and Propagation. — They
thrive in good soil, but it is not necessary
to take the same amount of trouble over
pruning them as with Hybrid Perpetuals
and such like. A thinning out of the
branches and dead wood here and there
is sufficient, and very little shortening
back of the shoots is required during the
year. They are not nearly so much
subject to disease and insect pests as the
garden varieties, and the fact that they
vary a good deal in habit — from dwarf
sturdy bushes to long-branched climbers —
enables one to use them in many ways.
They may be increased by seeds, but
owing to the ease with which some of
them hybridise, the progeny may not
come quite true. They are probably best
obtained by layering the branches, and
thus getting them on their own roots,
The following is a selection : —
R. acicularis. — A native of North tem-
perate regions, with very prickly stems
and very glaucous leaves, composed of
about 7 oval, slightly rugose, serrated
leaflets. Flowers in June, pale blush,
solitary, fragrant, followed by yellowish-
orange obovoid fruits.
Culture </r. as above.
WILD ROSES
ROSE ORDER
WILD KOSES 401
R. alba. — This is of garden origin,
and has given rise to the ' Alba ' roses
(see p. 397). It grows 4-7 ft. high, with
straight or falcate prickles, oblong:
glaucous, serrated leaflets, and very fra-
grant, white or delicate blush blooms in
June and July. Fruit scarlet or blood-
red, oblong, unarmed. There is a sweet-
scented variety called suaveolens.
Culture il-r. as above.
R. alpina. — A native of Europe, about
3 ft. high, with prickles on the young
stems. Leaflets 5 11, ovate or obovate,
sharply serrated. Flowers in June, pink
or rose. Fruit orange-red, ovate or
roundish, drooping. The Boursalt Roses
(see p. 395) originated from this.
( ' ult ii re Sc. as above.
R. altaica. — A beautiful species 3-4
ft. high with white flowers 2-3 in. across,
produced during May and June. The
bundle of bright yellow stamens in the
centre is in good contrast to the roundish
wedge-shaped petals.
Culture Sc. as above.
R. beggeriana. — A pretty shrub 4-G ft.
high, native of Central Asia. The leaves
are composed of 3-4 pairs of small elliptic
serrate leaflets, and furnish slender
branches bavin.; only a few recurved
spines but no prickles. The small white
flowers are borne in rather large corymbs,
and continue to appear throughout the
summer months. They are afterwards
succeeded by fruits not much larger than
a pea, at first orange-red, but turning deep
purple-black when ripe.
Culture Sc. as above.
R. bracteata (Marcartney Rose). —
An erect woolly Chinese plant about 2 ft.
high, armed with strong, recurved, often
twin prickles. Leaflets 5 9, obovate,
slightly serrated, smooth, shining.
Flowers in July, large, white, solitary
and sweetly scented. The variety alba
simplex has a conspicuous mass of yellow
stamens in the centre, while Marie
Leonida has large double white flowers,
creamy blush in the centre.
Culture Sc. as above. The Macartney
Roses, though somewhat tender, are very
pretty and distinct and almost evergreen.
They repay for a little care and should be
grown in warm sunny spots on a south
wall or fence.
R. canina (Dog Rose).— A handsome
British Rose forming large bushes in our
thickets and hedges, and having arching
prickly branches with smooth or slightly
hairy and sharply toothed leaflets. The
beautiful cup-shaped blossoms, 2-3 in.
across, appear in June and July, and vary
from pure white to deep rose in colour.
There are many varieties of the Dog
Rose.
Culture iti-. as above. Excellent
for hedges, and for stocks.
R. Carolina (Carolina Swamp Rose).
A pretty X. American species 4-7 ft.
high, armed with stout hooked prickles.
Leaflets 5 9, elliptical. Flowers from
June to September, pink, in corymbs
of a dozen or more. Fruit somewhat
bristlv
( 'ulture Sc. as above.
R. centifolia (Provence or Cabbage
Rose).— A. pretty Rose 3 -6 ft. high, native
of the East, with prickly branches and
leaves composed of 5-7 ovate serrate
leaflets slightly hairy on the under sur-
face. The large sweet-scented rose-purple
flowers appear in June and July and are
succeeded by fragrant top-shaped ' hips.'
The variety muscosa with rose or white
flowers is the origin of the Moss Rose
(see p. 395).
( 'ulture Sc. as above.
R. damascena {Damask Rose). — This,
the parent of many garden forms (see
p. 397), is a native of the East, and makes
bushes 2-4 ft. high. It has very prickly
stems and leaves composed of 5-7 ovate
stiflish leaflets. The large sweet-scented
white or rosy flowers are borne in trusses
in June and July, and have clammy hairy
calyces.
Culture Sc. as above.
R. ferruginea (R. rubrifolia). — A
European species like the ' British T>o^
Rose.' It has deep red or purple stems
about 6 ft. high, armed with small short
hooked prickles. Leaflets ovate, toothed,
very glaucous, and brightly tinged with
red, wrinkled. Flowers in August, deep
red, small. Fruit purple-red with a soft
flesh.
Culture Sc. as above.
R. gallica. — A native of Southern
Europe and Western Asia 2-3 ft. high,
with prickly stems and 5-7 ovate or
lance-shaped leathery leaflets composing
the leaves. The flowers, which vary from
red to crimson and are double or semi-
double, appear in June and July.
402
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS wild roses
Culture dc. as above. Several garden
Roses have originated from this species.
R. gigantea. — A magnificent Indian
climbing Rose with stems often reaching
a length of 40 ft. Flowers pure white,
6 in. or more across, golden-yellow in
bud. This species has not yet been
flowered in the British Islands, but has
done so in the south of France. It is
hardy in the milder parts of the kingdom,
and it may some day astonish its pos-
sessors by showing its beautiful blossoms.
Culture dc. as above, p. 382.
R. Godefroyae. — A compact, smooth-
stemmed bush, native of Persia, with shin-
ing dark green leaves, having 5-7 leaflets.
Flowers in summer, large, with numerous
white petals.
Culture dc. as above, p. 382.
R. Hardi. — This is supposed to be
a hybrid between the simple-leaved and
yellow-flowered B. simplieifolia and the
white -flowered B. invohicrata which has
compound leaves. It is a rather pretty
Rose with leaves composed of 5-7 serrate
leaflets, the terminal one of which is much
larger than the others. The flowers
resemble those of a Cistus (see p. 223), being
2 in. across and soft yellow in colour with
a crimson blotch at the base of each
notched petal. It grows and flowers more
freely than B. simplieifolia .
Culture de. as above, p. 382.
R. hemisphaerica (B. sulphur ea). — A
beautiful species about 3 ft. high, native
of the East, with somewhat spiny stalks.
Leaves composed of 5-7 obovate toothed
leaflets, paler beneath, and downy on the
nerves. Flowers in summer, soft yellow.
Culture dc. as above, p. 382.
R. hispida (B. lutescens). — A species
closely allied to the Scotch or Burnet
Rose, but of uncertain origin. It grows
5-6 ft. high, with prickly branches and
leaves having 7 oval, sharply toothed
leaflets. Flowers in June, white tinged
with soft yellow.
Culture dc. as above, p. 382.
R. indica (Blush, Common China, or
Monthly Bose). — A stout, brown-prickled
species, probably native of China, not-
withstanding its name. Leaflets 3 5, shin-
ing, elliptic acuminate, crenate serrate,
dark above, glaucous beneath. Flowers
at all seasons (hence the name Monthly
Rose), usually semi-double, red, numerous.
Fruit scarlet, obovate.
This species has played an important
part in the production of the China or
Bengal Roses (see p. 394), the Bourbon
(p. 394), and the Tea Roses (p. 389).
The ' Green Rose ' called monstrosa
is a variety of indica.
Culture de. as above, p. 382.
R. involucrata (B. Lyelli). — A pretty
Indian Rose about 3 ft. high, with leaves
3-4 in. long, and composed of 3 or 4
pairs of elliptic oblong finely serrate leaf-
lets. The white sweet-scented flowers,
each 2-3 in. across, are produced in July
and August either singly or in small
clusters, and are succeeded by round,
woolly-stemmed fruits.
Culture dc. as above, p. 382.
R. laevigata (B. sinica). — Cherokee
Bose. — A Chinese Rose, now naturalised
in the United States and West Indies.
It has long trailing stems, the branches
armed with stout, curved prickles and
evergreen, usually 3-foliolate, smooth and
shining leaves, hairy on the midribs.
Flowers in June, white, large, solitary.
Fruit orange-red, warty. Rather tender.
Culture dc. as above, p. 382.
R. lucida. — A beautiful N. American
Rose 1-2 ft. high, armed with bristly
prickles. Leaflets shining green, 5-9 ellip-
tic or oblong lance-shaped, sharply serra-
ted. Flowers from May to July, red, 1-3
on a stalk. The variety flore pleno has
charming double flowers. It is known as
' Rose Button.' The fruits of this Rose are
deep red, about the size of a Hazel-nut,
and look handsome among the autumn-
tinted foliage.
Culture dc. as above.
R. lutea (B. Eglcmteria). — Aus-
trian Briar. — An Eastern species about
3 ft. high, with straight prickles. Leaves
l|-3 in. long ; leaflets 2-4 pairs, ellip-
tic ovate or roundish, deeply toothed.
Flowers in June 2 -2 J in. across. The
variety punice a has flowers scarlet inside,
yellow outside, and purple stigmas. There
is also a form (flore 2)leno) with double
flowers which looks particular^ attractive
when laden with blossom.
The best known forms are the Austrian
Yellow and Austrian Copper Briars with
beautiful single flowers. Harrisoni and
the Persian Yellow are also fine golden -
yellow. The latter has leaves scented
like Sweet Briar. When pruning the head
should be well thinned, but the shoots
WILD ROSES
ROSE ORDER
WILD ROSES 403
intended for flowering should be allowed
to remain long.
Culture dc. as above, p. 382.
R. macrophylla. — A distinct prickly
Rose, about 6 ft. high, native of Thibet.
Leaves 2-8 in. long, with elliptic ovate,
finely toothed leaves usually downy
beneath. Flowers in summer, pink.
1 3.1 in. across, with broadly obcordate
petals. Fruit sometimes 2 in. long.
Culture dc. as above, p. 382.
R. microphylla. — A sturdy Chinese
shrub, 2-4 ft. high, with only slightly
prickly steins and small ovate leaflets
9 15 in number. Flowers from August
to October, rather large, delicate rose,
very fragrant. Fruits large, globular,
prickly, green or yellowish when ripe,
exhaling a Pineapple odour.
There is a double-flowered variety
{flore jjleno) which has been much longer
in cultivation than the type.
Cnl litre dc. as above, p. 382.
R. minutifolia. — A compact-growing
Californian Rose, the stems of which are
armed with numerous straight spines,
and clothed with very small leaves having
5-7 deeply toothed leaflets. The small
solitary pink or white flowers are produced
on short spurs along the branches.
Culture dc. as above, p. 382.
R. mollis. — A British species forming
a large bush with erect or arching prickly
stems and very hairy leaves. The red
flowers appear in June and July and are
succeeded by roundish or top-shaped
fruits usually densely covered with
prickles.
Culture dc. as above, p. 382.
R. moschata (R. Brunoni). — Musk
Rose. — A native of S. Europe to India,
with climbing stems 20 ft. or more in
length. Leaves 2-6 in. long, with 2-4
pairs of ovate or ovate-lance-shaped acute
leaflets, sharply serrated, somewhat downy
beneath. Flowers in July and August,
about 2 in. across, yellowish-white, very
numerous, in compound corymbs and
delicately fragrant. This is one of the
reputed parents of the Noisette Roses
(see p. 393), and is excellent for cutting
purposes. In the variety nivea the
blossoms are pure white sometimes
flushed with pink.
Musk Roses are of rapid growth,
best adapted for climbers ; they require
little pruning. The flowers have a peculiar
Musk-like scent as a point of distinction,
but it requires a still, moist atmosphere to
be readily appreciable.
The following are good varieties : —
Kh.it Werry, nankeen-yellow, chan-
ging to white.
Fringed, white, petals serrated ;
cupped.
I'riucesse tie Nassau, yellowish straw,
cupped, very sweet.
Rivers, pink shaded with buff.
R. multiflora (R. polyantha). — A
native of China and Japan, with stems
about 12 ft. long, having scattered slender
prickles. Leaflets ovate lance-shaped,
-•lightly wrinkled. Flowers in June, white,
pink, or purple, in corymbs. Fruits
bright red. Carnea is a double pink-
flowered form ; jiore pleno differs from
the type only in its double flowers, and
platyph/ylla has broader leaflets and pur-
ple double flowers.
The ' Dawson Rose ' is a hybrid be-
tween R. Di/tltijlora and the crimson
Hybrid Perpetual 'General Jacqueminot.'
It has gracefully arching sprays of semi-
double pink and white blossoms, 12-20 in
a cluster, during June and July. It is an
elegant Rose for masshig in beds on grass-
land.
Culture dc. as above, p. 382.
R. nutkana. — A distinct species from
N.W. America, having rather broad
smooth or downy leaves, at the base of
which there are usually some broad flat
spines, and occasionally scattered prickles.
The flowers are borne in loose corymbs,
and are succeeded by round bright scarlet
fruits about i in. in diameter.
Culture dc. as above, p. 382.
R. pisocarpa (R. pisiformis). — An in-
teresting Californian Rose having smooth
reddish stems armed with straight prickles.
It makes a long straggling freely branched
bush clothed with rather small leaves of
5 leaflets. The bright pink flowers, each
about an inch across, appear in twos and
threes in summer, and are followed by
roundish red fruits about A in. through,
which look very attractive.
Culture dc. as above, p. 382.
R. Pissardi. — A beautiful species 15-
20 ft. high, native of the Caspian shores.
The spiny glaucous branches are spreading
or bent downwards, and are furnished
with deep green leaves. The sweet-
scented white or blush-white blossoms
* dd 2
404
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GABDEN PLANTS wild roses
are serai-double ; they appear late in
summer and are produced in great abund-
ance in upright corymbs, being succeeded
by deep red fruits.
Culture dc. as above, p. 382.
R. pomifera (Apple Rose). — This is an
old-fashioned British Eose with glaucous
foliage. The flowers are single, blush -
coloured, and succeeded by handsome
scarlet fruits 1-2 in. long, apple or pear-
shaped, and covered with bristles.
Culture dc. as above, p. 382.
R. repens (B. arvensis).- — A rambling
British and European species, 2-8 ft.
high, from which the Ayrshire Boses have
been developed. The trailing purplish glau-
cous stems are armed with stout strongly
hooked prickles, and clothed with smooth
leaflets, glaucous beneath. Flowers in
summer, 1-6 in a truss, rarely solitary,
white, with a yellow blotch at the base
of each petal. Calyx purple. There are
several forms, and also one with double
flowers.
Culture dc. as above, p. 382.
R. rubiginosa (Eglantine ; Sweet
Briar). —A delightfully fragrant pretty
native Wild Bose about 5 ft. high. Leaf-
lets glabrous above, downy beneath.
Flowers in June, pink, 1-3 on a stem. It
is an excellent hedge plant, and not a few
places in England boast a ' Sweet Briar
Lane.'
Culture dc. as above, p. 382.
R. rugosa (Japanese or Bamanas
Bose). — A distinct-looking and handsome
bush about 4 ft. high, native of Japan,
densely armed with straight prickles.
Leaflets 5-9, ovate, much wrinkled,
serrated, blunt. Flowers in June, red,
large, solitary. Fruit as large as a thrush
egg, varying from orange-red to deep red,
very handsome, with an edible pulp.
There are several forms, the best of which
are alba, with pure white flowers ; plena,
a double crimson ; Couberfs Double
White with beautiful satiny white flowers ;
fimbriata, white Picotee edged petals ;
and Mclme. Georges Bruant, white, semi-
double.
B. rugosa, has been crossed with some
of the Bengal Boses, and has produced a
hybrid called calocarpa, and it has also
been crossed with the well-known hybrid
perpetual General Jacqueminot. There
seems to be a great future before this
species in the hands of the hybridist.
Culture dc. as above, p. 382.
R. sericea. — An Indian species, with
smooth or slightly prickly stems which,
when young, are sometimes red. Leaves
1-3 in. long, with 7-9 oblong, blunt,
sharply toothed leaflets, silky beneath.
Flowers in May, white, rarely pink or
pale yellow, often having only 4 instead
of 5 petals. The variety pteracaniha is
distinguished by having winged, thin
spines, sometimes \\ in. wide at the base.
Culture dc. as above, p. 382.
R. setigera (Climbing or Prairie
Bose). — A pretty N. American climber,
stems 10-20 ft., armed with stout
straightish prickles. Leaflets 3-5, ovate
acute, sharply serrated, smooth or downy
beneath. Flowers in July, deep rose,
changing to white, corymbose.
Culture dc. as above, p. 382.
R. simplicifolia (B. berberifolia). — An
Asiatic species 2-3 ft. high, remarkable
for its small, simple, Barberry -like, downy
leaves and slender downy branches.
Flowers in June, sweet-scented, solitary,
deep yellow, with a dark crimson spot at
the base of each petal.
Culture dc. as above, p. 382.
R. spinosissima (8. pimpinellifolia).
Burnet or Scotch Bose. — A pretty British
Bose, 1-4 ft. high, with very unequal
crowded prickles. Leaflets 7-9, rather
broad, serrated. Flowers in May and
June, less than 2 in. across, white or pink,
1 or more on a stalk. The variety altaica
is a taller growing plant with broader
leaves and fine flowers.
The varieties belonging to this group
all form compact bushes, flowering abun-
dantly early in the season before most
other Boses. They are not adapted for
growing as standards. The flowers are
small and globular, many of them as they
hang on the bush looking like little balls.
Their colours are yellow, white, and
various shades of pink, rose, and crimson.
Culture and Propagation. — If care-
fully planted at first Scotch Boses will
require but little attention. They are
proof against frost and snow, and are rarely
if ever subject to mildew or green fly.
Speaking generally they are best
grown in beds by themselves, but are
also suitable for covering rough banks
and transforming them into a charming
picture. In poor soils, they may be given
a good middling of rotted manure every
autumn. Only the bright clear-coloured
PYRUS
ROSE ORDER
pyrus 405
varieties are worth growing. For general
culture &c. see p. 382.
AVhat are known as Perpetual Scotch
Boses are represented by one called Stun-
xoell Perpetual, which has rosy blush
flowers, often with a pink centre.
R. tomentosa. — A British and Euro-
pean species with arching prickly stems
6 ft. or more high. Leaves 4 5 in. long,
with doubly serrate leaflets, greyish above,
and more so beneath. Flowers in summer,
bright rosy pink, sometimes white, about
2 in. across. There are many varieties
of this species, among which may be
mentioned woodsiana, with fine deep
rose-purple flowers.
Culture dc. as above, p. 382.
R. wichuriana. -A beautiful Japanese
Eose, with prostrate stems about 12 ft.
long, and shining green leaves. Flowers
late in summer, pure white, 14-2 in. across,
slightly raised above the creeping stems.
Lucida is a pretty hybrid variety with
glaucous, reddish foliage, and bright red
flowers.
Culture iti-. as above, p. 382.
R. xanthina (R. Ecce). — A charming
dwarf, prickly species, suitable for the
rockery, native of Afghanistan. Leaves
with 5-9 small leaflets. Flowers in
summer, golden-yellow, less than 1 in.
across.
Culture <if. as above, p. 382.
Tribe VII. Pome.e. -Trees and shrubs often with simple leaves. Calyx-tube adnate
to the ovary (or carpels sunk in the top of the fleshy flower-stalk). Stamens numerous.
Fruit a pome or drupe.
PYRUS (Apple, Pear, Quince,
Medlar, Crab &c). — A genus with 35-40
species of ornamental deciduous trees and
shrubs, with alternate, simple or pinnate,
stalked and often serrate leaves. Flowers
usually in terminal cymes. Calyx tube
urn-shaped or rarely top-like, 5-lobed.
Petals 5, roundish, shortly clawed. Fruit
fleshy, ovoid, globose or pear-shaped.
Besides the cultivated Apple, Pear,
Medlar, there are many other fine flower-
ing trees in this genus, such as the
Japanese Quince, Pyrus (Cydonia) japo-
nica, and the Mountain Ash or Rowan
Tree, the latter being also remarkable for
its masses of orange-red or scarlet fruits.
Some of the finest species for the decora-
tion of parks, gardens, pleasure grounds,
&c. are described below.
Culture and Propagation. — The trees
all grow well in fairly good garden soil, and
many of them might be more extensively
used on large lawns than is now the case.
They are increased by seeds, layers, cut-
tings, budding and grafting, in the same
way as Apples (p. 1042) and Pears (p. 1059).
P. americana (Sorbus amerieana). —
American Mountain Ash.— A beautiful N.
American tree, with oddly pinnate leaves,
composed of 13-15 lance-shaped tapering,
serrated leaflets. Flowers in June, white,
followed by clusters of bright red berries
about the size of peas.
Culture dc. as above.
P. angustifolia. — A handsome North
American tree aboiit 20 ft. high, closely
related to P. eoronaria, with simple oblong
or lance-shaped leaves, usually toothed at
the edges and smooth to the touch. The
beautiful rose-coloured flowers appear in
April and are deliciously scented. There
is a double-flowered variety {flora plena)
apparently superior in every way to the
single -flowered type. It is perfectly hardy
and grows in any good garden soil, and
bears a wealth of fragrant double blossoms.
Culture dc. as above.
P. arbutifolia {P.floribunda). — Choke-
tier ry. — A pretty N. American shrub 2-10
ft. high. Leaves simple, oblong or obovate,
finely serrate, woolly beneath. Flowers
in May and June, white, sometimes
purple-tinted. Fruit red or pru-ple, pear-
shaped or globular. The variety melano-
carpa (P. grandifolia) has larger leaves,
and dark purple fruits.
Culture dc. as above.
P. Aria (Wliite Beam Tree). — A
British tree sometimes attaining a height
of 40 ft. Leaves simple or pinnatifid, 2 6
in. long, smooth above, plaited, coarsely
and irregularly toothed, deeply lobed,
cottony beneath. Flowers in May and
June, white, i in. across, in loose corymbs.
Fruit red or scarlet, dotted, about i in. in
diameter. There are two or three varieties
varying somewhat in the leaves and the
colour of the fruits.
Culture dc. as above.
P. Aucuparia {Mountain Ash; Rowan
Tree). — A well-known British tree 10-30
ft. high, leaves 5-8 in. long, with 6-8 pairs
406
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
PYRUS
of linear oblong, serrate leaflets. Flowers
about Whitsuntide, creamy white, in
dense cyrnes 4-6 in. long. Fruit scarlet
or orange-red. There are several forms,
among them being fastigiata, more erect
in growth ; fructu-luteo, with yellow
berries ; pendula, with weeping branches ;
and variegata, with variegated leaves,
not well marked.
Ctdture dc. as above.
P. baccata (Siberian Cherry Crab).
A handsome Siberian tree 15-20 ft. high,
with ovate acute serrated leaves on long
stalks. Flowers in April and May, white,
crowded. Fruit yellow tinged with red,
about the size and shape of a Cherry. A
very variable species, chiefly recognised
by its deciduous calyx lobes.
Culture dc. as above.
P. Chama^mespilus (Crataegus CJiamce-
mespilus ; Sorbus Chamcemespilus). —
False Quince. — A shrub 5-6 ft. high,
native of the mountainous parts of Europe.
Leaves ovate, serrate, smooth, downy
when young. Flowers in May and June,
reddish. Fruit red, round. The variety
Hosti has broadly elliptic, often lobed
leaves, and rosy pink flowers in large
terminal corymbs.
Culture <(■<-. as above.
P. communis (Wild Pear). — A native
tree 20-40 ft. high, with oblong-ovate
acute, bluntly serrated leaves, more or less
downy when young. Flowers in April
and May, white, 1-1| in. across. Fruit
1-2 in. long, pear-shaped. There are
several forms, such as cotinifolia, fasci-
adaris, flore pleno, pendula, &c.
Culture dc. as above ; see also Pear,
p. 1059.
P. coronaria (Sweet-scented Crab). —
A pretty N. American tree 20 ft. high.
Leaves simple, ovate, somewhat cordate,
deeply toothed or lobed. Flowers in May,
rosy, large, fragrant. Fruit greenish,
fragrant. The variety flo re pleno is far
superior to the single-flowered type. Its
blossoms are rosy white, and over 2 in.
across with 2 or 3 rows of petals. The
blossoms are borne in large clusters, and
render this one of the finest flowering
trees at the end of May.
Culture dc. as above.
P. noribunda. — A very ornamental
Japanese Crab, with slender shoots and
small, oblong lance -shaped, toothed leaves.
Flowers in May, rich rosy red, freely
produced. Fruit long-stalked, very small,
roundish. There are numerous varieties,
including atrosanguinea, with deep red
flowers ; Elise Bathe, and pendula, droop-
ing habit ; Torimgo (the Toringo Crab),&
variety with sharply cut, usually 3-lobed,
downy leaves, and others ; its sub-variety
Bingo is a free-flowering, ornamental shrub
with deeper-lobed leaves.
Flore pleno (also known as Malus
Jialleana and M. Parhmanni) is a beauti-
ful tree 10-13 ft. high, with more or less
double flowers of a soft rosy tint and grace-
fully borne on long slender red-brown
stalks.
Culture dc. as above.
P. germanica (Mespilus germanica).
Common Medlar. — A free-flowering Bri-
tish tree 10-20 ft. high, with obovate or
lance-shaped serrated leaves, somewhat
downy beneath. Flowers in May and
June, white, over an inch across. Fruit
about 1 in. hi diameter, roundish, with a
depressed area at the top, and persistent
calyx lobes. There are several forms.
Culture dc. as above. See also Med-
lar, p. 1085.
P. japonica (Cijdonia japonica). —
Japanese Quince. — A handsome Japan-
ese shrub 5-8 ft. high, with smooth, oval,
crenate serrate leaves. Flowers brilliant
scarlet, produced in great profusion soon
after Christmas, and while the plant is in
a leafless state. Fruit green, fragrant,
but not edible. There are several forms,
usually distinguished by the brilliancy or
dulness of the flowers. The white-flowered
form, nivalis, is very pretty. There is
also a semi- double variety.
Grown as a bush or against walls, the
Japanese Quince always looks effective
and brilliant during the dullest season of
the .year, and continues to blossom well
into May. Small plants in pots flower
freely in cold houses early in the year.
Culture dc. as above. See also Quince,
p. 1085.
P. lobata (Mespilus grandiflora). —
A Caucasian Medlar about 20 ft. high.
Leaves oblong elliptic, serrate, nerves
beneath, downy. Flowers in May and
June, white, about f in. across.
Culture dc. as above. See also Med-
lar, p. 1085.
P. Malus (Crab; Wild Apple).— A-
British tree about 20 ft. high. Leaves
1-2 in. long, oblong, rounded, pointed or
PYJBUS
ROSE ORDER
l'vius 407
tailed. Flowers in May. pink and white,
about 1\ in. across. Fruit yellow, 1 in. in
diameter, roundish. There are several
varieties, the best of which are Bertiui,
remarkable for its masses of bright-
coloured fruits; cratcegina, with fruits
like the Hawthorn ; and sempervirens,
the leaves of which remain long after the
others have dropped. The variety a urea
has yellow leaves with a green patch in
the centre.
Cult arc etc. as above. See also Apple,
p. 1042.
P. Maulei {Cydotiia Maulei). — A
lovely Japanese, somewhat spiny, shrub
2-4 ft. high, closely allied to P. japowioa,
than which it is dwarfer, and smaller
leaved. Flowers in April, bright orange-
red, numerous, followed by very fragrant
orange-yellow fruits l§-2 in. in diameter,
which are excellent as a preserve.
Culture dtc. as above. See also Quince,
p. 1085.
P. pinnatifida (P. fenuiea). — An orna-
mental tree said to be a true native of the
Island of Arran. It has oblong leaves
5-6 in. long, pinnately cut and toothed
especially towards the base, the under
surface being covered with hoary down.
The white sweet-scented flowers are borne
in loose corymbose clusters in May and
June, and are succeeded by scarlet fruits
about i in. long, which look remarkably
pretty in autumn.
Culture lie. as above, p. 405.
P. prunifolia {Siberian Crab). — A
Siberian free 20-30 ft. high. Leaves
ovate, pointed, serrate, like those of the
Cherry tree. Flowers in April and May,
white, like those of the Pear. Fruit
yellowish, red on the sunny side, borne in
great abundance, and of an agreeable
acidulous flavour. There are several
varieties of the Siberian Crab including a
double-flowered one (florepleno), a droop-
ing one (jH-ndula), and a scarlet-fruited
one (fructu coccineo).
Culture Ac. as above. See also Apple,
p. 1042.
P. salicifolia.— A beautiful flowering
tree 10-30 ft. high, native of Siberia. It
has narrow lance-shaped leaves 2-3 in.
long, finely toothed on the margins, and
more or less hoary on the under surface.
The charming pure white flowers, about
an inch across, are borne in dense coiwmbs
during the spring months, and their purity
is enhanced by the dark stamens in the
centre.
P. sinensis (Sandy Pear ; Snow
Pear). — A Chinese tree, with leaves like
those of the common Pear, but larger, and
almost evergreen, the young ones being
rendered very conspicuous in spring by
their bronzy-red tint. Flowers in April,
white. Fruit Apple-like, warty, and gritty
flavoured.
Culture ,i-e. as above, p. 405.
P. Sorbus (Sorbus domestica). — A
native of Britain 20 GO ft. high. Leaves
pinnate ; leaflets toothed near the apex,
cottony beneath. Flowers in May, creamy
white. Fruit red, pear-shaped, about 1 in.
long, painfully irritable when unripe,
but mellowed and rendered edible by
frost.
Culture Ac. as above, p. 405.
P. spectabilis. — A beautiful Chinese
tree 20-30 ft. high. Leaves oval oblong,
serrated, smooth. Flowers in April and
May, pale red, large, semi- double when
open, in sessile umbels. There is a
Japanese variety called Kaido, with
numerous blush-white flowers, wine-red
in centre.
Culture Ac. as above, p. 405.
P. Torminalis.— A tree 10-50 ft. high,
native of Britain, Europe, and N. Africa.
Leaves 2-4 in. long, oblong ovate or
cordate, 6-10-lobed, lobes triangular,
pointed. Flowers in April and May,
wdiite, h in. across, very numerous. Fruit
pear-shaped, greenish-brown, dotted. The
variety pinnatifida has more deeply cut
leaves. P. c rat tcgi 'folia from N. Italy is
closely related, but may be distinguished
by the thinner texture of the leaves. The
flowers are pure white and very showy.
Culture dc. as above, p. 405.
P. vestita (P. lanata ; P. nepalensis).
Himalayan Beam Tree. — A fine tree
20-30 ft. high, with large ovate-acute or
elliptic leaves, silvery wdiite when young,
gradually becoming smooth and shining
green. Flowers in April and May, white,
in woolly corymbs. Fruit greenish-brown,
about the size of a small Cherry.
Culture dle. as above.
P. vulgaris {Cydonia vulgaris). —
Common Quince. — A native of S. Europe,
20 ft. high. Leaves ovate, whitish be-
neath. Flowers in May and June, white
or pale red, large. Fruit more or less
pear-shaped, with a peculiar, rather plea-
408
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS cbatjegus
sant aroma. The variety lusitanica, the
Portugal Quince, has larger leaves and
fruit, and is a good stock for Pears.
Cult/u re dc. as above. See also Quince,
p. 1085.
CRATAEGUS (Hawthorn ; White-
thorn ; May; Quick). — A genus with 65
species of beautiful deciduous trees and
shrubs, often spiny. Leaves simple, lobed
or pinnately cut. Flowers in terminal
corymbose cymes. Calyx tube urn-
shaped or bell-shaped, 5-lobed. Petals 5.
Stamens many. Fruit ovoid or globose,
with hard bony cells or stones.
Culture and Propagation. — All the
Hawthorns thrive in any fairly good soil,
and the following kinds are all more or
less worth growing when space can be
found for them, although the white and
red May trees are sure to be the first
favourites. Most of the kinds are in-
creased by budding or grafting on the
common Hawthorn which may be raised
from seeds sown either in drills or beds,
after the pulp surrounding the bony
' seeds ' has been rotted away. It is,
however, more satisfactory to obtain well-
established young trees from a nursery-
man.
C. apiifolia. — A native of the United
States 8-10 ft. high. Leaves deltoid, 5-7-
cleft, acutely lobed and toothed. Flowers
in May and June, white. Fruits deep
red, ovoid.
Culture dc. as above.
C. Azarolus. — A tree 15-20 ft. high,
native of S. Europe. Leaves downy,
trifid, with blunt, coarsely toothed lobes.
Flowers in May, white, sweet-scented.
Fruit red or yellow, ovoid globose, agree-
able when ripe.
Culture d-c. as above.
C. Carrierei. — A handsome Thorn of
hybrid origin with oblong wedge-shaped
serrate leaves and clusters of large white
flowers in May, succeeded by large scarlet
fruits resembling Cherries in autumn.
Culture dc. as above.
C. coccinea (Scarlet-fruited Thorn).
A native of the United States, 20-30 ft.
high. Leaves roundish-ovate, sharply
toothed and cut, smooth. Flowers in
May, white. Fruit bright coral-red, ovoid,
large. Among the several varieties the
best known are corallina, glandulosa,
indentata, macracantha (with long curved
spines), maxima, minor, neapolitana and
snbvillosa.
Culture dc. as above. In France C.
Cardura has been found to be a much
superior stock to the Common White
Thorn for grafting or budding purposes.
It might be well to try it in the United
Kingdom, especially as it can be quickly
raised from seeds.
C. cordata (C. piopulifolia). — Wash-
ington Thorn. — A native of the United
States 6-10 ft. high. Leaves broadly
ovate or triangular, mostly truncate or
slightly cordate at the base. Flowers in
May and June, white. Fruit red, very
small, roundish.
Culture dc. as above.
C. crenulata. — A beautiful evergreen
Thorn, native of the Himalayas. The
somewhat drooping branches are thickly
furnished with bright green crenulate
leaves. The white flowers appear in May
and are succeeded by large clusters of
brilliant scarlet haws in autumn and
winter.
Culture dc. as above. In unfavoured
parts of the kingdom it is safer to grow
this species on a south wall, although in .
the south and west it may be grown as a
bush. It requires little or no pruning for
several years.
C. Crus-Galli (C. lurida). — Cochspur
Thorn. — A North American tree 10-30 ft.
high, remarkable for its very long spines.
Flowers in May, white tinged with red.
Fruit scarlet, eatable. The variety linearis
has linear lance-shaped leaves, and few
shorter spines ; nana, ovate lance-shaped
leaves ; ovalifolia, ovate rather hairy
leaves, semi-cordate serrate stipules, and
white flowers ; pnmifolia, broadly ovate,
unequally toothed leaves, white flowers ;
jjyracanthifolia, oblong lance-shaped,
Willow-like leaves ; and splendens, with
obovate wedge-shaped leaves.
Culture dc. as above.
C. Douglasi. — A native of N.W.
America, 10-15 ft. high, with rigid spines.
Leaves obovate or oval, doubly serrate,
smooth. Flowers in May, white. Fruit
dark purple, almost black, small.
Culture dc. as above.
C. flava (C. caroliniana ; C. glandu-
losa).— A tree 12-20 ft. high, native of the
United States. Leaves obovate wedge-
shaped, somewhat lobed, crenate-serrate ;
stipules heart-shaped. Flowers in May,
CRATAEGUS
HOSE ORDER
CRATAEGUS 409
white, usually solitary. Fruit yellow,
Pear-shaped, edible.
Culture dtc. as above.
C. florentina. — A native of Florence
20-30 ft. high. Leaves ovate oblong,
deeply serrated, downy beneath. Flowers
in May, white, ovoid, globose.
Culture £c. as above.
C. heterophylla. — An Eastern tree
10-20 ft. high. Leaves smooth, wedge-
shaped-lanceolate, somewhat 3-lobed and
cut at the apex. Flowers in May, white.
( ' ultii re dtc. as above.
C. melanocarpa (C. Oxyaca/nthaoliver-
iana). — A native of Tauria 10-20 ft. high.
Leaves usually 3-cleft, serrated towards
the apex. Flowers in May and June,
white. Fruit black.
Culture dtc. as above.
C. nigra (C. ea rpatica). — A tree 10
20 ft. high, native of E. Europe. Leaves
lobately sinuated, serrate, glossy green
above, downy beneath ; stipules oblong,
doubly serrate. Flowers in May and
June, white. Fruit black.
( ' ill 'tit re ilc as above.
C. odoratissima. — A Crimean tree 10
20 ft. high. Leaves deeply cut, downy,
with sharp lance-shaped serrated lobes.
Flowers in May and June, white, very
sweet-scented. Fruit large, roundish,
yellow.
Culture dr. as above. This species is
closely related to C. oriental is.
C. orientalis (C. sanguinea). — A native
of the Levant 12-20 ft. high ; with hoary
branches. Leaves 3-lobed, downy be-
neath; lobes ovate, deeply toothed at the
apex. Flowers in May and June, white.
Culture etc. as above.
C. Oxyacantha (Common Hawthorn ;
May). — A well-known British tree 10-20
ft. high. Leaves obovate wedge-shaped,
3-cleft or pinnately cut, smooth, shining.
Flowers in May and June, white, some-
times pink, sweet-scented. Fruit crimson-
red, occasionally orange.
There are many fine forms of the
Hawthorn, the best being aurantiaea,
with orange-yellow fruits ; aurea, distinct,
with golden-yellow fruits ; eriocarpa, with
woolly fruits and clear whitish bark ;
ftcifolia, laciniata, and pteridifoUa, all
with finely cut leaves ; flore-pleno alba,
double white flowers changing to pink
with age ; preecox, the Glastonbury Thorn,
sometimes in flower at Christmas in mild
winters ; carminata or rosea, pink petals
with white claws ; rosea-saperba (or
punicea), with large, dark red flowers;
Paul's Double Scarlet, and several others.
Culture dc. as above. The Scarlet
Thorns, or ' Mays ' as they are popularly
termed, are extensively planted in villa
and suburban gardens, and are usually
grown as mop-headed standards grafted on
the commoner kind.
C. pinnatifida. — A distinct Chinese
Thorn 6- 10 ft. high, with broadly oval
leaves divided into 2-4 long pointed
toothed lobes on each side ; they are
smooth above and downy on the nerves
beneath. The white flowers appear in
May in erect corymbose clusters before
many of the other Thorns. The variety
major is more ornamental than the type.
It has long-stalked, lobed and pinnately
divided leaves, large white flowers in
clusters, and bright red pear-shaped fruits
about f in. in diameter. It looks very
handsome in autumn.
Culture dtc. as above, p. 408.
C. Pyracantha (Evergreen Thorn ;
Pyraca/nth). — A beautiful and well-known
tree 10-20 ft. high, native of S. Em-ope.
Leaves smooth, ovate lance-shaped, cre-
nate. Flowers in May, white. Fruits of
a beautiful scarlet, as large as peas,
remaining on the trees during winter.
There are only one or two varieties, of
which Lalandi, which fruits more freely
than the type, and pauciflora, a dwarfer
form, are the best.
The Pyracanth does well on a wall,
and looks handsome grown as a pyra-
midal tree. As the birds are very fond of
the fruits, a net over them will check
their thieving.
Culture d-c. as above, p. 408.
C. sinaica (C. Aronia; C. maroccana).
A native of S. Europe 15-20 ft. high.
Leaves wedge - shaped, 3 - lobed and
pinnately cut, smooth ; stipules cut.
Flowers in May and June, white. Fruit
scarlet.
Culture dtc. as above, p. 408.
C. tanacetifolia (Tansy -leaved Thorn).
A native of the Levant, 12-20 ft. high.
Leaves deeply cut, downy, with oblong-
acute, few-toothed lobes. Flowers in May,
white ; calyx lobes acute, hairy, reflexed.
Fruit greenish-yellow, round.
Culture dtc. as above, p. 408.
410
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GABDEN PLANTS cotoneaster
COTONEASTER. — A genus con-
taining about 20 species of erect or trail-
ing trees or shrubs. Leaves simple,
leathery, entire, usually woolly or white
beneath (a fact not mentioned again in
the descriptions below), often evergreen.
Flowers in axillary and terminal cymes,
or solitary. Calyx-tube 5-lobed. Petals 5.
Stamens many. Fruit an ovoid, top-
, shaped, or roundish drupe, containing
2-5 seeded stones.
According to soil, situation, and mild-
ness or otherwise of the season, the decid-
uous kinds either retain their leaves for a
greater portion of the year, or lose them
at the usual period. The evergreen kinds,
even when not in bloom or berry, have a
peculiarly graceful and ornamental ap-
pearance in the depth of winter. The
dwarfer kinds might be used with advan-
tage for covering banks or rising ground,
or for making thickets or coverts.
The accompanying list will show at a
glace the evergreen and the deciduous
species.
Evergreen Deciduous
C. buxifolia C. acuminata
C. microphylla C. affinis
C. pannosa C. bacillaris
C. rotundifolia C. frigida
C. thymifolia C. horizontalis
C. integerrima
C. laxiliora
C. multiflora
C. Nurnmularia
C. Simonsi
C. tomentosa.
Culture and Propagation. — Cotoneas-
ters grow well in ordinary soil, and are
ornamental trained against a wall, or to
fill lip a corner in the shrubbery or border.
They may be increased by seeds sown in
spring, or better still in autumn as soon
as ripe ; by cuttings and layers in autumn,
or by grafting in March on C. Simonsi
and C. integerrima, the Quince (P grits vul-
garis), or the Hawthorn (Crataegus Oxg-
acantlia). Plants are so readily raised by
means of seeds, cuttings, and layers that
it is astonishing that grafting is at all
practised.
C. acuminata. — A deciduous Hima-
layan species 10 ft. or more high. Leaves
1^-2 in. long, tapering to a point, very
hairy when young, smooth when old.
Flowers pinky white, 2 or more together
on very short cymes. Fruit large, hand-
some, scarlet.
Culture <Stc. as above.
C. affinis. — Closely related to
C. bacillaris and C. frigida, native of
Nepaul. It is shorter and stiffer in habit
than the two species mentioned, and has
the under surface of the leaves covered
with a woolly down.
Culture etc. as above.
C. bacillaris. — A bold, large-growing
deciduous species, 15-20 ft. high, from
Nepaul, with oblong or obovate lance -
shaped leaves 1-3 in. long, narrowed into
a stalk. Flowers white, ^ in. across,
in clusters along the slender shoots.
Fruits in graceful, drooping clusters, dark
brown or black.
There is a variety called fioribunda
which differs but little if at all from the
type, and another called obtusa, in which
the leaves are blunt instead of pointed.
Culture dc. as above.
C. buxifolia. — An evergreen species,
native of the Nilghiri Mts., 3-10 ft. high,
with drooping branches. Leaves elliptic -
acute or ovate, like those of the common
Box (Buxus sempermrens) in shape.
Flowers in April and May, white, 2-6 in
a short cyme.
Culture dc. as above. This is a very
free-growing species, and attains large
proportions.
C. frigida. — An almost evergreen
species about 10 ft. high, native of Nepaul.
Leaves more or less oblong lance-shaped,
acute, 3-5 in. long. Flowers in April and
May, white, in woolly cymes, followed by
large clusters of bright red fruits about the
size of small Peas.
Culture dc. as above. This is one of
the most ornamental species, especially
when studded with its brilliant fruits.
C. horizontalis. — As a bush in the
open this fine species grows only about
2 ft. high, but against a wall it will reach
a height of 6 ft. or more. The yomig
branches are covered with a thick brown
wool, but the leaves — about ^ in. long —
are smooth, shining green, and are set
very close together, bright red or yellow
in autumn. Flowers in May and June,
small pinkywhite in great profusion,
succeeded by round red attractive fruits in
autumn and winter.
Culture dc. as above.
C. integerrima (C. vulgaris ; Mcspilus
Cotoneaster). — A shrub 3-5 ft. high, native
of Carnarvonshire, Europe and W. Asia.
Leaves broadly elliptic-oblong, blunt or
COTONEASTEU
HOSE OB D Eli
l'HOTINIA 411
acute. Flowers in May and June, white
or reddish. Fruit round, red, drooping.
In the variety melcmoca/rpa the fruits
are black.
Culture do. as above.
C. laxiflora. — A Siberian species with
oblong blunt leaves, smooth above, woolly
beneath. Flowers pinky white in long
drooping clusters. This species is closely
related to C. mtegerri/ma.
Culture d-c. as above.
C. microphylla. — A pretty trailing
evergreen 3-4 ft. high, native of Nepaul.
Leaves about .] in. long, ovate or obovate,
acute or blunt, deep glossy green. Flowers
in April and May, \ in. across, white, in
great profusion, followed by small deep
red berries, which look particularly cheer-
ful in winter. The variety glacialis (or
congesta) is a dwarf alpine form, with
smaller pinky flowers, and paler green
leaves, glaticous and smoothish beneath.
Cult arc d-c. as above. This species
may be grown as a bush in most parts of
the kingdom, but in bleak northern parts
it is best with the shelter of a wall.
C. multiflora (C. refletoa). — A graceful
shrub 6 ft. or more high, with slender,
drooping branches, native of Persia, N.E.
India &c. Leaves deciduous, 1-2 in. long,
smooth above, woolly or silky beneath
when young. Flowers white, 3-10 in a
cyme. Fruits pear-shaped, beautiful
carmine -red.
Culture cie. as above.
C. Nummularia. — A distinct and pretty
almost evergreen shrub, 10-15 ft. high,
native of Kashmir, Western Tibet &c.
Leaves roundish, apiculate. Flowers in
April and May, white, in woolly cymes.
Fruit small, round, black.
Culture dec. as above.
C. pannosa. — A free and elegant
Chinese evergreen, with ovate leaves
about % in. long, covered with a thick
wool, white at first, changing to brown.
Flowers white, with a very woolly calyx.
Fruits pear-shaped, dull red, about £ in.
long.
Culture dec. as above.
C. rotundifolia. — A beautiful Hima-
layan shrub 4-5 ft. high, with roundish,
dark green, glossy leaves, about I in. long,
abruptly pointed, hairy. Flowers solitary,
white. Fruits bright scarlet, lasting well
into spring. The variety j> rostra ta has a
more drooping or trailing habit.
Culture dtc. as above.
C. sikkimensis. — A deciduous shrub,
native of the Sikkim Himalayas. It has
large elliptic leaves 4 5 in. long, dull green
above, and grey-green beneath. The
white flowers are produced in compound
umbels in spring, and are succeeded by
bright coral-red fruits in autumn.
Culture iic. as above. This and C.
J'rit/ida are remarkable for having the
largest leaves in the genus.
C. Simonsi.— -Perhaps one of the best
species grown. It is a native of the
Khasia hills, and grows 8-12 ft. high.
Leaves about 1 in. long, rhomboid-round-
ish, glossy green above, silky beneath.
Flowers in April, solitary or twin, almost
stalkless. Fruit bright scarlet-red.
Culture d-c. as above. This species is
largely used as a stock upon which others
are grafted.
C. thymifolia. — A pretty evergreen,
less than 1 ft. high, native of the temper-
ate Himalayas, with crowded branches,
small oblong-ovate, dark, shining green
leaves, pinkish flowers in April, and
scarlet fruits in autumn and whiter.
Cultun- ,Vc. as above. This species is
closely related to and sometimes confused
with C. nvicrophylla.
C. tomentosa. — -A native of Central
and S. Europe, with bluntly elliptic
leaves .1-2 in. long, woolly. Flowers
white, 4-5 in a cluster with a very woolly
calyx. Fruits red.
Culture d-c. as above.
PHOTINIA. — A genus containing 20
species of smooth or downy, evergreen
trees or shrubs. Leaves alternate,
leathery, simple, entire or serrate.
Flowers in terminal corymbs or panicles.
Calyx-lobes 5, ovate blunt. Petals 5.
Stamens up to 20. Fruit a drupe or
ovoid berry.
Culture and Propagation. — Photinias
like a somewhat light loamy soil, and are
worth growing chiefly on account of their
bold and beautiful foliage. Trained
against sunny walls the plants do well,
but in bleak parts of the country they
may require a little protection in winter.
They may be increased by cuttings of the
side shoots 2-3 in. long, in sandy soil,
under a glass during the summer months.
They may also be grafted close to the
412
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS stranv2esia
ground in March and April, on the Quince
stock. See article on Grafting, p. 52.
P. arbutifolia (Cratcegus arbutifolia).
Calif ornianMagbush. — ACalifornian tree
10-20 ft. high, with young branches and
leaf stalks bright red. Leaves oblong
lance-shaped acute, serrated. Flowers in
summer, white, in long panicles.
Culture dc. as above.
P. elliptica. — A native of Nepaul, 30
ft. high. Leaves elliptic, toothed, downy
beneath. Flowers white, in clusters
covered with a rusty down. Fruit yellow,
downy.
Culture dc. as above.
P. japonica (Eriobotrya japonica). —
Japan Medlar or Quince; Loquat. — A
handsome Japanese tree 10-20 ft. high.
Leaves large, oblong, wrinkled, downy
beneath. Flowers late in autumn, white,
in drooping racemes. Fruit about the
size of a Pippin Apple, pale orange-red,
downy, in large clusters ; scarcely ever
produced out of doors in the British
Islands.
Culture dc. as above.
P. serrulata (Cratcegus glabra). —
Chinese Hawthorn. — A handsome Chinese
and Japanese tree 10-20 ft. high. Leaves
Laurel-like, leathery, oblong acute, serru-
late. Flowers from April to July, white,
small, in flat corymbs.
Culture dc. as above.
POURTHIiEA.— A genus of ever-
green or deciduous shrubs closely re-
sembling the Photinias and almost
identical with them in structure. The
leaves are usually more or less lance-
shaped and serrate with bristly stipules,
and the flowers are borne in cymes or
corymbs. Calyx sharply 5-toothed.
Petals 5, twisted in bud, with an
emarginate or lacerated apex. Stamens
20. Fruits about the size of a Pea,
fleshy.
P. arguta (Photinia arguta). — A
handsome shrub native of the Khasia Hills,
with downy young shoots, and lance -
shaped or elliptic oblong sharply serrate
leaves 3-6 in. long. Flowers in summer,
white.
Culture and Propagation. — This
seems to be the only species at present
cultivated, and even it is not well-known.
There are about a dozen species alto-
gether known, and they resemble each
other a good deal in appearance. The
leaves, however, are much narrower and
shorter in some than in others. The
plants flourish in light sandy loam, and
are more valuable for their foliage than
anything else. They may be trained
against walls like the Photinias, and may
also be increased by cuttings of the more
or less ripened shoots in summer and
autumn inserted under handlights.
RHAPHIOLEPIS (Japanese Haw-
thorn).— A genus with a few species of
rather smooth evergreen trees and shrubs,
with alternate simple leathery leaves,
entire or serrulate. Flowers in panicles
or corymbs. Calyx lobes 5, deciduous.
Petals 5, clawed, oblong, acute. Stamens
many, deciduous. Berry pulpy.
Culture and Propagation. — These like
a rich loam, peat, and sandy soil in warm
situations, protected from the north and
east. Cuttings of the half-ripened shoots
will root in sandy soil under a glass during
the simmier months.
R. ovata {JR. japonica integerrima).
A beautiful Japanese shrub 2-4 ft. high.
Leaves 2-3 in. long, broadly obovate, dark
green and shining above. Flowers in
June, less than 1 in. across, snowy white,
fragrant.
R. indica, the East Indian Hawthorn,
and its variety salicifolia, are also beauti-
ful plants, but not quite hardy enough for
our climate, except perhaps on sunny
walls in mild places in the south and
west.
Culture dc. as above.
STRANV^SIA. — A genus with
only one species, here described with the
generic characters : —
S. glaucescens. — An ornamental ever-
green tree, about 20 ft. high when fully
grown, native of the Khasia Hills and
other parts of the temperate Himalayas.
It has alternate stalked, simple leathery
leaves, ovate lance-shaped in outline with
serrulate edges, and bristly stipules at the
base. The white flowers appear in June
in axillary and terminal clusters, and in a
wild state are succeeded by small orange-
coloured fruits. The bell-shaped calyx
has 5 short erect blunt lobes. Petals 5,
spreading, hairy at the base. Stamens
about 20. Ovary hairy, half- superior, 5-
celled. Styles 5, united at the base.
Culture and Propagation. — This tree
is scarcely hardy enough for growing in
AMELANCHIER
ROSE ORDER
OSTEOMELES 4 1 i5
the open air in the northern parts of the
kingdom. It may be planted against a
sonth wall in milder parts, or even grown
as a bush in the most favourable localities
of the south of England and Ireland. A
good well-drained garden soil or sandy
loam will suit it well. It may be increased
by cuttings of the half-ripened shoots
inserted in sandy soil under a handlight in
summer ; or it may be grafted in March
and April upon stocks of the common
Hawthorn or upon Cratcegus coccinea.
AMELANCHIER (Juxe Bbrry).-
This genus contains 4 species of pretty
shrubs or bushes, with alternate, stalked,
simple, deciduous, entire or serrate, often
woolly leaves. Flowers in racemes. Calyx
lobes 5, recurved, persistent. Petals 5.
Stamens many. Berry small.
Culture <tnd Propagation. — Amelan-
chiers thrive in a rich Loamy soil, and may
be propagated in the same way as the
Cotoneasters (p. 410) by sowing seeds
out of doors or in cold frames as soon as
ripe ; by cuttings of the half-ripened
shoots inserted in sandy soil under a
handlight in summer ; by layering the
shoots in autumn ; or by grafting on the
common A. vulgaris about March.
A. alnifolia. — A pretty N.W. American
shrub, about 8 ft. high. Leaves variable,
sometimes entire, sometimes serrate.
Flowers in spring, white, in compact
racemes, succeeded by brilliant purple
berries.
Culture &c. as above.
A. canadensis (Pyrus Botryapium). —
Grape Pear. — A very handsome Canadian
shrub 6-8 ft. or more high. Leaves
oblong elliptic, tailed, hairy when young,
and assuming rich mellow tints in autumn,
the under surface being of a deep
reddish or brownish purple colour.
Flowers in April, snowy white, in great
profusion. Fruits purple-crimson. There
are several varieties, of which fiorida,
ovalis, parvifolia, rotundifolia, oblongi-
folia are more or less easily recognised
by their foliage.
Culture £c. Bullfinches are very fond
of the flower buds.
A. oligocarpa. — A bushy shrub 2-4 ft.
high, native of the Eastern United States.
It has smooth oblong acute leaves with
crenulate edges, and produces its white
flowers, each about -t in. across, in April
and May, either solitary or in pairs, but
rarely three or four in a raceme.
Culture iff. as above.
A. sanguinea. — This differs from A.
canadensis chiefly in having shorter
racemes of flowers, oblong serrate leaves,
and blackish-purple fruits. In the ' Kew
Handlist ' it is given as a synonym of
A. canadensis.
Cult idc ((■(-. as above.
A. vulgaris {Mespilus Amelanchier).
This pretty European shrub, 3-9 ft. high
or more, has been cultivated for about
300 years. Leaves roundish-oval, downy
beneath, when young. Flowers in April,
white. Fruits dark purple.
Cult a re dtc. as above.
OSTEOMELES.— A small genus of
trees and shrubs having alternate stalked
leathery leaves, usually simple and ever-
green, but compound in the species de-
scribed below. Flowers few or numerous,
borne in corymbose clusters. Calyx more
or less bell-shaped, adnate to the carpels,
and having 5 lance- or awl-shaped per-
sistent lobes. Petals 5, oblong spreading.
Stamens 10 or more. Carpels 5. Drupe
fleshy.
O. anthyllidifolia. — A remarkable and
interesting Chinese evergreen shrub about
5 ft. high, with slightly twisted and
gracefully inflected branches of a violet-
brown colour, and downy in a young
state. The oddly pinnate leaves consist
of 10 or 11 pairs of small opposite or
alternate oval-pointed leaflets, which are
very downy on both sides. From 10-25
long-stalked pure white Hawthorn-like
flowers are borne in a loose corymbose
cluster at the ends of the young shoots,
and are succeeded by small Cotoneaster-
like fruits, which change from green to
violet-red, and then black, with a hoary
bloom when fully ripe.
Culture and Propagation. — This is a
comparatively new introduction to cultiva-
tion, and is too tender for growing in the
open air, except in the very mildest parts
of the country and in sheltered spots. It
flourishes in a mixture of sandy loam and
peat, and may be increased by seeds — if
obtainable — -which should be sown as soon
as ripe in cold frames or greenhouses.
They will probably take a long time to
germinate, perhaps 12 months. Cuttings
of the half- ripened shoots will rootinamix-
ture of sandy loam and peat in July and
August if placed under a handlight and
414
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
ASTILBE
kept shaded and close for a time. The
rooted cuttings may be potted up in spring.
Grafting has also been practised, and
excellent results have been obtained in
Paris by using Cotoneaster acuminata as
a stock.
XL. SAXIFRAGES— Rockfoil Order
An order containing over 500 species of herbs, shrubs, or trees, very variable
in habit. Flowers hsrmaphrodite, rarely 1-sexed, or polygamous-dioecious.
Calyx 5-(rarely 4-12-)parted, free or adnate to the ovary. Petals usually 4 or
5, rarely none, generally perigynous, often small. Stamens usually 4 or 5, or
8 or 10, rarely more, perigynous or epigynous, sometimes hypogynous, fila-
ments free, anthers very often didymous (united in pairs). Ovary inferior or
superior, usually consisting of 2 carpels cohering more or less by their face, but
distinct and diverging at the apex. Fruit usually a capsule or berry.
This order and the preceding one (Bosaceae) are very closely related to each
other, and it is sometimes difficult to decide whether a plant belongs to one or
the other. When in doubt a reference to the 2 united and divergent carpels
and to the fewer stamens in Saxifragese will usually settle the point.
Tribe I. Saxifrages. — Herbs, often scapigerous. Leaves usually alternate, with-
out stipules. Flowers nearly always pentamerous (with the parts in fives). Ovary
1-3-celled.
ASTILBE. — A genus with 6 species
of tall, smooth or hairy perennials, with
the habit of Spiraea Ar uncus (see p. 364).
Leaves twice or thrice ternate, and more
or less divided, with deeply serrated
lobes, and stalks dilated at the base.
Flowers often polygamous-dioecious, in
terminal racemes or spikes. Calyx lobes
5, rarely 4. Petals 4, 5, or none, inserted
at the base of the calyx. Stamens 8 or
10, inserted with the linear petals. Car-
pels 2-3 scarcely united at the base.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Astilbes are graceful feathery plants
suitable for the mixed border. They
thrive in any good garden soil and like
plenty of water during active growth.
They are easily increased by dividing
the rootstocks early in spring.
A. chinensis. — A graceful Chinese
species resembling A. japonica in appear-
ance. It has however much taller and
stronger flower stems, more loosely
branched, and the rose-coloured flowers
are larger and very effective right through
the summer months up to September.
Culture dtc. as above.
A. japonica {Spiraea japonica ; S. bar-
bata ; Hoteia japonica).— A well-known
graceful Japanese plant 12 ft. high, with
thrice ternate or pinnate leaves, and
coarsely serrated leaflets. Flowers in
early summer, small, pure white, in erect,
pyramidal trusses. There is a variegated
form but seldom seen.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species is usually grown in pots and sold
in thousands every spring as Spiraea
japonica, a name properly belonging to a
Piosaceous shrub described at p. 367. The
plants are perfectly hardy in the border,
but the soil should be rich and well-
manured to develop them. Imported
clumps may always be obtained about
September. Grown in shaded or partially
shaded parts of the border or rockery the
plants retain their graceful beauty for a
long time. After flowering the clumps
may be divided and well watered into
their new positions.
A. Lemoinei. — This is the name given
to a French hybrid between J.. Thunbergi
and Spiraia astilboidesfloribunda(p.364:).
If the parentage be correct it proves that
plants belonging to two natural orders —
Rosaceae and Saxifragese — may be crossed
with each other — a very remarkable thing
and probably unique.
Culture (f-c. as above.
A. rivularis. — A vigorous handsome
Nepalese perennial 3 4 ft. high. Leaves
twice ternate, with ovate doubly serrate
leaflets hairy beneath. Flowers late in
summer, yellowish-white, in upright
clusters.
RODGKKSI.V
HOCKFOIL OR 1) I'll I
SAXIKRAGA
415
Cult it re die. as above. This is a grand
plant for the sides of ponds, streams &c.
or in damp parts of the flower border.
It is easily increased by dividing the
roots in spring when growth is commen-
cing.
A. rubra. — A somewhat rare and
pretty Indian species 4 6 ft. high, with
twice ternate leaves ; leaflets obliquely
cordate pointed, 1 -2 in. long, serrated.
Flowers in summer and autumn, rosy,
in dense panicles.
Culture (/v. as above.
A. Thunbergi. — A pretty little Japan-
ese undershrub about 1 \ ft. high. Leaves
oddly pinnate or twice pinnate, with
broad, yellowish-green, sharply toothed
leaflets. Flowers in May, small, white,
in erect, dense, pyramidal clusters, with
reddish and rather downy stalks.
Culture <tf. as above.
RODGERSIA (Rodgers's Bronze
Leaf). — A genus with only one cultivated
species, described below with the generic
characters : — ■
R. podophylla (E. ja/ponica). — A
charming herbaceous Japanese perennial
with a thick, scaly rootstock and large
alternate leaves ; lower ones long-stalked,
palmately or peltately 5-cleft, 1 to 3
ft. across ; upper ones 3-lobed, with
sessile, sharply serrated segments, cut at
the apex ; leaf-stalks ddated at the base,
with papery adnate stipules. Flowers
in June and July, yellowish-white, in
scorpioid cymes disposed in large panicles.
Culture and Propagation. — This
plant thrives in a peaty soil and a rather
shaded situation. A mulching or top-
dressing of well-rotted manure over the
crowns after the leaves have withered
away will be of great benefit every year.
It may be increased by cutting up the
rootstock in early spring, but the plants
should not be disturbed unless they have
become too large.
Other species of Bodgersia have been
discovered of late years, and may soon
be introduced to cultivation from their
habitats in China. E. cesculifoUa, with
yellowish-white flowers ; E. Henrici, with
deep purple flowers ; and E. pirmata,
with pale rose or white flowers, are the
species referred to.
SAXIFRAGA (Rockfoil ; Break-
stone).— A genus with about 160 species
of beautiful, mostly perennial rock plants,
very smooth, hairy or glandular, erect or
decumbent. Leaves various ; the lower
ones often in rosettes ; the upper ones
usually alternate, sheathing at the base.
Flowers usually in panicles or corymbs,
white or yellow, rarely purple or pink.
Calyx lobes 5. Petals 5, usually equal,
sometimes fringed or glandular at the
base, perigynous or nearly hypogynous.
Stamens 10, rarely 5. Ovary superior or
half inferior, 2-lobed at the apex, very
rarely with 2 free carpels. Capsule 2-
beaked.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Rockfoils are beautiful garden plants,
chiefly natives of the north temperate or
arctic regions, and are very easily grown
in ordinary soil with stone and rocks
abounding. The plants are easily
increased by division in spring, or from
seeds sown in cold frames as soon as ripe,
while many kinds with creeping or trail-
ing stems are also readily increased by
cuttings of the shoots inserted in sandy
moist soil in spring in cold frames. "With
a few exceptions, which have been noted
in the proper places, most of the species
like rather higher ground than the
ordinary level, and are thus eminently
suitable for the rock garden in raised
positions, where they will not run the
risk of having stagnant moisture at the
roots. During the active period of growth
however they like an abundance of water,
and as they gradually begin to pass from
this stage, and to ripen their seeds, drier
conditions are necessary. Besides the
kinds described below there are many
forms which are probably hybrids, and they
resemble one another so closely that it is
practically impossible to distinguish them
by mere written descriptions, although
they appear distinct enough to the eye.
As there are so many sections of
Saxifraga recognised by botanists it may
be as well to give them in a tabidated
form, showing the species belonging to
each section.
1. Cymbalaria. — Usually annual or
biennial herbs with fleshy, stalked, 5-9-
lobed leaves. Petals more or less obovate
oblong, yellow or orange.
S. Cymbalaria S. huetiana
2. Tridactylitcs. — Herbs with rosettes
of fleshy, wedge-shaped 3-5-7-lobed or
entire leaves, narrowed into a petiole.
Petals white, obovate, wedge-shaped,
emarginate.
416
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS saxifeaga
S. adscendens S. tridactylites
S. petrcea
3. Nepliropliyllttm. — Stems slender,
annual or biennial, rarely perennial,
usually solitary, erect, leafy. Radical
leaves stalked, kidney-shaped, lobed.
Flowers few, often large, white. Petals
obovate, wedge-shaped, or narrowed into
a claw. Calyx tube short, sepals united
at the base.
S. atlantica S. irrigua
S. bitcmata S. lactea
S. Boissieri S. latepetiolata
S. gramdata
4. Peltiphylluin. — This section con-
tains only one species — S. pelt at a —
described below.
5. Miscopetalum. — Stems leafy, sto-
lons none. Leaves alternate, roundish
and thickish, more or less slightly lobed
or crenate. Flowers in panicles, white,
spotted, with oblong petals. Calyx seg-
ments almost free. Ovary free. The
only species belonging to this section is
S. rotnndifolia.
6. Hirculus. — Stems leafy. Leaves
various, entire, with curved nerves, and
narrowed into a hairy petiole. Flowers
yellow, with oblong or rarely obovate
petals. Sepals free, erect, or spreading,
or reflexed.
There are several species belonging to
this section, but only two, S. diversifolia
and S. Hirculus, are described below.
7. Boraphila. — Stern almost absent.
Piadical leaves stalked. Scape paniculate.
Calyx tube conical, adhering to the base
of ovary. Petals white, yellowish-green,
or purplish, broadly or narrowly elliptic
or lance-shaped, rarely obovate.
S. Clusi S. nivalis
S. liieracifolia S. pallida
S. integrifolia S. pennsylvanica
S. leucanthemifolia S. virginiensis
S. mertensiana
8. Hydatica. — Stems erect, scape-like.
Leaves leathery, rarely flaccid, roundish
or wedge-shaped, in rosettes on the sterile
stems. Calyx lobes and ovary nearly
free. Petals white, sometimes unequal,
3 being smaller than the other two.
S. cortuscefolia
S. cuscutceformis
S. Fortunei
S. sarmcntosa
9. Dactyloides. — Stems ixsually de-
cumbent, spreading or compact. Leaves
persistent, often 3-5-cleft, or pedately or
palmately cut. Flower stems often leafy.
Flowers solitary or corymbose, white or
straw-yellow. Calyx tube rather long.
S. ajugcefolia,
S. androsacea
S. aphylla
S. aquatica
S. Camposi
S. conifera
S. cuneata
S. exarata
S. geranioides
S. globulifera
S. hypnoides
S. mixta
S. muscoides
S. pentadactylis
S. trifurcata
10. TrachypliyUum. — Leaves fleshy
or leathery, stiff, entire, beset with spiny
or bristly hairs. Flowers in cymose
racemes or panicles. Petals oblong or
more or less roundish obovate, sometimes
absent.
S. aizoidcs
S. aspera
S. bronchialis
S. flagellaris
S. tenella
11. Bobertsonia. — Stems perennial,
woody, with a rosette of leaves at the
apex. Leaves roundish or obovate, cre-
nate or serrate, with slightly cartilaginous
margins, heart-shaped or wedge-shaped
at the base, and ending in a flat or half-
round stalk. Flowers in panicles, white,
spotted with yellow or purple ; petals more
or less obovate oblong.
S. cuneifolia
S. Geum
S. umbrosa
12. Aizoonia. — More or less erect,
often tufted herbs. Leaves in rosettes,
perennial, very leathery, with cartilagi-
nous margins, pitted, often porous at the
apex. Flowers in panicles or corymbs,
white, sometimes spotted with purple ;
or yellow, rarely red. Petals obovate or
wedge-shaped, rarely lance-shaped.
S. Aizoon S. Hosti
S. Cotyledon S. lingulata
S. crxistata S. longifolia
S. florulenta S. mutata
13. Kabschia. — Stems perennial,
clothed with densely imbricating leaves.
Lower leaves thickish or fleshy, tongue-
shaped or obovate spoon-shaped, pitted at
the margin. Flowers in cymose racemes
or panicles, white or sometimes yellow,
rarely purple. Petals more or less round-
ish or wedge-shaped.
S. apicidata S. Kotschyi
S. aretioides S. luteo-viridis
S. burseriana S.marginata
S. ccesia S. media
S. diapensioides S. pseudo-sancta
S. imbricata S. roclieliana
S. juniper if olia S. sancta
BAXIPRAGA
HOCK FOIL OllDKll
8AXIFBAGA 417
S>. scardica
S. Tombeanensis
S. valdensis
14. PorpJi yreon ; Muscoidcce. — Leaves
imbricated, small, opposite, very often
porous at the apex. Flowers solitary,
red, or purple. Petals oblong wedge
shaped, or lanceolate.
S. biflora 8. oppositifolia
S. macropetala S.retusa
15. Bergenia. — Rootstock thick, leaves
large, with stalks dilated at the base.
Petals white, red, or purple. Includes
MEGASEA which is kept up as a distinct
genus by some authorities.
S. cordifolia S. purpurascens
S. crassifolia S. Stracheyi
S. ligulata
S. adscendens. — A European and X.
American annual 3 in. high. Leaves
fleshy, 3-lobed ; lower ones cordate with
cut lobes. Flowers in April, white, with
hairy stalks and calyx. S. pet/rcea and
S. ti /'dactylites are very closely related.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species is little more than a botanical
curiosity. It will flourish in cool damp
parts of the rockery facing north or east,
and may be increased by seeds sown as
soon as ripe or in spring in the open air.
S. aizoides. — A British and European
alpine with decumbent, tufted, much-
branched stems, 3-8 in. long. Leaves
linear oblong, crowded below, scattered
upwards, |-2 in. long ; lower onesreflexed,
often ciliated. Flowers in summer, I in.
across, orange or golden yellow, with red
dots.
Culture dc. as for S.flagellaris, p. 420.
S. Aizoon (S. intacta). — Xative of
Europe and N. America, 5-10 in. high.
Lower leaves clustered, silvery, persistent,
thick, spoon-shaped, with white, cartila-
ginous, toothed edges. Flowers in June,
creamy-white, often spotted at the base ;
petals obovate ; scape downy, clammy.
There are very many varieties of this
species, among the best being carinthiaca
(or gracilis), robusta, recta.
Culture and Propagation. — A good
rock plant ; it likes plenty of sun, and
may be planted so as to face outwards
more or less vertically from the face of
the rocks, which may be either limestone
or granite. The soil however should be
deep and rich, so that the roots may pene-
trate after the moisture between the
fissures. Increased by seeds and division.
S. ajugaefolia. — A pretty little tufted
species from the Pyrenees. It has small
and rather thick fleshy bright green Leaves,
and 1-3 white flowers with yellow anthers
on a stalk, produced in July.
Culture itc as above. This species
luxuriates in a moist but well-drained
situation, and is an excellent plant for
carpeting the rockery in positions facing
north or east, or for making edgings to
beds or shrubberies in the shade.
S. Andrewsi. - A hybrid between S.
drum and S. Aizoon, about (3 12 in. high.
Leaves long, spoon-shaped, obtuse,
smooth, rather thick, narrowed at the
base into a slightly fringed stalk, and
having a membranous margin. Flowers
in early summer, white, dotted with
purple. S. guthrieana is very similar
to this.
Cult lire die. as above for S. Aizoon.
S. androsacea. — A mossy species
found on damp rocks on the higher Alps.
The small deep green shining leaves are
spoon-shaped or obovate wedge-shaped,
with an entire or 3-5-toothed apex.
Flowers 1-3 on a stem, pure white, pro-
duced in June and July.
Culture £c. as above for S. ajugce-
foUa.
S. aphylla. — A mossy Alpine species
with rosettes of entire or 3-5-toothed
fleshy, bright green leaves. The bright
golden-yellow flowers appear in June and
July, and are usually borne singly on the
top of the stalk, but there are occasion-
ally two blossoms on one stem.
Culture <(■<■. as above for S. ajugce-
folia.
S. apiculata. — A charming mossy
Saxifrage supposed to be a hybrid between
S. a/retioides and S. scardica. It has
dense rosettes or tufts of small thick
linear acute leaves, and produces 6-9
flowers of a soft pale primrose-yellow
colour on very hairy yellow-green stalks
3-5 in. high from February to April.
Culture dc. as for S. burseriana. It
makes a charming pot plant, and also
fine carpets in the rock garden. It is
better than S. sancta for this purpose,
but does not flower so freely.
S. aquatica. — A beautiful Pyrenean
species with fleshy and slightly hairy
deeply 3-lobed leaves dilated at the base.
The large white or rarely yellow flowers
418
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS saxifraga
appear in July and August on stalks 12-18
in. high, and their beauty is enhanced by
the purple-coloured anthers in the centre.
Culture dc. as above for S. ajugce-
folia. This species grows naturally in
rnuist and cool places, and may be given
similar situations in the rockery. It
must, however, be fully exposed to the air.
S. aretioides. — A tiny Pyrenean spe-
cies about 2 in. high. Leaves crowded,
linear strap-shaped, upright, tipped with
a sharp point, margins fringed. Flowers
from May to July, golden-yellow, on
stalks covered with clammy down. There
are several varieties, among which may
be noted alba, with whitish flowers ;
prcecox, which flowers earlier than the
type ; and pri/mulma, with soft primrose-
yellow blossoms.
Culture dc. as above for S. burse-
riana.
S. aspera. — A more or less tufted
species from the Alps and Pyrenees
closely related to S. tenella. It has
rosettes of small lance-shaped linear
leaves ending in a sharp point, with
ciliated margins, and of a whitish slurring
green. The yellowish-white flowers with
a deeper yellow base and golden-yellow
anthers appear in June and July. There
are several forms of this species.
Culture dc. as for S.flagellaris, p. 420.
S. atlantica. — A compact dwarf-
growing Rockfoil, native of the moist
rocks of Southern Spain and Algeria. The
light green roundish leaves have lobed or
crenate edges, and the large white sweet-
scented flowers, 3-7 on a slender stem,
appear in April and May.
Culture dc. as for S. granulate, p. 421.
S. biflora. — A pretty and very variable
species of the oppositifolia group, native of
the high mountains of Central Europe.
The lower leaves of the trailing branched
stems are obovate roundish, while the
upper ones are more spoon-shaped, and
all are small, thick and fleshy, bright
green or purplish. Nothwithstanding the
specific name, more than two flowers are
often borne on the stems. They appear
in June and July, and vary in colour
from deep violet to dark blue, and are
occasionally reddish or white.
Culture dc. as for S. oppositifolia,
p. 424.
S. biternata. — A hairy tufted species,
native of the Spanish mountains, with
long-stalked, twice ternate, bright green
leaves, the lobes of which are more or less
deeply divided and bluntly toothed. The
white flowers, with spoon-shaped shallow
notched petals, appear about July.
Culture dc. as for S. granulata
below.
S. Boydi. — A charming Saxifrage said
to be a hybrid between the yellow-
flowered 8. aretioides and the milky-white
S. burseriana. The rosettes or tufts of
leaves more nearly resemble those of the
latter parent, but are linear and end
abruptly in a point. The flowers are
about f in. across, and appear from March
to June. They are soft primrose-yellow
in colour, and 1-3. rarely more, are borne
on the stems. The white-flowered variety
alba is very similar in appearance, but
shows more of the burseriama blood.
Culture dc. as for 8. burseriana.
S. bronchialis. — A native of Northern
Asia and N. America about 6 in. high,
with ascending stems, densely leafy at
the base. Leaves stiffish, linear lance-
shaped, with ciliate or somewhat spiny
margins and a pointed apex. The yellow-
ish or creamy white flowers with oblong
petals appear in May, and are ornamented
with numerous orange-red dots. From
3 to 10 blossoms are borne on a more or
less hairy stem.
Culture dc. as for S.flagellaris, p. 420.
S. burseriana. — A densely tufted,
me -like plant, about 2 in. high, native
of the Alps. Leaves in rosettes, trique-
trous, smooth, glaucous. Flowers from
March to June, usually one on a slender
red stem, milky-white, large, and veined
with yellow. The variety major is a
beautiful rock plant with acute fringed
leaves in dense rosettes, and large white
flowers on stalks about 2 in. high.
Culture dc. as given above under
general instructions. This species likes
a high and well-drained position in the
rockery, and is almost sure to fail if grown
in moist, marshy, or ill-drained spots.
Once established in suitable positions it
makes very fine carpets of green, studded
with white flowers.
S. caesia. — A pretty native of the Alps
and Pyrenees forming dense silvery tufts
often less than 1 in. high. Leaves
linear-oblong, recurved, keeled, margined
with white, crustaceous dots. Flowers in
-SAXIFKAGA
BOCKFOIL ORDER
SAXIFBAGA 41!)
early summer, white, about ^ in. across,
on thread-like stalks about 3 in. high.
Culture tic. as above for S. burse-
riana.
S. csespitosa. — A densely tufted
British species about 3 in. high. Lower
leaves wedge-shaped, 3 -5-lobed ; upper
ones undivided. Flowers from June to
August, white, bell-shaped, on stalks
usually covered with short glandular
• down.
Culture dc. as for S. ajugeefolia above.
S. Camposi (S. Wallaeei). -A native
of Spain, 3-6 in. high, leaves very variable,
j- ^ in. across, 3 5-cleft, with obtuse or
acute teeth, or broader and deeply 3 5-
lobed. Flowers in early summer, white,
about | in. across.
Culture dc. as above for S. ajugce-
folia, p. 417.
S. Clusi. — A native of the Pyrenees.
where it grows in marshy soil, and on the
banks of brooks. It lias very short stems
with rosettes of thin spoon-shaped and
linear leaves more or less toothed and
hairy. The white flowers, spotted with
yellow, appear in June and July.
Culture dc. as above indicated in the
general instructions under Saxifraga.
This species likes a moist cool part of the
rockery.
S. conifera. — -A peculiar Saxifrage
from the mountainous parts of Spain. It
forms dense clusters of small lance-
shaped linear leathery leaves, ending in a
sharp point, and more or less densely
covered with a soft down. The flowers
appear in June and July, from 3 to 9 in a
panicle.
Culture dc. as above for S. ajugce-
folia, p. 417.
S. cordifolia (Megasea cordifolia) . — A
pretty Siberian species about 1 ft. high.
Leaves large, fleshy, roundish heart-
shaped, serrated, on long, thick stalks.
Flowers from March to May, clear rose,
large, in clustered panicles.
The variety purpurea has very large
thick and leathery leaves, and is a very
strong grower. It has large and showy
deep purple flowers.
Several more or less distinct and pretty
hybrids have been raised between S. cor-
difolia and S. purpurascens.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species flourishes in ordinary good and
well-drained garden soil in open sunny
situations. The plants like pleDty of
water during active growth and during
the summer months. Owing to the glossy
texture of the foliage, they stand the
smoke and dirt of town gardens well,
although they are often very much neg-
lected in such places. Increase may be
effected by dividing the plants in early
autumn or in spring. Seeds may also be
sown as soon as ripe, as recommended
above in the general instructions under
Saxifraga.
S. coriophylla. — A sturdy, ornamental,
silvery species, 3 in. high, native of the
Alpine regions of N. Albania. Leaves in
rosettes, entire, oblong, convex and keeled
beneath, with ."> 7 pits or depressions on
the margin. Flowers in early spring,
large, pure white; petals obovate-oblong,
with 3 straight veins. Near S. Eocheli-
ana, and now considered to be a varietv
of it.
Culture dc. as above for S.burseriana.
S. cortusaefolia. — A stemless Japanese
species with roundish heart-shaped or
reniform leaves, 2-3 in. wide, 5 or more
lobed, bright green, fading to red or red-
dish-brown in autumn. Flowers in
autumn, white, spotless, in panicles 7-8
in. long.
Culture dc. as above indicated in the
general instructions under Saxifraga.
Warm sunny positions in well-drained
gritty loam suit this plant best. In the
colder parts of the kingdom a little pro-
tection in severe winters may be neces-
sary. Increased by seeds or division.
S. Cotyledon. — A fine silvery Euro-
pean species, 1-2 ft. high. Leaves in
large rosettes, flat, fleshy, spoon-shaped,
margined with finely pointed teeth.
Flowers in early summer, white, in a
large elegant pyramidal panicle 6 in.
to a yard high. S. nepalensis and S.
pyramidalis are merely strong-growing
varieties of this species, and S. monta-
voniensis has white flowers with red
calyx and stamens.
Culture dc. as above for S. Aizoon.
This species will flourish almost anywhere
on old walls, ruins &c. in warm sunny
positions. The variety pyramidalis. how-
ever is somewhat tender in the colder
parts of the kingdom, and requires pro-
tection in winter. It makes a beautifuJ
pot plant.
S. crassifolia (Megasea crassifolia).
A stout Siberian plant with thick, woody
e e 2
420
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS saxifbaga
roots and large, fleshy, oval or obovate
leaves, very blunt, smooth, and serrvdated.
Flowers from March to May, red, large,
in clustered panicles about 9 in. high.
Cult it re dc. as above for S. cordifolia.
S. crustata. — A native of the chalky
Alps with rosettes of blunt linear leaves
with minutely crenate margins, and hav-
ing the upper surface coated with a
whitish or grey-green limy powder, and
washed with rose or purple beneath. The
hairy flower stalks carry 3-6 flowers which
are usually white but sometimes spotted
with purple-red at the base of the obovate
petals.
Culture dc. as above for 8. Aizoon.
S. cuneata. — A loosely tufted species,
native of the Spanish mountains, with
leathery spoon-shaped or linear-lance-
shaped leaves somewhat clammy beneath,
and having three large teeth or lobes. The
white flowers are borne in loose panicles
about July, and have obovate oblong
petals.
Culture dc. as above for S. ajugce-
folia, p. 417.
S. cuneifolia. — A tufted species native
of the mountains of Central and S.
Europe. Leaves obovate wedge-shaped,
serrate, rather leathery, deep green above,
reddish beneath. The flower stalks are
4-6 in. high, and bear a small panicle of
white flowers, with a yellow centre, in
May and June.
Culture tic. as aboA-e. This species
likes a warm moist position among the
rocks and stones in the rock garden.
There are several varieties of it, the best
known being apennina with smaller
leaves and flowers. The plants are use-
ful for the lower portions of the rock
garden, and are readily increased by seeds
or division. See also general cultural
instructions under Saxifraga, p. 415.
S. cuscutaeformis. — A Japanese spe-
cies 6 in. high. Lower leaves thickish,
roundish or ovate, deeply or wavy toothed.
Flowers in summer, white, on branched
panicles.
Culture dc. as above for S. cortusce-
folia.
S. Cymbalaria. — A distinct Caiicasian
annual, with brown-striped, kidney-shaped,
crenately lobed leaves. Flowers from
early spring to autumn, bright yellow, in
dense masses, on numerous weak strag-
gling stalks. S. SibtJiorpi, from Greece,
and also having yellow flowers, is very
similar.
Culture dc. as below for S. Jiuetiana.
S. diapensioides. — A densely tufted
plant 1£ in. high, native of the Alps of
Switzerland, Dauphiny, and the Pyrenees.
Leaves linear, erect, keeled, with cartila-
ginous margins, fringed at the base, 1-2
perforated dots at the apex, and packed
into dense cylindrical rosettes. Flowers
in early summer, white, bell-shaped, 3-5
in a terminal head on leafy stems.
Culture dc. as above for 8. burseriaua.
S. diversifolia. — A Himalayan species,
6-18 in. high. Lower leaves stalked, 1-2
in. long, ovate or heart-shaped, acute ;
upper one stalkless. Flowers in July,
yellow, ^-f in. across, obscurely spotted,
arranged in loose clusters.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species likes damp, cool, and well-drained
soil, with plenty of light and air, but not
exposed to the scorching midday sun. It
may be increased by sowing seeds or by
division as recommended above in the
general instructions given under Saxi-
fraga.
S. exarata. — A very variable species,,
native of the mountains of Central Europe,
with rosettes of wedge-shaped 3-lobed
leaves, and white or yellowish-white, or
rarely rose or purple flowers in June and
July. The variety nervosa has looser
rosettes of sparsely hairy clammy leaves,
roundish-oblong in outline, and deeply
cut into 3-5 narrow linear lobes. The
milky-white flowers have obovate petals
as in the type.
Culture dc. as above for 8. ajugce-
folia, p. 417.
S. flagellaris. — A Caucasian species,
3 in. high, with thread-like runners
issuing from beneath the upper whorl of
leaves and rooting at the tips. Leaves
obovate, spoon-shaped ; upper ones rather
hairy. Flowers from April to July, yellow,
on erect, simple, glandular- downy stems.
Culture and, Propagation. — This
plant likes a gritty loam and damp shady
parts of the rockery. It is easily in-
creased by the runners.
S. florulenta. — A very pretty species,
native of the Maritime Alps. The deep
green, spoon-shaped leaves, with bristly
edges towards the base, are 1-2 in. long,
and form rosettes often over 6 in. across.
The beautiful rosy-red or lilac flowers
SAXIFEAG \
BOCK FOIL ORDER
SAXIPBAGA 121
arc borne on more or less hairy stalks in
narrow clusters in early summer.
Culture de. as above for .S'. Aizoon.
S. Fortunei. — A pretty Japanese spe-
cies, with the habit of 8. cortuseefoUa.
Leaves reniforni, heart-shaped, lobed
and laciniately toothed. Flowers late in
summer, white, in erect panicles ; petals
very unequal, edges finely toothed.
Culture d'c. as above for S. cortusa-
folia. This plant requires protection
in severe winters.
S. geranioides. — A Pyrenean species,
6 in. high. Lower leaves slightly hairy,
roundish kidney-shaped pahnately 3-cleft,
the side lobes 2 -cleft, entire or toothed,
flowers in July, white, numerous ; petals
obovate-oblong, clawed.
Culture de. as above for S. ajugce-
folia, p. 417.
S. Geum. — A pretty Pyrenean Saxi-
frage with rosettes or whorls of roundish
or kidney-shaped toothed or crenate
Leaves, hairy above, smooth and often
reddish beneath. The small blush-white
flowers, dotted with red, appear in May
and June, and are borne in erect, panicles
on stalks about 4-6 in. high.
The variety dentata (also known as
S. liirsuta) has the hairy leaves deeply
and prettily toothed, and pale green
beneath, and the white flowers, dotted
with rose, are borne on rather taller
stems. The variety elegans has roundish
heart-shaped leaves sharply serrate, and
covered with hairs. The flowers are
yellow spotted with purple. The variety
poUta differs in having smooth shining
roundish heart-shaped leaves with crenate
edges.
Culture dc. as above for S. cuneifolia.
S. globulifera (S. granatensis). — A
native of the Spanish and Algerian moun-
tains. It makes a turfy carpet of thickish
ovate or spoon-shaped, bright green,
entire or 3-5-lobed leaves, which assume
a purple-red tinge during the winter
months. The pure white flowers appear
in May and June, 3-6 or more on a hairy
stalk. The variety gibraltarica differs
in having the leaves more deeply divided
into narrower lobes.
Culture dec. as above for S. ajugce-
folia, p. 417.
S. granulata ( Fair Maids of France ;
First of May ; Meadow Saxifrage).— A.
pretty British and European species, 6-12
in. high. Leaves rather fleshy, kidney -
shaped, lobed ; lower ones on slender
stalks, upper ones sessile, deeper and more
sharply cut. Flowers in April and May,
white, inclined or drooping, 1 in. across.
There is a double-flowered variety
called fiore j/lenu, the beautiful white
blossoms of which are over an inch across,
anil sometimes having a stray petal tipped
with carmine.
Culture tic. as above. This species
likes a moist or boggy situation in the
rock garden.
S. hieracifolia. — A European species,
1 ft. high. Leaves ovate oblong, remotely
toothed, dilated at the base, smooth above,
hairy beneath and on the edges. Flowers
in summer, white, in erect branched
panicles.
Culture <(<■. as above for ,S'. I'lu.si.
S. Hirculus. —A distinct and pretty
British ami European species, 4-8 in.
high. Leaves |-1 in. long, lance-shaped
or spathulate, in rosettes. Flowers in
August, clear rich yellow, §-| in. across,
with orange-red dots on the lower half of
each obovate petal. The variety gremdi-
flora has flowers quite 1 in. across.
Culture <ve. as above for S. diversi-
foUa. This species delights in moist or
marshy spots in the rockery.
S. Hosti. — A native of S. Europe, <> -
12 in. high. Lower leaves strap-shaped,
obtuse, fringed ; upper ones oblong, cre-
nate-serrate. Flowers in May, white,
with a few purple dots above the middle,
5-9 in a corymb. The variety altissiiuu
has broader leaves with seriate edges, and
the white flowers have a greenish base
and purple-red spots.
Culture </c. as above for S. Aizoon.
S. huetiana. — This pretty species is
remarkable for being an annual or biennial
and not a perennial. It is a native of
moist and marshy spots on the Cilician
mountains in Asia Minor, where it grows
in the shade. It is closely related to
S. Cgmbedaria, and forms compact tufts
4-6 in. high of bright green slightly lobed
roundish leaves. The numerous small
bright yellow flowers are freely produced
from May to July.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species may be raised by sowing seeds
when ripe in well -drained soil in cold
frames, and keeping the seedlings under
glass until mild weather the following
422
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS saxifraga
spring, when they may be transferred to
moist shaded parts of the rockery* The
seeds may also be sown in spring in the
open air where the plants are to bloom,
covering the seed-patches with a hand-
light until the seedlings are well above
the surface of the soil. But plants raised
thus never attain the size and vigour of
those raised from autumn-sown seed.
S. Huguenini. — A neat little perennial
1-2 in. high, native of the Swiss Alps.
It has a tufted habit, and creeping stems
clothed with oblong ciliate-toothed leaves.
The solitary white flowers appear in early
summer.
Culture dc. as above for S. burseriana.
S. hypnoides (Dovedale Moss ; Eve's
Cushion). — A pretty, deep green, mossy
species, native of Britain and W. Europe.
Leaves wedge-shaped, 3-5-cleft, smooth or
more or less fringed with glandular hairs.
Flowers from May to July, white, ^-1
in. across, on stalks 3-18 in. long.
8. decipiens, affinis, incurvifolia, hirta,
gemmifera, platypetala, and Sternbergi,
are more or less distinct forms of this
very variable species.
Culture dc. as above for S. ajugce*
folia.
S. imbricata. — A densely tufted
Indian species 3 in. high, leaves small,
channelled, ovate-oblong, keeled at the
apex, hairy toothed on the edges. Flowers
in June and July, white, solitary.
Culture dc. as above for S. burseriana.
S. integrifolia. — ■ This is a hairy and
clammy plant, native of the Rocky Moun-
tains, and resembling S. hieraei folia and
8. virginiensis. The deep green lower
leaves are somewhat membranous, ovate
oblong, very blunt, entire or slightly
sinuate-crenate. The white flowers are
borne on an erect naked scape about May
and June.
Culture dc. as above for S. Clusi.
S. irrigua. — A native of Tauria 6-12
in. high. Lower leaves palmately5-parted,
upper ones 3-cleft, sessile. Flowers in
summer, white, large, bell-shaped, in loose
panicles.
Culture dc. as above for S.granulata.
S. juniperifolia (S. juniperina) . — A
distinct Caiicasian species, with sharp
pointed, oval-shaped leaves in dense, firm
cushions. Flowers in summer, yellow or
greenish-yellow, 6-10 on a spike.
Culture dc. as above for S. burseriana.
S. Kotschyi. — A pretty bluish-green
species, native of Asia Minor, forming
densely tufted rosettes l-\ in. across, with
small, obovate, blunt, apiculate leaves.
Flowers in summer, yellow, in cymes at
the ends of the short leafy stems. Re-
qmres sheltered sunny corners.
Culture dc. as above for S. burseri-
ana, p. 418.
S. lactea. — A remarkable Siberian
species 4-5 in. high, clothed with glandu-
lar down, and having tufts of wedge-
shaped leaves cut into 3-5 bluntly oblong
lobes, the upper leaves being cut into 3
linear blunt lobes. The white flowers,
with obovate wedge-shaped petals, appear
in June, and look very pretty against the
bright green foliage.
Culture <t:c. as for <S'. granulata, p. 421.
S. latepetiolata. — A remarkable bien-
nial Saxifrage, native of the Spanish
mountains. It has strong branching
stems 9-12 in. high, and dense rosettes
of glandular hairy kidney-shaped leaves
deeply cut into 3-5 coarsely crenate lobes,
and having broad petioles. The white
flowers, each i in. across, are borne in
crowded clusters.
Culture dc. as above for 8. huetiana.
S. leucanthemifolia. — A pretty North
American species 5-18 in. high. Leaves
oblong wedge-shaped or spathulate,
coarsely toothed or cut, tapering into a
stalk. Flowers in summer, white, in a
spreading corymbose or paniculate cyme ;
petals unequal, the 3 outer ones with a
heart-shaped, dotted base.
Culture dc. as above for S. Clusi.
S. ligulata. — A. handsome Nepalese
plant 1 ft. high. Leaves obovate or rather
heart-shaped, wavy, toothed, expanded at
the base into a fringed sheath. Flowers
from March to May, pale red, almost white,
in forked panicles ; petals broad, roundish.
The variety cilia t a differs from the type
in having smaller leaves hairy on both
surfaces, but it is a charming plant for
sheltered nooks in the rockery. It may
also be grown in cool conservatories, and
will flower a week or two earlier as a
result of the artificial protection.
The plant called S. Schmidt i seems
to be identical with the ordinarj* form of
8. ligulata.
Culture dc. as above for S. cordifolia.
S. lingnlata.— A native of the Alps 1-
\}, ft. high. Leaves linear tongue-shaped,
8AXIFRAGA
BOCKFOIL QUI) Ell
SAXIFHAGA 423
channelled, warty, crenate, glaucous,
fringed at the base, recurved at the apex.
Flowers from May to July, white, dotted
with rose ; petals oval, conspicuously
3-nerved. The variety cochlearia lias
spoon-shaped, leathery leaves g-1 in. long
in tufted rosettes, and white flowers on
purple-brown, glandular downy stalks.
Culture dtc. as above for S. Aizoon,
S. longifolia. — A. handsome Pyrenean
species with linear-oblong, greyish-green
leaves 6 in. long, thick, in dense rosettes,
sometimes 1 ft. across, with cartilaginous,
serrulate edges. Flowers in July, white,
slightly dotted witli red, in a close
pyramidal cluster 1-2 ft. high.
Culture ilc. as above for .S'. Aizoon.
This species may be planted between
stones and does best in a position facing
west or south-west.
S. luteo-viridis. — A densely tufted
species 4 5 in. high, native of the Transvl-
vanian mountains. Lower leaves more
or less spoon-shaped, ciliate at the base.
Flowers from June to August, yellowish-
green, in cymose panicles.
Culture dtc. as for 8. bursericma.
S. macnabiana. — A beautiful tufted
perennial 4-5 inches high, with lance-
shaped serrate leaves having a somewhat
powdery surface. The flowers are pro-
duced freely in May and June on some-
what hairs stalks, and are about three-
eighths of an inch across, being rendered
particularly attractive by means of the
numerous rose or crimson speckles on the
lower portion of the pure white roundish
petals.
8. macnabiana was raised in the
Botanic Gardens, Edinburgh, in 1875, and
is believed to be a lrybrid between the
pyramidalis variety of 8. Cotyledon and
either S. lingulata or S. Hosti.
Culture dtc. as above for S. Cotyledon.
S. macropetala. — A remarkable Tyro-
lese species more or less resembling both
8. biflora and 8. oppositifolia. The
lower leaves are roundish wedge-shaped,
the upper ones being somewhat ciliated
and pitted. The deep lilac flowers, with
broad elliptic petals, appear in April, and
are rendered distinct by the pretty red
anthers.
Culture dtc. as for S. oppositifolia.
S. marginata. — A native of S. Europe
with purplish steins 2-4 in. high. Leaves
in dense rosettes, small, oblong, dotted on
the margins with incrustations of lime.
Flowers in July, white, \ in. across, in
small rather compact cymes.
Culture dtc. as above for S. burseri-
u mi. This is one of the prettiest of the
' encrusted ' Saxifrages.
S. maweana. — A beautiful tufted
rock plant, native of Tetuan. Leaves 1-2 h
in. long, lower ones in loose rosettes,
roundish kidney-shaped, 3-cleft to the
middle, or with the side-lobes cleft ; upper
ones wedge-shaped, 3-cleft. Flowers in
.May and June, white, :,1 in. across, on
erect stalks 4 (5 in. long.
Culture dtc. as above for »S'. ajugeefolia.
Requires a damp shaded place in the
rockery.
S. media. — A native of the Pyrenees
(> 9 in. high, forming dense compact
rosettes on the ground. Lower leaves
imbricated, spathulate, strap-shaped, sharp
or blunt; upper ones spoon-shaped, smooth
except at the apex. Flowers in summer,
pink, crimson, or purple, changing to-
deep blue when old. The variety Frede-
rick Auguiti lias small rosettes of narrow
lance-shaped bright green leaves and
numerous yellow flowers on short leafy
stalks.
Culture dtc. as above for S. burseriana.
S. mertensiana. — A somewhat downy
N. American species with roundish heart-
shaped hairy leaves, cut into 3- 4 blunt or
acute lobes. Flowers in early summer,
white, borne on slender erect scapes in
loose panicles.
Culture dtc. as above for S. Clusi.
S. mixta. — A densely tufted hairy Saxi-
' frage, native of the Pyrenees. The more
or less obovate wedge-shaped leaves are
cut into 3 blunt linear lobes, and are for
the most part bright green. The milky-
white flowers appear in July and August,
and the roundish-obovate petals are some-
times veined with purple. The variety
i/ratiana differs in having broadly obovate
wedge-shaped leaves cut into 5-9 short
and blunt linear lobes, while the white
roundish petals have purplish veins.
Culture dtc. as above for 8. ajugee-
folia.
S. muscoides. — A pretty Pyrenean
species 2-3 in. high, forming a dense
green carpet of smooth entire or 3-5 -cleft
leaves. Flowers in May and June,
pale yellowish or purple, 1-10 on a stalk.
The variety atropurpurea produces amass
424
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GABDEN PLANTS saxipbaga
of deep red-purple flowers on stalks 1-2
in. high; the variety pygmcea and crocea,
as well as the closely related S. aroinatiea,
S. exarata, S. pedemontana and S. Bhei,
are all more or less beautiful rock plants.
Culture dc. as above for S. ajugee-
folia, p. 417.
S. mutata. — A Swiss species 6-12 in.
high. Leaves flat spoon-shaped, carti-
laginously crenated, fringed with long
clammy hairs. Flowers in summer,
reddish-brown, with deeper coloured dots,
and borne in panicles.
Culture dc. as above for S. Aizoon.
S. nivalis. — A British species with
rather leathery, broadly spoon-shaped,
crenate-toothed leaves, reddish beneath,
-o-l in. wide, stalks 1-2 in. long. Flowers
in July and August, white, | in. across,
4-12 in a capitate cyme 3-6 in. high.
Cult uri' dc. as above for S. Clusi.
S. oppositifolia. — A handsome British
species with creeping leafy stems 6-8 in.
long. Leaves opposite, densely crowded,
ovate or obovate, flat, blunt, ciliated.
Flowers in April and May, bright purple,
\ in. across, on short annual shoots.
There are several varieties, among which
the following may be noted : alba, white
flowers ; major, with larger flowers than
the type ; splendens, very bright coloured
flowers ; pyrena/Lca superba, a strong-
growing variety with rosy-lilac flowers
twice as large as those of the type. Other
forms more or less distinct in size and
colour are pyrenadca maxima, p. rubra,
and grandiflora.
Closely related are S. rudolpliiaua
with rosy-purple flowers usually one on
a stalk, sometimes two ; 8. biflora, with
deep blood -red or bright rose flowers ;
8. Kochi, flowers rosy-purple in twos
or fours ; and S. retusa, leaves short,
dense, and firm, flowers purple, in May
and June.
Culture and Propagation. — Being a
native of the alpine regions of Wales and
Scotland, as well as Europe, this species
requires to be grown in well-drained
gritty soil, composed of sandy loam and
pieces of granite or other rock. As hot
summers are usually unfavourable to it,
tne plants should be placed on slopes or
banks of the rockery facing north, with
plenty of light and air, and during the
summer months should receive good
supplies of water. When well grown
they form dense carpets of green and look
very handsome when in bloom. They
also make very charming pot plants for
a cold greenhouse. Increased by seeds,
division, or cuttings of the tips of the
non-flowering shoots.
S. pallida. — A pretty little Saxifrage
native of the Sikkim Himalayas, where it
grows wild at an elevation of 13,000-
17,000 ft. It forms flat rosettes of green
spoon-shaped leaves, more or less toothed
on the margin, and produces its white
flowers, J— | in. across, in spring. It is
remarkable for the persistence of the
blunt elliptic petals during the ripening
of the seed.
Culture dc. as above for S. Clusi.
S. peltata (Umbrella Plant). — This
is probably the largest of the Saxifrages.
It is found near streams in California, and
has roundish peltate 6-10-lobed leaves 6-18
in. wide, on cylindrical, downy stalks 1-2
ft. long, the lobes being cut and sharply
toothed. Flowers in April, white or pale
pink, \ in. across ; petals elliptic, blunt.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species grows luxuriantly near the edges
of ponds, streams &c. where its roots can
reach the water ; but it also flourishes in
moist shady parts of the ordinary flower-
border. The remarkable leaves, owing to
the depression in the centre where the
leaf stalk joins the blade, hold a consider-
able amount of water after a heavy rain,
and during the autumn months they
assume rich and effective red and brown
tints. The plant may be increased by
seeds and division as recommended in the
general instructions under Saxifraga.
S. pensylvanica (Swamp Saxifrage).
A Pennsylvanian species 1-2 ft. high.
Leaves clustered, oblanceolate, obscurely
toothed, 4 8 in. long, narrowed into short
broad stalks. Flowers in May and June,
greenish, small, many on an erect, downy,
clammy scape.
Culture dc. as above for S. Clusi.
S. pentadactylis. — A densely tufted
Pyrenean plant 3-6 in. high. Leaves with
long compressed stalks, smooth, 5-cleft.
Flowers in May and June, white, in loose
panicles.
Culture d-c. as above for S. ajugw-
folia, p. 417.
S. pseudo-sancta. — A tufted species
native of the Balkan Mountains, with
hairy stems and erect appressed linear
awl-shaped leaves, a little broader and
SAXIFE iG \
ROC KF OIL OBI) El!
SAXIFKAGA 425
ciliate at the base, and of a blight shining
green when young. The citron-yellow
Bowers appear in spring or early summer.
Culture <{c. as above for S. bursericma.
S. purpurascens (Megasea purpur-
ascens). — A large-leaved handsome Hima-
layan species 6-12 in. high. Leavesobovate
rounded, entire, 2-3 in. long, glossy green,
sometimes obscurely sinuated, and mar-
gined with red. Flowers from April to
June, purple, bell-shaped, about 1 in.
across, and borne in dense, downy,
glandular, corymbose panicles.
Culture dtc. as above for C. cordi-
foha, p. 419.
S. pygmaea {S. pa/radoxa). — A Pyren-
ean species 1-2 in. high, with slender
thread-like stems. Leaves lance-shaped,
smooth. Flowers in May and June,
yellowish, very small.
Culture dtc. as above for <S'. ajugce-
folia, p. 417.
S. rocheliana. — A pretty Austrian
kind with tufts of smooth, tongue-shaped,
white-edged leaves, fringed at the base,
the upper ones pale green, with clammy
hairs. Flowers in spring, white, large,
freely produced in corymbose stems 3-4
in. high. B. coriophylla is very near this,
and is practically a variety of it.
Culture dtc. as above for S. burseriana.
S. rotundifolia. — A native of Austria,
about 1 ft. high. Leaves kidney-shaped,
coarsely and unequally toothed, the upper
ones stalked. Flowers in May and June,
dotted with scarlet ; petals lance-shaped,
acute, 3-nerved. The variety taygetea
from Greece has the leaves 5-9-lobed, the
lower ones stalked and hairy-edged, the
upper ones linear or trifid. Other forms
are angulosa, heucherifolia, lasiopfi/ylla,
and re pan da.
Culture dtc. as above for S. cuneifoUa.
S. Salomoni. — This is a pretty hybrid
between S. rocheliana and 8. burseriana,
both of which have white flowers. Their
offspring has mossy grey-green leaves from
which arise purplish scapes 2-3 in. high,
each bearing a solitary white flower about
| in. across in March and April.
Culture dtc. as above for S. burseriana.
S. sancta. — A beautiful species, native
of Greece, forming a dense carpet-like mass
of deep green, lance-shaped, keeled leaves,
fringed and finely toothed on the margins.
Flowers in early spring and summer,
bright yellow, in a short dense spike an
inch or two high.
Culture dtc.aa above for 8. burseriana,
S. sarmentosa (Aaron's Beard ; Creep-
ing Sailor ; Mother of Thousands ; Old
Mem' 8 Beard ; Wandering Jew ; l'edlar\s
Basket, dtc). — The common names of this
distinct and pretty Chinese plant show-
that it is fairly well known. Leaves
roundish heart-shaped, hairy, crenate-
lobed, red beneath, mottled above ; run-
ners creeping, and ending in rooting offsets.
Flowers in summer, white, 2 of the inner
petals having a yellow spot, and the cen-
tral one 2 scarlet spots at the base ; the 2
outer petals large, flaccid.
The variety minor is merely a smaller
growing form ; tricolor is a handsome
plant with green leaves beautifully blotched
with creamy white and red, but too tender,
I fear, for outdoor cultivation, except in
shady spots in summer.
This species is usually grown suspended
in pots or baskets to allow the runners and
offsets to hang down, and is often seen in
rooms or cottagers' windows, or in cool
conservatories. As an indoor rock plant
it is charming. It may also be grown
outside in the mildest parts of the British
Islands.
Culture dtc. as above for -S'. Clusi.
S. scardica. — A pretty Macedonian
Saxifrage forming dense and somewhat
hairy tufts. The leaves are oblong acute
stifhsh, becoming lance-shaped acute up-
wards, of a bright grey-green, tinged with
dull purple beneath. The white or pale
rosy-red flowers appear in June and July
on purple hairy stems in corymbose
clusters.
Culture Sc. as above for S. burseriana.
S. Stracheyi. — A strong-growing
species 4-8 in. high, native of the Western
Himalayas. Leaves with roundish stipular
sheaths at the base, obovate wedge-shaped,
3-6 in. long, lobed at the base, irregularly
toothed and fringed on the edges. Flowers
in March, pink, f-1 in. across, in a much-
branched drooping panicle ; petals obovate,
spoon-shaped, or roundish. The variety
Milesi has leaves 9-12 in. long, 4-5 broad,
and white flowers. Thysanodes is some-
what taller, with obovate, deeply crenate-
serrate leaves, hairy on both sides, espe-
cially beneath ; flowers in April, white,
small, in a slightly branched raceme. The
variety alba and the plant called S.
afghanica, with white flowers, seem to be
426
PBACTICAL GUIDE TO GABDEN PLANTS mitella.
identical. S. speciosa is a pretty hybrid
in this section with large rather heart-
shaped leaves and large bright pink
flowers.
Culture <£c. as above for S. cordifolia.
S. tenella. — A native of the Alps, with
rosettes of linear pointed leaves, fringed
on the margins. Flowers in summer
white, numerous, in a loose panicle.
Culture d'-c. as for S. flagellaris, p. 420.
S. tombeanensis. — A pretty Alpine
Eockfoil, native of the Tyrol, and some-
what resembling S. burseriana. It has
rosettes of small erect ovate lance-shaped
leaves minutely serrulate on the margins,
the upper ones becoming much narrower
and pointed, and covered with glandular
hairs. The bright red hairy stems bear
3-4 white flowers in April and May.
Culture dc. as above for S. burseriana.
S. trifurcata (S. ccratophylla). — A
showy and strong-growing species, native
of Spain, with dark green, deeply 2-3-
parted leaves, forming compact, wide-
spreading tufts, 3-8 in. high ; segments
awl-shaped, horny-pointed ; stems reddish
at the base, clammy. Flowers in early
summer, pure white, in loose branched
panicles.
Culture dc. as above for S. ajugce-
folia, p. 417.
S. umbrosa (London Pride ; St.
Patrick's Cabbage). — A beautiful and well-
known garden plant, native of the Kerry
mountains round Killarney, and the
Spanish Peninsula. Leaves in loose
rosettes, roundish or broadly ovate, coarsely
toothed or crenate, i-2 in. wide, stalked.
Flowers in summer, white, | in. across,
dotted with red, in panicled cymes 6-12
in. high. S. Gev/m (and its forms elegans
and gracilis), S. Itirsuta, are varieties or
sab-species ; other forms being punctata
and serratifolia.
Culture Ac. as above for <S'. cuneifolia.
S. valdensis. — A native of the S. of
France, 3 in. high. Leaves dense, short,
flat at the base, but more or less keeled at
the apex, irregularly dotted above. Flowers
in May and June, white, rather large,
corymbose, on short hairy stalks.
Culture dc. as above for S. burseriana.
S. virginiensis. — A pretty N. American
species 4-9 in. high. Leaves obovate
or oval spoon-shaped, thickish, crenate-
toothed, narrowed into broad stalks.
Flowers from April to June, white, in more
or less clustered cymes. The variety
flore pleno has compact double flowers.
8. elongata is closely related but has more
slender flower stems.
Culture lie. as above for S. Clusi.
TIARELLA (Foam Flower). — A
genus with 5 species of erect slender
perennial herbs. Leaves usually radical,
long-stalked, simple or 3-foliolate. Stipules
small, adnate to the stalks. Racemes
terminal, simple or compound. Calyx
lobes 5, ovate. Petals 5, entire. Stamens
10. Ovary superior ; styles 2, slender.
T. cordifolia (False Mitrewort). — A
pretty border or rock plant native of N.
America. Leaves heart shaped, sharply
lobed and unequally toothed, hairy above,
downy beneath, stem sending out runners
after flowering. Flowers in April, white,
small, starry, in great abundance.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species grows well in ordinary soil, and is
easily increased by dividing the rootstock
in early autumn or spring. It iikes a
partially shaded situation in the rockery
or border.
. TELLIMA. — A small genus of more
or less hairy perennials with roundish
heart-shaped lobed or toothed leaves, and
greenish or white flowers in racemes like
the Tiarellas. Calyx tube bell- shaped,
ft-toothed or lobed. Petals 5, entire,
3-cleft or pinnately divided. Stamens 10.
Ovary half-superior ; styles 2-3, short.
T. grandiflora. — A hairy perennial
lj-2 ft. high, with lobed and toothed
leaves beautifully veined and tinted with
bronzy purple like some of the Heucheras.
Its greenish yellow flowers are borne in
erect racemes but are not particularly
attractive.
Culture and Propagation. — This is
the species best known, but there are
others somewhat similar such as T.
Cymbalaria and T. parviflora but not
so desirable. The plants grow in tufts
in any ordinary good soil, and may be
increased by division m early autumn or
spring.
MITELLA. —A small genus of
perennials with long-stalked, heart-shaped
lobed or crenate leaves, with mem-
branous stipules adhering to the stalks.
Flowers small, greenish, in long slender
racemes. Calyx with 5 spreading lobes.
Petals 5, 3-cleft or cut into thread-like
HEUCHEHA
HOCK MIL Oil /)/■: /,:
HEUCHERA 427
filaments. Stamens 10 or r>. Ovary
superior. Styles 2, short.
Culture and Propagation. — These
plants though not remarkahle for their
flowers nevertheless make handsome tufts
in the rock garden, like the Heucheras,
Tellimas, and Tiarellas. They flourish
in sandy peat and loam and may be
increased like their relatives by division
in autumn or spring.
M. diphylla. — A pretty N. American
rock plant 6-9 in. high with tufts of
heart-shaped 3-5-lobed and toothed
leaves and whitish -green flowers with
finely divided petals, appearing in April
and May.
Culture dc. as above.
M. pentandra. — Also a native of N.
America, about 6 in. high with heart-
shaped bluntly lobed leaves and yellowish-
green flowers in May, the petals being
divided as in M. diphylla, but only 5
stamens present.
Culture dc. as above.
HEUCHERA (Alum Root).— A genus
including about 20 species of thick-rooted
annual or perennial herbs, often tall,
hairy or glandular, with naked or few-
leaved scapes. Lower leaves long-stalked,
broadly heart-shaped or roundish, lobed or
erenate. Stipules membranous, adnate
to the leaf stalks. Flowers in spiked
racemes or panicles. Calyx lobes 5, some-
times unequal. Petals usually 5, small,
entire. Stamens 5, inserted with the
petals at the mouth of the bell-shaped
calyx-tube. Ovary almost inferior, styles
2, elongated.
Culture and Propagation. — The Heu-
cheras thrive in any ordinary garden soil,
except stiff clay. They are easily increased
by division in autumn, or early in spring.
They may also be increased by seeds sown
in cold frames as soon as ripe, afterwards
pricking the seedlings out into a prepared
part of the border the following spring in
mild showery weather. They are valuable
for the rockery or the edge of the ordinary
flower border in well-drained positions.
H. americana. — A N. American species
1 1 ft. high, clothed with a clammy down.
Leaves 5-7 -lobed, toothed. Flowers in
summer, reddish.
Culture dc. as above.
H. brizoides is a hybrid with leaves
like H. san guinea and masses of soft pink
flowers in summer. It is not yet well
known but is well worth growing.
Culture <{'■<■. as above.
H. cylindrica. — A native of N. America,
11 /, ft. high. Leaves deeply and roundly
lobed, and fringed, blowers in summer,
greenish, rather large.
Culture dc. as above.
H. glabra. — A native of N.W. America
1 ft. high. Leaves sharply lobed, smooth,
unequally and sharply toothed. Flowers
in summer, white, small.
( ' ult ure dc. as above.
H. hispida (If. Richardsoni). — A hairy
species from the mountains of Virginia,
and Carolina. Leaves roundish, 5- 9-lobed.
Flowers from May to July, veined with
purple, on stalks 2 4 ft. high,
( ' nil ii re ,l e. as above.
H. micrantha. — A N.W. American
species 1 2 ft. high. Leaves bluntly lobed,
erenate, with horned teeth and beautifully
marbled with deep brownish-purple, which
gives a very effective appearance in the
rockery or border. Flowers in summer,
yellowish, in loose panicles.
Culture dc. as above.
H. pubescens (H. pulverulenta ; H.
ribifolia). — A plant about 1 ft. high, native
of the United States, covered with a pow-
dery down. Leaves acutely lobed and
toothed. Flowers in summer, pale red,
large, variegated with yellow.
Culture dc. as above.
H. sanguinea. — A handsome perennial
9-18 in. high, from N. Mexico. Leaves
heart-shaped rounded, 5- 7-lobed, toothed
and ciliated. Flowers from early summer
to autumn, bright coral red — or almost
scarlet in the beautiful variety splendent
— more or less drooping on a downy,
branched stalk, like small blood-red Lilies
of the Valley. The variety alba has white
flowers, but is not nearly so showy.
Culture dc. as above. This species is
far superior as a garden plant to any of
the other species, and looks well in either
the rockery or border. It flourishes in
well-drained ordinary garden mould, and
may be easily increased by separating the
crowns early in autumn.
H. villosa (H. caulescens). — A native
of N. America. Leaves sharply 7-9-lobed.
Flowers late in summer, violet, small, on
rusty-haired scapes 1-3 ft. high.
Culture dc. as above.
428
PBACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS francoa
TOLMIEA. — A genus closely related
to Heuchera and differing in having only
8 stamens. The only species described
below requires the same treatment as
Heuchera and Tiarella, both of which
names it bore at one time.
T. Menziesi. — A native of NAY.
America, having stems 1-2 ft. high, with
3-5 hairy leaves, lower ones stalked,
incised, lobed. Flowers in April, green-
ish, rather large, nodding in a slender
elongated raceme, calyx purple-nerved.
Culture dc. as above for Heuchera.
It flourishes in ordinary well-drained
garden soil and may be increased by
division or seeds.
PARNASSIA (Grass of Parnassus).
A genus with twelve species of elegant,
very smooth, scapigerous herbs, with
radical, ovate-kidney-shaped or oblong
leaves, with stalks dilated at the base.
Scapes angled, 1-flowered. Calyx lobes 5.
Petals 5, entire or fimbriated. Stamens
5, hypogynous or perigynous, alternating
with 5 more or less club-shaped and
divided, glandular tipped scales or stami-
nodes. Ovary superior or half inferior.
Style 1, very short, with 3-4 stigmas.
Culture and Propagation. — Parnas-
sias thrive in a moist peaty soil in the
rockery, or in the bog-garden. They may
be increased by division in early autumn,
or in spring as growth is about to com-
mence ; or from seed sown as soon as ripe
in cold frames, afterwards pricking the
seedlings out into light soil when large
enough.
P. asarifolia. — A very pretty North
American plant, G in. high, with more or
less kidney-shaped leaves and white
flowers in summer.
Culture dc. as above.
P. caroliniana. — A native of North
American swamps, 6-9 in. high. Leaves
roundish below, ovate above. Flowers
from July to September, white, netted with
green or purple.
Culture dc, as above.
P. fimbriata. — A remarkable plant,
6 in. high, native of N. America. Lower
leaves kidney- shaped, hoUowed out at the
base and lobed or divided. Flowers in
July, white, petals obovate, clawed,
fringed at the base.
Culture dc. as above.
P. nubicola. — A Himalayan species
with elliptic, rather heart-shaped leaves.
Flowers in summer, white, solitary, over
an inch across, borne on 4-angled stalks
6-12 in. high, and having 3-lobed yellow
staminodes.
Culture dc. as above.
P. palustris (Cotnmo?i Grass of Par-
nassus).— A lovely little bog plant, about
6 in. high, native of the British Islands.
Leaves heart-shaped rounded. Flowers
in summer, i-1 hi. across, white, with
greenish pellucid veins.
Culture ire. as above.
P. parvifiora. — A native of N. America,
6 in. high, with ovate leaves. Flowers in
July and August, white, net-veined with
pale purple or green.
Culture dc. as above.
Tribe II.
(tetramerous).
Francoeje. — Scapigerous herbs with parts of the flowers
Stamens 4 or 8.
fours
FRANCOA (Maiden's Wreath).— A
genus with two or three species of Chilian
perennials beset with glandular hairs or
down, and with thick fleshy rootstocks.
Leaves crowded, lyrate-pinnatifid, or
pinnate, glandular-toothed, net-veined.
Flowers in long, more or less erect or
arching racemes. Calyx lobes, petals,
and stamens 4. Ovary free, 4-angled or
lobed.
Culture and Propagation. — Francoas
thrive in a rich, light, loamy soil, but can
be grown out of doors (except in summer)
only in the very mildest parts of the
country, and they should have dry sheltered
positions on warm banks or borders. The
spikes of flowers, often over 2 ft. long, are
excellent for cutting and last a long time.
Seeds must be raised in a hotbed or
greenhouse, and may be sown in early
spring. Afterwards prick out separately
into small pots and grow on until large
enough for putting out or growing in larger
pots. The plants may also be increased
by dividing the rootstock in spring or early
autumn.
F. appendiculata. — A lyrate-leaved
plant 1 -2 ft. high. Flowers in July, pale
red, with a deeper spot at the base of each
petal, in compact racemes on nearly
simple scapes.
Culture dc. as above.
F. ramosa. — This species has a stem,
and shortly stalked, usually decurrent
HYDRANfiKA
ttOCKFOIL ORDER
HYDRANGEA 129
leaves. Flowers in July and August,
white, loosely arranged on a much-
branched scape.
< 'nil /t if dtc. as above.
F. sonchifolia. — A species about 2 ft.
high, with short-stalked leaves, usually
decurrent below the basal lobes.
Flowers in summer, purple or pink,
often with a darker blotch near tin' base
of the petals.
Culture dtc. as above, [ncreased by
seeds or division.
Tribe III. HYDRANGEA. Shrubs or trees with opposite, exstipulat''. simple leaves.
Stamens often epigynous, 8, 10, 12 or more.
HYDRANGEA. A genus with over
80 species of deciduous or evergreen shrubs
or trees with entire seriate or lobed
leaves. Flowers in large terminal
corymbs, fertile ones small, sterile ones
large and without petals. Petals 4 or 5,
valvate. Stamens 8-10. Styles 2 4, free
or united at the base.
Culture and Propru/ation. In the
milder parts of the country, and on rich
warm, well-manured loam, Hydrangeas
grow very well. Cuttings of the young
and partially ripened shoots root readily
in sandy soil in a shady place in summer
or under glass in spring or autumn. Si eds
are freely produced by most of the species,
and these may lie sown in cold frames as
soon as ripe. The seedlings will probably
not appear till spring, when they may he
pricked out into light rich soil in warm
shady positions.
North of the Thames Valley Hydran-
geas can scarcely be regarded as a great
success in the outdoor garden, but in
Devonshire and Cornwall and the South
of Ireland they attain luxuriant propor-
tions. Positions which are partially shaded
from the hot midday sun suit the plants
best. A good mulching of well-rotted
manure in autumn or winter will be of the
greatest benefit to the plants and enable
them to produce masses of fine foliage and
blossom every season. The bushy species
may be pruned in winter, cutting away
the old wood, so that young vigorous
shoots may appear in spring.
Some people are always trying to turn
the white flowers blue by the addition of
alum, iron &c. to the soil, and there is a
great variation in shade owing no doubt
to the chemical composition of the soil in
which the plants are grown. Indeed the
Hydrangeas of the Hortensia type are as
variable in the colour of the flowers,
although raised from cuttings, as if they
were raised from seed.
H. arborescens.— A N. American shrub
4-6 ft. high. Leaves ovate, rather heart-
shaped, upper ones lance-shaped, coarsely
toothed, pale and rather downy beneath.
blowers in summer, white,small, fragrant,
nearly all fertile, in flattish corymbs.
Culture dtc. as above. It is not a
particularly showy plant owing to the
majority of the flowers being fertile or
pcrfret (i.e. having both stamens and
pistil). It is, however, interesting as being
the first Hydrangea cultivated in British
gardens.
H. aspera.— -A hardy Chinese shrub
resembling H. pamiculata in habit, and
having lance-shaped ovate or almost obo-
vate tapering leaves, with wavy and
serrate margins. The upper surface is
green, but the under surface is greyish-
green, thickly covered with roughish hairs.
The cymes of flowers appear in summer,
the sterile ones being large and numerous.
Culture it'-, as above.
H. chinensis. — A Chinese shrub 2 6 ft.
high, with deeply toothed leaves 3-5 in.
long, and small clusters of white flowers
in summer. It is closely related to H.
r in- us, but differs in the leaves being
green on both sides and in the sepals of
the sterile flowers being equal in size, and
thicker, almost fleshy in texture.
<'n Uure dtc. as above.
H. hirta. — A compact shrub, native of
Japan, 3-4 ft. high, with slender hairy
branches, and ovate, serrate, Nettle-like
leaves. Flowers in summer, white,
numerous, nearly all fertile, and borne in
terminal cymes 2-3 in. across. Not a
showy species.
Culture dtc. as above.
H. Hortensia (Hortensia opuloides).
A beautiful Chinese shrub 2-5 ft. high, with
broadly ovate, pointed, serrated, shining
green leaves. Flowers from spring to
autumn, white or bluish, in large corymbs
or cymes, nearly all sterile, and resem-
bling those of the Guelder Piose (p. 410).
There are numerous fine varieties of
this species, the best being : — japonica,
or Lindleyi as it is now called, with
white or blue flowers tinged with red
430
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS hydrangea
and finely toothed ; Belzoni, flowers white
or blue with entire sepals, and B. varie-
(jata, with white blotched leaves; Otaksa,
flowers flesh-coloured, handsome; com-
munis, flowers deep rosy-pink; stcllatti.
all the flowers sterile and double, pink,
rose, or pale blue, changing to green with
age ; Thomas Hogg, a magnificent pure
white variety, grown largely in pots for
market work ; nigra has pretty dark purple-
brown stems ; and tricolor has the leaves
beautifully marbled with white and pale
green, and edged with creamy yellow.
The variety acuminata has leaves
slightly hairy on both surfaces, and
bearded in the axils of the veins ; the
flowers are blue, but vary a good deal
according to the nature of the soil in
which the plants are grown.
Culture Ac. as above.
H. involucrata. — A handsome Japanese
shrub 6 10 ft. high with herbaceous stems
and very large oval oblong or roundish
double-toothed leaves sometimes nearly
12 in. long and 6-9 in. broad, which when
young are covered on the under surface
with a dense white woolly down. The
flowers appear in summer in flat-topped
or roundish clusters, and the inflorescence
is remarkable for having large leafy bracts
at the base where the branches are given
off. The typical form has but a few large
sterile flowers on the outer edge of the
trusses, but in many forms which have
been cultivated the sterile flowers are
more numerous and vary in colour from
rose to lilac, rose-pink, and even yellow,
some forms having double flowers.
Culture ((c. as above. This species
likes warm, moist, and partially shaded
situations. It is fairly hardy as far north
as the Thames, but is better adapted for
outdoor cultivation in mild southern and
western parts of the kingdom.
H. paniculata. — This species attains
a height of 25 ft. in Japan, its native
country, forming a dense round head, and
an upright trunk 6 in. in diameter. Leaves
opposite or in threes, ovate oblong aeute.
downy, sometimes 5-6 in. long. Flowers
in summer and autumn, pure white, in
massive conical or cylindrical clusters 1 ft.
long at the end of almost every shoot.
There are several forms, the best known
heingfloribunda, gramdiflora and minor.
Culture d-c. as above. To obtain the
best results, this plant should be well
pruned in winter, and the soil well manured
or mulched at the same period.
H. petiolaris. — A tall climbing or
trailing shrub native of the Japanese
mountains, where it grows in shady woods
on the Cryptomeria (see p. 982), clothing
the trunks to a great height, in the same
way as the Ivy clambers up trees in this
country. It has ovate or elliptic leaves.
somewhat heart-shaped at the base, and
produces flat corymbs of whitish flowers
in June. Only a few of the outer ones
are sterile and larger than the others.
There are a few forms of this species, such
as scandens, which has small heart-shaped
or ovate leaves with long stalks ; and
cordifolia, which has distinctly heart-
shaped leaves and entire or toothed sepals
of the sterile flowers, rarely notched.
Culture dte. as above. Owing to its
climbing character this species is best
grown against a wall, or in the mildest
parts of the kingdom it might be trained
over or up old tree trunks in the same
way as Ivy. or even over large boulders
in partially shaded parts of the rock
garden. This species is often erroneously
called Schizojihragma hydrangeoides in
gardens.
H. pubescens. — A pretty Japanese
shrub 4-5 ft. high, with deep green ovate
serrate leaves tapering to a point and
covered with a whitish down beneath.
The leaf stalks and midrib are of a
reddish-purple colour and look very pretty.
The flowers appear in summer and are
borne in a flat cyme with downy branches.
Some of the outermost cross-shaped flowers
only are showy and sterile, and over an
inch across ; they are white slightly
veined with green, wiiile the smaller
fertile flowers have 3 styles.
Culture d-c. as above. This species
is quite hardy in the milder parts of the
kingdom, but attains its finest proportions
in the South and West.
H. quercifolia. — A very distinct and
ornamental shrub native of Florida, 4-6 ft.
high. Leaves large, ovate, about 6 in.
long, lobed and toothed like a Plane rather
than an Oak leaf, hairy and grey beneath,
stalks and stems covered with a rusty
down. Flowers in July, white, changing
to greenish-purple and borne in flattish
corymbs, a few of the outer blossoms being
large and sterile.
Culture dc. as above.
SCHIZOPHRAGMA
IIOCKFOIL ORDER
DEUTZIA 431
H. radiata (H. nivea). — A N. Ameri-
can shrul) 4-6 ft. high, closely related to
//. arborescens, from which, however,
it may be distinguished by the short dense
whitish wool on the under surface of the
leaves.
Cult a re dc. as above. This is fairly
hardy in the Thames Valley, but is not a
particularly showy species.
H. Thunbergi. — A Japanese dwarf
shrub with slender branches, small ovate
oblong leaves, and small cymes of flowers
of a delicate peach blossom colour borne
in summer, the outermost Mowers only
being sterile and not much more than \ in.
across.
Culture dc. as above.
H. virens. — An elegant Japanese shrub
2 (> ft. high, with deeply toothed leaves
2 3 in. long, yellowish-green above.
Flowers in summer, in small clusters ;
they are mostly sterile, and have 3 en-
larged unequal sepals of a greenish-yellow
colour. Very common near Nagasaki, but
not yet grown in this country.
SCHIZOPHRAGMA. — A genus
containing only one species: —
S. hydrangeoides. — A tall climbing
deciduous Japanese shrub resembling
Hydrangea petiolaris. The ovate heart-
shaped tapering leaves, with coarsely
toothed margins, are 2-4 in. long, and
have long slender stalks. The white or
flesh - coloured flowers appear in late
summer or autumn in downy flat corym-
bose cymes, and resemble those of the
Hydrangeas &c. in having the outer
flowers larger and sterile. The fertile
flowers have a top-shaped calyx with 5
teeth ; 5 valvate petals, and 10 epigynous
stamens inserted at the base of the disc.
Culture and Propagation. — This
plant, sometimes called the Climbing
Hydrangea, flourishes in good and well-
drained garden soil, rich sandy loam with
plenty of manure being preferred. In the
mild southern and western parts of the
kingdom it is quite hardy in ordinary
winters, but in less favoured localities it
is safer to give it the protection of a wall.
New plants are obtained by inserting
cuttings of the half-ripened shoots in sandy
soil under a bell-glass, or better still in
gentle bottom heat. When rooted they
may be potted up and sprinkled overhead
•every day until well-established.
DEUTZIA. A genus containing 7
species of'roughish or downy shrubs with
roundish opposite branches, and opposite,
more or less deciduous, ovate or lance-
shaped serrated leaves. Flowers axillary
or terminal, in racemes or corymbs.
Tetals 5. Stamens 10. Styles 3 or 4.
Culture inn/ I'ro/irtr/tttion. — Deutzias
grow well in any fairly good soil in half
sunny, half shady positions in borders or
shrubberies; but they luxuriate in rich
well-manured sandy loam. Out of doors
Deutzias may be increased by layers in
the autumn, or by division of the tufts.
Cuttings of the ripened shoots 8 12 in.
long may he inserted in the autumn like
Currant cuttings (see p. 1095), or of the
half-ripened shoots in early summer
under a handlight.
Most of the kinds may be lifted in
autumn if not too large, and grown in pots
for conservatory decoration. They should
not be forced with too much heat, other-
wise the plants will take two or three
years to recover from this exhausting pro-
cess. The protection of a cold greenhouse,
however, is quite sufficient to bring the
plants into blossom some weeks earlier
than those in the open air. Each year
after flowering the shoots should be
pruned and all old or useless wood cut
out. A mulching of well-decomposed cow
manure in autumn or winter will also be
highly beneficial.
D. corymbosa. — A beautiful Himalayan
shrub about 5 ft. high, with oblong or
elliptic lance-shaped leaves, and forked
corymbose panicles of white flowers.
Culture dc. as above.
D. crenata (D. Fortunei ; D. scabra).
Pride of Rochester. — A handsome
Japanese shrub 4 8 ft. high, with ovate
lance-shaped, somewhat bristly serrulated
leaves, rough to the touch. Flowers in
slimmer, white. There are a few varieties,
the best being candidissima, with a wealth
of double snowy white flowers ;flore pleno,
flowers white, double, tinged with purple ;
and purpurea-plena, similar but more
purple tinted. Watereri and Well si are
supposed forms.
Culture d-c. as above.
D. discolor. — A pretty Chinese shrub
of recent introduction, and probably 6 ft.
or more in height when fii lly grown. It
has dull green lance-shaped toothed leaves
li-3 in. long, the upper surface being
very rough to the touch. The white
432
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS philadelphus
flowers each about f in. across appear in
May and June in compact corymbose
clusters at the ends of the branches and
also along the side shoots. The variety
purpurascens has the flowers suffused
with rosy-purple.
Culture do. as above.
D. gracilis. — A Japanese shrub 1-2 ft.
high. Leaves small, ovate, pointed, ser-
rated. Flowers in April, white, numer-
ous, in terminal racemes. There is a form
called foliis aurcis which has yellowish-
green leaves.
Culture So. as above.
D. Lemoinei. — This is a beautiful
hybrid obtained by crossing D. gracilis
and D. pa rvi 'flora. It is intermediate be-
tween the two parents and flowers freely.
Culture d'-c. as above.
D. parviflora. — A beautiful Chinese
shrub 3-6 ft. high, with ovate lance-
shaped toothed and wrinkled leaves, and
masses of creamy-white Hawthorn-like
blossoms borne in April and May at the
ends of the shoots.
Culture d'-c. as above.
D. staminea. — A Himalayan shrub
about 3 ft. high. Leaves 1-2 in. long,
oblong or elliptic lance- shaped, greyish
downy beneath. Flowers in early sum-
mer, white, fragrant, in corymbs.
Culture d'C. as above.
DECUMARIA. — A genus containing
only one species here described : —
D. barbara. —An ornamental deciduous
climbing shrub native of the S. United
States, with round branches, and opposite
stalked ovate -acute entire or slightly
toothed leaves. The white sweet-scented
flowers appear about June and are borne
in corymbs at the ends of the shoots. The
more or less bell-shaped calyx has 7-10
teeth. Petals 7-10, narrowly oblong.
Stamens 20-30.
Culture and Propagation. — This
plant may be grown against walls in the
less favourable parts of the kingdom, or
over tree-trunks, trellises, porches &c. in
the mildest parts, in the same way as the
Climbing Hydrangeas. It thrives in rich
sandy loam in warm situations, and is bene-
fited by a good mulching of manure in
autumn or winter. It may be increased
by cuttings of the half-ripened shoots
inserted in sandy soil under a handlight
during the summer months. The cuttings
should be kept shaded from the sun and
sprinkled overhead occasionally until
rooted. They may afterwards be given
plenty of air and light, and be trans-
planted in spring.
PHILADELPHUS (Mock Orange).
This genus contains about 12 species of
deciduous ornamental shrubs with oppo-
site roundish branches. Leaves opposite,
entire or serrated, often clothed with
starry down. Flowers axillary, solitary,
or corymbose, often fragrant. Petals
usually 4, rounded or obvovate. Stamens
20-40. Styles 3-5, thread-like.
Culture and Propagation. — The Mock
Oranges grow well in fairly good loamy
soil. They flower on the wood of the
previous year — a fact that should be
remembered when pruning or cutting out
the branches. They are easily increased
from suckers or layers, and also from
cuttings 8-9 in. long, inserted in the soil
in autumn, and allowed to remain for
about 12 months before transplanting.
The plants should always have plenty
of air and sunshine and are more effective
in beds or groups by themselves than
mixed up with all kinds of trees in a
shrubbery, where, owing to the absence
of light and air, the plants soon become
weak-stemmed and straggling.
In the autumn or winter a good top
dressing of well-decomposed cow manure
over the soil will be of great benefit to the
roots and enable them to develop an abun-
dance of blossom the following season.
P. coronarius. — This beautiful tree,
2-10 ft. high, is the well-known European
Mock Orange. Leaves ovate pointed,
serrate-dentate. Flowers from April to
June, white, over 1 in. across, with a strong
orange-like scent, and borne in racemes.
There are several fine varieties, the
best being aureus, with beautiful golden
foliage which, however, gradually be-
comes greener towards autumn ; argen-
teo-variegatus, with more or less silvery
leaves ; flore-pleno (Ketelieri or primu-
Icefiora). with double flowers ; andnanus,
a bush about 2 ft. high, but not free-
flowering ; and variegatus, the leaves of
which are edged with white.
Culture d'-c. as above. The type will
flourish in almost any soil which is not
too wet, and it will flower profusely year
after year without the least attention,
even in hard baked soil. It is, however,
better to treat the plant well, as superior
THILADELPHUS
BOCKFOIL ORDER
l'LATYCKATEK 433
results are obtained. The old wood should
be thinned out in winter when necessary.
P. Coulteri. — A pretty hardy shrub,
native of N. Mexico. It has slender
drooping branches and ovate lance-shaped
leaves with serrate margins, and covered
with a white down beneath. The white
flowers about 1 in. across appear in early
summer singly at the ends of the branches.
Culture <tc. as above. Requires the
same treatment as P. nicxicanus.
P. Gordonianus. -A native of N.W.
America, about 10 ft. high, with ovate-
pointed, serrulate leaves. Flowers in
July, white, scentless, borne in racemes in
great abundance.
Culture dc. as above.
P. grandiflorus (P. speciosus). —A
handsome shrub 0 10 ft. high, native of
the S. United States, with rather slender
twiggy stems. Leaves ovate, pointed or
nearly rounded, irregularly toothed,
downy when young. Flowers in June,
white, large, fragrant, 3 4 in. across, with
roundish or broadly obovate petals and a
bunch of yellow stamens in the centre.
The variety floribundus is a very free-
flowering form and the variety laoeus
may be recognised by its dwarfer habit,
leaves covered with a hairy down beneath,
and flowers either solitary or in threes.
]'. inodorus is a scentless form.
Culture <fe. as above.
P. hirsutus. — A very pretty free-
flowering species 3-5 ft. high, native of
N. America. Leaves oblong-ovate, acute,
toothed, hairy on both sides, white
beneath. Flowers in June, white, solitary
and in threes, covering the whole plant.
Culture dtc. as above.
P. Lemoinei. — This is a beautiful
hybrid between P. coronarius and P.
microplujllus. Leaves lance-shaped,
more or less pointed, slightly toothed.
3-nerved. Flowers in June, white, over
1 in. across, petals oblong-ovate, denticu-
late on the edges. The variety erectus is
erect growing in habit ; Boule de Neige
(across between Lemoinei and the double-
flowered form of coronarius), beautiful
double white, fragrant.
Culture ire. as above.
P. Lewisi. — A North American shrub
0-8 ft. high. Leaves ovate acute, almost
entire, with fringed margins. Flowers in
June, white, rather smaller than those
of P. hirsutus.
< ' ' ult ui >• <ic as above.
P. mexicanus. — A beautiful Mexican
Mock Orange 4-8 ft. high, with ovate
acute or tapering leaves 2-2i in. long,
having a few distant teeth on the margins,
and more or less downy according to age.
The pure white circular flowers, over 2
in. across, with a conspicuous cluster of
golden-tipped stamens in the centre, are
borne singly in May and June at the
ends of the slender and more or less hairy
shoots.
Culture iii-. as above. This species is
too tender for the northern and bleaker
parts of the kingdom, but in the mildest
places in the south and west is practically
hardy in ordinary winters.
P. microphyllus. — A dense bushy
species about 3 ft. high, with ovate lance-
shaped myrtle-like leaves £-f in. long,
somewhat 3-nerved, and slightly hairy
beneath. Flowers in summer, white,
fragrant, solitary or in threes, borne in
great profusion. It is a native of Colorado,
and although not many years in cultiva-
tion has already been used by the hybridist
to produce the beautiful P. Lemoinei
mentioned above.
Culture i(-e. as above. Grown in small
groups on the grass or in front of taller
shrubs it makes a very effective picture in
the garden.
P. Satsumi (P. japonicus). — A slender
free-growing Japanese bush 4-6 ft. high,
with longnarrow leaves, and white flowers
about 1.', in. across, produced in pairs at
the ends of the shoots in July.
Culture i(-c. as above.
PLATYCRATER.— A genus having
only the one species described here : —
P. arguta. — A trailing or creeping
deciduous Japanese shrub, with round
branches and opposite short-stalked lance-
shaped tapering leaves, deeply toothed on
the margins and distinctly veined. The
greenish-white flowers appear in summer,
and are borne in corymbs at the ends of
the shoots. The outer blossoms are sterile
and larger than the others, as in the
Hydrangeas, but much larger. The calyx
has 5 triangular acute lobes. Petals 4,
valvate. Stamens numerous, in many
whorls. Styles 2.
Culture and Propagation. — This plant
flourishes in ordinary garden soil and may
434
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS escallonia
be used for clambering over boulders of
rock or old tree trunks in open sunny
situations. It may be increased by cut-
tings of the ripened shoots 8-9 in. long
inserted in warm sheltered places in
autumn, or of the half-ripened shoots
placed under a handlight in summer and
kept shaded and sprinkled overhead until
rooted. Layers of the branches may also
be made in late summer and autumn and
detached the following spring if well
rooted.
JAMESIA. — A genus with only one
species, the description of which below
contains the generic characters : —
J. americana. — A pretty dwarf deci-
duous shrub 2-3 ft. high, native of the
Rocky Mountains of Colorado. Leaves
opposite, ovate, serrated, white beneath.
Flowers in June, white, about A in. across,
in terminal paniculate cymes. Calyx
lobes triangular-ovate, sometimes 2-cleft.
Petals 5, obovate. Stamens 10. Ovary
conical. Styles 3-5, united at the base.
Culture and Propagation. — This shrub
thrives in fairly good well-drained garden
soil, and may be used in the borders or
shrubberies, or in round beds on grass.
It may be increased by seeds sown as
soon as ripe in cold frames, or in spring
in gentle heat. Cuttings of the mature
shoots placed in sandy soil under a hand-
light in autumn will also root, and produce
good plants by the following year or next.
CARPENTERIA.— Like the prece-
ding, there is only one species in this
genus : —
C. californica. — A handsome flowering
shrub 6-10 ft. high, native of the Sierra
Nevada, California. Leaves broadly
lanceolate entire, 2-3 in. long, 3-nerved
at the base. Flowers in June, white,
2-3 in. across, like the white Japanese
Anemone, in racemose cymes. Calyx
lobes 5-7. Petals 5-7, oblong obovate or
roundish. Stamens numerous, inserted
beneath the roundish flask-shaped ovary,
looking very conspicuous with their golden
anthers in the midst of the white blossoms.
Culture and Propagation. — This
lovely shrub thrives in light warm soil,
and requires protection except in the
milder parts of the country. It may be
grown in large pots, as a bush plant, and
will thus be easy to place in a greenhouse
in winter, or it may be trained on a south
wall. It is increased from seeds sown in
gentle heat or by layers made in late
summer or autumn and detached the
following spring when well rooted. Cut-
tings of the half-ripened shoots may also
be inserted in sandy soil under a handlight
and kept shaded and sprinkled overhead
until rooted. Suckers from the base may
also be detached with as many roots as
possible, and if planted in good soil in
showery weather in autumn will grow
well.
Tribe IV. EscALLONiEiE. — Trees or shrubs. Leaves alternate, without stipules,
simple, often leathery and glandular serrate. Stamens often equal to the petals in
number.
ESCALLONIA.— A genus with 35
species of pretty es-ergreen shrubs, with
white or red flowers in terminal panicles,
or more rarely axillary. Calysx lobes 5,
ovate or awl-shaped. Petals 5, linear
spoon- shaped ; claw erect, limb spreading.
Stamens 5, epigynous. Ovary inferior ;
stigma capitate, 2-3-lobed.
Culture and Propagation. — In the
milder parts of the country Escallonias
are perfectly hardy, and in many places
make beautiful hedges. In unfavourable
parts of the kingdom, from the Thames
Valley northwards, they are safer trained
on a south wall. They grow in ordinary
garden soil, and may be increased by
cuttings of the half-ripened shoots, in
sandy soil under a glass, or by layers or
suckers. Many kinds ripen seed freely,
and new plants can be obtained by sowing
them as soon as ripe in cold frames, or in
spring in gentle heat, afterwards pricking
the seedlings out and growing on under
glass until large and strong enough for
the open air.
E. illinita. — A Chilian shrub about
5-6 ft. high, with resinous branches and
more or less oblong obovate leaves with
crenulate margins, and somewhat clammy
to the touch. The white flowers with
long-clawed petals appear about August,
in branched racemes or panicles at the
ends of the shoots.
Culture dtc. as above.
E. langleyensis is a graceful hybrid,
more or less straggling in habit. Leaves
about 1 m. long, obovate, toothed, shining
green. Flowers in June, rose-purple, in
the axils of the leaves for some distance
ESCALLONIA
ROCKFOIL ORDER
[TEA 435
along the branches. The parents of this
hybrid were E. macrantha with crimson-
red flowers and E.pMlrippiana with white
ones.
Culture <(c. as above.
E. macrantha. — A beautiful shrub 3-6
ft. high, native of Chiloe. Leaves ovate-
elliptic, bluntish, serrate, shining, dotted
beneath. Flowers in June, crimson-red,
rather large. This is also known as E.
Ingra/mi in some gardens.
Culture <rc. as above.
E. montevidensis {E. floribunda), —
A native of New Granada 10 ft. high.
Leaves oblong, blunt, finely crenulated
or entire. Flowers in July, white, in
much-branched leafy corymbs at the
ends of the branches.
Culture r/v. as above.
E. organensis. — A handsome shrub
2-4 ft. high, native of the Organ Moun-
tains, having rich red-brown stems and
branches. Leaves oblong, blunt, deep
glossy with red margins. Flowers in
summer, deep rose.
Culture dtc. as above.
E. philippiana. — A beautiful Valdivian
shrub 3-5 ft. high, with rich green,
rather spoon-shaped, serrated leaves, and
densely crowded panicles of white flowers
in July at the ends of the branches.
This shrub is hardy in the Thames
Valley, and makes a fine bush. The
hybrid varieties exoniensis and leucantha
are desirable on account of flowering till
late in the autumn.
Culture dc. as above.
E. pterocladon. — A Patagonian shrub
about 4 ft. high, remarkable for the
peculiar winged branches, and small
leaves. Flowers in July, white and pink,
small, but in great profusion along the
branches.
Culture dtc. as above.
E. pulverulenta. — A hairy Chilian
shrub 6-10 ft. high. Leaves elliptic,
serrulate, rather clammy above when
young. Flowers in June, white, in erect
racemes at the ends of the branches.
Culture &c. as above.
E. punctata (E. rubra punctata). —
A native of Chili 3-6 ft. high. Leaves
bright green, elliptic acute, finely and
often unequally toothed. Flowers in
July, deep red, in terminal con nibs.
This plant may be easily distinguished
from E. rubra by the stalked glands on
the young shoots, flower stalks &c.
Culture dc. as above.
E. revoluta (E. affinU). — A Chilian
shrub 3-6 ft. high, having softly downy
branches and obovate acute leaves 1-2 in.
long with toothed and recurved margins.
The white flowers, each about i in. long,
are borne in late summer or autumn in
branched racemes at the ends of the
shoots.
Culture ><<■. ;is above.
E. rubra. — A rather smooth Chilian
shrub 3 6 ft. high, clothed with glandular
hairs when yoiuig. Leaves obovate -
oblong, pointed, toothed, with resinous
dots beneath. Flowers from July to
September, red, 2 7 on a stalk.
Culture ile. us above.
ITEA. — A small genus of trees or
shrubs with alternate, stalked, oblong
or lance-shaped leaves with glandular
toothed or crenate margins. Flowers
small, white, in terminal and axillary
racemes. Calj-x more or less bell-shaped,
with 5 ovate or awl-shaped persistent
lobes. Petals 5, perigynous, linear, some
what erect, spreading or reflexed. Sta-
mens 5. Ovary superior or half superior,
2-celled.
I. virginica. — An ornamental deci
duous shrub 6-8 ft. high, native of the E
United States, with deep green oblong
oval and minutely serrate leaves. The
small white flowers appear in horizontal
sprays in June, and very much resemble
those of the Common Privet (p. 644).
Owing to their great abundance they
make a fine display against the deep green
foliage.
Culture and Propagation. — This plant
thrives in ordinary good sandy loam with
a little peat or leaf soil added. It may be
increased by seeds sown in cold frames as
soon as ripe, or in spring in gentle heat.
It may also be layered in late summer or
autumn, and the suckers from the base
may likewise be removed and transplanted
in mild showery weather in autumn.
Cuttings of the half-ripened shoots may
also be rooted in sandy soil under a hand-
light. In autunm plants, if not too large,
may be lifted and grown in pots for con-
servatory decoration in spring.
436
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
BIBES
Tribe V. Ribesie^e. — Shrubs with alternate simple leaves. Stipules none or
adnate to the leaf stalk. Flowers usually in racemes. Ovary inferior. Seeds im-
mersed in pulp (as in Gooseberry).
RIBES (Currant; Gooseberry). —
A genus containing nearly 60 species of'
spiny or unarmed shrubs, with the cha-
racters of the tribe. Calyx-tube ovoid
or spherical with a 4-5 -parted limb ;
lobes usually coloured, erect or recurved.
Petals 4-5, small, scale-like, inserted with
the 4-5 stamens on the throat of the
calyx. Styles 2, distinct or united. Berry
oblong or round, pulpy.
Only the ornamental flowering shrubs
belonging to the genus Kibes are described
here. The Currant (B. rnbrum and B.
nigrum) and the Gooseberry (B. Grossu-
laria) are dealt with in the Fruit section
of this work (see pp. 1092, 1095).
Culture and Projiagation. — The
Flowering Currants thrive in any good
garden soil, and are beautiful enough to
deserve better treatment than they usually
receive. In groups by themselves they
are far more effective than when
smothered in shrubberies. They are
easily increased by layers, or by cuttings
of the ripened shoots about 9 in. long in
autumn, as in the case of the cultivated
Currant (p. 1095). Seeds are ripened freely
by many kinds, and may be sown as soon
as ripe in cold frames, or in spring in
gentle bottom heat. The seedlings should
be pricked out and grown on until large
enough to transfer to the open in mild
showery weather in spring or autumn.
To keep the plants in a good healthy con-
dition and proper shape, a little pruning
in winter may be practised, chiefly with
a view to thinning out old or iiseless
branches, and to prevent the centre of
the bushes becoming choked with weak
growths.
R. alpinum. — A compact-growing
spineless shrub 3-5 ft. high, native of the
Northern hemisphere, and often found
growing wild in parts of Britain. Its
slender branches are furnished with
broadly ovate leaves li-2in. across, some-
what 3-5-lobed and coarsely serrate, and
more or less hairy on both surfaces. The
yellowish -green flowers appear in April
and May, and are not particularly attrac-
tive. The sexes however are distinct,
the males and females being borne on
separate bushes.
Culture dc. as above. Useful for
planting in poor soil and in shady places.
There is a yellow-leaved variety (cmreum),
and also a dwarf form called purmktm.
R. americanum (B. floridum ; B.
missouriense). — A spineless N. American
shrub about 4 ft. high. Leaves rather
heart-shaped, 3-5-lobed, and doubly ser-
rate, in autumn assuming a beautiful
bright purple-bronze colour suffused with
gold and crimson. Flowers in May,
whitish, in drooping downy racemes.
R. aureum (Buffalo Currant). — A
smooth, spineless N. American shrub 6-8
ft. high, with 3-lobed, irregularly toothed
leaves. Flowers in April and May,
golden-yellow, in long racemes. Fruit
yellow, rarely black. The variety yrcecox
flowers earlier than the type, and sero-
tinum later, and finer. The variety known
as aurantiacum minus is one of the best,
its flowers being of a deep orange-yellow
and sweet-scented. There are other less
well-known forms, as tenuiflorum, and
its variation fructu-nigro, the fruits of
which change from yellow to red and
then blackish-purple.
Culture dc. as above.
R. cereum (B. inebrians).—A pretty
spineless N. American shrub 3 ft. high.
Leaves almost roimd, bluntly 3-lobed,
crenate, viscid. Flowers in May, white,
tinged with pink, 3-5 on a drooping,
downy raceme.
Culture dc. as above.
R. gordonianum (B. Beatoni ; B.
Lotidoni). — A distinct and beautiful
hybrid between is!, aureum and B.
sanguinetim, the character of each being
transmitted and mingled, the flowers
being reddish tinted with yellow.
Culture dc. as above.
R. Lobbi. — A rare Californian shrub
3-5 ft. high, with prickly stems and lobed
and toothed leaves like an ordinary Goose-
berry bush, being also furnished with
triple spines. The deep reddish-purple
flowers appear in April and May, 1-3 on
each stalk. The calyx lobes are spreading
and thus give the flower a diameter of
about an inch.
Culture dc. as above.
KIBES
S TONECB OP 0 RDEB
COTYLEDON 437
R. multiflorum. — A graceful shrub 5-6
ft. high, native of the Carpathian Moun-
tains. Leaves heart-shaped, 5-lobed,
hairy beneath. The greenish - yellow
flowers appear in May, and are borne in
graceful drooping racemes 4 6 in. long in
great abundance, thus giving the shrub a
distinct and even ornamental appearance.
Culture dtc. as above.
R. sanguineum {Flowering Currant).
A beautiful spineless shrub 4 10 ft. high,
native of N.W. America. Leaves heart-
shaped, 5-lobed, serrated, smoothish
above, rather hairy beneath. Flowers
in April and May, deep rose, in drooping,
downy racemes.
There are a few varieties, but the
deeper and more brilliant-flowered ones
are best. The one called atrorubeiis or
aplendens is very fine ; albidum has
white flowers tinged with pink ; flore
pleno (Burning Bush) has beautiful
double flowers ; glutinosuni has pale
rosy flowers, and rather clammy foliage ;
and malvaeeuin has lilac-tinted flowers
in short dense racemes, and roughish
hairy leaves with a white cottony down
on tbe under surface. Other varieties are
at n>sti mjii iikii in and CCt runt m .
Culture A'-e. as above.
R. speciosum (F u el mia - flowered
Currant). — A handsome Californian
shrub, 6 8 ft. high, more or less hairy
and prickly. Leaves somewhat 3-lobed,
incised, crenate. Flowers in May, deep-
red, or crimson, 4-parted, cylindrical,
resembling some of the Fuchsias in ap-
pearance, drooping in small clusters,
and remarkable for the much-protruding
st; unens.
Cult are dtc. as above. Increased by
seeds or cuttings.
XLI. CRASSULACEiE^Stonecrop and Houseleek Order
An order containing 400 species of usually fleshy herbs with opposite or
alternate, sometimes united leaves, often crowded at the ends of the branches
in rosettes. Stipules none. Flowers usually in cymes, hermaphrodite,
regular. Calyx free, persistent, 3-5 rarely 6-30-parted. Petals 3-5, rarely
more, free, or more or less united. Stamens as many or twice as many as
the petals, perigynous, or nearly hypogynous, usually free. Carpels 3-5,
rarely more, free.
GRAMMANTHES.— A genus with
one or two species, natives of S. Africa,
and having the characters here given
under the following species : —
G. chloraefolia. — A pretty half-hardy
annual 3-4 in. high, forming a dense tuft
of ovate acute, fleshy leaves about A in.
long. Flowers in summer, orange -yellow
at first, changing to red, with a distinct
V-shaped mark at the base of each petal.
Calyx bell-shaped, 5-cleft to the middle.
Corolla tube with 5-6 spreading lobes.
Stamens 5-6, adnate to the corolla tube.
Carpels 5-6. G. gentianoides is similar,
with a profusion of crimson or scarlet
flowers tinged with yellow.
Culture and Propaga t ion. — The plants
thrive in dry parts of the rock garden and
may be raised from seeds sown in heat
about February or March. As the seeds
are very minute they require scarcely any
covering with soil. When the seedlings
are well above the surface they may be
pricked out into light rich sandy soil, and
will be fit for transferring to the open
ground at the end of May or beginning
of June. Warm, sunny, and fairly dry
positions are necessary to grow this plant
well. Stagnant moisture at the roots is
fatal, and plenty of sunshine is essential
to secure the full expansion of the
blossoms.
COTYLEDON (Navel Wort). — A
genus with which is now included the
well-known Echeveria. The main cha-
racters of Cotyledon proper are : Calyx
5-parted. Corolla gamopetalous, with 5
reflexed lobes. Stamens 10, inserted on
the corolla tube. Carpels 5, free. Natives
of the Cape.
Eclieverias differ chiefly in often
having leafy sepals, and in being mostly
natives of Mexico (one from Peru and
another from Japan).
Culture and Propagation. — These
plants thrive in ordinary well-drained
garden soil. They may be increased by
438
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS cotyledon
seeds sown as soon as ripe under glass
protection and in finely sifted soil. The
more usual way, however, is to detach
the offsets, which are freely produced,
and insert them either in the open border
until the end of autumn or in shallow
boxes in sandy soil. In the case of Eche-
veria secunda glauca. offsets can be in-
duced to form freely by cutting off the
chief rosette of leaves, leaving the thick
fleshy stems in the soil. In a short time
all round the edge of the cut stems offsets
will be produced and may be taken off
and inserted in shallow boxes. The chief
rosette if simply placed on the soil will
in the meantime have taken root and
begun to produce offsets as well. A shady
border is the best place for carrying out
these operations in July and August.
Where offsets are not readily produced
each leaf (which, however, should be pretty
well mature) may be slightly stuck into
dry sand in pans or boxes. After a short
time small plants will develop from the
base of the leaves, and then they shoidd
be gently watered and grown on until
large enough to put into pots singly or
several in boxes or pans.
Seeds are freely ripened and may be
sown in autumn or spring in cold frames,
or in gentle heat in light and rich sandy
soil. When the seedlings are old enough
they rnay be pricked out a couple of inches
apart, and when fully grown are available
for the outdoor garden.
These plants, although not proof against
hard frost, will stand the winter well in
a cold any frame, and can easily be pro-
tected from severe weather by mats.
The Cotyledons and Echeverias are
chiefly used for edging flower borders
from early summer till the end of
autumn.
C. metallica (Echeveria). — A beautiful
Mexican succulent plant, 1-2 ft. or more
high, with a large rosette of broad obovate
spoon-shaped leaves 6 in. or more across
and of a beautiful purplish glaucous metallic
hue. Flowers in summer, yellow, tipped
with red, 30-60 in a loose clustered
panicle.
Culture dc. as above.
C. secunda {Echeveria). — A beautiful
edging plant, native of Mexico. Leaves
in rosettes 3-5 in. wide, wedge-shaped,
glaucous. Flowers during summer, red
and yellow, on long curved stalks, very
beautiful. The variety glauca has bluish-
white leaves; glauca major is a large-
leaved form ; and ra/mosa is a monstrosity
with a flat stern covered with small, green,
abortive leaves.
Culture dc. as above.
C. Sempervivum (Umbilicus Semper-
vivum). — A pretty hardy species 4-6 in.
high, with rosettes of ovate, dull green
leaves tinged with brown. Flowers in
August and September, deep red.
Culture dc. as above.
C. spinosa (Sempervivum spinosum).
A hardy Asiatic species about 1 ft. high.
Lower leaves in rosettes, spoon-shaped,
becoming lance-shaped and flattish up-
wards. Flowers in June, yellow.
Culture dc. as above.
C. Umbilicus. — A hardy British plant
about 6 in. high. Lower leaves shield-
like, roundish, crenated. Flowers in
June, yellow, Useful for the rock garden
or hardy fernery.
Culture dc. as above.
SEDUM (Stoneckop ; Orpine). — A
genus containing about 120 species of suc-
culent, usually prostrate, annual or peren-
nial herbs, sometimes tufted or mossy,
with alternate opposite and whorled
leaves, entire or serrate, rarely laciniated.
Flowers in cymes, hermaphrodite, or
1-sexed by abortion. Calyx 4-5-lobed.
Petals 4-5 (rarely 6-7), free. Stamens
8-10 (rarely 12-14), perigynous. Carpels
4-5, free or rarely united at the base.
Culture and Propagation. — Sediuns
thrive in almost any soil and in any
situation. The dwarf mossy kinds are
at home on rockwork. old walls, rums, as
well as in the border as edgings, or raised
niounds. They are easily increased by
seeds, cuttings, or division, new plants
arising from the tiniest morsels of some
of the plants when put on moist soil in a
shady place, either in early autumn or in
mild weather in spring.
For garden purposes it is unnecessary
to describe the whole 120 species, but the
following will be found a good selection.
S. acre {Wall Pepper). — A smooth
British evergreen 2-4 in. high, with small,
thick, alternate, stalkless leaves, ovate or
nearly round. Flowers in early summer,
yellow. Aureum is a fine variety with
bright golden-yellow leaves in spring, but
not quite so hardy as the type ; elegans is
a silvery-leaved, delicate form ; and majus
SBDUM
STONE C HOP ORDER
SEDUM 439
is a robust one with flowers \ in. across.
Maweanum is another form.
Culture dtc. as above.
S. Aizoon. — A Siberian species 1 ft. or
more high with smooth, rather angular
stems. Leaves stalkless, alternate, 2.1 in.
long, oblong lance-shaped, coarsely and
irregularly toothed, with a prominent mid-
rib. Flowers late in summer, yellow, .1 in.
across, munerous.
Culture dtc. as above.
S. album (S. formosum ; S. neglec-
turn). — A pretty British evergreen with
alternate, spreading, linear-oblong, blunt
leaves I in. long. Flowers in summer,
white, nearly 1 in. across, on pinkish
stems 4-6 in. high. The variety brevi-
folium has shorter and thicker leaves ;
mti-nintluun, smaller flowers, and flattened
leaves ; and teretifolium, with blunt (in-
stead of lance-shaped) petals and sepals
and leaves rather rounded.
Culture dtc. as above.
S. Anacampseros.— A glaucous ever-
green native of Central Europe. Leaves
roundish or obovate, blunt, apiculate,
lobed at the base, and margined with red.
Flowers in July, violet, numerous, about
\ in. across, rarely produced.
Culture dtc. as above.
S. anglicum. A pretty little evergreen
species, native of Britain, and seen best in
a wild state in rocks and banks by the
sea. Leaves ovoid oblong, ^-\ in. long,
swollen at the base. Flowers from June
to August, pure white or rose-tinted, ^ in.
across, on stems 2 in. high.
Culture dtc. as above.
S. caeruleum. — A charming little annual
or biennial from the Mediterranean region.
Leaves tufted, \ in. long, oblong, blunt,
pale green dotted with red. Flowers in
July, pale blue, \ in. across, on stalks 2-3
in. high.
Culture dc. as above.
S. erythrostictum. — A handsome
Japanese species, with erect greenish
stems 1-li ft. high. Leaves 2i in. long,
concave, oblong, sinuate, obscurely
toothed, tapering into short stalks, or ses-
sile. Flowers in autumn, greenish flushed
with pink, nearly i in. across.
Culture dtc. as above.
S. Ewers i. — A somewhat tender
Siberian evergreen. Leaves opposite,
stalkless, roundish, about h in. wide,
entire or slightly sinuate. Flowers late
in summer, pink or pale violet, numerous;
petals dark spotted.
( 'ulture dtc. as above.
S. glandulosum. — A glandular hairy
annual native of Spain, with simple or
forked stems 2 6 in. high. Leaves
scat tend, sessile, | to | in. long, linear
oblong, blunt, cylindric. Flowers in June,
pale reddish-purple, £ in. across.
Culture <(c. as as above.
S. glaucum. — A pretty glaucous ever-
green species, native of Central Europe.
Leaves densely crowded, £ in. long,
linear, glaucous, becoming reddish, tipped
with translucent dots. Flowers in
summer, pinkish - white, }, in. across,
6-parted. This species is also known as
S. dasyphyllitm. The variety platy-
petalwm has 7-9 petals.
S. japonicum. — A pretty Japanese
evergreen. Leaves scattered or opposite,
rather reflexed, oblong spoon-shaped acute,
channelled above, bright green. Flowers
in summer, yellow, \ in. across.
< 'ulture dtc. as above.
S. kamtschaticum (S. selskyanum).
An evergreen species native of Kamts-
chatka, with green or purple branches 6-8
in. long. Leaves about 2 in. long, oblong
obovate, deep green, toothed towards the
apex, with minute warts on the edges.
Flowers late in autumn, yellow, f in.
across, on stalks 4-6 in. high.
Culture dtc. as above.
S. Lydium (S. Uvidum). — A pretty
little species from Asia Minor. Leaves
crowded, \ in. long, linear, roundish,
greenish or tipped with red, lobed at the
base, with minute pimples at the apex.
Flowers late in summer, pinkish, less
than ^ in. across, on shoots 4-5 in. long.
Culture dc. as above. This species is
excellent for edging slopes, footpaths Ac.
or for carpet-bedding.
S. Maximowiczi. — A Siberian Stone-
crop with strong erect stems l|-2 it. high,
furnished with alternate oval lance-shaped
deep green leaves, the upper whorls of
which have crenulate margins. The bril-
liant yellow blossoms appear in July in
large flattish heads well above the foliage.
Culture dc. as above. An excellent
plant for the rockery or border where it
will flourish in rather dry sunny places for
several years without much attention.
440
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
SEDUM
S. maximum. — A native of Europe
and Asia with erect green or purple stems
1-2 ft. high. Leaves stalkless, stem-clasp-
ing, about 3 in. long, ovate acute, more
or less heart-shaped, crenate-toothed.
Flowers late in summer, whitish, on long
stalks ; petals spotted with red at the
apex.
There are many forms of this very
variable species, but hcematodes — a Portu-
guese variety — is perhaps the best of
them all. It has erect purplish stems 2-2^
ft. high, and purplish, oblong ovate, blunt,
coarsely toothed leaves, about 5 in. long,
and flowers as in the type. Atropur-
pv/reum is another deep coloured form.
Culture dc. as above.
S. populifolium. — A Siberian and N.
Amerian Stonecrop with rather woody
branching stems 12-18 in. high, furnished
with alternate stalked bright green leaves,
ovate acute in outline, unequally toothed
on the margins. The starry pink and
white flowers with purple stamens appear
from July to September in dense masses
at the ends of the shoots.
Culture dc. as above. A good plant
for the rock garden facing north or east.
Increased by cuttings of the non-flowering
shoots.
S. pulchellum. — A handsome species
from the United States, with slender
trailing branches 3-6 in. long. Flowers
in summer, rosy-purple, K in. across.
Culture d-c. as above.
S. reflexum (S. collinum ; S. virens).
A variable evergreen species, native of
Britain, Europe &c, with trailing stems.
Leaves in 6-7 rows, crowded into a
conical mass, \-\ in. long, linear awl-
shaped, roundish, swollen at the base,
spreading or abruptly decurved. Flowers
in summer, yellow, f in. across, 4-8-
parted, on stems 8-10 in. high. The
variety monstrosum has flattened stems
and leaves clustered on top as in the
Cockscomb.
Culture dc. as above.
S. roseum (Rhodiola rosea). — Bose
Boot. — A pretty British plant with fleshy
stems 6-18 in. long. Leaves 1-li in. long,
glaucous, larger and more crowded up-
wards, obovate oblong acute, toothed at
the apex. Flowers from May to August,
| in. across, yellow or purplish. There
are one or two varieties. S. involu era turn
from the Caucasus is closely related. It
has flat roundish toothed leaves and flesh-
coloured flowers produced from May to
July.
Culture &c. as above.
S. rupestre. — Another British species
with stout, loosely tufted, green or pinkish
stems. Leaves ^-1 in. long, smooth,
linear-lance -shaped acute, swollen at the
base. Flowers in June and July, | in.
across, golden-yellow, on leafy stems 6 10
in. high. The variety monstrosum is a
rather slow-growing plant with flattened
(fasciated) twisted stems, on the upper
edges of which the glaucous leaves are
borne like the flowers of the Cockscombs.
S. albescens, S. altissimum, and S. ele-
gans, all with yellow flowers, are closely
related and are useful for the decora-
tion of rockwork or for making edging
to borders.
Culture dc. as above.
S. sarmentosum (S.carneumvariega-
turn). — An elegant Chinese Stonecrop with
creeping and rooting stems bearing sessile
linear leaves either opposite or in threes,
and of a bright green edged with white.
The younger leaves are sometimes quite
white. The golden-yellow star-like flow-
ers, although individually insignificant,
are produced in great profusion in cymes
or panicles in June and July.
Culture d-c. as above. An excellent
plant for the rockery or for hanging pots
&c. It is easily increased by cuttings of
the ends of the shoots. In the colder
parts of the country it requires protection
in winter.
S. sempervivoides. — A very pretty
downy species 4-8 in. high, from Asia
Minor. Leaves in dense rosettes like the
House Leek, 1 in. long, obovate wedge-
shaped ; those of the flower stem-clasping,
greenish-red, oblong, acute. Flowers in
July, bright red, over i in. across, on
hairy stalks.
Culture dc. as above.
S. Sieboldi. — A pretty trailing Japa-
nese species, hardy in most parts of the
country but usually grown in greenhouses.
Leaves in whorls of 3, sessile or nearly
so, roundish, sinuate, bluish- green, with
pinky edges, about £ in. wide. Flowers
in August, about \ in. across, pinkish,
numerous ; petals with a green spot on
the back near the top. The variety
variegatum has a central creamy white
SEDUM
STONECROP OliDUR
SEMPEKYIYIM 441
blotch on each leaf. More tender than
the type.
Culture <('■<■. as above. This species,
and its variety especially, is frequently
grown as a pot plant, and may often be
seen hanging in cottagers' windows. It is
a graceful plant for the rockery or for
hanging baskets &c.
S. spathulatum. — A pretty Stonecrop
from British Columbia. It has spoon -
shaped grey-green fleshy leaves and pro-
duces masses of golden-yellow flowers in
summer.
Culture <t'e. as above. This species is
quite hardy and looks effective as an
edging or in the rock garden.
S. spectabile (S. Faba/ria). A vigor-
ous Japanese species, 1 2 ft. high. Leaves
opposite, in pairs alternately crossing,
or in whorls of 3, 3 in. long, barely
stalked, or the upper ones stalkless, ovate,
blunt, or spoon-shaped, entire or slightly
toothed. Flowers in September, pink,
numerous, .1 in. across, twice as long as
the whitish sepals. There is a variegated
form in which the leaves are heavily
blotched with yellowish-white.
Culture ((■(■. as above. This species
makes an excellent pot and a good window-
plant, and will also succeed out of doors
in shady as well as sunny places.
S. stoloniferum (S. dentatum ; S.
denticulatum ; S. spurium). — A Cauca-
sian evergreen with trailing, sometimes
brown-dotted stems. Leaves f-lT m. long,
wedge-shaped, spathulate, coarsely toothed
towards the apex, margined with trans-
lucent pimples. Flowers in July and
August, pink or white, numerous, § in.
across, on reddish stalks about 6 in. long.
8. ibericum is a form with small white
flowers and ciliolate leaves.
Culture etc. as above.
S. Telephium. — A very variable
British plant with stout green or red
spotted stems 1-li ft. high. Leaves 1-3
in. long, ovate or oblong, blunt, flat or
concave, bluntly toothed or serrate.
Flowers in July and August, £ in. across,
rosy- white or speckled, in dense corymbose
cymes.
Culture Ac. as above.
SEMPERVIVUM (House Leek).— A
genus containing 40 to 50 species of thick
fleshy herbs or undershrubs, varied in
habit, often stemless and emitting young
plants from the axils, sometimes caule-
scent and leafy. Leaves alternate, thickly
fleshy , often in dense rosettes, and revolute.
Flowers often in densely panicled cymes.
Calyx 6 8- (rarely 5-) cleft or parted.
Petals 6-8, free, oblong or lance-shaped,
acute or pointed. Stamens usually twice
as many as the petals, rarely equal in
number. Carpels as many as the petals.
Culture dud Propagation. — AH the
hardy House Leeks grow well in dry sandy
soil, and are suitable for the rockery,
on old walls or ruins, as edgings round
beds or borders &c. They are easily
multiplied by detaching the young plants
produced round the base, or from seeds
sown in finely sifted sandy soil, under
glass as soon as ripe, or in spring. As
soon as the young plants are large enough
they may be pricked out into well-drained
sandy soil, and it is safer to cultivate
them in pots in cold frames for the first
year before transferring them to their per-
manent positions in the open air.
S. arachnoideum. — A very distinct
species native of the Pyrenees and Central
Europe. Leaves oblong wedge-shaped, in
dense rosettes, veiled with white cobweb-
like hairs. Flowers in June, bright red,
9-12-parted, less than 1 in. across, on
stems 3 4 in. long. The variety Laggeri
is a large one with rosettes 1.', in.
across.
Culture Sc. as above.
S. arenarium (S. cornutum). — A pretty
Tyrolese species with rosettes of oblanceo-
late acute leaves, minutely ciliated on the
edges, the outer ones tinged with brown,
r,-| in. long. Flowers in summer, pale
yellow, |— | in. across, in dense heads, on
downy stems 6-9 in. high.
Culture (fc. as above.
S. arvernense. — A native of the French
Alps, closely related to S. calcareum, but
having smaller rosettes of oblong ciliate
leaves, which are either smooth or slightly
covered with glandular hairs. The floral
sterns are about 9 in. high, and bear
bright rosy dowers in summer.
Culture drc. as above.
S. atlanticum. — A native of the Greater
Atlas Mountains, with rosettes 2 3 in. in
diameter of oblanceolate wedge-shaped,
pale "green leaves, slightly tipped with
red-brown, fringed on the margins, the
outer leaves 1-1 \ in. long. Flowers in
summer, pale red, 1 in. across, 12-parted.
442
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS sempervivum
on stems about 1 ft. high with leafy red-
brown bracts.
Culture dc. as above.
S. barbatulum. — A distinct species
3 6 in. high, native of the Alps. Leaves
in small rosettes, velvety, ciliated on the
margins and furnished with a dense tuft
of white, cobwebby hairs. Flowers in
summer, bright rose, on stems 3-4 in.
high, with red downy bracts ^-§ in.
long. S. piliferum is closely related to
this. It has smooth blue-green leaves
slightly ciliated at the edges, and webbed
with small white hairs. Flowers rosy.
Culture dtc. as above.
S. Boissieri. — A garden species with
dense rosettes, 2-3 in. in diameter, of
wedge-shaped pointed leaves, over 1 in.
long, ciliated with brown hairs. Flowers
in July, pale red, verv hairy, 1 in. across,
12-14-parted,
Culture dtc. as above.
S. boutignyanum. — A Pyrenean species
with rosettes 2 3 in. in diameter, pale
glaucous green, often lined with red out-
side, brownish-red at the top, pale rose at
the base. Flowers in summer, pale rose,
with darker lines at the base, jj in. across,
12-14-parted, on stems 6-8 in. high.
Culture etc. as above.
S. Brauni. — A Tyrolese species with
rosettes 1-2 in. in diameter. Leaves
glandular downy, outer ones slightly tipped
with purple, f-1 in. long. Flowers in
July, dull yellow with a green keel, f-1 in.
across, 10-12-parted, on downy stems 6-9
in. long.
Culture dc. as above.
S. calcaratum (S. Camollei ; S.
italicum ; S. juratum ; S. Royeni ; S.
rusticanum ; S. Seguieri). — A rather
common plant with rosettes 3-4 in. across.
Leaves 4 in. long, glaucous, distinctly
tipped with red-brown, and edged with
stiffish hairs. Flowers in summer, dull
reddish-white, 1 in. across, on tufted and
branched stems oyer 1 ft. long.
Cultttre dc. as above.
S. calcareum (S. calif ornicum). — A
native of the chalky Alps of Dauphiny,
with rosettes 2 in. hi diameter. Leaves
1-1| in. long, very glaucous, tipped with
red-brown, edged with stiffish hairs.
Flowers in summer, f in. across, pale red
with a greenish keel, densely fringed, 10-
12-parted, on stems less than 1 ft. high.
Culture dc. as above.
S. fimbriatum. — A native of the
European Alps with rosettes 1-1 :] in. in
diameter. Leaves if in. long, green,
strongly fringed with deflexed hairs, and
tipped with purple-red. Flowers in July,
bright red, 1 in. across, on densely glan-
dular hairy stems 6-9 in. high.
Culture dc. as above.
S. flagelliforme. — Supposed to be a
Siberian species. Rosettes 1-1^ in. in
diameter, the leaves pale green, fringed
with short hairs. Flowers in June,
bright red, over 1 in. across, densely glan-
dular hairy outside, on stems 3-4 in. high.
Culture dc. as above.
S. Funcki. — A Tyrolese species with
rosettes 1^-2 in. in diameter, surrounded
by a circle of young ones on bright red
stalks. Leaves green and smooth when
old, fringed with dense hairs, and not
tipped with red-brown. Flowers in July,
rosy, nearly 1 in. across, on densely hairy
stems 6-9 in. high.
Culture dc. as above.
S. glaucum. — A native of the Simplon
Alps, with rosettes 2-3 in. in diameter.
Leaves smooth, edged with hairs, faintly
tipped with reddish-brown. Flowers in
summer, bright red, 1 in. across, with
deep purple filaments ; on stems 6-9 in.
high, hairy above.
Culture dtc. as above.
S. grandiflorum (S. globiferum). —
A native of the Alps, with rosettes about
li in. hi diameter, and numerous round,
brownish-green offsets. Leaves downy,
tipped with reddish-brown. Flowers in
summer, I5-I5 in. across, pale yellow
flushed with purple inside at the base, in
dense heads on stems 3-4 in. high.
Culture dc. as above.
S. hirtum. — A native of Central
Europe. Rosettes 1-1 1 in. in diameter,
covered with soft glandular down, and
fringed on the margins, outer ones faintly
tinted with red. Flowers in June, pale
yellow, on densely hairy stems 6-9 in.
high.
Culture dc. as above.
S. Hueffeli.— A native of S.E. Eu-
rope, with rosettes 1^-2 in. in diameter.
Leaves tinted with bright red-brown on
the upper half, and margins fringed with
stiff hairs. Flowers in August, straw-
yellow with bright red-brown calyx when
old. Flowering stems 6-8 in. high, very
SKMI'KKYIVUM
STONE CE OP OEDEE
SEMPEKVIVUM 443
downy, with reddish -brown leaves £-1 in.
long.
Culture dc. as above.
S. Lamottei. — A native of Central
France. Eosettes 3 4 in. in diameter,
smooth, ciliated, faintly tipped with
reddish-brown. Flowers in summer, 1 in.
across, pale pink, with bright purple fila-
ments, on stems 1 ft. high.
Culture <(■<■. as above.
S. mettenianum. — An Alpine House -
leek with medium-sized rosettes of ciliated
tapering leaves which assume a reddish
tint, especially on the upper surface, in
autumn. The flower stems are 4-6 in.
high with rosy-white blossoms produced
during the greater portion of the summer
and autumn months.
Culture dc. as above.
S. Moggridgei. — Native of the Alps.
Rosettes 2 in. across, green, smooth, with
minutely ciliated margins, the stem
leaves pale green and reddish. Flowers
in September, § in. across, red, on stout
leafy stems 9 in. high.
Culture (('■(■. as above.
S. montanum. — A Pyrenean species
with dense r-osettes over 1^, in. in dia-
meter. Leaves downy and glandular,
ciliated, dark green. Flowers in June,
bright mauve-purple, about 1 in. across,
on leafy stems 6 in. high.
Culture dc. as above.
S. Pittoni. — A native of the Alps with
medium-sized rosettes of velvety downy
leaves fringed with hairs, and having a
purple blotch at the tips. The yellowish
flowers are borne on stalks 3-6 in. high
during the summer months.
Culture dc. as above.
S. Pomelli. — A native of the Alps.
Rosettes 1^-2 in. in diameter. Leaves
hairy on both surfaces, the outer ones
tinged with red. Flowers in Jvdy, bright
rosy-red, about 1 in. across, on densely
hairy and leafy stems, 6 9 in. high.
Culture dc. as above.
S. ruthenicum. — A free-flowering Cau-
casian Houseleek with large rosettes of
velvety downy leaves often fringed with
silvery white hairs, and assuming a red-
dish hue in autumn. The rosy-white
flowers are freely produced during the
summer months on stems 6-9 in. high.
Culture dc. as above.
S. soboliferum (Hen and Chickens
Houseleek). — An Austrian species with
globose rosettes 1—1 A in. across, with
numerous new ones attached by a thread-
like stalk. Leaves minutely ciliated, the
outer ones tinted with bright red-brown.
Flowers in summer, pale yellow, about
1 in. across, on strong stems 6-9 in.
long, quite hidden by the leaves.
Culture dc. as above.
S. tectorum {Bullock's Eye; Com-
mon Houseleek ; Jupiter's Beard ; Sea-
green). — A well-known plant natura-
lised in but not a native of Britain.
Rosettes 3-4 in. in diameter, pale green,
ciliated, distinctly tipped with reddish-
brown. Flowers in summer, f-1 in.
across, pale red, keeled with deep red ;
filaments bright purple. Flower stems
about 1 ft. high, densely hairy. The
variety rusticum (also known as S. Be-
quieni) is distinguished from the type by
its broad rosettes of blue-green leaves.
Culture dc- as above.
S. Wulfeni. — A native of Central
Europe. Rosettes li— 2 in. in diameter.
Leaves somewhat glaucous, tipped with
reddish-brown, with hairy edges. Flowers
in summer, pale yellow, about 1 in.
across, with bright mauve -purple
filaments. Flower stems 6-9 in. long,
densely hairy and leafy.
Culture dc. as above.
XLII. DROSERACEiE— Sundew Order
A curiously interesting order containing about 110 species of annual or
perennial glandular herbs, chiefly remarkable for their fly-catching
propensities. The flowers are hermaphrodite. Calyx 4-8- (rarely 8-) parted
or with free sepals. Petals 5, usually hypogynous, free or united at the base.
Stamens 4-20, hypogynous or perigynous.
Except in botanic gardens, plants of this order are rarely cultivated, and
even then they are not always seen in a happy condition. Where there is a
444
PEACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS corylofsis
moist boggy corner in the rock garden, some of the Sundews like Drosera
rotundifolia may be tried ; also the Venus's Flytrap Dionaa muscipula from
N. America, or Drosophylhim lusitaniciim from Portugal ; or during winter
in cold frames in mossy and peaty soil.
XLIII. HAMAMELIDEiE— Witch Hazel Order
A peculiar order containing 30 species of smooth or downy trees and shrubs,
with usually alternate stalked leaves, simple entire or toothed, deciduous or
persistent, stipulate. Flowers 1-sexed or hermaphrodite, usually united in
dense heads. Calyx tube more or less adnate to the ovary ; limb truncate or
5-lobed. Petals 4-8, rarely absent, perigynous or nearly epigynous,
linear-spathulate or obovate, sometimes reduced to scales or deficient on
one side. Stamens 4 or more, perigynous, usually inserted at the mouth of
the calyx. Ovary inferior or half-inferior ; styles awl-shaped, straight or
recurved.
PARROTIA. — A genus with 2
species of trees or shrubs, having oblong
or roundish deciduous crenate leaves, and
large stipides. Calyx bell-shaped, with
5-7 persistent, leathery lobes. Petals
none. Stamens 5-7. Styles 2.
P. persica {Iron Tree). — A beautiful
small Persian tree about 10 ft. high, with
ovate-oblong, deep green leaves which
change to orange or yellow and cx-imson
in autumn, and look very handsome.
Flowers in February, chiefly conspicuous
by the numerous crimson-tipped stamens.
Culture and Propagation. — Grown
against a wall facing south or west, this
tree is perfectly hardy, and thrives in
ordinary good garden soil. It may be
increased by layers in summer and
autumn, or by seeds sown under glass.
FOTHERGILLA.— This genus con-
tains only one species described below
with the generic characters : —
F. alnifolia. — A pretty dwarf strag-
gling deciduous shrub with crooked
branches, 3-6 ft. high, native of N.E.
America. Leaves obovate, obscurely or
at the apex largely toothed, clothed
with soft, starry down. Stipules twin,
small. Flowers in April and May, white,
sweet-scented, in dense spikes, before the
leaves appear. Calyx tube bell-shaped,
5-7-toothed. Petals none. Stamens
about 24. This species is now called
F. Gardeni.
Among the varieties are acuta, with
narrow, ovate acute leaves ; major, with
ovate-oblong leaves, somewhat lobed at
the base ; obtusa, leaves obovate, crenate
at the top, downy beneath when young ;
serotina, leaves oblong-acute, crenately
toothed at the top.
Culture and Propagation. — This
shrub and its varieties flourish in sandy
peat and loam, in warm and well-drained
situations, and may be trained on a wall
like the Parrotia. It may be increased by
layering the branches in late summer or
autumn, or by means of seeds sown as
soon as ripe in cold frames, or in spring in
the same way.
CORYLOPSIS. — A genus with 3
or 4 species of ornamental deciduous
Hazel-like shrubs. Calyx tube 5-parted.
Petals 5, obovate spoon-shaped. Stamens
5, alternating with 5 truncate scales.
Culture and Propagation. — These
pecvdiar plants require the same treatment
as the Witch Hazels belonging to the next
genus Hamamelis. They thrive in rich
sandy loam or well-drained good garden
soil and may be increased by ayering
the ripened shoots in autumn, or by sow-
ing the seeds in cold frames when ripe, or
in spring. The Corylopsis are valuable
for their early-flowering properties in
spring, and are quite as beautiful and
useful when in blossom as the Witch
Hazels.
C. himalayana. — A shrub about 6 ft.
high, native of the Khasia Mts. and
Bhotan. Leaves roundish ovate or acute,
often lobed at the base, plaited, smooth
above, silky or downy beneath. Flowers
CORYLOPSIS
WITCH HAZEL ORDER
HAMAMBLIS 445
in March, yellow or white, in drooping
racemes at the ends of the branches.
Culture dc. as above.
C. pauciflora. — A Japanese species
resembling C. sulcata in habit, the colour
and scent of its flowers ; it is, however,
a dwarfer plant with smaller leaves and
fewer flowers in a raceme produced in
March and April.
Culture dc. as above.
C. spicata. — A pretty Japanese shrub
8-4 ft. high. Leaves long-stalked, acutely
heart-shaped, strongly feather-veined
and serrated, somewhat hoary beneath.
Flowers in February, pale yellow, scented
like Cowslips, and issuing singly from
a greenish-yellow bract, in drooping
racemes 2 3 in. long.
Culture dc. as above.
HAMAMELIS (Witch Hazel).— A
genus with only a few species of deciduous
shrubs or bushes. Leaves roundish,
unequal at the base, crenate- toothed.
Calyx 4-parted, persistent. Petals 4,
elongated linear, persistent, or absent in
the female flowers. Stamens 4, alter-
nating with 4 scales. Styles 2, short.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Witch Hazels thrive in a moist sandy
loam and are very effective as winter-
flowering shrubs when grown in masses
or beds by themselves. They are
increased by layers chiefly, but also from
seeds sown when ripe in cold frames, or
in spring ; and by grafting on stocks of
H. virginica raised from seeds.
H. arborea. — A pretty Japanese tree
15-20 ft. high. Flowers in winter from
December to February, while the branches
are still in a leafless state ; petals twisted,
clear, rich, primrose-yellow ; calyx deep
claret.
Culture dc. as above. This is one of
the most charming and conspicuous flow-
ering shrubs in bloom during the dull
months of the year. Its peculiarly twisted
yellow flowers can be seen for a great
distance, especially if several plants are
grown in a bold group. They require but
very little pruning ; just cutting out any
old or useless branches after flowering is
over being sufficient. If the ground be-
neath is carpeted with Snowdrops, Scillas,
Crocuses, Eranthis hyemalis &c. the
bareness will be hidden and a good effect
produced.
H. japonica. — Another Japanese shrub
smaller than H. arborea, and with lemon-
yellow flowers. It resembles H. virgin ica
but differs in having larger flowers with
dull purple calyx lobes.
Culture dc. as above.
H. mollis. — A pretty Chinese Witch
Hazel of recent introduction. It has
leaves much larger than the other Asiatic
species, being 4-5 in. long and 2o-3i in.
wide, and also covered with a soft felt-like
down on the under surface. The Sowers
appear in January and February and are
borne on the leafless twigs. They re-
semble those of H. arborea, but are of a
brighter yellow, although the petals are
not so twisted.
Culture dc. as above.
H. virginica. — A N. American shrub
about 0 ft. high, with obovate, sharply
toothed leaves on short stalks. Flowers
from October to February, rich yellow,
in great profusion, on the leafless
branches.
Culture Sc. as above.
H. zuccariniana. — This is botanically
only a variety of H. japonica, but very dis-
tinct from a garden point of view. It is
very free-flowering, with pale yellow
petals and a greenish-brown calyx.
Culture de. as above.
LOROPETALUM.— A genus con-
taining only the species described below
with generic characters : —
L. chinense. — An ornamental ever-
green shrub about 4 ft. high, native of the
Khasia Mts. to China. Leaves dark
green, alternate, oblong, entire, nerved
beneath. Stipules membranaceous, de-
ciduous. Flowers in autumn, white, 6-8
in a crowded head at the ends of the
branches. Calyx tube 4-cleft. Petals 4,
linear-elongated, somewhat twisted.
Stamens 4, epigynous. Ovary half-
superior ; styles 2, awl -shaped.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species thrives in light rich soil, and
may be increased by seeds sown in cold
frames when ripe or in spring ; by cuttings
of the half-ripened shoots in sandy soil
under a handlight ; or by layers in the
autumn.
LIQUIDAMBAR.— A genus con-
taining 4 species of ornamental, balsam-
bearing, deciduous trees, with alternate,
slender-stalked, palmately lobed, Maple-
like glandulose-serrate leaves. Flowers
446
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS gunnbra
in small heads usually 1-sexed ; very
rarely somewhat hermaphrodite ; male
flowers often in racemes, without calyx
and corolla. Stamens clustered, shortly
stalked ; females solitary, with a con-
fluent calyx, and no petals, surrounded
by scales.
Culture and Propagation. — Liquid-
ambars like a moist loamy soil and
somewhat sheltered situations. New
plants may be obtained from layers made
in autumn and allowed to remain for
about 12 months before detaching. Seeds
which have to be imported) take a very
ong time — perhaps 12 months — to ger-
minate, but soaking in warm water may
facilitate the process. When the young
plants are 6 9 in. high, they may be
planted out in mild showery weather in
spring.
L. orientalis (L. imberbe). — A large,
slow-growing bush 10 20 ft. high, native
of the Levant, with usually palmately
5-lobed, smooth leaves resembling some
of the Maples.
Culture dc. as above.
L. styraciflua (Sweet Gum). — A
beautifid N. American Maple-like tree
30 50 ft. high in a wild state. Leaves
palmately lobed, with the sinuses at the
base of the veins, hairy. Flowers in
spring, greenish-yellow.
Culture dc. as above.
XLIV. HALORAGEiE
A natural order containing about 80 species of herbs or usually perennial
aquatic or terrestrial undershrubs. Leaves opposite, alternate, or whorled,
simple, entire or toothed, the submerged ones often pectinately pinnatifid.
Stipules none, or adnate to the leafstalk as in Gunnera. Flowers usually
axillary, solitary or clustered, sometimes in a raceme, spike, or panicle, or
corymbose ; hermaphrodite or 1-sexed, often minute, frequently incomplete.
Calyx lobes and petals 2, 4, or none, the latter concave, deciduous, valvate or
imbricated at the margins. Stamens 2-8, rarely 1 or 3, large, with short fila-
ments. Ovary ovoid, oblong, or shortly cylindrical, flattened or 2-8-angled or
ribbed, rarely 2-4-winged. Styles 1-4, with papillose or feathery stigmas.
rather by detaching the thick bud-like
shoots which form all round the base.
Each shoot should be carefully planted in
light rich soil in earty autumn or in spring,
and if started under the protection of cold
frames so much the better.
Seeds may also be sown when ripe in
cold frames or in gentle heat in spring,
but it is rather a tedious process obtaining
plants in this way as a rule. When well
germinated the seedlings should be care-
fully pricked out, and it is best to grow
them on in cold frames until they have
become large sturdy plants. The following
species are best known : —
G. manicata. — A noble -looking plant
from the frosty regions of South Brazil.
Leaves A-ll ft. in diameter, roundish
heart-shaped and deeply lobed, and borne
on stout stalks 4-6 ft. high.
Culture dc. as above. This species is
perfectly hardy as far north as Aberdeen,
with a slight protection of leaves in severe
winters.
GUNNERA (Prickly Rhubarb).— A
genus containing 11 species of scapigerous
perennial herbs with large, stalked, ovate
or roundish heart-shaped, simple or lobed,
crenate, thick, leathery, often wrinkled
leaves, all springing from the creeping
rhizome. Flowers greenish, minute, in
dense spikes or branched panicles.
Culture and Propagation. — Gunneras
thrive in rich moist loam and are effective
when jiidiciously planted in sunny places
on the edges of lakes, streams &c, where
they can be sheltered by the surrounding
vegetation from the violent winds. The
huge Rhubarb-like leaves die down on the
approach of winter. While dormant the
rootstocks are best covered over with dry
leaves until the spring, when the covering
may be removed, so as not to weaken the
yoimg growths, although in mild winters
this precaution is scarcely necessary.
The old leaves themselves make excellent
coverings for the crowns. Gimneras are
increased by dividing the rootstock or
LEPTOSPEKMUM
MYRTLE ORDER
EUCALYPTUS 447
G. scabra. — A splendid Chilian
species, with leaves 4-7 ft. across, borne
on stout, prickly stalks 3-6 ft. long.
Flowers reddish, small, very numerous, in
a large, erect, club-shaped spike. A fine
plant for sheltered places on the lawn or
in grass. I saw a splendid specimen of
this species in a garden at Clovelly a few
years ago, and it must have been about
16 or 17 ft. in diameter then and about
10 ft. high, although I believe it was shel-
tered by a shrubbery on every side except
the north.
Culture <tc. as above.
XLV. MYRTACEiE -Myrtle Order
A large order containing 76 genera and about 1800 species of trees, shrubs,
or undershrubs, very few of which unfortunately are hardy in our climate.
Leaves simple, entire, or rarely obscurely crenate-serrate, opposite or alternate.
Flowers regular or nearly so, hermaphrodite, or polygamously abortive.
Calyx lobes 4-5, rarely 6 8 or 3. Petals 4 5, rarely 6, or fewer or none by
abortion. Stamens numerous. Ovary inferior, rarely half-superior.
LEPTOSPERMUM.— A genus con-
taining about 25 species of smooth or
silky -haired small trees or shrubs, with
small alternate rigid leaves. Flowers
white, often polygamous, borne in twos or
threes at the ends of the shoots, or solitary
in the axils of the leaves. Calyx tube
more or less broadly bell -shaped with 5
herbaceous or membranous segments.
Petals 5, spreading. Stamens numerous,
free.
Culture and Propagation. — Lepto-
spermums are chiefly met with in botanic
gardens, and are then usually grown in
cool greenhouses. L. scoparium, however,
described below, flowers profusely at
Belvoir Castle, Grantham, the seat of the
Duke of Rutland, and Mr. Divers says it
was quite uninjured by 12° frost in
January. It requires to be planted in a
warm corner, and enjoys a soil composed
of peat loam and sand in about equal pro-
portions. Cuttings of the shoots may be
rooted during the summer months under
a handglass. Seeds, if obtainable, may
also be raised in gentle heat in spring.
L. lanigerum.— A beautiful Australian
shrub 3 6 ft. high with silky-haired obo-
vate leaves about h in. long. The beautiful
white starry flowers, % in. across, with
roundish petals, appear from July to Sep-
tember and wreathe the branches for
about 6 in. Their general appearance and
colour strongly remind one of the flowers
of Saxifraga burseriana (p. 418).
Culture dtc. as above. This species
has been found perfectly hardy in the open
air in various parts of the United Kingdom,
notably in the north of Ireland and in
Lancashire. It is a shrub that is well
worth growing, and although it was first
introduced to cultivation as long ago as
1774 it is still practically unknown outside
botanic gardens.
L. scoparium. A beautiful New Zea-
land shrub 4 5 ft. high, with ovate mucro-
nate leaves, which when rubbed between
the hands give off a pleasant and fragrant
odour. It produces masses of reddish-lilac
flowers in January and February, about
o-f in. across, which are particularly wel-
come at this season of the year out of
doors.
Culture dtc. as above.
EUCALYPTUS (Gum Tree). — A
genus containing over 100 species of
mostly Australian trees, some of which
attain a height of over 400 ft. in their
native country. They are recognised by
their entire leathery often glaucous leaves,
which in the young trees are opposite,
becoming alternate on the same trees
with age, and variable in shape. Pe-
duncles axillary or bearing 3-15 flowers
in an umbel rarely with only one flower.
Calyx-tube pear-shaped or bell-shaped,
truncate at the apex, entire or remotely
4-toothed. Petals enclosed in a leathery
calyptra, or top-shaped capsule opening
at the top. Stamens numerous, free.
Culture and Projyagation. — Only com-
paratively few species of Eucalyptus are
grown in this country, and these chiefly
for sub-tropical gardening during the
summer months. E. globulus is the
most popular species for this purpose
owing to its graceful habit and its beauti-
ful glaucous, ovate-lance-shaped, curved
leaves, which look beautiful waving in
the breeze.
448
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
MYRTUS
In the mildest parts of the south of
England and Ireland some of the Euca-
lypti may live for years and attain a
goodly size, hut in less favoured parts
they will not survive the winter. For
subtropical bedding purposes, the im-
ported seeds should be sown about August.
They sprout freely, and the seedlings may
be grown on during the winter in a cool
greenhouse or cold frame. By this means
they will be much larger and stronger for
planting out in May or June than plants
obtained from seeds sown in sprmg. The
following are some of the best kinds for
cultivation in the open air : — ■
E. coccifera. — This is a native of Tas-
mania and in the mildest parts of the
kingdom it will form a small tree recog-
nisable by its blue-green appearance. The
leaves are mostly ovate lance-shaped,
falcate, more or less tapering to a point,
and from 4 to 6 in. long.
Culture dt-c. as above.
E. Gunni — the Cider Tree of Tasmania
— is perhaps the hardiest of all the
Eucalypti for this country. For several
years a tree of it grew in Kew Gardens
and reached a height of about 30 ft., but
it was killed at last by the winter of
1894-5. It forms a bush-like tree, and
the branches are furnished with ovate
lance-shaped or elliptic leaves 1£-2| in.
long.
Culture (('r. as above.
E. urnigera. — This is another Tas-
manian species which has been proved
more or less hardy in the mildest parts of
the kingdom in ordinary winters. It has
dull green narrow lance-shaped acute
leathery leaves 3-4 in. long, borne on
twiggy branches with olive-green bark.
At Whittingharne Gardens, Prestonkirk,
N.B., there is a tree of this species which
in 1887 was 60 ft. high, although it had
been cut down to the ground by frost in
1860.
Mr. John Garrett, the gardener at
Whittinghame, writes in reference to this
particular plant : — ' The tree is still in
vigorous health. Its height is now (1900)
75 ft. and girth of main trunk 12 ft. 7 in.
'I have raised numerous seedlings from
it. The first I raised was sown in Sep-
tember 1887, one of which is now 38 '> feet
high, and stem 1 ft. 10 in. This tree was
twice transplanted, or it would doubtless
have been much larger. We have planted
quantities of it out in the woods also.
With regard to the variety, I cannot say
positively what it is. Authorities have
differed so much regarding it. For ex-
ample, the late Mr. Bentham, and the late
Professor Balfour, of Edinburgh Botanic
Gardens, considered it to be E.viuiinalis.
Sir J. Hooker names it E. urnigera, and
Baron Miiller called it E. Gunni. I have
grown E. Gunni (true variety) here also,
and must say that it resembles E. Whit-
tinghamii more than any other sort I
have seen, and yet there is the difference
that while the leaves of Gunni are oppo-
site or nearly so, those of Whittinghamii
are distinctly alternate, and have each a
stalk of considerable length. I have also
raised plants of E. urnigera, but coidd see
no resemblance here whatever. In fact,
the sorts are totally distinct. I have tried
a great many sorts here, including E.
coccifera, and had them up to about 18
feet in height, but all were killed in the
spring of 1895, except our own variety,
which was almost uninjured. One other
variety was killed to about 2 feet from the
ground, viz. E. vernicosa, which broke
away again, and is now a nice plant about
10 ft. high. My own opinion is that E.
Whittinghamii is a natural hybrid. The
seed was originally brought from Australia
by Lord Salisbury.'
Culture dc. as above.
MYRTUS (Myrtle). — A genus
containing over 100 species of smooth,
woolly, or downy shrubs, with opposite
feather- veined leaves. Calyx lobes and
petals 4-5. Stamens numerous, free.
Ovary free. Fruit a berry.
M. communis (Common Myrtle). — A
native of S. Europe 3-10 ft. high, with
ovate, or lanceolate acute, deep green,
shining leaves. Flowers in July, white,
having the numerous golden-knobbed
stamens much protruding. There are
many varieties of the common Myrtle
known as the Dutch, Italian, Roman,
Rosemary or Thyme-leaved, Box-leaved
&c, all beautiful and fragrant.
Culture and Propagation. — Except
in the mildest parts of the country, the
Myrtle requires the shelter of a wall. It
likes a rich loamy soil with leaf mould,
and during the summer months should
not want for plenty of water. A good
syringing every evening is very beneficial
and gives the plants a beautiful fresh
appearance and induces new growth.
Sometimes the Myrtle is grown in pots,
MYKTUS
LOOSESTRIFE ORDER
RHEXIA 449
and kept in ordinary living rooms during
the winter, with an occasional watering and
a sponging of the foliage with tepid water.
The Myrtle may be increased by eat-
ings of the ripe or almost ripe shoots
inserted in sandy soil under a glass, or
the lower branches may be Layered in the
autumn and detached when well-rooted
the following year. The seeds when ob-
tainable may also be sown as soon as ripe
in cold frames, or better still in gentle
bottom heat.
M. Ugni {Eugenia Ugni). — A beauti-
ful Chilian shrub 4-6 ft. high with deep
green shining ovate acute leaves, the
margins of which are slightly rerlexed.
Flowers in summer, white, with nume-
rous protruding stamens, and succeeded
by roundish red or Mack berries, which
have a pleasant taste and an agreeable
aroma.
Culture d-c. as above for the Common
Myrtle.
XLVI. MELASTOMACEiE
A large order containing 134 genera and 1,800 species, consisting chiefly of
erect trees and shrubs, with opposite, exstipulate, paralled- veined leaves, and
flowers in panicles, spikes, cymes or corymbs. The genus Rhcxia described
below is the only representative of the order hardy out of doors in the
British Isles.
RHEXIA. A genus including 7
species of erect branching herbs or under-
shrubs. Leaves oblong, shortly stalked,
3-nerved, entire or bristly serrulate.
Flowers solitary or cymose, regular,
hermaphrodite. Calyx tube oblong, bell-
shaped, 4-lobed. Petals 4, obovate. Sta-
mens 8, anthers with a pore at the apex,
and a spur at the base. Ovary free,
smooth, 4-celled.
Culture and Propagation. — Rhexias
thrive in good peaty soil, and may be
increased by dividing the rootstocks
in early autumn or in spring. This
operation however should not be per-
formed more often than necessary, as the
plants do not bear disturbance very well.
In any case, only large clumps should be
divided, and that as carefully as possible.
They are excellent for massing in the
front of borders, flower-beds &c., with
taller plants as a background. They are
all natives of Eastern N. America.
R. ciliosa. — A species 1-1 i ft. high,
with smooth, 4-angled stems. Leaves
aboxit 1 in. long, ovate, 3-ribbed, and
bristly above.
August, purple,
leafy cyme.
( 'ulture lie as above
Flowers in July and
1-1. 2 in. across, few on a
R. mariana. — A bristly plant 1-2 ft.
high, with round or 6-angled stems.
Leaves lance-shaped acute, bristly, ser-
i-ate, 3-ribbed. Flowers from July to
September, purple, 1.1-2 in. across, hairy
outside.
Culture Sc. as above. Owing to the
brilliant crimson-scarlet tint assumed by
the foliage of this species in autumn it
should be planted in bold masses to secure
a fine effect at that season.
R. virginica (Deer Grass; Meadow
Beauty). — A bristly species 6-12 in. high,
with 4-angled stems. Leaves ovate and
ovate-lance-shaped, somewhat acute, ses-
sile, bristly serrate, 3-5-nerved and covered
with short bristly hairs. Flowers in July
and August, bright purple or red, with a
cluster of yellow-spurred stamens in the
centre.
Culture d'-e. as above.
XLVII. LYTHRARIEiE— Loosestrife Order
This order contains about 250 species of trees, shrubs, or herbs of varied
habit, often with 4-angled branches. Leaves usually opposite exstipulate.
Flowers usually hermaphrodite, regular or rarely irregular. Calyx usually
free, persistent, tubular, or bell-shaped, 3-12-lobed or toothed, valvate.
450
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS lythrum
Petals as many as the lobes or teeth of the calyx, rarely fewer or none, often
crumpled and clawed. Stamens definite or rarely numerous.
CUPHEA (Cigar Plant).— A genus
with 90 species of herbs or small shrubs,
often clammy and smooth - stemmed.
Leaves opposite or whorled, rarely alter-
nate. Calyx and tube elongated, ribbed,
coloured, produced below into a spur, with
6 primary teeth, and 6 secondary smaller
ones. Petals usually 6, clawed, the two
upper ones usually larger. Stamens 11,
the upper one missing, enclosed or pro-
truding.
Culture and Propagation. — Cupheas
are not strictly hardy plants, but as they
are used so much for beds and borders in
summer, they deserve notice here. They
are increased by cuttings in brisk bottom
heat in spring, or better still, seed may
be sown in January or February in heat,
and pricked out and potted on until plant-
ing-out time at the end of May. If grown
in rich sandy soil they will be good plants
by that time. The kinds mentioned below
are best known. They should be planted
in masses, each plant being 9 to 12 in. or
thereabouts apart. In this way they will
assist each other in producing a glowing
effect.
C. eminens (C. jorullensis). — A grey-
ish-green or whitish-looking Mexican
plant about 2 ft. high with oblong lance-
shaped acute leaves covered with down.
The numerous flowers are borne in long
terminal spikes in summer, and the
velvety hairy calyx is of a bright orange-
red colour.
Culture dec. as above.
C. ignea (C. platy centra). — A native
of Mexico about 1 ft. high, with deep ruby
stems, lance-shaped-pointed leaves, and
bright scarlet, cylindrical flowers in July
and August, with a black and white ex-
panded limb, the whole flower resembling
a miniature cigar with an ashy tip.
Culture dc. as above.
C. lanceolata. — A pretty branching
Mexican annual 12-18 in. high, with
alternate or opposite ovate lance-shaped
downy leaves. The flowers appear in
summer, and vary a good deal in colour
from bright rose to purple or carmine and
scarlet, the two upper and larger petals
sometimes having a deep purple blotch at
the base. There is a dwarf variety called
nana, which does not often exceed 9-12
in. in height.
Culture dtc. as above.
C. miniata. — A Mexican perennial
about 2 ft. high, with ovate-pointed leaves
covered with white bristles. Flowers
from June to September, pale vermilion.
The variety Llavea has larger leaves, and
bright purple, cylindrical, hairy tubes,
with crumpled oblong petals, and woolly
stamens.
Culture dtc. as above.
C. silenoides. — A Mexican annual
12-18 in. high, closely resembling C.
lanceolata. The conspicuous flowers
appear from June to October, and have a
rosy-purple calyx with deeper coloured
stripes, and purple-brown petals, while
the throat of the calyx tube is furnished
with rosy-white hairs.
Culture dc. as above.
C. strigillosa (C. cyanea). — A much-
branched Mexican species 12-18 in. high,
with downy oval oblong acute leaves, and
clusters of yellow and red flowers in
summer. The clammy calyx is red at the
base, and yellowish at the apex, while the
petals are purple-red.
Culture dc. as above.
C. Zimapani. — A beautiful Mexican
species about 2 ft. high. Flowers in
autumn, deep rich pmple, with a paler
border.
Culture dc. as above.
LYTHRUM (Loosestrife). — A
genus containing 12 species of smooth
or downy herbs or undershrubs, with
4-angled stems. Leaves opposite, rarely
whorled or alternate. Flowers in the
axils of the upper leaves, solitary or
cymose. Calyx tube cylindrical, 8-12-
ribbed, straight, 4-6-toothed. Petals 4-6,
obovate, sometimes unequal or none.
Stamens 8-12, rarely fewer.
Culture and Projyagation. — Lythrums
are easily grown in ordinary garden soil,
and may be increased by division in
autumn or spring. If left undisturbed in
a few years they spread over large areas
and stifle other plants near them with
their rather rank growth. The seeds are
shed, and often masses of seedlings may
be seen shooting up in spring all around
the parent plant. It is necessary therefore
LYTHKIM
EVENING PRIMROSE ORDER
KI'ILOBIUM 451
to keep the Loosestrifes within bounds
in the rougher parts of the garden or by
the banks of streams, lakes, ponds &c.
L. alatum. — A pretty half- shrubby X.
American species 1-4 ft. high, with twiggy
4-angled branches. Leaves ovate oblong
acute, rather lobed at the base, sessile,
or nearly so. Flowers in summer and
autumn, beautiful purple.
Culture ,!c. as above.
L. Salicaria (Common Pv/rple Loose-
strife).— A native plant 2 5 ft. high, with
lanceolate leaves lobed at the base.
Flowers in July, reddish-purple, in
whorled leafy spikes, almost sessile,
petals 6-7. There are two fine varieties,
roseiuii and superbum.
Culture ilc as above. This hand-
some plant is excellent at the sides of
streams, ponds &c.
L. virgatum. A native of Siberia 2 •'!
ft. high, with lance-shaped leaves, nar-
rowed towards the base. Flowers in
summer, purple, in threes, distinctly
stalked.
< 'ulture >(■(■. as above.
PUNICA (Pomegranate). A genus
with only 1 species, here described with
the generic characters : —
P. Granatum. A handsome deciduous
tree 15-30 ft. high, native of Cabul and
Persia, with oblong or lance-shaped entire
leaves. Flowers from June to September,
red, 2 5 together, almost sessile, near the
ends of the branches. Calyx persistent,
thick, fleshy, 5-7 -lobed. Petals 5 7 in-
serted in the throat of the calyx, lance-
shaped, crumpled. Stamens several.
The double variety flore plcno is hand-
some ; and nana is a much smaller plant
than the type.
The imported fruit of the Pomegranate
is well known. It is remarkable in being
composed of 2 sets of carpels, one above
the other, and the seeds are embedded in
a pellucid pulp.
Culture ami Propagation. — Only in
favoured spots or on sheltered walls does
the Pomegranate produce its flowers in
this country, and very seldom its leathery
skinned fruits. It thrives in a rich loamy
soil, and when not trained against a south
wall, or grown as a bush, it is sometimes
treated as a pot or tub plant like Oranges,
and kept in a greenhouse during the
winter. It may be increased from seeds
sown in gentle heat ; by cuttings of the
half-ripened shoots in gentle heat under a
bell-glass ; or by layers, suckers, or graft-
ing, the latter process being reserved for
fine coloured varieties.
XLVIII. ONAGRARIE^— Evening Primrose Order
An order with over 20 genera and 300 species of annual or perennial scent-
less herbs, rarely shrubs, or trees. Leaves opposite and alternate, usually
•entire, dentate or serrate. Stipules none. Flowers usually hermaphrodite,
regular, axillary and solitary, or spicate, or racemose, near the ends of
the branches. Calyx-tube adnate to the ovary ; limb, with usually 2-4 large,
valvate, frequently coloured lobes. Petals often 2-4, rarely none, fugacious,
twisted. Stamens 1-8, very rarely 5, 6, or 12. Ovary inferior, 1-6 very
often 4-celled. Fruit various, capsular or berry-like.
EPILOBIUM (Willow Herb).— A
genus with 50 species of erect, decumbent,
or creeping herbs or undershrubs, having
alternate and opposite, entire or toothed
leaves. Calyx tube slender, scarcely pro-
duced bevond the ovary, linear, 4-angled
or roundish ; limb 4-parted, deciduous.
Petals 4, obovate or obcordate, erect or
spreading. Stamens 8, alternately short
and long. Ovary 4-celled ; style thread-
like, with an oblique club-shaped or 4-
lobei stigma. Capsule 4-angled, opening
between the cells.
Culture and Propagation. — The
kinds mentioned below are the only ones
of any garden value. They thrive in
any garden soil, and in any situation, and
require to be kept in check, or they will
soon choke choicer plants in a border or
shrubbery. They may also be used with
effect near water. Easily increased by
seeds sown in the open border as soon as
G G 2
452
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS clakki\
ripe or in spring, covering the seed beds
with lights in case of severe weather ; or
by division of the rootstocks in autumn or
in spring. The following are a few of the
best kinds : —
E. angustifolium (French Willow or
Rose Bay). — A vigorous and rapidly
spreading British plant 3-6 ft. high,
with lance-shaped, wavy, Willow-like
leaves, and spiked racemes of crimson
flowers in July. There is a charming
pure white variety.
Culture dc. as above.
E. Dodonaei (E. Halleri). — A Euro-
pean species 1 ft. high, with linear
obscurely toothed leaves. Flowers in
July, deep rose, large, crowded near the
top of the branches.
Culture dc. as above.
E. hirsutum (Codlins and Cream).
A British and European species 3-5 ft.
high, covered with a soft clammy down,
and exhaling a peculiar acid scent.
Leaves opposite below, alternate above,
ovate lance- shaped, hairy, toothed, half
stem-clasping. Flowers in July, usually
pale pink, sometimes white.
Culture dc. as above. This species
naturally likes moist places, and may be
used in masses at the edges of streams,
ponds (.tc. for effect in the same way as the
purple Loosestrife.
E. luteum. — A pretty N. American
Willow Herb 6-9 in. high, with slender
stems and broad, bright green leaves.
The pale yellow flowers about an inch
across appear in summer in clusters at
the tips of the shoots.
Culture dc. as above. This species
should be planted in a warm position
sheltered from the north and east winds.
E. obcordatum. — A charming Califor-
nian species, low-growing, and suitable
for moist well-drained parts of the rock
garden. Leaves opposite, ovate, stalk-
less, glaucous, l-\ in. long. Flowers in
summer, bright rose-purple, large.
Culture dc. as above.
E. rosmarinifolium (E. august issi-
muvi). — A pretty European species 2
it. high, with linear obscurely toothed
leaves like the Bosemary. Flowers in
July, red, crowded near the top of the
branches.
Culture dc. as above. This species
makes elegant tufts and produces a grand
effect when grown in masses. Owing to
its comparative dwarfness it may be
utilised for the decoration of the rock
garden, and grown in light rich sandy
soil.
ZAUSCHNERIA (Californian
Fuchsia ; Humming Bird's Trumpet). —
A genus with only one species : —
Z. californica. — A handsome downy
branched shrub about 1 ft. high, native of
California and Mexico. Leaves sessile,
linear lance-shaped, downy, entire or
finely toothed, lower ones opposite ; upper
ones alternate. Flowers in summer and
autumn, bright red, in loose drooping
spikes at the ends of the branches. Calyx
tube linear, 4-angled, roundish or inflated
at the base. Petals 4, obovate, 2-lobed.
Stamens 8, alternately shorter. Ovary
4-celled ; style with a 4-lobed stigma.
Capsule linear, 4-angled.
Culture and Propagation. — In
bleak localities this plant requires pro-
tection of the rootstock in winter by
ashes, leaves &c, but it grows well in
warm sheltered positions. The plants
may be increased by sowing seeds in
March in gentle heat, or by dividing the
rootstocks about the same time. Cuttings
of the non-flowering shoots may also be
inserted in sandy soil under handlights in
autumn, and again in spring, and this
method may be adopted for perpetuating
the finest coloured varieties. Of these
there appear to be several, among them
one named mexica/na, which seems to be
more hairy than the type, and with more
brilliant flowers. The variety latifolia
has broader whitish hairy leaves, and
rather smaller flowers with a dull red
calyx. This species has been found to
flourish not only in good rich garden soil,
but also in stiff clay, which was baked
and cracked by the summer sun. Where
the poor shy blooming varieties exist
they are sure to cause disappointment,
but there is nothing so fine as a good
clump of the best forms.
CLARKIA. — A genus having a few
species of smooth or hairy branching
annuals, with alternate linear or lance -
shaped, entire or toothed leaves. Flowers
axillary, solitary, or in terminal racemes.
Calyx tube linear, 4-angled ; limb 4-
parted. Petals 4-clawed, dilated, entire,
or 3-lobed. Stamens 8.
Culture and Propagation. — Clarkias
are very showy plants in the border and
grow well in ordinary garden soil. They
<enotiii:i; \
EVENINa /'///.1///O.S7-: ORDER
OENOTHEBA 453
may be raised from seeds sown out of
doors either in spring or autumn, and
when planted out to flower a distance of
about a foot should be between them.
They produce charming masses of colour
in the flower border during the summer
and autumn months.
C. elegans. — A pretty California!!
annual with purplish stems, 1.1 to 2 ft.
high. Leaves ovate lance-shaped, smooth,
dentate. Flowers in summer, rich crim-
son, with kidney-shaped, long-clawed
petals. There are several varieties
including pure white, rose &c. Purple
King and Salmon Queen are two of the
best double-flowered forms.
Culture i£e. as above.
C. pulchella. — An elegant X. Ameri-
can annual, l.V-2 ft. high, with linear
smoothish leaves, and large purple
flowers in summer, with deeply 3-lobed
petals. There are many single and
double varieties of this species. The
variety <t/l><t has white flowers. The one
known as integripetala has entire instead
of 3-lobed petals. There is also a dwarf
Tom Thumb strain, the plants of which
are shorter and more compact than the
type.
Culture dtc. as above.
OENOTHERA (Evening Primrose).
A genus containing about 100 species of
herbs or small shrubs of variable habit.
Leaves alternate, membranous, sessile or
stalked, entire, toothed, lobed, or pinna-
tifid. Flowers axillary, solitary, sessile
or stalked. Calyx tube linear or club-
shaped, 4-angled, produced beyond the
ovary, 4-lobed. Petals 4, obovate or
obcordate, barely clawed. Stamens 8,
equal or alternately shorter. Stigma 4-
lobed. Capsule membranous, leathery
or woody, linear oblong or clavate, round,
4- or many angled and ribbed, or broadly
4 -winged.
Culture and Propagation. — From
June till the end of autumn Oenotheras
are among the most showy of hardy
flowers, and they thrive in any fairly
good sandy soil. They may be used in a
variety of ways, in borders or shrubberies,
mixed with other plants, or in beds by
themselves, always favouring a warm
sunny position. The annual and bien-
nial kinds may be increased by sowing
seeds in the open border in spring for
flowering the same year ; or in cold frames
in autumn for blooming the following
year. In the case of perennial kinds,
cuttings may be put in a cold frame in
autumn, and protected from frosts during
the winter months ; but they may also be
raised from seeds in the same way as the
annuals and biennials, and cuttings of the
young shoots may also be inserted in
sandy soil under glass in spring. Most of
the kinds however are so easily raised
from seeds that it is the better means of
propagation on the whole.
The genus Godetia is now included
with (EnotTiera.
CE. amcena (CE. Lindleyi). An an-
nual 12 ft. high from N.W. America,
with entire linear lance-shaped leaves.
Flowers in summer, rose, with a crimson
spot on each petal. The variety rubi-
i- inula from California has lilac-purple
flowers with a deep blotch at the base of
each petal. It is known as Godetia
rubicunda also, and many fine varieties
have been obtained from it, including a
dwarf strain called Tom Thumb. The
one called Bijou, having white flowers
spotted with red at the base of the petals,
grows about 9 in. high and is very free-
flowering.
Culture (f-c. as above. Increased by
I g sown in spring or autuinn.
CE. biennis (Common Evening Prim-
rose).—A N. American biennial 2-4 ft.
high, with a rosette of lower leaves,
oblong-lance-shaped passing upwards
into ovate-lance-shaped toothed and
downy. Flowers in summer and autuim i ,
beautiful primrose-yellow, about 3 in.
across, fragrant, and at their best in the
evening. The variety LamarcMana
(or grandiflora) has finer and larger
flowers and is a fine border plant.
Culture dtc. as above. This species
once introduced to a garden is with
difficulty eradicated, as it seeds freely and
increases rapidly. Confined in masses to
rougher parts of the garden, it is a. plant
difficult to surpass for its soft yet brilliant
yellow colouring.
CE. bistorta. — A Californian annual
with somewhat decumbent stems and
lance-shaped leaves. Flowers in summer,
yellow, with small deep blood-red spots
at the base. Fruit li-2 in. long, twisting
when ripe. Veitchiana is an improved
form.
Culture (f-c. as above. Increased by
seeds sown in autumn in cold frames and
pricked out in spring ; or by sowing in the
454
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS cenothera.
open border in April, or in gentle heat in
March, afterwards transplanting the seed-
lings at the end of May to the open
border.
CE. californica. — A Californian peren-
nial about 2 ft. high, with oblong-lance-
shaped leaves. Flowers in summer, 11 -
3 in. across, varying from white to pale
pink, with a yellowish centre, very
fragrant and opening in the evening.
Culture dc. as above.
CE. crassicaulis. — A beautiful N.
American biennial H-2 ft. high, forming
tufts a yard through in the course of
the season's growth. Leaves lance-
shaped acute, uneqtially toothed and
wavy, green with a white midrib. The
flowers appear from July to October and
are 3-4 in. across, pure white, tinted with
yellow in the centre, and becoming
faintly flushed with rose as thev grow
old.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds sown in cold frames in autumn,
and transplanting the seedlings in spring.
CE. Drummondi. — An annual or bien-
nial Evening Primrose, native of Texas.
It grows li— 2 ft. high, and has slightly
downy trailing stems, and grey-green
oval lance-shaped wavy leaves. The pale
yellow blossoms appear from June to
October and have obcordate petals. The
variety vana is a dwarf free-flowering
plant. There is a form of it called alba,
the flowers of which however are pale
creamy yellow and not white, as one
would imagine from the name.
Culture dr. as above. Raised from
seeds sown in autumn or spring.
CE. eximia (CE. marginata). — A
handsome perennial 9-12 in. high, from
the Rocky Mts. of Upper California.
Leaves lance-shaped, downy. Flowers in
July, white, 4 in. across, scented, with
very long, slender calyx tubes. This
species is also known as CE. caspitosa.
Culture (/c as above.
CE. fruticosa. — A perennial 2 3 ft.
high, native of the United States. Leaves
1-2 in. long, ovate-lance-shaped, finely
toothed. Flowers frorn June to Septem-
ber, golden-yellow, with broad, obcordate,
erose petals. The varieties major and
Youngi may possibly be a little better
than the type ; ambigua has rather pale
yellow flowers, at first in corymbs, after-
wards in racemes.
Culture de. as above. This species
may be increased from seeds, and also by
dividing the tufts in spring or early
autumn. It is also known as CE.
serotina.
CE. glauca. — A beautiful N. American
smooth and glaucous perennial 1-2 ft.
high, with ovate repandly-toothed leaves.
Flowers from June to October, pale
yellow, large, with obcordate, erose
petals. The variety Fraseri from S.
Carolina is a dwarfer form with brighter
green oval lance-shaped leaves and deeper
yellow flowers.
Culture d-c. as above.
CE. linearis. — A perennial 10-18 in.
high, from the United States. Leaves
linear or narrow lance-shaped, remotely
toothed or entire. Flowers in summer,
yellow, scarcely scented.
Culture dc. as above.
CE. missouriensis. — A handsome N.
American perennial with prostrate downy
stems, entire, lance-shaped leaves, the
edges and nerves of which are covered
with white, silky down. Flowers from
June to August, yellow, 4-5 in. across ;
petals broadly obcordate, calyx spotted
with red. The variety latifolia or macro -
canrpa is a fine broad-leaved form.
Culture dc. as above. As this species
often fails to ripen seeds it must be in-
creased by dividing the tufts in mild
weather in spring ; or from cuttings of
the young shoots inserted in sandy soil in
gentle heat.
CE. rosea. — A much-branched Mexi-
can species about 1 ft. high, with oval
lance-shaped toothed leaves, the lower
ones of which are more or less lyrate.
The flowers appear in May and June
and continue up to October. They are
among the smallest of the genus, and are
usually more expanded in the evening
and the early rnornmg.
Culture dc. as above. Although
really a perennial, this species may be
raised from seeds sown annually in
autumn or spring. It is not so striking
as the other species, but may be used in
sunny parts of the rockery.
CE. speciosa. — A fine X. American
perennial 2-3 ft. high, with lance-shaped,
coarsely toothed leaves, downy beneath.
Flowers from March to September, white,
3 in. or more across, becoming rosy with
age. The drooping, cylindrical, pointed
lENOTHKl; A
EVENING PRIMROSE ORDER
FUCHSIA 455
buds will expand if the flower stems are
placed in water.
Culture <(i\ as above. When this
species fails to ripen seed, as it does
occasionally in unfavourable seasons, it
may be increased by dividing the tufts in
early autumn or spring. Cuttings of the
roots about H-2 in. long will also produce
plants if placed in light sandy soil in a
gentle hotbed in spring.
CE. taraxacifolia. — A beautiful Chilian
biennial 0 in. high, with somewhat
trailing stems. Leaves downj', interrup-
tedly pinnate, Dandelion-like. Flowers
in summer, white, with a narrow tube
6 in. or more long, becoming red with age,
and at their best in the evening. Fruit
borne in the axils of the leaves, pear-
shaped and 4-winged.
Cult u re dc. as above. Increased by
seeds sown in autumn in cold frames, or
in the open border in April, or in gentle
heat in March. A good plant for warm
sunny banks in the rock garden.
CE. tenella. — A pretty Chilian annual
6-9 in. high, with rather glaucous linear
spoon-shaped leaves and purple flowers
produced in Tune.
Call urc dc. as above.
CE. tetraptera. — A downy Mexican
annual 9-12 in. high, with leaves pinnately
cut into toothed lobes. The very fragrant
flowers appear in July and August. They
are 3-4 in. across, white at first, after-
wards becoming tinged with rose, and
opening best at early morn and eve.
Culture dc. as above. The seeds of
this species are best sown in the open
border in April and May where the plants
are to bloom, afterwards thinning the seed-
lings out about a foot apart.
CE. triloba. — A North American
annual 3-G in. high, with interruptedly
pinnatifid toothed leaves. Flowers from
May to September, pale yellow, sweet-
scented in the evening ; petals obovate,
slightly 3-lobed.
Culture dc. as above.
CE. vinosa (Godetia vinosa). — A
Californian annual about 2 ft. high, with
linear- oblong, smooth, slightly toothed
leaves. Flowers in July and August,
white tinted with purple.
Culture lie. as above.
CE. Whitneyi (Godetia grandiflora).
A pretty Californian annual 1-1 k ft. high,
with oblong lance-shaped leaves. Flowers
in summer, 3-4 in. across, rosy-red,
blotched with crimson, numerous,
crowded. Concolor (white), fla/m/mea
(crimson), and flammca striata (crimson
striped). Lady Albemarle (brilliant rose),
Dul.i- of York (scarlet), Bridesmaid (rose
and white), Duchess of Albany (white),
gloriosa (deep blood-red), Fa/i/ry Queen
(white and crimson), Mandarin (sulphur-
yellow) are a few of many fine forms
raised from this species. There is also a
dwarf compact form with double deep
crimson flowers.
Culture ite. as above. Increased by
seeds.
EUCHARIDUM. — A genus with
2 or 3 species of Californian annuals, with
alternate, ovate-lance-shaped or oblong
entire leaves. Calyx tube linear, 4-angled,
4 -parted, deciduous. Petals 4, clawed,
3-lobed or wedge-shaped obcordate, the
middle lobe longer and much smaller
than the other two. Stamens 4. Ovary
4-celled. Style filiform ; stigma dilated,
2 - 4 - lobed. Capsule linear - oblong,
roundish.
Culture uiul Propagation. — These
dwarf annuals about 9 in. high grow in
ordinary soil, and to obtain the best
results seeds should be sown in the open
in early autumn to obtain flowers in early
summer. Seeds may also be sown out of
doors in March for autumn flowering.
E. Breweri. — An elegant annual,
forming dwarf dense tufts. The short
stems are furnished with oval or nearly
linear oblong entire leaves. The red or
lilac-purple flowers are borne in great
profusion and almost hide the foliage.
Culture ,(c. as above.
E. concinnum. — This species also
makes dwarf compact tufts 9-12 in. high
and has rosy flowers ; the variety album
being white or faint blush. E. grandi-
Jl n rum, with deep rosy-purple flowers, is
regarded as a variety of concinnum.
Culture dc. as above.
FUCHSIA (Lady's Ear - Drops). —
This well-known genus contains about 50
species of smooth or hairy small shrubs
or trees, with opposite, alternate and
whorled, entire or toothed leaves. Flowers
usually drooping, solitary on axillary
stalks, or sometimes in racemes or pani-
cles at the tops of the branches. Calyx
coloured, tube produced beyond the
ovary, limb 4-lobed. Petals 4, convolute,
456
PB ACTIO AL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS fuchsia
or spreading, or reflexed. Stamens 8,
with slender filaments, often protruding.
Fruit a 4-celled pulpy berry.
Along the southern and western
coasts the Fuchsia may be seen in all its
beauty and vigour, and it is astonishing
that such lovely flowering plants should
not be more in favour in the flower
garden. In less favoured localities than
those referred to many kinds of Fuchsias
will grow well, and although they may
have their shrubby stems cut down
daring the winter like herbaceous plants,
in spring new ones shoot forth with
renewed vigour from the rootstock. It is
probably owing to the numerous charm-
ing and tender varieties grown in green-
houses that many people have obtained
the impression that all Fuchsias require
indoor treatment. Such, however, is not
the case, and the kinds described below
will be foimd to grow very well out of doors,
and add a unique charm to the flower
border. In severe winters the roots may
be covered with a little coco-nut fibre or
ashes, to guard them from the frost.
Culture and Propagation. — Fuchsias
thrive in rich sandy loam and leaf soil,
but grow well in ordinary garden mould.
They are easily increased by cuttings of
the young shoots inserted in sandy soil
under glass in spring. They root very
soon, and may be put singly into pots
and grown on until large enough for
planting out. By just pinching out the
tip of the main shoots, new branches are
caused to develop, and in a short time a
strong bush}' plant is obtained. Fuchsias
cannot have too much light and air to
make them sturdy in growth, and water
should be given freely, except in winter,
when they will go for weeks without a
drop.
Seeds are ripened freely on many
kinds, and may be sown in autumn after
being cleansed from the pulp surrounding
them ; or in spring, in pots or pans, under
glass. Unless new varieties are required
it is not worth while to sow seeds, as
cuttings are much quicker and better.
Besides the natural species, all the
florists' varieties are useful for planting
out in the summer time, and those with
bronze or variegated foliage and dwarf
habit make effective groups by themselves
or in the front of a mixed border.
F. coccinea. — A pretty Chilian bush,
with slender, downy branches, 3-6 ft.
high. Leaves bluntly ovate, toothed, on
short hairy stalks, smoothish above,
downy beneath. Flowers in summer ;
petals violet, obovate ; sepals scarlet,
purple at the base, oblong acute.
Culture dc. as above.
F. conica. — A vigorous Chilian species
3-6 ft. high, with scarlet sepals, and deep
purple petals. Leaves 3-4 in a whorl,
ovate flat, toothed, smooth ; stalks
downy.
Ctolture dc. as above.
F. corallina. — In the South and West
of England this plant has produced thick
stems to a height of 20 ft., and is useful
for walls, or the sides of houses &c.
Leaves opposite, or in whorls of 4 or 5,
greenish-crimson above, dark crimson
beneath ; the young stems dark red.
Flowers drooping ; sepals crimson ; petals
dark plum-colour.
Culture dc. as above.
F. corymbiflord. — A Peruvian shrub
4-6 ft. high, with somewhat 4-angled
branches, reddish and downy when
young. Leaves large, opposite, oblong
lance-shaped, almost entire, with a rosy
midrib. Flowers in summer, scarlet,
about 2 in. long, in drooping terminal
clusters.
Culture dc. as above.
F. dependens. — A native of Chili, 2-
4 ft. high. Leaves whorled, ovate-acute,
toothed, slightly downy above, paler and
more hairy beneath. Flowers in summer,
in drooping leafy racemes, at the ends of
the shoots ; calyx soft scarlet ; corolla
deeper in colour.
Culture etc. as above.
F. globosa. — A fine Mexican shrub
5-6 ft. high. Leaves ovate-acute, small,
toothed. Flowers from June to October,
drooping, globular, sepals purplish-red ;
petals purplish-violet.
Culture dc. as above.
F. gracilis (F. decussata). — A graceful
Mexican shrub 6-10 ft. high, with finely
pubescent branches. Leaves opposite,
on long stalks, smooth, distantly toothed.
Flowers in summer and autumn, axillary,
nodding ; sepals scarlet, oblong acute ;
petals purple. There is a beautiful
variegated form, with silvery foliage, not
so hardy as the type. Multiflora is a free-
flowering form, and tenella. is a seedling.
Culture dc. as above.
F. macrostemma (F. magellanica). —
A beautiful Chilian shrub 6-12 ft. high.
EVENING PRIMROSE ORDER
GAUBA 457
Leaves shortly stalked, 3 in a whorl,
ovate acute, finely toothed. Flowers
from July to October, axillary, nodding ;
calyx scarlet, with oblong-acute lobes,
longer than the obovate, spreading petals.
F. conica, globosa, gracilis, and discolor
are probably only botanical varieties of
tins species, but from a garden point of
view they are distinct enough.
Culture dc. as above.
F. Riccartoni. — This is one of the
most graceful and hardy of Fuchsias.
It is a garden hybrid from F. globosa, and
was raised at Kiccarton, near Edinburgh,
about 1830. Its compact, twiggy brandies
are laden with bright red flowers during
the summer and autumn. It stands
severe winters well in many northern
parts.
( 'ulture dc. as above.
LOPEZIA.— A genus with about (5
species of smooth or downy branching
erect herbs, with alternate leaves (or
lower ones opposite), stalked and toothed.
Flowers at the tips of the brandies a;
racemes or corymbs. Calyx-tube with 4
linear lobes. Petals 4. Stamens 2,
epigynous, one fertile, one sterile and
petaloid. This is the chief peculiarity of
the genus.
L. coronata. — An interesting Mexican
annual 1A-2 ft. high, with ovate serrate
leaves, and rose-purple flowers from July
to September. L. grandiflora is a larger
plant but not quite so hardy. It has
orange- red flowers. The cut flower-spikes
last a long time in water, and are thus
valuable for bouquets &c.
Culture and Propagation. — Lopezias
grow well in light soil and are increased
by seeds sown in heat in March, and
the seedlings planted out in May or the
beginning of June. They are not very
effective if planted singly, but grown in
masses in the border they make a very
good display. They require abundance of
water during the season.
GAURA. — This genus contains about
20 species of smooth, downy, or hairy
annual or perennial herbs, rarely bushes,
all natives of the Southern United States
and Mexico. Leaves alternate, sessile or
stalked, entire, toothed or sinuate.
Flowers sessile or stalked in racemose
spikes. Calyx tube more or less obconi-
cal, 3-4-angled, 3 4-lobed. Petals 3-4.
Stamens 6-8, declinate ; filaments slender,
with a scale-like appendage at the base.
Fruit indehiscent, 3-4-angled, leathery or
woody.
Culture and Projjagation. — Gauras
grow best on a light well-drained soil in
sunny positions. They are most readily
increased from seeds sown in spring in-
doors or out, and transferred to flowering
positions when large enough. They like
plenty of water during the season and
look well grown in bold masses.
G. Lindheimeri. — An elegant plant
3-4i ft. high, with ovate-lance-shaped
toothed leaves, often spotted with reddish-
purple, and becoming linear lance-shaped
upwards on the branching stems. Flowers
from June to October, pure white and
rose, in numerous long, slender spikes.
Culture dc. as above. Although
really a perennial it is best to raise this
species from seeds every year and treat it
as an annual.
G. biennis, with white flowers chan-
ging to red, and G. parviflora, with yellow
rlowers, are other species not so well
known.
XLIX. LOASE^
An order of erect or twining herbs, rarely shrubs, with forked branches,
without tendrils and often clothed with stinging hairs. Leaves opposite or
alternate, entire, lobed, pinnatifid, or pinnate ; stipules none. Flowers
regular, hermaphrodite, solitary, racemose, or cymose, or capitate ; peduncles
often opposite the leaves. Calyx tube adnate to the ovary, often with spirally
twisted ribs ; lobes 4 or 5, imbricate or twisted, persistent. Petals 4-5,
inserted on the throat of the calyx, sessile or clawed, flat or hooded ; some-
times with petaloid scales alternating with the hooded petals ; stamens usually
numerous, often in clusters opposite the petals. Ovary usually inferior ;
458
PB ACTIO AL GUIDE TO GABDEN PLANTS
LOASA
style filiform, entire, or 2-3-cleft. Capsule usually 1-celled with straight or
twisted ribs.
MENTZELIA (including Bartonia).
A genus containing about BO species of
annual, biennial, or perennial plants with
alternate leaves. Calyx tube 4-5-lobed.
Petals 5, lanceolate or spathidate, rarely
oblong or obovate. Scales none. Stamens
numerous, free or in clusters.
Culture and Propagation. — Ment-
zelias and Bartonias are showy plants
when in bloom, and are worth a place in
summer in the border. They grow easily
in ordinary soil and may be raised from
seeds sown in slight heat for planting out
in May, or in the open in spring. The
biennial species should be sown early in
autumn in a cold frame, shifting the
plants on into pots until spring, when they
may be put outside. The annuals treated
thus will bloom much earlier the following
year. Some of the kinds however do not
transplant very well, and are best raised
from seeds sown in patches in the open
border in April and May, and onwards
until about the middle of June to secure a
succession of blossom well into autumn.
M. albescens {Bartonia albescens). —
A pretty Chilian annual or biennial 1-4
ft. high, with whitish shining stems and
sinuately toothed leaves. Flowers in
summer, pale yellow, with 10 petals.
Culture dc. as above.
M. bartonioides (Eucnide and Micro-
sperma bartonioides). — An annual with
flexuose and fleshy stems about 1 ft. long,
native of the W. United States. Leaves
ovate acute, lobed and serrated. Flowers
sulphur-yellow, paler beneath, almost
white, ovate or obovate, slightly serrated.
Culture dc. as above.
M. hispida. — A Mexican perennial 1.]
ft. high, with almost sessile leaves.
Flowers in summer, yellow, with obovate
abruptly pointed petals.
Culture dc. as above.
M. laevicaulis. — A Californian biennial
about 2 ft. high, with bright yellow
flowers 2-3 in. across, opening in the
morning and closing after midday. M.
nuila, with white flowers, is very similar.
Culture dc. as above.
M. Lindleyi (Bartonia aurca). — A
showy Californian annual l-lo ft. high,
with oblong linear lacerated or toothed
sessile leaves, 3-5 in. long. Flowers
golden -yellow, Hypericum-like, with a
zone of orange at the base, and numerous
slender golden-knobbed stamens radiating
from the centre.
Culture dc. as above. May be sown
in the open border in patches.
M. oligosperma. — A perennial about
2 ft. high, native of Louisiana. Flowers
in early summer, yellow, with pointed
petals.
Culture dc. as above.
M. ornata (Bartonia decapetala). — A
pretty annual about 2 ft. high, native of
Missouri, with hairy glandular, deeply cut
leaves. Flowers late in summer, 2\ -4
in. across, white, scented, opening after
sunset.
Culture dc. as above.
LOASA. — A genus with 50 species of
erect, climbing or prostrate herbs with
stiffish stinging hairs. Leaves alterrate
or opposite, entire, lobed, or very much
divided. Calyx lobes 5, equal. Petals 5.
hooded, spreading or erect, more or less
united into a bell-shaped corolla, alter-
nating with 5 scales, each having 2 3
bristles on the back, and 2 awl-shaped
appendages at the base. Stamens
numerous, in bundles opposite the petals ;
staminodes 10, 2 opposite each scale.
Capsule smooth or ribbed, rarely twisted.
Culture and Projjagation. — Only a
few species are in cultivation, and these
are easily raised from seeds sown either
in gentle heat in February or March, or
in the open border in May. The trailing
kinds may be utilised for covering old
tree stumps, arbours, trellises &c.
L. acanthifolia (L. Placei). — A pretty
Chilian annual about 4 ft. high, with
pinnately cut and toothed leaves, and
yellow flowers in summer.
Culture dc. as above.
L. hispida. — A pretty trailing annual
about 13 ft. high, native of Lima. Leaves
oblong, deeply and pinnately cut. downy.
Flowers in July, 1 in. across, bright
lemon-yellow, with a green and white
centre.
Culture dc. as above.
L. lateritia (L. aurantiaca ; L. tri-
color).— A very pretty trailing Chilian
annual or biennial with Jon^-stalked and
LOASA
LOASEJE
BLUMENBACHIA
459
pinnately lobed and crenate leaves 3-4
in. long. Flowers in August, coral-red,
about H in. across, witb hooded or boat-
shaped petals into the cavities of which
the bundles of white stamens are de-
pressed during the day, but toward evening
spring up between the 5 pairs of yellow
awl-shaped staininodes. Outside the
latter are 3 purple-tipped scales.
Cult u re dc. as above. The steins
attain a length of 10-12 ft. during the
season. The whole plant — stems, leaves,
and flowers— is covered with roughish stiff
hairs mostly pointing downwards.
L. Pentlandi. — A beautiful Peruvian
annual with leaves 4-6 in. long. Flowers.
in early summer, 2 in. across, with orange
petals ; stalks about 4 in. long.
Culture dc. as above.
L. prostrata. — A trailing flexuose
Chilian annual with stalkless, heart-
shaped, ovate, deeply angular leaves, and
yellow flowers in summer.
Culture dc. as above.
L. vulcanica (L. WalKsi). — An annual
about 2 ft. high, native of Ecuador.
Leaves palmately 3-5 -lobed and cut.
Flowers in summer about l.j in. across,
white, with 5 erect scales or nectaries,
red barred with yellow and white.
Culture dc. as above.
BLUMENBACHIA.— A genus with
12 species of erect or climbing herbs with
stiffish, stinging hairs, and opposite, almost
sessile or stalked, entire, lobed, or pinna-
tifid leaves. Floral characters almost the
same as in Loasa. The capsule when
ripe splits to the base into 10 valves.
Culture and Propagation. — This is
practically the same as for the Loasas.
The plants flourish in ordinary good
garden soil in open sunny situations, and
may be used in the flower border in
masses. The seeds may be sown in the
open border where the plants are to
bloom, and the seedlings afterwards
thinned out.
B. chuquitensis. — A Peruvian climber
with oblong lance-shaped pinnate and
deeply cut leaves. Flowers in September,
consisting of 5-10 boat-shaped petals,
yellow inside, red outside.
('a! hue ,ie. as above. Sticks should be
placed to the plants for climbing.
B. coronata (Caiophora, eoronata).
A graceful, tufted, erect biennial about 1.1
ft. high, native of Chili. Leaves narrow,
twice pinnately cut into small segments-
Flowers in summer, 2 in. across, pure
glossy white, with 5 hooded hairy petals,,
dotted inside.
Culture dc. as above.
B. insignis (Loasa palmata). — A
Chilian trailer about 1 ft. high, with
lower leaves 5-7-lobed ; upper ones deeply
twice pinnatifid. Flowers in summer,
about 1 in. across, white with reddish
scales.
( 'u/fure dc. as above.
GRAMMATOCARPUS. —This
genus contains only the following species,
which is also known as Scyphanthus
elegants : —
G. volubilis. — A Chilian annual with
opposite or twice or thrice pinnately cut
downy leaves. Flowers in summer,
axillary, sessile, yellow, calyx-tube linear
elongate, 5-lobed. Petals 5, saccate, alter-
nating with smaller bristly scales.
Stamens numerous in bundles opposite
the petals. Staininodes 10, papillose, in
pairs opposite the scales.
Culture iiud Propagation. — This is
practically the same as for the Loasas
above. Seeds may be sown in cold
frames in autumn and the seedlings
wintered under glass until the end of the
following May. Or they may be sown in
gentle heat in February and March, for
planting out at the same period. The
plants flourish in ordinary good and well-
drained garden soil, and as they climb
6-9 ft. high may be used for covering
trellises, arbours &c.
L. PASSIFLOREiE— Passion Flower Order
This order contains mostly plants of climbing habit, with alternate lobed
leaves and lateral tendrils. They are remarkable for having a corona of
beautifully coloured radiating filaments between the petals and stamens.
Flowers regular, hermaphrodite or 1-sexed. Calyx tube persistent ; lobes 3
or more, leathery. Petals none or as many as the calyx-lobes. Stamens 3-5,
460 PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GAB DEN PLANTS pasriflora
rarely more, perigynous and inserted with the petals in the throat of the
calyx, or hypogynous. Ovary superior, 1-celled. Style simple, or 3-5, with
club-shaped or dilated stigmas. Fruit capsular or a berry, often edible.
The order has about 20 genera with 250 species, but the only hardy
representative is described below.
PASSIFLORA (Passion Flower). — white in the middle, blue at the tips. Fruit
The characters of this genus are the same egg- shaped, yellow and fragrant when ripe,
as those of the order above described. The variety Constance Elliott is a beau-
The popular name is derived from the tiful white-flowered form, quite as hardy
parts of the flower being supposed to as the type.
resemble respectively the crown of thorns Culture and Propagation. — The
(the corona), the Ave wounds (the 5 Passion Flower is best grown against a
stamens), and the nails (3 stigmas) of our warm south wall, although in south coast
Lord's Passion. localities it may be trained over arbours
P. caerulea. — A beautiful climber from and trellises. It likes a rich turfy loam
Brazil and Peru, with smooth, 5-parted mixed with a little peat and sand. In
leaves and oblong entire lobes. Flowers spring cuttings of the young shoots about
from June to October, faintly scented, (3 in. long may be inserted in sandy soil
scarcely lasting more than a day. Calyx under a glass. As soon as well rooted
segments pale greenish-white ; petals simi- they may be potted off singly and grown
lar in shape, varying from white to pale blue on for some time in a greenhouse, gradu-
and rosy-red ; styles purplish ; filaments of ally giving more light and air to harden
the corona in two circles, purple at the base, the plants off for placing out of doors.
LI. CUCURBITACE^-Gourd Order
The characteristics of this order are rendered more or less familiar by the
Cucumber, Marrow, Melon, and Gourd. They are mostly climbing or prostrate
annual herbs, often with a large fleshy perennial rootstock. The leaves
are alternate, simple, lobed or divided. The tendrils, when present, are
lateral, solitary, simple or branched, and spirally twisted. Flowers monoeci-
ous or dioecious, white or yellow, rarely red or blue. Calyx-tube adnate to
the ovary ; lobes 5, rarely 3 or 6. Petals 5, rarely 3 or 6, free, or rarely gamo-
petalous, often confluent with the calyx. Stamens usually 3 (rarely 5, or 1,
2, or 4). Fruit inferior, usually fleshy, often large, variable in form and
sometimes highly coloured.
This order is interesting chiefly on account of the many beautiful,
diversely shaped, and brilliantly coloured fruits — popularly known as Gourds
— which it yields, chiefly from Cucurbita Pepo, a native of the Levant.
Gourds vary from \ oz. to 200 lbs. in weight, and are round, flask-shaped,
ringed, warted, striped, mottled, angled, snake-like &c, with many intermediate
and indescribable forms — all so highly curious and interesting that they are
well worth a place in the ornamental garden, trained up gnarled tree trunks,
over trellises, or arbours, hanging from hedges &c, the better to show their
fruits.
Culture, and Propagation. — Gourds thrive in well-dug and well-manured
soil. Seeds are best sown in a cool frame at the end of April. After
germination as much light and air as possible should be given to make the
plants sturdy, but care must be taken, especially at nights, to protect them
THLADIANTHA
tiounn ordeb
MIYONIA 461
from the spring frosts. By the end of May or the first week of June, the seed-
lings may be transferred to the positions in which they are to flower and
fruit. They require plenty of water during the summer, and should be well
mulched with rotted manure to prevent evaporation from the soil and to
replenish the food taken from it by the gross-feeding roots.
Gourds have been grown successfully simply by sowing the seeds in the
flowering quarters about the second week in May, and in mild localities this
method might be adopted to save the labour of transplanting from frames.
THLADIANTHA.— This genus con-
sists of 3 or 4 species of softly downy climb-
ing plants with ovate heart-shaped, deeply
lobed, toothed leaves, dicecious flowers,
and oblong, fleshy, many-ribbed fruits,
with hollows between the ribs.
T. dubia, the only species generally
grown, is a native of India and China.
It has tuberous roots and climbing stems
which reach a height of 12 to 20 ft. in the
course of the season in favourable situa-
tions. They are furnished with ornamental
heart-shaped, hairy leaves, and in summer
produce an abundance of yellow flowers,
succeeded by bright red fruits about the
size and shape of a hen's egg and covered
with downy hairs.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species grows in ordinary soil, and is best
against a sunny wall, although almost any
position will suit it in milder parts.
It is rarely seen in fruit, simply because
the fact mentioned above is usually over-
looked, viz. that the flowers are dictcious,
that is, the male and female flowers are
borne on separate plants. To secure a crop
of the bright red fruits, therefore, it is essen-
tial to have a male and female plant close
together, or at least convenient to one
another, so that the pollen rnay be used
for fertilising the pistils. The climbing
stems die down to the tuberous rootstock
every winter.
Propagation is easily effected by divi-
ding the tuberous rootstocks in spring.
Seeds may also be sown in gentle heat
about March, afterwards pricking out the
seedlings and growing the plants on in
pots until about the end of May or begin-
ning of June when they may be transferred
to the outdoor garden.
BRYONIA (Bryony).— A genus of
slender climbingperennial herbs, with 3-5
angled or lobed leaves, and small dirty
white or yellow flowers usually dioecious.
Fruit small, red, black, or green.
The plant known as ' Black ' Bryony
{Tamus communis) is described at p. 884.
B. dioica. — A hairy slender climber,
native of the hedges and thickets in Eng-
land. It has large, fleshy, tuberous root-
stocks, and roundish heart-shaped 5-lobed
leaves 3-5 in. across. The hairy greenish
flowers h~i in. across appear in corymbose
clusters from May to September, and the
female ones are followed by red berries
I in. in diameter.
Culture and Propagation. — This
grows rapidly in any soil, and is very
useful for trailing over old hedges, fences,
walls &c. Notwithstanding the fact that
it is a British weed it is a very ornamental
plant both when in flower and in fruit. It
may be increased by sowing seeds in the
open ground when ripe. Once established
in a garden to clamber over rough hedges,
fences &c. it may be left to look after itself.
B. erythrocarpa [Bryonopsis). — An
East Indian annual climber often attain-
ing a height of 9-10 ft. in the course of
the season. It has alternate palmate
leaves with 5 oval lance-shaped toothed
lobes separated from each other by round-
ish sinuses. Both male and female flowers
are borne on the same plant, and not on
separate ones as in the Bryony. They
are yellowish-green, the female (or pistil-
late) ones being in due course succeeded
by roundish berries, about the size of
a Cherry, which are green at first, then
striped with white and afterwards deep
crimson spotted with white.
B. laciniosa is closely related but
differs chiefly in the berries, which are
yellowish-green striped with white, and
not so ornamental as those of B. erythro-
carpa.
Culture and Propagation. — Owing to
the graceful climbing habit and foliage
and the colouring of the fruits, these plants
are worth growing among other annual
climbers and are useful for covering trel-
lises &c. Seeds may be sown in gentle
heat in March, and the young seedlings
grown on in pots until the end of May and
then planted out.
462
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS begonia
ABOBRA. — A genus with 2 or 3
species of smooth or rough climbers, with
cut leaves, and usually 2-cleft tendrils.
Flowers dioecious, slender, greenish. Berry
small, drooping.
A. viridiflora. — A native of S. America,
with dark green elegantly cut and divided
glossy pale green leaves, fragrant liowers.
and oval scarlet fruits about the size of a
Filbert borne by the female flowers.
Culture and Propagation. — This
plant grows rapidly, and when trained
over arbours, trellises &c. looks very
handsome, especially when in fruit. It
has fleshy tuberous roots, which may be
taken up in autumn, and stored like
Dahlias in a cool, dry place free from
frost. To secure a good supply of the
scarlet fruits male and female plants
should be grown together.
This species may be increased by
dividing the tuberous rootstocks, and
where the male and female kinds have
been noted it is easy to place roots of each
together at planting time in spring. Seeds
may also be sown in gentle heat in spring.
The seedlings must be pricked out in due
course and grown on in pots under glass
until about the end of May or beginning of
June, when it will be safe to transfer them
to the open ground. Cuttings of the young
shoots from the tuberous roots may be
rooted in sandy soil in a hotbed in spring
in the same way as recommended for
Dahlias (see p. 519).
LIT. BEGONIACE^— Begonia Order
This order consists of Begonia, Begoniella and Hillebrandia. The last
genus was in cultivation several years ago, but has since become a lost
garden plant ; and Begoniella has not yet been introduced. For practical
gardening purposes, the order is thus represented only by the genus Begonia.
BEGONIA (Elephant's Ear). — A
genus containing upwards of 350 species of
juicy herbs or undershrubs, many having
perennial tuberous rootstocks. Leaves
alternate, simple, more or less unequal
sided, entire, lobed or parted, irregularly
toothed. Flowers often showy, monoeci-
ous. Male flowers consisting of 2 large
outer (sepaloid), and 2 small inner
(petaloid), segments. Stamens numer-
ous, free or united in one bundle. Peri-
anth of the female flowers has 2-10
segments, of which the 2 outer ones are
larger and sepaloid. Ovary inferior, often
3-, rarely 2-, or 4-5-celled. Styles 2-4,
free, or united at the base, with branched
twisted stigmas. Fruit a capsule, usually
3-angled and unequally 3-wmged. Seeds
numerous, minute.
Begonias, both double and single, are
now so well known in the flower garden
that one can scarcely credit the fact that
less than a generation ago they were not
only unknown but not dreamt of. The
forms that now rival the Rose, Carnation,
Hollyhock, and Camellia in form and
colour have all been developed by careful
cross-breeding within the last quarter of
a century, and they have in that short
time reached such a stage that the
characters of their progenitors have been
entirely lost. Indeed, some of the original
parents themselves have disappeared
altogether from cultivation.
The species chiefly concerned in the
development of the florist's Begonia
were B. Pearcei (yellow), B. holiviensis
(bright scarlet), B. Veitchi (bright orange-
red), -B. Clarhei (rosy-red), B. rosceflora
(rosy-red) and B. Davisi (bright crimson)
— natives of Peru and Bolivia, some of
them at an altitude of as much as 11,000
to 13,000 ft. It will be noticed that with
the exception of B. Pen red they have all
red flowers, and yet their progeny have
crimson, pink, scarlet, rose, white, yellow,
orange and innumerable intermediate
shades. B. Pearcei, B. holiviensis, and
B. Veitchi have been more used than the
other three species, and they are most in
evidence in the beautiful hybrids of to-
day. All the flowers with yellow shades
show the influence of the yellow-flowered
B. Pearcei.
The value of the florist's Begonia as a
garden plant is now well recognised, and
owing to the great beauty of the flowers
and the length of time they last, there
is a probability that many of the older
plants used for bedding out in summer
will have to make way more and more for
the Begonia every year.
UHCi ONI V
CACTUS OBDEB
BEGONIA 463
Although both single and double kinds
may be used, the singles are on the whole
better for bedding out. To make a good
display tubers at least one year old should
be used. After the winter's rest in sand
or coco-nut fibre in a dry, cool place free
from frost, the tubers about February,
March, or April may be placed in gentle
heat to start them into growth. They
should be gradually hardened off by put-
ting in a light, airy place, and by the
beginning of June they will be sturdy
enough for planting out. In the autumn,
when the leaves and stalks are withering.
the plants should be lifted and dried care-
fully, removing all decaying steins and
leaves from the timers. These may
then be stored in sand or fibre as above
stated.
The soil for Begonias should have
been well dug and manured some time
previous to planting out. and should con-
sist of sandy loam and leaf soil. After
planting the surface may be top-dressed
with coco-nut fibre ; some of the dwarf-
tufted Violas (see p. '234) with flowers that
will harmonise may be used as a carpet
in between.
Propagation. —Bedding Begonias may
be increased by seeds, cuttings, or division
of the tubers. Seeds, which are very
fine and require some skill in sowing
thinly, are perhaps the best and quickest
means of increasing the plants, but there
is of course always likely to be great
variation in the colour of the flowers.
The modus operandi is as follows : —
About the end of January shallow pans
or boxes of sandy loam and leaf soil are
prepared, being well mixed together, with
some finely sifted soil on top to make the
surface level. The whole is firmly
pressed and watered with a very fine-
rosed can, or dipped. The dust-like seeds
should be sown carefully and as evenly
as possible over the surface, but not
covered with any soil. The pans or
boxes are then placed in a temperature of
65°-70° F. with bottom heat. As soon as
the seedlings become large enough they
are pricked out into similar pans or
boxes, and this operation may have to be
again performed if the seedlings become
too crowded before planting out time
arrives. Increase by leaf-cuttings is only
practised when some special varieties are
required to be kept pure. In dividing
the tubers care must be taken not to cut
through a bud at the apex.
Oflate years the forms of a shrubby
species — B. semperflorens — have become
popular as bedding plants. They are
valuable chiefly on account of their rather
small foliage, which towards autumn
assumes many beautiful tints of colour.
Vernon's variety becomes deep purple-
crimson. The flowers of this section are
small, white or pink, and mostly single.
They produce seeds freely and may be
increased as directed above.
In the case of tuberous Begonias it is
scarcely necessary to occupy space with
a list of varieties. The names given are
so purely fanciful and unstable that each
year sees quite a new selection. It is
therefore best to consult a nurseryman's
current catalogue if it is desired to secure
the most recent novelties.
LIU. CACTE^— Cactus Order
A curiously interesting order of plants abounding in watery or milky juice,
and mostly devoid of leaves, the functions of which are performed by the
stems, the latter varying a good deal in shape, being cylindrical, conical,
flattened, angular, ribbed &c, and often covered with hooked spines, or
cushions of prickles. Flowers regular and hermaphrodite, often large and
brilliant, with numerous coloured sepals and petals and thread-like stamens ;
style long, often with a many-cleft, radiating stigma. Fruit a berry, inferior ;
seeds numerous. All natives of America, chiefly Mexico, but several from
Peru and Brazil.
Being natives of dry sandy regions Cactaceous plants require similar con-
ditions under cultivation. They grow well in a mixture of sandy soil with
old mortar &c. added. Only a few kinds are grown and are seen chiefly in
cottagers ' windows. The 'Whip Cactus ' (C er ens flag elliformis), with prostrate,
464
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
creeping, 10-angled stems and red or pink flowers, is fairly common. Many
of the Mamillarias and Echinocactus and Cereus could be grown in rooms,
as they take up little space and require practically no attention. Their
cultivation out of doors is hardly worth attempting except in the most southern
parts of the country, but it is questionable if they will ever receive much
attention except from enthusiasts, and even these usually grow cool in then-
cultivation after a year or two.
LIT. FICOIDES-Fig Marigold Order
An order containing about 450 species of small shrubs or herbs, mostly
uninteresting, with opposite or alternate, usually fleshy or thickened, flat,
round, or triangular leaves. Flowers usually hermaphrodite, regular. The
genus Mesembryanthemum is the only one of any garden value.
MESEMBRYANTHEMUM (Fig
Marigold). — A genus including about 300
species of erect or prostrate herbs with
tieshy opposite leaves, very variable in
form, and conspicuous white, yellow, or
rosy Daisy-like flowers. Calyx tube
adnate to the ovary, limb 5-8-lobed.
Petals numerous, linear, in one or more
series. Stamens numerous. Capsule
contained in the fleshy calyx tube.
Culture and Propagation. — Although
not hardy, several species are grown out
of doors in summer. They are easily
grown in a mixture of lime-rubble, loam,
sand, and rotted manure, and require the
sunniest possible place to develop their
flowers properly. They may be easily
increased by putting portions on moist
sand in the sun, and will root in a few
weeks. They are nearly all natives of S.
Africa.
M. cordifolium variegatum. — This
handsome little perennial is probably the
best known member of the genus and is
largely used for edgings &c. The small,
flat, heart-shaped leaves are distinctly
edged with creamy white, and when
covered with bright rosy-purple flowers
the effect is elegant.
Culture d'-c. as above. Easily increased
by cuttings inserted in sandy soil under
"lass about March and April.
M. crystallinum (Ice Plant).— A hardy
procumbent S. European annual, covered
with large glittering crystal-like granules,
which give the plant a frosted appearance.
Leaves alternate, ovate, wavy. Flowers
from May to August, white, axillary,
nearly sessile.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species grows well in any good soil and
may be used in the rockery in sunny posi-
tions. Seeds should be sown in gentle
heat in March. The seedlings should
be pricked off, and by June they will be
large enough to plant out G-8 in. apart.
M. pomeridianum. — A South African
annual 3-6 in. high, with cylindrical
downy reddish stems, and thick oblong
lance-shaped leaves, ciliated on the mar-
gins. The golden-yellow flowers about
2 in. across, and somewhat resembling
the yellow-flowered Sweet Sultan, appear
in August, and are remarkable for not
expanding fully until towards the evening.
Culture dtc. as above and for M. tri-
color.
M. tricolor. — A pretty tufted annual
with long, lineai' acute leaves. Flowers
pink and crimson with a dark eye, on long
stalks covered with small granular pro-
tuberances. There is also a pretty white-
flowered variety called album.
Culture and Propagation. — As this
plant dislikes being transplanted it is best
to sow the seeds in the open about April
where the plants are to bloom. They
make pretty edgings to borders, and
during the sunniest part of the day they
are a mass of blossom.
LV. UM BELLIFER^— Sea Holly Order
A large order containing over 150 genera and 1,300 species of herbs or
shrubs, rarely trees, with usually much-divided leaves. Flowers more or
EKYNGIUM
SEA HOLLY ORDER
EKYNGIUM 465
less regular, hermaphrodite, or often polygamous-monoecious, rarely
dioecious, in compound or simple umbels, or rarely capitate or whorled.
Calyx 5-lobed, or almost absent. Petals 5, epigynous, usually obovate or
obcordate, the tips usually incurved. Stamens 5, filaments incurved.
Ovary inferior, usually 2-celled ; styles 2, distinct, erect or recurved. Fruit
of 2 indehiscent, 1-seeded, flattened carpels or mericarps, with 10 more or less
prominent ridges or oil canals technically known as vittae.
TRACHYMENE. — A genus with
about 14 species of usually hairy herbs,
having ternately dissected, or rarely
divided, toothed leaves, and flowers in
simple umbels.
T. cserulea (Didiscus cceruleus). — A
native of W. Australia 1-2 ft. high, with
leaves once or twice three-parted ; lobes
linear wedge-shaped, trifid or incised.
Flowers in July and August. Lavender-blue,
on long stalks, each bearing an umbel
1-2 in. across. There is also a white-
flowered variety rarely seen.
Culture and Propagation. — This
annual is best raised from seeds sown in
heat in February or March, but care must
be taken not to keep the seedlings too
moist, or they may damp off. By the end
of May they will be strong enough for
planting out in rather good warm soil. It
may be noted that plants with blue flowers
are very rare in the Umbellifer order, and
this rather tender annual is therefore
decidedly interesting.
ERYNGIUM (Eryngo; Ska Holly).
A genus containing over 100 species of
usually spiny, perennial, Thistle-like herbs,
with spiny-toothed, lobed or dissected
leaves, rarely entire and stiffly ciliated.
Flowers sessile, in dense heads or spikes,
surrounded by a whorl of spiny bracts.
Calyx teeth rigid, acute or pungent.
Petals erect. Disc dilated. Fruit ovoid
or obovoid, scarcely compressed, with
a broad commissure.
Culture and Propagation. — Man}7 of
the Eryngiums are now very popular
garden plants, and are more valued for
the appearance of the bracts than for the
flowers themselves. Some of the more
highly coloured species like E. amethysti-
num when grown in masses or beds by
themselves are very effective. They
thrive in a light, well-drained, sandy
loam, and may be increased by very care-
ful division early in autumn or in spring.
If not carefully done the divided plants
may, and often do, die. They are per-
haps better raised from seeds sown as
soon as ripe, and kept in a cold frame
until spring, when they will germinate.
By September the seedlings will be fit for
planting out, or if the season be unfavour-
able, they may be planted the following
spring. The chief point to remember in
the cultivation of Sea Hollies is the fact
that they dislike moist or wet situations,
and enjoy warm and thoroughly well-
drained soil.
The following are a lew of the best for
garden purposes, although many others
are to be found in botanical collections : —
E. alpinum. — A native of the Alpine
pastures of Switzerland, li-2 ft. high.
Lower leaves long-stalked, heart-shaped,
toothed, undivided, the upper ones stem-
clasping, palmately lobed, and serrately
fringed. Flowers in summer, blue or
white, in oblong heads ; bracts 10-20, oi
a beautiful deep blue, the outer ones
pinnatifid, the inner ones deeply serrate -
ciliate. The erroneous name of caelestvn/u/m
has recently been applied to this plant by
some growers and may lead to confusion.
Cult me ac. as above. This species
likes a rather chalky well-drained soil.
Increased by seeds or division.
E. amethystinum. — A beautiful but
rather straggling species 1-1| ft. high,
native of Dahnatia and Croatia. Lower
leaves pinnatifid, with cut spiny lobes.
Flowers in July and August, amethyst-
purple, in rounded heads, with 7-8 long
lanceolate toothed bracts and brilliant
violet-purple stems.
Culture dc. as above. This species
is often confused with E. oliverianum, a
much taller and more vigorous plant. It
is easily raised from seed.
E. Bourgati. — This is the ' Chardons
bleus ' of the Pyrenees, and grows 1-2 ft.
high. Lower leaves roundish, 3-parted,
with pinnatifid or forked lobes. Flowers
from June to August, bluish, in ovoid
heads, with 10-12 beautiful long, lance-
shaped, prickly bracts of a striking bluish
sea-green colour.
Culture dtc. as above.
466
PBACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS astbantia
E. bromeliaefolium. — A distinct Mexi-
can plant 3-4 ft. high, with broadly lance-
shaped linear, parallel-veined leaves,
having awl-shaped teeth along the mar-
gins and reminding one of some of the
tropical Bromelias. Flowers in July,
white, in round heads, with 10 lance-
shaped acute bracts.
Culture dc. as above.
E. caeruleum. — A pretty Himalayan
perennial 2-3 ft. high, with oblong, entire
or slightly crenate lower leaves, borne on
long stalks, the upper ones on the stems
being stalkless and palmately divided.
The steel-blue flowers appear in summer
in heads surrounded by steel-blue spiny
bracts.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds or division. Quite hardy in most
places in well-drained soil.
E. corniculatum. — This closely re-
sembles E. alpinum in appearance and
might easily be mistaken for it if the two
species were not seen side by side. It
grows about 2 ft. high, and has smaller
and more loosely arranged steely-blue
flower heads and bracts.
Culture Sc. as above.
E. eburneum. — This species is a native
of Monte Video, and is closely related to
E. bromelice folium. It grows 4-6 ft.
high and has stiffer and stronger stems.
The leaves are also broader and stiffer,
and are slightly recurving. It produces
its heads of whitish flowers tinged with
yellow in July and August, and is on the
whole a very ornamental plant for massing
in groups for subtropical effect.
Culture dc. as above.
E. giganteum. — A native of the
Caucasus 3-4 ft. high, with forked stems.
Leaves heart-shaped, lower ones entire,
roughish, downy or smooth beneath, net-
veined, crenate-toothed ; upper ones stem-
clasping, deeply lobed, spiny. Flowers in
summer, blue, in ovoid heads, surrounded
by 8-9 ovate or lance-shaped, deeply cut.
spiny bracts of a more or less beautiful
blue-green tint.
Culture dc. as above. This species
flourishes in almost any position so long
as the soil is well drained.
E. maritimum [Common Sea Holly).
A native of the sandy shores of the British
Islands, with stout stems 1-2 ft. high.
Leaves of a whitish glaucous hue, lower
ones roundish, 3-lobed, spiny, upper ones
palmate. Flowers from July to October,
bluish- white, in ovoid heads, with 5-7
ovate, spiny-serrate bracts.
Culture dc. as above.
E. oliverianum. — This species is often
confused with E. amethystinum. It
grows much taller than that species, from
2-4 ft. In habit and general appearance
it resembles E. alpinum, and produces in
great abundance its heads of bright steely-
blue flowers, with 10-12 bracts, during
the summer.
Culture dc. as above. Easily raised
from seeds.
E. pandanifolium. — A noble species
from Monte Video, 10 15 ft. high. Lower
leaves 4-6 ft. long, very glaucous, concave,
pointed, with spiny margins. Flowers
purplish, in rather small roundish heads
with scarcely any bracts.
Culture dc. as above. This fine
species is perhaps not quite so hardy as
some of the others, but it grows very well
in southern parts. As a single specimen
on a lawn it looks well. E. Lasseauxi is
nearly related, and quite hardy. It grows
only 6 7 ft. high, however, and its narrow
leaves rarely exceed a yard in length.
E. planum. — A native of E. Europe,
1-2 ft. high, with white and blue stems.
Lower leaves ovate heart-shaped, cre-
nated, undivided, on long stalks ; upper
ones stalkless, more or less 5-parted and
serrated. Flowers in summer, blue, in
rounded heads, with 6-8 lance-shaped,
remotely spiny-toothed bracts.
Culture dc. as above.
ASTRANTIA (Masterwort). — A
genus of smooth, erect, often branched,
herbaceous perennials, with palmately
lobed and dissected toothed leaves. Um-
bels simple or irregularly compound, sur-
rounded by an involucre of many radiating,
often coloured bracts. Flowers poly-
gamous, the fertile ones on shorter stalks
than the sterile. Calyx teeth very sharp.
Petals notched with a long inflexed point.
Fruit ovoid or oblong, almost round ;
commissure broad ; carpophore none.
Culture and Propagation. — Astrantias
although not particularly showy have a
peculiar beauty of their own. They grow
in any ordinary soil, but prefer a rather
damp position, and are useful for banks,
borders, or woodland walks. They may
be increased by division in early autumn
or spring. Seeds may also be sown in
AST11ANTIA
SEA HOLLY OB DEB
MYRRHIS 467
cold frames as soon as ripe, and the seed-
lings may be transplanted in mild weather
the following spring.
A. carniolica. — A pretty species, 6-12
in. high, native of Carniola. Lower leaves
with 5-7 oblong-pointed, unequally ser-
rated lobes. Flowers in May, white.
Bracts 12-13, entire, white, with a central
green line tinged with red.
Culture itc. as above.
A. helleborifolia (A. maxima). — A
native of the E. Caucasus, 1-2 ft. high.
Lower leaves with 3 ovate-lance-shaped,
unequally serrated lobes. Flowers in
June, pink, with 12 13 ovate-lance-shaped,
bristly bracts of the same colour, some-
what exceeding the umbel.
Culture (f-c. as above.
A. major. — A very distinct and pretty
European species 1-2 ft. high, now natura-
lised in woods near Ludlow and Malvern.
Leaves .with 3-7 ovate-lance-shaped,
rather 3-cleft, bristly serrated lobes.
Flowers in June and July, white or pink,
with 15-20 linear lance-shaped, entire
reticulated bracts, white beneath, dark
green tinged with pink above.
Culture dtc. as above.
A. minor. — An interesting little peren-
nial 6-9 in. high, native of the Alps and
Pyrenees. It has leaves palmately cut
or divided into 7-9 lance-shaped acute
toothed lobes. The small rosy-white
flowers appear in June and July, the
heads being surrounded by 12-15 whitish
bracts.
Culture Sc. as above.
HACQUETIA. — A genus containing
only the species described below : —
H. Epipactis (Dondia Epipactis). — A
curiously pretty perennial 3-6 in. high,
native of Carinthia and Carniola. Lower
leaves stalked, palmate, with 3 wedge-
shaped, 2-3-cleft leaflets. Flowers in
spring, greenish-yellow, polygamous, on
short pedicels, with an involucre of 5-6
obovate bracts, longer than the umbels.
Calyx teeth very sharp. Petals notched.
Culture and Propagation. — Being
rather slow in growth it is safer not to
divide the plant until strong healthy
clumps have been formed. Spring is the
best time for division. The plant likes a
good rich loam, and may be used in the
rockery, edges of borders, banks &c.
MOLOPOSPERMUM. — A genus
containing only one species here de-
scribed : —
M. cicutarium. - A very ornamental
perennial 3 6 ft. high, native of the
mountains of Central Europe. The
strong hollow and furrowed steins are
furnished witli large handsome leaves
pinnately divided and cut into irregularly
toothed lance-shaped segments. The
yellowish-white polygamous flowers are
borne in May in many-rayed umbels, and
have oblong or wedge-shaped petals with
incurved or slightly reflexed tips.
Culture mid Propagation. — -This
plant makes an elegant bush of dense
irregular growth, with finely divided Fern-
like foliage that renders it suitable either
for grouping on grass or for the wilder
and more picturesque parts of the garden.
It flourishes in ordinary good garden soil
with plenty of moisture in summer, and
may be increased by division of the roots
in early autumn or spring ; or by seeds
sown in cold frames when ripe, afterwards
transferring the seedlings in mild weather
in spring.
BUPLEURUM (Hare's Ear). —A
genus containing 60 species of quite
smooth shrubs or rigid annual or peren-
nial herbs, with mostly entire leaves.
Flowers usually in compound many-
rayed umbels. Calyx teeth obsolete.
Petals flat, incurved at the apex. Fruits
flattened.
B. fruticosum. — A Spanish shrubby
species 3-6 ft. high, with purplish branches
and oblong, leathery, sea-green stalkless
leaves narrowed at the base. Flowers
in July, yellowish, with long involucral
bracts.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species grows readily in ordinary soil,
and may be increased from seeds sown as
soon as ripe in cold frames, or in spring,
afterwards pricking the seedlings out
when large enough for transferring to the
open border. Or the plants may be more
readily increased by dividing the roots in
early autumn or spring.
There are other species such as fruti-
cescens, graminifolium, falcatum, ro-
tundifolium &c, but they are not gener-
ally grown except in botanic gardens.
MYRRHIS (Myrrh ; Sweet Cicely).
A genus with 2 species of hairy peren-
nials, with finely cut, pinnate leaves and
white polygamous flowers. Calyx teeth
H h 2
468
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
FERULA
minute or absent. Petals wedge-shaped,
obovate or oblong, incurved at the tip.
Fruit flattened, shortly beaked. Carpo-
phore 2-cleft.
M. odorata. — A graceful native plant
2-3 ft. high, with temately decompound
leaves, having pinnately cut leaflets.
Flowers in May, white, sweet-scented,
with involucres of many lance -shaped
ciliated bracts. Fruit about 1 in. long,
with 5 prominent ribs, usually clothed
with minute rigid hairs.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species is suitable for naturalising near
woodland walks, shrubberies, and wild
places generally. It may be increased
by division in early autumn or spring or
by seeds sown out of doors as soon as ripe
in prepared spots, afterwards pricking the
seedlings out in spring. It was once used
as a pot herb in this country.
FCENICULUM (Fennel).— A genus
of 3 or 4 species of tall, smooth, biennial
or perennial herbs, with finely divided,
pinnate leaves, and yellow flowers in
compound umbels.
F. dulce and F. vulgare (or officinalis)
are best known. The former, although a
biennial, is considered by some to be
merely a form of the perennial F. vulgare,
a. native of Britain and S. Europe.
Culture and Propagation. — Although
useful as pot herbs, the Fennels have
such graceful feathery foliage that they
are worth a place on any waste bank.
They will thrive in ordinary soil, and
may be easily increased by seeds sown in
spring out of doors or by division of the
roots early in autumn.
MEUM. — A genus with only one
species : —
M. athamanticum (Spignet). — An
elegant and fragrant native perennial
6-18 in. high, chiefly found in northern
alpine pastures. The oblong leaves are
pinnately divided and cut into numerous
Fern-like leaflets, and the white or purplish
flowers are borne in compound umbels in
June and July.
Culture and Propagation. — This
graceful perennial is chiefly valuable for
its finely divided elegant foliage, and is a
suitable plant for the border or rock-
garden. It flourishes in ordinary garden
soil, but likes plenty of water during the
summer months to keep it in a fresh-
looking condition. It may be increased
by dividing the roots in early autumn or
spring ; and by seeds sown in the open
border or cold frames when ripe.
ACIPHYLLA. — A genus containing
about 20 species of curious perennial
herbs with pinnately divided and much-
cut leaves. Flowers white, often poly-
gamous-dioecious, borne in compound
umbels. Calyx teeth usually conspicuous.
Petals acute or tapering, concave or
slightly inflexed at the tip.
A. Colensoi. — This is a native of New
Zealand and forms a roundish spiny bush
4-8 ft. high in its native country. A.
Lyalli is very similar in habit but is
smoother in all its parts, the leaves being
pinnately divided into sharp spiny seg-
ments. A. squarrosa, known as the
' Bayonet Plant,' is the best known species
and is similar to the others in habit and
appearance.
Culture and Propagation. — These
plants flourish in well-drained sandy soil
and are suitable for warm sunny parts of
the rock garden. They may be increased
by dividing the roots in early autumn or
spring, or by sowing the seeds in cold
frames when ripe.
FERULA (Giant Fennel). — A genus
with 60 species of glaucous smooth herbs,
with large, finely divided leaves, and tall
branched flower stems. Umbels com
pound, many-rayed. Fruit almost flat
winged at the sides.
Culture and Propagation. — The Giano
Fennels are noble-looking plants, especi-
ally if grown in deep rich soil. They are
easily grown, and should be planted in
positions in which they are not likely to
be disturbed for a few years. Either
singly or in small groups near a shrubbery,
or on a lawn or grass land, they have a
graceful effect, especially in early spring
when their deep green beautiful foliage
is seen to great advantage.
The plants have thick roots, and should
be very carefully divided when an increase
is desired. They are easily raised from
seed, which should be sown as soon as
ripe in a prepared spot, and afterwards
carefully transplanted the following spring
in mild showery weather.
The following are best known : —
F. communis. — A noble plant 8-12
ft. high, native of the Mediterranean
region, with finely cut, needle-like, flaccid
leaves, the upper ones with very large
sheaths. Flowers in June, yellow ; cen-
ARALIA
IVY ORDER
ARALIA 469
tral umbel nearly sessile ; side ones small,
stalked ; involucre wanting.
Culture dc. as above.
F. glauca. — A beautiful plant 6-8 ft.
high, native of S. Europe. Leaves glaucous
beneath, with linear, elongated, flat leaflets.
Flowers in June, yellow ; side umbels on
longer stalks than the central one ; invo-
lucre absent.
Culture dc. as above.
F. tingitana. — A native of N. Africa
6-8 ft. high. Leaves shining, with deeply
toothed, oblong lance-shaped leaflets.
Flowers in June ; side umbels few, on
longer stalks than the central ones.
Culture dc. as above.
HERACLEUM (Cow Parsnip; Hag-
weed). — A genus containing 70 species of
tall, strong, coarse-growing, more or less
hairy biennial or perennial herbs, with
large, broadly lobed, pinnate or ternately
dissected leaves, and flowers in large, com-
pound, many-rayed umbels. Calyx teeth
absent, or more or less conspicuous.
Petals wedge-shaped, rhomboid, or
clawed, notched or deeply 2-lobed, points
incurved. Fruit roundish obovoid or ob-
long-flattened.
Culture and Propagation. — Hera-
cleums are essentially plants for the wild
garden. They will grow in any poor soil
and seem to be as much at home among
brick rubbish as on the banks of streams
or ponds. They may be increased by
seeds sown in the open border when ripe
or in spring, or by division in early
autumn or spring, but will reproduce
themselves from seed if left alone.
Some very fine plants of H. gig ante um
(or villosum) — the ' Cartwheel Flower '
— were growing in June 1899 among the
rubbish around Westminster Cathedral,
London. They were 6-10 ft. high, with
green and purplish stems 2-3 in. in
diameter, with large lobed spreading
leaves. Many of the umbels of white
flowers were as much as 18 in. across, the
stalks of each little umbel radiating
upwards from the main stalk like the
spokes of a wheel or the ribs of an um-
brella turned inside out.
There are several other species, such as
setosum, sibiricum, eminens &c, but they
are somewhat confused, and none have
such a fine aspect as giganteum, although
the Persian H. peraicwm and the Cau-
casian H. pubescens are also noble-looking
plants.
LVI. ARALIACE^E— Ivy Order
An order containing about 40 genera and 340 species of erect or climbing
trees or shrubs, rarely herbs, often clothed with a starry down, occasionally
spiny. Leaves alternate or rarely opposite, entire, toothed, lobed, or palmately
or pinnately divided. Stipules various, rarely none. Flowers regular, herma-
phrodite, polygamous, or rarely dioecious, in heads, umbels, racemes, or panicles.
Calyx tube adnate to the ovary. Petals 3 or more, often 5, usually valvate.
Stamens as many as petals, rarely more. Ovary inferior, 1- or more celled.
Fruit a drupe or berry.
species described below are the only ones
more or less hardy in the British Islands.
They thrive in a deep, rich, well- drained
loam, and should be planted in sheltered
sunny spots. In northern parts the plants
may require protection with a little canvas
or matting in hard winters. They have
a very graceful and ornamental aspect,
and lend a somewhat tropical appearance
to the garden. Most of the species may
be increased by seeds sown as soon as
ripe or in spring in cold frames ; or by root
and stem cuttings 2-3 in. long in sandy
soil in heat in early spring. Some kinds
ARALIA. — A genus containing about
30 species of smooth or downy, bristly or
spiny shrubs or herbs. Leaves alternate,
digitate, or once or more pinnately cut
with serrulate leaflets. Flowers often
polygamous-monoecious, in umbellate
racemes or panicles, rarely hi compound
umbels. Calyx shortly 5-toothed. Petals
5, ovate, obtuse, or very shortly incurved
at the tip, more or less imbricate at the
edges. Ovary 2-5-celled. Fruit com-
pressed, 3-5-angled, containing 2-5 stony
seeds.
Culture and Propagation. — The
470 PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS acanthopanax
produce suckers freely, and these may be
detached with as many roots as possible,
and replanted in mild showery weather
either in early autumn — say in September
— or in spring.
A. cachemirica (A. macrophylla) . —
A Himalayan herbaceous perennial about
6 ft. high, with very large compound
leaves, the harry leaflets of which are
4-5 in. long and tapering to a point.
The umbels of white flowers appear in
summer and are arranged in a narrow
terminal raceme 3-4 ft. long.
Culture dec. as above. Increased by
seeds. Requires warm sunny situations.
A. chinensis. — "When this species is
well furnished with its leathery pinnate
leaves, it is a very handsome shrub. It
is a native of China and grows 6-12 ft.
high, and in favourable situations con-
siderably more. The flowers are creamy-
white, in umbellate panicles, and add a
beauty to the plant in July and August.
Dimorphantlius mandschuricusis another
name for it, and there is a variety called
canescens with very hairy and prickly
leaves 3-5 ft. long. A new variety with
an irregular silvery bordering to the leaves
has recently appeared.
Culture d-c. as above. This plant
enjoys warm and moist situations and
may be grown near ponds, streams &c,
where the roots are likely to secure an
abundance of moisture.
A. edulis. — A hairy and spineless
Japanese perennial 4-6 ft. high. Lower
leaves pinnate, with about 5 leaflets ;
upper ones with stalked, finely toothed,
downy leaflets. Flowers in summer,
white, numerous, in rounded umbels.
This is also known as A. cordata.
Culture d-c. as above. Grows well in
shade.
A. nudicaulis. — A native of North
America 3-4 ft. high. Lower leaves pin-
nate, with 5 oblong- oval, tapering, serrate
leaflets. Flowers in June, greenish,
each division of the trifid scape bearing
a many-flowered umbel.
Culture d'-c. as above. This herbaceous
species grows well in shade and may be
increased by division or from seeds.
A. racemosa. — A highly ornamental
N. American herbaceous plant 3-4 ft. high.
Leaf stalks 3-parted, each one bearing
3-5 ovate or heart-shaped, pointed, ser-
rated, smoothish leaflets. Flowers in
June, greenish-white, in terminal umbel-
late racemes.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds or division. Grows well in shade.
A. spinosa {Angelica Tree). — A fine
N. American shrub 8-12 ft. high, with
simple prickly stems, forming an um-
brella-like head. Leaves twice and thrice
pinnate, with ovate pointed, deeply
serrated leaflets. Flowers in autumn,
small, white, in large panicles.
Culture dc. as above. Suckers are
freely produced and may be utilised for
increasing the plants.
ACANTHOPANAX.— A small genus
of smooth or woolly shrubs or small trees
closely related to the Aralias and often
called by that name in gardens. The
leaves are usually palmately lobed.
Flowers polygamous or hermaphrodite.
Petals and stamens 5, rarely 4.
Culture and Propagation. — The
remarks made under Aralia are equally
applicable to Acanthopanax. The plants
like a deep rich and well -drained loam
and warm sheltered situations fully ex-
posed to the sunshine. They may be
increased from seeds, cuttings of the roots,
or ripened shoots, and also by suckers
from the base.
A. ricinifolium (Aralia Maximowiczi).
An elegant Japanese shrub with erect
spiny stems, said to reach a height of 90 ft.
in the forests of Yezo. Leaves long-
stalked, palmately 5-7-lobed like those of
the Castor Oil plant (Bicinus) ; lobes 3^, in.
long, lance-shaped, serrate.
Culture dc. as above. This is a very
striking plant and quite hardy as far north
as the Thames Valley.
A. sessiliflorum. — A recently introduced
species native of China and Japan. It has
roughish dark green wrinkled leaves cut
into 3 5 lobes. The small dull purple
flowers with protruding stamens appear
in summer and are closely packed into a
roundish sessile head at the ends of the
shoots.
Culture Ac. as above.
A. spinosum (Aralia pentapliylla). —
This must not be confused with the North
American Aralia spinosa described above.
It is a native of China and Japan, and in
cultivation becomes a small shrub with
prickly stems. The deep green leaves are
cut into 3-5 ovate lance-shaped segments
2-3 in. long, with serrate margins, and
i'VI'SI \
IVY OBDEli
HEDEKA 471
constitute the chief attraction of the plant.
The variety va/riegata has the leaves
broadly edged with creamy white.
( 'ulture dtc. as above.
FATSIA. — A small genus closely re-
lated to Acanthopanax, and like that
often called Aralia in gardens. The flowers
are polygamous or hermaphrodite. Petals
4-6, membranous. Stamens 4-6.
Culture and Propagation. The
Fatsias are well known chiefly through
F. japonica described below. They may
be cultivated in the open air in the same
way as the Aralia and Acanthopanax, in
deep rich well -drained soil, and in warm
sheltered spots. They are increased by
seeds sown under glass, and by cuttings of
the steins and roots.
F. horrida. — This rather tender shrub
is a native of the Rocky Mountains and
also Japan. The stems and leaf stalks are
thickly covered with sharp spines a cir-
cumstance that suggested the specific
name, and the leaves are palmately lobed
and densely covered with prickles on the
midrib and principal veins.
Culture itc. as above. This plant re-
quires a warm well-drained soil and posi-
tions sheltered from bleak winds. Too
much moisture at the root in winter is very
injurious, but during the spring and sum-
mer months plenty of water maybe given.
F. japonica (AraUa Sieboldi). — A
beautiful Japanese evergreen shrub 3-5
ft. high, with large, leathery, digitate, shin-
ing green leaves.
Culture dc. as above. This plant is
usually grown in greenhouses, and thou-
sands are raised every year from seeds
sown in spring in heat. The tops of the
seedlings are often taken off as cuttings
and rooted, and make very fine symmetri-
cal plants. Large specimens look well on
lawns in semi- shady places. Not quite
hardy in severe winters except in the
mildest parts of the country. There are
beautiful silver and golden variegated
forms less hardy than the type.
F. papyrifera {Aralia papyri/era). —
Chinese Rice-paper Plant. — A handsome
Formosan shrub 6-8 ft. high, and prac-
tically hardy in sunny spots in the southern
parts of the country. Protection from
frost is required in northern localities.
The leaves are 8-12 in. long, 5-7-lobed,
downy when young, smooth when old.
Flowers greenish in drooping panicles
2-3 ft. long.
( 'ulture dc. as above.
HEDERA (Ivy).— Botanically there
are only 2 species of Ivy — the Australian
(H. australiana) and the British (H.
Helix). It is the latter and its numerous
varieties that are so well-known in culti-
vation. The essential characters of the
genus are : — climbing evergreen shrubs,
with simple, undivided, lobed (or pinnate
in H. australiana) leaves. Flowers poly-
gamous in paniculate umbels. Calyx
entire or 5-toothed. Petals 5, valvate.
Stamens 5. Ovary 5-celled, styles united
in a cone or short column.
The uses to which Ivy can be put are
numerous. As a rule the common Ivy
(H. Helix) and its green-leaved forms are
more vigorous than the silver or golden
forms. Covering old walls, old stumps of
trees, decorating stone pillars of gate-
ways, the sides of buildings, or under trees
where nothing else will grow, are a few
of the many ways in which Ivy may be
appropriately used.
Culture and Propagation. — Although
not particular as to soil, Ivy grows much
better in good rich sandy loam than in
poorer soil, and it covers any required
space in a much quicker period.
Increase of the commoner sorts is very
easy, especially where roots are freely
produced on the stem. Pieces any length,
if placed on the soil and covered over or
pegged down here and there in the autumn,
will readily root, and begin to grow
freely the following spring. The Tree
Ivies are usually grafted on stocks of a
baser kind, and all rare and special varie-
ties are usually increased by this means
under glass, as it is quicker and more
sine than by cuttings. Of late years Tree
Ivies have become more popular, and in
appropriate positions make fine bushes in
the garden.
Below is a description of Hedera
Helix and some of its best varieties : —
H. Helix (Common Ivy). — A native
of the British Islands, Western and S.
Europe, N. Africa, and West Central Asia.
Leaves thick and shining, ovate, angled
or 3-5-lobed ; those of the flowerless stems
usually much more divided than the
others. Flowers in autumn, yellowish-
green, succeeded by umbellate clusters of
roundish fruits.
var. algeriensis (H. canescens, H
472
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS hedera
viridis). — A beautiful quick-growing
variety, with large yellowish-green leaves
varying from entire, broadly ovate or
roundish, to a peculiar 3-lobed form.
There is a variegated form of this.
var. arborescens (Tree Ivy). — An
arborescent form of the Common Ivy.
There are forms with golden and silver
variegation, and also one with yellow
berries.
var. canariensis (H. grandifolia). — Irish
Ivy. — Leaves deep green, usually 5-lobed,
terminal lobe largest. This is excellent
for quickly covering walls, or bare ground
under trees, or wherever anything else
will not grow. The branches which
produce flowers and fruit have ovate
entire leaves. There are gold and silver
variegated forms of the Irish Ivy, known
respectively as aureo-maculata and foliis
argenteis.
var, chrysocarpa. — A quick-growing
climber with smallish, almost triangular
or 3-lobed leaves, central lobe often pro-
longed with a few sharp lobes or notches ;
colour grey-green, with veins of a lighter
shade. The variety awrantiaca is similar,
but has yellow fruits.
var. conglomerate,. — A distinct, slow-
growing, erect variety, with small wavy
leaves, and short internodes. Excellent
for rambling over rockwork.
var. cuspidata minor. — A pretty vari-
ety with purplish stems and leaf stalks,
and small uniformly 3-lobed and crenated
leaves, of a rich glossy green, with whitish
veins.
var. deltoidea. — A distinct Ivy with
stout, purplish stems, and bluntly deltoid
blackish-green leaves, changing to a dull
purple-bronze in autumn. Suitable for
walls.
var. dentata. — A large handsome
form with leathery, heart-shaped, glossy
leaves, sometimes distinctly toothed.
var. digitata. — A strong-growing Ivy
with finger-shaped, blackish- green leaves,
with whitish veins. Excellent for walls.
The variety eaemvoodiana is very similar
if not identical with this.
var. done rail ensis. — A very pretty
form with small 3-lobed leaves, which
assume a dull purple-brown in winter.
var. Glymi. — A distinct, wiry-growing
form, with leaves varying from ovate to
long wedge-shaped, many being obscurely
3-lobed, of a very glossy, deep, dull green.
This variety is also known as tortuosa.
var. gracilis. — A graceful variety,
with wiry, purplish stems, and 3-lobed
leaves, light dull green changing to rich
bronze in autumn. Good for covering
walls, pillars, old stumps &c.
vat: lobata major. — A strong, free-
growing variety with deep glossy green,
3-5-lobed leaves.
var. lac Ida. — A quick grower, with
deltoid or 3-5-lobed glossy leaves.
var. luteola. — A fine, strong-growing
Tree Ivy, with broadly ovate, irregularly
rhomboid, sometimes 3-lobed leaves, green
in the centre, mottled with grey, and
broadly edged with creamy yellow.
var. marginata. — A rather slow-grow-
ing variety with bhintly triangular leaves,
dull green, edged with creamy white,
brightly striped with red or pink in
autumn.
var. marginata aurea has elongated
triangular leaves, edged with pale orange-
yellow, turning to red. Good wall
Ivy.
var. marginata minor (H. Caven-
dishi). — Leaves smaller than in marginata
proper ; rather a slow grower, with weak
stems.
var. marginata. rubra (H. elegantis-
sima; H. tricolor). — Leaves like those of
marginata in shape, but with deep rosy-
red edges in autumn. The colour dis-
appears in spring. There is also a form
called marginata purpurea.
var. mannorata. — A fine large-leaved
form with irregular creamy-white blotches.
The sub-variety minor is distinct, with
smaller leaves.
var. palmata. — Leaves 3-5-lobed, dull,
deep green, very much like digitata
when young.
var. pellucida. — A vigorous variety,
with red stems when young. Leaves
bluntly 4-angled, mottled with green and
white.
var. purpurea. — A climbing form
with leathery leaves of a purplish colour,
like rcegneriana.
var. ragneriana. — A handsome vig-
orous form, with broadly heart-shaped,
leathery, dark green leaves. The tree
form is very striking.
var. rhombea. — A distinct form with
medium-sized, rhomboid leaves, green,
narrowly edged with creamy white.
var. sagitt&folia . — A free-growing,
wiry-stemmed variety, usually with
bluntly 3-lobed leaves, the central lobes
projecting, sharply triangular; colour
deep dull green, with a few blackish-
CORNUS
DOGWOOD ORDER
cornus 473
bronze blotches, changing to rich purple-
bronze in autumn.
var. sartifolia (H. cordata). — A
distinct but not strong-growing variety,
with roundish, triangular, or obscurely
3 -lobed, dull green leaves, with obscure
veins.
var. variegata. — A beautiful form of
the Common Ivy with light green leaves,
edged and blotched with creamy-white.
var. willsiana (H. nigra). — A dark-
leaved form near lobata major, but
much darker in colour in summer, and in
winter almost black ; veins less distinctly
marked.
In catalogues many other names will
be found, but as a good deal of confusion
exists with the names, it is better to see
the actual plants than to buy from cata-
logue descriptions.
LV11. CORNACEiE Dogwood Order
A genus consisting of 12 genera and 75 species of smooth or silky-haired
trees or shrubs. Leaves opposite, or alternate, often stalked, leathery, entire,
or occasionally lobed, angled, or serrate. Stipules none. Flowers usually
small, regular, unisexual or hermaphrodite. Calyx-limb 4-5-toothed or
lobed. Petals none, or 4-5, rarely more. Stamens 4 or 5. Ovary inferior,
1-4-celled. Fruit often drupe-like, with 1-4 stony seeds.
CORNUS (Cornel ; Dogwood).—
This genus contains about 25 species of
trees or shrubs, rarely herbs, with
opposite, rarely alternate, stalked or
nearly sessile, entire, or somewhat ser-
rulate leaves, often glaucous beneath.
Flowers hermaphrodite. Calyx-tube more
or less bell-shaped, round, angled, or
ribbed. Petals 4, oblong or ovate.
Stamens 4. Disc cushion-like, or absent.
Drupe ovoid or oblong.
All the shrubby Dogwoods are useful
for shrubberies, and some of them look
well in groups on grass against which the
deep purple leafless stems look beautiful
even in winter. The ground beneath may
be carpeted with such dwarf and early-
flowering plants as the Winter Aconite,
Snowdrops, Crocuses, Scillas &c. to give a
brightening effect to the surroundings.
Culture and Propagation. — They may
be increased by seeds, layers, suckers, or
cuttings in the autumn. The seeds may
be sown in cold frames, and when well
germinated the following spring the seed-
lings may be pricked out into light rich
soil. Cuttings of the ripened shoots also
root readily in most cases under a hand-
light in autumn, but any that refuse to be
increased in this way may be layered, or
suckers from the base may be detached and
replanted. C. canadensis and C. suecica
are herbaceous and not shrubby kinds and
require somewhat different treatment.
They thrive in sandy peat, in rather shad}'
spots ; and are easily increased by dividing
the roots in early autumn. The other
species grow well in rich well-drained
loam and are benefited by an annual
mulching of well-rotted manure in autumn
or winter.
C. alba {White-Fruited Dogwood). —
A native of N. Asia and Siberia, about
10 ft. high, with slender, reddish branches
and creamy-white flowers, succeeded by
white fruits. The variety Spiitlii has
beautiful bronzy leaves in spring, changing
to green with an irregular gold margin in
summer. Gouchalti is another varie-
gated form. Sibirica is a dwarf variety
with bright-coloured branches, and it
also has a variegated form.
Culture dc. as above.
C. alternifolia. — A rare N. American
species 20-80 ft. high, in a wild state, and
on damp ground. Full-grown trees make
beautiful pyramids, the branches of which
spread out horizontally in tiers and are
clothed with deep green bark. As may be
seen from the characters of the genus
given above, the leaves of most of the
Dogwoods are opposite, but in this species,
as the name indicates, they are alternate.
It has pale yellow flowers, and bluish-
black berries borne on bright red stalks.
Culture dc. as above.
C. asperifolia. — Also a native of N.
America, with reddish -brown bark, small
hairy leaves, and pearly white berries on
reddish stalks.
Culture Ac. as above. This species
grows naturally in dry sandy places and
likes warm sunny positions in our gardens.
474
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
CORNUS
C. californica. — A California!! species
about 10 ft. high with smooth branches,
hairy branchlets, and cymes of pretty
white flowers, succeeded by white berries.
Culture die. as above.
C, canadensis (Bunch Berry ; Dwarf
Cornel). — A small N. American herbace-
ous plant 4-8 in. high, with upper leaves
in whorls, ovate pointed, veined, on short
stalks. Flowers in May, purplish- white,
umbellate, shorter than the 4 white, ovate,
pointed bracts. Berries red, conspicuous,
sweet and palatable.
Culture and Propagation. — This is
a suitable plant for the bog garden, or
cool parts of the rockery. It may be
easily increased by dividing the roots in
early autumn.
C. capitata (Benthamia fragifera). —
Strawberry Tree. — A beautiful tree
native of N. India and China, often
reaching a height of 40 ft. in Devonshire
and Cornwall, and the S. of Ireland, the
only parts where it appears to be hardy.
Leaves 8-4 in. long, lance-shaped, pointed
at each end, shortly stalked, roughish,
with small adpressed down. Flowers
from June to October, large, white, ses-
sile, densely clustered in a round head.
Fruit about the size of a very large
Strawberry, clear red, composed of many
more or less hexagonal fleshy drupes.
Culture dtc. as above.
C. circinata {Bound-Leaved Dog-
wood).— A native of the United States,
3-10 ft. high, with purple-greenish, warty
branches, and large, roundish, oval,
abruptly pointed leaves, 4-5 in. long,
covered with hoary down beneath.
Flowers in June, white, in flat cymes.
Berries bright blue, about the size of a
Pea.
Culture die. as above.
C. florida (Flowering Dogwood). — A
beautiful tree, 20-30 ft. high in the
United States, with a very bitter bark.
Leaves ovate pointed, with adpressed
hairs on both surfaces, changing to
shades of green, brown, buff, and yellow
in autumn. Flowers in April and May,
greenish-yellow, with 4 large white
obcordate bracts. There is a form (fiore
rubro) in which the flowers are tinted
with bright red.
Culture die. as above. Only in the
hottest parts of the country does C. florida
grow to the best advantage, as the pro-
duction of its fine flowers depends upon
the thorough ripening of the wood.
C. Kousa (Benthamia japonica). — A
beautiful Japanese species 3-8 ft. high,
with ovate lance-shaped leaves, and
clusters of small yellowish flowers, which,
however, are surrounded by 4 large white
ovate pointed bracts much more attractive
in appearance and each about H in. long.
They appear in May and June.
Culture d'-c. as above.
C. macrophylla (C. hrachypoda). — A
Japanese species of moderate size, with
crimson-stalked, elliptic ovate, green
leaves, which change to brown tinted
with rose in autumn. Flowers in early
smnmer, white, in clusters. There is a
variegated form, with white-edged leaves,
but it is not particularly striking.
Culture dtc. as above.
C. Mas (C. mascula). — Cornelian
Cherry. — A beaxitiful free - growing
Austrian species 10-15 ft. high, with oval-
pointed leaves, rather downy on both
surfaces. Flowers from February to
April, yellow, appearing before the leaves,
in umbels about equal in length to the
4-leaved involucre. The variety varie-
gat a has leaves variegated with silvery
white ; and elegantissima has the foliage
beautifully marked with creamy white
and tinged with red. Other forms are
a/urea, fructu violaceo, lanceolata, nana
(or puniila), and xanthocarpa. Old trees
flower and fruit freely, the fruit being an
inch or more long, Cherry-like, bright red,
yellow or violet. C. officinalis from Japan
and Corea resembles the Cornelian Cherry
in appearance, but may be easily distin-
guished by the tufts of rusty-coloured
hairs in the axils of the main veins of the
leaves.
Culture die. as above.
C. Nuttalli. — A native of the forests
of California and Oregon, where it attains
a height of 50-60 ft., with leaves like
those of C. florida. The flowers are
surrotmded usually by 6 large broad
white bracts, each 2-3 in. long.
Culture die. as above. Seedlings of
this species are best grown on under the
protection of cold frames for a year or two
until comparatively large and sturdy,
before planting in the open border.
C. paniculata. — A native of the
United States 4-8 ft. high, with pale
purple branches. Leaves ovate, pointed,
COKNUS
DOGWOOD OBDEB
AUCUBA 475
smooth, hoary beneath. Flowers in July
and August in loose cymes. Fruit white.
Culture dtc. as above.
C. pubescens. — This shrubby Dogwood
grows 4-12 ft. high, and is a native of
Western N. America. It has smooth pur-
plish branches more or less covered with
hairs, and oval or ovate-acute leaves,
green above, silky white beneath. The
white flowers appear in summer, and are
succeeded by white fruits.
Culture dtc. as above.
C. sanguinea (Common Dogwood ;
Dogberry; Prick wood). — A native of
Britain and north temperate regions, 6 8
ft. high, with dark red branches. Leaves
2-3 in. long, ovate, or ovate oblong, acute,
downy. Flowers in June and July,
creamy white, in dense terminal cymes,
succeeded by small black berries. The
variety candid issima has pale yellowish-
green bark ; latifolia has much broader
leaves than the type ; and variegata is an
undesirable form with variegated foliage.
Culture dtc. as above.
C. sericea. — A native of the United
States 5-8 ft. high, with woolly branchlets,
having a didl purple -coloured bark and
ovate pointed leaves, clothed with rusty
down beneath. Flowers in summer,
white, in woolly depressed corymbs.
Berries pale blue, roundish.
Culture dtc. as above. This species
prefers rather moist and boggy situations
and may be grown on the banks of streams,
ponds &c.
C. stolonifera (Bed Osier Dogivood).
A North American species 4-10 ft. high,
spreading and increasing freely by
prostrate or underground stems. Young
shoots bright reddish-purple. Leaves
ovate acute, downy, whitish beneath.
Flowers in May, white, in small flat
cymes. Berries white. C. Baileyi, a
recently introduced Dogwood, native of S.
Canada, is closely related but may be dis-
tinguished from this species by its erect
habit, by the absence of creeping under-
ground stems, by the duller brownish bark,
the pearly-white fruits, and the white
woolliness of the under surface of the
leaves.
Culture dc. as above for C. sericea.
C. stricta. — A straight-growing spe-
cies 8-15 ft. high, native of the United
States, with reddish-brown branches.
Leaves ovate, pointed, smooth, green on
both sides. Flowers in June, white, in
loose, flatfish cymes. There is a form
with white and yellow variegated leaves.
The type is also known as C. candid ix*i ma.
Culture dtc. as above.
C. suecica. — A native of Britain and
Northern Europe, about 6 in. high, with
opposite, sessile, ovate leaves. Flowers
in June, dark purple, with 4 white
bracts, which finally change to green.
Berries red.
Culture and Propagation. — Like C.
canadensis this herbaceous species may
be grown in swampy or cool moist places
and may be increased by dividing the roots
in early autumn. It will also flourish in
ordinary garden soil which is not particu-
larly moist.
AUCUBA.— A genus of beautiful
evergreen shrubs with opposite leaves, and
small dioecious flowers in axillary panicles.
In the male flowers the calyx is small, 4-
toothed. Petals 4, ovate or lance-shaped.
Stamens 4. Disc 4-angled, fleshy. Ovary
none. Female flowers : — Calyx tiibe ovoid
or nearly cylindrical, 4-toothed. Fruit a
1 -seeded drupe about the size of the Sloe.
A. japonica. — A native of Japan 6-10-
ft. high, with broadly ovate-lance- shaped
leaves, pointed, toothed, leathery in
texture, smooth and shining, pale green
spotted and mottled with yellow. There
are numerous more or less distinct forms
of both the male and female kinds, all
worth growing. A. himalaica, from the
Himalayas, is probably a geographical
form of A. japonica. A large-leaved form
of it called macrophylla has orange-
coloured berries. The distinct features of
the following varieties are sufficiently
indicated by the names : albo-variegata,
a/urea, dentata, latimacitlata, latifolia,
angustifolia, pygmcea, salicifolia, sul-
phurea, and viridis.
Culture and Propagation. — Aucubas
are excellent shrubs for growing where
others will not, as under trees. The
pollen-bearing plants (i.e. those having
stamens) should be planted near the
others so that a good crop of bright red
berries may be always relied upon.
One male or pollen-bearing plant in the
vicinity of several female or pistillate ones
will be sufficient to ensure fertilisation by
natural means. "Where this is not the
case, the crop of berries may be improved
by collecting the pollen, and dusting it with
476
PBACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
NYSSA
a camel-hair brush on to the pistil when
the tip of the latter is in a sticky condition.
Aucubas thrive in airy garden soil, and
may be increased by cuttings inserted in
light sandy soil in spring or autumn in
shady borders ; or from seeds sown as
soon as ripe in pans or boxes in cold
frames. The lower branches may also be
layered during the summer months and
detached in autumn or spring when well
rooted.
GARRY A. — A genus containing
about 8 species of shrubs with 4-angled
branches, and opposite entire or denticu-
late evergreen leaves. Flowers dioecious,
in slender drooping catkins. Petals none.
Stamens 4. Ovary 1 -celled ; styles 2.
Berry ovoid, 1 2-seeded.
G. elliptica. — A beautiful Californian
evergreen 8-10 ft. high, with elliptic, dark
shining green leaves, hoary beneath.
Flowers in mild winters as early as
December, pale greenish -white or yellow-
ish in drooping catkins so much like
slender tassels that the name Tassel-bush
has been suggested as a popular name.
Berries black. The pollen plant is more
elegant than the berry-bearing one.
Culture and Propagation. — This is
the only species at present generally
grown. In warm situations it makes
a beautiful bush ; but it is often grown
on a wall. In cold localities it requires
shelter. The plants thrive in rich sandy
loam, and may be increased by seeds, or
cuttings of the half- ripened wood inserted
in sandy loam in August, and shaded
from the sun until rooted. Also by
budding or grafting on stocks of Aucuba
japonica, and by layering the shoots in
autumn, and detaching in spring when
well rooted.
GRISELINIA. —A genus with 8
species of trees or shrubs, having alternate,
often unequal-sided, oblong, nearly quad-
rate or lance- shaped, thick leathery entire
leaves, spiny-toothed or angled. Flowers
dioecious, in terminal panicles. Calyx
teeth, petals, and stamens 5 in the male
flowers. Berry ovoid.
Culture and Propagation. — Grise-
linias thrive in light rich loam, and may
be increased by cuttings or layers like
Aucubas. Both the species described
below are natives of N. Zealand.
G. littoralis. — This grows 80 ft. high
in a wild state. It has ovate or oblong
leathery and glossy leaves, which remain
on the plant during winter. It is a good
plant for seaside places and seems to be
hardy in the mildest parts of the country.
Culture dec. as above.
G. lucida. — Grows 10-12 ft. high, with
obliquely ovate, unequal-sided leaves,
distinctly veined beneath, and of a shining
green above. The variety macrophylla is
chiefly distinguishable from the type by
its larger leaves.
Culture dc. as above.
NYSSA (Tupelo Tree).— A genus of
more or less silky haired deciduous trees or
shrubs with alternate stalked leaves which
are entire or lobed or toothed when young.
The small polygamous-dioecious flowers
are borne in crowded heads, or short
racemes at the ends of the axillary stalks.
The male flowers have a somewhat cup-
shaped calyx with 5 or more teeth. Petals
and stamens 5 or more. Disc large,
cushion-like, entire or lobed. The female
flowers have a more or less bell- shaped
calyx with 5 teeth. Petals none or very
small. Stamens none, or rudimentary.
Ovary 1-celled. Fruit an oblong drupe.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Nyssas are rather handsome trees, but
are very rarely seen outside botanic gar-
dens. They are chiefly valuable for the
autumn colouring of the foliage, which
becomes a deep scarlet tint, and looks very
fine wherever a good specimen is growing.
The plants flourish in moist or marshy
peat spots and may be planted near the
edges of lakes, streams, ponds &c. Seeds
do not often ripen in cultivation, but the
plants may be increased by layering the
branches in late summer or auturnn.
N. aquatica (Water Tupelo). — A
native of the Southern United States,
where it attains a height of 30-50 ft. It
has oval oblong entire leaves 3-4 in. long,
glaucous beneath, and tinged with red in
autiunn. The flowers appear in April and
May, and are succeeded by pairs of dark
blue obovoid drupes about the size of a pea.
Culture dc. as above.
N. capitata (Ogeechee Lime). — This is
also a native of the South United States,
and grows about 30 ft. high. The leaves
are more or less oval or oblong and downy
beneath, and the flowers appear in April
and May. The red Plum-like fruits
appear in due course and are of an agree-
ably acid flavour.
Culture dc. as above.
NYSSA
GUELDER ROSE ORDER
BAMBUCUS 477
N. sylvatica (N. mitltiflora). — Black
or Sour Gum; Pepperidgc. — A North
American tree, 30-50 ft. high, with a
habit somewhat resembling that of the
Beech. The deep green oval leaves, 2-4
in. long, are downy when yonng but
smooth when old, and are then remark-
able for their brilliant crimson hues,
which look effective. The flowers appear
in May, and are succeeded by deep blue
fruits.
Culture Sc. as above. This species
flourishes in deep rich loam, and will also
grow slowly in poor gravelly soils.
N. uniflora. — A native of the swamps
of Florida, where it grows 70-90 ft. high.
The long-stalked oval tapering leaves,
with 2-3 teeth on one side, are 5-6 in.
long, and downy beneath. The small
solitary flowers appear in May, and are
succeeded by large deep blue fruits.
Culture Sc. as above. This is the
tallest of the Tupelo trees, but does not ap-
pear to be quite so hardy as the others.
Division II. GAMOPETALOUS DICOTYLEDONS
Series I. Epigyn.e (see p. 125).
LVIII. CAPRIFOLIACE^E— Guelder Rose Order
An order consisting of 14 genera and about 200 species of shrubs or herbs with
opposite, simple, or compound leaves and no stipules. Flowers usually
corymbose or cymose, and often sweet-scented. Calyx-limb superior, 3-5-
toothed or lobed, usually with 2 or more bracts at the base. Corolla regular
or irregular, gamopetalous or polypetalous, often 2-lipped. Stamens 4-10,
epipetalous. Fruit a berry, drupe, or dry capsule.
SAMBUCUS (Elder). — A genus
containing 10-12 species of ornamental
trees or shrubs, rarely herbs, with pinnate
leaves, and large compound cymes of
small white, yellow, or pinkish flowers.
Calyx limb 3-5 -lobed or toothed. Corolla
rotate or somewhat bell-shaped, with 3-5
usually imbricated lobes. Stamens 5.
Fruit a berry-like drupe with 3-5 one-
seeded stones.
Culture and Propagation. — The Com-
mon Elder (S. nigra), as everyone knows,
grows well in any soil with plenty of sun-
shine above and moisture beneath. Its
more ornamental varieties and other
species do equally well under similar
conditions, and when judiciously planted
lend a charm to the landscape. Herba-
ceous kinds like S. Ebuhts may be in-
creased by dividing the rootstocks in
early autumn or spring. The shrubby
kinds increase easily from cuttings in-
serted in sandy moist soil in shade. Seeds
also germinate freely, not only in the case
of the Common Elder, but also the others.
They may be sown as soon as ripe out of
doors in the milder parts of the country,
or in cold frames in more unfavourable
localities.
S. canadensis. — A handsome Canadian
Elder 6-12 ft. high, with pinnate leaves
composed of 4-5 pairs of leaflets and an
odd one, the lowest pair being often cut
into two or three lobes. The whitish
flowers appear about June and July, and
are borne in long-stalked flatfish clusters,
being afterwards succeeded by purple-
black fruits.
Culture dc. as above. A good plant
for placing near the margins of lakes,
streams &c.
S. Ebulus (Dane's Blood ; Dwarf Elder
d-c.). — A native of Europe, temperate
Asia and N. Africa, and also the British
Islands, whither it is supposed to have
been introduced by the Danes. It has
stout ribbed and grooved herbaceous
stems 2-4 ft. high, and leaves with 4-6
pairs of oblong-lance-shaped, serrate
leaflets 4-6 in. long. Flowers in July
and August, white tipped with pink, in
cymes 3-4 in. across. Berries small,
globose, black. This plant, which emits a
somewhat obnoxious smell when bruised,
is useful for rough shrubberies, banks &c.
It may be increased by dividing the roots
in early autumn or in spring.
Culture dc. as above.
478
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS viburnum
S. glauca (S. calif ornica). — A beautiful
Elder, native of California and other parts
of Western America, where it grows
30-50 ft. high. It very much resembles
our Common Elder (S. nigra) in the foliage,
having lance-shaped serrate leaflets. The
whitish flowers appear in early summer,
and are succeeded by blackish fruits which
are remarkable for the thick bluish-white
bloom that covers the surface, and sug-
gested the specific name.
Culture dc. as above.
S. nigra (Common Elder ; Boon Tree ;
Bur Tree). — A well-known British tree
20-25 ft. high, having leaves divided into
2-4 pairs of ovate-oblong, or lance-shaped,
serrate leaflets 1-3 in. long. Flowers in
May and June, white, in flat-topped
cymes 4-6 in. across, succeeded by small
black berries, so much used for making
Elderberry Wine in many parts of the
country.
There are several fine-leaved varieties,
among which may be mentioned \—foliis
aureis — the Golden Elder, with yellow
leaves. A beautiful plant which may be
kept dwarf and bushy by pinching out
the tips of the young shoots ; laciniata —
Parsley -leaved Elder, a handsome form
with finely cut leaves ; monstrosa, with
the flowers increased in parts, branches
striped, and fruits irregular ; rotund if olia,
with trifoliolate leaves and roundish
leaflets. There are also silver and golden
variegated-leaved forms, and forms with
white (leucocarpa), and yellowish -green
fruits (virescens).
Culture Sc. as above.
S. racemosa (Hart's Elder ; Scarlet-
Berried Elder). — A large shrub 10-20 ft.
high, native of S. Europe and Siberia, with
large pinnate smoothish pale green leaves;
leaflets 5, oblong pointed, serrated, un-
equal at the base. Flowers in April and
May, white, in panicles, succeeded by
scarlet fruits in favourable places. The
variety serratifolia is an elegant shrub
with deeply cut serrated leaflets. There
are also forms called laciniata with
jagged leaflets, and plvmosa with deeply
pinnatifid ones. The variety foliis aureis
has yellow foliage ; rosceflora has deep
pink or purple-tinted blossoms ; spectabilis
has purer white flowers than the type ;
and tenuifolia is a handsome form with
the leaf segments cut into narrow strips.
Culture cfc. as above.
VIBURNUM. — A genus containing
about 80 species of ornamental, deciduous
or evergreen trees and shrubs, with
opposite, rarely whorled leaves, stalked,
entire, serrate or toothed, always simple,
with or without stipules. Flowers white
or pinkish, jointed on the pedicels, in
terminal or axillary cymes, corymbs, or
panicles, hermaphrodite, or the outer
ones much larger and sterile (as in
Hydrangea). Calyx-tube turbinate or
ovoid ; limb short, equally 5-toothed.
Corolla regular, rotate, bell-shaped or
tubular, with 5 equal imbricated lobes.
Stamens 5, epipetalous. Fruit a 1-
seeded, dry or fleshy, round or flattened
drupe.
Culture and Propagation. — Most of
the Viburnums are easily grown in any
fairly good soil with plenty of moisture at
the root in summer. They are increased
by layers ; or by cuttings of the half-
ripened young shoots inserted in sandy
soil in a cold frame, or under handlights
in a shady place. In autumn or winter a
little pruning or thinning out of dead or
useless branches may be needed, and a
Sjood top-dressing of manure will be highly
beneficial to the plants.
The genus is familiar to almost every
one by means of the Snowball Tree or
Guelder Rose (V. Opulus) and the
Laurustinus (V. Tinus). But there are
several other fine species in cultivation,
all worth growing either in borders or
shrubberies, or in groups by themselves
on grass &c.
V. acerifolium (Dockmackie). — A
pretty compact shrub about 4 ft. high,
native of the N.E. United States.
Leaves roundish, Maple-like, somewhat
coarsely toothed and 3-lobed, downy
beneath, 4-5 in. across, becoming a
bright claret colour in autumn. Flowers
in May and June, white, on slender
stalked cymes 2-3 in. across, with very
few sterile blossoms, or none. Fruit
black, oval.
Culture dtc. as above.
V. cassinoides. — A compact shrub
about 6 ft. high, native of swampy places
in N. America. Leaves 3-4 in. long,
thick, leathery, ovate-oblong. Flowers
in June, yellowish-white, in flat cymes
4 5 in. across. Fruit handsome, rosy at
first, changing to bluish-black.
Culture dc. as above.
VIHUUNUM
d U ELD Eli ROSE ORDER
VIBURNUM 479
V. coriaceum. A recently introduced
Chinese species with dark evergreen
leaves, 3-5 in. long, pointed, smooth,
distantly toothed, somewhat resembling
those of a green Aucuba. Flowers in
summer, white, almost tubular, in small
terminal corymbs.
Culture d-c. as above.
V. cotinifolium {Indian Wayfaring
Tree). — A pretty Himalayan shrub 5-10
ft. high, with ovate or elliptic leaves,
almost entire, rarely coarsely crenate,
usually woolly beneath. Flowers in
June, white, in dense terminal corymbs
2 3 in. across.
Culture Sc. as above.
V. dentatum (V. monta/nnm).
American Arrow Wood. — A handsome
shrub 5-10 ft. high, native of the Eastern
United States. Leaves 2-4 in. across,
broadly ovate or roundish, strongly veined,
deeply and regularly toothed, often
bearded in the axils of the veins. Flowers
in June, white, all small and fertile, in
terminal cymes 3 4 in. across. Fruit
dark blue or purple, small, ovoid, rarely
ripened in this country. There is a
variegated form.
Culture d-e. as above.
V. dilatatum. A handsome Japanese
shrub 6 10 ft. high. Leaves 3-5 in. long,
varying from roundish to obovate, usually
abruptly and bluntly pointed, coarsely
and unevenly toothed, slightly hairy, on
stalks about i in. long. Flowers in June,
white, 5 in. across, in branched cymes
2-6 in. across. Fruit brilliant red. This
species is still very rare.
Culture d-c. as above.
V. erosum. — A sturdy Japanese and
Chinese shrub 5 ft. or more high, with
much-forked branches, and ovate-pointed
leaves, 2-4 in. long, with small, linear
stipules. Flowers in summer, greenish-
white, in small clusters. Fruit red.
Culture d'-e. as above.
V. furcatum (V. cordifolium). — A rare
and handsome Japanese shrub, 12-15 ft.
high, with large, broad, almost round
leaves, which assume brilliant scarlet and
reddish-purple hues in autumn, and con-
stitute the chief ornamental value of the
plant.
Culture d'c. as above.
V. Lantana (Wayfaring Tree). — A
beautiful British, European and tempe-
rate Asiatic tree 12 -15 ft. high or more.
Leaves broadly oblong, heart-shaped, 2 4
in. long, serrulate, wrinkled, rich red in
autumn, covered with a pale down
beneath, also on the young branches.
Flowers in May and June, white, \ in.
across, in flat, stoutly rayed cymes. Fruit
at first red, afterwards black. There is a
rather valueless form, with variegated
white and yellow leaves.
Culture d-c. as above.
V. lantanoides (V. alnifolium). —
Hobble Bush; Moosewood. — A beauti-
ful N. American shrub or small tree, with
roundly ovate or heart-shaped leaves, 3 6
in. across, bluntly pointed, closely serrated,
beautifully claret-tinted in autumn, with
a rusty down on the veins beneath, as
well as on the stalks and young branches.
Flowers in May, white, the outer ones
sterile, an inch or more across, in broad,
flat, sessile cymes. Fruit at first coral-
red, afterwards dark-purple or black.
Culture inn! Propagation. — This
species does not succeed in all places. It
probably requires a moist and somewhat
shady position. It is said to grow well
grafted on stocks of V. Lantana.
V. Lentago (V. nitidum). — Sheep
Berry; Sweet Vibv/rnum. — A handsome
tree 15-30 ft. high, native of Eastern N.
America, with long-stalked, shining, ovate
or lance-shaped leaves, tapering rather
abruptly to a fine point, and minutely
and regularly toothed on the margins.
Flowers from May to July, creamy white,
all fertile, in a sessile cyme. Fruit bluish -
black, edible, sweet, oval, about i in.
long.
Culture de. as above.
V. macrocephalum (V. Fortunei). —
This beautiful Chinese shrub is said to
reach a height of about 20 ft. Leaves
bluntly ovate, 2-4 in. long, denticulate,
with a roughish down on the under sur-
face. Flowers in June, all large and
sterile, 1-li in. across, pure white, borne
on pyramidal trusses.
The variety Keteleeri is the wild type,
from which the cultivated V. macroce-
phalum has sprung. It is like the sterile
plant in habit, but the centre of the flower
trusses have small, fertile flowers, the
outer ones only being sterile.
Culture d:e. as above.
V. molle. — A vigorous shrub 6-12 ft.
high, native of the S.E. United States,
and closely related to V. dentatum.
480
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS viburnum
Leaves broadly oval, obovate or ovate,
coarsely crenate or toothed, very downy
beneath. Flowers in July, white, in
downy cymes. Fruit purple or blue,
ovoid, small, but larger than that of V.
dcntatum.
Culture dc. as above.
V. nudum (American Withe Bod). — A
native of the N. United States, 6-10 ft.
high, and closely resembling V. cassi-
noides. Leaves thick and glossy, oval,
oblong or lance-shaped. Flowers in May
and June, white, all fertile, in shortly
stalked cymes. Fruit black when ripe,
sweet, ovoid, j in. long. There is a
variety called Claytoni but very rarely
seen.
Culture dc. as above.
V. odoratissimum (V. Awafuhi). — A
handsome evergreen Chinese* shrub, 6-10
ft. high, with elliptic, leathery, shining
green leaves 3-6 in. long, entire or some-
what sinuate-toothed. Flowers in May,
small and dull white, but very fragrant,
in corymbs 2 4 in. high.
This species is only hardy in the
southern parts of England and Ireland.
In cooler places it requires the shelter of
a south wall.
Culture dc. as above.
V. Opulus (V. edule ; V.Oxy coccus). —
Guelder Rose; Snoivball Tree; Cran-
berry Tree; Dog Boioan Tree; Marsh
or Water Elder dc. — A handsome shrub
6-15 ft. high, native of the British Islands,
Europe, N. and W. Asia, and N. America.
Leaves 2-3 in. long, 3-lobed, the young
ones downy ; lobes unequal, serrated.
Flowers in June and July, creamy white,
in rounded cymes 2-4 in. across. Fruits
red, globose, translucent, 3 in. in dia-
meter, very handsome in autumn.
The variety sterile is best known as
the Guelder Rose or Snowball Tree, and
is remarkable for having nearly all pure
white, sterile flowers, which cannot of
course produce the beautiful fruits of the
less showy form.
There is a variety called fructu luteo,
with yellow instead of red berries ; nanum,
a curious dwarf plant, 1-2 ft. high,
forming dense, rounded tufts, but does not
flower freely. There is also a form (foliis
rnrieejatis) with white and yellow varie-
gated leaves.
Culture dc. as above.
V. plicatum. — A beautiful Japanese
shrub 4-6 ft. high with dark green, oblong-
elliptic or roundish, coarsely serrated,
plaited leaves 3-5 in. long, smooth above,
downy beneath. Flowers in May and
June, pure white, all sterile, in globular
heads 3 in. or more across, at the tip of
almost every branch, and resembling the
Guelder Rose. Botanically V. plicatum
is the sterile form of V. tomentosum.
When well established V. x>licatum is
perhaps the finest species in cultivation
and is very hardy.
Culture dc. as above.
V. prunifolium (Black Haw). — A native
of the Central and Southern United
States 6-15 ft. high. Leaves dark shining
green like those of a Plum, finely and
sharply serrated, often assuming beautiful
red or purple tints hi autumn. Flowers
in May and June, pure white, succeeded
by bluish-black fruits.
Culture dc. as above.
V. pubescens. — A somewhat compact
shrub 6 ft. or more high, with roundish,
coarsely toothed leaves 1|— 2| in. long
on purplish, downy stalks. Flowers
in June, creamy white, tubular, in flat
cymes. Fruits oval, ^ in. long, bluish -
black. It is a native of N. America.
Culture dc. as above.
V. Sieboldi (V.reticulatum). — A strong
sturdy Japanese bush with dark glossy
green, obovate leaves 2-5 in. long, strongly
veined and coarsely toothed towards the
apex. Flowers in early summer, creamy
white, all fertile, in flat terminal cymes.
Fruit black, about 1 in. long.
Culture dc. as above.
V. Tinus (Laurustinus). — An orna-
mental evergreen 8-10 ft. high, with ovate
oblong entire leaves, glandular hairy
beneath. Flowers from Christmas to
Easter, rosy in bud, white when open, in
flat trusses 2-3 in. across. Fruits dark
blue, rarely produced. It is a native of
the Mediterranean region.
Culture dc. as above. Except in severe
winters this species is hardy in most
parts of the country, but prefers sunny
situations. If cut down by frost new
branches are almost sure to spring up
again. There are several varieties, includ-
ing : Frcebeli, with pale green leaves and
white flowers ; hirtum, which flowers in
autumn and winter and has oval oblong
leaves, hairy beneath ; lucidum flowers
in spring, leaves large, shining, smooth.
There is a sub-varietv of this with varie-
SYMrHOIITCWUMS
GUELDER ROSE ORDER
ABE J, I A 481
gated leaves ; strictum, an erect-growing
kind, of which there is also a variegated
form ; virgatum, an Italian variety with
oblong lance-shaped leaves, hairy beneath,
and on the margins. There are others,
such as purpureum, pyramidale, rotundi-
folium, variahile &c. more or less distinct.
V. tomentosum. This is the fertile
flowering form of V. plicatum, from which
it differs in having more hairy, oblong,
serrate, roughish leaves, and only the
outer flowers large, showy and sterile,
those in the centre being smaller and
with stamens and pistil.
Culture dc. as above.
SYMPHORICARPUS (St. Peter's
Wort; Snowberry Tree). — A genus con-
taining about 6 species of handsome dwarf
deciduous shrubs, with opposite, shortly
stalked, ovate, entire or sinuate-toothed
leaves. Flowers small in short axillary
racemes or spikes. Calyx tube nearly
round, limb irregularly 4-5-toothecl.
Corolla funnel- or bell-shaped, 4-5-lobed.
Stamens 4-5. Drupes berry-like, white
or red, ovoid or round, fleshy, 4-stoned.
Culture and Propagation. — Snow-
berries grow well in ordinary garden soil
and may be increased by suckers which
are freely produced. Seeds may be sown
in the open border when ripe in a prepared
spot, and the seedlings may be transplanted
in mild weather the following spring or
autumn. But the plants are hardly worth
this trouble. They are scarcely suitable
for the flower border or shrubbery but
make excellent covert plants. They are
very graceful looking, with the green
leaves and slender branches swaying
gently in the breeze.
S. occidentalis (Wolf Berry). — A na-
tive of N. America, 3-5 ft. high. Leaves
ovate, entire or sinuate-toothed, or lobed
on the young shoots, downy beneath.
Flowers in summer, white tinged with
rose, bearded within. Closely related is
S. Heyeri, a native of Colorado, with
rhomboid prominently veined leaves of
firm texture, and pretty rose-coloured
flowers.
Cult hit <(■(■. as above.
S. racemosus (Common Snow Berry).
A N. American shrub 4-5 ft. high, with
oval entire leaves, glaucous beneath.
Flowers from July to September, rosy, in
loose spikes at the ends of the branches ;
corolla bearded inside. Berries white.
almost as large as a Barcelona Nut,
persistent during the winter. There is
a variety called pawiflorus witli fewer
flowers.
Culture dc. as above.
S. vulgaris (Coral Berry; Indian
Currant; Common St. Peter's Wort). —
A North American shrub 3 6 ft. high,
with blunt elliptic-ovate, glaucous leaves,
downy beneath. Flowers from July to
September, red and yellow, in small
dense clusters in the axils of the leaves ;
corolla slightly bearded. In winter one
of the chief attractions of this shrub is
the white berries, which are borne in
great abundance and are very conspicu-
ous. There is a pretty variety (foliis
va/riegatis), having the leaves beautifully
variegated with green and yellow. This
species is now known as S. orbiculatus.
Culture dc. as above.
ABELIA. — A genus of very orna-
mental deciduous or evergreen shrubs
with stalked opposite leaves, and terminal
or axillary clusters of flowers. Calyx-lobes
leafy or linear. Corolla funnel-shaped,
5-lobed. Stamens 4, eqixal ; or 2 long
and 2 short. Ovary 3-celled. Fruit a
leathery, 1 -seeded berry.
Culture and Propagation. — Abelias
are hardy only in the southern parts of
England and Ireland, although in more
northern parts they may survive hard
winters with a little protection against
sunny south walls. They thrive in a
mixture of sandy peat and loam, and
may be increased by layers ; or by cuttings
in sandy soil in summer, under glass, or
in a cold frame.
A. chinensis (A. rupestris). — A
deciduous hairy Chinese shrub about 5 ft.
high with small oblong leaves. Flowers
in autumn, small, pink, in pairs at the
tips of the branches, swreet-scenti d ;
sepals leafy, reddish-tinged. The variety
grandiflora is a garden seedling with
rosy white flowers.
Culture dc. as above.
A. floribunda. — A free-flowering, ever-
green Mexican species about 3 ft. high,
with ovate oblong leaves. Flowers in
March, rose-purple, 2 m. long, in drooping
axillary clusters.
Culture dc. as above. This is rather
tender in northern parts of the kingdom
and is best grown against a south wall
in such localities.
i I
482
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS loniceba
A. serrata. — A fine Chinese evergreen
shrub about 3 ft. high, with serrated
leaves. Flowers in March, pale red,
sweet-scented, large.
Culture de. as above.
A. spathulata. — A free-flowering
Japanese evergreen shrub 2-3 ft. high.
Leaves about 2 in. long, elliptic lance-
shaped, bluntly pointed, sinuate-toothed,
smooth above, downy beneath, edged
with purple. Flowers in April, about 1
in. long, in pairs, white with yellow
blotches in the throat of the corolla.
Culture dbc. as above.
A. triflora. — A pretty Himalayan shrub
2-3 ft. high, with ovate lance-shaped
pointed leaves 2-3 in. long. Flowers in
summer, l in. across, in threes in large
clusters in the axils of the leaves and at
the ends of branches ; they are pale yellow
inside with a pink or purple tube, and
white, oblong, wavy, refiexed petals.
Culture dbc. as above. When well
grown this is a very striking plant when
covered with masses of its sweet-scented
flowers.
A. uniflora. — A handsome Chinese
species, with broadly lance-shaped thick
deep green shining leaves, somewhat like
those of the common Myrtle, and large
pink and white bell-shaped flowers droop-
ing from the branches in August. Calyx
lobes leafy and tinged with brown.
Culture dbc. as above.
LINN^EA. — A genus with only one
species, native of Britain and the N.
Hemisphere.
L. borealis. — A pretty trailing sub-
shrubby creeping evergreen with roundish
or ovate, crenate, slightly hairy leaves.
Flowers in June and July, flesh-coloured,
twin, drooping, fragrant, on axillary
peduncles. Corolla bell-shaped, 5-parted,
with a cylindrical tube. Stamens 4, two
short and two long.
Culture and Propagation. — This is an
excellent plant for moist parts of the
rockery or in cool borders. It thrives in
peaty soil, and may be increased by
division in early autumn or spring.
LONICERA (Honeysuckle). — This
genus contains about 80 species of erect,
trailing, or climbing shrubs, with opposite,
simple, entire or lobed, deciduous or ever-
green leaves. Flowers often fragrant,
cymose, axillary or capitate, sometimes
adhering by the ovary in pairs. Calyx-
limb of 5 often unequal teeth. Corolla
tubular or bell-shaped, gibbous in some
species at the base, limb oblique or 2-
lipped. Stamens 5. Fruit a fleshy, 2-3-
celled berry.
Culture and Propagation. — Loniceras
are charming plants for covering walls,
arbours, trellises &c. They love sunshine,
and a light rich soil, and should therefore
not be planted, as is often seen, in deep
shade at the base of a shady tree, where
the roots have to struggle for existence on
the scanty remnants left by those of the
tree.
In some of the deciduous species a
little judicious priming is occasionally re-
quired. The old wood should be thinned
out to induce new growths to develop,
thus giving a chance of greater profusion
of flower, and also keeping the plants well
furnished with leaf-bearing shoots.
Loniceras root readily in autumn
from cuttings of the ripened young shoots
placed in sandy soil under a handlight or
in a cold frame. They may also be ob-
tained by layers or from seeds. The
latter may be sown when ripe or in spring
in cold frames, afterwards pricking the
seedlings out when large enough into
light rich soil.
L. Alberti. — A distinct and pretty
smooth branching shrub 2-3 ft. high,
native of Eastern Turkestan, with slender
dependent branches. The rather blunt
linear oblong leaves about an inch long
resemble those of Lycium (see p. 691), and
have a glaucous hue. The sweet-scented
rosy -lilac flowers, with an almost regular
5-parted corolla, appear in June in pairs
in the axils of the leaves.
Culture dc. as above.
L. alpigena. — This species grows about
6 ft. high and is a native of the mountains
of Central and S. Europe, and the Hima-
layas. The erect stems are furnished
with oval lance-shaped acute, shortly
stalked leaves, the margins of which are
slightly toothed. The flowers are of a
somewhat dull red, and appear in April
and May. There is a dwarf variety
{nana) about a foot high, which makes a
useful rock plant, and is remarkable for
its shining crimson Cherry- like fruits in
August and September.
L. webbiana., from the Himalayas,
is closely related to this species. It has
large oblong-elliptic leaves, abruptly
LONICIOKA
GUELDER JIOSE ORDER
LONICERA 483
pointed, and 2-lipped yellowish-green
flowers tinged with purple outside.
Culture dc. as above.
L. angustifolia. — A rather handsome
deciduous shrub 4-G ft. high, native of the
Himalayas. It has slender branches and
narrow lance -shaped leaves rather more
than an inch long, and fringed with hairs
on the margins. The small tubular pale
yellow flowers appear in April and May,
and are borne in pairs at the end of a
slender drooping stalk issuing from the
leaf axil.
( '/(It II re dc. ;is above.
L. bella. — A very handsome bush
Honeysuckle about 4-6 ft. high, said to
be a hybrid between the Japanese L.
Morrowi and L. tatarica. It retains its
leaves until quite late in autumn, and
in April and May produces its soft yellow
or rose-tinted flowers in great abundance.
These are afterwards followed, about
July, with shows masses of scarlet fruits
resembling lied Currants. The variety
albida with whitish blossoms is an excel-
lent plant.
Culture dc. as above.
L. Caprifolium.— A native of Central
and S. Europe and W. Asia, but now
naturalised in the copses of Cambridge
a,nd Oxford. Upper leaves united by
very broad bases, oblong or triangular,
glaucous beneath ; lower ones stalked,
broadly ovate or oblong. Flowers in
May and June, yellowish, with a purplish
tube 2 in. long, highly fragrant, borne in
capitate whorls. Berries globose, scarlet.
Culture dc. as above.
L. confusa (L. halleana). — A slender
twining Japanese species with ovate, deep
green leaves, sometimes ruddy tinted.
Flowers in summer, pure white at first,
changing to yellow, in pairs from the axils
of the leaves at the tips of the young
shoots. This plant is now regarded ;is a
variety of L. ja/ponica.
Culture dc. as above.
L. etrusca. A deciduous European
climber with obovate, blunt, downy leaves,
lower ones shortly stalked, upper ones
united at the base, acute. Flowers in
May and June, purple outside, yellow
within, sweet-scented, in verticillate heads
at the ends of the branches. L. semper-
Jiorens is probably a variety of this.
Culture dc. as above. Requires to be
.grown in warm sheltered spots.
L. flava (L. Fraaeri).~A pretty N.
American climber, with smooth, thickish,
obovate or oval, very pale green leaves,
glaucous on both sides, the 2 4 upper pairs
united into round cup -like disks. Flowers
in June, bright .yellow ; tube of the corolla
somewhat gibbous.
ChI tu re iitc. as above.
L. flavescens. — This shrubby Honey-
suckle is also known in some gardens as
L. webbiana, the true plant of which,
named by Wallich, is probably not in
cultivation, or very rarely seen. The
plant here described is said to be a, native
of British Columbia. It has lance shaped
tapering leaves, ovate acute bracts, and
united bracteoles, which conceal the base
of the almost regular corolla. The flowers
appear in early summer and van' in colour
from sulphur-yellow to citron-yellow, and
are slightly covered with glandular hairs.
Culture d-e. as above.
L. flexuosa [L. brachypoda). — A deci-
duous Japanese purple-stemmed climber,
with smooth, ovate-oblong acute leaves on
short stalks, and ruddy tinged. Flowers
in June and July, yellow or purplish,
nearly sessile, sweet-scented. This is now
regarded as a variety of L. japonieu.
Culture dc. as above.
L. fragrantissima. A beautiful Chi-
nese climber, with oblong ovate acute
leaves rounded at the base, nearly smooth
and almost evergreen, except in severe
winters, when they drop. Flowers in
January and February, creamy-white or
pale yellow, sweet-scented, nearly 1 in.
across, tube short, mouth expanded, ap-
pearing before the leaves are developed.
Culture dc. as above.
L. grata. — A vigorous climber from
the New England States, with broad,
glaucous, almost evergreen leaves.
Flowers in May in clusters, whitish with
a purple tube fading to yellow, sweet-
scented. This plant is now regarded as a
form of-L. Caprifoliiini.
Culture d-e. as above.
L. hispida (L. bracteata). — -A Hima-
layan Honeysuckle 2-3 ft. high, with hairy
branches and shortly stalked oblong acute
ciliate leaves, lr>-2 in. long, smooth on
both surfaces. The drooping greenish-
white flowers about 1 in. long appear in
early summer, in pairs, having large ovate
bracts, and are followed in autumn by
purple-coloured berries.
Culture dc. as above.
i i 2
484
PB ACTIO AL GUIDE TO GABDEN PLANTS
LONICEKA
L. implexa (L. balearica). — A native
of the Balearic Isles, Sicily &c, with
roundish evergreen leaves. The flowers
are purple outside and yellow within, and
assume a deeper yellow tinge with age.
Culture (i-c. as above. This is rather
too tender for northern parts of the king-
dom, and even in good localities it cannot
be regarded as a vigorous grower.
L. japonica (L. chinensis). — A slender
hairy Japanese and Chinese climber with
stalked, ovate-acute, hairy leaves, pale
beneath. Flowers from July to Septem-
ber, about 1 in. long, red, hairy outside,
white within, sweet-scented, in pairs at
the tips of the young shoots. The variety
aureo-reticulatah an elegant climber with
more or less elliptic leaves beautifully
netted with golden yellow.
Cult are tie. as above.
L. Kesselringi. — A dwarf and much-
branched shrub, native of Kamtschatka.
Leaves more or less elliptic lance-shaped,
green above, grey beneath. The flowers
appear in pairs in the leaf axils, and are
red outside, red and white inside, with a
bearded throat.
Culture d'-c. as above.
L. Korolkowi (L. floribunda). — A
native of Turkestan with small grey-green
ovate leaves and numerous pale rose-
coloured blossoms borne on short twigs.
There seems to be another plant under
this name having yellowish-white flowers
and orange-red fruits.
Culture d-c. as above.
L. Maacki. — A rather pretty Man-
churian shrub with oblong acute leaves,
and almost stalkless white flowers pro-
duced in the leaf axils in early summer.
The corolla is less than an inch in length,
and is 2-lipped, the lower lip being shortly
4-lobed.
Culture etc. as above.
L. Morrowi. — A handsome Japanese
Honeysuckle resembling L. rupreclitiana,
from which it differs in having smaller and
paler green leaves. It makes a tine bush,
and is very ornamental when covered with
its showy red berries.
Culture d'-c. as above.
L. Periclymenum ( Woodbine or
Honeysuckle). — A native of British
hedges and copses, with climbing twisted
branches. Leaves deciduous, 1-3 in.
long, ovate or oblong, glaucous beneath,
lower ones shortly stalked, upper ones
sessile. Flowers from June to September,
1-1A in. across, glandular downy, dirty
red outside, yellow inside. Berries round,
crimson. The variety serotina, known as
the ' Late Dutch Honeysuckle,' produces
its deeper red flowers in autumn. Belgica,
known simply as the ' Dutch Honey-
suckle,' is a stronger-growing plant than
the type, and has flowers red outside,
yellow within. Quercifolia, the ' Oak-
leaved Honeysuckle,' has leaves sinuated
like those of an Oak.
Culture d'-c. as above.
L. quinquelocularis (L. diversifolia).
A Himalayan species with elliptic or ovate
leaves, downy beneath, and ciliate on the
margins. The yellowish flowers appear
in summer and are succeeded by white
berries.
Culture (tc. as above.
L. ruprechtiana. — A distinct and hand-
some Honeysuckle, native of Manchuria.
The leaves are pale green, somewhat
downy beneath. The clusters of pale
yellow flowers tinged with rose are borne
in great abundance in early summer,
and are in due course succeeded by bright
scarlet translucent berries on gracefully
arching stems. There are several valua-
tions of this species, the chief difference
being the depth of the colouring in the
flowers.
Culture Sc. as above.
L. sempervirens (Trumpet Honey -
sueMe). — A beautiful North American
evergreen climber with obovate or ovate
smooth leaves, glaucous beneath ; upper
ones united at the base. Flowers in
spring and summer, about 1 in. long,
beautiful scarlet outside, yellow within.
There is a variety called minor with
smaller blossoms.
Unfortunately this species is not
perfectly hardy in all parts of the country,
hence its presence in cool greenhouses.
It grows well in southern parts, but in
other places requires the protection of a
sunny south wall,
Culture d'-c. as above.
L. Standishi. — This Chinese climber
is closely related to L. fragrantissimu.
It has ovate-oblong or ovate-lanceolate
leaves, fringed at the edges, and with
hairy flower stalks. Flowers earl}' in the
year, white tinted with purple, sweet-
scented.- This is often confused with
L. fragrantiasima, but it is a purely deci-
LONICEKA
GUELDER HOSE ORDER
DIEKVILLA 485
duous species, and does not open its
blossoms so soon.
Culture dx. as above.
L. tatarica. — A deciduous twiner,
native of Tartary. Leaves heart-shaped
ovate, somewhat acute. Flowers in April
and May, in pairs, rosy ; corolla tube
rather gibbous at the base. Fruits black,
nearly round when young, but at length
united at the base. There is a variety
albiflora with white flowers; m/iercmtha
with small pink flowers changing to yellow,
and succeeded by small red berries ;
and rubriflora with purple-red flowers.
Culture etc. as above. This is one of
the hardiest and best flowering of Honey-
suckles, but it has a tendency to lose its
leaves rather too early towards the end of
summer.
L.Xylosteum(X//Zos/?«/» dumctoruui).
Fly Honeysuckle. — An erect deciduous
shrub native of Europe and N. Asia, but
naturalised in parts of the eastern and
southern counties of England. Leaves
2-3 in. long, shortly stalked, ovate or
obovate. Flowers in May and June, I in.
across, yellow, downy, sessile. Berries
small, crimson. The variety leucoca/rpum
has white berries ; melanocarpum, black ;
and xanthocarpuni, yellow.
Culture dc. as above.
LEYCESTERIA (Flowering Nut-
meg).— This genus contains only one
species : —
L. formosa. — A handsome deciduous
shrub 4-6 ft. high, native of the tem-
perate Himalayas, with hollow sterns,
and rather large, ovate-lance-shaped,
pointed, stalked, smooth, entire leaves.
Flowers in summer, small, white or
purplish, in short leafy drooping racemes,
at the ends of the branches. Calyx -lobes
linear, unequal. Corolla funnel-shaped,
5-lobed, gibbous above the base. Bracts
large, leafy, purplish, downy, generally 6
under each whorl of flowers. Berries dull
purple, many-seeded. There is a form
with variegated foliage.
Cu It are and Propagation. — This
species thrives in good garden soil, and
in mild districts will retain its foliage.
It may be increased by cuttings of the
young shoots in spring, or by older ones
in autumn under a handlight or cold
frame. Seeds may also be sown in
spring or in autumn as soon as ripe in
cold frames. The seedlings when large
enough may be pricked out into light
rich soil in warm and sheltered parts of
the garden. Pheasants are very fond of
the berries.
DIERVILLA (Weigela). — Bush
Honeysuckle. — A genus of handsome
flowering shrubs, with opposite sessile
or stalked leaves, and showy flowers in
axillary and terminal clusters. Calyx-
tube very slender, produced above the
ovary. Corolla funnel- or bell-shaped,
nearly regular. Stamens 5. Style
simple, slender, protruding, with a capi-
tate stigma.
Culture and Propagation. — Diervillas
are among the best and showiest of
ornamental flowering shrubs, and for-
tunately are easily grown in any good
soil in rather moist and partially shady
situations. They are easily increased by
cuttings in spring or autumn inserted in
sandy soil under a handlight, or from the
freely produced suckers. In groups on
grass or in shrubberies Diervillas are
always effective when in leaf and blossom,
although owing to their deciduous nature
they are in a leafless state for a short
period of the year. During the winter
months an opportunity is given to cut out
any old or decaying branches, or others
which may be crowding the centre too
much so as to prevent the admission of
sunshine and free circulation of air.
A good mulching of well-decomposed
manure in autumn or winter will be of
great assistance in keeping the plants in
a vigorous, healthy, and free-flowering
condition.
There seems to be a good deal of
confusion in regard to the naming of the
various species. In the Kew herbarium
there are specimens labelled D. grandi-
flora, D. Jlorida, D. japonica, D. versi-
color, D. Jioribunda, and D. hortensis,
all more or less alike, the chief difference
being in the size of the leaves. The kind
labelled grandiflora has larger and wider
leaves than the others, but to make the
confusion worse, this plant has now been
referred to a hitherto almost unheard-of
species, D. corceensis, by the ' Kew Index.'
D. grandiflora (D. amabilis). — A
beautiful Japanese shrub about 8 ft. high,
with leaves strongly veined on the under
side. Flowers in early summer, pink.
There are several varieties, among which
may be mentioned : Abel Carriere,
Isolineee, striata, Van Houttei, Groeno-
wegenci &c, but some of these and
486
PB ACTIO AL GUIDE TO GABDEN PLANTS
DIER VILLA
others mentioned in catalogues have
become intermixed by the crossing of D.
grand (flora and D. rosea. The variety
called prceco x has deep rosy flowers with
a carmine and yellow throat, and is a
very valuable shrub owing to the fact that
it comes into bloom early in May, nearly
a month before the other forms.
Culture dc. as above.
D. hortensis. — A Japanese shrub 4-5
ft. high, with stalked, ovate, pointed, softly
hairy leaves, having crenate or crenate-
serrulate edges. Flowers red or white,
slightly hairy outside and borne in great
profusion in May and June. The variety
nivea has pure white flowers and is a
remarkably handsome bush.
Culture d'-e. as above.
D. Lonicera (I), canadensis). — A X.
American shrub 3-4 ft. high, with creep-
ing roots, and short-stalked, ovate-pointed,
serrate, smooth leaves, bright tinted in
autumn. Flowers hi summer, yellow.
Culture tic. as above.
D. middendorfiana. — A Siberian shrub
with nearly sessile, ovate-lance-shaped,
finely netted leaves. 2^-3^ in. long,
sharply serrate on the margins and hairy
on the nerves. Flowers in terminal
panicles, yellowish-white, the lower petal
dotted with pink.
Culture d'c. as above.
D. rosea. — A Chinese shrub about &
ft. high, with ovate lance-shaped, serru-
late leaves. Flowers in spring, rose or
white, numerous. There are many fine
varieties, including nana, nana aurea
(with voung leaves golden-yellow), Stelz-
neri. Lavallei, Looymanei &c. It may
be remarked that all the forms of D»
graudiftora, D. amabilis, and D. rosea
are now placed under one specific name,
to wit, D.florida, according to the ' Kew
Handlist.'
Culture d'c. as above.
D. sessilifolia. — A handsome hardy
shrub 3-5 ft. high, native of the mountains
of X. Carolina. The ovate tapering acute
leaves with serrate margins are about 3
in. long, and sit opposite each other on
the stems without stalks. The yellow
flowers, although individually little more
than A in. across, are borne in great
abundance in June on short-stalked
cymes, and are decidedly attractive.
Culture <(r. as above. Being a com-
paratively recent introduction, but little
can be said as to the behaviour of this
distinct yellow-flowered species. It seems
however to be hardy in the milder parts
of the kingdom, and will doubtless
succeed under the same conditions as the
other species. There is a form of it called
splendens.
LIX. RUBIACEiE— Woodruff Order
A large order with about 340 genera and over 4,000 species of erect, trailing,-
or climbing trees, shrubs, or herbs, very few of which are hardy. Leaves
simple, opposite or whorled, entire, serrated, toothed, or pinnatifid-lobed.
Stipules persistent or deciduous, free or adnate to the leaf stalk. Flowers
usually hermaphrodite and regular. Calyx-tube adnate to the ovary ; limb
superior, somewhat cup-like or tubular, entire, toothed or lobed. Corolla
gamopetalous, funnel-shaped, salver-shaped, bell-shaped, or rotate, smooth or
hairy within. Stamens as many as the corolla lobes, rarely fewer, inserted in
the tube. Fruit a capsule, berry, or drupe, 2-10 seeded.
The Bouvardia, Gardenia, Coffee and Cinchona belong to this order, but
cannot be regarded as hardy plants in the British Islands.
CEPHALANTHUS.— A small genus
of erect-growing shrubs or small trees
with round or bluntly 4-angled stems.
Leaves opposite or 3-4 in a whorl, shortly
stalked, oblong or ovate lance-shaped,
with short stipules between the stalks.
Flowers in round compact heads. Calyx
unequally 4-5-toothed, or 4-lobed. Corolla
tubular or humel-shaped, quite smooth,
or hairy in the throat, and having 4 erect
or spreading lobes. Stamens 4.
C. occidentalis. — A handsome decidu-
ous shrub 5-6 ft. high, native of North
America. The ovate tapering leaves are
A.SPERULA
WOODRUFF ORDER
ASPEBULA 487
opposite or 3 in a whorl, and the whitish-
yellow flowers appear about July in
roundish heads at the ends of the shoots.
Culture (Did Propagation. — This
little-known plant may be grown in the
same soil ami situation as the hardy
Azaleas and Rhododendrons. It likes a
moist sandy peat, but will also flourish in
ordinary good garden soil, which although
moist must also be well drained. The
easiest way to increase the plant is by
layering the ripened branches in autumn
and detaching them the following spring
or autumn when well rooted.
HOUSTON I A.— A genus with about
20 species of perennial herbs, having broad
or narrow opposite leaves, and dimorphic
flowers arranged in the axils of the leaves
or in forked cymes. Calyx with 4 lobes,
sometimes alternating with teeth, erect
or recurved. Corolla funnel- or salver-
shaped, 4-lobed. Stamens 4. Ovary
2-celled.
Culture and Propagation. — Most
Houstonias flower nearly all the year
round, and are excellent little plants for
the rock garden. They like tine sandy
and peaty soil with plenty of moisture,
and are increased by division in early
autumn, or by seeds in spring sown in
cold frames or gentle heat about March,
or in the open border about April and
May. Chiefly natives of N.W. America.
H. caerulea (Bluets). — A charming
little evergreen perennial 2—4 in. high,
native of Virginia. Leaves ovate-lance-
shaped, the lower ones spoon-shaped,
slightly hairy, and forming low masses on
the ground. Flowers from about May
onwards, beautiful light blue, sometimes
white as in the pretty variety alba. Co-
rolla salver-shaped, i in. across.
Culture ((■(■. as above.
H. longifolia. — A species about 6 in.
high, with linear oblong upper leaves, and
broadly ovate, entire, or twice or thrice
toothed lower ones tapering at the base
and ciliated. Flowers in August, pale
lilac or lavender.
Culture dc. as above.
H. serpyllifolia. — A species about
'6 in. high, with rather hairy spoon-shaped
leaves, like those of Thyme. Flowers
during summer, white.
Culture dc. as above.
ASPERULA (Woodruff).— A genus
of about 50 species of pretty herbaceous
plants with more or less 4-angled stems,
and opposite leaves with one, two, or
three leaf-like stipules on each side,
making the whole look like a whorl of
leaves. Flowers terminal and axillary
in fascicles. Calyx-limb wanting. Corolla
funnel- or bell-shaped, 4-lobed. Stamens
4 inserted on the tube or throat of the
corolla.
Culture (oul Propagation. — The
Wi m idruffs are pretty plants for the margins
of shrubberies, narrow borders, or parts
of the rockery, and thrive in any garden
soil. They are readily increased by
division of the roots in spring or summer
after flowering. Seeds may also be sown
as soon as ripe in prepared beds of
good soil ; or they may be sown in the
open border in spring, and transplanted
when large enough to handle easily, or
merely thinned out if sown where the
plants are to bloom.
A. cynanchica. — A smooth British
perennial 9 12 in. high. Leaves 4 in a
whorl, oblong lance-shaped. Flowers in
summer, white or blue, elegantly marked
with red lines ; sometimes pure white.
< 'nit lire lie. as above.
A. longiflora. — A smooth weak-
stemmed Hungarian species about 6 in.
high. Leaves 4 in a whorl, linear-
obovate. Flowers in summer, whitish,
tinged with yellow inside, red outside.
Culture dc. as above.
A. montana. — A Hungarian species
6-8 in. high. Leaves linear, lower ones-
6 in a whorl, passing to 4 and 2 upwards.
Flowers hi June and July, pink.
Culture dc. as above.
A. odorata (Sweet Woodruff). — A
charming British plant 6-12 in. high,
with square stems, and lanceolate,
minutely toothed leaves 8 in a whorl.
Flowers in May and June, pure white,
numerous. When dried the plant has a
delicious hay-like scent. It imparts an
agreeable perfume to clothes and pre-
serves them from insects.
Culture dc. as above.
A. orientalis (A. azurea setosa). — A
beautiful Caucasian annual about 1 ft.
high, with lance-shaped, bristly leaves,
about 8 in a whorl. Flowers profusely
in summer, sky-blue in colour, very
fragrant.
Culture dc. as above.
PB ACTIO AL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS Valeriana
CRUCIANELLA (Crosswort). — A
genus containing about 26 species of an-
nual or perennial hairy herbs, with 4 or
more linear lance-shaped leaves in a whorl.
Flowers in spikes or fascicles ; corolla
funnel-shaped, with a long slender tube.
C. stylosa. — A pretty dwarf procum-
bent plant, 9-12 in. high, native of the
Caucasus and Persia. Leaves 8-9 in a
whorl. Flowers in summer, pale rose,
small, freely produced in dense terminal
heads, style much protruding beyond the
mouth of the corolla. There is a scarlet-
flowered form called coccinea and also
one called purpurea with purple blossoms.
Cultureand Propagation. — This plant
is suitable for borders, bare banks, or
rockeries, in sandy or chalky soil. It
makes large masses or tufts and requires
to be either divided or cut back to be kept
within bounds. It is easily increased by
division in early autumn or spring, and
by means of seed sown in cold frames as
soon as ripe, or in the open border about
April ; or in gentle heat about March.
MITCH ELLA. —A genus with a few
species of smooth or downy creeping
herbs, with opposite, shortly-stalked, ovate
rounded leaves, and white fragrant flowers.
Calyx tube ovoid; limb 3 6-toothed.
Corolla funnel-shaped, bearded in the
throat ; limb 3-6-lobed, recurved, valvate.
Fruit scarlet.
M. repens. — A pretty little North
American plant with small reddish leaves
often marked with whitish lines. Flowers
in summer, white, tinged with purple,
fragrant, usually two on each stem.
Culture and Propagation. — A useful
plant for rockwork in ordinary soil. It
may be increased by division in early
autumn or spring; or seeds may be sown
in cold frames when ripe, or in gentle
heat in March, afterwards transferring
the seedlings to the open about the end of
May.
NERTERA. — A small genus of
slender smooth or slightly hairy creeping
herbs with small, opposite, sessile or
stalked, more or less ovate lance-shaped
leaves. Flowers inconspicuous, sessile
axillary, hermaphrodite, or one-sexed by
abortion. Calyx tube ovoid 4-5-toothed.
Corolla tubular or funnel-shaped with a
smooth throat, and 4 sub-erect lobes.
Stamens 4, protruding. Ovary 2-celled ;
style 2-branched. Fruit a fleshy red
ovoid or globose 2-stoned drape.
N. depressa (Bead Plant). — A charm-
ing New Zealand plant forming dense
tufts or masses of small ovate rather fleshy
bright green leaves. Flowers minute,
greenish or pinkish, succeeded by great
numbers of juicy bright orange-red round-
ish berries about half the size of Peas.
Culture and Propagation. — This in-
teresting little plant has been called the
Flowering or Fruiting Duckweed, but it
has no affinity at all with the true Duck-
weed, which is nearer the Arrowheads
(p. 806) and Flowering Rushes (p. 806).
It prefers light sandy loam and a little
leaf mould, and makes a bright show in
the rock garden if it can be grown in a
cool place facing north. It must have
plenty of light without strong sunshine,
and also an abundance of water during
the summer months. Grown in shallow
pots or pans under similar conditions in
cold frames, the plants may be used in a
variety of ways, and are very effective in
cold greenhouses. They may be increased
by dividing the tufts in early sprmg and
placing the pieces in small pots in light
soil plunged in a little heat until esta-
blished. Afterwards they should be re-
moved to cooler quarters and hardened
off as much as possible. Seeds may also
be sown as soon as ripe in a cool damp
shaded frame, afterwards pricking the
tiny seedlings out into pans of finely
sifted soil.
LX. VALERIANE^— Valerian Order
An order comprising 9 genera and about 300 species of annual or perennial
herbs, or undershrubs, with opposite entire or pinnatifid leaves and small
flowers in forked cymes. Flowers hermaphrodite or sometimes dioecious by
abortion. Calyx superior, limb lobed or feathery. Corolla funnel-shaped,
tube often spurred at the base; lobes 3-5, unequal. Stamens 1-5, often
protruding. Fruit dry, indehiscent.
VALERIANA. — A genus of perennial
herbs or undershrubs, the lower leaves
of which are entire or toothed, the upper
ones pinnately divided, or twice or thrice
VALEKIW \
VALERIAN ORDER
CENTKANTHUS 489
pinnately cut. Flowers white or pink,
in cymes, spikes or loose corymbs or
panicles. Calyx cut into 5-15 hair-like
divisions. Coi'olla 5-lobed, slightly gib-
bous at the base. Stamens 3, rarely 1-2
by abortion.
Culture mtil Propagation. — Although
there are about 150 species of Valerian
comparatively few arc of any garden value.
They all flourish in ordinary good and well-
drained garden soil, but prefer somewhat
chalky surroundings. They are useful
for the rougher parts of the garden, and
may be planted on old ruins, rockeries,
banks &c. in the same way as the species
of Centranthus mentioned below. Pro-
pagation is effected easily by seeds sown
as soon as ripe in cold frames ; in gentle
heat in March ; and in the open border
in April and May. In the two first cases
the seedlings may be transplanted about
the end of May. Very often seedlings
from self-sown seeds spring up sponta-
neously, and thus reproduce the plant
naturally. Division of the roots may
also be adopted to increase the plants in
early autumn or in spring.
V. montana. — An elegant perennial
4 6 in. high, native of the Alps. It forms
bold masses in the rockery or border, and
has entire leaves, the lower ones being
oblong spoon-shaped, the upper ones
lance-shaped. The beautiful soft rosy
pink flowers appear from April to June,
and are borne in regular corymbs.
Culture dc. as above.
V. officinalis (Cat's Valerian ; All
Heal). — This perennial is a native of the
British Islands, and is found wild near
the banks of streams, and in damp pas-
tures. It grows about 3 ft. high, and the
glaucous leaves are all pinnately cut into
entire or serrate lobes. Flowers from
June to August, pale pink or white, in
3-forked corymbs.
Culture dc. as above. Although not
so handsome as other Valerians, this
species is useful for damp shady parts of
the garden. It emits a peculiar odour
which has a decided attraction for cats.
These garden pests roll over and over the
plants and enjoy themselves but spoil the
plants. The Cat Valerian therefore
should not be planted near choicer peren-
nials, as the latter are sure to suffer from
the attention of the cats.
V. Phu. — A rather strong-smelling Cau-
casian Valerian with fistular stems 2-4 ft.
high and glaucous leaves, the lower ones
of which are oval, oblong, entire or
toothed, the upper ones being pinnately
cut. Flowers white, from June to August.
The variegated form with golden leaves
in spring is very pretty.
('alt me dc. as above. This species is
also a favourite with cats.
Other Valerians sometimes met with
are V. pytenaica from the Pyrenees. It
is a rather coarse-growing perennial
2-4 ft. high, and has large heart-shaped
deeply toothed leaves often 1 ft. across,
and pale pink flowers like those of the
Cat Valerian in July and August ; and
V. angustifolia, a glaucous alpine plant
about l|-2 ft. high with linear lance-
shaped leaves, all entire and nearly per-
foliate. Flowers from May to July, bright
rose, but occasionally white. They re-
quire similar treatment to the other
Valerians.
CENTRANTHUS {Spur Valerian).
A genus of 10 species of ornamental her-
baceous annuals or perennials with entire
or pinnate leaves. Flowers in corymbose
or panicled cymes at the ends of the
shoots. Calyx-limb feathery. Corolla
tube slender, flattened lengthways, divided
and spurred at the base. Stamens usually
1. Fruit membranous.
Culture and Propagation. — These
plants grow well in ordinary garden soil,
and are very handsome in the flower
border, on old walls, or rockeries. The
perennial kinds may be increased by
dividing the roots in early autumn or in
spring ; by cuttings of the young growths
or side shoots in spring or autumn under
handlights ; or by seeds sown as soon as
ripe in cold frames, afterwards pricking
the seedlings off, and growing under
glass until about the end of May following
when they may be transferred to the
open air. Seeds may also be sown in
gentle heat in March, or in the open
border in April and May, but the best
plants as a rule are from seeds sown in
autumn. The seed of annuals should be
sown about March in gentle heat so as to
have the plants ready for the border at
the end of May.
C. macrosiphon. — A showy, compact-
growing Spanish annual 1^—2 ft. high,
with fleshy stems and smooth, shining,
broadly oval and coarsely toothed
glaucous leaves, the lower ones stalked
and jagged-edged, upper ones sessile.
490
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
MORINA
Flowers in July, rosy-carmine, larger and
brighter than those of C. ruber. There
is a white-flowered variety, and also a
strain called nana remarkable for its
dwarf compact habit. It forms dense
tnfts, about 9-12 in. high, the plants being
literally covered with blossom.
Culture d'c. as above.
C. ruber (Red Valerian; Pretty
Betsy). — A beautiful and well-known
perennial 2-3 ft. high, native of Europe,
N. Africa, W. Asia, and naturalised in
the British Islands. Leaves ovate or
lance-shaped, 2-4 in. long, the lower ones
stalked, upper sessile, sometimes toothed
at the base. Flowers from June to
September, red or white, in dense
corymbose panicles. Spur slender.
Culture d'-c. as above.
FEDIA. — A genus closely allied to
the preceding containing only the one
species here described : — ■
F. Cornucopiae. - - A pretty glaucous
annual native of S. Europe and N. Africa,
with purplish stems about 6 in. high, and
ovate-oblong toothed leaves ; lower ones
stalked, upper sessile. Flowers in July,
red, lilac-rose, or carmine, in corymbose
fascicles with hollow stalks. Calyx 2-4-
toothed. Corolla 2-lipped with an elon-
gated tube ; upper lip 2-lobed, lower one
3-lobed.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species is easily grown in ordinary soil
and may be used as a bordering or in the
lower parts of the rockery. Being an
annual it may be readily raised from
seeds sown in the open border in April,
afterwards thinning the seedlings out.
LXI. DIPSACEiE— Teasel Order
An order containing 5 genera and about 125 species of biennial or perennial
herbs, with opposite rarely verticillate, entire, toothed, or lobed leaves, no
stipules, and flowers in heads surrounded by an involucre. Calyx-limb
superior, cup-shaped, entire, lobed or ciliated with five or more rigid bristles.
Corolla funnel-shaped or cylindric, often curved ; lobes 4-5, blunt. Stamens
2 or 4, inserted on the corolla tube, often protruding. Fruit indehiscent,
covered by the hardened involucel.
MORINA. -- A genus containing
about 8 species of smooth or softly
downy, perennial, Thistle-like herbs, with
oblong, sinuate, spiny-toothed, rarely
entire leaves, and flowers crowded in
whorls in the axils of the bracts or floral'
leaves. Corolla long, tubular, gaping.
Stamens 4 (2 long, 2 short).
Culture and Propagation. — Morinas
thrive in rich sandy loam, and require
a little shade and shelter. The roots may
be divided to increase the plants as soon
as flowering is completely over, and new
roots will thus have a chance to develop
before the winter frosts set in.
Unless division is performed in early
autumn it will be safer to defer the opera-
tion until spring. Seeds may be sown also
when ripe in rich sandy loam in a cold
frame. When the young plants are large
enough to handle they may be pricked out
into pots, and it is often safer to grow them
on thus until the second year, before trans-
ferring to the open ground. The}' are ef-
fective plants in the border or rockeiy, and
are perfectly hardy in the milder parts of
the country. In the northern parts, how-
ever, they may require the protection of a
little dry litter in severe winters.
M. betonicoides. — A beautiful her-
baceous perennial 12-18 in. high, native of
the Sikkim Himalayas. It has linear lance-
shaped Thistle-like leaves with spiny teeth
or hairs on the margins, and during the
summer months bears heads of bright
rosy-purple flowers with a crimson spot
at the base of the three lower lobes of the
curved funnel-shaped corolla.
Culture dc. as above.
M. coulteriana. — A pretty species 6 18
in. high, native of the Western Himalayas,
with narrow, spiny-edged leaves. Flowers
in summer, pale yellow, in terminal heads,
bracts united into a broad cup, with rigid
spines.
Culture do. as above.
M. longifolia. — A distinct and hand-
some Himalayan perennial about 2 ft. high
or more. Leaves Thistle-like, about 1 ft
long, less than 2 in. wide, pinnatihd, with
wavy and rather spiny-toothed margins.
CEPHALAKIA
TEASEL OB DEB
SCABIOSA 491
Flowers from June to September, white
in bud, changing to delicate pink and
crimson, in crowded whorls in the axils of
the upper leaves or spiny bracts.
Culture il'c. as above.
DIPS AC US (Teasel).— A genus of
erect hairy or prickly biennial herbs, with
opposite leaves, usually connate at the
base, and toothed or jagged at the mar-
gins. Flower heads terminal, oblong-
ovoid or roundish. Calyx limb superior,
cup-shaped, entire lobed, or ciliate. Co-
rolla funnel-shaped or cylindrical, often
curved ; lobes 4 5, obtuse. Stamens 4.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Teasels are best suited for wild parts of
the garden, old banks, hedgerows &c. in
any soil. Seeds may be sown in such
places when ripe, or in spring, and the
plants left to look after themselves. They
are picturesque in appearance owing
chiefly to their large, more or less conical
and pitted flower heads, but are hardly
choice enough for the herbaceous border.
D. Fullonum (Fuller's Teasel). — A
prickly-stemmed plant 4-0 ft. high, with
oblong lance-shaped, serrate leaves united
at the base. Flowers in summer, whitish,
with pale purple anthers, in ovoid heads ;
bracts spreading.
Culture lie. as above.
D. laciniatus. - A bold, prickly-
stemmed plant 8-10 ft. high, native of
Europe and N. Asia. Leaves united at
the base into a cup which holds water
when it rains, in the same way as the
leaves of the Cup Plant {Sil/phium per-
foliatum), sinuately jagged, lobes sinuately
toothed, downy beneath. Flowers in
.Tidy, whitish, with red anthers in ovoid
heads. Bracts of involucre slightly erect,
stifnsh.
Culture de. as above.
D. sylvestris {Common Teasel). — A
British and European plant 0 ft. high,
with prickly stems and ovate lance-shaped,
pointed toothed leaves, united at the base.
Flowers in July, pale lilac, in ovoid-oblong
heads. Bracts of involucre weak ; in-
flexed.
Culture dc. as above.
CEPHALARIA.— A genus of annual
or perennial herbs, closely allied to
Dipsacus. Leaves toothed or pinnatifid.
Flower heads terminal, globose.
Culture and Propagation. — These
plants are scarcely suitable for the flower
garden proper, but are appropriate in wild
spots and will flourish in any soil. They
may be easily increased by division in
early autumn or spring ; or seeds may be
sown as soon as ripe, afterwards trans-
planting the seedlings to flower the follow-
ing season.
C. alpina.- A tall-growing perennial
native of the Alps, with furrowed steins
0 8 ft. high. Leaves opposite, downy, grey-
green, the lower ones oblong entire, the
upper ones pinnate] y cut into lance-shaped
lobes. The heads of pale yellow dowers
appear in June and .1 nl\ .
Culture dc. as above.
C. tatarica. — A coarse - growing
Siberian perennial 5 0 ft. high, with
striped hairy stems, pinnate leaves, and
decurrent oval lance-shaped, serrated
leaflets. Flowers in summer, yellow, in
large heads, palea? or scales deep green,
white inside, ciliated.
Culture dc. as above.
SCABIOSA (Scabious; Pincushion
Flower). — A genus containing not more
than 80 distinct species of annual or
perennial herbs, sometimes rather
shrubby at the base, with entire, toothed,
lobed or dissected leaves. Bracts of the
involucre in one or two series. Recept-
acle more or less conical, hairy, or with
scaly bracteoles shorter than the florets.
Calyx limb cup-shaped, with 4 or more
bristly teeth. Corolla limb 4-5-cleft,
nearly equal, or often oblique, or two-
lipped. Stamens 4, very rarely 2.
Culture and Propagation. — Scabious
grow well in ordinary good garden soil,
and are easily raised from seed sown
either in spring or autumn, according as
to whether they are required to bloom in
summer or spring. The perennial kinds
may be increased by division in early
autumn or spring, and may also be in-
creased by seeds sown as soon as ripe in
the open border, afterwards transplanting
the seedlings in mild showery went Ik i
when large enough to handle easily.
The following is a selection of the
kinds best for the flower garden : —
S. atropurpurea (Mournful Widow;
Common Purple or Siveet Scabious). —
A very handsome annual, native of S. \Y.
Europe, 2-8 ft. high. Lower leaves lance-
shaped ovate, lyrate, coarsely toothed ;
upper ones pinnately cut into oblong,
toothed or cut lobes. Flowers in July
492
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS scabiosa
and August, in deep crimson heads, very
fragrant. There are several very fine
varieties with all shades of crimson,
purple, yellow, and white, that called
grandiflora being particularly handsome.
There is a variety with distinct yellow
leaves (foliis aureis), and a dwarf-strain
about 1 ft. high, called nana, which has
also much variation in the colour of the
flowers.
Culture d'c. as above. Seeds of this
species maj' be sown in the open border
from the end of April to the end of Sep-
tember, to obtain a good succession of
dowering plants. The seeds sown in the
earlier period of the year will produce
flowering plants in autumn, but it is better
to thin the seedlings out for this pur-
pose rather than transplant them. The
thinnings, however, may be transferred to
another part of the garden and will flower
the following season. The seedlings from
the later sowings should be pricked out
before the end of October so that they
may get established before the severe
weather sets hi.
The purple-crimson flowered S. niari-
tima and the white-flowered S. Metaxasi
(or S. palastina) may be treated in the
same way as S. atropurpurea, but they
are not so well known.
S. caucasica. — A handsome perennial
or biennial, 1-3 ft. high, native of the
Caucasus. Lower leaves lance-shaped,
pointed, glaucous, entire. Flowers in
summer, pale blue, in a large head about
3 in. across. Corolla 5-cleft. Involucre
Arery hairy. The variety elegans has
whitish leaves ; alba has creamy- white
heads of flowers ; and JieterophyUa has
hairy pinnatisect leaves, and large pale
purple heads of flowers.
Culture d-c. as above. Although this
species is a true perennial and may be in-
creased by division of the roots in early
autumn or spring, it is on the whole best
grown as a biennial. If the seeds are
sown about July or August the seedlings
may be transplanted in mild showery
weather by the end of September, and
will produce fine dense masses for flower-
ing the following year. As the flower
stalks are very long this is an excellent
plant for cutting.
S. correvoniana. — A handsome bushy
Scabious, native of the Trans-Caucasus. It
grows 6-9 in. high, and bears large heads
of pale yellow flowers from May to
August.
Culture (f-c.as above. Easily increased
by seeds or division.
S. graminifolia. — A graceful plant
1^-2 ft. high, native of S. Europe.
Leaves linear lance - shaped, entire,
silvery-white. Flowers from June to
October, pale blue or rosy, in heads like
those of S. caucasica.
Culture d-c. as above for S. caucasica.
S. Pterocephala. — An ornamental
tufted perennial 4-6 in. high, native of
Greece, with simple elliptic, lyrate, or
pinnately divided, crenate-toothed leaves.
Flowers in summer, purple, in heads
about lh in. across, on stout stalks 2-3 in.
high.
Culture d'c. as above for S. caucasica.
S. webbiana. — A soft silky-haired
plant, 6-10 in. high, native of Phrygia.
Lower leaves stalked, obovate, crenate ;
upper ones pinnatifid with ovate or
oblong entire lobes. Flowers in July,
creamy-yellow, on long stalks.
Culture dtc. as above.
LXII. COM POSITS- Daisy Order
This is the largest order of herbs, shrubs, or trees in the vegetable king-
dom, comprising between 700 and 800 genera, and about 10,000 species,
comparatively few of which are of any garden value. Leaves alternate,
whorled, or less frequently opposite, simple or compound, without stipules.
Flowers sessile on the expanded stalk or receptacle, and surrounded by a
number of more or less leafy bracts forming an involucre. Calyx superior ;
limb none, or feathery, or scaly, and technically known as a ' pappus.'
Corolla variable in different tribes of the order. Stamens 4 or 5, anthers
usually united (syngenesious), forming a tube through which the style passes.
VERNON I A
DAISY ORDKli
AGERATUM 493
Sub-Ordeh. ttjbuliflob^
The flower-heads either consist of entirely hermaphrodite tubular florets
with a regular 5- toothed corolla, or the central (disc) florets are tubular and
hermaphrodite, while the outer (ray) florets are strap-shaped (ligulate) and
female or sterile.
Tribe I. Vernonie^e. — Herbs, shrubs, or rarely trees. Leaves usually alternate,
entire, toothed, or very rarely lyrately cut. Flowers purplish, violet, or white, very
rarely blue, never yellow. Florets all tubular and hermaphrodite. Branches of the
style covered with bristles.
VERNONIA (Ironweed). — ■ A large
genus of more or less downy herbs or
shrubs, usually with alternate, entire or
toothed, feather-veined, stalked or sessile
leaves. Flower-heads at the ends of the
branches, either solitary or in cymose
panicles, and usually purple, reddish or
blue, rarely white.
Culture (inil Propagation. — Although
there are nearly 400 species of Vernonia,
only those mentioned below are of any
garden value ; and even these are mpre
suitable for semi-wild situations where they
have a picturesque effect. They nourish
in ordinary garden soil, but the flowers,
unfortunately, are often nipped by the
early frosts in September and October.
The easiest way to increase the plants is
by dividing the roots in spring as growth
is commencing. If this operation is per-
formed in autumn it is likely to interfere
with the production of flowers. Seeds
may also be sown in cold frames or in
gentle heat in spring, afterwards trans-
planting the seedlings in showery weather
when large enough for the open ground.
V. novaeboracensis. — A stately North
American herbaceous perennial with
ribbed purplish downy stems 6-8 ft. high.
The shortly stalked, narrowly lance-
shaped leaves are 3-4 in. long, rough
and dark green above, paler beneath, and
with finely toothed margins. The violet-
purple flower-heads, each i-f in. across,
appear in September and October, and are
borne in large corymbose panicles.
Culture dx. as above.
V. praealta. — This is also a native of
North America and is very similar to
V. noveeboracensis in appearance. It is,
however, much shorter, being only 3-5 ft.
high, and having smooth instead of downy
stems. The leaves are also smooth and
narrower, but the purple flowers are borne
in larger heads and appear somewhat
earlier, in August and September.
Cult it re dtc. as abo\ e.
STOKESIA (Stokes's Aster). — A
genus containing only one species : —
S. cyanea. — A handsome vigorous
N. American perennial 1 \ 2 ft. high, with
alternate, smooth, lance-shaped, entire
leaves, or somewhat spiny-ciliated at the
base ; lower ones stalked ; upper stem-
clasping. Flowers in August and Septem-
ber, blue, in heads about 1 in. across.
Involucre roundish, the outer florets
narrowly f)-cleft, scales prolonged into a
leafy bristly fringed appendage.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species grows freely in warm good sandy
soil and leaf mould and is effective in the
border. It may also be grown in pots for
the conservatory. It is increased by
division in spring, the slips being inserted
in sharp sandy soil in a warm border.
When well rooted they may be trans-
planted to flowering positions. Seeds
may also be sown in spring under glass or
as soon as ripe in autumn in cold frames.
The seedlings are pricked out into light
soil when large enough, and are afterwards
transferred to the open border.
Tribe II. EuPATORiEiE. — Herbs or shrubs, rarely trees. Leaves usually opposite,
or the upper ones, or all, alternate, rarely in whorls, entire, toothed, or rarely dissected.
Flowers rosy, purplish, bluish, or white, rarely yellowish-white or pale yellow, but
never true yellow. Florets all tubular and hermaphrodite. Branches of styles usually
club-shaped or enlarged at the tips.
AGERATUM (Floss Flower). — This with opposite leaves and blue or white
genus consists of annual or biennial herbs flowers. Involucre of many imbricated
494 PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS kupatorium
linear bracts. Receptacle naked. Pappus
composed of several curved scales, broad
at the base.
Culture and Propagation. — Agera-
tiuns like a light rich soil, and are among
some of the most showy plants used for
beds and borders during the summer.
The dwarfer sorts make excellent edgings,
or they may be planted to form a carpet
between taller-growing Zonal Pelargo-
niums. They seed freely, and a small
quantity saved every year will be sufficient
to raise hundreds of plants in spring. The
seed must be sown about February or
March in slight bottom heat. When
large enough the seedlings may be pricked
out into shallow boxes, or separately into
small pots to make sturdy plants by the
end of May. During the summer they
may also be increased by cuttings, and if
seeds are prevented from ripening, the
plants become more or less perennial.
But they are scarcely worth this trouble,
as they must be wintered in greenhouses
until the following May, and this is an
important point where space under glass
is limited, and required for more impor-
tant plants.
Ordinary light sandy gai'den soil will
suit the plants well, and by pinching out
the tips of the young shoots numerous
side branches will be developed and in-
crease the number of feathery flower-
heads.
A. Lasseauxi. — A native of Monte
Video, Is -2 ft. high, with lanceolate
elliptic leaves, and heads of rose-coloured
flowers in summer.
Culture dc. as above.
A. mexicanum. — This is the best
known species, and its varieties are largely
grown for bedding purposes every year.
It is a native of Mexico, and grows
naturally about 2 ft. high, with ovate,
coarsely toothed leaves, and a profusion of
lilac-blue, fluffy flowers in summer and
autumn. There are several dwarf, free-
flowering varieties, among which the
following are the best : Cupid, rich blue ;
Countess of Stair, pale blue ; Queen,
silvery grey ; S no iv flake, white ; Si van ley
blue, very deep blue; Mauve Beauty, rich
mauve ; and others more or less desirable.
Another Mexican species is A. Wend-
landi which grows 4-8 in. high, and forms
dense masses of grey-green downy leaves,
above which appear large greyish-blue
flower-heads. There is also a white-
flowered variety which is quite as free-
growing as the type.
Culture dc. as above.
EUPATORIUM.—A genus contain-
ing upwards of 400 species, very few of
which are of garden value. Leaves opposite,
rarely alternate, entire, toothed, or rarely
dissected. Flower-heads purplish, bluish,
or white, in terminal corymbs. Receptacle
naked. Pappus rough. Bracts of the
involucre imbricate in 2-3 rows.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Eupatoriums are coarse-growing plants
more suitable for rough parts of the
garden than the flower border. They
grow in any soil, and may be increased
by division of the roots in autumn or in
spring. Seeds may also be sown in bottom
heat about March, and the young plants
when large enough may be pricked out
into shallow boxes or pots, and grown on
until about the end of May, when they
may be transferred to the open ground.
Seeds may also be sown in cold frames
as soon as ripe, but the seedlings cannot
be planted out with safety until the follow-
ing spring.
E. ageratoides. — A native of North
America 1-4 ft. high, with ovate, rather
heart-shaped, stalked and coarsely toothed
leaves. Flowers in summer, pure white,
numerous, in compound corymbs.
Culture dc. as above.
E. aromaticum. — A sturdy N. Ameri-
can species 3-4 ft. high. Leaves usually
shortly stalked, rounded, toothed. Flow-
ers late in summer, white, in loose
corymbs.
( 'ulture dc. as above.
E. cannabinum (Hemp Agrimony). — A
handsome native perennial, with downy
stems 2-4 ft. high. Leaves with 3-5
lance-shaped, serrate leaflets. Flowers in
July, reddish-purple, in terminal tufts.
Culture dc. as above.
E. glechonophyllum. A tufted Chilian
species 1^—2 ft. high with oval acute,
coarsely toothed leaves. Flower-heads
pure white borne in corymbose clusters
during the summer months.
Culture dc. as above. This species
is best treated as an annual like the
Ageratums, and may be raised from seeds
sown in gentle heat in spring, or in au-
tumn in cold frames. In both cases the
seedlings can be placed in the open border
at the end of Mav.
1,1 vn;i*
DAISY ORDER
XANTHOCEPHALUM 495
E. purpureum (Trumpet Weed).- — A
N. American species 3-9 ft. high or more.
Leaves 3-6 in a whorl, somewhat ovate
or lance-shaped, pointed, roughish, un-
equally toothed, downy beneath. Flow-
ers in autumn, purplish, in corymbs.
Grown in rich soil and in bold masses,
this species has ;i very bold effect in the
garden.
Culture lie. as above.
LIATRIS (Snakbboot). — This genus
contains about 10 species of perennial
herbs, all natives of N. America. Leaves
alternate or scattered, narrow, entire, 1-5-
nerved. Flower-heads purplish or white,
spicate, racemose, or panicled. Bracts
of the involucre small, imbricated, in
many rows. Receptacles naked. Pappus
feathery.
Culture and Propagation. — When
grown in masses these plants are very
effective in the flower border with their
long dense spikes of flowers. It may be
remarked that the tlower-hea.ds of these
plants usually open from the top of the
spikes downwards, and not from the
bottom upwards as found in most other
plants. They thrive in ordinary garden
soil, and may be readily increased by
division of the roots in spring ; or by seeds
sown as soon as ripe in the autumn in
cold frames, afterwards pricking out the
seedlings and growing on until about the
end of May, when they may be planted
out.
L. elegans. - -An elegant plant 2-4 ft.
high, with smooth, spotted leaves ; lower
ones spoon-shaped, 3 5-nerved ; upper
ones strap-shaped, short, sometimes
spiny-tipped. Flowers in summer and
autumn, purplish, in spikes a foot or more
long.
Culture Sc. as above. Easily increased
by division in spring.
L. graminifolia. — A tuberous-rooted
species with pointed, remotely dotted
leaves, fringed at the base. Flowers in
autumn, purple, loosely spicate, in the
axils of the upper leaves or bracts.
The variety dubia (L. propinqua) has
upright spikes of rather large heads of
flowers, with the bracts of the involucre
narrower and thinner than in the type.
The variety pilosa has very narrow
involucre bracts.
Culture dc. as above.
L. odoratissima ( Trili&a odoratissima).
Vanilla Plant— A pretty plant 2-4 ft.
high. Leaves thick, emitting a fragrant
Vanilla-like odour when bruised ; lower
ones large, obovate spoon-shaped, tapering
at the base, often slightly and bluntly
toothed; upper ones oblong, stem-clasping,
becoming smaller and scattered higher up.
Flowers in September, bright purple,
numerous; bracts of the involucre glan-
dular.
Culture <h\ as above.
L. pyenostachya. — A pretty species
with stout, leafy stems 3-5 ft. high, and
rigid sessile leaves ; lower ones narrow
lance-shaped, blunt, o-7-nerved ; upper
ones short, crowded, narrow. Flowers in
summer and autumn, pale purple, in
dense cylindrical spikes 1 1.] ft. long.
Culture d-e. as above. "This is best
treated as a biennial. It grows well on
dry soils, and the seeds may be sown in
cold frames in autumn, and the seedlings
transferred to the open ground in mild
showery weather about the end of April
or May.
L. scariosa.— A plant about 2 ft. high
with very long and narrow leaves, and
purple flower-heads about 2 in. across, in
September.
Culture dc. as above. Easily in-
creased by division in spring.
L. spicata. — A handsome perennial 1-3
ft. high, with lance-shaped acute leaves,
ciliated at the base. Flowers in Sep-
tember, purple, in spikes 6-15 in. long.
Bracts of involucre oblong or oval.
Culture ,{■<■. as above. Easily in-
creased by division of the roots in spring.
L. squarrosa. -A showy species 2-3 ft.
high. Lower leaves long, \ in. wide, 3-5-
ner'ved ; upper ones strap-shaped, stiffish.
Flowers in summer and autumn, bright
purple, on leafy and downy stems. Bracts
of involucre with elongated leafy tips.
Culture d-e. as above.
Tribe HI. Asteroide^e. — Leaves usually alternate, very rarely opposite, entire,
lobed, or rarely dissected. Outer (ray) florets often strap-shaped, females sterile;
inner (disc) florets hermaphrodite. Branches of the style hairy above.
XANTHOCEPHALUM.— A small narrow entire or toothed leaves and
genus of herbs or shrubs with alternate yellow flower-heads borne either singly or
496
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS solid ago
in loose clusters at the ends of the shoots.
Involucre hemispherical or broadly bell-
shaped. Receptacle flat, pitted. Ray
florets strap-shaped spreading, 5-cleft at
the apex.
X. gymnospermoides. — A vigorous
downy annual 3-4 ft. high, native of
Arizona, with lance-shaped sharply
toothed leaves tapering into a longish
stalk. The bright yellow flower-heads,
each about § in. across, appear late in
summer in an inverted pyramidal cluster
a foot or more in diameter.
Culture and Propagation. — This
little-known plant flourishes in ordinary
good garden soil in warm sunny positions,
and owing to its late-flowering propen-
sities is well worth a place in the flower
border. It may be raised from seeds
sown in gentle heat in spring and planted
out in May, see p. 78.
GRINDELIA. — A genus with about
20 species of biennial or perennial shrubs
or herbs, with alternate, sessile or half
stem-clasping leaves, often rigid, toothed,
or serrately fringed. Flowers in solitary
heads at the ends of the branches. Pappus
composed of 28 narrow deciduous bristles.
Culture and Propagation. — Grin-
delias grow readily in a mixture of peat
and loam. Seeds may be sown in slight
heat about March, 'and the seedlings
planted out in June. The plants may
also be increased by cuttings in a cool
frame, but they require the protection of
a cool frame or greenhouse in winter,
except perhaps on the south coast in the
mildest parts and in sheltered spots. For
the cultivation of biennials in general
see p. 60, as most of the Grindelias may
be treated as such.
G. glutinosa. — A pretty Peruvian
shrubby plant about 2 ft. high, with ever-
green, ovate-oblong, serrated leaves.
Flowers for the greater portion of the
year, yellow, 1-2 in. across, with clammy
involucres.
Cult are dc. as above.
G. grandiflora. — A biennial 2.1-3 ft.
high, native of Texas. Lower leaves
spoon-shaped; upper ones sessile, clasp-
ing, toothed. Flowers during summer,
deep yellow or orange, about li in. across,
clammy before opening.
Culture dc. as above.
G. inuloides. — A shrubby Mexican
biennial, about 1.1 ft. high. Leaves
sessile, oblong lance-shaped acute, ser-
rated towards the apex. Flowers from
July to September, yellow.
Culture dc. as above.
G. squarrosa (Donia squarrosa). — A
N. American perennial, about 2 ft. high,
with oblong, clasping, sharply toothed
leaves. Flowers from July to September,
yellow.
Culture dc. as above.
XANTHISMA.— A genus having but
one species : —
X. texana (Centauridium Drum-
mond/i). — A smooth erect annual or
biennial H-2 ft. high, native of Texas,
having alternate linear lance-shaped
entire leaves. The bright yellow flower-
heads about lj in. across are borne singly
during the summer months at the tips of
the numerous shoots.
Culture and Propagation. — This plant
is suitable for the flower border with other
composite annuals, and will flourish in
ordinary garden soil. Seeds should be
sown in gentle heat in February and
March, so as to have strong seedlings for
planting out 1-1 £ ft. apart in bold masses
at the end of May.
SOLIDAGO (Golden Rod). — A
genus of about 80 species of tall-growing,
rather coarse, perennial herbs, with alter-
nate, entire or toothed leaves, and
terminal racemes or clusters of small
yellow flowers. Involucre oblong or
narrow bell-shaped, with bracts in many
series. Ray florets strap-shaped, spread-
ing, rarely small and erect. Receptacles
naked. Pappus in one series of rough,
rigid bristles.
Culture and Propiagation. — The
Golden Rods are coarse growers and rank
feeders, and soon impoverish a rich soil.
In rough places or old shrubberies they
do very well, and brighten the surround-
ings with their golden-yellow trusses.
They may be increased by division in
autumn or early spring. A good top
dressing of manure every autumn and
winter will enable the plants to grow for
several years in the same place. Nearly
all are natives of North America. The
following are a few of the best for the
garden, but several others are to be met
with in botanical collections. The flowers
of all the species are yellow, and although
insignificant individually, are nevertheless
showy on account of their great numbers.
SOLIDAGO
DAISY ORDER
BKACHYCOME 497
S. canadensis. — A species with roughly
hairy stems, 3-6 ft. high, and lance-
shaped, pointed, sharply serrate, or entire
leaves, more or less downy beneath.
Flowers in August.
Culture d'c. as above.
S. Drummondi. — Grows 1-3 ft. high,
with broadly ovate or oval leaves,
coarsely and sharply toothed, or almost
entire, velvety downy beneath. Flowers
in summer ; ray florets 4 or 5.
Culture dtc. as above.
S. lanceolata (Eutliamia gra/m/ini-
folia). — -A downy plant 2-3 ft. high, with
linear lance -shaped, entire leaves, and
obconical heads of flowers in dense clus-
ters, produced in September ; ray florets
15 20.
Culture Sc. as above.
S. rigida. — A vigorous species 3-5 ft.
high, with oval or oblong, thick, rigid
leaves. Flowers in September, in com-
pound corymbs ; ray florets 7 10.
Culture dtc. as above.
S. rugosa (S. altissima). — A roughly
hairy plant, 2 7 ft. high. Leaves ovate-
lance -shaped, elliptic or oblong, often
thickish and very wrinkled, coarsely and
sharply toothed. Flowers in August and
September, in spreading, panicled ra-
cemes. Ray florets 6-9.
Culture dtc. as above.
S. sempervirens. — A thick, smooth -
stemmed plant 1-6 ft. high, with smooth,
entire, lance-shaped leaves. Flowers in
September, in short racemes. Ray florets
8 10.
Culture dtc. as above.
S. serotina (S. fragrans). — A more or
less glaucous-stemmed plant, about 3 ft.
high. Leaves lance-shaped, pointed, ser-
rated, roughish above, smoothish beneath.
Flowers from August to October, in pyra-
midal panicles.
Culture dtc. as above.
S. speciosa. — A handsome plant, with
stout, smooth stems 3-6 ft. high. Leaves
more or less oval, thickish, rough, slightly
serrate ; lower ones 4-6 in. long. Flowers
in October, somewhat crowded in pyra-
midal clusters.
Culture dc. as above.
S. Virgaurea. — A native of British
Islands, as well as the N. temperate zone,
6-24 in. high, with linear or lance-shaped
oblong, obscurely toothed leaves, 1-4 in.
long. Flowers from July to September,
crowded. Ray florets 10-12, spreading.
Ca/rribrica is a dwarf variety.
Culture dtc. as above.
APHANOSTEPHUS. — A small
genus of many- stemmed downy herbs
with alternate leaves and solitary flower-
heads at the ends of the shoots. Involucre
hemispherical. Receptacle convex or
somewhat conical. Ray florets white or
purple ; disc yellow.
A. ramosissimus. — A pretty annual
about 4 in. high, native of Texas. It
makes dense tufts and produces during
the summer months numerous stems each
bearing a flower-head about 1 in. across
with violet-blue or purple ray florets sur-
rounding a yellow disc.
Culture anil Propagation. — This
flourishes in ordinary garden soil in warm
sunny spots in the rock garden or flower
border. It should be raised from seeds
sown annually in February or March in
gentle heat, so that the seedlings will be
large and sturdy for the open air by the
end of May.
BRACHYCOME.— A genus of pretty
annuals or perennials, closely related to
the Daisy (Bellis) in structure. Bracts
of the involucre with membranous mar-
gins. Receptacle pitted, naked. Fruit
flattened, surmounted with a bristly
pappus.
B. iberidifolia (Swan Biver Daisy).
A pretty Australian annual 8-12 in. high,
with pinnate leaves cut into linear seg-
ments. Flowers during summer and
autumn, bright blue (or white in the
variety alba), about 1 in. across, with a
dark or pale centre, in loose terminal
clusters. There is also a form with rosy-
lilac blossoms, and one called bicolor in
which the blue flowers have a distinct
and well-defined white band at the base
of the petals.
Culture and Propagation. — If grown
in a bright sunny spot the Swan River
Daisy flowers profusely. Seeds may be
sown in gentle heat in March, and the
seedlings pricked out or potted on until
the first week of June, when they can be
planted out ; or they may be sown in the
open border at the end of April, thinning
the seedlings out to about 6 in. apart.
Seeds are often sown in a cool frame in
September, and the plants grown on in
pots in a cool greenhouse during the
498
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS chaeieis
winter, but it is unnecessary to go to
this trouble for the hardy flower border.
BELLI S (Daisy). — This genus con-
tains 3 or 4 species of small herbaceous
perennials, with all radical toothed and
stalked leaves. Flower heads solitary
Involucre bell-shaped with bracts in 1-2
series. Receptacle conical. Pappus
absent.
Culture and Propagation. — The
cultivated forms of the common Daisy
are beautiful and easily grown in moist
loamy soils. After flowering they may
be increased by dividing the crowns — each
one making a separate plant. Division
may also take place in spring, or indeed
at almost any period of the year when
the weather is mild and showery, but the
separated portions should be placed
rather firmly in rich loamy soil in a some-
what shaded position. Seeds may also
be sown in March, but the seedlings often
come single and are rarely worth multi-
plying. The only possible way to obtain
a good collection of first class double-
flowered Daisies is by means of division.
B. perennis (Common Daisy). — The
double white, crimson, and striped varie-
ties are the best. Pink Beauty is a
charming pink with flat petals ; Rob Roy,
a rich red or crimson -quilled kind ;
White Globe, with large, white-quilled
petals ; Aucubcefolia is a handsome
variegated sport with blotched and
veined yellow leaves. The Hen and
Chicken Daisy is similar in flower and
leaf to the other double kinds, but when
in bloom smaller flowers are developed all
round the larger central one.
Culture dc. as above.
B. rotundifolia caerulescens (Blue
Daisy of Morocco). — A beautiful peren-
nial native of Morocco, with ovate or
roundish, sinuate-toothed leaves on slender
stalks 1-3 in. long. Flowers in summer,
f-1^ in. across, with flowers like the
Common Daisy, the ray-florets varying
from white to blue or magenta-purple.
This plant requires protection in winter
except in southern parts of the country.
Culture dc. as above.
BELLI UM. — This genus differs from
the Daisy in having a pappus of 6-8
broad scales torn at the apex, and alter-
nating with an equal number of long
rough bristles.
Culture and Propagation. — The
plants thrive in sandy loam and peat, but
are apt to exhaust themselves by their
free -flowering propensities. They are
increased by seeds sown in cold frames
as soon as ripe ; in hotbeds about March ;
or in the open border about the end of
April and May. Except in the latter
case, when the seedlings may be simply
thinned out, they are pricked out into
light soil, and by the end of May or
beginning of June will be ready for the
open border. The plants may also be in-
creased by division of the roots in spring
or early autumn. They are all suitable
for the rockery.
B. bellidioides. — A pretty Italian
annual about 4 in. high, with creeping
stems, and spoon- shaped radical leaves.
Flowers from June to September, white,
solitary.
Culture dc. as above.
B. crassifolium. — A Sardinian peren-
nial about 6 in. high, with many ascend-
ing stems, and thick rather downy
obovate entire leaves, narrowed at the
base. Flowers in June, whitish-yellow,
on downy scapes longer than the leaves.
Culture dc as above.
B. minutum. — A pretty little species
about 3 in. high, native of the Levant.
Leaves narrowly spoon-shaped, slightly
hairy. Flowers from June to September,
white and yellow, h in. across, on slender
scapes.
Culture dc. as above.
CHARIEIS. — A genus having only
the following species : —
C. heterophylla (Kaulfussia ainel-
loides). — A beautiful compact-growing
hairy annual, about 1 ft. high, native
of S. Africa, and far better known in
gardens under the name of Kaulfussia.
It has oblong lance-shaped entire leaves,
opposite below and alternate above. The
beautiful flower-heads, with deep blue
ray florets surrounding a blue or yellow
disc, appear during April and May and
stand well above the foliage.
There are several varieties known,
such as alba, atroviolacea, kermesina,
rosea &c, according to the colour of the
flower-heads.
Culture and Propagation. — This is
a beautiful plant for the rock garden or
border, and floiirishes in ordinary garden
soil in open sunny situations. The seeds
may be sown in cold frames when ripe,
or in gentle heat about March, to obtain
HOTiTONIA
DAISY ORDER
CALLISTEPHUS 499
seedlings for the open air in May. To
keep up a succession of bloom seeds may
also be sown in the open border during
April, afterwards thinning the seedlings
out 12-18 in. apart.
BOLTONIA. — A genus of erect-grow-
ing Aster-like perennials with alternate,
quite entire or coarsely toothed leaves,
and medium-sized flower-heads in loose
irregular panicles, or solitary at the tips
of the shoots. Ray florets white or bluish.
Involucre hemispherical. Receptacle con-
vex or conical.
Culture ami Propagation. — Boltonias
may be grown exactly in the same way as
the Starwort or Michaelmas Daisy Asters.
They flourish in ordinary good and well-
drained garden soil, and may be used in
bold masses in the herbaceous border, the
rockery, or shrubbery. They are readily
increased by dividing the roots about
September, or in spring, in mild showery
weather. Seeds may also be sown as
soon as ripe either in the open border or
in cold frames, and cuttings of the young
shoots, taken about April, and inserted in
sandy soil in a cold frame shaded from the
sun for a time, will soon root and make-
good plants. See Aster below, p. 500.
B. asteroides. — A native of the moun-
tains of Carolina, 3-4 ft. high, with linear
Lance-shaped leaves, and rosy-white flowers
with a yellow centre, produced in loose
corymbs from June to August.
Culture d'-c. as above.
B. glastifolia. — A smoothish glaucous-
looking N. American perennial 6-8 ft.
high, with lance-shaped leaves, the lower
ones of which are toothed. Flowers
blush-white with a yellow disc, produced
in corymbose panicles in August and
September.
Culture <£c. as above.
B. latisquama. — A free -flowering N.
American perennial 3-4 ft. high, with
bright green lance-shaped leaves, and
numerous rosy or bright lilac flower-heads
borne in large clusters from July to
September.
Culture d-c. as above.
CALLISTEPHUS (China Aster).
The only species in this genus is : —
C. hortensis (C. ckinensis ; Aster
sinensis). — A beautiful annual 1-2 ft.
high, native of China. Leaves ovate,
coarsely toothed, lower ones stalked ;
upper sessile, wedge-shaped at the base.
Flowers fromAugust to November, 2-1 in.
or more across, beautiful mauve-purple
with a bright yellow centre, very much
resembling those of Erigeron speciosue
(p. 506), but of a somewhat deeper shade
of colour, broader ray-florets, and much
larger flowers.
This is the description of the original
species from which the numerous varieties
of China Aster in cultivation have been
produced. So much attention has been
devoted to developing the progeny that
the parent has been overlooked for very
many years, and had dropped out of
cultivation. Within the last year or two,
however, it has been re-introduced, and it
would be difficult to find a more graceful
or useful plant for the flower border. It
should be planted in bold masses to
obtain striking effects. A light and warm
rich soil produces the best results, and in
the event of very dry weather copious
supplies of water should be given either
late in the afternoon or evening, or early
in the morning, say between 6 and 8
o'clock. The plants will grow in shady
places, but they are much finer in open
sunny situations.
The florist's China Aster has been
divided into about 30 distinct groups,
such as the Pa:ony and Chrysanthemum'
(lowered ; the Comet or Poodle, and
Ostrich-flowered; the Victoria, the Em-
peror, the Anemone or Quilled ; the Co-
cardeau or Crown ; the Rose and the
Porcupine, the Globe, the Pompon, and
such like names — all more or less un-
meaning to the amateur, but distinct
enough to the specialist. The flowers of
all these kinds are of course ' double,' and
bear no resemblance whatever to the
original species described above, except
in so far that all the perfect tubular florets
of the centre have been changed by culti-
vation into strap-shaped ones like those of
the outer row.
China Asters are very fine in groups
or masses in borders or in beds by them-
selves. They vary a good deal in height,
and it is advisable when grouping to keep
each section in a group by itself, to avoid
unevenness. The colours vary from pure
white to rose, pink, light and dark blue,
mauve, scarlet, with intermediate shades,
except yellow.
Culture and Propagation. — A deep
rich loamy soil and open situations are
best for China Asters. In hot dry
summers the leaves are apt to become
kk 2
500
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
ASTER
very much wrinkled and the flowers with
unsightly ragged centres, unless a good
supply of water is given regularly. To
prevent evaporation as much as possible,
and to keep the soil cool, a top dressing
of spent mushroom-beds or other rotted
manure may be given.
The plants are easily raised from
seeds. These are usually sown in bottom
heat in March, but they germinate freely
in cold frames about the end of April,
either in pots or shallow boxes or pans.
They require to be pricked out, and made
as sturdy as possible with light and air
by the end of May, when they may be
planted out.
Seeds ripen freely in the British
Islands, but they cannot be relied upon
to produce such fine flowers as the plants
which have been raised from seed saved
on the Continent, where the seasons as a
rule have a more ripening effect than
ours.
ASTER (Starwort ; Michaelmas
Daisy). — A genus containing about 200
species of herbaceous perennials (rarely
biennials) mostly natives of N. America.
Leaves alternate, entire, toothed or in-
cised. Flower-heads in racemes or panicles.
Involucre bell-shaped or hemispherical;
bracts few or in many series. Receptacle
flat or convex. Pappus hairs few or plenti-
ful.
In speaking of these plants the term
' Starwort ' seems to be on the whole more
appropriate than ' Michaelmas Daisy,'
although the latter term undoubtedly in-
dicates the period when a large number,
but by no means all, bloom. But such
plants as A. dijplostej)hoides for instance
cannot be appropriately called Michael-
mas Daisies.
Culture and Propagation. — Most Star-
worts are of easy culture in ordinary
garden soil, and are readily increased by
dividing the root growths in early spring.
Seeds may also be sown, although many
varieties readily reproduce themselves by
this means naturally. They may be
sown in light prepared soil in the open
border as soon as ripe, but there will be a
better chance of success by sowing in cold
frames. The seedlings may be pricked
out and grown on until the following
September, or spring, when they may be
transferred to their places in the flower
border. Cuttings of the young shoots
from the roots mav also be taken about
April or May, and inserted in sandy soil
in a cool frame, or better still with a
little bottom heat. They will soon root if
kept shaded and sprinkled overhead for a
short time, afterwards giving more air
and light as they show signs of becoming
established.
Of late years there has been a great
revival in regard to the cultivation of
Starworts, but notwithstanding several
efforts to reduce them to order, they are
still in a very mixed condition botanically.
The fact is that many kinds readily inter-
cross, and their progeny exhibit traces
sometimes of one parent, sometimes of
another, and these become further crossed
with other species or varieties, and so on
indefinitely.
As garden plants, Starworts are
among the most beautiful and graceful
of autumn flowers. With the disappear-
ance of the Phloxes, and perennial Sim-
flowers, the Dahlias, Golden Bods, and
many other beautiful flowers, the Star-
worts become conspicuous for their beauty
and their lasting properties. They produce
a wealth of stanw blossom, beginning in
July or August with such kinds as acris,
Amelias, Icevis, Novi-Belgii, and ending in
November and December with diffusus,
ericoides, and grandiflorus. For decora-
tive purposes they are unsurpassed at this
latter period of the year.
In habit of growth Starworts vary a
good deal both in height and method of
branching. Some are scarcely a foot high,
while others often attain a height of 5 or 6
feet or more, according to soil and situation.
The taller-growing kinds are valuable for
the flower border, but to see their beauty
to advantage they should be planted in
bold masses. The dwarfer and more
slender kinds are effective in the rock
garden, the margins of shrubberies, and
borders.
The following is a selection of the
kinds worth growing. They are all natives
of N. America except where otherwise
stated.
A. acris. — A native of S. Europe 2 ft.
or more high, with linear lance-shaped
leaves, and blue flowers in August. The
variety dracunculoides is a tall, free-
flowered form ; nanus is very dwarf, and
useful for rockeries.
Culture dc. as above.
A. acuminatus. — About 2 ft. high, with
broadly lance-shaped, long pointed leaves,
ASTER
DAISY ORDER
ASTER 501
and corymbs of white flowers in Sep-
tember.
Culture dec. as above.
A. alpinus. — A very attractive species
G -9 in. high, native of Europe, with more
or less lance-shaped leaves. Flowers in
July, bright purple, 1-2 in. across. There
are white and rose-coloured varieties, and
also a vigorous one called speciosus, with
larger flowers than in the type. The
variety altaicus from Siberia is a very fine
one, with bluish-purple flower-heads about
2 in. across. The form called alius has
white flowers, and the one known as ruber
red ones.
Culture dec. as above.
A. Amellus. — A fine Italian species
about 2 ft. high, with roughish, oblong-
lance-shaped leaves, and heads of purple
flowers in August. The variety amelloides
has dark lilac-purple flowers over 2 in.
across; bessarabicus is rich lilac-purple ;
linarifolius grows taller than the type,
has narrower leaves and deeper coloured
flowers ; cassubicus is chiefly remarkable
for the bright golden centre surrounded
with regular deflexed ray florets ; and
major has flowers about ±1-3 in. across,
of a rich violet-purple colour.
Culture tic. as above.
A. amethystinus. — A pretty plant about
4 ft. high, with masses of small, bright
lilac flowers from October to December.
Culture tic. as above.
A. Bigelovi. — A bushy perennial 1\-
2 ft. high, with oval lance-shaped leaves
and large bright lilac flowers produced in
September and October.
Culture die. as above.
A. cordifolius. — About 2 ft. high, with
heart-shaped, finely serrated, stalked leaves,
hairy beneath, and crowded racemes of
small blue flowers in September and
October. The variety Diana (or Photo-
graph) is about 4 ft. high, erect and
bushy, with pale lilac flowers; albula,
flowers lilac and white, height 4 ft. ;
elegans (or undulatus), about 4 ft. high,
with small, bright lilac flowers.
Culture dec. as above.
A. corymbosus {Biotia corymbosa). —
This species has blackish-purple, brittle
stems 2-3 ft. high, and heart-shaped, acute,
coarsely toothed leaves about 3 in. long,
lobed at the base. Flowers in August and
September, about 1 in. across, white.
There is a variety Perseus witli bushy
heads of numerous flowers.
Culture Ac. as above.
A. diffusus. A somewhat spreading
species about 2 ft. high, with elliptic lance-
shaped, serrate leaves, and heads of white
flowers in October. The variety horizon-
talis branches horizontally, and has
masses of red and white flowers. Pendulum
(or Nondescript) grows taller and has
white flowers about 1 in. across.
Culture tie. as above.
A. diplostephioides. — A beautiful
downy or hairy perennial with stout
stems 6-18 in. high, native of the Sikkini
Himalayas. Leaves 2-4 in. long, obovate
or oblanceolate, entire, narrowed into
short or long stalks. Flowers in May and
June, 2 3 in. across ; ray florets bright
purple ; disc purple at first, afterwards
yellow. Involucre broadly hemispherical,
with lance-shaped bracts.
This species likes partially shaded
spots and rich sandy peat loam.
Culture ,(■<-. as above.
A. dumosus. — A dwarf and compact
species li-2 ft. high, with smooth, linear
leaves and beautiful white or mauvy-pink
flowers about }, in. across, in October.
Culture ,(■(-. as above.
A. ericoides. — A pretty species about
3 ft. high, with smooth, linear, Heath-like
leaves. Flowers in September, white,
numerous. The variety Clio has pale
pink flowers about 1 in. across.
Culture dec. as above.
A. graminifolius. — A pretty little
species less than 6 in. high, with erect
stiffish slender stems and linear green
leaves £-£ in. long. The white Daisy-like
flower-heads appear in May and June,
and are borne singly at the ends of the
shoots.
Culture die. as above.
A. grandiflorus. — A fine species 2-3
ft. high, with rigid linear acute and
somewhat clasping leaves. Flowers in
November and December, deep violet,
large.
Culture dec. as above.
A. Herveyi. — A rather roughish slen-
der-growing perennial 1-2 ft. high, with
ovate lance-shaped obscurely serrate leaves,
and bright lilac or violet flowers about
\\ in. across produced in autumn.
Culture die. as above
502
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
ASTER
A. laevis. — A beautiful species varying
from 2 to 6 ft. high, with somewhat stem-
clasping, oblong entire or slightly
serrated, shining leaves. Flowers from
August to October, various shades of
lilac and purple. There are many
varieties, of which the best are Ariadne,
Apollo, Arachne, Arcturus, Calliope,
decorus, floribundus, Harvardi, Pygma-
lion, Vesta, and Virgil.
Culture dc. as above.
A. linarifolius. — This species rarely
exceeds 2 ft. in height, and has the stems
clothed with narrow linear Flax-like leaves
all the way up to the flower-heads. The
latter are/ rather small, with deep violet
ray florets and a yellow centre.
Culture dc. as above. This species
must not be confused with the variety of
A. Amelias having the same name.
A. lindleyanus. — A showy perennial
1-2 ft. high. Lower leaves ovate and
somewhat heart-shaped with winged
stalks ; upper ones sessile, serrate, and
tapering at each end. Flowers pale
violet, about lh in. across, produced in
loose panicles in autumn.
Culture dc. as above.
A. Linosyris (CJir/jsocoma, Lino-
syris ; Linosyris vulgaris). — Goldilocks.
A distinct native plant about 2 ft. high,
with linear Flax-like leaves, and showy
yellow flowers produced in August and
September.
Culture dc. as above.
A. longifolius. — About 3 ft. high, with
very long, smooth, linear-lance-shaped
leaves, rarely toothed. Flowers in
October, white, 1 in. across, in dense
panicles. The variety formosus has
pink flowers.
Culture dc. as above.
A. Michelli. — A pretty dwarf her-
baceous perennial about 1 ft. high, native
of Austria. Leaves in a rosette, shortly
stalked, obovate, wavy-edged. Flowers
in June, white, solitary. This plant was
formerly known as Bellidiastru m.
Culture dc. as above. Easily grown
in loam, leaf soil and peat, and increased
by division in early spring or autumn.
A. multifiorus. — A free-flowering spe-
cies 3-4 ft. high, with much-branched,
downy stems, and smooth linear leaves.
Flowers in September, white, small, borne
In large corymbs.
Culture de. as above.
A. Novae-Angliae. — This fine species
grows from 4 to 6 ft. high, with simple
hairy stems, and linear lance-shaped,
hairy, stem-clasping leaves, lobed at the
base. Flowers in September, purple.
The variety 2}U^cne^us has large, deep
violet flowers ; prcecox, purple flowers ;
roseus, pale rose, and rubra, deep rose
flowers ; Win. Boivman, rich rose-
purple, and Woolston, fine blue shade.
Culture de. as above.
A. Novi-Belgii. — A handsome species
3-6 ft. high. Leaves somewhat stem-
clasping, lance-shaped, smooth, rough-
edged, slightly serrated. Flowers from
August to October, pale blue.
Like A. Icevis, this species also has
many forms, some very fine, among them
being : — Archer -Hind, flowers 1-2 in.
across, pale rose-lilac ; Argus, Aurora.
Berenice, densus, Harpur Crewe, flowers
1-2 in. across, white, tinged with rose
when old ; Janus, white and rosy-purple ;
John Wood, white ; Imvigatus, deep
rose ; Minerva, deep rose-lilac ; nanus,
dwarf grower with rose flowers ; Proser-
pine, rose-lilac ; Purity, white ; Bavennw,
rosy-lilac ; Robert Parker, lilac-purple.
Culture dc. as above.
A. paniculatus. — A pretty species
about 4 ft. high, with ovate lance-shaped,
somewhat serrated, stalked leaves.
Flowers in August and September, light
blue. The variety W. J. Grant has blush -
white or pale mauve flowers, very free,
useful for cutting. Dot has small white
flowers tipped with rose.
Culture dc. as above.
A. patens.— A fine plant with procum-
bent stems, 1-2 ft. long. Leaves oval-
pointed, with a broad clasping base.
Flowers in autumn, about 1 in. across,
purple-blue.
Culture dc. as above.
A. peregrinus. — A pretty little species
about 1 ft. high, suitable for the rockery.
Leaves lance-shaped, acutish, entire.
Flowers in July and August, bluish-
purple, 2 in. across.
Culture dc. as above.
A. Pseudamellus. — A beautiful bushy
Himalayan species 6-18 in. high, with
oblong blunt and obscurely toothed leaves.
The bluish-purple flower-heads, each 1-2
in. across, are borne in August and Sep-
tember in corymbose clusters at the top
of the stems.
Culture dc. as above. In many
ASTEK
DAISY ORDER
ASTEK 503
gardens this species docs not succeed v< r.v
well.
A. ptarmicoides. — A pretty plant
about 2 ft. high, with linear roughly
toothed leaves, and small white flowers
in September. This does not grow well
in all places.
Culture dc. as above.
A. puniceus. — A graceful plant 4-6
ft. high, with stem-clasping, lance-shaped,
serrate, roughish leaves. Flowers in
August and September, blue or rosy-
lilac, about 1 in. across, in large pyramidal
panicles. The variety lucid id us has
pale lilac flowers \h in. across ; pulcher-
riiuus has white flowers tinted with
lilac ; ray-florets deflexed.
Culture dc. as above.
A. pyrenaeus. — A l'yrenean species
1-1^ ft. high, with roughish, oblong lance-
shaped acute leaves without stalks and
serrated towards the apex. Flowers in
July, large, lilac - blue, with a yellow
centre.
Culture dc. as above.
A. Reeversi. — A pretty species 9 12
in. high, with linear acute leaves, and
dense panicles of small white flowers,
with a yellow centre, produced in
autumn.
Culture dc. as above.
A. sericeus. — A greyish, slender-
stemmed plant 1-2 ft. high. Leaves
lance-shaped, silky, 1-3 in. long. Flowers
late in summer and autumn, deep blue,
about 11 in. across.
Culture dc. as above.
A. Shorti. — A pretty species 2-4 ft.
high, with more or less lance-shaped
tapering leaves 3-5 in. long. Flowers in
autumn, purple-blue, about 1 in. across.
Culture dc. as above.
A. sibiricus. — A Siberian species
about 2 ft. high. Leaves lance-shaped,
serrate, hairy, rather stem-clasping.
Flowers in August, blue, with hairy
bracts.
Culture dc. as above.
A. sikkimensis. — A native of Sikkim,
about 3 ft. high. Leaves lance-shaped
pointed, spiny-toothed, upper ones without
stalks. Flowers in October, purple.
Culture dc. as above.
A. spectabilis. — A handsome species
about 2 ft. high, with roughish, lance-
shaped, stem-clasping leaves, lower ones
more or less serrate. Flowers in August,
blue.
( ' n /lure ,i e. as above.
A. Stracheyi. — A native of the
Western Himalayas. Lower leaves 1 2
in. long, oblanceolate or obovate, shortly
stalked. Flowers in May, pale lilac-blue,
1-1 h in. across, on red- brown scapes 3-6
in. high.
Culture n)ul Propagation. — This is
a charming plant for furnishing partially
shaded spots in the rockery. It lias
creeping stems which root at the tips, so
that left undisturbed a plant soon spreads
Over a good area, and makes a beautiful
carpet of green beneath the lilac-blue
blossoms. It may be easily increased in
autumn or spring by detaching the runner-
like shoots.
A. Sturi. — This is one of the smallest
growing Asters with a dense compact
habit. The small Box-like leaves are
almost evergreen and make a pretty
carpet on the ground. The flowers are
large for the size of the plant; the\ are
pure white, and last for several weeks in
early spring.
Culture dc. as above. An exc< llent
rock plant.
A. tardiflorus. — A vigorous species
about 3 ft. high, with oblong lance-shaped
leaves. Flowers in autumn, pale rosy-
lilac ; centre at first yellow, afterwards
purplish.
Culture dc. as above.
A. Thomsoni. — A handsome Hima-
layan perennial 1-3 ft. high, the whole
plant being more or less hairy and whitish-
green in appearance. Leaves 3-4 in. long,
oval, with coarsely toothed margins.
The lilac flower-heads, with conspicuous
yellow centres, appear from July to
October, and are borne in loose corymbs,
or sometimes solitary.
Culture de. as above. Easily increased
by division in autumn or spring ; or by
seeds.
A. Townshendi. — A fine species 3-4
ft. high, native of the Eocky Mountains.
It has somewhat hairy stems and blunt
spoon-shaped leaves 8-12 in. long, the
upper ones oblong ovate - acute. It
bears a profusion of bright violet-blue
flower-heads 2-3 in. across in July and
August.
Culture dc. as above.
504
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS olearia
A. Tradescanti. — A graceful species
about 4 ft. high, with lance-shaped,
serrated, Heath-like leaves. Flowers in
August and September, white, numerous.
Culture dc. as above.
A. tricephalus. — A native of Sikkim.
Lower leaves obovate, spoon-shaped, with
long winged stalks ; upper ones oblong,
somewhat stem-clasping. Flowers in
July and August, purple, large, and showy.
Culture dc. as above. This species
grows 1-3 ft. high and is perfectly hardy.
It has creeping rootstocks and is easily
increased by division in autumn or spring.
A. trinervius. — A beautiful species
closely related to A. sikkiniensis, and
native of the Himalayas. It grows 2J-
4 ft. high, and has lance-shaped coarsely
toothed leaves 3-4 in. long. The white
or- pale bluish-purple flower-heads, over
an inch across, are borne in loose clusters
from August to October.
Culture dc. as above.
A. turbinellus. — A handsome plant
2-3 ft. high, with lance-shaped, somewhat
stem-clasping ciliated leaves. Flowers
in summer and autumn, delicate mauve.
Culture dc. as above.
A. umbellatus. — A tall-growing plant
5-8 ft. high, with masses of white flowers
with yellow centres borne in autumn.
Culture dc. as above.
A. undulatus. — About 3 feet high,
with hairy stems. Leaves oblong heart-
shaped, stem - clasping, with winged
stalks. Flowers in August, white, chang-
ing to purple.
Culture dc. as above.
A. versicolor. — A pretty, rather pro-
strate species 9-15 in. high, with smooth
oblong lance-shaped, tapering leaves, lower
ones serrate, stalked ; upper ones sessile,
stem-clasping. Flowers in September, 1 in.
across, white to rose or lilac. The variety
Antigone grows about 3k ft. high, and is
less bushy than the type.
Culture dc. as above.
A. vimineus. — A pretty bushy species,
about 2A ft. high, with narrow linear
leaves. Flowers in September, white,
A in. across, numerous. The variety
Cassiope is somewhat taller, with white
and lilac flowers ; and nanus is dwarfer in
habit.
Culture dc. as above.
OLEARIA (Daisy Tree).— A genus
consisting of 85 species of arborescent
shrubs or bushes, rarely herbs, with
alternate or rarely opposite entire or
toothed leaves. Flower heads solitary,
corymbose or paniculate. Involucre ovoid,
bell- shaped, or hemispherical. Disc flat
or somewhat convex, pitted. Achenes
smooth or slightly flattened. Pappus
bristly.
Culture and Propagation. — It is
practically useless to grow Olearias in
cold bleak parts of the country, although
0. Haasti is recorded as having been
uninjured by 13° frost in the gardens of
Alnwick Castle, Northumberland. The
other species, however, have not been
proved quite so hardy. They like rich
loam, but do well in ordinary garden soil,
and make good bushes for the border or
shrubbery. To increase the plants, cut-
tings of the half-ripened young shoots
4-6 in. long should be inserted in sandy
soil in a close cold frame, or handlight,
and kept shaded until nearly rooted.
Cuttings of the ripened shoots may be
inserted in the same way about Septem-
ber, and by the following spring will be
well rooted. Seeds of some of the Daisy
Trees (e.g. 0. Haasti and O. ?nacrodonta)
are ripened freely in our climate, and
may be sown in cold frames when fully
ripe, or in spring in gentle heat. The
seedlings are to be pricked out when large
enough, and may be grown on in cold
frames until they have made sturdy little
bushes. Plants raised from seeds ripened
in the British Islands are far more likely
to stand the severities of our winters than
are those raised from imported seeds.
O. dentata. — An Australian shrub with
elliptic or heart-shaped ovate crenate
leaves 1 ',2 in. long, and rosy -white flower
heads about 1{ in. across with a bright
yellow centre.
Culture dc. as above. Hardy only in
the mildest parts of the kingdom.
O. Forsteri. — A New Zealand shrub
with oblong blunt wavy leaves 2-3 in.
long, downy white beneath. Flower-
heads white, corymbose.
Culture dc. as above.
O. Haasti. — A pretty New Zealand
shrub 2-4 ft. high, with hoary young
shoots, ovate oblong or elliptic leaves
about 1 in. long, white beneath and some-
what resembling those of the Box tree.
Flowers in August, small, white, Daisy-
OLEARIA
DAISY OB DEB
ERIGERON 505
like, borne in hoary cymes in great pro-
fusion, literally covering the bushes.
Culture dc. as above.
O. insignis. — A beautiful New Zealand
shrub, with thick leathery elliptic rounded
leaves, 3-5 in. long, 2 in. broad, shining
green above, covered with a pale brown
woolly felt beneath, as are also the
branches. Flowers large Daisy-like, 2 in.
or more across, white, with a yellow
centre, and borne on stalks 6-9 in. long.
They last for a month or 6 weeks in
perfection.
Culture dc. as above. This charming
plant unfortunately is too tender for
cultivation in the open air except in the
very mildest parts of the south of Eng-
land and Ireland, and parts of the south-
west coast and islands of Scotland. If it
could only be got to ripen seeds, it might
be possible to raise plants with a hardier
constitution in the course of time.
O. macrodonta. — A New Zealand
shrub with elliptic coarsely toothed Holly-
like leaves, which emit an agreeable
musky scent when bruised. Flowers in
June and July, Daisy-like, white, borne in
large roundish heads.
Culture do. as above. In the south
of England and Ireland this species is
perfectly hardy and flowers freely. It
attains a height of only 3 or 4 feet, but
in a wild state as much as 20 ft. It may
be mentioned that another name for this
plant is O. dent at a, which must not,
however, be confused with the plant
under that name described above. A
species called 0. ilicifolia is very similar
to 0. macrodonta, but is a much
smoother plant.
O. nitida. — A handsome compact-
growing New Zealand shrub with ovate
leathery leaves about 2 in. long, the
under surface of which, as well as the
young branches, are covered with a thick
silvery-white down. The small white
flowers, with a bright yellow centre, are
produced in great profusion in August
and September in crowded clusters.
Culture dc. as above. This has
proved hardy in the south of Ireland.
O. nummularifolia. — A more or less
clammy New Zealand shrub, 1-10 ft.
high, with roundish oblong or obovate
hard leathery leaves, shining green above,
covered with white or yellowish down
beneath. Flowers in July, white or
yellowish. Quite hardy in the south of
Scotland.
Culture dc. as above.
O. ramulosa (Eurybia ramulosa). — A
graceful Tasmanian bush, the leaves and
branches of which are covered with a
roughish down. The leaves are oblong
linear, about \ in. long, woolly beneath,
and crowded on the shoots. The white
Daisy-like flowers are borne in great pro-
fusion in September and October in
elegant arching sprays, which look very
attractive.
Culture dc. as above.
O. stellulata (Eurybia Grunnicma). —
A handsome Tasmanian shrub 3-5 ft.
high, with hoary branches and oblanceo-
late coarsely toothed leaves, hoary on the
under surface. Flowers in September,
5 in. across, white, in great profusion.
( ulture dc. as above. Requires pro-
tection in winter in cold districts.
O. Traversi (Eurybia Traversi). —
A handsome evergreen tree, native of
Chatham Island, New Zealand, where it
reaches a height of 30-35 ft. It has
opposite (not alternate as in most species)
leaves, more or less ovate lance-shaped in
outline, about 2.1 in. long, quite entire,
smooth shining green above, paler and
silky beneath. The creamy white flowers
are individually very small, but they are
borne in clustered panicles in the axils of
the leaves and at the ends of the shoots
in great profusion late in summer.
Culture dc. as above. This species
can be grown in the open air with any
degree of success only in the mildest parts
of the kingdom.
ERIGERON (Fleabane). — A genus
consisting of about 100 species of annual,
biennial, or perennial herbs resembling
the Star worts (Aster), from which they
differ chiefly in having the ray florets in
several series. The upper (or cauline)
leaves are alternate, entire, toothed, or
rarely incised or dissected. Ray florets
violet or white, disc usually yellow. In-
volucre hemispherical or bell-shaped.
Receptacle flat or slightly convex.
Culture and Propagation. — Only a
few species are of any garden value.
They thrive in somewhat moist garden
soil and are readily increased by division
of the roots in spring or early autumn.
They may also be raised from seeds
sown as soon as ripe in cold frames, or in
506
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GABDEN PLANTS erigeuon
spring, afterwards transferring the seed-
lings to the open border when large enough.
They are excellent plants for the rock
garden, or in front of the herbaceous
border, but to obtain the finest effects
they should be grown in bold masses.
E. alpinus. — A pretty native hairy
perennial, 9-12 in. high, suitable for
rockeries. Leaves oblong lance - shaped
below, linear oblong above. Flowers in
July and August, f in. across, purple, with
a yellow centre. The variety graudi-
florus is superior to the type.
Culture dc. as above.
E. aurantiacus. — A native of Turkestan
l.)-12 in. high. Leaves oblong entire,
upper ones lance-shaped, sessile. Flowers
in early and late summer, about 2 in.
across, bright orange, solitary, on a stout
erect peduncle.
Culture dc. as above. This species is
remarkable for the bright orange-yellow
of its flowers, so utterly distinct from
other species of Erigeron. It may be
increased by division, but not quite so
rapidly as some others, and it is therefore
advisable where a large stock is required to
obtain plants from seeds also.
E. caucasicus. — A Caucasian perennial
9-12 in. high, with lower leaves spoon-
shaped, upper ones strap-shaped, stem-
clasping. Flowers in summer, about
1 in. across, rosy-pink, or purple, in loose
masses on stems nearly 2 ft. high.
Culture dc. as above.
E. glabellus. — A N. American peren-
nial 6-18 in. high. Leaves oblong lance-
shaped, pointed above, spoon-shaped and
stalked below. Flowers in June, light
blue or purple, with a yellow centre.
Culture dc. as above.
E. glaucus. — A native of N.W.
America G-12 in. high, of creeping
habit. Leaves oblong ovate or somewhat
spoon-shaped, ciliated, glaucous, clammy,
lower ones with winged stalks, upper
ones sessile. Flowers in summer and
autumn, lilac-purple.
Culture do. as above. This is an
evergreen species and retains its foliage
during the winter months. It is easily
increased by division.
E. grandiflorus. — A Rocky Mountain
perennial 4-8 in. high. Lower leaves
obovate spoon-shaped, upper ones oblong
to lance-shaped. Flowers late in sum-
mer, purple or whitish, rather large.
Culture dc. as above. This species
makes fine evergreen masses of foliage,
and may be used as a carpeting for taller
plants. Easily increased by division.
E. mucronatus (Vittadinia triloba;
V. australis). — A much-branched, spread-
ing perennial 6-12 in. high, native of
Australia and New Zealand. Leaves
wedge-shaped or narrowly spoon-shaped,
8-5-lobed at the apex. Flowers during
summer, ray florets white tipped with
pink ; disc florets yellow.
Culture dc. as above.
E. multiradiatus.— A pretty Himalayan
plant 6-24 in. high, with oblong, toothed
leaves tapering into a long stalk. Flowers
in summer, about 2 in. across, purple with
a yellow centre.
Culture dc. as above.
E. Roylei. — An ornamental species
4-8 in. high, with smooth, oblong spoon-
shaped, ciliated leaves. Flowers in
summer. 2 in. across, bluish-purple, with
a yellow centre, borne in loose corymbs.
This species is also a native of the Hima-
layas.
Culture dc. as above.
E. salsuginosus. — A pretty N. Ameri-
can perennial 12-18 in. high, with creeping
rootstocks, and forming dense masses of
foliage close to the ground. The soft
mauve-tinted flowers with a yellow centre
are about 3 in. across, appear in May and
June, and are very effective when seen in
bold masses.
Culture dc. as above.
E. speciosus (Stenactis speciosa). — A
•showy N. American perennial about 2 ft.
high. Lower leaves spoon-shaped, long-
stalked ; upper ones lance-shaped acute,
sessile, 2-4 in. long. Flowers in summer,
violet-purple, 2 in. or more across, in
corymbose heads ; centre yellow. The
variety superbus is a larger and finer
flower, approaching in appearance smaller
forms of the typical Calhstephus Jwrtensis
described at p. 499.
Culture dc. as above. This is the
best known of all the Erigerons. It
makes dense tufts close to the ground,
and produces an immense number of
blossoms. Easily increased by division.
LEONTOPODIUM
DAISY ORDER
OZOTHAMNUS 007
Tfihe 1 V. Inuloide/K. — Leaves usually alternate, entire, rarely opposite or lobed.
ANTENNARIA.— A genus of peren-
nial herbs, closely related to Gnaphahwm,
and distinguished by the dry, coloured,
chaffy scales around each head of tubular
flowers, the stamens and pistils of which
are on different plants (dioecious). Leaves
clustered, entire.
Culture and Propagation, — The
Antennarias are pretty plants, suitable for
the rock garden, borders, or edgings.
They thrive in light garden soil, and may
be increased by division of the root in
spring, or from seed sown at the same
season in cold frames, or in the open
border in April.
A. dioica (6naphaliv/m dioicum). —
Cat's Foot.— A. British plant, found on
heaths and sandy pastures, with pro-
cumbent shoots, and spoon-shaped or
lance-shaped woolly leaves. Flowers in
June, pink, in crowded corymbs 3-4 in.
high. The variety hyperborea lias more
woolly leaves than the type ; and minima
is a small-growing form.
( 'ulture df. as above.
A. margaritacea (Pearl Everlasting).
A native originally of N. America, but
now found wild in parts of the British
Islands and the Continent. It is about
1 ft. high, with linear lance-shaped acute
leaves, downy white, especially beneath.
Flowers in July and August, white, J in.
across, borne in corymbose cluster-.
Culture dec. as above.
A. tomentosa (A. Candida). — A dwarf
silvery plant, considered to be a variety of
A. dioica. It grows scarcely 1 in. high,
and forms a dense carpet of silvery white
in a short time, and is a favourite for
edging, carpet-bedding, or for rockeries.
Culture dtc. as above.
LEONTOPODIUM (Lion's Foot;
Edelweiss). — A genus with 4 or 5 species
of tufted woolly perennial herbs. Lower
leaves rather spoon-shaped, upper ones
alternate, entire. Flower-heads small, in
dense cymes at the tips of the branches.
L. alpinum {Gnapltalium Leonto-
podium). — Edelweiss. — A pretty Swiss
alpine plant 3-6 in. high, with white
woolly leaves. Lower ones lance-shaped,
narrowed into a stalk, upper ones sessile,
linear oblong. Flowers in June and
July, small, yellow, surrounded by an
irregular rosette of densely woolly bracts.
Culture and Propagation. - The Edel-
weiss may be easily raised from seeds
sown in slight heat about March. The
plants grow well in exposed sunny spots
in the rock garden or border, in rather
sandy soil. Established plants may be
divided annually, but it is easier and more
satisfactory to raise them from seeds in
the same waj as recommended for annuals
in genera] at p. 78.
GNAPHALIUM (CudWeed; Ever-
LASTING). — A genus containing about 100
species of annual, biennial, or perennial
herbs, few of which are of any garden
value. Leaves alternate, sessile, decurrent,
or rarely stalked, flower-heads small,
sessile, often clustered, rarely in terminal
corymbs. Bracts of the involucre scarious,
often coloured at the tips.
G. lanatum. — A plant about 1 ft.
high, chiefly valued for its beautiful
silvery foliage, and much used for edging
borders and beds.
Culture and Propagation. — This is
practically the same as for Antennaria
above. It thrives best on dry poor soils,
and makes fine masses if pegged down.
Easily increased by division in spring or
early autumn.
OZOTHAMNUS.— A genus of shrubs
or rarely herbs, closely related to Heli-
chrysum. The flower-heads are small and
often few-flowered. Involucre oblong
ovoid or bell-shaped, the inner bracts
usually tipped with a coloured point.
O. rosmarinifolius. — A beautiful fra-
grant shrub, native of Australia and Tas-
mania, where it attains a height of 6-10
ft. The branches are furnished with blunt
linear Rosemary-like leaves, the edges of
which are turned up or down. The small
white flower-heads appear in July and
August and are borne in great profusion
in dense clusters.
Culture and Propagation. — This plant
flourishes in ordinary good garden soil and
is practically hardy in the southern and
western parts of the kingdom. It should
be planted in warm sunny positions, and
may be increased by inserting cuttings of
the half-ripened flowerless shoots in sandy
soil about August under a handlight, keep-
ing them shaded from the sun and
sprinkled overhead occasionally.
WAITZIA. — A small genus of erect
annuals (or perennials) with alternate
508
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS hblichrysum
linear entire leaves, and flower-heads often
borne in corymbose clusters. Involucre
bell-shaped, hemispherical or roundish,
yellow or white. Receptacle flat.
Culture and Propagation. — Waitzias
flourish in ordinary garden soil in open
sunny situations. They are all natives
of Australia, where they are more or less
of a perennial character. In our climate,
however, it is easier to treat them as
tender annuals and raise them from seeds
sown in gentle heat about March, and
plant the seedlings out at the end of May.
They are good plants for the border, and
their flowers when cut and dried, in
autumn may be kept for room decoration
like other ' Everlasting ' flowers, such as
Rhodanthe, Helichrysum &c.
W. aurea. — A pretty species 12-18 in.
high, with rosettes of linear leaves and
shining golden flower-heads borne in loose
clusters in summer and autumn.
Culture dc. as above.
W. corymbosa ("PP. acuminata). — A
roughly hairy or downy plant 12-18 in.
high, with stems branching from the mid-
dle upwards, clothed with linear leaves.
Flowers satiny-white, rose, or yellow.
Culture dc. as above.
W. grandiflora. — This species re-
sembles W. aurea in height, habit, and
appearance, but produces much larger
heads of bright yellow blossoms.
Culture dc. as above.
HELIPTERUM. — A genus closely
allied to Helichrysum, from which it
differs in having the hairs of the pappus
plumose or feathery instead of roughly
hairy.
Culture and Propagation. — Helip-
terums require rich soil and warm posi-
tions, otherwise they are hardly worth
growing out of doors. Seeds may be
sown outside in April, but are better
raised in heat early in March. The seed-
lings are grown on until June, when they
may be put outside in masses in the flower
border. For the general treatment of
annuals see p. 78.
H. humboldtianum (H. Swndfordi). —
A pretty woolly-white West Australian
annual 1-K ft. high, with lance-shaped
linear leaves. Flowers in summer, bright
yellow, passing into a metallic green when
■dry.
Culture dc. as above.
H. Manglesi (Rhodanthe Mangiest).
A native of Western Australia 1-1£ ft.
high, with ovate-oblong or broadly lance-
shaped leaves, with rounded stem-clasping
auricles at the base. Flowers in summer,
soft rosy-pink with yellow centres, on
long stalks.
Culture dc. as above.
H. roseum (Acroclinium roseum). —
A pretty Australian annual 1-2 ft. high,
with linear acute leaves and beautiful
rosy flowers on the ends of the slender
branches. When picked young the
flower-heads may be dried as ' Everlast-
ings.' There is a white variety album,
and a large rose variety, grandiflorum.
Culture dc. as above.
HELICHRYSUM (Everlasting;
Immortelle). — A large genus containing
260 species of herbaceous or shrubby
plants, mostly natives of S. Africa.
Flower-heads large, solitary. Bracts of
the involucre scarious, not silvery, spread-
ing or recurved. Pappus rough or some-
what feathery.
Culture and Propagation. — The
following are the only Helichrysums of
note for the garden. They thrive in rich
loamy soil, and should be grown in bold
masses in the flower-border. Seeds are
sown in slight heat in March, and are
pricked out and grown on until June,
when they can be put out in the same
way as other annuals, see p. 78. Flowers
for drying should only be half open, and
hung downwards in bunches in a cool airy
place to come to perfection.
H. arenarium (Yclloiv Everlasting). —
A native of Europe 6-12 in. high, with
lance-shaped entire, stem-clasping leaves,
downy white on both surfaces. Flowers
in summer, bright golden-yellow, borne
in compound corymbs.
Culture dc. as above.
H. bracteatum. — A beautiful Australian
annual 3-4 ft. high, with entire lance -
shaped leaves, and variously coloured
flowers in August. There are several
fine varieties, with flowers varying in
colour from pure white to rose, light and
pale yellow. There are also handsome
forms in which the central (or disc) florets
have become changed from a tubular to a
strap-shaped form, and this change has
given a double-flowered race. The colour-
ing among these double forms is very
varied, and white, red, yellow, carmine,
CASSINIA
DAISY OBDEB
AMMOBIUM 509
purple and intermediate shades are to be
met with. H. acuminatum, H. chrys-
anthum, and H. macrocephalum are
mere forms of this species.
Culture i/'c. as above.
CASSINIA. — A genus containing
about 20 species of shrubby plants having
alternate entire leaves, the margins of
which are often turned upwards, and the
under surface often woolly. The small
yellow flower-heads are borne in corymbs
or panicles at the ends of the branches.
Involucre narrowly ovoid or oblong with
bracts in several rows. Receptacle flat or
slightly convex.
C. fulvida (Diplopappus chrysophyl-
lus). — Golden Heath. — A very distinct
shrub 2-3 ft. high, native of New Zealand.
The erect yellowish branches are furnished
with short linear oblong Heath-like leaves
which are deep green above and golden-
yellow beneath, the margins being curled
upwards, thus exposing in a conspicuous
manner the colour of the under surface.
The small yellow flower-heads appear
in July and August, but are not particu-
larly attractive although they add still
further to the prevailing golden coloiir of
the plant. From its small leaves and
slender branches, and the general resem-
blance to the Heaths (see p. 580), it has
been called the ' Golden Heath,' although
as may be seen from its position in this
work it has little in common with the
plants of that genus.
Culture and Propagation. — This is
the species best known in cultivation,
although one or two others are to be met
with occasionally in botanical collections.
It flourishes in well-drained peat, and is
practically hardy in most parts of the
kingdom when placed in sheltered spots.
It may be increased by means of cuttings
of the half-ripened flowerless shoots,
which should be inserted in very sandy
peat and loam about August, and covered
with a handlight or bell-glass until fairly
well rooted. The cuttings must be
shaded from sunshine and attention must
be given to sprinkling overhead and ven-
tilation as they begin to root. Seeds are
ripened freely, and may be sown when
ripe in cold frames in sandy peat and
loam. When the seedlings have grown
large enough they should be pricked out
into a similar compost, and afterwards
grown on in various sized pots until large
and strong enough to be planted out of
doors — an operation best performed in
mild weather in spring.
C. leptophylla (Diplopappus lepto-
plujllits). — An attractive New Zealand
shrub 2-3 ft. high, with grey and purplish
stems covered with small fleshy green
obovate leaves about ^ in. long. The
small white flowers are borne at the ends
of the shoots in July, but are not very
showy.
Culture d'c. as above for C. fulvida.
C. Vauvilliersi. — This is also a native
of New Zealand, and is a more vigorous
and handsome plant than C. leptophylla.
The yellowish branches are covered with
obovate leaves about | in. long, and the
young shoots have a beautiful golden -
tinted colour. Flowers as in C. lepto-
phylla.
Culture dtc. as above for C. fulvida.
PODOLEPIS. — A genus containing
about a dozen species of more or less
woolly annuals or perennials with alter-
nate lance-shaped or linear, entire leaves,
often stem-clasping at the base. Flower-
heads with yellow, rosy, or violet ray-
florets.
Culture and Propagation. — These are
pretty plants for the border. They like a
well-drained sandy soil and open sunny
situations, as they are all natives of Aus-
tralia. They may be raised from seeds
annually in the same way as the Amnio-
biums, and also by sowing in the open
border in April.
P. acuminata. — This grows about 18
in. high, and has lance-shaped stalked
leaves, the lower ones stem-clasping.
The yellow flower-heads appear in sum-
mer and autumn.
Culture <!tc. as above.
P. anstata (P. chrysantha). — This is
very similar to P. acuminata, but is dis-
tinguished by the silkiness of the reddish
involucral bracts. The leaves also are
more pointed and glaucous beneath, and
the beautiful golden-yellow flower-heads
appear in summer and autumn.
Culture dec. as above.
P. gracilis. — A very pretty species
about 18 in. high with reddish stems,
sessile lance-shaped acute leaves, and
beautiful rosy, lilac, or white flower-heads
in summer and autumn.
Culture dc. as above.
AMMOBIUM.— A genus of hoary,
woolly perennials, with alternate or clus-
510
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS buphthalmum
tered entire leaves. Flowers yellow, in
hemispherical heads. Receptacles convex.
Pappus membanous-chaffy, shortly cup-
shaped. Achenes angled, smooth or
papillose.
A. alatum. — A beautiful Australian
' Everlasting,' li-2 ft. high, with winged
stems. Leaves oblong lance-shaped,
lower ones in tufted rosettes. Flowers
from May to September, about 1 in.
across, silvery white, with yellow centres ;
in loose, corymbose panicles. The variety
grandiflorum has much larger and purer
white flowers than the type, and comes
true from seed.
Culture and Propagation. — This plant
is best treated as a half-hardy annual or
biennial, but in warm, sandy soil it be-
comes a perennial. Seeds may be sown
in a cold frame in September, and the
seedlings protected during the winter.
Or they may be sown in slight heat about
February or March, so as to be ready for
the border about June. For the general
treatment of annuals and biennials see
p. 78.
INULA. — A genus containing less
than GO species of herbaceous perennials
with radical or alternate, entire or serrate
leaves. Flower-heads yellow ; ray florets
rarely white, strap-shaped, numerous ;
disc florets very numerous, tubular, her-
maphrodite. Involucre hemispherical,
with bracts spreading at the points. Re-
ceptacle flat or nearly so. pitted or
honeycombed.
Culture and Propagation. — Inulas
grow well in ordinary garden soil, and
are easily increased in early autumn or
spring by dividing the roots, or by seeds,
the latter being sown either when ripe in
cold frames or in spring in the open border
if more plants are required than can be
obtained by division. By cutting the roots
into pieces about 2 in. long, and slightly
covering them with light and rich sandy
soil and placing in gentle heat during the
winter or early spring months a good
supply of plants can also be obtained.
Being vigorous and somewhat coarse in
growth, they are more suitable for wild
or rough parts of the garden. The best
results are obtained by good cultivation,
and a good top-dressing of manure in
autumn or winter is very beneficial.
I. glandulosa. — A hairy-stemmed Cau-
casian species, about 2 ft. high, with ses-
sile, oblong, obscurely serrated leaves.
Flowers in July and August, orange -
yellow, 4-6 in. across, with hairy invo-
hicres, and long narrow ray florets.
Culture dc. as above. This species
does not seed freely in some localities, but
it may be easily increased by division of
the roots and also by root cuttings.
I. grandiflora. — This is a fine Hima-
layan perennial about 2 ft. high, and some-
what resembling I. glandulosa. The
flower-heads appear in summer and are
quite as large as those of I. glandulosa,
and of a bright orange-yellow colour.
Culture ,(■<■. as above.
I. Helenium (Elecampane). — A strong-
growing British perennial, 3-4 ft. high.
Leaves oblong stalked below, ovate serrate
wrinkled and sessile above. Flowers in
summer, yellow, in large solitary heads
about 3 in. across.
Culture dc. as above.
I. Hookeri. — A native of the Sikkim
Himalayas 1-2 ft. high. Leaves 3-4 in.
long, sessile or narrowed into short stalks,
oblong lance-shaped, pointed, minutely
toothed, hairy above, downy beneath.
Flowers in September, pale yellow, in
somewhat sweet-scented heads, 2£-3i in.
across ; ray florets linear. 1 in. or more
long ; involucre broad, sha.LCny.
Culture ii-e. as above.
I. Oculus Christi. — An ornamental
perennial 1.1—2 ft. high, native of Eastern
Europe. Leaves broadly lance-shaped,
obtuse, entire or slightly toothed, rather
downy. Flowers in summer, bright
golden-yellow, Sh in. or so across. In-
volucre very downy.
Culture dc. as above.
BUPHTHALMUM.— A genus con-
taining 4 species of loosely branched, or
tall, smooth, rough, or hairy perennials
with alternate entire or toothed leaves.
Flower-heads large, yellow, solitary at the
ends of the stems. Receptacle convex.
Achenes smooth.
Culture and Propagation. — Buph-
thalmums grow well in ordinary garden
soil, and are easily increased by division
of the roots in early spring or autumn.
Seeds are ripened freely, and may be sown
when ripe in cold frames, or in spring.
The seedlings are pricked out and trans-
ferred to the open air when large enoiigh.
It is, however, scarcely necessary to in-
crease the stock from seeds, as the plants
are so easilv divided.
SIliPHIUM
DAISY ORDER
OHRYSOGONUM 511
B. grandiflorum. — A pretty Austrian
plant 1/, 2 ft. high, with alternate lance-
shaped, slightly toothed, smooth leaves.
Flowers from June to October, yellow,
large ; involucre naked.
Culture die. as above. Grows well in
shade.
B. salicifolium. — Also a native of
Austria, li-2 ft. high. Leaves oblong-
lance-shaped, somewhat serrated, hairy.
Flowers in June, yellow, large, solitary.
Culture dr. as above.
B. speciosum (TeleMa spetiosa).-. — A
vigorous S. European perennial about
3 ft. high, with large, heart-shaped,
coarsely toothed, bright green leaves 9 1 2
in. long, with long, channelled stalks.
Flowers in July, deep orange-yellow, 4
in. across, with reddish-brown centres.
very much resembling those of Inula
fflandulosa, only larger.
Culture Ac. as above. This plant is
seen to its best advantage in bold groups
in open places.
Tribe V. Helianthoide^:. — Leaves often opposite, rarely all alternate, entire,
toothed, or variously cut. Disc florets usually yellow, rarely white, purplish or violet.
Bracts of the involucre herbaceous, rarely dry and membranous.
SILPHIUM (Rosin Plant). — This
genus includes 11 species of tall coarse
perennial herbs with copious resinous
juice. Leaves alternate, opposite, or
whorled, entire, toothed or lobed.
Flower-heads large, yellow, monoecious, in
corymbose panicles. Ray florets female,
disc florets sterile. Involucre broad and
flattish, with bracts in many rows.
Achenes smooth, flat, longitudinally
winged ; wings sometimes toothed or
notched at the top.
Culture and Propagation. These
plants grow in any rough soil and are
suitable for rough places in the garden in
bold masses. They may be increased by
division early in autumn or in spring.
Seeds may also be sown when ripe in
cold frames, and the seedlings transplanted
to the open ground the following May,
having been pricked out or thinned out at
least once after germination. Seedling
plants sometimes take 2 or 3 years to
arrive at a really good blooming condition.
Increase by dividing the roots is therefore
to be preferred. All natives of N. America
(United States).
S. laciniatum (Compass Plant; Pilot
Weed ; Polar Plant). — A vigorous peren-
nial with stout stems 8 ft. or more high.
Leaves pinnately parted, usually stalked
and clasping at the base ; segments lance-
shaped, acute, cut - lobed or pinnatifid,
rarely entire. Flowers in July, 1-2 in.
across, yellow, forming racemose spikes.
The leaves of this plant are said to
turn their faces due north and south on
the open prairies — hence the popular
names.
Culture ii'x. as above.
S. perfoliatum {Cup Plant). — A
square-stemmed plant 4-8 ft. high, with
entire ovate leaves 6 15 in. long, coarsely
toothed, the upper ones united by their
bases, forming a cup-like disc which
holds a good deal of water when it rains ;
lower ones abruptly narrowed into winged
stalks, connate at the base. Flowers in
July, yellow, about 2 in. across.
Culture d ■■■. as above.
S. terebinthinaceum (Prairie Dock).
A smooth-stemmed species 4-10 ft. high,
with ovate oblong, somewhat heart-shaped,
toothed leaves, 1 2 ft. long, on slender
stalks. Flowers from July to September,
small, yellow. The variety junnatifiduin
has deeply cut leaves.
Culture de. as above.
S. trifoliatum. - This grows 4-ii ft.
high, with rather smooth slender stems.
Upper leaves lance-shaped, pointed, entire
or slightly toothed, short-stalked, 3-4 in
a whorl, or the highest opposite. Flowers
in August, yellow, in loose panicles.
Cult it re ,!■<■. as above.
CHRYSOGONUM.— A small genus
of herbs or shrubs with opposite, entire,
toothed, or pinnately cut leaves, and
yellow flower-heads.
C. virginianum. — A pretty N.American
perennial 6-9 in. high, with ovate coarsely
toothed leaves li-3 in. long, and yellow
flower-heads in June, each one surrounded
by 5 deep golden-yellow bracts of the
involucre.
Culture and Propagation. — This is
the only species out of half a dozen known
in gardens. It looks well in bold masses
in the rock garden or border, and flourishes
in well-drained peat and loam in partially
shaded and sheltered spots. It may be
easily increased by dividing the tufts in
spring as growth is commencing.
512
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS heliopsis
ZINNIA. — A genus containing about
12 species of annual or perennial herbs
or sub-shrubs, with opposite or verticillate,
sessile or stem-clasping entire leaves.
Flower-heads solitary, stalked, at the tips
or forks of the branches. Involucre bell-
shaped, or somewhat cylindrical ; bracts
in 3 or more rows ; receptacle conical or
cylindrical. Ray florets strap-shaped;
disc florets tubular, shortly 5-cleft.
Achenes narrow, striped, smooth or hairy
at the angles.
Culture and Propagation. — Zinnias
when well grown are charming plants for
the flower garden, in groups by themselves
or massed with other plants. They like
a rich loamy soil and sunny situations.
Being mostly annuals they must be
raised from seeds every year. About the
middle of March is the best time to sow
in gentle heat. It is a mistake to sow
too early, as the plants become too weak
and lanky before the planting-out time
in June arrives. The seedlings should be
pricked off when large enough to handle,
and should be gradually hardened off in
cooler and lightsome places. Both single
and double varieties are worth growing,
although the latter are somewhat dwarfer
and more compact in habit.
The Zinnias are all natives of
America — chiefly Mexico.
Z. elegans. — A hairy-stemmed annual
1A-2 ft. high, with heart-shaped, ovate,
stem-clasping leaves, and flowers varying
in colour from scarlet to crimson, rose,
buff, or white.
From this species most of the garden
Zinnias have been evolved by careful
selection and hybridisation, and they
possess some very fine colours, such as
blood-red, orange-scarlet, rosy-carmine,
deep yellow, vermilion &c. Among the
named varieties may be mentioned :
coccinea, scarlet ; Darwini, with very
double flowers ; flore pleno, violacea,
gloriosa. There are also miniature
Pompon varieties about 6 in. high, suit-
able for edgings &c.
Culture dc. as above.
Z. haageana. — Similar in habit to
. Z. elegans, but with brilliant orange or
yellow flower-heads. Flore pleno is a
fine double -flowered variety ; smipumila
flore pleno is a dwarf kind about 6 in.
high, with elegant double golden-yellow
flowers striped with orange.
Other varieties known as grand i flora
and zebrina are choice garden forms, the
latter having beautifully striped double
flowers. Many other names will be
found in catalogues, but a packet of good
mixed seed will give all the colours
desired. Other names for Z. haageana
are Z. mexicana and Z. aurea.
Culture dc. as above.
Z. multiflora (Z. verticillata). — A
bushy and rather hairy Mexican annual
1^-2 ft. high, with oval or oblong lance-
shaped leaves. Flower-heads small, with
deep red obovate rosy florets in the type.
There is however a form with yellow
florets.
Culture dc. as above. This species is
not of great garden value, and with it
may be classed Z. pauciflora, also a
Mexican annual, with yellow flower-
heads, having a deep dull red centre.
SANVITALIA.— A genus with a few
species of annual or perennial herbs,
having opposite entire leaves, and yellow
or whitish flower-heads. Bracts of the
involucre in 2-3 series. Receptacle flat
or convex. Achenes smooth, those of the
disc crowned with a pappus of 3 bristles.
S. procumbens. — A pretty Mexican
annual with trailing branches and ovate
entire leaves. Flowers in summer, like
those of a small Budbeckia, bright yellow,
with a dark purplish disc. The double-
flowered variety flore pleno is showier
than the type, with wholly yellow
flowers.
Culture and Propagation. — This is
the only species in cultivation. Owing to
its dwarf compact growth it looks well in
masses at the edges of borders, or trailing
over the sides of baskets. It thrives in
sandy loam and peat, and seeds may be
sown in autumn for spring flowering, or
in March and April for late summer
flowering. For the general treatment of
annuals see p. 78.
HELIOPSIS. — A genus containing a
few species of rather pretty annuals and
perennials, with usually opposite stalked
leaves (upper ones rarely alternate) and
large yellow flower-heads. The annuals
are rarely seen, and the perennials may be
grown and increased as in the case of the
perennial Sunflowers.
H. canescens (Helianthus cordatus).
A bushy Peruvian annual 2-3 ft. high,
with downy stems, and grey-green opposite
heart-shaped acute leaves with coarsely
HELIOl'SIS
DAISY ORDER
MONTANOA 513
toothed margins. The yellow flower-heads,
with a conical disc in the centre, appear
from July to September, and are borne
singly at the end of a long downy or hairy
stalk which gradually becomes swollen
towards the flower-head.
Culture and Propagation. — -Being an
annual this species may be treated as
recommended for annuals in general at
p. 78. The seeds should be sown in
gentle heat in March, afterwards pricking
the seedlings out, and by the end of May
they will be fit for the open border. The
plants may be placed 12 -15 in. apart or
more, and if grown in groups look verj
effective.
H. laevis. — A pretty free-growing
perennial 3-6 ft. high, with ovate lance-
shaped, coarsely toothed leaves, and
flowers about 3 in. across in autumn on
long stalks. The varieties scabra and
scabra major are both improvements on
the type, having larger and more numer-
ous flowers. Native of N. America.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species flourishes in ordinary good garden
soil, but is well worth treating well. It
makes a fine show in the herbaceous border
if grown in fairly large clumps. Seeds
are ripened freely, but it is much easier,
and on the whole preferable, to increase
the plants by dividing the roots in autumn
or in spring, the latter season being
generally regarded as best. The seeds
may be sown in cold frames when ripe, or
in spring, in light rich soil, and by the
following autumn or spring, according to
the period of sowing the seeds, the young
plants may be transferred to the open
ground about 15 18 in. apart.
GYMNOLOMIA (Gymnopsis). — A
genus having about 16 species of erect
branching more or less roughish hairy
plants, with the lower leaves nearly all
opposite, the upper ones nearly all alter-
nate, entire, toothed, or lobed. Flower
heads solitary or in loose clusters, yellow,
or sometimes purple. Receptacle convex
or conical. Ray florets spreading, entire,
or slightly toothed at apex.
G. uniserialis.— A pretty Texan annual
1^-3 ft. high, with roughish hairy stems,
and ovate elliptic coarsely toothed leaves
reminding one of HeUautlms eueumeri-
folius. The solitary flower-heads appear
at the ends of the shoots from June to
September, and are 2-3 in. across, having
5 broadly elliptic ray florets of a pretty
elm ime yellow, surrounding a conical
cluster of disc florets.
Culture and Propagation. — This re-
cently introduced plant is ornamental
grown in patches in the flower border,
and will flourish in ordinary garden soil
in sunny positions. It is raised from
seeds sown in gentle heat in spring and
planted out at the end of May, or seeds
may be sowrn in the open border in April.
It requires a little attention when young,
as it is inclined to be ' miffy ' or delicate
until established. The flowers are excel-
lent for cutting and last a long time.
MONTANOA.— A genus with over
a. dozen species of shrubs with opposite,
entire, toothed or broadly-lobed leaves ;
lower ones often Large and pinnately cut.
Flower heads white or pink, in corymbose
panicles. Ray florets sterile. Achenes
smooth ; the hypogynous disc sometimes
much developed to resemble a cup-shaped
pappus.
Culture and Propagation. — Monta-
noas are natives of Mexico, and are too
tender even for the mildest parts of the
British Islands, except during the summer
months, when they are brought from the
conservatory to lend an air of sub-tropical
luxuriance to the garden. Seeds are
sown in gentle bottom heat about March,
and the seedlings are pricked out and
gradually hardened off so as to be fit for
planting out in June. In autumn the old
plants may be taken into the greenhouse
for winter. In January, if placed in heat,
young shoots will spring from the roots,
and may be used as cuttings in the same
way as mentioned under Dahlia (p. 519).
They will root in gentle heat in a close
frame, and if afterwards potted up and
grown on with plenty of light and air
when established they make fine plants.
The chief attraction of Montanoas consists
in the large and attractively divided
leaves, and not in the flower-heads.
M. bipinnatifida (M. heracleifolia ;
Polymnia grand/is). — A striking plant
6-8 ft. high, with large opposite twice
pinnately cut leaves with serrated seg-
ments, somewhat resembling those of
Heracleum (p. 469). The stem and leaf-
stalks are spotted with white, and the
leaves when young are clothed with a soft
whitish down. Flower-heads yellow.
Culture dc. as above.
M. mollissima. — An ornamental shrub
with oval lance-shaped, sessile leaves, dull
L L
514
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS kudbeckia
green above, silvery white and hairy
beneath. Flowers from August to Octo-
ber, white with a yellow centre.
Culture dc. as above.
M. tomentosa. — A shrub about 3 ft.
high, with heart-shaped oblong-toothed
woolly leaves, and white flowers in Sept-
ember in compound corymbs.
Culture dc. as above.
RUDBECKIA (Cone Flower).— A
genus containing about 25 species of N.
American perennials with alternate or
rarely opposite, entire, toothed, incised,
or pinnatisect leaves. Flower - heads
solitary or few, on long stalks ; involucre
hemispherical, the bracts in 2, 3, or 4
series ; receptacle much elevated, cone-
like or columnar; ray florets strap-
shaped, spreading, often elongated, entire,
or with 2-3 short teeth at the apex.
Culture and Propagation. — Rudbeck-
ias grow well in ordinary garden soil, but
the richer it is the better. Grown in
masses the most showy kinds 1 1 s.e B.
speciosa and B. maxima are very fine.
They may be increased by dividing the
roots after flowering or in early spring.
Also by seeds sown as soon as ripe in
cold frames, or in gentle heat in spring,
afterwards pricking the seedlings out and
growing on until about the middle or end
of May, when they may be planted in
the open border. Seeds may also be
sown out of doors in April and May, and
the plants may be thinned out afterwards.
The annual species of course can only be
raised from seeds sown as above directed.
R. amplexicaulis (Dracopis amplexi-
caulis). — A bushy Mexican annual l|-3
ft. high, with oval oblong stem-clasping
leaves of a rather blue-green tint. The
flower-heads are borne in great abund-
ance during the summer and autumn
months and consist of 6-8 ray florets
surrounding a purple conical or cylindrical
disc, which increases in length with age.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds sown when ripe in cold frames ; in
spring in gentle heat, and in the open
border in April and May.
R. bicolor. — This is a dwarf branching
annual with bright yellow flowers and
blackish -purple conical disc, borne from
July to September. It requires to be
sown in slight heat in February or March,
and planted out in May or June.
Cult urc dc. as above. Increased by
seed .
R. californica. — A vigorous Californian
perennial 5-6 ft. high, with oval pointed
roughish leaves, having an occasional lobe
or tooth, the lower ones about 1 ft. long
and 6 in. broad, narrowed into a stalk.
Flowers in summer, golden-yellow, about
5 in. across, with a dark brown conical
disc 2 in. or more high.
Culture dc. as above. Grows well in
shade.
R. columnaris (L c p achy s columnar is).
A pretty N. American perennial 2-3 ft.
high, with leaves pinnately cut into sharp-
pointed linear lance-shaped segments.
Flower-heads with broadly oblong elliptic
drooping ray florets of a citron or orange-
yellow colour, and a purplish cylindrical
disc in the centre.
Culture dc. as above.
R. Drummondi. — A very handsome
greyish-green downy plant, H-2 ft. high,
native of Mexico. Leaves alternate,
pinnate, with linear toothed segments ;
lower ones not so deeply cut. Flowers
from June to September, yellow, with a
large velvety blotch of purple-brown, and
a brownish conical disc about 1 in. high.
This species is sometimes called Obclis-
cariapulcherrima. Although a perennial
it is not quite hardy in northern parts, and
in such localities is best raised from seeds
annually as above directed.
Culture dc. as above.
R. fulgida (B. chrysomela). — A hairy
species 2-3 ft. high, with oblong spoon -
shaped or lance-shaped, stem-clasping 3-
nerved leaves, lower ones toothed, upper
entire. Flowers late in summer, 2-3 in.
across, orange-yellow, with a dark purple
conical disc.
Culture dc. as above.
R. grandiflora. — A pretty angular-
stemmed species 3-4 ft. high. Lower
leaves ovate crenate toothed ; upper ones
lance-shaped, roughish, obscurely crenate,
all stalked. Flowers in September, 3-4
in. across, with a raised dark purple disc.
Native of America.
Culture dc. as above.
R. hirta. — A very rough and bristly
hairy plant 1-2 ft. high. Lower leaves
spoon-shaped 3-nerved ; upper ones oblong
or lance-shaped, all sessile. Flowers from
June to August 3-4 in. across, yellow,
with a dark purple-brown disc.
Culture dc. as above. Will grow in
shade.
EUDBECKIA
DAISY ORDER
HKLIANTHUS 515
R. laciniata. — A showy perennial 2-4
ft. high, the main stem sometimes reaching
a height of 15 ft. and always needing sup-
port. Leaves roughish, deeply parted and
cut, and clothed with small hairs, especi-
ally at the edges. Flowers in summer,
clear yellow, 3-4 in. across, with a green-
ish-yellow conical disc. The variety
Jiore pleno grows 6 ft. high, and has
handsome double orange-yellow flowers.
Culture dbc. as abo\ e.
R. maxima. — A fine species 4 8 ft.
high, with oval or oblong, slightly toothed
or entire glaucous leaves, stem-clasping
above, stalked below. 8-12 in. long.
Flowers in August, 3-4 in. across, yellow,
with a cone-like disc ; ray florets drooping.
Culture d'c. as above.
R. pallida (Echinacea aiujustifolia).
A pretty perennial 2-4 ft. high, with
lance-shaped hairy leaves 4-6 in. long.
Flowers in summer, 4-6 in. across, pale
purple or rose.
Culture dc. as above.
R. pinnata (Lepachys pvrmatifida). —
A pretty plant about 3 ft. high, with pin-
nate leaves cut into 3-7 lance-shaped
acute leaflets. Flowers in July, with light
yellow drooping ray florets longer than
the cylindrical disc.
Culture dtc. as above.
R. purpurea (Echinacea purpurea). —
A showy species 3-4 ft. high, with smooth
stems, and roughish ovate lance-shaped
leaves, tapering towards the base.
Flowers in late summer and autumn,
about 4 in. across, rosy-purple, solitary,
on long, thick, rigid stalks. The variety
intermedia has less drooping ray florets ;
and serotina is a later flowering hairy
form. Native of Louisiana.
Culture dec. as above.
R. speciosa (R. Newmani). — A hand-
some compact-growing species 2-3 ft.
high. Lower leaves ovate, strongly
ribbed, coarsely toothed, on slender stalks,
6-9 in. long ; upper ones sessile lance-
shaped. Flowers late in summer, 3-4 in.
across, rich orange-yellow, with a velvety
blackish-purple globose disc and drooping
ray florets. Native of N. America.
Culture dec. as above.
R. triloba. — A vigorous hairy plant, 3-
5 ft. high, with lower leaves 3-lobed and
coarsely serrate ; upper ones ovate lance -
shaped, sessile ; those springing from the
root having slender stalks. Flowers in
August, numerous, 2-3 in. across, yellow.
with a deep brown or blackish -purple
disc. Native of Carolina.
Cult a re tic. as above.
HELIANTHUS (Sunflower).— This
genus (which now includes Ha/rpaUum)
consists of about 50 species of tall annual
or perennial herbs, mostly natives of N.
America. Leaves large, simple, roughish.
Flower-heads large, yellow ; ray florets
yellow ; disc florets purple or violet.
Culture and Propagation. — All the
Sunflowers are easily grown in ordinary
garden soil, but the richer it is the better,
as they are gross feeders. The annual
kinds are easily raised from seeds sown in
the open border. The perennial kinds are
increased in autumn or spring by dividing
the rootstocks, every shoot of which will
produce a new plant. They like plenty of
room to develop and an open sunny situa-
tion. In the late summer and autumn -
from the beginning of August onwards —
the perennial Sunflowers are very effective
in masses by themselves either in borders
or on the grass. If given plenty of space
the stems will be strong enough to support
themselves, but if too close together will
become weak, straggling, and untidy un-
less neatly tied to stout stakes. Although
the perennial Sunflowers grow well in our
climate it is very rarely that any of them
ripens seeds.
H. angustifolius (Coreopsis angusti-
folia; Budbeckia august if olia). — A na-
tive of wet places from New Jersey and
Kentucky to Florida and Texas, 2-5 ft.
high, with slender stems, and dark green
narrow glossy leaves. Flowers in Septem-
ber and October, orange-yellow, over 2 in.
across, with a blackish-purple centre.
Culture dec. as above. Increased by
division.
H. annuus (Common Sunflower). — A
well-known plant with stout stems 6-10
ft. high, and large heart-shaped, coarsely
toothed leaves, the yellow flowers varying
from 6 to 12 in. across. The common
single variety is not worthy of cultivation
in the flower garden, but some of the
better kinds as globosus, fistulosus,
cucumerifolius, sulphureus, JDammani,
californicus plenissimus are more or less
ornamental. H. argophyllus seems to be
a form of the Common Sunflower, with
soft silvery downy leaves, but it rarely
attains a height of 6 ft. H. lenticularis is
another variety about the same height.
Culture dec. as above. Raised from
ll2
516
PBACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS helianthus
seeds sown in the open border in April
and May, or in slight heat in March, after-
wards pricking the seedlings out, and
transplanting in May.
H. decapetalus. — A pretty species,
4-6 ft. high, native of the banks of streams
&c., from Canada to Georgia. Lower
leaves rather ovate, pointed, about 6 in.
long, the upper ones shorter, all somewhat
obscurely toothed. Flowers 2-3 in. across,
rich sulphur - yellow, with 12-14 ray
florets.
, Culture dc. as above. Increased by
division.
H. divaricatus. — A native of the
United States 4-6 ft. high, with green or
purplish stems and ovate, pointed, stalked
and opposite leaves. Flowers 2-3 in. or
more across, orange -yellow.
Culture dtc. as above. Increased by
division.
H. doronicoides. — A native of Ohio to
Missouri, 5-8 ft. high, with rough and
densely downy stems. Leaves opposite
(or alternate above), ovate, sessile, serrate,
and tapering at both ends. Flowers late
in autiunn, yellow, crowded on short stalks.
Culture dtc. as above. Increased by
division.
H. exilis. — A slender -gro whig Cali-
fornian annual 2-3 ft. high, with lance-
shaped leaves and golden-yellow flowers
about 2 in. across.
Culture dtc. as above. Increased by
division.
H. giganteus. — An elegant perennial,
found in moist or swampy parts of Canada,
Alabama, and Louisiana. Stems 10-12 ft.
high, purplish, glaucous, bearing opposite
lance-shaped stalked serrated leaves, the
upper ones often with winged stalks.
Flowers in autumn, deep yellow, 3-4 in.
across, with a purplish centre.
Culture dtc. as above. Increased by
division.
H. grosse-serratus. — A very distinct
species, native of dry places in the X.
United States. Stems 6-9 ft. high,
smooth and glaucous, with lance -shaped
pointed, stalked leaves, coarsely toothed,
deep green [above, woolly beneath.
Flowers late in autunm, 2-3 in. across,
deep yellow.
Culture dtc. as above. Increased by
division.
H. laetiflorus. — A handsome species,
native of Indiana, Illinois, and Wisconsin,
with stiff, roughly hairy stems, 6-8 ft. high.
Upper leaves opposite or alternate, entire
or coarsely toothed, lower leaves 9-12 in.
long, broadly ovate acuminate stalked,
3 -nerved. Flowers in autiunn, 4-5 in.
across, bright yellow, with a deeper
yellow centre.
Culture lie. as above. This is one of
the few perennial Sunflowers which ripens
seeds in the British Islands.
H. laevigatas. — A native of the United
States, 3-5 ft. high, with deep purple,
smooth, and usually glaucous stems.
Leaves all opposite (or the upper sometimes
alternate) sessile or nearly so, lance-shaped
acute, entire or slightly toothed, 3-nerved.
Flowers bright yellow, 2-3 in. across, with
6-8 ray florets.
Culture <{■<■. as above. Increased by
division.
H. Maximiliani. — A native of the N.
United States 7-8 ft. high, with roughish
steins, and lance-shaped, pointed entire
or slightly toothed leaves. Flowers in
autumn, 3-4 in. across, golden-yellow.
Culture dtc. as above. Increased by
division.
H. mollis. — A hoary-looking plant
3-5 ft. high, with greyish-green, densely
hairy stems. Leaves mostly opposite,
ovate pointed, with a lobed or clasping
base, serrate, softly hoary beneath.
Flowers from July to October, golden-
yellow, 4-5 in. across, with a darker centre.
Culture dtc. as above. Increased by
division.
H. multiflorus. -A beautiful plant 3-5
ft. high, with ovate heart-shaped., toothed
leaves, and numerous bright yellow
flowers, 3-5 in. across, from the end of
July to October. The variety maarimus
is a taller plant with larger and finer
flowers ; major is similar ; Soleil d'or
and Bouquet d'or have double ' quilled '
flowers ; and flore pleno is a beautiful
double-flowered form rather dwarfer than
the type.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
division.
H. occidentalis. — A slender hairy-
stemmed species 2-3 ft. high. Lower
leaves ovate, obtuse or oblong, lance-
shaped, rather leathery, 3-nerved, stalked.
Flowers orange-yellow, 2-3 in. across,
mostly solitary on long stalks.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
division.
HELIANTHUS
DAISY ORDER
YERBESINA 517
H. orgyalis. — A species with smooth,
purplish, glaucous stems 6 10 ft. high.
Leaves alternate narrow and recurved,
5 8 in. or more long, entire or slightly
toothed. Flowers late in autumn, nu-
merous, about 2 in. across, deep golden-
yellow, with a purple centre.
Culture <£c. as above. Increased by
division.
H. petiolaris. — A rather rare annual
species, native of Texas, 2-8 ft. high, with
hairy stems and leaves, and yellow
flowers 3-4 in. across. The variety
canescens is covered with a hoary down.
Culture dtc. as above. Increased by
seeds sown in the open border in April
and May, or in gentle heat in March.
H. rigidus. — A well-known but very
variable species 3-5 ft. high, with roughish
or hairy purplish rigid stems, and broadly
lance-shaped pointed 3-nerved leaves,
alternate above, opposite below. Flowers
from July to September, bright yellow,
about 4 in. across, with a deep or dull
purplish centre.
There are several varieties of this
species all superior to the ordinary form.
ASstivus, grandijiorux, and elega/ns have
purplish centres ; latifolius has broad
leaves and grows 6-7 ft. high. Miss
Mellish is a very free strong-growing
variety about the same height, with
orange-yellow flowers 4 5 in. across, and
one of the best kinds to grow for Septem-
ber blooming ; semi/plenus has numerous
ray tlorets and a purplish disc.
Culture <tc as above. Increased by
division.
H. scaberrimus. — A distinct Calif or-
nian annual, with stout branching sterns
2-3 ft. or more high, furnished with broad,
oval, coarsely toothed leaves, and having
large deep yellow flowers in summer.
Culture <(■<■. as above. Increased by
seeds sown in the open border in April
and May, or in gentle heat in March.
ACTINOMERIS.— A small genus
of perennial herbs with ovate or lance -
shaped serrated leaves, and flowers in
corymbose heads.
A. squarrosa (Verbesina Coreopsis). —
A pretty N. American perennial with
square, winged stems, about 3 ft. high.
Leaves decurrent, broadly lance-shaped,
coarsely toothed. Flowers in July and
August, yellow, 2 in. or more across.
The plants known as alternifolius and
helianthoides are forms of this, if not
identical. There are two other species,
both X. American, one alata, about 3 ft.
high, the other procera, about 8 ft. high.
Culture and Propagation. — These
ornamental plants grow well in loamy
soil, and may be increased by dividing
the roots in autumn or spring, or by seeds
sown in the open border or in cold
frames at the same periods.
VERBESINA (Cbowk Beard).— A
genus containing about 50 species of more
or less tender annual or perennial herbs,
having opposite (or the upper alternate)
leaves, stalked or sessile, toothed, lobed,
or rarely entire. Flower-heads yellow, or
the ray florets white, ligulate, spreading,
entire or 2 3-toothed. Keceptacle flat,
convex or conical, with chaffy scales.
Achenes flattened with two bristle-like
awns.
Culture and Propagation. — These
plants are sometimes used for outdoor
effect, more for the appearance of the
foliage than for the flowers. They thrive
in rich soil, and may be raised from seeds
sown in heat about March. The seed-
lings are pricked out into nice rich soil
and gradually hardened off in cooler
quarters so as to be ready for the open
air about June. The perennials may be
divided, or cuttings may be taken in
spring, as with Montanoas, from the old
rootstocks which have been placed in
gentle heat and kept sprinkled every day.
They nearly all require greenhouse shelter
in winter.
V. alata. - A AVest Indian species,
2 ft. high, with nearly glabrous, wavy and
sinuately toothed leaves, and orange-
yellow flowers. It derives its specific
name from the fact that the stems are
winged.
Culture <(■<-. as above.
V. encelioides. — A Mexican annual 2-
3 ft. high, with ovate or oblong coarsely
toothed leaves, having broadly winged
stalks, lobed at the base, and yellow
flowers in August.
Culture dc. as above.
V. gigantea. — A native of Jamaica,
about 6 A ft. high, with beautiful large
glistening green leaves with winged stalks,
and yellow flowers in summer.
Culture dc. as above.
V. pinnatifida. — A bold Mexican per-
ennial 3-4 ft. high, with broad deeply
518
PBACTIGAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS coreopsis
lobed leaves, somewhat hairy on both
surfaces, and 4-winged woolly sterns.
Flowers in August, pale yellow.
Culture d'c. as above.
COREOPSIS (Calliopsis). — Tick
Seed. — A genus of smooth showy annual or
perennial herbs, all natives of the United
States. Leaves simple or pinnate, oppo-
site. Ray florets spreading, more or less
deeply toothed or notched at the apex.
Bracts of the involucre in two rows, the
outer spreading, the inner united at the
base and erect. Receptacle with linear
chaffy scales.
Culture and Propagation. — Coreopsis
thrive in ordinary garden soil, and are
among the showiest of summer flowers,
especially when grown in masses. The
annual kinds are easily raised from seeds
sown in the open in April, or in slight
heat early hi March, afterwards pricking
the seedlings out about the end of May.
By sowing seeds of the annual varieties at
intervals in the open border from April to
the end of September a good succession of
flowering plants can be obtained for six or
seven months of the year. For the general
treatment of hardy annuals see p. 78.
The perennials may be raised in the same
way or by cuttings during the summer, or
by dividing the roots in autumn or spring.
They are exceedingly effective grown in
bold masses either in the flower border or
rock garden, and their graceful flowering
shoots are very valuable for cutting, as
they last fresh a good time in water. The
same may be said of the annual varieties.
C. aristosa. — An annual about 1-3 ft.
high, with deeply pinnatifid leaves, having
coarsely toothed, lance-shaped segments.
Flowers in summer, orange-yellow, over
2 in. across, in terminal panicles.
Culture dc. as above recommended for
the annual varieties.
C. atkinsoniana. — A graceful annual
2-4 ft. high, closely related to C. Drum-
mondi, but with leaves cut into numerous
linear lobes. The flowers are l|-2 in.
across, bright yellow, with a conspicuous
i*eddish-purple blotch at the base of each
ray floret.
Culture rfc. as above recommended for
the annual species.
C. aurea.— A smooth biennial 1-3 ft.
high, with 3-7-parted leaves having lance-
shaped segments. Flowers in autumn
about 2 A in. across, golden-yellow, with a
dull yellow centre.
Culture Sc. as above recommended for
the annual species. Increased by sowing
seeds at intervals from April to September
in the open border.
C. auriculata. — A beautiful perennial
lr,-2 ft. high, with entire or occasionally
3-lobed leaves. Flowers in summer on
long stalks, usually solitary, yellow, with
a band of purple -brown at the base of the
ray florets.
Culture d'e. as above.
C. cardaminifolia. — A beautiful dense-
growing annual 1-2 ft. high with more or
less deeply divided leaves, the lobes of the
lower ones being oval or lance-shaped, and
often very narrow and linear. The flowers
appear in summer and autumn ; they are
of a pleasing soft yellow colour, and 1-2
in. across.
Culture dkc. as above for C. aurea.
C. coronata. — A handsome annual
about 2 ft. high, with opposite spoon-
shaped leaves tapering at the base, entire
or pinnately cut. Flowers in summer,
orange, spotted with brownish-purple at
the base, and 2-3 in. across.
Culture d'c. as above.
C. Drummondi (C. diver sif olid). — A
beautiful annual 12—18 in. high, with
pinnate leaves divided into ovate or lance-
shaped lobes. Flowers in summer, bright
yellow, 2 in. or more across, with a band
of rich crimson-brown around the disc.
Culture d'-e. as above recommended for
the annual species. This is one of the
best known kinds and is a great favourite
with cottagers in many parts of the king-
dom.
C. grandiflora. — A splendid showy
perennial 3 ft. high, the best of all.
Leaves almost sessile, bearded at the
base. Flowers bright self-yellow, 2-3 in.
across, all through the summer months.
Ray florets 5-toothed, deeply cut.
Culture itc. as above. A splendid
plant for cutting.
C. japonica. — This is the only species
of Coreopsis yet introduced from Japan,
and is at present scarcely known. It has
linear lance-shaped leaves, and heads of
soft bright yellow flowers produced during
the summer and autumn months.
Culture de. as above.
C. lanceolata. — A fine perennial 1-3
ft. high, with entire bearded lance-shaped
I'OKKOPSIS
DAISY ORDER
LEPTOSYNE 519
leaves, upper ones slightly connate at the
base. Flowers bright yellow, 2-3 in.
across ; ray florets 4-toothed.
Culture dc. as above. A splendid
plant for cutting.
C. nudata. — A distinct-looking herba-
ceous perennial with Rush-like leaves. The
flower-heads somewhat resemble those of
;i single Dahlia ; they are 2i 3 in. across,
purple in colour with a conspicuous yellow
disc.
Culture dc. as above for the perennial
kinds.
C. tinctoria (C. bicolor). — A pretty
slender-growing annual, l.l 2 ft. high.
Leaves pinnate with linear segments.
Flowers bright yellow with a purple -
brown blotch at the base of the jagged-
toothed ray florets. There are several
varieties, but nana, a dwarf-growing one,
atrosangv/mea with deep purplish flowers,
and nigra speciosa, a dark lirown self
coloured form, are perhaps best known.
Culture dc. as above recommended for
the annual species. C. tinctoria and its
varieties are even more popular than C.
Drummondi.
C. verticillata (C. tenuifoUa). — A
pretty perennial with furrowed stems
1-2 ft. high, and leaves much divided into
linear whorled segments. Flowers bright
golden-yellow, about 1\ in. across.
Culture dc. as above for the perennial
species.
LEPTOSYNE. — A genus closely
related to Coreopsis and containing about
7 species of annual or perennial herbs or
shrubs, with pinnately divided or dissected
leaves, and showy heads of bright yellow
flowers. They have the habit of Coreopsis
but differ in having the ray florets
pistillate (or female), and always with a
ring of hairs on the tube or throat of the
disc flowers.
Culture and Propagation. — This is
practically the same as for Coreopsis, but
they are more tender. The plants flourish
in ordinary good garden soil, and look very
effective grown in masses. They may be
raised from seeds sown in the open border
in April or in gentle heat in March, and
the seedlings transplanted in May or June.
The perennials may also be increased
from seeds in the same way, as they are
too tender to stand our winters.
L. callipsoidea. — A pretty Californian
annual 1-2 ft. high, with narrow linear
lobed or incised leaves. Flowers in
autumn, yellow, rather large, on long
stalks.
Culture dc. as above. This species is
also known in gardens as L. maritima,
but it is quite distinct from the true plant
of that name. Its flowers very much
resemble those of a Coreopsis and are
usually composed of 8 oblong wedge-
shaped bluntly toothed ray florets sur-
rounding the small disc.
L. Douglasi is a half-hardy annual
about 1 ft. high with finely divided leaves
and yellow dower-heads.
< 'ulture dc. as above.
L. gigantea. — A vigorous-growing
Californian annual with soft- wooded stems
2 8 ft. high, furnished with finely divided
leaves. The yellow flower-heads appear
in summer and autumn, and very much
resemble those of a small Sunflower.
Culture dc. as above.
L. maritima (Coreopsis maritima). —
A somewhat tender American perennial,
6-12 in. high, with leaves twice pinnately
divided into narrow linear lobes, flowers
in autumn, yellow, 2-3 in. across, with
16 20 oblong ray florets surrounding a
much deeper orange-yellow disc.
Cult are dc. as above. Although a
true perennial, L. maritima is rather too
tender to stand our winters except perhaps
in the very mildest parts. It is, therefore,
best as a rule to treat it as a half-hardy
annual, and raise the plants from seeds
sown in gentle heat every spring, or in
cold frames in autumn.
L. Stillmani. — A recently introduced
Californian annual resembling L. Douglasi.
It has graceful thinly cut foliage and grows
about 1 ft. high, forming a compact bushy
plant. Flowers golden-yellow, about li
in. across, borne at the tips of almost
every shoot in summer.
Culture dc. as above. It is best to
sow this species in the open border in
sandy soil and sunny situations. It will
often bloom four or five weeks afterwards.
DAHLIA. — A genus of beautiful and
popular herbaceous plants distinguished
botanically by having a double involucre,
no pappus, and a large scarious bracteole
at the base of each floret. The leaves are
opposite, and once, twice, or thrice pin-
nately parted. Flower-heads large and
borne on long stalks.
There are only about half a dozen
520
PB ACTIO AL GUIDE TO GABDEN PLANTS
DAHLIA
wild species, all natives of Mexico, and
the first plant was introduced just over
100 years ago — in 1789 — by the Marchion-
ess of Bute. Owing to the ease with
which it has been induced by cultivation
to produce double flowers, the Dahlia has
since that period undergone vast changes
at the hands of the gardener, and there are
now many varieties which may be roughly
classified as follows : —
1. Single Dahlias. — These are the
outcome of D. coccinea and D. Intea, and
are recognised by having a disc of tubular
florets, surrounded by the larger and
more showy ray florets. For many years
the single-flowered Dahlias were sadly
neglected owing chiefly to the great strides
that were made in raising new forms of
the show, fancy, and other sections, with
double flowers. Of late years, however,
they have again come into favour, and it
is not too much to say that in many ways
they equal if they do not actually surpass
the double forms in beauty and grace when
well grown.
2. Show Dahlias. — These include all
self-coloured double flowers, and all
shaded or having the petals pale and
edged with a distinct colour such as pink,
purple, crimson, mauve &c.
3. Fancy Dahlias. — These have two
or more colours, and may also have the
petals striped or tipped. They are some-
what confused with the show varieties.
4. Cactus or Decorative Dahlias.
These have arisen from D. Juarezi, which
was not introduced until about 1872, and
was first exhibited in London in Septem-
ber 1879, but attracted little attention.
Since then, however, it has developed
some of the finest Dahlias in cultivation
— recognised by the more or less pointed
starry, double flowers. What are known
as ' Single ' Cactus Dahlias have been
produced of recent years.
5. Bedding, Bouquet, or Pompon
Dahlias. — A section with small beauti-
fully symmetrical double flowers. The
plants are more dwarf and compact in
growth than those of the other sections.
6. Tom Thumb Dahlias. — This is a
very dwarf race, stunted in growth and
not quite so free-flowering as the other
sections.
The garden Dahlia on the whole
seems to have been evolved by con-
tinually crossing and intercrossing the
best forms of D. coccinea, D. Mercki
and D. variabilis, and there is nothing
to prevent still further complications with
the progress of time.
It would be useless to burden these
pages with lists of the varieties in each
class, for the simple reason that many, if
not most of them, would be quite unknown
in twelve months time. Suffice it to say
that between 600 and 800 varieties have
been considered distinct enough for
naming, so far, and each year several new
ones are added. In obtaining a collection,
the best plan is to consult a good grower
as to the best kinds required for any
particular purpose, and in any special
shade of colour. The catalogues pub-
lished annually will be of great assistance.
Always select plants that throw the
flowers well above the foliage and do not
hang their heads. When making a selec-
tion of Dahlias it is always the best plan
to examine the varieties as they are
naturally grown. It will then be easy to
see those of vigorous habit and freedom of
flowering. When seen at exhibitions the
blossoms are naturally displayed to the
best advantage to attract attention, and
the most floppy flowers can be made to
stand as erect as their more vigoroxis
brethren.
Culture.— Dahlias like a rather rich,
heavy loam, which should have been well
manured and dug some time previous to
planting. Except in the southern parts of
England and Ireland perhaps, it is hardly
safe to put the plants out until about the
first or second week in June, according
to locality and the season. The plants
should not be nearer to each other than
4 or 5 feet. It looks a terrible waste of
ground at first, but the growth of a month
or two will show that in some cases at
least it is barely sufficient.
Each plant should have a strong stout
stake about 0 ft. high or more put to it
when planted, thus avoiding injury to the
roots later on.
With the advance of time, the strong
shoots should be securely tied to the
stake, and all weak growths removed,
so as to give greater vigour to the remain-
ing shoots and blossoms. During summer
plenty of water should be given to the
roots, and a good mulching of manure
will tend to produce larger, finer, and
clearer coloured blooms.
Position. — An aspect facing south or
west is suitable, and if the beds can be
protected from rough winds by hedges of
other plants, so much the better.
DAHLIA
DAISY OliDEll
DAHLIA 521
Storing. — By October or as soon as
the stems have been killed down by frosts,
the tuberous roots should be dug up care-
fully, leaving about 6 in. of the old steins.
The soil should be shaken away, the
plants carefully labelled if it is desired
to keep the varieties distinct, and then
stored away in a dry cool airy place
where they will be free from frost during
the winter. They should be overhauled
occasionally and any rotten portions cut
away.
Propagation. — Dahlias are increased
by dividing the tuberous roots, by cuttings,
and by seeds. The latter are produced
freely by the single varieties and may be
sown in gentle heat about March. The
seedlings may be put singly into small
pots and grown on till June, when they
may be transferred to the open border
where they are intended to bloom. New
varieties may be obtained in this way, but
as with many other florists' flowers the
great majority will not be an improvement
on existing varieties.
Where novelties are not required, the
plants may be quickly increased by
cuttings as follows : —
The tubers are taken from their
storage quarters and placed in a heat of
60°-70° Fahr., about February or March,
slightly covered with soil, and gently
syringed every day. Stout, sturdy shoots
are soon produced, and each one of these
may be detached with a sharp knife and
inserted in a small pot with sandy soil.
It will root in a few days, and may be
gradually hardened off and grown on until
planting-out time. Where cuttings are in
abundance it will save time to put several
of them into a shallow box or pan. In
summer time the young side shoots will
also root freely if treated in the same
way.
In very rare cases Dahlias are grafted
in winter, but probably more as an experi-
ment than anything else. A shoot, taken
from a plant grown in a greenhouse, is
inserted into a slit made in a healthy
tuber, and the stock and graft are firmly
secured and covered with clay or wax.
The whole is then potted up and kept in a
close frame with a just sufficiently high
temperature, 60°-70° Fahr., to assist the
action of the sap. When the union is
complete the plant may be given more
light and air, and in the spring time cut-
tings may be secured from it and rooted
as above described.
Insect Pests. — -Wherever Dahlias grow
earwigs are almost surely found. These
insects are very mischievous. They eat
out the young shoots, and also destroy
the florets among which they nestle.
Small pots with a little hay or moss arc
usually placed bottom upwards on the top
of the stakes. The earwigs nest in these,
and if examined frequently many may be
caught and shaken into a bucket of boiling
water. Hollow Hemlock, Broad Bean,
or Elder stems closed at one end have also
been suggested as good earwig traps.
The following is a list of the natural
species of Dahlia. They arc all natives of
Mexico.
D. coccinea (D. bidentifolia ; Geor-
gina Cervantesi). — A plant 3-4 ft. high,
with roughish pinnate leaves. Flowers in
autumn, ray florets scarlet, disc yellow ;
outer bracts of involucre 5, reflexed.
Culture dc. as above. Seeds are
ripened freely in our climate.
D. gracilis. — Grows 4-5 ft. high, dis-
tinct and graceful in habit, with smooth
twice pinnate leaves, having ovate coarsely
crenate leaflets. Flowers in summer and
autumn, brilliant orange-scarlet.
Culture &c. as above. Seeds arc
ripened freely in our climate.
D. imperialis. — A remarkable plant
10-12 ft. high. It rarely flowers in the
open air, but its large and beautiful leaves
make it a desirable plant for the summer.
It must be removed to a greenhouse by
the end of September or October for flower-
ing. Flowers white tinged with lilac,
and streaked with blood-red at the base,
drooping, bell-shaped, in large panicles.
Culture <£c. as above. Seeds are
ripened freely in our climate.
D. Juarezi. — A fine Dahlia about 3 ft.
high, with brilliant scarlet overlapping
florets, varying in length. See paragraph
above on Cactus or Decorative Dahlias.
Culture <&c. as above. Seeds are
ripened freely in our climate.
D. Mercki (D. glabrata). — A beautiful
plant 2-4 ft. high, with 3-lobed toothed
leaves. Flowers in October, white and
yellow or lilac and yellow, rather small.
The variety decaisneana has pinnate
leaves and purple flowers with a golden
centre.
Culture <(■/-. as above. Ripens seeds
freely.
D. variabilis (D. crocata :■; D. super-
522
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
BIDENS
fiua).— This is probably the plant first
introduced. The typical species has scar-
let or red ray florets and a yellow disc ;
but there is great variation in the colour,
and this character seems to have de-
scended in a remarkable degree to the
garden Dahlia in which almost every
shade except blue is to be found.
Culture dc. as above.
D. Zimapani (Cosmos diversifolius).
Black Dahlia. — A tuberous-rooted
Mexican perennial, 12-18 in. high, with
a compact bushy habit, and deep green
leaves, cut into 5-7 ovate entire or slightly
toothed lobes. The deep violet or almost
blackish-purple flowers appear from July
to October, and are borne singly on long
stalks, well above the foliage. The
variety atropurpurea is much deeper in
colour than the type.
Culture dtc. as above.
THELESPERMA.— A small genus
of smooth herbs or shrubs with opposite
leaves (or the upper ones alternate),
linear, thread-like, and once or twice
pinnately parted.
T. filifolium. — A pretty bushy plant
about 2 ft. high, native of Texas, with
bright green finely divided leaves, and
large orange-yellow flower-heads produced
in summer, with a conspicuous purple-
brown blotch at the base of the broadly
obovate ray florets. The plant known as
Cosmidium burridgeanum is a hybrid
between this species and Coreopsis tinc-
toria, and is intermediate between the
two species.
Culture and Propagation. — These
annuals flourish in light sandy soil, and
may be raised from seeds sown in gentle
heat in March or in the open border in
April as recommended for Cosmos
bipinnatus below. Seeds may also be
sown in cold frames in autumn, and the
seedlings transferred to the open border
the following spring, when danger from
frost is past.
COSMOS. — Annuals and perennials
with pinnate leaves and solitary flower-
heads. Keceptacle with linear acute co-
loured bracteoles as long as or longer than
the florets. Achenes angular, crowned
with 3-4 rigid bristles.
Culture and Propagation. — These
plants are easily raised from seeds sown
in gentle heat in early spring, and pricked
out and treated like other tender annuals.
as described at p. 78 of this work. The
roots of the perennials must be protected
in winter, and in spring the young shoots
can be taken off as cuttings. As, however,
these are rarely to be met with in cultiva-
tion, even in botanic gardens, the genus is
practically at present confined to C. bijnn-
natus. A rich moist and sandy soil and
warm positions suit the plants best. To
keep up a succession seeds may also be
sown in the open border in April, but
they will rarely produce flowers save in
exceptionally favourable seasons.
C. bipinnatus. — A beautiful Mexican
annual about 3 ft. or more high, with
finely cut pinnate leaves. Flowers late
in summer, bright rose or purple, 2£-3 in.
across, with a yellow centre, and borne on
rather short axillary and terminal stalks.
Culture drc. as above. This species is
not remarkable for its free flowering, but
owing to its graceful and finely divided
leaves it looks very ornamental when
grown in bold masses in the flower
border.
BIDENS (Bur Marigold;.— A rather
large genus of annual or perennial, some-
times climbing, smooth or hairy plants with
opposite leaves, toothed, incised, or once,
twice, or thrice ternately or pinnately
dissected. Flower-heads with white or
yellow spreading strap-shaped ray-florets
entire or slightly toothed. Involucre bell-
shaped or hemispherical. Receptacle flat,
or slightly convex.
B. Warscewiczi. — An elegant bushy
Mexican species about 18 in. high, with
leaves much cut into linear segments.
The flower-heads which appear from July
to October very much resemble those of a
Coreopsis ; they are bright orange-yellow,
and have obovate strap-shaped ray florets
surrounding a yellow disc.
Culture and Propagation. — Although
about 100 species have been described
there are very few plants belonging to this
genus of sufficient value to merit a place
in the flower garden. The species de-
scribed above, although really a perennial
in its native country, is best treated as an
annual in our climate. It will flourish in
ordinary good and well-drained garden
soil, and when grown in masses looks very
effective. Seeds may be sown in autumn
in cold frames, and the seedlings protected
under glass until May ; or they may be
sown in gentle heat in March, and the
seedlings transferred to the open in May.
MADIA
DAISY OH DEB
LATIA 523
They may also be sown out of doors in
April and May, but in this case it is better
to thin the seedlings out rather than
transplant them.
TRIDAX. — A small genus of hairy or
smoothish annuals or perennials having
opposite leaves, lobed or cut into narrow
segments. The yellow flower-heads with
greenish centres are borne on long stalks.
Involucre ovoid, bell-shaped, or hemi-
spherical. Receptacle flat or convex. Ray,
florets 3-lobed or toothed.
T. bicolor. — A much-branched tufted
annual 1-1 h ft. high, native of Northern
Mexico. The lower leaves are somewhat
triangular or oblong deltoid in form, and
about 2 in. long ; they are strongly nerved
and have a few blunt teeth on the margins.
The upper leaves become gradually smaller
and narrower and are mostly quite entire.
The flower-heads which are H 2 in. across
appear from July to September, and are
borne singly at the end of almost every
shoot. In the typical plant, which does
not appear to be in cultivation, the ray
florets are white, but in the variety rosea
they are rosy-lilac, rather broad, with 3
lobes or teeth, and 15-18 in number.
( 'ultureand Propagation. — Thispretty
plant is best treated as a hardy or half-
hardy annual (see p. 78) and may be
raised from seeds sown in cold frames as
soon as ripe, or in gentle heat about March,
afterwards pricking the seedlings out and
growing them on until mild weather in
May, when they will be ready for the
open air. The seeds may also be sown out
of doors in patches in April and May, but
it is then better to thin the seedlings out
about 18-24 in. apart rather than trans-
plant them.
T. trilobata {Sogalgina or Galinsoga
trilobata). — A bushy downy annual native
of Mexico. It grows about 18 in. high
and has alternate oval lance-shaped 3-lobed
leaves. The long- stalked golden -yellow
flower-heads appear from July to Septem-
ber, and have wedge-shaped 5-toothed ray
florets.
There is another species, T. eoronopi-
folia, also a native of Mexico, and with
yellow flower-heads, that is not often seen.
Culture dc. as above for T. bicolor.
MADIA (Madaria). — A genus of
erect annual herbs, with alternate, entire
or slightly toothed leaves, and yellow
flower-heads, sessile or stalked at the ends
of the branches.
M. elegans.— A native of X.W-
America about 1-2.^ ft. high, with spread-
ing stems, and linear or lance- shaped
leaves. Flowers in August, bright yellow,
disc florets bearded in the limb ; receptacle
conical, hairy. The other species oc-
casionally seen are filipes, sativa, and
viscosa.
Culture and Propagation. — These
plants grow in ordinary soil, and may be
raised from seeds sown in early spring hi
gentle heat, or in the open border in April.
The species described above does best in
shady spots.
LAYIA. — A genus of annual or peren-
nial downy or hairy herbs with narrow
alternate entire leaves, or the lower ones
rarely all pinnately divided. Flower-heads
heterogamous ; ray florets yellow or
whitish, 2-3-toothed or cleft at the apex;
disc florets yellow. Involucre broadly
bell-shaped or hemispherical. Receptacle
flat, or somewhat convex.
Culture and Propagation. — These
plants flourish in ordinary good garden
soil, especially if fairly sandy, and with
plenty of manure or leaf-mould in it.
They like open sunny situations and may
be grown in bold masses in the mixed
herbaceous border. They may be treated
in the way recommended for hardy or
half-hardy annuals at p. 78. The seeds
may be sown when ripe in cold frames
and the seedlings transplanted in spring,
or they may be sown in gentle heat about
March, afterwards pricking the seedlings
out and hardening them off until May,
when they will be sturdy enough for the
outdoor garden. Seeds may also be sown
in the open border in April and May, and
the seedlings thinned out about 12 or 18
in. apart.
L. Calliglossa (Oxyura chrysanthe-
moides). — A pretty Californian annual
12-18 in. high, with lower leaves pinnately
divided, and the upper ones entire. The
yellow flower-heads 2-3 in. across, with
broad oblong 3-lobed ray florets (the
outer portion of which is white), appear
during the summer and autumn (accord-
ing to the period of sowing the seeds), and
are borne singly at the ends of the shoots.
Culture Sc. as above.
L. elegans. — A graceful Californian
annual 12-15 in. high with stems and
leaves covered with soft downy hairs,
which give the plants a whitish or glaucous
appearance. The leaves are linear lance-
524
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
DAYIA
shaped, the upper ones being entire, while
the lower ones are pinnately divided. The
flower-heads, each about 1^ in. across,
appear in summer, and have broad
3-toothed ray florets of a golden-yellow
colour at the base, and white towards the
apex.
Culture it'-c. as above.
L. glandulosa. — A much-branched
Californian annual about 18 in. high,
covered with glandular hairs throughout.
The blunt linear leaves are 1-1J in. long,
and the flower-heads, which appear in
summer, are about an inch across, the
3-lobed wedge-shaped ray florets being
white, and the disc florets yellow.
L. hcterotriclia. seems to be closely
related to this species. It has white ray
florets and a yellow disc.
Culture do. as above.
L. platyglossa (Callichroa platy-
glossa). — A pretty downy Californian
annual 6-12 in. high, with lower leaves
stalked and in rosettes, those on the stems
being alternate and sessile, but all except
the uppermost lance-shaped and deeply
toothed. The long-stalked flower-heads
appear during the summer months and
have deep yellow ray florets with 3 or 4
teeth at the apex, and arranged in a single
ring round the yellow disc, which becomes
brown with age.
Culture <rc. as above.
- Tribe VI. Helenoide.e. — Leaves opposite or alternate, entire, toothed, or
variously cut. Disc florets yellow, rarely white, purple, or violet. Ray florets strap-
shaped, entire or 2-3-toothed. Bracts of the involucre usually in 3 series. Receptacle
naked or slightly pitted.
BJERIA. — A genus containing 4 or 5
species of smooth or hairy, often diffuse
annual herbs with opposite, linear, entire,
pinnately cut or divided leaves. Flower-
heads yellow at the ends of the branches
and long -stalked in the axils of the upper
leaves. Involucre broadly bell-shaped or
hemispherical. Receptacle conical, naked.
Achenes linear or narrowly wedge-shaped,
smooth or hairy.
Culture and Projiagation. — Baerias
grow readily in ordinary soil, but look
effective only when grown in large patches.
The individual flowers are not very large,
less than 1 in. across, but they are
produced in great profusion, almost en-
tirely covering the plant. Seeds may be
sown in gentle heat about March, and the
seedlings planted out in June. Seeds may
also be sown in patches in the open border
where the plants are to bloom, but it will
be necessary to thin the seedlings out so
as to allow those left plenty of space to
develop.
B. chrysostoma. — A Californian annual
about 1 ft. high, with linear, opposite,
entire leaves, and masses of bright yellow
flowers in summer.
Cult u re Sc. as above.
B. coronaria (Hymenoxys californica ;
Shortia californica). — A pretty Califor-
nian annual having trailing stems with
lance-shaped acute leaves, deeply cut into
linear pointed segments. Flower-heads
brilliant yellow, about an inch across.
Culture dc. as above. Owing to its
trailing habit this plant barely exceeds
2-3 in. in height, and looks well in masses
in flower borders during the summer. It
has been wrongly referred to the genus
Shortia, which is described at p. 600, and be-
longs to a quite different family of plants.
B. gracilis. — A Californian annual
6-10 in. high, with opposite linear leaves,
and bright yellow solitary flower-heads
about | in. across.
Culture dc. as above.
LASTHENIA. — A genus with only
three species of smooth slender-growing
annuals, having opposite linear entire
leaves, and long-stalked, often nodding
yellow flower-heads.
L. glabrata (L. californica). — A
pretty Californian annual 9-18 in. high,
with linear leaves occasionally with a
tooth or lobe on each side. The bright
yellow flower-heads appear during the
summer months, and are borne on downy
stalks.
Culture and Propagation. — This
plant flourishes in ordinary garden soil,
and is effective when grown in bold
masses. Seeds may be sown when ripe
in the open border or cold frames in
autumn, and again about April so as to
keep up a succession of blossom. When
sown out of doors the seedlings should be
thinned out and not transplanted. .
BAH I A. — A genus containing about
20 species of undershrubs, bushes, or
BAHIA
DAISY ORDER
TAGETES 525
perennial more or less hoary or woolly
herbs, with opposite or alternate leases,
once, twice, or thrice pinnately dissected
or lobed, or the upper ones rarely nearly
all entire. Flower-heads yellow, with an
ovoid bell-shaped or hemispherical in-
volucre. Receptacle flat, naked, or slightly
pitted. Aehenes linear or oblong, acute-
angled, hairy or smooth.
B. confertiflora (Eriophylhim con-
fertiflorum). — A pretty herbaceous per-
ennial 6 18 in. high, native of California,
and more or less covered with woolly
hairs. The small wedge-shaped Leaves
are pinnately cut into 5 7 linear lobes,
and the naked flower-stems are terminated
by a small dense cluster of yellow starry
flower-heads.
Culture and Propagation. — These
plants thrive in light, sandy, well-drained
loam, and are suitable for banks or
borders. Thcv are readily increased by
dividing the roots in early autumn or
spring, but may also be increased from
seeds sown in cold frames in autumn, or in
gentle heat in spring, afterwards pricking
out the seedlings preparatory to transfer
ring them to the open border.
B. lanata (Mriophyllum ccespitosv/m).
A much-branched grayish N. American
perennial 6-15 in. high, with usually
alternate, deeply divided, or sometimes
strap-shaped entire leaves. Flowers in
summer, yellow, solitary, numerous.
Culture dc. as above.
PALAFOXIA.— A genus with about 6
species of erect-growing roughish downy
herbs having alternate (or lower opposite)
narrow entire leaves, and white, pinky or
purple flower-heads in loose panicles.
P. hookeriana (Polypteris hookeriana).
A compact-growing bushy annual, about
1 ft. high, native of the Rocky Mountains,
with ovate lance-shaped leaves, and
numerous carmine-rose flower-heads in
loose clusters in summer.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species flourishes in ordinary garden soil
of a sandy nature. It likes warm sunny
positions, and when grown in bold masses
is very effective in the border or rock
garden. Seeds should be sown in gentle
heat in March and the seedlings trans-
ferred to the open air at the end of May
when they have been hardened off.
P. texana (Polypteris texana). — A
pretty annual l-l| ft. high, native of
Texas and Mexico, with a compact bushy
habit, and somewhat narrower leaves than
those of P. hookeriana. The flower-heads
are also borne in loose clusters, and are
at first of a violet-rose, afterwards fading
to deep pink.
Culture d'-c. as above for P. hooker-
ittnti.
HYMENATHERUM. A small
genus of annual or perennial herbs, erect
or diffuse in habit, often trailing, smooth,
or in one species densely woolly. Leaves
opposite or alternate, pinnately dissected.
or entire. Flower-heads rather small,
stalked, or rarely sessile, yellow or orange.
Involucre usually bell-shaped. Receptacle
Hat, naked, or very slightly fringed. Ray
florets strap-shaped, spreading, entire.
H. tenuilobum. — A tufted and some-
what downy annual 6 12 in. high, native
of Texas. Leaves alternate, pinnately
cut into entire linear awl-shaped divisions.
Flower-heads yellow, solitary, produced in
summer and autumn.
Culture and Propagation. — This
annual is scarcely ever seen in gardens.
It flourishes in ordinary soil, and may be
used as an edging to flower-borders and
beds. The seeds may be sown in the
open air m warm corners in autumn, and
also in spring, afterwards pricking the
seedlings out 3-4 in. apart.
TAGETES (French and African
Marigold). — A genus containing about
20 species of erect or spreading annual
herbs, with opposite, pinnately cut or
rarely undivided and serrulate leaves.
Involucre consists of about 5 bracts
united into a tube. Ray florets normally
5, rarely fewer, persistent, entire or 2-
lobed. Aehenes linear elongated, with a
pappus of 5 bristles.
Culture and Propagation. — Tagetes
thrive in rich loamy soil, and look very
gay in the flower border or in beds during
the summer and autunm months. They
may be raised from seeds in the same
way as Zinnias (p. 512), and their general
culture is the same. Given a rich and
well-drained loamy soil Tagetes grow
with great vigour and produce immense
numbers of blossoms. They are raised
by sowing seeds in gentle heat in February
and March in shallow boxes or pans of
light rich sandy soil, just covering the long
black shining seeds with a little soil. They
soon germinate, and when large enough to
handle should be pricked out into similar
526
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS helenium
boxes of light soil 2-3 in. apart, and grown
on until about the end of May or begin-
ning of June, when they will be strong
and sturdy for the flower borders. The
kinds described below are all natives of
Mexico. Other kinds, such as gland uli-
fera, lucida, Parryi, and tenuifolia, are
occasionally seen in botanical collections,
but are not generally grown.
T. erecta (African Marigold). — A
beautiful annual about 2 ft. high, having
pinnately cut leaves with lance -shaped,
serrulate segments, and large heads of
beautiful, soft yellow flowers, larger than
those of the French Marigold. The
varieties in gardens have double flowers,
that is, flower-heads in which the tubular
disc florets have been changed into strap-
shaped ones like the ray florets, varying
from pale lemon to deep orange in colour.
They are very fine when grown in
masses.
Culture dc. as above.
T. patula (T. corymbosa). — French
Marigold. — A beautiful species about
H ft. high, with leaves more finely
divided than those of T. erecta. Flowers
golden-brown, or according to varieties,
striped and mottled, with orange, yellow,
and chestnut-brown in various shades.
The variety nana or ' Pigmy Marigold '
grows only about 6 in. high, and is a
capital plant for edgings or borders.
Culture dc. as above. It is the
double-flowered forms that are so much
valued for their brilliancy and freedom
of flowering.
T. signata (Striped Mexican Mari-
gold).— An erect-growing annual about
li ft. high, closely allied to T. patula,
but with much smaller golden-yellow
flowers. Leaves with 6 pairs of oblong
lance-shaped, deeply toothed segments.
The variety pumila forms a dwarf com-
pact bushy plant covered with small
yellow flowers.
Culture dc. as above.
PECTIS. — A genusof about 30 species
of annual or perennial herbs with opposite
usuall}7 narrow and entire leaves furnished
with pellucid dots. Flower-heads small,
yellow. Involucre with a single row of
bracts ; receptacle naked. Pappus bristly
or scaly.
P. angustifolia. — A branching tender
annual 4-6 in. high, native of N.W.
America. Leaves coarsely ciliate, linear.
Flower heads yellow, fragrant.
Culture and, Propagation. — This is
the only species of any garden value. It
may be raised from seeds sown in heat in
spring, and planted out in May or June ;
or the seeds may be sown in the open
border in April and May, afterwards
thinning the young plants out about 6 in.
apart.
HELENIUM. — A genus with about
18 species of pretty annual or perennial
herbs, with alternate, often decurrent,
entire or few-toothed leaves. Receptacle
chaffy between the ray florets. Pappus
of 5 bristles. Bracts of involucre in one
series united at the base. Ray floret
toothed.
Culture and Propagation. — These
plants grow in any garden soil, and being
somewhat coarse-growing require to be
planted where they will not interfere with
choicer things. They may be increased
by dividing the roots early in autumn,
or preferably in spring, or from seeds,
which may be sown in spring in cold
frames. The seedlings are pricked out
and grown on, and if sturdy enough by
the end of September may then be
planted out in dull showery weather ; if
not, it will be better to plant the following
spring. Increase by division is, however,
much more easy and simple. The plants
should be grown in bold masses to give
a good effect, and they should be from
1 to 3 ft. apart according to height and
habit.
H. autumnale. — A showy perennial
4 6 ft. high, with smooth lance-shaped,
somewhat decurrent leaves 3-4 in. long.
Flowers in August, pure yellow, like a
small Sunflower. The varieties grandi-
Jlorum and supo-bum have larger and
finer flowers.
Culture dc. as above.
H. Bolanderi. — A handsome Cali-
fornian plant about 21 ft. high, with lance-
shaped acute leaves and large yellow
flowers with a dark brown centre.
Culture dc. as above.
H. Hoopesi. — A rather showy North
American perennial 2-3 ft. high, with
smooth, lance-shaped, pointed, stem-
clasping leaves. Flowers in early sum-
mer, bright orange, about 2 in. across.
Culture dc. as above.
HELENIUM
DAISY OB DEE
GAILLAEDIA 527
H. nudiflorum (H. grandicephalum
striatum). — A fine Texan perennial 3 4
ft. high, with lance -shaped leaves, and
heads of deep orange flowers about 2 in.
across, having the ray florets striped and
blotched with crimson. The variety
atropwrpn/reum has deep purple-brown
fragrant flower-heads.
Culture <vc. as above.
H. pumilum. — A North American
perennial 1 2 ft. high, with oblong, nearly
entire leaves, and golden-yellow flowers
about 2 in. across in summer.
( 'allure dtc. us above.
H. tenuifolium. — A dense compact-
growing species 12-18 in. high, the steins
of which are densely furnished with
sessile linear leaves about 4 in. long. The
pale yellow flower-heads with a bluntly
conical greenish-yellow disc in the centre
appear from August to October in great
profusion.
Culture d'-e. as above. This species,
although a perennial in a wild state in
Louisiana, is rather too tender in cold
parts of the kingdom to be treated as such
in our climate. It is best raised from seeds
sown in gentle heat in spring, and trans-
planted in May in the same way as tender
annuals in general (see p. 78).
GAILLARDIA (Blanket Flower).
A genus of about 8 species of ornamental,
annual, or perennial herbs, with usually
simple, entire, toothed or pinnatifid leaves.
Flower-heads solitary, on long naked
stalks. Eay florets 3 5 -toothed, often
2-coloured. Receptacle furnished with
thread-like bristles between the florets ;
ray florets sterile.
During the summer and autumn
months Gaillardias— both annual and
perennial varieties — are among the gayest
and showiest of flowers, and when grown
in masses are literally a sheet of brilliant
colour. The flowers last a long time,
either on the plants, or in a cut state, and
are becoming every year more used for
vases &c, and room decoration.
Culture coid Propagation.— Gtiillsir-
dias thrive in rich loamy soil, well dug
and manured before planting, but they
also grow remarkably well in any ordinary-
soil without special attention. Slugs are
sometimes to be found at the young
growths in spring, and require to be looked
after at that period with a little soot.
The annual Gaillardias are easily
raised from seed sown in gentle heat in
spring, and planted out in June, or the
end of May. Seeds may also be sown
in cold frames in autumn and the seed-
lings pricked out and grown under glass
until the following spring. The peren-
nials may also be increased by seeds,
but they are usually divided at the root ;
they are also increased by cuttings of the
young shoots in spring or autumn placed
in sandy soil and sheltered in a cold
frame.
In very cold wet winters the perennial
kinds are likely to be killed, but a slight
covering of ashes or a. small heap of dry
leaves will protect the crowns and drain
off the water.
G. amblyodon. An annual 2 •'! ti.
high, native of Texas. Lower leaves
somewhat spoon-shaped, upper ones half
stem-clasping, oblong, acutish, coarsely
toothed towards the apex. Flowers in
autumn, 2 3 in. across, with 12 14 deep
blood-red obtusely 3-lobed ray florets.
Calf are dc. as above. Raised from
seeds sown in autumn or spring as men-
tioned.
G. aristata. — A perennial species about
I/, ft. high, with lance-shaped entire or
remotely toothed leaves. Flowers in
autumn, 1-3 in. across, yellow, the disc
florets having protruding reddish styles.
There are many beautiful seedling forms
of this species, many of them, no doubt,
the result of frequent intercrossing.
Grandiflora and maxima are the finest
named forms, and numerous fine varia-
tions of these have of late years been
developed by Messrs. Kelway of Langport.
The typical plant is a native of the United
States, and is also known as G. lanceolata
and G. perennis.
Culture dtc. as above
G. lorenziana. — This is a German
variety, with many beautiful forms raised
from G. picta. Both ray and disc florets
are more or less tubular, and form hand-
some flower-heads, valuable for cutting.
The form nana is charming, being very
dwarf and bushy in habit — not more than
6-8 in. high.
Culture <tc. as above.
G. picta. — This is doubtless only a
garden form of G. pulchella, with beautiful
fawn-yellow flowers, and a zone of red
or crimson at the base of the ray florets.
Several distinctive names were once
given to certain forms, but they have
528
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS Achillea
now become so mixed up that the craze
for naming mere colour variations seems
to have happily ceased.
Culture etc. as above.
G. pulchella. — A charming annual
2-3 ft. high, with lance-shaped coarsely
and sparsely toothed leaves, and crimson
flowers, tipped with golden-yellow.
Culture dtc. as above. Increased by
seeds sown in cold frames in autumn or
gentle heat in spring.
ACTINELLA. — A small genus of
more or less downy or hairy perennial or
annual herbs, with alternate entire or
pinnately lobed leaves. Flower-heads
yellow. Receptacle hemispherical or
conical. Kay florets spreading 3-toothed
or cleft.
A. grandiflora (Pigmy Sunflower). — A
pretty perennial 6-9 in. high, native of the
Colorado Mountains. During the summer
months it produces yellow flower-heads
about 3 in. across, and looks effective
grown in masses. There are a few other
species to be met with in botanic gardens,
but they are not well known.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species flourishes in light sandy soil in
sunny parts of the flower border. It may
be increased by division in spring, or by
seeds, if ripened, sown in cold frames
when ripe, or hi spring.
Tribe VII. Anthemide.^:. — Herbs or shrubs often emitting a fragrant odour.
Leaves usually alternate and much divided or cut. Disc florets usually yellow, rarely
purple, 4-5-cleft. Ray florets strap-shaped, entire or toothed, or shortly tubular.
Involucre with bracts in many series. Receptacle naked or furnished with chaffy scales.
ACHILLEA (Milfoil; Yarrow).—
A large genus of herbaceous and alpine
plants having ternate, simple and finely
cut leaves, and small flowers in corymbs.
Bracts of the involucre oblong, often
shrivelled looking. Receptacle with chaffy
scales. Ray florets few. comparatively
large and showy. Pappus none.
Culture and Propagation. — Achilleas
grow freely — sometimes too freely — in
ordinary garden soil. The larger growing
kinds are effective in groups in the
border, while the dwarfer kinds may be
used in the rock garden. They may be
increased by dividing the roots in spring ;
by cuttings of the young shoots inserted
in light soil in a cold frame at the same
period or during the summer months ; or
bv seeds sown in cold frames when ripe;
in the open border in April and May ; or
in gentle heat in March. The seedlings
should be pricked out when the seeds are
sown under glass, and may be transferred
to the open ground in spring or autumn,
according to the period of sowing the
seed. When sown out of doors the seed-
lings need only be thinned out, leaving
the others to bloom where the seed was
A. aegyptiaca (Egyptian Yarrow). —
A silvery plant 12-18 in. high, native of
Egypt and Greece, with pinnate leaves
having bluntly lance-shaped toothed leaf-
lets, and fine" yellow flowers in terminal
corymbs in summer. Best in sunny
places.
Culture Ac. as above. Easily increased
by division in spring.
A. Ageratum (Sweet Maudlin). — A
pretty compact alpine native of Greece.
Leaves narrow with beautifully crisped
edges, and arranged in dense silvery
rosettes. Flowers in summer, large pure
white, borne singly on stalks 6-8 in. high.
Culture d-e. as above.
A. asplenifolia. — A pretty N. American
plant about 18 in. high. Lower leaves
stalked, pinnately cut with pinnate lobes ;
upper ones pinnate. Flowers in summer
and autumn, golden-rosy, small, in com-
pound corymbs.
Culture dtc. as above.
A. atrata. — A handsome Austrian
alpine, with deep shining green leaves in
rosettes. Flowers in August, white.
Culture Ac. as above.
A. Clavennae. — A pretty tufted hoary
Austrian species 6-10 in. high, with
leaves twice pinnately cut into linear
obtuse segments. Flowers hi spring and
summer, white, in compact heads.
Culture d-c. as above. Easily in-
creased by division of the tufts in early
autumn or spring.
A. Eupatorium (A. filipendula). — A
handsome Caucasian species 4-5 ft. high,
with rough hairy pinnate leaves, lobed
and serrated. Flowers from June to Sept-
ember, bright yellow in dense rounded
heads, often 5 in. across, and lasting a
long time.
Culture Ae. as above.
ACHILLEA
DAISY ORDER
SANTOLINA 529
A. Herba-Rota. — A pretty sweet-
scented plant about 6 in. high, native of
France. Leaves lance -shaped serrate.
Flowers in May, white, in loose corymbs
on long stems.
Culture dc. as above.
A. macrophylla. — A distinct Tyrolese
Milfoil H-2 ft. high, with large smooth
green leaves pinnately divided into oval
lance-shaped segments, more or Less
irregularly toothed. The white flower -
heads are borne in loose clusters and
usually appear in July and August, but
sometimes as early as May and June.
Culture dc. as above. This species
may be increased readily by division in
early autumn or spring, but unlike most
of the other kinds it prefers a somewhat
shaded position in the Mower border or
rock garden.
A. Millefolium roseum. — The rose-
coloured variety of the common British
Yarrow is well worth growing as a border
plant. It grows 1-3 ft. high, with strap-
shaped deeply cut leaves. Flowers in
ovoid heads from early summer till
autumn.
Culture lie. as above.
A. mongolica. — A beautiful Mongolian
plant about 1\ ft. high, with entire
leaves and pure white dowers produced
in July and August.
Culture dc. as above.
A. pectinata. — A pretty tufted Italian
alpine, with bright green, pinnately cut
leaves about 2 in. long. Flowers in June,
white.
Culture dc. as above.
A. Ptarmica. — A fine British plant
1-2 ft. high, with lance-shaped, regularly
toothed leaves, and corymbs of pure white
dowers in summer and autumn. The
varieties Snowball, elegans, flore pleno,
and The Pearl — especially the latter —
are splendid for cutting. The plants are
vigorous in sunshine, but the dowers do
not last so long as in partially shaded
places.
Culture d'-e. as above.
A. rupestris.— A native of 8. Italy.
3 in. high, with a tufted rootstock, and
rosettes of linear spoon-shaped entire
silvery leaves becoming scattered up the
stem. Flowers in May, white, greenish
in the centre, in corymbs 1-1 k in. across.
Culture dc. as above. Increased
easily by division in spring.
A. serrata. — A handsome Swiss plant
1-2 ft. high, with silvery white lance-
shaped deeply serrate sessile leaves.
Flowers in summer, large, white, nume-
rous, in small corymbose clusters forming
a somewhat spreading panicle.
Culture dc. as above. Increased easily
1>\ division in spring.
A. tanacetifolia. — A fine European
plant 2.] ft. high, with silvery cut leaves
and large heads of pale lemon-yellow
Mowers.
Culture dr. ns above. Increased
easily by division in spring.
A. tomentosa. — A beautiful densely
tufted European species 8 12 in. high,
with woolly leaves twice pinnately cut
into linear acute segments. Flowers in
summer, bright yellow, in compound
corymbs.
Culture d'-e. as above. Easily in-
creased by division of the tufts in spring.
This species likes rather dry gritty soil
in sunny places, and may be used for
making a carpet in front of borders or in
the rockery.
A. umbellata. — A pretty dwarf rock
plant 4-5 in. high, native of Greece.
Leaves heavily clothed with a handsome
silvery down, and regularly cut into
obovate entire lobes. Flowers in June,
white, 6-8 in a simple umbel.
Culture dc. as above. Increased
easily by division in spring.
SANTOLINA (Lavender Cotton;
French Lavender). — A genus of about
8 species of fragrant undershrubs, with
alternate, pectinate, or clustered and pin-
nately cut leaves. 'Flower-heads usual! \
yellow, roundish, on long stalks. Corollas
regnlar. Achenes 3-4-, rarely 5-, angled.
Culture unci Propagation. — Santo-
linas grow well in ordinary garden soil,
and are very effective at a short distance
when grown in masses. They are easily
increased by division of the roots in
autmnn or spring. Cuttings of the young
shoots may also be inserted in sandy soil
in cold frames at the same seasons.
S. Chamaecyparissus (Common Lav-
ender Cotton). — A pretty, greyish-looking
shrubby plant 1-2 ft. high, native of dry and
arid places in S. Europe. Leaves small,
linear, somewhat fleshy, toothed, close set,
and covered with a hoary down. Flowrers
in July, yellowish, in rounded heads.
Culture dc. as above.
530
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS anthemis
S. incana. — This is considered to be
a variety of the preceding, but it is quite
distinct from a garden point of view,
being dwarfer and more compact in habit,
and having the stems and leaves covered
with a whiter down. Flowers in summer,
bright yellow, in heads like small golden
drum-sticks.
Culture dc. as above.
S. rosmarinifolia. — A native of S.
Europe, about 2 ft. high, with linear
acutish denticulate leaves, the lower
ones tubercled on the edges. Flowers in
August, yellow, in roundish heads.
Culture dc. as above.
S. viridis. — A distinct plant from
Southern France, 1 2i ft. high, with deep
green serrated leaves. Flowers in sum-
mer, white tinged with yellow, roundish.
Culture dc. as above.
DIOTIS (Cotton Weed). — A genus
containing only one species : —
D. maritima (D. eandidissima). — An
ornamental perennial 8-10 in. high, with
hard, almost woody stems, covered with
a white or cottony wool. Leaves alter-
nate, oblong, sessile, fleshy, entire or
slightly toothed. Flowers in August and
September, with yellow roundish heads
about ^ in. in diameter, and borne in
small dense clusters at the tips of the
shoots.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Cotton Weed is occasionally found on the
south coast, and also on the shores of the
Mediterranean. It is often used in the
rock garden, and as an edging for flower
borders. It likes deep sandy soil, and is
best increased by cuttings in a shady
border, or from seeds if they ripen, sown
in cold frames in northern parts, or in the
open border in the south and west.
ANTHEMIS (Chamomile). — This
genus contains as many as 80 species of
smooth or woolly, more or less sweet-
scented, annual or perennial herbs, very
few of which, however, are worthy of a
place in the flower garden. Leaves
alternate, once, twice, or thrice pinnately
cut into fine divisions. Flower-heads at
the ends of the branches ; ray florets
white or yellow, disc yellow. Achenes
smooth ; pappus none. Involucre
hemispherical or flatfish. Eeceptacle
convex, conical, or oblong.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Chamomiles are easily grown in ordinary
soil, and are particularly useful for rather
dry positions. They may be increased
by dividing the roots in autumn or spring.
Seeds are often produced in abundance,
and plants may also be obtained from
these, sown either in spring or autmnn in
the open border, afterwards thinning the
seedlings out 9-12 in. apart.
A. Aizoon. — A dwarf compact free-
growing species, 2-4 in. high, from N.
Greece. Leaves more or less broadly
lance-shaped, deeply and sharply toothed,
and covered with a silvery-white down.
Flowers in summer, about an inch
across, white, with a yellow centre.
Although the name here given is the
original one, and also the best known in
gardens, it may be mentioned that the
plant is now more correctly known us
Achillea ager at i folia.
Culture <(■(■. as above. A fine plant
for warm sunny corners in the rockery.
A. Biebersteini. — A pretty Caucasian
species 1 2 ft. high, with white silky
leaves, pinnately cut into linear 3-lobed
segments. Flowers in summer, white,
large, with yellow centres. The variety
marsehalliana is similar in habit to the
type b\it bears bright yellow flower-heads
an inch or more across.
Culture dc. as above.
A. macedonica. — -A pretty Macedonian
Chamomile 6-8 in. high, forming a com-
pact bush about 18 in. through. The
leaves, which are of a pleasing blue-green
tint, are much divided, and the white
Daisy-like flowers, with deep yellow
centres, are produced throughout the
summer months.
Cult ii re dc. as above. Sandy soil and
sunny situations suit this plant best.
A. tinctoria (Ox-Eye Chamomile). —
This pretty species with angular stems
l.l ft. high, and twice pinnately cut
serrate leaves, downy beneath, is often
found on rough and waste places in
England. The flowers are bright yellow,
2-3 in. across, and borne on long stalks
in July and August. There are several
varieties or forms, Kelwayi with fine
yellow flowers, and pallida with pale
whitish-yellow flowers being most
distinct.
Other kinds met with sometimes are
A. montana and A. Kitaibeli, the latter
with pale yellow Marguerite-like flowers.
Culture dc. as above.
CHRYSANTHEMUM
DAISY ORDER
CHRYSANTHEMUM ■'>'■$ 1
CHRYSANTHEMUM. A genus
of smooth or slightly downy, annual or
perennial herbs, somewhat wood}' at the
base. Leaves alternate, entire, lobed,
toothed, or incised and dissected.
Flower - heads solitary or in loose or
dense corymbs at the ends of the
branches. Involucre hemispherical, flat,
or rarely bell-shaped. Receptacle flat,
convex, or hemispherical. Pappus none
or cup-shaped.
C. arcticum. — A pretty Siberian
species about 1 ft. high. Flowers during
the summer, white tinged with lilac or
rose.
Culture and Propagation. — A good
plant for the rockery. It grows well in
ordinary soil and maj be raised from seeds
sown in gentle heat in early spring. The
seedlings are pricked out and by the end
of May will be ready for the outside.
C. argenteum. — An herbaceous peren-
nial about 1 ft. high, native of the Levant.
Leaves twice pinnate, silvery, with acute
entire leaflets. Flowers in July, white.
Culture and Propagation, This is
suitable for the border or rockery, in
ordinary soil. May be increased by
dividing the roots in spring; by cuttings
at the same period ; or from seeds sown
in gentle heat, afterwards transplanting
the seedlings about May to the open
border.
C. carinatum (('. tricolor). — A hand-
some showy annual about 2 ft. high,
native of N. Africa. Leaves twice pin-
nate, fleshy, smooth. Flowers during
summer, white, purple &c.
There are many fine varieties of this
species, among which may be mentioned :
Burridgeanum, with flowers 2-3 in.
across, symmetrically zoned with white,
lilac, purple, yellow, maroon &c, with a
dark centre. The golden-leaved form of
Burridgeanv/m is very distinct. The
variety alburn has a yellow blotch at the
base of the white ray florets surrounding
a purple disc. Luteuiu is a variety in
which the ray and disc florets are of a
soft nankeen-yellow. Venustum has the
upper half of the ray florets white, the
lower half purple - violet, and the disc
purple. Other varieties are Morning
Star, large primrose-yellow; JoTmBright,
golden-yellow ; and atrococcineum or The
Suit an, deep crimson.
Culture and Propagation. — Besides
the single forms there are also many fine
double white and double yellow ones.
Tlie species and its varieties arc beauti-
ful plants for the flower border, or in beds
by themselves. They are easily raised
from seeds sown in rich sandy loam
in April, thinning the seedlings out to 9
or 12 in. apart, where they are to bloom.
Seeds may also be sown in slight heat in
March, and the seedlings planted out at
the end of May. They may also be sown
from September to October, and the
plants wintered in cold frames or green-
houses, from which they may be trans-
ferred to the open ground the following
spring, or flowered in pots. The plants
will develop a bushy habit more quickly
if the point of the main shoot is pirn lied
out.
C. -Catananche. — A beautiful peren-
nial 4 (5 in. high, native of the Greater
Atlas Mountains. Leaves springing from
stout rootstocks, stalked, irregularly cut
into linear acute lobes. Flowers in spring,
pale yellow. 1 \ 2 in. across, tipped with
purple, and blood-red at the very base
of the ray-florets. Disc deep yellow.
Culture and Propagation. -This is an
excellent plant for warm and sheltered
parts of the rock garden. It grows best
in well-drained gritty loam and leaf
mould, and may be increased by division
in early autumn, so that the divided por-
tions will become well established before
winter sets in.
C. cinerariaefolium. — A native of
Dalmatia with leaves pinnately cut into
lobed segments. Flowers in July and
August, solitary, 1.] in. across, white, with
a yellow centre borne on stems a foot or
more high. The famous 1 )almatian in-
secticide powder is obtained from this
plant.
Culture ,ic. as above for C. Cata-
nanche.
C. coronarium (Crown Daisy). — A
charming and very showy annual 3-4 ft.
high, native of S. Europe, with leaves
twice pinnately cut into lobed and toothed
segments. Flowers from July to Sep-
tember, bright yellow, 2-3 in. across on
long stalks.
Cultivation and selection have pro-
duced some charming double varieties,
with white, orange, lemon, and sulphur-
yellow flowers.
Culture and Propagation. — Exactly
the same as for C. carinatum above.
M m '2
532 PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS chrysanthemum
C. frutescens (Pyrethrum frutescens).
Paris Daisy; Marguerite. — A beautiful
smooth, shrubby perennial l.]-3 ft. high,
native of the Canary Islands. Leaves
more or less glaucous, pinnately cut into
linear-toothed segments. Flowers in
summer and autumn, solitary, on slender
erect stalks, 2-3 in. across, with pure
white ray florets surrounding a yellow
disc. The variety Etoile d'or is the
well-known Yellow Marguerite, the leaves
and flowers of which are larger than those
of the ordinary type. In the late spring
months — April and May — vast quantities
of cut flowers of this variety are imported
from the Continent and find a ready sale
in English markets. Other forms known
as fcenicidaceu m , with Fennel-like leaves,
anetliifolium and grandifiorum are some-
times met with.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Marguerite, unfortunately, is not a per-
fectly hardy plant, except perhaps in the
very mildest parts of the south and west,
and even there it woidd probably require
a little protection in winter. Massed in
groups in beds or borders it makes a
charming display during the summer and
autumn. The production of flowers is
greatly increased by frequent cutting, and
all dead or dying blossoms should be
picked off, and others thus induced to
develop.
In this country the Marguerite is
usually increased by cuttings taken in
autumn from old plants (cut down some
time previously) and inserted in sandy
loamy soil in cold frames. They may
be placed singly into pots, and grown on
with plenty of light and air during the
winter, but frost must not be allowed to
touch them. (Bushy plants are obtained
by pinching out the points of the shoots).
At the same time the air must not be
kept in a stagnant condition, or the
' maggot ' — that deadly enemy of the
Marguerite — will surely appear, as it also
will under warm greenhouse treatment.
The maggot seems to attack only plants
which have been grown in too close and
warm an atmosphere. Unfortunately it
cannot be destroyed with insecticides or
washes of any sort, as it burrows its
milky way in white irregular lines beneath
the surface of the leaves. The only sure
remedy is to pick off affected leaves and
burn them, and have the plants moved at
once to positions where they will obtain
as much light and air as possible, and no
artificial heat, or only just sufficient to
keep the frost out.
On the Continent seeds are sown in
March or April in gentle heat, and the
seedlings are ready for planting out in
May or June, when danger of frost is over.
The plants, however, are so readily
multiplied by means of cuttings that it is
scarcely worth while raising them from
seed.
C. indicum (including C. sinense). —
These two names indicate geographical
forms of the same species which is widely
distributed and more or less cultivated,
from India eastwards to China and Japan.
The plants are somewhat shrubby in
growth and range from 1 to 4 or 5 ft. high,
according to variety. The young stems
and leaves are covered with a soft whitish
down. Leaves alternate, usually oval-
heart-shaped in outline, more or less
regularly incised toothed or lobed.
Flowers in autumn in panicled corymbs,
various in colour.
The flowering Chrysanthemums are
now so well known, and form such an
attractive feature of the autumn, that one
can scarcely believe the beautiful forms
to have been developed within the last
100 years. The first plant in this country
was cultivated at Kew Gardens in 1790,
whither it had been sent by a French
gardener M. Gels. For about 30 years
gardeners in England and France were
' selecting and improving ' it, and in 1825
the first exhibition in this country took
place. But it was not until 184fi that com-
petitive shows were initiated, soon after
the ' Pompon ' or small-flowered forms had
been introduced from China. In 1862 the
first of what are known as ' Japanese '
varieties was introduced, and to-day this
section has reached a very high state of
perfection and is cidtivated in hundreds
of thousands. Gardeners now recognise
the following sections : —
Incurved, in which the florets curve
upwards and inwards towards the centre.
Recurved or Reflexed, in which the
florets curve outwards and downwards
from the centre.
Anemone or Quilled, in which the
outer florets are strap-shaped, the inner
ones tubular and densely packed together.
There are large- and small-flowered forms
of this group.
Pompon or Chusan Daisy -Flowered.
Flowers small, numerous, florets strap-
shaped, regular, mostly reflexed. Some
CHRYSANTHEMUM
DAISY OliDEi:
CHRYSANTHEMUM 533
forms have the florets deeply and regularly-
notched or incised.
Japanese. — Flowers large, loose, with
long drooping twisted or untwisted, smooth
or hairy, strap-shaped or threadlike florets,
more or less dishevelled in appearance.
Culture. — Out of the hundreds of
varieties now grown comparatively few,
unfortunately, will be found to flower
satisfactorily out of doors owing to the
lateness at which the flowers are pro-
duced. The earlier flowering sorts are
therefore best for the outdoor garden, and
in favourable seasons many of the later
ones will also come to perfection especially
if sheltered by a wall or a screen of shrubs.
The plants themselves are quite hardy,
and many kinds come up year after year,
and flower profusely in cottage gardens.
To obtain the best results, the soil for
Chrysanthemums cannot be too good. A
rich and rather heavy fibrous loam suits
them well. During the summer they
may receive frequent waterings of liquid
manure or a mulching of good rotted cow
manure. They will grow well without
either, but where fine blooms are required,
good feeding is also necessary.
Propagation. — Chrysanthemums are
readily raised from cuttings any time
between November and March. The
short stout shoots which spring from the
roots make the best cuttings. "When
prepared they may have 3 or 4 joints, the
cut with a sharp knife being made straight
.across beneath the lower one. Shoots
without flower-buds at the tip should be
selected. The cuttings should be inserted
either singly in small pots or several in
a large one, or in shallow boxes in sandy
soil, and kept in a close frame with plenty
•of light, or in a cool greenhouse. The
latter is better in severe winters, as cover-
ing up and protecting cold frames from
frost means a great loss of light. The
yoimg plants may be potted on when well
rooted, and as soon as they are about 6 in.
high the shoots may be taken off leaving
•3 or 4 joints, from which side branches
will develop, and during the season each
one will branch naturally, and show
flower from July and August onwards
according to variety. The tops taken off
may be struck in the same way as the
original cuttings. The young plants may
be put out in May about H— 3 ft. apart,
where they are to flower.
Suckers — that is basal shoots with
roots — may also be used for purposes of in-
crease. The old 'stools' can also be di-
vided about March, and thus increase the
stock. Where new varieties are required
seeds are sown in gentle heat in February
or March. The seedlings are pricked off
when large enough and grown on in a cold
frame as near the glass as possible to
make them sturdy, and afterwards receive
the same treatment as plants from cuttings
or suckers.
The large mop-headed blooms seen
at exhibitions in November are produced
on a quite different principle. All the
side shoots and flowers but one are
sacrificed so that the vigour may be ab-
sorbed by the solitary bloom on the top
of a lanky stalk. They are all grown in
pots and require a good deal of time and
knowledge of the individual varieties to
bring them to perfection. The plants are
highly fed with artificial mammal foods
(like prize pigs and poultry) and the
flowers are carefully twisted and curled
— ' dressed ' it is called — with tweezers, so
that the production of such flowers is a
somewhat expensive operation.
Outdoor plants fortimately only require
to be grown as nature intended, and from
a floral and decorative point of view, not
to mention their value as cut flowers, they
are of far more use. Besides, they are
rarely attacked with fungus diseases, as
are their highly fed brethren, and if at
first they get a touch of mildew this soon
disappears with increased vigour ; green or
black fly are occasionally a trouble, but a
sprinkling of fine soot or a syringing with
soft -soapy water will get rid of them very
soon. After a day or two the soot ot
course can be easily syringed off.
Staking. — Many of the taller varieties
of Chrysanthemums should have a rather
stout stake placed to them at the time of
planting, as their stems are often too
weak to hold themselves erect without
support, especially when laden with blos-
som. If left untied to stakes the shoots
flop about and become very much twisted
and untidy, and the flower-heads are also
spoiled with the wet and dirt when near
the ground. Although a good deal of
time is taken up in tying the shoots and
keeping them properly spaced out, it is by
no means wasted.
Disbudding. — Although many varie-
ties seem to require but little or no thin-
ning out of the buds, a large number will
be benefited by the process. As a rule
several buds form at the end of each
534 PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS chkysanthemum
shoot and in the axils of the upper leaves,
and unless some of them are destroyed
the majority of blooms will be rather
small and perhaps rather badly shaped.
This is chiefly because there are more
buds on the plants than can be properly
supported. It is therefore advisable to
rub out with the finger and thumb all
the buds on each shoot except one or two
of the hest and most promising. Although
the work is quite easy to an expert, owing
to constant practice, the amateur will
find at first that he will rub out the very
buds which he would like to retain, be-
muse they are sometimes so closely
situated to the undesirable ones. A little
practice and care however will soon over-
come this difficulty.
The following is a selection of the
kinds suitable for outdoor cultivation : —
White. — Elaine, Mdlle. Laeroix, Fair
Maid of Guernsey, Felicity, Avalanche,
Lady Selborne, Mdme. Desgrange,
Barbara Forbes, Lady Fitzwigraru,
Market White. Mytchett White, White
Grunerwald.
Blush Pink or Soft Pose. — Bouquet
Fait, Blushing Bride, Early Blush, Mrs.
J. R. Pitcher, Albert Rose, Coral Queen,
Ivy Elphic, La A^ierge, Mrs. Cullingford,
La Triomphe, Mdme. A. Nonin, Louis
Lionnet, Rose Wells, Marie Masse, Mdlle.
Guindudeau. Martinmas. Strathmeath,
Miss Davis.
Crimson. — Cullingfordi, W. Holmes,
King of the Crimsons, Chas. Gerard,
Mdlle. Sabatier, Prefet Cassagneau, Pride
of the Market, Ruby King.
Purple. — Alex. Dufour, Bouquet
/Estival, Edie Wright, Edith Syratt,
Francois Vuillermet, General Hawkes,
Mdme. Eulalie Morel, Mdme. Gajac.
Yellow and Orange. — George Glenny,
Jardin des Plantes, Buttercup. Phoebus,
Pi-esident Hyde, Geo. Wermig. Mrs.
Hawkins, Golden Fleece, Mons. G. Dubor,
Mrs. Burrell, October Yellow, Orange
Child, Ryecroft Glory, Blanche Colomb,
California, Edwin Rowbottom, Ivy Stark,
Lemon Queen.
Bronze and Bed. — Source d'Or,
Bronze Bride, Bronze Prince, Gaspard
Boncharlat, Harvest Home, Nellie Brown,
Gloire tin Rocher, Val d'Andorre, Wm.
Robinson, Julie Lagravere, M. Leveque
Fils.
POMPONS
11 hite. — Cedo nulli, Eleonore, La
Purete, Maid of Kent, Mdlle. Marthe,
Snowdrop, Soeur Melanie, Petillaud.
White St. Croats.
Blusli Bose and Pink. — Little Pet,
Marabout, Rosinante, Illustration, Long-
fellow, Mdme. Jolivart, Miss Davis, Mr.
Selly, Nanum, St. Croats, St. Mary, Mrs,
Cidlingford, Pygmalion, Rose d'Amour,.
Rose Trevenna.
Yellow and Orange. — Cedo nulli,
Dolly, Drin Drin, General Canrobert,
Golden Mdlle. Marthe, La Vogue, Lizzie
Holmes, St. Michael, W. Westlake,
Yellow Gem, Flora, Canary, Fiberta,
Frederick Marronet, Golden Drop, L'Ami
Condorcet, Mignon, Precocite.
Bronze and Bed. — Little Bob, Maud
Pitcher, Mr. W. Piercy, Piercy's Seedling,
Toreador, Aurora Borealis, Elsie Walker,
Florence Carr, MissBateman, Wm. Payne,
Indian Red.
Purple and Crimson. — Anastasia,
Adonis, Perle des Beautes, President,
Prince Victor, Rubra perfecta, Trafalgar,.
W. Kennedy.
C. lacustre. — A robust perennial with
angular stems 2-3 ft. high, native of
Portugal. Leaves fleshy, bright green,
oval-lance-shaped, irregularly toothed,
upper ones stem-clasping. Flowers in late
summer and autumn, pure white, 2-3 in.
across ; disc at first yellow, afterwards
purple. Also known as Leucanthemum.
Culture and Propagation. — This
plant likes deep rich soil, and should be
moved about every two years, and have
fresh soil added. It may be increased by
dividing the roots in late autumn or pre-
ferably in early spring. Seeds may also
be sown in the open in April or May in a
shaded spot, and the seedlings may be
placed in their flowering (marters for
the following year about September or
October.
C. latifolium. — A fine European spe-
cies 2-3 ft. high, with large broadly lance-
shaped, toothed fleshy leaves. Flowers in
summer and autumn, 3-4 in. across, white
ray florets, yellow centre. This species
has been found to cross with C. maximum,
and several forms intermediate between
the two have resulted.
Culture and Propagation the same as
for C. maximiun.
C. Leucanthemum [Ox-Bye Dais//).
This beautiful British perennial 2-3 ft. high
is found growing wild in meadows, waste
places, railway embankments &c, and is
worth a place in the garden. Leaves
CHRYSANTHEMUM
DAISY ORDER
PYEETHRUM 535
bluntly and somewhat pinnately cut.
Flowers from June to August, 2 in.
across, white, with yellow centres.
Culture dc. as above for C. lacustre.
Increased by seeds or division. This
species is best treated as a biennial and
the plants should be renewed every year
either by seedlings or fresh offsets from
the old tufts.
C. maximum. — A handsome strong-
growing Pyrenean plant 2 4 ft. high, with
broadly linear lance-shaped strongly
toothed leaves 3 5 in. long, the lower ones
stalked, the upper sessile. Flowers from
June to October, 2-3 in. or more across,
pure white, with a yellow centre.
Culture and Propagation. — On
light dry soils this species grows only
about 15 in. high, but flowers freely. In
deep moist soils in sunny positions it
attains its greatest height and vigour and
makes handsome flowering bushes. It
may be easily increased by dividing the
roots in autumn or spring ; or by cuttings
of the young shoots inserted in sandy soil
in early summer under handlighta and
kept shaded from bright sunshine until
nearly rooted. Seeds may also be sown
in the same way as recommended above
for C. lacustre.
C. multicaule. — A glaucous Algerian
annual 6-12 in. high, with fleshy linear
spoon-shaped leaves pinnately cut or
trisected. Flowers in July and August,
solitary, l.]-2i in. across, golden-yellow.
( 'ulture dc. as above for C. carinatum.
This species makes good dwarf tufts or
carpets and is useful for fronts of borders
or rockeries. May be raised from seed
in spring or autumn.
C. segetum (Com Marigold). — A
handsome British annual about 1.1 ft.
high, with stalked obovate, toothed and
lobed leaves, lower ones pinnately cut,
upper oblong, half stem-clasping. Flowers
from June to September, 2 in. across,
golden-yellow. The variety grandifloruni
has larger flowers.
Culture and Propagation. — Seeds of
the Corn Marigold should be sown
annually in the open border in ordinary
good soil either in autumn or spring. If
in autumn there is a better chance of
flowering early the following year.
C. serotinum (Pyrethruiu uligino-
ftum). — Great Ox-Eye Daisy. — A hand-
some N. American perennial 4-6 ft. high,
with stout stems and smooth lance-shaped
sharply toothed sessile leaves 3-4 in. long.
Flowers in September and October,
solitary, about 3 in. across, pure white
rays with a yellow centre.
Culture and Propagation. —This fine
species is very common in cottagers'
gardens, and is known popularly as the
Michaelmas Daisy, as it is always in
bloom at Michaelmas. It thrives in
ordinary garden soil and naturally in-
creases itself if left alone. The rootstocks
may be split up in early spring to increase
the stock. By pinching out the tips of
the shoots in May or June, dwarfer and
more branching plants are obtained.
PYRETHRUM. Botanically there
is practically no difference in the struc-
ture of Pyrethrwm and Chrysanthemum,
except that the flowers of the former have
a ' pappus ' in the form of a raised mem-
branous border, and angular, but not
• winged,' achenes. Some of the plants
described in this work as Chrysanthe-
mums (e.g. C. frutescens, C. scroti u u in,
C. lacustre) are also to be found de-
scribed under Pyrethrum by some
authors.
Culture and Propagation. — Most of
the Pyrethrums are easily grown in
ordinary good and well-drained garden
soil. Those which may be grown as an-
nuals require the treatment as described
for such at p. 78, while the perennial
varieties may be increased by division or
seeds. Besides these general instructions,
special cultural remarks are attached to
each species described.
P. achilleaefolium. — A pretty Caucasian
species about 2 ft. high, with finely cut
silky or downy leaves. Flowers in
summer, golden-yellow, almost globular,
few, on lon# stalks in loose corymbs.
This species is also known in gardens as
Achillea a ii nn.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
division in early spring, or seed sown in
cold frames when ripe, or in gentle heat
in spring, afterwards transplanting the
seedlings about May to the open border.
The plants should be grown in deep
moist soil.
P. corymbosum. — A European species
about 1 ft. high, with angular stems, and
leaves pinnately cut into lance-shaped
deeply incised and sharply toothed lobes.
536
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS pyrethrim
Flowers in July, white, corymbose. In-
volucre rusty-coloured.
Culture dc. as above for P. aclvillece-
folium. Increased by division and seed.
P. decaisneanum. — A rare Japanese
species 1-1', ft. high, with obovate pin-
nately cut leaves. Flowers 2 ',-3 in. across,
pale yellow. This species is also known
as Chrysanthemum decaisneannnt.
Culture ami Propagation. — It maybe
increased by seeds sown in cold frames
when ripe or in spring, and the seedlings
may be transferred to the open ground in
spring or early autumn according to the
period of sowing. Division of the tufts.
however, in spring, is an easier method of
multiplying the plants.
P. macrophyllum. — A vigorous Hun-
garian perennial with downy stems about
3 ft. high. Leaves large, almost sessile,
pinnately parted, with broadly lance-
shaped and coarsely toothed lobes. Flowers
in June and July, yellowish- white, with a
deeper yellow disc. Ray florets iJ-6. strap-
shaped, obovate, 3-toothed.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species inajT be easily increased by division
of the root in autiunn or spring, or from
seeds sown in the latter season in the open
border. The seedlings may be thinned
out or transplanted 2-3 ft. apart.
P. marginatum. — Another Japanese
species with downy stems and wedge-
shaped oblongleaves, pinnately cut towards
the apex, and downy beneath. Flowers in
autumn, deep yellow, rather small, in
rounded corymbs. Also known as Chrys-
anthemum marginatum.
Culture Sc. as above for P. decaisnea-
num. Increased by seeds or division in
spring.
P. parthenifolium aureum {Golden
Feather). — This beautiful free-growing
plant is well known as an edging for
borders &c. and looks well when the
Mowers are kept picked off. Although
perfectly hardy and a perennial, or at
least biennial, it is usually raised from
seeds sown in light heat every spring, and
treated as an ordinary annual. It thrives
in ordinary soil. There are several sub-
varieties of aureum now grown, some pre-
ferring one, some another. They are :
cristatum, with golden curled Parsley-like
leaves; Golden Moss, very dwarf and
mossy yellow foliage; laciuiatuui. with
deeply cut Fern-like leaves ; selaginoides,
near the ordinary form, and Golden Gem,
a double-flowered form.
P. Parthenium (Common Feverfew).
A strong- smelling European perennial
about 2 ft. high, with deeply cut, lobed
and toothed leaves, and white flowers
with yellow centres in June. The double-
flowered variety flore pleno is the only
form worth growing. It flourishes in
ordinary good garden soil and produces
immense quantities of blossom during
the early summer months, and also again
in the autumn if the first crop is quickly
cut. It is rather extensively grown in
some market gardens for supplying cut
flowers. Except however in the extreme
south and west, it seems to suffer a good
deal in severe winters from wet and cold.
It is therefore best protected by means of
old lights placed over the plants, or the
latter may be taken up, potted, and win-
tered in cold frames until spring, when
they may be again planted out and. if
need be, increased by dividing the tufts.
Some of the finest forms of the double
Feverfew are eximia, which has very
rounded pure white heads of flower ; and
its forms crispa, with deeply cut Parsley-
like leaves ; grandiflora, with large
flower-heads ; pyramidalis, with a pyra-
midal habit of growth ; and nana a urea.
a dwarf yellow-leaved form with large
white flower-heads.
P. roseum. — A beautiful Caucasian
perennial 1-2 ft. high, with decurrent
pinnately cut leaves, having deep green
lance-shaped segments. Flowers in early
summer. 2-3 in. across, with rosy ray
florets and a yellow disc.
Culture and Propagation. — Of late
years gardeners have devoted great atten-
tion to the improvement of this species,
with the result that one of the finest and
hardiest races of beautiful hardy flowers
has been produced. There are single and
double-flowered forms of almost every
shade of colour except blue, and prac-
tically all the varieties, single and double.
are excellent for cutting. Though in then
prime in June, flowers can be induced to
appear during the summer by ctttting the
flow ers as they develop. And when fairly
finished the steins maj- be cut down.
Mew ones will spring up and flower in
autumn. It is questionable, however,
whether it is a wise plan to exhaust a plant
by making it produce a double crop in one
year, when nature oidv intended one.
PYRKTHRUM
DAISY ORDER
TANACETUM 537
The plants, however, are easily in-
creased either by seeds or division of the
roots. It is best to divide the roots in
early spring, rather than in autumn, as
experience teaches that when done at the
latter period many of the plants arc
killed during the winter, especially if wet
and cold. The reason probably is that
new roots have not sufficiently developed
to be of use to the plant.
The soil cannot be too rich. A good
well-manured loam suits them best, but
good plants will grow in ordinary soil
fairly enriched with humus. A mulching
of well-rotted manure or spent mushroom
beds in summer is beneficial.
There are many named varieties now
grown. The following is a selection : —
Double Varieties
white: — Aphrodite, Carl Vogt, La
Belle Blonde. Penelope, Princesse de
Metternich.
blush white : — Boccage, Deesse, Dr.
Livingstone, Empress Queen, Florentine,
La Vestale, Madame Munier. Nancy,
Queen Sophia.
yellow: — Solfatcrre, Toison iVOr,
Virgo.
hose and pink: — Evelyn, Leonard
Kelway, Mdlle. Patti, Magician, Paul
Journu, Rupert.
RED, CRIMSON, CARMINE : Alfred
Kelway, Amethyst, Beauty of Laeken,
('apt. Boyton, Duchess of Edinburgh,
Ernest, Figaro, Imbrication plenum,
Ki)nj Oscar, Lischen, Meteor. Michael
Buchner, Milton, Multiflorum, Ormonde.
WITH GOLDEN CENTRES: — Diana.
Emile Lemoine, I. N. Twerdy, Mar-
chioness of Lome.
Single Pyrethrums
WHITE - FLOWERED VARIETIES : — Ape-
mantus, Armida, Dawn, Empress of
India, Magnet, Millicent, Oliver Ttvist,
Twilight.
crimson-flowered varieties : — Cer-
vantes, Clemence, Conspicuum, Dorothy
Kelway, Excelsior, Firefly, F. M. Pea-
cock, Francis, Gladiator, Golconde,
Honorable, James Kelway, J. G. Clarke,
Juno,Lorna Doone, Mikado, Mr. Santley,
Mrs. Syme, Ornement, Paul Jones, Peter
Ban; Prince Rudolph, Princess Char-
lotte. Robert Bruce, Rodney, Saturnus,
Scorpio, Stanley, Tasso, Triumph, Vivid,
W.B. Child. Wonder.
ROSE, pink, or purple - FLOWERED
varieties: — Alice, Alroy, Amoret. An-
gelo, Apollyon, Ascot, Bassanio, Beatric<
Kelway, Belianis, Belle r in s, Belvidere,
Bertie, Bianca, Bismarck, Bl/ucher, Cas-
siope, Conspicuum, Decoy, Dr. Nicholls,
Fanny, Heline, Ianthe, Jessie, La Su-
perbe, Libra, Lord Roberts, Lufra, Mac-
beth, Marmion, Mme. Grisi, Model, Mrs.
Bruce Findlay, Otliello, Rufus, Sheridan.
Sprightly, Sunbeam. Wagstaff.
P. Tchihatchewi. — A handsome
densely tufted species about 2 3 in. high,
native of Asia Minor. Leaves twice
pinnate] y cut. smooth dark green, blowers
in early summer, white rays, yellow disc,
small, solitary, on stalks 3-6 in. long.
Culture and Propagation. — Tins
species is useful for covering dry slopes or
banks or under trees. It is usually in-
creased by seeds sown in spring in gentle
beat, the seedlings afterwards being
planted out about 3 in. apart to make a
carpet of the foliage. It may, however,
also be multiplied by dividing the tufts in
spring in the southern and western parts
of the kingdom where it is not so likely to
be injured by the frosts of winter.
MATRICARIA.— A genus containing
about 20 species, mostly weeds. Leaves
much divided with narrow lobes. Flowers
white with yellow centres. Receptacle
broad, flat, or conical, after flowering.
M. inodora fl. pi. — This is the double-
flowered form of a common British annual
or biennial weed. Leaves finely cut and
divided. Flowers large, pure white. The
stems are somewhat creeping, and form
with the foliage a dense carpet, being thus
useful for the front of borders, the foot of
rockwork &c.
Culture and Propagation. — The plant
grows in any soil and may be increased by
division in early autumn or in spring ; or
cuttings of the non-flowering shoots may
be inserted in sandy soil in spring or
autumn, and when well-rooted may be
transferred to the open border.
Seeds may be found in the double
forms occasionally and may be sown as
soon as ripe in cold frames, and trans-
planted in spring.
TANACETUM (Tansy). — A genus
containing about 30 species of annual or
perennial, often scented, downy or silky
herbs, with alternate, variously cut leaves,
rarely entire and toothed. Flowers yellow,
in small corymbose heads. Florets and
achenes often glandular.
538
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS Artemisia
Culture and Propagation. — The fol-
lowing are the only plants of the genus
worth growing. They thrive in ordinary
soil, and may be easily increased by divi-
sion in autumn or spring. They are
chiefly useful for making carpets or borders
as a relief to taller and more brilliant
plants.
T. leucophyllum. — A native of Turke-
stan about 9 in. high, covered with silky-
white hairs. Leaves sessile or shortly
stalked, roundish ovate ; lower ones twice,
upper once, pinnately cut. Flowers in
summer, golden-yellow.
Culture ill-, as above.
T. vulgare crispum. — This variety is
cultivated for the beauty of its deeply cut
emerald green foliage, with more or less
waved and crested segments. It is a good
plant for the rockery, and is easily in-
creased by dividing the roots in autumn or
spring. The flowers should be picked off.
Culture dc. as above.
ARTEMISIA (Mugwort; Southern-
wood ; Wormwood). — This genus contains
150-200 species of more or less hoary,
scented herbs or low bushes, with alter-
nate, entire, incised, or once, twice, or
thrice pinnately dissected leaves. Flowers
rather small, more or less drooping, in
panicled racemes or heads, or solitary or
corymbose. Disc florets tubular. Ray
florets, if any, slender, pointed.
Culture an d Propaga tion. — Artemisias
are grown chiefly for the graceful appear-
ance of the foliage, and not the flowers,
which are not of a particularly handsome
type. The plants described below thrive
in any ordinary soil, no matter how dry,
when they are well established. The
herbaceous kinds are easily increased by
dividing the roots in early spring, or cut-
tings of the young shoots may be inserted
in sandy soil in cold frames and kept
shaded from the sun until fairly well
rooted ; the shrubby kinds from cuttings
in summer and autumn in the same way ;
and the annuals from seeds sown in the
open border in April and May or in cold
frames when ripe and afterwards t vans-
planted in spring. The Wormwood (A.
Absinthium), with silky white divided
leaves and drooping roundish yellow flower-
heads, may be mentioned here as it is so
well known as a herb, and also because it
enters largely into the composition of the
liqueur called Absinth.
A. Abrotanum (Southernwood). — A
fragrant-smelling deciduous shrub 2-4 ft.
high, native of Europe. Lower leaves
twice, upper once, pinnate. Flowers from
August to October, yellowish.
Cull ure dc. as above. Increased by
division or cuttings.
A. alpina. — A dwarf tufted Caucasian
species 6-10 in. high. Leaves pinnately
cut into linear lobes, and covered with
silky white hairs. Flowers in summer,
yellow. A good plant for the rockery.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
division or cuttings.
A. anethifolia. — A graceful perennial
3-5 ft. high, with greyish-green leaves,
finely divided into fine thread-like seg-
ments. Flowers late in summer, small,
whitish, in a panicle nearly 2 ft. long.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
division or cuttings. Native of Siberia.
A. annua. — A graceful annual 5-6 ft.
high with bright green, deeply cut leaves,
and small yellow flowers in panicles.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds sown in the open border in April
and May. Native of E. Europe and N.
Asia.
A. argentea. — A pretty rockery plant
about 1.] ft. high, native of Madeira.
Leaves ovate oblong, freely divided, and
densely covered with silky white hairs.
Flowers in July, pale yellow, in roundish,
closely packed heads.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
division or cuttings.
A. caerulescens. — A beautiful evergreen
shrub about 2 ft. high, native of S. Europe.
Leaves silky white, mostly lance-shaped,
the lower ones variously divided. Flowers
in August, bluish, in erect cylindrical
racemes.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
cuttings or division.
A. cana. — A distinct and vigorous N.
American perennial 2-3 ft. high. Lower
leaves wedge-shaped, sharply 3-cleft ;
upper ones linear-lance-shaped, 3-nerved,
all covered with silky white hairs. Flowers
in August, yellow, small, in a close-spiked
panicle.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
division or cuttings.
A. frigida. — A silvery creeping Siberian
species 6-12 in. high, with leaves pinnately
divided into narrow segments. Flowers
AKTKMISIA
DAISY OB D Eli
ARNICA 539
iii summer, dull yellow, in racemose
panicles. Useful lor rockwork.
Culture <(■(■. as above. Increased by
cuttings 01: division.
A. lanata. — A very dwarf and pretty
rock plant, native of S. Europe, with
silvery grey leaves finely cut like the teeth
of a comb. The variety muteUvna is
similar, but the leaves are more loosely
divided.
Culture <(■>■. as above, [ncreased by
cuttings or division.
A. maritima.- A British bush 10 18 in.
or more high, with white woolly leaves,
twice pinnately cut into blunt linear seg-
ments. Flowers in August and September,
yellowish, erect or drooping, cottony,
crowded on short erect panicled spikes.
Culture <(<■. as above, [ncreased by
cuttings or division.
A. stelleriana. A silky white vigorous
Siberian species 1 2 ft. high. Lower
Tribe VIII. Senecionoide.f.. —Leaves alternate, rarely opposite. Disc florets
yellow, rarely blue. Achenes various. Pappus bristly.
leaves spoon-shaped incised ; upper ones
bluntly lobed, about 2 in. long, all silvery-
white. Flowers in summer, yellow.
Culture -(«-. as above. Increased by
cuttings or division.
A. tanacetifolia. — A pretty Siberian
perennial 12-18 in. high with rather
downy Fern-like leaves, twice pinnately
cut into somewhat linear lance-shaped
pointed lobes. blowers in summer,
brownish, in simple terminal racemes.
Culture dc. as above. Increased l>\
cuttings or division.
A. vulgaris (Mugwort). A British
plant 3 4 ft. high with furrowed stems and
whitish downy leaves twice pinnately cut.
Flowers in August, yellow. There is a
pleasing variegated variety and also one
with golden leaves.
Culture <&c. ;is above. Increased by
cuttings or division.
TUSSILAGO (Coltsfoot). — The
only species belonging to this genus is a
British herb T. Far/ant, which has
large broadly heart-shaped, angled,
lobed or toothed cobwebby leaves, and
heads of bright yellow flowers. The
variegated variety is useful for growing
in damp shady places, but it quickly over-
runs the ground by means of its creeping
roots. It must therefore be checked from
getting among choicer plants.
PETASITES. — A genus containing
about a dozen species of rather white
downy or woolly herbs with perennial
rhizomes or stems, and often large, heart-
shaped or reniform leaves. Flower-
heads purple or white, in racemes or
clustered panicles at the top of the scapes.
Involucre bell-shaped or cylindrical.
Receptacle flat, naked.
P. fragrans (Nardosiuia fragrans ;
Tussilago fragrans). — Winter Heliotrope .
A native of S.W. Europe and naturalised
in parts of Britain. It is about 6-12 in.
high, with roundish, toothed leaves, lobed
at the base. Flowers in January and
February, white or pale lilac, fragrant ;
scales of the involucre acute.
Other species of Petasitcs sometimes
cultivated are P. niveu-s, the young-
leaves of which are silvery- white beneath,
and the flowers, white or pale rose, are
produced in March or April ; and P. offici-
nalis, the well-known Butter-bur of our
wet meadows and pastures. It produces
its rosy flowers from March to May, and
thus succeeds those of the other species.
Culture and Propagation. — These
plants being of vigorous and rather coarse
growth are best for rough banks or wild
parts, in ordinary soil. Their charm con-
sists in blooming in the depth of winter
and early spring. They may be increased
by division after flowering.
ARNICA. — A genus of about 10
species of perennial herbs with clustered
opposite, entire or toothed leaves, and
yellow flowers on long stalks. Involucre
more or less bell-shaped. Receptacle
flat, naked, or often hairy. Achenes
rather hairy.
Culture and Promulgation. — Arnicas
thrive in a mixture of loam, peat, and
sand. They may be increased by
dividing the roots in spring. Or seeds
if they can be procured may be sown in a
cold frame at the same period, afterwards
transplanting the seedlings in May.
A. Chamissonis. — A pretty N. Ameri-
can species 1-2 ft. high, with oblong
lance-shaped, pointed, or acute, woolly
leaves. Flowers from July to September.
l-J-2 inches across, yellow, corymbose.
Culture ire. as above.
540
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS senecio
A. montana (Mountain Tobacco). —
A handsome tufted European species
about 1 ft. high, with smooth oblong
lance-shaped entire leaves. Flowers in
Jul* . 2 in. across, yellow, 3-4 together on
hairy stalks.
Culture and Propagation. — This is an
excellent rock plant, but as it does not
grow freely can only be increased slowly
by division, and by seeds when procurable.
It should be planted in peaty soil with a
little sand, in a position facing north.
The United States species, A. foliosa,
is closely related to A. montana, but is
somewhat taller, and has smaller pale
yellow flowers about 1 in. across. It
requires to be grown in a moist soil.
DORONICUM (Leopard's Bane).—
A genus with about 12 species of smooth
or glandular hairy perennial herbs, with
alternate stalked leaves, and large yellow
flowers, on long stalks. Involucre
broadly bell-shaped, or hemispherical.
Receptacle hemispherical, naked. Disc
florets hermaphrodite, with pappus hairs
in many series ; ray florets, female with-
out pappus, or 1-3 hairs.
Culture and Propagation. — Doroni-
cums grow luxuriantly in a rich and
rather heavy loamy soil, but also do well
in ordinary garden soil. They are in-
creased in early autumn or after flowering
is over by dividing the roots. Also by seeds
sown in spring in cold frames, afterwards
pricking the seedlings out when large
enough to handle easily, and eventually
transferring to their flowering positions
not later than the end of September, and
during dull showery weather. Grown in
masses they make effective border plants.
D. altaicum. — A Siberian species
about 1 ft. high, with obovate toothed
stem-clasping leaves and yellow heads of
flowers in July.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
division in early autumn.
D. austriacum. — A somewhat hairy
Austrian perennial 1-1.) ft. high. Lower
leaves heart-shaped, stalked, toothed,
passing upwards into ovate spoon-shaped
and lance-shaped, amplexicaul bracts.
Flowers in spring and early summer,
large, yellow, 1-5 on a stem.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
division in early autumn.
D. caucasicum. — A showy Caucasian
perennial 1 ft. or more high, with ovate
heart-shaped, toothed leaves, and yellow
flowers 2 in. across in spring,
Culture eve. as above. Increased by
division in early autumn.
D. Clusi (Arnica Clusi). — A native
of Switzerland 1-2 ft. high with downy
stems and leaves. Lower leaves more or
less oblong, blunt, narrowed into a stalk ;
upper ones lance-shaped, sessile, stem-
clasping, toothed towards the base.
Flowers in early summer, yellow, about 2
in. across on long softly hairy stalks.
Culture dc. as above. Easily increased
by division in early autumn.
D. pardalianches (Great Leopard 'a
Bane). — A European species 1^-3 ft. high,
reputed to be poisonous. Leaves heart-
shaped toothed, lower ones stalked ; upper
ones sessile, stem-clasping. Flowers in
spring and early summer, yellow, usually
3-5 on a stem.
Culture drc. as above. Easily increased
by division in early autumn.
D. plantagineum. — A strong-growing
European species 1^-3 ft. high, with lower
leaves ovate, stalked, unevenly toothed ;
upper ones nearly entire lance-shaped,
sessile. Flowers in spring, yellow, usually
solitary, on a long stalk. The variety
excelsuni (or Harpur Crewe) is a far
superior garden plant to the type or any
other species. It grows about 5 ft. high,
with broadly heart-shaped, coarsely
toothed leaves, and yellow flowers 3-4 in.
across.
Cultu re d-c. as above. Easily increased
by division in early autumn.
Other species occasionally seen are
D. Columnce with downy toothed rather
kidney-shaped leaves, and large yellow
flowers ; and D. scorpioides (Aronicum
scorpioides) with long-stalked oval leaves
and one to three large yellow flowers on a
stem.
SENECIO (Groundsel; Ragweed).
A large genus with about 900 species,
now including many genera which were
formerly considered distinct. They con-
sist of annual, biennial or perennial bushes,
shrubs, rarely trees, smooth or woolly,
various in habit, and having alternate
radical, entire, toothed, lobed, or often
variously and pinnately cut leaves.
Flower-heads various in size and colour,
solitary or corymbose, rarely in pyra-
midal panicles, or subramose or sessile
at the sides of the branches. Involucre
SENECIO
DAISY ORDER
senecio ;"J41
cylindrical bell-shaped or nearly hemi-
spherical. Ray florets sometimes absent
as in the common Groundsel (S. vulgaris).
Achenes smooth or slightly hairy. Pap-
pus silky white.
Culture and Propagation. — Most of
the Senecios are coarse and often trouble-
some weeds. The few kinds mentioned
below are more or less worthy of a place
in the garden. They are easily grown in
any fairly good loamy soil and most of
them like plenty of sun, while a few like
S. japonicus and S. sarracenicus like to
grow near water. They are all easily
raised from seeds sown in spring, and the
perennial kinds may also be divided at the
root at the same period. Cuttings of the
young fleshy shoots in a shaded frame
will also root in spring and early summer
if inserted in sandy soil, and kept shaded
from strong sunshine ; and cuttings of the
roots themselves may sometimes be used
to increase the stock.
S. argenteus. — A beautiful Chilian
bush 1-2 ft. high, with silvery linear
entire leaves li in. long and branching
stems. Flowers in summer, yellowish,
solitary.
Culture and Propagation. — Often
grown in greenhouses, but quite hardy in
most parts of the country. It likes sandy
well-drained loam either in the border or
rockery and may be increased by cuttings
as stated above.
S. artemisiaefolius. — A pretty perennial
1-lr, ft. high, with deep green finely
divided feathery leaves, and clusters of
showy yellow tlowers in summer. Suit-
able for the rockery or border.
Culture ,te. as above.
S. Cineraria. — This beautiful half-
shrubby perennial lh-2k ft. high, native
of S. France, is best known as Cineraria
muritima. It is remarkable for its white
silvery appearance, and leaves pinnately
cut into from 4 to 6 pairs of oblong, blunt,
3-lobed segments. Flowers late in sum-
mer, yellow, in panicled corymbs. The
variety candid issimn has far whiter
foliage than the type, and is a better
plant.
Culture and Propagation. — This is
excellent for the edges of borders or
shrubberies, or around masses of shrubs
or flowers on grass. It is easily raised
from seed sown in gentle heat in early
spring and planted out at the end of
May. Cuttings may also be taken in the
autumn and wintered in a cold frame or
greenhouse until the following season.
S. concolor. — A pretty S. African
perennial 1-2 ft. high, with narrow ob-
lanceolate toothed leaves 4-6 in. long,
narrowed into a stalk at the base. The
flower-heads about 1^ in. across appear in
July, and are borne in loose co^rnbs on
round striped stems furnished with broadly
linear stem-clasping leaves. The ray
florets, which are 12-14 in number, are
mauve-purple, while those of the disc are
white— one of the most distinct features
of the plant.
Culture dc. as above. This species js
probably too tender to stand the winter
out of doors except in the mildest parts of
the kingdom.
S. Doria. A bold and handsome
perennial 4 6 ft. high, native of s. Europe.
Leaves ovate lance-shaped. 8 12 in. long,
stem-clasping, leathery, minutely toothed,
gradually becoming smaller all up the
stem to the clusters of yellow flowers
which appear in July and August.
( 'ult u re itc. as above.
S. Doronicum. — A showy perennial
1-3 ft. high, native of Central Europe.
Lower leaves ovate heart-shaped or lance-
shaped elliptic, leathery, toothed. Flowers
in summer, bright yellow, 2 in. across.
Culture tic as above.
S. elegans. — A beautiful S. African
half-hardy annual 1 2 ft. high, with rather
clammy and downy stems and leaves, the
latter l£-3 in. long, lobed at the base,
variously shaped and cut. Flowers from
July to October ; ray florets purple, disc
yellow. There is a dwarf variety nana
about 1 ft. high, and also forms with
white, deep crimson, lilac, rose and ma-
genta, flowers all worth growing. The
Double Pompon varieties have double
flowers of shades mentioned.
Culture and Propagation. — Grown
in masses, the varieties of S. elegans
are effective in the flower border, their
gay flowers being well set off by their
abundant deep green foliage. They like a
rich sandy loam, the richer the better.
Seeds may be sown to secure a suc-
cession at intervals in April and May in
the open border, thinning the seedlings
out 12 or 18 in. apart, or they may be
sown earlier in heat and transplanted in
June. Seeds may also be sown in cold
frames about September and protected
542
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS senecio
during the winter months, as much light
and air as possible however being given
on all favourable occasions. The double
varieties may be struck from cuttings in
autumn, and wintered in frames or cold
greenhouses.
S. incanus. — A hoary-looking, tufted
perennial of S. France, 3-6 in. high, with
bright silvery incised leaves. Flowers in
August, yellow, in somewhat crowded
corymbs.
Culture dr. as above. Useful for the
rockery in well-drained, sandy soil. In-
creased by division in spring. S. wrdflorus
from the Alps is closely allied.
S. japonicus [Ligularia ja/ponica;
Eri/throchcete palmaUftda). — A fine
Japanese perennial about 5 ft. high, with
smooth, green leaves about 1 ft. across,
and deeply and palmately cut into un-
equally toothed lobes. Flowers in
autumn, about 3 in. across, deep orange-
yellow.
Cult /ire d'-c. as above. A good plant
for the margins of lakes, streams &c. In-
creased by dividing the roots in early
spring.
S. Kaempferi aureo-maculata (Far-
fugium grande). — A distinct Japanese
perennial having thick fleshy stems 1-2 ft.
high, with broad, roundish, heart-shaped,
deep green leaves, conspicuously blotched
with deep yellow in some forms, or white
or rose in others.
Culture and Propagation. — This
ornamental plant nourishes only in
the mildest parts of the country, growing
slowly in colder parts. It prefers slight
shade and damp peaty soil and may be
increased by separating the growths in
spring, and keeping them in a close
frame until established.
S. lagopus. — A New Zealand rock plant
6-12 in. high, with broadly elliptic blunt
radical leaves, hairy above, densely woolly
beneath. The bright yellow starry flower-
heads, about an inch across, are borne in
loose clusters in summer.
Culture &c. as above.
S. laxifolius. — A pretty bush 1A-3 ft.
high, native of New Zealand,with very thick
and leathery oblong lance-shaped leaves,
densely crowded and covered with a grey
down. Flowers in summer, about 1 in.
across, golden-yellow, with a darker yellow
disc and a woolly involucre, borne in pro-
fusion on panicles well above the foliage.
Culture dc. as above. This fine species
is also known in gardens as S. Grayi and
S. latifolius. It may be increased by
cuttings of the young shoots inserted in
sandy soil under handlights.
S. macrophyllus (Ligularia macro-
phylla). — A vigorous Caucasian peren-
nial about 3-6 ft. high, with large,
glaucous, oval lance-shaped, coarsely
toothed leaves 3-4 ft. long, 1 ft. wide,
with a whitish broad midrib. Flowers
from June to August, golden-yellow, in
very tall terminal spikes.
Culture and Propagation. — An ex-
cellent plant for wild grassy places, or the
edges of lakes or streams, on account of
its fine, rather glaucous foliage. It may
be increased by dividing the roots in
autumn or spring ; or from seeds sown in
gentle heat in spring, and pricking out the
seedlings in the usual way, afterwards
transferring to the open air in mild
showery weather when sturdy enough.
S. pulcher. — A really beautiful per-
ennial 2-3 ft. high, native of Buenos
Ayres. Lower leaves stalked, oval, crenu-
late, passing upwards into smaller and
more or less deeply toothed leaves.
Flowers in September and October and
even later in mild seasons, 2-3 in. across,
beautiful rose-purple with a yellow disc.
Culture and Propagation. — S. pulcher
likes a moist sandy loam. It does not
often ripen seeds in this country, but
may be increased by careful division of
the roots in spring, or by root cuttings.
The latter are cut into pieces about 2 in.
long, and slightly covered with sandy
soil. They are put in cold frames or
greenhouses, and as the shoots appear,
the new plants may be potted off singly,
and kept shaded and close until they begin
to get established. Afterwards they may
be given plenty of light and air, and when
sturdy enough may be transferred to the
open border and grown in bold masses for
effect.
S. sagittifolius. — A stately perennial
native of Uruguay. It has tufts of large
oblong wedge-shaped leaves about a yard
long, and nearly 18 in. wide in the broadest
part; the surface is covered with white
down, the stalks are broadly winged, and
the base is deeply sagittate, while the edges
are also lobed. But the most remarkable
feature of the leaves consists in the two
SENKClo
DAISY ORDER
DIMOBPHOTHECA 5 1 -i
conspicuous wavy crests, which arc 1-2 in.
deep and stand erect on the surface like
thin plates of leafy tissue, and extend from
the base beyond the middle of the leaf.
The stout flower stalk rises from the
centre and attains a height of 3-7 ft., being
furnished with stalkless lance-shaped
leaves, much smaller than the lower
ones, and ending in a loose cluster of
creamy white flower-heads each over an
inch across.
Culture a ml Propagation. — In the
milder parts of the country this species
has proved fairly hardy, hut it will natur-
ally attain its finest proportions in the
mildest parts of the south and west. In
the event of severe winters the crowns
may be protected with a covering of dry
leaves. Owing to its noble aspect and
distinct appearance it would prove very
valuable for giving a, sub-tropical aspect
to the garden, and may he grown in masses
on grassland or by the sides of streams,
lakes &c., like <S'. macropTvylfois. It maj
be increased by division of the roots in
spring.
S. sarracenicus. — A showy perennial
4-5 ft. high, native of Europe, with
thick, purplish, hairy stems, and deep
green, stem - clasping, crenate - toothed,
ovate lance-shaped, acute leaves <> H in.
long, becoming gradually smaller up-
wards. Flowers in July and August,
yellow, in branched panicles.
Culture <(■'•. as above for ,S'. macro-
phyllus.
S. sibiricus (Ligularia sibirica). — A
downy Siberian perennial about 3 ft. high.
Lower leaves long-stalked, heart-shaped,
crenate, the upper ones smaller and
sessile. Flowers from June to August,
deep yellow, clustered on a tall stem.
A plant for semi-wild parts of the garden.
Culture -(<•. as above. Increased 1>\
division of the roots or seed.
S. speciosus. -A handsome S. African
perennial having a thick fleshy rootstock
and rosettes of oblong lance-shaped
clammy leaves 4 (1 in. long, pinnately
divided into blunt sinuate or crenate Lobes.
The beautiful bright purple flower-heads,
over 1.1 in. across, appear in July and
August and are borne in loose clusters on
the top of stalks about a. foot high, and
furnished with a lew small lance-shaped
stalkless leaves or hracts.
Culture dtc. as above for 8. pulcher.
OTHONNOPSIS. — A genus of
smooth shrubs with alternate, stalkless.
fleshy, and more or less slightly toothed
leaves, and yellow flower-keads,in which
the disc florets arc usually sterile.
O. cheirifolia (Othonna chevrifoUa).
A pretty trailing perennial '.) 12 in. high,
native of N. Africa, forming greyish-green
tufts on the surface of the soiL Lea -
oblanoeolate, thickish. Flowers in May
and June, bright yellow, about U in.
across, borne singly at the ends of the
shoots.
Culture nifl Propagation. -This is
the only species of the 8 known that has
any claim to garden value. It forms
attractive patches in the border or rock
garden, and flourishes in light dryish soils
exposed fully to the sun. In cold wet
winters it is apt to perish unless protected
by a handlight or a sheet of glass. It
may be increased by inserting cuttings of
the non-flowering side and basal shoots
in cold frames in autumn, and also by
dividing the roots in spring.
Tribe IX. Calkxdulace.e. — Leaves mostly alternate or radical. Achenes smooth,
rarely woolly. Involucrate bracts in 1-2 rows. Eeceptacle naked. Flowers rayed.
sunny positions. The annual kinds may
be raised from seeds sown in early spring,
in heat, and transplanted in May. The
perennials may also be raised in the same
way, and also by cuttings in late summer
and autumn, and wintered in a frame or
greenhouse until the end of May. They
are somewhat straggling in habit with
more or less prostrate stems ascending
at the ends, each of which bears a
large Marguerite - like flower. They
are useful for the front of borders or
shrubberies, and should be grown in
DIMORPHOTHECA (Cape Mari-
gold).— A genus containing about 20
species of smooth, downy, or glandular
hairy, annual herbs or perennial bushes,
with entire toothed or incised, often
narrow leaves. Flower-heads on long
stalks. Achenes smooth. Involucre
broad. Disc flat or somewhat convex,
naked. All natives of S. Africa.
Culture and Propagation. — Except
perhaps in the mildest parts these plants
will not grow outside during the winter.
They like a well-drained sandy loam and
544
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS calendula
rather large patches to secure a good
effect.
D. annua ( Calendula pliwialis). — Cape
Marigold, — A straggling green and purple
stemmed annual about 6-18 in. high, with
narrow oblong obovate sinuately lobed
leaves 2-3 in. long, and masses of flowers
2-3 in. across in July, pure white inside,
dull purple outside, with a yellow centre.
They open well only in fine weather,
closing during ram and early in the
afternoon. There is a double-flowered
form csiile&flore 2ileno.
Culture <£c. as above.
D. Ecklonis. — A pretty species 1-1 j
ft. high, with oblong lance-shaped leaves
4-6 hi. long, with a few large, irregular,
triangular teeth on the margins. Flowers
in June and July, pure white within, dull
purple outside, about 3 in. across, open-
ing only in bright sunny weather ; when
closed the ray florets are spirally twisted.
Cult aye dtc. as above.
CALENDULA (Marigold). — A
genus with about 20 species of annual or
perennial, somewhat downy herbs with
alternate entire or sinuate toothed
leaves. Involucre bi-oad. Disc flat,
naked. Pappus none.
C. officinalis. — A showy strong-
smelling annual native of S. Europe, 9-12
in. high, with oblong sessile ciliated leaves.
Flowers in summer and autumn, orange -
yellow, with a darker centre. The vari-
eties mentioned below, as well as La
Heine and Le Proust, are all fine double
ones. The variety prolifera is a Hen-
and- Chickens form, in which 8 or 9
smaller single flower-heads radiate from
the base of a larger central double
flower.
Culture and Propagation. — Everyone
knows how easily grown the Common
Garden Marigold is. The seeds are
sown in April or May, in any ordinary
soil in sunny or half- shady places. They
germinate freely and may be thinned
out about 1 ft. apart. Year after year
they will appear with regularity, and in
ever-increasing masses unless thinned
out. The choicer varieties, like Meteor,
Orange Cockade, and Orange King, are
improvements upon the common form
described above. For French and African
Marigolds, see Tagetes (p. 525).
C. suffruticosa. — A bushy Algerian
annual, softly downy and with a some-
what straggling habit. Leaves narrow,
almost entire. Flowers smaller than
those of the ordinary Marigold, but very
numerous, and bright yellow.
Culture dc. as above for C. officinalis.
Tribe X. AitCTOTiDEiE. — Leaves radical or alternate. Achenes often fleshy >
smooth or with a chaffy pappus. Bracts of the involucre in many rows, often
scarious or spinescent at the apex. Disc naked, chaffy, .pitted or hollowed.
Flowers rayed.
U. anthemoides (Arctotis anthemoi-
des). — A S. African annual 3-12 in. high,
with finely divided leaves and yellow
Marguerite-like flowers in August, the ray
florets being tinged with purple outside.
Culture Sc. as above.
URSINIA (Sphenogyne). — A genus
containing over 50 species of smooth or
rarely downy annual or perennial herbs or
bushes. Leaves alternate, serrate, pinna-
tifid, or often pinnately dissected. Flower-
heads at the ends of the branches usually
long-stalked, solitary, or in loose panicles.
Involucre hemispherical, or broadly bell-
shaped. Disc flat or convex, chaffy.
Culture and Propagation. — Ursinias
grow in any ordinary light soil, and are
useful in masses in borders or beds in
sunny places. The kinds mentioned
below are best treated as half-hardy
annuals, and may be raised from seeds
sown in gentle heat about February or
March, and planted out at the beginning
of June, 12-18 in. apart.
Seedlings from seeds sown in Septem-
ber may be Wintered in cold frames or
greenhouses, but they are scarcely worth
6 months' care.
U. pulchra (Sphenogyne speciosa). —
A pretty annual, probably native of S.
Africa, 9-18 in. high. Leaves sessile,
pinnate, with linear acute segments.
Flowers in summer, 2-3 in. across, bright
yellow, with a deep purple-black zone at
the base of the lance-shaped ray florets.
The variety aitrea has a wholly yellow
centre, and there is also a pale sulphur
coloured form called Hulpliurea.
Culture Sc. as above.
HAPLOCARPHA.- A small genus
of almost stemless perennials with radical
entire or too bed leaves covered with
hoary wool or down on the under surface.
HAPLOCAKPHA
DAISY ORDER
ARCTOTIS 545
Flower-heads yellow, solitary ; involucre
hemispherical with numerous bracts.
Receptacle flat or convex. Ray florets
entire or minutely 3-toothed.
H. Leichtlini (Gorteria acaulis). — A
pretty S. African plant with lyrate pin-
nately cut leaves 6-9 in. long and 2-3 in.
broad. Flowers in summer, 2 in. or more
across, with free involucral bracts, the
outer ones woolly, the inner ones purplish.
Ray florets yellow tinged with purple be-
neath, and surrounding a deeper yellow
centre or disc.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species flourishes in light sandy soil in
sheltered sunny positions and may be
used in the rock garden or border grown
in bold masses. It requires protection in
winter from cold heavy rains, and may
be increased by inserting cuttings of the
basal shoots in cold frames in late summer
and autumn.
H. scaposa. — A distinct whitish-look-
ing plant about 18 in. high, also native of
S. Africa. The flower-heads are produced
singly on downy stalks in August and
September, and sometimes last well into
October. The ray-florets are golden-yellow,
as is also the disc, although perhaps of a
deeper shade.
Culture dc. as above for H. Leichtlini.
ARCTOTIS. — A genus with 30
species of more or less stemless, woolly
or hoary herbaceous perennials, with
radical or alternate, entire, sinuate-
toothed, or pinnately dissected leaves.
Flower-heads on long stalks. Involucre
hemispherical, with bracts in many rows.
Disc flat or slightly convex, pitted, stud-
ded with bristles between the florets.
Achenes grooved. Pappus consisting of
chaffy scales.
Culture and Propagation. — These
plants love the sun but thrive also in
partially shaded spots, in a mixture of
good sandy loam and leafsoil. They
may be increased by cuttings taken
from the side shoots whenever obtainable
up to about the end of July, and stuck in
very sandy soil in a cold airy frame ;
also by seeds sown in cold frames or in
gentle heat in spring. The plants must,
however, be protected under glass from
the end of October to June, but between
those months may be used with great
effect in the flower borders in the same
way as other ' bedding ' plants. In the
mildest parts of the kingdom some kinds
have proved to be perfectly hardy even in
winter. The kinds described below are
all natives of S. Africa.
A. acaulis. — An almost stemless de-
cumbent plant about 4 in. high, with
hoary ternate lyrate leaves and large
rich orange flowers in summer.
Culture dc. as above.
A. arborescens. — A bushy species
about 2 ft. high. Leaves linear-oblong,
pinnate ; lower ones stalked, upper
sessile, stem-clasping. Flowers in sum-
mer, over 2 in. across, ray florets white
above, pink beneath, surrounding a yellow
disc.
Culture dc. as above.
A. grandiflora (A aureola). — A showy
plant about 1A ft. high, with pinnately
cut serrulate leaves. Flowers in July,
bright orange, with a somewhat cobwebby
involucre.
Culture dc. as above.
A. leptorhiza. — A fine annual, a foot
or so high, with divided leaves and an
abundance of rich orange flowers in
summer. Seeds may be sown in April
in the open border where the plants are
to bloom.
Culture dc. as above.
A. speciosa (A breviscapa). — A stem-
less species about lh ft. high, near A.
acaulis, with hoary pinnately cut lyrate
leaves and yellow flowers in July.
Culture dc. as above.
VENIDIUM. — A genus with 18
species of half-hardy more or less woolly
perennials, similar to Arctotis in flowers
and habit, and cultivated in the same
way. All natives of S. Africa.
V. calendulaceutn. — A showy perennial
6-12 in. high. Lower leaves stalked lyrater
the terminal lobe being much larger
than the other and more or less rounded
and bluntly toothed ; all smooth and
green above, white beneath. Flowers
from July to October, very similar to those
of the ordinary Marigold {Calendula
officinalis), bright yellow, with a dark
brown or almost black centre.
Culture and Propagation. — Although
really a perennial it is on the whole best
to treat this plant as an annual. It
flourishes in ordinary good garden soil,
and may be used with advantage for the
fronts of flower borders or for making a
546
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS berkheya
carpet beneath taller plants. Seeds may
be sown in gentle heat in March, and the
seedlings will be ready for the open air by
the end of May. They may also be sown
in the open border where the plants are to
bloom during April and May. To obtain
large plants for early flowering the seeds
may also be sown as soon as ripe in cold
frames. The seedlings should be pricked
out when large enough, and should be
protected in cold frames or greenhouses
during the winter, giving as much light
and air as possible on all favourable
occasions. By potting the plants on and
encouraging growth strong plants will be
ready for the open border in Ma}', and
very often they flower much better than
plants raised from seeds at other periods.
Other species are V. fugax, about 18 in.
high, with radical elliptic leaves and
bright orange-red flowers; and V.hirsu-
tum, 9-12 in. high, with lyrate pinnatifid
leaves and bright orange -red flowers with
a blackish centre.
GAZANIA (Treasure Flower).— A
genus containing 24 species of showy,
somewhat stemless, more or less hoary
or woolly annual or perennial herbs, with
radical or alternate entire or pinnately
cut leaves. Flower-heads on long stalks.
Involucre urn-shaped, rarely broad, with
bracts in many rows. Disc flat or
convex, slightly pitted. Achenes densely
covered with long hairs. Pappus with
numerous linear scales. All the species
are natives of S. Africa.
Culture and Propagation. — Gazanias
thrive in a mixture of sandy loam and
peat, and are most effective in warm
sunny corners of the flower border.
About July and August cuttings of the
lower side shoots will root freely in a
cold frame in sandy soil, and the plants
must be kept under glass protection until
the following June. Plenty of air must
be given on all favourable occasions, and
only just enough heat to keep the frost
out, otherwise the plants are apt to grow
weedy and delicate.
G. Pavonia. — A beautiful species
about 1^ ft. high, with hairy pinnately
cut leaves, and large, handsome yellow
flowers in July ; ray florets with a brown
spot at the base, or a white one in the
middle. Disc dark.
Culture dr. as above.
G. rigens. — A species about 1 ft. high
with linear spoon-shaped hairy leaves
and bright yellow flowers in June, with a
dark velvety zone at the base.
Culture do. as above.
G. splendens. — This beautiful plant is
supposed to be a hybrid, probably between
G. rigens and G. unijiora. It grows
about li ft. high, with linear spoon -
shaped leaves, white beneath, and bright
orange flowers in summer, with a black
and white spot at the base of the ray
florets. There is a form with yellow
variegated leaves.
Culture de. as above.
G. uniflora. — A shrubby species about
1 ft. high, with somewhat decumbent
stems and spoon-shaped lanceolate
leaves, downy beneath. Flowers in July
and August, wholly yellow.
Culture dbc. as above.
BERKHEYA.— A rather large genus
of more or less Thistle-like herbs or bushes
with alternate or rarely opposite radical
leaves, sometimes decurrent, toothed, pin-
nately divided or cut, and having spiny
teeth or lobes. The yellow or purple
flower-heads are either solitary or in small
clusters.
B. purpurea (Stobcea purpv/rea). — An
attractive S. African perennial 2-3 ft.
high, with spiny Thistle -like leaves about
9 in. long towards the base of the stems,
somewhat clammy above and greyish or
downy beneath. The beautiful flower-
heads, 2J 3 in. across, appear in late
summer in loose clusters, and have lilac -
purple strap-shaped ray-florets surround-
ing a deeper purple centre.
Culture and Propagation. — Out of
about 70 species the above appears to be
the only one of any value for the outdoor
flower garden. It flourishes in any good
and well-drained sandy soil, but prefers a
rich sandy loam and open sunny positions
sheltered from the north and east. It
may be increased by detaching the slickers
or underground shoots in spring as they
are just beginning to push through the
surface of the soil. Seeds are ripened in
ordinary good seasons and shoidd be
sown in cold frames when mature, after-
wards transferring the seedlings to the
open air the following spring when danger
from frost is past.
ECHINOPS
DAISY OEDEB
CABLINA 547
Tribe XL CynaroidejE. — Leaves alternate, often spiny. Florets usually all
tubular. Bracts of the involucre in many rows, usually imbricated and more
or less prickly. Disc often fleshy, with dense bristles or fimbriated scales. Achenes
often hard. Pappus bristly or chaffy, rarely none.
ECHINOPS (Globe Thistle).— A
genus containing over 70 species of showy,
vigorous, Thistle-like, more or less whitish-
woolly biennials or perennials. Leaves
pinnate-toothed, or once, twice, or thrice
pinnately cut, with spiny lobes and teeth.
Inflorescence remarkable for having the
1 -flowered capitules in terminal globose
clusters, resembling the flower-heads of
most other genera in the order Cornposita?.
Florets white or blue, with an involucre
of prickly scales and bristles.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Globe Thistles are excellent and showy
border plants, and thrive in ordinary
garden soil. The perennials may be
increased by dividing the roots in early
spring, or by making root cuttings as in
the case of Senecio puleher (see p. 542) ;
seeds may also be sown under glass in
autumn or spring as with the biennial
kinds, and the seedlings will be ready for
transplanting about the end of May.
E. bannaticus. — An Hungarian bien-
nial 2-3 ft. high, with roughish downy
pinnately cut and lobed leaves having
spiny lobes. Flowers in summer, deep
violet-blue, in round heads.
Culture dc. as above.
E. commutatus {E. exaltatus). — A
vigorous Austrian perennial 5-7 ft. high,
with roughish pinnately cut spiny leaves,
hairy above, downy beneath. Flowers
in summer, whitish or purplish, borne on
hairy, cobwebby stems.
Culture (i-e. ;is above.
E. Ritro. — A pretty S. European
perennial about 3 ft. high, with pinnately
cut, but not spiny leaves, webbed above,
downy beneath. Flowers in summer,
blue.
Culture dc. as above.
E. ruthenicus. — A fine species 3-5 ft.
high, native of S. Russia, with whitish
downy stems, and leathery leaves
pinnately cut into toothed and spiny
segments, green above, downy beneath.
Flowers in summer, deep blue.
Culture dc. as above.
E. sphasrocephalus. — A handsome
species 2-4 ft. high, with striped branches
and' wavy pinnatifid spiny leaves, green
and hairy above, white or woolly beneath.
Flowers in summer, pale blue. The
variety giganteus is more robust in habit
with larger heads of flowers, and albidus
has whitish flower-heads.
Culture dc. as above.
XERANTHEMUM.— A genus with
4 or 5 species of erect hoary annual
' I \\ (.'Hastings ' having narrow entire
leaves, and solitary long-stalked flower-
heads at the tips of the branches.
Involucre bell-shaped or cylindrical, with
many chaffy bracts, often coloured. Disc
flat, chaffy. Pappus bristly.
X. annuum (X. radiat/wm). — A beauti-
ful 8. Eiuopean ' Everlasting ' about 2 ft.
high, with whitish woolly branches and
leaves, and white, purple, yellow, or violet
flowers. There are many colour varieties,
the principal being, album, white; im-
periale, dark violet-purple ; multiflora, a
compact-growing form with white, purple,
or violet flowers ; 8Uj?erbi88imum, apretty
double form with various colours ; plenis-
simum, dark purple double ; Tom Thumb,
somewhat like multiflora, &c.
Culture and Propagation. — These
' Everlastings ' may be sown in the open
border in April in ordinary soil. The
flowers are borne in profusion and are
excellent for cutting. They may be dried
head downwards in a cool airy place for
winter decoration like the Helichrijsiunx
(p. 508).
CARLINA (Charlemagne's Thistle).
This genus contains about 14 species of
rather stemless or erect dwarfish peren-
nial herbs, rarely shrubs, with toothed or
pinnately cut and divided spiny leaves.
Flower -heads sessile among the lower
leaves, or solitary at the apex of the
branches, or in corymbs. Involucre broadly
bell-shaped, with many imbricated bracts.
Disc flat, fleshy, with chaffy scales. Pap-
pus feathery.
Culture and Propagedion. — Carlinas
are worth growing, and are suitable for
edges of shrubberies, woodland walks, or
on warm sunny banks in ordinary soil.
They may be easily raised from seed sown
in April in the open border, or may be
divided in early autumn or spring.
N N 2
548
PEACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS oxopordon
C. acanthifolia. — A stemless perennial
about 2 ft. high, native of S. Europe.
Leaves downy beneath, pinnately cut into
toothed angular and spiny segments.
Flowers in Jruie, white or yellow.
Culture dc. as above.
C. acaulis. — A European perennial
about 9 in. high. Leaves pinnately cut
into toothed spiny segments. Flowers
in June, white.
Culture d-c. as above.
C. biebersteiniana, about 2 ft. high,
from the Caucasus, has purple flowers in
August.
Culture dc. as above.
CNICUS (including Champ^epeuce).
This genus contains about 200 species of
annual, biennial, or perennial herbs, with
serrate or pinnately tootbed and lobed
spiny leaves, often decurrent with the
stem. Involucre ovoid or globose, with
spiny bracts in many rows. Disc hairy.
Pappus deciduous, feathery.
Culture and Projxigation. — These
Thistle-like plants grow almost anywhere
in rough soil and may be used for rough
parts of the garden. They are easily
raised from seeds sown in spring in the
open border, or earlier in gentle heat,
afterwards pricking the seedlings out
preparatory to transferring to the open
air about May. The tufts may also be
divided in autumn or spring.
C. acaulis. — A British and European
perennial about 2 ft. high, with stalked
lance-shaped pinnately cut spiny leaves,
and purple flowers in summer.
Culture dec. as above.
C. altissimus (Cirsium altissiminu).
A native of the United States 3-10 ft.
high, with leaves downy beneath, oblong
lance-shaped, toothed above, pinnately cut
below. Flowers in August, purple.
Culture d-c. as above.
C. Casabonae (Chamcepeuce Casa-
bonce). — Fishbone Thistle. — A native of
S. Europe 2-3 ft. high, with deep green
spiny leaves veined with white. Flowers
in summer, pale purple.
This species and the next one (C.
diacantha) are very picturesque grown in
masses, and may be used to ornament the
rockery. Young plants raised from seed
in autumn are sometimes grown in pots
for conservatory decoration, owing to
their attractive appearance.
Culture d-c. as above.
C. Diacantha (Chamcepeuce Diacan-
tha).— A Syrian perennial 2-3 ft. high.
Leaves shining green, with silvery veins
and ivory-white spines. Flowers in sum-
mer, purplish, in dense spike-like clusters.
Culture d-c. as above.
C. spinosissimus. — A European peren-
nial about 3 ft. high, with downy stem-
clasping, pinnately cut and toothed, spiny
leaves. Flowers from June to August,
pale yellow, in terminal clusters.
Culture dc. as above.
C. undulatus (C. Douglasi). — A Cali-
fornian perennial, 1 ft. high. Leaves
more or less spiny, pinnately cut, the side
and terminal lobes elongated. Flowers in
summer, purple, in corymbs, scarcely
rising above the leaves.
Culture dc. as above.
ONOPORDON(Cotton Thistle).— A
genus with 12 species of more or less
woolly annual, biennial, or perennial
Thistle -like herbs. Involucre roundish or
broad. Eeceptacle flat, fleshy. Achenes
smooth.
Culture and Propagation. — The Cot-
ton Thistles have a noble appearance and
may be used in many ways in the border
or shrubbery, or for sub-tropical garden-
ing. They thrive in ordinary soil, and
may be increased by seeds sown in fairly
rich soil in early autumn or spring in the
open border. The seedlings may be
thinned out, leaving some to flower where
the seeds were sown, and transplanting
the others if necessary. They require to
be treated in the same way as biennials
in general (see p. 78).
O. Acanthium. — A stately British and
European perennial 4-8 ft. high, with
woolly stems and leaves, the latter de-
current, more or less oblong- ovate, sinu-
ate-pinnatifid, spiny. Flowers from July
to September, purple, 1\ 2 in. across,
with a very cobwebby involucre, and awl-
shaped, spiny, recurved green bracts.
Culture dc. as above.
O. arabicum. — A S. European biennial,
8-10 ft. high, with whitish woolly stems
and leaves, and heads of purple flowers in
summer.
Culture dc. as above.
O. illyricum (O. Jwrridum). — A hand-
some biennial 6 ft. high or more, native of
S. Europe, and resembling 0. Acanthium
in appearance. Its oblong lance-shaped
SILYRUM
DAISY ORDER
CENTAUKEA 549
leaves, however, are greener, more deeply
cut and spiny. Flowers in July, purple.
Culture dc. as above.
O. macracanthum. — A striking annual
about 6 ft. bigh, native of Barbary, with
cobwebby sterns. Leaves narrow oblong
lance -shaped pointed, spiny -toothed,
smooth above, cobwebby beneath. Flowers
in July, purple, with a woolly involucre.
Culture dc. as above.
SILYBUM. — A genus having one or
two species of smooth perennial Thistle-
like herbs, with divided spiny leaves, and
solitary nodding flower-heads. Involucre
broad, roundish, with rigid spiny bracts.
Disc flat, densely bristly. Achenes smooth.
Pappus bristly.
S. marianum (Our Lady's Milk
Thistle). — A native of S. Europe to Asia
Minor 1-4 ft. high, with large sinuately
lobed and pinnately cut spiny leaves
blotched with white. Flowers from July
to September, rose-purple, in round beads
1-2 in. across. (See Carbenia benedicta,
p. 551.)
Culture and Propagation. — This in-
teresting plant will grow in ordinary soil
and may be used in borders, grassy places,
or wild parts of the garden. The roots
were formerly used as a pot herb in this
country, where it is occasionally found
wild. It is easily increased from seeds
grown in spring or early autumn in the
open border. As the foliage is usually
regarded as the most ornamental feature
of the plant, the flower-heads may be
pinched off as they begin to show.
There is another species (Algerian)
called eburneum, rarely seen. It has
white blotched and more spiny leaves, but
is not hardy except in the mildest parts.
Being a biennial, seeds must be sown
annually to keep up a supply, in the same
way as 8. marianum.
CENTAUREA (Centaury). — As
many as 400 species of this genus have
been described, but few are garden plants.
They are annuals, biennials, or perennials
with radical or alternate, entire or often
toothed, incised, or once or twice pin-
nately cut leaves. Flower-heads solitary
or paniculate. Florets all tubular. In-
volucre ovoid or round, with scarious,
fringed, toothed, or spiny bracts. Disc
bristly. Pappus short and bristly, rarely
none.
Culture and Propagation. — The
annual kinds (like the Blue Cornflower
and Sweet Sultan) may be raised from
seeds sown in the open ground in April or
September and thinned out to 9 or 12 in.
apart. The biennial kinds (like C. Fenzli)
may be sown earlier in heat and planted
out in May to flower the same year, or in
September to flower early the following
season. The perennial species may also
be raised from seeds sown outside in
April, and every second, third, or fourth
year the rootstocks may be divided to
further increase the stock. All the kinds
flourish in ordinary good and well-drained
garden soil, and when grown in masses
look very ornamental.
C. alpina. — A perennial about 3 ft.
high, native of S. and E. Europe, with
spiny decurrent leaves, downy beneath.
Flowers in July, yellow.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds or division.
C. americana. — A downy N. Ameri-
can annual, about 3 ft. high, with oblong,
membranous, entire leaves. Flowers in
August, red or lilac-purple, 3 in. or more
across. The variety alba has creamy
white heads of flowers, the exserted sta-
mens giving a yellowish tinge to the
centre.
Culture d-c. as above. Increased by
seeds sown in spring and autumn either
in the open ground or in gentle heat. In
the latter case the seedlings must be
pricked out and grown on until favour-
able weather in spring before they can be
planted out.
C. atropurpurea.— A perennial about
3 ft. high, native of E. Europe. Leaves
twice pinnately cut into lance-shaped
segments. Flowers from June to August,
dark purple. Bracts ovate lance-shaped
serrate, fringed.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds or division.
C. aurea. — A S. European perennial,
about 2 ft. high, with hairy leaves ; lower
ones pinnately cut. Flowers from July
to September, golden-yellow. Bracts
spiny, spreading.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds or division.
C. babylonica. — A perennial 6-10 ft.
high or more, native of the Levant, with
silvery lance-shaped ovate leaves, stalked
and slightly toothed below, decurrent
above. Flowers in July, yellow, small,
550
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS centaurea
arranged on the stems for a distance of
li-2ft.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds or division.
C. Cineraria (C. candidissiiua). — A
half-hardy perennial, 1-1^ ft. high, native
of Italy, remarkable for its beautiful
white appearance. Leaves once or twice
pinnately cut. Flowers in July and
August, purple or yellow, with ciliated
involucres.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species may be increased by cuttings
taken in July, August or September, and
inserted in close cold frames, in sharp,
sandy, loamy soil, gently watering them
in. In three or four weeks they will be
well rooted, and may be potted up singly,
and kept in a frame or greenhouse until
the end of May, when they may be
planted out. Seeds may also be sown at
the same period, and the young plants
treated like the rooted cuttings. The
dense tufted habit of this plant renders it
useful for making edgings and borders, or
for white downy carpets beneath taller
plants. The flower-heads are not par-
ticularly valued, and indeed they rarely
appear, but should they do so, it is best to
pick them off, as they detract from the
ornamental effect of the foliage.
C. Clementei. — A pretty Spanish
perennial 9-12 in. high, with fine rosettes
of silvery white foliage. The individual
leaves are 6-8 in. long, pinnately cut into
3 or 4 strongly toothed lobes. From a
garden point of view the purple flowers
are of little use, and are best picked off
so as not to detract from the beauty of
the foliage.
Culture dc. as above. This species is
excellent for edging borders or beds, and
may be raised from seeds or cuttings in
the same way as C. Cineraria.
C. Cyanus {Blue-Bottle ; Bluet ;
Cornflower). — A charming native annual
or biennial, 2-3 ft. high, with linear,
entire, downy leaves ; the lower ones
often toothed. Flowers from June to
September, bright blue, in heads |-1 in.
across, with a purplish centre. Flore
pleno is a form with double flowers. C.
depressa, about 1 ft. high, with deeper
blue flowers, is very near C. Cyanus. It
has rose and purple forms.
Culture and Propagation. — Seeds of
the Cornflower are best sown when ripe,
so that the seedlings will be strong
and sturdy for the winter, and make
better flowering plants the following year
than if sown in April. They grow hi
ordinary soil, and hi any fairly lightsome
or fully exposed situation. They are
useful for borders or groups, and the
flowers are excellent for cutting. When
grown in broad patches they look very
charming when in blossom.
C. dealbata. — A graceful Caucasian
perennial 1-1 ^ ft. high, with pinnate
leaves, having coarsely toothed, obovate,
or lance-shaped lobes, all covered with
white hairs beneath. Flowers in summer,
rosy.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds or division.
C. Fenzli. — A pretty Armenian
biennial about 4 ft. high, with beautiful
large heart-shaped ovate glaucous leaves.
Flowers in summer, canary -yellow, in
large heads.
Culture dr. as above. Increased by
seeds sown in spring or autumn in the
open air, or in cold frames.
C. glastifolia. — A handsome Caucasian
species, 4-6 ft. high, with lance-shaped
leaves, and Thistle-like heads of yellow
flowers in summer.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
division or seed.
C. gymnocarpa. — A bushy plant, about
2 ft. high, native of S. Europe. Leaves
twice pinnate, prettily cut and divided,
and densely covered with a white silky
down. Flowers in small heads, rose,
violet, or purple, in panicles, often hidden
by the foliage. They are best suppressed.
The variety p>lumosa differs from the
type in having less white and more
deeply cut leaves. It is useful for edging,
and beautiful when grown as large shigle
specimens.
Culture dc. the same as for C.
Cineraria above.
C. macrocephala. — A vigorous Cau-
casian perennial 3-5 ft. high, with simple,
roughish, oblong lance-shaped, pointed
leaves, somewhat decurrent, serrated.
Flowers in July, yellow, large, with
jagged involucre bracts.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
division or seed.
C. montana. — A handsome Pyrenean
perennial, 1-3 ft. high, with slightly
cottony, lance-shaped, entire, decurrent
CENTAUREA
DAISY OIWEll
CARBENIA 551
leaves. Flowers in early summer, blue
or lilac, large ; florets deeply 4-5-cleft.
There is a white variety alba, and a rosy
one called rosea. Also others called
caruea, purpurea , rubra, and sulphurea.
Culture dtc. as above. Increased by
division or seed.
C. moschata (Ambcrboa moschata). —
Sweet Sultan. — A pretty Persian annual
H 2 ft. high, with lyrate-toothed leaves,
and roundish, long-stalked heads of violet-
purple, more or less musk-scented flowers.
There is a variety with white flowers.
Culture and Propagation. — Seeds of
this annual may be sown at intervals
from the beginning of April to the end of
May, and the plants may be thinned out
9-12 in. apart. It does not succeed on
wet or heavy soils, and is best sown in
dry chalky, sunny spots (lime or brick
rubble will supply the want), where it is
to bloom.
C. ragusina. — A handsome half-hardy
perennial, about 2 ft. high, native of S.E.
Europe, with beautiful silvery-haired
leaves, pinnately cut into ovate entire
segments. Flowers in summer, yellow,
in large heads, with fringed involucres.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species requires similar treatment to C.
Cineraria. "Where large specimens are
wanted, the old plants may be taken
up in autumn, and wintered in a cool
greenhouse until the end of May.
C. suaveolens (Aiuberboa odorata). —
Yellow Sweet Sultan. — A pretty bright
green annual, about 11 ft. high, native of
the Levant, with leaves pinnately cut into
toothed lobes. Flowers in July, citron-
yellow, fragrant.
Culture dtc as for C. moschata above.
Other species met with occasionally
are orientalis (straw - yellow), pulchra
(bright purple), Phrygia (violet - red),
ruthenica (pale yellow), and uniflora
(purple), but those described are best.
CARBENIA (Blessed Thistle).— A
genus closely allied to Cnicus and Cen-
Tribe XII. Mutisiace^e. — Leaves radical or alternate, rarely opposite. Flower-
heads heterogamous or homogamous, florets equal. Involucre bracts in many series,
rarely spiny. Achenes various. Pappus bristly, chaffy, or none.
MUTISIA.— A genus with about 36 produced into a tendril. Flower-heads
species of erect or climbing smooth or large, heterogamous, sometimes very long,
woolly shrubs. Leaves alternate, entire, solitary at the ends of the branches,
pinnately divided or cut, the midrib often Involucre ovoid-bell-shaped or oblong.
taurea, and containing at present only
one species.
C. benedicta (Cnicus benedictus). — A
handsome hairy annual or biennial, native
of S. Europe and N. Africa, with large
deep green wavy leaves pinnately cut into
spiny-toothed lobes, and blotched and
marbled with white. Flowers yellow, in
rather large ovoid-globose heads, the outer
involucral bracts of which are leafy and
spiny-toothed. (See Silybum ma/ricmum,
p. 549.)
Culture and Propagation. — This plant
is grown chiefly for its ornamental foliage
and may be used with effect in borders.
It likes rich loamy soil to grow luxuriantly,
but will also succeed in rough soil. Seeds
may be sown in April in the open, or in
autumn, to make stronger plants the
following season.
CARTHAMUS (Safflower). — A
genus containing 20 species of rigid,
smooth, glandular or somewhat woolly
Thistle-like annuals, with alternate spiny-
toothed and lobed leaves. Flower- heads
at the tips of the branches or in corymb like
clusters. Involucre ovoid or roundish,
with outer leafy and spiny-toothed bracts.
Disc flat, with chaffy bristles. Achenes
smooth, obovoid, 4-angled or flattened.
Pappus chaffy, hairy, or none.
C. tinctorius (Saffron Thistle). — -A
showy Indian and Fgyptian annual 2-&
ft. high, with stiff whitish stems, and
lance-shaped, toothed, sjnny leaves, veined
with white. Flowers in July and August,
deep orange and red, with florets usually
hermaphrodite.
Culture and Propagation. — Tho
Saffron Thistle thrives in light rich soil
in sunny situations, and its remarkable
flowers have a pleasing effect in beds or
borders. Seeds may be sown in the open
in April, where the plants are to bloom ;
or in March in gentle heat, the seedlings
being transplanted to the border about the
end of May. Other species not so well
known but requiring the same treatment
are C. la u at us and ('. arborescens, both
with yellow flower-heads.
552
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS scolymus
Disc flattish, naked. Achenes angled,
top- shaped or oblong.
Culture and Propagation. — The
species described below are more or less
hardy in the milder parts of the British
Islands, but they cannot always be
successfully grown. They may be in-
creased by cuttings in spring placed in
sandy soil in a cold frame or greenhouse,
and kept close until nearly rooted. The
plants like a rich loamy soil, and seem to
thrive best in sheltered airy places, facing
west or south-west, trained against walls
or trellises. Hot dry soils should be
avoided if possible, or where such only are
available a good quantity of well-rotted
manure, leaf-soil, peat and other decayed
organic matter may be added to give
counteracting effects.
M. Clematis. — This fast-growing herb-
aceous climber, with stems 10-30 ft. long,
is foimd in Colombia, Peru, and Ecua-
dor at elevations ranging from 6000 to
11,000 ft. Leaves pinnate, with 7-9 pairs of
leaflets, each ending in a branched tendril,
and clothed with silky down beneath.
Flower-heads large, bright red. Likely
to be hardy only on the southern coasts
in warm sheltered places.
Culture dc. as above.
M. decurrens. — A handsome climbing
perennial, native of the Chilian Andes,
with lance -shaped glaucous decurrent
leaves, ending in a tendril. Flowers from
June to August, 4-6 in. across, brilliant
orange, with a yellow centre. Ray florets
about I in. across. Involucre bluish-green
tinged with purple.
Culture dc. as above.
M. ilicifolia. — A beautiful but tender
Chilian climber with wiry cobwebby
stems, and leathery spiny-toothed Holly-
like leaves about 2 in. long, ending in a
branched tendril. Flowers in summer,
axillary, 3 in. across, pale pink or white,
with a lemon-yellow centre.
Culture dc. as above.
M. latifolia. — A singular climbing
shrub, native of Valparaiso, with leafy
winged stems, and heart-shaped oblong
spiny-toothed stalked leaves, woolly
beneath. Flowers in autumn, pink and
yellow.
Culture dc. as above.
GERBERA. — A genus containing
about 20 species of almost stemless herbs,
with a very short perennial rootstock.
Leaves radical, entire, sinuate-pinnatifid,
downy or woolly beneath. Scape erect
with a solitary heterogamous flower-head.
Involucre more or less broadly bell-
shaped, with 2 or more rows of lance-
shaped linear bracts. Disc flat, naked, or
slightly pitted. Achenes more or less
flattened, 5-ribbed, hairy. Pappus with
copious bristles. G. anandria from Japan
and G. lanuginosa from the Himalayas
have been introduced to cultivation, but
are practically unknown.
G. Jamesoni. — A beautiful plant 1-li
ft. high, native of the Transvaal, with
rosettes of dark green pinnately divided
leaves, and solitary heads of glowing
scarlet flowers 3 in. across with a yellow
centre. Ray florets linear, strap-shaped
acute.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species can be considered hardy only in
the very mildest parts of the country, but
it has not yet been grown in any quantity
out of doors, so that its behaviour cannot
be recorded. It is usually grown as a
cold greenhouse plant with plenty of light
and air, and in a compost of sandy loam
and peat. It may be raised from seeds
sown in gentle heat in spring.
G. viridifolia. — An interesting but not
nearly so showy a species as G. Jamesoni.
It is a native of S. Africa and grows
about a foot high. The lance-shaped
entire leaves, with long stalks, are usually
inverted, and the individual flower-heads
are nearly 2 in. across. The ray florets
are white above, and flushed with lilac
beneath. The flowers unfortunately do
not remain expanded all day, but close
more or less about mid-day.
Culture dc. as above.
Tribe XIII. CichoriacejE or Liguliflor^. — Leaves radical or alternate. Juice
often milky. Flower-heads homogamous ; florets all strap-shaped.
SCOLYM U S.— A genus with 3 species
of smooth Thistle-like annuals, biennials
or perennials with alternate pinnately cut
and toothed spiny leaves. Flower-heads
terminal or lateral, sessile. Involucre
ovoid or roundish, with leathery spiny
bracts. Disc conical or elongated.
• Culture and Propagation. — The
SCOLYMl'S
DAISY OB DEB
HIEKACIUM 553
species described below grow in ordinary
soil, and may be increased by seeds sown
in April and May where the plants are to
grow. The perennial kind may be also
increased from seeds and by dividing the
roots in early autumn.
S. grandiflorus. — A hairy-stemmed
perennial about 3 ft. high, native of the
Mediterranean regions, with winged,
deeurrent and slightly hairy leaves.
Flowers in May, yellow.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds and division.
S. hispanicus (Golden Thistle; Spa-
nish Oyster Plant). — A biennial about
8 ft. high, native of S.W. Europe. Leaves
decurrent, smoothish, winged. Flowers
in August, yellow, sometimes used to
adidterate Saffron.
Culture <(■(-. ;is above. Increased by
seeds.
S. maculatus. — A S. European annual
about 3 ft. high, with smooth stems and
winged, decurrent, often white spotted
leaves. Flower-heads yellow, in somewhat
corymbose clusters.
Culture <tc. as above. Increased by
seeds.
CATANANCHE.— A genus with 5
species of rather downy or smooth annual
or perennial herbs, with radical, clustered,
linear entire or slightly toothed leaves.
Flower - heads on long stalks, homo-
gamous. Involucre oblong-conical or
roundish. Disc flat with long bristles.
Pappus with 5-7 bristly lacerate-toothed
scales.
C. caerulea. — A beautiful S. European
perennial 2-3 ft. high, with hoary narrow
lance-shaped leaves, having one or two
small teeth on each side. Flowers in
Jrdy and August, light blue. The variety
alba or bicolor has white flowers marked
with blue or rose, at the base of the strap-
shaped florets. C. lutea grows about 1 ft.
high, and produces yellow flowers in
June.
Culture and Propagation. — Cata-
nanches are good border plants and grow
in any fairly good well-drained garden
soil. They dislike wet places. Although
really perennials, the plants are usually
treated as annuals. Seeds are sown in
gentle heat in March or outside in April,
the plants eventually being 18 in. apart.
The flowers are useful for cutting. For
the general treatment of annuals see p. 78.
CREPIS (Hawk's Beard). — A genus
with about 130 species of smooth or hairy
annual or perennial herbs, with radical or
alternate leaves, and solitary or variously
paniculate homogamous flower - heads.
Involucre cylindrical or bell-shaped. Disc
flat or rarely concave, naked or slightly
bristly. Achenes cylindrical, striped.
Pappus with silky white or brown hairs.
Culture and Propagation. — Very few
species of this genus are worth growing.
Those mentioned thrive in ordinary sandy
soil, with a little lime or brick rubble
added. They may be raised from seed
sown in spring or autumn in the open
air every year in the same way as annuals
in general. See p. 78.
C. aurea.— A native of S. Europe 4-12
in. high, with oblong spoon-shaped Dan-
delion-like leaves. Flowers in autumn,
orange, the involucres and stalks covered
with long black hairs.
Culture de. as above.
C. barbata ( Tolpli is barbata).— Yellow
Hawk's Beard. — A S. European species,
rather straggling in habit, 9-18 in. high,
with lance-shaped, toothed leaves, and
yellow flower-heads, with a purple centre,
from June to September. There is a
dwarf compact form, better than the type,
with deeper yellow flowers.
Culture <((•. as above.
C. rubra (BarJchausia rubra). — A S.
European annual 6-12 in. high, with
rosettes of pinnately cut toothed leaves.
Flowers in autumn, red, solitary. The
variety alba has blush-white flowers.
Culture dtc. as above.
HIERACIUM (Hawkweed).— Alarge
genus (150 species) of little garden value,
closely related to Crepis. Leaves entire
or toothed. Flower-heads homogamous,
solitary, on long stalks or in loose panicles
or corymbs.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Hawkweeds thrive with treatment similar
to Crepis, and may be used in the border
or rock garden, or for edges, in partially
shaded situations. The plants may be
increased by dividing the tufts in early
autumn or spring, or by seeds sown as
soon as ripe in cold frames, or in the
open ground in April and May.
H. aurantiacum. — A native of W.
Europe 1-1 ^ ft. high, with entire elliptic
acute leaves. Flowers in summer,
554
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS lactuca
orange-red, 8-10 heads in a corymb.
Involucre covered with long hairs.
There are several other species in
cultivation — chiefly in botanical collec-
tions. Perhaps H. villosum with silvery
leaves and large yellow flowers is best.
ANDRYALA.— A genus with about
12 species of woolly or hairy biennials or
perennials, having alternate soft entire
sinuate-toothed or pinnately divided
leaves. Flower - heads terminal, long-
stalked, in loose panicles or dense
corymbs. Achenes smooth, 8-10-ribbed.
Involucre bell-shaped. Disc flat, pitted.
Pappus with silky hairs.
Culture and Propagation. — Andryalas
grow well in light dry soil, and may be
increased by seeds sown in cold frames in
autumn, or in gentle heat in spring, after-
wards pricking the seedlings out and
transplanting in mild weather; or by
division of the roots in spring.
A. lanata. — A S. European perennial
about 1 ft. high, with thick woolly, oblong
ovate, whitish leaves, lower ones stalked,
upper sessile. Flowers in May. yellow,
like those of the Hawkweed.
Culture dc. as above.
A. mogadorensis. — A snowy-white
shrub, native of Morocco. Flowers in
April, bright yellow, about 2 in. across,
with an orange centre.
Culture dc. as above.
LACTUCA (Mulgedium). — Blue
Thistle Lettuce. — A genus containing
60 species of usually smooth annuals or
perennials often with milky juice. Leaves
radical or alternate, entire or coarsely
toothed or pinnately cut. Flower-heads
various, panicled. Involucre cylindrical,
usually smooth. Disc flat, naked.
Achenes flattened, with a long slender
beak. Pappus with long silky hairs.
Culture and Propagation. — The
species described below thrive in ordinary
garden soil in somewhat shaded places,
and may be increased by dividing the
roots early in autumn or spring. They
are effective looking in the wild garden
or on grass-land when grown in bold
masses. Seeds are freely produced by
most species, and there is no difficulty in
raising plants from them. They may be
sown when ripe in cold frames or in the
open border in warm sheltered spots, and
the seedlings may be pricked out, and in
spring transplanted to the flowering
positions.
L. alpina {Mulgedium alpinum). — A
pretty perennial about 3 ft. high, native
of the mountains of Northern and Central
Europe, and N. Scotland. Leaves some-
what lyrate, toothed, 4-8 in. broad, the
terminal lobe large and triangular.
Flowers in August, 1 in. across, pale blue,
in corymbose clusters.
Culture dc. as above.
L. macrophylla. — A noble Caucasian
species with stout fleshy stems about 4 ft.
high, and large heart-shaped leaves.
Flowers in July, large, pinkish-purple,
corymbose.
Culture dc. as above.
L. macrorhiza {Mulgedium macro-
rfoizum). — A Himalayan perennial 1-3 ft.
high, with large Dandelion-like leaves.
Flowers in autumn, about 1 in. across,
bright violet-purple, in loose corymbs.
Culture dc. as above.
L. Plumieri {Mulgedium Pluviieri). —
An ornamental perennial 6-8 ft. high,
native of the Pyrenees. Leaves hand-
some, large, broad, Dandelion-like, glau-
cous beneath. Flowers in summer, pur-
ple, in large spreading corymbs.
Culture dc. as above.
L. tuberosa. — A neat and handsome
perennial 1-1 J- ft. high, native of Tauria.
Leaves about 1 ft. long and 9 in. wide,
like those of the Dandelion in shape.
Flowers in autumn, over 1 in. across,
pale blue, in loose panicles.
Culture dc. as above.
TRAGOPOGON (Goat's Beard).— A
genus containing 30-40 species of biennial
or perennial herbs, with alternate linear.
entire stem- clasping, often grass-like
leaves. Flower - heads terminal hoino-
gamous. Involucre cylindrical or nar-
rowly bell-shaped. Disc flat, or convex,
pitted. Achenes smooth or slightly hairy.
Pappus bristly.
T. glaber {Geropogon glabrum). — A
smooth S. European biennial about 1J ft.
high, with half stem-clasping linear
elongated leaves. Flowers in July, pur-
plish.
Culture and Propagation. — Easily
grown from seeds sown in ordinary soil
in autumn or spring, where the plants are
to bloom. Not of great value as a garden
plant.
Salsafy is obtained from T. porri-
folius. See p. 1145.
DOWNING I A
HAREBELL ORDER
PRATIA 555
LXIII. CAM PAN U LAC RJE— Harebell or Bell Flower Order
A large natural order containing 53 genera and over 1000 species of herbs,
bushes, or shrubs, nearly all of which have milky juice. Leaves without
stipules, usually alternate, rarely opposite, entire, toothed or rarely lobed or
dissected. Flowers usually hermaphrodite, regular or irregular. Calyx-tube
adnate to the ovary, limb usually 5-cleft. Corolla gamopetalous, tubular or
bell-shaped. Stamens 5, or as many as the lobes of the corolla, epigynous or
epipetalous. Anthers free or united. Overy inferior or half superior, usually
2-5-celled. Stigma bearded or naked. Fruit a capsule or berry, many-
seeded.
Tribe I. Lobelie;e. — Corolla irregular.
Peduncles axillary or at the ends of the shoots.
Anthers united round the style.
DOWNINGIA (Clintonia). —A genus
with 3 or 4 species of smooth annuals
having alternate, entire leaves, and
flowers in the axils of the upper leaves.
Calyx tube linear, adnate, 5 -parted.
Corolla oblique, upper lobes narrow, lower
lip broadly 3-cleft.. Stamens free from
the corolla. Ovary inferior. Stigma
shortly 2-lobed. Capsule linear.
Culture and Propagation. — Down-
ingias are charming little annuals suitable
for the summer flower garden. Seeds
may be sown in the open border in
March and April in ordinary garden soil
and the plants later on thinned out to
8 or 9 in. apart. Seeds may also be sown
when ripe in cold frames, and the seed-
lings if necessary may be potted on and
grown for conservatory decoration during
the winter and spring.
D. elegans. — A native of N.W.
America, about 6 in. high, with sessile,
ovate 3-nerved leaves. Flowers in
summer, solitary, blue, with a white
streak on the base.
Culture dlc. as above.
D. pulchella (Clintonia pulchella). —
A pretty California!) annual with small
sessile linear lance-shaped leaves, some-
times with one or two small teeth at the
base. Flowers in summer, bright blue,
with a yellow ' eye ' in the centre of a
white zone. There are forms known as
alba, rubra, and atro-purpurea, according
to the prevailing colour of the flower.
Culture dbc. as above. This species is
better known in gardens as Clintonia, but
as there is another and older genus of that
name in the Lily order (see p. 879) it
cannot be
confusion.
retained without leading to
PRATIA. A genus of slender trailing
or creeping herbs, rarely ascending or
erect, with alternate, broad, toothed
leaves, and 1-tlowered peduncles in the
axils of the leaves. Flowers rather small,
dioecious in some species owing to abor-
tion. Calyx 5-parted. Corolla irregular.
Stamen-tube free from, or very slightly
adnate to, the corolla. Ovary inferior,
2-celled. Fruit an obovoid or roundish
berry with numerous small seeds.
Culture and Propagation. — Pratias
are not very well known garden plants,
but the species mentioned below are
deserving of a place in the rock garden,
where their slender stems may trail over
the faces of stones and rocks. They
flourish in ordinary good garden soil that
is well drained, and they like a warm and
sheltered position in unfavourable parts of
the kingdom. They may be increased in
spring by division of the tufts. Seeds
may also be sown in cold frames when
ripe, or in gentle heat in early spring, in
each case pricking the seedlings out and
growing on until about the end of May,
when they may transferred to the open
border.
P. angulata (Lobelia littoralis). — A
pretty New Zealand trailing plant, the
slender stems of which are furnished with
small angular or roundish leaves. The
long-stalked white flowers, nearly i in.
long, resembling those of Lobelia in
shape, are produced in great profusion
during the summer months, and are very
556
PB ACTIO AL GUIDE TO GABDEN PLANTS lobelia
conspicuous among the foliage. The
whole plant is scarcely an inch high.
Culture dc. as above. Besides its
value as a rockery or border plant, this
species may also be grown in hanging
pots or baskets from which the stems
hang down gracefully.
P. repens. — A pretty little plant, native
of the Falkland Islands, with somewhat
wavy or crenulate kidney-shaped leaves.
The flowers are about the same size as
those of P. angulata, and appear at the
same period, but the white ground colour
is tinted with violet or faint purple.
Culture dc. as above.
LOBELIA. — This genus contains
about 200 species of annual or perennial
herbs or bushes, rarely shrubs, with
alternate leaves. Flowers solitary or
racemose. Calyx tube more or less
hemispherical, or obovoid with a 5-parted
limb. Corolla irregular slit down the
upper side, lobes nearly equal and united,
or often more or less distinctly two-
lipped. Stamens usually free from the
corolla tube. Anthers united, all or only
two of them bearded. Ovary inferior or
half superior, 2-celled.
Culture and Propagation. — Judici-
ously used, Lobelias may be regarded as
among some of the most ornamental
plants in the flower garden. The dwarf
forms are excellent for edgings and
borders, and the taller forms are valuable
for growing in bold masses in beds by
themselves either on grass or near the
margins of lakes, streams &c. Most
kinds ripen seeds freely, and by sowing
these in autumn or spring a very large
number of plants can be obtained. The
plants may also be increased by division
in spring, and also by means of cuttings in
a warm greenhouse or hotbed.
L. cardinalis (Cardinal Flower). — A
brilliant United States perennial 1-3 ft.
high, with oblong lance-shaped denti-
culate leaves. Flowers in July and
August, scarlet, in terminal one-sided
leafy racemes.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species makes a fine show if planted in
masses. It loves moist or swampy and
partially shaded places, and is not hardy
in many places, although it will stand a
few degrees of frost as far as the midland
comities. During severe winters the
roots may be protected with leaves or
litter, or the crowns may be lifted and
stored like Dahlia roots in a dry airy
place free from frost.
Seeds may be sown in cold frames in
spring, or in hotbeds, and the seedlings
pricked off into small pots and planted
out in May. The crowns of the old
plants may also be carefully divided in
spring — not in autumn — and at the same
time cuttings of the roots may be made
and struck in gentle heat.
L. Erinus. — A charming and well-
known South African species 3-6 in.
high. Lower leaves obovate toothed,
upper narrow lance-shaped. Flowers
blue with a white or yellowish throat ;
the 2 upper petals narrow erect, the 3
lower large and broad.
There are many more or less distinct
varieties of this species, the best known
being : compacta, with white and blue
forms, among the latter being Crystal
Palace ; speciosa with Fmperor William
and Blue King ; pumila, very dwarf, with
grandiflora, magnifica, azurea, and
Mrs. Murphy, pure white, paxtoniana,
ramosoides, stricta multiflora, gracilis
(white and blue). There is also a double-
flowered variety, and a mauve one, and
attempts have often been made to
produce a yellow variety, but not with
much success so far.
Lobelia Erinus and its many forms
are chiefly valuable for edgings to borders
and beds. On patches of sloping ground
they make a beautiful blue carpet when
planted closely together, the effect in the
distance being very fine.
Culture and Propagation. — The
plants are not hardy enough to stand the
winter unprotected, but they are easily
raised from seeds sown in late autumn
or early spring, and also from cuttings.
The seeds are minute dust-like, and
require to be sown with great care, as
thinly as possible, and without any
covering or only the slightest sprinkling
of fine soil. Seedlings raised in the
autumn may be put into small pots or
shallow boxes and kept near the glass
during winter. The tops may be used as
cuttings, and will strike in moist heat in
early spring. The old plants in autumn
may be potted up, and when established
will produce quantities of cuttings to
make sturdy spring plants, and stock
produced either from seeds or cuttings in
autumn are far better and earlier than
those produced in spring.
LOBELIA
HAREBELL ORDER
JASIONE 557
This class of Lobelia grows well in
ordinary good garden soil, and makes
full masses during the summer.
L. fulgens. — A handsome Mexican
perennial 1-2.1 ft. high, with lance-shaped
denticidate downy leaves and reddish
downy stems. Flowers from May to Sep-
tember, intense scarlet, about 1 in. long,
downy outside, in terminal, leafy, some-
what one-sided racemes. The variety
Queen Victoria is a more vigorous plant
and larger in all its parts than the type.
The leaves are darker in tone and the
flowers of a deep scarlet. There is also a
form called rosea with bronzy-green foliage
and rosy flowers.
This species is closely related to L.
cardinalis and is often confused with it.
Its cultural treatment is the same. See
above.
L. Gerardi. — A vigorous-growing plant
said to be a hybrid between L. fulgens
Queen Victoria, and an improved form of
L. syphilitica, but not nearly so good as
either. The plant is said to reach a height
of 4-5 ft. Leaves and stems green and
downy. Flowers borne all up the stem in
the axils of the leafy bracts, pale blue.
Grown in rich free soil it may attain fine
proportions.
Culture Sc. as above for L. cardinalis.
L. hybrida. — This is the result of
frequent crossings and selections between
cardinalis, fulgens, splendens, and syphi-
litica, and some very fine free-flowering
forms have been obtained, all showing
traces of their hybrid origin. The flowers
vary in coloiu' from rose, violet, amaranth
&c.
Culture and Propagation. — They may
be grown like their parents.
L. ramosa. — A smooth or downy much
branched New Holland annual 8-10 in.
high. Lower leaves oblong lance-shaped,
toothed ; upper ones linear. Flowers
intense blue with a white blotch in the
throat ; two-lipped, the lower lip having
3 broad lobes. There are forms with
white and rosy flowers ; similar to some
forms of L. Erinus.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species flourishes in ordinary good garden
soil with plenty of leaf-mould, and may
be raised from seeds sown in gentle heat
in March, or in autumn as soon as ripe in
a greenhouse or cold frame. The seedlings
are pricked off, and by the end of May are
fit for the open border.
L. splendens. — A beautiful Mexican
perennial 1-2 ft. high, very near L. fulgens,
but quite smooth in all its parts. Leaves
lance-shaped denticulate. Flowers from
May to September, scarlet, in terminal
racemes. There are variations in colour,
probably the result of intercrossing.
Culture d-c. the same as for L. car-
dinalis.
L. syphilitica. — A native of Carolina,
1-2 ft. high, with ovate oblong sessile
unequally serrated leaves pointed at both
ends. Flowers in autumn, light blue,
borne in a long leafy raceme. There
are several varieties with purple-violet,
rose, white and intermediate shades of
colour.
Culture tic. as above for C. cardinalis.
In order to keep this species true, it should
be increased by division and cuttings, as
seedlings often exhibit a good deal of varia-
tion.
L. Tupa (Tupa Feuillei). — A Chilian
perennial 6-8 ft. high, with thick shrubby
sterns, and ovate lance-shaped, sessile,
decurrent leaves, clothed with a soft
whitish down. Flowers in autumn, large,
reddish -scarlet, in terminal spiky downy
racemes.
Culture &c. as described under C.
ca rdinalis.
Tribe II. CAMPAXULEiE. — Corolla regular or slightly irregular,
rarely united round the style.
Anthers free or
JASIONE (Sheep's Scabious). — A
genus containing 12 species of annual,
biennial, or perennial herbs, more or less
prostrate, smooth or hairy. Flowers in
terminal slightly stalked or sessile heads,
bracts sometimes forming a leafy invo-
lucre. Corolla 3-parted almost to the base,
lobes narrow. Stamens free. Anthers
slightly united below, free above. Capsule
inferior.
Culture and Propagation. — Pretty
plants for the rock garden or border in
sandy soil. The annual species may be
raised by sowing seeds in the open border
at the end of March and about September.
The perennials by the same means in
558 PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS wahlenbebgia
March and September, and also by dividing
the roots at the same periods.
J. montana. — A pretty hairy or downy
British annual 1-1* ft. high, with obovate
oblong leaves h-1 in. long. Flowers from
June to September, lilac-blue or whitish,
in hemispherical heads |-f in. across. The
seaside form littoralis is usually a biennial.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds sown annually.
J. perennis. — An elegant perennial
11 X ft. high, native of W. Europe. Leaves
rather hairy, lower ones obovate, upper
oblong linear. Flowers from June to
August, blue, in dense roundish heads.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds and division.
WAHLENBERGIA {Tufted Hare-
bell).— A genus containing about 80 species
of annual, perennial, or woody-stemmed
herbs with alternate or rarely opposite
leaves. Flowers often blue and nodding.
Calyx tube adnate, hemispherical, turbin-
ate or obconical-oblong ; limb usually
5-parted, corolla bell-shaped, tubular, or
somewhat rotate, shortly or rarely deeply
5 -cleft, very rarely 3-4-cleft. Stamens
free. Capsule inferior or half superior,
erect.
Culture and Propagation. — Wahlen-
bergias (including Edraianthus) are beau-
tiful, strong-growing, free-flowering peren-
nials, eminently suited for the rockery or
flower garden. They are easily grown in
good sandy garden soil, hut do not like
stagnant moisture at the roots. A sunny
airy situation suits them best. They
ripen seed freely, and if sown as soon as
ripe in autumn, a good supply of plants
will always be available. Division of the
root is not altogether successfid unless
very carefully done. The roots are very
long, and miiess they are carefully taken
up they are too much injured to develop
new ones readily.
W. capensis [Ca/m/pa/nula capensis). —
A S. African half-hardy annual 1-1.] ft.
high, with ovate lance-shaped, hairy,
irregularly toothed leaves 1-2 in. long.
Flowers in July, dark blue inside, spotted
with black bluish -green outside, drooping
at first, nearly erect afterwards.
Culture and Propagation. — Being an
annual it is best to sow the seeds in gentle
heat in March and plant the seedlings
out at the end of May ; or the seeds may
be sown in cold frames when ripe, and the
seedlings wintered under glass until the
following spring.
W. gracilis {Campanula capillaris).
Australian Harebell. — A native of Aus-
tralia and New Zealand, 6-24 in. high.
Lower leaves spoon-shaped, toothed, upper
ones linear-oblong, entire toothed, or
sinuate. Flowers in April, variable in
size and form ; blue, purple, or white,
about i in. long, 3-5-lobed.
Culture dc. as above.
W. graminifolia. — A beautiful Italian
species forming tufts of long grassy leaves,
and masses of large purple flowers nestling
among the foliage during the summer
months.
Culture dc. as above. This species
seeds freely and seedlings come up in
spring without any trouble.
W. hederacea(C a n ipanula Uederacea).
A British and European perennial with
thread-like creeping stems, and stalked,
roundish or heart-shaped, angled or ob-
scurely lobed leaves about \ in. across.
Flowers in July and August, pale blue, \
in. across. There is a variety called cran-
inoricnsis. This species grows naturally
in bogs and damp woods, and should there-
fore be given a moist shaded place in the
border or rockery.
Culture dc. as above.
W. Kitaibeli. — A sturdy tufted peren-
nial about 6 in. high, native of Transyl-
vania, with purplish, softly hairy stems,
and linear awl-shaped, toothed leaves.
Flowers in summer, blue, tinged with
purple.
Culture dc. as above.
W. Pumilio. — A pretty Dalmatian
perennial 2-3 in. high, with tufts of
bluish tinted needle-like leaves X in. or
more long. Flowers from May to July,
reddish-lilac or bluish, in .threat profusion.
Culture dc. as above. A beautiful
rock plant.
W. Pumiliorum. — -A rare and beautiful
rock plant 2-3 in. high, like W. Pumilio,
with a more straggling habit, shorter and
narrower leaves, and longer-tubed soft
blue flowers which are produced in great
abundance in summer.
Culture dc. as above.
W. saxicola {W. albomarginata; W.
vincteflora). — New Zealand Bluebell. —
A charming rock plant 2-8 in. high,
native of the New Zealand mountains.
Leaves in tufts or rosettes, spoon-shaped,
I'LVI'YC'ODON
JIMIEBELL ORDER
codonopsis 559
usually hairy above, entire or crenate-
toothed, white and thickened on the
margins. Flowers in June, pale lilac,
solitary, on long scapes.
Culture dtc. as above.
W. serpyllifolia {Campanula serpylU-
folia).—A dwarf Dalmatian rock plant
with small Thyme-like leaves and masses
of purple-blue flowers in early summer.
There is a variety called dinarica.
Culture dc. as above.
W. tenuifolia {W. dalmatica; Edrcui-
anfhus tenit/ifoUus). — A pretty Dalmatian
rock plant 3-6 in. high, with tufted,
purplish, hairy stems, and linear entire
bristly leaves. Flowers in June and July,
violet-blue, white at the base, 6 10 in a
dense terminal head.
( '/tit it re ttf. as above. Although
quoted as a synonym, 11'. dalmatica
seems to be a distinct form with rather
broader linear leaves and deep purple
flowers.
PLATYCODON (Chinese Bell
Flower). — This genus consists of P.
grandijlorv/m and its varieties, and is
chiefly distinguished from Campanula in
which it was formerly included by having
each part of the flower- -calyx, corolla,
stamens, ovary, stigma, and capsule — in
5 separate or united parts.
P. grandiflorum (P. autumnale ; P.
cfoineme). — A beautiful Chinese and
Japanese perennial 6-24 in. high, with
ovate lance-shaped, toothed leaves, often
opposite, or in whorls. Flowers in July
and August, 2-3 in. across, purple, broadly
bell-shaped, solitary or few at the tips of
the branches. The variety albidum has
white flowers ; glaucum has glaucous
leaves ; and Mariesi (or pumilum) is a
splendid variety, dwarfer in habit than
the type, with larger flowers varying from
pale to dark bluish-purple.
Culture an<J Propagation. — Platy-
codons thrive under conditions similar to
most of the Wahlenbergias, and like the
latter are best raised from seed, as the
roots do not bear dividing very well.
The seedlings may be sown in cold frames
in rich sandy soil and leaf-mould when
ripe, or in spring. "When the seedlings are
large enough to handle easily they should
be pricked out into pots or pans containing
similar soil, or even in the frames, where
they may be allowed to develop until the
following spring. They may then be planted
out in mild showery weather about 1 ft.
apart. Cuttings of the young shoots about
3 in. long may be put in a dose frame in
sandy soil in spring, and a fair percentage
will root. Cuttings of the roots about 2 in.
long will also root in gentle heat in spring,
and at the same period any large tufts
may be very carefully divided. The best
soil for Platycodons is a good sandy loam
neither too light nor too heavy, to which
lias been added some well-decayed leaf-
mould. "Where the plants are allowed to
grow for several years without disturbance
it is wise, if not actually essential, to
give them a good mulching or top dressing
with manure every winter so as to re-
plenish the food in the soil.
OSTROWSKYA.-A genus at pre-
sent having only the following species : —
O. magnifica. — A nohle-looking hardy
perennial 4-5 ft. high, native of the higher
mountains of Eastern Bokhara. It has
large tuberous roots about 2 ft. long when
fully grown, and the steins are furnished
with circles of large lance-shaped acute
toothed leaves. The beautiful bell-shaped
flowers 3£-4 in. across appear in July and
are white stained and veined with lilac-
purple. The corolla is 5-9-lobed, and the
stamens arc arranged in the centre round
a bright yellow columnar disc. The seed
capsules which appear after the flowers
are somewhat remarkable. They are top-
shaped with 6 8 stiffish projections or
dried calyx teeth, 1-lj in. long, radiating
from the circumference, and down the
sides of the capsule are deep furrows
between the calyx teeth.
Culture and Propagation. — This
remarkably handsome plant has been
appropriately called the ' Giant Bell-
flower ' on account of its stature and the
great size of its flowers. It is quite
hardy and flourishes in good and well-
drained garden soil, preferring, however,
rich sandy loam deep enough to allow its
long roots to strike well downwards.
Seeds ripen freely in ordinary good
seasons, and should be sown in cold
frames when ripe, to increase the stock.
The seedlings, however, do not flower
until about the third or fourth season.
The roots being so long and brittle and
easily injured, it is scarcely possible to
increase the plants by dividing them.
CODONOPSIS. — This genus con-
tains about 12 species of annuals or
perennials with a tuberous rootstock,
560
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS michauxia
climbing, erect, or decumbent stems, and
alternate or irregulai'ly opposite leaves.
Calyx tube adnate, hemispherical ; limb
5-parted, leafy ; corolla broadly tubular or
bell-shaped, 5-cleft. Stamens free. Ovary
nearly inferior, or half superior, truncate
or conical at the apex, 3-5-celled. Capsule
dry or fleshy.
Culture and Propagation. — These
plants are not very well known, although
they are well worth a place in the flower
border. They thrive in ordinary good
garden soil, and are probably better raised
from seeds than by dividing the roots.
The same treatment recommended above
for Platycodon will suit Codonopsis per-
fectly.
C. clematidea (Glossocomia clema-
tided). — A Himalayan perennial 2-3 ft.
high, with ovate pointed stalked leaves,
and white bell-shaped flowers tinged with
blue.
Culture dc. as above.
C. ovata. — A native of the Western
Himalayas, 12-18 in. high, with ovate,
alternate, and opposite leaves, stalked
below, sessile above. Flowers in June
and July, solitary, nodding, about 1| in.
long, bell-shaped, pale blue with deeper
veins, and a purple zone near the base
outside ; in the interior are two zones of
purple, one of yellow, and one black at
the base surrounding the upper portion of
the ovary.
Culture dc. as above.
C. rotundifolia. — A slender climbing
Himalayan annual with opposite or rarely
alternate, ovate, bluntish leaves, and
large yellowish-green bell-shaped flowers
veined with dark purple. The variety
grandiflora has flowers more beautifully
and conspicuously veined than the type.
Culture dc. as above.
CYANANTHUS. — A genus of 6
species of slender annuals or perennials
clothed with white, black, or rusty hairs.
Leaves alternate, often small, entire or
somewhat lobed. Calyx nearly free,
tubular, bell- shaped, or ovoid inflated,
5-cleft. Corolla funnel- or bell-shaped,
5-lobed. Ovary superior, 3 5-celled.
Stigma shortly 3-5-cleft, with linear
lobes. Capsule conical.
Culture and Propagation. — These
plants thrive in sandy peat and leaf soil,
and like plenty of water during growth,
as their long fleshy roots greedily absorb
moisture. They are suitable for the rock
garden in semi-shaded spots. In hot, dry
seasons seeds may ripen, in which case
they should be sown at once to increase
the stock. Cuttings of the young shoots
may be put in sandy peat in spring or
summer, and kept moist and shaded until
rooted. The nature of the roots is against
successful division of the crowns. It is
possible that plants may be obtained
from root-cuttings about 1 in. or so long,
placed in brisk bottom heat in early
spring.
C. incanus. — A pretty Himalayan
rock plant 3-4 in. high, with oval,
slightly lobed leaves covered with soft
white hairs. Flowers in August, soft sky-
blue, tube 1-14 in. long; throat lined
with soft white hairs.
Culture dc. as above.
C. lobatus. — A native of the Hima-
layas, 3-4 in. high, with small, fleshy,
obovate, lobed leaves, and hairy stems
and calyx. Flowers in August and
September, bright purple-blue, about 1 in.
across, funnel-shaped, with 5 tongue-
shaped reflexed segments.
Culture dc. as above.
MICHAUXIA. — A genus containing
4 species of erect hairy or smooth bien-
nial herbs, with irregularly toothed and
lobed leaves, few on the stem. Calyx
tube adnate, broadly turbinate or hemi-
spherical ; limb 8-10-parted, sinuses
with reflexed dilated appendages. Corolla
8-10-parted, lobes narrow, spreading or
recurved. Stamens 8-10, free. Ovary in-
ferior, 8-10-celled. Style thick ; stigma
cleft into 8-10 linear lobes. Capsule
hemispherical.
Culture and Propagation. — Michau-
xias like a deep rich loamy soil and warm
sheltered sunny places in the border with
a little shade at midday. They are best
raised from seeds sown in September in
a cold frame, the seedlings being pro-
tected by glass until about the end of
May, when they can be planted out with
safety. Seedlings raised in spring do
not make such fine plants. They do not
always look very happy in the garden.
M. campanuloides. — A remarkable
plant 3-8 ft. high in favourable places,
native of the Levant. Stems whitish,
very hairy. Leaves stem-clasping, oblong,
coarsely toothed and lobed, 3-G in. long
below, becoming gradually smaller up-
MICHAUXIA
HAREBELL ORDER
PHYTEUMA 561
wards. Flowers in July, white tinged
with purple outside, drooping on an erect
pyramidal spike 12 in. or more long.
Segments of the corolla narrow oblong,
rerlexed and recurved at the tips. Style
very conspicuous pale green, about 1 in.
long, with recurved stigma lobes.
Speaking of this species in the ' Gar-
deners' Chronicle ' Mr. Wolley-Dod says :
' There is a distinguished look about this
handsome hardy biennial which makes it
worth a little trouble. I raised four plants
from a packet of seed in the spring of last
year, which were planted out in autumn,
and all survived the winter; but three
went off during the late spring frosts, and
the one survivor is worth a description.
It is just coming into flower (July) and
has 4 main stalks, from each of which
about 20 laterals grow, commencing a few
inches from the ground. It is now 5 ft.
high, and more than 3 ft. across, and
already shows about 2,000 flower-buds ;
but tertiary stalks are coining in the axils
of the lateral stalks, so that the flowering
would be endless but for the winter. In
general appearance the plant is like a
large plant of the native Succory, of which
it has the stiff robust habit. A packet of
seed sown this vear has produced 200 or
800 plants.'
M. laevigata. — A Persian milky plant,
.said to reach 11 ft. high in its wild state.
Leaves ovate, coarsely net-veined, doubly
serrate, with harsh erect hairs on each
side. Flowers in August, white, with 10
corolla segments.
Culture (('■<■. as above.
M. Tchihchatchewi. — Another remark-
able Bell Flower, from Asia Minor, with
rosettes of large coarsely toothed leaves
1 ft. long, and dense spikes, 5-6 ft. high,
of pure white flowers each about li in.
across, borne in June and July.
Culture and Propagation. — Sow the
seeds in spring in shallow pans or boxes
in a cool frame or greenhouse. Prick the
seedlings off when large enough to handle,
and they will be ready for planting out in
May ; or they may be sown in September,
as above recommended, and the seedlings
transferred to the open border in spring.
PHYTEUMA (Horned Rampion).—
A genus containing 50 species (or fewer)
of perennial herbs with long- stalked
radical leaves, those of the stalk being
alternate and smaller. Flowers variously
disposed, often sessile in heads or dense
spikes at the ends of the branches.
Calyx-tube adnate, hemispherical or
oblong obconical, limb 5-parted. Corolla
5-parted almost to the base ; lobes linear
and united for some time. Stamens free.
Ovary inferior, 2 3-celled. Stigma with
2-3 linear lobes.
Culture and Propagation. The
Horned Kampions thrive in a mixture of
sandy peat, loam, and leaf mould, and are
effective plants in warm parts of the
rock garden or flower border. Most of
them may be increased by seeds sown in
spring, either in gentle heat in March or
outside in April. They may also be
divided with care in spring, but not
until the plants have made some good
tufts.
P. betonicaefolium. — A smooth-stem-
med Pyrenean perennial 6-12 in. high,
with oblong or linear lance-shaped toothed
leaves. Flowers in June, blue, in ovoid
spikes.
Culture de. as above.
P. campanuloides. — A Caucasian spe-
cies 1-2 feet high, with bluntly ovate-
crenate leaves. Flowers from June to
August, deep violet-blue, 1-3 in a spike
2-3 in. long.
Culture dc. as above.
P. Charmeli. — A native of the Pyre-
nees and Apennines 6-12 hi. high. Leaves
kidney- or heart-shaped acute, long-
stalked. Flowers from May to August,
blue, in rounded heads.
Culture dc. as above. This species
comes very near P. Scheuchzeri.
P. comosum. —A beautiful but rather
slow -growing rock plant 3-6 in. high,
native of Central Europe. Leaves round-
ish heart-shaped ovate, coarsely and
sharphy toothed. Flowers in July, purple
or blue, swollen at the base, and disposed
in dense umbel-like clusters, the corolla
being flask-shaped with 5 slits at the
swollen base.
Culture dc. as above. One of the re-
markable features of this species is the
hairy style which projects very much from
the narrow mouth of the corolla.
P. Halleri is closely related to P.
spicatum, but has deep violet flowers in
heads at first clustered, afterwards cylin-
drical. It grows about a foot high, and
has long-stalked lower leaves with a heart-
shaped base and serrate edges, those on
562
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS campanula
the upper portion of the stalks being much
narrower.
Culture dc. as above. When grown
in large masses this has a very pretty
effect in the rockery. It likes warm sunny
positions.
P. hemisphaericum. — This dwarf spe-
cies grows in the crevices of the Alps
and Pyrenees, and is 2-6 in. high. Leaves
linear grass-like. Flowers blue, in rounded
heads on the top of straw-like stems and
surrounded by oval-shaped bracts.
Culture dc. as above. This species
flourishes in rather dry stony places and
may be grown in the cracks or fissures of
old walls, ruins, or chinks in the rockery.
During growth, however, it likes plenty of
moisture at the root.
P. humile. — A pretty Swiss rock plant
about 3 in. high, with tufts of linear
lance-shaped pointed leaves. Flowers
in July, blue, in round heads.
Culture dc. as above.
P. limonifolium. — A native of South
Europe and Asia Minor, 2-3 ft. high,
with smooth lance-shaped slightly toothed
leaves. Flowers in June and July, blue,
sessile, with conspicuous yellow anthers,
and borne on long interrupted spikes.
Culture dc. as above.
P. Micheli (P. scorzonerifolium). —
A S. European perennial, 1-2 ft. high,
with ovate heart-shaped and linear
lance-shaped leaves. Flowers in July and
August, pale or dark blue, in ovoid spikes.
Culture dc. as above.
P. orbiculare. — A pretty native spe-
cies 6-18 in. high. Lowest leaves lance-
shaped cordate, crenate, upper ones ses-
sile linear lance-shaped. Flowers in July
and August, deep blue, in round heads.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species thrives in chalky gritty soil, and
is best raised from seeds sown in cold
frames in autumn.
P. pinnatum. — A native of Crete 3-6
ft. high. Lowest leaves ovate acute,
upper ones pinnate, with margined and
lobed stalks. Flowers in August, blue or
white, in loose racemes.
Culture dc. as above.
P. Scheuchzeri. — A native of the
European Alps, about 1 ft. high. Leaves
ovate lance- shaped, bluntly toothed,
upper ones linear, nearly entire. Flowers
in May, deep blue, in round heads.
Culture dc. as above.
P. Sieberi. — A native of the Apen-
nines 3-6 in. high. Lower leaves ovate
roundish, somewhat heart-shaped crenate ;
upper ones lance-shaped, coarsely toothed,
and stem-clasping.
Culture dc. as above.
P. spicatum. — A British species 1-3
ft. high. Lower leaves long- stalked,
heart-shaped, ovate acute, twice serrate ;
xipper ones ovate lance-shaped. Flowers
in July, white, creamy, or blue, in long
cylindrical spikes. Styles very long;
stigmas two.
Culture dc. as above. Enjoys fully
exposed places in the rockery in ordinary
good soil.
CAMPANULA (Bell Flowek).— A
genus containing 230 species of beautiful
perennial (rarely annual or biennial)
herbs varying a good deal in habit,
and having the lower leaves usually
larger than the upper ones. Flowers in
racemes, spikes, or heads, usually blue,
violet or white. Calyx tube adnate,
hemispherical, turbinate or ovoid, limb
deeply 5- cleft or parted. Corolla bell-
shaped, rarely funnel-shaped or rotate,
more or less 5-cleft. Stamens free. Ovary
3-5-celled. Stigma 3-5-lobed.
Culture and Propagation. — Cam-
panulas vary greatly in size, habit, and
flower ; but they may all be considered
beautiful and worth growing. Most of
them are easily cultivated and spread
freely in ordinary good soil. The dwarf
or alpine species are charming plants for
the rock garden, and the larger kinds
make beautiful masses of colour in
the border. The perennial kinds are
easily raised from seed sown in cold
frames in spring or autumn, but are
more usually increased by dividing the
tufts, or by rooting cuttings of the young
shoots in spring under glass protection.
Many of the kinds may also be increased
by inserting cuttings of the roots about
2 in. long in bottom -heat in the early
spring months. Where the plants are
allowed to grow in the flower borders or
rockeries without being disturbed for a
few years it is advisable to give a good
mulching or top dressing of well-decayed
manure in autumn or winter. Many of
the taller growing kinds will be improved
by having a stake placed to them, so that
the shoots may be kept from trailing the
flowers in the dirt.
CAMPANULA
HAREBELL ORDER
CAMPANULA 563
C. abietina. — A tufted slender -
stemmed species 9-15 in. high, native of
E. Europe. Flowers in July and August,
light blue, in loose branching spikes.
Culture dc. as above.
C. Adami. — A Caucasian species
about 6 in. high, with spoon-shaped or
obovate coarsely toothed leaves. Flowers
in July, bluish, semi-erect, one on the
top of each stem.
Culture dc. as above.
C. alliariaefolia. — A very pretty Cau-
casian perennial 12-18 in. high, with erect
.stems, branching above, and furnished
with grey downy or velvety leaves. The
drooping white flowers about IX in. long
are borne in long racemes at the ends of
the shoots about July.
Culture dc. as above.
C. Allioni (C. alpestris ; C. nana).
A charming alpine species 3 4 in. high,
with creeping, fleshy roots, and rosettes
of bluntly linear lance-shaped leaves.
Flowers from July to September, blue,
rarely white, large, solitary, somewhat
nodding.
Culture and Propagation. — Requires
a gritty, well-drained soil, and exposed
situation with plenty of moisture during
growth. It makes a handsome carpet in
the rock garden.
C. alpina. — A pretty Tyrolese rock
plant 3-9 in. high, covered with a slight
greyish down. Leaves linear lance-
shaped, slightly crenate, lower ones
crowded. Flowers in July, deep blue,
about f in. across, in a loose pyramidal
spike.
Culture dc. as above. Suitable for
limestone niches in the rockery.
C. balchiniana. — A singular and beau-
tiful hybrid between C.fragilis and the
white variety of C. isopliylla with creeping
hairy steins and roundish coarsely toothed
leaves, densely covered with long straight
whitish hairs. When quite young the
leaves are of a pale violet colour, when
old edged with creamy white. Flowers in
May and June, soft lilac-blue, and remark-
able for having the sepals developed into
5 shortly stalked ordinary green leaves.
Culture dc. as above. Owing to the
imperfect anthers in the flower, this plant
will probably have to be increased almost
entirely by cuttings which may be in-
serted in sandy soil about February and
March and placed in gentle heat. It
seems to have a delicate constitution.
C. barbata. — A deep-rooting native
of the European Alps 6-18 in. high, with
hairy lance-shaped leaves. Flowers in
June, pale blue, woolly in the throat of
the coi'olla, in loose racemes. The
variety alba has white flowers, and is a
pretty plant for the rock garden.
Culture dc. as above.
C. betonicaefolia. -A somewhat hairy
species about 11 ft. high, native of Mt.
Olympus. Leaves elliptic-oblong or
ovate, crenate. Flowers in May, purple-
blue, with a pale yellow base.
Culture dc as above.
C. bononiensis. —A native of Europe
2 3 ft. high. Leaves heart-shaped ovate,
pointed, serrulate. Flowers in July,
rather small, bluish-violet, in long ra-
cemes. There is a pretty variety with
white flowers.
Culture tie. as above.
C. caespitosa. — A beautiful strong-
growing alpine, 4-0 in. high. Lower
leaves crowded, shortly stalked, ovate,
glandularis toothed, shining green.
Flowers from May to August, deep blue,
drooping, solitary, or 3 4 on the top of
each stem. The variety alba has white
flowers.
Culture dc. as above. A fine plant
for nooks, corners, crevices kc. in the
rock garden in good rich loam.
C. carpatica. — A pretty Transylvanian
rock plant 9-12 in. high. Lower leaves
long-stalked, ovate, heart-shaped toothed,
upper ones short - stalked, ovate acute.
Flowers from June to August, blue,
broadly bell-shaped, in loose panicles.
There are several varieties of this
species, the best being alba with smaller
wavy white flowers; pelviformis, a seed-
ling form 9-18 in. high, with ovate heart-
shaped toothed leaves, and fragrant lilac
flowers, nearly 2 in. across ; turbinate/,
similar but dwarfer, with deep purple,
erect flowers, or pale purple in the form
known as pallida. The white and blue
forms mixed look very pretty.
Culture de. as above.
C. caucasica. — A handsome Caucasian
species 6-9 in. high. Leaves bluntly obo-
vate, or lance-shaped. Flowers in July,
violet-blue, bearded inside, drooping.
Culture dc. as above.
564
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS campanula
C. Cenisia. — A charming Italian rock
plant about 3 in. high, with rosettes of
bluntly obovate or ovate-oblong leaves.
Flowers in June, deep blue, solitary,
erect and very attractive.
Culture dtc. as above.
C. cervicaria (Throatwort). — A
European biennial 1-2 ft. high. Leaves
bluntly linear lance-shaped or pointed,
crenate-serrate. Flowers in July, blue,
hairy outside, in round heads.
Culture dtc. :is above. Being a biennial
it is necessary to sow seeds every year to
maintain a stock of this species.
C. collina. — A Caucasian species
about 1 ft. high, with ovate-oblong
crenate or lance-shaped linear leaves.
Flowers in July and August, deep blue,
in long one-sided racemes.
Culture tic. as above.
C. dichotoma. — A hairy annual about
6 in. high, native of S.W. Europe, with
forked branches and ovate acute slightly
crenate leaves. Flowers in July, bluish-
purple, drooping, solitary in the forks of
the branches and stem.
Culture dtc. as above. Sow seeds in
gentle heat in March or in the open
ground in April every year.
C. drabaefolia. — A hairy Grecian
annual about 3 in. high, with much-
forked sterns, and elliptic oblong toothed
leaves. Flowers in July, white, tipped
with violet-blue. There is a pure white
variety, alba.
Culture dtc. as above. Sow seeds where
intended to bloom in the rockery every
year in April or May, or in gentle heat in
March, and afterwards prick out the seed-
lings.
C. Elatines. — A pretty creeping downy
rock plant about 3 in. high, native
of Piedmont. Leaves roundish or heart-
shaped, coarsely and sharply toothed.
Flowers from June to August, bluish-
purple, in racemes or panicles.
Culture dtc. as above.
C. elatinoides. — A downy rock plant
2-4 in. high, native of Piedmont, having
heart-shaped oval acute leaves with
coarsely toothed margins. The bluish-
purple flowers appear from June to August
in clusters or panicles.
Culture dtc. as above.
C. elegans. — A pretty and little known
Siberian perennial 2-3 ft. high with oval
lance-shaped acute leaves, rounded or
heart-shaped at the base and irregularly
toothed on the margins ; the lower leaves
have long stalks, and are greyish-green
and rough beneath. The rather large
drooping flowers appear in June and July,
and are borne in a long spike at the ends
of the shoots.
Culture dtc. as above.
C. Erinus. — A hairy annual species
3-9 in. high, native of the Mediterranean
region. Leaves obovate or ovate, toothed.
Flowers from May to August, pale bluish-
rose or white, bearded at the base.
Culture dtc. as above. Sow seeds
every year in April and May in parts of
the rockery where the plants are intended
to bloom, and thin out the seedlings.
C. excisa. — A rare rock plant 3-6 in.
high, native of the mountains of Central
Europe. Leaves linear pointed, slightly
toothed or entire. Flowers in June, blue,
solitary, drooping.
Culture dtc. as above.
C. fragilis (C. Barrelieri). — A South
Italian rock plant 4-6 in. high, with more
or less prostrate branches, downy when
young. Leaves more or less roundish
heart- or kidney-shaped, rather deeply
lobed. Flowers in July and August,
clear lilac-purple, white in the centre,
solitary or in pairs, more or less erect.
Culture <(■<:. as above. Owing to its
trailing habit this species is suitable for
growing in hanging pots or baskets.
C. garganica. — A very variable Italian
rock plant 3-6 in. high. Lower leaves
long-stalked, kidney-shaped ; upper ones
heart-shaped, crenate, toothed, downy.
Flowers from May to September, blue,
rotate, deeply 5-lobed, in axillary clusters.
The variety Mrsuta has saucer-shaped
purple -blue flowers, and leaves densely
covered with long stiff white hairs.
Culture dtc. as above.
C. glomerata. — A handsome British
and European species 1-2 ft. high. Lower
leaves long- stalked oblong or ovate heart-
shaped crenate ; upper ones sessile ovate,
half stem- clasping. Flowers in Septem-
ber and October, bright blue, mostly in a
terminal head. There are several varie-
ties and forms, the best known being
daliurica with large heads of deep blue
flowers. There is also a double-flowered
variety, flore pleno, and alba, a somewhat
rare white-flowered one.
CAMPANULA
HAREBELL ORDER
CAMPANULA 565
Culture dc. as above. They all grow
well in dry chalky soil.
C. grandis.— A fine Siberian species
1-2 ft. high, with unstalked lance-shaped
serrate leaves. Flowers in June, pale
violet-blue, broadly bell-shaped, with
pointed lobes. Alba is a white-flowered
variety.
Culture ilr. as above.
C. Grossecki. — A handsome species
with leafy steins about '2.1 ft. high, native
of E. Europe. Leaves large, heart-shaped
pointed, coarsely toothed. Flowers in
summer, violet, large, in long racemes.
( 'ult it re d'c. as above.
C. haylodgensis.— This pretty rock
plant 6-9 in. high is supposed to be a
hybrid between C. carpatica or C. pulla
and C. pusilla. Lower leaves roundish
heart-shaped, slightly crenate ; upper ones
ovate heart-shaped, distinctly toothed.
Flowers in August, pale blue, open bell-
shaped.
Culture <(■<■. as above.
C. Hendersoni. A handsome plant
about 1 ft. high, supposed to be a hybrid be-
tween C. alliarieefoUa and C. carpatica.
Lower leaves more or less heart-shaped
ovate, slightly crenate, on long stalks ;
upper ones sessile, oblong. Flowers from
July to September, rich mauve, in large
pyramidal racemes.
Culture (('■(-. as above.
C. isophylla (G. floribunda). — A beau-
tiful free-flowering Italian species 3-6 in.
high, with slender trailing stems, with
stalked roundish heart-shaped, crenately
toothed leaves. Flowers in July and
August, over 1 in. across, pale lilac-blue,
with a grey centre, deeply salver- shaped.
The variety alba is exactly like the type
but has pure white flowers. The variety
Mayi is a quite new and beautiful free-
flowering form, with downy and greyish-
white heart - shaped coarsely toothed
leaves, and bright mauve-blue flowers
nearly 2 in. across.
Culture do. as above. Cuttings rooted
in heat in February produce fine flower-
ing plants by July and August. This
species and its varieties are valuable for
growing in hanging baskets or pots owing
to the trailing stems which are studded
with blossoms. It cannot, however, be
regarded as hardy except in the mildest
parts of the south and west.
C. Jacobaea. A half-hardy bush 2-3
ft. high, native of Cape de Verde. Leaves
sessile or nearly so, more or less oblong-
ovate narrowed at the base ; upper ones
heart-shaped half stem -clasping. Flowers
in early summer, deep blue, 1-1.1 in. long
on curved pedicels.
Cult u re ili-. as above. This species
is not very well-known. It may possibly
stand the winter in the mildest parts of
the south and west coasts.
C. lactiflora (C. celtidifolia). — A
vigorous Caucasian species 2-6 ft. high,
with sessile ovate lance-shaped sharply
toothed leaves. Flowers from July to
September, milky white, tinged with blue,
erect, in loose panicles. The variety
eceritlea has blue Howers.
( ' ult u rr ilr. as above.
C. lamiifolia. A handsome Caucasian
species 2 2.1 ft. high, with heart-shaped
toothed leaves with a whitish under sur-
face, and beautiful drooping white flowers
in long racemes in June and July.
Culture it-c. as above.
C. Langsdorffiana. — A native of the
mountains of N. Asia and America, 3 9
in. high, with lance-shaped toothed leaves.
Flowers blue, solitary, or in few-flowered
panicles somewhat resembling those of
C. rotundifolia.
Culture de. as above.
C. latifolia. — A strong-growing British
plant 3-6 ft. high, with ovate lance-shaped
pointed and toothed leaves, often 6 in.
long and 2 in. broad. Flowers in July,
blue, axillary, forming a leafy raceme.
The variety alba has white flowers ;
eriocarpa has hairy leaves and calyx ;
macrantha is a hybrid form with
hairy stems and leaves and large blue
flowers; Bv/rghalti and Van Houttei are
two fine forms — probably hybrids — with
pale and dark blue drooping flowers about
2 in. long, and deeply 5-lobed.
Culture dc. as above.
C. Lcefflingi. — An annual species 6-18
in. high, native of S.W. Europe. Lower
leaves ovate kidney-shaped ; upper ones
ovate stem -clasping. Flowers in July,
blue or violet, white at the base, with a
deep coloured zone beneath the middle.
Culture Sc. as above. Seeds must be
sown annually to keep up a stock of this
species either in the border where it is
required to bloom, or in gentle heat about
March, afterwards pricking the seedlings
out when large enough.
566
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS campanula
C. macrostyla. — A beautiful bushy
annual 1-2 ft. high, native of the Taurus
Mountains. Leaves ovate-oblong or
lanee-shaped, hairy, roughish. Flowers
in July, erect, about 2 in. across, purple,
beautifully veined with violet, and remark-
able for a long thick club-like protruding
style.
Culture dtc. as above. The seeds of
this pretty annual may be sown in gentle
heat in March and the seedlings pricked
out when large enough to handle, after-
wards transferring to the open border in
May. Seeds may also be sown out of
doors where the plants are to bloom in
April and May, and the seedlings thinned
out about 9-12 in. apart.
C. Medium (Canterbury Bell). — A
beautiful bushy biennial 2-4 ft. high,
native of S. Europe, with roughish hairy
stems and sessile ovate lance-shaped
bluntly toothed leaves. Flowers in June
and July, of various colours — blue, white,
purple, pink &c, broadly bell-shaped, in-
flated at the base, lobes more or less re-
flexed.
The variety calyeanthema is remark-
able for the way in which the calyx of the
flowers has been developed into a coloured
body like a second or even third corolla.
This duplication of corollas has given rise
to the Cup and Saucer and Hosc-in-Hose
varieties now so well known.
Culture and Propagation. — Seeds of
Canterbury Bells are best sown thinly in
April in the open border, or in shallow boxes
under glass. The seedlings when large
enough may be transplanted to a shady
border and well watered. In September
they may be again transplanted where
they are to bloom in the flower borders
the following season. The plants should
be at least 2 ft. apart. Seeds are pro-
duced in abundance.
C. mirabilis. — A beautiful Caucasian
species 1-2 ft. high, with rather straggling
hairy stems, and roundish toothed leaves.
Flowers in June and July, 2 in. across,
broadly bell-shaped, pale blue, erect, in
loose panicles. Ripens seed freely.
< 'ulture dec. as above. This remarkable
species has been only a few years in
cultivation, and has proved to be perfectly
hardy, at least in the Thames Valley. It
ripens seeds freely, and in favourable
positions the young plants come up all
round the parent, and may be transplanted
in spring.
C. nitida (C. planiflora). — A North
American species 3-9 in. high, with
rosettes of leathery dark shining green
oblong crenate leaves. Flowers in sum-
mer, blue or white, bell-shaped rotate, in
spiked racemes.
Culture dtc. as above.
C. nobilis. — A noble Chinese species
1A-2 ft. high. Lower leaves long-stalked
ovate, toothed, upper ones lance-shaped
sessile or nearly so, all hairy. Flowers
in July, reddish-violet, creamy, or white,
spotted, 3 in. or more long, drooping,
crowded near the ends of the branches.
The white-flowered form is rather better
known than the species.
Culture dtc. as above. In northern
parts of the kingdom it is advisable in
severe winters to give a little protection
to the crowns of this species as it may
not prove to be perfectly hardy except in
the milder parts.
C. peregrina. — A native of Mount
Lebanon with angular stems about 2 ft.
high. Lower leaves obovate, upper ones
ovate acute, all crenate. Flowers in July,
deep violet at the base, becoming paler
upwards, in dense spiked racemes.
Culture dc. as above.
C. persicaefolia. — A fine European
species 1-3 ft. high, now naturalised in
the woods of Yorkshire and Banffshire.
Leaves 3-4 in. long, narrowly lance-
shaped. Flowers in June and July, blue,
large, broadly bell-shaped, 3 together in
the axils of the upper leaves, the middle
one opening first. There are some fine
varieties, the best being alba, pure white ;
alba coronata, white semi-double ; alba
ft. pi. double white ; alba grandiflora and
alba maxima, large pure white, 2^-3 in.
across. There are also semi-double and
double blue varieties.
Culture and Propagation. — After
flowering the plants may be divided
carefully and placed in nice sandy loam.
In spring cuttings may be rooted under
glass, or every young growth will make a
good strong plant. Plants may also be
raised from seeds as stated above under
the general instructions, p. 562.
C. petraea. — A native of the Maritime
and Tyrolese Alps, with tufts of downy
leaves, and yellow flowers in summer.
Culture dtc. as above. This should be
grown in dr}< sunny parts of the rockery,
and may be increased by cuttings or seed
in spring.
CAMPANULA
HAREBELL ORDER
CAMPANULA 567
C. portenschlagiana (('. muralis). —
A native of S. Europe 3 4 in. high, with
rounded bluntly toothed leaves, and
masses of pale purple bell-shaped flowers
in June and July.
Culture Sc. as above. An excellent
rock or wall plant in crevices.
C. primulaefolia. — A hairy-stemmed
Portuguese species 1-3 ft. high. Lower
leaves unequally and doubly crenate,
lance-shaped, bluntish ; upper ones ovate
oblong acute. Flowers in July, blue or
purple, bell-shaped rotate, with a whitish
downy base, arranged in spiked racemes.
Culture dtc. as above.
C. pulla. — A charming deciduous rock
plant 3 6 in. high, native of the Austrian
Alps. Lower leaves shortly stalked ovate
roundish, upper ones sessile ovate,
acute. Flowers in June, violet-blue, bell-
shaped.
Culture <£c. as above. Thrives in
sandy peat and leaf soil, and goes to rest
until spring after flowering.
With this species may be associated
C. G. F. Wilson, a beautiful hybrid about
1 ft. high, between C. pulla and C. car-
patica turbinata. Flowers deep blue.
There is a form with smaller flowers and
somewhat yellowish leaves.
C. punctata. — A Siberian and Japa-
nese hairy species about \l ft. high,
nearly related to C. nobilis. Leaves ovate
acute, somewhat crenate. Flowers droop-
ing, cylindrical, whitish spotted with red
within.
Culture dtc. as above.
C. pusilla (C. modesta ; C. pumila). —
A pretty Swiss species rarely exceeding
4 in. high. Leaves tufted, heart-shaped,
toothed, deep shining green. Flowers in
July and August, drooping, pale or dark
blue, in racemes. The variety alba has
pure white flowers ; pallida is a paler blue
form.
Culture &c. as above. Best in moist
sandy soil.
C. pyramidalis {Chimney Bell Floiver).
A vigorous perennial 4-6 ft. high, native
of Carniola and Dalmatia, with broad
ovate oblong, somewhat heart-shaped
glandularly toothed leaves. Flowers
from July to September, pale blue, 3
together in the axils of the upper leaves
or bracts, forming a dense erect pyramidal
raceme. The variety alba has pure
white flowers.
Culture d'c. as above. This species
and its variety are largely grown as pot-
plants for conservatory decoration. Seeds
are sown every year and the plants are
treated as biennials.
C. Raineri. — A compact sturdy rock
plant 2-3 in. high, native of Switzerland,
Italy &c. Leaves almost stalkless,
ovate, downy, slightly toothed. Flowers
in June, blue, erect, 1-3 on a stem.
Culture dc. as above. This species
requires fine sandy soil in warm corners
of the rockery. Slugs are very fond of
it in some gardens, and a watch should
be kept for them in spring when the
young growths are appearing. A little
soot and lime around the tufts will prevent
them.
C. ramosissima {C. Loreyi). — An annual
species native of Greece, 6-12 in. high.
Leaves sessile glaucous obovate or ovaie
lance-shaped crenate, or linear above.
Flowers in June, pale blue with a white
base. There is a pure white-flowered
variety.
Culture Sc, as above. Raised from
seeds every year.
C. rapunculoides. — A European spe-
cies 2-4 ft. high, with roughish ovate
pointed crenate or serrulate leaves, sessile
above, shortly stalked below. Flowers
in June and July in branched spikes,
drooping, bluish-violet, slightly bearded
inside, 1.1 in. long. The variety tra-
chelioides has stems, leaves, and calyx
covered with stiff white hairs.
Culture dtc. as above.
C. Rapunculus (Rampion). — A pretty
British and European fleshy-rooted
biennial 2-3 ft. high. Leaves 1-3 in. long,
long-stalked, broadly ovate, obscurely
toothed. Flowers in July and August,
| in. long, reddish-purple, blue or white,
in erect panicles.
Culture Sc. as above. Requires moist
sandy soil.
C. retrorsa. — A downy tufted annual
6-8 in. high, native of Asia Minor.
Lower leaves roundish obovate, upper
ones oval lance -shaped. Flowers in
June and July, lilac-rose.
Culture Sc. as above. Seeds maybe
sown in cold frames or shallow boxes in
September or in April, and the seedlings
transplanted 9-12 in. apart in May.
C. rhomboidalis (C. rhomboidea). —
A European species 1-2 ft. high, with
568
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS campanula
sessile ovate - acute, serrate leaves.
Flowers in July, blue, drooping, in loose
racemes.
Culture d-c. as above.
C. rotundifolia (Bluebell; Harebell).
A pretty British Harebell 6-12 in. high.
Lower leaves stalked, roundish heart-
shaped, crenately toothed ; upper ones
linear or lance-shaped. Flowers froni
June to August, deep blue, drooping.
The variety alba has white flowers;
and the variety Hosti is rich blue, larger
than the type, and with upper linear
pointed leaves, sometimes 3-4 in. long.
Culture dc. as above.
C. sarmatica. — A native of the
Caucasus with downy stems 1-2 ft. high.
Lower leaves stalked, heart - shaped,
rather hastate, crenately toothed ; upper
ones ovate-lance-shaped, serrate. Flowers
from May to July, pale violet - blue,
nodding, in loose, one-sided racemes.
Culture etc. as above.
C. saxatilis. — A very rare rock plant
6 in. high, native of Crete. Leaves tufted
ovate-spoon-shaped, crenate. Flowers in
May, blue, nodding, 3-5 in a loose raceme.
Culture dc. as above.
C. Scheuchzeri. — A native of the
S. European Alps 3-6 in. high. Lower
leaves broadly rounded, ovate or heart-
shaped, serrate ; upper ones linear.
Flowers in Jul}- and August, deep blue,
drooping, broadly bell -shaped, on slender
stems.
Culture dc. as above.
C. Scouleri. — A native of N.W.
America about 1 ft. high, with long-
stalked ovate or ovate-lance-shaped,
coarsely toothed leaves. Flowers in July
and August, pale blue, in panicles.
Culture dc. as above.
C. sibirica. —A hairy biennial 1-H ft.
high. "Widely distributed through E.and
S. Europe. Lower leaves stalked, bhmtly
obovate, crenate ; upper ones oblong lance-
shaped, pointed, wavy. Flowers hi July,
bluish-violet, drooping, about 1 in. long.
The variety divergens (C. spatliulata)
has rather large violet flowers, somewhat
erect at first but drooping when expanded.
The variety eximia is dwarf and compact
in habit, with pale blue or violet flowers.
Culture dc. as above.
C. soldanellaeflora. — A curious tem-
perate European species about 1 ft. high,
with long, linear acute, sessile leaves.
Flowers in June, blue, semi-double, with
deeply cut lobes.
Culture dc. as above. Closely related
to C. rotundifolia.
C. speciosa. — A Pyrenean species
1-14 ft. high. Lower leaves sessile,
linear lance-shaped, in rosettes ; upper
ones linear. Flowers in June and July,
blue, purple, or white, about 1 in. long,
bearded inside, arranged in a pyramidal
raceme.
Culture dc. as above.
C. spicata. — A European biennial
1-2 ft. high. Lower leaves downy,
crowded, sessile, linear lance-shaped ;
upper ones linear pointed. Flowers in
July, violet-blue, stalkless, 1-3 from each
bract in long spikes.
Culture dc. as above.
C. stricta. — An Armenian biennial
1-2 ft. high. Leaves hairy, ovate-lance-
shaped acute, serrate. Flowers in July,
blue, tubular, few, in spikes.
Culture dc. as above.
C. thyrsoides. — A hairy biennial
1-1| ft. high, native of the Alps and
Carpathians. Leaves entire, hairy, in
rosettes ; lower ones bluntly-lance-shaped ;
upper ones linear lance-shaped acute.
Flowers in July, pale yellow, sessile,
oblong, in dense pyramidal spikes.
Culture dc. as above. Should be
grown in lime rubble in well-drained
sunny parts of the border or rockery.
C. tommasiniana. — A handsome
Italian alpine 9-12 in. high, with more
or less drooping stems. Leaves sessile or
nearby so, linear lance-shaped, pointed,
serrate. Flowers in July and August,
pale blue, tubular, slightly angled, in
closely set axillary cymes.
Culture d-c. as above. This is closely
related to C. ivaldsteiniana, and is some-
times regarded as a variety of it.
C. Trachelium. — A handsome and
vigorous Etu-opean species 2-3 ft. high,
with angular stems, and roughish, heart-
shaped, coarsely toothed, Nettle - like
leaves, lower ones stalked, upper sessile.
Flowers in July, blue, large, in leafy
racemes, 2-3 together, sometimes solitary.
The variety alba has white flowers; alba
plena, double white; and flore plena, a
double blue form.
Culture dc. as above.
SPECULARIA
UMiKliKLL OB )KU
AD i:\ophora 569
C. trichocalycina. — -A vigorous Euro-
pean species 1-3 ft. high, with shortly
stalked, ovate -acute, coarsely toothed
leaves. Flowers in July, blue, 1-3 in
the axil of each bract, in terminal spikes.
Culture dc. as above.
C. versicolor. — A native of Greece
3-4 ft. high, with ovate-heart-shaped,
toothed leaves, lower ones stalked, upper
sessile. Flowers from July to September,
deep violet, paler in the middle, bell-
shaped rotate, in long spiked racemes.
There is a variety called Rosani.
Culture dc. as above.
C. waldsteiniana. — A Hungarian rock
plant 4-6 in. high, with greyish lance -
shaped, serrate leaves, lower ones blunt,
upper pointed. Flowers in June, violet -
blue, erect.
Culture dc. as above.
C. Warleyi.— This pretty little Bell
Flower, about 6 in. high, recently origi-
nated in the garden of Miss Wilmott,
Warley Place, Essex, and may possibly
be a hybrid between C. isophylla and a
variety of C. carpal ica. Lower leaves
with stalks about ii in. long, and roundish
heart - shaped coarsely toothed blades ;
upper ones shortly stalked, lance -shaped.
Flowers in July, bright purple, rotate,
with 2 alternating corollas.
( 'ulture dc. as above.
C. Zoysi. — A pretty little alpine,
about 3 in. high, native of Carniola.
Leaves crowded, ovate-spoon-shaped or
obovate-lance-shaped, upper ones linear.
Flowers in June, drooping, pale blue,
with deeper lines.
Culture dc. as above. Should be
grown in sunny crevices in rich sandy soil.
SPECULARIA (Venus's Looking-
Glass). — A genus of 8 species of erect or
decumbent, hairy or smooth, annual herbs,
with alternate entire or toothed leaves.
Flowers axillary, sessile, or shortly stalked,
the upper ones in panicles. Calyx tube
adnate, oblong or linear, limb 5-parted.
Corolla somewhat rotate or broadly bell-
shaped, 5-lobed. Stamens free. Ovary
inferior 3-celled. Stigma shortly 3-lobed.
Capsule oblong or linear.
Culture and Propagation. — Specu-
larias grow in ordinary garden soil and
often reproduce themselves annually from
self-sown seeds. They are pretty annuals
for the front of borders or rockeries and
are very effective when grown in large
bold masses. By sowing the seeds when
ripe, and at intervals from April to mid-
summer, a good succession of' blossom is
maintained.
S. hybrida {Corn Violet). — A more or
less decumbent British species 6-10 in.
high, with ovate or spoon-shaped leaves,
lower ones broadly stalked, upper ones
sessile. Flowers from June to September,
blue inside, lilac outside, cleft to near the
middle.
Culture dc. as above.
S. pentagonia. — A native of the Levant
about 1 ft. high. Leaves obovate, ovate-
oblong or lance -shaped. Flowers in July,
blue, with spreading lobes. There is a
beautiful white-flowered variety of this
species.
Culture dc. as above.
S. perfoliata. — A N. American species
3- IB in. high. Leaves roundish or ovate,
stem- clasping, toothed. Flowers from
May to August, purple-blue.
Culture dc. as above.
S. Speculum. — A European annual,
about 1 ft. high, with more or less ovate-
oblong or lance-shaped leaves. Flowers
in July, purple. There are several forms
of this species — the Common Venus's
Looking Glass — including one with white
flowers, one with double or semi-double
blossoms, and one called procumbens with
a very trailing habit which makes it valu-
able for the front of borders or for trailing
over stones in the rockery.
Culture dc. as above.
ADENOPHORA.— A genus contain-
ing 10-15 species of pretty perennial
herbs, with alternate and somewhat
whorled, entire or coarsely toothed leaves.
Flowers shortly stalked, nodding, in loose
terminal racemes or panicles. Calyx tube
adnate, ovoid or roundish ; limb 5-parted.
Corolla bell-shaped, 5-lobed. Stamens
free. Disc epigynous, fleshy, cup-shaped
or tubular. Ovary inferior, 3-celled.
Stigma 3-lobed.
Culture and Propagation. — Adeno-
phoras thrive in rich loamy soil in warm
sunny positions. Owing to the fleshy
nature of their roots they do not stand
division well. Nevertheless if carefully
divided in early autumn or spring, and the
separated portions carefully planted and
watered, they will make fine specimens.
They ripen seeds freely, and new plants
may be obtained by sowing in autumn as
570
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS symphyandka
soon as ripe, or in spring, in a cold frame,
afterwards pricking the seedlings out into
light soil and finally transplanting either
in autumn or spring. The plants are
useful for the decoration of the rockery,
or in the flower border.
A. coronopifolia. — A native of Dahuria
1-2 ft. high, with roundish heart-shaped
toothed leaves, the upper ones being linear
lance-shaped nearly entire. Flowers in
July, blue, 3-10 in terminal racemes.
Culture dc. as above.
A. denticulata (A. tricuspidata) . — A
Dahurian species about lh ft. high. Lower
leaves rounded toothed, stalked ; upper
ones sessile, ovate lance-shaped. Flowers
in July, blue, small, in more or less
elongated racemes.
Culture dc. as above.
A. Lamarcki. — A native of E. Europe,
1-2 ft. high. Leaves ovate lance-shaped,
sharply toothed. Flowers in June, blue,
in racemes.
Culture dc. as above.
A. latifolia (A. peresliicefolia). — - A
Dahurian species li ft. high. Leaves 3-5
in a whorl, ovate-oblong, pointed, coarsely
toothed and ciliated. Flowers in July,
blue, scattered on the upper portions of
the stems.
Culture dc. as above.
A. liliifolia (A Fisclieri). — A Siberian
species about li ft. high. Lower leaves
roundish heart-shaped toothed ; upper
ones sessile, ovate lance-shaped, coarsely
toothed. Flowers in August, blue or
whitish - blue, sweet - scented, in loose
pyramidal panicles.
Culture dc. as above.
A. stylosa. — A native of E. Europe
1-1 A ft. high. Lower leaves obovate,
sinuate ; upper ones ovate pointed, smooth.
Flowers in May, pale blue, in loose
racemes.
Culture dc. as above.
A. verticillata. — A native of Dahuria,
2-3 ft. high. Leaves in whorls, roundish,
toothed below ; ovate-lance-shaped above.
Flowers in June, pale blue, small, irregu-
larly scattered on the upper portions of
the stems.
Culture dc. as above.
SYMPHYANDRA.— A genus with 7
species of perennial herbs having broad,
often heart-shaped toothed leaves, the
lower ones long-stalked, the upper alter-
nate, few or small. Flowers in loose
panicles or racemes, often nodding.
Calyx-tube adnate hemispherical or turbi-
nate ; limb deeply 5- lobed or parted ;
sinuses naked, or dilated into reflexed
appendages. Corolla bell-shaped, 5-lobed.
Stamens free from the corolla ; anthers
united round the style. Ovary inferior
3-celled. Stigma 3-lobed.
Culture and Propagation. — These
plants like a rich sandy well-drained loam
and situations partially shaded from the
mid-day sun. They are increased by
seeds sown in spring or in autumn when
ripe in cold frames ; by cuttings of the
young shoots in sandy soil in spring and
early summer ; or by dividing the roots in
early autumn or spring. The plants may
be grown in the rockery or flower border
and are effective if two or three are placed
together about 18 in. apart.
S. Armena. — A native of Eastern
Europe, about 2 ft. high, with whitish
downy ovate acute deeply serrated leaves.
Flowers in June, blue, solitary, erect.
Culture dc. as above.
S. Hoffmani. — A showy Bosnian
species 1-1 h ft. high, with lance-shaped
sharply toothed leaves. Flowers in sum-
mer, large, white, drooping, bearded inside,
over 1 in. long, tubidar. Calyx leafy,
with 5 lance-shaped sepals half as long as
the corolla.
Culture dc. as above.
S. pendula. — A showy Caucasian
perennial about 2 ft. high, with drooping
hairy branches and ovate acute toothed
downy leaves. Flowers in July, creamy-
white, funnel-shaped. Calyx lobes lance-
shaped.
Culture dc. as above.
S. Wanneri (Campanula Wanneri).
A native of Transylvania about 6 in. high,
with downy lance - shaped unequally
toothed leaves. Flowers in summer, blue,
borne in the axils of the leaves and at the
ends of the shoots.
Culture dc. as above.
TRACHELIUM (Throat wort). — A
genus of 4-5 species of smooth and hairy
perennial herbs or bushes. Flowers in
umbels or panicles. Calyx tube adnate
ovoid or roundish, angled ; limb 5-parted.
Corolla narrowly tubular, shortly 5-lobed.
Stamens free. Ovary inferior, usually
3-celled. Style ultimately protruding ;
stigma 2-3-lobed, fleshy.
TRACHKLIl'M
CBA NBEBB Y Oil I) E B
GAYLUSSACCIA
>71
T. caeruleum. — A bushy perennial
1-2 ft. high, native of Italy and Spain.
Leaves ovate acute, shortly stalked, deeply
toothed. Flowers from June to August,
violet-blue, salver-shaped, with a long
narrow tube. The variety album has
white flowers.
Culture and Propagation. — This spe-
cies likes sandy loam and leaf soil, and
is best grown in warm corners of the
rockery. It has an elegant bushy habit,
and when covered with its trusses of blue
flowers is very effective. It is increased
by seeds sown in gentle heat in March, or
in cold frames in autumn as soon as ripe ;
or by cuttings of the young shoots in early
slimmer, inserted in sandy soil under glass.
The roots may also be utilised for the
purposes of increase.
Series II. Hypogyn^ (see p. 125).
LXIV. VACCINIACEiE Cranberry Order
This order consists of 26 genera and 320 species of erect or prostrate, often
epiphytical shrubs or small trees. Leaves alternate or scattered, sometimes
in two rows, sessile or stalked, usually evergreen, entire, crenate or serrate,
teeth sometimes gland-bearing. Stipules none. Flowers hermaphrodite,
regular or nearly so. Calyx adnate to the tube of the ovary ; limb 5-, rarely
4-7-lobed or pai'ted. Corolla gamopetalous, round, bell-shaped, tubular or
inflated, 5-, rarely 4-7-lobed. Stamens twice as many, rarely equal in number
to the lobes of the corolla. Ovary inferior 2-10-celled, crowned with an
epigynous disc. Fruit a berry, rarely a drape, or dry, often very fleshy.
GAYLUSSACCIA.— A genus con-
taining about 40 species of smooth or downy
shrubs or bushes having entire or serrate,
evergreen or rarely deciduous leaves.
Flowers small, white, or scarlet, borne in
few- or many -flowered racemes in the leaf
axils. Calyx tube obconical or top-shaped,
5-lobed or toothed. Corolla more or less
urn-shaped or tubular bell-shaped, with a
round or 5-ribbed tube, and 5 small erect
or reflexed lobes. Stamens 10. Ovary
5-celled. Fruit small, baccate.
Culture and Propagation. — Gaylus-
saccias are closely related to and often
mixed up with the Vacciniums, and require
practically the same cultural treatment.
They flourish in moist peaty soil and may
be grown in front of Ehododendrons and
Azaleas, or with dwarfer members of the
Heath order (p. 574). The plants may be
increased from seeds sown as soon as ripe
or in spring on the surface of fine sandy
peat and loam, and require little or no
covering, owing to their small size. New
plants may also be obtained by layering
the branches in autumn and detaching
them the following spring if well-rooted.
Cuttings of the roots about a couple of
inches long will also often produce plants
if placed in sandy soil in brisk bottom
heat in early spring.
G. dumosa (Vaccinium dumosum). —
A deciduous N. American shrub 2-6 ft.
high witli entire obovate oblong thickish
green leaves, and white or rosy bell-shaped
flowers produced in long racemes in June
and July, followed by black berries in
autumn.
Culture <(•€. as above.
G. frondosa (Vaccinium frondosum).
A slender-branched deciduous N. Ameri-
can shrub 3-6 ft. high, with entire obovate-
oblong pale green leaves, with a blue-green
under surface. The drooping greenish-
purple roundish bell-shaped flowers appear
in May and June in loose racemes, and
are succeeded in autumn by deep blue
glaucous berries which have an agreeable
flavour.
Culture <£x. as above.
G. resinosa ( Vaccin in m parvifiorum ;
V. resinosum). — A deciduous N. American
shrub 1-3 ft. high, with entire oval or
oblong leaves which, when young, are
covered with resinous globules. The red-
dish conical or cylindrical flowers are pro-
duced in short one-sided racemes in May
and June, and are followed by black
smooth sweet-tasting berries.
Culture dc. as above.
572
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS vaccinium
VACCINIUM (Bilberry ; Blue-
berry ; Cranberry ; Huckleberry). —
A genus containing about 100 species of
shrubs, rarely trees or epiphytes, with
persistent, rarely membranous or deci-
duous leaves, often thick and leathery,
entire or serrate. Flowers in axillary or
terminal racemes or clusters rarely soli-
tary. Calyx lobes 4-5. Corolla urn-
shaped, bell- shaped, or rarely tubular or
conical, round, very rarely ribbed or
angled, limb 4 5-lobed or toothed.
Stamens 8 or 10, free. Ovary 4-5-celled.
Fruit a berry.
Culture and Propagation. ■ — Vacci-
niums all like a moist peaty soil and semi-
shady places in rockeries or beds. They
may be increased by seeds sown under
glass on the surface of sandy loam and
covered with wet moss. They may
germinate in a couple of months or may
remain dormant for a much longer period.
Layers may also be made during the
autumn months. Cuttings of the roots,
2-8 in. long, in early spring often strike in
bottom heat.
Except where otherwise stated all the
species described below are natives of
temperate North America, and flower in
spring or early summer. The berries are
sweetish or acid, mostly edible, and ripen
in late summer and autumn. Like Rhodo-
dendrons the plants do not like anything
in the shape of lime mixed with the soil,
and they may therefore be grown with
such plants and others belonging to the
Heath order.
V. arboreum (V. diffusum). — FarJcle-
berry. — A tree 6-25 ft. high, with obovate
or roundish oval shining green leaves, and
a profusion of white flowers. Berries black,
small, round.
Culture dc. as above.
V. caespitosum. — A dwarf tufted rock
plant 3-6 in. high, with obovate, thickly
serrulate bright green leaves, and rosy or
nearly white flowers. Fruit blue, sweet.
Culture dc. as above.
V. canadense. — A dwarf shrub 9-12 in.
high, with elliptic or oblong lance-shaped,
downy entire leaves, and clusters of
greenish-white flowers.
Culture dc. as above.
V. corymbosum. — A shrub 5-10 ft.
high, with ovate oblong or elliptic leaves,
and yellow -green branchlets. Flowers
white or rose, in racemes or corymbs.
Berries blue-black, with a copious bloom.
The variety amoenum has ciliated, bright
green downy leaves; pallidum (V. albi-
Jiorum) is a pale and glaucous, somewhat
downy form.
Culture dc. as above.
V. crassifolium. — A trailing evergreen
species, with slender stems 2-3 ft. long,
and oval or narrowly oblong, shining
green leaves, \-h in. long, and nearly
white, roundish bell-shaped flowers, in
axillary clusters. Berries black.
Culture dc. as above. Suitable for
clambering over rocks or boulders in the
rock garden.
V. formosum. — A pretty shrub 2-3 ft.
high, with ovate or oblong, entire, bright
green leaves 1-2 in. long, and rosy, cylin-
drical flowers in loose clusters. Calyx
and bracts reddish.
Culture dc. as above.
V. leucostomum. — A smooth ever-
green shrub 2-3 ft. high, native of the
Peruvian Andes, with erect angled
branches. Leaves nearly sessile, i-1 in.
long, oblong, slightly crenate. Flowers
scarlet, tipped with white, somewhat bell-
shaped, 3-4 in a short, erect cluster.
Culture dc. as above.
V. Mortinia. — A tender shrub 2-3 ft.
high, native of the Andes. Leaves
shortly stalked, i-f in. long, ovate or
lance-shaped oblong, crowded. Flowers
rosy-pink, 5 in. long, with 5 small re-
curved teeth, in short drooping racemes.
Culture dc. as above.
V. Myrsinites (V. Sprengeli). — An
evergreen shrub 1-2 ft. high. Leaves
^-1 in. long, obovate or oblong lance-
shaped, shining green above, paler or
glaucous beneath. Flowers white or
rosy, with reddish bracts, in clusters or
very short racemes. Berries blue, round.
Culture dc. as above.
V. myrtilloides. — A shrub 1-5 ft. high,
with slightly angled branches, and ovate
or oval and oblong, sharply toothed leaves
1 inch or more long. Flowers yellowish
or greenish - white, tinged with purple,
roundish urn-shaped. Berries purple-
black, rather acid. Native of N. America.
Culture dc. as above.
V. Myrtillus (Bilberry ; Blueberry ;
Common Whortleberry). — A native of the
British Islands, and the N. temperate
zone generally, 6-24 inches high. Leaves
VACCINIUM
CRANBERRY ORDER
oxycoccus 573
ovate serrate, i-1 in. long, rosy when
young. Flowers rosy, tinged with green,
\ in. across, solitary. Berries dark blue,
glaucous, 5 in. in diameter, used for pre-
serves.
Culture die. as above.
V. nitidum. — A somewhat spreading
evergreen shrub, 12 ft. high. Leaves
thick, leathery, shining, obovate or
oblanccolate oblong, ] .1 in. long, ob-
scurely toothed. Flowers rosy or whitish.
in clusters or very short racemes. Berries
black, somewhat pear-shaped.
< 'ulture dtc. as above.
V. ovatum. — A stiffish evergreen
shrub, 3 5 ft. high. Leaves bright green
on both sides, 1 in. or so long, thick and
firm, oblong obovate, or oblong lance-
shaped, acute, minutely and sharply
toothed. Flowers rosy or flesh-coloured,
in short, dense axillary clusters. Berries
reddish at first, black afterwards, sweetish.
Cul hi re dtc. as above.
V. padifolium (V. maderense). — A
somewhat tender shrub, about 6 ft. high,
native of Madeira, with oblong serrulate
leaves, downy beneath. Flowers greenish-
white, drooping, in leafy racemes.
Culture dtc. as above. In the colder
parts of the kingdom this species is likely
to be injured by severe frosts.
V. pennsylvanicum. A warty-
stemmed shrub 9-12 in. or more high.
Leaves oblong lance-shaped or oblong,
with bristly teeth. Flowers white or
slightly rosy, in clusters or short racemes.
Berries bluish-black, glaucous, large and
sweet. The variety angustifolium, known
as ' Bluets,' seldom reaches more than
9 in. high, and has lance-shaped leaves.
Culture die. as above.
V. stamineum (Deerberry ; Squaiv
Huckleberry). — A shrub 2-3 ft. high.
Leaves oval, or lance-shaped oblong, dull
green or glaucous. Flowers dull purple
or yellowish-green, nearly all axillary.
Berries greenish or yellowish, large pear-
shaped or round, mawkish tasting.
Culture dtc. as above.
V. uliginosum. — A British and Arctic
shrub with trailing stems 6-10 in. long.
Leaves obovate or oblong, ^-1 in. long,
entire, leathery, glaucous beneath. Flow-
ers pale pink. Berries dark blue, glau-
cous. A useful rock plant.
Culture dtc. as above.
V. virgatum. — A somewhat downy
shrub, about 3 ft. high. Leaves more or
less obovate oblong, pointed, minutely
toothed, 1 in. or more long. Flowers
rosy, on short stalks, in twiggy clusters.
Berries black, sometimes with a bloom.
The variety tenelhtm is a dwarf form,
with small leaves, and nearly white
flowers, in shorter and denser clusters
than the type. V. fuscatum is a form
with deep rosy flowers having red stalks
and bracts.
Culture iiv. as above.
V. Vitis-Idaea (Bruwlins ; Cowberry ;
Floivering Box). — A British evergreen,
with wiry, tortuous, trailing stems G-18
in. long. Leaves obovate, dotted beneath,
glossy green above (like Box), very
leathery, \-\\ in. long, entire or bluntly
and minutely toothed. Flowers pink,
crowded in short terminal drooping
racemes. Useful for the rockery.
Culture dtc. as above.
OXYCOCCUS (Cranberry). — A
genus with only a couple of species of
very smooth, decumbent or somewhat
erect shrubs, with small, alternate, ever-
green, entire leaves. Flowers axillary
or terminal, solitary or few, long-stalked,
nodding or drooping. Characters of the
flower the same as in Vaccinium, except
that the anthers of the stamens are
united in a cone instead of being free.
Culture and Propagation. — The two
species described below thrive in swampy
peaty soil, and are therefore best grown
near the water, or in bog gardens, where
they are always likely to have plenty of
moisture. They will grow fairly well in
peaty soil with Vacciniums and with
Heaths and other Ericaceous plants, but
do not grow so quickly as in moister
places. They may be increased in the
same way as Vacciniums from seeds sown
when ripe or in spring, and also by
layering the stems, which root freely at
the joints. Cuttings of the young shoots
will also root under a bell-glass.
O. macrocarpus (Vaccinium macro-
carpum). — American Cranberry. — A
creeping slender-stemmed N. American
species, with elliptic oblong blunt leaves,
glaucous beneath. Flowers in spring,
pink. Fruits red, largely used for pre-
serves.
Culture dtc. as above.
O. palustris (Vaccinium Oxycoccus). —
Common Cranberry. — A native of the
574
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS arbutus
British Islands and the North tern- in May, pink, with oblong segments,
perate zone. Stems thread-like, creeping. Fruit dark red, with a strong acid
Leaves about £ in. long, ovate, entire, taste,
acute, smooth, glaucous beneath. Flowers Culture dc. as above.
LXV. ERICACEAE— Heath Order
A natural order containing over 50 genera and 1000 species of bushes,
shrubs, or trees. Leaves alternate, opposite, or whorled, often persistent and
jointed with the branches. Stipules none. Inflorescence various. Flowers
regular, hermaphrodite. Calyx free, 4-5-cleft. Corolla hypogynous, regular,
very rarely somewhat irregular or 2-lipped, usually 4-5-cleft, or with the
petals free, and the lobes imbricated, twisted, or rarely valvate. Stamens
hypogynous, 4, 5, 8, or 10, or twice those numbers. Ovary superior, 2-12-
celled. Fruit a capsule, drupe, or berry.
ARBUTUS (Strawberry Tree).— A
genus with about 10 species of smooth-
stemmed small trees or shrubs, having
evergreen alternate stalked entire or
small-toothed leaves. Flowers small, in
racemes, panicles, or clusters. Calyx free,
5 -parted. Corolla round or ovoid-urn-
shaped, 5-toothed. Stamens 10. Disc
tumid 10-angled, ovary 5-celled. Stigma
obscurely 5-lobed. Fruit a round,
smooth or warty 5-celled, many-seeded
berry.
Culture and Propagation. — Straw-
berry Trees thrive in light sandy or
peaty soil, in the warmer parts of the
country, although the common kind
A. TJnedo will stand a few degrees of
frost in Scotland. They are usually in-
creased from seeds, which should be
sown in sandy soil in March, in gentle
heat or cold frames. The choicer kinds
may also be grafted or budded on stocks
of A. TJnedo in spring. The branches
may also be layered in autumn. They
are ornamental subjects for the lawn or
shrubbery, and look very pretty when in
bloom and fruit.
A. Andrachne. — An ornamental tree
10-15 ft. high, native of Greece. Leaves
oblong bluntish, entire, or slightly
toothed, smooth. Flowers in March and
April, greenish-white, in erect terminal
panicles clothed with a clammy down.
Culture Sc. as above.
A. hybrida. — A graceful shrub or
small tree, somewhat variable in character,
and supposed to be a hybrid between
A. TJnedo and A. Andrachne. It has deep
shining green leaves, and produces during
the winter months — from Christmas to
February — short drooping clusters of
whitish blossoms at the tip of almost
every shoot. Owing no doubt to its
hybrid origin there are many more or
less distinct forms in cultivation, and
these are often regarded as A. Andrachne,
the true form of which is not so common
as is generally supposed. Among the
most distinct forms may be mentioned
magnifiea, photinicefolia , Rollisoni and
Milleri with large leaves and pink flowers,
and serratifolia with narrower and dis-
tinctly toothed leaves, and large clusters
of yellowish flowers.
Culture dc. as above.
A. Menziesi (A. procera). — A beauti-
ful N. American tree 6-10 ft. high, with
long-stalked, broadly oval entire smooth
Laurel-like leaves. Flowers in September,
white, in dense terminal racemes and
panicles.
Culture dc. as above.
A. Unedo (Strawberry Tree). — A
native of the S.W. of Ireland and S.
Europe, 8-12 ft. high. Leaves oblong
lance-shaped, finely toothed, smooth,
shining green. Flowers in September,
white, or tinted with red, drooping, in
terminal clusters. Fruits roundish, red.
granular, like small Strawberries, edible
when perfectly ripe. There are several
forms, among which may be mentioned
coccinea and rubra, one with scarlet, the
other with red flowers ; microphylla, with
leaves smaller than in the type ; Croomei,
with large leaves, reddish-pink flowers,
and brownish-red bark on the young
stems.
Culture dc. as above.
PBRNETTYA
HEATH ORDER
GAULTHERIA 575
ARCTOSTAPHYLOS (Bear-
bkrry). — A genus with about 15 species
of depressed or erect bushes or shrubs,
with usually evergreen, leathery, entire
or serrate leaves. Flowers in nodding
terminal racemes or panicles. Characters
as in Arbutus. Fruit a roundish smooth
or granular drupe or berry with 5 stony
seeds.
Culture and Propagation. — This is
practically the same as for Arbutus. The
Bearberries flourish in sandy or peaty
soil, but are much hardier than the
Strawberry trees. They may be increased
from seeds sown in cold frames when
ripe, or in gentle heat in spring. The
seeds being small require but little
covering, and the seedlings may be
pricked out when large enough to handle
easily with the help of a tine dibber. The
branches may also be layered in autumn,
and by this means strong plants will be
produced in due course.
A. alpina (Arbutus alpina). — Black
Bearberry. — A procumbent trailing
Scottish shrub with wrinkled obovate
acute serrate deciduous leaves 1-1 j in-
long. Flowers in April, white or flesh-
coloured, on rather hairy stalks.
Culture (i-c. as above.
A. tomentosa. — A somewhat hairy
shrub, about 4 ft. high, native of N.W.
America. Leaves oval acute, somewhat
lobed at the base, shortly stalked, downy
beneath. Flowers in December, pure
white, somewhat bell-shaped.
Culture d-c. as above.
A. Uva-ursi (Arbutus Uva-ursi). —
A British trailing evergreen, with obovate
entire leathery shining leaves I 1 in.
long. Flowers in April, pink, urn-shaped,
bearded within, in small terminal
clusters. A. californica is a recently
introduced variety from California. It
has a trailing habit with ovate leathery
leaves, and short racemes of reddish
flowers.
Culture dc. as above.
A. nitida and A. pungens, both
dwarf Mexican shrubs, with white
flowers, may prove hardy enough in the
mildest parts of the S. of England and
Ireland.
PERNETTYA. — A genus containing
about 15 species of rigid smooth, hairy, or
ciliated bushes or shrubs. Leaves ever-
green, usually small, alternate, shortly
stalked, serrate, penninerved, leathery,
hard. Flowers solitary in the leaf axils,
or in axillary or terminal racemes.
Calyx 5-parted. Corolla urceolate or
globose, shortly 5-lobed. Stamens 10.
Disc 10- (rarely 5) lobed. Ovary slightly
5-lobed. Style columnar. Fruit a round
5-celled many-seeded berry.
Culture and Propagation. — Per-
nettyas are chiefly remarkable for the
clusters of berries produced in autumn,
about the size of small Cherries, and purple,
white, pink, rose, crimson, purple-black
&c. in colour. They thrive in moist
peaty soil, with a mixture of sand and
leaf mould, and are very effective in beds
on the lawn. They may be increased by
layering the shoots in autumn, and by
sowing seeds in spring in sandy peat
either in cold frames or in gentle heat,
afterwards pricking the seedlings out
carefully when well above the surface of
the soil.
P. mucronata (Arbutus nvueronata).
Prickly Heath. — A wiry shrub 2-3 ft.
high, native of the Straits of Magellan,
with stiflish, shiny, ovate, sharply pointed,
minutely toothed leaves. Flowers from
May to July, white, axillary. The variety
angustifolia has narrower leaves than
the type. Many seedling varieties have
of recent years been raised, and have
resulted in great variation in the size and
colour of the fruits, which often last well
into the winter, and give a cheerful
aspect to the landscape, when planted in
large masses.
P. mucronata and its varieties are
practically the only ones grown, although
there are a few others less hardy and not
so beautiful.
GAULTHERIA (Aromatic Winter
Green). — A genus containing about 90
species of pretty erect or decumbent
bushes or shrubs, with evergreen, usu-
ally alternate, leathery, serrate leaves.
Flowers small, in axillary and terminal
racemes, rarely solitary. Calyx 5-parted.
Corolla urn-shaped or bell-shaped, 5-lobed.
Stamens 10. Ovary 5-celled, often 5-
lobed. Capsule fleshy or berry-like, often
surrounded by the calyx.
Culture and Prop>agation. — Gaul-
therias thrive in moist peaty and sandy
soil, in semi-shady places. The species
described below may be used in the
rockery or as edgings to peat borders.
They may also be used for carpeting the
576
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS cassiope
soil in moist peaty places, where taller
plants will also nourish. They may be
increased by seeds sown hi gentle heat or
in cold frames in spring; or by layers
of the ripened shoots in autumn ; or by
division of the plants in autumn or spring.
The contrast between the bright shining
green of the young leaves in spring and
early summer and the very deep green of
the older leathery leaves is very marked,
and the beauty of the plants is enhanced
when the sprays of bell-shaped blossoms
on red stalks appear against such a back-
ground.
G. antipoda. — A strong-growing New
Zealand shrub 3-6 ft. high with very
leathery shortly stalked leaves, varying
in shape from orbicular to oblong or
linear lance-shaped. The small white or
pinkish flowers appear in summer in the
axils of the leaves or clustered near the
tips of the shoots.
Culture Sc. as above.
G. nummularioides. — A Himalayan
trailing species, with roundish, deep green
leaves, ciliate on the margins and chan-
ging to dull rose in autiunn. Flowers in
summer, white, sometimes tinged with
pink, resembling those of Lily of the
Valley in shape. Fruit scarlet.
Culture d'-c. as above. This is a very
useful plant for covering sloping banks or
for trailing over rocks and boulders, or it
may be grown in large clumps in peaty
soil in the front of the flower border.
G. procumbens {Canada Tea; Creep-
ing Winter Green). — A procumbent X.
American species with obovate, finely
toothed, ciliated leaves. Flowers in July,
white, few, nodding. Berries red, edible.
Culture dtc. as above. The chief
attraction of this species lies in the dull
red or rosy tints of the foliage in autumn
and winter and the numerous red fruits.
G. Shallon. — A procumbent hairy
N.W. American shrub with smooth ovate,
somewhat heart-shaped, serrate leaves.
Flowers in May, white tinged with red,
on one-sided downy racemes. Berries
purple, round, fleshy.
Culture d-c. as above.
G. trichophylla. — A pretty little
Himalayan species 2-3 in. high, remark-
able for its hairy leaves, rather large bell-
shaped flowers, and in autumn its big sky-
blue berries, 'which look like small blue
eggs resting on the ground among the
minute twigs.'
Culture Sc. as above. This little
trailer prefers a soil composed almost
entirely of peat, and although it likes
moisture the drainage must be perfect
and the atmosphere pure to ensure the
gr« at est success.
CASSANDRA.— A small genus of
evergreen shrubs, with alternate, shortly
stalked leaves and flowers in the axils
of the upper leaves, solitary or racemose.
Sepals 5, free. Corolla oblong, cylindrical,
5-toothed. Stamens 10. Ovary round.
5-ribbed and 5-celled. Capsule small.
Culture and Propagation. — Cassandras
thrive in moist sandy peat and loam, and
may be increased by seeds (which are
very small) or by layers in the same way
as the Gaultherias mentioned above.
C. calyculata {Andromeda calyculata).
A Virginian swamp shrub, 1-3 ft. high,
with elliptic oblong, bluntish leaves,
obsoletely toothed, and rusty beneath.
Flowers in April, pure white, or tinged
with pink, in terminal leafy racemes.
C. angustifolia (or C. crisjja), a native
of Cax*olina, is really a variety with linear
lance-shaped, acute leaves, having some-
what wavy edges. Flowers like those of
C. calyculata.
CASSIOPE. — A genus containing 10
species of tufted Heath-like evergreen
bushes often with 4-angled, leafy stems.
Leaves small entire or ciliated, 3-angled
or deeply channelled behind, or flat and
awl-shaped, convex behind. Flowers
axillary, rarely terminal, solitary, nodding
or drooping, on slender stalks. Sepals
4-5, free. Corolla bell-shaped, 5 6-lobed.
Stamens 8-10-12. Ovary 4-5-celled.
Capsule round.
Culture and Propagation. — Cassiopes
require to be grown in thoroughly well-
drained, sandy peat in parts of the
rockery where they will not be fully
exposed to the glare of the nhd-day sun.
While disliking stagnant moisture they
must always have plenty of water, especi-
ally during the period of growth and
in the summer months. These plants
and many others belonging to the Heath
order are greatly benefited by a mulching
or top-dressing of fresh peaty soil and leaf
mould every winter. Owing to its organic
nature the soil soon becomes impoverished
and washed away, and the stems of the
plants are left exposed to the biting blasts
LEUCOTHOK
HEATH OBDEB
OXYDENDRON 577
of winter with injurious results. Hence
the value of giving fresh soil annually, or
transplanting so as to lower the stems
somewhat in new soil. They are best
increased by layers in autumn, the
branches l'ooting freely when pegged
down, and may be detached the follow-
ing spring.
C. fastigiata (Andromeda fast ig lata).
A pretty little Himalayan shrub, suitable
for rockeries. Leaves small, imbricated,
in 4 rows. Flowers in May, white or
pink, near the ends of the branchlets.
Culture -Ct. as above.
C. hypnoides (Andromeda hypnoides).
An interesting, mossy, creeping shrub,
native of Lapland and N. America, with
loose needle-like imbricating leaves.
Flowers in June, small, white, bell-shaped,
drooping, on rather long stalks, with a
red calyx.
Culture and Propagation. — To
establish this species, the branches should
be carefully pegged down in sharp, moist,
peaty soil, as it seems to shrivel up when
not actually in contact with the moist
earth. An annual top-dressing of peaty
soil as recommended above will prove of
great value in this particular case.
C. tetragona (Andromeda tetragona).
A pretty little Lapland evergreen 6-8 hi.
high, with 4 rows of closely packed,
obtuse, needle -like leaves, minutely
ciliated. Flowers in March, white, bell-
shaped, like those of Lily of the Valley,
solitary, rather freely produced.
Culture d'-e. as above.
LEUCOTHOE. — A genus contain-
ing about 8 species of pretty evergreen
shrubs, with alternate stalked oblong
or lance-shaped, serrulate, penninerved
leaves, and flowers in axillary or terminal
racemes or panicles. Sepals 5, free.
Corolla ovoid, urn-shaped or cylindrical,
5-toothed. Stamens 10. Disc 10-lobed.
Ovary 5-celled.
Culture and Propagation. — Leuco-
thoes thrive in a sandy peaty soil with
leaf-mould and always like plenty of
moisture at the root, but not in a stag-
nant state. They may be raised from
seeds sown carefully and scarcely or not
at all covered with soil ; and may also be
increased by layers, or by dividing estab-
lished plants in autumn as with the
Gaultherias mentioned above, p. 575.
L. acuminata 'Andromeda acumi-
nata).— A pretty N. American shrub 1-2
ft. high, with ovate lance-shaped pointed
shining leathery leaves. Flowers in June,
white, bell-shaped, drooping, in great
profusion in axillary racemes.
Culture Ac. as above.
L. axillaris (Andromeda axillaris). —
A handsome N. American shrub 2-3 ft.
high, with young branches covered with
a white powdery down. Leaves oblong
or oval, pointed, somewhat hairy beneath.
Flowers in May, white, ovoid-cylindrical
in axillary spiked racemes.
Culture <(■<■. as above.
L. Catesbaei (Andromeda Catesbcei). —
Native of North America, 2-4 ft. high.
Leaves ovate lance-shaped, tapering to a
point, serrulate. Flowers in May, white,
strong-smelling.
Culture ((■(•. as above.
L. Davisiae. — A pretty Californian
shrub, 3 -5 ft. high, with bluntly oblong,
obscurely serrulate, bright green leaves.
Flowers in May, white, drooping, in dense
erect clusters. This species is also known
as L. Lobbi.
Culture </r. as above.
L. racemosa (Andromeda sjneata). —
A fine N. American shrub 4-10 ft. high.
Leaves oblong or oval lance-shaped,
acute, serrulate, somewhat downy when
young. Flowers in May and June,
white, in erect clusters.
Culture dtc. as above.
L. recurva (Andromeda recurva). —
A distinct N. American shrub, somewhat
straggling in habit, and having the tips of
the branches tinged with scarlet. Leaves
oval lance-shaped, pointed. Flowers in
June, white, in recurved or spreading
racemes.
Culture (Be. as above.
OXYDENDRON (Sorrel Tree).—
A genus with only one species : —
O. arboreum (Andromeda arborea). —
A beautiful tree 15-40 ft. high, native
of the Eastern United States. Leaves
stalked, deciduous, oblong lance-shaped,
pointed, serrate, 4 6 in. long, and
glaucous beneath. Flowers in June and
July, white, in terminal panicles of many
one-sided racemes often as much as 9 or
10 in. in length. Calyx free, 5-parted.
Corolla ovoid, 5-toothed. Stamens 10 .
578
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS andromeda
Ovary broadly ovoid, 5 -celled. Capsule
small, ovoid, 5-angled.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Sorrel tree thrives in moist peaty well-
drained soil in somewhat sheltered situa-
tions. It is increased by imported seeds
which must be sown carefully imme-
diately on arrival on the surface of fine
sandy peat, and very slightly, or not at all,
covered with fine soil. It may also be
increased by layers, which, however, often
root with difficulty, and should not be
detached until the plants can be severed
with safety and a chance of their suc-
ceeding when transplanted. The leaves
assume a rich bronzy-purple hue in
autumn, and look very handsome.
EPICflLA (Ground Laurel ; May-
flower).— A genus with only two species
of prostrate creeping, rusty-haired shrubs
with alternate shortly stalked leathery
evergreen leaves, and clusters of fragrant
flowers in the leaf axils. Calyx with 3
bracts. Sepals 5, scaly. Corolla hypo-
crateriform, with a rather broad tube
bearded within ; 5-lobed. Stamens 10.
Disc 10-lobed. Ovary ovoid, hairy,
5-celled. Capsule 5-angled.
E. repens. — A pretty hairy N. Ameri-
can evergreen, with heart-shaped ovate
entire leaves. Flowers in May, white
tinted with red, in dense clusters, very
fragrant.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species grows but a few inches high,
and will thrive only in moist sandy peat
in shady places, as under trees or shrubs.
It may be increased by seeds when
obtainable, but they are slow in sprouting.
Sometimes by carefully dividing the
tufts in autumn, or by layering the
branches, good plants are obtained. Cut-
tings of the previous year's wood are
most successful, inserted in sandy soil
under a glass in gantle heat in spring.
As soon as rooted the plants should be
grown on in pots until well established,
and then transferred in early autumn or
spring to theirpermanent positions out-
side.
LYONIA. — This genus (once included
in Andromeda) contains 8 species of
downy or felty trees and shrubs with
alternate stalked evergreen or deciduous
leaves, and small flowers in axillary
clusters or racemes. Calyx free, 4-5-
lobed as far as the middle. Corolla urn-
shaped or globose, downy, 4-5-toothed.
Stamens 8-10. Disc 8-10-lobed. Ovary
4-5-celled. Capsule hard, ovoid, 4-5-
angled.
L. paniculata (Andromeda ligus-
trina). — A N. American evergreen Privet-
like shrub 3-10 ft. high, with obovate
lance-shaped, somewhat pointed and
almost entire leaves. Flowers in June,
white, roundish, in clusters.
Culture and Propagation. — Lyonias
grow best in moist sandy peat or sandy
loam and leafsoil, in not too sunny places.
They are increased by layering the
branches in autumn, or by carefully
sowing the minute seeds in sandy peat,
and without covering them except with
a sheet of glass, which helps to keep the
surface moist by retarding evaporation.
ZENOBIA. — This genus contains
only one known species : —
Z. speciosa (Andromeda casein ce-
folia ; A. speciosa). — A beautiful smooth,
more or less glaucous shrub 2-4 ft. high,
native of the S. United States. Leaves
alternate stalked, oblong or oblong lance-
shaped, leathery, entire or serrulate, de-
ciduous, 1-2 in. long. Flowers in summer,
white, drooping, in axillary corymbs or
clusters, like large Lilies of the Valley.
Calyx free, 5-lobed. Corolla bell-shaped,
with 5 broadly rounded lobes. Disc 10-
lobed. Ovary 5-celled.
The variety pulverulenta (also known
as Andromeda dealbata and A. pulveru-
lenta) is a more showy plant than the
type. The leaves are covered beneath
with a conspicuous whitish glaucous
bloom, and the white bell-shaped flowers
are larger and more numerous.
Culture and Progagation. — Z. speci-
osa and its variety thrive in a peaty
soil, and as long as there is sufficient root
moisture, the plants may be fully exposed.
Grown in masses or in beds on the grass
it forms a very attractive sight when
laden with clusters of its beautiful droop-
ing white bells. It may be increased by
carefully sowing the seeds in spring, or
as soon as ripe, in gentle heat, and
keeping them covered wTith a sheet of
glass and in a shaded position until well
above the surface. Fresh plants may
also be obtained by layering the branches
in autumn and detaching them the
following spring or autumn if well rooted.
ANDROMEDA. — Although many
plants described in this work under Cas-
PI EKIS
HEATH ORDER
ENKIANTHUS 579
SANDRA, CASSIOPE, LeUCOTHOK, LyONIA,
Oxydendron, Pieris, and Zenobia were
at one time all called Andromedas, there
is only one species which properly belongs
to this genus at present, viz. : —
A. polifolia (Wild Rosemary ; Moor-
tuort). — A handsome smooth dwarf ever-
green shrub about 1 ft. high, native of
British and Irish peat bogs. Leaves about
1 in. or more long, thick, and leathery,
elliptic lance-shaped, shining green above,
glaucous beneath. Flowers from May to
August, pinky- white, drooping, sometimes
tipped with red, in umbels near the ends
of the branches. Calyx deeply 4 5-parted.
Corolla roundish 5-toothed. Stamens 10,
with bearded filaments. Disc 10-lobed.
Ovary 5-celled. Capsule roundish 5-
angled.
Culture and Propagation. — The Wild
Rosemary is a good plant grown in masses
in moist or swampy peaty soil. There is
a good deal of variation in the colour of
its flowers, and two varieties, major and
augustifolia, are known. The plants are
increased from the minute seeds sown
carefully under glass in peaty soil in
autumn, giving plenty of air as soon as
germination takes place. Layers of the
branches are also made in autumn, but
they take about 12 months to develop a
sufficient quantity of roots before they can
be detached from the parent plant, that is
with any chance of success as to their
leading a free and independent existence
on their own roots.
PIERIS. — A genus containing about
10 species of smooth or downy shrubs
or trees, with mostly evergreen, stalked,
alternate, entire, or serrulate leaves.
Flowers in axillary or terminal racemes.
Calyx free, 5-parted. Corolla ovoid or
cylindrical-urceolate, with 5 recurved
teeth or lobes. Stamens 10. Disc 10-
lobed. Ovary round, 5-celled. Capsule
round, 5-lobed.
Culture and Propagation. — These
plants are of the same nature as Andro-
medas, and require to be grown in moist
peaty soil. They are increased by seeds
and layers like Andromedas mentioned
just above.
P. floribunda (Andromeda floribunda ;
Leucothoe floribunda). — A pretty shrub
2-6 ft. high, native of the United States.
Leaves ovate oblong acute, finely toothed,
smooth, leathery. Flowers in April and
May, pure white, in great profusion on
one-sided racemes.
Culture dc. as above.
P. formosa. — A beautiful shrub with
green, leathery, somewhat puckered, lance-
shaped, finely toothed leaves, and brandl-
ing clusters of porcelain-white flowers.
Culture dc. as above. Being a native
of the temperate Himalayas and China
this shrub is not altogether proof against
hard frosts in all parts of the kingdom.
It may therefore be advisable to give it
a little protection in the north during
severe winters.
P.japonica (Andromeda japonica). -A
handsome Japanese shrub about 3 ft. high,
with dark green, leathery, lance-shaped
leaves. Flowers in early summer, white,
urceolate, in long drooping clusters often
6 inches in length. The variety elegan-
tissima has the leaves clearly edged
with creamy white and flushed with
pink ; it is also known as variegata.
Culture dc. as above.
P. mariana (Andromeda mariana). —
A handsome deciduous shrub 2-4 ft.
high, native of Maryland. Leaves leathery,
oval or oblong, said to poison lambs and
calves. Flowers in May and June, white,
large, nodding, in drooping clusters.
Culture de. as above.
P. nitida (Andromeda coriacea). — A
native of the S. United States 2-6 ft. high.
with ovate-oblong, entire, shiny leaves.
Flowers from March to May, white, red,
or purple, fragrant, in numerous axillary
clusters.
Culture dc. as above.
P. ovalifolia. — A native of Nepaul,
20-40 ft. high, with oval-pointed entire
leaves 2-4 in. long, downy when young,
and said to be poisonous to goats. Flowers
in May, pale flesh-colour, in long drooping
one-sided racemes.
Culture dc. as above.
P. phillyreaefolia. — A native of W.
Florida 1-2 ft. high, and too tender for any
but the mildest parts of the southern coasts.
Leaves oblong or lance- shaped, blunt,
glandular-serrate near the apex. Flowers
from January to March, white, ovoid, in
loose racemes.
Culture dc. as above.
ENKIANTHUS.— A genus contain-
ing 5 species of smooth shrubs with ever-
green, stalked, leathery, entire or serrulate
p p 2
580
PEACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
EKICA
leaves, and flowers in drooping terminal
corymbs or umbels. Calyx free, with 5
short acute lobes. Corolla bell-shaped,
roundish, or urceolate, with 5 entire or
laciniated lobes. Stamens 10. Disc none,
or small. Ovary ovoid 5-celled. Capsule
ovoid or oblong, fleshy or woody, 5-angled.
Culture and Propagation. — These
plants grow well in a mixture of moist
sandy peat and loam, and may be increased
by cuttings of the ripe shoots inserted in
sandy soil in spring, under glass. They
may be grown in the same way, and
receive the same general treatment, as
Pieris and Andromeda. See p. 579.
E. campanulatus (Andromeda cam-
panulata). — A pretty Japanese shrub with
elliptic, sharply toothed leaves about 2 in.
long. Flowers in June, greenish-white,
tinged with red, in drooping clusters.
Culture d'-c. as above.
E. cernuus (Meisteria cernua). — A
Japanese bush 6-8 ft. high, with reddish
bell-shaped flowers.
Culture d'-c. as above.
E. himalaicus. — ■ A native of the
Eastern Himalayas, closely related to E.
japonicus and probably only a geographi-
cal form of it. It has ovate lance-shaped
tapering leaves and umbels of drooping
dull orange-red flowers tipped with
brighter red.
Culture d'-c. as above.
E. japonicus. — A slender deciduous
Japanese shrub, with elliptic obovate
leaves which change to a beautiful deep
golden-orange in autumn. Flowers in
February, white, roundish, in drooping
clusters.
Culture d'-c. as above.
CALLUNA (Heather; Common
Ling). — Only one species belongs to this
genus : —
C. vulgaris (Erica vulgaris). — This
is the well-known Heath or Heather of
British and Irish moors. It grows 1-3 ft.
high, and has wiry woody stems covered
with very short 8 -angled linear oblong
leaves, imbricating in 4 rows, and
gibbous at the base. Flowers from July
to September, small, numerous, rosy-pink,
shining, axillary, in long spiked racemes.
Sepals 4. Corolla bell-shaped, 4-lobed.
Stamens 8, free.
There are several distinct forms of the
Common Heather, the best being alba,
Hammondi, minor, and pilosa, all white-
flowered forms ; Alporti, crimson, and
Alporti variegata, with variegated leaves;
argentea, silvery-leaved; aurea, yellow-
leaved ; flore pleno, with double rosy
flowers ; piumila and dumosa, with dwarf
mossy growth ; and many others with
names more or less descriptive of their
peculiarities.
Culture and Propagation. — There are
few sights so pretty as masses of Heather
when in bloom, and in large gardens on
the sides of knolls or banks or on level or
undulating ground a very effective display
can be made. Although perhaps best in
sandy peaty soil, the Common Heath will
grow well in sandy loam with plenty of
vegetable matter like leaf-soil in it. In a
wild state seeds are sown naturally and
young plants raised by that means alone.
They may also be raised from seeds in
gardens, sown carefully and without any
covering of soil as they are so minute ; or
by layers in autumn. Cuttings of the
tops placed imder bell-glasses in very fine
sandy peat in spring will also root. The
young plants in all cases require to have
the tips of the shoots pinched out so as to
induce a bushy and sturdy habit by the
development of side branches.
PENTAPERA.— This genus differs
from Erica chiefly in having the parts of
the flower in fives instead of fours, and
10 stamens instead of 8. It contains only
one species : —
P. sicula (Erica sicula). — A pretty
Heath-like downy shrub 1-2 ft. high,
native of Sicily. Leaves linear oblong,
leathery, entire, about i in. long below,
gradually shortening upwards. Flowers
in May, pale pink, rather large, about 4 in
a cluster at the ends of the branches.
Sepals 5, ovate acute, spreading. Corolla
roundish, urn-shaped, with 5 recurved
lobes. Stamens lO, hypogynous, free.
Culture and Propagation. — It is some-
what rare, and is probablj7 hardy only
in the milder parts of the south. It is
raised from seeds sown on the surface of
fine peaty soil in spring; and may also
be increased by layers in autumn ; or by
cuttings of the .young shoots under a bell-
glass in gentle heat in spring.
ERICA (Heath). — A genus contain-
ing about 400 species of much-branched
evergreen shrubs or bushes with small
stiffish opposite, alternate, or whorled
leaves. Flowers usually nodding, axillary
or terminal, in clusters or racemes. Calyx
ICRICA
II HATH OBDEIl
ERICA 581
4-parted. Corolla urn-shaped, globose,
hypocrateriform, tubular or bell -shaped,
4-lobed. Stamens usually 8. Ovary
usually 4-celled.
Culture and Propagation. — Only a
few Heaths are suitable for outdoor
cultivation in this country, and the
remarks under Call una vulgaris above
may be applied to them. They mostly
grow in peaty soil and may be increased
by cuttings under bell-glasses, seeds, or
layers. They are equally useful and
ornamental on sloping bunks or knolls, in
the lower parts of the rock garden, or
even in the flower border where the dwarf
kinds can be made to do duty as carpel
plants to contrast with taller ones that
flower at different seasons.
E. arborea. — This graceful Heath is
found in a wild state in Southern Europe,
N. Africa, and as far south as the Canary
Islands, where it attains the size of a
fairly large tree. It produces white
flowers, but unfortunately is too tender
for general cultivation in the British
Islands. In the mildest parts of the
south and west it may be grown with a
fair amount of success in warm situations
sheltered from cold winds.
Culture dc. as above.
E. carnea. — A compact species about
6 in. high, native of Germany, with smooth
linear leaves 3-4 in a whorl. Flowers
from January to April, pale red or pink,
in one-sided racemes. The variety alba
(or herbacea) has white flowers, but is not
quite so vigorous. Mixed with the type
however it looks very pretty.
Culture dc. as above.
E. ciliaris (Dorset Heatli). — A native
of Dorset, Cornwall, and pai'ts of Ireland.
6-12 in. high, with 3 ovate ciliate leaves
in a whorl. Flowers from June to Sep-
tember, pale red, ovoid, in racemes.
Culture dc. as above.
E. cinerea (ScotchHeather). — A pretty
British and Irish Heath 6-12 in. high, with
3 smooth linear acute leaves in a whorl.
Flowers from July to September, crimson-
purple, drooping. There are many forms,
such as alba, atropurpurea, atrosa>i-
(juinea, bicolor, coccinea, pallida, p>U}'-
purea, rosea &c, with flowers varying in
colour according to the name, and all
very ornamental.
Culture dc. as above.
E. lusitanica (E. codonodes). — A
charming Heath 2-6 ft. or more high,
native of Spain and Portugal. The
branches arc clothed with slender needle-
like leaves pointing upwards, and the
drooping cylindrical blossoms, white or
faintly tinged with pink, appear in great
profusion from January to March and
April according to the part of the country.
Culture dc. as above. This fine
Heath is practically hardy in most parts
of the kingdom and flourishes in loamy as
well as peaty soil. If it should be cut
down by a severe frost, it is almost sure
to send up fresh shoots from the base.
E. Mackaii. — A showy plant about
1 ft. high, native of Conncmara, with
broad ovate leaves, green above, silvery
beneath. Flowers in July and August,
pale red. It is near /.. TetraUx, and
was at one time regarded as a variety of
that species.
Culture i(-c. as above.
E. mediterranea {E. Jvibernica). — Irish
Heath. Found in the boggy heaths of
Galway and Mayo, and also in the
Mediterranean countries. It grows 4-5
ft. high. Leaves linear, usually 4 in a
whorl. Flowers in April and May, pink,
cylindric bell -shaped, with broad lobes, in
dense racemes.
The variety hybrid a is supposed to be
a cross between E. meddterranea and E.
carnea. It bears a profusion of bright
pinky-purple drooping blossoms, which
are very like those of E. carnea, and the
projecting black -anthered stamens are
very conspicuous. They often appear
before Christmas, and according to locality
may be found in good condition up to
March and April in various parts of the
country. It is therefore an excellent
variety for winter flowering and deserves
to be widely grown. The variety alba is
also very beautiful when laden with its
masses of white flowers and deep brown
projecting stamens. It is, however,
dwarfer and decidedly more compact in
habit than hybrida, but the two together
make a grand picture in sheltered nooks,
or on the warm sides of knolls and
hillocks. Like the type, it flourishes in
peaty soil, but will also grow well in
light sandy loam. It seeds freely, and the
seedlings come up naturally.
Culture dc. as above.
E. scoparia. —A native of S. Europe
2-3 ft. high, with 3 leaves in a whorl.
582
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS dabcecia
Flowers greenish, roundish, in long one-
sided racemes.
Culture dc. as above.
E. Tetralix (Cross-leaved Heath ; Bell
Heather). — A beautiful British and Irish
plant 6-12 in. high, with a greyish appear-
ance. Leaves linear obtuse, 4 in a whorl,
downy. Flowers from July to September,
rosy-red, drooping, ovoid, in umbel-
like clusters at the ends of the branches.
There is a white-flowered variety called
alba, and a red one called rubra.
E. maweana is closely related to E.
Tetralix. It grows 12-18 in. high,
making nice bushy plants, and produces
its purple-crimson flowers in autumn.
Culture dtc. as above.
E. vagans (Cornish Heath). — A native
of Cornwall, S. France, and parts of
Ireland, 6 in. to 2 ft. high. Leaves
linear, recurved, 3-4 in a whorl. Flowers
from July to September, pink or purple,
bell-shaped, long-stalked, in dense axillary
racemes. There is a white variety, alba ;
also one called grand '{flora and rubra.
Culture dc. as above.
LOISELEURIA. — A genus contain-
ing only one species : —
L. procumbens (Azalea procumbens).
A distinct wiry trailing evergreen shrub
native of the Scottish Alps and Alpine
Emope. It forms flat patches with
deep green glossy leaves about \ in.
long, deeply channelled above, densely
downy beneath, stiff, leathery, recurved,
linear obtuse. Flowers in May and June,
pink, small. 1-5 at the tips of the branches,
on red stalks. Calyx 5 -parted. Corolla
broadly bell-shaped, 5-lobed. Stamens 5,
slightly adnate to the corolla. Ovary
roundish, 2-3-celled.
Culture and Propagation. — This is
a natural rock plant, and delights in peaty
soil. It may be increased by seeds care-
fully sown under glass in autumn or
spring, or by layering the branches in
autumn and severing them the following
spring or early autumn, according as they
are more or less well rooted. As it takes
a long time to obtain plants from seeds,
layering on the whole is the better and
quicker process. This plant is found in
great abundance on the Swiss Alps, and
plant-hunters often imagine that good
clumps can be successfully transplanted.
But such is not the case, as adult plants
almost always die. Seedlings are best
obtained, and when they have recovered
the shock of removal may be given as much
light and air as possible in the warmest
and sunniest parts of the rockery.
BRYANTHUS.— A genus with 3-4
species of smooth or downy Heath-like
evergreen shrubs or bushes with flowers
in terminal racemes or clusters. Calyx
4-6-lobed or parted. Corolla bell-shaped
with 4-6- short recurved lobes. Stamens
8-10-12. Ovary roundish, 4-5-celled,
Capsules erect.
Culture and Propagation. — These
plants grow we'1 in moist sandy or peaty
soil, and are cnieify suitable for the rock
garden. They may be increased by seeds
carefully sown on the surface of sandy
soil in spring or autumn ; by layering the
branches in autumn ; by cuttings under
a bell-glass, or by carefully dividing the
plants in early autumn or spring.
B. Breweri. — A recently introduced
Californian dwarf evergreen shrub with
clusters of narrow linear leaves, and
short racemes of purple-red flowers in
summer.
Culture d'c. as above.
B. empetriformis (Menziesia empetri-
formis). — A native of N.W. America,
about 6 in. high, with crowded linear
leaves and clusters of reddish-purple
flowers near the ends of the branches.
Culture dec. as above.
B. erectus. — A Siberian trailing bush
about 1 ft. high, with bluntly linear,
obscurely serrated leaves, and pretty pink
bell-shaped flowers in summer.
Culture d'-r. as above.
B. Gmelini. — A native of Kamtschatka
2-3 in. high, with small denticulate leaves,
and clusters of red flowers in summer.
Culture <£c. as above.
DABCECIA (St. Dabeoc's Heath;
Irish Heath). — A genus with only one
species : —
D. polifolia (Menziesia poUfoKa). — A
beautiful Heath-like shrub 1-2 ft. high,
common on the boggy heaths of Con-
naught. Leaves alternate, evergreen,
about i in. long, elliptic, glossy above,
white and downy beneath. Flowers from
June to September, crimson-purple, droop-
ing, in loose terminal racemes. Sepals 4.
Corolla ovoid, inflated, shortly 4-lobed.
Stamens 8. Ovary ovoid, 4-celled.
There is a white-flowered variety,
alba, and a deeper purple one called
atropinpurea, both very pretty. There
KALMIA
HEATH ORDER
KALMIA 583
is also one called bicolor which bears both
white and purple flowers, both colours
occasionally in the same flower.
Culture and Propagation. -Grown in
masses St. Dabeoc's Heath is a charming
ornamental shrub, and may be used with
other peat-loving shrubs, many of which
belong to the same order. It may be
grown in moist, peaty soil with a little
loam, and may be increased by layering
the branches in autumn ; by cuttings of
the young shoots in spring under a
hand-glass ; or by seeds sown under glass
in spring or autumn, although plants thus
raised vary somewhat in character.
KALMIA (American Laurel). — A
genus containing 6- 7 species of beautiful
evergreen shrubs with opposite, alternate
or verticillate entire leaves, and flowers
in axillary or terminal corymbs or ra-
cemes. Calyx 5-parted. Corolla broadly
bell-shaped, or rather hypocrateriform,
5-lobed, with a funnel-shaped tube having
10 pits or hollows into which the anthers
of the stamens fit. Stamens 10, with
filaments at first bent backwards.
Ovary roundish, 5-celled. Capsule erect.
Culture and Propagation. — Kalmias
are among the most beautiful of orna-
mental shrubs. They like partially
shaded spots and moist, sandy, peat soil,
and may be associated with Rhodo-
dendrons. The plants also flourish in good
and deeply dug loamy soil to which large
quantities of leaf-mould have been added.
Lime is more or less injurious to these
plants as to Rhododendrons and many
other plants of the Heath order. Its
presence may be detected by taking a fair
sample and pouring a little vinegar or
sulphuric acid (or vitriol) on it. A fizzing
noise will signify the presence of lime in
the soil, otherwise there will be no appa-
rent action. By mixing samples of the
soil in rain or distilled water, or water
which has been well boiled, and then
blowing into it with the breath by means
of a pipe or a straw, the water will assume
a milky colour should lime be present, but
it will remain more or less clear if lime is
absent. A good mulching of well-decayed
manure, or a mixture of fresh peat and
leaf mould placed on the surface of the beds
around the plants will be of great benefit
and may be applied every winter. They
may be increased by sowing the minute
seeds in shallow pans of sandy peat in a
cold frame as soon as ripe or in spring
(the seeds require no covering of soil, but
a sheet of glass over the pots or pans will
greatly retard evaporation from the soil
and keep a moist atmosphere) ; by cuttings
of the young shoots under a bell-glass in
sandy soil in spring ; or by layering the
lower branches in autumn.
K. angustifolia {Sheep Laurel). — A
pretty Canadian shrub 2 3 ft. high, with
bluntly oblong leaves 1 2 in. long, mostly
in twos or threes. Flowers in early
summer, purple or crimson, in lateral
corymbs. The variety pumila is a dwarf
and more compact plant ; ovata has larger
oblong or ovate glossy green Leathery
leaves; nana is a dwarf compact-growing
form usually not more than a foot high ;
and rubra has very deep coloured flowers.
Culture dkc. as above.
K. cuneata. — This is a recently de-
scribed species not yet known in British
gardens. It is a native of N. Carolina,
and grows into a deciduous shrub 2-3 ft.
high with slender straggling stems and
ovate wedge-shaped leaves. The flowers
are about f in. across, creamy-white with
a broad light red band at the base of the
limb.
Cult a re dc. as above.
K. glauca. — A native of Canada 12
ft. high, with narrow-oblong, nearly sessile
leaves, opposite or in threes, about 1 in.
long, glaucous-white beneath. Flowers
in April, lilac -purple, over A in. across,
borne in clusters at the ends of the shoots.
Culture d-c. as above.
K. hirsuta. — A vigorous hairy shrub
about 1 ft. high, native of Virginia,
Florida iSre. Leaves nearly sessile,
flatfish oblong or lance-shaped, \-% in.
long. Flowers in summer, rosy-purple,
about A in. across, scattered and axillary.
Culture (fr. as above. This species
seems to have dropped out of cultivation
in the British Islands.
K. latifolia (Calieo Bush). — An ele-
gant N. American shrub 3 10 ft. high,
with bright green , stalked, oblong or elliptic -
lance-shaped leaves, alternate or some-
times in twos or threes. Flowers from
May to July, rosy to white, crowded in
corymbs at the ends of the branches.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species is sometimes forced in green-
houses in early spring. Well-budded
plants are potted up in winter, and
brought in to gentle heat as required.
584
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
LEDUM
There is a variety called myrti folia with
small Myrtle-like leaves and a more
dwarf and compact habit. The newer
variety called polypetala resembles the
type in habit of growth, but the flowers
are peculiar in having the corolla cut into
several segments instead of being 5-lobed
as in the normal forms.
RHODOTHAMNUS (Ground
Cistus). — A genus with one species : —
R. Chamaecistus (Rhododendron
Chamcecistus). — A handsome evergreen
dwarf shrub about 6 in. high, native of
the Austrian Alps. Leaves shortly
stalked, elliptic lance-shaped entire, shin-
ing green, bristly ciliate. Flowers in May,
pink, nearly 1 in. across, solitary, on long
slender stalks at the ends of the branches.
Calyx 5-parted. Corolla rotate 5-lobed,
with a very short tube. Stamens 10.
Ovary round, 5-celled.
Culture and Propagation. — This plant
grows well in damp peaty soil in shady
situations, and is most suitable for the
rockery. It may be increased like
Kalmias from seeds, cuttings, or layers,
and will flourish under the treatment
recommended for those pretty shrubs.
LEIOPHYLLUM (Sand Myrtle).
A genus with 2 species of dwarf ever-
green shrubs, with small alternate
clustered, very shortly stalked, entire
leaves, and small flowers in terminal
corymbs. Calyx with 5 rigid acute lobes.
Petals 5, sessile, bluntly oblong. Stamens
10, hypogynous, protruding. Disc fleshy,
10-lobed. Ovary ovoid or roundish 2 5-
celled and lobed.
L. buxifolium (L. thymifolium ;
Ammyrsine buxifolia ; Ledum buxi-
folium).— -An erect bushy evergreen 6-12
in. high, native of New Jersey and the
mountains of Virginia. Leaves small,
oval, smooth, shining. Flowers in May
and June, white, tinged with pink at the
tips and outside.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species thrives in peat soil or sandy loam
in moist corners of the rockery, and may
be readily increased by la3<ers in the
autumn ; also by seeds sown in shallow
pans in cold frames when ripe, or in spring,
and kept moist.
LEDUM (Labrador Tea). — A genus
containing 4 or 5 species of beautiful
evergreen shrubs, with alternate, shortly
stalked, leathery leaves, rusty beneath,
and flowers in terminal umbels. Calyx
minute, 5-toothed. Petals 5, obovate,
blunt, spreading. Stamens 5 or 10,
rarely 6-7, protruding. Ovary ovoid,
scaly, 5-celled. Capsule oblong erect.
Culture and Propagation. — Ledums
thrive in moist peaty soil, or sandy loam,
and are chiefly increased by layering the
branches in autumn, and severing them in
spring if sufficiently well rooted. The fine
seeds may also be sown, but the seedlings
require a good deal of attention to make
them into thoroughly established plants.
Large tufts may be carefully divided in
autumn, and kept shaded until fairly well
established in their new quarters.
L. glandulosum. — This newly intro-
duced species is a native of California,
British Columbia, and the northern Rocky
Mountains, in which parts of the world it
reaches a height of 2-6 feet. The ovate
leaves are 1-2 in. long, glossy green above,
somewhat glaucous beneath and covered
with glandular dots. The rusty down or
wool so conspicuous in the other species is
absent in this, as are also the curved back
edges. The pure white flowers each about
| in. across appear in May and June, and
arc borne in clusters at the ends of the
shoots. Stamens 10.
Culture (t'-c. as above. Although not
yet well known this species promises to
become a popular evergreen shrub. It
seems to be somewhat quicker growing
than the other species, and it is interesting
to record it as having flowered for the
first time in British gardens at the Royal
Gardens, Kew, in 1897.
L. latifolium. — A handsome shrub 1-3
ft. high, native of the United States.
Leaves linear oblong, with the edges
folded back ; under surface rusty-coloured.
Flowers hi April and May, white, in
terminal corymbs. Stamens 5.
The variety canadense grows 3-6 in.
high, with ovate stalked leaves white
beneath, and large white flowers ; globo-
sum has white flowers in round heads ;
and angustifolium has leaves narrower
than in the type.
Culture Sc. as above.
L. palustre. — A native of marshy parts
of the N. temperate zone. It grows into
a dense compact bush, about 2 ft. high, and
has linear leaves, with edges rolled back
and rusty beneath. Flowers in April
and May, white, or pinky-white, borne
in clusters at the ends of the shoots,
RHODODENDRON
HEATH ORDER
RHODODENDRON 585
and somewhat resembling those of the
Laurustinus ( Viburnum Tmus). Stamens
10.
Call // re Sc. as above. There are
several forms of this species, and they are
somewhat confused with those of L. Idti-
folium. One of the chief differences
between the two species is that one lias 5
stamens and the other 10, as stated above.
The variety decumbena has very small
narrow leaves, and a somewhat trailing
habit; and d/itobatum is a Japanese form
with broader oblong oval leaves.
L. thymifolium. — A pretty little shrub
about 2 ft. high, native of N. America. It
has small, deep shining green leathery
oblong obovate leaves about \ in. long,
and produces heads of starry white
Howcrs about \ in. across in May, each
blossom having protruding stamens
tipped with purple anthers.
Culture tic. as above.
RHODODENDRON (Rose Bay).—
A genus containing about 130 species of
ornamental trees or shrubs, with alternate
leaves often clustered at the ends of the
branches, rarely sub-opposite or falsely
whorled, entire, leathery. Flowers in
clusters or corymbs at the ends of the
branches, rarely solitary, or axillary ;
bracts broad, usually caducous. Calyx
5-lobed, cup-shaped or obsolete, leathery
or foliaceous, persistent. Corolla often
funnel-shaped, bell-shaped or cylindrical,
rarely hypocrateriform or rotate, usually
o-lobed. Stamens 8 10, rarely 5, or
12-18. Ovary 5-20-celled ; style long
or short, bent down or incurved, with a
knobby stigma. Capsule woody. Seeds
numerous, minute.
There are few finer sights in the
garden than a mass of Rhododendrons in
bloom in early spring and summer, and it
is a pity that many of the most beautiful
kinds only find themselves perfectly at
home in the southern and milder parts of
the country.
In the favoured parts of Devonshire
and Cornwall Rhododendrons assume
luxuriant proportions, and begin to open
their flowers several weeks before those in
the Thames Valley and more northern
places. The situations in which Rhodo-
dendrons are planted have a good deal to
do with their ultimate success or failure.
Speaking generally they should not be
planted in positions where they will be
exposed to the bleak northerly and easterly
winds, nor yet to violent soutb-westerly
gales. Leaving the stems fully exposed to
the wind seems to do a good deal of mischief,
although the soil may be warm and in the
best condition. By planting in dells or
on the sides of banks where the wind will
pass over the heads of the bushes, there is
a much better chance of growing Rhodo-
dendrons successfully. Every one has
probably experienced the warmth and
shelter of a tree trunk, a wall, or even a
hedge, during a bitterly cold east wind.
Rhododendrons and other plants, being
living things, and influenced by heat and
cold, are just as sensitive as animals and
human beings to warmth and shelter. If
these two points are attended to in planting,
it will be fairly easy to grow Rhododen-
drons well, even in unfavourable parts of
the kingdom, provided the soil and drainage
are perfect.
Soil. — Rhododendrons not only thrive
in good light sandy peat, but will also
Hourish in any good sandy loam and leaf
soil. They dislike stiff dry clayey soils,
and lime is fatal to them. To test the
presence or absence of lime, take a fair
sample and pour a little vinegar or
sulphuric acid on it. If lime be present
the soil will fizz, but not otherwise. Its
presence or absence in a soil may also be
discovered by breathing- into water con-
taining samples of soil in the way stated
under Kalmia. A soil which is naturally
chalky is quite unsuitable for Rhododen-
drons, and it is simply waste of time
planting them in it, as the plants
never flourish, although they may linger
on for some years before finally giving up
the struggle for existence.
Propagation. — Rhododendrons are in-
creased in various ways. In favourable
parts several of the hardiest kinds ripen
their seeds, from which young plants
develop every year. The choicer kinds
may have the minute seeds carefully
sown in pans of fine sandy peat (no soil
covering being required) and kept in a
shady part of the greenhouse or cold
frame until the seedlings are well up, and
fit to be pricked off into similar pans.
Except in the mildest parts, however, it
will hardly be safe to transfer seedlings —
especially of the choicer kinds — to the
open air until they are a few years old,
and also strong and sturdy, as well as
being thoroughly hardened off.
Where the plants are bushy and low-
growing there is no difficulty in layering
586
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS khododenduox
the shoots, and thus obtaining a good
stock of healthy plants on their own
roots. The plants very often layer them-
selves, and if left undisturbed will in the
course of time assume large proportions.
Layering being a natural process, it is
more likely that plants obtained in this
way will live longer than when grafted.
Cuttings of the partially ripened shoots
may be inserted in sandy peat in summer,
and kept close and shaded, but the
majority often never root, and there is
nothing gained by this method.
Grafting is extensively practised on
stocks of B. ponticum raised from seed.
Ripened scions are taken in autumn, and
most of the leaves are retained. When
attached to the stock by veneer or side
grafting, they are kept in close shaded
frames until union has taken place, when
they gradually receive more air and light.
Probably more from custom than anything
else, B. ponticum has been used indis-
criminately as a stock for almost all kinds
of Rhododendron. But of late years a
variety of the American B. cataivbiense
called Cunningham's White has been spo-
ken of very favourably as a stock, and on
the Continent at least it is extensively used
for this purpose in some large nurseries.
Coming from colder regions than the
Asiatic B. ponticum, it is consequently
hardier, and as a stock is not so likely to
smother or outgrow the choicer kinds
grafted on it, as is often the case with B.
ponticum.
Mulching or Top-dressing. — One often
sees Rhododendrons which although
grown in good soil still present an un-
happy appearance, and rarely give an
adequate supply of blossom to justify
their existence. This state of affairs is
frequently seen in what are termed
' neatly kept ' gardens. The neatness
consists in clearing away from beneath
trees and shrubs of every kind the leaves
which fall on the ground every season.
It is natural for leaves to fall, and they
serve a useful purpose in giving back
food to the soil and keeping it warm in
winter. In fact they form a natural
mulching and top-dressing, and should
never be cleared from under trees or
shrubs unless in cases of absolute neces-
sity. In the case of non-flowering
Rhododendrons experience proves that if
the soil in which they grow is mulched
with old leaves, or even the short grass
from the lawns, they will in the course of
a year or two come into a more or less
free-flowering state.
Below is given a selection of the best
natural species for outdoor cidtivation in
the British Islands. All of them will
flourish more or less in the mild southern
parts of England and Ireland, but not in
less favoured spots. It is not really the
winter hosts that do so much injury to
the ripened wood and well-protected buds,
but the frosts of April and May, when the
sap has begun to flow, and the buds have
burst forth from their winter protecting
scales. Having once started into growth
nothing can save the juicy young growths
from injury by late frosts, if fairly severe.
The hard smooth-leaved kinds appear
to be less liable to injury than the woolly-
leaved kinds. The latter probably retain
moisture much longer than the others,
and in the event of frost, of course,
become more or less sheeted with ice.
It is impossible to lay down any hard
and fast line as to hardiness, as the
seasons play such a large part in the
ripening or otherwise of the wood. Many
of the kinds mentioned below are recorded
as having passed uninjured through as
much as 20° frost, and very often plants
have suffered more in southern parts than
in northern ones.
As a rule, any of the Himalayan
Rhododendrons which grow in a wild
state at an elevation of more than 9000
or 10,000 feet are more or less hardy
in the British Islands. For huge cold
conservatories, like the Temperate House
at Kew Gardens, they are magnificent,
and of course come into blossom much
earlier than the plants grown out of doors.
R. albiflorum. — An erect Rocky
Mountain species 2-3 ft. high, with elliptic
lance-shaped deciduous leaves 1-H in.
long. Flowers in July, creamy white,
in drooping clusters. Corolla rotate bell-
shaped ; stamens 10.
Culture <tc. as above.
R. Anthopogon. — A native of Central
and N. Asia I-I5 ft. high. Leaves oval,
rusty beneath. Flowers in April and
May, sulphur-yellow, in heads. Corolla
salver-shaped, bearded within. Stamens 8.
Culture (Be. as above.
R. arboreum. — A handsome Hima-
layan tree 15-20 ft. high, with large,
leathery, lance-shaped acute leaves,
beautiful shining green above, silvery or
KHODODKNDliON
HEATH OEDEB
KHODODKNDRON 587
rusty beneath. Flowers from March to
May, white, rose, or blood colour, in
dense heads. Corolla bell-shaped.
Stamens 10. There are several varieties
differing chiefly in the paleness or
intensity of colour of their blossoms.
Culture dc. as above.
R. Aucklandi. — A native of Sikkim
4 S ft. high, with leathery, oblong elliptic
acute leaves 4-10 in. long. Flowers in
May, the largest in the genus, 3-5 in.
across, pure white, tinged with pink ;
tube short, yellowish and rosy towards
the base.
Culture dc. as above.
R. barbatum. — A showy Sikkim tree.
40-50 ft. high, with reddish bark and
elliptic lance-shaped acute leaves 5-7 in.
long, somewhat hafry and fringed when
young; stalks fringed with black hairs.
Flowers deep puce or blood - red, bell-
shaped, in round heads 5-6 in. in
diameter. Very hardy.
Culture dc. as above.
R. blandfordiaeflorum. A slender
twiggy Himalayan shrub about 8 ft.
high. Leaves leathery lance-shaped
pointed, 2-3 in. long, rusty beneath.
Flowers varying from green to orange-
red, 5-10 in a head. Stamens 10.
Culture dtc. as above. This is closely
related to E. cinnabar in um and is pro-
bably only a variation of it.
R. brachycarpum. — A tall-growing
Japanese species resembling It. cata/w-
biense in appearance. Leaves bluntly
oblong, with a rusty silky down on the
under surface. The pale yellow or cream-
coloured flowers, each 1^—2 in. across, are
dotted with green at the base of the upper
lobes of the corolla, and are borne in large
clusters at the ends of the shoots in early
summer.
Culture tOc. as above.
R. californicum. — A Californian shrub
3-8 ft. high with obovate elliptic leathery
leaves. Flowers in June, rosy-purple,
broadly bell-shaped, the lobes spotted
with yellow within. Stamens 10.
Culture dc. as above.
R. calophyllum. — A pretty Himalayan
shrub about 3 ft. high. Leaves stiffish
leathery, ovate oblong or elliptic, 3-5 in.
long, dark glossy green above, glaucous
beneath when young, rusty when old,
scaly. Flowers in May, pure white,
tubular bell-shaped. Stamens 18-20.
Culture dc. as above.
R. camelliaeflorum. — A native of Sik-
kim, with somewhat drooping branches
2-6 ft. long. Leaves elliptic-lance-
shaped, 2]-3 in. long. Flowers in April,
pure white, tinged with rose, 1.1 in.
across, solitary or twin on short curved
stalks.
Culture dc. as above.
R. campanulatum (li. eefuginosum).
A beautiful Sikkim plant about 4 ft. high.
Leaves elliptic mucronate, blunt or heart-
shaped at the base, rich brown beneath.
Flowers in April, bell-shaped, about 2 in.
across, pale lilac with a few purple or
rose spots. There are a few varieties,
some with almost pure white flowers.
Culture dc. as above.
R. Campbellije.— A Sikkim tree 20 30
ft. high, with large lance-shaped leathery
leaves, lobed at the base, and rusty
beneath. Flowers in March and April,
crimson-spotted, bell-shaped, in dense
clusters.
Culture dc. as above.
R. campy locarpum. — A twiggy,
branched shrub about 6 ft. high, native
of Sikkim. Leaves leathery, 2-3 \ in.
long, oblong elliptic, lobed at the
base, pointed at the apex. Flowers in
June, sulphur-yellow, spotless, bell-
shaped, about 2 in. across, 6-8 in a head.
Culture dtc. as above.
R. catawbiense. — A native of the
mountains of the S. United States, 3-6
ft. high. Leaves oval or oblong, smooth,
3 5 in. long. Flowers in July, lilac -
purple, broadly bell-shaped, on rusty
stalks.
Culture dc. as above. This species
has been extensively used in producing
the numerous fine hybrids now in exist-
ence. Perhaps one of the best forms of
it is the well-known Cunningham's Wh ite.
It is very hardy and is much used as a
covert plant. As a stock for grafting it
is considered superior to B. ponticum.
R. caucasicum. — A pretty spreading
or decumbent Caucasian species about
1 ft. high. Leaves lance-shaped, ovate
or obovate, rusty beneath. Flowers in
Augiist, rosy outside, white within,
spotted with green, more or less bell-
588
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS rhododendron
shaped. There are varieties with white,
rose, and pale yellow flowers.
Culture dc. as above.
R. chrysanthum. — A dwarf Siberian
shrub, with linear lance-shaped leaves,
rusty beneath, and narrowed into a long
stalk. Flowers in summer, golden -
yellow, about 1 in. across, broadly bell-
shaped, in terminal clusters.
Culture &c. as above. To keep this
plant in good condition it should always
have a good layer of Sphagnum Moss
around the stems and covering the soil.
R. ciliatum. — A hairy Sikkim shrub
about 2 ft. high. Leaves elliptic, pointed,
leathery, 2-3 in. long, more or less hairy
above, smooth and somewhat rusty
beneath. Flowers in May, pale reddish-
purple, about 1.1 in. across. The variety
roseo-album has larger flowers than the
type, white, tinged with rose.
Culture ifc. as above.
R. cinnabarinum. — A pretty Sikkim
species, 2-3 ft. high. Leaves ovate or
oblong lance-shaped acute, 2-3 in. long,
rasty beneath. Flowers in April and
May, brownish-red, with a long tube,
rather small, nodding, 4-8 in a cluster.
Stamens 10.
Culture Sc. as above.
R. collettianum. — A pretty rusty-
stemmed species, native of Afghanistan,
where it is said to grow 8-10 ft. high.
Leaves leathery, elliptic -oblong or lance-
shaped, 2-3 in. long. Flowers in May,
white, funnel-shaped, about 1 in. across,
in dense heads. Stamens 10.
Culture Sc. as above. This species in
a small state is useful for planting in the
rock garden in sheltered spots.
R. Dalhousiae. — A straggling red-
stemmed shrub 6-8 ft. high, native of
Sikkim, where it grows on the trunks of
trees. Leaves elliptic obovate, 4-5 in.
long, with downy stalks i in. long.
Flowers from April to July, white, tinged
with rose, befl-shaped, lemon-scented,
3-4 in. across. Stamens 10.
Culture Ac. as above.
R. dauricum. — A native of Siberia
about 3 ft. high. Leaves deciduous, oval
oblong, smooth, scaly. Flowers from
January to March, rosy, rotate-bell-shaped,
solitary or in twos or tlrrees. The variety
srmpervirens has deep green, persistent
leaves, and deep purple flowers.
Culture dc. as above. This is a verv
valuable little shrub owing to the early
period at which it produces its blossoms.
Although perhaps not so free as jR. noble-
anum or B. prcecox it seems to be much
hardier. Blooming so early in the year
the plants should be grown in warm and
sheltered nooks so that the blossoms shall
suffer as little as possible from cold winds
and frosts. B. Keiskei from Japan is
closely related to this species but is dwarfer
in growth. It has ovate leaves about
3 in. long, and rosy-purple flowers about
1 in. across, borne in loose clusters at the
ends of the shoots.
R. Edgeworthi. — A native of Sikkim,
2-3 ft. high, with somewhat straggling
branches. Leaves ovate lance-shaped
acute, 2 4 in. long, upper surface wrinkled.
Flowers in May and June, white, often
tinged with blush or pale yellow, about
4 in. across, very fragrant. Stamens 10.
Many beautiful greenhouse varieties have
been raised from this species.
Cult are dr. as above.
R. Falconeri. — A magnificent Sikkim
tree about 30 ft. high. Leaves very
leathery, oblong elliptic, glossy green
above, densely covered with a rusty down
beneath, 8-12 in. long, 5-7 broad. Flowers
in May, white, numerous, in dense
rounded heads. Corolla rather small,
10-lobed.
The variety eximium has purple
flowers and may be a hybrid between
B. Falconeri and B. niveuni, as it has
the characters of both.
Culture dtc. as above.
R. ferrugineum (Alpine Bose). — A
native of the Alps about 1 ft. high. Leaves
oblong, like those of the Box tree, rusty
beneath, slightly hairy when young.
Flowers from May to July, scarlet or
rosy-red, in umbels, funnel-shaped, with
grey or yellow dots. The variety albi-
jiorum has white flowers. The variety
myrtifolium is a native of the Transyl-
vanian Mountains and has rosy-red
flowers rather larger than those of the
type.
Culture dtc. as above. B. ferrugineum
and its varieties are very handsome and
as a rule free-flowering, but some are
more so than others. Besides their value
as open air plants they are also amenable
to gentle forcing in spring. The plants
may be carefully lifted from the open
ground in January and potted up. They
may then be placed in a cool greenhouse
KHODODENDKON
HEATH ORDER
KHODODENDKON 589
where the temperature does not exceed
50°-55° F., and with a daily sprinkling of
tepid water will be easily brought into
blossom by the middle of April. After
flowering they may be again transferred
to the open ground, but it is not advisable
to lift the same plants for forcing two
years in succession, as the strain would
probably be too exhausting and kill the
plants.
R. formosum (B. Gibsovn). — A pretty
shrub 3-8 ft. high, native of the Eastern
Himalayas. Leaves bluntly lance-shaped,
shining green above, scaly beneath.
Flowers in April, white tinged with purple
and yellow, large, somewhat bell-shaped,
with an angular tube.
Culture dc. as above. This is rather
tender, but succeeds in the mildest parte
of the kingdom in the open air. It is
a splendid greenhouse plant.
R. Fortunei. — A handsome Chinese
shrub about 12 ft. high. Leaves more or
less linear oblong acute, 5-7 in. long,
glaucous beneath, with red-brown stalks.
Flowers in May, pale rose, fragrant, shortly
bell-shaped, 3-6 in. across, with 7 rounded
lobes (instead of the usual 5), 8-10 blooms
in a loose cluster ; stamens 14.
Culture <tc. as above. This species
has been successfully crossed with Auck-
land i and Thomson!, and with the latter
species has produced that remarkably
fine hybrid known as R. Luscombei,
which produces its loose masses of deep
rosy-pink flowers so freely out of doors in
April and May. One of the most interest-
ing features of B. Fortunei is its fragrance,
and now that several garden forms such
as Mrs. Thisclton Dyer have been raised
from it, there is a chance of obtaining a
sweet-scented .strain of hardy hybrid
Rhododendrons which are sure to be
highly appreciated.
R. fulgens. — A native of the Eastern
Himalayas 4-6 ft. high. Leaves broadly
obovate or oval elliptic, 4 in. long, glossy
above, densely woolly beneath. Flowers
in April and May, bright shining blood-
red, bell-shaped, in dense heads.
Culture dc. as above.
R. glaucum. — A pretty shrub about
2 ft. high, native of Sikkim. Leaves
crowded at the tips of the branches, 1-3
in. long, oblong or broadly lance-shaped,
glaucous or whitish beneath, dotted with
scales. Flowers in May. pale pinkish -
purple, about 1 in. across, bell-shaped.
Stamens 10.
Culture dc. as above.
R. grande (JR. argenteum). — A fine
Sikkim tree about 30 ft. high. Leaves
obovate oblong acute, 6-12 in. long, 8 5 in.
broad, green above, silvery white beneath.
Flowers in May, white. 2 3 in. across.
Stamens 10.
Culture dc. as above. In S. Wales
this species has passed safely through 28°
frost, but the bloom buds often suffer
owing to their earliness.
R. hirsutum (Alpine Hose). — A native
of S. Europe 1-2 ft. high, near to B. fa -
rugineum. Leaves somewhat elliptic,
hairy-edged. Flowers from May to July,
pale red or scarlet, in umbellate corymbs.
Culture iii-. as above. SeeB.ferru-
(fine it in.
R. Hodgsoni. -A tree 12 20 ft. high,
native of the E. Himalayas. Leaves
leathery oblong elliptic obovate or ovate
lance-shaped, 1.1 ft. long, silvery white,
rarely rusty beneath. Flowers in May
and June, pale purple or rose, broadly
bell-shaped, over 2 in. across, 8-lobed,
in heads 4 6 in. in diameter. Stamens
16-18, with dark purple-brown anthers.
Culture dc. as above.
R. Hookeri. — A native of Bhotan
12-14 ft. high. Leaves smooth, leathery,
stiffish, bluntly oblong oval, 3-6 in. long.
rather glaucous beneath. Flowers in
April, red, bell-shaped, with 5 deeply
cleft lobes. Stamens 10.
Culture lie. as above.
R. Jenkinsi. — A native of Bhotan 6-7
ft. high. Leaves oblong lance-shaped acute,
4-6 in. long, glaucous and densely scaly
beneath. Flowers white, 4-6 in a
corymb.
Culture dc. as above.
R. Kendricki. — A native of the
Bhotan, 6-15 ft. high. Leaves 4-6 in.
long, about 1 in. wide, clothed with
reddish, clammy hairs when young.
Flowers in March, bright scarlet, broadly
bell-shaped, 5-lobed, 10-15 in a loose
romid head. Stamens 10. Tender.
Culture dc. as above.
R. Keysi. — A shrub 2 6 ft. high,
native of Bhotan. Leaves ovate lance-
shaped acute, smooth, glaucous and scaly
beneath, 2-3 in. long. Flowers in July,
red and yellow, tubular or urn-shaped.
590
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS rhododendron
drooping, 5 6 in a corymb. Stamens 10,
protruding.
Culture <tc. as above.
R. lacteum. — A beautiful Chinese
species with leaves resembling those of
B. Falconeri in shape, but larger in size,
and covered with a soft felt which is milky-
white on the young leaves and pale red-
brown on the older ones. The white
flowers are about the same size as those
of B. Falconeri, but they have not yet
been produced in cultivation.
Culture d'-e. as above. This species is
regarded as rather tender, but Mr. Bean
of Kew records a fine plant growing in
the open air in Mr. Acton's garden at
Kilmacurragh, co. Wicklow. It is there-
fore likely to prove hardy at least in the
mildest parts of the kingdom.
R. lanatum. — A native of Sikkim 10
15 ft. high or more. Leaves bluntly
obovate or elliptic, 3-5 in. long, with a
white or tawny wool beneath. Flowers
in June, yellowish- white or pale primrose-
yellow, broadly bell- shaped, dotted with
red within, 2-2?, hi. across.
Culture <t-c. as above.
R. lepidotum. — A Sikkim species 2 4
ft. high. Leaves obovate lance-shaped
or oblong. Flowers in May and June,
yellow or purple, 1 in. across, scaly out-
side, upper lobes spotted with green.
Anthers large rich red-brown. There are
a couple of varieties.
Culture <tc. as above.
R. Maddeni. — A fine shrub 6-8 ft.
high, native of Sikkim. Leaves elliptic
lance-shaped more or less pointed, 4-7 in.
long, tapering to short rusty stalks, often
drooping, white or rusty beneath. Flowers
hi June and July, pure white, like those
of the Madonna Lily, with a faint blush
on the upper lobe, 3-4 in. across, funnel-
shaped. Stamens 18-20.
Culture dkc. as above.
R. maximum {Great American
Laurel). — AN. American tree 6-20 ft.
high. Leaves elliptic-oblong or lance-
shaped, 4-10 in. long, very thick and
smooth. Flowers in July, pale rose or
nearly white, 1 in. across, bell-shaped,
spotted with yellow and red, on clammy
stalks.
Culture d-c. as above.
R. Metternichi. — A Japanese shrub
with leatherv oblong or obovate oblong
leaves, rusty beneath. Flowers in March,
rosy, rather bell-shaped, in corymbose
heads.
Culture dec. as above.
R. niveum. — A large Sikkim shrub with
obovate lance-shaped leaves, woolly white
all over when young, but only beneath
when old. Flowers in May, bell-shaped,
yellowish outside, lilac within, blotched
with deeper lilac, and having 5 deep
blood-red spots at the base. Stamens 10.
The variety fulvum has deep purple
flowers in large trusses, and leaves buff-
coloured beneath.
Culture dc. as above.
R. Nuttalli.— A beautiful tree 12-30 ft.
high, native of Bhotan. Leaves large,
leathery, oval, 6-9 in. long, with dark
brown scales beneath. Flowers in May,
white or blush, fragrant, rather bell-
shaped, 3-4 in. across, 4-6 in a head.
Stamens 10. Corolla 5-lobed.
Culture dsc. as above.
R. parvifolium. — A Chinese shrub with
erect flexuose stems and oblong acute
leaves i-f in. long, scaly on both sides,
green above, rusty beneath. The pale
rosy, somewhat bell-shaped flowers appear
in April and May in compact clusters at
the ends of the shoots and have projecting
stamens which are hairy at the base.
Culture <£c. as above.
R. ponticum. — A native of Asia Minor
6-12 ft. high, or more. Leaves oblong
lance-shaped, smooth, pale or slightly
rusty beneath. Flowers in May, purple,
often spotted on the upper lobe, about 2
in. across, bell- shaped rotate. There is a
variegated form called albo-marginatum,
in which the leaves are irregularly
bordered with silvery or creamy white.
The young growths look attractive, but
the old leaves often show a withered
appearance that is not handsome. It is
not so hardy as the green-leaved type.
Culture d-c. as above. This is the
most common species in gardens, and it
has many varieties with white, scarlet,
pink, and purple-violet flowers variously
spotted with yellow, green, or brown.
There are also double-flowered forms.
The single-flowered varieties are largely
used as a stock upon which the choicer
varieties are grafted. Satisfactory results
are not always obtained by their indis-
criminate use, and the variety known as
C ' unningliam 's WJtite (see B. eataiobiensc)
RHODODENDRON
HEATH ORDER
RHODODENDRON 591
is now regarded with great favour as a
better stock by many growers.
R. Przewalskd. — A newly introduced
Chinese evergreen species with white
bell-shaped flowers borne in corymbose
racemes.
Culture dc. as above.
R. punctatum (B. minus). — A North
American species 3 6 ft. high with smooth
and more or less elliptic obovate leaves
2 3 in. or more long, the under surface of
which is covered with resinous dots. The
rosy flowers, spotted on the inner surface,
appear in April and .May and are borne in
dense clusters at the ends of the shoots.
R. rubigvri08um from China very much
resembles this species, but has much
larger flowers.
Culture <(c. as above.
R. racemosum. — A dwarf compact
Chinese shrub, 6-12 in. or more high, with
almost sessile elliptic. Box-like leaves,
about 1 in. long, and terminal trusses of
pinkish-white flowers about 1 in. across,
produced in April at the ends of the shoots,
and also a few in the axils of the upper
leaves.
Culture dc. as above. This species
may be gently forced in greenhouses in
spring in the same way as IL ferrugineum.
R. Rhodora (Mhodora canadensis). —
A deciduous N. American shrub, 2-4 ft.
high, with oblong leaves, whitish downy
beneath. Flowers in earty spring, before
the leaves appear, rosy-purple, rarely
white, in umbel-like clusters.
Culture dc. as above.
R. Roylei. — A beautiful and distinct
Himalayan shrub 7-10 ft. high, with
oblong glaucous-green leaves 3-4 in. long,
and somewhat rusty-coloured on the
under surface. The drooping or nodding
tubular bell- shaped flowers, each about
H in. across, appear in May, 3 or 4 in a
truss, and have a peculiarly distinct and
rich shade of purple-red, flushed with
magenta, that at once attract* attention,
especially if the flowers happen to be seen
with the sun shining through them.
Culture dc. as above. This species
can be regarded as hardy only in the
mildest parts of England and Ireland, and
the south-west of Scotland perhaps.
R. Smirnowi. — A handsome Caucasian
shrub 3-6 ft. high, with oblong blunt
leaves 3 5 in. long, whitish woolly and
often rusty-coloured beneath. The flowers
appear in April and May and are of a
distinct brilliant crimson-purple colour.
Culture dc. as above. This is a very
hardy species and is likely to succeed in
northern localities.
R. Thomsoni. — A beautiful Sikkim
tree 6-15 ft. high. Leaves usually
broadly roundish-ovate, quite smooth,
rather glaucous beneath, 2 3 in. long.
Flowers in June, 6 8 in a corymb, deep
shining blood-red, 5-lobed, the upper lobe
spotted. Stamens 10. Very hardy.
Cull it re itc. as above.
R. Ungerni. — A Caucasian shrub 3-6
ft. high, with leathery oblong leaves 4-6
in. long and 2 in. or more broad, the
under surface being of a pure snowy white-
ness. Tbe large flowers arc white, but
often tinted with rose outside ; and the
filaments of the stamens are bearded about
the middle.
Culture dc. as above.
R virgatum.— A Sikkim Pdiododen-
dron 1^-3 ft. high, with scaly young
branches and oblong lance-shaped acute
leaves. The soft rosy-pink flowers appear
in April, and are borne in clusters in the
axils of the upper leaves.
Culture dc. as above.
R. Windsori. — A small Bhotan shrub,
with leathery obovate lance - shaped
leaves 4 5 in. long, shining above, silvery
white beneath, changing to pale brown.
Flowers in March, deep crimson-scarlet,
in crowded heads. Stamens 10.
Culture dc. as above.
R. yedoense. — A Japanese species with
hairy lance-shaped leaves in spring, and
smaller linear spoon-shaped deep green
ones in autumn. The rosy-pink funnel-
shaped flowers are produced in early sum-
mer, only 3 blossoms as a rule being in a
cluster.
Culture dc. as above.
R. yunnanense. — An erect-growing
Chinese shrub with dark shining green
leaves 2-4 in. long, covered with bristly
hairs above, and glaucous beneath. The
white or pale lilac flowers, 2 in. across,
spotted with blood-red near the base of
the upper lobes of the corolla, appear in
May, 4-6 in a cluster.
Culture dc. as above.
592
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS rhododendron
Hybrid Rhododendrons
There are at the present time a vast
number of hybrid forms now in cultiva-
tion—about 300 of which have received
distinct names— and they have mainly
been developed by crossing such species
as catawbiense, -maximum, caucasicum,
arboreum, and ponticum ; and more re-
cently such fine species as Auckltmdi,
Hookeri, and Thomson i have been utilised
and have produced, if anything, still finer
hybrids. It is a remarkable fact that
although many of the species are tender
in all except the milder parts of the king-
dom their progeny have as a rule much
hardier constitutions and have stood the
winter in localities where their parents
have been killed or at least severely
injured. The deductions to be drawn from
these facts are that to secure a really hardy
race of Rhododendrons the plants must
be raised from seeds which ripen in the
British Islands, and not from imported
seeds. Once a plant can be induced to
grow in our climate and to ripen good
seed, there is every chance of its becoming
eventually acclimatised if plants are raised
year after year from home-saved seeds.
This will be a much better plan than
grafting the more or less tender kinds on
stocks of hardier ones, as in severe winters
all but the latter are often killed, and the
work has to be done over again and the
labour of several years is wasted.
The following are some of the finest
hardy hybrids of which the true parentage
is recorded. There is no doubt that many
others equally fine will in the future also
be raised by crossing these either with one
another or' with the more or less hardy
species described above. In addition there
are many other varieties mentioned below
to which fancy names have been given.
B. Wilsoni is a hybrid between B.
ciliatum and B. glaucum, and is inter-
mediate between the two. Flowers over
an inch long, soft rose.
As Rhododendrons look ■ better _ in
masses of the same colour, the following
is a list of some of the best varieties,
arranged according to colour. A long
list of mere names would be worse than
U8&1.6SS
White or Blush-White, spotted or
unspotted. — Alarm, Baroness Schroder,
Conqueror, Duchess of Connaught, Due
de Brabant, Fair Helen, Florian, Glorio-
sum, Ladv Grenville, Lady Godiva, Lady
Olive Guinness, Lady Rolle, Leviathan,
Manglesi, Minnie, Madame Carvalho,
Mrs. George Hardy, Mrs. John Glutton,
Mrs. Russell Sturgiss, Mrs. T. Agnew,
Neige et Cerise, Princess Christian,
Purity, Sappho, Snowball, Snowflake,
Sultana, The Bride, The Queen, Blanche
Superbe. Elegantissima, Multiflorum,
Omniflorum, Prince Camille de Rohan,
Queen of Dwarfs, Splendens, Zampa.
Pink and Bose. — Achievement,
Adrian, Agamemnon, Alexander Adie,
Alexander Dancer, Annie Dixwell, Archi-
medes, Blandyanum, Brayanum, Countess
of Cadogan, Countess of Clancarty,
Currieanum, Cynthia, Desdemona, Duke
of Norfolk, Eclipse, Elegans, Fleur de
Marie, Hannibal, Hogarth, John Spencer,
Lady Armstrong, Lady Clermont,
Lady Dorothy Nevill, Lady Easthope,
Lady Falmouth, Lady Howe, Lady
Tankerville, Lord John Russell, Mrs. H.
Ingersoll, Mrs. J. Kelk, Mrs. W. Agnew.
Paxtoni, Rosabel, Satanella, Scipio, Sir
Arthur Guinness, Sir H. de Trafford,
Stella, Sylph, Crown Prince, "Warrior,
Titian, Vivian Gray, Jacksoni, Mirabile.
Prwecox.
Crimson and Scarlet. — Altaclerense.
Brilliant, Atrosanguineum, Bai Waterer,
Barclayana, Captain Webb, Charles
Dickens, Correggio, Cruentum, Decorator,
Duchess of Bedford, Duke of Connaught,
Duke of Portland, Earl of Shannon.
F. Gomer Waterer, Frederick Waterer,
Francis Dickson, H. W. Hunnewell,
Ignescens, James Bateman, James Mc-
intosh, John Walter, Joseph Whitworth,
Lady Herbert, Lord Clyde, Meteor,
Mozart. Mrs. Fitzgerald, Mrs. John
Waterer, Mrs. Shuttleworth, Mrs. W.
Bovill, Nobleanum, Prince Albert, Prin-
cess Louise, Robert Burns, Robert Mar-
nock, R, S. Field, Sir Robert Peel, The
Grand Arab, Vandyke, W. E. Gladstone,
William Austin, William Cowper, Vesu-
vius.
Purple, Magenta, Claret. — Auguste
van Geert, Baron Schroder, Caractacus,
Faust, Genseric, Gretry, Lucy Neal, Mrs.
Heneage, Negro, Nigrescens, Old Port,
Omer Pacha, Prince Arthur, Princess of
Wales, Stamfordiana, Vauban, Victoria,
William Downing, Verschaffelti.
There are many other varieties with
shades of colour intermediate between
those mentioned.
R. altaclerense. — This beautiful hy-
brid with brilliant scarlet flowers first
appeared in 1835, and had been raised
RHODODENDRON
heath on in: 1 1
AZALEA 593
from R. catanobiense and R. ponticum in
Highclere Gardens, near Newbury.
R. Harrisi. — A fine hybrid raised at
Singleton from R. arboreum and R.
Thom8<mi by Mr. Harris, formerly gar-
dener to Lord Swansea. It forms a com-
pact sturdy bush and has oblong ovate
leaves about 6 in. long, deep green above,
paler beneath, with interlacing veins as in
R. Thomsoni. The deep rosy-crimson
flowers, with a few dark spots on the
upper segments of the corolla, are as large
as those of R. arboreum, and have a
distinctly lobed cup-like calyx about a
quarter of an inch deep. The first flowers
borne by this hybrid appeared in the
autumn of 1897, but the normal flowering
period is in early spring. This is the first
recorded hybrid between R. wrboreum and
7?. Thomsoni.
Culture '/'•. as above.
R. kewense. — A beautiful hardy hybrid
between R. Aucklamd/i and R. hoolteri.
It was first raised at Kew in 1874, but the
first flowers did not appear until 1888.
It is a fine bushy plant with shining green
leaves 6-10 in. long. The flowers which
appear in April and May are 3-4 in. across,
and are at first rich rose, but gradually
become paler in colour ; some forms are
almost pure white.
Culture (rc. as above. It is much
hardier than aither of its parents.
R. Luscombei. — This was raised in
1880 by Mr. Luscombe, and is the result
of a cross between R. Fortwnei and R.
Thomsoni. In April the bushes are
literally covered with the large clusters of
fine bright rosy-pink bell-shaped blossoms
which droop somewhat slightly but grace-
fully from the tips of the shoots.
Culture dc. as above.
R. Manglesi. — A magnificent hybrid
obtained by crossing R. AucTclandi with
a hybrid variety called album elegans.
The flowers appear in April and May and
are 3-4 in. across, white, with numerous
reddish-purple spots on the upper segment
of the corolla.
Culture d-c. as above.
R. nobleanum.— This grand hybrid is
the result of crossing the Himalayan R.
arboreum with the Caucasian R. caucasi-
cii m. It makes a noble bush or small
tree and produces its large clusters of
bright crimson bell-shaped flowers in
January and February. I have seen it
looking bright and cheerful after fairly
hard frosts and when tin snow has been
lying on the ground for days. Another
fine hybrid called R. pufoherrvm/um has
the same parentage as R. nobleanum.
Culture <tc. as above.
R. praecox. — A charming hardy hybrid
between R. ciUatum and R. da/uricum.
It makes a fine bushy plant about 3-4 ft.
high, and has elliptic leaves 11 2 in. long.
The rosy-purple blossoms K-2 in. across
are borne in great profusion from the end
of February and dining March. There is
a fine deep coloured form called rubrum.
Culture tve. as above.
R. roseum odoratum. — The parentage
of this hybrid is somewhat obscure, being
recorded simply as a cross between a
' hardy white Azalea and a hardy scarlet
Rhododendron.' It produced fairly large
trusses of pale rosy sweet-scented flowers,
which individually are not very large.
Culture do. as above.
R. Shilsoni. — This brilliant hybrid was
raised by Mr. Gill, gardener to Mr. H.
Shilson of Tremough, Penrhyn, Cornwall,
from R. barbutiini and R. Thomsoni, and
is intermediate between the two. It
makes a fine bushy plant with oblong or
ovate-heart-shaped leathery leaves, 3-4
in. lon^, deep green above, paler beneath.
The brilliant crimson bell-shaped flowers
are about 2 in. across, and are produced
in rounded heads at the ends of the shoots
in April.
( ktlture <t:r. as above. This fine hybrid
flowers profusely in the large Rhododen-
dron house at Kew in March. It seems
to be the first recorded hybrid between
R. barbatum and R. Thomsoni.
AZALEA. — Although botanists are
pretty well agreed that Azaleas should be
known as Rhododendrons, gardeners are
of another opinion, and still retain both
names as representing two genera. The
chief differences between Azalea and
Rhododendron are that Azaleas are mostly
softly hairy shrubs, with deciduous or
evergreen, very rarely leathery leaves ;
flowers expanding before the new leaves
are developed, funnel- or bell-shaped, 4-5-
lobed, sometimes 2-lipped. Stamens 5 or
10, protruding. These characters, how-
ever, are met with singly or severally in
some Rhododendrons, so that botanically
it is impossible to separate one genus
from the other, taken on the whole,
QQ
594
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
AZALEA
and the species described below may be
as fitly called Rhododendrons as Azaleas.
There are no Azaleas in the Himalayas.
Culture and Propagation. — Hardy
Azaleas may be cultivated and propagated
in exactly the same way as the Hardy
Rhododendrons described on p. 585.
They delight in a moist peaty soil and
will flourish in sunny or partially shaded
situations so long as they are not allowed
to suffer from drought during the summer
months. A light loamy soil will also suit
them well, provided it is free from lime,
and has a good quantity of leaf mould
mixed with it. The most effective way
to treat the plants is to grow them in
bold masses in beds by themselves on the
grass or in front of dense shrubberies
from which they will obtain protection
from cold winds. They are readily in-
creased by layering, but when possible a
stock should be raised from home -saved
seeds, as such plants are likely to prove
hardier than the others and may also
develop new and attractive shades of
colour.
A. arborescens. — A deciduous Penn-
sylvanian shrub 10-20 ft. high. Leaves
rather bluntly obovate, smooth on both
surfaces, glaucous beneath. Flowers in
May, large, reddish, not clammy.
Culture dc. as above.
A. calendulacea. — A beautiful decidu-
ous shrub 2-6 ft. high, found wild from
Carolina to Pennsylvania. Leaves oblong,
downy or hairy on both surfaces.
Flowers in May, yellow, red, orange,
with a hairy tube. There are many
garden varieties and hybrids which have
emanated from this species.
Culture etc. as above.
A. dilatata. — A deciduous Japanese
shrub closely related to A. rJiombica, and
producing its long-stalked bright rosy-
purple flowers in May.
Culture dc. as above.
A. hispida. — A deciduous United
States tree 10-15 ft. high, with hairy
stems, and lance-shaped, glaucous leaves,
hairy above, smooth beneath. Flowers in
July, white, edged with red. Stamens 10.
Culture dc. as above.
A, indica (Indian Azalea). — A beauti-
ful Chinese shrub 3-6 ft. or more high.
Leaves oblong lance-shaped, hairy.
Flowers bell-shaped, in ones, twos, or
threes, purple, red, white &c.
Innumerable single and double varie-
ties, in all shades of colour, have been
produced from this species, and are
chiefly grown in greenhouses, but many
of the more vigorous varieties prove
hardy in the mild southern parts of Eng-
land and Ireland. Indeed in southern
Cornwall they are quite hardy, and in
such places they may be lifted in January
and gently forced into early blossom in
a cool greenhouse. A. ainoena, a neat,
compact Chinese shrub 1-3 ft. high, with
a profusion of rich crimson flowers, is a
distinct variety of indica, in conjunction
with which it has produced many fine
hybrids. A. balsaniina-flora is a Japanese
variety with beautiful salmon-red double
flowers resembling those of a Balsam.
A. obtusa has deep red flowers, and there
is also a white-flowered form of it.
Culture dc, as above.
A. ledifolia (^4. liliifiora). — A very
hairy Chinese evergreen 2-6 ft. high,
with elliptic lance-shaped leaves. Flowers
in March, pure white, showy, bell-shaped,
in threes at the ends of the branches.
Calyx clammy.
Culture dc. as above.
A. linearifolia. — An interesting Ja-
panese shrub, the yellowish bi'anches of
which, covered with stiffish hairs, are
furnished with narrow Willow-like leaves
and rosy-violet flowers.
Culture dc. as above.
A. nudifiora. — A North American
shrub 3-4 ft. high. Leaves lance-shaped
oblong, almost smooth, fringed on the
edges ; the midrib bristly beneath, woolly
above. Flowers in April and May before
the leaf buds fully burst in terminal
clusters ; not clammy.
Culture dc. as above.
A. occidentalis. — ACalifornian species,
with elliptic green leaves and white
flowers, the upper lobe having a yellow
blotch at the base of the upper segment.
Culture dc. as above.
A. ovata. — A neat Chinese evergreen
shrub with ovate leaves and dark rosy
flowers.
Culture dc. as above.
A. pontica (Rhododendron flavum).
A native of the Levant, Caucasus &c,
4-6 ft. high. Leaves shining green,
ovate oblong, hairy ciliated. Flowers in
AZALEA
HEATH ORDER
AZALEA 595
May, large, yellow or orange, tinged with
red.
This must not be confused with
Rhododendron ponticttm (p. 590), a quite
different plant.
Culture <!'■<■. us above. A very large
number of garden forms have been de-
veloped from this species.
A. rhombica (Rhododendron rhom-
bicum). — A much-branched Japanese
shrub with rhomboid elliptic leaves 1-2
in. long, assuming a soft bronzy tint in
autumn. The bright rosy flowers 1\ 2 in.
across appear in May and are usually
borne in pairs.
Culture Ac. as above.
A. Schlippenbachi. — A loose-growing
deciduous shrub 3- 5 ft. high, native of
the wooded hills of Corea and Manchuria,
and found also in Japan. The stoutish
branches are furnished withobovate wavy
leaves about 4 in. long, dark brown and
hairy when young, but green and smooth
when fully developed. The beautiful
bright rosy flowers, shaded with lilac, and
spotted with brown at the base of the
corolla, are borne on hairy stalks, and
appear in March and April, sometimes as
many as 6 in a cluster in the axils of the
upper leaves.
Culture d'-e. as above. This species is
quite hardy in the Thames Valley, and
small plants may be gently forced into
early bloom in conservatories in spring.
A. speciosa. — A pretty N. American
shrub 3-4 ft. high, with hairy branches,
and lance-shaped, ciliated leaves, acute at
both ends. Flowers in May, scarlet and
orange, silky ; calyx downy. There are
numerous varieties.
Culture dc. as above.
A. Vaseyi. — A beautiful deciduous
shrub, native of the mountains of North
Carolina, where it reaches a height of 15
ft. or more. It has shining green lance-
shaped pointed leaves l.]-3 in. long, with
a few hairs on the upper surface and
along the margins. The clear rosy-pink
flowers, about 1J in. across, with oblong
petals, the 3 upper ones of which are
spotted with reddish-brown, appear in
April, while the leaves are still in the
bud. The variety album has pure white
flowers.
Culture dc. as above. This pretty
flowering species ripens seed almost every
year, and is quite hardy, at least in the
Thames Valley. Young plants are easily
raised from seeds and when only a few
inches high begin to bloom. When 2 3
ft. high they make grand flowering bushes.
A. viscosa (Swamp Honeysuckle). —
A North American shrub 2-4 ft. high.
Leaves oblong ovate, acute, edges ciliate,
midrib bristly beneath. Flowers in July,
white, fragrant, in downy, clammy, and
leafy clusters. The variety nitida has
shining green leaves, with a bristly mid-
rib, and white flowers tinged with red.
Culture it-r. as abo\ e.
A. sinensis (A. mollis). — A beautiful
Chinese and Japanese shrub, 3-4 ft. high.
Leaves deciduous, elliptic, acutish,
covered with a hairy down, greyish
beneath. Flowers in May, orange-red or
yellow, bell -shaped.
There are many double and single
flowered varieties of this species, as well
as numerous hybrids with other species,
most of them used for forcing in con-
servatories in early spring. The flowers
are now in a good many shades of colour
and vary from white through pale yellow
to orange, red, and pink. The foliage also
is very handsome in autumn as it assumes
various tints of colour, and where the
plants are grouped in large masses or
beds, the more or less brilliant hues of the
foliage form an effective feature on the
landscape in autumn. As A. sinensis
itself is quite hardy at least as far north
as the Midlands, many of its varieties
would doubtless prove equally so in the
open air. Seeds are ripened freely in
favourable parts, and if sown as soon as
ripe, or in spring in cold frames or green-
houses, in the same way as recommended
for Rhododendrons at p. 585, young plants
will be readily obtained. The more plants
are raised in this way from home-saved
seed the more likely are really hardy
varieties to be obtained. The following is
a list of some of the best known forms of
A. sinensis; but it should be borne in
mind that new names are constantly
appearing in catalogues.
Single-flowered Varieties of
A. sinensis (A. mollis)
Alphonse Lava lie, orange, shaded
scarlet ; Anthony Koster, a splendid rich
golden-yellow with large flowers ; Baron
de Const ante Rebecque, shaded nankeen,
blotched glossy orange ; Baron Edmund
de Rothschild, red, yellow spots ; Bouquet
QQ2
596
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
AZALEA
d'orangc, fine orange; Clias. Francois
Luppis, rose, shaded magenta ; Chas.
KeJcule, orange-salmon, orange spots ;
Chevalier de Beali, straw- white ; Comte
de Gomer, lively rose, orange spots ;
Comte Papadopoli, rose, shaded orange ;
Comte de Quincey, bright yellow,
spotted ; Consul Ceresole, red, orange
spots ; Consul Pecker, rose, spotted dark
orange ; Dr. Leon Vignes, white, shaded
nankeen ; Ebenezer PyTce, salmon-red,
orange spots ; Ernest Bache, salmon,
shaded orange ; Isabella Van Hon tie,
nankeen, orange spots; Mine. CaroUnd
Lagrelle d'Hanis, rose, stained salmon,
orange spots; Mons. Arthur de Warelles,
salmon, spotted orange ; Mrs. A. E.
Endtz, a glorified form of Anthony
Koster, with equally large flowers but
rnueh deeper in colour and quite distinct ;
W. P. Gumbleton, bright nankeen,
spotted olive.
Double-flowered Varieties of
A. sinensis (A. mollis)
Atda, pale rose, upper petals bright
rose, blotched nankeen ; Apelles, scarlet,
shaded pale rose ; Ariadne, white, shaded
purple-rose ; Byron, pure white, fringed ;
Freya, lilac-white, yellow centre ; Hora,
yellow, shaded rose, flaked carmine ; II
Tasso, bright rose ; Le Titirn, yellowish-
white, tipped pale rose, fringed; Mecene,
white, edged lilac, yellow blotch ; Milton,
white, shaded rose ; Murillo, rose-purple,
shaded; Norma, flesh-colour, shaded rose,
fringed ; Phebe, nankeen-yellow, shaded
red ; Phidias, rose-white, shaded yellow,
centre deep yellow, shaded purple ;
Praxitele, white, shaded yellow ; Bibera,
white, shaded light rose ; Velasquez.
cream-white, bordered rose ; Virgile, pale
yellow.
Ghent, American, or Honeysuckle
Azaleas. — This is a charming group first
raised by the Ghent nurserymen, hence
the name Ghent Azaleas. The species at
first chiefly employed were American ones,
nudiflora, calendula cea, and occident-
al is, from which they were known as
American Azaleas. They differ from the
other Azaleas in being mostly small-
flowered and often somewhat two-lipped
like Honeysuckles (Lonicera), hence the
third name. Whatever they have lost
in size, however, they have gained in
fragrance and hardiness, while they
display a great range of colouring in their
flowers.
Culture and Propagation. — These
Azaleas require similar treatment to hardy
Rhododendrons and other Azaleas. They
flourish in moist peaty soil or well-drained
light loam to which leaf mould has been
added in abundance. They are excellent for
growing in bold masses by themselves on
the grass in places where they will receive
shelter from cold winds by the surrounding
vegetation. During May and June and
even in the first half of July they consti-
tute one of the finest and most attractive
sights in the outdoor garden, owing to the
great variation of their colouring and the
freedom with which the trusses of blossom
are produced during those months. Of
late years hybridising has been exten-
sively practised between this class of
Azaleas and the varieties of A. sinensis,
and thus a new race between Old and
New World forms has been evolved.
The following is a list of the best
varieties.
Single-flowered Ghent Azaleas
Adolphe, deep rose-pink ; Adoree,
cream-white; Alba - flavescens rosea,
white, sulphur and rose ; Amabilis,
orange -scarlet ; Amabilis tardiva, rose ;
Andromaque, lilac ; Ardens grandiflora,
orange-scarlet ; Astreans, orange ; Atro-
sanguinea, deep red ; Aurora deBoyghcm,
orange-red; Bouquet deflore, salmon-rose,
striped white ; Bronze unique, red, ver-
milion spots; Calendulacea flammea,
flamed orange ; Calendulacea insignis,
golden orange ; Cardinal, rose, shaded
yellow ; Cardoniana, rose, orange stripes
Charles Baumann, cherry-red, shaded
orange-crirnson ; Coccinea grandiflora,
crimson ; Coccinea minor, deep scarlet ;
Coccinea speciosa, dark carmine ;
Cruenta, deep orange-scarlet ; Cuprea
aurantia, salmon ; Cymodoce, red,
blotched flesh ; Decus hortorum, salmon-
red ; Delicata, rose and carmine ;
Dodoneus, pink, striped white; Due de
Provence, vermilion, blotched with
yellow ; Elegantissima, flesh, striped
rose ; Elizabeth, yellow, shaded rose ;
Emile, rose-peach; Esther, pink and
sulphur ; Eugenie, blood-red ; Fama,
rose-lilac, yellow blotch ; Fanny, nankeen,
yellow blotch ; Flameola incarnata, clear
rose, shaded yellow; Flamme de Punch,
salmon ; Flora, pink, orange spots ;
Florentine, rose and salmon; Formosa,
pink, shaded orange ; Fritz Quihon,
blood-red; Fulva ochroleuca, yellow,
AZALEA
HEATH OHDI'Hl
MENZIESIA 597
shaded rose ; Geant des Batailles, dark
carmine; Globosa alba, white ; Gloire de
Verschaffelt, sulphur, shaded pink ;
Gloria mundi, vermilion, spotted yellow ;
Graf Alfred von Niepperg, salmon-red,
yellow blotch ; Grand Due, brick-red
flamed orange; Grandeur Triom pliant,
deep orange ; Grand Monarque, salmon-
red, shaded orange ; Guillaume III., clear
orange; Honesta, orange-scarlet; Incur-
nata, deep rlesh ; Inflammata, pink ;
Jeanne d'Arc, bright yellow ; John
Weathers, salmon ■ pink and orange ;
Josephine Klinger, scarlet, white spots ;
Julda Schipp, blood-red ; Jules Cesar,
dark scarlet, spotted; Julie Dupont,
brick-red ; Lactea cornea, straw and red ;
La Berne Elizabeth, yellow, shaded rose ;
La surprise, vermilion, shaded orange ;
Lucia, flesh, shaded rose; Madam*
Gustave Guiliuot, deep rose, yellow spots ;
Madame Joseph Baumann, salmon,
striped white and orange; Marianne,
pink, orange spots; Marie Verschaffelt, red.,
white shade; Math tide, rose, with yellow
blotches ; Melanie, rose and yellow ;
Meteor, deep red and yellow; Minerve,
rose-salmon, orange blotch ; Morterio
Genio, rose-red, shaded orange ; Nathalie,
fine rose ; Ne plus ultra, orange-scarlet ;
Nereide, white, shaded pink and yellow ;
Optima, cream, edged sahnon ; Ori-
flamme, pale rose; Pallas, rose, shaded
dark yellow ; Perclegans, pink, striped
rose ; Perle de prmtemps, rose and yellow ;
Prastantissima, deep scarlet ; Prince
Frederick, orange-scarlet ; Prince Henri
des Pays Bus, blood-red ; Princess
Adriennc, blood-red, striped orange ;
Princess Charlotte, pale pink ; Princess
Marianne, rose-pink ; Bachel, orange-red,
yellow spots ; Becentissima, buff, shaded
scarlet ; Peine des Beiges, peach-red,
spotted yellow ; Peine des Bouges, deep
red ; Bemarqudble, orange-red, yellow
blotch ; Bose d' Amour, bright rose ; Bose
d1 Holland , pale rose ; Bosea elegans,
pale rose, shaded cream ; Bosea grand-
issima, rose-lilac, flushed white ; Bosea
lineata, rose-lilac ; Bosea sinensis, orange-
scarlet ; Saturne, deep rose ; Souvenir
de Morterii, vermilion, yellow spots ;
Speciosissima, orange-scarlet ; Subtilis-
sima, straw and yellow ; Sully, orange,
shaded salmon ; Telemaque, lilac ;
Triumphalis, straw and yellow ; Unique,
nankeen ; Venustissima, deep orange ;
Versicolor, pink and cream ; Victor,
crimson ; Victoria tardiva, pink ; Virgin-
alis, pure white ; Wilhelmina, salmon -red,
shaded orange ; Zelia, cream, edged rose.
Double-flowered Ghent Azaleas.
Arethusa, cream white, striped nan-
keen; Bartholo Lazzaris, Hesh colour;
Bijou de Gendbrugge, white and rose ;
Chmmatella, yellow, shaded lemon; Dr.
Streiter, rose-carmine, orange blotch ;
Graf van Meran, rose-white ; II roine,
lilac-rose, shaded yellow and white ;
Leibnitz plena, orange, fine; Louis A.
van Houtte, vermilion and orange;
Maja, rose - lilac, shaded cream and
yellow ; Mina van Houtte, deep salmon-
red ; Narcissiffora, fine yellow; Ophvrie,
nankeen, shaded salmon-red; Bosette,
rose-carmine, white shaded ; Van Houtte
fl. pi., salmon-red, yellow spots.
MENZIESIA. -A genus containing 7
species of smooth or hairy bushes, with
alternate stalked deciduous leaves, smooth
or hairy beneath. Flowers in terminal
corymbs or .clusters nodding or drooping.
Calyx 4 5 -parted. Corolla cylindrical
globose, urn- or bell-shaped, bluntly 4 5-
lobed. Stamens 5, 8 or 10. Ovary 4-5-
celled.
Culture and Propagation., — Menzie-
sias thrive in moist peaty soil and are
suitable for the rock garden or the flower
border. They may be increased by seeds,
layers, cuttings, or careful division as with
Bryanthus (see p. 582).
M. glabella. — A native of the Rocky
Mountains very much resembling M.
globularis. The bluntly lance-shaped
leaves are somewhat glaucous and nearly
or quite smooth beneath, but with a few
scattered hairs on the upper surface and
on the margins. The lurid purple ovoid
bell-shaped flowers appear in May in
clusters at the ends of the shoots. The
stamens are noticeable for having bearded
filaments, and the seeds have appendages
at each end.
Cult ure <('■(-. as above.
M. globularis. — A N. American shrub
2-5 ft. high. Leaves ovate, clustered at
the ends of the branches. Flowers in May,
pink, drooping, roundish. The variety
M. ferriiginca is a much dwarfer plant
with lance-shaped obovate leaves, tapering
at each end, with rusty hairs above, paler
beneath. Flowers in May, brown, oblong
ovoid or cylindrical.
Culture dc. as above.
598
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS chimaphila
PYROLA (Winter Green). — A genus
containing about 14 species of smooth,
stolon-bearing, steinless or caulescent
perennials. Leaves radical or cauline,
alternate, often long-stalked, persistent,
entire or serrate. Flowers nodding, on
erect racemose scapes. Calyx 5-parted.
Petals 5, concave. Stamens 10, hypogy-
nous, erect or bent down. Ovary 5-celled.
Culture and Propagation. — Pyrolas
flourish in half-shady places in the rockery
or border, in light moist sandy soil, with
plenty of leaf mould or other vegetable
matter. They may be increased by seeds
sown as soon as ripe in the open border or
cold frames, or in spring; or by dividing the
plants in early autumn or spring.
P. elliptica. — A rather rare North
American species about 6 in. high.
Leaves leathery wedge-shaped oblong,
remotely toothed or entire. Flowers in
June and July, white, bell-shaped, in long
one-sided racemes.
Culture ifc. as above.
P. rotundifolia. — A British plant about
6 in. high. Leaves roundish, entire or
slightly crenulate, with dilated stalks.
Flowers from July to September, pure
white, i in. across, fragrant, 10-20, nod-
ding on an erect scape. The variety arc-
naria has smaller leaves than the type,
and several scaly bracts below the flowers.
Culture Sc. as above.
P. secunda. — A rare native of the
British Islands and the N. temperate
zone, with straggling stems 1-4 in. long.
Leaves ovate acute serrate, 1-1 \ in. long.
Flowers in July, greenish -white, \ in.
across, horizontal, on one-sided slender
scapes 2-5 in. long.
Culture d'-c. as above.
Other British species are media with
white flowers ; minor having white flowers
tinged with rose ; and unifiora (or
Moneses grandijiora) also with white
blossoms.
CHIMAPHILA. — A genus with 4
species of very smooth stolon-bearing
perennial herbs. Leaves stalked, some-
what whorled or distant, fleshy, persistent,
shining, serrate. Flowers in terminal
corymbs, rarely solitary, fragrant. Calyx
5-lobed or parted. Petals 5, roundish,
concave, spreading or reflexed. Stamens
10, dilated and hairy at the middle.
Ovary roundish 5-celled.
C. corymbosa (Pyrola umbellata). —A
native of the N. Hemisphere 3-6 in. high.
Leaves cuneate lance-shaped, serrate,
4-5 in a whorl. Flowers in June, greenish-
white, tinged with red.
Culture and Propagation. — This is
practically the same as for Pyrola de-
scribed above. The Chimaphilas are
suitable for damp, half-shady parts of the
border or rock garden, and will flourish in
ordinary good sandy soil, to which leaf-
mould or peat has been freely added. The
plants may be increased in early autumn or
spring by dividing the roots ; or seeds may
be sown when ripe or in spring in sheltered
parts in the open border or in cold frames.
C. maculata (Pyrola). — A rather pro-
cumbent N. American species, with lance-
sbaped acute leathery leaves opposite or 4
in a whorl, striped with white above, red
beneath. Flowers in June, white, droop-
ing, on downy stalks.
Culture d-c. as above for C. corymbosa.
CLETHRA. — A genus containing
about 25 species of downy or woolly trees
and shrubs. Leaves sparse, persistent or
rarely deciduous, stalked, entire, serrate
or toothed. Flowers in racemes or pani-
cles near the ends of the branches, rarely
in corymbs or clusters. Calyx deeply
5- lobed or parted. Petals 5, obovate
wedge-shaped, rounded at the apex, or
2-lobed, often erose. Stamens 10. Ovary
round, 3-celled, 3-angled or lobed, downy
or hairy. Capsule roundish, small, usually
nodding.
Culture and Propagation. — Clethras
flourish in the mild southern parts of
England and Ireland, and enjoy a mixture
of peat and sandy loam in moist places.
They may be increased from seeds care-
fully sown when ripe, or in spring, on the
surface of fine sandy peat soil, and
covered with a sheet of glass ; by layering
the stems in autumn, or by inserting cut-
tings of the half-ripened shoots in sandy
soil under a bell-glass in gentle heat, or a
cold frame, shaded from the sun during
the summer months.
If a practice were made of raising these
plants from home-saved seed, it would
probably have the effect of producing a
much hardier race that would stand the
winters in most of the milder parts of the
kingdom.
C. acuminata. — A native of Carolina,
10-15 ft. high, with smooth, oval, pointed
CLETHKA
DIAPENSIACEJE
DIAl'ENSIA 599
serrate leaves rather glaucous beneath.
Flowers from July to October, white, fra-
grant, in spiked downy-white racemes.
Culture dtc. as above.
C. alnifolia. — A native of the United
States, 3 4 ft. high. Leaves smooth,
wedge-shaped obovate acute, coarsely
toothed, Alder-like. Flowers from July
to September, white, in hoary racemes.
The variety Michomxi differs ver\
little from the type ; and the plants de-
scribed below as panieulata, umbra, and
tomentosa are also very similar, and are
now regarded simply as varieties of C.
ill 'in folia.
Culture dtc. as above.
C. arborea. — A beautiful shrub, 8 10
ft. high, native of Madeira. Leaves ob-
long, tapering, lance-shaped, smooth, ser-
rate. Flowers from August to October,
white, in panicles. There is a dwarf
variety, and one with variegated leaves.
Culture dtc. as above. This is a rather
tender plant, but grows well in the south.
although it has been injured here and
there by 10° frost. The variegated form
is still more tender than the type, and
must be grown in greenhouses in most
parts of the kingdom.
C. canescens. —A pretty Chinese and
Japanese shrub with elliptic acute leaves,
4 5 in. long, and serrate on the margins.
The white Hawthorn-like blossoms ap-
pear in July and are borne in racemes
6 8 in. long.
Cult u re dtc. as above.
C. paniculata. A native of Carolina,
3-4 ft. high. Leaves smooth, narrowly
cuneate lance-shaped pointed, serrate.
Flowers from July to October, white.
fragrant, in sub -terminal hoary panicles.
( 'ulhtre ile. as above. See ('. u I n i Ifol in ■
C. scabra. A native of Georgia, 3-4
ft. high. Leaves broadly wedge -shaped
obovate acute, coarsely toothed. Flowers
from July to October, white.
c 'ult ii re dtc. as above. See ('. alnifolia.
C. tomentosa. A Virginian shrub,
3 4 ft. high. Leaves wedge-shaped obo-
vate acute, finely toothed towards the
apex, whitish woolly beneath. Flowers
from July to October, white, in hairj
woolly racemes.
Culture dtc. as above. See C. ahzifoUa.
LXVI. DIAPENSIACE,£
An order containing only 6 genera and 6 or 8 species of small prostrate tufted
bushes with sessile or long-stalked, narrow entire, or roundish toothed leaves.
Flowers hermaphrodite, regular. Calyx 5-parted. Corolla hypogynous, funnel-
shaped, bell-shaped, or salver-shaped, 5- lobed or parted ; lobes leathery obovate
or roundish, entire, erose, or lacerated. Stamens 5, epipetalous, free, or united in
a ring round an equal number of staminodes. Ovary free, superior, roundish,
3-celled. Style thick, short or long, 3-lobed. Capsule leathery, erect.
PYXIDANTHERA.-A genus with
only one species : —
P. barbulata (Diapensia barbulata).
Pine Barren Beauty. — A peculiar tiny
creeping evergreen about 2 in. high, native
of New Jersey. Leaves imbricated,
narrow, oblanceolate, entire, bearded at
the base. Flowers in early summer, white
or rose, solitary, sessile, numerous.
Corolla shortly bell-shaped. Stamens 5,
attached to the corolla.
Culture and Propagation. — This little
plant flourishes in moist sandy soil in the
rockery in sunny situations. It may be in-
creased by careful division in spring, or seeds
may be sown in cold frames when ripe, or
in spring. The seedlings should be grown
on until sturdy enough for the open air.
DIAPENSIA. — A genus consisting of
2 species of small smooth cushion-like or
tufted herbs, with solitary, erect, stalked
flowers at the ends of the branches.
Calyx 2-3 bracteate, with broadly ovate
obtuse sepals. Corolla salver-shaped or
bell-shaped, with 5 spreading obtuse
lobes. Stamens 5. Staminodes none.
D. lapponica. — A vigorous evergreen
1-2 in. high, native of the mountains of
N. Europe and Arctic America. Leaves
leathery, linear spoon-shaped, with some-
what reflexed edges. Flowers in July,
600
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
GALAX
pure white, solitary, thrown well above
the cushions of green foliage.
Culture and Propagation. — This
pretty little plant maybe grown in exposed
parts of the rockery in deep sandy peat
with plenty of moisture during hot dry
summers. It is increased by careful
division in spring.
SHORTIA. — A genus containing 2
species of very smooth scapigerous herbs
with a perennial stem. Leaves all radical,
long-stalked, round or heart-shaped,
toothed or serrate, persistent. Flowers in
terminal scapes, solitary, large, nodding.
Calyx 5 -parted. Corolla bell-shaped, with
5 wavy crenate lobes. Stamens 5. Stand -
nodes 5.
S. galacifolia. — A beautiful tufted
plant 2 3 in. high, native of the moun-
tains of N. Carolina. All the leaves are
radical, or in other words, spring from the
root. They are broadly elliptic or round-
ish with crenate edges and long stalks, and
assume a beautiful purple-red tint on the
approach of autumn and winter. The
charming funnel-shaped flowers, about an
inch across the mouth, appear in March
and April, and are white in colour, shading
off into pale rose with age. As a rule only
one blossom is borne on a slender scape,
but occasionally two are seen.
In recent years another species — S.
uniflora — has been introduced from Japan,
but it appears to differ little if at all from
the North American plant. And it is
possible that the same species grows wild
in both the Old and the New World.
It may be as well to mention here that
a plant which has been distributed within
the last few years under the name of
Short ia calif ornica is really not a
Shortia at all. It belongs to the Composite
order, and is properly known as Bwria
coronaria, which see, p. 524.
Culture and Propagation.— Shortias
nourish in sandj* peat or sandy loam in
sunny situations better than in shady
spots as often recommended, but they
must not want for water during the
summer months. They may be increased
by imported seeds, or by carefully dividing
well-established clumps in early autumn,
with the runners.
SCHIZOCODON.— A genus with 1 or
2 species of smooth tufted herbs, having
radical long- stalked ovate roundish
leathery persistent leaves, heart-shaped
at the base. Flowers few. at the top of
a scape, nodding. Calyx 5-parted ; with
linear oblong segments. Corolla bell-
shaped, 5-lobed. Stamens 5, affixed to
the tube of the corolla at the base.
Staminodes linear, hairy above the sta-
mens. Ovary ovoid roundish, 3-celled.
S. soldanelloides. — A beautiful tufted
Japanese plant 2 3 in. high, with
roundish sparsely toothed leaves having
a somewhat wrinkled surface. Flowers
in March, broadly funnel-shaped, deep
rose, the edges deeply cut into spreading
or recurved whitish thread-like fringe.
The first plant to flower in cultivation
was shown in London, March 28, 1893,
by Capt. Torrens, Boston Manor, Hayes,
Kent, the introducer, and had eleven
flowers, drooping or horizontal at the top
of the scape.
Culture and Propagation. — It seems
to flourish in peat and sand, and will pro-
bably be at home in the rock garden if
planted in warm sheltered positions. It
is still very rare and little can be said
about it, but when well established it may
possibly be increased by carefully dividing
the tufts in spring.
GALAX (Wand Plant). — This genus
contains but one species : —
G. aphylla. — A charming little rock
plant 3-6 in. high, native of N. America.
Leaves all radical kidney-shaped or
roundish heart-shaped, crenate-toothed
with radiating veins, and slender stalks
sheathing at the base. Flowers in July,
white, small, numerous, at the top of a
slender scape in a dense raceme. Calyx
5-parted. Corolla deeply 5-parted with
obovate spoon-shaped entire segments.
Stamens 5, united at the base of the
corolla tube with an equal number of
staminodes. Ovary ovoid 3-celled.
Cult fire and Propagation. — This
species flourishes in moist peaty soil or
leaf mould in cool damp or boggy places.
It may be increased by seeds, or by care-
ful division of established clumps in
autumn or spring.
LXVII. PLUMBAGINEiE— Thrift Order
A natural order with 8 genera and about 200 species of smooth or downy
perennial herbs or rarely shrubs. Leaves sometimes clustered or in rosettes,
ACANTHOLIMON
THRIFT ORDER
STATIC K 603
simple, entire or with a short clasping stalk ; or alternate on a branching stem
with swollen joints. Stipules none. Flowers hermaphrodite regular. Calyx
inferior, gamosepalous, tubular or funnel-shaped, 5-10- or 15-ribbed, the 5
primary ones often produced into teeth or lobes. Corolla gamopetalous, 5-lobed,
hypogynous ; lobes sometimes only cohering at the base. Stamens 5, opposite
the petals or corolla-lobes. Ovary superior, sessile or with the corolla slightly
stalked, 1-celled. Styles 5.
ACANTHOLIMON (Prickly
Thrift). — A genus containing according
to some authors over 80 species of prickly
bushes with tufted rigid linear somewhat
triangled leaves, often sharply pointed or
spiny, rarely short, blunt, and imbricate.
Flowers on simple or forked scapes or
peduncles. Calyx funnel-shaped, 10-
ribbed, 5- toothed or lobed. Petals 5,
united at the base with the stamens, or
free, oblong or obovate.
Culture and Propagation. — These
rather slow-growing plants flourish in
sandy soil in sunny positions, and are
more suitable for the rock garden than
the flower border proper. They may be
increased by seeds sown in cold frames,
or on a warm shady border. They sprout
rather slowly, but when large enough to
handle may be transplanted. Large tufts
may have the shoots layered in early
autumn. Some fine sandy soil may be
worked in carefully among the plants, the
branches being slightly cut or torn,
and covered, and afterwards well watered.
By spring most of the shoots thus treated
will be ready for severing from the parent
plant. Cuttings may also be inserted in
late summer, say August and September,
in sandy soil in cold frames, where they
may remain until spring or until well
rooted.
A. acerosum. — This is a rare species,
native of Asia Minor. It forms dense
masses of stiffish glaucous sharp-pointed
leaves. The rosy flowers, not quite so
large as those of A. glumaceum, appear in
July and August.
Culture dc. as above.
A. glumaceum (Statice Ararati). — A
compact and fairly free-growing Armenian
species about 6 in. high, with dense
masses of sharply pointed leaves. Flow-
ers in summer, rosy, about i in. across,
6-8 in a spikelet.
Culture dec. as above.
A. Kotschyi. — A rare and handsome
species about 6 in. high, native of the
East, with prickly leaves, and long spikes
of white flowers produced well above the
foliage during the summer months.
( ' it It a i e dtc as above.
A. venustum. — A beautiful but rare
alpine 6 8 in. hi«;h, native of Cilicia. with
sharply pointed linear glaucous leaves.
Flowers in summer, rosy, 12 20 on each
arching spike.
Culture dtc. as above.
STATICE (Ska Lavkm-kki. A
genus containing 100 or more species of
perennial, rarely annual, herbs, bushes or
shrubs, many of which are not hardy
enough for our climate. Leaves in the
stemless species radical and in rosettes ;
clustered in the tufted bushes ; and some-
what scattered, alternate, entire, linear,
spoon-shaped, or sinuately pinnatifid or
dissected. Flowers often in branched
racemes, corymbs, or panicles. Calyx
often funnel-shaped and 10-ribbed, with
5 toothed or bristly lobes. Petals, with
the stamens, united in a ring at the base,
or free, oblong-obovate, heart-shaped,
2-cleft.
Culture and Propagation. — Statices
flourish in ordinary garden soil which is
fairly sandy. They are fine plants for
the border or rockery, and when in bloom
their hundreds of small close-set flowers
have a charming effect. These are more
or less dry and membranaceous and last
a very long time after being cut, often
well into winter when dried like ' Ever-
lastings.1
The annual and biennial species ma>
be raised from seed sown in spring in
gentle heat, the seedlings being planted
out in May or June. Seeds may also be
sown when ripe in autumn in cold frames
or greenhouses, and the seedlings grown
on in pots under glass during the winter
months. By May they will be fine and
sturdy and -fit for the outdoor garden,
where they will flower sooner than plants
raised from seed in spring. The perennial
kinds mav be increased in the same way.
602
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS statice
and by carefully dividing the tufts in
spring or early autumn. During the
summer months cuttings of the young
shoots may also be inserted in sandy soil
in a close frame or under a hand-glass ;
and some kinds like S. latifolia, for in-
stance, can be readily increased by means
of root-cuttings inserted in cold frames in
September and October.
S. Bonduelli. — A graceful Algerian
annual or biennial with rosettes of lyrate
pinnatifid leaves, more or less downy or
hairy and spreading over the surface of
the soil. The beautiful golden-yellow
flowers appear in summer on gracefully
branched stems about 12-18 in. high.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds sown in autumn or spring. This
species likes a good sandy and well-
drained soil, and open sunny situations,
but can be regarded as hardy only in the
mildest parts of the south and west.
S. echioides. — This Sea Lavender is a
native of the Mediterranean shores and
grows 6-9 in. high. It has tufts of
small leathery obovate wedge-shaped
leaves, green above and often reddish
beneath. The bluish flowers are pro-
duced in much-branched graceful panicles
from June to August or September.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds sown in autumn or spring like S.
Bonduelli.
S. elata. — A beautiftil tufted stemless
species, native of S. Russia, with blunt
obovate wavy leaves. Flowers in July,
blue, in dense masses on branched stalks
about 2 ft. high.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seed or division.
S. eximia. — A native of Turkestan,
about 1 ft. high, with oblong spoon-
shaped wavy leaves. Flowers in August,
lilac-rose, in very dense branched heads.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seed or division.
S. Gmelini. — A native of Eastern
Furope 12-18 in. high with oval or
oboval blunt deep green leaves, shortly
stalked or almost sessile. Flowers from
June to August, bluish, borne in large-
branched clusters.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seed or division.
S. latifolia. — This is perhaps the best
of all Statices. Native of S. Russia, 1-2
ft. high. Leaves large, oblong elliptic,
narrowed into stalks. Flowers in June,
blue, on tall much-branched scapes. The
variety alba with white flowers is a
charming plant.
Culture dc. as above. This species
is best increased by means of root-
cuttings. The plants should be lifted
certainly not later than the end of
October, but before if possible, and the
roots may be cut into pieces about 2 in.
long, each one having an oblique cut at
the lower end and a straight cut at the
upper. The cuttings may be inserted
perpendicularly in a cold frame, and
almost every one will root and produce
young plants by spring. The thinner
roots may be placed lengthways and
slightly covered with soil. They will
also produce good plants. S. latifolia,
too, may be increased by seeds, but the
seedlings are apt to vary or deteriorate.
Or the plants may be carefully divided
about September.
S. Limonium. — This is a native plant
and grows wild upon muddy shores. It
has a stout woody creeping rootstock and
long-stalked oblong or obovate lance-
shaped leaves. The bluish-purple flowers
appear from July to September, or later,
and are borne on much-branched angular
stems, 6-18 in. high. The variety album
has white flowers.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seed or division.
S. sinensis (S. Fortunei). — A smooth
Chinese plant with acutely angled stems,
about 1 ft. high. Leaves obovate lance-
shaped, blunt. Flowers in April, yellow,
on tall forked stalks.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seed or division.
S. sinuata. — An elegant species,
native of the Mediterranean region, with
leaves pinnate^y cut into rounded lobes.
The winged flower-stems are H- 2 ft. high,
and from July to September and October
bear masses of blue flowers, varying from
yellowish-white to clear yellow.
Culture dc. as above. Although a
perennial it is best treated as a tender
annual, see p. 78.
S. spathulata. — A native of Barbary,
1 ft. high, with blunt, spoon-shaped,
glaucous, entire leaves. Flowers in
August, purple, with a white calyx.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seed or division.
AltMEKIA
THBIFT ORDER
ARMERIA 603
S. speciosa. — A perennial species,
native of S. Russia, with roundish or
oblong oboval leaves of a blue-green hue,
and rather abruptly narrowed at the
apex. The white or rosy flowers appear
from June to August, and are borne in
dense clusters on stiffish flat or angular
stems 12-18 in. high.
Culture dtc. as above. Increased by
seeds or division.
S. spicata. — An Asiatic annual about
(5 in. high. Leaves in rosettes, oblong-
lance-shaped, entire or cut, smooth or
slightly hairy beneath. Flowers in sum-
mer, pink or white.
Culture ttc. as above. Increased by
seeds in autumn or spring.
S. Suworowi. — A beautiful annual
about 1 ft. high, native of Turkestan.
Leaves radical, oblong lance - shaped,
entire, or coarsely lobed and toothed.
Flowers in summer, soft lilac, in dense
masses.
Culture dtc. as above. Increased by
seeds in autumn or spring.
S. tatarica. — A native of S.E. Europe,
about 1 ft. high. Leaves tufted, 4-6 in.
long, oblong spoon-shaped, wavy. Flowers
in June and July to September, bright
ruby-red. There is a narrow-leaved
variety called angustifolia not often seen.
Culture dtc. as above. Increased by
seeds or division.
S. Thouini (S. cegyptiaca). — A tender
rather glaucous annual about 1A ft. high,
native of S. Europe and N. Africa, with
deeply cut and lobed leaves. Flowers in
May and June, yellow, numerous, on
forked scapes.
Culture dtc. as above. Increased by
seeds in autumn or spring.
ARMERIA (Thrift; Ska Pink).—
A genus containing about 20 species of
tufted perennial grassy herbs with entire
linear leaves, and flowers in dense solitary
heads. Calyx funnel-shaped, 10-ribbed,
and 5-toothed. Petals distinct or slightly
united at the very base, obovate or oblong,
entire. Stamens slightly adnate to the
petals at the base.
Culture and Propagation. — Armerias
flourish in well-drained sandy loam and
leaf soil, and make excellent rock plants,
or edgings for borders. Several kinds are
easily increased by dividing the tufts in
spring or early autumn, and well watering
them into their new quarters. Seeds of
the rarer kinds may be sown in cold
frames in autumn, and the seedlings
planted out in spring.
A. ca;spitosa. — A pretty little Thrift,
native of the Spanish mountains. It
forms dense tufts of short narrow 3-sided
rigid and recurved leaves, and during the
summer months produces its small heads
of pale lilac flowers on downy stalks 1-2
in. high.
Culture dtc. as abovr.
A. dianthoides. — A native of S. Europe
with slightly downy spreading leaves, and
close heads of pale pink flowers in May
and June, on stalks about 6 in. high.
Culture dtc. as above.
A. juncea (A. set a era), — A native of
S. France with small erect roundish,
pointed, deep green leaves. Flowers in
June, rosy-pink, in small heads on stalks
about 3 in. high.
( 'ult u i e dtc. as above.
A. juniperifolia. — A densely tufted
Spanish species about 6 in. high, with
short stiff Juniper-like leaves. Flowers in
May and June, deep rose, in small dense
heads.
Culture dtc. as abo\ e.
A. latifolia (A. Cephalotes; A. for-
mosa ; A. mauritanica ; A. pseudo-
a/rmeria). — A handsome perennial G 18 in.
high, native of the Mediterranean regions.
Leaves broadly lance-shaped, 3-4 in. long,
smooth, acute, with channelled stalks.
Flowers in June, deep rose or crimson, in
large roundish heads or erect stalks.
Culture dtc. as above. This species is
rather difficult to divide successfully, and
is on the whole best obtained by sowing
seeds as soon as ripe in cold frames as
recommended.
A. maritima (Statice Armaria). — A
pretty tufted grass-like perennial 3-4 in.
high. Flowers from May to July, pink
or rose, in dense rounded heads on erect
stalks. The variety alba has larger heads
of pure white flowers, and is very hand-
some and quite as vigorous as the type ;
alpina is a dwarf alpine form ; la uche-
ana has a very dense habit and deep pink
flowers on stalks about 6 in. high. Crim-
son Gem is a vigorous garden variety with
heads of bright crimson flowers on stalks
about 9 in. high ; and Ewart is a very
deep crimson-purple form that at once
attracts attention.
Closely related to A. maritima is
604
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS primula
the Greek plant A. undulata, but the
outer leaves are linear lance-shaped and
wavy on the margins, the inner leaves
being linear and entire, while the flowers
and bracts are white.
Culture d:c. as above.
A. plantaginea (.4. leuccmtha : A.
scorzonercefolia). — A pretty S. European
species about 1 ft. high. Leaves grassy,
broader than in A.maritima, 3-5-nerved.
Flowers bright rose. There is an improved
variety called splendens.
Culture die. as above.
PLUMBAGO (Leadwort).— A genus
containing about 10 species of perennial
herbs, sometimes woody or rarely annual.
some of which are not hardy. Leaves
usually alternate, lobed and clasping, or
dilated at the base into a clasping stalk.
Flowers in spikes at the ends of the
branches. Calyx tubular 5-cleft. Corolla
salver-shaped, 5-lobed, with aslender tube.
Stamens free from the corolla.
Culture and Propagation. — The
hardy Plumbagos like a warm sandy loam
or ordinary light garden soil and sunny
positions. They may be increased by
division, cuttings, or seed. P. capensis,
a beautiful blue-flowered South African
greenhouse climber, may be easily raised
from seeds in autumn, and the seedlings
will be ready for planting out in June ;
or cuttings may be rooted in summer and
autumn, and wintered in a greenhouse
until June. In the southern parts of the
kingdom it may prove hardy in warm
sheltered positions trained on a south
wall. It certainly does very well in the
open air during the summer months, and
if protected with a piece of canvas or
matting in winter, would probably prove
hardy in favourable parts.
P. Larpentae (Ceratostigma plumba-
ginoides) . — A Chinese perennial with
wiry stems about 1 ft. high, and obovate
acute, finely toothed fringed leaves.
Flowers in September, cobalt-blue or
violet, in dense trusses, lasting until cut
off by frost.
Culture d-e. as above. It is easily
increased in spring by dividing the tufts,
or by planting portions of the rootstocks.
This species, if grown in masses, looks
charming in the border or in raised beds.
Plants here and there in the rockery are
also effective. P. europcea, with violet-
purple flowers, and P. micrantha, a
Siberian annual with white flowers, are
sometimes met with.
LXVIII. PRIMULACEiE— Auricula and Primrose Order
An order containing about 250 species of perennial herbs, rarely annuals or
shrubs. Leaves without stipules, sometimes all radical, sometimes cauline,
alternate, opposite or whorled, simple, rarely lobed (much cut in Hottonia).
Flowers hermaphrodite, usually regular, axillary or solitary, often in umbel-
like or whorled racemes. Calyx free, very rarely attached to the ovary,
4-9-cleft, rarely deciduous. Corolla hypogynous, usually gamopetalous,
rotate, salver-shaped, or funnel- or bell-shaped, 4-6-lobed. Stamens as many
as the corolla lobes, attached to the corolla tube. Ovary free, ovoid or round,
1-celled. Style short or long, with a blunt or capitate stigma.
HOTTONIA (Water Violet ;
Feather Foil). — A genus with 2 species
of water herbs, having submerged pecti-
nately cut leaves. Flowers in racemes
or whorls, dimorphic. Calyx 5-parted.
Corolla salver- shaped, with 5 spreading
lobes. Stamens 5, attached to the short
corolla tube. Ovary superior, ovoid.
H. palustris. — A pretty Bi'itish water
plant, 1-2 ft. high, with leaves 1-2 in.
long, deeply cut into linear segments.
Flowers in May and June, | in. across,
lilac, with a yellow eye.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species may be grown in the mud on the
margins of ponds or streams. It is in-
creased by division in spring, or by seeds.
PRIMULA (Primrose).— This genus
now contains about 150 species of peren-
nial herbs, with tufts of radical obovate
spoon-shaped or roundish leaves, entire
1'IUMULA
PRIMROSE ORDER
PRIMULA 605
toothed or rarely lobed. Flowers in um-
bellate or whorled racemes, very rarely
solitary. Calyx tubular, funnel- or bell-
shaped, often inflated or angled, H -lobed.
Corolla hypogynous, funnel- or salver-
shaped, with a short or Long tube and 5
erect or spreading, entire, toothed, ernar-
ginate, or 2-cleft lobes. Stamens 5, at-
tached to the corolla tube. ( )vary superior,
round or ovoid. Capsule splitting into
5 entire or bind valves.
Primroses are found in the temperate
parts of the world, about one-third being
Himalayan, one-third Chinese and Japan-
ese, and the other third spread through
Europe, N. Asia and America, one or two
on the mountains of Java, and one in the
cold regions of S. America. With such a
range of distribution, the natural condi-
tions under which the various species
grow differ considerably. Many of the
exotic kinds will flourish under exactly
similar conditions to those of our own
beautiful Primrose, but others require
different treatment. The conditions most
suitable for each one will therefore be
found after the description of each.
General Culture and Propagation. —
Although the common Primrose and some
of the other species may be increased
easily enough by dividing the tufts, it
is safer for the majority to be raised
from seeds. These should be sown thinly
in early autuinn, or as soon as full}'
ripe, in shallow pans, in light sandy
soil. They may be very slightly covered,
and when the seedlings have become
large enough to handle easily, they may
be pricked off into similar pans to make
more sturdy growth. In the case of
choice or rare varieties it is safer to
keep them in cold frames in pots plunged
in ashes during the winter, keeping a
strict watch for slugs. In spring they
may be planted out, pot and all, in the
spots most likely to suit them. They can
then be taken up again in the event of
severe winters and put in cold frames.
Where certain kinds show a tendency to
flower poorly after the first year, they
should be treated as biennials. Primroses
vary a good deal in size and habit, but
they are all charming, and appeal to one's
sense of the beautifully modest in the
same way as the common form found in
our copses, pastures, and hedge -banks.
See also the remarks under P. vulgaris
(p. 617), the Auricula (p. 618), and the
Polyanthus (p. 620).
P. admontensis (P. Churchilli). — A
natural hybrid between P. Auricula and
P. chisicma, having spoon-shaped ovate.
toothed, glandular, hairy leaves. Flowers
in May, lilac, with heart-shaped corolla
lobes. Calyx coloured, downy.
Culture dec. as above. Chalky soil in
the rockery.
P. algida. — A pretty Siberian species
with rosettes of oblong spoon-shaped,
finely toothed leaves, about 2 in. long,
with a broad tapering midrib. Flowers
in spring, about \ in. across, bright
crimson with a yellow eye, about 10-12
flowers on the top of a smooth scape 4-6
in. long. Petals deeply notched.
Culture <vc. as above. Well-drained
corners of the rockery in moist soil.
P. Allioni. A very downy species,
native of the mountains near Mentone.
Leaves obovate or spoon-shaped, slightly
and irregularly toothed. Flowers in
April, about 1 in. across, mauve, with a
white eye, solitary or in pairs.
Culture £c. as above. In sandy soil,
in the rock garden.
P. alpina (P. intermedia; P. rhcetica).
A beautiful natural hybrid between
P. Auricula and P. viscosa. Leaves
broadly spoon-shaped or obovate, slightly
toothed, with a floury appearance.
Flowers in May, large, brilliant violet-
purple, several on a flowery scape.
Culture dtc. as above. Suitable for the
rockery or Mower border in sandj7 soil and
leaf-mould.
P. altaica. — A native of the Altai
Mountains, 3-5 in. high. Leaves spoon-
shaped, or lance-shaped when young,
sinuate-crenate, slightly mealy. Flowers
in spring 1 in. or more across, mauve or
purple-crimson, with a yellow centre,
freely produced.
Culture <(-e. as above. A beautiful
rock plant in well-drained soil.
P. amethystina. — A somewhat floury
Chinese species, with ovate oblong
Daisy-like leaves, having winged petioles.
Flowers in June, reddish-purple, 3-6 in
an umbel. Corolla lobes entire or
notched.
Culture tire, as above. In loamy soil
on banks or in the rockery.
P. Arctotis. — A pretty natural hybrid
between P. Auricula and P. viscosa.
Leaves broadly spoon-shaped obovate,
blunt, toothed, green. Flowers in April,
606
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS primula
white or lilac-purple, densely glandular
hairy.
Culture dc. as above. The rock garden
in deep, sandy loam.
P. Auricula (P. I idea). — Common
Auricula. — The wild Auricula is a pretty
native of the Swiss Alps, about 3 in. high.
Leaves oblong lance-shaped, or obovate,
fleshy, glaucous or floury, somewhat
toothed. Flowers in April, yellow, 1 in.
or more across, many in an umbel.
P. Balbisi is a pretty form with yellow
flowers, and rounder glossy green leaves.
Dolomitis, a Tyrolese variety, has lemon -
yellow flowers 8-10 in an umbel, on
green scapes 2-3 in. high.
Culture dtc. as above. Borders or
rockeries in moist rich sandy soil. The
Garden Auricula and its forms are dealt
with separately at p. 618.
P. auriculata (P. longifolia ; P. macro-
phylla). — A handsome Austrian alpine,
about 4 in. high. Leaves oblong or obo-
vate, smooth, slightly crenate, pale but
not floury beneath. Flowers in May and
June, purple, with a white centre, 5-6 in
a drooping umbel. Corolla tube 1-1 i
in. long. There is a variety glacialis,
and one from China called polyf/hulla.
Cultu re dtc. as above. The rock garden,
in free sandy soil and leaf mould.
P. bella. — A pretty little Chinese
species, with long- stalked, ovate, or
roundish deeply lobed leaves. Flowers
in summer, violet-purple, large, 2-3 on
a scape. Corolla lobes deeply notched ;
mouth of tube bearded with white hairs.
Cult ure d'c. as above. Sheltered
corners of the rockery in sandy soil and
leaf mould.
P. bellunensis. — A native of the Alps
of Belluno and probably a natural hybrid
between P. Auricula and its variety
Balbisi. Leaves broadly ovate, blunt,
deeply and evenly toothed, densely
fringed, with winged stalks. Flowers in
May and June, large, golden-yellow, on
long stalks.
Culture dtc. as above. The rock
garden in sandy loam and leaf mould.
P. Berninae. — A natural hybrid or
seedling variety from P. viscosa and its
variety hirsuta. Leaves obovate or
roimdish, slightly crenate, glandular-
hairy, clasping at the base. Flowers in
April and May, large, rosy-purple.
Culture dc. as above. Bock garden in
rich loam and leaf soil well- drained.
P. biflora. — A hybrid between P. flbr-
keana and P. minima, not more than 1 in.
or so high, native of the Tyrol. Leaves
about 1 in. long, rather wedge-shaped,
serrate. Flowers in spring, large deep
rose, in pairs on short stalks, numerous.
Culture dtc. as above. A little gem for
exposed sunny parts of the rockery in moist
sandy loam and peat.
P. blattariformis. — A handsome some-
what hairy Chinese species, with ovate or
obovate deeply crenate leaves. Flowers
in spring, lilac, on scapes 8-12 in. high.
Corolla lobes broadly obcordate.
Culture dc. as above. Sandy loam in
the border or rockery.
P. bracteata. — A thick and woody-
rooted Chinese species. Leaves wrinkled
oblong blunt with long winged stalks.
Flowers in March, large, yellow, with
obcordate notched lobes. Calyx downy.
Culture dtc. as above. Sheltered parts
of the rockery with pieces of limestone or
mortar rubble mixed with the soil.
P. bullata. — A beautiful thick-rooted
Chinese species almost entirely covered
with golden flour. Leaves lance-shaped,
doubly serrate, with winged stalked
flowers in April, golden -yellow, many on
tall stalks.
Culture dtc. as above. Requires same
treatment as P. bracteata.
P. calliantha.— A pretty thick-rooted
Chinese species. Leaves oblong or obovate
oblong, leathery, covered with a golden
powder beneath, finely crenate. Flowers
in June, large, deep violet-purple, 5-10 in
an umbel.
Culture dtc. as above. Moist sandy
loam and peat in sheltered parts of the
rockery.
P. calycina. — A native of the Lombardy
Alps. Leaves oblong or broadly lance-
shaped entire, about 2 in. long, with carti-
laginous margins, glossy green above,
glaucous beneath. Flowers in May and
June, about 1 in. across, purple in umbels,
on stalks 2-4 in. high.
Culture d'c. as above. Sandy soil in
sheltered parts of the rockery.
P. capitata.— A beautiful Himalayan
species with oblong wrinkled and toothed
leaves, sometimes with a golden powder
on the under surface. Flowers in autumn,
deep violet-purple, in dense round heads
1^-2 in. across, covered with a white
powder outside, on stalks 6-9 in. high.
PKIMULA
PRIMROSE ORDER
PRIMULA 607
Culture and Propagation. — This
Himalayan species is apt to die out after
one or two seasons in some gardens, and it
is therefore advisable to raise it regularly
from seeds, which are usually freely pro-
duced. It seems to thrive under opposite
conditions according to locality. With
some it flourishes in a moist soil with
shade and shelter ; and with others in
situations fully exposed to the sun. Under
the latter conditions it assumes richer
tints of colour and seeds freely.
P. carniolica (P. Freyeri ; P. jellen-
kiana). — A native of the Carinthian and
Carniolan Alps with leaves in large loose
rosettes, individually about 2 in. long,
ovate lance-shaped, smooth, shining.
Flowers in April and May, pale to deep
blue, with a whitish centre, 3 10 on a
stalk 3 4 in. high. The variety multiceps
has larger and deeper blue flowers.
Culture Sc. as above. The rock garden
in free soil.
P. cernua. — A pretty Chinese species,
with short broadly-ovate crenulate leaves.
Flowers in July, deep purple-blue, several
on top of the stalk.
CultureSc. asabove. Requires chalky
soil in sheltered spots in the rockery.
P. clusiana. — A pretty Tyrolese species
6 9 in. high. Leaves slightly downy,
broadly ovate, obscurely toothed. Flowers
in April and May, about 1 in. across,
bright rose, in stalked umbels.
Culture d'-c. as above. Free loamy
soil in the rockery or border.
P. cortusoides. — A distinct Siberian
species 6-10 in. high. Leaves 2-4 in. long,
soft, wrinkled, heart-shaped, rather lobed
and toothed, on long stalks. Flowers in
early summer, deep rose, over 1 in. across,
on scapes about 6 in. long. There are
many forms.
Culture d'-c. as above. Light rich,
well-drained soil in sunny parts of the
rockery or border suits this Primula very
well. It is easily raised from seed.
P. cridalensis. — A beautiful natural
hybrid from the Tyrol between P. tyro-
lensis and P. wulfeniana. Leaves
roughish, broadly ovate, slightly fringed.
Flowers in April and May, large, rosy-
purple.
Culture dc. as above. Somewhat
chalky soil in sunny exposed parts of the
rockery.
P. daonensis (P. cenensis). A little
gem from the Tyrol and Swiss Alps.
Leaves obovate serrate, glandular hairy
on both sides. Flowers in May and June,
very large, pale rose with a white centre.
Culture d-r. as above. Moist sandy
loam and leaf soil in exposed sunny parts
of the rockery.
P. davurica. — A native of Dahuria and
Siberia about 8 in. high. Leaves lanceolate
spoon-shaped, almost entire, smooth.
Flowers in May, salver-shaped, pink with
a pale lemon centre, many in a head.
( 'ulture .(■<-. as above. Sandy soil with
leaf mould in warm parts of the rockery.
P. Delavayi. — A distinct Chinese
species with broadly ovate, roundish or
heart-shaped leaves. Flowers in August,
appearing before the leaves, large, deep
purple, on stalks 1 ft. or more high.
Culture <£c. as above. Damp clayey
loam in the rockery or border.
P. denticulata. — A handsome vigorous
Himalayan species 8 12 in. high. Leaves
wrinkled, oblong lance-shaped, toothed,
hairy, especially the under surface, which
is also covered with a white powder.
Flowers in spring and early summer, about
I in. across, bright lilac, in dense round
heads or umbels. The variety pulcherri/ma
has large trusses of deeper lilac blossoms,
and is an improvement on the type. Hen-
ryi is similar to pulcherrima, but more
vigorous in growth. Cashmeriana is a
lovely variety with oblong toothed leaves,
pale green above, covered with golden
powder beneath. Flowers from March to
May, dark lilac or pale purple, in round
heads on stout powdery stalks about 1 ft.
high. The chief attraction of the variety
alba consists in its trusses of white
flowers. There is also a variegated form
in which the leaves are edged with white.
Culture and Propagation. — These
plants flourish in moist rich loamy well-
manured soil either in the flower border
or rockery in sunny situations, somewhat
sheltered, as the leaves are apt to suffer
by the spring frosts. Too much wet in
winter causes the crowns to rot unless pro-
tected with sheets of glass or handlights.
P. dinyana. — A Bavarian natural
hybrid between P. integrifolia and P.
viscosa. Leaves 3-4 in. long, ovate lance-
shaped, slightly toothed and fringed.
Flowers in spring, deep purple, produced
freely, 4-10 flowers in rather large heads
608
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS primula
on scapes 3-6 in. high. Corolla lobes
narrowly obcorclate.
Culture dc. as above. Deep rich soil
in shady corners of the rockery.
P. discolor. — A pretty natural hybrid
between P. Auricula and P. daonensis,
native of the Tyrolese Alps, where it
grows in the fissures of granite rocks at
an elevation of 6000-7000 ft. Leaves
ovate, toothed, slightly hairy. Flowers in
April, large, lilac or violet-purple, with a
white centre, on powdered stalks 3-4 in.
high.
Culture dc. as above. Rich sandy
loam in the border or rockery.
P. dryadifolia. — A tufted Chinese
species with long slender rhizomes and
ovate or somewhat heart-shaped leaves,
having short winged stalks. Flowers in
July, violet, 3-5 in an umbel. Calyx bell-
shaped ; bracts broadly ovate.
Culture dc. as above. Deep rich soil
in the rock garden in sunny places.
P. Dumoulini. — A vigorous free-flower-
ing hybrid between P. minima and P.
spectabiUs, native of the Austrian moun-
tains. Leaves broadly wedge-shaped, shi-
ning green, toothed. Flowers in spring,
deep rose, in dense heads on stalks about
2 in. high.
Culture <(•(-. as above. Sandy well-
drained peat in sunny parts of the rockery.
P. elatior (Oxlip). — A native of our
British meadows and pastures and inter-
mediate between the Common Prim-
rose (P. vulgaris) and the Cowslip or
Paigle (P. officinalis). Leaves obovate
spoon-shaped, wrinkled, toothed, on winged
stalks. Flowers in April and May. pale
yellow, horizontal or drooping, 5-6 in an
umbel. Cahjcantha is a pretty garden
form with a large leafy frilled and lobed
calyx coloured like the corolla.
Culture dc. as above. By shady
woodland walks or banks in damp soil.
P. elliptica. — This species, 6-12 in.
high, grows in Thibet and Cashmir at an
elevation of 8000-12,000 ft. Leaves dark
green and shiny above, about 2 in. long,
ovate or oblong, sharply toothed, narrowed
into a broad clasping stalk. Flowers in
June and July, violet or bluish-purple,
4-12 in a loose umbel. Corolla lobes
broad, deeply cleft.
Culture dc. as above. Rich moist
Bandy loam in the border or rockery.
P. elwesiana. — A beautiful Primrose
from the Sikkim Himalayas, having stout
fleshy rootstocks. Leaves entire, 2-3 in.
long, somewhat spoon-shaped, acute, with
broadly winged stalks. Flowers in early
summer, deep purple, very large, solitary,
on scapes 6-7 in. high, somewhat resem-
bling those of a single -flowered Dianthus
owing to the spreading and coarsely
toothed corolla lobes.
Culture dc. as above. Sandy loam
and leaf soil in the rockery in sheltered
spots.
P. erosa. — A Himalayan species 4-8
in. high, near P. denticulata. Leaves
oblong spoon-shaped, coarsely and un-
evenly toothed. Flowers in early spring,
lavender or purple,, powdery, in dense
umbellate heads.
Culture dc. as above. This may be
grown like P. denticulata, but not being
so hardy requires more sheltered spots.
P. Escheri. — A hairy natural hybrid
between P. Auricula and P. integrifolia.
Leaves 1-2 in. long, ovate lance-shaped,
serrate. Flowers in April, large, rosy or
lilac-purple, several on a scape 2-3 in.
high.
Culture Ac. as above. Sandy loam
and leaf soil in the rockery.
P. Facchini. — A pretty Tyrolese natu-
ral hybrid between P. minima and P.
spectabiUs. Leaves in compact, bright
green rosettes, spoon-shaped, deeply
crenate near the apex. Flowers in May
and June, rather large, rosy-purple, 2-3
on a scape.
Culture dc. as above. Ordinary well-
drained soil in sunny parts of the rockery.
P. farinosa {Bird's Eye Primrose).
A beautiful British species 3-12 in. high.
Leaves 1J-2 in. long, obovate-oblong or
spoon-shaped, roundly toothed, smooth
above, covered with a silvery or pale
golden powder beneath. Flowers in June
and July, about \ in. across, pale purple
or lilac with a yellow eye, in compact
umbels. Corolla lobes wedge shaped,
deeply notched. Calyx oblong-obovoid,
mealy. The variety acaulis is a tiny
plant with flowers nestling among the
leaves, and looking very pretty.
Culture dc. as above. Moist deep
well -drained sandy loam or peat in crevices
of the rockery.
P. Fedtschenkoi. — A native of Turke-
stan 6 9 in. high. Leaves oblong spoon-
rimiuLA
PRIMROSE OBDER
PRIMULA 609
shaped, slightly crenate. Flowers in
summer, deep violet-purple, in a series of
whorls at the top of the scape.
Culture dc. as above. Ordinary
garden soil and leaf mould in the rockery
or border.
P. floribunda. — A beautiful free-grow-
ing Himalayan species. Leaves stalked,
elliptic lance-shaped, toothed, somewhat
downy. Flowers in summer, bright
golden-yellow, about I in. across, numer-
ous, on erect stalks, 4-8 in. high. The
variety grandiflora is simply a large-
flowered form of the type.
Culture dc. as above. The rocken or
border in ordinary soil. Requiring slight
protection in winter. Easily raised from
seed.
P. florkeana (P. illinium hybrida).
A free-growing natural hybrid between
P. minima and P. viscosa, native of the
Swiss and Tyrolese Alps. Leaves rather
broadly wedge-shaped, about 1 in. long,
toothed. Flowers in spring, deep lilac
or lilac-purple, several on a scape about
2 in. high. Corolla lobes heart-shaped,
deeply notched. Involucre leafy.
Culture dc. as above. The rockery in
moist well-drained sandy loam.
P. Forbesi. — A pretty free- flowering
downy Chinese species with rosettes of
broadly oval or oblong, unequally toothed
leaves, 2-3 in. long, with slender stalks
2-3 in. long. Flowers in March and
April and onwards, 4-6 in distant whorls
on slender pedicels, the peduncles being
6-12 in. or more high. Single flowers
J— | in. across, soft rosy-purple, whitish
and orange in the centre. Corolla lobes
broad, deeply notched.
Cult a re dc. as above. This likes warm
sheltered parts of the rockery or border
in rich sandy loam and leaf soil. It is
perhaps too tender to stand sharp
winters, but may be readily raised from
seeds sown in gentle heat in March.
P. Forsteri. — A robust natural hybrid
between P. minima and P. viscosa hir-
suta, native of the Tyrol. Leaves 2-4 in.
long, rather roundly wedge-shaped, deeply
and sharply toothed at the apex, hairy
above. Flowers in early spring and again
in autumn, deep rose, large, with a white
throat, 2-3 on a scape.
Culture dc. as above. Sandy loam in
the rockery.
P. gambeliana. — A native of the
temperate Himalayas. Leaves roundish
heart-shaped, toothed, smooth, about 1 in.
across. Flowers about 1 in. across, purple,
with round slightly notched corolla lobes.
Culture dc. as above. Sheltered nooks
in the rockery, in rich sandy loam and
leaf soil.
P. geranifolia. — A native of the Eastern
Himalayas with short thick rootstocks.
Leaves roundish and deeply heart-shaped,
1 H in. wide, hairy, pale green, with
small lobes. Flowers in May, pale pur-
ple, .', in. across, on softly hairy scapes
6-10 in. high.
Culture dc. as above. The border or
rockery in rich gritty soil, in sunny
sheltered spots.
P. glacialis. — A pretty little Chinese
species with oblong obovate toothed
leaves. Flowers in June, violet, 3 5 in
an umbel. Calyx deeply cleft into long
linear lobes.
Cult it re dc. as above. Crevices of rocks
in sandy soil in sunny sheltered spots.
P. glutinosa.— A beautiful and distinct
species about 4 in. high, native of the
Austrian and Tyrolese mountains. Leaves
lanceolate wedge-shaped, toothed towards
the apex, deciduous in winter. Flowers
in early summer, bright bluish-purple, in
clusters. Corolla lobes deeply cleft.
Culture dc. as above. Rich moist
sandy loam or peat in the rockery.
P. grandis.— A native of Central Asia,
about 9 in. high, with large, rather oblong
obovate toothed leaves. Flowers small,
bright yellow, drooping in umbels at the
top of long scapes. The corolla is deeply
5-lobed, but the oblanceolate lobes arc in
a line with the tube, and not spreading
away from it.
Culture dc. as above. The border or
rockery in warm spots in good sandy
loam and leaf soil.
P. Heeri. — A dense tufted natural
hybrid between P. viscosa hirsuta and
P. integrifolia. Leaves ovate lance-
shaped, 1-2 in. long, slightly toothed,
hairy. Flowers in April, large, purple,
several on a scape.
Culture dc. as above. Sandy loam
and leaf soil in the rockery.
P. hirsuta. — An Alpine Primrose with
rather woody stems, and rosettes of
thickish broadly oblong spoon-shaped
leaves, toothed on the margins, and
610
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS primula
clothed with downy glandular hairs. The
flower-stems, 2-3 in. high, appear in
April and May and are surmounted by
an umbel of rosy-carmine or purple
flowers.
Culture dc. as above. This species
flourishes in well-drained sandy loam or
peat, and may be grown in crevices or
fissures in the rock garden.
P. Huguenini. — A tufted natural hy-
brid between P. glutinosa and P. integri-
folia. Leaves in dense rosettes, 1 in. long,
obovate or lance-shaped, toothed towards
the apex. Flowers in April and May,
large, deep purple, several on a scape 2-3
in. high.
Culture dc. as above. The rockery in
sandy soil and leaf mould.
P. Huteri. — A pretty little Tyrolese
hybrid, about 1 in. high, between P. glu-
tinosa and P. integrifolia. Leaves long
spoon -shaped, with 11-15 short broad
teeth thickened at the tips. Flowers in
May, deep violet, on clammy scapes.
Culture dc. as above. Crevices in the
rock garden in gritty soil.
P. imperialis {Royal Cowslip). — A
distinct and attractive species, native of
the Pangerango and Gedah mountains in
Java, where it grows wild at an elevation
of 9000 ft. The leaves are like those of
P. japonica but larger, sometimes mea-
suring 18 in. long by 5 in. wide. The
stout erect scape (which sometimes reaches
a height of 3 ft. in a wild state) springs
from the centre of the rosette of oblong
spoon-shaped coarsely toothed or crenate
leaves, and is quite h in. in diameter at
the base. The deep yellow or orange
flowers, about f in. across, are in whorls
as in P. japon ica, the lowest whorl being
18 in. from the base of the scape. As
many as 12-20 flowers are in each whorl,
the buds being erect, while the expanded
blossoms are horizontal or drooping, and
the calyx is covered with a white mealy
powder.
Culture dc. as above. This species
ripens seeds in cultivation, and although a
native of a tropical country it is found at
such an elevation that it is practically a
temperate plant. Indeed Honeysuckles
(p. 482), St. John's Wort (p. 265), and
Guelder Roses (p. 480) are found on the
same mountains at lower elevations, so
that wherever these shrubs grow the
' Royal Cowslip,' as this Javan species
has been called, will also grow equally
well. By continually raising plants from
home-saved seeds sown in cold frames as
soon as ripe, it may be possible in the
course of time to eliminate any tender
qualities the species is likely to possess.
As P. prolifera (p. 614) has been confused
with this species in the ' Botanical Maga-
zine,' t. 6732, it may be as well to say
that the two plants are quite distinct,
although both have yellow flowers. The
true P. imperialis is figured in a later
issue of the ' Botanical Magazine,' t. 7217,
and also in the ' Garden ' for September
19, 1891.
P. integrifolia (P. candolleana). — A
pretty compact-growing species, 2-3 in.
high, native of the Pyrenees and Switzer-
land. Leaves elliptic, or oblong, entire,
smooth, shining, edges fringed. Flowers
in spring and early summer, rosy, 1-3 on
scapes 2-3 in. high. Corolla lobes deeply
cleft.
Culture dc. as above. Moist rich loam
in the rockery.
P. intermedia. — A pretty Tyrolese
hybrid between P. clusiana and P.
minima. Flowers fragrant, purple-crim-
son, with a bright yellow eye, on stout
erect scapes.
Culture dc. as above. Sheltered parts
of the rockery in sandy soil.
P. involucrata. — A beautiful Hima-
layan species 5-7 in. high. Leaves erect,
oblong lance-shaped, bright green,
narrowed into a stalk. Flowers from
March to May, creamy white, with a
yellowish centre, in umbels. Corolla
lobes roundish.
Culture dc. as above. This species
flourishes in very moist or swampy
places, and is sometimes grown in pots
plunged half-way up in water. The
variety Munroi, which requires similar
treatment, is somewhat taller, with
heart-shaped slightly toothed leaves on
long stalks, and white flowers with a
yellow centre, fragrant.
P. japonica (Japanese Primrose). — A
splendid Japanese species 1-2 ft, high.
Leaves 6-12 in. long, oblong spoon-shaped,
tapering towards the base, coarsely and
irregularly toothed. Flowers in May and
June, about 1 in. across, deep or pale
crimson, on scapes 1-2 ft. high, with 5-6
many-flowered whorls, lower ones opening
first. There are several colour forms —
PRIMULA
PRIMROSE ORDER
PRIMULA Gil
including a white one— but none is so
good as the type.
Culture dc. as above. Grown in
masses in deep rich loam, in moist and
partially shaded spots, P. ja/ponica is
very effective, and lasts a long time in
bloom. It is very free and vigorous in
growth, and may be raised readily from
seeds, although they are sometimes slow
in germinating. This process, however,
may be facilitated by steeping the seeds
in warm water for a few hours previous
to sowing.
P. kaufmanniana. — A pretty species
6-12 in. high, native of Turkestan.
Leaves long-stalked, roundish, softly
downy, with irregularly toothed basal
lobes. Flowers in summer, glossy violet,
1 in. across, 10 18 in a whorl.
Culture dc. as above. Border or
rockery, in well-drained sandy loam and
leaf soil.
P. Kerneri. — A natural hybrid between
P. Auricula and P. viscosa. Leaves
broadly obovate, or spoon-shaped, toothed,
bright green, covered with black hairs.
Flowers in April and May, bright purple,
with a yellowish centre, several on stout
scapes 2-4 in. high.
Culture dc. as above. Sandy loam in
the rockery.
P. khasmiriana. — A smooth, hand-
some Himalayan species about 6 in. high,
related to P. sibirica. Leaves long-
stalked, ovate, elliptic. Flowers in June,
rosy-lilac, in stalked umbels.
Culture dc. as above.
P. kitaibeliana. — A charming Croatian
species near P. sjjectabilis, with ovate
pointed, serrate leaves, densely covered
with short white hairs. Flowers in April
and May, rosy-purple, freely produced.
Culture dc. as above. Rich loam and
leaf soil in sunny parts of the rockery.
P. latifolia. — A handsome Pyrenean
species 4 -8 in. high, related to P. viscosa.
Leaves broadly oblong or obovate, 3-4 in.
long, sharply toothed towards the apex,
hairy on both surfaces, and fringed.
Flowers in early summer, about 1 in.
across, violet, fragrant, with a powdery
throat and calyx, 1-20 in an umbel.
Culture dec. as above. Moist sandy
loam and leaf soil in the rockery.
P. lebliana. — A beautiful hybrid
between P. Auricula and P. wulfeniana.
Leaves in dense rosettes, ovate lance-
shaped, 1-2 in. long, sharply toothed,
smooth and shiny above. Flowers in
April and May, rose-purple, 3-8 on a
scape 3-4 in. high.
< 'nit urc dc. as above. Rich sandy loam
and leaf soil in the rockery.
P. longiflora. — A species resembling
P. fariuosa in general appearance, native
of grassy regions of the higher Alps.
Leaves 1-2 in. long, ovate-oblong, pointed,
irregularly notched or toothed, slightly
covered with a whitish powder beneath.
Flowers in May and June, over i in.
across, bright violet or purple, powdery,
several on stout scapes 1 1.1 ft. high.
Culture dc. as above. Rich moist
sandy loam in the border or rockery.
P. longobarda. — A distinct plant,
native of the Tyrol, Lombardy &c.
Leaves obovate lance - shaped acute.
Flowers in April, rose-purple, about J in.
across, several on a scape.
Culture ifc as above. Chalky sandy
soil in the rockery.
P. luteola. — A handsome Caucasian
species lo-2 ft. high. Leaves 6-12 in.
long, oblong, toothed, and tapering towards
the base. Flowers in summer, pale j'ellow,
deeper in the centre, in round heads on
scapes 1 ft. or more high.
Culture dc. as above. Rich moist
loam and leaf soil in borders or the
rockery, in exposed situations.
P. magiassonica. — A tufted Tyrolese
hybrid between P. spectabilis and P.
minima. Leaves about 1 in. long, ovate
or obovate, smooth, slightly serrated.
Flowers in May, rosy-purple, on short
scapes.
Culture dc. as above. Sharp sandy
soil in the rockery.
P. marginata. — An attractive species
2-4 in. high, native of the Swiss Alps,
recognised by the whitish margins of its
oblong or obovate, deeply and unequally
toothed leaves. Flowers in April and
May, violet-rose, or pale purple, about £
in. across, with a powdery throat ; 6-9
on a scape. There are varieties known
as ceerulea major, densijiora, and grandi-
flora.
Culture dc. as above. Moist sandy
loam in chinks in the rockery.
P. minima (Fairy Primrose). — A tiny
species 1-2 in. high, native of the moun-
tains of S. Europe. Leaves wedge-shaped,
about i in. long, smooth and shining,
rb 2
612
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS primula
toothed towards the apex. Flowers in
early summer, rosy, or sometimes white,
about 1 in. across, solitary, or occasionally
in pairs.
Culture dc. as above. Chinks of the
rockery, or in patches, in moist sandy
loam. P. minima, has a great tendency
to cross-fertilise with other species growing
near it, and as may be seen from the
descriptions many hybrids owe their
origin to its influence.
P. minutissima. — A tiny Himalayan
gem with deep green rosettes of leaves
^,-1 in. across, oblanceolate toothed,
powdery beneath. Flowers in July, indi-
vidually about I in. across, bright purple.
1-3 on scapes scarcely rising above the
foliage. Corolla lobes cleft.
Culture <tc. as above. To obtain the
best effect, several plants should be grown
closefy together in free sandy loam and
leaf soil in the rockery.
P. mistassinica (P. pusilla). — AN.
American species about 8 in. high. Leaves
spoon-shaped, toothed or crenate, smooth.
Flowers in June, salver-shaped, red, 1-8
in a whorl. Corolla lobes obcordate,
slightly notched.
Culture d'c. as above. Well-drained
soil in the rockery.
P. mollis. — A distinct Himalayan spe-
cies with long-stalked, hairy, roundish,
heart-shaped, bluntly toothed leaves, hairy
on both surfaces, and 2-3 in. long and
broad. Flowers from May to July, about
1 in. across, starry, crimson, with a deep
crimson eye ; 6-8 in whorls on the upper
part of a stout scape 9-12 in. or more high.
Corolla-lobes oblong obovate, notched.
Culture ct'-c. as above. May receive the
same treatment as P.japonica.
P. muretiana. — A hybrid between P.
integrifolia and P. lapifoUa, and resem-
bling P. dinyana. Leaves 3-4 in. long,
broadly ovate lance-shaped, entire or
slightly toothed, covered with clammy
hairs. Flowers in April and May, deep
rich purple, several in an umbel.
( 'it It u re dtc. as above. Rich deep sandy
loam and leaf soil in rather shaded parts
of the rockery.
P. muscoides. — A small densely tufted
native of the* Sikkim Himalayas. Leaves
obovate oblong or rather spoon-shaped,
coarsely toothed. Flowers in early
summer, purplish, small, solitary. Corolla
lobes deeply cleft. The variety tenuiloba
has a narrower hairy corolla-tube, and
very narrow deeply cleft lobes.
Culture dc. as above. Sandy soil in
sheltered parts of the rockery.
P. nivalis. — A beautiful Caucasian
species, with thickish finely toothed leaves
1-6 in. long, smooth, and often powdery
beneath. Flowers in spring, lilac-purple,
about f in. across, 2-lU in an umbel on
glaucous scapes 3-18 in. high.
The variety farinosa has the under
surface of the leaves covered with a
whitish meal or powder ; longifolia has
much longer and narrower leaves, mealy
beneath, and deep purple flowers; and
turTcestanica has deep rosy flowers usually
arranged in two whorls.
Culture d'c. as above. Moist sandy
peat in the rockery or border.
The plants often called nivalis and
nivea in gardens are really synonyms of
P. jpubescens alba.
P. obconica (P. poculiformis). — A
beautiful Chinese Primrose 6-12 in. high.
Leaves stalked, wrinkled, roundish heart-
shaped with obscure, toothed lobes, or
nearly entire. Flowers in spring and
summer, f-1 in. across, pale lilac or
purple, or nearly white, 12-20 in an
umbel at the top of the scape. Calyx like
an inverted cone, pale green.
Culture and Propagation. — This beau-
tiful plant is largely grown in pots for
conservatory decoration, and is remark-
able for the elegance and abundance of
its blossoms. It may however be grown
successfully in the open air in the border
or rockery, in rich sandy loam and leaf
soil, and in situations somewhat shaded
from the hot summer sun. It is probably
too tender to stand frosty winters un-
protected ; seeds, however, are easily
raised in spring or autumn, and plants
from the later sowing may be wintered in
cold, dry, airy frames until May.
Although Primula obconica has no
irritating effect on most people, there are
many, however, who suffer more or less
intensely from eczema or eruptions of the
skin after handling it.
P. obovata. — A natural hybrid between
P. Balbisi and P. tyrolensis. Leaves
obovate-obtuse, hairy, about 1 in. long,
finely serrate. Flowers in April and
May, pale rose or purple, several on a
stout scape.
Culture dtc. as above. Moist sandy
soil in the rockery.
PRIMULA
PRIMROSE ORDER
PRIMULA G13
P. obtusifolia. — A Himalayan species,
with variable leaves 2-5 in. long, usually
blunt, and smooth or powdery beneath,
blowers in May and June, ruby-red,
rarely yellow, in umbels on the top of the
scapes which are 6 -10 in. high.
Culture do. as above. Moist sandy
loam or peat in sheltered sunny parts of
the rockery.
P. officinalis (P. veris). — Cowslip ;
1 'ni ,gle.- A well-known British species
4-12 in. high. Leaves oblong spoon -
shaped, wrinkled, with winged stalks.
Flowers in April and May, bright yellow,
drooping, funnel-shaped.
Culture it[r. as above. In moist cool
borders or the edges of shrubberies, or
rockeries, woodland walks, banks &c. the
Cowslip may be appropriately grown. It
can be easily divided like the Common
Primrose or Polyanthus. The latter is
supposed to be derived from it through a
form called variabilis. See Polyanthus
(p. 620).
P. Olgae. — A pretty species related to
the true P. nivalis, native of Turkestan.
Leaves ovate-oblong, with winged stalks,
smooth and shiny on both surfaces.
Flowers in spring, rosy-lilac or purple.
few on a scape 3 4 in. high.
Culture i('-e. as above. Moist sandy
loam or peat in the rockery.
P. Palinuri. — A vigorous Italian
species 6-9 in. high. Leaves broadly
spoon-shaped, smooth, sharply and un-
equally toothed, 3-4 in. long. Flowers
in April and May, bright yellow, funnel-
shaped, in a drooping umbel at the top of
a powdered scape, like the Cowslip.
Culture Sc. as above. Deep rich
sandy soil in corners of the rockery.
Easily increased by dividing the crowns
in spring.
P. Parryi. — A beautiful Rocky Moun-
tain Primrose 6-18 in. high. Leaves
erect, narrowly oblong-obovate, bluntish,
tapering to a broad stalk, obscurely
toothed or entire, 5-9 in. long. Flowers
in spring, about 1 in. across, bright purple
with a yellow centre, 12 or more on stout
scapes about 1 ft. high.
Culture <£c. as above. Flourishes in
very moist sandy loam and peat, and
requires partial shade from the hot
summer sun.
P. pedemontana. — A beautiful species
about 6 in. high, native of Piedmont, and
closely related to P. viseosa. Leaves
oblong or ovate, slightly toothed with
fringed edges. Flowers in spring, rosy-
purple, with a yellowish-white centre, in
dense heads on scapes 2 4 in. high.
Culture d'e. as above. Rich moist
sandy loam in the rockery or border.
May be increased by division.
P. petiolaris. A very variable Prim-
rose, native of the Himalayas at an
elevation of 9000-11,000 ft. It has
stalkless oblong or spoon-shaped leaves,
and produces lilac -purple flowers about
1 in. across, with a white and yellow eye,
during the winter months, the petals
being obcordate and toothed on the
margins. The variety nana is a dwarf
form with \er\ short flower-stalks.
Culture and Propagation. — Although
a hardy and very free-flowering species,
the flowers unfortunately are produced
during the worst season of the year, when
they are apt to he spoiled by frost. This
however may be prevented by covering
the plants with handlights, or a sheet of
glass supported by a couple of pieces of
wire. From May to October the plants
must be kept in a damp and shaded part
of the garden, although they cannot have
too much sun during our cheerless winters.
The seeds should be sown as soon as ripe,
and the plants are perhaps on the whole
best grown in pots so that they can be
readily moved as required.
P. pinnatifida. — A Chinese species
with long-stalked ovate or oblong pin-
nately cut leaves. Flowers in July, violet,
with entire lobes, and a long cylindrical
tube.
Culture de. as above. Moist sandy
soil in cool shady parts of the rockery.
P. Plantae. — A hybrid between P. vis-
eosa hirsuta and P. daonensis, with
tufted rosettes of ovate pointed, finely
toothed leaves, covered with brownish
hairs. Flowers in April and May, rosy-
purple.
Culture ,(-e. as above. Rich moist
sandy loam in the rockery.
P. Poissoni. — A distinct species native
of X.China. Leaves oblong lance-shaped,
4-6 in. long, slightly wavy, sharply
toothed. Flowers in June and July,
about 1 in. across, deep purple with a
bright yellow centre, 6-8 in whorls on
the upper portion of a stout scape 6-10 in.
high.
614
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS primula
Culture dc. as above. May be grown
like P. jcvponica.
P. Portae. — A Tyrolese hybrid between
P. Auricula and P. daonensis. Leaves
small, clammy, obovate, toothed towards
the apex. Flowers in April and May,
wine-red, several on a scape.
Culture dc. as above. Eich loamy soil
in the rockery.
P. prolifera. — A pretty Primrose, 6-24
in. high, from the Himalayas. Leaves
oblong obovate, finely toothed, 4-6 in.
long. Flowers in summer, | in. across,
yellow, in few-flowered whorls at the top
of a tall scape.
Culture dc. as above. This species
flourishes in rich sandy loam in borders.
Too tender in northern parts for frosty
winters. Easily raised from seeds in early
spring.
It may be remarked here that this
species was at one time confused with
P. imperialis from the mountains of
Java, a quite different plant altogether,
see p. 610.
P. pubescens. — A fine hybrid between
P. Auricula and P. viscosa, 3-6 in. high,
native of the Alps. Leaves oblong-
obovate, toothed towards the apex,
margins densely ciliate. Flowers in
April, rosy-crimson, in large heads. The
variety alba (better known in gardens as
nivalis and nivea, and sometimes as
viscosa nivalis) is a pretty tufted plant
with broadly oblong ovate, toothed,
slightly powdery leaves, and pure white
flowers in clusters just above the foliage,
each blossom being about 1 in. across.
Culture dc. as above. Deep moist
sandy loam in the rock garden.
P. pulchra. — A pretty Himalayan
Primrose with smooth, oblong or ovate
wavy leaves, glaucous beneath, and
rounded or lobed at the base. Flowers
about 1 in. across, purple, with a funnel-
shaped tube.
Culture dc. as above. Moist sandy
peat and loam in the rockery.
P. pumila. — A pretty hybrid between
P. minima and P. daonensis, native of
the Tyrol. Leaves \-% in. long, wedge-
shaped, with 7-9 large triangular teeth
near the apex ; margins glandular.
Flowers hi April and May, rosy-purple,
2 or more on a hairy scape about 1 in.
high. Calyx hibular-bell-shaped.
Culture dc. as above. Chinks between
rocks in free moist sandy soil.
P. purpurea. — A handsome species, 6-
10 in. high, from the mountains of Nepaul.
closely related to P. denticulata. Leaves
bluntly lance-shaped, smooth, notched
and wavy on the margin, and covered
with a yellow powder beneath ; leaf stalk
winged, dilated at the base, somewhat
sheathing. Flowers in spring and early
summer, exquisite dark purple, in large
umbels, sometimes having 50 flowers.
Culture dc as above. Sheltered,
warm, and sunny nooks of the border
or rockery, at the foot of large stones or
rocks, in deep sandy loam and leaf soil.
The crown is apt to rot with excessive wet
in winter, and should therefore be pro-
tected with a piece of glass.
P. pusilla (P. humilis). — A densely
tufted hoary plant, found on the Hima-
layas at an elevation of 13,000-16,000 ft.
Leaves l-l in. long, spoon-shaped, oblan-
ceolate, pinnatifidly toothed. Flowers in
spring, about 1 in. across, violet-purple,
1-4 on a slender scape about 2 or 3 in.
high.
Culture dc. as above. Moist sandy
loam and peat in cool shaded parts of
the rockery.
P. Reidi. — A charming little Hima-
layan Primrose, a couple of inches or so
high. Leaves wrinkled, oblong or oblong-
lanceolate, with small toothed or crenate
lobes, and somewhat downy. Flowers in
May, about 1 in. across, ivory-white,
fragrant, drooping, bell-shaped, several on
a stiff scape.
Culture dc. as above. Moist peat and
sandy loam in sheltered nooks of the
rockery. This little gem is best grown in
pots, as it is too valuable to be risked
without protection in winter.
P. reticulata. — A native of the Hima-
layas at an elevation of 11,000-15,000 ft.
Leaves on long stalks, oblong heart-
shaped, blunt, doubly crenate, netted,
glaucous beneath. Flowers in late spring,
yellow, funnel-shaped, on scapes 6-12 in.
high,
Culture dc. as above. Eich sandy
loam and peat in exposed parts of the
rockery.
P. rosea. — A handsome species about
4 in. high, native of Kashmir. Leaves
bright pale green, smooth, 3-6 in. long,
edges slightly serrate and crimped.
PKIMl'I.A
PHI M HOSE 01 II) Ell
PRIMULA 615
Flowers in spring, about 1 in. across,
bright rosy-carmine, with a yellow centre,
6-10 on stout scapes 4-6 in. high. The
variety grancliflora has larger and finer
flowers.
Culture <£c. as above. Moist loamy
soil in sheltered and partially shaded
parts of the rockery. It is easily increased
by division.
P. rotundifolia. — Anativeof the Hima-
layas at an elevation of 12,000-14,000 ft.
Leaves on stalks 2-3 in. long, with
roundish, heart-shaped toothed blades.
1-2 in. long. Flowers in June, ;,! in.
across, bright rose with a yellow eye, 3- 4
on a somewhat powdery scape 4 6 in.
high.
Culture it-e. as above. Sandy loam in
the rockery.
P. Rusbyi. — A native of New Mexico,
with oblong spoon-shaped, finely toothed
leaves. Flowers in spring, deep purple
with a yellow eye, 6-10 in an umbel on
scapes 5-10 in. high. The calyx has
mealy white triangular patches running
up between the lobes from the base.
Culture dtc. as above. Rich, moist,
sandy loam in sheltered parts of the
rockery.
P. salisburgensis. — A hybrid between
P. glutiiiosa and P. minima. Leaves
wedge-shaped, blunt, with acute triangular
teeth towards the top. Flowers in April
and May, rather large, reddish-purple,
several in a head.
Culture dc. as above. Moist, peaty
soil and moss in the rockery.
P. sapphirina. — A minute species,
native of Sikkim, at an elevation of 13,000-
15,000 ft. Leaves obovate spoon-shaped,
blunt, toothed, in rosettes about \ in.
across. Flowers in early summer, pale
blue or purple, nodding on slender scapes,
1-2 in. high.
Culture dre. as above. Several plants
shoidd be grown together in patches in
well-drained sandy loam and peat in the
rockery.
P. scotica.— A lovely Scottish Prim-
rose, 2-4 in. high, perhaps only a distinct
variety of the Bird's Eye Primrose (P.
farinosa). Leaves obovate, lance-shaped,
toothed, powdered on both sides. Flowers
from June to September, rich purple with
a yellow centre, few on an umbel.
Culture dtc. as above. Rich, loamy
soil at the foot of rockeries, or borders.
Pest treated as a biennial, as it often dis-
appears after the second year. For the
general treatment of biennials see p. 7H.
P. secundiflora. — A beautiful Chinese
species. Leaves papery, covered with
golden powder, oblong or ovate-oblong,
serrulate, on broadly winged stalks.
Flowers in July, intense violet, with
broadly obovate, entire corolla lobes.
Cult iin- dtc. as above. Sandy well-
drained loam in sheltered parts of the
rockery.
P. septemloba. — A softly downy
Chinese species with roundish, deeply
heart-shaped leaves cut into 7 broadly ovate
obtuse lobes. Flowers in July, purple,
with obovate, slightly notched lobes.
Culture dtc. as above. Sandy loam
and peat in sheltered parts of the rockery
or border.
P. serratifolia. — A smooth Chinese
species with thin papery oblong or obovate
leaves with long winged stalks. Flowers
in June, golden-yellow, 5-10 in an umbel.
Culture dtc. as above. Moist, loamy
soil or peat in sheltered positions.
There is another Primula called serra-
tifolia from the Tyrol, a hybrid between
I', mini/ma and 1'. wulfeniana.
P. sibirica. — A Siberian species about
3 in. high, with long-stalked, smooth,
obovate wavy leaves. Flowers in May,
bell- shaped, red, 3-5 in an umbel. The
variety i/ntegerrvma has quite entire
leaves.
P. fin march ica from Lapland is closely
related to P. sibirica, but may be dis-
tinguished by its lance-shaped leaves and
dark lilac blossoms.
Culture dtc. as above. Moist sandy
loam and leaf soil in the rockery or
border.
P. Sieboldi (P. amoena). — A beautiful
Japanese Primrose, related to P. cortu-
soicles, 8-12 in. high, with creeping roots
and ovate, coarsely, and irregularly
toothed and lobed leaves 2-3 in. long,
deciduous in winter. Flowers in April
and May, 1-2 in. across, deep rose with
a white eye, 6-10 in an umbel. A
large number of seedling varieties have
been obtained from this species. Many
of them are very fine, with fiowers vary-
ing in colour from rose to lilac, lavender,
mauve, pale blue See., to which fancy
names, like ' Mauve Beauty ' and
' Lavender Queen,' have been given.
616
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GABDEN PLANTS primula
Culture and Propagation. — P. Sie-
boldi and its many varieties flourish
in rich, well-manured and well-drained
sandy loam and leaf soil. They are easily
increased by seeds sown in spring or by
dividing or cutting up the creeping roots
which form ' eyes ' or buds, from which
young plants grow. May be associated
with P. japonica in half-shady parts of
the border, the rockery, or wild garden.
P. sikkimensis. — This beautiful species
li-2 ft. high is found growing in wet,
boggy places in the Sikkim Himalayas at
elevations varying from 12,000-17,000 ft.
Leaves roughish, wrinkled, obovate ob-
long, blunt, toothed, tapering into a stalk.
Flowers in May and June, more than I in.
across, pale yellow, bell-shaped, droop-
ing, fragrant, in large umbels sometimes
containing as many as 60 blossoms ;
scapes stout, erect, 1.] 2 ft. high.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species loves deep, moist, peaty soil and
somewhat shaded situations, either in the
rock garden, the edges of ponds or streams,
or the wild garden, where it should be
grown in large patches in swampy spots
to give a sheet of yellow bloom. It may
be increased by seeds sown as soon as
ripe, or by careful division in spring, just
as the new leaves are beginning to sprout.
It is probably better treated as a biennial
in some localities than a perennial.
P. similis. — A robust Styrian hybrid
between P. Balbisi and P. Auricula.
Flowers in April and May, yellow.
Culture dc. as above. Eockery or
border in sandy loam and leaf soil.
P. soldanelloides. — A native of the
Sikkim Himalayas, with ovate leaves j-i
in. long, irregularly and pinnately lobed
and toothed. Flowers in early summer,
white, large, nodding, one on a scape, with
a long cylindrical tube and spreading
bilobed segments.
Culture d-c. as above. Moist sandy
loam and peat in the rockery.
P. sonchifolia. — A Chinese species
related to P. obtusifolia, but distinguished
by its smooth, almost runcinate, oblong
or obovate leaves or broadly winged
stalks. Flowers in June, violet.
Culture dc. as above. Moist sandy
loam and peat or leaf mould in sheltered
sunnv parts of the rockery.
P. spectabilis. — A native of the Eastern
Alps, about 4 in. high. Leaves thick and
fleshy, elliptic, with entire cartilaginous
margins. Flowers in July, deep rose-
purple, 6-8 in an umbel, on scapes 3-4 in.
high.
Culture d-c. as above. Sandy loam
with a little chalk and leaf mould in
exposed parts of the rockery.
P. spicata. — A remarkable Chinese
species with papery ovate-oblong, doubly
crenate leaves on narrowly winged stalks.
Flowers in June, violet, on one-sided
spikes, an unusual character in Primulas.
Culture d-c. as above. Sandy loam
and leaf soil in the rockery.
P. Steini. — A Tyrolean hybrid between
P. minima and P. viscosa hirsuta.
Leaves in large rosettes, obovate spoon-
shaped, with 7-9 large teeth towards the
apex, and a few glandular hairs along the
edges. Flowers in April in great profusion,
violet-purple with a white centre, 3-4 on
a scape 1-2 in. high.
Culture d'-c. as above. The rockery in
moist sandy loam and leaf soil.
P. Stuarti. — A beautiful strong-grow-
ing species 9-18 in. high, native of the
mountains of N. India. Leaves about
1 ft. long, broadly lance-shaped, sharply
toothed, smooth above, powdered beneath.
Flowers in smnmer, bright golden-yellow,
many in an umbel. The variety pur-
purea (also known as P. jceshhiana) has
broad rarely toothed leaves, white or
yellow beneath, and pale or deep purple
flowers often in 2 whorls.
Culture d-c. as above. Deep moist
sandy loam and leaf soil in sheltered parts
of the rockery or border.
P. Sturi {P. minima pubescens). — A
Styrian hybrid between P. minima and
P. viscosa. Leaves about 1 in. long,
wedge-shaped, hairy, coarsely toothed
near the truncate apex. Flowers in
April and May, rose-purple, large and
freely produced.
Culture d-c. as above. Moist sandy
loam and leaf soil in the rockery.
P. suffrutescens. — A pretty Califor-
nian Primrose with long straggling rather
woody stems and rosettes of evergreen
narrow wedge-shaped spathulate leaves,
lr,-2 in. long, toothed at the apex.
Flowers in spring, 1 in. across, rosy-
I'HIMULA
PRIMROSE OBDER
I'HIMULA 617
purple, with a yellow eye, and borne in
umbels of 3-7 on scapes 3 4 in. high.
Culture dc. as above. Rather sheltered
parts of the rockery in well-drained soil.
P. tenella. — A native of Eastern
Thibet, 2 3 in. high. Leaves powdered
all over, wedge-shaped and entire below
the middle, toothed towards the apex.
Flowers in early summer, large solitary
bluish-white, with obcordate corolla-lobes.
Cull ii re dc. as above. Sandy loam
and leaf soil in sheltered nooks of the
rockery.
P. Trailli. — A pretty Himalayan Pri-
mula with oblong spoon-shaped crenate
leaves about 6| in. long, abruptly narrowed
into a stalk. From 3 to 6 drooping or hori-
zontal sweet-scented flowers are borne at
the top of a slender scape 12 16 in. high.
The obcordate notched petals are blush-
white with a deeper coloured eye.
Cull urc dc. as above for P. involu-
crata.
P. uniflora. — A charming little Hima-
layan species, with roundish or broadly
ovate pinnatifidly crenate leaves about
.\ in. long. Flowers in early summer,
pale lilac, larger than the whole rosette
of leaves, 1-2 on a slender scape. Corolla
lobes shallow, unequally toothed.
Culture dc. as above. This little
species, and all others like it, should be
grown in patches, as single plants are
likely to get overlooked and lost. Moist
sandy soil and leaf mould in sheltered
parts of the rockery suit it well.
P. variabilis. — A hybrid between a
form of the Common Primrose (P. vul-
garis) and the Cowslip (P. officinalis)
occasionally found wild in the British
Islands, and often mistaken for the true
Oxlip (P. elatior). The garden Polyan-
thus has been developed from this hybrid.
Culture dc. as above. Ordinary good
garden soil in more or less shady positions.
P. venusta. — A Hungarian Primrose
(probably a hybrid between P. Auricula
and P. camiolica) about 3 in. high, with
ovate toothed, or nearly entire leaves,
smooth on both surfaces. Flowers in
April, purple, borne on smooth scapes.
Culture dc. as above. Rich sandy
loam in the rockery.
P. Venzoi. — A densely tufted Tyro-
lese hybrid between P. tyrolensis and P.
wulfeniana. Leaves about 2 in. long,
ovate lance-shaped, pointed, slightly cre-
nate, hairy, and densely pitted. Flowers
in April, 1 in. across, pale purple, 1 8 on
a scape ; corolla lobes deeply notched.
Cull it re dc. as above. Well-drained
sandy soil and leaf mould in the rockery.
P. vinciflora. A remarkable looking
Chinese species 8 9 in. high, with oblong
wedge-shaped ciliated leaves, covered with
reddish glands and overlapping each other
like the scales of a bud, the smallest leaves
being at the base. Flowers in early sum-
mer, about 1.' in. across, purple-violet, with
a long downy tube swollen at the base,
solitary, on hairy scapes. Corolla lobes
obcordate wedge-shaped, giving the flowers
very much the appearance of those of a
V i ura (see p. 645).
Culture dc. as above. Rather shel-
tered sunny parts of the rockery in moist
well-drained soil.
P. viscosa {P. rillosa). — A charming
Pyrenean species 2 4 in. high, with
obovate or roundish deep green, hairy
leaves, having close-set teeth, and some-
what clammy on both sides. Flowers in
early summer, rosy-purple, with a white
eye, several in an umbel on clammy
scapes just above the foliage; corolla
lobes heart - shaped, deeply notched.
There are several varieties, the best known
being:— ciliata, a vigorous form with
larger and more numerous flowers ; com-
niutata, with large bright rose flowers in
May and June, and entire or slightly
toothed leaves; confinis, with small tooth-
ed clammy leaves and large bright deep
rosy flowers; hirsuta, a charming variety
with large rosettes of deeply and sharply
toothed soft hairy leaves, and pale lilac
flowers with a whitish centre. P. decora
and P. pallida are both similar to this var-
iety ; Nelsoni is probably a seedling garden
form, with pale purple or pink flowers.
Culture ancl Propagation. — P. vis-
cosa and its several varieties may be
grown in light sandy loam and peat or
leaf mould which should be moist but
well drained. They may be increased
by carefully dividing the growths in
early autumn or spring, as well as from
seeds. They are beautiful plants for the
rockery in nooks and corners, between
pieces of rock.
P. vulgaris (P. acaulis). — Common
Primrose. — A well-known British plant
about 3 in. high, with a stout rootstock
and obovate spoon-shaped deeply veined
leaves 3-6 in. long in dense tufts. Flowers
618
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GABDEN PLANTS auricula
in April and May, 1-1^ in. across, soft
yellow, rarely white, lilac, or purplish,
with slightly notched, roundish corolla
lobes. Umbels sessile, so that the pedicels
resemble scapes.
Notwithstanding the undoubted charms
of the exotic species and hybrids described
above, the grace and beauty of our
Common Primrose are difficult to equal
or surpass. The inclination to vary in
colour from the normal yellow has been
promptly noted and utilised bjr gardeners,
and now there are many fine coloured
varieties in cultivation, including shades
of red, lilac, rose, mauve, bluish-violet
&c. Some have been given names, and
among these may be mentioned : Crim-
son Banner, deep brownish-crimson;
Brilliant, rich vermilion - red ; Fairy
Queen, pure white ; King of Crimsons,
bright rich crimson ; Virginia, pure
white ; Violetta, beautiful violet-purple ;
Queen of Violets, deep purple-violet ;
Scott Wilson, bluish-purple, and many
others. The so-called ' Blue ' Primroses,
to which Mr. G. F. Wilson of Weybridge
has devoted so much attention, are
represented by the last 8 varieties above
mentioned. So far a really ' blue '
Primrose has not yet been developed, but
with careful and continual selection of
the deepest purple and violet shades that
colour may be ultimately reached. A very
fine large-flowered form of the Common
Primrose, called Evelyn ArTcwright, has
appeared within the past few years. The
blossoms are of a beautiful soft yellow, and
close on 2 in. across, while the plant as a
whole is very vigorous, somewhat looser
in habit and with larger leaves than the
ordinary type.
Besides the single-flowered varieties,
there are also many beautiful double ones
with almost as great a range of colouring —
white, lilac, purple, rose, crimson, and
yellow being represented, often with
fancy names.
Culture and Proi^agatlon. — The
Common Primrose is easily grown in rich
moist loamy soil and leaf mould, and
may be used in a variety of ways to
make the garden beautiful in spring.
Shaded banks, the edges of borders or
shrubberies, nooks and crannies of the
rockery, are a few of the suitable places
for it. Indeed there is no reason why
it should not invade suitable out-of-
the-way corners in the kitchen garden
where it will not be much interfered with,
and allowed to grow as in a state of
nature.
The plants may be increased by
dividing the growths after flowering and
planting them in rich soil, taking care to
well water them and to shade from the
sun. Seeds may also be sown as soon as
ripe, and a large number of plants can
thus be obtained for flowering the follow-
ing spring.
The ' Blue ' and coloured varieties
being more or less the result of the
gardener's handiwork are not quite so
vigorous as the Common Yellow Primrose,
nor do they seed so freely. The offsets
must be very carefully detached, as they
are only sparingly produced, and are best
cultivated in pots until a sufficiently
large stock has been raised to admit of
planting out, when they must receive the
same rich soil and shady positions re-
quired by the Common Primrose. These
remarks also apply to the doable varieties,
and it may be stated as a fact that the
nearer the flowers approach blue the
more delicate and the more difficult to
grow and increase are the plants bearing
them as a rule.
P. wulfeniana. — A vigorous Alpine
species related to P. sj^ectabilis, with
lance-shaped spathulate pointed shining
green leaves having rough cartilaginous
margins. Flowers in April and May,
large, deep purple-violet.
Culhire d'c. as above. Moist sandy
loam with a little chalk or lime in the
rockery.
P. yunnanensis. — A beautiful Chinese
species closely allied to the Himalayan
P. uniflora. Leaves ovate-oblong, crenu-
lar, mucronate, smooth, on short narrowly
winged stalks. Flowers in July, violet -
purple, with ovate, entire corolla-lobes.
Culture d'-e. as above. In rich soil
between pieces of limestone rock.
AURICULA (Primula Auricula).—
Since the seventeenth century the Auri-
cida has received particular attention
from gardeners in England and on
the Continent, chiefly Holland, but for
centuries before that had been a favourite
flower, and there is little doubt that as
we know it to-day the Auricula has been
obtained by crossing and intercrossing
varieties not only of P. Auricula proper
but others nearly related. At one time
cottagers, especially in Lancashire, were
very keen on growing Auriculas, and new
AURICULA
I'HIMROSE ORDER
AURICULA 619
varieties were being continually raised
and ' improved,' until in 1850 there were
enumerated about 1200 varieties.
Auricula flowers exhibit all shades
and combinations of yellow, maroon, and
purple, usually in concentric rings, either
smooth in the ' Alpine ' varieties or more
or less densely covered with a mealy
powder or paste, which also covers the
stems and leaves as in the ' Show '
varieties.
There is also a good deal of variation
in the density of the powdery thickening
on the leaves. Some are \evy heavily
coated and appear quite white, and
for this reason the Auricula is known
north of the Tweed as the 'Dusty
Miller.' The Show Auriculas are divided
into four groups as follows : —
Green - edged. — Outer edge of the
flowers green, sparingly dusted with
powder, and surrounding a darker-
coloured zone called the body colour,
being black, maroon, or rarely red.
Within this is a broad pure dense zone
called the ' paste,' in the centre of which
is the yellow or golden throat. None of
the green-edged varieties has powdered
leaves.
Grey-edged. — Edge heavily dusted
with powder almost obscuring the green
colour beneath and thus giving a greyish
appearance. The body coloured zone,
• paste ' zone, and throat are the same as
in the green-edged varieties.
Wliite-edged. — Outer edge densely
covered with white powder, completely
hiding the green colour beneath, and
almost as dense as the ' paste ' zone.
Other characters like the green-edged.
Selfs. — These h&xe a golden-yellow
throat, and a zone of paste, outside
which is another zone of a different
colour extending to the extreme edge.
The Alpine Auricula (probably de-
scended ivomP.pubeseens) is distinguished
by various shades of yellow or white in
centre and an outer zone of one colour,
or two colours blended together, and
without any powder. The ' Laced '
Alpine Auriculas have distinct and well-
defined pale edges outside deeper colours.
There are also Alpine Auriculas with
double flowers, at present but little
known.
' Fancy ' Auriculas, obtained from the
seeds of the ' Show ' varieties, have a
zone of deep gold in place of the dark
body colour, and a brilliant green edge.
gold and yellow being the predominating
features of the flowers.
The ideal florist's Auricula is
supposed to have a perfectly circular
outline, with the corolla-lobes neither
pointed nor indented, and each zone of
colour should be clear, well-defined, and
with a regular outline. The throat should
be regular and filled with anthers, mak-
ing the flowers 'thrum-eyed,' in contra-
distinction to those in which the roundish
stigma appears, making the flowers ' pin-
beaded' or 'pin-eyed.' Of course it is
impossible to obtain flowers exactly
conforming to these ideals in every
detail, but they represent what florists
are aiming at. The results of their
labours may bo seen at the exhibitions
held annually about April, but to attain
like results special care and treatment in
cold frames are necessary. So that the
beginner may not be disappointed if he
undertakes the cultivation of the ' Show '
or ' Edged ' Auricula, it may be as well
to mention that when raised from seeds
only about one plant out of every hundred
will be worth growing, the others having
reverted more or less to the natural state,
although the seeds may have been
obtained from the very finest varieties.
Choice forms therefore are only kept true
when increased by dividing the plants or
taking the offsets, and putting them in
good soil in close cool frames shaded from
the sun.
For outdoor gardening the Alpine
Auriculas are the more free and vigo-
rous growing, but a packet of seeds of
the Show varieties will yield excellent
plants with a great range of variation.
Culture and Propagation. — ■
Auriculas flourish in light loamy well-
drained soil with plenty of leaf mould.
They like plenty of moisture at the root
during growth, and in hot dry seasons
a little covering of well-rotted manure
or coco-nut fibre will keep the soil nice
and cool, and prevent excessive evapo-
ration.
Auriculas are easily increased by
sowing seeds in February or March in
gentle heat or in cold frames. Pots or
pans may be used with sandy loam, well
drained by crocks or pieces of charcoal.
The seeds should be sown about 1 in.
apart ; they germinate slowly, but when
4-6 leaves are made the seedlings may
be transferred singly to small pots. Do
not throw away the weaker plants, as
620
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS polyanthus
very often they become vigorous after
transplanting and have blossoms superior
to the ranker-growing kinds. It is also
an excellent plan to sow the seeds of
Auriculas in cold frames as soon as ripe.
By spring most of the seeds will have
germinated, and when large enough may
be pricked out into light rich soil.
The plants may also be divided in
spring, but better still in early autiunn.
POLYANTHUS. —The Garden
Polyanthus has been mainly derived
from Primula variabilis — itself a hybrid
between the Common Primrose and the
Cowslip (see p. 617). Unlike the Prim-
rose, the umbels of flowers are not con-
cealed among the leaves, but are thrown
well up on a stalk as in the Auricula ;
otherwise the vegetative characters are
very similar. A packet of seeds will give
an immense variety in colour and size, and
by saving seeds from the finest flowers
with the most clearly defined colours,
beautiful varieties are obtained, the
individual flowers often being almost as
broad as an ordinary watch. The flowers
from the expert's point of view should be
large, flat, but not absolutely circular
as in the Auricula. The ground colour
should be rich and dark, and uniform,
with a clear lemon - gold centre. The
edge should be clear and golden in colour,
matching the centre, while the mouth
of the tube should be regular and well-
defined, and even slightly raised above
the level of the centre. It should also be
' thrum-eyed ' in preference to ' pin-ej'ed,'
that is, the anthers, and not the stigma,
should fill the orifice. These are the
characteristics of the ' Gold-laced ' Poly-
anthus, to which must be added that
the ground or body colour, that is the
zone between the centre and the edge,
may be of a dark rich velvety crimson -
red or velvety red, but quite free from
specks or blemish, and perfectly clear and
un shaded.
' Fancy ' or Giant Polyanthuses are
an ornamental and vigorous race, with
strong trusses of variously coloured
flowers, from pure white and yellow to
deep purple and crimson.
The ' Primrose ' Polyanthuses are
those which at first throw up apparently
single flower stems like the Primroses, but
later on the scape elongates and bears its
umbel in true Polyanthus fashion.
It is quite unnecessary to abide by the
arbitrary rules laid down by florists, and
many beautiful forms will be found
which do not conform to their more or
less conventional ideas.
Like the Primrose there is no end of
the uses to which the Polyanthus may be
put in the flower garden. Grown in beds
or masses they form lovely pictures in
spring, especially if plants of the same
variety are grouped together. In clumps
in shaded parts of the rockery, in crevices
and nooks facing west or north they are
as good as the choicest alpines ; while as
edgings to shady borders or margins
of shrubberies they are equally bright
and pleasing.
There are innumerable varieties, some
having yellow, white, and crimson co-
lours throughout and known as ' selfs.'
Between these there are all kinds of
intermediate shades. Then there are the
' Hose-in-Hose ' varieties, in which the
calyx has been modified and become an
exact counterpart of the corolla in shape
and colour. Erin's Yelloiv, Danesfort
Yelloiv, are fine yellow Hose-in-Hose
forms, and there are also others with
creamy white, crimson, and scarlet
flowers. Pantaloons, Bex Theodore,
Tortoise-shell and Golden Ball are well-
known varieties, the three latter with
double flowers. Some of the very oldest
and most famous varieties have dis-
appeared from cultivation, but others
perhaps equally as good will take their
place in due course.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Polyanthus thrives in any fairly rich soil
in rather moist or more or less shady
situations. After flowering is well over
and the leaves begin to turn yellow, the
plants may be pulled to pieces and re-
planted in shady places to make fine
flowering clumps the following spring.
Seeds sown as soon as ripe will germinate
freely, and in this way a large quantity of
plants can soon be raised. The choicer
varieties are best sown in shallow pans
or boxes, as they are more easily attended
to than if sown in the open border. If
intended for exhibition the plants are
grown in pots, or lifted early in spring and
put into pots and then grown on in cold
frames, so that the flowers may be pro-
tected from injury by rain and frost, and
appear brighter and clearer. In gardens
where Polyanthuses flourish they multiply
themselves naturally from seeds which
fall from the globular seed-case when ripe.
ANDROSACE
PRIM ROSE OR DEB
ANDROSACE 621
It is therefore only necessary in such
cases to transplant the seedlings in mild
showery weather to keep up a good supply
and perhaps secure improved varieties.
AVhere, however, it is desired to keep any
particular variety true to colour the only
sure way to increase it is by division of
the tufts.
ANDROSACE.— A genus containing
about 40 species of small tufted alpine
annuals or perennials with sessile or
stalked, entire, serrate, toothed, or
incised-lobed leaves. Flowers small,
often white or rose. Calyx 5- cleft or
parted. Corolla hypogynous, salver-
shaped or funnel-shaped, with a short
tube constricted at the mouth, and 5
oblong, wedge-shaped or obcordate
imbricated lobes. Stamens 5. Ovary
superior, round, or turbinate ; style
usually short. Capsule ovoid or round,
few- or many-seeded.
Culture and Propagation. -Andro-
saces as a rule are found high up on the
mountain sides amid frost and snow, and
are intensely hardy. They like to grow
in the chinks and fissures formed by big
stones in the rockery, sending their roots
into a deep, rich, sandy peat soil, or sandy
loam. They suffer from drought and
stagnant moisture, and should be so
raised up by means of small pieces of
sandstone that the winter rains drain
] eadily away from them, especially the
woollj-leaved kinds, which are apt to
retain the wet much longer than the
smoother kinds. Many of them may be
grown in pots in cold frames, and the
choicer kinds may be sunk here and
there in the rockery from spring to
autumn, and then transferred back to the
frames for protection from the wet during
the winter months.
Androsaces may be increased by care-
ful division in autumn or spring, by cut-
tings inserted in sandy soil in cold frames ;
or by seeds sown as soon as ripe in shallow
pans or boxes and raised in cold frames.
The seedlings should be pricked off into
light soil when large enough, and are safer
wintered in cold frames until mild weather
in spring.
A. albana. — A pretty biennial or
perennial native of the central and
eastern Caucasus, where it grows at an
elevation of 8000-10,000 ft. It makes
pretty little rosettes of bright green leaves
toothed on the margins, and from April
to July produces dense compact umbels of
pinkish-white flowers.
Culture dc. as above. This species
flourishes in light sandy soil, in open sunny
situations. It is easily reproduced from
seed and may be treated as a biennial.
A. alpina {A. glacialis). — A pretty
Swiss species 2 3 in. high, with small
rosettes of crowded tongue-shaped leaves.
Flowers in June, solitary, purplish-rose,
throat and tube yellow, on stalks about
.] in. long.
Culture .in,! Propagation.- Requires
a rather shaded situation, and should
be planted almost perpendicularly in a
mixture Of peat, loam, leaf-soil and
sharp sand, between the chinks of rock
or stone.
A. argentea (A. imhricala). A Swiss
species about 2 inches high. Leaves
closely overlapping, lance-shaped oblong,
covered with short hairs, forming silver-
grey rosettes. Flowers in June, white.
very numerous, without stalks.
Culture dtc. as above. Bestinasunny
chink in well-drained soil.
A. carnea (.!. Lachenati ; A. puber-
ula).- A charming little Swiss evergreen
3-4 in. high, with smooth awl-shaped
pointed leaves not in rosettes. Flowers
from May to July, pink or rose, about
\h in. across, with a yellow eye, 3-7, on
hairy stalked umbels.
This plant is best left alone for a few
years in rich, well-drained soil, when it
will make fine mossy masses of foliage,
just above which appear the bright little
flowers.
The variety exvmia is a more vigorous
and rapid-growing plant, forming dense
rosettes of leaves, above which on stalks
2-3 in. high are borne heads of rosy-
crimson flowers with a yellow centre.
Culture dtc. as above. It requires
moist sunny ledges in chinks, in deep
sandy loam and peat.
A. caucasica. — A pretty dwarf species
native of the Caucasus, wdiere it grows at
an elevation of 10,000-11,000 ft. The
leaves are narrow and toothed, and form
more or less dense rosettes from the centre
of which the bright pink flowers appear
in dense umbels during the summer
months.
Culture and Propagation. — As this
species is more or less biennial in cha-
racter it should be raised from seeds every
622
PBACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS androsacb
year to keep up a supply. It will flourish
in sandy peat, loam and leaf soil, and may
be planted in rather shaded positions
between the crevices of rocks and stones
in the rock garden.
A. Chamaejasme. — A beautiful alpine,
3-5 in. high, native of the Tyrolese,
Swiss, and Austrian Alps. Leaves lance-
shaped, acute, fleshy, tapering towards
the base, and forming large but not dense
rosettes. Flowers in June, white or blush,
changing to deep pink, with a yellow
centre, in umbels on short stout stems.
Culture dc. as above. This is closely
related to A. villosa described below. It
flourishes in deep, well-drained, rich,
loamy soil in the rockery, and is very
free when once established.
A. Charpentieri. — According to M.
Correvon ' this is one of the rarest and
most remarkable of the Androsaces, rare
as it only grows on the rocky ridges of
two mountains which overlook the lake
of Como, being found nowhere else in the
whole world.' It grows in dwarf clumps
close to the ground, and has rosettes of
thick blunt downy leaves, and beautiful
bright pmk flowers with a paler centre.
Culture and Propagation. — "Writing
in the 'Gardeners' Chronicle,' M. Correvon
says this interesting plant is not easily
cultivated. It grows naturally in graveUy
soil composed of scraps of granitic rock,
between which it forces its fine and long
white rootlets. The soil contains very
little humus, and I have even seen young
plants shooting up, growing, and develop-
ing in broken rocks which certainly did
not contain a single scrap of vegetable
moidd. The crumbled rock, which is
always moist, is sufficient for them ; the
roots and rootlets draw from it all that
the plant requires to sustain life, just as
the roots of certain rock plants, which
creeping along the fissures of the bluffs
draw thence all that they require for
growth and development. Besides this,
A. Charpentieri grows in full sun and light
in a pure atmosphere charged with mois-
ture. It is therefore a mistake to cultivate
this plant in pots and in frames, as is
usually done. This is how I succeed with
it, and how I would advise it to be grown
in England : I plant it upright, between
the cracks of two blocks of granite, on a
rockery with an eastern aspect, taking
care that the fissure is open only on erne
side, so as to prevent the roots from being
parched up. I keep it in place by means
of little pebbles, which I put round the
clump ; for soil I put in the crack a mix-
ture of small broken pebbles, granitic
sand, and some turfy loam. By following
this plan I succeeded in making my
plant flower, but it has not produced seed.
A root, however, transferred to the alpine
garden and planted in a horizontal posi-
tion in full sunshine, in poor and light
soil, flowered and fruited well.
A. ciliata. —A handsome Pyrenean
species 2-3 in. high, forming dense
cushions of lance-shaped oblong leaves,
smooth on both sides, fringed with hairs
on the margins, and imbricated. Flowers
in June, deep carmine-red or pinky-rose,
just rising above the foliage.
Culture dc. as above. Exposed parts
of the rockery in deep sandy soil.
A. cylindrica. — A native of the Central
Pyrenees on the chalky rocks of St.
Bertrand, and very rare. It grows from
the rocks in large drooping tufts 2-6 in.
long, and has narrow linear-lance-shaped
leaves, more or less obtuse, closely set in
rather cylindrical rosettes, and covered
with simple and starry hairs. Flowers
in July and August, solitary, small, white,
on slender hairy stalks. Sepals lance-
shaped acute, with a prominent green
vein.
Culture dc. as above. Sunny fissures
of the rockery, in sandy peat and loam.
A. foliosa. — A native of the Western
Himalayas with a woody rootstock,
1 laving no runners, and sending up one
or more very short stems. Leaves 2-3
in. long, elliptic or elliptic -oblong, blunt
or acute, hairy. Flowers from May to
September, pale flesh colour, about ^ in.
across, many in an umbel on stalks 3-5
in. high.
Culture dc. as above. Warm sunny
spots in the rockery in sandy loam and
peat.
A. helvetica (A. Aretia). — An attrac-
tive Alpine and Pyrenean species about 1
in. high, forming dense cushions of small,
lance - shaped, blunt, ciliated leaves,
closely overlapping each other. Flowers
in spring and early summer, white with
a yellowish centre, on short stalks.
Culture dc. as above. This little plant
requires sunny or slightly shaded positions
between large stones in the rockery, and
nourishes in sandy loam and peat.
ANDROSACE
PRIMROSE ORDER
ANDROSACE 623
A. hookeriana. — A native of the Swiss
Alps with slender running stems or stolons
bearing tufts or rosettes of stiff flatfish
blunt-tipped leaves, shiny above, some-
times hairy on the margins. The pretty
pink flowers appear in summer and are
borne in loose umbels on stalks about 8 in.
high.
Culture dc. as above. This species
grows in sandy loam and peat in the
chinks and crevices of the rockery.
A. lactea (.1. pauciflora). — A free-
growing Austrian and Pyrenean kind
2-4 in. high. Leaves linear or nearly so,
bright green, arranged in rosettes, some-
times scattered along the branches, and
often fringed with short hairs, becoming
deep red when old. Flowers in June,
large, pure white with a yellow throat and
heart-shaped petals, in umbels on long
graceful stalks.
Culture and Propagation. — This
prefers somewhat cbalky soil in the
rockery with an eastern or western
aspect. It is best increased from seeds,
but may also be divided carefully.
A. Laggeri. — A beautiful species
about 3 in. high, native of the Pyrenees.
It resembles A. ca/rnea but is not quite
so hardy. Leaves in tiny rosettes, awl-
shaped, sharply pointed, deep green.
Flowers in March, pink, at first sessile,
the stem afterwards becoming 2-3 in. long,
and bearing a tuft or dense umbel of
stalked flowers.
Culture and Propagation. — Requires
shady positions in the rockery, as it
suffers somewhat from exposure to the
glaring sun. It likes sandy loam and
peat, and may be increased by seeds or
cuttings, the latter rooting freely in sandy
soil under a handlight or cold frame during
the summer months.
A. lanuginosa. — A charming and
distinct Himalayan species easily recog-
nised by its long spreading stems 6-9 in.
long, which drape the face of the rocks.
Leaves about 1 in. long, clothed with
shiny silken hairs. Flowers, about .', in.
across, in umbels from June to October,
delicate rose, with a small yellow centre.
Culture and Propagation. — On ledges
in the rockery in sandj' loam and peat in
warm sheltered spots, so that its shoots
may spread over the face of the rock. It
may be increased by seeds or cuttings like
A. Laggeri. Grown in bold masses it
makes a very fine picture in the rockery
when covered with blossom.
A. macrantha. — A very distinct species
native of Armenia. It is closely related
to A. seprfentrionalis, and forms lai'ge
rosettes of leaves which are slightly horned
at the tips. During the summer months
it produces rather stout spikes of pure
white flowers with great freedom.
Culture dc. as above. This species is
not yet well known. It is a vigorous
grower, and flourishes in sandy loam and
peat or leaf soil, in the rockery.
A. obtusifolia (A. aretioides). — A
native of the Alps closely related to
A. Cha»ia>jas>ne, and 2-6 in. high with
downy stems. Leaves in rather large
rosettes, lance-shaped or somewhat spoon-
shaped, smooth, 5-6 in an umbel. Flowers
in spring or early summer, white or rose,
with a yellow eye.
Culture dc. as above. It requires
practically the same treatment as A.
Chamcejaame.
A. pubescens. — A pretty little Alpine
and Pyrenean species about 2 in. high,
recognised by the small swelling on the
stem close to the flower. Leaves in
crowded rosettes, oblong ovate, or spoon-
shaped, ciliated, clothed with whitish hairs.
Flowers in June, white with a faint yellow
centre, numerous, solitary at the ends of
the short branches.
Culture dc. as above. Sandy loam
and peat in sunny chinks of the rockery.
A. pyrenaica. — A tiny Pyrenean spe-
cies often less than 1 in. high. Leaves
narrowly oblong, ciliated, downy, keeled
behind, recurved, and forming dense
cushion-like tufts. Flowers in summer,
white with a yellow eye, on stalks about
I in. high.
Culture dc. as above. This species
flourishes in deep sandy loam and peat
between pieces of stone in fissures of the
rockery or on little mounds of stone.
A. rotundifolia macrocalyx. — A soft
hairy Himalayan perennial with radical
leaves 1-2 in. across, roundish heart-
shaped, lobulate, stalked. Flowers in
June, rosy, on slender scapes, numerous.
Calyx i-§ in. across, longer than the
corolla.
Culture dc. as above. AVarm positions
in deep sandy loam and peat in the
rockery.
624
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS cortusa
A. sarmentosa. — A pretty Himalayan
species forming dense silvery rosettes of
oblong spoon-shaped hairy leaves, and
numerous runners with tufts at the end.
Flowers in May and June, bright rose,
with a white or deep rosy eye, 10-20 in
an umbel on an erect scape 6-9 in. high.
Closely related to this species is A. sem-
pervivoides, a native of Western Thibet.
It may be distinguished by the leaves
being curled up into a cone, and by the
bright purple flowers.
Culture and Propagation. — These
require sunny sheltered chinks of the
rockery in rich sandy loam and peat. It
may be increased by pegging down the
runners and covering with rich soil to
induce the formation of roots. In wet
winters a sheet of glass may be placed
over the plant to prevent wet lodging in
the hairy rosettes.
A. septentrionalis (A. coronopifoUa).
A charming Russian biennial with flatfish
rosettes of smooth, lance-shaped, dis-
tantly toothed leaves. Flowers from
April to June, pure white, on umbels
borne on stalks about 4-6 in. high.
Culture dc. as above. In rich, free,
sandy loam and peat in the rockery this
species flourishes, and sows its seeds
freely. The new seedlings replace the
old plants naturally.
A. villosa (A. penicillata). — A pretty
alpine and Pyrenean species 2-4 in. high
with dense rosettes of narrow oblong
leaves covered with a soft whitish down
chiefly on the \inder surface. Flowers in
May, rose or blush, about f in. across, with
a deeper coloured centre, and a honey-like
perfume.
Culture dr. as above. Between pieces
of limestone in sandy loam in the rockery.
When established the flowers are produced
in great profusion.
A. wulfeniana. — A rare dwarf free-
growing Austrian species about 2 in. high.
forming dense rigid tufts or rosettes of
deep green oval pointed leaves. Flowers
in summer, large, vivid rose or purple -
crimson. There is a variety called
Pacheri.
Culture dc. as above. Deep sandy
loam and peat in the rockery.
DOUGLASIA. — A genus containing
a few species of tufted or cushion-like
smooth or hoary herbs with imbricated,
clustered and spreading leaves, awl-
shaped or oblong-lance-shaped, entire.
Flowers at the ends of the branches or
axillary, solitary and sessile or stalked,
sometimes clustered in sessile umbels,
yellow or red. Calyx bell-shaped 5-cleft
to the middle. Corolla hypogjmous,
salver-shaped, constricted at the throat,
and having 5 obovate oblong blunt im-
bricated lobes. Stamens 5 attached to the
throat of the corolla. Ovary superior.
Culture and Propagation. — Doug-
lasias being so closely allied to the Andro-
saces and having the same habit of
growth may receive the same treatment
in the rockery. A deep rich sandy soil
composed of loam, peat, and leaf mould
will suit them, and they may be propped
up with pieces of stone so as to drain the
water from them. A fresh stock of plants
may be increased by carefully dividing the
tufts in early autumn or in spring. Seeds
may also be sown when ripe in cold
frames, in which the young plants may be
grown on in pots until sturdy enough for
the open air.
D. laevigata. — A tufted perennial
native of the Oregon Mountains, with
rosettes of linear or oblong lance-shaped
acute leaves k- '■{ in. long and more or less
toothed on the margins. Flowers in
spring and autumn, rosy-pink, §— f in.
across, 2-5 on stalks about 1-2 in. long.
Culture dc. as above.
D. nivalis. — A native of the Rocky
Mountains with rigid hoary somewhat
verticillate branches, and tufts of bluntly
linear somewhat stem - clasping, hairy
leaves. Flowers in April, pink, on long
stalks.
Culture dc. as above.
D. vitaliana (Androsace vitaliana;
Gregoria vital/ana). — A native of the
Alps and Pyrenees 1-2 in. high, with
linear, acute, greyish - looking leaves.
Flowers from May to July, rather large,
rich yellow, scarcely rising above the
leaves.
Culture dc. as above. Moist yet well-
drained sandy loam in sunny parts of the
rockery between pieces of limestone or
sandstone. Increased by seed or careful
division.
CORTUSA (Bear's-Eae Sanicle).—
A genus containing one or two species
of downy scapigerous herbs with perennial
rootstocks. Leaves long-stalked, roundish,
COltTUSA
PRIMROSE ORDER
DODECATHEON 625
heart-shaped obtuse, 7-9-lobed, toothed.
Scape slender with flowers in umbels.
Calyx bell-shaped, deeply 5-lobed. Co-
rolla hypogynous funnel- or bell-shaped ;
tube short, throat naked ; lobes 5, spread-
ing, obtuse, imbricate. Stamens 5, at-
tached to the base of the corolla. Ovary
superior, free, ovoid. Capsule ovoid,
many-seeded.
C. Matthioli. — A pretty Swiss alpine
perennial resembling Primula <■<>>/ rtsoides
in the foliage by means of the roundish,
irregularly toothed and lobed leaves.
Flowers in early summer, deep purple-
crimson, on stems 9 15 in. high, drooping,
in loose umbels. The variety grandijiora
from Siberia is a more vigorous plant with
larger leaves and flowers.
Culture and Propagation. — Cortusas
flourish in moist sandy loam and peat, in
shady and rather sheltered spots in the
rockery or border. They may be raised
from seeds sown in a cold frame, as soon
as ripe, or in spring ; and may also be
increased by carefully dividing the roots
in spring or early autumn. Plants raised
from seed are on the whole more satis-
factory than the divided portions, and as
the seeds germinate freely there is little
trouble in seeming a large number of
plants by this means. It is safer to winter
seedlings in cold frames and plant them
out in mild weather in spring.
C. pubens. — A native of Ti-ansylvania
and smaller than C. Matthioli. Leaves
stalked and covered with a short silky
down. Flowers in May and June, droop-
ing, magenta-purple on slender stalks,
4 6 in. high.
Culture &c. as above for C. Matthioli.
SOLDANELLA (Moonwort). — A
genus containing 8 or 4 species of pretty
smooth scapigerous herbs with a short
perennial rootstock. Leaves long-stalked,
fleshy, roundish heart-shaped or kidney-
shaped, entire. Scapes slender, solitary
or few, one or more flowered. Flowers
nodding, blue, violet, or rose, rarely white.
Calyx 5-parted, with persistent lance-
shaped segments. Corolla hypogynous
funnel- or bell-shaped, with 5 lobes, each
cut into several linear segments. Ovary
free, ovoid. Capsule conically oblong,
with a long beaked lid.
Culture and Propagation. — These
charming little plants flourish in moist
sandy loam and peat in parts of the
rock garden where they will not be over-
crowded by larger plants. They may be
increased by seeds sown in sandy peat in
spring, or in autumn and kept in a cold
frame until spring. The plants may also
be carefully divided in early autumn or
spring. By growing in pots in cold
frames, the plants will flower earlier than
those grown outside, but they are apt to
become starved and miserable under pot
culture, and less able to stand dividing.
S. alpina (Blue Moontuort). — A grace-
ful Tyrolese and Swiss alpine, 2-4 in.
high, with roundish kidney-shaped entire
leathery leaves and reddish downy stems.
Flowers in April, nodding, violet or vivid
blue, bell-shaped, with 5 finely fringed
reflexed lobes. The variety Wheeleri is
more free-flowering than the type.
Culture dtc. as above.
S. minima. — A tiny native of the Swiss,
Tyrolese, and Carinthian Alps, less than
2 in. high, with downy stems and roundish
leaves. Flowers in April, solitary, dark
lilac, streaked with lilac inside.
Culture dtc. as above.
S. montana. — A native of the Pyrenees,
about 3 in. high, resembling S. alpina,
but larger in all its parts. Leaves
almost round, loosely and remotely
crenate. Flowers in April, purple, cut to
the middle, 2-4 on a scape, with some-
what downy pedicels.
Culture Sc. as above.
S. pusilla (S. Clusi). — A beautiful
alpine about 2 in. high, native of the
Dauphiny Alps and Pyrenees. Leaves
heart-shaped reniform, slightly wavy on
the margins. Flowers in April, blue or
deep mauve, bell-shaped, with a prettily
notched edge, one, rarely two on a scape.
A natural hybrid between this species
and S. alpina has been noted.
Culture d-c. as above.
DODECATHEON (American Cow-
slip ; Shooting Stars). — A genus con-
taining a few species of very smooth
scapigerous herbs with a short perennial
rootstock. Leaves ovate or oblong, blunt,
entire, or sinuate-crenate, with a broad
stalk. Scapes elongated, solitary. Flowers
in umbels, slenderly stalked, nodding,
white, rose, or purple, lobes sometimes
laciniated. Calyx deeply 5-lobed. Corolla
hypogynous, with a very short tube,
thickened at the throat ; limb with 5
reflexed, imbricated segments. Stamens
5, attached to the throat of the corolla ;
626
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS cyclamen
filaments united in a tube. Ovary su-
perior, free, ovoid or roundish. Capsule
many-seeded.
Culture and Propagation. — The
American Cowslips require light loamy
soil and cool situations, the latter being a
more important condition than the soil,
which is equally suitable if leaf- mould or
peat. They are well adapted for the
decoration of cool shady parts of the
rockery or border, and may be easily
raised from seed sown as soon as ripe in
cold frames, or even in the open border in
the mildest parts of the kingdom. It is
more usual, however, when a large num-
ber of plants are not required, to increase
the stock by dividing the roots. The
latter operation is best done in early
spring just as growth is about to begin.
D. Hendersoni. — A pretty dwarf North
American perennial about 6 in. high, with
bright green leaves, and handsome crim-
son flowers with a conspicuous yellow
ring at the base. The blossoms appear in
March and April, and are thus among the
first of the American Cowslips to bloom.
Culture dc. as above.
D. integrifolium.— A pretty N. Ameri-
can perennial 4-6 in. high, with oval or
spoon-shaped entire leaves. Flowers in
early summer, deep rosy-crimson, white
at the base, with a yellow or dark orange
throat, 7-8 flowers in an umbel.
Culture dc. as above. This is an ex-
cellent rock plant, and when grown in
favourable situations ripens seeds freely.
These may be sown when ripe to secure
an increase, or the plants may be divided.
D. jeffreyanum. — This native of the
Rocky Mountains is sometimes called D.
Meadia, lancifolium, but is distinct enough
for garden purposes. It is larger than D.
Meadia. Leaves 4-10 in. or more long,
narrowly spoon-shaped, tapering towards
the base, and recognised by its thick red-
dish midribs. Flowers purple-rose, with
4 petals, yellow towards the base.
Culture dc. as above. A hybrid called
D. Lemoinei has been raised between this
plant and D. integrifolium.
D. Meadia. — A beautiful N. American
perennial 9-18 in. high, with more or less
erect leaves in large tufts, oblong obovate.
unevenly toothed, 3-7 in. long. Flowers
in April, rosy-purple, white, or lilac, with
yellow anthers, drooping in elegant umbels
on tall scapes 12-15 in. high.
There are many fine varieties, among
which may be mentioned : album, which
differs from the type only in having white
flowers, with a yellowish-green base ;
elegaus, leaves shorter and broader, and
roundly toothed, flowers deeper in colour
and more numerous ; frigidum, a very
pretty dwarf variety with ovate, spreading,
irregularly notched leaves about 3 in.
long, and deep reddish-purple flowers, not
drooping; giganteum (or macrocarpum),
larger than the type in all its parts, and
producing its flowers about a fortnight
earlier ; iilacinum, with lilac flowers ;
brevifolium, with roundish obovate or
spoon-shaped leaves ^-2 in. long ; and
others not so well known.
Culture d-c. as above. This — the
Common American Cowslip — is the best
known, and when grown in large masses
in moist shaded positions and in good soil,
it produces flowers very freely, usually
8-12 in an umbel, but sometimes nearly
as many more in some forms.
CYCLAMEN (Sowbread). — A genus
of distinct and beautiful dwarf scapigerous
herbs with large, roundish, depressed,
fleshy tubers or conns. Leaves long-
stalked, ovate heart-shaped or kidney-
shaped, entire or sinuate, dentate. Scapes
slender, 1 -flowered. Flowers nodding,
white, rose, or purple, with the scape
often spirally twisted after flowering, and
pressing the seed-capsule into the ground.
Calyx 5 -parted, with persistent ovate or
ovate lance-shaped segments. Corolla
hypogynous, with a small roundish tube
thickened at the throat ; lobes 5, twisted,
reflexed. Stamens 5, attached to the
corolla at the base of the tube. Ovary
superior, ovoid. Capsule globose or ovoid,
many-seeded.
Culture and Propagation. — Hardy
Cyclamens in their native homes are
found growing among rocks on sloping
banks under the shade and shelter of
trees, on chalky porous soil, or on dry
sandy places, always in such a position
that the conns or tubers, which are more
or less out of the ground, will not lie in
pools of water. The soil is usually
covered with moss, dry leaves &c, thus
giving protection from frost in winter,
and preventing excessive evaporation in
summer. Under somewhat similar con-
ditions may hardy Cyclamens be success-
fully cultivated in the British Islands,
either in the rock garden or under trees
CYCLAMEN
PRIMROSE ORDER
CYCLAMEN 627
in grassy places by woodland walks &c,
where there is a free circulation of air.
Where the natural conditions cannot be
secured, they should be imitated as closely
as possible by selecting a northern or
north-west aspect, and making banks or
slopes of well-drained soil consisting of
rich sandy loam with a little peat or leaf-
soil and a little mortar rubbish or pieces
of limestone added. If there are no
overhanging trees to give protection in
severe winters, a covering of dry leaves
will be sufficient as a rule.
The best time for planting the corms
is when they are at rest, say from June to
November, according as they flower in
the autumn or spring. To make doubly
sure as to drainage, sand may be placed
beneath and around the corms, the tops
dt which should not be lower than the
surface of the soil. Each winter the soil
around the plants may have a mulching
or covering of leaves, or the old manure
from a spent mushroom bed. This will
serve the double purpose of manuring and
keeping the frost away from the corms.
The best and most natural method of
increasing hardy Cyclamens is from seed.
When fresh and thoroughly ripe they
sprout in a few weeks in light sandy soil
in a cold frame, Or quicker in gentle heat.
Where the plants flourish seedlings of the
more vigorous kinds will often appear
naturally. The first year it is better to
grow the plants on in pots, and winter
them in cold frames, after which they
may be planted out the following season
to establish themselves in their permanent
quarters.
The corms may also be cut into pieces,
each piece having at least one ' eye ' or
bud in it. The leaves with a small por-
tion of the corni attached may also be
inserted as cuttings in sandy peat under
a bell-glass, and kept close and moist
until rooted. These methods of propaga-
tion, however, are scarcely worth while,
except when any particular species or
variety cannot be raised from seeds.
The beautiful and well-known Persian
Cyclamen (C. persicum) grown so much
for greenhouse and conservatory decora-
tion requires somewhat different and
special treatment to bring it to perfection.
Although not a large group, there are
few genera which exhibit so much con-
fusion in regard to naming as Cyclamens.
Being confined for the most part to
Central Europe, the Mediterranean region,
and W. Asia, this is the more remarkable,
and the only conclusion to arrive at is
that the same species varies a good deal
according to its geographical position.
The following list will be found to con-
tain those best known in cultivation.
C. africanum (C. autumnale ; C. ro-
bustuui). — Found plentifully in the sandy
oak woods of Algeria and Tunis, and
closeky allied to C. neapoUtcmwm. Corms
4-8 in. in diameter, black, flat, irregular,
producing roots from all parts. Leaves
6-8 in. broad and long, ovate or sinuate,
serrate, sometimes angled, beautifully
nuirbled with white above, purplish
beneath, on stalks 8 12 in. long. Flowers
in October and November, 1 in. or more
long, sweet-scented, pale or deep rose,
with a purple spot at the base of each
auricled petal. White-flowered forms
occasionally appear.
Culture etc. as above. If grown in
the open this species may require slight
protection with dry leaves in severe win-
ters in northern parts of the country.
C. alpinum. — A dwarf plant closely
allied to C. Coum, recently discovered at
high elevations on Mt. Taurus in Asia
Minor. Leaves faintly marbled. Flowers
pink in the type, but white forms also exist.
Cult lire (f-c. as above.
C. Atkinsi (C. hybrid/tot). — A hybrid
between C. Coum and C. ibericum, and
closely resembling the latter, but with
larger leaves, sometimes slightly marbled
with white above. Flowers in spring,
white, rose, lilac, red, purple &c.
' 'itlture <tc. as above.
C. cilicicum. — A pretty species about
4 in. high, native of the Cilician moun-
tains and the pine forests of Asia Minor.
Leaves roundish, entire, with close basal
lobes, purple beneath, developed with the
flowers. Flowers from September to
November, pale rose or pure white,
strongly scented ; petals lance-shaped
lobed at the base and blotched with
purple.
Culture dc. as above.
C. Coum (C. caucasicum ; C.clcgans ;
C. hyemale ; C. vernale <&c.) — A native of
the Caucasus, Asia Minor, Greece, Turkey
&c, and growing only about 3 in. high.
Corrn small, roundish, or flattened, 1-2 in.
in diameter. Leaves contemporary with
the flowers, roundish, slightly serrate or
entire, dark green above, never marbled,
628
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS lysimachia
deep purple beneath. Flowei's from De-
cember to March, small, deep purple,
scentless, petals not auricled at the base.
There is a white variety album, and a
rosy-red one, carneum.
Culture dc. as above. A very hardy
plant.
C. cyprium (C. cyprimt/m). — A native
of Cyprus closely related to C. neapolita-
num. from which it differs chiefly in
having unlobed leaves, and longer and
narrower petals. Corrn usually round.
Flowers white with a purple spot at the
base of each auricled segment.
Culture dc. as above.
C. europaeum [G. cestivum ; C. cordi-
folium; C. odoratuui dc.) — Common
European Sowbread. — A native of the
mountains of Central and S. Europe, with
regular, roundish, depressed corrns and
masses of dense, green, compact leaves,
which are produced at the same time as
the flowers, and ovate roundish in shape,
deeply heart-shaped at the base, marbled
with white above, deep purple beneath, on
stalks 5-6 in. long. Flowers from June
to October, purple-red, darker at the base,
fragrant. There are several varieties, such
as album, Clusi, littorale, pealianum,
and colchicum ; the latter from Asia
Minor has a large corm, more regularly
serrate leaves, and blunter petals. C.
tauricum, having large leaves marbled
with silver-grey, is probably only another
form of this species ; C. colchicum differs
from the typical C. europium in having
larger conns and leaves, and wider and
blunter petals.
Culture dc. as above.
C. graecum [C. latifolium). — A native
of S.E. Europe and N. Persia, with large
red tubers often irregular in shape.
Leaves usually not developed till after
the flowers, roundish heart - shaped,
slightly and irregularly toothed, slightly
marbled above, green, or faintly tinged
with purple beneath. Flowers in Sep-
tember and October, light or deep lilac,
rarely white, with a purple blotch at the
base of each petal, variable in size, and
faintly scented.
Culture dc. as above.
C. ibericum. — A native of the Cauca-
sus about 3 in. high, with a roundish
corm. Leaves contemporary with the
flowers, roundish ovate, blunt, entire, or
slightly waved on the margin, distinctly
zoned with white. Flowers in February
and March, bright red or purple in the
type, varying from white to pale and deep
rose, scentless, sometimes with a purple
blotch at the base of the petals.
Culture dc. as above.
C. libanoticum. — A new species found
growing with C.persicum and C. ibericum
near Mt. Lebanon at an altitude of 2000-
3000 ft. Conns often rough and scaly,
the roots proceeding from the sides of the
base. Leaves heart-shaped, entire, slightly
wavy on the margin with a silvery-white
zone above, dark violet beneath. Flowers
in April, large, sweetly scented, bright
or pale rose with a deep carmine blotch
at the base of each petal.
Culture dc. as above.
C. neapolitanum (C.ficariifolium ; C.
hederce folium dc). — A native of Southern
Europe, with flattened, depressed and
irregular corms, sometimes reaching a
diameter of a foot, with root fibres, pro-
duced all over the surface. Leaves de-
veloped before the flowers appear, heart-
shaped ovate, 3-4 in. long and broad,
beautifully marbled with white above,
purplish beneath. Flowers from August
to October, rosy in the type, varying from
red to white, slightly fragrant, spotted
with purple at the base. Thei'e is a white-
flowered form called album.
Culture dc. as above.
C. repandum (C.balearicum ; C.hede-
reefoliwm ; C. immaculatum ; C. roma-
num dc). — A native of S. Europe,
plentiful in Central Italy and the Corsican
mountains at elevations from 4000 to
6000 ft. Corm small, roundish at first,
depressed when old, producing roots from
the base only. Leaves contemporary
with the flowers, ovate-deltoid, heart-
shaped at the base with an open sinus,
beautifully marbled with white above,
purple beneath. Flowers from March to
May. fragrant, rosy-white, spotted with
purple at the base.
Cu Itu re dc as above. On good healthy
corms in rich soil a large number of
flowers will be produced— 200 to 300 has
been recorded.
LYSIMACHIA (Loosestrife). — A
genus containing about 60 species of erect
or creeping, slender or robust, smooth or
downy, often glandularly punctate herbs.
Leaves opposite, alternate, or whorled,
sessile or stalked, entire. Flowers axil-
CiYSIMACHIA
PRIMROSE ORDER
liYSIMACHIA 629
lai \\ <>r terminal, solitary, racemose, or in
simple corymbose umbels, or panicled
racemes, white, yellow, or rosy, rarely
purple or blue. Calyx 5 G-parted. Corolla
hypogynous, funnel-shaped or rotate,
5-parted, with a short or very short tube ;
lobes 5 0, erect or spreading, entire or
toothed, twisted. Stamens 5-0, attached
to the corolla tube, sometimes alter-
nating with a like number of staminodes ;
filaments downy or naked, free or united.
Ovary superior, round or ovoid. Capsule
few- or many-seeded.
Culture and Propagation. — Lysima-
chias are usually easily grown in ordinary
garden soil, preferring moist situations,
some enjoying the edges of ponds or
streams, but most of them useful for the
flower border. They may be increased
by division in autumn or early spring, or
by seeds. The latter may be sown when
ripe in cold frames, or in warm and shel-
tered parts of the garden, not scorched by
the sun, and the seedlings may be trans-
planted the following spring. Increase
by division, however, is so easy with most
of the kinds that it is scarcely necessary to
raise such from seed unless large numbers
of plants are required.
L. atropurpurea (Lubinia atrqpur-
purea). — An erect-growing species about
2 ft. high, native of S. Europe, with
smooth fleshy obovate leaves. Flowers
in summer, deep dark purple, inelegantly
drooping racemes.
Culture dtc. as above.
L. barystachys. — A pretty erect grow-
ing Chinese species with lance-shajjed
leaves. Flowers in summer, white, small,
in dense erect crowded racemes.
Culture de. as above.
L. ciliata. — A N. American species
2-3 ft. high. Leaves lance-shaped ovate,
3 6 in. long, tapering to a sharp point,
rounded or lobed at the base, all on long
fringed stalks. Flowers in July, light
yellow.
Culture Ae. as above.
L. clethroides. — A graceful Japanese
plant 2-3 ft. high, with lower leaves
spoon-shaped, upper ones broadly lance-
shaped, 3-5 in. long, smooth, shining,
entire. Flowers from July to September,
white, about I in. across, star- shaped,
crowded on dense pyramidal spikes about
1 ft. long, nodding at the top. Increased
by division or seeds.
Culture dtc. as above.
L. Ephemerum. — A pretty S. European
species 2-3 ft. high, with smooth linear
lance-shaped, entire, unstalked leaves of
a sea-green colour. Flowers in summer,
white, rotate in upright racemes. Stamens
projecting.
Culture dtc. as above. Deep light soil
with eastern or western aspect. Increased
by division in spring, or by seeds sown
as soon as ripe.
L. lanceolata. — A N. American plant
1 11 ft. high, with smooth linear or
oblong-lance -shaped leaves. Flowers in
early summer, yellow, solitary, in the
axils of the leaves, or drooping stalks.
Petals slightly notched. Angustifolia
is a graceful variety, having long linear
dotted leaves, and a -more branching
habit ; hybrida is another form with
broader foliage than the type.
Culture dtc. as above. Sandy loam in
the border. Increased by division.
L. Leschenaulti. — A distinct tufted
branching Indian species about 1 ft. high,
with lance-shaped acute leaves, sometimes
opposite or ternate, sometimes alternate.
Flowers in late autumn, brilliant carmine.
Culture dtc. as above. This species is
rather too tender for outdoor culture
except in the very mildest parts of the S.
coast, where it may be placed in bright
sunny and sheltered parts of the rockery
in rich moist soil.
L. nemorum (Yellow Pimpernel). — A
pretty trailing British plant with slender
stems 3-12 in. long, and shortly stalked
ovate acute leaves 1- 2 in. long. Flowers
from May to July, rotate, yellow, slightly
toothed, solitary.
Culture dtc. as above. Suitable for the
rockery or for rambling over banks. It
likes sandy loam and peat with leaf
mould and a northern or western aspect.
Increased like L. Nummularia.
L. Nummularia (Creeping Jenny;
Moneywort). — Although a native of
England — but not Scotland or Ireland —
being found in moist shaded places, the
common Creeping Jenny is the best
known and most generally cultivated
species of the genus. It is a handsome
creeping perennial with slender graceful
4-angled stems 2-3 ft. or more long,
closely covered with opposite bright
shining green roundish and somewhat
wrinkled leaves. Flowers in June and
July and later, 1 in. or so across, bright-
630
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS trientalis
golden shining yellow, solitary in the axils
of the leaves, with broad sepals. There
is a variety with soft yellow leaves called
a/urea.
Culture and Propagation . — For creep-
ing and trailing over rocks, down banks,
over old tree stumps, or for hanging
baskets, the Creeping Jenny is a most
useful and ornamental plant. It grows
in ordinary soil, but prefers rather moist
and partially shaded situations to become
luxuriant in growth. It rarely ripens
any seeds, so that it must be increased
by other means. The easiest way is to
divide the tufts in early autumn or in
spring, planting them out in good soil.
The long shoots may also be made into
cuttings 2 4 in. long, and inserted in a
moist shady border where they will soon
root. The stems even thrown down
on moist soil will give forth new plants
without any trouble.
This species is grown extensively for
market in pots. In spring the established
plants are taken up and potted in rich
sandy loam and leaf soil, and put in a cold
frame till they recover from the shock of
moving. They are then taken into a
greenhouse, the gentle warmth of which,
and plentj' of water, induces long trailing
growths and a profusion of early flowers
almost the entire length of the stems.
They are then fit for market, and are
chiefly used for trailing over the sides of
window boxes, hanging in porches, and in
cottagers' windows.
L. paridiformis. — A distinct and inter-
esting Chinese species 1-1 1 ft. high, having
bright red stems, furnished with 3 or 4
pahs of opposite scales instead of leaves.
The true leaves are elliptic in shape and
tapering at each end. They are borne in
opposite pairs, but these are so close
together as to suggest a whorl of four
leaves as seen in Paris quadrifolia (p. 880).
They are yellowish-green when young,
but become tinged with purple as they
grow older. The bright yellow flowers,
with a deeper coloured centre, resemble
those of L. vulgaris, and are freely borne
in August in the axils of the leaves.
Culture d'c. as above. It makes a
good rock plant and may be increased by
division after flowering, or by seeds sown
as soon as ripe if obtainable.
L. punctata (L. verticillata). — A native
of Europe and W. Asia about 1 ft. high,
with stalked oblong lance-shaped leaves
in whorls. Flowers in July and August,
yellow, with ovate acute petals.
Culture dc. as above. Moist places by
the edges of ponds, streams &c.
L. thyrsiflora (L. capitata; Naumbur-
gia thyrsiflora). — A pretty British species
found in marshes, the sides of streams
&c. It grows 1-3 ft. high, and has oppo-
site, sessile lance-shaped leaves 2-3 in.
long, covered with black dots and rather
crowded at the top of the stem. Flowers
in June and July, yellow, in dense erect
racemes springing from the leaf axils.
Culture dx-. as above. Edges of
streams, ponds, or marshy places.
L. vulgaris (Co mmon or Yellow Loose-
strife). — A pretty British plant with a
creeping stolon-bearing rootstock. Stems
2-4 ft. high, with sessile leaves 2-4 in.
long, opposite and whorled, ovate lance-
shaped, with black glands. Flowers in
July and August, dimorphic, rather bell-
shaped, I in. across, yellow, with orange
dots inside, in short panicled cymes in
the axils of the upper leaves. A rare
plant known as L. daJiurica from Dahuria
and Manchuria is closely related to the
Common Loosestrife. It does not, how-
ever, produce runners, and flowers later
and longer than that species.
Culture dc. as above. May be used
with advantage on the edges of ponds,
streams &c, or in the wild garden in moist
soil. Increased by dividing the roots
after flowering.
TRIENTALIS (Star Flower).— A
genus with 2 species of very smooth herbs
with a slender creeping perennial root-
stock, and slender, solitary, erect sterns.
Leaves often equal in number to the
petals, somewhat whorled, obovate-elliptic
or lance-shaped, entire. Peduncles 1-3,
one-flowered, thread-like. Flowers white.
Calyx 5-9-parted with linear lance-shaped,
spreading segments. Corolla hypogynous,
rotate, 5-9-parted with a very short tube,
and elliptic, lance-shaped, entire, twisted
segments. Stamens 5-9. Ovary superior,
free, globose. Capsule many-seeded.
Culture and Propagation. — These
charming little plants like shady situa-
tions and light rich soil. They may be
increased b}- dividing the roots in spring
or autumn. Seeds may also be sown in
cold frames in shallow pans or boxes
under glass, when ripe, or in spring, after-
wards transferring the seedlings to the
open ground when large enough.
ANAGALLIS
PRIMROSE ORDER
ANAGALLIS 631
T. americana. — A native of N.W.
America, about 9 in. high, with steins
naked below but having 5 9 unequal
leaves at the top, lance-shaped, pointed at
both ends. Flowers in May, white, star-
shaped, the radiating petals being sharply
pointed.
Culture dc. as above.
T. europaea (CMckweed Winter
Green). — A graceful British plant 4 9 in.
high, with slender wiry stems, leafy at the
top. Leaves 1.] 3 in. long, shining, rigid,
obovate or lance-shaped, narrowed into
short stalks. Flowers in June and July,
white, h-'i in. across, starry, on thread-like
stalks.
Culture dc. as above. This species
nourishes in peaty borders among Erica-
ceous plants, or the lower parts of the
rock garden among mossy rocks.
GLAUX (Sea Milkwort).- A genus
containing only the following species : —
G. maritima. — A pretty and rather
fleshy herbaceous perennial, native of the
sea shores and river mouths of Britain
and the North temperate hemisphere
generally. It grows 3 6 in. high, and has
a creeping rootstock, and small opposite
linear or somewhat spoon-shaped fleshy
leaves less than 1 in. long. The small
white or pink flowers appear in June and
July and are borne in the axils of the
leaves. There is no corolla, its place
being taken by the coloured bell- shaped
calyx which has obovate-oblong lobes.
The 5 stamens are arranged at the base
of the calyx around the free ovoid glandu-
lar ovary.
Culture and Propagation. — This little
plant is suitable for moist or muddy places
and may be grown on the edges of bogs in
sandy soil. It may be increased by seeds
sown in moist soil when ripe, where the
plants are to grow.
ANAGALLIS (Pimpernel). — A
genus containing about 12 species of
usually very smooth annual, biennial, or
perennial, erect, diffuse, or creeping herbs
with roundish or 4-angled steins. Leaves
opposite or ternately whorled, the upper
ones rarely all alternate, sessile, or shortly
stalked, entire. Flowers axillary, scarlet,
blue, or rose. Calyx 5-parted. Corolla
hypogynous, 5-parted, rotate or bell-
shaped, with entire or blunt erose con-
torted segments. Stamens 5. Ovary
superior, round. Capsule many-seeded,
dehiscence circumscissile.
Culture and Propagation. — The annu-
als, biennials, and perennials may all be
raised from seed sown in spring, the
annuals where they are to bloom, the
others in pans or boxes from which the
seedlings can be transplanted later on.
The perennials may also be increased by
cuttings of the young shoots put in sandy
soil under a handlight; or they may be
divided in the autumn or spring.
Pimpernels flourish inordinary garden
soil and may be effectively used in masses
in the border, and as edgings to flower-
beds.
A. collina alba. — A pretty little peren-
nial with short, erect crowded stems
thickly set with small lance-shaped leaves.
Flowers from April to June, white, with a
yellow centre, freely produced.
Culture tic as above for A. 1/i/rvifol/ia.
A. fruticosa. — A pretty annual or bi-
ennial about '2 ft. high, native of Morocco,
with 4 oval, lance -shaped leaves in a
whorl. Flowers from May to August,
large, vermilion, with a deeper centre,
solitary, on slender axillary stalks.
Culture do. as above. Raised from
seeds sown annually.
A. grandiflora. — A compact free-flower-
ing annual 4 6 in. high. Flowers from
May to September, variable in colour, but
deep blue and vermilion-red predominate.
There are several varieties, the best known
being carnea and rosea.
Culture dc. as above. Raised from
seeds sown annually.
A. indica. — A trailing Indian annual
about 1 ft. high, with small intense blue
flowers in July.
Culture dc. as above. Raised from
seeds sown annually.
A. linifolia [A. Monelli).— A beautiful
Portuguese perennial 9-12 in. high, with
opposite leaves. Flowers in July, about
| in. across, brilliant blue. There are
many varieties, the best being Breweri
(or Philipsi), red; Jugenie, blue, edged
with white ; lilacina, lilac flowers in
May ; Napoleon III., crimson-maroon ;
Parksi, large, red ; phaenicea, scarlet ;
sanguinea, blood-red ; and ivihnoreana,
bright bluish-purple, with a yellow eye.
Culture dc. as above. Except on the
south coast these plants require a little
protection in winter. It is probably better
to raise a fresh stock of plants every
632
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS diospykos
autumn from seeds, cuttings, or division,
and winter in a cold frame.
A. tenella (Bog Pimpernel). — A pretty
little British perennial having trailing
4-angled stems, and shortly stalked,
broadly ovate or roundish leaves, opposite
or nearly so. Flowers in July and August,
bell-shaped, \ in. across, rosy with dark
veins, on rather stout stalks 1-2 in. long,
very freely produced.
Culture dc. as above. This species
may be increased by seeds or division, and
should be grown in moist or boggy parts
of the rock garden, or suspended in pots
or pans half immersed in water.
A. webbiana. — A Portuguese peren-
nial about 4 in. high, with several lance-
shaped leaves in a whorl. Flowers from
June to August, blue, with slightly toothed
petals.
Culture dc. as above for A. lini folia.
COR IS. — This genus contains only
one species : —
C. monspeliensis. — A pretty branching
Thyme-like plant about 6 in. high, native
of the Mediterranean region. Leaves
alternate, linear, spreading or recurved,
sinuate- toothed, clothing the stem from
bottom to top. Flowers in summer,
irregular, bright lilac, or rosy-purple, with
orange anthers, shortly stalked or nearly
sessile. Calyx tubular, bell-shaped, shortly
2-lipped, inflated at the base, 5-lobed.
Corolla hypogynous, tubular, bell-shaped,
somewhat 2-lipped, 5-lobed. Stamens 5.
Ovary superior, free. Capsule globose,
few-seeded.
Culture and Propagation. — Although
a perennial, this species is usually best
treated in British gardens as a biennial.
Seeds may be sown as soon as ripe in cold
frames, and the seedlings planted out in
the following spring. They flourish in dry
sunny parts of the rockery.
SAMOLUS (Brookweed). — A genus
with about 8 species of smooth herbs
sometimes shrabby at the base. Leaves
alternate, lower ones sometimes in rosettes,
linear oblong or spoon -shaped, entire.
Flowers regular, white, in terminal ra-
cemes or corymbs. Calyx half-superior,
5-cleft, adnate to the base of the ovary.
Corolla perigynous, rather bell-shaped,
5- lobed or parted, with roundish lobes.
Stamens 5, attached to the corolla tube.
Ovary more or less united to the calyx
tube, free above. Capsule ovoid or globose,
many-seeded.
S. repens (»S'. littoralis). — A pretty
trailing perennial 6-12 hi. high, native of
Australia and New Zealand. Lower leaves
stalked, ovate, or oblong, iipper ones usu-
ally small, linear, or oblong. Flowers
in August, pinky- white, freely produced.
This species is sometimes known as
Shejfieldia repens.
Culture and Propagation. — This is
the only species generally met with. It
floiirishes in moist or boggy spots and is
suitable for the rock garden in peaty soil.
It may be increased by dividing the roots
in spring.
S. Valerandi is a British species found
in ditches and wet ground. It has obovate
or spoon-shaped leaves and white flowers
produced in racemes or corymbs from
June to September. It is, however,
scarcely worthy of notice from a cultural
point of view.
LXIX. EBENACEiE— Persimmon and Ebony Order
A natural order consisting of 6 genera and about 250 species of hard-wooded
trees or shrubs with alternate, rarely opposite, entire, often leathery leaves
without stipules. Flowers inconspicuous, regular, dioecious or rarely herma-
phrodite or polygamous. Calyx inferior, gamosepalous, with 3-7 valvate,
imbricate, or twisted lobes. Corolla gamopetalous, rotate, urn-shaped, bell-
shaped, tubular or salver-shaped, 3-7-lobed. Stamens sometimes equal in
number to the corolla lobes, sometimes twice as many or more, usually
hypogynous. Ovary superior ; styles 2-8. Fruit leathery or fleshy, usually
indehiscent, one- or few-seeded.
DIOSPYROS (Date Plumi. — A in axillary cymes, dioecious, rarely poly-
genus of trees or shrubs with alternate or gamous. Calyx and corolla 3-7- or 4-5-
rarely nearly opposite leaves. Flowers lobed. Stamens 4 or more, often 16.
SYMPLOCOS
STORAX ORDER
SYMPLOCOS 633
Fruit globose, oblong, or conical, often
pulpy.
D. coronaria. — A small Japanese tree,
scarcely yet known in cultivation. It lias
large leathery leaves, and roundish orange-
red fruits about an inch in diameter with
persistent spreading or reflexed calyx
lobes.
Cult are de. as for D. Kaki.
D. Kaki (Date Plum). — An orna-
mental Chinese tree 12-20 ft. high, with
leathery, entire, ovate-elliptic, pointed
leaves, downy on both sides, Flowers
whitish-green, inconspicuous, succeeded
by roundish yellow fruits, about the size
of a small Orange, with a fleshy, edible,
and rather agreeable pulp. The variety
costata has ribbed fruits. There are other
forms known as aiirautia, Berti, elliptica,
and Sahuti gallica. Closely related also
is a Japanese shrub, D. Wiseneri, which
has elongated ovate leaves rounded at the
apex. The segments of the calyx have a
short central lobe, and the slightly ribbed
fruit is egg-shaped.
Culture and Propagation. This tree
is practically hardy in southern parts of
England and Ireland. In northern parts
it shoidd have the protection of a south
wall, although it will stand a little frost.
It may be increased by seeds sown in
gentle heat, and by cuttings of the ripened
shoots inserted in sandy soil in brisk bottom
heat. It likes good rich loam, and may be
grown in large cool conservatories in un-
favourable parts of the kingdom.
D. Lotus (European Lotus or Common
Date Plum). — A native of S. Europe. Asia
Minor &c, 20 :-J0 ft. high. Leaves oblong-
pointed, of a beautiful dark glossy green
colour, becoming purplish beneath, and
dropping off with the first sharp attack
of frost. Flowers in July, reddish-white,
small. Fruit about the size of a Cherry,
yellow, with a sweet astringent flavour.
Culture dkc. as for D. Kaki.
D. Mazeli. — A Japanese tree with
elliptic-ovate or somewhat heart-shaped,
deciduous leaves, and large orange-red
fruits, ripe in November.
Culture <6c. as for D. Kaki.
D. virginiana (Persimmon ; Virginian
Date Plum). — An ornamental tree 20-30
ft. high, native of N. America. Leaves
ovate-oblong, pointed, smooth, shining
above, net-veined, with short curved
downy stalks. Flowers in July, small,
pale yellow. Fruits about the size and
shape of an ordinary Plum, golden-yellow.
Culture ((■(-. as for D. Kaki.
LXX. STYRACEiE— Storax Order
A natural order of trees or shrubs with alternate, entire or serrate, membranous
or leathery, penniveined leaves without stipules. Flowei's regular, herma -
phrodite or rarely polygamous-dicecious, often in simple terminal or axillary
racemes. Calyx gamosepalous, free or adnate to the ovary, 5-lobed. Corolla
with 5, rarely 4, petals, united at the base, rarely all free, usually white, rarely
red. Stamens as many or twice as many as the corolla lobes, or many more.
Ovary inferior, or half superior. Fruit often a drupe or berry, enclosed by
the calyx-tube or inferior, 1 -seeded by abortion.
ovoid or roundish indehiscent fleshy berry
SYMPLOCOS.— A rather large genus
of smooth downy or hairy trees or shrubs
with alternate, leathery, or membranous,
toothed or entire leaves. The flowers are
borne in loose or dense spikes or racemes
in the leaf-axils, but are sometimes re-
duced to few-flowered fascicles or to single
blossoms. Calyx bell-shaped. 5-lobed.
Corolla lobes or segments 5 in one series,
or 6-10 in two series, free, or more or
less united. Stamens often numerous and
in many series. Ovary inferior or half-
superior, 2-5-celled. Fruit an oblong
or drupe.
Culture ami Propagation. — These
plants grow well in good garden soil which
is well drained, fairly sandy and composed
of loam, peat, or leaf soil. They cannot
be regarded as hardy except perhaps in
the very mildest parts of the south and
west. In other localities they should
have the protection of a south wall, and
be more or less protected during severe
winters according to locality. They may
be increased by means of cuttings of the
634
PBACTICAL GUIDE TO GABDEN PLANTS halesia
ripened young shoots inserted in sandy
soil under handlights in autumn ; or by
means of seeds which should be sown in
cold frames as soon as ripe, if they can be
obtained. Plants obtained from seeds
ripened in the open air in our climate are
more likely to stand the winter than those
raised from imported seeds or from cut-
tings.
S. crataegoides. — This species is found
from the Himalayas to Japan and in a
wild state attains a height of 40 ft. It is
only a dwarf shrub, however, in our
climate with more or less elliptic lance -
shaped leaves about 2^ in. long, and
closely serrated on the margin near the
apex. The small white Hawthorn-like
flowers appear in April or May and are
borne in panicles 3-6 in. long.
Culture dc. as above. This species
ripens seeds fairly freely.
S. japonica (S. lucida). — A pretty
Japanese tree or shrub, growing about
6-10 ft. high, with smooth oblanceolate
leaves about 2 in. long, and serrated on
the edges. The pale yellow almost stalk-
less flowers appear in June, in short
racemes in the axils of the leaves.
Culture dc. as above.
S. tinctoria (Horse Suga/r; Sweet
Leaf). — This shrub is a native of the
Southern United States, and grows in our
climate 3-6 ft. high. It has oblong lance-
shaped thickish and somewhat downy
leaves, 3-5 in. long, obscurely toothed on
the margins. The sweet-scented yellow
flowers, 6-14 in a cluster, appear in
April.
Culture dc. as above. The leaves of
this species when dry assume a yellow
colour and are used for dyeing. In a
green state they are sweetly flavoured and
much eaten by cattle.
HALESIA (Silver Bell or Snow-
drop Tree). — A genus of deciduous
shrubs or small trees, with alternate
membranous entire or finely toothed
leaves. Flowers white, showy, drooping
on slender stalks, in clusters or short
racemes from the axils of the fallen
leaves of the preceding year, sometimes
from the ends of branches of the current
year. Calyx tube adnate to the ovary,
4-5- or 10-ribbed, 5- lobed or toothed.
Petals or corolla lobes 4 or 5, very slightly
united at the base or almost free, erect,
spreading. Stamens 8, 10, or 12, almost
free from the petals, or united in a ring
at the base of the corolla. Ovary mostly
inferior, 3-5-celled. Drupe rather dry,
long-beaked, crowned with the calyx-
teeth, 4-5-winged, containing by abortion
1- 3 seeds.
Culture and Propagation. — Halesias
flourish in deep sandy moist soil, and
form ornamental objects on the lawn or
in the shrubbery. They may be raised
from seeds sown in gentle heat in spring ;
by layers made during the autumn ; or by
cuttings of the roots inserted in sandy
soil with bottom heat in early spring.
Although not yet very well known in
private gardens the Halesias or Snowdrop
trees deserve to be grown in all large gar-
dens where spring-flowering trees and
shrubs are admired. During the winter
months the soil may be given a top dress-
ing of well-decayed manure.
H. corymbosa (Pterostyrax corym-
bosum). — A Japanese tree 10-12 ft. high,
with hairy, ovate, abruptly pointed,
sharply serrate leaves. Flowers in June,
white, tinted with red or yellow, in
corymbose panicles.
Culture dc. as above.
H. diptera (H. reticulata). — A North
American tree about 10 ft. high, with
large ovate acute serrate leaves. Flowers
in May and June, white, rather larger
than those of H. tetrcuptera, and with
longer and more acute petals. Fruits
with 2 large opposite wings, hence the
specific name.
Culture dc. as above.
H. hispida (Pterostyrax hisjridum).
A pretty Japanese tree or shrub, with
large heart-shaped leaves on stout stalks.
Flowers in early summer, white, freely
produced in corymbose racemes, suc-
ceeded by fruits densely covered with
stiff hairs.
Culture dc. as above.
H. parviflora. — A shrub about 10 ft.
high, native of Georgia and Florida.
Leaves downy, ovate-oblong, acute,
almost entire, glaucous beneath. Flowers
in May, white, drooping, in panicled
racemes. Fruit club-shaped, slightly
4-winged.
Culture dc. as above. Requires some-
what sheltered situations.
H. tetraptera (Snoivdrop Tree). — A
beautiful N. American tree, 15-20 ft.
high or more, with ovate lance-shaped,
STYKAX
STOBAX ORDER
STYKAX 635
pointed, sharply toothed leaves. Flowers
in May, pure white, 9-10 in a drooping
cluster, and very much resembling Snow-
drops in shape and appearance, hence
the popular name. Fruit 4- winged, 1-2
in. long. A splendid lawn tree, and also
very effective by the side of ornamental
pieces of water. The variety Mceliani is
a seedling form of the type, from which it
differs in having thicker pale green and
distinctly wrinkled leaves, and smaller
flowers with shorter stalks.
Culture Ac. as above.
STYRAX (Storax). — A genus con-
taining about 60 species of trees or shrubs,
with all parts except the upper surface
of the leaves more or less covered with
scales or a stellate tomentum. Leaves
entire or slightly serrate. Flowers in
short, loose terminal or axillary racemes,
often drooping and white. Calyx bell-
shaped, minutely 5-toothed or almost
entire. Petals or corolla segments 5,
slightly united at the base, rarely as far
as the middle, erect, spreading, elliptic
oblong. Stamens 10, attached to the
very base of the corolla, rarely adnate
higher up. Ovary mostly superior.
Fruit round or oblong, containing by
abortion 1, or rarely 2 seeds.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Styraxes when in bloom are very hand-
some like the Halesias, only being much
dwarfer plants. They enjoy similar treat-
ment to the Halesias, and nourish in
deep rich and fairly moist loamy soil.
For massing in beds by themselves on
grass or in the shrubbery they are very
effective. They may be increased in the
same way as the Halesias. They are not
yet well known, but are becoming more
and more popular.
S. americanum. — A N. American
shrub 4 8 ft. high. Leaves 1-3 in. long,
bright green, oblong or oval, mostly entire
and acute at both ends, pointed. Flowers
in summer, white, nodding, solitary, or
in few-flowered racemes. This plant was
at one time called Halesia parviflora, and
is figured as such in the ' Botanical
Register ' at t. 952. It must not, however,
be confused with the true plant bearing
that name and described above.
Culture Ac. as above.
S. californicum. — A native of Califor-
nia, 5-8 ft. high. Leaves 1-2 in. long,
shortly stalked, oval, entire or slightly
wavy on the margins. Flowers white
and deliciously fragrant, with a hoary
calyx and corolla, and a style becoming
about 1 in. long. Fruit about the size of
a small Cherry, bony.
< 'ulture Ac. as above.
S. grandifolium. — A N. American
shrub about 6 ft. high, with obovate
acute or pointed leaves 3-6 in. long,
hoary beneath. Flowers in spring, white,
mostly in long racemes.
Culture Ac. as above.
S. Obassia. — A pretty Japanese shrub
with reddish branches, and broad rounded
bright green leaves about 8 in. long and
about as much across, with a narrow
triangular tip, and numerous more or
less well-defined teeth on the margins.
Flowers in spring, white, in drooping
racemes 6 8 in. long, the yellow stamens
in the centre being very conspicuous
against the 6 elliptic white petals.
Culture Ac. as above.
S. officinale.— A native of the Levant,
about 10 ft. high. Leaves about 2 in. long,
oval-obovate, hoary beneath. Flowers in
July, white, in short few-floweredracemes;
corolla often 6-7 -parted. The Storax of
commerce is derived from this species.
Culture Ac. as above.
S. pulverulentum. — A native of the S.
United States, 1-4 ft. high. Leaves oval
or obovate, about 1 in. long, slightly
downy above, scaly beneath. Flowers in
spring, white, .} in. long, fragrant, 1-3
together in the axils of the upper leaves
and the tips of the branches.
Culture Ac. as above.
S. serrulatum. — A beautiful shrub or
tree attaining a height of 40 ft. in its
native state, extending from India to
Japan. Leaves about 27, in. long, oblong-
pointed, serrulate. Flowers in spring,
white, in short racemes ; corolla 5-6-
lobed, downy. The variety virgatum has
tapering pointed leaves, broadest in the
middle. The plant known as S.japonicum
comes near this variety, and differs only
in having pink-tinted buds.
Culture &c. as above. S. serrulatum
and its varieties flourish in good soil in
warm parts of the south of England and
Ireland. They only attain the size of low
bushes in cultivation.
636
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS jasminum
LXXI. OLEACEiE— Lilac and Olive Order
This order consists of erect or climbing, smooth or rarely downy, unarmed
shrubs or trees, very rarely herbs. Leaves opposite, rarely alternate or
whorled, simple or pinnately 3 or few foliolate, entire or toothed, without
stipules. Flowers regular, hermaphrodite, rarely dioecious or polygamous, in
loose or clustered forked cymes or trichotomous panicles. Calyx free, bell-
shaped, usually 4-toothed or lobed, rarely more or none. Corolla gamo-
petalous, salver-shaped, funnel-like or bell-shaped ; lobes or petals 4, rarely 5-6.
Stamens 2, rarely 4, ovary superior 2-celled. Fruit a capsule, berry, or drupe.
JASMINUM (Jasmine; Jessamine).
A genus of erect or climbing branched
shrubs with opposite, rarely alternate,
leaves, simply 3-foliolate or oddly pinnate.
Flowers from the tips of the branches,
or in forked cymes, or solitary from a pair
of scales, often showy, white, yellow, or
reddish outside. Calyx 4-9-toothed,
lobed or parted. Corolla salver-shaped
with a cylindrical tube sometimes
widened above, 4-5- or more lobed. Sta-
mens 2, inserted upon and enclosed with-
in the corolla-tube. Ovary 2-celled.
Fruit a somewhat 2 -lobed succvdent berry
with 1 or few seeds.
Culture and Propagation. — Although
120 species have been described, only a
few are hardy enough for outdoor cultiva-
tion in the British Islands, many of the
others being beautiful greenhouse or stove
climbers. The hardy varieties may be
used in a number of ways, siich as cover-
ing the sides of buildings, trained over
arches or trellises, &c, to all of which
they give a bright appearance when in
bloom. They flourish in any fairly good
garden soil, and some like the Winter
Jasmine (J. nudijiorum) flower profusely
in any poor soil. Jasmines may be in-
creased by cuttings of the ripened wood
in summer and early autumn inserted in
sandy soil in a cold frame or under hand-
lights, and kept shaded for some time
from the sun. "Where convenient, layers
may also be made during the summer
and autumn. Seeds may be sown as soon
as ripe, and the young plants wintered in
a cold frame until the following spring.
J. floridum. — An ornamental Chinese
and Japanese shrub with alternate and
pinnately 3-foliolate leaves. Flowers in
summer, about i in. across, yellow, in
loose cymes.
Culture Sc. as above.
J. fruticans. — A beautiful evergreen
10 12 ft. high, native of S. Europe, with
angular branches and simple ternate
leaves composed of obovate, wedge-shaped,
blunt leaflets. Flowers in summer,
yellow, with oblong-blunt petals.
Culture dc. as above. This species
may be grown as a bush supported by a
stout stake or old tree stump in the
centre.
J. humile. — A deciduous Indian shrub
3-4 ft. high, with angular branches, and
acute trifoliolate or pinnate alternate leaves.
Flowers in summer, yellow, with oblong
blunt petals. Peduncles from the ends of
the branches in twos or threes, each with
3 flowers.
Culture dc. as above.
J. nudiflorum (Winter Jasmine). — A
free-growing and popular Chinese climber
with green flexible stems, and small ter-
nate leaves. Flowers from December to
March or April, yellow, about 1 in. across,
in opposite pairs along the stems.
< 'u Iture ih: as above. The great value
of this beautiful climber consists in its
winter flowering when the branches are
quite free or naked from the absence of
leaves. It is extremely hardy, and al-
though severe frosts tarnish the yellow
blossoms somewhat, fresh ones soon ap-
pear. The beauty of this plant is often
marred by being primed in autumn
when the flowering shoots are almost
fully developed to their full length. If
cut back at this season the flower buds are
destroyed and a scanty supply of blossom
only obtained. The proper time to prune
this species is just after the flowers have
withered in March and April. The old
wood should be cut away, leaving the
younger shoots to develop twigs for flower-
ing the following season.
KOKSYTHIA
LILAC AND OLIVE ORDER
FORSYTHIA 637
J. odoratissimum. — A round-stemmed
native of Madeira with alternate pin-
nately ternate bluntish leaves. Flowers
in summer, yellow, with 5 oblong blunt
lobes. Peduncles at the tips of the
branches in threes, each one having 3
flowers.
Culture So. as above. This Jasmine
is not quite hardy in northern parts, but
flourishes in the mild southern districts.
J. officinale (Common White Jasmine).
A beautiful very hardy vigorous and
free-growing climber found in a wild
state from X. India to Persia. It has
angular stems, and opposite pinnate leaves,
with ovate pointed leaflets, the end one
of which is longer and larger than the
others. Flowers from June to September,
\ '■[ in. across, pure white, fragrant, with
4 5 lobes to the corolla. The variety
affi/ne has larger and more numerous
flowers than the type, and is probably
a seedling of garden origin. The variety
(iiirriim is an undesirable form with
yellow-blotched leaves; grandiflorwm as
known in gardens is practically the same
as affine.
The White Jasmine is an evergreen
except in the bleakest localities, where it
loses its leaves. For covering walls,
arches, pergolas, arbours &c. it is most
valuable.
Culture <!tc. as above.
J. revolutum. — An evergreen Indian
climber closely related to the deciduous
/. Jiumile. It has alternate pinnate
leaves composed of 5-7 ovate lance-shaped
or elliptic leaflets on short stalks. Flowers
from May to October, bright yellow, very
fragrant, in compound corymbs at the
ends of the branches. Corolla with 5
blunt segments.
Culture d'-c. as above. Being somewhat
tender, in northern parts it is better to
give this species the protection of a wall.
./. pubigervm is very near this species,
but does not appear to be quite so hardy,
nor has it flowers as large.
FORSYTHIA (Golden Bell). — A
genus with 2 species of smooth shrubs re-
sembling Jasminum nudiflorum in habit.
Leaves opposite, rarely verticillate, entire,
or pinnately 3-sected, serrate, deciduous.
Flowers appearing before the foliage,
solitary, from a pair of scales, nodding,
shortly stalked, yellow. Calyx-tube short,
roundish, with 4 longer lobes. Corolla
tube short and broad, with 4 much lunger
lobes, spreading above. Stamens 2, at-
tached to the base of the corolla. Ovary
2-celled. Capsule oblong, leathery or
hard.
Culture and Propagation. — Forsythias
are among the choicest of early spring-
flowering hardy shrubs, and prolong the
season of yellow-flowered climbers of
which Jasminum nudiflorum is the fore-
runner. Indeed Forsythias may be trained
against walls in a similar way to the
Winter Jasmine, or they may also be
grown as bushes in open sunny situations
in beds by themselves or in open parts of
the shrubbery.
When grown against a wall the shoots
should have plenty of space between them,
as crowding only interferes with the beau-
tiful drooping blossoms. If thinning out
is necessary, the twigs are best removed
just after flowering in the same way as
recommended for Jasminvwm nudiflorum
above. Indeed to secure a grand display
of blossom in spring it is almost necessary
to cut the shoots back to 3 or 4 eyes or
buds when the flowers are over. From
each bud a vigorous shoot will spring and
will have a long season to grow and fully
ripen before winter. In the spring-time
the flowers appear from almost every
joint, and the shoots for their whole length
are literally wreathed in yellow bells.
When the branches droop on to the
soil roots are often emitted near the tips
of the shoots forming natural layers. By
this means it is easy to increase the
number of plants. Cuttings of the green
shoots may also be inserted in sandy soil
under handlights during the summer and
kept damp and shaded until rooted. In
autumn the ripened shoots may also be
made to root, and after wintering in cold
frames will be ready for planting out in
spring. Forsythias would probably be
easy to graft on stocks of the Common
Privet (Ligustrum vulgare) like many
other plants in the Olive order, but it is
preferable to have plants on their own
roots, especially as they are so readily
obtained.
F. intermedia. — This is a hybrid
obtained by crossing F. suspensa and
F. viridissima. It is intermediate in
character between its parents and pro-
mises to become equally popular with
them.
Culture dc. as above.
€38
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
SYRINGA
F. suspensa (F. Fortunei ; F. Sie-
boldi). — A graceful Chinese and Japan-
ese shrub with long twiggy branches bear-
ing both simple and 3-foliolate toothed
leaves, the central leaflet of which is
about 6 times larger than the other
two. Flowers in February and March,
yellow, drooping, arranged along the
sterns for a considerable distance.
Culture (f'c. as above. May be
grown as a bush or against a wall.
Plants in pots are easily forced for green-
house and conservatory decoration early
in the year before the natural blooming
period out of doors.
F. viridissima is a Japanese shrub
about 10 ft. high, and is unsuitable for
climbing up walls. Its leaves are all
simple, entire, linear lance-shaped or
oblong acute. The yellow flowers appear
in March, in great profusion on very short
stalks.
Culture dc. as above. To obtain the
best results this species should be grown
in spots where there is a free circulation
of air and plenty of sunshine.
SYRINGA (Lilac; Pipe Tree).— A
genus of well-known ornamental smooth
or downy shrubs, with opposite, entire,
or rarely pinnately-cut, deciduous leaves.
Flowers in three-forked panicles or
terminal clusters, the lower or outer ones
open first, but sometimes the inner ones.
Calyx bell-shaped, irregularly toothed.
Corolla tube cylindrical, rarely shortened,
with 4 lobes. Stamens 2, attached be-
neath the top of the tube. Ovary 2-celled.
Capsule leathery.
Culture and Propagation. — From
Easter to Whitsuntide the Lilacs are the
finest and showiest flowering trees of the
British landscape, the deep glossy green
foliage often being almost hidden by the
immense number of trusses of bloom, the
individual blossoms of which are, com-
paratively speaking, very small. The
plants thrive in almost any soil, but
become luxuriant in deep rich loam.
Unfortunately they are often neglected
and allowed to become choked with
suckers which shoot up in great numbers
from the base. These should be re-
moved every year, as they simply way-
lay a good deal of the nourishment which
would be of more use to the main plant.
If fresh plants are required the rooted
suckers may be used, and planted out
by themselves in autumn in a spare piece
of ground until they become established
and fit for transplanting to their per-
manent positions. Lilacs are often
grafted or budded on the common Privet
or common varieties, but after a few
years many of them show signs of decay,
and this practice is never to be recom-
mended except when plants cannot be
readily obtained otherwise. Cuttings of
the half-ripened shoots inserted in sandy
soil in summer under handlights or
cold frames will root, if kept shaded and
moist for a time. The ripened leafless
wood may also be cut into lengths of 8-9
in. and inserted in the autumn 3 or 4 in.
deep. In frosty weather they should be
protected by having the soil covered with
litter or short manure to prevent the
ground cracking. Many of the beautiful
varieties so much used for forcing early
in the year have been raised from seeds,
but are now grafted or budded on com-
moner stocks and extensively grown on
the Continent, whence they are imported
every year to this country. Many of
them have the flowers artificially
blanched by being grown in dark sheds
or cellars from which light is excluded.
The temperature is kept up to about 55°
or 60° F. by means of stable litter, leaves
&c, and the atmosphere is always kept
fairly moist. As green leaves cannot
form in the dark for reasons explained
at p. 22, the flower trusses alone are
produced, and used in a cut state with
foliage from other plants exposed to the
light, and gently forced in greenhouses.
When grown in large bold masses or
beds in the outdoor garden, Lilacs make
effective pictures on the landscape. The
different varieties may be grouped to-
gether, or judiciously mixed, not only as
regards height but also colour.
S. amurensis (Ligustrina amtircnsis).
A handsome Chinese and Japanese
shrub about 5 or 6 ft. high, with broadly
ovate pointed leaves, rounded or wedge-
shaped at the base, smooth above, midrib
and veins downy beneath. Flowers in
early summer, creamy white, in dense
rounded trusses.
Culture dc. as above.
S. chinensis (S. dubia ; S. rothomx-
gensis). — This is known as the Chinese
or Rouen Lilac, and is considered by
some to be a hybrid between S. persica
and 8. vulgaris, having originated ^ at
Rouen. It is a shrub 4 6 ft. high, with
SYKINGA
LILAC AND OLIVE ORDER
SYKINGA 639
small shining smooth ovate lance-shaped
leaves, slightly acute at the base and
pointed at the apex. Flowers in May
and June, salver-shaped, intense violet.
Among its varieties may be men-
tioned alba, with almost pure white
rlowers ; metensis, with pale lilac flowers ;
rubra, with very fine rosy-red flowers ;
and saugeana, with sweetly scented rosy-
lilac ones.
Culture ((•<•. as above.
S. Emodi. — A beautiful Himalayan
shrub about 6 ft. high, with broadly
elliptic or ovate leaves 3-4 in. long, on
stalks h-'i in. long. Flowers in April,
purplish or white, strongly scented, in
dense panicles or clusters, the corolla
having a rather long tube. The variety
variegata has yellow-blotched leaves,
and rosea or villosa differs from the type
in having hairy instead of smooth foliage.
Culture do: as above.
S. japonica. — A handsome Japanese
Lilac. Closely related -to S. amurensis,
but distinguished from that species by its
taller stature (in Japan it reaches a height
of 30 ft.) and by the more pointed lobes of
the corolla. The leaves are broadly ovate
and of a deep shining green on the upper
surface. The white slightly scented
flowers appear in June and July, and are
borne in large branched panicles a foot or
more in length.
Culture tvc. as above.
S. Josikaea. — A distinct Hungarian
shrub 5- 10 ft. high. Leaves smooth,
elliptic lance-shaped, acute, wrinkled,
slightly ciliate, deep shining green above,
whitish beneath, on short stalks. Flowers
in May, bluish-purple, with a slightly
concave corolla limb, and borne in erect
panicles at the ends of the shoots.
Culture etc. as above.
S. oblata. — A Chinese shrub readily
distinguished by its large, rather Meshy.
roundish heart-shaped leaves lg-3 in.
across. Flowers in May, purple, produced
in great abundance. There is a white-
flowered variety, alba, which is very
rarely seen.
Culture Sc. as above.
S. pekinensis (LigustrvnapeJci/nensis).
A bushy shrub or small tree from N.
China, having slender, velvety, dark red
branches, and opposite, ovate-elliptic
leaves, with blackish-purple stalks and
midribs. Flowers in early summer, white,
borne in dense panicles. The variety
pendula is distinguished by its drooping
or ' weeping ' habit.
Cultv. re dtc. as above.
S. persica (Persian Lilac). — A
handsome shrub 4-7 ft. high, native of
Afghanistan and but rarely found wild
in Persia. It has smooth, shining, lance-
shaped acute leaves 1 - 1 A in. long.
Flowers in May and June, bluish-purple,
or white as in the variety alba. The
variety lacmiatah&s almost all the leaves
deeply cut into 3 5 or more narrow
oblong lobes.
Culture <£c. as above.
S. villosa. — A native of N. China 3-6
ft. high, having ovate or ovate elliptic
bluntish leaves, smooth above, hairy on
the principal nerves beneath. Flowers
in May, bluish-purple or rosy-lilac.
swcci • scented, with a slender corolla -tube
and oblong reflexed lobes.
Culture dc. as above.
S. vulgaris. — This is the common
' Lilac ' or ' Pipe tree.' It is a native of
North Persia, and was first brought to
Vienna, in the latter half of the sixteenth
century, by the Flemish diplomatist
Busbecq. From Vienna it soon spread
all over Europe, and is now also largely
cultivated in N. America. It grows from
8 to 20 ft. high, and has smooth, heart-
shaped or ovate-cordate leaves, broader
than those of S. persica. Flowers in
May, lilac, purple, or white as in the
variety alba, and borne in large conical
trusses.
There are many fine varieties of the
Common Lilac, with single and double
flowers. Among the single-flowered
varieties may be mentioned, alba grandi-
Jiora, alba magna, alba virginalis, Marie
Legrangc. all excellent whites, especially
the last named. Among the single
coloured varieties are E. Lemoine, La
Tour d'Auvergne, Leon Simon, Souvenir
de L. Spdth (the deepest coloured
variety with dark and brilliant crimson-
purple rlowers), Virginite (pale pink),
Charles A'., Louis Van Houtte. Dr.
Lindley, Delphine (reddish-violet), Phile-
mon &c.
The double-flowering kinds include
Alphonse Lavallee, Le Ga7ilois, Le-
moinei, Mathicu de Dombasle, Michel
Buchner, Ranunculiflora, Renoncule,
Rubella. Madame Lemoine, and Presi-
dent Grcvg-*~{i\\ coloured except Madame
640
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS fraxinus
Lcmoine, which is a very fine double
white.
Culture Ac. as above.
FRAXINUS (Ash). — A genus of
large or ornamental trees with deciduous,
opposite, oddly pinnate, or very rarely
undivided, often serrate leaves, and dense
axillary clusters of polygamous or
dioecious flowers. Calyx small, 4-lobed
or absent. Petals none, or 2-4, free or
united at the base in pairs. Stamens 2,
attached to the base of the petals, or
hypogynous. Ovary 2-celled. Fruit a
samara or ' key,' winged at the tip and
sides.
Culture anil Propagation. — The
Ashes prefer a rich loamy soil, but will
flourish in any ordinary good soil, in
situations where they will be sheltered
from bleak winds. They are most suit-
able for large parks or pleasure grounds.
Increase is usually by means of seeds,
but many of the rarer kinds are grafted
or budded on commoner stocks, and when
done on the top of a tall standard, weep-
ing varieties are obtained. The seeds
ripen in the autumn, and are best kept
mixed with sand until the following
spring or even autumn, as they do not as
a rule germinate the same year as they
ripen. They should be sown in beds of
good sandy loam, and after about two
seasons the seedlings may be transplanted
about 6 in. apart in rows not nearer than
18 in. to each other. Here they may
remain for two years more, after which
they will be fit for transplanting to their
permanent cpiarters in the autumn or
early spring during mild weather. The
indigenous species reproduce themselves
naturally from seeds, which are blown by
the wind considerable distances from the
parent tree. They germinate freely and
grow vigorously in almost any soil.
There are about 50 species, but the
following is a selection of some of the
most ornamental. The Mountain Ash
(Pyrus Aucuparia) and the Prickly Ash
(Zanthoxylum americanum) belong to
different orders, and are described at
p. 405 and p. 296 respectively.
F. americana (F. acuminata ; F. alba ;
F. Curtisi ; F. epiptera ; F. juglandi-
folia). — White Ash. — A splendid tree
30 40 ft. high, native of New Brunswick
and Canada. It is readily distinguished
from the Common English Ash (F. excel-
sior) by its lighter, brownish-grey bark
and pale green leaves, which are com-
posed of 2-4 pairs of ovate or ovate-
pointed, shining serrate leaflets 3-5 in.
long. Flowers in April and May, white,
in terminal panicles. The variety lati-
folia has broader leaves than the typical
White Ash.
F. pubescens (also known as F. nigra,
F. pennsylvanica, and F. tomentosa), the
Red Ash or Black Ash, is very similar,
but is a smaller tree, with deep brown
bark, leaves downy beneath, and greenish-
yellow flowers.
Culture dc. as above. It thrives near
the sides of lakes, ponds &c, or in moist
soil.
F. excelsior. — A beautiful and highly
ornamental shade tree 30-80 ft. high, or
even more, native of the British Islands,
Central and South Europe, and N. Asia.
The leaves consist of 4-7 pairs of oblong
lance- shaped serrate leaflets, 1-3 in. long.
Flowers from March to May, polygamous,
greenish-yellow, in dense small axillary
panicles, with purple-black stamens.
Cultivation has produced and perpetu-
ated a large number of distinct and
handsome varieties, of which the ' Weep-
ing Ash,' with branches drooping to the
ground ; the ' Curl-leaved Ash,' with deep
green, wrinkled and curled leaves, are
fairly well-known. There is also a
variety (simplicifolia or monophylla) in
which the leaves are entire instead of
being divided into leaflets ; and many
others to be found in nurserymen's cata-
logues, such as a urea, aurea pendula,
crispa, foliis argenteis, horizontalis,
heterophylla, lutea, monstrosa, myrti-
folia, pendula, scolopendrifolia, specta-
bilis, viridis, &c, the names of which give
an idea of the peculiarities of the plant.
Culture dc. as above.
F. Ornus ( F. argentea ; F. rotundi-
folia; Ornus europcea). — Flowering or
Manna Ash. — A handsome free-flowering
tree 20 30 ft. high, native of S. Europe,
resembling the Common Ash in appear-
ance. It may be recognised by its young
branches being purple or livid, and dotted
with yellow, and lance-shaped or elliptic
leaflets, stalked and serrated, and hairy
or downy beneath. Flowers also later in
May and June, greenish-white, in dense
clusters, all over the tree. The variety
alba has white flowers, with dark purple -
brown stamens ; violacea has flowers of
a greyish-violet hue. These are both
PHILLYREA
LILAC AND OLIVE ORDER osmanthus 641
seedling forms, notable for the dwarfness
and freedom of flowering.
There are several other species, such
as. F. Mariesi and F. parvifoUa, not so
well known in this country.
Culture dc. as above.
FONTANESIA.— A genus contain-
ing one or two species of ornamental
Privet-like shrubs, with opposite entire
leaves, and small flowers in axillary and
terminal racemes or panicles. Calyx 4-
toothed. Petals 4, free, or united about
the middle. Stamens 2, attached to the
base of the petals.
Culture and Propagation. — These
plants are not very well known. They
thrive in ordinary soil, and may be
increased by layers and cuttings in the
same way as the Forsythias (p. 637).
F. Fortunei. — A beautiful Chinese
shrub 10-12 ft. high, with roughish bark,
and lance-shaped, long pointed leaves,
glossy green above, paler beneath.
Flowers in summer, creamy yellow, in
axillary and terminal panicles.
Culture dc. as above.
F. phillyraeoides. — A Syrian shrub like
the preceding in almost every way, and
probably only a geographical variety of it.
Culture dc. as above.
PHILLYREA (Jasmine Box; Mock
Privet). — This genus contains 4 species
of ornamental, smooth, evergreen shrubs,
with opposite, entire, or serrulate leaves.
Flowers small, in axillary clusters. Calyx
short, broadly 4-lobed. Corolla tube
short, with 4 broad, blunt lobes. Sta-
mens 2. Fruit, an ovoid or round, fleshy,
1-2-seeded drupe.
Culture and, Propagation. — Phillyreas
thrive in ordinary garden soil, but delight
in a deep rich loam. They are splendid
shrubbery plants, and always attract
attention by their compact habit and
beautiful deep green, leathery leaves.
Cuttings of the ripened shoots may be
struck in sandy soil in late summer and
autumn under a handlight or cold frame,
or the lower branches may be layered.
They are often grafted low down on stocks
of the Privet, but are as a rule much
better when grown on their own roots.
Besides cuttings the branches may also be
layered in autumn and severed from the
parent plant in spring or autumn if well
rooted.
P. angustifolia. — A native of Italy
and Spain, 8 10 ft. high, with dotted
branches, linear lance-shaped leaves, and
clusters of white flowers produced in
May. Brachiata, lanceolata, rosmarini-
folia, and salicifolia are forms or
synonyms of this species, their chief
peculiarities being expressed by the name.
They require sheltered positions in
northern parts of the country.
Culture dc. as above.
P. decora (P. faurifolia ; P. vilmori-
n in mi). — A beautiful shrub, 6- 10 ft. high,
native of Asia Minor, with oblong, lance-
shaped, acute leaves, 4 6 in. long, deep
green, leathery. Flowers in May, white,
succeeded by reddish -purple fruits, about
the size of Sloes, and ripe in September.
This is a much hardier plant than the
3 other species, and will stand frost when
the others are badly injured. Owing to
its smooth glossy leaves, it stands dirt
and dust very well, and may therefore be
recommended for shrubberies near large
manufacturing towns. In nurserymen's
catalogues it will be found under one or
other of its synonyms, but rarely under
its correct name, decora.
Cult lire ilc. as above.
P. latifolia. — A fine ornamental shrub
or tree, reaching a height of 20-30 ft. in
S. Europe, its native habitat. Leaves
ovate, rounded at the base, serrate, the
young ones somewhat lobed at the base.
Flowers in May, white.
This is a very popular plant for
shrubberies, and has several varieties or
synonyms, the best known being ilicifolia
and rotundifolia.
Culture dc. as above.
P. media. — A native of S. Europe,
10-15 ft. high, with lance-shaped leaves
slightly serrated in the middle, and 3-
nerved. Flowers in May, white. Pen-
did a is a variety with drooping branches
and lance-shaped leaves ; buxifolia has
roundish Box-like leaves ; and virgata
(known also as ligustrifolia tind olece-
folia) has oblong, lance-shaped, Privet-
like leaves.
Culture dc. as above.
OSMANTHUS. —A genus with 7
species of smooth trees or shrubs, having
opposite, evergreen, entire, or toothed
leaves, and small flowers in axillary
clusters, or racemes. Calyx 4-toothed.
642
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS ligustrum
Corolla with 4 broad, blunt lobes.
Stamens 2, rarely 4. Ovary 2-celled.
Drupe ovoid or round.
Culture and Propagation. — These
plants thrive under the same conditions
as the Phillyreas, and may be increased
in the same way by means of cuttings
inserted in sandy soil in late summer and
autumn under handlights, or in cold
frames ; and also by layering the branches
in autumn.
An excellent compost for these plants
is a good rich sandy loam with the
addition of a little peat or leaf mould ;
but they will also flourish in ordinary
good and well-drained garden soil.
O. americanus. — A native of North
America, about 6 ft. high, with some-
what 4-angled branches, and leathery,
elliptic, lance-shaped, shining green
leaves, about 4 in. long. Flowers in
June, white, in clusters of three.
Culture dc. as above. This species
is rarely met with in cultivation.
O. Aquifolium. — A handsome Holly -
like Japanese shrub, 4-6 ft. high, with
oval or oblong, prickly toothed, leathery
leaves, of a deep shining green colour,
and varying a good deal in size. Flowers
in autumn, white, sweet-scented. O.
Uicifolius is a form with a more dense
and compact habit, and smaller leaves.
There are also varieties of this with
silvery and golden variegation, known
respectively as argenteo-marginatus and
aureo-marglnatus. Myrtifolius has rigid
Myrtle-like leaves, without spines ; and
rotundifolitis has stiff leathery roundish
leaves. The variety purpurascens is re-
markable for the purple sheen of the young
leaves, especially on the under surface.
With the advance of age the purple tint
gradually becomes dimmed, but the
variety is always easily distinguished from
any of the others ; and it also bears the
reputation of being much hardier than the
variegated forms, and even the green ones.
Culture dc. as above.
O. fragrans (Olea fragrans). — A hand-
some shrub 6-10 ft. high, native of China
and Japan. Leaves elliptic, lance-shaped,
pointed, slightly serrate, about 2 in. long,
shining green above, paler beneath.
Flowers from June to August, white or
yellowish, and deliciously fragrant.
Culture dc. as above. Except in the
mildest parts of the south and west this
shrub is not hardy in the open air.
Wherever it can be grown out of doors,
even with a little protection in winter, it
is well worth the space it fills, owing to its
neat appearance and the fragrance of its
blossoms.
CHIONANTHUS (Fringe Tree).—
This genus contains 3 species of smooth
or downy trees or shrubs, with opposite
entire leaves, and white flowers in 3-
forked panicles. Calyx 4-lobed. Corolla
tube short, with 4 long, linear lobes.
Stamens 2. Ovary 2-celled. Drupe
ovoid or oblong, with one, rarely 2-3
seeds.
C. retusus. — A low-growing Chinese
shrub, with long-stalked, obovate, refuse
leaves, hairy on the under surface.
Flowers in May, white, sweet-scented.
Culture dc. the same as for C.
virginicus below.
C. virginicus. — An ornamental North
American species 10-12 ft. high in this
country, but often attaining a height of
about 30 ft. in a wild state. Leaves
smooth, oval, oblong, or obovate lance-
shaped. Flowers in June and July, white,
in long, drooping racemes, from the axils
of the leaves, with narrow fringe -like
petals which suggested the popular name
of the genus.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species and C. retusus require to be
grown in warm loamy soil with sand,
peat or leaf mould added. Although ex-
perience has proved the Fringe Tree to be
hardy in most parts, it is apt to suffer in
severe winters if exposed to bleak winds.
Both species may be increased by imported
seeds sown in cold frames, or by layers
made during the autumn. Sometimes C.
virginicus is grafted or embedded on the
Common Ash and does very well. Cuttings
of the ripened shoots may be inserted in
sandy soil in cold frames and kept close
and shaded for some time with a little
attention, as they are not inclined to root
very readily.
LIGUSTRUM (Privet). — A genus
containing about 25 species of smooth
bushes or shrubs with opposite entire
leaves, and flowers usually white, in
3-forked panicles or clusters at the
ends of the branches. Calyx truncate or
4-toothed. Corolla funnel-shaped, 4-lobed.
Stamens 2. Ovary 2-celled. Berry some-
what drupaceous, with 1-3 seeds.
Culture and Propagation. — The
LIGUSTRUM
LILAC AND OLIVE ORDER
LIGUSTRUM 643
Privets are easily grown in any ordinary
soil, but prefer a deep loam. Owing to
their very smooth shining leaves being
easily cleansed of dirt by the rain, the
plants are useful for shrubberies near
smoky towns. They are propagated by
seeds sown in spring or the following
autumn, after having been mixed and
cleansed from pulp in sand. A better
way, however, is to root cuttings of the
green or ripened shoots in sandy soil
under handlights or cold frames during
the summer and autumn. The branches
nearer the ground may also be layered
during the same season. When grown
as hedges, the plants are best clipped
about September or October, and although
they may look bare for a time, they will
make beautiful green hedges by spring.
L. coriaceum. — This is a distinct
Japanese plant rarely exceeding 3-4 ft.
in height, and having blunt ovate-oblong
or roundish deep glossy green leathery
leaves, and greenish-white flowers in
summer. There is a variety called volu-
tum in which the leaves are somewhat
rolled up. A good rock plant.
Culture d~c. as above.
L. Ibota (L. amurense). — A pretty
compact-growing Japanese shrub about
o ft. high, with slender, twiggy branches,
and bluntly ovate or elliptic, rarely
lance-shaped leaves, the midribs of which
are hairy on the under side. Flowers in
summer, white, salver-shaped, freely pro-
duced in spikes.
Culture dc. as above.
L. japonicum (L. glabrum ; L. Keller-
manni ; L. Sieboldi ; L. syringaflorum).
A beautiful strong-growing Japanese
Privet 6-8 ft. high, having oblong-ovate
rather pointed glossy green leaves, and
large clusters of white and slightly
perfumed flowers in June. The variety
macroplnjllum is recognised by its larger
and broader leaves, and variegatum by
the leaves being edged and marbled with
silvery- white.
This makes a splendid hedge, being
far stronger and more ornamental looking
than the common British Privet. The
young growths are of a beautiful purplish
tint, which looks charming against the
deep green of the older foliage.
Culture &c. as above.
L. lucidum (L. magnolieefolium ;
L. strictum). — A handsome evergreen
Chinese shrub 8 12 ft. high, known as
the ' Woa Tree.' Leaves oval, oval-lance-
shaped elliptic or roundish, shining green.
Flowers in autumn, white, in terminal
clusters. The variety Alivoni has dark
green wavy leaves irregularly variegated
with pale yellow. There is a form of
lucidum in which the leaves are variegated
with white ; another with gold ; and still
another called tricolor.
Culture Sc, as above.
L. massalongianum (L. angusti-
folium ; L. myrtifolium ; L. rosmari/n/i-
fiiliiiui ; L. apicatum). — A pretty but
not well-known evergreen shrub about
6 ft. high, native of the Khasia Hills,
having smooth, linear lance -shaped,
shortly stalked leaves, and white flowers,
borne in summer in,, numerous, dense,
much-branched panicles at the ends of
the branches and emitting a peculiar
odour.
Culture <jtc. as above.
L. ovalifolium (L. caUfornicum).— A
beautifid free-flowering Japanese Privet
with oval or oval-elliptic or obovate
shortly stalked leaves, deep glossy green
above, paler beneath. Flowers in
summer, white, in numerous clusters.
The variety variegatum has beautiful
yellow-blotched leaves when young,
passing into a silvery variegation with
age. The finest form, however, is that
known as ait ream, popularly called the
' Golden Privet,' now extensively culti-
vated on account of its beautiful golden
and green foliage, which is remark-
ably brilliant at great distances when
the plants are grown in masses. This
variety must be grown fully exposed to the
sun and away from the shade of trees,
hedges or walls, to obtain the full glow of
its golden colour. In the shade the
leaves gradually revert to the green
form. The tops of the shoots strike
readily in cold frames in spring or
autumn. Young plants make effective
edgings, while older and taller ones make
splendid hedges. There is a variety called
uistabile owing to the fact that the leaves
are sometimes alternate, sometimes oppo-
site, and sometimes in whorls of three.
Culture d~c. as above.
L. Quihoui. — A somewhat straggling
Chinese shrub about 6 ft. high, with wiry
purplish branches covered with a slight
down. Leaves obloilg or oblong ovate,
dark shining green. Flowers in October
t t 2
644
PB ACTIO AL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS amsonia
and November, later than any other
species, white, in loose panicles at the
ends of the branches and also in the axils
of the upper leaves.
Culture ,ic. as above. Grows well in
any poor soil, but of course does better in
rich.
L. sinense (L. Ibota villosum ; L.
villosv/m). — A more or less evergreen
Chinese shrub 12-20 ft. high, with ovate
lance-shaped leaves, shining green above,
hairy beneath. Flowers in summer,
white, in loose terminal panicles. The
variety nanwm is a distinct and pretty
form, somewhat horizontal in growth,
having masses of creamy white flowers
all over the plant.
Culture d-c. as above.
L. spicatum (L. nepalense). — A de-
ciduous species 6-8 ft. high, native of
Nepaul. Leaves elliptic acute, hairy
beneath as well as the branches. Flowers
in summer, white, crowded, in snicate
clusters.
Culture dr. as above. This species is
rarely seen, and is probably not hardy in
the colder parts of the kingdom.
L. vulgare (Common. Privet). — A
well known British shrub 6-10 ft. high,
also distributed over Europe and X.
Africa. Leaves elliptic lance-shaped,
deep shining green. Flowers in sivmmer,
sweet-scented, white at first, but changing
to reddish-brown in compound racemes,
and succeeded by deep purple-black
berries in autumn.
The variety buxifolium is distinct on
account of its broader leaves, which
persist much longer than those of the
ordinary form. Fructu-luteum or xcm-
thocarpum is denser in habit, and has
bright golden-yellow berries; pendulum
has a weeping habit, and is sometimes
grafted on the top of a stem 4-5 ft.
high, and variegalum has the foliage
prettily marbled with a bright golden
colour.
The Common Privet is a fairly good
hedge plant, but used by itself, while nice
and green, is very flexible and easily
swayed by strong winds. It is used a
good deal too much in shrubberies, where
many finer and quite as hardy shrubs
would grow well.
Culture tie. as above.
LXXII. APOCYNACEiE- Periwinkle Order
An order of trees or shrubs, rarely herbs, often climbers, with milky juice.
Leaves opposite, rarely whorled, entire. Stipules none or rudimentary.
Flowers regular, hermaphrodite, solitary or in cymes. Calyx 4-5-lobed.
Corolla gamopetalous, salver-shaped or funnel-shaped ; throat naked or with
scales ; lobes usually oblique, twisted in bud. Stamens 5, rarely 4, on the
tube or throat of the corolla ; anthers free or united and adhering to the
stigma. Disc none, or ringed. Ovary superior, consisting of 2 free or united
carpels. Style short, dilated, with a thickened entire or 2-cleft stigma often
constricted in the middle. Fruit of 2 many-seeded follicles, a berry, or drupe.
This order contains more than 100 genera and about 900 species mostly
natives of the tropics and sub-tropics. The genera and species described
below are about the only hardy representatives of the order grown out of
doors in the British Islands, but there are a large number of beautiful species
cultivated in hothouses.
AMSONIA. — A small genus of
smooth or downy erect herbs or bushes
with alternate membranous leaves, and
mostly blue flowers borne at the ends of
the branches in clustered or corymbose
cymes. Calyx 5 -parted. Corolla salver-
shaped, with oblong or lance-shaped
twisted lobes. Stamens 5. Ovary of 2
distinct carpels having a thread-like style
surmounted by a thickened stigma.
Follicles 2, erect, cylindrical, many-
seeded.
Culture and Propagation. — Am-
sonias are pretty herbaceous perennials
which flourish in partially shaded parts
of the flower border or the margins of
RHAZYA
PERIW r INKLE OBDEIl
vinca 645
shrubberies in ordinary garden or peaty
soil. They are usually increased by
dividing the rootstocks in early autumn
or spring. They may also be increased
by cuttings of the shoots inserted in
sandy soil under a handlight during the
summer months. Seeds may also be sown
in cold frames in autumn or spring, so that
the seedlings may be ready for planting
out in light fresh soil either in autumn or
spring, according to the date of sowing.
A. salicifolia. — A pretty N. American
perennial 1.1-2 ft. high, with smooth
lance-shaped acute Willow-like leaves.
Flowers from May to July, pale blue,
funnel-shaped, petals hairy on the inside.
This is closely related to the following
species, and is even regarded as a varietj
of it by some.
Culture Ac. as above.
A. Tabernaemontana (A. latifolia ;
Taberncemontana Amsonia). — A native
of Carolina 1t,-3 ft. high, with ovate
lance-shaped acute shortly stalked leaves.
Flowers in early summer, pale blue, with
lance-shaped acute petals slightly hairy
on the outside.
Culture <(-c. as above.
RHAZYA. — A genus having only a
couple of species of smooth erect-growing
bushes, with alternate thickish leaves and
flowers in loose cjnnes or clusters at the
ends of the shoots. Calyx with 5 taper-
ing segments. Corolla salver-shaped,
with a cylindrical tube, and 5 lobes twisted
in bud. Stamens enclosed and seated
above the middle of the tube. Ovary
with 2 distinct carpels, becoming erect,
and narrow cylindrical follicles when
ripe.
R. orientalis. — An attractive little
bush 1^-2 ft. high, native of Greece and
S. Western Asia. The erect simple
stems have lance-shaped acute leaves,
2-3 in. long, usually alternate, but
occasionally opposite near the base. The
.starry soft blue flowers, with pointed
segments, appear in June in loose clusters
at the ends of the shoots.
Culture and Propagation. — This
plant makes a compact bush, and
flourishes in ordinary well-drained garden
soil. It looks ornamental in the rock
garden, and likes partially shaded posi-
tions. In bleak localities it may possibly
require slight protection with a little
straw or litter during severe frosts. It
may be increased by cuttings of the non-
flowering shoots inserted in cold frames
in late summer and autumn.
VINCA (Periwinkle). — A genus con-
taining about 10 species of erect or trailing
herbs or undershrubs, with opposite leaves
and rather large, solitary flowers in the
axils of the leaves. Calyx 5-parted.
Corolla salver-shaped with a cylindrical
tube bearded within, and 5 broad twisted
lobes. Stamens 5. Ovary of 2 distinct
carpels, style thread-like, surmounted by
a thick viscid stigma in a cup-shaped
reflexed membrane. Follicles 2, erect or
spreading, narrowly cylindrical, many-
seeded.
Culture and Propagation. — The Peri-
winkles are well-known trailing perennials
useful for covering banks, stumps of old
trees, mounds of old stones or rocks, in
the pleasure ground, wild garden, or
woods. They grow in almost any soil and
soon spread after becoming established,
especially in partially shaded places. They
may be increased by dividing the plants
in either autumn or spring, or by portions
of the trailing stems which may have
developed roots in contact with the soil.
The following are the only hardy species
grown, but V. rosea, with rosy or white
flowers, is a pretty greenhouse plant
known as ' Old Maid ' or ' Madagascar
Periwinkle.'
V. herbacea. — A native of Eastern
Europe, with stems at first erect, after-
wards trailing, and rooting, flowering as
they increase in length, and dying down
in winter. Leaves about 1 in. long, some-
what 2-ranked, elliptic or lance-shaped,
bluntish. Flowers from April to July,
and again in September, purple-blue,
bearded in the centre and at the throat,
with obliquely ovate pointed corolla
lobes.
Culture dtc. as above.
V. major {Band Plant ; Cut Finger).
This is the larger Periwinkle, found in
the woods, copses, and hedgerows of the
British Islands. It has tough trailing
stems, rooting at the tips or, joints, and
furnished with elliptic ovate, shortly
stalked leaves 2-4 in. long. Flowers in
April and May, about 2 in. across, bluish-
purple, very rarely producing seed. The
variety elegantissima has the leaves
beautifully edged and marbled with
creamy white. There is also a white-
flowered variety, alba.
Culture Ac. as above.
646 PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GABDEN PLANTS trachelospermum
V. media (V. acutiflora). — A native of
the Mediterranean region, with flowerless
stems trailing, the others bearing the
flowers erect and a foot or more high.
Leaves ovate-elliptic, narrowed at both
ends, shining green, 1-2 in. long. Flowers
in August, blue, with obliquely ovate
pointed lobes. Besides the names given
above, this species is also known as V.
difformis.
Culture dc. as above.
V. minor. — This is similar to V.
major, but has much smaller leaves and
flowers, the latter only about 1 in. across.
There are also white- and red-flowered
varieties, and others with varying shades
of violet and purple, as well as one with
double flowers, in white and blue. There
are forms also with silver and golden
variegated leaves.
Culture dtc. as above.
APOCYNUM (Dog's Bane). — A
genus of erect perennial or sub -shrubby,
often glaucescent herbs, with opposite
penniveined leaves, and small flowers in
dense cymes or loose corymbs at the ends
of the branches, or axils of the leaves.
Calyx deeply 5-lobed. Corolla bell-shaped
with 5 triangular appendages or scales at
the mouth of the tube. Fruit of 2 slender
follicles. Seeds feathery at one end.
Five or six species belong to this
genus, but the following is the only one
worthy of garden notice. A. cannabiniim
from N. America and A. venetum from
the Mediterranean region are, however,
occasionally seen in botanical collections.
A. androsaemifolium. — A very old gar-
den plant, having been introduced from
Virginia about 1683. It grows 1-2 ft.
high, and has ovate stalked leaves, smooth
shining green above, pale beneath.
Flowers in July, bell-shaped, pale red
with purple stripes.
Culture and Propagation. — This
plant flourishes in peaty soil and may be
grown in borders with Kalrnias, Azaleas,
and other peat-loving plants. It may be
increased by division in spring, just as
growth is about to begin. Seeds, if ob-
tainable, should be sown as soon as ripe
in Cold frames in peaty soil. The seed-
lings should be pricked out when large
enough, and may be transferred to the
open border in mild weather in spring.
TRACHELOSPERMUM.— A small
genus of smooth or slightly downy climb-
ing shrubs with opposite leaves and loose
cymes of white flowers borne at the ends
of the shoots or near the axils of the leaves.
Calyx small, 5-parted, furnished with 5-10
small scales or glands within. Corolla
salver-shaped, with a cylindrical tube ex-
panded about the middle and constricted
at the throat, and 5 twisted oblong lobes.
Stamens 5. Disc annular, truncate, or
5-lobed. Carpels 2, distinct. Follicles
elongated, slender, incurved, terete.
T. jasminoides (Rhynchosperm um jas-
minoides). — A beautiful slender climbing
evergreen shrub, native of China and
Japan although known as the ' Cape Jessa-
mine.' The branches, which discharge a
milky juice when cut, have the peculiarity
of emitting roots in the same way as Ivy
stems when they come in contact with
the earth or moist surfaces. The leaves
are oval lance-shaped, deep green, and
quite smooth, although the young stems
are slightly downy. The white salver-
shaped flowers appear in summer, and are
deliriously sweet-scented. There is a
variety called angustifolium with smaller
and narrower leaves than the type, but
not quite so free flowering. There is also
a form in which the leaves are variegated
with white, but it is less hardy and not so
vigorous as the others.
Culture and Propagation. — Although
treated as a greenhouse plant when first
introduced in 1846, this pretty plant has
been proved quite hardy in the southern
and milder portions of the kingdom, and
will succeed in the open air almost as far
as the Midlands if grown on a south wall.
It enjoys a rich sandy loam and peat,
thoroughly well drained, as stagnant
moisture is hurtful to the roots especially
in winter. It may be increased by cut-
tings of the young or half-ripened shoots
inserted in sandy soil under handlights,
and kept shaded and close for a time
during the early summer months.
LXXIII. ASCLEPIADEiE— Stephanotis Order
An order consisting of perennial herbs, shrubs, or undershrubs, of twining or
prostrate habit, often with milky juice. Leaves opposite, or very rarely
alternate or verticillate, without stipules. Flowers hermaphrodite, regular.
PERIPLOCA
STEPHANOTIS ORDER
ASCLEPIAS 647
Calyx inferior, 5-lobed. Corolla gamopetalous, rotate, bell-shaped, rarely
funnel- or salver-shaped. Stamens 5, free, or often united in a tube round
the stigma. Pollen waxy — a peculiarity of this order and the Orchid family
(p. 890).
This order contains about 150 genera and 1300 species, mostly natives of
the tropics and sub-tropics, especially S. Africa, and only a few are hardy or
worth growing in the open air in the British Islands.
PERIPLOCA (Silk Vine).— A genus
containing about 12 species of smooth
erect or twining shrubs with opposite
leaves, and loose axillary or terminal
cymes of flowers, which are purple or
blackish inside, greenish outside. Calyx
5 -parted. Corolla rotate, deeply 5 -cleft,
having a corona of 5 awned scales in the
throat. Stamens attached inside the
corona, filaments free. Pollen in masses,
granular. Follicles cylindrical, smooth.
Seed feathery, or silky -haired.
P. graeca. — A quick-growing shrubby
climber, native of S.E. Europe, Asia
Minor &c, with leaves 3-4 in. long, and
varying from ovate to lance-shaped.
Flowers in July, greenish outside, blackish-
brown within, densely covered with short
hairs ; corymbs on long stalks, emitting a
somewhat disagreeable odour.
Culture and Propagation. — This
plant is useful for covering walls, arbours,
trellises, and such-like structures, during
the spring, summer, and autumn months,
but as the stems die down every winter,
it is useless as a winter covering. It
grows in ordinary garden soil, and may
be increased by layers or cuttings, the
latter being taken during the summer,
and inserted in sandy soil under glass.
ASCLEPIAS (Swallow Wort).— A
genus containing about 60 species of erect
perennial herbs with opposite, verticillate,
or rarely scattered leaves, usually with
distinct transverse veins and flowers in
simple, terminal, or extra-axillary umbels.
Calyx 5-parted with 5-10 glands inside.
Corolla rotate or reflexed with age, deeply
5-cleft, and having a corona of 5 scales
attached to the staminal tube. Stamens
on the base of the corolla. Pollen
masses 10, waxy. Follicles usually 2,
thickish, pointed. Seeds silky.
Culture and Propagation. — Only a
few species are of garden value, and may
be grown in peat or light rich soil in the
flower border. They are increased by
dividing the roots in spring, and some-
times by seeds sown at the same period
in cold frames or greenhouses.
A. acuminata. — A native of New
Jersey, about 2 ft. high. Leaves shortly
stalked, ovate or somewhat cordate,
pointed. Flowers in July, red and white,
in solitary erect lateral umbels.
Culture dc. as above.
A. amcena. — A New England species
2-3 ft. high, recognised by having 2 rows
of down on the stems. Leaves nearly
sessile, oblong-oval, downy beneath, with
a large purplish midrib. Flowers in July,
rich purple, with the red scales of the
corona protruding in the centre.
Culture dc. as above.
A. Douglasi. — A vigorous handsome
N.W. American perennial with thick
woolly simple stems, 2-3 ft. high, and
shortly stalked ovate heart-shaped, taper-
ing pointed leaves, over 6 in. long, smooth
above, downy beneath. Flowers in sum-
mer, large, waxy, sweet-scented, purple-
lilac, in many-flowered umbels.
Culture dc. as above. Sandy loam in
the border or semi-wild parts.
A. incarnata. — A Canadian perennial
with erect branching stems, somewhat
downy towards the top. Leaves lance -
shaped, rather woolly on both surfaces.
Flowers in July, red or purplish, in
numerous umbels.
Culture dc. as above. This species
delights in moist soil by the margins of
lakes, streams, ponds &c.
A. phytolaccoides. — A vigorous species
3-4 ft. high, native of the mountains of
Virginia and Carolina, having purple -
spotted stems and broad ovate-oblong
acute leaves, smooth shining green above,
paler beneath. Flowers in July, purple,
with a white corona or crown in the
centre.
Culture dc. as above.
A. purpurascens (A. hybrida). — A
pretty perennial 2-3 ft. high, native of
648
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS asclepias
the shady swamps of Virginia. It has
simple erect stems rather hairy at the
top, and brownish-green towards the
base, bearing large ovate leaves, having a
purple rnidrib and a hairy under surface.
Flowers in July, purple, in erect uxnbels.
Culture d-c. as above for A. incarnata.
A. quadrifolia. — A distinct perennial
about 1 it. high, native of New York
State, and readily distinguished by having
its ovate tapering pointed leaves arranged
4 in a whorl in the middle, the others
opposite, on erect simple smooth stems.
Flowers in July, white or lilac-white,
small, sweet-scented, with red nectaries
in loose flowered umbels.
Culture <£c. as above.
A. rubra. — A distinct Virginian
perennial 1-2 ft. high, having ovate
pointed deep green leaves, arranged
alternately on the erect simple stems.
Flowers in July and August, purple-red
in large umbels.
Culture d-c. as above.
A. syriaca (A. Cornuti). — A vigor-
ous North American perennial with
stoutish simple stems 3-5 ft. high, bearing
oblong lance-shaped or bluntly oval leaves
4-8 in. long, downy beneath. Flowers in
July, sweet-scented, pale purple, in large
loose, drooping umbels.
Culture d-c. as above. Delights in
rich moist soil in shrubberies or copses,
or parts of the wild garden. Increased
by division. A. Sullivanti is similar to
this species but has larger and deeper
purple flowers.
A. tuberosa. — A handsome North
American species 1-2 ft. high, with
tuberous roots and purplish hairy stems
branched at the top. Leaves scattered,
opposite or in whorls of three, oval or
oblong lance-shaped, hairy, narrowed at
both ends and 2-8 in. long. Flowers from
July to September, bright orange, very
showy, in dense umbels from the axils of
the upper leaves and tips of the branches.
Known as * Butterfly Weed ' or ' Pleurisy
Root.'
Culture d-c. as above. This species
flourishes in light sandy or peaty soil, in
borders, the edges of shrubberies &c.
"When seeds ripen in this country, as is
sometimes the case in favourable seasons,
they maj7 be sown in cold frames or gentle
heat in autumn or spring, the seedlings
being pricked off and grown on under glass
until about the end of May, when they
may be transferred to the open border.
Established plants should be disturbed
only about every third year, when they
may be divided hi the usual way.
A. variegata. — A vigorous species 3 to
4 ft. high, found on dry sandy hills from
New York State to Carolina. It is recog-
nised by its simple erect sterns variegated
or mottled with purple, and ovate, stalked,
wrinkled leaves. Flowers in July, hand-
some, white, with a reddish corona in the
centre, bome on hairy pedicels in dense
umbels.
Culture &c. as above.
A. verticillata. — A native of New
Jersey 1-2 ft. high, having a downy line
on one side of the erect and often branching
stems. Leaves very narrow, linear, thick,
smooth, usually in whorls, but occasion-
ally scattered. Flowers in July and
August, yellowish-green, with a white
corona, and borne in many-flowered
umbels.
Culture dc. as above.
LXXIY. LOGANIACEi^-Strychnine Order
An order consisting of herbs, shrubs, or trees, with opposite or rarely verti-
cillate entire or toothed leaves, often with stipules between the stalks as in
the Rubiaceae (p. 486). Flowers regular or slightly oblique, hermaphrodite or
more or less dioecious by abortion. Calyx inferior, 4-5 lobed or parted.
Corolla garnopetalous, funnel- or salver-shaped, or rarely bell-shaped or rotate,
4-5- (rarely more) lobed ; lobes valvate, imbricate or twisted. Stamens equal
in number to the corolla-lobes, attached to the throat or tube of the corolla
(reduced to 1 in listeria, a native of tropical Africa). Pollen minutely granular.
Ovary superior, 2- rarely 3-5-celled. Fruit a capsule, berry, or drupe.
There are about 350 species in this order, nearly all natives of the Tropics
SPIGELIA
S TB YCHNINE OR] J E 11
BUDDLEIA 649
The ' Nux Vomica ' or ' Strychnine ' of commerce and other deadly poisons
are obtained from plants belonging to this family.
GELSEMIUM.— A small genus of
smooth climbing shrubs with opposite
membranous leaves, and flowers in
terminal or axillary, 1-3-flowered tricho-
tomous cymes. Calyx 5-parted. Corolla
funnel-shaped, widened at the throat,
with ovate or oblong lobes. Stamens 5,
attached to the corolla tube. Ovary
oblong, 2-celled. Capsule ovoid or oblong,
many-seeded.
G. sempervirens (G. nitidum). — A
more or less climbing shrub native of the
S. United States, with slender stems.
downy when yomig, rough when old, and
evergreen broadly oblanceolate pointed
leaves 4-6 in. long, thin in texture and
tapering towards the base. Flowers in
March and April, deep yellow, with
twisted lobes and a cylindrical tube over
an inch long, and covered with short
downy hairs.
Culture and Propagation. — This
plant flourishes in ordinary good garden
soil, but is too tender for northern parts of
the country. It grows well in the neigh-
bourhood of Torquay, but is a plant still
very little known, although introduced
50 years ago. It may be increased by
cuttings of the young or half-ripened
shoots inserted in sandy soil under hand-
lights during summer, and kept shaded
and fairly moist until rooted.
SPIGELIA. — A genus containing
about 30 species of annual or perennial
herbs, rarely under-shrubs, with opposite,
often membranous penniveined or rarely
3-5-nerved leaves. Flowers usually in
one-sided spikes. Calyx 5-parted, often
with 5 or more glands at the base.
Corolla tubular or salver-shaped, 5-lobed.
Stamens 5. Ovary 2-celled. Style
thread-like, jointed near the middle.
Fruit consisting of 2 few-seeded carpels.
The species described below is the only
one suitable for outdoor cultivation in the
British Islands.
S. marilandica {Indian Pink ; Mary-
land Pink Boot ; Worm Grass). — A glow-
ing N. American herbaceous perennial 6-
18 in. high, with dense erect tufts of simple
4-angled stems bearing ovate-lance-shaped
acute leaves without stalks. Flowers in
summer, deep red outside and yellow
within, H in. long, with lance-shaped
lobes, and borne in short simple or forked
spikes.
Culture and Propagation. — This
pretty plant is worthy of a place in the
flower garden and may be grown in peaty
borders with plants of the Heath order
in partially shaded spots ; or in moist
similar spots in the rockery, or near water
in boggy soil. Drought is injurious to it.
It may be increased by dividing the roots
in early autumn or spring, the latter
season being probably the best.
BUDDLEIA (Orange Ball Tree).
This genus contains about 70 species of
or shrubs, rarely herbs, mostly
native of the tropical and sub-tropical
regions of America, Africa, and Asia.
Leaves opposite, entire, crenulate, or
rarely largely toothed. Flowers small.
often in dense rounded or corymb-like
axillary cymes, or in terminal corjonbose
clusters or panicles. Calyx bell-shaped.
4- toothed or cleft. Corolla sometimes
with a short bell-shaped rotate tube,
sometimes with an elongated cylindrical
salver-shaped tube ; lobes 4, ovate, imbri-
cate. Stamens 4, attached to the throat
of the corolla or lower down. Ovary
2-celled. Style often curved with a club-
shaped or capitate apex.
B. Colvillei.— A beautiful shrub 6-8 ft.
high, native of the Sikkim Himalayas,
where it grows wild at an elevation of
9000-12,000 ft. The rather narrow lance-
shaped acute and more or less serrate
leaves are 4-6 in. long, and covered with
a rusty down when young. The beautiful
deep rose bell-shaped flowers about an
inch across, with 4 recurved or wavy
corolla lobes, appear in June and July,
and are produced in loose opposite clusters
hi the upper portion and at the end of the
shoots.
Culture d'-c. as for B. globosa. This
species is hardy in the mildest parts of
the south and west, and it is believed
flowered for the first time in ^cultivation
out of doors- in Mr. Gumbleton's garden
at Queenstown, Cork, in 1892.
B. crispa, a native of the Western
Himalayas, having lilac flowers with a
white eye ; and B. Lindleyana, a Chinese
species with hairy purple-red flowers, are
more tender plants, which stand the
winter only when very mild in the most
650
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS desfontainea
favoured parts of the country. They may
be treated in the same way as B. Colvillei.
B. globosa. — A unique and handsome
Chilian shrub 12-20 ft. high, with some-
what 4-angled stems, which like the
under surface of the leaves are covered
with a hoary felt. Leaves about 6 in. long,
lance-shaped, pointed, stalked and crenate.
Flowers in May and June, in large
brilliant ball -like heads of bright yellow.
Culture and Propagation. — This fine
shrub is hardy in most places and is
recorded as having stood 14° of frost with-
out injury in Wales. In Devonshire and
other southern parts it is frequently met
with, and it is only during really severe
winters that its quick-growing stems are
cut down. New ones, however, rapidly
spring up again and the plant is as good
as ever. It thrives in a light rich
well-drained soil, and flowers more freely
if not cut about or pruned too much.
It may be increased by cuttings of the
fully ripened wood inserted in fine sandy
soil in the autumn hi cold frames or green-
houses, and only requires to be kept free
from frost during the winter. "When
rooted the plants may be potted singly
and placed on gentle bottom heat after a
few days to start them well into growth.
A little hardening off in cooler and more
airy quarters will fit them for planting in
the open border by June or July. Seeds
are best sown in gentle heat in spring,
the seedlings being pricked out and
treated like the rooted cuttings.
B. japonica. — An interesting Japanese
shrub 4-5 ft. high, with square stems and
lance-shaped leaves 4-6 in. long. The
pale lilac flowers appear in July and
August in dense racemes 8-10 in. long,
at the ends of the shoots. There is a
superior form called insignis and another
with deeper lilac flowers called carnea.
Culture dc. as above for B. globosa.
B. variabilis. — A very distinct species
from Eastern Thibet. It grows 6-8 ft.
high, and is remarkable for the woolliness
or dense down on the stems and leaves,
the latter being elliptic tapering and
serrate, 6-10 in. long and thickly clothed
with white down on the under side.
The sweetly scented lavender flowers with
a distinct deep orange centre appear from
June to September and are borne in
pyramidal clusters about 6 in. long at the
ends of the shoots. Seeds are freely
ripened.
Culture dc. as above for B. globosa.
A handsome plant for massing in
shrubberies or in beds on the grass.
DESFONTAINEA.— A genus con-
taing only one species : —
D. spinosa. — A beautiful shining ever-
green shrub about 3 ft. high, native of
the Chilian Andes, with elliptic -oblong
leathery spiny-toothed leaves, 2 in. long,
and very much resembling some varieties
of Holly. Flowers from June to August,
tubular, scarlet, tipped with yellow, about
1^ in. long, drooping, shortly stalked and
solitary from the sides of the branches
between the opposite leaves. Calyx cup-
shaped, 5-cleft. Corolla tubular, 5-lobed.
Stamens 5. Ovary usually 5-celled. Fruit
a globose or ovoid irregularly 5-celled
berry.
Culture and Propagation. — This
distinct shrub will thrive under the same
conditions and localities as Bicddleia glo-
bosa in peat or light loamy soil. Cuttings
of the ripened shoots may be rooted in
light sandy soil, and there is more chance
of success if they are placed in gentle
heat under a bell-glass. The cuttings
should be kept close and shaded from
strong sunshine, and also sprinkled over-
head every day until fairly well rooted.
Small plants grown in pots make beautiful
conservatory ornaments in districts where
the plants are not quite hardy ; but even
in these localities the plants may be
plunged in the open border during the
summer months to flower.
LXXV. GENTIANEiE-Gentian Order
An order of generally smooth annuals or herbaceous perennials, rarely shrubs
or climbers. Leaves (except in Menyanthes, Villarsia, and Limnanthemum)
opposite, entire, without stalks or stipules, often strongly 3-5-nerved, and
sometimes connate. Flowers regular or slightly oblique, hermaphrodite, or
very rarely polygamous by arbortion, solitary, or in 2-3-forked cymes.
Calyx inferior, with a bell-shaped or very short tube, and having 4-5 (rarely
CHLORA
(,i;ntian obdeb
ERYTHR33A 651
6-10) lobes or segments. Corolla gamopetalous, hypogynous, funnel-, salver-,
or bell-shaped, or rotate, with 4-5 (rarely 6-12) lobes mostly twisted in bud.
Stamens equal in number to tbe corolla lobes, and inserted on the tube
with free filaments. Ovary superior, sessile or rarely stalked, composed of
2 carpels, 1- or partly 2-celled, many-seeded. Style simple, 2-lobed. Capsule
membranous or hard, rarely fleshy.
There are over 500 species of herbaceous plants in this order distributed
over almost all parts of the world, from the snowy mountain tops of Europe
to the hot sands of S. America and India.
CHLORA (Yellow Wort). — A
small genus consisting of erect glaucescent
annuals or biennials with opposite and
mostly connate leaves, and yellow flowers
in loose terminal corymbose cymes. Calyx
6-8-parted. Corolla with a short rotate
tube, deeply 6 8- cleft with oblong twisted
lobes. Stamens 6-9. Capsule 2-valved,
with numerous wrinkled seeds.
C. grandiflora. — ■ A pretty glaucous
biennial G-12 in. high, native of Corsica
and Sardinia, having simple or slightly
branched stems, with elliptic oblong or
triangular acute leaves, the lower ones
narrow, the upper ones connate (i.e.
united) at the base. Flowers in summer,
bright golden-yellow, in forked clusters.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species flourishes in light sandy soils
with a little manure or leaf-mould, and
makes a pretty border plant, although it
is also useful for pot-culture. It may be
increased by seeds, which are very small,
and may be sown in a cold frame or in
pots in spring without being covered.
The seedlings are pricked out as usual,
and by June the plants are ready for
planting out, or growing on in the con-
servatory. The seeds may also be sown
when ripe in cold frames, in order to ob-
tain larger and sturdier plants for the
open border the following spring.
C. perfoliata. — A pretty European
annual about 1 ft. high, found growing in
a wild state in chalky pastures, or banks,
and limestone and clayey soils. The
cylindrical stems are forked and bear at
the base rosettes of oval leaves, those up-
wards near the middle being oval lance-
shaped, while the rest are perfoliate, that
is, as if the stems passed through them
as shown in the Glossary, p. 18. Flowers
in July, golden-yellow, in forked corymbs.
Culture dc. This may be grown like
the larger-flowered C. grandiflora, and
increased by seeds sown in spring to flower
in summer, or in autumn in cold frames
to flower in early summer.
C. imperfoliata and C. serotina are
other yellow-flowered species, or varieties
of the above seldom seen.
ERYTHR^EA (Centaury).— A genus
containing about 30 species of erect
stithsh or dwarf annuals or perennials
with opposite stalkless and stem-clasping
leaves. Flowers rose, yellow, or rarely
white, borne in forked cymes at the ends
of the shoots. Calyx tubular more or less
deeply 5- or 4-cleft with keeled lobes.
Corolla with 5, rarely 4, spreading lobes,
twisted in bud. Stamens 5, rarely 4,
attached to the slender corolla tube, and
often protruding. Ovary 1-celled ; style
filiform, 2-cleft at apex. Capsule oblong
or narrow.
Culture and Propagation. — These are
pretty little rock plants and look effective
if grown in rather bold masses. They
flourish in light sandy soil either exposed
to full sunshine or in partially shaded
situations. The annual kinds may be
raised from seeds sown in gentle heat
about March, or in the open air in April.
The perennial kinds may also be increased
in the same way as well as by dividing the
tufts in spring.
E. Centaurium (Little Centaury). —
A pretty little British plant 6-18 in. high,
the lower leaves of which are oblong
spoon -shaped or ovate, the upper ones
sometimes linear. Flowers from June to
September, about £ in, across, red or pink,
borne in forked clusters. There are several
forms of this species, one of tjbe best being
littoralis (or linarifolia) found on sandy
shores. It grows 4-6 in. high, and has
bright pink flowers.
Culture dec. as above. These plants
may be grown hi dry light soils, in hot
sunny places.
E. Massoni (E. diffusa). — A native
of the Azores, 4-6 in. high, with smooth
652
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS gentian a
shining, and usually concave leaves,
and bright rosy flowers during the
summer months. It is a pretty little
rock plant.
Culture ifc. as above. Increased by
seeds and division.
E. Muhlenbergi. — A pretty Calif ornian
rock plant 6-8 in. high, with bluntly
oblong leaves, or lance-shaped ones
higher up the stems. The deep pink
flowers with a white starry centre are
about 3h in. across, and appear in early
summer, lasting some weeks. E. venusta
is another Californian species, 6-10 in.
high, with rosy star-shaped flowers, but
it is an annual.
Culture dc. as above.
GENTIANA (Gentian).— This genus
contains about 180 species of annual or
perennial herbs with opposite and often
stalkless leaves. Flowers axillary and
terminal, sessile, or rarely stalked, erect,
with or without 2 bracteoles, often showy,
and blue, violet, purple, yellow, or white
in colour. Calyx tubular, 5- (rarely 4- or
6-7-) cleft, winged, keeled, or naked, some-
times spathaceous. Corolla salver- or
funnel-shaped or tubular bell-shaped, hav-
ing the throat of the tube naked or fur-
nished with scales or hairs ; lobes 5 (rarely
4 or 6-7), spreading, twisted. Stamens
equal in number to the corolla lobes,
attached to the tube, enclosed or rarely
protruding. Ovary 1-celled ; stigma 2-
lobed. Fruit a sessile or stalked, many-
seeded capsule.
Culture and Propagation. — The Gen-
tians are widely distributed, chiefly
throughout the north temperate hemi-
sphere, and are mostly found growing on
the mountain sides at various elevations,
some growing in chalky soils, some not.
Many of the species unfortunately are
somewhat difficult to grow well in British
gardens, notwithstanding every effort to
closely imitate their natural conditions.
It is possible that this imitation of nature
may in a good measure account for the
failures, as it is likely the real essentials of
success are not imitated at all. The soil
is the chief thing imitated, but experience
proves that plants which, for instance,
grow luxuriantly on chalky soils in a
state of nature promptly die in chalky
soils when cultivated, and do much better
without chalk at all as a matter of fact.
The culture of a collection of various
species of Gentian is therefore more or
less an experimental matter, and some
will be found to thrive where others fail.
For general purposes, a rich, deep, sandy
loam with a little peat and leaf mould in
moist and not too sunny situations will
suit Gentians. There should always be a
free circulation of air, and it is safer to
leave the plants alone for several years, as
many will not bear disturbing. In fact,
frequent disturbance with the object of
increasing the mimber of plants is pro-
bably one of the causes of failure, and
when plants are doing well they are best
left alone. It is easj' to add fresh soil
from time to time, and sooner than risk
losing the whole plant by dividing, it is
better to obtain seeds and if possible sow
them where they are intended to bloom.
The soil can be prepared and protected by
sheets of glass or small handlights. The
seeds, which should be sown as soon as
ripe, germinate very slowly and require
careful attention, so that the soil never
becomes dry or parched for want of water.
Gentians are essentially plants for the
rock garden, and where thejT flourish they
shed in a small way a glow of the Alpine
flora. Many of the species described
below are very rare. G. Amarella (the
Felwort), G.germanica, and G. campestris
are native annuals with lilac, blue, or
rarely white flowers.
G. acaulis (Gcntianella). — A brilliant
and easily grown species, 2-A in. high,
native of the Alps and Pyrenees, with
4-angled 1-flowered stems and tufts of
ovate lance-shaped leaves at the base.
Flowers from March to May, blue, about
2 in. deep, broadly bell-shaped, with 5
bands of yellow, dotted inside, and spread-
ing, obtuse segments. There are many
varieties of G. acaulis with flowers vary-
ing in colour from intense blue to white,
all the forms except the white being
spotted with blue on a greenish or yellow-
ish ground in the throat. G. alpina is a
distinct variety with small broad leaves;
but there are others called albomarginata,
alboceeridea, azurea, ccelestina &c, and
one called angustifolia with narrower
leaves than the type. G. Clusi from
Switzerland resembles G. acaulis. It has
lance- shaped acute leaves in rosettes, and
solitary large dark blue flowers.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species flourishes in deep, moist, loamy
soil and will stand being divided much
better than any other species. Early
GENTIANA
GENTIAN ORDER
GENTIANA 653
spring, just as growth is about to com-
mence, is the best time for disturbing the
plants. They make excellent edgings in
somewhat shaded but open situations and
are beautiful in nooks of the rock garden.
G. adscendens. — A Siberian species
about 9 in. high, with lance-shaped leaves.
Flowers in June and July, blue, bell-
shaped, 5-lobed, with teeth between the
segments produced in clusters in the axils
of the upper leaves and at the ends of the
shoots. There is a variety with smaller
flowers and leaves named minor.
Culture dec. as above. This species
has rather long fleshy roots, and should be
grown in deep rich sandy loam, with a
little peat or Leaf mould. It requires a
partially shaded position, and the (lowers
often appear up to September.
G. affinis. — A N. American species 4-
12 in. high, with oblong, lance-shaped or
linear leaves. Flowers in summer, blue,
narrowly funnel -shaped, about 1 in. long,
having short scale-like teeth between the
lobes, and unequal linear or awl-shaped
calyx-lobes.
Culture <(■<-. as above. This species is
often more or less trailing in habit, and
looks well in the rockery facing north or
east.
G. algida. — A native of Siberia, 3-6 in.
high, with somewhat 4-angled or roundish
stems and linear lance-shaped leaves.
Flowers in June and July, milky-white,
dotted and striped with blue ; lobes of
the large, bell-shaped, 10-cleft corolla
purple-blue.
Culture <le. as above.
G. Andrewsi. — A native of N. America
1-2 ft. high, with rounded stems and
oblong lance-shaped leaves. Flowers in
August, blue, swollen bell-shaped, about
1 in. deep, with 5 obtuse, entire segments
and 5 smaller accessory fringed ones,
borne in axillary and terminal clusters.
Culture Sc. as above. This species
when well established always flowers freely.
It may be grown in boggy parts of the
garden, or in borders or rockery in moist
sandy soil. May be increased by division
in spring.
G. asclepiadea (Swallow Wort). — A
handsome species 6-18 in. high, native of
Southern Europe, with erect, slightly 4-
angled stems swollen at the joints. Leaves
ovate lance-shaped, 5-nerved, about 2 in.
long, broad and clasping at the base.
Flowers in July, rather large, bell-shaped,
purple-blue with dark dots inside, solitary
in the leaf axils, and crowded at the tips ;
corolla 5-cleft, with ovate acute lobes.
There is a scarce white-flowered variety
called alba.
Cult a re »(■'■. as above. This species
flourishes in partially shaded spots and
may be naturalised in moist places in
woods, and is also useful for the border,
edges of shrubberies, and parts of the
rockery facing north. It dies down in
winter but the stems shoot up again in
spring, before which it may be divided if
necessary. Seeds are freely produced and
may lie sown when ripe as above recom-
mended.
G. bavarica. — A beautiful alpine spe-
cies about 3 in. high, with small, very
blunt obovate Box-like leaves crowded at
the base. Flowers in July, large, beauti-
ful blue, freely produced on 1 -flowered
stems : corolla 5-lobed, with a long cylin-
drical tube and 5 horn-like scales between
the lobes.
Culture dtc. as above. This species
must be grown in wet, boggy soil in the
rockery or near the edges of water, in
such positions, however, that the water
will not become stagnant. G. brachy-
phylla is a close low -growing plant near
G. bavarica, and requires similar treat-
ment.
G. Bigelovi. — A native of New Mexico,
1-li ft. high, with linear or linear-oblong
leaves about 2 in. long. Flowers in August,
violet, about 1 in. deep, arranged in a
leafy spike in the axils of the leaves.
Culture dle. as above.
G. Burseri. — A Pyrenean species about
2 ft. high, with opposite, ovate, apiculate
leaves sheathing at the base. Flowers in
July, yellow, in whorls or clusters at the
ends of the shoots. Corolla bell-shaped,
5-cleft, dotted with purple inside, and
having a small tooth between each lance-
shaped segment. It is supposed to be a
hybrid between G. lutea and G. punctata.
Culture dc. as above. Tliis plant
flourishes in peat and loam, and owing to
its vigorous growth, and the peculiarity of
sending up shoots from the base, it should
be given plenty of space to develop.
G. calycosa. — A Californian Gentian
4 6 in. high, with somewhat connate ovate
leaves about an inch long. Flowers deep
blue, dotted with white at the base of the
654
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS gentiana
spreading lobes, about li in. long, and
borne singly at the tips of the shoots.
Culture dc. as above.
G. ciliata. — A native of the German
mountains, with flexuose angular stems
about 9 in. high, and lance-shaped and
linear leaves. Flowers in August and
September, pale blue ; corolla 4-lobed, with
serrated segments finely cut in the middle.
Culture dc. as above. This species
grows well in rather dry positions, and
may be used in such places in the rockery,
between masses of stone.
G. crinita. — AN. American species,
6-9 in. high, with erect rounded stems,
and lance-shaped acute leaves. Flowers
in June and July, pale or indigo blue,
with a 4-lobed, finely cut or fringed corolla.
Culture dc. as above. This species
grows well in moist peaty well-drained
soil in partially shaded spots.
G. cruciata. — A native of the Alps,
with ascending rounded stems about 1 ft.
high, and broadly lance-shaped leaves
imited at the base. Flowers in June and
July, pale blue dotted with green in the
throat, crowded in the axils of the leaves
and the ends of the stems ; corolla tubular
bell-shaped, with 4 lobes, arranged cross-
wise, and having a small sharply 2-cleft
or jagged scale between the lobes.
Culture dc. as above. This species is
easily grown in the ordinary flower border
in open sunny or partially shaded positions.
It has, however, a somewhat straggling
and untidy habit, and is on the whole
more suited for the rock garden.
G. decumbens. — A Himalayan species
with linear lance-shaped leaves, having
roughish margins. Flowers in summer,
blue, narrowly funnel-shaped, with 5
short ovate lobes, borne in racemose
cymes.
Culture dc. as above.
G. Fetisowi. — A very smooth tall-
growing species, native of Turkestan,
having narrow lance-shaped 5-nerved
leaves clustered at the base. Flowers in
July and August, deep blue, in dense ter-
minal clusters, and solitary or clustered
in the axils of the leaves ; corolla tubular,
bell-shaped, with slightly acute segments.
G. Olivieri glomerata is a similar plant
from the same region, but has narrower
leaves.
Culture dc. as above.
G. frigida. — This Gentian is a native
of the alpine regions of the N. hemisphere,
and seldom grows taller than 6 in. high.
The leaves are narrow, thickish, and
linear, and the funnel-shaped flowers,
about 2 in. long, are produced in August
and September, 1-3 at the tips of the
shoots. They are yellowish- white in
colour, dotted with purple, and last well.
Culture dc. as above. This species
likes rich moist peat and loam, and open
situations facing north or east.
G. Frcelichi. — A stemless speciesnative
of Carinthia. It has rosettes of thickish
linear oblong leaves, and produces large
solitary blue flowers in summer, on stalks
i-lh in. long, with a pair of leafy bracts
at the base of the 5-toothed calyx.
Culture dc. as above.
G. gelida. — A Caucasian plant about
6 in. high, with ascending 4-angled stems
and lance-shaped leaves. Flowers in
June and July, blue, bell-shaped, clustered
in the axils of the leaves and tips of the
shoots ; corolla o-lobed, with short alter-
nating jagged scales.
Culture dc. as above.
G. Kesselringi. — A native of Turkestan
with stems about 8 in. high, with linear
lance-shaped acute leaves at the base,
and oblong-lance-shaped ones higher up.
Flowers in July and August, whitish,
dotted outside with violet, in terminal
clusters ; corolla tubular, swollen in the
middle, and having 5 ovate spreading
lobes.
Culture dc. as above.
G. Kurroo (Pneumonauthe Kurroo).
A handsome Himalayan rock plant having
bright green, very leathery leaves, elongate,
linear or oblong lanceolate in shape, and
channelled above. Flowers from July to
October, sky-blue, dotted with white in the
throat ; corolla narrowly bell-shaped, with
5 broadly ovate acute or pointed lobes.
There is a variety called brevidens, with a
dwarf spreading or trailing habit, and blue
flowers.
Culture dc. as above. This is a very
free-growing species and if left undisturbed
will make fine masses in the border or
rockery. It flourishes in a mixture of
well-drained moist peat and loam, and
during the summer months should be
freely watered.
G. linearis (G.pseudo-pneumonantlie).
A N. American species with slender stems
OENTIANA
GENTIAN ORD Ell
GENTIANA
655
1-2 ft. high, bearing linear or narrowly
lance-shaped leaves. Flowers in summer,
deep blue lined with white, 1 5 in a ter-
minal cluster ; corolla 1 in. or more deep.
Culture die. as above. This species
very often does not exceed a foot in
height. It enjoys a warm sunny posi-
tion in the rock garden in moist but well-
drained peat and gritty loam.
G. lutea. — A vigorous European peren-
nial 4-6 ft. or unite high, with broadly
ovate or ovate-oblong leaves like those of
the False or White Hellebore (Vt iratru m),
with 5 prominent veins on the under sur-
face. Flowers in July, yellow, veined and
spotted, in whorls at the upper joints.
G. Charpentieri is supposed to be a hybrid
between this species and <!. pwnctata, as
is also G. Bursrri. It has yellow flowers
dotted with red.
Culture dc. as above. Planted in
groups in semi-wild grassy places G. lutea
becomes very effective, especially if grown
in a deep rich moist loam in shaded or
sunny situations. It may be increased in
spring by dividing the spindle-shaped
branching roots, which are blackish out-
side, and yellow and spongy in the in-
terior, and from which the Gentian Root
of commerce is obtained.
G. macrophylla. — A Siberian species
6-12 in. high, with rounded stems almost
leafless in the middle. Lower leaves
lance-shaped, 6-12 in. long. Flowers in
July, pale blue, tubular, bell-shaped, 4-5-
cleft, in terminal clusters.
Culture de. as above for G. cruciata.
G. moorcroftiana. — A Himalayan
annual 4-10 in. high. Leaves 1-K in.
long, linear oblong or elliptic, without
nerves. Flowers in summer, pale blue,
solitary, at the ends of the branches, or in
leafy cymes. Corolla f-1 in. long, funnel-
shaped, naked, and without folds.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species is closely related to the native G.
campestris, and is probably a geographical
form of it. It may be increased by sowing
seeds annually in cold frames or in spots
where the plants are to bloom and pro-
tecting them with handlights until well
above the soil.
G. nivalis. — A very smooth biennial
species, native of the Alps and Pyrenees,
having rather large 5-lobed flowers of an
intense deep blue, at the ends of the
branches 3-4 in. high, and usually branch-
ing from the base. Leaves small, shining
green, the lower ones in the rosettes, and
obtusely oval.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species requires the same general treat-
ment as G. verna, but owing to its biennial
character should be raised from seeds
sown as soon as ripe every year.
G. ochroleuca (G. intermedia). — A
United States species about 6 in. high,
with obovate -oblong 3 -nerved leaves.
Flowers in summer, blue, in clusters at
the ends of the branches. Calyx leafy,
unequally lobed. Corolla inflated in the
middle, 5-cleft.
( 'u/tiire dtc. as above.
G. ornata. — A beautiful Himalayan
species with ovate or linear lance-shaped,
acute or pointed deep green leaves
having a pale green midrib. Flowers in
May, whitish, striped with blue, some-
what cylindrical, a little inflated, and pro-
duced singly at the ends of the shoots ;
lobes 5, intensely blue, small, triangular.
Culture d-e. as above. This species
flourishes in moist and well -drained peaty
soil in partially shaded situations. The
stems are only 3-4 in. long, and spread
from the centre of the plant, forming tufts.
G. pannonica. — An alpine species 1-2
ft. high. Lower leaves ovate apiculate ;
stem leaves ovate lance-shaped, flower
leaves tapering, on slightly 4-angled
stems. Flowers in June and July, bell-
shaped. 6 7 -lobed, purple, beset with dots,
and having a yellowish tube. They are
produced in clusters in the axils of the
upper leaves and at the end of the shoots.
Culture d-e. as above.
G. Pneumonanthe {Wind Flower). — A
pretty British species 1-2 ft. high, with
4-angled stems ; also found throughout
the X. hemisphere. Leaves 1-1| in. long,
linear oblong, blunt, 1-3-nerved. Flowers
in August and September, deep blue,
funnel-shaped, 1-2 in. deep, 5-lobed, with
a small green tooth between the lobes.
G. arvernensis is a sturdy little Gentian,
closely allied to this species, and probably
only a form of it, but is more robust and
tufted in habit, and has deeper blue flowers,
and finer and broader leaves. There is
also a white -flowered variety of G. Pneu-
monanthe and others. G. triflora from
the mountains of Central Asia, with large
handsome, deep blue flowers, is also very
near, as is also the Caucasian G. barbata,
656
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS gentiana
which grows 9-12 in. high, and has erect
blue flowers.
Culture dc. as above. They all like
deep, moist, or half boggy situations hi the
rockery, and may be increased by careful
division or seeds.
G. punctata. — A native of the Alps
1-2 ft. high, with somewhat 4-angled
stems, and OA'ate acutish leaves, lower
ones stalked, upper ones tapering. Flowers
in June, large, bell-shaped, in whorls ;
corolla yellow, dotted with numerous
purple spots, and 6-8-lobed.
Culture dc. as above.
G. purpurea. — A European species
1-2 ft. high, with faintly 4-angled stems.
Lower leaves ovate, passing upwards into
ovate lancc-shaped and broadly lance-
shaped, united and sheathing at the base.
Flowers in June and July, 3-8 at the ends
of the branches, solitary in the leaf axils ;
corolla purple, lined and dotted inside,
leathery in texture, bell-shaped ; tube
striped with greenish-yellow. G. gau-
diniina is supposed to be a hybrid be-
tween this species and G. pumctata. It is
a native of Switzerland, and is a more
vigorous plant than G. purpurea. The
flowers are lurid purple, with more pointed
corolla-lobes.
Culture dc. as above.
G. pyrenaica. — A pretty Pyrenean
species, about 3 in. high, with procumbent
or trailing stems branching at the base,
the flowerless ones being densely leafy.
Leaves lance-shaped linear, the lower
ones hi rosettes, the upper ones united
at the base and sheathing. Flowers in
April, solitary at the ends of the branches ;
corolla funnel-shaped, pale green outside,
deep blue within, 5-lobed, with smaller
oblong obtuse crenulate segments alter-
nating.
Culture dr. as for G. verna.
G. quinqueflora. — A N. American
species about li ft. high, with stem-clasp-
ing, deltoid, heart-shaped. 3-5-nerved
leaves. Flowers in October, lilac, 3-5
together in clusters at the ends of the
branches ; corolla narrowly funnel-shaped,
calyx very short, acute-lobed.
Culture dc. as above.
G. Saponaria (G. Catesbcei). — A native
of Carolina with roundish minutely
downy stems, 6-18 in. high, and short,
elliptic-ovate, acute leaves with roundish
edges. Flowers in August, pale blue, in
terminal clusters ; corolla bell-shaped,
5-lobed, somewhat inflated in the middle,
with 5 jagged teeth between the lobes.
There is a white-flowered variety.
Culture dc. as above for G. Andreivsi.
G. septemfida. — A pretty Persian
species 6-18 in. high, with simple erect
4-angled, purplish stems. Leaves united
at the base, shining green, bluntly lance-
shaped, 3-nerved, and about 3 in. long.
Flowers in June and July, in clusters in
the axils of the leaves, and at the ends of
the branches ; corolla bright blue, with a
white crescent-shaped blotch at the base of
each segment at the mouth of the funnel-
shaped tube. The variety cordifolia
(often cultivated as G. geliela) has ovate
heart-shaped 5-nerved dark green leath-
ery leaves and compact heads of deep blue
flowers.
Culture (It. as above. This species
flourishes in sandy soil in the rockery or
flower border in fairly sunny positions.
G. tibetica. — A distinct Himalayan
species about 2 ft. high, remarkable for its
large bright shining green leaves about a
foot long and 3 in. broad. The flowers
appear in July and August, and are grey-
ish-white.
Culture dc. as above.
G. verna. — A charming species 1-3
in. high, found on the mountain pastures
of Central and S. Europe, and in the
northern parts of England, and the West
of Ireland. Leaves ovate acutish, lower
ones crowded, upper ones in pairs. Flowers
in April and May, brilliant blue, solitary
at the tips of the simple stems ; corolla
salver - shaped, 5 - cleft, with 5 small
alternating bifid scales.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species flourishes in deep sandy loam,
with which pieces of limestone rock may
be mixed. It loves open sunny places
away from taller overhanging plants, and
a plentiful supply of moisture during the
simimer months, and whilst making its
new growths. It is a particularly suit-
able rock plant, but may also be grown
on the edges of flower borders in moist
deep sandy loam, kept together by means
of stone or chalk rock. Seeds may be
sown as soon as ripe, or the plants may
be very carefully divided in early spring.
G. Walujewi. — A native of Turkestan,
with solitary or twin stems arising from
the rosettes of lance-shaped leathery
leaves narrowed into stalks ; the upper
SWERTIA
GENTIAN ORDER
MENYANTHE8 657
ones on the stem being stalHess. Flowers
lute in summer, whitish, dotted with pale
blue, and crowded at the ends of the
branches; corolla .', in. across, with elliptic-
lance-shaped acute lobes.
Culture <(<■. as above.
SWERTIA (Felwort). — A genus
containing about 40 species of erect
annual or perennial herbs with simple
or branching stems. Leaves opposite, or
radical in the perennial kinds, long-stalked,
those of the stem sometimes alternate.
Flowers blue, rarely yellow, cymose or
loosely pedicellate, in raceme-like or
corymbose clusters. Calyx 4 5 - parted,
with linear lance-shaped 1 3-nerved seg-
ments. Corolla tube very short, rotate,
with 4-5 twisted lobes. Stamens 4-5
attached to the base of the corolla. Ovary
1 -celled.
Culture and Propagation. ( )nlv a few
species are of any garden value. The
annuals may be raised from seed sown in
gentle heat in March, the seedlings being
transplanted at the end of May to the
open border where they are to flower.
The perennial kinds may be increased by
division in spring, or early autumn : and
also by means of seeds sown when ripe, or
in spring in cold frames, and transplanted
in spring. Ordinary garden soil will suit
them very well, but a mixture of peat and
sandy loam is preferable. The plants are
suitable for the rock garden or border, and
are best in damp and partially shaded
situations.
S. alata {Ophelia alata). An Indian
annual 1-2 ft. high, with 4-angled, often
4 -winged stems, and ovate acute leaves.
Flowers in summer, bright greenish -yel-
low veined with purple, in large panicles.
Cult it re /(■(■. as above.
S. angustifolia {Ophelia angustifolia).
An Indian annual 1-2 ft. high with
narrow lance-shaped leaves. Flowers in
summer, usually white, dotted with blue
or black ; sepals often longer than the
corolla.
Culture rrc. as above.
S. corymbosa (Ophelia corymbosa).
A 4-angled or 4-winged Indian annual,
8-20 in. high, with obovate, spoon-shaped
or ovate oblong leaves |-| in. long.
Flowers in May, pale blue, or white with
blue veins, in flat-topped corymbs.
S. trichotoma with elliptic lance-shaped
leaves and white flowers is closely related
to this species.
Culture dc. as above.
S. paniculata {Ophelia paniculata).
A pretty Indian annual about 1 ft. high.
with oblong or lance-shaped leaves.
Flowers in summer, white with two purple
or bright green marks at the base of the
corolla lobes.
Cult a re ({-c. as above.
S. perennis. — A distinct European
perennial about 9 in. high, with erect,
simple, slightly 4-angled stems, and
stalked, ovate, or elliptic bluntish leaves.
Flowers in July, didl greyish-purple with
dark spots, borne in erect spikes.
Culture <tc. as above. An interesting
perennial suitable for boggy or moist
peaty spots in the rock garden. It may be
raised from seeds sown in spring under
glass, or by dividing the roots. This is the
best known and most desirable species.
S. purpurascens. — An Indian annual
1 :'> ft. high, having oblong or lance-shaped
leaves about \), in. long. Flowers in
June, purple or dark-red, in many-flowered
leafy panicles.
( ' nil ii re lie. as above.
MENYANTHES (Buck or Bog
Bean). — A small genus of aquatic or
marshy perennials with long, thickish
creeping stems. Leaves alternate at the
base of the sterns with sheathing stalks,
and composed of 3 entire or roundish
kidney-shaped leaflets. Flowers white or
blush, in racemes at the end of a scape
or long stalk. Calyx 5 -parted with oblong
lance-shaped segments. Corolla shortly
funnel-shaped, 5-cleft to the middle, the
inner surface of the lobes being crested or
fimbriated. Stamens 5, affixed to the
corolla tube, and having arrow-shaped
anthers. Glands 5, hypogynous. Ovary
1-celled; stigma 2-lobed.
Culture and Propagation. — The Bog
Beans are easily grown in shallow water
or very marshy soil. In water there
should be a good layer of muddy soil at
the bottom for the creeping roots to ram-
ble in. The plants may be easily increased
by dividing the rootstock, each portion
being pegged down in the mud so as to
induce new roots to develop more quickly
and thus establish the plant.
M. Crista-galli (Villarsia Crista-
galli).—h. North American marsh plant
with long-stalked kidney-shaped crenate
658
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
PHLOX
leaves 2-4 in. wide. Flowers in spring,
white, in simple or forked cymes. Corolla
lobes naked with the exception of a hairy
crest down the centre.
Culture d'c. as above.
M. trifoliata {Marsh Trefoil; Com-
mon BucJibean). — A pretty perennial
found growing wild in the marshy bogs
of the British Islands, and having trail-
ing matted stems covered by the leaf-
sheaths. Leaves on stalks 3-7 in. long,
and composed of 3 oblong or obovate
blunt leaflets K-3 in. long. Flowers
from May to July, white inside, pink or
reddish outside, with purple-red anthers,
and crested and beautifully fringed
corolla-lobes.
Culture dtc. as above.
VILLARSIA. — A genus containing
about 10 species of marshy herbs with
long-stalked radical entire or irregularly
sinuate -toothed leaves. Flowers yellow or
white. Calyx 5-parted or deeply cleft into
lance-shaped segments. Corolla broadly
bell-shaped, somewhat rotate with or
without fringed margins. Stamens 5,
with narrow arrow-shaped versatile
anthers. Ovary 1-celled.
V. parnassifolia. — A pretty Australian
plant with oval or almost round leaves
with entire sinuate or crenulate margins.
The naked flower steins are about 12-18
in. high, and bear panicles of yellow
flowers in August.
Culture and Propagation. — This plant
will grow in the open air in marshy places
or in moist peaty soil in the milder parts
of the kingdom, and may be used with
the Buck Bean or Floating Heart. It may
be increased by dividing the roots, or by
means of seeds sown when ripe, or in
spring, in moist sandy soil.
LIMNANTHEMUM (Floating
Heart). — About two dozen species have
been described as belonging to this genus,
but the one mentioned below is the only
one grown out of doors in the British
Islands. The chief characteristics of the
genus are : Aquatic herbs with creeping
roots, and ovate or roundish deeply heart-
shaped, entire, or obscurely sinuate leaves.
Flowers yellow or white ; peduncles
1 -flowered, in pairs, or often several at
the leafy joints. Calyx 5-parted with
oblong lance-shaped segments. Corolla
somewhat rotate deeply 5 -cleft with
entire or fringed lobes. Stamens 5 at-
tached to the base of the corolla. Ovary
1-celled ; stigma 2-lobed. Capsule ovoid
or oblong, indehiscent or irregularly rup-
tured.
L. nymphaeoides (L. peltatum; Vil-
larsia nymphesoides). — A pretty native
aquatic perennial found in still waters in
various parts of the British Islands. It
has a creeping rootstock, with alternate
stalked roundish leaves, deeply heart-
shaped at the base, quite entire or slightly
toothed or sinuate, shining green and
spotted with purple. Flowers in July and
August, 1 in. across, bright yellow, with
fringed edges, crowded on stalks 1-3 in.
long.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species may be grown in tanks, pools,
lakes &c, with a muddy bottom for the
creeping roots. The small Water-Lily-
like leaves float on the surface of the
water, above which are raised slightly the
bright yellow flowers. It may be increased
by dividing the rootstock as in the case of
the Bog Bean, or by seeds sown in the
mud as soon as ripe.
LXXVI. POLEMONIACEiE -Phlox Order
An order of erect or rarely climbing, smooth, downy, or clammy herbs, rarely
shrubs, with alternate or opposite entire or variously cut leaves. Flowers
often showy, regular or slightly oblique, hermaphrodite, in corymbose cymes,
heads, or loose panicles at the ends of the branches ; or solitary or in pairs in
the axils of the leaves, sessile or stalked. Calyx inferior, bell-shaped or
tubular, shortly or deeply 5-cleft. Corolla gamopetalous, funnel-, salver-, or
bell-shaped or rotate, with 5 twisted lobes. Stamens 5, equally or unequally
attached to the corolla tube. Ovary superior, 3-celled. Style simple, thread-
like, with a 3-cleft stigma. Capsule few- or many-seeded.
PHLOX.— A genus containing less or tufted perennial herbs, rarely annuals,
than 30 species of erect or spreading, tall with entire leaves, those on the stem
PHLOX
PHLOX ORDER
phlox 659
being opposite, or alternate at the top.
Flowers usually showy, sometimes soli-
tary at the ends of the branches among
the leaves, sessile or stalked, sometimes
in cymes, arranged in terminal, corymbose
or clustered panicles. Calyx tubular bell-
shaped, 5-ribbed, more or less deeply
5-lobed. Corolla red, violet, or white,
salver-shaped, with a slender tube
narrowed at the mouth ; lobes 5, equal,
obovate, rounded or obcordate, twisted
in bud. Stamens 5. Ovary oblong or
ovoid. Capsule ovoid, 3-valved. Cells
1- seeded.
With the exception of the beautiful
annual P. Driunmondu all the Phloxes
are perennials. Only a few of the natural
species are grown in gardens, most of the
kinds met with being hybrid forms of two
or three species. Of late years these have
become immensely popular with all lovers
of outdoor gardening, owing to their great
hardiness, the size, beauty, freedom and
great variation in colour of their flowers,
and the ease with which they may be
-successfully grown and multiplied. They
are excellent plants for the border, or in
groups by themselves, and from June
almost until the end of September con-
tinue to produce masses of bloom which
are very valuable in a cut state for
decorative purposes.
Culture and Propagation. — Perennial
Phloxes nourish in any fairly good garden
soil, especially if enriched by the addition
of manure. In the spring after the
plants have begun to grow, a good mulch-
ing of well-rotted manure or the remains
of spent mushroom beds will be of great
value and induce vigorous growth and
freedom of flowering. During hot dry
summers the soil should receive copious
waterings, as the leaves and flowers of
the Phlox readily droop in the absence of
moisture from the roots. If possible they
should be planted in an aspect facing
west or south-west or even north-west,
rather than due south, as the full glare of
the sun, even when the soil is moist,
causes too much evaporation from the
flowers, and if they can receive a little
shade during the hottest part of the day
they retain their freshness of colour and
form much longer. As in the case of the
Pyrethrum (see p. 535), if the first spikes
of bloom are cut away as soon as over,
and the plants given a good soaking of
water, a fresh set of shoots will develop
and produce another crop of flowers in
autumn, and these are very often superior
to the first.
Phloxes are usually increased by
dividing the ' stools ' in spring just as
growth begins; by cuttings of the roots
and shoots, and by seeds. If the plants
are carelessly or clumsily divided, a good
deal of injury is done to the young shoots
and roots, and the divided portions take
a rather long time to recover and establish
themselves properly. Consequently they
produce only poor or medium-size trusses
of bloom. The more carefully the stools
are divided with a sharp strong knife
(instead of chopping up with a spade) the
more likely are good results to be obtained
during the season.
Phloxes are easily increased by cut-
tings, especially if it is not advisable to
disturb the stools. When the shoots have
grown about 2 in. high in spring they
may be severed with a sharp knife just
below a joint, and inserted in fine sandy
soil in a cold frame, where they will root
freely. Or each cutting may be put in
similar soil in a small pot and plunged in
bottom heat in a greenhouse or hotbed
to get roots to form more quickly. It is
scarcely a wise practice, however, to break
down the hardiness of a perfectly hardy
plant by making its tissues tender under
artificial heat. It was this practice that
chiefly led to the destruction of Holly-
hock by the fungus referred to at p. 273,
and where cuttings root freely in cold
frames there is no need to place them in
heat. When well rooted the plants may
be placed by themselves in a partially
shaded or not too sunny part of the
border about the end of May, when they
will grow well and probably flower pro-
fusely the first year. Instead of planting
out they may be grown on in pots for the
first season and used for the decoration
of the greenhouse or conservatory.
Root cuttings are not often employed,
but when used the oldest and healthiest
roots niay be cut into pieces about }2 in.
long, and placed lengthways on the soil
and slightly covered with soil as if they
were seeds. They will ' break ' or sprout
more quickly if placed in gentle heat.
The leaves with a piece of the stem
attached are also said to root, but so
slowly that it is only waste of time
raising Phloxes in this way.
In warm seasons Phloxes seed fairly
freely. When ripe the seed may be
gathered and placed to dry thoroughly on
c u 2
6G0
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
PHLOX
a shelf. About the first week in February
it may be sown in pots or pans and
placed in gentle heat. When large
enough to handle the seedlings may be
pricked out into good soil in boxes or pans
and kept close and warm for a time, and
afterwards placed near the glass to become
sturdy. By May they will be fit for
planting out like the rooted cuttings, and
may be treated like them. They will
flower not very well the first season, but
will become quite established by the
second. Raising Phloxes from seed is
very interesting, and it is by this means
that many of the very fine garden
varieties now so much grown have been
raised. Any specially fine varieties can
be increased and kept true by cuttings or
division.
The following is a description of the
typical species best known, after which
will be found a rather full list of the best
early and late flowering garden varieties
for the flower garden.
P. amcena (P. 2^osa amcena). — A
pretty, softly hairy species 6-15 in. high,
native of Virginia to Florida, with simple
ascending stems. Leaves slightly erect,
oblong or linear lance-shaped, acutish or
obtuse. Flowers in June, purple or pink,
rarely white, in compact corymbs, and
having obovate entfre, rarely emarginate.
corolla lobes.
Culture dc. as above. Useful for the
rockery or border in good garden soil.
Increased by division and cuttings.
P. divaricata (P. canadensis). — A
beautiful N. American species, 9-16 in.
high, with downy spreading stems, and
intermediate between the dwarf and tall
kinds. Leaves clammy, oval lance-shaped,
lower ones opposite, about li in. long,
upper ones alternate. Flowers in spring
and early summer, pale lilac or bluish, in
forked corymbs ; lobes of the corolla
obcordate, notched at the end, or some-
times entire, very much resembling those
of the Periwinkle (Vinea, p. 645). There
is a white-flowered variety alba.
Culture d'-c. as above. Borders and
the rockery. Increased by division and
cuttings.
P. Drummondi. — A beautiful and well-
known half-hardy annual, native of the
United States (Texas &c), with erect,
hairy stems, simple at the base, but
branched a little at the top. Leaves
ovate lance-shaped, half stem -clasping,
mucronate and downy, lower ones oppo-
site, upper ones alternate. Flowers in
summer, varying in colour from red to
rose, purple, or white, with a darker
centre, each on very short pedicels on
3-forked corymbose panicles.
There are a vast number of varieties
or more correctly seed variations, with a
great range of colour in the flowers, pure
white, scarlet, pink, crimson, salmon, rose,
purple &c, with intermediate shades and
mixtures, being represented, and nearly all
obtainable from a packet of mixed seeds.
Most of the flowers are rounded in shape,
but there are forms in which the petals
are beautifully cut and fringed, some
having the central tooth of the petal
greatly prolonged, thus forming a star as
in the variety cuspidata. The double -
flowered forms are an interesting race
which produce masses of double or semi-
double flowers, white and scarlet. Some
varieties are also much dwarfer than
others, the range being from about 9 to 24
in. in height.
Culture d'-c. as above. P. Dru»i-
mondi and its numerous varieties are
easily raised from seeds sown about the
first week of March in shallow pans or
boxes in light, rich soil in gentle heat and
moisture. The seedlings in due course
are pricked into similar boxes and after a
few days are gradually given more air and
light to make them sturdy. When the
plants are 3-4 in. high the tip of the shoot
may be pinched out. This will induce the
latent buds in the axils of the lower leaves
to develop into shoots, and by this means
fine bushy plants full of blossom can be
obtained. By the end of May the plants
can be put into the open border and may
be used in a variety of ways such as form-
ing carpets for taller plants like Standard
Roses, in groups by themselves, in patches
in the border &c. If there is no conveni-
ence for raising the plants under glass, the
seeds sown in April and May in the open
border, or wherever the plants are intended
to bloom, will do equally well, thinning
the seedlings out to about 6 in. apart, and
pinching the tops out.
P. glaberrima. — A native of the United
States from Ohio to Florida, 1-2 ft. high,
with slender erect stems, and more or less
linear lance-shaped leaves, bright green
and glossy above, often with revolute
PHLOX
PHLOX ORDER
PHLOX 661
margins. Flowers in July, red, in corym-
bose few-flowered panicles.
Culture dbc. as above. This species
flourishes in ordinary soil. It may be
increased by cuttings or division.
P. maculata (P. latifolia; P. longi-
flora ; P. penduliflora). — A native of the
United States (Pennsylvania, Iowa, and
Florida) with erect, almost simple stems,
about 2 ft. high and spotted with purple.
Lower leaves lance-shaped, upper ones
ovate, heart-shaped at the base, rather
thick, smooth or roughish. Flowers in
July, purple in the type, in oblong or
pyramidal panicles, sweet-scented. The
variety suaveolens or ccundida lias pure
white flowers, and unspotted stems ;
pyramidaUs has a more pyramidal inflor-
escence than the type. The garden forms
known under the name of decusaata are
doubtless hybrids between forms of P.
maculata and P. paniculata, and have
become so intermixed that it is impossible
to place them under either species.
(' ii II tire dc. as above.
P. ovata (P. triflora). — An erect grow-
ing N. American perennial about 1 ft.
high, with more or less smooth but never
clammy stems, bearing ovate acute and
rather fleshy leaves below, and ovate
oblong ones above. Flowers in spring,
reddish-purple, in small terminal crowded
cymes, the petals being wavy and retuse
on the margins. P. Carol iiui is a taller-
growing variety about 2 ft. high, with
ovate, lance-shaped leaves, sometimes
heart-shaped at the base, and pinkish or
purple flowers, about 1 in. across, in early
summer.
Culture dc. as above. This plant
grows well in borders in good soil. In-
creased by cuttings and division of the
roots.
P. paniculata (P. cordata ; P. corym-
bosa ; P. scabra; P. undulata). — A showy
species 3-4 ft. high, native of the United
States, with smooth, roughish, or hairy
erect stems. Leaves oblong- or ovate-
lance-shaped, tapering at the base, or the
uppermost more or less heart-shaped.
Flowers in August, sweet-scented, varying
from pinkish-purple to white in large
conical corymbose panicles. Corolla lobes
entire, rounded ; calyx teeth bristly or
awl-shaped. The variety acuminata has
the stems and under side of the broader
and more pointed leaves hairy.
"What are known as the ' late-flowering
or autumn ' Phloxes have been chiefly
derived from the intermixing of the forms
of P. paniculata and P. maculata, and
are known more commonly in gardens as
/'. ileeu.s.sa/a.
( ' ult ii re ,lr. as above.
P. pilosa. — A handsome species with
erect slender stems, 1 2 ft. high, native of
Carolina. Leaves linear or lance-shaped,
hairy, or downy, sometimes smooth.
Flowers from May to August, J :,! in.
across, pink, purple, rose, -or occasionally
while in nearly Hat sessile clusters; co-
rolla lobes ovate, entire. This species is
very rare. The true plant resembles P.
Druw/mondi and will be found figured at
tab. 1307 of the 'Botanical Magazine.'
< ' ult ii re ,le. as above.
P. procumbens. — A straggling tufted
N. American perennial 4-5 in. high with
small linear lance-shaped leaves borne
on slightly downy stems. Flowers in
summer, about :,' in. across, lilac with
violet marks near the eye, in clusters of
3 or 4 blooms on the upper part of the
stems.
Culture £c. as above. This is supposed
to be a natural hybrid between P. a/ma na
and P. subulata. It is useful for the front
of the rockery or mixed border in sandy
loam. Increased by division.
P. reptans (P. erassifolia ; P. stolon i-
fera : I', rerun). — A pretty dwarf creep-
ing, stolon-bearing, downy perennial,
native of the Alleghany Mountains, with
obovate spoon-shaped leaves at the base
of the stems, and lance- shaped ones
higher up. Flowers in spring, about 1 in.
across, deep rose-purple or violet, in few-
flowered corymbs.
Culture dc as above. May be grown
in the rockery, edges of borders, shrub-
beries &c, in masses for effect, in peaty
or light garden soil. Increased by divi-
sion.
P. Stellaria. — A dark, wiry-stemmed
species forming a dense mass about 18 in.
high, with leaves 1-2 in. long. Flowers
in June, white, more than 1 in. across,
borne in great profusion. A 'very free-
flowering Phlox known in gardens as
P. lllacina somewhat resembles P. Stel-
laria in habit, but it is supposed to be a
seedling form of P. subulata. It has lilac-
purple flowers, and is an excellent rockery
plant.
Culture dc. as above. Treat like P.
reptans.
G62
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
PHLOX
P. subulata (Ground or Moss Pink).
A pretty N. American (New York to
Florida) perennial with creeping tufted
stems densely clothed with narrow moss-
like leaves \-l in. long, awl-shaped or
lanceolate, fringed at the edges and downy.
Flowers in great profusion in April and
May, pinkish-purple (sometimes white)
with a darker centre, in few-flowered
corymbs ; corolla-lobes wedge - shaped,
notched, rarely entire. The varietj- scta-
cea has longer and more distant leaves on
its trailing stems, and smaller rosy-pink
flowers with delicate markings at the
mouth of the slender tube ; a sub-variety
violacea is much looser in growth, with
flowers almost crimson in colour. The
white-flowered form of P. subulate/ is
grown under three different names — art-
statu, Nelsoni, and nivalis- — the latter
being most appropriate. The variety
frondosa is distinct, having lilac-rose
flowers and a vigorous habit.
Other desirable forms of P. subulata
are aldboroughensis, fine rose ; atropur-
purea, purple rose and crimson ; G. F.
Wilson, beautiful mauve ; grand flora ,
pink with a crimson blotch ; pallida, rose
shaded lilac ; Vivid, bright rose with a
carmine centre.
Culture d'-e. as above. Requires similar
treatment to P. reptans.
P. suffruticosa. — A fine perennial 1-2
ft. high, native of the S. United States, and
closely related to P. glaberrima. Upper
leaves broadly lance-shaped, stiffish,
slightly hairy or smoothish. Flowers in
April, rosy, in clustered, few-flowered
corymbose panicles. Corolla-lobes ovate,
entire. The variety carnea has smooth
stems and leaves, and flesh-coloured
flowers. From this species the mimerous
early-flowering garden Phloxes have been
obtained.
Culture d'-e. as above.
Garden Phloxes. — Under this head-
ing are included the groups commonly
known as the decussata or tall late-
flowering Phloxes, and the suffruticosa
or bushy early-flowering Phloxes. The
decussata group has been obtained by
numerous crosses and Mendings of the
best varieties of P. paniculata and P.
maculata, and they have now reached such
a stage that they form quite a class by
themselves from a garden point of view,
although in a state of anarchy from the
botanical standpoint. A curious feature
of garden Phloxes is that it is possible to
foretell whether the flowers will be white
or deeply coloured from the colour of the
stems. Light or pale green stems and.
leaves usually indicate white or pale
flowers, while deep green stems and leaves
suffused with purple or red indicate rosy,
purple, and other shades according to
intensity. This is also a peculiarity of the
Snapdragon and Pentstemon. The follow-
ing is a list of the best kinds grown :—
P. suffruticosa Varieties
These are all very free bloomers, with
large trusses of flowers in June and July.
In height they range from 2 to 2r, ft. In.
the south of England and on warm
hot soils these early-flowering Phloxes
must be grown in partial shade, as they
are not able to withstand excessive heat so
well as the later-flowering varieties unless
the soil is naturally cool and retentive,
such as a stiff loam. For general culture
and propagation see above, p. 659.
Pure White
Henri Joclet, Her Majesty, Lady
Napier, Madame Verdier, White S^va)t.
White, with a Pink, Rose or Purple Eye
Circle, Countess of Home, Cozie Glen,
Edith, Empress, Forerunner, Forward,.
Harrisonii, J. C. Duke, Lady Lucy
Dundas, Little Beauty, Miss Annie
Johnson, Miss Cook, Miss Lingard.
Mrs. Austin, Mrs. Baillie, Mrs. Gibson
Black, Mrs. Greenless, Mrs. Hunter, Mrs.
J. Boss, Mrs. James Watt, Mrs. Steivart,.
Mrs. Wilson, Nesida, Oberon, Snowdon,
Vivida.
White, flushed with Rose, Lilac &c.
Clouded Gem, Miss Martin, Miss Min-
nie, Mrs. B. Dunbar, Mrs. Dalrymple, Mrs.
Duncan, Mrs. Hardy, Mrs. W. Richards,
Netty Stetvart, Surprise, Thomas C.
Glover, Thomas Crimes.
Purple, Mauve, and Lilac Shades
Allen McLean, Archibald McKeith,
Burns, Dodridge, Floreal, Gem, George
Goodall, King of Purples, Lady Mus-
grave, Max Kolb, Mrs. Craven, Purple
Emperor, St. Blaise, Syren, Venus, W.
W. Piatt, Walter Gray.
Pink, Rose, Carmine &c.
A. McKinnon, Beacon, Charles
Doivnie, Madame Ritchie, Madame
Verdier, Mrs. Miller, Ninon, Othello.
Rev. Dr. Hornby, Sunrise, Vulcan.
l'HLOX
PHLOX OBJ) El!
COLLOMIA 663
P. decussata (P. paniculata varieties
x P. maculata varieties)
A great advance has been made during
the last few years in this beautiful and
useful family of hardy plants, the result
being larger and bolder trusses, with in-
dividual flowers twice and thrice the size
of those of the older kinds. During
August and September these beautiful
1'hloxes are among the most decorative
of garden plants. They are popularly
known under the name of /'. decussata,
but as explained above this name has
been given by gardeners to the hybrid
tonus which have resulted from crossing
/'. paniculata with P. maculata. Most
of the varieties range from 1/, to 2 A ft. in
height.
White Varieties (t)tose marked with am
asterisk (*) being pure white without
coloured centre).
Amazone, * Avalanche, Bayadere,
* Berenice, Christina Stuart, Croix du
Sud, "Diadem, Faust, Flocon dc Neige,
(riant des Ba failles, Gen. Brearl. Henri
Miirger, Hon. Mrs. Vernon, "Jeanne
d! Arc, Jenny Grieve, Lady Herbert
Morrell, La Fille de VAir, *La Neige,
* Lawrence, Leonardo da Vinci, Long-
champs, * Louisa Sehwartz, Lucy La
Comtesse de Turenne, Madame Antoine
Denis, M. Bouquet de la Cyr, 'Niphetos,
"Panama, Peerless, Perle. Protee,
"Purete, *Sappho, Sellier, * Sylph ide,
* Themis, * Venus.
Soft Pink and Rose Varieties
Beatrice, Belvedere, Colibri, De
Jttssieu, Epopee, Fanfluche, Greciu.
J our dan, Le Siecle, Le Soleil, Leonnec,
Marquis de Breteuil, Massenet, Michael
Cervantes, Mrs. J. Landall, Mrs.
Standring, P. Bonnetain, Pantheon.
Rachel, Sheriff Ivory, Souvenir <V Entile
Liebig, William Robinson.
Salmon and Scarlet Varieties
Amabilis, Aurore, Aurore Boreale,
Boule de Feu, Burnouf, Coquelicot,
Eclatant,Embrasement, Etna, Flambeau,
George Smith, Henry Regnault, J. K.
Lord, Jocelyn, Laniboire, Liber te,Manon,
Moliere, Mrs. Brooke, Mrs. Kinghorn,
Pantheon, Pecheur dPslande, Regulus,
Roi des Roses, Solon, Tempete, Toreador
Rose and Crimson Varieties
Abondance, Aquilon, Coccinea, C<at-
cours, Croesus, Gen. Brice, Harmonic,
■fi'i n L amour, Major Houston, Parach u / e ,
P(iut-Biquet,Quantock,Roxelaine,Schlie-
inmin, Tourbillon.
Purple Varieties
Asteroide, Cceur de Lion, Congress,
Corneville, Dutreuilde Rhins, Eclai/reur,
Flnrcal, Gracicur, Inaudi, Le Vengeur,
On rayon, Robur, Scsostris, Wm. Muir.
Soft Blue and delicate Lilac Varieties
Cendrillon, Ermnye, Esclarmonde,
Eugenie Dam zanvilUers, Javanaise,
Joconde, Leo Delibes, Lucie Baltef,
Oriental, Paul Bert, Rieliepin.
COLLOMIA.— A genus with about
a dozen species of annual (rarely biennial)
herbs, having alternate — or at the base
opposite entire, cut, or pinnately dis-
sected leaves. Flowers often red, orange,
or white, in terminal cymes, the dense
heads having an involucre of leafy bracts.
Calyx bell-shaped, with 5 acute, narrow,
entire segments. Corolla salver-shaped
or somewhat funnel-shaped, with a long,
slender tube, and oblong or obovate
lobes. Stamens 5, often protruding. Cap-
sule obovoid, truncate ; cells 1-2-seeded.
Culture and Propagation. — Collomias
grow' well in ordinary garden soil and if
placed in warm sheltered spots will
probably appear year after year from
self-sown seeds, and flower early. Seeds
may be sown in the first place in April,
where the plants are to bloom, the seed-
lings being thinned out to 2-3 in. apart.
C. coccinea (C. Cavanillesi). — A
pretty Chilian annual, with somewhat
downy, clammy stems, llh ft. high, and
lance-shaped linear or ovate leaves,
upper ones quite entire, or deeply 2-4-
toothed at the apex. Flowers from June
to October, deep red.
Culture dc. as above. Seeds sown in
autumn, in cold frames, will produce
plants for pot-culture in conservatories.
C. grandiflora. — A Californian species,
H-2 ft. high, with erect, branching stems,
rather downy at the top. Leaves oblong,
lance-shaped, entire, shining, fringed
with glands. Flowers from June to
October, of a distinct reddish-yellow
664
PB ACTIO AL GUIDE TO GABDEN PLANTS
GILIA
colour, and borne in dense rounded,
clammy heads.
Culture dc. as above.
C. heterophylla. — A native of N.W.
America, 11 k ft. high, with alternate
stalked, deeply and twice pinnately cut
leaves, having lance-shaped acute, downy
segments. Flowers in summer, purplish,
few, in sessile heads.
Cult urc dc. as above.
C. linearis. — A native of the same
region and about the same height as the
preceding. Leaves varying from linear
to broadly lance-shaped, the shorter ones
almost ovate, waved, entire. Flowers
from May to July, yellowish-brown, in
dense terminal heads, surrounded by a
leafy involucre.
Culture dc. as above.
GILIA. — A genus containing about
Go species of annual rarely perennial herbs,
various in habit and inflorescence. Calyx
bell-shaped, or tubular, with entire or
cut segments. Corolla salver-, funnel-, or
bell-shaped, or rotate. Stamens 5, some-
times protruding. Capsule ovoid oblong
or cylindrical 3-valved, many-seeded.
Culture and Propagation. — Gilias
flourish in light soil enriched with well-
rotted manure. They should be grown in
masses to produce an effect, and are use-
ful for beds by themselves, or for edgings
to borders &c. Seeds may be sown in
April, where the plants are to bloom ; or
in cold frames in autumn as soon as ripe
to secure larger plants to flower earlier
the following year. In a cut state the
flowers last a long time in water, and are
therefore useful for room decoration.
The genus Lep>tosiplion is now included
with Gilia, and the many pretty hybrids
known under that name may be grown as
above recommended. A packet of mixed
seeds will probably yield a very fine
assortment of colours such as yellow,
orange, red, purple, rose, violet, and in-
termediate shades and Mendings.
G. achilleaefolia. — A Californian
annual, about 1 ft. high, with leaves twice
or thrice pinnately cut into linear awl-
shaped segments. Flowers in August,
purple-blue, in many-flowered capitate
corymbs, on long stalks. There are
varieties with white and red flowers.
Culture dc. as above.
G. androsacea (Leptosiphon parvi-
florus rosaceus). — A pretty Californian
species, 9-12 in. high, with narrow
opposite palmately cut leaves. Flowers
in August, lilac, pink, or whitish, with a
dark or yellow throat. The variety
rosacea has rose-red flowers, and albus
has white ones.
Culture dc. as above.
G. Brandegei. — A perennial species,
9- 12 in. high, native of Colorado, with
leaves pinnately cut into numerous small
leaflets. Flowers in summer, golden-
yellow, funnel-shaped, several in a short,
racemose, leafy cluster.
Culture dc. as above.
G. capitata. — A native of N.W.
America 1-2 ft. high, with leaves twice
pinnately cut into linear segments.
Flowers in summer, blue, without stalks,
in dense heads. There is also a white-
flowered variety.
Culture dc. as above.
G. coronopifolia (Ipomopsis elegans).
A beautiful annual 9-18 in. high, with
leaves pinnately cut into loose, thread-
like, pointed segments. Flowers in June,
scarlet, 3-4 together, in the axils of the
upper leaves, the middle one opening
first. Corolla salver- shaped, less than 1
in. across, with a tube about 1 in. long,
and a calyx with 5 long awl-shaped
segments. Stamens protruding.
A splendid plant for cutting. The
scarlet flowers, if closed for the want of
water for 2 or 3 days, will open again in
fresh water if not too far gone.
Culture dc. as above.
G. densiflora {Leptosiphon densi-
Jiorus). — A Californian annual, with
somewhat rigid leaves, cut into thread-
like divisions. Flowers in June, lilac or
whitish, slightly if at all protruding
beyond the calyx. There is a white-
flowered variety, and also one called
nanus, which is dwarfer and more com-
pact in habit than the type, and well
suited for edgings &c.
Culture dc. as above.
G. dianthoides (Fenzlia diantliiflora).
A showy little Californian annual, 2-5
in. high, with narrow, linear leaves.
Flowers in July, lilac or purple, usually
with a darker or yellowish throat. There
is also a form with white flowers.
Culture dc. as above. This species
does well sown in autumn, and makes
a good ground carpeting.
POLEMONIUM
PHLOX ORDEll
POLEMONIUM 665
G. inconspicua. — A native of North
America 9-12 in. high. Leaves mostly
pinnately parted, or twice pinnately cut
below, with short, mucronate, tailed lobes.
Flowers in August, violet or purple,
narrowly funnel - shaped, somewhat
crowded or in loose panicles.
( ' tilt urc dc. as above.
G. laciniata. — A Chilian annual 6-12
in. high. Leaves pinnately cut into
narrow oblong sinuate segments. Flow-
ers in July, purplish, 3 6. clustered
together in the leaf axils.
Culture dc. as above.
G. liniflora. — A native of California,
about 1 ft. high, with lower leaves sessile
and palmately cut. Flowers in summer,
white, solitary, on long stalks.
Culture df. as above.
G. micrantha (Leptosvphon roseus).
A Californian annual, about 9 in. high,
more or less covered with longish, weak
hairs. Leaves 5-7-parted, with linear
acute segments. Flowers produced in
great abundance in summer, rosy, with
a slender tube about 1.1 in. long. The
variety a urea lias golden-yellow flowers.
Cult it re <(■<■. as above.
G. multicaulis. — A native of California,
about 1 ft. high. Leaves smoothish, cut
into linear segments. Flowers in sum-
mer, blue, 3-10 in a corymb, on very
long stalks.
Culture dc. as above.
G. tricolor. — A pretty Californian
annual about 1 ft. high, with leaves twice
pinnately divided into linear, awl- shaped
segments. Flowers in June, in dense
panicles ; corolla with an orange-yellow
tube and centre, and a band of deep
purple between the white or pale purple
margin.
There are many forms of this species,
some having white, rose, and violet-
coloured flowers. They can all be obtained
from a packet of mixed seed. Some of
the best known forms are alba, atro-
violacea, rosea, splendens, and violacea.
Culture dc. as above.
POLEMONIUM (Jacob's Ladder).
A genus containing 8-9 species of peren-
nial, rarely annual, tall or dwarf herbs,
sometimes rather clammy, often with a
thickish creeping rootstock. Leaves al-
ternate, pinnately cut. Flowers in loosely
corymbose or somewhat capitate cymes at
the ends of the branches, blue, violet, or
white, often showy. Calyx bell-shaped,
membranous or herbaceous, scarcely
ribbed, 5-cleft. Corolla shortly funnel-
shaped or broadly bell-shaped or some-
what rotate with obovate lobes. Stamens
5, disc crenate. Capsule ovoid, blunt,
o-valved, 2-12 seeds in each cell.
Culture and Propagation. — Pole-
moniums flourish in rich deep well-
drained loam, but will grow well in any
good garden soil. They may be increased
by dividing the ' stools ' in autumn or
early spring. Most of the species ripen
seed freely, and new plants may be secured
by sowing either in autumn or spring, and
transplanting the seedlings during mild
showery weather at either season when
large enough. They are excellent border
plants and are strikingly handsome and
effective when in blossom.
P. caeruleum (Charity; Greek Va-
lerian ; Jacob's Ladder). — A beautiful
perennial 1 3 ft. high, found in copses and
near streams in parts of the British
Islands, and also distributed throughout
the northern hemisphere. Leaves 4-18
in. long, cut into 6 12 pairs of entire
mate or oblong lance-shaped acute leaf-
lets, |~1£ in. long. Flowers in June and
July. \ 1 in. across, blue or white, droop
ing or erect, with roundish oval petals.
The variety dissection has the leaves
twice pinnately divided into stalked pin-
natifid leaflets with linear segments.
Variegatum has beautiful variegated
leaves finely divided and graceful in out-
line, and white flowers. Himalayanum
is a Himalayan variety with lilac-blue
flowers, 1.1 in. across, with hairy stalks
and calyx. C ampanulatum from the
Caucasus has leaves pinnately divided into
lance-shaped leaflets, and produces droop-
ing bell- shaped flowers of a bright lilac
blue, in the centre of which the golden-
tipped stamens are very conspicuous. It
likes partially shaded spots.
Culture <lc. as above.
P. confertum. — A Rocky Mountain
perennial about 6 in. high. Leaves pin-
nately divided into numerous overlapping
leaflets, varying in shape from roundish
ovate to linear oblong. Flowers in sum-
mer, rich blue, funnel-shaped, about f in.
across, clustered on the ends of the stalks.
This is a very fine plant when well-
grown.
Culture dc. as above.
666
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
COB^A
P. flavum. — A native of New Mexico,
simple or branched sterns 2-3 ft. high,
covered on the upper parts with a loose
tomentuni of wool. Leaves pinnate, with
multijugate. elliptic lance-shaped acute
leaflets. Flowers in September, pale
yellow, 1 in. across, funnel bell-shaped,
in corymbose cymes. A hybrid called
flavo-c<erulcum has been obtained be-
tween this species and P. ceeruleum.
Culture dtc. as above.
P. humile (P. Richardsoni ; P. villo-
Hiim). — A beautiful Rocky Mountain spe-
cies about 6 in. high, with numerous leafy
downy stems. Leaves divided into bluntly
ovate leaflets having a faint musk scent.
Flowers in July, blue or purple, in droop-
ing corymb-like panicles ; corolla lobes
ovate acutish.
Culture lie. as above.
P. mexicanum. — A North American
perennial with loosely branched stems
about 9 in. high, and downy pinnate
leaves having ovate or oblong leaflets.
Flowers in April, blue, somewhat rotate,
bell-shaped, few, in corymbose clusters.
Culture (Be. as above.
P. pauciflorum. — A Mexican peren-
nial 1-li ft. high, with glandular downy
stems, and pinnate leaves cut into narrow
lance-shaped acute leaflets about 1 in.
long. The flowers are about 1A-2 in.
long, funnel-shaped, and of a yellow colour
tinged with red on the outer surface.
Culture Ac. as above.
P. pulchellum (P. pulclierrimum). —
A native of the Rocky Mountains closely
related to P. lnunile,hom. which it differs
chiefly in having usually smooth and
naked leaflets, and smaller violet or
lavender-blue flowers, or nearly white in
some forms.
Culture lie. as above.
P. reptans. — A North American peren-
nial about 6 in. high, with creeping roots
and smooth spreading stems. Leaves
pinnate, composed of 7-11 ovate acute
smooth leaflets. Flowers in April, blue,
sometimes white, drooping, in loose pani-
cled corymbs, with wedge-shaped corolla
lobes.
Culture <(r. as above.
COBJEA (Cups and Saucers). — A
small genus of smooth climbing plants,
having alternate pinnately cut leaves
with terminal tendrils. Peduncles long,
1 -flowered, solitary or in pairs in the
leaf axils. Calyx tube short, 5- ribbed or
winged, with 5 large leafy lobes. Corolla
broadly bell-shaped or cylindrical, with
short spreading lobes. Stamens 5, pro-
truding. Disc fleshy, 5-lobed. Capsule
ovoid or oblong leathery with 2 or more
seeds in each cell.
C. scandens. — A beautiful Mexican
climber having leaves composed of 3
pairs of elliptic slightly ciliated leaflets,
the lower pair near the stem, and some-
what lobed on one side near the base.
Flowers from May to October, large bell-
shaped, with a short, dark purple tube,
and short roundish spreading lobes. There
is a beautiful form with variegated
foliage.
Culture and Propagation. — This
attractive plant is a well-known orna-
mental greenhouse climber, but in mild
southern parts it will stand the winter if
not too severe. In the course of the
season it will cover a good deal of space
and may be used with effect on arbours,
trellises &c, or over walls. I have known
plants to survive mild winters hi the
Thames Valley, although the stems were
cut down to the ground. As it is very
easily raised from seeds sown in gentle
heat in spring, it may be treated as an
annual in most parts of the country,
being planted out at the end of May or
beginning of June, and left till cut down
by the frost. Any ordinary garden soil
will suit it.
LXXVII. HYDROPHYLLACEiE-Nemophila Order
An order of annual or perennial herbs with radical or alternate, rarely oppo-
site, entire, toothed, or pinnately, rarely palrnately, lobed or dissected leaves.
Flowers hermaphrodite, regular, chiefly blue or white in one-sided cymes or
racemes, mostly without bracts, and coiled from the apex when young.
Calyx inferior, deeply divided, with 5, rarely more, lobes or segments. Corolla
gamopetalous, funnel-, salver-, or bell-shaped or rotate, with 5, rarely more,
NKMOPHILA
SEMOPHILA OBDEB
NEMOl'HILA 667
imbricate or rarely twisted lobes. Stamens equal in number to the coroll
lobes, sometimes protruding. Ovary superior, 1-2-celled. Styles 2, thread-
like. Fruit capsular.
There are 16 genera and about 150 species mostly natives of N. America,
but few are found in a cultivated state. The genus Hydrophyllum, which
gives its name to the order, is sometimes represented in botanical gardens by
H. canadense and H. virgin k um grown in moist soil. The following are the
most important garden plants of the order.
NEMOPHILA (Californian Blue-
bell).— A genus containing 7 or 8 species
of dwarf branching showy annuals,
nearly all natives of California. Leaves
alternate or opposite, pinnately lobed and
dissected. Flowers showy, blue, white,
or spotted, at the ends of the branches
or opposite the leaves on elongated 1-
flowered stalks ; rarely shortly pedi-
cellate, in few-flowered, terminal cymes.
Calyx 5 -lobed and furnished between the
lobes with reflexed teeth, which enlarge
after the flower opens. Corolla broadly
bell-shaped or rotate, with 5 broad imbri-
cated lobes. Stamens 5. Disc sinuately
5-lobed or none. Ovary 1-celled; style
more or less 2-cleft with a capitate stigma.
Capsule 1-4-seeded.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Nemophilas are popular annuals much
valued for their bright and gay appear-
ance in the summer. They are easily
grown in ordinary good garden soil, and
are well adapted for the edges of flower
borders, exposed parts of the rock garden,
or in small beds by themselves. The
seed may be sown in April wherever the
plants are required to bloom, thinning the
seedlings out 6-8 in. apart. To obtain
a show of blossom early in summer seed
must -be sown the previous August or
September in cold frames and in light,
free soil. The seedlings are pricked out
in the usual way and may be transferred
to the open border in mild weather in
spring. As a rule, however, Nemophilas
are usually raised from seed sown in
spring either in gentle heat about March,
or in the open border in April and May.
N. aurita. — An annual about 18 in.
high, with pinnate hairy leaves produced
at the base into 2 ear-like lobes embra-
cing the stem. Flowers in June, purple -
violet, about 1 in. across.
Culhire &c. as above.
N. insignis. — A pretty dwarf, tufted,
much-branched annual about 18 in. high,
covered with roughish hairs, and having
opposite, pinnately cut leaves with 3-4
lobes on each side, quite entire or cut.
Flowers in spring and summer, sky-blue
with a white centre, over 1 in. across,
solitary on long stalks arising from the
axils of the leaves.
There are many varieties, among
which the best are alba, with white
flowers; margi/nata, blue flowers edged
with white ; purpurea rosea, purple-rose;
and ulbo-variegata or striata, a charm-
ing form with white flowers sometimes
beautifully striped and blotched with
sky-blue. Occasionally on the same plant
will be produced some flowers entirely
white, some entirely blue, and others
white and blue combined.
N. insignis and its varieties are the
best and showiest for the garden.
Culture Ac as above.
N. maculata. — A pretty annual about
G in. high, with very hairy, pinnately cut
leaves having rounded acute or bluntish
lobes. Flowers in summer, over 1 in.
across, white with a large violet-purple
blotch at the tip of each corolla-lobe.
Culture dc. as above.
N. Menziesi (N. atomaria). — A hand-
some annual 4-8 in. high with opposite
leaves pinnately cut into 5-9 almost
entire lobes. Flowers in summer, white
or pale blue, delicately dotted with
black ; corolla rotate, very hairy at the
base.
Owing to its dwarf, bushy, tufted
habit and great numbers of flowers this
species is excellent for edges to borders
or beds, or to form a carpet beneath
taller growing plants like Standard
Roses. There are a few fine varieties
such as alba, white with a black centre ;
cailestis, with a sky-blue margin ; oculata,
pale blue with a blackish centre, very
free-flowering. The plant known in
gardens as discoidalis has dark purple
668
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS phacelia
flowers edged with white, and also with
a small white ' eye ' in the centre.
Culture <h\ as above.
N. phacelioides. — A pretty species
occasionally seen. It grows about a foot
high, and has the leaves more or less
pinnately cut, broadest in the middle and
narrowed into a short stalk at the base.
Flowers in summer, pale blue with a
white centre, and a much-developed calyx.
Culture d'-c. as above.
PHACELIA.— A large but not very
important genus from a garden point of
view. It contains about 50 species of
annual or perennial herbs usually
roughish, downy or hairy, sometimes
erect, tall and simple or branched, some-
times dwarf- spreading, very much
branched or tufted. Leaves pinnately
lobed or dissected, rarely undivided,
large-toothed or entire. Flowers blue,
violet or white, in terminal cymes, usu-
ally stalked, or reduced to a simple, one-
sided, scorpioid or crosier-like raceme.
Calyx lobes linear-lance-shaped or
oblong, with naked sinuses. Corolla bell-
shaped or somewhat rotate, rarely tubular
or funnel-shaped. Stamens 5, sometimes
protruding. Ovary 1 -celled ; style more
or less 2-cleft. Capsule with wrinkled or
tubercular seeds.
Culture and Proj>agation. — Phacelias
flourish in ordinary garden soil. The
annual kinds may be raised from seeds
sown in April in the border where they
are to bloom, or earlier in March in gentle
hea,t, afterwards pricking out the seedlings
and hardening them off in cold frames
until about the end of May when they
will be fit for the open "border. The
perennial kinds may be increased by
seed in the same way, or by dividing
the plants in autumn or spring.
P. bipinnatifida. — A bushy annual,
1-2 ft. high, native of Texas, covered with
short, roughish hairs. Leaves alternate,
stalked, pinnately divided into irregularly
cut, lobed and toothed segments.
Flowers profusely from July to Sep-
tember, bright blue when open, in crosier-
like clusters resembling the Heliotrope ;
white in bud.
Culture dtc. as above. Useful for
borders or beds by itself. Flowers suit-
able for bouquets.
P. campanularia. — A pretty, much-
brancbed Californian annual 6-8 in. high,
with roundish-oblong, crenate stalked
leaves. Flowers from June to Sep-
tember, broadly bell-shaped, deep blue,
with 5 white blotches on the inner
surface, one at the base of each sinus.
Culture dc. as above. Owing to its
dwarf tufted compact habit this species
makes an excellent edging for beds,
borders &c. Its flowers, which are borne
in racemes of 12-20, rival the Gentian in
colour, each one being about 1 in. across.
It succeeds well in rather dry and warm
situations.
P. congesta. — A native of Texas 8-15
in. high, with erect flexuous stems, and
pinnately cut leaves 2-4 in. long ; lobes
1-4 on each side, unequal, the terminal
one being larger than the others and 3-
lobed. Flowers in June, blue, bell- shaped,
borne in rather loose corymbose racemes.
Culture dc. as above.
P. grandiflora (Cosmanthus grand/-
florus ; Eutoca speciosa). — A tufted Cali-
fornian species 3-5 ft. high, with broadly
ovate leaves lh in. long, toothed, some-
what lobed at the base, wrinkled and
covered with roughish hairs like the
stems and calyx. Flowers in early
summer, pale violet-purple, 1-1 \ in.
across, in crosier-like racemes.
Culture dc. as above.
P. divaricata (Eutoca divaricata). —
A Californian annual with slender trail-
ing, irregidarly forked stems, and oblong
or ovate entire bluntish leaves 1-3 in.
long. Flowers in May, pale violet, rotate-
bell-shaped in many-flowered one-sided
racemes. The variety wrangeliana (also
known as Eutoca multiflora) is distin-
guished by its 3-lobed radical leaves and
its pale rosy-lilac flowers.
Culture dc. as above.
P. Parry i. — A clammy Californian
annual 6-12 in. high, with stalked ovate
or ovate-oblong leaves hairy on both sides.
Flowers in summer, dark violet-blue, 1 in.
across, nearly rotate, with rounded lobes,
and borne in many-flowered cymes.
Culture dc. as above.
P. sericea (Eutoca sericea). — A Eocky
Mountain perennial about 10 in. high,
with lower leaves somewhat twice-pin-
nately cut, silky on both sides, the lower
lobes lance-shaped, incised ; upper leaves
entire linear. Flowers in June, bluish-
purple, somewhat bell-shaped, in densely
flowered spike-like racemes.
IIOMANZOFFIA
NEMOPHILA ORDER
WIGANDIA 669
Gulf it if il'-r. as above. Increased by
seeds or by division in autumn or spring.
Suitable for the border or rockery.
P. tanacetifolia. — A downy California]!
annual about 2 ft. high, with leaves 2 6
in. long, pinnately cut into irregularly
sinuate and toothed lobes 3-7 on each
side, the terminal one oblong unequally
cut and toothed. Flowers from June to
September, bluish-pink or pale lilac, bell-
shaped, in dense-flowered crosier-like
racemes, with protruding stamens. The
variety alba differs from the type only in
its whitish flowers.
Culture Sc. as above. As bees have
a great fondness for this species it is
often grown expressly for them.
P. viscida {Eutoca viscida). —A com-
pact branching Californian annual about
1 ft. high, with hairy and somewhat
clammy stems, and broadly ovate coarsely
toothed leaves 1.1-3 in. long. Flowers
from July to September, blue or purplish,
about f in. across, in erect many-flowered
racemes 4-8 in. long opposite the leaves.
Culture dc. as above.
P. Whitlavia (Whitlavia grandiflora).
A showy Californian annual about 2 ft.
high, with deltoid or ovate-deltoid coarsely
and doubly toothed, somewhat hairy
leaves on long stalks. Flowers from June
to September, large, rich blue, and bell-
shaped, in terminal many - flowered
racemes. Calyx deeply cut to the base.
There is a white-flowered variety named
alba ; and a white and blue variety called
gloxinioides.
Other species occasionally met with
are P. Menziesi with purple flowers,
P. orcuttiana with white flowers having
a yellow centre, and P. FranMini with
bhie ones.
Culture dc. as above.
ROMANZOFFIA.— A genus contain-
ing 2 species of low tufted perennial
herbs, resembling Saxifrages in habit.
Leaves radical long-stalked, those of
the stem very few, roundish, reniform,
coarsely toothed. Flowers white, in one-
sided racemes on slightly branched stems
or ascending scapes. Calyx lobes 5, lance-
shaped, bluntish. Corolla broadly or
tubular-bell-shaped, with 5 imbricate
spreading lobes. Stamens 5. Ovary
ovoid 2-celled ; style thread-like undivided.
Capsule compressed many-seeded.
R. sitchensis (Sitka Water Leaf). — A
pretty tufted perennial about 4 in. high,
native of Sitcha and recognised by its long-
stalked, roundish kidney-shaped leaves,
and masses of small white flowers in
April.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species is suitable chiefly for open positions
in the rock garden, and may be increased
by seeds sown in spring or autumn in the
open border or in cold frames, or by divi-
ding the tufts at the same period. It
flourishes in ordinary good garden soil
that is well drained.
EMMENANTHE. — A genus of
about 5 species of dwarf downy or hairy
annuals, with alternate undivided sinu-
ate or pinnately dissected leaves. Calyx
segments linear. Corolla bell-shaped, with
5 short broad lobes. Stamens 5. Disc
hypogynous, rather fleshy or obsolete.
Styles thread-like 2-eleft, with capitate
stigmas. Capsule oblong 2-valved.
E. penduliflora. — A Californian annual
about 1 ft. high, with loose one-sided
racemes of pale primrose -yellow flowers
in summer.
Culture and Propagation. — This is
the only species occasionally seen culti-
vated. It flourishes as a hardy annual in
ordinary garden soil. Seeds may be sown
in gentle heat in March, or in the open
border in April.
WIGANDIA. — A genus of 3 or 4
species of tall, noble -looking, vigorous
hairy plants chiefly valuable for their fine
foliage. Leaves alternate, large, wrinkled,
more or less toothed or lobed. Flowers
borne without stalks on one side of crosier-
like branches in large forked cymes, at
the ends of the branches. Calyx lobes
linear. Corolla tube short, broadly bell-
shaped, not scaly within, with 5 large
spreading lobes. Stamens 5, often pro-
truding, the filaments being clothed with
reflexed hairs below the middle. Capsule
2-valved, many-seeded.
Culture a ud Propaga t ion. — Wigandias
are now largely used in parks and large
gardens for what is known as ' sub-tropical
bedding.' They are all natives of the
mountainous regions of tropical America,
and their cultivation out of doors in the
British Islands is consequently limited
to the warmest months of the year — from
June to the end of September. Grown
in sheltered sunny situations and in rich
sandy soil they give a noble and luxuriant
effect to the garden, as they reach a
670
PB ACTIO AL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS heliotropium
height of 6-10 ft., and have enormous
leaves.
Wigandias for the outdoor garden are
raised from seeds sown early in March
or February in heat. They germinate
readily, and when the seedlings are large
enough they are pricked off singly into
pots in light loamy soil, and gradually
given as much light and air as possible,
and also a cooler atmosphere, so as to
thoroughly harden them off by June,
when they may be transferred to the open
ground. In the autumn plants may be
raised from cuttings inserted in sandy
soil, and placed in bottom heat. When
well rooted they may be potted and
wintered in a warm greenhouse until the
following June. Such plants are larger
and stronger than those raised from seed
and give an effect in the garden much
sooner. Root cuttings may also be made
in brisk bottom heat. The following
kinds may all receive the same treatment.
W. macrophylla (W. caracasana). —
A fine foliage plant about 10 ft. high,
native of Caracas and the mountains of
New Grenada. Leaves large, elliptic
heart-shaped, acutish, hairy-tomentose,
and ruddy brown above. Flowers in
April (in greenhouses), lilac, on one-sided
crosier-like spikes.
Culture ((■('. as above.
W. urens. — A Mexican species about
6 ft. high, looser in habit than W. macro-
phylla and not quite such a fine-looking
plant. The stems are covered with short
stinging hairs, and the large heart-shaped
sinuate-lobed and toothed leaves have
reddish stalks. Flowers in autumn,
violet-blue, in crosier-like panicles.
Culture <(■('. as above.
W. Vigieri. — A vigorous quick-grow-
ing species with stems 6-8 ft. high and
2 3 in. diameter ; native of Mexico.
Leaves oval-elliptic cordate at the base,
irregularly and sparingly toothed, about
3 ft. long, with a stalk 9 12 in. long, and
over 20 in. across. Flowers in autumn,
lilac-blue.
Culture dc. as above.
LXXVIII. BORAGINEiE-Forget-Me-Not Order
An order consisting of annual or perennial herbs, shrubs or trees, rarely
climbers, roughly pubescent or hairy, with round stems and no stipules, leaves
alternate or very rarely opposite or whorled, entire, toothed, or very rarely
lobed. Flowers in one-sided crosier-like racemes or panicles, sometimes
solitary and axillary, regular or rarely oblique, hermaphrodite or very rarely
polygamous by abortion. Calyx inferior with a bell-shaped, rarely cylin-
drical tube, or often very short or absent, usually with 5 teeth or lobes, very
rarely fewer, or 6-8. Corolla gamopetalous funnel-shaped, tubular, salver- or
bell-shaped or somewhat rotate, with 5, rarely 4, or 6-8 lobes. Stamens equal
in number to the corolla lobes and alternate with them. Ovary superior,
normally consisting of 2 carpels, sometimes entire, or laterally somewhat
4-lobed. Style simple, with a simple or 2-cleft stigma. Fruit consisting of
2-4 distinct nuts.
The order consists of nearly 70 genera and about 1200 species distributed
over all parts of the world, especially in the north temperate regions.
HELIOTROPIUM (Cherry Pie;
Heliotrope ; Turnsole). — A genus con-
taining 100 to 150 species of pretty, more
or less hairy herbs or bushes, with alter-
nate, very rarely almost opposite, leaves.
Flowers often small, in one-sided crosier-
like or curled spikes. Calyx 5-lobed or
parted. Corolla funnel- or salver-shaped,
5-lobed ; stamens 5 ; ovary undivided, but
often 4-lobed and 4-celled.
Culture and Propagation. — The Com-
mon Heliotrope or Cherry Pie (H. peru-
vianum) is a great favourite in gardens,
more so formerly perhaps than at present,
on account of its delightful fragrance and
masses of bloom, which, however, are
what may be called ' quiet ' in colour.
When grown out of doors from May to
October they should be planted in light
and rather dry soil, and are very effective
HELIOTROPIUM
FORGET-ME-NOT ORDER omphalodes 671
in masses by themselves or forming a
carpet under taller plants. Cuttings
about 2 in. long readily root in spring in
sandy soil placed in the greenhouse or
hotbed, and during the summer hundreds
of plants may be obtained from old shoots
if necessary in the same way. During
the winter the old plants require to be
kept in a dry airy place with plenty of
light and free from frost. Seeds may
also be sown in early spring in sandy
peat and loam, and by the end of May the
seedlings will be ready for planting out.
H. anchusaefolium (Tournefortia
heUotropoides). A downy species native
of Mexico and Argentina. It grows 9-18
in. high and has oval lance-shaped blunt
and wavy leaves. The scentless flowers
appear from July to September and arc
borne on one side of a crosier-like raceme.
They are lilac-blue with a yellowish-white
throat.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species is somewhat hardier than the
others and will survive mild winters in
the open air in the mildest parts of the
country. It may be raised from seeds as
recommended above, and where it proves
hardy outside, it may also be easily mul-
tiplied by dividing the creeping roots in
spring.
H. convolvulaceum. — A showy annual
2 ft. high, native of New Mexico, with
lance-shaped or nearly ovate or linear
short-stalked leaves. Flowers in summer,
white, sweet-scented, opening at night.
Culture &c. as above. Seeds may be
sown in gentle heat in March and the
seedlings planted out at the end of May
or beginning of June.
H. corymbosum (H. grandiflorum). —
A pretty Peruvian tender shrub, about
4 ft. high, Avith oblong lance-shaped leaves.
Flowers from May to September, lilac,
clustered in terminal spikes.
Culture <£c. as above.
H. peruvianum. — A shrubby Peruvian
species, better known in gardens than
any other. Leaves oblong lance-shaped,
wrinkled, crenate, hairy. Flowers in
summer, pale blue or greyish-lilac, very
fragrant, in terminal branched, more or
less curled, one-sided spikes.
There are several fine varieties, such
as Anna Turrell, General Garfield, Roi
des Noirs and Triomphe de Liege. The
variety known as Volaterrce (or Voltaire)
is a fine dwarf-growing hybrid, supposed
to have originated at Volterra in Italy.
It has more hairy and larger leaves than
the type, and deep blue flowers marked
with white in the throat. It is equally
fragrant, but somewhat more tender, and
is probably better for the greenhouse than
the open border, except in the mildest part.
The Queeii, of Violets and King of the
Blacks are also good varieties, and so is
Marguerite, which lias large trusses of
deep blue flowers.
Cult ii re (t'-e. as aho\ e.
OMPHALODES (Xavelwort).— A
genus containing about 10 species of pretty
weaft-growing smooth or slightly hairy
annual or perepnial herbs. Lower leaves
long-stalked, lance-shaped ovate or heart-
shaped, those of the stem alternate.
Flowers white or blue, slenderly stalked,
rarely all in the leaf- axils ; racemes loose,
without bracts, or with leafy bracts at the
base. Calyx 5-lobed or parted, spreading.
Corolla nearly rotate with a very short
tube, and 5 broad blunt spreading lobes.
Stamens 5. Ovary 4-lobed developing
into nutlets in fruit, furnished with a
membranous inflexed wing or border,
which renders them cup-shaped and dis-
tinguishes the genus from its neighbours.
Culture and Propagation. — Ompha-
lodes are pretty rock or border plants and
flourish in ordinary good garden soil.
They are easily raised from seeds sown
in spring in cold frames or gentle heat,
the seedlings being planted out in May.
Seeds may also be sown as soon as ripe,
and the pricked-out seedlings may be
wintered in a cold frame until the follow-
ing April and May, when they will be
ready for the open border. Or the old
tufts of the perennial kinds may be care-
fully divided and replanted in spring just
as growth is about to begin.
O. linifolia (Venus's Navelwort). —
A pretty Portuguese annual 9-12 in. high,
with glaucous-green leaves, wedge-shaped
at the base, linear lance-shaped above.
Flowers from June to August, white,
sometimes tinged with blue, m bractless
racemes. Also known as Cynoglossum.
Culture and. Propagation. — Seeds
may be sown in April in the open border
where the plants are to bloom. In warm
favourable parts of the country seeds are
ripened freely and often sow themselves,
giving a number of strong sturdy plants
in spring.
672 PB ACTIO AL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS myosotidium
O. Luciliae. — A handsome perennial
4 6 in. high native of Asia Minor and the
Greek mountains. Leaves glaucous-green,
1 duntly oblong, lower ones narrowed into
a long stalk, the stem ones sessile, the
uppermost of all being ovate. Flowers in
summer, broadly funnel-shaped, beautiful
lilac-blue, §-§ in. across.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species flourishes in the rock garden but
must have well-drained sandy soil in
warm sunny positions. It is apt to
suffer from stagnant moisture in winter,
and also slugs. Increased by seeds or
division in spring.
O. verna (Cynoglossum Owjrfialodes).
Creeping Forgrt-mc-Not. — A beautiful
S. European perennial about 6 in. high,
with creeping shoots, and stalked ovate
heart-shaped or lance-shaped leaves.
Flowers from March to May, blue with a
white throat, less than i in. across, in
few-flowered racemes. There is a white-
flowered variety named alba.
Culture and Propagation. — This
vernal species is suitable for the rockery
or border, and may also be used for wild
gardening near the edges of walks &c. It
likes sandy loam, and may be increased
by dividing the tufts in early autumn, so
that the plants may become established
before winter and be ready for flower in
spring. Its underground creeping stems
enable it to run over the soil rapidly.
CYNOGLOSSUM (Hound'sTongue)
is a closely related genus of rather coarse
tall - growing biennials or perennials
scarcely suitable for the flower garden,
but may be utilised in rough parts, as the
flowers of some are pretty. They are easily
increased by seed in spring.
LINDELOFIA. — A genus contain-
ing only one species: —
L. spectabilis (Cynoglossum longi-
florum). — A rather showy perennial 1-li
ft. high, native of N.W. India, with long-
stalked oblong pointed lower leaves, the
upper ones being heart-shaped and stem-
clasping. Flowers from May to August,
sky-blue or purplish in drooping clusters.
Calyx deeply 5-lobed. Corolla tube
cylindrical, protruding in the form of
scales around the throat, lobes 5, obtuse,
spreading. Stamens 5, protruding. Ovary
distinctly 4-lobed. Nutlets 4. The plant
known in gardens as L. longifolia is the
same as this, although it has been spoken
of as if it were a distinct species.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species thrives in sandy well-drained loam,
and may be grown in the border in sunny
places. A warm chalky soil also suits it
perfectly, but it is almost sure to fail in a
cold wet one. It may be increased by
seeds sown in spring, but the seedlings will
not flower until the following year. The
old-established plants may also be divided
in autumn.
MYOSOTIDIUM (Antarctic or
New Zealand Forget-me-not). — This
genus contains only one species : —
M. nobile. — A beautiful herbaceous
perennial about 1.] ft. high, native of the
Chatham Islands, with large fleshy
roundish heart - shaped shining plaited
leaves on long deeply channelled stalks.
Flowers in spring, salver-shaped or rotate,
about J in. across, beautiful rich blue with
a white margin, borne in dense corymbose
cymes at the end of a leafy stalk about
2 ft. high. There is also a form witli
white flowers.
Although introduced more than 40
years ago to cultivation, this fine plant
still defies most gardeners to grow and
flower it successfully- Here and there it
has been grown well for a short period,
after which it has relapsed as it were into
a sulky humour, refusing to grow except
in a half-hearted kind of way. Although
a true perennial with a thickish rootstock,
it can be grown out of doors only in the
mildest parts of the country. In less
favoured spots it is grown in a greenhouse
except during the summer months.
Culture and Propagation. — It is
easily raised from seeds, especially if the
latter are fairly fresh. A very sandy
loam, with a little peat and leaf mould,
seems to be the most suitable soil for it,
and thorough drainage is also essential.
With the very best treatment under glass
in cold frames or greenhouses, the
strongest plants may bloom about 18
months after the seeds have been sown,
and if in good condition cannot fail to
excite admiration. After flowering the
plants may be kept in a cool light and
airy place, so as to recover from the
strain. Watering must be carefully
regulated and given only when the plant
is really in need of it. The soil in a
sodden condition soon proves injurious if
not fatal.
KKITRIOHIUM
FORGET-ME-NOT ORDER
SYMPHYTUM 673
ERITRICHIUM.— A genus contain-
ing about 70 species of annual or peren-
nial tufted, spreading, or creeping herbs.
Leaves alternate, or in a few species
opposite, often narrow. Calyx deeply 5-
lobed. Corolla tube short, or rarely
longer than the calyx, the throat often
crowned with 5 small scales ; lobes 5,
imbricate, obtuse, spreading. Stamens 5.
Ovary 4-lobed. Nutlets 4, or fewer by
abortion.
E. barbigerum. — A pretty Californian
annual clothed with long spreading hairs,
and having lance-shaped leaves. Flowers
in summer and autumn, white, small, like
those of the Forget-me-not, in crosier-like
cymes.
G u Iture and Propagation. — Seeds of
this species may be sown in patches in
the rockery in April where the plants are
to bloom, afterwards thinning the seedlings
out.
E. nanum. — A lovely dwarf tufted
alpine, 2-3 in. high, with linear obovate
leaves covered with long silky-white hairs,
the lower leaves forming dense rosettes
above the withered and persistent foli-
age of previous years. Flowers in sum-
mer, bright sky-blue, with a yellowish
centre, like those of Myosotis alpestris,
but larger, and appearing just above the
leaves.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species is the one most generally grown.
It nourishes in fibrous loam and peat in
smmy exposed parts of the rockery, where
it may be propped up by pieces of lime-
stone or sandstone so as to keep the silky
leaves off the wet soil. While requiring
abundance of water, it must not, however,
be grown in badly drained soil. In wet
cold winters it is well to protect it with a
sheet of glass as the leaves retain moisture
longer than is good for them during that
period. Plants may be raised from seeds
sown in spring in gentle heat, or by
division of the tufts in early spring.
E. nothofulvum. — This is a Californian
annual very much like the common For-
get-me-not in appearance. It produces
masses of white sweet-scented flowers.
Culture dc. as for E. strictum.
E. strictum. — A rather pretty little
Himalayan annual 9-12 in. high, with
tufts of leaves resembling those of the
Forget-me-not. The stems are very much
branched, and end in long racemes of
small bright blue flowers which last for
a considerable period in summer.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species flourishes in any garden soil and
may be used for massing like tbe Forget-
me-nots. Seeds may be sown when ripe,
or in spring in the open border where the
plants are to blossom.
SYMPHYTUM (Comfkky).— A genus
containing about 16 species of rather
coarse-growing erect often hairy herbs,
sometimes with tuberous roots. Leaves
alternate or mostly radical ; cauline ones
sometimes decurrent, the uppermost ones
sometimes very close together and almost
opposite. Flowers yellowish, blue, or
purple, in branched cymes or simple one-
sided crosier-like racemes. Calyx 5- lobed
or parted. Corolla broadly tubular,
widened above, with 5 scales in the
throat ; lobes 5, very short, erect, tooth -
like, or scarcely spreading ; stamens 5.
Ovary distinctly 4-lobed. Nutlets 4,
obliquely ovoid.
Culture and Propagation. — The
species described below flourish in almost
any soil or situation and are chiefly use-
ful for naturalising in open smmy grassy
places or banks, or even under trees where
there is plenty of light and air. They are
easily increased by seeds sown in the open
ground or in cold frames when ripe, or in
spring. The seedlings may be trans-
planted in showery weather. The plants
may also be increased by division of the
rootstocks in early autumn or in spring.
S. asperrimum (Prickly Comfrey ;
Trottles). — A vigorous Caucasian peren-
nial 4-6 ft. high, clothed with short sharp
prickles, and having broad, very rough
and hairy, ovate heart-shaped leaves taper-
ing to a point. Flowers in summer, red
in bud, blue after opening, bell-shaped,
downy outside.
This rampant grower is excellent for
the rougher or wilder parts of the garden
and may be increased from seeds or by
division. The variety aureo-variegatum
has the leaves bordered with yellow.
Culture dc. as above.
S. caucasicum. — A fine Caucasian
species about 3 ft. high, with ovate lance-
shaped hairy leaves, the lower ones
narrowed into long stalks, the upper ones
nearly opposite and shortly decurrent at
the sides of the stem. Flowers in sum-
mer, blue, bell-shaped, the corolla some-
times 3 times longer than the bluntly
674
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS teachystemon
5-toothed calyx. May be used in the
same way as S. asperrimum.
Culture dec. as above.
S. officinale. — This well-known British
plant is variously known as Alum, Black
Root, Common Conifrey, Knitback &c.
It grows 1-3 ft. high, and has ovate
roughish, alternate, oval, lance-shaped
leaves, 4-8 in. long, those of the stern
being decurrent. Flowers in May and
June, yellowish white or purple, tubular,
about 1 in. long, in crosier-like cymes.
The variety album has white flowers;
bohemicum from Bohemia has red or
reddish-purple flowers, and grows only
about 1-li ft. high; luteo-marginatum.
as the name indicates, has the leaves
margined with yellow ; and patens is
recognised by its purple flowers.
Culture <tc. as above.
BORAGO (Borage). — A genus of erect
annual or perennial herbs with alternate
leaves and rather long-stalked blue
flowers in loose cymes. Calyx with 5
linear segments. Corolla with a short
tube, rotate or widely spreading bell-
shaped, often with scales or bosses at the
throat. 5-lobed. Stamens 5, protruding or
enclosed. Ovary distinctly 4-lobed. Nut-
lets 4, ovoid or oblong.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Borages flourish in ordinary soil and
are useful for naturalising in poor dry
parts of the garden. They may be
increased by dividing the rootstocks in
spring ; by putting cuttings of the shoots
in sandy soil in a cold frame in summer
and autumn ; or from seeds sown in fairly
good soil from March to Ma}*, the seed-
lings being thinned out to a foot or 18 in.
apart.
B. laxiflora. — A decumbent hairy
Corsican species with oblong roughish
leaves in rosettes at the base, the stem
ones half-clasping. Flowers from May to
August, pale blue, in drooping racemes.
Culture d-c. as above. It grows freely
on sandy soil in sunny situations.
B. longifolia. — A native of Numidia,
about 1 ft. high. Lower leaves linear
lance-shaped, roughish and downy be-
neath, upper ones half stem-clasping.
Flowers in July and August, blue, with
ovate acute spreading segments, and
borne in terminal bracteate panicles.
Culture d-c. as above.
B. officinalis (Common Borage). — A
British species 1-2 ft. high, with lower
leaves obovate, narrowed at the base ;
stem leaves oblong, sessile, rather lobed
at the base. Flowers from June to Sept-
ember, blue, purple or white, with ovate-
acute spreading segments, alternating with
the hairy lance-shaped lobes of the calyx.
This is the species used for flavouring
drinks, and is often found in waste spots
flowering profusely.
Culture drc. as above.
B. orientalis. — A vigorous Turkish
species 8-15 in. high, with thick blackish
creeping roots and heart-shaped hairy
leaves, nearly all radical. Flowers in
early spring, bluish, with ovate, blunt,
reflexed lobes, and borne in panicled
clusters. Stamens greatly protruding.
Cultu re d-c. as above. May be natura-
lised in dry, rough places, banks &c, in
shady or exposed sunny situations.
TRACHYSTEMON. — A genus
having only a couple of species of erect
branching hairy perennials, often with
large long-stalked radical leaves, those of
the stems being fewer, smaller, and alter-
nate. The flowers have a bell-shaped
5-lobed calyx, and also a corolla with a
cylindrical tube, and 5 spreading or re-
flexed lobes. Stamens 5, much protruding.
Ovary lobes 4 distinct, becoming 4 ovoid
or oblong nutlets when ripe.
T. orientalis. — A strong-growing hairy
perennial 3 ft. or more high, native of
Asia Minor, with an attractive and elegant
habit. The lower stalked leaves, which
appear after the flowers, are heart-shaped,
ovate acute, about 10 in. long, and 7 in.
across in the widest portion. The charm-
ing violet-blue flowers appear in early
spring, 70-80 in a branched truss, the
corolla-lobes being reflexed and twisted
at the tips, and the white stamens stand-
ing out in the centre in a cone-like tuft
more than I in. long.
Culture and Propagation. — This plant
is somewhat too vigorous for the choice
flower border, but is well adapted for
furnishing wilder parts of the garden.
The roots spread a good deal, and send
up shoots all over the surrounding surface.
The}* should therefore be restricted if
necessary with a sharp spade. The plant
flourishes in ordinary soil, and is easily
increased by dividing the roots in autumn.
The flowers although beautiful are useless
for cutting, as they do not last long.
ANCHUSA
FORGET-ME-NOT ORDER
PULMONARIA f)7o
ANCHUSA (Alkanet).— This genus
contains about 30 species of more or less
roughly hairy or perennial herbs, only a
few of which are of garden value. Leaves
alternate. Flowers in crosier - like ra-
cemes, drooping, blue, violet, or white.
( lalyx with 5 usually narrow lobes.
Corolla tube straight, cylindrical, throat
closed with hairs or scales, lobes 5 im-
bricate, blunt, spreading. Stamens ~>.
Nutlets 4, oblique or incurved.
Culture and Propagation. — Anchusas
grow readily in ordinary soil in sunny
situations, and are easily increased by
seeds sown in spring in sandy soil, or
by division of the tufts in the case of
perennials in early autumn or spring.
A. capensis. — A pretty S. African
biennial with simple hairy stems about
JU- ft. high, and linear - lance - shaped
hairy leaves. Flowers in July, blue, in
racemose panicles at the ends of the
branches.
Culture il-c. as above. The seeds of
this rather tender species may be sown
in August or September, the seedlings
being wintered in a cold frame or green-
house and planted out the following May.
The seeds may also be sown in gentle
heat early in spring, and the seedlings
pricked out and hardened off so as to be
fit for the open border in May.
A. italica (J., azurea ; A. paniculata).
A strong - growing Caucasian species
3-4 ft. high, with lance-shaped entire
shining leaves, the lower ones sometimes
2 ft. long. Flowers in summer, bright
blue or purple, in panicled racemes.
This is one of the best species and
may be increased by seeds or division.
^4. hybrida is a biennial about 2 ft. high,
similar in appearance to A. italica, but
it has rich violet flowers in spikes 1 ft. or
more long.
Culture dtc. as above.
A. sempervirens. — A perennial species
K-2 ft. high, found naturalised in parts
of the British Islands. Leaves broadly
ovate, lower ones stalked. Flowers in
May, rich blue, with a very hairy calyx,
and borne in short axillary spikes, usually
leafy at the base.
There are a few other species occa-
sionally seen, chiefly in botanical collec-
tions, but the Anchusas as a whole are
not of great value as garden plants.
Culture dx. as above.
PULMONARIA (Lungwort).— A
genus containing 4 or 5 species of hairy
perennial herbs with large stalked radical
leaves, and few alternate cauline ones,
all usually spotted with white. Flowers
pedicellate, blue or rosy-purple, the lower
ones or nearly all bracteate, in terminal
bifid cymes. Calyx shortly or as far as
the middle 5-cleft, angular. Corolla
funnel-shaped, with a cylindrical tube, 5
broad blunt spreading lobes, and 5 tufts
of hair alternating with the 5 stamens.
Nutlets 4.
Culture a in/ Propagation. — Pukno-
narias grow well in any ordinary soil and
delight in shady places in wild or rough
parts of the garden. They are chiefly
increased by dividing the established
clumps in early spring. Seeds, howevt r,
may be sown when ripe or in spring in
the open ground in places where the plants
are to blossom ; or in prepared parts of
the border from which the seedlings may
afterwards be transplanted in mild show-
ery weather in early autumn or spring.
P. angustifolia (Blue Coivslip). — A
rare British species about 1 ft. high, with
more or less oblong lance-shaped leaves,
6-10 in. long, often spotted with pale
green and covered with soft downy hairs.
Flowers from April to June, dimorphic,
:,! in. across, pink, then bright blue, in
twin capitate racemes.
Culture Sc. as above.
P. mollis. — A Siberian species about
9 in. high. Lower leaves more or less
elliptic lance-shaped, decurrent into a
broadly winged stalk, upper leaves ovate
lance-shaped, half stem-clasping. Flowers
in April and May, blue, corolla tube
shorter than the calyx.
Culture dtc. as above.
P. officinalis (Sage of Bethlehem). — A
British and European species about 1 ft.
high. Lower leaves ovate heart-shaped,
upper ones ovate oblong sessile, spotted
with white. Flowers in spring, at first
red, afterwards violet. Thereis a white-
flowered variety called alba.
Culture d'c. as above.
P. saccharata. — A native of Europe
about 1 ft. high. Lower leaves elliptic
oval, decurrent into short stalks, upper
ones stalkless ovate oblong, all spotted
with white. Flowers in June, pink.
Culture (ft-, as above.
x x 2
676
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS mektensia
MERTENSIA. — A genus containing
about 15 species of smooth or hairy
perennial herbs with alternate, often
pellucidly dotted leaves. Flowers blue
or purplish, pedicellate, without bracts ;
racemes terminal, or cymes loosely
branched, few-flowered, one-sided, some-
times paniculate. Calyx with 5 ovate -
lance-shaped or linear lobes. Corolla
tubular funnel-shaped, enlarged or some-
what bell-shaped at the throat, and having
5 short, blunt, spreading lobes. Stamens
5, enclosed or scarcely protruding. Nut-
lets 4, or fewer by abortion.
Culture and Propagation. — Mer-
tensias are closely related to the Pulmo-
narias and have been a good deal mixed
up with them in naming. They are, how-
ever, choicer plants for the garden, and
are easily grown in ordinary soil. They
may be used in the flower border, edges
of shrubberies, or the dwarfer kinds in
the rock-garden. They may be increased
by division in early autumn, or by seeds
sown in cold frames as soon as ripe, the
seedlings being kept under glass pro-
tection until about the following May,
when they will be sturdy enough for
planting out.
M. alpina. — A charming little alpine,
6-10 in. high, native of the Rocky Moun-
tains, with bluish-green oblong or some-
what spoon-shaped leaves. Flowers in
spring and summer, pale blue, 1-3 on a
stem, in drooping terminal clusters.
Culture dr. as above. A pretty rock
plant.
M. dahurica (Pulmonaria daliurica).
A graceful slender, erect growing, hairy
perennial, with furrowed and angled
stems, 6-12 in. high, native of Dahuria.
Leaves ovate, roughish, slightly glaucous
and covered with short hairs. Flowers
in May and June, bright sky-blue, tubu-
lar, in panicled clusters, drooping at first,
afterwards erect and elongated.
Culture d'c. as above. This is best
grown in sheltered nooks in the rockery
where it will not be blown about by
strong winds. It thrives in sandy peat
and loam, and may be increased by
division.
M. lanceolata. — A beautiful Rocky
Mountain perennial, 6-12 in. high, with
slender erect simple stems. Leaves
stalkless, chiefly cauline, linear-oblong
or spoon-shaped, the radical ones often
broader, smoothish above, with fringed
margins. Flowers in May, drooping,
pale or dark blue, bell-shaped, shortly
5-lobed, with a cylindric tube.
Culture d'-c. as above.
M. maritima (Pulmonaria maritima).
Oyster Plant. — A British seaside peren-
nial with decumbent leafy much-branched
stems, 1-2 ft. long, and ovate or oblong
acutish leaves 1-3 in. long, the lower ones
stalked, the upper sessile. Flowers in
May and June, \ in. across, at first pink,
then blue, borne in erect terminal corym-
bose racemes.
Culture dc. as above. Flourishes
in light deep sandy soil in open sunny
parts of the rock garden, where its fleshy
flower stems may ramble about. In-
creased by seeds sown as soon as ripe.
As slugs are very fond of it, a sharp look
out must be kept for them.
M. oblongifolia. — A pretty N. Ameri-
can species 6-9 in. high, with deep green
oblong fleshy leaves and clustered heads
of brilliant blue flowers in summer.
Culture d'c. as above.
M. paniculata (Pulmonaria panicu-
lata). — A roughish and more or less hairy
N. American perennial 1-2 ft. high, with
rather ovate lance-shaped tapering ribbed
leaves, thin in texture. Flowers in July,
purple-blue, funnel-shaped, 3-4 times
longer than the lance-shaped linear
divisions of the calyx.
Culture drc. as above. Increased by
division.
M. sibirica (Pulmonaria sibirica). —
A pretty species 6-18 in. high, native of
E. Asia and N. America. Leaves smooth,
rather fleshy, lower ones heart-shaped,
roundish or broadly elliptic, upper ones
ovate acute. Flowers from May to July,
purple -blue, in elongated, forked racemes,
with a flower in the forks. The variety
alba is recognised by its white flowers.
Culture d'c. as above. Increased by
division.
M. virginica (M. pulmonarioides).
Pulmonaria' virginica). — Virginian Coiu-
slip. — A graceful perennial 1-2 ft. high,
native of Virginia, and perhaps the best
of all. Leaves lance-shaped ovate, lower
ones 4-6 in. long, shortly stalked, upper
ones gradually diminishing in size, and
without stalks. Flowers from April to
June, beautiful purple-blue, tubular, or
cup-like, about 1 in. long, in gracefully
drooping or nodding clusters in the axils
of the upper leaves and at the ends of
MYOSOTIS
FOR GET-ME-NOT- ORDER
MYOSOTIS G77
shoots. The variety rubra is a charming
plant with beautiful soft pink blossoms.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Virginian Cowslip is best grown in
sheltered nooks in moist, sandy, peaty,
and well-drained soil, in lower parts of
the rock garden, the edges of borders &c.
Increased by division in autumn, and by
seeds sown as soon as ripe.
MYOSOTIS (Forget-me-not). — A
geims of annual or perennial hairy or
rarely smooth herbs, with alternate
leaves. Flowers in crosier-like cymes or
racemes, with or without bracts, blue,
rosy, or white. Calyx shortly or deeply
5-cleft. Corolla tube short, closed at the
throat more or less with 5 notched scales,
or naked ; lobes 5. Stamens 5, enclosed
or protruding. Nutlets 4, distinct, ovoid.
Culture and Propagation. — More
than 40 species of Forget-me-nots have
been described by various authors, but
many of them are confused with one
another. The kinds described below are
among the best for garden purposes.
They are easily grown in moist rich soil
and rather shady places, and may be
increased by seeds sown in March and
April on a warm border. The seeds may
also be sown as soon as ripe in prepared
spots, and the seedlings afterwards pricked
out into their flowering quarters not later
than the end of September or middle of
October, so that they may secure a good
hold of the soil before winter sets in.
Plants obtained in this way flower freely
in spring and make fine bushy chimps.
The perennial kinds majT also be multi-
plied by dividing the tufts in early spring,
or cuttings may be inserted in moist sandy
soil, under a handlight or cold frame
during the summer in shaded spots.
M. alpestris (M. rupicola). — A pretty
British alpine, 2-3 in. high, closely
related to M. sylvatica. Leaves dark
green, hairy, sessile, oblong lance-shaped,
li-2 in. long, in dense tufts. Flowers in
early summer, ^ in. across, bright blue,
with a small yellowish eye, fragrant
towards evening. The variety elegantis-
sima is a pretty dwarf free-flowering
plant with white, rose; and blue flowers.
There are other dwarf forms with white
and rosy flowers, and one with yellowish
leaves and deep blue flowers.
Stricta and Striata calestina are
unique varieties, the branches of which
grow upright, forming a regular pillar or
column, studded with sky-blue flowers.
Useful for borders or pot culture. Other
good varieties are Victoria and Distinction,
the latter 5-7 in. high, having a rounded,
bushy habit and bright sky-blue flowers
which appear 8 10 weeks after the seeds
have been sown. As a pot plant it will
flower in greenhouses during the winter
from autumn -sown seeds.
Culture anil Propagation. — May be
grown in the rockery, the edges of the
flower border, in sandy moist soil, in
partially shaded places. The typical
plant grows on moist rocks in the north
of England, at elevations of 2400-4000
ft
M. azorica. — A charming perennial
6-10 in. high, native of the Azores.
Leaves hairy, upper ones bluntly oblong,
lower ones oblong spoon-shaped. Flowers
in summer, about .', in. across, at first rich
purple, afterwards a bright indigo-blue,
and remarkable for the absence of a
differently coloured ' eye ' in the centre.
The variety alba has white flowers ; and
Imperatriee Elizabeth is a seedling
variation forming a little bush about 6 in.
high, and studded with bluish-purple
flowers.
Culture and Projiagation. — M.
azorica is somewhat tender and requires
to be grown in warm sheltered parts of
the rockery, in light, rich, sandy soil. It
may be increased from seeds or by cut-
tings. The variety Imperatriee Elizabeth
is more sturdy, and makes a fine pot-plant
or an ornament for shady nooks in the
rockery.
M. dissitiflora. — A beautiful perennial
6-12 in. high, native of the Swiss Alps.
Leaves oblong lance-shaped, tapering.
Flowers very early in spring, lasting till
summer, deep sky-blue, \ in. or more
across, in great profusion. This species
is closely related to M. sylvatica but may
be distinguished readily by its stalked
nutlets, those of M. sylvatica being with-
out stalks. It also flowers much earlier,
and looks well in broad masses in the
rockery or the front of borders, shrub-
bei'ies, copses &c. In favourable spots
it seeds freely, but may also be increased
by division and cuttings.
There are several varieties, among
which are alba with pure white flowers ;
grandiflora with very large flowers like
the type, produced in great profusion in
February ; perfecta, a very large and
678
PB ACTIO AL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS lithospermum
symmetrical form ; elegantissima, which
is recognised by its tufts of leaves having
an irregular white border.
Culture dc. as above.
M. palustris. — This is the True
British Forget-me-not found in wet or
marshy places throughout the British
Islands. It is a beautiful perennial 6-12
in. high, with creeping rootstocks and
stoutish, flexuous stems. Leaves 1-3 in.
long, linear oblong or narrowly spoon-
shaped, shining, the upper ones sessile or
shortly decurrent. Flowers from May to
July, £-| in. across, sky-blue, with a
small yellow centre, borne in simple or
forked racemes.
Culture <jtc. as above. This plant is
well worth growing in moist parts of the
rockery or border, and may be easily
increased by division in early autumn.
There is a white-flowered form, also one
with larger flowers than the type and
sure to be called grandiflora some day.
There is one called semperflorens because
it flowers for a much longer period than
the type.
The variety Tom Thumb is a lovely
little Forget-me-not forming tufts like
the Pearlwort {Sagina pilifera), from
whence spring up numerous delicate sky-
blue flowers. It comes true from seeds,
and flowers from May till the frost cuts
the blooms down.
M. Rehsteineri. — A native of Switzer-
land, found near Lake Geneva, and
probably a variety of the British M.
caspitosa. The more or less oblong
spoon-shaped leaves are in dense tufts
close to the ground, and the plants are
studded with bright blue flowers having
a small vellow centre, during April and
May.
Culture dc. as above. This plant
flourishes in damp parts of the rockery
or border.
M. sylvatica. — A beautiful British
biennial or perennial species, 1-2 ft. high,
branched from the base, and bearing
bluntish, oblong lance-shaped leaves,
1A— 3 in. long, covered with soft hairs.
Flowers from May to September, ^ in.
across, bright blue, with a yellow throat,
in solitary or forked racemes. There are
several varieties, including white, rose,
and striped ones ; the one called grandi-
flora has blue flowers about i in. across ;
elegantissima is a dwarf and very free
flowering form with large white, blue, or
pink flowers ; and compacta aurea has
tufts of golden or yellowish leaves.
Culture and Propagation. — M. syl-
vatica is a popular plant for flower
borders or beds, and sows itself freely
wherever grown. The seedlings are
transplanted in September and make a
beautiful show of blossom the following
year. After flowering the old plants may
be thrown down in any waste spot to
shed their seeds. These will germinate
freely, and the seedlings may be trans-
ferred to beds or borders in autumn.
M. Welwitschi (M. cintra). — A
Portuguese annual or biennial Forget-me-
not about 4 in. high, with a tufted habit,
and ovate lance-shaped leaves. The
bright blue flowers appear in early
summer, and have a yellowish-white
centre.
Culture dc. as above for M. sylvatica.
LITHOSPERMUM (Gromwell).—
A genus containing about 40 species of
biennial or perennial herbs, bushes, or
rarely small shrubs, more or less hoary
or hispid. Leaves alternate, usually
narrow. Flowers white, yellow, bluish
or violet in bracteate cymes. Calyx 5-
parted or cleft with linear lobes. Corolla
funnel- or salver- shaped, 5-lobed, with a
straight cylindrical tube. Stamens 5.
Nutlets 4, or fewer by abortion.
Culttire and Propagation. — Only a
few species are of garden value in rich
well-drained sandy loam. They are
suitable for the rock garden or the edges
of borders and may be increased by
cuttings during the summer inserted in
cold frames ; by division in early spring ;
or by seeds sown at the same period
under glass.
L. canescens {Batschia canescens). —
A N. American herbaceous perennial with
bluntly oblong leaves ernarginate at the
apex. Flowers in June and July, yellow,
fulvous, nearly sessile.
Culture dc. as above.
L. Gastoni. — A beautiful Pyrenean
species 1-1^ ft- high, with obovate lance-
shaped leaves slightly rough with
adpressed hairs. Flowers in summer,
bright sky-blue, in clusters at the ends
of the branches.
Culture dc. as above. This is suitable
for the rockery or border in rich well-
drained loam. Increased by seeds or
division.
MOLTKIA
FORGET-ME-NOT ORDER
ARNEBIA 679
L. graminifolium (Moltkia gramini-
folia). — A tufted, grass-like species from
N. Italy with linear acute leaves. Flowers
from June to August, deep blue, droop-
ing, in terminal clusters on wiry scapes
6-12 in. high.
Culture &c. as above. Sunny parts of
the rockery in rich sandy soil.
L. hirtum (BatscJiia Gmelini). — A
rare perennial about 6 in. high, native
of the S. United States. Leaves linear
lance-shaped, obtuse, 2 3 in. long.
Flowers from May to July, orange-
yellow, rather hairy outside.
Culture &c. as above. Warm sheltered
nooks in the rock garden in well-drained
sandy loam.
L. prostratum (L. fndicosum). — A
beautiful S. European dwarf trailing
evergreen with prostrate spreading hair}
stems, woody at the base. Leaves
sessile, linear lance-shaped, roughly
hairy. Flowers in early summer, bright
Gentian blue, about \ in. across, with
reddish -violet stripes.
Culture and Propagation. — This fine
free-flowering species is well suited for
the rock garden, where its trailing stems
can ramble over the rocks and display to
advantage the brilliant flowers. On dry,
rich, sandy soils it is also an excellent
border plant forming rounded masses 1
ft. or so high. It is difficult to increase
except by cuttings from the previous
year's growth inserted in fine sandy peat,
under a bell-glass or handlight, and kept
shaded and cool for a few weeks.
L. purpureo-caeruleum. — A handsome
perennial with creeping stems and erect
flower-stalks about 1 ft. high. It is
found wild occasionally in the south of
England in copses on limestone and
chalk. Leaves li-3 in. long, nearly
sessile, narrow lance-shaped, and softly
hairy. Flowers in June and July, about
§ in. across, bright bluish- purple.
Culture dtc. as above. Suitable for
borders, rockeries, the edges of shrub-
beries, copses &c. in any soil except a
clayey one. Increased by seeds and
division. Other British species are L.
arvense, with creamy- white flowers, and
L. officinale, with yellowish-white ones,
and much more common than L. pur-
pit reo-cceruleum.
MOLTKIA. — A genus containing 6
or 7 species of more or less downy peren-
nial herbs often tufted and sometimes
woody at the base. Leaves alternate,
narrow. Flowers blue or yellow, in one-
sided spikes at the ends of the branches.
Calyx deeply i>- cleft or parted, with linear
segments. Corolla tubular, funnel-shaped,
with a naked or hairy throat, and 5 obtuse
erect or scarcely spreading lobes. Sta-
mens 5, protruding. Nutlets often solitary
by abortion.
Culture and Propagation. — Moltkias
are closely related to the Gromwells
(Lithospermum) and may be grown under
somewhat similar conditions and treat-
ment. They flourish in ordinary good
garden soil of a rather sandy nature
and fairly well exposed to the sun. The
plants may be increased by seeds sown as
soon as ripe in cold frames, or by means
of cuttings inserted hi sandy soil in cold
frames or under hand-lights during the
summer.
M. caerulea. — A somewhat shrubby
species about 1 ft. high, native of Asia
Minor. Leaves oblong lance-shaped,
acute, rather silky. Flowers in April,
bluish-purple, in spikes 4-6 in. long with
lance-shaped bracts.
Culture dc. as above.
M. petraea (Litliosjjermum petrceum).
A pretty Dalmatian dwarf shrub 6-8 in.
high, like a small Rosemary bush, with
greyish, narrow, oblong linear leaves
1-1 1 in. long. Flowers from May to
July, at first pinkish-purple, afterwards
rich violet-blue, about A in. across, in
dense clusters on simple or forked
racemes. This species is also known as
Lith ospermum rosmarinifolium.
Culture and Propagation. — Flour-
ishes in deep, well-drained sandy soil in
sunny sheltered parts of the rock garden.
It is usually increased by cuttings
inserted in summer in sandy soil in a
cold frame or under handlights, and
kept close and shaded for a few weeks.
A totally different plant — Er odium
petrceum — belonging to the Geranium
Order (p. 284) has been confused with
this species. - •
ARNEBIA (Prophet or Mohammed's
Flower). — A genus containing about 12
species of pretty perennial or annual
hairy herbs, erect or spreading in habit,
with alternate leaves. Flowers yellow
or violet, almost stalkless, in simple
racemes or leafy branched cymes. Calyx
680
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS echium
5-cleft with linear lance-shaped lobes,
sometimes thickened and lobecl at the
base. Corolla tube slender, straight, with
a naked throat ; lobes 5, blunt, spreading,
the sinuses often inflexed and dilated.
Stamens 5, enclosed. Nutlets 4, or fewer
by abortion.
A. cornuta. — A pretty bushy annual
about li-2 ft. high, native of Turkestan,
with dark green hairy lance-shaped
leaves. The deep yellow flowers with a
blackish-purple heart-shaped spot on each
corolla-lobe appear in summer, and are
borne in racemes. The black spots change
to brown and finally disappear with age.
Culture and Propagation. — This
remarkable annual flourishes in ordinary
soil and may be raised from seeds sown
in gentle heat in March or in the open
border in April and May. The flowers
last more than a week when cut and
placed in water.
A. echioides. — A beautiful Armenian
perennial 9-12 in. high or more, with
sessile leaves having ciliated edges.
Flowers freely during May and the
summer months, bright primrose-yellow,
with a conspicuous purple or blackish
spot in the sinuses between the lobes of
the corolla when first open, but gradually
fading away, leaving the flowers at last
clear yellow. Flower-spikes large, soli-
tary, terminal, one-sided. This species
has now been transferred to the genus
Macrotomia which differs but little in
structure from Arnebia.
Culture and Propagation. — A splen-
did plant for the border or rockery,
flourishing in deep light moist soil, well-
drained, and in somewhat shaded situa-
tions. It is usually increased by cuttings
(as seeds are not always obtainable)
inserted in sandy soil under a hand-
glass and kept close and shaded for a
time until fairly well-rooted.
A. Griffithi. — A pretty annual species
about 9 in. high, from N. West India.
It resembles A. echioides but has
narrower leaves, and smaller flowers of
a clearer and more decided yellow, and
with a longer tube.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species must be raised from seeds sown in
gentle heat in March, the seedlings being
planted out in May or June according
to the mildness of the weather. For the
treatment of annuals in general see p. 78.
A. macrothyrsa. — A beautiful peren-
nial l-lr> ft. high, native of N. Kurdistan.
The leaves are 4-7 in. long, and the large
yellow flowers are borne in dense trusses
during the summer months.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds and division.
ECHIUM (Bugloss). — A genus of
about 20 species of more or less beautiful
strong-growing hairy herbs or shrubs
with alternate leaves, and flowers in
spiked or panicled one-sided racemes
recurved at the top. Calyx 5-parted with
linear or lance-shaped segments some-
times united at the base. Corolla
tubular, funnel-shaped, with 5 rounded
unequal erect or somewhat spreading
lobes. Stamens 5, often unequally pro-
truding. Nutlets 4.
Culture and Propagation. — Echiums
flourish in ordinary garden soil. The
annual and biennial kinds may be raised
from seeds ; the perennials also, and by
cuttings in sandy soil under a handlight,
and the shrubby kinds by layers. Seeds
may be sown in spring or autumn accord-
ing to whether the plants are required to
flower the same season or the following.
E. albicans. — A beautiful dwarf-
growing Spanish perennial covered with
hoary appressed bristly hairs. The
linear-lance-shaped leaves 2-3 in. long,
tapering to the base, form dense tufts,
those on the stem sessile. Flowers in
early summer, at first rose, afterwards
violet, nearly 1 in. long, in recurved
racemes on scapes 6-18 in. high.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds or cuttings.
E. creticum. — A pretty hardy annual
6-18 in. high, native of S. Europe, with
herbaceous, spreading, hairy stems and
branches and oblong lance-shaped leaves.
Flowers in July, irregular, reddish-violet,
in many-flowered spikelets.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds sown every year, as recommended
for annuals in general at p. 78.
E. plantagineum. — A handsome
annual or biennial with spindle-shaped
roots and erect or ascending diffusely
branched stems, 1-3 ft. high. It is
found wild in Cornwall and Jersey, and
in the Mediterranean region. Lower
leaves 4-6 in. long, lance-shaped, stalked ;
upper ones linear oblong, spreading,
ONOSMA
FORGET-ME-NOT ORDER
ONOSMA 681
blunt, sometimes widened at the base.
Flowers from June to August, 1 in.
across, dark bluish-purple, with stamens
slightly protruding, and borne in spread-
ing curved cymes 4-6 in. long.
Culture die. as above. Increased by
seeds sown annually.
E. vulgare {Viper's Bucjlosa). — A
British biennial 2-4 ft. high. Lower
leaves stalked, 4-8 in. long ; upper ones
sessile lance-shaped or oblong rounded
at the base. Flowers from June to
August, | in. across, reddish-purple in
bud, bright blue when open, rarely white,
4 stamens protruding, and borne in curved
panicled cyrnes.
Culture t(i-. us above. This species
nourishes in light sandy soil in the border
or rough parts of the garden and may be
raised from seeds sown annually when
ripe or in spring.
ONOSMA (Golden Drop).— A genus
containing about 70 species of more or
less hairy annual, biennial, or perennial
herbs or shrubs with alternate leaves.
Flowers yellow, rarely white or purple,
pedicellate or nearly sessile, borne in
simple one-sided curved racemes or
branched cymes. Calyx 5-parted. Corolla
tubular, often narrowed at the base, often
widened about the centre, and again
contracted near the 5 very short tooth-
like lobes. Stamens 5, rarely protruding.
Style thread-like, protruding. Nutlets 4,
or fewer by abortion.
Culture and Propagation. — These
plants thrive in rich deep sandy loam
which must be well drained. A little peat
or leaf-mould may also be added, and
during wet winters it is advisable to cover
the plants with a handlight or a sheet of
glass. The hairiness of the foliage retains
the moisture, and in cold winters this is
very injurious. They may be increased
by cuttings of the basal shoots taken in
summer, and inserted in moist sandy soil
under a close and shaded handlight. Too
much water must not be given, as the
hairy leaves are liable to rot off.
O. albo-roseum. — A pretty little peren-
nial 3-6 in. high, native of Asia Minor.
It has tufts of grey-green hairy leaves, and
drooping tubular white flowers about H in.
long, swollen near the top, and with a rosy
or reddish hairy calyx, the lobes of which
are about half as long as the white corolla
tube.
Culture dec. as above.
O. bracteosum. — A distinct species 3-6
in. high, with hairy oblong oblanceolate
leaves, l£-2 in. long, and clusters of
drooping white tubular blossoms in June,
the hairy calyx segments being three-
fourths as long as the corolla tube.
Culture dc. as above. This species is
not yet well known but deserves to be
cultivated, although it appears to be
rather shy in blooming. It likes gritty
well -drained soil in sheltered parts of the
rockery, and should be protected with a
handlight or sheet of glass in winter to
keep off the heavy rains.
O. echioides. —A native of S. Europe
with greyish-green oblanceolate leaves
4-5 in. long, covered with whitish
adpressed hairs. Flowers in May and
June, on leafy stems 6-9 in. high, bright
yellow, tubular, in drooping clusters.
Culture d'-c. as above. As this plant is
a biennial it is necessary to raise seeds
regularly every year to prevent it dying
out.
O. pyramidale. — A rare Himalayan
species 1A-2 ft. high, covered with white
hairs. Leaves in dense tufts, 10-12 in.
long, narrow lance-shaped acute, the
upper ones shorter and more pointed.
Flowers in October, bright scarlet, fading
to lilac, drooping in short curved
racemes.
Culture dec. as above. Owing to the
unique colour of the blossoms every effort
should be made to increase this species.
O. simplicissimum. — A Siberian species
about a foot high with linear leaves
covered more or less with silky hairs.
The pale 3'ellow flowers are usually borne
in twos at the ends of the shoots.
Culture dc. as above. Although
figured many years ago in the ' Botanical
Magazine,' t. 2248, this species seems to
have dropped out of cultivation altogether.
O. steilulatum. — A Macedonian peren-
nial about 6 in. high with linear oblong
leaves, the lower ones somewhat spoon-
shaped, the upper ones half stem-clasping.
The flowers appear in early summer and
vary in colour from white to yellow or
pale lemon.
Culture dec. as above.
O. tauricum. — A beautiful and distinct
evergreen perennial, 6-12 in. high,
native of the Caucasus, with dense tufts
of hairy linear lance-shaped acute leaves
with revolute edges. Flowers in summer,
682
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS cekixthe
yellow above, 1} in. long, tubular inflated
in the middle, and drooping on one-sided
recurved spikes. There is a white
variety, alba, but it is rather difficult to
establish, being of a more delicate consti-
tution.
Culture dc. as above. This species is
an excellent plant for the border or rock
garden in deep well-drained soil. In-
creased by seeds or cuttings. It is the
only species generally met with outside
botanical collections, but 0. echioides is
an excellent companion, and seems to be
very similar, if not identical with it.
CERINTHE (Hoxeyworti. — A
small genus of smooth glaucous annual
or perennial herbs with alternate leaves,
those of the stem being heart-shaped or
hastate-amplexicaul. Flowers yellow,
often spotted with purple, in leafy
terminal crosier-like cymes or racemes,
at first clustered, afterwards distant.
Calyx 5-parted. Corolla broadly tubular,
straight or incurved, often constricted at
the throat, 5-lobed. Stamens 5, some-
times slightly protruding. Ovary 2-lobed.
Fruit composed of 2 distinct 2-celled
nuts.
Culture and Propagation. — These
plants grow readily in ordinary garden
soil and (with the exception of C.
maculata, which is a perennial) are
easily raised from seeds sown in April in
sunny spots on warm borders or in cold
frames from which the seedlings may be
transplanted in June or earlier. Those
described below are all annuals except
C. maculata.
C. aspera. — A native of S. Europe
1-2 ft. high with oblong finely toothed
and ciliate leaves, roughish beneath.
Flowers in July, yellow, with a brownish-
purple cylindrical tube.
Culture dc. as above.
C. glabra. — A native of the Alps
about 1 ft. high, with ovate lance-shaped
entire leaves. Flowers in June, yellow
at the base, violet at the top.
Culture dc. as above.
C. maculata. — A native of S. and E.
Europe 1-li ft. high, with ovate heart-
shaped entire smooth leaves. Flowers
in June, yellow, inflated, with 5 dark
purple spots on the tube.
Culture dc. as above. This perennial
has fleshy roots and should be grown in
dry sunny situations in well-drained soil,
so that the roots will not rot through
stagnant moisture.
It may be increased by division in early
autumn or in spring. Seeds may also be
sown in cold frames when ripe, or in the
open border about April, afterwards trans-
planting the seedlings, or thinning them
out if the plants are required to bloom
where the seeds have been sown.
C. major. — A native of Switzerland
about 1 ft. high. Leaves heart-shaped
ovate finely toothed and ciliate, fleshy,
stem-clasping, smooth above, and covered
with white dots, rough beneath. Flowers
in July, inflated, yellow at the base,
purple on top.
Culture dc. as above.
C. minor. — A native of Central and
S. Europe, 1-1 \ ft. high. Leaves heart-
shaped ovate entire, smooth, covered
with tiny white warts above. Flowers in
June, yellow, sometimes with 5 brownish
spots on the tube.
Culture dc. as above.
C. retorta. — A native of Greece about
lift. high. Leaves stern-clasping, rather
spoon-shaped, emarginate at the apex,
with a short bristle in the centre, and
having small white warts on both
surfaces. Flowers in July, yellow and
violet, club-shaped, cylindrical, with a
constricted 5-toothed mouth.
Culture dc. as above.
LXXIX. CONVOLVULACE^— Bindweed Order
An extensive order of herbaceous plants or shrubs (rarely trees) with weak,
trailing, twining or high climbing stems. Leaves alternate, various in form,
often heart-shaped, entire, sinuate-toothed, palmately or rarely pinnately
lobed or dissected (absent in the Dodder, Cuscuta). Stipules none. Flowers
in axillary or terminal racemes, or solitary, regular, hermaphrodite, or very
rarely polygamous by abortion. Calyx inferior in 5 divisions ; sepals often
IPOM^A
BINDWEED ORDER
IPOM2EA 683-
free or scarcely united at the base, much imbricated. Corolla gamopetalous,
hypogynous, funnel-shaped, tubular, salver- or bell-shaped, rarely almost
rotate, 5-lobed or nearly entire, plaited, convolute or twisted in bud. Stamens
5, inserted in the base of the corolla tube, and alternate with its segments ;
filaments often dilated at the base. Ovary superior. Style 1, usually divided
at the top. Capsule 1-4-celled, few-seeded.
This order contains over 30 genera and about 800 species distributed all
over the world, but more plentiful in tropical countries.
IPOM^EA (Morning Gloky). — A
large genus containing about 300 or 400
species, only a few of which can be
grown in the open air in the British
Islands. They are mostly climbing or
creeping herbs, rarely shrubs, more or
less covered with a soft down. Leaves
alternate, entire, lobed, or pedately or
palmately, rarely pinnately dissected.
Sepals broad or narrow, equal or unequal.
the inner ones rarely as large as or
larger than the outer ones. Corolla
salver-shaped, funnel- or bell-shaped; limb
H-folded or plaited. Stamens 5, enclosed
or protruding. Disc annular, entire or
sinuate, rarely none. Capsule globose
or rarely ovoid, membranous leathery or
fleshy, containing 4-6 or fewer seeds.
Culture and Propagation. — -Ipomasas
for the flower garden must be treated as
tender annuals in the British Islands.
Owing to their rapid growth and grace-
fully twining habit they make excellent
coverings for trellises, arbours, porches,
walls, windows, balconies &c., during the
warmest months of the year. They may
be raised from seed sown in heat about
February or March, the seedlings being
gradually hardened off in cool airy places
till about June, when they may be planted
out. Two or three seeds are often sown
in small pots, and when the seedlings
have grown to a fair size they are shifted
bodily into pots of a larger size, with
short temporary stakes to uphold the
weak stems until they are finally planted
out. They like a rich loamy soil, with
well-rotted manure or leaf-mould, and
plenty of water during growth. Where
there is no convenience for raising the
plants in heat, the seeds may be sown in
April in the open border, in fine rich soil
with a little hot manure beneath the soil.
A temporary shelter may be made with
three bricks placed triangular-wise, and
over them a sheet of glass ; or a small
bos will do equally well until the seeds
have sprouted. Careful watering should
be given, and in mild seasons the plants
will grow vigorously and flower freely.
The best kinds for outdoor cultivation
are the following : —
I. hederacea (I. Nil; Pharbitis
hederacea). — A beautiful tropical Ameri-
can climbing annual about 10 ft. high,
with heart - shaped, 3 - lobed Ivy - like
leaves. Flowers from July to September,
light blue, whitish at the base, solitary,
with a very hairy calyx. There are
several varieties of this species, among
them being grandiflora, light blue ;
superba, light blue, edged with white ;
atroviolacea, deep violet and white, and
others varying slightly in colour. There
are forms with variegated leaves, blotched
as if sprinkled with whitewash. The
variety limbata or (Pharbitis Kmbata),
a native of Australia, has flowers about
2 J in. across, and almost as deep, with a
pale rose-purple tube, and a deep violet-
purple limb edged with white.
Culture <£c. as above.
I. pandurata (Convolvulus pa/ndu-
ratus ; C. candicans). — An old but
practically almost unknown hardy peren-
nial climber, native of the United States,
with heart-shaped tapering leaves, rather
downy beneath. Flowers in summer,
large, white with a purple throat, many
on a stalk. Seeds can probably be
obtained from American nurserymen.
Culture dtc. as above.
I. purpurea (Convolvulus major; C^
purpureus ; Pharbitis Tiispida). — This
charming annual from tropical America
is nearly always offered in trade
catalogues as Convolvulus ^niajor, and
under this name it is best known in
gardens. Its stems climb 10 or 12 ft.,
bearing heart-shaped, undivided leaves,
and from June to September dark purple
flowers, with hairy sepals, many on a
stalk. There are numerous colour varie-
ties, such as atropurpurea, deep purple ;
Burridgei, scarlet ; Dichsoni, deep blue ;
684
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS calystegia
alba, white. Seeds of all can be obtained
separate or mixed. A rare variety called
aurea superba has been offered, and also
one called cupaniana.
Culture de. as above.
I. versicolor (Mina lobata). — A
charming annual climber, native of S.
Mexico, with 3-lobed leaves, heart-shaped
at the base. Flowers in summer, bright
rosy-crimson at first, changing to orange
and then yellow, in one-sided curved
racemes; corolla oblong-cylindrical, 5-
toothed ; stamens and style much pro-
truding.
Culture Sc. as above. In warm
sunny places this remarkable species
may be grown out of doors, and utilised
in the same way as the other Ipomaeas.
Seeds may be sown in heat in February
and March, and by the end of May or
June the seedlings may be transplanted
to the open ground,
Other species of Ipomasa worth grow-
ing as annuals like the above are bona-
nox, with white flowers which open at
night ; Leari, intense bright blue ;
Quamoclit, scarlet and white varieties ;
and rubro-ccerulea or Hookeri, which is
white in bud, with the limb of a rich lake,
changing to beautiful purple-blue when
fully expanded.
CALYSTEGIA (Bearbind). — A
genus of 7 or 8 trailing or climbing,
smooth or scarcely downy herbs, with
alternate, entire or rarely pahnately
lobed leaves. Flowers white, rose, or
violet, on 1 -flowered axillary stalks.
Bracts 2, large, persistent, enclosing the
calyx. Sepals nearly equal, or the inner
ones much smaller. Corolla beU- or
funnel-shaped, with a plaited 5-angled or
obscurely 5-lobed limb. Stamens not
protruding. Ovary 1 -celled or imperfectly
2-celled. Style thread - like, distinctly
2-lobed, broad.
Culture and Propagation. — All the
species flourish in ordinary garden soil,
and may be increased by seeds sown in
the open border in autumn or spring ; or
by division of the roots in spring. Like
the Ipomaeas and Convolvulus they are
useful for trailing over trellises, arbours &c.
C. dahurica. — A showy Caiicasian
climber, with perennial roots and smooth
or hairj', oblong heart-shaped leaves,
having the edges and under nerves more
or less tomentose. Flowers in July, rosy-
purple ; sepals lance-shaped acute, the 2
outer ones largest, enclosed in broadly
ovate, acute bracts. Flower stalks 4-
angled, downy.
Culture de. as above. Increased by
dividing the creeping roots. May be used
for trellises &c, like the Iponiseas.
C. pubescens fl. pi. — The single-
rlowered form of this Chinese plant is not
known in cultivation. The double-flowered
one has hastate, downy leaves and flowers
during the summer and autumn months,
on stalks 2o-3o in. long. Corolla 2-3 in.
across, perfectly double, with long narrow
wavy and refiexed petals, at first of a soft
rose or flesh colour, afterwards bright rose.
Bracts oval, ciliated, with refiexed edges.
Culture de. as above. This elegant
climbing perennial may be utilised for
the ornamentation of waUs, arbours, and
trellises &c. Although a vigorous grower,
it likes a rich soil and a warm sunny
position, and may be increased by divid-
ing, in spring, its long creeping roots,
which are white and very brittle. It may
also be used for trailing over ledges of
rockwork, old ruins, tree stumps, or for
hanging baskets, pots &c.
C. sepium (C. inflata; C. sylvatica).
Common Bearbind. — Although very often
and perhaps usually a very troublesome
weed, this is a remarkably handsome
plant, and there are situations in which it
is far from being out of place, such as
among old hedges and thickets, which it
beautifies with its large white or pink
flowers during the summer and autumn
months. Leaves membranous, 3-5 in.
long, hastate or sagittate, very acute, with
basal lobes, blunt or truncate. Flowers
2 in. across, solitary, on 4-angled stalks.
Bracts heart-shaped, keeled, acute, longer
than the calyx. A North American va-
riety called incarnata has rosy flowers.
Culture dtc. as above.
C. Soldanella. — A native of our sandy
seashores, with extensively running,
slender rootstocks, and rarely twining,
trailing stems 6-12 in. long. Leaves i-li
in. across, roundish or kidney-shaped,
fleshy, usually broader than long, with
stalks 1-3 in. long. Flowers from June
to August, 1-1 1 in. across, pale purple or
pink, with yellowish folds, solitary on
4-winged stalks. Bracts broadly oblong,
blunt, usually a little shorter than the
calyx. Also known as Convolvulus.
CONVOLVULUS
BINDWEED OBDEB
CONVOLVULUS 685
Culture d-c. as above. May be grown
trailing over rocks, or in the border, in
very sandy soil.
CONVOLVULUS (Bindweed).—
The essential characters of Convolvulus
are almost identical with those of Caly-
stegia, the chief differences being that
Convolvulus has usually several bracts
below the calyx, a 2-celled ovary and
capsule, and slender stigmas. Indeed for
practical garden purposes these two genera
might be merged, as they have a similar
habit of growth. About 150 species belong
to the genus, and are distributed over
temperate and tropical regions.
C. althaeoides. — A charming twining
perennial with deciduous steins, native of
S. Europe. Leaves shining silvery, lower
ones heart-shaped, deeply crenate, upper
ones pedately lobed, the middle lobe being
long and pinnately cut. Flowers in
summer, large, pale red or lilac, usually
solitar}*. A plant known as argyraus is
probably the same as this, or a variety
of it.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species may be raised from seeds sown in
heat about March, the seedlings being
planted out in June. When established
it may be increased in spring by dividing
the rootstock. In very bleak parts of the
country a little covering with ashes or
litter is advisable in severe winters.
C. arvensis (Small Bindweed). — Like
Cahjstegia sepium this is often a trouble-
some weed in gardens, but under cultiva-
tion it can be utilised for hanging baskets,
or for trailing over old ruins or rough
banks. In fact, used judiciously it is a
most charming trailer, as may be seen
during the summer months on any railway
embankment or country roadside, which
it covers with a multitude of beautiful
white, pink, or pale purple flowers. It
has underground slender creeping root-
stocks, and trailing steins 1-3 ft. long,
bearing hastate or sagittate, entire or
sinuate leaves 1-3 in. long. Flowers an
inch or more across, usually 2 on a stalk,
sometimes more.
Culture dtc. as above.
C. caiifornicus. — A Califovnian peren-
nial with climbing stems and long-stalked
sagittate light green leaves. The large
white flowers have a canary-yellow throat
and are borne on long stalks.
Culture d-c. as for C. camtabricus.
C. cantabricus. — A deciduous South
European hairy perennial, with trailing
branched stems 6-12 in. long, and oblong
lance -shaped acute leaves. Flowers in
late summer, pale red, usually 2-3 on a
stalk. Sepals narrow, very hairy.
Culture and Propagation. — Flou-
rishes in dry, light, sandy soil in borders,
warm banks, or rough parts of the
rockery. Increased by seed or division in
spring.
C. chinensis. — A Chinese perennial
with creeping rootstock and stems 2-3 ft.
long. Leaves greyish-green, hastate, on
linear channelled stalks. Flowers in
summer, open at night or early morn,
rotately funnel - shaped, purple - crimson
with an equally pointed yellow star in the
centre surrounded by a purple zone.
Culture iii-. This species may be
treated like the preceding.
C. Cneorum {('. argenteus). — A
shrubby species 1-3 ft. high, native of
S. Europe. The lance-shaped leaves are
covered with whitish silky hairs or down.
The pale rose-coloured flowers, downy on
the outer surface, are borne in June and
July in clusters at the ends of the shoots.
Culture and Propagation. — Although
this species is apt to be killed in cold wet
winters, it is, however, hardy enough to
stand ordinary mild winters in the south
and west. It rarely or never ripens seed
in the British Islands, but may be easily
increased by means of cuttings. If these
are taken from the non-flowering shoots
during the summer months, and inserted
in sandy soil under a handlight or in a cold
frame, they will soon root and may be
protected under glass until the following
spring. They may then be planted in
warm sheltered spots in the rockery, or at
the base of a south wall in the less favoured
parts of the kingdom.
C. lineatus. — A small deciduous peren-
nial 3-6 in. high, native of S. Europe.
Leaves lance-shaped acute, stalked, very
silky. Flowers in summer, over 1 in.
across, deep rose or flesh coloured, hairy
outside, 1-2 on a stalk.
Culture and Propagation. — Suitable
for the rock garden or border, or for
covering bare banks in any soil, but
flourishes best in rich sandy loam. In-
creased by dividing the roots in spring.
C. mauritanicus. — A handsome North
African trailing perennial, with almost
686
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
ALONA
ovate or round alternate leaves 1-H in.
long, in 2 rows, and on very short stalks.
Flowers in summer, about 1 in. across,
blue with a white throat, yellow anthers,
and a hairy calyx with 5 linear oblong
segments, 2 of them shorter than the
others.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species is excellent for hanging baskets
or pots, and is also effectively used in
warm sunny parts of the rockery trailing
over the faces of rocks. On raised borders
or banks it also looks well, and does best
in sandy well-drained soil. Increased
by cuttings, division, or seed.
C. Scammonia (Scammony). — A
smooth, deciduous, angular - stemmed
species, native of the Levant, with heart-
shaped sagittate leaves, truncate at the
base. Flowers in July, large, bell-shaped,
creamy-white or tinted with red, usually
3 on a stalk.
Culture do. as above for C. maurita-
nicus. Increased by seeds or division.
C. tricolor. — A charming S. European
annual better known in nurserymen's
catalogues as C. minor. It has branched,
trailing, downy stems ascending at the
ends about 1 ft. high, and bearing ovate
lance - shaped or spoon - shaped hairy
leaves. Flowers from July to September,
li-2 in. across, having a yellow centre
with a band of white and an outer band
of blue in the type, usually borne singly
on stalks arising from the leaf axils. There
are many fine varieties, including blue,
crimson-violet, rose, striped, and pure
white flowers, all of which can be obtained
from a packet of mixed seeds. There
are also double-flowered forms having
clear blue blossoms mixed with white at
the base and consisting of several corollas
inserted as it were one inside the other.
It is somewhat difficult to obtain seeds
from these double varieties.
Culture and Propagation. — The seeds
of C. tricolor and its varieties may be
sown in gentle heat in February or
March so that the seedlings can be trans-
planted in May or June ; or as the plants
are perfectly hardy, seeds may be sown
in the open ground in September in warm
spots for flowering the following season.
Seeds may also be sown without any heat
in April and May to flower late in summer
and autumn.
NOLANA. — A small genus of smooth
or clammy, downy, often diffuse or trail-
ing annual herbs. Leaves solitary or in
pairs, sessile or stalked, entire, flat, some-
times fleshy. Flowers in the axils of the
leaves, shortly stalked, whitish, bluish, or
rosy. Calyx bell-shaped or tubular, 5-cleft.
Corolla broadly funnel-shaped, plaited, 5-
angled or scarcely lobed. Disc annular,
entire, or crenate-lobed, sometimes ob-
scure. Ovary entire, or 5- or more lobed.
Culture and Propagation.— Nolanas
grow well in ordinary garden soil in sunny
positions in the border or rockery. They
are best raised from seeds sown in the
open ground in March and April, thinning
the seeds out, rather than transplanting
them — a process they do not stand well.
N. atriplicifolia (N. grandiflora) . — A
beautiful Peruvian annual with procum-
bent and rather hairy stems and spoon-
shaped leaves, the lower ones long-stalked.
Flowers in summer, Ik in. across, funnel-
shaped, beautiful blue, white in the centre.
The variety alba is recognised by its
wholly white flowers.
Culture dc. as above.
N. lanceolata. — A Chilian annual about
6 in. high, with twin lance-shaped, stem-
clasping leaves, obliquely adnate at the
base. Flowers in summer, blue, white,
green.
Culture dc. as above.
N. paradoxa. — A trailing hairy Chilian
annual with bluntly ovate hairy leaves,
and blue bell- or funnel-shaped flowers
borne during summer.
Culture dc. as above.
N. prostrata. — A beautiful trailing
Peruvian annual, with ovate oblong or
rhomboid ovate entire leaves and pale
blue flowers in July.
Culture dc. as above.
N. tenella (N. paradoxa, Sims). — A
Chilian slender -stemmed annual clothed
with a claimny down and having bluntly
ovate leaves. Flowers in summer, pale
blue, with a paler centre on slender hairy
stalks.
Culture dc. as above.
ALONA caefestis, a beautiful Chilian
Heath-like bush about 2 ft. high with pale
blue bell-shaped flowers, is closely related
to the Nolanas, and is an excellent plant
for the flower garden during the summer
months, but is too tender for British
winters. It thrives in peat and loam,
and may be readily increased by cuttings
in sandy soil in gentle heat.
SOLANUM
NIGHTSHADE OBDEB
SOLANUM 687
LXXX. SOLANACE^ -Nightshade Order
An extensive order of herbs, erect or climbing shrubs, or rarely trees, with
alternate or nearly opposite, undivided, dissected, or lobed leaves. Flowers
hermaphrodite, usually regular. Calyx inferior, gamosepalous, 5- or rarely
4- or 6-7-lobed, parted or toothed. Corolla gamopetalous tubular, funnel-,
salver-, or bell-shaped, or rotate, usually 5-lobed, often plaited. Stamens equal
in number to the corolla lobes and alternate with them, attached to the tube,
equal or unequal, or only 4 perfect, 2 long and 2 short, as in Pekmia, Schi-
zanthus, Salpiglossis &c. Ovary superior. Fruit usually 2-celled (each cell
containing many seeds) capsular or baccate.
This important order has 66 genera and about 1200 species distributed
over the temperate and tropical parts of the globe. To it belong not only
plants which yield virulent poisons like the Deadly Nightshade (Atropa Bella-
donna) and Henbane (Hyoscyamus niger) but also such useful plants as the
Potato, Tomato, and that revenue-swelling article of commerce, Tobacco.
SOLANUM (Nightshade). — A large
genus containing, according to various
authors, from 700 to 900 Bpecies — more
than half the entire order — of spiny or
unarmed herbs, shrubs, or small trees,
very variable in habit. Leaves alternate,
entire, lobed, or pinnately cut, solitary, or
in pairs. Flowers yellow, white, violet,
or purplish, in forked cymes or rarely one-
sided simple racemes. Calyx bell-shaped
or spreading, usually 5-10-toothed, lobed,
or parted. Corolla rotate or broadly bell-
shaped, the limb 5- (rarely 4- or 6-) lobed,
plaited in bud. Stamens 5 (rarely 4 or 6) ;
anthers united, opening by terminal pores.
Ovary 2- (rarely 3-4-) celled. Fruit a
many-seeded berry.
Culture and Propagation. — With the
exception of S. jasminoides and S. Wend-
landi — both climbers — all the other spe-
cies mentioned below are valuable in the
British Islands chiefly on account of their
bold and handsome appearance for sub-
tropical gardening during the summer and
autumn months. Of late years they have
become more fashionable for this particu-
lar purpose, and many more species are
grown in this way than formerly. They
are treated as tender annuals and are
easily raised from seeds sown about
February or March in heat, the seedlings
being potted on and hardened off in cooler
and more airy quarters so as to be in a
fit condition for planting out at the end of
May. Grown in groups or masses they
are very effective and should always have
a sunny sheltered position and a deep
rich loamy soil with plenty of moisture,
otherwise they are not likely to attain
luxuriant proportions.
Where convenience for wintering the
plants is at hand, cuttings may be taken
of the side shoots or tops during the
summer months and rooted in a hotbed
or under handlights. The rooted plants
must be kept fairly warm during the
winter, and by June or the end of May
they will be fine, sturdy specimens for
planting out. But plants raised from
seeds are usually more symmetrical in
outline, and if grown on quickly in genial
heat and moisture in the earlier stages of
their existence they will become quite
large enough for planting out, when they
have been hardened off in rather cooler
and more airy quarters.
S. aculeatissimum. — A beautiful free-
growing species about 2 ft. high, and of
obscure origin. The spreading branches
are thickly covered with spines, and
violet coloured on the sunny side, bearing
broadly ovate leaves, prettily waved and
cut into short segments. The yoimg
leaves are tinged with violet and afford
a pleasing contrast to the pure cold
green of the older leavesr Flowers
white, numerous, small and pretty,
succeeded by attractive berries mottled
with pale and dark green.
Culture dc. as above.
S. atropurpureum (8. sanguineum). — A
fine Brazilian species with erect branching
blood-red or purple stems 3-6 ft. high,
688
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GAEDEN PLANTS solanum
covered with unequal prickles purple at
the base. Leaves 6-7 in. long, and often
as much as a foot, deeply and pinnately
lobed, with white midribs and covered
with strong prickles about 1 in. long.
Flowers small, 6-8 in lateral racemes ;
calyx purplish, corolla yellowish. Fruit
at first white, afterwards yellow.
Culture dc. as above.
S. aviculare (Bird Solanum; Kan-
garoo Apple). — This vigorous growing
and ornamental species, native of Austra-
lia and New Zealand, is better known as
S. laciniatum. It has smooth fleshy
stems 5-6 ft. high, bearing leaves pin-
nately cut into triangular lance-shaped
lobes, the end one being entire or linear,
the larger leaves are often 6-10 in. long.
Flowers violet, about 1 in. across, pro-
duced abundantly in short, loose, stalked
racemes. Fruit large, green or yellow,
and coral-red when quite ripe.
Culture dc. as above.
S. ciliatum. — A dwarf annual 1-2 ft.
high, native of Porto Eico, with fleshy
stems thickly covered with prickles. The
prickly ovate oblong leaves are composed
of 3-7 ovate acute lobes, and the small
white flowers are borne solitary or in
pairs in short racemes. Fruits when ripe
bright scarlet, large, especially in the
variety macrocarpum often as large as or
larger than a Tangerine Orange.
Culture dc. as above.
S. citrullifolium. — A spiny-branched
species 1A-2 ft. high, native of Texas.
Leaves spiny 5-7-lobed, toothed and
pinnately cut. Flowers large, rosy-violet,
with orange anthers in the centre, and
succeeded by yellow fruits.
Culture dc. as above.
S. cornutum. — A beautiful Mexican
annual lo-2 ft. high, with somewhat
slender green stems covered with slender
spines. Leaves about 4 in. long, pin-
nately cut into blunt sinuate lobes, the
midribs and main veins being prickly.
Flowers rather more than 1 in. across,
and remarkable for being yellow in
colour and very handsome in appearance.
They are produced in succession, one or
two only being open at a time, and borne
in raceme-like clusters. As the flowers
wither numerous small fruits covered
with numberless slender spines are
formed and constitute a distinct and
attractive feature of the plant. Seeds of
this species have been distributed under
the name of S. fontanesianuni, a nearly
allied but distinct kind.
Culture dc. as above.
S. crinitum. — A prickly species 4-5 ft.
high, native of Cayenne. Leaves 1-2 ft.
long, broadly ovate, sinuate -lobed, with
purple veins, yellowish-green and smooth
above, whitish, prickly beneath. Flowers
deep blue, about 2 in. across, in cymose
lateral racemes about 4 in. long.
Culture dc. as above.
S. crispum (Potato Tree). — A showy
Chilian species 12-16 ft. high, with simple
undivided, entire, or slightly waved, more
or less ovate leaves 3-4 in. long, loosely
crisped at the edges. Flowers less than
1 in. across, bluish-purple, fragrant, in
corymbs about 3 or 4 in. long. Fruit
white, about the size of Peas.
Culture and Propagation. — In the
south of England and Ireland, this species
is hardy enough for mild winters. In less
favoured places it requires the shelter of
a sunny wall. Many of the branches
may be injured by frost, but these may
be cut out in spring, and new vigorous
shoots will take their place. There is a
Privet-leaved variety caUed ligustrinum
with smooth branches and rather heart-
shaped leaves about lh in. long.
S. ferrugineum. — A vigorous bushy
S. American species 3-5 ft. high covered
with a rusty - coloured down. Stems
winged owing to the decurrent leaves,
and armed like them with strong
spines. Leaves decurrent, heart-shaped
oval, obscurely or sinuately lobed, covered
with a somewhat clammy down, bright
green beneath. Flowers lilac - purple
with yellow anthers, borne in large
curved and corymb-like clusters ; berries
about the size of a pea, greenish-black
when ripe, resembling those of the Black
British Nightshade — S. nigrum.
Culture dc. as above.
S. giganteum (S. niveum). — A vigo-
rous and ornamental S. African species
with thick, fleshy, prickly, and woolly
white stems said to attain a height of 10-
25 ft., but only about 5-6 ft. high in culti-
vation. Leaves about 8 in. long, elliptic,
wavy, without spines, deep green above,
woolly white beneath. Flowers about *
in. across, blue, with yellow stamens,
in dense woolly white terminal cymes.
SOLANUM
NIGHTSHADE ORDER
SOLANUM 689
Berries about the size of Peas, roundish,
red.
Culture dc. as above.
S. guineense. — A West African species
2-4 ft. high, with angular stems and ovate
leaves. The small violet flowers are
succeeded by dark shining blue-black
fruits.
Culture dc. as above.
S. jasminoides. — A charming decidu-
ous S. American climber with twiggy
woody stems 3-4 ft. long. Leaves mostly
ovate lance-shaped tapering, about 2 in.
long. Flowers from August to October, 1
in. or more across, somewhat star-shaped,
white or faintly tinted with greyish-blue,
in drooping trusses. The variety flori-
hmidum has smaller leaves, and flowers
more freely than the type.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species is suitable for training against a
south or west wall in deep light soil. It
is often to be seen trailing on the roofs of
greenhouses, but may be considered hardy
out of doors from the Thames Valley
southwards in ordinary mild winters. It
may be increased by cuttings of the non-
flowering shoots inserted in sandy soil
during the summer months under a hand-
light, and kept moist and shaded until
fairly well rooted.
S. lasiostylum. — A woolly spiny species
1-2 ft. high, native of the West Australian
deserts and closely related to S. margi-
natum, but with purple flowers and white
woolly leaves.
Culture dc. as above. It is easily
raised from seeds sown in sandy loam.
The plants require light sandy soil and
must not be watered too freely. It is not
yet well known, but is worth growing.
S. marginatum (S. abyssinicum). — A
strong-growing bushy Abyssinian species
3-4 ft. high, covered with a whitish wool
and armed with stiff prickles. Leaves
somewhat heart-shaped, leathery, sinu-
ately and obtusely lobed, covered with
prickles on both sides, snowy-white
beneath, green above, with a white mar-
gin. Flowers white, about 1 in. across
or more, with a small purple centre and
a 5-6-cleft prickly or unarmed calyx.
Berries round, yellow when ripe, 1 in. or
more in diameter.
Culture dc. as above. The seeds of
this species are best sown in autumn, the
young plants being wintered in a green-
house until June.
S. maroniense (S. macranthum). — A
handsome Brazilian species with prickly
steins which often grow 7 ft. high in this
country, but twice as much in a wild
state. Leaves solitary, nearly stalkless,
10-15 in. long, broadly ovate lance-shaped
with large coarse teeth or angles, and very
prickly on the nerves. Flowers K-2.1 in
across, bluish-violet, 5-7 in a cymos
raceme.
Culture dc. as above.
S. pyracanthum. — A handsome
shrubby species 3-6 ft. high, native of
Madagascar. Leaves stalked, softly
downy, oblong tapering acute, 5-6 in.
long, unequal at the base, and pinnately
divided into ovate lance-shaped lobes.
Both stems and leaves are thickly covered
with long awl-shaped fiery red or scaidet
prickles. Flowers 1 in. across, violet-blue,
in many-flowered cymose racemes.
< ' nil a re iif. as above. This ornamental
species is rendered particularly attractive
by the brilliant colouring of its prickles.
It thrives in a light rich soil, and should
be grown in beds or groups by itself for
effectiveness.
S. quercifolium. — A large-growing
ornamental species with deeply-cut Oak-
like leaves, and large violet-blue flowers.
Culture id'. ;is above.
S. quitoense. — A beautiful and some-
what shrubby Peruvian plant 2-3 ft. high,
covered with soft hairs. Leaves softly
woolly, on hairy stalks 2-3 in. long, heart-
shaped in outline, but having 11-14 broad
triangular lobes ; the young leaves being
green above, and velvety amaranth
beneath. Flowers an inch or more
across, white within, violet and woolly
outside, 4-5 in a raceme. Fruits about
the size of a small Orange, woolly at first,
afterwards smooth and shining, fragrant
and edible.
Culture and Propagation. — So far
this species has not ripened fruits in this
country either in the open air or in green -
houses. It is not yet well-known but is
worthy of cultivation on account of its
ornamental appearance. Grown in green-
houses as a crop it would probably pro-
duce bunches of valuable fruits in the
same way as the Tomato. It may be
increased by cuttings in summer placed
in sandy soil in a little heat under a bell-
glass, the plants being wintered in a
greenhouse until May or June.
€90
PBACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS physalis
S. robustum. — A vigorous and highly
ornamental species, native of Brazil. 2-4
ft. high, the branching woolly stems and
principal nerves of the leaves being fur-
nished with strong sharp prickles. Leaves
decurrent. 5-8 in. or more long, sharply
oval elliptic with 8-9 blunt lobes, or
triangular near the apex, green and
covered with a velvety down above, rusty
yellow and woolly beneath. Flowers
white, over 1 in. across, borne in clustered
racemes. Fruits roundish, brownish-red.
Culture d'-r. as above. In warm sunny
places sheltered from violent winds, this
species is very ornamental either as
isolated specimens or in groups on lawns.
S. sisymbrifolium (S. Balbisi ; S.
decurrens). — A beautiful Brazilian
species about 4 ft. high, with decurrent
leaves deeply and pinnately cat into
oblong sinuate lobes, again more or less
deeply divided, the entire plant armed
with prickles. Flowers 1 in. or more
across, pale blue or white, in terminal
and somewhat curved racemes. Fruit
ovoid, about the size of a large Bigarreau
Cherry, reddish-orange in colour, and
somewhat acidly sweet when ripe. There
are one or two forrns with much-divided
leaves.
Culture Ac. as above.
S. Torreyi. — A free-flowering North
American perennial more or less covered
with prickles. The leaves are 2-3 in. long,
ovate in outline, with a cordate or hastate
base, and a sinuately lobed margin, the
under surface being covered with a mealy
down. The purple flowers 2 in. across are
borne in nodding racemes.
Culture dc. as above.
S. Warscewiczi. — A vigorous bushy
species, probably S. American, 3-6 ft.
high, covered with red hairs, and armed
with sharp curved spines. Leaves large,
soft green above, greyish beneath, oval
or almost heart-shaped, deeply and un-
equally lobed, with stout stalk and
midrib covered with red starry prickles.
Flowers white, about 1| in. across, in
clustered curved corymb-like racemes.
Fruit pale yellow, smooth, shining.
Culture d~c. as above. Increased by
cuttings in summer as in the case of
S. quito'ense.
S. Wendlandi. — This is undoubtedly
the most ornamental flowering Night -
ehade in cultivation, and there is no
reason why it shoidd not prove fairly
hardy along the southern coasts of
England and Ireland, especially in mild
winters. It is a somewhat prickly climb-
ing shrub, native of the mountains of
Costa I!ica, with large deep green leaves
6-10 in. long, on prickly stalks, and
pinnately cut into 5 obliquely oval lobes,
the terminal one being 2-3 times as large
as the others. Flowers about 2A in.
across, in large drooping clusters, soft
lilac-blue, papery, with a conspicuous
bunch of bright yellow stamens in the
centre, from which radiate the 5 star-
like divisions of the circular corolla.
Culture and Propagation. — As seeds
of this species have not yet been produced
in this country owing chiefly to the sterile
stamens, the plant must be propagated
by means of cuttings in the same way as
S. quito'ense. It flourishes in ordinary
good garden soil, but is best in good rich
sandy loam. As a cool greenhouse climber
it is very ornamental and deserves to be
generally grown.
CYPHOMANDRA (Tree Tomato).
A genus containing 24 species of non-
spiny small trees or shrubs with entire
3-lobed or pinnately cut leaves. . The
floral characters are almost the same as
in Sola num. There is only one species of
any note in cultivation, that described
below, and even this is chiefly grown as
a greenhouse plant in most parts of the
country. It may be easily raised from
seeds or cuttings like many of the
Solanums, and used for sub-tropical
gardening in the summer. The bright
orange-red fruits look very handsome
drooping from the branches, and are
almost as good as Tomatoes for eating.
The plants flourish in rich sandy loam
and leaf soil.
C. betacea (Solatium fragrans). — A
Brazilian shrub or small tree 12-24 ft.
high, with fleshy entire, dark glossy
green leaves, and greenish flowers with
a dark streak on the back of each
segment, and borne in long drooping
racemes. Fruit about the size and shape
of a hen's egg, produced in the open air in
warm seasons.
Culture dc. as above.
PHYSALIS (Winter Cherry). — A
genus of about thirty species of annual
or perennial herbs clothed with simple or
stellate hairs, and having entire lobed or
rarely pinnately cut leaves. Flowers
1'HYSALIS
NIGHTSHADE ORDER
LYCIUM G'JI
solitary and stalked in the leaf axils, violet,
yellowish or white, often purple at the
base. Calyx bell-shaped or conical, 5-
cleft, 5-angled or prominently 10-ribbed,
often ultimately inflated or balloon-like
and enclosing the ripe fruits. Corolla
somewhat rotate or broadly bell-shaped,
5-angled or shortly 5-lobed. Stamens 5.
Ovary 2-celled. Stigma 2-cleft. Berry
globose, enclosed by and much smaller
than the inflated calyx. Seeds numerous.
Culture anil Propagation. — The kinds
mentioned below are the only ones worth
growing. They thrive in fairly rich
sandy soil and leaf-mould, and are
perfectly hardy. They are very orna-
mental in late summer and autumn on
account of the bright orange-red balloon-
like calyces which have been popularly
termed ' Chinese Lanterns.' They are
easily raised from seeds sown in autumn
in cold frames, or in spring in the
open ground. They may also be divided
when the leaves and stems have died
down ; or during the summer months
the tops of the shoots may be inserted in
sandy moist soil as cuttings, when they
will soon root in a cool shady place.
It may be mentioned here that the name
' Winter Cherry ' is applied with much
appropriateness to Solatium eapsicas-
trum, a greenhouse shrubby species with
scarlet Cherry-like fruits.
P. Alkekengi {Winter Cherry). — .A
dwarf branching perennial, 1-1| ft. high,
extending from S.E. Europe to China
in a wild state. Leaves in pairs, entire,
more or less ovate-acute, on long stalks.
Flowers in summer, rotate, whitish,
solitary, on slender stalks springing from
the leaf axils. Ripened calyx blood-red,
about 1 in. or more in diameter, and
enclosing a scarlet berry containing
numerous flat yellow seeds. If allowed
to remain on the plant during the winter,
the calyx becomes skeletonised, all the
fleshy tissue rotting away, leaving only
the beautiful tracery of netted veins.
Culttire dc. as above. Increased by
seeds, cuttings, or division. Owing to
the brilliant colour of the inflated calyces
and the profusion in which they are borne,
this species and the following are in great
demand by florists, who use them for
decorative purposes either in bunches by
themselves or mixed with other flowers.
P. Francheti. — A vigorous and highly
ornamental Japanese perennial, 1-2 ft.
high, with broadly ovate oblong leaves,
3 4 in. long, white Sowers and orange-
red inflated calyces, about 3 in. long, and
8-9 in circumference, strongly ribbed, and
drooping. It is altogether larger in every
part and more robust than P. AlkeJeengi,
and will flourish under similar conditions.
As apot plant it can be made into fine bushy
specimens covered with its Chinese Lan-
tern-like fruits, which look extremely hand-
some in the greenhouse or conservatory.
('allure <(v. as above Increased by
seeds, cuttings, or division.
JABOROSA.— A genus having 6 or 7
species of perennial herbs, often with
thickish roots and creeping, trailing, and
tufted stems. Leaves toothed, Dandelion-
like or deeply divided. Flowers white or
dull yellow. Calyx bell-shaped S-cleft.
Corolla rather funnel-shaped with a long
tube often very hairy at the base, and
5 acute spreading lobes. Stamens
insulated above the middle of the tube.
Ovary 2 5-celled, becoming a roundish
berry when mature.
j. integrifolia. — A pretty perennial
about 6 in. high, native of Buenos Ayres.
It makes compact tufts of deep green
stalked oval and almost entire leaves.
During the summer months it produces
white funnel-shaped flowers.
Cult a re and Propagation. — This
attractive plant flourishes in ordinary
good garden soil of a sandy nature in the
rock garden or border, and likes to be fully
exposed to the sun in sheltered situations.
It may be increased by dividing the tufts
in spring as growth is commencing; by
inserting cuttings of the non-flowering
shoots in cold frames during the summer
months ; and also by sowing seeds, when
ripe or in spring, in cold frames
LYCIUM (Box Thorn).— An exten-
sive genus of small trees or shrubs, with
the joints often produced into spines.
Leaves entire, linear-roundish or flat and
often short. Flowers stalked, solitary, or
in clusters in the axils of the leaves,
white, pale violet, rosy, scarlet^ or yellow-
ish. Calyx bell-shaped, truncate and
irregularly 3-5-toothed or cleft. Corolla
tubular funnel-shaped, or somewhat bell-
shaped or urn-shaped, with 5 flat lobes
(rarely 4), and a short or long tube.
Stamens 5, rarely 4, protruding or not.
Disc angular or cup-shaped. Ovary 2-
celled. Fruit a round, ovoid, or oblong
berry, enclosed in the calyx tube.
692
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
DATURA
Culture and Propagation. — The Box
Thorns thrive in almost any soil and
seem to be quite indifferent to its fertility
or sterility. They are useful for clamber-
ing over old walls, trellises, ruins &c, in
semi-wild or rough parts of the garden,
being scarcely ornamental enough to rank
with choice climbers. They may be
increased in spring and autumn by cut-
tings inserted in sandy soil in a cold
frame, or by layers of the lower branches,
or by suckers from the roots. They all
grow freely and flower profusely.
L. afrutn. — A handsome erect spiny
shrub, 6-10 ft. high, native of N. Africa.
Leaves clustered, linear, hoary, narrowed
at the base, fleshy. Flowers in June and
July, violet, almost in the axils of the
leaves, solitary, drooping.
Culture tic. as above.
L. barbarum. — An ornamental climb-
ing shrub, native of N. Asia, but now prac-
tically naturalised in parts of the British
Islands and known in some places as the
' Duke of Argyle's Tea Plant.' It has
angular drooping branches, and flatfish
or twisted lance-shaped leaves l|-2 in.
long. Flowers from May to August,
about % in. across, erect, dull rosy-purple,
with deeper coloured veins, and greenish-
yellow at the base, borne singly or in
threes in the leaf axils — the central
flower opening first. Stamens protrud-
ing, inserted in the tube with a tuft of
white hairs at the base.
Culture dc. as above.
L. europaeum. — An erect - growing
spiny shrub, 10-12 ft. high, native of S.
Europe, with obovate lance-shaped, blunt
or spoon-shaped leaves in clusters.
Flowers from May to August, pale violet,
veined with red, solitary or in pairs.
Culture dc. as above.
DATURA (Thorn Apple ; Trumpet
Flower). — A genus containing about a
dozen species of annual herbs, shrubs, or
trees, smooth or slightly downy, with
large entire or coarsely sinuate-toothed
leaves. Flowers large, solitary, from or
near the axils of the leaves, white or
coloured, erect or drooping. Calyx long,
tubular, herbaceous, 5-cleft or spathe-like.
Corolla fnnnel-shaped, shortly and
broadly 5-lobed, plaited, lobes often
taper-pointed. Stamens 5, attached near
the base of the corolla tube, anthers
sometimes cohering in a cylinder. Ovary
2-celled. Stigma 2-cleft. Fruit a spiny
or smooth capsule, with poisonous seeds.
Culture and Propagation. — The an-
nual Daturas are of very easy cultivation,,
although few of them are hardy. They
are raised from seeds sown on a hotbed
in February or March, the seedlings when
large enough being transferred to small
pots in which they are grown on with as
much light and air as possible until June,
when they are planted in the open air.
They flourish in light sandy soil and
warm sheltered situations. Being vigor-
ous and spreading in growth, they require
plenty of space, say about 2 ft. apart, to
develop their growth properly.
The perennial or shrubby Daturas are
better known in gardens under the name
of Brugmansia. They are stately plants,
and although mostly tender can be grown
out of doors from June to October with
the greatest ease in rich sandy soil and leaf
mould. They look best as standard trees
about 8 ft. high, so that their fine trumpet-
shaped flowers can hang down easily and
be fully exposed to view. They are readily
increased from cuttings of the young
shoots about 4-6 in. long, taken off in
spring with a small portion of the old
ripened wood attached. Each cutting is
put in a small pot in sandy soil and
plunged in bottom heat. As soon as well
rooted they should be shifted into larger
pots and grown on as quickly as possible
with plenty of light. In April and May
a cooler atmosphere is necessary to harden
them off for planting out about the first
week in June, earlier or later according
to northern or southern localities and the
prevailing weather. They are probably
more effective as single specimens with
dwarfer plants at the base than when
grown in beds or groups. In the autumn
they should be carefully lifted and planted
in tubs rather than pots, and transferred
to the greenhouse for the winter months.
The shoots may suffer somewhat by the
process, but in early spring they should in
any case be cut back so as to induce new
shoots to develop. As the plants from
spring cuttings produce only few flowers
the first season, older plants may be ob-
tained by rooting cuttings late in summer
in bottom heat, and growing on in rich soil
until the following June. About Feb-
ruary the plants may be stimulated into
more vigorous growth by occasional appli-
cations of weak liquid manure, or even a
top-dressing of well-rotted cow-manure.
DATURA
.Y/( i FITS II A DE ORDER
DATURA (i93
D. arborea (Brugmansia Candida),
A fine Peruvian shrub, 7-10 ft. high,
clothed with a whitish powdery down,
and having elliptic-oblong, quite entire
leaves. Flowers in August, white, 7-8 in.
long. Closely related is the Chilian D.
a ii red, which resembles D. arborea in
habit and foliage, but has golden-yellow
flowers.
Culture >t-c. as above.
D. ceratocaula (Ceratocaulos datur-
aides). — A beautiful Cuban annual 2 3 ft.
high, with round purplish forking steins,
hairy at the base, and sometimes covered
with a greyish powder. Leaves ovate,
lance-shaped, toothed, hoary beneath.
Flowers in July, sweet-scented, 4-5 in.
across, white tinged with purple, opening
in the afternoon, and having a greenish
tube 6 in. or more long.
Culture ((v. as above. In the warmer
parts of the country, such as the south of
England and Ireland, seeds of this species
often mature and sow themselves natur-
ally. If allowed to remain and covered
with fine soil, they will sprout in spring
and produce excellent plants.
D. chlorantha fl. pi. (D. flava; D.
humilis). — A handsome free - flowering
species of unknown origin, but probably
a native of India. It rarely exceeds
1£-2A ft. high in cultivation, and has
round sterns bearing oval acute, angled or
entire, deep green leaves. Flowers from
August to October, sweet-scented, yellow,
solitary, drooping, double, with, as it were,
2 or 3 trumpet-shaped corollas placed one
inside the other, and having regular taper-
pointed lobes.
Culture and Propagation. — Useful for
borders or in beds or groups by itself
in warm sheltered places. Raised from
seeds sown in early spring. It has been
grown outside in winter but was always
killed.
D. cornigera. — A remarkable species
3 10 ft. high, with shrubby stems clothed
with a soft down when young. Leaves
stalked, ovate taper-pointed, entire or
sinuate-toothed. Flowers in summer,
drooping, 6-8 in. long, creamy-white,
large, funnel-shaped, striped, with 5 lobes
ending in a long awl-shaped, spreading,
or recurved point. D. Knighti is a fine
variety with large drooping double white
flowers.
Culture Sc. as above recommended
for the Brugmansias.
D. Cornucopia. — A beautiful bushy
annual 1-1 A ft. high, with broadly ovate
acute wavy leaves, and somewhat erect
large, funnel-shaped double flowers, with
a purple mottled tube 6-8 in. long, and
a lilac spreading limb, 6 in. across, witli
long recurved awl-like tails to each of the
lobes. There are 2 or 3 corollas placed
one inside the other.
Culture and Propagation. — From
seeds sown in spring plants can be ob-
tained in flower from August to October,
and from seeds sown about October
plants grown in warm greenhouses dur-
ing the winter will bloom early in March.
D. fastuosa {Egyptian Thorn Apple).
A bushy Indian annual 2 3 ft. high
with ovate pointed unequally sinuate-
toothed leaves emitting a disagreeable
odour when bruised. Flowers in July,
solitary, erect, very fragrant, trumpet-
shaped, creamy white within, violet out-
side, with 5 sharply pointed lobes. There
is a variety with double white flowers
(alba fl. pi.), and also one with double
violet and cream flowers (violaceafl.pl.)
like the single form, only having 2 or 3
corollas inserted one within the other.
The variety huberiana is another double
variety near the others.
Culture dec. as above. They all require
treatment similar to D. Cornucopia.
D. Metel. — A. pretty downy annual
about 2 ft. high, native of tropical
America. Leaves heart-shaped, quite
entire or slightly toothed, emitting a dis-
agreeable odour when bruised. Flowers
in June, large, fragrant, erect, trumpet-
shaped, pure white, 4-6 in. long. Fruit
capsules round, prickly, about the size of
an Apple.
Culture dec. as above. Owing co the
forked and bushy habit of this species,
the plants should be about 1|— 2 ft. apart
when planted out to allow for proper
growth.
D. meteloides (D. Wright i). —A hand-
some species 3-4 ft. high, native of Texas,
California &c, somewhat resembling
D. Metel, but distinguished by its looser
habit, by its oval- oblong and more
toothed leaves, by its larger funnel-
shaped flowers, 4-6 in. across, of a soft
clear lilac, which are borne from August
to October, and by its tubular 10-toothed
calyx.
Culture and Propagation. — This re-
markable plant may be raised from seeds
694
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS scopolia
in spring or autumn like D. Cornucopia
and D. fastuosa, and is quite as easily
cultivated. Grown in beds or borders,
the plants require to be at least L,-2 ft.
apart. Being a perennial the plants
may be lifted in autumn and wintered
in a greenhouse or conservatory. By
growing on slowly with not too much
water, they will flower early the follow-
ing year. The roots being tuberous may
also be stored away in a dry cool frost-
proof place during the winter like Dahlias,
and planted out again in spring. Experi-
ence, however, teaches that the finest,
most symmetrical and free-flowering
plants are those raised from seeds sown
early in spring every year.
D. quercifolia. — A Mexican annual
1-2 ft. high, with leaves pinnately lobed
and cut like those of the Oak, and. hairy
on the veins beneath. Flowers from
July to September, violet.
Culture dr. as above. Raised from
seeds annually in early spring.
D. sanguinea (Brugmansia san-
guined).— An elegant shrub or small tree,
4-8 ft. high in cultivation, with leaves
often in pairs, bluntly ovate-oblong, waved
and shallowly lobed, densely covered on
both sides with soft white hairs, and borne
on stout hairy stalks flattened above.
Flowers in summer, solitary, funnel-
shaped, about 7 in. long, with a thick and
fleshy orange-yellow tube greenish towards
the base. Calyx large, inflated, 5-angled
and ribbed, prominently veined and very
downy.
Of all the shrubby Daturas this is the
hardiest and the most likely to stand our
British winters if not too severe. It has
passed uninjured through 14° of frost at
Colwyn Bay, and 18° at Ventnor, in the
Isle of Wight, but it has suffered with
a few degrees in the shires of Lincoln,
Cardigan, Gloucester, and Buckingham.
This fact is accounted for by local sur-
roundings, the absence of wind shelters,
soil &c, but it proves that in parts where
the air is caturally mild, even in severe
Avinters, and the position sheltered,
D. sanguinea stands a fair chance of
proving hardy in ordinary winters.
Culture and Propagation. — It may be
increased by cuttings in spring or autumn
as before recommended for the shrubby
Daturas, and the soil in which it grows
should consist of rich sandy loam and
leaf-mould with a mulching of rotted cow
manure during hot dry summers.
D. Stramonium (Common Thorn
Apple). — An East Indian annual now
frequently met with as a casual weed in
the British Islands, Europe, Asia, N.
Africa, and N. America. It grows about
2 ft. high, and has smooth stems and ovate
triangularly toothed leaves, wedge-shaped
at the base. Flowers in July and August,
pure white in the type. There is a
more ornamental variety with purplish-
violet stems and violet flowers worthy of
cultivation. The egg-shaped fruits are
large and prickly.
The Common Thorn Apple, and espe-
cially its violet-coloured variety, is worth
growing in rough parts of the garden, and
the fact that it is as hardy as a weed
should not detract from its beauty as a
flowering plant.
Culture dr. as above. Seeds if sown
in autumn and left to take care of them-
selves will make fine plants the following
year.
D. suaveolens (Brugmansia suave-
olens). — A handsome Mexican tree or
shrub, 10-15 ft. high, with elliptic oblong
quite entire leaves, smooth above and
slightly downy beneath. Flowers in
August, large, white, sweet-scented.
Culture dc. — This is extensively grown
in greenhouses, but for the outdoor garden
may be grown in the same way as arborea,
cornigera, Knighti and sanguinea.
SCOPOLIA. — A gemis with only a
few species of erect, scarcely branched,
perennial herbs, with entire, membranous
leaves, and solitary nodding flowers on
slender pedicels. Calyx broadly bell-
shaped, membranous, truncate, or
broadly and shortly 5-lobed. Corolla
large, bell-shaped, with a plaited, 5-
angled, or very shortly and broadly 5-
lobed limb. Stamens 5. Disc thick,
cushion-like, 5-furrowed. Ovary conical.
Capsule enclosed by the calyx, many-
seeded.
Culture (aid Propagation. — Scopolias
flourish in rich, light, dry soils in rather
shaded situations, and when grown in
masses in the border or groups by them-
selves are effective. They may be
increased by division of the roots in
autumn or early spring, and also from
seeds sown in spring in gentle heat, or in
April in the open border. Cuttings of
the non-flowering shoots may also be
I'lUKOCHLAINA
NIGHTSHADE ORDER
NICOTIANA 695
rooted in cold frames during the summer
months in sandy soil in the same \\.i\ as
recommended for Physalis (sec p. (190).
S. carniolica (Hyoscyamus Scopolia).
A pretty Russian herbaceous perennial.
1 ft. or more high, with ovate or obovate
oblong entire and somewhat cuspidate
leaves, 3 in. or more long, on shortish
stalks. Flowers in April, lurid red out-
side, yellow or green within, :; in. long,
nodding on slender stalks. The variety
concolor (which has also been hladnikiana
and jlad)iilii<ina) differs from the type
chiefly in having pale yellow drooping
bell-shaped flowers about an inch dec]).
Culture Ac. as above.
S. lurida (Whitley a stramonifolia). —
An Indian species, 4-0 ft. high, with
ovate acute wrinkled ua\\ leaves, the
larger ones often 6-7 in. long, smooth
above, more or less hoary beneath.
Mowers in September, changing from
green at first to yellow, and at length
purple.
( 'ulture Ac. as above.
PHYSOCHLAINA. A gums
containing 4 species of smooth erect
perennials with membranous entire or
sinuate leaves. The flowers arc borne in
loose or dense, erect or drooping corymbs
at the ends of the shoots. Calyx tubular
bell - shaped 5 - cleft. Corolla funnel-
shaped or somewhat campanulate with
5 erect or spreading lobes. Stamens in-
serted in the middle of the tube. Ovary
2-celled, becoming a capsule which opens
round the middle or near the apex by an
entire or fissured lid.
Culture and Propagation. — These
plants somewhat resemble the Scopolias,
and like them may be used for the
decoration of the flower border or rock
garden. They thrive in ordinary good
garden soil and may be increased by
seeds sown in autumn or spring in frames ;
by cuttings of the non-flowering shoots ;
or by division of the roots in spring.
P. grandiflora. — A native of Thibet
about 18 in. high, with downy stems and
ovate pointed alternate leaves. Flowers
in March and April, greenish-yellow,
purple at the edges, drooping and some-
what bell-shaped.
Culture do. as above.
P. orientalis {Hyoscyamus oriental is).
A Caucasian perennial 1-1^ ft. high, with
downy deltoid ovate entire or sinuate
leaves. Flowers from March to May,
pale purplish-blue, borne in clusters or
heads on the stalks.
('ulture Ac. as above.
FABIANA. — A genus containing
about a dozen species of erect, much-
branched, often clammy, Heath -like
bushes, with small leaves in clusters, and
numerous shortly stalked flowers at the
ends of the branches or opposite the
leaves. Calyx tubular, bell-shaped, with
5 bluntly ovate or rarely linear teeth or
Lobes. Corolla tube elongated, dilated or
inflated at the upper end, and contracted
at the mouth ; limb short, 5-lobed.
Stamens 5, attached at or below the
middle of the corolla tube. Ovary 2-
celled. Stigma 2-lobed or nearly peltate.
Capsule oblong, many-seeded.
F. imbricata. — A pretty Chilian
Heath-like shrub, about 3 ft. high, with
small ovate sessile crowded evergreen
leaves, and a profusion of pure white,
funnel-shaped flowers in May.
Culture and Propagation. — Except
in the milder parts of the British Islands
this plant is not perfectly hardy, and
requires protection in bleak cold situa-
tions during the winter. It flourishes in
ordinary good garden soil, and is excellent
for peaty borders, with Heaths, and other
Ericaceous plants. It may be increased
by cuttings of the ripened or firm young
shoots inserted in sandy soil under a
handlight in spring, and kept close and
shaded for some time.
NICOTIANA (Tobacco).— More than
50 species of Tobacco have been described,
but probably not more than 35 are really
distinct. They consist chiefly of herbs,
or sometimes bushes, with clammy hairs ;
rarely smooth and glaucous, somewhat
arboreous shrubs. Leaves undivided,
entire, or rarely sinuate. Flowers white,
yellowish, greenish, or purplish, in ter-
minal panicles, or elongated one-sided
racemes, with or without bracts, or the
lower ones solitary in the leaf axils.
Calyx ovoid or tubular, bell-shaped, 5-cleft.
Corolla funnel- or salver-shaped, some-
times with a very long tube, and 5 spread-
ing lobes. Stamens 5, attached below
the middle of the corolla tube, enclosed
or protruding. Ovary 2-, rarely 4 or more,
celled. Capsule many-seeded.
Culture, and Propagation. — The
Tobaccos flourish in deep rich moist soil,
and warm sunny positions, and are veiy
696
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS nicotiana
ornamental plants for the flower garden
during the summer months. They grow
very quickly from seeds sown in gentle
heat about February or March. When
large enough, the seedlings are pricked
off into shallow boxes or singly in pots
and grown on in a genial temperature —
about 60°-65° Fahr., gradually giving
plenty of air, and a somewhat cooler
temperature from the beginning of May,
so as to harden the plants by the begin-
ning of June, when they can be trans-
ferred to the outdoor garden at distances
varying from 2 to 3 ft. During hot, dry
summers they must be copiously watered,
and a mulching of well-decomposed cow-
manure or occasional waterings with
liquid manure will induce the plants to
attain luxuriant proportions and abun-
dance of blossom. The following are a few
of the most suitable garden kinds : —
N. acutiflora. — An ornamental Bra-
zilian species 1-2 ft. high, with oblong
elliptic leaves, the upper ones lobed at
the base. Flowers from June to October,
2-3 in. across, pure white, with a slender
cylindrical tube 4-5 in. long.
Culture dc. as above. Eaised from
seeds in spring.
N. affinis. — A somewhat glaucous
hairy species 2-3 ft. high, native of
tropical America, with bluntly ovate
leaves about 6 in. long, narrowed into a
winged stalk ; the upper ones smaller,
broad, and stem-clasping. Flowers in
summer, 3 in. across, whitish inside,
greenish outside, and having a slender
hairy tube 3-4 in. long. The flowers
usually open towards evening, remaining
open all night and emitting a delicious
odom\
This is the favourite Tobacco Plant for
flower gardens, and it is used in a variety
of ways according to taste, in masses by
itself, in borders, by woodland walks, in
conjunction with dwarfer plants like Violas
and Heliotropes &c.
Culture and Propagation. — Although
treated as an annual N. affinis is really a
perennial, and in autumn it may be taken
up and potted, and kept in the conserva-
tory or greenhouse until spring. As it is
so easily produced from seeds, however,
it is scarcely worth while to trouble so
much about it.
N. glauca. — A beautiful glaucous
biennial shrub 10-20 ft. high, native
of Buenos Ayres. Leaves long-stalked,
unequally heart-shaped, ovate, smooth,
glaucous. Flowers from August to October,
yellow, covered with a soft down, and
having a cylindrical tube 1 in. or more
long; the limb small cup-shaped with
short acute segments.
Culture and Propagation. — This fine
species produces a grand effect owing to
its great size, its elegant foliage, and its
numerous flexible branches weighed down
at the tips by the long panicles of flowers.
Owing to its rapid growth it may be used
in masses to hide unsightly parts of the
garden, but it is also valuable in groups
on lawns &c. and for sub-tropical effects.
It may be raised from seeds in early
spring, and in the autumn the plants may
be lifted and transferred to the greenhouse
for shelter until the following spring. It
may also be increased by inserting cuttings
in July and August in sandy soil in a
cold shaded frame, the young plants thus
obtained being wintered in a greenhouse.
Plants from cuttings and the old shoots
possess the advantage of attaining larger
dimensions and earlier and more numer-
ous flowers than those raised from seeds
the same year.
N. longiflora (N. angustifolia). — A
Chilian species 2-3 ft. high, with lower
leaves ovate-lance-shaped, acute, upper
ones heart-shaped, lanceolate, taper-
pointed. Flowers in August lg-2 in.
across, changing from white at first to
purple or yellowish-green, produced singly
at the sides of the stems, or in simple
racemes at the ends of the branches.
Culture dc. as above. This species is
suitable for borders or beds, and the
plants should not be nearer to each other
than H-2 ft.
N. macrophylla (N. gigantea; N. latis-
sima). — A native of tropical America,
nearly related to IV. Tabacum., from which
it differs chiefly in its stronger growth, in
its larger and broader, oval, stalkless or
stalked leaves, and in its larger pale
red flowers with less obtuse or slightly
mucronate lobes. It flowers at the same
period and maybe cultivated and increased
in the same way. There are forms of
this species differing considerably from the
type, one particularly, gigantea, being
much more vigorous and attaining a
height of 6-8 ft. with larger leaves and
flowers, the latter being a rosy-purple or
rosy-carmine.
Culture dc. as above.
NICOTIANA
Xh.lITSHADE ORDER
PETUNIA
G97
N. suaveolens (N. undulata). — - An
Australian species 1-2 ft. high, with ovate
lance-shaped, wavy, nearly stalkles.s leaves
and loose panicles of fragrant white
cylindrical flowers in summer.
Culture c(-c. as above.
N. Tabacum (A7, havcmensis). Com-
mon Tobacco. — A bushy American species
about 4 ft. high, covered with down and
somewhat clammy to the touch. Leaves
without stalks, oblong lance-shaped, taper-
pointed. Flowers in summer, inflated,
rosy, downy outside, in short lmnry-
fiowered racemes. There arc several
varieties of this species differing only in
the size of the leaves and the colour of
the flowers, but all more or less alike.
Cult air dc. asabove. This is a useful
and ornamental plant for groups or bor-
ders, and especially for masses on lawns.
or at the sides of streams, lakes, ponds &c.,
in warm, sheltered positions where its
elegant foliage will not be torn about by
strong winds. It may be lifted hi autumn
into pots and wintered in the greenhouse.
Under this treatment the stems become
somewhat woody and the plants may last
and flower for two or three seasons. In-
creased also annually from seeds sown in
spring.
N. tomentosa (N. colossea ; Lclnnan-
nia tomentosa). — A vigorous Peruvian
species growing 9-10 ft. high in favour-
able seasons, and having huge oval leaves,
sometimes larger even than those of
Wigandia macrophylla (p. 670). Its
flowers, which appear during the summer
months, or in whiter or spring under glass,
are comparatively small, but in great
numbers in panicles. It is not for the
flowers, however, that this species is culti-
vated, but for its noble and imposing
appearance. It may be grown and in-
creased in the same way as N. glauca.
There is a beautiful but more tender
variety called variegata having the leaves
blotched and marbled with creamy white
and pale yellow — a graceful plant for beds
and borders.
Culture dc. as for N. glauea.
N. wigandioides. — A native of Colum-
bia with large, hairy, ovate, taper-pointed
leaves and large drooping panicles of
yellowish -white salver-shaped flowers.
This species, on account of its massive
foliage, is excellent for giving sub-tropical
effects in warm, sheltered spots.
Culture dc. as above.
PETUNIA. — A genus containing
about 12 species of branching, often downy
and clammy annuals and perennials with
entire and often small leaves. Flowers
violet or white, sometimes show}7, some-
times minute, on solitary stalks. Calyx
with five oblong or linear blunt lobes.
Corolla funnel- or salver-shaped, with a
cylindrical tube and a plaited, 5-lobed
spreading limb. Stamens 5, one of which
is effete or rudimentary, the 4 others
being unequal 2 long and 2 short (didy-
namous). Disc fleshy, entire or sinuately
2-lobed. Ovary 2-celled. Capsule many-
seeded.
P. nyctaginiflora. — A S. American
glandular hairy species about 2 ft. high.
emitting a somewhat disagreeable odour,
especially at night time and in stormy
weather. Leaves ovate-oblong, bluntish.
almost or quite stalkless, the upper ones
in pairs, heart-shaped. Flowers in August,
white or yellow, about 2 in. across, with a
slender cylindrical tube about 2i-3 in.
long.
P. violacea (Nierembergia phamicea ;
Salpiglonsis integrlfolia). — A half-hardy
S. American perennial with numerous
trailing stems 6-10 in. long, erect and
slightly branched near the ends. Leaves
ovate lance-shaped, shortly stalked, those
near the flowers in pairs. Flowers in
August,of a velvety purplish-violet, funnel-
bell -shaped, 1 in. or more long, with an
inflated tube and a somewhat unequal
limb, rather fragrant at night.
Garden Petunias
The two species above described are
included here not so much because of
their value as garden plants, but rather
owing to the fact that they are the
parents of the large and beautiful varieties
which are now so well-known. P. nycta-
gvniflora was introduced in 1823, and
P. violacea in 1831, and in 1837 — the year
of Her Majesty's accession — the first
hybrid between the two produced its
flowers, which even then were considered
to be a vast improvement on those of the
natural species in size, shape, and colour-
ing ; and for more than sixty years select-
ing and hybridising, crossing and inter-
crossing of the choicest varieties have
been continuously carried on. The result
is that instead of having only single flowers
about 2 in. across and simple in colour
there are now forms 4-6 in. across, with
698
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS niekembekgia
single and double flowers, while it wonld
be impossible to describe the innumerable
shades of colour which exist, from the
purest white to the deepest violet through
rose, pink, purple, magenta, crimson &c,
with intermediate shades in streaks,
blotches, bands, and all kinds of combi-
nations. The simple outline of the origi-
nal parts has also disappeared, and in its
place exist frilled, crimped, cut, and
fringed varieties rivalling the double
Begonia and Carnation.
At one time it was the custom to
name almost every variation, but so many
extraordinary forms appeared from seeds
that it was impossible to keep pace with
them, and only a few of the very finest
and most distinct are now singled out
for naming. All the large-flowering forms
are known as the grcmdiflora section,
which includes single white, striped,
flaked, and fringed forms, and double ones
called jimbriata, robusta, Liliput &c.
Every year some new name will be found
in nurserymen's catalogues, but as a rule
some of the very finest forms can be ob-
tained from a packet of mixed seeds. Any
really excellent forms should be increased
by cuttings, as seedlings never or rarely
ever come true.
Culture and Propagation. The
cultivation of Petunias is fairly easy.
They like a deep rich soil and open sunny
situations, and produce charming effects
in beds or borders, or trailing over the
sides of vases &c. For outdoor cultiva-
tion Petunia seeds, which are very small
and require to be carefully handled, may
be sown very thinly, in February or
.March, on an even surface, and barely
covered with fine sandy soil. The
temperature should be about 60° to 65°
Fahr. and the atmosphere should be kept
fairly moist. When large enough to
handle, the seedlings may be pricked off
about 1 in. apart in shallow boxes or pans
in a rich light soil. By April they will be
ready for putting singly into small pots
from which they may be transferred to
the open border by the end of May or
beginning of June. To make sturdy
bushy plants, pinch out the tips early and
gradually give more air and always plenty
of light.
Cuttings of choice varieties may be
inserted in sandy soil in August, and
plunged in bottom heat of about 70° to 75°
Fahr. When well rooted they may be
shifted to cooler quarters and after a short
time potted up singly. Until the frosty
weather sets in they may be grown in a
cold frame, but during the winter they
are safer on the shelves of a warm green-
house. In February and March the tops
may be taken off and rooted in bottom
heat in the same way as the cuttings in
August, and thus by planting-out time
two batches of plants from cuttings will
be ready.
NIEREMBERGIA.— A genus con-
taining about 20 species of dwarf creeping,
diffuse or somewhat erect perennial
herbs, often slender and smooth, with
quite entire leaves. Flowers solitary,
pale violet or white, with an expanded
corolla lobe, often elegant. Calyx tubular
or bell-shaped, 5-cleft. Corolla tube
slender, elongated, becoming abruptly bell-
or cup-shaped at the top ; limb broadly
5-lobed, plaited. Stamens 5, attached at
the top of the tube or slightly protruding,
ohe top one small, the other 4 didyna-
mous (2 long, 2 short). Fruit a many-
seeded 2-celled capsule.
Culture and Propagation. — Nierem-
bergias thrive best in a rich and some-
what heavy soil, and prefer sunny posi-
tions. For outdoor cultivation they may
be grown like tender annuals and raised
from seeds sown in heat about February
or March, the seedlings being pricked off
into pots or pans, and gradually hardened
off in a cooler atmosphere and with plenty
of light. They may also be increased by
cuttings of the young shoots in spring,
from plants that have been wintered in
the greenhouse or frame or from those
raised from seeds sown in autumn.
Inserted in sandy soil with a little bottom
heat they soon root, and may then be
potted on and hardened off like the
seedlings.
N. calycina. — A tender glandular and
downy species, native of Buenos Ayres.
Stems procumbent, bearing opposite and
alternate roundish obovate stalked
leaves. Flowers in August and Sep-
tember, white, with a yellowish tube and
a yellow base.
Culture dc. as above.
N. filicaulis. — A smooth erect very
slender- stemmed plant, 6-12 in. high,
native of Buenos Ayres. Leaves linear
lance-shaped, acute or bluntish. Flowers
in May, usually lilac with a yellow centre
and a slender glaiumlar tube.
Culture i(t. as above.
NIEKEMBEKGIA
NI( i HTSHADE OBJ) EB
SCHIZANTHUS (599
N. frutescens. — A handsome shrubby
species 1-1.1 ft. high, native of the
Chilian Andes, with linear leaves 1.1-2
in. long. Flowers in early summer,
about 1 in. across, delicate blue shaded
to white at the edges, densely produced
on Flax-like stems. There is a pure white
variety called albijiora.
Culture tf-c. as above. This species is
as a rule hardy in the mildest parts of
the British Islands when the winters are
not very severe. It is wise however to
make provision to reproduce it from cut-
tings or seeds in spring.
N. gracilis. — A beautiful tender downy
species, native of Buenos Ayres, with
erect sterns and bluntly linear somewhat
spoon-shaped leaves. Flowers produced
very freely in summer, white streaked
with purple, having a yellow centre and
a very long tube, borne at the tips of the
young branclus.
Culture <£c. as above. Although often
grown in pots for greenhouse and con-
servatory decoration this is a graceful
plant for the rock garden in warm sunny
positions during the summer. It may
be increased by seeds sown in sprint; and
autumn, and also by cuttings in spring.
N. rivularis (White Cup). — A
charming perennial from La Plata with
slender creeping and rooting stems bearing
bluntly oblong or spoon -shaped leaves
varying in size. Flowers in late summer,
1-2 in. across, bell-shaped, white, with a
yellowish and sometimes a rosy tinge,
and having a very slender tube 1-2 A in.
long. .
Culture and Propagation. — This is
the hardiest and best of all Nierembergias.
It likes moist sandy soil and partially
shaded situations where its sterns can
ramble freely. Grown in broad patches
it is an effective plant in the rock garden
or border, as its beautiful flowers which
appear just above the foliage suggest a
mass of Snowdrops in the distance. The
plants may also be used effectively to
drape the sides of pedestal vases in the
centre of which taller plants are grown. It
may be increased by seeds or cuttings in
spring, or by detaching the rooted portions
of the stem to make separate plants.
SCHIZANTHUS (Butterfly or
Fringe Flower). — A genus containing
about 7 species of erect annual more or
less clammy herbs, all natives of Chili.
Leaves often pinnately cut into incised or
toothed segments. Flowers beautifully
cut or fringed, variously coloured, and
borne in terminal cymes. Calyx deeply
5-cleft into linear lobes. Corolla tube
short or elongated, cylindrical; limb
spreading, oblique, plaited, rather 2-lipped,
imbricated, the lips being unequally lobed.
Fertile stamens 2, attached to the top of
the tube, protruding. Capsule membra-
nous, many-seeded.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Fringe Flowers may be treated as hardy
and half-hardy annuals and flourish in a
rich sandy loam. They are useful plants
for the -border or in masses or beds by
themselves, producing a fine effect. Seeds
may be sown in heat in February and
March, the seedlings being ready for
planting out at the end of May. When
required for greenhouse or conservatory
decoration in pots, they are best raised
from seeds sown in August and September,
and grown on during winter in light airy
houses, or in cold frames free from frost.
At the beginning of the year they may be
shifted into larger pots in good rich soil,
when they will develop into fine speci-
mens, especially if fed with a little liquid
manure occasionally.
S. candidus. — A pretty species about
2 ft. high, with deeply cut and divided
leaves and a wealth of white irregularly
cut flowers in July.
Cult in-,' Ac. as above. Sow seeds in
February or March, and plant out in
May.
S. Grahami. — A handsome bushy
half-hardy annual or biennial about 2 ft.
high, with leaves once or twice pinnately
cut into deep-toothed segments. Flowers
in great profusion from June to October,
large, lilac or rose, the under lip yellow,
tinged with lilac. There is a white-
flowered variety.
Culture dtc. as above. Treat like S.
candid )(».
S. Hookeri is similar to S. Grahami
in habit, height and division of the
foliage, but has pale rosy flowers with a
yellow upper lip, the middle lobe of the
lower lip being furnished with 2 long
horns. Stamens protruding.
Culture <(t. as above. Treat like S.
cand id un.
S. pinnatus (S. Evansianus ; S. pin-
natifidus ; S. porrigens). — A beautiful
downy annual about 2 ft. high, with
leaves once or twice pinnately and ele-
700
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS browallia
gantly cut into entire, toothed, or deeply
incised lobes. Flowers from June to
October ; lower lip light or dark violet or
lilac, with a hooded, 2-cleft middle lobe ;
upper lip pale lilac, the middle lobe being
more or less yellowish and spotted with
purple, or violet.
This is the hardiest of all the Fringe
Flowers, and numerous forms of it have
been produced, such as atropttrpureus,
deep purple with a dark centre ; candi-
dissimus, a pure white variety ; roseus,
a charming variety having rosy flowers
spotted with red. There is also a com-
pact rose-coloured form and one called
Tom Thumb scarcely a foot high, which
are said to come true from seeds. Papi-
lionaceus has violet flowers with deeper
shades and stripes, and a spot of creamy
yellow at the base of the middle lobe of
the lower lip. Priesti is a very old white-
flowered form. A packet of mixed seeds
will give most of these varieties and many
other variations.
Culture and Propagation. — S. pin-
natus and its varieties being hardy are
as a rule easily raised from seeds sown
in the open border in March and April.
They are also valuable for early spring
flowering in greenhouses, for which pur-
pose they must be raised from seeds sown
in August and September.
S. retusus. — This is considered to be
a variety of S. Grahami, and is distin-
guished by its less cut leaves and much
larger flowers of a deep rose colour, the
middle lobe of the upper lip being
blotched with yellow near the apex.
There is a pure white form.
Culture dc. as above. They may both
be raised from seeds sown in heat in
February or March and planted out at
the end of May.
SALPIGLOSSIS (Trumpet
Tongue). — A small genus of 2 or 3
closely related species of annual, biennial,
or perennial, clammy downy herbs, with
entire, sinuate-toothed or pinnately cut
leaves. Flowers few, rather long-stalked,
often rather large and handsome. Calyx
tubular, 5-cleft. Corolla obliquely funnel-
shaped, with a broadly bell-shaped throat ;
lobes 5, plaited, emarginate, erect-spread-
ing. Perfect stamens 4, didynamous
(2 long, 2 short), not protruding. Disc
fleshy, somewhat 2-lobed. Ovary sessile,
2-celled ; style thread-like, with a dilated
disc - like or broadlv 2 - lobed stigma.
Capsule oblong or ovoid with numerous
minute seeds.
S. linearis (Petunia intermedia). —
This species is occasionally seen. It is a
native of Argentina and has linear oblong
entire and purple flowers, the edges of
which are paler in colour, while the tube
is striped with yellow. There is a finer
form called grandiflora.
Culture and Propagation. — This is
not quite hardy in the colder parts of the
kingdom. It is a perennial and grows in
ordinary good and well-drained garden
soil in warm situations. It may be in-
creased by division in spring, or by seeds
sown in gentle heat in the same way as
recommended for the annual varieties.
S. sinuata. — This charming Chilian
annual has been known at various times
under the names of atropurpurea, aurea,
barclayana, eoccinea, flava, picta,
straminea, and variabilis, all of which
are really forms of the same species. It
grows about 2 ft. high, the lower leaves
being stalked, elliptic oblong, sinuate-
toothed or pinnately cut ; the upper ones
more entire. Flowers during the surnrner
months in great profusion, 2-3 in. across,
variously coloured and veined, and
remarkably beautiful. The names given
above as synonyms indicate slightly the
variety of the colour, but orange, salmon,
cerise, violet, purple, crimson, and all
intermediate shades are represented.
Culture and Propagation. — Perhaps
there is no other annual which excites
such admiration as the Salpiglossis, and it
is a flower that should be seen in every
garden. It is easily raised from seeds
sown in heat in February and March, and
planted out at the end of May or beginning
of June. They do not much like transplant-
ing, and this operation therefore should
be done carefully with as little injury to
the roots as possible. Or seeds may be
sown in the open ground in April and
May in warm open situations in good rich
soil where they are to blossom. The
seeds being minute should scarcely be
covered with a sprinkling of fine sandy
soil, and gently watered with a fine-rosed
water-pot. The seedlings may be thinned
out 6-8 in. apart. When grown in beds
by themselves they present a truly charm-
ing sight when in bloom, so rich and
variable are the colours.
BROWALLIA. — A genus containing
about 6 species of smooth or downy viscid
BROWALLIA
FOXGLOVE ORDER
VBRBASCUM 701
annual herbs, with quite entire mem-
branous leaves, and blue, violet, or white
flowers, borne singly in the leaf axils, or
in one-sided racemes at the ends of the
branches. Calyx tubular bell -shaped,
4 5- toothed or lobed. Corolla tube
elongated, straight, dilated at the top,
inverted from the twisting of the stalk,
limb spreading 2-lipped. Fertile stamens
4, didynamous (2 long, 2 short) often with
fringed filaments. Ovary shortly stalked,
2-celled, style thread-like, thickened and
corrugated above, with a dilated 2-lobed
stigma. Capsule membranous or some-
what leathery, more or less enclosed by
the calyx. Seeds minute.
Culture and Propagation. — Brow-
allias are elegant annuals usually grown
in pots for greenhouse and conservatory
decoration. Treated in the same way as
other tender annuals they may be grown
successfully in the open air during the
summer months. They may be raised
from seeds sown in heat in February and
March, and transferred at the end of May
or beginning of June in beds by them-
selves, or in broad masses in the flower
border.
B. elata.— A beautiful Peruvian annual
about 18 in. high with oval taper-pointed
glossy green leaves, and deep blue flowers
having a glandular hairy calyx. There is
a variety with pure white flowers, and one
called grandiflora with pale blue flowers
larger than those of the type.
B. elata is the species generally grown
for outdoor decoration, but the following
may also be grown in the same way if
seeds can be obtained, viz. : B. demitsa, a
Central American species 6-12 in. high,
with clear pale blue flowers ; B. grandi-
/lord, 1-3 ft. high, native of Peru, with
white or very pale lilac flowers having a
greenish-yellow tube ; B. Boezli, a dense
compact species 1.1-2 ft. high from the
Rocky Mountains, with beautiful delicate
sky-blue or white flowers with a yellow
tube ; and B. viscosa (also known as B.
pulchella, and B. CzeriviahotusTii), a W.
Indian species, 12-18 in., having deep blue
flowers with a white blotch in the centre.
LXXXI. SCROPHULARINE^— Foxglove Order
A large order of herbs, undershrubs, or shrubs or small trees, usually scent-
less, but sometimes fetid, rarely aromatic, smooth or hairy, sometimes clammy.
Leaves in a few genera all alternate, but in most the lower ones or all opposite
or verticillate. Stipules none. Flowers hermaphrodite, mostly irregular.
Calyx inferior, persistent, with 5, rarely 4, teeth or lobes. Corolla gamo-
petalous, sometimes almost tubeless rotate or broadly bell-shaped, sometimes
with an elongated cylindrical and ventricose tube, or broadened above ; limb
4-5-, very rarely 6-8-lobed, lobes equally spreading or more or less 2-lipped.
Perfect stamens often 4, didynamous (2 long, 2 short), or only 2 attached to
the corolla tube, and alternating with the lobes, the fifth stamen often absent
or reduced to an antherless staminode. Ovary superior, sessile, entire, per-
fectly or imperfectly 2-celled. Style simple, entire, or 2-lobed at the apex.
Fruit a capsule, rarely a berry. Seeds very numerous.
This important order contains nearly 160 genera and about 1900 species
found in all parts of the world from the coldest regions to the hottest part of
the Tropics.
VERBASCUM (Mullein). — This
genus contains 100 to 140 species, accord-
ing to various authors, of biennial herbs,
rarely perennials or undershrubs, more or
less clothed with a woolly or floccose down,
dwarf and much-branched, the branches
sometimes spiny. Often tall and erect
in growth, leaves all alternate, often
softly hairy, quite entire, crenulate, sinuate-
toothed or pinnately cut. Flowers in
simple or branched spikes or racemes at
the ends of the branches, solitary or clus-
tered in the axils of the bracts, yellow,
brownish-purple, or red, rarely white.
Calyx deeply 5-cleft or parted, rarely shortly
5-toothed. Corolla more or less rotate,
702
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
CELSIA
rarely concave, with 5 broad nearly equal
lobes. Stamens 5 attached to the base
of the corolla, the filaments of the 3
upper or all woolly-bearded. Capsule
globose oblong or ovoid with numerous
wrinkled seeds.
Culture and Propagation. — The Mul-
leins are as easy to grow as the Foxgloves,
and once they have been introduced into
a garden will usually take care of them-
selves, appearing year after year. They
flourish in any ordinary garden soil, in
which seeds may be sown in spring or in
autumn when ripe. The following are a
few of the best Mulleins for the garden : —
V. Chaixi (Nettled -leaved Mullein). —
A perennial species native of Central
and S. Europe, about 3-10 ft. high, with
green Nettle-like crenate leaves woolly
beneath, the lower ones stalked, wedge-
shaped at the base, upper ones sessile,
rounded. Flowers in summer, yellow
with purple filaments in the centre, in
loose many-flowered clusters on paniculate
racemes.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds or division of the roots, and may be
used with effect in borders or in groups
in wild grassy parts.
V. nigrum (Dark Mullein). — A pretty
British and European perennial 2-3 ft.
high, with angular stems and stalked
ovate-oblong, or oblong lance -shaped,
often heart-shaped crenate leaves, the
lower ones sometimes 1 ft. long. Flowers
from June to October, |-f in. across,
yellow, with bearded purple filaments,
borne in almost simple racemes, many in
each bract-axil. There is a handsome
form album with pure white flowers, and
an Alderney variety, tomentosum, has
woollier leaves and smaller flowers than
the type.
Culture dc. as above. May be grown
and increased like V. Chaixi.
V. olympicum. — A splendid perennial
5-6 or even 10 ft. high, native of the Le-
vant. Leaves broadly lance-shaped, taper-
pointed, woolly beneath, and in rosettes at
the base. Flowers in summer, about li
in. across, bright golden-yellow.
Culture dc. as above. Requires same
treatment as V. Chaixi.
V. phlomoides. — A handsome S. Euro-
pean Mullein 3-9 ft. high in deep rich
soil. Leaves at the base oblong doubly
incised or crenate ; upper ones short blunt,
or the intermediate ones somewhat angu-
lar and decurrent. Flowers in summer
almost till the frost, bright yellow, in clus-
tered racemes.
( 'nit a re <tc. as above. A fine plant for
groups on the grass in pleasure grounds.
V. phceniceum (V. ferrugineum). — A
biennial species native of S. Europe, 3 ft.
or more high, with ovate or oblong stalked
entire or coarsely crenate leaves, smooth
above, downy beneath, the upper ones
being few and small. Flowers from May
to August, about 1 in. across, very variable
in colour — white, violet, lilac, rose, purple
and red forms being in existence. A
bronzy-coloured form named cupreum is
a hybrid between this species and an
orange-flowered one called ovalifolium.
('alt ure dc. as above.
V. pyramidatum. — A pretty Caucasian
species 3 ft. or more high with doubly
crenate leaves, the lower ones large
stalked, narrowed at the base, the upper
ones sessile, lobed at the base. Flowers
yellow, clustered, in hoary pyramidal
panicles 1-2 ft. long.
Culture dc. as above. There are
several other Mulleins to be seen occasion-
ally in botanic gardens, where they are of
interest as showing the variation in the
genus.
CELSIA.- — -A genus containing about
30 species of Mullein-like tall or dwarf,
woolly or smooth, biennial or perennial
herbs. Leaves alternate crenate, sinuate
toothed, deeply incised or cut. Flowers
yellow, purple, or red in simple or rarely
branched racemes or spikes at the ends
of the shoots. Calyx deeply 5-cleft.
Corolla spreading rotate with 5 broad
lobes. Stamens 4, 2 long and 2 short, or
nearly equal, attached to the base of the
corolla, the filaments often bearded.
The Celsias resemble the Mulleins very
much in appearance, but may be always
distinguished from the latter by the
blossoms having 4 instead of 5 stamens.
Culture and Propiagation. — Celsias
flourish in the milder parts of the
kingdom in ordinary good and well-
drained garden soil, but like most other
plants they respond to good cultivation.
In southern parts they may be raised
from seeds sown in the open air when
ripe, or in spring, but in less favoured
spots plants may be raised from seeds
sown in gentle heat about March. In
CALCEOLARIA
FOXGLOVE OBDEE
CAL< EOLAB] \ 703
this way plants may be obtained for the
open border by the end of May. Where
the plants are not treated as annuals in
this way, they may also be increased by
means of cuttings inserted in cold frames
in late summer and planted out the
following spring. They may be and often
are -grown as pot plants for the decoration
of the cool conservatory.
C. Arcturus. — A pretty sub-
shrubby species, 3-5 feet high, native
of Crete, with lower leaves lyrate, upper
ones oblong. Flowers from July to
September, golden-yellow, with purple-
bearded stamen filaments.
Culture </('. as above.
C. cretica. — A handsome biennial 3 6
ft. high, with downy ly rate-oblong lower
leaves and ovate-oblong serrate upper ones.
Flowers in June and July, bright yellow,
2 in. or more across, with a purple-red
blotch at the base of the 2 upper narrower
petals. There is a finer flowered form
called grandiflora.
Culture d-c. as above.
CALCEOLARIA (Slippeb Flower).
A genus containing about 120 species of
herbs, undershrubs or shrubs with oppo-
site or verticillate, but rarely alternate
leaves, and yellow, white, or purplish
flowers in terminal or axillary many-
flowered panicles or cymes. Calyx 4-
parted. Corolla with a very short tube ;
limb concave 2-lobed ; upper lobe small,
entire ; lower one much larger, entire,
concave, inflated, or slipper-shaped (popu-
larly termed 'pouches' or 'pockets').
Stamens 2. lateral, attached near the
base of the corolla ; a third one very
rarely present ; others rudimentary or
deficient. Style not thickened at the
apex. Capsule ovoid-conical containing
numerous small seeds.
Culture and Propagation. — Only a
few natural species of Calceolaria are in
cultivation, and these not very well-
known except in botanic gardens. None
of them appears to be hardy, although
some of the shrubby kinds will stand a
mild winter in the open air fairly well
south of the Thames in sheltered spots.
What are known as ' herbaceous ' Calceo-
larias— beautiful plants with large tender
green leaves and masses of large and
elegantly blotched flowers of various
colours — have been developed from the
intermixing of such natural species as
C. arachnoidea, C. eorymbosa, and C.
crenaHJlora, all Chilian plants, probably
not now in cultivation at all. Their
progeny an- mow known in gardens under
the name of (,'. herbacea, and as they all
require greenhouse treatment almost
from start to finish, they scarcely come
within the scope of this work. It maj
be mentioned, however, for the benefit of
those with light airy frames and green-
houses, that they are fairly easy to grow
successfully. The finest plants are
usually obtained from seeds sown in
June, but in northern parts of the
country it is wise to sow about the
middle of May. A rich firm moist
sai id v soil should be used, and the seeds
sown in ( ith< r pots or pans, which must,
as one of the first essentials to success, be
thoroughly well-drained. The seed being
minute must be sown carefully and
evenly, and after a gentle watering may
be covered with a sheet of glass and
placed in a moist shady part of the green-
house, or cold frame. It is a mistake to
place them in too high a temperature.
In nine or ten days the seedlings will
appear, and as soon as the second leaf
has been developed they may be carefully
pricked off, about 1 in. apart, into a com-
post consisting of 3 parts of leaf soil to 1
of rich loam, with a fair sprinkling of
silver sand. They should then be trans-
ferred to an old spent hotbed and placed
near the glass, receiving a fine sprinkling
overhead. For a few days they must be
kept shaded from the hot sun and with-
out air. In about a month's time they
will be ready for potting singly into 2^ in.
pots, and should be again shaded and
sprinkled until they have recovered. In
successive pottings more rich loam than
before should be used — about half loam
and half leaf soil with silver sand is the
best compost, into which the plants may
be potted rather firmly. During the
winter months as little heat as possible
should be given, and an abundance of air,
always provided the atmosphere is genial
and not too cold or frosty. In March the
plants may receive their last shift into
larger pots, and if they can be grown in
frames with a northern aspect so much
the better. On this occasion a compost
consisting of 3 parts rich loam, 1 part
well-decomposed leaf soil, and a sprink-
ling of rough charcoal and crushed oyster-
shells will prove very substantial and safe.
By Maj' and June they will be a glorious
mass of colour — just about 12 months
704
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS calceolaria
after the seed was sown. One word as to
selecting seedlings. Do not always dis-
card the weak and prick out the strong.
Very often weak seedlings are of a
choicer or more aristocratic strain, and if
carefully handled will produce flowers far
superior to those of the stronger looking
plants.
Greenfly and Slugs are the chief ene-
mies of the herbaceous Calceolaria. The
former may be got rid of by fumigating,
the latter only by carefully watching
and killing by hand. The Greenfly often
get on the under surface of the leaves,
and it is therefore necessary to lift these
from time to time, and if any be present
remove them with a small brush.
Speaking generally over-watering the
plants should be avoided, and also too
much feeding with liquid and other
manures. A fair supply may be given,
but too much promotes leaf growth at the
expense of the flowers. Weak liquid
manure from cows, horses, and sheep
with a little .soot added is an excellent
stimulant, but should not be used until
the pots are well filled with roots.
The shrubby Calceolarias may also be
raised from seed, but they do not require
such careful treatment as the herbaceous
kinds. The plants so much used for
bedding out in summer are usually ob-
tained from cuttings. These are inserted
in rich, very sandy, loamy soil in Sep-
tember and October. Plump side shoots
without flower spikes make the best
cuttings. The lower pair or two of leaves
are stripped off, and. a transverse cut
made beneath a joint. The cuttings
must be inserted firmly and afterwards
gently watered so as to settle the soil
around them. The cold frames in which
they are placed should be kept close and
shaded for a few days, but afterwards
light and air may be given freely.
During the winter frost must be kept out
by means of mats or litter, but air should
be given on all genial days and as much
light as possible. The tops may be
pinched out to make the plants bushy,
and about March or April they may be
potted and again grown on in frames
until the end of May when they can be
transferred to the flower garden. In
spring cuttings of the tops may also be
rooted in hotbeds in rich sandy soil, and
if properly handled very few will fail.
When rooted they may be transferred to
boxes or placed singly in small pots.
Very hot dry seasons are injurious to
Calceolarias. "While they do not like
stagnant moisture, they also dislike a dry
soil. They should then under such
circumstances receive plenty of water,
and if the soil is rich in vegetable
manure and humus they will thrive.
The best shrubby Calceolarias for
bedding are : Bijou, dark red flowers,
very free ; Gaine's Yellow, very free-
flowering yellow variety ; General Have-
lock, crimson-scarlet ; Golden Gem,
bright yellow, very free, and the kind
most generally grown ; Sjiarkler, crimson -
gold, dwarf and compact ; Victoria, deep
maroon.
These shrubby Calceolarias are also
supposed to be developed from C. rugosa,
described below.
The following is a list of the natural
species sometimes met with in gardens.
They are mostly natives of the South
American mountains at elevations ran-
ging from 13,000 to 14,000 ft., and there-
fore very temperate and even frosty at
times.
C. alba. — A lovely Chilian shrubby
species 3-4 ft. high, somewhat clammy
and resinous to the touch, and bearing
linear remotely serrated leaves 2-3 in.
long, and forked racemes of pure white
flowers in June.
Culture dc. as above for the shrubby
kinds. This species has proved hardy in
the neighbourhood of London in warm
sheltered spots near walls. Increased
by cuttings in hotbeds or cold frames,
or by seeds.
C. amplexicaulis. — A charming loose-
growing Peruvian species li-2 ft. high,
with herbaceous stems and ovate-oblong
taper-pointed, stem-clasping, softly hairy
leaves 3-4 in. long. Flowers in summer,
soft lemon-yellow, in umbel-like clusters.
To thoroughly appreciate the beauty of
this species it should be grown in bold
groups or masses.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
cuttings in gentle heat or cold frames.
Also seeds. Not hardy.
C. andina. — A native of the Chilian
Andes with a somewhat shrubby habit,
broadly stalked, oblong ovate wrinkled
leaves, and panicles of yellow flowers at
the ends of the shoots.
Culture dc. as above.
C. chelidonioides. — A Peruvian annual,
about 1 ft. high, with yellow flowers.
CALCEOLARIA
FOXGLOVE ORDER
ALONSOA 70-5
This is very rarely met with, but has
been recorded in Irish gardens.
Culture dc. as above. Seeds sown in
heat in early spring, and planted out in
May or June.
C. fuchsiaefolia. — A handsome Peru-
vian species of a shrubby nature. Tt
grows 2-3 ft. high, and has ovate serrate
leaves very much resembling those of
some Fuchsias. The clear yellow blossoms
are borne in late summer and autumn,
the two lips being almost equal, but the
lower one more pouch-like than the upper.
Culture dc. as above. This species
likes cool and shaded spots in the garden
during the summer months, but it is not
hardy enough for our winters.
C. hyssopifolia. — A shrubby Chilian
species, 1-2 ft. high, with sessile linear
lance-shaped acutish entire leaves.
Flowers from May to August, clear
yellow, whitish beneath, not hardy.
Culture tire, as above. Increased like
( '. alba.
C. kellyana. — An interesting hybrid
between C '. plantaginca and C. Foihergilli
(the latter not now in cultivation pro
bably) with short downy stems 6-9 in.
high, and almost spoon-shaped, irregu-
larly toothed leaves, in rosettes, all
springing from the root, and more or less
densely covered on both sides with soft
white hairs. Flowers in summer, nearly
1 in. across, deep yellow, with numerous
brown dots, 2-3 together on a stalk.
Culture iic. as above. This is a hardy
plant, and may be grown in the rockery
or border in well-drained sandy soil.
C. Pavoni. — A Peruvian species, 2-4
ft. high, with herbaceous stems, and
perfoliate, broadly ovate, coarsely toothed,
wrinkled leaves, covered with soft whitish
down on both sides. Flowers from June
to September, rich yellow and brown, in
large terminal clusters. A hybrid named
C. Burbidgei has been obtained between
this species and C. fuchsia folia. It is a
strong-growing plant with yellow flowers.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
cuttings or seeds. Not hardy, but
effective during its outdoor period of
blooming.
C. plantaginea. - A Chilian stemless
herbaceous species, with rosettes of
radical, ovate-rhomboid, serrate, downy
leaves. Flowers in August, yellow, 2-3
on a hairy scape, about 1 ft. high. One
of the parents of the hybrid C. kellyana
described above.
Culture dc. as above.
C. rugosa (C. integrifolia). — A shrubby
species, 1-1| ft. high, native of Chili.
Leaves more or less ovate lance-shaped,
slightly toothed, wrinkled, rusty beneath,
with winged stalks, united at the base.
Flowers in late summer, yellow, in
terminal panicles,
Cult it re £c. as above. The well-known
bedding Calceolarias have been derived
from this species, as stated above.
C. Sinclairi. — A straggling half-hardy
herb, remarkable in being a native of
New Zealand. Leaves membranous,
long-stalked, 2-4 in. long, oblong or ovate -
oblong, crenate toothed or slightly lobed.
Flowers in June, pale lilac or riesh-
coloured outside, spotted with reddish -
purple within, about .] in. across, between
hemispherical and bell-shaped in outline.
('allure dtc. as above. Increased by
cuttings or seeds. Might prove useful
for hybridising with other species or
varieties in cultivation.
C. tenella. — A dwarf perennial herb,
native of Chili. The whole plant is
covered with a clammy down, and has
broadly ovate crenate leaves about ^ in.
long. The flowers are golden-yellow with
a few red lines or spots.
Culture dc. as above.
C. violacea. — A shrubby Chilian
species, about 2 ft. high, with stalked,
ovate lance -shaped, coarsely serrate
leaves, white beneath. Flowers in June,
pale violet, spotted with deeper violet
beneath, lip somewhat helmet-shaped, or
rather the two lips opening like a mouth
the interior of which is stained with
yellow and spotted with purple.
C. mexicana from Mexico somewhat
resembles this species, but it has flattened
' pouches ' of small bright yellow blos-
soms in August. It should be grown in
bold masses to produce any effect.
Culture d-c. as above. Suitable for
warm borders and parts of the rockery.
May be hardy with a little protection
in mild winters in the south.
ALONSOA (Mask Flower). — A small
genus of annual or perennial hei'be, or
much-branched bushes, with 4-angled
herbaceous branchlets. Leaves mostly
opposite or ternately whorled, entire
or serrate, the upper ones bract-like.
706
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS nemesia
Flowers scarlet, on terminal, glandular,
downy racemes. Calyx 5-parted, with
narrow segments. Corolla inverted by
the twisting of the pedicel, spreading,
rotate, 2-lipped, almost without a tube,
and having 5 lobes. Fertile stamens 4.
Culture and Propagation. — Alonsoas
are easily grown in light, rich soil, either
in pots or in the open border. They are
increased by seeds sown in March like
tender annuals, and planted out in May ;
or by cuttings taken in March, and
inserted in sandy soil in a little bottom
heat, or in August and rooted in a cold
frame. Alonsoas are valuable chiefly for
their brilliant and lasting effect in the
flower border, and in masses with groups
of other plants. Owing to their dense,
compact growth they are particularly
suitable for groups and should be planted
about 12-18 in. apart to allow for a
'proper development.
A. albiflora. — A pretty Mexican spe-
cies, 1^-2 ft. high, with long spikes of
pure white flowers, with a yellow centre.
Useful for autumn and winter flowering
in the greenhouse from autumn-struck
cuttings.
Culture dc. as above.
A. incisifolia (Hem/bmeris urticcefoUa).
A Chilian species, 1-2 ft. high, with ovate
acute deeply toothed or serrate leaves,
and long racemes of scarlet flowers from
May to October.
Culture dec. as above.
A. ^linearis {Hemimeris coccinea). —
A shrubby Peruvian species, 1-2 ft. high,
with opposite or ternately whorled, linear,
entire or faintly toothed leaves, the young
ones clustered in the axils of the old ones.
Flowers from May to October, deep
scarlet, with a dark centre.
Cultu re dc. as above.
A. linifolia (A. pumila). — A Mexican
species, lr,-2 ft. high, compact and bushy
in growth, with dark green, linear, Flax-
like leaves. Flowers from July to Sep-
tember or October, brilliant scarlet, pro-
duced in great abundance.
This elegant free-flowering species is
effective in the border as an isolated
specimen in the midst of dwarfer plants.
Culture dc. as above.
A. myrtifolia. — A beautiful bushy
species, 2-2| ft. high, native of Mexico,
with deep green, glaucous leaves, H--2 in.
long, narrow, deeply channelled, and
toothed. Flowers from July to October,
scarlet, but pure white in the variety
alba.
Culture dc. as above. If lifted and
carefully potted about the middle of Sep-
tember, and kept shaded for a few days
until the plants have recovered, this
species will continue to bloom in a
greenhouse or conservatory well into the
winter.
A. Warscewiczi (A. comjiaeta). — A
fine Chilian plant 1A-2 ft. high, probably
only a variety of A. incisifolia, from which
it differs in having a less branched stem,
paler green leaves, and larger flowers of a
brilliant scarlet or rose- vermilion, mostly
without a deeper shade in the centre, and
produced in longer spikes from July to
October. The variety called compacta
atrococcinea grows only about half as
high, and has a more erect and compact
habit with toothed leaves 2-2 k in. long,
and long spikes of beautiful coppery-rose,
the 5 lobes of the corolla being all well
developed.
Culture dc. as above.
DIASCIA. —A genus with 20 species
of slender annual or perennial herbs, with
the lower and nearly all the leaves oppo-
site. Calyx 5-parted. Corolla almost
tubeless, spreading or concave, 2-lipped,
the upper one 2-cleft, the lower one 3-cleft.
the side ones being spurred. Stamens 4.
didynamous (2 long, 2 short).
D. Barberae. ■ — A slender-growing S.
African annual with 4-angled stems 12 ft.
high. Leaves i-| in. long, opposite, shortly
stalked or nearly sessile, wedge-shaped
cordate, with a few sharp teeth near the
base at each side. Flowers in July and
August, deep pink, the lower lobe much
larger than the others, and in conjunction
with the 2 side lobes produced into
2 curved purple spurs .1-1 in. long behind.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species may be raised from seeds sown in
heat in March, the seedlings being trans-
planted about the end of May. It is pro-
bably the only one in cultivation and may
be used in the same way as the Alonsoas
in the open border or in pots for green-
house decoration.
NEMESIA. — A genus containing
about 20 species of slender-growing annual
or perennial herbs, sometimes bushes,
with opposite leaves, and variously
coloured flowers in racemes at the ends
of the branches, or rarely solitary in the
leaf axils. Calyx 5-parted. Corolla tube
NEMESIA
FOXGLOVE ORDER
DINABI.A 707
produced into a sac or spur, 2-lipped.
Stamens 4, didynanious (2 long, 2 short).
Culture anil Propagation.' -Nemesias
very much resemble the Diascias in ap-
pearance and flowers. Those in cultivation
may be raised from seeds sown in heat in
early spring, or in the open border in
April and May, and even later for a sue
cession of bloom. They flourish in ordi-
nary soil and look best when grown in
broad patches. They will flower in winter
and early spring in greenhouses from
autumn-sown seeds. They are all natives
of S. Africa.
N. cynanchifolia. — A pretty square-
stemmed annual 1.1 2 ft. high, with ovate
lance-shaped, remotely toothed leaves, and
masses of rich lilac-blue flowers produced
during the summer and autumn.
( 'ulture dr. as above.
N. floribunda. — A handsome annual
about 1 ft. high, bearing stalked and mi-
stalked leaves and racemes of white and
yellow fragrant flowers.
Culture <(•(-. as above.
N. strumosa. — A beautiful species 1-2
ft. high with oblong lance-shaped leaves
and trusses of rich orange flowers at the
ends of the stems. There are sevex*al
colour variations, including white, pale
yellow, crimson, pink, orange, and numer-
ous intermediate shades and combinations.
Culture and Propagation. — This is
very effective grown in beds on lawns.
Seeds may be sown in early spring in
heat, the seedlings being pricked into
shallow boxes when large enough, and
from thence to the open ground at the end
of May or beginning of June.
N. versicolor. —A pretty plant 6 12 in.
high, with ovate stalked leaves, the upper
ones being few, unstalked, and oblong
lance-shaped or linear. Only compara-
tively few blue, lilac, or yellow and white
flowers are borne on the racemes during
summer. The variety compacta is much
more dense in growth, and has narrower
leaves and more heavily laden trusses of
violet or pale rose flowers.
Culture ({■(-. as above. Treat like N.
strumosa.
LINARIA (Toadflax).— A large genus
(about 130 species) of herbs, rarely shrubs,
with opposite or whorled. leaves, the
upper ones rarely all alternate, entire,
toothed, or lobed. Flowers solitary and
axillarj', or the upper ones often in spikes
or racemes. Calyx -V parted. Corolla
personate, 2-lipped. the tube produced into
a spur, upper lip erect, lower one 3-lobed,
the middle being smallest. Stamens 4,
didynanious (2 long, 2 short). Capsule
ovoid or globose, many-seeded.
Sometimes as in the case of Limaria
peloria, a variety of the Common Toadflax
(L. vulgaris), the Mowers are perfectly
regular, having 5 spurs and lobes and 5
fertile stamens, the corolla being like a
narrow extinguisher in shape with a roun-
ded top (see Glossary, fig. 80).
Culture a ml Propagation. -The Toad-
flaxes are of very easy culture in ordinary
garden soil in rather dry and sunny situa-
tions, many of them being very orna-
mental in the rockery, the margins of
borders and shrubberies, on old ruins,
walls &o., according to habit and height.
The perennial kinds are easily increased
by dividing the tufts in early autumn or
early spring. Seeds may also be sown
in spring or in autumn as soon as ripe.
The annual species are raised from seed
sown in spring either in cold frames or
gentle heat according to the tenderness of
the species, or in the open ground. When
seeds of tender species are sown in autumn
the plants require the protection of cold
frames during the winter. Many of the
perennial kinds are also easily increased
by means of cuttings of the non-flowering
shoots inserted in sandy soil in cold
frames at the end of summer or early
autumn. They root freely and may be
transferred to the open border the follow-
ing spring in mild weather.
Of the many species known, the follow-
ing is a list of the kinds most ornamental
and useful for the flower garden : —
L. alpina. — A beautiful bushy perennial
about 6 in. high, native of the Alps and
Pyrenees, with more or less linear lance-
shaped, thickish, silvery-tinted or glaucous
leaves, 4 in a whorl. Flowers in summer
in close racemes, bluish-violet with a
bright golden centre and an acute spur,
sometimes straight, sometimes curved.
The variety alba rosea has very pale pink
flowers.
Culture and Propagation. — An ex-
cellent plant for the rockery or edges of
borders in sandy soil. Increased by seed
or division. In favourable spots it will
sow its seeds freely and appear year after
year as in a naturalised state.
L. anticaria. — A pretty Spanish per-
ennial about 6 in. high, forming tufts of
z z 2
708
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO HARDEN PLANTS linaria
trailing shoots furnished with small linear
fleshy grey-green leaves. The flowers,
which are freely produced in the summer
months in short racemes at the ends of
the shoots, are whitish in colour tinged
with lilac-purple, and more deeply veined.
Culture dtc. as above. This is best
raised annually from seeds, or by means
of cuttings rooted in eold frames in early
autumn. It likes warm light soil.
L. antirrhinifolia. — A handsome little
species 6-8 in. high, forming dense tufts
2 ft. or more across, and producing
masses of bright purple flowers during
the summer and autumn months.
Culture dtc. as above. Excellent for
the rock garden in free sandy soil. In-
creased by seeds, cuttings, or division.
L. aparinoides. — Avery variable annual
species, native of N. Africa and Central
and S. Europe. It grows about 18 in. high,
having dense tufts of erect stems more or
less branching at the base, and bearing
linear or awl-shaped leaves. Flowers in
summer in short downy clusters, sulphur-
yellow with blackish stripes.
Culture and Propagation. — Although
a comparatively new plant to cultiva-
tion there are already several forms of
it — the result of crossing with other
species, such as maroccana, perhaps — or
merely seminal variations. The most
distinct seems to be the one called splen-
dens, which comes fairly true from seeds.
It grows 10-12 in. high, and has warm
bronzy-violet flowers with a yellow blotch
in the centre. There is another called
aureo -purpurea with short racemes of
crimson-purple flowers having a yellow
palate. Increased by seeds sown in spring
in cold frames and transplanted in May.
L. bipartita (L.eleaans). — A charming
Algerian annual 1-1. \ ft. high with greyish
stems and alternate, glaucous, linear lance-
shaped leaves. Flowers from June to Sep-
tember, produced on an elongating spike,
and varying from reddish-violet to purple-
rose, washed and striped with deeper
shades, with a whitish centre blotched with
purple or rose, and a linear recurved spur
behind. There is a variety alba having
yellowish or greenish-white flowers.
Culture dtc. as above. It requires
treatment similar to L. aparinoides.
Suitable also for the rock garden in well-
drained, gritty soil.
L. tripartita and its variety are also
excellent plants for massing in beds or
groups, in the centre of which taller plants
may be grown.
L. Cymbalaria (Ivy-leaved Toad-
flax ; Kenilworth Ivy ; Mother of
Thousands). — A well-known charming
British perennial often seen covering old
walls, ruins, brickwork &c, in dry, sunny
positions. It has slender trailing
branches 6-24 in. long, and somewhat
fleshy, broadly kidney-shaped leaves,
irregularly 3-7- angled or lobed, and \- 1
in. across. Flowers from May to Sep-
tember, 3 in. across, bluish-purple, lilac,
or white, with a yellow centre and short
spurs. Besides the white-flowered variety,,
which is very handsome, there is also one
with variegated foliage.
Culture dtc. as above. Once established
in a garden this species may be trusted
to look after itself, and will sooner or
later find a situation that suits it better
than any other. It may also be grown
in hanging pots or baskets. The white
variety makes a charming pot plant.
L. dalmatica. — A handsome, robust
perennial 3-5 ft. high, native of S.E.
Europe, having erect or decumbent
branches, densely clothed with oblong
or linear lance-shaped, glaucous leaves.
Flowers in summer, large, pale yellow,
with a straight spur, in branching spikes.
Culture dtc. as above. This species
flourishes in warm, sunny places, in light
sandy soil, and spreads vigorous^ when
once established. Increased by seed,
cuttings, or division.
L. genistaefolia. — A vigorous perennial
2-4 ft. high, native of S.E. Europe and
Asia Minor, with smooth, branching
stems, and somewhat clasping, lance-
shaped acute, 3-5-nerved leaves, 1-2 in.
long. Flowers in summer and autumn r
pale yellow with a straight spur, and borne
in loose racemes.
Culture dr. as above. Requires similar
treatment to L. dalmatica. There is a
Flax-leaved form called linifolia.
L. hepaticaefolia. — A very dwarf,
dense-growing Corsican perennial, 1-2 in.
high, with smooth, heart-shaped, reni-
form, 3-5-lobed leaves, resembling those
of the common Anemone Hepatica.
Flowers in summer and autumn, lilac -
purple, produced very freely.
Culture dtc. as above. Suitable for
LINARIA
FOXOLOVE OllDEll
I -i\ aria 709
warm sunny parts of the rockery, where
it forms dense cushions. Increased hy
seeds, cuttings, and division.
L. macedonica. A distinct and beau-
tiful species from S.E. Europe, 2-3 ft.
high, with rather broadly oblong or linear
lance-shaped leaves, and bright yellow
flowers with a deeper coloured centre or
palate and a long conical spur.
Culture lie as above. Increased by
seeds, cuttings, or division.
L. macrura. — A pretty species IK ft.
high, native of Asia Minor &c, with flat
linear glaucous leaves. Flowers in
summer and autumn, yellow, with a
deeper coloured hairy centre, in long
dense racemes. Recognised by the long
straight spur.
Culture d'-c. as above. Suitable for
rockery or border, and increased by seeds,
cuttings, or division.
L. maroccana. A pretty little annual
about 9 in. high, native of Morocco, with
linear leaves sometimes whorled. Flowers
in summer, in long racemes, bright violet-
purple, with a whitish centre blotched
with yellow. There is a variety called
rosea, with deep carmine-rose flowers,
more ornamental than the type ; there
are also variations having white, rosy.
and lilac flowers, to which the name
liybrida has been given.
Culture <(•<-. as above. They may all
be grown and increased like L. apari-
noides and L. bipartite/,.
L. multipunctata. — A charming minia-
ture Spanish annual, forming dense tufts
scarcely exceeding those of L. alpina in
height. The stems at first decumbent,
then ascending at the extremities, are
slender and thread-like, bearing narrow
glaucous leaves. Flowers in summer and
autumn in great profusion, in terminal
spikes, of a beautiful citron-yellow, with
an orange centre, densely dotted with
brown, and having a copper-coloured
spur. The variety erect a, which is said
to come true from seeds, grows in dense
compact tufts, is not only valuable for the
margins of borders and rockeries, but also
makes a fine pot plant.
Culture d'-c. as above. Obtained by
sowing seeds in cold frames and trans-
planting in May, or by sowing in the
open ground in April.
L. origanifolia. — A charming little
rock plant 6-8 in. high, native of the Pyre-
nees, with erect much-branched stems
and oblong leaves. The flowers appear
from June to October, and are bluish-
violet varying to purple and sometimes
white. The variety crassifoUa has larger
beautiful blue flowers with a yellow centre
and broader and sharper pointed leaves.
Culture <(<-. as above. Although not
quite hardy in all parts of the kingdom,
this species is easily increased by seeds
sown when ripe in cold frames, or by
means of cuttings inserted in sandy soil
at the end of summer.
L. pallida. — A pretty little Italian
species 2 3 in. high with glaucous leaves,
heart-shaped in outline, but cut into 3-5
lobes. The pale blue sweetly scented
flowers appear from July to September,
and are very effective.
Culture <(■<•. as above. Although
handsome this species is apt to become a
nuisance if grown near choice plants. Its
roots creep along beneath the surface for
a considerable distance and throw up
shoots all over the ground. It is thus
more suitable for wild parts of the garden
on old banks or ruins in rather damp
situations.
L. purpurea. — A pretty species 1 3 ft.
high, native of S. Europe, but now
naturalised in many parts of Britain,
growing on old walls and dry places.
Leaves slightly glaucous, 1-1 1 in. long,
linear, lower ones in whorls of from 4 to 9,
upper ones 3 in a whorl. Flowers in
summer, in long loose racemes, bluish -
purple, the mouth of the corolla bearded
with white hairs along the edges, and the
tube striped with purple. Spur curved,
as long as the corolla.
Culture d-e. as above. Increased by
seeds sown naturally. The plants may
be left to look after themselves when once
established.
L. reticulata. — A pretty Portuguese
annual 2-4 ft. high, with linear channelled
leaves, lower ones whorled, upper ones
scattered. Flowers from May to July,
deep purple, veined, with a bronzy or
yellow centre, marked with deep purple
lines, and borne in short, dense, downy
racemes. The variety aureo -purpurea
has deep, rich purple and orange flowers,
the contrast between the two colours
being very striking and effective.
Culture dc. as above. Increased b3'
seed sown hi spring.
L. saxatilis. — A pretty trailing Spa-
nish perennial, covered with a clammy
710
PBAGTICAL GUIDE TO GABDEN PLANTS axtikrhinum
down, and having thickish, more or less
linear lance-shaped leaves, the lower ones
4 in a whorl, the upper ones alternate.
Flowers late in summer, yellow, with 2
brownish spots or lines in the centre.
Culture dtc. as above. Suitable for
trailing over ledges in the rockery. In-
creased by seeds, cuttings, and division.
L. spartea. — A pretty erect-growing
branched annual, native of the \Yestern
Mediterranean region, having linear
lance-shaped erect leaves, the lower ones
often in whorls of 3, the upper ones
alternate. Flowers in summer and
autumn, deep yellow, long-stalked, in
smooth or clammy downy racemes.
Culture d-c. as above. Raised from
seeds sown in the open border in April.
L. triornithophora. — A beautiful
perennial 12-18 in. high, with erect
branches decumbent at the top, and
furnished with smooth, lance-shaped
acute leaves. Flowers from June to
September, 3 or 4 in a whorl, purple with
a yellow centre, long spurs, and an
inflated and striped tube.
Culture rf'-c. as above. Although a
perennial it is safer to raise this species
annually from seeds sown in spring or
autumn in cold frames, especially in the
bleaker parts of the country. It is also
easily increased by inserting cuttings of
the flowerless shoots in sandy soil in cold
frames at the end of summer, and keeping
them protected from frost until the follow-
ing spring.
L. vulgaris (Common Toadflax). — A
beautiful British perennial 1-2 ft. high,
with a creeping rootstock, and glaucous
linear or lance-shaped leaves 1-3 in. long,
often in whorls. Flowers from July to
October, in dense racemes, |-1 in. long,
pale yellow or citron with a copper-
coloured centre, and curved spur as long
as the corolla. The variety pcloria
referred to above in the generic descrip-
tion is a beautiful plant with regular
extinguisher-like flowers. It retains its
regular character in a cultivated state, but
is rarely met with growing wild.
Cu It ii re dc. as above. Grown in masses
in the border or rockery, the Common
Toadflax and its variety peloria are very
beautiful. They thrive in dry sunny posi-
tions and may be increased by division.
The common variety seeds freely and
will reproduce itself naturally under
favourable circumstances.
ANTIRRHINUM (Snapdragon).— A
genus containing about 25 species of
annual or perennial herbs, rarely under -
shiTibs, sometimes climbers. Lower
leaves rarely all opposite, upper ones often
alternate, entire or rarely lobed. Flowers
often showy, purplish, yellow, or white,
solitary in the axils of the cauline bract-
like leaves, or in racemes at the ends of
the branches. Calyx 5-parted ; corolla
personate, saccate or gibbous, not spurred;
upper lip erect shortly 2-lobed ; lower one
spreading 3-lobed, the middle lobe the
smallest ; ' palate ' bearded closing the
throat. Stamens 4, didynamous ; stigma
shortly 2-lobed. Capsule ovoid or globose, .
2-celled, the upper cell bursting by one
pore, the lower by 2 many-toothed pores.
The Snapdragons are as easily grown
as the Toadflaxes, but require somewhat
richer and moister but well-drained soil.
There are several species in cultivation
but none of them compare in beauty,
grace, and value with the greater or
Common Snapdragon (A. majus), for the
ornamentation of beds, borders, or rock
gardens, nor are they much grown except
in botanical gardens.
Culture and Propagation. — All Snap-
dragons may be grown and increased
much in the same way, but the following
remarks, while general, apply more parti-
cularly to A. majus and its varieties.
Seeds may be sown in gentle heat about
February, the seedlings being pricked out
into pans or singly into small pots and
grown on with as much light and air as
possible when thoroughly established. By
May they will be fit for transplanting to
the open ground, and if grown in groups
or masses should not be nearer to each
other than 12 or 18 inches, according to
the bushiness and freedom of the variety.
Similar results can be obtained by sowing
in a warm sheltered border in March and
April, transplanting at the end of May or
beginning of Jvme. The next period of
sowing is when the seeds are thoroughly
ripe— about August and September. In
most parts of the country the seeds may
be sown in the open border at this period,
choosing warm sheltered positions, as the
seedlings will have to pass through the
winter. It is safer, however, if possible;
to shelter them in a cold frame during
the winter months. They will make fine
sturdy specimens by the following spring,
when they may be transplanted in mild
weather. Bv sowing seeds at the various
ANTIKKHINUM
FOXGLOVE OR DEI:
PHYGELIUS 711
times mentioned plants can lie obtained
in bloom at different periods— from spring
till the end of autumn.
When it is desired to increase certain
choice varieties the safest plan is to take
cuttings of the short plump flowerless
shoots in September, and insert them in
sandy soil in a cold frame or under a
handlight, when they will soon root and
be ht to stand the winter well. Cuttings
of the young growths may also be rooted
in gentle heat in spring, and planted out
in May or June.
Besides their value as border plants,
Snapdragons of late yens have been
grown extensively in pots, and look
remarkably fine. The dwarfest varieties
are the most suitable for this purpose,
and many of the pure self- or uniformly
coloured varieties are charming.
A. Asarina. — A greyish clammy S.
European herb with trailing stems rising
up at the ends 3 4 in. high, and having
opposite long-stalked heart-shaped, cre-
nate, 5-lobed leaves. Flowers in summer,
pale yellow or white, 1\ in. long, some-
times tinged with red. Calyx segments
hairy.
Culture dc.as above. Requires sunny
sheltered parts of the rock garden in warm
well-drained sandy loam.
A. majus (Common Snapdragon). — A
beautiful British and European perennial
6-24 in. high, with oblong lance-shaped
or linear leaves 1-3 in. long. Flowers
from July to September in dense racemes,
1.] in. long, variously coloured — purple,
white, yellow, or crimson being the pre-
vailing tints, with a yellow ' palate.'
The garden varieties of Snapdragon
are innumerable, but they are roughly
classed into three main groups, according
to their height, viz. :— tall, medium, and
dwarf or ' Tom Thumb ' varieties. There
are well-marked forms in each group, but
many others which serve as connecting
links between one and the other, and the
division therefore is purely arbitrary.
When ordering seeds, however, it is well
to say which section is required. The
colours ,in each group vary from the
purest white to the deepest maroon and
brightest yellow, and there are also many
fine striped and variegated forms. A
packet of mixed seed from each group
will give an endless variety for ordinary
garden purposes. The Tom Thumb forms
are useful for edges to borders and may
rank for this purpose with the dwarf
shrubby Calceolarias, Ageratums. Violas
&c., while the medium and taller varieties
make handsome groups by themselves
especially if the colours are not mixed.
An interesting fact connected with
Snapdragons is that the colour of the
stems indicates in a measure what the
colour of the flowers is likely to be. Tims
plants with pale or bright green stems and
leaves indicate white or pale yellow flowers,
while on the contrary those with dark
green steins more or less heavily tinged
with red or purple usually produce
flowers having crimson, scarlet, purple,
and similar shades of colour. This pecu-
liarity is also noticeable in Phloxes and
Pentstemons.
Other kinds of Snapdragon are molle,
with whitish flowers and a yellow centre ;
Orontium, a rose or white British variety
found in cornfields &c. ; siculum, white
or yellow ; rupestre, rosy - lilac ; and
tortuosum, which has very large purple
flowers.
Culture <{■(•. as above.
PHYGELIUS (Cape Figwort).— A
small genus (only 2 species have been
described) of very smooth erect shrubs,
with opposite, stalked, crenulate leaves,
gradually passing upwards into alternate
bracts. Calyx 5-parted. Corolla tube
elongated, incurved or nearly straight,
limb more or less oblique, with 5 rounded
nearly equal, spreading lobes. Stamens
4. didynamous, protruding and bent
downwards.
P. capensis. — A beautiful showy S.
African perennial 3-4 ft. high, with angu-
lar or slightly winged purplish stems,
and opposite stalked, ovate lance-shaped
crenate-toothed leaves, 3-4 in. long, deep
dark shining green above, and very pale
or greyish beneath. Flowers from June
till October, scarlet, tubular, drooping, in
forked cymes, about 1.1 in. long, with an
oblique rnouth and protruding stamens
and stigma.
Culture and Propagation. — This is
the only species grown at present.
It flourishes in rich loamy soil, and in
northern parts of the country should be
planted in warm sheltered spots near
walls or hedges, although in the south
such precautions are unnecessary. It
may be increased from seeds (which are
freely produced) sown in a hotbed in
spring and transplanted in May. In early
712
PR ACTIO 'AL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS pentstemon
spring the rootstock may also be care-
fully divided, or cuttings of the young
shoots may lie inserted in sandy soil with
a little bottom heat in spring, or in cold
frames during the summer months.
PAULOWNIA. — This genus contains
only one species : —
P. imperialis. — A beautiful and orna-
mental Japanese tree 30-40 ft. in the
most favoured parts of the South of
England, forming dense rounded heads.
Leaves opposite, entire or 3-lobed, broad,
soft, hairy or downy, ovate-heart-shaped
in outline, and often 12-20 in. long, and
correspondingly broad. Flowers in spring,
sweet-scented, tubular, somewhat like
those of the Foxglove but larger, purplish -
violet, with deeper reddish-brown spots
inside, and produced in many-flowered
terminal panicles. Calyx deeply 5-cleft,
with thick obtuse lobes. Corolla tube
elongated, curved, widening at the mouth,
with 5 obliquely spreading rounded al-
most equal lobes. Stamens 4, didyna-
mous, bent down at the base, then
ascending.
Culture mid Propagation. — This
beautiful tree likes a light but deep loamy
soil, and does not flourish in very sandy
or stiffish clay soil. As an ornamental
tree it is very effective, and when the
flowers are not injured by frost they pre-
sent a very fine sight. In Paris several
avenues of the Paulownia may be seen,
and it makes a splendid shade tree in
summer. By cutting young trees back at
the beginning of the year, strong thick
shoots 6 ft. or more long will develop in
the course of the season. Except in the
bleakest and wettest parts of the country,
the Paulownia seems to be fairly hardy.
and it has not been injured by 13° of frost
in the north of England.
The Paulownia is raised from seeds
sown in gentle heat or a cold frame in
spring. It may also be increased by
cuttings of the ripe wood inserted in rich
sandy soil in cold frames or slight heat in
early autumn. The roots cut into pieces
about 2 in. long or less and placed in
bottom heat will also produce young
plants at the beginning of the year.
CHELONE (Turtle Head). — A
small genus of smooth or scarcely downy
perennial herbs with opposite serrate
leaves. Flowers in dense spikes in the
axils of the upper leaves and at the ends
of the branches, sessile. Calvx 5-parted
with lance- shaped or broadly ovate seg-
ments. Corolla tube rather long, inflated,
limb 2-lipped, gaping. Stamens 4, didy-
namous. Capsule many-seeded ; seeds
winged.
Culture and Propagation. — Chelones
flourish in a rich and rather light loam,
but grow well in ordinary good garden
soil. They may be increased by dividing
the plants in the early autumn as soon
as the flowers have disappeared, and the
foliage shows signs of decay. Seeds may
be sown when ripe in cold frames, the
seedlings being planted out in spring.
Cuttings of the young shoots may also be
inserted in sandy soil in cold frames in
spring and during the summer. Cuttings
of the roots will also grow inserted in and
covered with sandy soil, with a little
bottom heat in the early part of the year.
C. Lyoni (C. major). — A showy peren-
nial, 3 4 ft. high, native of Upper Carolina
and Georgia, with stalked heart-shaped
ovate serrate leaves, very smooth, and
deep green. Flowers from July to Sep-
tember, purple, in clustered spikes at the
tips of the branches.
Culture d-e. as above. A good border
plant.
C. nemorosa. — A native of N.W.
America, about 1 ft. high, and interesting
as forming the connecting link between
Chelone and Pentstemon. Leaves ovate
taper-pointed, serrate. Flowers in sum-
mer, rosy-purple, 1-3 on a downy stalk.
Culture d-e. as above.
C. obliqua (C. glabra; C. purpurea).
A pretty X. American species, 2-3 ft. high,
not quite so vigorous in growth as C.
Li/oni. Leaves stalked or nearly sessile.
oblique, oval lance - shaped, unequally
toothed, very smooth. Flowers in sum-
mer, large, purple, in dense spikes at the
ends of the branches.
Culture d-e. as above.
PENTSTEMON (Beard Tongue).
This genus contains 66 species of peren-
nial herbs or undershrubs with opposite
leaves, the lower ones stalked, the upper
ones often sessile, stem -clasping and
gradually passing into bracts. Peduncles
forked, many-flowered, arranged in ter-
minal panicles or clusters, often leafy at
the base. Calyx 5-parted. Corolla showy,
red, violet, blue, white, or rarely yellowish-
white, with a tube often elongated, equal
or inflated in the middle, and 2-lipped :
upper lip 2 - lobed, lower one 3 - cleft.
PENTSTKMON
FOXGLOVE ORDER
PENTSTEMON 713
bearded or naked within. Stamens 4,
didynamous, the fifth unfertile stamen
(or staminode) thread-like, with a club- or
spoon-shaped tip, usually shorter than the
4 fertile stamens. Capsule many-seeded,
opening by valves ; seeds wingless.
Next to the Phloxes (p. 658) few border
plants are such favourites as the Pent-
stemons. They are graceful in habit and
free in flowering, and make the garden
look cheerful and bright from June until
the late autumn frosts set in, by the great
range of colouring they display from
blush-white, through pink, salmon, rose
and scarlet to violet and purple. Several
natural species are described below, but the
plants usually seen in gardens have been
derived by hybridisation chiefly from P.
Hartwegi and P. Cobcea.
Cult lire and Propagation. — Pent-
stemons enjoy a deep rich sandy loam,
enriched with well-decomposed manure.
The drainage should be perfect, as the
roots dislike stagnant moisture. They
are increased in three ways by seeds,
cuttings, and division, the two first
methods being most generally practised.
Seeds— which are produced freely in
favourable seasons — should be sown early
in February in a gentle hotbed, the seed-
lings being pricked out when large enough
to handle, and kept in the hotbed until
they have thoroughly recovered from
being disturbed. Afterwards they may
be transferred to cooler positions, such as
a cold frame where they can obtain plentj-
of light and air and yet be protected from
the spring frosts. By the end of May
they will be fine sturdy plants for trans-
planting to the flower border, and in
autumn — or about 6 months from the
date of sowing the seed — they will be in
bloom. If the plants have been treated
well and allowed plenty of room to develop,
their stems will be strong enough to
support themselves without the aid of
stakes.
Seed may also be sown as soon as ripe
in cold frames so as to obtain large and
sturdy plants early the following spring.
Plants obtained in this way will flower
before those raised from spring-sown
seeds.
Cuttings of the young shoots root
freely in sandy soil in a little heat or a
cold frame in early spring, or in autumn
simply in cold frames. Those of the
latter period may be wintered in cold
frames and planted out the following May
or even April in the milder parts of the
country.
Many of the species, chiefly those of
dwarf tufted habit like barbatus, glaber,
procerus, are readily increased by division
of the roots, but many others will not
stand this treatment well, and are best
raised from seeds or cuttings.
The following is a list of the species
met with in cultivation, but some are
very rare. They are mostly natives of
the United States and N.W. Ann rica
generally, except where otherwise stated.
P. antirrhinoides. A greyish much-
branched perennial 9 18 in. high, with
lanceolate spoon-shaped or oval leaves,
rather small, entire, and slightly stalked.
Flowers in summer, lemon-yellow, un-
bearded, except the sterile stamen.
Culture iic as above. This species is
rather lender except in warm sheltered
borders. It may, however, be raised
every year from seeds or cuttings and
planted out in May as an annual.
P. azureus. — A smooth glaucous
Calif ornian perennial about 1 ft. high,
with leaves varying in shape from oblong
spoon-shaped below to broadly heart-
shaped ovate or lanceolate, becoming
smaller and narrower upwards. Flowers
in late summer, 1-3 on a stalk, beautiful
sky-blue, reddish-purple at the base of the
tube, over 1 in. long.
( 'ulture dtc. as above.
P. barbatus (Chelone barbata ; C.
ruelloides). — A handsome densely tufted
Mexican species with entire lance-shaped
leaves. Flowers from .Tune to October,
on tall spikes 2-3 ft. high, drooping and
varying from pinky-red to carmine, the
lower lip being conspicuously bearded at
the mouth. There is a white variety
albus; a flesh-coloured one, ca.rneus; and
a vigorous one named Torreyi which
grows taller and is remarkable for having
usually unbearded scarlet-red flowers.
Culture (fc. as above. This species
may be increased by dividing the tufts in
early spring or autumn ; also by cuttings
and seeds.
P. breviflorus. — A slender twiggy Cali-
fornian species with more or less oblong
lance-shaped, somewhat finely toothed
leaves about 1 in. long, seldom if ever in
whorls. Flowers in September, yellowish,
or flesh-coloured, about K in. long, striped
714
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS pbntstemon
with pink inside, the upper lip furnished
with a clammy beard.
Culture Sc. as above.
P. campanulatus (/'. a/ngustifolius ;
P. atrojmrpwreua ; P. elegans ; P. pul-
cliellus ; P. roseus ; Chelone campami-
lata). — This beautiful Mexican perennial,
which is unfortunate in having so many
synonyms, grows about 18 in. high, and
has sessile linear lance-shaped serrate
leaves, the upper ones being slightly
downy and clammy to the touch.
Flowers from June to October, varying
from rose to violet, purple &c, the sterile
stamen being slightly bearded.
Culture Sc. as above. This is a
very old garden plant, and numerous
forms of it have appeared, which account
for the diversity in naming. Increased
by seeds and cuttings.
P. centranthifolius (Chelone cen-
trantJiifolia). — A beautiful species about
2 ft. high with oblong lower leaves, and
obovate or lance-shaped stein-clasping
upper ones. Flowers in summer, about
1 in. long, bright carmine.
Culture Sc. as above. Increased by
seed or division.
P. Cobaea. — A beautiful and very
distinct perennial 1-2 ft. high, native of
Texas, with large glossy oblong or ovate
lance-shaped leaves about 8 in. long, the
upper ones sessile and sharply serrate,
the lower ones narrowed into a stalk
with a few blunt teeth at the apex.
Flowers late in autumn, numerous, pale
mauve and white, with or without purple
stripes and spots in the throat and lobes.
Calyx large, bell-shaped, 5-toothed. Cor-
olla about 2 in. long, broadly tubular,
inflated, with 5 broad blunt spreading
lobes.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species requires to be grown in warm
sheltered spots and is probably not very
hardy north of the Thames. It makes a
splendid greenhouse plant grown in pots,
and may be had in bloom in November
and December. Increased by seeds or
cuttings.
P. confertus. — A smooth stiffish grow-
ing species 6-18 in. high. Lower leaves
oblong spoon-shaped, the upper ones oval
lance - shaped stem - clasping. Flowers
from May to July, in an almost cylindri-
cal cluster, pale sulphur-yellow, each one
being about h in. long. The variety
cceruleo - purpureus (perhaps better
know n as procerus and mieranthus) has
bluish-purple flowers and very variable
sepals. It is a rather better garden
plant than the typical P. confertus,
and is very hardy in ordinary garden soil.
It seeds freely and flowers earlier than
any other species — except perhaps P.
campanulatus.
Culture Sc. as above. Increased by
division or seeds.
P. diffusus. — A somewhat downy
species 2-4 ft. high, with more or less
ovate lance-shaped leaves, the upper ones
being thick, heart-shaped, stem-clasping,
and serrate. Flowers in summer and
autumn in large loose many-branched
clusters, violet-purple, about 1 in. long,
the sterile stamen bearded at the top.
P. argutus, with bright purple flowers,
having a sky-blue lower lip, and P. liich-
ardsoni, with violet flowers, both appear
to be varieties of this species, or are very
closely related.
Cxtlture Sc. as above. They may be
increased by seed or division.
P. Digitalis (Chelone Digitalis). — A
handsome free-growing perennial 1-2 ft.
high, closely related to, if not indeed a
variety of, P. laevigatas, but quite disinct
enough for garden purposes to have a single
name. Leaves smooth glossy, slightly
serrulate, lance-shaped, 3-6 in. long and
covered with small dots, the upper ones
ovate lance-shaped, perceptibly narrowed.
Flowers in summer, numerous, white ;
corolla over 1 in. long; sterile stamen
sparsely bearded.
Culture Sc. as above. Increased by
seed and division.
P. glaber (P. erianthera ; P. Gor-
doni). — A very smooth and handsome
perennial 6-24 in. high, with tufts or
rosettes of entire somewhat glaucous
ovate lance-shaped leaves, the lower ones
more or less narrowed into a stalk, the
upper ones linear-lance-shaped sessile.
Flowers in summer, in clustered panicles,
purple, violet, or blue ; the sterile stamen
slightly bearded near the top.
The plant known as P. eyananthus,
and its improved form Brandegei, are
varieties of this species, distinguished
by their broad heart-shaped ovate leaves,
the upper ones taper-pointed, and large
dense clusters of bright blue flowers
produced in May and June, before those
of the type.
l'ENTSTEMON
FOX (i LOVE ORDER
PENTSTKMON 715
Culture cl'c. as above. This species
may be grown in the rockery as well as
the flower border proper. It is increased
by seeds, cuttings, and division.
P. gracilis. — A slender - stemmed
species 1 ft. or less high, with spoon-
shaped or oblong leaves, the upper ones
mostly linear lance-shaped about 1 in.
long. Flowers in August, lilac-purple or
whitish, about 1 in. long, tubular funnel-
shaped or nearly cylindrical.
Culture dtc. as above. Suitable for
the rockery or border. Increased by seeds
or cuttings.
P. grandiflorus. — A distinct and
showy species about 3 ft. high, with
the upper leaves roundish, stem-clasping,
or connate-perfoliate. Flowers in July,
purple, 1\ in. long, the sterile stamen
hooked, shortly dilated and scarcely
bearded at the apex.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds and cuttings.
P. Hartwegi {!'. gentianoides). — A
splendid garden perennial 2-3 ft. high,
with smooth bright green lance-shaped
leaves, or the upper ones widened and
stem-clasping at the base, tapering to a
point. Flowers in summer and autumn,
scarlet or blood-red, tubular-funnel-shaped,
about 2 in. long, with spreading lobes ;
sterile stamen beardless. — There are
several varieties of this species, and
distinctive names like roccineus,
cceritleus, and grandiflorus, which ex-
plain themselves, have been applied, but
a packet of mixed seeds will probably
supply them all and many others besides.
Many — indeed most — of the garden
Pentstemons are supposed to be derived
from this species, and fancy names have
been given to many of them by florists, to
whose catalogues reference may be made.
Culture d-c. as above. P. Hartwegi
and its varieties form fine bushes, but will
not thrive on cold soils. In warm well-
drained soils they become perennials and
shoot up every spring. The first plant of
P. Hartwegi to flower in England was at
Walworth in September 1837, and was
said to have been obtained from Belgium.
P. heterophyllus. — A somewhat
shrubby species about 18 in. high, with a
smooth or frosted appearance, and entire
linear lance-shaped leaves. Flowers in
summer, pink or rosy-purple, over 1 in.
long, inflated, funnel-shaped above, solitary
or 2-3 in the axils of the upper leaves,
and borne in twiggy racemes.
Culture Sc. as above. This species
varies a good deal when raised from seeds
and it is not quite hardy in unfavoured
parts of the country. Yoimg plants from
seeds or cuttings are therefore safest
under the protection of a cold frame in
winter.
P. hu mil is. — A distinct Rocky
Mountain species 3-9 in. high, forming
compact tufts, and having more or less
linear lance-shaped leaves. Flowers
early in June, large, blue, tinted with
reddish-purple, and borne in upright
clusters.
Culture dtc. as above. Owing to its
dwarf and compact growth this little
species is a very desirable plant for the
rock garden. It likes a sunny position,
and flourishes in sandy loam and leaf soil,
with plenty of water during the hot
summer months. Increased by seeds or
cuttings.
P. jaf frayanus. — A handsome
Jalifornian species 12-18 in. high, with
glaucous oblong lance-shaped leaves, the
lower ones narrowed into a stalk, the
upper ones broader and stem-clasping at
the base. Flowers in July and August,
shortly stalked, 1-2 on each pedicel form-
ing an interrupted or irregular cluster 4-8
in. long; corolla beautiful gentian-blue,
bell-shaped, with a very wide tube and
reflexed lobes.
Culture and Propagation. — This
pretty species is an excellent border
plant, and likes a light rich sandy loam.
It is best raised annually by means of
seeds or cuttings.
P. laevigatus. — A vigorous species 2-4
ft. high, with somewhat glossy ovate or
oblong lance-shaped leaves lobed and
clasping at the base. Flowers in summer
about 1 in. long, white, tinged with
purple, abruptly bell-shaped and inflated
above, the sterile stamen being slightly
bearded at the apex.
Culture dtc. as above. Increased by
seeds, cuttings, or divisions.
P. Lobbi (Lepidostemon pentstemo-
noides).—A distinct and bushy Californian
species 12-18 in. high, readily recognised
by its small oval or elliptic lance-shaped,
Box-like leaves. Flowers from July to
September, bright orange-yellow, bell-
shaped, the upper helmet-shaped lip being
716
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GABDEN PLANTS pbntstemon
washed with red and hair}' outside ; fila-
ments yellow with bluish anthers.
Culture etc. as above. Requires to be
treated like P. jaffrayanus.
P. Menziesi Douglasi. — This plant is
probably better known as P. crassifolius.
It grows about 1 ft. high, and has rather
small entire obovate lance-shaped thick
leathery leaves. Flowers in June and
July, lilac -purple, tinged with pinkish-red
at the base, with an inflated throat. The
variety Scouleri is a much taller-growing
plant about 3 ft. high, with obovate lance-
shaped sharply toothed leaves, and purple
flowers which are produced in great
abundance in May and June. The true
P. Menziesi is recorded as having flowered
in the Edinburgh Botanic Garden in 1888.
but seems to be identical with the variety
Douglasi.
< ' ult a re etc. as above.
P. murrayanus. — A highly ornamental
species 2-3 ft. high or more, having oval
lance-shaped, long-stalked glaucous or
greyish leaves at the base of the stems,
the upper ones being roundish and united
at the base. Flowers in July and August,
bright scarlet, about 1^ in. long, the
sterile stamen being unbearded. There
are several varieties, which differ only in
the colour of the flowers, the principal
shades being rose, lilac, scarlet, crimson,
and violet. The strain called grandi-
fiorus has larger and more numerous
flowers than the ordinary form.
Cult ure etc. as above. They are all
best raised froin seeds sown in autumn
every year, the young plants being win-
tered in cold frames. Or by cuttings
inserted at the same season in cold frames.
P. ovatus. — A graceful and somewhat
downy species 3-5 ft. high, with more
or less ovate-lance-shaped leaves, often
sharply toothed, and of a bright shining
green, the upper ones rather heart-shaped
at the base and stem-clasping. Flowers
from June to September, small, in dense
clusters varying from deep blue to rosy-
purple, and having a bearded sterile sta-
men.
Culture rf-c. as above. It is best raised
annually in the autumn like P. murraya-
nus, as it usually flowers well the following
year.
P. Palmeri. — A vigorous and some-
what glaucous species about 18 in. high or
more, having narrow lance-shaped sharply
toothed leaves, the lower ones narrowed
into stalks, the upper ones half stem-clasp-
ing. Flowers in summer, pale purple.
somewhat broadly bell-shaped about the
calyx and borne in loose twiggy raceme -
like panicles.
Culture dr. as above. Requires the
same treatment as P. murrayanus.
although a hardier plant.
P. pubescens (P. hirsutus; P. mack-
ayanus; Chelone Pentstemon). — A plant
about 1-3 ft. high, covered more or less
with a somewhat clammy down, and
bearing linear or ovate lance-shaped leaves,
the upper ones being reduced to small
bracts. Flowers from June to August,
bluish-violet, or partly whitish, in loose
clusters ; sterile stamen long and densely
bearded.
Culture etc. as above. This species
likes fairly good and rich soil, and maj*
be increased by seeds sown in autumn, or
by division of the chmrps in early spring.
Cuttings may also be rooted in autumn in
cold frames.
P. puniceus. — A glaucous species about
3 ft. high, native of Mexico. Leaves in
rosettes of a bluish-green, oval acute.
thickish. Flowers in summer, brilliant
red or scarlet, somewhat downy outside,
and arranged in long clusters.
Culture and Propagation. — This is
best raised from autumn- sown seeds in
cold frames annually and planted out the
following May in warm sunny spots in
fairly rich soil.
P. Rattani. — A vigorous California]]
species 12-18 in. high, resembling P. Digi-
talis in appearance. It has broadly ovate
tapering leaves, the lower ones being
stalked, the upper ones sessile, stem-
clasping, and sparingly toothed. The
lilac -purple flowers, each about an inch
long, are borne in panicles at the end of
the shoots.
Culture <ic. as above.
P. rotundifolius. — A very distinct and
graceful Mexican species, closely related
to P. eentranthifolius, and recognised bj-
its roundish acute leaves about 3 in. long,
the lower ones stalked, the upper connate,
and all distinctly glaucous. Flowers
during the summer and autumn months,
brick-red, about 1 in. long, tubular, downy
outside, yellowish within, and borne in
loose clusters on stems about 2 ft. high.
Culture Sc. as above. Increased
chiefly by seeds.
l'ENTSTEMON
FOXGLOVE ORDER
COLLINSIA 717
P. speciosus. — An elegant Californian
species 3-4 ft. high with oval or spoon-
shaped, stalked, somewhat hollowed leaves
of a deep shining green above, the upper
ones more or less stem-clasping. Flowers
from May to July, sky-blue tinted with red,
more or less bell-shaped, in spikes about
1 ft. long.
Culture Sc. as above. This species is
best treated like P. jaffrayawus.
P. spectabilis. — A handsome species
about 2 ft. high with thick, leathery, lance-
shaped, shining green leaves, the upper
ones stem-clasping at the base. Flowers
in summer, bluish-purple, 1 in. long, in-
flated above, in long loose panicles.
Cult toe <('■<■. as above. Increased by
seeds or cuttings.
P. venustus. — A pretty and rather
downy plant about 2 ft. high, with more
or less ovate lance-shaped leaves, the
upper ones somewhat heart-shaped, stem-
clasping, and closely serrated. Flowers
in summer, about 1 in. long, purple,
dilated upwards from a narrow tube, and
borne in loose clustered panicles ; sterile
stamen densely bearded at the top.
Culture <£c, as above. Increased by
seed and cuttings in autumn.
P. Wrighti. — A handsome species
about 2 ft. high with oblong lower leaves,
and rather obovate or lance-shaped stem-
clasping upper ones. Flowers in summer,
rosy-red, about 1 in. long, inflated above,
in loose panicles or cymes, sterile stamen
long and densely bearded at the top.
Culture d'-e. as above. Increased by
seed or cuttings.
GARDEN PENTSTEMONS
As stated before, these are the result of
crossing and selecting from P. Hurtwegi
(P. geutianoides) and P. Cobwn, and pos-
sibly P. murryanus. They are all easily
raised from seeds or cuttings as detailed
above, and when grown in large beds or
groups form a most attractive feature of
the flower garden during the summer and
autumn months. There are numerous
named varieties grown by specialists, but
as they are likely to be superseded by
others with the issue of every new cata-
logue it is scarcely necessary to give a
list of them here. The predominating
colours are red, purple, magenta, rose,
carmine, scarlet, salmon, all usually
combined with white, and having
numerous intermediate shades. A very
fine selection may be obtained from a
packet of good mixed seeds.
COLLINSIA. — A genus containing
about 12 species of pretty erect decumbent
or loosely branched annual herbs with
opposite, or rarely ternately whorled, en-
tire or toothed leaves, or the lower ones
deeply 3-cleft. Flowers gaily coloured in
clustered cymes, blue, violet or rosy often
mixed with white. Calyx bell-shaped
deeply 5-cleft. Corolla-tube saccate at the
base on the upper side, 2-lipped, the
upper lip 2-lobed, bent backwards, the
lower lip 3-lobed, the middle lobe longer
pouch-like enclosing the four didynamous
stamens. Capside ovoid or globose, many -
seeded.
Culture mill Propagation. — These
showy annuals are easily growrn in
ordinary garden soil and are most effective
in large masses, and in edgings. They
are usually raised from seeds sown in
gentle heat in early spring or in the open
border about April, and flower in about 3
months from the date of sowing. They
are often grown in pots for the ornamen-
tation of windows, balconies &c. Sowings
may be made at intervals to secure a suc-
cession of blossom. In favourable situa-
tions the seeds if sown in autumn are
likely to survive an ordinary winter, and
plants thus raised will flower somewhat
earlier than those from spring-sown seeds.
The species are all natives of the W.
United States, chiefly California. For the
culture and treatment of annuals in
general see p. 78.
C. bicolor. — A pretty Californian
annual, about 1 ft. high, with erect, downy
stems, and smooth, ovate lance-shaped
leaves, rather heart-shaped at the base.
Flowers in August, large, upper lip and
tube of corolla white, lower lip rosy-purple.
There are several forms, among them
being alba, a vigorous grower, with white
Mowers having the upper lip slightly
tinged with green or yellow ; candid-
issivia has absolutely pure white flowers ;
alba rosea, has the upper lip white, and
the lower one soft rose, a charming plant ;
multicolor is very pretty and free-flower-
ing ; flowers striped with lilac or rose-
white, and violet colours which appear
sometimes on the upper lip only, some-
times the lower, and sometimes on both ;
marmorata has a white lower lip washed
with lilac, and an upper lip of a clear
lilac spotted and striped with carmine.
718
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS zaluzianskia
A packet of mixed seeds will probably
yield all these varieties.
Culture dc. as above.
C. grandiflora. — A pretty Columbian
species, about 1 ft. high, having the lower
leaves spoon-shaped, and the upper ones
oblong linear. Flowers from May to July,
pale purple, the upper lip being blue, the
tube being washed with rose. There is
a white-flowered form not particularly
attractive. Notwithstanding its name,
the tlowers of C. grandiflora are sensibly
smaller than those of C. bicolor and its
varieties. It may be used in the same
way and is somewhat hardier, so that it
may be sown in autumn, and left unpro-
tected in winter in most parts of the
country.
Culture dc. as above.
C. verna. — A distinct species, about
1 ft. high, with slightly branched erect
stems and lance-shaped leaves. Flowers
in spring, white, lower lip of a beautiful
clear blue.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species is particularly valuable on account
of its early-flowering propensities. It
does not succeed well from spring-sown
seeds. To obtain good flowering plants,
seeds are best sown about September and
October in light, well-drained soil, cover-
ing them only very slightly, and thinning
them out if they come up too thickly. In
severe winters they may require the pro-
tection of old lights, but scarcely other-
wise.
There are a few other species, such as
corymbosa, with white and pale blue
flowers ; parviflora, purplish-blue ; sparsi-
flora, violet ; tinctoria, pale pink ; and
violacea, bright violet, all of which may
be treated like bicolor and rjrandiflora.
ZALUZIANSKIA. — A genus, per-
haps better known as Nyeterinia, contain-
ing about 16 species of more or less clam-
my herbs or undershrubs, often becoming
black when dry. Lowest leaves opposite,
the upper ones alternate often few-toothed,
the uppermost ones smaller, bract-like,
entire, appressed or adnate to the calyx.
Flowers sessile in dense or interrupted
terminal spikes. Calyx ovate-tubular,
shortly 5-toothed, 2-lipped or parted.
Corolla persistent, with an elongated tube
at length cleft to the base, the throat
often hairy inside; lobes 5, spreading,
entire or 2-cleft. Stamens often 4, the 2
upper ones enclosed by the corolla tube.
Capsule oblong, leathery or membranous,
many- seeded.
Culture and Propagation. — These
pretty plants are grown as tender annuals,
and flourish in a mixture of sandy loam
and peat. Seeds are raised in beat in
early spring, the seedlings being planted
out at the end of May, at a distance of
about 1 ft. apart. Seeds may also be
sown in September in cold frames or in
pots in light soil. The plants must be
protected in the greenhouse or cold fraine
during the winter months, during which
period it is essential to keep the atmo-
sphere as dry as possible, and also well
ventilated on all favourable occasions.
By the middle or end of May plants
grown in this way will be strong and
sturdy, and fit for the flower border.
Grown in pots for the conservatory they
often flower as early as April, especially
in the case of Z. capensia. All the species
are natives of S. Africa.
Z. capensis. — A beautiful annual, 6-
12 in. high, with hairy stems, and linear,
few-toothed or quite entire leaves, the
edges and main nerve bein« usually cili-
ated. Flowers in spring, whitish, nearly 1^
in. long, in short and few-flowered spikes,
the middle one usually growing much
longer than the others.
Culture <(t. as above.
Z. lychnidea (Erin us li/chnidea ; Nye-
terinia lyclinidea). — A tender shrubby
perennial, 6-12 in. high, with hairy
branches, and oblong linear few-toothed
or entire leaves, 1 -nerved and nearly
smooth ; the uppermost ones (bracts)
stem-clasping, broadly lance-shaped or
oblong, with edges and nerve ciliated.
Flowers from May to July, yellowish-
white, about H in. long, in elongated
spikes.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species differs from the others in being
a perennial. It may be increased by cut-
tings inserted in light sandy soil in cold
frames in September, or by seeds sown in
heat in spring and transplanted in May.
Z. selaginoides {Ermus selagi-
noides). — A pretty half-hardy annual
6-9 in. high, forming dense compact tufts
of slender stems. Leaves spoon-shaped,
the lower ones long- stalked, the upper-
most ones attached to the calyx, and
dilated at the base. Flowers in May and
June, white with an orange centre,
fragrant at night, the throat covered with
CH^NOSTOMA
FOXGLOVE OB DEB
MIMULUS 719
stiflish liairs. Corolla lobes broadly
obovate, deeply and bluntly notched at
the apex.
This species is very free-flowering, and
its masses of white flowers look charming
with the carpet of green formed by the
foliage. It is useful for borders or
edgings or small masses by itself.
( ' ' ult ii re <tr. as above.
CHjENOSTOMA. — A genus of
about 26 species of smooth or downy,
sometimes rather clammy herbs or
undershrubs, with leaves nearly all
opposite, toothed or rarely quite entire,
the uppermost ones near the flowers
more or less bract-like and free from the
calyx. Flowers axillary or in terminal
racemes. Calyx 5 -parted with linear or
lance-shaped segments. Corolla decidu-
ous, with 5 entire, nearly equal spread-
ing lobes. Stamens 4, didynamous,
attached to the corolla tube, and more
or less protruding.
Culture mill Propagation. — These
plants grow readily in ordinary garden
soil, but are too tender for British winters.
They may be raised from seed sown in
February or March in a hotbed, and
very sparsely covered with soil. The
seedlings are pricked out into shallow
boxes or pans, and by the end of May
are fit to be transferred to the open
border, 0-9 in. apart. Seeds may also be
sown in August and September, but the
young plants will require greenhouse
protection during the winter. Cuttings
may also be made during August and
September, the plants thus obtained
being grown under glass during the
winter, either for conservatory decoration,
in pots, or for the border. All the species
are natives of S. Africa.
C. cor data. — A somewhat trailing,
hairy species about H ft. high, with
ovate-rounded, stalked and toothed
leaves, and masses of white axillary
flowers in June.
Culture dc. as above.
C. fastigiata (Manulea fastigiata). —
A pretty dense compact-growing species
6-9 in. high, with oval lance-shaped
toothed leaves, and small rosy or reddish
flowers on spikes 6 9 in. long. The
variety alba has white flowers.
Culture d-c. as above.
C. hispida. — A pretty species 3-6 in.
or more high, with hairy and somewhat
shrubby branches, having sessile, obovate
elliptic-toothed leaves j A in. long.
Flowers in July and August, solitary, in
the axils of the leaves, soft jiale lilac,
or nearly white, the upper ones in loose
racemes.
' 'ulture <(■<■. as abo\ e.
C. linifolia. A shrubby species about
1 ft. high, having oblong lance-shaped or
linear, quite entire leaves and white and
yellow flowers in loose racemes late in
autumn.
( 'ulture <(■'-. as above.
C. polyantha (Manulea multiflora). —
A dwarf, much-branched species about
4 in. high, with ovate toothed leaves
wedge-shaped at the base, the upper ones
being oblong in shape. Flowers in
summer, lilac and yellow, funnel-shaped,
in loose racemes.
Culture <(•<-. as above.
MIMULUS (Monkey Flower).— A
genus containing about 40 species of
decumbent or erect, smooth or hairy,
sometimes clammy herbs, rarely tall
growing or shrubby. Leaves opposite,
undivided, entire or toothed. Flowers
axillary, solitary, the upper ones some-
times in racemes at the ends of the
branches. Calyx tubular, rarely bell-
shaped, 5- angled or toothed, rarely
5-cleft. Corolla showy or rather small,
yellow, orange, red, violet, or rosy, with
a cylindrical tube ; limb 2-lipped, upper
one erect or reflexed 2-lobed ; lower one
3-lobed, saccate or concave at the base.
Stamens 4. didynamous. The genus
Diplacus is now included under Mimulus
and is chiefly distinguished by its shrubby
stems.
Culture and Propagation. — Most of
the Monkey Flowers flourish in rather
damp soil and partially shaded situations.
and are very ornamental in the flower
border or near the margins of lakes,
ponds &c. They are increased by seeds,
which being exceedingly fine must be
sown with great care and evenness on a
finely prepared surface in gentle heat in
spring. They should not be covered.
As soon as the seedlings are large enough
to handle easily they may be pricked out
singly into small pots and grown under
glass, with a shift into larger pots before
they are ready for planting out at the end
of May. Or they inay be grown entirely
in pots for conservatory decoration.
Seeds may also be sown at the end of
720
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS mimulus
August or beginning of September in
light fine soil and treated in a similar
maimer ; but this means occupying space
under glass during the winter months.
Many kinds sow themselves and give a
crop of seedlings every year when grown
in cold frames or greenhouses. The
creeping underground stems being per-
ennial may also be divided in early
spring, and if placed in gentle heat and
kept moist will soon make fine plants.
Cuttings may also be inserted in early
spring in a fine light soil and a warm
moist atmosphere. The following are a
few of the best garden species : —
M. cardinalis (Diplacus carilinalis).
A pretty species 1-3 ft. high, native of
the W. United States. Leaves stem-
clasping ovate with coarsely toothed
margins. Flowers from June to August,
large, red, axillary, with a tube about li
in. long. The stigma has 2 irritable lobes
which close together at the slightest touch.
There are several varieties of this species,
among which may be mentioned atro-
sanguineus, deep blood-red ; aurantiacus,
orange-red ; Hudsoni, clear crimson-red,
with a yellow blotch in the throat striped
with purple.
Culture ii-c. as above. Increased by
seeds, cuttings, or division.
M. cupreus. — A beautiful dwarf species
H 12 in. high, native of the Chilian Andes.
Leaves opposite, usually tinted with
brownish-red ; the lower ones oval lance-
shaped, toothed ; the upper ones sessile.
Flowers in summer in the axils of the
upper leaves, almost regular, copper-
coloured, purple-brown, or crimson, the
velvet throat being yellow and spotted
with crimson-purple.
This species has been considerably
altered by cultivation and lias developed
innumerable forms. This result seems to
have been achieved principally by crossing
with M. variegatus, thus forming a chain
of forms between M. luteus proper and
M. cupreus. These hybrids are known to
gardeners under a variety of names such
as tigrlnus, pardinus, tigridioides, quin-
qiievulnerus, rubinus, speciosus, and
maculosus, all meaning pretty much the
same thing. Besides the numerous single-
flowered variations there is also a double -
flowered or ' hose-in-hose ' variety, in
which the calyx assumes a similar appear-
ance to the corolla. When the proper
corolla withers, the metamorphosed calyx
retains its freshness and colour for some
days longer, and in this way the ' hose-in-
hose ' varieties bloom for a longer period
than the single-flowered ones. There is
a new form called Burnet i obtained by
crossing M. cupreus with M. lute us. It
comes near the latter and seems to be
almost hardy.
Culture and Propagation. — All these
hybrid Monkey Flowers flourish in a light
rich soil containing plenty of leaf-soil and
a fair quantity of sand, and are quite as
happy in sunshine as in shadow, provided
the latter is not too dense. Sometimes
violent winds play havoc with the flowers,
and if possible they should be sheltered on
such occasions if in exposed situations.
They are all increased by seeds, cut-
tings or division, and require the protec-
tion of a greenhouse or cold frame in
winter.
M. Lewisi (M. rosea s). — A rare and
pretty Californian species about 1 ft. high
with stem -clasping oblong or rarely ovate
acute leaves, somewhat toothed and many-
nerved. Flowers late in summer, rosy,
with spreading corolla lobes.
Culture <('■(•. as above. Increased by
seeds and division in early spring.
M. luteus (M.guttatus ; M.punctatus).
Common Monkey Flower. — A bright
green softly downy Californian species,
with slightly knotted branching stems
9-12 in. high. Leaves opposite, ovate, or
oblong coarsely toothed. Flowers in sum-
mer, yellow, about 1.] in. long, and having
2 dark crimson and purple marks in the
throat of the corolla. The variety Neu~
berti is a strain with double flowers ; and
nobilis is a dwarf form remarkable for
having ' hose-in-hose ' flowers, that is one
corolla inserted in the other like some of
the Polyanthuses.
Under this species may be placed the
plant known as M. variegatus, a native
of Chili with large open flowers, having a
white or yellow ground irregularly blotched
with rich crimson, maroon, or purple.
The leaves are also more or less constantly
marked with brown. M. luteus and
M. variegatus are best treated as
annuals.
Culture dfcc. as above.
M. moschatus (Musk). — A well-known
North American hardy perennial with
tufts of trailing woolly stems having
stalked ovate lance-shaped slightly toothed
softly woolly leaves, rounded at the base
MAZUS
FOXGLOVE ORDER
REHMANNIA 721
and somewhat clammy. Flowers during
the summer and autumn months, yellow,
and nearly regular in outline, the lower
lip being striped with orange. The variety
Harrisoni is a stronger growing large-
flowered variety extensively cultivated
both for the flower border and in pots.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species is a great favourite owing to its
agreeable musky scent which pervades
the surrounding atmosphere. It is suit-
able for borders in somewhat shady places,
and also for the rock garden, nourishing
in damp rich soil with plenty of humus
in it. It is very often seen grown in pots
hanging in cottagers' windows. Theleaves
perish in winter, but the white creeping
underground stems send up masses of
green leaves every spring.
Seeds may be sown early in spring in
heat, or in the open in April and May, or
the creeping stems may be divided in early
spring. With a little protection of leaves
&c. it is hardy in exposed places in winter.
The variety Harrisoni may be increased
by seeds or cuttings.
MAZUS. — A genus with 4 species of
dwarf hairy or smoothish often twiggy
herbs. Lower leaves opposite, upper
ones usually alternate, incised-crenate or
coarsely toothed. Racemes terminal,
rather one-sided. Calyx broadly bell-
shaped, half 5-cleft. Corolla tube short
or scarcely longer than the calyx, 2-lipped,
the upper lip ovate erect, shortly 2-cleft ;
the lower one much larger, spreading,
3-cleft, saccate at the base. Stamens 4,
didynamous. Capsule globose or com-
pressed, with numerous minute seeds.
M. Pumilio. — A distinct and vigorous
species native of New Zealand and Austra-
lia, with creeping underground stems, from
which spring dense tufts about 1 in. or so
high, clothed with spoon-shaped leaves,
having slightly wavy margins, and 1-2 in.
long. Flowers in summer, pale violet,
with white centres, 1-6 on slender stems,
scarcely rising above the foliage.
Culture and Propagation. — This is
the only species grown. It thrives in free
sandy soil in warm sheltered parts of the
rock garden. It is easily increased by
dividing the tufts early in spring or
autumn. When divided in autumn, it is
safer to plant the tufts in cold frames in
light rich soil until the following May.
Seeds may also be sown in pots or pans
in greenhouses or cold frames in March
and April in finely prepared soil. They
are very minute and require no covering.
They must, however, be kept moist and
shaded. When large enough the seedlings
may be pricked out and grown on in cold
frames until the following spring, when
they will be sturdy enough for planting
out.
SIBTHORPIA (Moneywort). — A
genus containing 6 species of trailing,
hairy herbs, the stems often rooting at
the joints. Leaves alternate or clustered,
stalked, roundish kidney-shaped and
coarsely crenate or incised and pinnately
cut. Flowers yellow, yellowish -rose, or
red, on axillary, solitary, or clustered and
bractless pedicels. Calyx bell-shaped, 4-8-
(often 5-) cleft. Corolla tube short, or very
slightly rotate ; lobes equal in number to
those of the calyx, or one more, spreading.
Stamens equal in number to the corolla
lobes, or one less. Capsule membranous
not many-seeded.
S. europaea. — A rare and pretty British
trailer, with slender thread-like stems
6-12 in. long, and membranous leaves
j I in. across, with 7-9 broad, rounded,
or refuse lobes. Flowers from July to
October, pink, 5-lobed, the 2 smaller lobes
yellowish. Calyx lobes 5 ; stamens 4.
The variety variegata is a charming little
trailer with silvery white and green
leaves.
Culture and Propagation. — The com-
mon green-leaved plant flourishes near
ditches and on moist shady banks, and is
readily increased by dividing the rooted
stems. It is best grown in swampy
parts of the rockery. The variegated
form is a lovely little plant, unfor-
tunately difficult, on account of its
delicate nature, to grow out of doors
even under the most suitable conditions.
It is often seen to perfection in cool green-
houses or cold frames, where it may
flourish for several seasons, and then
almost suddenly die away except for a
particle or two.
S. peregrina is a small trailing green-
house perennial with yellow flowers.
Native of Mauritius.
Culture dc. as above.
REHMANNIA.— A genus with only
2 species of hairy, clammy, perennial
herbs, having alternate, obovate, or oblong
coarsely toothed leaves. Calyx ovoid-
bell-shaped, 5-cleft at the apex. Corolla
3 a
722
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GABDEN PLANTS digitalis
slightly incurved with a rather hroad
inflated tube ; limb oblique, 2-lipped,
spreading ; upper lip deeply 2-cleft ; lower
lip 3-cleft. Stamens 4, didynamous.
Capsule broad, somewhat enclosed by the
calyx.
R. chinensis (R. glutinosa). — A hand-
some Chinese perennial 1-2 ft. high, often
with purplish sterns. Lower leaves mostly
alternate, shortly stalked, 1-3 in. long,
becoming smaller upwards. Flowers in
April, about 1 in. long, wholly or partially
of a dull purple colour, with darker
stripes.
Culture and Propagation. — This is
the only species grown. It thrives in
moist peaty soil, in a warm sheltered
border having a west aspect. It is best
protected in cold frames in whiter, except
perhaps in the mildest parts of the
southern coast. It is increased by im-
ported seeds or by cuttings inserted in
sandy soil in spring under handlights.
DIGITALIS (Foxglove ; Fairy
Thimble).— This genus contains about
18 species of smooth, hairy, or woolly
biennial or perennial herbs, with alternate
leaves, the lower ones often clustered and
elongated, quite entire or toothed. Flowers
in long terminal and often one-sided
racemes, purple, yellowish-white, or white,
often showy, the corolla sometimes spotted
within and bearded in the throat. Calyx
5-parted. Corolla bent down, with an
inflated or bell-shaped tube, often con-
tracted above the ovary ; limb obliquely
4-lobed, the upper lip being much shorter
than the lower one. Stamens 4, didyna-
mous. Capsule ovate, mairy-seeded.
Culture and Propagation. — The Fox-
gloves or Fairy Thimbles are not only
among the best and most handsome of
hardy herbaceous plants, but they are
also very easily grown. Indeed the
common British species D. purpurea
cannot be said to require any cultivation
at all, as it seeds and increases freely in
any ordinary garden soil without requir-
ing any attention whatever. The other
species may be grown like it, and only
the choice varieties require a little care.
Seeds may be sown as soon as ripe, in
autumn, in the open border or wherever
the plants are required to bloom the
following year. Seeds sown in spring
will not produce flowering plants until
the following year. The seedlings may
cither be pricked out to about 6 9 in.
apart or thinned out if in great numbers.
An easy way to increase the stock is by
dividing the tufts in autumn when the
leaves and flowers have withered.
D. ambigua (D. grandifiora ; D.
ochi,oleuca).—A pretty hairy Eiuopean
perennial 2-3 ft. high, with ovate lance -
shaped, toothed, and sessile leaves, downy
beneath. Flowers in July and August,
yellowish or sulphur-coloured, veined
with brown, 2 in. long, in spikes 12-18
in. long. The variety fuscescens has
brown flowers smaller than in the type.
Culture d'c. as above.
D. purpurea. — This is the Common
Foxglove or Fairy Thimble found wild
and luxuriant in all parts of the British
Islands. It grows 2-5 ft. high, with large
ovate oblong or lance-shaped, crenate,
wrinkled leaves, 6-12 in. long. Flowers
from July to September, drooping, lr,-2^,
in. long, purple, spotted with eye-like,
deeper purple spots in the centre of a
white ring, and borne in dense one-sided
racemes 1-2 ft. long. Cultivation and
constant raising from seeds have produced
many charming varieties of the Common
Foxglove, and there are now forms with
flowers varying from the purest white to
the deepest rose and purple, all vigorous
and free -flowering. Of late years a strain
has been developed in which the flowers
have become almost regular like those of
the cultivated Gloxinia, and the name
gloxinioides or gloxini&fiora has been
aptly applied to them. The flowers are
more open and bell-shaped than those of
the ordinary varieties, and are always
spotted and ocellated with purple. Very
often both kinds are produced on the
same spike, the upper ones being erect
and Gloxinia-like, the lower ones drooping
as in the ordinary forms.
Culture dtc. as above.
There is hardly a vacant spot in the
garden that would not look all the better
for a clump of beautiful Foxgloves in it,
no matter how wild or rough it may be.
Owing to their height Foxgloves should be
placed in the back parts of borders and in
shrubberies in front of those plants only
which are naturally taller than them.
Where there are bare walls or fences.
Foxgloves make an excellent flower screen
in front of which dwarfer plants may be
grown. Once established in a garden, it
is not a question of how to increase them,
but rather how to prevent them from
OURISIA
FOXGLOVE ORDER
WULFENIA 723
spreading too rapidly, aad by their vigour
crushing out less robust plants. When
necessary they may be increased by seeds
and division, as mentioned above.
There are a few other species of Fox-
glove in cultivation, but they do not possess
the value or brilliancy of the common one.
The best are dubia, purple ; ferruginea,
rusty brown; laciniata, yellow, with
jagged leaves; laevigata, soft brown;
lanata, white veined with pink ; lutea,
yellow ; mariana, rosy; obscura, golden-
yellow, shaded and veined with brown ;
and Thapsi, purple with a pale throat,
spotted with blood-red.
ERINUS.— This genus contains only
the following species : —
E. alpinus. — A pretty Pyrenean tufted
perennial 5 6 in. high, with alternate,
oblong spoon-shaped, crenate or toothed,
hairy leaves. Flowers from March to
June, violet-pintle, in simple one-sided
racemes at the ends of the branches.
Calyx 5-parted, with oblong, linear seg-
ments. Corolla tube slender, with a
spreading 5-lobed limb, divided into two
lips. Stamens 4, didynamous. The variety
hirsutus is more vigorous than the type,
and covered with a hairy down. There is
a variety with white flowers called albus.
Culture and Propagation. — A suitable
plant for the rockery in stony or gritty
loam and peat in positions where the
water will readily pass away and where
the full force of the summer sun will not
scorch it. It does not stand the winter
well on level ground, and is more at home
on old walls or ruins in the chinks of
which seeds may be sown. The plants
may be increased by dividing the tufts
early in autumn or spring, but seed is the
more usual method. It is sown in well-
drained sandy peat about April or May.
and when the plants have become large
enough to handle easily, they are pricked
out into pots or pans and grown on until
the next spring before planting out.
Young plants thus raised should be shel-
tered in cold frames in winter.
OURISIA. — A genus containing about
18 species of low, decumbent, or slightlj-
creeping, smooth, and scarcely hairy herbs.
Leaves opposite, sometimes all alike or
the radical ones stalked, the upper ones
almost absent or reduced to bracts ; some-
times, but more rarely the upper ones,
alternate, quite entire or often crenate.
Flowers often scarlet or pink. Calyx 5-
cleft or parted. Corolla tube cylindrical
or bell-shaped, often widened at the throat ;
lobes 5, spreading, blunt, or emarginate,
nearly equal. Stamens 4, didynamous.
O. coccinea. — A handsome dwarf trailer
6-12 in. high, native of the Chilian Andes.
Leaves mostly radical, oval, or oblong,
unevenly but not deeply notched. Flowers
from May to September, scarlet, drooping,
about 1^ in. long, in panicled clusters.
Stamens protruding.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species requires to be grown in particu-
larly well-drained soil. Moist sandy peat
suits it best with a little sand or grit
added. A hot, dry, and exposed position
is generally fatal to it. A west or north
aspect is best, so that the plant may have
plenty of light but not too much glaring
sun. A few rough stones may be placed
about the plants, and in favourable posi-
tions they will soon be covered with the
shoots of green leaves and brilliant flowers.
It is an excellent little plant for the flower
border, rockery, or bog garden.
SYNTH YRIS.— A genus of smooth
or hairy thick rooted perennials with
radical, stalked, ovate or oblong and
crenate or deeply cut leaves. Flowers
blue or reddish, in racemes or spikes.
Calyx 4-cleft. Corolla roundish bell-
shaped usually 4-lobed. Stamens 2.
S. reniformis. — A distinct N. American
perennial 6-9 in. high, with leathery
kidney heart-shaped leaves H-2£ in.
across and doubly toothed on the
margins. The pale violet-blue flowers,
with oblong lance - shaped unequal
corolla lobes, appear in April in loose
erect trusses 4-6 in. long.
Culture and Propagation. — This
plant thrives in ordinary good and well-
drained garden soil and may be used in
masses in the rock garden. It may be
increased by seeds sown in cold frames
when ripe, or in spring, and also by
dividing the roots in spring.
WULFENIA. — A genus with 4 species
of smooth or slightly hairy perennial herbs,
having a thickened rootstock, and almost
radical, stalked, crenate leaves. Flowers
blue, without bracteoles in racemes or
spikes at the top of the scapes. Calyx 5-
parted. Corolla tube protruding, cylin-
drical ; limb 4-lobed, erect, spreading, the
upper lobe emarginate or 2-cleft. Stamens
2, attached to the sinus of the corolla-lobes,
protruding.
3 a 2
724
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS veronica
W. amherstiana. — A rare Himalayan
species with ovate oblong or spoon-shaped
leaves 2-5 in. long, coarsely crenate or
lobnlate, narrowed at the base and some-
what pinnately cut. Flowers in July,
about g in. long, blue, with lance-shaped
acute lobes, borne in long slender racemes
on scapes 5-10 in. high.
Culture and Prolongation. — This
species grows freely in light rich soil and
prefers partially shaded positions in the
rock garden with a north or west aspect.
It may be increased by dividing the tufts
carefully in spring, also by imported seeds
sown in gentle heat at the same period,
and grown on for about a year before
planting out. In wet winters it is advis-
able to protect the plants with a sheet of
glass, as they are apt to rot away with too
much cold moisture.
W. carinthiaca. — An almost stemless
evergreen, native of the Carinthian Alps,
with more or less obovate-oblong, doubly
crenate leaves, slightly lobed and narrowed
at the base ; radical ones few, 3-8 in.
long. Flowers in summer, blue, drooping,
about \ in. long, in dense spike-like
racemes at the top of a scape 1-2 ft. long.
Culture dc. as above. Suitable for
rockeries or borders in moist sandy soil,
requiring similar treatment to W. am-
herstiana.
PiEDEROTA. — A genus with 2
species of low, somewhat downy or hairy
perennial herbs, having opposite, serrate,
or incised leaves, and blue or yellow flowers
in dense terminal spikes. Calyx 5-parted.
Corolla-tube cylindrical; limb somewhat
2-lipped with erect or spreading lobes, the
upper one entire, the lower one 3- cleft.
Stamens 2 ; protruding capsule reflexed.
Culture and Propagation. — Although
perennial these plants are usually treated
as annuals, and are raised from seed sown
either in early spring in gentle heat and
planted out in May, or in September, and
wintered in cold frames. They flourish
in the rock garden, in well-drained sandy
soil or a compost of peat, lime, and sand,
and do not like too much moisture,
except in particularly hot summers. Both
species are natives of the mountains of
Central and E. Europe. A natural hybrid
named Churchilli has been obtained by
crossing the two species described below.
P. Ageria. — A somewhat downy species
12-18 in. high with leaves varying from
ovate at the base to narrow, lance-shaped,
toothed above, the intermediate ones being
about 11 in. long and 1 in. broad. Flowers
in May and June, yellow, about r, in. long,
in short compact spikes.
Culture etc. as above.
P. Bonarota. — A hairy species 2-6 in.
high, with lower rounded leaves, the upper
ones ovate or lance-shaped, toothed or
cut. Flowers in May and June, blue,
about j in. long, in roundish or oblong
spikes 1-3 in. long.
Culture <tc. as above.
VERONICA (Speedwell; Cancer-
wort). — A genus containing about 160
species of herbs, shrubs, or rarely trees,
with opposite and alternate or rarely
whorled leaves. Flowers in terminal
spikes or racemes, rarely solitary and
axillary, blue, purple, flesh-coloured or
white, but never yellow. Calyx 4-5- or
very rarely 3-parted. Corolla rotate or
shortly bell-shaped, with 4-5 unequal,
spreading lobes. Stamens 2, protruding.
Capsule flattened or turgid, containing
few or many seeds.
Veronicas differ a great deal in habit
and growth, and at a glance the amateur
would find it hard to believe that some
of the prostrate or trailing kinds, like the
British agrestis, Buxbaumi, lieder&folia
&c, belonged to the same genus as the
well-known Andersoni and Traversi.
Although there are many species, only
comparatively few can be regarded as
absolutely hardy in the British Islands,
except in the mild southern parts. Many
of the kinds, notably Andersoni, pingui-
folia, salicifolia, and Traversi, will
stand from 10° to 20° frost without injury
in some parts of the country, but in others
will suffer severely from only a few
degrees, owing no doubt to local condi-
tions. As many of the kinds described
below seed freely in good seasons, and often
sow themselves, it would be wise to en-
courage the growth of plants obtained in
this natural way, as they are far more likely
to stand our climate than plants raised from
seeds and cuttings in heat or cold frames.
Culture and Propagation. —Veronicas
flourish in ordinary good garden soil, and
except in the southern parts are safer
planted near warm walls and sheltered
spots having a south or west aspect. The
shrubby kinds may be increased by
cuttings inserted in fine sandy soil in cold
frames in late summer and autumn.
They require protection in winter, and by
VEKONICA
FOXGLOVE ORDER
VEKONICA 725
March or April will be sturdy enough for
planting out.
The trailing and tufted kinds may be
increased by dividing the roots in spring,
or in the case of those trailing kinds that
root at the joints of the branches, each
portion with a cluster of roots will grow
into a plant if severed and put into good
sandy soil and kept a little shaded until
established.
The following is a list of the best
kinds for the garden, but there are many
others to be found in botanical collections.
V. Andersoni. — A beautiful but some-
what tender shrub, of garden origin, about
li ft. high, with oblong thickish leaves
3-4 in. long, and racemes of bluish-violet
or whitish flowers produced in summer
and autumn. The variegated form is
very handsome, but even more tender
than the type. They should both be
grown in warm sheltered spots. Usually
grown as pot plants for conservatory
decoration.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
cuttings in late summer and autumn.
Specimens have been recorded as having
stood 10°-20° of frost without injury.
V. angustifolia. — A very old but rarely
seen New Zealand species about 18 in.
high, with slender erect stems, and very
narrow pointed leaves. Flowers from
July to September, blue, in spiked ra-
cemes at the ends of the branches.
Culture dc. as above. This species
occasionally ' sports ' into variegated
forms, and although these may be easily
increased by cuttings, they revert in a
year or two to the green state. It has
stood a frost of 16° uninjured for about
6 weeks. At one time largely grown as a
pot plant.
V. anomala. — A beautiful dense-grow-
ing New Zealand shrub 3-6 ft. high, with
purplish or reddish branches, and decus-
sate, linear oblong, leathery leaves, |-1
in. long, often tinted with red. Flowers
in summer, white, in crowded racemes.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
cuttings.
V. carnosula. — A distinct New Zea-
land shrub, often with a trailing habit,
and having broadly ovate or oblong
rounded, very thick leaves, and dense
racemes of white flowers in slimmer.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
cuttings. It has stood 10° of frost without
injury, when protected with snow.
V. chathamica. — A beautiful trailing
and rambling New Zealand shrub, with
slender, wiry, and downy branches, and
oblong-elliptic acute leaves, i-1 in. long.
The deep purple or sometimes white
flowers are borne in late summer in
dense racemes at the ends of the branches
and the axils of the upper leaves, and
have a very showy appearance.
In ordinary winters this species is
practically hardy, and there would be
little difficulty in giving it some protec-
tion in very severe winters. Its trailing
habit makes it a valuable plant for the
decoration of the rockery.
< 'alt urc dc. as above.
V. cookiana. — A handsome New Zea-
land shrub, with almost sessile, slightly
downy, opposite, elliptic leaves, about
31 in. long. Flowers in autumn, small,
white, in dense axillary pyramidal
racemes 3-4 in. long, with much protrud-
ing style and stamens.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
cuttings in late summer and autumn.
V. cupressoides. — A pretty and very
variable New Zealand shrub reaching a
height of 3-4 ft. in a wild state, but rarely
more than a foot or so high in cultivation.
The leaves are very small and closely
pressed to the slender branches which re-
semble the tips of some forms of Cupressus
or Betinospora. Flowers violet, minute,
3-4 at the ends of the slender branches.
This species is often called V. salicor-
noides in gardens, but the latter does not
appear to be in cultivation. V. lycopo-
dioides is a somewhat similar species with
tiny white flowers.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
cuttings.
V. elliptica (V. decussata). — A small
tree or shrub 5-20 ft. high, native of New
Zealand and parts of South America,
from Chili southwards. Leaves close-set,
linear or obovate oblong, \~ § in. long.
Flowers in summer, white, ^— § in. across,
in short, few-flowered racemes.
Culture dc. as above. This species
has passed uninjured through 10° of frost.
It may be increased by cuttings.
V. Fairfieldi. — A pretty little Veronica
supposed to be of garden origin, and not
a true native of New Zealand. It is
bushy in habit, and 6-9 in. high, the
branches being furnished with small thick
glossy green leaves. The blue flowers are
726
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS veronica
borne in great profusion from May to
July and August in the axils of the upper
leaves.
Culture dc. as above. This is an
excellent rock plant and may be grown in
warm sunny nooks and corners, or in the
chinks of rocks where its roots can obtain
plenty of moisture. It may be increased
by cuttings in late summer and autumn
in cold frames.
V. gentianoides. — A pretty Caucasian
perennial, with tufted stems 6-12 in. or
more high. Leaves 1-3 in. long, thickish,
crowded below, obovate or oblong, entire
or slightly crenate. Flowers in May and
June, greyish-blue, rather large, slightly
bearded in the throat, in erect spikes.
There is a white -flowered variety, alba,
and one with variegated leaves — both
worth growing.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
division.
V. glauco-caerulea. — A dwarf decum-
bent or somewhat erect, much-branched
New Zealand shrub, distinguished by its
densely glaucous appearance, and slightly
hairy branches. Leaves closely imbri-
cated, ^ in. long, obovate-oblong acute,
rather concave. Flowers deep blue,
changing to purple, in short few-flowered
racemes.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
cuttings.
V. Haasti. — A handsome New Zealand
shrub 1-3 ft. high, with smooth shining
green oblong elliptic leaves about 1 in.
long, and with a dark ring round the stem
at each joint. The small pure white
flowers appear in June at the tops of the
shoots, and are rendered conspicuous by
the red anthers on the white stamens.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
cuttings in late summer and autumn in
cold frames.
V. Hectori. — This is a very ornamental
shrubby species 1^-3 ft. high. It has
roundish branches to which the triangular
scale-like leaves are closely appressed.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
cuttings in late summer or autumn. This
species seems to be quite hardy in the
Thames Valley.
V. Hulkeana. — A pretty New Zealand
shrub, 1-3 ft. high. Leaves in distant
pairs, 1-li in. long, oblong ovate, coarsely
toothed, and rather leathery in texture.
Flowers in summer, lilac, \ in. across,
in opposite - branched panicles, 4-10 in.
long.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
cuttings.
V. incana (V. Candida; V. canescens ;
V. neglecta). — A Eussian perennial, about
2 ft. high, with oblong or lance-shaped
silvery leaves about 2 in. long, and ra-
cemes of dark bme or purplish flowers in
summer.
Culture dc. as above. This is a free
grower, and is easily increased, either by
division in spring, or cuttings in autumn.
V. longifolia. — A native of Central
Europe, 2-4 ft. high, with opposite or
ternately whorled leaves, ovate or oblong-
lance-shaped, taper-pointed, and sharply
serrate. Flowers in August, lilac, white,
rose or purple, in dense racemes. This is
often confused with V. spicata. There is
a form having the leaves more or less
constantly but irregularly variegated.
The variety stihsessilis is a native of
Japan, 2-4 ft. high, and is distinguished
from the type by its shortly stalked and
simply serrated leaves 2-4 in. long, and
its large dense spikes of deep purple-blue
flowers.
Culture dc. as above. This is a fine
garden plant, and flourishes in deep rich
loamy soil. Increased by division, rat-
ings, or seeds.
V. Lyalli. — A beautiful New Zealand
shrub with slender trailing stems 5-15
in. long, rooting at the joints. Leaves
\-\ in. long, ovate to ovate lance-shaped
with a few coarse teeth. Flowers in
summer, white, veined with pink in the
throat, nearly \ in. across, and borne on
slender axillary stalks 3-8 in. long.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
separated portions of the rooted stems.
V. orientalis (V. taurica). — A dwarf
wiry species native of the Levant, forming
dark green tufts about 3 in. high. Leaves
linear lance-shaped entire or toothed.
Flowers in July, gentian-blue, freely
produced in axillary racemes.
Culture dc. as above. Useful for the
rock garden drooping from fissures, or
at the base rambling over stones. It
flourishes in light well-drained loam and
may be increased by division or seeds.
V. paniculata (V. ametliystina). — A
native of S.E. Europe, 1-3 ft. high, with
somewhat spreading smooth or hoary
pubescent stems and lance-shaped acute
VERONICA
FOXGLOVE ORDER
VERONICA 727
crenate serrate leaves opposite or 3 in a
whorl. Flowers in summer, bine, in
loose many-flowered racemes.
Culture dc. as above. When the
growths become straggling, they may be
removed in autumn, and new ones will
take their place in spring. Increased by
division or seeds.
V. pectinata. — A pretty Syrian species
with downy or hairy trailing stems and
spoon-shaped or oblong linear slightly
crenate or incised leaves narrowed at the
base. Flowers in May, blue, in racemes
9-12 in. long. There is a variety with
rosy flowers.
Culture dc. as above. Suitable for the
rockery or border. Increased by division.
V. pinguifolia. — A strong- growing
erect or decumbent New Zealand shrub
4-6 ft. high in a wild state with trans-
versely scarred branches. Leaves ] -.] in.
long, bluntly obovate-oblong entire, very
thick and leathery, concave, but not keeled
beneath. Flowers in June, white, crowded
in heads at the ends of the branches.
Culture dc. as above. This species is
often confused with V. carnosula. It
has stood 10° of frost without injury under
a covering of snow. Increased by cut-
tings.
V. repens. — A pretty trailing Corsican
species with bright green leaves and
masses of pale bluish flowers in May
and June.
Culture dc. as above. A useful plant
for moist corners of the rockery. In-
creased by division.
V. salicifolia. — A New Zealand shrub
with round branches and sessile linear or
oblong lance-shaped tapering entire and
smooth Willow-like leaves 2-6 in. long.
Flowers in June, bluish-purple and white,
very variable in size and length of corolla
tube.
Culture dc. as above. This species is
recorded as having stood without injury
16° of frost. It may be increased by
cuttings.
V. satureioides. — A rather rare Dal-
matian species with tufted stems about
3 in. high, woody at the base. Leaves
opposite and decussate crowded, oblong
or obovate slightly toothed at the tip.
Flowers in May, bright blue, in spiked
racemes about | in. long.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seed and division.
V. saxatilis (Bock Sjjeedwell). — A
pretty Scottish species forming tufts 6-8
in. high, and having leaves |— \ in. long,
obovate below, oblong leathery above,
with few or no teeth. Flowers from July
to September, beautiful bright blue, h in.
across, in few-flowered sub-corymbose
racemes.
Culture dc. as above. A beautiful
plant for the rockery. Increased by
division.
V. spicata. — A desirable native species
with stoutish stems 6 18 in. high. Leaves
l-lo in. long, opposite or whorled, nearly
stalkless, narrowly oblong lance-shaped,
toothed towards the apex. Flowers in
. I uly and August, bright blue, with very
long purple stamens, in dense spikes 1^-
3 in. long.
Culture dc. as above. An excellent
rock plant. Increased by division or seeds.
There are several forms more or less
confused in cultivation. The one called
hybrida is a stronger grower with flowers
varying from dark purple to lavender and
pale rose. See V. long i folia above.
V. Teucrium (Hu)igarian or Saw-
leaved Speedwell). — A variable species
with prostrate or decumbent downy or hairy
stems 8-12 in. high. Leaves ovate or
linear in shape, rounded or heart-shaped
at the base, and more or less toothed.
Flowers in early summer, deep or pale
blue, in many-flowered racemes. The
variety prostrat a is a distinct plant with
small leaves and bright blue flowers ;
latifolia is a taller growing form with
larger and broader leaves than the type.
Culture dc. as above. They are all
increased by division and seeds.
V. Traversi. — An ornamental New
Zealand shrub about 2i ft. high, with
sessile obovate or linear oblong entire
leathery leaves f-1 in. long. Flowers in
summer, white, about \ in. across, in
many-flowered downy racemes.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
cuttings in late summer and autumn in
cold frames.
V. virginica (Leptandra virginica). —
Culver's Physic ; Great Virginian Speed-
well.— A N. American species 2-6 ft.
high with lance-shaped tapering some-
times sharply serrate leaves 3-5 in. long,
and arranged in whorls of three to nine.
Flowers in July, white, sometimes bluish,
728
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS pinguicula
salver-shaped, in spikes 6-10 in.
usually with several shorter ones from
the axils.
Culture dc. as above. This likes a
rather rich light soil and rnay be increased
by division or seeds.
LXXXII. LENTIBULARIEiE— Butterwort Order
A small order of aquatic and marsh-loving herbs, with radical or whorled
leaves in rosettes, entire or deeply cut, often bladder-like. Scapes erect,
1-flowered, or spicate or racemose. Flowers hermaphrodite, irregular.
Calyx inferior, 2-5-parted, persistent, 2-lipped or regularly 5-toothed. Corolla
gamopetalous, 2-lipped. Stamens 2, attached to the base of the corolla,
or hypogynous. Ovary superior. Capsule 1-celled with numerous minute
seeds.
To this order belong the Bladderworts (Utricularia), some of which are
remarkable for their floating leaves furnished with small pitchers and trap-
doors, which serve the purpose of ensnaring animalculae.
PINGUICULA (Butterwort).— An
interesting genus containing about 30
species of terrestrial marsh-loving herbs,
with radical leaves in rosettes, entire,
often greasy to the touch, and having the
peculiarity of imprisoning small insects
by means of the edges curling over when
irritated. Scapes erect, 1-flowered, with-
out leaves or bracts. Calyx 4-5-parted
or 2-lipped, the upper lip 8-parted, the
lower one 2-cleft or parted. Corolla
purple, violet, or yellow, 2-lipped, with
spreading entire or slightly notched lobes,
the 2 upper ones equal or much shorter
than the other.
C id t lire and Propagation. — The
hardy species described below all like
marshy or boggy places, and are suitable
for such situations in the rock garden.
When they flourish they look very pretty
and interesting, especially when several
are grown together. They may be in-
creased by seeds sown in peaty soil in
pots steeped half way up in water ; by
dividing the crowns carefully in spring ;
or by putting detached leaves into sandy
and moist peaty soil under bell-glasses.
P. alpina (Scottish Butterwort). — A
pretty little Scottish species about 3 in.
high, with elliptic oblong leaves about
§ in. long, somewhat hairy on the upper
surface. Flowers in May and June,
about h in. across, white, with a hairy
yellow throat, and a very short conical
spur.
Culture dc. as above. Flourishes in
a peaty gritty soil in boggy parts of the
rockery facing north.
P. grandiflora (Irish Butterwort). — A
fine plant found wild in the bogs of Cork
and Kerry, with rosettes of pale green
fleshy, bluntly oval or oblong leaves 1-3
in. long. Flowers from May to July,
1 in. long and across, violet-blue, with a
straight or curved spur, and borne on
scapes 3-6 in. high.
Culture dc. as above. This species
is perhaps the best of all Butterworts.
It flourishes in moist half-shady spots
in the rockery or bog garden in rich
fat loam that will not hold stagnant
moisture. The variety longifolia from
the Pyrenees is very ornamental with
leaves 4-5 in. long, yellow-green and
clammy. It seeds freely.
P. hirtiflora. — A native of the moun-
tains of Italy and Greece. It closely re-
sembles P. vulgaris, but has paler violet
flowers with a yellowish throat, and hairy
scapes and calyx.
Cultn re dc. as above. It likes a rather
warm sunny position in the rockery in
moist peaty soil.
P. lusitanica. — A native of the British
Islands and S.W. Europe, with oblong
shortly stalked thin fleshy leaves i-f hi.
long. Flowers from June to October ^
in. long, lilac with a yellow throat, and
a short conical incurved spur, on very
slender scapes about 6 in. high.
Culture dc. as above. Peaty moist
soil in sunny places.
P. lutea. — A N. American species about
3 in. high, with obovate-elliptic leaves
about 1 in. long. Flowers in summer
MITRARIA
GLOXINIA OBDEB
PEIMULINA 729
about 1 in. long, bell-shaped, yellow or
golden, somewhat 5-lobed.
Culture dc. as above. Moist soil in
sheltered sunny parts of the rockery.
P. vallisnerisefolia. — A native of the
Spanish mountains, with clusters of pale
yellowish-green, linear wavy leaves, some-
times almost transparent, and 4-6 in.
long. Flowers in summer, soft lilac or
purple, with distinctly whiter or paler
centres.
Culture ((r. as above. Very damp
places in sheltered parts of the rockery,
or on the edges of wet rocks, suit this
plant.
P. vulgaris (Bog Violet ; Butter-root).
A pretty British and Irish species, with
bluntly oblong fleshy leaves 1-3 in. long.
Flowers from May to July, violet, §-1 in.
long, with very unequal lips, and a slender
spur. Scapes several, 4-6 in. high, pur-
plish.
Culture -I'-, as above. This species
flourishes in wet boggy places in sunny
parts of the rockery.
LXXXIIL GESNERACEiE— Gloxinia Order
A large order of herbs, shrubs, or rarely trees, very few of which are suitable
for outdoor cultivation in the British Islands, although there are many
beautiful representatives grown in greenhouses and hothouses, such as
Gloxinia, Achimenes, Ncegelia, Gesnera, Streptocarpus &c. Leaves usually
opposite or wrhorled, wrinkled, and without stipules. Flowers hermaphrodite,
irregular or rarely regular, showy, in racemes or panicles, rarely solitary, often
scarlet, violet, or blue, sometimes yellow, rarely white. Calyx often gamo-
sepalous, usually with 5 teeth or lobes. Corolla gamopetalous, tubular
inflated, rotate or broadly bell-shaped ; limb oblique or rarely nearly equally
spreading, often more or less 2-lipped, usually 5-lobed. Stamens 4 or 2, often
with cohering anthers ; the fifth stamen rudimentary. Ovary inferior, half
superior, or superior, 1-celled. Fruit capsular or rarely fleshy.
MITRARIA (Mitre Flower). —A
genus with only one species : — ■
M. coccinea. — A brilliant flowered
Chilian dwarf evergreen shrub, with climb-
ing stems, and opposite rather leathery
ovate acute, smaU leaves with a few teeth.
Flowers from May to July, bright scarlet,
about li in. long, solitary and axillary.
Calyx free, 4-5-parted. Corolla tube
elongated, inflated, with 5 nearly equal
rounded spreading lobes. Stamens 4,
protruding. Ovary superior. Fruit a
globose berry.
Culture and Propagation. — This
pretty plant flourishes in a mixture of
sandy peat and loam, and may be con-
sidered almost hardy in favourable parts
of the country except in very severe
Avinters. It has been known to pass
uninjured through 15° of frost. It may
be increased by carefully dividing the
roots in spring. Cuttings of the tops of
the shoots may also be inserted in light
sandy soil under a handlight any time
during the spring and summer months.
SARMIENTA repens is another
Chilian creeping shrub with small, fleshy,
opposite, entire or toothed leaves and
scarlet flowers, closely related to Mitraria,
but it is not so hardy, or at least is
usually grown in greenhouses. It might,
however, be tried out of doors in the
southern parts of England and Ireland in
moist, shady, and sheltered parts of the
rockery. It requires plenty of light and
water in summer, in peaty soil, but not
strong sunshine.
PRIMULINA (Rock Tobacco).— A
new genus containing only one species at
present known : —
P. Tabacum (P. sinensis). — A distmct
and interesting hairy perennial 4-6 in.
high, native of N. China, with roundish
heart-shaped, shaUowly lobed leaves 3-4
in. across, and stalks about 3 in. long.
The violet-purple Primula-like flowers,
about f in. across, are borne in summer
in loose coryrnbs, wild specimens having
as many as 12-20 on the hairy scape.
730
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS kamondia
Culture and Propagation. — The
flowers of this plant are so much like
those of a > Prirnula that at first sight
might easily be mistaken for one. It
derives its name of Rock Tobacco from
the fact that the living plants exhale a
powerful odour of Tobacco, especially
when the leaves are gently passed
through the hands. The plant is rather
delicate in constitution and requires some
little care in cultivation. It would look
charming in masses in the rockery, but
until it becomes more widely distributed
it is safer to grow it in pots or cold
frames. It might be increased by division
in spring, but if seeds are ripened it is
preferable to raise plants from them, so
as to induce a hardier and more vigorous
growth by acclimatisation.
CONANDRON. — A genus containing
only one species here described with the
generic characters : —
C. ramondioides. — -A pretty perennial
native of moist places on the Japanese
mountains. It grows about 6 in. high
and resembles the Eamondias and Ha-
berlea in habit. The oblong ovate leaves
are about 6 in. long, and are smooth and
shining, but more or less wrinkled, and
with irregularly toothed margins. The
flowers appear in June and July, several
on the top of a stem about 6 in. high,
covered with brown shaggy hairs. The
calyx is 5-parted with linear lance-shaped
segments. The corolla is more or less
rotate with 5 heart-shaped lanceolate
lobes. Stamens 5, surrounding the cylin-
drical pointed style.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species flourishes in rich well-drained
peaty soil, and may be grown with the
Kamondias. It is easily increased by
division after flowering in spring, the
rhizomes being pegged down.
RAMONDIA.— A genus of 3 species
of almost stemless herbs with radical,
softly wrinkled, rusty, hairy, or woolly
leaves in rosettes. Scapes without leaves,
1 or few-flowered. Calyx free, 5-4-, rarely
6-parted, with ovate or oblong segments.
Corolla violet or pale purple, rotate or
broadly bell-shaped, 5-4-, rarely 6-cleft,
with broad and nearly equal lobes. Fer-
tile stamens equal in number to the
corolla lobes and attached to the base.
Ovary superior, conical. Capsule oblong
with minute seeds.
R. Heldreichi (Janhcea Heldreichi).
A native of Thessaly with entire leaves
covered with a whitish silky down. The
flowers are purplish, but only one or two
are borne on each stem.
Cultu re dc. as below for B. pyrenaica.
R. pyrenaica (Verbascum Myconi). —
Rosette Mullein. — A charming Pyrenean
perennial with rosettes of wrinkled, ovate,
deeply toothed, rusty-haired leaves, and
rotate purple flowers over lh in. across,
with a bright yellow centre in May and
June, 3-4 on a stoutish scape about 3 in.
high. There is a beautiful white-flowered
variety named alba, which is now fairly
common. The flowers are as large as, if
not larger than, those of the type, and
the almost pure white petals have a
blood-red stain at the base which looks
very handsome.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species flourishes in well-drained peaty
soil and is an ideal plant for growing in
the fissures of rocks so that the rosettes of
leaves lie flat on the surface. "When grown
in masses they are very effective. A
splendid cluster of them has been growing
freely on the face of an almost vertical
wall in a shady part of the rockery at
Kew for some years past.
B. pyrenaica may be increased by
seeds or division of the tufts. The seeds
should be sown as soon as ripe, and being
very small require only the very slightest
covering of soil or none at all. They may
be placed in a cold and moist shady frame,
and when large enough to handle may be
pricked off and grown on until spring
before planting them in the rockery.
Increase by division is best performed
after flowering is quite over, say about
July and August. The side shoots should
be detached and planted in fine peaty soil
and kept close, moist, and shaded luitil
established. They should be grown in
pots in cold frames during the whiter
and planted out early in spring. Clean
healthy leaves, severed with a sharp knife
as close to the base as possible, may also
be used to increase the number of plants.
If treated in the same way as the side
shoots, and placed in leaf mould and
sandy loam, they will soon root, but they
must not be kept excessively damp, other-
wise the leaves are apt to rot.
R. serbica. — A pretty species, native
of Servia and Thessaly, with rather
thick, bluntly ovate entire leaves about
HABERLEA
BIGNONIA ORDER
BIGNONIA 731
1 in. long, silky-white above, and rusty-
woolly beneath. Flowers in early summer,
yellow, bell-shaped, with 4 obovate, nearly
equal segments, and 1-2 on a scape.
Culture <(■(■. as above. This species
may be treated like B. pyrenaica. There
is a variety called Nathalie, which is said
to be very free-flowering.
HABERLEA.— A genus with only 1
species : —
H. rhodopensis. — A charming little
Roumelian rock plant 4-6 in. high with
rosettes of thickish coarsely toothed,
bluntly obovate oblong leaves closely re-
sembling those of Bamondia pyrenaica.
Flowers in April and May, pale lilac, 1 in.
across, drooping in umbels, 2-5 on a
stoutish scape. Calyx bell- shaped, 5-cleft.
Corolla tube broadly bell-shaped, widened
at the mouth, limb 2-lipped, the upper lip
2-cleft, the lower one 3-cleft, and about
twice as long, all the lobes rounded. Fer-
tile stamens 4, didynamous, with cohering
anthers. Ovary superior. Capsule some-
what enclosed by the calyx.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species may be grown under exactly simi-
lar conditions to the Bamondias. It
flourishes in fibrous peat, and looks charm-
ing fixed in clefts between rocks, in a
position facing north. In the absence of
a rockery it will thrive in a shady part of
a peaty border among Rhododendrons,
Azaleas, and other Ericaceous plants.
There are forms known as robust a and
grandijiora, both more vigorous than the
type. The plants may be raised from
seeds in the same way as Bamondia. and
also bv means of careful division.
LXXXIV. BIGNONIACE^— Bignonia Order
A rather large order of trees, shrubs, rarely herbs, often twining and climbing,
with opposite, rarely alternate, often compound or simple leaves without
stipules. Flowers hermaphrodite, more or less irregular, in terminal panicles.
Calyx inferior, gamosepalous, entire, lobed, or spathe-like. Corolla gamopeta-
lous, tubular, funnel-shaped, or somewhat bell- or salver-shaped, with 5 more
or less spreading lobes. Stamens 5, unequal, 1 always sterile, sometimes 3.
Fruit a dry, frequently woody, capsule, often long and more or less compressed.
The representatives of this order (there are about 450 species) are chiefly
natives of the Tropics, and many of them are noble-looking trees.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species is the only one out of about 100 or
moi-e that may be considered hardy or
almost hardy in the most favourable parts
of the south of England and Ireland,
although it will stand a few degrees of
frost in the Thames Valley when grown
against a south wall. In northern parts
it is usually grown as a greenhouse
climber.
It flourishes in good, well-drained,
sandy loam and leaf soil. Perhaps the
best way to increase the plant is by
layering the lower branches during the
summer and autumn months, and not
detaching them until the following spring.
Cuttings of the young shoots will root in
bottom heat under bell-glasses in spring,
but care must be taken not to get them
too damp at first or they will rot. They
often take 2 or 3 months to develop roots
properly, after which, if well established,
each one may be put into a pot in rich,
BIGNONIA.— A genus of high climb-
ing shrubs with opposite, simple, conju-
gate, ternate, digitate or pinnatifid leaves,
the terminal lobe of which often ends in
a tendril. Flowers axillary or terminal,
usually in panicles. Calyx bell-shaped
or tubrdar, entire or slightly toothed.
Corolla tube often elongated, straight, or
incurved ; limb distinctly or slightly 2-
lipped and 5-lobed. Fertile stamens 4,
didynamous, with a rudiment of a fifth,
rarely slightly protruding. Ovary almost
sessile or shortly stalked. Capsule linear,
often elongated.
B. capreolata. — A handsome smooth
N. American climber with conjugate leaves
composed of heart-shaped-oblong leaflets
and terminal branched tendrils. Flowers
from May to August, large, orange-yellow,
tubular bell-shaped, numerous. The
variety atrosanguinea has reddish-purple
flowers.
732
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS catalpa
light, sandy soil and leaf mould and kept
close and shaded for a week or so until it
has recovered from the change. By the
following spring the plants may be sturdy
enough for placing outside in warm,
sheltered spots.
CATALPA. — A genus containing
about 6 species of smooth or downy erect
trees or shrubs with large opposite or
ternately whorled, oblong ovate or broadly
heart-shaped leaves. Flowers in forked
panicles or corymbs at the ends of the
branches. Calyx membranous, 2-lipped.
Corolla tubular bell-shaped. 2-lipped, with
5 rounded lobes. Fertile stamens 2, the
3 others small and imperfect. Capsule
linear, rounded, 1 ft. or more long. Seeds
with a white silky down.
Culture and Propagation. — Catalpas
flourish in rich loamy soil in situations
somewhat sheltered by other trees. They
are noble-looking trees on lawns and grass
land even when only simply in leaf. They
may be increased by seeds sown in spring
in gentle heat or cold frames. The
branches may also be layered during the
summer and autumn, and cuttings of the
ripened shoots may be inserted in sandy
soil under handlights in autumn. Or the
rarer kinds like G. Bungei may be grafted
on seedlings of C. sp>eciosa or C. bigno-
nioides in spring.
C. bignonioides (C. syringes folia). —
A noble ornamental tree 20-40 ft. high
native of N. America. Leaves ovate heart-
shaped, pointed, 6-10 in. long, 5-7 across
at the widest part, smooth above, downy
beneath. Flowers in July, white, tubular,
bell -shaped, about 2 in. across the mouth,
with 5 spreading, roundish segments,
having fringed or toothed edges, the throat
and lower lip being speckled and blotched
with purple on a yellow ground. Some
Mowers in the same cluster have deep
purple bands down the throat, others not.
Calyx 2-lipped, purple, downy ; pedicels
purple. Fruit pods slender, roundish, deep
dull purple and 12 in. or more long.
Culture dc. as above.
C. Bungei. — A fine Chinese shrub 8-10
ft. high, with ovate, taper-pointed, entire
or lobed leaves. Flowers in summer, large,
greenish-yellow with red spots.
Culture dc. as above. A rather tender
plant, best for the south of England and
Ireland.
C. hybrida. — This is a hybrid between
C. speciosa {cordifolia) and C. Kcempferi.
and more nearly resembles the latter in
appearance. The leaves, however, are
more irregular in form, and are somewhat
heart-shaped at the base, but suddenly
taper to a slender point at the apex. The
under surface is downy as in C. bignoni-
oides, and the flowers are also like those
of that species.
Culture dc. as above.
C. Kasmpferi. — A beautiful Japanese
tree with ovate heart-shaped, abruptly
sharp -pointed leaves, often with one or
more sharp-pointed side lobes. Flowers
in July, small, sweet-scented, clear yellow,
spotted with purple-brown, lobes toothed.
Culture dc. as above. Suitable only
for the mildest parts of the country.
C. speciosa. — A fine ornamental tree,
native of the United States and resembling
C. bignonioides in habit. It is distin-
guished by its softly downy leaves, less
crowded racemes of large white flowers,
which appear two or three weeks earlier,
and larger fruit and seeds. This tree is
now also called C. cordifolia, a name that
was also at one time applied to C. big-
nonioides.
Culture dc. as above.
TECOMA (Trumpet Creeper ; Trum-
pet Flower). — A genus containing about
24 species of erect and tree-like climbing
and twining shrubs without tendrils, as
in Bignonia, with which genus they are
often confused. Leaves opposite, rarely
scattered, pinnate or undivided, often
with toothed leaflets. Calyx tubular, bell-
sbaped, nearly equally 5-toothed. Corolla
tube elongated, straight or incurved, some-
times slightly enlarged or inflated, some-
times widened in a bell-shaped throat ;
limb somewhat 2-lipped, with 5 almost
equal broad more or less spreading lobes.
Stamens 4, didynamous, occasionally
protruding. Capsule linear or narrowly
elliptic. Seeds winged.
Culture and Propagation. — Tecomas
are beautiful plants when well grown.
They succeed best in rich, loamy, well-
drained soil against walls with a south
aspect. Only a few species are hardy
enough for outdoor cultivation, and in vertv
severe winters most of the over-ground
branches are likely to be killed. New
shoots, however, will burst from the root-
stock in spring. They like abundance of
water during the summer months, but
prefer dryness at the root during the
winter. Fresh plants may be obtained
TECOMA
BIGNONIA ORDER
INCARVILLEA 733
by cuttings of the roots or ripened or
partially ripened shoots inserted in sandy
soil in heat. Layers may also be made
during the summer and autumn months
and detached the following spring. Seeds,
if obtainable, will sprout in gentle heat
when sown in spring.
T. australis ( T. diversifolia ; Bigtum in
Pcmdorea). — Wonga - Wonga Vine. — An
ornamental Australian climber with leaves
composed of 5-9 ovate oblong to almost
linear, entire, or coarsely crenate leaflets
1-3 in. long. Flowers in summer, in
loose terminal panicles, yellowish-white,
tinged inside with purple or red.
Culture Sc. as above. May be trained
against walls with a south aspect in the
mildest parts of the kingdom.
T. capensis. — A beautiful, smooth,
climbing shrub about 15 ft. high, native
of S. Africa. Leaves oddly pinnate with
ovate-oblong, serrate leaflets. Flowers in
summer, in clustered racemes, orange -
scarlet, about 2 in. long, more or less erect,
funnel-bell-shaped, with protruding sta-
mens.
Culture <{-c. as above. This is usually
grown in greenhouses, but should prove
fairly hardy in the mildest parts of Eng-
land and Ireland.
T. grandiflora (Bignonia grandi-
flora). — A handsome climbing shrub,
20-30 ft. high, native of China and Japan.
Leaves oddly pinnate, with ovate pointed
and toothed leaflets. Flowers in July,
orange-scarlet, drooping, in terminal
racemes.
Culture <rc. as above. Except in the
very mildest parts, this species does not
grow luxuriantly out of doors in this
country. It is best in rich loamy soil,
against a south wall.
T. radicans {Bignonia radicans). — ■
A beautifid N. American shrub, climbing
by means of aerial rootlets, as in the Ivy,
and often extending for about 25 ft. or
more. Leaves oddly pinnate, composed
of ovate, taper-pointed, toothed leaflets,
downy at the sides of the nerves beneath.
Flowers in summer, in terminal corymbs,
scarlet-red, 2-3 in. long. Fruit stalked,
about 3i in. long. There is a variety
minor with smaller but brighter scarlet
flowers.
Culture dc. as above. This is the
hardiest of the Tecomas, and is well suited
for covering walls. When in flower it
looks charming.
INCARVILLEA. -A genus contain-
ing 3 or 4 species of beautifid perennials,
with alternate twice or thrice pinnate
leaves, and large flowers in terminal
racemes. Calyx bell-shaped, 5-lobed.
Corolla tube elongated, widened at the
mouth; limb 2-lipped, with 5 rounded
spreading lobes. Stamens 4, didynamous.
Capsule linear, incurved, with obovate,
flat, winged seeds.
Culture and Propagation. --Incar-
villeas flourish in light sandy soil, with a
little peat or leaf mould, and may be
increased by seeds, grown in heat in
spring, or division of the roots.
I. Delavayi. — A splendid fleshy-rooted
Chinese perennial, U 2.1 ft. high, with
large leaves composed of numerous
coarsely toothed leaflets of a deep green.
Flowers in May and June, trumpet-
shaped, with spreading lobes, bright rosy-
carmine, spotted with yellow and brown
in the tube, 10-13 in a raceme thrown
well above the foliage.
Culture and Propagation. — This
fine plant was at first thought too tender
for our climate, but it has proved quite
hardy, and has not been injured by
several degrees of frost. It is easily
grown in light rich soil and looks magnifi-
cent in large masses or in beds by itself on
the lawn. Seeds may be sown early in
spring in gentle heat, or later on in a
cold frame, the young plants being
pricked out and grown on for transplanting
about June in the open ground. Seeds
sown in September will produce plants
for flowering the following spring.
Large plants may also be divided early in
autumn, care being taken not to injure
the fleshy roots more than necessary.
I. Koopmanni. — A smooth erect-grow-
ing branched perennial 2-3 ft. high, native
of Turkestan. It has pinnately divided
leaves, and during the summer months
produces racemes of mauve-pink trumpet-
shaped flowers at the end of the shoots.
Culture dc. as above for I. Delavayi.
I. Olgae. — This is a handsome peren-
nial, 3-4 ft. high, native of Turkestan.
Leaves pinnate, composed of narrow
oblong pinnately cut leaflets. Flowers in
summer, bright rose or purple, more or
less bell-shaped, with short rounded
spreading lobes.
Culture d~c. as above. This species
under favourable conditions presents a
fine bushy appearance, and is a good plant
734 PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GABDEN PLANTS ecckemocarpus
for borders, or in groups on grass land. It
may be increased like I. Delavayi, and
grown in similar light rich soil. It must
not, however, be kept wet in winter, and
it is therefore essential that the soil
should be well drained.
I. sinensis. — A pretty Chinese biennial
1-3 ft. high, with leaves twice or thrice
pinnately divided into narrow segments,
which give the plant a graceful appear-
ance. Flowers from May to August,
scarlet, in loose terminal racemes, above
the foliage. There is a variety with rose-
purple flowers.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species is better known on the Continent
than in this country. It is not quite so
hardy as I. Delavayi or I. Olga?, but it
may receive similar treatment out of
doors. It is raised from seed sown in
spring, in gentle heat or cold frames, and
grown on till September. During the
winter months, when each plant should
have a pot to itself, very little or no
water is required, and the plant should
be protected in a cold frame or green-
house. In early spring when the first
signs of life appear, water may be given,
and more frequently as the shoots
develop. About April or May they may
be planted outside, and will flower pro-
fusely the same year.
Another Chinese species is I. com-
pacta, with pinnate leaves, and large
rosy-pink flowers, but it does not appear
to be in cultivation.
ECCREMOCARPUS. — A small
genus of elegant, smooth or downy, climb-
ing shrubs, with opposite, twice pinnately
cut leaves ending in a branched tendril.
Calyx bell-shaped, 5-cleft. Corolla tube
elongated, inflated, and contracted at the
throat ; limb somewhat 2-lipped with 5
short, rounded, nearly equal, spreading
lobes. Stamens 4, didynamous. Capsule
ovoid or elliptic, with flat, winged seeds.
Culture and Propagation. — These
plants flourish in ordinary garden soil,
and are useful for training over arbours,
porches &c. Although perennials, they
are easily raised from seed every year.
When sown in gentle heat in March, the
seedlings will be ready for planting out at
the end of May and will flower in the
slimmer of the same year. To obtain
larger plants to flower earlier the follow-
ing season, the seeds may be sown in cold
frames as soon as ripe. The seedlings are
pricked out when large enough and grown
under glass until mild weather in spring,
when they may be planted out. The old
rootstock will send up vigorous shoots
every spring and is not likely to be killed
even in severe winters if protected with
litter, ashes &c.
E. long-iflorus. — A beautiful Peruvian
climber with leaflets pinnately divided
into oval, entire, sessile leaflets. Flowers
in July, yellow, with a greenish limb,
tubular and slightly curved, in many-
flowered drooping stalks.
Culture d'c. as above.
E. scaber (Calampelis scabra). — - A
charming Chilian climber with angular
hairy stems and abruptly twice pinnate
leaves ending in a spiral compound ten-
dril ; leaflets alternate, obliquely heart-
shaped, ovate, serrate, or entire. Flowers
in July and August, scarlet or deep orange-
red, with an inflated throat, in many-
flowered, 1-sided racemes.
This is the better known species, and
is very popular owing to its wealth of
blossom garlanding porches, arbours,
trellises &c.
Culture <tc. as above.
LXXXY. PEDALINEiE
An order of annual or perennial herbs, rarely undershrubs, often with a soft
texture and heavy smell. Leaves opposite, or the upper ones alternate, entire,
toothed, incised, or pinnately lobed. Flowers hermaphrodite, irregular, axil-
lary, solitary, or clustered. Calyx gamosepalous, usually divided into 5 nearly
equal segments. Corolla gamopetalous, tubular, often oblique or decurved at
the base and more or less gibbous below ; limb slightly 2-lipped with 5 spread-
ing lobes. Stamens 4, didynamous ; the fifth stamen small and rudimentary.
THUNBERGIA
ACANTHUS ORDER
THUNBERGIA 735
Ovary seated on a glandular disc, usually 1-celled, sometimes 2 or rarely 3-4-
celled. Fruit a nut-like capsule or rarely drupaceous, often horned or spiny.
MARTYNIA (Devil's Horns). — A
genus containing about 10 species of
annual or perennial tuberous-rooted, erect,
or trailing, clammy, downy herbs. Leaves
opposite or alternate, long-stalked, heart-
shaped, coarsely sinuate-toothed, or pal-
mately lobed. Flowers rather large, rosy,
violet, or pale yellow, in short terminal
racemes. Calj-x membranous, rather
bladdery-bell-shaped, deeply and unevenly
5- lobed or parted. Corolla tube oblique
or decurved at the base, scarcely gibbous,
broad at the mouth, with 5 broad spread-
ing and somewhat wavy lobes. Perfect
stamens 2 or 4 ; imperfect ones (stami-
nodes) 1 or 3. Fruit drupe-like, ending
in '2 curved diverging beaks or hooks like
goat's horns.
Culture and Propagation. — The
species described below are all annuals
and are raised early every spring from
seeds sown on a hotbed or in a warm
greenhouse. The young seedlings are
pricked out and grown on until ready for
planting out at the end of May about 1-2 ft.
apart. Seeds may also be sown in the
open border about May and June. Owing
to the hard coats of the seeds they take
a rather long time to germinate, but if
steeped hi warm water for about 24 hours
before sowing the seeds will sprout much
more quickly. For the treatment of
annuals in general see p. 78.
M. fragrans (Craniolaria fragrans).
A Mexican species about 2 ft. high with
opposite, lobed, hairy and clammy leaves
heart-shaped at the base. Flowers from
July to September, crimson-purple with
a yellow throat, exhaling a vanilla-like
odour. Fruit remarkable, produced up-
wards into curved, sharp-pointed, hooked
horns, 3-4 in. long.
Culture dtc. as above.
M. lutea. — A Brazilian annual, 1-2 ft.
high, with opposite, heart-shaped, rounded,
toothed leaves, covered with a glandular
down. Flowers in August, large, funnel-
shaped, orange-yellow tinged with blood-
red inside.
< 'ulture lie. as above.
M. proboscidea (M. annua). — A bushy
Mexican species 1-3 ft. high, having alter-
nate lobed leaves heart-shaped at the base,
and emitting a rather nauseous odour
especially when bruised. Flowers from
July to September, having a yellowish-
white tube variegated with green, yellow,
and violet spots and lines ; limb violet,
dotted and lined with deep yellow and
dark violet. Known as the ' Unicorn Plant.'
Culture dtc. as above.
LXXXVI. ACANTHACE^-Acanthus Order
An order of more or less downy herbs or shrubs with usually opposite, entire,
toothed, or rarely lobed or dissected leaves without stipules. Flowers herma-
phrodite, often irregular, in leafy spikes at the ends of the branches. Calyx
4-5-lobed, inferior, often unequal and sometimes spiny. Corolla gamopetalous,
mostly 2-lipped with 5 lobes. Fertile stamens 4, didynamous, or 2, the fifth
stamen rudimentary or wanting. Ovary superior, entire, 2-celled. Capsule
2-celled with 2 or more seeds in each cell.
This order contains about 1350 species widely distributed over the warmer
parts of the globe. There are a large number of them cultivated in greenhouses
in this country, but only a few are fit for outdoor cultivation.
THUNBERGIA.— A genus contain-
ing about 30 species of sometimes low
somewhat erect herbs, sometimes long
climbers. Leaves opposite, ovate lance -
shaped, heart-shaped, or hastate. Flowers
purple, blue, yellow or white, shortly pedi-
cellate, solitary and axillary, or in terminal
racemes. Calyx ringed, sometimes very
short, truncate, or 10-15-toothed, and
often enclosed by 2 ovate or lance-shaped
leafy bracteoles. Corolla tube incurved or
oblique, often flattened, widened above ;
limb spreading with 5 broad, roundish
lobes, twisted in bud. Stamens 4, didv-
736
PB ACTIO AL GUIDE TO GABDEN PLANTS acanthus
namous, with smooth or bearded anthers.
Capsule thick and leathery, abruptly
narrowed into a sword-like beak.
T. alata. — A pretty velvety S. African
annual climber with stalked, heart-shaped,
sagittate leaves having winged stalks.
Flowers in summer, li in. long, purple
below, with a curved tube and a bell-
shaped limb. Calyx 10-12-toothed. en-
closed by 2 ovate-acute bracteoles. The
white-flowered forms are alba and Bakeri;
aurantiaca is orange-coloured ; Frijerl,
orange with a white throat ; sulphured,
pale yellow ; and Doddsi, pale orange with
a rich purple-violet throat, and leaves
irregularly edged with white.
Culture and Propagation. — T. alata
and its several varieties are valuable
for covering trellises, arbours, porches,
old tree-stumps, walls &c. during the
summer and autumn. They are raised
from seeds sown in heat in March, and
grown on and planted out ha June in
ordinary garden soil. They are of the
easiest cultivation and are very hand-
some when in bloom. A packet of mixed
seed will probably give all the varieties
mentioned, and if their stems are allowed
to ramble about together, the various
coloured flowers produce a fine effect.
All the other species of Thunbergia
require greenhouse treatment.
ACANTHUS (Bear's Breech).— A
genus containing about 14 species of tall,
Thistle-like herbs or shrubs, having radi-
cal or opposite leaves, sometimes very
large, sinuate-toothed or pinnately divided,
with spiny teeth, or rarely almost entire.
Flowers white or blue, sessile, crowded,
in dense or interrupted spikes. Bracts
sometimes large and spiny-toothed, some-
times smaller, quite entire, or rarely
obsolete ; bracteoles narrow, entire or
spiny-toothed. Calyx 4-parted. the 2
outer ones large-veined or cartilaginous
at the base. Corolla tube short, some-
what bell-shaped, often cartilaginous; the
lower lip broad and flat, 3-5-lobed. Sta-
mens 4, with cohering bearded anthers.
Capsule ovoid or oblong, leathery, con-
taining 4 or fewer seeds.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Acanthuses succeed best in a well-drained,
deep, rich, sandy loam, and warm, sunny
situations, but they also attain handsome
proportions in ordinary, well-worked
garden soil, and in partially shaded but
airy positions. They may be increased
by dividing the roots in autumn, or
preferably in spring. Seeds may also be
sown in gentle heat in March, the young
seedlings being pricked off singly into
small pots, and grown on until the end
of May, when they can be transferred to
the open border. Cuttings of the roots
inserted in sandy soil early in the year,
with a little bottom heat, may also be used
for increasing the stock of plants.
Acanthuses are highly ornamental
and picturesque plants, and are more
valued for their noble appearance than
for the splendour of their flowers. They
may be used in many ways in the border,
in nooks of the rockery, on old ruins &c,
but they are admirably adapted for grow-
ing as isolated specimens on lawns,
where their beauty can be seen to the
best advantage. A. mollis and A. spino-
sus are interesting, inasmuch as they
have been more often conventionalised in
sculpture and decoration than almost any
other plants. The former is said to have
suggested the idea of the Corinthian
Capital to Callimachus, who lived about
the end of the fifth century before the
Christian Era.
A. longifolius. — A beautiful Dalma-
tian perennial 3-4 h ft. high, with numer-
ous radical, pinnately divided leaves, 2-3
ft. long. Flowers in June, rosy-purple,
in dense spikes about 1 ft. long, having
spiny, reddish bracts, veined with green.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
division and seed.
A. moliis. — A vigorous Italian peren-
nial 3-4 ft. high, with large, heart-shaped,
lobed and toothed leaves, about 2 ft. long
and 1 ft. broad. Flowers in summer,
white, rose, or lilac, in the axils of deeply
toothed bracts, and borne on spikes about
18 in. long, thrown well above the
foliage.
The variety latifolius (also known as
A. lusitanicus) is perhaps the finest of all
the Acanthuses. It is larger in every
way than A. mollis, with more leathery,
rigid, and broader leaves, less deeply cut,
and the flower-stems often attain a height
of 5 ft., when the plants are grown in
rich warm soil. A beautiful plant for
sub-tropical effects on the lawn. It
grows practically all the year round.
Planted out in spring it soon pushes forth
vigorous growths, and its flowers appear
from June to August. In the autumn it
may be lifted and placed in large pots or
ACANTHUS
GLOBE DAISY ORDER
GLOBULARIA 737
tubs, and transferred to the conservatory,
if there is sufficient room, and its fine
leaves will retain their green freshness,
and new ones even will be developed,
thus rendering the plant a useful winter
ornament. In cold bleak parts of the
country it reqtures a slight protection in
severe winters. Increased by seed and
division.
A. spinosissimus. — A distinct and
handsome species, about 3i ft. high,
native of S. Europe. Leaves tufted,
leathery, pinnately divided, blistered and
densely armed with sharp, white spines.
Flowers in summer and autumn, rosy
flesh-colour, in spikes 12 18 in. high,
furnished with acute recurved and very
spiny bracts.
Culture it-c. as above. Increased by
division and seed.
A. spinosus.— A beautiful species 2-4
ft. high, native of Central and S. Europe.
Leaves pinnately cut into regular
divisions, each ending in a short, stiffish
spine. Flowers in summer, purplish, in
the axils of spiny bracts on tall spikes.
Culture d-c. as above. This is perhaps
the hardiest species of all and also the
most free-flowering. It may be increased
by division, seeds, or root cuttings.
DIANTHERA (Water Willow).— A
genus containing 80 species of erect,
ascending, diffuse or trailing herbs with
entire or rarely toothed leaves. Calyx
deeply divided in 5 or 4 narrow awl-
shaped segments. Corolla tube slender,
straight or incurved ; limb 2-lipped.
Stamens 2. Staminodes none.
D. americana (Justicia pedunculosa).
A pretty N. American water perennial 1-3
ft. high with narrow lance-shaped almost
stalkless leaves 3-4 in. long. Flowers in
summer, pale violet or whitish, less than
I in. long, several in a head.
Culture andPropagation. — This plant
is suitable for growing at the edges of
streams, ponds &c. It may be increased
by cuttings of the green shoots under a
handlight, or by seeds sown in spring in
gentle heat.
LXXXVII. SELAGINEiE— Globe Daisy Order
A small order of shrubs or undershrubs, often Heath-like in appearance, or
perennial tufted herbs or rarely small annuals. Leaves alternate, or the lower
ones rarely opposite or radical, entire or toothed, often narrow or leathery.
Flowers hermaphrodite, irregular, white, blue, or rarely yellow, in dense
rounded or oblong terminal or very rarely axillary spikes. Calyx inferior, 5-
cleft or parted, or owing to some of the segments being united or absent,
variously 3-parted, 2-parted, or spathe-like. Corolla gamopetalous shortly
and slenderly tubular at the base, sometimes widened at the throat; limb
normally 4-5-lobed, spreading. Stamens didynamous, or rarely 2. Ovary
superior, usually 2-celled. Fruit small, enclosed by the calyx.
GLOBULARIA iGlobe Daisy). — A garden. They like a rich, free, sandy
genus containing about a dozen species loam, and warm sheltered situations, and
of undershrubs or herbaceous perennials.
Leaves radical or alternate, leather}'
obovate oblong or lance-shaped, entire or
with a few sharp teeth. Flowers blue,
rather small, collected in a globose ter-
minal head and surrounded by a many-
leaved involucre, or rarely dense clustered
and axillary. Calyx more or less bell-
shaped, 5-lobed, or slightly 2-lipped.
Corolla oblique 3-5-lobed, 2-lipped. Sta-
mens 4, didynamous. Ovary 1 -celled.
Fruit small, 1-seeded.
Culture and Propagation. — Globu-
larias are suitable for the border or rock
are increased by seed sown in spring, or
by division in early autumn. To make a
show it is necessary to grow several plants
together.
G. Alypum. — A somewhat tender S.
European species about 2 ft. high, having
lance-shaped entire or 3-toothed leaves.
Flowers in August and September, pale
blue, in rounded terminal heads.
Culture dc. as above. Often grown
as a greenhouse plant, but in the southern
parts of the country grows very well and
requires shelter only in bad winters.
3b
738
PE ACTIO AL GUIDE TO GAEDEN PLANTS globularia
G. cordifolia. — A trailing shrub about
6 in. high, native of Central and S. Europe.
Leaves stalked, heart-shaped, notched at
the apex with one or two teeth. Flowers
in early summer, blue, in small rounded
heads.
Culture dc. as above. Suitable for the
rockery, trailing over the faces of rocks.
G. nana. — A dense trailing Pj-renean
species 1-2 in. high, forming a thick mass
of Thyme-like verdure. Leaves fleshy
glistening narrowly obcordate. Flowers
in summer, bluish-white, in round heads
about i in. across, just rising above the
foliage.
Culture dc. as above. May be grown
as a rock-plant or as a carpet in the front
of borders. It may be increased by divid-
ing the rooting stems.
G. nudicaulis. — A native of S. Europe
about 6 in. high, with herbaceous stems,
and radical bluntly oblong or spoon-shaped
crenate leaves about 2 in. long, and dis-
tinctly 3-nerved. Flowers in May and
June, blue, in smallish rounded heads
about an inch in diameter.
Culture dc. as above. Suitable for
rockerv or front of border.
G. trichosantha.
cous species 6-8 in
- A somewhat glau-
high, native of Asia
Minor, with herbaceous leafy stems.
Radical leaves spoon-shaped, sometimes
3 -toothed, those of the stem nearly linear
mucronate. Flowers in summer, sky-
blue, in large rounded heads, the corolla
lobes being cut into fine thread-like divi-
sions.
Culture dc. as above. Rockery or
border.
G. vulgaris. — A native of S. Europe
with erect herbaceous stems 6-12 in. high.
Radical leaves spoon-shaped, emarginate,
or shortly 3-toothed, those of the stems
small lance-shaped. Flowers in summer,
bright blue, in dense rounded heads.
Culture dc. as above.
LXXXVIII. VERBENACE^— Vervain Order
A natural order of herbs, shrubs, or trees. Leaves (except in a few genera)
opposite or whorled, entire toothed or incised-multifid, pinnate in one genus,
digitately compound in another. Stipules none. Flowers hermaphrodite, or
rarely polygamous by abortion, irregular or regular in a few genera, in
corymbs, spikes or heads, rarely solitary. Calyx tubular, persistent, inferior,
usually 5-toothed or lobed. Corolla gamopetalous, the tube often incurved
and cylindrical ; limb 5-4-cleft, with equal lobes, or more or less 2-lipped.
Fertile stamens 4, didynamous, or only 2. Ovary superior, sessile, termina-
ting in a simple style. Fruit more or less drupe-like or rather capsular, 2-4-
celled, each cell with one seed.
About 700 species belong to this order and are chiefly natives of the
warmer parts of the globe. Only the genera and species described below are
hardy enough for outdoor gardening in the British Islands.
LANTANA. — A genus containing much-branched, more or less prickly
40-50 species of downy or hairy shrubs
or herbs, with an erect or climbing habit.
Leaves opposite, toothed, often wrinkled.
Flowers red, orange, white, or variously
coloured, in stalked, axillary heads.
Calyx small, membranous, truncate or
sinuate-toothed. Corolla tube cylindrical,
slender, with a spreading 4 -5-lobed, equal
or obscurely 2-lipped limb. Stamens 4,
didynamous. Ovary 2-celled. Fruit
drupe-like.
L. Camara (L. aculeata). — A vigorous
species, native of tropical America, with
stems, which form in old plants, especially
if the tips have been pinched out, fine
bushes 3-5 ft. or more high. Leaves
ovate or oblong, pointed, wrinkled and
toothed, of a deep green, and emitting a
rather disagreeable smell when bruised.
Flowers in simimer, numerous, collected
in round heads on stiff stalks thrown well
above the foliage, colour at first clear
yellow, passing into golden- or orange-
yellow, afterwards tinged with red. Fruit
a roundish, drupe-like berry, black when
ripe, and containing 2 stony seeds.
This is the species from which the
LANTANA
VERVAIN OB DEB
lippia 739
numerous beautiful garden varieties are
supposed to be derived by selection and
fertilisation, but there can be little doubt
that other species like nivea, white,
crocea, bright red, with a yellow centre,
and perhaps others have had their share
in producing them, as they have all been
known to cultivation for very many
years.
The hybrid or garden Lantanas are
remarkable for the freedom with which
they produce their flowers during the
summer and autumn months. They
display a great range of colour, including
pink, white, flesh-colour, lilac, crimson,
yellow, orange. With the exception of
pure white, the flowers of other colours
have the peculiarity of gradually passing
from one shade to another, a chameleon-
like process, which is at once interesting
and beautiful.
Culture and Propagation. — At one
time it was usual to name choice varieties
of Lantanas, such as Bouquet, Blanc,
Don Cahnet, Eldorado, Fabiola, Globe
d'Or, La Neige, Meteor, Ne Plus Ultra,
Ver Luisant, Victoire &c, but as a
packet of mixed seeds will yield all the
colours supposed to be the copyright of
such names, it is unnecessary to have
named varieties, especially as they can
never be relied upon to come true from
seeds. The only safe way to increase the
stock of an exceptionally fine variety is
by cuttings. These may be taken in
August and September from the side
shoots, without flowers, and inserted in
sandy soil in shallow boxes, pots &c, and
placed in the greenhouse or on a hotbed
until rooted. Cuttings of the young
shoots may also be taken in spring and
will soon root on a hotbed.
During the winter months and until
May the plants require greenhouse pro-
tection. But from the end of May until
October they make effective bedding or
border plants, and should be grown in
masses or groups to obtain the best effect,
not dotted about here and there in single
specimens. The old plants may be cut
back in autumn, and potted up for green-
house or conservatory decoration in
spring.
Besides cuttings, Lantanas are also
easily raised from seed sown in hotbeds
in February and March. When 3-4
leaves have been formed the seedlings
may be pricked off into small pots, and
still grown on in gentle heat until well
rooted and established. After this, some-
what cooler quarters, and an increasing
amount of air, with plenty of light, are
required to harden the plants off, and
induce dwarf, sturdy growth, so that they
will be quite fit for transferring to the
open ground at the end of May or begin-
ning of June.
Lantanas thrive in any good garden
soil, well enriched with leaf-mould and
decomposed manure. Generally speaking
they may be grown in the same way as
;>. 670) or Verbenas.
LIPPIA. — A large genus containing
about 90 species of smooth or hairy
shrubs, undershrubs, or rarely herbs.
Leaves opposite or ;> in a whorl, rarely
alternate, entire, toothed or lobed, Hat or
wrinkled. Flowers small, solitary, sessile
in the axils of the bracts, and borne in
long, graceful, or densely cylindrical
spikes, or collected into a head. Calyx
small, membranous. Corolla tube cylin-
drical, straight or incurved, with an
oblique, spreading 4-lobed, and somewhat
2-lipped limb. Stamens 4, didynamous.
Ovary 2-celled. Fruit small, dry, enclosed
by, and sometimes attached to, the calyx.
Culture mill Propagation. — Only a
few species are in cultivation. They all
like a light rich soil, and are easily
increased by cuttings of the young shoots
almost at any time of the year, inserted
in sandy soil, and placed in a warm
greenhouse.
L. canescens [L. repens). — A small
creeping plant, native of Peru, more or
less covered with hoary hairs, and having
rooting stems rarely exceeding 4-6 in.
high. Leaves oblong lance-shaped, and
toothed towards the top. Flowers from
June to September, clear lilac, in round
heads at the top of slender thread-like
stalks springing from the axils of the
leaves.
Culture and Propagation. — This is
a good plant for dry parts of the rock-
ery, the edges of beds or borders &c.
in mild and warm parts of the country,
in any well-drained garden soil. It is
easily increased in spring, summer, or
autumn by detaching portions of the
branches which root naturally in the soil.
In cold parts of the country a little pro-
tection in winter may be needed.
L. citriodora (Aloysia citriodora ;
Verbena triphylla). — This is the well-
3 b 2
740
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS verbena
known and popular Lemon or Sweet-
scented Verbena, remarkable for its de-
lightful Lemon scent, particularly notice-
able when the branches and leaves are
passed through the hand. It is a native
of Chili, and grows several feet high in
favourable parts of England, such as
Devonshire and Cornwall, and the south
of Ireland. Leaves in whorls of 8, light
green, narrow-oblong, toothed, 2-3 in.
long. Flowers in summer, small, whitish
or pale lilac, on slender spikes.
Culture and Propagation. — Except
in mild southern and western parts the
Lemon-scented Verbena cannot be con-
sidered hard}', but it may do very well in
many parts outside, if protected by mats
or litter during the winter. Around
Bournemouth it nourishes, and in this
neighbourhood it is recorded as having
been uninjured by 15° of frost. Easily
increased by cuttings. To prevent the
plants becoming too straggling the
branches should be cut back every year,
in autumn or winter. The oil extracted
from this species forms one of the in-
gredients of some hair restorers.
L. nodiflora {Zapania nodifiora). — Fog
Fruit. — A tufted creeping perennial 6-12
in. high, native of N. America, with spoon-
or lance-shaped roughish serrate leaves
about 1 in. long. Flowers from May to
September, white, pale blue, or purple, in
dense roundish heads on axillary stalks.
Culture and Propagation. — This is a
useful plant for bare places in the rockery
in any ordinary soil. Increased by cut-
tings in sandy soil in cold frames during
spring and summer.
VERBENA (Vervain). —A genus of
annual or perennial herbs or under-
shrubs with opposite or rarely ternately
whorled or alternate leaves, toothed or
often incised or dissected, rarely entire.
Flowers in terminal spikes, sometimes
crowded in heads, sometimes distant.
Calyx 5-ribbed and irregularly 5-toothed.
Corolla tube straight or incurved, with a
salver-shaped 5-lobed spreading limb, regu-
lar, or more or less 2-lipped. Stamens 4,
didynamous, very rarely 2. Ovary entire
at the apex, or shortly 4-lobed. Fruit
enclosed by the calyx, dry, splitting into
4 one-seeded nutlets.
There are about 80 species of Verbena,
mostly native of tropical and sub-tropical
America. Only a few of the native species
are to be found in cultivation, chiefly
perhaps in botanical collections. The
garden Verbena, like the Lantana, has
been produced by selecting and crossing
one or more species, the supposed pro-
genitors being chamaidrifolia, scarlet ;
incisa, rosy purple ; phlogiflora, purple
or lilac, valuing to red and blue ; and
teucrioides, white or pinkish. The
amalgamation of these species is sufficient
to account for the many beautiful shades
of colour found in the garden Verbena.
But a curious fact is that they all more
or less conform to the botanical char- -
acters of the typical V. teucrioides which
may be briefly described as follows, chiefly
for the purpose of identification.
V. teucrioides (V. Niveni ; V. scordi-
oides). — A native of Brazil about 2 ft.
high, with more or less hairy branched
stems which partly trail along the ground,
and root at the joints. Leaves nearly
sessile, ovate or oblong, triangular, un-
equally incised and toothed, and more or
less wrinkled. Flowers white or pinkish,
large, sweet-scented at night, and borne
in terminal, solitary, glandular hairy
spikes or heads.
The garden Verbenas have a great
tendency to variation when raised from
seed, and for this reason many new
shades of colour are obtained every year
almost. With the exception of pure
yellow and black, it may be said that
every other shade of colour is to be found
in the garden Verbena, from the purest
white and deepest blue to the most
brilliant red, passing through all the
intermediate shades of rose, blue, lilac,
maroon, purple, crimson, brown, lavender
&c.
The varieties most sought after are
those having a large rounded or slightly
conical truss of flowers in preference to
those in flat or depressed umbels, and the
individual flowers should be large, spread-
ing, flat, regular, with rounded and not
deeply notched lobes, and of a clear lively
and uniform colour, with a distinct round
and differently coloured eye in the centre.
A few distinct strains have appeared.
That known as auriculwfiora or Auricula-
flowered Verbena is a distinct modifica-
tion of the ordinary type. The flowers
are large, rounded and regular, and have
been compared to Auriculas, hence the
name, the likeness being strengthened by
a distinct white ' eye ' in the centre of a
clear and deeper ground colour.
VEKBENA
VERVAIN 01WK1;
CLEBODENDRON 741
The Italian or variegated or striped
Verbenas originated in Italy, and are re-
markable for their large flowers having
stripes or bands of red, rose, bine, purple,
carmine &c. radiating from the centre
to the circumference on a white ground.
Sometimes in the same cluster of flowers
may be seen some striped, some of a
uniform colour, and others half one colour
and half another, or half striped and half
self-coloured. These peculiar varieties
are best increased by cuttings, as seeds
give only a small proportion of variegated
flowers.
Culture and Propagation. — Garden
Verbenas flourish in light garden soil
enriched with leaf -mould and decomposed
manure. They are easily raised from
seeds sown about the beginning of Febru-
ary to the end of March and April for a
succession on a hotbed or warm green-
house. When large enough to handle
easily the seedlings may be pricked singly
into small pots in light rich soil and grown
on for some time in the same place where
they were raised. About April they may
be placed in larger pots, and by the end of
May, having in the meantime been grown
in cooler and more airy quarters, they
will be ready for the flower garden, leaving
a space of 6-12 in. between the plants.
B.\ pegging the stems down they will
throw up shoots from the leaf axils, and
as almost every shoot ends in a cluster of
flowers, the effect during the summer and
early autumn months is magnificent.
Seedlings are so easily raised in the
way mentioned that it really is not worth
while to increase Verbenas by cuttings
except in the case of very fine varieties.
Cuttings are best obtained in early spring
from the stools of old plants which were
lifted in autumn, cut back hard, and
grown on in a warm greenhouse. They
may be inserted in light sandy soil on a
hotbed, and when rooted may be grown
on in the same way as the plants obtained
from seed.
V. venosa. — A beautiful Brazilian
species about 2 ft. high. Leaves some-
what stem-clasping, oblong wedge-shaped
entire, crenate-toothed, wrinkled and
roughish above, strongly haired beneath.
Flowers from June to October, bluish-
violet or lilac, in umbel-like heads.
Culture and Proj)agatio?i. — This is an
excellent species for beds or groups mixed
with other plants. Its flowers last longer
than those of the hybrid varieties and are
not so much spoiled by drenching rains.
It may be increased by cuttings of the
young shoots in spring from old plants
grown in irreenhouses during the winter.
Seed may also be used, but as it takes
a rather long time to germinate slumld be
sown as early as the middle of January so
as to obtain plants sufficiently early for
planting out. If the seeds are steeped in
warm water for a few hours, they will
probably germinate more freely.
The branches of V. venosa may be
pegged down in the same way as the gar-
den forms so as to give a broad carpet of
(lowers.
Other species of Verbena sometimes
met with are Aubletia and its varieties,
Drummondi, and Lamberti elegans, an
annual with blue flowers, uicisa and
tenera.
VITEX (Chaste Tree ; Hemp Tree ;
Monk's Pepper Tree). — A genus of
smooth, hairy or downy trees or shrubs.
Leaves opposite, often digitately com-
pound or simple. Flowers white, blue,
violet or yellowish, in terminal or axillary
panicles or cymes. Calyx bell-shaped 5-
toothed. Corolla salver-shaped, with a
cylindrical straight or slightly incurved
tube, and an oblique somewhat 2-lipped
limb having 5 spreading lobes. Stamens
4, didynamous, often protruding. Fruit a
more or less fleshy drupe.
V. Agnus-castus. — An aromatic shrub
6-12 ft. high, native of S. Europe. Leaves
long-stalked, usually composed of 5-7
lance-shaped taper-pointed leaves, entire
or sometimes toothed, and whitish be-
neath. Flowers in August, pale lilac or
violet, in interrupted spikes at the ends of
the branches.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species is the only one out of about 60
that can be grown out of doors in favour-
able parts of the British Islands. It will
thrive in ordinary good well-drained gar-
den soil that is not too moist, and may be
increased by cuttings of the ripened shoots
in autumn placed under a handlight in
good sandy soil. Vitex incisa an Indian
shrub with purple flowers would seem to
be quite as hardy in the south as V.
Agnus-castus, but is not so well known.
CLERODENDRON.— A large genus
of trees or shrubs, sometimes climbing,
having opposite or rarely ternately
whorled entire or rarely toothed or angled
742
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS caryoptebis
leaves. Calyx bell -shaped, rarely tubular,
truncate, 5- toothed or cleft. Corolla tube
slender cylindrical, straight or incurved ;
limb spreading or somewhat reflexed 5-
cleft ; lobes nearly equal, or the 2 upper
ones much shorter than the others. Sta-
mens 4, much protruding. Ovary imper-
fectly 4-celled. Drupe globose or ovoid,
often 4-lobed or furrowed.
Culture and Propagation. — There are
about 70 species, mostly natives of tropical
countries. Those described below are the
only ones suitable for outdoor cultivation
in the more favourable parts of the
British Islands. They will pass without
much injury through mild winters, but
suffer a good deal in severe ones if unpro-
tected. A good sandy loam enriched with
leaf soil and manure suits them best.
They may be increased by seed sown in
heat in spring, and grown on until June
or for a whole season in greenhouses, be-
fore planting out. Cuttings of the young
shoots in spring will root in bottom heat
under glass. In autumn pieces of the
stem 3-6 in. long inserted in sandy soil
and plunged in bottom heat will also root.
Cuttings of the roots in bottom heat will
produce young plants if inserted in nice
sandy soil about January. When the new
plants have become well-established they
may be potted up separately, and after-
wards gradually hardened off preparatory
to planting them in the open air. When
suckers are produced thej- may be detached
with as many roots as possible in autumn
and planted in rich soil in warm sheltered
places. Any branches near the ground
may also be layered during the summer
and autumn months and severed the
following spring.
C. fcetidum (C. Bungei). — A hand-
some Chinese shrub about 5 ft. high,
with large downy heart-shaped taper-
pointed toothed leaves on slender violet-
purple stalks and veins. Flowers in
August, lilac-rose, borne in dense terminal
corymbs.
Culture &c. as above. This species
although ornamental has a very disagree-
able odour, especially when the leaves are
passed through the hands.
C. trichotomum. — Another handsome
shrub or small tree 6-20 ft. high, native
of Japan. Leaves stalked, ovate serrate,
tapering at both ends. Flowers in
August and September, white, fragrant,
with a reddish or purple inflated
calyx, and produced in loose 3-forked
branching cymes.
Culture lie. as above. This species is
readily increased by means of root cuttings
in bottom heat as mentioned above.
CARYOPTERIS.— A genus con-
taining 4 or 5 species of erect, often very
fragrant, smooth or downy shrubs or
undershrubs, having opposite, entire, or
toothed leaves. Flowers blue, violet, or
red. Calyx bell-shaped deeply 5-cleft.
Corolla tube short, cylindrical ; limb large
5-cleft, 4 lobes being nearly equal oblong
or obovate flat and spreading, the fifth
lower one being longer, concave or hooded
with a fringed or crisped margin.
Stamens 4, didynamous, protruding.
Ovary imperfectly 4 - celled. Capsule
shorter than the calyx, 4-valved.
C. Mastacanthus. — A pretty Chinese
bush 2 ft. or more high with dull purplish
steins and bluntly ovate-oblong coarsely
toothed downy leaves 2-3 in. long, whitish
beneath. Flowers in October, rich violet
or lavender blue, borne in clusters at the
tips of the shoots and in the axils of the
upper leaves.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species is more suitable for the mild
southern parts of the country than for
other localities. It thrives in rich loamy
soil in warm sheltered positions, and
requires abundance of water during the
summer months. It may be increased
by seeds sown in heat in spring; by
cuttings of the young shoots in heat in
spring ; or by dividing the stools at the
same season. In autumn or winter a
good mulch of well -rotted manure around
the plant will be very beneficial.
C. mongolica is another Chinese
species with violet - blue flowers and
elliptic lance -shaped grey - green leaves
hoary beneath, which requires similar
treatment.
LXXXIX. LABIATE— Lavender Order
A large order of herbs, undershrubs, or shrubs, very rarely arborescent or
climbing, with opposite or verticillate and usually 4-angled branches. Leaves
COLEUS
LAVENDER ORDER
LAVANDULA 743
opposite or whorled, without stipules, entire, toothed, or variously dissected,
often furnished with immersed glands of fragrant aromatic oil. Flowers
hermaphrodite usually irregular, in the axils of the leaves or bracts, solitary
or in pairs, or in clustered cymes forming false whorls by their union in
pairs. Calyx inferior, persistent, gamopetalous, ribbed, 5-10-toothed or
2-lipped. Corolla gamopetalous, usually 2-lipped and 4-5-lobed. Perfect
stamens 4, didynamous or rarely equal, or 2. Ovary superior 4-lobed or
parted, seated in a fleshy disc. Fruit usually composed of 4 (rarely fewer)
1-seeded nutlets enclosed in the persistent calyx.
This order contains about 140 genera and 2000 species, and includes such
well-known plants as Basil, Horehound, Sage, Lavender, Marjoram, Mint,
Patchouly, Eosemary, Savory and Thyme. All the members of the order
bear a striking resemblance to each other in having 4-angled stems, opposite
or whorled leaves, and irregular 2-lipped flowers.
COLEUS. — A genus of herbs, bushes
or shrubs mostly natives of the Tropics,
and chiefly remarkable for their beautiful
and brilliantly coloured leaves. The
flowers are small and of little account,
usually borne on terminal spikes or loose
cymes. Calyx bell-shaped, 5-toothed or
2-lipped. Corolla with a slender tube
and a '2-lipped limb ; upper lip 3-4-lobed,
the lower one entire, often concave and
enclosing the 4 didynamous stamens.
C. Blumei. — A perennial species 12 18
in. high, native of Java. Leaves rhom-
boid-ovate deeply and coarsely serrate,
taper-pointed, pale green, marbled or
spotted with dark purple or red. Flowers
small, purple and white, in long whorled
spikes or racemes. C. Verschaffdti is a
deep blood-red leaved variety.
Culture and Propagation. — From this
species and its variety most of the garden
Coleuses have been developed, and there
are now a vast number of forms remark-
able for the brilliant shades, colours,
blotches, and variegations of the leaves.
Most of them are too tender for open-air
cultivation, the old C. Verschaffelti being
still the best for outdoor gardens. They
flourish in ordinary garden soil and are
effective in the border from the end of
May to October. Young plants are easily
raised by means of cuttings in spring
and summer. They rooi readily in moist
sandy soil, those taken in early spring re-
quiring a little bottom heat to make them
root more quickly and to prevent them
rotting.
New varieties can always be obtained
by sowing seeds about February or March
in moist heat about 70° Fahr. As soon
as the seedlings have made a pair or two
of leaves they must be pricked out either
singly into small pots, or several 2 3 in.
apart in pans, pots, or boxes, and grown
on into various sized pots as the season
advances.
LAVANDULA (Lavender). — This
genus contains about 20 species of peren-
nial herbs, bushes, or shrubs, having
opposite, entire, or toothed leaves, those
near the base clustered and sometimes
pinnately dissected. Flowers blue or
violet, small, on long-stalked spikes.
Calyx ovoid, tubular, 13-15-ribbed, un-
equally o-toothed. Corolla tube protrud-
ing, a little dilated at the throat, and
having a 2-lobed upper and a 3-lobed
lower lip. Stamens 4, didynamous.
L. vera (L. Spica). — Common Laven-
der.— A very variable shrubby species 2-
3 ft. high, native of S. Europe. Leaves
oblong lance-shaped, entire, hoary on both
sides, and having somewhat revolute edges.
Flowers in summer, blue, rarely white, on
long erect spikes, 6-10 small flowers in a
whorl.
The flower spikes of this species are cut
and dried on account of their fragrant odour
which lasts for a long time. When the
flowers are fully open, the spikes may be
cut and hung up to dry in a cool, dry,
airy place. Lavender is extensively grown
for its flowers near Mitcham in Surrey,
and at Hitchin in Hertfordshire. The
broad-leaved Lavender is supposed to be
L. Spica, and the narrow-leaved Lavender
L. angustifolia.
Culture and Propagation. — The com-
mon Lavender may be considered as
744
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS oeiganum
hardy in most parts of the kingdom,
although it is apt to be cut down to the
ground by very severe frosts in bleak un-
sheltered localities. It is one of the
oldest plants in British gardens and is
met with in all kinds of places. It may
be increased by cuttings of the shoots in
August and September, inserted in free
sandy soil under a handlight, and kept
under cover until the following May,
when they will be well rooted and fit for
transplanting to the open ground.
There are several other species of
Lavender, L. Stoechas with purple flowers
being the best, but none is so popular as
the common one.
PERILLA. — A genus with 1 or 2
species of annual herbs often with violet
or blackish foliage, and small pedicellate
flowers. Calyx bell-shaped, 10-nerved,
5-cleft, 2-lipped. Corolla obliquely bell-
shaped, shortly 5-lobed. Stamens 4, almost
equal.
P. nankinensis (P. ocymoides crispa).
A beautiful tender Chinese annual 1-3 ft.
high with broadly ovate, wrinkled, deeply
crenate-serrate leaves 2-4 in. long and of a
deep dark bronzy-purple colour. Flowers
numerous, small, white, in racemes.
This plant is grown chiefly for the rich
effects of its dark coloured foliage which is
very showy in masses here and there in
the border or on lawns. In using it with
plants of other colours care should be
taken to avoid incongruous mixtures.
There is a form called macrophylla crispa
with large, handsome, crisped foliage,
superior to the ordinary variety.
Culture and Propagation. — -This plant
rnajr be raised from seed sown in February
or March in gentle heat and grown on for
planting out in May like other tender
annuals. By pinching out the tips of the
shoots fine bushy plants may be obtained.
Any ordinary garden soil will suit it. For
treatment of annuals in general see p. 78.
MENTHA (Mint). — A genus of erect,
spreading or dwarf perennials with oppo-
site leaves and flowers in false whorls or
' verticillasters,' or spikes. Calyx bell-
shaped, 5-toothed, or tubular, 10-nerved,
equal or 2-lipped. Corolla 4-lobed, with
a bell-shaped throat, stamens 4, styles 2,
cleft at the apex. Nutlets ovoid smooth.
Culture and Propagation.— There are
about 25 species of Mint, but only a few
are useful for the flower garden. Most of
the species exhale a more or less aromatic
odour so well-known in the garden or
Spear Mint (see p. 1164), Pennyroyal (M.
Pulegiiim), and Peppermint (M. piperita).
The kinds mentioned below are chiefly
valuable for borders and edgings and will
grow in any garden soil. They are easily
increased by dividing the shoots, which
when they trail on the ground root at
almost every joint.
M. gibraltarica. — This is really a
variety of our native Pennyroyal (M.
Pnlegium). It grows only one or two
inches high, and forms dense compact
tufts of deep green roundish oval leaves
on the surface of the soil. It is admirably
adapted for borders and edgings, and is
much used in carpet bedding. Being a
native of S. Europe, the variety gibral-
tarica is not quite hardy in our climate,
except in the mildest parts of the south
and west. It may, however, be increased
by wintering the rooted portions in cold
frames in the unfavourable parts of the
kingdom.
M. Requiem. — A pretty trailing per-
ennial 2-4 in. high, native of Corsica. It
has roundish leaves and pale purple
flowers. It is, however, chiefly valuable
for carpeting the soil beneath taller grow-
ing plants, and may be increased in the
same way as M. gibraltarica above.
M. rotundifolia. — The variegated form
of this British plant is much used for
edgings, and for covering dry banks. It
has much-wrinkled broadly ovate-oblong
leaves, with crenate margins, shaggy
above, woolly beneath, and elegantly
mottled with green and yellowish- white.
Culture dc. as above.
ORIGANUM (Marjoram).— A genus
containing about 25 species of bushes or
perennial herbs with small entire or
slightly toothed leaves, the floral ones
all being reduced to bracts. Flowers
clustered in globose, oblong, or cylindrical
spikes, sometimes with large coloured
bracts entirely hiding the calyx, and some-
times with herbaceous, rounded, imbri-
cating or ovate lance-shaped bracts not
longer than the calyx. Calyx ovoid bell-
shaped, ribbed, 5-toothed or 2-lipped.
Corolla 2-lipped, the upper lip erect
spreading, emarginate or shortly 2-cleft,
the lower lip longer, spreading 3-cleft.
Stamens 4, sometimes protruding. Nutlets
ovoid or oblong, smooth.
THYMUS
LAVENDER ORDER
MICROMEEIA 745
Culture and Propagation. — Only one
or two species are worth a place in the
garden, a warm, dry, and sheltered situa-
tion in the rockery or border suiting them
best in any ordinary soil. They may be
increased by seeds sown in cold frames,
or by cuttings of the young flowerless
shoots in spring inserted in sandy soil
under handlights. The plants may also
be divided in autumn. The cultivation
of Marjoram is dealt with separately at
p. 1163.
O. Dictamnus (Cretan Ditta/ny). — A
pretty little bush about 1 ft. high, native
of Crete, with blunt and broadly ovate
entire, thickish leaves covered with a
dense wool on both sides. Flowers in
summer, pink or purple, in drooping Hop-
like heads.
Except in the mildest parts of the south
of England and Ireland this species must
be considered as tender, and requires
glass protection in winter.
Culture <!■<■. as above.
O. hybridum (0. pulchelht/m). — This
ornamental species is or was usually
grown under the name of 0. Tourneforti,
but is quite distinct from that smooth
species, and may probably be a hybrid
between O. Dictamnus and O. sipyleum.
It grows 12-18 in. high, and has almost
sessile, elliptic, hairy leaves J,!-l in. long,
arranged in opposite pairs crosswise on
the hairy stems. Flowers in summer,
pale purple or pink, borne on candelabra-
like stems 8-12 in. high, and drooping in
clusters, reminding one somewhat of the
inflorescence of Briza maxima, the ovate
imbricating bracts almost concealing
the flowers, which have long slender
tubes and protruding stamens. The true
plant is figured in the ' Gardeners' Chroni-
cle,' Feb. 1888, p. 233. It seems to be
quite hardy at Kew in the rock garden.
Culture de. as above.
THYMUS (Thyme). — A genus of
dwarf shrubs or undershrubs having small
entire leaves, those on the flower spikes
being reduced to bracts. Calyx ovoid,
10-13-nerved, 2-lipped. Corolla tube en-
closed in the calyx or protruding, limb
2-lipped. Stamens 4, usually protruding,
Nutlets ovoid or oblong, smooth.
Culture and Propagation. — The only
value possessed by the Thymes from a
flower garden point of view is that they
make excellent plants for carpeting the
rockery in dry poor places where few
other plants will thrive. Once they have
taken a hold of the soil they soon spread
and make dense small-leaved cushions
which look very charming when studded
with the clusters of small flowers. They
may all be increased by dividing the
plants in autumn, or by putting cuttings
into prepared beds of fine sandy soil
during the summer in shady places.
Seeds may also be sown in cold frames
in spring.
T. Chamaedrys. — A British plant with
wiry stems and oval elliptic leaves
usually contracted rather abruptly into a
stalk. Flowers in summer and autumn,
pale purple. The variety montanus (T.
mi in inula rius) is a beautiful carpet plant
with small light green leaves almost
hidden in July with masses of white
flowers.
< ' nil ii re ,lv. as above.
T. Serpyllum (Brotherwort ; Wild
Thyme). — A British plant with trailing
flat green quite entire ovate or obovate
lance-shaped leaves, |-i in. long, and
rosy-purple flowers from June to August.
The sweet-scented Lemon Thyme (often
called T. citriodorus) is a variety with
smaller leaves, and its golden-leaved form
aureus makes an exquisite carpet and
looks particularly handsome during the
bleak winter months. The variety lanu-
g i n i miis has the leaves and young shoots
clothed with long woolly hairs.
Culture dc. as above.
The Common or Garden Thyme (T.
■vu Iga ris) is dealt with at p. 1 165. Besides
its value as a herb, it makes an excellent
rock plant.
MICROMERIA. — A large genus of
undershrubs or herbs, with opposite
leaves, and usually small purple or white
flowers, borne in axillary or spiked whorls,
rarely in cymes or panicles.
M. Piperella. — This is the only species
of any garden value. It is a native of
S.W. Europe, and grows about 3 in. high,
having ovate leaves, sometimes heart-
shaped at the base. The flowers are pro-
duced in late summer, in clusters, and
have both calyx and corolla downy outside.
Culture and Propagation. ■ — This
plant flourishes in ordinary good garden
soil, and is appropriate for warm sunny
corners of the rockery. It requires a
little protection in winter, either by means
of a small handlight or piece of glass, or
a few bracken leaves during severe frosts.
746
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
SALVIA
It may be increased by cuttings of the
half-ripened shoots inserted in sandy soil
under a handlight during the summer
months, and kept shaded until they are
rooted. They may be planted out the
following spring. Seeds, if obtainable,
may also be sown as soon as ripe, in
greenhouses or cold frames.
CALAMINTHA (Calamint). -
A genus closely related to Thymus, and
differing chiefly in having a tubular 2-
lipped calyx, and a larger 2-lipped corolla,
usually protruding from it. Stamens 4,
didynamous. Leaves entire or often most
of them toothed.
Culture and Propagation. — The
plants belonging to this genus may be
used in the same way as the Thymes.
They flourish in ordinary garden soil, and
may be utilised for carpeting purposes
in the rockery or border. They are easily
increased by division in early autumn or
spring, or by means of seed sown when
ripe in warm sheltered spots or in cold
frames.
C. glabella. — A compact tufted her-
baceous plant about 8 in. high, with linear
lance-shaped sessile leaves and tubular
scented purple flowers, borne in great
abundance in summer.
Culture dc. as above. The rockery in
sandy loam. Increased by division and
seed.
C. grandiflora. — A South European
species about 1 ft. high, with branched
and decumbent stems. Leaves stalked,
ovate, coarsely toothed, 2-3 in. long.
Flowers in June, 1^ in. long, purplish, in
loose racemes, much inflated at the throat.
Culture <#c. as above. A useful rock
plant in dry sunny places. May be in-
creased like the Thymes.
MELISSA (Balm). — A genus contain-
ing 3 or 4 species of perennial herbs with
toothed leaves, the upper ones gradually
becoming smaller and bract-like. Flowers
in loose axillary racemes or whorls.
Calyx tubular, bell-shaped, 13-nerved,
2-lipped. Corolla 2-lipped, the upper lip
emarginate, the lower one spreading,
3-cleft. Stamens 4, didynamous. Nutlets
ovoid, smooth.
M. officinalis. — This is the Common
Balm of Central and S. Europe, and now
naturalised in the S. of England. It
grows 2-4 ft. high, and has broadly ovate
or heart-shaped, crenate or toothed leaves
which emit a fragrant odour when bruised.
Flowers from June to October, white or
pale yellow. The variety with green and
golden variegated foliage is very handsome
and fragrant, and is often used for edging
in the front of borders and shrubberies.
Culture and Propagation. ■ — Balm
nourishes in ordinary garden soil, and
may be easily increased by dividing the
tufts in spring. It is often used for
medicinal drinks, and sometimes for
cooking purposes.
HORMINUM.— A genus with only
one species : —
H. pyrenaicum. — - An elegant herba-
ceous perennial 6-12 in. high, native of
the Pyrenees to the Tyrol, with dense
tufts of radical stalked, bluntly ovate,
deeply crenate leaves, the upper ones
being reduced to bracts. Flowers in
summer, bluish-purple, about 1 in. long
on spikes about 9 in. high. Calyx bell-
shaped, 2-lipped. Corolla 2-lipped, the
lower lip with 3 short and broad rounded
lobes, the middle one broader and emar-
ginate. Stamens 4, didynamous.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species is perfectly hardy, and flourishes
in ordinary well-drained garden soil in
the border. It is increased by dividing
the crowns in spring or by seeds sown in
the open border in warm spots when ripe
or in spring, afterwards pricking out or
transplanting the seedlings as required.
SALVIA (Sage). — A genus containing
about 450 species of herbs, bushes, or
shrubs, with various habits, and entire
toothed, incised or pinnately cut leaves,
the upper ones on the sterns often changed
into bracts. Flowers of various colours,
rarely yellow, mostly showy, sessile or
shortly stalked, and borne in spikes,
racemes, and panicles, rarely all axillary.
Calyx ovoid, tubular, or bell-shaped,
2-lipped, the upper lip entire or 3-toothed,
the lower one 2-cleft. Corolla 2-lipped,
with an inflated or enlarged tube, naked,
hairy, or tuberculate within ; upper lip
concave or arched, erect, entire, or emar-
ginate ; lower lip spreading, 3-cleft, the
middle lobe usually broader, entire, emar-
ginate, or 2-cleft. Perfect stamens 2,
remarkable for having distant anther-cells,
one sterile and the other fertile. Nutlets
ovoid-triquetrous, or somewhat flattened,
smooth.
Culture and Propagation. — Most of
the Sages are easily grown in ordinary
good garden soil, almost as easily indeed
SUA I \
LAVENDER ORDER
SALVIA 747
as the common Sage, 8. officinalis, so
much used for cooking purposes. The
hardy varieties are increased by division
in the autumn or early spring, or by
seed sown at the latter period. Cuttings
of the young ripened shoots may also
be inserted in a shady border late in
summer and autumn, in the case of
the half shrubby kinds. The more
tender kinds are raised from seeds sown
in heat about February and March, and
by the end of May or middle of June
are fit for the open ground. Cuttings
root readily in heal in spring, and produce-
plants for autumn or late summer flower-
ing; but plants from seed are becoming
more popular, chiefly because they
produce specimens with a better shape
and perhaps more blossom. However,
according to circumstances Sages may be
increased by seeds, cuttings, or division,
as required. The following list, although
not exhaustive, contains a description of
the best flower garden varieties.
S. argentea (S. pa tula)- — A distinct
and handsome biennial about 3 ft. high,
native of Southern Europe, with erect
hairy stems, and tufts of large oval, wedge-
shaped, sinuately lobed leaves 6-8 in. or
more long, wrinkled and covered with
silvery white, woolly hairs. Flowers in
summer, white or pinkish- white, 6-10
false whorls forming a large branching
panicle.
Culture and Propagation. — This is a
fine plant for groups or masses hi the
border, owing to its masses of large silvery
leaves carpeting the ground. The seeds
may be sown in autumn, the young
plants being wintered in a cold frame and
planted out the following May or June.
They may also be sown in heat in
February and March. By pinching out
the flower-spikes the foliage will retain its
freshness and beautiful silvery sheen for
a much longer period.
S. azurea (S. acuminata). — A smooth
greyish green N. American species 3-6 ft.
high, with stalked oval or linear lance-
shaped leaves, the upper ones narrower,
all entire or unequally toothed. Flowers
in July and August, deep blue, in long
clustered spikes. The variety grandiflora
(also known as S. Pitcheri) has larger
and deeper blue flowers than the type.
There is also a white-flowered form.
Culture and Propagation. — Seeds of
this may be sown in autumn or spring
as in the case of 8. argentea. It is easily
increased also by dividing the tufts in
spring, and by inserting cuttings at the
same period in sandy soil under a hand-
light or in the greenhouse.
S. bicolor. —A distinct and handsome
biennial, native of Barbary, with thick
stems 2 3 ft. high, and large ovate
incised-toothed pinnately cut or palmately
lobed leaves, becoming smaller up the
stem. Flowers in summer, in racemes
l.]-2 ft. long; upper lip bluish-violet,
spotted with yellow; lower lip whitish.
Culture ,vc. as above This may be
increased from seeds in the same way as
S. argentea.
S. Candelabrum. — A fragrant aromatic
shrubby species 3-4 ft. high, with rather
blunt Lance-shaped oblong crenate leaves
:; I in. long, loosely wrinkled hairy and
dotted with oil-glands. Blowers in July,
in long panicles, white, striped with pale
purple, hairy outside; lower lip rich
violet streaked with white in the throat.
Calyx sharply ribbed, tinged with purple.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species being a native of Mexico is not
quite hardy in our climate. It is a fine
border plant and may be increased by
seeds sown in autumn, or in spring in gentle
luat. Cuttings of the side or non-flowering
shoots may also be inserted during the
late summer months in cold frames, and
when rooted the plants should be pro-
tected in a greenhouse until the following
spring.
S. carduacea. — A distinct and pretty
Californian perennial, with stout, simple
stems, 1 ft. or more high, and tufts of
oblong, pinnately cut and lobed, sinu-
ate - toothed, spiny, Thistle-like leaves.
Flowers in July and August, lavender-
blue, about 1 in. long, the upper lip erose-
toothed, or fringed, the lower one with a
deeply rnany-cleft middle lobe, and fringed
side lobes.
Culture and Propagation. — This is
too tender in winter for any except the
mildest parts of the south coast. It
likes a rather dry soil, and warm sunny
positions, and may be raised annually
from seeds sown in heat in spring.
S. coccinea. — A native of Central and
S. America about 2 ft. high, softly downy
with oval heart-shaped unequally crenate
leaves, usually softly downy beneath.
Flowers in summer, deep scarlet, 1 in.
748
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
SALVIA
long, downy outside, in twiggy racemes.
The variety major grows taller and has
larger flowers than the type ; pseudo-
coccinea is usually recognised by its
hairiness; SAidi punicea (or superba) has
more showy and velvety scarlet flowers ;
there is a dwarf strain of it.
Culture and Propagation. — Although
a perennial this species may be treated as
an annual, and raised from seeds sown
in heat every February or March and
planted out in May or June. Seeds may
also be sown in autumn, protecting the
plants under glass until planting out
time. This entails a lot of work, without
sufficient recompense in earliness of
blossom.
S. farinacea. — A pretty Mexican
perennial, about 3 ft. high, forming vigo-
rous tufts of erect stems, having long-
stalked, smooth, shining, oval, crenulate
leaves. Flowers from August to October,
violet-blue, in long interrupted spikes.
Calyx pale violet, densely tomentose ;
lower lip of the corolla with an obcordate
2-lobed middle division, and a white
throat.
Culture and Propagation. — This
vigorous species is useful for groups, beds,
borders &c, and although a perennial
may be raised annually from seeds sown
in heat about February and March, and
planted out in May or June.
S. Gregfgi. — An ornamental Sage
native of Texas to Mexico. It forms a
large much-branched bush 3-4 ft. high
and has rather small bluntly ovate entire
leaves. The rosy-carmine or crimson
flowers appear from August until cut down
by the frost, and are borne at the ends of
the shoots in long spikes. The individual
flowers are medium in size, and remark-
able for a very broad lip.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species is almost perfectly hardy in the
milder parts of the country, and is no
doubt quite so in the most favourable parts
of the kingdom. It flourishes in ordinary
good garden soil, and is readily increased
by seeds sown in gentle heat in spring, or
in cold frames in autumn. Cuttings may
also be inserted in sandy soil in summer
and autumn.
S. hians. — A pretty hairy Himalayan
perennial about 2 ft. high with broadly
ovate leaves, heart-shaped sagittate or
truncate at the base. Flowers in summer,
beautiful blue, in slightly branched
racemes.
Culture &c. as above. Raise from
seed in early spring, and plant out in
May or June.
S. Horminum (S. colorata). — A native
of S. Europe about \h ft. high with erect
hairy stems. Leaves oval oblongrounded
or wedge-shaped at the base, blunt, crenate,
hairy, the upper ones ovate heart-shaped.
Flowers in summer, purple, in simple
racemes. The variety purpurea has
rosy - carmine or reddish - purple bracts
with deeper coloured veins. There is also
a variety with whitish bracts.
Culture and Propagation. — This is
a good plant in groups and masses,
the coloured bracts constituting the chief
charm. It likes rich light soil and warm
situations and may be raised from seed
sown in heat in February or March, or in
the open ground in April and May, the
seedlings eventually being planted about
9 in. apart. Useful for cutting.
S. officinalis aurea. — This is a dwarf
compact form of the common greydeaved
garden Sage, having yellow instead of
blue flowers. It makes a handsome
border plant. The variety tricolor is also
handsome, having grey-green leaves often
tinged with yellowish - white or flesh
colour, afterwards changing to rose and
sometimes red.
Culture Sc. as above. Increased by
seed, division, or cuttings.
S. patens (8. spectabilis ; S.
macrantha). — A beautiful tuberous-rooted
Mexican perennial about 2k ft. high
with erect hairy stems. Leaves ovate
deltoid crenate, hastate or rounded at the
base, hairy. Flowers in autumn, deep
blue, upwards of 2 in. long, in erect spikes.
There is a variety alba with white
flowers.
Culture and Prop>agation. — This
species is not hardy enough to stand the
winter as a rule, but its tuberous roots
may be protected with litter &c, or lifted
and kept in sand in dry airy places free
from frost like Dahlia roots. Cuttings
may be rooted in autumn and sheltered
under glass until the following May or
June. Seeds may also be sown in February
and March in heat, the young plants
being grown on as with other kinds.
S. ringens. — A shrubby species, 1-2
ft. high, native of Greece. Leaves stalked,
SALVIA
LAVENDEB OBDEB
SALVIA 749
hairy, irregularly and pinnately cut into
unequal ovate oblong segments rounded at
the base. Flowers in summer, reddish-
purple, and 4 times longer than the striped
calyx.
Culture it'-c. as above. Increased by
seeds and cuttings.
S. roemeriana (S. porphyrantha ; S.
porph/yrata). — A native of Texas with
stems 1-2 ft. high often sparingly hairy
below. Lower leaves oval kidney-shaped,
crenulate toothed, the upper ones less
rounded, all downy. Flowers in July
and August, deep scarlet, downy, 1 in. or
more long, narrowly tubular funnel-
shaped, somewhat arched, and borne in
long loose racemes.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds and cuttings.
S. Sclarea (Clary). — A biennial species
native of S. Europe, 2-3 ft. high, with
clammy hairy stems. Leaves often 8-9
in. long, ovate erose-crenate, heart-shaped
at the base, wrinkled, hoary ; the upper-
most ones stem-clasping ; those near
the flowers being coloured, very broad
concave and taper-pointed. Flowers in
August, bluish-white, twice as long as the
hairy bell-shaped catyx, and borne in
panicled racemes.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species flourishes in light stony soils and
has a very ornamental and picturesque
appearance when in bold masses. Seeds
may be sown as soon as ripe in autumn
in a cold frame, and the young plants
placed in the open border at the end of
May about 3 ft. apart. In warm mild
situations as in the south of England and
Ireland, it will come up from self-sown
seeds.
S. splendens (S. colorans). — A bril-
liant Brazilian species 2-3 ft. high, with
ovate tapering, crenate-serrate, smooth
and bright green leaves, somewhat grey-
ish beneath. Flowers in summer and
autumn out of doors, brilliant scarlet,
2-2| in. long, with a bell-shaped coloured
calyx. There are a few forms perhaps
dwarfer in habit, and more brilliant in
colour if possible.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species is usually grown in pots to make
greenhouses and conservatories look
cheerful in winter. It is easily raised
from cuttings almost at any time during
the spring and summer in greenhouses,
and the earliness or lateness of the flowers
depends on the time the plants were
rooted. For outdoor purposes it is
necessary to sow seed in heat about
February and March. The seedlings are
pricked out into small pots as early as
possible and grown on in the same tem-
perature until well established. They
may then be put into larger sized pots
and after a couple of weeks transferred to
cooler and more airy quarters so as to be
hardened for planting out at the end of
May or some time in June, according to
the mildness or otherwise of the season.
They may be grown exactly in the same
way for greenhouse decoration in pots.
The soil they like best is a rich sandy
loam with leaf mould. As a rule they
flower profusely and make fine bushes
without the aid of stimulants, but there is
no harm hi giving a little weak liquid
manure to pot plants ocasionally. Out of
doors the plants should be placed in bold
groups or beds by themselves on grass in
warm sunny situations where they will
be sheltered from violent winds by the
surrounding vegetation.
Other tender Sages that may be grown
in the same ways as S. splendens are
S. cacalicefolia (deep blue), S. elegans
(blood-red), S. fulgens (scarlet), 8. ges-
nercefolia (scarlet), S. Grahami (purple-
blue), S. Heeri (scarlet), S. interrupta
(dark violet - purple), S. involucrata
Bethelli (bright rosj'-crimson), S. rutilans
(bright scarlet) &c.
S. taraxacifolia. — A native of the
Great Atlas Mountains with numerous
ascending erect stems 6-18 in. high.
Leaves 2-4 in. long, pinnately cut into
blunt or cusped irregularly sinuate-toothed
lobes, covered with whitish wool beneath.
Flowers in July and August, pale pink,
with a yellowish disc to the lower lip, and
a hairy purple-spotted throat.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seed and division in spring.
S. virgata. — A distinct European
species 9-12 in. high with oblong ovate
roughish leaves, and racemose spikes of
deep blue flowers produced in great
abundance hi July and August. The
beauty of the flowers is farther enhanced
by the deep purple-brown colour of the
calyx.
Culture dc. as above. A good border
plant hi masses in ordinary soil. Increased
by seeds and division in spring.
750
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GABDEN PLANTS monarda
ROSMARINUS (Eosemary).— A
genus with only one species : —
R. officinalis. — A popular old garden
shrub, 2-4 ft. high, native of the Medi-
terranean region, and having stalkless,
linear entire leaves, with revolute edges,
and hoary beneath. Flowers in early
spring, white or pale purple, in short
axillary few-flowered racemes. Calyx
purplish, ovoid bell-shaped, 2-lipped.
Corolla 2-lipped, the upper lip erect
emarginate or shortly 2-cleft, the lower
one spreading 3-cleft, the middle lobe
largest, concave bent down. Perfect sta-
mens 2. Nutlets ovoid-roundish smooth.
Culture and Propagation. — The Eose-
mary grows well in ordinary well-drained
garden soil, in rather dry, warm, sunny
positions, and is chiefly valued on
account of its fragrance. The foliage is
used for making Eosemary Tea, and a
plant is to be found in many cottage
gardens. It may be increased by cuttings
about 6 in. long, in summer, inserted in
sandy soil in a shady border. If in a
cold frame or under a handlight they will
root more quickly, and be ready for
transplanting by the end of September or
sooner. The lower branches may also
be bent down, and layered during the
summer months. Seeds may also be
sown in spring in cold frames or in the
open border in warm sunny positions.
There are three forms of the Eosemary
— the common or green-leaved, the silver-
striped, and the gold-striped ; the last two
are not quite so hardy as the common
form, and should therefore be given more
sheltered and favourable spots in the
garden — such as against a south wall or
hedge,
MONARDA (Horse Mint; Bee
Balm). — A genus with 6 or 7 species of
perennial herbs, often having leaves
toothed and simple. Flowers in close
heads or whorls at the ends of the
branches. Calyx tubular, elongated,
nearly equally 5-toothed. Corolla showy,
scarlet, purple, white, pale, or in one
species yellow, often spotted, long and
slender, deeply 2-lipped; lips narrow,
nearly equal and slightly toothed. Per-
fect stamens 2. Nutlets ovoid smooth.
Culture and Propagation. — The
species are showy border flowers, and
all natives of N. America, flourishing in
ordinary garden soil, and in all positions
except that of deep shade. They are
increased by dividing the tufts or roots in
autumn when growing in light rich soil,
and in spring if in heavy and somewhat
moist soil. Seeds may also be sown in
the open border in April and May, or
earlier in heat, for transplanting in May
and June, about 18 in. apart. The
plants are much frequented by bees even
late in the afternoon, and this is no
doubt the origin of one of the popular
names.
M. didyma (M. coccinca ; M. Jcal-
miana). — Oswego Tea. — A square stem-
med and grooved aromatic plant lf-3 ft.
high, with ovate lance-shaped pointed
leaves, roundish heart-shaped at the
base, and rather hairy on both surfaces.
Flowers from July to September, bright
scarlet, with pale green bracts tinted with
red, in whorls or pairs. The Aariety
alba with whorls of pure white flowers is
a taller -growing plant with longer and
narrower leaves.
Culture dc. as above. This plant and
its variety flourish in damp marshy
places as well as in ordinary soil.
M. fistulosa (Wild Bergamot). — A
vigorous perennial 2-5 ft. high, having an
aromatic scent, and downy oblong lance-
shaped acute leaves, borne on hollow or
solid stems. Flowers in summer, purple,
mostly produced in single heads, and not
so numerous as hi M. didyma. Bracts
tinted with purple.
This species is very variable and has
received several names in consequence.
The most distinct varieties are those with
white, pale rose, violet, and purple flowers,
but the names given to them are hope-
lessly mixed.
Culture dc. as above.
NEPETA (Cat Mint). — A genus
of annual or perennial herbs sometimes
tall and erect, sometimes spreading or
trailing with incised or toothed leaves.
Flowers axillary or terminal, often blue
or white, rarely yellow. Calyx tubular
15-ribbed, usually incurved, unequally
5-toothed. Corolla 2-lipped, with a
slender tube dilated and naked at the
throat ; upper lip often concave emar-
ginate or 2-cleft ; lower lip spreading
3-cleft, the middle lobe larger entire or
crenulate or 2-cleft. Stamens 4, didyna-
rnous, ascending under the upper lip or
rarely protruding. Nutlets ovoid or
compressed, smooth.
NEPETA
LAVENDER ORDER
DRACOCEPII VLUM 751
( 'ulture and Propagation. — About 120
species have been described, but they are
mostly weeds. Those described below
are the only ones at all worth a place in
the garden. They are easily grown in
any garden soil, and may be increased by
dividing the plants in spring or by sowing
seeds at the same period.
N. Glechoma (Glechoma hederacea).
Ground Ivy. — The ordinary form is a
British weed with stems trailing along
the ground and rooting at the joints.
Leaves kidney-shaped, crenate. Flowers
blue, about 6 in axillary whorls. The
variegated form is a distinctly pretty
plant with silver-white and green variega-
ted leaves. It is excellent for the rock
garden trailing over the ledges of rock,
but prefers rather shady moist positions,
as the hot summer sun injures the foliage
somewhat. It is readily increased by
cutting the stems up at almost every
joint and inserting them in a cool place
in moist sandy soil.
N. Mussini. — A rather straggling-
Caucasian species 12-18 in. high, with
sessile ovate-oblong toothed and wrinkled
leaves about 1 in. long, hoary beneath.
Flowers in June and July, pale purple or
blue, in great profusion and resembling a
mass of lavender bloom in the distance.
Cult it re ((■<■. as above. This cannot be
called a choice perennial. It grows in
ordinary soil and may be increased by
division of the roots.
N. spicata. — A native of the Hima-
layas 6-12 in. high. Leaves 1-4 in. long,
broadly ovate heart-shaped, deeply
toothed. Flowers in September, purple
with an almost white lip, borne in spikes
2-4 in. long.
Culture dc. as above. May be grown
like N. Mussini.
DRACOCEPHALUM (Dragon's
Head). — A genus containing about 30
species of annual or perennial herbs with
entire toothed or somewhat palmate-
pinnatifid leaves. Flowers in spiked or
capitate bracteate whorls, blue or purple,
rarely whitish. Calyx tubular 15-ribbed.
straight or rarely incurved, 5 -toothed.
Corolla 2-lipped with a slender tube
dilated at the throat ; upper lip somewhat
concave emarginate ; lower lip spreading,
3-lobed, middle lobe largest, rather 2-cleft.
Stamens 4, didynamous, anthers diver-
ging. Nutlets ovoid, smooth.
Culture mill Propagation. The
species described below are more or less
beautiful border flowers which flourish in
any light rich garden soil in not too hot
and sunny situations. They may be
increased by division of the tufts in
spring, or by cuttings of the young shoots
in April and May inserted in sandy soil
in cold frames or under handlights. The
perennials may also be raised from seed
sown under glass in spring, and all the
annual varieties must of course be raised
in this way.
D. argunense. — A perennial about
1;>- ft. high, native of jDahuria, having
linear lance-shaped, quite entire, smooth
and almost stalkless leaves 2-3 in. long.
Flowers from July to September, blue,
downy, in wlmrled spikes.
Culture <;■<■. as above. A good border
plant in light warm soils. Increased by
seed or division like D. grandiflorum, to
which it is closely related.
D. austriacum. — A pretty perennial
1 1 1 ft. high, native of the mountain ranges
of Central Europe. Leaves divided into
linear segments having revolute margins.
Flowers in summer, blue, over 1\ in. long,
in somewhat interrupted whorled spikes.
Culture ((■(•. as above.
D. canescens (Lai 'I \e ma ntia canescens) .
A pretty softly downy and whitish-looking
annual or biennial species 12-18 in. high.
native of E. Europe, Asia Minor &c. Lower
leaves narrow, lance-shaped, long-stalked,
entire or slightly toothed towards the
apex ; the floral leaves spoon-shaped or
rounded bristle-pointed. Flowers in July
and August, lilac-blue, in spikes 6-9 in.
long, with oblong ciliated bracts, and a
downy striped calyx.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species is best raised from seeds sown
under glass early in spring, and planted
out in May or June ; or seeds may be
sown in the open border in April and
May, afterwards thinning them out to 6
or 8 inches apart. It likes light sandy
soil.
D. grandiflorum (D. altaiense). — A
pretty Siberian perennial 6-9 in. high
with oblong oval-lance-shaped crenulate
leaves with long stalks. Flowers from
June to September, blue, nearly 2 in.
long, in oblong sp lives 2-3 in. long, in
great profusion, the lower lip dotted.
Culture iix\ as above. This is suitable
752
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS cedbonella
for rockeries, beds, or the front of shrub-
beries and borders in good sandy loam.
It likes plenty of moisture in summer
but should be protected from cold rains
in winter. Slugs are very fond of the
young growths and should be watched for
in spring. Increased by seed and careful
division.
D. imberbe. — A Siberian perennial
about 6 in. high, with tufts of long-
stalked heart - shaped reniform leaves
having crenate-toothed margins. Flowers
in summer, lilac-blue, borne in whorls.
Culture dc. as above.
D. Moldavicum. — A strong but rather
agreeable smelling annual species 1— li ft.
high, native of E. Siberia, with lance-
shaped crenulate leaves. Flowers in
July and August, blue, in long nodding
racemes. There is a variety having white
flowers.
Culture dc. as above. Raised from
seeds sown every spring under glass and
transplanted, or in the open border in
light soil, and thinned out.
D. parviflorum. — A decumbent Sibe-
rian perennial having short-stalked lance-
shaped toothed leaves about 1 in. long,
smooth above, and somewhat hoary be-
neath. Flowers in summer, blue, 1-li
in. long, or spikes 12-18 in. long.
Culture dc. as above. Suitable for
parts of the rockery or border in light
well- drained soil. Increased by seed and
division in spring.
D. Ruprechti. — A compact-growing
perennial 6-18 in. high, native of Tur-
kestan, having ovate lance-shaped vari-
ously cut and toothed leaves. Flowers in
summer, rosy-purple or lilac, about 1 in.
long, in axillary clusters.
Culture d'C. as above. Similar treat-
ment to D. parviflorum.
D. ruyschianum. — A handsome peren-
nial 12-18 in. high, native of the Alps
and Pyrenees, having numerous erect
downy stems and smooth linear lance -
shaped entire leaves 1-li in. long, with
re volute edges. Flowers in early summer,
purplish-blue, about 1 in. long, and about
0 at the top of each stem.
The Japanese form of this species
known as japonicum is a much finer
plant than the type. It has beautiful
violet-blue flowers with a broad white
lip edged and dotted with violet. They
appear from June to August, and if not
allowed to produce seeds will continue
imtil September and October. It may be
increased in the same way as the typical
D. ruyschianum.
Culture and Propagation. — This
pretty species looks effective in the
rockery or border, and prefers warm light
soil in partially shaded situations. It
may be increased by dividing the clumps
in spring, and also by sowing seeds in
light rich soil in April and May, after-
wards transplanting when well established,
or thinning out, and allowing the remain-
ing plants to flower where sown. These
may, if necessary, be transplanted to other
parts the following spring.
D. speciosum. — A beautiful Himalayan
perennial about 18 in. high, with long-
stalked, broadly heart-shaped, wrinkled,
green leaves, downy beneath. Flowers
in June, pinkish-blue or lilac, with darker
coloured spots on the lip and crowded
into dense oblong spikes 1-4 in. long.
Culture dc. as above. Suitable for
the border or rockery in light well-drained
soil, and warm sheltered positions.
CEDRONELLA. — A genus closely
related to Dracocephalum, and contain-
ing a few species of herbs or shrubs with
toothed or 3-parted leaves. Calyx tubular
or bell - shaped, 13-15 - nerved, equally
5-toothed. Corolla 2-lipped. Stamens 4,
didynamous, with anther cells parallel
instead of diverging as in Dracocephalum.
Culture and Propagation. — These
plants flourish in ordinary good and well-
drained garden soil, but prefer a rich
sandy loam to which some peat and leaf
mould has been added. Most of the
species may be easily increased by divid-
ing the roots in early autumn, or in spring
as growth is about to commence. Cuttings
of the non-flowering shoots will also root
in sandy soil under a handlight, or in a
cold frame in spring and early summer.
C. cana. — A pretty hoary evergreen
fragrant species 2-3 ft. high, native of
New Mexico, having ovate-oblong toothed
leaves. Flowers in July, bright purple
or crimson, in numerous spikes.
Culture dc. as above. This species
flourishes in rich sandy loam and peat,
with a little leaf soil. It may be in-
creased by cuttings of the young wood
in spring and early summer under hand-
lights, or by dividing the roots in spring.
Not hardy in bleak exposed situations in
severe winters.
CEDRONELLA
LAVENDER ORDER
SCUTELLARIA 753
C. cordata (Dracoc&phalum corda-
1/i in). — A native of the North United
States 4-0* in. high, with trailing shoots,
and almost stalkless ovate heart-shaped
crenate leaves. Flowers in May and
June, light purple, in bracteate spikes.
Culture tt-c. as above. This species is
suitable for the rock garden or edges of
borders, and shrubbery, in sandy loam
and peat. Increased by division and
cuttings like C. carta.
C. mexicana (Gardoquia betonicce-
foUa).—A Mexican shrub 2-3 ft. high
with broadly ovate lance-shaped, toothed
leaves, and many-flowered whorls of
purplish blossoms borne in July on
interrupted spikes or racemes at the ends
of the shoots.
Culture <t<-. ns above. Requires similar
treatment to C. trvph/ylla.
C. triphylla (Dracocephalum <■" inn-t-
ense). — Balm of Gilead. — A distinct
shrubby perennial 3-4 ft. high, native of
the Canary Islands. Leaves tri-sected
into oblong lance-shaped segments, and
emitting a fragrant odour when gently
bruised. Flowers in summer, white or
pale purple, in loose whorls on roundish-
oblong spikes.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species, which is better known than the
others, is not quite hardy in this country
and requires to be grown in warm
sheltered situations facing south in sandy
loam, peat and leaf soil. It may be
increased by cuttings of the young shoots
in spring, and is also easily raised from
seed sown at the same period under
glass.
SCUTELLARIA (Helmet Flower ;
Skull Cap). —A genus of hardy annual
or perennial herbs or undershrubs, de-
cumbent or spreading, rarely erect and
tall, with leaves often toothed, sometimes
pinnately cut or quite entire. Flowers
axillary, solitary or in pairs, or in ter-
minal spikes and racemes. Calyx bell-
shaped, 2-lipped ; lips entire, ultimately
enclosing the fruits, the upper lip furnished
with a helmet-shaped appendage which
enlarges as the fruit is becoming ripe.
Corolla 2-lipped with a long tube dilated
at the throat ; upper lip erect, helmet-
shaped entire or emarginate, the lower
lip spreading or deflexed broadly convex,
the side-lobes free and spreading, often
united with the upper lip, rarely with the
lower. Stamens 4, didynamous, the
anthers united in pairs. Nutlets round-
ish or depressed, tubercidar hairy, rarely
smooth.
There are about 90 species belonging
to this genus, but only a few are fit for
the outdoor garden, although several, of
which -V. mocvniana is probably the best,
are grown in greenhouses.
Culture and Propagation. — The
hardy kinds may be increased by division
of the roots or tufts in spring, but
perhaps more readily by seeds sown
in gentle heat in February or March, or
in the open border in April and May
in half-shaded positions in light sandy
soil. The plants are useful for the flowi r
border in masses or in parts of the rockery.
S. alpina. — A vigorous spreading
(Cut nil European species with pro-
cumbent stems often rooting at the lower
joints. Leaves shortly stalked, broadly
ovate acutish, somewhat crenate-toothed.
downy or hairy, the upper ones coloured
and imbricated. Flowers in August,
1-1 A in. long, purple, with the tube or
lower lip yellow, on oblong tetragonal
spikes. The variety lupulina has wholly
yellow flowers, while bicolor has the
upper lip purple and the lower one
white.
Culture ,!■<■. as above. S. alpinu and
its varieties may be used in the rock
garden or the fronts of borders forming
elegant tufts or carpets of foliage. Easily
increased by dividing the rooted stems in
spring, or by seed.
S. japonica. — A trailing Japanese
perennial, the branches ascending at the
ends. Leaves stalked, bluntly ovate,
deeply crenate, smooth, about \\ in. long
at the base but gradually "becoming
shorter upwards. Flowers in summer,
blue, downy, opposite, in loose racemes
about 6 in. long.
Gu It u re dc. as above. Requires similar
treatment to S. alpina.
S. macrantha. — An excellent Siberian
perennial with smoothish piirplish stems
procumbent at the base, but ascending at
the tips, usually less than 1 ft. high and
forming dense bushy tufts. Leaves
stalkless. bluntly lance-shaped, entire,
ciliated. Flowers in August, blue, about
1 in. long, in many simple racemes ;
corolla-tube much dilated upwards and
having an incurved hood.
Culture do. as above. Increased by
3 c
754
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GABDEN PLANTS melittis
division and seed. A fine border plant,
also known as S. baicalensis.
PRUNELLA or BRUNELLA
(Self Heal). — A small genus of de-
cumbent or somewhat erect - growing
perennials with entire, incised - toothed,
or pinnately cut leaves, those on the
flower stems being reduced to bracts.
Flowers purple, blue, or white, in dense
terminal spikes. Calyx tubular, bell-
shaped. 2-lipped, irregularly 10-nerved.
Corolla 2-lipped. with a broad tube, the
upper lip erect helmet-shaped entire, the
lower one 3-lobed. the 2 side-lobes being
deflexed. Stamens 4, two long and two
short.
P. grandiflora. — A pretty European
perennial about 6 in. high, somewhat
resembling our common British Self Heal
(P. vulgaris) in appearance. It has
stalked ovate, toothed or entire leaves,
and produces its erect trusses of violet or
purple flowers in July and August. The
variety alba has pure white flowers, but
otherwise resembles the type. The
variety laciniata has deeply cut leaves
and deep purple flowers, and webbiana,
which grows about 9 in. high, has dense
clusters of crimson-purple blossoms, the
sub-variety major having richer violet-
purple ones.
Culture and Propagation. — These
plants flourish in ordinary garden soil,
which however should be in a well-
drained condition, as too much moisture
at the root in winter is very injurious to
them. They may be grown in the rock
garden or border in damp and partially
shaded places, and look effective in bold
masses. They are readily increased by
division in early autumn or in spring,
and also by seeds sown when ripe in cold
frames.
PHYSOSTEGIA (False Dragon
Head). — A genus containing 3 species
of pretty, tall, erect-growing smooth or
slightly downy perennials with serrate
leaves. Calyx tubular bell - shaped,
obscurely 10-nerved, nearly equally 5-
toothed, increasing in size and becoming
inflated as the fruit ripens. Corolla 2-
lipped, much dilated beyond the middle,
the upper lip sub-erect and rather concave
entire or emarginate ; the lower lip spread-
ing 3-lobed. Stamens 4, didynamous,
enclosed by the upper lip ; anthers
approaching in pairs. Nutlets sharply
three - angled, rounded at the apex,
smooth.
Culture and Propagation. — Physo-
stegias flourish in a rich light soil and
are useful plants for the flower border.
During hot dry summers it is necessary
to give them a good soaking with water
occasionally, otherwise the leaves are apt
to drop or turn yellow and the flower
spikes do not attain their full beauty.
They are usually increased by dividing
the rootstocks in spring and replanting
them 12-18 in. apart. Seeds may also be
sown in the open and somewhat shady
border in April and May, and the seedlings
may be transplanted in September or the
following spring. Owing to their creeping
underground rootstocks they soon spread
and require disturbing almost every year.
P. imbricata {Dracocephalum specio-
sum). — A tall and handsome perennial
3-6 ft. high, native of Texas, with bright
green 4-angled stems, and narrow sessile
lance-shaped coarsely and irregularly
toothed deep green leaves 3-5 in. long,
becoming smaller up the stem. Flowers
from Jidy to September in dense axillary
and terminal spikes, soft pinkish-purple,
inflated and gaping, the middle lobe of the
lower being dotted with purple. Botani-
cally this is supposed to be a variety of
P. virginiana and is sometimes called
P. v. speciosa.
Culture dtc. as above.
P. virginiana (Dracocephalum virgini-
anum ; D. variegatum). — A very variable
species 1-4 ft. high, witli thickish lance-
shaped or oblong ovate acute sharply and
irregularly toothed bright green leaves.
Flowers from Jidy to September, tubular,
pinky - purple, about 1 in. long, in
simple or branched racemes at the ends
of the branches. The variety denticula-
tv/m (also known as Dracocephalum den-
ticulatum) is recognised by its dwarf
stature, rarely exceeding 12-18 in. high ;
it has obovate lance-shaped, crenulate.
denticulate or obscurely serrated leaves.
and loose slender spikes of rosj-purple
flowers, the lower Up being spotted with
red. There is also a white-flowered
variety album, dwarfer in habit than the
type. *
Culture &c. as above.
MELITTIS (Bastard Balm). — A
genus with only one species: —
M. Melissophyllum. — A beautiful
native perennial with long creeping root-
STACHYS
LAVENDER OB DEB
BTACHYS 755
stocks and more or less hairy erect simple
or branched stems 1 2 ft. high. Leaves
more or less shortly stalked, ovate or
oblong crenate-serrate, hairy on the
nerves beneath, l',-2 in. long. Flowers
in May and June, 2-lipped, 1-1 \ in. long,
creamy white, spotted with pink or pur-
ple ; whorls axillary, 2-6-tiowered. Calyx
broadly bell-shaped; upper lip roundish,
irregularly 3-lobed ; lower lip with 2
rounded lobes. Stamens 4, didynamous.
Nutlets ovoid smooth. The variety
grcmdiflora is distinguished by its cream-
coloured flowers with a purple-red middle
lobe to the lower lij). There is also a rare
variety with pure white flowers.
Culture and Propagation. — This spe-
cies flourishes in ordinary garden soil,
especially in rich well-manured loam, in
partially shaded places near woods, walks,
margins of shrubberies &c. It is increased
by dividing the rootstocks early in autumn,
and by sowing seeds in the open ground
about April and May.
STACHYS (Hedge Nettle; Wound
Wort). — A genus of tall perennial or
diffuse annual herbs, rarely bushes or
undershrubs, with entire or toothed leaves
and sessile or shortly stalked flowers in
terminal racemes or spikes. Calyx tubu-
lar-bell-shaped, 5- or 10-ribbed, more or
less etraally 5-toothed. Corolla 2-lipped
with a cylindrical, straight, or incurved
tube scarcely dilated at the throat and
sometimes having a ring of hairs inside ;
upper lip erect, often concave or arched
entire or slightly emarginate ; the lower
lip spreading 3-lobed, the middle lobe
larger and broader entire emarginate or
divaricately 2-cleft. Stamens 4, didyna-
mous, the lower pair longer and some-
times protruding. Nutlets ovoid or oblong,
blunt.
Culture and Propagation. — About
200 species have been described in this
genus, but only those mentioned below
are of any value for the hardy flower-
garden, although several others are likely
to be found as a matter of course in bot-
anical collections. They are of the easiest
culture in ordinary garden soil and are
readily increased by dividing the tufts or
crowns in autumn or spring. Seeds may
also be sown in spring in cold frames or
in the open border about April and May,
and again as soon as ripe in autumn.
The seedlings may be transferred to their
permanent positions in autumn or spring
when large enough.
S. coccinea. — A pretty bushy species
1-2 ft. high, found wild from Texas to
Arizona and Mexico. Leaves ovate lance-
shaped or oblong deltoid, crenate, 1 2 in.
long, the upper ones slenderly stalked, the
floral ones sessile. Flowers in summer,
scarlet, in long interrupted spikes.
Culture d-c. as above. This brilliant
species has been grown in greenhouses, but
in warm sheltered and partially shaded
spots it succeeds as a border plant. In-
creased by seed and division.
S. germanica. — A shaggy British and
European biennial, 1 3 ft. high, clothed
with white silky hairs, and having tufts
of coarsely crenate-serrate, often heart-
shaped, wrinkled leaves, 2-5 in. long.
Flowers in July and August, pale rosy-
purple, with a spotted lower lip, in dense
whorls on stout spikes.
< 'ult it re <ir. as above. This interesting
plant is worthy of a place in dry, light
soils in the rougher parts of the garden.
Seeds may be sown as soon as ripe, so as
to produce flowering plants the following
season.
S. grandiflora (Betonica grandiflora).
A downy perennial about 1 ft. high,
native of the Caucasus and Siberia, with
stalked, broadly and bluntly ovate,
crenate, wrinkled, and hairy leaves.
Flowers from May to July, beautiful
reddish-violet, in many-flowered whorls,
on erect spikes, produced well above the
foliage. There is a variety called rosea.
having soft rosy flowers.
Cult ure dec. as above. Useful for
rougher parts of the garden or rockery, in
open sunny situations. Easily increased
by dividing the crowns every second or
third year in autumn or spring, and re-
planting 12-18 in. apart.
S. lanata. — A distinct perennial 12-
18 in. high, native of Tauria and the
Caucasus, and having tufts of thick,
wrinkled, oblong- elliptic leaves, densely
covered with silvery-white, woolly hairs.
Flowers in July, purple, small, in many-
flowered, whorled spikes.
Culture and Propagation. — The
foliage is really the only ornamental part
of this species, and it retains its beautiful
silvery sheen during the greater portion
of the year. It makes an excellent and
effective edging plant, and looks all the
better for having the flower-stems pinched
out. It grows so vigorously that it is
almost necessary to divide the tufts every
3c2
756
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS leonotis
year, either in the early autumn or in
spring. It may also he increased by
sowing seeds in the open border in April
and May, and transplanting the seedlings
in autumn. But it is scarcely necessary
to go to this trouble, as increase by
division is so easy.
S. maweana. A rare species 1 ft. or
more high, native of Morocco, the whole
plant being covered with silvery-white
hairs. Leaves ovate, heart-shaped, deeply
crenate-toothed, grey-green above, about
1 in. long. Flowers in July and August,
pale straw-yellow, with purple blotches
on the lower lip.
Culture drc. as above. This species
thrives in warm sheltered borders in rich
soil, and may be increased by seeds and
division. The plant is figured in the
' Botanical Magazine,' t. 6389.
LAMIUM (Dead Nettle). — A genus
of annual or perennial hairy herbs,
decumbent at the base, often with heart-
shaped, toothed, or somewhat incised
leaves, and flowers in axillary or terminal
bracteate whorls. Calyx tubular cam-
panulate, 5-toothed. Corolla tube with
or without a ring of hairs within the
dilated throat ; upper lip erect, ovate
or oblong, concave or arched, entire, or
rarely 2-cleft ; lower lip spreading, 3-
lobed. Stamens 4, didynamous ; anthers
cohering in pairs. Nutlets triquetrous,
smooth or minutely tuberculate.
There are only a few species of any
pretensions to garden value. The white
(L. album) and purple (L. pwrpureum)
Dead Nettles of the roadsides and ditches
are probably the best known representa-
tives of the genus, but are only weeds at the
best. L. Galeobdolon, known as ' Yellow
Archangel,' is a yellow-flowered perennial,
of which there is also a variety with
golden-bronzy leaves, that make it useful
for rockeries or rough borders. L. gar-
ganicum, from Italy, grows 12-18 in. high,
and has heart-shaped, wrinkled leaves,
and dense whorls of purplish flowers. L.
maculatum is now found naturalised in
many parts of the British Islands, and is
recognised by its heart-shaped, crenate,
wrinkled leaves, having an irregular,
silvery-white band down the centre. The
flowers of the type are purple, but there
is also a pretty white-flowered form, as
well as one called aureum, with golden-
coloured leaves. It is a pretty plant for
rockeries and edgings to borders &c.
L. Orvala is a distinct Dead Nettle
1-3 ft. high, native of S. Europe, with
large, broadly ovate, coarsely toothed
leaves, and whorls of deep red flowers in
early summer.
Culture and Propagation. — Any
ordinary light and fairly moist soil will
suit the Dead Nettles, which are easily
increased by seed or division in spring.
MOLUCELLA.— A small genus of
smooth, annual herbs, with stalked,
crenate or incised leaves, and flowers in
axillary whorls, having awl-shaped, sharp
spiny bracteoles. Calyx obliquely bell-
shaped, striped, 5-10-ribbed, and much
dilated above into a broad, net-veined
limb, enclosing the small 2-lipped, arch-
ing corolla. Stamens 4, didynamous.
Nutlets acutely triquetrous.
M. laevis. — A singular Syrian species,
12-18 inches high, with long-stalked,
roundish, coarsely toothed leaves. Flow-
ers in August, in dense, erect, columnar,
whorled spikes, having large, obscurely
pentagonal, bell-shaped and net-veined
calyces enclosing the white corollas.
Culture and Propagation. — This
remarkable but not particularly showy
plant may be treated as a tender annual.
It flourishes in sandy loam, and may be
raised from seeds sown in heat in
February and March, the seedlings being
transplanted in May to the rockery or
border.
LEONOTIS (Lion's Ear).— A genus
containing about 12 species of perennial
herbs or shrubs with toothed leaves and
flowers in crowded whorls. Calyx tubular,
10-ribbed, often incurved at the apex and
with an oblique 8-10 more or less spiny-
toothed mouth. Corolla tube cylindrical or
dilated above with or without a ring of
hairs inside; limb 2-lipped; tipper lip erect,
elongated, concave; lower lip short, spread-
ing, 3-lobed. Stamens 4, didynamous,
the lower pair longest. Nutlets ovoid,
triquetrous, blunt or truncate at the apex,
smooth.
L. Leonurus (PMmnis Leonurus). — A
handsome S. African evergreen shrub 3
6 ft. high with woolly branches and oblong
lance - shaped bluntly toothed leaves,
downy above, woolly beneath. Flowers
in summer, bright orange-scarlet, hairy,
2 in. long, and borne in 4-6 more or less
distant whorls on a spike.
Culture and Propagation. — This re-
l'HLOMIS
LAVENDER ORDER
EREMOSTACHYS 757
markable plant, unfortunately, is, as a
rule, too tender for British winters, but
may be grown out of doors in southern
parts of the country during the summer
months, where it is more likely to flower
than in more northern parts. It flourishes
in a rich sandy loam, and may be increased
by cuttings of the young shoots which root
freely in spring if placed in gentle bottom
heat. If the plants will not flower in the
open air, they will be worth potting and
placing in the greenhouse where they are
likely to bloom about Christmas time.
PHLOMIS. — A genus containing
about 50 species of woolly, hoary, or
greenish perennial herbs, shrubs, or under-
shrubs with wrinkled leaves, becoming
very small up the stems. Flowers sessile,
yellow, purple, or white, with a woolly or
hairy hood, and borne in dense whorls.
Calyx more or less tubular, bell-shaped,
5-10-ribbed, often plaited, truncate or
equally 5-toothed. Corolla 2-lipped with
a ring of hairs inside the tube ; upper lip
broadly hooded, concave ; the lower lip
spreading, 3-cleft. Stamens 4, didyna-
mous, the lower ones longest, anthers
united in pairs. Nutlets ovoid-triquetrous,
smooth, or downy at the apex.
Culture and Propagation. — All the
Plilomises nourish in ordinary garden soil.
They are among the most showy plants
of the Labiate order and are well suited
for naturalising in shrubberies or borders
in warm and exposed situations. They
may all be increased by seeds sown imder
glass or in the open border in spring,
transplanting the seedlings later on 12-
18 in. apart. The herbaceous kinds may
also be increased by dividing the crowns
in autumn or in spring, and the shrubby
ones by cuttings of the young shoots, which
root readily in sandy soil in cold frames
in spring and early summer.
Besides those described below other
species occasionally seen are armeniaca
and lychnitis, yellow ; inmgens, purple-
violet ; Samia, greenish-white outside,
pink within ; and tuberosa, purple-rose.
P. cashmeriana. — A native of N.
India, about 2 ft. high, having densely
floccose-woolly stems and blunt ovate
lance-shaped leaves, crenate towards the
apex, broadly rounded at the base, downy
or hairy above, woolly white beneath.
Flowers in summer, pale lilac -purple, with
awl-shaped ciliated bracts.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
division or seed.
P. ferruginea. — A shrubby S. Euro-
pean species 2-3 ft. high, having the
branches covered with loose rusty-purple
wool. Leaves 2-3 in. long, bluntly oblong
lance-shaped, crenulate, much wrinkled,
and green above, woolly white beneath.
Flowers in June and July, yellow, downy
outside, 12 20 in a whori.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds and cuttings.
P. fruticosa (Jerusalem Sage). — A dis-
tinct shrub 2- 4 ft. high, native of the
Mediterranean region. Leaves ovate or
oblong, roundly crenate at the base,
wrinkled and green above, woolly white
beneath. Flowers in June and July.
yellow, showy, 20-30 in a whorl ; whorls
solitary or in pairs at the top of the stem.
Cult u re dc. as above. Increased by
cuttings and seeds.
P. herba-venti. — A handsome spread-
ing S. European perennial 1-2 ft. high
with green or purplish hairy stems. Leaves
6-8 in. long, leathery, oblong lance-shaped,
crenate, shining green and rough above,
greyish beneath. Flowers in summer and
autunm, purplish-violet, downy outside,
10-20 in a whorl. Calyx hairy with
stiffish, awl-shaped, spreading teeth.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
division and seed. Known as ' Wind
Herb.'
P. viscosa (P. linearifolia russel-
liana). — A vigorous Syrian perennial
3-5 ft. high, with simple whitish downy
stems. Lower leaves 6-8 in. long, stalked
heart-shaped ovate, toothed, green and
wrinkled above, grey beneath, the upper
ones opposite and crosswise in pairs.
Flowers in summer, 30-50 in a whorl,
with narrow prickly pointed bracts.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
division and seed.
EREMOSTACHYS. — A genus of
erect slightly branched perennial herbs,
with large coarsely toothed, incised,
pinnately cut or dissected leaves spring-
ing from the root, those of the stem
smaller and often bract-like. Flowers
sessile, in dense whorls, distant or clus-
tered on the spike. Calyx large, tubular,
bell-shaped or dilated above into a very
large membranous limb, 5 10-ribbed, and
having 5 equal needle-like or stiff pointed
teeth. Corolla 2-lipped with or without
758
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS teucrium
a ring of hairs inside the tube, upper lip
oblong erect hooded, narrowed at the base,
bearded inside and on the margins, lower
lip spreading with 3 rounded lobes.
Stamens 4, didynamous. Nutlets obovoid
triquetrous.
E. laciniata (Phlomis laciniata). — A
graceful and distinct looking perennial
1-2 1 ft. high, with tufts of leaves, 6 in. or
more long, pinnately cut into oblong
lance -shaped or linear, deeply jagged
segments, the upper stern leaves similar
but becoming gradually smaller upwards.
"Flowers from June to August, rosy-
purple, with a hairy yellow-hooded upper
lip, whorls 10-20-flowered, 8-12 on an
erect spike. The plant known as iberica
is probably only a variety with less hairy
leaves and yellow flowers, and seems to
be identical with a variety catted flava.
Culture and Propagation. — As many
as 27 species have been described by
botanists, but that described above seems
to be the only one in cultivation. It
flourishes in a light rich soil in warm
sheltered positions, and produces a good
effect on lawns or in large groups or beds,
but the plants are rarely seen to per-
fection. The}' may be increased by
division in autumn or spring, but better
plants are probably obtained from seed.
The latter should be sown under glass in
spring in light rich soil, and the young
seedlings pricked out and grown on in
frames until the following spring, when
they may be transplanted to the open
border or bed 18-24 in. apart.
TEUCRIUM (Germander). — A
genus of perennial herbs, shrubs, or under-
shrubs, of variable habit, having entire
toothed or incised and sometimes much
cut leaves, the upper ones often reduced
to bracts. Whorls usually 2-flowered,
axillary or in spiked racemes or terminal
heads. Calyx tubular or bell- shaped,
rarely inflated, 10-nerved with 5 more or
less equal teeth. Corolla limb somewhat
2-lipped, obliquely 5-lobed, the 2 upper
lobes very small, the 2 side ones larger,
and the lower one largest. Stamens 4,
didynamous, the 2 lower ones longest and
protruding. Nutlets obovoid, reticulate,
wrinkled.
Culture and Propagation. — Out of
the 100 species or so which have been
recorded those described below are among
the best for the hardy flower garden.
They all nourish in ordinary good garden
soil. The herbaceous kinds may be
increased by seed and division, and the
shrubby ones by cuttings of the young non-
flowering shoots inserted in sandy soil in
cold frames in spring or summer in the
same waj' as the Phlomises (p. 757).
T. Chamaedrys ( Wild Germander). — A
compact stiffly hairy European and British
peremiial 6-10 in. high, with ovate or
oblong deeply toothed leaves usually
shining green, sometimes hairy. Flowers
from July to September, rosy-purple, f in.
long, the lower lip spotted with white and
red.
Culture dc. as above. Useful for bor-
ders, rockeries, ruins, old walls &c. in light
soil. Increased by seed and division.
T. hircanicum. — A downy Persian
perennial 1-2 ft. high, having stalked,
bluntly ovate-heart-shaped, deeply crenate
leaves 1-3 in. long, slightly downy above,
and somewhat hoary beneath. Flowers
in September, reddish-purple, hairy out-
side, on short erect hairy pedicels ; spikes
dense, 3-8 in. long.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
seeds and division.
T. Marum (Cat Thyme). — A dwarf
greyish shrub about 1 ft. high, native of
S. Europe. Leaves shortly stalked, entire
oval or lance-shaped, downy above,
whitish woolly beneath. Flowers in
summer, bright reddish-purple, in pairs
in the axils of the upper leaves, forming
an oblong rather crowded spike at the ends
of the branches.
Culture and Projmgation. — This
species grows best in the warm southern
parts of the country in poor brick-rub-
bishy soil, and is useful for old walls,
ruins &c. As cats have a peculiar affec-
tion for this plant its presence in the
garden must be looked upon as an en-
couragement to these wanton plant
destroyers. Increased by cuttings.
T. orientale. — A downy or hoary
perennial about 1 ft. high, native of the
Levant, leaves l|-2 in. long, broadly
ovate in outline, once or twice pinnately
cut into linear, entire, or incised seg-
ments. Flowers in July and August,
blue, in loose stiffly hairy panicles.
Culture dc. as above.
T. Polium. — A curious herb 3-5 in.
high, native of South Europe. Leaves
narrow, notched, densely covered with
soft white or yellowish down, as are also
AJUGA
LAVENDER ORDER
AJUGA 759
the stems and branches. Flowers in
summer, small, pale yellow, whitish or
purple in small rounded heads at the tops
of the branches.
Culture dc. as above. Warm sunny
sheltered spots in the rock garden in sandy
soil. Increased by seeds, cuttings, and
division.
T. pyrenaicum. — A downy Pyrenean
perennial 3-6 in. high, with roundish
notched leaves thickly covered with soft
down. Flowers in summer, purple and
white, in dense terminal clusters.
Culture dc. as above. The rock garden
or border. Increased by seeds, cuttings,
and division.
AJUGA (Bugle). — A genus con-
taining about 30 species of annual or
perennial herbs, often decumbent or
stolon- or runner - bearing, and having
coarsely toothed or incised, rarely entire,
leaves, the upper ones more or less bract-
like. Calyx ovoid or roundish bell-shaped,
8-10-ribbed, 5-toothed or cleft. Corolla
2-lipped, with a tube slightly expanded
at the throat. Stamens 4, didynamous.
Ovary shortly or almost to the middle
4-lobed. Nutlets obovoid, reticulate,
wrinkled.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Ajugas flourish in ordinary garden soil
and prefer half-shaded situations although
they also succeed in the sunshine. They
are easily increased at the end of summer
or in spring by dividing the tufts, which
may be replanted 8-9 in. apart. Seeds
may also be sown in the open border in
April or May, or as soon as ripe in
autumn. Although not in the best sense
ornamental, Ajugas are useful in the
rock garden or as edgings to borders,
margins of shrubberies &C.
A. genevensis (A. alpina ; A. rugosa).
A hairy runnerless European perennial
6-12 in. high, with oblong coarsely
toothed green and hairy leaves narrowed
at the base. Flowers in early summer,
varying from blue to rose and white, in
distant and spicate whorls. A very
variable plant ; increased by division. A.
pyra/midalis seems to be a form of it
having the floral leaves crowded into
4-angled or pyramidal spikes.
Culture dc. as above.
A. orientalis. — A native of Eastern
Europe 12-18 in. high, with woolly hairy
stems. Leaves large, stalked, ovate,
coarsely and sinuately toothed, narrowed
at the base, Moral ones stalkless broadly
ovate deeply lubed or toothed. Flowers
in early summer, blue, 6 or more in a
whorl.
Culture dc. as above. This species
likes dry sunny spots in the rockery.
Increased by division and seed.
A. reptans. — A smooth creeping
British herb 4-8 in. high, with runners
and entire or sinuate ovate leaves, the
lower ones stalked, the upper nearly
sessile. Flowers in summer, \-\ in.
long, blue, rarely white or rosy, in spikes
3-8 in. long.
Culture dc. as above. There are varie-
ties having variegated or bronzy leaves
more handsome than the type and useful
as edging plants. They are cprickly in-
creased by division in ordinary soil, or seed.
Division III. MONOCHLAMYDEM, INCOMPLETE, or
ACHLAMYDEM (see p. 126).
XC. NYCTAGINE^— Jalap Order
An order of annual or perennial herbs, rarely shrubs or trees, usually swollen
at the joints, and having opposite and alternate, simple entire penninerved
leaves with or without stalks, and no stipules. Flowers hermaphrodite,
rarely 1-sexed, regular, often in panicles or corymbose terminal or axillary
■cymes, very rarely solitary or in racemes, sometimes in umbels or heads,
often with a calyx-like involucre. Perianth inferior, coloured, tubular, salver -
or funnel-shaped, often contracted or opened at the throat, 3-5- toothed or
760
PB ACTIO AL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS abkonia
lobed. Stamens 1 or more, hypogynous. Fruit a 1-celled, 1-seeded utricle
enclosed in the enlarged often hardened tube of the perianth.
MIRABILIS (Marvel of Peru). —
A genus containing about 10 species of
smooth or glandular, downy, tuberous-
rooted herbs, with 2-3 forked branches,
and opposite leaves, the lower ones
stalked, the upper ones sessile. Flowers
white, scarlet, or variously coloured,
fragrant or scentless. Involucre 1- or
more flowered, calyx-like, 5-lobed. Peri-
anth tube elongated, contracted above
the ovary ; limb more or less salver-
shaped, 5-lobed, plaited. Stamens 5-6,
unequal, protruding ; filaments united
into a fleshy cup at the base. Fruit
an obovoid leathery utricle.
M. Jalapa (Common Marvel of Peru).
A beautiful bushy Peruvian herb 2 4 ft.
high, with tuberous roots and large entire
smooth, oval, acute leaves, heart-shaped
at the base. Flowers late in summer,
funnel-shaped, nearly 2 in. long, fragrant,
variously coloured, red, white, or yellow,
or striped and blotched with 2 or more
colours, 3-6 in a terminal cluster.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species may be treated like Dahlias in
the autumn. The tuberous roots may be
lifted and stored in a dry, airy, frost-proof
place until the following May. Seeds
which usually ripen freely, one to each
flower, may also be sown in heat about
February and March, the young plants
being transplanted at the end of May.
The Marvel of Peru flourishes in
ordinary good garden soil, especially in a
mellow sandy loam. It makes an excel-
lent flowering bush, and is very orna-
mental in the herbaceous border. Besides
the ordinary variously coloured and
streaked forms, all of which inay be
obtained from a packet of mixed seed,
there is also one having the leaves varie-
gated with a yellowish -green which is
very curious. There is also a senii-dwrarf
strain in which the plants rarely exceed
18 in. high, having variously coloured
flowers as in the type. Then there is a
distinctly dwarf strain which grows little
more than a foot high, and is said to
come fairly true from seeds. These are
suitable more particularly for the edges
of borders, beds &c, and have a great
variety of colour.
M. longiflora. — A pretty Mexican
species with blackish turnip-shaped roots
and much-branched clammy downy stems
2-3 ft. high, furnished with broad heart-
shaped taper-pointed clammy leaves, the
upper ones almost stalkless. Flowers in
July and August, long and tubidar, ex-
haling a sweet agreeable odour, varying
in colour from white and pink to violet.
Warm sunny borders in good soil.
Culture dtc. as above. Requires simi-
lar treatment to M. Jalapa.
M. multiflora. — A beautiful downy
species 18-24 in. high, found wild from
Mexico to California, and having opposite
ovate leaves. Flowers in late summer,
bright purple, with a tube about 2 in.
long, borne in terminal panicles each of
which is enclosed in a cup- or calyx-like
involucre.
Besides the species described above,
a race of hybrids between M. Jalapa and
M. longiflora, and perhaps also M. multi-
flora, has appeared in France, and is
said to be intermediate in character be-
tween the parents. There is no doubt
these plants will readily respond to the
attentions of the hybridist if taken
seriously in hand.
Culture dc. as above.
ABRONIA (Sand Verbena). A
genus containing about 10 species of
trailing glandular downy herbs with 2-3
forked branches and opposite entire
stalked fleshy leaves. Flowers fragrant,
rosy, downy, in Verbena-like clusters.
Perianth salver - shaped, or narrowly
funnel-shaped, with 5 obcordate or 2-cleft
lobes, and a long tube contracted above
the ovary. Stamens 3-5. Ovary
obliquely ovoid. Fruit 1-5-ribbed, or
3-winged.
Culture and Propagation. — The
species described below are aU natives
of California. They flourish in light
sandy soil in exposed sunny situations
and may be planted in the rockery or at
the base of a south wall. They may be
increased by seeds when obtainable. As
they sprout rather slowly it is advisable
to peel off the outer coat and even to soak
them for a few hours in warm water. The
seeds may be sown either in August or as
soon as ripe, or in spring in pots of light
sand3' soil. At whatever season sown,
the seedlings must be protected under
ABKONIA
JALAP ORDER abronia 761
glass until the end of May, before they which open only in the evening or late in
can be safely planted out, 18-24 in. apart, the afternoon.
where they are to bloom. Cuttings of Culture dc. as above. As this species
the young shoots will also root in spring does not often, or rarely ever, ripen seeds
if placed in sandy soil in a little heat or in this country, it must be increased by
even a cold close frame. cuttings or imported seeds. It likes a
rather rich, mellow soil.
A. arenaria (A latifoUa). — A pretty
perennial 9-18 in. high, with broadly A. umbellata (Tricrntus admirabilis).
ovate or kidney-shaped leaves on short A charming trailing species, 6-24 in.
thick stalks. Flowers in July, lemon- high, with oval or oblong elliptic leaves,
yellow, about .] in. long, in dense clusters and dense terminal clusters of slightly
and exhaling a hone.y-like fragrance. scented, rosy-pink flowers in early
Culture dc. as above. This species summer and autumn.
has a trailing habit and is suitable for Culture and Propagation. — Although
growing in light dry soil in sunny parts of really a perennial under greenhouse treat-
the rockery or border. Increased by seed ment, this species is easily raised from
and cuttings. seed every spring as a tender annual. It
likes a light, well-drained soil, and warm
A. fragrans. — A more or less erect- sheltered spots, and produces its seeds
growing much-branched species, 1 2 ft. freely.
high, with terminal and axillary clusters Other species are A. Crux-Master,
of pure white fragrant flowers in summer, white, and A. villosa with violet flowers.
XCI. ILLECEBRACEiE
An order of annual or perennial usually small tufted herbs, with opposite or
alternate leaves. Flowers regular, often hermaphrodite or two-sexed, in-
conspicuous. Sepals 4-5 distinct or united. Petals small or none. Stamens
perigynous or hypogynous, equal to the perianth segments in numfeer.
Utricle 1-seeded, enclosed in the perianth.
There are few plants of this order of any garden value. Hemiaria glabra,
the Bupture-wort, is a British prostrate herb forming dense masses of small
leaves ^-j in. long, which remain green throughout the year, and render it
valuable as a carpet plant. Paronychia argentea, the silvery Whitlow Grass
or Nailwort, is a closely related plant, forming dense, compact, green and
silvery patches, 1 ft. or more across. P. serjjyllifolia, with trailing stems and
masses of small, roundish, or obovate ciliate Thyme-like leaves, makes a good
green carpet for beds, and is largely used for this purpose. They all flourish
in light, sandy soil, and may be increased readily by dividing the tufts in
autumn or spring, and also by seeds.
XCII. AMARANTACEiE— Cockscomb Order
An order of herbs or undershrubs, rarely small trees, erect or rarely with
creeping or climbing branches. Leaves opposite and alternate, membranous,
fleshy or leathery, usually entire. Inflorescence various, often in spicate
heads, rarely racemose. Flowers small hermaphrodite, rarely polygamous,
monoecious, or dioecious, clustered in heads or spikes. Perianth 4-5-parted,
segments free or united at the base. Stamens 1-5, hypogynous, or inserted
762
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS amarantus
on the base of the perianth segments,
fleshy berry.
CELOSIA (Cockscomb). — A genus of
annual herbs, rarely shrubs or bushes,
smooth or hairy, with round or angled
stems. Leaves alternate, often narrowed
into a stalk, linear oblong ovate or obo-
vate, quite entire or rarely lobed. Flowers
hermaphrodite in dense spikes at the
ends of the shoots and in the axils of the
leaves, white, silvery, or rosy, shining.
Perianth scariose 5 -parted, with oblong
or lance-shaped segments. Stamens 5,
the slender filaments united at the base
into a membranous cup.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Celosias must be treated as tender annuals,
as they are not hardy enough to stand
out of doors except during the summer
months. To obtain the best effects they
should be planted in masses in sheltered
sunny positions in rich sandy loam and
leaf soil. Seeds may be sown in heat
about March, and the seedlings should be
pricked out when large enough to handle
easily. To obtain very sturdy plants the
seedlings may be pricked out a second
time or grown singly in pots with as
much light and air as possible when they
have recovered from the moving. By
the^end of May or early in June, accord-
ing to the weather, the plants may be
transferred to the open garden, and placed
about 1 ft. apart in masses. They re-
quire abundance of water during the
summer, and an occasional watering with
liquid cow-manure will enhance their
vigour and beauty.
C. cristata (Cockscomb). — A slightly
branched East Indian annual 1^-2 ft.
high, with strong smooth and striped
slightly branched steins, and bright green
oval-lance-shaped leaves sometimes more
or less crinkled and strongly veined.
The small dark red flowers appear during
the summer and autumn in dense oval or
elongated spikes.
Such are the characteristics of the
typical C. cristata, but the art of the
gardener has produced many extremely
curious and highly interesting changes,
chiefly in the inflorescence. The plume-
like spike of flowers is replaced by a
thick consolidated mass of velvety tissue,
the result of the flower-stem becoming
much dilated and flattened at the top and
curled and crimped into fantastic shapes.
Fruit a membranous utricle, rarely a
The small flowers are placed in the axils
of the shining scales which cover the
surface, and it is among these scales that
the seeds must be looked for later on.
There are now many shades of colour
among the Cockscombs, such as deep
crimson, red, yellow, purple, rose, violet,
&c. Besides the change in colour the
plants have also been sensibly dwarfed by
cultivation, and some of them are not
more than 9 in. high. A very ornamental
variety of the Cockscomb is C. cristata
variegata, which has a more branching
habit than the type, variegated leaves,
and graceful erect plumes of flowers vary-
ing in colour from crimson to red, yellow,
and violet.
Culture dbc. as above.
AMARANTUS. — A genus of erect
or decumbent, smooth or downy, rarely
hairy annuals. Leaves alternate, narrowed
into a stalk at the base, ovate lance-
shaped or linear, entire or rarely sinuate-
toothed, often ending in a sharp point.
Flowers monoecious or polygamous, small,
borne in clusters in the axils of the upper
leaves, or in dense panicles or trusses at
the ends of the shoots. Perianth seg-
ments 5, rarely 1-3, membranous. Sta-
mens 5, rarely 1-3. Ovary ovoid or
flattened ; style short or none ; stigmas
2-3 awl-shaped or slender, papillose or
hairy.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Amarantuses flourish in ordinary good
garden soil, but enjoy a rich sandy and
well-manured loam. They are very effec-
tive during the summer months planted
in bold masses in the flower border or
along the edges of the same. Some of
the varieties are also well adapted for
vase decoration, and may be used for this
purpose with other plants, so long as the
colour hues do not clash. Most of the
kinds are easily raised from seeds sown
in gentle heat in March and treated in
the same way as annuals in general (see
p. 78). When the seedlings are large
enough to handle easily they should be
pricked out into pots or pans of light rich
sandy loam and leaf mould, and grown on
with as much light and air as possible
until the end of May or beginning of
June, when they may be transferred to
the outdoor garden fully hardened off.
A.MAKANTUS
COCKSCOMB OllDER
ALTERNANTHERA 763
Like the Cockscombs they like plentj of
Witter in summer, and are benefited by
an occasional dose of liquid manure.
A. caudatus {Love Lies Bleeding). —
A vigorous and ornamental Indian annual
2-3 ft. high, with bright green oval
obtuse leaves borne on angular striped
stems. The minute deep crimson-purple
flowers appear in summer, and are borne
in dense clusters arranged in gracefully
drooping cylindrical spikes. There is a
variety with yellow flowers which is not
considered so attractive as the type.
Culture Sc. as above.
A. hypochondriacus (.1. emeritus). —
Prince's Feather. — A beautiful Indian
annual 4-5 ft. high, remarkable for its
deeply veined ovate lanoe-shaped leaves,
which are of a purple colour on the under
surface. The deep crimson flowers are
densely packed on erect pyramidal spikes
at the ends of the shoots, and look very
handsome, especially in the improved
form known as atropurpureus.
Culture Ac as above.
A. salicifolius. — A beautiful annual
2-3 ft. high, native of the Philippine
Islands. The gracefully drooping wavy
Willow-like leaves, 7-15 in. long, are
beautifully coloured near the tips with
orange, crimson, and bronzy-purple, and
are decidedly attractive, forming the chief
beauty of the plant, especialty in the fine
variety called Princess of Wales.
A. Hcnderi is a garden form closely
related to A. salicifolius. It is pyramidal
in habit, and has lance-shaped wavy
leaves, variously tinted with rosy-carmine,
orange, yellow, and green.
Culture dc. as above.
A. sanguineus. — Another East Indian
annual 2-3 ft. high, remarkable for its
oval, stalked, blood- red leaves, and loose
spikes and clusters of purple flowers.
Culture dc. as above. Towards the
end of summer and during the autumn
this species is seen at its best, the foliage
then being of a brilliant hue. It is a good
plant for massing on grass as well as in
beds and borders.
A. speciosus. — An elegant Indian
annual 3-5 ft. high, with strong fleshy
and slightly branched stems, slightly
angled and reddish in colour. The leaves
are long-stalked, oval lance-shaped, blunt,
and more or less deeply tinged or washed
with red. The deep crimson-purple
flowers are borne in large erect spikes,
the whole forming a beautiful plume-like
panicle. There is a form with golden-
yellow plumes.
< 'ulture dc. as above.
A. tricolor. — A beautiful Indian annual
2-3 ft. high with thickish furrowed stems,
and oval or oblong lance-shaped tapering
leaves, remarkable for their beautiful
reddish-purple or carmine colouring from
the base to the middle, followed by a
broad yellow zone and ending in a green
point. The somewhat winged stalk is
green or yellow, and the older leaves are
usually not so highly coloured as the
young ones. Closely related to this is a
well-known form called A. melamchoUcus
ruber, a compact-growing plant about
1 ft. high, with large crimson-coloured
leaves. It is useful on this account for
massing in beds and borders.
Culture dc. as above. A. tricolor
and its forms seem to be a little more
tender than the others, and should there-
fore be planted in warm and sheltered
spots.
ALTERNANTHERA (Joy Weed).
A genus of trailing or decumbent, rarely
erect, branched, smooth, downy or woolly
herbs. Leaves opposite, with or without
stalks, obovate oblong or linear, entire or
slightly toothed. Flowers small, herma-
phrodite, borne in small heads. Perianth
5-parted.
Culture inul Propagation. — Alternan-
theras were at one time much more
extensively employed for making carpet-
beds and edgings than they are now.
Being natives of the tropics and sub-
tropics they are too tender for the out-
door garden except during the warmest
period of the year. They are chiefly
valuable for the rich colouring of the
foliage, which varies from yellow and
bronze to deep purple and crimson. It is
only b3' using them in very large masses
that any appreciable effect can be obtained,
so that the work of propagation is rather
heavy where quantities are required.
The plants are usually increased by
means of cuttings taken about April from
old plants that have been lifted in autumn
and grown in the warm greenhouse
during winter. It is essential, to secure
good and quick results, to root the cuttings
in a hotbed or frame with a temperature
764
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
IRESINE
of about 80°-85° F. The cuttings are
usually dibbled in about 1 in. apart in rich
sandy loam and leaf soil, and kept moist
and shaded for a few days until the roots
begin to develop. As soon as this takes
place the shading may be removed, and
the amount of air may be gradually
increased so as to make the plants sturdy
and hardy. As much light as possible
should be given once the plants are
rooted, as this is the only way to secure
a good colour in the leaves. For this
reason the cuttings are usually rooted in
a hotbed, so that the surface is within a
few inches of the glass. The following
are some of the chief kinds grown : — ■
A. amabilis. — ■ A Brazilian species
with elliptic tapering leaves having red
veins and a mixture of green, red, orange,
and rose over the surface. The variety
amoena is a pretty little plant with
smaller spoon-shaped leaves washed with
orange, red, and purple, intermixed with
green and bronze. The variety tricolor
has smooth broadly ovate leaves with
dark green edges, a bright rose centre
veined with purple, and with an irregular
band of orange or yellow between the
rose centre and the green margin.
Culture dc. as above.
A. paronychioides. — A dense and com-
pact-growing species forming tufts 3-4 in.
high. It has narrow spoon-shaped leaves
of a deep orange-red colour shaded with
olive green. There are a few handsome
forms, such as magnified, which has
more highly coloured foliage ; major,
with bronzy leaves tipped with orange ;
and major aurea, the leaves of which
have a bright golden-yellow hue.
Culture dc. as above.
A. versicolor. — A compact-growing
Brazilian species with ovate leaves of a
bright rosy-pink and crimson shaded with
bronzy-green.
Culture dc. as above.
GOMPHRENA (Globe Amaranth).
A genus of erect or trailing herbs more
or less hairy, often with swollen joints.
Leaves opposite, sessile or shortly stalked,
entire. Flowers hermaphrodite, usually
in small round heads, very rarely in
spikes. Perianth 5-parted, often woolly
at the base.
G. globosa. — A pretty East Indian
annual about 18 in. high, with oblong
downy leaves and solitary round heads
of shining violet flowers borne at the end
of the shoots in summer. Strictly speak-
ing, it is not the flowers proper, but the
scales or chaffy bracts surrounding them,
which constitute the chief attraction of
the plant. There are several varieties,
such as alba, aurea, carnea, purpurea;
but nana, which grows only about 4 or
5 in. high, and makes a compact bushy
plant with deep red flower-heads, is one
of the best.
Culture and Propagation. — Although
there are about 70 species of Gomphrena
known altogether, the above is the most
valued for the outdoor garden. It may
be grown as a tender annual in the same
way as the Celosias. Seeds may be raised
in gentle heat in March and April, and
when large enough the seedlings are to
be pricked off and grown on so as to be
ready for planting out at the end of May
or beginning of June. They like a light
rich soil and warm sheltered positions,
and may be used for edgings, or massing
in the flower-border, or in beds by them-
selves.
IRESINE. — A genus of erect or
somewhat trailing, smooth, woolly, or
downy herbs, with opposite, stalked,
entire or serrulate leaves. Flowers small,
hermaphrodite or dioecious, borne in
panicles or clusters. Perianth 5-parted.
Stamens 5.
I. Herbsti (Achyranthes Verschaffelti).
A handsome Brazilian plant 1—1^ ft.
high, with bright crimson stems and
leaves, the latter being somewhat heart-
shaped in outline, and deeply notched
at the apex. The upper surface is
much deeper in colour than the under
one. The variety acuminata has sharply
tapering leaves, while aureo-reticulata
has leaves the same shape as the type,
but greenish in colour, banded with
golden-yellow along the main veins, the
stems and leaf- stalks being deep crimson -
red.
Culture and Propagation. — The Ire-
sines are popular plants for massing in
groups and beds, and for edgings in the
flower border during the summer months.
They are chiefly valued for their orna-
mental and deeply coloured foliage, which
in favourable seasons becomes particularly
fine. The plants like a rich sandy and
well-manured loam, and warm sunny
situations sheltered from cold winds.
H \HLITZIA
BEETROOT ORDER
OHENOPODIUM 765
They are usually increased by cuttings
of the young shoots in spring inserted in
light rich sandy soil in close frames or
hotbeds in the same way as the Alternan-
theras. So as to have a stock of plants
for producing cuttings it is necessary to
grow some of the old plants in a green-
house during the winter; or cuttings may
be rooted in pots about August and
September, and kept for the purpose
until spring. By placing the plants in
heat and moisture young growths soon
appear, and these may be detached and
used as cuttings as mentioned above.
Red Spider and Greenfly are sometimes
troublesome to the plants in winter, but
they may be checked by fumigating, or
by syringing with soft-soapy water.
I. Lindeni. — A very ornamental and
compact-growing species 1-1^ ft. high,
native of Ecuador. It has narrow oblong
lance-shaped leaves richly coloured with
deep crimson-red, the central zone along
the midrib being of a brighter hue.
Culture dtc. as above for I. Herbsti.
XCIII. CHENOPODIACEiE Beetroot Order
An order of herbs or uncle rshrubs with alternate, or sometimes opposite,
leaves, without stipules. Flowers small, hermaphrodite, sometimes poly-
gamous. Calyx deeply divided, inferior. Stamens equal in number to the
calyx segments, hypogynous or perigynous, filaments usually free. Ovary
superior 1-celled ; style simple or 2 3-lobed; or styles 2-5. Utricle
indehiscent.
HABLITZIA.— A genus with only
one species : —
H. tamnoides. — A tall climbing
Caucasian herb, with long-stalked, alter-
nate triangidar heart-shaped pointed,
entire membranous leaves. Flowers from
July to October, small green, in great
profusion on branched cymes. Perianth
herbaceous, cut into 5 bluntly oblong seg-
ments. Stamens 5.
Culture and Propagation. — This plant
likes a good, rich, loamy soil, and plenty
of water during the summer months, but
comparative dryness in winter. It may
be trained up pillars or posts, over rocks,
old tree stumps &c., and looks effective in
open exposed situations. It is increased
by division in autumn, and by sowing
seeds in spring in gentle heat, afterwards
transferring the pricked-out seedlings to
the open ground in mild weather.
CHENOPODIUM (Goosefoot).— A
genus of annual or perennial powdery or
glandular downy, sometimes strong-smel-
ling or aromatic herbs, rarely woody at
the base. Leaves alternate, sessile or
stalked, linear, oblong-ovate, deltoid or
hastate, entire sinuate -toothed, lobed or
almost pinnately cut. Flowers usually
hermaphrodite, minute in axillary clusters,
and in simple or branched terminal spikes.
Perianth 5, very rarely 1-3-4- parted or
lobed. Stamens 5 or fewer, hypogynous
or somewhat perigynous, filaments some-
times united at the base. Style none,
rarely elongated ; stigmas 2-5, free or
united at the base. Utricle ovoid and
erect, or globose and depressed.
There are about 50 species mostly
weeds. The herb called ' Good King
Henry' or 'All Good' (seep. 1153) belongs
to this genus.
C. Atriplicis (C. purpurascens) is a
vigorous Chinese annual, about 3 ft. high,
with angular reddish stems, the young
shoots and leaves being covered with a
fine rose-violet powder. Leaves numerous,
stalked, heart-shaped, deltoid. Flowers
bright reddish-purple in clustered heads.
Culture and Propagation. — Owing to
its colour this species is more or less useful
in beds or groups on grass. By pinching
out the tips of the young shoots, the
plants assume a very bushy habit. It
flourishes in ordinary soil, and may be
raised from seed sown in the open border
in April or May, thinning or pricking the
plants out to 18-24 in. apart. "When
grown in bold masses it is very ornamental.
C. capitatum (Blitum capitatum). —
Stra wbe rry Elite. — A S. European annual
12- 18 in. high or more, with alternate
triangular leaves and insignificant flowers,
succeeded by highly red-coloured calyces,
766
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS Phytolacca
which envelop the small Strawberry-like
fruits.
Culture d:c. as above for C.Atriplicis.
Eaised from seed sown in the open border
in April. C. virgatum {BUtum virgatum)
is somewhat similar.
C. Scoparium (Koclria scojaaria). —
Belvedere. — A distinct S. European an-
nual 3-5 ft. high, forming a small Cypress-
like bush with alternate linear lance-
shaped pale green leaves. Flowers green,
minute, in long spikes.
Culture dc. as above for C. Atriplicis.
Although entirely green this curious spe-
cies, owing to its compact, pyramidal, and
graceful habit, may be used with effect on
grass or in borders.
BETA (Beetroot). — A genus of
smooth-leaved shining herbs, with thick,
fleshy roots, and small hermaphrodite
flowers. Perianth single, half inferior, 5-
cleft, persistent. Stamens 5, perigynous.
The Beetroot is mentioned here, not
on account of the beauty of its small
flowers, but because of the beautiful
foliage of some varieties which are much
used for decoration in sub-tropical gar-
dening during the summer months.
B. Cicla variegata, known as the
Chilian Beet, has handsome shining
leaves 3 ft. or more long, and 1 ft. across,
brilliant in colour and variegation, and
having midribs varying from dark orange
to scarlet. The seeds are sown in slight
heat in February or March, and the
seedlings thinned or pricked out to make
more sturdy growth. By the end of May
they may be transplanted to the open
ground.
Another variety, known as the Dra-
caena or Croton-leaved Beet, is also useful
for producing ornamental effects. It has
long, narrow, recurved leaves, forming a
bunch on the top of the root. When the
seedlings are well up, it is easy to select
the plants having the most ornamental
foliage, as they vary a good deal.
The Victoria Beet (B. hortensis metal-
lira) is a beautiful form with deep blood-
red glistening leaves. The roots may be
used in the ordinary way. They all
flourish in ordinary good garden soil, and
may be treated as advised for the ordinary
Beetroot at p. 1151.
XCIV. PHYTOLACCACE^— Poke Weed Order
An order of trees, shrubs, or herbs, woody at the base. Leaves alternate,
quite entire. Stipules none, or small, or reduced to tubercles. Flowers
hermaphrodite or 1-sexed, usually in racemes, rarely axillary, often green or
white. Perianth inferior, herbaceous or leathery, 4-5-parted, sometimes
coloured ; segments equal or unequal, oblong or roundish, obtuse. Petals
usually absent. Stamens 4 or more, rarely perigynous, often inserted on the
hypogynous disc ; filaments free or united at the base. Ovary superior.
Fruit berry-like or dry, composed of one or several distinct or more or less
united 1-seeded carpels.
PHYTOLACCA. — A genus contain-
ing about 10 species of shrubs, herbs,
or trees, erect or climbing, with round,
furrowed, or angular branches. Leaves
alternate, with or without stalks, acute or
blunt, quite entire, and without stipules.
Flowers hermaphrodite, rarely dioecious
or 1-sexed by abortion, usually racemose.
Perianth of 4-5 green or coloured equal,
oblong obtuse, spreading or reflexed seg-
ments. Stamens 5-25, reduced to small
staminodes in female flowers. Fruit
fleshy and juicy, sometimes deep purple,
roundish depressed, and composed of 5-
12 free or united carpels.
Culture and Propagation. — The spe-
cies described below are beautiful and
distinct border plants, and may be grown
easily in ordinary garden soil. They are
particularly effective in large masses,
especially on lawns or grass-land. In
autumn the foliage assumes a reddish
tinge, and the general effect is enhanced
by the cylindrical spikes of flowers which
are succeeded by masses of purple-violet
berries. The plants may be increased by
l'FIYTOIi.H'CA
POKE WEED ORDFJ;
ERCILLA 767
dividing the rootstocks in spring. Seeds
may also be sown in spring in cold frames,
and the seedlings transplanted whin large
enough about a yard apart to allow them
to fully develop.
P. acinosa. — A Himalayan species
related to /'. decandra, from which it is
readily distinguished by its green and
slightly branched stems rarely exceeding
8 or 4 ft. high, by its oblong elliptic usua 11 \
green leaves, and its white or slightly
blush flowers in erect spikes 6-8 in. Long.
Culture d-c. as above.
P. decandra (Virginian Poke Weed;
Pigeon Berry; Bed Ink Plant). — A
vigorous but rather unpleasant smelling
N. American perennial 3-10 ft. high, with
large fleshy and poisonous roots, and
erect purplish stems branched at the top.
Leaves about 6 in. long, stalked ovate,
green at first, changing to a beautiful
purple in autumn. Flowers in summer,
white with 10 stamens, succeeded in
autumn by spikes of dark purple berries,
composed of 10 united carpels filled with
a crimson juice, which has been likened
to red ink — hence one of the popular
names.
Culture <rV. as above. Suitable for
the rougher parts of the garden among
bold and somewhat coarse growing plants.
P. icosandra (P. mexicana). — A bushy
Mexican perennial 2-3 ft. high, having
rather thick elliptic or oblong-ovate taper-
pointed leaves 4-9 in. or more long, in-
cluding the slender stalk. Flowers in
summer, pinkish- white, having20 stamens,
and borne in long loose racemes 6-12 in.
lon^, succeeded in autumn by roundish
depressed berries, somewhat resembling
very ripe Blackberries.
Culture dc. as above.
ERCILLA. — A genus with only one
species : —
E. volubilis (Bridgesia -ya'cata). — A
handsome climbing shrub native of Chili
and Peru, with alternate ovate heart-
shaped or oblong rounded thick leathery
leaves 2-3 in. long. Flowers in March and
April, hermaphrodite, purplish, sessile,
in ili use racemes springing from the axils
of the shortly stalked or sessile leaves.
Perianth with 5 oblong blunt equal lobes.
Stamens 8-10. Fruit berries consisting of
4 8 free ovoid compressed carpels.
Culture and Propagation. — This is
an excellent plant for covering walls, over
which it rapidly spreads, and seems to be
perfectly hardy, at least as far north as
the Thames Valley. It flowers profusely
and remains in good condition for three
or four weeks. It is not very well known
although it has been introduced to culti-
vation about 50 years. It is probably
increased by seeds and cuttings of the
more or less ripened shoots in summer
and autumn, inserted in cold frames in
sandy soil.
XCV. POLYGONACEiE Rhubarb Order
A natural order of herbs, shrubs, or sometimes trees. Leaves alternate or
rarely opposite, variously shaped, rarely lobed or divided, the stalks often
more or less dilated and sheathing at the base, and having ocreate stipules.
Flowers hermaphrodite or 1-sexed in a few genera, regular, usually small,
springing from the leaf axils or bracts, solitary or clustered in racemes or
spikes. Perianth inferior, consisting of 4-6 calyx-like or coloured lobes or
segments. Stamens 6-9, rarely fewer, or many more ; filaments free, or
united in a ring at the base. Ovary superior 3- (rarely 4-) angled or com-
pressed, 1-celled. Styles 3, 2, or very rarely 4. Fruit usually a triangular
indehiscent 1-seeded nut, often enclosed by the perianth.
Besides the genera and species described below, it may be mentioned that
the well-known Dock (Rwnex) belongs to this order. The Docks, which are
recognised by the perianth having 6 segments, the 3 inner ones of which
usually grow larger, 6 stamens and 3-angled fruit, are not usually included
in books dealing with ornamental garden plants ; but what is so graceful
and vigorous by the side of a stream or lake as a fine clump of bright »reen
768
PB ACTIO AL GUIDE TO GABDEN PLANTS polygonum
Dock leaves? B. Hydrolapathum is particularly handsome, with its erect
branched stems 3-6 ft. high, and broad, oblong lance- shaped leaves 1-2 ft.
long, rounded at the base, and having wingless stalks 6-10 in. long. In
autumn the leaves assume a rich coppery red, and are very ornamental.
ERIOGONUM. — A genus of tufted
perennial herbs or undershrubs or slender
annuals, more or less downy or woolly.
Leaves clustered at the base of the stems,
nearly radical, or a few on the stems,
alternate, entire, with the stalks more
or less dilated, and stem-clasping at the
base, without ocreate stipules. Perianth
more or less deeply 6-cleft. Stamens 9 ;
filaments often bearded at the base.
Fruit a 3-angled or 3-winged nut.
E. umbellatum. — A densely tufted
species with obovate oblong or spoon-
shaped leaves more or less woolly or
downy, especially beneath, and from the
centre of which spring up stems 3-12 in.
high bearing golden-yellow blooms in
umbels about 4 in. across. There is a
variety called Sileri, rather better than
the type.
Culture and Propagation. — These
plants grow in a mixture of loam and
peat and may be increased by seeds sown
in spring in cold frames, or by dividing
the tufts at the same period. About 100
species have been described, all natives
of North America, but the above is the
only species which seems to grow at all
well in the British Islands. It flourishes
in light sandy soil in the rockery, and
flowers profusely in the summer months.
Other species sometimes seen are com-
posittim, with dull white or rosy flowers ;
corymbosum, flowers varying from white
to deep rose, rarely yellow ; and stellatum,
yellow. If they" can be obtained they
may be all grown in the same way as
E. umbellatum, but seeds or plants are
rarely offered.
POLYGONUM (Knot Grass; Knot
Weed). — A genus of herbs or under-
shrubs, sometimes low, slender, and
trailing, sometimes tall and erect,
and sometimes long climbing. Leaves
alternate, with ocreate stipules. Flowers
in clusters, racemes, panicles, or spikes,
usually hermaphrodite. Perianth usually
coloured, and composed of 5 nearly
equal segments, or the 3 outer ones
sometimes enlarging over the flat-leaved
or 3-angled fruit. Stamens 5-8. Ovary
compressed or 3-angled ; styles 2-3.
About 150 species have been described,
of which the following is a fairly full list
of the best kinds for garden decoration.
Culture and Propagation. — They
flourish in ordinary garden soil, and look
very handsome when fully in leaf and
blossom. The perennial species are in-
creased by dividing the roots in autumn
or early spring and by layering the stems.
The annuals are raised from seed sown in
the open border about April and May, or
earlier in the year, about March, in gentle
heat, afterwards transferring the young
plants to the open air about the end of May
or early in June.
P. affine (P. Brunonis). — An orna-
mental perennial 6 8 in. high, native of
Nepaul, containing few narrow oblong
lance-shaped leaves, and dense spikes of
rosy-red flowers during the late summer
and autumn.
Culture dc. as above. Suitable for
the margins of lakes, ponds &c, or moist
borders. Increased by division.
P. amplexicaule. — A Himalayan
perennial 2-3 ft. high, with heart-shaped
ovate or lanceolate long tapering pointed
leaves, the lower ones long-stalked, the
upper ones sessile, stem-clasping. Flow-
ers in autumn, bright rosy-red or white,
in solitary or twin racemes 2-6 in. long.
Culture dc. as above.
P. baldschuanicum. — A pretty Bul-
garian climber, with ovate heart-shaped
taper-pointed leaves 2-4 in. long. Flowers
in summer, white, borne in great profusion
and almost entirely hiding the foliage.
Culture dc. as above. It is an excel-
lent plant for trailing up posts, stakes &c,
pyramidal fashion, and looks remarkably
well on lawns or grass land away from
shrubs &c. The easiest way to increase
this species is by layering the stems in
late summer and autumn, as plants are
with difficulty obtained from seeds,
division or cuttings.
P. Bistorta (Bistort; Snakeroot). —
This is a native of wet meadows and
pastures in Great Britain and the north
temperate regions of the Old World gene-
rally. It grows 1 2 ft. high, with stiffish
POLYGONUM
RHUBARB ORDKU
POLYGONUM 769
slender stems arising from the creeping,
twisted, and somewhat tuberous rootstocks.
Leaves oblong ovate, wavy, sea-green
beneath, 3- 6 in. long, with winged stalks.
The white or junk flowers, with protrud-
ing stamens, are borne in dense cylin-
drical racemes from June to September,
and are very attractive.
Culture and Propagation. — -Although
common enough as a native plant, this
species is not without merit for furnishing
moist parts of the rockery and border
among the less choice kind of plants.
When grown in bold masses in the rock
garden or flower border it is very hand-
some and attractive. It may be easily
increased by division of rootstocks in early
autumn or spring.
P. capitatum. —A pretty little North
Indian annual with ovate or elliptic
leaves 2 in. long, green marked with
dark crescent-shaped bands from the
middle to the base. Flowers pink, small,
in dense round heads on long stalks from
the axils of the upper leaves.
Culture So. as above. This species
has slender hairy stems which root at the
joints, and the plant may be increased by
this means year after year.
P. compactum is closely related to P.
cuspidatum, and is probably only a dwarf
variety of it. It grows 2-4 ft. high, and
is denser and more compact in habit, with
conspicuous red stems and leaf-stalks.
The broadly heart-shaped ovate leaves
are of a darker green and somewhat
crimped, and the white flowers are borne
in erect racemes hi summer.
Culture d'c. as above. Increased by
division.
P. cuspidatum (P. Sieboldi). — A bold
and handsome Japanese perennial 4-10 ft.
high, with creeping roots and round arching
stems, striped and tinged with purple-red.
Leaves stalked, broadlj* oval oblong
acute, and tapering at the apex. Flowers
in summer, creamy white, in feathery
panicles 4-6 in. long, drooping from the
axils of the leaves.
Culture and Propagation. — This fine
plant has the misfortune to make itself
a nuisance when planted in borders
or shrubberies. Its rootstocks creep
beneath the surface for some distance,
and throw up new plants at every point,
and the more they are chopped up the
more they grow, unless completely eradi-
cated. In a bed on grass by itself where
the roots can be kept within bounds this
species is most ornamental.
P. cymosum. — A very distinct and
handsome Chinese species with peltate
leaves shaped almost like an equilateral
triangle, silvery white beneath, green
above, with a purple mark showing the
junction of the blade and stalk. Stems
green and purple, glaucous, about 2 ft.
high. Flowers in July and August,
white, thrown well above the foliage.
Cu.lt/trr iir. as above. A handsome
plant for the front of borders or shrub-
beries in light soil and open sunny situa-
tions. Increased by division.
P. dumetorum.— A British climber with
angled stems and heart-shaped sagittate
Convolvulus-like leaves, and masses of
white flowers in July and August.
Culture d-c. as above for /'. bald-
8chuanicum.
P. filiforme variegatum. — A beautiful
Japanese perennial 18-24 in. high, with
purplish steins, and oval slightly wrinkled
leaves 3-4 in. long, variegated with
creamy yellow blotches and streaks.
Culture d-c. as above. Very effective
in masses. Increased by division.
P. lanigerum. — A pretty herbaceous
perennial 6-10 ft. high, native of the
warmer parts of the Old World. It has
lance-shaped wavy leaves covered with a
silvery white down, and produces carna-
tion-red flowers in clustered spikes.
Culture and Propagation. — This
little - known species is probably too
tender to stand the winter without pro-
tection of the crowns by means of dry
leaves, litter &c. It may be increased
by division in spring.
P. multinorum. — A pretty climbing or
trailing perennial, native of North China
and Japan. It has tuberous roots and
slender reddish stems, the latter being
furnished with smooth shining thickish
leaves about 4 in. long, heart-shaped
ovate acute in outline, with bright red
stalks and a trimcate stipule or ocrea at
the base. The small whitish flowers are
produced in summer in loose spreading
panicles, which give a graceful appearance
to the plant.
Culture d-c. as above. This species
may be used for trailing over low fences,
3 D
770
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
RHEUM
old tree stumps or rocks, and niay be
increased by division.
P. orientale {St. John's Staff). — X
beautiful East Indian annual, growing in
one season from 3 to 10 ft. high, having
knotted, downy stems branched towards
the top. Leaves large, alternate, oval
acute, downy, with sheathing stalks.
Flowers in August, deep rosy-purple, in
long drooping racemes from the axils of
the leaves and the ends of the branches.
There is a variety with white flowers,
and also one having the leaves beautifully
variegated with green and gold, the flowers
being of a clear lilac colour.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species is useful for the decoration of parks
and large gardens in masses by itself or
among thin shrubberies ; by the sides of
streams, lakes or ponds, or even on lawns it
looks particularly ornamental. It flourishes
in ordinary good garden soil, and requires
abundance of water during the summer
months and during its rapid growth.
Seeds may be sown in the open ground in
April and May, or under glass before that
time, and the seedlings transplanted at a
distance of about 2 ft. when large enough.
P. sachalinense. — A vigorous perennial
10-12 ft. high, native of the Saehalin
Islands. Leaves 8-12 in. long, more or
less broadly ovate oblong, tapering to a
point, glaucous and prominently veined
beneath. Flowers late in summer, of a
delicate green, in slender drooping axillary
racemes.
Culture dc. as above. This resem-
bles P. cuspidatum, but is readily dis-
tinguished by its angular striped stems
and larger leaves. It flourishes in moist
soil and is effective near ponds, lakes &c,
or among bold groups on grass land or
lawns, and may be increased by division
in early autumn or in spring.
P. sphaarostachyum. — A pretty Hima-
layan species with linear-oblong or lance-
shaped acute leaves 3-5 in. long, some-
what crisped and crenulate, smooth,
glaucous or downy beneath ; lower ones
stalked, upper ones sessile. Flowers in
August and September, blood-red, in
broad cylindrical rounded spikes.
Culture and Propagation. — This
attractive species is usually perfectly
hardy, but is rather slow-growing, and
should therefore be allowed to make
large clumps before being disturbed for
purposes of increase. A little mulching
of well-rotted manure in autumn or
winter will serve to keep the soil in a
fertile condition. Besides dividing the
roots in spring, seeds may also be sown in
cold frames as soon as ripe in autumn,
and the young plants, if sturdy enough,
may be transferred to the open ground
the following spring. Seedlings, how-
ever, do not bloom well until the second
or third year after sowing the seed. The
plants like plenty of sunshine and water
in summer, and thoroughly well-drained
soil, so that the roots will not be chilled
by the wet in winter.
P. vaccinifolium. — A pretty Himalayan
perennial with woody trailing stems, and
smooth ovate or elliptic bright green
leaves, sometimes tinged with red above.
Flowers late in summer and autumn,
bright rose, freely produced in long
roundish spikes.
Culture and Propagation. — An excel-
lent species for the rock garden, where it
can trail over rocks, boulders, old tree
stumps &c. Increased by division and
seed.
RHEUM (Rhubarb). — A genus of
vigorous, rather coarse-growing perennial
herbs, with a thick and rather woody
rootstock. Leaves very large, radical
sinuate - toothed or palmately lobed,
strongly nerved ; stipules ocreate, mem-
branous. Flowers in racemes, panicles
or clusters on erect branched leafy stems.
Perianth composed of 6 petaloid, almost
equal segments. Stamens 9, rarely 6.
Ovary 3-angled ; styles 3. Fruit a broad
or narrowly 3-winged nut.
Culture and Propagation. — The Rhu-
barbs flourish in a deep rich loamy soil,
and when judiciously planted give a luxu-
riant and picturesque appearance to a
garden. Care, however, must be taken
not to introduce the kitchen garden style
into the flower garden. A plant here and
there in the shrubbery or in the wilder
parts of the garden is quite sufficient to
produce a good effect. They may all be
increased by seeds sown in spring on a
gentle hotbed, the seedlings being after-
wards transferred to the open ground
about the end of May. The rootstocks
may also be divided in autumn or early
spring. Owing to the more or less glossy
nature of the leaves, and the ease and
rapidity with which most of the kinds
KHEUM
1111 UB ABB OBDER
MUEHLENBECKIA 771
grow, they are particularly suitable for
growing in smoky localities.
R. acuminatum.— A native of Sikkim
about 3 ft. high, remarkable for having
slender roots several feet long. Leaves
broadly heart-shaped, with a deep sinus,
tapering to a point, somewhat downy
below, and having slender stalks chan-
nelled on the upper side. Flowers lurid
or brownish - purple, or blood-red, in
slightly branched panicles.
Cultu re dc. as above.
R australe. — A Nepalese species with
branched spindle-shaped roots and leafy
stems 6-10 ft. high. Leaves roundish,
broadly heart-shaped, obtuse, flat, 3-4 in.
long, on slender, more or less furrowed
stalks about 4 in. long. Flowers in long
dense racemose panicles ; calyx purple.
Cult a re d'-c. as above. This species
retains the freshness of its foliage for a
long time, especially if the flower stems
are not allowed to develop.
R. Emodi. — A fine Himalayan species
6-10 ft. high with blunt broadly ovate
heart-shaped slightly wavy leaves having
5-7 reddish nerves and half-round stalks.
Flowers whitish, in dense clustered
panicles.
Culture lire as above.
R. nobile. — A beautiful Sikkim species
about 3 ft. or more high, with thick fleshy
roots sometimes many feet long. Leaves
large bright glossy green with red stalks
and nerves and fragile pink stipules.
Flowers green, very small, in short
branched panicles concealed by pale
yellow bracts, some of which are edged
with pink.
Culture dec. as above.
R. officinale. — A stately ornamental
species 8-10 ft. high, native of Thibet.
Leaves large roundish kidney-shaped
5 -nerved and cut into 5 short unequally
incised lobes at the edges. Flowers
greenish, small, in dense spikes.
Culture dc. as above. This is con-
sidered to be the finest Rhubarb in cul-
tivation.
R. palmatum. — A rather slow-growing
species about 5 ft. high, native of E. and
N. Asia, with roundish heart - shaped
palmately lobed 3-5 -nerved leaves;
lobes ovate-oblong or lance-shaped, acute,
undivided incised toothed or pinnately
cut. Flowers in a leafy panicle. The
variety tanguticum is a beautiful one,
with longer and narrower leaves and
less deeply lobed.
Culture dtc. as above.
R. Rhaponticum. — This is the common
Rhubarb which has been grown in British
gardens for more than 300 years. It is a
native of Siberia, and reaches a height of
3 or 4 ft. It has roundish deeply heart-
shaped wavy smooth green leaves on
long thick fleshy stalks, channelled or
flattish above, rounded below. Flowers
whitish, in dense leafy clustered panicles.
Culture Sc. as above.
R. undulatum.— A native of Siberia,
Tartary &c., with smooth green stems
4 5 ft. high, and large ovate heart-shaped
wavy 5 7-nerved leaves, smooth above,
rather downy beneath, on long half-round
stalks, channelled above. Flowers in
dense clustered panicles.
( a It ure Sc. as above.
There are other kinds of Rhubarb, the
most noteworthy being compactum, from
E. Siberia, with broadly oval wavy lobed
leaves ; Ribcs, a very rare Persian plant,
with broad roundish or kidney-shaped
leaves 3 ft. wide, characterised by their
stiffness and protuberances ; one of the
most ornamental features, however, is
probably the number of scarlet 3-winged
fruits, which are borne in huge trusses
after the blossoms ; liybridum, a garden
form somewhat like palmatum, with
broadly oval heart-shaped wrinkled leaves ;
rugosum, from Siberia, with leathery
wrinkled and puckered leaves. From this
species, which is readily recognised by its
thick leaf- stalks, have been derived the
Victoria, Lincoln, Prince Albert, and
other Rhubarbs. (See p. 1154.)
MUEHLENBECKIA.— A genus of
climbing shrubs or undershrubs with
alternate stalked, sometimes small round-
ish leaves, sometimes larger heart-shaped
deltoid or sagittate, and sometimes linear.
Flowers small, within sheathing clustered
bracts, polygamous, subdioecious. Peri-
anth composed of 5 nearly equal lobes or
segments, the 3 outer ones of which are
sometimes larger. Stamens 8, reduced
to short staminodes in the female flowers,
or absent. Fruit a blunt or acute 3-angled
nut, enclosed in a more or less fleshy
perianth.
Culture and Propagation. — Muehlen-
beckias flourish in sandy loam, and are
excellent plants for covering rocks, boul-
3d2
772
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
ASAEUM
ders, old tree sturnps &c. in low masses.
Their wiry sterns lace and entwine so
much that the small leaves become very
close to each other, making a bright green
carpet. They are increased by cuttings
of the young or partially ripened shoots,
which will root in an open shady border
in sandy soil ; but it is better, if possible,
to put them in a cold frame. If not
sufficiently well rooted for planting out
about September, they are safer kept
under cover until the following spring.
M. adpressa (Polygonum adpressum).
A rambling, climbing Australian species
with heart-shaped or broadly oblong blunt
smooth leaves, \ 2 in. long, trilobed when
young. Flowers in late summer, pink,
small, numerous, in panicled spikes.
Fruit a black triangular nut.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species is often grown in greenhouses,
but it will stand ordinary winters in
favourable parts of the country. In
severe weather a few branches of bracken
will be a protection.
M. complexa. — A beautiful New Zea-
land rambler with wiry dull purple stems
and alternate roundish leaves, \- § in.
across, slightly lobed at the base, and
having a purplish edge in autumn.
Flowers in September, small, dull white,
numerous, in small clusters in the axils
of the leaves. Stamens white, radiating
from the centre, rather conspicuous.
This is perhaps the best species for
rockeries, boulders &c, over which it
forms charming masses. There seems to
be a form called varians, with fiddle -
shaped leaves.
Culture Sc. as above.
XCVI. ARISTOLOCHIACE^— Birthwort Order
An order of erect or climbing herbs or shrubs, more or less fetid smelling
when bruised. Leaves alternate, stalked, often heart-shaped, quite entire
or 3-5-lobed. Stipules none. Flowers hermaphrodite, solitary or shortly
cymose or racemose, axillary or terminal. Perianth peculiar in shape, attached
to the base of the ovary, equally 3 -lobed, or irregularly entire toothed or
3-lobed. Stamens 6 or more, attached round the top of the ovary or adhering
to the stigmas. Ovary inferior, or rarely half superior. Fruit capsular or
berry- like, 3-6-celled, many-seeded.
The order contains about 200 species, mostly natives of the tropics.
ASARUM. — A genus of perennial easily increased by dividing the roots in
herbs with creeping rootstoeks and long-
stalked heart-shaped reniform or nearly
hastate leaves. Flowers terminal, solitary,
shortly stalked. Perianth adnate to the
base of the ovary, rather hemispherical,
broadly bell- or urn-shaped above the
ovary, variously constricted or open at
the throat, with 3 (rarely 4) equal valvate
lobes. Stamens usually 12, attached to
the ovary in two rows and sometimes
slightly adnate to it. Ovary inferior or
half-superior, hemispherical or roundish ;
styles 6 (rarely 4), thickish, free or more
or less united hi a column. Capsule
leathery.
Culture and Propagation. — These
curious perennials flourish at the base of
the rockery or in borders or margins
of shrubberies, in ordinary garden soil,
and are interesting on account of their
peculiar appearance and structure rather
than for their beauty. They may be
early spring.
A. canadense (Canadian Snakeroot).
A Canadian species about 1 ft. high with
broad kidney - shaped leaves in pairs.
Flowers in May and June, brownish-
purple, bell-shaped, on very short stalks,
and sometimes half buried in the soil.
The roots smell somewhat like Ginger.
Culture dbc. as above.
A. caudatum. — A pretty Californian
species having heart-shaped reniform
hooded more or less acute and slightly
downy leaves. Flowers in July, brownish-
red, the 3 triangular lobes of the perianth
being produced into rather long tails.
Culture dc. as above.
A. europaeum (Asarabacca). — A British
perennial about 1 ft. high, with a stout
branched, woody, and fleshy creeping
rootstock, and evergreen kidney-shaped
leaves 2-3 in. long, having stalks 3-5 in.
AKISTOLOCHIA
BIRTHWORT ORDER
AKISTOLOCHIA 773
long. Flowers in May, & in. across,
greenish-purple, with incurved lobes.
Culture <fc. as above.
A. virginicum. — A native of Virginia,
about 9 in. high, with smooth, thick,
leathery, bluntly heart-shaped leaves, the
upper surface of which is mottled with
white. Flowers in April and May, dark
purple-brown.
Culture (('■(■. as above.
ARISTOLOCHIA (Birthwort ;
Dutchman's Pipe). — A genus of ever-
green or deciduous climbing or erect
shrubs with tuberous rootstocks and
alternate, often stalked entire or 3-5-lobed
leaves, often cordate at the base and 5-7-
nerved. Peduncles axillary, 1 -flowered,
solitary, clustered, or shortly racemose.
Perianth adnate to the base of the ovary,
with a linear oblong or ovoid curved or
straight tube, distinctly jointed above the
ovary, expanding above into an oblique
more or less spreading entire 1-2-lipped,
3-lobed, or 1-3-tailed limb. Stamens 6,
rarely 4, or 10 or more, adhering to the
stigma. Ovary inferior. Fruit a (5-valved
many-seeded capsule.
Culture and Propagation. — This
genus contains about 180 species, but
most of those in cultivation require to be
grown in hothouses. The kinds described
below are suitable for the outdoor garden
in ordinary good soil, and may be increased
by seeds sown in spring in gentle heat,
or by cuttings of the ripened shoots
inserted in sandy soil under glass in a
little heat in late summer and autumn.
A. Clematitis. — An herbaceous Euro-
pean perennial about 2 ft. high, now found
naturalised in parts of England, and
having broadly heart-shaped obtuse leaves
3-6 in. long, glaucous beneath. Flowers
from June to September, 4-8 in a cluster,
about 1 in. across, yellow, with a slender
curved tube.
Culture <(c. as above. May be grown
in rough parts of the garden or rockery,
among ruins &c.
A. elegans. — A beautiful Brazilian
climber, with broad blunt ovate heart-
shaped leaves on slender stalks. Flowers
in August and September, solitary on long
stalks; tube pale greenish-yellow, about
2 in. long, the broad heart-shaped limb
3-4 in. across, creamy yellow, heavily
blotched with rich purple-brown and
having a deep rich velvety crimson band
around the throat.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species since its introduction in 1883 has
always been grown in greenhouses, but in
1899 I saw specimens which had flowered
out of doors in a Surrey garden. This
species seeds freely, and may be raised
annually in early spring in heat. By
June the young plants may be placed
outside to cover a trellis, arbour, tree-
stump &c, in warm sunny localities. It
certainly ought to nourish out of doors as
a tender annual in the south of England
and Ireland, and if it will only do so, the
outdoor garden will be enriched by the
addition of one of the most beautiful of
free-flowering climbers.
A. Sipho. — A North American climber
with twining stems 15-30 ft. long, having
heart-shaped acute leaves. Flowers in
May and June, yellowish-brown, with a
curved tube and a flat equally 3-lobed
limb.
Culture if-c. as above. Useful for
covering walls, bowers, old tree-stumps,
&c.
A. tomentosa. — Another N. American
climber with heart-shaped leaves downy
beneath. Flowers in July and August,
purple ; tube twisted back with a flat
expanded yellow limb.
Culture d-c. as above. May be used
like A. Sipho.
XCVII. PIPERACEiE— Pepper Order
An order of herbs, shrubs, or trees with alternate or rarely opposite or
whorled, entire or very rarely 3-cleft, 3- or more nerved leaves. Flowers
small, often minute, hermaphrodite or 1-sexed. Perianth, except in one
genus, none. Stamens 2-6, or very rarely 7-8 or 1, hypogynous, usually
with free filaments.
774
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS houttuynia
The Pepper of commerce yielded by Piper nigrum is an important
economic plant requiring hothouse treatment. Many species of the genus
Piper are pretty foliage plants, all requiring to be grown in heat.
SAURURUS (Lizard's Tail). — A
genus of aquatic perennial herbs with
alternate broad heart-shaped leaves having
membranous stipules adnate to the stalk.
Flowers hermaphrodite, small, numerous,
in terminal racemes, each with a small
bract. Perianth none. Stamens 6 or 8.
or fewer by abortion. Carpels 3 or 4,
distinct or cohering at the base.
Culture and Propagation. — Curious
plants suitable for the bog garden or the
edges of ponds or lakes in sandy loam.
They may be increased by seeds sown in
spring in swampy soil in pots half
plunged in water, or by dividing the tufts
at the same period.
S. cernuus (American Sivamp Lily).
A North American bog plant 1-2 ft. high,
with heart-shaped taper-pointed leaves
without distinct stipules. Flowers from
Tune to August, white, in a dense spike
4-6 in. long, nodding at the top, bracts
lance-shaped, filaments long and capillary.
Culture dc. as above.
S. Loureiri. — A native of Japan and
the Philippine Islands, closely related to
S. cernuus, from which it may be distin-
guished by its angular stems, short fila-
ments, and spikes of flowers. S. chinensis
is a variety scarcely distinguishable by its
smaller and narrower leaves.
Culture dc. as above. This species
is not so hardy as the preceding one, and
may require a covering in severe winters
over the crowns.
HOUTTUYNIA.— A genus with 2 or
8 species of perennial herbs with alternate
broad or oblong leaves often cordate at
the base. Stipules large, membranous,
adnate to the base of the leaf- stalk or
united into one. Flowers hermaphrodite,
in dense terminal spikes, sessile between
the sessile bracts. Perianth none. Stamens
6, rarely 8, or fewer by abortion. Ovary
consisting of 3 or 4 united 1 -celled carpels.
Culture and Propagation. — These
may be grown as bog plants like the
Snururus and are rather attractive in
appearance. They will flourish in swampy
sandy peaty soil and may be increased by
seeds and division, the latter operation
being best performed in spring.
H . californica (Anemiojisis calif ornica).
A Californian perennial with hairy
stems and long-stalked somewhat bluntly
heart-shaped leaves, nearly all radical.
Flowers from June to August in erect
conical spikes subtended by an involucre
of about 6 oblong spreading white bracts,
the inner 3 of which are spotted with red.
Culture dc. as above.
H. cordata (Gymnotheca chinensis).
A distinct and interesting bog plant
3-9 inches high, with erect herbaceous
purplish stalks. Leaves broadly heart-
shaped, pointed, deep green, assuming a
bronzy-purple hue with age, and strongly
nerved beneath, the stalks furnished with
2 green oblong stipules. Flowers in July
almost at the tips of the branches in erect
cylindrical spikes, l-l in. high, with con-
spicuous golden stamens ; at the base of
the spike are 4 white oblong obovate
petal-like bracts which by the uninitiated
are likely to be regarded as the flowers
proper.
Culture dc. as above. When in full
blossom this is a pretty plant and looks
well by the side of water.
XCVIII. LAURINEiE-Bay Laurel Order
An order of more or less aromatic trees or shrubs with alternate or scattered,
rarely opposite, leathery and evergreen, usually entire leaves ; often dotted
with pellucid glands. Stipules none. Flowers regular, hermaphrodite or poly-
gamous or dioecious by abortion, arranged in sessile clusters, or in umbels or
panicles. Perianth inferior, or rarely half superior and attached to the
ovary, spreading bell-shaped, ovoid, or rarely oblong, normally 6-lobed, rarely
SASSAFRAS
BAY LAUREL ORDER
LAURUS 775
4-lobed. Stamens or staminodes usually twice as many as the perianth
segments. Fruit a 1-celled, 1-seeded berry or drupe.
SASSAFRAS (Sassafras Tree).— A
genus with only one species here de-
scribed : —
S. officinale (La arm Sassafras). — This
is an ornamental deciduous tree 15-20 ft.
high, native of the Eastern United States,
with deeply farrowed rough aromatic
bark. Leaves alternate, penniveined,
ovate entire, or rather 3-lobed, very vari-
able. Flowers dioecious, greenish -yellow,
in short loose racemes. Perianth tube
very short with 6 nearly equal segments.
Stamens in the male flowers and stami-
nodes often in the female ones 9 with 4-
celled anthers.
Culture and Propagation. — This
handsome tree flourishes in ordinary good
garden soil, and may be increased by seeds,
suckers, or root-cuttings. The cuttings
should be put in sandy soil iinder a bell-
glass and covered over ; and will root
more readily if placed in bottom heat.
The suckers should have as many roots
as possible and be planted in a shady border
in autumn. In Virginia a beer is brewed
from the young shoots, and oil is extracted
from the fruits for perfumery.
UMBELLULARIA. — This genus
also contains only one species : —
U. californica (Ocotea californica;
Oreodaphne californica). — Californian
Sassafras or Bay Tree. — This fine Cali-
fornian tree, said to attain a height of 100
ft. in a wild state, is probably much better
known in this country as Oreodaphne
californica. Leaves alternate lance -
shaped oblong, slightly narrowed at both
ends, 2-5 in. long, remarkably reticulated
and emitting a powerful and agreeable
Camphor - like odour when bruised.
Flowers in June, greenish-yellow, herma-
phrodite, in solitary hoary pubescent or
smooth umbels. Perianth tube very
short, with 6 nearly equal segments.
Stamens 9.
Culture and Propagation. — This tree
grows only 6-20 ft. high in this country
and cannot be considered hardy far north
of the Thames Valley. It may be grown
against a south wall in rich sandy loam,
so that it obtains as much heat and
shelter as possible. In the south of
England and Ireland it should prove
fairly hardy in ordinary winters. It may
be increased by cuttings of the shoots in
early summer in sandy soil under glass,
kept close and shaded for a time. Also
from seeds if obtainable. The leaves are
said to be used for making ' Bay ' water.
LAURUS (Bay Laurel). — A genus
containing two species of evergreen trees
with alternate penniveined leaves and
dioecious or hermaphrodite flowers in
clusters or short racemes. Perianth 4-6-
lobed. Stamens in the male flowers 12
or more, all fertile, rarely 8 ; stammodes
in female flowers often 4. Fruit an ovoid
fleshy berry, surrounded by the persistent
base of the perianth.
L. nobilis ( I 'ictor's Laurel or Sweet
Bay Tree). — A well-known ornamental
and aromatic evergreen tree or shrub
30-60 ft. high in its native state in S.
Europe. Leaves oblong lance-shaped
acute, veined, pleasantly scented, and
having a somewhat bitter but aromatic
taste. Flowers in early summer, yellow-
ish, inconspicuous. There is a narrow-
leaved variety called angustifolia.
Culture and Propagation. — This
Victor's or Bay Laurel must not be con-
fused with what is commonly known as the
Cherry Laurel (Primus Lauro-Cerasus)
described at p. 360, or Portugal Laurel
(Primus lusitanica), p. 360. It is practi-
cally hardy in most parts of the country,
although it is not infrequently cut down
with severe frosts in bleak situations. For
some reason or other it is not thought
so much of by British as by Continental
gardeners, and in this country is often
seen smothered in shrubberies instead of
being planted in groups or beds by itself,
or as isolated specimens. It thrives in
rich, sandy, well-drained loam, especially
in warm places sheltered from bleak and
biting winds. It may be increased in
early summer by cuttings of the shoots
inserted in sandy soil under a handlight,
kept close and shaded for a short time
until they have rooted. As may be seen
from the botanical characters of the genus,
the Sweet Bay may have either dioecious
or hermaphrodite flowers. In the former
case it is necessary to have the plant with
female flowers fertilised by the pollen
from an hermaphrodite or stamen-bearing
plant before seeds can be produced.
776
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS embothbium
XCIX. PROTEACE/E— Protea Order
An order of shrubs and trees with alternate or scattered, rarely opposite or
whorled leaves, entire, coarsely toothed, or sometimes on the same plant
pinnately cut or decompound, very often leathery. Stipules none. Flowers
axillary or racemose or in dense terminal spikes, hermaphrodite or polygamous
or dioecious by abortion. Perianth inferior* 4- lobed or toothed. Stamens 4.
Fruit dry and woody, 1-celled, 1- or more seeded.
GREVILLEA. — A genus of trees or Culture dc. as above. This is hardier
shrubs with alternate scattered, variously than G. robusta, and may be raised from
shaped leaves. Flowers regular or ir-
regular, hermaphrodite. Perianth tube
slender and straight, or dilated at the
base, and recurved below the oblique
lhnb.
Culture and Propagation. — Only a
few species are fit for outdoor cultivation,
but they cannot be considered hardy even
in mild winters, except in the mildest
parts of the south coast. They flourish
in sandy loam and peat, and are best
grown in greenhouses from October to
the end of May. There are about 160
species of Grevillea, and many of them
would probably prove as hardy as those
mentioned if tried.
G. robusta. — This is a popular and
handsome plant, native of Australia, and
by continually growing on from one
year to another will reach a height of
5-10 ft. It has twice pinnate leaves with
ovate smooth segments, whitish beneath.
Flowers in June, orange, in panicled
racemes.
Culture and Propagation. — It may
be grown in pots from year to year, and
from June to October it may be sunk
into the lawn or the border and left to
take care of itself, so long as it is not
allowed to want for water during the hot
summer months. In mild winters it will
stand fairly well, or rather the tops will
become injured and new shoots spring
from the base. But once the main shoofc
is injured the graceful symmetry of the
plant is spoiled. Easily raised from seeds
sown in autumn or spring in gentle heat
in sandy loam and peat. This species is
grown chiefly for its graceful Fern-like
appearance, and is a valuable plant for pro-
ducing sub-tropical effects in the garden.
G. rosmarinifolia. — A pretty Australian
bushy species about 4 ft. high, with linear
Rosemary-like leaves and terminal clusters
of red flowers in summer.
seed or cuttings.
G. sulphurea. — This is the hardiest
species of all, but even it is easily injured
by frost. It is considered to be a variety
of the Australian G. juniperiva, an erect
or spreading bush with linear rigid sharp-
pointed Juniper-like leaves, and pale green
or yellow flowers more or less tinged
with red. The distinguishing feature of
sulphurea chiefly lies in the absence of
the red tint from the pale yellow flowers.
Culture dtc. as above.
EMBOTHRIUM. — A small genus
of ornamental evergreen shrubs with
scattered leathery entire leaves, and
slightly irregular hermaphrodite flowers in
dense terminal racemes. Perianth-tube
cylindrical, at length divided or cleft, and
having an ovoid or globose, oblique or
recurved limb. Fruit a stalked oblong
leathery and rather woody folliculus.
E. coccineum (Fire Bush).- — A beau-
tiful shrub, native of the Andes, some-
times reaching a height of 20 ft. or more
in the southern parts of the country. It
has simple entire oblong leaves, and long
drooping racemes of orange -scarlet flowers
during the early summer months. Peri-
anth cylindrical or tubular, with a roundish
4-cleft limb bearing the sessile anthers on
the concave lobes.
Culture and Propagation.— The, Em-
bothrium succeeds best in a sandy peat,
and may be increased by cuttings of the
ripened shoots inserted in similar soil
under a handlight, and kept close and
shaded for a short time until rooted.
Except in the south of England and
Ireland this fine plant cannot be con-
sidered hardy. Even in these favoured
spots it has been injured severely by frost,
and in other parts has not been touched
by over 20° of frost in the same county.
In the Thames Valley and around London
three or four degrees of frost cause injury.
DAPHNE
MIME BE ON OBDEB
DAPHNE 777
C. THYMEL^ACEiE-Mezereon Order
An order consisting chiefly of trees or shrubs, very rarely annual slender
herbs, with a tough fibrous bark, and opposite or often alternate or scattered
leaves, and no stipules. Flowers regular, hermaphrodite, or polygamous or
dioecious by abortion, and borne in terminal or axillary spikes or heads.
Perianth inferior tubular bell-shaped, with 4 or 5 more or less equal spread-
ing lobes. Stamens twice as many as the perianth lobes. Ovary sessile
or shortly stalked, entire, 1-2-celled. Fruit a nut, berry, or drupe.
This order contains about 360 species, only a few of which are of garden
value.
DAPHNE. — A genus of erect or trail-
ing shrubs with scattered, clustered, or
distant persistent or deciduous leaves,
and hermaphrodite fragrant [lowers, in
heads or very short racemes from the
leaf-axils or the ends of the branches.
Perianth tube cylindrical, often broader
at the base, with 4 spreading lobes naked
inside the throat. Stamens 8 in two
rows, enclosed by the tube or the upper
ones scarcely protruding. Ovary sessile
or nearly so ; style short or none, with a
large capitate stigma. Fruit a more or
less fleshy or leathery roundish ovoid or
oblong berry.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Daphnes are for the most part excellent
spring-flowering shrubs and are suitable
for the shrubbery, border, or rock garden,
according to their natural habit of growth.
They flourish in sandy loam enriched
with decomposed manure or leaf soil, and
when grown in masses or groups are very
effective when in bloom.
They may be increased by layering
the lower branches in summer. The
old soil may be removed to a depth of
2 or 3 inches, and replaced by a hue
sandy compost to within a couple of inches
of the tops of the shoots. The following
spring the compost should be carefully
removed, the layers severed, potted into
fine soil, and placed in cold frames until
well established.
Cuttings of the ripened shoots or side
growths will root in sandy peat in autumn
under handlights or cold frames kept
close and shaded for a time. If placed
in pots, tbey can easily be moved into a
warm greenhouse early in the new year,
and the increased temperature will stimu-
late the formation of roots. The young
plants may then be potted up singly and
kept in the same temperature until estab-
lished, after which as much light and
air as possible should be given to harden
them off.
Some of the more tender Daphnes are
grafted on stocks of the hardier sorts, such
as the Mezereon, and are often forced
into flower a little earlier than usual by
placing them in heat in early spring.
When seeds are ripened they may be
sown in sandy peat and loam in cold
frames or in warm sheltered borders in
autumn, and the seedlings may be trans-
planted the following spring or autumn if
large enough The following is a list of
the best kinds for the open air. Z>. indica
is grown in greenhouses, and is greatly
esteemed for the fragrance of its purple
blossoms, which appear in early spring.
D. alpina. — A low branching shrub,
about 2 ft. high, native of the European
Alps. Leaves lance-shaped, bluntish,
somewhat woolly beneath. Flowers from
May to July, white, very fragrant, sessile,
in terminal clusters.
Culture <£c. as above. Suitable for the
rock garden in light sandy peat loam and
leaf soil.
D. altaica. — A Siberian shrub 1-3 ft.
high, with obovate lance -shaped smooth
leaves of a somewhat glaucous and
yellowish green, especially when young.
Flowers in April, white, scentless, sessile,
about 5 in a terminal umbel.
Culture <tc. as above. Eock garden
or shrabbery.
D. blagayana. — A beautiful evergreen
about 1 ft. high, native of the eastern
European mountains, and having smooth
alternate lance-shaped leaves. Flowers
in April, white, fragrant, in dense terminal
heads.
778
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
DAPHNE
Culture and Propagation. — A good
rock plant in well-drained sandy soil and
leaf mould, sin-rounded by rocks and
stones over which its branches may
straggle. These branches may be pegged
down and layered in spring, and either
left until the following spring, or de-
tached in autumn and potted up and kept
in cold frames.
D. Cneorum {Garland Flower). — A
beautiful trailing European species about
1 ft. high with smooth lance-shaped
mucronate leaves about I in. long.
Flowers in April and May, and again
in September, bright pink or deep rose,
sweet-scented, in large terminal clusters.
Culture and Propagation. — This is
essentially a rock plant but may also be
used with good effect in the front of
borders or shrubberies. It flourishes in
sandy peat, in not too dry a position, and
takes a rather long time to develop into
fine clumps. To be effective several
plants should be placed near to each other.
Increased by layers like D. blag ay ana.
D. Dauphini (D. liybrida). — A pretty
evergreen Daphne of hybrid origin, its
parents being D. sericea from S. Europe,
and D. odora from China and Japan.
The sweet-scented reddish-purple flowers
are freely produced during the spring and
summer months, and look handsome
against the deep green foliage.
Culture dc. as above. This plant is
fairly hardy, and will succeed in many
parts of the kingdom against a south wall.
D. Genkwa.— A Japanese deciduous
shrub 2-3 ft. high, having opposite lance-
shaped leaves, and rather large clusters of
fragrant lilac flowers in March and April
before the leaves have developed.
Culture dc. as above. This species is
hardy in the mildest parts of the kingdom,
but may require a little protection in other
parts in severe winters.
D. glomerata. — A dwarf Caucasian
shrub somewhat resembling D. blagayana.
The sterns are leafless except at the tops,
which are crowned by a rosette of bluntly
oblanceolate leaves, among which the
clusters or umbels of lilac-purple flowers
appear in spring.
Culture dc. as above.
D. Gnidium. — A native of south-west
Europe about 2 ft. high with linear lance -
shaped evergreen leaves having a cuspi-
date tip. Flowers from June to August,
pink, sweet-scented, in terminal panicled
racemes.
Culture dc. as above.
D. Laureola (Spurge Laurel). — A dis-
tinct British and European evergreen
shrub 3-4 feet high, characterised by
having the branches leafy only towards
the top. Leaves 2-5 in. long, leathery,
obovate lance - shaped, acute, almost
stalkless, and of a glossy shining green.
Flowers from January to April, sweet-
scented, yellowish-green, in drooping
clusters from the upper leaf axils.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species grows and flowers well under trees,
but cannot be considered particvdarly
handsome. Its ovoid black berries about
i in. hi diameter are very poisonous.
D. Mezereum (Common Mezereon). —
A well-known British shrub 2-4 ft. high
with deciduous obovate or spoon-shaped
lanceolate acute stalked leaves 2-3 in.
long. Flowers mostly in threes, and
also in pairs and fours, from February to
April, very fragrant, pink or red, appear-
ing before the leaves, and succeeded by
bright red ovoid berries h in. across. There
is also a variety with white flowers, and
others with double ones. In some
seasons the flowers appear in autumn as
well as in spring.
Culture and. Propagation. — The
Mezereon flourishes in ordinary soil in
open sunny situations. Its acrid bark is
much used in medicine. In favourable
spots seedlings appear from self-sown
seeds in spring, and may be trans-
planted in autumn.
D. oleoides. — An evergreen shrub
about 3-4 ft. high, native of south-east
Europe, and having obovate lance-shaped
glossy green, bristle-tipped leaves. Flow-
ers in April, white, hi small terminal
clusters surrounded by leaves. The
variety neapolitana flowers even earlier
than the type, from which it may be dis-
tinguished by the absence of hairs or
down on the under surface of the leaves.
D. fioniana is a form of this, with a
compact habit, dark green leaves, and
purple-pink flowers, which are produced
in June and often late in autumn.
Culture dc. as above.
D. petraea (D. rupestris). — Bock
Daphne. — A Tyrolese shrub with hand-
DAPHNE
OLEASTER ORDER
EL^AGNUS 779
some glossy green leaves and an abun-
dance of pretty rosy flowers, produced in
summer and autumn.
Culture dc. as above. It is well suited
for the rock garden, and flourishes in
peaty soil among limestone rocks.
D. pontica. — A fine evergreen shrub
4- 5 ft. high, native of eastern Europe and
Asia Minor. Leaves smooth, obovate,
lance-shaped. Flowers hi April and May,
greenish - yellow, fragrant, in many-
flowered upright clusters, two on a stalk.
There is a very rare form having varie-
gated leaves.
Culture dc. as above. This species,
like D. Laureola, is excellent for shady
spots under trees.
D. sericea (D. collina). — An erect
evergreen Italian shrub 2-3 ft. high, with
obovate leaves, smooth and shining green
above, stiffly hairy beneath. Flowers
from January to June, pinkish, in ter-
minal clusters, and having a silky hairy
calyx.
Culture dc. as above.
D. striata. — A European evergreen
about 2 ft. high, forming dense twiggy
bushes and characterised by stalkless
somewhat spoon-shaped linear leaves.
Flowers in June and July, rosy-purple,
sweet-scented, in terminal clusters.
Culture dc. as above.
DIRCA (Leatherwood). — A genus
with only two species of branching shrubs
with alternate deciduous membranous
leaves. Flowers hermaphrodite with a
petal-like perianth, tubular at the base,
contracted above the ovary, and having
a truncate sinuate or very shortly 4-cleft
non-spreading Umb. Stamens eight, pro-
truding. Ovary sessile, smooth ; style
thread-like, protruding. Fruit a naked
berrj .
D. palustris. — A much-branched North
American shrub 2 5 ft. high, having the
habit of a miniature tree, and bearing
alternate lance-shaped oblong pale green
leaves, hairy beneath. Flowers in March,
before the leaves appear, yellowish, in
terminal clusters, the protruding yellow
stamens being conspicuous.
Culture and Propagation. — This dis-
tinct plant thrives in a moist cool peaty
soil, and may be increased by layers like
the Daphnes or by imported seeds.
CI. ELiEAGNACEiE- Oleaster Order
An order consisting of trees or shrubs more or less covered with minute
silvery or brownish scurfy scales. Leaves alternate or opposite, entire,
penniveined, without stipules. Flowers hermaphrodite or 1-sexed and often
dioecious, borne in axillary clusters, panicles, or catkins. Bracts small
deciduous. Perianth in the hermaphrodite or female flowers tubular, con-
stricted and persistent above the ovary, deciduous higher up, 2-4-lobed or
rarely truncate. Stamens 4 alternating with the lobes, or 8 opposite and
alternate. Staminodes in female flowers none. Ovary sessile at the base or
the perianth, 1-celled. Style terminal, linear or dilated above, oblique,
stigmatose on one side. Fruit superior, 1-celled, 1-seeded, enclosed in the
perianth tube.
This order contains only the 3 genera described below, and about 20
species.
ELiEAGNUS (Oleaster ; Wild
Olive). — A genus of trees or shrubs often
covered with silvery scales, and having
opposite stalked entire leaves, and herma-
phrodite flowers in clusters, or solitary
in the axils of the leaves. Perianth bell-
or salver- shaped. Stamens 4. Fruit a
spurious drupe formed by the fleshy
perianth tube enclosing a one-seeded nut.
Culture and Propagation. — The Ole-
asters flourish in ordinary good garden
soil that is not too moist or in too shady
a situation. They are not yet very well
known, although some have been in culti-
vation for many years, and are beautiful
shrubs. Increase is effected by means of
seeds, cuttings, or layers, and sometimes
by grafting. Cuttings of the half-ripened
780
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS elsjagnus
wood root in sandy soil in close shaded
cold frames or under handlights about
June and July.
E. angustifolia {Jerusalem Willoiv).
A beautiful deciduous species allied to E.
hortensis, native of south-east Europe,
often attaining tree -like proportions with
a trunk as much as a foot in diameter
near the base. Leaves long lance-shaped,
Willow-like, greyish-green above, silvery
white beneath. Flowers in summer,
tubular, yellow, produced in great pro-
fusion, and succeeded by silver - grey
fruits which are sweet and pleasant to
the taste, and abound in a dry mealy
sugary substance.
Culture dc. as above. A good shrub
for dry poor sandy soils. Increased by
seeds, cuttings, and layers.
E. argentea (E. canadensis). — Silver
Berry or Missouri Silver Tree. — A beauti-
ful shrub, 8-10 ft. high, native of the
upper Missouri valley, and recognised by
its oval oblong wavy silvery-white leaves.
Flowers in July and August, yellow,
fragrant, tubular, in nodding axillary
clusters, succeeded by roundish, silvery,
ribbed, dry mealy edible fruits.
Culture dc. as above. This species is
often confused with Shepherdia argentea
described below (p. 781). It is sometimes
injured by a few degrees of frost.
E. glabra (E. reflexa). — An evergreen
Japanese shrub, 3-6 ft. high, with ovate
oblong taper-pointed leaves, green and
smooth above when old, and covered with
rusty-red scales beneath. Flowers in
autumn, whitish, almost solitary in the
leaf axils. There is a form called varie-
gata having the leaves irregularly mar-
gined with pale yellow.
Culture dec. as above. E. glabra
grows freely in light sandy soil, and
makes a fine compact bush in the course
of two or three years.
E. hortensis. — A handsome deciduous
tree native of south-east Europe, east Asia
&c, growing 15-20 ft. high in a wild state,
and having more or less spiny smooth
brown branches. Leaves lance-shaped,
2-3 in. long, covered with hoary stellate
hairs. Flowers in early summer, yellow,
fragrant, solitary or 3-4 together, and
succeeded by roundish edible fruit which
is much prized by the inhabitants of its
native country.
Culture dc. as above.
E. longipes (E. edulis; E. crispa;
E. odorata edulis; E. rotundifolia). —
An ornamental Japanese shrub, about
3 ft. high, with deep reddish -brown
branches furnished with deciduous
leathery leaves, dark green above, silvery-
white beneath. Flowers in summer,
succeeded in autumn by clusters of long-
stalked, bright orange-red, juicy fruits,
covered with minute white dots and hav-
ing a sharp, rather pungent, and agree-
able flavour. Pheasants, blackbirds &c.
are very fond of the fruits and will soon
strip a bush unless it is netted. It is a
very hardy species, and is now called E.
viultiflora.
Culture dc. as above.
E. macrophylla. — A distinct ever-
green bushy Japanese and Chinese
species, about 6 ft. high in cultivation but
said to attain tree-like proportions in a
wild state. Leaves large, roundish ovate,
about 3 in. long, smooth and greyish-
green above, covered with silvery scales
beneath. Flowers in autumn, greenish-
yellow, in clusters. One of the pecu-
liarities of this species consists in the
leaves having the edge curled upwards,
thus showing streaks of the silvery under
surface.
Culture dc. as above.
E. pungens. — A pretty Japanese ever-
green shrub about 6 ft. high, with spiny
branches and oblong wavy leaves, smooth
and greyish-green above, silvery beneath.
Flowers late in summer, yellowish, one
or two together in the leaf axils. The
variety variegata is a handsome bush
with leaves irregularly bordered with pale
yellow. E. Simoni tricolor is a varie-
gated form having the leaves bordered
with dark green, the centres being green-
ish or golden-yellow, and aurea is a hand-
some shrub with brown young branches
and leaves variegated with green and gold,
the latter colour sometimes predominating.
Culture dc. as above.
E. umbellata (E. parvi/olia). — A
beautiful bushy shrub found in a wild
state from the Himalayas to China and
Japan. The leaves are deep green when
old, but in a young state are silvery-grey
above and white beneath ; in mild dis-
tricts they are persistent for one or more
seasons, but in cold localities deciduous.
The creamy white flowers appear in June
in great profusion.
Culture dc. as above.
HIPPOPHAE
OLEASTER ORDER
SHEPHERDIA 781
HIPPOPHAE (Sea Buckthorn ;
Sallow Thorn). — There is only one
species belonging to this genus : —
H. rhamnoides. — This is a beautiful
deciduous shrub 1-8 ft. high, found grow-
ing wild occasionally on the eastern sea-
shores of England, and naturalised here
and there in Scotland and Ireland.
Branches ending in a spine, and bearing
leaves \- 2 in. long, lengthening after the
flowers have withered to 3 in., dull green
above, silvery-white beneath. Flowers in
May on the old wood, the male ones
minute in axillary clusters ; the female
Howers solitary, on separate plants.
Perianth '2-parted. Stamens 4. Fruit
^ in. in diameter, enclosed in the roundish
or oblong orange-yellow perianth tube.
The Himalayan form H. salieifolia seems
to be a geographical form of the Sea
Buckthorn.
Culture and Propagation. — Although
wild near the sandy seashores, and valu-
able as a cultivated plant in such locali-
ties, the Sea Buckthorn enjoys better
treatment in good inland garden soil, and
responds by forming beautiful silvery-
white bushes studded with orange-yellow
berries in September and October. As
the male and female flowers are borne
on separate plants, seeds in any quantity
can only be obtained by having the
pollen transferred by the wind or hand
from the staminate to the pistillate
flowers.
The Sea Buckthorn when fully es-
tablished produces suckers freely, and by
detaching these with as much root as
possible the stock can be increased.
Layers during the summer may also be
made, and cuttings of the half-ripened
shoots will root in cold frames during
the summer months. Seeds mav be
sown as soon as ripe, or in spring in cold
frames, and plants may also be obtained
from cuttings of the roots.
SHEPHERDIA.— A genus contain-
ing 3 species of scaly shrubs or small
trees, with opposite stalked oblong entire
leaves. Flowers dioecious {i.e. male and
female on different plants), small, very
shortly spicate or racemose, opposite the
small bracts at the side of the rachis.
Perianth 4-parted. Stamens 8 in the male
flowers, reduced to glands in the female
flowers. Fruit-bearing perianth persist-
ent at the base, berry-like.
Culture and Propagation. — The Shep-
herdias require the same treatment as
the Elceagnus and Hippoplia'c described
above. They are all natives of Canada
and the N. United States.
S. argentea (Buffalo Berry; Beef
Suet Tree ; Rabbit Berry). — A rather tall
shrub or small tree distinguished by its
narrow elliptic tapering silvery - white
leaves, and yellow flowers which appear
in April, and are succeeded in due course
by edible scarlet berries which have a
pleasant acid taste. Only the pistillate
or female flowers bear the berries, as in
the case of the Sea Buckthorn. Although
quite distinct, this species is often con-
fused with the hermaphrodite flowered
Elceagnus argentea (see above, p. 780).
Culture dtc. as above. Increased by
seeds, layers, suckers, or cuttings.
S. canadensis. — A shrub 3-6 ft. high
with elliptic or ovate leaves, nearly naked
and green above, and covered with a
silvery down and rusty scurfy scales be-
neath. Flowers in May, yellowish,
covered with rusty scales, and succeeded
by orange-red insipid berries.
Culture d-c. as above.
CII. LORANTHACE^— Mistletoe Order
An order of evergreen shrubs which depend for their existence on the
elaborated sap of other dicotyledonous trees, into the bark and wood of which
they strike their roots. They are very rarely erect trees or shrubs, growing
in soil. Leaves opposite or rarely alternate, entire, often flat, thick, and
leathery. Stipules none. Mowers regular, hermaphrodite, or 1-sexed.
Perianth segments 3-6, rarely 2, with an equal number of stamens. Fruit
a juicy inferior 1-celled 1-seeded berry.
VISCUM (Mistletoe). — A genus parasitic on trees, and having opposite
containing about 30 species of shrubs or forked branches. Leaves sometimes
782
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS euphorbia
flat and rather thick, and sometimes re-
duced to minute teeth or scales. Flowers
dioecious or monoecious (that is, the sta-
minate and pistillate flowers are separate,
and may be borne either on the same
(monoecious) or different (dioecious) plants).
Perianth 3-4-parted in the female flowers,
and adnate to the inferior ovary. Berry
1 -seeded, naked or crowned with the
perianth lobes.
V. album (Common Mistletoe). — A
well-known British parasitic shrub form-
ing smooth yellow - green masses of
roundish forked and knotted stems, bear-
ing obovate lance-shaped leaves 1-3 in.
long. Flowers from March to May,
green, inconspicuous, succeeded by ovoid
or roundish semi-transparent berries filled
with a sticky juice and ripe at Christmas
time.
As a garden plant, the Mistletoe
scarcely deserves a place in this work
at all. as it has no particular beauty_ to
recommend it. The sentiment attaching
to its use at Christmas time, however,
renders it at least one of the very best
known plants in the kingdom. Tons of
it are sent to Covent Garden Market
every season, and for a brief period and
special purposes good prices are realised.
The Mistletoe is found growing more
frequently perhaps on the Apple tree
than any other, although Druid legends
always associate it with the Oak. It is
also found on Poplars (except the Lom-
bardy one), Limes, Hawthorns, Maples,
Mountain Ash, Cedars, Oaks, and several
other trees, including the Peach, the Hop
Hornbeam (Ostrya), and the False Acacia.
Culture and Propagation. — The seed
may be carefully inserted in a slit cut in
the bark. The slimy juice around the
seed helps it to stick in the slit, but unless
protected with a little canvas or other
covering for a short time, birds are very
apt to discover its whereabouts and
purloin it. Care should be taken not to
crush the seed when placing it inside the
bark.
CIII. EUPHORBIACE^— Spurgewort Order
A very large order of trees, shrubs, and herbs, annual and perennial, remark-
able for their thick milky and often poisonous juice. Leaves various, alternate
or opposite, undivided, entire, toothed or lobed. Flowers 1-sexed, moncecious
or dioecious, usually regular and minute. Perianth often small, sometimes
none, or 2-5-lobed. Stamens various in number, 1 or more, sometimes very
numerous. Ovary 2-3-lobed ; styles 2-3, with entire or lobed stigmas.
Fruit capsular, 2-3-celled ; cells 1-2-seeded.
This extensive order contains about 3,000 species, mostly natives of
tropical countries, and the above characteristics apply more particularly to
the plants described in this work.
EUPHORBIA.— A genus of annual
or perennial herbs, undershrubs or shrubs
with milky acrid juice. Leaves alternate
or opposite, undivided, entire or rarely
toothed. Flowers with involucres, ar-
ranged in terminal cymes, or in the axils
of the leaves, or in dichotomous cymes or
racemes. Involucre calyx-like, regular or
scarcely oblique, bell-shaped or turbinate,
with 4-5, rarely 6-8, entire or lacerated
lobes. Perianth none, but represented
by the involucral lobes. Male flowers
several in each involucre, each having
1 stamen on a jointed stalk. Female
flower naked on an elongating stalk and
protruding from the centre of the in-
volucre. Ovary sessile on the top of the
stalk, 3-celled, with 3 more or less distinct
or united styles.
Over 600 species belong to this genus,
but very few of them are of value for the
hardy flower garden, although several are
grown in greenhouses, the best known
being E. fubjens (or jaequiniceflora). E.
splendens, and E.pulcherrvma — -the latter
better known as Poinsettia, and remark-
able for its large scarlet leaf-like bracts.
E. corollata. — A rare and pretty
species 12-24 in. high, with erect, slender
green and purplish stems sparingly fur-
nished with alternate stalkless. oblong
blunt leaves 1 \ 2 in. long, the upper floral
ones opposite and smaller, somewhat
EUPHORBIA
SPUBGEWOBT OBDEB
buxus 783
glaucous and tinged with reddish-brown.
Flowers terminal, the branches at first
being 3-forked, each one afterwards
2-forked, and bearing at the top 1-3
flowers, the chief beauty of which lies in
the 5 white starry oblong obovate bracts,
less than I in. across, in the centre of
which the stalked female flowers are dis-
tinctly protruding. There is a superior
and somewhat dwarfer variety, having
rather broader leaves and denser heads of
flowers, owing to the white bracts being
almost round or broadly obovate and
touching each other. It might be called
compacta.
Culture and Propagation. — This seems
to be a new garden plant. It flowered
for the first time in August 1899 in the
garden of Sir Trevor Lawrence, Bart.,
at Burford, Dorking. It was raised from
seed sown in spring, and seems to be
a hardy perennial, thriving in ordinary
garden soil. If grown in large masses
it would look very fine, the white bracts
which are the chief charm of the plant
reminding one very much of the flowers
of Spiraea media.
E. Cyparissias (Cypress Spurge). — A
distinct and handsome European peren-
nial 1-2 ft. high, easily recognised by its
linear entire deep green leaves crowded
on the stems. Flowers in early summer,
yellow, produced in umbels and sup-
ported by about 20 heart-shaped involu-
cral bracts, often yellow in colour.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species flourishes in ordinary good and
well-drained garden soil, and is useful for
borders, banks, margins of shrubberies or
roughish parts of the garden in exposed
sunny spots. It may be increased by
seed sown in cold frames when ripe, and
also by division in spring.
E. Lathyris (Caper Spurge). — A
British biennial 3-4 ft. high with 4-
ranked linear oblong glaucous stalkless
leaves 2-8 in. long, broader at the base.
Flowers in June and July, surrounded by
ovate lance-shaped acute bracts.
Culture &c. as above. Suitable for
rough places. Increased by seeds.
E. Myrsinites. — A pretty trailing
species, native of S. Europe, with fleshy
concave, pale sea-green, stalkless leaves.
Flowers in summer, 5-9 in an umbel
surrounded by an involucre of ovate acute
bracts.
Culture (Itc. as above for E. Cyparis-
sm.s. Borders or rockery. Increased by
seed.
E. portlandica. — Another British
species with a cylindric perennial root-
stock and leathery oblong obovate leaves
i-f in. long, borne on coloured stems
6-18 in. high. Flowers from May to
August, surrounded by broadly heart-
shaped bracts.
Culture dc. as above. Increased by
division or seed. Suitable for wild or
rough parts of the garden.
E. variegata (E. margimata). — A
United States annual 18-24 in. high, with
whitish forked stems and alternate stalked
entire oval leaves, the lower ones green,
the upper ones traversed by whitish
nerves. The floral leaves white with a
green line on each side of the midrib.
flowers inconspicuous, surrounded by a
milky white or greenish involucre.
E. heterophylla is another N. Ameri-
can annual with somewhat fiddle-shaped
leaves, and red floral leaves or bracts.
Culture ((■(-. as above. Chiefly valu-
able for the variegation of the leaves and
bracts. Seeds may be sown in the open
border in April and May.
BUXUS (Box).— A genus of smooth
branching shrubs or small trees with
opposite shortly stalked entire leathery
evergreen leaves, without stipules.
Flowers monoecious in axillary clusters
or spikes, green. Perianth of 4 segments
in the male, and 6 segments in the female
flowers. Stamens 4. Capsule ovoid,
leathery, crowned with the 3-horned or
beaked styles.
B. balearica (Minorca Box). — A hand-
some tree 15-20 ft. high, native of the
Mediterranean region, with oblong elliptic
yellowish-green leathery leaves about
2 in. long, slightly notched at the margin,
and having cartilaginous edges.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species thrives only in warm light soils,
and in parts of S.E. Europe is said to
attain a height of 80 ft. In some parts
of the country it will stand a few degrees
of frost without injury, but in other parts
2 or 3 degrees are sufficient to prove its
tenderness. It may be increased by
cuttings and layers in the same way as
the Common Box. The cuttings, how-
ever, should be protected in winter.
784
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS eicinus
B. sempervirens (Common Box). — A
beautiful and well-known evergreen shrub
or small tree 8-14 ft. high, and a true
native of the chalky hills of Kent, Surrey,
Bucks, and Gloucester. Leaves ^-1 in.
long, oblong blunt or refuse, deep shining
green and leathery in texture. Flowers
in April and May, inconspicuous.
There are several varieties of the
Common Box, the best known being
argentea, and aurea, having the leaves
variegated with silver and gold respec-
tively ; marginata, leaves edged with
yellow; myrtifolia, a robust form with
oblong, rather narrow Myrtle-like leaves ;
obcordata variegata, a Japanese form
with obcordate variegated leaves ; Japo-
nica is a variable plant from Japan, but
quite hardy ; rosmarinifolia is a dwarf
bush with slender leaves and branches ;
suffruticosa the very dwarf dense form,
usually employed for Box edgings ; and
several others with nurserymen's names,
supposed to describe the peculiarity of each.
Owing to its dense habit and deep
green masses of foliage, the Common Box
has always been a favourite in English
gardens. It stands clipping well, and for
this reason was at one time hacked about
into all sorts of fantastic shapes, in con-
formity with the style known as ' topiary '
gardening. To see it at its best, the
Common Box should be grown in ex-
posed simny situations away from trees,
and might very well be used to crest small
hills or moimds. As a commercial plant
the Box is very valuable, on account of
its beautiful pale yellow wood which is
heavier than that of any other European
tree, and is the only European wood that
sinks in water.
Culture and Propagation. — The Com-
mon Box is increased by cuttings, layers,
suckers, and division. Cuttings about
4-6 in. long are inserted in fine sandy
soil in shady places under lights in
August and September, and soon develop
roots. Layers of the lower branches
made in autumn or spring also produce
good plants, and suckers may be detached
in early autumn and transplanted in fine
soil. The variety suffruticosa, so much
used as an edging, is usually increased
by division. The separated portions
should be firmly planted. Cuttings may
also be made in the ordinary way.
DAPHNIPHYLLUM. — A genus
containing about 11 species of smooth
trees or shrubs with alternate stalked,
entire, leathery feather-veined leaves.
Male and female flowers borne on sepa-
rate plants (dioecious) and without petals.
Calyx segments in the male flowers 3-8,
small. Stamens numerous (5-8) with
short free filaments. Ovary rudimentary
or none, but in the female flowers almost
perfectly 2-celled, with distinct thickish,
recurved-spreading styles. Fruit an in-
dehiscent Olive-like drupe, very often only
1- seeded by abortion.
D. glaucescens (D. macropodum). —
An ornamental Rhododendron-like shrub,
3-4 ft. high, native of China and Japan.
Its young branches are roundish, and
shining green, clothed with alternate
oblong lance-shaped acute leaves 3-6 in.
long, having a purple-red stalk li-2 in.
long. The upper surface of the leaves is
of a deep shining-green like that of the
Cherry Laurel, but the under surface is
covered with a beautiful bluish-white
bloom.
Culture and Propagation. — This
shrub flourishes in ordinary good and
well -drained garden soil, and is more
valuable as a decorative plant, on account
of its appearance and foliage, than for its
flowers. It makes a neat rounded bush,
and may be increased by layers in autumn,
or by cuttings of the more or less ripened
shoots inserted in sandy soil in cold
frames in late summer and autumn, and
protected until the following spring.
RICINUS (Castor Oil Plant;
Palma Christi). — A genus with only one
species : —
R. communis.— An ornamental herb
3-5 ft. high or more, having greenish or
purplish stems and large handsome pel-
tate leaves palmately cut into 7 or 8
serrated lobes. Flowers in summer,
monoecious and without petals, borne in
terminal spikes. Calyx or perianth 3-5-
parted. Male flowers (the upper ones)
have numerous stamens in separated
bundles. Fruit usually a 3-celled 3-seeded
prickly capsule.
There are several varieties of Castor Oil
plants, the best known being borboniensis,
Duchess of Edinburgh, with dark purple
stems and leaves ; Gibsoni, with deep
bronzy foliage ; macrophyllus giganteus,
with very large leaves ; major, minor,
insignia, africanus, atropurpureus, san-
guineus, viridis, zanzibarensis, &c, all
more or less distinct and ornamental.
ULMUS
NETTLE TREE ORDER
ulmus 785
Culture and Propagation. — The Cas-
tor Oil plant is probably a native of
tropical Africa, and although really a
perennial it is treated as a tender annual
for outdoor gardening purposes. It
nourishes in rich loamy soil, and is easily
raised from seeds. These are best grown
singly in small pots and plunged in heat
about February or March. They soon
germinate, and should be shifted on as
quickly as possible to larger-sized pots
until about the first or second week in
May. They should then be placed in a
cooler temperature, and more air may be
gradually given to harden them off well
previous to planting them out about the
middle or end of June, according to the
season.
Grown in beds or masses by them-
selves, Castor Oil plants lend a luxuriant
and subtropical aspect to the flower gar-
den. In warm sheltered situations and
favourable seasons they usually attain
grand proportions, spreading out their
beautiful palmate leaves as if to absorb
as much sunshine as possible. For this
reason it is not well to place dwarfer
plants beneath them, as the shade would
be much too dense. In hot dry summers
the surface of the soil may be mulched
witli manure, and copious waterings should
be given during the evenings if the full
beauty of the plants is to be developed.
It may be mentioned here that the
plant very often called ' Castor Oil
Plant ' belongs to a (mite distinct group.
Tt is known as Fatsiajaponica (or Aralia
Sieboldi), and is described at p. 471.
CIV. URTICACE,£— Nettle Tree Order
An order of trees, shrubs, or herbs, various in habit. Leaves alternate or
rarely opposite, entire, toothed, lobed or palmately parted, never pinnate, and
very rarely pinnately divided. Flowers 1-sexed or rarely polygamous, regular,
or irregular by reduction in axillary clusters. Perianth simple, calyx-like,
4-9-lobed. Stamens 4-9, filaments adnate to the perianth. Fruit superior,
1-3-celled, indehiscent, drupe-like or membranous, and often furnished with
a circular wing.
The Common Stinging Nettle is probably the best- known member of this
order. The India-rubber Plant (Ficus clastica) also belongs to it, and is often
placed in the open air during the milder months of the year, but is in no
sense hardy. The Common Fig (Ficus Carica), although sometimes grown
as a standard bush in the south, usually requires the protection of a south
wall, and apart from its fruit-bearing properties may be regarded as an
ornamental plant for covering walls. Its cultivation is more fully dealt with
at p. 1096.
ULMUS (Elm). — A genus of un-
armed trees with alternate distichous
serrate penniveined leaves, deciduous or
subperennial, with scarious very caducous
stipules. Flowers polygamous, mostly
hermaphrodite, in clusters at the leafless
joints or in the leaf axils. Perianth bell-
shaped, 4-8- (often 5-) cleft. Stamens 4-8
(often 5), at length protruding. Fruit
flat, dry, obliquely ovate, with a mem-
branous circular veined wing.
Culture and Propagation. — The Elms
are well-known ornamental trees. They
flourish in rich loamy soil, and may be
regarded as gross feeders. They are
increased by seeds, which should be sown
as soon as ripe in spring or early summer.
Layering is also employed, in the case of
choice varieties, during the autumn, the
plants being ready for separation the fol-
lowing year. Where suckers shoot up
they may also be used for purposes of
increase. Grafting is practised, with
choice varieties, in spring, as close to the
root as possible, so as to avoid the
development of suckers from the stock
afterwards. A good deal of confusion
exists in regard to the names of Elms,
and forms of campestris, glabra, and
montana have been mixed up consider -
3 E
786
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS zelkova
ably. Many of the kinds are remarkable
for the beautiful autumnal colouring of the
foliage.
U. alata (Winged Elm). — A N. Ameri-
can tree 30-40 ft. high, with sometimes
corky winged branches. Leaves 1-2.] in.
long, ovate-oblong or oblong lance-shaped,
thickish, more or less smooth above,
downy beneath. Flowers on slender
drooping jointed stalks with obovate seg-
ments. Fruit ovate, more or less downy,
fringed.
Culture dbc. as above.
U. americana (American or White
Elm). — An ornamental N. American tree
80 100 ft. high. Leaves 2-4 in. long,
obovate-oblong or oval, abruptly acute,
sharply and often doubly serrate, smooth -
ish above, more or less downy beneath.
Flowers drooping, with a 7-9-lobed
perianth. Fruit oval, about | in. long.
There is a ' weeping ' or drooping form
called pendula.
Culture dtc. as above.
U. campestris (Common Elm; Alme ;
Aume Tree). — A fine and well-known
British tree about 125 ft. high when full
grown, the rugged trunk often attaining a
girth of more than 20 ft., the roots send-
ing up an abundance of suckers. Leaves
2-3 in. long, ovate-oblong, somewhat cus-
pidate. Flowers with 4 stamens. Fruit
usually obovate.
There are several varieties of this
species, the most ornamental being per-
haps the pretty Variegated Elm, which
has the leaves striped and blotched with
white, and is very ornamental in spring.
The variety stricta is distinguished by its
rigid, erect growth ; tortuosa, the Twisted
Elm, is a peculiar form ; and virens, the
Kidbrook Elm, is almost evergreen in
winter, and therefore valuable. Other
forms are acutifolia,Berardi,betuIa?folia,
latifolia aurea, I. argentea, myrtifolia
(or buxifolia), &c.
Culture dtc. as above.
U. fulva (Slippery or Bed Elm). — A
N. American tree with ovate-oblong taper-
pointed doubly serrate leaves 4-8 in. long,
very rough above, softly downy beneath,
and sweet-scented when drying. Flowers
nearly sessile, with 7-9 perianth segments
and stamens. Fruit roundish. There is
a weeping form called pendula. The seeds
of this species do not sprout until the fol-
lowing year, and should be stratified in
layers of wet sand until they are sown.
Culture dtc. as above.
U. glabra (Wych Elm). — Botanically
this is only a form of the Common Elm.
It grows 60-80 ft. high, and has elliptic -
oblong doubly serrate smooth leaves, very
unequal at the base. Flowers nearly
sessile, 5 -cleft. Fruit obovate, deeply
cleft, rather small. There are several
forms, including pendula, a 'weeping'
variety known as the Downton Elm ;
variegata, with variegated leaves.
Culture dtc. as above.
U. montana (Scotch or Wych Elm). —
A British and European tree 80-120 ft.
high with long spreading branches and
large ovate -oblong doubly and trebly
serrate taper-pointed leaves 3-6 in. long.
Flowers 5-7 -parted. Fruit oblong or
roundish, slightly cleft.
There are several distinct and hand-
some varieties, among which may be
mentioned crispa (or urtica. •folia), with
crisped thickly plaited and wrinkled
irregularly toothed leaves, habit dwarf
and slender ; fastigiata, the Exeter or
Ford's Elm, a remarkable pyramidal
form with leaves peculiarly twisted ;
there is also a golden-leaved form of it
called fastigiata aurea; nigra, the Black
Irish Elm, a more spreading tree than the
type ; pendula is a beautiful form with
branches spreading fanlike, sometimes
horizontally, sometimes perpendicularly,
and a variegated form called pendula
variegata, the leaves of which are mottled
with white, and vegeta, the Chichester or
Huntingdon Elm, a very vigorous kind,
often attaining a height of 30 ft. in about
10 years when grafted. Cornubiensis, the
' Cornish Elm,' has small leathery strongly
veined leaves and bright brown branches.
It comes into leaf somewhat later than the
Common Elm.
Other Elms worthy of mention are
parvijlora, from China and Japan,
pedunculata (or effusa), a European tree
50 60 ft. high, and suberosa, the Cork-
barked Elm, really a variety of cam-
pestris. It grows 60 100 ft. high, and
has a form with beautifully variegated
leaves.
Culture dtc. as above.
ZELKOVA. — A small genus of deci-
duous ornamental hardy trees with alter-
nate, sessile or very shortly stalked.
CELTIS
NETTLE TREE ORDER
HUMULUS 787
serrate or crenate, feather-veined leaves.
Flowers monoecious or polygamous,
almost stalkless, and borne on the current
year's shoots. Perianth of the male
flowers broadly bell-shaped with a sinuate
or somewhat 4 5-lobed margin. Stamens
4-5. Perianth of the female flowers more
or less deeply lobed as in the male ones.
Staminodes none, or very rarely perfect
stamens. Ovary sessile with a 2-parted
style. Fruit an irregularly oblique
roundish or keeled drupe-like capsule.
Culture and Propagation. — ■ These
trees are but little known, and are culti-
vated in few gardens in the British Islands
outside Kew, where specimens may be
seen. Like the Oak, Beech, Elm, and
other large trees, they are suitable only
for large parks and pleasure grounds.
They like deep rich well-drained soil,
and would flourish in the milder parts of
the kingdom. As seeds are rarely
ripened, propagation must be effected by
means of layering the branches in autumn,
and detaching the following year when
well rooted. They may also be grafted
on stocks of the common Elm, to which,
as may be seen by their juxtaposition in
this work, they are closely related.
Z. acuminata [Planera acuminata).
A small Japanese tree with reddish bark
and oval-elliptic leaves often much taper-
ing at the apex, 2-4 in. long, strongly
veined, and regularly toothed on the
margins.
Culture dc. as above.
Z. crenata (Planera crenata). — Sibe-
rian Ebn. — A large ornamental tree,
80-100 ft. high ; native of the Caucasus,
with oval lance-shaped leathery leaves
3-4 in. long, coarsely crenate on the
margins, and deeply feather-veined. The
greenish strong-scented flowers appear
about April and May in clusters in the
upper leaf axils.
Culture dc. as above. I remember
seeing some fine specimens of this tree in
the Trianon Park, Versailles, in 1897, and
perhaps some of the finest trees in the
British Islands are along the banks of
the Cherwell near Christchurch meadows,
Oxford, where there are two specimens
60-70 ft. high, with trunks about 4 ft.
in diameter a few feet from the ground.
CELTIS (Nettle Tree). — A genus
of unarmed or spiny trees and shrubs
with alternate annual or perennial serrate
or entire leaves, feather- veined and 3-5-
nerved, often oblique at the base and with
free stipules. Flowers polygamous or
hermaphrodite, greenish. Perianth more
or less 5-parted, rarely 4-parted. Stamens
5, rarely 4. Fruit a 1-seeded fleshy ovoid
or roundish drupe, sometimes 2-keeled.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Nettle Trees are useful for the back part
of large shrubberies, and flourish in ordi-
nary good loamy well-drained soil. They
are increased by seeds sown as soon as
ripe, and by layers during the summer and
autumn months. Cuttings of the ripened
shoots will also root in sandy soil under
handlights in autumn.
The following are a few of the best-
known species : —
C. australis. — A South European tree
30-40 ft. high with ovate or oblong lance-
shaped sharply serrate leaves, rou^h
above, downy beneath. It has black
edible fruit.
Culture dc. as above.
C. davidiana. — A much - branched
Chinese tree with drooping twiggy
branches and thick leathery elliptic ir-
regularly toothed leaves, deep glaucous-
green above, paler beneath.
Culture dc. as above.
C. occidentalis (C. crass if olia ; C.cor-
data). — American HacTiberry. — A Cana-
dian tree 30-50 ft. high with variable
ovate taper-pointed serrate leaves, unequal
at the base, rough above, hairy beneath.
Flowers in May, greenish. This is rather
an ornamental tree for grass-land in parks
and large gardens. A fine specimen may
be seen near the main gate entrance in
Kew Gardens. The variety pumila rarely
exceeds 8 ft. in height.
Culture dc. as above.
C. Tourneforti. — A Caucasian tree
or shrub 10-12 ft. high, with more or
less heart-shaped oval pointed leaves
unequal at the base, and toothed or
crenulate on the margins. The greenish
flowers are succeeded by brownish-yellow
ovoid fruits about the size of a large pea.
Culture dc. as above.
HUMULUS (Hop Plant).— A genus
containing two species of high-climbing
rough-haired perennial herbs with oppo-
site, stalked, broad, serrate, heart-shaped
or palmate, 5 7-nerved leaves. Flowers
dioecious, drooping, the male ones in
panicles with a 5-parted perianth, the
3e2
788
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS broussonetia
female ones in spikes. Stamens 5. Fruit
a broadly ovate flattish achene enclosed
in the perianth segment.
Culture and Propagation. — The Hop
is a beautiful and vigorous climber, well
adapted for covering trellises, arbours &c.
during the summer months. It flourishes
in a rich deep loam, and prefers open
sunny situations to dark shady ones.
Increased by seeds sown in heat in spring
or by division of the rootstock.
H. japonicus (Japanese Hop). — An
annual species, native of N. Japan, with
vigorous climbing stems heavily covered
Avith roughish hairs. The stems often
attain a length of 15-20 ft., and are
furnished with broadly oval or rounded
leaves, cut more or less deeply into 5-7
crenulate toothed lobes, somewhat larger
than those of the Common Hop and paler
in colour beneath. The male flowers are
in branched few-flowered panicles ; the
female ones are borne in the axils of
the deltoid pointed bracts, the union
of which with the perianth segments
forms a roundish or ovoid spike. Fruits
(achenes) shining and yellowish.
There is a beautiful variety of this
species having the green leaves blotched
and streaked with pale and deep yellow.
It is called japonicus foliis variegatis.
Culture and Propagation. — This is
not quite so hardy as our native Hop, and
should be grown in warm sheltered spots.
It may be raised like other tender annuals,
by sowing seeds in March in heat and
growing the young plants on to be fit for
planting out at the end of May. In warm
localities the seed, when ripe, will sow
itself, remaining in the ground uninjured
during the winter and producing vigorous
plants in spring.
H. Lupulus (Common Hop>). — A vigor-
ous climber, native of the north temperate
hemisphere, with rough angular branch-
ing stems and opposite stalked heart-
shaped serrate leaves, deeply veined and
roughish to the touch. Flowers in sum-
mer, greenish-yellow ; male ones in loose
axillary panicles ; female ones shortly
stalked in roundish heads or spikes.
There are several varieties.
Culture and Propagation.— The Com-
mon Hop is a very useful plant for clam-
bering over hedges, trellises, &c. It inay
be increased by seed sown when ripe in
warm sheltered spots in the open air or
in cold frames ; or by division of the root-
stocks in early autumn when the leaves
are browning, or in spring. The flower
spikes of this species are used for brewing,
and acres of the plant are cultivated in
the south-eastern counties of England.
CANNABIS (Hemp).— A genus con-
taming only the following species : —
C. sativa. — A vigorous Indian annual,
often 4-10 ft. high in the British Islands,
but much taller in Italy and other parts
of S. Europe. It has alternate or, at the
very base, opposite stalked leaves, pal-
mately divided into 5-11 lance-shaped
acute serrate segments. Flowers in June,
greenish, inconspicuous, dioecious, the
male ones shortly paniculate, and having
5 distinct segments, the female ones
clustered between the sessile bracts.
Stamens 5. Achene flattish, within the
perianth.
Culture and Propagation. — The Hemp
plant flourishes in ordinary garden soil,
and comes up freely from seeds sown in
the open border in April and May. It is
of far more value as an article of com-
merce (the stems yielding hemp) than as
a garden plant. Still, when grown in
rich soil with plenty of room to develop,
it is by no means ungraceful, and gives a
somewhat tropical aspect to the garden.
BROUSSONETIA (Paper Mul-
berry).— A genus containing two or
three species of milky trees with alter-
nate stalked slightly wrinkled and softly
hairy undivided or 3-5-lobed leaves with
lateral deciduous stipules. Flowers dioe-
cious, the male ones in cylindrical spikes
and having a 4-parted perianth, the female
ones in roundish heads with an ovoid or
tubular 3-4-toothed perianth. Stamens 4.
B. papyrifera. — An ornamental Chinese
shrub or small tree 10-20 ft. high, with large
lobed or entire hairy leaves and greenish
flowers in May, as above described. There
are several forms, differing chiefly in the
shape of the leaves, one called variously
laciniata, dissecta, or heterophylla in
gardens, having the leaves very much
divided.
Culture and Propagation. — In Nor-
thern parts this plant requires protection
in severe winters, but in the South it
seems to be practically hardy in warm
sheltered positions. It flourishes in rich
loamy soil well enriched with manure,
and mav be increased bv stickers and
PLATANUS
PLANE TREE ORDER
PLATANUS 789
cuttings of the ripened shoots inserted in
sandy soil under handlights or in green-
houses in autumn. Seeds may also he
sown when ripe in cold frames.
MORUS (Mulberry). — A genus with
10-12 species of milky-juiced trees or
shrubs having alternate toothed entire or
3-lobed leaves and small caducous lateral
stipules. Flowers monoecious or dioecious
(the male and female on separate spikes,
sometimes one kind only on a tree, some-
times another). Perianth segments 4.
Stamens 4. Fruit composed of numerous
egg-shaped flattened achenes covered by
the enlarged juicy and fleshy perianths.
Culture and Propagation. — The kinds
mentioned below flourish in rich loamy
soil, and may be regarded as ornamental
in parks and large gardens. They may
be increased by cuttings of the young
shoots in spring, or the ripened ones in
autumn, inserted in sandy soil under
handlights. Other details as to general
cultivation are given under ' Mulberry '
in the Fruit portion of this work (p. 1100).
M. alba (White Mulberry). — A Chinese
tree 20-30 ft. high, with heart-shaped or
ovate, divided or lobed, unequally serrate
or toothed glossy green leaves with a deep
notch or sinus at the base. Flowers in
May, greenish-white, succeeded by white
or pale red fruits, ripe in September and
not so agreeable in flavour as those of
M. nigra. There are several forms of this
species grown in S. Europe chiefly for the
leaves, which are used for feeding silk-
worms.
Culture dc. as above.
M. nigra (Common Black Mulberry).
A beautiful oriental tree 20-30 ft. high,
with large bluntly heart-shaped or slightly
lobed and unequally toothed roughish
leaves. Flowers in June, greenish-white,
followed by oblong deep red or black
fruits ripe in August and September, and
very refreshing and palatable.
Culture (f-c. as above.
M. rubra. — A tree 40-70 ft. high,
native of the United States (the lower
Missouri Valley), having heart-shaped
ovate pointed leaves in outline, 3-lobed
or palmate, evenly serrate, roughish and
rather hairy above, soft and very downy
beneath. Flowers in July, greenish-
yellow, succeeded by long red agreeably
flavoured fruits, ripe in September. This
species is hardier than either the White
or Black Mulberry, and produces a strong
fine-grained wood.
Culture Ac. as above.
CV. PLATANACEiE-Plane Tree Order
An order of highly ornamental deciduous trees, the bark of which peels off in
flakes annually. Leaves long-stalked, alternate, palmately nerved and lobed,
and furnished with conspicuous sheathing stipules. Flowers monoecious,
without a perianth, and clustered in separate naked globose heads or catkins
on long drooping stalks. Each male flower has one stamen. Carpels in the
female flowers numerous, distinct, intermixed with the linear, or short bracts.
Fruit a 1-2-seeded nut or achene, several arranged in dense heads.
PLATANUS (Plane Tree).— This is
the only genus in the order, and as its
essential characters are given above it is
unnecessary to repeat them.
Culture and Propagation. — The
species described below are among the
most ornamental and useful trees in culti-
vation. They flourish in a deep rich
loamy soil, and attain their finest pro-
portions near water. What is commonly
and erroneously called the Plane Tree in
Scotland is equally erroneously called the
Sycamore in England. The tree referred
to by these names is really a Maple (Acer
pseudo-platanus) described at p. 317.
Plane trees are increased by seeds, which
may be sown as soon as thoroughly ripe
in warm borders. Layers may also be
made where the branches conveniently
admit. Cuttings of the ripe wood inserted
in moist sandy soil under handlights or
cold frames in autumn will also root,
and should be protected from frost until
spring.
P.occidentalis (Button Wood; Western
or American Plane Tree). — -A fine tree
70-80 ft. high, native of the United States,
790
PBACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
CAKYA
with 5-angled slightly lobed toothed
leaves, wedge-shaped at the base, downy
beneath. Flowers in May, greenish,
succeeded by brownish fruits ripe in
October and November.
This is said to be the largest deciduous
tree in the United States, where it abounds
on the banks of the great rivers. There
is, or was, a specimen hi the grounds of
Chelsea Hospital, near the banks of the
Thames, about 115 ft. high, with a trunk
5 ft. in diameter.
Culture dec. as above.
P. orientalis (Oriental or Common
Plane). — A splendid ornamental shade
tree 60-80 ft. high, native of S.E. Europe,
Asia Minor &c, and characterised by its
shining green leathery palmately 5-lobed
leaves, with lance-shaped coarsely toothed
divisions. Flowers in April, greenish-
yellow, succeeded by brown prickly
roundish fruits, ripe in October, and hang-
ing on the tree well into spring and even
summer.
The London Plane tree is a variety
called acerifolia, on account of its Maple-
like leaves. It is often confused with
the American Plane, but may be easily
recognised when in fruit by having more
than one cluster of fruits hanging on the
stalks. The variety cuneata has the
leaves distinctly wedge-shaped at the
base ; laciniata has them deeply divided ;
and variegata is a handsome but rather
rare form, easily recognised by having
its leaves blotched and streaked with
white and pale green.
Culture dc. as above. The Common
Plane is an excellent tree for smoky
towns, the soot and grime and dust
apparently having no injurious effects on
its smooth leathery leaves. Along the
Thames Embankment and in the London
parks and squares are several fine speci-
mens, and there is also one hi the centre
of Cheapside. On the banks of the
Bosphorus there is a specimen believed
to be 2000 years old, the trunk being
over 140 ft. in circumference at the base,
while the branches radiate for a distance
of 45 feet.
CVI. JUGLANDE^E— Walnut Tree Order
An order of handsome deciduous trees often with a watery or resinous, but
not milky, juice. Leaves alternate, often large, oddly pinnate, with entire or
serrate feather-veined leaflets, often oblique or sickle-shaped. Stipules none.
Flowers small monoecious ; male ones often in loose drooping catkins, with
or without a 3-6-lobed perianth ; female ones usually in an erect spike, with
a 4-toothed or lobed perianth adnate to the inferior 1-celled Ovary. Stamens
3-40, often attached to a linear receptacle or torus. Fruit a dry or leathery
drupe, rarely a nut, with a strong, bony, 2-valved endocarp — a scientific
description of the popular Walnut.
CARYA (Hickory). — A genus of hand-
some deciduous Walnut-like trees with
oddly pinnate leaves having serrate leaf-
lets. The drooping male catkins are clus-
tered in each flower, with 3-10 stamens.
Female flowers in short terminal spikes,
and having a 4-lobed perianth. Drupe
rather dry, ovoid or roundish, splitting
into 4 regular valves, and falling away
from the smooth endocarp or shell.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Hickories are best increased by seeds,
which are often planted about 3 in. deep
where the trees are intended to grow.
Most of the species have long tap roots
destitute of fibres, and transplanting is
apt to injure them severely. If sown in
small pots with a tight-fitting ' stopper '
over the hole at the bottom, the tap root
will be prevented from getting out, and
will circle round the sides of the pot
histead ; the seedlings could be readily
transplanted to their permanent positions
afterwards, and this method is preferable
to planting the seeds here and there hi
the open ground. Cuttings of the tips of
the growing roots will sometimes root in
sandy soil. Grafting and budding when
the plants are in a dormant state will also
succeed ; but the easiest way is by seed.
C. alba (Shell-bark Hickory).— A fine
tree 50-70 ft. high, native of the Eastern
United States and Canada. Leaves com-
CARYA
WALNUT TREE OBDER
JUGLANS 791
posed of 5 finely serrate, more or less
oblong or obovate lance-shaped leaflets.
Flowers in May, greenish. Fruit globular
or depressed, containing a white thin-
shelled nut.
Culture Sc. as above.
C. amara (Bitter Nut; Swamp
Hickory). — A native of the same region
as C. alba, and growing 50-60 ft. high.
Leaves composed of 7-11 more or less
oblong lance -shaped leaflets, downy when
young. Flowers in April, greenish ; cat-
kins in pairs. Fruit roundish, with 6
narrow ridges, and containing a round
short pointed nut.
Culture d'c. as above.
C. microcarpa. — A beautiful North
American tree with leaves usually coin-
posedof 5 more or less broadly oblanceolate
roundly toothed and pointed leaflets 4 0
in. or more long, the odd terminal leaflet
being larger and broader than the others
about 6 8 in. long. In autumn the foliage
of this species, as well as that of the
others, assumes a soft yellow tint. It is
now regarded as a variety of C. porcina.
Culture Se. as above.
C. olivaeformis (Pecan Nut). — This
grows with the two preceding species, and
attains a height of about 30 ft. Leaves
having 13-15 oblong lance-shaped or
sickle-shaped serrate leaflets, gradually
tapering to a point. Flowers in April
and May, greenish. Nut olive-shaped.
Culture <Jtc. as above.
C. porcina (C. glabra). — Pig Nut;
Brown Hickory. — A fine tree 70-80 ft.
high, from E. North America. Leaves
with 5-7 oblong or obovate lance-shaped
serrate leaflets. Flowers in May, greenish.
Nut oblong or oval, with a thick bony
shell.
Culture dc. as above.
C. tomentosa (Mocker Nut ; White-
heart Hickory). — A companion of the
preceding species in a wild state, often
60-70 ft. high. Leaves composed of 7-9
obovate or oblong lance-shaped pointed
leaflets. Flowers in May, resinous scented,
in short catkins. Fruit roundish or ovoid,
with a thick hard husk, enclosing a
very thick-shelled round brownish nut,
4-ridged towards the summit. The variety
maxima has fruits as large as an Apple,
with an extremely thick husk.
Culture <tc. as above.
JUGLANS (Walnut). — A genus con-
taining 7 or 8 species of trees with an
odorous or resinous bark, and large alter-
nate oddly pinnate leaves. Male catkins
lateral, drooping, the flowers having a
5 Globed perianth with irregular borders,
and 8-40 stamens on a linear torus.
Female flowers few, in terminal spikes.
Perianth 4-lobed, surrounded by an invo-
lucre consisting of bracts and bracteoles
adnate to the ovary. Drupe ovoid or
globose, with a thick fleshy husk bursting
irregularly, and containing a thick hard
wrinkled bony-shelled nut, opening by
2 valves.
Culture and Propagation. — Walnuts,
apart from their value as fruit trees, are
highly ornamental and suitable for parks
and large gardens. They flourish in rich
deep soil where the roots can ramble
away to moist spots. I know some fine
old Walnut trees which flourish in what
appears to be the poorest soil, that has
never been touched in any way for years,
and is simply as hard as a macadam road.
Still the plants produce large crops of
fruit almost every year, and are in the
best of health. Walnut trees are increased
in the same way as the Hickory described
above, chiefly by sowing the seeds when
ripe.
J. cinerea (Butter Nut). — A native of
the United States, 30-60 ft. high. Leaves
composed of 15-17 lance-shaped serrate
leaflets, rounded at the base and downy
beneath. Flowers in spring, greenish.
Fruit oblong ovoid taper-pointed, downy
and clammy.
Culture d'c. as above. A hybrid be-
tween this species and J. regia has been
obtained and is known as J. alata.
J. mandschurica. — A very handsome
Walnut tree, native of Amurland. The
leaves are over 30 in. long and composed
of about 15 lance-shaped acute leaflets
4-8 in. long, feather-veined and some-
what toothed on the rnargin. The fruits
are about the size and shape of a hen's
egg, but rather more pointed at the at-
tached end. The kernel, although edible,
is not so palatable as that of the Common
Walnut, but they ripen 2 or 3 weeks
earlier.
Culture dc. as above.
J. nigra. — A tree about 60 ft. high,
native of the United States. Leaves
having 13-17 heart-shaped tapering ser-
792
PBACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS pterocarya
rate leaflets, unequal at the base, and
somewhat downy. Flowers in spring,
greenish. Fruit round, roughish, with
minute projections on the husk.
Culture dc. as above. This species
has also been crossed with J. regia and
has produced a hybrid called J. piri-
formis.
J. regia {Common Walnut Tree). —
A beautiful and well-known nut and
shade tree 40-60 ft. high, native of Persia.
Leaves consisting of 5-9 oblong oval
smooth, obscurely serrate bright green
leaflets 6-8 in. long. Flowers in spring,
greenish. Fruit egg-shaped, with a green
husk, and containing a wrinkled bony
nut, which forms an important article of
commerce. There are several varieties of
the Common Walnut, among which may
be mentioned elongata (or barteriana),
which has much longer nuts than the
ordinary type ; longirostris is an extra-
ordinary variety, easily recognised by the
fruits being prolonged into a long beak.
Other forms are laciniata, monophylla,
and pendula.
Culture dc. as above.
J. sieboldiana. — An ornamental Ja-
panese tree, having thin, soft, shortly
toothed sessile leaflets, green above, pale
beneath. Flowers in spring, greenish,
the males in long slender catkins. Fruit
violet-red when yoimg, woolly, and borne
in drooping clusters.
Culture dc. as above.
PTEROCARYA.— A genus with 3 or
4 species of ornamental trees with large
leaves pinnately divided into numerous
narrow leaflets. Flowers monoecious in
long drooping spikes. Perianth of the
male flowers irregularly 3-6-lobed. Sta-
mens 9-18 on a linear torus. Perianth
of the female flowers adnate to the ovary,
with a free shortly 4-cleft limb. Drupe
dry, angled, having 2 wings. Seeds
4-lobed at the base.
Culture and Propagation. — Ptero-
caryas flourish under similar conditions
to the Hickory and Walnut, and may be
increased in the same way from seeds, and
also by suckers and layers.
P. caucasica (P. fraxinifolia). — A fine
ornamental tree 20-40 ft. high, native of
the moist woods of the Caucasus. Leaves
12-18 in. long, resembling those of the
Walnut, and composed of about 15 oblong
lance-shaped, smooth, and sharply serrate
leaflets, each 3-4 in. long, and remarkable
for their clear yellow colouring in autumn.
Flowers in May, greenish, borne in droop-
ing spikes or catkins, the female ones
being 10-12 in. long, and the males about
half that length.
Culture dc. as above. This is the
best known species in cultivation.
P. rhoifolia (P. japonica ; P. sorbi-
f 'olio). —An ornamental tree, native of
Japan, where it grows at an elevation of
2500 to 4000 ft. above sea-level, and
often reaches a height of 80 ft. The
leaves are 9-12 in. long, with a woolly
rachis or main midrib, to which the
downy leaflets, each 2-4 in. long, are
attached. Flowers have not yet been
produced in British gardens, I believe,
but in a wild state the females are borne
in catkins about 10 in. long, while the
male ones are on catkins only 2-3 in.
long.
Culture dc. as above. As this tree
has not been introduced to cultivation
many years, there are yet no fully grown
specimens of it, but it promises to become
as ornamental as P. caucasica.
P. stenoptera (P. chinensis). — A noble
and ornamental tree, native of N. China,
with leaves 10-15 in. long, and composed
of 15-21 leaflets, between which the
intervening portions of the main midrib
(or rachis) are winged — a character which
at once distinguishes this species from
the others. The male and female catkins
are about the same length as those of
P. rhoifolia, and the roundish fruits
are furnished with 2 side wings, each
more than an inch long.
Culture dc. as above.
CVII. MYRICACEiE— Sweet Gale Order
An order of trees or shrubs, often aromatic, with alternate feather-veined,
entire, serrate, irregularly toothed or lobed, or regularly pinnatifid leaves and
no stipules; except spurious ones in Myrica asplenifolia. Flowers 1-sexed ;
males in short cylindrical spikes ; females in ovate sessile catkins. Perianth
MYRICA
SWEET GALE ORDER
MYKICA 793
none. Stamens 2-16, often 4-6, in
1 -celled. Fruit a small round or
papillae or small raised dots.
MYRICA (Candleberry Myrtle). —
This is the only genus of the order, and
its essential characters are given above.
M. asplenifolia (Comptonia aspleni-
folia). — Sweet Fern. — A distinct North
American shrub 3-4 ft. high, remarkable
for its deciduous, fragrant, Fern-like leaves,
which are lance -shaped and pinnately cut
and toothed, and sprinkled with yellowish
resinous dots. Stipules half heart-shaped.
Flowers in March and April, whitish.
Male catkins lateral, cylindrical ; female
ones ovate.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species grows freely in moist peaty soil,
and prefers a somewhat shaded situation.
It may be increased by layers and offsets
or suckers in autumn ; and by seeds sown
in cold frames as soon as ripe. It may be
grown in peaty borders with Heaths,
Azaleas, Pihododendrons, Kalmias, and
other Ericaceous plants.
M. californica. — A Californian species
said to attain a height of 30-40 ft. in its
native state. Leaves oblanceolate acute,
the axil of each bract. Ovary sessile,
ovoid drupe, often covered with waxy
thick, slightly woolly beneath, 2-4 in. long,
and somewhat toothed. Flowers greenish,
monoecious, succeeded by purple fruits
thinly coated with greyish-white waxy
papillae.
Culture dtc. as above. May be grown
like M. asplenifolia.
M. cerifera (Common Candleberry
Myrtle). — A Canadian evergreen shrub,
5-12 ft. high, with Hat shining green lance-
shaped pointed serrate leaves. Flowers
in May, reddish, succeeded by waxy fruits.
Culture dtc. as above.
M. Gale (Sweet Gale; BogMyrtlr).
A beautiful fragrant bush 2-4 ft. high,
native of the bogs and moors in the
British Islands. Leaves 2-3 in. long,
narrowly wedge-shaped obovate or lance-
shaped serrate, shortly stalked, and often
downy beneath. Flowers from May to
July, brownish -green, the female ones
having red styles, the male ones 4
stamens.
Culture dc. as above.
CVIII. CUPULIFERiE-Oak, Beech, and Birch Order
An important order of trees or shrubs with alternate feather- veined, serrate,
dentate, or entire, rarely lobed, never compound leaves, which are deciduous
in most of the hardy species. Stipules free, often fugacious. Flowers
monoecious ; the male ones solitary, crowded, or in spikes, with or without
an irregular perianth of 5 or more segments. Stamens 2-4, or numerous.
Female flowers with or without an adnate perianth. Ovary inferior or naked,
more or less perfectly 2-3- (rarely 4-6-) celled after fertilisation. Fruit an
indehiscent glans or nut, seated on, or enclosed by, the cup-like involucre
formed of the hardened accrescent bracts.
As may be seen below, most of our hardy native trees, like the Birch,
Alder, Hazel, Oak, Beech, belong to this natural order, as well as many fine
exotic ones.
BETULA (Birch). — A genus of orna-
mental trees and shrubs, with alternate,
toothed or serrate, rarely incised, feather-
veined leaves. Flowers monoecious, in
axillary or terminal spikes appearing at
the same time as the leaves. Male cat-
kins cylindrical, loose, imbricated with
ternate concave scales, the middle one
largest, ovate ; perianth sessile, mem-
branous, with 4 segments, or fewer by
abortion, stamens 2. Female catkins
similar, but more dense and compact ;
perianth none. Ovary 2-celled ; styles 2.
Nut small, flattened, narrowly or broadly
2-winged.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Birches are graceful and ornamental trees
that never fail to secure the admiration
794
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
BETULA
of the woodland artist. They flourish in
a light sandy loamy soil, but practically
grow well in all ordinary garden soils.
Many kinds flourish exceedingly well
near the banks of lakes, streams, rivers,
&c, and in such positions add a good
deal to the beauty of the landscape.
They are as a rule best increased by
sowing well-ripened and thoroughly dried
seeds in March. The seeds are not
covered with soil, but pressed into it with
the feet. During the summer the seed
beds shoidd be shaded with branches if
necessary, and the seedlings may be
transplanted the following spring.
Layering is also used in connection
with low bushy forms in the autumn,
while rare and choice varieties are in-
creased by grafting or budding on stocks
of the commoner kinds, the grafting being
done about March, and the budding hi
June or July. The amateur, however,
unless he is desirous of experimenting for
himself, will save a good deal of time by
obtaining well-established trees or bushes
from a nurseryman, instead of trying to
raise them in his own garden. The
following is a list of the most ornamental
Birches in cultivation.
B. alba (Silver, White, or Common
Birch). — A beautiful native tree varying
in height from a small shrub hi the
extreme north to a graceful tree 50-80 ft.
in more southern localities, with a trunk
8-24 in. in diameter, and having a silvery-
white flaky bark. Leaves long-stalked
ovate acute doubly serrate, 1-3 in. long,
with broad stipules. Flowers in April
and May ; male catkins drooping §-2 in.
long; female catkins shorter, and some-
what erect. Fruit roundish, with a
notched wing.
There are many forms of the Silver
Birch, the most striking being albo-
pivrpurea, the leaves of which are of a
lustrous rich purple hue above, whitish
beneath; dalecarlica, leaves deeply and
pinnately divided into toothed lobes;
foliis variegatis, leaves blotched with
yellowish-white; laciniata pendula, as
the name indicates, has a drooping habit,
and deeply laciniated dark green leaves.
There are a few forms of this, that known
as Yoimg's Weeping Birch being most
generally grown in nurseries; pendula,
the Weeping Birch, a well-marked variety
distinguished from the type by its more
slender, smoother, and drooping branches ;
pendula Yonngi is a still finer weeping
Birch ; fastigiata has erect branches, and
resembles the Lombardy Poplar hi habit ;
aurea has yellowish leaves ; purpurea,
purple ones; variegata. leaves blotched
with white ; and urticcefolia, with deeply
laciniated sharply toothed, hairy leaves.
The Birch is a rapid growing tree, but
unfortunately does not attain a great age,
and seldom increases much in size after
30 years. As a lawn tree or for parks
and large gardens it is very ornamental,
quite as much in a leafless as in a leafy
state, owing to its smooth white bark and
graceful twiggy branches. This species
grows nearer the North Pole than any
other tree, and is the only one existing in
Greenland, where it is, however, much
stunted in growth. The bark and wood
have a commercial value in many coun-
tries.
Culture dbc. as above.
B. Bhojpattra. — A Himalayan Birch
about 50 ft. high, with pale brown bark
and oblong acute serrate leaves heart-
shaped at the base, and having hairy
stalks and nerves. Flowers in May ;
female catkins erect cylindrical oblong.
Fruit narrow-winged. This tree is best
in southern parts of the country in warm
sheltered places, and is also known as B.
utilis.
Culture dc. as above.
B. davurica. — A beautiful Siberian tree
30-40 ft. high, with smooth ovate un-
equally toothed leaves, narrowed at the
base. Flowers in February and March
hi whitish -brown catkins. The variety
parvifolia is distinguished from the type
by its smaller leaves.
Culture dc. as above.
B. Ermani. — A pretty Japanese Birch
resembling B. alba in having white-
barked trunks. The leaves are heart-
shaped and tapering to a point, with
irregularly toothed margins. The male
catkins are 2-3 hi. long, and fully ripe
with pollen by the end of March or April.
Culture dc. as above.
B. fruticosa. — A shrubby Birch from
Eastern Siberia, growing only 5-6 ft.
high in moist situations, but taller on the
hillsides. Leaves smooth, roundish ovate,
nearly equally serrate. Flowers in Feb-
ruary and March, whitish-brown.
Culture dc. as above.
BETULA
OAK, BEECH, AND BIRCH 01WE1; bettjla 795
B. glandulosa.— A handsome Canadian
shrub, only 2-3 ft. high, having smooth
gland-dotted branches, and almost stalk-
less obovate serrate leaves, quite entire
at the base. Flowers in May, whitish ;
female catkins oblong. Useful for hills,
mounds, knolls &c.
Culture dc. as above.
B. humilis. — A pretty little Birch
about 4 or 5 ft. high, native of the K.
temperate parts of the Old and New
World. Leaves obovate, rounded and
coarsely toothed at the apex, but nar-
rowed and entire at the base, and much
larger on the non-flowering branches.
Culture dec. as above.
B. lenta (B. carpinifolia).— Sweet
Cherry Birch. — A handsome N. American
tree 70-80 ft. high with heart-shaped ovate
sharply serrate and taper-pointed leaves,
with hairy stalks and nerves. Flowers
in May and June, greenish-white. This
tree yields a valuable timber, and its
leaves are said to make an agreeable tea.
Culture dc. as above.
B. lutea (B. excelsa). — Yellotv Birch.
A native of Nova Scotia 70-80 ft. high,
with broadly ovate acute and serrate
leaves about 3.] in. long, on downy stalks.
Flowers in May, greenish-white. The
timber is used in shipbuilding.
Culture dc. as above.
B. Maximowiczi. — A handsome quick-
growing Birch, native of Japan, where it
forms a shapely tree 80-90 ft. high with a
trunk 2-3 ft. in diameter, covered with
a pale smooth orange-coloured bark.
The deep green shining leaves are very
large, being 7-8 in. long and 5-6 in. wide,
with irregularly and coarsely toothed
margins.
Culture dc. as above.
B. nana. — A native of Scotland and
N. Europe, 1-3 ft. high, with roundish
crenate leaves, distinctly net - veined
beneath. Flowers in April and May,
whitish-green ; female catkins erect
stalked cylindrical. The variety pendula
has drooping branches. May be used in
the same way as B. glandulosa.
Culture dc. as above.
B. nigra (B. rubra).— Bed Birch. —
A native of the United States 60-70 ft.
high with rhomboid ovate doubly serrate
acute leaves, entire at the base, downy
on the under surface. Flowers in May,
greenish-white, the female catkins being
straight and nearly cylindrical, about
2 in. long. This species is often called
the Black Birch, but that name is more
correctly applied to B. occidentalis.
Culture dc. as above. This tree
flourishes in moist situations, and is suit-
able for planting by the banks of lakes,
rivers, streams, &c. It is easily recog-
nised by the bark, which peels off in flakes
and gives the trunk a ragged appearance.
B. occidentalis (Black Birch). — A
graceful N. American Birch 20-40 ft. high,
with slender drooping branches covered
with dark shining bark. The rather dull
green leaves are broadly ovate and point-
ed at the apex, the margins being fur-
nished with sharp teeth.
Culture <<v. as above.
B. papyracea. — A fine N. American
tree 60-70 ft. high, with very flexible
branches, and ovate taper-pointed doubly
serrate leaves, having smooth stalks and
hairy nerves beneath. Flowers in May
and June, greenish-white ; the female
catkins drooping on long stalks. There
are several varieties of this species, but
all are remarkable for the beautiful white-
ness of the sterns, which retain their
colour longer than those of B. alba,
and are somewhat smoother.
Owing to the wood having been used
for making canoes in N. America, and the
bark for paper, the tree is known as the
' Canoe ' and ' Paper Birch.'
Culture dc. as above.
B. populifolia (Canadian WhiteBirch).
A Canadian tree about 30 ft. high, closely
resembling the Common British Birch in
habit, but less vigorous in growth. Leaves
deltoid, very much tapering, quite smooth
and unequally serrate. Flowers in April
and May, greenish-white. The variety
laciniata has large shining green, deeply
cut leaves.
Culture dc. as above.
B. pumila. — A beautiful Canadian
shrub, 2-3 ft. high, with downy undotted
branches, and long-stah\ed roundish-ovate
leaves, densely hairy beneath. Flowers
in May and June, whitish ; the female
catkins cylindrical. Useful for planting
on hills, mounds, knolls &c, like glandu-
losa and nana.
Culture dc. as above.
796
PBACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
ALNUS
B. ulmifolia. — An ornamental Japanese
Birch 50-60 ft. high, with a smooth white
bark, and broadly ovate leaves, tapering
to a point, and coarsely and irregularly
toothed on the margins.
Culture dc. as above.
ALNUS (Alder). — A genus of de-
ciduous trees and shrubs with alternate
feather-veined, serrate or rarely quite
entire leaves. Flowers monoecious ; the
male flowers in drooping scaly-bracted
catkins, lasting throughout the winter.
Perianth sessile 4-parted. Stamens 4.
Female flowers in cylindrical oblong or
oval catkins, like small Fir-cones in shape,
having fleshy scales which become hard
and woody when ripening. Perianth none.
Nuts small flattish, 2-winged or naked.
Culture and Propagation. — Alders
are propagated in much the same way
as Birches. The ripe seeds are collected
in October or November and carefully
dried to prevent them becoming mouldy
or rotten. They are sown in spring and
very slightly covered with soil. In
November or March the seedlings, which
will be 10-12 in. high, should be trans-
planted 6 in. apart in rows about 18 in.
apart, and by transplanting a couple of
years or so in succession masses of fine
fibrous roots are developed. The rarer
varieties may be increased by budding
and grafting like the Birches. It is better,
however, to buy established plants from
nurserymen.
The generic name Alnus means 'near
the bank of a river,' and thus indicates
the locality in which the Alder is found
growing naturally. The Alders like the
Birches are graceful in habit and generally
nourish in moist situations near ponds,
lakes, rivers &c. When a plantation is
being made, the roots should be carefully
spread out over the bottom of the hole,
which should not be more than 9 or 10
in. deep. The soil should be worked in
well among the roots, and afterwards
trodden down firmly. The best time for
planting is during November or March.
A. cordifolia {Italian Alder). — A hand-
some round-headed Alder 15-50 ft. high,
native of Southern Italy, and recognised
by its light-coloured bark and dark
shining green heart-shaped serrate taper-
pointed leaves. Flowers in March and
April, greenish-brown, appearing before
the leaves.
This is a fast-growing species and
proves to be quite hardy hi England not-
withstanding its origin. It flourishes in
a dry soil.
Culture dc. as above.
A. firma {Japanese Alder). — A very
distinct Japanese tree, having oval lance-
shaped taper-pointed, sharply serrated,
and many-nerved leaves.
Culture dc. as above.
A.glutinosa. — A quick-growing British
tree, sometimes attaining a height of 50-
70 ft., and distinguished by the black bark
and roundish wedge-shaped bluntly lobed
serrate leaves, downy in the nerve-axils
beneath, and when young, claininy like
the branches. Flowers in spring ; male
catkins long, large, and cylindrical, droop-
ing on branched stalks ; female catkins,
small, ovate, with deep red scales.
There are several varieties of the
Common Alder more ornamental perhaps
for gardens and parks. Among them may
be mentioned the Golden Alder {aurea)
with golden -j'ellow foliage; the Cut-leaved
Alder {laciniata) having the oblong leaves
pinnately divided into acute lobes ; the
Oak-leaved Alder {quercifolia), a very
distinct form having sinuate leaves like
those of the Common Oak ; there is also
a variegated form of the Oak-leaved Alder,
and one called imperialis or asplenifolia,
almost similar to the ordinary querci-
folia ; and the Hawthorn-leaved Alder
{incisa or oxyacanthifolia), a compact
form with leaves cut like those of the
Hawthorn.
A useful tree near the margins of
rivers, lakes &c, or as a break-wind to
more tender plants. Its wood, which
lasts a long time imder water without
decaying, is used for many things.
Culture dc. as above.
A. incana {Gray, White, or Hoary
Alder). — A native of the N. hemisphere,
but not of Britain, with broadly oval or
ovate sharply serrate leaves, rounded at
the base, white and mostly downy be-
neath. This prefers somewhat drier
situations than the Common Alder. In
warm southern parts it attains a greater
height than the Common Alder, but in
cold climates and unfavourable spots it
rarely reaches a height of more than 8-20
ft. The fine-grained white wood soon
rots imder water. There are a few forms
CARPINUS
OAK, BEECH, AND BIRCH ORDER corylus 797
such as glauca, hirsute/,, incisa, pendula
&c.
Culture Sc. as above.
A. viridis (Green Alder). — A native of
the N. Hemisphere but not of Britain,
with roundish or slightly heart-shaped
sharply serrate-toothed leaves, clammy
and smooth or softly downy beneath.
Flowers in spring ; female catkins ovoid,
clustered on slender stalks.
Culture Sc. as above.
CARPINUS (Hornbeam).— A genus
containing 9 species of deciduous trees,
rarely shrubs, with alternate stalked
leaves, often doubly serrate, with close
and parallel rather plaited veins. Flowers
monoecious ; male catkins sessile cylin-
drical ; perianth none ; stamens 3 or more
in the axils of the ovate acute bracts.
Female flowers in terminal drooping
bracteate catkins, 2 at the base of each
deciduous bract. Nut sessile at the base
of the bracteoles or half enclosed, ovoid or
roundish, strongly nerved.
Culture and Propagation. — Horn-
beams are raised from seed in the same
way as the Alders, but the seeds sprout
very irregularly, some taking quite a year
before appearing above ground. When
about 2 years old, having been trans-
planted from the seed-beds the year pre-
vious, the young Hornbeams may be used
for hedges, for which they are particularly
well adapted as they stand clipping well.
From an ornamental point of view there
is not much to be said about the Horn-
beam, but as it is found in many parts of
the country it deserves mention here.
C. americana (American Hornbeam).
A North American tree 10-50 ft. high,
with ovate oblong pointed sharply and
doubly serrate leaves becoming smooth
with age. This tree is also known as
C. caroliniana.
Culture Sc. as above.
C. Betulus (Common Hornbeam). — A
British tree 30-70 ft. high with elliptic
ovate acute, doubly serrate leaves 2-3 in.
long, hairy beneath. Flowers in May,
yellowish, producing ripe brown nuts late
in autumn.
There are several forms of the Common
Hornbeam, the best known being aureo-
variegata, leaves variegated with gold ;
incisa, leaves incised ; quercifolia, Oak-
leaved ; and variegata, variegated with
white.
Culture Sc. as above.
OSTRYA (Hop Hornbeam). — A
genus containing only two species of
deciduous trees, very much resembling
Carpinus in foliage. Flowers monoecious ;
female ones in terminal drooping catkins,
each enclosed in an inflated membranous
involucre which enlarges and closes over
the fruit.
Culture and Propagation. — The Hop
Hornbeams thrive in ordinary soil, but
rarely ripen seeds in the British Islands.
They can therefore only be increased from
imported seeds, but they may also be
grafted on stocks of the Common Horn-
beam (Ca/rpi/nus).
O.carpinifolia [0. vulgaris). — Common
Hop Hornbeam. — A much-branched
round - headed tree, 30 - 60 ft. high,
native of S. Europe, and having heart-
shaped ovate acute leaves resembling
those of the Common Hornbeam.
Flowers in May, greenish-white, the
drooping female catkins somewhat re-
sembling the ' heads ' of Hops.
Culture dc. as above.
O. virginica (Iron - wood ; Lever-
wood). — A native of the Eastern United
States, 15 40 ft. high, with ovate oblong
taper-pointed leaves, and Hop-like heads
of greenish-white flowers in May.
Culture Sc. as above.
CORYLUS (Hazel; Cob-nut).— A
genus containing about 7 species of de-
ciduous trees or shrubs with alternate
feather-veined, doubly serrate leaves,
plaited in bud. Flowers monoecious ;
male ones without a perianth, in droop-
ing clustered catkins. Stamens 4-8.
Female flowers minute, sessile in pairs
in the upper bracts of a small head.
Fruit by abortion 1-celled, 1-seeded,
woody, more or less enclosed in the leafy
involucre, consisting of the much enlarged
more or less cut bract and bracteoles.
Culture and. Propagation. — The
Hazels are not only valuable as nut-bear-
ing trees, but also as- ornamental trees
and shrubs with graceful habit and beau-
tiful foliage. The best known species are
briefly described below, but the cultiva-
tion and propagation are dealt with in
detail in the fruit section of this work
(see p. 1099). It may, however, be stated
798
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS quercus
here that all the Hazels flourish in deep
rich loamy soil, well-tilled and manured,
and they enjoy a rather dry and open
sunny situation, although they also thrive
in partially shaded spots. They may be
increased by means of seeds sown when
ripe, and also by layering the branches in
autrunn. As ornaments for the park or
garden they are of great value, and some
of them look well in beds and groups on
grass by themselves. In the autumn
they are remarkable for the beautiful
mellow colouring of the foliage.
C. americana (American Hazel). — A
shrub 4-8 ft. high, native of the shady
woods from Canada southwards to Florida.
Leaves roundish, heart-shaped, taper-
ing. Flowers in April, males greyish,
females crimson. Nuts brown, ripe in
October, enclosed in a roundish bell-
shaped toothed and serrate involucre.
Culture dc. as above.
C. Avellana (Common Hazel or Fil-
bert).— A well-known British tree 20 ft. or
more high, with roundish heart-shaped
doubly serrate abruptly pointed leaves 2-4
in. long, unequal at the base, and shortly
stalked. Flowers in April, males greyish,
females crimson. Nut brown, ripe in
October ; involucre bell-shaped rather
spreading, torn at the edges. The variety
purpurea, known as the ' Purple Hazel,'
is a beautiful shrub with large rich
lustrous purple leaves resembling those
of the Purple Beech. By cutting it back
every year when dormant, strong shoots
and large leaves are produced. Other
varieties are aurea, with yellowish
leaves ; contort a, with curiously distorted
branches ; heterophylla (also known as
tirticcefolia and laciniata), a handsome
form, the leaves of which are cut mto
pointed lobes with sharply and irregu-
larly toothed margins ; and pendula, a
weeping variety which looks graceful
drooping from the top of a standard stem.
Culture dc. as above.
C. Colurna (Constantinople Hazel). —
A large ornamental tree from Turkey and
Asia Minor where it grows 60 ft. high.
It has whitish flaky bark and roundish
heart-shaped leaves, with lance-shaped
taper-pointed stipules, and masses of floral
catkins as in the Common Hazel, but
larger and longer, and giving quite a dis-
tinct appearance to the tree.
Culture dc. as above. This species
is best increased by means of layers made
in autumn. There is a very fine speci-
men in the Botanic Gardens at Oxford.
C. heterophylla. — A distinct shrub or
small tree from E. Asia with broadly
obovate irregularly toothed 5-7-lobed
leaves, unequal or heart-shaped at the
base. This species is not yet very well
known, and should not be confused with
the variety of the Common Hazel bearing
the same name.
Culture dc. as above.
C. maxima. — A native of S. Europe,
closely resembling the Common Hazel in
appearance and foliage, but of somewhat
taller growth. There are many varieties
or forms of it, one of which (barce-
lonensis) yields the well-known Barcelona
Nut of commerce. For decorative gar-
den purposes, however, the most attract-
ive variety is that known as atropur-
purea, which is remarkable for its
beautiful bright purple leaves.
Culture dc. as above.
C. rostrata. — A bushy shrub 4-5 ft.
high, found from Canada to Carolina,
and closely resembling the British Hazel.
Leaves ovate oblong taper-pointed, with
linear lance-shaped stipules. Flowers and
nuts like those of the British Hazel.
Involucre bell-shaped or tubular, with two
incised-toothed divisions.
Culture dc. as above.
QUERCUS (Oak).— A genus of de-
ciduous and evergreen trees, rarely shrubs,
with alternate entire toothed or lobed
membranous or leathery feather-veined
leaves. Flowers monoecious. Male ones
in loose slender catkins, with a bell-shaped
4-7-, often 6-, lobed perianth. Stamens
numerous, often fewer than 6, sometimes
10-12, with slender protruding filaments.
Female flower solitary, with a 3-8-lobed
perianth, and enclosed in imbricating
bracts and scales. Fruit a nut or glans
seated in a cup formed by the hardened
bracts and scales.
There are about 300 species of Oak
altogether, distributed chiefly over the
north temperate regions, while a few are
found on the mountains of some tropical
countries. The Oak is essentially a forest
tree, and from a gardening and picturesque
point of view is suitable only for parks
and very large gardens. Many of the
QUERCUS
OAK, BEECH, AND BIRCH ORDER quekcus 799
kinds which shed their leaves at the
approach of winter are remarkable for the
brilliant colour tints of their foliage during
the autumn months, and such kinds
should always find a place in the park or
garden. But for winter effect among the
Oaks the evergreen and semi-evergreen
kinds are useful, not only in appearance,
but as sheltering breaks for more tender
plants. Our British Oak, famous in many
ways, is too well known to need a mere
botanical description here. The kinds
mentioned below are from other coun-
tries, and are useful for growing in the
British Islands.
Culture and Propagation. — Oaks en-
joy a rich loamy soil to attain luxuriant
proportions, and as long as there is a fair
amount of moisture available, their far-
reaching roots will find it.
The propagation of the Oak is usually
effected by means of seeds — the ' acorns.'
As these do not retain their vitality for a
very long period, it is best to sow them
as soon as ripe. Where any rare or
choice variety exists it must be increased
by grafting on to stocks of the Common
Oak (Quercus Bobur). As the seedlings
produce a long and strong tap root, which
is easily broken, great care should be
exercised in transplanting, so as not to do
too much injury. The following is a short
list of the best evergreen and a few
deciduous Oaks grown.
Q. acuta (Q. Buergeri). — A beautiful
Japanese evergreen tree or shrub with
elliptic or oblong entire or undulate -
crenate leaves 2-4 in. long, smooth when
old, but covered with rusty down in a
young state. There is a variety called
ulbo-nervis with white veins, and another
called ru b ro -nervis with red veins. Fruit-
cup hemispherical with concentric rings ;
nut ovoid or elliptic, three times longer
than the cup.
Culture dc. as above.
Q. yEgilops (Q. Ungeri). — Vallonea
Oak. — A more or less evergreen tree 20-
50 ft. high, native of the Grecian Archi-
pelago. Leaves ovate oblong with bristle-
pointed tooth-like lobes, hoary beneath.
Fruit-cup very large hemispherical, with
long lance-shaped spreading scales; nut
brown, handsome. The variety latifolia
has broader leaves than the type, and
pendula is recognised by its more or less
drooping habit.
Culture dc. as above.
Q. agrifolia (Enceno Oak). — A Cali-
fornian evergreen about 20 ft. high, having
downy young brandies, and broadly ovate
or oval leaves about 2 in. long, with
remote spiny teeth. Fruit-cup turbinate
with more or less ciliated adpressed
scales ; nut f-1] in. long, more or less
ovoid oblong in shape.
Culture dc. as above.
Q. Cerris (Bitter, Moss-cupped, or
Turkey Oak). — A handsome deciduous
< >ak 40-60 ft. high, native of S. Europe,
having downy young branches and oblong
or obovate sinuate-toothed or often pin-
nately cut leaves, somewhat hairy on both
sides, and turning soft brown in autumn.
Fruit-cup hemispherical, bristly with
long downy scales; nut brown, cylin-
drical, §-l| in. long. This grows more
rapidly and makes a more symmetrical tree
than our native Oak. There are several
varieties, one with variegated leaves, and
another known &b fulhamensis has almost
evergreen leaves more deeply incised than
those of the type.
Culture dc. as above.
Q. chrysolepis (Live Oak). — A hand-
some Californian evergreen tree attaining
a good size in its native country, the
trunk often having a diameter of 3-5 ft.
Leaves dark green spiny-toothed, covered
with a golden down or fur beneath.
Culture dc. as above.
Q. coccifera (Kermes Oak). — An ever-
green species native of S. Europe and
the Levant, where it forms a good-sized
tree, but in this country a dense bush
with downy branchlets and elliptic oblong
spiny-toothed rigid leaves. Fruit-cup
hemispherical with velvety scales; the
nut being more or less protruding.
The Kermes insect which feeds on
this species in its native habitat yields
a scarlet dye almost equal to cochineal.
Culture d-c. as above.
Q. coccinea (Scarlet Oak).— A hand-
some deciduous N. American Oak about
50 ft. high in a wild state, having bright
shining green pinnately cut leaves 3-8 in.
long, and remarkable for assuming more
or less deep tints of red or scarlet in
autumn, which renders it a very effective
plant on the landscape. Fruit-cup top-
shaped or hemispherical with a conical
scaly base ; nut f-f in. long, half covered
by the cup.
Culture dc. as above.
800
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS castanea
Q. conferta (Q. pannonica). — Black or
Hungarian Oak ; Gipsy Tree. — A native
of S.E. Europe, forming a handsome
round-headed tree 20-30 ft. high, and
having beautiful deciduous leaves 5-7 or
more inches long, oblong obovate in out-
line, and pinnately cut into bluntly
toothed lobes. It rarely or ever fruits in
this country, but may be increased by
grafting on stocks of the Common Oak.
Culture dc. as above.
Q. cuspidata. — An evergreen Oak
about 30 ft. high, native of Japan. Leaves
ovate lance-shaped or oblong, leathery,
entire or wavy-toothed, 1£-3| in. long,
downy when young, smooth when old.
There is a pretty variegated variety, and
also one with narrow (angustifolia), and
one with broader (latifolia) leaves than
the type.
Culture dc. as above.
Q. densiflora. — A more or less ever-
green Oak from the Californian moun-
tains, where it attains a height of 50-60
ft. or more. It has beautiful leathery
deep green leaves more or less oblong
ovate or obovate in outline, with almost
entire wavy cartilaginous margins. Fruit-
cup nearly f in. broad, with an ovoid
downy half-protruding nut.
Culture dc. as above.
Q. glabra. — A handsome Japanese Oak
forming large bushes in cultivation, and
having oblong obovate entire smooth
leaves 2-4 in. long, and upright spikes of
oblong acorns which take two years to
ripen properly. There are several varia-
tions of this species according to trade
catalogues.
Culture dc. as above.
Q. Ilex (Q. Oramuntia). — Holly or
Holm Oak. — A valuable and handsome
evergreen Oak 20-30 ft. high, native of
S. Europe, with elliptic oblong ovate or
lance-shaped toothed or entire leathery
leaves 2-3 in. long, deep shining green
above, hoary beneath. There are several
forms of the Holly Oak, among which
may be mentioned crispa, with leaves
wrinkled at the edges; fagifolia with
broader more or less wavy, and sometimes
slightly serrate leaves ; Fordi (or fasti-
giata) with a pyramidal habit ; integri-
folia, leaves lance-shaped entire; latifo-
lia, leaves broad and nearly entire ; longi-
folia, leaves long and narrow; and serra-
tifolia, leaves lance-shaped serrate.
Culture and Propagation. — These
varieties show that the Holly Oak is a
very variable plant, and if allowed to grow
naturally assumes fine proportions. It is
usually very hardy in most parts of the
country, but it sometimes loses its leaves
in severe frosts in the bleaker localities.
Q. rubra (Cliampion or Bed Oak). —
A large N. American tree with rather
smooth dark grey bark and elliptic ob-
long pinnately lobed thinnish leaves,
which assume a beautiful deep red tint
late in autumn or when touched by frost.
Fruit-cup saucer-shaped or flat with a
narrow raised border ; nut oblong ovoid,
1 in. or so long.
Culture dc. as above.
Q. Suber (Cork Oak). — A handsome
S. European evergreen 25-30 ft. high,
interesting on account of its bark supply-
ing the Cork of commerce. Leaves oblong
oval coarsely toothed, smooth above, hoary
beneath. Fruit-cup obovate hemispherical,
with a nut often half as long again.
Culture dc. as above.
Q. virens. — -This is the evergreen Live
Oak of Virginia where it grows about 40
ft. or more high. Leaves 1-3 in. long,
oblong elliptic, hoary beneath, entire or
irregularly lobed or toothed. Fruit -cup
top-shaped with a protruding oblong nut.
From its appearance this tree resembles
the Holly or Holm Oak, and forms of the
latter are often sold for it in error. The
true Q. virens seems to be rather rare.
Culture dc. as above.
CASTANEA (Sweet or Spanish
Chestnut). — A small genus of deciduous
trees with alternate often serrate-toothed
and parallel feather-veined leaves. Flowers
monoecious, in erect 1-sexed or andro-
gynous (2-sexed) spikes. Male flowers
clustered on long naked cylindrical cat-
kins with a 5-6-parted perianth and 10-20
stamens. Female flowers 2-3 together
in a prickly 4-lobed involucre which at
maturity encloses the leathery-coated
glossy brown fruits or nuts.
C. sativa (C. vesca). — A highly orna-
mental tree 50-70 ft. high, native of Asia
Minor, with oblong lance-shaped pointed
sharply serrate deep green leaves. When
bearing its numerous yellowish catkins of
flowers it looks particularly handsome,
but apart from this the aspect of the tree
is such as to mark it as noble. The fruits
are ripe in October. There are a few
CABTANEA
OAK, BEECH, AND BIBCH OBDEB fagus 801
varieties, the most showy being aureo-
margmata having the leaves beautifully
variegated with yellow. This seems to be
a rather delicate plant, and should be
grown in warm sheltered situations ; hete-
rophylla dissecta is another variety in
which the leaves are divided into slender
thread-like segments. There is also a
variety chrysophylla with yellowish
leaves, and now called Castanojisis chry-
sophylla.
Culture and Propagation. ■ — - The
Spanish Chestnut flourishes in rich sandy
loam, and is fairly hardy in most parts of
the kingdom, although it suffers severe
injury and is sometimes even killed by
hard frosts in Scotland.
Propagation is effected in the same
way as the Oak — by seeds, budding, and
grafting. The seeds retain their vitality
longer than those of the Oak, and need
not be sown until March or February, in
drills about 1 ft. apart. The seeds or nuts
may be 3 or 4 in. apart in the drills, and
covered with 2 3 in. of good soil. The
following November the strongest of the
young seedlings may be transplanted in
rows 3 ft. apart, with about 2 ft. between
each plant, and 3 or 4 years hence will
have made fine sturdy plants. As with
so many other trees the amateur need
not worry himself with the tedious process
of raising his own plants. They can be
obtained much more easily from a nursery-
man in all stages of growth.
FAGUS (Beech). — A genus contain-
ing about 15 species of deciduous or ever-
green trees, rarely shrubs, with alternate
feather-veined often toothed leathery
leaves and monoecious flowers. Male
flowers in long-stalked drooping heads,
with a 4-7-lobed perianth, and 8-40 much-
protruding stamens. Female flowers 2-4
together in a 4-parted involucre, consisting
of imbricated bracts, which eventually
harden and enclose the triangular or
winged usually 1 -seeded nuts.
Culture and Propagation. — The Beech
will flourish under the same conditions as
the Spanish Chestnut, and it may be mul-
tiplied in the same way by seeds, budding,
and grafting. The last two operations are
usually reserved for rare and choice varie-
ties which cannot be obtained quickly
from seed. The trees flourish in a rich
sandy loam, and as the roots travel just
beneath the surface of the soil the latter
is benefited by allowing the fallen leaves
to remain in autumn and winter as a
kind of natural top-dressing or mulching.
It is unnecessary to say anything here
about the beauty of the Beech as a grove
and woodland tree. The clean slaty-blue
bark, smooth purplish twigs, and shining
leathery leaves are well known to every-
one. Although other species are men-
tioned below, none of them equal in beauty
and grace our Common Beech and its
many fine varieties. Burnham Beeches,
first called attention to by the poet Gray,
contains many fine examples of immense
size. The thickness of the stunted trunks
of many has been caused by ' pollarding '
or cutting off the tops.
F. antarctica. — A deciduous shrub or
small tree, native of Tierra del Fuego,
recognised by its rugged twisted branches
and bluntly ovate doubly toothed leaves
lh in. long, narrowed at the base.
Culture de. as above.
F. betuloides (Evergreen Beech). — An
evergreen tree from the same region as
the preceding, with bluntly ovate elliptic
crenulate leathery shining green leaves.
Looks handsome in winter.
Culture dtc. as above.
F. Cunninghami. — A pretty evergreen
Beech, native of Tasmania. It resembles
F. betuloides, but has much smaller and
more heart-shaped leaves.
Culture Ae. as above.
F. ferruginea. — A N. American Beech
with ovate taper-pointed thickly toothed
leaves, rusty downy beneath, and having
ciliated edges. It is closely related to the
Common Beech, and may be a trans-
atlantic form. There are two forms of it
known, viz. : latifolia and macrophylla.
Culture dtc. as above.
F. sylvatica (Common Beech). — A
beautiful ornamental British tree 60-100
ft. or more high, having oblong ovate
obscurely toothed deciduous leaves with
ciliated margins. There are many fine
varieties, but none of them ever attain the
gigantic and graceful proportions of the
type. The best known are : cuprea — the
well-known Copper Beech — and its near
relation purpurea, the Purple Beech,
which is the more handsome of the two
with its pleasing deep purple foliage ;
argenteo-variegata has the leaves striped
and blotched with white, and aureo-
3 F
802
PBACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
SALIX
variegata with yellow. Among the varie-
ties which have the leaves more or less
deeply incised or lobed may be mentioned,
asylenifolia, incisa, and quercifolia ;
macrophylla has leaves larger than in the
typical plant ; and the ' weeping ' or droop-
ing forms are known as pendula.
Cttlture dr. as above.
CIX. SALICINEiE— Willow and Poplar Order
An order of trees or shrubs with alternate, entire, serrulate, toothed or rarely
lobed, deciduous, feather- veined leaves ; stipules variable. Flowers dioecious
{i.e. male and female borne on separate plants), usually appearing before the
leaves, and having no distinct perianth. Both male and female flowers are
arranged in deciduous catkins, and solitary at the base of the bracts, the male
flowers having 2 or more stamens inserted under the disc. Fruit a 1-celled,
many-seeded capsule, splitting by two revolute valves.
This order contains only the Willows and Poplars, most of which grow in
the north temperate and Arctic regions.
SALIX (Willow). — A genus of trees
and shrubs, sometimes with very dwarf
subterraneous trunks and branches creep
Similar situations in large gardens would
be the most natural for them.
ing along the surface of the ground.
Leaves often narrow or small, entire or
serrulate, feather-veined. Flower catkins
usually erect with entire scales. Stamens
2 or 3, or more in a few species.
Culture and Propagation. — The Wil-
lows are beautiful and graceful plants for
the garden when judiciously planted, so
as not to interfere with the flower beds.
Planted near water — lakes, streams,
ponds &c. — they produce a fine effect and
flourish better, perhaps, than in any
other position. They are not particular
as to locality, however, so long as they
can strike their roots into damp and
rather heavy soils. The dwarf creeping
kinds are excellent for rambling over the
stones in large rockeries.
The Willow is probably one of the
easiest of plants to increase by cuttings.
Pieces of the young and fairly well
ripened stem will root readily at almost
any time if just placed in the soil. When
used as stakes for other plants, care
ought to be taken that the bark should be
peeled away from the portion that enters
the soil or pot, as otherwise it will surely
root if in a green state. The Weeping
Willows are grafted or budded on stand-
ards of the common varieties. The bushy
or creeping Willows like lierhacea, reticu-
lata, Mijrsinites, lemata, aurita, nigri-
cans, repens are useful for covering knolls
or mounds. They are all natives of the
British Islands, and are found among
rocks and cliffs, by streams and rills.
S. alba (White Willow). — A large
native tree sometimes 80 ft. high, with
narrow lance-shaped taper-pointed silky
leaves 2-4 in. long. There are a few varie-
ties, the best known being ccerulea, with
smooth glaucoxis leaves ; and vitellina,
the ' Golden Osier or Willow,' with red-
dish or yellowish twigs when young.
Found in marshy ground in a wild state.
Culture Sc. as above.
S. babylonica (S. pendula). — Weeping
Willow. — A beautiful drooping species
about 30 ft. high, native of the Levant,
having narrow lance-shaped leaves 3-6
in. long, serrulate and tapering to a point,
often glaucescent beneath. The variety
annularis is remarkable for the peculiar
ring-like twist of the leaves.
Culture Sc. as above.
S. Caprea (Common Sallow; Goat
Willow or 'Palm''). — A pretty silvery
tree found near streams throughout the
British Islands. Leaves variable, elliptic
or oblong obovate or lance-shaped aciite,
with silky hairs on the surface. The
flowers are always at their best about
Palm Sunday, and are often used in
churches as a substitute for the real Palm.
The ' Kilmarnock Weeping Willow ' is a
variety of this species called pendula, and
is remarkable for its decidedly drooping
character.
Culture So. as above.
S. daphnoides (S. acutifolia). — Violet
Willow. — A Em-opean tree or shrub
S.VLIX
WILLOW AND POPLAR ORDER
populus 803
10-20 ft. high, now naturalised in parts of
England, and remarkable for young violet
twigs, which are furnished with narrow
oblong or linear lance -shaped sharply
serrate leaves 3-6 in. long, tapering to a
point, and having a glaucous bloom.
Culture dc. as above.
S. fragilis (C rack Willow ; Withy). — A
native tree 80-90 ft. high, with yellow-
brown twigs and lance-shaped tapering
serrate leaves 3-6 in. long, pale or glaucous
beneath, hairy when young. The variety
decipiens has orange or crimson twigs,
and rather smaller leaves. S. russelliana
—the Bedford Willow — grows about 50 ft.
high, and is considered to be a hybrid
between S. fragilis and S. alba, but differs
little from fragilis proper except in having
narrower leaves.
Culture dc. as above.
S. laurina, a handsome tree 20 30 ft.
high, found in various parts of England
and Ireland, is considered to be a hybrid
between S. pliylicifolia and S. Caprea.
Culture dc. as above.
S. pentandra {Bag -leaved Willoiv). — A
native shrub or tree 6-20 ft. high, remark-
able for producing its flowers later than
any other Willow, and each of these, as the
specific name indicates, has 5 stamens.
The leaves are elliptic or ovate, or obovate
lance-shaped, tapering to a point, 1-4 in.
long, glandularly serrvdate, and sweet-
scented.
Culture dc. as above.
S.phylicifolia (Tea-leaved Willow). — A
handsome native bush about 10 ft. high,
remarkable for its bright brown or reddish
branches and shining green and glaucous
leaves, which are ovate-oblong or elliptic
lance-shaped in form. There are several
varieties, one (radicans) being a more or
less decumbent rooting form.
Culture dc. as above.
S. purpurea (Purple Osier). — An erect
or decumbent British shrub, 5-10 ft. high,
remarkable for its red or purplish bark.
Leaves thin in texture, linear lance-
shaped serrulate, 3-6 in. long, smooth when
old, slightly hairy when young. S. rubra
is a hybrid between this species and S.
viuiinalis. Its variety Helix, the Rose
Willow, is much affected with an insect
which produces Rose galls.
Culture dc. as above.
S. triandra (S. villarsiana). — Almond-
leaved or French Willow. — A British
species usually found on river banks.
Osier beds &c. It grows about 20 ft. high,
and has flaking bark ; leaves 2-4 in. long,
linear or oblong lance-shaped tapering,
glandular serrate, smooth shining green
above, paler or glaucous beneath. Flowers
from April to June, each male flower with
3 stamens. There are several forms —
some with round, others with furrowed
stems.
Culture dc as above.
S. viminalis (Osier). — Grown naturally
this native species grows about 30 ft.
high. Its long straight branches look
beautiful swaying in the breeze, especially
when young and covered with a silvery
silky down. Leaves 4-10 in. long, linear
lance-shaped, with wavy margins.
Culture ,!e. as above.
POPULUS (Poplar). — A genus of
well-known deciduous trees with round
or angled branches, often having scaly
resinous buds. Leaves alternate, some-
times on laterally compressed tremulous
stalks, usually broad, feather-veined and
3-nerved at the base, entire toothed or
lobed; stipules narrow, membranous,
fugacious. Catkins loose, usually droop-
ing, and appearing before the leaves.
Stamens 4-30. Female flowers sometimes
on an elongated pedicle.
Culture and Propagation. — Poplars
are ornamental and quick-growing trees,
usually nourishing near streams, rivers
or damp situations generally. All the
species are easily increased by cuttings of
the ripened shoots inserted in prepared
beds in the open ground in either autumn
or spring. Seeds xxi&y also be sown as
soon as ripe in light soil, the seedlings
being transplanted and receiving the same
after-treatment as the Beech. Fresh
plants can also be obtained by severing
the suckers from the base and transplant-
ing separately in autumn. The Weeping
Poplars are usually grafted on tall straight
stems of P. grandidentata.
P. alba (P. nivea). — Abele ; Wliite
Poplar. — A beautiful quick-growing tree
60-100 ft. high, with grey smooth bark,
and large deltoid-ovate lobed and toothed
leaves 2-4 in. across, with long slender
flattened stalks. The variety bolleana
has a columnar or pyramidal habit ; can-
escens, the Grey Poplar, is distinguished
3f 2
804
PBACTICAL GUIDE TO GABDEN PLANTS populus
from the type by its smaller rarely lobed
leaves covered with a greyish down.
Culture dc. as above. P. alba makes
a fine shelter tree. Increased by suckers,
shoot and root cuttings, and layers.
P. balsamifera (Balsam Poplar;
Balm of Gilead ; Tacamahac). — A fine N.
American tree with round branches and
large buds copiously coated with a fragrant
resin. Leaves quite smooth, ovate, ser-
rate, tapering to a fine point, whitish and
reticulated beneath. The variety candicans
(P. ontariensis), known as the Ontario
Poplar, has broader and more or less
heart-shaped serrate pointed leaves on
usually hairy stalks, and grows 40-50 ft.
high in this country. As its branches are
remarkably brittle and easily broken by
the wind, it should not be planted where
exposed to strong gales ; laurifolia, a
Siberian tree, has oval oblong tapering
toothed leaves ; and suaveolens from the
Rocky Mountains has broadly elliptic
taper-pointed toothed leaves with slightly
downy nerves and stalks.
Culture dc. as above.
P. deltoidea (P. monilifera ; P. cana-
densis).— Necklace or Carolina, Poplar. —
An ornamental tree from N. America
80 ft. high or more, having sharply angled
or winged branches, and remarkable for its
large ovate heart-shaped or deltoid entire
or bluntly serrate smooth and bright green
leaves 6-9 in. long on young plants and
suckers, but smaller on fully grown trees.
The variety aurea is readily distinguished
by the golden-yellow colour of the foliage.
Culture dc. as above.
P. grandidentata. — This species attams
a height of 60 ft. or more in a wild state in
N. America. It has roundish branches and
downy, not resinous, buds. Leaves 1-3 in.
long, roundish ovate, with large and irre-
gular sinuate teeth, smooth on both sides
when old, but densely covered with a white
silky wood when young. The weeping
variety called pendula is the one mostly
seen.
Culture dc. as above.
P. nigra (Black Poplar). — A quick-
growing tree, 50-60 ft. high, native of
Europe and N. Asia, with smooth greenish-
white branches, downy when young and
more or less resinous, like the buds.
Leaves 1-4 in. long, rhomboid deltoid or
roundish, finely crenate serrate, with
round angles, and a tapering apex, borne
on slender flattened stalks. The variety
salicifolia has narrow Willow-like leaves.
The Lombardy Poplar is a variety of
the Black Poplar, and is recognised by
its pyramidal Cypress-like habit. It attains
a height of 100-150 ft., and is known
botanically as P. nigra pyramidalis
(P. dilatata and P. fastigiata being
synonyms).
In the Botanic Garden at Dijon there
is, or was some years ago, a specimen of
the Black Poplar, said to be not less than
500 years old. It was over 130 ft. high,
and the trunk had a girth of 50 ft. at the
ground level.
Culture dc. as above.
P. tremula (Aspen). — A beautiful native
tree, rarely exceeding 50 ft. high, distin-
guished by its grey bark and remarkable
for the almost perpetual tremulous motion
of its roundish heart-shaped entire or
angularly toothed leaves, which are 1-4 in.
long, smooth or silky beneath, and borne
on very long slender flattened stalks.
Flowers in March and April in cylindrical
catkins 2-3 in. long, the male flowers
having about 8 stamens. The variety
pendula has drooping branches, and is
usually grafted on tall stems of the
Common Aspen.
Culture dc. as above.
P. tremuloides (P. grcecd). — American.
Aspen. — A North American tree 20-50 ft.
high, with smooth branches and buds,
the latter being more or less clammy.
Leaves roundish heart-shaped, with a
short sharp point and small regular teeth,
and borne on slender flattened stalks.
There is also a weeping form of this
species.
Culture dc. as above.
CX. EMPETRACEiE— Crowberry Order
A small order of Heath-like shrubs, with alternate, scattered or clustered,
small linear or oblong, thickish leaves, no stipules, and small, 1-sexed or
polygamous flowers in axillary clusters or terminal heads. Perianth segments
4-6, somewhat petaloid, and often in two rows. Stamens 2-3, very rarely 4.
Fruit a roundish, fleshy drupe.
EMPETRUM
CBOWBEBBY OBDEB
ALISMA 805
EMPETRUM (Crowberry or Crake-
berry). — A genus with only one species : —
E. nigrum. — A tufted native shrub
with trailing Heath-like branches 6-18
in. long and crowded blunt linear oblong
leaves turning red with age, and having
the edges turned back so as to meet over
the midrib beneath. Flowers from April
to June, minute, sessile in the leaf-axils,
with 6 reflexed pink perianth segments or
petals and 3 stamens. Female flowers
succeeded by brownish -black Juniper-like
edible berries. The variety rubrwm, from
Chili, has brownish-purple flowers, and
red berries or drupes.
Ctdture and Propagation. — The Crow-
berry is an ornamental evergreen suitable
for parts of the rock garden with other
dwarf shrubs of like character. It flourishes
in damp peaty soil, and may be increased
by inserting cuttings of the shoots in
sandy soil under a handlight during the
summer months, keeping them shaded and
close for a short time.
Closely related to Empetrum is the
genus Corema, plants of which require
the same cultural treatment. C. album
i Empetrum lusitanicum) is a Portuguese
bush about a foot high, with clusters of
white flowers in spring. C. Conradi
{Empetrum Conradi) from the United
States is 6-9 in. high, with narrow linear
leaves and white flowers produced in
April.
Sub-Class II. MONOCOTYLEDONS
Division I. PETALOIDEJS (p. 127). Series I. Hypogyn^: (p. 127).
CXI. NAIADACEiE— Pondweed Order
An order of marsh or water plants with creeping roots and floating or
submerged leaves. Flowers hermaphrodite, monoecious, or dioecious. Peri-
anth segments none, or 2-4. Stamens usually 1-4.
APONOGETON distachyon (Cape
Pondweed; Winter Hawthorn). — A
charming S. African water plant with
oblong lance-shaped floating leaves and
branched spikes of white sweet-scented
hermaphrodite flowers produced from the
end of September to Christmas, and having
6 stamens and many carpels.
Culture and Propagation. — The Whi-
ter Hawthorn is quite hardy in the milder
parts of the kingdom, and flourishes in
ponds, lakes, streams, &c. The plants
should be sunk about a foot below the
surface of the water in pots or pans, so
that the roots will be protected from frost.
They may be divided after the leaves
have withered when the roots are at rest.
Seeds may also be sown as soon as ripe
in sandy soil in pots and submerged in
water. In the bleakest localities the
plants may be grown in an ordinary room
in a bell-glass, or in a tank in a cold
greenhouse.
CXII. ALISMACEiE— Water Plantain Order
A small order of water or marsh plants with simple radical leaves and leafless
flower-scapes. Flowers hermaphrodite or unisexual, with an inferior perianth,
all the segments of which, or only the 3 inner ones, are coloured. Stamens 6
or 9 or more.
white flowers h in. across with yellow
claws, borne in July and August, 2-3
together at the rooting joints of the
floating stems, from which oblong elliptic
leaves are produced.
Culture dc. as for A. Plantago.
A. Plantago {Common Water Plan-
tain).— An ornamental British plant with
ALISMA (Water Plantain). — A
small genus of water or marsh perennials
with parallel veined leaves, and flowers
with 3 petals or segments, borne in whorls
or umbels. Stamens 6.
A. natans (or Elisma natans) is a very
rare British species with floating lance -
shaped subulate leaves 2-8 in. long, and
806
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS limnochaeis
erect, broadly lance-shaped leaves, 5-7-
nerved, 6-8 in. long, and pink or rosy
flowers about \ in. across borne in panicles
from June to August on stalks 1-3 ft. high.
Culture and Propagation. — Clumps
of this plant on the edges of lakes,
rivers, streams &c. look very pretty and
have a decidedly attractive appearance.
Once planted it will require no further
attention, and will reproduce itself from
seeds. It is very common along the banks
of the Thames, and the leaves are freely
eaten by swans.
A. ranunculoides. — A tufted native
species with stalked and 3-ribbed leaves
2-3 in. long, erect and linear lance-shaped.
The pale purple flowers, like those of
A. Plantago, appear from May to Sep-
tember, borne 6-8 in umbels or whorls.
Culture dc. as above for A. Plantago.
SAGITTARIA (Arrowhead).— A
genus of marsh or water plants closely
related to the Water Plantains, from
which they differ in having all unisexual
flowers, borne in spikes, whorls or pan-
icles. The elliptic lance-shaped or sagittate
leaves have long and often thick stalks.
Culture and Propagation. — The
hardy species may be grown in water or
marshy soil near lakes, streams &c. in
the same way as the Water Plantains,
and may be increased by division. Seeds
may also be sown when ripe in pots or
pans of sandy soil half submerged in
water. The seedlings are pricked out
into similar soil in due course and may
be again plunged in water and grown on
until sturdy enough for the open air.
The double-flowered variety can only be
increased by division, as it rarely or never
produces any seed.
S. heterophylla. — An attractive North
American marsh plant 2-2^ ft. high with
long-stalked bluntly triangular leaves
having 2 pointed lobes at the base. The
pure white flowers about 1£ in. across
appear in August, and are borne in whorls
of 3 on the upper portion of the scape, the
bunch of bright yellow stamens in the
centre being very conspicuous.
Culture do. as above.
S. sagittifolia. — An ornamental native
water plant with stolon-bearing stems,
swollen at the base, and bright green
hastate or arrow-shaped leaves 2-8 in.
long, with stout 3-sided stalks 12-18 in.
long. The white flowers with purple
claws and anthers are about i in. across,
and are borne from July to September
in distant whorls on scapes 1-2 ft. high.
The double -flowered variety, which is
sometimes called japonica /lore pleno, is
a very handsome plant with roundish
heads of white flowers, borne on purplish
pedicels over 1 in. long.
Culture dc. as above.
S. sinensis (S. gigantea ; S. land-
folia). — A beautiful Chinese aquatic or
marsh plant with long-stalked lance-
shaped leaves about 3 ft. high altogether.
The stem reaches a height of about 4| ft.
and the flowers are borne in clusters or
whorls of three on the upper portion.
The outer segments of the perianth are
greenish flushed with rose, the 3 inner
oval roundish ones being much larger
and of a pure white, with a cluster of
yellow stamens in the centre.
Culture dc. as above.
BUTOMUS (Flowering Bush).—
B. umbellatus is a beautiful native marsh
plant with a creeping rootstock and slender
erect 3-sided leaves 3-4 ft. long, sheathed
at the base. In June and July the beau-
tiful rosy - lilac flowers about 1 in.
across are borne in umbels, each blossom
consisting of 6 oblong segments, 9 stamens,
and 6 beaked reddish carpels, the latter
being united at the base.
Culture and Propagation. — This plant
flourishes in mud by the margins of
streams, ponds &c. in open sunny situ-
ations, and may be regarded as one of
our most ornamental water plants.
Although it is usually increased by divi-
sion of the rootstocks in spring, seeds
may also be sown when ripe, and treated
in the same way as those of the Arrow-
heads mentioned above.
LIMNOCHARIS.— A genus with 3
or 4 species of smooth marshy or aquatic
plants with tuberous rootstocks, and
elliptic lance-shaped or ovate heart-shaped
leaves having long thickened stalks.
Flowers hermaphrodite, yellow, borne in
umbels on a short scape, and having 6
segments, the 3 inner ones of which are
larger than the 3 outer ones. Stamens as
many as 20, hypogynous. Ovary with
15-20 distinct carpels.
L. Humboldti (Hydrocleis Commer-
soni). — A pretty little water plant, native
of Buenos Ayres, having whitish cylindri-
cal rhizomes and broadly oval or roundish
COMMELINA
SPIDER WORT ORDER
TRADESCANTIA 807
leaves, which float on the surface of the
water. Flowers from July to September,
over 2 in. across, with 3 bright yellow
roundish inner segments, and 3 smaller
green outer ones, and numerous orange-
yellow stamens in the centre.
Culture and Propagation. — This
pretty plant flourishes in still or running
water, and to prevent its being frozen in
winter the creeping rhizomes should be
planted in the mud about 9-12 in. below
the surface of the water. Or they may
be grown in pots or tubs, which can be
sunk from June to the end of September
out of doors, afterwards lifting them in
the event of frost and placing them in a
cold frame or greenhouse until the follow-
ing year. The easiest way to increase
the plants is by dividing the roots in
spring.
CXIII. COMMELINACE^— Spider Wort Order
A rather large order of herbaceous plants with trailing, ascending, or erect
stsms, and linear or lance-shaped flat and usually sheathing leaves. Flowers
regular or slightly irregular, hermaphrodite, in spikes or umbels. Perianth
interior, consisting of 3 outer sepal-like and 3 inner petaloid segments.
Stamens 6, or fewer by abortion, hypogynous, or attached to the throat of
the corolla, sometimes only 3 perfect, the others reduced to staminodes.
Ovary superior, 3 or sometimes 2-celled. Fruit a few-seeded capsule.
There are 25 genera containing about 300 species in this order, but most
of them are natives of the warmer parts of the globe, and unfit for outdoor
cultivation in the British Islands. The genera and species described below
are best known.
COMMELINA. — A genus of herba-
ceous perennials with weak, creeping,
ascending or erect stems, and ovate
lance-shaped or linear leaves, sessile and
sheathing or shortly stalked. The blue,
yellowish or white flowers usually have
only 3 perfect stamens, the others being
reduced to staminodes.
Culture and Propagation. — About 90
species are known, but the following are
the only ones at all hardy in our climate.
They flourish in light warm well -drained
soils, and in cold parts of the country
require a protection of leaves or ashes
&c. over the crowns in severe winters.
They may be increased by seeds sown in
gentle heat in spring, the seedlings being
planted out about June, to flower in
August and September. The tufts may
also be divided in early spring and re-
planted, or the fleshy roots may be lifted
in autumn and stored like Dahlias during
the winter, and divided at planting time
in spring.
C. caelestis (C. tuberosa). — A beautiful
herbaceous perennial about 18 in. high,
native of Mexico, with fleshy roots and
oblong lance-shaped leaves having ciliated
sheaths. The bright blue flowers appear
in June and July, borne on downy stalks,
issuing from heart-shaped taper-pointed
spathes folded together. The variety
alba differs only in its white flowers.
This plant and its white variety look well
planted in masses in warm borders. The
variegated form has flowers striped with
blue and white.
Culture (tc. as above.
TRADESCANTIA (Spider Wort).
A closely related genus of tufted or creep-
ing herbaceous perennials, with simple
or branched stems, variable leaves, and
flowers in terminal sessile or stalked
umbels. The perianth consists of 3 outer
distinct concave, green or coloured sepal-
like segments, and three inner obovate or
roundish petal-like ones. Stamens 6, all
usually perfect, with bearded or naked
filaments. Capsule 3-celled.
T. virginiana. — A beautiful herbaceous
perennial native of the United States,
with stems 6-24 in. high, and linear
purple-veined leaves, broadest at the base,
and somewhat ciliated on the margins.
The deep violet-blue flowers, with con-
spicuous yellow anthers in the centre,
appear from March to May, hi umbels at
the tops of the branched stems. There
are several forms of this species distin-
808
PB ACTIO AL GUIDE TO GABDEN PLANTS
SMILAX
guished by the colour of the flowers, which
are red, white, rosy, bright blue, and deep
violet. There is also a form with deep
violet double flowers.
Culture and Propagation. — These
plants are easily grown in any good
garden soil in open sunny situations and
may be massed in the border, shrubbery,
or rock garden, and also in rougher parts
of the garden. They are easily increased
in autumn or early spring simply by
dividing the tufts.
CXIV. LILIACEiE-Lily Order
A large order of herbaceous perennial, rarely annual shrubs or trees, having
bulbous, tuberous, fascicled or creeping rootstocks, herbaceous or woody
stems, and polymorphous cauline or radical leaves with usually parallel veins,
rarely net-veined. Inflorescence mostly terminal, solitary, racemose, spiked,
umbellate or capitate, rarely panicled, furnished with scarious or spathe-like
bracts. Flowers hermaphrodite or rarely one-sexed by abortion, regular or
rarely irregular. Perianth inferior, usually composed of 6 almost equal seg-
ments, very rarely 4, 8 or more, more or less distinctly in 2 circles, free, or
very rarely united at the very base. Stamens usually 6, hypogynous or
attached to the perianth lobes. Styles usually united at the top. Fruit
superior, 3 -celled, berry-like or fleshy, many-seeded.
This order contains over 2,000 species, a large number of which are
remarkable for the size, beauty, and colour of their flowers. They are dis-
tributed over temperate and tropical parts of the world.
SMILAX (American China Root).
A genus of trailing or climbing shrubs
with alternate, distichous, or rarely
opposite, often perennial leaves, 3-5-
nerved, the stalks of which are often
furnished with two tendrils. Flowers
small, more or less yellowish-green, di-
oecious, in axillary clusters or umbels.
Perianth inferior, 6-parted, with similar
segments. Male flowers with 6 stamens.
Female flowers with 6 or fewer staminodes.
Culture and Projjagation. — These
plants may be used in much the same
way as Ivy, and are more valuable for
appearance and foliage than for their
flowers. The climbing kinds are excellent
for clothing walls, or for rambling over
boulders, ruins, old tree trunks, &c, and
always thrive best in warm sunny posi-
tions where the growths can be ripened
and hardened by the sunshine. They
flourish in a rather dry sandy loam and
may be increased by seeds, layers, and
division of the roots. It may be re-
marked that, as the male and female
flowers are borne on separate plants
(dioecious), seeds will only be found on
plants bearing female flowers, but they
must be fertilised by pollen from the
male flowers, otherwise they will remain
barren. Cuttings of the ripened or half-
ripened shoots will root under a hand
light or on a gentle hotbed in summer
and autumn, if kept close and shaded for
some time. They are, however, some-
times difficult to root.
S. aspera (Prickly Ivy). — A trail-
ing S. European evergreen species with
prickly stems 5-10 ft. long, and ovate
or lance-shaped, cordate, spiny-toothed,
leathery leaves, 7-9-nerved, and some-
times spotted with white as in the variety
maculata. Flowers appear in July, sweet-
scented, whitish or flesh-coloured, fol-
lowed by red berries. The variety mauri-
tanica is a quick-growing climber with
greenish -yellow flowers and angular stems.
It is scarcely suitable, however, for the
open air except in the mildest parts of the
country. Buchananiana is a distinct
form with long leaves with bristly hairs
on the margins.
Culture dc. as above.
S. australis (8. latifolia). — A more or
less prickly-stemmed Australian species
3-5 ft. high, with leaves 2-4 in. long,
varying in shape from ovate lance-shaped
to oblong or nearly round, and having
short twisted stalks. Flowers in summer,
white, pale green, or purplish.
Culture dc. as above.
SMILAX
LILY ORDER
SMILAX 809
S. Bona-nox.— A N. American species
5-10 ft. high, with tuberous roots and
round or somewhat 4-angled branches and
stems more or less armed with small rigid
prickles. The leaves which are slowly
deciduous vary in shape from roundish-
cordate to fiddle or halberd shape, or
3-lobed, shining green on both sides, and
often bristly or spiny on the margins. The
greenish-white flowers appear in June and
July.
Culture dc. as above.
S. Cantab. — This ornamental ever-
green climber has been grown for many
years at the Cambridge Botanic Garden,
but as it seems to be distinct from all other
species in cultivation it has been named
as a new Smilax by Mr. Lynch, the Curator.
It has strong shoots, 12 ft. or more in
length, and armed with straight green
prickles about £ in. long, the slender and
nearly 4-angled branches being usually
without prickles. The papery leaves are
almost heart-shaped deltoid in shape and
about 5 in. long by 5i in. in breadth, with
5 nerves and a few grey spots on the upper
surface. The male flowers are sweet-
scented and produced in umbels of 8-12,
but like most of the other kinds are not
showy.
Culture dc. as above.
S. China. — This species is a native of
China and Japan, and has large and eat-
able fleshy roots. The roundish stems
are furnished with a few strong and some-
what recurved spines, and the roundish-
ovate glossy green leaves are deciduous in
winter.
Culture dc. as above.
S. excelsa. — A tall-growing species,
native of S. Europe, Asia Minor, &c, with
more or less 4-angled stems and branches
and broadly ovate acute leaves, somewhat
heart-shaped at the base and 7 -nerved, the
leaf- stalks being sparsely prickled and
the margins finely toothed. The female
flowers are succeeded by red berries in
autumn.
Culture dc. as above.
S. glauca. — A North American species
about 3 ft. high with round stems, but
angled branches and twigs more or less
covered with rather stout prickles. The
ovate acute leaves are slowly deciduous,
usually green above and glaucous beneath.
Culture dc. as above.
S. herbacea (Carrion Floiver). — A
N. American species with herbaceous
erect and recurved or climbing stems
without prickles, and smooth long-stalked
ovate - oblong or heart - shaped leaves.
About June 20 40 flowers appear and have
a peculiar carrion-like odour.
Culture dc. as above.
S. hispida. — A distinct N. American
species recognised by the stems being
covered with dense stiffish hairs and
slender straight prickles. The thin green
leaves are more or less ovate in outline,
with finely toothed edges and 7 or more
conspicuous nerves.
Culture dc. as above.
S. laurifolia. — A tall-growing North
American evergreen climber with round
prickly stems and angled non-prickly
shoots. The plant is easily recognised by
its bright green leathery and Laurel-like
leaves, elliptic or oblong-lance-shaped in
outline, with 3 nerves.
Culture dc. as above.
S. pseudo-China. — A North American
species with straight needle-like prickles
on the lower part of the stems, the upper
portion and the branches being mostly
without prickles. The ovate 7-9-nerved
leaves are narrowed about the middle or
lobed at the base, and become more or
less leathery in texture with age. The
greenish flowers are succeeded by black
berries on the female plants.
Culture dc. as above.
S. rotundifolia (S. quadrangularis). —
Green Briar. — A prickly-sternmed North
American climber, with thin, roundish,
ovate or heart-shaped leaves, 2-4 in.
long, abruptly pointed at the apex, and
greenish flowers borne in June on flat-
tened stalks, succeeded by round bluish-
black berries.
Culture dc. as above.
S. tamnoides. — A vigorous N. Ameri-
can climber with nearly ovate leaves, and
somewhat resembling in appearance S.
aspera, but without the heart-shaped base
to the leaves. In the autumn numerous
clusters of black berries appear on the
female plants.
Culture dc. as above.
S. Walteri. — This is also a native of
N. America, with angled prickly stems and
branches usually without prickles. The
leaves are more or less ovate-lance-shaped
or somewhat cordate, and in favourable
810
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS luzuriaga
seasons the female plants produce scarlet
berries.
Culture <£c. as above.
RUSCUS (Butcher's Broom).— A
genus containing 2 or 3 species of peren-
nial plants with erect branched and rather
woody sterns, bearing alternate or scattered
stiff leathery leaf-like bodies called ' clad-
odes ' — really flattened branches. Flowers
small, dioecious, usually on the upper sur-
face of the cladodes ; segments distinct,
the 3 outer ovate ones much larger than
the 3 inner ones. Fruit a round, pulpy,
indehiscent berry.
Culture and Propagation. — These
plants thrive in ordinary garden soil, and
are useful for planting under trees or the
margins of shrubberies where little else
will grow. They may be increased by
detaching and replanting suckers from the
roots. Also by layering the shoots and by
seeds when obtainable.
R. aculeatus (Common Butcher's
Broom). — A native of the British Islands,
occasionally found in copses and woods,
having tufted, branched, erect angled
sterns 1-2 ft. high, and ' cladodes ' h-lh
in. long, twisted at the base, ovate and
rather spiny. The small greenish -white
flowers appear from February to April
(the male ones being on the narrower
cladodes). and are succeeded by bright red,
rarely yellow berries, about the size of peas.
Culture cf-c. as above.
R. Hypophyllum (Double Tongue).- —
A native of S. Europe 1-H ft. high, with
more or less oblong lance-shaped cladodes
3-5 in. long, the upper ones alternate, the
lower ones opposite, or 3 or more hi a
whorl, distinctly ribbed. Flowers in May
and June, 5-6 in a cluster in the middle
of the lower cladodes. Berries bright
red, J-f in. in diameter. B. Hypoglossum
is a form of this species.
Culture £c. as above.
DAN./3iA. — A genus containing only
one species : —
D. Laurus (Buscus racemosus). — Alex-
andrian Laurel. — A graceful Portuguese
evergreen shrub, about 4 ft. high, with
smooth shining green, broadly lance-
shaped, leathery cladodes about 2 in. long.
The greenish - yellow flowers which
appear in May differ from those of the
Butcher's Brooms in being hermaphrodite,
and produced at the ends of the cladodes.
The round, red, leathery berries have a
white disc at the base.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species does best in deep loamy soil, and
likes a little sunshine, although it is a
good plant for shady places. It may be
increased by suckers, layers, or seeds, in
the same way as Buscus.
PHILESIA. — A genus with only one
species : —
P. buxifolia. — A charming Chilian
shrub, about 4 ft. high, with alternate,
shortly stalked, oblong, leathery leaves,
revolute on the margins. The beautiful
drooping Lapageria-like blossoms are
about 2 in. long, narrowly funnel- or bell-
shaped, and of a deep rosy-red. The three
inner segments of the perianth are much
longer than the three outer ones. Sta-
mens 6, hypogynous.
Culture and Propagation. — In the
favoured parts of the south of England
and Ireland this remarkable plant maj7
be grown out of doors, but it should
alwavs have a chosen and sheltered spot.
It grows very slowly, and seems to
succeed best in well-drained sandy peat.
It may be increased by separating the
suckers from the base, but it is not wise
to do this unless the plants have made
good clumps.
In connection with this species may
be mentioned a remarkable hybrid called
Philageria Veitchi. It was raised in
1872 by fertilising Lapageria alba with
the pollen of Philesia buxifolia. Theresult
was a plant almost intermediate in cha-
racter, with rambling shrubby sterns, and
drooping rosy flowers, in which the 3 outer
boat-shaped, fleshy segments are about
half as long as the 3 inner broadly
ovate ones. Unfortunately this hybrid
flowers very rarely, and as it is extremely
slow-growing is not likely to become
generally grown for many years at least.
I have seen it in flower about three times.
It would probably grow under the same
conditions as Philesia in the open air in
the mildest parts of the kingdom, but is
safer grown in a cold greenhouse. The
same remarks apply to the beautiful
lapageria alba and rosea, which in warm
sheltered gardens by the sea coast in
Cornwall often produce their white or red
tubular blooms freely at Christmas.
LUZURIAGA.— A genus with 2 or
3 species of undershrubs with almost
stalkless alternate oblong or elliptic leaves,
with 3 or more prominent nerves.
Flowers white, solitarv or few. Perianth
POLYGONATUM
LILY ORDER
POLYGONATUM 811
segments free, spreading, spotted. Sta-
mens 6, hypogynous ; ovary 3-celled,
becoming a roundish indehiscent berry
when ripe.
L. radicans. — A distinct Chilian ever-
green bush 1-2 ft. high, with slender
thread-like stems, and smooth ovate lance-
shaped stalkless leaves. Flowers pure
white, about 2 in. across, with spreading
segments, and golden -yellow anthers
united into a cone in the centre.
Culture and Propagation. — This plant
is fairly hardy in the neighbourhood of
London, but is more suitable for outdoor
cultivation in the mildest parts of the
south and west. It likes a sandy peat in
sheltered places, and may be grown in the
rock garden or in front of such shrubs as
Rhododendrons, Kalmias, and other peat-
loving plants of the Heath order.
POLYGONATUM (Solomon's Seal).
A genus containing more than 20 species
of ornamental herbaceous plants, having
horizontally creeping fleshy rootstocks,
ending in a stalk which ascends and bears
ovate lance-shaped or linear, alternate,
opposite, or verticillate leaves. Flowers
nodding or drooping, solitary in the leaf-
axils, or often in short loose racemes or
umbels on short stalks. Perianth tubular
or somewhat bell-shaped, with short,
spreading-erect, nearly equal lobes. Sta-
mens 6, enclosed. Fruit a 2-4-seeded
roundish pulpy berry.
Culture and Propagation. — Polygo-
natums have obtained the popular name
of ' Solomon's Seal ' from the circular
depressed scar left on the creeping root-
stock after the leaf and flower-stems have
disappeared. All the cultivated species
are hardy, and flourish in any ordinary
good garden soil, although they prefer a
fairly rich sandy loam. For the decora-
tion of shaded parts of the flower border,
rockeries, under tall deciduous trees, they
are very appropriate, and look handsome
when grown in large masses. In a cut
state the leaves and flowers remain fresh
a long time, and the buds will expand
after being cut.
Plants are easily increased at the end
of summer when the foliage has withered,
or in early spring, sirnply by dividing the
rootstocks, taking care in the process that
each portion is furnished with a terminal
bud, from which the season's growth is to
develop.
Seeds may also be sown, as soon as
ripe and freed from the pulp, in line
sandy loam and leaf-soil in pots or pans.
They will sprout the following spring,
and should be grown on in the seed-boxes
for at least one season before planting
out. It is rather a slow process obtain-
ing plants from seeds, and division of the
rootstocks is the method usually em-
ployed.
P. biflorum. — A pretty Canadian
species with slender stems 1-3 ft. high,
and almost sessile, ovate or lance-shaped
leaves, usually somewhat downy on the
veins, and pale or glaucous-green beneath.
The greenish-white flowers are borne in
May, usually two together, but some-
times three, drooping in the leaf-axils.
Culture &e. as above.
P. japonicum. — A Japanese species
1-2 ft. high, with leathery, oblong leaves
2 8 in. long, somewhat glaucous, especially
on the under surface. The drooping
white flowers, §-| in. long, slightly tinged
with purple, are produced in April 1-3
together in the axils of the leaves.
Culture lie. as above.
P. latifolium. — A vigorous plant,
native of Central Europe, and apparently
intermediate in character between P.
multiflorum and P. officinale. It has
arching stems 2-4 ft. high, and broad
bright green leaves. The greenish-white
flowers appear in July, 2-5 together,
drooping from the leaf-axils. The variety
commutatum, from N. America, reaches
a height of 6-7 ft., and has 3-10 large
white flowers in a cluster.
Culture dtc, as above.
P. multiflorum (Convallaria multi-
flora). — David's Harp ; Lady's Seal. —
This is the Common Solomon's Seal
occasionally found wild in British and
Irish woods, but also distributed through-
out temperate Europe. Its arching stems
grow 2-3 ft. high, naked below, and
furnished on the upper two-thirds with
shortly stalked, oblong, stein -clasping
leaves 3-5 in. long. The greenish-white
flowers, about 1 in. long, appear in
May and June, drooping in clusters of
2-5 on a stalk, from the leaf-axils. They
are succeeded by bluish-black berries
about j in. in diameter.
There are several forms of this species,
including the rare double-flowered one
(flore pleno) ; the silvery -variegated one
(striatum); and roseum, a form with
812
PEACTICAL GUIDE TO GABDEN PLANTS smilacina
rosy flowers, native of the Altai Moun-
tains. The variety Broteri resembles the
type, but has larger flowers ; and bractea-
tum is recognised by its well-developed
bracts, and its later flowering.
P. multiflorum is a popular plant for
forcing into bloom early in greenhouses.
The rootstocks are potted after the out-
door flowering period is over, and kept in
the ground until early the following year,
Avhen they are transferred to a warm
greenhouse.
Culture dc. as above.
P. officinale (P. vulgare ; Convallaria
Polygonatuin). — A pretty species occa-
sionally found wild on wooded limestone
cliffs. It has angled, arched stems 6-12
in. high, with alternate, oblong, half
stem-clasping leaves 3-4 in. long. The
greenish - white flowers, about 1 in.
long, are usually solitary in the axils of
the leaves hi May and June, and are
replaced later on by bluish-black berries
about \ in. through. There is a taller
Japanese form called macranthum, which
has larger flowers.
Culture dc. as above.
P. oppositifolium (Convallaria opposi-
tifolia). — A beautiful Himalayan species
2-4 ft. high, with opposite, shortly stalked,
oblong, taper-pointed leaves. The flowers
appear in April and May, drooping in
opposite corymbs, and are greenish-white
ribbed with red. The variety albo-
vittatum has red stems and leaves striped
with ivory or yellowish-white. After the
flowers have disappeared they are replaced
by scarlet berries.
This was at one time considered too
tender for the outdoor garden, but it
is hardy enough in southern districts in
warm sheltered positions. In colder
places a covering of leaves or litter during
the winter would protect it against injury.
Culture dc. as above.
P. punctatum. — This is also a native
of the Himalayas, where it is found at an
elevation of 7000-11,000 ft., thus bring-
ing it within the range of our outdoor
climate. It has angular furrowed sterns
1-2 ft. high, bearing oblong-lance- shaped
leaves 2-3 in. long, all ascending, and
usually opposite each other. The greenish-
white flowers appear in May and June,
2-3 in a cluster, and are dotted with
lilac.
Culture dc. as above. May be treated
like P. oppositifolium.
P. roseum. — A handsome but variable
species from Central Siberia with furrowed
stems 2-3 ft. high, and ascending linear
or lance-shaped leaves 3-5 in. long, the
upper ones opposite or in whorls of three
or more. The cylindrical rosy flowers,
about \ in. long, appear in pairs from the
axils of the leaves in May and June, and
are a contrast to the green foliage.
Culture dc. as above.
P. verticillatum (Convallaria verticil-
la t a). — A rare British species with angled
stems 2-3 ft. high, bearing whorls of 3-6
ascending, narrow, lance-shaped, sessile
leaves with ciliolate margins and veins.
The greenish flowers, about \ in. long,
appear in June and July, and are con-
stricted in the middle, giving place to red
berries about \ in. in diameter later on.
Culture dc. as above.
SMILACINA (False Solomon's
Seal). — A genus of herbaceous perennials
having slender creeping, or short, thick,
knotted rootstocks, and erect stems with
alternate shortly stalked ovate-lance-
shaped or rarely narrow, never heart-
shaped, leaves. Flowers small on short
pedicels. Perianth with almost equal
spreading segments, distinct or slightly
united at the very base. Stamens 6,
hypogynous, attached at the base of the
perianth. Fruit a round pidpy berry,
containing a few seeds, often only one.
Culture and Propagation. — Out of
about 20 species those described below
are the ones chiefly met with in gardens.
They flourish under the same conditions
as the ordinary Solomon's Seal, and may
be likewise increased by dividing the
rootstocks in late summer or early spring.
They should not however be disturbed
unnecessarily, but if left too long in one
place require surfacing or mulching with
fresh soil or well-decomposed manure so
that the roots may thus obtain a fresh
supply of food.
S. oleracea (Tovaria oleracea). — A
distinct species from the Sikkim Hima-
layas, with more or less erect simple
stems about 4 ft. high, and oblong taper-
pointed leaves 6-7 in. long, slightly downy
beneath. The roundish white flowers
tinged with rose are about \ in. long and
broad, and appear in May and June in
terminal panicles, each one borne on
deflexed or ascending pedicels about \ in.
long. The specific name oleracea refers to
MAIANTHEMUM
LILY ORDER
CONVALLARIA 813
the fact that the natives of Sikkim use
the young flower-heads in their green
sheaths as a pot herb.
Culture (fc. as above. It grows best
in a mixture of sandy peat and loam in
partially shaded and sheltered spots.
S. racemosa (Convallaria racemosa).
False Spikenard. — A North American
species 2-3 ft. high, with oblong or lance-
shaped ascending leaves 3-9 in. long,
pale green and somewhat downy beneath.
The small whitish flowers are borne in
dense panicles in May and June.
Culture dtc. as above.
S. stellata (Convallaria stellata). — A
native of N.W. America 1-2 ft. high, with
oblong or lance-shaped leaves 2-6 in.
long, sessile and half stem-clasping,
glaucous and somewhat downy beneath.
The small white starry riowers are borne
in dense racemes in May, and have
earned for the plant the popular name of
' Star-flowered Lily of the Valley.'
Culture Sc. as above.
MAIANTHEMUM (Twin - leaved
Lily of the Valley). — A genus contain-
ing only the following species : —
M. Convallaria (M. bifolium ; Con-
vallaria bifolia ; Smilacina bifolia ; S.
canadensis). — A very rare British plant,
but also found throughout the north tem-
perate regions of the Old and New World.
It grows 4-8 in. high, having slender
creeping rootstocks and flexuous stems,
furnished with a pair of alternate, broadly
ovate, heart-shaped, stalked leaves 2-3 in.
long, deeply lobed at the base, thickly
nerved. The small white sweetly
scented flowers ^ in. across appear in
May and June in rather dense erect
racemes, and are remarkable for having
only 4 free oblong spreading segments,
and 4 hypogynous stamens. They are
succeeded by roundish white dotted berries
about the size of a small pea.
Culture and Propagation.— This plant
is suitable for the rock garden in more or
less shaded spots in fairly good soil. It
may be increased by dividing the creeping
rootstocks.
CONVALLARIA (Lily of the
Valley). — This genus also consists of a
single species : —
C. majalis. — The characters of this
charming and well-known native plant
are a creeping underground rootstock
from which arise 2 ovate lance-shaped
leaves 6-8 in. long, with slender sheath-
ing stalks. In May and June an angular
lateral scape 6-10 in. long appears, with
a terminal raceme of pretty drooping
broad roundish bell-shaped flowers, having
6 short recurved or spreading lobes or
teeth, and emitting a delightful fragrance.
If allowed to persist they are likely to be
succeeded by round red berries as large as
peas.
There are several forms of the Lily of
the Valley differing chiefly in the size
and number of the flowers, or ' bells '
as gardeners call them, borne on the
stalks. What are known as the Berlin
or German Lilies of the Valley are in
greater demand for forcing than are
the Dutch varieties. Among the single-
flowered forms maybe mentioned Fortius
variety which lias tine foliage and tall
spikes with large bells of flowers ; the
Victoria variety is a splendid form in the
same way ; prolificans is a new form
found in a private garden in Italy by the
late Dr. von Kegel. It has large white
flowers flushed with pink inside, borne on
erect branching panicles 2 ft. or more high,
and very fragrant ; rosea has rose-tinted
flowers, and there is also a double rose
form, but neither is so charming as the
white varieties, among which is one
having the leaves striped with gold. The
double-flowered Lily of the Valley {flore
pleno) is by no means an improvement
on the single-flowered one, although the
flowers last well when cut.
Culture and Propagation. — Lilies of
the Valley are fairly easy to grow well,
and they repay for any little attention
and good treatment they receive. They
prefer a rich sandy well-drained loam,
enriched with manure and decayed leaves,
and always succeed best in moist shaded
positions such as under a north or west
wall or in any shady place with good soil
and plenty of air overhead.
About the middle or end of September
is the best time to plant Lilies of the
Valley. Strong plump well-ripened
' crowns ' should be selected if bloom is
required the following season. When the
young slender crowns or rhizomes are
used they take a couple of years to reach
the flowering stage. The crowns should
be 2-3 in. apart or even more. Fine
rich soil should be carefully worked in
between and over them, and the bed may
afterwards receive a layer of well-rotted
manure. For three or four vears the beds
814
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
EOHDEA
need not be disturbed, but if strong flower
spikes are required the beds should get a
liberal dressing of manure every autumn
or winter, and when the leaves are grow-
ing quickly waterings with liquid man-
ure will also be very beneficial. When it
is desired to increase the stock the rhi-
zomes have simply to be lifted in Septem-
ber, divided, or rather separated, and re-
planted singly.
At the time of flowering the colour
and size of the blossoms can be greatly
improved if they can in any way be pro-
tected from the weather. Old lights or
even a piece of thin canvas stretched on
pieces of wood placed over the flowers
will prevent them from being spoiled, and
they will look far whiter and purer in
colour than those left uncovered in any
way to the rain and wind. When pick-
ing the flower-stems they may be easily
detached by a rather sharp vertical pull.
The leaves, if possible, should not be
picked, as they are required to manufac-
ture food (as explained at p. 34) for
storing up in the underground rootstocks.
When leaves must be picked only one
from each crown shoidd be taken, so that
the remaining one may carry on the
work of nutrition.
Of late years a vast number of crowns
of Lily of the Valley are prevented from
starting into growth naturally in spring.
They are carefully packed in fine sand
or sandy soil and placed in refrigerators
in which the temperature is kept a few
degrees below freezing point. This being
too cold for growth the buds remain dor-
mant as long as the grower likes to keep
them in that condition. About June and
July when the naturally flowered Lilies
of the Valley are over, those which have
been prevented from growing, or 're-
tarded ' as it is called, are taken out, and
if planted in ordinary soil in pots, will
flower in a few weeks beautifully, even in
an ordinary well-lighted room, as well as
in the greenhouse. They are of course
watered and treated in the usual way.
In this way Lilies of the Valley are now
to be found in bloom almost the whole
year round.
The ' forcing ' of Lilies of the Valley
with great heat in winter is just the
opposite process to retarding in summer,
and scarcely comes within the scope of
this work. It may, however, be men-
tioned that the crowns after being planted
in pots or boxes and plunged outside for
a week to start the roots are placed in the
dark with plenty of moisture, and great
heat, 80-100 degrees Fahr. day and night.
After the leaves have grown a couple of
inches, they are of a very pale green
owing to the absence of light. They may
then be given light, but every day the
plants should be drenched with water
about the same temperature as the house
in which they are growing until the flowers
begin to open. In this way Lilies of the
Valley can be forced into flower from
December to the end of March in about
21-25 days.
Where a good hotbed exists and can
be kept dark, forcing Lilies of the Valley
may be attempted. When grown in pots,
the crowns may be kept dark by means
of an inverted pot. All the plants need
not be put into heat at once, so as to have
a longer period of flowering.
REINECKIA. —A genus with only
one species : —
R. carnea. — A Chinese aDd Japanese
perennial with creeping rhizomes and
tufts of smooth linear lance-shaped acute
leaves 6-12 in. long. The flesh-coloured
sweet-scented flowers appear in April and
are borne in simple spikes arising from
the centre of the leaves. The tubular
perianth has 6 oblong acute segments, 6
stamens, and a 3-celled ovary.
The variety variegata has the leaves
beautifully striped with green and yellow-
ish-white.
Culture and Propagation. — This plant
flourishes in ordinary garden soil, and
although the individual flowers are not
particularly showy, they are effective when
the plants are grown in bold masses.
The variegated form is the better garden
plant and like the green-leaved variety
may be readily increased by dividing the
rootstocks in early autumn.
ROHDEA. — A genus with only one
species : —
R. japonica. — A distinct Japanese
plant 12-18 in. high, with short thick
rootstocks and tufts of large radical
leathery leaves, more or less lance-shaped
in outline and strongly ribbed. In the
most favoured parts of the kingdom the
white flowers appear in the early months
of the year, and are borne in dense spikes
or clusters. The roundish bell-shaped
perianth has 6 short broad lobes, 6 sta-
mens, and a roundish 3-celled ovary which
HEMEKOCALLIS
LILY ORDER
HEMEROCALLIS 815
eventually becomes a 1 -seeded indehiscent
berry.
The variety variegata has leaves
striped with green and white.
C it It it re and Propagation. — This is
practically the same as for Mei/neckia
carnea above.
HEMEROCALLIS (Day Lily).— A
genus of ornamental herbaceous plants
having a very short rhizome with nume-
rous more or less thick and fleshy roots,
and long narrow often almost grass-like
radical leaves. Flowers in short irregular
panicles or clustered heads. Perianth
funnel-shaped with a cylindrical short or
longish tube, and 6 much longer oblong
spoon - shaped, erect - spreading, many-
nerved lobes or segments. Stamens 6,
shorter than the segments, declinate.
Capsule leathery, oblong, or roundish,
triquetrous.
Culture and Propagation. — The bold
outlines of the foliage and the trusses of
yellow or tawny flowers make the Day
Lilies excellent plants for massing in the
flower border, shrubbery, or rock garden.
They delight in partially shaded spots,
and by the margins of lakes, streams &c.
they are particularly effective. They
succeed in almost any ordinary garden
soil, but prefer a deep rich loam which
may be well manured some weeks before
planting. The best time for carrying out
this work is in early autumn as soon as
the leaves have withered. The plants
may at this period also be divided to in-
crease the stock, but once placed in posi-
tion are as a rule best left undisturbed for
three or four years, by the end of which
they will have made grand masses, and
may be again divided, allowing a distance
of 12-18 in. between the plants accord-
ing to the vigour of the kind.
Seeds may also be sown as soon as
ripe in autumn or in spring in cold frames.
The seedlings are pricked out and grown
on until large enough for planting out
either in late September or March and
April according to the date of sowing.
Although the flowers continue to
appear for several weeks, the individual
blossoms last only a day or two in a fresh
expanded state; hence the popular English
name, ' Day Lily,' which is a free trans-
lation of the Greek Hemerocallis, meaning
' Beauty of a Day.'
H. aurantiaca major. — This Japanese
Day Lily is considered to be the finest
of all. It is closely related to H. fulva,
having masses of vigorous deep green
leaves with a more or less glaucous
bloom, and large wide open flowers of a
rich apricot colour.
Culture dc. as above.
H. Dumortieri {H. ruUlans ; H. Sie-
/,,,/(//). — A fine species 12-18 in. high,
native of Japan and Eastern Siberia, hav-
Lng long narrow tapering leaves and 1-4
large orange-yellow flowers, tinged with
brown outside, borne on tall erect scapes
about 2 ft. high in early summer.
Culture dc. as above. This species
should not be allowed to remain more
than a couple of years without dividing.
The younger plants are more vigorous
than the old ones.
H. flava. — This species has a wide
range of distribution from Central and
South Europe westwards to Siberia and
Japan. It grows 2-3 ft. high, having
strong tufts of narrow deep green leaves,
keeled behind, and over 2 ft. long. The
sweet-scented orange-yellow flowers, with
flat veinless segments, are produced in
June and July in large clusters, and have
a showy and distinct appearance. It
increases rapidly and is an excellent
plant for naturalising in grassland &c.
< 'nil arc ,(■<-. us above.
H. fulva. — This species also extends
across Europe to Japan like H. flava, and
grows 2-4 ft. high, having long, broad,
keeled leaves in large tufts. The large
tawny-yellow flowers, about 4 in. across,
appear in June and July in loose clusters,
having almost blunt segments.
There are several forms of this species,
among which may be mentioned angusti-
folia (or longitiiba) with narrow leaves ;
crocea, with yellow flowers ; disticha,
a well - known plant, once considered a
distinct species, having flower stems
branched near the top and bearing trusses
of yellow flowers suffused with red within ;
Kwanso is a variety with large double
bronzy orange-coloured flowers, and there
is also a form of it with handsome varie-
gated foliage. The variety flore plena
is a handsome form with double orange
and crimson flowers borne in July.
Culture dc. as above. H. fulva is a
more vigorous plant than H. flava, and
may be used in many ways in large
masses for effect. It is of a very variable
character, as may be gathered from the
varieties enumerated.
816
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
FUNKIA
H. Middendorfi. — A handsome Day
Lily, native of Siberia and Japan, and
somewhat resembling H. DumoHieri. It
has, however, broader leaves, more or
less gracefully recurving, and its paler
golden-yellow funnel-shaped blossoms
are borne 2-3 together on tall scapes
well above the foliage in summer.
Culture dc. as above.
H. minor (H. graminea). — A distinct
and beautiful dwarf species 4-8 in. high,
native of Siberia, N. China, and Japan,
and readily recognised by its very narrow,
keeled and pointed grassy leaves of a
bright green colour. The fragrant yellow
flowers, slightly tinged with green, are
somewhat smaller than those of H.flava,
but are large for the size of the plant,
having the 3 inner perianth segments
wavy. They appear in June and July,
and each one lasts two or three days.
Culture dc. as above. A suitable plant
for the rock garden, margins of shrub-
beries, borders &c.
H. Thunbergi. — This is a beautiful
Japanese plant, closely related to and
probably only a variety of H. Jiava. It
has trusses of soft yellow flowers in July,
which look very handsome against the
green of the foliage.
Culture dc. as above.
PHORMIUM (New Zealand Flax
Lily). — A genus of large bold Iris-like
plants having a short thickened rootstock
with masses of thick fleshy roots, and
long radical sword-shaped leaves, very
tough and leathery in texture. Flowers
in terminal panicles, having a tubular
curved perianth with 6 segments, the 3
inner ones spreading at the tips. Stamens
6, protruding.
Culture and Propagation. — The Flax
Lilies can be regarded as hardy only in
the south and south-western parts of
England and Ireland, and even in these
localities the plants in some gardens will
suffer in severe winters, while in others
they escape uninjured after standing the
ordeal of several degrees of frost. Planted
in beds on the grass or in sheltered nooks,
they have a very distinct and attractive
appearance. Even in less favoured parts
of the kingdom the plants may be grown
in large pots or tubs in the greenhouse in
winter, and placed out of doors at the
end of May until autumn. The plants
like a rich, well-manured, sandy, loamy
soil, and may be increased by dividing
the tufts in spring just before growth
commences. They may also be increased
by seeds sown under glass when obtain-
able. There are only 2 or at the most
3 species known, but there are many
varieties, all worth growing, and all
natives of New Zealand.
P. cookianum (P. Colensoi ; P. foste-
rianum). — Small Flax Lily. — A hand-
some plant resembling P. tenax, but with
much smaller and more pointed leaves
2-3 ft. long. The yellowish flowers,
tinged with green on the outside, are
borne on scapes 3-6 ft. high in summer,
the inner tapering segments being renexed.
The variety variegatum has rather nar-
rower deep green leaves with one or two
stripes of creamy white near each margin.
Culture dc. as above.
P. tenax (Common New Zealand
Flax). — A free-growing vigorous species
with stiff erect dark green leaves 3-6 ft.
or more in length, having reddish-brown
edges, and always splitting at the tips
when old. The yellow or reddish flowers,
about 2 in. long, appear about August on
scapes 10-12 ft. high.
There are several forms, such as atro-
purpureum, in which the leaves are of a
beautiful purple suffused with red ; nigro-
jrictum, a compact-growing variety with
deep green leaves about 2 ft. long, nar-
rowly edged with blackish-purple, especi-
ally near the base ; variegatum is like
the type, but has its deep green leaves
striped with creamy white and yellow ;
veitchianum is also a form in which the
narrower pea-green leaves are broadly
striped with creamy-white from base to
apex.
P. tenax is a very popular plant in
Paris, where about 10,000 plants have been
used for decorating the Hotel de Ville.
Culture dc. as above.
FUNKIA (Plantain Lily). — A genus
of ornamental herbaceous plants with a
short thick woody rootstock and clusters
of thickish roots. Leaves large, radical,
stalked, oblong lance-shaped, ovate or
cordate, with distinct parallel curved veins.
Flowers showy, white or blue, more or less
drooping on tall naked scapes, each one
with a large bract at the base. Perianth
funnel-shaped, with a short or long tube,
widening at the throat, and having 6 lobes.
Stamens 6, attached to the tube or beneath
the oblong 3 -celled ovary.
FUNK1A
LILY ORDER
KNIPHOFIA 817
Cult are and Propagation. — Plantain
Lilies have striking ornamental foliage
produced in thick masses carpeting the
ground, and on this account are excellent
for grouping at the foot of rockeries, the
edges of borders and shrubberies, or near
the margins of lakes, ponds &c.
They like a deep rich well-manured
and well-drained sandy loamy soil to pro-
duce luxuriant masses of foliage. They
are easily increased by dividing the
crowns in autumn or spring, the latter
season being the best. The plants should
not be disturbed for about 3 years from
the time of planting, and may receive a
mulching of manure in the autumn or
winter to keep the soil in a fertile con-
dition.
F. Fortunei. — A beautiful Japanese
species about 18 in. high, closely related
to.F. sieboldiana, with heart-shaped ovate
pale green glaucous leaves having 10-12
curved veins on each side of the midrib.
The pale lilac funnel-shaped Mowers about
1.1 in. long appear in July. There is a
rare form in which the leaves are orna-
mented with a thin yellow midrib.
Culture dc. as above.
F. grandiflora (F. ja/powica). — A
handsome species 12-18 in. high, with
long-stalked ovate heart-shaped leaves
8-9 in. long, and trusses of pure white
sweet-scented flowers from July to
September, each one being about 4 in.
long.
Culture dc. as above. Slugs are very
fond of the young growths in spring, and
a watchful eye should be kept on them.
F. lancifolia. — A distinct plant having
tufts of green lance-shaped leaves 4-5 in.
long, narrowed gradually towards each
end. The white or lilac-tinted flowers,
11 A in. long, appear in August on slender
scapes 8-9 in. high, scarcely overtopping
the foliage. The variety albo-marginata
is distinguished by the silvery-white edges
of the leaves, and undulata by its irregu-
larly frilled and wavy leaves ; its varie-
gated form has foliage heavily streaked
and blotched with white. Native of Japan.
Culture dc. as above.
F. ovata (HemerocalUs ca?rulea).—A
fine free-growing species with long-stalked
ovate leaves 5-9 in. long, and racemes of
bluish-lilac or white flowers, produced
from May to July, on scapes 12-18 in.
high, overtopping the foliage. The variety
marginata has the leaves broadly edged
with creamy white.
Culture dc. as above.
F. sieboldiana. — An elegant Plantain
Lily with long-stalked broadly heart-
shaped ovate leaves, 10-12 in. long and
7 8 in. broad, readily recognised by their
beautiful glaucous tint. The white flowers
2-21 in. long, more or less suffused with
pale lilac, appear in summer on tall scapes
in one-sided racemes well above the
foliage, and give an additional charm to
the plant. The- variegated form, known
as <utulliitavariegata, and another called
med/io-picta with a white midrib, are
both charming plants, but somewhat less
hardy than the type, and therefore require
more sheltered spots or even pot culture in
cold frames in winter. Native of Japan,
Culture dc. as above.
F. subcordata (HemerocalUs alba ;
H. pla/ntaginea). — A fine Japanese
species with heart-shaped ovate pale green
Leaves 6 9 in. long, 3-5 in. broad, borne
on stalks 6-8 in. long. The pure white
flowers, about 4 in. long, are borne in
August on scapes l§-2 ft. high.
Other names to be found in catalogues
are sinensis, spathulata, univittata, and
virid/is, but the plants they represent are
only forms of those described above.
Culture dtc. as above.
KNIPHOFIA (Torch Lily; Flame
Flower ; Red-hot Poker). — This genus,
which is still better known in many
gardens as Tritoma, consists of tufted
herbaceous plants having a short root-
stock with clusters of numerous thickish
roots, and long narrow stifnsh often
grassy radical leaves. The showy scarlet
and yellow flowers are borne in dense
racemes or spikes on the top of tall naked
scapes. Perianth tubular or cylindric
with united segments free at the apex.
Stamens 6, hypogynous, usually protru-
ding. Fruit a round or ovoid leathery
capsule with few seeds.
Culture and Propagation. — A rich
sandy well-drained loam suits Knipho-
fias well, with abundance of water after
growth has started in spring, and during
the summer months. Most of the species
are easily increased by dividing the roots,
or detaching the suckers which are freely
produced by many in early spring just as
growth is about to begin. Seeds when
obtainable may also be sown in gentle
heat in early spring, or in cold frames
3 o
818
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS kniphofia
or even the open border about April and
May, and in this way new varieties or
variations are likely to be obtained. For
the first year the young plants are pro-
bably best grown in pots, and sheltered in
a cold frame during the winter months.
They may then be ready for transplanting
in the open ground about the end of May.
During the winter it is not only wise
but also beneficial to give the soil and the
plants a good dressing of well-rotted
manure or decayed leaves. This will
guard the roots from frost, and the
manurial matters will be washed down to
the roots by the rain, thus fertilising
the soil. As the cold winter rains, how-
ever, are injurious to the fleshy roots, it
is essential that the soil should be well
drained. The manure or leaves can be
heaped up in such a way around the plants
as to throw off a good deal of the wet.
Kniphofias are excellent plants for
massing in groups on grass, near pieces of
water, or in the flower border, and in
warm sheltered nooks where they will
have a free circulation of air. When in
bloom they are strikingly handsome, their
erect spikes of bloom shooting straight up
like red-hot pokers from masses of deep-
green graceful foliage and seen at a
distance produce a grand effect ; unfor-
tunately they do not bloom until late
in the summer and autumn, and in cold
unfavoured districts their beauty is apt to
be spoiled by the frosts. Many of the
smaller species are merely of botanical
interest, but are pretty enough in their
own way.
Except where otherwise mentioned all
the kinds described below are natives of
S. Africa, being found in Cape Colony,
Natal, Kaffraria, the Orange River Colony
&c.
K. aloides {Tritoma Uvaria). — This
is the handsomest and most vigorous of
all the Flame Flowers. It grows 3-4 ft.
high, and has masses of very long and
narrow leaves, channelled above, keeled
beneath, and toothed on the edges and
keel. The brilliant spikes of flower ap-
pear in late summer, and last often until
destroyed by frost. They are at first
bright coral-red, fading to orange, and
ultimately greenish-yellow. Many of the
hybrid forms, which are now becoming
popular, have been derived from this
species. Among its own distinct forms
may be mentioned glaucescens, with
glaucous leaves and orange-red flowers ;
grandiflora (or densa), very large bright
scarlet and yellow flowers, on tall spikes ;
grandis maxima and nobilis are very
similar, the flower stems often reaching a
height of 5-8 ft. ; longiscapa has very
long scapes ; maxima globosa has rounded
spikes of flowers ; preecox is remarkable
for producing its flowers in May, and its
leaves are also broader than in the type ;
Saundersi has rich orange-scarlet flowers ;
and serotina begins to bloom later than
all the others.
Culture dc. as above.
K. Burchelli. — A distinct species
having bright green leaves 2-3 ft. long,
gradually tapering towards the tip, and a
purple or blackish spotted scape bearing
a spike of scarlet and yellow flowers, the
segments of which are tipped with green.
Culture dc. as above.
K. carnosa. — A handsome Abyssinian
species, not very often met with in
gardens, having rosettes of leaves from
the centre of which spring scapes about
1 ft. high with cylindrical heads of rather
small apricot-yellow blossoms in Sept-
ember. The protruding bright yellow
anthers are very conspicuous, and add to
the beauty of the blossoms.
Culture dc. as above.
K. caulescens. — A very thick-stemmed
species having leaves of a beautiful glau-
cous bluish-grey tint, and flower stem-;
4-5 ft. high, ending in a dense head about
6 in. long of bright reddish -salmon flowers,
in June and July, changing to greenish -
yellow or white.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species may be increased by separating
the suckers from the base of the stem, if
any are developed, and if planted in a cold
frame in autumn in sandy soil they will
be fit for the open ground the following
May. In the absence of suckers, this
species may also be increased by cutting
off the head of the stem, which may be
rooted in sandy soil. From the base of
the stem offsets will spring in a short
time, and as they get large enough may
be detached and grown like the suckers
referred to above.
K. comosa. — A pretty Abyssinian spe-
cies 1-2 ft. high, with bright green erect
linear leaves, almost triquetrous. The
dense oblong heads of yellow flowers are
produced in August, and are rendered re-
KNIPHOFIA
LILY ORDER
KNIPHOFIA 819
niarkable on account of the long protru-
ding stamens, which are about twice the
length of the perianth tube. The variety
splendens has orange-red or yellow
Mowers, and is very handsome.
Culture dtc. as above for K. aloides.
K. corallina. — A beautiful hybrid
probably between K. Macowani and K.
aloides, the characters of both of which
it inherits. It has a dwarf tufted habit,
and produces brilliant scarlet flowers
shading into orange-red.
Culture dtc. as above for E. aloides.
K. foliosa (K. quartiniana). — A dis-
tinct species 1-3 ft. high, with tufts of
sword-shaped tapering green leaves 3-4
in. broad at the sheathing base. The
bright yellow flowers, sometimes tinged
with red, appear in August in dense
cylindrical racemes 6-12 in. long. Native
of Abyssinia.
Culture dtc. as above.
K. Leichtlini. — A handsome Abys-
sinian species with bright green trique-
trous leaves about 4 ft. long, and spikes
of vermilion-red and yellow flowers in
August. The variety distachya is a
strong-growing plant, with broader leaves
than the type, and two or three heads of
deep yellow flowers produced on the
same stem. The anthers of the protru-
ding stamens are crimson or blackish -
purple and make a beautiful contrast
with the colour of the perianth tube.
Culture dtc. as above.
K. Macowani. — A small species
12-18 in. high with narrow awl-shaped
green leaves 1-2 ft. long, deeply channelled
in front, and strongly keeled behind. The
bright orange-red flowers appear in
August in cylindrical ovoid racemes 3-5
in. long, and have the perianth segments
lvthxed. K. citrina is closely related to
this species, but has shorter pale lemon
flowers. K. primulina is another yellow-
flowered species about 4 ft. high, the
tubular flowers being in a truss about
9 in. long at the end of the purple-spotted
scape.
Culture dtc. as above. A suitable
plant for the rock garden in sunny well-
drained spots. Grown in the ordinary
border it is apt to die out. K. prim/ulvna
is probably too tender for outdoor culture,
except in the mildest parts. I have only
seen it in blossom in pots about the
middle of March, it having been protected
in a cool greenhouse from frost.
K. Northiae. — This is closely related
to K. caulescens, but has broader leaves
with serrulate edges. The pale yellow
flowers are borne in dense heads about
1 ft. long, the upper ones being tinged
with red at the tips of the segments.
Culture dc. as above. May be grown
and increased in the same way as K.
ca u lescens.
K. pumila (Tritoma pumila). — Avery
old garden plant with rough-edged
glaucous leaves 12-18 in. long and about
i in. wide. Flowers in August, bright
orange-red, in dense racemes 3-5 in.
long, at the top of a short scape over
l.l ft. long. K. Tucki is related to this
species, but may be distinguished from it
by its shorter and broader green leaves,
by the perianth tube widening from the
base to the throat, and by the less pro-
truding stamens.
Culture dtc. as above for K. aloides.
K. Rooperi (Tritoma Roopen).— Anne
species from Caffraria with sword-like
tapering, deep green, not glaucous, leaves
about i8 in. long and about 2 in. broad,
strongly keeled behind, with serrulate
edges. The orange-red flowers, about
li in. long, are borne in summer in dense
ovoid-oblong racemes 6-8 in. long, on
the top of a stout stem about 2 ft. high,
and as they become old change to yellow.
Culture dtc. as above. This species
requires a warm sheltered position and
a little protection in severe winters. It
must not be confused with a late-flower-
ing form of K. aloides, which is errone-
ously given the same name.
K. sarmentosa. — A species with creep-
ing underground stems and glaueousleaves.
It comes near K. aloides, having dense-
cylindrical heads of flowers 6-12 in. long,
those on the upper portion of the spike
being bright red in colour, while those on
the lower portion are yellow, more or less
suffused with red.
Culture dtc. as above. This species is
readily increased by the shoots from its
underground stems, which may be de-
tached almost at any time. A form called
kybrida is the result of crossing K. sar-
mentosa and K. aloides, and is well worth
growing.
K. triangularis. — This is a very desir-
able plant, and may possibly be a hybrid
between K. Macoivani and K. aloides,
and may therefore be a form of coralline/.
3 g2
820
PB ACTIO AL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
YUCCA
which is reputed to have the same
parentage. The flowers are like those of
K. Macowani, but the leaves are longer
and broader, and more in the way of
K. aloides.
Others species of Kniphofia not so well
Known, but seen at Kew, and other
botanic gardens probably, are modesta,
white ; natalensis, coral-red hi long
spikes ; pa/uciflora, bright yellow, early-
flowering, and dwarf in habit ; Nelsoni,
palKdiflora, white, from Central Mada-
gascar, and too tender for most parts
of the country ; and Kirl'i, from Zanzibar,
with reddish-orange flowers, likewise
rather tender.
Culture d'c. as above.
Hybrid Kniphofias. — Of late years the
attention of hybridists has been turned
to raising from seeds new forms of
Kniphofias, and the yellow-flowered kinds
have been used in conjunction with the
scarlet ones — chiefly K. aloides. Many
fine forms have resulted, and are as
healthy and hardy as their parents.
Among the best, mention may be made
of Atropos, deep scarlet, early ; Else Hans,
orange and golden - yellow ; Francis
Buchner, orange and yellow ; V. Le-
moine, bright coral-red, changing to
brilliant cinnabar -red ; H. Council, orange-
scarlet ; John Benary, deep orange ;
Obelisk, citron-yellow ; Otto Mann,
nankeen-yellow ; Pfitzeri, bright crimson,
without a trace of orange or yellow ;
Star of Baden-Baden, beautiful bronzy-
yellow, and several others.
YUCCA (Adam's Needle ; Palm Lily).
A genus of distinct and stately perennials
with a low or tall woody stem often
branching and tree-like, and bearing at
the top clusters of stiffish sharply pointed
sword-like leaves, with margins entire or
fraying into slender threads. The large
drooping white or greenish-white flowers
are borne in dense terminal clusters or
panicles. The bell-shaped perianths con-
sist of 6 distinct or slightly united lance-
shaped ovate segments, and individually
do not last very long. Stamens 6, hypo-
gynous, with filaments becoming broader
upwards. Ovary 3-celled with 3 sessile
stigmas. Capsule 6-sided, fleshy, pulpy,
or spongy, sometimes dry.
There can scarcely be two opinions as
to the decorative character of Yuccas in
the outdoor garden. Apart from their
immense trusses of flowers, which cannot
fail to call forth admiration, the plants
are beautiful simply owing to the grace-
fulness of their foliage, the outer leaves
usually recurving in an elegant manner,
while the central tufts are more or less
erect, all retaining a deep fresh green
colour throughout the year. There is
scarcely a place in the garden where
Yuccas may not be used with advantage,
either as single specimens on lawns, or in
groups on grass, on the top of rockeries,
terraces, banks, the sides of carriage
drives &c.
Culture and Propagation. — Yuccas
flourish in almost any ordinary well-
drained garden soil, but do not like much
lime. A rich loamy soil seems to suit
them best, and they grow freely and
luxuriantly in it. They may be increased
by dividing the basal tufts in autumn or
spring, or by means of the underground
thick, fleshy ' eyes ' or buds which some
kinds produce freely on the rootstocks.
The best time for taking the ' eyes ' is
in spring — about April and May, or at
any time during the summer. A small
portion of the rootstock should be left
attached to each bud, which may be
placed in pots or cold frames in rich,
light soil. Slight waterings from time
to time will stimulate growth and the
formation of roots, and when they have
become sufficiently vigorous the young
plants may be planted in the open air, or
grown in pots or tubs &c, according to
the object in view.
In cases where buds are not freely
produced on the rootstocks, a little arti-
ficial manipulation will cause them to
form. Pieces of the rootstock may be
cut lengthways or crossways, without,
however, detaching the rind. They may
be allowed to dry in the air for a few
hours so as to form a film over the cut
surface. Having been cut into short
lengths, they may then be placed in light
sandy soil in a hotbed or plunged in
heat in a greenhouse, and well watered.
Under the influence of heat and moisture
the buds soon develop and form roots,
and when large enough may be potted up
and grown on under glass until well
established. Seeds are very rarely pro-
duced, but when obtainable should be
sown as soon as ripe in gentle heat.
The seedlings are pricked out and grown
on in the usual way under glass until
large enough for the outdoor garden.
Although the kinds described below
YUCCA
LILY ORDER
ruccA 821
flourish in the open air, many of them
turn yellow and lose their leaves in a
very short time if taken into a dwelling-
room, especially if placed in dark corners
and where gas is used. Such plants,
however, soon recover if replanted out
of doors.
Y. aloifolia. — A native of the West
Indies, N. Carolina &c, having slender
stums 15-20 ft. high, and tufts of green
glaucous-tinted leaves 12-18 in. long,
tipped with a reddish-hrown spine, and
having whitish serrulate edges. Flowers
in May and June, white, about 2 in. deep,
in dense rhomboid panicles 1-2 ft. long.
There are numerous forms of this
in crdtivation, the best known being
Athinsi and pwrpurea, with purplish
foliage; arcuata, crenulata, and tenui-
folia, with narrow leaves ; conspicua and
Draconis, with broader recurved leaves ;
quad/tricolor and tricolor, leaves variously
edged with green, red, and yellow ; and
variegata, striped with creamy-white.
Culture dc. as above. This species is
hardy in the milder parts of the country,
and will stand several degrees of frost
without injury in some gardens, while
in others a few degrees will affect it.
Y. angustifolia.— An almost stemless
species about 3 ft. high, native of Missouri
&c, and producing dense masses of stiff
linear leaves 11 -2 ft. long, channelled
above, sharply pointed, and frayed into
numerous reddish -brown threads on the
margins. Flowers in summer, greenish-
white, 2-3 in. deep, in racemes about
1 ft. long, on the top of a simple erect
scape 3-4 ft. long. A good rock plant.
The variety stricta has broader and less
rigid leaves, and a looser panicle of
flowers. Y. hanburyana is allied to this
species. It has linear rigid green leaves
with brownish edges, and simple racemes
about li ft. long of white bell- shaped
flowers.
Culture dc. as above.
Y. constricta (Y. albo-spica). — This
species extends from Utah to N. Mexico,
and has simple sterns 3-5 ft. high, with
dense clusters of stiff linear channelled
leaves 1^-2 ft. long, strongly pointed, and
having the reddish margins very much
frayed into threads. The white flowers,
about 2 in. deep, appear in summer in a
deltoid panicle 3-4 ft. long, the ascending
branches being 6-9 in. long.
Culture dc. as above.
Y. filamentosa (Silk Grass). — An
attractive and ahnost stemless species
from N. America with dense rosettes of
firm sword-shaped leaves 1^,-2 ft. long,
and about 2 in. Broad, having a somewhat
glaucous tint, and the white edges frayed
into thread-like filaments. The white
flowers tinted with green outside are
borne on scapes 5-8 ft. high in June, in
dense rhomboid panicles with ascending
flexuous branches. There are many
varieties of this species, including golden -
striped and silver-striped ones which are
very attractive, but not so hardy as the
green-leaved type. The plant known as
Y. fiaccida is only a variety of filamen-
tosa, but is distinguished by having less
rigid and more recurving leaves than the
type, and downy panicles of white fli
with broader segments. Y. glaucescens
is another variety distinguished by its
glaucous leaves about 1 in. wide, and
its flower stems densely covered with a
bluish-grey down.
Culture dc. as above.
Y. glauca. — An ornamental North
American species without stems, having
tufts of sword-like leaves 1J ft. long and
about Ik in. broad, glaucous when young,
stiffly pointed, and edged with red-brown,
the margins being entire or slightly
frayed. The white broadly bell-shaped
flowers appear in summer in dense
pjTamidal panicles 2-3 ft. long, well above
the foliage.
Culture dc. as above.
Y. gloriosa (Mound Lily). — A native
of the United States, having, when old,
more or less branched stems 4-6 ft. or
more high. The stiff erect slightly
glaucous-green leaves, 1^-3 ft. long and
2-3 in. broad, are in dense rosettes,
strongly pointed, and margined with
reddish-brown, or serrulate in a young
state. Its white or greenish-white bell-
shaped flowers, tinged with red outside,
are borne in summer in dense rhomboid
panicles 4-6 ft. long, and give the plant a
really glorious appearance.
There are many varieties of this, the
best and hardiest being recurvifolia,
which is also well known as recurva
and pendula. The beautiful somewhat
glaucous leaves are gracefully recurving,
and make it a handsome plant for lawns,
vases &c. When it gets old a stem is
developed with huge tufts of leaves and
immense trusses of flowers. It will not
822
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS asphodelus
stand the atmosphere of a dwelling-room,
hut keeps green and healthy out of doors
in winter time. There is a variegated
form with a greenish-red stripe down the
centre.
Culture die. as above.
Y. rupicola (Y. contorta). — A stemless
Yucca, native of Texas, with dense rosettes
of sharp-pointed sword-like leaves 1^-2 ft.
long, often twisted, smooth above, roughish
beneath, and with pale and serrulate
edges. The white flowers tinged with
green on the outside appear during the
summer and autumn months.
Culture <&c. as above.
Y. treculeana. — This is a magnificent
species from X. Mexico and Texas, and
when full-grown has much-branched
stems 20-25 ft. high and 1-2 ft. in
diameter. The masses of sword-like
leaves are 2-4 h ft. long, and over 3 in.
broad, deeply channelled in front, strongly
pointed, and having reddish-brown edges,
which in a young state are slightly serru-
lated. As they increase in age they also
gradually pass from a graceful recurving
position to a stiffer and more erect one.
The white bell-shaped flowers appear in
summer in dense panicles 2-4 ft. long,
with long narrow segments. Y. canali-
culata is a variety having smaller flowers
and deeply channelled leaves about 2 ft.
long, and is altogether a smaller plant
than the type, which is known in gardens
under many names, such as agavoides,
concava, contorta, cornuta, revoluta, and
undulata.
Culture d'c. as above. This species
assumes fine proportions in the mildest
parts of the kingdom.
CORDYLINE (Club Palm).— A
genus of beautiful Yucca- or Palm-like
plants with more or less woody stems,
often stoloniferous at the base, sometimes
tree-like, with sessile or long-stalked
more or less leathery leaves. Flowers
small, white, in branched panicles, rarely
produced on young plants. Fruit a few-
seeded berry.
C. australis. — A beautiful and graceful
New Zealand plant with stems 10-40 ft.
high when full-grown, and tufts of oblong
lance-shaped gracefully arching or erect
leaves 2-3 ft. long, with distinct parallel
veins. "When well developed dense masses
of white sweet-scented flowers are pro-
duced.
Culture and Propagation. — A warm
rich loamy soil suits this species very well.
It may be increased by offsets, or seeds
when obtainable and sown in gentle heat.
This is an excellent plant for lawns
and gives a sub-tropical aspect to the
garden. It is quite hardy and has been
known to stand 20° of frost in the south
of Scotland without injury, although the
tops were killed after being subjected
to about 25° for a few nights. In the
spring, however, the shoots from the base
sprang up strong and healthy, and being
detached ultimately made fine plants.
C. Banksi and C. indivisa are suitable
for the very mildest and warmest spots
hi the kingdom, but are not so hardy as
C. australis. C. itidivisa and its forms,
especially lineata, atropurpurea, and
VeitcJvi, are very handsome and flourish
in the Scilly Islands and warm parts of
Cornwall, and in the south of Ireland.
In mild winters they would also probably
succeed in other parts of the kingdom in
sheltered spots, if given protection in
frosty weather.
ASPHODELUS (Asphodel).— A
genus of plants having small rhizomes,
clusters of fleshy roots, and radical linear
strap-shaped, somewhat 3-sided, or round-
ish hollow leaves. Flowers white or
yellow, the perianth segments having a
brownish line or nerve down the centre.
Stamens 6, hypogynous, alternately long
and short. Capsule leathery 3-sided few-
seeded.
Culture and Propagation. — Asphodels
flomish in deep sandy well-manured
loam, and may be used in the decoration
of borders and shrubberies. They are
readily increased by dividing the roots in
early spring, or by sowing seeds at the
same period in gentle heat or cold frames.
The latter is a slow process and hardly
worth troubling about, as it takes some
years to rear really good flowering plants.
A. albus. — A native of S. Europe
about 2 ft. high, with smooth keeled linear
leaves, and clusters of white flowers
produced in May and June.
Culture Sc. as above.
A. comosus. — A Himalaj^an pereimial
lj-2 ft. high, related to A. ramosus, but
differing in the long bracts which protrude
beyond the flowers, and in the much-pro-
jected stamens. The glaucous sword-
shaped leaves are about 18 in. long, and
ASPHODELINE
LILY ORDER
CHLOROGALUM 823
the white flowers with greenish keels to
the segments are borne on tall branched
stems in summer.
Culture dc. as above. This species
should be grown in warm and sheltered
spots.
A. creticus. — A pretty species about 2
ft. high, native of Crete. The branching
stems are furnished with slender, striated,
toothed and ciliated leaves, and the
yellow flowers appear in July.
Culture dc. as above.
A. fistulosus, from S. Europe, grows
about 18 in. high and has upright striated
hollow awl-shaped leaves and white
flowers in July and August.
Culture dc. as above.
A. ramosus. — A vigorous species 4-5
ft. high, native of S. Europe, with stiff
sword-shaped leaves, channelled above,
strongly keeled beneath. The large
white flowers with a red-brown central
line down each segment are borne in very
long dense racemes during the summer
months.
Culture dc. as above.
A. subalpinus (A Villarsi). — A desir-
able plant 1-2 ft. high, native of Eastern
France, with dense tufts of glaucous-green
lance-shaped leaves, the outer ones grace-
fully recurving or sharply bent. The
flower stems are about 3 ft. high, and
appear in summer with dense spikes of
white flowers, each one having an ovate
pointed dark brown bract at the base.
Culture dc. as above.
ASPHODELINE (King's Spear).—
A genus closely related to Asphodelus,
from which it is distinguished by its erect
simple leafy stems, and clusters of
linear leaves, and sometimes with only
8 perfect stamens (instead of 6) in the
yellow or white flowers, which are borne
in long more or less dense racemes.
A. lutea (Asphodelus lutcus). — This
is the best known and most ornamental
species. It is a native of S. Europe, and
grows 3-4 ft. high, its erect stems being
covered with deep green awl-shaped 3-sided
furrowed leaves, with distinct paler veins.
The beautiful sweet - scented yellow
flowers are borne in summer in a long
dense straight raceme, each blossom
springing from the axils of a buff-coloured
bract. The double - flowered variety
(fiore pleno) is a pretty plant, like the
type in habit, but having double flowers.
Other species of Asphodeline met with
occasionally are A. liburnica, having
yellow flowers striped with green ;
tiiurica, white, striped with green ;
brevicaulis, yellow veined with green ;
damascena, white ; and tenuior, yellow.
Culture and Propagation. — They
flourish in ordinary garden soil and may
be treated in the same way as the
Asphodels. Increased by division of the
roots in early spring.
PARADISEA (St. Bruno's Lily).
A genus having only one species : —
P. Liliastrum (Anthericum Lilias-
trum ; Czackia LiUastrum). — A graceful
Alpine plant with a very short rootstock
and clusters of white fleshy roots. It
grows 12 ft. high, having tufts of radical
linear leaves channelled on the upper
surface. The beautiful white funnel-
shaped flowers, about 2 in. long and
as much across, are borne on tall stems
in rather one-sided racemes in May and
June. They emit a sweet fragrance, and
each oblong spoon-shaped segment is
tipped with delicate green and 3-nerved,
while the G hvpogynous stamens occupy
the centre. The variety major is a much
more vigorous plant, often reaching a
height of about 6 ft., while the flowers
are about 1 in. longer and broader than
those of the type.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species thrives in well-manured sandy
loam and may be used for the flower
border and rock garden in open situa-
tions. New plants may be obtained by
dividing the roots in autumn or spring,
allowing about 1 ft. between the replanted
portions.
CHLOROGALUM (Soap Plant).— A
genus of distinct Californian plants with
narrow tunicated bulbs, radical strap-
shaped leaves, and tall loosely branched
scapes. Perianth segments narrow, free,
or slightly united at the base, 3-nerved in
the centre. Stamens 6, attached to the
base of the segments. Capsule 3-sided.
C. pomeridianum (Anthericum and
Phalangium pomeridianum ; Ornitho-
galum divaricatum). — A distinct plant
about 2 ft. high with flaccid glaucous
leaves roughened on the edges and nerves.
The white flowers with purplish veins
appear in summer, and open only in the
afternoon — hence the specific name.
Culture and Propagation. — The bulbs
of this species are said to be sometimes
824
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GABDEN PLANTS ebemurus
used as a substitute for soap in Cali-
fornia. The plants grow in ordinary
garden soil and may be used in the
flower border. They are increased by
offsets from the bulbs in autumn.
EREMURUS.— A genus of noble
and ornamental herbaceous plants having
short rhizomes and clusters of slender or
fleshy roots. The long linear leaves are
all' radical, and the white, reddish, or
yellow bell-shaped or rotate flowers are
borne on tall, sometimes very high, sim-
ple leafless scapes, each one being solitary
in the axils of the often scarious bracts.
The segments are free, or very slightly
united at the base, 1-5-nerved. Stamens
6, hypogynous, often longer than the seg-
ments. Capsule membranous, with 1-4
seeds in each of the 3 cells.
There are now about 30 species of
Eremurus known, but only a few of them
have been tried in a cultivated state yet,
and that within the last 20 years or so.
They are among the finest and most
stately plants for the choice herbaceous
border, and once seen in full bloom they
are not likely to be forgotten. They are
mostly natives of Central and S. Asia,
being found in the Himalayas, Persia,
Turkestan, and parts of Siberia, and it is
questionable whether they are perfectly
hardy in all parts of the United Kingdom.
The probability is that they are not, except
in the southern parts of England and Ire-
land. In other parts of the country,
therefore, it would be wise in severe
winters to give them some protection with
a little straw, leaves, or litter, and keep
their roots free from cold wet drenching
rains.
Culture and Propagation. — They
flourish in warm sunny situations facing
south and make splendid masses in deep
rich sandy loam, well-drained and man-
ured. About September or early in Octo-
ber is the best time for planting. The
roots being very brittle, great care should
be exercised in filling the soil in among
them so as to cause as little injury as
possible. The plants should not be
crowded with other vegetation, but should
have ample space to develop to their full
vigour, and once planted are best left
alone for a few years without being dis-
tiu*bed. The soil may receive annual
dressings or mulchings of well-decayed
cow or stable manure, and during the
period of active growth, and the hot
summer months, copious waterings will
be beneficial. In the early spring the
plants shoot up often through the frosty
soil, and the young and tender tips are
then apt to become injured. A little
sprinkling of clean straw, or better still a
handlight placed over the crowns at night,
will give the necessary protection. Slugs
are very partial to the young growths and
require watching.
These plants ripen seeds well in hot
favourable summers, and by this means
may be increased. The seeds should be
sown in pots or pans under glass as soon
as thoroughly ripe, and the young seed-
lings pricked out into similar receptacles
containing nice fine sandy loam and leaf
mould. For the first year or two until
the seedlings have attained a good size,
they are best grown in cold frames during
the winter months. After this they may
be planted in the open border in the situa-
tions and soil above recommended. If
carefully performed, there is no reason
why the plants should not be increased by
dividing the rootstocks, but as some kinds
do not flower for two or three seasons after
planting, it is of course not wise to disturb
them too often if they are to flower at all
well.
The following are the handsomest
kinds grown : —
E. Aitchisoni. — A fine species, native
of the hills of Afghanistan, where it
flourishes at an altitude of about 12,000 ft.
It has rosettes of broad leaves 2-3 ft.
long, and produces dense spikes of pale
red flowers in June and July on the top
of stout stems 3-5 ft. high.
Culture tic. as above.
E. aurantiacus. — This fine species
also comes from Afghanistan, where it is
found growing in rough, stony soil at an
elevation of 7000-9000 ft. It has narrow
linear leaves about 1 ft. long and ^ in.
broad, and produces its flower-spikes in
April and May, 2-3 ft. high, the upper
portion being densely covered with bright
orange-yellow blossoms, the segments of
which are turned back, thus showing to
greater advantage the longer stamens.
Culture &c. as above. In cultivation
it flowers well in either sandy peat or
loam, and ripens seeds in favourable
seasons.
E. bucharicus.— A little-known species
from Bokhara with 3 -sided glaucous leaves
having retrorsely serrulate edges. The
EREMURUS
LILY OB DEB
ANTHERICUM 825
flower-stem is about 3 ft. high, and bears
a long and rather loose raceme of white
flowers, each about an inch across, the
segments having a brownish-red line
down the centre.
Culture dc. as above.
E. Bungei. — A beautiful Persian
species with smooth green leaves about
1 ft. long and \ in. broad, slightly ciliated
on the edges. The stoutish flower-stems
appear in June and July, and are 1-3 ft.
high, the upper portion being covered with
bright yellow flowers about 1 in. across ;
the reflexed segments are distinctly keeled
with green behind.
( 'ult u re dc. as above.
E. himalaicus. — This is a charming
species from the Himalayas, where it
grows at an elevation of 7000-10,000 ft.
It has smooth, strap-shaped, acute leaves
about 1 ft. long, and produces its erect
spikes of beautiful white flowers about 1^
in. across in May and June on the upper
portion of a stout stem, which sometimes
attains a height of about 8 feet.
Culture <ic. as above. This is one of
the hardiest species grown, and notwith-
standing its rather early flowering period,
does not begin to grow so soon in spring
as other species, and thus escapes injury
from the frost.
E. kaufmannianus. — This is a recently
introduced species from Turkestan, and is
a fine addition to the yellow-flowered
kinds, and has moreover the additional
charm of being fragrant.
Culture dc. as above.
E. Olgae. — A pretty and distinct
species from Turkestan with narrow
leaves 1-2 ft. long, and flower-spikes 2-4
ft. long, the upper half being densely
covered with pinkish- white or pale lilac -
purple sweet-scented flowers over 1 in.
across, opening in May and June.
Culture dc. as above.
E. robustus. — A vigorous free-growing
species, native of Turkestan, at an eleva-
tion of about 10,000 ft. In well-developed
specimens the leaves often measure 3 ft.
long and 3 in. broad, while the flower-
stem reaches a height of 6-10 ft., the
upper 3 or 4 feet being covered with
cylindrical and slightly tapering spikes of
pale pink or rosy flowers each about 2 in.
across, and expanding in May and June.
As this species has long roots, the soil
should be particularly deep and rich.
The variety Elwesianus is much stronger
than the type, and bears immense spikes
of pink flowers at the same season.
Culture dc. as above.
E. spectabilis (E. caucasiciis). — A
variable species from Siberia, the Cau-
casus &c, and long cultivated in gardens.
It has linear strap-shaped glaucous green
leaves slightly channelled above and
obscurely keeled beneath. The flower-
spikes, which are 2-4 ft. high, are studded
with pale sulphur-yellow flowers tinged
with orange, and having deep orange
anthers.
Culture dc. as above.
E. turkestanicus. — A native of Turke-
stan with broadly linear tapering leaves
and stout flower-stems 2-4 ft. high,
covered on the upper portion with reddish-
brown or maroon-coloured flowers, the
segments of which are edged with white,
while the stamens are conspicuously pro-
truding.
( 'ult u re dc. as above.
ANTHERICUM.— A genus contain-
ing about 50 species of tufted herbaceous
perennials having short rootstocks, more
or less fleshy roots, and radical linear
leaves. The slenderly stalked flowers are
borne on tall, leafless, simple or branched
scapes furnished with linear scarious
bracts. The perianth, which is some-
times slightly twisted, has distinct rotate-
spreading, almost equal, 3-o-nerved seg-
ments, and 6 stamens hypogynous or
slightly adnate to the base of the seg-
ments. Capsule scarcely 3-lobed, few-
seeded.
Culture and Propagation. — Only one
or two species are of any garden value.
They flourish in well-manured sandy loam
and leaf soil, which should always be well
drained, as the roots do not like stagnant
moisture. ' Copious waterings may be
given during active growth, but compara-
tive dryness is required during the winter
months. As the plants are individually
somewhat loose and meagre-looking, they
are more effective planted in large masses,
and may be used in the flower border,
and left undisturbed for four or five years.
A top-dressing of manure, however, is re-
quired every year under these conditions
to replenish the nutriment taken from the
soil.
The plants are readily increased by
dividing the tufts in autumn or early
spring. Seeds may also be sown as soon
826
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS agapanthus
as ripe, and grown under glass until the
following spring, when the seedlings may
be planted out 9-12 in. apart.
A. Hooked (Bulbinella and Ch/ryso-
bactron Hooheri). — A beautiful New
Zealand plant 1-3 ft. high, with linear
sheathing leaves 9- 12 in. long, and bright
yellow flowers about I in. across, freely
produced in erect racemes in early sum-
mer. This species likes a rich deep moist
soil. C. Bossi, probably not in cultiva-
tion, is a much finer plant and remarkable
for having yellow unisexual flowers.
Culture dc. as above.
A. Liliago (Phalangiiun and Wat-
sonia Liliago). — St. Bernard's Lily. — A
very free-flowering species from S. Europe
cultivated for more than 300 years. It
has tufts of narrow channelled leaves 12-
18 in. long, gracefully recurving, and erect
loose spikes of pure white flowers 1-1 h in.
across, borne well above the foliage from
May to August. The variety major is a
more robust form with larger flowers.
Culture dc. as above.
A. ramosum (A. grain inifolium). — A
quick-growing species from Southern
Europe, with flat, linear, grass-like leaves
and strong erect flower-stems about 2 ft.
high, branched at the tcp, and bearing
trusses of white starry flowers from June
to August.
Culture dc. as above.
Closely related to the Anthericums is
a well-known S. African plant Chloro-
pjhytum elatinn variegatum, which has
beautiful silvery-white and green striped
foliage, but is too tender out of doors
for any except the mildest parts of the
kingdom.
Culture dc. as above.
PASITHEA.— A genus with only one
species here described : —
P. caerulea. — A distinct Chilian peren-
nial with distichously imbricating grass-
like leaves and loose pyramidal clusters
of blue starry flowers produced in sum-
mer, each blossom having 6 narrow
segments, 6 stamens, and a 3-celled
ovary.
Culture and Prop>agation. — This is
not a well-known plant although it has
been in cultivation at intervals for many
years. It flourishes in well-drained
sandy loam and leaf-soil, and may be
increased by division in early autumn or
spring, or by seeds sown when ripe in
cold frames.
APHYLLANTHES.— A genus with
only one species here described with the
generic characters : —
A. monspeliensis. — A pretty rush-like
perennial with a short somewhat branch-
ing rootstock, native of Southern France,
and remarkable for the absence of leaves.
The latter are replaced by very slender
leaf - like scapes, with membranous
sheaths at the base, and small heads of
deep blue flowers on top in summer.
The 6-cleft funnel-shaped perianth is
about an inch across, and has 6 stamens
adhering to the base of the clawed
segments.
Culture and Propagation. — This
rare and pretty plant likes a good sandy
peat, in warm sunny parts of the rock
garden, where its deep blue flowers are
very attractive about June and July. In
severe winters, especially in naturally
cold parts of the kingdom, the plant
should have protection with a little litter,
fern, dry leaves &c, or a handlight may
be placed over it.
New plants are obtained by dividing
the roots in spring during mild weather.
Seeds may also be sown in pots or pans
as soon as ripe, in a cold frame or green-
house. The seedlings are pricked out
and grown on for planting out the follow-
ing June, or they may be grown in pots
the first year.
AGAPANTHUS (African Lily).—
This genus contains ornamental plants
with short rhizomes emitting thickish
fleshy roots, and having radical, broadly
linear or strap-shaped leaves. The blue
or rarely white pedicellate flowers are
borne in large umbels on the top of a
stoutish naked scape. Perianth funnel-
shaped with a short cylindrical tube, and
6 nearly equal erect or spreading lobes.
Stamens 6, attached to the throat of the
tube ; capsule oblong, angled, containing
many ovules, which, however, never or
rarely ever become seeds in this country.
Culture and Propagation. — There is
practically only one species of African
Lily grown in gardens, all the others being
more or less distinct varieties of it. In
mild winters they are practically hardy
south of the Thames in warm sheltered
localities, but the plants are mostly
sheltered in a cool greenhouse or an old
shed during the winter months. This is
MILL A
LILY ORDER
miODiJEA 827
easily done when they are grown hi
large pots or tubs, in which they nourish
and flower profusely year after year
without any trouble being taken with
them beyond giving plenty of water during
the late spring and summer months.
Indeed, there are few plants which give
such good results in return for such bad
treatment. In the southern parts of Eng-
land and Ireland the plants may be grown
out of doors in strong, rich, well-drained
soil. In the event of severe frosts a little
covering with hay, straw, mats &c. is
little trouble. In such localities the
plants would look beautiful by the margins
of ponds, lakes &c, either by means of
their arching bright green leaves or
trusses of bright blue flowers. The plants
are easily increased by dividing the root-
stocks hi early spring or autumn. If seeds
can be obtained they should be sown as
soon as ripe, but five or six years will
elapse before they produce flowering plants.
A. umbellatus. — A beautiful S. African
plant with leathery, strap-shaped, brig] it
green leaves l.J-2 ft. long, and erect
stoutish scapes 2-3 ft. high, carrying
umbels of numerous bright blue flowers
during the summer and autumn months.
The following are forms of the type : —
albidus, rather small pure white flowers,
requires rest in winter, as the leaves die
down ; aureus, a rarely seen form with
yellow-striped leaves ; flore pleno, a fine
double-flowered form, rarely seen ; Leicht-
lini, flowers deep hyacinth-blue ; maxi-
mus, flowers bright blue in large umbels ;
there is also a white form of this quite
as large ; minor, a pretty variety, smaller
in every way than the type ; mooreanus,
a distinct smallish form with short, nar-
row leaves and small deep blue flowers ;
and variegatus, with leaves almost entirely
white, except for a few green bands ;
rarely seen.
Culture d-c. as above.
MILLA. — This genus now consists of
only one species ; others that formerly
were in it are now included under
Brodicea.
M. biflora. — A beautiful Mexican plant
having rather small corms or ' bulbs '
with more or less fleshy roots, and few
radical, very narrow, linear, grassy, glau-
cous leaves. The pretty salver- shaped
flowers, snowy white within, greenish
outside, appear in August on a simple
naked scape about 6 in. high, usually 2-4
in an umbel, rarely one. The blossoms
continue to appear for a long time in
succession, and remain open during the
night. The 6 stamens protrude from the
mouth of the perianth tube.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species requires to be grown in warm
sheltered spots where it can be continually
under supervision, as it is likely to be
crowded out or smothered with ranker
growing plants. It flourishes in a well-
drained, rich, sandy loam, and may be
increased by offsets from the corms, or
more slowly by seeds.
BREVOORTIA (Cbimson Satin
Flower ; Californian Fire Cracker). —
A genus with only one species : —
B. Ida-Maia (B. coccinea; Brodicea
coccinea). — A pretty Californian plant,
having tunicated corms, narrow linear
leaves, and an erect slender flower-stem
2-3 ft. high, bearing a loose umbel of
4-12 blooms in June and July. The
perianth is bright red or scarlet, over
1 in. long, with an oblong tube, and short,
ovate, yellowish-green, spreading seg-
ments, and only 3 fertile stamens inserted
on the corona in the throat.
Culture and Propagation. — This spe-
cies likes a rich light loam, and the corms
may be planted in September, and left
undisturbed for four or five years. To
obtain a fine effect several corms should
be planted within 3 or 4 inches or a little
more of each other, and when the slender
flower-stems appear they should be kept
erect by means of slender twigs.
The plants are increased in autumn by
means of offsets from the corms, and also
by seeds which shoidd be sown as soon
as ripe, and produce flowering plants in
about 3 or 4 years.
BRODICEA (Californian Hyacinth).
A genus closely related to Brevoortia,
having plants with more or less tunicated
corms (or rarely bulbs), narrow, radical
leaves, and umbels of flowers on the top
of a simple scape. Perianth mnnel-bell-
shaped, narrowed at the base, dilated
above, with 6 more or less equal, erect
or somewhat spreading lobes. Stamens
6, all perfect, or 3 alternate ones reduced
to staminodes.
Culture and Propagation. — Brodiaeas
are easily grown in fairly rich and well-
drained sandy loam in warm, sunny parts
of the flower border or rock garden. They
are very showy when in bloom, and the
828
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
BRODI^A
corms are best planted about September,
or not later than October, several together,
to obtain a fine display. They should
not be moved for several years, but may
receive a top-dressing of well-rotted
manure every autumn. The plants are
easily increased by means of the offsets
from the corms, and also more slowly by
seeds in the same way as Brevoortia.
The following are the species chiefly
met with in cultivation. They are all
natives of California except where other-
wise stated.
B. Bridgesi (Triteleia, Bridgesi). — A
species closely related to B. laxa, but
easily distinguished by its longer and
broader perianth tube with a decided
red tinge. It produces its blue flowers
freely during the summer months, as many
as 10-20 blossoms being in an umbel.
Culture dc. as above.
B. californica (B. Austince). — A very
fine species from the Sacramento Valley.
It comes very near B. graridiflora but
has a longer scape 15-18 in. high, bearing
a loose umbel of 10-25 flowers of a
beautiful rose-purple, each spreading
funnel-shaped blossom being li-2 in.
long, and the. same in width. Perfect
stamens 3.
Culture dc. as above.
B. capitata (Milla ca/pitata). — A beau-
tiful species with narrow linear leaves
and fragile flower-stalks 1-2 ft. high,
bearing numerous bright lilac or deep
violet blooms about April in a capitate
umbel. The oblong perianth tube is
^-f in. long, having oblong segments
almost the same length, and the 3 anthers
of the inner row have an oblong wing on
each side. The variety alba is similar in
habit, but has white flowers.
Culture dc. as above.
B. congesta. — A very free-flowering
species with roundish slender leaves
channelled on the inner face. The deep
violet flowers, 6-12 in an umbel, are
borne in summer on flexuous scapes 3-5
ft. long, and last a long time. There are
3 fertile stamens alternating with 3 purple
cleft starninodes in the throat of the tube.
There is a rare white-flowered form, which
is pretty.
Culture dc. as above.
B. Douglasi (Milla and Triteleia
grandiflora). — This fine species seems to
be intermediate between B. Howelli and
B. laxa, and is a native of British
Columbia eastwards to Missouri. It has
linear leaves, and dense umbels of 6-20
beautiful bright blue flowers about 1 in.
long on the top of a scape li-2 ft.
high. Perfect stamens 6, three of which
are seated on the throat of the tube, the
other three reaching nearly half-way up
the segments with a short winged fila-
ment.
Culture dc. as above.
B. gracilis (Triteleia gracilis). — A
rare and pretty dwarf species with solitary
slender leaves, and about a dozen bright
yellow flowers, about i in. long, in an
umbel on the top of a scape less than 6 in.
high. The oblong segments, as long as the
yellow tube, are keeled with brown, and
the 6 perfect stamens reach half-way up.
Culture dc. as above.
B. grandiflora (Hoohera coronaria).
This is the original species upon which
the genus Brodiaea was founded by Smith
in 1808. It is spread throughout Cali-
fornia, Oregon, and Washington territory,
and has slender linear leaves and bright
violet-blue flowers, 3-10 in an umbel, on
top of a scape about 18 in. long. The
perianth tube is over 1 in. long, with
rather longer oblong spreading segments
and 3 fertile stamens. B. minor comes
near this species but has only 2-6 flowers
in an umbel on scapes 3-6 in. high. The
variety Warei has lilac-rose flowers about
3 in. long borne on a stem 2-2£ ft. high.
Culture dc. as above.
B. Hendersoni. — This very rare species
is a native of Oregon and comes near
B. Bridgesi and B. laxa. The flowers,
however, are salmon-yellow striped with
purple, and are |-1 in. long, with bluish
anthers to the stamens in the centre.
Culture dc. as above.
B. Howelli (Triteleia Hmoelli). — A
native of Oregon and Washington territory
closely related to B. Douglasi. It has,
however, smaller flowers, which are of
a beautiful porcelain - white, delicately
streaked with blue. The variety lilacina
is a far superior plant, having 20 or more
funnel-shaped flowers in an umbel, each
1 in. across, and of a soft lavender-blue
with white segments.
Culture dc. as above.
B. hyacinthina (Hespcrocordum hya-
cinthinum ; H. Lewisi). - — A pretty
species having 2-3 linear leaves j-£ in.
BKODI.KA
LILY ORDER
BBODIJEA 829
broad and 10-30 flowers in .in umbel on
top of a scape 1-2 ft. long. The slender
purple perianth tube is about h in. long,
while the ovate or oblong spreading seg-
ments are about 3 times the length. The
variety laciea (better known in guidons as
lh •sperocordum lacteum) is more slender
than the type, and has umbels of white
flowers striped with green behind. The
form known as Ulacina lias larger white
flowers than laciea, suffused with lilac.
Culture &c. as above.
B. ixioides [Onvithogalv/m ixioides ;
Calliprora hutea). — Pretty Face. — A
beautiful species having 2 3 narrow linear
fleshy leaves, and scapes 1-2 ft. long
with umbels of 10-20 bright yellow
flowers 1-3 in. long, the oblong segments
longer than the tube being keeled with
green, while the short filaments are
furnished with a broad wing on each side.
The variety credit is a fine form with
large clear yellow flowers of great sub-
stance, lasting a long time in perfection.
Culture Ac. as above.
B. laxa (Mil/it and Triteleia laxa).
A very pretty and showy species with
narrow linear leaves, and scapes 1-2 ft.
long, surmounted by umbels containing
10-30 or more pale or dark violet flowers,
about 1| in. long, with segments shorter
than the funnel-shaped tube. The variety
splendens is an improvement on the type,
having stouter scapes and larger heads of
blossom of a soft pale blue or pinkish -
purple.
Culture it'-c. as above.
B. Leichtlini (Milla Leichfliui). — A
pretty species native of the Chilian Andes.
It has narrow linear leaves, and in March
produces its slightly scented pure white
flowers with a greenish band down the
centre of the segments. Only a few large
blossoms are borne on each umbel.
Culture do. as above.
B. multiflora (B.jmrviflora). — A pretty
species with 6-20 pale blue rather small
flowers in an umbel on long scapes.
There are 3 perfect stamens and 3 lance-
shaped entire staminodia.
Culture &c. as above.
B. Orcutti.— This distinct and recently
introduced species has linear flatfish leaves
and stout scapes 1 ft. or more in length,
each carrying umbels of 5-15 or more
bright lilac flowers over 1 in. in
diameter, with 3 fertile stamens and 3
staminodia reduced to small triangular
scales.
Culture <jtc. as above.
B. peduncularis {Milla and Triteleia
peckmcularis). — This is related to B. Iqtfa,
but has finer long-stalked flowers of a
beautiful porcelain-white varying to rosy-
purple, each f-1 in. long, forming large
loose umbels 1-2 ft. across. Perfect
stamens 6. This is a very free and
vigorous species and makes a fine show
when grown in large masses.
< 'ulture <£c. as above.
B. Purdyi. — This is a new and very dis-
tinct dwarf species, having beautiful rosy-
purple or lilac flowers, with spreading and
recurved segments, each of which has a
central line of violet.
< 'ulture ■<■<■. as above.
B. rosea. — A pretty dwarf species with
roundish leaves and scapes 3 0 in. long,
carrying 5-8 rosy-red or pinkish-purple
(lowers, less than 1 in. long, in an
umbel. Fertile stamens 3, with dilated
filaments, staminodia .'!, white, strap-
shaped.
( 'ulture ii c. as above.
B. sellowiana. — A very distinct and
handsome species about 6 in. high, native
of Uruguay. It has narrow deeply chan-
nelled grass-like leaves tapering to a
point, mostly very much recurving and
usually with the convex side uppermost.
The solitary sweet-scented flowers are
about If in. across, of a uniform beautiful
bright golden-yellow, with the exception
of a more or less distinct green central
keel on the outer surface of the ovate
acute segments.
This charming species is new to
cultivation and I have only seen it growing
in a cool greenhouse in which it flowered
profusely during the month of January.
The flowers have a sweet fragrance, and
open only in the middle of the day when
the sun is shining. Mention is made of
it here because it is likely to prove quite
hardy out of doors, at least in the milder
parts of the kingdom. It should be
grown in large masses to produce an
effect, as each scape only bears one
flower. As a contrast to B. uniflora it
would be attractive.
B. stellaris. — A fine but rather rare
species having roundish leaves and 3-6
reddish-purple, varying to deep blue,
flowers in an umbel, borne by scapes onlv
830
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
ALLIUM
2-6 in. long. Fertile stamens 3. Stami-
nodia white, longer than the stamens.
Culture dc. as above.
B. uniflora (Milla and Triteleia u/ni-
Hord). — Spring Star Flower. — A beautiful
bulbous plant from Buenos Ayres with
linear leaves 6-12 in. long and less than
4 in. broad, glaucous-green, with a strong
central keel behind. Its beautiful flowers
about 2 in. across appear in April and
May, and are borne singly on slender erect
purple-brown scapes 4-6 in. high, instead
of in umbels or heads as in other species.
The perianth tube is brownish-purple,
while the spreading starry segments are
of a beautiful soft lilac-blue, each one
being f-1 in. or more long. There is a
charming white - flowered variety alba,
and the two plants mixed together in
large masses look exceedingly handsome.
Grows freely, and should not be disturbed
for 3 or 4 years. Increased by the offsets
from the conns or 'bulbs.'
Culture dc. as above.
B. volubilis (also known as Stropho-
lirion californicum) is remarkable for its
twining scapes often 12 ft. long, bearing
15-30 rose-coloured flowers in an umbel,
but is not quite so hardy as the other
species, and is not very often seen.
Other species of Brodiaea not yet in
cultivation, or very rare, are terrestris,
leptandra, filifolia, pulcliella (which is
almost exactly like congesta, but has 6
fertile stamens instead of 3), insular is,
Palmeri, Candida, crocea, Lemmonce,
sessiliflora, vatagonica, nivalis, poep-
pigiana, setacea, liirtella, subbiflora,
vittata, brevipes, bivalvis, violacea,
philipjriana, lugens, and scabra.
Culture <£e. as above.
BLOOMERIA. — A small genus
closely related to Brodiaea, having fibrous
coated corms, long linear few or solitary
radical leaves, and simple scapes ending
in an umbel of many flowers. Perianth
nearly rotate with 6 distinct spreading
segments. Stamens 6, hypogynous, or
very slightly adhering to the base of the
segments.
B. aurea (Allium croceum ; Nothos-
cordum aureum), a handsome Cali-
fornian species with dense unibels of
bright yellow flowers, and B. Clevelandi,
also with yellow, but smaller flowers, and
some on long pedicels, and some on short,
are the only species in this genus and are
not often seen.
Culture and Propagation. — These
species may be grown in the same way as
the Brodt&as. They flourish in rich sandy
loam and like warm sunny positions in
the flower border or rockery. They are
increased by separation of the offsets from
the corms in early autumn and also by
seeds if obtainable in the same way as
B revoortia and Brodicea above.
NOTHOSCORDUM. — A genus of
plants with tunicated bulbs, flat, linear,
radical leaves, and flowers in umbels on
simple scapes. The perianth consists of
6 segments united at the base or as far
as the middle, and is then spreading or
bell-shaped. Stamens 6, shorter than the
segments to which they are attached at
the base.
N. fragrans (Allium fragrans). — A
strong-growing hardy N. American plant
with linear lance-shaped leaves, and white
fragrant flowers, borne in summer, 6-20
in an umbel, on scapes 1-2 ft. high, each
segment being keeled outside with pale
lilac.
Culture and Propagation. — There are
a few other species of Nothoscordum, but
they are scarcely worth growing. The
above is the best, and may be associated
with its relation Bloomeria aurea, and
receive similar treatment with that and
the Brodiaeas.
ALLIUM. — To this genus belong the
well-known Onion, Garlic, Chive, Shallot,
and Leek, and the ornamental species
described below partake more or less of
their nature. They have tunicated bulbs,
flat or round narrow radical leaves, and
numerous flowers in heads or umbels on
the top of a simple leafless scape, with 2
more or less spathelike bracts. The peri-
anth consists of 6 segments, free or slightly
united at the base, more or less equal,
spreading or somewhat bell-shaped. Sta-
mens 6, attached to the base of the seg-
ments. Although there are about 250
species distributed throughout various
parts of the world, chiefly Europe, N.
Africa, and Abyssinia, sub-tropical Asia,
and N. America and Mexico, only the
few described below are considered of any
importance or value for the flower garden.
Culture and Projiagation. — They are
all easily grown in ordinary well-drained
garden soil, and may be increased by
offsets from the bulbs in autumn or early
in spring, and planted 3-4 in. deep. Seeds
may also be sown in light rich soil in cold
ALLIUM
LILY ORDER
GALTONIA 831
frames or hotbeds in February and March,
and the seedlings will be fit for transplant-
ing either in tbc autumn or the following
spring. A mulching of well-rotted manure
and plenty of water in hot seasons will be
of great benefit to the plants, and induce
them to produce large heads of fine flowers,
which are beautiful in a cut state, although
the scapes often emit the inevitable Onion
flavour or scent.
A. acuminatum. — A native of N.W.
America, with very narrow leaves and
deep rose flowers I 1 in. across, in July
and August, on scapes 6-12 in. high.
The variety nvurrayam/wm has deeper
rosy-purple flowers.
Culture dc. as above.
A. caeruleum (A. azureum). — A hand-
some Siberian species with 3-sided leaves
6-12 in. long, and dense round trusses of
beautiful sky-blue flowers in summer, on
scapes 1-2 ft. high. Each segment has a
deeper dark central line.
Culture dc. as above.
A. flavum. — A native of S. Europe,
with rounded leaves flattened at the base,
and yellow bell-shaped somewhat droop-
ing flowers on scapes about 1 ft. high.
Culture dc. as above.
A. macnabianum. — A distinct and
handsome N. West American species,
with channelled leaves about 1 ft. long,
and deep magenta flowers.
Culture dc. as above.
A. Moly. — A beautiful old garden
favourite, native of S. Europe, witli
broadly lance-shaped leaves, and masses
of fine bright yellow star-shaped flowers
produced in June *and July, in compact
umbels on scapes 12-18 in. high.
Culture dc. as above.
A. narcissiflorum (A. jiedemotitaiiuni).
A fine Italian species, with lance-shaped
leaves and graceful drooping clusters of
large bell-shaped rosy-purple flowers,
borne on shortish scapes in July.
Culture dc. as above.
A. neapolitanum. —This is a very
popular species from S. Europe. Its
strap-shaped leaves about 1 in. wide
clasp the flower stems, which are 12-18
in. high, and bear loose umbels of white
flowers with green stamens in early
slimmer.
Culture dc. as above.
A. nigrum i.l. magicu/m). — A free-
flowering vigorous species native of S.
Kurope, having thick broadly lance-
shaped leaves, toothed on the margins,
and at first erect and somewhat glaucous,
but afterwards green and spreading.
The large umbels of violet or whitish
flowers veined with green are borne in
summer on scapes 2-3 ft. high.
Culture dc. as above.
A. Schuberti. — An extraordinary spe-
cies of recent introduction. It has pale
lilac starry flowers in June and July,
having red stamens with white anthers,
radiating from the top of the scape H-2
ft. high, and remarkable for having the
opened flowers on pedicels about half the
length, 2-3 in., of those bearing the un-
opened ones. It is hardy in warm spots
but may require a little covering in
severe winters.
Other species of note are mbJwrmtwm
with pure white flowers, and ruby-red
anthers ; and ostro/vskua?ium, lilac-pur-
ple, with a deeper colour line down the
centre of the segments.
Culture dc. as above.
GALTONIA (Cape Hyacinth). — A
genus containing 2 species of beautiful
South African flowering plants with
tunicated bulbs, long and rather broad
radical leaves, and drooping bell-shaped
flowers in racemes on tall, simple, leafless
scapes. Stamens 6, attached to the
throat or perianth tube.
Culture and Propagation. — Galtonias
are very effective when planted in masses
in the flower border where they will not
be too crowded by other plants. They
flourish in almost any well-drained gar-
den soil, but are more luxuriant in deep
rich sandy loam and leaf soil. The bulbs
need not be disturbed for 3 or 4 years, but
the soil is then best with a good top-
dressing of manure every autumn or
winter to serve as a food replenishes and
protector from heavy rains and severe
frosts.
The plants are easily increased by
detaching the offsets from the bulbs in
September or October and replanting.
Seeds may also be sown under glass
in early spring, and the seedlings grown
on with this protection for the first year.
The following season the young plants
may be transferred to the flower border
and will produce flowers in about 2 or 3
years from the time of sowing the seeds.
832
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS muscabi
Galtonias are also suitable for cultiva-
tion in pots for cool greenhouses and
conservatories, in which they flower a
little earlier than in the open air.
G. candicans (Hyaeinthus ccmd/Lcans).
A splendid bulbous plant having large
round bulbs and strap -shaped lanceolate
leaves about 2| ft. long. In summer it
produces stout erect glaucous scapes shoot-
ing up for 4 ft. or more from the centre
of the fohage, and bearing at the top a
raceme of 20 or more large sweet-scented
pure white flowers drooping like white
bells.
Culture dc. as above.
G. princeps is very similar, but scarcely
so attractive. It has shorter and broader
racemes of smaller greenish-white flowers
with spreading segments. G. clavata is
also similar in appearance, but is not so
showy. It differs in having smaller
greenish - white flowers with shorter
segments, and lance-shaped filaments to
the stamens.
Culture dc. as above.
MUSCARI (Grape Hyacinth).— A
genus of distinct-looking, pretty plants
with tunicated bulbs, radical linear fleshy
leaves and dense terminal racemes of
drooping or nodding flowers on simple
leafless scapes, the uppermost flowers
being sometimes sterile, long-stalked and
feathery. Perianth urn-shaped globose or
oblong, constricted at the throat, having
6 very short, tooth-like, erect or at length
recurved or spreading lobes, slightly un-
equal. Stamens 6, in 2 rows, attached
to the tube. Capsule short broad, mem-
branous, 3-sided or almost 3-winged.
Although a vast number of forms have
been described as species it is probable
that there are not more than 20 that can
be really so called. They are natives of
Europe, N. Africa, and W. Asia.
Culture and Propagation. — Grape
Hyacinths are very easily grown in almost
any garden soil that is not too moist and
is fairly sandy. They enjoy a deep
sandy loam enriched with manure and
leaf soil and thoroughly well drained.
New plants are easily obtained by detach-
ing the offsets from the old bulbs every
third or fourth year and replanting them.
To obtain the best effects it is necessary
to plant the bulbs in bold masses or
patches, as one or two specimens dotted
about here and there look very poor and
give one no idea of the beautiful sheets
of colour that several plants close together
will produce.
Seeds are ripened freely and may be
sown thinly in autumn or in spring in
cold frames, allowing the seedlings to
grow on for the first year without distur-
bance. They may then be moved into
fresh quarters, but flowering plants will
not be secured for 3 or 4 seasons.
M. aestivale. — A native of Asia Minor
&c. with long linear deeply channelled
light green leaves. The oblong tubular
flowers, with 6 rounded prominences round
the contracted mouth, are borne on pale
green scapes 6-8 in. high, mottled with
purple at the base. The lower flowers are
yellow with green ribs, the upper ones
tinged with purple.
Culture dc. as above.
M. botryoides. — A charming European
plant with stiffish linear channelled glau-
cous leaves, and dense roundish clusters of
deep sky-blue flowers, produced in spring
on scapes 6-12 in. high, each blossom
having 6 small white toothed segments.
There are a few forms of this species, but
album, with white flowers, &n& pallidum,
with pale blue ones, are best known.
Culture dc. as above.
M. comosum (Hyaeinthus comosus).
This species has linear strap-shaped leaves
12-18 in. long, and dusky spotted scapes
1 ft. or more high, with loose racemes in
April of blue flowers, the upper ones of
which are sterile. In the variety mon-
strosum, a plant well known as the
' Feather Hyacinth,' all the flowers are
sterile, and of a soft bluish-violet, the
perianth being changed into a mass of
slender twisted and wavy filaments which
have a curious and attractive appearance.
Culture dx. as above.
M. conicum. — A native of Trebizond,
having flaccid leaves nearly 1 ft. long,
and dense obconical racemes about 1
in. long, composed of fertile and sterile
blooms of a bright and pale blue respec-
tively. They appear in March and April
on slender scapes about 6 in. high, and are
sweetly scented.
Culture dc. as above.
M. Heldreichi. — AGrecian species with
flat linear leaves and scapes about 8 in.
high with racemes of blue flowers like
botryoides, only about twice as large, and
appearing somewhat later in spring.
Culture dc. as above.
HYACINTHUS
LILY ORDER
HYACINTHUS 833
M. maweanum. — An Armenian species
with spreading linear leaves 6-8 in. long
and h in. wide, slightly glaucous and
channelled. The flowers are bright light
blue, borne in dense racemes on stalks
3-4 in. high ; the segments of the oblong
perianth are roundish, and white in colour.
Culture dc. as above.
M. moschatum (Mush Hyacinth). — A
pretty little species from Asia Minor,
having linear channelled leaves, and small
but very sweet-scented flowers, changing
from purple at first to a greenish-yellow
tinged with violet. They appear in spring
in dense roundish clusters over 2 in. long,
on scapes about 9 in. high. The variety
flavum (M. maerocarpum) has larger and
looser clusters of yellowish flowers with
purple teeth.
Culture dc. as above.
M. neglectum. — A native of S. Europe
with linear deeply channelled fleshy leaves
and deep blue sweet-scented flowers, 30-40
in a dense raceme about 2 in. long on a
scape 6-9 in. high.
Culture dc. as above.
M. racemosum (HyacintJius race-
mosus). — This pretty species is a native
of England and is occasionally found in
the sandy pastures of some of the eastern
counties. It has small bulbs, half-round
slender channelled leaves, 6-10 in. long,
and short cylindric racemes of deep blue
plum-scented flowers, the upper ones of
which are sterile.
Culture dc. as above.
M. szovitsianum. — A rather large-
bulbed species froin the Caucasus, Persia,
&c, with flaccid half-round slender leaves
5-6 in. long, and dense racemes in March
and April of faintly scented bright blue
fertile and pale blue sterile flowers.
Culture dc. as above.
HYACINTHUS (Hyacinth). — A
genus of well-known beautiful plants
having roundish tunicated bulbs, linear
or strap-shaped radical leaves, and erect,
spreading or drooping flowers in loose or
dense racemes at the top of a leafless
scape. The funnel- or bell-shapedperianth
has 6 erect, spreading, or recurved lobes,
and 6 stamens. Capsule roundish, 3
ribbed or lobed, few-seeded.
There are about 30 species of Hyacinth
all of which, except 3 from south and
tropical Africa, are natives of the Mediter-
ranean region and the East. Only a few
natural species, however, are cultivated,
but the genus is not so remarkable for
these as for the many fine and beautiful
garden forms of H. orientates, which are
now grown literally in hundreds of
thousands in Holland, where the light
sandy nature of the soil and the climate
are particularly suitable for their full
development and ripening. The bulbs
are imported in large quantities into this
country every autumn, as better results
are undoubtedly obtained from them than
from bulbs that have been ripened at
home. The latter, however, if stored in
cool dry airy sheds in single layers on
perforated shelves will keep in good con-
dition and give a very fair display of
flower in spring, so that they are not to
be altogether despised. Bulbs, however,
that have been strongly forced into early
flower in great heat are practically useless
for this purpose, and time and temper
will be saved by throwing them away in
favour of fresh ones.
Open - air Cultivation. — Hyacinth
bulbs for the outdoor garden are generally
smaller and cheaper than those grown
under glass, and are known as ' Bedding
Hyacinths ' by nurserymen. They
flourish in almost any good garden soil
so long as it is well drained and free from
stagnant moisture. A light soil well dug
and manured some weeks before planting
will give the best results, but the bulbs
should never come directly in contact
with manure. A handful of sand placed
under each bulb is a very common prac-
tice, and is chiefly valuable for draining
water away from the base of the bulb.
From the end of September to Novem-
ber is the best time for planting the bulbs,
although good results are obtainable even
when they have been planted in Decem-
ber in mild seasons. The time of planting
only slightly influences the period of
flowering in spring, perhaps more with
some varieties than others, and there is
certainly nothing gained by keeping the
bulbs out of the soil when they have
begun to sprout. The bulbs should be
6-8 in. apart, and 4-6 in. below the sur-
face of the soil. In the event of severe
weather a layer of litter, leaves, or well-
rotted manure may be placed over the
beds, or where this is considered too un-
sightly, a layer of coco-nut fibre will
make a good substitute and have a neat
appearance. By planting the bulbs thus
3h
834
PB ACTIO AL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS hyacinthus
deep they are not so much influenced by
changes in temperature, too many off-
sets are not produced, and finer trusses of
blossom are obtained. The latter last for
several weeks, and only where the scapes
are particularly heavy and likely to be
injured by wind should they be supported
by means of a stiff but slender stake.
Hyacinths are more effective if kept
massed according to colour and variety
instead of being mixed up in a higgledy
piggledy way, weak and strong, short and
tall, in a confused mass.
About the end of June when the leaves
are turning yellow, or better still in July
when they have withered, the bulbs may
be taken up carefully. All the offsets
may be removed and stored in dry sand
or soil till the autumn, when they may be
replanted in beds by themselves, and in
two or three years will have reached the
flowering stage. Previous to taking the
bulbs up, they will be considerably
strengthened, or rather they will not be
so much exhausted, if the flower- stems
are cut off as soon as possible after the
flowers have begun to wither. Where it
is desirable to save seeds, the flowers must
of course be allowed to remain, but as it
takes 4-6 years to obtain flowering bulbs
from seeds, this method of increase is only
likely to be adopted by the Dutch growers
who are anxious to obtain new varieties.
Besides the offsets from the sides of the
bulbs, others may be induced to develop
from the full-grown bulbs, by making one
or two cross cuts in them about half way
up from the base. When planted these cut
bulbs do not leaf and flower very well, as
most of the growing force is used up in
forming young bulbs in the soil from the
cut surfaces. These are detached in the
same way as the other offsets in due
course, and receive similar treatment.
Although Hyacinth bidbs are usually
taken up every year, still it is not essential
to do so. Where they will not be injured
by subsequent cultivation, they may be
left in the soil for 3 or 4 years without
being disturbed, in which case they should
receive a good top dressing of manure
every winter.
It is very easy to be deceived in buy-
ing Hyacinth bulbs. Many that look and
feel pretty firm and healtby are more or
less touched with disease in the centre —
the vital spot from which the flower spike
is to come. Strong healthy bulbs should
have a good broad ' plate ' at the base,
and as a rule those having a broad flatfish
top, and feeling heavy in the hand, are
most likely to give the best flowers.
According to variety, some bulbs are
naturally large and some small, so that
size is not of so much importance as firm-
ness, weight, and the point referred to
above. A good Hyacinth should have
leaves in proportion to the vigour and size
of the flower stems, from which they
should stand out obliquely erect. The
flower stem should be round, strong, and
straight, quite free from the foliage, and
should have the lowest flowers of the truss
borne just above the top of the leaves.
The truss should be round and cylindrical
in shape, or slightly tapering from the
base upwards, and well and regularly
furnished with as many flowers as possi-
ble, each one standing out horizontally
from the stem, giving each other mutual
support, and allowing no intervening
spaces.
For cutting purposes Hyacinths are
very valuable and last a long time fresh
in water. They are thus useful for decora-
tions, and are universal favourites on
account of their pleasing shades of colour,
and the sweet and penetrating perfume
which they emit.
Hyacinths in glasses. — This is such
an easy, pleasant, and popular method of
growing Hyacinths that it cannot very
well be overlooked in this work. Orna-
mental glasses of various designs are used
for the purpose. They are narrowed
near the top in such a way that a rim is
left for the bulb to rest upon, and not
come in direct contact with the water.
They are filled almost up to this rim with
rain or ordinary water, into which a few
pieces of charcoal may be put to keep it
sweet. The bulbs may then be placed
over the water on the rim, and should be
kept in a cool dark place until roots are
developed from the ' plate ' at the base.
If the temperature is too high, the bulbs
will start into growth before roots are
formed, and in a short time the new
leaves will have exhaiisted all the stored
up nourishment in the bulbs, and few
or no flowers at all are likely to be pro-
duced. The first essential, therefore, in
this treatment is to get the roots to form
before growth on top begins. The plants
may then be exposed to the light, and
given a little fresh water occasionally.
They will grow well in a window, and in
due course produce fine trusses of flowers.
HYACINTHUS
LILY ORDER
HYACINTHUS 835
Where bulbs cannot be placed in a suit-
able place to form roots in glasses, they
may be planted out of doors, and after
the roots have formed may be lifted and
washed, and then placed in the glasses.
A curious method of growing Hya-
cinths is as follows. A bulb is placed in
a ball of damp moss and inserted in the
lower end of an ornamental-leaved Beet-
root which has been scooped out for the
purpose. The Beetroot is then hung up
head downwards, with the Hyacinth on
top. Water is given from time to time,
and as the Hyacinth sends its roots into
the flesh of the Beetroot, and its Leaves
and dower-stems upwards, the Beetroot
has developed its leaves, and a singular
effect is thus produced between the two.
A Turnip or Swede will do just as well
as a Beetroot, but this bizarre style of
gardening is perhaps scarcely worth
cultivating.
Many other bulbous plants may be
grown in water in the same way as
Hyacinths, such as Crocuses, Crown
Imperials, Chionodoxas, Scillas, Tulips,
Jacobsea Lily, &c.
Hyacinths are easily grown in pots.
They are planted in autumn one or more
in a pot, and either plunged in soil or
covered with ashes to a depth of 4 or
r> inches. When well rooted they may
be taken into a warm greenhouse, and
watered as required. They will thus be
made to flower much earlier than out of
doors.
' Roman ' Hyacinths, which are forced
in such large numbers every year, are
really a French variety of H. orientalis,
and are botanically known as the variety
a lb ul us. They are thus distinct from the
species known as H. romanus, a native of
S.E. Europe.
The following are some of the best
single and double varieties of Hyacinths
for the outdoor garden.
Single red, rose, pink Hyacinths &c.
Amy, fine bright carmine, good truss ;
Belle Quirine, deep rose ; Cavaignac,
salmon-rose, large bells and truss ; Chari-
laus (or Fireball), very bright red, dwarf;
Charles Dickens, splendid rose, grand
spike ; Cosmos, dark rose, large spike ;
Fabiola, pale pink, carmine striped ;
Florence Nightingale, large rose, striped ;
General Pelissier, rich deep scarlet,
compact; Gertrude, rosy-pink, large
compact truss; Gigantea, delicate pale
rose, large close truss ; Jenny Lind, bright
red ; King of the Belgians, splendid dark
scarlet ; Lord Macaulay, carmine, fine
for exhibition ; Lord Wellington, pale rose,
large bells ; Madame Hodson, deep rose,
carmine striped; Maria Catharina, fine
deep crimson ; Moreno, waxy pink, large
bells, very fine spike ; Norma, delicate
waxy pink, large bells ; Prince of Orange,
semi-double, light pink; Queen of the
Hyacinths, brilliant crimson ; Robert
Steiger, fine deep crimson; Borneo, car-
mine-red, fine truss; Surah Bernhardt,
bright rose, large compact truss ; Sultane
Favourite, blush-rose, shaded pink, fine ;
Victoria Alexa/ndrina, deep crimson;
Von Schiller, deep rich pink, large
spike ; Vuurbaak, dark crimson.
Single white Hyacinths
Alba Maxima, Alba Superbisxi ma,
Ba roiiess van Th u/yll, Belle Blanchisseuse,
Blancha/rd, Crown Princess, Elfrida,
Grand Vai/ngueur, Grande Vedette,
Grandeur a Merveille, Lady Franklin,
La Franchise, La Grandesse, La Pucelle
d' Orleans, Leviathan, L 'Innocence, Ma-
dame van der Hoop, Mammoth, Mina,
Mont Blanc, Mr. Plimsoll, Paix de
V Europe, Princess Amalia, Queen Vic-
toria, Rousseau, Semiramis, Snowball,
Voltaire.
Single blue Hyacinths
(Those marked with an asterisk (*)
are deep coloured varieties)
Argus, * Baron von Humboldt, * Baron
van Thuyll, *Belle Africaine, ^Blackbird,
Bleu aimable, *Bleu Morant, Blondin,
Captain Boyton, Charles Dickens, Cavaig-
nac, Clio, Couronne de Celle, Czar Peter.
David Livingstone, *Emicus, Emilius.
*Ferruck Khan, ^General Lauriston,
General Pelissier, George Peabody,
Grande Vedette, Grand Frederick, Grand
Lilas, Grand Maitre, Grand Vainqueur,
^Keizer Ferdinand, *King of the Blues,
* Lamplighter, La Peyrouse, Leonidas,
Lord Beaconstield, Lord Byron, Lord
Derby, *Lord Melville, Lord Palmerston,
"Marie, 'Masterpiece, *Mimosa, Oronda-
tus, Paulina Lucca, Pieneman, Porce-
laine Sceptre, Potgieter, Priestly, Premier
Gladstone, Prince of Wales, *Prince
Albert, Queen of the Blues, Regains, *Sir
John Lawrence, *Uncle Tom, * William
the First, * William the Third.
3h2
836
PBACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS puschkinia
Single violet Hyacinths
Adeline Patti, Arnold Prinsen, Charles
Dickens, Haydn, Jeschko, L'Amie du
Cceur, L'Honn, d'Overveen, L'Unique,
Mgr. van Vree, Pearl, Sir Edwin Land-
seer, Sir William Mansfield, Tollens.
Single yellow Hyacinths
Alida Jacoba, Anna Carolina, Bird
of Paradise, Due de Malakoff, Fleur cVOr,
Herman, Heroine, Ida, King of the
Yelloivs, Koning van Holland, La Citro-
niere, La grande Jaune, La Pluie d'Or,
LOr d'Australie, Obelisque, Optimist,
Oranje Boven, Sonora, Victor Hugo,
Yellotv Hammer.
Double red Hyacinths
Alicia Catharina, Baron van Pallandt,
Bouquet Boyal, Bouquet tendre, Czar
Nicolas, Frederick the Great. Grootvorst,
Koh-i-noor, La Belle Alliance, Le grand
Concurrent, L'Espcrance, Lieutenant
Waghorn, Lord Wellington, Louis Napo-
leon, Marie Louise, Marie de Medic in.
Noble par Merite, Panorama, Perruquc
royale, Princess Alexandra, Princesse
royale. Prince d' Orange, Begina Victoria,
Bex Eubrorum, Sans Souci, Sir Joseph
Pa.rton, Sir Walter Scott, Suzanna
Maria.
Double white Hyacinths
Anna Maria, Blancharcl, Bouquet
Boyal, Due de Berry, Duchesse de Bed-
ford, Flevo, Grand Monarque de France,
Grand Vainqueur, Grootvorstin,Heroine,
Isabella. Jenny Lind, La Deesse, La
(h-andesse, La Tour d'Auvergne, La
Virginite, Lord Anson, Madame de Stael,
Miss Ketty, Miss Nightingale, Non phis
ultra, Prince of Waterloo, Sceptre d'Or,
Triumph Blandine, Venus, Violet
Supe)i>e, Virgo.
Double blue Hyacinths
A la mode, Albion, Belle Mode,Bloks-
berg, Bride of Lammermoor, Comte de
St. Priest, Charles Crown Prince of
Sweden, Charles Dickens, Due de Nor-
mamdie, Delicate, Envoye, Garriek,
General Antink, Globe terrestre, Grande
Vedette, Graaf Floris, Keizer Alexander,
King of the Nederlands, King of Wur-
tembcrg, Laurens Koster, Lord Nelson,
Lord Baglan, Lord Wellington, Louise
Philijype, Mad. Marmout, Mignon de
Dryfliout, Minister van Beenen, Murillo,
Martines, Othello, Pasquin, Passetout,
Paarlboot, Prins Albert, Prince Fred-
erick, Prolifera Monstrosa, Prince of
Saxen Weimar, Bembrandt, Bichard
Steele, Bobert Burns, Budolphus, Shake-
speare, Sir John Franklin, Sir Bobert
Peel, Tubalcain, Van Speyk, Von
Siebold,
Double yellow and orange Hyacinths
Berry d'Or, Bouquet d' Orange,
Croesus, General Kohler, General Gordon,
Goethe, Heroine, Jaune Sujireme, La Belle
Souffre, La Grandeur, L'Or du Perou,
L'Or Vegetal, Louise d'Or, Minerva,
Ophvr d'Or, Piet Hein, Sovereign, Sun-
flower, Van Speyk, William, the Third.
H. amethystinus (Spanish Hyacinth).
A pretty species from S.W. Europe, with
narrow linear leaves. The scapes, 4-12
in. high, are produced in May and June,
having loose spikes of bright blue, droop-
ing or nodding flowers.
Culture and Propiagation. — To see
this species to the best advantage it should
be grown in large masses of a hundred or
more, and may be left undisturbed for 3
or 4 year-s. There is a white-flowered
form named albus.
H. azureus. — This early - flowering
species is a native of Asia Minor, and has
white bulbs about 1 in. in diameter, from
which numerous offsets are produced.
The erect strap-shaped glaucous leaves,
4-6 in. long, are deeply channelled down
the face. Early in February the beautiful
sky-blue bell-shaped flowers are produced
in dense conical heads with a thickened
blue axis, the scape being shorter than
the leaves, the whole somewhat resem-
bling one of the Grape Hyacinths (Mus-
cari). Owing to its early - flowering
character, the flowers of this species are
often injured by frosts, but if protected
with a handlight they remain beautiful
and fresh for a long time.
Other species are ciliatus,fastigiatus,
leucophaius, orientalis (type), romanus,
and ivebbianus, met with sometimes in
botanic gardens.
Culture dtc. as above.
PUSCHKINIA. —A small genus of
plants with tunicated bulbs, few radical
leaves, the first often oblong, the others
linear, and blue flowers in loose racemes,
or sometimes solitary on the simple leaf-
less scape. Perianth tube short bell-
CHIONODOXA
LILY ORDER
CHIONODOXA 837
shaped, with 6 nearly equal somewhat
rotate spreading segments longer than the
tube. Stamens G, attached to the throat,
the dilated filaments being united into a
cup and produced beyond the anthers.
P. scilloides (P. libanotica ; P. slcula;
Adamsia scilloides). — Striped Squill. —
A charming little bulbous plant, native of
the Caucasus, Asia Minor &c, with dark
green channelled lance - shaped leaves
4-6 in. long. The white or very pale blue
flowers are borne on slender scapes 4-8 in.
high about April; each flower is about
1 in. across, having the segments con-
spicuously and prettily striped with deep
blue down the centre. The variety com-
pacta is similar to the type, but its white
flowers tinged and striped with blue are
borne in denser and more compact trusses,
and have a better effect.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Striped Squill requires a warm sunny situ-
ation and a deep rich sandy loam and
leafsoil, thoroughly well-drained, as cold-
ness at the root caused by too much
moisture is injurious to it. It is a charm-
ing plant for the rockery in places where
it is not likely to be smothered by other
plants. The bulbs should be planted
about 4 in. deep in September or not
later than October, and during hard
winters are better protected with a layer
of leaves, manure &c. which will also be
useful to drain off heavy rains. The bulbs
are best undisturbed for about 3 years,
during which time they will have made
good clumps, and may be divided and re-
planted after the foliage has completely
died down.
CHIONODOXA (Glory of the
Snow). — A genus of charming bulbous
plants closely related to Puschkinia,
which it resembles in having tunicated
bulbs, few linear radical but sheathing
leaves, and loose racemes of blue flowers,
or solitary ones on a simple leafless scape.
The deciduous perianth has a short bell-
shaped tube and 6 longer, nearly equal,
recurved spreading segments. The 6
stamens are attached to the throat, every
other one or all the filaments being
dilated into oblong petal-like bodies.
Chionodoxas are natives of the moun-
tains of Crete and Asia, where they push
their beautiful flowers in early spring
through the melting snows, and have
thus earned the appropriate popular name
of ' Glory of the Snow,' which is practi-
cally a literal translation of the botanical
name Chionodoxa, given by the French
botanist Boissier, who discovered C.
LucilicB in 1842 at an elevation of about
7000 ft. flowering amidst the snow in
Asia Minor.
Culture and Propagation. — Chiono-
doxas are perfectly hardy, and for
naturalising in grass land with some of
the smaller Narcissi, such as minimus,
they are most valuable. For this purpose,
however, they should be used by the
hundred and thousand, and there are few
finer sights than to see their beautiful blue
flowers with a distinct white central zone
peeping through the grass in March and
April. Once planted, they need never be
touched, or at least for several years, and
will appear year after year with renewed
vigour, while the foliage will have practi-
cally finished its work of storing up
nourishment in the bulbs before mowing
operations begin in earnest.
Chionodoxas may also be used to
ornament the flower border and rockery,
and will flourish in a compost of well-
drained sandy loam, peat and leaf-soil.
They may be increased by separating and
replanting the offsets any time from July
to October ; and also by seeds, which are
freely produced, and should be sown
soon after they are gathered. It takes
a few years, however, to obtain flowering
bulbs from seeds.
C. cretica. — A pretty species from the
mountains of Crete, having slender scapes
6-10 in. high, which unfortunately bear
as a rule only one or two white or pale
blue blossoms over h in. across. This
species must be planted thickly to obtam
a good effect. The variety albiflora has
white flowers.
Culture dc. as above.
C. Luciliae (C. Forbesi). — A beautiful
and now well-known species, native of
Asia Minor. It has small white pear-
shaped bulbs with 2 or 3 erect or arching
leaves to each flower-stalk, which is 6-10
in. high, and carries from 6 to 20 beautiful
flowers about \ in. across, of a brilliant
blue, shading to a zone of pure white in
the centre.
There are several fine forms of C.
LuciUee now in cultivation, and they are
all beautiful. That known as gigantea
or grandiflora is particularly fine, having
flowers similar to those of the type, but
about twice as large. It is a free-flower-
838
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
SCILLA
ing and vigorous variety and may be used
for naturalising in grass, edges of borders,
rockeries &c. The variety sardensis is
often regarded as a species. It derives
its name from the ancient town of Sardis,
near which it grows at an elevation of
4000-5000 ft. It differs from C. Lit cilice
chiefly in its Gentian-blue flowers, borne
on nodding scapes, without a distinct
white zone at the base of the segments.
The variety called Tmolusi has flowers
of a deeper blue, and with a larger white
zone than in LudUce, and is valuable on
account of its later flowering. The variety
alba has flowers wholly white ; and
Alleni is a large - flowered form with
blue, white, and pink flowers. A hybrid
between this species (C. LuciKce) and
Scilla bifolia. (p. 839) appeared some
years ago in the garden of Mr. Allen of
Shepton Mallet, and it received the
name of Chiono- Scilla.
Culture dc. as above.
C. nana. — A pretty little Cretan
species with linear leaves 2-4 in. long,
and umbels of white or lilac -tinted
blossoms about A in. across, produced in
March and April on scapes not more than
3 or 4 in. high.
Culture dc. as above.
EUCOMIS. — A small genus of
distinct S. African perennials having
often large tunicated bulbs, oblong or
elongated radical leaves, and stoutish
erect scapes with dense racemes of flowers
on the upper portion, surmounted by a
tuft or rosette of empty leaf-like bracts.
The perianth consists of 6 nearly equal
spreading segments, very slightly united
at the base. Stamens 6, attached near
the base of the segments, and shorter
than them. Ovary sessile, broad at the
base, tapering into a columnar or conical
style.
Culture and Propagation. — These
plants, although not particularly showy,
are, on account of their strong graceful
foliage, and erect spikes of distinct
greenish-yellow flowers, worth a place in
warm sunny borders. They like a rich
well -drained sandy loam, and should be
planted in masses for effect. The bulbs
need not be lifted for 3 or 4 years, but in
cold wet or frosty winters should be pro-
tected with leaves, litter &e.
New plants are usually obtained by
detaching the offsets from the older bulbs
in autumn. Seeds may also be sown as
soon as folly ripe in light rich soil under
glass, and the young plants maybe grown
on in pots for the first year or two before
trusting them to the open border. As
they take four or five years to produce
flowers, raising Eucomis from seeds is a
slow process, and scarcely worth while.
E. bicolor. — A handsome vigorous,
species from Natal with round fleshy -
rooted bulbs and oblong, unspotted deep
green leaves somewhat wavy on the
margins. The pale greenish - yellow
flowers appear in August in dense oblong
racemes, and are rendered conspicuous
and even handsome by means of the dis-
tinct purple edge to the oblong segments.
Culture dc. as above.
E. nana.— This grows about 9 in. high,
having broadly lance-shaped acute leaves
and rather club-shaped scapes of brownish-
green flowers. The variety jpurpureo-
caulis, as the name indicates, has purple
flower-stems.
Culture dc. as above.
E. punctata. — A fine species with large
oblong lance-shaped channelled leaves,
gracefully spreading and recurved, of a
bright shining green, densely spotted with
purple beneath. The crearny-white or
yellowish, star - shaped, sweet - scented
flowers appear from July to September
in dense cylindrical trusses, on stout
scapes lk~2 ft. high, heavily spotted with
purple, and having a tuft of red-edged
bracts on top. The yellow - anthered
stamens are opposite the segments, and
the deep violet ovary in the centre of the
flowers is very conspicuous and dis-
tinctly attractive. In the variety striata,
the purple blotches on the leaves and
flower stems partake more of the character
of stripes.
Culture dc. as above.
E. undulata, with ovate oblong wavy
green leaves, and greenish-yellow flowers ;
E. regia, with white very fragrant flowers,
and E. paUidiflora, with leaves over 2 ft.
long and 4-5 in. broad, and greenish-
white flowers 1 in. across, are other
species not so well known.
Culture dc. as above.
SCILLA (Squill; Bluebell). — A
large genus of beautiful spring-flowering
plants with tunicated bulbs, linear strap-
shaped oblong or nearly ovate radical
leaves, and flowers in simple leafless
racemes. Perianth blue, rosy, or purplish,
SCILLA
LILY ORDEB
SCILLA 839
ivith 6 distinct or slightly united seg-
ments, spreading or rarely bell -shaped.
Stamens 6, attached to the base or below
the middle of the segments.
Culture and Propagation. — Hardy
Scillas may be grown in much the same
way as the Chionodoxas, and naturalised
in grass, and as in the case of our beauti-
ful Wild Hyacinth or Bluebell, planted
under tall trees like Beeches, Oaks, Limes,
Sweet Chestnuts &c. in pleasure grounds,
woods &c, where they are wonderfully
effective.
They may be planted in the autumn
about September, either by inserting them
in holes made with a dibber or by scatter-
ing them thickly over the ground and
then covering them with 3-6 in. of soil.
They may be left for years without being
disturbed, and as some of the more
vigorous kinds seed freely and produce
numerous offsets from the old bulbs there
is little fear of them dying out. The plants
are, of course, increased by the offsets, but
may also be raised from seeds, which
should be sown as soon as ripe, but take
several years to arrive at the mature bulb
stage.
As edgings to flower borders or clumps
in shrubberies Scillas look charming in
spring, and wherever they can be associ-
ated with Chionodoxas, dwarf Narcissi,
and other spring-flowering bulbs, space
should be given them.
Out of 80 species or more the follow-
ing are among the most attractive kinds
for the hardy flower garden.
S. amcena (Hyaeinthus stellaris). —
Star Hyacinth. — A charming species
from central Europe with roundish deep
violet-coated bulbs, and bright green
linear lance-shaped channelled leaves
6-9 in. long. From 3-6 star-shaped
flowers are borne in loose one-sided
racemes from March to May on weak
stems 4-6 in. long. They are of a bright
indigo-blue, each segment having a central
line of a deeper tint.
Culture drc. as above.
This species requires rather warm and
sheltered spots. When grown in large
masses it has a fine effect, the blue
flowers and bright green leaves forming a
fine contrast.
S. bifolia. — A native of France and
Central Europe with small roundish bulbs
having 2 or rarely 3 linear lance -shaped
channelled leaves of a soft- green, and 4-8
in. long. The beautiful blue bell-shaped
flowers appear in March, sometimes even
earlier, on solitary scapes 6-10 in. high,
and nodding at the top.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species although perfectly hardy should
be grown in warm light soil, and in large
masses, which need not be disturbed for
3 or 4 years. There are several distinct
varieties of it, including alba, with pure
white flowers; prcecox, which flowers
much earlier than the type and has larger
and more numerous blossoms on a scape ;
rosea, with flowers of a pretty pale rose;
and taurica, from Asia Minor, where it
flowers on the snow - clad hills with
Chionodoxa LuciKce. It has larger
bulbs than the typical bifolia and strong
reddish scapes bearing 10-15 star-shaped
flowers of a bright blue resembling those
of S. sibvrica. There is said to be a white
form of the Taurian variety but it is very
rarely seen, or may be confused with the
white variety of sibirica.
S. festalis (Agra/phis tin tans; Hya-
eintlius non-scriptus). — Bluebell; Wild
or Wood Hyacinth. — This is the Common
British Bluebell seen in such immense
masses in spring in woods, copses &c. in
many parts of the British Islands. It has
whitish more or less pear-shaped bulbs
about 1 in. in diameter, and narrow chan-
nelled deep shining green leaves 9-18 in.
long. The tall stout solitary scapes appear
from April to June, bearing racemes of
drooping bell - shaped blossoms varying
from bluish -purple to white or pink.
There are man}" fine garden forms, among
which alba, white ; rosea, rosy-red ; and
rubra, deep red, are fairly well known.
The variety bracteata has rather long
bracts at the base of the pedicels ; and
cernua from Central Europe has broader
leaves than the type, and more numerous
flowers of a bright blue colour on stouter
stems. There are also white and rosy
variations of it.
Culture and Propagation. — For
British gardens the common Bluebell
is superior to the other kinds for natura-
lising in grassland, woods &c. The bulbs
should be planted in such places not
by the hundred but the thousand, and
may be left for years in the same place
without disturbance. In the autumn or
winter a covering of old leaves or well-
decayed manure will be of great benefit,
enriching the soil, and giving increased
840
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
SCILLA
vigour to the flower stalks in spring.
They seed and reproduce themselves year
after year, deriving fresh nourishment
from the decaying leaves in winter.
S. hispanica (S. campanulata ■; S.
patula ; Agraphia patula ; Hyacintlms
patulus). — Spanish Bluebell. — A fine
species native of the Spanish peninsula,
having linear strap-shaped bright green
leaves i-1 in. broad, and 6-12 bell-shaped
blue flowers, borne on the upper portion
of a slender scape 6-9 in. high. There is
a good deal of variation in this species,
and this doubtless accounts in a measure
for the many names given it by botanists.
The flowers vary from blue to white, rose,
and purple, and among garden forms may
be mentioned alba, white ; aperta, blue
striped with white ; alba compacta, pure
white bells in compact trusses ; carnea (or
rosea), pale rose ; Emperor, porcelain-blue
with deeper stripes ; and Empress, similar
but paler in colour.
Culture Ac. as above for S.festalis.
S. hyacinthoides. — A pretty species
from S.W. Europe, with lance-shaped
linear leaves 12-18 in. long and i-1 in.
broad, tapering towards base and apex,
and minutely ciliate - toothed on the
margins. In April and May the scapes
1-2 ft. long appear, bearing from 50 to 100
bluish-lilac, rather bell-shaped flowers in
long cylindrical racemes.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species is not very well known and should
be more extensively grown for its fine
trusses of flowers. It requires warm
light soils, and in bleak localities it would
be wise to give it a covering of leaves or
litter in hard winters.
S. italica (Italian Bluebell). — A
brilliant Italian species with whitish
obovoid bulbs, flaccid strap-shaped leaves,
4-8 in. long, keeled behind, and dense
racemes, bearing 6-30 blue flowers in
April and May on slender scapes 6-12 in.
long. The variety purpurea is a strong
form with deeper coloured flowers.
Culture d-c. as above. This species
should be grown in warm sandy well-
drained soils.
S. monophylla (S. pumila). — A pretty
species from the Spanish peninsula, usu-
ally having solitary leaves, as indicated by
the name, 6-9 in. long. About April and
May the slender flexuous scapes 3-6 in.
high appear, bearing 6-20 blue or violet
bell - shaped flowers in rather loose
racemes.
Culture dc. as above.
S. peruviana (S. hemisphcerica ; 8.
Clusi).- — A native of Central and S. Europe
and N. Africa, and not of Peru, as would
be imagined from the name. It has large
whitish, pear-shaped bulbs and rosettes
of leaves 6-12 in. long with white bristly
margins. The numerous starry flowers
of a beautiful blue are borne in May and
June in dense broadly conical or deltoid
clusters, which lengthen during the flower-
ing period. There is a form with pure
white flowers, called alba, and another
with yellow blossoms, known as lutea.
Culture and Propagation. — This is a
fine species for the open border in warm
and sheltered situations in fairly dry and
well-drained soil. It may be guarded
against injury from frost by planting the
bulbs 4-6 inches deep, and a covering of
leaves or litter will afford still further
protection if need be in severe winters.
The plants are increased by offsets from
the older bidbs after the withering of the
foliage, but the plants should be left un-
disturbed for 3 or 4 years. Strong bulbs
will throw up 1-3 flower spikes in
succession, and where several such are
grown together the effect when in flower
is very fine.
Other species of Scilla met with occa-
sionally are Cupani from Sicily, with
dark purple -blue flowers ; ciliaris, with
heads of dark and light blue flowers
varying to pearly white ; autumn alis, a
native species, with reddish - purple
flowers ; pratensis (or amethystina), with
amethyst-blue flowers ; there is also a
white form of this, but rather rare.
S. puschkinioides, — A pretty bulbous
plant somewhat resembling 8. bifolia,
and native of Turkestan. Each bulb has
2-4 bluntly linear leaves, and produces a
raceme of erect starry pale blue flowers
in early spring.
Culture dtc. as above.
S. sibirica (8. amozna sibirica; S.
amoznula ; S. uniflora). — A charming
Siberian species with round blackish-
coated bulbs bearing 2-4 bright green
oblong lance - shaped channelled leaves
4-6 in. long. From 1-6 horizontal or
drooping starry bell-shaped flowers of a
bright porcelain-blue appear early in
Februaiy on fleshy scapes 3-6 in. high,
CAMASSIA
LILY ORDER
CAMASSIA 841
before the others have developed. The
variety multiflora has longer scapes and
more numerous flowers than the type.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species may be grown in pots, and lends
itself readily to forcing in greenhouses if
treated in the same way as recommended
for Hyacinths. In the open air they
like a rich sandy well-drained loam, and
may be increased by separating the offsets
any time from July to October, replanting
them 2-3 inches beneath the surface of
the soil. Bulbs that have been forced in
greenhouses may be also planted in the
flower border, and in a couple of years
will regain their pristine vigour and
increase freely.
Owing to its dwarfness and earliness
this species is particularly valuable for
the decoration of the rockery, edges of
borders, or any other part of the garden
where it may be associated with Snow-
drops, Crocuses, Winter Aconites &c.
There is a beautiful white variety named
alba.
CAMASSIA (Quamash). — A small
genus of North American plants with
esculent tunicated bulbs, radical linear or
strap-shaped leaves, and blue, purplish
or whitish flowers in loose racemes on a
simple leafless scape. The perianth con-
sists of 6 nearly equal, distinct, spreading
segments, finely veined. Stamens 6,
attached near the base of the segments.
Culture and Propiagation. — Camassias
grown in masses are ornamental plants
for the flower border, somewhat resembling
the St. Bernard's Lily {Anthericuw.
Liliago) in habit. The flowers are pro-
duced freely and are valuable for cutting.
They grow well in ordinary good garden
soil, but prefer a deep well - drained
sandy loam and leaf- soil, in rather warm
sunny spots facing south or south-west,
and in partially shaded positions. They
do not like wet heavy soil, especially
in winter, when the bulbs are at rest.
They are increased by separation of the
offsets from the full-grown bulbs any time
from July to September. They may be
either replanted immediately or stored
in sand until about September, but should
not be planted in this country later than
October. In suitable positions the flower-
spikes are generally strong enough to
hold themselves erect without the aid of
stakes, but in localities where strong winds
are- prevalent it is desirable to give the
stems a support of some kind to prevent
them being blown about.
C. Cusicki. — A native of the Blue
Mountains of Oregon and California,
having large rosettes of broad, glaucous
leaves and flower-stems about 3-4 ft. high,
bearing racemes of large, delicate blue
flowers with spreading segments. There
is another species from the Rocky Moun-
tains called C. Engelmanni, which has
bulbs very much larger than the other
species mentioned. The leaves are 9-12
in. long, and about 1', in. broad, and
glaucous above, while the bright blue
flowers are borne in a loose raceme.
This fine plant is not yet well known,
but promises to be an excellent border
plant. It has very large bulbs.
Culture dec. as above.
C. esculenta. — A native of British
Columbia with white ovoid or roundish
bulbs, the outer coats of which are of a
smooth chestnut-brown. The leaves are
linear, channelled, and somewhat flexuous,
about 1 ft. long. The scapes, 14-3 ft.
high, appear from May to July, bearing
10-20 blue flowers about 2 in. across in
loose racemes. The sixth segment is
separated distinctly from the other five,
and each one has about 5 distinct deeper
blue nerves. There is a white-flowered
variety,/?ore albo, and also one with deeper
blue flowers than the type, known in
gardens as atrocazrulea; atroviolacea is
similar, and precox is an early-flowering
form.
In its native country the inhabitants
eat the bulbs of this species, which, it
appears, are floury and of a good flavour
when baked or roasted like Potatoes. The
flower spikes will last a long time cut,
and the buds will expand after the stems
have been placed in water.
Culture dr. as above.
C. Fraseri. — A native of the eastern
United States with sharp-pointed, narrow
leaves, and flower-sterns about li ft. high,
bearing 10-30 pale blue flowers, each
about 1 in. across, in loose racemes in
summer, often later than C. esculenta.
Culture dsc. as above.
C. Leichtlini (Chlorogalum Leichtlint) .
This is a handsome species from British
Columbia and California, and is a taller
and more vigorous grower than C. escu-
lenta, of which it is considered by some
to be only a variety. The flower- stems
842
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
LILIUM
often reach a height of 3-4 ft. in favour-
able situations, and produce during the
summer months racemes about 9 in. long
and 4 in. in diameter, of large, creamy-
white flowers.
Culture dc. as above.
ORNITHOGALUM (Star of Beth-
lehem). — A large genus of plants with
tunicated bulbs, linear or strap -shaped
radical leaves and simple leafless scapes
ending in elongated or somewhat
corymbose racemes of more or less
showy flowers. Perianth with 6 distinct
segments, uniform in colour or striped
and nerved with green behind. Stamens
6, usually hypogynous.
Culture and Propagation. — Out of
about 70 species only a few are suitable
for the flower garden, and some object to
even these on account of their alliaceous,
Garlic or ' Oniony ' perfume. Grown in
masses or naturalised in grass they are
very attractive from a floral point of view,
and the flowers of many of them last a
long time when cut. Some kinds like the
beautiful O. arabicwm are rather tender
except in the mildest parts of the country,
and should be well protected with leaves,
litter &c. in winter. They all flourish in
ordinary well-drained garden soil, but the
richer it is the more vigorous will the
plants grow. New plants are obtained by
separating the offsets from the older bulbs,
as with Camassias, Scillas, and other
closely allied groups.
O. arabicum. — A beautiful species from
S. Europe and N. Africa with large
whitish more or less pear-shaped bulbs
and thick linear channelled leaves 12-18
in. long. The large creamy white flowers
about 2 in. across, with bright yellow
anthers, and a brilliant shining black
ovary in the centre, appear in June and
July in clusters at the end of a scape 1-2
ft. high. They emit a strong odour which
is considered the reverse of agreeable by
some folk.
Culture dtc. as above. This species
requires protection in winter with leaves,
litter, rnoss &c. over the crowns. The
bulbs may be grown in glasses in the same
way as Hyacinths.
O. nutans. — A free-growing species
from Southern Europe, but quite hardy
enough to become naturalised in parts of
the British Islands. It has narrow
flaccid leaves 12-18 in. long, and loose
racemes of drooping white flowers in
April and May, the outer surface of the
segments being veined with green, and
the scapes 9-12 in. high. The variety
boudieanum is more attractive than the
type. It is dwarfer in growth, but has
larger flowers.
Culture dtc. as above.
O. pyramidale. — A native of S.W.
Europe, with fairly large whitish Hyacinth -
like bulbs and bright green lance-shaped
leaves. The pure white flowers, striped
with green behind, are borne in June
and July, in pyramidal racemes 6-8 in.
long at the end of a scape l£-2 ft. high.
This pretty plant has its beauty some-
what marred by the fact that the leaves
begin to wither and lose their fresh green
appearance before the blossoms, which
are quite 1 in. across, begin to expand.
It possesses the recommendation, how-
ever, of thriving in shady spots and
among thin shrubberies.
Culture dtc. as above.
O. pyrenaicum, which has pale yellow -
green flowers, striped with green outside,
is not nearly so handsome, but it will
also grow in shaded places, and may
be used for this purpose like 0. -pyrami-
dale. Now naturalised in parts of Britain.
Culture dc. as above.
O. umbellatum. — This is the Common
Star of Bethlehem, native of S. Europe,
and now also naturalised in parts of
England in copses and meadows. It has
linear channelled leaves 6-12 in. long,
with a white stripe down the centre. In
May and June the white flowers, striped
with green behind, are borne in umbels
or corymbs on a scape 6-9 in. high. The
flowers open an hour or so before mid-
day and close again in the afternoon about
3 or 4 o'clock. This is very hardy, and
when once planted need not be disturbed
for 3 or 4 years.
Other species of Omithogalum, more
or less suitable for the flower border, but
not quite so handsome as those described,
are latifolium, narbonense, and sororium,
all with white flowers.
Culture dtc. as above.
LILIUM (Lily). — A large genus of
well-known and very beautiful flowering
plants usually with scaly bulbs, and erect
simple leafy stems sometimes branched at
the apex, and bearing one or more large
showy flowers either drooping, horizontal,
or erect, in loose racemes. The funnel-
LILIUM
LILY OBDEB
LILIUM 843
or broadly bell-shaped perianth consists
of 6 distinct erect, spreading, or recurved
segments, the 3 inner ones being usually
larger and broader than the 3 outer ones.
Stamens 0, hypogynous, with long slender
filaments bearing oblong brown, deep red,
or orange anthers. Fruit a 3-celled and
3-valved many-seeded capsule.
< 'ulture and Propagation. — It is really
astonishing that such fine flowering and
ornamental plants as the Liliums are
not more extensively grown in British
gardens. With few exceptions, such
as neilglier reuse and nepalense, they are
nearly all perfectly hardy in most parts
of the British Islands. In cold bleak
spots they may be protected and kept
fairly dry during their winter sleep by
covering the soil with straw, leaves,
litter &c. Or the bulbs may be taken up
after the foliage has withered, and stored
in dry sand or soil until planting time in
autumn or spring. It is, however, better
on the whole not to disturb the bulbs for
about 3 years, but to give them protec-
tion in winter, and a top dressing of well-
rotted manure in spring as soon as growth
has commenced.
Lilimns are distributed throughout all
parts of the north temperate hemisphere
extending from California in the west to
China and Japan in the east, across the
continents of N. America, Europe, and
Asia. They are therefore found naturally
growing in different soils and under
various climatic conditions, in all degrees
of sunshine and shadow, drought and
moisture. In the British flower garden
they are as a ride best in positions where
they will be shaded from the hot mid-day
sun, as the flowers will last much longer
than if exposed too much. They should
not, however, be planted in deep shade
under trees or among their roots, as
the latter absorb too much food and
moisture from the Lilies, while the over-
hanging boughs prevent the rain from
reaching the bulbs in sufficient quantity.
During vigorous growth Lilies like
plenty of water, but the soil must at the
same time be so well drained that it
shall readily pass away from the bulbs.
As a rule the bulbs of strong-growing
kinds, like cmratv/m, speciosum, and
monadc?2)hum, should be planted from
6 to 10 inches deep according to the size of
the bulb. By placing a piece of fibrous
peat beneath each bulb and putting a good
handful of sand over each at planting
time, the roots will develop more quickly
and take a hold of the soil, and the sand
will prevent the wet clogging the soil
around the bulbs.
Many of the most beautiful Lilies
llourish in ordinary good garden soil,
while others like a stiffish sandy loam
enriched with well - rotted manure or
leaf soil, and others again prefer a moist
sandy peat. But whatever kind of soil
they grow in, it should always be well
drained, as stagnant moisture round the
bulbs causes them to rot.
Some of the white bell-shaped and
trumpet-flowered Lilies, like ca/ndidum,
longiflorwn, audits varieties, are forced
in large quantities every year. If not
subjected to too much heat, the bulbs
thus treated may be planted out in the
flower border and allowed to look after
themselves, and in a couple of years will
begin to flower freely unless, as in the
case of L. candickvm, they succumb to
disease.
Lilies are readily increased by remov-
ing the offsets from the full-grown bulbs.
It is a good plan to have a specially
prepared bed for the offsets, in which they
should be planted as soon as detached,
and allowed to grow on for a couple of
years. At the end of this time they will
begin to flower freely and may then take
their proper place in the flower garden at
planting time. Indeed if two beds are
kept for this particular purpose of receiving
offsets, the latter may be taken every year
from kinds requiring it, and the bed
formed the preceding year need not be
disturbed.
The fleshy scales (which are really
modified leaves) of the bulbs may also be
used to produce new plants, inserted end-
ways into rich sandy soil and placed in a
warm greenhouse. But this is rather a
slow method of increase. Seeds may also
be used, but unless it is wished to obtain
new varieties or hybrids it is scarcely worth
the trouble. Some kinds flower in 3-4
years from seeds, while others take nearly
twice as long.
Other kinds, like bulbiferum and tigri-
nam for example, have the peculiarity of
developing ' bulbils ' or small bulb-like
bodies in the axils of the leaves. These
may be detached in autumn, and ' sown '
or planted in the same way as the offsets
in prepared beds by themselves. They
develop into flowering bulbs in 2 or 3
years.
844
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
LILIUM
As the flower sterns in Lilies are also
the leaf bearers, it may be as well to men-
tion that they should not be cut down
(with the idea of not exhausting the bulb)
until the leaves have withered. In the
case of other bulbous plants where the
flower stern is quite independent of the
leaves, its removal after flowering
strengthens the bulbs. In Lilies, however,
the flowers themselves may be removed
when faded, except when seeds are
required.
Imported bulbs from Japan and
California are often packed in sawdust or
other fine material, and sometimes arrive
in a more or less injured condition. Such
bulbs should be overhatded immediately
they come to hand, and all diseased
portions removed. The bulbs may then
be potted up or planted in their flowering
position in the garden, as the case may be,
or if they are to be kept over for a time
on account of their shrivelled condition,
should be stored in dry airy places packed
in coco-nut fibre which is just sufficiently
moist to restore the shrivelled scales to
plumpness.
The following is a good list of the
Lilies which may be grown and flowered
out of doors in most parts of the British
Islands.
L. Alexandra (L. Uke-uri). — A mag-
nificent Japanese Lily, supposed to be a
natural hybrid between L. longiflorwm
or ja/ponicv/m and L. auratum. It is a
dwarf free grower, and when hi fine con-
dition produces in July and August as
many as 4-6 flowers, 6-8 in. across when
fully expanded, and of a pure white. It
was described by Mr. Baker as a variety
of L. japonicum, and a drawing of one of
the first flowers to open in this country
will be found in the ' Gardeners Chronicle '
for August 26, 1893, p. 243. It flourishes
in a deep sandy and stiffish loam and leaf
soil, well tilled and drained.
Cult are dtc. as above.
L. auratum (Golden Lily of Japan). —
This Japanese Lily is a great favourite hi
all parts of the kingdom. It has large
bulbs and sends up leafy stems 2-6 ft.
high bearing trusses of ivory-white broadly
bell-shaped flowers often 9-12 in. across,
each segment having a broad conspicuous
band of bright yellow down the centre,
and numerous deep purple blotches all
over the inner surface, while the basal
portion is studded with purplish stiff hairs
or papillae. The conspicuous anthers,
which change from orange to purple and
deep red brown, add to the contrast of
colours. The flowers, which are sweetly
scented, usually appear from June to
August, and where the plants are thriving
hi particularly f avourable spots it is not an
uncommon sight to see from 70 to 100
large and perfect blooms borne on a single
stem. The latter, however, loses its
rounded shape, and becomes very much
flattened or ' fasciated,' the better to bear
its beautiful burden.
There are several forms of L. auratum.
some rather poor and starry, but others
magnificent. Among the most elegant
may be mentionediplatijplujllum, a grand
sturdy-growing variety, with richly spotted
flowers often exceeding a foot across. The
white form of this called virginale is
similar to platypliyllum in habit and size
of flower, but the latter has only a deep
golden band down the centre of the seg-
ments, which are faintly spotted with
yellow, and throw hito relief the deep ruby-
red anthers ; rubro-vittatum is a hardier
plant than the type, with deeper green
foliage, and white flowers banded with red
down the centre of each petal ; Wittei is
a very scarce and fine variety with pure
white unspotted flowers, striped with
yellow down the centre, and occasionally
having a tinge or streak of reddish-brown
at the tips of the segments ; Parkmanni
is said to be a hybrid between auratum
and speciosum. Its flowers resemble
those of rubro-vittatum, having a red
stripe down the centre, and being more or
less spotted with crimson. Tricolor is
a vigorous-growing variety with broad
more or less erect leaves, and very large
flowers without any purple - brown
blotches or dots.
Culture and Propagation. — L. aura-
tum and its varieties flourish in a com-
post of rich stiffish sandy loam and peat,
in warm and sheltered situations. Some
of the finest flowers I have ever seen
produced were at Kew, among the Bhodo-
dendrons, in beds of moist peaty soil,
where they were allowed to remain for
two or three years without disturbance.
In sprhig after the shoots appear above
the ground a mulching of well-rotted
manure may be given. The nourishment
from this will be washed down to the
roots by the rain and give the plants and
flowers a wonderful vigour and substance.
In many cottage gardens L. auratum
LILIUM
LILY OBDER
LILIUM 845
flourishes and flowers freely planted in
ordinary soil which may be top dressed
with a little manure or scrapings from the
road.
L. auratum may be increased by off-
sets as described above and also by seeds
and bulbils which form in the axils of the
lower leaves. The seeds, which should
be sown in a cold frame or shallow pans
as soon as ripe, germinate pretty freely,
and should be allowed to grow on where
sown for the first season, after which they
may be treated like bulbils from the leaves
and offsets from the bulbs. It will take
several years to obtain flowering bulbs
from seed.
L. Batemanniae. — A glowing Japanese
Lily, probably a hybrid between L. Lriclif-
liui and L. testaceum. It grows 3-5 ft.
high, having light green stems and nar-
row lance-shaped leaves. The unspotted
flowers appear in the summer months,
and are 4-5 inches across, of a glowing
reddish-apricot tint, and resembling some
forms of L. elcgans, of which it is some-
times classed as a variety.
Culture dc. as above, p. 843. It
flourishes in any good garden soil, and
may be mulched with manure after
growth has begun.
L. Bolanderi. — This is a recently intro-
duced species from Oregon. It grows
about li ft. high, and produces deep crim-
son-red flowers with dark spots.
Cult ure cf-c. as above. It may
be grown in sandy loam and peat, and
although not much is yet known about it,
will doubtless be hardy.
L. Browni. — A fine species closely
related to L. japonicum, having stiff erect
purple-spotted stems 2-4 ft. high, fur-
nished with broadly lance-shaped leaves.
From 1 to 3 beautiful drooping or horizontal
bell-shaped flowers appear from June to
August, and are 6-9 in. long, pure white
inside, except for a line of purple down
the centre of the 3 inner segments, and
suffused with purple outside. The ruby-
red anthers are a striking feature. A few
years ago two forms named chloraster
and platyphyllum were introduced from
China. Leucanthum has no purple mark-
ings outside, but the less tubular white
flowers are stained with yellow inside, and
the leaves are also broader. Viridulum
differs from the type in having broader
and shorter leaves and creamy white
flowers tinged with yellowish - green
outside and having only a faint streak of
purple -brown.
Culture and Propagation.— Although
perfectly hardy this beautiful Lily is
apt to die out when planted in the open
border. The most suitable soil appears
to be a mixture of sandy loam and peat,
in which the bulbs should be planted 4-6
in. deep, in similar situations to L.
auratum. It may be increased by off-
sets and bulbils which sometimes develop
in the axils of the lower leaves. "When
the scales are used, the bulbs should be
allowed to wither a little before they are
whollj' detached, as this induces them to
root more freely, especially if the wound
is allowed to heal before they are put in
the soil.
L. bulbiferum. — A beautiful Lily from
Central Europe having small ovoid bulbs,
from which spring stiff erect downy fur-
rowed stems 2-4 ft. high furnished with
narrow lance-shaped leaves, in the axils
of which shiny black bulbils are freely
produced, a circumstance which suggested
the specific name to Linnaeus. The large
erect crimson flowers shading off to orange-
red spotted with brown appear in May
and June, and are 2-3 in. deep, forming
an umbel-like raceme at the top of the
stem. Anthers deep red.
Culture mill Propagation. — This is a
fine species for the ordinary flower border.
It flourishes in light soil in partial shade,
but likes plenty of water when growing
actively, and should always be in bold
groups. It may be increased by offsets
and also by bulbils. The latter do not
all ripen simultaneously and those first
gathered should be stored in sand or
coco-nut fibre until all that are required
for sowing are gathered. For general
cultivation see above, p. 843.
L. callosum. — A rare Japanese Turk's
Cap Lily, 2-3 ft. high, with very narrow
sharp-pointed leaves, 4-5 in. long. The
numerous drooping orange -scarlet flowers,
about li in. deep, appear in June and July
hi clustered racemes.
Culture &c. as above, p. 843. This
species rnay be grown in rich sandy loam,
peat and leaf soil in warm sheltered places.
Increased by offsets.
L. canadense (L. penduliflorum). — A
pretty Canadian Lily of the Turk's Cap
section, having smallish rhizome-bearing
bulbs and round erect stems 2-4 ft. high,
furnished with whorls of oval lance-
846
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
LILIUM
shaped leaves, slightly downy beneath.
The scentless drooping funnel-shaped
flowers with slightly reflexed segments
appear in June and July. They are
2-3 in. deep, and vary in colour from
bright orange-yellow to pale bright red,
copiously spotted with purple-brown on
the upper half of the segments. The
variety with red flowers is known as
riibrnm, and that with yellow flowers
as flavinn. The variety parvum from
California has shorter and more slender
stems than the type, and leaves scattered
or in whorls, while the flowers are about
H in. deep, and of a bright orange-red
tinged with green outside, and heavily
spotted with reddish-purple within.
L. lucidum, a native of Oregon and
Washington, is closely related to L. cana-
dense and is probably a variety of it. It
has similar foliage, and bears 1-6 light
translucent orange-yellow flowers spotted
with dark purple, the perianth segments
being lance-shaped and rolled back.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Canadian Lily, which is often confused
with L. superbum, flourishes in moist
peaty and sandy loam, and may be grown
among sheltering clumps of Azaleas,
Rhododendrons, Kalmias, and other
Ericaceous plants, in bold masses for
effect. The bulbs may be planted 6-9
inches deep and the same distance apart
according to size, and should not be
disturbed for several years. An annual
top-dressing of well-rotted manure, how-
ever, should be given by way of replenish-
ing the soil, and inducing the plants to
produce vigorous flower spikes.
This species maybe increased by care-
fully separating and replanting the creep-
ing rhizomes with bulbs attached. Offsets
from the old bulbs may also 'be used, as
well as single scales, but the plants should
not be touched for purposes of increase
until the stems and leaves have withered.
The bulb scales should be allowed to
shrivel a little and heal over the wound
before planting in the soil in cold frames
or in greenhouses. They soon emit roots
but do not reach the flowering stage for
four or five years.
L. candidum (Madonna Lily). — This
is one of the finest and handsomest of
Lilies. It is a native of S. Europe, Asia
Minor &c, and produces stiff erect stems
3-5 ft. high, clothed with lance-shaped
leaves, the first ones developed in late
autumn being large and oblong and in
rosettes on the ground, thus serving to
drain off the cold whiter rains from the
bulbs beneath. The beautiful broadly
funnel-shaped flowers 3-4 in. across
appear in June 10-30 at the ends of the
stems. They have a strong penetrating
perfume and are of a pure shining white,
with gracefully recurved segments and
bright yellow anthers on the end of white
filaments. By removing the anthers the
purity of the petals is not tarnished by the
falling pollen, and the flowers last for a
longer time in a fresh condition. In a cut
state they are used in vast numbers for
decorations.
There are a few varieties of the
Madonna Lily, but they cannot compare
in beauty with the typical plant. The
variety monstrosum has spikes of double
flowers of a greenish-white ; peregrinum
is a smaller plant altogether, with smaller
leaves and flowers ; spicatum has white
petal-like bracts ; striatum has the out-
side of the segments striped with purple.
There is also a form having the leaves
striped with silver, and another in which
they are striped with golden -yellow.
Culture and Propagation. — The finest
plants I have seen have been grown in
rather poor dry soil, and have not been
disturbed for years. Every season they
throw up stems quite 5 ft. high, each
having from 20 to 30 beautiful flowers.
They are planted outside a cottage door
facing west, and do not obtain all the rain
that falls, as they are protected by the
overhanging eaves of the house. I have
also seen plants doing well in ordinary
garden soil in raised beds from which the
rain readily passes away, and I think one
of the chief causes of disease in the
Madonna Lily is planting it in low badly
drained soil containing too much mois-
ture. Increased by offsets..
Wherever space can be found for it, a
tuft of the Madonna Lily is well worth
growing in any garden however small.
It is easily cultivated, but flourishes best
if not interfered with too often. Some of
the finest flower spikes in the country are
those produced in cottage gardens, often
springing up from the edge of a dry
gravelly pathway. When a great deal of
trouble is taken with this Lily in regard
to giving it rich soil and good situations
it often proves a rank failure and suc-
cumbs to a disease which for some years
past has now devastated plants in all
LILIUM
LILY ORDER
LILIUM 847
parts of the country. The lower leaves
are attacked with this disease in early
spring, and unless measures be taken to
check it immediately, all hope of obtain-
ing flowers may be abandoned. A fre-
quent fine syringing with warm or hot
soapy water (say 100°-120° F.) will check
the disease if not allowed to take too
strong a hold upon the plants first. I
have seen a plantation of 5000-10,000
Madonna Lilies so scourged with this
disease that scarcely a hundred plants
produced good flowers, and then only
about 3-6 on a stem.
L. carniolicum. — A rare and pretty
little species from the mountains of
Carniola and Istria. It has small ovoid
bulbs with narrow, pointed scales, and
stems 2-3 ft. high, furnished with linear
lance-shaped leaves, with minutely
ciliated edges. The drooping flowers,
1^-2 in. deep, appear in June and July,
and are of a bright orange-yellow vary-
ing to scarlet, and having the segments
recurved as in chalcedorricum.
Cult arc ,t-c. as above, p. 843. It
flourishes in ordinary garden soil en-
riched with manure or leaf-mould, and
may be increased by offsets.
L. Catesbaei. — An elegant Lily from
N.W. America, producing glaucous, red-
dish-tinted stems 1-2 ft. high, with linear
or oval lance-shaped pointed leaves. The
erect bell-shaped flowers 3-4 in. long are
of a bright orange-red heavily spotted
with purple, the segments being slightly
recurved at the tips, and suddenly
narrowed into a claw at the base, thus
leaving an open space between each.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species is rather difficult to grow success-
fully, and although it comes from colder
regions than many other hardy Lilies it
does not seem happy in this country. A
moist peaty soil with a little sandy loam
seems to suit it best, but it is safer to grow
it in well-drained pots, and winter it in
cold well-ventilated frames. If grown in
the open air it should be well covered with
litter to keep the rain off, as moisture at
that period is most injurious to the bulbs.
Increased by offsets.
L. chalcedonicum. — A beautiful Turk's
Cap Lily, native of S.E. Em-ope and Asia
Minor, producing stems 2-3 ft. high,
furnished with scattered linear leaves,
which become gradually smaller and
bract-like as they approach the drooping
flowers. The latter, which are 2-4 in.
deep and across, appear about July and
August, 5-8 on the top of a stem, and are
of a bright scarlet, having the segments
gracefully rolled back towards the pedi-
cels, thus exposing the red stamens and
anthers. The variety majus has larger
flowers than the type ; grcecum has
smaller ones, but longer stems ; Held-
reichi flowers a week or two before the
type, and maculatum is a pretty spotted
form.
Culture <jtc. as above, p. 843. L. chal-
cedonicum and its varieties grow freely
in ordinary good garden soil and may be
readily increased by offsets. The fully
grown bulbs should be planted about 6 in.
deep and 9 12 in. apart. The flowers
last well in a cut state and are very
useful for decorations.
L. columbianum. — A graceful Lily
from Oregon and British Columbia,
growing 1^-2 ft. high and bearing umbels
of drooping reddish -orange or yellow
flowers with reflexed segments spotted
with reddish-purple.
Culture dtc. as above, p. 843. It
reminds one of a small form of L. Hum-
bohlti, and may be grown in stiffish sandy
loam and peat. It is not yet very well
known in gardens, although introduced
in 1872. Increased by offsets.
L. concolor (L. svnicv/m). — A dis-
tinct and pretty species, cultivated for
many centuries in China and Japan. It
has small ovoid pointed bulbs, often five
or six in a cluster, from which arise
stems 1-3 ft. high, clothed with scattered
lance-shaped leaves 3-4 in. long. The
erect bright scarlet flowers, about 2 in.
long and wide, are borne 3-6 in a corymb
in June and July, having a few brownish-
purple spots near the base of the seg-
ments. The variety buschianuni comes
from S. Siberia and has bright scarlet
flowers copiously spotted with black near
the base; Coridion has bright yellow
solitary flowers with reddish-brown spots ;
Partlieneion is somewhat similar with
bright orange - yellow solitary flowers,
faintly spotted ; and pulchellum from
Mongolia is a dwarf slender-growing
variety, with bright scarlet - crimson
flowers spotted black. In a wild state
the flowers are solitary upon the stems,
but cultivated plants produce sometimes
as many as six on a stem. The variety
luteiim has linear lance-shaped 3-nerved
848
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS lilium
leaves and yellow flowers spotted with
purple-red on the inner surface, the seg-
ments or petals being blunt and shallowly
notched at the apex.
Culture dc. as above, p. 843. L. con-
color and its varieties flourish in rich
sandy loam and peat in partially shaded
positions. They are easily increased
by separating the young bulbs which are
freely produced around the old ones.
L. cordifolium (Hcmerocallis cordata).
A distinct Japanese species with very
large bulbs, and stems 3-4 ft. high,
with a few long-stalked broadly heart-
shaped ovate leaves, those first to appear
being tinged with deep red. The erect or
horizontal tubular flowers appear in July
and August, 4-10 in a raceme, and are
usually white in colour, with violet-brown
spots at the base of the 3 lower segments.
Culture and Propagation. — This and
the Himalayan L. giganteum differ very
much in foliage from all other Lilies and
form a group by themselves. L. cordi-
folium is, however, only about one-half
or one-third the height of L. giganteum,
and has much smaller flowers. It flour-
ishes in moist sandy loam, peat and leaf-
soil, and may be planted among Azaleas,
Rhododendrons &c, so as to obtain a cer-
tain amount of shade and shelter. It is
sometimes grown in pots, but is better in
the open ground, and may be increased
by offsets.
L. croceum (Orange or Saffron Lily).
A beautiful Lily from the European Alps
with round flattish bulbs tinged with rose
and producing from the base bulb-bearing
stolons — a fact which caused the French
botanist De Candolle to give it the name of
bulhiferu/m,hut it is quite distinct from the
plant which Linnaeus called by that name
(see p. 845). The stiff, furrowed, purple -
spotted and somewhat cobwebby stems
grow 3-6 ft. high, having scattered linear
leaves, and umbel-like racemes of erect
broadly funnel-shaped flowers 2-3 in.
across, and of a beautiful golden-orange
colour, sometimes slightly tinted with
scarlet, and spotted with purple at the
base. They are produced in June and
July, and remain a long time fresh.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Orange Lily is very strong and sturdy and
flourishes in almost any garden soil either
in sunshine or shade, and is useful for
massing in shrubberies and borders. The
bulbs should not be disturbed for 3 or 4
years, and the soil may receive liberal
dressings of well-rotted cow-manure every
year. It may be increased easily by off-
sets detached either in early autumn or
spring. The full-grown bulbs should be
planted 6-9 in. deep.
L. Dalhansoni. — A beautiful hybrid
Lily between the dalmaticum variety of
the European L. Martagon and the
Japanese Hansoni, from both of which it
also derives its name. It grows about 5
ft. high, bearing numerous flowers of a
dark brownish-purple in June and July.
Culhire <£c. as above, p. 843. It is still
very scarce in British gardens, but will
grow in ordinary good garden soil and
may be increased by offsets. Seeds if
obtainable should also be sown where con-
venience and patience exist, as fine forms
would probably be obtained thereby.
L. dauricum or davuricam (L.penn-
sylvanicum ; L. spectabile). — A pretty
Siberian species 2-3 ft. high, having
slender stems and linear 3-nerved leaves.
The erect beautiful orange-scarlet flowers
flushed with red and spotted with black
are borne in umbel-like racemes in July,
each blossom having a more or less cob-
webby stalk. The true species is often
confused with L. nmbellatum and its
forms, which have probably arisen from it
and L. croceum.
Culture Sc. as above, p. 843. L. davu-
ricum flourishes in ordinary good garden
soil and may be massed in shrubberies,
borders &c. in shaded or sunny places.
Increased by offsets.
L. elegans (L. aurantiacum ; L. lan-
cifolium (Thunb.) ; L. thunbergianum).
A fine showy Japanese Lily with small
conical reddish or purple bulbs from
which spring stout stems about 1 ft.
high, furnished with lance-shaped leaves
about 1 in. wide and bearing in June
and July 1-3 erect cup-shaped scarlet-
orange flowers 4-6 in. across when fully
open, and slightly spotted with purple
near the base.
There are many fine varieties of L.
elegans now grown in gardens, and they
are all beautiful. Among the best are
alutaceum, a fine dwarf form about 6 in.
high, with large bright apricot flowers
spotted with black, and larger still in the
form called grandiflorum ; armeniacum,
about 1 ft. high, with glowing orange-red
flowers ; atrosanguineum , with 5-6 large
deep red and black-spotted blossoms on a
LILIUM
LILY ORDER
LILIUM 849
stem ; Alice Wilson, a rare and beautiful
form with clear lemon-yellow flowers ;
cifrinum is very similar; aurantiacu/m
is an unspotted form of the type with
large citron-yellow blossoms ; bicolor
grows about 18 in. high, each stem
ending in a large orange-red flower flamed
with yellow; brevifolium, about the same
height, with light orange-red flowers pro-
duced earlier than those of other forms ;
flore pleno has deep red semi-double
flowers ; Horsmanni is an attractive
variety with large well-shaped flowers of
a rich crimson-mahogany colour; ful-
gens is a very variable form, like atro-
sa/nguineum, having deep blood - red
flowers, more or less spotted with black;
with this may be classed wing it i iieu/u ,
having similar flowers flushed with gold;
marmoratum aureum (or robustum) is
a tall early form with orange - yellow
crimson-spotted flowers; ornatum similar,
with black spots; Prince of Ora/nge,
apricot-j'ellow ; Van Houttei, a fine
crimson-flowered form ; WiUoni grows
about 2 ft. high, bearing large erect
cupped flowers, apricot - 3Tellow spotted
with purple, and having a yellow band
down the centre of each segment; venus-
fain, a distinct variety with downy stems,
narrow leaves, and 1-10 bell-shaped
flowers of a clear orange-yellow, borne
rather later than the others in pyramidal
trusses, and having orange-red stamens
with purple anthers ; the form known as
macrcmtlvu/m is similar, but has li
blossoms ; Wallacei grows about 2i ft.
high, and has rich orange-red flowers
spotted with black. In fact there are
now so many shades of colour being de-
veloped in this species, and each one
receives a name, that it will be difficult to
keep pace with them. Beautiful Star,
Beauty, and The Sultan are among some
of the iater additions.
Culture and Propagation. — L. elegans
and its varieties are remarkable for their
dwarf habit, freedom and brilliancy of
flowering, and perfect hardiness. They
are excellent planted in masses in borders
and shrubberies in a soil composed of
sandy loam, peat and leaf-soil. On the
fringes of thin Khododendron and Azalea
beds, and other Ericaceous plants, where
there is plenty of sun and air, they flourish
and look charming. They may be readily
increased by offsets taken at the end of
summer or early in autumn, and replanted
immediately, or if more convenient in
spring the bulbs and offsets should be
stored in sand or dryish soil.
L. giganteum. — A magnificent Lily,
native of the Himalayas, and like a
glorified form of the Japanese L. cord/i-
folium. It has large conical bulbs from
which arise stout erect stems 6-10 and
sometimes 14 ft. high, furnished with
large heart-shaped oval leaves, having
Long stalks, and gradually becoming
smaller and more shortly stalked as they
approach the immense raceme, 1-2 ft.
long, of large nodding trumpet- or funnel -
shaped flowers. These appear in summer,
5-6 in. long, and are of a pale greenish-
white outside, washed with violet-purple
in the throat, and emit a sweet perfume.
Culture and Propagation— L. gigan-
teum tlourishes in a deep thoroughly
well -drained soil composed of rich sandy
loam, peat and leaf mould. Warm
sheltered positions facing south-east or
south-west are preferable to others.
Grown in thin Azalea or Rhododendron
beds, or on lawns in the midst of dwarfer
plants, a few plants of L. giganteum pro-
duce a very picturesque effect not only on
account of the great height, but also by the
distinct character of the bold foliage and
immense trusses of fragrant flowers.
This fine Lily may be regarded as
hardy and easily grown in most parts of
the country. It is nevertheless prudent,
especially in cold bleak parts of the
kingdom, to protect it during the winter
with a heap of straw, dry leaves, litter
&c, or a handlight or inverted tub. This
precaution will also ward off cold drench-
ing rains, which are injurious during the
winter when the bulbs are at rest. In
the mild parts of the south of England
and Ireland protection from frost is
scarcely necessary, but too much mois-
ture should be avoided.
The best time for planting the bulbs
of L. giganteum is about April and May
according to the weather. Unlike most
other kinds the bulbs need not be com-
pletely buried in the soil. Only the base
of the bulb and a few of the lower scales
are placed in the soil, the remaining
portion being left uncovered. In the
event of spring frosts it will be wise to
protect them with some dry leaves or
litter until all danger is past.
L. giganteum may be increased by
offsets, seeds, or division of the clumps,
which somtimes increase quickly. The
3i
850
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
LILIUM
offsets are better detached from the bulbs
in early spring than in autumn, and under
favourable conditions will produce flowers
the second or third year. When seeds
are required it is safer to fertilise the
flowers by hand than trust to insect
agency. A bright sunny dry day should
be chosen for the operation, and to make
sure the pollen should be applied several
times. The seeds should be sown in rich
sandy soil in cold frames or under glass
as soon as well ripened, and in four to six
years will produce flowering bulbs,
according to circumstances.
L. Grayi. — A graceful Lily, native of
the Roan Moimtains in N. Carolina, and
closely related to L. canadcnse, of which
it is probably only a geographical form.
It grows 2-4 ft. high, and produces
branched trusses of deep rich crimson
drooping flowers, heavily blotched with
purple at the yellowish base of the
reflexed segments.
Culture dc. as above, p. 843. This
species will flourish with the same treat-
ment as L. canadense.
L. Hansoni. — A beautiful Japanese
Lily with large white bulbs and stems 3-4
ft. high, furnished with whorls of 8-10
broadly lance-shaped, deep green leaves,
and bearing at the summit 8-15 drooping
flowers in a loose raceme or crowded
umbel in June, often before those of the
Madonna Lily. The flowers are of a bright
orange-yellow, the lower portion of the
reflexed segments being heavily spotted
with blackish-purple or brown. One of
the distinguishing features of this Lily
consists in the shape of the buds, which
are oval in shape and inflated at the apex,
and are therefore little less long than
broad.
Culture and Propagation. — This is a
fine Lily for borders and shrubberies in
rich well-drained sandy loam and peat,
in situations where it will receive shade
from the hot mid-day sun. Unfortunately
it can only be increased slowly and with
difficulty, as it does not produce offsets
freely in cultivation, nor does it ripen
seeds. It will therefore be a considerable
time before this Lily is grown so
extensively as it ought to be. In a cut
state the flowers last remarkably well.
L. Henryi. — A distinct and remarkable
Japanese Lily 3-6 ft. high, with deep green
ovate lance-shaped recurved leaves, and
sprays of nodding deep rich orange -red
flowers, 3-4 in. across, in July and
August and September. The wavy seg-
ments are gracefully curved backwards to
the stalk, and spotted at the sides towards
the base with deep purple-brown, while
large and jagged papilla? or excrescences
are very conspicuous on the surface.
Culture d-c. as above, p. 843. This
is a free-growing Lily and flourishes in
ordinary good garden soil, with a little
top - dressing of manure after growth
has begun. Increased by offsets. Still
rather scarce.
L. Humboldti {L. bloomer ianum). — A
very graceful and beautiful Californian
Lily with large ovoid violet-tinted bulbs,
which have the peculiarity of renewing
themselves at the top while they disappear
at the base, like the corrns of Gladiolus
and Crocus. The stout reddish or purple-
spotted stems attain a height of 4-8 ft.,
bearing oval-lance-shaped leaves in regular
whorls of 10-20 each. During the summer
from 10 to 30 rich orange-yellow drooping
flowers, heavily spotted with purple on
the lower half of the reflexed segments,
are borne in loose racemes, the stalk of
each blossom standing out almost at
right angles to the main stem. The
variety ocellatum has yellow flowers,
tipped with crimson or purple, and heavily
blotched with purple at the base.
Culture d-c. as above, p. 843. This
flourishes in rich sandy loam, peat and
leaf soil, and may be increased by offsets.
The bulbs should be planted fairly deep,
about 6-8 inches, as they seem to be
affected by sharp and sudden changes of
temperature.
L. japonicum (L. odorum). — A charm-
ing and unfortunately somewhat delicate
Japanese Lily with small ovoid bulbs,
producing glaucous-green stems 1-3 ft.
high, often tinged with violet, and fur-
nished with narrow lance-shaped leaves
4-6 in. long. About July and August
from 2 to 5 broad funnel-shaped horizontal
blooms appear on the stem. They are
deliciously fragrant, of a pure ivory-white,
sometimes tinged with purple outside,
and when fully expanded are 6-9 in. or
more across the mouth, while the pale
brown anthers are very conspicuous.
Culture dr. as above, p. 843. The
delicate constitution of this beautiful Lily
renders it necessary to treat it with every
consideration in the flower border. As a
rule it will grow well under the same
LILIUM
LILY ORDER
LILIUM 851
conditions as L. aitratum, in a compost
of stiffish sandy loam and peat, among
Azaleas, Rhododendrons, Kalmias &c.
The great point is to have the soil well
drained and kept dry, and protected from
frost in winter by a good layer of leaves,
litter &c, and when planting always
place plenty of clean sand around and
beneath the bulbs.
L. Krameri (L. japonicum rosewm ;
L. Belladonna; L. Elisabethee). — A
beautiful Japanese Lily closely related
to L. japonicum, and from a mere botani-
cal point of view probably only a variety
of it. For flower-garden purposes, how-
ever, they are not likely to be confused
with each other, any more than with
L. Broivni, which is also closely related
to L. japonicum. Kramer's Lily is a
taller and stronger-growing plant than L.
japonicum, having purple-spotted stems
3-4 ft. high, narrower, more tapering, and
much longer leaves, and larger, sweet-
scented, beautiful pink flowers, with
gracefully spreading segments more or
less recuxwed at the tips.
Culture ifc. as above, p. 843. L. Kra-
meri may be grown in the same way
as L. japonicum.
L. Leichtlini. — This beautiful and
graceful Japanese Lily has rather small
bulbs and stems 3-4 ft. high, which at
first shoot from the soil obliquely, but
eventually become erect and clothed with
narrow lance-shaped leaves, 3-4 in. long,
tapering to a sharp point. The beautiful
citron-yellow flowers, heavily spotted with
purple inside, and suffused with purple
outside, appear 1-3 on a stem in July
and August. They are drooping, like
other Turk's Cap Lilies, and have the
narrow lance-shaped segments rolled
backwards to the stalk.
Culture and Propagation. — This spe-
cies may be grown in rich sandy loam,
peat and leaf soil, like L. japonicum and
L. aurabu/m, and owing to its peculiar
method of sending the stems out obliquely
from the bulbs at first, is better adapted
for the open border than for pot culture.
Indeed, if grown in pots the young shoots
are apt to press too hard against the sides
of the pot before appearing above the soil,
and are thus likely to become injured.
The underground portion of the stern is
furnished with scattered scales or modified
leaves, in the axils of which bulbils are
developed, and from these new plants
may be obtained. According to their
vigour these bulbils may produce flower-
ing plants a year or two after being
detached from the parent.
Although not very well known, mention
may here be made of a few forms of this
species. Majus grows about 5 ft. high,
and has yellow flowers spotted with
blackish-purple ; Maximowiczi has dark
purple-brown stems, more or less cob-
webby or cottony, with 3-4 flowers of
a bright orange - scarlet colour; platy-
petalumhsbB pale red Howers with broad
segments ; and tigrinum has orange -
scarlet flowers heavily spotted with dark
purple. L. Batemannite is near some of
these forms, especially Maximowiczi.
L. longiflorum. —A very handsome
Japanese Lily with medium-sized, yellow-
ish-white bulbs and stems 1-3 ft. high,
clothed with bright green, sharp-pointed,
lance-shaped leaves. In June and July
from one to three or four beautiful pure
white sweetly scented flowers are borne
on the top of the stems, spreading more
or less horizontally, 5-7 in. long, and as
much across when fully open, funnel-
shaped, tapering gracefully towards the
stalk.
There are several distinct varieties of
this white Trumpet LUy, among which the
following are the most distinct. Formosa-
num, from the island of Formosa, has
flowers somewhat smaller than the type,
flushed with rosy-brown down the central
ribs ; Harrisi, eximium, or Wilsoni are
all apparently the same plant, or so close
that they are scarcely distinguishable from
one another. They have magnificent
flowers of a pure glistening white, and
are often 8-10 in. long, and 4-6 in. across
the mouth. Under the name of Harrisi
this variety has been cultivated for many
years in the Bermudas, and has hence
become well known as the ' Bermuda
Lily.' Of late years, however, a devasta-
ting fungus disease has attacked the crops
and interfered with the exportation of fine
bulbs. The Japanese name of Liu-Jiiu
represents forms of longiflorum eximium.
The variety TaTcesima, known in Japan
as Jama-juri, is a plant intermediate
between longiflorum and eximium, with
a tendency to produce more flowers and
at a later period. This variety is distin-
guished chiefly by the buds being washed
with brownish-purple or violet, but when
expanded it is more difficult to identify
852
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
LILIUM
them. A form of Tahesima called
gra/ndiflorum is a vigorous grower, with
stiff foliage and dark brown stems bearing
from 6 to 10 white tubular flowers tinged
with brown outside. The variety called
prcecox is dwarf in habit and produces
its flowers earlier than the other forms,
under the same treatment. Besides the
above forms, there is a distinct one, albo-
margivatiun, the leaves of which are
attractively edged with ivory-white.
Many thousands of L. longiflorum and
its varieties are forced in heat during the
winter and spring months, and an immense
trade is carried on in the cut flowers
for decorative purposes. They last a
very long time in a cut state, and their
purity, grace, and substance attract
universal admiration.
Culture and Propagation. — For out-
door cultivation nearly all the longiflorwm
Lilies may be used for the embellishment
of flower beds and borders, or may be
mixed with Other plants in groups on the
grass. They like a light rich soil com-
posed of sandy loam and leaf mould, and
even a little well-rotted manure, and
perfect drainage is essential. Frost should
be guarded against by a protection of dry
leaves, bracken, straw &c, as the young
shoots are apt to get injured. Warm
sheltered and sunny situations should be
chosen when the bulbs are planted in
autumn. Increase is effected by means
of offsets, but cultivated bulbs have a
tendency to become smaller and smaller,
and do not produce such fine flowers as
healthy imported ones.
L. Lowi. — A beautiful Burmese Lily
2 3 ft. high, bearing in July at the top of
the stems 3-5 white bell-shaped drooping
or nodding flowers more or less heavily
spotted with violet or crimson-purple.
Culture dc. as above, p. 843. Very
little can be said yet as to the hardiness
of this Lily. It is believed to be hardy,
but all the plants I have seen have
been grown in pots under glass. In the
mild parts of S.W. England and Ireland
it would probably grow well out of doors.
L. maritimum. — A pretty little
Californian Lily 3-5 ft. high, with alter-
nate or whorled narrow oblong lance-
shaped leaves chiefly clustered near the
base of the stem, and bearing 15-20 deep
red bell-shaped flowers spotted with dark
purple.
Culture dc. as above, p. 843. This
may be grown in sandy peat with a
little loam, and may be treated like L.
canadense.
L. Martagon (Turk's Cap Lily). —
A well-known and much cultivated Lily
from Central and S. Europe and Asia.
It has small ovoid bright yellow bulbs
1-1| in. in diameter, producing stems
2-3 ft. high, clothed with whorls of
oblanceolate spoon-shaped leaves, 6-9 in
each whorl. The drooping flowers with
gracefully recurved segments appear dur-
ing the early summer months 20-30 in
erect chandelier-like racemes. In the
typical plant they are of a dull purplish-red
or violet-rose heavily spotted with carmine
on the lower half of the segments. There
are several forms of the Martagon Lily,
the finest being album with stems 4-5 ft.
high, carrying 20-30 pure waxy white
flowers of great beauty ; dabmaticwm
grows 5-6 ft. high, each stem bearing
12-25 flowers varying in colour from pale
to deep purple. A form of dalmaticuni
called Catani has rich deep almost
blackish velvety crimson flowers. There
is also a double -flowered form of the
common Martagon Lily.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species and its varieties are easily grown
in light rich loam and leaf soil in partially
shaded situations. For flower beds, thin
shrubberies, grassy banks, or among
Azaleas and Rhododendrons, Martagon
Lilies flourish, and if left undisturbed for
a few years produce masses of blossom.
The white Martagon is particularly hand-
some in situations where it grows freely,
and will produce from 40 to 50 flowers on
a stem.
The plants may be increased by off-
sets from the old bulbs taken about
August. The old bulbs should be
replanted immediately about 6 in. deep,
or not later than September, as later
planting often interferes with the produc-
tion of flowers the following year. Seeds
may also be sown as soon as ripe, about
July and August, in a well-drained
compost of sandy loam and leaf soil, and
allowed to grow for a year before disturb-
ing the seedlings. In four or five years
the first flowers will appear, but those
following will be of greater size, siibstance,
and colour. The variety dalmaMcwn
has already been used with L. Hansoni
to produce the hybrid L. Dalhavsoni,
and doubtless a good deal of work among
LILIUM
LILY OBDER
LILIUM 853
the Lilies is one of the future tasks of the
hybridiser.
L. monadelphum (L. loddigesianum).
A beautiful and vigorous Caucasian Lily
with rather large bulbs and stout stems
3-5 ft. high, clothed with linear lance-
shaped acute leaves, ciliated on the
margins. In early summer 6 -20 large
drooping flowers, pale bright yellow,
tinged with red at the base, are borne in
pyramidal clusters at the end of the
sterns. The variety szoviteianum (also
known as L. colcfoicum) is a very fine
Lily with beautiful citron-yellow flowers
spotted with blackish - purple, hanging
like bells at the top of the stems, and
sometimes as many as 30 in number.
Culture and Propagation. — These
Lilies flourish in rich loam and leaf soil,
but take two or three years to attain
perfection after the bulbs are planted.
They are very attractive in thin shrub-
beries and borders where they can obtain
a little shade for the flowers and shelter
for the roots and young growths in spring.
In the colder parts of the country the
bulbs should be protected with a layer of
leaves, litter, bracken &c, as recommended
for other kinds. Increase is effected by
removing the offsets in early autumn,
and planting by themselves. Seeds may
also be sown as soon as ripe, and take
four or five years to produce flowering
bulbs.
L. nepalense, which comes from
Nepaul, may be grown in the same way
as wallichianu m in mild parts of the
country. It grows 1-3 ft. high, and
bears nodding bell-shaped flowers of a
beautiful soft yellowr, the lower half of
the gracefully recurved segments being
washed and blotched with a bright purple-
brown.
Culture dc. as above, p. 843. This
species is probably too tender in the open
air for our winters except in the mildest
parts. By protecting the bulbs, however,
with a good layer of leaves, litter &c, it
may prove hardy enough in most parts.
L. pardalinum {Leopard Lily). — An
attractive Californian Lily having white
swollen horizontal rhizomes furnished
with scales, in the axils of which bulbs are
developed. The stems grow 3-8 ft. high,
and are clothed with narrow lance-shaped
taper-pointed leaves arranged 9-15 in
more or less distant whorls. The
drooping bright orange-red flowers, paler
in the centre, and heavily spotted with
dark purple towards the base, are borne
in June and July, in loose clusters at the
top of the stems, often 12-30 at a time.
There are several varieties of this species,
among which may be noted Bourgeei,
a late-blooming form with crimson-
orange flowers heavily blotched with
maroon ; caUfornicum has slender stems
3-4 ft. high, and deep orange-yellow
flowers, spotted with maroon and tipped
with bright scarlet ; hiteum, with beau-
tiful soft yellow flowers suffused with
orange, and marked only at the base
with chocolate-brown; minor, an early-
flowering form, with rather small orange
flowers spotted with black, and having
the tips of the segments sometimes stained
with crimson; Michauxi is very free-
flowering and late, but otherwise like the
type; palUdifolium grows about 5 ft.
high, and has large flowers, paler in
colour than the type, but about twice as
large; Robinson i has strong stems 7-8 ft.
high, and bright vermilion flowers sha-
ding to yellow, and densely spotted with
purple-brown.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Leopard spotted Lilies should find a place
in every garden where Lilies are loved.
They are among the hardiest and most
free-flowrering and flourish in peaty soil
or one composed of light loam, peat and
leaf soil. They may be grown with 7..
canadense in beds of Azaleas, Rhododen-
drons &c, where the young growths in
spring will be protected from frost.
Having rhizomes lie that species, L.
pardalinum may be increased in the
same way. When undisturbed for several
years beyond an annual top-dressing of
manure, the Leopard Lilies soon become
as vigorous and free-flowering as in their
native haunts, and increase rapidly by
their creeping rootstocks.
L. Parryi. — A beautiful Californian
Lily with somewhat rhizomatous bulbs
and slender stems 2-6 ft. high, clothed
with linear lance-shaped leaves 4-6 in.
long, those near the base being arranged
in whorls. The citron-yellow nodding or
drooping flowers, spotted with pale choco-
late or purple - brown, are produced in
July, and emit a delicate fragrant odour.
Culture and Propagation. — It is found
in a natural state growing in boggy soil,
and it has been found to thrive in
cultivation when planted in shady spots
854
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
LILIUM
in a compost consisting chiefly of peat,
with a little rich loam and plenty of
sand added. The bulbs should be
planted 4-6 in. deep, and may be pro-
tected in severe winters with a covering
of leaves, litter &c. Increase is effected
by separating the offsets.
L. polyphyllum. — A charming but
rather delicate Lily from the Himalayas,
with stems 2-3 ft. high, and linear lance -
shaped leaves 4-5 in. long. The drooping
flowers appear in June and July, 4-6 in
a loose raceme. They are waxy-white hi
colour, heavily spotted and lined with
purple.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species is probably too tender for the
outdoor garden in most parts of the
British Islands. If treated in the mild
southern parts of England and Ireland
in the same way as L. cordifolium and
L. giga/nteum', in sandy loam, peat, and
leaf soil, it succeeds fairly well. Plants
in flower were exhibited in London in
1880, but the species seems to have
dropped out of cultivation of late years.
L. nitidum, a Californian species 2-3 ft.
high, with 10-20 bright yellow flowers on
a stem, seems to have met the same fate.
L. pomponium. — A fine Lily of the
Turk's Cap group, with small yellowish-
white bulbs, and erect furrowed stems 2 to
3 ft. high, thickly covered with more or
less linear leaves 3-4 in. long at the base,
but gradually becoming shorter towards
the top. The drooping bright red, orange-
tinted flowers, with recurved segments
and a strong odour, are borne in loose
clustered racemes in summer before those
of L. chalcedonicum and L. pyrenaieum ,
with which latter species it is often con-
fused. There is a good deal of variation
in the colour of the flowers, one form
with yellow flowers being very pretty to
look at, but having sometimes a disagree-
able and at other times rather a pleasant
odour.
Culture and Prop>agation.- — The
Pompon Lilies flourish in any good
garden soil, but prefer a deep rich loam.
They look well in masses in beds and
borders, shrubberies &c, in either sun-
shine or shadow, and have an elegant
appearance. The bulbs should be planted
about 6 in. deep, and as much apart, and
new plants may be obtained by detaching
the offsets.
L. pyrenaicum. — This Pyrenean Lily
is closely related to L. pomponium, but
is somewhat taller in growth, aud bears
about a dozen bright yellow drooping
flowers at the end of the stems, the grace-
fully recurved segments, showing the fez-
like base of the tube, being elegantly
dotted with red or deep purple almost all
over the inner surface. There is a red-
flowered form very close to L. pom-
ponvu/m, but not so good, and the flowers
are also peculiar for their strong scent.
Culture cf-c. as above, p. 843. The
plants may be grown exactly in the
same way as L. pomponium.
L. Rcezli. — An attractive Californian
Lily, first introduced to cultivation about
30 years since, but lost until a few years
ago. Its place, however, had been taken
by a form of L. p>anrdalinnm. The true
species has stems 2-3 ft. high, clothed
with lance-shaped linear leaves, which
are sometimes partly whorled but usually
scattered. The drooping deep orange-red
flowers, 2-3 in. across, are produced in
June and July, and have the reflexed
segments more or less densely covered
towards the base with irregular black
blotches, while the stamens have golden-
3Tellow to brown anthers. In the plants
I have seen only 2 or 3 flowers are open
at a time, all borne on more or less erect
pedicels sharply bent at the top.
Culture dc. as above, p. 843. The
plants grow well in a compost of sandy peat
with a little loam, and may be planted
among Azaleas, Rhododendrons &c.
L. r o s e u m (L. thomsoniami m ;
Fritillaria macrophylla). — A rare Hima-
layan species 1A-2 ft. high with tufts of
narrow lance-sbaped leaves 12-18 in. long
at the base, but alternate on the stems
and much shorter and narrower. The
beautiful bell-shaped flowers of a pleasing
rosy-lilac or flesh colour appear in April
and May, sometimes as many as 40 on
vigorous stems. They are at first more
or less erect, with segments recurved at
the tips, but are eventually drooping.
Culture and Propagation. — This
remarkable Lily owing to its early-flower-
ing properties requires to be grown in
warm sheltered spots against a south wall
or hedge where it will not be injured by
spring frosts. The young growths should
be protected with a sprinkling of leaves or
bracken, and if possible a light should be
placed over the plants in severe weather.
LILY ORDER
LILIUM 855
The most suitable soil appears to be a
rich sandy loam with peat and leaf-soil,
thoroughly well drained. As a pot plant
for the greenhouse it is very desirable,
and may be had in flower with little
trouble earlier than out of doors.
L. rubellum. — A beautiful Japanese
species of recent introduction, more closely
resembling L. Kramer i than any other,
but has flowers of a much softer and more
delicate tint. The plant has roundish
bulbs and slender stems 11-2 ft. high
clothed with bright green Lmce-shaped
leaves 2-3 in. long and distinctly 5-7-
nerved. Grown in the open air, the plants
begin to bloom early in June, bearing 5-8
beautiful funnel- or bell -shaped flowers of
a more or less deep rosy -pink colour on a
stem. They are about 3 in. deep and as
much across, and quite unspotted.
Culture (('■(■. as above, p. 843. It has
been proved quite hardy hi this country,
and Messrs Wallace of Colchester, the
introducers, recommend a sandy loam as
being the best soil for it. As a pot plant
it makes excellent decoration for the
greenhouse or conservatory, and may be
got into bloom early in May or April with
a little heat. The flowers have a delicious
fragrance and last well when cut.
L. speciosum. — This beautiful and
popular Japanese Lily is grown in large
numbers, and many fine specimens of it
are to be seen in cottage gardens in various
parts of the country. It is far better
known to gardeners as lancifolinm, but
this name was given by Thunberg to the
Lily which is described as clegans in this
and other works, and had therefore better
be discarded in favour of the more
appropriate name of speciosum. Un-
fortunately Thunberg also called this
species superbum, but that name had
already been given to a N. American
species by Linnseus. The true Japanese
speciosum (also named by Thunberg) has
fair-sized roundish bulbs of a reddish tint
and stiff wiry stems 1-3 ft. high, clothed
with scattered more or less lance-shaped
leaves 4-6 in. long. The beautiful nodding
flowers 3-5 in. across are white suffused
with deep rose, the lower portion of the
reflexed segments being blotched with rose
or carmine -purple, and covered with ir-
regular jagged papillae or surface growths
which are sometimes of a deeper rosy-
purple colour. Plants cultivated in the
open ah- usually flower in August and Sep-
tember, but may be earlier or later. The
blossoms are deliciously fragrant, and last
a long time when cut — a fact which
makes them much sought after for floral
decorations. There ai'e many garden
forms of L. speciosum, the white ones
especially being great favourites for forcing
in hothouses. The variety album or
albijiorum is like the type, but the flowers
are pure white inside, sometimes tinged
with dark red outside ; a new form of this
has perfectly pure white flowers with
golden-yellow anthers ; Kratzeri is very
similar, but its fine white flowers are
readily distinguished by the watery green
stain down the centre of the segments
outside. Among the red, crimson, and
rosy-purple varieties may be mentioned
the well-known rubrum and roseum and
roseum superbum and formosum ; also
macro it tli u m, deep rose ; Melpomene, dark
crimson-purple, and its form cruentru/m,
brighter in colour and about a fortnight
later ; nanum, late-flowering dwarf form
with soft rose blossoms; and punctatum
with white flowers, spotted and shaded
with pink. In addition to these there are
monstrous forms in which the stems be-
come very much flattened or fasciated, as
often happens with L.ouratum, and bear
masses of white or rose-coloured flowers.
These have been called fasciatum album
and fascia turn rubrum respectively, but
the fasciation is likely to occur in any
form as the result of rich feeding. The
variety gloriosoides differs from the other
forms in having narrow leaves, much
reflexed and crisped segments which are
covered with scarlet, rather than crimson,
spots and papillae.
Culture and Propagation. — The
speciosum Lilies nourish in rich loam,
peat and leaf soil, with the addition of
sharp sand, and treated somewhat in the
same way as L. monadelphum, in warm
sheltered situations. Although I have
found them perfectly hardy, it is safer in
cold parts of the country, and in severe
winters especially, to give the bulbs a
covering of leaves, litter &c, and if left
in the soil for two or three years, an
annual mulching of manure will do them
great good. Their vigour, beauty, free-
dom of flowering late in the year, and
their fragrance commend them as most
useful and ornamental plants for the
flower border.
The plants may be increased by sepa-
rating the offsets from the bulbs early
856
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
LILIUM
in spring, and replanting them and the
old bulbs immediately, albeit in separate
parts of the garden. Bulbils are occasion-
ally produced in the axils of the leaves,
and these may be sown in cold frames
like seeds, and allowed to grow for a year
without disturbance. They will produce
flowering bulbs in about 3 or 4 years.
Seeds may also be sown when ripe or
obtainable in nicely prepared soil. They
do not sprout freely or regularly the first
spring, and require two seasons as a rule.
They are grown under glass and require
plenty of light and air, with careful
waterings according to the rapidity or the
reverse of growth. The third year they
may be planted out in light rich sandy
soil, and by the end of 4-6 years will
reach the flowering stage.
L. superbum. — A fine N. American
Lily found growing in swampy parts of
the United States, where it is called the
' Swamp Lily.' It is closely related to
L. canadense, and is often confused with
that species. The old bulbs disappear on
giving birth to others at the end of long
rhizomes or stolons, and the violet-purple
stems grow 4-10 ft. high, clothed with
whorls of rather firm lance-shaped acute
leaves. In July and August loose trusses
composed of 6-12 and occasionally as
many as 20-40 drooping orange-red
flowers heavily spotted with violet-purple
are borne on top of the stems, the segments
being curled back as in other species of
the Turk's Cap section.
Culture and Propagation. — L. super-
bum flourishes in moist peaty soil with a
little loam and leaf mould, and should be
grown and increased in the same way as
its relative L. ca nadense. The variety caro-
linianum (also known as L. autumnale
and L. michauxianum) comes from the
S. United States, and is a much dwarfer
plant growing only 1-2 ft. high, with fewer
leaves, and flowers like those of the type.
L. sutchuenense. — An elegant Chinese
Lily lj-2 ft. high, with slender flexible
speckled sterns furnished with numerous
slender leaves, some of which are about
9 in. long, channelled on the upper
surface, and finely speckled all over. In
July from 1 to 7 flowers (according to the
vigour of the plants) appear, and are light
orange-red in colour, the segments being
dotted with brown in the centre. L.
Biondi and L. chinense, from China, both
with scarlet flowers and with linear
leaves, are closely related to this species.
Culture and Propagation. — This new
species flowered for the first time in
Paris in 1897, and all the plants then in
cultivation had been raised from seeds.
It flourishes in sandy loam, peat, and
leaf soil, and would no doubt prove as
hardy as L. tigrinu/m and L. tenuifoUum,
to both of which it is related. It may be
readily raised from seeds, which are freely
produced by cultivated plants. They
should be sown when ripe in cold frames,
and allowed to grow for a year before
disturbing. Afterwards the young bulbs
may be moved annually about March or
April, and in about 3-4 years from date
of sowing will produce flowers. The
bulbs are said to be unproductive of off-
sets, so that seeds seem to be the best
method of increase.
L. tenuifolium (L. linifolium ; L.
pumihtm). — An elegant Siberian species
with small white ovoid bulbs, and stems
12-18 in. high, thickly covered, especially
near the middle, with linear grassy leaves
about 2 in. long. The small brilliant
scarlet flowers droop at the end of the
stems in May and June, but they are not
very numerous, and sometimes only one.
Culture Ac. as above, p. 843. This
species flourishes in light sandy loam with
a little peat or leaf-soil, but dreads stagnant
moisture at the root. Owing to its early
flowering the blooms are apt to be injured
by spring frosts, and should be protected
with a light, or a screen of thin canvas
when open, if at all necessary. Near a
south wall in masses is a good place to
grow this Lily.
L. testaceum (L. excels a i n ; L. Isa-
bellinum). — A stately Lily supposed to be
a hybrid between L. candidum and L.
chalcedonicum, having slender stems 5 to
6 ft. high, densely clothed with narrow
leaves. The nodding flowers are freely
produced in the summer months, 6-12 in
a cluster, and of a beautiful nankeen-
yellow or apricot colour, the reflexed seg-
ments being dotted with orange-red and
furnished at the base with scarcely notice-
able papillae.
Culture dc. as above, p. 843. This
ornamental Lily grows freely in ordinary
well-drained garden soil, but it likes
partially shaded places and should not
be exposed to violent winds.
ULIUM
LILY OBDEB
FRITILLARIA 857
L. tigrinum (Tiger Lily). — A well-
known Japanese and Chinese Lily with
rather large ovoid whitish bulbs, and
strong purple-black downy or woolly
stems 2-4 ft. high, furnished with dark
glossy green linear leaves, in the axils of
which bulbils are often produced. The
nodding or drooping flowers appear from
the end of July to October in loose deltoid
racemes, and are of a bright deep orange-
red, heavily spotted or ' tigered ' with
blackish-purple. They are 3-4 in. across,
and 8-20 are borne in a truss, making a
fine display.
There are a few varieties, that appro-
priately called splendens being probably
the best. It often reaches a height of 7 ft.,
and bears as many as 25 flowers, which
are not only larger but also more brightly
coloured and more heavily blotched
with dark purple than the type. Fort a net
is about the same height when well grown,
and flowers rather earlier than the others.
The variety flore plain is readily dis-
tinguished by having 4-6 circles of petals
instead of one, coloured and spotted like
the ordinary Tiger Lily.
Culture and Propagation. — All the
Tiger Lilies are easily grown in well-
drained sandy loam with a little leaf
mould, or a top dressing of well-rotted
manure added. An open but sheltered
and partially shaded situation suits them
best. The plants are readily increased by
offsets from the bulbs and by the bulbils
from the axils of the leaves. The bulbils
if not collected will drop on the soil and
root. By sowing in cold frames, flowering
bulbs will be produced in about 3 years.
The full-grown bulbs should be planted
6-9 in. deep.
L. umbellatum. — Under this name are
grouped a number of Lilies of garden
origin, probably hybrids between forms of
croceum, elegans, and davuricum. The
prevailing colours are orange, orange-red,
apricot &c, some varieties being wholly
of one colour, while others are more or
less heavily blotched and spotted with
blackish - purple. Other forms in this
variable group are punctatum, erectum,
grandiflorum,aurantiacum, biligulatum,
multijlorum, fulgidum, but some of them
are interchangeable with forms of elegans
and croceum, which see.
Culture dtc. as above.
L. wallichianum. — A fine Himalayan
Lily with thick stems 4-6 ft. high, clothed
with narrow linear leaves 6 9 in. Long,
and ending with 1-3 white funnel-shaped
flowers, greenish towards the base and
very sweetly scented. The form known
as sv/perbwm (or sulyohureum) has large
tubular while Mowers, tinged with yellow
within, and suffused with rose outside.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species is considered too tender as a rule
for outdoor cultivation, but it may be
successfully flowered in the open air
in the southern counties during the
summer. It should be grown in a deep
well-drained sandy loam and leaf- soil,
and may be protected in winter with
leaves, litter &c. New plants may be
obtained by detaching the offsets from
the bulbs in autumn, and also by means
of the bulbils which are often borne in
the leaf axils, as in the case of L. bulbi-
ferum, L. tigrvnum, ami a few others
already mentioned in the preceding pages.
L. washingtonianum. — A beautiful
Californian Lily 3-6 ft. high, with whorls
of oblanceolate leaA'es 4-5 in. long, and
terminal racemes of more or less
drooping funnel-shaped flowers, 3-4 in.
long, pure white, tinged with purple or
lilac, and sweetly scented. The variety
purpureum has white flowers spotted
with red, turning purple with age.
Bubescens is a vigorous form bearing
12-15 flowers in a truss when well grown,
at first white, but soon becoming suffused
with rosy-pink. These Lilies are best in
rich loam, peat, and leaf soil in partially
shaded and warm situations. Some
years ago a variety named 'Scott Wilson'
was raised by Mr. G. F. Wilson of
Weybridge from seeds sown in 1873. It
flowered in June 1881 and bore orange-
yellow blooms spotted with brown.
Culture dtc. as above, p. 843. The
Washington Lily will thrive in good
garden soil, but it is apt to die out after
a few years, unless it is continuously
renewed by means of growing on the
offsets or seeds whenever obtainable.
Good drainage of the soil is an essential
point in its cultivation.
FRITILLARIA (Fritillary). — A
large genus of bulbous plants with simple
leafy stems and nodding or drooping
Lily-like flowers. ■ Perianth bell-shaped,
consisting of 6 nearly equal oblong or
ovate segments, each with a nectar-
bearing hollow at the base inside.
Stamens 6, hypogynous, or slightly
858
PBACTICAL GUIDE TO GABDEN PLANTS feitillaria
adhering to the base of the segments.
Style 3 -cleft.
Culture and Propagation. — There are
over 50 species of Fritillarias known, all
being natives of the north temperate
zone ; but most of them although
interesting are not very showy in colour,
and are therefore not so likely to be
grown in private gardens as in botanical
collections. The more showy kinds are
suitable for the flower garden and rockery
and also for massing on grassy banks and
slopes, arranged according to height.
Ordinary good garden soil will suit most
of them, and the bulbs may remain for
several years without being lifted. They
produce offsets freely in the same way as
Lilies, and by this means new plants are
obtained. The foliage should be allowed
to wither before the plants are touched.
Some kinds also ripen seeds. These may
be sown as soon as ripe in light sandy
soil in pans or boxes and should not be
disturbed for at least one year. The
young bulblets are then given a little
more room, and so on every year until
in about 4 or 6 years they reach the
flowering stage, very much in the same
way as Lilies.
The following are some of the more
showy kinds suitable for the hardy flower
garden : —
F. aurea. — A Cilician species with
rather glaucous stems about 6 in. high,
and linear fleshy somewhat glaucous
leaves 2-3 in. long. The bright yellow
solitary drooping bell - shaped flowers
about 1 in. deep appear in spring, andare
sometimes spotted or chequered with
brown.
Culture dc. as above. A good plant
for the rock garden.
F. camtschatcensis (L ilium nigrum).
Black Liily. — A distinct species from
Kamtschatca, Siberia &c, about 9 in. high,
with lance -shaped leaves, the lower ones
being whorled, the upper ones opposite or
solitary. The bell-shaped drooping flowers
appear in May and June, and are of a deep
blackish-red, becoming paler towards the
base of the oval lance-shaped segments
which are spotted with deep purple.
Culture dc. as above. This grows
best in moist peat and sandy loam, and
requires sheltered nooks in the rockery.
The bulbs are eaten by the natives in a
wild state.
F. delphinensis. — A pretty species
from the Alps of Dauphiny, 6-12 in. high,
with 4-6 linear or oblanceolate leaves
and solitary vinous-purple yellow-spotted
flowers drooping from the top of the stem.
The variety Burnati has plum-coloured
flowers about 2 in. deep, chequered with
greenish-yellow ; Moggridgei is a very
handsome variety from the Maritime
Alps, where it flourishes at an elevation
of 5000-7000 ft. It has large cylindrical
yellow flowers, drooping like bells, and
chequered or tessellated inside with
brownish-crimson.
Culture dc. as above. A good plant
for the rock garden and grassy slopes.
F. imperialis (Crown Imperial). — A
vigorous and well-known plant 2-3 ft. high,
native of Persia, with broad bright shining
green wavy leaves, and a dense cluster of
large drooping bell-shaped flowers at the
top of the stem, which is surmounted by
a tuft of leaves. The flowers appear in
April, and are about the size of ordinary
Tulips, and vary in colour from bright
yellow to crimson. This variation has
given rise to many names of forms : hence
we find Aurora, bronzy - orange ; lutea,
yellow; rubra and rubra maxima, red;
aureo-marginata, having the leaves edged
with yellow ; Orange Crown, orange-red ;
sulvhurine, orange ; Slagzwaard, large
deep red flowers on flattened or fasciated
stems. There is also a form with double
red flowers.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Crown Imperials like a deep rich loamy
soil, and are suitable for the margins of
shrubberies, flower borders &c. They
look very handsome in bloom, but they
emit such a strong odour when cut that
they are known in some parts by the
appropriate but uncomplimentary name
of ' Stink Lilies.' They are easily in-
creased by means of offsets.
F. Karelini (Rhinopetalum Kareliuij.
An Asiatic species about 6 in. high, with
broad stem-clasping leaves, and terminal
racemes of nodding bell-shaped flowers
about 1 inch deep, produced late in
autumn or in spring according to the time
of planting. The blossoms are pale purple
with deeper purple spots and veins, and
a greenish-yellow nectary-hollow at the
base of each segment.
Culture dc. as above. It likes light
well -drained soil, and is suitable for
warm corners of the rockery.
FRITILLAIUA
LILY ORDER
FKITILLARIA 859
F. lutea. — A Caucasian species (3 12
in. high, with alternate linear lance-
shaped leaves, and solitary drooping yellow
flowers more or less tinged with purple,
produced in April and May. The variety
latifolia has broader leaves than the type,
the upper ones being opposite, and the
flowers vary in colour from plum-purple
to pale green chequered with brown or
yellow.
Culture dc. as above.
F. Meleagris {Snake's Head). — This
distinct and pretty species grows wild in
parts of England in moist meadows. It is
12-18 in. high, with flat linear leaves 6-8
in. long, and usually solitary flowers 1\ in.
deep, drooping from the summit in April
and May, and beautifully chequered with
light or dark purple or a yellowish- white
ground. There are white, rosy, and pur-
plish forms, and also one with double
flowers. Nigra, major, pallida, flavida,
are other names relating to colour or size.
Culture dc. as above. The Snake's
Head Fritillary is excellent for natura-
lising in grass — indeed that is its natural
place — but in the garden it should be
planted in places where it will not require
moving until the leaves begin to fade.
The plants may also be grown in the
rockery and flower border. In Christ-
church meadows at Oxford, which are
often flooded by the overflowing of the
Cherwell, some thousands of Snake's
Head Fritillaries appear year after year,
and have a wonderful effect when in
blossom.
F. pallidiflora. — A beautiful and dis-
tinct Siberian species about 9 in. high,
having large glaucous-blue leaves and 2-3
yellow Tulip-shaped flowers nodding from
the end of the stem, and beautifully
chequered with rose or purple within.
Culture dc. as above.
F. persica. — A distinct and curious
Persian species about 3 ft. high, with
slightly scented deep violet-blue flowers.
The variety minor has smaller flowers and
protruding stamens.
Culture dc. as above.
F. pudica. — A handsome little species,
4-6 in. high, native of the Kocky Moun-
tains. It has erect linear glaucous leaves,
and produces one or two bright yellow
drooping flowers about 1 in. deep in
April and May.
Culture die. as above. A pretty plant
for warm nooks in the rockery, or grown
in pots it is useful for cold greenhouses.
F. recurva. — A distinct Californian
species with slender purplish stems about
2 ft. high, remarkable for its bright orange-
scarlet flowers, with retiexed segments,
the inner surface being yellow and blotched
with purple. The drooping flowers appear
in April and May, and sometimes as many
as nine are borne on one stem.
Culture dc. as above. This species
is rather tender and requires protection
with leaves, straw &c. in winter. Warm
sunny spots and rich sandy loam appear
to suit it best.
F. Sewerowi [Korolkowia Sewerowi).
A curious species about 18 in. high, native
of Turkestan. It has round glaucous
stems and oblong leaves, rather glaucous
when young. The drooping flowers are
borne in loose racemes, and are of a lurid
or plum-purple outside, with a glaucous
hue, and greenish-yellow within, without
any markings. There is a variety called
bicolor, with pale olive-green flowers
having a brownish crescent-shaped blotch
at the base of each segment.
Culture dc. as above.
F. Walujewi. — Also a native of Turke-
stan, about 1 ft. high, with linear leaves
tapering into a tendril like those of F. ver-
ticillata, and large solitary silvery-grey
flowers, washed with purple-brown or
blood-red within and spotted with white.
Culture dc. as above.
The following less showy species and
varieties are in cultivation, and a list of
them may be useful for reference.
Acmopetala, purple and greenish.
Asia Minor ; A rmena, soft yellow. Ar-
menia; Atropurpurea, maroon, spotted
yellow. N.W. America ; Biflora, yellow,
marbled black. California ; Bornmillleri,
golden yellow. Asia Minor ; Bucharica,
white, tinged with green or purple. Bul-
garia ; Burnett, brownish-red chequered
with white. S. Europe; Califontica,
maroon-yellow, flaked crimson. California ;
Canaliculata, purple. Kurdistan; Citrina,
green, shaded citron-yellow. Asia Minor ;
Contorta, remarkable for having the petals
united instead of free, white; Dasypliylla
and Elvrharti, purple and yellow. Greece ;
Grceca, dark rose, edged green. Greece ;
Hericaulis, dark purple. Asia Minor ;
Involucrata, plum-purple. Maritime Alps ;
Lanceolata, purple, chequered yellow.
860
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
TULIPA
N.W. America ; Libanotica, bronze and
olive. Syria ; Liliacea, white outside,
green within. California; Lusitanica,
soft yellow. Portugal; Meleagroides,
dark purple. Altai Mts. ; Oranensis,
bright purple and yellow. Algiers ;
Pontica, yellow-green Hushed rose, green-
spotted inside. Asia Minor ; Pyrenaica,
deep purple, yellow inside. Pyrenees ;
Eaddeana, greenish - yellow like im-
perial/is. Central Asia ; Ruthenica, deep
violet-purple. Caucasus ; Tenella, yellow-
ish, chequered purple-brown. Europe ;
TTvwnbergi, white. Japan; Tulipifolia,
glaucous -blue. Kurdistan; Verticlllata,
whitish-green, spotted purple inside.
Siberia ; Whittalli, golden-yellow. Asia
Minor ; Zagrica, lurid purple, glaucous
outside. Persia.
TULIPA (Tulip).— A genus of beauti-
ful and easily recognised plants having
tunicated brown-skinned bulbs, broad or
linear leaves, and simple erect scapes end-
ing in one, or rarely 2-3 erect or very
rarely nodding flowers. The bell-shaped,
cup-like, or somewhat funnel-shaped peri-
anth consists of 6 distinct more or less
highly coloured segments, quite free and
arranged in 2 circles of 3 each. Stamens 6,
hypogynous, shorter than the segments.
Stigma sessile, 3-lobed. Capsule 3-celled,
many-seeded.
The Tulip is without doubt one of the
best and most brilliant flowers for the
hardy flower garden during the spring
and early summer months. Some of the
sorts begin to bloom as the last of the
earlier Daffodils are disappearing, and it is
often well into May and June before the last
Tulip begins to fade. The garden forms,
especially the clear self-coloured ones,
are so rich, brilliant, and diverse in colour
that they should be grown in as large
quantities as space will allow. Tens of
thousands of bulbs can now be purchased
for the same price that was often willingly
given for a single bulb in the days of the
Tulip craze in the 17th century — a
craze that eventually ruined many who
trafficked in Tulips as if they were stocks
and shares, and who really cared little or
nothing for their natural beauty. The
individual blooms last a long time in
perfection, and are valuable for cutting
for floral decorations &c. They are
always best cut early in the morning
before the sun causes them to expand, and
when the petals are more or less con-
tracted into a pomt. This is only a detail,
but it is an important one where a large
number of cut flowers are used.
Culture and Propagation. — Tulips
flourish in all good garden soils rich in
humus and well-drained. Fresh manure
should be avoided, and if the beds are
raised drainage will be improved. The
bulbs may be planted about 4-6 in. deep,
and as far apart. From the end of
September to November is the best time
for planting. The bulbs may be inserted
in holes made with a bluntish dibber that
will not go beyond the depth required, or
open drills may be drawn, and covered in
after planting.
Although a patch of mixed Tulips looks
very handsome owing to the various
colours, on the whole finer effects are
obtained by keeping each variety by itself.
Some have long stems and some short,
while others are intermediate in height,
and if planted without regard to this fact
the result is uneven and defective. Two
or even three kinds may be used in the
same bed, and where known, the taller
stemmed kinds should be planted in the
centre and the shorter near the edge. In
the case of mixed varieties it is a safe rule
to plant the largest and finest bulbs in the
centre, as they are most likely to throw up
tall vigorous scapes.
Warm sunny situations sheltered from
violent winds and from the north and
east are the best for Tulips, but otherwise
they like an open airy place. They should
never be planted under trees, near walls,
or in deep shade. After planting the soil
may be covered with such plants as
Forget - me - not, Silene, Polyanthuses,
Primroses, Pansies and Violets, mossy
Saxifrages, but if the bulbs are not put
into the ground until the end of Novem-
ber it will be rather too late to move some
of these, especially if the weather is un-
favourable. A top-dressing of well-rotted
manure in winter will benefit the bulbs
and keep the ground free from weeds.
Where this is considered too unsightly, a
layer of coco-nut fibre will give the Tulip
beds a neat clean appearance, and make
an excellent background for the flowers
and foliage later on.
Tulips may be increased by offsets and
seeds. Some kinds seldom or never pro-
duce offsets, and in such cases seeds alone
if obtainable must be used to increase the
stock.
As the vegetation of a Tulip differs
TULIPA
LILY OBDEB
TULIPA 861
somewhat from most other bulbous plants
belonging to the Lily order, it deserves
mention. The bulb planted in the autumn
is not that which is lifted the following
June or July. The original bulb has
vanished in producing leaves, flowers,
next year's bulb, and offsets; hence there
is no strain upon it when allowing the
flower to wither and produce seeds. The
bulb for the second season is usually fully
formed with roots of its own almost by
the time its parent begins to flower. From
its side is produced a smaller bulb or offset,
and this two years later becomes a flower-
ing bulb. The practice therefore that
holds good with other bulbous plants,
namely, that of allowing the leaves to
wither before lifting the bulbs, is not
so applicable to the Tulip, which may be
lifted as soon as ever the flowers have
passed from a state of perfection, whether
the leaves are green or not. Of course
when seeds are required the plants must
not be disturbed until the seed-pod has
thoroughly ripened.
Tulips may be left in the soil for two
or more years, and may be top-planted
with annuals like China Asters, French
a nd African Marigolds, Clarkias, Gaillardias
&c, but as a rule it is better to lift them
annually after flowering is over. If lifted
while the leaves are still green, the new
bulbs retain their beautiful deep brown
skin, but if the operation is delayed until
the foliage has vanished, the bulbs have
to be handled more carefully, otherwise
their skins will peel off readily leaving the
white flesh of the bulbs exposed. Little
or no harm, however, is caused thereby.
The bulbs which are to flower the follow-
ing season should be cleaned and stored
on dry shelves in cool airy sheds or other
places free from rats and mice until the
autumn. Any offsets that are produced
may be detached and planted as early as
possible in specially prepared beds by
themselves, where they may be either left
till they bloom two years afterwards, or
taken up the following year, and planted
in the ordinary way in autumn.
Seedling Tulips
Eaising Tulips from seeds is a slow
but interesting process and presents no
great difficulty. The seeds may be sown
as soon as ripe very thinly in the open
border in a specially prepared bed. The
seeds do not germinate until the following
spring, and time is saved if the young
plants are allowed to remain in the seed-
bed until they flower. When sowing the
seeds plenty of space should be therefore
left for the production of offsets, or
' droppers,' and 4-6 years may elapse
before the first flowers appear. A curious
fact in connection with the flowers of
seedling Tulips is that they are always of
one uniform colour, although the seeds
may have been saved from flowers beauti-
fully feathered and flamed and with two
or three distinct colours. Seedling Tulips
are called ' breeders ' or ' mother Tulips '
by florists, and they retain the name so
long as the flowers remain of one colour.
They may, however, at any time ' break '
away into beautifully feathered and flamed
flowers. They are then said to be ' recti-
fied ' or ' broken.' Having reached this
stage florists split these ' rectified ' Tulips
into two groups, viz. those having a pure
white centre, base, or ground, and those
having a pure yellow one. Those having
a white base, and the purer the white the
better, are divided into two sections : (1)
Roses, in which the flowers may be of
delicate pink, rose, scarlet, cerise, crimson,
and intermediate shades of colour ; and
(2) Byblozmens, in which the flowers may
be shades of pale lilac, lavender, violet,
purple, brown, and black, and the deeper
and blacker in colour they are the better.
Tulips having a yellow base or centre
consist of one class only called Bizarre*.
and their flowers may be orange, scarlet,
crimson, black, brown &c.
All ' rectified ' Tulips, whether ' roses,'
' byblcemens,' or ' bizarres,' have the
petals either ' feathered ' or ' flamed,' and
thus are readily distinguished from the
self-coloured breeder Tulips. This latter
gi*oup, however, can easily be fitted into
any of the three groups mentioned by the
white colour or yellow centre, and the
prevailing colour of the flowers, as stated
under each.
A ' feathered ' Tulip is one in which
the colour is beautifully pencilled and
feathered round the edges only of each
petal, thus producing a light and graceful
effect. "When the feathering is broken,
splashed, or confused, it is a defect.
A ' flamed ' Tulip is beautifully pen-
cilled like the feathered group, but is
distinguished from it by having strong
and brilliant streaks, bands, or flames of
a distinct colour shooting up the centre
from near the base, and forking out
862
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
TULIPA
towards each feathered edge. The
' flaming ' and ' feathering ' should be
well blended, but always leaving the
ground colour pure and clear between
them.
These are the real florist's Tulips, as
distinguished from the bedding, Darwin,
and Parrot Tulips. They are much
dearer than these, and require a good deal
of skill and careful cultivation to bring
thera to perfection, that is, to the state as
laid down by members of the National
Tulip Society. Years ago these Tulips
were very popular, and almost every
village had its Tulip Society. Now, how-
ever, there are very few who retain the old
love for producing this particular class of
Tulip, and they are mostly confined to
Lancashire, Yorkshire, and Notts.
The Kev. F. D. Horner, a successful
and enthusiastic cultivator, has defined a
good florist's Tulip as one having a round
cup- shaped flower, with a good shoulder,
and petals level at the top, neither reflex-
ing outwards, nor curvmg inwards at
their upper edges. The base of the cup
inside must be white or yellow, according
to the class, and free from any stain ; and
the filaments, upon which six bold black
anthers stand, must be pure as the
ground colour. The petals should be
smooth on the edge and of good sub-
stance, that their colours may appear
dense, and the flower keep its shape.
Breadth of petal is a most valuable
property, otherwise the flower, as it
expands and grows, would show strips
of daylight through the base of the
cup, a deadly fault known technically as
' quartering.'
Of course there are all kinds of mix-
tures even among the florist's varieties,
and Roses, Bizarres, and Bybloeruens get
mixed up with each other, causing pecu-
liar combinations. From a flower-garden
point of view, probably the ' breeder '
Tulips are most effective on account of
their bright uniform colours, but any one
seeing a fine show of the best florist's
varieties in May is not likely to forget
their beautiful shape and colouring.
The following is a selection of the
Tulips used for the outdoor garden, after
which will be found descriptions of the
natural species. Many of the kinds men-
tioned below are imported by the million
from Holland every autumn, and are
extensively grown in hothouses for winter
decorations.
1. Florist's Tulips
' Byblcemens ' — Rectified
Adonis, purple and black on white ;
Agnes, dark purple on white; Bessie,
brilliant purple on white, dwarf; Bienfait
Incomparable, purple, black on white ;
Black Diamond, glittering black on white,
tall ; David Jackson, black on white,
colour heavy ; Duchess of Sutherland,
lilac on white ; Friar Tuck, purple on
white, markings very fine ; George Hard-
wicke, violet and glistening black on
white ; Glory of Stakehill, rich purple on
white, large flower ; Holmes' King, very
faintly marked, pale lilac on white, tall
and large-flowered ; King of the Universe,
fine large flower, black on white ; Lord
Denman, puce-purple on white, flowers
beautifully marked, a grand variety for
massing in beds and borders ; Mrs. Jack-
son, black on white, fine short-petalled
flower ; Mrs. Pickerell, deep plum-purple
on white ; Pandora, fine heavy violet beam
on white ground, pretty ; Pick-me-out,
shining chocolate -crimson on white, with
glittering white base ; Prince Leopold,
rosy-purple on white ; Princess Royal,
crimson-black on white, late ; Proserpine,
lightly feathered black on white, of perfect
form ; Queen of May, dark crimson on
white ; Salvator Rosa, purple-black on
white ; Talisman, violet-black on white ;
Wedding Coat, feathered black on a
dazzling white ground.
1 Byblcemens ' — Breeders or Self-Coloured
flowers
Adonis, rich violet-purple ; Agnes, rich
purple ; Ashmole's 114, light heliotrope,
champagne-glass-shaped ; George Hard-
wickc, deep heliotrope; Glory of Stake-
hill, deep red-purple, large flower ; Leach's
No. 1, pale lilac, of beautiful form ;
Leach's No. 2, dark purple ; Martin's
117, fine soft heliotrope, extra fine ; Miss
Foster, lilac, flushed fawn, distinct ; Miss
Hardy, light purple, large flower ; Music,
large purple, of fine form, very handsome ;
Philip I., lovely heliotrope, of fine form ;
Storer's No. 19, deep purple ; Talisman,
slaty purple.
' Roses ' — Rectified
Aglaia, rose on white ; Alice, crimson-
rose on white, dwarf ; Anastasia, rich
crimson on white, tall ; Annie McGregor,
brilliant rose-scarlet on white; Comtc de
TULIPA
LILY ORDER
TULIPA 863
Vergennes, rosy-purple on white; Flora
Mclvor, brilliant rose-scarlet on white ;
Heroine, deep rose on white; Industry,
bright scarlet-cerise on white ; Kate
Connor, feathered rose on white ; Lord
Derby, brilliant rose-scarlet on white ;
Mabel, beautiful rose on white ; Modesty,
beautiful soft rose on white ; Mrs. Lee,
feathered, rich scarlet-cerise on white ;
Sylph, rose on white ; Triomphe Royale,
deep rose on white.
' Roses ' — breeders or Self-Coloured
Annie McGregor, deep rose-scarlet ;
"SepwortWs Rose, beautiful light rose;
Industry, intense scarlet-cerise; Kate
Connor, lovely clear soft rose; Lady
Constance Qrosvenor, lovely cerise-rose
colour; Lord Derby, brilliant rose-scarlet;
Mabel, beautiful soft rose ; Modesty, clear
rose ; Rose Hill, deep carmine-rose, large
dazzling white base.
' Bizarres ' — Rectified
Accuracy, maroon-brown on gold;
Ajax, rich chocolate on yellow ; Caliph,
black on lemon, very decorative ; Colbert,
chocolate on bright golden-yellow, dwarf;
Criterion, deep maroon on gold; Dr.
Colenso, rich orange on bright lemon,
dwarf; Dr. Hardy, dark scarlet on bright
orange-yellow ; Dr. Hutcheon, dark cho-
colate on yellow; Duke of Devonshire,
chocolate-black on lemon, large showy
decorative variety ; Excelsior, chocolate
on yellow ; George Hayward, rich crim-
son-maroon on gold, a grand bedder ;
Goldcup, brown on gold ; James Wild,
black on lemon, handsome ; John Heap,
bright red-brown on yellow ; Lord Lilford,
dark chocolate on yellow ; Lord Frederick
Cavendish, bright mahogany on gold ;
Lord Stanley, mahogany-crimson on yel-
low, short broad-petalled perfectly formed
flower ; Major Chard, red-brown on
orange-yellow ; Masterpiece, black on
yellow ; Michael Angela, maroon-black
on canary-yellow ; Mr. Pickwick, maroon-
brown on pale yellow ; Pilot, deep brick-
red on yellow; Richard. Yates, scarlet-
maroon on gold, very prettily marked
flower ; Samuel Barlow, glowing scarlet-
crimson on glittering golden ground ; Sir
Joseph Paxton, handsome maroon-black
on lemon ; Sir Moses Montefiore, hand-
some dark brown on gold ; Sir W. Harcl-
inge, handsome heavy brown beam on
bright lemon ground; Sulphur, mahogany-
brown on yellow, delightfully sweet-
scented ; Sunbeam, chocolate-brown on
gold, dwarf; Tippoo Tib, very distinct,
with broad chocolate-black beam on
lemon-yellow ground; William Wilson,
crimson-bronze on yellow.
' Bizarres' — Breeders or Self-Coloured
flowers
Criterion, crimson - maroon ; D r.
Hardy, rich mahogany-brown, a hand-
some flower ; Excelsior, self-brown ; Gold-
finder, bright scarlet, clear rich yellow
base ; Helot Fawcett, maroon-brown, fine
short-petalled variety; Jo nun Wild, deep
olive-brown, very handsome ; John Heap,
bright orange-scarlet, edged gold ; King,
dark maroon-brown, large and handsome ;
Lord Frederick Cavendish, bright ma-
hogany-brown, large and handsome ; Lord
Stanley, rich deep maroon, short-petalled
flower, of fine form ; Masterpiece, golden-
brown ; Richard Yates, a very pretty
scarlet-maroon ; Sam Barlow, large rich
mahogany-brown ; Sir Joseph Paxton,
dark chocolate-brown ; Storer's No. 1,
mahogany-brown, small flower, strongly
bee-bread-scented; Sulphur, light olive-
brown, an aesthetic shade, very sweetly
scented ; William Lea, rich glossy
maroon-black, very handsome ; William
Mellor, light brown; William Wilson,
golden -brown.
2. Bedding Tulips
This popular class of Tulips has been
derived chiefly from T. gesncriana,as have
also the florist's Tulips above described.
They may be grown in beds or borders in
large masses, the bulbs being 4-6 in. apart,
to obtain the finest effect. Some of the
earlier flowering kinds like Due van Thol
are supposed to have descended from
T. suaveolens, but they cannot compare
in size, beauty, or colour with those from
T. gesneriana. As it is very often
required to plant Tulips according to their
colours, the varieties have been grouped
thus for the sake of convenient reference,
the single and double varieties being kept
distinct from each other. Their culture
and propagation are as described above,
p. 860.
Single Tulips
Scarlet, Rose, Crimson, and Pink
shades. — Adelaine, Artus, Bacchus, Belle
Alliance, Couleur de Cardinal, Crimson
864
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
TULIPA
King (Koi Cramoisi), De Keyzer, Due van
Thol (scarlet, rose, and crimson shades),
Dusart, Jules Janin, La Kiante, Le
Matelas, Maas, Miranda, Pottebakker
(scarlet), Princess Wilhelmina, Proserpine,
Rachel Ruisch, Rembrandt, Rosamundi
Huykrnan, Rose Aplatie, Rose Brillante,
Rose Luisante, Rose de Provence, Rose
Gris de lin, Rose Queen, Rose Tendre,
Samson, Scarlet Beauty, Stanley
(Cramoisie pourpre), Van Berghem,
Vermilion Brilliant, Vesuvius.
Natural Species. — Carinata rubra,
Eichleri, elegans, Gesneriana, Greigi,
fulgens, Hageri, macrospeila, maculata,
Didieri, dammanniana, kolpakowskyana,
Korolkowi, lanata, linifolia, Oculus Solis,
ostrowskiana, montana, undulatifolia.
Orange, Brownish, and Terra Cotta
shades. — Cardinal's Hat, Commandant,
Due van Thol (orange), Leonardo da
Vinci, Prince of Austria, Thomas
Moore.
Yellow Shades. — Bouton d'Or,
California, Canary Bird, Chrysolora,
Due d'Orange, Gold Finch, Golden
Crown, King of the Yellows, Mon Tresor,
Ophir d'Or, Pottebakker (yellow), Prince
de Ligne, Yellow Prince.
Natural species. — Batalini, flava,
himalayensis, billietiana, Didieri var.
Kesselringi, Orphanidea, retroflexa, syl-
vestris.
White, or Blush. — Albion (White
Hawk), Alba regalis, Comte de Mirabeau,
Grootmeister van Maltha, Jacht van
Delft, Jacoba van Beyeren (White Swan),
Jan Steen, Joost van Vondel, La Laitiere,
La Reine, L'Immaculee, Nelly, Pax alba,
Pigeon, Pottebakker (white), Princess
Marianne, White Swan.
Natural species. — Clusiana.
Purple and Violet shades. — Eleonora,
Moliere, Paul Moreelse, Potter, Purple
Crown, Van der Neer, Wouverman,
Queen of the Violets (President Lincoln).
Shades of Bed, Bose, Pink, or Violet,
and White. — Admiral Reinier, Alida
Maria, Belle Lisette, Bride of Haarlem,
Cerise Gris de lin, Cameleon, Cottage Maid,
Couleur ponceau, Donna Maria, Globe
de Rigaut, Joost van Vondel, Roi Pepin,
Spaandonk, Standard Royal (silver),
Wapen van Leiden, Zomerschoon.
Bed and Yellow. — Brutus, Due de
Berlin, Duchesse de Parma, Due Major,
Keizerskroon (Grand Due), Standard
Royal (golden).
Natural species. — Suaveolens.
Double Tulips
Scarlet and Crimson shades. — Agnes,
Arabella, Imperator Rubrorum, Lady
Grandisson, Le Matador, Paeony Red,
Rex Rubrorum, Rose Crown, Rubra
maxima.
Pink and Bose shades. — Arabella,
Couronne des Roses, Le Blason, Lucretia,
Murillo, Raphael, Rose Aimable, Rose
d'Amour, Salvator Rosa.
White. — Alba maxima, Blanche
hative, Grand Vainqueur, La Candeur,
Rose Blanche.
Bed and Yelloiv. — Due de Bordeaux,
Due van Tholl, Gloria Solis, Helian-
thus, Paeony Gold, Regina Rubrorum,
Titian, Tournesol, Velvet Gem, Prin-
cess Alexandra, Admiral Kingsbergen,
Buonaparte.
Orange or Yellow shades. — Couronne
d'Or, Miaulus, Tournesol, Leonardo da
Vinci, Yellow Rose, Miroir.
Various. — Bakker or Brown Tournesol
(brown and yellow), Cousine and Turban
Violet (violet), Duke of York (carmine
and white), Gris de lin pale (violet and
white), Purple Crown (deep purple),
Queen Victoria (purple-red), Rosina
(semi-double pink), Wilhelm III. (orange-
scarlet), Blue Flag (violet-blue), La Belle
Alliance (blue and white), Rhinoceros
(rosy-violet).
White, with Bed, Crimson dc.
shades. — Couronne imperiale, Gloriosa,
Hercules, Mariage de ma fille.
3. Parrot or Dragon Tulips
These remarkable flowers are supposed
to be derived from the curious green and
yellow striped T. viridiflora, and are
easily recognised on account of their
peculiar and richly coloured flowers, the
petals of which are cut and slashed into
fantastic shapes. They make a brilliant
display in the garden with their glowing
scarlet and yellow flowers. Unlike most
of the Bedding varieties they cannot
be forced into early flower by heat.
They are also somewhat uncertain in
flowering, and to avoid disappointment,
as well as gaps in the border, it is well
to plant them rather closely, say 2-3 in.
apart.
The following are the principal varie-
ties, sold either separately or mixed.
Admiraal van Constantinopel, glossy
red, shaded and tipped with orange ;
Aurantiacum, extra fine orange; Cafe
TULIPA
LILY ORDER
TULIPA 865
1 1 ruler, dark brown; Couleur de Cafe
(Coffee Colour), brown and deep yellow ;
Crimson Beauty, deep crimson, with
black markings ; Fire King, dark scarlet,
striped gold ; Lutea Major, yellow, fine ;
Perfecta, yellow and scarlet; Rubra et
Lutea, red and yellow; Rubra Major,
scarlet, extra fine, true.
4. Darwin Tulips
These are really self-coloured forms
of T. gesneriana, and are considered by
many superior to the ' Breeder ' Tulips
on account of their more brilliant colours
and the shape and size of the blossoms.
The strain was raised by a Flemish
amateur. The stalks average 18-24 in.
high, and the flowers are excellent for
cutting and decorations. The following
kinds are known best : —
Apricot, deep apricot shaded yellow,
large flower ; Bronze King, large golden-
bronze ; Carminea, glowing carmine-rose,
tall and very fine ; Coquette, rich soft rose
margined blush, very pretty; Cordelia,
glowing violet-crimson, very distinct and
handsome ; Dorothy, pale mauve, shaded
white, very pretty, late-flowering ; Early
Dawn, rosy-lake, shaded blush ; Flam-
beau, brilliant scarlet with blue centre ;
Glow, brilliant glowing vermilion, centre
blue, margined white; Gipsy Queen, large
handsome dark maroon, tall grower ;
Heela, very deep crimson-maroon, fine
cup-shaped flower, handsome ; Joseph
Chamberlain, large brilliant cherry-
scarlet ; Loveliness, lovely bright glowing
satiny rose, margined blush ; May Queen,
large and beautiful soft rose, tall grower;
Peter Ban; very dark rich maroon, large
flower ; Phyllis, white, shaded pale rose-
lilac ; Purple King, bold globular flowers,
ruby-purple, white centre; Queen of
Brilliants, large deep full rose, shaded
scarlet ; Queen of Boses, pretty full
bright carmine-rose ; Salmon King, rich
deep glowing salmon-rose, shaded scarlet ;
The Shah, rich dark cherry-rose, of
perfect form, tall grower; The Sultan,
rich glossy maroon-black ; Violet Queen,
large rich ruby-violet ; White Queen,
when in bud a soft rosy-white, but expand-
ing hito a beautiful creamy-white, a very
charming variety, flower large ; Zephyr,
pretty soft violet-rose with large white
centre.
5. Natural Species of Tulips
The Wild Tulips are not at all well
known in gardens, and many of the kinds
described below are still very rare. They
are very interesting, and on the whole
beautiful, but only a few like gesneriana,
Greigi, Oculus-Solis, and suavcolens
approach the bedding kinds in brilliancy
of colour.
T. acuminata (T. eornuta; T. turcica).
A curious species of unknown origin, but
easily recognised by its long, narrow-
pointed segments, the flowers being red,
yellow and speckled.
Culture it-c. as above, p. 860.
T. Alberti. — A native of Turkestan
about 2 ft. high, with glaucous- green
wavy leaves, and orange-scarlet flowers
2 in. deep, faintly blotched with reddish -
brown, the stamens having short black
filaments and yellow anthers. Very
rare.
Culture (('■(■. as above, p. 860.
T. altaica. — A native of the Altai
Mountains at an elevation of 1000 to
6000 ft., usually having 3 lance-shaped
leaves and carmine-red flowers with a
yellow centre, borne in April on downy
stalks 3-4 in. high. Very rare.
Culture ilc. as above, p. 860.
T. australis (T. breyniana; T. cel-
siana). — A native of S.W. Europe, closely
related to our Wild Tulip T. sylvestris,
but readily distinguished from that by
its dwarf habit, star-shaped yellow flowers
flushed with red, and broad and some-
what reflexed leaves. T. triphylla from
Turkestan, with greenish-yellow flowers,
is closely related, as is also T. humilis
from Persia, with pale yellow flowers
tinged with red outside.
Culture tic. as above, p. 860.
T. Batalini. — A dwarf species 4-8 in.
high, with prostrate foliage and creamy-
yellow flowers about 3 in. deep, and
having a fine thin line of red or crimson
on the extreme edge of the petals.
Culture So. as above, p. 860. This
makes a very attractive display in the
flower border during April and May if
grown in bold groups. It is also suitable
for choice corners of the rockery in
masses.
T. biflora. — A Caucasian Tulip, chiefly
remarkable for producing clusters of 2-5
creamy- white flowers with a yellow centre
and tinged with green outside, on a stalk
3-6 in. long.
Culture dc. as above, p. 860.
3 K
866
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
TULIPA
T. billietiana. — A native of the Alps,
with oval, lance -shaped, wavy leaves, and
flowers of a uniform bright yellow, 2-3 in.
deep, becoming tinged with orange-red
soon after opening.
Culture dc. as above, p. 860.
T. Borszczowi. — A handsome Tulip,
the name of which is pronounced
' Borshovi.' The medium-sized flowers
with oblong lance- shaped acute segments
appear in May, and attract attention by
the 3 inner petals or segments being of a
bright golden-yellow on both sides, while
the 3 outer petals are yellow inside, but
bright red outside with a distinct and
narrow yellow border.
Culture dc. as above. The one draw-
back to this Tulip seems to be its flower
stalks, which are about a foot high, but
too weak — at least in the specimens I
have seen — to be able to hold the flowers
erect without a support.
T. chrysantha. — A distinct species,
native of Persia and Western Asia, being
abundant on the Brahin Hills at 5000 to
0000 ft. elevation, according to Mr.
Elwes. It is related to T. montcma, and
is recognised by its smallish yellow
flowers, dwarf stem, and sharply undu-
lated leaves with cartilaginous margins.
Very rare, but grown at Kew.
Culture dc. as above, p. 860.
T. clusiana. — A beautiful and distinct
species, well known as the ' Lady Tulip '
of Southern France. It produces nume-
rous strong bulbs, and rose-coloured
flowers, white inside, with a deep purple
or violet centre, yellowish ovary, and black
stamens, borne on slender stalks 8-12
in. high. The rare T. stellata from the
N.W. Himalayas is closely related to
this. It has white or pale yellow flowers
without a distinct purple centre, and
yellow stamens.
Culture Ac. as above, p. 860.
T. dammanniana. — A new species from
Mount Lebanon having linear lance -
shaped leaves with hairy margins and
scarlet or purple-red flowers with a black
base.
Culture dc. as above, p. 860.
T. Didieri (T. fransoniana). — A
pretty S. European species about 18 in.
high, with crimson flowers, edged with
yellowish-white, and having a large blue-
black centre. The variety alba has white
flowers. There are other forms, one
being yellow, closely freckled and flamed
with red. The perianth segments are
very much tapered and sharp-pointed, and
the stamens are blackish.
Culture dc. as above, p. 860.
T. Eichleri. — A Caucasian Tulip about
10 in. high, closely related to T. Didieri,
having broad leaves and large brilliant
scarlet flowers, sometimes edged with
yellow, and having a black centre.
Culture dc. as above, p. 860.
T. elegans. — A Tulip of unknown
origin, but supposed to be a hybrid be-
tween T. acuminata and T. suaveolens.
It has beautiful bright red or carmine
flowers, with a yellow centre and slightly
reflexed segments tapering to a point.
The form called variegata has dark scar-
let flowers striped with yellow.
Culture dc. as above, p. 860.
T. flava. — A late-flowering Tulip of
garden origin, with soft yellow flowers,
the beauty of which is slightly marred by
a line or stripe of green down the centre.
Culture dc. as above, p. 860.
T. gesneriana. — A splendid but vari-
able species from which most of the gar-
den varieties have been obtained. It is
widely distributed in a wild state through-
out S. Europe, from Italy to Greece, and
extends to Asia Minor and probably
Central Asia. It has broad ovate lance-
shaped glaucous leaves and a scape 8-12
in. high, bearing in Majr and June a large
bell-shaped sweet-scented bright scarlet
flower with a black centre and 6 purple
stamens. The form cultivated largely in
Holland is known as fulgens, but has a
yellow centre and yellow stamens.
The variety sjpathulata has large bril-
liant red flowers with a purple-black
centre ; and the one called violacea has
reddish-violet flowers with a blue-black
centre.
Culture dc. as above, p. 860.
T. Greigi. — This fine species from
Turkestan is considered to be one of the
best and most distinct in the genus. It
is 9-18 in. high, with 3-4 large pale green
or glaucous leaves richly covered with
oblong purple-brown blotches, the upper
leaves being much narrower than the
lower ones. The bright fiery-red bell-
shaped flowers 2-3 in. deep have broad
blunt segments, each with a triangular
black blotch edged with yellow at the base.
The flowers are often 6 in. across, and
TULIPA
LILY ORDER
TULIPA 867
when fully expanded are almost flat.
There is a form with yellowish-red flowers
and the blotches on the leaves scarcely
visible, and another called a/urea with
yellow flowers and a reddish centre.
Culture dc. as above. T. Greigi is
very hardy. The bulbs should be
planted early in August or September
in deep rich soil, and may be allowed
to remain for several years undisturbed.
They seed freely in warm favourable
seasons, and will often sow themselves
naturally. The seedlings, if not choked
with other vegetation, may be trans-
planted in August or September into
prepared beds, where they will have
room to develop.
T. Haageri. — A native of Asia Minor
somewhat resembling T. Orphcmidea.
It grows about 9 in. high, and lias cherry-
red flowers often tinged with yellow out-
side, and a blue-black centre bordered
with yellow within.
Cult arc <('<■. as above, p. 860.
T. kaufmanniana. — A beautiful early
Tulip 8-12 in. high from Turkestan, with
glaucous leaves developed after the large
bright carmine flowers edged with white
are produced. The inner surface of the
perianth segments is pearly white, with a
bright yellow base bordered with crimson.
There are a few forms or variations of this
species sometimes seen, that known as
pulcherrima being probably a hybrid
between it and T. Greigi.
Culture dc. as above, p. 860.
T. Kesselringi. — A native of Turke-
stan with linear channelled glaucous
leaves and bright yellow flowers about
2 in. deep, the 3 outer segments being
suffused with reddish-brown outside.
Culture dc. as above, p. 860.
T. kolpakowskyana. — A pretty
species also from Turkestan, with deeply
channelled lance-shaped leaves about 1
ft. long, having minutely ciliated mar-
gins. The scapes are 1-2 ft. high, each
bearing a large handsome flower 2-3 in.
deep, variable in colour, being sometimes
bright red with a black centre and purple-
black stamens, sometimes yellow flushed
with red outside, and sometimes pure
yellow with a blackish centre and yellow
anthers and filaments.
Culture dc. as above, p. 860.
T. Korolkowi. — This is a native of the
deserts between Khiva and Tashkend and
is related to T. Eichleri, but has smaller
flowers of a dazzling red, with a black
blotch at the base.
Culture dc. as above, p. 860.
T. lanata. — A native of Asia Minor,
about 8-12 in. high, having brilliant crim-
son flowers, the segments of which are
furnished with a woolly tip — hence the
specific name.
Cult are dc. as above, p. 860.
T. Leichtlini. - A distinct and pretty
species from Kashmir, about 18 in. high,
the 3 inner segments of the perianth being
yellowish-white and much shorter and
blunter than the outer ones, which are of
a bright purple or coral-red, edged with
white.
Culture dc. as above, p. 860.
T. linifolia. —A species from Central
Asia recognised by its narrow glaucous
very wavy leaves and glowing scarlet
flowers with a black centre, borne on
scapes 6-8 in. high.
Culture dc. as above, p. 860.
T. macrospeila. — A fine Tulip of un-
known origin but probably a hybrid
between T. gesneriana and some other
species. It is like gesneriana in habit,
and produces in May its large fra-
grant crimson flowers 3-4 in. deep, the
broad bluntish segments each having a
blackish wedge-shaped blotch bordered
with yellowish-white at the base. The
relatively short stamens are black, and
the capitate stigma is very much crisped.
Cult ii re dc. as above, p. 860.
T. maculata. — Another kind of garden
origin, resembling T. gesneriana, and
having bright crimson-red flowers with a
black centre, borne on downy stalks.
Culture (ire. as above, p. 860.
T. Maximowiczi. — A rare species from
Bokhara, relatedto T. linifolia, and having
the stems furnished with alternate linear
leaves, the margins of which are red and
minutely hairy. The fine purple-red
flowers have a dark blotch bordered
with white at the base of each perianth
segment.
Culture dc. as above, p. 860.
T. montana. — This species is distributed
in a wild state from Armenia to Afghani-
stan, and is remarkable for the dense wool
which covers the interior of the bulb coats.
It flowers very late, the blooms being of a
bright carmine-red and about 2 in. deep,
3 k2
B68
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
TULIPA
with a black centre. The stalk is only 6-8
in. high.
Culture dc. as above, p. 860.
T. Oculus-solis. — A distinct and beau-
tiful Tulip from Southern France, having
leaves about 1 ft. long and 1.1 in. broad
when fully developed. The flowers appear
in April, each one on a stem 12-18 in. high.
They are 2 3 in. deep, bright red, each peri-
anth segment having a large black blotch
1 in. or more long, bordered with yellow,
at the base. T. prcecox is the form of
this most generally grown. It has a
stronger habit, and produces its flowers
earlier, often by the end of March. They
are deep crimson with a black centre. A
form of prcpcox called Daminanni has
large brilliant scarlet flowers with a pointed
black blotch at the base of each segment,
and seems to be very near the typical
Oculus-solis. T. maleoleus is similar,
but the flowers are recognised by their
unpleasant odour.
Culture dc. as above, p. 860.
T. Orphanidea( T. Mvneroce). — A native
of the Greek mountains with linear
channelled leaves and stalks 1-2 ft. high,
each bearing a bright yellow flower 2-3
in. deep, in May. the acute segments being
flushed with red outside. The variety
fiu rantiaca has orange-yellow flowers with
a black centre.
Culture ttc. as above, p. 860.
T. ostrowskyana. — A native of Turke-
stan closely related to T. Oculus-solis. It
has linear lance-shaped rather glaucous
leaves and bright red flowers with a black
centre, the short dilated filaments and
anthers being deep purple.
Culture dc. as above, p. 860.
T. persica. — A Tulip of unknown origin
but presumably Persia, with deep green
oblong linear leaves edged with red. The
stem is 6-9 in. high, and like that of T.
biflora bears more than one fragrant flower
tlie inside of which is bright yellow, the
outside golden-bronze, the 3 outer segments
being narrower than the inner ones and
also ciliated at the base.
Culture dc. as above, p. 860. A pretty
plant for the edges of borders and choice
spots in the rockery.
T. platystigma. — A native of the High
Alps, resembling forms of Gesnerianu,
recognised by the magenta or pale purple
flowers, having a pale bluish centre
bordered with white.
Culture dc. as above, p. 860.
T. primulina. — A native of the Eastern
Algerian mountains, and somewhat like
T. sijlvestris. It has smooth green linear
leaves and sweet - scented bell -shaped
primrose-yellow flowers about an inch
deep, the outer segments being tinged
with red outside, while the stamens are
densely hairy at the base.
< ' u It u re dc. as above, p. 860.
T. pulchella. — A pretty dwarf Tulip
from the Cilician Taurus, with narrow
green channelled leaves about 3 in. long,
and slender scapes only an inch or two
high. The funnel-shaped flowers appear
in April and are mauve or lilac, with a
yellow base, and very hairy whitish fila-
ments.
Culture dc. as above, p. 860.
T. retroflexa. — This is supposed to
be a hybrid between T. acuminata and
T. gesneriana, and is an attractive plant.
It grows 11-2 ft. high, and bears bright
yellow flowers, the segments of which
about 3 in. long are recurved, and gradually
taper to a sharp point.
Culture d-c. as above, p. 860.
T. saxatilis. — -A beautiful Tulip found
growing wild near the seashores of Crete.
It has usually 3 leaves of a very bright
shining green, unlike those of any other
Tulip. The faintly primrose-scented flowers
are pale magenta with a deep 3'ellow centre,
and the filaments are covered with hairs.
The scape is 9-12 in. high.
Culture dc. as above, p. 860.
T. Schrenki from Turkestan grows
about 2 ft. high, and has very large
and full bright crimson flowers with a
deep black centre, a large yellow capitate
stigma and long black anthers with very
short filaments. Mr. Elwes considers this
to be the origin of the scarlet Due van Thol
bedding variety.
Culture d-c. as above, p. 860.
T. Sprengeri. — A fine Armenian species
having an egg-shaped bulb surrounded by
a very hard brown-black skin, and very
narrow pale green leaves arranged as in a
tuft, and quite different from any other
Tulip. The scapes are about 18 in. high
ending in a large glowing scarlet flower
the 3 outer segments of which are tinged
with pale brown down the centre. The
flowers appear from the middle to the end
of June, long after those of other species
are over, and this fact makes it an impor-
tant addition to the genus.
TULI1W
LILY ORDER
ERYTHRONIUM 869
Culture dtc. as above, p. 860. It is
slowly increased by offsets, but seeds also
ripen well. It is found wild with the
crimson and black flowered T. armena and
a fine new Golden Tulip with green basal
blotches, T. galatica, neither of which is
yet known well.
T. suaveolens. — This is the wild form
of the early red and orange (not scarlet)
Due van Thol Tulips. It is a native of
the Crimea and S.E. Eussia, and has
broad leaves, scapes about 6 in. high, each
ending in a single sweet-scented large
flower, bright scarlet in colour, bordered
with yellow.
Culture <{■(-. as above, p. 860.
T. sylvestris. — This is our wild British
Tulip found in chalk pits and waste ground
in various parts of England. It has linear
glaucous leaves 6-10 in. long, and bright
yellow fragrant flowers 2 in. deep, borne
in April and May on hVxuous stems 1-2
ft. high. The filaments are hairy or woolly
at the base.
T. biebersteiniana from S. Russia and
Asia Minor may be regarded as a small-
flowered form of the wild English Tulip.
T. fragrans from Algiers resembles
'/'. sylvestris, but is smaller and not so
hardy. T. stra/ngulata from the neigh-
bourhood of Florence may also be
regarded as a form of T. sylvestris,
although there are red and yellow
flowered forms, with a black centre.
Culture dtc. as above, p. 860.
T. turkestanica. — A native of
Turkestan, with broadly linear lance-
shaped leaves, and white flowers about
\\ in. across, with a yellow stain or blotch
at the base of each segment,
Culture dtc. as above, p. 860.
T. undulatifolia. — A handsome species,
native of the Bozdagh Mountains near
Smyrna. It has glaucous narrow lance-
shaped leaves about 6 in. long, channelled
down the centre and wavy on the edges.
The scapes are 6-9 in. high, each bearing
a bell-shaped flower about 2 in. deep,
bright crimson inside, greenish-red out-
side, the centre being black with a yellow
border. Some forms have a yellow
centre, and flatter, less wavy leaves.
Culture dtc. as above, p. 860.
T. violacea. — A native of the Talysch
Mountains in North Persia, resembling
T. clusiana, but has narrower leaves,
and smaller flowers of a brilliant deep
carmine-red, borne on scapes about 6 in.
high. It begins to bloom earlier than
any other species and is from that point
of view very valuable.
Culture dtc. as above, p. 860.
T. viridiflora (Green Tulip). — A very
curious but not particidarly handsome
garden form of T. gesneria/na, with large
greenish or greenish -yellow flowers having
brighter yellow stripes and bands of
yellow. The Parrot Tulips are supposed
to be derived from this peculiar plant.
Cult ure dtc. as above, p. 860.
T. vitellina. — A sturdy form of T.
gesneriu mi, having ovate lance-shaped
acute glaucous leaves, and large and
beautiful flowers of a delicate whitish-
yellow, the segments of which are bluntly
ovate.
Culture dtc. as above, p. 860.
ERYTHRONIUM (Dog's Tooth
Violet). — A genus of pretty herbaceous
plants with tunicated conns which pro-
duce new ones either at the base within
the old coats or at the end of long off-
shoots, or along a rhizome, sometimes in
succession for several years. The leaves
on the stems are unequal, one being
usually narrower and more tapering than
the other. The mottling varies greatly
even in the same species, and may some-
times be absent altogether. The flowers
are nodding or drooping, solitary, or 2 or
more in a loose raceme. The perianth con-
sists of 6 distinct narrow segments, which
unite into a tube at the base. They are
often recurved or reflexed from the middle
or near the base, and are furnished with
2 auricles or scales at the bottom. Sta-
mens 6, hypogynous, or scarcely adnate to
the base of the segments. Ovary sessile
3-celled. Styles united or separated.
Capsule many-seeded.
Until a comparatively recent period
the Common European Dog's Tooth
Violet was the only species of Ery-
thronium cultivated, but now most of the
fifteen species known altogether are
grown, although most of them are still
rather scarce. With the solitary excep-
tion of the European and Asiatic E.
Dens-Canis, they are all natives of the
United States. From a flower-garden
point of view they are a beautiful and
hardy group, well suited for the rock
garden, the edges of flower borders or
870
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS erythronium
shrubberies, planted in grass, and for
naturalising generally in woodlands.
Culture and Propagation. — They
succeed in any good light garden soil, but
prefer moist light sandy loam, with the
addition of a little peat and leaf soil.
They usually bloom in spring ; and after
the leaves have withered require a period
of rest. If the soil is well drained little
harm will come to them during the
winter months. Where they are to remain
in the soil for several years, an annual
top-dressing of manure or fresh soil will
do them much good and stimulate the
development of vigorous foliage and large
flowers.
New plants are obtained by separating
the offsets from the old conns or from
the creeping rootstocks, as the case may
be. The best time for disturbing the
plants is after the foliage has withered.
The corms may be planted about 3-4 in.
deep, and to obtain good effects several
should be placed so as to form a large
mass when in bloom.
Besides outdoor cultivation Dog's
Tooth Violets are also excellent subjects
for growing in pots. Indeed rare species
are probably best grown in this way in
cold frames or cold well-aired green-
houses until the stock is numerous.
The following species are at present
known. The descriptions, with certain
additions and emendations, are the same
as those I contributed in an article to the
' Gardeners' Chronicle,' September 26,
1896, p. 361, with a drawing of E. Hart-
wegi. They are based mainly upon the
late Sereno Watson's revision of the
genus in the ' Proceedings of the Ameri-
can Academy of Arts and Sciences,' and
through the kindness of Messrs. Wallace
& Co. of Colchester, I have been able to
see many of them in flower.
E. albidum. — A native of the wet
pastures of New York, Pennsylvania &c,
with ovoid stolon-bearing corms, and
oblong lance-shaped usually slightly
mottled leaves. The flowers appear in
April and May, one on a stalk, and are
of a white or bluish-white colour tinged
with yellow at the base, the lance-shaped
segments 1-1A in. long being strongly
reflexed, and not all auricled at the
base. E. bracteatum is considered to be
a closely related form. It has somewhat
larger leaves, and differs, moreover, in
having yellow flowers. It also inhabits
the mountain regions instead of the pas-
tures. The variety coloratum has deeper
coloured flowers than the type.
Culture dc. as above.
E. americanum. — This species grows
in the damp open woodland of the
Eastern United States and Canada. It
has ovoid stolon-bearing corms like E.
albidum, and larger leaves mottled with
greenish-purple. The solitary flowers
appear in April and May, and are of a
bright golden-yellow often tinged with
purple, and finely dotted within at the
base. Sometimes called ' Yellow Adder's
Tongue.'
Culture dc. as above.
E. citrinum. ■ — A native of the Deer
Creek Mountains in S. Oregon, usually
bearing 3 lemon-yellow flowers on a
stalk, the broadly lance-shaped segments
about 1 in. long being strongly recurved,
orange at the base, and sometimes suffused
with pink at the tips.
Culture dc. as above.
E. Dens-Canis. — This is the Common
Dog's Tooth Violet, found wild chiefly in
Central and S. Europe, although forms of
it extend across Asia to Japan. It has
ovoid cylindrical corms resembling a
dog's tooth, and ovate or oblong lance-
shaped glaucous-green leaves marbled
with dull purple. The peduncle 4-6 in.
high bears a solitary flower of a beautiful
rose or violet-purple (rarely white), with
brown dots at the base of the recurved
segments. Besides the rare white form,
there are others called purpureum,
roseurn, and violaceum, according to the
shades of colour. The Siberian form,
sibiricum, has purple flowers, and is
a more vigorous plant than the type,
while the Japanese form, japonicum, has
violet-purple flowers.
Culture dc. as above.
E. giganteum. — This has been con-
fused with grandijiorum, and has been
called grandijiorum and giganteum albi-
fiorum, also maximum and speciosum.
It is found at an elevation of 6000 to
10,000 ft. in California, and is one of the
finest and most showy species. The
leaves are mottled with dull purple, and
the large creamy white flowers 3 in.
across are suffused with orange or yellow
at the base, and from 1 to 6 are borne on
a tall scape.
Culture dc. as above.
KKYTHRONIUM
LILY ORDER
GAGEA 871
E. grandiflorum. — A pretty species
8-6 in. high, native of the mountains of
Idaho, Washington &c, with erect oblan-
ceolate unmottled leaves, and golden-
yellow flowers about 3 in. across with
crimson stamens, borne in March and
April, usually 2 on a stem. This plant
was formerly known as E. grandiflorum
minus, and is figured as such in the
' Botanical Register,' t. 1786.
The variety parviflorum is the same
as the plant grown as nuttallianum
(true plants of which do not yet appear
to be in cultivation), and being more
common than the type has usually been
called grandiflorum. It is a native of
the Blue Mountains of Oregon, and
the Cascade Mountains of Washington,
besides Colorado, Utah &c. It first
flowered in England about 1835 or 1836.
The form called Mv/rra/yi seems to be
rare, and is said to have mottled leaves.
Culture dc. as above, p. 870.
E. Hartwegi. — A fine Californian
species with small conns and broad green
leaves distinctly marbled with dull purple.
The large creamy white flowers with an
orange base are 2A-3 in. across. They
appear in March and April, and remain in
good condition for three or four weeks.
As a rule only one nodding flower is borne
on a scape 4-8 in. high, but in a wild
state sometimes as many as three are on
the same stalk. When first introduced it
was called E. grandiflorum.
Culture dc. as above, p. 870.
E. Hendersoni. — A pretty and distinct
species 4-6 in. high, native of the moun-
tains of S. Oregon. It has oblong tuni-
cated corms and dull green oblong lance-
shaped leaves faintly mottled with purple -
brown. From one to three drooping
flowers are borne on a purple -rose scape
in March and April. The segments are
curled back to the stalk, and are pale rose
with deeper purple in the centre with a
yellow zone. The conspicuous stamens
are deep purple-brown, and the stigma
deep crimson.
Culture dc. as above, p. 870.
E. Howelli. — A pretty species from
the same region as E. Hendersoni, which
it resembles in habit and foliage. The
flowers with recurved segments, however,
are pale yellow with a deep orange base,
becoming pinkish with age.
Culture dc. as above, p. 870.
E. Johnstoni. — A new species with
large clear rosy-pink flowers, having a
rich yellow zone at the base.
Culture dc. as above, p. 870.
E. mesochoreum. — A native of the
grassy prairies and wooded slopes from
Iowa to Kansas. It resembles E. albidum,
but has unmottled and narrower leaves,
and the segments of the whitish flowers
are not recurved. This species is not yet
in cultivation, but as it is almost sure to
be shortly, it is included here.
Culture dc. as above, p. 870.
E. montanum. — A native of the Oregon
and Washington mountains, having 1-2
large creamy white flowers on a stalk, the
base of the segments being orange, often
fading to pink. This flowers later than
the other species, from July to September.
Culture dc. as above, p. 870.
E. propullans. — A native of Minnesota,
having small ovoid stolon-bearing corms,
and oblong lance-shaped slightly mottled
leaves 2-4 in. long. The peduncle is only
2-3 in. high, bearing a solitary rose-purple
flower with a yellow centre.
Culture dc. as above, p. 870.
E. purpurascens. — A Californian spe-
cies with corms 1-2 in. long, and large
wavy leaves. This species bears more
flowers than any other, sometimes as
many as eight on a single stem. They
are pale yellow tinged with purple, and
deep orange at the base of the segments.
The variety multiflorum has mottled
leaves, and is said to bear as many as
15 bright lilac flowers with a yellow
centre on a single stalk.
Culture dc. as above, p. 870.
E. revolutum. — A beautiful species,
native of Nootka Sound, where it was
first discovered over 100 years ago, but
has only recently been introduced to
cultivation. The true species has large
dark green leaves mottled with brown,
and 1-2 flowers are borne on tall stout
scapes in spring, and vary in colour from
pink to deep rosy-purple. The variety
Bolanderi (or Smithi) has 1-3 flowers on
a stalk, white with a yellowish centre,
becoming rosy-purple.
Culture dc. as above, p. 870.
GAGEA. — A genus of herbaceous
plants, having small bulbs, with radical
linear leaves, and flowers in racemes or
clustered umbels at the top of a scape.
872
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS calochobtus
The perianth has 6 distinct spreading 3-5-
nerved segments, and 6 stamens attached
at the base, or almost hypogynous.
G. lutea (OrnitJwgalum luteum). —
This is the only species out of about 20
of any garden value. It is known as the
' Yellow Star of Bethlehem,' and is a
native of British copses and pastures. It
has small roundish bulbs, and linear leaves
6-18 in. long. The yellow flowers, keeled
with green, appear from March to May,
3-4 in a flat raceme on a slender scape
scarcely 6 in. high.
Culture and Propagation.— This
species grows in ordinary garden soil, and
is readily increased by the numerous
offsets from the old bulbs, after the foliage
has withered.
LLOYDIA. — A genus consisting of
only one species : —
L. alpina (L. serotina). — A pretty
little plant, native of the Alps and the
rocky ledges of the Snowdon range. It
has a small thickly scaly bulb and slender
half-roundish leaves 6-10 in. long, and
white or yellow flowers veined with green
or purple outside, borne in June.
Culture and Propagation. — In struc-
ture it is closely related to Gagea. It
is essentially a rock plant, and thrives
in cool partially shaded positions in
ordinary soil, and may be increased by
means of offsets from the old bulbs in
autumn.
CALOCHORTUS (Mariposa Lily;
Star Tulip). — A genus of beautiful
plants with tunicated bulbs, narrow leaves,
and somewhat branched few-flowered
stems, bearing long-stalked, showy, erect
or drooping flowers, yellow, bluish-purple,
or white in colour. The perianth consists
of 6 distinct segments, the 3 outer ones of
which are sepal-like, and much narrower
than the 3 larger and broader inner ones
which are bearded on the inside. In the
Cyclobothras or ' Star Tulips,' which are
now included with the Calochorti or
' Mariposa Lilies ' proper, all the perianth
segments are bearded within and furnished
with a honey-pit in the centre. Stamens
6, hypogynous, or slightly adhering to the
base of the segments. Capsule 3-celled,
3-angled, with many seeds.
Culture and Propagation. — These
beautiful plants, of which there are 20 or
30 species, have attracted a good deal of
attention in the past few years, as it has
been proved that with a little care they
can be grown very satisfactorily out of
doors. They are usually cultivated in
pots or cold frames so as to be more
readily protected from frost, and kept dry
during the resting period. Being mostly
natives of the warm sunny climes of
California, Oregon, Arizona &c, and parts
of Mexico, they require a warm sunny
position and a light thoroughly well-
drained soil. In the British Islands,
indeed, the chief trouble in their culture
seems to be inability to thoroughly ripen
the bulbs after flowering. This is very
often due to the neglect of not keeping
the rain from them after the foliage has
withered. If treated in the same way as
recommended for the Oncocyclus Irises
(p. 918) good results will follow, and the
plants are worth a little trouble on account
of their lovely and unique flowers.
Messrs. Wallace of Colchester, who
have done much to popularise these plants
and who have been very successful in
growing them in our variable climate,
may be quoted as authorities on their
culture. They recommend that the bulbs
should be planted from September to the
end of November, but not later, 3 in. deep
and about 3 in. apart, in a raised sunny
border with a slight slope to the south.
A soil composed of sharp sand, leaf soil,
and road grit is the best. Great import-
ance is attached to having the bed in
which they are planted raised above the
surrounding soil, as thorough drainage is
thus secured, and it is essential to keep
the bulbs as dry as possible in winter. It
is safer, especially in unfavourable parts
of the kingdom, to cover the beds with
reeds, bracken, straw &c, so as to keep off
heavy rains, and at the same time afford
protection from frost. This covering,
whatever it is, should be removed in
February and March, according to the
season and the growth of the plants.
After flowering, and when the stems have
withered, either the bulbs may be lifted
and carefully stored until planting time,
or a light may be placed over thern to
keep them drj', and allow them to
thoroughly ripen. The latter is the better
plan if it can be adopted, and there is no
necessity to lift the bulbs for about 3 years
unless for the purpose of increasing the
plants by means of the offsets from them.
The main points to remember in grow-
ing Mariposa Lilies are early planting, a
light porous soil, sunny position, thorough
CALOCHOKTUS
LILY ORDER
CALOCHOKTUS 873
drainage, protection from winter rains,
plenty of water during active growth, and
thorough ripening of the hulbs by lifting,
or placing lights over them.
Besides offsets from the old bulbs,
Mariposa Lilies may also be increased by
Beeds, or the small bulbils often produced
on the upper portion of the stems, as in the
case of some Lilies. The seeds may be
sown as soon as ripe or early in spring in
cold frames, or under j^lass in pans, but so
thinly as to allow the seedlings plenty of
space to develop without disturbing for
one or two years. They may then be
planted in light soil either in frames or
singly in pots, and grown on until they
reach the flowering stage, which is in 3 6
years after the seed is sown.
The following are the best known
species in cultivation. Except where
otherwise stated, they are all natives of
California. As all the flowers are more
or less fringed with hairs inside it is
unnecessary to refer to the fact in every
description.
C. albus (Cyclobothra alba). — A hand-
some and vigorous species 12-18 in. high,
bearing 8-12 roundish drooping flowers
of pearly white, fringed with silk hairs
inside and having a deep blotch at the base
of the segments.
Culture dc. as above. This species
may be grown in the ordinary flower
border in light sandy soil in warm places.
It is readily increased by offsets, and will
produce flowering plants from seeds in
about 3 years.
C. apiculatus. — A vigorous Star Tulip
with stout stems 9-18 in. high, bearing
pale lemon -yellow flowers, which become
more creamy in colour in the smallejr-
flowered form known as minor.
Culture dc. as above.
C. Benthami (C. elegans lutea). — A
beautiful species 4-8 in. high, with long
linear leaves, and bright yellow flowers
produced in July and August 3-6 on a
stem, the inner surface being densely
covered with yellow hairs.
Culture dc. as above.
C. caeruleus. — A dwarf Star Tulip
from Sierra Nevada growing 3-6 in. high,
and producing a solitary linear leaf. The
pretty flowers appear in July 3-5 in an
umbel. They are of a bright lilac or
creamy white densely bearded with bluish
hairs, the outer segments being lined and
dotted with dark blue The variety major
is a very large-flowered form, and roseus
has a distinct rosy hue.
Culture dc. as above.
C. clavatus. — A fine vigorous Mari-
posa Lily having a much-branched stem
bearing [arge wide open flowers of a
brilliant golden-yellow during June and
July.
Culture dc. as above.
C. collinus. — A new and still very rare
species with clear pale lilac flowers,
opening wide.
( ' 'ult u re dc. as above.
C. elegans. — An elegant species about
8 in. high, producing in June 3-5 greenish -
white flowers tinged with purple at the
base, the 3 inner segments being only
slightly or not at all bearded on the margin.
The variety amcenus is a beautiful free-
flowering form with nodding flowers of a
rich pink colour, the 3 broad inner seg-
ments having a deep zone near the base,
the whole surface being covered with
silky hairs.
Culture dc. as above.
C. flavus. — A Mexican species having
lance-shaped taper-pointed leaves and
drooping yellow flowers, the 3 inner seg-
ments of which curve outwards, and are
covered with hairs except near the tips.
It requires protection in winter.
Culture dc. as above.
C. Greeni. — A vigorous species 1 ft.
or more high, having broad glaucous-green
leaves, and bearing in June 3-5 large clear
lilac flowers on a stem, the inner segments
of which are zoned with yellow and purple
at the base, and often covered with long
curly hairs.
Culture dc. as above.
C. Gunnisoni. — A native of the Rocky
Mountains, with large bright lilac flowers
2-3 in. across, tinged with yellowish-green
below the middle of the segments, at the
base of which is a deep purple zone.
Culture dc. as above.
C. Howelli. — A strong-growing species
9-18 in. high, with a long glossy leaf, and
large creamy-white flowers.
Culture dc. as above.
C. Kennedyi. — This is one of the most
striking and beautiful species known. It
grows about 18 in. high, and freely pro-
874
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS calochortus
duces its large bright orange-red flowers
in early summer.
Culture dc. as above.
C. lilacinus (C. umbellatus). — A dis-
tinct species, one bulb of which will often
throw up a dozen spikes or more of bloom
each having a narrow lance-shaped leaf.
From 4 to 10 flowers of a pale pink, purple
or lilac are borne on a stem 6-8 in. high,
the lower portion of the segments being
hairy.
Culture dc. as above.
C. longibarbatus. — A distinct species
about 1 ft. high, native of Oregon and
Washington Territory. The flowers
appear in July, 1-3 on a stem, and are of
a pale purple-lilac with a darker purple
band across the base of each inner
segment and a long beard above it.
Culture dc. as above.
C. luteus. — A beautiful Mariposa Lily
1-2 ft. high, with slender stems bearing
1-6 erect cup-shaped flowers about 3 in.
across. They vary in colour from light
to deep yellow and orange, the inner seg-
ments being usually bordered with purple
hairs, and tinged with reddish-brown at
the base, the outer ones being greener in
colour. In the variety oculatus, which
has bright yellow flowers, there is a con-
spicuous dark purple eye-like blotch at the
base of the inner segments. The variety
citrinus with rich lemon-yellow flowers
is regarded by some as a form of this, but
is more properly related to C. venustus.
The variety concolor grows vigorously,
and produces open flowers of a clear bright
yellow, slightly tinged with brown at the
base. The flowers of this group usually
appear in July.
Culture dc. as above.
C. Lyoni. — A handsome free-flower-
ing species which produces its large
blossoms, varying from pure white to rose,
early in June, the inner segments having
a large blackish spot at the base.
Culture dc. as above.
C. macrocarpus. — A fine species hav-
ing stiff stems H-2 ft. high, bearing
flowers about 4 in. across in July, usually
one on a stem. They are delicately
tinted with purple-lilac, becoming paler
towards the base, and having a greenish
line down the centre of the segments.
Culture dc. as above.
C. madrensis.— This is a pretty Mexi-
can species rarely exceeding 18 inches in
height, and produces several of its bright
orange-yellow flowers with a tuft of deeper
orange hairs at the base of each segment
later than most other species in August
and September. It does not go to rest so
early in consequence.
Culture dc. as above.
C. maweanus. — A beautiful Star Tulip
6-10 in. high, with linear glaucous leaves.
The bell- or cup-shaped flowers appear in
June and July 4-6 on a stem, each about
2 in. across. The broadly obovate-acute
outer segments are purplish, and the three
inner segments are pure white, tinged
with purple at the base, and densely
covered with long purple hairs.
Culture dc. as above.
C. nitidus. — This is a strong-growing
species, the stems of which bear 5-10
large white flowers in an umbel. The
three inner segments have a large indigo
blotch in the centre, and the surface is
covered with long hairs.
Culture dc. as above.
C. Nuttalli. — A distinct species having
large flowers about 3 in. across, the three
narrow outer segments of which are
green striped with red, while the three
larger inner segments or petals are pure
or creamy-white, with a blackish-purple
blotch at the base. There is an improved
variety known as Leichtlini. The flowers
appear in June 2-3 on a stem.
Culture dc. as above.
C. obispoensis. — A species with spar-
ingly branched stems 1-2 ft. high, and
narrow acute convolute leaves. The
3 outer segments are orange and purple
on a greenish-yellow ground, the shorter
inner ones being lemon-yellow tipped with
reddish - brown and covered with long
delicate hairs.
Culture dc. as above. This species
does not appear to be in cultivation yet.
C. Palmeri. — A small and very rare
species with bright lilac flowers.
Culture dc. as above.
C. Plummerae. — A very fine species
remarkable for its broad radical leaves
nearly 2 ft. long, and strong branching
flower-spikes which appear in July, bear-
ing numerous soft lilac flowers about 4 in.
across, of a satiny lustre, the lower half of
each inner segment being covered with
golden-yellow hairs, and blotched with
CALOCHORTUS
LILY ORDER
COLCHICUM 875
purple, the three outer segments being
relatively very narrow and tapering.
Culture dc. as above.
C. pulchellus [CyclobotJvra pulchella).
A charming species 9-12 in. high, with
glaucous stems and leaves, producing in
June and July much-branched stems,
each one ending in a cluster of 3-4 sweet-
scented bright orange-yellow drooping
flowers.
Culture dc. as above. This is one of
the hardiest species, and flourishes in the
ordinary flower border or rockery in Light
well-drained soil, and blooms regularly
every year without protection in winter.
Warm sunny spots are best for ripening
the bulbs.
C. Purdyi. — A graceful species which
starts rather late into growth, and tbrows
up a stem 9-18 inches high, bearing in June
4-9 white flowers l£-2 in. across. The
narrow pointed outer segments are spotted
with purple, the much larger and roundish
inner segments being densely covered with
long white hairs, and blotched and spotted
with purple near the base.
Culture dc. as above. It grows
naturally in a cold damp climate, and will
probably prove one of the best species in
British gardens.
C. splendens. — This is a very old
garden plant, and is still one of the best.
It freely produces its large pale lilac
flowers in August, the inner segments
being covered with long silky white hairs,
and blotched with deep purple at the
base. The variety atroviolacea has smaller
purple flowers with a dark red blotch at
the base of each inner segment.
Culture dc. as above.
C. Tolmiei. — A strong-growing Star
Tulip, but unfortunately rather rare. It
has rather tubular flowers covered with
bluish hairs.
Culture dc. as above.
C. venustus.— A beautiful Mariposa
Lily growing about 18 in. high, and pro-
ducing large white cup-shaped flowers
nearly 3 in. across. The three outer seg-
ments are small, narrow and tapering,
and become reflexed, the three large inner
ones being yellow at the base, deeply
stained with crimson, and having a blotch
of the same colour near the centre, below
which the surface is covered with hairs.
This is a very variable species, and
numerous varieties exist. The principal
are albus, pure white ; brachysepalus,
having shorter outer segments or sepals
than the type ; Kladnus, deep lilac ; pur-
purascens, deep lilac-purple ; roseits, rosy-
purple with deep purple spots ; Emperor,
flowers suffused with rose, white, maroon,
and purple on a yellow ground ; citri/nus,
lemon-yellow; uculatus, with brilliant
purple-rose buds expanding into white,
having a deep blackish - purple centre
surrounded with yellow ; sanguineus,
flowers varying from light to deep red ;
Vesta, with flowers 4 in. across, white
flushed with rose, marked with brown
and yellow at the base. This variety will
grow in any soil, from heavy wet clay to
light loam, and increases rapidly.
Cult lire lie as above.
C. Weedi. — A beautiful and remark-
able species closely related to C. fotteus.
It produces its large flatfish rich yellow
flowers 3 in. across in July. The three
outer segments of the perianth are narrow,
lance-shaped, and tapering, while the three
broad inner wedge-shaped segments are
spotted with purple in the central portion
and covered with long hairs. The short
filaments, with long anthers, are a strik-
ing feature of the centre of the flowers.
Culture dc. as above.
COLCHICUM (Meadow Saffron).
A genus of beautiful plants having tuni-
cated corms, oblong strap -shaped or linear
radical leaves, and short scapes bearing
1-3 or more showy lilac or rarely yellow
flowers. The perianth is funnel-shaped
with a long slender tube, and 6 oblong
erect or somewhat spreading segments.
Stamens 6, attached to the base of the
segments and shorter than them. Ovary
sessile 3-celled, at first underground but
ultimately produced above ground by the
growing leaves. Styles 3, thread-like.
Capsule ovoid, 3-ribbed, many-seeded.
Culture and Propagation. — Colchi-
cums flourish in a light rich sandy soil
with a certain amount of moisture in it.
The best time for planting is about August,
certainly not later, as the corms are apt
to lose a good deal of their vitality. About
3-4 in. deep is sufficient, and 6-9 in.
apart.
Colchicums are lovely autumn-flower-
ing plants, and as the popular name indi-
cates are excellent when planted in grass
land. They are also suitable for the
flower border, margins of shrubberies or
rockeries, which they render bright when
876
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS colchicum
most of the summer flowers are over.
To obtain fine effects broad patches should
be planted, especially in grassy slopes,
lawns &c.
Propagation is usually effected by
separating the offsets from the corms.
These may be lifted about July for the
purpose, but not before the leaves have
withered. Seeds may also be sown as
soon as ripe in pairs and wintered in a
cold frame, and as it is undesirable to
move the seedlings for 2 years, sufficient
space should be given to allow the seed-
lings to develop properly. The seedlings
may be transferred to a prepared spot in
the open border after this, and allowed to
remain until they reach the flowering
stage, usually 3-5 years after sowing the
seeds.
C. autumnale. — This is the best known
species and is often met with in a wild
state in meadows in various parts of the
British Islands. It has large egg-shaped
corms with shining chestnut-brown scales
and flat lance-shaped leaves 6-10 in. long
produced in spring. The bright purple
flowers appear in succession from August
to October or November, having a cup-
shaped perianth with a long slender tube.
There are numerous varieties, such as
album, white; album fl. pi., white, with
double flowers ; there is also a double
rose form ; maximum, purple ; pur-
pureum, purple rose ; striatum, red
striped with white.
Culture d-c. as above.
C. Bivonae. — A native of S. Europe,
with linear grooved leaves produced in
spring, and flowers in autumn prettily
chequered with white and purple.
Culture dc. as above.
C. byzantinum. — A native of the
Levant, having large roundish depressed
corms often producing in autumn 12-15
pale rose flowers larger than those of C.
autumnale. The leaves appear in spring
and are broad, wavy, and plaited. There
is a form with finely variegated foliage.
Culture d-c. as above.
C. montanum (C. bulbocodioides). — A
native of the [Mediterranean region with
short narrow lance-shaped or linear
sickle-like leaves appearing almost with
the lilac-purple or whitish flowers in
February and March. This species must
not be confounded with another sometimes
called montanum but properly alpinum.
which produces its deep rosy bell-shaped
flowers in September and October, and its
leaves in February and March.
Culture dc. as above.
C. Parkinsoni. — A very beautiful and
distinct species from Asia Minor and the
Greek Archipelago. It has ovate lance-
shaped wavy leaves produced in spring,
and its fine starry flowers 2 in. across
appear in autumn. The white broadly
lance-shaped segments are distinctly
veined and beautifully chequered and
barred with violet-purple.
Culture die. as above.
C. Sibthorpi. — A rather rare species
from the Levant, but one of the finest and
largest. The flowers appear in September
and October and are of a beautiful lilac-
colour, handsomely chequered with deep
purple, and standing erect on stout tubes
about 8 in. high.
Culture dc. as above.
C. speciosum. — A very distinct and
handsome species from the Caucasus,
remarkable for its great size. The broad
elliptic sheathing leaves borne alternately
on the stem are about 1 ft. long and
2-4 in. broad, appearing in spring, throw-
ing the seed-capsule nearly 1 ft. above
.the ground. The flowers appear in Sep-
tember and October, having oval segments
of a clear reddish or rosy purple varying
to deep crimson-purple, with a white
throat at the top of a very long tube.
Culture d-c. as above.
C. umbrosum \C. arenarium umbro-
sum). — A Crimean species with fleshy
lance-shaped leaves in spring, and rather
small violet-purple flowers with long tubes
in autumn.
Culture dtc. as above.
C. variegatum (C. Agrippinum ; C.
chionense). — A pretty species from S.E.
Europe. Asia Minor &c, having large egg-
shaped corms and long narrow wavy leaves
in spring. The rosy flowers appear from
the end of August to October, having the
lance-shaped acute segments beautifully
chequered with purple-violet.
Culture <vc. as above.
Other kinds of Meadow Saffron occa-
sionally seen are crocifiorum, with purple
flowers in spring ; luteum, a rare Central
Asian species remarkable for its rich orange
flowers in spring ; neajiolitanum, from
Italy, with deep purple flowers ; and
MERENDEKA
LILY ORDER
CHAIVLELIRIUM 877
per sic um, from Persia, with very large
rosy flowers.
BULBOCODIUM.— This genus con-
sists of a solitary species resembling a
Crocus in habit and appearance, but differ-
ing in having a superior ovary and 6
stamens.
B. vernum. — A pretty plant 4-6 in.
high, with a black corm, native of the
European Alps. The violet oV rosy-pur-
ple funnel-shaped flowers with a long
tube are produced early in spring, often as
early as January in mild seasons, before
the broad strap-shaped channelled Leaves.
Culture and Propagation. — Owing to
its early-flowering character this species
is suitable for growing with Snowdrops,
Leucojums, Winter Aconites, and som<
of the Colchicums &c. in the rockery
or warm parts of the flower border.
A light rich sandy loam suits it best,
and the bulbs are best left alone for
3 or 4 years after planting. When new
plants are required the bulbs may be
lifted from July to September, and the
offsets detached and replanted at once
4-6 in. apart, and 3-4 in. deep. There is
a form with variegated leaves, and also
one from the Caucasus called versicolor.
MERENDERA. — A small genus
closely related to Colchicum and Bulbo-
codium. having tunicated conns, linear
radical leaves, and 1-3 Colchicum-like
flowers on a scape. The funnel-shaped
perianth has 6 distinct segments, the
claws of which arc united into a long
slender tube. Stamens 6. Ovary sessile.
Styles 3. Capsule 3- furrowed or lobed,
many-seeded.
Culture and Propagation. — Thes<
plants flourish under the same conditions
as the Colchicums, and may be increased
in the same way by offsets and seeds.
They like a light rich sandy soil in
rather damp situations, although when at
rest as little moisture as possible at the
root is advisable.
M. Bulbocodium. — This pretty plant
from the Pyrenees bears a close resem-
blance to Bulbocodium vernum, but pro-
duces its rosy-lilac flowers in autumn
instead of spring, and for this reason has
been called Bulbocodium autummale.
The plant is only 3-4 in. high, its linear
channelled and sickle - shaped leaves
appearing after the flowers, and remain-
ing fresh and green during the winter
months. The variety bulbocodioides is
the same as the plant described at p. 876
under the name of Colchicum montanum.
Other species are M. caucasica (also
known as Bulbocodium trigynum). It is
a native of the Caucasus and produces its
delicate rosy flowers in April and May.
M. persica (M. Aitchisoni) from Persia
&c. has pale lilac sweet-scented flowers
keeled with pale red, during October and
November.
Cult ii re dr. as above.
NARTHECIUM (Bog Asphodel).
A small genus of rigid herbs with creep-
ing rootstocks and racemes of golden-
yellow rotate flowers, consisting of 6 dis-
tinct spreading segments. Stamens 6,
of which 3 are hypogynous and 3 on the
base of the segments, having hairy fila-
ments. Capsule 3-sided, narrow -pointed,
many-seeded.
N. ossifragum. -A British plant with
long slender wiry rootstocks and stiff
strongly ribbed, taper-pointed leaves 6-12
in. long, resembling an Iris. The golden-
yellow flowers about § in. across appear
in July and August, the linear oblong
segments being ribbed and green behind,
the hairy filaments being white with
orange-yellow anthers.
Cult urc and Propagation. — This is
not a particularly handsome plant seen
in solitary specimens, but if planted in
masses in wet peaty or spongy soil near
the edges of ponds, lakes &c. it is more
attractive. This plant is widely distributed
throughout the N. temperate hemisphere,
and a smaller N. American form is some-
times met with. It may be increased by
division of the rootstocks.
CHAWLELIRIUM.— A genus with
only one species here described : —
C. carolinianum. — An attractive herba-
ceous perennial 9-12 in. high, native of
N. America. It has thickish knotty
rhizomes and tufts of radical stalked
bright green leaves, oblong elliptic hi
shape. The small pure white flowers are
borne in dense cylindrical racemes in
June, and with the advance of age the
main flower stem changes from green to
an almost pure white colour. The flowers
are dioecious — that is, male and female
blossoms are borne on separate plants.
The perianth segments are linear and
distinct, and there are 6 stamens in the
male flowers, but only antherless stand-
878
PB AC TIC AL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS helonias
nodes in the female ones. Ovary 3-celled
with three distinct styles.
Culture and Propagation. — This
pretty little plant flourishes in damp and
shady places, and looks effective in the
rock garden when grown in bold masses.
It may be increased by seeds sown as
soon as ripe in cold frames, and also by
carefully dividing the rootstocks in spring
as growth is commencing.
CHIONOGRAPHIS.— A genus with
only one species : —
C. japonica. — A remarkable and pretty
herbaceous perennial 6-12 in. high, native
of Japan. It has a short thick rootstock
and tufts of narrow lance-shaped leaves,
which are smaller on the stem. The
small pure white flowers are borne in
spring in a spiked raceme 4-5 in. long,
and consist of 2 rows of 2, 3, and 4, or 6,
linear segments, the lower ones being very
small or wanting. Stamens 6, on the
base of the segments.
Culture and Propagation. — This
plant is very little known but is cultivated
at Kew. It succeeds in a compost of
sandy loam and peat, and is suitable for
warm comers of the rock garden planted
in masses. It may be increased in
September by dividing the rootstocks, or
sowing the seeds in cold frames as soon as
ripe.
XEROPHYLLUM (Turkey's
Beard). — A small genus of herbaceous
perennials with short, thick, woody root-
stocks, tall simple stems, and radical or
clustered linear stifhsh grassy leaves, with
rough edges. Flowers numerous in dense
pyramidal spikes. Segments 6, distinct,
spreading. Stamens 6, hypogynous, longer
than the oblong lance-shaped segments.
X. asphodeloides {X. setifolium ;
Helonias asphodeloides). — A handsome
N. American perennial with dense rosettes
of dry stiffish awl-shaped or grassy leaves
12-18 in. long. The white spreading
flowers appear in May and are borne in
dense racemes 4-6 in. long, on a stem
1-4 ft. high.
Culture and Propagation. — This is
probably the only species in the genus,
but American botanists recognise two or
three. It grows best in sandy peaty soil
in shaded or partially shaded places, and
may be increased by dividing the roots in
autumn. The variety tenax is simply a
larger form, the broader leaves being
often 2-3 ft. long, and the flower spikes
2-5 ft. high. In favourable seasons seed
is ripened, and may be sown as soon as
gathered in sandy peat in pans if it is
desired to increase the plants.
HELONIOPSIS.— A small genus of
herbaceous perennials with short root-
stocks, radical, stalked, oblong or lance-
shaped leaves, and somewhat nodding
flowers at the end of a scape. Perianth
segments narrow, distinct or slightly
united at the base. Stamens 6, ovary
sessile, more or less 3-lobed.
H. japonica (H. umbellata). — A curious
little Japanese perennial very much re-
sembling Helonias bullata in appearance.
It has tufts of lance-shaped abruptly
mucronate leaves, light green at the base
and brownish towards the tips. The
deep rosy flowers appear in March and
April, 2-3 on a stalk, the filaments being
tipped with deep blue anthers, and the
style protruding about | in.
Culture and Propagation. — This is
the only species out of 3 or 4 known that
appears to be in cultivation. It flourishes
in moist sandy peat, loam, and leaf soil,
and likes plenty of sunshine and air in
open but sheltered parts of the rockery.
It may be easily increased by division of
the roots late in summer, or by seeds
sown in cold frames when ripe.
HELONIAS (Stud Flower). — A
genus with only one species : —
H. bullata. — A beautiful N. American
perennial 11 h ft. high, with a short
tuberous rootstock, and oblong lance-
shaped radical leaves contracted into a
short stalk. The small purple-rose
flowers appear from May to July, and are
borne in dense cylindrical or oblong
racemes. The 6 spreading segments are
distinct or slightly united at the base, and
faintly 3-nerved, while there are 6 usually
hypogynous stamens, the slaty - blue
anthers of which are very conspicuous.
The deeply 3-lobed capsule has many
seeds. The variety latifolia has leaves
broader than in the type.
Culture and Propagation. — This
plant may be grown in boggy soil or wet
ground near ponds or lakes, but will also
succeed in sandy loam, peat and leaf soil
in a moist shaded part of the flower
garden. It may be increased by seeds
sown as soon as ripe, or by carefully
dividing the rootstocks, but it is safer not
to disturb the plants until they have
made good strong clumps.
TRICYRTIS
LILY ORDER
CLINTONIA 879
UVULARIA (Bell Wort).— A small
genus of herbaceous perennials having a
thickish creeping rootstock, and alternate
stalkless or perfoliate ovate or lance-
shaped leaves, and solitary or twin flowers
at the ends of the leafy branches. The
bell-shaped perianth has 6 distinct seg-
ments, erect or spreading at the tips, the
outer ones having a hollow near the base
inside. Stamens 6, usually hypogynous.
Culture and Propagation. — -The Bell
Worts, which are all natives of N. America,
flourish in a peaty soil and are graceful
plants in the flower border or rockery.
They may be increased by dividing the
rootstocks in autumn, and also by seeds
sown as soon as ripe in cold frames, the
seedlings being grown on for a year or so
under protection until large enough for
the open air.
U. grandiflora. — This is the best for
garden purposes. It grows 1-2 ft. high,
having smooth perfoliate oblong leaves
2-4 in. long, and pale yellow bell-shaped
flowers produced in spring and early
summer, drooping gracefully from the
ends of the stems, and opening before the
leaves are fully developed.
Cult tire ({■(■. as above.
U. perfoliata. — This is similar in
appearance to U. grandiflora, but has
longer perfoliate leaves, and rather smaller
drooping flowers produced at the end of
forked stems. U. puberula and U.sessi-
lifolia are both species with sessile (not
perfoliate) leaves, but otherwise similar.
Culture Ac. as above.
TRICYRTIS. —A small genus of
perennial plants with short creeping root-
stocks and tall erect stems clothed with
alternate ovate or oblong leaves, con-
tracted, nearly sessile, or heart-shaped
stem-clasping at the base. The flowers
are terminal and axillary, having a bell-
shaped perianth of 6 distinct lance-shaped
segments, the 3 outer ones of which are
saccate at the base. Stamens 6, hypo-
gynous, the filaments uniting into a tube
around the ovary. Capsule 3-celled and
triangular, with many seeds.
Culture and Propiagation. — The
species described below are ornamental
and very distinct plants, and succeed in
warm sheltered parts of the garden in
sandy loam and peat. They flower in
autumn, and the blossoms are sometimes
spoiled by early frosts, but otherwise the
plants are quite hardy and well worth
cultivation. In bleak parts of the country
they may be grown in a cold greenhouse.
The plants may be increased by careful
division of the rootstocks, also by seeds
when obtainable.
T. hirta (Uvularia, hirta). — Japanese
Toad Li/y.—A handsome and interesting
Japanese perennial with stems 1-3 ft.
high, clothed with soft white hairs, and
furnished with alternate oblong sharply
lance-shaped leaves 4-0 in. long, clasping
the stem at the base, and arranged almost
in 2 opposite rows. Several flowers on
each stem appear from August to October,
the white lance-shaped petals being beauti-
fully decorated with violet or purple
spots. The variety nigra has velvety
black blotches on the flowers, which are as
a rule produced two or three weeks earlier
than those of the type, and consequently
often escape the frosts which sometimes
overtake the latter. There is a form with
variegated leaves.
i 'ulture dtc. as above.
T. macropoda.— A native of China
and Japan 2-3 ft. high, with sessile or
shortly stalked oblong acute leaves 4-5
in. long, smooth above, downy beneath.
The yellowish or whitish-purple flowers
appear in autumn and are covered with
blackish-purple spots.
Cult a re itc. as above.
T. pilosa (T. elegans).—k native of
the Himalayas with hairy stems 2-4 ft.
high, and oblong, slightly hairy, stem-
clasping leaves 4-6 in. long. The white
flowers are marked with large deep purple
spots.
Culture d-c. as above.
CLINTONIA. — A genus containing
about 6 species of pretty little herbaceous
perennials, with more or less creeping
rootstocks, obovate oblong or broadly
lance- shaped leaves, and small flowers
with distinct narrow petals. Stamens 6,
ovary sessile 3-celled. Fruit a roundish
or ovoid oblong indehiscent berry.
It may be mentioned here that the
plants best known in gardens under the
name of Clinton ia properly belong to the
genus Downingia, which see, p. 555.
C. andrewsiana. — A pretty Californian
perennial 12-18 in. high, with broadly
oblong or lance-shaped pointed leaves,
and deep rosy bell- shaped flowers borne
in May and June in umbels at the end of
the scape.
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
PAEIS
Cult it re and Propagation. — This
species and the others nourish in damp
and shady places in sandy peat, and may
be grown in sheltered nooks of the rock
garden in bold masses for effect. The
easiest way to increase them is by divid-
ing the roots in spring as growth is com-
mencing, or early in autumn. Seeds if
obtainable may also be sown in cold
frames.
C. umbellata. — A pretty little North
American plant 6-12 in. high, with deep
green Lily of the Valley-like leaves, and
rounded umbels of white starry flowers
with protruding stamens produced in May
and June.
Culture cC'c. as above.
C. uniflora. — A distinct N. American
perennial about 6 in. high, with lance-
shaped acute leaves and white flowers,
the latter usually being solitary, rarely
in pairs, and borne in July.
Culture dtc. as above.
TRILLIUM (American Wood Lily).
A genus of dwarf herbaceous perennials
with short thick descending or horizontal
rootstocks, and remarkable for having its
leaves and flowers arranged in threes.
The three broad almost sessile or long-
stalked leaves are whorled on top of
the stems, and are 3-5-nerved and
feather-veined, and a solitary erect or
drooping flower is borne with or without
a stalk from the centre. The 3 outer seg-
ments of the perianth are sepal-like and
persistent, while the 3 inner larger ones
are petal-like. Stamens 6. Stigmas 3.
Capsule a round or ovoid often 3-ribbed
berry.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Wood Lilies are interesting plants suit-
able for half- shady places in the flower
border, or near shady walks, and also in
shady nooks in the rockery. They like a
deep well -drained peaty soil and plenty
of water during the summer months.
New plants may be obtained by carefully
dividing the rootstocks in autumn when
the plants are well established. Of the
species described below T. grandiflorum
is the best and most showy. They are
all natives of N. America.
T. cernuum. — A species about 18 in.
high, with broadly rhomboidal leaves 2-6
in. long, abruptly tapering to a point and
shortly stalked. The rather small droop-
ing flowers appear in April and May,
having white wavy recurved inner seg-
ments, rather longer than the outside
lance-shaped ones.
Culture d'c. as above.
T. erectum (T. feetidum ; T. pendu-
lum; T. rhomboideum). — This is variously
known in America as Beth-root, Birth-
root, and Lamb's Quarters. It grows
about 1 ft. high, and has sessile broadly
rhomboidal leaves, abruptly tapering to a
point. The fetid flowers appear in May
on stalks 1|— 3 in. long, having dark purple
inner segments. In the variety a lb u m they
are greenish-white or rarely yellowish,
and in ochroleucum yellowish-white.
Culture <£c. as above.
T. erythrocarpum (Painted Wood
Lily). — This is about the same height as
the other species, with ovate tapering
leaves 3-5 in. long, rounded at the base
and shortly stalked. The flowers appear
in April and May, the wavy inner segments
being white striped with purple at the
base.
Culture Sc. as above.
T. grandiflorum {Wake Bobin). — A
fine free-growing species 12-18 in. high,
with almost stalkless rhomboid ovate
taper-pointed leaves 3-5 in. long, and
snowy white flowers about 3 in. across,
produced in May, and sometimes flushed
with rose. The variety maximum is a
larger flowered form.
Other Trilliums not so well-known are
nivale, white; ovatum, similar to gra/ndi-
florv/m but earlier; recurvation with purple
recurved flowers ; sessile, flowers at first
yellow, afterwards deep purple, appear-
ing in March and April ; the variety
iitnituin has blackish-carmine flowers of
great distinctness, and another variety is
white, striped and spotted with purple.
T. stylosv/m from the S. United States
(also known as T. Catesbcei and T.
nervosum) produces its rose-tinted flowers
in April and May, but is similar in habit
to the others.
( ' ult ure <tc. as above.
PARIS (Herb Paris). — A small
genus of herbaceous plants with creeping
rootstocks and simple stems with one
whorl of 4 or more leaves, and solitary
strong-smelling greenish flowers with 4-6
distinct segments, the outer sepal-like
ones being spreading herbaceous, ovate or
wedge-shaped, the inner petal-like ones
linearorawl-shaped. Stamens8-12, nearly
VERATRUM
LILY ORDER
ZYGADENUS 881
bypogynous, sometimes as in P. quadri-
fa/ in with the connective produced beyond
the anthers. Capsule a 4-5-valved berry.
P. quadrifolia. An interesting but
not very showy plant, native of Britain
and the northern parts of the Old World.
Its round stems 6-12 in. high have usually
a single whorl of 4 obovate oblong leaves
about 3 in. long, distinctly 3-5-nerved.
The flowers appear in May and June, and
are about 2 in. across, having 4 green
lance-shaped outer segments or sepals,
and 4 linear or thread-like yellowish
petals, and 8 stamens with the connective
much produced beyond the anthers. The
black 4-sided berry is very conspicuous
when the flowers wither.
Culture mill Propagation. — This plant
will grow in ordinary soil and may be
naturalised in moist shady spots near
water. Increased by dividing the root-
stocks, and sowing seed as soon as ripe.
VERATRUM (False or White
Hellebore). — A genus of distinct Look-
ing herbaceous perennials with thick creep-
ing very poisonous rootstocks, and erect
stems clothed with broad strongly nerved
or plaited leaves contracted into a broad
sheathing base. The purplish-green or
white polygamous flowers are borne in
branched panicles. The perianth consists
of 6 spreading lobes united at the base
into a short tube. Stamens 6, on the base
of the segments.
Culture and Propagation. — Vera-
trums have a bold appearance and are
useful for mixing with other fine foliaged
perennials in good masses in borders or
grassland. They like a somewhat shaded
position, and a rich loamy soil to which
may be added a little peat and leaf
mould.
The plants may be increased by
separating the tufts about September or
October. Seeds may also be sown as soon
as ripe, but they sprout very slowly and
irregularly, and often do not appear until
the second year. When large enough,
the seedlings may be pricked out in light
rich soil 12-18 in. apart and allowed to
remain until large enough for flowering
often several years after the seeds have
been sown.
V. album (White Hellebore). — A fine
perennial 3-5 ft. high, native of the
pasture land in the Caucasus and Altai
Mountains. The somewhat downy stems
are furnished with large alternate sessile
broadly oval leaves 1 ft. or more long,
regularly folded or plaited. The flowers,
which are whitish within and greenish
outside, with spreading crisped denticulate
segments, appear in July in dense panicles
1-2 ft. long. The variety lobelia u u m
has wholly greenish flowers, with narrower
segments than in the type ; and the
varity viride (Helonias viridis) from N.
America has greenish flowers with lance-
shaped segments, in loose lateral racemes,
often reflexed.
Culture <ir. as above.
V. Maacki. — A native of Siberia with
slender stems about 2 ft. high, and lance-
shaped leaves about 6 in. long, the lower
ones being stalked, the upper ones sessile.
The dark purple flowers with oblong seg-
ments, blackish at the base, appear in July
in loose panicles 6-12 in. long.
Cult nri' it<-. as above.
V. nigrum. — An ornamental plant
native of Central Europe with erect stems
2-3 ft. high, slightly bulbous at the base,
and clothed with oblong plaited leaves 1
ft. long and 6-8 in. broad, narrowed at
the base. The blackish -purple flowers,
with oblong blunt segments, are borne in
June in dense racemes 1-3 ft. long.
Culture <£c. as above.
ZYGADENUS.— A genus of her-
baceous plants having rhizomes or bulbs,
and long linear leaves radical or clustered
at the base of the erect simple stem, which
ends in a simple or branched raceme of
hermaphrodite or polygamous flowers.
The perianth consists of 6 segments,
sometimes united at the base into a very
short turbinate tube, sometimes distinct,
flat and rotately spreading. Stamens 6,
on the base of the segments, having
slender or stiffish filaments united round
the style. Capsule ovoid or oblong, many-
seeded.
Culture and Propagation. — These
plants are not particularly showy but are
of an interesting character attractive to
many, especially those with a love of
quaint appearance and botanical interest.
They like a deep moist peaty soil, and
may be grown on the shaded fringes of
Rhododendron beds, or near water. The
plants are usually increased by division in
autumn or spring, and also by seeds
which are produced in this country, and
may be sown in cold frames as soon as
ripe.
3 L
882 PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS pontederia
Z. elegans (Z. glaucus). — Also a na- small white flowers, with oblong acute
tive of N. America, 1-2 ft. high, with firm distinctly clawed segments, appear m
linear glaucous - green leaves, 1-1^ in. June, borne on loosely branched racemes
long, thickly nerved. The flowers appear 1-2 in. long.
in summer in loose racemes, and are Culture dc. as above,
o-reenish outside, white within, the oblong These are the two kinds best known,
segments being thickly nerved. but the following are occasionally seen in
Culture d-c. as above. botanical collections : — -angustifolius, 12-
18 in. high, with white flowers turning to
Z. glaberrimus (Helonicts bracteata). purple ; Fremonti, about the same height
A North American plant 2-3 ft. high, with creamy white flowers; Musccetoxi-
with creeping rootstocks and linear cum, 1-2 ft. high, with greenish- white
grassy leaves 12-18 in. long, those on the flowers ; and Nuttalli, 6-18 in. high,
stems being very much reduced. The with white flowers.
CXV. JUNCACEiE— Rush Order
An order of herbaceous plants with a short and often perennial rootstock,
erect simple stems, often with thick pith, and slender, flat or round leaves.
The small green or brown hermaphrodite or dioecious flowers are borne in
axillary or terminal cymes, and consist of a regular 6-parted inferior perianth
in 2 series. Stamens usually 6, attached to the base of the segments, or
hvpogynous. Fruit capsular.
There are few plants of any garden value in this order. The common
Bush, Juncus effusus (or J. communis), is a well-known native of marshy
places. The variety spiralis is a curious plant with dense tufts of spirally
twisted leaves, some being almost corkscrew-like. The plants of this variety
come true from seed. By the edges of ponds they may be grown, if not for
their beauty, at least for their singular appearance.
CXVI. PONTEDERIACEiE— Pickerel Weed Order
A small order of aquatic herbs sometimes having the rootstocks creeping in
mud, and sometimes floating in water, the leaf stems producing roots from
the joints. The perfect leaves are long-stalked with a floating or emersed blade,
the submersed leaves often being reduced to linear stalks without blades.
The flowers are hermaphrodite, slightly irregular, or sometimes regular, and
borne in terminal racemes or spikes. Perianth inferior, free from the ovary,
and consisting of 6 lobes, more or less distinctly in 2 series. Stamens 6 or 3.
Ovary superior 3-celled. Fruit a dry few- or many-seeded capsule.
PONTEDERIA (Pickerel Weed). often sterile and enclosed, the 3 lower
A small genus of showy water plants with protruding.
creeping rootstocks, long-stalked heart- P. cordata (P. lanceolata). — A beautiful
shaped or oblong leaves (those of the N. American species 1-3 ft. high, with
stems being shortly stalked), and terminal creeping rootstocks, and thick bright green
racemes of blue funnel-shaped flowers, lance-shaped cordate leaves on long stalks
having an incurved slender or rarely which are dilated and sheathing at the
shortened tube, and a somewhat 2-lipped base. During the summer months the sky-
perianth. Stamens 6, the 3 upper ones blue flowers are borne in dense racemes,
HYDROCHARIS
FROG BIT ORDER
STKATIOTES 883
but are occasionally whitish with a
greenish spot on the inside of the upper
lobe. The variety angustifolia is recog-
nised by its narrower leaves and smaller
brighter blue flowers.
Culture and Propagation. — This is
one of the finest and most showy water
plants when grown in large masses, and
is much admired for the elegance of its
leaves, among which nestle the spikes of
blue flowers. It is quite hardy and may
be grown in shallow water or at the edges
of lakes, pools &c. where its rhizomes can
creep freely in the mud. It grows better
submerged about a foot, and the water is
also a protection from very severe frosts.
Open sunny situations are best for the
Pickerel Weed, which dislikes shaded
places. It is easily increased by division
of the tufts at almost any season, but pre-
ferably in spring. Seeds may also be
sown in pots sunk in water. When the
seedlings are large enough they may be
pricked out and given more room.
Closely related are Eichornea azurea
and E. crassipes, natives of tropical
America. They will grow freely out of
doors in most parts during the summer
months, but require the protection of a
warm greenhouse in winter. Small tufts
are easily grown in bowls or tubs of
water, and look very handsome when in
bloom. Grown in pots or tubs they
might be sunk in ponds and lakes during
the summer months.
Division I. PETALOIDEM (p. 127). Series II. Ei>k;yx.k (p. 127).
CXVII. HYDROCHARIDE^ Frog Bit Order
An order of aquatic herbs with floating or submerged, opposite or whorled
leaves. Flowers usually dioecious, with a 6-parted perianth. Stamens at the
base of the segments, 3, 6 or more. Ovary with 3 or G bifid styles. Fruit
usually a berry, submerged, 1-6-celled.
HYDROCHARIS (Frog Bit).— This
genus contains only 1 species : —
H. Morsus-Ranae. — A pretty little
water plant with fibrous and bulbiferous
roots found in ponds and ditches in vari-
ous parts of England. It is easily recog-
nised by its roundish kidney-shaped leaves
1-1| in. long, deep green above, reddish
beneath. Flowers from July to August,
erect, white, about 1 in. across, with broadly
obovate crumpled petals.
Culture and Propagation. — This plant
thrives in any still, clear, or muddy water
and may be increased by seeds sown in
pans of wet muddy soil when ripe, or in
spring ; or by runners which root at the
joints transplanted in autumn or spring.
STRATIOTES.— A genus with only
one species : —
S. aloides (Water Soldier). — A curi-
ously interesting water plant, native of
the ponds and ditches in the British
Islands, and having short stolon-bearing
rootstocks. The leaves spring upwards
and outwards from the root, and are
6-18 in. long, deep green, tapering to a
point, and with spiny teeth on the mar-
gins. The sub- dioecious flowers appear
from June to August, and are about U
in. across, with 3 white or yellowish inner
divisions larger than the 3 outer greenish
ones. In the male flowers there are
numerous stamens, but in the female ones
there are mostly staminodes, and a com-
pressed ovary with 6 linear styles.
Culture and Propagation. — This plant
is grown more as a curiosity than anything
else. It will flourish in any piece of
water and may be left to increase itself at
pleasure by means of its creeping root-
stocks. When division is necessary it may
be done in early autumn or in spring.
CXVIII. DIOSCOREACE^— Yam Order
A small order of plants often with tuberous roots, twining stems, and alternate
leaves, remarkable for having netted veins, instead of parallel or curved ones,
3l 2
884 PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS thalia
as in most other Monocotyledons. Flowers inconspicuous usually 1-sexed,
and borne in axillary panicles or racemes. Perianth often bell-shaped and
6-lobed. Stamens 6, free. Ovary 3-celled. Styles 3.
There are only 8 genera and about 160 species in this order, and perhaps
the most important plants in it are the Yams (Dioscorea), the fleshy roots of
which are largely cultivated as articles of food in tropical and sub-tropical
countries.
TAMUS (Black Bryony). — A genus Culture and Propagation. — Although
having two species, the one here de- a native plant and not remarkable for the
scribed being the best known : — beauty of its blossoms, the Black Bryony
T. communis. — An ornamental native is nevertheless a beautiful plant for cover-
climber found growing wild in the copses ing arbours, trellises &c. It nourishes in
and hedges in many parts of England. ordinary garden soil, and likes somewhat
It has black ovoid fleshy rootstocks and shaded positions. It may be increased
slender angular branched stems which by carefully separating the blackish root-
grow several feet long. The ovate heart- stocks in spring or autumn, or by sowing
shaped tapering leaves are 2-3 in. long, seeds when ripe in cold frames. The
with long stalks, and the minute flowers common Bryony described at p. 461 is
appear in May and June, and are sue- quite distinct from the Black Bryony in
ceeded by oblong red berries about | in. structure, although both plants agree in
iong. being climbers.
CXIX. SC ITAM I NEi£— Ginger Order
An order of usually perennial herbs with more or less creeping or tuberous-
rootstocks, and leaves variously arranged, the stalk usually forming a sheath.
Flowers hermaphrodite or rarely polygamous, irregular, borne in spikes,
racemes, or panicles. Perianth superior, normally double, the outer portion
calyx-like, the inner corolla-like, the segments variously united, or one or
other absent. Stamens sometimes 5, equal, free, the sixth absent or small ;
often only one stamen perfect, the others being changed into irregular poly-
morphous variously united staminodes which are much longer than the
perianth segments and brightly coloured, usually red or yellow, and form the
showy part of the flower. Ovary inferior, 3-celled. Fruit crowned by the
persistent calyx or naked, containing 1 or more seeds.
This order contains about 450 species widely distributed over the warmer
parts of the globe. Many ornamental representatives are grown in hothouses,
and although those mentioned below are grown out of doors in the British
Islands during the summer months, they are not really hardy.
ROSCOEA purpurea. — A charming kingdom. It flourishes in rich and well-
tuberous - rooted Himalayan perennial drained sandy loam and peat in sheltered
about 0 in. high, with lance-shaped taper- spots, and may be increased by separating
ing wavy leaves 4-6 in. long, stem- clasping the tuberous roots in spring, or after the
at the base. Flowers in July and August, leaves and flowers have withered,
deep or pale purple with a broad drooping
2-lobed lip, and narrow perianth segments. THALIA. — A small genus of herba-
Culture and Propagation. — Although ceous plants with fleshy rootstocks, large
for many years grown as a hothouse ornamental leaves, and flowers in loose
plant, this species has proved quite hardy spikes or panicles. Sepals 3, free, equal.
in the open air in the milder parts of the membranous. Petals 3, free or very
CANNA
GINGER ORDER
(ANNA 885
slightly united at the base. The andrce-
cium (or male organs) has a short tube
and irregular petaloid lobes, one narrow
one only bearing an anther. The 1 -celled
ovary becomes an oblong ovoid or roundish
1-seeded capsule.
T. dealbata. — A beautiful water or
marsh plant 3-5 ft. high, native of
Southern Carolina. It has creeping root-
stocks and long-stalked heart-shaped ovate
leaves 4-6 in. or more long, covered with
a conspicuous blue-green ' bloom.' Its
blue and purple flowers are borne in
loose trusses well above the foliage from
June to September.
Culture and Propagation. — This ele-
gant plant although often grown in green-
houses is perfectly hardy in the mild
southern and western parts of the
kingdom, and looks charming when grown
in bold masses near the edges of streams,
lakes &c. It likes sheltered sunny situa-
tions, and the rootstocks should be buried
in the mud at least a foot below the
surface of the water if they are to remain
undisturbed during the winter. When
this plan is not adopted the plants may
be grown in pots or tubs in sandy peat and
loam and sunk in the water from May to
October. They may then be lifted and
stored under the stages in greenhouses or
in cold frames in winter. The plants may
be increased by separating the rootstocks
in early spring, potting up the divided
portions and growing on in a greenhouse
until the end of May, when it wiD be safe
to plant them out as a rule.
CANNA (Indian* Shot). — A genus of
erect often tall-growing perennial herbs
with ornamental leaves and showy flowers
in erect simple or branched racemes.
Sepals and petals 3. Stamens petal-like,
shortly tubular at the base, with narrow
or wedge-shaped oblong lobes, the outer
ones nearly equal, imbricate, sometimes
2 more or less united, the third one free,
sometimes all absent ; the 2 inner ones
narrower, one being sterile, the other
bearing a linear 1 -celled anther with a
petal-like lobe adnate at the side. Fruit
a spiny 3-celled capsule with numerous
hard roundish shot-like seeds from which
the popular name ' Indian Shot ' has been
derived.
Although nearly 100 species have
been described, Mr. J. G. Baker, who has
studied these plants closely, is of opinion
that they can all be reduced to about a
dozen distinct species. These are of little
use from an ornamental point of vi< w.
and are confined chiefly to botanical
collections, but the magnificent hybrids
which have been raised from them, and
for which we are indebted in the first
place to Continental nurserymen, are
among the most showy and ornamental
of plants for the summer garden. One of
the first to obtain Canna hybrids was a
M. Annee of Paris, who in 1848 raised C.
Anncei from seeds of C. nepalensis, which
had probably been fertilised with the
pollen of some other unknown sort. This
strain became so popular that in 1861
over 20,000 tufts of it were used in the
parks and squares of Paris, and from it
have been derived a large number of
the tall garden forms having handsome
foliage varying in colour from soft green
to reddish-purple.
In 1863 another fine strain was raised
from tin Peruvian C. i/ridiflora, and the
Costa Bican C. Warscewiczi, and although
believed to have been obtained first in
Paris, was distributed by M. Kolb, in-
spector of the Botanic Gardens, Munich,
being called at first i/ridiflora hybrida,
but afterwards Ehemanni.
Within the last quarter of a century
several other species have been taken in
hand by such French nurserymen as
Crozy, Sisley, Vilmorin, and Lemoine,
and now we have beautiful forms which
are variously known as ' Gladiolus-
flowered,' • Orchid - flowered,' besides
numerous others simply called ' large-
flowered ' varieties. Besides the species
mentioned above, discolor, flaccida,
glauca, liliiflora, and zebrina have
played a part, and as the original types
are no longer used, their progeny has
become thoroughly mixed and blended
in garden forms. The result has been a
new race with flowers of every shade of
colour, among them being red, scarlet,
yellow, orange, bronze, and intermediate
shades, many of them distinctly washed
and blotched with other colours.
Culture and Propagation. — Carinas
are very easily grown. They like a deep
rich sandy loam which has been well
manured, and dug previous to planting.
Warrn sunny situations, sheltered from
violent and cutting winds which tear the
foliage, should be chosen, especially in
northern parts of the country. The root-
stocks may be obtained in the autumn
after the foliage has withered, or in early
,ssi;
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
CANNA
spring, as they are then more easily
transmitted without any soil adhering to
them. During the winter months they
are perfectly safe under a stage in the
greenhouse or even in cellars or other
places where Dahlia roots are stored from
the frost. They may be potted in early
spring and started into growth in a little
heat and moisture, and when fairly well
furnished with leaves may be moved to
cooler quarters so as to be hardy enough
to plant out by the end of May. "Where
the convenience of a greenhouse does not
exist the rootstocks may be planted out in
Ma}' where they are to bloom. In the
south and other favourable parts of the
country it is not absolutely necessary to
take the • roots up every autumn, but in
such cases it is much safer to protect them
with litter.
After planting, especially in the case
of roots that have not been started in heat,
the soil may be covered with a layer of
short well-rotted manure or the remains
of an old mushroom bed, and given a
thorough good soaking with water. This
treatment will enable the plants to become
established more quickly and stimulate
their growth. In hot dry summers the
plants can hardly have too much water,
and wherever clean luxuriant foliage and
trusses of brilliant flowers are required,
watering should on no account be
neglected. It is best given in the even-
ing, and about twice a week a soaking
with liquid manure will be beneficial
when the plants are growing vigor-
ously.
Cannas are easily increased by seeds
and by dividing the rootstocks. The
latter operation is best performed in
spring when the roots are to be started
into growth in the greenhouse or planted
out. Each bud or shoot carefully de-
tached will make a new plant and the
operation is easily performed with com-
mon sense and a sharp knife. Where
choice and rare varieties exist, this is the
best way to increase them.
Seeds may be sown in heat in early
spring and when large enough to handle
may be grown on in pots for the first
season so as to make good plants for the
outdoor garden the following season.
The seeds being very hard sometimes
take rather a long time to sprout. If
soaked for 24 hours in warm water, or for
several days in tepid water, before sowing,
germination will be facilitated therebv,
owing to the outer seed-coat being more
or less softened.
Hybrid Cannas of the present day are
among the most ornamental and useful
plants for the outdoor garden during the
summer months. They produce not only
large and beautiful flowers, but have also
a graceful habit and beautifully tinted
large and luxuriant foliage which lends
a sub-tropieal air to the garden. Grown
in masses or groups by themselves on
the lawn, or near the edges of lakes or
streams, or even in thin borders or
shrubberies, they have a most picturesque
appearance. AVhen in beds on grass, the
less showy flowering kinds may have
large-flowered Gladiolus brenchleyensis
or Lemoinei hybrids (see pp. 949, 951)
mixed with them, as I have seen in Paris,
and the effect when the Gladioli are in
bloom is verj7 charming.
As there is a good deal of variation in
regard to height, it is advisable when
planting Cannas not to mix tall and dwarf
varieties indiscriminately. The taller
varieties should naturally occupy the
centre of groups, and so as not to appear
too crowded when fully grown should be
planted about 3 ft. apart. The outer rows
of dwarfer kinds maj- be 18-24 hi. apart,
those on the extreme edge being closer
together than the others. As a rule too
many varieties should not be planted
together unless due attention is paid to
the coloration of the foliage, which is
rather an important point for effect, and
the best results are to be obtained by
having the varieties separate or not more
than 2 or 3 judiciously mixed.
The following is a short list of the
best garden Cannas grown at present,
but it must be borne in mind that new
varieties are constantly appearing, and
many mentioned below will a few years
hence probably be unknown. They are
arranged according to the predominating
colours, but there are often streaks,
blotches, or edgings of other colours.
Large-flowered Cannas with green
foliage
Red and scarlet shades. — Admiral
Gervais, Aigrette, Alexandre Billiard,
Alphonse Bouvier, Ami Pichon,
Argos, Battle Standard, Beaute Poite-
viue, Bellona, Berthal, Bonfire, Ch.
Henderson, Ch. Van Geert, Chevreul,
Colonel Chard, Columbia, Columbus,
Dragon, Duke of York, E. Milne-
('ANNA
GINGER ORDER
CANNA 887
Redhead, Ed. Mieg, Emile Lemoine,
Emperor William II., Etendard,
~Explorateur Campbell, F. B. Pierson,
Feli& Crousse, Flag of War, Flambea/u,
Flam/i/ngo, Francisque Morel, Frederic
Benary, G. Sennholz, Gartendirector
Siebert, Germania, Gloire du Montet,
Goliath, Henri Martin, James Kelway,
John La/i/ng, Jules Chretien, Kaiser
WilheVm, Konigvn Charlotte, L'Eclatant,
Louis Thibaud, Madame Crozij, Madame
(li met, Madame Oriol, Madame Perrin
des lies, Marquise Arthur de VAigle,
Martin CaJiuzac, Maurice Muay,
Menelik, Meteor, Michelet, Miss Sarah-
Hill, Nardy Pere, Nicola Backe,
ObelAsque, Panache, Papa Canna,
Papillon, Paul Bruant, Persimmon,
Peter Drummond, Princess Bonnie,
Provenqal, Quasimodo, B. P. Ker,
Boi des Rouges, Shirburniam, Sophie
Buchner, Souvenir de Antoine Crozy,
Souvenir de Asa Grey, Strawberry,
The Martian, Thiophile Viard, Ulrich
Br u uner, Vice - President Luizet,
Vicomte de Keroiuartz, Victoria Cross,
W. Pfitzer, William Bull.
Yellow and orange shades. — Admiral
Courbet, Alsace, Amiral Avellan,
Antoine Barton, Aurca, Ayrshire,
Britannia, Burba-nk, Capitaine P. de
Suzzoni, Carlton, Claribel, Colihri,
Cometo, Comte de Bouchaud, Comtesse
de VEstoile, Conquerant, Conspieuuiu,
Constantine, Constellation, Coronation,
Cote d'Or, Delight, Domino, Doyen J.
Liabaud, Dr. Vergely, Duchess of York,
Edith Watson, Eldorado, Fashoda,
Florence Vaughan, Frangois Corbin,
Francoise Crozy, Franz Buchner, Gloire
Lijonnaise, Gloria, Gold-mine, Golden
Queen, Henry Irving, Incendie, L. E.
Bally, Langport King, Lord Kitchener,
M. Cleveland, M. H. Debrouse, Madame
Camille, Madame la Baronne P.
Thenard, Madame Montefiore, Magni-
fique, Marie Corelli, Meteorite, Paul
Meylan, Pavonia, Pioneer, Ponson du
Terrail, Primrose, Progression, Queen of
Denmark, Beichskanzler Filrst Hohen-
lohe, Senateur Montefiore, Souvenir de
Francois Gaulin, Spotted Gem, Sun-
beams, Victoria, Wearne Wyche.
Various shades. - — Ami Jules
Chretien, soft chestnut-red or salmon
shade, large, grand; Antoine Chantin,
salmon, shaded cherry-red, large and
round, very free ; Aurore ; Comte Horace
<h- ('lioiseul, beautiful cerise-purple, very
large ; Hippolyte Flandrin, salmon-rose ;
Jules Menoreau, bright salmon-red; La
G it ill, large salmon, very effective; M.
Souleyberand, large spikes, long petals,
rich magenta, dwarf; Madame Barrie,
apricot - coloured flowers ; Madame
Chabanne, large round flowers, rosy-
salmon, with narrow yellow margin and
light centre, dwarf habit ; Ma reus
MicheU, soft rosy-crimson, narrow*yellow
margin, tine flowers; M d lie. Berat, pink ;
P. J. Berk man, rich magenta shade ; P.
Marquanf, Sowers deep salmon, passing to
rose-tinted carmine ; President Kruger,
flowers large and fine, salmon-red, edged
and mottled light yellow, dwarf ; Bosalind,
rose-pink, large spikes, free, distinct ;
Salmon Queen, .ilmost a clear salmon
shade, very distinct; Treyve Marie,
carmine and salmon, flowers large and
well opened.
Large-flowered Cannas with bronze and
purple foliage
Red, scarlet, and crimson shades. —
Admiral Are/Inn, Annette Novel, B. de
Jussieu. C68ar Bertholon, Charlemagne,
Edouard Andre, Egandale, Geoffrey
St. Hilaire, Graff 0. de Kerchove, Ilona
I'. Lasykary, Isaac Casati, J. Cordieux,
J. Montel, L. Montel, Legionnaire, Leon
Vassiliere, Mons. Bivoire, Multifiora
pit rpu r ea, Paul Lor enz, President Carnot,
President Dutailly, Bendatleri, T. H.
Bichon, T. S. Ware, Victor Hugo.
Various shades.— Cronstadt, reddish-
salmon, shaded carmine, very large ;
General de Negrier, garnet-purple, large
flower, very free ; ./. D. Cabos, pleasing
apricot shade, large ; Leonard Lille,
saffron - orange with purple - carmine
edges ; Paul Bert, circular flowers ;of a
glowing umber shade ; Senateur Milan d,
bright orange, excellent for lawns.
Large Orchid-flowering Cannas
Africa, purple- scarlet flowers, marked
with yellow and orange, purple-bronze
foliage striped green.
Alemannia, grows about 4^-6 ft. high.
The outer petals scarlet with a very broad
golden-yellow border ; the inside of the
blooms scarlet and dark red.
America, foliage of a beautiful bronze
colour with dark red hues. The spikes
large and flowers of a beautiful glowing
888
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
MUSA
reddish-purple, flarned and striped, height
4-5 ft.
Aphrodite, broad green leaves, large
golden-yellow flowers spotted salmon,
height 6 ft.
Asia, dark green foliage, large flowers
of a rich golden-yellow, inner petal dotted
scarlet, height 3 ft.
Atalanta, very large deep orange-
carmine flowers, foliage greyish -green
with dark border.
Australia, very large salmon-red
flowers, striped sulphur-yellow, foliage
dark green with brown border.
Austria, stems 6-9 ft. high, flower
large bright canary-yellow dotted brown.
Bavaria, large green leaves with a
bluish hue, very large spikes of flowers
of a brilliant golden-yellow, covered all
over with scarlet spots ; extremely hand-
some, height 3 ft.
Borussia, green leaves, flowers canary-
yellow with a golden hue, and red spots,
height 3-4 ft.
Campania, large flowers, inner petals
chrome-yellow with carmine spots, outer
petals sulphur-yellow, glaucous foliage.
Charles Naudin, very large salmon-
red flowers, foliage dark green bordered
brown.
H. Wendland, broad green leaves, large
flowers ; petals scarlet, with a golden -
yellow border ; height 4 ft.
Heinrich Seidel, green leaves, flowers
of a vivid fiery red, with yellow border ;
height 3 ft.
Iberia, glaucous leaves, flowers
golden - yellow with red border, inner
petals crimson, height 3 ft.
Italia, 4-8 ft. in height, flowers large,
scarlet, tinged at the tips and margined
yellow.
Kronas, broad sea-green leaves,
flowers rich sulphur-yellow, spotted red,
height 3 ft.
La France, leaves of a splendid pur-
ple, flowers brilliant yellowish-scarlet ;
height 4 ft.
Oceanus. bright green leaves, flowers
yellow, spotted red, very beautiful, height
3 ft.
Pandora, purple leaves, flowers fiery
red, the borders and inside of petals are
gold-flamed ; height 3 ft.
Partinope, sea-green leaves, flowers
vivid dark orange-yellow, height 3 ft.
Perseus, glaucous green foliage,
flowers canary-jellow with scarlet pen-
cillings, height 3 ft.
Pluto, large purple foliage, extra large
flowers, of a scarlet-purple, flamed* red
inside, height about 3 ft.
Professor Treub, large scarlet flowers,
striped with salmon, broad bronze foliage,
with a deep green hue.
Roma, large yellow flowers flamed
with salmon-red, glaucous green foliage.
Suevia, Banana-like leaves, slender
stalks, very large flowers, of a pure
canary-yellow, and bronzed inside.
Trinacria, large and numerous
sulphur-yellow flowers, green foliage.
William Beck, green leaves, sulphur-
yellow flowers with scarlet pencillings.
MUSA (Banana). — The Bananas are
very closely related to the Cannas, but
differ in having 5 out of the 6 stamens
normal, the sixth one being represented
by a small awl-like body without an
anther, and there are no brightly coloured
staminodes as in Canna. The only
species of any value for the outdoor
garden during the summer months is
M. Ensete, an Abyssinian species with
a thickish stem 1-3 ft. in diameter at the
base, and attaining a height of 10-20 ft.
The more or less erect oblong leaves
when fully developed are 12-16 ft. long,
2-4 ft. wide, of a bright pleasing green,
and a beautiful broad bright crimson
midrib.
Culture and Propagation. — In warm
parts of the country the effects of a group
of plants of Musa Ensete can be well
imagined. Even in midland and northern
parts of the country this species may be
grown outside in warm, sheltered, but
not confined nooks, during the summer
months, to give a tropical aspect to the
vegetation. In autumn the plants may
be lifted and stored on shelves in green-
houses. The leaves should be tied up
and the roots covered with soil or a piece
of matting. In early spring the plants
may be started into growth like the
Cannas, potting them up, or planting in
a warm and moist corner of the green-
house, and gradually hardening them off
so as to be ready for the open air by the
first week in June. Where large con-
servatories exist M. Ensete forms an
ornamental subject planted out in beds of
rich well-manured soil.
OPHIOPOGON
SNAKE'S BEARD ORDER
TECOPHIL^A 889
CXX. HJEMODORACEJE— Snake's Beard Order
An order of smooth or downy perennials with short tuberous rootstocks, tufts
of narrow linear leaves, and flowers in more or less dense panicles, clusters,
spikes, or racemes. Flowers hermaphrodite, regular or slightly irregular.
Perianth woolly or downy outside, with 6 distinct lobes or segments. Sta-
mens 6, all perfect or 1-3 reduced to staminodes. Ovary inferior or half-
inferior, usually 3-celled.
There are about 120 species belonging to this order, but very few of them
are of garden value.
WACHENDORFIA.— A genus with
about 7 species of tuberous-rooted per-
ennials having a few sword-shaped or
rarely linear leaves, sometimes large and
more or less plaited. Flowers yellow in
terminal and often hairy panicles or
trusses.
W. thyrsiflora. — A South African
species about 2 ft. high with simple stems
and broad sword - shaped plaited leaves.
The yellow flowers, with 6 lance-shaped
acute segments, appear in early summer,
about a dozen in a loose erect raceme.
Culture and Propagation. — This, the
best known species, flourishes in sandy
peat, loam, and leaf soil, but can be re-
garded as hardy only in the mildest parts
of the kingdom. In severe winters the
roots shoidd be protected from frost and
also cold rains by means of sheets of glass,
handlights, or a little bracken &c. They
may be increased by division of the
tuberous roots in spring as growth is
commencing or by means of seeds sown
in cold frames or gentle heat when ripe.
OPHIOPOGON (Snake's Beard).—
A small genus of herbaceous plants with
short thickish rhizomes, tufts of long
linear leaves, and small violet, blue, or
white flowers borne in simple erect
racemes. Perianth segments 6. Sta-
mens 6. Ovary inferior 3-celled.
Culture and Propagation. — These
plants are suitable for edgings to borders
or for growing in bold masses in flower
beds or nooks in the rockery. When in
bloom they look ornamental, but the
variegated forms are most attractive
when not in bloom. They flourish in
ordinary good and well -drained garden
soil and may be easily increased by
dividing the tufts in spring. They can
scarcely be considered hardy except in
the mildest parts of the kingdom.
O. Jaburan. — A Japanese species with
tufts of deep green linear leaves 1^-3 ft.
long, and spikes of white or lilac-tinted
blossoms in July. The variety variegata
is a beautiful plant with creamy-white or
yellowish bands running down the green
leaves.
Culture rrc. as above. The variegated
form of this species is largely grown in
pots for greenhouse decoration.
O. japonicus. — Another Japanese
species forming compact tufts of arching
linear leaves 9-12 in. long and having
white or lilac blossoms in loose spikes in
June. The variety variegatus has the
leaves striped with yellowish-white and
is more ornamental than the type.
Culture &c. as above.
LIRIOPE. — A genus with only one
species : —
L. spicata (Ophiopogon spicatus). — A
pretty Chinese and Japanese perennial
with tufts of radical linear lance-shaped
3-nerved leaves arising from a short thick
rhizome. The small whitish or lilac
bell -shaped flowers deeply divided into
6 segments appear late in summer and
are borne in spikes 6-9 in. long.
Culture dc. as above for Ophiopogon.
TECOPHILiEA.— A genus having
2 species of perennials with fibrous-coated
underground conns or tubers from which
spring one or a few linear lance-shaped
leaves. Scapes with one or few blue
flowers with a 6-parted perianth. Sta-
mens 6, attached to the throat of the
tube, 3 being perfect, and 3 reduced to
staminodes. Ovary inferior 3-celled,
becoming a many-seeded capsule when
ripe.
T. cyanocrocus (Chilian Crocus). — -A
charming Chilian plant 6-9 in. high, with
fibrous-coated conns, each bearing 1-3
890 PB ACTIO AL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS calypso
linear channelled wavy leaves. The bulbs, as they are popularly called) shoidd
sweet-scented flowers appear in March be planted about August, in a compost of
and April in loose trusses, and are of sandy peat and leaf mould, and at least
brilliant gentian-blue with a whitish 6-9 in. deep at the base of a south wall,
centre. The variety Leichttini has so as to afford good protection in winter,
deeper blue flowers without a whitish In pots a depth of 3 in. will be sufficient,
centre, and the variety Begeli may be During wet cold weather the dormant
recognised by having narrower leaves and conns should be protected with litter or
perianth segments. handlights, as they like moisture only
Culture and Propagation. — From the when in vigorous growth. The best way
Thames Valley southwards, and on the to increase the plant is by separating the
milder parts of the west coast, this pretty offsets from the old corms and replanting
plant may be regarded as hardy when in special beds until they attain flowering
grown at the base of a south wall. In size. Seeds may also be sown in cold
other localities it is safer to grow it in frames when ripe, but they do not flower
pots for cold frames or cool greenhouses. for a few years.
In the outdoor garden the corms (or
CXXI. ORCH I DEiE— Orchid Order
An order of perennial epiphytical or terrestrial herbs, the hardy ones mostly
with fascicled or tuberous roots, and sheathing radical or stalkless cauline
leaves. Flowers solitary, or in spikes, racemes, or panicles. Flowers usually
hermaphrodite, irregular. Perianth superior, coloured, composed of 6 segments,
the 3 outer of which are similar, and also the 2 inner side ones, whilst the lower
segment, called the ' lip ' or ' labellum,' is quite distinct from the others, often
assuming peculiar forms and sometimes spurred at the base. Stamens and
style united into a ' column.' Anther 1 opposite the lip, or 2, and opposite
the side lobes in Cypripedium. Pollen waxy or granular, cohering in 2, 4, or
8 masses. Fruit a 1-celled 3-valved inferior twisted capsule, containing
numerous minute seeds.
Between 300 and 400 genera containing about 5000 species belong to the
Orchid family, but most of those in cultivation require to be grown in warm
or cold greenhouses. They exhibit the greatest variation in size and structure,
and a large number of them are exceedingly beautiful when in bloom — although
far from handsome when not. There is no other family of plants which has
so much excited and still continues to excite the wonder of all plant lovers,
and now that large and beautifully flowering kinds are rarely found in a
wild state, the gardener has devoted his attention to producing by means of
artificial fertilisation a large number of beautiful hybrids.
The Orchids described below, although not to be compared in showiness or
size to many of their tender exotic brethren, are nevertheless quite as beautiful
and interesting in structure, and possess the great advantage of being
more or less easily cultivated in the open air in most parts of the kingdom.
CALYPSO. — A genus with only 1 heart-shaped, thin, many-nerved leaves,
species : — Flowei-s in summer, solitary, with delicate
C. borealis. — A charming N. American rosy-purple sepals and petals and a white
Orchid having the stems usually thickened lip crested with yellow, and heavily
into ' pseudobulbs ' — that is, stems resem- blotched with deep brown,
bling a bulb in appearance only, not in Culture and Propagation. — This
structure, about 1 ft. high, with ovate or species succeeds well in half-shady spots
CALOPOGON
ORCHID ORDER
OKCHIS 891
in more or less boggy situations at the
foot of the rockery. The soil may be
composed of peat, leaf-soil, sand, with a
covering of coco-nut fibre in winter. The
plants may be increased by offsets from
the base, in spring, but it is not advisable
to tamper with them too much unless fine
clumps have become established.
CALOPOGON. —This genus contains
about 4 species, all natives of N. America,
but the following is the only one usually
met with in cultivation : —
C. pulchellus (Liu/oitoriuii tuberosum).
A pretty tuberous-rooted Orchid about
IB in. high, with radical grass-like leaves.
Flowers late in summer, in loose racemes,
purple, the lip having a conspicuous tuft
or beard of pale yellow hairs on the
' crest.'
Culture and Propagation. — May be
grown in similar situations, but not quite
so moist, as Calypso boreaUs. Increased
by careful separation of the tubers in the
resting stage.
ORCHIS. — A genus of terrestrial
Orchids with roundish ovoid or paimately
divided tubers and sheathing leaves.
Flowers in dense loose spikes or in very
short pedicellate racemes. Sepals and
petals almost equal ; lip 3- (rarely 4-5-)
lobed, drooping, and spurred.
Culture and Propagation. — The kinds
described below are the best out of some
80 species for garden purposes. They
flourish in deep rich well-drained sandy
loam mixed with a little peat. To obtain
the best effects, the plants should be grown
in masses, and are usually best in low
level spots in the rockery in partially
shaded situations. When the various
kinds are grown together it is not unusual
for them to fertilise one with another and
thus produce hybrids naturally. In this
way seedlings appear spontaneously,
sometimes resembling one species more
than another, but usually quite distinct
from the tj'pe.
O. foliosa. — A showy species, native of
Madeira, 1^-2 -i ft. high, with oblong un-
spotted leaves and spikes of purple flowers
about 9 in. long, produced in early summer.
Sepals and petals almost similar ; lip
broad, drooping, 3- lobed, much longer
than the spur.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species may be grown in deep light soil
in sheltered parts of the rockery. It may
also be grown in pots, and plunged during
the summer months outside, and in severe
winters lifted and protected in cold frames
or greenhouses.
O. latifolia (0. palmata). — Marsh
Orchis.— A pretty British Orchid 1-3 ft.
high, with oblong or lance-shaped leaves
spotted with purple-black, and loose spikes
of purple flowers borne from May to July.
Lip obscurely 3-lobed, spurred and
spotted.
There is a narrow-leaved form called
amgustifolia, a variety of a sub-species
known as incarnata with lance-shaped
acute unspotted leaves and flowers of a
pale pink larger than the type.
Culture dbc. as above. This species
may be grown with Calypsoborcalis and
Cypripedium spectabile in boggy or
marshy ground, and increased by division
in autumn. When grown with 0.
in acuta ta there is always a chance of
obtaining hybrids where the plants grow
vigorously and flower freely.
O. laxiflora. — A pretty orchid 1-3 ft.
high, native of the Channel Islands, with
roundish tubers, unspotted lance-shaped
leaves and loose spikes of bright reddish-
purple flowers, produced in early summer ;
sepals and petals blunt ; lip with large
crenulate side-lobes, spotted, and having
a stout blunt spur.
Culture Sc. as above. May be grown
in boggy soil, and increased by separation
of the tubers in autumn.
O. maculata (Spotted Orrliis). — A
showy British species 6-18 in. high, with
palmate tubers, and narrow oblong lance-
shaped, usually spotted leaves. Flowers
from May to July, very pale purple or
white, spotted, rarely pure white, and
borne in a dense oblong pyramidal spike.
Lip deeply 3-lobed, spurred.
Culture d-c. as above. May be grown
in deep moist loam in shady parts of the
rockery. Increased by separation of the
hand-like tubers in autumn. In favour-
able spots seeds are freely produced and
seedlings spring up spontaneously in
spring. Plants obtained in this way are
better than those obtained by division,
and there is always a chance of securing
a good hybrid, as this species often crosses
readily with O. foliosa.
O. purpurea (0. fused). — Another
pretty British species found in Kent and
Sussex on the Downs in chalky soils. It
has ovoid tubers and stout stems 1-3 ft.
892
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS cypripedium
high, with oblong blunt leaves 3-5 in. long.
Flowers in early summer, several on a
spike, green and purple outside, paler
inside and spotted, with a pale rose 3-lobed
lip, spurred behind.
There are several other British Orchids
that might be used with advantage like
the above, among them being 0. Morio,
the Green Winged Orchis, 0. mascula,
0. militaris, 0. pyramidalis &c. They
shovdd, however, all be transplanted from
their natural habitats in autumn and not
in spring, just as they are beginning to
make their growth for the season. With
them may be associated the Bee Orchis
(Ophrys apifera), the Fly Orchis (0.
viuscifera), the Spider Orchis (O. arani-
fera), the Tway Blade (Listera ovata),
the Fen Orchis (Liparis Lceseli), the
White and Bed Helleborine (Cephalan-
tliera pattens and C. rubra), the Fragrant
Orchis (Hahe)iaria conopsea) &c.
Culture Ac. as above.
CYPRIPEDIUM (Lady's Slipper
Orchid). — A genus of terrestrial herbs
with a short or creeping rootstock and
erect leafj" stems. The flowers differ from
all other Orchids in having 2 stamens —
1 on each side of the column, and the
2 lower sepals usually united into 1 — thus
making with the pouched or sac-like lip
apparently 5 instead of 6 divisions or
segments.
Culture and Propagation. — As a
rule the best place to grow hardy Lady
Slippers successfully is in a low-lying
moist part of the garden sheltered
from cold winds, but not exposed to the
mid-day sun. The soil in which they
grow best is a mixture of rough peat and
well-decayed leaf-soil in about equal pro-
portions. To this may be added a little
fibrous loam and old Sphagnum or other
moss, so as to retain the moisture.
Although dampness is an essential in the
good cultivation of Lady Slipper Orchids,
the underlying soil upon which the peat,
leaf- soil, moss &c. is placed to a depth of
about 18 in. should be of a more or less
porous nature, so as to allow the water to
pass away freely and not remain stagnant
at the roots. The plants may be increased
by carefully dividing the roots with a
sharp knife in autumn or early spi-ing.
care being taken not to injure the dormant
buds.
The following is a list of the best
hardy Lady Slippers, but there are many
choice varieties, besides innumerable
hybrids and crossbred varieties grown
in warm glass houses.
C. acaule. — A rare species, native of
the N. United States, with broad, light
green, softly hairy leaves from the centre
of which arises a stout scape, 8-12 in.
high, in early summer, bearing a single
large flower. Sepals and petals greenish,
shorter than the drooping pouch, which is
of a beautiful warm rose blotched with
purple.
Culture dc. as above. This species
succeeds in peaty or sandy soil and leaf
mould but is rather difficult to grow well.
It is also known as C. humile.
C. arietinum. — A pretty little species
7-10 in. high, native of N. America, with
stiff leafy stems and solitary flowers in
early summer. Sepals and petals greenish -
brown ; lip red, veined with white.
Culture d-c. as above. May be grown
like C. acaule.
C. Calceolus. — A. rare British and
European species with stems 6-18 in. high
and oblong tapering, ribbed, downy leaves.
Flowers in early summer, 1-2 on a stalk,
with red-brown sepals, linear tapering
petals, and a large obovoid pale yellow
pouch.
Culture dc. as above. This is best in
warm and rather sunny corners of the rock
garden in rich well-drained fibrous loam.
It is now very rarely met with in England,
and great care should be exercised in
dividing it in autumn.
C. californicum. — A beautiful Califor-
nian species 1-2 ft. high, with bright
green lance-shaped tapering, or broadly
ovate leaves. The small flowers appear
about August and September, have dull
yellow oval sepals, linear oblong tapering
petals, and a whitish rounded lip spotted
with rose or pale brown.
Culture dc. as above. This species is
somewhat difficult to establish. It seems
to grow best in moist shady places in a
compost of sandy peat, leaf soil and moss.
C. candidum. — A rare N. American
species about 1 ft. high, with oblong
lance-shaped deep green and somewhat
downy leaves. The small flowers appear
in early summer, and have greenish-
brown sepals and petals, and a white lip.
Culture dc. as above.
C. guttatum. — A rare and charming
species 6-9 in. high, native of N. Europe
CYI'KIPEDIUM
ORCHID ORDER
NABCISSUS 893
and N. America, with twin, broadly ovate,
downy leaves. Flowers in summer, rather
small, solitary, of a beautiful snowy white
heavily blotched or marbled with rosy
purple.
Culture dtc. as above. This should
be grown in peaty soil mixed with leaf
mould and sand, in partially shaded
positions where it will have plenty of
moisture during the growing period, but
comparative dryness in winter.
C. japonicum. — A rare and distinct
Japanese species 6-12 in. high with large
twin heart-shaped light green leaves with
crinkled edges. Flowers in summer,
solitary; sepals greenish, spotted with
red ; petals and lip white, washed and
dotted with crimson.
Culture dtc. as above. This species
flourishes in peat, loam and leaf soil, and
likes shade and moisture in summer, but
dryness in winter, and even a little pro-
tection with leaves &c. in bleak localities.
C. macranthum. — A handsome Siberian
species 9-12 in. high, with bright green
leaves and large deep rich purple flowers
produced singly on the stems in early
summer, and remarkable for the much-
inflated pouch or lip.
Culture die. as above. This species
flourishes in rich heavy loam with a little
peat and leaf soil.
C. montanum. — A pretty little Orchid
about a foot high, native of Oregon, with
lance-shaped downy leaves, and flowers
with brownish-purple sepals and petals
and a white lip, the interior of which is
striped with red, the yellow column being
spotted with crimson.
Cull a re </r. as above.
C. parviflorum. — A North American
species closely related to ('. jiuheseens. It
lias leafy stems 1.1 -2 ft. high, and rather
small sweet-scented flowers. The sepals
and spirally twisted petals are of a deep
shining purple-brown, and the lip bright
yellow.
Culture die. as above. Flourishes in
peat, loam, and leaf soil in sheltered moist
and shady spots.
C. pubescens. — A beautiful K. Ameri-
can species 1', 2 ft. high, with lance-
shaped ovate ribbed downy leaves and
large flowers, 1-3 on each stem, in early
slimmer ; sepals and the narrow spirally
twisted petals yellowish-brown with deep
coloured veins ; lip pale j'ellow, somewhat
flattened at the sides.
Cult it re dbc. as above. Grows well in
well-drained peaty loam.
C. spectabile (Moccasin Flower). — A
showy species 1.1 3 ft. high, native of the
W. United States, with downy ribbed
ovate pointed light green leaves. Flowers
in summer, large, white, slightly tinged
with rose, the inflated and furrowed lip
being of a bright rosy-carmine. The
variety album has pure white flowers.
Cult it re die. as above. This species
flourishes in boggy peaty soil, and forms
a handsome picture in the rockery or in
moist borders facing north or east. In-
creased by division in autumn when well-
established.
CXXII. AMARYLLIDE^ Daffodil and Snowdrop Order
A genus of bulbous plants, often with beautiful large sweet-scented flowers,
borne singly or in clusters at the end of a scape. Leaves linear or strap-
shaped. Flowers hermaphrodite regular, or slightly irregular. Perianth
superior, consisting of 6 segments or lobes in 2 distinct whorls, the outer ones
being sometimes larger or smaller than the inner. Stamens usually 6, inserted
on the tube, throat, or base of the segments ; filaments slender, free, or
membranous and dilated at the base, and often more or less united to form
a cup. Fruit inferior, capsular or fleshy, 3-celled.
NARCISSUS (Daffodil).— A genus
of beautiful bulbous plants with narrow
linear or strap-like radical leaves. Flowers
usually white or yellow, solitary or in
umbels, drooping or more or less nodding,
issuing from a membranous spathe.
Perianth tubular- or funnel-shaped below,
with 6 spreading segments, and a circular
cup-shaped or tubular appendage at the
mouth of the tube called a crown, corona,
or trumpet. Stamens free or adnate to
the perianth-tube.
894
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS narcissus
From the earliest times the Narcissus
or Daffodil has been a popular flower,
and poets who were not gardeners, and
gardeners who were not poets, have sung
its praises. It is essentially a flower of
spring, and it is not astonishing that its
great hardiness and exquisite beauty of
form and colour have made it one of the
most popular of garden plants at the
present day. Thousands of bulbs are
now planted where some years ago there
were scarcely dozens. Gardens that were
once dull and uninteresting are now
clothed in spring with sheets of Daffodil
blossoms of various forms and hues, and
our public gardens attract by their means
thousands of plant lovers, and thus stimu-
late them to go and do likewise but on
a smaller scale in their own gardens. In
fact any one almost can grow Daffodils,
but as in other things some will grow
them much better than others.
Position. — It does not matter much
where the Daffodil is planted : it is always
pretty ; in the border, or in beds, in groups
on the lawn, under trees, on grassy banks,
or by the sides of lakes or streams, or in
the wild .garden or pleasure-ground. A
visit to the Royal Gardens, Kew, in March
and April will give an idea of the great
beauty of the Daffodil when planted in
hundreds in the grass and rising knolls.
In such positions a mixture of varieties
has a charming effect, but when grown in
beds each variety looks better by itself
than mixed with others.
Soil. — Any kind of good garden soil
without peat will suit the Daffodil, but
such a soil as that recommended for the
Gladiolus, a deep and rather stiffish loam,
will give grand results. Although re-
quiring abundance of air and no stifling,
Daffodils prefer a partially shaded position
to a very sunny one, as their flowers last
a much longer time.
Well-rotted stable manure and leaf-
soil may be incorporated with the ground
to enrich it, but should always be placed at
least 9-12 inches beneath the surface, so
that the bulbs do not come in direct contact
with it. It is quite unnecessary to waste
money on expensive chemical manures.
Planting. — Daffodil bulbs may be
planted from August to Christmas, but as
there is a ' best time ' for doing everything
in gardening, the month of September
will be found the best time for planting
most Daffodils to give the finest display of
bloom the following spring. The bulbs
should be planted from 2 to 4 inches
beneath the surface and may be from 4 to
6 inches or even more apart.
Ha westing. — As soon as the foliage has
turned or is turning yellow from May to
the end of June, the bulbs may be lifted.
It will be found that most of them have
produced 2 or 3 side bulbs. These may be
detached, and with the others stored in a
cool dry airy place until required for
planting again. Except when it is
required to rapidly increase the stock, it
is not necessary to lift the bulbs every
year, but they should not be allowed to
remain longer than 3 years without
moving and dividing. They increase
rapidly, and after this length of time will
have fairly well exhausted the soil of
nutriment.
Hybrid or Seedling Daffodils. —
Although of recent years there has been
a great influx of seedling and hybrid
varieties of Daffodils, the practice of
raising hybrids is very old, dating from
the time of John Parkinson who flowered
the first one he ever raised in 1618. The
late Dean Herbert of Manchester took
the matter seriously in hand and raised
a good many. Dr. Edward Leeds, of
Longford Bridge, Manchester (comme-
morated by the Leedsi group), Mr. W.
Backhouse of Durham (after whom the
Baclihousei section is named), and Mr
John Horsfield, a Lancashire weaver,
who raised the ever-popular Horsfiehli,
are among some of the earlier hybridists
of Daffodils. Of late years the Rev. G. H.
Engleheart of Appleshaw, Andover, has
set about the work of raising Hybrid
Daffodils carefully and scientifically, and
his labours have been rewarded with some
of the finest, purest and most charming
varieties. Mr. Peter Barr, of London, Mr.
W. Baylor Hartland, of Cork, and Mr. J.
Allen of Shepton Mallet have also added
considerably to the large number of
hybrids in this country, while Mr. De
Graaf of Leiden, and Herr Max Leichtlin
of Baden-Baden, on the Continent, have
also enriched our collections.
The process of raising hybrids is
carried out in the same way as for raising
Gladioli or any other class of plants.
The brightest, warmest, and most favour-
able days are chosen, and the fertilised
flowers marked. Where flowers of quite
distinct groups are crossed, the parentage
should always be recorded in a book kept
for the purpose, and any circumstances
NARCISSUS
NABCISSUS ORDER
NARCISSUS 895
that may possibly be useful later on
should also be recorded. It is well to
apply the pollen 2 or 3 times a day for
several days in the case of flowers which
produce rather infertile pollen or do not
ripen seeds so well or so plentifully as
others.
The seed being thoroughly ripe may
be sown in pans or boxes of carefully
prepared light sandy loam. The second
year the young bulbs may be planted out
in a prepared bed, and according as they
make good growth may receive more
room at each transplanting. It is a slow
process, however, and from 3 to (5 years
must elapse before flowering bulbs are
produced, and it takes 2 or 3 years
more to develop or establish the cha-
racter of the seedlings. Many will be
rank failures, perhaps, but as Mr.
Engleheart has so successfully proved,
there may also be some real gems among
them.
From a botanical point of view the
Daffodils are a good deal confused and
mixed up, and the operations of the
hybridist have not tended to make the task
of the botanist an easier one. In the
natural species I have adopted the names
given by Mr. J. G. Baker, F.R.S., in his
' Handbook on the Ainaiwllideae.'
A rough classification of the Daffodils
would indicate two main and perhaps
natural groups, viz. (1) those having only
one flower on a stem or scape, and (2)
those having more than one flower on a
scape.
This would result in the following
division : —
I. Narcissi with 1 flower on a scape.
\
1. N
Bulbocodium.
(a) Graellsi.
(b) nivalis.
(c) hedrccantha.
(d) citrinus.
(e) monophyllus.
2. N. Pseudo-narcissus.
(a) mtiticus.
(b) cy da mine us.
(c) major.
(d) minor.
(e) bicolor.
( /) moschatus.
3. N. incomparabilis.
(a) aurantius.
(b) albus.
4. N. poeticus.
(a) radiiflorus.
^Magni-
coronati)
(Medio-
coronati)
(Parvi-
coronati)
II.
(Medio-
coronati)
4. N
Narcissi with more than 1 flower
mi a scape.
N. triandrus.
(a) ciilathinus.
N. odorus.
N. juncifolius.
(a) gaditanus.
(b) Htimitiflontx.
(c) rwpicola.
Tazetta.
(a) lacticolor.
(b) corcyrensis.
(c) patulus.
(d) ochroleucus.
(e) /itipt/raceus.
(/) Panizzianus.
(g) dubius.
(h) canarievsis.
(i) pachybolbos.
(j) polyamtho8.
(k) italicus.
(Z) Bertoloni.
(in) aureus.
(n) cupularis.
N. intermedius.
N, gracilis.
N. Jonquilla.
(a) N .jonquilloides.
N. viridiflorus.
N. serotinus.
((/) N. deficiens.
N. elegans.
, N. Broussonetii.
\ (Parvi-
' coronati)
In the one - flowered section N.
Bulbocodium and N. Pseudo-narcissus
constitute Mr. Baker's Magnicoronati,
and are characterised by having a funnel-
shaped or cylindrical corona as long as or
longer than the perianth segments. N.
incomparabilis belongs to the Medio-
coronati, which have a cup-shaped corona
about half as long as the perianth
segments. And N. poeticus belongs to
the Parvicoronati, which have a small
obconic or saucer-shaped corona.
In the section having more than one
flower on a scape, only N. triandrus,
N. odorus and N. juncifolius belong
to Mr. Baker's Mediocoronati, while all
the others belong to the Parvicoronati.
As there are now in cultivation a vast
number of forms in which the coronas
pass gradually from the small (Parvi-
coronati) to the large [Magnicoronati)
section, it is often very difficult to decide
into which group they should be placed.
At least I have found it so, but never
found any difficulty in deciding whether
896
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS narcissus
a flower-scape had one or more than one
flower upon it. A comparison of the
two sections will also show that the
species in them are naturally closely
related, more particularly those having
more than one flower on a stem.
Where hybrids between the two groups
have been obtained, it will usually be
found that the result will end in favour of
the group with more than one flower, as
in the case of the one-flowered incoin-
parabilis and poeticus crossed with the
many-flowered Tazetta. The progeny
have more than one flower on the stem,
and range themselves naturally nearer the
latter species. N. biflorus, classed as a
species by Mr. Baker, has now been proved
to be a natural hybrid between poeticus
and Tazetta, and has been found growing
with its parents near Montpellier.
The following is a list of the best
species and garden varieties of Narcissus
for cultivation out of doors : —
N. Backhousei. — A beautiful hybrid
between P. Pseudo-narcissus and P.
incompiarabilis, having bold solitary hori-
zontal flowers with a long lemon-yellow
cup or corona and sulphur-yellow oblong
segments over 1 in. long. There are
several forms, among which Wolley-Dod
with primrose segments and a deep yellow
crown ; W. Wilhs, primrose with an
orange-yellow corona ; and Joseph LaJcin,
primrose, with deep yellow corona, are
the best.
Culture dc. as above, p. 894.
N. Barri. — A handsome hybrid be-
tween N. incomparabilis and N '. poeticus,
having linear twisted glaucous leaves
about 1 ft. long, and solitary horizon-
tal or ascending flowers, with sulphur-
yellow segments, and an obconic corona
lemon-yellow at the base, passing into
orange-yellow upwards. The following
are some of the best forms grown : —
Baroness Heath, similar to conspicuus,
but having smaller and rounded flowers.
Cinderella, divisions white, cup sul-
phur, tinged orange.
Conspicuus, large spreading divisions,
cup orange -yellow, richly stained orange-
scarlet.
Dorothy E. Wemyss, large white seg-
ments with canary-yellow cup edged with
orange-scarlet.
Flora Wilson, large pure white peri-
anth, lemon cup, edged orange-scarlet.
John Stevenson, sulphury - white,
divisions expanded, cup tinged with
bright orange and margined deep fiery
orange.
Maurice Vilmorin, broadly imbricated
pale sulphur divisions, large cup slightly
contracted, of deep orange or orange-
scarlet.
Miriam Barton, delicate primrose-
yellow.
Mrs. Dyer, yellow, orange cup, late
flowering.
Orphee, medimn-sized flower, prim-
rose-coloured, beautiful scarlet-margined
cup.
Sensation, perianth pure white, cup
bright yellow, beautifully margined with
orange-scarlet.
Siddington, yellow segments, open
cup, broadly edged with orange-red.
Culture dtc. as above, p. 894.
N. Bernardi. — A beautiful late-flower-
ing Daffodil, probably a natural hybrid,
found wild in the south of Prance. It
has white segments and an orange or
lemon-yellow plaited corona, and emits a
sweet fragrance. Mr. Baker ranks it as
a form of N. Macleayi. The form called
H. E. Buxton has white segments and a
bright orange-scarlet cup.
Culture dc. as above, p. 894.
N. bicolor. — A distinct and beautiful
form of N. Pseudo-narcissus, distin-
guished by having broad white spreading
and much imbricated segments, 1^—2 in.
long, and a large trumpet or corona about
the same length, of a bright lemon-
yellow, and 1-1 i in. or more across at
the mouth, the rim of which is reflexed
and crisped.
Culture dc. as above, p. 894. All the
bicolor Daffodils are worth growing,
and naturalised in grass-land make
glorious spring pictures. The contrast
in colour between the segments and trum-
pet is very striking. The following list
includes some of the best forms :
Ada Brooke, a variety flowering
between Empress and Grandee ; perianth
white, trumpet rich orange-yellow.
Cabeeeiras, large rich yellow trumpet,
elegantly frilled at brim, perianth white
shading to primrose towards base.
Dean Herbert, perianth full primrose
changing to sulphur, very large rich
yellow trumpet.
Ellen Willmott, segments creamy-
white, trumpet lemon-yellow, very fine.
Empress, one of the largest of this
NARCISSUS
NARCISSUS ORDER
NARCISSUS 897
group, flowers similar in colour to Hors-
fieldi, but of greater substance.
Grandee (maxim its), trumpet large,
lemon colour, perianth pure white, ten
days later than Horsfielch.
Horsfieldi, the trumpet is of a rich
golden-yellow, with a white perianth. It
is of great size, very early ; as a cut
flower it is grand.
James Walker (albidus), sulphury-
white divisions, golden trumpet.
John Davidson, segments creamy-
white, trumpet clear yellow.
Madame Plemp, broad white seg-
ments, large golden-yellow trumpet.
Michael Foster (sulphureacens), large
yellow trumpet, sulphur perianth.
Mrs. J. B. M. Comm, large creamy-
white trumpet and pure white perianth,
one of the most distinct and finest of the
bicolors.
Mrs. Mori and Cross field, large flower
with pure white segments and char
yellow trumpet.
Mrs. Walter T. Ware, broad white
segments, golden trumpet, well expanded
and frilled.
Portia, soft primrose segments, yel-
low trumpet.
Prince Colibri, creamy- white seg-
ments, broad thick-set yellow trumpet.
Princeps (Irish Giant), immense pale
sulphur trumpets, as large as mammus,
sulphur or creamy-white segments, excel-
lent for naturalising in grass.
T. A. Dorrien- Smith, sulphur-white
segments, rich yellow trumpet.
Victoria, the finest of all the bicolors,
early-flowering, divisions pure white,
trumpet clear yellow, probably a cross
between Grandee and Empress.
Weardale Perfection, a splendid
Daffodil with large white segments, and an
immense bold very pale primrose trumpet.
N. biflorus (N. medio-luteus). — Prim-
rose Peerless Daffodil. — This is a natural
hybrid between N.poeticus and N. Tazetta,
and is similar to the former in habit.
Two flowers, rarely one or three, are
borne on a scape, and have pure white
segments with an obconic pale yellow
corona, much crisped on the edge. This
pretty Daffodil is naturalised in parts of
England and Ireland, but is a native of
the south of France growing with its
parents.
Culture dr. as above, p. 894.
N. Broussoneti [Mogador Narcissus).
A very remarkable and distinct species
native of Morocco. It has narrow strap-
shaped pale glaucous green leaves 1-^-2 ft.
long, and two or three times twisted from
left to right. From 6 to 9 pure white sweet ly
scented flowers are borne on the top of the
scape, each blossom being about an inch
across with a slender white tube 1A in.
long. The corona in the centre is rudi-
mentary or .-ilinost absent, and 3 of the
golden-knobbed stamens are inserted down
the tube, the 3 others being inserted round
the mouth of the tube and much protru-
ding in comparison.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species unfortunately does not appear to
be of much value in the hardy flower
border, as it is not only a shy bloomer, but
also apparently flowers at the end of the
year when our climate is most unf avourabl e.
It will grow well under a south wall, but
as a rule will not flower except in the
warm atmosphere of a greenhouse.
N. Bulbocodium (A7, turgid/us ; Cor-
bularia Bulbocod/iv/m ; C. serotina). —
Hooped Petticoat or Medusa Trumpet
Daffodil. — A charming and distinct
Daffodil with ovoid bulbs about '■[ in. in
diameter, and 3-4 roundish channelled
leaves 3-12 in. long- The solitary flowers
appear in April and May, bright yellow,
with narrow lance-shaped segments and
a very large broadly funnel-shaped or
obconic corona, with entire or crenulate
edges. There are several fine varieties of
this, the best being citrinus, which has
pale lemon-yellow flowers; conspicuus,
rich golden-yellow ; Graellsi, from the
Castilian mountains, usually has 2 compa-
ratively stout leaves and primrose-yellow
blossoms ; hedrceantha, has a single leaf
and small yellow flowers; monophylhts
(or Clusi) from Algeria usually has a
solitary slender leaf and snow-white
flowers produced from December to Feb-
ruary ; nivalis, from the mountains of
Central Spain, has 2-3 slender erect leaves
and orange-yellow flowers; and tenui-
folius with long rash-like leaves and
small golden-yellow flowers has a more
or less 6-lobed corona.
Culture dec. as above, p. 894. These
pretty little Hoop Petticoat Daffodils are
useful for rockeries and choice spots of the
border in warm sheltered spots. Grown
in pots they are charming in the cool
greenhouse and conservatory.
N. Burbidgei. — A beautiful hybrid
3 M
898
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS narcissus
Star Daffodil between N. incomparabilis
and N. %>oetieus, having linear glaucous
twisted leaves and a 2-edged scape about
1 ft. long. Flowers solitary with oblong
spreading pure white segments and a
yellow obconic corona edged with deep
cinnabar-red.
Culture dc. as above, p. 894. All the
Burbidgei Daffodils are beautiful, and
excellent for naturalising in grass-land,
flowering from March to the middle of
May, and opening even before poeticus
ornatus. The blooms last a good time in
a cut state and are useful for floral
decorations, bouquets &c. The following
list includes the best forms of Bur-
bidgei.
Agnes Barr, creamy-white segments,
cup yellow, stained orange.
Baroness Heath, segments yellow.
cup suffused with orange-scarlet.
Beatrice Heseltine, segments creamy-
white, cup edged orange-scarlet.
Constance, divisions of perianth sul-
phury-white changing to white, expanded
cup, beautifully edged orange-scarlet.
Crown Princess, divisions pure white,
cup yellow, margined orange.
Ellen Barr, snow-white perianth,
citron cup, stained orange-scarlet.
Falstaff, divisions pure white, lemon
cup margined orange.
John Bain, divisions white, citron cup.
Little Dirk, small well-shaped flower,
pale yellow with orange cup.
Mary, citron cup, stained orange,
divisions white.
Mercy Foster, segments white,
crinkled, cup canary-yellow, beautifully
frilled.
Mrs. C. Boivley, segments pure white,
cup glowing orange-red.
Model, divisions pure white, cup
stained orange, beautifully frilled.
Ossian, segments white, cup orange-
scarlet.
Princess Louise, perianth very large,
pure white, cup much expanded, orange-
scarlet changing to apricot, a very fine
variety.
Bob in Hood, divisions creamy- white,
cup stained orange.
N. cyclamineus. — A charming little
Portuguese Daffodil of the Pseudo-
narcissus group, 6-8 in. high, having
narrow linear leaves with a deeply grooved
keel, and solitary drooping flowers borne
on slender roundish stalks. The lemon-
yellow segments are abruptly reflexed.
reminding one of Cyclamen flowers, and
the orange-yellow cylindrical corona or
' trumpet ' has a serrated edge. The
variety major has larger flowers than the
type. Hybrid forms between this species
and Ar. bicolor Horsfieldi and N. obval-
laris {major) have been obtained.
Culture c£c. as above, p. 894. The
Cyclamen Daffodil, as it is appropriately
called, is useful for choice parts of the
rock garden or near the edges of lakes or
streams, as it prefers rather moist soil.
It may also be grown in pots like the
Hoop Petticoat Daffodil. Seedlings will
flower about 3 years after the seeds are
sown, and as the plants are apt to die out
when left undisturbed, every means of
increasing them should be adopted.
N. gracilis. — An elegant Daffodil,
native of Bordeaux, having bulbs about
1 in. in diameter, and narrow linear green
leaves about a foot long. From 3 to 5 pure
yellow, sweet-scented flowers are borne
on a weak slender roundish stalk about a
foot long, the segments being oblong-
acute, about 1 in. long, and the corona
obconic shallow. N. tenuior is similar,
but more slender in all its parts, and
has smaller sulphur- white flowers with
a yellow cup. becoming paler with age.
Mr. Baker retains N. gracilis as a species,
but Mr. Nicholson, in his ' Dictionary of
Gardening,' describes it as a hybrid be-
tween N. juncifolius and N. Tazetta.
Culture dtc. as above, p. 894.
N. Humei. — A beautiful hybrid raised
by Dr. Leeds of Manchester from the
natural hybrid N. pocuKformis and some
form of N. Pseudo-narcissus. The droop-
ing flowers borne singly on a stem have a
distinct character, with oblong sulphur-
yellow segments about li in. long, and a
shorter lemon-yellow corona, about 1 in.
across at the mouth, which is minutely
crenulate. The form albidus has milk-
white segments and a lemon-yellow
corona ; concolor is a distinct form, with
both segments and corona of a uniform
yellow; and Hume's Giant has yellow
flowers changing to primrose.
Culture d:c. as above, p. 894.
N. incomparabilis {Star Daffodil). —
A charming Daffodil, native of Central
and S.W. Europe, but now naturalised in
parts of the British Islands. The ovoid
bulbs are 1-1| in. thick, and develop
NABCISSUS
NARCISSUS OEDEli
NABCISSUS 899
about 4 linear glaucous leaves about 1 ft.
long. The solitary scentless flowers, 2-3
in. across, have pale yellow segments and
a lemon-yellow obconic corona. The
variety alb us has white segments and a
lemon-yellow corona. From it has come
the common double form known as
' Orange Phoenix.' The variety aurantius
has pale yellow segments and corona,
the latter being suffused with orange.
From this form has come the double
variety popularly known as % Butter
and Eggs.'
All forms of the incompa ra bills Daffo-
dil are beautiful for either indoor or out-
door decoration. They are sturdy and
free-flowering, and naturalised in grass
are very effective. Many of the distinct
groups like Barri, Burbidgei, Backhousei,
and Leedsi have been raised by means of
this species, but each of these groups has
been kept distinct in this work for the
sake of convenient reference.
The following is a list of the best
single forms of incoinparabilis : —
Albert Victor, sulphur-white, with a
deep yellow cup.
Annie Baden, pale sulphur-white,
with a white orange -stained cup.
Autocrat, a bold handsome large
flower, full self-yellow, with expanded
yellow crown.
Beauty, perianth sulphur-yellow, with
yellow bar. crown large and margined
orange-scarlet, tall strong grower and free
bloomer.
Bertie, perianth creamy- white and
broad, cup yellow edged orange.
C. J. Backhouse, perianth yellow, cup
long, and of a rich orange-red colour
throughout.
Commander, pale sulphur perianth,
large yellow cup stained orange-red.
Cynosure, large primrose perianth
changing to white, cup stained orange-
scarlet.
Dr. Gorman, pure white, pale yellow
cup.
Edward Hart, perianth and cup deep
yellow, of very distinct form.
Figaro, yellow, cup edged with
orange.
Frank Miles, large flower, soft clear
yellow, with gracefully twisted perianth,
exceedingly effective in masses and ex-
cellent for cutting.
George Nicholson, perianth pure white,
cup clear yellow, of fine form and great
substance, late.
Gloria Mundi, fine bold clear rich
yellow perianth, large cup much expanded
and very heavily stained orange-scarlet,
handsome and striking.
Goliath, large white perianth barred
yellow, large yellow cup.
Gwyther, large broad yellow perianth,
large cup suffused orange.
Hogarth, full yellow gauffered cup
very large and expanded, perianth twisted ;
a quaint flower.
James Bateman, pure white broad
perianth, clear yellow cup. a chaste flower
of good substance and fine form ; late-
flowering.
King of the Netherlands, perianth
sulphur, cup very large, spreading and
stained orange.
Leedsi, perianth yellow, cup stained
rich orange-scarlet, early.
Lorenzo, perianth soft primrose,
changing to white, cup yellow, a distinct
beautiful variety.
Luhvorth, pure white perianth, cup
bright orange-red. Some seasons the cup
comes split, but when perfect it is a
charming and beautiful flower.
Mabel Cowan, perianth white, cup
broadly margined orange-scarlet, a fine
flower of good substance.
Magog, perianth sulphur, large yellow
cup.
Mn ry Anderson, perianth pure white,
cup bright orange-scarlet, rather weak.
Poiteau, perianth white, cup yellow,
of a stiff firm habit.
Prince of Wales, perianth sulphur, cup
stained orange -scarlet.
Prince TecJc, broad finely formed
imbricated creamy-white perianth, cup
yellow, large and expanded.
Princess Mary, broad and well imbri-
cated creamy white perianth, large and
much-expanded cup suffused orange.
Queen Bess, pure white perianth, with
large light yellow much-expanded cup.
Queen Sophia, perianth sulphur, large,
spreading, frilled cup, heavily stained
orange-scarlet, delights in a good stiff
fibrous loamy soil.
Seml-Partitus, perianth soft pale
primrose, cup primrose, deeply lobed.
Sir Wafkln (probably a hybrid between
a form of Pseudo-narcissus and poetic •■us),
perianth rich sulphur, cup yellow, slightly
tinged with orange ; the bold handsome
flowers last long in water when cut,
and it is a strong sturdy grower.
Splendens, large broad imbricated
3 m 2
900
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS narcissus.
sulphur perianth, large cup edged orange-
scarlet.
Stella, large white perianth, with
yellow cup.
Titan, perianth yellow, cup margined
orange, flower large and well formed.
Among the double forms of incomjaara-
hilis may be mentioned: — Batter and
Eggs, with large rose -shaped flowers,
orange in the centre ; Primrose Queen.
large primrose-yellow, shading to orange
in the centre ; Orange Phoenix (or Eggs
and Bacon), white with a rich orange
centre; Sulphur Phoenix (or Codlinsand
Cream), pure white with a sulphur-yellow
centre ; and White Queen, a purer form
than Sulphur Phoenix.
Culture dc. as above, p. S94.
N. intermedius. — A native of Spain
and the south of France, and doubtless
a natural hybrid between a form of A'.
Tazetta and N. Jonquilla. The ovoid
bulbs are 1-1A in. thick, having about 4
roundish bright green leaves about f in.
through, and deeply channelled down the
face. The flower stalks are 1 ft. or more
long, with an umbel of 4-10 flowers having
bright lemon-yellow segments and an
orange-yellow cup-shaped corona. The
variety bifrons has narrower segments and
a longer corona. A form called Sunset
has canary-yellow flowers with a rich
orange-scarlet cup.
Culture, dc. as above, p. 894.
N. Johnstoni. — A beautiful Portuguese
Daffodil, a natural hybrid between N.
Pseudo-narcissus Horsficldi and N. tri-
andrus. It is somewhat variable, but the
type has clear rich soft sulphur-yellow
flowers. The best forms are Queen of
Spain with soft clear yellow flowers
scarcely rising above the foliage, having
gracefully reflexed segments, and a
straight cylindrical corona ; King of Spain
is very similar but has a shorter, wider and
more spreading corona ; Mrs. Geo. Cam-
mell, from Spain, is a scarce form with soft
clear self -yellow flowers ; and Snotvdrop
is a beautiful pale sulphur-yellow or white
form with a couple of drooping flowers on
a stem.
Culture dc. as above, p. 894. All the
Johnstoni hybrids prefer partially shaded
spots and are useful for naturalising in grass.
N. Jonquilla (Sweet-scented Jonquil).
A well-known Narcissus native of South
Europe and Algeria with ovoid bulbs 1-1 1
in. in diameter, and bearing 2-4 roundish
bright green leaves 8-12 in. long, deeply
channelled down the face. The slender
roundish stalks bear umbels of 2-6 beau-
tiful rich yellow flowers with a cup-shaped
corona, highly valued for their delicious
fragrance. The Jonquil is largely forced
for conservatory decoration in early
spring, but planted in a warm border having
a south or south-west aspect it will flower
very well out of doors, and its sweet-
scented blossoms are always an attraction.
The double Jonquil known as ' Queen
Anne's Jonquil ' is probably better for the
conservatory than for the outdoor garden.
The flowers are very double and of a rich
golden-yellow (see N. odor us). Other
forms of the Jonquil are jonquilloides, a
more robust form than the type ; minor.
a dwarf form with very slender leaves and
flowers only abottt half as large as those
of the ordinary Jonquil ; Burbidgei, in
which the corona is cut into 6 segments
almost to the base : and stellaris, recog-
nised by its reflexing lance -shaped seg-
ments and distinctly 6-lobed corona.
Culture dc. as above, p. 894.
N. juncifolius (Push-leaved Jonquil).
A graceful little plant, native of Spain and
Portugal and the south of France, with
ovoid bulbs less than 1 in. in diameter,
and 3-4 very slender round green erect
leaves 4-6 in. long. The round slender
peduncles 6-12 in. long have 1-4 stalked
flowers on top, with bright yellow ovate
segments about i in. long, and a cup-
shaped corona of the same or a slightly
darker shade. The variet}- gaditanus
usually has more flowers with longer
stalks in an umbel, and a truncated corona
almost as long as the segments; minuti-
fiorus has much smaller flowers than the
type ; and rupicola (or apodanthus) has
rather glaucous leaves and a distinctly 6-
lobed corona. It is Aery hardy and flowers
and seeds freely. N. scaberulus from
Portugal is closely related to rupicola. It
has small bulbs and 2 prostrate linear
glaucous leaves with rough edges and
keels. The scapes are 2-4 in. high and
bear 1-2 small yellow flowers with a cup-
shaped corona and 3 protruding stamens.
Culture dc. as above, p. 894.
N. Leedsi (Silver Star Daffodil).— A
beautiful hybrid between N. pocuUfornm
and N. inconrparabilis, having twisted
channelled glaucous leaves and solitary
horizontal or rather drooping flowers
borne on 2 -edged stalks longer than the
NARCISSUS
NA B CISS US ORDER
NARCISSUS 901
leaves. Segments oblong-acute, milky-
white, over 1 inch long ; corona cup-
shaped, sulphur-yellow, about I in. deep
and wide at the mouth.
Culture <(-i-. .is above, p. 894. The
Leedsi Daffodils are peculiarly chaste
and beautiful flowers, and on rich loamy
soil are excellent for beds, borders, and
grass land. There are many beautiful
forms grown, all good for cutting, among
the best being :
Acts, large white, with orange-stained
cup.
Albion, a large white flower with sul-
phur cup.
AmabiUs, white divisions large and
spreading, cup long and conspicuous,
changing from primrose to white.
Beatrice, one of the most noble of
this group, flowers pure white, elegantly
shaped cup, rather late Hovvering.
Cin-c (Gloriosu8, Duchess of Bra-
bant), divisions white, cup canary yellow,
changing to white.
Duchess of Connaught, long divisions,
and large expanded cup, pearly-white.
Duchess of Westminster, large pure
white perianth, long canary-yellow cup
tinted orange.
Fanny Mason, an elegant form, white
divisions, canary-yellow cup.
Gem, divisions and cup white ; a lovely
variety.
Grand Duchess, divisions of perianth
white, cup expanded, stained orange.
Honble. Mrs. Barton, a fine large
and well-shaped flower, large and broad
divisions, large and expanded cup of a
beautiful glistening white.
Ianthe, divisions sulphur changing to
white, cup canary - yellow, very late
flowering.
Katkerine Spurrell, divisions very
broad and overlapping, white of a beauti-
ful lustre, cup bright yellow.
Madame Magdalene de Graaff, usually
two-flowered, segments broad, creamy-
white, crown orange.
Madge Matthew, divisions of perianth
large white, well-formed cup.
Minnie Hume, perianth very large,
pure white, cup much expanded, large
canary-yellow, changing to white.
Mrs. Langtry, divisions of the perianth
very broad, pure white, with cup margined
golden-yellow.
Modesty, long silver-white segments,
drooping over and much longer than the
white corona.
Palmerston, large sweet-scented white
flowers with a canary-yellow corona.
Prmcess of Wales, flower pure white,
large expanded beautifully frilled cup.
Snjjerbus, divisions large and droop-
ing, pure white, cup changing from prim-
rose to white ; a fine massive flower.
N. Macleayi. — A charming little
French Daffodil, no doubt a natural hybrid,
with bulbs over 1 in. in diameter, and
about 6 linear bright green leaves. The
horizontal scentless flowers are solitary
on a somewhat 2-edged stalk 1 ft. long,
and have ovate oblong milky-white seg-
ments and a bright yellow corona, about
\ in. long and broad. Mr. Baker puts N.
;. N. i rid gmus, and N. Bernardi
as tonus of this Daffodil, but they are
placed separately in alphabetical order
iii this work, as they represent distinct
garden forms. N. Sabvni is like N. Mac-
leayi, but is a more vigorous plant with
larger flowers and corona.
('a I hi re So. as above, p. 894.
N. major {N. hispanicus). — Great
tfh Daffodil.— A large and vigorous
form of -Y. Pseudo-narcissus with, leaves
\- \ in. broad, and solitary flowers 2-2Jin.
long, and of a bright lemon-yellow, the co-
rona or trumpet having a deeply lobed and
much crisped margin, and a throat about
1 in. across. Maxvmus is closely related
but flowers more freely and has a more
spreading rim to the trumpet. The rich
deep golden-yellow blooms are also larger
and make this variety one of the hand-
somest of the large Trumpet Daffodils.
Obvallaris, known as the Tenby Daffodil,
is a distinct early form with beautiful
uniform yellow flowers. Spurius has
broad imbricated segments and a large
expanded corona, the whole flower being
of a beautiful self-yellow. Spurvus coro-
nal us has pale yellow segments. Tela-
mania* has sulphur-yellow segments and
a deeper-coloured corona. The double-
flowered form of this, Telamonius plenus,
better known as Van Sion in gardens, is
cultivated in great numbers for its fine
golden-yellow double flowers, and is a
first class kind for naturalising.
Culture it-c. as above, p. 894.
N. minor. — Another distinct form of
N. Pseudo-narcissus, but much smaller
in all its parts, with leaves 3-4 in. lone
and about \ in. broad. The flowers are
1-1 1 in. long, with gracefully twisted
oblong sulphur-yellow segments and a
902
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS narcissus
deeper yellow, deeply lobed spreading trum-
pet. The double form, minor ji^nits or
Rip Van Winkle, has deep yellow flowers.
The variety minimus is the smallest of
the Trumpet Daffodils, only 3-4 in. high,
with rich yellow flowers much smaller
than the type ; nanus is a strong-growing
dwarf form with bright yellow flowers,
the segments of which are longer than the
corona, which is less lobed than in the
type.
Culture dc. as above, p. 894. All this
group of Daffodils are excellent for the
edges of borders or shrubberies, and choice
spots in the rock garden. They are also
useful for pot culture.
N. moschatus (N. candidissimus). — A
beautiful Pyrenean and Spanish Daffodil
with the foliage and habit of N. Pseudo-
narcissus. The attractive flowers are
variable in size, having twisted segments
1-1 ~ in. long, at first tinged with pale
yellow, but afterwards pure white, and
as long as the corona or trumpet, about
1 in. across at the incised-crenate and
plaited rim. The variety albicans has
larger flowers, with the corona more re-
curved at the rim; cernuus has silvery
white drooping flowers, and cernuus pul-
cher is an improved form with a larger
spreading primrose trumpet passing to
white. There is also a pretty double -
flowered form of cernuus with white
blossoms, but it is rather rare. Tortuosus
(also known as Leda and Sarnian Belle)
has pure white twisted segments shorter
than the trumpet, which is at first sulphur-
yellow, but afterwards snowy-white.
Culture dc. as above, p. 894. The
moschatus Daffodils as a rule prefer par-
tially shaded situations and flourish in
stiffish loamy soil. Most of them are
suitable for naturalising in grass land, and
also in the rockery.
N. muticus (N. abscisstis). — This Pyre-
nean Daffodil is like N. Pseudo-narcissus
in habit but has rather broader leaves,
and flowers about li in. long, with sulphur-
yellow segments, and a deep lemon-yellow
corona, about J in. across.
Culture dc. as above, p. 894.
N. Nelsoni. — This is a beautiful and
strong-growing form of AT. Macleayi,
having creamy-white segments about 11
in. long, and f-1 in. broad, much imbri-
cated, and a lemon-yellow corona or
trumpet about half the length of the seg-
ments. The flowers of this group ar^
very distinct and are valuable for cutting.
They appear as a rule rather later than
the flowers of the bicolor group (p. 896).
Among the best forms of Nelsoni are the
following :—
Aurantius, a lovely form, divisions
white, very broad, straight cup, bright
yellow, margined with orange-scarlet.
Border Maid, segments pure white,
long clear yellow cup.
Major, flowers very large, white, cup
yellow slightly tinted with orange, divi-
sions broad.
Minor, pure white, cup yellow,
medium flower, very late.
Mrs. C. J. Backhouse, divisions pure
white, broad expanded yellow cup, dis-
tinct.
Mrs. E. G. Knights, white segments
and bold stiff bright yellow cup.
Pulchellus. divisions white and cup
yellow ; flower drooping and well-formed.
Wm. Backhouse, broad white seg-
ments, clear yellow cup.
Culture dc. as above, p. 894.
N. odorus. — This is known as the
' Campernelle Jonquil ' and is found wild
in Spain and France to Italy and Dalmatia,
but is now regarded as a hybrid between
N. Jonquilla and N. Pseudo-narcissus.
It has ovoid bulbs 1-1^ in. thick, and 3-4
narrow linear bright green rushy leaves
about j in. through, and deeply chan-
nelled down the face. The roundish scape
1-li ft. high bears 2-4 sweet-scented
uniform bright yellow flowers with
obovate oblong spreading segments, and
an obconic corona about \ in. deep, and
\ in. across the 6-lobed and crenated
mouth. The variety heminalis is a rare
and distinct form with smaller sweet-
scented golden-yellow flowers ; rugulosus
is a robust form with deep yellow flowers
having a straight crinkle-edged corona;
the variety 2^enus nas sweet-scented
double yellow flowers resembling a small
Eose, and is popularly known as Queen
Anne's Jonquil, a name also given to the
double-flowered form of the Common
Jonquil. It will be foimd in some works
as a variety of N. Jonquilla, a proof that
odorus has some connection with that
species. The variety minor has flowers
about 1 in. across and a much smaller
corona than any other form.
Culture dc. as above, p. 894.
N. orientalis. — This is probably a
hybrid between N. incomparabilis and
NARCISSUS
NARCISSUS ORDER
NARCISSUS 903
N. Tazetta, and bears 3-4 flowers on a
much compressed scape, the spreading
oblong acute segments being sulphur-
yellow, about 1 in. long and | in. broad ;
corona cup-shaped, orange-yellow, deeply
and irregularly 3-lobed.
Culture etc. as above, p. 894.
N. poculiformis (N. montanus). — This
is stated to be a native of the damp
valleys of the Pyrenees, and may be a
natural hybrid between N. Tazetta pcypy-
raceus and N. moschatus. It has bulbs
1-1 £ in. through, with about 4 linear
glaucous leaves 1 ft. long. The angled
scape, 1 ft. or more long, bears 1-2 fra-
grant pure white flowers with oblong
spreading segments about 1 in. long,
and a cup-shaped corona. This Daffodil
is, I believe, cultivated at Kew, but does
not appear to be offered for sale by the
trade.
Culture Sc. as above, p. 894.
N. poeticus (Poet's or Pheasant's
Eye Narcissus). — Of all the Daffodils
and Narcissi this is by far the best
known and probably the most popular.
It grows wild along the south of Europe
from France and Spain through Germany
to Greece. The ovoid bulbs are not much
more than 1 in. in diameter, and pro-
duce about 4 linear glaucous leaves 1 ft.
or more long. The beautiful white solitary
flowers, H-2 in. across, are borne on
2-edged stalks from April to June, and
have a delicious fragrance. The flattish
corona has a circle of red or orange round
the rim, and the radiating folds from the
centre filled with yellow stamens are hi
beautiful contrast to the segments, and
have been likened to the colours of a
Pheasant's Eye ; hence one of the popular
names for the late-flowering variety called
recurvus. Some forms flower earlier than
others, among them being ornatus, a fine
variety with large white symmetrical
flowers having a corona rimmed with
scarlet ; grandiflorus, rather floppy, but
very large, with a crimson-rimmed cup in
the centre of the white flowers ; poetarum
has a bright orange-scarlet-edged corona ;
and prcecox grandiflorus is one of the
earliest, with large white flowers and a
corona suffused with crimson. Other
varieties not so well known are patellaris,
strong and late-flowering ; stellaris, also
late-flowering; and tripodalis, early-
flowering, with rather reflexed narrow
segments.
Perhaps all the forms of poeticus are
now surpassed in point of size and beauty
by the fine hybrids or forms raised by
Mr. Engleheart. These are not yet in
commerce, I believe, but as they exist
mention may be made of Albatross, Sea-
gull, Dante (ornatus and poetarum),
Petrarch (ornatus &ndrecurvus), Southern
Cross, and others.
In addition to the single-flowered
forms of the Poet's Narcissus, mention
must also be made of the double-flowered
or ' Gardenia ' Narcissus, derived from
the variety patellaris. It flowers in
June, and produces beautiful pure white
rosette -like blossoms which are very
sweet-scented and are excellent for cut-
ting. The bulbs should be grown in strong
rich soil, and are better shifted to a fresh
piece of ground every year, as they have
the misfortune to come ' blind ' very fre-
quently ; that is, the flower-stalks are
produced with great freedom, but the
blossoms never open and remain in an
undeveloped state in the spathe. It is
difficult to remedy this defect, but a good
mulching of manure in spring and plenty
of moisture may assist in the development
of the blossoms.
For naturalising in all kinds of places
perhaps the Poet's Narciss is unsurpassed
for giving effect in the spring months.
By the sides of streams, lakes, ponds dec.,
on level grass land, or sloping ground, the
commoner sorts may be planted by the
thousand where space will permit, and
they will produce a woodland picture
difficult to surpass.
Culture (tc. as above, p. 894.
N. Pseudo-narcissus (Ajax or Com-
mon Trumpet Daffodil; Lent Lily). — '
This is found wild in the copses and
pastures in parts of England, and is
particularly plentiful in some of the
southern counties. The ovoid bulbs are
1-li in. thick, bearing 4 6 linear glaucous
leaves about 1 ft. long. The large
solitary flowers are borne in March and
April on 2-edged stalks scarcely topping
the foliage. In the type the oblong seg-
ments are pale sulphur-yellow, over
1 in. long, while the corona is lemon-
yellow and over 1 in. deep, and as
much across, with a plaited irregularly
incised-crenate margin.
The flowers of this group are all showy
and massive, and some remarkably beauti-
ful forms have been raised during recent.
904
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS narcissus
years in gardens. Among the wild
varieties mention must be made of
cambricus with sulphur-white segments
and a yellow trumpet ; lobular is, with
segments and trumpet both lemon-
yellow, the latter distinctly 6-lobed ;
pallidas prcecox is an early-flowering
Pyrenean form, rather variable in size
and colour, but usually with very pale
lemon-yellow to white flowers ; it is
excellent for moist grass land, but particu-
larly dislikes to come in direct contact
with manure ; rugilobus is a fine variety
with large primrose-yellow segments and
a large yellow trumpet ; scoticus, the
Garland Lily, much finer and earlier
than the Common Daffodil but otherwise
similar ; variiformis (or nobilis) is a
Pyrenean form intermediate between the
type and N. moschatus, having large
white segments and a beautiful canary-
yellow trumpet gracefully lobed at the
rim.
There are six main sections of
AT. Pseudo-narcissus represented by
N. bicolor, N. cyclamincus, N. major.
N. minor, N. moschatus, and N. muticus,
each of which is described separately in
alphabetical order in this work as repre-
senting distinct types.
Many choice garden forms have been
derived from these and the varieties
mentioned above. They are usually
divided into sections according to the
colour of the flowers, but as there are
imperceptible gradations from one colour
to the other, it is impossible to draw
any hard and fast line between the
sections. The best garden varieties are
here given in alphabetical order, as they
will be more easily found.
Culture d'-c. as above, p. 894.
SINGLE-FLOWEKED VARIETIES OF
N. Pseudo-narcissus
Achilles, pale yellow, with deep yellow
trumpet.
Alida, bright yellow trumpet, seg-
ments canary-yellow, late-flowering.
Alvarez, a dwarf, strong, free grower
with flowers like those of a small
Emperor.
Apricot, divisions of perianth white,
trumpet tinged apricot, very fragrant.
Ard Bigh (Yelloio King), large yellow
trumpet and pale yellow divisions, very
early.
C. W. Cowan, a very fine and distinct
trumpet, pure white in colour ; it partakes
somewhat in shape of a gigantic N.
calathinus.
Captain Nelson, perianth and trumpet
of a rich lemon, one of the largest of this
group.
Cecilia de Graaf, perianth white,
recurved, trumpet expanded.
Colleen Pawn, one of the most grace-
ful and beautiful of all the white-flowering
• Daffodils, the trumpet is large and much
expanded, divisions very broad, and pure
white.
Coronatus, pale yellow, with a deep
yellow trumpet.
Countess of Annesleg, sulphur divi-
sions and large rich yellow trumpet, and
fine form.
Countess of Desmond, segments soft
primrose, trumpet delicate yellow.
Duchess of Connaught, flowers prim-
rose, changing to white.
Emperor, large yellow trumpet, divi-
sions pale sulphur, grand for cutting.
Exquisite, a very distinct variety,
divisions creamy, trumpet creamy-white,
very early.
F. W. Burbidge, divisions white,
trumpet sulphur, changing to white, long
and elegantly fringed.
Fred. Moore, large yellow trumpet,
segments of great substance.
Glory of Leiden, the largest of the
yellows, deep yellow, trumpet very
large and expanded, long and broad
divisions.
Goblin, flowers golden-yellow, trumpet
deeper in colour than the segments.
Golden Spur, large golden-yellow
trumpet, extremely free-flowering, very
vigorous and earl}'.
Golden Vase, deep orange-yellow
trumpet, beautifully frilled.
Henry Irving, deep yellow flowers,
beautifully formed, but very large ; one
of the earliest.
Hudibras, very distinct, trumpet deep
yellow, divisions yellow and much im-
bricated, longer than trumpet.
John Nelson, large and long golden-
yellow trumpet and divisions, late flower-
ing, and very robust.
Lady Grosvenor, divisions white,
trumpet sulphur-white, and beautifully
recurved.
Madame de Graaff, this is the largest
of all the white trumpets, pure white and
of great substance.
Monarch, this resembles a glorified
Emperor or a golden Grandee, but is
NARCISSUS
NAECISSUS ORDER
NARCISSUS 905
larger and brighter in colour with a fine
large trumpet and segments.
M. J. Berkeley, similar to Ar. maxi-
mus, but one third larger, and much
expanded trumpet.
Mrs. F. W. Burbidge, trumpet long
and straight, primrose changing to white,
perianth pure white.
Mrs. H. J. Elwes, flowers of a soft
clear yellow, large spreading trumpet.
Mrs. Thompson, tall, robust growth,
trumpet white. large. and much
expanded.
Oporto Yellow, a very early trumpet
with rich yellow flowers.
P. B. Barr, trumpet rich yellow,
perianth deep primrose, very distinct
variety resembling a dwarf Emperor.
Princess Ida, trumpet large, much
expanded, of a delicate creamy- white, and
very vigorous in growth.
Begina Margherita, long yellow
trumpet and primrose divisions striped
sulphur, very early.
Scmta Maria, in colour and shape it
resembles maximus, but is smaller and
earlier in bloom.
Snowflahe, large pure white trumpet,
very distinct and beautiful.
W. P. Mil/ner, perianth and trumpet
sulphury-white, a dwarf and pretty free-
flowering variety.
William Goldring, long snow-white
divisions, much longer than the primrose
trumpet.
DOUBLE-FLOWERED VARIETIES
( ' n pax (cystettensis),soit lemon-yellow
with starry petals ; grandiplenus, deep
yellow; lobularis plenus) plenissimus,
very old double ; scoticus plenus, double-
flowered Garland Lily; Pseudo-narcissus
plenus, the Double Lent Lily or Gerarde's
White and Double Yellow Daffodil.
N. Tazetta {Polyanthus or Bunch
Narcissus). — This, and not N. poeticus, is
the Narcissus of the old Greek and Roman
poets. It is concentrated chiefly in Italy
and the south of France, but extends also
from the Canary Islands and Portugal
through the south of Europe to Syria,
Cashmere, China, and Japan. With such
a wide distribution, growing in various
soils and temperatures, it naturally varies
a good deal, and there are many forms.
The type, as described by Mr. Baker, has
bulbs H-2 in. in diameter, bearing 4-6
linear somewhat glaucous leaves 12-18 in.
long and \ :; in. broad, bluntly keeled.
A bunch or umbel of 4-8 flowers 1-1 \ in.
across is borne on the summit of the
distinctly compressed scape, the obovate
segments being pure white, and the cup-
shaped corona lemon-yellow, \-% in.
across.
Culture (t-c. as above, p. 894. The
Tazetta Narcissi are chiefly grown in pots
for conservatory decoration and are much
valued for their trusses of sweet-scented
flowers. In the open flower border they
will, however, succeed very well grown in
warm dryish soils sheltered from cold
winds and protected from heavy rains and
severe frosts in winter with a covering of
straw, litter, leaves &c. The bulbs are
usually planted in October or November
and flower early in spring. In the Scilly
Islands various forms of the Tazetta Nar-
cissus, especially those known as the 'Scilly
White' {Tazetta ochroleucus), 'Grand
Soleil d'Or ' (T. annus) and 'Grand
Monarque,' are grown, probably in millions,
and tons of flowers are exported to the
London markets every spring. A Chinese
form of N. Tazetta which has attracted a
good deal of attention during recent years
is known as the • Chinese Sacred Lily ' or
' Joss Flower ' and other fancy names.
The large bulbs are grown in bowls filled
with pebbles and clean water, and will
grow rapidly and flower well in a sunny
window in an ordinary dwelling room.
The flowers are white with a yellow cup,
and emit a sweet odour.
The Tazettas may be grouped as
follows : —
1. Flowers having white segments and
a yellow corona, including Bazel/ma/n
major. Couronne Blanche, Gloriosus
Grand Monarque, Her Majesty, Maestro,
Queen of the Netherlands, Staten General,
Scilly White, and White Perfection.
N. Bazelman minor has been proved
to be a hybrid between N. Tazetta and
N. poeticus, and a similar hybrid grows
wild near Montpellier, somewhat like N.
biflorus, but having 2-5 smaller flowers
on a stalk.
The variety called Tazetta romanus
is the well-known Double Roman Narcis-
sus with white flowers, which with the
' Paper White ' are forced into early flower
in spring.
2. Flowers white ; including the well-
known ' Paper white ' Narcissus {papy-
raceus) ; polyanthus &c.
8. Flowers yellow, including Grand,
906
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS galanthu
Soleil d'Or, aureus, Bertollni, and cupu-
laris.
N. triandrus (Ganymede's Cap).— A
beautiful Narcissus, a native of Spain and
Portugal, with bulbs i -| in. thick, bearing
'2-4 very slender roundish channelled
leaves, and slender roundish scapes 6-12
in. long, having a cluster of 1-6 small
drooping flowers on top ; segments lance-
shaped, sharply reflexed, pure white in
the type, corona cup-shaped, truncate,
white. The variety concolor has pale
yellow flowers ; albas is a charming
white form called ' Angel's Tears ' ; cala-
thinus, from the Isle of Glennans, Brit-
tany, has large snowy-white or pale
sulphur-yellow flowers; pallidulus, prim-
rose-yellow ; pulchelhts has segments
primrose-yellow, cup white, and is thus
remarkable as being the only Narcissits
having a paler coloured cup than the
segments. It may also be noted that
besides N. triandrus and its varieties the
only other Narcissi having reflexed seg-
ments are N. cyclamineus and N. John-
stoni.
Culture and Propagation.— N . trian-
drus and its several varieties require
to be cultivated with a little care, and so
that the bulbs should not be lost it would
perhaps be safer to grow them in pots, or
in choice parts of the rockery where they
are always under observation. As there
cannot be too many examples of this lovely
plant, it should be increased both by
separation of the bulbs and from seeds.
In suitable parts where the bulbs are left
undisturbed for two or three years, seeds
often sow themselves naturally, and in
about three or four years produce flower-
ing bulbs.
N. tridymus. — This comprises a
distinct and interesting group derived
from crossing the Trumpet Daffodil
varieties, N. Pseudo - narcissus and JV.
Tazetta, more than one flower being
borne on a stem. The best known forms
are: — A. Ratvson, with large bold yellow
flowers; Duchess of Albany, sulphur
segments, with a yellow cup ; Duke of
Albany, segments sulphur, cup orange ;
Grand Duke of Hesse, creamy-white
segments, yellow cup ; Princess Alice,
similar with an orange cup ; S.A. de
Graaf, segments and cup yellow, the
former changing to primrose ; Miss
White, elegant silvery-white flowers, 3-4
on a stem. N. tridymus is regarded as a
variety of N. Macleayi by Mr. Baker, but
from a garden point of view it is distinct
enough to merit separate mention.
Culture dc. as above, p. 894.
GALANTHUS (Snowdrop). — A
genus containing about half a dozen
species of well-known hardy bulbous
plants, with small strap-shaped leaves and
solitary drooping flowers, the 3 outer seg-
ments of which are larger and quite
distinct in shape from the 3 smaller inner
ones.
Culture and Propagation. — Often
flowering a few weeks after Christmas,
and some of them before Christmas
in October and November, Snowdrops are
general favourites in all gardens where-
ever they become established. They
flourish in any ordinary good soil, but
prefer a rich, sandy, well- drained loam,
with a little leaf mould. The plants are
readily increased by separating the bulbs
after the leaves and flowers have faded,
or later on about June or July. The
bulbs should be replanted about Septem-
ber, but where they are not required for
purposes of increase, there is no necessity
to disturb them at all for several years.
They require practically no attention and
may be planted in large numbers in grass-
land for giving a fine effect in the early
part of the year. In beds and borders
they may be associated with Crocuses,
Winter Aconites &c.
G. Alleni. — A native of Asia Minor,
and probably a natural hybrid between
G. latifolius and G. caiicasicus, which
are from the same region. The flowers
however are about twice as large as those
of G. latifolius, and the leaves are also
larger.
Culture dc. as above.
G. caucasicus. — This is a Caucasian
form of our Common Snowdrop from
which it differs in having broader leaves,
finally 8-9 in. long and f in. broad, and
flowers much later. The form known as
virescens has the outer segments of the
flower flushed with green. This form
includes Bedoutei, major, caspius, and
grandis.
Culture dc. as above. Grows well in
gritty loam.
G. Elwesi. — A native of Asia Minor,
with very glaucous channelled leaves and
roundish flowers, the 3 inner segments of
which are dark green on the lower half
GALANTHUS
NABCISSUS OBDEli
LEUCO.TUM 907
and also around the sinus. The variety
globosus has fine roundish flowers, with
very broad outer segments, and robustus
lias a large bulb and thick glaucous leaves.
Culture dtc. as above. In some places
this species grows very poorly, but in
others very freely. It seems to prefer
light soil, and where well satisfied pro-
duces seeds freely.
G. Fosteri. — Herr Max Leichtlin has
called this the 'king of Snowdrops.' The
markings on the inner segments are like
those of G. Elwesi, but the leaves are
broader and blunter than in that species,
resembling in shape and colour those of
Scilla sibirica (p. 840). There are forms
called ' Spot ' and ' Leopard.' G. ciUcicus
resembles G. Fosteri, but flowers rather
earlier, and has taller flower stems.
Culture d-c. as above.
G. Ikariae. — This is a new and
distinct Snowdrop with broad glossy
green recurving leaves, and snow-white
blossoms, the inner segments of which
are heavily tipped with green.
Culture dc. as above.
G. Imperati (G. Clusi). — A distinct
form of G. nivalis from Naples and
Genoa, but usually kept distinct in
gardens. The leaves are broader and
the flowers larger than in G. nivalis.
There are two forms called Atkins i and
Melvillei which are improvements in
size and vigour.
Culture dc. as above.
G. latifolius. — A very distinct Cau-
casian Snowdrop found wild at an
elevation of 6000-8000 ft., and flowering
in its native home in May, but in British
gardens in February and March. The
bright green strap-shaped leaves, simply
channelled down the centre, are f-1 in.
broad, and spring from bulbs 1 in. in
diameter. The small white flowers have
a delicate beauty, the 3 inner segments
having a green blotch round the sinus
both inside and out.
Culture dc. as above. This species
likes gritty loam.
G. nivalis. — This is our well-known
Common Snowdrop found in various
parts of the British Islands, and through-
out Europe. It has a small ovoid bulb,
about h in. thick, from which spring 2
linear glaucous leaves 6-9 in. long when
fully developed. The white solitary
drooping flowers appear from January to
March on a flattened scape 3-12 in. long,
the 3 inner segments having a green
patch round the sinus.
There are many forms, among which
may be mentioned corcyrenvis (or pre-
cox) from Corfu, which flowers in Decem-
ber; formosus, gracilis, maculatus,
lutesceus, which lias a yellowish ovary
and the inner segments tipped with yellow
instead of green ; maximus, octobrenvia
from the Albanian mountains, a rather
delicate variety flowering in October ;
G. BachelcB is similar but has slightly
larger flowers and broader leaves, and
flowers a week or ten days later; parvi-
floras, peudulus, poculiforuiis is remark-
able for having the inner segments plain
white without green blotches, and almost
as long as the outer ones ; pumilus,
reflexua with much smaller flowers than
the type, the inner segments being reflexed
at the apex; and Scharloki, which has
2 long spathe valves and sometimes 2
flowers on a stalk, and a green spot at the
tip of each outer segment. There is also
a double-flowered form of the Common
Snowdrop in which the stamens have
been transformed into petal-like bodies.
Culture dc. as above.
G. Olgee. — A very rare Snowdrop, but
still in cultivation, I believe, at Kew. It
is a native of Greece and has channelled
glaucous leaves 6-8 in. long and | in.
broad when fully developed. It flowers
in October, and is therefore a fitting com-
panion for the octobrensis form of G.
ii i rails.
Culture dr. as above.
G. plicatus. — This has larger bulbs
than G. nivalis and very glaucous leaves,
quite 1 ft. long and 1 in. broad when fully
developed. They are channelled down
the face and folded or reflexed at the
edges — -thus giving a distinct character.
The flowers appear rather later than the
other forms, and are f-1 in. long, the
inner segments being green in the upper
half with a white edge. There are
several forms including maximus, prce-
cox, and Omega, all from the Caucasus
region.
Culture dc. as above.
LEUCOJUM (Snowflake). — A
genus containing 9 species of pretty
plants with tunicated bulbs and narrow
linear or flat strap-shaped leaves. Flowers
few in umbels, or reduced to one, often
drooping, borne on a hollow scape.
908
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS sternbergia
Perianth broadly bell-shaped, with equal
ovate or oblong segments. Stamens 6,
epigynous.
Culture and Propagation. — Snow-
flakes are easily cultivated and prefer to
grow in a rich sandy, loamy soil enriched
with the addition of a little leaf mould
but not too much farmyard manure — at
least not in direct contact with the bulbs.
They may be increased by separating the
young offsets from the bulbs after the
foliage has completely withered. Their
use in the garden is the same as the
Snowdrop, and grown in similar situations
in large numbers they are very effective.
L. aestivum (Summer SnowflaTce). — A
beautiful plant, native of Central and S.
Europe, and also found in wet meadows
and Osier holes in the south-eastern parts
of England. The ovoid bulbs are 1-1 \ in.
through, producing linear obtuse bluntly
keeled leaves 12-18 in. long. The droop-
ing flowers appear in May 2-6 on a 2-
edged scape, pure white, about 1 in.
long, each segment being tipped with
green.
Culture dc. as above. This grows
freely and increases rapidly.
L. autumnale (Acis autumnalis). — A
charming Portuguese species with round-
ish bulbs about i in. through and very
slender leaves developed after the flowers.
The drooping flowers appear in autumn,
1-3 on a slender stalk 3-9 in. high, and
are white delicately flushed with pink at
the base. The variety cephalonicv/m has
a 2-valved spathe ; and pulclicllum from
Algeria has large drooping flowers pro-
duced at the same time as the leaves.
Culture dc. as above.
L. hyemale (Acis hiemaJis). — A
native of S. France having brown-coated
bulbs i in. thick, and 2-4 narrow linear
leaves appearing at the same time as the
flowers, and about 1 ft. long when fully
developed. The white flowers tinged
with green outside are usually borne
singly on scapes 4-6 in. high in April,
and not in winter as the name hyemale
would lead one to expect.
Culture dc. as above.
L. pulchellum (L. Hernandezi). — This
native of Sardinia and the Balearic
Islands is closely related to the Summer
Snowflake (L. cestivum), from which it
differs in having narrower leaves and
smaller rlowers appearing a fortnight or
so earlier.
Culture dc. as above.
L. trichophyllum {Acis tricoplujlla).
A pretty Snowflake from Spain, Por-
tugal, and X. Africa, with brown ovoid
bulbs about f in. through, bearing about
3 very slender leaves at the same time
as the white flowers. The latter are
borne 2-4 together on a very slender
stalk 6-12 in. long in April, and have
oblong lance-shaped segments, loosely
7-nerved. The variety grandijiorinn
(Acis grandittora) has somewhat larger
flowers.
Culture dc. as above.
L. vernum (Spring Snoivflake). — A
beautiful species, native of Central
Europe from France to Bosnia and the
Tyrol, but naturalised in parts of Dorset.
It has round, pale green-coated bulbs
about 1 in. through, and bearing 3-4
strap-shaped leaves 6-9 in. long when full
grown. The sweet-scented flowers appear
in March and April on 2-edged hollow
scapes 6-12 in. long, drooping, white
tipped with green. The flowers are
usually solitary, but occasionally a 2-
flowered form (biflorion or Vagneri) is
seen. The variety carpaticum has the
segments tipped with yellow instead of
green.
Another species rarely met with is
L. roseum (Acis rosea) from Corsica. It
produces beautiful drooping rosy - red
rlowers in September and October on
short slender stalks 2-4 in. long.
Culture dc. as above.
STERNBERGIA (Mount Etna
Lily; Lily of the Field). — A small
genus of charming little plants with long-
necked bulbs and strap-shaped leaves
produced later than, or at the same time
as, the flowers, which are usually solitary,
erect, funnel-shaped, and bright yellow,
having lance-shaped or oblong, more or
less erect or spreading segments. Sta-
mens inserted at the throat of the tube.
Culture and Propagation. — Stern-
bergias flourish in good sandy loam and
leaf soil in sunny situations, and are
charming flowers for brightening up the
edges of borders, shrubberies, rock gardens
&e. Unlike the Snowdrops and Snow-
flakes the flowers stand erect, and nestle
among the foliage, and look extremely
pretty when grown in masses. The bulbs
should never be lifted until well ripened and
STK11NBERGIA
NARCISSUS ORDER
ZEPHYRANTHES 909
without any foliage. During the winter
they may be covered with Leaves or litter
as a protection against frost, and there is
no necessity to move them for 2 or 3
years. The bulbs should be planted about
1 <i in, beneath the surface of the soil.
S. colchiciflora. — A very old garden
plant, native of S. Europe and Asia
Minor, with ovoid bulbs J-f in. through,
bearing 4-6 erect linear leaves 3-4 in.
long in spring with the seed pods. The
pale yellow, sweet-scented Mowers, over
1 \ in. long, appear in autumn on a very
short, almost subterranean stalk.
Culture dc. as above.
S. fischeriana. — A prettj Caucasian
species similar to S. lutea, but differs in
producing its large yellow Crocus-like
Mowers in spring instead of autumn.
( 'it I hi re dc. as above.
S. lutea (Amaryllis luted). Winter
Daffodil ; Yellow' St«r Flower. — This
beautiful plant, which is found wild on
both sides of the Mediterranean eastwards
to Syria and Persia, is supposed to be the
' Lily of the Field ' alluded to in the
Scriptures. It has been grown in this
country over 300 years, and is known by
its ovoid bulbs 1-2 in. in diameter, bear-
ing 5-6 strap-shaped leaves 1 ft. long and
\ in. broad in September and October at the
same time as the flowers. The large bright
yellow flowers, over 2 in. long, are borne
on slender stalks and nestle among the
foliage. There are several forms of this
species, including angustifoUa, with nar-
rower leaves and smaller flowers ; major
with broader leaves and larger flowers
than the type ; grceca, from Greece, with
very short leaves and flower-stalks ; and
sicula from Sicily, having larger Mowers.
but with more acute and narrower seg-
ments. The typical S. lutea is apt to die
out, and is not so free or vigorous as some
of its varieties — especially angustifoUa.
Culture dc. as above.
S. macrantha (S. latifoUa). — A beau-
tiful species from the mountains of
Smyrna and other parts of Asia Minor,
with round bulbs 1-li in. thick, having a
neck 4-6 in. long, and covered with pale
or brown tunics. The blunt and slightly
glaucous strap-shaped leaves are fully de-
veloped in June, but the bright yellow
Mowers, three times as large as those of
S. lutea, with oblong segments about lj
in. broad, are not produced until Septem-
ber and October, on a stalk as long as the
bulb neck, and issuing from a spathe 3-4
in. long.
Cult it re dc. as above.
ZEPHYRANTHES (Zephyr
Flower). — A genus of bulbous plants with
narrow leaves usually produced at the
same time as the red, white, or yellow
Mowers. These are always solitary on
a long slender hollow scape, issuing from
a spathe-like bract. Perianth funnel-
shaped, erect, or slightly inclined, with
almost equal segments. Stamens inserted
near the throat or middle of the tube.
( ' nil n re ami Propagation. — Mr. Baker
describes 34 species of Zephyr Flowers
in his • Handbook of the AmaryUideae,'
but only a few of these are really hardy
enough for outdoor cultivation in the
British Islands. Outside botanic gar-
dens they are not very well known,
but if grown in warm sunny borders, in
stifhsh, sandy well-drained loam, and in
fairly large masses, they are very hand-
some. An odd plant here and there has
a rather desolate appearance, and gives
one the impression of living against its
will. The bulbs may be left in the
ground for 2 or 3 years, but during the
winter months should be covered with
leaves or litter to protect them from
severe frosts, and also to throw off cold
rains, which are not beneficial during that
dormant period. Plants may be increased
by the offsets from the bulbs, or by means
of seeds, which are freely produced and
readily germinate in gentle heat in the
greenhouse.
The following are the best kinds for
outdoor culture, so far as present ex-
perience goes : —
Z. Andersoni (better known as Habran-
tlius Andersoni) from Monte Video is
fairly hardy in the mildest parts of the
country. It has pale green narrow leaves
5-6 in. long, and Mowers which are
yellow inside and coppery red outside,
borne on slender scapes 3-6 in. long, in
summer. It is not so showy as the other
species.
Culture dc. as above.
Z. Atamasco (Amaryllis Atamasco).
Atamasco Lily. — A beautiful species from
the damp woods and Melds of Virginia,
with short-necked ovoid bulbs less than
1 in. thick, bearing 4-6 bright green
narrow linear leaves. The scentless
Mowers. 3 in. long, are borne in early
910
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS hippeastrum
summer on stalks 6-12 in. long, and are
of a pure white colour when fully open,
but tinted pink or purple when young.
Culture d-c. as above.
Z. Candida (Amaryllis Candida; A.
nivea). — Swamp Lily. — This pretty
Zephyr Flower is abundant on the marshes
of La Plata, and has ovoid bulbs about
1 in. through with a neck 1-2 in. long.
The bright green roundish leaves about
1 ft. long appear with the scentless
flowers in September, and persist during
the winter. The flowers are pure white,
or slightly tinged with rose outside, and
borne on slender stalks 6-9 in. long.
Culture dkc. as above.
Z. c&r'mata.(Z. grandiflora ; Amaryllis
carinata). — A beautiful species, native of
Central America and the "West Indies,
with short-necked, ovoid bulbs about
1 in. in diameter, bearing 4-6 linear
shallow-channelled leaves 6-12 in. long.
The beautiful deep rosy-pink flowers, 2-3
in. long, appear about June on stems
6-9 in. long, and last in perfect condition
a long time. There is a certain amount
of variation in the colour, and the form
called lilacina is chiefly distinguished by
lilac-tinted blossoms.
Culture <&c. as above.
Z. rosea (Amaryllis rosea ; A.caruea).
A pretty Zephyr Flower from the Cuban
mountains, with round bulbs less than
1 in. through, and producing about 6 linear
bright green leaves at the same time as
the bright rose-red flowers, about Sep-
tember and October.
Culture dc. as above.
Z. Treatise. — A handsome species.
native of the damp swampy parts of
Florida, having 6-8 grass-green leaves
about | in. broad, produced from ovoid
bulbs about £ in. in diameter. The white
flowers about 3 in. long appear in early
summer on a more or less purplish stalks
6-12 in. high, and have the segments
keeled with red.
Culture dc. as above.
Z. tubispatha (Z. nervosa ; Amaryllis
tubispatha). — A native of the West Indies
and Central American mountains, with
short-necked roundish bulbs about 1 in.
in diameter, and producing 4-6 narrow
linear flaccid leaves over 1 ft. long at
the same time as the white slightly
fragrant flowers in early summer.
Culture d-c. as above. This species
has been in cultivation many years, and
in conjunction with Z. carinata has pro-
duced a hybrid known as Z. spofforthiana.
It is often grown in hothouses, but will
flourish in the open border in warm sunny
spots in the southern parts of the country.
A little covering of leaves &c. is advisable
in severe winters.
SPREKELIA (Jacobjea Lily).— This
genus contains only the following
species : —
S. formosissima (Amaryllis formo-
sissima). — This beautiful and distinct
plant, native of Mexico and Guatemala,
was introduced to Europe in 1593. It
has round brown-coated bulbs about 2 in.
in diameter, bearing 3-6 linear green
leaves 12-18 in. long and f-f in. broad
when fully grown. The bright crimson
flowers about 6 in. across appear hi April
and May in greenhouses, often in advance
of the foliage, on a hollow reddish stalk
6-12 in. long. The 3 upper segments are
distinctly clawed, the middle one being
about 1 in. broad hi the centre, the
narrower side ones recurved towards the
tip, and the 3 lower ones united about
half way from the base.
Among the forms of the Jacobaea Lily
are glauca with glaucous leaves and smaller
and paler flowers than in the type ; Ka r-
wvnsTci having lessbrightly coloured flowers
with the segments keeled and bordered with
white ; and ringens, with glaucous leaves
and drooping flowers, having the upper
segment striped at the base and centre
with yellow.
Culture and Propagation. — Although
the Jacobsea Lily cannot be regarded as
hardy except perhaps in the very mildest
parts of the United Kingdom, it will
nevertheless flower in the open air if
the bulbs are planted about the end of
May in warm sunny spots. The flowers
will then appear about the end of July
and August, and their peculiar shape and
brilliant colour are sure to make them
attractive. About the end of October the
bulbs shoidd be taken up and stored in a
cool dry frost-proof place until the follow-
ing season. The offsets from the bulbs
will produce new plants.
HIPPEASTRUM. — A genus cha-
racterised by having tunicated bulbs,
linear or strap-shaped leaves, hollow
scapes with 2 or more flowers in an
umbel, rarely solitary. Perianth funnel-
shaped, more or less decimate, and having
CRINUM
NARCISSUS ORDER
CRINUM 911
nearly equal segments, or the lowest of
the inner row narrower. Stamens and
style more or less bent down.
H. pratense (HabrantJms jpratensis ;
H. speciosus). — A beautiful plant native
of the hills and plains of Chili, having
short-necked ovoid bulbs about l.l in. in
diameter and linear leaves 12 -18 in. long,
produced at the same time as the flowers
about May and June. The flower-stem
is 1-2 ft. high, carrying 2 4 showy bright
orange-red or scarlet blossoms, sometimes
streaked with yellow at the base, the
segments being about 2 J, in. long. The
variety called fulgens has more brilliant
flowers than the type.
Culture and Propagation. — This
plant flourishes in a rich sandy loam and
leaf soil but requires warmth and shelter
out of doors, as it is not quite hardy
enough to stand the winter w ithout pro-
tection especially in ill-favoured parts of
the kingdom. In winter it is safer to
cover the bulbs with a layer of leaves,
straw, or litter. It is readily increased
by offsets, but where the plants grow well
they need not be disturbed for 3 or 4
years.
CRINUM. — A genus with large long-
necked bulbs, broad persistent leaves and
clusters or umbels of white or reddish
flowers borne on a solid stalk. Perianth
more or less funnel-shaped, with a long
straight or curved cylindrical tube, and
nearly equal, linear, lance-shaped or ob-
long segments. Stamens inserted at the
throat of the perianth-tube, having long
slender filaments, and linear versatile
anthers.
C. longifolium (('. capense ; C. ripa-
rium ■■; Amaryllis longifolia ; A. capensis).
A noble S. African plant, with a bulb 3-4
in. through, gradually narrowed into a long
cylindrical neck, and bearing about a
dozen strap-shaped glaucous leaves 2-3 ft.
long and 2-3 in. broad. About 6-12 large
white flowers flushed with red down the
back are borne during the summer
months on a stout scape about 1 ft. or
more long, and are highly attractive.
There are several forms, including a pure
white one album, striatum white striped
with pink, and farinianum which has
smaller funnel-shaped flowers of a soft
pink colour, and bulbs with a very long
neck.
Culture and Propagation. — This fine
plant is perfectly hardy in most parts of
England and Ireland, and even in Scotland
it flowers well out of doors. In cold bleak
localities, however, it is safer in severe
winters to protect the plants with a cover
of straw or litter and not to risk losing
them. Grown in beds or borders or near
the margins of pieces of water, the plants
make a handsome display and give a sub-
tropical effect to the surrounding plants.
A warm deep rich loamy soil with abund-
ance of water during the summer months
suit this Crimun thoroughly. New plants
may be obtained by separating the offsets
from the base about April or May. To
get them established more quickly, they
may be potted and taken into a warm
greenhouse for a couple of weeks before
actually planting in the open flower gar-
den. Large fleshy bulb-like seeds are
freely produced in an irregular roundish
capsule which ultimately bursts. The
seed may be just placed on the surface of
the soil, and in a short time will shoot
forth roots and develop into a bulb with
leaves.
Numerous seedlings and hybrids have
been raised from this species in conjunc-
tion with others of a less hardy nature.
The finest of them all is C. Powelli which
has a round short-necked bulb, and about
20 spreading bright green leaves 3-4 ft.
long and 3-4 in. broad. About 8 very
large flowers are borne on a flattened glau-
cous scape about 2 ft. long, and have a
deep reddish tint down the centre of the
lance-shaped acute segments. There is a
charming white form called Poivelli
album.
C. Moorei (C. makoyanum ; C. Co-
le nsoi ; G. Maclceni ; C.natalense). — This
is a fine species from Natal and Kaffraria,
and is almost perfectly hardy in the milder
parts of the United Kingdom. It has
large ovoid long-necked bulbs bearing
12-15 bright green strap-shaped leaves
2-3 ft. long and 3-4 in. broad. The open
bell-shaped flowers are 6 in. or more
across, and of a pleasing soft pink colour.
As many as 6-10 are borne in a cluster or
umbel on the top of a stout scape 2-3 ft.
long. There is a good deal of variation in
the species, and this accounts for the
several names which have been quoted as
synonyms.
Culture and Propagation. — The best
place to grow C. Moorei is in a warm
south border in rich well-drained loamy
soil. Durins; the summer months it
912
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS lycokis
requires an abundance of water, and a
mulching of well-rotted manure on the
surface will be beneficial during very hot
seasons. In winter it is safer to protect
the plants with litter or matting from the
frost. It may be increased by means of
division or seeds in the same way as
described under C. longifol/i/u/m above.
AMARYLLIS (Belladonna Lily).—
This genus is restricted to the one species
described below, although the name
Amaryllis is loosely used in gardens for
plants which in reality belong to the
genus Hippeastrum described at p. 910.
A. Belladonna (A. pudica; A.
rosea; Goburgia Belladonna). — The fact
that Linnaeus applied the name 'Bella-
donna ' to this species is in itself evi-
dence that he considered it a very
beautiful plant. It is a native of Cape
Colony, and not of the West Indies as
stated in some works, and was introduced
to cultivation as long ago as the year
1712. In spring the ovoid bulbs, which are
3-4 in. through, produce 7-9 strap-shaped
distichous dull green leaves 12-18
in. long and about 1 in. broad. From
6 to 12 funnel-shaped flowers, consist-
ing of 6 nearly equal oblong acute conni-
vent segments, are borne on the top of a
solid scape 12-18 in. high, about August
and September. They are horizontal and
slightly drooping, and of a beautiful soft
rose, emitting a sweet fragrance.
There are several forms of the Bella-
donna Lily, including blanda (Goburgia
blanda), which has longer and broader
leaves 2-3 ft. long, and larger and paler
coloured flowers ; and pallida which
differs from the type only in having paler
coloured flowers. Other forms have been
called rosea perfecta, speciosa purpurea,
and speetabilis bicolor or mutabilis in
gardens.
There is one variety, however, which
is far superior to them all, including the
type. It originated in the Boyal Gardens,
Kew, and is known simply as the Kew
variety of the Belladonna Lily. It is
much more vigorous and free-flowering
than the type, from which it differs chiefly
in having a stouter scape twice as long,
and bearing about 4 times as many flowers,
which are of a rich rosy- crimson colour.
It is said to be the result of crossing the
ordinary A. Belladonna with Bruns-
vigia Josephine, and this may soon be
satisfactorily proved as authenticated
hybrids between these two species already
exist. Any way, whatever its origin may
be, there is no doubt as to its value as a
most beautiful bidbous plant for the
flower garden.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Belladonna Lily and its varieties flourish
in warm sunny spots sheltered from bleak
cold winds. The bulbs should be planted
about 9 inches deep in a rich compost of
mellow loam, leaf mould and sand. Good
drainage is essential and may be secured
by placing a thickish layer of brickbats,
clinkers &c. about 3 ft. below the surface
of the border. If the bulbs are planted
in autumn, it will be wise to cover them
with a layer or heap of leaves, litter &c.
as a protection against frost and also to'
throw off heavy rains which are of more
harm than use to the bulbs in a dormant
state. Once planted in a suitable position
the bulbs need not be disturbed for four
or five years. When transplanting be-
comes necessary, it is best done after
the withering of the foliage. The bulbs
are lifted and all offsets separated and
replanted, allowing a distance of about
1 ft. between them. During the hot
summer months the plants should receive
copious waterings, and a mulching of well-
rotted manure will also be beneficial,
especially when the plants are growing
freely.
LYCORIS. — A genus containing 5
species of perennial plants with short-
necked tunicated bulbs and linear or
strap-shaped leaves, not usually developed
at the same time as the flowers, many of
which are borne on a solid scape. Peri-
anth funnel-shaped, rather irregular, with
a short cylindrical tube, dilated at the
apex, sometimes scaly at the throat ; seg-
ments oblaneeolate, nearly equal. Sta-
mens and style long, filiform, declinate.
L. squamigera. — A striking Japanese
species with large roundish bulbs, each
bearing 5-6 narrow strap-shaped leaves
about 1 ft. or more long. About July and
August 8-10 large, sweet-scented, rosy-
lilac flowers are borne on a stout scape
2-3 ft. long, after the leaves have
withered and completely vanished. As
many as 5 scapes each with a large truss
of flowers are often produced from one
healthy bulb, and when the plants are
grown in bold masses they look very
effective, and are likely to be mistaken
for the closely related Belladonna Lily.
PANCRATIUM
NARCISSUS ORDER
IXIOLIRIOX 913
Culture and Propagation. — This
species has flowered well in Mr. Worsley's
garden at Isleworth in a south border,
although it had not been protected in
any way. It should receive the same
treatment as the Belladonna Lily in
regard to soil and propagation. There is
no reason why other species of Lycoris
should not prove as hardy as L. squami-
gera, at least in the southern and milder
parts of the kingdom. Bulbs of most of
them are easily obtained. The other
species are a/area with beautiful golden-
yellow flowers having crisped segments;
8traminea, pale yellow keeled with pink
and sparsely dotted with red ; radiata and
sanguinea, bright red.
VALLOTA (Scarboro1 Lily).— Like
Amaryllis, this genus contains only one
species : —
V. purpurea (Amaryllis purpurea;
A. speciosa). — A beautiful and well-known
S. African plant with large ovoid bulbs
and strap-shaped bright green leaves IS to
24 in. long when fully developed. The
large funnel-shaped bright scarlet flowers
consisting of 6 equal ascending connivent
segments are borne during the summer
months, 6-9 in a cluster, on the top of
a hollow slightly 2-edged scape, 2 •'! ft.
long. There are several forms, such as
exinvia, having flowers about 4 in. across,
with a white throat; magnifica, very
similar to eximia; major and miner.
There is also a rare white - flowered
variety, and a hybrid between this species
and Cijrtanthus sanguineus has been
raised.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Scarboro' Lily unfortunately is only
suitable for cultivation in the flower
garden in the very mildest parts of the
kingdom, and even then it is always
better to protect it in winter. It may
receive the same treatment as the Bella-
donna Lily, but it is not so hardy as that
beautiful plant. In winter the bulbs
should be kept as dry and warm as
possible in the soil by a good covering of
leaves, straw, litter &c, and in warm
sunny sheltered spots the bulbs need not
be disturbed for 3 or 4 years.
PANCRATIUM.— A genus contain-
ing about a dozen species of perennials
with tunicated bulbs having linear or
strap-like leaves, and numerous flowers
in umbels at the top of a more or less
solid scape. Perianth funnel-shaped,
with a long or medium tube, and 6
narrow erect or spreading nearly equal
segments. Stamens G inserted on the
throat of the tube, and having the fila-
ments dilated at the base into a cup-
shaped corona. Ovary 3-celled with an
elongated style, and becoming a large
3-sided capsule with many seeds when
ripe.
P. illyricum. — A native of S. Europe
having large pear-shaped bulbs with a
tapering neck 9-12 in. long, and covered
with shining brown scales. The leaves are
lance-shaped and covered with a glaucous
bloom, and the white sweet-scented flowers
appear in June in umbels on the top of a
stout scape 1-2 ft. high just above the
foliage.
Culture and Propagation. — This
handsome bulbous plant flourishes in
well-drained sandy loam in open sunny
situations in the flower border, and looks
effective if grown in bold masses. It
is practically hardy in the neighbour-
hood of London and farther north, but is
more at home in the milder southern and
western parts of the kingdom. The bulbs
should be planted 6-9 in. deep, and are
best not disturbed for about 3 years if
they flower freely. Increase is usually
effected by separating the offsets from
the old bulbs and replanting them im-
mediately at the end of September, or not
later than October. They should be pro-
tected from severe frosts and cold heavy
rains by litter, leaves, handlights &c.
P. maritimum. — This is also a native
of S. Europe, but is not so ornamental as
P. illyricum. It has large pear-shaped
bulbs with brownish - red coats, and
glaucous lance-shaped linear leaves. The
flower- stem or scape is about a foot high
and bears at the summit 4 8 white sweet-
scented flowers from July to September.
Culture d'c. as above.
IXIOL IRION (IxiA Lily).— A genus
of bulbous plants with linear leaves
clustered at the base of a slender erect
stem bearing an umbel of funnel-shaped
flowers with almost equal oblanceolate
acute ascending segments, longer than
the stamens.
Culture andPropagation. — Ixiolirions
are beautiful plants for the hardy flower
border or rock garden. They prefer a
warm sunny position and deep, well-
drained, rich, sandy loam. During active
3 N
914
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS alstrcemeria
growth they like a sufficient supply of
moisture, but when at rest the bulbs
should be kept as dry as possible if they
are not taken up every autumn — say about
September. In this case the bulbs may
be kept in sand during the winter months
free from frost, and about the end of
March they and their offsets may be
replanted in the open border. Seeds are
sometimes freely produced and should be
sown in cold frames or greenhouses as
soon as ripe. They germinate the follow-
ing spring, and the second or third year
after sowing produce flowers. Owing to
the slender nature of the flower stems
they should be supported by means of
thin stakes. In a cut state the flowers
last a long time in fresh water and are
useful for decorations.
I. kolpakowskianum. — A rare species
native of Turkestan where it has been
found at an elevation of 3000 6000 ft.
The bulbs are only about half the size of
I. montanum, with tufts of grassy leaves.
The blue or whitish flowers are borne in
April and May, and are composed of very
narrow segments about 1 in. long, and
cohering loosely at the base.
Culture dc. as above.
I. montanum (I. Palla si; Alstrcemeria
montana ; A. triflora ; Amaryllis mon-
tana). — A distinct and beautiful plant
from "Western Asia with ovoid bulbs about
1 in. in diameter, and with a neck 2-3
m. below the lower tuft of grassy leaves.
The bright lilac funnel-shaped or some-
what spreading flowers are borne in loose
and graceful umbels in early summer, and
have the segments distinctly 3-5-ribbed.
The variety tataricum (or Ledebouri)
has more slender stems and awl-shaped
leaves, and flowers somewhat smaller
than in the type. The form known in
gardens as macranthum has much larger
flowers than the type. There is a good
deal of variation in the colour, which is
sometimes very deep and sometimes pale.
Culture dc. as above.
ALSTRCEMERIA (Peruvian Lily).
This genus is remarkable in having no
bulbs but a mass of thickened or tuberous
roots from which spring leafy stems bear-
ing clusters or umbels of richly coloured
and often spotted flowers, with a more or
less irregular limb, the lower segment of
the inner row especially being different
from the others, while the 3 outer seg-
ments differ in shape from the inner ones.
The linear lance-shaped or ovate leaves
are inverted by the twisting of the stalk.
Culture and Propagation. — - When
grown in large masses or beds, Alstrce-
merias are very effective and showy
plants in the flower garden. They require
a deep rich and well -drained soil com-
posed of sandy loam and leaf soil, and
also well -rotted manure added some
weeks before planting. A warm sheltered
position with a more or less southern
aspect suits them best, especially near
a south wall or thick hedge. During
active growth and the hot summer months
copious waterings may be given, and a
mulching of well-rotted cow or stable
manure will impart additional vigour to
the plants, and enable the flower stems to
stand erect without being staked. The
period of flowering may be considerably
lengthened by cutting away the fading
flower stalks as early as possible. As the
blossoms last well in a cut state they are
useful for indoor decoration, and their
detachment from the plant is beneficial to
the latter.
Alstroemerias are readily increased by
carefully separating the clusters of fleshy
roots into as many pieces as there are
crowns either about September when the
foliage is browning, or in early spring just
as growth is about to begin. The plants,
however, are best left undisturbed unless
there is urgent need to increase the stock.
Seeds may also be saved, and sown very
thinly in cold frames or greenhouses in
shallow boxes, pans or pots when ripe or
in early spring. When the seedlings are
large enough to handle they should be
pricked out into a nice compost of sandy
loam, leaf soil and a little peat, and grown
on in a greenhouse until established.
They are best left growing in pots or pans
for the first year, as owing to their brittle
nature they are readily injured if trans-
planted to the open border when too
young.
The best time for planting Alstroeme-
rias is probably in March or April accord-
ing to the season and the state of the
weather. The roots should be buried about
6 or 9 inches deep, and about 1 ft. should
separate one plant from another. Although
fairly hardy, it is wise in severe winters,
especially in northern parts, to take the
precaution of covering the plants with
leaves or litter as a protection against
frost and cold rains, so as to keep the
ALSTRCEMERIA
NARCISSUS ORDER
l'OLIANTHES 915
roots as warm and dry as possible during
that period.
Mr. Baker has described 44 species,
but the following are the best for the out-
door garden : —
A. aurantiaca (A. a urea). — A fine
vigorous Chilian species 2-4 ft. high, with
thin lance-shaped leaves rather glaucous
beneath, the lower ones 3 4 in. long.
During the summer and autumn months
masses of orange flowers streaked with
red or carmine, the outer segments being
tipped with green. The variety concolor
has pale unspotted flowers.
Culture <{■<■. as above.
A. brasiliensis. — A Brazilian species
3-4 ft. high with oblong lance-shaped
non-inverted leaves about 2 in. long, and
reddish-yellow flowers, the inner seg-
ments being spotted with deep brown.
I 'nit ii re <(■<■. as above.
A. chilensis. — A beautiful Chilian
species 2-3 ft. high with more or less
obovate spoon-shaped rather glaucous
twisted leaves minutely fringed at the
edges. The blood-red or pink flowers
have the 2 upper inner segments lined
with yellow. There are many seedling
forms of this plant in gardens, having a
great variety of colour from blush-white
to deep orange or red.
Culture <tc. as above.
A. Errembaulti is a garden hybrid
from A. pulchella, about 2 ft. high, having
white flowers spotted with crimson. It
is rather tender and requires winter pro-
tection.
Culture d'c. as above.
A. haemantha. — This is a plant figured
in the ' Botanical Magazine,' t. 2354, as
A. pulchella, and as A. Simsi in Sweet's
' British Flower Garden,' t. 267. It is a
native of Chili and grows 2-3 ft. high, and
has crowded, thin, lance-shaped leaves
3-4 in. long, glaucous beneath, the upper
ones being linear. The outer segments
of the flower are bright red tipped with
green, the narrower inner ones having
red-purple spots on an orange ground.
The variety albida has whitish flowers.
Culture dc. as above.
A. pelegrina (Lily of the Incas). —
A beautiful Chilian species about 1 ft.
high, cultivated in Messrs. Lee's nursery
at Hammersmith as long ago as 1774. The
leaves are thin lance-shaped and about 2
in. long, and the outer segments of the
lilac flowers are 1 in. broad, while the
inner ones are heavily spotted with red-
dish-purple. The variety alba is a beauti-
ful form with white unspotted flowers. It
is, however, rather tender and requires the
protection of a cold frame or cool green-
house, where it makes a fine subject in pots.
Culture dec. as above.
A. pulchella (,1. banlcsiana; A.psitta-
eiiiu). — A Brazilian species 2-3 ft. high,
with scattered more or less lance -shaped
leaves and clusters of dark red flowers
tipped with green, all the segments, which
are very unequal, being spotted inside
with brown. Bather tender.
Culture die. as above.
A. pulchra (A. bicolor; A. Flos-Mar-
tini).— St. Martin's FU<wer. — According
to Mr. Baker this pretty plant is a variety
of a Chilian species called A. Ligtu, and
grows about 2 ft. high, with linear or
narrow lance-shaped leaves 2-3 in. long,
and flowers variously coloured with
purple, yellowish-white, and deep yellow,
dotted with red and flushed with pink.
Rather tender.
Culture ire. as above.
A. versicolor (A. peruviana). — A pretty
Peruvian plant 2 4 ft. high, with obliquely
lance-shaped stalkless leaves, and yellow
flowers spotted and striped with purple or
maroon, and tipped with green. This is
a strong-growing species with several
beautiful garden forms.
Other kinds sometimes met with .ire
revoluta, with bright yellow spotted
flowers ; sulphurea tigrvna, yellow spotted
with brown ; Hookeri, yellow streaked
with red; and ten it if alia, rosy-violet.
Culture ((■<■. as above.
POLIANTHES (Tuberose).— This
genus consists of one species only : —
P. tuberosa. — A charming Mexican
plant, with a tuberous rootstock and thin
linear bright green leaves 12-18 in. or
more long, deeply channelled in the lower
half, and more or less spotted with brown
behind. The flower spikes on plants
grown in the open air appear about August,
and are 2-3 ft. high, bearing near the
end several pure waxy white funnel-
shaped flowers which emit a strong scent
considered delicious by many, but rather
heavy and sickly by some. There is a
variety called gracilis having a more
slender habit and narrower leaves. The
double-flowered variety is that most gene-
3s2
916
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLAXTS
AGAVE
rally grown, and is largely cultivated in
greenhouses to supply the requirements
of floral artists. They are known as
Double African. Double American, Double
Italian, and Pearl Tuberoses, the latter
being the favourite as it does not grow so
tall as the others.
Culture and Propagation. — The tuber-
ous rootstocks, or bulbs as they are popu-
larly called, may be planted in the flower
garden about the end of May when all
danger from severe frosts is practically
past. They will grow in ordinary garden
soil, bvit prefer rich well-manured loam,
with a fair supply of water while growing.
In the mildest parts of the country
the plants may be left in the soil during
the winter, but should be protected with
leaves, straw, or litter, and kept as dry as
possible. Or in less favoured spots the
bulbs may be taken up about the end
of September, and stored in sand in a
dry frost-proof place until the following
season. On the whole, however, perhaps
it is best to buy fresh strong imported
bidbs every year, as they are not likely to
ripen sufficiently well in this country to
produce good crops of bloom for more
than one or two seasons.
BRAVOA. — A genus containing 4
species of perennial plants with tuberous
rootstocks, and a few long lance-shaped
or linear radical leaves, and red or whitish
flowers in distant pairs. Perianth with a
long rather cylindrical tube and short
ovate or oblong nearly equal segments.
B. geminiflora {Scarlet Twin Flower).
A graceful and distinct Mexican plant,
growing wild at an elevation of about
7000 ft. It has a round tuber about li
in. in diameter, with very fibrous coats at
the top, and pale green narrow sword-like
leaves 12-18 in. long. The bright red or
scarlet nodding tubular flowers about 1
in. long are produced from July onwards
in distant pairs on erect stalks 1-2 ft. high.
Culture and Propagation. — This is
the only species generally grown, and
from the Thames Valley southwards may
be regarded as practically hardy if grown
in warm sheltered positions. In winter it
is safer to protect the plants, especially in
northern parts, froni frost and cold rains.
A rich sandy loam and leaf soil suit it
best, and new plants may be obtained
from the offsets in autumn or early spring,
or by means of the seeds which should be
sown as soon as ripe in cold frames, and
grown on for a year before planting out.
AGAVE. — A genus of noble-looking
plants with rosettes of fleshy sharp-pointed
and often toothed leaves, and tall cande-
labra-like spikes of funnel -shaped greenish-
yellow flowers, which, however, are rarely
produced. The plants are not hardy, but
A. mnericana and its variegated form are
so well known that they require men-
tion. They are large plants with rosettes
of 30-40 or more fleshy sharp-pointed
spiny toothed leaves 3-6 ft. long and 6-9
in. broad, glaucous-green, and more or
less deeply channelled down the face, the
outer leaves being reourved. The varie-
gated form has broad white or pale yellow
stripes from base to apex. As the leaves
are unfolding from the centre it is curious
to note the impression of their shape and
spines on the inner leaves against which
they have been pressed.
Culture and Propagation. — These
plants are usually grown in large tubs or
pots, and placed in more or less conspicu-
ous positions in the garden from June to
September, for the sake of their fine
tropical appearance. In the winter they
must be protected in a greenhouse. These
large plants mature very slowly, and die
after sending up a spike of flowers 20-40
ft. high.
Some species from the colder parts of
X. America might be grown out of doors
in the south of England and Ireland, but
I fear our climate is too moist for them
in winter. They can stand frost well in
their native habitats, but not the raw cold
moisture of the British Islands. Most of
the kinds are easily increased by the offsets
which spring from the base of the plants.
CXXIII. IRIDE^-Flag Order
An order of perennial herbs often with a woody, creeping, or stolon-bearing
rootstock or rhizome, and usually smooth radical, equitant, flat linear or
sword-like leaves in 2 rows, those of the stem alternate and sheathing.
Flowers hermaphrodite, usually regular, borne on terminal bracteate spikes,
IBIS
FLAG OBDEB
litis 917
umbels, corymbs, or panicles. Perianth superior, petal-like,with 6 lobes or
segments, in two distinct circles, sometimes all nearly equal and alike, some-
times the inner ones larger or smaller and dissimilar to the outer ones.
Stamens 3, opposite the outer lobes or segments of the perianth. Ovary
inferior, usually 3-celled. Stigmas often petal-like. Fruit an ovoid oblong
■or rarely linear, sometimes 3-lobed capsule with few or many seeds.
IRIS (Flag). — A genus of ornamental
herbaceous plants with a woody or fleshy
creeping, or short spindle-shaped bulbous
rootstock, and sword-shaped or linear
often equitant leaves. Flowers in
sheaths, often scattered on an erect scape
or spike. Perianth tube short, with the
3 outer segments or ' falls ' reflexed and
often bearded at the base ; the 3 inner
ones or ' standards ' erect, usually smaller
than the others. Stamens 3, inserted at
the base of the outer segments. Style
triquetrous with 3 petal-like stigmas
opposite and arching over the stamens.
Capsule oblong, round, smooth, 3-6-
ribbed, or distinctly triquetrous, 3-celled,
many-seeded.
Owing to their beautiful and curiously
constructed flowers, Irises have been
rather appropriately called ' the Poor
Man's Orchids.' The common German
(J. germanica) and Florentine Flags (I.
florenti/na) are to be met with in cottage
gardens throughout the country, flourish-
ing in almost any soil, and producing
large numbers of flowers annually. But
there are many others which may be
grown quite as easily and are remarkable
for the delicacy and beauty of colour
exhibited by their flowers.
Broadly speaking, Irises may be
roughly divided into four main groups,
and as each group requires somewhat
different treatment it may be as well to
refer to each separately.
1. Bearded Irises. — This group, of
which the common German Flag (I.
germanica) is a well-known example, is
readily recognised by its stout creeping
rootstocks, sharp pointed sword-like leaves,
and an erect scape with several flowers on
it. Most of them have the ' falls ' or outer
petals distinctly and often beautifully
bearded or crested at the base. They
form a group of great beauty, and are
perfectly hardy, vigorous, and free-flower-
ing. They flourish in ordinary garden
soil and require little attention. A par-
tially shaded position is better than one
fully exposed to the sun, as the flowers,
which are naturally of a fleeting character,
remain fresh for a longer period under
partial shade than if scorched by the sun.
All Irises with rhizomes or tuberous root-
stocks may be easily increased in the
autumn or early spring, simply by pulling
or cutting the rhizomes to pieces, taking
care that each portion has at least one eye
or bud from which the new plant can
develop.
2. Beardless Irises. — There is a rather
large group of Irises characterised by the
flowers having no beards or crests. They
vary a good deal, and experience is the
best guide to their successful cultivation.
Some like a heavy loamy soil, others a
mixture of peat and loam, and others
again nearly all peat, or almost a boggy
soil. Although some of them, like I. an rea,
I. vmguiculwris (or stylosa), axii I. sibi
are fairly easy to grow well, others, like
I. douglasiona, I. tenax, and I. tectorum,
and such little-known kinds as I. califor-
nica and I. Hart /ret/ i, are fastidious —
sometimes flourishing with ordinary care,
but at other times wasting away although
every attention is bestowed upon them.
3. Bulbous or Xi/phion Irises. — There
are many beautiful rare and delicate
species belonging to this group, the most
common and best known being the so-
called ' Spanish ' and ' English ' Irises.
They are distinguished by having a
roundish or spindle - shaped rootstock
resembling a bulb in appearance, and
by having often grassy or narrow leaves
and flowers of great beauty and variety
but generally smaller than those of the
bearded and rhizomatous group. They
all flourish in rich sandy well-drained soil
and like warm sunny situations. They
are best undisturbed for about 3 years,
after which they may be lifted when the
leaves have withered, and divided for the
purpose of increasing the stock. They
are far more effective in the flower garden
when planted in masses than separately.
Many of the choicer and rarer varieties
are safest grown in pots, as they can be
looked after more readily, and if neces-
sary given the protection of a cold frame
in winter.
918
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
IRIS
Seeds are ripened by many Bulbous
Irises in our climate, and it is always
advisable in such cases to obtain a stock
of plants from home-saved seeds, as their
progeny is likely to prove much hardier
and more amenable to our climate than
plants from imported bulbs. The seeds
should be sown as soon as thoroughly ripe
in well-drained pots or pans in cold frames.
By sowing thinly the seedlings need not
be disturbed for the first year, so that they
will have a fair chance of making good
growth for the second year.
4. Oncocyclus or ' Cushion ' Irises. — ■
These are usually the largest, most charm-
ing, and most beautifully coloured of all
the Irises, but unfortunately they are also
the most difficult to grow thoroughly well.
According to Sir Michael Foster, F.R.S.,
who has devoted many years to the
cultivation and study of these Irises, the
characteristics of the group are as fol-
lows. In the rhizome the young bud,
instead of being attached to the stock by
a broad flattened base, and projecting
slightly, stands out in the form of a nipple,
the base of which is often constricted.
In many forms the attachment is
lengthened into a cord, often a very
narrow one, so that the bud is at the end
of a stolon. According to the narrowness
and length (or the reverse) of the con-
nection of the bud with the stock, the
rhizome may be spoken of as more cr less
spreading or creeping, or more or less
compact.
The foliage as compared with other
Irises is scanty, and the leaves narrow,
and mostly sickle -shaped. The flower
stern or scape usually bears only a single
flower, which is conspicuous by its size,
colour and marking. The ' falls ' are
usually more or less bearded at the base,
and occasionally there are also a few
hairs on the claw of the standards.
There is another group of Irises closely
allied to the Oncocyclus, but as the flow-
ers are somewhat different in shape, and
more than one on a stem, they have been
distinguished by Sir Michael Foster under
the name of 'Regalia.' I. Korollcowl
represents this section.
Notwithstanding the fact that Onco-
cyclus Irises are somewhat difficult to
grow successfully, the great beauty and
variety of form of their flowers will be an
ample recompense for any special trouble
taken with them. The main points in
their cultivation are (1) shallow planting,
(2) gritty well -drained soil, (3) non-
disturbance in autumn, and (4) absence of
wet overhead and at the root from the
time the leaves wither until growth starts
again naturally.
The Rev. H. Ewbank, of Ryde, I.W.,
who, as well as Sir Michael Foster and
Herr Max Leichtlin of Baden-Baden, has
devoted much attention to the cultivation
of this group of Irises, has placed on
record in ' The Garden ' the method by
which he has succeeded in growing them
almost to perfection. He makes a raised
bed some 6 inches or so above the sur-
rounding soil, and uses road scrapings
pure and simple in which to plant his
Irises. This soil is light, rich, gritty, and
easily penetrated. Moreover it cakes at
the top and even in hot weather does not
become dead dry if no glass be put over
it. When the plants have finished flower-
ing in early summer a light is placed over
them, in such a way that there is free
circulation of air. This protects the
ripening plants from rain, and they can
dry off in the soil without being disturbed.
To insure a dry bottom, Mr. Ewbank
placed about 1 ft. beneath the surface of
the soil some paving stones, and thus
prevented the ascent of moisture from
the subsoil.
The best time to plant Oncocyclus
Irises is the first week in June, and if
the methods of Mr. Ewbank are adopted
(or a modification of them, so long as the
principle remains the same) there is
every chance of securing success. With
a dry well-drained bottom, the beds only
require to be covered with a layer of straw
or litter from the time of planting — say
November 1st till about February 1st —
simply to keep off excessive rains.
IRISES FROM SEEDS
Many of the Irises produce seeds
freely in cultivation. If sown in light
rich soil under glass, these will readily
germinate. The seedlings may be pricked
out and grown on, and about the end of
the third year will be in a condition for
producing flower. In the case of rare
kinds, seeds should always be saved if
possible and grown on in this way to
increase the stock. Although Sir Michael
Foster and Herr Max Leichtlin have both
raised hybrid Irises, this group of plants
has not yet been taken seriously in hand
by professional gardeners. The Irises
described in the following pages under
mis
FLAG ORDER
mis 919
the heads of germanica,hybrida, pallida,
neglecta, squalens, and variegata are the
chief ones among which any quantity of
hybrid or cross-bred forms have appeared,
and they constitute a very important and
ornamental class of plants for the flower
border. The various other kinds cross
readily enough, and by cross-fertilisation
many fine vigorous and hardy forms could
no doubt be raised.
The following is a list of the best kinds
of Irises met with in cultivation. They
are arranged in alphabetical order, and
not according to their natural groups
(which will be indicated) for the sake of
more easy reference.
In the following descriptions the word
• fall ' is used to indicate the 3 outer seg-
ments, and the word ' standard ' to indi-
cate the 3 inner erect segments of the
flower. Care must be taken to distinguish
the latter from the 3 petal-like stigmas
shielding the stamens in the centre of the
flower.
I. acutiloba. — A distinct Caucasian
Oncocyclus Iris with slender and distinct-
ly creeping rootstocks and narrow slender
leaves curved into a semicircle from stems
an inch or two high. Falls about }, in.
broad, almost strap-shaped, with a sharply
reflexed lance-shaped blade, pale lilac and
dark purple with darker distinct veins,
and a ridge of dense short dark purple or
blackish hairs at the base ; standards
oblong, twice as broad as the falls, erect,
with wavy edges, and of a pale lilac
colour. This species varies in colour, and
is very rarely met with.
Culture dc. as above for 'Oncocyclus
Irises,' p. 918.
I. alata (I. scorpioides ; I. trans-
tagana ; I. trialata ; I. rmcroptera ;
XipJtioit alatum). — A very handsome
bulbous Iris native of S. Europe and N.
Africa, with lance-shaped pointed pale
green distichous leaves about 1 ft. long.
Flowers from October to December, with
a cylindrical tube 3-6 in. long, and a
bright lilac-purple limb about 3 in. deep ;
falls oblong, 1 in. broad, with bright
yellow ridge at the base ; standards some-
what spoon-shaped, 1 in. long, spreading
horizontally.
This species varies a good deal in
colour ; hence several forms of it have
received special names like lilacina,
speciosa, cinerea, nigrescens, citpreata,
magna, Leichtlini, pallida &c. There is
also a white variety, alba.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species grows mostly in winter, the
leaves beginning to wither about April
and May. In northern parts of the
country for this reason it usually requires
protection in winter, and is probably best
grown in a cold frame.
Propagation is effected by detaching
the small bulbs from the base of the
larger ovoid ones when the plant is at rest.
The small bulbs may be planted sepa-
rately, but care should be taken not to
injure the fleshy roots, although bulbs
without them will grow.
I. Alberti. — A native of Turkestan,
with a stout rootstock and sword-like
slightly glaucous leaves l.j-2 ft. long.
The large bright lilac flowers are produced
in May and June, in loose panicles over-
topping the leaves, having densely bearded
falls veined with didl brown and lilac on
a white ground.
Culture dc. as above for 'Bearded
Irises,' p. 917.
I. atrofusca. — A beautiful Oncocylus
Iris, native of Palestine. It grows about
the same height has I. susiana, and has
weak pale green or slightly glaucous
leaves about a foot long. The large soli-
tary flowers are borne at the top of a stout
stalk a foot or so long, and are of a deep
violet -purple colour. The wedge-shaped
falls are about 3 in. long, li in. broad, and
of a deep almost blackish velvety purple,
bearded at the base with brownish black
and yellow hairs. The roundish standards
are much larger, being about 4 in. long
and 3 in. broad, and of a deep violet-purple
distinctly veined with radiating lines and
dots of a deeper colour.
Culture dc. as above for ' Oncocyclus
Irises,' p. 918.
I. atropurpurea. — A Syrian species
related to /. iberica, and like that in
foliage. Flowers rather smaller with
narrow ovate falls blotched and bearded
with yellow at the base and tipped with
dark purple or black ; standards larger
and roundish, deep black-purple, with
veins of a deeper colour. Style reddish
purple-brown with smallish quadrate
crest. There is an improved Italian
form called ' Odysseus.'
Culture dc. as above for ' Oncocyclus
Irises,' p. 918.
920
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
IRIS
I. aurea. — A tall handsome beardless
Himalayan Iris 3-4 ft. high, with stont
stems bearing two sessile clusters of
flowers, and having sword - like leaves
about 2 ft. long. Flowers in June, bright
golden-yellow ; falls oblong, crisped at
the edges ; standards oblanceolate, shorter
than the falls.
Culture dc. as above for 'Beardless
Irises,' p. 917. This species grows well in
ordinary soil and may be grown in groups
in the border or shrubbery. Increased
by dividing the rootstocks and by seeds.
I. bakeriana. — A pretty Armenian
Iris with ovoid bulbs and cylindrical,
8-ribbed horny-pointed leaves about 1 ft.
long. Flowers from January to March,
very fragrant, having narrow oblanceolate
standards of a sky - blue colour, and
broader oblong spoon-shaped more or less
erect ' falls,' white, blotched with deep
blue or violet and edged with deep violet.
The flowers vary a good deal in colour,
and there is now a rare and beautiful
white form.
Culture dtc. as above for 'Bulbous
Irises,' p. 917. This is a pretty plant for
growing in pots in cold frames and green-
houses, and also in sheltered well-drained
nooks in the rockery.
I. balkana. — A dwarf tufted species
about 1 ft. high, native of the Balkan
Mountains, with sharp-pointed sword-like
leaves of a bluish-green tint. As a rule 2
flowers are borne on each scape, and are
of dark purple-lilac colour, the fall having
a dense white beard tipped with lilac.
Culture dtc. as above for the ' Bearded
Irises,' p. 917.
I. Barnumae. — An Oncocj^clus Iris,
native of the hills of Kurdistan, with
slender rootstock and stems only a few
inches high. It comes near I. iberica
but has narrower and less sickle-shaped
leaves and smaller and less attractive
dull wine-purple flowers, marked with
deeper coloured veins and a brownish -
yellow style blotched and spotted with
reddish-purple. Falls smaller and
narrower than the roundish standards
and having a beard of yellow hairs tipped
with purple. There is a charming yellow-
flowered variety which emits a delicious
fragrance not unlike that of Lily of the
Valley.
Culture dtc. See note above on the
' Oncocyclus Irises,' p. 918.
I. Bartoni. — A handsome species,
native of Afghanistan, with pale green
sword-like leaves about 18 in. long, and
1|— 2 in. broad, strongly ribbed. Flowers
in June, 2-3 in a cluster, strongly scented,
having creamy - white falls veined with
greenish-yellow, violet-purple on the claw,
and a white and orange beard ; standards
creamy-white veined with purple.
Culture dtc. as above for 'Bearded
Irises,' p. 917.
I. benacensis. — A native of the
Southern Tyrol 12-15 inches high, with
sword - like leaves. The flowers are
mostly in threes on the scapes, the upper
ones being crowded. The long obovate
falls are deep violet with still deeper veins,
and end in a whitish claw veined with
coppery violet, while the beard is white at
the base and yellow above. The broad
oblong standards are violet, as are also
the triangular crests of the stigma.
Culture dtc. as above for the 'Bearded
Irises,' p. 917.
I. biflora (J. fragrans ; I. nmli-
eaulis ; I. subbiflora). — A beautiful S.
European Iris 9-18 in. high, with a stout
short - creeping rootstock and rather
glaucous sword-like leaves. Flowers in
April, bright violet-purple ; falls obovate,
1 in. broad, reflexed about midway, and
having a yellow beard. Standards erect.
Culture dec. as above for 'Bearded
Irises,' p. 917. Suitable for the border or
rockery in ordinary garden soil.
I. Biliotti. — A handsome Iris of the
germemica group, 2^-3 ft. high, native of
Asia Minor. The leaves are of a darker
green, stiffer, and more distinctly striped
than those of I. germemica, and are over
20 in. long. The flowers are delightfully
fragrant and appear rather later than those
of I. germanica. The wedge - shaped
spathulate falls are about 3^ in. long, red-
dish-purple with dark, almost black, veins
and a white beard tipped with yellow.
The standards are about 3| in. long and
2 in. broad, bluish-purple with fine deli-
cate deep blue veins. The oboATate styles
are white with triangular reddish-purple
crests.
Culture dtc. as for 'Bearded Irises,'
p. 917. This species may be grown under
exactly the same conditions as I. ger-
memica. It is perfectly hardy.
I. bismarckiana. — A handsome and
attractive Iris, native of Mount Lebanon.
IKIS
FLAG ORDER
mis 921
having creeping rootstocks and leaves
like 1. susiana, and flowers almost as
large as in that species. Falls obovate
with a convex blade, irregularly netted
and veined with dark reddish purple -
brown on a pale yellow ground, and
bearded at the base with dark purple
or blackish hairs. Standards roundish
with bluntly serrate edges, veined with
blue on a creamy-white ground. Style
creamy-white spotted or blotched with
reddish-brown.
Cult it re Ac. as above for ' Oncocyclus
Irises,' p. 918.
I. Boissieri. — A dwarf bulbous Iris
about 1 ft. high, native of the Gerez
Mountains in Spain, with linear deeply
channelled leaves, ribbed on the outside.
Flowers in June, solitary, 2-3 in. across,
with fiddle-shaped horizontally spreading
falls of rich red-purple, with a distinct
golden-yellow bearded ridge ; standards
spoon-shaped, purple above, reddish below.
Styles reddish-purple with darker veins.
Culture Ac. as above for 'Bulbous
Irises,' p. 917.
I. bracteata. — A distinct and interest-
ing Iris, native of Oregon. It has solitary
rigid leaves 1-2 ft. long, and about h in.
broad, one side being green, the other
glaucous. The angled flower stem is
shorter than the leaves, and furnished
with purple sheathing bracts. The large.
almost pure yellow flowers have oblong
lance-shaped falls veined with bluish-
purple, the standards being narrow and
lance-shaped. As a rule, the body
colour changes to white and the veins
to deep rose with age.
Culture Ac. as above for ' Bearded
Irises,' p. 917. This species likes warm
positions, and may be increased by divi-
ding the slender rhizomes.
I. caucasica. — A bulbous Iris, native
of the Caucasus to Persia, about (5 in.
high, with 4-6 lance-shaped sickle-like
leaves. Flowers in February and March,
2-3 in. across, pale yellow ; falls obovate,
I in. broad, rerlexed at the upper portion ;
stigmas broad, pale yellow, with deltoid
crests. Standards minute, spoon-shaped,
pointed. The variety major is larger in
all its parts, the ridge of the falls being
of a deeper or orange -yellow, toothed or
even fringed with hair-like processes ;
the variety Kharput has about 5 flowers
sessile in the axils of the upper leaves,
greenish -yellow, except the central orange
ridge of the falls. The standards are
larger than in the type, bent vertically
downwards, with edges sharply curled to
form a channel. /. assyriaca, with white
flowers, closely resembles I. caucasica.
Culture Ac. ;is above for 'Bulbous
Irises,' p. 917. I. caucasica and its vari-
eties are of more interest perhaps from
a botanical than a garden point of view.
I. Cengialti. — A pretty Iris from Mt.
Cengialto, having yellow-green leaves 6-9
in. long and about i in. broad. Flowers
in May and June, 1-4 on a stem about
1 ft. high, sky-blue flushed with violet,
the falls having a thick stunted white
beard tipped with orange. The variety
Lojijrio differs from the type in having
blue-green leaves, and rich deep blue
flowers with somewhat longer and nar-
rower segments.
Culture Ac. as above for 'Bearded
Irises,' p. 917.
I. Chamaeiris. — A pretty S. European
species 4-6 in. high with tufts of pale
green leaves about \ in. broad. Flowers
in April, with oblong spoon-shaped falls
| in. broad, bright yellow tinged and
veined with brown, and having a bright
orange-yellow beard. Standards primrose-
yellow, crisped at the edges. The variety
balkana is a taller and more handsome
plant with bright lilac-purple flowers;
olbiensis has the falls white at the base,
veined with purple, bearded with white
and tipped with yellow.
Culture Ac. as above for 'Bearded
Irises,' p. 917.
I. cretensis. — A stemless species
native of S.E. Europe, with dense tufts
of erect stifhsh narrow linear ribbed
leaves, in the centre of which the deep
lilac flowers nestle in April and May.
Falls obovate, clawed, beardless, about \
in. broad, standards much narrower.
Culture Ac. as above for 'Beardless
Irises,' p. 917.
I. cristata. — A handsome slender
species 4-6 in. high, native of the Eastern
United States, with distichous rosettes of
linear leaves. Flowers in April and May,
rich amethyst-blue, Avith blunt obovate
falls having a yellow beardless crest, and
beautifully fringed edges. This is a charm-
ing plant for sunny sheltered banks or
parts of the rockery where it will not be
too wet in winter.
Culture Ac. as above for ' Beardless
Irises,' p. 917.
922
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
IRIS
I. Danfordiae (I. Bornmiilleri). — A
charming little bulbous Iris about 3 in.
high, with 4-sided horny-pointed leaves.
Flowers in February, sometimes earlier,
bright golden-yellow spotted with brown ;
falls oblong, spoon-shaped ; standards re-
duced to a mere bristle.
Culture dc. as above for I. bakeriana
and ' Bulbous Irises ' generally, p. 917.
Grows well in dry corners of the rockery.
I. douglasiana. — A slender Calif ornian
species 6-12 in. high with tufts of thick
stiffish strongly ribbed linear leaves.
Flowers in June, soft yellow. 1^-2 in. deep ;
falls obovate, spoon- shaped, handsomely
veined with bright lilac-purple ; standards
shorter, erect.
Culture Sc. as above for the 'Beardless
Irises,' p. 917.
I. Duthiei. — A native of X. India
(Kumaon) with knotty and gnarled rhi-
zomes and tufts of yellowish-green leaves
about 2 ft. long and i in. broad. The
solitary sessile flowers appear in May
when the leaves are only 2-3 in. long, the
full growth of the leaves not being finished
till about the end of June. The nearly
horizontal lance-shaped foils are reddish-
lilac above, with darker veins and blotches,
and a white beard tipped with yellow at
the base ; greenish-yellow beneath, with the
veins and blotches showing through. The
oblong ovate standards are about 1\ in.
long, pale reddish-lilac with darker veins,
while the styles with triangular crenate
ci'ests are of a similar colour.
Culture ,(r. as above for 'Bearded
Irises,' p. 917.
I. Eulefeldi. — A native of Eastern
Turkestan, about 1 ft. high, with remark-
ably glaucous, sickle-shaped leaves 1 ft.
or more long. Flowers in May and June,
2 on a stem, reddish-purple ; falls purple
with a long white and bluish-purple beard ;
standards purple and reddish-purple, with
a yellowish claw.
Cult iin ,{■<■. as above for 'Bearded
Irises,' p. 917.
I. filifolia (XipMon filifolium). — A
native of S. Spain and N. Africa, resem-
bling I. Xif>]iium in bulb and foliage,
and having slender roundish stems, 12-18
in. high, with 6 or more filiform leaves,
over a foot long, the outer ones mottled
Vvith purple. Flowers about the end of
June, bright deep purple, spotted with
black, and having a patch of orange on
the blade of the large oblong, fiddle-
shaped fall.
Culture <fce. as above for the ' Bulbous
Irises,' p. 917. May be grown in ordinary
garden soil in warm sheltered spots.
I. flavescens. — A native of E. Europe
and W. Asia, 2-3 ft. high, with the habit
and foliage of I. germanica. Flowers in
May. lemon-yellow, about 2 in. deep; falls
obovate wedge-shaped, about lh in. broad,
bearded with orange-yellow and veined at
the base with purple-brown ; standards
erect, obovate.
Culture dec. as above for the ' Bearded
Irises,' p. 917. Increased by division and
seeds.
I. florentina (Florentine Iris). — A
splendid and well - known S. European
species, with thick, fleshy, creeping root-
stocks, tufts of glaucous sword-like leaves,
and flattish flower stems, 2-3 ft. high.
Flowers in May and June, 3-6 in. deep,
whitish, tinged with pale lavender, and
having a bright yellow beard on the falls.
The flowers exhale a sweet odour like that
of Violets, and in the variety albicans are
almost pure white.
Culture dc. as above for the 'Bearded
Irises,' p. 917, and I. germanica.
I. fcetidissima [Fetid Gladwin;
Boast Beef Plant). — A beautiful British
species, with somewhat flattened flower-
sterns, 2-3 ft. high, and firm, deep green,
sword-shaped leaves. Flowers from May
to July, usually purple, or bluish-lilac,
2-3 in. deep. There is a variety with
pretty variegated foliage, striped with
ivory-white lines, which looks particularly
handsome in spring.
Cu Itu re dtc. as above for the ' Beardless
Irises,' p. 917. The Gladwin flourishes
in moist and partially shaded places in
ordinary garden soil, and in the autumn
is rendered remarkable by its burst ed
pods of orange-scarlet seeds.
I. fosteriana. — A pretty bulbous Iris,
about 1 ft. high, native of Afghanistan, with
slender elongated bulbs, having fleshy
roots and linear leaves, not unlike those
of the Spanish Iris (I. Xiphiin/i), but
much striped on the outside. Flowers
in March, about 2 in. across, with yellow
falls and styles, but reddish - purple
standards.
Culture dec. as above for 'Bulbous
Irises,' p. 917. This species is very diffi-
cult to grow; according to Sir M. Foster
IBIS
FLAG ORDER
iris 923
a moderately stiff soil suits it best. It
should be kept as dry as possible in winter,
and hot in summer. It must be sheltered
from winds and kept free from the roots of
trees and shrubs.
I. fulva.— A United States Flag, 2-3 ft.
high, with bright green, narrow, sword-
shaped leaves. Flowers in June, bright
coppery brown, 2-3 in. deep, the oblong
clawed falls having a reddish-brown
down on the keel.
Culture d'e. as above for 'Beardless
Irises,' p. 917. Increased by division of
the rootstocks. Grows well in ordinary
soil in moist situations near lakes, ponds
&e.
I. fumosa (Xiphioii Aucheri). — A
Syrian species related to I. smdjarensis,
from which it differs in having shorter
and relatively broader leaves, and in
the stem bearing 8-10 greenish-yellow
flowers, with a more or less smoky tint.
in April. Scarcely ornamental enough
for the flower garden, but interesting in
botanical collections.
Culture <tc. as above for 'Bulbous
Irises,' p. 917. This species is also known
as I. cuprea.
I. Gatesi. — A handsome Oncocyclus
Iris, native of Armenia, resembling /.
susiana, but having a more compact rhi-
zome, and shorter, narrower, and deeper
green foliage. The flower stem is taller,
li-2 ft., and the individual blooms (which
appear in June) lai'ger, of a soft delicate
grey — the result of very thin clear veins
and minute purple dots on a creamy-white
ground, the dots predominating on the
curved convex fall 4 in. across, and the
veins on the large roundish standard 5 in.
or more across. The hairs on the claw
beneath the grey or brownish style
necked with dark purple are crowded into
a diffuse beard. The ripe capsule is often
5 in. long. As the flowers do not stand
even gentle winds well, the plants should
be sheltered as much as possible.
Culture dc. as above for ' Oncocyclus
Irises,' p. 918.
I. germanica (Common or German
Flag). — This well-known and orna-
mental Iris from Central and S. Europe
is more generally cultivated than any
other. It has a thick fleshy creeping root-
stock, tufts of glaucous sword-like leaves,
and flower stems 2-3 ft. high, bearing
many large fragrant and elegant purple
and lilac blossoms in May and June ; the
falls have a conspicuous yellow beard on
a whitish ground veined with brown.
Culture and Propagation.- This
species flourishes in ordinary soil, and in
any situation, but prefers partially shaded
to very sunny spots as the flowers retain
their freshness for a longer period. There
are many forms cultivated in gardens, all
beautiful and easily grown, the best being
alba, white; atropurp urea, deep reddish-
purple ; grisea, white veined and netted
with lilac ; major, large, blue and purple ;
Agues, pale lavender and blue ; ArU qv/in,
brown and black ; Argus, violet ; ( 'alypso,
white streaked with purple; Canary
Bird, yellow; Laura, pale yellow and
deep purple; Lucretia, porcelain, striped
purple; Othello, yellow and violet;
Sappho, golden-yellow and bright blue
&c. They are all easily increased in early
autumn or early spring by dividing the
rootstocks and replanting and watering
into rich garden sod. There is a form of
the German Iris called nepalensis, but it
must not be confounded with the bulbous
Iris nepalt nsis, a quite distinct plant
described below, p. 927.
I. graminea. — A pretty, beardless Iris,
native of Central and Southern Europe,
with solid 2-edged stems about 9 in. high,
and tufts of linear grassy leaves 12-18 in.
long, and much overtopping the flowers.
The latter are slightly fragrant, and
produced in May and June, bright lilac-
purple in colour, H-2 in. deep, the
roundish falls being veined with bluish-
purple on a white ground.
Culture ill-, as above for 'Beardless
Irises,' p. 917. This species likes a rich
moist soil in warm situations, and may be
increased by division. There are a few
varieties in cultivation, such as lampro-
phylla and latifolia.
I. Grant-Duffi. — A pretty species,
native of the Holy Land, recognised by
its bluish glaucous - green leaves and
sulphur-yellow flowers.
Culture de. as above for the ' Bearded
Irises,' p. 917. It is easily grown in
ordinary soil, and may be treated in the
same way as the common German Flag.
I. guldenstadtiana (I. halophila
{Pallas); I. stenogyne). — A beardless Iris
native of Siberia with stout flower sterns
about two ft. high, and firm sharp-pointed
sword-like leaves. Flowers hi June, 2 in.
deep ; falls white with an orange base ;
924
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
IRIS
standards pure white with a yellow keel
and margin. There is an almost pure
white variety, alba, and a blue one called
ccerulea.
Culture l(-c. as above for ' Beardless
Irises,' p. 917. Ordinary garden soil. In-
creased by division of the rhizomes.
I. Helenae. — A lovely Caucasian Iris,
with large flowers having bright lilac
standards, and purple falls veined with
black, and having a velvety black blotch
at the base. This may be a form of
I. iberica.
Culture dc. as above for ' Oncocyclus
Irises,' p. 918.
I. hexagona. — A native of the South
United States with deeply forked leafy
stems, 3-4 ft. high, and sword-shaped
leaves 2-3 ft. long and over an inch wide.
Flowers in April and May, 3-4 in. deep,
pale or deep lilac, with spoon- shaped
standards and obovate clawed falls.
Closely related to this species is the Japa-
nese I. albo-2)urparea, which has white
flowers spotted with purple.
Culture d:c. as above for 'Bearded
Irises,' p. 917. Ordinary soil. Increased
by division.
I. heylandiana. — A rare Oncocyclus
Iris, native of Mesopotamia. It is near
I. Sari, but the foliage is somewhat
narrower, and the flower stem more com-
pletely clothed with clasping leaves.
Both fall and standard are marked with
brown-violet or black-purple veins, on a
dingy white ground, the purple hue not
being so prominent as in I. Sari, and the
white ground coming more to the front.
The beard on the fall is white, more or
less tinged with yellow.
Culture d-c. as above for ' Oncocyclus
Irises,' p. 918.
I. hookeriana.- — A Bengalese Iris with
rather fleshy rhizomes and yellowish-
green leaves about a foot long and nearly
an inch broad appearing with the flowers.
The flower stems are shorter than the
leaves, and bear two flowers. Falls
obovate lance-shaped, If in. long, densely
bearded with white hairs tipped with
orange, and bluish-purple with darker
blotches. The narrow obovate standards
about f in. long are bluish-purple, while
the concave styles with triangular serrate
crests are reddish-purple.
Culture <tc. as above for ' Bearded
Irises,' p. 917.
I. hybrida (!■ a/maena). — Under this
name come a large number of garden
Irises which have been derived probably
by hybridising and cross-breeding I. ger-
manica, I. variegata, I. squalens, and
other species. The sword-like leaves are
afoot or more long. The large flowers
appear in June, and usually have whitish,
pale lilac, and generally pale coloured
standards, and deeper coloured falls (lilac,
purple &c.) with a bright yellow beard on
a white ground, and variously blotched
and striped.
Culture d'-c. as above for ' Bearded
Irises,' p. 917. These hybrid or garden
Irises are among the showiest and most
easily grown plants. They are perfectly
hardj?, with a vigorous constitution
capable of resisting wet or drought, and
produce large numbers of blossoms, com-
prising all shades of blue, lilac, violet,
yellow and brown, and passing from pure
white to the deepest purple. For the de-
coration of beds and borders, margins of
shrubberies, edges of lakes, ponds &c. they
are unequalled when in bloom.
I. iberica. — A strikingly handsome
Oncocyclus Iris, native of the Caucasus,
with a compact rhizome and sickle-shaped
leaves 4-6 in. long. Flowers in May, 5-6
in. deep, with large broad incurved
standards, pale lilac in colour, distinctly
lined and speckled with purple ; falls
roundish creamy-white with black-purple
blotches and a conspicuous deep velvety
blackish -purple blotch at the base. There
is a good deal of variation in the colour of
the flowers, but all forms are very hand-
some. That known as ochracea has rich
orange falls tinged with brown, and
standards nearly pure white. Belli has
dark lilac standards. Sir Michael Foster
mentions a charming variety in which the
standards are a pure dead white with only
a few hardly visible black-purple spots
around the base of the claw ; the fall is
marked with a thick irregular network of
chocolate-brown, while the ' signal ' or
patch at the base is deep crimson, the
style being almost black. The form
known as Van Houttei is a natural
hybrid between I. iberica and I. susiana
and has been reproduced artificially by Sir
M. Foster, who has also succeeded in
obtaining hybrids between I. iberica and
paradoxa, lupina, Meda, Chamaiiris d'-c.
I. iberica and its forms are grown to per-
fection by that veteran horticulturist, Mr.
Geo. F. Wilson, of Weybridge.
IRIS
FLAG ORDER
nus 925
Culture ({(■. as above for ' Oncocyclus
Irises,' p. 918.
I. juncea (I. imberbis; I. mawri-
ta/nica). — A graceful bulbous Iris, native
of S. Italy and Spain, and N. Africa, with
roundish bulbs and slender rush-like
leaves about 1 ft. long, appearing late in
autumn. Flowers in June and July, very
fragrant, and of a rich golden-yellow ; the
falls are broadly fiddle-shaped, and much
larger than the oblanceolate notched
standards. The variety pallida is a soft
canary-yellow, and numidica is lemon -
coloured.
Culture de. as above for 'Bulbous
Irises,' p. 917. This species and its varie
ties are best grown in rich light soil in
warm dry situations. The flowers are
excellent for cutting, and valuable on
account of their delicious fragrance.
I. kolpakowskyana. — A pretty Iris
from Turkestan, with round netted bulbs
and linear channelled leaves thickened at
the edges. Flowers in March, fragrant,
the oblong lance-shaped falls presenting
a beautiful contrast of rich red-purple and
bright golden-yellow with broken purple
veins, the oblong standards being pale
lilac or purple.
Culture dc. as above recommended for
' Bulbous Irises,' p. 917. This is a very
difficult Iris to grow, as the imported bulbs
mostly die after the first year. Perhaps if
treated like the Oncocyclus Irises (p. 918)
there would be a chance of success.
I. Korolkowi. — A native of Turkestan
1-1^ ft. high, with linear glaucous leaves
and large whitish nowers tinged with
brown and copiously veined with a deeper
colour ; falls oblong, bearded ; standards
rather broader, erect. The variety con-
color has beautiful bright lilac-purple
flowers ; leichtliniana has handsome
creamy - white nowers marked with a
blackish-purple blotch at the base of the
falls ; venosa has greyish-lilac nowers dis-
tinctly veined with purple ; and violacea
violet or puce-coloured nowers with darker
veins.
Culture d-c. as above for ' Bulbous
Irises,' p. 917. Grows best in light warm
and dryish soil, and should be protected
from wet in winter.
I. kumaonensis (I. kingiana ; I.longi-
folia ; I. tigrina). — A native of the
Western Himalayas, at an elevation of
about 11,500 ft. It has stout short creep-
ing rootstocks and tufts of leaves 6-9 in.
long, and about i in. broad. Flowers in
May, 2-3 in. deep, with dark lilac tails,
mottled with paler lilac and having a
white and yellcw beard, standards paler
in colour.
Cult u re ,(■!■. as above for 'Bearded
Irises,' p. 917.
I. lacustris. — A beautiful and free-
growing N. American Iris with creeping
rootstocks and charming sky-blue flowers
produced in early spring, and often again
in autumn.
Culture am/ Propagation.— It flour-
ishes in sandy soil in open sunny situa-
tions, and may be increased by division in
autumn or spring.
I. laevigata (/. Ktrwpferi). — Japanese
Iris— -This remarkable species, native of
Siberia and Japan, has the largest flowers
in the genus, and is better known in
gardens under the name of I. Keempferi.
It grows about 2 ft. high, with solid
glaucous flower stems, and pale green
weakish sword-shaped leaves. The blooms
which appear in June and July are very
variable in size and coloixr, sometimes
measuring 8-10 in. across. In the wild
type the large roundish falls are violet-
blue, with a bright yellow blotch at the
base, and the much smaller oblong obovate
standards are usually of a much paler
blue. There are in cultivation, however,
a great number of varieties with pure
white, lilac, magenta, purple, and other
shades of colour, all more or less constant
in the yellow blotch at the base of the
falls. There are varieties in which the
colour becomes streaked or blotched, but
they are not so ornamental as those with
a clear uniform colour. There are also
double-flowered forms not so desirable as
the others.
Culture and Propagation. — I. Icevi-
gata and its varieties are not difficult
to grow. They rejoice in a moist peaty
loam, although in a wild state they are
found in boggy and even slightly' sub-
merged soils. Warm, sunny, or not too
shady positions by the banks of streams,
lakes, ponds &c. suit the plants perhaps
better than any other, and when grown
in large masses they are very effective.
The plants may be increased by careful di-
vision of the rootstocks in autumn. Seeds
may also be saved and sown in early
spring in pots or pans in cold frames.
The young plants may be transplanted to
926
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
IRIS
their permanent positions about Sept-
ember, and will flower the following year.
From seeds most of the fine forms in
cultivation have been derived. After
flowering the stems should be cut down
immediately (unless seeds are required)
so as to throw all the vigour to the
plants for next season. Every spring a
large number of rootstocks of this species
are imported direct from Japan, and find
a more or less ready sale.
I.Leichtlinid. tv/gw). — A pretty species,
native of Turkestan, with creeping root-
stocks and erect slender sharp-pointed
narrow sword-like leaves. Flowers yel-
lowish, purple and brownish-red, with
broadly lance-shaped standards, and obo-
vate spoon-shaped falls having a bluish-
white beard.
Cult lire dc. as above for 'Bearded
Irises,' p. 917. Ordinary garden soil.
Increased by division.
I. longipetala. — A Calif ornian species
2-3 ft. high, with narrow sword-like leaves
12-18 in. long. Flowers in June and
July, 2-3 in. deep, bright lilac, with obo-
vate falls, having a bright yellow keel and
violet veins on a white ground.
Culture dc. as above for ' Bearded
Irises,' p. 917.
I. Lorteti. — A very handsome Onco-
cyclus Iris, native of S. Lebanon, resem-
bling I. S<iri. I. Gatcsi, and I. susiana,
with sword-shaped leaves and very large
flowers, very variable in colour. The
standards are pale pink or delicate rose
veined with purple, the falls being pale
blue or lavender covered with crimson
spots, and a deep crimson or blackish-
purple blotch at the base. Other forms
may have creamy - yellow falls heavily
spotted with purple, and almost pure
white or pale violet standards distinctly
but very thinly veined with violet.
Culture dc. as above for ' Oneocyclus
Irises,' p. 918. When well grown this is
a most attractive Iris, and its inclination
to vary a good deal in colour is a great
point in its favour from a garden point of
view.
I. lupina {Wolfs Ear Iris). — Avery
distinct and handsome Oneocyclus Iris,
native of Armenia and Central Asia
Minor, intermediate between I. iberica
and I. susiana. It has compact rhizomes
and somewhat variable sickle-like leaves
about 9 in. long. Flowers in May and
June, borne singly on stems 2-6 in. high,
with a very distinct colour, the result of
brownish-red veins on a creamy-yellow
or greenish-yellow ground, the red of the
veins often merging into deep dark purple,
the broad lance-shaped falls having a
triangular blotch of very dark, almost
blackish -purple in front of a diffuse
yellow beard at the base. The broad ellip-
tic standards are usually much deeper in
colour than the falls, and there is a good
deal of variation in the ground colour,
it being sometimes nearly a pure bright
yellow.
Culture dc. as above for ' Oneocyclus
Irises,' p. 918.
I. lutescens. — A South European Iris
with slightly glaucous sword-like leaves,
and large handsome flowers produced in
May on round glaucous unbranched stems.
Falls pale yellow, tinged and veined with
purple-brown, and having a bright yellow
beard ; standards broader, primrose-yellow,
suddenly narrowed to a claw. The variety
Statelier is a handsome plant about 1 ft.
high, with pale yellowish flowers veined
with green, and bearded with bright
yellow.
Culture dc. as above for 'Bearded
Irises,' p. 917. Ordinary garden soil.
Increased by division.
I. Mariae.— A pretty Oneocyclus Iris
about 6 inches high, from Egypt and
Palestine, having rather slender com-
pact rhizomes and foliage like that of
I. iberica but narrower and less distinctly
sickle-shaped. The flowers are smaller
than those of I. iberica, and of a uniform
lilac colour, marked with deeper coloured
veins and having a deep, dark purple
blotch at the base of the fall, the claw of
which is beset with deep purple hairs
crowded in the middle. This species was
first called Helena, but that name had
been previously given to another plant
from the Caucasus referred to above.
Culture d-c. as above for ' Oneocyclus
Irises,' p. 918.
I. Meda. — A handsome Persian Iris of
the Oneocyclus group with small slender
compact rhizomes, and very narrow erect
— not sickle-shaped — leaves. The flowers
in the typical species have pale lilac,
narrow pointed falls with a dense yellow
beard and a deep purple blotch at the base,
while the standards are of a paler lilac
colour. The colour hi cultivated speci-
mens varies somewhat, and it is not
IRIS
FLAG ORDER
ikis 927
unusual to meet with flowers having a
greenish-yellow ground, the falls having
thick purple veins, and the standards
brown ones, while the style is spotted
with brown.
Culture (t'c. as above for ' Oncocyclus
Irises,' p. 918.
I. Milesi. — A Himalayan species about
3 ft. high with pale green, tapering, sword-
shaped leaves 1A-2 ft. long, and three or
four clusters of large bright lilac flowers
borne in May and June on stems about
3 ft. high, the falls having deeper lilac
veins radiating from the yellow base.
Culture d'-c. as above for 'Bearded
Irises,' p. 917. This species flourishes in
light rich soil in warm sheltered spots.
I. missouriensis (I. tolmirana). — An
attractive Iris, native of the Rocky
Mountains, with tufts of linear tapering
leaves about 1 ft. long. Flowers in May,
large, pale bluish-lilac veined with purple,
the falls being faintly stained with yellow
towards the base.
Culture etc. as above for ' Beardless
Irises,' p. 917. Grows well in good garden
soil, and is useful for cutting.
I. Monnieri. — A large and handsome
beardless Iris, native of Crete, with erect
lance-shaped leaves about 2 ft. long.
Flowers in June and July, in clusters on
stout roundish stems 3-4 ft. high, emitting
a sweet fragrance and being bright lemon-
yellow in colour, the roundish falls being
sometimes edged with white.
Culture ami Propagation. — This
species flourishes in moist situations near
ponds, streams, lakes &c, and may be
easily increased by division or seeds.
I. neglecta. — A handsome Iris of
unknown origin belonging to the ger-
manica group. The sword-like leaves
are somewhat glaucous, purple at the
base, and 12-18 in. long. The flowers
2-3 in. deep appear in June on branched
stems lg-2 ft. high, and have bright lilac
or deep bhie falls veined with purple-red
on a whitish ground and bearded with
bright yellow, the standards being pale
lilac. Many fine garden forms of this are
to be met with, having various shades of
lavender, violet, blue, and white, among
the best being Alice, Alvarez, Cameleon,
La Gracieuse, Prince Arthur, and
Shirley Hibberd, although names are
really of little consequence.
Culture <£c. as above for ' Bearded
Irises,' p. 917. May be grown and in-
creased like /. gcrmanica.
I. nepalensis (I. decora). — A distinct
Iris G- 12 in. hijfli, native of the mountains
of Nepaul, with small rhizomes covered
by a net of fibres, and having white
fleshy thong-like roots, and linear sword-
shaped, tapering, striped leaves, attaining
their full length after the blooms are over.
Flowers lg-2 in. deep, of a delicate pale
lavender, due to thin violet veins on a
creamy - white ground, the lanceolate
spoon-shaped falls having a median ridge
of yellow hairs towards the base. The
flowers are very fleeting; they open in the
morning and are over before evening,
and as they are not produced in great
alnmdance this species is not likely to
become a popular garden plant. More-
over it requires careful treatment, says
Sir M. Foster. It has to be supplied with
plenty of moisture during the summer
and kept very dry during the winter.
The roots are best left in the ground to
ripen, and if they can be treated some-
what as recommended for the Oncocyclus
group, would probably give Ljood results.
The variety Letha from the Chin Hills in
Upper Burmah is a better garden plant.
It scarcely differs from the type except in
having sessile and deliriously fragrant
flowers, produced in June and in greater
abundance, and of a delicate lavender
colour, nestling at the base of a tuft of
short green leaves. It should be protected
from wet in late autumn to help it to
ripen, but afterwards except for a slight
mulching of litter on top will stand the
winter very well.
Culture d-c. as above, p. 917.
I. ochroleuca (I. gigantea).—A splen-
did beardless Iris of unknown origin, but
long cultivated in gardens. It has
slender sword-like leaves about 4 ft.
long, and flower stems often b' ft. high
bearing clusters of large ivory-white
flowers in June, the roundish-obovate
falls having a large yellow blotch at the
base.
Culture and Propagation. — There are
several forms of this species, some with
larger flowers than others. They are all
easily grown in ordinary garden soil in
moist or dry places, and are effective in
borders and shrubberies when in good
masses. Increased by division.
I. orchioides {Orchid Iris). — A very
distinct bulbous Iris found wild in
928
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
IRIS
Western Turkestan and Bokhara, re-
markable for its very large bulbs, some-
times as large as a goose's egg. The
flowers, 2-3 in. across, are borne in March
and x\pril all along the stems, which are
l.j-2 ft. high, and are bare in the inter-
nodes between the clasping glossy green
leaves, narrower and less horny on the
margins than those of I. caucasica, to
which this species is related. They are of
a rich dazzling yellow, with or without a
greenish tint or spot, the oblong reflexed
falls being variously spotted, blotched,
and veined with violet.
The variety ccerulea has pale blue or
lavender flowers, the ridge of the fall
being yellow with lavender blotches, the
whole blade being sometimes creamy-
yellow. In the variety oculata the
yellow flowers have blue blotches on the
fall, and Unlfolia has yellow flowers and
extremely narrow leaves.
Culture Sc. as above for ' Bulbous
Irises,' p. 917. I. orchioides flourishes
best in a rich stifnsh rather than sandy
loam, in warm sunny positions, and seems
to be perfectly hardy.
I. pallida. — A splendid Flag of the
germcmica type, native of the Mediter-
ranean region, having tufts of sword-
shaped leaves 12-18 in. long. Flowers in
June, on stems 2-3 ft. high, emitting a
sweet fragrance like that of orange-
blossom, and varying in colour from
bright slaty-lilac to deep lilac -purple, the
falls having a bright yellow beard towards
the base, which is veined with bright lilac
on a white ground. There are several
fine garden forms of this species having
various shades of lilac and purple flowers,
among the best varieties being australis,
Celeste, Cypriana, dalmatica, and Queen
of May. They are all effective, especially
when in bold masses, and are readily in-
creased by division.
Culture Sc. as above for ' Bearded
Irises,' p. 917.
I. paradoxa. — A singular Oncocyclus
Iris, native of Western Persia and the
Caucasus, having slender compact rhizomes
and few narrow short more or less sickle-
shaped leaves. The specific name para-
doxa alludes to the great disproportion
between the small strap-shaped stout and
almost leathery fall, half an inch or less
wide, spreading horizontally and ending
in a rounded apex, while the standard
is large roundish and erect, and delicate
and flimsy in texture. In the typical
species the standard is veined with deep
violet or bluish-violet, the intervening
spaces being of a paler tint. Over the
claw of the standard and along a median
streak the colour is creamy-white, densely
dotted with violet. The style is brownish-
yellow with lines of dark purple spots.
Like other species this varies a good deal
in size and colour, some varieties having
white or red-purple standards, the general
effect being very attractive.
Culture d~c. as above for ' Oncocyclus
Irises,' p. 918.
I. persica {I. bulbosa persica ; Xiphion
persicum). — A charming little bulbous
Iris, native of Persia and the more sou-
thern parts of Eastern and Central Asia
Minor, sometimes with ovoid bulbs as
large as a hen's egg, and linear lance-
shaped, tapering, more or less arched
leaves. Flowers in February and March,
2-3 in. across, violet-scented, usually
borne singly on the scarcely visible stem,
but occasionally 2-3 flowers at a time.
The oblong spoon-shaped wavy falls are
of a pale bluish-green or whitish colour
with a conspicuous and beardless bright
yellow keel, in front of which are blotches
and spots of deep almost black violet. The
variety purptt/rea is almost entirely of a
dark reddish -purple colour with an orange
ridge on the fall, and a deeper tint in
front. Other varieties are light purple,
almost lavender, yellowish-lilac, sea-green
&c, but all have a conspicuous patch of
deep purple-violet or even black in front
of the orange or yellow keel. Differing
from all ordinary varieties of I. persica
is one named Isaacsoni by Sir Michael
Foster. This variety is characterised by
having extremely sickle-like leaves with
horny ridges. The fall is creamy-white
in front tinged with green and broken by
thick violet veins which, running parallel
to the median violet-dotted yellow streak
on the claw, form a conspicuous violet
zone around the ridge on the blade. There
is no patch of deep colour in front as in
the other forms.
Culture and Propagation. — I. per-
sica and its varieties, although perfectly
hardy, require mild warmth when
blooming, and after growth is fin-
ished the plants require to be ripened
by heat and drought. A stiffish loamy
soil seems to suit them better than a
sandy peat as usually recommended, and
IRIS
FLAG ORDKl;
iris 929
also warm sunny situations sheltered
from bleak winds. In wet districts the
bulbs are probably best lifted every year
when thoroughly ripened, and if seeds are
saved they should be sown at once in pots
under glass.
I. plicata. — A plant of unknown origin
2-3 ft. high, with slightly glaucous sword-
like leaves 12-18 in. long, and clusters of
large fragrant flowers produced in June
and July ; falls obovate, pure white in the
centre, veined with bright lilac at the
edges, and having a yellow-tipped beard ;
standards obovate-obiong, plaited, pure
white edged with lilac.
Culture die. as above for 'Bearded
Irises,' p. 917. Ordinary garden soil.
May be grown like germcmica, hybrida,
and neglect a.
I. Pseudacorus (Yellow Flag or Water
Flag). — A well-known British species
found near river banks, ditches &e., having
a stout creeping rootstock, and glaucous
sword-shaped leaves 2-4 ft. long. Flowers
from May to August, large, almost scent-
less, 3-4 in. across, bright yellow with a
deeper spot at the base of the falls which
are veined with brown or purple. The
variety acoroides from N. America has
smaller sulphur-yellow flowers than the
type. There is a beautiful variety in
which the leaves are striped with ivory-
white, as in a form of I. fcetidissima, and
another with golden-yellow stripes, but
these are much clearer and finer looking
in spring than in sivmmer and autumn,
by which time they have usually dis-
appeared.
Culture and I 'raj hi gat ion. — Any
moist shady place will suit the Yellow
Flags, which are easily increased by divi-
ding the roots in autumn or spring.
I. pumila. — A charming little Iris 4-5
in. high, from S. Europe and Asia Minor,
with tufts of slightly glaucous sword-
shaped leaves. Flowers in April and fre-
cpiently a second time in autumn, borne
singly on the stems, and of a bright lilac -
purple or deep violet colour, the reflexed
falls having a dense white beard at the
base, the standards being usually paler in
colour. There are several forms of this
Iris, among which may be mentioned
alb ida — the Crimean Iris — greyish -
white ; atro-carulea, deep purple ; attica.
yellow veined with brownish-lilac ; ca'rulea,
bright blue with yellow beards ; ecelestis,
sky-blue; gracilis, pine white with bronze
falls ; and lutescens, bright yellow.
Culture and Propagation.— I. pumila
and its varieties make excellent edgings
for borders on account of their bright
colours in spring, used mixed or in sepa
rate colours, but the best effects are from
alternate colours. For banks, slopes, and
parts of the rockery they are also valuable,
and flourish in light free soil. They may
be increased by division.
I. reticulata (Netted Iris). — A charm
ing Caucasian Iris having ovoid bulbs
with netted coats and 4-sided horny-
pointed narrow leaves about 1 ft. long
when fully developed. Flowers in Febru-
ary and March, sometimes even in
January when the snow is on the ground,
and the leaves are only a few inches high,
deep violet and sweetly scented, the long
narrow falls having a bright golden or
orange patch at the base and forming a
striking contrast to the deep violet.
There are many beautiful forms of the
Netted Iris, the most distinct being the
following : —
(1) Cyanea, a beautiful dwarf-growing
variety with flower stems scarcely raised
above the surface of the soil. It has at-
tractive bright blue flowers which should
be protected with a handlight or a sheet
of glass, as they are easily injured by the
cold rains.
(2) Histrio, a charming variety, in
which the leaves are 1 ft. or more long,
when the flowers open from December to
March ; they are bright blue blotched with
golden -yellow and having deep purple
blotches on the blade of the falls.
(3) Histrioides opens its flowers before
the leaves appear, and these are eventually
stouter and longer than in any other form
of I. reticulata. The flowers are 4-5 in.
across, usually of a bright blue, sometimes
assuming a light violet tint ; the ridge of
the fall is golden-yellow wdth a white or
creamy zone outside veined and blotched
with violet. In warm situations the
flowers possess a distinct fragrance.
(4) Humilis. — The flowers which in
some respects resemble those of J. baker-
ia/na appear when the leaves are a few
inches high and are of a rich red-purple
colour, the fall having a bright orange or
yellow ridge surrounded by a zone of
dense creamy - white broken up by dots
and veins of deep purple.
(5) Krelagei. — This flowers rather
3o
930
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
IRIS
earlier than the type ; the plants vary a
good deal and the blooms are sometimes
sweet-scented, and of a more or less deep
claret - purple colour with golden - yellow
ridges to the falls.
(6) Purpurea. — This flowers about
the same time as Krelagei when the
leaves are 2-3 in. long, and is of a fine
deep reddish-purple, the blade of the falls
being particularly dark, and thus forming
a striking contrast with the yellow ridge.
(7) Sophenensis. — The flowers appear
after those of the variety Histrio and be-
fore those of Krelagei, and vary in colour
from a dark red-purple to a blue-purple,
or to a lilac or lavender, the whole having
a peculiar metallic sheen, and the orange
ridge on the falls is continued unevenly
along the entire length.
Besides the above forms of reticulata
which are distinct not only in colour but
also in the shape of the floral segments,
there is also a seedling form called major or
ccerulea having various shades of pale
blue; and there are several other variations
scarcely meriting distinctive names.
Culture and Propagation. — I. reti-
culata and its varieties flourish in a
light free soil in warm sunny and shel-
tered situations. When thoroughly rip-
ened the bulbs may be lifted and stored ;
otherwise, and especially in wet seasons,
they are apt to rot or become diseased in
the soil. Three or four bulbs in a 5 in.
pot grown in a cold frame or greenhouse
make a beautiful picture. When grown
outside, owing to the flowers appearing at
an unfavourable period of the year, it is
advisable to have handlights or sheets of
glass ready to place over the plants as a
protection against drenching rains or
severe frosts.
I. rosenbachiana. — A lovely little
bulbous Iris native of the mountains of
Eastern Buchara and Turkestan at an
elevation of 6000 to 7000 ft. The bulbs
have numerous fleshy and often ovoid
roots, and tufts of lance-shaped bluntish
leaves about 8 in. long and 2 broad. The
sessile solitary flowers usually appear in
March and April, but sometimes in Feb-
ruary, when the leaves are very short, or
even before they have appeared. The pre-
vailing colour is a combination of purple,
yellow and white, but is very variable,
and some forms are of a rich crimson or
purple -blue passing into a didl or dingy
lavender, while others are nearly pure yel-
low with a few purple or violet markings.
There is also a form with pure white
flowers except for a large blotch of deep
violet on the blade of the fall.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species grows well in a fairly light soil,
and is best in warm sunny situations
sheltered from violent winds which
damage the broad leaves. During the
summer and early autumn months the
plants should be kept dry so as to thor-
oughly ripen their bulbs.
I. rubro-marginata. — A pretty stem-
less Iris about 4 in. high, native of
Scutari, having sickle-shaped leaves, 3-4
in. long, and in spring large purple flowers
with a purple beard.
Culture cf-c. as above for 'Bearded
Irises,' p. 917. Ordinary soil. Increased
by division or seeds.
I. ruthenica. — A beardless species
native of E. Europe and Asia, with
linear ribbed leaves much overtopping
the fragrant flowers which are borne
singly in March and April on short
slender stems 1-4 in. high. The prevail-
ing colour is lilac-purple, the falls being
veined with white. The variety violacea
has violet-coloured blooms.
Culture dtc. as above for 'Beardless
Irises.' p. 917. Ordinary soil. Increased
by division or seeds.
I. sambucina. — A native of Central
Europe, Asia Minor &c, with tufts of
glaucous leaves 15-18 in. long, and
clusters of large Elder-scented flowers
produced in May on branching stems
about 2 ft. high ; falls claret-purple with
a yellow beard: standards dull yellow,
suffused with dull claret-purple.
Culture <£c. as above for 'Bearded
Irises,' p. 917 Ordinary garden soil.
Increased by division.
I. Sari. — A fine Oncocyclus Iris from
the banks of the river Sar in Cilicia.
The typical plant, which has bright lilac
flowers, does not appear to be in culti-
vation, but is represented by the variety
lurida which has about 6 sword-shaped
falcate somewhat glaucous leaves, about
6 in. long and i in. broad. The flowers
are produced in May, and very much
resemble those of 1. susiana, but are
somewhat smaller, and of a soft violet -
purple with deeper spots and veins, the
falls being darker in colour than the
roundish standards and having a diffuse
IRIS
FLAG ORDER
iius 931
brownish-black beard. When the flowers
first open they have the general dark
silver-grey appearance of I. susiana, but
the purple hue becomes more pronounced
with age. The variety nazarene from
Palestine has the falls heavily veined with
rows of brownish-purple spots on a pale or
straw-yellow ground, and a large maroon
blotch in the centre, while the standards
arc creamy-white beautifully veined with
blue.
Culture dc. as above for ' Oncocyclus
Irises,' p. 918.
I. serotina. — A native of the cal-
careous mountains near Jaen in Spain.
According to Sir M. Foster it resembles
the Spanish Iris (/. Xiphium) but appears
to differ not only in its very late flowering
in August or September, but in being less
vigorous, with the upper leaves very thin
and awl-like, in having reddish spathe-
valves, in the flowers being very much
protruded from the spathe-valves, and
especially in the fall having an oblong-
lanceolate blade and a narrow linear
claw.
Culture Sc. as above for 'Bulbous
Irises,' p. 917.
I. setosa. — A handsome Iris, native of
Eastern Siberia to Japan, and somewhat
resembling I. sibiriea. The thin leaves
are about 1 ft. long and .] in. broad, and
the clusters of large bright lilac flowers are
produced in May and June, on stoutish
branched stems 2-3 ft. high.
Culture dc. as for I. sibiriea. This
rather rare species may be increased by
division and grown in moist rich soil.
The variety atro-ccerulea has darker blue
flowers than the type.
I. sibiriea. — A beautiful and fairly
common beardless Iris, native of Central
and South Europe to Siberia, with tufts of
linear ribbed leaves 1-2 ft. long. Flowers
in May and June, borne 2-3 together on
simple or forked rounded hollow stems,
1-2 h ft. high; they are bright lilac-blue,
the falls being veined with deep violet on
a paler ground. There are many beautiful
garden forms of this species, including
double-flowered ones which are not par-
ticularly attractive, the white one, alba,
being one of the most distinct, having
white flowers mottled with purple.
Orientalis differs from the type by the
redness of its young leaves, shorter flower-
stems, and deeper coloured but less last-
ing flowers.
Culture and Propagation. — I. sibiriea
and its forms are easily grown in moist
soil near the edges of lakes, streams &c,
and may be increased by division.
I. sindjarensis. — An interesting bulb-
ous Iris native of Mesopotamia, having
very large elongated bulbs and fleshy
roots. Leaves 8 -10, long and narrowing
very gradually to a sharp point, bent
into a double channel, much striped on
the outside, glossy green on the inside.
The flowers 2-4 in. across appear in
March and April, and are of a somewhat
slaty-blue, broken by the yellow ridge of
the fall and by greenish-blue veins and
dots. They are distinctly fragrant, with
an odour resembling Vanilla.
Culi/wre and Propagation. — This
species requires similar treatment to
I. rosenbach/iana.
I. Sisyrinchium (I.fugax ; I. cegyptia ;
T. samaritana ; I. jnncifolui dc. dc). —
This distinct little bulbous Iris about 0 in.
high, with shaggy-coated roimdish bulbs
and arched linear pointed leaves, is the
' Spanish ' or ' Barbary Nut ' of Parkinson.
It is widely distributed on both sides of the
Mediterranean shores, chiefly the northern,
and is also found from Asia Minor to
Afghanistan and the Punjaub. Its flowers
appear in May and June, but unfortu-
nately last only a few hours when fully
expanded. They are often very fragrant
and vary in colour from light blue to
reddish - purple with variable spots and
veins on the blade of the fall, which bears
a broad white patch and a median
yellow streak often spotted. Among the
various forms is a white one sometimes
met with. The variety monophylla has
one leaf only, and small dull-coloured
flowers; and maricoides has much-
spotted flowers.
Culture dc. as above for 'Bulbous
Irises,' p. 917. This plant and its varieties
require a warm sunny and sheltered
position in light dry soil, and are more
suitable for botanical collections.
I. Sofarana. — This is a new species
from Lebanon and comes nearest I. Sari.
It has a large compact rootstock and
relatively broad leaves, 10 inches long and
about an inch broad. The solitary flowers
about 4 in. deep are borne on scapes
about 10 in. high. The elliptic falls have
a creamy-white ground, but this is almost
obscured, and they appear to be blackish-
purple owing to thick-set blotched and
3o2
932
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
IRIS
netted veins of deep purple, with a beard
of scattered dark purple hairs on the claw
in front of which is a deep black blotch
or ' signal.' The roundish standards are
much lighter in colour than the falls.
The white groundwork is covered with
thin purple forking veins and numerous
purple spots, while the broad horizontal
styles are almost blackish-purple.
Culture dc. as above for ' Oneocychis
Irises,' p. 918. This will doubtless suc-
ceed under the same conditions as /. Sa ri.
I. spuria. — An elegant beardless Iris
1-2 ft. high, native of Europe, Asia,
Algeria &c. with erect or spreading sword-
shaped leaves about 1 ft. long. Flowers
in June and July, large, in nearly sessile
clusters, and of a bright lilac colour, the
falls having a bright yellow keel running
down the claw which is faintly streaked
with purple on a white ground. The
variety Monspur is really a hybrid be-
tween this species and I. Monnieri, the
first syllable of each parent forming the
name. It is a beautiful form. The
variety Notha is larger than the type,
and is said to be found wild in the salt
marshes of Siberia. There are other
forms, but they all thrive and produce
plenty of blossom in ordinary good garden
soil.
Culture dc. as above for ' Beardless
Irises,' p. 917.
I. squalens. — A very old garden plant,
native of Europe and Asia, with tufts of
glaucous sword-like leaves and clusters of
faintly Elder-scented large flowers borne
in May and June, on branched stems 2-3
ft. high. The obovate wedge-shaped falls
are bright lilac-purple, with a conspicuous
yellow beard, while the erect and rather
crisped standards are dullish lilac and
yellow or brownish-yellow.
There are a large number of garden
forms of this species with a vast range of
colour among shades of lavender, blue,
violet, bronze-yellow, mauve, primrose,
golden-yellow, crimson &c. as in the
germanica, neglecta, and pallida sections,
which they somewhat resemble.
Culture dc. as above for ' Bearded
Irises, p. 917. They may all be grown
easily and increased in the same way as
I. germanica.
I. stenophylla (I. Heldreiclii) . —
A beautiful bulbous Iris, native of the
Cilician Taurus. It grows 3-5 in. high
and has tufts of grass-like channelled
leaves which are only 2-3 in. high when
the flowers appear in February and March.
The blooms are 3-4 in. across and are of a
soft mauvy purple colour, the falls having
a large triangular blotch of black velvety
purple in front of the raised yellow crest,
on each side of which are purplish spots
or blotches.
Culture dc. as above for ' Bulbous
Irises,' p. 917.
I. susiana (Mourning Iris). — A
remarkably handsome and at the same
time singular Oncocyclus Iris, native of
the Levant and Asia Minor. It is 12-18
in. high, with pale or yellowish-green,
stem - clasping, sword - like leaves about
1 in. broad. The large flowers are borne
singly on the stems in April, and having
a dark silver-grey appearance, produced
by numerous veins and dots of blackish-
brown or purple with a flush of purple or
lilac on a creamy-white ground ; the falls
have a broad cushion of brownish-black
hairs near the base. Muhlendorfiana
is a dwarf form with yellow flowers.
Culture and Propagation. — It likes
warm light soils and requires treatment
similar to other Oncocyclus Irises, see
p. 918.
I. Suwarowi (I. lineata). — A curious
Iris, native of Turkestan, with narrow
sword- shaped leaves, and greenish flowers
veined with bluish-green ; both falls and
standards are elliptic lance -shaped ending
in a sharp point, the falls being furnished
with a blue beard from the base to centre.
Culture dc. as above for ' Bulbous
Irises,' p. 917.
I. Swerti. — A handsome Iris of
unknown origin with glaucous sword -
shaped leaves, and clusters of very
fragrant flowers produced in May and
June on stems l-H ft. high. Colour
pure white slightly veined with lilac, and
edged with purple, the obovate cuneate
falls being decorated with a yellow beard,
while the much - crisped pure white
standards are keeled and edged with
purple.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species flourishes in ordinary good gai'den
soil and may be increased by division.
I. tectorum (J. tomiolopha). — A rare
and beautiful beardless Iris about 1 ft.
high, native of Japan, with thin pale green
sword - like leaves about 1 ft. long.
Flowers in May and June, li-2 in. deep,
IRIS
FLAG ORDER
mis 933
usually bright lilac ; the blunt crisped falls
are veined with dark lilac, the claw
having a deeply laciniated white and lilac
crest.
Culture and Propagation.— This Iris
grows well in light soils in warm parts
of the garden and may be increased by
division.
I. tenax. — A handsome N. American
species 6-12 in. high, with 2 linear leaves
and bright lilac-purple flowers 2-3 in.
deep borne on slender stems in May and
June.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species nourishes in ordinary good garden
soil and may be increased by division.
Should there be any difficulty in growing
it, the plants are then better grown in
pots plunged in ashes in a cold frame
until they become established. In trans-
ferring to the open border it is better to
break the pot than run the risk of breaking
the roots, and thus probably check the
plants again.
I. tingitana. — A beautiful bulbous Iris
native of Tangiers, with large ovoid
pointed bidbs and the first sheathing leaf
often red, sometimes spotted. Flowers in
March and April, 5-6 in. across, 2 on a
stem about 2 ft. high, completely hidden
by the deeply channelled leaves, which are
broad like those of/, xiphioides, but very
glaucous and striated outside. Falls light
or deep blue, or bluish-purple, with deeper
veins, and a yellow keel spreading into
a broad patch behind. Standards and
styles usuallv deeper in colour than the
falls.
Culture and Propagation. — The
cultivation of I. tingitana, says Sir M.
Foster, is pecidiarly difficult in this
country, at least in most districts. The
plants start growth early, and their re-
latively broad ample foliage is terribly
punished by winter storms. Moreover,
they need genial moisture and more
decided warmth in early spring, just as
they are preparing to flower, than they
obtain in most parts of the country. The
plants are hardj' enougb in the sense that
they can, unprotected, stand without
injury even our severest frosts ; not
winter but cold cutting spring is their
enemy ; they live but refuse to bloom.
The most suitable place for I. tingitana
is at the base of a south wall. It has far
better chances of developing its magnifi-
cent flowers in the warm sunny south
than in the bleak cold north.
I. trojana. — A native of Troy about
3 ft. high, with glaucous-green sword-
shaped leaves and sweet-scented flowers
borne on branching stems. The broadly
wedge-shaped falls are of a bright purplish-
violet, the base being white with yellow
margins veined with coppery purple.
The broadly elliptic standards are violet,
and the styles are bluish-violet with broad
toothed crests.
Culture dr. as above for 'Bearded
Irises,' p. 917.
I. tuberosa (Hermodactyhts tuber-
osus). — Snake's Head Iris. — A distinct
and interesting species, native of both sides
of the Mediterranean Sea. It is not a
bulbous Iris in the strict sense of the word,
although usually classed as such, as it has
a tuberous branched rootstock like a small
hard deformed Potato. The leaves are
often very long, 4-sided, with a horny
point. The flowers, about 2 in. across,
appear in March and April on slender
hollow stems about 1 ft. long, and are of
a peculiar olive-green colour, with dark
almost black velvety purple falls, occasion-
ally streaked with yellow or bright green.
There is a good deal of variation in plants
from different localities.
Culture andPropagation. — I. tuberosa
should be grown in the warmest, driest,'
and sunniest part of the garden, and suc-
ceeds best in a moderately light loam.
Although perfectly hardy it is often spoiled
by the cold winds which prevail at its
period of flowering. In suitable positions
it flowers freely, and is best left undis-
turbed for 3 or 4 years or even more
when in a flourishing condition. Increased
by division.
I. unguicularis (I. stglosa). — A lovely
beardless Algerian Iris with a rhizome as
thick as a man's finger, and tufts of
distichous linear bright green leaves
equalling or over- topping the large fragrant
bright lilac or sky-blue flowers which are
produced in January and February, the
bleakest period of the year. There are
several forms of this species, including
alba with large white flowers and speciosa
with deep rich blue flowers veined with
white. There are also forms known as
angustifolia, Elisabeths, grandiflora,
lihicina, marginata, pavonia, and pur-
purea.
934
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GABDEN PLANTS
IRIS
Culture and Propagation. — I. iirtgui-
cularis (which is much better known as
I. stylosa) is hardy enough in most parts
of the British Islands, but owing to the
delicacy of its beautiful flowers, which
appear at the worst period of the year, it
is not likely to show to advantage unless
the wet can be kept off the blossoms. A
position sheltered from driving rains
should be chosen for the plants. Grown
in pots they make excellent displays in
greenhouses and conservatories during the
winter ; but under a south wall, where
they can have the protection of a hand-
light or frame, they look very handsome
and flower freely. Increased by division.
I. variegata. — A very handsome
Austrian Iris of the gcrmanica group,
with tufts of sword-like leaves 12-18 in.
long, purple at the base. Flowers in May
and June, several on a glaucous stem
12-1 8 in. high ; falls oblong, narrowed at
the base, deep claret-brown with a bright
yellow beard and brown veins on a yellow
ground ; standards erect, oblong, bright
lemon-yellow. There are many beautiful
garden forms of this species having various
shades of yellow, bronze and purple
predominating, although alba with white
flowers is an exception. They may all be
grown in masses in the same way as the
German Iris.
I. lurida is closely related to I.
variegata, but has naiTower leaves and
flowers early in April, and has the upper
half of the falls and standards of a dead
purple colour.
/. squalens from a botanical point of
view also comes very near lurida, and it
is possible that many of the forms under
I. hybrid a have been derived from the
intercrossing of these forms.
Culture d'e. as above for 'Bearded
Irises,' p. 917.
I. Vartani.- -A curious little bulbous
Iris from the neighbourhood of Nazareth,
with ovoid netted bulbs and 4-sided horny-
tipped leaves 4-6 in. long at the time* of
flowering. Flowers 3 -4 in. across, ap-
pearing about October. The predomina-
ting colour is slaty-blue or dull lavender ;
the falls having a yellow or white blade
with black dots on the claw.
Culture dc. as above for I. baleri-
ana and 'Bulbous Irises' generally. See
p 917. This species is of botanical rather
than flower-garden value.
I. versicolor. — A beautiful Beardless
Iris from N. America with rather glaucous
sword-shaped leaves and clusters of large
claret-purple flowers borne in May and
June on forked roundish stems 1-2 ft.
high. The standards are paler in colour
than the much larger falls, which are
beautifully veined with deep purple.
There is much variation in the colour
and several forms exist, that known
as kermesina having lilac standards and
reddish-lilac falls net-veined with white.
Iris virginica is considered to be a form
of this, having bright lilac flowers.
Culture dc. as above for 'Beardless
Irises,' p. 917.
I. xiphioides (I. anglica ; 1. 2)yrenaica ;
Xiphion latifolium). — English Iris. — A
beautiful Pyrenean Iris having bulbs with
brown coats which when old become
more or less shaggy. The leaves are
stouter and broader than those of the
Spanish Iris, and do not appear until
spring. Flowers in July, of a rich deep
blue in the wild type, with a conspicuous
golden keel on the rounded fiddle-shaped
fall.
There are now a large number of
cultivated forms of the English Iris, vary-
ing in colour from blue and through various
hues of purple to red and pure white. In
catalogues many distinctive names will
be found, some of the best forms being
Blanche Fleur, La Sincerite, Oriental,
and Mont Blanc among the whites, the
latter being a particularly fine form ; Anna
Maria, Bleu mourant, Clio, Conquerant,
Charles Dickens, Ceres, VObscurite, and
Ninirod, among the lilac, blue and purple
and violet shades ; Masterpiece and Nim-
rod, blackish-purple ; Duke of Portland,
La. Triontphante, and Penelope, among
the white and rose, or purple -spotted and
striped shades. There are many other
names all differing according to the
particular catalogue.
Culture and Propagation. — English
Irises are excellent border flowers, and
have the advantage of flowering later than
their equally beautiful relative the Spanish
Iris. They flourish in ordinary light
garden soil of a more or less sandy nature,
but like plenty of moisture during the
period of growth. They are best not
disturbed for 2 or 3 years, during which
time they will have greatly increased.
When divided about August or early in
September the bulbs should be replanted
IRIS
FLAG OBDEli
TIGKIDIA 935
almost immediately, about 6 in. apart and
2-3 in. deep, as they soon start into growth
again.
I. Xiphium (7. hispanica ; Xiphion
vi< I /jure). — Spanish Iris. — A charming
bulbous Iris native of S. Europe, with
smooth, brownish, ovoid bulbs, and linear,
glaucous, awl-shaped leaves 12-18 in.
long. Flowers in May and June, 3-4 in.
across, variously coloured with shades of
purple, bronze, and yellow, and having a
large number of garden varieties, includ-
ing white ones. A distinct natural form
from Portugal, known as lusitanica, has
pure yellow flowers with an orange blotch
on the fall, and is doubtless the progenitor
of the various yellow garden varieties.
The form known as ' Thunderbolt ' is a
strong free-growing plant 2 ft. or more
high, having large flowers of a peculiar
bronzy or smoky hue, produced by the
fusion of purple and yellow with brown.
The variety Battaiidicri from Algiers is
like the type, but has very glaucous foliage
and dead white flowers with an orange
ridge on the fall.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Spanish and English Iris will not grow
very well under the same treatment.
The English likes a fair amount of mois-
ture at the roots in summer, while the
Spanish prefers a rather dry situation.
Given such a situation and fairly good
soil, they will flower profusely year alter
year without any trouble. When the
smaller flowers begin to appear it is a
sign that the soil is becoming exhausted,
and the bulbs should be lifted and re-
planted in fresh quarters when the foliage
has withered. As cut flowers for room
decoration the Spanish Iris is excellent.
Long before the flowers in the British
Islands open out of doors, tons of ' spears,'
or unopened blossoms, are sent to the
London markets from the south of France,
the Eiviera, and the Channel Islands.
These are placed in water and stood in
the genial temperature of a hothouse,
where they open beautifully bright and
clear in a few days, and are then fit for
sale.
The following are a few of the finest
garden forms of the Spanish Iris, and all
are worth growing.
Adelina Patti, deep bronze ; Sappho,
splendid bronze ; Agnes, blue, very tine ;
Alexander v. Humboldt, deep blue ; For-
mosa, dark blue ; Leonidas, dark violet-
blue ; Louise, lilac-blue, very large, extra
fine ; Athalia, pure white ; Blanche
Superbe, pure white, dwarf; British
Queen, pure white ; La Dame Blanche,
pure white, dwarf ; La Neige, pure white,
large ; Mont Blanc, pure white, dwarf ;
Belle Chinoise, very fine yellow ; Chryso-
lora, very fine bright yellow; Lea/nder
deep yellow, very large, scented; Ovidvus,
clear pale yellow ; Princess May, yellow
with bluish centre; William the First,
golden-yellow.
TIGRIDIA (Tiger Flower). —A
genus of bulbous plants with few narrow
or broader and plaited leaves. Flowers
few in a spathe with a tubeless concave
perianth, having free segments, the outer
ones very broad, clawed, the inner ones
much smaller, more or less wavy. The
filaments of the 3 stamens are united in a
cylindrical tube. Ovary 3-celled.
Culture and Propagation. — Tiger
Flowers develop to the best advantage
when grown in warm open sunny posi-
tions protected by other vegetation from
cold cutting winds, but not shaded or
crowded in any way. A deep sandy loam
enriched with leaf-mould or well-rotted
manure is an excellent soil for them.
The surface may receive a mulching of
cow-manure when the leaves are fairly
well developed, and during hot dry sum-
mers frequent soakings with water will
be beneficial, especially about the period
of blooming.
Being natives of a warmer country
than our own, the Tiger Flowers are not
strictly hardy, although in southern
localities they suffer no injury in being
left in the ground during the winter, if
the crowns are protected with a little
ashes or litter. The safest and best plan,
however, is to lift the bulbs every year at
the end of October or November when the
leaves have completely faded. The side
bulblets should be detached and preserved
and the leaves of the old ones trimmed
after bunches have been made for the
sake of tidiness in storing. They may be
kept in dry airy frost-proof places in the
same way as Dahlia roots ; or, better still,
the bulbs may be placed in layers and
covered with dry sand until the time for
replanting comes round again, usually
from the end of March to the beginning
of May.
Tigridias are easily increased by the
separation of the small bulbs from the
936
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
CROCUS
larger ones when lifted. The smaller
ones should be grown by themselves the
first season until they have become good
flowering bulbs. Seeds may also be sown
in spring on hotbeds, the seedlings being
pricked out and grown on in gentle heat
until June. They may then be planted
out in a specially prepared patch or grown
on in pots until the following season.
Many of them will flower the second
year, and nearly all the third.
Besides the above there are several
other species of Tigridia, but not hardy
enough for the outdoor garden. The
plants described have flowers of excep-
tional beauty and brilliance, and it is
rather astonishing that they are not more
generally grown. True, the individual
flowers are not of long duration : they
open in the morn and close in the after-
noon for ever, but each day they are
replaced by fresh ones ; when grown in
suitable situations, the flowering period
may extend froru July into August and
even September.
T. Pavonia (Ferraria Pavonia ; F.
Tigrid/ia). — Peacock Tiger Flower. — A
handsome showy Mexican plant with
forked leafy stems 1-2 ft. high, and lance-
shaped, pointed, plaited leaves 12-18 in.
long, sheathing at the base. Flowers in
summer, about 6 in. across, the outer seg-
ments of the perianth being broadly ovate,
about 3 in. long, violet at the base, with
zones of yellow blotched with purple and
of a brilliant scarlet at the tip ; the cupped
inner segments are much smaller, and
yellow blotched with purple. There are
now many charming varieties of the Pea-
cock Tiger Flower grown, the best being
grandiflora, with larger and more brilliant
flowers than the type, and its forms alba,
with a pearl-white ground, conchiflora
recognised by its yellow flowers blotched
and ' tigered ' with purple ; alba is a superb
form with pure white and purple-spotted
flowers ; speciosa is somewhat like grandi-
flora ; and Wlieeleri has very large flowers
of a brilliant red.
Culture dc. as above.
T. Pringlei. — A native of S. Mexico
having small bulbs with spindle-shaped
roots and slender stems 1-2 ft. high, with
2-3 winged plaited leaves. The shallow
cup-like flowers are borne singly on the
stems in July and August, and are of a
brilliant scarlet blotched with crimson.
Culture dc. as above.
FERRARIA. — A genus of interesting
dwarf plants with tunicated bulbs or
conns, sword-like leaves and several
flowers in a spathe. The perianth is cup-
shaped with 6 spreading lance-shaped or
oblong segments often contracted at the
base, and with wavy crisped edges. The
3 filaments are united in a tube, and the
3 stigmas surmounting the linear ovary
are petal-like and fringed.
F. undulata. — A distinct S. African
plant with branching flower-stems and
equitant sword-like wavy leaves, the
outer ones being about twice as broad as
the inner ones. The peculiar greenish-
brown or dull plum-colom-ed flowers
with wavy segments, spotted with purple
are produced in March and April.
Culture and Propagation. — The above
is the only species grown out of doors
in warm sunny positions in light well-
drained soil. The bulbs should be lifted
in autumn like the Tigridias, and the
plants may be increased like them by
means of bulblets or offsets, and also by
seeds if any are ripened.
CROCUS. — A genus of well-known
popular plants with fleshy corms having
sheathing fibrous coats and narrow slen-
der linear channelled radical leaves re-
curved at the margins, and appearing at
the same time as the flowers or after
them. Flowers solitary with a regular
funnel-shaped perianth, composed of 6
equal segments. Stamens with short free
filaments. Ovary oblong, 3 -celled ; stig-
mas more or less cleft or fringed.
About 70 species of Crocuses have
been described, and most of them are in
cultivation. Many, however, are only to
be met with in botanic gardens, and are
either too delicate or too rare to be gene-
rally cultivated out of doors in the colder
parts of the kingdom.
Crocuses are peculiar inasmuch as
they do not all flower at the same period
of the year. Some produce their blossoms
in the autumn from the end of August
to November, while others do not blos-
som until about February and continue
to the end of March or beginning of April.
For this reason gardeners have roughly
classified Crocuses into two groups
according to their period of flowering, as
follows : —
1. Spring-flowering Crocuses. — Ap-
pearing at the dullest and bleakest time
of the year Spring Crocuses are not mi-
CKOCUS
FLAG ORDER
ckocus 937
naturally great favourites in the riower
garden. They may be used in a variety
of ways with other early-flowering bulbs
like Snowdrops (Galantlrus), Spring Snow-
flakes (Leucojuni vcrnum), the Spring
Meadow Saffron (Bulbocodium vemum),
and also dwarf early-flowering plants like
the Winter Aconite {Mrcmthia hyemalis),
either in beds, borders, groups &c. The
individual flowers do not last very long,
but they are produced in such profusion
that the flowering period extends over
several weeks.
Culture and Propagation. — They are
easily grown in light well-drained sandy
loam, which may be enriched with a little
leaf mould or well-decomposed cow-
manure, although this is not essential in
ordinary good garden soil. The conns
should be planted in September and
October to secure the best results, but
planting is often deferred until as late as
December, with little injury to the corms,
if kept in a dry airy place in the mean-
time. The beds or borders may receive a
thin coating of coco-nut fibre, which not
only serves as a protection to the bulbs,
but also makes an excellent background
for the bright colours of the flowers.
There is little difficulty in increasing
Crocuses. The production and separation
of the young corms are so easy that it is
scarcely worth while to raise plants from
seeds. The best time for lifting the corms
is when the leaves have completely
withered. They are then quite ripe, and
after the young offsets have been detached
may be cleaned by separating them from
the dead roots, leaves, and shrivelled
corms of the previous season. It is some-
times advised not to disturb the corms for
two or three years, but this is not good
practice, especially where other plants
are grown on top, and many corms are
destroyed in working the soil.
Corms planted in September and
October yield better and more numerous
offsets than those planted later. When
seeds are used they should be sown as
soon as ripe or very soon after gathering
in pots, pans, or cold frames or even in
the open border in nice light prepared soil,
in the latter case protecting them with
litter during the winter. The seeds will not
sprout until spring, and will take 2-3
years to produce flowering corms. For
the first two years they are best left in
the bed where sown. Afterwards they
may be treated like the old corms.
The following is
flowering Crocuses
A I a I a ulcus.
Aureus.
Bal ansa.
Banaticus.
Bijtorus.
Biliotti.
Carpetamts.
Chrysanthus.
Corsicus.
Dalmatic ii.s.
Etruscus.
J''/ 1 iHcheri.
Im pe rat i.
Korolkouri.
a list of the best spring-
described below : —
Mahji.
Minimus.
Nevadensis.
Nudiflorus.
Olivieri.
Reticulatus.
Sieberi.
Stellaris.
Suaveolens.
Susianus.
Tommasinianu8.
Vernu.s.
Versicolor.
Vitellinux.
2. Autumn - flowering Crocuses. —
These are quite as hardy and ornamental
as the spring-flowering Crocuses, but the
later kinds are likely to become a good
deal damaged by wind and rain unless
protected in pits or frames. The earlier
kinds may be used for the decoration of
beds, borders, lawns, grass land &c,
either by themselves or in conjunction
with the Meadow Saffrons (Colchicum)
and Lily of the Field (Sternbergia), which
flower at the same period. They like
light, rich, well-drained soil and open
airy situations, and may be increased in
the same way as the spring-flowering
Crocuses by separation of the offsets and
by seeds when ripe. The corms may
also be left in the soil for two or three
years without disturbance. The best time
for planting autumn Crocuses is about the
end of July or beginning of August, and the
corms should not be taken up until the
foliage has quite withered, say about May.
The following is a list of autumn
Crocuses described below : —
Ashiricus. Ochroleucus.
Cancellatus. Pulchellus.
Clusi. Salznianni.
Hadriaticus. Sativus.
Iridiflorus. ScJiarojani.
Karduchorum. Sjieciosus.
Longiflorus. Zonatus.
Medius.
C. alatavicus. — A native of the Siber-
ian mountains in Asia with grassy leaves
about 1 ft. long when fully developed.
Flowers in February, small, white, with
a smooth yellow throat, the 3 outer seg-
ments being obscured, freckled and
feathered with purple outside. There is
a variety white within, pale buff outside.
938
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
CROCUS
The variety porphyreus has outer seg-
ments of a bright claret-purple, the inner
ones being white.
Culture dc. as above, p. 937.
C. asturicus. — A pretty Spanish au-
tumnal Crocus with leaves about 1 ft. long,
produced after the flowers. The latter
appear from September to November, and
are 4-5 in. long, with a violet bearded
throat. The segments are violet or purple,
with a few darker lines near the base, and
are variable in colour although rarely
white. There are several pretty forms,
the best being azureus, blue ; atropur-
pureus, dark purple ; lilacinus, lilac ;
pallidus, pale mauve; and purpureus,
bright purple.
Culture dc. as above, p. 937.
C. aureus (C. lagenceflorus ; C. mcesia-
cus dc). — A beautiful old Crocus, native
of S.E. Europe, with linear leaves and
rich golden-yellow flowers usually pro-
duced in February. From this species
the common or ' Dutch Yellow ' Crocus of
gardens has descended, and also numer-
ous varieties like Aucheri, deep orange ;
lucteus and lacticolor, milky - white ;
sulphureus and sulpliureus pallidus,
sulphur- or fine primrose -yellow ; luteus
striatus with 3 distinct black stripes on
the back of the outer segments, &c.
Culture die. as above, p. 937.
C. Balansas. — A pretty little Crocus,
native of Western Asia Minor, and
remarkable for its pear-shaped conns
about 1 in. broad and leaves about 10 in.
long. Flowers in March, 2-2i in. long,
orange-yellow, the outer surface fea-
thered or tinted with brown or bronze.
Culture dc. as above, p. 937.
C. banaticus (C. veluchensis). — A
native of South Hungary, with leaves
about 15 in. long, having wide and open
side channels. The beautiful flowers ap-
pear in February and March and are about
3 in. long, with a white throat ; the inner
segments are rich bright purple, with
deeper coloured markings near the apex,
and are paler than the outer ones, varying
to white or variegated with purple and
white. There are several good forms of
this species, such as albiflorus, concolor,
niveus, pictus and versicolor.
Culture dc. as above, p. 937.
C. biflorus (Scotch or Cloth of Silver
Crocus). — A handsome Crocus found wild
in many parts of Italy and extending
eastwards to the Caucasus. It has short
erect narrow leaves having a distinct
white midrib. The flowers appear in
February and March and vary in colour
from white to a pale lavender, the outer
surface of the outer segments being
distinctly feathered with purple and
yellow within.
There are many forms of C. biflortis.
Argenteus is snowy white feathered with
black and has conspicuous bright orange
stigmas ; estriatiis rosy-lilac washed with
buff; Adami from the Caucasus is pale
purple or feathered outside with deeper
veins ; minor is a free-flowering form
with lilac inner segments, the outer ones
being striped with purple ; Pestalozzce
is a charming variety with small white
and yellow flowers, and is a form of
nubigenus from Asia Minor, the flowers
of which are suffused and speckled with
brown ;perpusillus is excellent for edgings
and masses, and has an orange throat
and white feathered outer segments ;
and the Hungarian Weldeni varies from
pure white to mauve stained with blue.
The variety Leichtlini is of more recent
origin and is recognised by its white or
pale purple sweet-scented flowers with
narrow lance-shaped segments.
Culture dc. as above, p. 937.
C. Biliotti. — A charming Crocus,
native of Trebizond, having dark rich
purple flowers in spring, with a deeper
coloured blotch near the throat. The
anthers are yellow, and the stigmata
orange.
Culture dc. as above, p. 937.
C. cancellatus. — A handsome
autumnal Crocus native of Asia Minor
with leaves about a foot long appearing
in spring after the blossoms have with-
ered. The flowers appear from Sep-
tember to December and are 4-5 in. long
with a yellow unbearded throat. The
segments vary from white to pale purple
and are sometimes feathered with purple.
The variety ciUcicus has lilac flowers
veined with purple, a form of it called
lilacinus has larger soft lilac striped
blossoms ; the variety mazziaricus is
white with a bright golden-orange throat.
This and other late-flowering au-
tumnal Crocuses are charming in the
flower border, rockery or grass, but their
beautiful blooms are frequently spoiled
by cold drenching rains at the end of the
year. Grown in pots or cold frames
CROCUS
FLAG OBDEB
crocus 939
where they can be protected from wet
they look very handsome.
Ctilture dc. as above, p. 937.
C. carpetanus. — A distinct species
from Spain and Portugal characterised
by slender cylindrical unkeeled and
unchannelled leaves about 8 in. long.
Flowers from February to April, about
3 in. long, with a white unbearded throat,
and segments varying from delicate
vinous - lilac to white, darker on the
margins, the outer surface suffused with
bluish veins towards the base.
Culture dc. as above, p. 937.
C. chrysanthus. — A native of S.E.
Europe with rich orange-yellow flowers
which are produced from January to
March, and reqiiire to be protected from
heavy rains. There are several forms,
including albidus, white with a blue base ;
Canary Bird, rich canary-yellow, sweetly
scented; fusco-lineatun, clear yellow,
striped with crimson-brown ; ccerulescens,
bluish - tinted ; and fusco-tinctus, clear
yellow suffused with brown.
Culture dc. as above, p. 937.
C. Clusi. — An autumnal Crocus, native
of Spain and Portugal, with leaves 9-10
in. long having 3 prominent ridges on
the margins. Flowers from September to
December, 3-4 in. long, with a white
bearded throat, and pale purple un-
feathered segments deeper in colour near
the base.
Culture dc. as above, p. 937.
C. corsicus (C. insular is). — A rather
rare Corsican species with leaves about
8 in. long, having wide and open lateral
channels. Flowers in April 2-3 in. long,
with a white or lilac unbearded throat,
and pale purple segments, feathered and
striped with purple outside, and tinged
with buff. Stigmata bright scarlet.
Culture dc. as above, p. 937.
C. dalmaticus. — A Dalmatian Crocus
with pear-shaped corrns and leaves 8-9 in.
long, having a convex keel. Flowers in
February and March, about 2 in. long,
with a yellow unbearded throat, and pretty
lilac segments, the outer ones shaded fawn,
with a few ' purple veins at the base or
delicately feathered with purple. There
is a pretty form called violaceus, having
violet and blue flowers.
Culture dc. as above, p. 937.
C. etruscus. — An Italian Crocus with
narrow linear leaves having a central
white band and revolute edges. Flowers
in March, 2-3 in. long, the tube striped
with lilac and the throat yellow. Seg-
ments bright lilac-purple inside, the 3
outer ones with five lilac or purple stripes
down the back.
Culture dc. as above, p. 937.
C. Fleischeri. — A handsome Crocus,
native of Western Asia Minor, with a
beautifully netted yellow conn and leaves
about 1 ft. long. Flowers in early spring,
about 3 in. long, with a pale yellow un-
bearded throat, and white linear lance-
shaped segments, the outer ones being
veined with rich purple.
Culture dc. as above, p. 937.
C. hadriaticus.— A distinct autumnal
Crocus from the Grecian Archipelago,
with leaves over 1 ft. long, ciliated on
the margins and keel. Flowers about
October, 3 4 in. long, with a white or
purple bearded throat, and ovate lance-
shaped segments pure white or purple
towards the base. The pretty variety
clinjsobelonicus has white flowers with a
yellow throat feathered at the base with
reddish lines.
Culture dc. as above, p. 937.
C. Imperati. — A very fine Italian
Crocus with thick linear recurved leaves
having a distinct white line down the
centre. Flowers from January to March,
sweet-scented, lilac -purple inside, the outer
segments being marked with three deep
purple lines more or less feathered. The
variety albidus has white faintly striped
flowers ; roseus has flowers of a clear
rose ; and purpureus white outside, purple
inside.
Culture dc. as above, p. 937.
C. iridiflorus (C. buzantinusj.—A&ne
autumnal Crocus from the Banat and
Transylvania producing in September and
October its distinct flowers. The 3 larger
ovate outer segments are a clear rich
purple, in contrast to the 3 much smaller
pale lilac inner segments. The stamens
have lilac filaments and orange anthers,
while the stigmas are purple, a combina-
tion that makes the flowers attractive.
Culture dc. as above, p. 937.
C. Karduchorum. — An Armenian
Crocus with slender grassy leaves 1-2 in.
long, those of the previous year persisting
until the flowering period next autumn.
The flowers have a long unbearded peri-
anth tube and vinous-lilac segments, each
940
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
CROCUS
of which is veined with delicate purple
lines about halfway up. The anthers and
stigmata are creamy-white. This species
somewhat resembles C. zonatus, but the
rloWLis are smaller, and there are two
small orange spots at the base instead of
the bright golden zone.
Culture dc. as above, p. 937.
C. Korolkowi. — A pretty species from
Central Asia with clusters of narrow linear
leaves having revolute edges and a distinct
white line down the centre. Flowers in
Februarj^ and March, with a brownish
l^erianth tube about 2 in. long, and bright
yellow segments, the outer ones being
tinged with brown.
Culture dc. as above, p. 937.
C. longifiorus. — A beautiful free-
fiowering autumnal Crocus, native of
S. Italy, Sicily &c, having leaves 8-9 in.
long, appearing at the same time as the
sweet-scented flowers. The latter are
produced in October and November, and
have a yellow perianth tube about 4 in.
long, and a slightly bearded orange
throat. The segments are of a uniform
pale vinous-lilac, yellow towards the base,
or feathered with purple. The variety
medius has white flowers.
Culture dc. as above, p. 937.
C. Malyi. — A very rare and pretty
species from Monte Vermaz with leaves
over 1 ft. long appearing with the
flowers in March. Perianth tube yellow,
about 3 in. long, with a bearded orange
throat. Segments white, orange near the
throat, occasionally suffused with vinous-
purple outside.
Culture dc. as above, p. 937.
C. medius. — A handsome autumnal
Crocus from the Riviera with leaves about
1 ft. long, the edges of the keel and
blade slightly ciliated, the lateral channel
broad and open, and containing 3 low
ridges. Flowers in October and November,
4-5 in. long, with an unbearded whitish
throat veined with purple. Segments
bright purple, veined inside towards the
base with deep purple, and in strong con-
trast to the bright scarlet branched stigma.
The variety pallidus has pale rosy-lilac
flowers.
Culture dc. as above, p. 937.
C. minimus. — A pretty little Corsican
Crocus with small pear-shaped conns, and
deep rich purple flowers produced in
March and April, after the leaves have
appeared. The perianth tube is about
2 in. long, with a white or lilac beardless
throat. The flowers are usually suffused
with buff and veined with purple outside,
but are occasionally white or self-purple.
Culture dc. as above, p. 937.
C. nevadensis (C. atlanticus;
C. algeriensis). — A native of Spain and
Algeria, flowering in January, with a
perianth tube 2-3 in. long, and a bearded
pale yellow throat, and pale lilac or white
segments, variously feathered and veined
with purple outside.
Culture dc. as above, p. 937.
C. nudiflorus (C. fimbriatus ;
C. multifidus ; C. pyrenceus). — A hand-
some autumn Crocus native of SAV.
Europe, but now naturalised in meadows
in the midland and northern counties
of England. Flowers in September and
October, pale bright purple or violet,
with a beardless throat, and a perianth
tube 3-10 in. long. There is a white-
flowered form called albus. The brown
netted corms have creeping shoots which
form independent corms when the parent
one dies.
Culture dc. as above, p. 937.
C. ochroleucus. — A beautiful autumnal
Crocus from Asia Minor with leaves
about 1 ft. long appearing before the
flowers. The latter are produced from
October to December, and have a pale
buff tube over 3 in. long, and a slightly
bearded orange throat. The segments
are creamy - white tinged with orange
towards the base, and if protected from
the rain look very handsome.
Culture dc. as above, p. 937.
C. Olivieri. — A pretty species from
Greece with leaves appearing at the
same time as the. bright orange flowers
about March.
Culture dc. as above, p. 937.
C. pulchellus. — A handsome Turkish
autumn Crocus with narrow, prominently
keeled leaves, and large beautiful lavender-
blue flowers, with deeper veins and an
orange-yellow throat, produced freely
from September to December.
Culture dc. as above, p. 937.
C. reticulatus (C. variegatus). — A
pretty Crocus, native of Central and S.E.
Europe with netted corms and channelled
leaves. The flowers appear early in
March, and vary from white to deep lilac,
the outer segments being feathered with
CKOCUS
FLAG OBDEB
crocus 941
purple. The anthers are orange, and the
stigmas are scarlet. The variety micran-
tluts simply differs in having smaller
Howers, but it is a native of Cilicia.
Culture dc. as above, p. 937.
C. Salzmanni. — An autumnal Crocus
from the S. of Spain and N. Africa, with
prominently keeled leaves, 12-18 in. long,
developed before the flowers in autumn.
The perianth tube is 3-4 in. long, with a
bearded yellow throat, and vinous - lilac
or sometimes white segments, feathered
with purple outside.
Culture dc. as above, p. 937.
C. sativus (Saffron Crocus). — This
species and its many forms are found
from Italy eastwards to Kurdistan, and
may be distinguished by the rather large
globular depressed corms and narrow
keeled and ciliated leaves. The flowers
appear from October to early in December,
and have a white or purple bearded throat
and bright lilac segments, purple towards
the throat and suffused throughout with
purple veins. The scarlet drooping
stigmata are occasionally fringed and
about 2 in. long. The cultivated forms
furnish the Saffron of commerce, but
they never produce seed. Of the many
forms, those most often seen are cart-
wric/litianus, lilac, and its white form
dibits', Elwesi, rosy-lilac ; Haussknechti,
very free-flowering ; Pallasi, lilac, deli-
cately veined ; Taitia, deep iilac.
Culture dc. as above, p. 937.
C. Scharojani. — A distinct and hand-
some Crocus, native of the Western
Caucasus, where it grows wild at an
elevation of about 7000 ft. The flowers
appear in July and August and are of a
bright deep orange-yellow with acute
perianth segments and a 3 -cleft stigma.
The leaves appear after the flowers, and
persist until the flowering period the
following year.
Culture dc. as above, p. 937. This
Crocus is injured by lifting and storing,
as it is nearly always in growth. If
lifted immediately after flowering, the
corms should be replanted at once.
C. Sieberi (C. nivalis; C. sublimis).
This species is abundant at high eleva-
tions on the Greek mountains and archi-
pelago, and its smooth leaves, with open
unribbed lateral channels, appear with
the flowers in February and March. The
perianth is of a uniform bright lilac with
a rich golden base, and a beardless orange
throat, in the centre of which are the
orange stamens and orange- scarlet stig-
mata. The variety versicolor varies in
colour from white to purple, with white
and purple veins and feathering, and
always a rich golden-yellow base.
Culture Sc. as above, p. 937.
C. speciosus. — This handsome species
extends from Central Europe eastwards
through the Crimea and Caucasus to
Persia, and is perhaps the finest of all
the autumnal Crocuses. It has roundish
corms, and prominently keeled leaves
appearing almost at the same time as the
large flowers, which show at the end of
September and in October. They are of
a beautiful bright lilac or bluish-purple,
striped inside with deeper purple, and
having bright orange conspicuously
fringed stigmata in the centre. The
variety transyl/oanicus has flowers of a
deeper purple-lilac than the type, and
with it is excellent for naturalising in
grass land.
Culture dc. as above, p. 937.
C. stellaris, the origin of which is
obscure, has long been in cultivation,
and has been considered a hybrid between
aureus and susianus, as it combines the
characters of both these species. It has
orange flowers distinctly feathered with
bronze outside, and these appear in early
March, but have never been known to
mature seeds.
Culture dc. as above, p. 937.
C. suaveolens. — A fine Italian species
with leaves 8-9 in. long appearing with
the flowers in March. Perianth tube 3-4
in. long with a bright orange beardless
throat, and narrow lance-shaped lilac
segments, the outer surface being suffused
with bnfi and lined with purple.
Culture dc. as above, p. 937.
C. susianus (C. revolutus).—Clotli of
Gold Crocus. — A charming Crocus from
the Crimea and Caucasus with ciliated
leaves, producing its deep orange flowers
in February, variously feathered with
deep brown, occasionally entirely orange-
yellow, or evenly suffused with brown.
The orange anthers are twice as long as
the orange filaments, and contrast with
the orange- scarlet stigmata.
Culture dc. as above, p. 937.
C. tommasinianus. — A Dalmatian
Crocus with channelled leaves 9-10 in.
942
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS libertia
long appearing with the flowers in March.
Perianth 3 in. or more long with a white
beardless throat and pale sapphire-laven-
der segments, occasionally with a dark
blotch at the apex. Excellent for natura-
lising in grass. The variety atropur-
2)u reus h&s rich clear lilac blossoms; and
pallidas soft lilac.
Culture dc. as above, p. 937.
C. vernus (Spring Crocus). — A beauti-
ful and well-known Crocus from the Pyre-
nees, Alps and Carpathian Mountains with
linear channelled ribless leaves appearing
at the same time as the flowers early in
February and March in cultivation, or as
late as June and July on the mountain tops
of Europe. They have a bearded throat,
and are lilac, violet, and white in colour,
but never yellow, and variously striped
with other colours.
Culture &c. as above.
From this species nearly all the garden
forms imported in such quantities from
Holland have been derived. They exhibit
a vast range of colour from pure white,
through grey, lilac, violet and purple,
many of them being finely striped and
variegated. The following is a list of the
best garden forms of the Spring Crocus : —
White varieties sometimes lined with
purple
Caroline Chisholm, Le grand Con-
querant, Mont Blanc, Queen Victoria,
Beine Blanche, Variegatus, Alfred
Tennyson, George Maw, Lady Stanhope,
Leucorhynchus (Pheasant's Feather),
Madame Marmont, Madame Mima,
Obovatus.
Blue, lilac, purple, and yellow varieties
Albion, Baron von Br u now, Concin-
nus, David Bizzio, Emperor, Ira
Aldridge, King of the Purples, La
Majestueuse, Leedsi, Leucostigma,
Lilaceus superbus, Lord Derby, Lord
Palmerston, L'Unique, Margot, Miss
Patti, Ne plus ultra, Othello, President
Grant, Pride of Albion, Prince Albert,
Purpurea grand ijlora, Sir John Frank-
lin, Sir Walter Scott, Yellow Mammoth.
C. versicolor (C. fragrant). — A beau-
tiful Crocus from the Maritime Alps with
pear-shaped corms and channelled and
ribbed leaves 8-9 in. long when mature.
Flowers in March, varying from purple
to white, self-coloured, or feathered and
veined with purple outside, the inner and
outer series of segments being similarly
coloured. This is one of the oldest Cro-
cuses in cultivation, and many fine forms
have arisen from it.
Culture &c. as above, p. 937.
C. vitellinus. — A Syrian Crocus with
tufts of 5-6 leaves appearing at the same
time as the bright orange flowers. The
coppery brown styles are cut into numer-
ous slender branches.
Culture dc. as above, p. 937.
C. zonatus. — An ornamental and free-
flowering autumnal Crocus from the
Cilician mountains and Lebanon. The
channelled leaves about 1 ft. long have
a white band down the centre. The
flowers appear in September and October,
having a pale buff perianth tube about
3 in. long, bearded bright yellow throat,
and rosy-lilac segments, veined or lined
with purple inside, and having bright
orange semi-circular spots or zones at
the base.
Culture dc. as above, p. 937.
LIBERTIA. — A genus with 8 species
of pretty perennials having creeping root-
stocks and tufts of equitant linear or
narrowly sword-shaped, often stiffish
leaves more or less prominently veined.
Flowers in loose cymes or panicles,
having a bell-shaped perianth with 6 free
divisions, the 3 inner ones of which are
larger than the others. Stamens 3.
Ovary 3-celled, becoming a roundish 3-
furrowed capsule when ripe.
Culture and Propagation. — Libertias
are rather slow-growing plants, but they
thrive better in rich sandy peat than in
loam, and may be planted in bold masses
in the warmest nooks of the rock garden
or in the flower border, or on the margins
of peat-loving shrubs like Ehododendrons,
Kalmias kc. They are fairly hardy in
the milder parts of the kingdom, but it is
wise to give them a little protection in
winter from severe frosts by means of
litter, bracken &c, or handlights. They
are best increased in spring as growth is
commencing afresh by very carefully
dividing the tufts with a sharp knife.
Seeds may also be sown when ripe in cold
frames or greenhouses, but it is a long
time before they produce flowering plants.
L. formosa. — A beautiful Chilian
perennial 1-2 ft. high, with deep green
sword-shaped leaves which retain their
colour well durinsr the winter months
SCHIZOSTYLIS
FLAG ORDER
DIERAMA 943
Flowers in May, pure white, opening
successively from the bottom of the truss
upwards.
Culture <{'■(•. as above. This is the
best of the Libertias, but the following
may also be associated with it as they
resemble it in appearance : L. grandijlora,
from New Zealand, about 3 ft. high, with
white flowers, and L. ixioides, also from
New Zealand, 2-4 ft. high, with white
flowers and pale yellow stamens.
SISYRINCHIUM (Blue - eyed
Grass ; Rush Lily ; Satin Flower). — A
genus of perennial plants with short root-
stocks and fibrous roots, and stems equally
or slightly thickened at the base. Leaves
radical or clustered linear roundish or
more or less sword-like, always narrow.
Flowers several in a spathc, the perianth
having nearly equal obovate or oblong
lobes. Filaments united in a tube, or
rarely free at the base.
There are about 50 species in this
genus, all natives of tropical and sub-
tropical America. S. angustifoUum has
become naturalised in the bogs of
Western Ireland and produces its small
pale blue flowers in July and August.
S. grandiflorum (Spring Bell). — A
beautiful perennial with a somewhat
creeping rootstoek, and erect broadly
linear striated leaves 6-8 in. long, sheath-
ing at the base. Flowers in May and
June, 2 in a spathe on stems about as
high as the leaves. Perianth dark purple,
striated or white in the variety album,
the segments being obeordate.
Culture and Propagation. — The
species described above is the only one
worth growing in the outdoor flower gar-
den. It is a pretty plant for the rockery
or garden, and should be grown in masses
to produce a good effect. It flourishes in
light peaty soil or sandy loam, and may
be increased by dividing the rootstocks in
early spring.
Bobartia or Homeria aurantiaea is
a pretty bulbous plant closely related to
the Sisyrinchiums. It is a native of S.
Africa and produces numerous rich orange -
red or yellow blossoms in summer, but is
rather too tender for general outdoor cul-
tivation. In the mildest parts it may
grow well with protection in winter. It
is increased by division in autumn.
SCHIZOSTYLIS (Crimson Flag;
Kaffir Lily). — A small genus of South
African perennials with clustered stems
on a rootstoek or slightly thickened at the
base and linear or narrowly sword-shaped
leaves. Flowers sessile in the spathes,
with a slender perianth tube and equal
oblong or ovate spreading lobes. Fila-
ments free.
S. coccinea. — A handsome Gladiolus-
like plant 2-3 ft. high, native of Caffraria,
having long sheathing sword-like leaves,
those from the base being longest, the
upper ones forming bracts. The flowers
appear late in September, October and
November, about 10-14 on a 2-ranked
spike, each one about 2 in. across and of
a bright crimson-scarlet colour with con-
spicuous yellow anthers.
Culture and Propagation. — Owing to
its free-flowering properties this species is
excellent for cut bloom late in the year.
It prefers light rich moist soil composed
of loam, peat and leaf mould, and dining
hot summers should be well drenched with
water frequently. Warm sheltered places
against a south wall or fence suit it best,
but the flowers should be protected from
frost by lights. Grown in pots this plant
makes a useful ornament for the green-
house late in the year. It is increased by
dividing the rootstocks and replanting
them in spring about 9 in. apart. Seeds
may also be sown in spring in cold frames
in the soil mentioned, and the seedlings
pricked out and grown on in the frames
for the first year, after which they may
be planted out.
DIERAMA. A genus with 2 or 3
species of plants with fibrous-coated
bulbs, long narrow sword-shaped leaves,
and flowers in terminal panicles.
Perianth funnel-shaped with 6 nearly
equal erect or spreading lobes. Stamens
attached at the base of the tube. Ovary
3-celled, becoming a membranous many-
seeded capsule when ripe,
D. pulcherrima (Spar axis pulcher-
rima). — A beautiful South African
perennial 3-6 ft. high, with sword-shaped
leaves, and tough slender flower stems
which bear numerous funnel - shaped
flowers gracefully drooping from thread-
like stalks. The blossoms are usually
blood-red in colour, but there are forms
with white and pale red tints, some being
prettily striped. The flowering period is
usually about September and October, so
that the blooms are sometimes injured by
frost.
Culture and Propagation. — Tins
944
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS lapeyrousia
plant is much better known in gardens
under the name of Sparaxis, but as it
differs in many respects from those plants
it is now separated from that genus. It
nourishes in dryish sandy loam in warm
sheltered positions, and can be consid-
ered hardy only in the most favourable
parts of the kingdom. When grown in
bold masses in the border or in a thin
shrubbery, it is not only beautiful but
very graceful as it sways gently hi the
breeze. The general culture and treat-
ment are the same as recommended below
for the Ixias. The plants may be
increased by offsets from the old bulbs
when the leaves have withered. D.
pendula, which produces lilac blossoms
with deeper veins in June and July, may
be treated in the same way.
IXIA. — A genus of beautiful S. African
perennials with smooth or hbroustunicated
bulbs or conns and erect strongly veined
sword- shaped leaves. Flowers in simple
or branched spikes, with a funnel or salver-
shaped perianth having a short slender or
longish tube, and almost equal, more or
less spreading, often nearly rotate lobes.
Filaments short, free or united at the
base.
Culture and Propagation. — Most of
the Ixias have a peculiar elegance of growth
and flower, but unfortunately are some-
what too tender for outdoor cultivation hi
most parts of the British Islands. In the
south of England and Ireland they succeed
very well, and in less favoured parts with
a little attention and protection. They
produce masses of attractive flowers which
are very useful for cutting, and will retain
their freshness for a considerable time in
water. The buds in this state will also
expand very well.
For outdoor cultivation the conns may
be planted between November and January
about 3 in. deep, on raised beds of light
loamy well-drained soil. At planting time
a handful of coarse sand may be placed
over and around each bulb. The position
chosen should be a warm sunny one
protected as far as possible from the cold
east and northerly winds. A covering of
straw or litter, fern &c. during the winter
is advisable as a protection against frost,
but it should be removed as early as
possible about March, when the leaves
are developing. Stiff heavy wet soils are
fatal to Ixias, hence the necessity of light
free and well-drained soils.
There are several varieties now in
cultivation, and they are all very similar
in habit and foliage, reaching a height of
1-2 ft. Among the best natural species
(many of which were formerly called
Morphixia) may be mentioned capillar is,
flesh colour or lilac ; hybrida, white ;
maeulata, orange, spotted at the base ;
odorata, yellow, sweet-scented; patens,
pink; speciosa or crateroides, deep red;
and viridiflora, a remarkable species with
masses of beautifid soft sea-green flowers
with a brilliant shining black blotch at the
base or rather in the centre.
From these have been derived some
beautiful garden forms to which various
fancy names have been given by the
growers.
LAPEYROUSIA. — A genus with
about 20 species of perennials with
fibrous - coated conns or bulbs, from
which spring a few sword-like plaited
leaves. Flowers with a funnel- or nearly
salver- shaped perianth having spreading
and almost equal lobes. Stamens
attached to the throat. Ovary 3-celled,
becoming a roundish or ovoid capsule
when ripe.
L. cruenta {Anomatheca cruenta}.—
An attractive South African species 6-12
in. high, with rather large roundish
conns or bulbs, and sword-shaped linear
leaves. The flowers, which are of a
beautiful deep crimson with a deeper
coloured blotch on the base of each of the
3 larger and lower segments, appear in
summer and autumn in loose clusters at
the ends of the slender stems, and are
very effective when the plants are grown
in bold masses.
Culture and Propagation. — This
plant may be grown in the same way as
the Ixias referred to above, but it has a
somewhat hardier constitution. It likes
warm sunny positions and sandy loam
and leaf soil. The conns should be
planted about 6 in. deep as a protection
against frost, and they should be pro-
tected from cold and heavy winter rains,
which are injurious. Propagation is
most easily effected by separating the off-
sets after the flowers and leaves have
withered ; seeds may also be sown in pots
in cold frames when ripe, and the follow-
ing year four or five young bulbs may
be grown on in each pot until they make
a good clump for planting in the open
border.
WATSONIA
FLAG ORDER
CROCOSMA 945
WATSONIA (Bugle Lily). — A
genus of beautiful S. African plants with
fibrous-coated bulbs or conns, and often
tall stems, with long stiffish ribbed sword-
like leaves, and long simple or slightly
branched spikes of flowers. Perianth tube
slender at the base, curved or recurved,
spreading above into nearly equal ovate
oblong or lance-shaped lobes. Filaments
free, rather long.
Culture and Propagation. — From the
Thames Valley southwards, and in mild
western districts, the Bugle Lilies may
be regarded as hardy out of doors. They
like a rich sandy loam with a little peat or
leaf mould, and require perfect drainage
and warm sunny positions with a more
or less southern aspect. They flower well
and look very handsome. Increase is
generally effected by separation of the
offsets from the corms, or by seeds sown
in cold frames in spring, and grown on
for a couple of years. The corms may be
lifted when the foliage has withered, or
they may be left in the soil for two or
three years without disturbance. When
at rest the soil should be kept dry and
protected from heavy rains in winter.
W. Meriana (Antliohjza Meriana).
A beautiful species 1-2 ft. high with
thick lance - shaped sword - like much
striated leaves and spikes of somewhat
salver- shaped flowers, purple or scarlet in
colour, produced in May and June. There
are several fine forms of this, including
coccinea, a splendid variety with scarlet
flowers ; iridi folia, white, on spikes about
3 ft. high ; and roseo-alba, pink and
white.
Culture dc. as above.
W. rosea (Gladiolus pyramidatus).
This beautiful plant resembles a Gladiolus
in growth. In July and August it pro-
duces its crowded pyramidal spikes of
beautiful rosy somewhat bell-shaped
flowers each about 2 in. long, issuing from
purple spathes.
The above are the best known species,
but others might be grown with them,
such as angusta and brevifolia, both with
scarlet flowers ; densiflora, rosy-red ; and
Jui mills, soft rose. A few years ago a
charming and large-flowered white varietj'
of angusta appeared under the name of
Ardernei. It is a glorious plant with
masses of clear snowy-white flowers, but,
except in the mildest parts of the country
perhaps, is too tender for outdoor cultiva-
tion.
Culture dc. as above.
BABIANA (Baboon Root). — A genus
of beautiful plants with fibrous-coated
lmlbs or corms and stiffish plaited narrow
leaves. Flowers in dense spikes, having
a funnel-shaped perianth with a straight
long, or rarely short, tube and more or
less equal or unequal and spreading lobes.
Filaments free.
Culture mill Propagation. — Many
of the Babianas have fragrant blossoms
with rich and brilliant colours that make
them very desirable border plants. In
height and foliage they are all vei*y
similar, and rarely exceed 1 ft. high.
They are very often grown in pots for
greenhouse decoration, but if treated as
recommended for Ixias at p. 944 they may
be successfully grown out of doors. As
may be seen from their proximity to Ixia
in this work, they are nearly related, not
only botanically, but also in their re-
quirements. The best Babianas to grow
are disticha, with pale blue flowers
scented like Hyacinths ; plicata, with
violet-blue flowers emitting a very fra-
grant Clove-Carnation-like perfume ; rin-
gens, a handsome form with irregular
gaping scarlet flowers ; strictd, with 3
outer segments white, and o inner ones
lilac-blue with a dark blotch at the base ;
its variety angustifolia has fragrant
bright blue flowers tinged with pink in
the tube ; the variety rubro-cyanea has
beautiful flowers 2 in. or more across, the
upper portion of the perianth being
brilliant blue, the lower portion deep
crimson forming a central zone ; the
variety sulphurea (also known as Gladi-
olus sulpliureus and G. plicatus) has
creamy or pale yellow blossoms ; while
villosa has brilliant crimson flowers with
violet-blue anthers to the stamens.
All the Babianas bloom about May
and June.
CROCOSMA.— This genus contains
only the following species : —
C. aurea (Tritonia aurea). — A charm-
ing S. African plant with fibrous-coated
slender corms or bulbs and narrow sword-
shaped leaves about 1 ft. long, sheathing
at the base of the slightly winged stems
about 2 ft. high. The brilliant orange -
red starry flowers appear during the sum-
mer and autumn months, the perianth
3p
946
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS sparaxis
having a cylindrical incurved slender
tube and nearly oblong lobes.
Culture and Propagation. — This
piant is far better known as Tritonia
aurea in gardens. It is not infrequently
cultivated in greenhouses, but in the more
favourable parts of the British Islands it
is amenable to outdoor treatment and
makes a charming border flower, useful
for cutting. A light rich loamy soil with
the addition of peat and leaf moxild suits
it very well, and in favourable spots it
rapidly spreads. In such places the
plants may remain undisturbed for two
or three seasons, merely covering them
with a layer of leaves or litter during hard
frosts. In colder localities, however, it is
better to lift the corms when the leaves
have withered or begun to wither — say
about the middle of November — and store
them in sand, or better still pot them up,
as they do not like being ' dried off ' too
much. They may be replanted in the
spring, when the young offsets may be
detached and grown by themselves until
large enough for making clumps in the
border.
Seeds rnay be sown in cold frames as
soon as ripe, and grown for a year before
putting outside. Separation of the corms,
however, is an easier and quicker method
of increase.
TRITONIA. — This genus of South
African plants with fibrous-coated corms
or bulbs now includes the plants so well
known in gardens under the name of
Montbretia. The leaves are narrow
linear sword-like and often sickle-shaped.
The flowers are borne in graceful nodding
spikes, each one sessile hi a spathe.
Perianth tube slender, straight, sometimes
very short, sometimes elongated, rarely
loosely incurved at the apex, with a
more or less regular or slightly oblique,
concave, or broadly bell-shaped limb.
Filaments free.
Culture and Propagation. — The
cultural treatment of the Tritonias is
practically the same as that recommended
above for Crocosma. The following are
the kinds best adapted for the hardy
flower garden.
T. crocata (Ixia crocata; Gladiolus
crocatus). — A pretty species with broadly
sword - shaped curved leaves, and a
roundish flexuous leafy scape about 2 ft.
long, bearing a distichous spike of bell-
shaped saffron or orange-coloured flowers
in June. There is a good deal of varia-
tion in the flowers, some being much
paler and some much brighter in colour
than others and spotted with yellow, red,
or brown.
Culture Ac. as above.
T. crocosmiaeflora (Montbretia aureo-
Pottsi). — A charming hybrid between
T. Pottsi and Crocosma aurea, resembling
a Gladiolus in growth, and reaching a
height of 2-2£ ft. The brilliant orange -
scarlet funnel-shaped flowers about lh in.
long are produced in great abundance
frorn about the middle of July, until cut
down by hard frosts, and are borne on
branched leafy stems. This hybrid when
grown under favourable conditions is a
far finer plant than either of its parents.
The flower spikes are very ornamental for
vases, bouquets &c.
Culture <ic. as above.
T. Pottsi (Montbretia Pottsi). — A
beautiful species 3-4 ft. high, with narrow
tapering sword-like leaves lh-2 ft. long
in a distichous rosette at the base of the
stem. The funnel-shaped flowers appear
in August in slender gracefully nodding
spikes, and are of a bright yellow suffused
with red. Excellent for cuttmg. The
variety grandiflora has larger and finer
flowers than the type and is a great
improvement on it. There are a large
number of forms in cultivation of both
T. Pottsi and T. crocosmiaeflora, chiefly
differing in the brilliancy of colour.
T. miniata is a dwarf beautiful scarlet-
flowered species.
Culture cf-c. as above.
SPARAXIS. — A genus containing
about 5 species of graceful perennials
with fibrous-coated bulbs or corms,
simple or slightly branched stems, and few
flat sword-shaped or broadly linear, erect
or sickle-like leaves. Flowers with a
somewhat bell-shaped perianth cut into
6 erect or spreading, more or less equal
segments. Stamens attached to the base
of the tube. Ovary 3-celled, becoming
an ovoid or oblong membranous capsule
with numerous seeds when ripe.
Culture and Propagation. — The
species described below are best known,
but they are only worth cultivation in the
open ah in the mildest parts of the king-
dom. They require practically the same
treatment as the Ixias (see p. 944), and
should be planted in well-drained sandy
loam in warm sunny situations, and in
GLADIOLUS
FLAG ORDER
GLADIOLUS 947
bold masses to produce an effect. During
the winter they should be protected from,
frost and cold rains by a covering of
leaves, litter &c, or a handlight. They
may be increased by separating the offsets
from the old bulbs when the leaves have
begun to wither.
S. grandiflora. — A pretty South
African bulbous plant with lance-shaped
pointed leaves arranged in two rows, and
reaching a height of 1-2 ft. Flowers in
April and May, deep violet-purple, white
or variegated, often with a deeper
coloured blotch at the base of the oblong
wedge - shaped segments.. There are
several forms of this species.
Culture &e. as above.
S. tricolor. — Another pretty South
African species resembling S. grandiflora
in appearance but having rich orange-
red blossoms with a yellow centre and
a purple-brown triangular blotch at the
base of the segments. The flowers
appear in May and June, usually before
those of the preceding species. There are
several forms known varying chiefly in
colour, some being white suffused with
rose, others bright rose or purple with
a yellowish centre and deeper coloured
blotches.
Cult are dr. as above.
GLADIOLUS (Corn Flag; Sword
Lily). — This genus consists of beautiful
plants having fibrous-coated conns (usually
called bulbs), sword-like plaited or ribbed
leaves, and one-sided spikes of flowers.
The perianth is more or less incurved,
with a very short or elongated tube,
obliquely funnel - shaped, more or less
dilated at the throat, and having unequal
lobes, the 3 upper ones usually larger
than the others, erect, convex or incurved,
the 3 lower ones often spotted or blotched,
usually narrowed at the base, sometimes
clawed. Filaments free.
Such are the main characters of the
natural species of Gladiolus, but in the
gorgeous hybrids now so popular in gar-
dens a good deal of modification, chiefly
in size, has taken place, and it would
perhaps be difficult for the uninitiated to
recognise any relationship between the
hybrid forms of gandavensis, Lemoinei,
namceianus and Childsi, and the natural
species from which they have been derived.
Culture and Propagation. — Although
the wild types cannot compare in size,
brilliancy, or effect with their descendants,
many of them are nevertheless well
worth a place in the flower garden. They
flourish in warm sunny parts of the
garden and prefer a rather stiff loamy
soil to any other. Like all plants with
bulbs or corms they dislike stagnant
moisture at the root, and one of the most
important points in their cultivation is to
see that the soil is well drained. Where-
ever Strawberries and Roses grow freely
and well, in such soil also will the Gladiolus
as a rule thrive. Although the ground may
be enriched with manure it is not wise to
allow the corms to be in direct contact
with it. The manure should be at least
9 in. below the surface of the soil, and as
the corms are planted at a depth of 4-6
in., they are thus well above it.
The multiplication of the Gladiolus is
an easy process. The old corms produce a
number of offsets in the same way as the
Crocus, Babiana, Crocosma and Tritonia,
and by detaching these when the corms are
lifted in autumn or as soon as the leaves
begin to turn yellow, a fresh supply of
plants is obtained.
Seeds may also be sown as soon as
ripe or in early spring under slight
protection, and about the third year
flowering corms will be produced. Where
however seed saving is not a considera-
tion, it is wise for the sake of strengthen-
ing the corms underground to cut off
the flower spikes as soon as over. The
nourishment that would thus go to feed
the ripening seeds is drafted into the
corms instead.
Out of about 90, the following is a list
of the best natural species of Gladiolus for
the "flower garden. I have considered it
best to keep them separate from the
Hybrid Gladioli which form a distinct
group requiring special notice (see p. 949).
Except where otherwise stated they
are natives of S. Africa.
G. blandus. — A splendid species 6-24
in. high, with ribbed sword-like leaves.
Flowers in June, 3-10 on a scape, large,
white with red markings and a yellow
tube shorter than the spathe.
Cult it re d-c. as above.
G. byzantinus. — A native of Turkey
and Asia Minor about 2 ft. high with deep
green narrow leaves and spikes of beauti-
ful red flowers produced in -Time, often
shaded with reddish-violet or purple.
Culture dec. as above.
3 p 2
948
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS gladiolus
G. cardinalis. — A pretty species 3-4 ft.
high with many-nerved sword-like leaves,
and branched spikes of fine scarlet flowers,
produced in July and August, the 3 lower
segments of the perianth each having a
large white blotch in the centre.
This species is somewhat tender, and
if left in the gi-ound during the winter
months should be protected from frost by
means of leaves, straw &c, and also from
excessive wet.
Culture dc. as above.
G. communis. — A native of S. Europe
lsj-2 ft. high, with linear lance-shaped
ribbed leaves and bright rosy flowers
borne on a graceful nodding spike well
above the foliage during the early summer
months. There is some variation in the
flowers, and white, purplish-rose, and red-
dish-purple forms exist.
Culture dc. as above. As the indi-
vidual flowers of this species are among
the smallest in the genus, it is more
effective grown in large masses than as
solitary plants or small tufts. It is very
hardy and increases rapidly in favourable
soils, and its cut flowers are excellent for
decorative purposes. The corms need not
be disturbed for 2 or 3 years, and may be
replanted from October to December.
The following European and Asiatic
species may be grown in the same way as
G. communis : viz. anatolicus, atrovio-
laceus, armeniacus, illyricus, insignis,
kotschyanus, and 2^alustris.
G. cruentus. — -A native of Natal with
linear sword-shaped leaves 12-18 in. long.
The flowers are produced about Sep-
tember in dense spikes 6-10 in. long, on
stems 2-3 ft. high. They are about 4 in.
across, of a brilliant scarlet, and yellowish-
white speckled with red at the base, the two
latei-al segments being marked with white.
Culture dc. as above.
G. cuspidatus. — A very fine species
with sword-like leaves a little shorter
than the flower stem, which is 2-3 ft.
high, and in May and June bears masses
of beautiful flowers, rather variable in
colour, but usually marked with purple
and red on the lower segments.
Culture dc. as above.
G. dracocephalus. — A fine distinct
species with pale green leaves 6-12 in.
long, and stout roundish flower stems 12-
18 in. high, bearing in August soft yellow-
ish flowers striped with dull purple, the
lower segments being green and spotted
with purple.
Culture dc. as above.
G. floribundus. — A pretty and useful
species with strongly veined leaves and
stems about 1 ft. high, bearing flowers
almost from base to apex in early summer.
The blooms are large and vary a good deal
in colour from white with a broad pur-
plish stripe to bright flesh colour with
deep red, in contrast with which are the
dark violet anthers. The cut spikes are
valuable for decorations. Closely related
to this species, either as varieties or hybrids,
are the plants known in gardens asformo-
sissimus, having clear orange-red flowers
with white blotches, washed with lake and
bordered with crimson ; insignis, ver-
milion blotched with carmine ; magnificus,
carmine-rose and vermilion-red blotched
with white ; Queen Victoria, bright velvety
red blotched with white and edged with
carmine; and trimaculatus (of gardens),
bright rose, spotted with carmine and
white.
Culture and Propagation. — The ty-
pical G. floribundus does not usually pro-
duce offsets from the old corms so freely
as other species of Gladiolus, and for this
reason it is often raised from seed. The
latter are sown as soon as ripe in sandy
soil in cold frames, pans or boxes, or in
spring in the same way, or in the open
border. The seedlings are not disturbed
for the first year, but protected from
frosts during the winter. The young
corms may be lifted in autumn when the
leaves are withered, and stored until about
March or April when they maybe planted
out. About the end of the third, or at
most the fourth, year from the time of
sowing the seeds, the flowers appear.
G. psittacinus (G. natalensis). — A
beautiful species with tufts of distichous
sword-like leaves a foot or more long and
stout erect flower stems about 3 ft. high.
The large bell-shaped flowers 10-12 on a
spike are rich scarlet, lined and spotted
with yellow, with a greenish tube purple -
striped. This is one of the original
parents of the Gandavensis hybrids de-
scribed below. Plant the corms in March
and April.
Culture dc. as above, p. 947.
G. purpureo-auratus. — A fine species
from Natal with broad and firm glaucous-
green leaves about 18 in. long. The
flower-stem is 3-4 ft. high, at first upright,
GLADIOLUS
FLAG ORDER
GLADIOLUS 949
then arched on a level with the lower
flowers. The latter are borne in August,
funnel-shaped, pale sulphur-yellow with a
large purple blotch on the two lower seg-
ments. There are 12-15 flowers on a
spike opening from the bottom upwards
2-3 at a time.
Culture and Propagation. — A pecu-
liarity of this species is that its rather
small corms, about 1 in. across, instead
of developing young corms around the
old ones, send out runners 2-3 in. long
at the end of which the new corms are
developed. By this means if left in the
ground for two or three years large masses
of the plant may be obtained.
This species fertilised with the pollen
of G. gandavensis produced the beautiful
Lemoinei hybrids.
G. Saundersi. — A beautiful species
with strongly nerved sword-like leaves 2-3
ft. long, and flower stems about the same
height, bearing in autiunn spikes of 6-12
flowers over 3 in. across, and of a beauti-
ful crimson or pale scarlet spotted with
pink and white, and having conspicuous
yellow anthers in the centre.
Culture dc. as above. This species
is very shy in producing fertile seeds.
The corms shoidd be planted about March
and April.
G. segetum. — A handsome species,
native of the Mediterranean region, and
growing li-3 ft. high. It has narrow
sword-shaped leaves about 18 in. long,
and produces its pinky-rose or purple-red
flowers in June and July, the three lower
and smaller segments having a white
blotch at the base.
Culture dc. as above. This species
flourishes in any good garden soil, and if
grown in bold masses is very attractive
when in bloom. It likes warm sunny
positions and may be left without lifting
for several seasons, in which case a mulch-
ing in autumn will benefit it.
G. tristis. — A native of Natal about 1
ft. high, the leaves having long cylindri-
cal spathes below, and bearing in July
funnel-shaped flowers 2-3 in. deep, with a
yellow ground colour, the 3 upper seg-
ments of the perianth being minutely
spotted with reddish-brown on both sur-
faces, the 3 lower ones spotted only on the
outer half. The plant known as sul-
phureus is a pale yellow self-coloured
form of the type with a graceful habit.
Culture dc. as above. This species
is mentioned chiefly as having been one
of the parents of the well-known Gladiolus
Colvillei, and its variety. It flourishes
in warm positions in ordinary good garden
soil.
HYBRID GLADIOLUS.— The hy-
brid Gladioli, owing to their great beauty,
size and range of colour, have completely
displaced the natural species except in
botanic gardens. In addition to their
beautiful blossoms they possess a hardy
constitution, and produce an abundance of
bloom from spring till the end of autiunn.
The most showy kinds are those belong-
ing to the gandavensis, Lemoinei, nan-
ceianus and Childsi groups, each of
which will be dealt with separately.
G. brenchleyensis. — This brilliant
scarlet Gladiolus is one of the best known
in British gardens. It was raised about
the year 1848 at Brenchley by Mr.
Hooker, and is practically a form of
gandavensis. It however retains its
character so well, and is so unlike the
usual gandavensis which have the blood
of more than two species in them, that it
may well receive separate mention. Its
cultural requirements are, however, the
same, but as the flower spikes which ap-
pear before those of gandavensis are not
nearly so heavy and support themselves
naturally very well, it is not so essential
to detract from their natural grace by the
addition of stakes.
G. Childsi. — The hybrids of this
group are among the finest, hardiest, and
most free -flowering in cultivation. They
were first raised by Herr Max Leichtlin
of Baden-Baden, in 1882, who selected
the best varieties of G. gandavensis
and crossed them with G. Saundersi.
Under the name of turicensis the same
hybrid was obtained by Herr Frcebel of
Zurich, but the latter name has never
become established. In growth the
Childsi Gladiolus are very rank and
vigorous, having dark green foliage, and
often attaining a height of 4-5 ft. with
spikes of bloom over 2 ft. in length.
They branch freely, each main stem often
producing three or four spikes of bloom.
This shows a trace of the blood from the
ramosus section which seems to be con-
tinued in many of the gandavensis
hybrids. The individual flowers of the
Childsi hybrids are of great substance,
and often measure 7-9 inches across. In
colour they are unsurpassed by any other
950
PBACTICAL GUIDE TO GABDEN PLANTS gladiolus
section and have various delicate shades,
markings, and Mendings of blue-grey,
purple, scarlet, salmon, crimson, rose-
white, pink, yellow &c, often beautifully
mottled and blotched in the throat.
Named varieties appear in the trade
catalogues, but as new ones appear every
year and the older ones drop out of sight
it is scarcely worth while to waste space
here with a string of mere names.
For beds and borders and groups on
the grass G. Childsi is very effective.
Culture and Propagation. — This is
the same as that described below under
G. gandavensis.
G. Colvillei. — A beautiful hybrid
between G. cardinalis and G. tristis,
having showy crimson - purple flowers
flaked with white. It grows about 2 ft.
high and is excellent for massing in
borders or beds. The flowers are very
valuable for cutting. There are two
white forms known, one albus with
white flowers and red stamens, the other
having white flowers and white stamens,
known as 'The Bride.'
Culture and. Propagation. — Immense
numbers of these white forms are imported
from Holland every year, and grown for
the London and other markets. They
flourish hi rich light soil and not too
sunny situations, but with a free circu-
lation of air, and protection from cold
winds. The corms may be planted any
time from the end of October to January
about 4-5 in. deep. A protection with
litter or the remains of a spent mush-
room bed during the winter will be bene-
ficial, and the flowers will appear from
May to July according to tbe time of
planting. Grown in pots G. Colvillei and
its varieties are excellent for the winter
decoration of greenhouses and conserva-
tories.
G. gandavensis. — What is popularly
known as the Ghent Gladiolus originated
in 1837 by M. Beddinghaus, gardener to
the Due d'Aremberg, at Enghien, cross-
ing G. psittacimis and G. cardinalis.
There can, however, be little doubt that
before the gandavensis type had become
fairly fixed the services of other species
were brought into force, and the most
likely of these were opjpositiflorus (which
shows in the white forms), bland its
and ramosus. Other species may also
have been used, but in any case the
gandavensis Gladiolus as we now know it
is the result of much crossing and inter-
crossing between the best forms as they
were developed. M. Souchet of Fon-
tainebleau was one of the earliest to take
to the serious business of producing
gandavensis hybrids. He used the hybrids
obtained from cardinalis and psittaci-
nus, and crossed them with blandus and
ramosus, and in 1852 many of them
bloomed for the first time in his garden,
and were a vast improvement on the
original type. About 5 years later— in
1857 — the late Mr. James Kelway of
Langport began operations in hybridising
plants of this section, and down to the
present daj7 his firm is noted for the
many very beautiful forms produced.
Mr. Standish of Ascot was another early
hybridiser of these plants. About 3000
named varieties have appeared since
those days, but the vast majority are
now sunk in oblivion — a fate no doubt
in store for those at present causing a
sensation, when they too make way for
still further improvements. As every
nurseryman invents the names of his pets
it would be useless giving a string of
them here, but it may be remarked that
the prevailing colours of the gandavensis
Gladioli are exquisite and delicate, and
consist of various shades and mixtures
of white, cream, violet, crimson, lilac,
purple, maroon, salmon-red, rose, scarlet,
yellow, orange, pink, amaranth &c.
variously striped and blotched.
Soil. — A light sandy soil has been
often recommended for Gladioli, but the
best and most successful growers prefer
a stiff loamy soil, well drained and
deeply dug, such as would suit Boses.
Other soils of a lighter nature will pro-
duce excellent Gladioli, and in wet cold
localities such soils may be niore suit-
able than the stiffish loam recommended.
Where Gladioli are grown extensively
a dressing of stable or cow manure may
be deeply dug into the soil in September
or October. The land ma}7 then be left
in a rough state to be sweetened by the
frosts and rains until about the beginning
of March, when the surface may be
levelled with a hoe, which is better than
a rake for this particular purpose.
Planting. — Planting may then com-
mence, but is best deferred unless the
ground is in a friable condition and not
in a wet sticky state. The drills
into which the corms are put should be
about a foot apart and about 4-5 in.
GLADIOLUS
FLAG ORDER
GLADIOLUS 953
Some excellent growers like the
Rev. H. D'ombrain prepare the corms by
peeling off the outer coat and cutting
each one in two with a sharp knife, each
portion containing an ' eye ' or bud.
Some powdered charcoal or charred
vegetable refuse is placed round the cut
corms, which are planted about 5 in.
apart or more according to the space at
disposal, but it is a matter of small
importance, as the roots do not spread
but go straight down into the soil. Some
growers object to cutting the corms, fear-
ing an attack of disease, but there is no
more danger in the process than in
cutting up Potatoes at planting time.
After the corms have been covered
and beds levelled over they will require
little attention beyond weeding until the
flower stems appear about July and
August. Stakes must then be used, but
should not reach higher than the lowest
flower, and one strong tie will be sufficient
to prevent the flower spikes from being
blown about by the wind. If the blooms
are required for exhibition, it is wiser to
stake each spike separately. Should the
summer be very hot and dry, a good
mulching of decayed manure and copious
waterings will benefit the plants im-
mensely.
Hybridising. — If seeds are not
required it is better for the constitution
and vigour of the corms that the flower
spikes should be cut off as soon as they
begin to wither. When it is intended to
raise hybrids, however, the flowers must
be left on, and only those of the finest
form, colour, and substance selected for
fertilising purposes. The article on hy-
bridising at p. 37 will explain the process
of conveying the pollen from the stamens
to the stigma of the pistil. Hot bright
sunny days when the air is dry should be
chosen for fertilising the flowers, and an
hour or two before mid-day is the most
favourable time according to Mr. Kelway.
The fertilised flowers should be marked
in some way with a piece of coloured
string or a label, but it is scarcely worth
while recording the parentage of Gladiolus
hybrids except when pure species are
employed.
Seed-soiving. — The seed should be
gathered when fully ripe and kept in a
dry airy place until the first week in
April. It may then be sown in a piece
of ground which has been prepared in
the autumn and brought into good tilth.
The surface should be raked over and
rendered as fine as possible. The seeds
are sown in shallow drills about J in.
deep, and 6 in. apart, and covered with a
mixture of fine sifted soil and sand. The
seed beds are then pressed down evenly
and firmly, and kept free from weeds
with an occasional watering. The seed-
lings come through the soil like Barley
and about September may be lifted and
stored until planting time in spring.
Harvesting. — The disappearance of
the flowers and the withering of the
leaves are signs of maturity and a hint
that the corms may be lifted. About the
end of October or beginning of November
is the best time to take them up. They
may be stored in a dry airy place free
from frost until the planting time in
March. The young corms or ' spawn '
formed at the base of the adult corms
may be detached and stored in the same
way, and sown like seeds in drills in
April, but they require to be covered with
about 2 in. of soil. In September, before
the foliage has withered, they may be
lifted and cleansed, and again stored
until the following season. During the
first season of growth all flower spikes
should be pinched off and not allowed to
develop so that the corms may become
stronger.
G. Lemoinei. — This beautiful race of
Gladiolus was produced by M. Lemoine
of Nancy, France, by fertilising flowers
of G. purpureo-auratus with pollen from
the most beautiful forms of gandavensis.
As the latter has the blood of four or five
species in its veins, it follows that the
Lemoinei hybrids contain the blood of at
least one more species. The first flower
appeared in 1877, but the plants were not
put into commerce until 1880. During
the past twenty years a large number of
choice varieties have been developed not
only by M. Lemoine but by Messrs. Kelway
and other growers in England and on the
Continent, and there is now a very large
and varied assortment in gardens. The
Lemoinei hybrids are distinguished by a
large beautiful golden-yellow blotch with
borders of purple, scarlet, maroon &c. on
the lower segments, which render them
very attractive. There are many shades
of colour, including carmine, rosy-purple,
sulphur, salmon, yellow, creamy-white,
blood-red &c, more or less beautifully
blended. The first varieties raised were
952
PB ACTIO AL GUIDE TO GAB DEN PLANTS antholyza
named Lemoinei, a pale salmon-pink, and
Marie Lemoine, a straw-white, and these
and many others are still grown. They
are vigorous growers and free bloomers,
and produce their flowers between the
early and the very late kinds.
Culture and Propagation. — This is
the same as for the gandavensis hybrids
referred to above.
G. nanceianus. — This race of hybrids
was also raised by M. Lemoine of Nancy,
and distributed in gardens for the first
time in 1889. The plants surpass in size
and beauty all other kinds except the
Childsi race. They differ from the latter
in being the result of crossing G. Saun-
dersi with the best forms of Lemoinei,
instead of gandavensis. They are as hardy
as the gandavensis section and much
more free-flowering, having enormous
branched spikes of bloom, many of which
are 5 in. or more across. The colours are
of the most brilliant and varied hues,
heavily spotted, and having a beautiful
lustrous stem. Among the shades of
colour may be mentioned purple, claret,
orange, red, maroon, orange-scarlet,
violet, carmine, variously striped and
blotched with distinct and harmonising
colours.
Culture and Propagation. — This is
the same as for the gandavensis hybrids.
G. nanus. — This section is valued on
account of its dwarf habit and free-flower-
ing properties, and is useful for cutting.
The corms are best planted from October
to December, in the same way as the
Colvillei varieties, and during severe frost
should be protected with a covering of
straw, litter &c. The flowers vary in
colour from white through rose, pink,
carmine, orange, salmon, and are often
beautifully blotched.
G. ramosus. — There are several
hybrids in this section, but they cannot
compare in size or colour with those of
the gandavensis, Lemoinei, Childsi, and
nanceianus sections. The flowers are for
the most part shades of deep rose or red,
more or less flaked and feathered with
white, but of great substance. The corms
may be planted in spring like the more
showy kinds, and the flowers are produced
from about July to late in autumn.
Culture and Propagation. — This is
the same as for G. floribundus (p. 948).
ANTHOLYZA. — A genus of plants
with Gladiolus-like corms and leaves and
spikes of bright-coloured flowers over-
topping the foliage. Perianth tubular
with 6 unequal segments, the upper arch-
ing ones being much longer than the
others. Stamens free.
Culture and Propagation. — The plants
of this genus are rarely met with except
in botanical collections. They flourish in
warm sunny spots out of doors in stiffish
well-drained loamy soil with a little peat
and leaf mould. They may be treated the
same as the species of Gladiolus, Tritonia
(p. 946) and Watsonia (p. 945), and in-
creased in the same way by offsets or
seeds.
They are all natives of South Africa,
and as they resemble each other very
much in habit and foliage it is scarcely
necessary to describe these in detail.
The best kinds for gardens are : —
A. asthiopica (A. floribunda ; A. prce-
alta), which grows about 3 ft. high, and pro-
duces spikes of scarlet and green flowers in
June. The variety ring ens (A. vittigera)
has orange-red flowers, smaller than those
of the type, borne on plum -purple stems
with a ' bloom.'
A. caffra (Anisanthus splendens), a
showy species about 2 ft. high, with spikes
of rich scarlet flowers appearing in June.
A. Cunonia (A. bicolor ; Anisanthus
Cunonia), with scarlet and black
flowers ; A. Carolina, bright orange ;
A. fulgens, rich coppery rose ; and
A.paniculata, with panicles of red, brown,
and yellow flowers, are other species
worth growing.
Division II. SPADICIFLOB^J (see p. 128).
CXXIV. TYPHACEiE— Reed Mace Order
A small order of marsh or water-loving plants with a creeping rootstock,
narrow linear obtuse leaves with sheathing bases, and monoecious flowers in
AKUM
ABUM LILY OBDEB
AKUM 953
cylindric oblong or roundish spikes or heads, the male flowers uppermost.
Perianth none, or reduced to scales or hairs. Stamens few or many. Fruit
dry or fleshy, 1-celled and 1-seeded.
TYPHA latifolia (Beed Mace, Cat's
Tail or Club Bash) is a well-known and
attractive native plant found by the banks
of lakes, rivers &c, growing in masses.
It has blunt linear flattish leaves 3-6 ft.
long and 1-2 in. broad, with a somewhat
glaucous hue, and arranged in a distichous
or 2-ranked manner. The round flower
stems spring up in July and August from
the centre of the tufts to a height of 3-7
ft., bearing dark purple-brown spikes 6-12
in. long, and about 1 in. in diameter,
giving the whole a handsome and attrac-
tive appearance. In many parts this
species is called the Bulrush, a name
properly belonging to Scirjms lacustris,
see p. 972.
T. angustifolia is similar to T. lad-
folia, but is smaller in all its parts. The
leaves are shorter and narrower, and
channelled towards the base, and the
spikes, which appear in July, are often
interrupted.
Culture dc. as below.
SPARGANIUM ramosum (the Bur
Beed) is another native plant belonging to
this order, and inhabits ponds, ditches,
river-banks &c. Its erect 3-sided leaves are
2-5 ft. long and about 1 in. broad, while
the flower stems, with roundish olive-
brown male heads £-f in. through, appear
in June and July, and are 1-4 ft. high,
the female flowers as large as the males
when in fruit. S. simplex is another
common species, with yellow flower-heads.
Culture and Propagation. — All these
plants may be used on the edges of
ponds, lakes &c, and are easily increased
by division. "When grown in masses they
give a picturesque appearance to the
surroundings.
CXXV. AROIDEiE— Arum Lily Order
An order of plants with tuberous rootstocks, large radical usually net-veined
leaves, and unisexual or hermaphrodite flowers borne on a spadix, enclosed or
protected by a spathe and often very fetid-smelling. Perianth none, or com-
posed of 4-8 hypogynous segments. Stamens few or many. Fruit a one-
or more celled, and one- or more seeded berry.
ARUM (Cuckoo Pint; Lords and
Ladies). — A genus of erect or dwarf
perennials with thick rootstocks and
pedate or hastate radical leaves. Flowers
unisexual, clustered on the lower part
of a club-shaped spadix ; female flowers
below and separated from the males by
barren or rudimentary ones. Spathe large,
convolute. Berry fleshy.
Culture and Propagation. — The
hardy Arums grow in ordinary good
garden soil in moist shady or sunny spots,
and may be grown in the wilder or
rougher parts of the garden. They are
very curious and interesting, but some of
them, like A. crinitum, emit a strong and
disagreeable odour when in bloom. They
are increased by offsets from the root-
stocks after the leaves have withered,
which is the best time for disturbing the
plants.
Seeds may also be sown when ripe
in pots or pans of light well-drained soil
when they have been cleaned from the
sticky flesh surrounding them. It takes
a long time, however, to raise plants by
this means.
Notwithstanding the unpleasant odour
arising from some of these plants when
in bloom, they are very ornamental in
appearance, the foliage alone being a great
attraction.
A. crinitum (Helicodiceros crinitus).
Dragon's Mouth. — A highly curious and
evil-smelling Corsican plant 1-1^ ft. high,
with pedately lobed leaves, and a cylin-
drical drooping hairy spadix of dark
purple-brown flowers, enveloped by a
large ovate flat brownish spathe, heavily
blotched with purple, and hairy inside.
The flowers are produced in May and
June.
Culture dc. as above. This species
954
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS peltandba
requires to be grown in warm sheltered
spots in borders or shrubberies.
A. Dracunculus {Dracunculus vul-
garis).— Dragon Plant. — A native of S.
Europe 2-3 ft. high, with pedately lobed
leaves and fleshy stalks and stems,
mottled with black. The flowers appear
in June and July on an erect brownish-
red tapering spadix, issuing from a large
ovate-lance-shaped spathe contracted at
the base, and of a rich deep purple or
claret colour on the inner surface.
Culture etc. as above. This plant has
a very disagreeable odour when in bloom.
It flourishes in sandy soil in a warm
border. Increased by offsets.
A. itaiicum. — A native of the Channel
Islands, S. England, and S. Europe. It
grows 9-24 in. high, with triangular-
hastate leaves appearing before winter.
The flowers appear in spring on a creamy-
white or yellowish spadix, enclosed in a
hooded greenish-yellow or whitish spathe.
In autumn when the leaves have withered
the clusters of scarlet berries on the
stems are very beautiful and attractive.
This species may be naturalised in grassy
places or shrubberies, and increased by
seeds or offsets. The variety marmora-
tum has the leaves blotched or marbled
with yellow.
Culture eve. as above.
A. maculatum. — This is our common
Lords and Ladies or Cuckoo Pint found
in woods, hedges, and dry ditches in most
parts of the country. It has hastate-cor-
date leaves often spotted with black, and
yellowish-green spathes, edged and often
spotted with purple, enclosing a dull pur-
ple or rarely yellow club-shaped spathe.
In autumn the bright scarlet berries look
very handsome.
Culture dtc. as above. Useful for na-
turalising in waste places. Increased by
offsets and seeds.
A. palaestinum (A. sanctum). — A very
attractive species, native of Palestine, and
very much resembling the white and
well-known Arum Lily in foliage and
appearance. The large bright shining
green leaves are hastate in shape, and
the flower sterns are thrown well above
the foliage in early summer. The spathe
is 6-8 in. long, greenish-yellow washed
with red outside, but deep almost blackish
velvety purple on the inner surface.
From the centre springs a blackish spadix
about 6 8 in. long and rather thicker than
an ordinary penholder.
Culture dtc. as above. This species
requires protection with a covering of
leaves &c. in winter, and may be grown
in warm situations such as under a south
wall. It likes sandy loam and leaf- soil,
and excellent drainage, as stagnant
moisture at the root in winter is likely to
rot the tubers.
ACORUS (Sweet Flag).— A small
genus of herbaceous plants with creeping
rootstocks and radical sword-shaped leaves.
Spathe continuous with the flattened
scape. Spadix lateral, round, narrowed
upwards. Perianth segments 6, free.
Stamens 6, with flattened filaments.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Sweet Flags flourish in a moist soil or
by the edges of ponds, lakes, ditches, and
even in shallow water. They are easily
increased by division of the rootstocks in
spring.
A. Calamus. — A British marsh or
water plant with cylindrical, channelled
and very fragrant roots and erect, sword-
shaped leaves 3-6 ft. long, with thick
midribs and wavy margins. Flowers
yellowish, borne in June and July on a
curved spadix 3-6 in. long. There is a
pretty form having golden stripes down
the leaves.
Culture dc. as above.
A. gramineus. — This is a Chinese
species with a slender creeping rootstock
and tufts of grassy leaves 4-6 in. long.
The variety voriegatus in which the
leaves are striped with white is very
handsome.
Culture dc. as above.
PELTANDRA (Arrow Arum).— A
small genus of marshy perennials with
slender rootstocks and somewhat peltate
hastate leaves with long sheathing
stalks. The flowers are densely crowded
on a slender, erect, cylindrical spadix,
protected by a convolute spathe with
wavy margins.
P. virginica (Caladium virginicum).
A North American marsh plant chiefly
valuable for its ornamental large green
sagittate leaves with netted veins near
the edges. The plant grows 2-3 ft. high,
and flowers hi July.
Culture dc. as above for the Sweet
Flags. It may be planted at the edge of
EICHAEDIA
ARUM LILY ORDER
LYSICHITUM 955
ponds, lakes, streams &c. in sunny sheltered
places.
RICHARDIA (Arum Lily).— A small
genus of perennial plants with thick fleshy
rootstocks, large sagittate leaves, and
monoecious flowers borne on an erect
cylindrical spadix enclosed by a large
and ornamental funnel-shaped spathe.
R. africana (B. cethiopica ; Call a
cethiopica). — This is the well-known
White Arum or Trumpet Lily, or Lily of
the Nile, grown so much in greenhouses
that most people are unaware of its hardi-
ness. It is a native of S. Africa, and
notwithstanding its popular name of Lily
of the Nile is not found growing on the
banks of that historic river.
Culture and Propagation. — In the mild
southern parts of England and Ireland
it may easily be grown out of doors,
planted in shallow water, or near the
edges of pools in sheltered sunny places,
where it produces masses of ornamental
leaves on stalks 1-2 ft. high, and the
beautiful white spathes well above them,
during the summer months. The tuberous
rootstocks are safest planted about a foot
below the surface of the water, as they
are thus protected from frost in severe
winters. The variety called ' Little Gem '
is very distinct, being about half the size
of the type in both leaves and spathes.
The readiest means of increasing
Arum Lilies is by detaching the offsets
from the tuberous rootstocks when the
leaves have begun to wither. The resting
period is not of long duration and the
offsets and old tubers are best re-planted
immediately after being disturbed.
CALLA palustris {Bog Arum). — A
pretty little aquatic plant about 6 in. high,
native of the Northern Hemisphere. It
has creeping rootstocks and smooth deep
green heart-shaped leaves. The male and
female flowers, which are on the same
spadix, appear in May and June, and are
protected by a piu'e white spathe, the outer
surface of which is tinged with yellow.
Culture and Propagation. — May be
grown in marshy places like Orontium ;
easily increased by dividing the roots.
ORONTIUM.— A genus with only
one species : —
O. aquaticum (Golden Club). — A pretty
N. American water-plant 12-18 in. high,
with long-stalked oblong or elliptic leaves,
which float on the surface of the water.
In May and June the hermaphrodite
yellow flowers appear on a slender club-
like spadix and emit a peculiar odour.
The upper flowers have a 4-parted perianth,
the lower ones a 6-parted one. Stamens
4 or 6. Ovary 1-celled, becoming a mem-
branous utricle when ripe.
Culture and Propagation. — This
peculiar plant will flourish on the margins
of lakes, streams &c, or in boggy or
marshy soil, and may be increased by
dividing the rhizomes in spring. When
planted in water they should be 6-12 in.
beneath the surface.
L YS I C H I T U M .—A genus containing
only one species : —
L. camtschatense. — A noble-looking
Aroid, native of the swamps of Northern
Asia and America. It is a stemless
plant, throwing up large oblong lance -
shaped acute leaves 1-2 ft. in length, and
3-10 in. across, from a thick horizontal
rootstock. The leaves are sometimes
spotted or mottled like those of the
Dieffenbachia, a tropical relative. The
stout flower stalk is 6-12 in. high, and
bears a spathe with a broad sharp-pointed
blade, and a spadix 3-4 in. long. The
flowers on the spadix are hermaphrodite
and all fertile. Perianth segments 4,
oblong. Stamens 4.
Culture and Propagation. — A figure
of this plant is given in the ' Gardeners'
Chronicle,' April 7, 1900. It is not yet
in cultivation, but would doubtless prove
to be perfectly hardy in marshy parts of
the rockery, or near the banks of lakes,
pools, streams &c. It would probably
produce seeds freely in our climate, and
by this means could be readily increased.
The Skunk Cabbage (Symplocarpus
fcetidus) is closely related and may be
grown in the same way. It has bronzy-
purple spathes marbled with green.
CXXVI. PALMJE— Palm Order
A natural order containing more than 1000 species of more or less arboreous
plants remarkable for their stately and elegant appearance, and called by
Linnaeus ' Princes of the Vegetable Kingdom.' With the single exception
described below they are all too tender to be grown out of doors permanently
956 PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS trachycakpus
in the British Islands, although a large number of them will grow well in
large cool conservatories. There is great variation in the habit of growth,
some having simple tree-like trunks, others being apparently stemless with
the leaves springing direct from the soil ; others again with slender erect or
climbing stems of great length, while many kinds are furnished with spines
and prickles. The leaves are usually large and elegant in appearance, and
may be fan-shaped, plaited, pinnate, or variously divided. The flowers are
small, regular, hermaphrodite, monoecious, dioecious, or sometimes poly-
gamous, and are usually borne in great numbers on branching stems issuing
from a large leafy spathe or bract. Each flower has 3 free or united sepals
and petals, and usually 6 stamens in the hermaphrodite and male blossoms,
but in rare cases there are as many as 50.
Although unsuitable for outdoor cultivation it may be mentioned here
that the Date Palm (Phcenix dactylifera) and the Coco-nut Palm (Cocos
nucifera), both Palms valuable for the well-known fruits they produce, belong
to this order, while many others are also of great economic importance. The
so-called Double Coco-nut (Lodoicea sechellarwn), a native of the Seychelle
Islands, is a remarkable plant and was believed by the late General Gordon
to be the tree which bore the Forbidden Fruit in the Garden of Eden. The
fruit is larger than that of any other palm or plant known, often measuring
12-18 in. in length, and about a foot across. It is 2-lobed and somewhat
resembles 2 fruits of the ordinary Coco-nut joined together, hence the popular
name. Although many previous attempts had been made to cultivate this
Palm in Europe, they all failed until a few years ago, when the large seeds
were successfully sprouted at Kew and fine plants produced from them.
TRACHYCARPUS excelsus recorded as having stood as much as 15°
(Chamcerops excelsa). — A graceful Palm, of frost without injury in various parts,
native of China and Japan, and attaining It will thrive in good and well-drained
10-20 ft. or more high in favourable situa- garden soil, but prefers a mixture of rich
tions. In young plants the leaves are loam, leaf mould and sand. It should be
more or less oblong in shape, but when planted in warm positions sheltered from
fully developed they become split up into cold and violent winds, and is effective on
numerous linear pointed segments radiat- the lawn by itself. It may be increased
ing fan-like from the top of the leaf-stalk, by means of seeds sown in gentle heat in
and measuring about 18 in. across. The spring, the young plants being grown on
small yellowish flowers are produced on under glass until they are sufficiently
a branching stalk or spadix about a foot large and sturdy enough for the open air.
long, issuing from large brownish and If suckers appear from the base they may
tubular membranous sheaths or spathes. be detached carefully, potted up and
Culture and Propagation. — This is grown on in gentle heat, and kept close
the only Palm that can be regarded as until established. Also well known as
hardy in the British Islands, and it is Chamcerops Fortunei.
Division III. GLUMIFLORJE (see p. 128).
CXXVII. GRAM I NRJE- Grass Order
A large order of tufted annual or perennial plants, shrubby or tree-like in
the Bamboos, usually tufted at the base, with round or flattened simple or
branched stems, usually hollow between the swollen joints. Leaves usually
agrostis GRASS ORDER air a 957
clustered at the base of the stems, and often distichously imbricated, the
upper ones alternate, distant, sometimes spirally arranged, sheath split and
usually furnished with a small scarious scale (or ligule), or tuft of hairs at
its junction with the blade. Flowers hermaphrodite or unisexual, in spikes,
racemes, or panicles. Flowering glumes boat-shaped, enclosing the flower
and a flat, often 2-nerved, scale called a 'palea.' Stamens 3, or fewer, rarely
4 or 6, very rarely more, with versatile drooping anthers. Styles 2, or rarely
3, with feathery stigmas.
This vast order has been estimated to contain about 4500 species, but
probably not more than 3500 are really distinct. Apart from the garden
plants which belong to it, the order is of great importance from an economic
point of view, containing as it does Wheat, Oats, Barley, Rye, Maize, Eice,
Millet, and many other kinds of grain less well known, and also the Sugar
Cane, which is grown extensively in the West Indies.
From a flower garden point of view the hardy Bamboos are undoubtedly
the finest and most ornamental plants belonging to the Grass Family,
although the Pampas Grass (Gynerium argenteum) as a highly ornamental
plant must also be placed in the front rank. As the plants commonly known
as Bamboos belong to two or three different but closely related genera, they
will be kept together here for the sake of convenience, and all the other
Grasses will be arranged in alphabetical order according to their genera, as
they are all of a more or less tufted habit.
AGROSTIS (Bent Grass). — A genus Culture and Propagation. — The plants
of annual or perennial Grasses with com- may be raised from seeds sown in spring
pressed flovver-spikelets in loose panicles, or autumn in the open border where
which are very ornamental when dried. wanted.
All the species are of easy culture in a. caespitosa ( Deschampsia ccespitosa)
ordinary garden soil, and may be raised is a pretty tufted Grass 2-4 ft. high,
from seeds sown in spring, or perhaps native of our wet meadows and woods,
better still in September, and very slightly having leathery leaves and linear oblong
covered. panicles of shining brownish or purplish
A. nebulosa (A. capillaris).— Cloud spikelets in June and July. The variety
Grass.— A charming annual native of alpina or vivipara has graceful panicles
Spain, forming elegant tufts about 15 in. resembling a miniature Pampas Grass,
high, and light and graceful panicles of Culture &-c. as above.
flowers which have been likened to a a «„ » /r» j. • -a \ ■
, -, ,. ,, , , ,, A. flexuosa (Deschampsia fiexuosa) is
cloud resting over the ground, hence the k ag h , ^ d H A ^ , j
popular name. ■• , , c , u ,v , .
Ciilt tt- h native plant found on heaths and m
dry woods, and has erect slender shining
A. pulchella is a native of Russia, but sterns 6-24 in. high, and panicles of
likewise an annual, 6-12 in. high, some- purplish or tawny yellow spikelets from
what stiffer in habit than A. nebulosa, June to August. It is a pretty and
but valuable for cutting for bouquets and elegant perennial, and may be increased
winter decorations. A. Spicaventi is a by seeds or division.
British annual with large silky panicles. Culture dc. as above.
Culture dc. as above. A> puichella.-A graceful and oma-
AIRA (Hair Grass). — This genus mental S. European Grass 6-8 in. high,
contains a few ornamental Grasses with with tufts of slender hair-like stems and
loose panicles of compressed spikelets, delicate ' clouds ' of elegant panicles,
each of which has generally 2 perfect shimmering with the slightest breath of
flowers, and sometimes a neutral one. air. When dried the flowers prays last
958
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
ARUNDO
a long time and are very valuable for
decorative work.
Culture dc. as above. Seeds may be
sown in spring or autumn.
ANTHOXANTHUM (Sweet
Vernal Grass). — A genus of sweet-
scented Grasses, differing from most of the
others in having only 2 stamens, with
linear purple or yellow anthers, and long
styles with feathery stigmas.
A. odoratum. — A graceful native
perennial Grass with shining stems 6-18
in. high, flat hairy leaves, and downy or
hairy panicles composed of green spikelets
borne in May and June, and becoming
dull yellow when old. It is this Grass
which gives the well-known scent to new-
mown hay, and when drying emits an
odour resembling that of the Sweet
Woodruff (As-perula odorata), p. 487.
Culture and Projiagation. — This
species may be raised from seed sown in
spring or autumn, or by division of the
tufts.
APERA arundinacea. — An elegant
Grass, native of New Zealand. It grows
12-18 in. high, with slender stems, from
which long and gracefully arching and
drooping panicles of purple-brown flowers
are produced in great profusion. As the
panicles often droop lower than the base
of the plant, this species seems to be more
suitable for pot-culture, so that it can be
raised on a pedestal to allow the natural
weeping habit free play.
Culture and Propagation. — It may be
raised from seeds, and although not yet
well known, will probably prove hardy, at
least in the milder parts of the country,
in ordinary soil. The tufts may also be
divided.
ARUNDO (Reed). — A genus of
ornamental Bamboo-like Grasses, easily
grown in ordinary soil and preferring
damp but sheltered situations. They are
effective massed here and there in the
lawn or pleasure ground. They are
increased by dividing the creeping root-
stocks, which become woody with age,
and also by means of cuttings. The latter
are taken about June, the ends of the
large stems being cut off and placed
horizontally or obliquely in a hotbed and
covered with fine and very sandy soil.
They are kept very moist and heavily
shaded, until after a short time buds are
seen to shoot from the joints, and in their
turn produce roots. When well rooted
the buds are detached and potted up
separately, still keeping them warm,
moist, and shaded, until they have
become sufficiently established to bear
more air and light, and a cooler atmo-
sphere, preparatory to planting them out
of doors. Seeds may also be sown in
gentle heat in spring, the seedlings being
grown on in the same way as the rooted
cuttings.
A. conspicua. — A noble New Zealand
Reed with tufts of stoutish stems 3-12 ft.
high, clothed with long curving leaves,
and bearing drooping racemes of silky
white, green, or yellowish flowers which
last for a long time in perfection.
Culhore dc. as above. A rich, moist,
loamy soil suits this plant best, and
in the warmer parts of the country
it attains its finest and most luxuriant
proportions. In cold parts a protection of
leaves or litter over the crowns is advis-
able in frosty weather.
A. Donax (Great Reed). — This is the
giant among European Grasses. It is a
native of S. Europe, and in rich moist
loamy soil attains a height of 10-12 ft.
Its stems or ' culms ' are clothed with
alternate lance-shaped glaucous-green
recurved leaves. The numerous reddish
spikelets become whitish with age, and
form a compact panicle 12-16 in. long.
Culture dc. as above. This species
requires protection in winter in the
colder parts of the country. The variety
versicolor or variegata only grows about
3 ft. high, but is a very ornamental and
valuable garden plant. The graceful
leaves are striped with white. It is a
fine plant for grouping and flourishes in a
deep well-drained sandy loam, but requires
protection in severe winters. The stems
placed in water produce shoots from the
joints which may be potted up separately
and grown on under glass until estab-
lished.
A. Phragmites (Phragmites com-
munis).— This is the common British
Reed found growing near the edges of
lakes &c. It has creeping jointed root-
stocks, and stout stems 6-10 ft. high,
clothed with flat stiffish leaves, glaucous
on the under surface. The flower spikelets
are borne in dense ovoid panicles in July
and August, and are of an attractive
purplish colour, and furnished with silky
hairs.
BROMUS
GBASS ORDER
ELVMUS 909
Culture d'-c. as above. This species
may be used for the edges of ornamental
pieces of water. There is a variegated
form which is handsome.
BRIZA (Quaking Grass). — A genus
of pretty and graceful Grasses easily
recognised by their large ovate or heart-
shaped drooping spikelets borne in loose
panicles.
B. maxima. — A native of S. Europe,
grows about 18 in. high, with long linear
tapering leaves and oblong heart-shaped
spikelets of a whitish-yellow or straw
colour gracefully nodding at the ends of
the slender stems, during the summer
months.
Culture and Propagation. -This is
an annual and may be raised from seeds
sown in spring or autumn in ordinary
soil.
B. media. — A native perennial about
1 ft. high, with flat smooth leaves, and
pyramidal panicles with very long hair-
like branches from which hang green or
purplish shiny spikelets ovate in shape,
and midway in size between those of
B. maxima and B. minor.
Culture and Propagation. — This will
grow in ordinary garden soil, and may be
increased by seeds or division in spring or
autumn.
B. minor (B. minium ; B. gracilis). —
Little Quaking Grass. — A charming
little annual Grass, native of the S. of
England and Ireland, Channel Islands
&c, with tufted stems 4-10 in. high. The
panicles with hair-like branches are
covered with drooping triangular spike-
lets during June and July, and look very
graceful.
Culture dc. as above for B. maxima.
Increased by seeds sown in September
or spring. All the Brizas are useful for
cutting and drying, and give a light airy
effect to bouquets and other floral decora-
tions.
BROMUS (Brome Grass). — Only
one species of this genus is generally
grown for ornamental purposes, viz. B.
briz&formis. It is an elegant biennial
Grass about 2 ft. high, with drooping
panicles, from which hang oblong heart-
shaped spikelets on slender hairy stalks,
almost as large as those of Briza
maxima.
Culture and Propagation. — It grows
readily in ordinary garden soil in warm
positions, and may be raised from seeds
sown in August or September for flower-
ing the following year. The flower sprays
are useful for cutting and drying in the
same way as the Brizas.
DACTYLIS (Cock's Foot Grass).
The variegated form of D. glomerata is
a well-known perennial grass, the green
form being a native of pastures and wet
places in the British Islands. The
variety variegata with silvery striped
leaves is much used for edging flower
beds and borders and grows freely. Being
dwarf and densely tufted, it is admirably
suited for edgings, and is readily increased
by division into small pieces in September
or October when the flower beds are
being rearranged. The soil should be of
a fairly rich and moist character, as dry
poor soils give the foliage a dullish dirty
appearance.
ELYMUS (Bunch Grass ; Lyme
Grass). — A genus of tall perennial
Grasses, the most ornamental of which
for garden purposes is E. arenarius. It
is a glaucous plant with stout creeping
stolon-bearing rootstocks, by means of
which it fixes the sands near the seashores
and prevents them from being blown
about by the wind. The stout smooth
stems grow 3-6 ft. high, and the stiffish
erect or recurving leaves have a graceful
appearance, quite apart from the flower
spikes, which appear in summer and
stand well above the foliage.
Culture and Propagation. — Grown
in good soil in parts of the rockery, in
shrubberies, banks &c, it is very effective
on account of its glaucous hue, and may
be allowed to form good tufts. When
necessary the plants may be increased by
division in autumn or spring. Seeds may
also be sown as soon as ripe in rich light
sandy soil, and the seedlings pricked out
or thinned out the following spring.
E. condensatus from British Columbia
is a vigorous and ornamental Grass, quite
hardy in most parts of the British Islands.
It grows 6-8 ft. high, forming dense com-
pact tufts, with long gracefully arching
leaves, above which the stiff erect flower
spikes are borne during the summer
months.
Culture dc. as above. It may be
grown like E. arenarius and increased
by division or seeds.
Other species of Lyme Grass are
giganteus from Siberia ; mollis and vir-
960
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS gyneeium
ginicus from N. America, all more or less
ornamental and requiring similar treat-
ment.
ERIANTHUS Ravennae.— A beauti-
ful and picturesque Grass from Southern
France, with tufts of leaves gracefully
arching and recurving like those of the
Pampas Grass, only smaller, and tinged
with violet when young, and becoming
greyish silky white when old. The flower
steins reach a height of 4-6 ft. or more
in good rich soil and warm sheltered
situations, often tinged with violet when
young, and bearing erect or gently nodding
violet plumes, with silky hairy pedicels.
Culture and Propagation. — Unfortu-
nately this fine Grass only attains luxuri-
ant proportions in the mild southern parts
of England and Ireland in warm situa-
tions. It may be grown in isolated tufts
on the grass or lawn in the same way as
the Pampas Grass, and when in flower
has a grand effect. It may be increased
by division best performed in spring.
Seeds may also be sown in gentle heat in
March and April, and grown on until the
following year before transferring to the
open ground.
FESTUCA (Fescue Grass).— A large
genus of Grasses with roundish spikelets
in racemes or panicles. Only a few are
of any garden value. The most distinct
is F. glauca, a variety of the Sheep's
Fescue (F. ovina), a native of dry hilly
pastures, woods &c. in parts of the British
Islands. F. glauca has tufts of glaucous-
blue bristle-like leaves, the lower ones
often recurved, and stiff cylindrical stems
8-12 in. high, produced in great abun-
dance, and ending in an erect narrow
slightly branched spike. This plant is
useful for edgings and parts of the
rockery, and flourishes in ordinary soil,
forming fine glaucous tufts. When used
for edgings, the flowers are not so
essential, and may be picked off as the
spikes appear. The plants are easily
increased by dividing the tufts in spring
or autumn. Seeds are not freely produced.
When obtainable they may be sown in
early autumn or spring in a cold frame,
and transferred to the open ground in
autumn or spring, according to the time
of sowing. F. tenuifolia is closely related
to glauca, but has green leaves.
F. scoparia. — A pretty Pyrenean per-
ennial with thick, bright green, short,
stiff leaves, which make it useful for
edgings to borders in dry poor soil. In
rich soil the leaves and stems become
longer, but are not then so commendable
for edging purposes. The plants may be
increased by dividing the tufts in spring
or autumn.
GYNERIUM (Pampas Grass).— G.
argenteum is probably better known
than any other Grass in cultivation. Like
many other fine garden plants, it has
been allowed to pass unmolested by the
botanist for many years. Recently, how-
ever, the genus has been overhauled, and
the Pampas Grass has been separated
from the Gyneriums proper and made
into a genus by itself, called Cortaderia.
It is a native of temperate S. America
(Paraguay &c), and is remarkable for
having dioecious flowers forming large
wavy plumes. The arching leaves about
6 ft. long are glaucous-green, with rough
edges. They form dense tufts 4-6 ft.
high, and as much across. The flowers
are borne in autumn in a large, dense,
silky, feathery plume 1 ft. or more long
at the end of an erect stalk 6-12 ft. high,
and last for several months in a state of
perfection, but they are often spoiled near
London with dirty fogs and rain.
Several seedling varieties have arisen ;
hence a good deal of variation noticeable
in the plants, some being dwarfer than
others, while others have broader and
longer leaves. The plumes also vary a
good deal in fulness, the densest and
longest being the most valuable. There
is a very fine variety called purpurev/m,
which has soft rosy -purple shining
plumes, and there is also a form having
the leaves striped with white.
Culture and Propagation. — Few
plants can equal the Pampas Grass for
fine effect on the lawn or for sub-tropical
gardening. Its graceful habit and tall
plumes waving in the breeze at once
characterise it as a stately and valuable
plant for ornamental purposes. It flour-
ishes in light rich soils, and likes a good
supply of water during the summer
months. New plants are easily obtained
by dividing the tufts in spring and re-
planting them in rich light soil, afterwards
mulching them with well - decomposed
manure, and giving a thorough soaking
with water.
Seeds may also be sown in heat about
February and March, and by the end of
HOBDEUM
GBASS ORDER
MELICA 961
May or beginning of June the young
plants will be ready for the open ground.
Very often tbey flower the first year
during the autumn months. When sown
in autumn as soon as ripe, it is safer to
winter the seedlings in cold frames until
the following spring.
The plumes of Pampas Grass last a
long time in a dried state, and for this
reason are in great demand for decorations,
either in natural or artificial colours.
Thousands of plumes are imported every
year to supply the great demand for
them.
G. Lambleyi variegatum is a distinct
and beautiful Pampas Grass. It has
been well grown by Mr. Gumbleton at
Queenstown, Cork. He says it is perfectly
hardy in that neighbourhood, and of com-
paratively dwarf habit, and also of rather
slow growth and tardy development, not
attaining its full size for many years. Its
flower spikes are about 5 ft. high, with
white feathery plumes of a most distinct
appearance, and its leaves are prettily
variegated with white.
Culture &c. as above for G. argen-
teum. •
HOLCUS (Soft Grass).— The only
plant of this genus useful for the garden
is H. lanatus albo-varicijitt u x, a beautiful
form of a native perennial Grass with tufts
of soft downy leaves having a broad
central and narrow green stripes inter-
vening with lines of clear silvery white.
It grows in ordinary garden soil, and is
useful for edgings. Increased by division
of the tufts in autumn or spring.
HORDEUM.— The best known repre-
sentative of this genus is Barley, but the
only one of garden value is the Squirrel
Tail Grass (H.jubatum), a native of North
America. It grows about 2 ft. high, and in
the summer months produces long grace-
fully arching spikes of flowers remarkable
for the long and stiff bristly mane cover-
ing them, and forming the most attractive
feature of the plant.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species may be used with advantage to
form borders in the wilder parts of the
garden in windy places, as the waving of
the flower spikes shows many shades of
colour. Being an annual, H. jubatum
must be raised from seeds sown every
year, either in spring or autumn in the
places where the plants are to bloom.
The young spikes are useful for bouquets
&c.
LAGURUS ovatus (Hare's Tax
Grass). — A charming tufted armual Grass,
native of sandy places in Guernsey, and the
only one in the genus. It grows 6-10 in.
high, with broad leaves and inflated downy
or hairy sheaths. The flower spikes are
borne in summer in dense hairy or
woolly ovoid white heads over 1 in.
long and £ in. broad, on stoutish downy
stems, well above the foliage, and look
very attractive. If cut before quite ripe
they last a long time in a dried state, and
are very useful for winter decorations,
either in their natural colour, or dyed.
Culture and Propagation. — The plants
grow in ordinarj' soil, and are useful for
borders, the tufts being effective when in
bloom. Seeds may be sown in spring in
the open ground, or in autumn in pots,
and wintered in a cold frame in the event
of severe frosts.
LAMARCK I A.— This genus also
contains only a single species — L. aurea
(Chrysurus cynosuroides), a pretty low-
stemmed annual Grass from S. Europe and
N. Africa. It grows 6-9 in. high, and is
remarkable for its silky drooping spikelets
green at first, but afterwards assuming
a shining golden colour, which is very
attractive. It flourishes in light soil in
the border, and may be raised from seeds
sown in spring, or in autumn in pots fox-
planting out in spring.
MELICA altissima. — A vigorous
perennial Grass from the Caucasus and
Siberia, growing about 3 ft. high, the
stems being clothed with spreading,
broadly lance-shaped linear leaves, and
terminating in a long one-sided panicle
of drooping spikelets in June and July.
It is very ornamental and distinct when
in bloom. If cut two or three weeks
before fully ripe, the flower sprays last a
good time, and are useful for bouquets &c.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species likes a warm light soil, and may
be increased by division in autumn or
spring. Seeds may also be sown in early
spring in pots, and planted out about
September.
M. macra is a species from Monte
Video. It is downy in all its parts, and
tufted in habit, growing about 18 in. high,
having stiffish needle-like leaves. Its
flower spikes are also provided with
3 Q
962
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS pennisetum
stiffish awns. It is a rather tender plant
and requires warm sheltered situations.
Culture <&c. as above.
MISCANTHUS.— A genus contain-
ing about 8 species of tall-growing Grasses
with narrow and often flattened leaves,
which constitute the chief attraction from
a garden point of view. Those in culti-
vation are much better known under the
name of Eulalia, which has now been dis-
continued by botanists.
M. japonica (Eulalia jajponica). — A
graceful and ornamental Japanese Grass
6-7 ft. high, with elegant arching leaves,
above which appear in summer and
autumn plumes of velvety red flowers,
each of which contains 4 glumes and 3
stamens. The variety variegata is a
prettier plant, the leaves of which are
striped with white and green lengthwise ;
and the variety called zebrina is remark-
able for having the leaves transversely
banded with white or pale yellow, al-
though often the marking is very poor
and indistinct.
Culture and Propagation. — These
beautiful Grasses flourish in ordinary
good garden soil, and when grown in
bold masses are very effective on lawns
and grass land generally. They are
easily increased by division of the tufts
in spring, but until plants become too
large they should not be disturbed.
Seeds may also be sown in spring in
gentle heat in the same way as recom-
mended for the Pampas Grass (Gynerium),
see p. 960.
M. sinensis (Eulalia gracillima). —
This is a pretty Chinese and Japanese
Grass 3-5 ft. high, with gracefully re-
curved deep green leaves. The variety
univittata is better known owing to the
white band which runs down the centre
of each leaf.
Culture Sc. as for M. japonica.
PANICUM (Panick Grass).— An ex-
tensive genus of annual and perennial
Grasses, only a few of which, however,
are suitable for the hardy flower garden.
These flourish in ordinary garden soil,
and may be increased by seeds or divi-
sion.
P. altissimum. — An elegant Grass,
native of Central America, attaining a
height of 3-6 ft. in cultivation, but much
larger and tree-like proportions in a
native state. The lance-shaped linear
tapering leaves are over 1 ft. long, and
finely toothed on the edges. The flowers
are borne in large panicles composed of
long verticillate branches, each of which
is again branched and terminated by oval
tapering spikelets of a deep red or maroon
colour.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species is best in warm parts of the
country, and in rich light soil. It may
be increased by division in spring and also
by sowing seed in the open ground in
April and May.
P. capillare. — A pretty annual, l|-2
ft. high, native of the North temperate
hemisphere, and perfectly hardy. It
produces large pyramidal panicles of
flowers well above the tufts of flat leaves
which are scattered on the stems.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species is increased by seeds sown in
spring or autumn in the open ground.
P. virgatum. — An ornamental per-
ennial Grass, 3-5 ft. high, native of N.
America, producing large tufts of hand-
some linear leaves 1 ft. or more long,
and more or, less gracefully arching and
recurved. The feathery panicles appear
in summer, and are at first erect or
ascending, but afterwards much spreading
or drooping. This species may be grown
in tufts on grass, and one of its great
charms consists in the numerous flower
stems it produces. These may be picked
for decorative purposes with the foliage
without detracting in the least from the
beauty of the plant.
Culture and Propagation. — Plants
may be increased by division in autumn
or spring. Seeds may also be sown in
the open air about April.
PENNISETUM.— A large genus of
Grasses, some of which are of an orna-
mental character and suitable for the hardy
flower garden.
P. latifolium (Gymnothrix latifolia).
A very handsome tufted Grass 9-10 ft.
high, native of Monte Video. Its stout
cane-like stems are of a purplish-brown
at the base, and clothed with broadly
lance-shaped leaves, bright green, with a
whitish band down the centre. The
nodding flower spikes are not of a showy
character, the chief beauty of the plant
lying in its graceful Bamboo-like habit.
Culture and Propagation. — Except in
such parts of the country as Devonshire,
PHALAltIS
GBASS ORDER
stipa 963
Cornwall, and the south of Ireland,
this fine Grass is perhaps scarcely hardy
enough to stand a British winter of any
severity. The rootstocks may be lifted in
autumn and stored away in cool places
free from frost like Dahlias, and replanted
in spring. Seeds may also be sown in
heat in spring, the seedlings being planted
out in June. If sown in autumn, the
young plants require protection till
spring.
P. longistylum.— An elegant Abyssi-
nian perennial 12-18 in. high, with tufts
of linear lance-shaped gracefully arching
leaves, and slender stems ending in spikes
4-6 in. long, remarkable for their singular
twisted appearance, and enveloped in a
whitish feathery down. The variety
violaceum is readily recognised by its
purplish plumes, but the plant is otherwise
similar to the white type.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species grows freely in ordinary good soil
and makes a handsome plant in the border
or grouped in the grass. The plumes if
cut before fully ripe last a long time in a
dried state and are useful for decorative
work. Although really a perennial this
species is usually treated as an annual.
Seeds are sown in a hotbed in March, and
the young plants transferred to the open
ground in June or the end of May. They
are at their best from the end of July until
the frost strikes them down In Septem-
ber the tufts may be lifted and potted,
and wintered under glass until next
planting season.
PHALARIS arundinacea (Dia-
grapliis arundinacea). — A beautiful Brit-
ish perennial Grass 3-8 ft. high, inhabiting
the sides of rivers, lakes, and marshy
ground. It has creeping rootstocks, flat
leaves, and elongated panicles of purplish
spikelets. Grown by the sides of ponds
and streams in masses, this species looks
very handsome when its purplish spikes
are swaying in the breeze. Increased by
division. The variety variegata, known
as ' Gardener's Garters ' and ' Ribbon
Grass,' has the green leaves striped with
rosy-white when young, and yellow when
old. It does not grow so tall as the green
form, but requires similar moist or marshy
positions. It will, however, flourish in
moist parts of the flower border or shrub-
bery, but likes plenty of sunshine. In a
cut state the leaves and flower stems are
valuable for decorations. P. canariensis
from S. Europe and N. Africa supplies the
' Canary Seed ' so much used for singing
birds.
POA (Meadow Grass). — Few species
belonging to this large genus have any
garden value. P. palustris (P. fertilis)
is one of the best. It is a native of
S. Europe, and forms dense tufts of long
soft slender arching leaves, from which
arise in the summer months light airy
spreading panicles of a purple or violet
colour, borne on slender stems 2-3 ft.
high.
Culture and Propagation. — It is a
good plant for the sides of streams or
lakes, or in moist soil in the border, or
on grass, and may be increased by seeds
or division.
P. aquatica (or Glyceria aquatica) is
a vigorous native Grass, inhabiting watery
and marshy places. It has stout creeping
rootstocks, and grows 2-6 ft. high, with
flat somewhat erect leaves 1-2 ft. long,
and much-branched panicles 6-12 in. long
composed of oblong yellowish-green and
purple spikelets.
Culture and Propagation. — It may
be massed at the edges of pieces of water,
streams, lakes &c. and increased by divi-
sion in autumn or spring.
P. trivialis albo-vittata. — A beautiful
dwarf form of a very common native
perennial Grass. It grows about 6 in.
high, forming dense tufts of erect flatfish
green leaves broadly edged with pure
white.
Culture d-c. as above. It is useful for
edging beds and borders, and may be in-
creased by division in autumn or spring.
STIPA (Feather Grass). — This
genus contains nearly 100 species, but the
most popular is S. pennata, a native of
S. Europe. It grows in strong tufts like
ordinary grass, but in early summer the
gracefully arching flower stems about 2
ft. high appear and give it a wonderful
striking appearance, caused by the long
feathery bristles, twisted beyond half their
length, which issue from each silky grain
enclosed by the scales or glumes. These
bristly barbs float about the air when
detached, carrying the attached seeds at
the base forming a kind of anchor.
Culture and Propagation. — Grown in
large tufts in the border or on grass
land, the Feather Grass is a very attrac-
tive and curious plant. It flourishes in
3q2
964
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS hardy bamboos
light sandy loam, and may be increased
by division or seeds. The division of the
tufts should be done carefully in autumn
or spring.
ZEA Mays (Indian Corn). — A well-
known ornamental Grass probably of
American origin. It grows 3-4 ft. high,
having thick knotted steins, clothed with
broad strap- shaped gracefully arched and
wavy leaves stem-clasping at the base.
The spikelets of flowers are monoecious,
that is, some contain only stamens, others
only pistils. The males or staminate
flowers are borne in a panicle at the ends
of the stems, while the female or pistillate
spikelets issue from the axils of the leaves
lower down the stem, having long feathery
tassels. It is from these the well-known
cylindrical spikes or cones (' cobs ' ) of
fruit are produced with their many-coloured
seeds. The variegated form is a much
finer and more attractive plant from a
garden point of view than the green form.
Culture and Propagation. — Ordinary
good garden soil suits the variety varir-
gata, which is rather more tender than
the green form. The seedlings from it at
first produce green leaves, but very soon
begin to develop the striping. It comes
true from seeds sown in gentle heat
about March and April, the young plants
being hardened off and got ready for
planting out in June or the end of
May. The foliage is beautifully striped
with creamy or yellowish white, and
renders this plant a very striking and
graceful object in the garden during the
summer and autumn months.
HARDY BAMBOOS.— Under this
heading are described the various genera
and species which experience has now
proved to be practically hardy in the
British Islands. There are now about 50
distinct species of Hardy Bamboo in
cultivation, and most of them come from
China and Japan ; only three hardy species
come from the Himalayas, namely Aran-
dinariu aristata, A. racemosa, and A.
spathifiora, and one from the United
States — A. macrosperma.
Bamboos, which may be regarded as
woody-stemmed Grasses, have a grace
and elegance all^their own, and wherever
a sheltered nook or dell can be found in
a garden, there should some at least of
them find a home. The ugliest Bamboo
is graceful, so that it would be superfluous
to tack complimentary but well-deserved
adjectives to every species described.
Some are tall and some are dwarf, but
there are intermediate forms, and some
grow more freely and display their foliage
better than others, so that although the
general hue is a green one, there is an
endless variety and charm in it that
always excites admiration.
The best situation for Bamboos is one
sheltered from northerly and easterly
winds, and if the shelter is given by trees
or shrubs or hedges, so much the better,
as the surroundings will then be more in
harmony with nature.
Culture and Propagation. — Bamboos
flourish in a good rich loam. The beds
in which they are to be planted should be
thoroughly dug or trenched. The best
time for planting is at the end of May or
early in June, according to the weather.
After planting, which must be done care-
fully, so as not to break the brittle roots,
the soil may be well mulched with cow-
manure, and a mass of dried leaves or
litter may be placed round each plant to
prevent evaporation from the soil during
the summer months. A good soaking is
essential after planting, and during the
hot weather the plants may be given
abundance of water when established.
"When plants are imported from the
Continent or Japan or other parts of the
world, they should travel during the
autumn and whiter — the period when the
plants are practically at rest, and least
likely to suffer from a change. Mr.
Freeman-Mitford. who has had great
experience in the importation and cultiva-
tion of Hardy Bamboos, and who has
probably done more than anyone else to
make them the popular plants they now
are, advises that imported plants should
be treated as follows : — When a consign-
ment of Bamboos arrives, soak the roots
well for 12 hours. Then pot them, taking
great care not to disturb the roots. After-
wards place in a cool house for the winter.
Very little water is given to the roots,
but the leaves should be constantly
syringed. In spite of this, many species
lose their leaves, but early in February
the axillary buds begin to swell, and by
the end of March the plants are in full
leaf again. The plants are then watered
freely, and root action soon begins. New
shoots are seen to pierce the soil. Not a
plant has been lost by this treatment.
By the middle of May the plants are
hardened off in the same way as Pelar-
HAKDY BAMBOOS
GRASS ORDER
Al.tXDIXAKIA 965
goniums and other bedding plants, pre-
paratory to being planted outside at the
end of May or June. In taking the plants
out of the pots great care must be taken
not to tamper with the roots. They are
as brittle as glass, and any interference
with them is in the highest degree
dangerous. The roots, however pot-bound
they may appear, will soon find their way
about in the new soil. Should any have
come through the hole at the bottom of
the pot, it is better to break the pot than
attempt to pull the roots through.
If possible the newly planted Bamboos
should be watered and syringed in dry
weather, but the rains of heaven are what
they like best. It is a good plan to
surround the new beds with wire netting
as a protection against rabbits and
pheasants (which do harm by scratching
round the roots in the newly turned up
soil), and for keeping in the dead leaves.
In a year or two, when the plants shall
have been thoroughly established, the wire
netting may be removed, and the Bamboos
left to take care of themselves.
How well they do this may be seen
at Kew, where there is a fine collection
planted only a few years ago. One of the
great charms about Hardy Bamboos is
that they are just in all their glorious
beauty in autumn, when other plants are
losing their leaves, and flowers are wither-
ing, and throughout the dull winter
months they are bright spots in the
garden, giving a luxuriant tropical aspect
to apparently desolate surroundings.
Propagation. — Hardy Bamboos may
be increased by carefully dividing the tufts
about April and May, never in autumn,
as the injured roots cannot be replaced to
stand the winter. Two or three stems or
culms should be left to each rootstock,
and a ball of earth round the latter will
also be an advantage. The divided por-
tions should be planted carefully as above
recommended, and afterwards receive a
good mulching of cow manure, and a
protective layer of leaves, as well as a
good watering and syringing.
Cuttings. — Bamboos may also be in-
creased by detaching a portion of the
rhizome with a stem attached. The
stem is cut down to about 1 ft. long,
and with the rhizome is planted in rich
soil so that the lower joints are well
covered. If planted in pots and placed in
moist bottom heat, new shoots will appear
more quickly. The lower knotty portions
of the stem without the rhizome will also
make plants if plunged in moist heat
when potted. The rhizomes theinsc lv< s
may be cut into lengths of 6-8 in., and
planted 4-6 in. deep in good loamy soil
out of doors, receiving plenty of water
during the summer. Only rhizomes of
the previous year should be selected for
this purpose, as they contain eyes or buds,
which the older rhizomes do not. All
cuttings are best inserted in spring.
Seeds. — When obtainable, Bamboo
seeds may be sown very thinly in March
and April, in rich and thoroughly well-
drained sandy loam. About a quarter of
an inch of fine soil is sufficient to cover
the seeds. The pans or pots in which
they are sown should be plunged in a hot-
bed, and care should be taken to keep the
atmosphere close and moist until the
seedlings are well above the soil. A little
shade is at first necessary to protect the
seedlings from hot sun, but as they
increase in size and vigour more light
and air may be gradually given; and by
the end of June the young plants should
be given as much air and sunshine as
possible, with plenty of water. It is best
to allow the plants to grow in the seed
pans until the following spring, when they
may be pricked out separately into small
pots and placed in heat and shade until
established. They may then be hardened
off again and grown on plunged out of
doors until spring. During the winter
months they are safer under glass, where
they may remain until the end of May or
beginning of June. They may then be
planted out into their permanent positions,
being mulched, syringed, and watered as
before described, and allowed to take care
of themselves.
Unfortunately Bamboos have become
terribly confused in the naming, and the
same species have been referred at
different times to different genera. The
names given here are those adopted by
Mr. Freeman-Mitford.
ARUNDINARIA.— Over twenty
hardy species are now included in this
genus. They are characterised by a
graceful tufted habit, with branches in
semiverticillate clusters, and narrow
grassy leaves. Although many species
produce flowers, they are of no particular
beauty. It is well, however, to be,on the
watch for those that ripen seeds, as plants
raised from home-saved seed are more
966
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS aeundinaria
likely to stand our changeable climate
than those from imported clumps or
seeds.
A. anceps. — A beautiful Bamboo,
probably of Chinese origin. The stems
are brown when mature, the leaf sheaths
are hairy, and the leaf-stalk yellow.
Culture dc. as above, p. 964.
A. aristata. — A pretty species from
the north-eastern Himalayas, where it
grows at an elevation of 11,000 ft. It
grows 6-10 ft. high, and has purplish
stems and tessellated foliage.
Culture dc. as above, p. 964.
A. auricoma (A. Fortunei aurea). — A
distinct Japanese Bamboo 3-4 ft. high,
having round purple-green stems and
leaves 5-7 in. long and 1 in. or more
broad, beautifully striped with golden-
yellow, and furnished with hairs on top
of the purple-green sheaths. A. Maximo-
wiczi is very near if not identical with
this.
Culture Sc. as above, p. 964.
A. chrysantha (Bambusa chrysantha).
A beautiful Japanese Bamboo 3-4 ft. or
more high, with numerous branches at
each joint and leaves about 7 in. long,
over 1 in. wide, alternately striped
with green and yellow. The under sur-
face is distinctly glaucous on one side of
the midrib but not the other.
Culture dc. as above, p. 964.
A. falcata (Bambusa falcata). — This
fine Bamboo is found on the Himalayas
at an elevation of 8000-10,000 ft. It is
cut down to the ground in winter, but in
spring pushes up stoutish yellow-green
stems 7-10 ft. high, with purplish joints.
The branches are in dense whorls having
bright green leaves, rather glaucous under-
neath, with hairy sheaths.
A plant known as Bambusa gracilis
seems to be a form of A. falcata, but
differs from it chiefly in having smooth
instead of hairy leaf-sheaths.
Culture dc. as above, p. 964.
A. Falconeri (Thamnocalamus Fal-
coneri). — This is sometimes called A.
falcata, but is a quite different plant,
and recognisable by its smaller leaves
and more slender stems. It is a native
of the Himalayas at an elevation of
8000 ft. Its stems are usually killed
down to the ground in winter, but new
ones 7-8 ft. high shoot up every spring.
They are rather slender, having the
branches arranged alternately and di-
stichously in half- whorls at each joint.
The smooth light green leaves are about
6 in. long. In the south of England and
Ireland it attains a greater height and a
more luxuriant aspect. At Fota Island,
Cork, this species throws up numerous
canes 20-25 ft. high every year, and
would grow quite as well doubtless in
Cornwall.
Culture dc. as above, p. 964.
A. Fortunei. — This was formerly
known as Fortunei variegata. It has
dense tufts of stems 2-4 ft. high, branched
or unbranched close to the ground. The
leaves are about 6 in. long, and less than
1 in. wide, the surface being longitu-
dinally striped with white, while the
under surface is downy, and the margins
and leaf-sheaths are hairy. There is a
form of this called compacta, which is
often grown in pots, and is only 3-6 in.
high, but, planted out, attains a greater
height. A. Fortunei variegata, unlike
the green form, loses its leaves during
the winter, but is perfectly hardy. The
variety known as Fortunei aurea is a
stronger-growing plant than variegata,
and has broader leaves striped with
golden-yellow instead of white. All the
forms are natives of Japan, and are
beautiful garden plants.
Culture dc. as above, p. 964.
A. Hindsi (Bambtisa erecta). — A beau-
tiful Japanese plant 6-12 ft. high, readily
recognised by the almost erect direction
of the branches issuing from the joints
on the main stems, which are of a very
dark olive-green, covered with a waxy
bloom when young. The green linear
leaves, slightly glaucous underneath, are
about 8 inches long and h in. wide,
with a few hairs on the edges and on top
of the leaf-sheaths, while the veins are
beautifully and conspicuously tessellated.
The variety graminea (known also as
Bambusa graminea) is a more slender
plant and not quite so vigorous a grower.
It has yellowish stems and narrower but
longer grassy leaves, the veins of which
are not so conspicuously tessellated.
Culture dc. as above, p. 964.
A. humilis. — This name has now been
given to a plant formerly known as the
green-leaved form of A. Fortunei. It is
a Japanese plant, and grows 2-3 ft. high,
the round green stems having reddish
sheaths, hairv at the ends and sides, and
AKUNDINAKIA
GBASS ORDER
AKUNDINAKIA 967
ending in bright evergreen leaves over
4 in. long and about f in. broad, tapering
to a point. The rootstock creeps vigor-
ously and soon spreads the plant over the
ground.
Culture dc. as above, p. 964.
A. japonica (Bambusa Me take). — This
is the best known of all the Hardy
Bamboos. It is a native of Japan, and
grows 10-15 ft. high according to locality.
As its rootstocks spread a good deal it
should be grown by itself in clumps, so
as not to become entangled with other
species. It is readily recognised by its
leaves, which are 8-12 in. or more long
and l|— 2 in. wide. The upper surface is
of a smooth and shining green, the under
surface being rather glaucous and
wrinkled, while the brown persistent
leaf-sheaths almost cover the stems.
Culture dc. as above, p. 964.
A. Laydekeri (Bambusa Laydekeri).
A dwarf-growing Japanese species, having
thin stems and narrow leaves, the latter
mottled with yellow, and narrowing
rather abruptly into a stalk at the .base.
One edge of the leaf is well furnished
with hairs, whilst the other has scarcely
any.
Culture dc. as above, p. 964.
A. macrosperma(i3 'a mbusa Merma/nni;
B. Neumanni). — A very variable Bam-
boo, native of the United States, where it
grows in dense masses on the muddy
banks of rivers. It has slender stems
'2-10 ft. or more high, about as thick as
quills, and almost covered with the per-
sistent hairy leaf-sheaths. The leaves are
7-8 in. long and about lh in. wide, smooth
above, downy beneath, and fringed with
hairs on the edges. There is a form
called tecta, dwarfer and denser in growth
than the type.
Culture dc. as above, p. 964.
A. Nagashima. — A dwarf Japanese
species about 3 ft. high, with round
purple-green stems, and sharply serrated
leaves 6-7 in. long, furnished with hairy
sheaths.
Culture dc. as above, p. 964.
A. nitida. — A lovely quick-growing
Bamboo from Central China, recognised
by its blackish-purple stems, scarcely
thicker than a goosequill and 6-12 ft.
high. The branches are in dense clusters
at the joints, bearing small lancet-shaped
bright green leaves 3-4 in. long and
distinctly tessellated. It is very hardy
and graceful, and remains beautifully
green throughout the winter. It has
been erroneously called A. khasiana —
a different species from the Himalayas.
A. nitida is best in shaded places, as
the leaves rapidly curl up in hot sun-
shine.
Culture dc. as above, p. 964.
A. nobilis. — A handsome and vigorous
Bamboo, probably of Chinese origin. In
Cornwall it grows 24 ft. high, having
yellowish stems with dark purple joints,
the lower rim of which is marked with
grey. It is perfectly hardy, but drops
the old leaves in early summer with the
appearance of the new ones.
Culture dc. as above, p. 964.
A. palmata (Bambusa palmata). — A
strikingly handsome Japanese Bamboo
4-10 ft. high, and perhaps more in the
mild southern parts of England and
Ireland. Its creeping rhizomes are very
active, and the plants should therefore
be grown in isolated clumps away from
other species. The stems are very slender,
with a few erect branches ; but the chief
distinguishing feature of the plant lies in
the beautiful vivid green leaves, which
are over 1 ft. long and 3 in. wide, tapering
rather abruptly to a sharp point, the
edges being slightly serrated, and the
principal veins almost riblike.
Culture dc. as above, p. 964.
A. pumila (Bambusa pumila). — A
beautiful dwarf Bamboo from Japan,
somewhat in the way of A. humilis —
otherwise the green-leaved A. Fortunei,
but a much more slender - growing
plant in every way. It has very slender
stems, about as thick as an ordinary
knitting-needle, sometimes branched at
the base. The leaves are over 4 in. long
and about f in. wide, and are slightly
serrated on the edges.
Culture dc. as above, p. 964.
A. pygmaea (Bambusa pygmaza). —
This handsome little Japanese species
has been appropriately called the Pigmy
Bamboo on account of its stature. It is
the dwarfest species known, and usually
reaches a height of only 3 or 4 inches.
It grows in dense compact masses and
spreads rapidly over the ground by means
of its underground creeping rhizomes.
The leaves are 3-4 in. long and about
half an inch wide, bright green above,
968
PBACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS bambusa
downy and glaucous beneath. They re-
tain their beautiful freshness throughout
the winter months. When grown as a
carpet or bordering the plant is very orna-
mental. Its growth is so dense and rapid
that weeds have no chance to develop.
It increases with the greatest freedom
by division just after growth begins in
spring.
Culture dc. as above, p. 964.
A. racemosa. — A low-growing Bamboo,
native of the north-eastern Himalayas,
where it is found at an elevation of about
12,000 ft. and attains a height of 15 ft.
or thereabouts. It has smooth round
stems with joints about 2 in. apart, fur-
nished with bright green leaves 2-4 in.
long, with distinctly tessellated venation.
It seems to be quite hardy, and retains
its foliage during severe winters.
Culture dc. as above, p. 964.
A. Simoni (Bambusa Simoni). — A
splendid strong-growing Chinese Bamboo
20 25 ft. high, the stems being 1 in.
or more in diameter at the base. The
branches are borne in dense alternate
clusters at the joints, and are luxuriantly
furnished with graceful slight hairy leaves
about 1 ft. long and 1 in. or more
wide, tapering to a fine point. Like
A. chrysantha, the under surface of the
leaf is glaucous on one side of the pro-
minent midrib but not on the other, and
5 or 6 veins are conspicuous on each
side of the midrib. The rhizomes of this
species spread a great distance — often 4 ft.
or more from the main stock. It is there-
fore best to isolate the plants in positions
where they may spread and increase at
will, otherwise, if grown with other
species, a sharp lookout must be kept for
distant suckers.
There is a variety called albo-striata
in which the leaves, or a large number
of them, are striped with white, but they
are much shorter and narrower than the
green ones.
Culture dc. as above, p. 964.
A. spathiflora (Thamnocalamus
spathiflorus). — A beautiful Hardy Bam-
boo from the Himalayas, at an elevation
of about 9000 ft., remarkable for its grace-
ful tessellated foliage.
Culture dc. as above, p. 964.
A. Veitchi (.A. kurilensis paniculata ;
Bambusa abo-marginata ; B. Veitchi).
A. native of Japan and the Sachalin
Islands, very \m\c\ires<zu)h\\\\gA.palmata
hi habit, but not in height, as the stems
are only about 1-2 ft. long. They are
clothed with narrow oblong leaves about
7 in. long and 2£ in. broad, of a deep green
above, glaucous below and much ribbed.
In winter the edges turn yellow and then
brown, ' giving the plant a variegated but
shabby appearance,' as Mr. Freeman-
Mitford says. In spring the plants are
very beautiful when putting on their
mantle of fresh green foliage. The rhi-
zomes spread with great freedom, and the
ground is soon carpeted with growths
from them. A. metallica closely resembles
this species, but the leaf edges do not
wither in winter.
Culture dc. as above, p. 964.
BAMBUSA (Bamboo). — Although
most of the Hardy Bamboos now described
under Arundinaria and Phyllostachys
have been referred to this genus, only a few
species are now regarded as properly
belonging to it. As they require the
same cultural treatment as detailed above
at p. 964, it is unnecessary to repeat the
information here.
B. angustifolia (B. Vilmorini). — A
charming little Japanese Bamboo 9-12 in.
high, with round and very slender stems,
which are tinged with purple when young.
The serrated leaves are about 4A in. long
and f in. wide, more or less heavily striped
with silvery white. Owing to its dwarf
habit this species may be utilised for
bordering the Bamboo garden.
Culture dc. as above, p. 964.
B. disticha (B. nana, Hort.). — A dis-
tinct and pretty Japanese Bamboo 2-3 ft.
high, forming dense tufts of stems which
branch close to the ground, and are
clothed with 2 rows of leaves each about
2£ in. long and about f in. wide, furnished
with hairs on the margins and on top of
the sheath. It is quite hardy.
Culture dc. as above, p. 964.
B. marmorea. — A very distinct and
handsome Japanese species readily recog-
nised by the peculiar appearance of the
young stems which are covered with pur-
ple sheaths, delicately blotched or marbled
with a silver-grey pink. These sheaths
are so close together that they almost
obscure the stems, which are of a bright
emerald green or dark purple according to
age. The bright green serrate leaves are
about 4i in. long and 3-5 eighths of an
PHYLLOSTACHYS
GRASS ORDER
PHYLLOSTACHYS 969
inch broad, distinctly contracted about
half an inch from the very sharp point.
The rhizomes spread rapidly and send np
suckers some distance from the main tuft.
Culture dc. as above, p. 964.
B. quadrangularis. — A Chinese Bam-
boo remarkable for having stems which
are square instead of round. The square-
ness becomes more apparent as the stems
grow old, each side being over i in.
wide, and the joints about 6 in. apart. Un-
fortunately this curious species is not
nearly as hardy as most of the others and
requires protection under glass in winter.
In parts of Cornwall, Devonshire, and the
south of Ireland, however, it would prob-
ably prove perfectly hardy in warm shel-
tered spots.
Culture Sc. as above, p. 964.
B. tessellata (B. Bagamowski). — A
distinct and beautiful Bamboo, native of
China and Japan. Although its roundish
purple-green stems, mostly hidden by
withered leaf-sheaths, grow only 2-2^ ft.
high, they are remarkable for bearing lar-
ger leaves than any other species of Hardy
Bamboo. The leaves often measure 18
inches long and 3 inches wide, and have
a downy line on one side of the midrib
beneath. The rhizomes creep to great
distances, sending up suckers, thus carpet-
ing the ground in a short time. This
species is very hardy, and has been in
cultivation at least fifty or sixty years.
Culture dc. as above, p. 964.
PHYLLOSTACHYS. — There are
almost as many hardy species now placed
in this genus as in Arundinaria, but the
majority of them are still known in gar-
dens under the generic name of Bambusa.
One of the peculiarities by which most
of the species of Phyllostacliys may be
readily distinguished from the Arundi-
narias and Bambusas is that the stems
are alternately flattened and rounded on
one side between the joints.
P. aurea (Bambusa aurea). — A grace-
ful Japanese species 10-15 ft. high, chiefly
distinguishable by its yellow or greenish-
yellow stems, ^-1 in. in diameter. The
leaves are 4-7 in. long and about 1 in.
broad, pointed and very minutely toothed
or serrated on one edge only, bright green
above, rather glaucous beneath, with a
ring of brownish hairs on top of the leaf-
stalk. The plant known as Bambusa
sterilis is now regarded as a form of this
species. It is one of the hardiest of
Bamboos, and is remarkable for the in-
tense glaucous hue on the under surface
of the leaves.
Culture dc. as above, p. 964.
P. Castillonis (Bambusa Castillonis).
This Japanese Bamboo is one of the finest
and at the same time also one of the
hardiest in cultivation, having stood as
much as 24° of frost without injury. The
stems are very attractive, being of a much
brighter yellow colour than those of P.
aurea, and handsomely striped with deep
green in the broad channel that extends
from one joint to another. The leaves,
which are serrated on both edges, are
7 9 in. long and 1J-2 in. wide, and. when
first they appear are striped with bright
orange - yellow fading to creamy - white
with age. The sheaths of the branchlets
being of a pleasing pinkish tint, the colour
and striping of the plant are very striking
and distinct in appearance, and it should
find a place in every garden.
Culture dc. as above, p. 964.
P. fastuosa (Bambusa fastuosa). —
This tall stately Japanese species is
almost unrivalled for the grace and
beauty of its spreading branches and
luxuriant foliage. The leaves are 5-7 in.
long, and nearly 1 in. broad, tapering
to a sharp point, and somewhat abruptly
constricted about an inch from the end,
thus giving the leaves the peculiar appear-
ance of having a tongue at the end. They
are of a bright pleasing green on the upper
surface, but very glaucous beneath, and
when ruffled by the wind the two shades
of colour are in striking and effective con-
trast. This is an excellent Bamboo for
wild and picturesque parts of the garden.
Culture dc. as above, p. 964.
P. flexuosa (Bambusa flexuosa,Hort.)
A beautiful species 6-12 ft. or more high,
native of N. China. It is distinguished
by its flexuous stems which in a young
state are often tinted with purple. In
habit and foliage it resembles P. viridi-
glaucescens, and may ultimately prove to
be only a form of that species.
Culture dc. as above, p. 964.
P. fulva. — A recently introduced
species from Japan, perfectly hardy so far
as present experience goes, and promising
to be a valuable decorative plant when
fully established.
Culture dc. as above, p. 964.
970
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS phyllostachys
P. Henonis (Bambusa Henonis). — A
charming and graceful Japanese Bamboo,
with slender stems 4-6 ft. or more high,
which with the light green foliage sway
gently with the slightest breath of air.
The slightly zigzagged stems are green at
first but assume a yellowish hue as they
grow older. The leaves are 2-3 in. long
and about h in. broad, tapering to a sharp
point, light green above, rather glaucous
beneath.
Culture dc. as above, p. 964.
P. heterocycla. (Bambusa heterocycla).
This beautiful Japanese species is known
as the ' Tortoise Shell Bamboo ' owing to
' the curious arrangement of the alter-
nately and partially suppressed internodes
at the base of the stem, which sheath it
in plate armour like the scales of a tor-
toise.' The stems at the base are 2 in. in
diameter, and the leaves are about 4 in.
long and f in. wide, bright green above,
and slightly glaucous beneath, with one
edge only minutely toothed.
Culture dc. as above, p. 964.
P. Marliacea {Bambusa Marliacea).
A rare and handsome Japanese species
which will probably grow a dozen or more
feet high in cultivation. The dark shining
green leaves are very handsome when the
withered leaf sheaths fall or are removed,
and are noticeable for having the joints
very close to each other near the base,
about 1-2 in. apart. The long branches
arch gracefully and are clothed with
bright green leaves.
Culture dc. as above, p. 964.
P. mitis (Bambusa mitis). — This
Chinese species is said to be the tallest
of all Hardy Bamboos, and will probably
reach a height of 20-30 ft. in the most
favoured parts of the British Islands. In
China and Japan the stems grow 60 ft.
high, and are gracefully arched when fully
developed. In this country they grow
quickly in spring, often as much as 4-6
inches in 24 hours and are li-3 inches
in diameter at the base. The Japanese
eat the young fleshy shoots, served with
a pungent sauce.
Culture dc. as above, p. 964.
P. nigra (Bambusa nigra). — This tall
and graceful Bamboo, native of China and
Japan, has been grown for many years
past in the Temperate House at Kew,
where it has attained a height of over
25 ft. It has also proved hardy in the
open air at Kew, and may eventually
reach the same dimensions as the indoor
specimens. The more or less zigzagged
stems are of deep olive-green colour the
first season, but they change to a shining
black or blackish-green the following year,
and constitute one of the most striking
features of the plant. The small thin
leaves are borne in luxuriant masses, and
are 3-4^ in. long by f in. broad, bright
green above and glaucous beneath.
Culture dc. as above, p. 964.
P. nigro-punctata (Bambusa nigro-
punctata). — Until recently this plant was
regarded as a variety of P. nigra, but now
it has been elevated to specific rank. It
resembles P. nigra proper in habit and
appearance but is readily distinguished
from it by means of the stems, which,
instead of being a uniform black or
greenish-black, are distinctly mottled with
paler green. P. boryana, now also
regarded as a species, differs from the
above in having green instead of black
stems.
Culture dc. as above, p. 964.
P. Quilioi (Bambusa Quilioi ; B.
Mazeli). — A distinct species from North-
ern Japan, closely related to P. aurea
and P. mitis. The stems, which are
grooved between the joints from one set
of branches to another, attain a height of
15-20 ft. in cultivation when well esta-
blished in favourable localities, and are
3-4 in. in circumference at the base. It
has a more tufted habit than P. aurea
and the leaf characters are similar, but the
stems are much greener. Very hardy.
Culture dc. as above, p. 964.
P. ruscifolia (P. Kumasaca ; Bam-
busa ruscifolia ; B. viminalis). — A
beautiful and distinct Japanese species
rarely exceeding 1 ft. or 18 in. high. The
stems, which are dark green at first but
change to brown when ripe, form one of
the distinguishing features of the plant by
their peculiar zigzag growth. The leaves
differ also from those of other Bamboos
in being narrowly ovate like those of some
species of Ruscus, and about 3i in. long
and more than 1 in. wide at the base,
with slightly serrated margins. They are
smooth above, but somewhat downy
beneath.
Culture dc. as above, p. 964.
P. sulphurea (Bambusa sulphurea).
A beautiful Japanese species not yet well
CAKEX
SEDGE ORDER
CYPERUS 971
known, but easily recognised by the
beautiful golden - yellow colour of its
stems and branches when young. Plants
in cultivation have produced stems over
13 ft. high, with a circumference of nearly
3 in. at the base. In appearance it very
much resembles P. viitis.
Culture dc. as above, p. 964.
P. violescens (Bambusa violescens).
A handsome Japanese Bamboo closely
related to P. viridi-glaucescens. When
fully developed it will probably attain a
height of 12-15 ft. or more, the young
stems being bronzy-green, sometimes
tinted with purple in warm parts of the
country, but changing to pale green when
approaching maturity. The leaves are
5 in. long and over 1 in. wide, bright
green above, very glaucous beneath, and
minutely serrated on one edge only. The
branches are mostly in twos from each
node, but occasionally in threes.
Ctdture dc. as above, p. 964.
P. viridi - glaucescens (Bambusa
vi i idi-glaucescens). — This is one of the
most elegant and graceful of all Hardy
Bamboos and should be one of the first
planted in every collection. The erect or
arching stems grow 12-20 ft. high, and
are nearly 3 inches in circumference at
the base. They are of a very deep shining
olive-green, much zigzagged, and tra-
versed with two channels between the
joints, from one cluster of branches to
the next. The leaves are 3-4 in. long and
about 4 in. across, serrated on one edge,
and having a ring of hairs round the top
of the sheath. The foliage retains its
freshness and grace during the winter,
and makes this species one of the most
attractive plants. The rhizomes run to a
great distance, sending up suckers in a
very oblique direction at first, thus
spreading the plant over a very large
area.
Culture dc. as above, p. 964.
CXXVIII. CYPERACEiE-Sedge Order
A large order of tufted grass-like plants with solid, usually jointed, and fre-
quently angular stems, and unsplit leaf sheaths. The flowers are hermaphro-
dite or one-sexed, arranged in panicles or racemes, the individual flowers being
enclosed in imbricated chaffy or leathery bracts called glumes.
Although, according to various authors, 2000-3000 species belong to this
order, there are only a few of any garden value, and as they are all more or
less closely related, they may be mentioned here in alphabetical order.
CAREX paniculata (Sedge). — A
large British and European Sedge with
densely matted rootstocks forming tus-
socks 2-4 ft. in diameter, and sending up
stout leafy 3-sided stems 1-4 ft. high, and
long narrow flat leaves. The large
panicles of pale brown flowers appear in
June and July.
Culture and Projiagation. — This
species is found in wet copses and marshes,
and similar spots in the garden will
suit it. It may be increased by division
in autumn or spring.
C. pendula is another native of the
British Islands, being found in damp
woods, bogs &c. It grows 3-6 ft. high
with smooth or roughish 3-angled stems,
and broad flat pale green leaves. In May
and June the beauty of the plants is en-
hanced by the long slender drooping
spikelets of flowers.
Culture dc. as above.
There are 500-800 species of Carex,
of which 60 are natives of the British
Islands, but most of thern are quite
uninteresting from a garden point of
view.
CYPERUS longus (Galingale). —
A rare English marsh plant with a stout
creeping rootstock, and 3-angled stems
2-3 ft. high. In August and September
the reddish-brown flower spikes are borne
in umbel -like cymes, from the base of
which arise a few flat keeled and grace-
fully recurving leaves 1-2 ft. long.
Culture and Propagation. — This may
be grown at the borders of lakes,
streams &c, and increased by division.
972
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS ephedra
SCIRPUS lacustris (Bulrush).—
An ornamental native plant with thick
round and usually leafless stems 1-8 ft.
high, springing from creeping rootstocks,
and bearing at the summit cymes of
flowers in July and August. The blooms
are arranged in sessile cone-like spikelets,
which look very pretty when in fruit,
being reddish-brown in colour.
Culture and Propagation. — This plant
should be planted in . water about 1 ft.
deep, and large masses of it look effective
in autumn. Increased by division in
autumn or spring.
S. Tabernaemontani zebrinus, better
known as Juncns zebrinus, has long round
leaves barred and banded with yellow
and green alternately, and is a handsome
and attractive plant grown in masses by
the edge of water, the stems reminding
one very much of porcupine quills.
Culture dc. as above.
Class II. GYMNOSPERMS (see p. 122).
CXXIX. GNETACEiE
A small but interesting order containing shrubs or trees with jointed branch-
lets and simple opposite sometimes scaly leaves. Flowers one-sexed, the
male and female ones often on different plants (dioecious) and arising, either
singly or in dense conical or interrupted spikes, from the axils of the opposite
and decussate bracts. There are only three genera and about forty species
belonging to this order, mostly natives of the tropics.
EPHEDRA. — A genus of erect or
trailing evergreen shrubs with articulated
joints and rudimentary or scale - like
leaves resembling those of the Horsetail.
Flowers usually dioecious.
E. distachya. — A curious evergreen
shrub or bush 3-4 ft. high, native of South
Europe, with green cylindrical branches,
furnished at each jointed node with two
small linear leaves. The whitish flowers
are borne in twin catkins or spikes in
July and August, and are succeeded by
red or scarlet berries on the female plants.
The variety monostachya (or E. vulgaris)
is a smaller and hardier shrub 1-2 ft. high,
which produces its flowers in solitary in-
stead of twin catkins.
Culture and Propagation. — These
curious plants, although rather attractive
in appearance, and especially when bear-
ing their red berries in autumn, are not
very much grown except hi botanical col-
lections. They flourish in ordinary soil
in warm and sheltered spots, and may be
used in nooks in the rock garden. They
are increased by layering the branches in
summer and autumn.
CXXX. CONIFERiE-Pine Tree Order
An important order, consisting for the most part of evergreen trees or shrubs,
having the leaves alternate, opposite, or clustered in a membranous sheath,
often narrow, linear, and needle-like, or reduced to dense imbricating scales,
rarely with a flattened limb. Male and female flowers without a perianth,
and separate, either on the same (monoecious) or on different (dioecious) trees.
Male flowers in catkins ; stamens numerous. Female flowers in cones or
solitary, each flower consisting of two scales, the upper one having the naked
ovules on the inner surface, the lower one being merely a protecting bract.
Seeds often winged, not enclosed in an ovary, as is the case with all the other
plants hitherto described in this work. They simply lie naked on the surface
of the scale ; hence the plants belonging to this group have been called naked-
CONIFERS 973
seeded plants or Gymnosperms. And as a rule when the seed germinates
there are apparently more than two seed-leaves or cotyledons. A feature of
the wood of the plants in this group is that it has no rays (called medullary
rays) radiating from the centre to the circumference, as may be seen in the
woods of plants previously described. The flowers also, instead of being
fertilised by bees and other insects, have this important office performed by
the wind. When the stamens or male flowers are ripe, the pollen may be
seen blown about in dense golden clouds.
The cone-bearing trees and shrubs are natives, for the most part, of
temperate and mountainous regions. There are about 300 species altogether,
and of these about one-half are in cultivation, those indigenous to the
British Islands being the Scots Fir (Pinus sylvestris), the Juniper (Juniperus
communis), and the Yew Tree {Taxus baccata).
There are few families of plants at once so useful and so ornamental as
the Conifers. This work is chiefly concerned with their value as decorative
plants, and the most ornamental kinds will be found described below. The
charge is often made against Conifers that they are much too sombre to give
a cheerful aspect to the landscape. Doubtless this is true where they have
been planted injudiciously to the exclusion of other ornamental and brighter-
foliaged trees. But where they have been planted with taste and judgment
so as to harmonise or contrast with the surrounding vegetation, their effect
is at once handsome and picturesque. Owing to their size and habit,
Conifers are mostly suited for the embellishment of large gardens, pleasure-
grounds, and parks. Some, like the Deodar, the Cedar of Lebanon, and the
Atlas Cedar, are beautiful lawn-trees, as are also many of the Abies and
Piceas ; others make fine groups or avenues, and some lend a charm to large
rock gardens ; while others, again, make charming hedges. As a general
rule, Conifers are unsuitable for what may be termed shrubberies, although a
Pine here and there in such places often has a grand effect. To see them to
perfection they must have plenty of space to develop their elegant and usually
symmetrical forms, and this cannot be done where they are surrounded and
choked with undershrubs.
It must not be thought that the Conifer family are all of a sombre green
colour. Although green is the prevailing tint, there are so many shades of
it — some light, some dark, some fresh, some sombre, some covered with a
beautiful Plum-like bloom — that there is a vast and pleasing variety. The
cones, too, of many of the species are wonderfully beautiful, and a collection
of them is very interesting. The bracts of some open readily when ripe, but
others require roasting before they will separate.
Soil and Situation. — The soil most suitable for the great majority of
Conifers is a light or fairly heavy, deep, rich loam on a gravelly subsoil.
Stagnant water and damp, low-lying spots are injurious and often fatal. The
plants in such places never thrive, and cannot make or ripen their growths
sufficiently well to withstand the rigours of a severe winter. Many of the
Japanese, Mexican, and Californian Conifers require to be sheltered from the
974 PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GABDEN PLANTS
bleak winds of the north and east. Screens of other hardy trees or shrubs
should protect the more tender — which are usually the most beautiful —
Conifers on these two sides, especially if the land happens to be flat and
unprotected by any natural risings or undulations.
Planting. — Upon the proper planting of Conifers, as with most other trees,
a good deal of ultimate success depends. Only Conifers with masses of
fibrous roots radiating from the base of the stem should be planted. Those
grown in pots, and there are not many now, are quite unsuitable or rather
unlikely to make fine healthy trees. The roots which have become cramped
in the limited space of a pot and coiled round and round are unable to stretch
themselves and their fibrils out naturally in search of food. They are huddled
up in a mass like a ball, and can neither develop nor perform properly their
natural duty. Where such plants must be used, it is a safe plan to com-
pletely wash all the soil away from the ball of roots. The latter can then be
spread out as far as possible, and if not too tough or brittle pegged down.
This will allow the soil to settle between them and induce the development
of the important fibrous roots from the tips. Any time from November to
March, always providing the weather be mild and the soil not too wet and
sticky, is suitable for planting Conifers.
Propagation. — Conifers are multiplied by seeds, cuttings, layers, and
grafting. Most of them are best obtained by seeds, but many of the non-
fruiting kinds, like some of the Eetinosporas, are usually obtained from cuttings,
and others from layers. Grafting is practised in some instances, and there
are many fine specimens of grafted Conifers in the country ; but as a general
rule grafted Conifers are not likely to attain the age or stand our climate like
those on their own roots — whether obtained by seeds, layers, or cuttings. Per-
haps if the proper relationship between the different species used for stock and
scion were better understood, or as well understood as it is in connection with
fruit trees, there would be no great harm in having grafted Conifers, but the
chances are that all the finest species would be ' worked ' or grafted on the
commonest or most easily obtained stock, whether suitable or unsuitable.
The planting of grafted Conifers, therefore, on the whole is not to be
recommended.
Nomenclature. — There are few families of plants which have been so
fearfully mismanaged at the hands of botanists as the Conifers. It is nothing
unusual to find one plant with half a dozen or more different names, and there
is scarcely one without at least one synonym, so that the greatest confusion
has been brought about. One can understand species becoming a little
mixed occasionally, but when genera like Picea, Abies, Pinus &c. get
entangled, it is surely an indication that the dividing lines between them were
not drawn with great rigidity. Thus what are called Abies in some parts
of the country are called Picea in another part, and sometimes even Pinus.
It is admittedly difficult to draw a botanical line between Abies and Picea,
but the latter name is now usually taken as the generic title of the ' Spruces,'
and the former for the ' Silver Firs.'
FITZItOYA
CONIFERS
LIBOCEDRUS 975
There is no intention of adding to the existing confusion of names. Those
given by Dr. Masters in the ' Conifer Conference Eeport ' will be used in this
work, as being most generally acceptable ; while with one or two trifling
exceptions the main divisions of the order will be on the lines laid down by
Bentham and Hooker, the distinguished authors of the ' Genera Plantarum.'
Except where otherwise stated, all the Conifers mentioned are evergreen.
Tribe I. — The Cypress Tribe (Cupressvnece). — Flowers monoecious or dioecious.
Cones roundish or oblong; scales usually confluent with the bracts, fleshy, leathery,
or woody when ripe. Seeds with or without wings. Trees or shrubs usually with the
adult leaves adpressed, opposite, whorled in 3 4 rows, small, scale-like, rarely linear.
CALLITRIS. — A genus of tender like Callitris. At Powerscourt, co. Wick-
shrubs or small trees with roundish or 3-4-
angled, sometimes jointed branches, and
small trapeziform leaves in whorls of 3-4,
or opposite and decussate (4-ranked).
Flowers monoecious. Male flowers in
spikes, anthers crested with 2 or more
lobes. Cones globular or somewhat 4-
angled, and composed of 4-valved woody
scales, the alternate pair much smaller.
C. quadrivalvis (Tetraclinis articu-
lata). — Arar tree. — A graceful North
African tree or shrub 15-20 ft. high, with
flattened jointed leaves, and flowers and
cones as described above.
Culture and Propagation. — This is the
best known species, and except in the
south of England and Ireland requires
greenhouse protection in winter. It likes
a light sandy loam, and may be increased
by seeds sown in spring under glass or
by cuttings of the ripened shoots in
autumn under a handlight.
It is said that the woodwork of the
cathedral of Cordova, which was built in
the 9th century as a Moorish mosque, is
of this tree.
FITZROYA. —A genus of much-
branched trees or shrubs with small ter-
nately whorled or 4-ranked loosely or
closely imbricated leaves. Flowers dioe-
cious. Cones star-like, having their axes
terminating in 3 soft club-like glands or
scales, and consisting of 9 scales, 3 in each
whorl, the upper ones only seed- bearing.
Seeds winged.
F. patagonica. — A native of the moun-
tains of Western Patagonia, Chili &c,
forming a tree 50-80 ft. high, having
slender spreading branches incurved at
the tips, and furnished with small ovate
oblong flat blunt sessile leaves in 2-4
rows. Flowers and cones as above.
Culture and Projiagation. — This
species grows well in ordinary garden soil,
and may be increased by seeds or cuttings
low, there is a specimen about 20 ft. high —
perhaps the largest in the kingdom.
LIBOCEDRUS (Incense Cedar).— A
genus of handsome Arbor Vita-like trees,
with flattened branches and small flat-
tened 4-ranked appressed or spreading
leaves. Flowers monoecious or dioecious ;
male catkins nearly cylindrical ; female
ones solitary and round. Cones oval,
more or less obtuse, woody, and composed
of 4-6 flat and slightly concave scales in
opposite pairs face to face and not over-
lapping; the middle pair only seed-
bearing. Seeds with 2 unequal wings.
Seed leaves 2.
Culture and Propagation. — The In-
cense Cedars are easily raised from seeds
sown under glass in spring, the seedlings
being afterwards planted out after harden-
ing off. Cuttings of the partially or wholly
ripened shoots will root in sandy soil under
handlights, or in gentle heat, during August
and September.
L. chilensis {Thuya chilensis). — A
handsome densely branched tree which
attains a height of 60-80 ft. on the Chilian
Andes, but not more than 12-20 ft. in the
British Islands. Leaves glaucous-green,
bluntly oblong trigonous, appressed on
flattened spreading and drooping branches,
somewhat ascending towards the top.
Cones 5 in. long, drooping on short stalks.
The variety argentea has paler coloured
leaves than the type, and viridis is a bright
green form, devoid of a glaucous fringe.
Culture dc. as above. This species
will stand 2° or 3° of frost without injury
in sheltered spots.
L. decurrens (Thuya eraigiana). —
A beautiful and distinct Conifer from the
mountains of California, where it attains a
height of 50-150 ft. at elevations ranging
between 3000 and 8500 ft. Leaves small
and linear, bright glossy green, imbricat-
976
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
THUYA
ing in 4 rows, decurrent at the base, and
borne on plaited or flattened branchlets.
Cones 1 in. or more long, olive-brown,
erect and solitary at the tips of the upper
branchlets. This plant is often erroneously
called Thuya gigantea in gardens. There
is a specimen over 50 ft. high at Orton
Longneville, Huntingdon, the seat of the
Marquis of Huntly. The variety com-
pacta is denser and dwarfer in habit than
the type, and glauca is distinguished by
the glaucous-green ' bloom.'
L. doniana and L. tetragona, both
beautiful trees, are scarcely hardy enough
for permanent outdoor cultivation in the
British Islands.
Culture dc. as above.
THUYA (Arbor Vit^e). — A genus
of ornamental trees or shrubs with small
opposite scale-like appressed leaves, im-
bricated in 4 rows, on flattened branchlets.
Flowers monoecious, the male catkins
oval, the female catkins ovoid or oblong,
solitary. Cones ovoid oblong, leathery and
smooth, with a projecting tubercle below
the tip of each scale. Scales 6-10, un-
equal, in opposite pairs, the 2 uppermost
pairs seed-bearing. Seeds usually winged
on both sides, except in T. orientalis.
Culture and Propagation. — The
various species of Arbor Vitse thrive in
rich sandy loam, and may be increased
in the same way as the Libocedrus by
means of seeds sown under glass, and
by cuttings of the more or less ripened
shoots inserted in sandy soil under hand-
lights or in cold frames in summer and
autumn.
T. dolabrata (Thuyopsis dolabrata). —
A beautiful tree from the mountains of
Japan, where it grows 40-50 ft. high,
but only about half that height in
the most favoured parts of the British
Islands. It has drooping flattened branch-
lets furnished with 4 rows of broad thick
rounded oval scale-like imbricating leaves,
furrowed along the centre, deep shining
green above, silvery white beneath.
Cones small ovoid or roundish, consisting
of 8-10 woody scales. The variety Icete-
virens (or nana) is a beautiful dense-
growing bush seldom exceeding 4-6 ft.
high. It makes an excellent evergreen
hedge, and bears clipping well. The
variety variegata is recognised by its pale
yellowish branchlets. It grows 15-20 ft.
high.
There is a specimen of T. dolabrata
about 40 years old at Boconnoc, Corn-
wall, over 25 ft. high.
Culture dc. as above.
T. gigantea (T. Menziesi ; also T.
Lobbi, and T. craigiana of gardens). —
White Cedar. — A graceful pyramidal tree,
native of N.W. America, where it reaches
a height of 100-150 ft. and is found in
'low, rich woods and swamps, and less
commonly on dry ridges and slopes below
5200 ft. elevation.' Leaves in alternate
opposite pairs closely imbricated, and
borne on flattened slender flexible branch-
lets. Cones small ovoid, tapering at both
ends.
There are several varieties of T.
gigantea, the best known being atrovirens,
aurescens, erecta, gracilis, pumila, and
variegata — names which convey their
own meaning and indicate the peculiarity
of the plants.
Culture and Propagation. — In the
British Islands this tree flourishes in
rather stiff or light moist loam, and some-
times, as at Linton Park, Maidstone, and
Woodstock, Kilkenny, reaches a height of
60-65 ft. or more in the course of 30 years
or so.
T. japonica (Thuya Standisht). — A
native of the Japanese mountains, having
straight flat 2-edged branches and bluntly
ovate leaves, deep glossy green above, dull
glaucous-white beneath, closely imbricated
in opposite pairs and 4 rows.
This forms a nice small tree in cultiva-
tion, a specimen in the Duke of Buccleuch's
garden at Dalkeith being about 20 ft. high,
and about 25 years old.
Culture dc. as above.
T. occidentalis (American Arbor Vitce).
A beautiful tree 40-60 ft. high, native
of the cold wet swamps and along the
rocky banks of streams in N. America.
Leaves very small in opposite pairs,
bluntly ovate rhomboid, thickly imbricat-
ing in 4 rows along the branchlets. Cones
obovoid, 5 in. long, shortly stalked.
There are 50 or more garden forms of the
American Arbor Vitae supposed to be in
cultivation, but they can all probably be
reduced to about half a dozen. Those
known as alba, aurea, argentea, com-
pacta, pendula, and variegata are the
most distinct, and the peculiarity of each
is indicated by the name. Ellwangeriana
is also an ornamental variety of compact
THUYA
CONIFERS
cupressus 977
and upright habit, much in demand, and
in a small state very useful for the rock
garden.
The American Arbor Vitse does not
appear to be a popular tree in either
British or Irish gardens. In the returns
from more than 100 of the largest gardens
in Great Britain and Ireland, not a single
specimen is mentioned, although a plant
of the variety pendula over 15 ft. is
recorded in Powerscourt Gardens, co.
Wicklow.
( 'ill I it re <!■<■. as above.
T. orientalis (Biota oriental/is). —
Chinese Arbor Vita. — A graceful pyrami-
dal tree or bush 18-20 ft. high, native of
China and Japan. Its branches are more or
less vertical or horizontal at first, but ulti-
mately more or less parallel and pointing
upwards. The very small imbricating
ovate-rhomboid acute leaves are arranged
in 4 rows along the branchlets, and the
roundish cones are composed of 6-8 pro-
jecting or reflexed scales.
There are as many garden forms
of the Chinese Arbor Vitae as of the
American one, and it is equally diffi-
cult to distinguish more than a few of
them. There are silver, gold, glaucous,
and variegated forms known respectively
as argentea, a urea, glauca ,andvariegata;
there are others called compacta, gracilis,
elegantissima, pyra/midalis &c, which
may be applied to any forms answering
the descriptions. The variety pendula,
however, is a distinct shrub 10-15 ft. high,
with long slender recurved branches and
loosely drooping thread-like branchlets.
It is probably better known to gardeners
as Biota pendula, and the 'Weeping
Arbor Vitae.'
Culture (t'c. as above.
T. plicata (T. gigantea plicata; T.
occidentalis plicata ; T. warreana). —
A native of Nootka Sound, N. America,
where it becomes a handsome tree 50-65
ft. high, but rarely more than 20 ft. high
in the British Islands. The long slender
linear-pointed branchlets are furnished
with bluntly ovate imbricated flat smooth
small leaves in 4 rows, of a bright green
above, and a dull glaucous-green beneath,
those on young plants being very much
pointed. Cones small, solitary, ovoid
oblong. There is a tiny miniature form
called minima, which scarcely grows more
than 1 in. a year. The variety variegata
has portions of the branchlets tinged with
pale yellow, which intermixed with the
green portions gives a pleasing effect.
There is also a crested form, known as
cristata, and a yellowish one called fottea.
Culture d-c. as above.
CUPRESSUS (Cypress). — Accord-
ing to Dr. Masters ' true Cypresses are
known by their scale-like appressed adult
leaves never in two ranks, monoecious
flowers, male flowers spiked, anthers
crested — 4 or more, pollen globose ; cones
globular or oblong, woody, ripening in
the second year, with peltate scales and
numerous seeds to each scale. Cotyledons
2, leafy, longer than the primary leaves,
which are opposite or in whorls of 4.'
The plants known under the name of
Chamcecypari8 and Betinospora 'differ
from the true Cypresses in having
generally 2-ranked branchlets and flat-
tened branch systems ; smaller cones
ripening the first year ; the scales less
woody, and usually with a smaller
number of seeds.'
The Cypresses are among the most
ornamental trees and shrubs in cultiva-
tion, and notwithstanding the sombre
evergreen hue of many of them, they
exhibit a good deal of colour and a variety
of graceful forms.
Culture and Propagation. — They
succeed in rich and rather moist but well-
drained loamy soil, and may be increased
by cuttings, layers, or seeds. As the
seeds of the true Cypresses, as stated
above, take 2 years to ripen, it is well
to wait until the matured cones burst
naturally before obtaining the seed for
sowing purposes. In the Chamaecyparis
section, which includes C. laivsoniana,
C. nootkatensis, and C. thyoides, the cones
usually burst open in spring, and their
seeds may then be collected and sown in
a warm light soil. Young plants will
appear in 6 or 8 weeks, perhaps more,
and may be allowed to stand until the
following spring before transplanting
them for the first time, after which they
need not be moved for another year or
two according to their growth. They are
often grown on in pots in nurseries, but
for the reasons stated above at p. 974 it is
not advisable to use pot plants.
Cuttings of the tops of the growing or
ripened leafy shoots, 2-3 in. long, inserted
in cold shaded frames or under handlights
in sandy soil will root. Ripened side
shoots are preferable to unripened ones,
3 R
978
PB ACTIO AL GUIDE TO GABDEN PLANTS cupbessus
and if placed in gentle heat about October
and November will be well-rooted plants
about February or March. Once roots
are well formed the plants may be given
more air and light, and by the end of
May can be placed in cold frames, without
nowever disturbing them from the pots
or boxes in which they have rooted. In
the autumn they may be planted in a
cold frame, and by the following spring
will be sturdy enough for the open
ground. Old plants often have their
branches bent down and pegged into the
soil. The branchlets are surrounded with
fine soil at the base, and in about 12
months may be detached with roots.
The Hetinospora section are often veneer-
grafted on stocks of the American Arbor
Vitse, usually in winter and under glass.
C. funebris (C. pendula; C.amcena). —
Funeral Cypress. — A graceful Chinese
tree about 50 ft. high in a wild state, and
having horizontal branches drooping at
the extremities, thus giving a ' weeping '
appearance, and covered with scale-like
yellowish-green leaves.
Culture dc. as above. — This species is
unsuitable for any except the mildest
parts of the S. of England and Ireland,
as it is readily injured by frost. There
is a form called glauea with blue-green
foliage.
C. goveniana (C. calif ornica ; C-
cornuta). — A beautiful Calif ornian Cypress
40-50 ft. in a wild state, but less than
20 ft. high in this country, forming a dense
compact small tree. Leaves bright green,
scale-like, closely imbricated. Male cat-
kins yellow, freely produced in spring.
Culture dc. as above. This is safer in
the most southern parts of the country,
in rich moist well-drained soil.
C. guadeloupensis. — A beautiful tree
60-70 ft. high in its wild state on the
rocky canons and ridges on the New
Mexico and Arizona mountains, where it
forms extensive forests.
Culture dc. as above. This species is
not very well known, but seems to be
hardy except perhaps north of the Tweed,
where it might require a little protection
and shelter in winter. It is considered
to be a form of C. macrocarpa by some.
C. lawsoniana (C. fragrans). — Law-
son's Cypress ; Port Orford Cedar. — This
is one of the most graceful Conifers in
cultivation. It is a native of California,
where it forms a magnificent tree 150 to
200 ft. high in rich moist soil. At Dupplin
Castle, in Perthshire, there is a specimen
about 40 years of age and about 60 ft.
high ; and at Inverary Castle, the seat
of the Duke of Argyll, is another over
40 years of age and over 50 ft. high.
But most trees in the country are
20-30 ft. shorter than these. The small
closely imbricated dark glossy green
leaves are more or less tinged with a
glaucous hue, and the cones about the
size of small peas are borne in great
profusion on the drooping feathery Fern-
like branchlets. Fine specimens are
pyramidal or cone-like in shape, grace-
fully nodding at the top. There are
many charming varieties of Lawson's
Cypress in cultivation, and they are all
worth growing. The characteristics of
most of them may be gleaned from the
names, the best varieties being albo-
spica, albo-variegata, argentea, argenieo-
variegata, aureo-variegata, erecta viridis,
filiformis, gracilis pendula, lutea, nana,
nana alba, nana glauea.
Culture dc. as above. Besides seeds
and cuttings, many forms of Lawson's
Cypress are grafted upon stocks of the
common form easily raised from seed.
C. Lindleyi (G. Coulteri; C. knight-
iana ; C. karwinskiana). — A beautiful
Mexican Cypress 40-60 feet high in its
native state, and distinguished by its
graceful drooping feathery branchlets and
glaucous-blue scale-like leaves.
Culture dc. as above. This is suit-
able only for the most favourable parts of
the south.
C. lusitanica (C. glauea; G. pendula).
Cedar of Goa. — An elegant tree of
uncertain origin, 40-50 ft. high, with a
loose and gracefully drooping habit and
acute minute keeled glaucous scale-like
leaves. It may be a geographical form of
C. torulosa. In Portugal there are trees
over 150 ft. high and more than 250 years
old. At Rossdhu, in Dumbartonshire,
there is a fine specimen over 40 ft. high,
although this species is usually con-
sidered to be suitable only for southei'n
parts.
Culture dc. as above.
C. macnabiana (C. glandulosa ; C.
nivalis). — A pretty pyramidal tree, native
of N. California, where it sometimes
grows 30 ft. high, but is more often a tall
CUPRESSUS
CONIFERS
CUPRESSUS 979
shrub branching upwards from the
ground, and is remarkable for the dull
purple-red colour of its branches. The
small scale-like deep green leaves are
arranged in 4 rows on the rigid branch -
lets, and the globular cones have roundish
or blunt scales, each having a thick pro-
jecting recurved point.
Culture dc. as above. This rare species
is probably hardy except in the bleakest
and coldest parts of the kingdom.
C. macrocarpa (C. lambertiana
fasUgiata; C. Hartwegi ; C. Rein-
wardti). — Monterey Cypress. — A beauti-
ful quick-growing tree, native of South
California, where according to Hartweg,
who discovered it in 1847, it attains a
height of 60 ft., and has far-spreading
branches, flat at the top like a full-grown
Cedar of Lebanon, which it closely
resembles when seen at a distance. The
branchlets are famished with small scale-
like deep green leaves, and the scales of
the roundish or oblong cones 1-2 in. long
have somewhat projecting and recurved
centres. At Carclew in Cornwall there
is a specimen about 85 ft. high, the girth
of the trunk at 3 ft. from the ground
being nearly 11 ft. At Coollattin in
Wicklow a specimen under 50 years of
age is 65 ft. or more high.
Culture dc. as above. It seems to
thrive in most parts of the country and
by the sea.
C. nootkatensis (Chamcecyparis nut-
kaensis). — Alaska Cypress. — A handsome
and valuable tree, native of Vancouver's
Island, British Columbia &c, where it
reaches a height of 100-125 ft., with a
trunk 4-6 ft. in diameter, but it attains
only about half these dimensions in the
British Islands. The branches are some-
what erect with distichous branchlets
elegantly recurved at the tips, and covered
with small rich dark green acute leaves,
slightly glaucous on the lower or shady
side of the branches. The scales of the
globular cones about § in. in diameter
have a cone -like boss or projection in the
centre. There are several distinct
varieties, all with more or less descriptive
names, such as argenteo-variegata, aureo-
variegata, compacta, glauca, pendida.
variegata, viridis &c.
Culture dc. as above.
C. obtusa (Chamcecyparis obtusa;
Retinospora obtusa; Thuya obtusa). —
A handsome Japanese tree 70-100 ft.
high in a wild state, with spreading fan-
like branches and scaly leaves mostly
in whorls of 4, ovate rhomboid, blunt or
seldom pointed, and closely pressed to
the branchlets.
There are many charming varieties of
this species, better known perhaps in
gardens under the name of Retinospora.
The best for gardens are albo-picta,
aurea, compacta, filicoides, gracilis
aurea, lycopodioides, nana, plumosa with
its sub-varieties albo-picta, argentea,
aurea; tetragona aurea and variegata —
names which explain the peculiarities of
each. There is a specimen of C. obtusa
at Carclew, Cornwall, about 25 ft. high.
Cult /ire dc. as above.
C. pisifera (Chatmrci/paris pisifera ;
Ret mospora pisifera; Thuya pisifera).
An elegant Japanese tree found growing
with C. obtusa, but much smaller and
more slender in habit. It grows 18-20 ft.
high at the most in British gardens, and
has its numerous branchlets covered with
4 rows of smooth scale-like leaves, the
upper and lower ones tapering to a hard
point, and keeled behind ; the side ones
almost sickle-shaped and marked beneath
with 2 white bands. There are several
varieties, the most distinct and constant
being filifera, with slender thread-like
branchlets; plumosa, which represents
a feathery intermediate stage between
young and old plants ; and squarrosa,
a young bushy glaucous form with
spreading linear leaves. There are also
gold and silver variegated forms like
those of obtusa, and all better known in
gardens as Retinosporas. These varieties,
as Dr. Masters says, represent more or
less permanent stages of growth, but
inasmuch as they pass one into the other
by intermediate gradations, and as the
various forms may be met with on one
and the same tree, not only at different
times but sometimes simultaneously, it
is obvious they have no claim to specific
rank.
Culture dc. as above.
C. sempervirens (C. fastigiata ; C.
pyramidalis ; G. whitleyama). — A hand-
some tall tapering S. European Conifer,
with erect branches growing close to the
trunk, and with frond-like branchlets
covered with smooth imbricated yellowish-
green leaves. The cones are about 1 in.
3 k 2
980
PBACTICAL GUIDE TO GABDEN PLANTS junipeeus
across and usually produced in pairs.
There are a few forms of this species,
such as horizontalis, expansa, orien talis,
and thuycefolia. A slender cone-like
specimen more than 50 years old and
over 40 ft. high is in the gardens of
Sir J. M. Stirling-Maxwell, Bart., Keir,
Perthshire.
Culture dc. as above.
C. thyoides (CJiamcecyparis splicer-
oidea ; Retinospora ericoides). — A beauti-
ful, valuable and quick-growing Cypress,
native of the United States, where it is
known in parts as the "White Cedar, and
attains a height of 80-90 ft. It has a
slender tapering trunk and branchlets
covered with very small, closely imbricated
light green leaves furnished with a small
tubercle about the centre. Cones small,
roundish, about the size of peas, each
scale having 2 seeds. The variety
glauca (or kewensis) differs from the
type in being more compact, denser, and
of a silvery glaucous hue. The variety
variegata is a dwarfer growing plant
having the upper portions of the branch-
lets and foliage of a rich golden-yellow-.
Retinospora leptoclada is probably only
a form of this species. There is a fine
ornamental tree of C. thyoides at Murthly
Castle, Perthshire, under 50 years of age
and about 50 ft. high.
Culture dc. as above. Damp or moist
situations suit it and its varieties weU.
C. torulosa (C. cashmeriensis ; C.
nepalensis). — A beautiful much-branched
Conifer, native of the western Himalayas,
where it grows 50-70 ft. high, having a
graceful pyramidal habit, and short
slender twisted branchlets, covered with
minute glaucous leaves in 4 rows, closely
appressed to the stems. There are two
varieties known — corneyana, and ma-
jestica, — the former with slender drooping
branchlets but rather too tender for the
colder parts of the kingdom.
Culture dc. as above.
JUNIPERUS (Juniper).— A genus
containing about 27 species of trees or
shrubs, often with two kinds of leaves and
monoecious or dioecious flowers. Leaves
needle-shaped linear or lanceolate, rigid
or flexible or scale-like, scattered or im-
bricated, not clustered. Male flowers
solitary or in crowded catkins. Cones
small roundish, berry-like, composed of
3-6 decussate or whorled, confluent fleshy
scales in which the erect seeds are em-
bedded. Fruit berry-like, ripening the
second year. Embryo with two blunt
leafy cotyledons.
Culture and Propagation. — The Juni-
pers are mostly ornamental trees or
shrubs, some of which are suitable for the
lawn and some for the rock garden or
for making screens, according to habit.
They succeed in a rather heavy loamy
soil, and may be considered hardy in
most parts of the British Islands. They
are increased easily from seeds, but the
latter often take a year or so to germinate.
The process may be hastened somewhat by
removing the pulp by soaking the berries
in water, and mixing with sand for a
few days. Cuttings of the green shoots
will root under glass in fine sandy soil
in early summer, and of the ripened shoots
in autumn under handlights or cold
frames. Some varieties root more readily
than others. Old plants may also be
layered, and choice varieties may be
veneer grafted on the stocks of the
Common Juniper, under glass in winter.
The following is a list of the most
ornamental Junipers for cultivation in
the open air in our climate : —
J. chinensis (J. japonica ; J. flagelli-
formis; J. reevesiana). — A beautiful dioe-
cious shrub native of China, Japan, the
Himalayas &c. It has a pyramidal habit
with short branches and two kinds of
leaves, the male and female plants being
distinct from each other. The small
scaly linear leaves are opposite or in
whorls of three. The male plant is more
ornamental than the female and has
somewhat drooping branches with deep
green foliage, often with a glaucous hue.
The female plant bears brownish-violet
berries. There is a specimen of the
Chinese Juniper in Murthly Castle gar-
dens, Perthshire, over 40 years of age,
and now, perhaps, more than 30 ft. high.
There are several varieties known, the
chief being albo-variegata, aurea, densata,
japonica — a dwarf bush about 2 ft. high,
suitable for rockeries ; also its sub- variety
aurea: gla/uca, and leeana, the latter a
vigorous shrub with leaves h in. long.
Culture dc. as above.
J. communis {Common Juniper). — A
native of the temperate parts of the N.
hemisphere, including the British Isles,
forming an ornamental bush 3-20 ft. high,
according to its northern or southern
JUNIPERUS
CONIFERS
JUNIPERUS 981
habitation. It has stiff awl-shaped leaves
opposite or in threes, usually glaucous
above and green below. Cones fleshy,
|~5 in. across, blue-black, glaucous.
Culture dc. as above. — There are
several varieties of the Common Ju-
niper, but liibernica (or fastigiata), the
Irish Juniper, and its prettily variegated
form are, perhaps, the best known. The
Irish Juniper has a columnar habit and a
peculiar silvery glaucous hue. It thrives
on cool loamy clay and peaty soil, and is
often used as a stock for grafting. Other
forms in cultivation are al/pi/na, glauca,
hemispJueriea, oblonga and reflexa.
J. drupacea. — An ornamental species
10-25 ft. high, native of the mountains of
Northern Syria, with broad stout sharp-
pointed pale green leaves arranged in
threes, and deep purple fruits about the
size of a Sloe, .covered with a glaucous
'bloom.'
Culture dc. as above. Well-grown
specimens look handsome on lawns or
grassland.
J. excelsa. — A handsome compact-
growing pyramidal Juniper 10 30 ft. high,
native of Asia Minor, with thick decurrent
greyish-green leaves opposite or in threes
or short much-ramified branches. There
are a few forms grown, such as venusta,
striata, and PerMnsi.
Culture dc. as above. In northern
and unsheltered parts this species is apt
to be injured by frost, and is therefore
better for the milder parts of the country.
The variety stricta seems to be equally
tender. It differs from the type in having
a more tapering outline and more glaucous
leaves.
J. occidentalis. — A handsome pyrami-
dal tree, native of the Western United
States, where it often grows 30-50 ft.
high on the dry rocky ridges and prairies.
Its branches emit a strong smell when
bruised. The leaves are in whorls of
three, and in a young state are spreading,
sharp-pointed and glaucous, while the
small deep purple berries have a glaucous
'bloom.'
Culture dc. as above. An excellent
lawn plant.
J. Oxycedrus. — A large bushy Juniper
10-12 ft. high, native of Spain and
Portugal, and Southern Europe generally.
It has slender drooping branches clothed
with sharp - pointed leaves which are
broader and shorter than those of the
common Juniper, and more distinctly
veined with white beneath.
Culture dc. as above. In the mild
southern and western parts of the king-
dom this species attains larger proportions
and a more elegant habit than in the bleak
north.
J. phoenicea (J. bacciformis; J. Ian-
goldiana; J. tetragona). — A beautiful
pyramidal shrub or small tree 15-20 ft.
high, native of the Mediterranean region,
and distinguished by its tufts of slender
drooping branches covered with small
scale-like leaves in whorls of three. There
is a whitish-looking variety called tur-
biiidta, and one called filicauUs.
Culture i(e. as above.
J. recurva. — A handsome Himalayan
Juniper 5-8 ft. high, with drooping
feathery recurved branchlets, and loosely
imbricated sharp-pointed greyish-green
leaves usually arranged in threes. The
name densa is given to the male form,
which is dwarfer and more compact in
habit, and has also shorter leaves than
the female. The variety squamata
(J. duutosa) extends from the Himalayas
to China and Japan at elevations of
10,000-15,000 ft. and is recognised by its
peculiar creeping and spreading habit,
numerous short, stiff branchlets, and rigid,
sharp -pointed, scaly, glaucous leaves.
There is a fine bushy specimen of the
typical J. recurva, over 40 years old
and more than 30 ft. high, at Keir House
gardens, Perthshire. There is also a
weeping form called pendula.
Culture dc. as above.
J. rigida. — A beautiful Japanese
Juniper 15 ft. or more high, with an up-
right and rather irregular habit, and droop-
ing branches, which when young are
slender, bright green, and slightly tinged
with yellow. The leaves, which are
arranged in threes, are about i in. long,
linear, rigid, erect, sharp-pointed, with a
glaucous furrow on the upper side.
Culture dc. as above.
J. Sabina (Common Savin). — A beauti-
ful branching shrub, 5-8 ft. high, native
of S. Europe, with an irregular spreading
habit, and numerous more or less upright
or trailing branches, furnished with small
scale-like pointed leaves. The upright
variety is suitable for making hedges,
982
PBACTICAL GUIDE TO GABDEN PLANTS cryptomeeia
screens &c, while the creeping form is
handsome, trailing over boulders of rock
hi large rock gardens. Among other
forms may be mentioned the following dis-
tinct ones: — J. procumbens (J.prostrata ;
J. repens), a native of Canada and the
N. United States ; is a variety with a
creeping spreading habit, and glaucous
leaves. The variety tamari.iv if olia (J.
sabinoides), sometimes called the ' Carpet
Juniper,' is an elegant trailing bush, with
bright green foliage. The variety variegata
has its branchlets distinctly and prettily
variegated with creamy white or pale
yellow, and retains its character much
better in partially shaded positions.
Culture dc. as above.
J. sphaerica (J. Fortunei). — A native
of N. China, with an upright habit, tufted
branches and greyish-green scale -like
leaves. The berries are roundish in
shape and are often found in great pro-
fusion on some branches but not on others.
The variety glauca or Sheppardri is dis-
tinguished by its stiff needle-like sharp-
pointed leaves, which become very glaucous
or silvery white in autumn.
Culture dc. as above.
J. thurifera (Frankincense Juniper).
A handsome pyramidal tree 15-25 ft. high,
native of Spain and Portugal, with an
erect slender tapering trunk and a pyra-
midal habit. The numerous slender and
much- divided branches are densely clothed
with pale glaucous green awl- shaped
leaves arranged in opposite pairs.
Culture dc. as above
J. virginiana {Bed Cedar). — A very
ornamental tree widely distributed
throughout the United States, where it
grows in such widely different situations
as dry gravelly ridges and limestone hills,
or near the coast in deep swamps, and
attains a height of 80-90 ft., but is often
reduced to a low shrub. It has a pyra-
midal habit, and its branches, at first
erect, idtimately bend down, and have
numerous crowded branchlets, covered
with awl-like scaly imbricating leaves.
In the British Islands it does not usually
grow more than 15-20 ft. high, but at
Studley Royal, in Yorkshire, the seat of
the Marquis of Papon, there is a very fine
aged specimen over 70 ft. high. There
are several varieties of the Eed Cedar, in-
cluding white {albo-variegata) and golden
variegated (a ureo-variegata) and weeping
(pendula) ones; also bedfordiana, a
handsome form, once distributed as J.
gossainthaineana, having long slender
drooping branches; elegcms, a free-growing
variety spotted with creamy white ;
glauca — the Silver Cedar — a pretty pyra-
midal tree, thickly branched upwards
from the ground, and remarkable for the
whitish or glaucous appearance of its
young growths ; other more or less
distinct forms are liorizontalis. hum His.
Schotti, and tripartita.
Culture dc. as above.
Tribe II. — Taxodium Tribe (Taxodiece). — Large trees with evergreen or
deciduous leaves spirally arranged, but apparently in two or more rows, or in tufts.
Flowers monoecious. Cones globular or oblong, more or less woody, with scales
spirally arranged. Seeds 2-6 to each scale, erect or inverted, winged.
CRYPTOMERIA (Japan Cedar). base. The brittle branches are spreading,
A genus of evergreen trees with alternate
linear leaves spirally arranged and irregu-
larly 3-4-sided. Male catkins numerous,
collected in clusters at the ends of the
branches ; female ones usually solitary.
or 2-3 together. Cones almost globular,
solitary or in clusters, somewhat prickly
when ripe. Seeds erect, 4-5 to each scale,
slightly winged. Seed leaves 2-4, leafy.
First leaves in whorls of threes.
C. japonica (C. Fortunei ; Cupressus
japonica ; Taxodium japonicv/m). — An
elegant Japanese tree with a beautiful
straight tapering trunk, and in a wild
state attaining a height of 130-150 ft.
high, with a diameter of 4-5 ft. at the
the lower ones being deflexed, but ascend-
ing at the tips, and having numerous
bright green branchlets covered with stiff
incurved spirally arranged leaves 6-9 in.
long, decurrent at the base. Cones
roundish, about h in. in diameter. There
is a very fine specimen about 45 years old,
and about 70 ft. high, at Coollattin Park,
co. Wicklow.
C. japonica is now considered to
be the only species, the other plants in
cultivation being varieties of it. Of these
elegams is a beautiful tree with short
horizontal branches and branchlets droop-
ing at the ends, and covered with flat
linear softish leaves, channelled on both
TAXODIUM
CONIFEBS
TAXODIUM 983
surfaces. In autumn they assume a
pleasing bronzy - crimson tint which
remains throughout the winter. The
variety Lobbi (C. vvrid/Ls) is more com-
pact and less drooping in habit than the
type, and has brighter richer green and
shorter leaves more closely pressed to the
branches. Nana (or pygmcea) is a small
stunted bush, seldom attaining a greater
height than 2 or 3 feet, and useful for
rock gardens. The variety spiralis has a
slender habit and sickle-shaped leaves
curiously wound round the branchlets.
Culture and Propagation. — Crypto-
merias are practically hardy in most parts
of the British Islands, but hi some
localities the shoots and tops are apt to be
injured by severe frosts. As a rule they
flourish in light rich loamy soil, with
abundance of moisture, and arc safest
where they are sheltered by other trees.
They may be increased by seeds sown in
light sandy soil in cold frames when ripe,
or by cuttings of the half-ripened shoots
in summer in a similar compost protected
under a handlight or cold frame and
shaded from the sun.
TAXODIUM. — A genus of hand-
some loosely branched trees with spread-
ing or drooping branchlets and deciduous
or partly persistent more or less spirally
arranged or 2-ranked leaves. Male
flowers in branched catkins; the female
ones 2-3 together near the base of the
male branches. Cones hard, round or
ovoid, with an uneven surface. Scales
spirally imbricated, thick and raised in
the centre. Seeds erect, angular with
projecting points, wingless. Seed leaves
6-9, three-angled. This genus now in-
cludes Glyptostrobus, which is distin-
guished by having winged and erect seeds.
Culture and Propagation. — Taxo-
dhuns flourish under the same conditions
as the Cryptomerias, but require more
moisture and stand a good deal of frost
without injury in sheltered localities. In
many places tine healthy specimens may
be seen growing in shallow ponds or lakes
where a foot or two of water will cover
the roots in winter. They may be readily
increased by seeds, which should be sown
in cold frames as soon as ripe. Cuttings
of the young shoots inserted in wet sand,
or even in water, will root in a week or
two under glass. They must be shaded
from strong sunshine and kept close
until fairly well rooted.
T. distichum (T. adscendens ; T. rm-
cropliyllum ; Cupressus disticha). — De-
ciduous ( 'ijpress. — A beautiful tree, native
of the United States, where it forms ex-
tensive forests, growing in ' deep submerged
swamps, river bottom lands, and pine-
barren ponds,' and at tarns a height of
80-150 ft. with a trunk 6-13 ft. in diameter.
It has stout stiff horizontal branches
ascending at the tips, the side ones more
or less drooping, and elegant slender pin-
nate branchlets furnished with two rows
of flat comb-like horizontally spreading
leaves, twisted at the base, and tapering
to a sharp point, bright green in summer,
changing to a dull red in autumn. They
ultimately fall and leave the branches
bare during the winter months, hence the
popular mi inc.
There are several varieties of the De-
ciduous Cypress, the most important being
pendulum or w/icrophylVwm {Glyptost/ro-
bus jirml iihis). fastigiatum, denudatum,
and nanum — the latter forming a compact
bush 10-12 ft. high.
There are some fine specimens of the
Deciduous Cypress 80-90 ft. high at Syon
House, Isleworth, and Kew Gardens.
There is a beautiful specimen of the
variety peiululum nearly 60 years of age
and more than 50 ft. high at HeweU
Grange, Bromsgrove, Worcestershire, the
seat of Lord Windsor.
Culture dc. as above.
T. heterophyllum {T.svnense; Glypto-
strobus heterophyllus ; G. pensilis). —
Embossed Cypress. — A graceful Chinese
species with erect stems branching at the
tops, and having alternate branchlets
covered with variable small more or less
ovate scaly or rather long leaves, some-
times pressed close to the shoots and
decurrent at the base, sometimes two-
ranked, regularly twisted, and almost awl-
shaped. Cones at the ends of the shoots
ovoid or oblong cylindrical.
Culture and Propagation. — This spe-
cies is not much grown, and does not seem
to be very hardy north of the Thames.
In the most favourable parts of the coun-
try it may succeed well. It may be raised
from seeds or veneer grafted on stocks of
T. distichum in winter under glass.
T. mucronatum (T. mexicanum ; T.
Montezumce). — Montezuma Cypress. —
This is a native of Mexico, where it forms
large forests on the mountains at an
984
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
SEQUOIA
elevation of 5000-8000 ft., and in the
city of Mexico itself are to be found
1 enormous and grand trees ' over 120 ft.
high. Botanically it is probably only a
geographical form of the Deciduous
Cypress (T. distichum), which it much
resembles in habit and growth. It is too
tender for any except the mildest and
most sheltered parts of the British
Islands.
Culture dc. as above.
SEQUOIA. — A genus containing two
species of gigantic evergreen much-
branched trees with alternate spirally
arranged leaves, often almost lance-shaped
and distichously spreading in S. semper-
virens, often shorter and blunter in S. gi-
g antea. Flowers monoecious, male flowers
in stalked oblong or globose heads at the
ends of the branches. Cones |-2 in. long,
ovoid or oblong, woody. Seeds 4-9,
winged.
Culture avd Propagation. — Sequoias
flourish in light loamy soil in most parts
of tbe British Islands, although in some
localities they prove more or less unsatis-
factory from an ornamental point of view,
especially when fully exposed to keen
biting winds from the north and east.
The finest specimens are undoubtedly
those growing with and sheltered by other
large trees.
When seeds can be obtained, Sequoias
are best increased by their means. Cut-
tings of the ripened shoots inserted in
sandy soil in autumn under a handlight
or cold frame will root fairly well if
shaded from bright sunshine and kept
rather close and moist. When rooted
more air and light may be given on all
favourable occasions. The variegated
forms are usually grafted under glass on
stocks of the common form.
S. gigantea (Wellingtonia gig antea ;
Wasliingtonia Calif ornica). — Mammoth
Tree. — A tall and stately Conifer with
much-divided horizontal branches, and
cylindrical, often drooping branchlets,
thickly covered with spreading needle-
shaped spirally arranged leaves, varying a
good deal in the young and old branches.
Cones solitary on the ends of the branch-
lets, about 2 in. long, egg-shaped.
There are several garden varieties, the
best being pendula, which has regular
drooping branches producing an elegant
cone-like tree. The variety aurea has
the smaller branchlets tinged with yellow,
and when in good condition is rather
pretty.
Pages of print have been written in
all kinds of publications about this species,
which forms one of the largest trees in the
world. It is a native of California, where
on the western slopes of the Sierra Nevada
it reaches a height of 250-400 ft., with a
trunk 20-40 ft. in diameter. The largest
trees in the British Islands are not more
than 80 or 90 ft. high, and they are very
few and far between. Specimens between
30-50 ft., however, are fairly common, and
there is scarcely a garden of any pretension
that does not contain at least one ' Mam-
moth tree.' Seedling plants were first
distributed about the time of the Crimean
War (1854-55), so that the largest trees in
the country are still a few years short of
being half a century old, and may be re-
garded as fairly quick growers. The great
height of the Sequoia is only exceeded
by that of the Gum trees {Eucalyptus) of
Australia, some of which are 450 ft. high.
Culture &c. as above.
S. sempervirens (Taxodium semper-
virens). — Californian Redwood.- — A large
California^ tree often 200-300 ft. high hi
a wild state, with a trunk 8-23 ft. in
diameter, sending up from the stump when
cut down many vigorous shoots. According
to Professor Sargent, it is found chiefly on
the sides of canons and gulches in low
wet situations, borders of streams &c, not
appearing on dry hillsides. It has hori-
zontally spreading branches and numer-
ous branchlets, frequently drooping and
covered with blunt linear flat shining
leaves i-1 in. long, in two rows ; they
assume a purple-brown tint in winter, and
often remain a long time or at least until
the new leaves have been well developed.
Cones egg-shaped, about 1 in. long.
There are only a few varieties of the
Redwood, the chief being albo-spica, in
which the tips of the young shoots are of
a creamy white colour ; glauca, with
glaucous-blue leaves on branchlets, much
narrower and more slender than in the
type ; and taxifolia, which scarcely differs
from the type except in its slightly
broader leaves. At Boconnoc in Cornwall
there is a specimen of the Redwood about
50 years old and nearly 80 ft. high, with
a girth of over 13 ft. breast-high.
Culture etc. as above.
CEPHALOTAXTS
CONIFEBS
taxus 985
Tribe III. — Yew Tribe (Taxece). — Evergreen trees or shrubs, usually with
dioecious flowers. Male flower consists of anthers on short stalks inserted on all parts
of the axis. Filaments short, prolonged in a shield or scale-like connective. Female
flowers naked, solitary, or rarely two under each bract. Fruit more or less drupaceous,
alwa vs 1-seeded. This tribe and the next constitute the order Taxace^e of some authors.
CEPHALOTAXUS (Cluster-flow-
ered Yew). — A small genus of evergreen
Yew-like trees, with alternate spirally ar-
ranged 2-ranked spreading shortly stalked
linear leaves and dioecious flowers ; male
flowers in catkins or heads ; female flowers
at the tips of the brandies. Fruits Phim-
like, 2-3 in a head. Seeds about the size
and shape of a Damson, roundish, with a
bony or woody shell enclosed in a fleshy
cup. Seed-leaves two, short.
Cultu/rea/ndPropagation. — The species
of Cephalotaxus flourish in rich loamy
soil, and make ornamental bushes in
situations sheltered from north and east
winds. They may be increased by seeds.
As they do not thoroughly ripen until the
second year, they should be allowed to
remain on the plants as long as possible
before picking. Cuttings of the ripened
shoots will also root in sandy soil if in-
serted in August and September in cold
frames or under handlights, kept close for
a time, and protected from strong sun-
shine.
C. drupacea (C. coriacea; C.foemi/nea ;
Podocarpus coriacea). — A beautiful Ja-
panese shrub 6-8 ft. high, with crowded
linear leaves 1-2 in. long, yellowish glossy
green above, glaucous beneath, and ar-
ranged in two opposite rows. Fruit ovoid
oblong, purple, about 1 in. long.
Culture dtc. as above.
C. Fortunei (C. filiformis; C. mas-
cula ; C.pendula). — A handsome Chinese
shrub 6-8 ft. high, with long slender
drooping branches and linear-pointed
leaves 3 in. or more long, dark green
above, paler beneath, and arranged in two
rows.
Culture &c. as above.
C. pedunculata ( Tax an Ha rringtonia ;
T. sinensis). — Lord Harrington's Yew. —
A native of Japan and China 6-8 ft. high,
with linear leaves 1-2 in. long, bright
green above, marked with two broad
glaucous lines beneath, and arranged in
two rows. Fruit large, Plum-hke, on
long stalks.
The variety fastigiata {Podocarpus
koraiana ; Taxus japonica) is distinct
and ornamental, and is readily recognised
by its upright branches having the leaves
scattered or spirally arranged on them ;
sphceralis is so called chiefly on account
of its spherical berry-like fruits.
Culture <(•<•. as above.
TAXUS (Yew). — A genus of ever-
green trees, rarely shrubs, with more or
less spirally arranged leaves often spread-
ing in two rows, shortly stalked, linear,
flat, often sickle-shaped. Flowers dioe-
cious ; stamens in stalked heads. Fruit
solitary, 1-seeded, seated in a fleshy open
scarlet cup or ' aril.' Seeds nut-like with
a bony shell, the upper portion exposed.
Seed leaves two, flat, green.
Culture and Propagation. — Yews
flourish in almost any soil, but make the
finest specimens on rich loamy land.
They may be increased by seeds, which
should be sown as soon as gathered after
having been freed from the fleshy axil.
If kept over until spring they shoidd be
mixed with damp sand, and turned over
from time to time. Cuttings of the
ripened shoots will root in sandy soil in
August and September under handglasses
or cold frames. The choicer varieties are
usually grafted on common stocks, those
of a weeping or drooping habit being
placed on tall stems. When convenient
the branches may also be layered during
the summer and autumn months.
T. baccata (Common Yew). — A well-
known tree widely distributed over the
whole of the K. temperate hemisphere,
and attaining a height of 15-50 ft. in the
British Islands. Its spreading and more
or less ascending branches are furnished
with more or less sickle-shaped acute
linear leathery leaves |— 1| hi. long, deep
shmmg green above, paler beneath. The
male catkins are yellow, about \ in. long.
Fruit ^ in. long, rounded, with a red
mucilaginous cup or aril in autumn.
There are several more or less distinct
varieties, including the following : —
T. adpressa (T. tar diva ; Cephalo-
taxus tardiva). — A dense spreading bush
6-8 ft. high, raised from seeds more than
60 years ago, and distinguished from the
type by its oblong oval acute crowded
dark glossy green leaves, glaucous beneath,
986
PB ACTIC 'AL GUIDE TO GABDEN PLANTS torreya
and pale pink fruits. T. Dovastoni, the
Weeping Yew, is a distinct and handsome
form with drooping branchlets. There is
a sub-variety of it called variegata, in
which the young leaves are broadly edged
with golden-yellow, but when old they are
of a bright green edged with silver.
T. fastigiata (or liibernica), the
Irish or Florence Court Yew, is a hand-
some pyramidal or columnar bush 6-8 ft.
high, with deep shining green linear
leaves scattered along the branches in
tufts. There are golden (aurea) and silver
(argentea) variegated forms of the Irish
Yew, which are both handsome.
There are many other forms to which
distinctive names have been given, but that
with beautiful golden-yellow fruits known
BiSfructu luteo, and Jacksoni — a weeping
kind with more or less curved reddish-
brown branches and pale green sickle-
shaped leaves — are the most distinct. The
following names will give a good idea of
the character and variability of many
of the forms of Yew met with here and
there in gardens : — erecta, ericoides,
glauca, gracilis pendula, horizontal/is,
nana, procumbens, pyramidalis &c.
The Common Yew is not only useful
and ornamental as solitary specimens
dotted here and there in large gardens,
but it also makes excellent hedges, and will
flourish under the drip and shade of other
trees. It is most accommodating, and as
a screen for more tender subjects is not
to be despised. It attains a great age,
and like the specimen in Darley Dale
churchyard, Derb3Tshire, assumes grand
proportions. This tree has a girth of
33 ft., and is said to be 3000 years old.
A very old and very large Yew tree, men-
tioned in Domesday Book, was a few years
ago successfully transplanted from Buck-
land churchyard, near Dover, a distance
of several hundred feet, and is now,
1 believe, in the best of health.
Culture <£c. as above.
T. brevifolia (T.Boursieri; T. lindley-
ana). — Western or Calif ornian Yew. —
A handsome Californian tree 30-40 ft.
high, with very long drooping slender
yellow-barked branches, and linear sickle-
shaped leaves f-1 in. long, arranged in
2 rows, shining yellowish-green above,
glaucous beneath, with a very short
yellowish stalk. In a wild state this Yew
reaches a height of 60-80 ft.
Culture Sc. as above.
T. canadensis (T. baccata var. cana-
densis).— American Yew ; Ground Hem-
lock.— A spreading bushy species 3-4 ft.
high, native of Canada and the N.E.
United States, having slender horizontally
spreading branches and narrow linear
crowded leaves, more or less in 2 rows,
about 1 in. long, spiny-pointed, pale
glossy yellowish-green above, dull red
beneath. There is a variegated form
{variegata) in which the ends of the
young shoots are whitish, those lower down
being edged with white, while the older
leaves are glossy green as in the type. In
the variety aurea the foliage is yellowish
in colour.
Culture dc. as above.
T. cuspidata. — A beautiful Japanese
shrub or small tree 15-20 ft. high, with
numerous spreading branches having
stifhsh angular branchlets. Leaves f-1
inch long, linear, curved upwards, deep
glossy green above, pale yellow-green
beneath, spiny-pointed, more or less in
2 rows on the leading shoots, somewhat
clustered on the branchlets, and borne
on rather long stalks broadly decurrent
at the base.
Culture dc. as above.
TORREYA (Fetid Yew).— A genus
of strong-smelling Yew-like evergreen
trees with linear leaves, arranged more
or less spirally in 2 rows, and dioecious
flowers ; the male flowers solitary and
nearly sessile in the leaf axils ; the fe-
male ones axillary, 2-3 together. Fruit
erect, about the size of a Walnut, green
and fleshy when ripe, 1-seeded. Seed
with albumen ruminated like that of the
Nutmeg, and covered with a hard bony
shell. The aril or cup at the base of the
fruit in this genus remains undeveloped.
Culture and Propagation. — When
well grown in light loamy soil in warm
and sheltered situations, the Torreyas
form very ornamental bushes or small
trees. They are easily increased hy seeds
sown in spring, the fruits having been
previously mixed with moist sand so as
to remove the fleshy outer covering. Cut-
tings of the fairly well-ripened shoots
may also be inserted in August and
September in sandy soil in cold frames
or under handhghts, which should be
protected from strong sunshine until
roots have been developed. Layers of
the lower branches may also be made
during the suminer and autumn.
GINKGO
CONIFERS
DACRYDIUM 987
T. californica (T. Myristica). — Cali-
fornia ii Nutmeg. — A handsome Califor-
nian tree 20-40 ft. high, with linear lance-
shaped spiny-pointed pale yellow-green
leaves 2-3 in. long, and Plum-like green
leathery fruits about 2 in. long when
fully ripe.
Culture dc. as above.
T. grandis (Cephalotaxus umbracu-
lifera). — A noble Conifer, native of N.
China, where it grows 60-80 ft. high. It
is remarkable for having its branches in
whorls radiating from the main stem
like the wires of an umbrella, and having
branchlets in 2 rows, covered with very
stiff linear lance-shaped or somewhat
sickle-shaped pointed leaves 1-1.', in. long,
light glossy green above, the under surface
being much paler and having 2 narrow
greyish lines or furrows. Fruit green,
about the size of a small Walnut and
having 2 narrow greyish lines or furrows.
This species does not smell so strongly as
the others when bruised or burned.
Cull ii re d'c. as above.
T. nucifera (Podoearpus coriacea). —
A pretty Japanese tree 20-30 ft. high,
closely related to T. grand is, having
branches in whorls, and straight flat
linear spiny-pointed leaves 1-1 f in. long,
deep glossy green above, glaucous-white
beneath. Fruits ovoid or oblong, about
f-1 in. long, glossy green.
Culture dtc. as above.
T. taxifolia (Stmking Cedar). — A
strong-smelling Conifer, native of Florida,
where it grows 40-50 ft. high, having spread-
ing branches mostly in whorls, and stithsh
linear somewhat sickle-shaped leaves 1 to
2 in. long, twisted and decurrent at the
base, glossy green above, pale glaucous -
blue beneath, with 2 narrow reddish fur-
rows on each side of the midrib. Fruit
ovoid pointed, about the size of a small
Walnut.
Culture dc. as above.
GINKGO (Maidenhaik Tree).— This
genus contains only one species : —
G. biloba (Seilisburia adiantifolia).
A very ornamental Chinese and Japanese
tree 60-80 feet high, having branches
in whorls, and fan-shaped irregularly
notched deciduous leaves, greatly re-
sembling the pinnules of the Maidenhair
Fern in shape and veining, only of course
being much larger, and very leathery in
texture. The flowers are dioecious, the
male ones being in umbellate drooping
spikes or catkins, the female ones in ter-
minal clusters on long stalks. Fruit
drupe-like, with an edible fleshy pulp en-
closing a single Almond-like seed with a
hard bony shell. Cotyledons 2. There
are several forms of the Maidenhair Tree,
the most noteworthy being laciniata (or
iiiaero/iliyl/a). which differs from the type
in having larger leaves, some of them
being 10 in. in circumference, and divided
into 2, 3 or 5 lobes, the principal ones
being again divided, wavy, and irregularly
toothed or laciniated ; fastigiata has an
erect Lombardy Poplar-like habit ; pen-
diila has a drooping habit; variegata
with variegated foliage, and aurea with
more or less golden-yellow leaves.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Maidenhair Tree, as it is popularly known,
is a quick-growing Conifer, and is practi-
cally hardy in most parts of the British
Islands when grown in warm sheltered
situations and in light loamy soil. There
is a magnificent example in Few Gardens
near the Ferneries. It does not fruit in
this country, but in S. Europe produces
seeds freely. Plants are easily raised
from imported seeds sown in spring, but
when these cannot be obtained, cuttings
of the ripened or partially ripened shoots
will readily root in sandy soil under hand-
lights or in cold frames during the sum-
mer and autumn months. Where the
branches admit, layers may also be made.
The rarer varieties may also be increased
by grafting on stocks of the ordinary
variety under glass in winter. The mode
of germination from seeds will be found
illustrated in the ' Gardeners' Chronicle,'
March 2, 1889, p. 269.
DACRYDIUM.— A genus of much-
branched evergreen trees and shrubs with
small spirally clustered leaves and dioe-
cious flowers. Male flowers in ovoid
catkins. Seed with a hard bony shell, rest-
ing in a shallow cup-shaped fleshy aril.
Culture and Propagation. — Dacry-
diums are beautiful Spruce-like trees with
drooping branches, but unfortunately thev
attain only small dimensions in favour-
able parts of the British Islands, sheltered
from bleak north and east winds. A
light loamy soil with a little peat and
leaf soil suits them very well. They majT
be increased by cuttings of the partially
or wholly ripened shoots in summer and
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS cunninghamia
autumn inserted in sandy soil under glass.
The following are the only species that
seem to flourish out of doors in the
British Islands : —
D.cupressinum. — A beautiful pyramidal
tree about 16 ft. high in cultivation, but
60-100 ft. in its native state in New
Zealand. It has weeping branches and
small closely imbricated pale green leaves.
Culture dc. as above. This is often
grown in cool greenhouses and conserva-
tories, but will flourish near south walls
in favoured parts of the country.
D. datum. — A tall tree 60 ft. high in
its native country Palo Penang, with
crowded erect or spreading spiny-pointed
leaves. A very slow-growing species.
Culture dc. as above.
D. Franklini (Huon Pi?ie). — A famous
Tasmanian Conifer, about 100 ft. high,
with short spreading branches and slender
drooping branchlets covered with scale-
like imbricated leaves.
Culture dc. as above. Small plants
8-10 ft. high are to be found here and
there in favoured spots in the British
Islands.
Tribe IV. — Podocarpus Tribe (Podocarpece). — Tall evergreen trees with flat
linear or nearly ovate-elliptic leaves, and dioecious or more often monoecious flowers
on different twigs.
SAXEGOTHEA (Prince Albert's
Yew). — A genus containing only one
species : —
S. conspicua. — A handsome Yew-like
Conifer, native of S. Chili and Patagonia,
where it attains a height of 30 ft., with a
beautiful loose and drooping habit, and
leathery stiff linear or oblong lance-shaped
leaves i-lh in. long, shortly stalked and
sharply pointed. Flowers monoecious ; the
male flowers are borne in terminal spikes
or racemes, the female ones in roundish
cone-like heads on long slender, some-
times drooping stalks. Fruit composed of
several consolidated scales formed into a
fleshy cone.
Culture and Propagation. — This tree
is probably hardier than is generally sup-
posed. It is very rarely seen, but it
should flourish fairly well in sandy loam
in warm sheltered and mild localities, at
least in England and Ireland and the
west coast of Scotland. Flowers and
fruits have not yet been produced in the
British Islands so far as I am aware,
but failing imported seeds, cuttings of the
ripened shoots will root in sandy soil under
glass during August and September.
PRUMNOPITYS (Plum Fir).— This
genus is sunk under Podocarpus in the
' Genera Plantarum,' but is retained by
Dr. Masters and other authorities. It
consists of the following species only: —
P. elegans (Podocarpus andina ;
Stachycarpus andina). — A beautiful Coni-
fer 50-65 ft. high in its wild state on the
Chilian Andes. The trunk is well fur-
nished with brown-barked branches, the
lower ones drooping and often sweeping
the ground. Leaves more or less in 2
rows, linear, flattened, l-l in. long, deep
green above, slightly glaucous and chan-
nelled beneath. Fruit about the size and
shape of a white Grape containing a hard
bony seed surrounded by a soft fleshy
pidp, which has an agreeable flavour when
ripe, and is said to be edible.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species reaches a height of 10-20 feet in
the British Islands, and seems to be
hardy in widely different parts. It enjoys
light sandy loam with a little peat and
leaf soil, and makes a fine ornamental
tree. It may be increased by cuttings, or
imported seeds, in the same way as
Prince Albert's Yew (Saxegothea).
Tribe V. — Araucaria Tribe (Araucariea). — Large trees with broad or narrow
spirally arranged leaves and dioecious or monoecious flowers. Cones roundish with
numerous spirally arranged scales, each having 1-6 inverted winged or wingless seeds.
CUNNINGHAMIA (Broad - leaved
China Fir). — A genus with only one
species : —
C. sinensis (C. lanceolata; Pinus
lanceolata). — A remarkable Chinese tree
with a straight cylindrical trunk which
reaches a height of 40-50 ft. in a native
state, but much less in cultivation. The
branches are mostly in whorls spreading
horizontally, and the leaves, which are
about lr> in. long, are lance-shaped, much
pointed, stiff, flat, entire, with a roughish
ARAUCARIA
CONIFEBS
SCIADOPITYS 989
margin. Flowers monoecious ; male ones
in grouped catkins about 1 in. long ;
females with 3 ovules. Cones round or
ovoid, woody. Bracts long, leafy, spread-
ing at the points. Seeds winged, drooping.
Seed-leaves 2. The variety glcmca is
distinguished by its glaucous foliage.
Culture and Propagation. — Cunning-
hamias are too tender for most parts of
the British Islands, but in the mildest
and most sheltered parts of the south of
England and Ireland plants should grow
well in light sandy loam with a little peat
and leaf soil added. Seeds are the best
and surest way to secure new plants, but
cuttings of the ripened wood will also
root in sandy soil under glass, although ;i
fair percentage will probably fail.
ARAUCARIA.— A genus of tall trees
with spirally arranged scale-like leaves,
and dioecious or monoecious flowers ; male
flowers in spikes. Cones roundish or ovoid,
with numerous spiral deciduous sen Its.
Seeds more or less winged, and each
more or less united with a scale.
A. imbricata (A. chilensis). — Monkey
Puzzle; ChiliPine. — A well-known prickly
leaved Conifer native of S. Chili, where it
forms a noble tree 150 ft. high, and is
never found more than 2000 ft. below
the snowline. The branches radiate in
whorls from the main trunk, the lower
ones more or less drooping and ascending
at the ends, the upper ones more or less
ascending, all producing two rows of
drooping branchlets thickly covered with
deep shining green, ovate lance-shaped
strong prickly pointed leaves spirally
arranged. The large globular cones, 4-6
inches in diameter, are usually borne
separately on the trees but occasionally
with the male flowers also, so that the
species must be regarded both as monoe-
cious (male and female flowers on the
same tree) and dioecious (on distinct and
separate trees).
Out of 8 or 10 species known this is
the only one generally grown out of doors
in the British Islands, although A. Cun-
ninghami, a handsome species from
Moreton Bay, is said to be quite hardy
on the S.W. coast of England.
There are many fine specimens of the
Chili Pine in the British Islands ranging
between 30 and 50 ft. high, but the
largest and finest plant in the kingdom is
that at Dropmore gardens, near Maiden-
head. It is a male tree now 70 years
of age, and 70 ft. or more high, with
abundant and vigorous growth, and very
healthy branches sweeping the ground,
the diameter of the whole being about
40 ft. The plant enjoys a good depth of
soil and perfect drainage with fairly
moist surroundings and plenty of shelter
from other tall trees. It is occasionally
mulched or top-dressed with a little clayey
loam.
Culture and Propagation. — It must
be admitted that for one fine specimen
there are many miserable-looking ones
in all parts of the kingdom, chiefly
in bleak exposed spots where they lose
their lower branches on the exposed side,
and this gives them a straggling and
lop-sided appearance the reverse of grace-
ful. Sheltered warm situations may
therefore be taken as conditions essential
for the development of symmetrical
specimens of the Chili Pine. Plants are
best obtained from seeds, which should
be sown in sandy soil in cold frames
as soon as ripe. When the seedlings are
about 18 months or two years old they
may be safely planted out, having been
pricked out in the meantime, to make
sturdier growth.
SCIADOPITYS (Umbrella or Para-
sol Pine). — A genus with only one
species : —
S. verticillata. — A beautiful and very
distinct Japanese Conifer, having a pyra-
midal habit and horizontally spreading
branches, and attaining a height of 100
to 150 ft. in its native habitats. In the
British Islands, however, it only reaches
a height of 10-25 ft., but is nevertheless
very graceful, although slow growing.
The branches are alternate or in whorls
from the main upright stem, and bear
flat linear blunt deep evergreen stalkless
leaves (or ' cladodes ') 4-6 in. long,
20-30 or more in a whorl radiating up-
wards like the ribs of an umbrella,
hence the popular name. Cones elliptic
or cylindrical, 3-4 in. long, composed of
united bracts and scales, each of the latter
having 7-9 winged seeds. Seed leaves 2,
leafy.
Culture and Propagation. — The Um-
brella Pine thrives in rich moist loamy
soil and will stand a fair amount of frost
without injury, especially in warm and
sheltered localities unaffected by the
bitter winds from the north and east.
It is very rarely that ripe seeds are
990
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
PINUS
produced in the British Islands. The
plant must therefore be increased by
imported seeds, or by cuttings of the half-
ripened shoots inserted in summer in
sandy soil with a httle bottom heat, or
even in cold frames or under hand-
lights.
Th^re is a so-called variegated form
in which some of the leaves are of a
more yellow-green than in the type.
Tribe VI. - — Abietixe.e (Pines, Cedars, Spruces, Larches, and Firs). — Trees
with evergreen or rarely deciduous linear leaves spirally arranged, but apparently in
2 or more rows, or in tufts. Flowers monoecious. Cones mostly woody with spirally
arranged imbricating scales, each having 2 winged inverted seeds.
PINUS (Pine Tree). — A large genus a height of 100 ft. or more, at elevations
of evergreen trees having needle-like
leaves in tufts or clusters of 2, 3, or 5.
Flowers monoecious, male ones in catkins
in dense masses, the female ones solitary
or in whorls at the ends of the branches.
Cones woody, ripening the second year,
usually sessile, solitary or in clusters,
slightly erect, horizontal, or drooping.
Seeds oval witb a hardy bony shell, with
or without large wings. Seed-leaves
variable in number, 3-sided.
Culture and Propagation— The Pines
constitute the largest genus in the Conifer
family and exhibit a good deal of variety
in habit, height, and beauty. Most of
tbem are hardy in the British Islands,
and there is scarcely a spot where at
least some one species will not flourish.
Generally speaking Pine trees flourish in
rich loamy soil, but many thrive also in
poor sandy soil, and others prefer a moist
spot. They are usually increased by seeds
sown in prepared beds in March and
April, and more or less lightly covered
with tine soil according to the size of the
seed. By sowing the seeds 6 in. or so
apart in rows the seedlings need not be
disturbed for a couple of years and will
make good growth : but if sown thickly
they require to be transplanted the next
season, or else thinned out. Choice and
variegated kinds of which seeds cannot
be obtained are increased by grafting on
stocks of their own species. The amateur
will find it better to obtain strong sturdy
Pines from a nurseryman than attempt
to raise them himself, unless he has a
large garden or plantation, and can afford
to wait until his seedlings become large
enough for the purpose he has in view.
The following is a list of Pines most
usually met with in gardens, although
some others are naturally to be found in
the Pinetum at Kew : —
P. Ayacahuite (P. strobiliformis^ dtc).
A large and handsome Pine, native _ of
Mexico and Guatemala, where it attains
of 7000-11,000 ft. The slender 3-sided
leaves are 6-7 in. long, and the slender
cylindrical tapering cones about 9 in.
long and 2 in. in diameter, drooping when
fully grown and having broad ovate im-
bricating wrinkled scales with a blunt
recurved point.
Culture dc. as above. This rare
species is safer grown in warm and
sheltered localities, and is probably not
hardy enough north of the Tweed.
P. banksiana (P. hudsonica). — Scrub
Pine. — A pretty and very hardy tree,
20-70 ft. high, native of the N.E. United
States and the eastern slopes of the Bocky
Mountains, usually found growing in
barren sandy soil, but occasionally in rich
loam. It has stiffish divergent leaves
about 1 in. long, and cones about 2 in.
long, usually curved, erect, or patulous,
with pointless scales, which remain closed
often for many years.
Culture etc. as above.
P. bungeana (P. excorticata). — White
baric or Lace-bark Pine. — A distinct Pine,
native of N. China, with long slender
glaucous-grey branches, covered with
smooth bark which ultimately peels off in
flakes or flat patches as in the Birch or
Plane. The young shoots are bluish-green
and the bright green stiffish leaves are
3-4 in. long and somewhat 3-angled. The
bluntly ovoid cones are 2-3 in. long, the
scales having a transverse ridge at the top,
from the centre of which a small hooked
prickle juts out.
Culture drc. as above. This species is
quite hardy. Cultivated specimens are
from 10 to 20 ft. high.
P. Cembra (Swiss Stone Pine). — A
beautiful symmetrical Pine 50-150 ft.
high, native of the Alps and Carpathian
Mountains, having 3-sided and 3-angled
slender flexible leaves 2-5 in. long, marked
with silver lines, and ovoid erect cones
3-4 in. long, the smooth scales of which
PINUS
CONIFERS
pinus 991
end in a broad blunt spine. Tins is a
very slow-growing plant and most of the
larger specimens in the country are
between 30 and 40 ft. high. At Linton
Park, Maidstone, however, there is a
specimen nearly 40 years old, and 70 ft.
or more high, while at Howick Hall,
Lesbury, the seat of Earl Grey, a speci-
men about 50 years old is more than 20 ft.
shorter, and at one time was not in a
thriving condition. The seeds do not
sprout until the second spring. There
are several varieties, the most notable
being pumila, a dwarf stunted bush,
3-4 ft. high with shorter leaves and
cones than those of the type; aurea has
yellowish foliage.
Culture dec. as above.
P. contorta (P. Bolanderi ; P. Bour-
sieri). — This distinct species is found
wild from Alaska to California on sandy
dunes and exposed rocky points, forming
a small stunted tree 20-30 ft. high with
a trunk 1-2 ft. in diameter. It has bright
green leaves 1 2 in. long, and ovoid or
almost round cones about 1| in. long, the
branches being much twisted and gnarled ;
hence the specific name. The variety
murrayana makes a much taller and
straighter tree.
( 'ulture dc. as above.
P. Coulteri (P. macrocarpa). — A hand-
some and distinct Californian Pine, grow-
ing 80-150 ft. high in a wild state, but
not more than half that height hi the
British Islands. It has spreading branches,
ascending at the tips, and beautiful glau-
cous stiffish triangular leaves 9-12 in.
long. Cones yellowish-brown, about 12 in.
long and 6 in. in diameter, weighing 4-5
lbs., and having very thick woody scales
with a strong hooked spine.
Culture dc. as above. There is a fine
specimen of this tree on the lawn at Kew.
It is 60 ft. or more high, and has a grace-
ful pyramidal habit.
P. excelsa (Bhotan Pine ; Weeping
Fir). — A beautiful Pine tree native of the
Himalayas, where it grows at elevations
ranging from 5000 to 12,000 ft. and
attains a height of 90 100 ft. It is of
fairly rapid growth in the British Islands,
forming a straight slender trunk with
branches regularly radiating, the upper
ones ascending, the lower ones decumbent.
Leaves very slender and flexible, drooping
like tassels, three-sided, and of a beautiful
glaucous-green — characters which readily
distinguish it. The cones are cylindrical,
drooping, slightly curved, 6-8 in. long,
with large wedge-shaped loosely imbri-
cating scales.
Culture and Propagation. — This
ornamental tree is best in warm and
sheltered localities, as it does not thrive
in cold damp soils, nor does it stand
bleak winds well. At Studley Royal,
Yorkshire, the seat of the Marquis of
Ripon, there is a good specimen about
70 \ cars old and now probably 80 ft. high
with a girth of more than 6 ft. breast-
high. There are also fine specimens at
Dropmore, near Maidenhead.
P. halepensis (Jerusalem Pine). — An
interesting and distinct species, native of
the Mediterranean region and the Levant.
It has a loose meagre habit, ashy-grey
branches, and scanty tufts of erect" grey-
green leaves 2-3 in. long. The drooping
oblong- conical cones are 2|-3 in. long.
Culture dc. as above. This is sup-
posed to be the Pine or Fir tree referred
to in the Scriptures. It is not particularly
ornamental.
P. insignis (P. calif arnica ; P. ra-
diata ; J', tuberculata). — Monterey Pvne.
A remarkably handsome Californian Pine
80-100 ft. high, distinguished by its bright
green and strongly serrulate twisted leaves,
4-6 in. long, and glossy orange-brown
cones, 4-5 in. long, having smooth spine-
less scales.
Culture and Propagation. — This Pine
is usually considered fit for planting only
in mild southern parts, but there is plenty
of evidence to prove that it thrives in all
parts of Great Britain and Ireland, usually
having a more or less southern or western
aspect in light loamy soil. There are fine
specimens at Dropmore, Bucks, the largest
being 60 years old and approaching 100 ft.
high. At Carclew, Cornwall, is a specimen
over 80 ft. high, while other fine speci-
mens in England are to be foimd at
Linton Park, Maidstone ; Boconnoc and
Scorrier, Cornwall ; and Revesby Abbey,
Lincolnshire, the dwarfest being nearly
60 ft. high and the tallest well over 70 ft.
In Scotland, as might be expected,
P. insignis does not attain such a great
height, but there are fine specimens,
ranging between 40 and 50 years of age
and between 50 and 60 ft. high, at such
gardens as Cullen House, Banffshire ; the
992
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
PINUS
Marquis of Bute's ; Keir House and Dun-
blane, Perthshire ; and Castle Kennedy,
Wigtonshire.
Ireland has almost as fine specimens
as England, that at Lord Powerscourt's
gardens, Wicklow, being the finest. It is
40 years old and not far short of 90 ft.
high — probably the quickest grown tree
in the kingdom. It is followed by one
34 years old at Kylemore Castle, Galway,
which is over 60 ft. high. Other fine
specimens in Ireland are to be found at
Woodstock, Kilkenny (80 ft.) ; Killarney
House (70 ft.) ; Adare Manor, Limerick
(75 ft.) ; Waterstown, Westmeath (65 ft.) ;
and Coollattin, Wicklow (60 ft.).
P. Jeffreyi (P. deflexa).—k fine Cali-
fornian tree, 90-100 ft. high, growing
naturally on dry gravelly slopes. It has
a rather loose and open habit, and bears
glaucous-green leaves 7-8 in. long with
one convex and two concave sides. The
more or less drooping cones are about
7 in. long and 3 in. in diameter, oblong
cylindric, brownish in colour, the scales
having a triangular hooked point. There
is a fine specimen at Revesby Abbey,
Boston, Lincolnshire, about 45 years old
and over 50 ft. high.
Culture dc. as above. In cultivation
this Pine grows best in a rich sandy loam,
with a west or south aspect.
P. koraiensis. — An elegant, compact-
growing tree, 30-40 ft. high, native of
Corea, but rarely found in a wild state in
China and Japan. It has ascending
branches and slender 3-sided rough-edged
leaves 3-4 in. long, bright glossy green on
the outer and broader side and silvery
white on the two inner sides. There are
many forms of this species not yet well
known in cultivation.
Culture dc. as above, p. 990.
P. lambertiana (Sugar Pine). — An
elegant Californian Pine, attaining the
great height of 150-300 ft. in its wild
state, with a trunk 10-22 ft. in diameter.
The largest specimens in the British
Islands are not more than 60 ft. high.
The leaves are 3 -sided, 4-5 in. long,
rough-edged, slightly twisted, bluish or
glaucous green in colom, and clustered
towards the ends of the drooping branches.
The cylindrical, tapering, and drooping
cones are 15-20 in. long, 3-4 inches in
diameter when ripe, and composed of large
loosely imbricated scales, which protect
large edible nutty-flavoured seeds.
Culture dc. as above, p. 990.
P. Laricio (Corsican Pine). — An orna-
mental and valuable tree, native of S.
Europe, particularly Corsica, Sardinia,
and Sicily, and very common on Mount
Etna at an elevation of 4000-6000 ft.
It is recognised by its tall straight trank,
100-150 ft. high in a native state, and by
its beautiful twisted glaucous leaves about
6 in. long. Cones pale brown, 2-3 in.
long, the scales having a very short point.
At Boconnoc gardens, Cornwall, there is
a specimen about 50 years old and 80 ft.
high ; at Riccarton Castle, Midlothian, is
a fine tree over 70 ft. high ; and there
is also a grand specimen at Kew, near
the main entrance, with a naked trunk
and a fine head.
There are several varieties of the Cor-
sican Pine, but that named the Austrian
or Black Pine (P. Laricio nigricans or
P. austriaca) is best known and most
valued for its ornamental appearance,
dark green glossy shaggy leaves and
reddish-brown cones. It grows as tall as
the Corsican Pine, and either as a single
specimen or in clumps or masses makes
a highly attractive woodland tree. There
are other varieties less well known, such
as Jcarainaiut, from Asia Minor, with pale
brown bark and tufts of dark green leaves
6-8 in. long and ovoid conical cones about
4 in. long ; pallasiana (or taurica), from
the Crimea, with stiff leaves and cones
larger than those of the Austrian Pine ;
jrygmcea, a dwarf, dense bush ; and many
others such as aureo-variegata, pendula,
pumila, variegata &c.
Culture dc. as above, p. 990.
P. montana (P. carpatica ; P. Mugho
(or Muglius) ; P. Pumilio ; P. uncinata).
A densely branched tree or shrub, 15-35
ft. high in cultivation, native of the
Central European mountains and the
Pyrenees, having the upper branches
ascending or erect and the lower ones
usually decumbent. Leaves about 2 in.
long, dark green, crowded, stiff, and
twisted. Cones usually in pahs, ovoid,
woody, about 1| in. long, the scales having
a strong curved spine. The variety nana,
known as the ' Knee Pine,' grows only
about 2 ft. high, and is useful for knolls,
banks, rockeries &c. According to Prof.
Hansen, many millions of P. montami
PIN US
CONIFERS
pinus 993
have been planted in Jutland in the
poorest soil.
Culture dc. as above.
P. Montezumae (P. devoniana ; P.
occidental is ; P. nitida &c). — A Mexi-
can Pine, attaining a height of 40 ft. or
more in a wild state, with rather stout
twisted drooping branches, stoutish stiff
3-sided leaves 3-4 in. long, and cones 4-5
in. long, 3 or 4 together, but often single
and nearly horizontal.
This tree seems to be too tender for
northern parts of the country. In Mr.
Rashleigh's famous garden at Menabilly,
Cornwall, there are some good specimens.
Culture dr. as above.
P. monticola. — A handsome pyramidal
tree, native of the mountains of California
and British Columbia at elevations be-
tween 3000 and 10,000 ft., where it attains
a height of 100-150 ft. with a trunk 3-5
ft. in diameter. The branches are in
whorls, and the 3-sided leaves are about
3 in. long, glaucous, with slightly roughish
edges. Cones 5-6 in. long, tapering to a
sharp point, and of a beautiful orange
colour.
This species is closely related to the
Weymouth Pine (P. Strobus), but is rather
more handsome in appearance, with darker,
stiffer, and richer green foliage, which,
with the conspicuous cones, make it a
distinct and beautiful landscape tree.
There are several fine specimens in
various parts of the kingdom, that at the
Palace gardens, Scone, Perth, the seat of
the Earl of Mansfield, being one of the
best. It is under 50 years of age and
about 75 ft. high.
Culture dc. as above.
P. muricata (P. edgariana). — A dis-
tinct Cahfornian Pine, 25-50 ft. high,
having an unusual and irregular appear-
ance and bright green flexible leaves 3-5
in. long, convex on one surface and con-
cave on the other. Cones about 3 in.
long, very dense and woody, in clusters,
with prominent scales furnished with a
sharp woody point.
Culture dtc. as above. This species is
not particular as to soil, and makes a
valuable game shelter, or is effective on the
landscape in high and windy situations.
P. oocarpa (P. oocarjioides ; P. Skin-
ner i). — A rather rare species, native of
Mexico and Guatemala, and too tender
for any except the mildest and most
sheltered spots in the south of England
and Ireland. In Mr. Rashleigh's garden
there is a specimen which a few years
ago was 21 ft. high and covered an area of
79 ft. in circumference with its irregular
drooping branches, some of which rested
on the ground. It has borne cones and
male flowers at the same time.
Culture dc. as above.
P. parviflora. — A distinct and hand-
some Japanese Pine, 25-40 ft. high in a
wild state, but so far only about half that
height in cultivation. Its trunk is well
furnished with close horizontal or slightly
ascending branches, and the stiff, crowded,
slightly twisted leaves are 1-2 in. long,
silvery on the flattened or inner side and
green on the other.
This species is not yet well known in
ciiltivation, although there are specimens
in Mr. Rashleigh's garden in Cornwall.
Culture dc. as above.
P. Peuke. — An interesting Macedonian
Pine, at one time thought to be identical
with the Himalayan P. excelsa, to which
it bears some resemblance. It grows in
granitic soil and varies in height from a
tortuous bush of 4 ft. at the highest
elevations to a tree about 50 ft. at the
lowest. The slender needle-like leaves
are 2^-3 in. long, and the oblong elliptic
cones are about 4i in. long, with broad
roundish scales.
Culture dc. as above.
P. Pinaster (P. maritima). — Maritime
or Cluster Pine. — A beautifid and variable
Pine tree, native of the Mediterranean
shores and particularly abundant in Por-
tugal, Spain, the west and south of France,
where it attains a height of 60-80 ft. It
has dark green broad stoutish leaves 6-12
in. long, and yellowish-brown cones about
4 in. long, produced in dense clusters and
composed of pyramidal angular scales
with a short straight prickle.
The variety Hamiltoni, known as Lord
Aberdeen's Pine, is an elegant tree having
shorter and paler green leaves than the
type ; and the variety variegata has the
foliage more or less variegated with green
and yellow. There is also a variety called
lemoniana, in which the usually lateral
and deflexed cones assume an erect posi-
tion.
Culture and Propagation. — The Clus-
ter Pine has received a very bad reputa-
tion, especially in Scotland, and hence it
3 s
994
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
PINUS
is very rarely met with. It is said to be
a difficult Conifer to transplant, on account
of its long bare roots, and the best plants
are those from seeds which have been
sown in permanent positions in deep dry
sandy soil. Seedlings should never be
allowed to go more than one year before
transplanting. There are a few good
specimens here and there, that at Hewell
Grange, Warwickshire, the seat of Lord
Windsor, being probably the finest. It is
a grand tree, nearly 90 years old and
70 ft. or more high. Other good speci-
mens are at Woodstock, Kilkenny, and at
the Earl of Aberdeen's, Haddo House,
N.B.
P. Pinea (P. maderensis). — Parasol
or Stone Pine. — A native of both sides of
the Mediterranean, attaining a height of
50-60 ft. in Greece, where its seeds form
an extensive article of commerce. It is a
picturesque Pine, with spreading branches
and branchlets chiefly confined to the top,
giving the appearance of a huge umbrella.
The deep green stiffish leaves are half
cylindrical, about 6 in. long, with slightly
rough edges. The cones are 4-6 in. long
and about 3 in. in diameter, composed of
stout hard woody scales ending in a re-
curved bluntish prickle.
Culture and Propagation. — The Stone
Pine is rather slow in growth, and, more-
over, somewhat tender, so that it should
be planted only in warm localities, shel-
tered or screened by hardier trees from
bleak winds.
P. ponderosa (P. benthamiana ; P.
brachyptera; P. Beardsleyi ; P. parry-
ana; P. si)irlairiana). — A gigantic Pine,
native of California, where it reaches a
height of 200-300 ft. with a trunk 12-15
ft. in diameter, but much smaller in some
localities. It has thick horizontally
spreading branches in distant whorls, and
flexible, sometimes twisted, more or less
glaucous leaves 8-12 in. long, 3-angled
and flattish. Cones ovoid, 3-6 in. long,
with scales ending in a short spine. There
are many good specimens in the British
Islands, that at Linton Park, Maidstone,
about 45 years old and 65 ft. high, being
one of the best ; it has a bare stem for
20 ft. up.
Culture dc. as above, p. 990.
P. pyrenaica (P. Brutia ; P. oarica;
P. paroliniana). — Calabrian Pine. — A
handsome, quick-growing tree with a
pyramidal outline, native of the Pyrenees,
where it grows 60-80 ft. high. It has
numerous close -set branches and thin
smooth leaves about 4 in. long. Cones
about 2.1 in. long, slightly curved and
tapering to a point and borne in dense
clusters. It grows 30-40 ft. high in the
British Islands.
Culture etc. as above, p. 990.
P. sabiniana (Nut Pine). — A native
of the Californian Sierras at an elevation
of 4000 ft., forming a large tree 80-100 ft.
high with a trunk 2-4 ft. in diameter. It
has a loose, widely branching habit and
thin flexible glaucous-blue slightly twisted
leaves, rounded on the outer, prominently
ribbed on the inner side, and 8-12 in. long,
drooping in handsome loose curved tassels.
The cones are 5-8 in. long, and almost as
thick, and of a rich chocolate-brown colour,
protected by the strong recurved hooks of
the scales. The Indians prize the seeds
highly as an article of food, but they have
to roast the cones before the bracts or
scales will open sufficiently to allow the
hard- shelled seeds to fall out.
Culture and Propagation. — The Nut
Pine flourishes in sandy loam, and should
be grown in warm sheltered spots. It
makes an excellent lawn tree owing to its
pyramidal habit and drooping tassels of
glaucous leaves. Some of the best speci-
mens in cultivation are only about half
the height recorded for wild trees.
P. Strobus( Weymouth Pine). — A fine
North American tree, 80-170 ft. high in a
wild state, with a trunk 4-12 ft. in dia-
meter. It has soft slender leaves 3-5 in.
long, pale green, striped with silver. The
cones are 6-8 in. long, cylindrical, taper-
ing, slightly curved, with smooth scales
thickened at the apex. The variety nana
is a small, compact, bushy shrub with
short slender branches and leaves. Alba,
argentea, or nivea has more or less erect
spreading leaves, deep green when fully
developed, but of a beautiful silvery white
when young. Other varieties are known
as compacta, densa, fastigiata and pro-
strata, all names referring to peculiarity
in habit of growth.
The Weymouth Pine is not only
valuable as an ornamental tree, but of
late years it has been regarded as one
of the finest of timber-producing trees.
It derives its popular name from the fact
that it was extensively planted, soon after
it was first introduced in 1705, by Lord
OKDBUS
CONIFERS
CEDRUS 995
Weymouth on his Longleat estate in
Wiltshire. There are many fine speci-
mens in the kingdom, among which may
be mentioned those on the Logie Almond
estate, Scone, Perthshire, some of which
are over 90 ft. high.
Culture dc. as above, p. 990.
P. sylvestris (Scots Fir). — A beautiful
and picturesque native Pine, 50 100 ft.
high, with rough rusty-red bark and dense
heads of glaucous green leaves li-S in.
long. Cones 1-2 in. long, 1-3 together,
tapering towards the top, having raised
and ridged scales with a square or tri-
quetrous outline and a small shield with a
deciduous point. There are many more
or less distinct varieties of the Scots Fir,
among which may be mentioned argentea,
with cones and leaves of a silvery hue,
and fastigiata, with an erect Lombardy
Poplar habit. Other forms are aurea,
globosa, nana, pumila and variegata.
Culture dc. as above. The Scots Fir
as a rule grows best in peat and loam ;
and there are few more picturesque sights
on the landscape than a group with
tall naked trunks and spreading heads,
especially when the bark is played upon
with bright sunshine and deep shadow.
CEDRUS (Cedar Tree).— A genus
of tall, elegant, evergreen trees, with stiff
needle-shaped leaves, scattered or in tufts.
Flowers monoecious, the male catkins
solitary, cylindrical, and terminal, the
female somewhat oval and blunt, solitary,
very rarely 2 together, erect. Cones
ovoid, blunt at the ends, quite smooth,
erect, with overlapping, more or less
deciduous scales, each having 2 seeds
with large membranous wings. Seed
leaves 8-9.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Cedars are well-known ornamental trees
that nourish in ordinary good soil, pre-
ferring a rich loam or sandy clay. In
parks, pleasure grounds, and large gardens
they have a pleasing and picturesque
effect, large trees of the Lebanon Cedar
looking particularly majestic. The kinds
described below, although quite distinct
enough for garden purposes, have doubt-
less been obtained from the same common
stock, and there are numerous connecting
forms which may be placed with either of
the three types.
The Cedars are propagated by means
of the seeds, which are with difficulty
extracted from the cones. The latter do
not fall from the trees, and may persist
for several years ; nor do their scales
open spontaneously. When seeds are
required, the cones, which are always on
the upper sides of the branches, must be
picked. The seeds are best sown as soon
as they are extracted from the cones, in
April, in shallow pans or boxes, in rich
sandy soil. Many of the choicer varieties
may be veneer-grafted on stocks of their
common form.
C. atlantica (C. afrlcana ; Abies at-
lamUca). — Atlas Cedar. — A noble Conifer,
native of the Atlas and other mountains
in N. Africa, where it grows 80-100 ft.
high, having a tabular or flattish head
when old, but somewhat pyramidal and
open when young. The leaves are shorter
than those of the Cedar of Lebanon, and
usually of a glaucous green or greyish
silvery hue. The cones are similar to
those of the Cedar of Lebanon, but are
not produced until the tree attains a good
age. There are many forms of the Atlas
Cedar, those best known being aurea,
cinerescens, glauca, columnaris, fasti-
giata, pendula, pyramidalis, and varie-
gata— names which explain the charac-
teristics of the variety they represent. At
Mulgrave Castle, Yorkshire, the seat of
the Marquis of Normanby, there is a very
fine specimen, of uncertain age, about
70 ft. high.
Culture dc. as above.
C. Deodara (C. indica; Abies Deo-
dara ; Larix Deodara ; Pinus Deodara).
The Deodar or Indian Cedar. — A beauti-
ful tree native of the western Himalayas,
where it forms immense forests at eleva-
tions from 6500 to 13,000 ft., the finest
trees, 150-200 ft. high, being always found
on the northern side of barren mountains
in thin poor soil formed from the decom-
position of granite, gneiss, mica, or clay-
slate. When young, the Deodar is easily
recognised by its pyramidal habit and
drooping feathery branches thickly clothed
with glaucous-green linear 3-sided leaves,
growing in bundles on the old wood, but
scattered on the young shoots. There are
several forms of this elegant and graceful
tree, such as argentea, aurea, compacta,
crassifolia, Hilgeli, robusta, unci?iata,
variegata, verticillata, and viridis. The
Deodar was not introduced to Britain until
1831, and its first cones, which are 4-5 in.
long, were produced in 1858, at Bicton,
Devonshire, the seat of the Hon. Mark
3s2
996
PBACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
PICEA
Rolle. One of the first plants raised from
seed in England is now growing in Kew
Gai'dens.
Culture dc. as above. The Deo-
dar is now distributed throughout the
whole of the United Kingdom, and
although it sometimes suffers from severe
frost and bleak winds, it may be regarded
as perfectly hardy. It should, however,
in northern parts be protected by screens
of other trees from the north and east
winds, and also from south-westerly gales
which are apt to snap the tops off and thus
mar the symmetry of the tree. At Studley
Royal, Yorkshire, there is a fine specimen,
69 years old — doubtless one of the very
first plants introduced — over 70 ft. high
a few years ago, and having a spread of
over 50 ft. There are several other fine
specimens in the kingdom, but they are
neither so old nor so tall as that at Studley
Royal, although several have thicker
trunks.
C. Libani (C. patula ; Abies, Pinus,
and Larix Cedrus ; Larix patula). —
Cedar of Lebanon. — A majestic tree,
native of Mount Lebanon and Taurus in
Syria, with a sturdy Oak-like habit and
large flat horizontally spreading fan-like
branches forming masses of short rigid
leaves having a sombre appearance frorn
below, but of a bright green seen from
above. The cones, which are produced
freely in the British Islands, are oblong
ovoid, 3-4 in. long, at first purplish,
but of a soft brown when ripe, and quite
smooth. There are several forms of the
Cedar of Lebanon, that known as brevi-
folia, with much shorter leaves than the
type, being called the ' Cypress Cedar.'
Other forms are argentea or glauca, de-
cidua, denudata, hybrida, penditla, pyra-
midata, nana, stricta dc.
The first Cedar of Lebanon brought to
Europe seems to have been by Belon, who
introduced it to France in 1549. The date
of its introduction to England is uncertain,
but it does not appear to be until after
1664 when John Evelyn wrote his ' Silva,'
and does not refer to it. Perhaps the very
first tree introduced is a grand old speci-
men still flourishing at Bretby Park,
Derbyshire, the seat of Earl Carnarvon.
This notable tree was planted in the year
1676, and is thus 224 years old. It stands
on a south sloping spot, about 360 ft. above
sea level, in deep black loam of good
quality, resting on sandy clay. It is over
80 ft. high, and has a girth breast-high of
over 16 ft. The celebrated Chelsea Cedars
are said to have been planted in 1683, and
next to the Bretby Cedar are probably the
oldest in England ; one of the tallest
Cedars is that at Methven Castle, Perth-
shire, which is over 90 ft. high. There
are also famous trees at He well Grange,
Worcestershire, over 100 years old ; at the
Duke of Buccleuch's gardens, Dalkeith,
about 130 years old ; at the Duke of
Leinster's, Carton, Kildare ; Woodstock,
Kilkenny ; Syon House, Isleworth, and
Kew Gardens.
Culture dc. as above, p. 995.
PICEA (Spruce Fir).— The leading
characteristics of the Spruce Firs are,
according to Dr. Masters, the projecting
cushions at the base of the leaves, which
give a rough, pegged appearance to the
shoots ; the 4-sided leaves uniform in
structure ; the usually pendulous woody
cones, ripening in the first year, and the
scales of which do not fall away one from
the other as in the Silver Firs. Bracts
concealed, not projecting, free from the
scales except at the base. Stamens in
spike-like masses. Seeds small. Seed-
leaves 8-10, 3-sided, toothed.
The genus Picea has been and still is
much confused in gardens with the genus
Abies, which is now confined to the Silver
Firs. (See p. 1001.)
Culture and Propagation. — The
Spruce Firs (Piceas) flourish in light
loamy soil, and may be increased from
seeds in the same way as the Pines. The
seeds may be sown when ripe in cold
frames and lightly covered with sandy
soil. If not sown too thickly the young
plants may remain in the seed-beds for a
couple of years, but afterwards they will be
better for transplanting in autumn. When
well grown in favoxxrable situations the
Piceas are exceedingly beautiful and many
of them make excellent lawn plants. Rare
kinds or varieties may be increased by
means of grafting on stocks of commoner
varieties, but it will as a rule be more
satisfactory if the amateur obtains
healthy specimens from a nurseryman.
P. ajanensis (Abies ajanensis). — A
beautiful Spruce Fir native of Eastern
Siberia and Japan, where it grows 70-80
ft. high. It has smooth brownish shoots
marked with oblong smooth prominent
cushions, and having flatfish linear oblong
bluntish leaves, twisted at the base so as
PICEA
CONIFERS
picea 997
to be all on the same horizontal plane ;
upper surface 3-ribbed, lower 1-ribbecl.
Cones erect, 1-2 in. long, oblong, tapering
at each end, and having shining brown
oblong ovate scales. This tree grows
20 30 ft. high in Britain.
Culture dc. as above, p. 996.
P. alba (Abies alba; A. ccerulea; A.
arctica dc). — White Spruce. — A native of
Arctic N. America, where it forms a tree
50 170 ft. high with a trunk 2-3 ft. in
diameter, and grows in low rather wet soil
on the borders of ponds and swamps. The
young shoots are very glaucous, and the
erect 4-angled leaves are rather long-
pointed, somewhat glaucous, and scattered
round the branches. The cones are oblong
cylindrical, light brown, small when ripe.
The specimens in cultivation are still com-
paratively small — about 15-20 ft. high.
Culture dc. as above. Suitable for
growing near rivers, lakes &c.
P. alcockiana (P. bicolor ; Abies
alcockiana). — A beautiful pyramidal tree,
native of Japan, where it reaches a height
of 90-120 ft. The young shoots are
covered with long shaggy hairs, and the
leaves are stiff, more or less curved, linear-
oblong, and 4-sided, flattened at the apex.
Cones more or less drooping, oblong,
2-3 in. long, tapering at each end. The
tallest plants in cultivation at present are
between 30-40 ft. high.
Culture dc. as above.
P. breweriana. — A beautiful Spruce,
native of N. California, where it attains a
height of about 90 ft. A striking charac-
teristic of this species consists in its long
drooping downy branches which make
some of the trees resemble Weeping
Willows. The leaves are flat linear and
blunt, 1-li in. long, and the cones are
about 3 in. long, narrowly cylindrical,
tapering to the base. Very rare.
Culture dc. as above.
P. Engelmanni (Abies Engelmanni;
Pinus com/mutata). — An elegant tree,
native of the Rocky Mountains, where it
forms a tree 80-150 ft. high, with a trunk
3-4 ft. in diameter, or at great elevations
becomes a low prostrate shrub. It has
stout stiff, slightly recurved, deep green,
more or less 4-angled leaves, and cones
2-2i in. long. The variety glauca is a
beautiful plant with glaucous silvery
foliage. Cultivated specimens of Engel-
mann's Spruce are as yet only about
20-30 ft. high.
Culture dc. as above, p. 996.
P. excelsa (P. vulgaris; Abies ex-
celsa ; A. Picea; Pinus Abies; P. ex-
celsa). — This is the Common Norway
Spruce or Burgundy Pitch tree, native of
North Europe, especially Scandinavia,
where it attains a height of 100-120 ft.,
making a beautiful tapering pyramidal
tree. Its more or less decumbent branches
are clothed with dense dark green 4-angled
leaves, and it bears cylindrical drooping
cones 5-7 in. long.
As many as 60 forms of this species
have been mentioned, but the following
are among the best for ornamental gar-
dening purposes: clanbrassiUana, a dwarf
dense slow-growing bush, rarely exceed-
ing 4 ft. high ; its sub-variety stricta has
more erect branches. Aurea is a striking
form with long curved glaucous-green
leaves tipped with yellow ; pumila glauca
is a very dwarf spreading slow-growing
but pretty variety; and pyg mcea (or nana)
grows about 1 ft. high, and is pyramidal
in shape. The common form of the Spruce
furnishes the well-known ' Christmas Tree.'
Culture dc. as above.
P. Glehni (Abies Glehni). — A dwarf
dense-growing Spruce, native of Japan
and the Island of Sachalin. It has
crowded linear 4-angled sharply pointed
leaves, about i in. long, and narrow cylin-
drical cones about 2 in. long, but they are
very variable in size.
Culture dc. as above.
P. Morinda (P. smithiana; Abies
s/nithiana;A. Khutroio ; Pinus Kind row).
A beautiful tree increasing in graceful-
ness with age, native of the Himalayas
from Bhotan to Cashmere at elevations
between 8000 and 11,000 ft., and reaching
a height of 80-120 ft. Its elegant drooping
branches are densely clothed with rigid
sharply pointed bright green 4-angled
leaves, 1-2 in. long. The cones are ovoid-
oblong, 4-6 in. long, with broad entire
roundish leathery scales of a shining brown
colour.
The Himalayan Spruce— as P. Mo-
rinda may be called — is an excellent tree
for elevated parts of the country. There
is a specimen over 80 ft. high at Carclew
gardens, Cornwall, and another nearly
80 years of age at the Earl of Hopetoun's,
998
PB ACTIO AL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
PICEA
West Lothian, which is about the same
height, and one of the very first plants in-
troduced to Britain.
Culture dc. as above, p. 996.
P. nigra (P. rubra ; Abies nigra ;
A. mariana ; A. denticulate/, ; Pinus
■nigra ; P. rubra). — Black Spruce. — This
variable tree is probably more important
for its economic properties than for its
ornamental aspect. It grows 50-70 ft.
high in North-Eastern America and
Canada, in light dry rocky soils ; or in
cold wet swamps, where it forms only
small stunted bushes or trees of little
value. The foliage, consisting of 4-angled
leaves about A in. long, is deep sombre
green in colour, giving a black appearance
to the tree — hence the popular name.
The cylindrical cones are 1^-2 in. long,
blackish-purple, with rounded wav\ scales,
crenulate or divided at the top. The
variety pumila grows about 3-4 ft. high,
and has a compact habit, and smaller
leaves than the type. The variety rubra
or Eed Spruce is a dwarf form with redder
bark and cones than the type.
Culture de. as above.
P. Omorica (Pinus Omorica).— Servian
Spruce. — A beautiful and distinct Spruce
native of the mountains of Servia, having
flattish, straight or curved linear oblong
blunt leaves, i-f in. long, shining green
beneath, with a prominent midrib above.
Cones like those of the Larch, about
2 in. long, ovoid-conic, produced in great
profusion.
Culture de. as above. Not yet very
well known.
P. orientalis (Abies orientalis ; A.
wittm anniana ; Pinus orientalis) . — An
ornamental but slow-growing Spruce, na-
tive of the Taurus and Caucasus Mts.,
characterised by its dense habit and
masses of deep green somewhat 4-angled
leaves, with cones rather cylindrical in
shape, pointed at the apex, about 3 in.
long. Other forms are aurea andjiygincea.
As an ornamental and perfectly hardly
tree, P. orientalis is worth growing. It
is useful for large lawns, parks, and plea-
sure grounds, in places where trees of a
larger growth would be hardly suitable.
There are some fine specimens in the
country. That at Penrhyn Castle, Bangor,
about 50 years old and over 60 ft. high,
may be mentioned as a fine tree.
Culture d-c. as above.
P. polita (Abies polita ; A. Torano).- -
Tiger -tail Spruce. — A handsome species,
native of the mountains of Corea and
Japan, having a bold sturdy habit and
distinct appearance. Its branches are
densely covered with stiff, very sharply
pointed 4-sided leaves, i-f in. long. The
elliptic tapering and drooping cones, 4-5 in.
long, are borne at the ends of the branches,
having shining brown leathery scales, the
whole suggesting the idea of a tiger's tail
to the Japanese. This species has not yet
attained its full height in British gardens,
the largest plants being 15-35 ft. high.
Culture dc. as above, p. 996.
P. pungens (American Blue Spruce).
A beautiful Spruce native of the United
States, where it attains a height of
120-160 ft. with a trunk 2-3 ft. in dia-
meter, at elevations between 6000 and
9,000 ft., growing by the edges of streams
in damp or wet soil. The tree has a rich
orange -coloured bark and emits an aro-
matic fragrance. The slender narrow
sharply pointed leaves are h-1 in. long,
and 4-sided. The oblong drooping cones,
about 3 in. long, vary in colour from
dark apple-green to a beautiful silvery
hue as in the variety argentea, which is
more beautiful even than the variety
glauca, with charming glaucous foliage.
This species has been a good deal confused
in gardens with P. Engelmanni, and in
many places plants of the latter are labelled
P. pungens. It is a fast-growing hardy
and ornamental tree, and does well in the
neighbourhood of large towns — retaining
its beautiful colour throughout the year,
but being naturally more attractive when
the young growths are developing in
spring.
Culture d-c. as above.
P. sitchensis (Abies and Pinus Men-
ziesi ; A. and P. sitchensis). — Tide-land
Spruce. — A handsome Californian tree,
150-200 ft. high in a wild state, with a
trunk 10-15 ft. in diameter, growing on
gravelly ridges and swampy ground. Its
regularly whorled stiffish branches are
clothed with linear sharp-pointed incurved
and twisted leaves, about 2 in. long, turn-
ing in every direction, and silvery white
beneath. The cylindrical drooping cones
are about 3 in. long, the scales having a
dry shrivelled appearance and ragged
edges.
There are many fine specimens in the
kingdom, but that at Curraghmore, the
TSUGA
CONIFERS
TSUGA 999
seat of the Marquis of Waterford, is pro-
bably the finest. It is a grand tree, 65
years old, and is close on 120 ft. high.
Other specimens worthy of mention are
to be found at Penrhyn Castle, Carnarvon ;
Boconnoc and Carclevv, Cornwall ; Howick
Hall, Northumberland ; Haddo House,
Aberdeen ; Cullen House, Banff; Rhos-
dhu, Dumbartonshire ; Kinnettles, For-
farshire ; Dolphinton, Lanarkshire ; Mor-
ton Hall and Oxenford Castle, Midlothian ;
Brodie Castle, Morayshire ; Abercairnie,
Castle Menzies, Cultoquhey, Keir House,
Murthly Castle, Ochtertyre, Rossie Priory,
Scone, The Cairnies, and Castle Leod in
Perthshire ; Buchanan Castle, in Stirling-
shire ; Shane's Castle, Antrim ; Fota Is-
land, Cork ; Woodstock, Kilkenny ; Abbey
Leix, Queen's County ; Markree Castle,
Sligo ; and Coollattin, Wicklow. Among
which the shortest specimen is over 60 ft.,
and the tallest — that at Castle Menzies,
Perth — about 100 ft. At most of these
places it is known better as Abies Menziesi
than as Picea sitchensis — the name under
which it should now go.
Culture do. as above, p. 996.
TSUGA (Hemlock Spruce). — A
genus of evergreen trees having the ulti-
mate branches slender and often drooping,
and stalked, usually spreading more or
less 2-ranked leaves arising from promi-
nent cushions. Flowers monoecious ; male
flowers lateral, with stamens on stalked
heads. Female catkins solitary, terminal,
rounded. Cones drooping. Scales per-
sistent, more or less woody. Seeds very
small with obovate wings. Seed leaves
3-6.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Tsugas may be increased and grown in
the same way as the Pines and Piceas.
Seeds may be sown when ripe in light
sandy loam in cold frames, and when the
seedlings are 2 or 3 years old they may
be planted out in warm sheltered spots.
Large plants have a very ornamental
appearance, and, like most members of
the Pine family, look better as isolated
specimens than when mixed up with
other trees in shrubberies.
T. brunoniana (Abies and Pinus bru-
noniana ; A. and P. dumosa). — Fragrant
Fir. — A native of the Eastern and Central
Himalayas, where it forms a fine tree
70-80 feet high, with numerous slender
drooping brittle branches. Leaves more
or less in two rows, or scattered, flat,
linear, blunt or slightly pointed, glossy
green above, powdery white beneath.
Cones solitary, sessile, about 1 in. long, at
the ends of the branches.
Culture dtc. as above.
T. canadensis (Abies, Picea, and
I'm us canadensis ; Abies curvifolia).
Ha/dock Spruce. — A native of N.E.
America, where it forms a tree 70-110 ft.
high, with a trunk 3-4 ft. in diameter.
It is found growing on dry rocky ridges,
generally facing north, or less commonly
on the borders of swamps in deep rich
soil. It is readily recognised by its many
long ascending feathery branches, divided
into small twigs, each clothed with dark
green flat leaves in 2 rows (more or
less), and having 2 silvery stripes be-
neath. The small ovoid cones, about 1 in.
long, droop from the tips of the branches.
There are many varieties of the Hemlork
Spruce having more or less descriptive
names, such as albo-spica, aurea, com-
pacta, columnaris, globosa, gracilis, /rt.s-
tigiata, macrophylla, microphylla, nana,
parvifolia, pendula, spar&ifolia d-c.
One of the finest trees of the Hemlock
Spruce in the kingdom is the grand old
specimen at Studley Royal, Ripon, which
is over 60 ft. high. A moist, deep, rich
and light soil and situations sheltered
from bleak blasts suit the Hemlock Spruce
best. It is always handsome standing
alone, so that it can fully develop and
display its graceful form.
Culture dc. as above.
T. caroliniana. — A compact pyramidal
tree 40-50 ft. high in a wild state on the
dry rocky ridges of the mountains of
Carolina at an elevation between 4000 and
5000 ft. It produces flattened sprays of
branches and twigs covered with flattish
linear leaves and drooping cones at the
tips of the branches. This species is
closely related to the Hemlock Spruce,
from which it may be distinguished by
its larger, glossier and blunter leaves, and
larger cones with wide-spreading scales.
Culture dtc. as above.
T. mertensiana (Abies and Pinus
merteusiana ; Abies albertiana) .— Prince
Albert's Spruce. — This graceful Conifer
forms a large tree 100-200 ft. high, with
a trunk 4-10 ft. in diameter, in the low
moist bottoms and rocky ridges of Alaska.
British Columbia and Oregon. It is
recognised by its deep red-coloured bark
1000
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS pseudotsuga
and drooping branches with delicate
feathery sprays of deep green foliage,
silvered on the under surface, and par-
ticularly attractive in early summer, when
every shoot ends in a tuft of golden-green
leaves. It has cones similar to those
of the Hemlock Spruce, but somewhat
longer.
Culture dc. as above. It is an ex-
cellent tree for large lawns and parks
sheltered from the north and east, and
grown in a peaty loam. At Castle Men-
zies, Perth, there is a fine specimen about
47 years old, and not far short of 80 ft.
high, which ripens seeds freely. At the
Cairnies, Perth, there is also a vigorous
tree about 40 years old, and about 65 ft.
high.
T. pattoniana (Abies and Pin us pat-
toniana; Abies Williamsoni). — An orna-
mental alpine Conifer rarely 100 ft. high,
with a trunk 5-7 ft. in diameter, in British
Columbia and the mountains of Central
California, where it grows at an elevation
between 3000 and 10,000 ft. on dry slopes
and ridges. It has a graceful habit, with
slender downy twigs covered with rather
sharp, angular, often curved, light green
leaves £— 1 in. long, and produces cylin-
drical oblong cones 2-3 in. long.
The plant known as T. hooTcericma
is regarded by some as identical with
T. pattoniana, but the two are probably
distinct enough for garden purposes. In
T. hookeriana the closely set linear leaves
have a glaucous tint, while the ovoid
cylindrical cones, 1-2 in. long, pass from
dark purple when young to soft brown
when ripe.
Culture dc. as above.
T. Sieboldi. — A beautiful and rare
Japanese Conifer 80-100 ft. high in a
wild state, where it grows in stony warm
valleys. It produces irregularly spread-
ing branches, drooping at the ends and
divided into numerous slender recurved
twigs, covered with 2 rows of flat, some-
what linear, blunt leaves, deep green
above, with 2 glaucous white stripes be-
neath. There is a variety called nana.
Culture dc. as above.
PSEUDOTSUGA (Douglas Fir).
This genus contains only one species : —
P. Douglasi (Abies, Picea, Pinus, and
Tsuga Douglasi; Pinus and Pseudo-
tsuga taxifolia). — The Douglas Fir ex-
tends in a wild state from British Columbia
to Colorado, Texas, and Mexico, and is
found at all elevations from the sea level
to 10,000 ft. on the mountain sides. Ac-
cording to locality it forms a large and
magnificent tree 100-300 ft. high, with a
trunk 3-12 ft. in diameter. It has a
reddish-brown shining bark, and drooping
and symmetrically disposed branches with
flat linear spreading leaves 1-2 in. long,
in 2 rows, bright glossy green above, and
more or less glaucous beneath. The ovoid
oblong cones are about 4 in. long, with
broad rounded scales and conspicuous,
projecting, deeply toothed bracts.
The Douglas Fir — as may be seen
from the list of synonyms — has been
like a shuttlecock in the hands of the
botanists, and although it received its
present name of Pseudotsuga from the
French botanist M. Carriere in 1867, it
is still far better known in British gardens
as Abies Douglasi. As its botanical cha-
racters did not fit with those of any of
the genera quoted in the synonyms, a
new genus had to be created for its re-
ception, and it is to be hoped it will rest
there. It has the habit and foliage of the
Silver Firs (Abies), and the male flowers
resemble those of the Spruce Firs (Picea).
The drooping cones ripen the first year,
and have persistent scales. Seeds winged,
with 5-7 three-sided seed-leaves when
they have germinated.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Douglas Fir, although perfectly hardy,
will not thrive in exposed situations
swept by bleak and violent winds. In
warm and favourable situations it grows
rapidly, and if not crowded with other
trees will develop into a beautiful and
symmetrical tree. The easiest and best
way to increase the Douglas Fir is by
means of seeds sown as soon as ripe in
cold frames in rich sandy soil. The seeds
should be sown thinly, and when the
young plants are 1 or 2 years old they
may be transplanted to a warm and
sheltered border. At Droprnore gardens,
Bucks, there is a magnificent specimen
70 years old and over 120 ft. high.
Some years ago several of its branches
were broken down by heavy snow-
storms, but it still continues to make
fine growths, although the leading shoot
being now too high to obtain much shelter
suffers somewhat from cold winds. The
Droprnore tree is closely followed by one
in Lord Annesley's gardens, which a few
years ago was over 100 ft. high, and
PSEUDOTSUGA
CONIFEBS
ABIES 1001
beautifully feathered down to the ground ;
and also by one at Powderham Castle,
Exeter, the seat of the Earl of Devon,
about 53 years old and over 106 ft. high.
In many parts of the country the
Douglas Fir has received a bad reputa-
tion, and one often sees a miserable speci-
men which has been planted just in the
most exposed positions. There is plenty
of evidence, however, to show that when
grown in sheltered places the Douglas
Eir attains magnificent proportions in all
parts of the British Islands, and particu-
larly in Scotland. Grand specimens be-
tween 70 and 100 ft. high are to be
found in the following gardens: Wales,
at Golden Grove, Carmarthen ; and Pen-
rhyn, Carnarvon. In England, at Carclew,
Cornwall ; Orton Longueville, Hunts ;
Revesby Abbey, Lines ; Ho wick Hall,
Northumberland ; Hewell Grange, Wor-
cester ; and Mulgrave Castle, Yorks. In
Scotland, at Haddo House, Aberdeen ;
Inverary Castle, and Poltallock, Argyll ;
Cullen House, Banff ; Marquis of Bute's ;
Rossdhu, Dumbarton ; Jardine Hall, and
Whittinghame, Dumfries ; Fordell, Fife ;
Kinnettles, Forfar; Durris, Kincardine-
shire ; Dolphinton, Lanark ; Dalkeith, and
Oxenford Hall (var. glauca), Midlothian ;
Altyre and Brodie Castle, Morayshire ;
Abercairny, Castle Menzies, Cultoquhey,
Dupplin Castle, Methven Castle, Murthly
Castle, Ochtertyre, Rossie Priory, Scone,
The Cairnies, Braham Castle, Castle Leod,
and Conan House, in Perthshire ; Bu-
chanan Castle, Stirling ; and Hopetoun,
West Lothian. In Ireland, at Fota Island,
Cork ; Killarney House, Kerry ; Carton,
Kildare ; Abbey Leix, Queen's Co. ;
Markree Castle, Sligo ; Shanbally Castle,
Tipperary ; Waterstown, Westmeath ;
Courtown, Wexford ; and Coollattin and
Powerscourt, Wicklow.
There is great variation in the Douglas
Fir when raised from seeds — the most
easy way to increase it ; hence it is not
surprising to find several varieties more
or less distinct. The following are among
the best : pendula, with elegant drooping
branches ; Standishi, a remarkable form,
with larger leaves than the type, being
deep green above and quite silvery be-
neath ; taxifolia, a small handsome tree,
with horizontal branches and straight
twigs covered with leaves much longer
and of a deeper green than the type ;
Stairi, a distinct form which originated
at Castle Kennedy, Wigtonshire, the seat
of the Earl of Stair, and is almost white
in spring, becoming greener in summer,
and silvery tinted in autumn. It is dwarf
in habit and suitable for lawns. There
are other forms, such as compacta, elegans,
glauca, macrocarpa, monstrosa, and re-
voluta.
ABIES (Silver Fir). — A genus of
evergreen trees having whorled branches
and narrow, flat, needle-shaped leaves,
arranged in 2 rows, and leaving a circular
scar on the branch when they fall. Flowers
monoecious; male catkins scattered, axil-
lary ; female ones solitary. Cones erect,
more or less cylindrical in shape, ripening
the first year. Scales deciduous when
ripe, leaving a central column. Seeds
with a large wing, more or less wedge-
shaped. Seed leaves 4-8, flat.
Culture cmd Propagation. — The Silver
Firs have been a good deal confused witli
the Spruce Firs (Picea) and the Pines
[Pinus) and also other genera, but the
following names are those now most
generally accepted. They require the
same treatment and may be increased by
means of seeds sown when ripe in the
same way as the Pines and Piceas. They
nourish m good loamy well-drained soil,
and are very ornamental plants for the
lawn, isolated specimens being as a rule
more effective than groups.
A. amabilis (Picea and Pinus grand/is).
Bed Fir. — A magnificent Conifer, native
of British Columbia, Oregon &c, where
it attains a height of 100-150 ft., with
a trunk sometimes 4 ft. in diameter. It
has stiffish shoots furrowed with elon-
gated cushions densely covered with dark
hairs, and having blunt linear leaves,
dark green above, silvery white beneath.
Cones cylindrical, about 6 in. long.
Culture Sc. as above.
A. balsamea (Picea and Pinus bal-
sauiea). — Balsam Fir. — A slender-grow-
ing N. American tree 70-80 ft. in a native
condition, or at high elevations reduced
to a low prostrate shrub. The dark green
leaves, about f in. long, are silvery white
beneath, and the narrow erect cylindrical
cones, 4-5 in. long, are violet in colour.
At Saltoun HaD, East Lothian, there was
a fine and well-furnished specimen 68 ft.
high, growing in deep rich soil in a well-
sheltered spot, but it was swept away by
a great flood in 1891. It was supposed
to be one of the oldest trees in the king-
1002
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
ABIES
dom, having been raised from seeds sown
in 1697.
There are several varieties of the
Balsam Fir, among which may be men-
tioned argentea and variegata, ccerulea,
nana,prostrata,longifolia, hudsonica &c.
Culture dc. as above.
A. brachyphylla. — A native of the
Japanese mountains, where it reaches a
height of 120 ft. Its branches radiate
regularly from the slender erect trunk,
and the slender shoots are covered with
linear leaves f-1 in. long, spirally ar-
ranged, but apparently in 2 rows, bright
green above, with 2 silvery stripes beneath.
This species has been only about 30 years
in cultivation, and has not yet attained its
full proportions.
Culture dc. as above.
A. bracteata {Abies and Pinus venus-
ta ; Picea and Pinus bracteata). — This
species, which has been described as the
' most beautiful of all the Firs,' is a native
of the Santa Lucia mountains, California,
at elevations between 3000 and 6000 ft.,
where it attains a height of 150-200 ft.
with a trunk 3-4 inches in diameter. It
is readily recognised by its distinct habit.
The trunk tapers regularly upwards in a
straight line, and is clothed from top to
bottom with slender graceful branches,
having flat linear leaves 2-3 in. long,
bright glossy green above, glaucous be-
neath, and arranged in 2 rows. The
singular cones are about 4 in. long, having
the bracts developed into long linear
stiffish spines about 2 in. long, and slightly
curved inwards ; when fully ripe they are
covered with globules of thin transparent
resin.
Culture dc. as above. This species
grows best in warm sheltered localities
and in peaty loam. At Boconnoc in
Cornwall there is a specimen about 39
years old and over 50 ft. high.
A. cephalonica (A. Apollinis ; A.pcm-
achaica ; A. Begince Amalice ; Picea
cephalo?dca). — A beautiful and somewhat
variable Conifer, native of the Greek
mountains, having long slender branches
clothed with dark green flatfish awl-
shaped leaves, having a silvery white
under surface. The erect cylindrical cones
5-6 in. long change in colour from green
when young to red and ultimately brown
when fuUy ripe. At Powderham Castle,
Exeter, there is a fine specimen about
80 ft. high.
Culture dtc. as above.
A. concolor {Picea and Pinus con-
color). — A handsome Californian Conifer
100-130 ft. high, with a trunk 4-5 ft. in
diameter in its wild state, on moist slopes
and canons at elevations between 3000
and 9000 ft. The young branches have a
yellowish bark, and are clothed with blunt
linear flat glaucous - green leaves, di-
stichously arranged in double rows, and
2-3 in. long. Cones bluntly cylindrical,
3-5 in. long.
Culture dc. as above. This species
requires shelter from cold winds. At
Linton Park, Maidstone, there is a grand
tree about 40 years old and now probably
70 ft. high. The variety violacea is a
very beautiful plant having glaucous-blue
foliage, and rich plum-coloured cones,
which are rather more tapering than in
the type.
A. firma {A.liolophylla ; Pinus firma).
A beautiful straight-growing tree, native
of Japan, where it reaches a height of
about 100 ft. It has stiff leathery leaves
1-1| in. long, spirally arranged, but
apparently in 2 rows. The blunt cylin-
drical cones are 3-6 in. long, with imbri-
cating scales and protruding keeled bracts.
This is a rather variable species, and the
plant known as A. bifida represents the
young unfruiting stage, in which the
leaves are of a different form from those
on the older and on the cone - bearing
branches.
At Car clew, Cornwall, there is a fine
specimen of A. firma, which a few years
ago was 45 ft. high.
Culture dc. as above.
A. Fraseri {Picea and Pinus Fraseri).
A more or less desirable tree, native of the
mountains of Carolina and Pennsylvania,
where it forms large forests at an eleva-
tion of 5000-6000 ft., and reaches a
height of 60-80 ft., with a trunk some-
times 2 ft. in diameter. It has green
linear leaves about \ in. long, silvery
beneath and oblong elliptic cones 2^-3
in. long, with purplish scales and project-
ing golden-brown bracts. The wing of
the seed is also purplish in colour. When
not in fruit A. Fraseri very much resem-
bles A. balsam ea, the Balsam Fir, and it
has been stated that seeds of the latter
have been of late years distributed as
CONIFEBS
ABIES 1003
those of A. Fraseri. At Powderham
Castle, Exeter, there is a specimen of
A. Fraseri which a few years ago was
72 ft. high.
Culture dc. as above.
A. grandis (Picea and Pinus grand is).
A magnificent Californian tree 200-300 ft.
high in its native habitat, growing in low
moist situations, and often having a trunk
3-5 ft. in diameter. It is said to be the
most rapid growing of all the Silver Firs,
and has a symmetrical habit, a densely
branched stem, and masses of soft rich
green leaves f-1 in. long, silvery white
beneath, and arranged in double rows on
each side of the shoots. The blunt cylin-
drical cones are 4-5 in. long, and 2 in.
wide, apple-green when young, ripening
to bronzy-green, with very short ovate
tapering and irregularly toothed bracts.
Culture dc. as above. A. grandis as
a rule flourishes in rich well-drained
loam, where it will always have sufficient
but not excessive moisture, and shelter
from cold winds. At Riccarton, Mid-
lothian, there is a very vigorous speci-
men which in five years grew as much as
23 ft., and is now about 90 ft. or more
high. There is also a fine tree at Poltal-
loch, Lochgilphead, Argyllshire, and in
several other gardens.
A. lowiana {Picea loiviana). — Low's
Silver Fir. — A very ornamental Conifer
native of N. California, Oregon &c, being
massive and pyramidal in outline with
close tiers of rather stiff horizontally
spreading, or drooping branches. It
attains a height of about 300 ft. with a
trunk 5 ft. in diameter in a wild state.
The young shoots are usually smooth
and flexuous, olive-brown in colour, with
spreading blunt linear leaves li-2 in.
long, in two or more rows, and with a
prominent midrib beneath. The colour
varies a good deal, but the prevailing
tint is olive-green above and silvery white
beneath. The beautiful rich chestnut-
brown cones are borne in whorls near the
ends of the shoots and are oblong, 3 in.
long, and bluntly conical in shape.
Many if not most of the plants grown
as A. lasiocarpa in gardens are A.
loioiana, and the plants, if any, called A.
parsonsiana also belong here.
Culture dc. as above.
A. magnifica (A. ca/mpylocarpa ; Picea
magnified). — A stately tree native of
N. California where it grows 200-250 ft.
high, with a trunk 8-10 ft. in diameter,
at 5000-8000 ft. elevation. It has tiers
or whorls of horizontally spreading
branches, the twigs of which are thickly
clothed with linear olive-green leaves 1-2
in. long, glaucous above when young, and
with 2 silvery stripes beneath. Cones
6-7 in. long, about 3 in. broad, oblong,
cylindrical, and very flat or blunt at each
end.
Culture dc. as above.
A. Mariesi. — A native of the mountains
of Japan, where it grows in shallow peat on
volcanic debris at 5000-7000 ft. elevation,
and forms a tall pyramidal tree with
strong spreading branches, the lower ones
slightly bent down, but turned up at the
ends, the younger ones being covered with
a brownish hairy epidermis. Leaves about
1 in. long, blunt, linear, tapering into a
very short twisted stalk, dark green above,
rather glaucous beneath, and arranged
more or less irregularly in four rows.
Cones 3-5 in. long, erect, oblong cylin-
drical, of a dull blackish-purple.
Culture dc. as above. This species
was introduced about twenty years ago
and is still very little known. It seems
to be quite hardy.
A. nobilis (Picea and Pimis nobilis).
A majestic and quick-growing tree, native
of the Oregon and Californian mountains,
wherewithal, amabilis it forms extensive
forests, and attains a height of 200-300
ft., with a trunk 8-10 ft. in diameter. It
is easily recognised by its graceful habit
and regular tiers of branches clothed
with deep glaucous linear leaves about
If in. long, and silvery white beneath.
The beautiful oblong cylindrical cones
7-9 in. long, erect and slightly tapering
upwards, are brownish in colour, with
projecting pointed and ragged - edged
bracts bent downwards. The varieties
glauca and robusta are improvements on
the already beautiful type, the variety
robusta having shorter and broader cones,
long-tailed bracts, and denser masses of
foliage.
Culture dc. as above. This is a free-
growing species and enjoys a rich loam
in situations sheltered from bleak north
and east winds. At Birr Castle, King's
Co., the seat of Earl Posse, there is a
splendid tree which a few years ago was
83 ft. high, and is now probably over
90 ft. At Coul House, Ross- shire, there
1004
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GABDEN PLANTS
ABIES
is also a fine specimen about 70 years
old and about 80 feet high.
A. nordmanniana (Picea nordman-
niana). — Nordmann's Fir. — A stately and
ornamental tree, native of the Crimea and
Caucasus, where it reaches a height of
80-100 ft. It has a graceful and regular
outline and masses of rich glossy green
stiffish flat linear leaves about 1 in. long,
more or less spreading in two rows owing
to a half twist at the base. The erect
cones 4-6 in. long are shortly stalked,
slightly ovoid in shape, and have large
leathery three-lobed fringed bracts, pro-
jecting much beyond the scales.
Culture &c. as above. Nordmann's
Fir when grown as a lawn or park tree
is difficult to surpass among the Conifer
family. It flourishes in stiff peaty loam
with plenty of vegetable matter, and
on light gravelly soils. It is excellent
for planting on declivities near water,
and will thrive very often where other
Common Silver Firs (A. pectinata) and
even the Larch become injured. For
ornamental gardening purposes, however,
it is best to plant it in the most favour-
able situations. At Poltalloch, in Argyll-
shire, there is a vigorous tree which a few
years ago was 70 ft. high, and there are
several fine specimens of smaller dimen-
sions scattered throughout the kingdom.
A. numidica (A. baborensis). — Anative
of N. Africa, where it is found with the
Atlas Cedar at elevations between 4000
and 6000 ft., and attains a height of
40-60 ft. It has a graceful outline, and
masses of dark green linear leaves |-1 in.
long, silvery white beneath. The erect
cylindrical cones 5-8 in. long are usually
borne in clusters of 4 or 5, having kidney-
shaped greyish-brown scales enclosing a
thin dry and shrivelled bract.
Culture <&c. as above.
A. pectinata (A. alba ; A. excelsa ; A.
Picea ; A. vulgaris ; A. taxifolia ; Picea
and Pinus pectinata; Pinus Abies;
Picea Abies). — This handsome tree is the
Common Silver Fir of the mountains of
Central and S. Europe, and reaches a
height of 80-100 ft. It has blunt flat
linear leaves i-1 in. long, shining , green
above, with two silvery stripes beneath on
each side of the midrib, and generally ar-
ranged in two rows. The erect cylindri-
cal cones are 6-8 in. long, deep brown
when ripe.
There are many forms of the Common
Silver Fir mentioned in catalogues, the
chief being a/urea, columnaris, fastigiata,
brevifolia, pyramidalis, stricta, tortuosa,
variegata dc. — names which convey an
idea of the peculiarity of the variety.
Culture <tc. as above. The Common
Silver Fir grows well in almost all parts
of the British Islands, and as a timber
tree it is also well worth cultivation.
There are many fine specimens in gar-
dens, but those at Carton, Kildare, the
seat of the Duke of Leinster, and at
Eossdhu, Dumbartonshire, both of which
in 1891 were over 110 ft., may be quoted
as exceptionally fine. The tree at Eoss-
dhu is about 117 years old.
A. Pinsapo (Picea Pinsapo). — Spanish
Silver Fir. — A fine Spanish Conifer 60-80
ft. high, with a very regular and symmetri-
cal habit, and linear roundish bright green
leaves, about i in. long, faintly striped
with silvery white on the inner surface.
The sessile ovoid or oblong cones are
4-6 in. long and about 2 in. wide, with
broad rounded scales concealing the short
bracts. There are varieties called H<nn-
mondi and glauca.
Culture dc. as above.
A. religiosa (A. hirtella ; Picea reli-
giosa). — A beautiful species native of the
mountains of Mexico at an elevation of
9000 ft., where it forms a fine tree about
150 ft. high. It has linear acute leaves
about lv, in. long, and roundish ovoid
cones about 3 in. long.
Culture etc. as above. This species is
not generally cultivated, as it is regarded
as being too tender for the British Islands.
At Fota Island, Cork, however, there is a
lovely tree which flourishes and is quite
hardy there in an open situation in light
loamy soil. In 1891 it was 60 ft. high.
A. sachalinensis. — A native of Japan
and the Island of Sachalin, where it forms
a tall pyramidal tree about 130 ft. high,
with rigid, linear, blunt leaves, 1 in. or
more long, arranged in many rows and
twisted to one side. The erect cylindrical
cones are about 3 in. long and 1 in. wide,
rounded at the apex, and having trans-
versely oblong kidney-shaped scales with
inflexed toothed edges, and projecting
obovate serrulate bracts ending in a re-
flexed angular point.
Culture dc. as above. It is not yet
well known, but seems to be quite hardy.
PSEUDOLARIX
CONIFERS
LARIX 1005
A. sibirica(^4. Pichta; Picea Pichta).
A native of N. and E. Russia, with
dark green leaves, silvery white beneath.
This is a very slow-growing species, and
it takes years to obtain a really good
specimen in this country.
Culture dc. as above.
A. Veitchi (A. Eichleri ; A. nephro-
Icpis ; Picea Veitchi; Pinus selenolepis).
A beautiful Japanese tree attaining a
height of 120-140 ft. in a wild state at
elevations between 6000 and 7000 ft.
The leaves are crowded and spreading in
two rows, ^-1 in. long, flat, linear, glau-
cous above, silvery beneath. The erect
somewhat cylindrical cones, 2-3 in. long
and about 1 in. wide, are purple-brown,
with kidney-shaped scales enclosing a
short wedgo-shaped bract.
Culture dc. as above. Although first
introduced forty years ago, and again
twenty years ago, it is still not largely
grown.
A. webbiana (.4. chiloensis ; Picea
ivebbiana). — A handsome pyramidal tree
found on the eastern Himalayas at eleva-
tions between 9000 and 13,000 ft. and
growing 80-90 ft. high. Its numerous hori-
zontally spreading branches are much
divided and densely clothed with beau-
tiful light green linear leaves about 1-2|
in. long, silvery beneath. The deep
purple cylindrical cones are 6-7 in.
long and 2 in. or more broad, with
roundish kidney-shaped scales and ob-
long pointed bracts.
The variety Pint! row (otherwise known
as Abies, Picea, and Pinus Pindrouj) has
longer and more sharply toothed leaves
and smaller cones. There are specimens
of the type in various parts of the country
varying from 30 to 60 ft. high.
Culture dc. as above.
PSEUDOLARIX (Golden, False or
Chinese Larch). — A genus containing
only one species : —
P. Kffimpferi (P. Fortunei; Abies,
Larir and Pinus Kcempferi). — A highly
ornamental tree native of China, where it
reaches a height of 120-130 ft., and has
branches like those of the Common Larch.
The leaves are in bundles on the full-
grown branches, but scattered on the
young shoots, linear lance-shaped, H-2i
in. long, beautiful bright green when
young, turning to golden-yellow in
autumn — hence the popular name of
Golden Larch. The drooping cones are
about 3 in. long and 2.1 in. wide near the
base, tapering upwards, with deciduous
scales.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Golden Larch is perfectly hardy and suc-
ceeds on a gravelly loam. It is the only
golden-leaved Conifer that loses its foliage,
and even in a leafless state the yellowish -
green or golden-brown of the young shoots
is very effective and beautiful. It may
be increased by seeds sown when ripe in
cold frames and transplanted when the
seedlings are 2 or 3 years old.
LARIX (Larch). — A genus of orna-
mental trees with long shoots and scattered
or tufted linear leaves, which fall in
winter. Flowers monoecious, the male
catkins in egg-shaped short spikes, the
female ones erect, solitary, ovate and
much longer than the males. Cones
small, bluntly ovoid or somewhat cylin-
drical, and consisting of a few woody
persistent scales. Seeds winged, very
small. Seed leaves 6-8, 3-cornered or
flat.
Culture and Propagation. — The
culture and propagation of the Larch
follow the same lines as laid down for the
Pines (p. 990). In spring time, when the
new leaves are developing, they are very
effective objects in the landscape on
account of the beautiful fresh green colour
of the foliage in striking contrast to the
brown and greyish trunks.
L. europaea (L. decidua ; L. excelsa ;
L.pijrainididis ; Pinus Larix). — Common
Larch. — A well-known European tree,
80-100 ft. high, with horizontally spread-
ing branches and soft, bluntly linear bright
green leaves in spring, gradually assuming
a more sombre hue. Cones erect, about
1 in. long, oblong ovoid, ripening late in
autumn and l'emaining a long time on the
trees.
Culture andPropagation. — The Larch
is far more valuable as a timber tree
than as an ornamental plant for the park
or garden. Judiciously mixed with other
trees, especially evergreens, it serves as a
contrast in early spring with its bright
foliage, and in winter with its bare
branches. The Larch grows naturally at
high altitudes on the Alps and mountains
of N. Europe in a pure atmosphere, with
plenty of sunshine, and although it likes
plenty of moisture the drainage at the
roots must be perfect. After its long
1006
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
LARIX
winter sleep, the branches quickly burst
forth into leaf in early spring, and are
often injured by the frosts at that period.
Of late years plantations of Larches have
suffered a good deal from the ravages of a
disease or canker due to the parasitism of
a minute fungus called Peziza Willkommi,
which spreads rapidly once it has taken a
hold. Too much moisture, bad drainage,
and spring frosts render the trees more
liable to attack, and favour the growth
of the fungus. There are several varieties
of the Common Larch, pendula with a
drooping habit being best known. The
variety sibirica seems to have a more
robust constitution than the ordinary
variety.
L. leptolepis {L.japonica; Abies lepto-
lepis). — A beautiful Japanese Larch, about
40 ft. high but often becoming a mere
shrub about 2 ft. high at great elevations
on the Japanese mountains. The smooth
round branches radiate regularly from the
trunk, and have slender drooping twigs
clothed with blunt linear leaves |-1| in.
long. Cones bluntly ovoid rounded, with
numerous thin flat greyish-brown scales.
The seeds are shed naturally, but the
cones remain on the trees for years.
In its young state this Larch is very
beautiful, and there is some doubt as to
whether it is not really a form of the
Golden Larch — Pseudolarix Kcempferi.
The specimens of both are still few and
far between.
Culture c&c. as above.
L. occidentalis (L. a/merica/na brevifo-
lia ; Pinus Nuttalli). — A noble pyramidal
tree, native of N.W. America, where on
the moist mountain slopes at an elevation
between 2500 and 5000 ft. it reaches a
height of 100 150 ft. with a trunk 3-5 ft.
in diameter, and is known as the ' Great
Western Larch.' The lower branches are
horizontal and slightly decumbent, the
upper ones ascending. The leaves are
produced in bundles or clusters of 14-20,
erectly spreading, stiff, linear, pale green,
\- f in. long. The solitary erect ovoid
elliptic cones are 1-1 f in. long, with
roundish loosely imbricated scales, cover-
ing a smaller bract with a long protruding
awl-shaped point.
The bark of young trees is thin, scaly,
dark grey or brown, changing to bright
cinnamon-red when old.
Culture d'c. as above.
L. pendula (L. americana ; Pinus mi-
crocarpa ; P. pendula &c). — American
Black Larch, Tamarack, or Hackmatack.
A slender, graceful tree native of the
United States, where in moist uplands or
cold wet swamps it reaches a height of
80-100 ft., with a trunk 2-3 ft. in diameter.
Its branches spread horizontally, and the
twigs are clothed with shorter and more
slender leaves than those of the Common
Larch, and the brownish ovoid cones are
about 1 in. long.
Culture dc. as above.
CONIFERS USEFUL FOR VARIOUS PURPOSES
As it would no doubt be found imprac-
ticable in most cases, even in the largest
gardens, to grow anything like the number
of Conifers described in the foregoing
pages, the following list of the best species
selected for various purposes may be found
useful. The numbers after the names
indicate the pages at which the plant will
be found described.
I. A select list of the best Conifers for
parks, large gardens, and pleasure
grounds
Abies amabilis, p. 1001.
brachyphylla, p. 1002.
cephalonica, p. 1002.
concolor, p. 1002.
grandis, p. 1003.
lowiana, p. 1003.
rnagnifica, p. 1003.
nobilis, p. 1003.
nordmanniana, p. 1004.
numidica, p. 1004.
pectinata, p. 1004.
Pinsapo, p. 1004.
webbiana, p. 1005.
Araucaria irnbricata, p. 989.
Cedrus atlantica, p. 995.
,, „ glauca, p. 995.
„ Deodara, p. 995.
„ Libani, p. 996.
Cryptomeria japonica, p. 982.
„ ,, elegans, p. 982.
Cupressus Lawsoniana, and vars., p. 978.
,, macrocarpa, p. 979.
,, nootkatensis, p. 979.
„ obtusa, and vars., p. 979.
„ pisifera, and vars., p. 979.
„ thyoides, p. 980.
Ginkgo biloba, p. 987.
Juniperus chinensis, and vars., p. 980.
,, Oxycedrus, p. 981.
„ recurva, p. 981.
„ virginiana, and vars., p. 982.
CONIFERS
1007
Larix europaea, p. 1005.
„ leptolepis, p. 1000.
„ pendula, p. 1006.
Libocedrus decurrens, p. 975.
Picea ajanensis, p. 996.
„ alba, p. 997.
„ alcockiana, p. 997.
„ Engelmanni, p. 997.
„ excelsa, and vars., p. 997.
„ Morinda, p. 997.
„ nigra, p. 998.
„ orientalis, p. 998.
„ polita, p. 998.
„ pungens glauca, p. 998.
„ sitchensis, p. 998.
Pinus banksiana, p. 990.
„ Cembra, p. 990.
„ contorta, p. 991.
„ Coulteri, p. 991.
„ excelsa, p. 991.
„ insignis, p. 991.
„ Laricio, p. 992.
„ nigricans, p. 992.
„ montana, p. 992.
„ monticola, p. 993.
„ Peuke, p. 993.
„ ponderosa, p. 994.
„ sabiniana, p. 994.
„ Strobus, p. 994.
„ sylvestris, p. 995.
Prumnopitys elegans, p. 988.
Pseudolarix Kaempferi, p. 1005.
Pseudotsuga Douglasi, p. 1000.
Sciadopitys verticillata, p. 989.
Sequoia gigantea, p. 984.
„ sempervirens, p. 984.
Taxodiurn distichurn, p. 983.
Taxus baccata, and vars., p. 985.
Thuya dolabrata, p. 976.
„ gigantea, p. 976.
„ occidentalis, p. 976.
„ orientalis, p. 976.
„ plicata, p. 976.
„ warreana, p. 977.
Tsuga canadensis, p. 999.
„ mertensiana, p. 999.
,, pattoniana, p. 1000.
II. A select list of the best Conifers for
rock gardens
Cryptomeria japonica nana, p. 982.
Cupressus Lawsoniana nana, p. 978.
„ nootkatensis, p. 979.
„ obtusa nana, p. 979.
„ pisifera, p. 979.
„ thyoides, p. 980.
Juniperus communis, p. 980.
„ japonica, p. 980.
Juniperus recurva, p. 981.
„ „ squamata, p. 981.
„ Sabina, p. 981.
„ „ prostrata, p. 982.
„ „ variegata, p. 982.
Picea excelsa clanbrassiliana, p. 997.
„ „ pumila glauca, p. 997.
„ ,, pygiuaea, p. 997.
Pinus Laricio pygmaea, p. 992.
„ montana, p. 992.
„ Strobus nana, p. 994.
„ sylvestris pygmaea, p. 995.
Taxus baccata and dwarf vars., p. 985.
Thuya dolabrata, p. 976.
„ occidentalis Ellwangeriana, p. 976.
„ orientalis aurea, p. 976.
III. A list of the best Conifers for wind
breaks
Abies nordmanniana, p. 1004.
„ pectinata, p. 1004.
Cupressus lawsoniana, p. 978.
„ nootkatensis, p. 979.
Larix europaea sibirica, p. 1005.
Picea excelsa, p. 997.
Pinus Cembra, p. 990.
„ Laricio, p. 992.
ts „ nigricans, p. 992.
„ Pinaster, p. 993.
Taxus baccata, p. 985.
Thuya gigantea, p. 976.
„ occidentalis, p. 976.
Tsuga canadensis, p. 999.
IV. A list of the best Conifers for
exposed positions near the sea
Abies nordmanniana, p. 1004.
„ pectinata, p. 1004.
Cupressus macrocarpa, p. 979.
Pinus insignis, p. 991.
„ Laricio, p. 992.
„ „ nigricans, p. 992.
„ Pinaster, p. 993.
„ sylvestris, p. 995.
Sequoia sempervirens, p. 984.
V. Select list of variegated and
decorative foliaged Conifers
Abies nobilis glauca, p. 1003.
Cupressus Lawsoniana lutea, p. 979.
„ albo-variegata, p. 979.
„ aureo-variegata, p. 979.
,, obtusa aurea, p. 979.
„ pisifera plumosa aurea, p. 979.
Juniperus chinensis aurea, p. 980.
Picea pungens glauca, p. 998.
1008 PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
Pseudotsuga Douglasi Stairi, p. 1001. Cupressus lawsoniana, p. 978.
Taxus baccata aurea, p. 986. „ niacrocarpa, p. 979.
n „ fastigiata argentea, p. 986. Larix europaea, p. 1005.
„ „ „ aurea, p. 986. Picea excelsa, p. 997.
Thuya dolabrata variegata, p. 976. „ sitchensis, p. 998.
,, occidentalis aurea, p. 976. Pinus Cernbra, p. 990.
„ orientalis elegantissima, p. 977. ,, insignis, p. 991.
,, „ aurea, p. 977. „ Laricio, p. 992.
~ » i> nigricans, p. 992.
VI. A list of the most valuable Conifers rnonticola p. 993.
for timber trees, ivoods, and forests Strobus p. 994.
Abies grandis, p. 1003. „ sylvestris, p. 995.
„ nobilis, p. 1003. Pseudotsuga Douglasi, p. 1000.
„ nordmanniana, p. 1004. Sequoia sempervirens, p. 984.
,, pectinata, p. 1004. Thuya gigantea, p. 976.
Cedrus atlantica, p. 995. Tsuga mertensiana, p. 999.
CXXXI. FILICES— Fern Order
This beautiful group of plants, in conjunction with Mosses, Lichens, Fungi
(including Mushrooms), is placed in the ' flowerless ' or ' cryptogamic ' division of the
vegetable kingdom, chiefly because the plants belonging to it are destitute of what are
commonly known as flowers having stamens and pistils, as in all the plants described
in the preceding pages of this work.
The Ferns or Filices proper are usually herbaceous or shrubby plants, sometimes
attaining the dimensions of trees in tropical countries and parts of the South temperate
hemisphere. They have either fibrous roots or creeping rhizomes. The leaves are
usually called ' fronds,' and are tufted or alternate, simple or more or less divided, and
usually circinate, or curled inwards from the apex like a crosier, when first developing,
except in the Adder's Tongue Ferns (Ophioglossum) and the Moonworts (Botrychium),
in -which they are straight. The stalk of the frond is called a ' stipes,' and the midrib
a ' rachis.' There are no flowers as usually understood, but what is usually called
the ' fructification ' takes their place, and consists of minute helmet-like capsules, borne
in clusters, callted ' sori,' on the under edge or surface of the fronds, or sometimes on
separate fronds, as in Ophioglossum, Botrychvu/m, and Osmunda. The clusters of sori
vary in shape and size, being sometimes round and about the size of a pin's head,
and sometimes in long streaks on the under surface or edges, but always of a golden
or brownish colour. Sometimes they are covered with a membranous coat called an
'involucre' or 'indusium,' roundish as in the Prickly Shield Fern (Aspidium
aculeatum), kidney-shaped as in the Male Fern (Nephrodvum Filix-Mas), oblong as in
the Spleenworts (Asplenium) and Hart's Tongue (Scolopendrium), but often they are
quite naked as in the Polypodiums, or borne in little cups, as in the Killarney Fern
(Trichomanes) and the Tunbridge Fern (Hymenophyllum). The capsules, or
1 sporangia ' as they are termed, are either stalked or sessile, and each one contains a
number of microscopic seed-like bodies known as ' spores.' These spores are popularly
called seeds, but their functions partake more of the character of the stamens and
pistils in ordinary flowers.
Reproduction of Ferns
When the spores or ' seeds ' are set free by the bursting of the capsules and fall on
to a damp surface in a suitable temperature, they very soon germinate. Mr. Britten
says : ' The result is — not a young ascending plant and descending roots, as in flowering
plants — but a very small green body which lies flat on the ground and sends out
1IMIDY FERNS
1009
delicate rootlets from its under side.' This is known as the ' prothallus ' or
' prothallium.' On it are produced minute hodies which practically correspond to the
stamens and pistils in flowering plants, and are known as ' antheridia ' and ' arche-
gonia ' respectively. The antheridia, or male organs, when ripe burst, and set free a
number of spirally twisted moving bodies called ' spermatozoids ' or ' antherozoids,'
the function of which corresponds to that of an ordinary pollen grain. The ' arche-
gonia,' or female organs, are bottle-shaped and correspond to the ovary of flowering
plants. Each one contains a minute cell, called the ' oosphere,' at the base. When
one of the spirally twisted 'antherozoids' passes down the open neck of the arche-
gonium and mingles with the oosphere, fertilisation has taken place, and the result,
called an 'oospore,' now practically corresponds to an ordinary seed, as from it the
young Fern plant springs.
Propagation of Fkkns
Nearly all Ferns are easily increased
from spores, but a goodly number may
also be multiplied by division of the
crowns, and by means of small plantlets
or bulbils which are developed on the
fronds. The spores are sown exactly as if
they were ordinary seeds, but being very
minute great care must be exercised to
sow them over the surface of the soil as
thinly and evenly as possible. As most
soils contain the seeds of weeds which are
apt to germinate more quickly than the
Fern spores and thus choke the latter, it
is usual to sterilise the soil in some way.
Baking the soil is often practised, but this
always has the disadvantage of taking
time, is often inconvenient, and the
organic substances or gases in it are
driven off into the atmosphere, leaving it
poorer in plant food. A simple method of
killing the seeds of weeds, fungi &c. in
the soil is to pour boiling water over it
after it has been prepared for the reception
of the spores. When cold the spores may
be sown as recommended, but should not
be covered with soil. A sheet of glass
placed over the pot or pan in which they
are sown will afford protection and pre-
vent quick evaporation from the soil.
Watering the spore-pots overhead is not
to be recommended, as they are apt to
be either washed out altogether with the
water or into a heap at one side. A good
plan is to stand the pots in saucers of
water so that the soil will absorb moisture
in this way by capillary attraction. The
pots or pans in which Fern spores are
sown should be exceptionally well drained.
Pots are on the whole preferable to pans.
A small pot may be inverted inside the
one used — usually a 5 in. pot — and around
and over it are placed broken ' crocks ' or
pieces of pot, to within 2-3 in. of the rim.
A layer of moss or fibrous matter is placed
over the crocks to prevent the finer soil
being washed in among them, and in this
way perfect drainage is secured. The
finer soil, consisting of sharp sand, loam,
and peat, is then placed over this to within
about h in. of the rim, perhaps a little
more. The surface on which the spores
are to be sown should be quite level and
very fine, although many prefer a rough
surface with little pieces of burned brick
strewn over it.
The spores of some Ferns germinate
quickly, others more slowly, as with the
seeds of different flowering plants. If
always kept damp as recommended and in
a suitable temperature, the surface of the
soil after a short time becomes covered
with masses of deep green translucent
scales which look like mosses or lichens.
These scales are really the ' prothallia '
referred to above. On the under surface
among the delicate rootlets (or rhizoids)
the antheridia and archegonia are being
developed, and in due course fertilisation
of the oospheres by the antherozoids takes
place. The oospore thus formed then
germinates and from it is produced the
first delicate Fern-leaf or frond which
pushes its way up between the prothallia.
When the whole surface is covered with
small fronds the young Ferns may then be
pricked out about 1 in. apart into other
pots or pans prepared with similar soil
and good but not so elaborate drainage
as before. Until the young plants get
established they must be kept rather close,
and alway moist. After a time, as they
begin to grow and fill up, more air may be
given, and in a few months, according
to size and vigour, each plant or two or
three together may be placed in separate
pots, and grown on in the same way as an
ordinary flowering plant, except that most
Ferns prefer shade to bright sunshine.
8 T
1010
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
This is briefly the way in which both
hothouse and hardy Ferns are raised from
' seed.' The hardy Ferns with which this
work is chiefly concerned may be raised hi
a cold frame, and many of them reproduce
themselves readily out of doors without
any artificial aid. When the spores are
ripe they are blown about by the wind into
nooks and crannies, and there germinate
and produce plants in due course.
Some of the rarer and more delicate
kinds, however, are best sown carefully,
and pricked out as advised. The spores
should never be allowed to get thoroughly
ripe on the fronds before gathering, other-
wise they may be lost altogether. A safe
way to harvest Fern spores is to place the
fronds containing fairly ripened spore -
cases into white paper bags, and hang
them up to ripen. In a few days the
brown spores will have escaped from the
spore cases, looking like brown flour or
dust in the bag. When they are not likely
to be disturbed or blown away by draughts
of air, the fronds may also be placed on
a sheet of white paper, on to which the
spores will fall, leaving the shape of the
frond beautifully outlined on the surface.
When Ferns admit of division this
operation is best performed in spring just as
the crowns are about to start into growth.
If divided in the autumn when the fronds
have withered it is safer to shelter the
divided portions hi cold frames (having
previously potted them up) until spring.
Some kinds may be increased by means
of the bulbils on the fronds. These bulbils
are detached easily with the finger and
thumb when large enough to handle,
and dibbled into pots or pans of prepared
soil just deep enough to prevent them
falling over. In a very short time they
root and make good plants. This is a
much quicker way of obtaining strong
plants than by spores, but comparatively
few ferns have the power of producing these
offsets or bulbils.
Hybrid Ferns
Although the reproductive process in
Ferns differs a good deal from that of
ordinary flowering plants hybrids have
nevertheless been produced between some
species. But whereas man can readily
control the production of a hybrid in the
case of flowering plants by transferring
the easily seen pollen from one species
to the usually obvious stigma of another,
it is all more or less a matter of chance
with Ferns. Anyway man cannot very
well take a microscopical antherozoid
and ram it down the neck of the
archegonium, so that he must leave the
operation to nature. When he wishes to
obtain a hybrid between two species his
only chance is to sow the spores of them
together in the same pot. Then perchance
an antherozoid — which has the power of
moving about in moisture, hence the
necessity of water — of one species may
stray into the archegonium of the other
species and fertilise its oosphere at the
base. The result would undoubtedly be
a hybrid when it developed and would
be more or less intermediate in character
between the two species. Genuine hybrid
Ferns, however, are very rare, although
hundreds of what may be called ' seminal '
varieties of the same common species
exist, and are always increasing in diversity.
Just as in flowering plants hybrids can
be obtained only by closely related species
or genera, so with Ferns. The nearer the
natural relationship between one species,
variety, or genus and another, the more
likelihood of obtaining a real hybrid.
Fern ' Freaks '
The ordinary development of a Fern
as described above includes four distinct
stages, namely (1) the spore, (2) the
prothallium, (3) sexual action between
antheridia and archegonia, and (4) the
Fern plants. It happens, however, that one
of these stages may be altogether missed
in the development of the plant.
Sometimes the spore stage is omitted
altogether, and the prothallium is developed
directly on the fronds, and from it arises
a new plant. This is known as apo&pory,
and must not be confounded with the mere
vegetative outgrowths known as bulbils or
offsets alluded tq before.
Sometimes the sexual process or fusion
between the contents of the antheridia
and archegonia does not take place, owing
probably to one or the other being absent
or sterile ; nevertheless the prothallium
produces a fern plant and skips the sexual
process. This is called apogamy.
Instances of both apospory and apo-
gamy have been proved in connection with
several British Ferns, but a still more
remarkable fact has also been discovered.
In the cycle of development, the Fern plant
itself is occasionally omitted altogether.
Instead of the prothallium producing a
plant as in the usual course, it, as it were,
HARDY FERNS
1011
skips that part of the business, and
produces clusters of sporangia instead.
As the spores, sexual organs, and plant
have been in turn suppressed, it now only
remains to discover an instance where a
plant is produced direct from the spore —
omitting the development of the prothal-
lium and sexual organs — to make the
cycle of Fern freaks complete.
It must be understood that these
deviations from the ordinary routine in
the development of a Fern plant are by
no means common, and they require the
practised eye of an enthusiastic Fern
grower to discover them. Why they
should take place is a matter scarcely
explainable, but they are probably due to
some special or unusual treatment to
which the plants arc subjected.
Plumose, Tasselled, or Crested
Ferns
The Ferns to which these terms apply
are so beautiful and varied that they
require special mention. They are mostly
' monstrous ' or abnormal forms, and
many of our native species have produced
exquisite forms, which by cultivation and
selection have been vastly improved upon.
The plumation, tasselling, or cresting
consists in the ordinary fronds being
developed into broad, leafy, or feathery
expansions, usually accompanied by par-
tial or total sterility, that is, the absence
of spores to a greater or less degree on
the parts which have become feathery or
crested
This ' feathering ' corresponds roughly
to the doubling of flowers, and increases
or decreases under good or bad treatment,
much in the same way. For instance, a
very feathery or crested Fern, grown in a
good soil and a suitable situation, will
very likely ' revert ' to the original form
from which it developed if placed in poor
soil and an unfavourable situation. The
Fern-grower must therefore never be
astonished either to see seedlings from a
normal form develop crested or feathered
fronds, or any of the latter lose their
plmnation, according to circumstances
and treatment.
With a little intelligent care the forms
of crested or abnormal Ferns can be
produced ad -infinitum from spores,
especially when the spores of two or three
nearly related varieties are sown together.
Some years ago I saw a form of Hart's
Tongue exhibited by Mr. E. J. Lowe, in
which were blended the characteristics of
three or four varieties on a single frond —
the result, as Mr. Lowe affirmed, of three
or four antherozoids from as many different
varieties having fused with the single
oosphere of the archegonium. This how-
ever is in flat contradiction to what is
generally known, and it seems to be
perfectly impossible for an oosphere to be
fertilised with more than one antherozoid
at one and the same time. With a
succession of ' crossings,' however, extend-
ing over several years, there is nothing
improbable in one plant having the
characters of several parents — as is well
known with Orchids and other flowers.
Cultivation of Ferns
Although hardy Ferns have nothing
showy in the way of bright and beautifully
coloured flowers to attract the gardener,
they are nevertheless so beautiful, so rich
in outline, so varied in size, and may be
used in so many ways, that they deserve
every attention from the real lover of
gardening. One often sees bare patches
in gardens, where no ordinary flower,
plant, or shrub will grow well, which would
be an ideal home for certain hardy Ferns.
But the function of Ferns is not altogether
to fill up spaces where nothing else will
grow. They have their use in the rockery,
the flower border, the shrubbery, the dell,
and are probably better and more hand-
some mixed with flowers than grown by
themselves in a formal Fernery. They
have their likes and dislikes regarding
soil and situation, shade and sunshine,
and it is necessary to study the peculiarities
of each group to obtain the most satis-
factory results. A grouping according to
their botanical affinities or according to
their heights, as is often done, is not to be
recommended. This results in monotony
and sameness of outline — the very things
to be avoided. Probably the most artistic
and at the same time most convenient
method in planting a varied selection of
Ferns is to place all those requiring
the same cultural treatment together.
Different genera, species, and varieties, of
varying heights and forms, will thus be
brought in contact with each other, and
the contrast between one and the other
will add an interest and attractiveness to
the whole.
Speaking generally, hardy Ferns love
shade from the hot sun, which scorches
them, plenty of moisture at the root, and
3t2
1012
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS adiantum
shelter from violent winds which break
their fronds. They like abundance of
light, however, and should not be planted
too closely together, otherwise they will
be unable to display to the best advantage
the graceful outlines of their fronds.
While revelling in moisture both at
the root and in the atmosphei-e. stagnant
moisture in the soil is fatal to them
sooner or later. The soil should therefore
always be thoroughly well drained,
although kept moist. Some kinds, like
the Royal Fern, grow naturally in boggy
and marshy situations, and should have
similar situations in the garden. Others,
like some of the Spleenworts, flourish in
drier positions, but still their roots are
usually found buried in moist crannies.
When planted in the rock garden, par-
ticular attention should be given to the
plants in hot weather, and frequent soak-
ings of water at ' early morn or dewy eve '
will keep them in a beautifully fresh
condition.
Besides suitable positions in regard to
light, shade, and moisture, good soil is an
important consideration. Good rich loam
with plenty of sharp sand, and also well-
decayed leaf-soil and peat, forms a good
all-round compost that may be readily
varied at will. The marshy kinds require
more peat and leaf-mould than other
sorts, and the soil in which they are
planted can be made up accordingly.
Some of the delicate kinds, including the
Filmy Ferns (Triehomanes and Hymeno-
phyll/wm) are too tender and valuable to
trust out of doors with the hardier and
sturdier sorts. They are often grown in
specially prepared structures, called
Wardian frames — miniature cold green-
houses in reality — where they flourish in
shade and moisture, often in a window of
an ordinary dwelling house facing north,
or shaded from the sun.
Although many species lose their
fronds in winter, and look somewhat
untidy, it is better not to cut the withered
fronds away until spring. They serve as
a natural protection to the crowns, and in
severe winters are very serviceable in
preventing the plants from being killed.
In the following descriptions of Hardy
Ferns, where special soils, situations &c.
are necessary for particular species, those
facts will be mentioned.
They may be classified into the follow-
ing sub-orders or tribes : —
Tribe I. (Polypodiace.e). — Fronds more or less leathery, circinate in vernation.
Indusium marginal, dorsal, or absent. Spore-cases small, usually stalked, not on a
raised receptacle, partially or wholly surrounded with a vertical elastic ring bursting
transversely.
ADIANTUM (Maidenhair). — T h e
plants of this genus have tufted or
creeping rootstocks and slenderly stalked
compound fronds pinnately divided 2^1
times, veins forked or netted. Sori
(i.e. the clusters of spore-cases called
sporangia) rounded or oblong, parallel
with and on the margin. Indusium
formed of the reflexed edge of the
pinnules.
About a hundred species of Maiden-
hair Ferns are known, but only those
mentioned below can be regarded as
sufficiently hardy for outdoor cultivation
in the British Islands.
A. Capillus- Veneris. — This pretty and
graceful evergreen Maidenhair Fern is
found on damp rocks, walls &c. near the
sea in Dorset, Devonshire, and Cornwall,
and in mild parts of the West of Ireland.
It grows 6-12 in. high, having fronds
irregularly and pinnately divided 3-4
times into alternate wedge-shaped crenate
pinnules or leaflets. The slender stipes
(stalk) and rachis (midrib) are almost
black, shining and brittle.
Culture and Propagation. — Although
a native species, the common Maidenhair
is too tender for most parts of the
country. It grows best on damp walls
and rocks in moist and warm shady
situations, and may be increased by spores,
or careful division of the creeping scaly
rootstocks in spring. See also p. 1009.
A. pedatum. — A beautiful North
American Maidenhair Fern 9-12 in. high,
recognised by its forked fronds, the main
divisions of which have whip-like branches
and wedge-shaped pinnules 4-f in. long,
broadest near the stem, the upper and
outer edges being lobed.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species in warm, moist, and sheltered
situations forms large tufts of fronds, and
is valuable for such positions in the lower
parts of the rock garden or even in moist
peaty borders. It nourishes in damp
turfy peat and sandy loam and requires
CRYPTOGKAJIME
HARDY FERNS
WOODWAHDIA 1013
thorough drainage. Increased by spores,
or division of the rootstocks in spring
or autumn. If divided in autumn, the
plants are safest in winter in a greenhouse,
so that they may become established
more quickly, and be sturdy for spring
planting. See also p. 1009.
ONYCHIUM.— The only species of
this genus that can be grown out of doors
in the mildest parts of the country is
0. japonicum, an elegant Fern from
China and Japan. Its fronds over 1 ft.
long and 6 in. broad, with stalks about
the same length, are broadly ovate in
outline, and four times pinnately divided
into numerous pinnules and segments', on
the back of which are borne linear clusters
of spore-cases.
Cult/or and Propagation. — This
species nourishes in sandy loam and peat
in moist and warm parts of the country.
Increased by spores. See p. 1009.
PTERIS (Brake or Bracken).— The
only species of this genus fit for outdoor
cultivation is our native Bracken (P.
aquil/ma), which is common in woods,
heaths, moors &c. in all parts of the
British Islands. From its stout creeping
rootstocks spring fronds 2-6 ft. high with
stout stalks. In early spring is the best
time to lift large clumps of it from the
moors or commons and transfer them to
the wilder parts of the garden, where
they may serve as screens or covers. If
planted in peaty soil and given a good
soaking they will grow without any
trouble. The dried fronds will be found
useful for protecting tender plants in
other parts of the garden. There are
several forms worth growing, such as
congesta, cristata, depauperata, grandi-
ceps pendula, flexuosa cristata, and
polydactyla. See also p. 1009.
CRYPTOGRAMME (Parsley
Fern ; Rockbrake). — C. crispa (Allo-
sorus crispus). — This elegant native Fern
resembles at first sight a tuft of Parsley,
owing to its dense tufts of pale green
fronds which appear in May and June
and gradually wither in autumn. They
are about 6 in. high and somewhat deltoid
or 3-cornered in outline with a rather
long, slender, smooth, pale brown stalk.
The fronds are twice or thrice pinnately
cut into wedge-shaped or oblong pinnules,
notched or cleft at the end. Two kinds
are borne, the outer ones being leafy and
barren, the inner ones contracted and
spore -bearing, the recurved margins form-
ing the indusium.
Culture and, Propagation. — The
Parsley Fern grows naturally in loose
stony places in mountainous parts of
England and Scotland. It may be grown
in the rockery in moist but well-drained
sandy loam and peat between pieces of
stone or rock in such a way that it will
receive plenty of light and air, and at
the same time be shaded from the scorch-
ing sun. See also p. 1009.
LOMARIA (Hard Fern). —The Hard
Ferns have short or creeping rootstocks
and tufted fronds, the outer ones of which
are barren, or spore-bearing at the base
only, the inner ones being usually fertile,
with linear sori, close to the margin.
Indusium scarious.
Cult me and Propagation. — Lomarias
flourish in shaded but lightsome parts of
the rockery in rich sandy loam, peat and
leaf soil. Increased by spores or careful
division. See also p. 1009.
L. alpina. — A pretty New Zealand
species with a slender creeping rootstock
and tufts of pinnately cut fronds 4-8 in.
long, the inner fertile ones being some-
what longer and narrower than the outer-
ones.
Culture ill-, as above. This species is
somewhat tender, and requires warm
sheltered situations among pieces of rock
and stone. See also p. 1009.
L. Spicant {Blechnum Spicant ; B.
boreale). — This is our native Hard Fern,
having stout creeping rootstocks, and
erect or spreading leathery bright green
pinnate and pinnatifid fronds, with polished
red-brown stalks. The pinnules of the
spore-bearing fronds are narrower than
those of the barren ones, but are long and
narrow, like the blunt teeth of a comb, in
both. There are a large number of forms
of this species, many of them having
crested radiating fronds. Among the best
may be mentioned cone inn a, crispa, cris-
tata, flabellata, multif areata, poly-
dactyla, plumosa, serrata, stricta, tri-
nervis, and trinervis coronans.
Culture dc. as above. Suitable for
damp shaded parts of the rockery. See
also p. 1009.
WOODWARDIA (Chain Fern).— A
small genus of beautiful Ferns, with large
twice pinnatifid fronds, with linear or
1014
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS asplenium
linear oblong sori sunk in single rows
parallel with and contiguous to the mid-
ribs of the pinnae and pinnules. The in-
dusiurn is the same shape as the sorus,
and closes over the caA-ity like a lid.
Culture and Propagation. — Wood-
wardias flourish in sandy loam and peat
in moist and shady situations, and may
be used with great effect in corners of
the rock garden. All the species are
exotic and require protection from frost
in winter, except perhaps in the milder
parts of the south-west of England and
Ireland. Increased by spores as described
at p. 1009.
W. areolata (W. angustifolia) is a
native of the United States, having deltoid,
ovate, barren fronds 6-12 in. long, borne
on slender stalks, and 8-9 or more irregu-
lar pairs of oblong lance -shaped, crenate-
serrate pinnae, while the fertile fronds
with narrow linear pinnae are borne on
strong erect chestnut-brown stalks.
Culture tic. as above.
W. radicans. — A native of the Canary
Islands. S. Europe &c, having graceful
fronds 3-6 ft. long and 1-1| ft. broad,
divided into lance-shaped pinnae often 1 ft.
long near the base, and cut down almost
to the midrib into finely toothed lance-
shaped pinnules. The variety cristata
has the fronds beautifully and symmetri-
cally crested. This species is rather too
tender for the open air except in the
mildest parts of the country.
Culture dtc. as above.
W. virginica. — A pretty species ex-
tending from Canada to Virginia, having
oblong lance-shaped fronds 12-18 in. long
and 6-9 in. broad. The linear lance-
shaped pinnae are 4-6 in. long, cut almost
to the midrib into blunt linear oblong
or ovate lobes.
Culture dtc. as above.
SCOLOPENDRIUM (Hart's
Tongue). — The Common Hart's Tongue
Fern (S. vulgare) is one of the most deco-
rative of hardy Ferns. The typical form
has short stout rootstocks, and tufts of
simple undivided bright green leathery
strap-shaped fronds 6-18 in. long, with
linear and parallel rows of spore -cases,
covered with a linear membranous indu-
sium, almost at right angles to the midrib.
Almost innumerable varieties — perhaps
1000-2000— of the Common Hart's
Tongue are now in cultivation, and con-
siderably more than 100 of these have
been regarded as first-class garden plants
byf xperts. The variation consists chiefly
in the cresting and laceration of the
simple fronds into all kinds of shapes,
sometimes regular and attractive, some-
times very irregular, and, more curious,
without any particular claim to beauty.
This wonderful variation may with culti-
vation and continual production of plants
from spores be prolonged indefinitely — so
much so, indeed, that it is practically
waste of time to give names to any but
the most distinct and constant forms.
Some of the best known at present are
alato-cristatum, angustum, capitatum,
cotymbiferv/m, conglomeration, Cow-
burni. crispum, and several finely divided
forms of it, such as diversifrons, grande,
fiuibriatum, latum, maximum, robus-
tum, decorum &c; densum, grandiceps,
laceratum, marginatum, multifiduvi,
ramo-cristatum, triperaferans &c. — all
names which give an idea as to the
character of the variety they represent.
Culture a?id Propagation. — The
Hart's Tongue Ferns are beautiful plants
for shady moist parts of the rockery,
either growing on level ground or jutting
out between the chinks of the rocks.
During hot dry summers the beautiful
shining green appearance of the fronds
may be retained and improved by copious
syringings or drenchings with water at
eventide. Sandy loam, peat, and leafsoil
make an excellent compost for the plants.
Failing choicer positions, they will flourish
under trees or under a north wall hi well-
drained soil, but plenty of moisture
during the summer is essential to develop
luxuriant foliage. See also p. 1009.
ASPLENIUM (Spleenwort). — A
genus of Ferns with short tufted root-
stocks, simple or compound fronds, and
linear or oblong sori, with a membranous
indusium opening towards the midrib.
Culture and. Propagation. — The
Spleenworts flourish in sandy loam, peat,
and eafsoil, and may well be grown with
such Ericaceous plants as Azaleas, Rhodo-
dendrons, Kalmias &c, for which they
make a good carpet or border. In par-
tially shaded parts of the rock garden or
under tall trees in similar soil they will
also grow well. See also p. 1009.
A. Adiantum-nigrum. — The ' Black
Maidenhair ' Spleenwort is a pretty native
Fern, and grows in large tufts in suitable
ASPLENIUM
HARDY FERNS
ASPLENIUM 1015
situations. The deltoid-ovate fronds are
twice or thrice pinnate, 6-12 in. long, or
even 2 ft. including the naked shining
chestnut-brown or purple-black stalks.
The variety acutum is very distinct but
rare, and differs from the type principally
in having more decidedly triangular
fronds with very sharp, almost bristly
pointed pinnules. Other forms are
grandiceps and microdon; the latter have
broad pinnae like those of the Sea Spleen-
wort (A. marinum).
Culture dc. as above. Suitable for
the rockery or banks in sandy loam and
peat, often forming beautiful tufts in
moist shaded situations. See also p. 1009.
A. Ceterach (Ceterach officinarum). —
Scaly Spleenwort. — A beautiful native
hardy Fern, with pinnately divided fronds
rarely exceeding 6 inches long, having
bluntly triangular pinnules. They have
short scaly stalks, and the upper sur-
face is of a deep green, while the under
surface is densely covered with rusty
brown scales, which at first conceal the
spore-cases.
Culture and Propagation. — This
species flourishes in the crevices of rocks
or walls in sandy loam and peat, and is
adapted for the rockery in shaded parts.
It is somewhat difficult to establish at
first, and is best moved in spring. There
are a few forms known — crenatum,
and in idt ifido-cristatum , which have the
pinnules crenate or crested, being the
best. See also p. 1009.
A. Filix-fcemina (Athyrium FiUx-
fcemina). — Common Lady Fern. — An
elegant native Fern with a stout root-
stock from which spring tufts of large
delicate green oblong-lance-shaped fronds
2-3 times pinnate, and 1-5 ft. long, with
stout brown or pale yellow stalks very
scaly at the base. The indusium differs
from that of other Spleenworts in being
more or less curved or kidney-shaped and
fringed with bristles on the margin. The
variety molle has shorter and softer fronds
than the type; latifolium is a strong-
growing variety with larger and more
' leafy ' fronds and crowded pinnules
deeply toothed at the edges ; incisum has
very large, thrice pinnate fronds with
broad pinnae; rhceticum (or convent m)
has twice pinnate fronds with narrow
convex and toothed pinnules.
The garden forms of the Lady Fern
are very numerous — more than 100 have
been certificated — and some of them may
be regarded as the finest hardy Ferns in
cultivation, the plumose or crested forms
being particularly handsome. Among
the best forms mention may be made of
acrocladon, all the crest forming a ball ;
Applebyamim, very narrow, with a wide-
branching crest ; Blaka?, beautiful plu-
mose form; clarissmmm, a very beautiful
and rare form, said to be reproduced only
by means of apospory (see p. 1010) ; con-
gestum grandiceps ; conioides ; corymbi-
frrinn, a fine crested form; crispum ;
cristatum ; Edtvardsi, a dwarf gem ;
excurrens, with bristly fronds ; Fieldia,
a narrow ' cruciate ' form ; fcecundolo-
sissimum, a dwarf form remarkable for
producing numerous bulbils in the crest ;
Frizellice, in which the pinnae are con-
tracted into round lobes; Grantee, very
fine congested form; Howardice, laciniate
and crested ; kalothri-r, with unique
silky fronds; percristatum, a fine tasselled
form; phtmoswm, feathery; divaricatum
and forms, one (dissect am) being remark-
able for having fronds five times pinnate ;
revolvens,knovm as the ' Prince of Wales'
Feather ' Fern, in which the fronds and
all divisions are symmetrically curled
inwards; rotundato-cristatum, with pin-
nules and crests all prettily rounded ;
stellatv/m a/ngustatum, with very narrow
fronds, the lower pairs of pinnae being
star-like ; Vernonia, pretty crisped form ;
and Victoria?, a charming form with long
narrow fronds, and much divided tassels,
the pinnae being arranged crosswise in
pairs and beautifully tasselled.
Culture and Propagation. — -The Ladj'
Ferns flourish in sheltered shady spots in
well-drained sandy peat and loam. Some
of the choicer forms are well worthy of
special attention and should not be mixed
up with the commoner ones. They may
be increased by spores as described at
p. 1009.
A. fontanum (A. Halleri). — The
' Smooth Rock Spleenwort ' is a small
tufted native species rarely exceeding 3 4
in. high, with narrow lance-shaped twice
pinnate fronds, deep green above, paler
beneath, and supported on very short
stalks having a few narrow-pointed scales
at the base. The spore-clusters are
distinct, but very often become merged
into one another so as to cover nearly the
whole under surface of the pinnules.
Culture dc. as above. This species
1016
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS asplenium
grows freely in well-drained sandy loani
and peat in warm sheltered parts of the
rock garden. It may also be grown in pots
in cool greenhouses. See also p. 1009.
A. germanicum (A. alternifolium). —
This is one of the rarest of our native
Ferns found growing among the rocks in
parts of Wales and N. Britain, forming
small tufts 3-6 in. high. The oblong
lance-shaped fronds, with blackish stalks,
are pinnately divided into a few distant
and alternate wedge-shaped pinnae, the
lowest of which are cleft or divided.
Culture dc. as above. This species is
rather difficult to establish, but grows fairly
well in sandy loam and peat, well -drained,
with the addition of brick rubble. Except
in sheltered localities this species is apt to
die in winter. See also p. 1009.
A. lanceolatum. — A native species
about 6-9 in. high, with bright green broadly
lance-shaped leaves, twice pinnately cut,
and having broad crowded acutely serrate
pinnules. The variety microdon is a rare
plant having pinnate fronds, the pinnae
being wavy and lobed, but not again
divided as in the type. The variety cris-
patum is cut like the type, but the mar-
gins of the pinnules are curled inwards
and sharply toothed.
Culture dc. as above. This species
grows on wet rocks in parts of England
and S. Ireland, nearly always near the
coast, and is very frequently met with in
the Channel Islands. It is only fit for the
milder parts of the country in warm moist
■parts of the rockery. See also p. 1009.
A. marinum (Sea Spleenwort). — A
beautiful tufted native Fern having a stout
rootstock clothed with purple - brown
chaffy scales, and oblong or lance-shaped
leathery fronds, pinnately divided into
oblong ovate crenate lobes 1-2 in. long,
and borne on stout shining reddish-brown
stalks. There are a few forms, irubri-
catum, coronans, mirabile, Thompsoni,
and plumosum, being among the best.
Culture dc. as above. The Sea
Spleenwort is very hardy and may
often be seen growing in the chinks of
dry old walls, but is then very small and
poor. It grows naturally near the sea-
cliffs and caves, and is best in warm
moist shaded places in parts of the rockery.
It is often grown in warm moist green-
houses, when it assumes luxuriant pro-
portions. See also p. 1009.
A. Ruta-muraria (Wall Bue Spleen-
wort).— This is not a particularly hand-
some species, but may be included in a
large collection. It is found throughout
the British Islands on walls and rocks,
and may be recognised by its oblong or
ovate fronds, irregularly twice-pinnate into
rounded or truncate-toothed lobes.
Culture dec. as above. It may b<
grown in well-drained sandy loam and
peat between the chinks of large stones
in the rock garden. See also p. 1009.
A. septentrionale (Forked Spleenwort).
A rare little native Fern with a dense
tufted habit, and linear lance-shaped long
toothed fronds on rather long stalks pur-
ple at the base. The sori are at first dis-
tinct but become confluent with age.
Culture dc. as above. This species is
found growing naturally on rocks and
walls, and may be grown in warm moist
parts of the rockery in sandy soil mixed
with brick rubble. See also p. 1009.
A. Trichomanes (Maidenhair Spleen -
tvort).—A dwarf tufted native Fern ren-
dered attractive and easily recognised by
its shining blackish or red-brown stalks,
and midrib, on each side of which the
deep green oblong bluntly toothed or
crenate lobes or pinnae are arranged with
great regularity. The fronds are linear in
shape, pinnate, and 6-12 in. long. There
are several good forms, among which may
be mentioned attenuatum, confluens.
cristatum, inibricatum, incisum, multi-
fidum, Maulei, and ramosum.
Culture dc. as above. The true
Maidenhair Spleenwort is found growing
naturally on rocks, old walls, ruins, and
occasionally hedgebanks in most parts of
the British Islands. It requires great care
in transplanting, as the wiry roots cannot
stand much injury. Once established,
however, it grows freely in warm moist
and somewhat shaded corners of the
rockery, and is attractive between the
chinks and crevices of rocks where it is not
likely to be disturbed. See also p. 1009.
A. viride. — This elegant little British
Fern closely resembles .A. Trichomanes in
appearance and habit, but is readily dis-
tinguished by the green and not black
colour of the rachis or midrib, and by the
shorter oblong or ovate crenate lobes of
the linear pinnate fronds.
Culture dc. as above. It may be
grown like A. Trichomanes, but requires
ONOCLEA
HABDY FERNS
WOODSIA 1017
more shade and moisture in summer, and
less wet in winter. In cold wet seasons it
should be protected in the rockery with a
sheet of glass. See also p. 1009.
CYSTOPTERIS (Bladder Fern).
A small genus of delicate flaccid Ferns
with short or creeping rootstock and tufted
or scattered fronds 1-4 times pinnately
divided, and having pinnate or forked
veins. Sori small roundish, covered with
a membranous convex indusium attached
to the veinlet below the sorus.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Bladder Fern is found in mountainous
districts, in moist rocky places, also more
rarely on old walls and ruins, and grows
freely in the rock garden in moist shady
spots, throwing up its graceful fronds in
spring and early summer, and retaining
them in freshness until cut down by frost.
Increased by spores. See also p. 1009.
C. alpina (C. regia). — A handsome
little Fern closely related to G. fragiUs,
with bright green fronds 4-10 in. long,
3-4 times pinnately divided.
Culture </(•. as above. It may be
grown like C. fragilis, but requires pro-
tection from cold drenching rains in win-
ter. See also p. 1009.
C. fragilis. — A charming and elegant
native Fern having ovate-lance-shaped
fronds 4-8 in. long, pinnately divided into
deltoid pinnae, which are again divided or
cut into ovate acute pinnules, more or
less deeply toothed on the margins. The
variety dentata is generally smaller and
nearly always blunter in all its parts ;
dicJcieana is an elegant form, more com-
pact in habit than the type, the pinnae
bending downwards and more or less
overlapping.
Culture dc. as above.
C. montana (Mountain Bladder Fern).
A rare and elegant native species found
growing on the wet shady rocks in the
mountainous parts of Scotland. The
delicate triangular fronds are 4-6 in. long,
3-4 times pinnately divided.
Culture dc. as above. It requires
similar treatment in the rockery to C.
fragilis. See also p. 1009.
ONOCLEA. — A small genus of hardy
Ferns having roundish sori on special
(fertile) fronds in which the pinnae have
been contracted with or without an indu-
sium.
Culture and Propagation. — These
Ferns flourish in moist and cool situations
in the rock garden and enjoy a rich strong
well -drained sandy loam. Owing to the
spore-bearing fronds resembling an un-
opened spike of flowers this group of Ferns,
and also the Osniundas, are popularly
called ' flowering ' Ferns, but as already
explained at p. 1008 they have nothing of
the nature of ordinary flowers.
O. germanica (Struthiopteris german-
ica). —Ostrich Fern. — A handsome species
native of the northern hemisphere, but
not of the British Islands. It has broadly
lance-shaped fronds, tapering towards the
base, the fertile pinnae being roundish
linear, lobed and tox-n at the edges.
Culture ({■<-. as above. See also p. 1009.
O. sensibilis. — A pretty Fern from
North America and \Y. Asia, with a
widely creeping rootstock. The fertile
fronds are twice pinnate with roundish
somewhat recurved pinnules, while the
barren fronds are broadly triangular in
outline and deeply and pinnately cut into
lance-shaped oblong pinnae, entire or wavy
toothed on the margins. This species has
been found wild near Warrington, but is
considered not to be a true native of
England.
Culture dc. as above. See also p. 1009.
WOODSIA. —A genus of dwarf
tufted Ferns with pinnate fronds, the
stalks of which are usually jointed above
the base. Sori roundish ; indusium
attached under the sorus, at first cup-
shaped and entire, afterwards splitting
into thread-like segments.
Culture and Propagation. — Woodsias
flourish in rich sandy loam and peat,
with which may be mixed some ground
sandstone or brick rubble to keep the soil
thoroughly open and well drained. Very
moist and well -shaded parts of the
rockery suit them best, and the plants
may be inserted between the chinks of
large stones or boulders to give the best
effect in accordance with their natural
growth. They may be increased by
spores and division of the rootstock in
early spring just as the new fronds are
about to grow.
W. hyperborea (W. alpina). — An
interesting hardy Fern found on wet
alpine rocks in N. Wales, Scotland, and
throughout the N. temperate hemisphere.
The densely tufted lance-shaped fronds
3-6 in. long, with shining stalks clothed
1018
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS aspidium
at the base with rusty scales, are pin-
nately divided into ovate-oblong or some-
what heart-shaped pinna?, which have
forked and simple veins and downy or
hairy margins and surfaces.
Culture dc. as above. This Fern
nourishes in moist shady spots and may
be used in nooks hi the rockery. See also
p. 1009.
W. ilvensis. — This is practically a
variety of W. hyperborea but is usually
kept distinct for garden purposes. It differs
in having the fronds more broadly lance-
shaped hi outline, and the pinnae deeply
cut into oblong and rather crenate lobes.
Culture dc. as above. See also p. 1009.
W. obtusa (W. p err inland). — An
American species extending along the
mountains from the United States to
Peru, and hardy enough for mild parts
of our climate. The oblong lance-shaped
fronds, 6-9 in. long, are twice or thrice
pimiately cut or divided into oblong,
blunt, somewhat crenate pinnules, but
are not jointed with the stalk. The
plants grow in slender tufts and are very
graceful.
Culture dc. as above. See also p. 1009.
ASPIDIUM (Shield Fern).— A genus
of tufted evergreen Ferns with pinnate
fronds and round sori, covered with a
round shield-like indusium. The plants
commonly known as Polystichums are
now included with the Shield Ferns.
Culture and Proj)«gation. — The
Hardy Shield Ferns are among the most
ornamental plants for the outdoor garden.
They are strong and free-growing and
most of them require little attention after
they are once established in suitable
places. They prefer shaded places under
tall trees, nooks in the rockery, or among
Ericaceous shrubs, such as Rhododen-
drons, Azaleas, Kalmias &c. During the
summer months they require plenty of
moisture, but the soil in which they are
growing — consisting of sandy loam, peat,
and leaf-mould — must be well drained,
as with other Ferns. Most kinds of
Aspidium may be easily increased from
spores, and by division of the rootstocks
in spring.
A. aculeatum [Polystichu/m aculea-
tiun). — Prickly Shield Fern.— A sturdy
native Fern with broadly ovate lance-
shaped fronds about 2 ft. long, rather
harsh and rigid in texture, the upper
surface deep green and shining, and the
short stalks clothed with rusty pohited
scales. The fronds are twice pinnate, the
alternate pinnae being again more or
less deeply divided into rhomboid-ovoid
pinnules with sharp teeth or bristles.
The variety lobatum has narrower twice-
pinnate fronds and very rigid more or
less decurrent pinnules. The variety
angulare (Polystichum angulare) known
as the ' Soft Shield Fern ' differs chiefly
from the type in having stalked and not
sessile pinnules, which are likewise less
harsh in texture, and with long pointed
teeth.
The garden forms of the Prickly
Shield Fern are very numerous, many of
them being beautifully crested, lobed, and
tasselled. Some of the best known forms
are acrocladon, crested ; Baileyce, with
slender pinnules; brachiato - cristatum,
with fronds forming a crested trident ;
congestum, very dwarf and tufted; cris-
pato-foliosum, dense and pretty ; crista-
tum, finely tasselled ; decomposition ;
divisilobum cristatum, deeply divided
and crested ; d. plumosum densum and
d. p. laxum — two charming feathered
forms rivalling Todea superba hi effect ;
grandiceps, tasselled; parvissimum, a
densely congested form with fronds
12-18 in. long ; Pateyi, a wild feathered
form; polydactylum, beautiful fingered
divisions ; pulclicrrimum, a splendid
feathered variety with barren fronds ;
setosum, a finely cut bristly form ; tripin-
uatum, a fine and much divided form.
Cu Itu re dc. as above. See also p. 1009.
A. Lonchitis {Polystichum Pouchitis).
Alpine Shield or Holly Fern. — A stiflish
prickly looking native species with dense
tufts of linear oblong pinnate fronds,
6-18 in. long, bright green above, and
scaly at the base of the short stalks. The
narrow ovate pinnae are i-1 in. long with
sharply toothed or spiny edges and tips,
and sori in 2-3 rows on each side of the
midrib. The Holly Fern, which is found
on the rocks at an elevation of over
3000 ft. in the Highlands of Scotland, is
somewhat difficult to transplant success-
fully. Plants for the garden would pro-
bably be better raised from spores and
then planted when young in sheltered
shady niches of the rockery. The variety
crista t inn is a crested form.
MOl'IIh'ODH'M
HARDY FERNS
NEPHRODIUM 1019
Other species of Aspidium not so
well known but worthy of a place with
the others are A. acrostichoides from
N. America, with fronds 1-2 ft. long, and A.
munitum, a fine Californian species with
fronds 1-2 ft. long and 4-8 in. broad.
These are best in warm sheltered shady
nooks in the milder parts of the country.
Culture dc. as above. See also p. 1009.
NEPHRODIUM (Buckler Fern).
This genus is closely related to Aspidium,
from which however it may be readily
distinguished by the kidney-shaped (not
roundish) indusium which is attached by
the sinus and not the centre. All the
British Buckler Ferns are probably better
known in gardens under the name of
Lastrea, which has now been discarded
by the best botanical authorities.
Culture and Propagation. — The cul-
tivation of the Buckler Ferns is practically
the same as for the Shield Ferns {Aspi-
dium), and they grow well together under
the same conditions. A good compost of
sandy loam, peat and leaf mould suits
them well, and during the summer they
like an abundance of moisture. See also
p. 1009.
N. aemulum (Last tea cemula). — Hay-
scented Buckler Fern. — An elegant
Scottish and Irish Fern closely related to
N. spinulosuvi , but with more triangular
and divided fronds remarkably concave
and curved upwards, and possessing a
crisped appearance from the recurving
edges of the segments. There is a crested
form known as cristatum.
Culture dc. as above. This species
flourishes in damp sheltered places and
is suitable for moist shady banks and
between large stones in the rockery. See
also p. 1009.
N. cristatum. — A rare native species
with oblong lance-shaped fronds about
18 in. long, pinnately divided, the shortly
stalked pinnae having short teeth.
Culture dc. as above. This species
grows in bogs and marshes in a few places,
and may be grown in damp shady banks
or rockwoi'k in peaty soil, with plenty
of water in summer. See also p. 1009.
N. dilatatum (Lastrea dilatata).
Broad Buckler Fern. — This well-known
hardy Fern is closely related to N. spvnu-
losum, and is indeed only a form of it.
It has however larger fronds ovate lance
shaped in outline, twice or thrice pinnate,
and more deeply cut. There are several
fine forms of it including cristatum, cris-
pum, folioso-digitatum, folioso-graudi-
ceps, polydactylum, ramosum &c.
Culture dc. as above. See also p. 1009.
N. Filix-Mas [Lastrea and Aspidium
Filix-Mas). — Male Buckler Fern. — The
native Fern receives its name from its
robust appearance in contrast with the
more delicate though similar' Lady Fern '
(Asplenium Fil/ix-fcemi/na). Its beautiful
1-2 pinnate fronds are 1-3 ft. long, spring-
ing from a short thick rootstock, and are
oblong lance-shaped in outline, rather
rigid in texture, with oblong pinnules
more or less toothed. There are several
natural forms of this species, the best
known being abbreviatum, in which the
pinnae are pinnatifid or bluntly eremite
oblong with only one row of sori along
the midrib; afline (or incisum), with oblong
lance-shaped deeply cut pinnules ; and
Borreri (or paleacewm), with bright golden-
yellow fronds and obtuse almost truncate
and less serrate pinnules. The garden
forms are also numerous, and include
Barnesi (or curtum), with rather narrow
fronds ; Bollandice, a feathered form ;
crista tu m, a curious and handsome crested
form; Jiuctuosum, a pretty crisped form ;
grandiceps, feathery; lu-c-lunce, the
fronds of which become whitish when
grown in sunshine, besides many others.
Cu Itu re dc. as above. See also p. 1009.
N. Oreopteris (N. montanum). — An
elegant native species often called the
' Mountain Buckler Fern ' owing to its
being found among the mountainous
heaths and pastures, often at an elevation
of 3000 ft., in the Highlands. It has a
fragrant smell when drawn through the
hands, and sends up tufts of lance-shaped
pinnate fronds 1^,-3 ft. long, the pinnae
being deeply pinnatifid and glandular
beneath. It is a fine Fern for shady parts
of the rockery or border, and likes plenty
of moisture in summer. There are several
handsome forms of it known, such as Bar-
nesi,congestum, coronans, cristatum, cris-
tatum gracile, prettily tasselled ; grandi-
ceps, nowellianum, a curious but rather
pretty irregular form ; and truncatum, the
pinnae of which end abruptly with project-
ing horns.
Culture dc. as above. See also p. 1009.
N. rigidum (Lastrea and Aspidium
rigidum). — An elegant British Fern of
1020
PBACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS polypodium
upright or spreading habit, having oblong
lance -shaped fronds 1-2 ft. high, issuing
from the crown of a comparatively thick
rootstock in spring, and shrivelling upon
the approach of winter. The rhomboid
pinnae are divided into acutely toothed
pinnules which are somewhat glandular
beneath, and emit a faint and more or
less agreeable odour when passed through
the hand.
Culture dc. as above. A free grower
in the rockery in shady places. See also
p. 1009.
N. spinulosum. — This species is prob-
ably better known through its variety di-
latatum, which has already been referred
to separately. It has a tufted rootstock
from which oblong lance-shaped fronds
1-2 ft. long are produced having pinnae
2-4 in. long and pinnatifid pinnules with
oblong more or less spiny-toothed lobes.
N. remotum is a distinct variety found in
the Lake District, having lance -shaped
pinnae.
Culture dc. as above. This species
and its forms flourish in damp shaded
places and are useful under trees, or nooks
in the rock garden. See also p. 1009.
N. Thelypteris (Lastrea and Aspidium
Thelypteris). — Marsh Buckler Fern. — A
graceful native Fern with an extensively
creeping rootstock from which the lance-
shaped pinnate fronds spring about May
on slender straw-coloured stalks. They
are about 2 ft. long, of a delicate pale
green, with opposite deeply cut pinnae, the
lobes of which are curved in on the margins.
Culture dc. as above. This species
likes boggy soil and shaded places, and,
owing to the creeping character of its
rootstocks, requires plenty of space to
develop. See also p. 1009.
Besides the hardy British sorts of
Buckler Fern, there are a few exotic ones
that may also be grown like them out of
doors, such as erythrosorum from China
and Japan ; jioridanum from the United
States ; fragrans from the Caucasus and
Arctic America ; and goldieanum margi-
nale and novaboracense from N. America.
POLYPODIUM (Polypody). — The
plants belonging to this genus are readily
recognised by their round naked sori, quite
destitute of an indusium or involucre.
They usually have creeping or tufted
rootstocks and simple lobed, pinnatifid, or
pinnate fronds. About 400 species belong
to this genus, but only a few are hardy in
the United Kingdom.
P. alpestre (Aspidium and Atliyrium
alpestre). — At first sight this pretty native
Fern might be mistaken for the Common
Lady Fern (Asp>lenium Filix-foemina), so
closely do the fronds resemble each other
in appearance. It has stout scaly root-
stocks from which the twice pinnate
oblong lance-shaped fronds about 2 ft.
long appear in May and last till cut
down by the frost.
Culture and. Propagation. — This
species is found at high elevations in
Scotland under the shade of rocks near
streams &c. It requires a damp peaty
soil in cool shady parts of the rockery.
Increased by spores or division. See
also p. 1009.
P. Dryopteris (Oak Fern). — This
native species is readily distinguished
from other Polypodies by having its fronds
smooth and divided into three branches,
each bearing 6-8 or more pairs of pinnules
which are deeply pinnatifid into bluntish
crenate lobes. The whole plant is slender
and delicate in habit, and not often exceeds
6 in. high. It flourishes in a cool shady
situation in the rock garden in well-
drained sandy loam and peat, and loses
its fronds in winter. The ' Limestone
Polypody,' P. robertianum (or P. cal-
careum), is a variety of the Oak Fern,
having a stouter rootstock, and more
feathery glandular downy fronds.
Culture dc. as above. It may be
grown among pieces of limestone rubble
in shaded parts of the rockery, and does
not need so much moisture in summer
as most hardy Ferns. See also p. 1009.
P. Phegopteris (Beech Fern). — A
somewhat fragile species found hi damp
shaded places in various parts of the
British Islands. It has creeping root-
stocks and throws up delicate hairy pale
green fronds about May. They are 6-12
in. long when fully grown, having 9 or
more pairs of more or less deeply divided
pinnae usually standing opposite each
other.
Culture dc. as above. This species
likes warm sheltered spots in the rockery
with plenty of shade and moisture in
summer. Its frail fronds are cut down by
the frosts in winter, and serve to protect
the roots from frost and wet, and should
therefore not be cut away till spring.
POLYPODIUM
HARDY FERNS
HYMENOPHYLLUM 1021
P. vulgare (Common Polypody). — This
is an evergreen native species found
growing freely on old tree trunks, mossy
bunks, moist rocks and walls &c. in
various parts of the British Islands. It is
readily distinguished from other sp< ei< -
by its densely scaly rhizomes which creep
on the surface of the soil, and the alternate
linear oblong fronds 6-12 in. long, pin-
nately cut into linear oblong entire or
crenate-serrate segments. They are deep
green and leathery in texture, the under
surface having lines of golden spore-cases
which look very handsome and conspicuous.
There are many forms of the Common
Polypody, among which may be noted,
cambricvm, a fine feathered form ;
cornubiense (or elegcmtissimurri), cris-
ta turn-, glomeratum, grandiceps, with
heaving terminal and lateral crests to the
fronds; mulHfido-cristatv/m, all crested;
omnilacerum, plumosum, Prestoni, a
pretty congested form of cambric um ;
/iiilclierrimum, ramosum, semi-lacerum,
and tricliomiuioides, a handsome form in
the way of cornubiense.
Culture and Propagation. — The com-
mon Polypody and its varieties flourish in
rich sandy loam and peat with plenty of
Leaf-soil, and are very useful for planting
beneath trees or on and around old tree-
stumps. Indeed they may be placed in a
variety of situations — moist rocks, walls,
mossy banks, old ruins &c, and as long as
they are given plenty of water in summer
they require little attention. Some of the
garden varieties mentioned above require
a little more care perhaps in their culti-
vation, otherwise they may be found to
revert to some of the commoner forms.
When only a plant or two of a fine variety
exist, it is safer to grow them in pots in
cold frames or greenhouses until the in-
crease of stock will permit them to be
planted in the outdoor garden. See also
p. 1009.
Among exotic species hardy enough
for outdoor cultivation in favourable parts
of the country may be mentioned the N.
American P. hexagonopterum, with fronds
8-12 in. long, and P. Lingua, from N.
India, Japan &c, easily recognised by its
leathery strap-shaped fronds covered with
a rusty tornentum beneath.
GYMNOGRAMME. — This genus
contains mostly tropical species, among
them being the well-known Gold and
Silver Ferns grown in hothouses. G.
leptophylla is scarcely worth growing,
but is interesting as being one of the few
annual Ferns known. It is found chiefly
in Jersey on moist banks, and requires to
be raised from spores sown every autumn
under glass, or in warm sheltered places
in the south of England and Ireland.
They will produce mature Ferns the
following year, each plant consisting of a
tuft of about half a dozen fronds, the
largest of which are about 6 in. long, and
bear spores. They are very slender and
broadly ovate oblong in outline, and twice
or thrice pinnate.
Tribe II. Hymenophylle^e. — Rootstock creeping. Fronds very delicate and almost
transparent, net-veined, circinate in vernation. Indusium 2-valved, urn-shaped or
2-lipped. Spore-cases sessile on a club-shaped or thread-like receptacle surrounded
with a complete oblique or transverse ring.
HYMENOPHYLLUM (Filmy
Fern). — A genus of delicate ferns with
creeping thread-like rootstocksand pellucid
fronds and marginal sori, with the indu-
sium free or sunk in the midrib.
H. tunbridgense. — A pretty native
Filmy Fern growing in matted tufts on the
surface of damp rocks in moist sheltered
localities. Its membranous fronds are
3-6 in. long, and of a dull brownish-green
when fresh. They are pinnate with once
or twice pinnatifid segments.
< ' nlture and Propagation. — Perpetual
shade and moisture are the main things
required for Filmy Ferns — which include
the Hymenophyllums and Trichoinanes,
and it is practically impossible to find a
suitable situation for these out of doors.
If any grotto or other place can be devised
where frost can be excluded in winter,
and the temperature ranges from 40° to 50°
Fahr. throughout the year, and the
atmosphere can be kept close and tho-
roughly saturated with moisture, there it
is possible to grow Filmy Ferns. A small
glass case with a few pieces of rock stuck
up here and there in the sandy peaty soil
may be used to grow these plants success-
fully if the other conditions are kept.
Provision should be made so that no stag-
nant moisture will remain about the
plants, but care must be taken to avoid
draughts of dry air which speedily shrivel
the delicate fronds.
1022 PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS ophioglossum
H. unilateral (H. Wilsoni). — Also a
native species found growing under simi-
lar conditions to H. tunbridgense. It is
a small moss-like plant with a mass of
semi - drooping brownish - green semi-
transparent fronds, oblong lance -shaped
in form, and pinnately divided, the
pinnules being decurved and spiny ser-
rate.
Culture circ. as above.
TRICHOMANES (Bristle or
Killarney Fern). — T. radicans is the
best known plant of this genus. It is now
almost exclusively confined to the lakes of
Killarney in a wild state, where it forms
luxuriant masses amid the dripping rocks
over which its membranous semi-trans-
parent fronds hang in clusters. It is so
beautiful that it should if possible be grown
in specially adapted quarters in the garden.
Tribe III. Osjiundeje. — Fronds leathery or membranous, circinate in vernation.
Indusium absent. Spore-cases clustered in a branched panicle terminating the frond,
vertically 2-valved, and furnished with a short horizontal ring.
OS M UN DA (Royal Fern).— A genus
of Ferns with tuberous, densely branched
rootstocks, and tufts of leathery fronds
once or twice pinnate. Some of the
pinnae are altered, contracted, and covered
with naked confluent sori.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Osmundas form another group of the
so-called 'flowering' Ferns, and constitute
a very ornamental class of plants. They
flourish in marshy or boggy soil composed
of peat and sandy loam, and are very
effective near the margins of ponds, lakes
&c. in shaded or sunny situations where
they can obtain plenty of moisture. They
may be increased by spores, as described
at p. 1009, or division.
O. cinnamomea. — A graceful N.
American and Japanese species, having
simply pinnate barren fronds 2-3 ft.
high and 6-8 in. broad, on stalks 12-18
in. long, the strap-shaped pinnae being
closely arranged and cut down nearly to
the midrib. The fertile fronds are much
smaller. The form known as angustata
is dwarfer than the type, and the fronds
are smaller in all their parts.
Culture tfc. as above.
O. claytoniana (O. interrupta). — A
splendid species, native of N. America
and the Himalayas. It grows only 1^-2
ft. high, and is clothed with a rusty down
or fur when young, the barren and fertile
pinnae being intermixed.
<'ult arc <tc. as above. All the above
Ferns lose their leaves in winter, but it is
safer to allow the withered mass to remain
until spring as a protection from frost.
O. regalis. — A stately British Fern,
often producing fronds 6-8 ft. or more
high, on stout brown stalks, in spring.
The barren pinnae are bluntly oblong in
shape and 3-12 inches in length, more
or- less unequally lobed at the base. The
upper ones gradually change into cylin-
drical fertile ones, forming a large panicle
of spore-clusters, which looks very hand-
some. The form called cristata has the
ends of the fronds and all the pinnae
finely crested; corymbifera, is curiously
forked and crested ; and revolvers has
the edges of the pinnules recurved, giving
the plant a distinct appearance. 0. palus-
tris is a form of the Royal Fern in which
the young fronds are reddish in colour
and never attain the size of the type.
Culture dtc. as above.
Tribe IV. Ophioglosse.e. — Fronds straight in vernation,
valved, without a ring, arranged in spikes or panicles.
Spore-cases large, 2-
OPHIOGLOSSUM (Adder's
Tongue). — 0. vulgatumis a small stem-
less Fern, native of the damp pastures,
banks, woods &c. of parts of the British
Islands. The oblong linear or lance-
shaped barren fronds appear about May
from a short rootstock, and reach a
height of 6-12 in., having a smooth,
round, fleshy stalk below. In summer
the blade branches into a flattened
stalked spike 1-2 in. long, with 2 rows of
confluent roundish spore-cases that burst
transversely. 0. lusitanicum is a form
with narrow lance-shaped fronds and
spikes less than 1 in. long.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Adder's Tongue Fern is easily grown
in rich, moist, sandy loam and peat in
EQUISETUM
HORSETAIL ORDER
EQUISETUM 1023
partially shaded parts of the rockery.
Increased by spores as described at
p. 1009.
BOTRYCHIUM (Moonwort).—
This genus is closely related to Ophio-
glossum, but differs in having pinnate or
twice pinnate fronds and a compound
panicle of clustered spore-cases.
B. Lunaria. —A distinct-looking hardy
native Fern, found in pastures and grassy
banks, often at an elevation of over 2500
ft. in the Highlands of Scotland. It has
a pinnate fleshy frond 4-6 in. high, with
lunate, crenate, or pinnately cut pinnae.
Culture and Propagation. — It is
somewhat capricious in a cultivated state
and should be moved only when fully at
rest. It likes a soil composed of peat and
sandy loam, and fairly moist and shaded
situations where it is not likely to be
disturbed for several years. The new
fronds spring up annually and perish with
the frosts of winter, and as individual
plants are not very conspicuous it is
advisable to grow several together, other-
wise they are apt to be overlooked and
crowded out by other plants. Where
difficulty is experienced in cultivation out-
side, the plants may be grown in cold
frames until thoroughly established.
CXXXII. EQUISETACEi*E— Horsetail Order
An order containing about 25 species of interesting cryptogamic plants
chiefly natives of the North Temperate regions. They have creeping root-
stocks, from which spring erect, round, jointed and grooved stems, hollow
except at the joints, which end in toothed sheaths, representing leaves. Some-
times branches grow out from these sheaths and are like the main stem but
much smaller. The seeds, or, more correctly speaking, the spores, are borne
at the ends of the branches in the form of a short conical head or spike. This
is made up of a number of stalked shield-like hexagonal scales, on the under
surface of which are several wedge-shaped spore-cases. When ripe these
spore-cases open down the inner side and release the numerous green spores,
which may be easily seen with the aid of a small hand-glass. The spores are
furnished with four elastic threads called ' elaters ' which assist in their
distribution. They are sensitive to moisture and dryness. When moist they
coil round the spore, but when dry they straighten out. By breathing on
them they close over the spores, and unroll again, as if alive, as soon as they
become dry.
EQUISETUM (Horsetail; Pad-
dock Pipes). — A genus of leafless herbs
with erect rush-like stems, hollow except
at the joints, and furrowed lengthwise.
Culture and Propagation. — There
are 8 or 9 species of Horsetail natives of
the British Islands, but those mentioned
below are the only ones deserving of any
attention from a garden point of view.
Indeed some of them are rank weeds and
spread so rapidly once they have been
introduced into a garden that it is difficult
to eradicate them afterwards. They adapt
themselves very well to their surroundings,
but flourish best in moist loamy soil in
shady places such as would suit many
Ferns. A clump of the species described
below forms an interesting feature in the
garden, their distinct appearance and
habit of growth reminding one of minia-
ture Pine - tree forests, and being so
different from the ordinary run of plants
cultivated. The easiest way to increase
the Horsetails is by dividing them in
autumn when the stems have died down,
or in spring when they are starting into
growth. But they may also be raised
from spores, which should be sown in pots
or pans, or even in the open air in warm
moist and shady spots much in the same
way as recommended for Ferns at p. 1009.
Where the plants thrive, however, they
will continue to increase naturally by
means of their creeping underground
stems and also by the self-sown spores.
E. maximum (E. Telmateia). — Giant
Horsetail. — A graceful British plant,
1024 PBAGTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS equisetum
3-6 ft. high, the barren sterns being taller Kingdom. When well grown in shady
than the fertile ones, much grooved and places in damp loamy soil, it assumes
furnished with whorls of slender more luxuriant proportions and is a really
or less erect or spreading branches which elegant plant. It may be grown in parts
are sometimes again branched. The of the bog garden or in moist spots among
main stems are about i in. in diameter at Ferns in shady places. It may be increased
the base and gracefully taper upwards. by division and also by spores.
The fleshy fertile (or spore-bearing) stems
areabout lft. high, pale brown and smooth. E. sylvaticum (Wood Horsetail). —
From each of the joints arises a large An extremely elegant plant, much shorter
loose funnel-shaped sheath, the upper than E. maximum, the grooved or nearly
ones being largest, distinctly striated, and smooth stems attaining a height of only
ending in 30-40 long slender teeth. The 1-2 ft. and being furnished with recurved
fruit cones are 2-3 in. long and terminate or deflexed branches arranged in whorls
the stems. or circles at the joints, each branch again
Culture Sc. as above. This is rather having whorls of smaller branches at the
a common plant and is found wild in bogs joints,
and ditches in various parts of the United Culture dc. as above.
CXXXIII. LYCOPODIACEiE— Clubmoss Order
A rather large order of Cryptogamous plants with more or less creeping or
sometimes corm-like rootstocks. The rigid stems are usually forked — or
dichotomously branched, and furnished with leaves throughout. The simple
nerveless or 1 -nerved leaves are arranged on the stems overlapping each other
in from 2 to 6 ranks. In the axils of some of the leaves which are specially
modified the stalkless spore-cases are produced, and are roundish or kidney-
shaped bodies opening round the top into two valves and distributing a large
number of fine yellow powdery-like spores.
There are 5 species of Clubmoss native of the British Islands, but they
may be regarded as valueless for garden purposes. The ' Ground Pine ' of
North America, however, as Lycopodium dendroideum is called, is a pretty and
distinct plant with erect and much-branched stems 6-9 in. high, clothed with
numerous small bright shining green leaves. The fruiting branches bear
long yellow cylindrical spikes of spore-cases.
Culture and Propagation. — This little plant, which resembles a miniature
Spruce Fir or ' Christmas Tree ' in appearance, flourishes in moist peaty soil
in warm sunny positions, and looks very attractive in nooks at the base of
the rockery. It is somewhat difficult to increase, but spores may be sown in
damp peaty soil in shady places or in small pots or pans. When established
in the latter it may be advisable to plant them out carefully in clumps and
keep them shaded and moist for some time until they have recovered from the
si lock of moving.
CALENDAli FOR HARDY FLOWER GARDEN 1025
CALENDAR OF WORK TO BE DONE IN THE HARDY FLOWER
GARDEN FROM JANUARY TO DECEMBER
JANUARY
Laurels (p. 360).— The round-leaved Cherry
and Portugal Laurels may be trimmed up
where the growth has become too dense.
Lawns (p. 113).— These should be rolled
occasionally except in very wet weather.
Montbretias (p. 946) and other bulbous plants
may be mulched with well-rotted manure,
or the beds may be covered with coco-
nut fibre if not already done.
Paeonies may be mulched as advised at
p. 165.
Roses (p. 382).— Where a hotbed or warm
greenhouse exists Roses may be budded
or grafted and kept in a close moist
atmosphere for some time. '
FEBRUARY
Anemones (p. 140) — At the end of the
month Poppy Anemones may be planted
if the weather is mild and open.
Annuals (p. 78).— Tender annuals and other
plants treated as such (e.g. Ageratum,
p. 493, China Asters, p. 499, Fibrous
Begonias, p. 462, Cockscombs, p. 762,
Golden Feather, p. 536, Lobelia, p. 556,
Petunia, p. 667, Phlox Drummondi, p.
660, Tobacco, p. 695, Bedding Solanums,
p. 669, Wigandias, p. 669, Ricinus, p. 784,
&0.) may be sown in gentle heat.
Bedding Plants.— At the end of the month
it will be necessary to insert cuttings of
Lobelias (p. 556), Altemantlieras (p. 763),
Iresines (p. 764), Fuchsias (p. 455),
Zonal Pelargoniums (p. 289), Heliotropes
(p. 670), &c. in a hotbed, to pot them up
when rooted. Sow seeds of Petunias
(p. 697).
Borders (p. 80). — About the end of the
month, when many bulbous plants (see
p. 95) will be showing through the ground,
the borders may be forked over and all
the leaves buried beneath the surface.
Layering (p. 59).— When forking over the
borders the lower branches of desirable
shrubs may be layered in the way
recommended.
Pruning (p. 105).— Hardy climbers, as
mentioned at p. 89, may be looked over
and thinned out, but care must be taken
to treat them according to their nature.
Sweet Peas (p. 348).— Seeds may be sown
in pots in cold frames or on hotbeds for
planting out when weather permits.
MARCH
Annuals. — Seeds of most of the Annuals
mentioned at p. 78 may now be sown.
Bedding Plants.— Cuttings of all kinds may
be inserted in light sandy soil on hotbeds.
Begonias (p. 462). — The tuberous kinds
may be started into growth in gentle heat
and moisture.
Cannas (p. 885).— The rootstocks may be
divided and started into growth in heat
and moisture.
Dahlias (p. 519).— The tubers may be placed
in gentle heat and kept moist to produce
cuttings. The latter may be rooted as
advised at p. 521.
Everlasting Peas (p. 347).— These may be
divided if more plants are required.
Forced Bulbs.— Any Tulips, Hyacinth-.
Daffodils &c. that have been forced in
greenhouses may be planted out in the
borders at the end of the month for
flowering a couple of seasons later on.
Pansies and Violas (p. 233).— These may
be planted out in beds and borders in
rich soil to form a groundwork for various
Bedding Plants later on.
Roses (p. 382).— Plants growing on a south
border may be pruned (see p. 384),
those in other parts of the garden being
attended to near the end of the month.
Shrubs (p. 104).— The evergreen kinds may
be looked over and any old or dead wood
cut out. A list is given at p. 111.
APRIL
Annuals and Biennials.— The kinds men-
tioned at p. 78 may be sown in the open
border in more or less large patches to
produce an effect later on. Those sown
the previous month in heat will require
pricking out.
Antirrhinum (Snapdragons) (p. 710).— Plant
out cuttings rooted in cold frames in
autumn like Pentstemons.
Bedding Plants.— Pot off seedling Verbenas,
Petunias, Begonias &c. Many kinds
may be shifted to cold frames near the
end of the month to be hardened off.
Climbers (p. 89).— Sow seeds of climbing
Tropceolums (Nasturtiums) (p. 290),
Inomceas (p. 683).
Dahlias (p. 519).— The ground for these
should be well dug and manured.
Gladioli (p. 947).— Plant corms gandavensis,
Childsi, brenchleyensis, and nanceianus.
Grasses, Ornamental (p. 956).— Sow seeds
in the open ground.
Hardy Herbaceous Plants (p. 80).— Many
kinds mentioned on p. 86 may be divided
and re-arranged.
Hollyhocks (p. 272).— Prepare ground for
these by digging and manuring.
3 u
1026
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
Pentstemons (p. 712). — Cuttings which have
been rooted in cold frames in autumn may
be planted out in mild weather.
Rock garden (p. 96). — All weeds should
be eradicated, and a mulching of well-
decomposed manure given to any clumps
of strong-growing plants that will need it
to flower well.
Roses (p. 382). — A good mulching of manure
will benefit the plants.
Violets (p. 230). — Eooted cuttings from cold
frames may be planted out during the
month in mild weather.
Weeding. — All flower borders should have
the hoe freely used to keep down weeds.
MAY
Annuals (p. 76). — Hardy Annuals sown in
the open may be thinned out about 6 in.
apart. Stocks and Asters may be
planted out at the end of the month.
Bedding Plants. — These should be hardened
off with as much light and air as possible,
and at the end of the month the hardiest
may be planted out if the weather is
favourable.
Cannas (p. 885). — Harden off foliage by full
exposure to sun during daytime.
Castor-Oil Plants (Ricinus, p. 784).— Har-
den off by full exposure to sun during
daytime.
Clematis (p. 131) and other creepers. —
Attend to tying up on walls, trellises &e.
to prevent the growths entangling.
Dahlias (p. 519).— Plant out at the end of
the month if the weather is favourable.
Daisies (p. 498). — Plant in shady borders or
where required.
Gladioli (p. 947). — Conns may still be
planted.
Hollyhocks (p. 272). — Transplant seedlings
from autumn-sown seed and also any
plants wintered in cold frames.
Primroses (p. 617). — Plant in moist shady
places.
Pruning (p. 105). — Forsythias (p. 637),
Lilacs (p. 638), and Flowering Currants
(Ribes, p. 437) may be pruned after bloom-
ing.
Roses (p. 382). — Attend to the staking of
Standards, and syringe any affected with
greenfly with soft soap and tobacco juice.
Keep a watch for maggots and destroy by
hand. Liquid manure may be given to
beds of Roses on grass once or twice a week.
Sweet Peas (p. 348). — Seeds may be sown
outside for a succession.
JUNE
Bedding- Plants. — Finish planting out.
Begonias (p. 462). — The tuberous- and
fibrous-rooted varieties may be planted
out to produce a fine effect later on.
Callistephus hortensis (p. 499).— Plant out
in beds in open sunny places for effect.
The florist's China Aster has been derived
from this species and may also be planted
out.
Foliage Plants (p. 117).— Cannas (p. 885),
Musas (p. 888), Solanums (p. 687),
Wigandias (p. 669), Variegated Maize
(p. 964), Castor -Oil Plants (p. 784),
Melianthus (p. 317) &c. may be planted
out for effect.
Polyantbus (p. 620). — Sow seeds in cool
border.
Roses (p. 382). — Give liquid manure occa-
sionally to assist flowering, and thin out
buds where necessary. Look after cater-
pillars in the leaves and destroy by hand.
Thin out weak shoots and suppress
suckers.
Staking. — Tall plants like Hollyliochs
(p. 272), Dahlias (p. 519), Delphiniums
(p. 158) &c. may require staking.
Violas or Tufted Pansies (p. 233).— A top-
dressing of fresh soil and well-decayed
manure will assist these and prolong the
flowering period.
JULY
Budding (p. 58).— Roses may be budded in
showery weather.
Brompton and Intermediate Stocks
(p. 202). — Sow seeds in the open border.
Carnations (p. 240). — Layering may be com-
menced about the middle of the month.
China Asters (p. 499).— These will be bene-
fited by a mulch of well-decayed cow
manure.
Hollyhocks (p. 272). — Cuttings of the side
and basal shoots of choice varieties may
be inserted in a cold frame, as they are
not likely to come true from seeds.
Ivy (p. 471). — Cuttings of choice varieties
may be inserted in sandy soil in cold
frames or under handlights.
Lifting Bulbs.— Tulips (p. 860) and Aw-
cissi (p. 893) may be lifted if necessary
and spread out to dry.
Pegging down. — Peg down the steins of
Verbena, Heliotropes, Bush Roses.
Silene compacta (p. 251).— Sow seeds to
produce plants for spring bedding.
Snapdragons (Antirrhinums, p. 710). —
Sow seeds in the open border.
AUGUST
Annuals and Biennials (p. 78). — Seeds of
most of the hardy kinds to flower early
next year may be sown.
Bedding Plants.— Insert cuttings of Gerani-
ums and other plants.
Carnations (p. 240).— Water layers when
necessary. Cuttings may be inserted in
sandy soil in cold frames and kept close
for a time except for a short time early
in the morning.
CALENDAR FOR HARDY FLOWER GARDEN
1027
Dahlias (p. 519). — Thin out weak growths
and tie up strong ones. Mulch and water
the beds.
Madonna Lily (p. 846). — When necessary
to transplant this tine Lily, this is the best
month. ,
Pansies and Violas (p. 233) Seedlings
may be pricked out, and cuttings inserted
in a shady border.
Phloxes (p. 658) and Pentstemons (p. 712).
Beds of these will benefit by a good
mulching and watering. Cuttings of the
non-flowering shoots may be inserted in
cold frames.
Polyanthus (p. 620).— Prick out seedlings
about 6 in. apart.
Roses (p. 382). — Liquid manure and a slight
dressing with guano will encourage good
growth and flower for autumn. Examine
at intervals during the month. Loosen
ties of newly budded plants, and rub off
shoots below the budded portion. Re-
move faded flowers.
Seed-Saving. — From now onwards seeds
of many annuals, biennials (p. 78) and
perennials (p. 86) will begin to ripen and
should be saved.
Trees and Shrubs (p. 104). — Cuttings of the
half-ripened shoots of many kinds should
be inserted in cold frames.
SEPTEMBER
Hardy Herbaceous Plants (p. 86). —
Cuttings of many kinds inserted in cold
frames. Many of those past blooming
and turning yellow may have the roots
divided and replanted. All dead leaves
and flowers should be cleared up.
Roses (p. 382). — During the month examine
ties of buds and loosen where necessary.
Trees mid Shrubs (p. 107). — Insert cuttings
in cold frames of kinds required.
OCTOBER
Annuals (p. 78). — Most of these will be
over this month, and their places should
be taken by summer-sown ones, Wall-
flowers (p. 204), Silene compacta (p. 251),
Forget-me-nots (p. 677), Daffodils (p. 893),
Tulips (p. 860), and other Bulbs (p. 95).
Bedding Plants. —If not already done, take
up and place in safety for winter.
Begonia tubers should be laid out to dry
in a cool airy place. As the beds are
cleared fill with bulbs and other spring-
flowering plants.
Bulbous Plants (p. 95). — Daffodils, Tulips,
Hyacinths, Crocuses, Snowdrops, Lilies
. &c. may be planted in beds, borders,
grassland &c.
Calceolarias (p. 703). — Insert cuttings of
the shrubby kinds in cold frames for
bedding out next year.
Carnations (p. 240). -Layers may be severed
and planted in well-dug and prepared soil.
Dahlias (p. 519). — When the tops are cut
down by frost the tubers should be taken
and stored away after drying and
cleaning.
Daisies (p. 498). --The double red and white
varieties may be planted as edgings to
beds and borders.
Gladioli (p. 947). — Take up corms, dry,
clean, and store away until spring.
Golden Elder (p. 478) and other trees and
shrubs (p. 107) may have cuttings
inserted in sheltered borders or in cold
frames.
Herbaceous borders (p. HO). — These should
be re-arranged and replanted for next
season if necessary.
Paeonies (p. 165).— The Herbaceous kinds
may be divided and replanted in good
and well-prepared soil.
Pansies and Violas (p. 233). -These may
be planted in beds tor effect in spring.
Pentstemons (p. 712) and Phloxes
(p. 658).— Insert cuttings of basal and
side shoots in cold frames.
Rock garden (p. 96). — The various plants
should be gone over, and dividing and re-
planting may be done where necessary.
Roses (p. 382). — Insert cuttings of desirable
kinds, also of Brier and Manetti Stocks
for future budding.
Violets (p. 230). —Plants may be placed in
cold frames to flower in winter. Marie
Louise and Princess of Wales are good
kinds for this purpose.
NOVEMBER
Leaf soil. — All the old leaves should be
collected from all parts of the garden and
made into a heap and well drenched with
water. They will gradually decay and
make fine leaf mould about a year hence.
Roses (p. 382).— This is a good month for
planting Roses in mild open weather.
The beds should be remodelled if
necessary, and groups re-arranged.
Trees and Shrubs (p. 104). — Most of the
deciduous and evergreen kinds may be
shifted or transplanted. Hardy Bamboos
are best moved in early summer.
DECEMBER
Herbaceous borders (p. 80). — These
should be cleared up, and a good mulch-
ing of well-decayed manure given to the
various beds or groups of plants.
Lawns (p. 113). — These should be kept free
from leaves and rolled occasionally.
Rubbish. — All rubbish should be collected
and burned. The ash refuse may be
strewn over the borders or used as a
mulch for some groups of plants.
3u2
1028 PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
PART III
THE HARDY FRUIT GARDEN
Although the cultivation of Fruit has always been an important feature of
British gardening, not only in market gardens but also in private establish-
ments, it has of late years attracted far more serious attention perhaps than
at any other period. The tons of imported fruits which find a ready sale and
consumption in the British Islands are in themselves sufficient evidence that
the fruit industry has been considerably neglected in years past in our own
country. And it is now recognised that if it pays growers to send Apples and
Pears from America and other distant parts of the world it ought to be at
least as remunerative to growers who live within a few miles of the markets,
and who have not to meet the heavy charges of packing and carriage which
are necessarily] a great expense to those who send their fruits hundreds and
thousands of miles for sale.
Eather late in the day perhaps it has been recognised that the growing of
Hardy Fruits in the British Islands might be carried out on a more extensive
scale, and great efforts have been made to show that our climate, notwithstand-
ing its proverbial fickleness, is capable of producing excellent and highly
flavoured fruit. These efforts have been highly successful, and cottagers and
amateurs in all parts of the kingdom are now taking a keener and more in-
telligent interest than hitherto in making the land at their disposal more
productive. This is of course as it should be, as it is the reverse of economic
to buy imported fruit from over the seas, that can easily be procured and
cultivated at home.
The amateur grower of fruit however must not be led astray by some of
the glowing pictures that have been drawn as to the wealth that can be made by
making fruit-growing a commercial undertaking. The impression has gained
ground that an amateur has only to plant a few acres with fruit trees, and
when the fruit is ripe he has but to send it to market to realise first class
prices for his produce. There are many people in the country who fondly
imagine that, by sending their sons at great expense to a third-rate garden
where a few Apples and Pears are grown not for commercial purposes at all,
at the end of a year or two these young men, who probably know nothing
of the commercial value of plants, will be fully equipped with all the requisite
knowledge to enable them to enter the arena against growers who have been
engaged in the culture of fruit from boyhood, and who have had to go through
many years of hard practical training before they were able to secure a profit-
able return for their labours and knowledge.
HARDY FRUIT GARDEN
1029
To grow fruit well requires a good knowledge of the plants cultivated and of
everything that is likely to prove useful or injurious to them. It is true that an
amateur may grow excellent fruit, in fact quite as well if not better than the
professional, owing to natural intelligence and love of the work ; but it is quite
another matter whether he would be able to make it a paying concern from a
business point of view. That well-known novelist the late E. D. Blackmore
was an excellent gardener and grew fruit probably as well as any one in the
kingdom, but even he had to admit that he could not make it pay. Others
however who probably could not write novels, and had no university training,
were able to dispose of their produce at more or less remunerative prices.
This fact alone shows that a good many other things besides ordinary
intelligence are requisite to enable one to grow not only fruit but any other
class of plants in such a way that they will command a ready sale.
This work however is not intended to teach fruit-growing for commercial
purposes. The amateur takes a keen delight in producing the finest fruits
possible, and the commercial aspect of the operation is not often taken into
consideration. In the following pages the cultivation of the principal fruits
suitable for outdoor cultivation in our climate is detailed with a view to giving
the amateur an idea as to the way in which he may secure the best results in
the quickest and most economical manner.
Situation. — An ideal fruit garden
should be well exposed to the sun from
the south and west, and well protected
from the north and east winds. A level
or slightly undulating surface sloping
southwards is usually considered to give
the best results. If intersected at good
intervals by walls running east and west,
so much the better ; and if bounded by
walls or tall thick hedges all round, the
best of shelter is afforded. The walls are
also extremely valuable for the cultivation
of the more tender kinds of fruit trees
that are apt to suffer in open exposed
situations. In the spring when frosts
often nip the blooms and thus spoil the
crop as it is about to set, walls give great
protection. I have seen a garden inter-
sected by walls produce immense quanti-
ties of fruit, notwithstanding spring frosts,
while adjoining gardens unprotected
except by low hedges had very meagre
crops. Hedges may be composed of Holly,
Yew, Privet, Hawthorn, White Poplar, or
any other shrub or tree which will make
a dense growth so as to serve effectually
to break cold and violent winds. Damson
and Filbert bushes, where not likely to
fall a prey to tramps and schoolboys,
make excellent hedges, and also yield
valuable crops.
Soil. — The best all-round soil for fruit
growing is a rich yellow loam, not too
sandy nor too clayey in its nature, but
stiffish rather than too light on the whole.
The deeper it is the better, and if resting
on a gravelly or limestone subsoil, the
fertility will be all the greater. A soil
which is continually soddened with
moisture is useless not only for fruit trees
but for most plants, and it must be
thoroughly drained and brought into a
porous and friable condition before
attempting to grow crops upon it. Wet
heavy soils are improved by trenching
and ridging up, and deep cultivation
generally. Care, however, should be
taken in these operations not to bring
too much of the under soil to the surface
for the plants to root in. This under or
' subsoil,' as it is usually termed,
although it may contain the elements of
plant food to a very fair extent, is unsuit-
able for the roots because as yet it has
not been sufficiently changed by the
action of rain, air, heat, cold &c. to yield
its food up in a suitable or digestible form.
The more, however, the soil is tilled the
more food is liberated, and consequently
the more fertile the soil becomes. The
best soil should always be uppermost to
induce the roots to remain near the sur-
1030
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
face where they will benefit by the rain
and mulchings of manure. If too deep
they loose these advantages.
Liming the Soil. — A great aid to most
heavy soils is the addition of lime in a
slaked condition. Lime is not only a
great fertilising agent, but is also a great
cleanser, as it plays havoc with the
numerous pests which infest all badly tilled
soils and prey upon their crops. Accord-
ing to the heaviness, stodginess, or sticki-
ness of the soil, from 10 to 20 cwts. per acre
of slaked lime in a powdered form may be
strewn over the surface as evenly as possi-
ble. During the winter is the best period
for this operation in order to bring the soil
into a friable condition by spring, and also
because at this period the various insect
pests taking refuge in it are likely to be
killed. The roots are also in a dormant
condition and not so liable to be injured
as when in a growing state.
Liming should not be overdone. A
soil already well charged requires a
dressing only at long intervals. It is a
fairly easy process to test whether a soil
contains lime or not. A fair sample
taken from various parts of the garden
placed in a glass or bowl may have a little
muriatic or sulphuric acid or vinegar
poured over it. If the liquid bubbles and
fizzes, it is a sign that lime or chalk is
present ; the more vigorous the bubbling
the more limy substance present. The
absence of the fizzing and bubbling
indicates want of lime.
Another simple test for lime is to place
portions of the soil into a bowl in distilled
or at least well-boiled water. Thoroughly
mix, and allow the soil to settle at the
bottom. By blowing the breath into the
water with a reed or a pipe the water will
be turned to a milky whiteness if lime be
present, but it will remain more or less
clear if absent.
A good way to apply lime is to place
it in an unslaked condition in little heaps
at regular intervals from each other,
covering each heap with soil, and leaving
it to slake. "When reduced to a fine
powdery condition by this process it may
be forked over the surface evenly and dug
or hoed in.
Manure. — Annual dressings or mulch-
ings of stable manure are very beneficial
to fruit crops, if applied after the fruits
are well set or later on in June, July, and
August, during the hot weather. The
roots absorb the manurial matters washed
into the soil by the rain, the fruits swell.
and come to greater perfection sooner,
and the formation of fruit buds for the
following season is stimulated. Manurial
top-dressings also encourage the roots to
keep near the upper surface of the soil,
and in this way are an antidote to the
downward development of roots into the
less fertile portions of the earth.
About October to December the land
for fruit crops will be benefited by the
application of Basic Slag and Kainit at
the rate of 5 or 6 ounces to the square
yard, dug or hoed in. Basic Slag is in-
soluble in water, but undergoes a change
in the soil during the winter and yields
up a soluble phosphatic food to the roots
in spring, with the result that the fruits
are ultimately large, well-shaped, and
excellent in flavour. Kainit is a potash
manure, and must be applied in winter,
so as to be available for feeding the roots
in spring. In- the latter season, about
February or March, one or two ounces to
the square yard of sulphate of ammonia
or superphosphate may be applied either
separately or mixed. Nitrate of soda may
be applied also at this season, but its
action is sooner over than that of sulphate
of ammonia. "Where very quick results
are required, however, nitrate of soda is
probably preferable, provided too much
is not given at a time. All artificial
manures are best given in small quanti-
ties, as if overdone the foliage is apt to
suffer considerably. An excellent all-
round manure for fruit trees is bone-meal.
According to the richness or poverty of
the soil, from 4 to 8 cwts. per acre or 1-2
lbs. to every 10 sq. yds. may be applied
and lightly forked in during the winter
months. The action of bone-meal lasts
for about a couple of years, and produces
fine fruit.
Decayed leaves, road sweepings, wood
ashes, soot, and almost all organic waste
material may be applied to fruit land with
benefit instead of throwing it away. Tbe
mowings from lawns, the refuse from
chicken-runs, rabbit hutches, and excreta
from all kinds of animals if mixed together
and well incorporated with soil make an
excellent manure for fruit trees. Such
collections take some time to bring into
a proper condition and should never be
used in a fresh unfermented state. It is
better to have a part of the garden set
apart for refuse of this kind so that the
heap can be turned over from time to
HARDY FRUIT GARDEN
1031
time and exposed to the action of the
atmosphere, especially during frosty
weather. In the event of disagreeable
odours arising it is a good plan to mix dry
soil with the heap. When reduced to a
well-decomposed and fertile mass, the
manure is available for use on the soil.
At p. 1047 a l-eceipt for canker is given
consisting of superphosphate of lime,
nitrate of potash, nitrate of soda, and
sulphate of lime, and these mixed in the
proportions recommended make an ex-
cellent all-round manure for fruit crops.
Manures in general are dealt with at
pp. 69-76.
Pruning Fruit Trees
This is an essential and important
operation, and to be performed with
advantage requires a certain amount of
knowledge of the nature of the plants.
Cutting fruit trees and bushes with no
particular object in view can scarcely be
called pruning. The objects to be arrived
at by proper pruning are : (1) to keep the
trees or bushes in regular shape, the
branches fully exposed to the light and
air so that the sap will flow as equally as
possible to each of them ; (2) to induce
fruitfulness and to keep the plants in a
good state of annual productiveness ; (3)
to obtain larger fruits of better quality;
and (4) to prolong the life of the indi-
vidual plant.
Anyone who has observed well-pruned
fruit trees and compared them with
neglected ones will have noticed the vast
difference in the number, size, and
flavour of the fruits. By thinning out
useless twigs, and cutting back leading
shoots, the sap is not diffused over a large
area. It is thus confined with good
results to fewer branches. The sun and
air having free access tend to ripen the
wood and enable it to stand the rigours of
winter. The time for pruning varies
somewhat with different plants, and
according to circumstances. As it will be
indicated under each group, it need not be
further referred to here.
Root-Pruning. — It often happens that
fruit trees produce enormous quantities
of wood and leaves, but comparatively
little or no fruit. This undesirable state
of affairs is usually brought about by the
rampant growth of the roots beneath the
surface. If unchecked they will sooner
or later strike downwards into the un-
congenial depths of the subsoil, where
available food is scarce; canker will Bel
in, and the fruit will become deformed
mildewed, and spotted with fungus
diseases.
The object of pruning the roots is to
remedy and prevent this happening.
When properly performed it induces
fertility, cures canker and spot on the
fruit, improves the flavour, and reduces
the labour of pruning the branches.
About the end of October, while the
leaves are still on the tree, is considered
the most favourable time for root pruning.
It is best to pei-form only half the opera
tion at one time — leaving the other half
until the following year. A trench 3-4
feet from the trunk of the tree is opened.
By carefully digging down with a fork to
a depth of 18 in. or '2 ft. the main roots
will be exposed. Tap roots which strike
downwards into the soil must be searched
for beneath the trunk and if present re-
moved with a sharp knife or saw, or cut
away with a mallet and chisel. The main
roots should also be shortened back with
a sharp knife. But where only a few
exist the pruning should not be so severe
as when there are several. All cuts should
be made leaving the cut surface facing
downwards. In this way it will not form
a seat for the wet, which may possibly
in some soils cause decay. Many good
gardeners, however, object to this practice
on the basis that the new roots formed
near the cut surface (when underneath)
are likely to take a downward instead of
a horizontal position, and thus sooner or
later result in the same trouble. If the
cut is facing upwards they contend it
induces the new roots to keep nearer the
surface of the soil. The operation of cut-
ting the roots having been performed
with the cuts showing either upwards or
downwards, the trenches may then be
filled in with fresh soil, and this will
induce new rootlets to develop before the
winter sets in. Should the weather be
warm at the time, it is a good plan to
trim the branches at the same time, as
the mutilated plant cannot stand the
strain of too much evaporation from all
the foliage.
Boot-pruning may be practised on
most kinds of fruit trees, whether grown
as bushes, pyramids, standards, cordons,
espaliers, or against walls. The same
principles apply to them all. When the
operation has been severe, a mulching of
well -rotted manure on the surface of the
1032
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
soil will prove beneficial and assist the
new roots to form more quickly.
Planting Fruit Trees
The best time as a rule for planting
or transplanting fruit trees and bushes is
during the month of November. When
this month is inconvenient planting may
be performed during the month of Feb-
ruary and the first half of March. The
soil should be in a dry friable condition
and not wet and sticky. More harm than
good will be done by planting in wet
sticky ground, and the plants are better
' heeled ' in with some soil over the roots
until the ground and weather are in a
favourable state.
A hole somewhat wider than the roots
will cover should be opened about a foot
deep. The bottom should be broken up
with a spade or fork, leaving a mound of
finer soil in the centre. The fruit tree or
bush is placed upon this after any injured,
crooked, or downward roots have been
cut away with a sharp knife. The others
should be spread out radiating from the
stem like the spokes of a wheel so that
the soil can easily be worked in between
them. As the roots are not all on the same
level, the lower ones should be first care-
fully spread out, and a little soil sprinkled
over and in between them ; then the next
ones, and so on until they are all properly
disposed. A gentle shake of the tree now
and again during the process will allow
the soil to settle in between the roots and
rootlets and serve to make them fast.
When planted, the soil should be
trodden down gently but firmly so as to
keep the tree in its place. The soil should
be finished off in a slight mound sloping
outwards from the stem as it is sure to
sink somewhat when it thoroughly
settles.
The depth at which a tree is to be
planted is usually regulated by keeping the
uppermost roots about 4 in. beneath the
surface of the soil. Too deep plantingis not
to be recommended, as the roots are sooner
or later likely to descend into the more
or less sterile subsoil. At the same time
too shallow planting must be avoided,
otherwise the tree or bush would become
top heavy and wobbling, much to the
injury of the rootlets. The accompanying
figure will give an idea as to the way in
which a fruit tree is to be planted. Newly
planted trees should have a stout stake
put to them so as to prevent them being
blown about by the wind. They should
be fastened in such a way that the bark
SUBSOIL
FIG. 136.— PLANTING.
will not chafe against the stake. A piece
of india-rubber or a band of hay round
the stem will guard against friction.
Shortening the Branches. — The
branches of newly planted trees should
always be cut back more or less according
to the variety and the vigour of the plant
generally about one-third of their length.
Some gardeners object to and condemn
this practice, but experience has proved it
nevertheless to be beneficial. There are
also sound physiological reasons to support
it. No matter how carefully a plant is
moved a good deal of injury is unavoid-
ably done to the roots. They are further
mutilated at planting time when they are
trimmed up and shortened as stated above.
All this reduces the absorptive power of the
root system, and it is therefore impossible
for injured roots to support the same
number of branches overhead as before
they were disturbed, and at the same
time develop new ones beneath the surface.
If the branches are therefore not cut back
so as to lessen the strain upon the injured
roots, many of them will die back a certain
distance or become so weak with the
diminished supply of food that they are
useless for fruit-bearing and are a burden
to the tree or bush. It is practically use-
less saturating the soil containing the
injured roots in the hope that the
branches will be kept plump. The roots
cannot absorb the water, and, what is
worse, the water may cause decay to set
in at their cut ends.
HARDY FBUIT GARDEN
1033
How to prune. — An examination of
the branch of any fruit tree will show
that the buds upon it are not all upon
one side, or opposite each other. They
are usually arranged alternately and
spirally round the branch, with a greater
or less amount of wood intervening
between them. The buds also do not
point in one particular direction but in
many — varying according to the species.
All Apples, all Pears, all Plurns, Cherries
&c. have their buds arranged in the same
order upon the branches, and it will be
observed that a certain number intervene
before one bud comes directly over
another in a straight line. The buds
being arranged thus, it is an easy matter
to make a branch develop in any particu-
lar direction by means of intelligent
pruning. If, for example, it is required
to have a new branch pointing outwards —
away from the centre of the tree — the old
branch is cut off just above a bud or 'eye'
that is pointing in that direction. When
growth begins, the ' eye ' at that point
will produce a shoot in the direction
required. If the centre or any other
portion of the tree is empty, and a branch
is required to fill the gap, the cut is made
above a bud which will in due course
develop a branch for the purpose.
As a rule, where trees are kept in
proper and regular order, the branches
are pruned to a bud which points out-
wards. In this way the centre of the
tree does not become crowded and filled
with leafy twigs, and every branch and
leaf is properly spread to obtain as much
benefit as possible from the sun, air, and
rain.
In making a cut there is really only
one right way of doing it, but several
wrong ones. The right and consequently
the best kind of cut is one made at an
angle of about 45° to the branch on the
side opposite the bud. The cut should
be made quite clean with a sharp knife,
and pass out just above the bud, as repre-
sented in fig. 137. Care must be taken
not to cut too close to the bud, as
shown in fig. 138, as it is apt to be rubbed
or broken off and leave behind a piece
of stubby wood. If the cut is made too
far above the bud, a stub or ' snag ' is also
left, as represented in fig. 139, and is
evidence that the pruner did not under-
stand his work or was not sufficiently
expert to make the clean cut recom-
mended.
A very bad cut is shown in fig. 140,
where a blunt knife or an inexpert hand
has ' slivered ' the wood into a long
KG. 137.—
ml. 138.—
vw. 139.—
(I.KAN CUT.
' 1 T 'inn CLOSE 'In
SNAG. i'.AIl
(II ii )J).
BUD. BAD.
i 1 1.
PIG. 140.— BAD CUT. PIG. 141.— CUT IN WRONG
DIRECTION.
drawn out stub. Fig. 141 shows a good
cut made from the wrong side of the
branch. It should have been cut the
opposite way, as shown in fig. 137.
The great advantage of the clean cut at
an angle of 45° just above the bud is that
when the new branch develops it looks
almost part of the older branch below it.
The clean cut also exposes a comparatively
small wounded surface which soon heals
over, thus lessening the chances of fun-
goid diseases settling upon it.
The extent and necessity of pruning
depend in a great degree upon the vigour
or weakness of the plant, and also upon
the style in which it is grown. As a
general rule, however, it may be stated
that weak trees may be pruned more
severely than vigorous ones. It is obvious
that a weak plant is unable to support
as many branches as a strong one — hence
the necessity of confining its efforts to the
1034
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
development of a few strong branches that
are likely to fruit, rather than allow it to
bear a multitude of weak ones which
would in all probability produce nothing.
The branches of weak trees may be cut
back to two or three buds, while those on
strong trees may be allowed to carry
three or four times as many, according to
the vigour of the variety.
When to prune. — The pruning of
established fruit trees is practised during
the summer and winter months. Summer
pruning is an important operation, and if
properly performed is of great service in
the production of fruit. If practised with
too much severity, however, it often
results in the development of plenty of
leafy branches, but little or no fruit.
Some growers pinch out the points of the
side shoots back to three or four leaves
about the end of May or June. The
branches from these are again pinched
back later on to two leaves, and in the
event of mild wet autumns a third pinch-
ing may be necessary. This plan answers
well in the case of young vigorous trees.
Older trees are weakened too much if
pruned so early in the season ; they must
be allowed to make unrestricted growth
until the first week in August, when all
shoots not required for extending the size
of the tree should be cut back to 4 or 5
fully developed leaves. The result of this
treatment is the development of thin
weak side shoots which are disposed to
form fruit ' spurs,' while the main shoots,
having had an extra amount of sap, have
become sturdy and strong. Other growers
prefer to break the side shoots half way
through about the end of June back to
three or four leaves from the base, allow-
ing the broken tops to hang loosely.
They look rather untidy, but not being
quite severed they still absorb a certain
amount of sap, and thus prevent the lower
buds on the shoots from springing into
growth. This treatment usualty produces
Mower-buds on the shoots, and in the case
of all trained trees, like espaliers, cordons,
and pyramids, may be practised with
great advantage. In the autumn or
winter, when again pruning, the hanging
shoots maj7 be removed with a sharp
knife and a clean cut, leaving 3 buds on
the remaining side shoots.
About October or November, or later
according to circumstances, when the
leaves have fallen and the sap is in an
almost quiescent condition, the leading
shoots of standard pyramid or bush trees
may be shortened back to within 6-9
inches or more of their season's growth.
It is a comparatively easy matter to trace
the amount of growth made each year by
fruit trees. The current year's growth is
readily distinguished from the growth of
the preceding year, and so backwards
down the branch, sometimes for four, five,
or six years.
If the summer pruning has been
properly performed little remains to be
done in winter beyond cutting away
weak or useless branches that would be
likely to overcrowd the tree the following
spring, and prevent free access of light
and air. All dead wood, of course, should
be removed, and whatever form the tree
takes should always be borne in mind,
so that the branches may be disposed
accordingly.
When dealing with stone-fruit trees,
like Peaches, Nectarines, and Morello
Cherries, pinching out or breaking the
shoots in summer is preferable to the free
use of the knife in winter. Even Plums
and Apricots are all the better for summer
pinching and breaking, and are not so
liable to be troubled with ' guinrning.'
Apples, Pears, Plums, Apricots, and the
Sweet Cherries all bear their fruit more
or less on spurs, but Peaches, Nectarines,
and Morello Cherries bear it best upon
the long slender growths of the preceding
year. When pruning the latter fruit
trees in winter, therefore, these shoots
should be allowed to remain, only thin-
ning out those that are superfluous.
Disbudding. — This is practically a
form of pruning, and may be done early
in the season of growth. It consists in
rubbing out young shoots that are not
wanted, and thus directing the sap to
those that are. It is chiefly employed for
Peaches and Nectarines.
Special details in regard to pruning
will be found under the different fruits
described.
Nailing Fruit Trees on Walls. — In
every garden where fruit trees are grown
on walls a good deal of attention is neces-
sary every year in regard to tying up the
branches at the same time as pruning
takes place. The two operations — prun-
ing and nailing-up — are as a rule best
done at the same time. Where trees are
grown on walls facing east, west, and
north, as well as south, some little con-
sideration should be given to the effects
HARDY FRUIT GARDEN
1035
of aspect on the ripening or otherwise of
the wood and fruit. From the quantity
and intensity of the sunlight the plants on
south walls usually come to a state of
maturity first, and those on the east, west,
and north follow in the order mentioned.
For the sake of cleanliness it is neces-
sary every year or so, after the fruits have
ripened and the leaves have fallen, to un-
loose all the branches from the walls.
The latter may then be washed with a
strong solution of soft soapy water to
which a little sulphur or petroleum has
been added. This will prevent the accu-
mulation of vermin in the cracks and
crevices, and consequently becomes a safe-
guard to the trees against such a foe.
When the re-nailing is done new clean
shreds should be used ; they should be as
narrow as possible and of a sombre hue,
as brilliantly coloured shreds very often
have an irritating effect on the eye-
sight. There are several substitutes for
the ordinary shreds, such as wall nails
with a flexible tag at the top that can be
bent round the twig or branch ; and also
a strong eyeletted shred already provided
with a nail to save time. But both these
contrivances are much more expensive
than the ordinary shreds.
The trees on the north walls should
be nailed up first, as it often happens that
late in the year, when those on the south
wall have been first attended to, the
weather becomes warm and mild, and
starts the trees into an undesirable growth
again. On a sunny day there will often
be a difference of 20° to 40° between the
temperature of a south wall and one in the
shade, and if the branches are hanging
loose from the wall they are not so likely
to be excited with extra warmth, which
will however help in still further matur-
ing and hardening the wood assisted by
the free circulation of air. The trees on
the west, east, and south walls should
afterwards be nailed in succession, and
the result of doing the work thus will be
to give wall protection first to the plants
in the least favourable situations, and
consequently hasten the period of their
flowering and fruiting the following-
season.
The Selection of Fruit Trees. —
Only trees having a strong, clean, straight
stem should be planted, and care should
be taken to have them true to name.
Weak or crooked-stemmed plants should
be avoided as thev are often of a bad con-
stitution. Young trees two to four years
old transplant better than older ones,
and are more easily trained. Particular
attention should be paid to the roots to
see that they are a mass of fibres, and
not damaged, twisted, or gnarled. The
sooner they are planted after being lifted
the better — always provided the weather
is mild and favourable, and neither frosty
nor over-wet. In the case of trees that
have travelled several miles by rail and
may have become dry and shrivelled, it
is a good plan to bury the whole — stem,
root, and branches — under moist soil. In
about a week — more or less according to
condition — the branches will have regained
their plumpness and freshness, and the
trees may then be planted in the usual
way.
Training Fruit Trees. — It has
always been a favourite practice with
gardeners to make plants grow in some
other way than that designed by nature.
In the case of fruit trees many ingenious
devices have been invented to make them
grow in certain directions and assume
certain shapes, and in this process a
thorough knowledge of the plant and how
to prune are essential.
1. The Pyramid or Cone. — Most fruit
trees except those requiring the shelter of
FIB. 142. — PYRAMID TREE.
a wall may be trained in this form. Pears
are naturally pyramidal in habit, but
1036
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
Apples, Plums, and Cherries may also be
trained in this way. The pyramid con-
sists of a vertical stem furnished from
base to apex with side branches which
gradually become shorter as they near the
apex. The branches are more or less
ascending as a rule, but may also be
trained in a drooping position. The
pyramid is one of the best forms, as it
admits air and light freely among the
branches and foliage, and is usually very
productive. To keep the trees in shape the
branches require to be regularly stopped
and primed every year. Fig. 142 shows
what a well-trained pyramid tree should
be like.
2. The Vase. — All trees except the
Peach, Nectarine, and Apricot may be
FIG. 143. — VASE TRAINING.
grown in this shape, but it is particularly
suitable for Apples grafted on the Para-
dise stock. The vase has a short stem
from the top of which arise half a dozen
or more strong shoots of which the young
side branches are generally pruned back
every year so as to produce the fruit on
spurs. This method of training however
is now very rarely practised, as there is
little to be said in favour of leaving the
centre of the tree or bush vacant when
it might be occupied with fruit-bearing
branches instead. The diagram (tig. 143)
will give an idea of what a bush trained
in this way would look like.
3. The Bush. — This resembles the
Pyramid but has no main central shoot.
The main branches spring from
lar,' and dispose themselves at
between the horizontal and
the ' col-
all angles
vertical
FIG. 144. — BUSH TREE.
positions, and require but little training
beyond keeping the shoots from over-
crowding and crossing each other. Apples
and Pears, Gooseberries and Currants are
most suitable for growing in bush form.
Some growers have succeeded with
Peaches and Nectarines grown in this
form, but only the earliest varieties
should be planted, and very warm shel-
tered positions must always be chosen for
them.
There are many advantages in growing
dwarf bush Apple trees. Almost every ope-
ration connected with pruning, thinning,
gathering the fruit, spraying with insecti-
cides, combating insect attacks &c. can
be easily carried out much more quickly
and with far less damage to the trees than
if the latter are on tall stems. Low bush
trees also have the advantage of being
less likely to catch violent winds, which
occasionally do a good deal of injury to
tall trees. The fruit also is much more
easily picked and is therefore less likely
to be bruised, as it will not require to be
handled or shaken about so much as
when gathered from standards. The
drawing (fig. 144) represents a bush tree
that stands about 6 ft. high, and shows in
a general way how the branches are to be
trained so as not to interfere with each
other.
4. Standards and Half Standards. —
HARDY FRUIT GARDEN
1037
When the bush-form is elevated on a
tall stem, it is called a standard, and when
on a shorter stem a half standard. Apples,
llC. 145.— STANDARD TREE.
Pears, Plums, and Cherries are often
grown as standards or half standards, and
in these forms are suitable for orchards
iind market gardens, where grass, bush, or
other crops can be grown beneath them
or between the rows.
The disadvantages of standard trees
chiefly consist in the difficulty experienced
in cleansing and pruning them and in
gathering the fruit. Ladders have to be
used for the purpose, and unless carefully
handled the branches are apt to be broken
down and the tree otherwise spoiled in
appearance. The diagram at fig. 145
shows what a standard tree is like.
5. EspaUers. — Fruit trees grown in
the open ground with the branches trained
horizontally or vertically, or both, are
called Espaliers. The branches may be
trained to trellises made from horizontal
and upright pieces of lattice wood, or to
wires strained tightly between two stout
poles or stakes. "Where there is a long
row, wires are better and neater than
trellises. Pears are often grown in this
way, and sometimes Apples. Espaliers
are formed in the first place from a young
tree with a single upright stem cut down
to about a foot from the surface of the
soil. Three buds are retained, one on each
side to grow horizontally, and one to form
a vertical leader, from which four or more
horizontal branches may afterwards be
developed on each side, according to the
distance apart required. As a rule only
one pair of horizontal branches are
allowed to develop each year, the vertical
stem being cut back to the distance re-
FIG. 146. — ESPALIER-TRAINED TREE.
quired between the branches and three buds
trained as in the first place. For growing
parallel with the walks in the fruit garden
espaliers are vevy ornamental. Regular
pruning is required to keep them in order.
On walls trees may be trained espalier
fashion as well as in the open. Fig. 146
shows an espalier in the open air trained
to upright stakes, the horizontal branches
being kept in position by means of Bamboo
canes to which they are tied.
Sometimes only the first pair of hori-
zontal branches are allowed to develop,
and from each of these vertical shoots
at regular intervals apart are afterwards
trained, and pruned in the same way as
the horizontal ones.
6. Fan-training. — This method con
sists in making the branches radiate regu
larly from the top of a very short stem
like the outstretched fingers of the hand
Trees which have been grafted one year
and have made a single shoot are cut
down almost to the point of union so as
to stimulate the production of several
shoots. Difficulty is sometimes found in
obtaining a sufficient number, and the
trees are cut back the following year with
the same object in view. Each branch is
trained as required, and the weak ones
are strengthened at the expense of the
strong, by intelligent pinching and
pruning. Fig. 147 shows a fan-trained
tree taken from an actual specimen. The
1038
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
thick branch shows an error in training ;
great care is necessary with young fan
trees in order to prevent this ; in a per-
fect tree the thick portion ascends only
about 1.] or 2 feet above the ground level.
FIG. 147. — FAX-TRAINED TREE.
It will be noticed that the main branches
do not radiate with the symmetry of the
ribs of a fan, although they were origin-
ally intended to do so. The tree, however,
being a living thing, and somewhat wilful
in its nature, endeavoured in the course
of time to take other courses, leaving gaps
in some places which had to be filled up
later on with younger twigs or branches.
7. Cordons. — Trees grown in this way
admit of a large number of varieties being
FIG. 148. — SINGLE OBLIQUE CORDONS.
grown in a small space. They usually
consist of a single main stem running
obliquely to the left or right or horizon-
tally. In the latter case, if two branches
are trained they may be attached to a
wire stretched between two posts. As a
FIG. 149.— DOUBLE OBLIQUE CORDONS.
rule, however, cordons are confined to
walls, and the trees may be as close as
2 ft. from each other. The fruit is borne
on the small spur branches at the side,
and it is essential that these be pruned
every year, to prevent overcrowding.
There are several other forms into
which fruit trees may be trained, but they
are all more or less
modifications or com-
binations of the above.
Figs. 148 and 149 show
what oblique cordon
training is like with
single or double stems,
and fig. 150 shows an
upright cordon with
two vertical stems
arising from a single
main stem.
Fruit Borders
Wherever fruit
trees are trained on
walls, there is usually
a border at the base
varying in width ac-
cording to taste and
circumstances. This
border is frequently
used for producing
various crops, such as
Strawberries, Dwarf
Beans, Early Potatoes, Cabbages &c,
without interfering with the roots of the
trees. Where such crops are grown they
FIG. 150.— DOUBLE
U ['RIGHT CORDONS.
HARDY FRUIT GARDEN
1039
should not be too close to the trees, as the
latter like to have the soil covering their
roots in a fairly firm condition, and not
in a loose state.
As a rule these borders slope at a,
greater or less angle from the wall to
the footpath. The sharper the angle the
more directly the rays of the sun play
upon the surface of the soil and thus
make it warm sooner than if it were flat.
This is an advantage, but in dry seasons
it is also a disadvantage, especially where
difficulty is experienced in obtaining
water. Rain and water do not moisten
to any great extent the soil on a sharp-
angled border; the latter consequently
becomes very dry in the absence of
moisture, and the roots either Buffer
considerably, or arc driven to lower and
less fertile depths in search of it. Ex-
cept where abundance of water can be
given in hot dry weather, it is therefore
wise not to have the fruit borders at too
great a slope. The flatter border will
of course not obtain quite so much sun
heat, but on the other hand the evapora-
tion from its surface will not be so great.
And again, the extra heat of the raised
border naturally induces earlier root action
with the result that flowers are produced
at an early period, only to be nipped by
the late spring frosts. In fact during the
summer months, when there is plenty of
heat, but often little moisture, the flat
border has more advantages than the
sloping one.
A good plan with a fruit border is to
have the portion near the wall quite level
for about 2 to 2.] ft. away from the wall,
the remaining surface being at any slope
required. The roots of the fruit trees will
thus be beneath the level portion which
will form a kind of pathway to enable one
to attend to the trees. Being walked
upon a good deal in the course of the
various operations the soil will natur-
ally be trodden down pretty firmly and
thus give a solid ' run ' to the roots. The
sloping portion of the border may then be
utilised for the cultivation of various
vegetable crops without interfering in any
way with the fruit.
Storing Fruit
Various methods are adopted for
keeping fruit such as Apples and Pears in
a sound condition after they have been
gathered. In large gardens where it is
desirable to preserve a quantity of fruit
for winter and spring use, it is essential
to have a special building for the purpose.
The main points to remember in storing
fruit are (i) to exclude the frost ; (ii) main
tain a dry cool atmosphere averaging about
45° Fahr. ; (iii) a free circulation of air ;
and (iv) a very small amount of light, or
semi-darkness. Fruit if kept too warm
is almost sure to shrivel ; if allowed to
become too cold, an increase in the
temperature causes moisture to condense
on the fruits and thus injure them. Too
much light causes chemical action and
fermentation in the juice, hence the
reason for its almost total exclusion.
Pears i*equire rather a higher tempe-
rature, say 50° P., and a slightly drier
atmosphere than Apples to develop their
flavour to the utmost, but on the whole it
is safer to err on the side of dampness
rather than too much dryness in the fruit
room. In a well -constructed fruit-room
with care and intelligence there are many
kinds of Apples that can be kept in a
beautifully fresh condition to the end of
May and into June from the previous
autumn.
A fruit room may be made of wooden
boards and covered with thatch. The
walls should be double, about 6 inches to
a foot apart, the intervening space being
filled with dry straw or sawdust. Glazed
windows may be placed at intervals along
the sides, but should be provided with
shutters to exclude strong light, or the
light may be excluded by stippling the
glass with whitewash, or one of the
mixtures used for shading greenhouses in
summer. Ventilation may be provided
by leaving an opening at each end of the
gable, protected however with a fine mesh
wire or perforated zinc, to exclude birds,
wasps &c.
Shelves may be arranged all round,
each about 2 ft. or a little more wide, and
about 2 ft. apart. They are usually con-
structed of wooden battens 2-3 in. wide,
placed about an inch apart so that the air
may circulate freely around the fruit and
keep the surface dry. The fruit should
be handled gently and placed in single
layers on the shelves, each kind being
kept separate, and if necessary labelled.
Where there are lofts or cellars suitable
for the storage of fruit, lattice shelves
may be easily fixed up as in the fruit room,
or better still fruit trays as made by
Mr. Orr of Bedford may be used. These
fruit trays are about a yard square, having
1040
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
a perforated bottom formed by narrow
wooden battens crossing each other at
right angles. They are deep enough to
hold the largest Apple or Pear, and
possess the great advantage of storing a
large quantity of fruit in a very small
space. The trays can be placed on top of
each other, there being sufficient space
between them to remove the fruit from
the lower ones without having to lift off
the upper ones. The air circulates freely
round the fruits, and the trays have all the
advantages of a well-equipped fruit-room
as far as Apples and Pears are concerned.
Renovating or Restoring Neglected
Fruit Trees
It often happens from one cause or
another that fruit trees which are neither
old nor diseased are brought into a state
of sterility and overcrowding of branches
by sheer neglect. Each year they produce
masses of twigs and leaves, and gradually
pass from the fruit-bearing to the barren
stage.
Fruit trees which have been neglected
in this way may be brought back to a
fruitful state with proper treatment— that
is, if they are not too old and too diseased,
in which case it is better to root them up
for firewood and plant young trees in then-
places.
In restoring a neglected fruit tree, the
roots should first of all be properly root-
pruned in autumn in the way recom-
mended at p. 1031. Rich fresh soil
should take the place of the old in the
trenches made, and a good heavy dressing
of manure may be placed over the surface
of the soil, or a dressing of artificial
manures as recommended at p. 1030
may be given.
The head of the tree should then be
well thinned out of all weak and super-
fluous branches, and the tops of the leading
shoots may be shortened back a little.
When pruning or cutting out wood from
fruit trees the operator should always
have an intelligent eye on the branches
bearing the plump fruit buds or spurs,
and should take care that these are left
behind, and not the more slender buds
which simply form branches and leaves. _
If the work has been well and intelli-
gently done, it is possible that a fair show
of flowers and fruits will appear the
following spring and summer respectively.
By attending to the cultivation of the
soil, keeping the trees properly pruned
and trained, and also free from insect
pests and disease, in two or three seasons
trees that had been neglected for years
may be brought back to a good and fruit-
ful condition by these means. When
once trees are in proper order, the labour
of attending to them annually is com-
paratively easy and should be performed
regularly.
Fruit Trees in Pots
Wherever a fairly large greenhouse or
conservatory exists in a garden, and suffi-
cient room is available, it may with great
advantage be used for the cultivation of
various kinds of fruit trees in pots, such
as Apples, Pears, Cherries, Peaches, and
Nectarines. Where such a house does not
exist, one can be easily and with little cost
erected. There is no necessity to have
a boiler and hot water pipes attached,
especially if the house is placed in a good
sunny position, running east and west for
choice, or north and south otherwise.
The addition of hot water pipes, however,
will not be a drawback, but rather an
advantage.
The great value of a glass structure,
even though unheated, is that it enables
one to protect the blossom, buds, and
young fruits on the trees from the spring
frosts, and causes the fruits to ripen
earlier, besides which they have a pecu-
liarly refined appearance never obtainable
on fruits ripened out of doors.
The kinds of fruit mentioned above
are most amenable to cultivation in pots,
Apricots not being often successful.
Potting, soil dc. — The small young
trees are best potted in October. At first,
pots 10-12 in. wide across the top are
quite large enough, and they will serve
for two or three years. The trees, how-
ever, are best repotted annually, and
should have any strong wiry or woody
roots cut away at the time, leaving only
the best fibrous masses.
The soil best adapted for fruit trees in
pots is a rich yellow loam to which may
be added a little well-rotted manure, a
little charred refuse, or burnt earth to
keep it open, and a good sprinkling of
fine bone meal. It is necessary to make
the soil richer for pot plants, as the roots
are restricted to a comparatively small
area.
Good drainage is essential and may
be secured by placing a large piece of
broken pot over the hole at the bottom,
HARDY FRUIT GARDEN
1041
and placing a layer of smaller broken
' crocks ' about 1 in. or so thick over it,
much in the same way as described at
p. 26. These crocks should then be
covered with moss or rough fibre out of
the loamy soil.
In potting, the stem is kept in the
centre with one hand while the thoroughly
mixed compost is filled in with the other,
the stem being shaken from time to time
to settle the soil between the fibrous
roots. As the soil should be firmly
packed round the roots, a fiattish wooden
rammer about a foot or so long and a
couple of inches wide should be used,
working it all round against the inner
side of the pot. When finished the soil
should not come within 2 inches of the
rim, so as to leave sufficient space for
holding water.
After potting, the trees should be
plunged out of doors in a sheltered posi-
tion, that is, the pots should be sunk into
the soil over the rims, and covered up
just as if the trees were planted outside.
It is a good plan to place a layer of
broken pots, clinkers, or gravel beneath
each pot so as to drain the winter rains
away from the base. It would not be
wise to stand the pots outside without
sinking them in the soil, as in the event
of hard frosts the young roots would soon
be killed. The trees would also be blown
over probably many times by the wind,
and thus injured a good deal.
From the beginning of February on-
wards, the trees may be lifted from the
open ground and transferred to the glass-
house, but the operation is best deferred
if the weather is very frosty, or the soil
is in a sodden state with rain. The trees,
once indoors, may be syringed on warm
bright days in the morning and afternoon,
as a rule with rain water if possible, or at
least with water kept in the house. Plenty
of air should always be given, as a stuffy
atmosphere leads to attacks of Aphis
and other pests. Should these appear in
numbers there is no help for it but to
close the house up on a dull evening with
little or no wind, and thoroughly fumigate
or vaporise it two or three nights in suc-
cession, afterwards syringing the plants
with clean tepid water. Under any cir-
cumstances a thorough fumigation should
always be given immediately before the
first flowers open.
When the flowers expand, syringing
should cease, and the stem of each tree
should receive a smart slap of the hand
about mid-day, and especially on bright
sunny days, to distribute the pollen for the
fertilisation of the flowers. When any
particular variety does not appear to be
'setting' well, that is, showing the forma-
tion of fruit, it is advisable to go over the
flowers with a smooth camel's hair brush
and transfer the pollen from one flower
to the other (see Article on ' Hybridisa-
tion,' p. 37). Where bees are kept and
frequent the blossoms largely, there is
little need of using the camel's hair
brush. An easy and excellent method of
fertilising the flowers is by means of a
good syringe or bellows. By passing a
current of air from the syringe over the
flowers at mid-day when the pollen is dry
and easily distributed, the powdery ferti-
lising agent is blown about, and some of it
is sure to become attached to the sticky
surface of the ripe stigmas.
In the event of cold frosty weather
setting in, the house should be shut up
about 3 or 4 o'clock in the afternoon, so
that a certain amount of sun heat can be
kept in during the night. Where hot
water pipes exist, a little heat may be
turned on to keep the atmosphere dry and
agreeable. Indeed, keeping up a con-
genial temperature, without too great a
difference between that of day and night,
is one of the most important points in the
culture of fruit trees under glass. When
the weather is at all cold and strikingly
chilly, it is better to keep the ventilators
shut rather than run the risk of giving the
plants and setting fruits a sudden chill.
Cherries imder glass must never be shut
lip close when in flower ; a small chink of
air should be left on, day and night ; fire
heat must also be dispensed with, or
reduced to the smallest quantity.
As a rule there will be more fruit set
than it is safe for the tree to bear to a
mature stage, and thinning out should be
practised rather more severely than for
outdoor fruit for each kind as recom-
mended under the various heads. Thus
what applies in this way to Peaches,
Nectarines, Apples, Pears &c. in the open
air applies with rather more force to
indoor trees in pots.
Summer and winter pruning, as prac-
tised out of doors, may also be employed
in the case of fruit trees in pots, but each
variety should be pruned on its merits
and according to its vigour, shyness, and
other peculiarities.
3x
1042
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
APPLE
When the fruits are well set, and have
been sufficiently thinned out, the trees
will be greatly assisted by a good mulch
of a compost similar to that in which
they were potted in the autumn. It is
best heaped up round the edge of the pots
so as to leave a hollow in the centre to
hold the water. Liquid manure in weak
doses may also be given two or three
times a week at this period, and may be
composed of cow manure, with a little
soot and guano added, the whole being
kept in a bag in the water tank. About
a tumblerful added to one or two gallons
of water, according to the state of growth,
will be sufficient, but care must be taken
not to give over-doses.
The application of water is an im-
portant matter, and should never be
neglected at the proper moment. The
soil should never be brought into a sodden
state by over-watering, nor should it be
allowed to get dust dry. The medium
course should be followed, always allowing
the soil to get just a little on the drier
side before giving a thoroughly good
soaking with water.
After the beginning of June the
weather will as a rule be warm enough to
move the plants out of doors without any
danger of frost, and the fruit may be
allowed to ripen in the ordinary way. but
it is sure to be much earlier than thai
borne by trees which have been in the
open air the whole year.
It is an excellent plan to have two
sets of fruit trees in pots, so that one lot
may be grown under glass one year, and
plunged outside in good rich soil the next.
By this means better crops are produced,
and the plants are not subjected to such
a severe strain as if forced year after
year.
Kinds of Fruit Cultivated
It is an extraordinary fact that nearly
all our best and choicest hardy fruits are
confined to one natural order. The
Apple, Pear, Plum, Bullace, Damson,
Cherry, Apricot, Peach, Nectarine, Rasp-
berry, Blackberry, Strawberry, Medlar.
and Quince all belong to the natural
order Rosacea?, the botanical characters
of which are given at p. 355. The
Gooseberry and Currant belong to the
Saxifrage order, described at p. 414,
while the Fig, Walnut, Cob Nut, Sweet
Chestnut and Mulberry belong each to
a different order. The Tomato should be
classed as a fruit properly speaking, but
as it is usually and quite arbitrarily
considered as a vegetable it is dealt with
in that portion of the work, p. 1137. At
almost every exhibition throughout the
kingdom the conditions are so arranged
that the Tomato shall appear in the
vegetable classes. It is however gradually
winning its way as a dessert fruit, and will
ere long probably take its rightful place
in exhibitions among the fruit classes.
Propagation of Fruit Trees
The methods of increasing the various
kinds of fruit trees described in the
following pages are referred to in the
proper place. But it may be as well to
state here, for the benefit of amateurs who
have perhaps neither time nor inclination
to multiply their own stock, that it will
be far better to obtain fruit trees grafted,
budded, or ' struck ' on their own roots as
the case may be, from nurserymen who
make an art of this branch of gardening.
In the following pages are described
the best varieties of fruits suitable for out-
door cultivation in the British Islands.
No attempt is made to give descriptions
of all the varieties enumerated in nursery-
men's catalogues, but those which have
been proved by experience to yield the
best results will be dealt with fully. It is
quite a mistake to have too many kinds
of any particular fruit in a garden.
It is far better to grow a few first-class
varieties that will flourish and can be
attended to properly than to have several
which succeed only passably. It must be
remembered that certain kinds of fruits
flourish with scarcely any attention in
some parts of the country, but are more
or less miserable failures in other parts,
owing to the difference probably in soil,
situation and surroundings. Local con-
ditions should therefore always be fully
considered before deciding to plant.
THE APPLE (Pyrus MALUs).-The
Apple is probably the most important
of all fruits for outdoor cultivation in the
British Islands. The wild form or Crab
Apple is a native plant but is also found
generally throughout the north tempe-
rate hemisphere. It is rather small ami
stunted in appearance, with a sour and
unpalatable fruit. Still from it have been
obtained almost all the fine varieties
cultivated at the present day.
The cultivated Apple tree rarely ex-
APPLE
HARDY FRUIT GARDEN
APPLE 1043
ceeds 30 to 40 ft. in height. It lias
broadly ovate acute leaves, the blades
usually much longer than the stalks,
downy or woolly beneath, with crenate
margins and provided with glands. The
flowers are always borne in sessile umbels
and vary in size and colour according to
variety. They are sometimes pure white,
like those of Pears, bu1 are usually striped
or suffused with rose and often with bright
carmine, and all have a delicate fragrance.
Apart from their value in the fruit garden
they may also well figure on the lawn, in
parks, shruhheries ■kc. on account of their
beauty when in blossom.
The fruit, which botanists call a' pome.'
is roundish, usually narrowest towards
the apex, with a. depression at each end,
and varies a. good dial in size, colour,
markings, and flavour 1" ing usually >>(
a brighter and richer colour on the side
next the sun.
Training. — Apples may he grown
as hushes, pyramids, standards or balf-
standards, espaliers, or cordons. As bushes
and pyramids the trees max he planted
from 8 to 12 ft. apart, according to the
r and compactness of the variety,
and standards and half-standards from
15 to 30 ft. apart for the same reasons.
Soil. — The best soil for Apples is a rich
adhesive ioam on a gravelly or chalky
subsoil. Thorough drainage is essential.
Poor hot soils must be enriched with
plenty of manure, and heavy wet soil
must be lightened with plenty of lime and
thorough cultivation. Apples being more
or less inclined to develop tap-roots should
not be planted too deep ; they will usually
flourish in shallower soils than the Pear,
and are also as a rule much hardier.
Pruning. — In comparison with the
Tear, little pruning is required, except in
the case of cordons and espaliers. As the
long slender and flexible branches usually
carry the finest fruits, a too severe pruning
and summer pinching are likely to do
more harm than good. The long straggling
shoots are best shortened back a little,
and only those that are crossing or grow-
ing in towards the centre of the tree, or
are otherwise useless, should be cut away
altogether (see p. 1031). As some varieties
of Apple, mentioned in the proper place,
have the peculiarity of bearing their fruits
at the ends of the shoots, instead of on
spurs at the sides, it is necessary when
pruning to observe the difference between
flower-huds and fruit-buds. Fig. 151
shows what the Mower-buds of an Apple
tree are like. It will be noticed that they
are much rounder and plumper than the
wood or leaf-buds shown in fig. 152.
PIG. 151. — Fill
"I VI •I'LE.
PIG. 152.— WOOD
Indeed it may be said that pruning
should be done rather with the eyes than
with the knife. It is essential that the
primer should know the difference between
shoots having flower-buds and those
having leaf-buds, and it is to be hoped
that the various sketches given will assist
him in that direction.
Protection. — In cold bleak districts
and northern parts generally it is almost
essential that Apples should be grown in
situations sheltered by walls or stout
hedges. In the event of severe spring
frosts, dwarf bushes and espaliers should
receive some artificial protection if possi-
ble when in bloom. Pieces of thin can-
vas, netting, bracken fronds, or any other
light and convenient article may be placed
over them lightly before nightfall and
removed in the morning. When grown
against walls, if the latter has a projecting
coping, a good deal of protection will be
afforded by this and also by the foliage.
It is a tedious task protecting the blos-
soms, and it is a matter that must be left
to the judgment and industry of the
3x2
1044
PB ACTIO AL GUIDE TO GABDEN PLANTS
APPLE
grower whether it is worth while to per-
form it.
Thinning the fruit. — As judicious
pruning improves the tree, so does judi-
cious thinning of the fruit improve those
that are left to ripen. When the fruits
have fairly ' set ' — that is, have begun to
swell, about the end of May and early
June, the trees may be given a light shake.
This will bring down a number of young
fruits that would never ripen under any
circumstances. Others will still remain,
but if they have ^yellowish stalks are best
removed by hand at once, as they will
drop sooner or later. The removal of
others then becomes a matter of judgment,
but as a rule if two or three of the best
formed and healthiest looking fruits are
left to each side shoot, that will be quite
sufficient for the tree to carry. If thin-
ning is not performed the branches will
bear a mass of small fruits, which very
often owing to their weight break down
the branches and disfigure the tree — thus
pruning and thinning it in an undesired
fashion at one and the same time.
Ripeness. — Apples (and other fruits)
do not all ripen at the same period, some
being early, some mid-season, andsome
late. The same variety ripens at different
periods also according to soil, situation,
aspect, and general cultivation. As a rule,
however, healthy fruits are ripe when
they part easily from the branch on being
gently raised to a horizontal position by
the hand. If they drop from the tree,
assuming they are not maggoty, cankered,
or otherwise diseased, thej- are then fully
ripe, and should be gathered immediately.
Gathering. — The more carefully the
fruit is picked from the trees the better
and longer will it last in a good condition.
Shaking the fruit down or knocking it
down with sticks or poles is a very primi-
tive and schoolboy method of gathering
fruit, and throwing it anyhow into boxes
or baskets is little better, as it is thus
much injured and bruised and quite unable
to last for a long period. Besides, where
surplus quantities are sold, they are not
likely to secure a good price. From a
commercial point of view the more care-
fully Apples and fruit generally are picked
and packed the higher their value. The
fruit should also for this same reason
be 'graded' according to size, uniformity,
and colouring, the best and finest fruits
being kept by themselves, and not mixed
with the smaller and poorly coloured ones.
The different varieties should of course
also be kept separate, and not mixed one
with another.
Packing Apples. — When Apples are
sent to market it is essential that they
should be well and securely packed if they
are to pay for their cultivation at all.
Each grade and variety should be kept
separate and distinctly marked. They
may be packed in flat baskets with lids —
each basket holding about 40 lbs., or in
bushels or barrels. The great point is to
secure the fruit from being bruised by
shifting about in transit. The baskets,
bushels, barrels, or other receptacles
should be well lined with soft spongy
paper, and the fruit should be of the same
quality throughout, instead of placing the
finest samples on top — a foolish proceed-
ing known technically as ' topping.'
Where extra fine fruits of extra choice
varieties are marketed, it is well worth
while rolling each fruit in a piece of soft
paper, and packing the whole in wood
wool so that there will be no chance of
shifting about. Good fruit well packed
always secures a high price if marketed
with business intelligence, some varieties
of course more than others, according
to their reputation for quality and
flavour.
Propagation. — Apples may be in-
creased by seeds, cuttings, layers, budding,
and grafting. Seeds are usualty sown
with the object of raising new varieties,
and also to produce stocks for grafting
or budding. As they do not retain their
vitality long, seeds are best sown thinly
as soon as ripe in prepared beds in the
open air. The seedlings are transplanted
the following autumn, with the object of
destroying the taproot, and producing root
fibres. As a rule the seeds of Crab and
Cider Apples are sown for producing
stocks, but other varieties may be used
for the same purpose. Where new
varieties are required the seeds should
be saved from the best varieties only,
that is, from those remarkable for their
hardiness, freedom from canker and other
diseases, fruitfulness, and flavour. The
seedlings may be grown on after trans-
planting once or twice, until they fruit.
Or, when large enough, to produce a good
graft or scion, they may be grafted on to
a Paradise Stock, or even a full-grown
tree, so as to obtain fruit for testing as to
quality and flavoru* as early as possible.
Cuttings. — Cuttings will root in the
APPLE
HARDY FRUIT GARDEN
APPLE 1045
open air if inserted about November.
They should consist of the ripened growth
of the current year, ending with a small
portion or ' heel ' of the previous year's
wood, and may be 6-9 in. in length. All
buds except two or three at the upper end
should be removed, and the cuttings may
be firmly inserted in sandy soil about half
their length. They should then receive
a good watering to settle the soil round
them, and require no further attention
until next autumn when they may be
transplanted and pruned according to the
shape in which it is desired to grow the tree.
Apple trees raised from cuttings have
the advantage of being on their own roots,
and many people now consider this a
great advantage over budded or grafted
trees. In from four to six years, accord-
ing to variety, the tree will be in full
bearing.
Layering. — Apple trees may be, and
sometimes are, layered by bending the
branches down, and cutting partially
through where they come in contact
with the soil. When pegged down and
covered with earth, they soon root, and
when firmly established the layers may
be severed from the parent plant.
Suckers are sometimes used for purposes
of increase, but they are chiefly valuable
for stocks. Unless a tree is on its^own
roots, from a cutting or a layer, the
sucker is almost sure to be that of a wild
stock, and therefore valueless for fruit
bearing. See p. 59.
Budding. — Apples are rarely budded,
as the buds are rather late in ripening,
and thus beyond the season when budding
is usually practised. Under favourable
conditions, however, Apples may be
budded as easily as other fruit trees or
Roses, the operation being performed as
described at p. 58.
Grafting. — This is the usual method of
increasing Apples. Old trees are usually
crown-grafted, but young stocks are
generally whip- or splice-grafted. The
stocks are usually ' headed down ' or cut
back to the desired height about January
or February, and are generally grafted
about the end or middle of March. Bush,
standard, and half standard trees are all
grafted very low down near the groiuid,
so that in the course of time roots
emitted from the scion will assist those
of the stock ih nourishing the plants.
For the different kinds of Grafting see
Old trees with worn-out tops may
often be grafted with advantage and
continue for years afterwards to produce
good crops of fruit. But it is always a
question whether they are worth the
trouble of regrafting instead of obtaining
young trees. As a rule it is better to
obtain young healthy trees than to
waste time doctoring up old ones, which
may or may not yield fruit afterwards.
Kinds of Stock. — As the Stock has a
certain influence on the growth and de-
velopment of the graft, it may be useful
to refer to those usually employed for
Apple trees.
1. The Crab, or Free Stock.— This is
usually raised from the seeds of the "Wild
Crab or Cider Apples, and trees grafted
upon it are regular in outline, very hardy,
and are very suitable for orchards and
market gardens, where it is impossible to
give attention to each individual tree as
regards pruning and thinning out. The
roots of the Crab Stock are strong and
fibrous.
2. The Douein Stock. - — This is a
variety not quite so hardy or vigorous as
the Crab, but in suitable soils is practically
quite as robust. It has rather longer and
more fibrous roots than the Crab, but
does not exhibit such a difference in
thickness between stock and graft as does
the Paradise Stock. Except in dry soils
and for a small number of varieties, trees
grafted on the Douein Stock should not
be severely or regularly pruned every
year, as they are apt to be rendered fruit-
less by the operation. It is well to bear
this fact in mind, as many gardeners
have a mania for pruning every variety,
quite regardless as to the stock upon
which it may be grafted. Varieties on
the Douein Stock require very little
pruning. Just cutting out unnecessary
branches and dead wood is sufficient.
The trees will form a fine head, and bear
abimdance of fruit — but not if severely
pruned.
3. The Paradise Stock. — This is a
dwarf variety of Apple easily increased by
suckers and cuttings. It is chiefly valu-
able in the dwarfing influence it exerts,
thus producing lower trees. It also
influences the earlier ripening of the
fruit, and is suitable for the best varieties
of Apples to be grafted upon it. The
fruits not only mature more quickly, but
are also more regular in shape and brighter
in colour. Being somewhat less vigorous
1046
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
APPLE
than the variety grafted upon it there is
usually a distinct inequality in the sterns
at the point of grafting. Trees grafted on
the Paradise Stock require to be regularly
and properly pruned every year so that
they may not become too quickly ex-
hausted, and continue to produce good
crops every year.
Insect and Fungoid Pests. — Among
the many pests which attack the Apple
tree the following are the most formidable,
and require every attention in conjunction
with good cultivation to keep them under.
1. The American Blight or Woolly
Aphis (Schizoneura lanigera) is a short-
legged Aphis covered with a woolly or
cottony down. It attacks all parts of the
tree, several usually uniting in a whitish
mass. The insects are protected by their
woolly covei-ing, and carry on their work-
by piercing the softer parts of the stems
or branches with their sucker- like beaks.
As they often secrete themselves in the
cracks and crevices of the old bark, and
also lay their eggs in these sheltered spots,
it is extremely difficult to dislodge them
once they have taken a firrn hold upon
a tree. They produce large cankerous
wounds in the stems, and thrive upon the
elaborated sap, thus interfering with the
vital source of the tree's nourishment.
During the summer months the woolly
masses are readily distinguished.
Several more or less dangerous and
poisonous liquids have been recommended
to destroy this pest, but none of them is
so effective as boiling water applied for-
cibly in a fine spray or by means of a
brush. As long as the temperature can be
kept up to about boiling point, or say not
lower than 180°, it is a perfect destroyer.
It may be improved by the addition of
soft soap and tobacco juice, or a little
petroleum. The same arguments do
not apply against its use in summer as
against some of the strong poisonous
insecticides, which unless carefully
diluted are apt to severely injure the
foliage. Cold water is useless against the
greasy woolly covering of the insects.
The infested parts of the tree should be
well rubbed and painted with the wash,
especially the cracks and crevices. In
the winter months the trees may be
again examined, and all branches too
severely damaged should be cut off and
burned — not thrown on the rubbish heap
to spread the disease anew. Paraffin oil
(or petroleum) ; pas liquor diluted 8 to 12
times its bulk with water ; or 1 lb. of
crude commercial potash and 1 lb. of
caustic soda dissolved together in 10
gallons of water may be used as washes.
The latter is very effective, and the 10
gallons may be diluted to 20 for the
removal of moss, lichens 8sc. It removes
all parasitic growths and gives the bark
of the trees a clean slaty appearance. If
the hands are cut or the skin broken in
any way, they should be protected with
gloves.
Standard trees are more troublesome
to clean than dwarf bushes or pyramids.
By passing rapidly backwards and for-
wards along the branches a torch of hay,
straw, or any other material giving aflame,
at the end of a long pole, the Woolly
Aphis may be destroyed in the winter
months. As the females have no wings
they have to crawl up the stems from the
ground. They often nest at the root,
and may be dislodged, or rather destroyed,
by removing the soil round the base of
the trunk, and giving a dressing of lime
or soot. Soapsuds are also a preventive
and destroyer.
2. Apple Blossom Weevil (Anthono-
mus poinoruni). — A tiny reddish-brown
beetle less than a quarter of an inch long,
having black blotched wing cases obliquely
striped and spotted with yellow. The
female makes a hole in the unexpanded
buds with her slender beak, and in it lays
a single egg, repeating the process on as
many buds as possible. Whitish grubs
develop, and attack the stamens and
pistils of the opening flowers, which soon
wither and, needless to say, never produce
fruit. By the early summer, the grubs
having passed through the chrysalis stage,
the perfect beetles appear and feed upon
the foliage until the winter. They then
take refuge in the crevices of the bark, or
under the soil at the foot of the trees,
emerging in spring to repeat the process
of spoiling buds and eating leaves.
It is evident that this pest must be
checked and destroyed in winter. This
may be done by turning up the soil and
dressing with lime, soot, soapsuds Sue.,
and by dressing the bark, paying particular
attention to the crevices, with the washes
recommended for American Blight. Ban-
dages of tarred cloth, hay, or straw round
the stem will prevent the female beetles,
which cannot fly very well, or not at all.
crawling up to the flower buds. Where
the}* are in great numbers, tarred sheets
APPLE
HAIIDY FRUIT CMIDEN
APPLE 1047
el paper may be spread beneath the trees
to catch them as they fall by shaking the
branclus.
3. Codlin Moth (Carpocapsa pomo-
nana). — This small and very destructive
moth has a dark brown body and greenish-
brown or grey forewings transversely
marked with darker lines, and streaked
with brownish-yellow on the hinder
portion. During May the female lays a
single egg in the calyx of each young
fruit, attaching it by means of a sticky
secretion. In about a week the whitish
caterpillars or grubs, with black head and
neck and tour rows of black marks along
the body, appear, and begin to tunnel
their way through the swelling fruit
towards the rind, in which they make a
hole. When almost fully grown, and
having changed to a brownish or greyish
hue, they attack the core of the fruit and
feed upon the pips, with the result thai
the fruit drops. The grubs then leave
the fruit and seek shelter in the bark,
where they spin cocoons and pass into
the chrysalis stage for the winter months.
In spring the new perfect moths appear-
and proceed with the destructive opera-
tions of their predecessors.
It is difficult to remedy the attacks of
the Codlin Moth. One of the most effec-
tive remedies is to spray the trees as the
fruits are setting with 1 oz. of Paris
green dissolved in 20-25 gallons of water.
This is a dangerous insecticide and
requires to be used with care, especially
when the hands are cut or bruised in any
way. Where large numbers of trees are
to be sprayed it is advisable to use one of
the several spraying machines now on
the market. Paris green being insoluble
in water requires to be constantly stirred.
and it should be applied in a very line
spray. It should never be used on trees
having fruits almost ripe.
When Apples fall owing to the attacks
of the Codlin Moth they should be imme-
diately picked up and burned or given to
pigs or cattle. In this way grubs which
have not yet left the fruit will be effec-
tually destroyed. Hay bands are some-
times placed round the stems about 1 ft.
from the ground for them to nest in, and
at the end of the season are detached and
burnt. Washing the bark as for American
Blight is also useful.
4. Apple Mussel Scale (Aspidiotus
conchiformis). — These small scaly in-
sects, resembling the half of a mussel
shell in appearance, attack the bark of
Apple and Pear trees. The scales are
about ^ in. long, brownish in colour, and
serve as shields to the sucking insects
beneath. The female is a green fleshy
maggot which does not lay its eggs, hut
retains them until she dies. The larvae
when hatched issue from the protecting
shield and begin the cycle of reproduction
again.
A strong wash of soft soap and petro-
leum seems to be the most effective
remedy against this tin-some insect. It
should lie rubbed in well with a stiff'
brush, removing all the scales. The
latter are too hard for any spraying to be
effective.
5. Canker. — This baneful disease.
which attacks some of our finest Apples
and renders them useless in some districts.
is brought about by the presence of a
fungus called Nectria rfitissima. The
chief causes of it appear to be cold, wet
soils, severe pruning, and the develop-
menl of the roots downwards into a
sterile subsoil, (in at variations in tem-
perature, unfavourable seasons when the
wood does not properly ripen, and various
other causes are no doubt also in a
measure accountable for the canker in
fruit trees, as well as placing rank ma-
nure in direct contact with the roots.
The best remedies for it appear to be
a warm and thoroughly well-drained and
cultivated soil, and attention to root pru-
ning to prevent the development of tap-
roots. By keeping the roots near the
surface of the soil canker would to a
great extent be prevented. The following
mixture, applied as a dressing in autumn
and spring and hoed in, has been recom-
mended as a most successful preventive
of canker by the late Mr. T. F. Rivers,
viz. superphosphate of lime 35 lbs.,
nitrate of potash 21 lbs., nitrate of soda
28 lbs., and sulphate of lime 28 lbs. A
\ lb. to the square yard, or about 10-11
cwts. per acre, is the amount recommende I
for each dressing. It is not only a pre-
ventive but an excellent manure for the
trees. When trees are very badly injured
by canker it is scarcely worth while trying
to patch them up by washes and insecti-
cides. They are better rooted up and
burned, unless the trunks are sound and
may be regrafted with a variety other
than the diseased one. If the trees are
not seriously injured the diseased parts
may be washed with a solution made up
1048
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
APPLE
of 2 lbs. of sulphate of copper to 10 gallons
of water. This wash may also be used
for preventing the attacks of the Codlin
Moth in early summer.
When Apple trees, like the Ribston
Pippin for example, are naturally prone
to canker, it is just possible that canker
might be checked by growing the plants
upon their own roots (obtained either by
cuttings or layers) rather than having
them grafted upon a foreign stock. It is
impossible to say that this would be a
cure for canker, but there is reason to
believe that trees on their own roots
would be less subject to the evil than
grafted ones.
6. Lackey Moth (Bombyx neustria).
In July and August the female Lackey
Moth deposits her eggs on the twigs of
the Apple and other trees on which they
remain until the following spring. The
larvae, or Social Caterpillars as they are
called, are at first black, and live in colo-
nies in a web which they spin over the
branches and leaves. If not cleared off
by hand-picking, or shaking on to paper
spread beneath the trees, they devour the
leaves, often stripping the branches com-
pletely if unmolested. A good syringing
with soft soap and quassia, or a little
petroleum mixed with hot water, has been
found very effective in destroying the
caterpillars.
The caterpillars usually seek shelter in
their webs on wet days, which afford a
good opportunity for making a raid upon
them. On dwarf bushes a mixture of lime
and soot sprinkled over the branches in
wet weather is a good remedy.
As the eggs are deposited spirally in
clusters around the twigs they are easily
detected in late summer, and may then
be scraped off on to sheets of paper and
burned.
The front wings of the Lackey Moth
are brownish-yellow, each crossed by a
dark band ; the back wings are paler than
the front ones, and are fringed alternately
with yellow and brown, while the head,
throat, and body are of a reddish-brown.
The caterpillars are at first black, but
become brightly coloured with age. The
head is bluish-grey with 2 black eye-like
spots, the rest of the body being striped
with red, blue, yellow, and white, and
densely covered with long silky hairs.
When nearly fully grown the caterpillars
disperse and seek a suitable place, often in
the crevices of the bark, under rubbish &c.
to spin an oblong yellow cocoon inter-
mixed with a sulphury powder. The
chrysalis is smooth and brownish and
from it the new moth emerges in July.
7. Sltigworms (Eriocampa limacina).
These are the grubs of certain sawfiies,
and have earned their name from the
black slime covering their hairy slug-like
bodies. They appear in autumn and
ravenously devour the upper surface of
the leaves of Apples, Pears, Cherries, and
many other plants belonging to the Rose
order, turning them brown and preventing
the elaboration of the sap to the detriment
of the tree. When fully grown they seek
the ground at the base of the tree and
spin a blackish cocoon. They remain
dormant during the winter, emerging in
spring. The female deposits eggs in the
under surface of the leaves and in less
than a week the larvae or. slug-worms are
overrunning the foliage.
Dusting with lime and soot, hellebore
powder, and spraying with sulphate of
copper or Paris green has been found
effectual. The soil at the base of the trees
may also be turned up in winter and
burned, its place being taken by fresh soil.
8. Small Ermine Moth (Hypono-
meuta padella). — Apple trees are occasion-
ally attacked by the caterpillars of this
moth. The eggs are attached to the
branches by a sticky secretion about the
end of summer. The following spring
the caterpillars, which live in colonies
like those of the Lackey Moth, proceed to
attack the leaves. They have a brownish
head and a grey body spotted with black.
They may be destroyed the same way as
the Social Caterpillars (Lackey Moth) by
syringing with hot water in which soft
soap, quassia, or petroleum has been
mixed.
9. Miscellaneous.— Besides the above
pests, there are others which sometimes
attack Apple trees, some being fungoid,
some insect. Among the fimgoid diseases
Mildew is often seen. It is a whitish
mould living on the surface and may be
destroyed by spraying with sulphate of
copper. Cracking is caused by a fungus
called Cladosporiuni dendriticum, which
attacks the leaves, shoots, and flowers,
and often prevents the development of
the fruit. The latter is often more or less
densely covered with round eye-like
blotches, and the surface becomes dis-
figured and cracked. Cracking seems to
be brought about by much the same
ArPLE
HARDY FRUIT GARDEN
APPLE 1049
causes as canker, viz. cold, wet soils,
taproots, severe pruning, and bad culti-
vation, and may be prevented by rectify-
ing these.
Mistletoe (see p. 781) is a green-leaved
parasite often very injurious to Apple
trees. It should be cut away clean at
Christmas time, when it can be easily
seen and may also be sold. The growths
of mosses, lichens &c. may be removed by
spraying or washing with the caustic soda
and potash solution referred to under
American Blight (p. 1046).
Varieties of Apples to grow
There are about 2000 named varieties
of Apples, and perhaps as many more
unnamed ones, but only a very small
proportion are actually grown in the
British Islands — perhaps 400 at the out-
side ; and some of these very rarely. The
following is a selection of the best eating
and cooking Apples. The kinds enume-
rated are suitable for most parts of the
kingdom, but some are more valuable for
northern parts than others. Although
eating and cooking varieties are arranged
in alphabetical order, an asterisk * is
placed in front of the varieties which are
chiefly used for cooking, so that they may
be more readily distinguished from the
dessert ones. It may however be re-
marked that nearly all dessert Apples cook
well if gathered before they are ripe.
When fruits are described as ' large ' they
are 3 inches or more in diameter ;
' medium ' 2-3 inches in diameter ; and
' small ' when less than 2 in. in diameter.
Only first-class varieties are mentioned.
Adam's Pearmain. — A handsome eating
Apple in use from December to February.
Fruit medium, conical, pale yellow tinged
with green and covered with delicate russet
on the shaded side, but deep yellow
tinged with red and delicately streaked
with brighter red on the sunny side.
This variety is a free and healthy
grower with long slender shoots. It bears
freely even when young, and is best on
the Paradise or Doucin stock (p. 1045).
*Alfriston. — This is a splendid cooking
Apple, in use from November to April.
It is a hardy and vigorous grower, bearing
large oblong angular greenish fruits,
tinged with orange next the sun and re-
ticulated with russet markings. It is apt
to canker on heavy badly drained soils.
Allen's Everlasting. — This may be
used either as a dessert or cooking Apple.
It has a tender sweet juicy flavour and
keeps well till April or May. The flattish
fruits are medium in size, very angular
near the eye, greenish-yellow, becoming
clearer yellow towards maturity, with a
few faint streaks of red showing through
the russet coat. In good seasons it often
has a bright crimson tinge next the sun.
Allington Pippin (South Lincoln
Beauty). — A new variety of excellent
quality, said to be a cross between Cox's
Orange Pippin and King of the Pippins.
Fruit larger than medium size, ovoid, in-
clining to conical, with a deep-set eye, and
a slender stalk about \ in. long set in a
deep funnel-shaped cavity. The side next
the sun is usually streaked with red.
The tree is said to be of a hardy and
vigorous constitution and a good cropper.
American Mother. — This is one of the
finest flavoured eating Apples in use in
October and November. The conical and
angular fruits are medium in size, golden-
yellow, mottled and streaked with crimson
next the sun, and strewed with russet
dots. It originated at Boston, Mass.
* Annie Elizabeth. — A splendid late
cooking Apple in use from February to
May, and lasting well. The large roundish
conical fruits are prominently angled or
ribbed, pale yellow, flushed with bright
crimson next the sun.
It grows vigorously and bears freely,
and forms an excellent pyramid or
standard. Although usually classed as a
cooking Apple, it may also be used for
dessert, having a crisp sprightly flavour.
Baumann's Reinette (Baumanri's
Bed Winter Beinette). — A beautiful
dessert Apple in use from November till
March. Fruit medium, flat, bluntly
angled and ridged round the eye, bright
yellow flushed with red, becoming brilliant
red on the sunny side, the whole surface
embedded with pearly specks.
This is largely grown, and is a very
handsome Apple in appearance ; but it
usually ranks as a second-class variety in
regard to flavour, although it keeps well.
The tree makes a good pyramid, and as a
standard is suitable for orchards.
* Beauty of Kent. — A very handsome
and showy cooking Apple in use from
October to February. Fruit large, roundish
ovate, broad and flattened at the base,
deep yellow faintly tinged with green
and marked with faint red patches on the
shaded side ; but entirely covered with
deep red except where there are a few
1050
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
APPLE
patches of yellow next the sun. Tender
and juicy with an agreeable subacid
flavour.
A vigorous grower and good cropper,
forming a fine large pyramid or good stan-
dard. It is said to be liable to canker on
the Paradise stock in some localities and
in heavy moist soils.
* Bedfordshire Foundling. — A hand-
some first-class cooking Apple in use from
November to March and April. Fruit
large, roundish ovoid or oblong with
irregular prominent angles extending from
the side upwards and forming ridges
round the eye. Skin dark green at first,
becoming greenish-yellow when ripening,
tinged with orange and having a few fawn-
coloured spots on the side next the sun.
The tree bears abundantly, and is
more suitable as a bush than a pyramid.
It is best on the Paradise stock (p. 1045).
It also makes a good standard.
* Betty Geeson. — An excellent late
cooking Apple in use from December to
March and April or even May. Fruit
large round, fiat, bluntly ribbed, bright
shining yellow in colour, with a deep blush
on the sunny side. The tree is a great
bearer.
;; Bismarck. — A handsome cooking
Apple in use from December to April.
Fruit large flat, yellow, flushed and
striped with red next the sun. It grows
well and bears freely on either the Crab or
Paradise stock.
* Blenheim Orange (Blenheim Pippin).
A valuable and popular cooking or
dessert Apple in use from November to
February. Fruit large roundish or
flattened, regular in shape, yellow, tinged
with dull red next the sun, and streaked
with deeper red. Although this variety
is a strong grower it takes several years
before it becomes a free cropper, especially
if grown as a standard. It does well
grown as a bush or pyramid, grafted on
the Paradise stock.
Braddick's Nonpareil. — This is one of
the best winter dessert Apples, being in use
from N ovember to April. Fruit medium,
fiat, slightly angiea, greenish - yellow,
brownish-red next the sun, russety round
the eye, and covered here and there with
patches of brown russet.
The tree is a good bearer, quite hardy,
and slender in growth, but never attains
a, great size. On the Paradise stock it
forms good bushes, pyramids, or standards,
and may also be grown as an espalier.
* Bramley s Seedl.ng. — An excellent
cooking Apple in use from January to
March. Fruit large, handsome fiattish,
with five distinct ribs or bosses round the
eye. Skin greenish-yellow tinged with
pale red, and heavily striped with deeper
red when ripe.
The tree is a hardy and vigorous
grower, but must be grown on the Paradise
stock to form good bushes. It also makes
a fine pyramid or standard.
Brownlees' Russet. — An excellent late
dessert Apple in use from January to May.
Fruit medium, roundish ovoid, and rather
flattened, green and russety, brownish-red
next the sun.
This variety does well as a pyramid or
standard, and although only a medium
grower, flourishes and bears good crops on
cold soils and in situations where other
varieties fall a prey to canker.
* Castie Major. — A fine cooking Apple
in use during October and November.
Fruit very large, roundish conical, promi-
nently ribbed from base to apex, deep
yellow all over, but flushed with reddish -
orange next the sun.
This is a good variety for market
gardeners, and grows well on either the
Paradise or Crab stock, making a good
pyramid or standard.
* Cellini. — A fine showy and hand-
some cookmg or dessert Apple in use
during October and November. Fruit
large, roundish conical, flattened at both
ends, rich deep yellow spotted and blotched
with red on the shaded side, but bright
red streaked and mottled with dark
crimson next the sun, with a gleam of
yellow here and there. The tree forms
a large pyramid when fully grown, and
also succeeds well as a standard.
Claygate Pearmain. — A fine dessert
Apple with a Ilibstou Pippin flavour, and
in use from November to March. Fruit
medium, conical, dull yellow mixed with
green, thinly coated and dotted with
russet, but streaked with dark red on the
sunny side.
The tree is a slender grower of medium
height, and bears freely. It is best as a
bush on the Paradise stock (p. 1045).
Cockle's Pippin. — This is one of the
finest dessert Apples and is hi use from
January to April. Fruit medium, conical
or ovoid, slightly angled at the sides,
greenish-yellow changing to deeper yel-
low when ripening, dotted with grey, and
covered all over the base with delicate
U'I'LK
HABDY FRUIT GARDEN
U'l'LE 1051
pale brown russet. Fine aromatic
rlavour.
This variety grows freely but does no1
attain a great height. It does well as a
standard.
Cornish Aromatic. — An excellent
dessert Apple in use from October to
Christmas. Fruit medium, roundish
ovoid, distinctly ribbed with more or less
prominent ridges round the eye, yellow,
blotched with pale brown russet, hut of ;i
beautiful bright red with deeper coloured
streaks, and russety patches and dots on
the side near the sun.
In some localities this Apple does not
quite come up to others in flavour,
although the tree grows freely and bears
well — but apparently only on the Paradise
stock (p. 1045).
Cornish Gilliflower. — This fine dessert
Apple is in use from November to April
or May, and is remarkable for its rich
aromatic flavour. Fruit medium, ovoid,
angular on the sides and ribbed round tin
eye. Skin dull green on the shaded side,
but brownish-red with brighter red streaks
on the sunny side, parts of the surface
being marked with thin russet.
The tree is a free but medium grower,
and unfortunately does not bear Large
crops. The fruits are borne at the ends
of the previous year's shoots, a fact to be
borne in mind when pruning. It does
well on the Paradise stock and makes a
good standard tree, but is also suitable as
a bush or espalier.
Court of Wick. — A line dessert Apple
of rich and delicious flavour, in use from
October to March. Fruit small, roundish
ovoid, clear yellow when fully ripe, tinged
with bright orange which sometimes
breaks out into faint red next the sun,
and freckled all over with russet.
The tree attains a medium height,
grows vigorously and crops well, the fruits
on some soils becoming very highly
coloured. It succeeds well as a pyramid
or standard, and is rarely attacked by
blight or canker. On the Paradise stock
it produces larger fruit than on the Crab,
and often assumes a very straggling habit.
Court Pendu Plat. — A handsome and
valuable dessert Apple in use from
November to April or May. Fruit
medium, flat, at first bright green on the
shaded side, becoming clear yellow as it
ripens, streaked and dotted with russet,
and entirely covered with deep rich red
next the sun.
The tree is very hardy, small in growth,
and a heavy cropper. On the Paradise
stock it makes line bushes and espaliers,
but also does well as a standard. It
flowers later than any other variety, and
the blossoms thus often escape being
injured by spring frosts. The fruit should
be allowed to hang on the tree as long as
possible, as if picked too soon it becomes
tough and indigestible.
Cox's Orange Pippin. — This is the
finest eating Apple par excellence, and is
in use from October to February. Fruit
medium, roundish ovoid, even and regular
in outline, greenish-yellow, streaked with
red, but deep red on the sidi i :posed to
the sun, crusted with patches and streaks
of gre\ russet.
The tree is a medium grower, forming
a well-shaped pyramid and producing
fruit freely when on the Paradise Stock.
It may be grown also as a standard, but
in many parts in cold heavy soil it does
not grow well and becomes afflicted with
canker (p. 1045).
* Cox's Pomona.— A fine handsome
cooking Apple fit for use in October and
November. Fruit large, roundish or flat-
tened, angular, yellow, heavily streaked
with bright crimson, and where fully
exposed to the sun entirely crimson with
deeper crimson stripes and patches, but
russety in the hollow at the base.
The tree forms a well-shaped pyramid
and bears large crops with great regularity.
The fruit may also be used as dessert. It
should be allowed to hang on the tree late.
D'Arcy Spice (Baddoiv Pippvn). — A
fine-flavoured, richly aromatic dessert
Apple, in use from November till April or
May. Fruit medium, round or slightly
flattened, prominently ribbed and ridged at
the crown. Skin deep lively green, becom-
ing yellowish-green when ripening, but
suffused with dull red changing to orange
on the side next the sun, the whole being
thinly coated and dotted with russet.
The tree is dwarf in habit and is excel-
lent as a bush, but may also be grown as
a standard.
Devonshire Quarrenden. — An excellent
dessert Apple ripe about the first week in
August, and lasting till the end of Sep-
tember. Fruit small, flat, smooth and
shining, deep purple red when fully
exposed to the sun.
It is best on the Paradise stock, and
makes fine free-bearing bushes or pyra-
mids, or half standards.
1052
PB ACTIO AL GUIDE TO GABDEN PLANTS
APPLE
Duchess's Favourite (Duchess of Glou-
cester ; Scarlet Incomparable). — A hand-
some dessert Apple fit for use from Novem-
ber to Christmas. Fruit small, round,
bluntly angled, bright red when fully
exposed to the sun, but yellow where
shaded, and russety at the base. A good
market variety for the south-eastern
counties.
Duchess of Oldenburg. — A fine des-
sert Apple of Russian origin, ripe in the
middle of August, and lasting till the end
of September. Fruit large, round, some-
times prominently ribbed, greenish-yellow,
but streaked with broken patches of bright
red on the sunny side, and sometimes
beautifully flushed with dark crimson, the
whole being heavily dotted with russet.
Very juicy with a pleasant, brisk, and
refreshing flavour.
The tree grows freely and bears heavy
crops. It makes a medium-sized bush or
pyramid, and also a good standard.
Duke of Devonshire. — An excellent
eating Apple, with a sweet and fine
aromatic flavour, lasting from February
to May. Fruit medium, roundish ovoid,
of a uniform lemon-yellow flushed with
dull red on the sunny side and veined
with russet.
The tree forms a large and regular
pyramid and a compact standard.
* Dumelow's Seedling {Wellington). —
This excellent cooking Apple is in use
from November to March, and is probably
much better known as Wellington than
by the name here adopted. Fruit large
round and somewhat flattened, clear pale
greenish-yellow sparingly dotted with
russet, and tinged with pale red on the
sunny side, which is sometimes almost
entirely covered with bright red.
The tree makes a handsome pyramid
and is a heavy cropper both in this form
and also as a standard. It is largely
grown in market gardens round London.
* Dutch (or Royal) Codlin. — A hand-
some cooking Apple in use during August
and September. Fruit large, conical and
angular, pale greenish-yellow, slightly
tinged with orange or pale red next the
sun. The tree forms a medium-sized
pyramid, and also succeeds as a standard.
Dutch Mignonne (Beinette de Caux).
A dessert Apple with a rich sweet
flavour ; in use from December to April.
Fruit rather large, roundish, sometimes
slightly ribbed near the eye ; dull greenish-
yellow in colour, marked all over with
broken streaks of pale red and crimson,
with traces of russet and numerous
russety dots especially round the eye.
The tree forms a medium - sized
pyramid when fully grown, but succeeds
as a standard or bush. The branches are
thickly set with fruit spurs, and bear
heavy crops, especially when grown on
the Paradise stock (p. 1045).
k Ecklinville. — A fine and handsome
cooking Apple in use from October to
Christmas, and having a brisk subacid
flavour. Fruit large, roundish and
flattened, slightly angled round the eye.
Skin bright, rather deep lemon-yellow
tinged with green, sparingly dotted with
russet and flushed with crimson on the
sunny side.
The tree forms a good pyramid and is
a wonderfully heavy and constant crop-
per. It is a first-rate market Apple, and
requires little attention in regard to
pruning. In some localities this is very
liable to spot and should then be planted
only sparingly.
*Emperor Alexander. — A beautiful
Apple usually considered a cooking-
variety, but also valuable for dessert.
It is in use from September to December.
Fruit sometimes very large, conical,
greenish-yellow, streaked with red on the
shaded side, and orange and bright red
next the sun, the whole surface being
covered with russety dots.
The tree is a strong grower and good
cropper, and is remarkable for its long
stout shoots.
Fearn's Pippin. — A very handsome
and attractive dessert Apple in use from
November to February. Fruit medium,
flatfish, pale greenish-yellow streaked
with dull red on the shaded side, and
deep crimson with grey dots and russet
patches on the sunny side.
The tree makes fine pyramids and
good standards, and bears heavy crops
with great regularity. Its fine colour and
rich flavour make it a favourite with
market gardeners.
*Frogmore Prolific. — A splendid cook-
ing Apple in use from September to
Christmas. Fruit large, round and smooth,
pale greenish-yellow slightly streaked and
shaded with crimson on the sunny side.
The tree succeeds both as a pyramid
and standard, and is a great cropper.
Gascoyne's Scarlet. — A handsome
looking dessert Apple in use from October
to January. Fruit large, conical, angular,
APPLE
HARDY FRUIT GARDEN
APPLE 1053
pale yellow streaked and flushed with
bright rose. The tree is a vigorous grower
and makes a good standard ; it is a good
cropper on the Paradise stock.
Gloria Mundi {Belle Dubois). — A
handsome cooking Apple in use from
October to January. Fruit very large,
Battish, angled and ribbed round the eye,
pale yellowish-green dotted and patched
with delicate russet and faintly flushed
with red on the sunny side.
It forms a large pyramid, and also
succeeds as a standard.
'Golden Noble. — A very handsome
cooking Apple in use from September to
December. Fruit large, round and hea w.
clear bright golden-yellow, with a few
small reddish spots and patches of russet.
It makes a medium-sized pyramid
and good standard, and usually bears
heavy crops especially on the Paradise
stock. The fruits are borne at the ends
of the shoots.
"Golden Spire. — An excellent cooking
Apple in use from October to December.
Fruit medium, conical, ribbed round the
eye, pale yellow flushed or mottled with
orange and red on the side next the sun.
The tree forms a medium - sized
pyramid and good standard and bears
abundantly. The shoots however have
rather a spindly habit. Owing to the
handsome appearance of the fruit this
variety is a great favourite with market
gardeners in some parts of the country.
Gravenstein. — A fine dessert Apple in
use from October to December. Fruit
large, flat, angular, clear pale waxen
yellow, streaked and dotted with bright
crimson, intermixed with orange, on the
sunny side.
The tree forms a large handsome
pyramid and is generally a good cropper
with a fine spicy flavour.
*Greenup's Pippin ( Yorksli ire Beauty ;
Bed Hcwvthornden). — An excellent cook-
ing or dessert Apple with a sweet brisk
flavour, in use from October to December.
Fruit large, round, flattened, with a
prominent rib on one side, pale straw-
yellow tinged with green, but of a beauti-
ful bright red on the side next the sun,
and marked with patches of thin delicate
russet.
The tree is vigorous and healthy, not
very tall, but a heavy cropper and a good
market variety. Does well as a pyramid,
standard, or espalier on light soils.
*Grenadier. — A fine handsome cooking-
Apple with a pleasant acid flavour and a
tine perfume; in use during September
and October. Fruit large, roundish ovoid,
prominently and bluntly ribbed, of a
uniform yellowish-green colour, some-
what deeper in tone on the sunny side.
The tree makes a medium - sized
pyramid and also succeeds as a standard,
having large and constant crops.
Harvey's Wiltshire Defiance (Scor-
jriori). — This handsome and excellent
cooking or dessert Apple, with a rich
sweet vinous flavour, is in use from the
end of October to January or February.
Fruit very large, flat, angular, fine deep
sulphur-yellow, of a deeper tint on the
sunny side and studded with minute
russety dots, with here and there irregu-
lar patches of russet.
The tree forms a large pyramid and
succeeds as a standard. It is a good
market variety.
*Hawthornden. — A first-class tender
and juicy cooking Apple in use from
October to Christmas. The fruit varies
considerably in size according to soil and
situation, but is usually above medium
size. It is roundish and flattened in
shape, sometimes with a prominent rib
on one side, greenish-yellow, flushed with
red on the sunny side, and generally
covered with a delicate bloom.
It forms a small pyramid when fully
grown, and thrives in almost any part
of the kingdom. It is an early and
abundant cropper, but in cold heavy
soils is subject to canker and American
blight.
*Hormead Pearmain. — An excellent
cooking Apple with a pleasant acid
flavour ; in use from October till March.
Fruit large and handsome, roundish,
conical, greenish-yellow, becoming quite
yellow when fully ripe, tinged with orange
on the sunny side, with traces of russet
here and there.
Irish Peach. — A beautiful dessert
Apple with a very refreshing and agree-
able flavour. It is ripe the first week
in August and lasts during the month.
Fruit medium, flatfish and slightly angled,
pale yellowish-green, flushed with dull
reddish-brown and thickly dotted with
green on the shaded side, but bright red
mottled and speckled with yellow on the
sunny side.
This excellent summer Apple bears
abundantly at the ends of the shoots and
succeeds as a bush, pyramid, or half-
1054
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
APPLE
standard. The fruits are best eaten from
the tree.
Joaneting (White Juneating). — This
is the earliest of all eating Apples, being
at its best in July and August, when it
should be eaten from the tree as it is apt
to become mealy if kept. Fruit small,
round, and slightly flattened, pale yellow-
green, becoming clear yellow flushed with
red or orange on the sunny side.
The tree forms a small pyramid and
bears better and earlier crops when grown
on the Paradise stock than when on the
Crab. It is suitable for orchard culture.
* Jolly Beggar. — A fine cooking
Apple having a brisk and pleasant flavour,
and fit for use from August to October.
Fruit medium, round and flatfish, pale
yellow, flushed with orange on the sunny
side, and dotted with russet.
This is a very heavy and constant
cropper, and small bushes are laden with
fruit.
Kentish Pippin (Colonel Vcuitghcm).
An excellent sweet and briskly flavoured
dessert Apple in use from October to
January. Fruit medium, conical and
slightly angular, pale yellow, striped with
brownish-red and yellow-speckled next
the sun, but speckled with green on the
shaded side.
The tree is hardy and vigorous, and
attains a good size, bearing good crops.
Kerry Pippin. — A. first-class dessert
Apple, in use during September and
October. Fruit below medium size, more
or less roundish ovoid, smooth and shin-
ing greenish -yellow, changing to clear
pale yellow with ripeness, tinged and
streaked with red on the sunny side.
When fully exposed it is bright shining
crimson, with- deeper crimson streaks, and
delicate russet traces on the shady side.
The tree grows freely about medium
height, and bears good crops, either as a
bush or espalier on the Paradise stock.
* Keswick Codlin. — This is one of
the earliest and best of cooking Apples,
and is in perfection during August and
September. Fruit medium, conica! angu-
lar, with rather sharp ridges round the
sy< . pale yellow in colour, sometimes
flushed with orange or red next the sun.
The tree forms a handsome pyramid
of medium size and bears great crops.
It flourishes in all parts of the country,
is suitable for orchard culture, and is
a great favourite with market gardeners.
King of the Pippins. — A handsome
and highly flavoured dessert Apple ripe
at the end of August and lasting until
November and December. Fruit medium
ovoid or conical, greenish-yellow, flushed
with red next the sun, and marked with
a little rough brown russet.
The tree is a compact grower, and
forms a fine bush, pyramid, or standard ;
it is best grown in a warm, strong,
well-drained soil.
King of Tompkins County. — A hand-
some pleasantly flavoured dessert Apple
of American origin, fit for use from
December till March, or even longer.
Fruit large, round, flattish, bluntly
angled, with ridges at the crown and
base. Skin deep rich yellow, heavily
streaked with crimson on the sunny side.
The tree grows freely and bears large
crops. It is very hardy, and forms fine
pyramids or standards.
* Lady Henniker. — A fine cooking
Apple, also useful for dessert, and fit for
use from October to February. Fruit
very large, roundish, conical, bluntly
angled on the sides, and prominently
ridged round the eye. Skin yellow, with
a faint blush of red, which is streaked
with crimson on the sunny side.
The tree is hardy and vigorous, and
a great bearer when fully developed. It
makes a fine bush, pyramid, or standard,
and is suitable for market gardening.
Lady Sudeley. — A very fine and
handsome eating Apple with a rich and
juicy flavour, and in use during August
and September. Fruit medium, roundish,
conical, pale greenish-yellow streaked
with crimson on the sunny side.
The tree forms a small pj^ramid or
bush, and bears heavy crops.
* Lane's Prince Albert. — A very
handsome and valuable cooking Apple fit
for use from October to May. Fruit
large, roundish-conical or ovoid, bluntly
ridged round the crown. Skin smooth
and shining grass-green, changing to
clear pale yellow when ripening, and
becoming flushed with pale red irregularly
streaked with crimson on the sunny side.
The tree forms a medium-sized bush,
pyramid, or standard, and rarely fails to
produce a heavy crop of fruit. It is an
excellent variety for market growers. It
may be stated, however, that when grown
as a standard the branches have a more
or less weeping habit.
Lemon Pippin. — A good Apple equally
suitable for dessert or cooking, and fit
APPLE
HARDY FRUIT GARDEN
\iti.k 1055
for use from October to April. Fruit
medium ovoid, resembling a Lemon in
ahape, pale yellow in colour, and tinged
with green, changing to lemon-yellow
with maturity, freckled and patched
with russet.
The tree is hardy, vigorous, and a
heavy cropper, but only attains middle
size.
* Loddington or Stone's Seedling.
A fine handsome cooking Apple in use
from September to November or Decem-
ber. Fruit large, round, flattish, bluntly
ribbed, and ridged round the eve. Skin
smooth and shining grass-green tinged
with brown on the sunnj side, but chan-
ging with age to lemon-yellow flushed
with pale crimson, with broken streaks
and specks of deep crimson next the sun,
the whole surface being covered with
minute russet dots.
The tree makes very little wood, but
produces an abundance of fruit spurs. It
is compact and medium in growth, and
bears immense crops when well treated.
It is best as a bush.
* Lord Derby. — A beautiful and
excellent cooking Apple resembling Gloria
M/indi, and fit for use up to Christmas.
Fruit very large, roundish conical, promi-
nently ribbed and ridged round the eye.
deep grassy or yellowish-green dotted and
lined with russet.
The tree is a vigorous grower and
heavy cropper. A valuable m
variety.
* Lord Grosvenor. — A handsome
cooking Apple in use from September to
November. Fruit large, ovoid or conical.
prominently and irregularly ribbed with
ridges and puckers round the eye, pale
straw-yellow in colour, with here and
here a few dots and traces of pale brown
russet.
The tree makes a good pyramid or
standard, and fruits very freely.
* Lord Suffield. — A fine cooking
Apple in use in August and September.
Fruit large, conical or ovoid, bluntly
angled, pale greenish-yellow, sometimes —
but very rarely — tinged with pale red on
the sunny side.
The tree bears early and abundantly,
and for this reason does not attain a great
age. It is very liable to canker in unsuit-
able soils.
Mabbot's Pearmain. — A valuable and
highly flavoured dessert Apple in use
from November to January. Fruit
medium, round, bluntly angled, bright
yellow tinged with pale red on the shaded
side, but deep red on the sunny side, the
whole surface being freckled with grey
russet.
Succeeds as a standard, and suitable
for orchards.
* Manks Codlin. — An excellent cook-
ing \nple with a brisk, juicy, and per-
fumed flavour, ripe early in August, and
lasting ti'l November. Fruit medium
conical, slightly angular, greenish-yellow,
changing to clear pale yedow flushed
with orange red next the sun. or some-
times a clear bright red.
The tree "rows to a medium height,
and is very hardy and prolific, even when
young. It makes a handsome pyramid
on the Paradise stock, and also a good
standard. A good market garden variety.
Mannington Pearmain. — A fine richh
flavoured dessert Apple in use from
October till March. Fruit medium, coni-
cal, golden -yellow, thinly coated with
brown russel on the shaded side, but
flushed with dull brownish -red. and
Covered with large russet dots on the
sunny side.
The tree bears abundantly as a pyra-
mid, and is also suitable for orchards. In
order to secure the rich flavour peculiar
to this Apple, the fruits should be allowed
to hang on the trees late. If gathered
too soon they are apt to shrivel and lose
a. good deal of the crisp juiciness.
Margil. — A fine dessert Apple rival-
ling the Rili- inn Pippin in flavour. Fruit
medium, round or conical, sharply angled
and ridged round the crown, orare
lish-yellow, streaked with deep red.
and covered on one side with, patches of
russet.
The tree is a small grower, but forms
a neat pyramid, and is good as an espalier
on the Paradise stock. It is quite hardy
and usually bears heavy crops if not
injured by spring frosts.
Melon Apple. — An excellent agreeably
perfumed dessert Apple of American origin,
in vise during December and January.
Fruit, large, roundish, conical, slitditly
angled, lemon-yellow tinged with green.
and delicately veined with pale brown
russet, being crimson with darker crimson
streaks and patches and veins of brown
russet on the sunny side.
The tree makes a good bush, but may
also be grown as a pyramid or half
standard.
1056
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
APPLE
*Mere de Menage. — A handsome
cooking Apple lit for use from October
to March. Fruit very large, sometimes
enormous, roundish ovoid or conical,
prominently ribbed and ridged round the
eye, bronzy-red, streaked with deeper red
all over, except a little on the shaded side,
which is yellow.
The tree makes a good bush or
pyramid, and is a good cropper.
Mr. Gladstone. — A sweet juicy and
well -flavoured eating Apple ripe in
August and best eaten from the tree as
the fruits do not keep long. Fruit small
flattish and regular, dull red heavily
streaked with dark crimson except where
shaded, when the colour is yellowish.
The tree forms a small pyramid and
succeeds as a standard. Useful for
orchards and market gardens.
*Mrs. Barron. — A fine cooking Apple
in use from October to February. Fruit
very large, oblong, angular, pale yellow,
flushed on the side next the sun.
The tree flourishes on the Crab or
Paradise stock as a pyramid or standard
and bears well.
*Nelson Codlin. — An excellent cook-
ing Apple in use from September to
January. Fruit large, conical or oblong,
greenish-yellow speckled with russet, but
deep yellow on the sunny side, covered
with large dark spots ringed with
crimson.
The tree is a vigorous and healthy
grower and bears freely as a pyramid or
standard.
"New Hawthornden. — A handsome
cooking Apple in use from September to
the end of October. It resembles the
old Hawthornden (p. 1053) in form and
colour though much larger, but must not
be confused with Winter Hawthornden
(p. 1058). Fruit large, flattish, bluntly
ribbed and ridged round the eye. pale
green, changing to pale lemon-yellow
with ripeness, and sparingly dotted with
russet.
The trees bear abundantly when
young, but the fruit will not last beyond
October, after which it becomes attacked
with fungoid specks.
The Bed Hawthornden is the same as
Gfreenv/p's Pippin (p. 1053).
*New Northern Greening.— A hand-
some cooking Apple in use from Novem-
ber to May. Fruit medium, roundish
ovoid, green streaked with red.
*Newton Wonder. — A valuable cook-
ing Apple, keeping well from November
to March or longer. Fruit large.
* Northern Greening. — A fine cooking
Apple with a brisk and somewhat vinous
flavour, in use from November to April
or May. Fruit medium, roundish ovoid,
beautiful grassy green in the shade, and
dull brownish-red with deeper red and
broken stripes on the side next the sun.
The tree is a sturdy vigorous grower,
and bears heavy crops as a pyramid or
standard.
Peasgood's Nonesuch. — A remarkably
fine Apple suitable either for cooking or
dessert, and in use from September to
November. Fruit very large and hand-
some, roundish, conical, greenish -yellow,
flushed with red and heavily streaked
with deep crimson on the sunny side.
The tree grows well as a bush,
pyramid, or standard, and produces very
fair crops. Very popular.
"Potts' Seedling. — An excellent cook-
ing Apple in use during September and
October, and often November. Fruit
large, oblong, angular, puckered and
ribbed round the eye, pale greenish-
yellow dotted with russet.
The tree makes a medium - sized
pyramid. It also succeeds as a standard,
and bears freely.
*Queen.— A very handsome and popu-
lar cooking Apple resembling Cox's
Pomona, but larger, and in use during
October and November. Fruit large, flat
and even, ribbed and 5-knobbed round
the eye, clear lemon-yellow, flushed with
bright crimson, and marked with streaks
and patches of deeper crimson, while the
deep hollow of the stalk is covered with
russet.
The tree makes a fine pyramid or
standard and bears well.
Reinette de Canada. — A fine juicy
Apple brisk and highly flavoured, and in
use from November to April for either
cooking or dessert purposes. Fruit large,
flattish, conical, distinctly ribbed, green-
ish-yellow, flushed with brown next the
sun, and densely dotted and veined with
l-usset.
The tree naturally forms a spreading
bush, and in this form produces finer
fruit than on standards or pyramids.
Ribston Pippin. — A splendid dessert
Apple, at its best during November and
December, but with careful storing can
be made to last till May. Fruit medium,
roundish and somewhat irregular in out-
APPLE
HABDY FRUIT GARDEN
APPLE 1007
line, with blunt and unequal angles,
greenish-yellow, changing to dull yellow
with age, streaked with pale red and deep
crimson next the sun, and usually russety
at the base.
The tree forms a fine pyramid and
succeeds best on a dry warm soil of a
rather sandy nature. It is best on the
Paradise stock and shordd not be trans-
planted too often or grown in heavy cold
soils, where, it usually becomes cankered.
A possible cure for canker in this variety
is to have the plants on their own roots
obtained by cuttings or layers. Where it
fails Margil is a good substitute.
*Sandringham. — A handsome cooking
Apple in use from December to April.
Fruit large, conical, slightly annular,
dark green at first, covered with a grey
bloom, afterwards yellow flushed and
striped with red.
The tree bears well on the Paradise or
Crab stock (p. 1045).
Scarlet Nonpareil. — An excellent
dessert Apple in use from January to
March. Fruit round and regular, yellow-
ish, streaked with pale red, but much
deeper and brighter in colour on the
side next the sun, and covered with
patches and specks of russet.
The tree is slender in habit but hardy
and vigorous. It makes a good pyramid,
bush, or half standard, and is suitable for
orchards and small gardens.
* Schoolmaster. — A fine cooking Apple
in use from December to March and
April. Fruit large, bluntly ribbed and
ridged, bright green changing to greenish-
yellow, flushed with red on the sunny
side, and covered all over with large
russety freckles.
This is a good and constant cropper.
*Small's Admirable. — An excellent
delicately perfumed cooking Apple fit for
use in November and December. Fruit
medium, roundish, ovoid and flattened,
bluntly angular on the sides, and of a
uniform lemon-yellow colour.
The tree attains a medium size and
bears heavy crops as a bush or pyramid,
but also succeeds as a standard.
*Stirling Castle. — An excellent juicy
cooking Apple in use during August and
September. Fruit large, round, flatfish,
pale yellowish-green changing to pale
straw-yellow when ripe.
The tree makes a fine bush, also a
handsome pyramid and good standard
(although the growths are rather weak),
and bears heavy crops with great
regularity.
"Striped Beefing. — One of the hand-
somest and best of cooking Apples in use
from October to May. Fruit very large
round and flattened, obscurely ribbed,
bright green with broken streaks and
patches of deep red. and numerous russety
dots.
The tree forms a fine pyramid and is
suitable for orchards. It is very hardy
and an excellent cropper.
Sturmer Pippin. — A highly valuable
and deliriously flavoured dessert Apple,
fit for use from February to June. Fruit
below medium size, round, flattish, bright
green to yellowish-green, and almost
entirely covered with brown russet, the
side next the sun being often flushed with
dull red.
The tree forms a medium - sized
pyramid. It is very hardy and a free
cropper.
Summer (or Autumn) Pearmain. — An
excellent and highly perfumed Apple in
use during September and October and
fit for dessert or cooking purposes. Fruit
not up to medium size, conical, angular,
yellow, covered with streaks and patches
of red, mixed with silvery russet and
numerous russety dots.
The tree has a fine upright habit and
makes a good standard. On the Paradise
stock it also does well as an espalier and
bush.
"Tower of Glammis. — An excellent
fine -flavoured cooking Apple in use from
November to February. Fruit large,
conical, distinctly 4-angled, deep sulphur-
yellow flushed with green and sparingly
dotted with russet.
The tree makes a fine standard,
pyramid, or bush, and bears good crops
when well established ; but it seems to
take several years to reach this stage.
It makes a good heavy market Apple.
*Tyler's Kernel. — A handsome cook-
ing Apple in use from October to January.
Fruit large conical prominently angled,
brilliant red with darker red streaks, but
paler and tinged with green on the shaded
side.
The tree grows well as a bush or
pyramid on either the Crab or Paradise
stock, and also succeeds as a standard.
* Wadhurst Pippin. — An excellent
cooking Apple with a crisp juicy flavour,
and fit for use from October to February.
Fruit large, ovoid, somewhat angular
3y
1058
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
APPLE
yellow, faintly tinged with green on the
shaded side, and brownish-red streaked
with crimson on the side next the sun,
dotted with grey.
*Waltham Abbey Seedling. — A very
fine cooking Apple in use from September
to January, having a sweet juicy flavour,
and assuming pale amber when cooked.
Fruit large, roundish ovoid, pale yellow,
Hushed with red next the sun, and covered
all over with minute russet dots and
occasionally a few thin patches of russet.
The tree is remarkable for the small-
ness of its foliage, which is in striking-
contrast to the large fruits, which are
borne in great abundance on bushes,
pyramids, or standards.
* Warner's King. — An excellent and
handsome cooking Apple lasting from
November to March. Fruit very large,
roundish ovoid, flattened, bluntly angular,
grassy green changing to a clear deep
yellow with ripeness, and covered with
(hits and patches of pale brown russet.
The tree grows vigorously and bears
heavy crops either as a standard or large
pyramid, and rarely gets diseased. A
good market Apple.
Washington. — A very fine dessert
Apple in use from October to January.
Fruit large roundish conical, rich yellow,
streaked and mottled with crimson.
The tree makes a better bush than
pyramid, but also succeeds as a standard.
It requires a warm rich well-drained soil,
and is particularly fine when the fruits
are ripened under glass.
Wealthy. — A pretty dessert Apple in
use from October to January. Fruit
medium round, flushed with red, with a
tender juicy flavour.
' Winter Hawthornden. — A very
handsome and valuable cooking Apple in
use from November to January. Fruit
large, roundish ovoid, flattened and
bluntly angular. Skin deep yellow,
tinged with green, becoming richer yel-
low with age, flushed with red, streaked
with crimson, and sparingly dotted with
russet on the side next the sun.
The tree makes a very fine pyramid or
standard and produces heavy crops.
Worcester Pearmain. — A very hand-
some and sprightly flavoured Apple, in
use during August and September, and
suitable for either dessert or cooking pur-
poses. Fruit medium, conical, even and
very slightly angular towards the crown,
brilliant red. freckled with fawn, some-
times with gleams of yellow showing
through.
This succeeds well as a bush or stan-
dard and bears very freely. Owing to its
showy colour and good flavour it is a
favourite with market gardeners. It is a
seedling from Devonshire Quarrenden
(p. 1051). As the fruits are often borne
near the ends of the shoots, this fact should
be remembered at pruning time.
Yellow Ingestrie. — A splendid little
dessert Apple in use during September and
October. Fruit small, conical or oblong,
of a fine clear yellow, somewhat richer on
the sunny side, and minutely dotted with
pink.
The tree makes a good standard and
is very hardy. It is probably the heaviest
cropping Apple in cultivation, and not-
withstanding its small fruits is a great
favourite, having a brisk and highly vinous
flavour.
* Yorkshire Greening. — A very fine
cooking or sauce Apple in use from Octo-
ber to January. Fruit large, flat, slightly
angular, dark green, flushed and striped
with red on the sunny side, and heavily
speckled all over with grey russet.
The tree is a rambling grower and is
more suited for a bush than as a pyramid
or standard.
The following varieties are not yet
largely cultivated, but with the advance
of time are likely to become more popular,
as they are very promising as regards
vigour, hardiness, and flavour.
COOKING APPLES
Beauty of Stolie, Chelmsford Wonder,
April and May, Gospa trick, Oct. to Jan.,
Red Bietigheimer , Oct. Nov., Royal
Jubilee, Oct. to Jan., Thomas Rivers,
Sept. to Dec, Twenty Ounce, Oct. to Jan.,
White Transparent, Aug.
DESSERT APPLES
Beauty of Bath, Aug. and Sept.,
Belle de Boshooj), Oct. to Jan., Belle
Pontoise, Dec. to Feb., Egremont Russet,
Oct. to Jan., James Grieve, Oct., Lord
Hindlip, Jan. to March, St. Edmund's
Pippin, Sept.
I. List of Dessert Apples arranged
according to the period of ripening and
when fit for use.
Note. — Those marked with an asterisk
(*) are useful for small gardens. Those
marked with a dagger (t) are suitable
for market gardening.
Al'l'LK
HARDY FRUIT GARDEN
PEAB lO-OO
July and August. — Joaneting, t * Mr.
Gladstone, t * Irish Peach, t Beauty of
Bath, f * Devonshire Quarrenden,
" Duchess of Oldenburgh.
August and September. — * Lady
Sudeley, t * Worcester Pearmain, Kerry
Pippin, t King of the Pippins.
September, October, and November. —
Yellow Iugestrie, Washington, Cornish
Aromatic, Gravenstein, American Mother,
t Margil, Court of Wick, f * Cox's Orange
Pippin, Bibston Pippin, t '"' Blenheim
Orange.
November, December, and January. —
t Brownlees' Busset, Cornish Gillyflower,
King of Tompkins County, * Allington
Pippin, Adam's Pearmain, *Braddick's
Nonpareil, '"'Scarlet Nonpareil, t Melon
Apple, Harvey's Wiltshire Defiance.
December to March. — Mannington's
Pearmain, Claygate Pearmain, Beinette
de Canada, Fearn's Pippin, Duke of
Devonshire.
March to May. — Allen's Everlasting,
"Court Pendu Plat, Stunner Pippin,
* Cockle Pippin, D'Arcy Spice.
II. List of Cooking Apples arranged
according to the period when fit for use.
See Note under Dessert Apples, p. 1058.
August and September. — Dutch
Codlin, f Keswick Codlin, t * Frogmore
Prolific, t Lord Suffield, t* Stirling Castle,
t Greenup's Pippin, t Jolly Beggar, * New
Hawthornden.
October and November. — f * Potts'
Seedling, f Cellini, t * Ecklinville, Gloria
Mundi, t * Lord Grosvenor, Peasgood's
Nonesuch, Manks Codlin, f * Cox's
Pomona, Loddington Seedling, t * Grena-
dier, f * Golden Spire, The Queen,
;: Small's Admirable, Beauty of Kent,
Castle Major, f* Warner's King.
December and January. — f Betty
Geeson, Baumann's Beinette, t Blenheim
Orange, t Lady Henniker, t * Lane's
Prince Albert, Sandringham, f Winter
Hawthornden, t*Lord Derby.
February, March, and April. —
t * Alfriston, * Golden Noble, t Mere
de Menage, t * Bismarck, t * Bramley's
Seedling, t * Dumelow's Seedling, Nelson
Codlin, Yorkshire Greening, Beauty of
Kent, * Newton Wonder, Wadhurst Pippin,
* Hormead Pearmain, t Tower of Glammis,
1 Bedfordshire Foundling, Schoolmaster,
* New Northern Greening, Dutch Mig-
nonne.
III. List of Apples suited for cultiva-
tion in the north of England and Scot-
land. Those marked with an asterisk (*)
require to be grown on a wall for protec-
tion.
Cooking Apples
Cellini, Emperor Alexander, Dutch
Codlin, Gloria Mundi, Greenup's Pippin,
Hawthornden, Lemon Pippin, Mere de
Menage, Nelson Codlin. Keswick Codlin,
Lord Suffield, Manks Codlin, Northern
Greening, Alfriston, Bedfordshire Found
ling, Blenheim Orange, Dumelow's Seed-
ling, Yorkshire Greening, Tower of Glam-
mis, Warner's King.
Dessert Apples
Devonshire Quarrenden, Irish Peach,
Kerry Pippin, Summer Pearmain, Yellow
Ingestiie, * Adam's Pearmain, * Brad-
dick's Nonpareil, Court of Wick, * Margil,
* Bibston Pippin, * Scarlet Nonpareil,
* Stunner Pippin.
THE PEAR (Pyrus communis). —
The Pear is very closely related to the
Apple, but differs in several important
respects. In a wild state it still exists in
Britain and the temperate parts of Europe
and Asia, and has more or less spiny
branchlets. In cultivated specimens,
which often reach a height of 40-60 ft.
with the trunk a yard or more in dia-
meter, the spines are usually absent.
The leaves are simple, ovate, serrate or
crenate, smooth above, sometimes downy
beneath. The Mowers are usually white,
rarely tinted with pink, and are borne in
corymbs having 8-10 blossoms. The
fruit varies a good deal in shape, but
usually tapers from the stalk towards the
eye, and is thickest about two thirds its
length from the stalk — the principal forms
being roundish, more or less top-shaped,
or obovoid. In flavour and lusciousness
it rivals the Peach and Nectarine, but
cannot equal the Apple for keeping
qualities.
Training. — Pear trees may be grown
and trained in the same way as Apples,
namely as bushes, pyramids, standards
and half-standards, cordons, espaliers &c.
(see p. 1035). Against walls, fan-trained
trees and cordons are very popular, while
in the open ground bushes, pyramids,
and espaliers find great favour. Bush
Pear trees are very suitable for small
gardens, as they are easily attended to in
the matter of pruning, gathering, cleans-
ing &c. They may be planted 6-8 ft. or
3 y 2
1060
PB ACTIO AL GUIDE TO GABDEN PLANTS
PEAR
niore apart, and need rarely exceed this
height when grown on the Quince stock,
which has a dwarfing influence. Pyramid
trees grow taller, and require a little more
space between. Espaliers are valuable as
fences and edgings to flower borders, and
by the pathways in the kitchen garden.
All the branches are well exposed to the
sun, and gathering the fruit and cleansing
are easily performed.
Soil. — Pear trees will flourish in a rich
loamy soil, rather stronger and redder
than that for Apples, but requiring to be
equally well drained, so as to prevent
the accumulation of stagnant water at
the roots. Anything approaching a stiff
heavy clay should be avoided, until by
thorough cultivation by digging or trench-
ing, manuring and draining, it has been
brought into a fairly good state. In the
case of sandy, shallow soils which have
not the power of retaining sufficient
moisture for the roots, it is a mistake to
plant Pear trees grafted on the Quince
stock. The latter is a shallow rooting
plant naturally, and is therefore more
suitable for rich and rather heavy soils,
into the lower depths of which it will not
penetrate. The Pear stock on the other
hand has an inclination to send its roots
deeper into the soil, and trees grafted
upon it are best for light dry soils, as they
are not so likely to suffer from the effects
of dry seasons, owing to the fact that their
roots seek moisture at lower depths than
those of the Quince.
Protection. — In the north of Scotland
and other bleak parts of the British
Islands, it is almost essential to grow
Pear trees — especially late varieties — upon
walls for protection from spring frosts, if
anything like a good and regular crop of
fruit is annually required. The measures
recommended for protecting Apples at
p. 1043 are equally applicable to Pears. It
is scarcely worth while planting early
varieties of Pears against walls, those
which ripen later and require some as-
sistance from a good aspect and shelter
being more suited for the purpose.
Thinning. — Very often a tree bears a
remarkable crop one year, but very few
or no fruits at all the following year or
two. This is owing chiefly to the fact
that in favourable seasons, especially
when the plants are on the Quince stock,
the large quantity of fruit developed
absorbs a good deal of the sap required to
form new fruiting branches for the follow-
ing years. If these fruiting branches or
spurs are not duly developed, the tree
becomes unfruitful until sufficient force
has been gained to produce them again.
It is therefore advisable in the interests of
the tree itself, and also for the regularity
of the crops, that a judicious thinning of
the fruit should take place in the same
way as recommended for Apples (see
p. 1044).
Pruning. — The Pear tree will stand
a more severe pruning than the Apple.
Judiciously practised, pruning is very
beneficial, and chiefly by its means do
the trees bear large and luscious fruits.
Severe pruning is to be condemned, and
the more it is practised on vigorous
varieties the more branches and leaves,
and the less fruit, are the result. The
side shoots may be pinched back to four
or five leaves or buds about July, and
about November may be cut clean back
to about three buds. In the case of short
FIG. 153.— FRUIT SPUR OF PEAK.
IK. 151— WOOD-
BUDS OF PEAR.
side growths called ' spurs,' as shown in
fig. 153, these, if too numerous, must be
reduced and not allowed to project too far
from the branch. Indeed the same
principles of pruning may be applied to
the Pear as to the Apple, the gardener
always using his best judgment during the
operation (see p. 1031). The drawings
show the difference between the flower-
buds and wood-buds of a Pear tree. It
will be noticed that the flower-buds, as
PEAR
HARDY FRUIT GARDEN
PEAR 1061
shown in fig. 153 a, are much plumper
than the others shown at b, fig. 154, and
when pruning, it is these plump buds
that should be left untouched.
Root Pruning' is sometimes necessary
in the case of Pear trees grafted on the
Pear stock, which either induces a strong-
free growth at the expense of the fruit, or
sends taproots down deeply into bad soil.
The flow of sap may be checked in the
one case and promoted in the other by
carefully pruning the roots. The opera-
tion is described at p. 1031. Pear trees on
the Quince stock rarely require to be root
pruned, as the roots usually remain near
the surface, and seldom find their way
down into the subsoil.
An alternative to root pruning is to
frequently lift the trees on the Pear stock
when they are young, and spread the roots
out carefully in a horizontal position with -
out cutting them. This operation will
lay the foundation of a good fibrous root
system, and will be of the greatest benefit
to the tree in after years. Needless to
say, it is useless trying to perform this
operation on old trees which have developed
large woody roots.
Propagation. — Pear trees may be in-
creased like Apples, by means of seeds,
cuttings, layers, budding, and grafting.
Seeds are used for raising stocks or new
varieties. When the latter object is in
view, seeds should be saved only from the
very choicest varieties ; they are best
sown in pots or pans as soon as ripe, and
placed in a warm sheltered position out of
doors or in cold frames, transplanting the
seedlings the following autumn. Seeds
of common varieties for grafting stocks
may be sown in the open ground in
shallow drills, and the seedlings may be
transplanted the following autumn, and
grown on until large enough to carry a
graft.
Cuttings and layers of Pear trees are
rarely used at present, but may become
more common if the desire for having
trees on their own roots increases (see
p. 1042).
Budding may be practised in June
and July, in dull showery weather if
possible, while grafting is done in March
or April just as the sap begins to rise.
Where the shoots of the stock and scion
are about the same thickness, whip- or
tongue-grafting is the method employed,
but in the case of large stocks and small
scions, cleft-grafting is practised.
Stocks. — Pear trees are usually grafted
on either the Pear or Quince stock, but
occasionally on the Whitethorn, the
Mountain Ash, and the Medlar.
The Pear stock, raised from seeds of
the wild or common cultivated varieties,
produces vigorous trees which live to a
great age, but are somewhat slow in
coming into bearing. They are suitable
for light soils, and for orchards and
market gardens, where the same attention
cannot be given to trees as in private
gardens. In deep and fertile soils Pears
on the Pear stock make splendid trees
and increase in fruitfulness with age for
many years.
Quince stocks are obtained by cuttings,
but more frequently by layers. The shoots
are bent down and covered with soil
during the winter months, and by the
following autumn, when well rooted, may
be detached and transplanted. The
Quince stock usually produces fibrous
roots very near the surface, induces a
dwarfer growth of the grafted variety,
and an earlier ripening of the fruit than
does the Pear stock. The latter continues
to grow later in the year, and consequently
the shoots produced at that period are
often immature and useless for fruit
bearing. The Quince stock on the other
hand induces a slower and steadier growth,
so that the branches have time to become
well ripened during the season. Although
trees upon it do not attain the dimensions
and age of those on the Pear stock, still
they come into bearing more quickly,
and the fruits are usually larger, earlier,
better coloured, but not so highly flavoured
as those on the Pear stock. As the
Quince is not nearly such a quick grower
as the Pear, the disparity in the size of
the stems at the point of union becomes
very marked. To avoid this unsightly
appearance, the grafting should be done
very low down on the stock near the soil,
so as to conceal as much as possible the
difference caused by the growth of late
years.
INSECT AND FUNGOID PESTS, &C.
Pear trees become diseased from vari-
ous causes, such as old age, bad planting,
cold, wet, undramed soil, bad and severe
pruning, excess of manure in direct con-
tact with the roots, want of reciprocity
between stock and scion, insects, fungi &c.
Good cultivation, cleanliness, thorough
drainage, and proper pruning will, in a
1062
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
PEAR
great measure, combat these evils. Among
the insects which attack the Pear and also
the Apple the following may be men-
tioned.
i. The Winter Moth (Cheimatobia
brumata) and the Great Winter Moth
(Eybernia defoliaria). — The wingless
females of these moths crawl up the
stems in autumn and early spring and
deposit eggs in the cracks of the bark.
The caterpillars appear just as the buds
are beginning to open, and eat these and
the foliage, causing great havoc. The
caterpillars of the Winter Moth are at
first grey with dark heads and very small.
They become greenish with age, having
brown heads and white stripes, and ulti-
mately assume a brownish colour, being
about f in. long when full grown, with 3
pairs of feet. They make loops with
their body when crawling, and glue the
leaves and flowers together to form a
shelter, destroying them when necessary.
"When fully developed they drop to the
ground by silken threads and bury them-
selves in it. By October the new moths
issue from the chrysalis stage and may be
seen in mild weather flitting about up to
December.
The caterpillars of the Great Winter
Moth are chestnut -brown tinged with
yellow beneath and are about 1\ in. long
when full grown.
The ravages of these pests may be
checked by placing very greasy bands of
paper, rags, hay &c. round the bark in
autumn about October so as to catch the
wingless females rising from the ground.
The bands must be kept in a good con-
dition as long as the pests are about. In
spring the trees rnay be sprayed with
Paris green as recommended for the Cod-
lin Moth (see p. 1047). If the caterpillars
are actually on the leaves the simplest
and most effective remedy is to pick them
off by hand into a bucket, and afterwards
burn them.
2. Leopard Moth (Zeuzara pyrina).
The caterpillars of this moth, which has
white wings heavily covered with steel-
blue blotches and dots, sometimes do a
great deal of mischief to the young bran-
ches of Pears, Apples, and Plums. They
feed upon the interior wood but seem to
have little effect on the fruitfulness of the
tree. In the chrysalis state they remain
in the branches and are somewhat diffi-
cult to detect, except when the branches
happen to be broken and disclose the
borings. The moths are on the wing in
July and August, and the cylindrical
caterpillars about 1A in. long are covered
with black warty spots on a whitish
ground, the head and tail being black.
Fortunately they are rarelj7 found in great
numbers and seem to do little injury
beyond boring tunnels in the young
branches. When they are discovered by
means of the excreta, wires may be pushed
down the tunnels to kill the caterpillars.
If the trees were sprayed in summer with
a strong solution of soft soap, tobacco-
juice, quassia, or any other distasteful
mixture, it would probably prevent the
moths depositing their eggs. Poisonous
mixtures, however, like Paris green should
not be used at this season owing to the
poisonous deposit being left on the fruits.
3. Goat Moth (Cossus ligniperda).
The caterpillars of this large moth some-
times attack the trunks of fruit and other
trees, living on the sound heart wood.
Their presence is detected by means of
the excreta, and they may be dislodged or
killed in the same wa3" as the caterpillars
of the Leopard Moth by the insertion of
wires.
The moth measures 3-4 in. across, the
front wings being ashy brown, netted and
veined with darker brown. The hind
wings are brown, more or less netted with
a deeper shade. It is on the wing in June
and July, and the female moth deposits
her eggs in the crevices of the bark. One
insect is said to be capable of laying 1,000
eggs, so that the increase of caterpillars
must be enormous if not checked. The
caterpillars eat their way inwards through
the wood, and when fully developed are
about 4 in. long, and as thick as the fin-
ger. They are dark red with breathing
holes at the sides, which with the under
surface are flesh-coloured, while the head
is black. About two years elapse before
they become fully developed, and they are
then of a light yellow colour.
Where trees become badly bored with
these pests, it becomes necessary to cut
them down and burn them to effectively
destroy the caterpillars.
4. Diplosis pyrivora (Cecidomyia.
nigra). — This is a small gnat or midge,
the female of which lays its eggs in the
blossom buds before they open. The
yellow maggots from them burrow into
the young fruits and eat the seeds or pips.
Afterwards they bore outwards, usually
in rainy or damp weather, and conceal
PEAR
HARDY FRUIT GARDEN
pear 1063
themselves in the soil at the buse of the
trees. They remain in the chrysalis state
until spring, when the new insects appear
and the work of destruction begins again.
The female insect is only about \\ in.
long, and is therefore very likely to be
overlooked. Sometimes from 20 to 30
maggots infest a single Pear, and the
variety Marie Louise seems to be a
particular favourite with them.
Remedies. — When the fruits show
signs of attack by their deformed shape
or dropping from the tree, they should be
at once collected and burned — not thrown
on the rubbish to allow the maggots to
reach the chrysalis state.
Spraying with Paris green in spring
and adopting the measures recommended
for the Codlin Moth at p. 1047 will prove
effective— if the pest is not allowed to
nourish in neighbouring gardens.
Various other insects occasionally
attack the Pear tree, but as a rule, where
steps are taken to destroy or prevent any
of the preceding pests, the remedies are
effectual for any others that may happen
to be present. In this connection the
reader is referred to the insect enemies of
the Apple (p. 1046).
Canker, mildew, cracking, and other
fungoid diseases of the Pear tree are
brought about by bad cultivation very
often as in the Apple tree, and the same
remedies must be adopted. Mosses,
lichens, and other low vegetable organisms
may be removed by the caustic soda and
potash'solution recommended at p. 1046.
VARIETIES OF PEARS TO GROW
There are about 700 or 800 varieties of
Pears which have at one time or another
received names, but there must be at least
as many more unnamed varieties. Very
few, however, are worthy of cultivation
from the amateur's point of view. Bear re
Superfin, Beurre Diel, Doyenne du
Cornice, Durondeau, Josephine de Ma-
lines, Pitmaston Duchess, Jargonelle,
Williams'1 Bon Chretien, Louise Bonne
of Jersey, Marie Louise d' Uccle, Souvenir
du Congres, and one or two others being
probably the very best.
In the selection given below only the
finest flavoured varieties are described.
Those most suitable for stewing are
marked with an asterisk (*).
Autumn Nelis. — This fine Pear is ripe
in September and October, and has a
sweet rich musky flavour. It must, how-
ever, he eaten soon after gathering, as it
soon decays. Fruit small, roundish, top-
shaped, entirely covered with brown rus-
set, with a patch of greenish-yellow here
and there.
The tree is very healthy and vigorous
and hears freely
Baronne de Mello. — This excellent
Pear is very juicy and rich in flavour, and
is usually ripe at the end of October and
lasts sometimes well into November.
Fruit elongated top-shaped, almost en-
tirely covered with dark brown thin
smooth russet, greenish-yellow" mottled
with russet on the shaded side.
A hardy, vigorous, but not rank-grow-
ing tree. Grows well on the Quince, and
is suitable for cordons, pyramids, or
bushes. It is an excellent cropper.
Belle Julie. — A very delicious juicy
Pear with a sugary vinous flavour ; ripe
at the end of October. Fruit medium,
long obovoid, even and regular in shape,
roughish, with large russety specks, dull
brown flushed with a reddish -brown on
the sunny side, greenish on the shaded
side.
The tree thrives as a pyramid or
cordon, and bears very heavy crops of
fruit.
* Bellissime d'hiver. — A very fine
stewing Pear, having a tender sweet and
musky flavour, and quite free from gritti-
ness; it is in use from November to April.
Fruit very large, roundish top-shaped,
smooth, deep shining green on the shaded
side, changing to lemon-yellow, the sunny
side being flushed with a rich vermilion
or rosy-red.
The tree grows vigorously either on
the Pear or Quince stock, and makes a
good standard.
Bergamotte Esperen. — A delicious
late Pear fit for use from the middle of
February until April. It has a yellowish
fine-grained flesh, quite melting, very
juicy and sugary, and pleasantly flavoured.
Fruit medium, roundish irregular, with a
coarse and rough skin, at first dark green
with large brown russet dots, becoming
greenish-yellow with maturity, and some-
times flushed with orange on the sunny
side.
The tree forms a handsome pyramid.
It succeeds well on the Quince stock, and
bears heavy crops, although in some
parts the fruit does not ripen well. When
grown as a cordon against walls excellent
fruits can be obtained.
U)M
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
PEAR
Beurre d'Amanlis. — A fine tender
juicy and melting Pear, with a rich
sugary flavour ; ripe in the middle of
September. Fruit large, roundish obo-
void, irregular in outline at first, bright
green tinged with brown next the sun,
patched and dotted with russet, becoming
yellowish-green with ripeness, and red-
dish-brown next the sun.
Although the fruit may not equal
some others in flavour, this variety is
worth growing on account of its hardi-
ness and great fruit-fulness. It succeeds
in almost any good soil either on the Pear
or Quince stock, and is suitable for stan-
dards or pyramids.
Beurre d'Anjou. — An excellent, very
tender-fleshed, buttery and melting Pear,
with a vinous flavour and agreeable per-
fume. It is ripe at the end of October
and lasts till January. Fruit large,
roundish obovoid, even in outline, green-
ish-yellow, sometimes flushed with red
next the sun, flaked with russet, and
thickly dotted with brown and crimson.
The tree forms a handsome pyramid,
and makes a fine cordon on walls, thri-
ving best on the Quince stock.
Beurr6 Benoit. — A fine melting Pear
with a very juicy, sub-acid flavour; ripe
in September and October. Fruit large,
obovoid, pale yellow flaked and dotted
with pale brown russet.
The tree succeeds well on either the
Pear or Quince stock, and makes a good
pyramid. It is a good cropper, but in
some localities the fruit occasionally lacks
flavour.
Beurre Bosc. — A delicious and richly
flavoured Pear ripe in October and
November. Fruit large, oblong obovoid,
almost entirely coated with thin cinna-
mon-brown russet, with small patches of
greenish-yellow visible here and there.
The tree is a great bearer and is very
often double grafted (see p. 57). It forms
a medium-sized pyramid, but is usually
best grown against a wall trained as a
cordon or dwarf bush.
Beurre~ Capiaumont. — A delicate and
well-flavoured Pear ripe in October.
Fruit medium, bluntly obovoid, pale
yellow in the shade, coated with cin-
namon-brown russet, speckled with grey,
and flushed with reddish-orange on the
sunny side.
The tree is hardy and vigorous, and
a very heavy cropper. It succeeds in
northern parts of the kingdom, as a stan-
dard, pyramid, or cordon on the Quince
stock.
* Beurre Clairgeau. — This handsome
and showy Pear is probably more suitable
for stewing than for dessert, and it is use-
ful for either according to taste, being
in use during November. Fruit large,
oblong obovoid, curved, smooth and
shining lemon-yellow, tinged with orange-
red next the sun, and heavily dotted
and patched with thin russet, especially
near the stalk.
The tree is a very vigorous grower
and great bearer. It is often double
grafted and forms a medium-sized pyra-
mid and bush ; also a good cordon. A
good variety for market.
Beurre Diel. — A deliriously flavoured
Pear ripe in October and November.
Fruit large obovoid, pale green at first,
changing to yellow, dotted and marked
with russet.
The tree is hardy and vigorous, and
bears heavy crops. It succeeds best on
the Quince stock as a bush, and may also
be grown in orchards as a standard.
Against a wall it produces excellent fruit
of the largest size.
Beurre Dumont. — A richly flavoured
Pear with a fine musky flavour ; ripe
during November and December. Fruit
medium, roundish ovoid, greenish-yellow
speckled with brown russet on the shaded
side, and flushed with reddish-brown next
the sun.
The tree makes a medium - sized
pyramid and also a good cordon on the
Quince stock.
Beurre Fouqueray. — An excellent and
very juicy Pear ripe during October and
November. Fruit large and handsome,
obovoid, greenish-yellow, coated with
thin russet.
The tree is very hardy and bears
heavy crops, especially when grown as a
pyramid on the Quince stock.
Beurre' Giffard. — A fine early Pear
with a juicy vinous and highly aromatic
flavour ; ripe in the middle of August.
Fruit medium, oblong-obovoid, or top-
shaped, greenish-yellow, mottled with red
on the sunny side.-
The tree succeeds on the Pear or
Quince stock, and makes a fine spreading
bush or pyramid. It may also be trained
as a cordon.
Beurre Hardy. — This is a very fine
and highly perfumed Pear of excellent
flavour and quality ; ripe in October.
peai;
HARDY FRUIT GARDEN
PEAR 1065
Fruit large and even, oblong-obovoid,
shining yellowish-green, thickly dotted
with russet, and coated with brown round
the stout fleshy stalk and large open eye.
The tree forms a fine pyramid on
either the Pear or Quince stock, with a
compact habit of growth, and bears heavy
crops in most seasons. A good variety
for market.
Beurre Ranee. — An excellent juicy
and richly flavoured Pear ripe in Decem-
ber, but lasting well from February to
May. Fruit varying from medium to
large, oblong obovoid, dark green, covered
with large dark brown russety spots.
The tree is hardy, vigorous, and a
heavy cropper. It succeeds as a stan-
dard, and also makes a fine pyramid. In
the north of England and Scotland it
requires the protection of a wall. It is
often double grafted.
Beurre" Superfin. — This is one of the
most delicious and juicy Pears grown,
and is ripe in September and October.
Fruit above medium size, obovoid or top-
shaped, somewhat uneven in outline,
greenish-yellow, becoming lemon-yellow
with maturity, and covered with thin
patches and veins of cinnamon russet.
The tree is not a large grower, but
bears abundantly on either the Pear or
Quince stock, and is excellent as a cordon
on the latter.
Bishop's Thumb. — A fine old Pear
with a rich juicy and vinous flavour ;
ripe in October. Fruit large, narrow
oblong obovoid, with a wavy outline,
yellowish - green, covered with large
russety dots, and flushed with brownish-
red next the sun.
The tree is very hardy and free grow-
ing. It forms a medium-sized pyramid
or standard, and bears heavy crops. It
is suitable for market gardens and
orchards, and is often double grafted.
* Catillac. — This is one of the best
stewing Pears, in use from December to
April. It is, however, often suitable for
dessert. Fruit very large, flatly top-
shaped, at first pale green, becoming
a beautiful bright lemon-yellow, tinged
with brownish-red next the sun, and
thickly studded with large brown russety
dots.
The tree grows freely and bears abun-
dantly, and is best grown as a dwarf
owing to the size of its fruits, which
should be allowed to hang late before
gathering.
Chaumontel. — A fine richly flavoured
and highly perfumed Pear in use from
November till March. Fruit large, oblong
or bluntly obovoid, irregular and wavy
in outline, knobbed or ridged round the
apex. Skin yellowish - green, heavily
spotted and flaked with russet, and flushed
with brownish-red next the sun.
This variety requires to be grown on a
rich warm soil to bring its rich melting
flavour to perfection. In heavy soils and
cold situations the flesh becomes gritty
and bitter, but may then be used for
stewing. In warm places it may be
grown as a standard, but in cold spots it
is best on a south or south-west wall,
where it may be trained as a cordon.
Clapp's Favourite. — A handsome
American Pear with a rich juicy brisk
flavour. The fruit is ripe about the middle
of August and should be eaten from the
tree, as it becomes mealy when kept.
Fruit medium, long obovoid, symmetrical
and even in shape, green at first, becoming
fine yellow, and reddish - crimson with
deeper crimson stripes next the sun.
The tree flourishes on the Quince
stock, and may be grown as a bush,
pyramid, cordon, or espalier.
Comte de Flandre. — A delicious rich
and sugary Pear ripe in November and
December. Fruit very large, tapering
obovoid, almost entirely covered with
large freckles of cinnamon - coloured
russet.
The tree is often double-grafted on the
Quince stock, and makes a good pyramid
or cordon.
Comte de Lamy. — A luscious and
highly flavoured Pear, ripe in October.
Fruit below medium size, roundish
obovoid, yellowish - green, flushed with
brownish-red on the sunny side, and dotted
with russet.
The tree is a free and hardy grower,
and a very heavy cropper, especially in
southern parts. It forms a medium-sized
bush or pyramid, and may also be trained
as a cordon.
Conference. — This is a comparatively
new Pear, with a rich, melting, and very
juicy flavour, ripe in November and
December. Fruit large, tapering obovoid,
bright yellow for about an inch beyond the
stalk when ripe, afterwards bright russet.
Doyenne Boussoch. — A handsome
well-flavoured Pear, ripe in October, and
requiring to be eaten before becoming
too ripe. Fruit large, roundish obovoid,
1066
PBACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
PEAR
lemon-3'ellow, covered with large, rough,
russety dots.
The tree forms a handsome pyramid,
but is also good as a bush or espalier, and
prefers to be grafted on the Quince. It
seems to produce more highly flavoured
fruits in southern parts of the kingdom.
Doyenne du Cornice. — A juicj7 sweet
and exquisitely flavoured Pear, ripe at
the end of October and lasting during
November. Fruit large, tapering obovoid,
sometimes rather uneven in outline, lemon-
yellow, tinged with green, more or less
heavily speckled and flaked with pale
brown russet especially round the eye and
stalk.
In southern localities the tree makes
a fine bush or pyramid on the Quince
stock, and produces highly flavoured
fruit. In northern parts it requires a wall,
but the fruit is then not of such fine
flavour.
Duchesse d'Angouleme. — In good
seasons this is a fine and highly flavoured
Pear, ripe in October and November.
Fruit very large, roundish obovoid, very
uneven and wavy in outline, greenish-
yellow, changing to dull yellow, veined
and freckled with pale brown russet, some-
times flushed with brown on the sunny side.
The tree is best grown as a pyramid
or cordon on the Quince stock, but it also
succeeds well on the Pear stock. When
thinned out. the fruit allowed to ripen often
attains a great size. It requires a very
warm situation.
Durondeau. — A beautiful, tender and
highly flavoured Pear ripe at the end of
October and beginning of November.
Fruit large, regular, bluntly oblong,
obovoid, glossy, as if varnished, on the
sunny side, which is bright crimson,
streaked with a deeper tint and covered
with large grey russety dots ; yellow on the
shaded side, thinly coated and dotted with
cinnamon russet.
The tree forms a fine pyramid, and
also succeeds as an espalier or cordon on
either Pear or Quince stock. It usually
bears freely, but is better flavoured in
some localities than others.
Easter Beurre. — A delicious, melting
and very juicy Pear in use from January
to March. Fruit large, obovoid, at first
pale green, changing to yellowish-green,
thickly dotted with russet, sometimes
with a brownish tinge on the sunny
side, and patches of thin brown russet
round the stout stalk and small eye.
The tree is hardy and a great cropper.
It is often double grafted on either the
Pear or the Quince stock, but on the
latter makes a medium - sized pyramid
and also a good cordon. The fruit is best
picked before it is quite ripe. In heavy
soils and cold situations it loses a good
deal of its fine flavour.
Emile d'Heyst. — A finely perfumed
and very juicy Pear with an exquisite
flavour. It is usually ripe at the end of
October but does not keep very long.
Fruit above medium size, oblong obovoid,
wavy in outline, bright yellow when ripe,
flaked and veined with cinnamon russet.
The tree is a strong grower and bears
very freely on the Quince stock. It may
be grown as a medium-sized pyramid or
standard and is useful for orchard and
market garden culture.
Fondante d'Automne. — A melting,
juicy, deliciously flavoured and perfumed
Pear, ripe in September and October.
Fruit large, handsome, obovoid, lemon-
yellow, tinged with green, and flaked with
yellow-brown russet.
The tree forms a large handsome
pyramid and succeeds on either the Pear
or Quince stock. It is useful for orchards
and market gardens, especially in southern
districts.
General Todleben. — A rich juicy and
highly flavoured Pear in use from
December to February. Fruit very large,
oblong obovoid, ribbed round the apex,
yellow in colour, dotted and flaked with
brown russet.
The tree is a moderately vigorous
grower but bears abundantly, and forms a
handsome pyramid on the Quince stock.
It may be regarded as a failure on cold
damp soils. The fruit is also suitable
for ordinary purposes, in localities where
it does not ripen freely.
Glou Morceau. — A rich and delicious
Pear of good quality in use from December
to January. Frait above medium size,
obovoid, smooth and somewhat irregular
in outline, pale greenish - yellow, dotted
with greenish-grey russet.
The tree as a general rule makes a
fine pyramid or standard, and grows
vigorously on the Quince stock, but must
have a warm rich soil and sheltered
situations. In cold localities it must be
sheltered by a wall.
Hacon's Incomparable. — An excellent
highly flavoured and perfumed Pear, in
use from November to January. Fruit
PEAR
HARDY FRUIT GARDEN
pear 10G7
medium, roundish, pale yellowish-green
and brown, more or less heavily spotted
and marked with russet.
The tree forms a handsome and fruit-
ful pyramid on the Quince stock, and
also succeeds well as a standard. It docs
not, however, always fruit freely on the
Pear stock.
Jargonelle. — A well-known Pear, ripe
in August, with a rich, very juicy and
vinous flavour. Fruit large, oblong
obovoid, smooth, greenish-yellow, flushed
with brownish-red on the sunny side.
The tree is a strong, healthy, and
vigorous grower, with drooping shoots.
It succeeds well as a standard, and also
makes a grand pyramid. In northern
parts it requires the protection of a wall,
but in many southern districts the fruit
lacks flavour from trees thus grown.
Jersey Gratioli. — A juicy, sweet and
highly flavoured Pear of the best quality,
ripe in October. Fruit above medium
size, roundish obovoid, greenish-yeflow,
studded with large, rough, russety spots,
and flushed with pale brown on the sunny
side.
The tree is very hardy and vigorous
and succeeds and fruits freely as a stan-
dard. It is suitable for market gardening
and orchards.
Josephine de Malines. — This melting,
rich, juicy, and deliciously flavoured Pear
is considered to be one of the finest grown.
The medium-sized fruit is in use from Jan-
uary till March, yellow in colour, tinged
with green on the shaded side, and red on
the sunny side, the whole surface being
covered with large russety dots.
The tree is hardy, vigorous, but some-
what straggling in growth, and a heavy
cropper. In the south it may be grown
as a bush or pyramid, but in the north it
requires a wall. The trees should nearly
always be double grafted (see p. 57).
Louise Bonne of Jersey. — A handsome
juicy Pear of excellent flavour, ripe in
October. Fruit medium, oblong obovoid,
smooth, yellow on the shaded side, but
crimson next the sun, dotted with crimson
and russet.
The tree forms a good pyramid or bush
on the Quince stock and usually bears
well. In the north and cold localities it
should be grown on a wall. A good
variety for market, as it is not only
beautifully coloured and highly flavoured,
but in extra good seasons produces excep-
tionally fine crops.
Madame Treyve. — A handsome, melt-
ing and richly flavoured Pear, ripe from
the middle of September. Fruit large,
bluntly obovoid, sometimes a little
irregular in outline, greenish - yellow,
changing to pale yellow on the shaded
side, but bright vermilion-crimson on the
side next the sim, and dotted with grey-
russet.
The tree forms medium-sized pyramids
and also good standards on the Quince
stock, and is useful for orchards and mar-
ket gardens.
Marechal (or Conseiller) de Cour. — A
deliciously flavoured and highly per-
fumed Pear, ripe from the end of October.
Fruit large, oblong obovoid, slightly wavy
in outline, heavily covered with cinnamon-
russet, with here and there a little pale
yellow showing through.
The tree is hardy, free growing, and a
heavy cropper. It forms fine pyramids
on the Quince stock, and is equally good
as a standard.
Marie Benoist. — A rich juicy Pear
with a briskly perfumed flavour, fit for
use in January and February. Fruit
large, obovoid, irregular in outline, heavily
covered with brown russet and mottled
with yellowish-green.
The tree is a medium grower, but a
heavy cropper, and makes a good cordon
against walls in the north, or a small
pyramid or bush on the Quince stock in
the south.
Marie Louise, — One of the finest and
most richly flavoured Pears, ripe in Octo-
ber and November. Fruit large, oblong
obovoid, smooth pale green, becoming yel-
low with maturity, and marked with thin
brown russet.
The tree is hardj' and free growing,
and when grown against a wall produces
one of the finest Pears known. It also
succeeds as a standard and large pyramid,
but the fruit from these is somewhat
smaller, though often of a better flavour
than on walls. The trees are often double-
grafted, and unfortunately while they are
usually covered with a mass of blossom
in spring, they do not always bear good
crops.
Marie Louise d'Uccle. — A juicy and
richly flavoured Pear, ripe in the middle
of October. Fruit rather large and hand-
some, obovoid, coated with pale cinnamon -
russet.
The tree grows vigorously on the
Quince stock and makes a very good bush
1068
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
PEAK
or pyramid or standard. Although not
so fine as the old Marie Louise, it is a far
superior cropper, being remarkably pro-
lific.
Nouvelle Fulvie. — A very juicy Pear
with a rich and delicious flavour, ripe from
November to February. Fruit medium,
tapering obovoid, somewhat irregular in
outline, green in colour, changing to yel-
low, and thickly dotted all over with
russet, having a reddish-crimson flush on
the sunny side in good seasons.
The tree is hardy and free in growth,
and on the Quince stock forms a medium-
sized pyramid, and also makes a good
cordon. The flavour of the fruit varies
somewhat according to locality, being
more luscious in some than in others.
Olivier de Serres. — -A grand late Pear
in use during February and March, and
having a brisk vinous flavour and rich
musky perfume. Fruit medium, roundish
and more or less flattened and irregular
in outline, entirely coated with cinnamon -
russet.
The tree forms a handsome pyramid,
as well as a good standard or cordon on
the Quince stock, and usually bears well.
It also succeeds on the Pear stock.
Passe Colmar. — A splendid melting
and richly flavoured Pear, in use during
November and December. Fruit medium,
more or less bluntly obovoid, smooth,
bright green at first becoming a uniform
deep lemon-yellow, flushed with reddish-
brown next the sun, and dotted and veined
with russet.
The tree, although a hardy and
vigorous grower, requires to be grown in
a rich warm soil, or on a wall in the north
and cold situations. It forms a handsome
pyramid and bears abundantly. It is very
suitable for orchards and market gardens,
in the best situations, and on the Quince
stock makes a medium-sized pyramid,
and also a good cordon.
Passe Crassane. — This excellent Pear,
with a peculiar and agreeably aromatic
flavour, is in use from January to March.
Fruit medium, roundish obovoid or top-
shaped, ridged and furrowed round the
eye, entirely coated with dark brown
russet, but tinged with yellow on the
shaded side.
The tree is often double grafted, and in
the north or cold localities must be grown
on a wall. In some districts it lacks a
good deal of flavour.
Pitmaston Duchess. — Avery handsome
richly flavoured and delicately perfumed
Pear of the best quality, in use from the
end of October and during November.
Fruit very large, oblong obovoid, a little
wavy in outline, and sometimes bluntly
bossed, with a smooth pale lemon skin,
thickly flaked with cinnamon-brown rus-
set, especially round the stalk.
The tree is a very strong grower and
makes good pyramids, bushes, espaliers,
or cordons, but owing to the great size of
the fruit is scarcely adapted for growing
as a standard. The fruit, besides its value
for table, is also good for stewing. Where
this variety grows well it is a fine Pear
for market work.
Seckle. — A delicious little Pear with a
rich powerful aromatic flavour, ripe in
October. Fruit small, obovoid, regular in
outline, dull brownish-green, becoming
more yellow with maturity and flushed
with bright red on the sunny side.
The tree is very hardy, vigorous, and
a heavy cropper. On the Pear stock it
makes a fine pyramid, and on the Quince
a good cordon. It is well adapted for
orchards and market gardens.
Souvenir du Congres. — An excellent,
juicy, and highly perfumed Pear, ripe
from the end of August and during
September, and somewhat resembling
Williams' Bon Chretien, from which
it is a seedling. Fruit large, oblong
obovoid, wavy in outline, thickly covered
with smooth cinnamon-brown russet, with
here and there patches of yellow, and
streaks of bright crimson flushed with
brown on the sunny side.
When grown against a wall the fruits
are very fine. The tree also forms a
good-sized pyramid and standard ; and on
the Quince stock also a good cordon.
Thompson's. — A melting, highly
flavoured and delicious Pear, ripe in
November. Fruit medium, obovoid, pale
yellow, coated and dotted with pale
cinnamon-brown russet.
The tree is quite hardy and a heavy
cropper, succeeding best on the Pear
stock. It is useful for orchards and
market gardens.
* Uvedale's St. Germain. — An excel-
lent stewing Pear, in use from January to
April. Fruit very large and heavy, oblong
obovoid, irregular, smooth dark green,
changing to yellowish-green, dull brownish-
red on the sunny side, covered with bright
brown dots and traces of russet.
The tree forms a large pyramid, but
PEAK
HARDY FRUIT GARDEN
plum 1069
also succeeds as a cordon. It is often
double grafted, and is a heavy cropper.
* Verulam. — An excellent and richly
flavoured stewing Pear, in use from
January to March. Fruit lai'ge, obovoid,
dull green, thinly coated with russet on the
shaded side, flushed with reddish-brown,
and heavily dotted with grey next the sun.
The tree is a very strong grower and
an abundant bearer. It forms a large
pyramid, and is also good as a standard.
In good favourable seasons the fruit is fit
for dessert use.
* Vicar of Winkfield. — A good stewing
Pear, in use from November till January.
and also suitable for dessert when grown
in good situations and favourable seasons.
Fruit very large, oblong obovoid, often
one-sided, smooth, greenish-yellow, tinged
with red on the sunny side, and dotted
with green and grey russet.
The tree forms a large pyramid, and
also a good standard.
Williams' Bon Chretien. — A rich juicy
and deliciously flavoured Pear with a
strong agreeable aroma, ripe in August
and September, but will not keep long.
Fruit large, bluntly oblong obovoid,
irregular and wavy in outline, smooth
pale green, becoming clear yellow with
ripeness, and streaked with red on the
side next the sun.
The tree is a hardy and vigorous
grower, but irregular and not free in
producing its fine fruits. The latter
should be gathered befor-e they are ripe,
when in the greenish-yellow stage, as they
soon decay. They also lose a good deal
of their delicious flavour if allowed to
hang until the fruit parts readily from
the tree. The trees grow well on the
Quince stock, and make fine fruitful
pyramids or standards in favourable
situations, but they seem to be more fruit-
ful as cordons in some localities. The
present season (1900) has been an ex-
ceptionally good one for ' Williams ' Pears.
Winter Nelis. — A melting, rich, and
deliciously flavoured Pear, with a fine
aroma, in use from November to Febru-
ary. Fruit below medium size, roundish
obovoid or top-shaped, dull green, chan-
ging to yellowish-green, dotted and flaked
with brown-russet, especially on the sunny
side.
The tree succeeds well on the Quince,
and forms a handsome pyramid and a
good cordon. It is quite hardy and bears
abundantly.
Select list of Dessert Pears arranged
according to the period of ripening, those
marked with an asterisk being particularly
suitable for small gardens.
July and August. — Beurre Giffard,
Clapp's Favourite, * Jargonelle, * Williams'
Bon Chretien.
August mill September. — * Beurre
d'Amanlis, Fondante d'Automne, Madame
Treyve, Souvenir du Congres.
October. — * Beurre Hardy, Beurre
Superfin, * Comte de Lamy, * Doyenne
Boussoch, * Emile d'Heyst, * Louise
Bonne of Jersey, * Marechal de Cour,
* Marie Louise, * Pitmaston Duchess,
Seckle.
November and December. — * Doyenne
du Cornice, Duchesse d'Angouleme, Glou
Morceau, Hacon's incomparable, Passe
Colmar, * Thompson's.
January and Februa/ry. — ■ Beurre
Sterckmans, * Josephine de Malines,
Marie Benoist, * Nouvelle Fulvie, Passe
< irassane, ';; Winter Nelis.
March and April. — Bergamotte Es-
peren, * Beurre Ranee, * Easter Beurre,
Olivier de Serres.
Stewing or Baking Pears
Bellissime d'Hiver. Nov. to April.
' Beurre Clairgeau. Nov.
* Catillac. Dec. to April.
Uvedale's St. Germain. Jan. to April.
* Verulam. Jan. to March.
Vicar of Winkfield. Nov. to Jan.
THE PLUM (Prunus domestica).
The cultivated Plum has probably
originated by the natural crossing and
intercrossing at remote periods of various
more or less distinct varieties or species.
Thus P. domestica, P. insititia (the
Bullace), and P. spinosa (the Blackthorn
or Sloe) have no doubt all contributed to
produce the modern Plum.
The Plum is one of the hardiest and
most useful fruits for cultivation in the
British Islands, and notwithstanding the
fact that it belongs to the Rose Family.
like the Apple and Pear, it differs from
these in its fruit (called a drape) having
a stono or nut embedded in a fleshy pulp.
The trees reach a height of 15-20 ft. with
spreading heads, and produce their masses
of pure white blossom earlier than either
Apples or Pears in the spring time. For
the botanical details of the genus the
reader is referred to the description of
Prunus, p. 356.
1070
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
PLUM
Training. — Plums may be trained
against walls as fans or cordons, or
horizontally like Apples and Pears, and
in the open ground as bushes, pyra-
mids, standards, and half-standards (see
p. 1035).
The distance at which the trees may
be planted is the same as for Apples and
Pears, according to the style of training
adopted, but Plums are always better
planted in the autumn than in the
spring.
Soil. — A good loanry well-drained soil
on a gravelly or chalky bottom will grow
excellent Plums. The various operations
for keeping the ground in good condition
and fertility (see p. 63) must always be
attended to, not only for the sake of the
trees and the crops they produce, but also
because they are a great check against
the ravages of insect pests and fungoid
diseases. As the Plum is inclined to
produce masses of leafy growth if the soil
is rendered too rich by the addition of
copious supplies of manure, it is best to
keep the soil fairly light, but at the same
time sufficiently moist to stand the strain
of very hot summers. Where Apples,
Pears, Plums, and Cherries are all grown
together in the same land, the same
treatment and manuring of the soil will
do for all, and an autumn and spring
dressing of superphosphate, nitrate of
potash, nitrate of soda, and sulphate of
potash (see p. 74) will prove highly bene
ficial.
Protection. — Where the choicest and
best fruits are required, Plum trees should
if possible be grown on a wall facing either
east or west especially in the colder parts
of the kingdom. They are thus protected
from severe and chilling winds in spring,
and the radiation of heat from the walls
serves to ripen the fruits earlier, and give
them a finer colour and a more luscious
flavour.
Pruning. — The pruning of Plum trees
is exactly the same as that for Apples and
Pears, care always being taken not to be
too severe in the cutting. The summer
pruning of the young shoots by cracking
or breaking them halfway through
(see p. 1034) is to be particularly recom-
mended in the case of Plums, as experience
has proved it to be useful in preventing
what is known as ' gumming.' Summer
pruning also has the effect of allowing
more elaborated sap to be drafted into the
swelling and ripening fruits, thus increas-
ing their size, colour, and flavour. The
illustration (fig. 155) shows the difference
between the flower-buds (/) at a and leaf-
buds (w)&t B,the latter,
as in other fruits, being
much less plump than
the former.
Thinning the
fruits as recommended
for Apples (p. 1044) is
also advantageous,
especially where the
very finest fruits are
desired. In good
seasons Plum trees
bear enormous crops,
and if the fruit is not
thinned out, many of
the branches are al-
most sure to be broken
down, and the fruit
they bear will be lost,
while those left will be
only of medium size
and not so highly
flavoured or coloured
as if they had been
thinned out in spring.
Root-pruning. —
It is a common
complaint against
Plums that they often
make any amount of top-growth but yield
very little fruit. This is often brought
about by too rich a soil in which the roots
revel and pump vast supplies of sap into
the branches, and also by severe pruning.
This tendency to excessive top-growth
and sterility may be checked and remedied
by attention to pruning the roots (see
p. 1031) and proper and not over-pruning
of the branches.
Preserving Plums. — The value of
Plums for jams, preserves &c. is well
known. In the form of Prunes, as im-
ported from France, they are also very
valuable, and when a glut exists the fruits
may be carefully dried and kept for a
considerable time. An easy and excellent
way to dry Plums for preserving is to
place them in a perforated tray or sieve
in an ordinary oven at night-time when
the fire is allowed to extinguish itself
gradually. By the morning they will
have shrivelled somewhat, but the skins
will have become toughish in texture and
more or less impervious, and thus preserve
the interior flesh for a long time. Placed
in water they swell up gradually and are
PIG, 155. — PLUM.
PLUM
HARDY FRUIT GARDEN
plum 1071
fairly good eating, while for tarts &c. they
arc excellent.
Propagation. — Plums are usually
increased (i) by cleft grafting during
February and March, and also about the
end of August and during September ;
and (ii) by shield budding in July during
dull showery weather. The stocks chiefly
used are the Damson, the Mussel, St.
Jnlien, and White Pear Plum ; but of late
years a good deal of attention has been
directed to the Myrobalan Plum (Prunus
nvirobalcma or P. ceraaifera) and also
to the ' Mirabelle ' Plum, a variety of
I' ru mix communis, as stocks valuable for
dwarfing the plants and increasing their
fertility. As some confusion exists in
regard to these two Plums owing to
the great similarity of the names, it
may be as well to state that the ' Myro-
balan ' Plum Tree is described at p. 358
under the name of P. ccrasifera. It may
be increased by means of seeds and
cuttings, and flourishes in dry and rather
calcareous soils. The ' Mirabelle ' is a
variety of the common Wild Plum de-
scribed at p. 359 as a variety of P. com-
munis. There are several forms of it
cultivated in France for the sake of the
fruits. It may be increased by seeds and
cutting's, and may be used on the ' Myro-
balan ' as an intermediate stock for double
grafting so as to restrain the vigour of
the latter somewhat.
The stocks are obtained by sowing the
' stones ' in open air beds in autumn, and
allowing the seedlings to remain until the
following autumn before transplanting.
When large enough for grafting the stocks
arc cut back close to the groimd in
January. The scions or grafts are also
cut at the same period and stuck in the
soil until the time for grafting is at hand.
In the case of standards as well as other
forms, the graft is inserted close to the
ground, and allowed to make its own
stem on which the head is eventually to
be formed.
Budding is now becoming more
general than grafting for Plums and
other stone fruits like Cherries, Peaches,
Nectarines &c, but care must be taken to
see that wood and not blossom buds (see
illustration, fig. 155) are inserted when
the operation is performed.
Plums may also be raised from seeds
when new varieties are desired. Suckers
may also be used, but are not advisable
as all suckering Plums are a great nui-
sance in a garden. Layers and cuttings
are rarely used, but where Plums are re-
quired on their own roots these methods
of propagation may be practised as de-
scribed under the Apple (p. 1044).
Insect Pests, diseases &c. — The most
injurious of these have already been
alluded to under Apples and Pears (see
pp. 1046, 1062), and the various remedies
described will prove equally beneficial in
the case of Plums. Good cultivation, good
drainage, and cleanliness are always
excellent preventives. Various kinds of
Aphides which secrete a sticky fluid over
the foliage are sometimes very much in
evidence, but may be removed by the
application of a solution of soft soap
and quassia, in the proportion of about
1 lb. of each to 4 gallons of water, with
tobacco juice or a little paraffin added,
applied warm or hot up to 120° 150° Fahr.
Slugwormsare sometimes very trouble-
some, and may be dealt with as advised
at p. 1048.
The larvae of the Plum Weevil (Rhyn-
ehitcs cv/preus) and the Plum Tortrix
(Carpoca/psafunebrana) sometimes attack
the young fruits and do a good deal of
damage. In the chrysalis state they
remain in the groimd at the base of the
tree, emerging as perfect insects to lay
their eggs in spring. The remedies
mentioned under the Apple Blossom
Weevil at p. 1046 will be found useful in
dealing with these and other pests of
similar habits.
The disease known as ' gumming ' may
be prevented largely by judicious summer
and autumn pruning (see p. 1031).
A peculiar disease known as ' Silver
Leaf often attacks the Plum, causing the
leaves to assume a dull lead-like sheen.
This is a sure sign that they are going to
die, although they may linger for one or
two seasons. It is very prevalent in some
market gardens, and is probably due to
some unsuitable condition of the soil, which
sets up a fungus disease. When the trees
are rooted up, as they should be, it is better
not to replace them with Plums, but
Apples have been found to thrive in their
plac-Co.
Varieties of Plums and Gages to
grow. — The following selection includes
the best varieties of Plums and Gages
suitable for dessert and cooking. The
Damsons and Bullaces are treated separ-
ately immediately afterwards for the sake
of convenient reference.
1072
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
PLUM
Archduke. — A very fine late Plum,
suitable for cooking purposes, and ripe
about the middle of September. The
fruit is large, oval, and purple in colour,
and is valuable on account of its late-
ness.
The tree is very hardy and fruitful,
and succeeds as a pyramid, bush, or
trained on a wall.
Autumn Compote. — An excellent cook-
ing Plum, ripe at the end of September,
and valuable for preserving. Fruit large,
oval, bright red, tender, juicy, and well-
flavoured.
Belgian Purple. — A fine Plum, ripe in
the middle of August, and suitable either
for cooking or dessert. Fruit medium,
roundish, deep purple-red, covered with
a bluish bloom.
The tree is a compact grower and
heavy cropper, and forms a good pyramid
or cordon.
Blue Imperatrice. — A valuable Plum,
ripe in October, having a particularly
sweet and rich flavour if allowed to hang
on the tree until it shrivels. Fruit
medium, obovoid, tapering towards the
stalk, deep purple covered with a thick
bluish bloom.
The tree bears well, and is better
adapted for wall culture facing east or
south-east. Although a Dessert Plum the
fruit is excellent for cooking.
Brahy's Greengage. — A rich, melting.
and highly flavoured Greengage, ripe
about the end of September. Fruit very
large, roundish, with a distinct channel,
yellowish-green, covered with a rich
bloom.
Bryanston Gage. — An excellent finely
flavoured variety, said to be a cross
between the old Green Gage and Coe's
Golden Drop. It is ripe about the middle
or end of September. Fruit very large,
roundish, yellowish - green becoming
deeper yellow with ripeness, dotted with
crimson and covered with a pale bloom.
The tree is a medium grower, and may
be grown as a bush or standard in warm
soils, or may be trained on a wall.
Coe's Golden Drop. — A rich and
deliciously flavoured Plum, ripe about the
end of September, and suitable for dessert
or preserving. Fruit very large, oval,
pale yellow, dotted with dark red. The
fruit should be allowed to remain on the
tree long after it is ripe, to enhance its
richness of flavour.
The tree is not a vigorous grower, and
is best trained on a wall as a rule. The
fruit will hang on the trees for some time
after being fully ripe, but it must be
protected from wasps.
Cox's Emperor. — A good cooking
Plum of the Orleans or Pond's Seedling
type, ripe in the middle of September.
Fruit large, roundish oval, deep red.
The tree is a strong grower and good
cropper.
* Czar. — A fine cooking Plum, ripe
early in August. Fruit large, oval, dull
red, becoming blackish when dead ripe,
coated with a thin bluish bloom which
gives it a bright purple appearance.
The tree is a hardy and vigorous
grower, bears abundantly, and the fruits
do not crack. It is suitable for orchards
and market gardens.
Denniston's Superb. — A deliciously
flavoured dessert Plum, ripe about the
middle of August. Fruit above medium
size, roundish, pale yellowish -green,
faintly blotched and dotted with purple,
and coated with a thin bloom.
The tree is a good cropper, and is well
suited for pyramids or cordons.
* Diamond. — A juicy and briskly
flavoured cooking or preserving Plum,
ripe about the middle of September.
Fruit very large, oval, deep purple
approaching black, covered with a pale
bluish bloom.
The tree grows vigorously, and bears
well. It forms a fine pyramid.
Early Transparent Gage. — -An excel-
lent dessert Plum, ripe early in August,
fruit rather large, roundish and flattened,
greenish, becoming yellowish-green when
fully ripe, mottled with crimson on the
sunny side.
The tree is hardy and bears abun-
dantly ; it may be grown as a pyramid or
cordon.
* Gisborne. — A well-known and excel-
lent cooking Plum, ripe about the middle of
August. Fruit rather below medium size,
roundish oval, greenish-yellow, becoming
amber-coloured with maturity, dotted
with crimson and russet.
The tree succeeds as a bush, pyramid,
or standard, and bears heavy crops. It is
a great favourite with market gardeners.
* Grand Duke. — An excellent late
cooking Plum, ripe in October. Fruit
oval, dark, almost blackish-purple, but
reddish on the shaded side, the whole
surface being covered with a bluish
bloom.
PLUM
HARDY FRUIT GARDEN
plum 1073
The tree is a vigorous and hardy
grower, and a heavy cropper. It is suit-
able for orchards or market gardens, and
may be grown as a pyramid, standard, or
cordon.
Green Gage. — One of the most popular
and highly flavoured Plums, ripe from
the middle of August. Fruit medium,
roundish, yellowish - green. becoming
deeper yellow tinged with green when
ripe, dotted with crimson, and coated
with a greyish bloom.
The tree is a vigorous, hardy grower,
and bears abundantly. The fruits, although
not so large as when grown on an espalier
or against a wall, are more richly flavoured
from standards.
Guthrie's Late Green.— An excellent
dessert Plum, ripe about the end of
September. Fruit rather large, x-oundish,
greenish-yellow, covered with a thin
bloom.
The tree is hardy and a good bearer.
Ickworth Impe'ratrice. — A very fine
dessert Plum, ripe in October, but becom-
ing enriched in flavour if not picked
until it begins to shrivel. Fruit large,
obovoid, purple, streaked with yellow.
The tree forms a fine pyramid and
1 Hiii's well.
Imperiale de Milan. — An excellent
dessert or cooking Plum, ripe about the
beginning of October. Fruit large, oval,
dark purple, streaked and dotted with
vellow, and covered with a thick bluish
Dloom.
Jefferson. — A sweet and highly
flavoured dessert Plum, of American
origin, ripe early in September. Fruit
large, oval, greenish-yellow, becoming
deeper yellow with maturity, flushed and
dotted with red on the sunny side.
The tree grows vigorously and bears
abundantly. It is good as a pyramid or
cordon.
Kirke's. — One of the finest and most
deliciously flavoured of dessert Plums,
ripe about the middle of September.
Fruit rather large, round, deep purple,
with a few yellow dots, and covered with
a dense bright blue bloom. The tree is
hardy and vigorous and bears well. It
is suitable for a standard or cordon.
* Orleans. — An excellent cooking and
preserving Plum, ripe from the middle of
August. Fruit medium, roundish, deep
red, becoming purple when fully ripe, and
covered with a bluish bloom.
The tree is hardy and vigorous and
bears well, especially in light warm and
rather sandy soils. The flavour of the
fruit is also improved by wall cultivation.
Oullins Golden. — An excellent tender
and deliciously flavoured dessert Plum,
ripe about the middle of August. Fruit
large, bluntly oval, rich yellow, dotted
with crimson on the sunny side and
covered with a delicate whitish bloom.
The tree makes a fine pyramid, and
bears very heavily. It may also be grown
as standards, bushes, or cordons.
* Pond's Seedling. — A fine cooking
Plum, ripe from the beginning to the
end of September. Fruit very large,
oval, narrowing towards the stalk, fine
deep red, dotted with grey, and coated
with a delicate bluish bloom.
The tree is a vigorous grower, and
makes a good bush, pyramid, or standard.
Prince Englebert. — A fine richly
flavoured Plum ripe in September, suit-
able for cooking purposes, and also for
dessert when fully ripe. Fruit very large,
oval, deep purple, covered with tiny
russety dots, and covered with a greyish
bloom.
The tree bears very heavily, especially
when grown as a cordon or pyramid.
* Prince of Wales. — A good and use-
ful cooking Plum, ripe in the middle of
September. Fruit rather large, roundish
oval, bright reddish-purple, dotted with
yellow, and covered with a dense blue
bloom.
The tree is a heavy cropper. In warm
places it may be grown as a bush, pyramid,
or standard, but against walls in cold
districts.
Purple Gage (Heine Claude Vio-
lette). — An excellent dessert Plmn,
ripe early in September, and improving
its delicious flavour if allowed to hang on
the tree late, until it shrivels. Fruit
medium, round, light purple, dotted with
yellow, and covered with a bluish bloom.
The tree is hardy and bears abun-
dantly, either as a bush, pyramid, or
standard, or against a wall as a cordon,
Reine Claude de Bavay. — An exquis-
itely flavoured Plum ripe at the end of
September and beginning of October.
Fruit large, roundish, greenish-yellow,
mottled and streaked with green, dotted
with red on the sunny side, and covered
with a faint white bloom.
* Rivers' Early Prolific. — A grand and
highly flavoured cooking Plum ripe at tht
end of July and early in August. Fruit
3 z
1074
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS bullace
medium, roundish, purple. The tree has
a spreading drooping habit, and is a great
bearer.
It succeeds best as a half standard.
* Rivers' Monarch. — A splendid cook-
ing Plum ripe at the end of September and
early October. Fruit large, roundish oval,
deep bluish or almost blackish-purple.
The tree is a vigorous grower and a
heavy cropper. It succeeds well as a
bush, pyramid, standard, or cordon.
Transparent Gage. — A deliciously
sweet and juicy dessert Plum, ripe early
in September. Fruit large, round, pale,
almost translucent, greenish-yellow, dotted
and marbled with red.
The tree grows well and bears freely,
especially when grown as a cordon.
* Victoria. — This is one of the best
known and most prolific of cooking Plums,
ripe in September. Fruit large, roundish
oval, bright red on the sunny side, paler
red on the shaded side, and coated with
a delicate bloom.
The tree is a medium grower of spread-
ing habit but bears enormous crops
of fruit, and for this reason is highly
prized by market gardeners and others.
It may be grown as a bush, standard, or
pyramid.
* Washington. — An excellent cooking-
Plum ripe in September ; also suitable for
dessert when fully ripe. Fruit large,
roundish ovoid, dull yellow, mottled and
tinged with green, becoming deep yellow
when fully ripe, dotted with crimson, and
covered with a pale greyish bloom.
The tree is hardy, vigorous in growth,
and a heavy cropper. It succeeds well
either as a pyramid or standard, and also
against a wall.
* White Magnum Bonum. — An excel-
lent cooking or preserving Plum, ripe
during September. Fruit very large, oval,
thick-skinned, deep amber-yellow, covered
with a thin white bloom.
The tree is hardy and vigorous and a
good bearer. It succeeds as a standard,
pyramid, or bush, but the size and flavour
of the fruit are enhanced if grown against
a south wall.
Select list of Dessert Plums arranged
in the order of ripening. Those marked
with an asterisk (*) are suitable for small
gardens.
August. — * Belgian Purple, Bryanston
Gage, Denniston's Superb, * Early Trans-
parent Gage, Green Gage, Oullins
Golden.
September. — Brahy's Greengage,
* Bryanston Gage, Guthrie's Late Queen,
Prince Englebert, * Jefferson, Kirke's,
Purple Gage, Transparent Gage, *Coe's
Golden Drop.
October. — Blue Imperatrice, *Ick-
worth Imperatrice, Imperial e de Milan,
* Reine Claude de Bavay.
Select list of Cooking and Preserving
Plums arranged in order of ripening.
Those marked with an asterisk (*) are
suitable for small gardens.
August. — * Rivers' Early Prolific,
* Czar, Gisborne's, Orleans.
September. — Prince of Wales,
* Victoria, * Pond's Seedling, Diamond,
Autumn Compote, * Archduke, White
Magnum Bonum, Washington, * Rivers'
Monarch, * Cox's Emperor.
October. — Grand Duke.
THE BULLACE (Prunus insititia).
The Bullace, like the wild Plum, is found
wild in parts of Britain in hedges, copses,
banks &c. The fruit is larger than the
Damson or Sloe, and is usually round in
shape, and is less acrid and more agree-
able in taste than the fruits of those trees.
From a gardening point of view the
Bullace is usually treated as a variety of
the Plum, and its cultivation is similar.
The fruit is excellent for pies or tarts,
and is improved in flavour after being
mellowed a little by frost.
The following are the kinds of Bullaces
best known: —
Black Bullace. — This is found wild in
hedges and woods. It has small round
black fruits covered with a thin bloom.
Culture dc. as for Plums, p. 1069.
Essex Bullace. — The round fruits of
this are 1 in. or more in diameter, green,
becoming yellow when ripe, with a juicy
flavour. The tree forms a fine pyramid,
and bears very heavily, the fruit being
ripe at the end of October and beginning
of November.
Culture dc. as for Plums, p. 1069.
Royal Bullace. — The fruits of this
variety are about 1| in. in diameter,
roundish, bright grass-green, mottled with
red on the sunny side and becoming
yellowish-green when ripe, with a delicate
grey bloom. It has a brisk agreeable
flavour, and ripens early in October. The
tree is a very heavy cropper.
Culture dc. as for Plums, p. 1069.
White Bullace. — The fruit is small,
roundish, pale yellowish-white, mottled
DAMSON
HARDY FRUIT GARDEN
CHERRY 1075
with red on the sunny side. Ripe at the
end of October and beginning of Novem-
ber. A very heavy cropper.
Culture dc. as for Plums, p. 1069.
THE DAMSON (Prunus insititia
var.). — The Damson is really a form of
the Bullace, or vice versa, but is distin-
guished by having oval, and not round,
fruits.
Damsons grow in ordinary good
soil, preferring moist places such as along
the banks of streams &c, and they do not
seem to bear abundantly until well
advanced in age. They require little or
no attention beyond keeping the ground
clean, and the fruits, like the Bullaces,
are improved by being frosted.
The following kinds of Damsons are
grown : —
Bradley's King. — This ripens in
September and has an excellent flavour,
the fruit being medium in size. The tree
is a vigorous grower and free cropper.
Crittenden's or Farleigh Prolific. —This
is a fine Damson, with roundish oval
fruits having a delicate bloom. They are
ripe in the middle of September and are
borne abundantly. The trees make fine
pyramids.
Prune Damson (Cheshire or SJtr<>/i-
shire Damson). — This is a free-growing
variety with large leaves and more or less
obovoid fruits, ripe in the middle of
September.
Other Damsons are Rivers' Early,
which is ripe in August, and the White
Damson, which has pale yellow fruits, ripe
from the middle of September.
THE CHERRY (Prunus Avium and
P. Cerasus). — The cultivated Cherry is a
very ornamental plant and quite as suit-
able for the lawn as for the fruit garden
proper. It is supposed to be derived
from the two species mentioned above,
particulars of which will be found at
pp. 358, 359.
For gardening purposes cultivated
Cherries may be grouped into four
principal classes, according to the synop-
sis given by the late Dr. Hogg in his
' Fruit Manual ' :—
I. Geans. — These are round-headed
trees with long wavy, thin, and flaccid
leaves, and more or less heart-shaped
fruits with a tender and melting flesh.
According to the colour of the flesh they
are divided into (i.) Black Geans and
(ii.) Red Geans. They grow best on the
Cherry stock as a rule.
II. Bigakkeaus. — These resemble the
Geans in habit and foliage, but have
heart-shaped fruits, which are divided
according to colour into (i.) Black Hearts
and (ii.) White or Red Hearts. They
grow best on the Cherry stock as a rule.
III. Dukes. — The Duke Cherries have
upright or spreading branches, with large
and broad leaves. According to colour
they are called (i.) Black Dukes and
(ii.) Red Dukes. They grow best on the
Mahaleb stock as a rule.
IV. Morellos. — These have long,
slender, and drooping branches, with
small and narrow leaves. According to
colour of the fruits they are known as
(i.) Black Morellos and (ii.) Red or
Kentish Morellos. They grow best on
the Mahaleb stock as a rule.
Soil. — Cherries flourish on rather
light loamy and calcareous or ferruginous
soils. Thorough drainage is essential, as
impermeable soils containing stagnant
moisture soon cause the trees to turn
yellow and become unhealthy, while the
otherwise tender fruits acquire an acid
and even bitter flavour.
Stocks. — As mentioned above the
' Geans ' and ' Bigarreaus ' are as a rule
best grown on the Cherry stock, while
the ' Dukes ' and ' Morellos ' thrive on
the Mahaleb stock, the latter being
derived from Prunus Mahaleb described
at p. 360. Although there may be
isolated exceptions to this general rule,
it is on the whole safer to keep each
group to the stock on which it thrives
and fruits best.
The Cherry stock is raised from the
seeds (stones) of the wild Geans, Dukes,
or Morellos. They may be sown thinly
out of doors as soon as ripe in drills about
2 in. deep, transplanting the seedlings at
the end of the second year's growth.
The Mahaleb stock is increased from
seeds or layers, and is valuable for the
dwarfing influence it exerts upon the
varieties grafted or budded on it. The
idea is gaining ground that gumming is
not so frequent on the Mahaleb as on the
Cherry stock.
Propagation. — Cherries may be
grafted in spring when the sap has
begun to flow, or budded about July, in
drill showery weather. (See articles on
Budding and Grafting, pp. 52-58.)
3 z 2
1076
PBACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
CHEERY
Training. — Cherries may be grown
as bushes or pyramid trees planted not
nearer than 10 ft., and as standards with
a distance of 20-30 ft. between them.
On walls a distance of 15-20 ft. may be
left between the plants to allow for ex-
tending the branches without having to
prune them too severely.
The black and red Morello Cherries
may be trained on walls facing north and
east, while the others may be grown with
more favourable aspects.
The best time to plant Cherry trees is
in November, but any time up to the end
of February is suitable provided the
weather is mild, and the soil not in a wet,
sodden, or frosty condition.
Protection. — Besides the protection
from spring frosts given by walls, it is
also essential to keep a guard over the
fruits when they are ripening, as the birds
play great havoc among them. The only
sure plan to save them is by covering the
trees with a net, the meshes of which
will prevent the entrance or exit of the
birds. With the exception of the Morello
Cherries, which are improved by hang-
ing on the tree as long as possible after
ripening, all others should be eaten when
ripe.
Thinning the Fruit. — Some Cherries
produce immense numbers of flowers, but
it is undesirable that they should all set
their fruit. The strain upon the tree would
be too great. Where a very heavy crop is
left after the ' stoning ' period, it is wise
to go over the trees and thin out the
smallest and least likely fruits. This may
be done on dwarf and wall trees fairly
easily, but becomes almost impossible on
tall standards grown in orchards or mar-
ket gardens. In most localities, however,
it is scarcely necessary to do any thinning,
as only a fair percentage of the fruits will
come to perfection, the others dropping
naturally at the stoning period. To assist
the setting and ripening of the fruits a
good mulching of well -rotted manure
may be placed on the soil, and this prac-
tice will Be found beneficial to all fruits of
this period.
Insect Pests, Diseases &c. — Gumming
is perhaps one of the worst afflictions
of the Cherry tree, as with the Plum tree.
It is often due to badly drained soil and
bad pruning, that is, if there can be any
other kind of pruning except that which
is done properly. Pinching or cracking
the growths in summer and judicious
cutting back in autumn are great preven-
tives (see p. 1034).
Canker occasionally
attacks the trees and may
be remedied as described
under the Apple, p. 1047.
The Black or Bean
Fly {Aphis rumicis) is
sometimes a great
nuisance. It may be
checked by spraying with
a solution of soft soap,
quassia chips, and tobacco
as in the case of Plums
(p. 1071).
Pruning-. — Summer
and autumn or early
winter pruning are very
beneficial to Cherries
when practicable. In
the case of large stan-
dards, however, it will be
sufficient to thin out
unnecessary branches.
On the whole Cherries ™- 156.— cherry.
require less pruning than
Apples, Pears, or Plums, and it is very
rarely advisable to root prune them (see
p. 1031). Morello Cherries require a
different system of pruning, as stated
below.
The difference in the wood and fruit
buds is shown in the illustration, fig. 156.
At a is represented last year's growth
bearing only wood-buds shown at w, while
at b are shown the short spurs with plump
fruit-buds.
Varieties of Cherry to Grow
In the following descriptions the
names are arranged alphabetically, but as
a certain amount of importance is attached
to the various sections into which the
Cherries are divided (see p. 1075), these
have been distinguished as follows. The
letter ' G ' in brackets following a name
indicates that the variety belongs to the
Gean section ; the letter ' B ' the Bigarreau
section ; the letter ' D ' the Duke section ;
and the letter ' M ' the Morello section.
Dr. Hogg in his ' Fruit Manual T
describes over 120 varieties of Cherries,
but the following will be found to com-
prise the finest and those most worth
growing.
Archduke (D). — A rich and briskly
flavoured Cherry ripe from the middle of
July, pale red ait first, becoming deep reck
rllKKKY
HARDY FRUIT GARDEN
CHEERY 1077
and ultimately almost black when allowed
to hang until fully ripe.
The tree bears well and succeeds against
a north wall.
Bigarreau (B). — This is one of the
oldest and best Cherries, ripe from the
middle of July, with a rich, sweet and ex-
cellent flavour. The fruit is very large,
pale yellow or amber, marbled with red,
dotted with crimson in the shade.
The tree is very hardy and vigorous
and bears heavily when young. It is well
suited for orchards and market gardens.
Bigarreau Napoleon (B). — A sweet
and deliriously flavoured Cherry, ripe at
the end of July and early in August. Fruit
very large, pale yellow dotted with red,
becoming flushed with red on the sunny
side when ripe. ,
The tree grows vigorously and is not
subject to gumming. It bears abundantly
and makes a fine standard, but may also
be grown against a wall.
Bigarreau Noir de Schmidt (B). — A
beautiful deep shining black-fruited Cherry,
ripe in July, having a sweet rich flavour.
It makes a good bush or pyramid.
Black Eagle (G). — An excellent and
highly flavoured Cherry, ripe early in July.
Fruit large, roundish flattened, 2-3 in a
cluster, very dark purple, almost black
when fully ripe.
The tree is hardy and vigorous in
growth and bears heavily. Bush, pyramid,
or on a wall, but excellent as a standard.
Black Tartarian (B). — A handsome
and exquisitely flavoured Cherry, ripe at
the end of June and beginning of July.
Fruit very large, bluntly heart-shaped,
deep blackish-brown, becoming quite black
when fully ripe.
The tree grows vigorously, at first with
an upright habit, but somewhat drooping
when old. It bears well, and produces the
best fruits when grown on a wall. By
growing the trees on a north wall the
fruits will hang until about the second
week in August.
Duchesse de Palluau (D). — A fine
Cherry, ripe at the end of July, having a
juicy, brisk, and acidulous flavour. Fruit
large, flatfish, bright red, becoming deeper
red when fully ripe.
The tree is hardy and vigorous and
may be grown as a bush or pyramid.
Early or Bigarreau Jaboulay (G). — A
rich and deliriously flavoured Gean (not
Bigarreau) Cherry, ripe at the end of June.
Fruit large, bluntly heart-shaped, deep
amber-yellow, blotched and dotted with
bright red.
This succeeds best on a wall.
Early Purple Gean (G). — A deliriously
flavoured Cherry, ripe at the end of May
and beginning of June. Fruit large,
shining dark, almost blackish, purple,
with a tender juicy flesh.
The tree is a strong grower, and bears
well. It succeeds as a standard, but
unlike most of the Gean Cherries prefers
the Mahaleb to the Cherry stock. When
grown against a wall, the fruits ripen
earlier than when grown as a standard,
and this makes it one of the very earliest
Cherries grown.
Early Rivers (G). — A sweet and excel-
lent small-stoned Cherry, ripe at the end
of June. Fruits large, roundish heart-
shaped, 10-12 in a cluster, deep shining
black.
The tree has a free drooping habit and
succeeds well as a standard.
Elton (B). — A delicious Bed Heart
Cherry, ripe early in July. Fruit large,
pale waxen yellow mottled and dotted with
bright red on the sunny side.
The tree is a fairly vigorous grower
and bears abundantly, especially as a
standard, although it also succeeds against
a wall.
Empress Eugenie (D). — A fine form of
May Duke, and ripening before that
variety at the end of June. Fruit large,
bright red, changing to deep purple-red
when fully ripe.
The tree is a strong and upright
grower, suitable for standards, pyramids,
or bushes.
Governor Wood (B). — An excellent
sweet and richly flavoured Red Heart
Cherry, ripe early in July. Fruit large,
pale yellow, flushed and mottled with red
on the sunny side. This variety succeeds
well grown as a standard.
* Kentish (M). — An excellent cooking
Cherry of the Bed Morello section, ripe
from the middle of July, and having a very
rich and juicy flavour'. Fruit medium,
pale flesh coloured, changing to deep
bright red, and becoming very dark
almost blackish if allowed to hang until
dead ripe.
The tree is a strong grower and suc-
ceeds as a bush or standard. The fruit
is excellent for tarts, preserving &c.
Late Bigarreau (B). — A handsome
sweetly flavoured Cherry, ripe about the
middle of August. Fruit large and uneven
1078
PBACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
PEACH
in outline, beautiful rich yellow, flushed
with bright red on the sunny side.
The tree is a vigorous grower and
succeeds as a bush, pyramid, or standard.
Late Duke (D). — A valuable richly
flavoured Cherry, ripe from the middle of
August. Fruit large, bright shining red,
becoming deeper in colour with ripeness.
Succeeds as a standard, pyramid, bush,
or against a wall.
May Duke (D). — This is one of the
finest of the Duke Cherries, being tender
and juicy in flavour, and ripe early in
July. Fruit large, bright red at first,
becoming deep rich red when ripe.
The tree is a free grower with an
upright habit, and succeeds as a standard,
bush, or pyramid.
* Morello (M). — An excellent cook-
ing or preserving Cherry, ripe in July and
August, but improving by hanging late
( I h tree into September. Fruit large,
deep red, becoming deeper in colour,
almost black if allowed to hang late.
The tree is a slender graceful grower
with a spreading habit and drooping
shoots. It bears well as a standard, but
may also be trained against a north wall,
where the fruits attain a greater size and
ripen later.
The ' Wye ' Morello, which has
smaller fruits, but equally rich in flavour,
succeeds well as a standard or half-
standard.
Morello Cherries require somewhat
different treatment from other Cherries
in regard to pruning. The methods em-
ployed for the Peach and Nectarine (p.
1080) will suit them well. As long as
the shoots are thinned out a little where
required in autumn, leaving the remaining
ones plenty of room to develop, Morello
Cherries require little attention in this
respect.
Royal Duke (D). — A handsome and
deliciously flavoured Cherry, ripe about
the middle of July. Fruit large, flattish,
deep and clear shining red, never becom-
ing black with over ripeness
The tree is a strong and upright
grower and bears abundantly. It suc-
ceeds as a standard and also forms a
fine compact pyramid.
Waterloo (G). — An excellent and
highly flavoured Cherry, ripe at the end
of June and beginning of July. Fruit
Large, dark purple and brownish-red,
covered with paler dots, and becoming
almost black when fully ripe.
The tree grows freely and bears well.
It succeeds best as a standard, but may
also be grown against a wall.
Werder's Early Black (G).— A valu-
able rich and highly flavoured Cherry,
usually i-ipe enough for use about the mid-
dle of June. Fruit very large, deep shining
black, with a deep suture on one side.
The tree grows vigorously and bears
heavy crops with great regularity. It
flourishes as a standard.
List of Dessert Cherries in order of
ripening. Those marked with an asterisk
(*) are suitable for small gardens.
■June. — Early Purple Gean, * Early
Jaboulay, * Early Rivers, * Werder's
Early Black, Empress Eugenie.
July. — Black Tartarian, * Black Eagle,
Waterloo, Governor Wood, Archduke,
* May Duke, • Elton, Royal Duke,
Duchess de Palluau, Biggarreau.
August. — Late Duke, * Bigarreau
Napoleon, Late Bigarreau.
Cherries for cooking and preserving
* Kentish, * Morello.
THE PEACH and NECTARINE
(Prunits Persica).— The Peach and Necta-
rine are not only forms of the same
species (Primus Persica, which has been
described at p. 362), but they are also so
similar in tastes that what suits one is as
a rule also agreeable to the other. When
in fruit they are readily distinguished
from each other — the fruit of the Peach
being covered with a more or less woolly
down, while that of the Nectarine is quite
smooth. But in winter, when the branches
are leafless, it is practically impossible to
distinguish one from the other.
An examination of the foliage shows
that the leaves of some varieties have
serrate edges, while others are crenate and
have either roundish or kidney-shaped
glands on the leaf stalk, or none at all.
As a rule the varieties with serrate leaves
are destitute of glands, and curiously
enough are considered to be more subject
to attacks of mildew than the crenate-
leaved varieties which are usually fur-
nished with glands. It is just possible
that these glands may serve some useful
purpose in warding off attacks of mildew,
or they may perform some service analo-
gous to the bacteria nodules on the roots
of Leguminous Plants (see pp. 70, 322).
Sometimes there is one gland at each side
of the leaf stalk, sometimes two, and very
rarely three.
PEACH
HARDY FRUIT GARDEN
PEACH 1079
The flowers of the Peach and Necta-
rine vary in colour from pure white to
rosy - pink and bright crimson. Some
varieties have very small blossoms, while
those of others are comparatively large.
The petals of the latter show the effects
of spring frosts more clearly than those of
the smaller flowers ; hence many imagine
that the smaller-flowered varieties are the
hardier, but there is no evidence to sup-
port this theory. The fruits are classed
as ' clingstones ' or ' freestones ' according
as to whether the rich juicy flesh clings
tightly to the stone in the centre or parts
from it readily.
Soil. — Although Peaches and Necta-
rines grow well in ordinary good and well-
drained garden soil, far better results are
obtained when the trees are planted in a
rich turfy loam, quite free from strong
manure, and having a perfectly drained
subsoil. As a rule the soil in which Plums
flourish is also suitable for Peaches and
Nectarines. An excellent addition to
the soil for Peaches, Nectarines, and
Apricots is a fair quantity of old mortar
rubbish. Bone-meal is also a splendid
food for these plants, and to secure a good
compost the soil may be made up as
follows : 3 parts of good loam to 1 part of
old mortar rubbish, with a good sprinkling
of bone-meal and half-inch bones over the
whole. This should be thoroughly mixed
and will give good results.
Situation. — Being originally a native
of a warmer, sunnier, and less variable
climate than our own, Peaches and
Nectarines require to be grown in the
warmest and best and most sheltered
positions in the gardens of the British
Islands. Cold bleak situations are quite
unsuitable, and it is impossible to
produce good fruits or trees in such
localities. As a rule a south or south-
west wall is the best position for growing
Peaches and Nectarines, and it little
matters whether the plants are trained on
special walls, or up the sides of houses or
buildings, so long as the aspect and soil
are favourable. In the mildest parts of
the south and west excellent Peaches of
early and midseason varieties are produced
on west and east walls.
Borders. — These are often prepared
in a sloping position facing south with the
object of obtaining as much heat from the
sun as possible. But in the colder parts
of the country it may be questioned
whether this is altogether a wise pro-
ceeding. The extra warmth stimulates
the roots to earlier action with the
consequence of earlier blossoming. This
would be a great advantage were it not
for the spring frosts which often come just
as the plants are setting their fruits, and
spoil the majority of them. If the roots
had not been stimulated into early growth,
the buds would not have opened so early,
and would probably have escaped the
effects of the frosts. (See the article on
Fruit borders, p. 1038.)
Protectors. — Where, however, the
walls are protected by a slightly over-
hanging coping, or some of the light
frame glass protectors fixed on brackets
at the top of the wall, which are now
coming into favour, or when care is taken
to protect the flowers by thin canvas, it
is rather an advantage to have early
blossoms, but the disadvantages — chiefly
in regard to water — of inclined borders
should not be overlooked. They are
referred to at p. 1038.
Propagation. — Peaches and Necta-
rines are usually increased by budding on
stocks of the seedling
Peach or Nectarine,
the Almond (Prunus
Amygdalus, p. 357),
and various forms of
the Plum, such as the
Mussel, St. Julian,
Black Damask, and
White Pear. Plum
stocks are used as a
rule. There is no
reason, however, why
some of the better
class cultivated Plums
should not be used as
stocks, and it is pos-
sible that selections of
early and late varieties
for this purpose would
in the course of time
have a beneficial effect
upon the Peach and
Nectarine. The dor-
mant buds . used are
inserted either in July
and August in dull
showery weather, or
earlier in April and
May with a sprouting
bud. Grafting may
also be practised in spring just as the sap
begins to rise, with well-ripened short-
jointed scions, having a small portion of
FKi. 157. — PEACH.
1080
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
PEACH
the two-year-old wood attached. (See
Budding, p. 58, and Grafting, p. 52.)
Planting &c. — The best time to plant
Peach and Nectarine trees is hi November
or else about February or March in mild
open weather when the soil is in a good
friable condition (see p. 1032). The surface
of the soil may be covered with a layer of
light litter, but rich manure is not advis-
able at this period for Peaches and Nect-
arines. "When, however, the trees are
well set with fruit, a good mulching of
well-rotted manure will assist in the
swelling of the fruits, and during the
season occasional waterings with liquid
manure will also be highly beneficial.
From the end of May or when the fruit
has set onwards, frequent syringings on
warm bright days will improve the con-
dition of the trees, keeping the foliage not
only clean and bright, but also free from
dirt, dust, insects &c.
There is little to be said in regard to
training Peaches and Nectarines out of
doors, as the trees are mostly grown fan-
shaped on walls. Only in the very mild-
est parts of the British Islands is it worth
while attempting to grow them as stan-
dards, half standards, or bushes.
Pruning. — As the fruits of Peaches
and Nectarines are borne on the wood of
the previous year, it is essential to bear this
fact in mind when pruning the plants. In
summer any gross side shoots may be
cut right out, except where wanted to fill
a gap and give the tree a symmetrical
appearance. In this case only such shoots
may be pinched back or broken to about
4 eyes, as recommended under summer
pruning. In autumn, when the foliage
has fallen, little remains to be done beyond
cutting out any useless twigs.
The difference between the twigs pro-
ducing the flower-buds and the old wood is
shown in the illustration (fig. 157). It will
be noticed that there are usually 2 plump
fruit-buds, one on each side of the more
slender wood-bud in the middle. This
wood-bud shoots and makes a leafy branch
which in due course also bears leaf and
flower buds in the same way.
Disbudding. — This operation is prac-
tised in spring, when the buds start into
growth. It consists in removing at inter-
vals all the wood - buds that are not
required. As a rule all wood-buds except
one at the base and one at the apex of
the shoot are removed, thus saving the
sap for those that are left, so that they
may have increased vigour.
Thinning the Fruit. — This is nearly
always necessary where trees are in good
bearing, as there are usually far more
fruits set than can be borne with safety
to the tree. When the fruits are well set
the trees should be examined, and all
fruits pointing towards the wall or other-
wise unfavourably placed should be
rubbed with the finger. When finished
the remaining fruits should be about 6 in.
apart, and when these have ' stoned,' as
gardeners say, every alternate one may be
removed — that is, if the finest flavoured,
largest, and best are ultimately wanted,
and if it is desired not to put too
great a strain upon the tree. It must be
remembered that during the flowering
and fruiting period of any plant or tree
the reserve material and elaborated sap
manufactured by the leaves are being
heavily drawn upon, and it is unwise to
allow the process to go too far.
Root-pruning. — This is rarely ne-
cessary for Peaches or Nectarines. When
required it is best done in autumn and
as advised at p. 1031.
Diseases &c. — Peaches and Nectar-
ines are sometimes troubled with attacks
of mildew (S±)hcerotheca pannosa) which
forms greyish-green patches on the leaves.
A scarcity of moisture at the i-oots, or an
erratic season with sudden changes from
hot to cold, will often develop favourable
conditions for this disease. It may be
checked by dusting with flowers of sulphur,
either in a dry powdered state or mixed
with water and sprayed on with a syringe,
but fruits once attacked are irreparably
injured, although not altogether value-
less.
Leaf-curl or Peach-blister is another
disease often readily noticed by the blis-
tering and curling of the leaves, a state
of affairs probably brought about by bad
drainage, cold and inclement weather &c.
The best remedy is to detach the injured
leaves and branches and burn them
immediately, as the malformation is
brought about by a fungus called Exoas-
cus deformans.
Gumming is very often a serious
disease with Peaches and Nectarines, and
when allowed to go too far there is no
remedy except uprooting the trees and
burning them. Gumming is sometimes
caused by the caterpillars of the Apple or
PEACH
HARDY FRUIT GARDEN
PEACH 1081
Pear tree bark Moth (Semaaia wober-
iana) which burrows under the bark,
penetrating the wood for a short distance.
When caused by bad soil or drainage,
gumming may be checked by opening a
trench all round the roots, seeing to the
drainage, and adding good fresh turfy
loam. In other cases, a plaster of clay
mixed with paraffin has been recom-
mended as a remedy or preventive.
Aphides are sometimes very trouble-
some, but may be kept in check by spray-
ing with a solution of soft soap, quassia,
and tobacco, as recommended for Plums
(p. 1071). Various beetles and caterpillars
sometimes attack the Mowers, fruit, or
leaves, but do little damage. Spraying
with Paris green before the buds open
(see p. 1047) is useful. In the case of the
Peach scale insect {Lecani/wm persicce)
which attacks the foliage, they must be
removed with a stiff brush and a solu-
tion of soft soap, quassia, and a little
paraffin.
Peaches
Alexander. — A delicious American
Peach ripe about the middle of July.
Fruit medium, roundish, yellow, stained
with crimson and washed with bright red
or scarlet, with deeper coloured streaks
and patches on the sunny side.
The only fault to be found with this
fine variety is that it is a ' clingstone.'
Also good for pot culture (see p. 1040).
Alexandra (Alexandra noblesse). — A
splendid richly flavoured roundish Peach
of the largest size, pale in colour, with a
few clusters of red dots on the sunny side.
The fruit is ripe in the middle of August,
and the leaves are furnished with round
glands.
The tree is vigorous in growth, and
not subject to mildew, also good for pot
culture (see p. 1040).
Amsden June. — A fine American Peach
with a rich and juicy flavour, ripe in the
middle of July. Fruit medium, roundish,
greenish-white, tinged with bright red on
the sunny side. Leaves with kidney-
shaped glands. Flowers large, pale.
Barrington. — An excellent large
flowered Peach, with roundish ovoid
fruits, ripe in the middle of September,
with a rich vinous flavour ; 3-ellowish-green
in colour. The tree is hardy and free-
growing and usually bears well. Also
good for pot culture (see p. 1040).
Bellegarde. — A rich, vinous, and juicy
Peach of the finest quality, ripe about tin-
middle of September. Fruit roundish,
deep red, striped with dark purple. Leaves
with round glands.
The tree is a heavy cropper, and bears
small flowers.
Crimson Galande. — A very fine Peach,
ripe about the middle and end of August,
and having a rich and delicious flavour.
Fruit large, roundish, uneven in outline,
very deep, almost blackish-crimson, except
on the shaded side, which is pale yellow.
Leaves with round glands. The tree is
a hardy and vigorous grower and bears
abundantly. Also good for pot culture
(see p. 1040).
Dagmar. — A handsome and richly
flavoured Peach, ripe early in August.
Fruit large, pale straw-yellow, densely
covered with tiny crimson dots. Glands
kidney- shaped, but sometimes round on
the small leaves.
The tree is hardy and vigorous, and
the small flowers set freely and produce
heavy crops.
Dr. Hogg. — A valuable and richly
flavoured Peach, ripe early in August.
Fruit medium, roundish, lemon-yellow,
dotted with crimson, and flushed with
crimson on the sunny side. Flowers
large. Glands kidney-shaped.
The tree is a strong grower and a
heavy cropper, and is suitable for market
as well as private gardening. Also good
for pot culture (see p. 1040).
Dymond. — ■ An exceedingly fine and
deliciously flavoured Peach, ripe about
the middle of September. Fruit large,
roundish, flattened, greenish-yellow,
suffused with red, and mottled with
brighter red on the sunny side. Flowers
large. Glands none.
The tree is so hardy and prolific that
this variety should be in all gardens.
Gladstone. — A fine juicy and richly
flavoured Peach, ripe at the end of Sep-
tember. Fruit very large, roundish and
flattened, whitish-yellow, mottled with
red on the sunny side. Flowers large.
Glands none.
Free growing and valuable on account
of its lateness.
Golden Eagle. — A beautiful richly
flavoured Peach, ripe at the end of
September and beginning of October.
Fruit very large, round, deep orange -
yellow, flushed with red on the sunny
1082
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS nectarine
side, and tinged with green in the shade.
Flowers small. Glands kidney-shaped.
Grosse Mignonne. — This delicately
flavoured Peach ripens about the end of
August and beginning of September.
Fruit large, roundish, slightly flattened,
pale greenish-yellow, mottled with red,
Hushed with brownish-red next the sun.
Flowers large. Glands round.
In some localities this variety is rather
delicate and subject to mildew, but in
others it is healthy and quite free from
mildew attacks.
Hale's Early. — A fine and deliriously
flavoured Peach, ripe early in August.
Fruit medium, round, crimson coloured
with darker crimson streaks, and deep
red on the sunny side. Flowers large.
Glands round.
This is still one of the best early
Peaches grown. Also good for pot culture
(see p. 1040).
Lady Palmerston. — A handsome late
Peach, ripe at the end of September
and beginning of October. Fruit large,
greenish-yellow, marked with crimson.
Flowers small. Glands kidney -shaped.
Late Admirable. — A fine Peach, ripe
at the middle and end of September.
Fruit very large, yellowish-green, marbled
and striped with pale and deep red,
especially on the sunny side. Flowers
small. Glands round.
Also good for pot culture (see p. 1040).
Salwey. — A good Peach ripe at the
end of October and beginning of Novem-
ber. Fruit medium, round, deep rich
yellow. Flowers small. Glands kidney-
shaped.
Sea Eagle. — A handsome, highly
flavoured Peach, ripe at the end of
September. Fruit very large, round, pale
lemon-yellow, flushed with deep red on
the sunny side. Flowers large. Glands
round.
This is one of the best late Peaches
for the open air. Also good for pot culture
(see p. 1040).
Walburton Admirable. — An excellent
late Peach, ripe from the end of Sept-
ember. Fruit large, round, pale yellowish-
green, flushed and mottled with crimson
on the sunny side. Flowers small.
Glands round.
The tree is hardy and vigorous, and
usually a good bearer, except in unfavour-
able seasons.
Waterloo. — A very fine richly
flavoured American Peach, ripe about
the middle of July. Fruit rather large,
roundish, pale greenish-yellow flushed
and mottled with bright red on the side
next the sun.
Also good for pot culture (see p. 1040).
List of Peaches arranged in the order
of ripening. Those with an asterisk (*)
are suitable for small gardens.
Ripe in July. — * Alexander, Amsden
June, Waterloo.
Ripe in August
* Hale's Early.
Dagmar.
* Dr. Hogg.
* Alexandra.
* Crimson Galande.
* Grosse Mignonne.
Ripe in September
* Bellegarde.
* Dymond.
Bai'rington.
Late Admirable.
Gladstone. "
Ad-
* Walburton
mirable.
Sea Eagle.
Golden Eagle.
Lady Palmerston
Ripe in October
Salwey.
Royal George and Noblesse, both fine
Peaches, ripe at the end of August, have
been omitted from the list as they are
very much subject to mildew ; and Lord
Palmerston, although a fine-looking Peach,
is as a rule quite useless except for cook-
ing purposes.
Nectaeines
Darwin. — A rich-flavoured handsome
Orange Nectarine, ripe early in August.
The fruits are large, and borne in great
abundance.
Dryden. — -Fruit large, dark red on the
sunny side, pale green in the shade, flesh
white, very sweet, juicy, and of excellent
flavour, one of the very best Nectarines.
Early Rivers. — A deliriously flavoured
Nectarine, ripe about the middle of July,
or about 3 weeks before Lord Napier,
hitherto the earliest Nectarine known.
The fruit is large, and brilliant bronzy-
red in colour.
The tree is hardy and vigorous, and
bears abundantly.
Goldoni. — A rich and juicy Nectarine,
ripe early in August. Fruit medium,
bright orange-yellow, streaked and spotted
with crimson on the side exposed to the
sun.
The tree is hardy and vigorous, and
bears well. Also good for pot culture (see
p. 1040).
NECTARINE
HARDY FRUIT GARDEN
APRICOT
1083
Humboldt. — A delicious Orange
Nectarine, ripe in early September.
Fruit large, bright orange -yellow, stained
and streaked with deep crimson, especially
on the sunny side.
The tree is strong and hardy, and bears
heavily.
Lord Napier. — An excellent highly
flavoured Nectarine, ripe early in August,
and succeeding Early Rivers. Fruit
large, ovoid, pale cream or greenish-
yellow, mottled, streaked, and washed
with blood-red or crimson on the sunny
side. Flowers large. Glands kidney-
shaped.
This is a strong grower, and bears
well. Suitable for pot culture (p. 1040).
Pine Apple. — A yellow-fleshed and
highly luscious Nectarine, ripe early in
September. Fruit large, nearly oval,
pointed, deep orange and crimson.
The tree is vigorous, and bears heavily.
Also good for pot culture (see p. 1040).
Victoria. — A. highly flavoured Necta-
rine, ripe at the end of September. Fruit
very roundish oval, flattened on top,
greenish-yellow, flushed with crimson on
the sunny side.
The tree requires a warm soil and a
sheltered situation to bring its fruits to
perfection in the open air. Good for pot
culture (see p. 1040).
Violette Hative. — This ripens at the
end of August, and has a rich and de-
licious flavour. Fruit medium, roundish-
ovoid, yellowish - green, deep purple-red,
mottled with brown on the sunny
side. Also good for pot culture (see
p. 1040).
List of Nectarines in the order of
ripening.
Ripe in July. — Early Rivers.
Ripe in August
Lord Napier.
Darwin.
Goldoni.
Violette Hative.
Dryden.
Ripe in September
Humboldt. Victoria.
Pine Apple.
THE APRICOT (Prunus armeniaca).
The Wild Apricot (see p. 358) is a native
of N. China, Japan, and other parts of
temperate Asia, but appears to have been
cultivated for centuries in Armenia and
Syria. In the British Islands it forms a
very ornamental flowering tree, being in
bloom about February and March, long
before other fruit trees. This early flower-
ing is not an advantage in our climate, as
the blossoms and consequently the fruits
are likely to be irreparably injured by the
frosts and fogs prevailing at that period.
It is therefore almost essential in most
parts of the kingdom to have the flowers
protected as recommended for Peaches
and Nectarines, by wall copings, light
canvas, or better still, glass protectors
fitted on brackets on the top of the walls.
By this means not only will the blossoms
be protected from frost, but also kept dry,
and the pollen may be distributed more
easily for fertilising purposes. Except
perhaps in the warmest and most sheltered
parts of Devonshire and Cornwall, and
the South of Ireland, the Apricot is best
grown on south or south-wist walls in the
same way as the Peach and Nectarine, as
there is little likelihood of obtaining fruit
in the open air otherwise.
Soil. — Apricots will flourish in the
same soil as Peaches, Nectarines, Plums,
and Cherries, but it may as a rule be of a
more chalky and sandy nature. It should
be deeply cultivated, a depth of 3-4 ft.
being none too much to produce the best
results. The drainage must be perfect
in every way, and where any doubt exists
in regard to it, the borders in which the
trees are grown should be filled in about
4 ft. below the surface with brickbats, old
mortar rubble, clinkers &c, over which
may be placed a good layer of turfy loam
or the top spit from a pasture, grass down-
wards. Cold heavy clayey soils should
be avoided, as they induce ' gumming '
and sterility, whatever fruits are pro-
duced often withering and falling before
maturity.
Propagation. — Apricots are usually
increased by budding (p. 58) in June or
July, the stocks mostly used being varieties
of the Plum as used for the Peach and
Nectarine, and seedling Apricots raised
from the ' stones ' sown in August or
September, in the same way as Cherry
seeds (see p. 1075). Grafting (see p. 52)
may also be practised, but has not proved
to be so successful as budding. Apricots
may also be raised and fruited from seeds
sown as stated above, but this is only
practised for obtaining new varieties.
In regard to disbudding, instead of
rubbing out the wood-buds as recommen-
ded for Peaches and Nectarines (p. 1080)
1084
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS apeicot
the shoots may be pinched back to two
or three leaves. This induces them to
develop fruit spurs later on.
The illustration
(fig. 158) shows
twigs with fruit -buds
and leaf-buds, which
may be compared
with that of the
Peach and Nec-
tarine (fig. 157,
p. 1079). It will be
noticed that there
is a plump fruit (or
flower) bud (/) at
each side of the thin
wood-bud (w).
In regard to
planting, syringing,
pruning, thinning
the fruit &c, the
methods are practi-
cally the same as
for Peaches and
Nectarines, and the
reader is advised to
consult pp. 1079,
1080 for this infor-
mation. It may,
however, be added
that after planting
the soil should be
very firmly packed round the base of the
stem and over the roots, as they particu-
larly like a very solid soil.
Varieties of Apricots
These are comparatively few. Those
described below will give the best general
results for open-air cultivation in the
British Islands.
Breda. — A good Apricot, perhaps not
so highly flavoured as others, but vinous
and agreeable. Fruit small, roundish,
flattened at the sides, deep orange-yellow,
flushed with red, and dotted with brown
and red on the sunny side.
The tree is a good grower and cropper,
and ripens its fruit on walls about the
middle of August. It is the only variety
that can be grown with any degree of
success as a standard in the favoured
parts of the south, but the fruits are then
a couple of weeks later in ripening.
Hemskerk. — A rich and juicy Apricot,
ripe at the end of July. Fruit rather
large, roundish, yellow, flushed with red
on the sunny side. The tree is hardy,
FIG. 158. — APBICOT.
and bears abundantly. It may be grown
in preference to the well-known Moor-
X)arh (of which it is a variety), as this
often gives a good deal of dissatisfaction
on account of its gumming properties and
unequal ripening.
Kaisha. — An excellent and richly
flavoured Apricot, ripe in the middle of
August. Fruit medium, roundish, pale
lemon-yellow, washed and mottled with
red on the sunny side. Suitable for pre-
serving. The tree is hardy and a great
bearer.
Musch Musch. — A sweet and delici-
ously flavoured Apricot, ripe at the end
of July. Fruit small, roundish, deep and
pale orange-yellow, flushed with red on
the sunny side. Suitable for preserving.
The tree grows freely, but requires par-
ticularly warm and sheltered situations to
come to perfection.
New Large Early. — A highly flavoured
Apricot ripe early in July. Fruit rather
large, oval, whitish, sometimes dotted and
faintly flushed with red on the sunny
side. This variety is valuable on account
of its earliness.
Oullins' Early Peach. — A deliciously
flavoured Apricot, ripe at the end of July.
Fruit large, yellow, flushed with red on
the sunny side.
The tree is a good grower and a heavy
cropper.
Peach (or Gros Plche). — This is one
of the best and most deliciously flavoured
Apricots, ripe at the end of August.
Fruit large, oval, flattened, pale yellow,
faintly flushed with red on the sunny
side.
The tree is vigorous and a very heavy
cropper.
Powell's Late. — A handsome rich and
juicy Apricot, ripe from the middle of
September. Fruit large, highly coloured,
especially on the sunny side.
This is a very hardy variety, and prob-
ably the latest Apricot grown.
Royal. — A first-class Apricot, ripe early
in August. Fruit large, oval, slightly
flattened, dull yellow, flushed with red on
the sunny side.
The tree is a heavy cropper.
St. Ambroise. — A fine, juicy, and
agreeably flavoured Apricot, ripe in the
middle of August. Fruit large and some-
what pointed, deep yellow, washed with
red next the sun.
This and Peach are probably two of
the most prolific Apricots grown.
MEDLAR
HARDY FRUIT GARDEN raspberry 1085
Shipley's (or Blenheim) - A good
Apricot, ripe at the end of July. Fruit
la?«re oval, deep yellow, fairly rich and
iuicy! and excellent for preserving.
The tree bears abundantly.
The above Apricots arranged in order
of ripening.
Ripe in Ju ly
New Large Early. I Musch Musch.
Hemskerk. I
Ripe in August
Oullins' Early | Shipley's
Peach.
Royal.
Kaisha.
St. Ambroise.
Peach.
Breda.
Powell's Late.
THE MEDLAR (Mespilus german-
ICA\ _The ornamental character of the
Medlar (see p. 406) is probably its chief
claim to cultivation, as from a fruit point
of view it is scarcely valued to any extent
in the British Islands. It flourishes m
ordinary good garden soil but prefers a
rather moist rich loam, which, however,
must be well drained, and is occasionally
increased by grafting or budding on stocks
of the Quince, Pear, Whitethorn, or upon
those of the seedling Medlar. The Pear
stock, however, is generally preferred and
seedling Medlars have very little if any
advantage over them, especially as the
seed takes about two years to germinate.
The trees when established require little
or no attention in the way of pruning or
thinning out, and they bear enormous
masses of bloom and plenty of fruit every
year in favourable situations.
The varieties best known are the
Dutch or Broad-leaved DuteJitwhieh has
the largest fruits, but not so highly
flavoured as those of the Nottingham.
The fruit of the latter is much smaller,
however, rarely exceeding 1* in. m dia-
meter, while that of the Dutch Medlar is
frequently U in. through. The Stoneless
Medlar is smaller still than the Notting-
ham, and receives its name owing to the
absence of seeds. The Royal Medlar is
a good variety with medium-sized fruit.
Medlar fruits should be allowed to
hang on the tree until they have been
slightly frosted a few times. They may
then be gathered and stored in a cool dry
place, as on the shelves of a fruit room
(p. 1039), until they become soft and begin
to show signs of decay. They should then
be eaten or made into a preserve, but are
scarcely worth keeping longer, as they tall
a prey to a decomposing fungus.
THE QUINCE (Cydonia vulgaris).
As a fruit tree the Quince is very rarely
seen in gardens, although it is extensively
crown to supply stocks for grafting Pears.
It flourishes in a light soil and prefers
rather damp situations. It may be in-
creased by seeds, cuttings, layers, budding,
and grafting, and is probably better on its
own roots than when grafted or budded
on the Pear or Whitethorn stock.
The fruit should be allowed to hang
late on the tree, up to November. It
should be picked carefully, as it bruises
easily and will not last more than a
month or six weeks. It is chiefly useful
for making jam &c. and for flavouring
Apple pies.
Among the varieties of Quince known
are the Apple-shaped, which is large and
roundish like an Apple, and of a beauti-
ful golden-yellow colour when ripe. It
is excellent stewed. The Pear-shaped
Quince is probably best known, being an
ornamental tree. The fruit is shaped like
a Pear, vellow in colour, and rather woolly
and not so highly flavoured as the Apple-
shaped variety. , ^ • „„
mat is known as the Portugal Qmnce
is superior to the others, being much
milder in flavour and more suitable tor
stewing, jams, marmalade to., and becom-
ing red when cooked. Although the tree
grows vigorously, it does not, however,
fruit freely.
THE RASPBERRY (Rubus Idjeus).
The botanical characteristics and affinities
of the Raspberry will be found at p. 371.
As a garden fruit the Raspberry is one of
the most easily grown, while it is of the
greatest value for cooking, dessert, or
preserving purposes. What is commonly
known as the fruit of the Raspberry
really consists of a number of fleshy little
drupes, like so many small Cherries or
Plums clustered together. Each little
druoe contains a seed. The Common
Blackberry or Bramble resembles the
Raspberry very much in structure, and is
indeed another species of the genus Rubus
(see p. 371). The word berry is used m
the loose popular sense in the same way
as applied to Strawberry (see p. 1088), and
not in the sense intended by botanists.
1086
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS raspberry
The stems or ' canes ' of the Raspberry
live only two years, attaining a height of
5-7 ft. when full grown. The first year
they shoot up from the creeping root-
stock, but bear neither flowers nor fruit.
As a rule each compound leaf on the first
year's canes is divided into 5 leaflets, but
the second year, when they bear flowers
and fruits, each leaf consists of only 3
leaflets — as if the food required for the
extra two leaflets the first year were
utilised for the production of fruit the
second year instead.
Soil. — Raspberries will grow in
ordinary good garden soil, but prefer one
somewhat similar to but rather lighter
than that recommended for Strawberries
(p. 1089). An open sunny situation,
sheltered from bleak cold winds, suits
them best, but they also grow well in
partial shade during parts of the day,
between rows of fruit trees, if not too
close together.
Planting. — The best time to plant
Raspberries is at the end of October and
during November, but not later if the best
results are required. A distance of 4-5
ft. each way should separate the plants
or ' stools,' but they are often placed much
nearer in rows, and without any apparent
ill effects if the canes are properly thinned
out every year. After planting it is
always advisable to place a mulch of short
litter or dead leaves around the plants, not
only as a protection against the winter,
but also as a fertilising agent for the
soil.
Pruning. — This is a very simple
matter with Raspberries. It simply
consists in cutting down to the ground
in early summer the canes which have
borne fruit; thinning out the young or
current year's canes so as to leave about
4 or 6 to each clump ; and in late autumn
or early spring cutting the tops of these,
leaving the fruiting canes 3 to 4 ft. long.
This is the treatment given to established
plants. In the case of newly planted
canes, it is better as a rule to defer pruning
until early spring. The canes may then
be cut down to within three or four inches of
the ground. This will induce the develop-
ment of strong but non-fruiting canes
during the season. Those not required
for producing fruit the following season
may be cut out, as advised above, and in
autumn those left, are cut back as with
established plants.
Propagation. — The most usual method
i*
FIG. 159.— RASP-
BERRY.
of increasing Raspberries is by means of
the suckers which shoot g ,
up in abundance from the
creeping roots beneath
the surface of the soil —
sometimes close to the
main clump, sometimes
at a distance from it,
according to the nature
of the variety grown. The
suckers are detached by
means of a sharp spade,
or a ' suckering ' iron, and
are planted out as advised
above. Raspberries may
also be raised from seeds,
much in the same way
as Strawberries, but as
the great majority of the
seedlings usually bear
inferior fruit to their
parents, and do not come
into bearing until the
third season, it is scai'cely
worth the amateur's while
increasing his stock in
this way.
Cuttings of the current
year's wood may also be
inserted in the open ground
about the end of October, in the same way
as recommended for Gooseberries, Cur-
rants, Roses &c. Each cutting should be
9-12 in. long, and be well ripened. It
should be inserted in the soil about half
its length, and have the soil firmly pressed
round it. A fair percentage will root, and
a fair percentage will not, so that Rasp-
berries from cuttings cannot be regarded
as any advantage in comparison with those
from suckers, except when any particularly
fine variety is increased by both methods.
Training. — Raspberry canes are sup-
ported in various ways to prevent them
from being blown about too much by the
wind, and also to expose them freely to the
light and air. At the autumn pruning the
tops of the canes of each clump may be
tied together with a piece of string or
bast. They may also be tied to wire trel-
lises, each stem standing erect and free
from its neighbour ; or some of the stems
of one clump may be arched over each
way and tied to the stems of another
clump.
General Cultivation. — Owing to the
creeping nature of Raspberry roots, and
their close proximity to the surface of
the soil, digging or deeply forking the
KASPBERRY
HARDY FRUIT GARDEN loganberry 1087
soil near the clumps is injurious to
them. Unless suckers are required for
increasing stock, they should always be
pulled up or cut off, as they absorb a good
deal of nourishment which can be better
employed by the canes that are required.
A heavy mulching of well-rotted manure
or the remains of old mushroom beds
around the stems is very beneficial to the
roots, and may be applied in early winter
or early spring. Weeds are also kept
down by the mulching, and any odd ones
that appear may be removed by hand or
the application of the Dutch hoe. As a
rule Raspberries grow for several years in
the same place and bear abundantly, but
it is essential that the ground should be
more or less heavily dressed with manure
every year, so that the soil shall not
become exhausted.
Varieties of Summer-Fruiting
Raspberries
Baumforth's Seedling'. — This is an
improved form of Northumberland Fill-
basket, with large dark crimson fruits of
excellent flavour. The plant is a vigor-
ous grower, and the current year's canes
often produce a few fruits in autumn.
Carter's Prolific. — This is a very heavy
cropper, and produces large, round, deep
red fruits, firm in flesh and excellent in
flavour.
Fastolf. — -An excellent Raspberry with
large roundish conical fruits of a bright
purple-red colour and good flavour.
Northumberland Fillbasket. — A vigor-
ous variety with rather large, roundish,
conical fruits of a deep red colour and
fine flavour.
Semper Fidelis. — An excellent Rasp-
berry for preserving purposes. The fruit
has a rich bright red colour, with a slightly
acid flavour. The canes bear abundantly.
Superlative. — This is a comparatively
new variety of great excellence and
quality. It bears large crops of rich red
fruits.
Other good red varieties are Bed Ant-
werp and Hornet, but Superlative may
be regarded as at present the finest eating
Raspberry, and Semper Fidelis the best for
preserving.
Among the white or yellow Raspberries
the best are Magnum Bonum and Yelloiv
Antwerp.
Autumnal Raspberries. — Besides the
ordinary summer - fruiting Raspberries,
chere are a few varieties which bear their
fruits in autumn. They are not exten-
sively cultivated, but they are worthy of a
place where space can be afforded them,
although the fruit does not equal in quality
or flavour that produced by the Summer
varieties.
The Autumn Raspberries bear their
fruits on the canes of the current year, as
well as on those produced the year previous.
They require to be thinned out rather
more, than the summer-fruiting varieties,
and may also receive heavier and more
frequent mulchings of manure to produce
good crops. After about six years the
plants show signs of exhaustion, or rather
the soil no longer contains sufficient food
for them. It is then necessary to make a
new plantation with young plants, and if
in a fresh part of the garden so much the
better. The following are the best kinds of
Autumn Raspberries ripe in October : —
Belle de Fontenay, large, round, deep
red, good flavour.
October Bed, large, bright red ; a heavy
cropper, the spikes of fruit often being
12-18 in. long.
October Yellow. — A free-fruiting yel-
low variety with medium-sized fruits.
Enemies of the Raspberry. — These may
be many, but with good cultivation and
proper thinning out of the canes to admit
light and air, very little damage seems to
be done. A small maggot {Tinea corti-
ceUa) sometimes attacks the flower-buds
and fruits.
Its presence is detected by the wither-
ing of the flower-buds. These should be
squeezed between the finger and thumb,
and as they are rendered useless, may be
picked off and burned at once. A dust-
ing with lime and *'soot round the base
of the plants in winter is a preventive
against the attacks of the larvae of beetles
&c, which sometimes feed upon the roots.
THE LOGANBERRY. — A fruit
under this name has attracted considerable
attention during the past year or two.
It is an American production, and re-
ceives its name from Judge Logan of
the American Bar, who had grown it for
some years in his garden. It is said to
be a true hybrid between the Red Rasp-
berry and the Blackberry, not at all an
unlikely proceeding, considering the close
relationship of the two. The ' berries ' are
like large Blackberries and of a deep red-
dish-maroon colour, ripe early in July in
the south, and in August in the midlands
1088
PEACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS strawberry
and north. They are said to be ' rich in
flavour — a mingling of the Blackberry and
Raspberry, mellowed and refined,' but the
few I tasted certainly did not give me this
impression. The description, however,
may have reference to berries grown in
America, where the climate is more favour-
able to them than ours. Or, the fruits
may have been produced by one of the
plants referred to by Judge Logan writ-
ing in an American Agricultural Bulletin
as follows : — ' As I have before stated,
the Loganberry is reproduced from seed,
and while such seedlings are essentially
Loganberries, not one in a thousand is
equal to the original. Such seedlings are
rank frauds when sent out as the Logan-
berry, and unprincipled nurserymen have
been flooding the East with such seed-
lings, and wherever sent the result has
been condemnation of the Loganberry.
The bulk of the fruiting of this plant
is in May, June, and July in America.
However, the autumn crop is often of
considerable importance.' For jams and
jellies they are considered to be un-
equalled.
Culture and Propagation. — The plant
has a trailing wiry habit, with dark green
leathery foliage, and may be grown in
waste places like Blackberries if desired.
The following particulars, for which I
am indebted to Mr. Lewis Castle, Manager
of the Duke of Bedford's Fruit Farm, at
Woburn, will give the reader a good idea
as to the treatment required to bring this
plant to perfection in our climate. He
says : ' My first experiences with this Rubus
were rather disappointing, and I began to
think that the prejudice formed against it
was well founded. The fruits were sparsely
produced and were little better than
those of an ordinary Dewberry either in
size or flavour, the only marked character
being the great vigour of the plant. For
two years it was grown with the long stems
tied to upright stakes, but as the growth
was so rampant I decided to try another
method. Six stout stakes, each about 5 ft.
high, were placed around the plants at 3 ft.
from the centre, and the stems were then
taken round these in succession in a spiral
but near together so that they were nearly
in a horizontal position. The result of
this plan was most satisfactory : at every
node short flowering laterals were pro-
duced which developed large handsome
and distinctly flavoured fruits. A similar
result has followed in each season since,
and the Loganberry is now considered well
worth the space it occupies, indeed the
plantation has been extended. The fruiting
stems, which frequently attain the length
of 12-16 ft., are cut away at the end of the
season and the current year's growths are
trained in their places, much the same as
with Raspberries, a liberal dressing of old
manure is applied over the roots at the
same time, and with a little thinning out
where the growths are too thick, or
shortening if the wood is immature and
not likely to bear fruit, little attention is
required. The plant is readily increased
by division of the roots, or if the stems lie
on the ground they root at the tips and
produce strong young plants the same
season.'
THE STRAWBERRY-RASP-
BERRY.— This peculiarity comes from
Japan, and is reputed to be a hybrid
between the Strawberry and Raspberry.
Most people are sceptical on this point,
as there seems to be little likeness to
either of the reputed parents. The plant
is quite hardy, with pale green leaves,
snow-white and delicately fragrant flowers,
which give place to large roundish berries,
bigger than large Blackberries.
THE BLACK RASPBERRY.— This
is a kind of large Blackberry of American
origin, with large Blackberry-like fruits
which ripen about the middle of July.
The variety known as the ' Cumberland
Black Cap ' is said to be very hardy in
our climate and produces large crops of
excellent fruit suitable either for dessert
or cooking. The flavour is exactly like
our ordinary Blackberry.
THE STRAWBERRY (Fragaria).
This is the last of the Rosaceous fruits
described in this work, and differs from
the others in being a herb and not a tree
or shrub. Although the edible portion of
a Strawberry is usually regarded as its
fruit, it is in reality but the enlarged
receptacle which has been rendered
particularly succulent and deliciously
flavoured by cultivation. The real fruits
of the Strawberry are the small seed-like
bodies called achenes, dotted spirally all
over the surface of the fleshy receptacle.
When Strawberries are raised from seeds,
it is these ' achenes,' which contain the
true seeds, that must be sown. It may
also be pointed out that the Strawberry
is not a true berry — the real berry being
STRAWBERRY
HARDY FRUIT GARDEN strawberry 1089
(i pulpy or juicy fruit enclosed in which
are several seeds, as in the Gooseberry and
Currant, but not the Raspberry, Black-
berry, or Mulberry. For ordinary pur-
poses, however, it is generally found very
convenient to refer ioosely to the Straw-
berry both as a ' fruit ' and a ' berry.'
Soil. — A rich moist and fairly heavy
Loam, such as would suit Roses, is the
best all-round soil for Strawberries. Any-
thing approaching a light gravelly shallow
soil is useless, but where such exists it
may be improved by the addition of
clayey soil, and plenty of cow or stable
manure. The soil must be well prepared
by good digging or even trenching, at the
same time incorporating with it a quan-
tity of well-rotted manure, old leaf soil
&c. at the bottom of the furrows in good
soil, or rather fresh manure in poor soil.
Where the land is always in good culti-
vation the necessity for heavy manuring
is not so great. While the soil should be
fairly moist and inclining rather to the
heavy side, it is also essential that water
should pass away freely and not lie in
stagnant pools beneath or on the surface.
The addition of a little river sand to a
too heavy soil will improve its drainage a
good deal. The subsoil should also be
well broken up when digging or trenching.
These operations may be performed in
the summer time, June or July, say after
a crop of early Potatoes or green stuff has
been cleared away, and the soil will then
be in a good condition for planting later
on.
Time of Planting. — It is a mistake to
plant Strawberries too late in the season,
as neither the roots nor plants can become
sufficiently well established before the
cold, wet, and frosty weather ; hence they
suffer a good deal, even if they are not
altogether killed. From the middle of
August to the end of September is about
the best period for planting Strawberries
especially in dull showery weather. The
young plants or ' runners ' should be well
rooted, and may be placed about 18 in.
apart from each other, while a distance of
2 ft. between the rows will not be too
much. It will admit of more easy mulch-
ing later on, and also allows greater free-
dom in picking the fruit. Sometimes a crop
of green stuff can be taken off the land in
between the rows before the Strawberries
require mulching and picking.
Care must be taken not to plant too
deeply. The fibrous roots require to be
spread out carefully, but the crown or
centre of the plant must not be in any
way covered with the soil. After plant-
ing the soil should be firmly trodden
round each plant. Neglect of this pre-
caution often results in failure or bad
crops.
Propagation. — The commonest way
of multiplying Strawberry plants is by
means of the creeping cord-like shoots
known as ' runners ' that root at the tip
and produce young plants therefrom.
Indeed, with choice and highly flavoured
varieties this is not only the easiest but
the best way, as the variety is then kept
true. These runners are usually produced
freely in summer. When full grown they
1 1 1 .- 1 \ be pegged down or ' layered ' to the
ground at the tips where they lie, or into
small pots about 3 in. wide at the top.
The latter is on the whole the better
method, as the young plants when well
rooted are more easily detached from the
parent plant and removed to the soil in
which they are to be planted. Roots
also suffer little injury when transferred
from pots to the ground, whereas the
runners layered in the soil are more
or less injured at the roots when lifted.
More attention, however, must be given
to the plants in pots in regard to water-
ing, until the time for planting them out
has arrived. It is an excellent plan to
place the rooted runners in pots (when
detached from the parent plants) under
the shade of a north wall for a week or
two, so as to enable them to become
thoroughly established before planting
out as mentioned above.
Where there are frames in a garden,
a good way to obtain a crop of Straw-
berries to follow those forced in green-
houses, and to fruit before those in the
open air, is to take the runners a little
earlier than usual, and plant out as
advised above when well rooted. They
may be left in the open border during
the autumn and winter months, but in
March they may be carefully lifted with
a good ball of soil and planted in the cold
frames. The plants should be kept close
for a week or so, but cold draughts
should always be avoided.
Besides runners, Strawberries may
also be increased by division of the
c stools ' or rootstocks, but this method
although easy is not to be recommended,
as plants thus produced never attain the
vigour and fruitfulness of runners. New
4 a
1090
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS strawberry
varieties are raised from seeds. The
latter are saved from the choicest
varieties, the flowers of which have as a
rule been fertilised with pollen from
equally fine varieties having some distinct
and desirable peculiarity not present in
the others. The seeds may be sown as
soon as ripe or in spring, in prepared beds
of light loamy soil in warm parts of the
garden, but where hotbeds and cold
frames exist it is better to sow under their
protection either in small beds or in boxes
or pans &c. The young plants will re-
quire pricking out and transplanting in
due course, but will not bear fruit properly
for two or three seasons.
What are known as Alpine Straw-
berries are usually raised from seeds
sown in spring every year in the way
mentioned. When brought on in gentle
heat, the plants are transferred to the
open ground in favourable weather about
the end of May. After the second season
they are practically useless and may be
thrown away, the stock in the meantime
being kept up by the annual sowing of
seeds. The ' Perpetual ' Strawberries re-
ferred to below are varieties of the Alpine
Strawberry, and are now receiving much
attention from good growers.
General Cultivation. Except when
new plants are required all runners should
be cut off as soon as they appear, as they
weaken the main plant. The soil near
rows of Strawberries should never be dug,
as the roots would not only be much
injured by the process, but, as stated
above, they like the soil around them to
be very firm. When growth has well
started in spring, a mulching of well-
rotted manure or the remains of old
mushroom beds may be given. Over this
mulching, which is very valuable in hot
seasons, a covering of clean straw or litter
may be placed as the flower-buds are
about to open. This will keep the fruits
clean while ripening, and prevent mud-
splashes by heavy rains. Weeds also
are prevented from growing by this
means.
Plants two to three years old produce
the best and heaviest crops of fruit, and
after the third, or not later than the
fourth year, they should be thrown away.
In the meantime in another part of the
garden a new Strawberry bed of young
plants should have been arranged. Four
years is quite long enough to grow Straw-
berries on the same piece of ground, even
with plenty of manure. (See Rotation of
Crops, p. 1104.)
Strawberries in Pots. — Where cold
frames and hotbeds exist, Strawberries
may be obtained in fruit earlier under
these structures than in the open air.
Having obtained new strong well-rooted
plants by layering as described above,
they should be placed in well-drained
pots 5-6 in. across, and usually in a
rich fibrous loam. The soil should be
very firmly packed round the roots, and
thoroughly soaked afterwards. For a
few days, until the plants have recovered
from the disturbance, they should be
stood in a shaded spot, but afterwards
they cannot have too much sun and air
to develop and ripen their growth. The
greatest attention must be given to
watering, taking care that the plants
never become very dry or the young roots
will be shrivelled up. On the approach
of cold frosty weather the plants may be
removed to the cold frames ; plunge the
pots up to the rims in ashes or soil. They
should be quite near the glass, and
always have as much light and air as
possible, except on very cold days, when
the lights are best kept closed. At
any convenient time after December 1
the plants may be removed to the forcing
house where they are to ripen. A
temperature of 45°-50° F. during the day
will suit the plants perfectly at first.
Watering and ventilation should always
be carefully attended to, and a syringing
under and over the foliage will be very
beneficial and check the attacks of Red
Spider. As the flower trusses begin to
show, the temperature may be increased
to about 55°, and syringing should be dis-
continued after the blooms open, although
the atmosphere may be kept in a fairly
moist condition by watering the soil,
boards, or shelves around the plants.
Care, however, must be taken that on
cold or dull wet days too much moisture
does not exist, as at this season Straw-
berries are very liable to be attacked by
mildew, which completely spoils the ap-
pearance of the fruits. When the fruits
have set well, only the finest should be
retained for ripening, all the small and
worthless ones being removed from each
truss. To assist the plants at this stage,
a little liqxiid manure may be given two
or three times a week, until the fruits
begin to colour. Then pure water is best,
and the plants should be placed in a drier
STRAWBERRY
HARDY FRUIT GARDEN strawberry 1091
and more airy place if possible, with
plenty of sunlight to bring the fruit to
maturity.
Where greenhouses and conservatories
exist there is very little difficulty in obtain-
ing early Strawberries in pots in this way.
The plants need not all be forced into
fruit at the same period. This may be
arranged by taking a few from the cold
frame to the somewhat warmer tempera-
ture at intervals of a week or a fortnight,
as required.
After fruiting, the plants may be
transplanted in the open ground at the
end of May or beginning of June, in
warm sheltered spots, and if they have
not been allowed to bear too heavily, will
very likely produce a second crop of fruit
in autumn in the open air if the season
has been at all a good one. To increase
the chance of obtaining a second crop of
fruit, it is safer to grow the plants in
frames in good soil, as they can then be
protected in autumn in the event of bad
weather.
Enemies. — Outdoor Strawberries are
sometimes preyed upon by caterpillars,
slugs, snails, and the larvae of a little
beetle called Otiorhynchus sulcatus.
Picking by hand and destroying under
foot will put an end to the larger
marauders, and a dressing of soot and
lime in winter or early spring on the soil
round the plants will also be a great
preventive against most of them, large
and small. Mice often disfigure the fruit
by eating the seeds, and must be diligently
trapped until they are exterminated.
VARIETIES OF STRAWBERRY TO GROW
There are about 200 varieties of Straw-
berries, which have been described at one
time or another, but many— perhaps the
great majority — exist no longer, except
in name. The following varieties will be
found the most serviceable for outdoor
cultivation, but will also stand forcing
well. They have been arranged as nearly
as possible in the order of ripening.
It must not be taken for granted,
however, that they will succeed equally
well in all parts of the country, and it is
not unusual to hear glowing accounts
and exactly the reverse from gardeners
who grow the same variety, and who
perhaps obtained their plants from the
same source.
Royal Sovereign. — This is a very
early vigorous variety with very large
conical fruits of delicious flavour. It is
comparatively new, but has already found
its way into almost every garden, both
for outdoor and indoor cultivation. I:
bears abundantly, but in some soils lacks
flavour.
Keen's Seedling. — This variety was
raised in Isleworth as long ago as 1820,
and still retains its hold upon gardeners.
It has large deep crimson fruits, with a
brisk and agreeable flavour.
Sir Joseph Paxton. — An excellent
Strawberry for the open air and also for
forcing. The fruit is large and handsome,
solid, and highly flavoured.
Dr. Hogg. — This is an excellent and
good all-round Strawberry with very
large fruits, rich and highly flavoured.
La Grosse Sucree. — This is an ex-
cellent and highly flavoured variety, and
well adapted for forcing. The fruit is
large, deep glossy red.
Vicomtesse Hericart de Thury. — This
is a grand Strawberry, although not of
the largest size, conical, bright red, with
a brisk rich flavour. It bears abun-
dantly, and is very hardy as well as good
for forcing.
President. — An excellent open air
Strawberry, large, deep crimson, with a
firm flesh and high flavour. Also good
for forcing.
Waterloo. — This is a very highly
flavoured late Strawberry, although its
peculiar deep purplish-crimson colour
when fully ripe is not very attractive.
Latest of All. — This is a new late
Strawberry with large fruits of a rich and
pleasant flavour. In some poor soils it is
apt to be one of the first to ripen.
The above varieties will give a good
succession from the earliest to the latest.
Where space for other varieties exists, the
following sorts arranged in the order of
ripening may also be grown if desired :
King of the Earlies, August'' Nicaise,
Lord Sitffield, Gtinton Park, British
Queen, Noble, a fine-flavoured and good
all-round Strawberry in some localities,
and Elton, the latter being particularly
suitable for preserving. Garibaldi is still
a great favourite in the North.
PERPETUAL STRAWBERRIES
Within the past two or three years
great attention has been called to some
varieties of the Alpine Strawberry which
promise to extend the Strawberry season
from early summer to late autumn. The
4a2
1092
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS gooseberry
variety best known at present is St.
Joseph, but what appears to be an equally
good one is that called St. Anthony of
Padua. They are both of French origin,
and worth growing in all gardens
Culture and Propagation. — Per-
petual Strawberries may be grown in
the same soil and situation as the other
varieties, but they prefer a light moist
loam, and a partially shaded place. They
are, however, not increased by runners,
although they produce many. When these
appear they should always be severed
from the plants, as they are only a strain
and an obstacle to fruiting.
Seeds may be sown during April in a
cold frame, and also out of doors in May
in prepared beds. To obtain good sturdy
plants, the seedlings should be trans-
planted from the seed bed once or twice
during the year in showery weather.
About the end of September or during
October, according to the weather, the
plants are finally transplanted about 18
in. apart to the ground in which they are
to fruit the following year. The first
crops of fruit will appear in June, about
the same time as the ordinary early kinds,
but they continue to flower and fruit
without intermission up to the middle of
October in good seasons. To make them
last even longer than this, the plants may
be covered with lights if there is a
prospect of obtaining more fruit. After
the fruiting period is over the plants may
either be pulled up and thrown away or
kept on until the following season to pro-
duce an early crop. In any case seed
should be sown every spring as stated
above, so that a new plantation is made
every autumn. By retaining the fruiting
plants of the previous year for the first
crop the following year, the first flower
trusses may be pinched out of the plants
put out the previous autumn. In this
way the late summer and autumn crops
will be heavier and finer.
THE GOOSEBERRY (Kibes Gros-
sularia). — The Gooseberry belongs to
the genus Ribes, the characters of which
are given at p. 436. It is indigenous to
England and the temperate parts of
Europe and Asia, and may be regarded as
the hardiest of all our cultivated fruits.
A few years ago a so-called ' spineless '
or thornless Gooseberry raised in France
attracted a good deal of attention, and not
unnaturally, as the gathering of berries
usually makes one thoroughly acquainted
with the numerous sharp spines. There
are generally 1-3 of these jutting out
like bayonets beneath each bud on the
branches. The fruit of the spineless
Gooseberry, however, possessed no par-
ticular merit, and the plants unfortu-
nately developed spines in due course.
They were supposed to have been ordi-
nary Gooseberries grafted on stocks of
the Currant.
Soil. — The Gooseberry flourishes in
ordinary good garden soil which is well
drained and neither too light nor too
heavy in texture. In fact a good Rasp-
berry soil will also suit Gooseberries and
Currants.
The Gooseberry succeeds better in the
cooler and moister climate of the north
of England and Scotland than it does in
the warmer and drier parts of the south
of England. It is therefore desirable, in
selecting a position for Gooseberries in the
south of England, to find a rather cool,
moist, and partially shaded one. such as
between rows of fruit trees that are not
too close together. In the north of
England and Scotland the bushes may be
planted in the open sunshine, while in
Ireland, which is on the whole more moist
than England and not so cold as Scotland,
the cultivator must likewise seek a favour-
able situation, and one facing north would
be useful.
Planting. — The period of planting is
from the middle of October to the end
of November, as for Raspberries. The
bushes should be at least 5-6 ft. apart, and
on no account should they be planted too
deeply, as this causes the development of
suckers from the base of the stems (see
article on Planting Fruit Trees, p. 1032).
The soil should always be well pre-
pared and dug a few weeks before plant-
ing, and may receive a more or less
heavy dressing of well-rotted manure ac-
cording to its condition.
Pruning. — Established bushes only
require to have their main or leading
branches shortened back to about 6
inches, more or less, according to whe-
ther the bush is required to increase
in size or not ; and the side shoots cut
back to two or three buds. This opera-
tion is best done in winter. In early
summer, however, say early in June, if
time can be spared, it is a good plan to
remove all side shoots, buds &c. that arc
not required. If these are allowed to
GOOSEBERRY
HARDY FRUIT GARDEN gooseberry 1093
remain, they not only choke up the centre
of the bush, stopping air and light and
preventing ripening of the wood, but they
also absorb a good deal of sap that would
be useful to the main shoots for swelling
tin' fruit-buds for the following season.
Attention to this little detail of summer
pruning will be as beneficial to Goose-
berries as to Apples, Pears &c. The
illustration, fig. 160, shows a branch of
the Gooseberry. The portion marked a
shows the young growth with wood-
buds at iv ; while at b the flower-buds are
shown at/.
Mulching. — When
the fruits are well set
in spring, a good layer
of litter or manure
may be placed round
the plants. This
mulching will increase
the size and flavour
of the fruits, keep
down weeds, and pre-
vent undue evapora-
tion from the soil
during the hot
weather. In winter
the remains of it may
be forked into the soil
after the bushes are
pruned and tidied up
for the following
season.
Propagation. —
Gooseberries are best
increased by means of
cuttings, but may also
be increased by seeds
when new varieties
are desired, by layers,
and by suckers. As
methods are rarely
practised, it is only necessary to refer
here to cuttings. These should be not
less nor more than 12-15 in. long, and
should consist of stout well-ripened shoots
as straight as possible. All the buds,
except three or four good ones on the
upper half of the cutting, should be rubbed
off with the finger and thumb or a sharp
knife. From the time the leaves drop
until the end of November is the best
period for inserting Gooseberry cuttings.
They should be put about 3 or 4 in. deep
into a fairly light rich loamy soil, and
about 6 in. apart each way. The soil
should be packed round them firmly,
and they require little attention beyond
FIG. 160. — GOOSEBERRY.
the last three
keeping the weeds down, until the follow-
ing autumn. Then they may be trans-
planted if they have made good growth,
or if not too close together may be
allowed to remain where they are for
another year. They should, however, be
transplanted at least once before they are
finally moved to their permanent quarters,
as this induces a good fibrous root system.
As a rule, the fourth year, but sometimes
the third, according to vigour and the
variety, the plants from cuttings are
shifted for the last time.
The pruning of young plants from
cuttings is a rather important operation,
and should not he neglected, as the shape
and usefulness of the future bush depend
upon it. When the three or four buds let;
on the cutting develop they each make
growths a foot or more long the first
season. These growths in whiter musl
each be cut back to three or four buds, and
the foot or so of stem below them should
also be kept quite clear of buds or
growths, so that it will make a strong leg
upon which the bush will ultimately
stand, and keep its branches and fruits
out of the soil. The second season the
buds of the shortened shoots will each
make growths, and in winter these are cut
back to three or four buds in the same way.
There will thus be 12 to 1G main shoots
forming the framework of the bush at the
beginning of the third year. The buds
on each of them will push forth growths
during the season, but at pruning it is
not necessary to cut them back so severely
as on the two previous occasions. About,
9-12 in. of each may be left, and so on
each year until the bush has reached the
required dimensions, when the ordinary
pruning operations described above for
established plants become the general
practice.
Training Gooseberries. — Although
usually grown in bush form, Gooseberries
are amenable to framing against walls
and trellises much in the same way as
Apples, Pears &c. Of late years they
have been grown successfully in pots in
many places where orchard houses exist
for the early production of other fruits,
like Apples, Pears, Plums, Cherries.
Peaches, and Nectarines, the culture of
which in pots is becoming every year
more popular (see p. 1040).
In warm localities Gooseberries may
be trained against a north wall with
excellent results. The fruits ripen later
1094
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GABDEX PLANTS gooseberry
but have the advantage of lasting longer.
In the northern parts of Scotland Goose-
berries grown in this way, with a
similar aspect, and kept shaded with
mats or canvas after ripening, may often
be kept in excellent condition as late as
August and September. When grown as
espaliers or upright cordons the side
shoots must be pruned back to two or
three buds.
Insects &c. — The caterpillars of the
well-known Gooseberry or Magpie Moth
iAbraxus grossula/riatci) often do a good
deal of damage by eating the leaves, and
after three or four weeks' marauding drop
to the ground beneath, where they remain
in a chrysalis state until the following
spring. These pests may be checked by
hand - picking and foot - crunching, or
better still by dusting the bushes early in
the morning, when the dew is still on the
foliage, with a mixture of lime and soot.
This is not ornamental, but very effective,
and should be repeated when the pests
are in strong force. A syringing with
clean water or a heavy downpour of ram
will soon restore the bushes to their
normal appearance.
The reddish-brown appearance of
Gooseberry leaves is caused by the Goose-
berry Mite (Bryobia pretiosa), which is
very small and apt to be overlooked.
Spraying the bushes with a hot solution
of soft soap, quassia, tobacco water &c, as
recommended for Plums (p. 1071). will be
useful, care being taken to wet the under
surface of the leaves, as it is there the
pests chiefly congregate.
Varieties of Gooseberries
About 300 different varieties of Goose-
berries have been described, and a fairly
large number are still to be found men-
tioned in nurserymen's catalogues. The
berries (they are real berries in the
botanical sense) vary in shape from round
to oblong, oval and obovoid, while some
are large and others small.
In colour they are grouped in four
classes, according to the colour of the
skin, namely red, yellow, green, and
whitish, each of which groups has hairy-
skinned, smooth, or downy varieties.
It is quite unnecessary even in the
largest gardens to grow many varieties of
Gooseberries. Only the best for flavour
or cooking are worth growing, although
some like to have large-fruited varieties
(sorne of which weigh from 30 to 35 dwts.)
that look very well at exhibitions, but are
of no particular value for either dessert,
cooking, or preserving, and it is therefore
difficult to understand why time, money,
and labour are spent in their cultivation.
The following list of first-class useful
varieties does not pretend to be an ex-
haustive one. and perhaps another equally
as good could be made out. The varieties
mentioned, however, have received recog-
nition by extensive cultivation in some of
the best gardens in the kingdom, and are
therefore worthy of attention.
It may be mentioned that all Goose-
berries in a green state are useful for
cooking purposes, but those marked with
an asterisk * are more so than others.
Where large and fine ripe fruits for
dessert are required, it will greatly benefit
the bushes to pick or thin out most of the
fruits in a green state, leaving only the
finest berries to ripen. Of course the
green young fruits are useful for tarts &c.
and need not be wasted.
Bed -shin tied Gooseberries
' Crown Bob. — Fruit large roundish
oblong, hairy, good flavour, heavy cropper.
Dan's Mistake. — Fruit very large,
hairy, good flavour. A good market
garden variety, and also for exhibition.
Ironmonger. — Fruit small, hairy, good
flavour.
Red Champagne. — Fruit small,
roundish oblong, hairy, superior in flavour
to Ironmonger. The bush bears abun-
dantly.
Red Warrington. — An excellent
Gooseberry, roundish oblong, hairy, late,
hangs well in autumn.
Other good red varieties are Dr. Hogg,
Keen's Seedling, * Lancashire Lad,
Lion's Provider, * Bifleman, Bough
Bed, * Whinham's Industry, and Wil-
mot's Earlg Bed.
Yelloiv-skinned Gooseberries
Broom Girl. — An early and first-rate
Gooseberry, dark yellow, hairy, fine
flavour.
Early Sulphur (or Golden Drop). —
Fruit pale yellow, large, smooth, early ;
fine flavour.
Leader. — Fruit greenish - yellow,
medium, smooth, rich flavour; early.
Yellow Champagne. — One of the best
yellow varieties. Fruit small, hairy, rich
flavour ; late.
Other varieties in this section are
CURRANT
HARDY FRUIT GARDEN
CURKAXT
1095
Catherina, Leveller, Mount Pleasant, and
Trv/rrypeter.
Green- shinned Gooseberries
Keepsake. — Fruit large, smooth or
slightly hairy, good flavour, early.
' Matchless.— Fruit large, good flavour.
Thunder. — Fruit large, roundish,
hairy, excellent flavour, early.
White -shinned Gooseberries
Snowdrop.— Fruit very large, round-
ish, highly flavoured. Skin white with
broad green veins, hairy.
White Champagne. — Fruit small,
hairy, sweet and rich flavour.
* Whitesmith. — Fruit large, downy,
roundish oblong, very fine flavour, rather
early.
THE CURRANT (Ribes nigrum and
It. rubrum). — The Currant is a first cousin,
so to speak, of the Gooseberry, and indeed
belongs to the same genus (Bibes), the cha-
racteristics of which are given at p. 436.
There are three distinct varieties of
Currant grown for their fruits, namely,
the Black Currant (B. nigrum), the Red
Currant (B. rubrum), and the White
Currant, which is a botanical variety of
the same species. They all flourish in a
good garden soil, well drained, and not
too heavy in texture. In fact, they may
receive precisely the same treatment as
recommended for Gooseberries, but the
soil may be, if anything, somewhat richer
and heavier. The ground may be mulched
and manured in the same way, and the
plants may be grown not only as bushes,
but likewise against walls and trellises.
The heaviest crops, however, are obtained
from bushes, and they require less atten-
tion. The distance between them may
be the same as for Gooseberries, and in
the south of England they produce heavy
crops either in an open sunny position, or
partially shaded between rows of Apples,
Pears, and Plums. The best time for
planting is the same as for Gooseberries,
from the middle of October to the end of
November (see p. 1092), and new plants
may be raised from cuttings in exactly the
same way as Gooseberries (see p. 1093).
The advantage of having Red and White
Currant bushes on a clean stem about 1
ft. long may be emphasised here, as in
the case of Gooseberries, as the lower
branches are then kept free from the soil
(into which they root readily), and the
fruits are not splashed with mud during
heavy rains. Black Currants are scarcely
suitable for growing on a stem, and may
be allowed to develop their shoots from
the surface of the soil.
Pruning. — There is a great difference
in the habit of growth between Black
FIG. 161.— RED CURRANT.
FIG. 162. —
BLACK CURRANT.
Currants on the one hand and Red and
White Currants on the other, and it is
most important to bear this fact in mind
at the time of priming. Red and White
Currants may be pruned at the same
time and in the same way as recommended
for Gooseberries, that is, by shortening
back the tops of the mam shoots, and
cutting the side branches back to two or
three buds. The superflous growths and
buds may also be removed early in
summer (see Pruning Gooseberries,
p. 1092).
Fig. 161 represents a branch of the
Red Currant, which shows the fruit-buds
(/") borne on the wood, b, 2 to 3 years
old, and not on the shoots ripened the
previous year (shown at a), which is
furnished only with wood-buds (tv).
Black Currants do not produce their
berries in long drooping racemes chiefly
1096
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
FIG
from the old wood, in the same way as the
Eed and "White varieties, but in irregular
clusters on the new wood produced the
year before. The point therefore to be
remembered in pruning Black Currants is
to cut away the old wood and leave the
young, as it is from the latter the fruits
are developed. If the shoots are very
long they may be just topped, and all
intercrossing branches should be cut out.
Fig. 162 shows how the young wood
of the Black Currant at A is furnished
with fruit-buds, while the older wood
shown at b is without fruit-buds.
Insect Pests &c. — Currants, like Goose-
berries, are not often troubled with insect
pests so long as they are kept fairly well
cultivated. Sometimes, however, the
Black Currant, even when well cultivated,
is attacked by a mite (Phytoptus ribis)
which attacks and feeds upon the unopened
buds, and completely destroys them and
the prospect of fruit. In autumn and
winter the presence of this mite may be
detected by the much swollen and abnormal
condition of the buds. Hand-picking and
immediate burning of such buds is the
only real remedy at this period, but where
attacks are expected, the bushes may
be sprayed with Paris green (see p. 1047)
in early summer when the females are
depositing their eggs.
In the case of caterpillars from the
Gooseberry, or other moths, the bushes
may be dusted with lime and soot early
in the morning when the dew is still on
them, or in the evening after syringing the
plants to wet the foliage, so that the lime
and soot will adhere to it. Birds destroy
the buds in spring and may be checked
by netting the bushes with black cotton.
VARIETIES OF CURRANTS TO GROW
Black.— The fruits of the Black
varieties are mostly used for cooking and
preserving, being somewhat too pungent
for dessert. The best kinds to grow are
(1) Lee's Prolific, which usuall}' bears
very heavily, the berries being tender,
sweet, and richly flavoured ; and (2)
Baldwin's or Carter's Champion, which
is almost equally good. Where another
variety is required, Black Naj)les should
be grown.
Red. — The fruits of the Red varieties
are valuable for tarts &c. in conjunction
with Raspberries, but may also be used
with the "White varieties for dessert.
Perhaps Baby Castle and Bed Dutch are
the two very best varieties to grow for
flavour. Comet, however, is a grand Red
Currant which has appeared within the
last few years. The brilliant red berries
are as large as small Cherries, and there
are often as many as 26 on a bunch.
They have an excellent flavour. It is a
variety worth growing.
White Currants. — These are used
almost exclusively for dessert, and one
variety called the White Dutch is quite
enough to grow. The bunches and berries
are large and freely produced, while the
flavour is mild and sweet.
THE FIG(Ficus Carica).— Although
the Fig tree is hardy in most parts of
England and Ireland and the south-west
of Scotland, still it is not extensively
grown in the open air as a fruit tree, but
rather as an ornament for covering bare-
walls with its luxuriant lobed and leath-
ery foliage. It is a native of the Medi-
terranean region and south-western Asia,
and under cultivation in those regions
usually produces two and sometimes
three crops of fruit in one year. The
result of these we see chiefly in a pre-
served state in this country.
The familiar Fig fruit (which is botani-
cally called a ' syconus ') is really a hollow
receptacle — somewhat like a Strawberry
would be turned outside in — nearly closed
at the top, and bearing staminate and
pistillate flowers separately on the inner
surface. The pistillate flowers occupy
the lower portion of the cavity, and are
fertilised by the pollen from the upper
staminate ones. Fertilisation, however, is
not essential to the ripening of the fleshy
receptacle which is eaten as the fruit.
If the Fig is grown in the open air
in the British Islands for its fruit, it must
be grown in the warmest and most
sheltered places, and treated pretty much
in the same way as the Peach and
Nectarine as regards soil and aspect,
against south or south-west walls (see
p. 1034). The trees are best planted about
March and April, in mild weather, spread-
ing the roots out carefully as recommended
at p. 1032, and making the soil very firm
round them afterwards.
Autumn planting, as with other fruit
trees, is not advisable in the case of the
Fig, as the more or less severe wintry
weather may seriously injure if not quite
kill trees only partly established.
The shoots are attached to the walls
FIG
HABDY FRUIT GARDEN
vine 1097
FIG. 163.— THE PIG.
so as not to be crowded, and to allow the
admission of plenty of light and air. Once
established Fig
trees require little
care beyond cutting
away unnecessarj'
growths and keep-
ing the young
shoots pinched back
to three or four
leaves during the
summer months.
The main leading
growths must not
be stopped or
shortened at pru-
ning time, as the
fruits are always
produced near the
points, as shown
in the drawing.
If this practice is
attended to every
year, there will be
no need to use the
knife, which as a
rule does more
harm than good to
the fruiting proper-
ties of the Fig.
The young Figs appear almost with
the shoots in spring, and these are the
fruits that ripen during the summer if
not too much crowded and shaded by the
foliage. In the drawing, which was made
at Christmas time, / represents the bud
which will produce the first fruit ; w the
wood-bud from which a new branch will
spring, and s the scar left by the fallen
leaf. Young fruits are often produced
late in the season, as shown in the sketch
at a, but as they have no possible chance
of ripening out of doors in our climate,
they are best removed.
Established trees are benefited greatly
by a good mulching of manure when
carrying a heavy crop, but otherwise they
require little or no stimulant.
Propagation. — Figs are increased by
suckers, layers, cuttings, and seeds.
Cuttings, however, are usually employed.
They consist of a ripened and dormant
shoot 6-9 in. long, each one placed in a pot
containing rich sandy loam, and plunged
in bottom heat under glass, about January
or February. They very soon root and
the plants may be grown on in pots for
the first year, placing them out of doors
during the summer months to thoroughly
ripen the wood for the next season. In
the absence of heat for cuttings, the
branches may be layered out of doors
during the summer months, and the new
plants detached the following March or
April at planting time. Root suckers also
may be detached and replanted at this
period.
Varieties. — There are many named
varieties of Figs cultivated under glass,
but only a few are fit for fruit culture in
the open air. Brown Turkey, with large
pear-shaped brownish-purple fruits, is one
of the best, and to it may be added Black
Ischia, IVliitc Marseilles and St. John's.
THE GRAPE VINE (Vitis
vinifera).— The cultivation of the Grape
Vine (the botanical characters of which
are described at p. 307 under Vitis) is now
so generally associated with greenhouses
and hot-water pipes that many imagine
that it would be merely waste of time
attempting to secure a crop of the
wholesome and luscious fruit in the open
air in the British Islands. It is of course
true to a very great extent that the finest
fruits can be obtained from the Grape
Vine only when grown under glass ; but
notwithstanding this, very respectable
Grapes with an excellent flavour can be
produced in the milder parts of the
United Kingdom, especially during hot
and sunny seasons. Indeed in many
old gardens Vines may still be seen
trained on walls, the sides of houses &c,
and where the owner takes an interest
in their cultivation a fair amount of
palatable fruit is secured in favourable
seasons. From the time of the Romans
until about the middle of the eighteenth
century the Vine was rather extensively
grown in these Islands, especially in the
south and west, for the production of
wine, and although our climate may have
undergone some changes since that
period it is probable that the outdoor
cultivation of the Vine has diminished
from other causes than that of climate.
The late Marquis of Bute in our own
day showed that it is not impossible to
grow the Vine in the open air, and that its
culture can even be regarded as a com-
mercial siiccess. In 1875 he had three
acres of Vines planted on his estate at
Cardiff Castle, and in 1886 another vine-
yard of about 11 acres was started for the
production of wine, which goes by the
name of ' Castle Coch.' Some seasons
1098
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
VINE
have been more favourable than others,
but in 1881 an excellent wine, like a
first-class still Champagne, was produced
and sold at 60 shillings per dozen bottles.
Site. — To secure the best results Vines
should be grown in the open air in a
warm sunny and sheltered position facing-
due south. It is essential to secure as
much warmth and light as possible, so
that the steins or ' canes ' of the Vine may
be ripened thoroughly, and also that the
berries may ripen quickly, colour well,
and receive that flavour which only sun-
heat can impart.
Soil. — The most suitable soil for the
Vine is a rich and rather stiffish turfy
loam deeply dug or trenched, and resting
if possible on a limestone or chalky sub-
soil ; failing this a certain amount of old
mortar rubbish should be mixed with it.
Good drainage is essential, otherwise
stagnant moisture in the soil will keep
the temperature low and prevent the
roots from performing their proper func-
tions of absorption as explained at p. 27.
Manures. — It is a mistake to give
Vines a strong and quick-acting manure.
Blood is often recommended, but it
partakes too much of a quick stimulant.
Farmyard or stable manure should also
be avoided, as it often generates mildew
and other fungoid diseases. Cow manure,
while excellent for many plants, seems to
sour the soil somewhat, and if given
should be well decomposed and used chiefly
as a mulching or top-dressing. The most
suitable manures for Vines consist of
bone-meal, horn shavings and other phos-
phatic manures which are chiefly valuable
for producing the early ripening of the
fruit. Potash is also a very necessary
manure for Vines, as it increases the quality
and flavour of the berries. Nitrate of
potash and sulphate of lime are good Vine
manures, but like the others mentioned
they must be used carefully — about a
pound of the various substances when
mixed together to the square yard being
usually sufficient. There are certain good
concentrated Vine manures on the market,
and these may be used with advantage by
those who do not care to experiment with
the others mentioned.
Training. — Vines may be trained on
walls or the gable ends of houses, either
on straight single stems like upright
cordons, or they may be grown espalier
fashion as represented at fig. 146. In
the Marquis of Bute's vineyards already
referred to, they are grown in the open
in rows running north and south. The
plants are 3 feet apart every way, and are
trained to stakes about 4 feet high, the
whole resembling a Baspberry plantation
as much as anything else. Except in the
mildest parts of the kingdom, it is safer to
give the plants the protection of a south
wall as for Peaches and Nectarines, as they
are then more likely to yield the best
results.
Disbudding and Pinching. — Each
stem or cane should not be allowed to
carry too many trusses of flowers, other-
wise the plant may exhaust itself in a few
years. The side shoots from the main
stem should also be pinched back to the
first joint, and as the tendrils are not
required in a cultivated state they may
be pinched clean out as they appear.
The flower trusses also when they have
set their fruits should have the small
berries thinned out with a small pair of
scissors, care being taken to leave the
whole bunch as symmetrical as possible,
after removing such berries as interfere
with others or are not likely to be well
situated for ripening properly.
In favourable seasons Vines sometimes
produce a second crop of flowers in
autumn, but these should be pinched out
when seen, as they only absorb nourish-
ment that is required for the following
year.
Pruning. — As a general rule this
operation is best performed as soon as the
leaves have withered and fallen and the
sap is practically at a standstill. About
the end of October is usually a good time
for pruning outdoor Vines. The weakest
canes are best cut away altogether, while
the strong healthy ones may be cut back
to about two or three buds from the base.
Propagation. — Vines may be propa-
gated in many ways, by layers, cuttings,
budding, grafting, inarching, and seeds.
The easiest method of increasing outdoor
Vines however is by means of cuttings.
At the time of pruning, sound plump and
well-ripened canes of the current year's
growth may be selected and cut into
lengths of about 1 ft. or 15 inches. These
cuttings may be inserted in the soil
during favourable weather any time up to
February, much in the same way as
cuttings of Gooseberries and Currants.
They may be transplanted the following
year in autumn to their permanent posi-
tions, so that the roots may recover from
VINE
HARDY FRUIT GARDEN
nut 1099
the shock before winter, but attention
should have been given in the meantime
to pinching out the side shoots, tendrils,
and flower trusses, if any. Planting may
also be done in spring time just as growth
is about to commence. As a rule it is
not wise to let young Vines bear fruit until
about the third or fourth year after
planting, so that they may first of all
devote their energies to produce strong
healthy and well-ripened ' canes.'
When grown in hothouses Vines are
increased by cutting the canes into pieces
1^ to 2 in. long, each piece having a
plump ' eye ' or bud from which the new
shoot is to spring. The cuttings are
inserted in rich sandy soil, singly in small
pots, and plunged in a gentle hotbed
about January. Growth soon begins.
The young plants are well syringed daily
and the house is kept warm and close.
As growth advances the young plants arc
moved into larger pots, and grown on as
quickly as possible with heat and mois-
ture, great care being taken to avoid cold
draughts. The canes having attained the
required length more air is admitted, but
daily syringings are kept up until towards
the autumn, all the side shoots, flower-
clusters, and tendrils having been pinched
out during the season as they appeared.
As much light and air as possible are now
given to ripen the canes.
Diseases &c. — In cold, wet, and sunless
seasons the cultivation of the Vine in the
open air is likely to cause disappointment.
Not only does the wood remain unripened
but the berries also, and in addition the
plants are often attacked by mildew
(Sphcerotheca pannosa) and another
fungus called Oidium Tuckeri, which
latter gives the leaves the appearance of
having been riddled with small shot.
Leaves thus affected may be picked off
and burned or they may be sprayed with
very hot almost boiling water by means
of a very fine syringe. If the plants are
in berry, however, the syringing is apt — if
not to do injury— to at least leave stains
upon the berries, that may be seen when
ripe and spoil the ' bloom ' upon them.
The dreaded Phylloxera vastatrir, which
has done so much mischief in Continental
vineyards, is an insect that happily seems
to find little favour in our climate,
although it actually made its appearance
under glass some few years ago.
Vines for the open air. — There are
several varieties of Grape that will
succeed in the open air in our climate,
but those that have proved most satis-
factory are Gamay Noir, Chasselas de
Fontaincbli an , Chasselas Hose, Chasselas
Vibert, Royal Muscadine, BucMand
Sioeetivater, Moore's Early, July
Fnmtignan, Black Hamburgh, and a
new German one called Heine Olga.
The> first named (Gamay Noir) is the
principal kind grown on the Marquis of
Bute's estates, as the gardener, Mr.
1'ettigrew, found it to flourish better than
tin others. It has, he says, a strong
constitution, is a free grower, produces
fruit in great abundance, and ripens
thoroughly in fair seasons.
HAZEL or COBNUTS and
FILBERTS (Corylus Avkllana). — Cob-
nuts and Filberts belong to the genus
Corylus which has already been described
at p. 797. The distinction between the two
is not very well understood. Ihtt it may
be explained that the nuts which have
husks as long as or longer than them-
selves are called ' Filberts,' while the nuts
with husks shorter than themselves are
called Hazel or Cobnuts. There are, how-
ever, intermediate stages in the length of
the husks that render it often difficult to
place a Nut in either category. And after
all it is a matter of very little importance.
Soil. — Almost every old garden has
one or more Nut trees growing in the
most out of the way places, and allowed
to look after themselves. And under such
circumstances they bear fairly good crops
of fruit nearly every season. Where,
however, Nut trees are regarded with
more favour, they may with advantage be
grown in a deep rich and fairly heavy
loamy soil, thoroughly drained by means
of a gravelly or rocky subsoil. The distance
between each tree should be 10-12 ft. The
best time for planting is during October
and November, observing the principles
recommended for planting fruit trees
generally at p. 1032.
Pruning. — This is rather an important
operation with Nut trees, and requires
to be done at the proper time. When the
trees are grown in bush or vase form the
main branches are allowed to grow about
6 ft. high, so that they are easily attended
to in the matter of pruning and picking
the fruits. In early summer the side
shoots may be pinched back or broken to
about 4 leaves, as recommended under
summer pruning of fruit trees (p. 1034)
1100
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GABDEN PLANTS mulberry
At this time it will be seen where the
Nuts are forming from the tiny female
flowers which appear in February and
March on the same branch, but quite
distinct from the long drooping male
catkins, as shown in the Glossary, p. '2,
fig. 7, and there will thus be little danger
of spoiling the crop for the year. If not
completely severed during the suimner
pruning the broken pieces maybe removed
with a sharp knife in the winter months,
and any unnecessary and intercrossing
twigs cut away at the same time.
Propagation. — Nut trees are increased
by suckers, layers, grafting, and also by
means of seeds. The latter method is
scarcely ever practised, as the vast
majority of the seedlings are worthless,
when they do produce fruit. Where,
however, stocks for grafting are required,
they may be obtained in this way.
Layers produce the best plants. The
more or less flexible shoots from old
stems which have been cut back are
pegged down (see p. 59) in autumn or
early winter, and are covered with about
3 in. of good soil at the point of junction
with the ground. By the following
autumn they will be well rooted and may
be detached from the parent stem and
planted out to remain for two or three
years before finally transplanting. In the
meantime attention must be paid to sum-
mer and winter pruning with the object
of forming a good shaped tree.
Suckers are freely produced and may
be removed and transplanted for increas-
ing the stock in autumn, being treated in
the same way as rooted layers. Where
they are not required for this purpose
they should be removed every year, as
they absorb a good deal of nourishment
required by the main plant.
Gathering the Nuts. — Cobs and Fil-
berts should always be allowed to hang
on the tree until thoroughly ripe, that is,
when they become a deep rich brown and
easily separate from the husks. If in
large quantities, the Nuts should be stored
in a cool dry and airy place.
Varieties to grow. — There are many
kinds of Nuts, but the best for general
cultivation are the Kent or Lambert's
Cob, Cosford, Red- shinned Filbert,
Webb's Prize Cob Filbert, Duke of Edin-
burgh, Daviamtm Cob, and the Improved
Cosford Cob.
Enemies. — There are many insects
which attack the Nut, but the whitish
larvse or grubs of the Nut-weevil (Bala-
ii in us nucum) are the most destructive.
They arise from eggs deposited in the
green young fruits by the female, who
bores a hole in them with her long slender
beak. The grubs when hatched proceed
to feed upon the kernel of the Nuts, after
which they bore their way out through the
shell about September and pass into the
chrysalis state in the soil at the base of
the tree.
Spraying the trees with Paris green
(p. 1047) about April and May would be
likely to prevent the female from deposit-
ing her eggs in the young Nuts. In win-
ter the soil should be removed from the
base of the tree and burned when there
has been a bad attack, and new soil well
sprinkled with lime and soot may take its
place.
The caterpillars of the Winter Moth
sometimes destroy the foliage, but maybe
checked as recommended at p. 1062.
THE SWEET or SPANISH
CHESTNUT (Castanea sativa).— This
tree has already been referred to at p. 800
as an ornamental subject for parks and
gardens. The culture and propagation
there recommended are all that is neces-
sary, even when the trees are valued for
their fruits. In some parts of the country
there are fine avenues of Sweet Chestnuts
and they yield enormous numbers of nuts
almost every year. Devonshire Prolific
and Doivnton are the varieties best
known.
THE WALNUT (Juglans regia).—
After the remarks under the genus
Juglans at p. 791 it is scarcely necessary
to enlarge here on the culture of the
Common Walnut. Everyone recognises
the ornamental character of the tree, and
the value and popularity of the fruits.
Besides the Common Walnut, the other
varieties of note are Dwarf Prolific,
which reproduces itself true from seeds ;
Highflyer ripens earlier than the others ;
Large-fruited, ; Late, a late-flowering
and free-fruiting variety ; and the Thin-
shelled, one of the best varieties with a
tender shell.
THE MULBERRY (Morus nigra).
In many parts of the kingdom there
are some grand old Mulberry trees,
which, however, are regarded rather as
ornamental adjuncts to the garden, more
HARDY FRUIT GARDEN
1101
especially as lawn trees, than as fruit
trees. In the southern and milder parts
they make fine trees, but in the north
they are best grown against a south wall.
They produce their juicy Blackberry -like
fruits with great regularity, and their
brisk subacid flavour is highly esteemed
by many as being cool and delicious.
The genus Morns and its culture have
already been described at p. 789.
CALENDAR OF WORK TO BE DONE IN THE HARDY FRUIT GARDEN
FROM JANUARY TO DECEMBER
JANUARY
Gooseberries. — If attacked by birds or ver-
min the bushes may be more or less
heavily dusted with soot and lime ; or
soot, lime, and a little soft soap well
mixed in water may be sprayed over
them.
Wall-Trees. — Plums and others not finished
should be nailed up, the walls having
been previously cleansed if necessary (as
recommended at p. 1035) with soft-soapy
water and petroleum.
Apples and Pears. — Scions of desirable
varieties for grafting should be secured
from plump and well-ripened shoots and
' heeled in ' until wanted. The heads of
trees to be grafted later on may also be
cut off.
Raspberries. — These may be pruned and
trained as advised at p. 1086.
FEBRUARY
Cherries. — Morello Cherries and other
fruit trees still left loose should be nailed
up.
MARCH
Grafting (p. 52).— This work may be pro-
ceeded with in favourable weather about
the middle of the month when the sap
has started to flow freely.
Apricots (p. 1083).— Protect blossoms with
nets on walls.
Peaches (p. 1078).— Protect blossoms with
nets on walls.
Figs (p. 1096). — These may be pruned, and
all vacant spaces on the walls filled in
with young shoots.
Planting. — Fruit trees and shrubs maybe
planted in the early part of the month if
mild, and should be mulched and attended
to as advised at p. 1032.
APRIL
Grafting (p. 52). — At intervals during the
month look over the grafts made last
month to see if injured, and fill up any
cracks with clay if required.
Perpetual Strawberries (p. 1091). — Seeds
may be sown in cold frames or in warm
sheltered borders, and transplant the seed-
lings when large enough to handle easily.
MAY
Peaches and Nectarines (p. 1078). -Disbud
plants on walls, and dust with tobacco-
powder in case of insects. Thin out
young wood.
Spraying. — Apples, Plums, and Pears may
be sprayed with insecticides to prevent
insect attacks, see ' Codlin Moth,' p. 1047,
and ' Winter Moth,' p. 1062.
JUNE
Peaches and Nectarines (p. 1078). -Finish
disbudding and lay in young growths
against wall with twigs. Any fruits
colouring about the end of the month
should have leaves interfering with sun-
light removed.
Plums (p. 1069).-— The young growth or
breast-wood may be shortened back on
wall trees to 3 or 4 buds.
Apricots (p. 1083). — Shorten back young
growths to 3 or 4 buds.
Spraying. — To prevent insect attacks,
Apples, Plums, and Pears may be again
sprayed with insecticides.
Gooseberries (p. 1092). — If time can be
spared, any young shoots not wanted may
be cut out.
JULY
Summer Pruning. — This practice, as detailed
at p. 1034, may be attended to early in
the month with espalier and wall trees.
Where the fruit spurs are crowded cut
out weak shoots.
Pears (p. 1059). — Look over crops on walls
and thin out unlikely fruits. Summer
prune those on walls.
Peaches, Nectarines (p. 1078), and Apricots
(p. 1083). — -A good mulching of decayed
manure and a good watering will be
beneficial. Thin out fruits still more if
necessary to secure finest specimens.
Cherries (p. 1075).— Net the trees to protect
from birds.
Figs (p. 1096).- Thin out young wood and
tie in shoots required.
1102
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
Nailing. — All young shoots required on wall
trees should be fastened up.
Strawberries (p. 1088). — Sever runners not
required, as they exhaust parent plant.
Plant new beds on ground previously
occupied by Potatoes.
Red Currants (p. 1095) and Gooseberries
(p. 1092).— The young wood of these may
be thinned oat to give more light and
air.
Lackey Moth (p. 10-48). — This pest deposits
her eggs about this period on the twigs of
Apple and other fruit trees, and should
be watched for and destroyed.
Budding. — Plums, Peaches, Nectarines,
Apricots, Cherries, and other fruit trees
not grafted in March, or those which failed,
may be budded this month in the same
way as Roses.
AUGUST
Wall Fruit. — Look over trees and tie in
young wood wanted for next season,
removing the rest. Net Morello Cherries.
Give the borders a good soaking if the
weather be dry, and also a good
mulching.
Strawberries (p. 1088). — Strong plants may
be put in a south border for early crop-
ping, mulch and water well.
Apples (p. 1042).— Early kinds will be fit for
gathering this month. Look out for
ravages of the ' Lackey Moth ' referred to
at p. 1048.
SEPTEMBER
Fruit Gathering. — Apples, Pears, Plums etc.
will be fit for gathering this month.
Raspberries (p. 1085). — Thin out old growths
as advised at p. 1086.
Root-pruning (p. 1031).— Any fruit trees
likely to be benefited by this operation
may be attended to at the end of this
month and during October.
Slugworms (p. 1048). — From now onwards
these pests sometimes attack fruit trees —
especially Apples, and may be checked as
advised.
Perpetual Strawberries (p. 1091).— Trans-
plant seedlings from beds to fruiting
positions in showery weather. If the
plants which have been bearing fruit
show signs of continuing, they may be
covered with lights at night.
OCTOBER
Gathering. — All fruit should be gathered as
it ripens.
Raspberries (p. 1085). — From the middle of
the month new plantations may be made
with the suckers detached from the old
clumps.
Gooseberries (p. 1092) and Currants
(p. 1095). — These may be planted from
nursery beds, and cuttings inserted.
Grapes (p. 1097). — Outdoor Grapes should
be pruned. Cut out all weak and useless
' canes ' and shorten back good ones to
two or three buds from the base.
Grease-bands. — These may be placed
around the trunks of fruit trees as a
protection against the female moths of
various injurious insects crawling up
among the branches to lay their eggs.
See p. 1046 for American Blight, Apple
Blossom Weevil, Codlin Moth &c.
Canker. — Any trees showing signs of this
disease should be looked over carefully,
and remedies taken as mentioned at
p. 1047.
Winter Moth (p. 1062).— A look-out should
be kept for this pest now, and the females
should be prevented from crawling up the
stems.
NOVEMBER
Planting. — All kinds of fruit trees may be
planted during November in favourable
weather. The roots should be carefully
examined and planting should be carried
out as advised at p. 1032.
Pruning &c. — Various fruit trees and bushes
may be attended to with the knife. Untie
Peaches, Apricots, Nectarines &c. on walls
if necessary and wash the walls with soft
soap, sulphur, and paraffin. Plums and
Pears may be attended to on west walls.
Gooseberries and Red Currants may be
dusted with lime and soot if subject to
insect attacks.
Fruit borders (p. 1038).— Attend to digging
&c. when vacant.
Cuttings. — Cuttings of Apples, Pears, and
other fruit trees may be inserted or
heeled in until a favourable opportunity
occurs for doing the work.
DECEMBER
Pruning.— Plums (p. 1069) trained on east
walls may be pruned and nailed if not
already done. Apples (p. 1042) and Pears
(p. 1059) should also be attended to on
espaliers, and Morello Cherries (p. 1078)
on north walls. Peaches, Nectarines, and
Apricots on south walls should also be
finished by the end of the month,
especially in northern localities.
VEGETABLE GARDEN 1103
PART IV
THE VEGETABLE OR KITCHEN GARDEN
As the Vegetable and Fruit Garden are usually one and the same thing, it is
unnecessary to repeat what has already been said at p. 1029 in regard to soil,
situation, aspect, shelter etc., as what applies to one is equally applicable to
the other.
Although some vegetable crops are grown well between bushes and under
trees, a good open and sunny situation should always be secured if possible.
Indeed, it is important that a large portion of the garden, unencumbered with
fruit trees or bushes, except as borders and shelters, should be available for
the cultivation of vegetables exclusively, sotbat the latter maybe fully exposed
to the beneficial light of the sun.
The production of first-class vegetables requires as much cultural skill and
management as the pi'oduction of fine flowers and fruits ; and it is a mistake
to assume that such well-known vegetables as Cabbages and Carrots, for
example, are to be obtained without good cultivation and attention to details.
By good cultivation I do not mean the production of large, coarse, and tasteless
plants, which one still often sees on the exhibition table, but which happily
are gradually becoming more rare. Vegetables are grown not to be looked at
but to be eaten. Quality and flavour should therefore be the main points for
consideration, and not mere size.
To secure both quality and flavour at their best, it is essential that attention
should be given to the proper time for the cutting of each crop, otherwise the
labours of cultivation will have been more or less useless. There is little sense
in growing a crop of vegetables and then allowing them to waste by not being
withered when in a proper state of maturity. In the case of fruits no one
dreams of allowing them to hang on the trees or bushes long after they are
ripe ; and the same principles should govern the treatment of vegetables. In
private gardens it often happens that more plants of a particular crop have
been grown than are really wanted, and what cannot be eaten is wasted.
Sometimes the waste is excessive in more senses than one. Not only are the
plants useless when they have passed their best, but the labour involved in
cultivating them has been lost. The ground which they occupy has not been
properly utilised, and the food which it contained has been absorbed by the
plants which ultimately find their way to the rubbish heap. These are points
1104
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
that are worthy of consideration in all vegetable gardens whether great or
small. Only those vegetables that are required and that will grow freely
should find a place in the garden, and it is as great a mistake to have more
varieties of vegetables than can be properly attended to, as all crops are then
more or less neglected.
Perhaps the best advice to give in connection with the cultivation of vege-
tables, as indeed all other plants, is to keep the soil clean and always in a
state of good cultivation. This is effected by means of the hoe, which should
always be freely used among vegetables, and by digging, trenching, ridging up
and other operations referred to in the earlier portion of this work, pp. 63-69.
Not only are better crops produced thereby, but the attacks of insect pests
and fungoid diseases are considerably checked, if not altogether prevented.
After removing a crop of vegetables it is not good practice to allow the
ground to remain idle and become covered with weeds. It is far better to
wheel some manure over it, if the soil is poor enough to require it, and to have
the whole well dug and prepared for another crop. Should it be necessary to
keep the soil idle for some time, even then it will be improved by turning it up
very roughly in ridges so that the action of the weather will improve its texture
and make it more fertile (see article on Soil, p. 61).
of the roots ; and the more vigorously a
plant grows the more food it absorbs, and
consequently the greater need of manur-
ing the soil.
Yet, even with liberal supplies of
Rotation of Vegetable Crops. — Experi-
ence has proved that if a similar crop,
say Cabbage, is grown year after year on
the same piece of ground, without heavy
manuring, in a couple of years there is
a great falling off in the produce, and if
the practice is persisted in, the crop
ultimately fails to grow at all. Where
the ground is heavily manured and a crop
of a different nature, say Beans, is taken
off in between, little or no harm is done,
because the soil has had a short rest from
its usual crop.
A reference to the chapter on Plant
Foods and Manures (p. 69) shows that
various ingredients more or less essential
to the welfare of all plants are contained
in the soil, from which they are absorbed
by the roots. In the same way that man
prefers one kind of food, and animals
another, so it is with plants. Some kinds
are particularly fond of certain foods in
the soil, and some of others, and as long
as that food or foods last the plant
flourishes. Bnt when it is exhausted the
plant no longer obtains the food it enjoys,
and the consequence is ill- health, sickness
or disease, and starvation, just as it would
be with a human being or an animal.
It is this well-known fact that necessi-
tates the use of various manures, both
natural and artificial. By their means
the food required by any particular plant
can be placed in the soil at the disposal
manure, experience proves that the same
soil and the same plant get ' sick ' or tired
of the same treatment, and the poor
texture of the one and the debility of the
other demand a change. This change is
brought about by what is called the
' Kotation of Crops.' The principle con-
sists in not growing a similar crop on the
same piece of ground without an interval
of at least one or two years. For exam-
ple, it is not wise to always grow Cabbages,
Brussels Sprouts, and other Cruciferous
plants year after year on the same piece
of land, even when well manured. After
the first year, their place may be taken
by Potatoes or Beans, and the year after
by some other crop, and so on according
to whatever crops are grown. By thus
changing the crops year after year from
one part of the garden to another, the soil
undergoes great changes for the better.
The roots of each crop act upon it in a
different way and release foods which,
although they may be of little use to one
particular crop, may be of the greatest
advantage to another. Not only has the
' rotation of crops ' this good effect, but as
it fertilises the soil, the need of heavy
dressings of manure is materially lessened.
VEGETABLE GARDEN
1105
So long as the soil has a crop of a different
nature upon it each year, it matters little
in what order the various crops ' rotate '
or follow each other, but the longer any
particular crop is kept from occupying
the same piece of ground, the better for
the crop, the better for the soil, and the
more economy with manures.
Arrangement of the Vegetables de-
scribed.— The rotation of crops has in a
great measure influenced the order in
which the vegetables described in this
work have been arranged. At first the
alphabetical arrangement commended
itself. But, as any particular vegetable is
easily found by means of the Index at the
end, it seemed to be scarcely worth while
separating plants of a similar nature, like
Carrots and Parsnips for instance, because
their names began with a. differeni letter.
The plants have therefore been arranged
more or less in their natural groups (i)
because being of the same nature they
require more or less similar treatment and
conditions, and what suits one will as a
rule suit the other, and vice versd; (ii)
because the plants of each group may ro-
tate or succeed on the ground occupied the
previous year by plants of another group ;
and (hi) that a system of rotation of vege-
table crops is thus seen at a glance by such
an arrangement of the plants as follows : —
Group I. Cruciferous Crops, such
as Cabbage. Savoy, Cauliflower. Broccoli,
Bnissels Sprouts, Kale or Borecole, Tur-
nips, Radishes, Seakale &c. (p. 1113 to
p. 1123).
Group II. Leguminous Crops, such
as Peas and Beans (p. 1123 to p. 1128).
Group III. Umbelliferous Crojis,
such as Carrots, Parsnips, Celery, and
Parsley (p. 1128 to p. 1133).
Group IV. Solanaceous Crops, such
as Potatoes and Tomatoes (p. 1133 to
p. 1140).
Group V. Composite Crops, such as
Globe and Jerusalem Artichokes, Car-
doons, Lettuce &c. (p. 1140 to p. 1145).
Group VI. Liliaceous Crops, like
Asparagus, Onions, Leeks, Shallots, Gar-
lic &c. (p. 1145 to p. 1151).
Group VII. Miscellaneous Crops, such
as Rhubarb, Beetroot, Spinach, Vegetable
Marrows &c. (p. 1151 to p. 1160).
In addition to the above groups, the
cultivation of Sweet Herbs and Mushrooms
is also dealt with (p. 1160 to p. 1169).
For rotation purposes the crops in the
first group may the following season be
placed on the ground occupied by any of
the crops in the other groups, except such
as Asparagus and Rhubarb, which may
be grown in the same soil with manuring
for several years.
It is, however, unwise to rotate
crops in each group with one another,
especially if they have not grown well or
have shown a tendency to diseasi .
For instance Cabbages should never
succeed Cauliflowers, Brussels Sprouts,
or any other Cruciferous crops, and vice
versd, but they will benefit by changing
places with Peas, Beans, or any crop
mentioned in the other groups. All
kitchen gardeners should keep the prin-
ciple of rotation of crops well in mind.
It will save them a good deal of trouble
and give them better crops.
Inter-cropping. — - In many gardens,
especially small ones, it is necessary to
make the best possible use of the ground
available for the cultivation of vegetables
so as to secure the ripening of as many
crops as possible in the course of the year.
As some vegetables come to maturity
quicker than others it is often possible to
grow a quick crop and a slow crop together
without injury to either, and, if anything,
rather an advantage to both. In taking a
quick-growing crop off the ground, the
soil is disturbed as a natural consequence,
weeds are suppressed, and the texture and
fertilisation are generally improved. One
often sees a crop of early Lettuce taken off
the soil between rows of French Beans,
Raspberries, Gooseberries, and Beetroot,
while it is a more or less common practice
to utilise the ridges between rows of Celery
for the same purpose. In the same way
a crop of Brussels Sprouts, Broccoli, Kale
&c. may be planted between rows of
Potatoes, and when the latter have been
dug, the former will cover the ground in
their place as if by magic, and come into
use at a later season. This system of
growing one crop between another may
be appropriately termed ' inter-cropping,'
and is somewhat akin to that described
under the rotation of crops. It has not
only the advantage of making the best
possible use of the soil, but it necessitates
giving each crop a full and proper amount
of space. Indeed if the latter is not
secured at the beginning the system might
prove to be of more harm than use, as it
would be very poor gardening to crowd
the ground up too much to the exclusion
of light and the circulation of air.
4b
1106
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
CALENDAR OF WORK IN THE KITCHEN GARDEN FROM JANUARY
TO DECEMBER
Although the culture and propagation of the Vegetables usually grown in
British gardens are detailed in the following pages, it seems advisable to
give as it were a brief epitome of the operations which constitute a year's
work in the Kitchen Garden. This has been attempted in the following
' Calendar,' which is intended to serve as a reminder of the work to be done
during each month of the year. The notes have been made as concise as
possible, and the subjects have been arranged in alphabetical order to
facilitate reference. After each name the page is given at which fuller
details of culture &c. are to be found, so that the reader may be able to
turn at once to the information required on any particular crop in which he
is interested.
Before proceeding to the monthly notes the following table of Kitchen
Garden crops has been drawn up. The chief object in view has been to show
at a glance the months in the year (1) during which the seeds of any particular
vegetable are to be sown in the open air ; (2) when the plants are to be
divided or transplanted ; or (3) planted out after they have been raised in cold
frames or on hotbeds. It will be noticed that the months of March, April,
and May are the busiest ; February and June the next ; while during the
three last months there is practically nothing done in the way of seed sowing,
and only a little in January and September.
Table showing the months during which vegetable seeds may be either (i.) sown in
the open air ; (ii.) divided and transplanted ; or (iii.) planted out after the seeds
have been raised under glass.
Artichoke, Globe, p. 1141
,, Jerusalem, p. 1140
Asparagus, p. 1145 .
Beans, Broad, p. 1125
„ French, p. 1126 .
,, Runner, p. 1127 .
Beetroot, p. 1151
Borecole or Kale, p.
Broccoli, p. 1116
,, Sprouting, p. Ill
Brussels Sprouts, p. 1115
Cabbage, p. 1114
Cardoon, p. 1142
Carrot, p. 1128
Cauliflower, p. 1117
Celeriac, p. 1132
Celery, p. 1130
Chicory, p. 1144
Chives, p. 1161
Colewort, p. 1115
1117
Feb. Mar.- April May June July Aug. Sept. Oct
VEGETABLE GARDEN
1107
1153
Corn Salad, p. 1161
Cucumber, p. 1156
Endive, p. 1143
Garlic, p. 1151 .
Good King Henry, i
Horseradish, p. 1162
Kohl Rabi, p. 1118
Leek, p. 1150 .
Lettuce, p. 1142
Melon, p. 1158 .
Onion, p. 1148 .
Parsley, p. 1132
Parsnip, p. 1129
Pea, p. 1123 .
Potato, p. 1133
Radish, p. 1120
Rhubarb, p. 1154
Salsafy, p. 1145
Savoy, p. 1115
Scorzonera, p. 1145
Sea Kale, p. 1121
Shallot, p. 1151
Spinach, p. 1152
,, N. Zealand, p. 1154
Tomato, p. 1137
Turnip, p. 1119
Vegetable Marrow, p. 1155
Total for each month .
Jan.
Feb. Mar.
(Lpril
.May June
July
3ept.
Oct.
X<>\ .
Dec.
*
*
__
* 1
—
—
—
-
*
*
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
*
*
*
*
_
*
*
*
*
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
*
*
—
—
*
*
*
*
—
—
—
—
—
—
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
—
—
—
—
*
*
*
*
—
*
*
—
—
—
—
*
*
*
*
—
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
—
—
—
*
—
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
1*
—
—
—
—
*
*
*
*
*
—
*
*
*
if
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
1 *
| —
—
—
—
*
*
—
1
*
*
*
*
*
#
*
*
;
—
—
-■—
—
*
1 *
4
19
29
28
17
10
2
33
9
3
2
VEGETABLES
JANUARY
Cabbage (p. 1114).— In mild open weather
any young plants on hand in frames or
sheltered spots may be transplanted to
the open.
Carrots (p. 1128). — Seeds of the Horn
varieties may be sown in a gentle hotbed.
At the end of the month seeds may
be sown out of doors on a warm south
border.
Cauliflowers (p. 1117).— Seeds may be sown
in a gentle hotbed.
Digging and trenching (p. 63). — These
operations may be carried out where re-
quired as advised at p. 64, and the soil
should be prepared for reception of cro
Horse-radish (p. 1162). — This may be
planted in mild weather to secure a good
growth during the year.
Lettuce (p. 1142). — Seeds may be sown in
boxes or gentle hotbeds for planting out
later on in favourable weather.
Manuring (p. 70). — Manure may be
wheeled on to the ground where wanted.
Mushroom Beds (p. 1166). — Make up and
spawn when ready.
Onions (p. 1148). — Seeds of a good variety
like Ailsa Craig may be sown in a gentle
hotbed. The seedlings may afterwards be
pricked off and kept near the glass with
plenty of air when established. About the
middle of April transplant to the open
ground about 6 in. apart in rows a foot
apart. The stored bulbs may be over-
hauled, and any sprouts should be checked
by breaking off or touching with a hot
iron.
Peas (p. 1123) and Broad Beans (p. 1125).—
Towards the end of the month seeds may
be sown on warm borders.
Potatoes (p. 1133). — The ' sets ' or tubers
may be placed in shallow boxes and
exposed to the light to start .he crown
growths. About the end of the month
they may be planted in a frame as
advised at p. 1134, and a few drills may
also be placed outside in a warm and shel-
tered south border.
Radishes (p. 1120).— Seeds may be sown in
a gentle hotbed, and out of doors at the
end of the month on a warm south
border. They should be covered in the
latter case with litter, but this should be
lifted on all bright warm days after the
seeds are up.
4b2
1108
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
FEBRUARY
Beans, Broad (p. 1125).— Another sowing
may be made in mild weather and in
sheltered places.
Beans, French (p. 1126). — Seeds may be
sown in pots or boxes in warm frames.
Brussels Sprouts (p. 1115). — Seeds may be
thinly sown in boxes on a gentle hotbed
or even cold frame, so as to obtain early
plants for the outside.
Cabbage (p. 1114).— Seeds may be sown in
frames or boxes for planting out in favour-
able weather. Sutton's Earliest of All is
a good Cabbage for this purpose and will
succeed the ordinary spring Cabbages.
Savoys (p. 1115) may also be sown in the
same way.
Carrots (p. 1128).— Seeds of Early French
Horn may be sown in the open border in
warm sheltered spots.
Celery (p. 1130). — Seeds may be sown in
boxes in gentle heat for early planting.
Corn Salad (p. 1161). — Sow seeds in rows or
drills about 6 in. apart and keep free
from weeds.
Cucumbers (p. 1156). — Prepare hotbeds as
described at p. 46, and allow rank steam
to escape before planting. Seeds should
be sown early in the month in heat.
Garlic (v 1151). — The bulbs may be planted
about the middle of the month, but not
later than the end of March.
Globe Artichokes (p. 1141). — The litter
which had been placed over these for
protection may be removed in the event
of mild weather.
Horse-radish (p. 1162). — This may be
planted in mild weather if not already
done in January.
Jerusalem Artichokes (p. 1140) — Tubers
may be planted now, and also next
month.
Leeks (p. 1150). — A few seeds may be sown
in gentle heat in boxes. The seedlings
should be kept near the glass, and may
be planted out later on in mild weather.
Lettuce (p. 1142).— Seeds of Cabbage Let-
tuces may be sown in frames, and on
sunny borders at the end of the month.
Melons (p. 1158).— Prepare hotbeds and sow
seeds early in the month.
Onions (p. 1148).— Seeds for the main crop
may be sown about the end of the month
and also in March.
Parsley (p. 1132).— Along the edges of the
fruit borders and kitchen garden, seeds
may be sown.
Parsnips (p. 1129). — Seeds may be sown out
of doors about the end of the month in
warm spots.
Peas (p. 1123). — Plants will now be well
above ground from seed sown in autumn,
and should have the soil drawn up to
them for protection from frost. They
should also be staked for a similar
reason. About the middle of the month
a few rows of early varieties like
William I. and Gradus may be sown
outside.
Potatoes (p. 1133). — Early kinds like Rivers
Ashleaf may be planted on a south
border. The tubers for planting out later
should be overhauled and placed in
shallow boxes in preparation. Those in
frames should be earthed up when
necessary.
Radishes (p. 1120). — Seeds may be sown out
of doors in warm borders.
Rhubarb (p. 1154). — Old clumps may be
divided. Each portion should have a
good bud or two and be planted in rich
soil. It is best not to pick from the new
bed until the following season.
Sea Kale (p. 1121).— The crowns may be
covered with ashes to a depth of about
6 in. so that the pushing growths will be
blanched ; or the crowns may be covered
with pots around which a thick layer of
decaying leaves may be placed.
Shallots (p. 1151). — The bulbs may be
planted about the middle of the month
in rows about a foot apart in rich soil.
The bulbs should be about 6-9 in. apart
in the rows.
Spinach (p. 1152). — Seeds may be sown in
rows or beds, or between the rows of Peas
at the very end of the month if the weather
be fine.
Turnip (p. 1119). — A small sowing of Snow-
ball may be made on a warm border.
The ' tops ' (leaves) of last year's plants
may be picked for use if ready.
MARCH
Asparagus (p. 1145). — Roots may be trans-
planted in mild weather. By placing
movable lights over old beds stalks will
be ready for cutting about the end of April.
New beds may be made this month.
Beans, Broad (p. 1125). — Seeds of Broad
Windsor, hong Pod, and other var-
ieties may be sown about the first or
second week and will often be quite as
forward as those of Early Mazagan sown
in November.
Beetroot (p. 1151). — Sow seeds during the
month.
Brussels Sprouts (p. 1115). — Sow seeds on
warm border.
Cabbage (p. 1114).— Seeds may be sown in
frames or on a south border according to
the season and locality.
Cardoons (p. 1142).— Seeds may be sown in
pots.
VEGETABLE GABDEN
1109
Carrots (p. 1128).— Seeds of Early Nantes
may be sown as a succession crop to
Early Horn. Thin out when the plants
begin to get too thick.
Cauliflowers (p. 1117). — Plants raised in
frames may be planted out in trenches in
sheltered parts of the garden, and covered
with handlights at night for a week or
two.
Celeriac (p. 1132).— Sow seeds under glass.
Celery (p. 1130). —Seeds for the main crop
may be sown in cold frames. The seed-
lings from earlier sown seeds may be
planted in frames.
Chives (p. 1161). — Old clumps may be divided
and replanted in fresh places in good
soil.
Clearing up. — All exhausted greens from the
autumn and winter should be cleared off
the ground and burnt.
Corn Salad (p. 1161).— Sow seeds in drills
or narrow beds for summer use.
Cucumber (p. 1156).— Sow seeds of Eidge
varieties for planting out in June, and
plant seedlings of indoor varieties in hot-
beds already prepared.
Herbs. — The various kinds described at
p. 1160 may be attended to in the matter
of division and rearranging for the summer
months.
Kohl Rabi (p. 1118).— Seeds may be sown at
the end of the month.
Leeks (p. 1150). — Sow seeds rather thickly
in the open border in rich soil. When
fit for thinning out transplant the thin-
nings.
Lettuce (p. 1142). — Tie up plants grown in
frames for blanching, and make sowings
outside, in deep rich soil.
Mushrooms (p. 1166) Beds may be pre-
pared out of doors.
New Zealand Spinach (p. 1154).— Seeds
may be sown in pots or boxes to supply
plants for the open air.
Onion (p. 1148). — Sow seeds in rows about
the end of the month.
Parsnip (p. 1129). — Sow seeds of the Student
Parsnip for main crop about the end of
the month in deeply dug soil.
Peas (p. 1123).— Seeds of the early kinds
may be sown at intervals of a fortnight,
during the month, and any raised in
frames earlier may be planted out.
Potatoes (p. 1133). — Prepare the ground by
digging, or levelling down if ridged up in
winter, and plant from the middle of the
month onwards until finished for main
crops. In late districts where frosts oc-
cur in May, planting may be deferred
until April.
Radishes (p. 1120).— Sow French Breakfast
varieties.
Rhubarb (p. 1154).— Any ' stools ' that have
been forced may be divided and re-
planted.
Salsafy (p. 1145). — Sow seeds in rows about
a foot apart, and only lightly cover the
seeds.
Savoys (p. 1115). — Sow seeds in the open.
Sea Kale (p. 1121).— Plant the roots or
thongs to produce crowns for forcing next
season. The thin roots about the thick-
ness of a lead pencil are best.
Spinach (p. 1152). — Sow again between Peas
or in sheltered beds.
Tomatoes (p. 1137). — Seeds may be sown in
gentle heat for planting out in May or
June.
Turnips (p. 1119). — Sow small patch with
seeds of Early Milan towards end of
month.
Vegetable Marrow (p. 1155). — Seeds may
be sown about the end of the month in
gentle heat.
Winter Greens. — Seeds of Broccoli and
Kale may be sown about the middle of
the month, and again at the end, to supply
greenstuff in winter.
APRIL
Artichoke, Globe (p. 1141).— Suckers from
the base of old plants may now be
detached and planted in deep and well-
prepared soil in rows about 4| ft. apart,
the suckers being about 2 ft. apart in the
rows, or nearer as recommended.
Beans, Broad (p. 1125). — Sow again.
Beans, French (p. 1126). — Plants raised
under glass or in frames may be planted
out in mild weather on south border.
Seeds may be sown in the open ground
from the middle of the month.
Beans, Scarlet Runner (p. 1127). — Sow
seeds in boxes under glass or in frames
for planting out later on.
Beetroot (p. 1151). — Sow seeds of Dell's
Crimson, and Long Beet for main crop.
Broccoli (p. 1116). — Any time from the
beginning to the middle of the month
a sowing may be made of Walcheren,
Veitch's Autumn Self -Protecting, or
Mammoth White, for planting out about
the middle of June.
Brussels Sprouts (p. 1115). — These will now
require pricking out 4-6 in. apart to make
strong sturdy plants, and another sowing
may be made early in the month if
necessary.
Carrot (p. 1128). — Sow seeds of James's
Scarlet Intermediate, and thin out earlier
crops. Those in frames will be ready for
use at the end of the month.
Cauliflowers (p. 1117).— Plant out again in
trenches, and make a sowing of Walcheren
for late summer and autumn use.
1110
PBACTICAL GUIDE TO GABDEN PLANTS
Celery (p. 1130). — Prepare trenches for the
first crop, and plant the intervening
spaces or ridges with Lettuce.
Chicory (p. 1144). — Sow seeds to produce
plants for forcing or blanching.
Cucumbers (p. 1156). — Sow seeds of Eidge
varieties for planting in the open air.
Hoeing. — Weeds will now be springing up
in abundance and should be checked by
hoeing.
Kohl Rabi (p. 1118). — A small sowing may
be made in shallow drills 12-18 in. apart,
at the .beginning of the month or later.
Leek (p. 1150). — Plant out seedlings raised
under glass at the end of the month.
Lettuce (p. 1142). — Sow seeds of Cos and
Cabbage varieties, and prick out or trans-
plant from earlier sowings between Celery
trenches or other suitable places.
Melons (p. 1158). — Plant in hotbed.
Mustard and Cress (p. 1164). — Sow in cold
frames the first part of month, but in the
open air afterwards.
New Zealand Spinach (p. 1154). — Seeds
may be sown out of doors.
Parsnip (p. 1129). — Thin out seedlings, but
do not transplant thinnings, as the broken
tap-root will only become fanged.
Peas (p. 1123).— Sow Ne Plus Ultra and
other good sorts at intervals of a fortnight
during the month.
Potatoes (p. 1133). — Kinds grown in frames
will be fit to dig this month. Those out-
side will show about the end of the month
and should have soil drawn up to them
for protection against May frosts. All
planting should be finished this month.
Radishes (p. 1120). — Make a sowing about
once a fortnight for succession.
Spinach (p. 1152). — Sow seeds of Victoria
Spinach.
Spinach Beet (p. 1152). — Sow seeds if re-
quired.
Turnips (p. 1119). — Hoe and thin out, and
make a larger sowing than in March.
Snowball is a good variety.
Winter Greens. — Sow more seeds of Broc-
coli, Savoys, and Kale.
MAY
Asparagus (p. 1145). — Attend to cutting, but
do not strip plants too heavily.
Beans, Broad (p. 1125). — Sow for late crop
and draw earth up round the stems of
plants already up.
Beans, Scarlet Runner (p. 1127). — Sow in the
open, and plant out any raised in boxes.
Beans, French (p. 1126),— Sow in the open.
Canadian Wonder is a good sort.
Beetroot (p. 1151). — Thin out 6-9 inches
apart and make a good sowing about the
middle of the month.
Broccoli (p. 1116). — The most advanced
seedlings from the sowing made in April
may be pricked out about 6 in. apart to
become sturdy, and ready for transplant-
ing from the middle to the end of
June.
Brussels Sprouts (p. 1115). — Plant out about
3 ft. apart each way in good soil.
Cabbage (p. 1114).— Plant out in dull
showery weather.
Cardoon (p. 1142). — Sow seeds in the open
ground as advised.
Carrots (p. 1128). — A sowing may be made
for winter use.
Cauliflower (p. 1117). — Plant out Autumn
Giant about the end of the month.
Celeriac (p. 1132). — Plant out sturdy seed-
lings, and at the same time trim the root
and leaves.
Celery (p. 1130). — Prepare more trenches if
necessary and plant ridges with Lettuce.
Endive (p. 1143). — Make a sowing at the end
of the month.
Kohl Rabi (p. 1118).— Thin out seedlings
about a foot apart.
Lettuce (p. 1142). — Tie up any heads fit for
blanching. Thin out seedlings and make
another sowing.
Onions (p. 1148). — Young plants may be
dusted with soot to prevent attacks of
pests. Thin out 4-6 in. apart. The
thinnings may be used for salads.
Parsley (p. 1132). — Thin out 4-6 in. apart.
Peas (p. 1123). — Attend to staking, and
make a sowing of Marrowfat varieties.
Potatoes (p. 1133). — Earth up early kinds
where necessary and give a light dressing
of nitrate of soda or sulphate of am-
monia (see p. 71).
Radishes (p. 1120). — Makeasowingof French
Breakfast kinds about once a fortnight.
Weeding. — The hoe should be kept going
regularly to keep down annual weeds and
assist the growth of the various crops.
JUNE
Asparagus (p. 1145). — Finish cutting by the
middle of the month, and give the beds a
good top dressing of manure.
Beans, French (p. 1127). — Make a sowing of
Canadian Wonder.
Beans, Broad (p. 1125). — The last sowing
for the year may be made about the
middle of the month. Pinch out tops of
earlier crops and give plenty of water or
liquid manure if necessary.
Broccoli (p. 1116) From the middle to the
end of this month the seedlings sown in
April, and pricked out in May, may be
planted out 2-3 ft. apart each way.
Brussels Sprouts (p. 1115).— Plant out.
Carrots (p. 1128).— About the end of the
month sow Early Horn for winter use.
VEGETABLE GARDEN
1111
Cauliflowers (p. 1117). — The leaves of those
plants making nice heads may be tied
over or cracked to give protection. Plenty
of water should be given in dry weather.
Celery (p. 1130). — Plant in trenches, with
Lettuce on ridges, and dust with lime
and soot. Give plenty of water.
Coleworts (p. 1115). — A sowing may be made
about the middle of the month for use in
autumn.
Cucumbers (p. 1156). — Plant out Ridge
N varieties in favourable weather.
Leeks (p. 1150). — Plant out in shallow
trenches which have been previously dug
and manured.
Lettuce (p. 1142). — Tie up heads ready for
blanching. Make another sowing at end
of month.
Onions (p. 1148). — Hoe between the rows to
keep weeds down and prevent attacks of
insect pests.
Parsley (p. 1132). — Sow for winter use about
the end of month.
Peas (p. 1123). — Make further sowings, and
mulch plants with decayed manure.
Potatoes (p. 1133). — Fork up the soil between
the rows, and earth up later on. Early
varieties from south borders will be
ready for digging by the end of the month.
Rhubarb (p. 1154). — Remove flower spikes as
. they appear.
Sea Kale (p. 1121). — Remove flower spikes
as they appear.
Tomatoes (p. 1137). — Plant out at the foot of
south walls and fences.
Turnips (p. 1119). — Make a sowing on a cool
border, and thin out earlier sowings.
Dust with lime and soot in showery
weather to check Turnip Fly.
Vegetable Marrows (p. 1155). — Plant out
at the beginning of the month, and
protect with boxes or handlights at night
time for a week or so until the roots take
a hold of the soil.
Winter Greens. — Prick out from seed beds
Broccoli and Kale, to get strong.
JULY
Beans, French (p. 1126). — A sowing may be
made on south border after Potatoes have
been dug. Give plenty of water in dry
weather, or Red Spider will appear.
Cabbage (p. 1114). — For a spring crop, seeds
may be sown about the middle of the
month ; Ellam's Early, Enfield Market,
and Sutton's Flower of Spring are good
varieties for sowing at this season. Plants
from the March and April sowing may be
planted out on prepared ground recently
occupied by early Potatoes or Onions.
Cauliflowers (p. 1117).— Plant out for late
crop, and tie leaves over heads becoming
lit for use. Give plenty of water with
occasional doses of liquid manure.
Celeriac (p. 1132). — Draw earth up to the
plants.
Celery (p. 1130). — The earliest crop may
receive a good soaking with liquid manure,
and afterwards have a little soil drawn up
every week towards the plants from the
ridges. Plant out late crops about third
or fourth week. Dust lime and soot
over the plants as a check to the Celery
Fly.
Coleworts (p. 1115).— Plant out about the
middle of the month.
Endive (p. 1143). — Make another sowing
early in the month. Thin out earlier
sowings, and transplant the thinnings.
Herbs (p. 1160).— Cut for drying.
Leeks (p. 1150).— Earth up and water well,
with occasional doses of liquid manure.
Lettuce (p. 1142). — Sow seeds of Broivn Cos,
Tom Thumb, and All the Year round
Cabbage varieties.
Mulching (p. 69). — Standing crops may be
mulched with old cow-manure to prevent
evaporation. The use of the hoe between
the plants will also be beneficial.
Parsley (p. 1132). — Thin out last sowing.
Peas (p. 1123). — For a late crop seeds of
early varieties may be sown the first or
second week.
Savoys (p. 1115). — Plant out about the
middle of the month and again later if
ground can be spared.
Spinach (p. 1152). — Make a sowing for a
winter crop about the end of month.
Turnips (p. 1119). — Hoe and thin out.
Vacant Ground. — All vacant ground should
be dug, manured if necessary, and pre-
pared for other crops.
Vegetable Marrows (p. 1155). — Give the
plants a good mulch with well-decayed
manure and peg out the main shoots.
Cut fruits before they get too old.
AUGUST
Beans, French (p. 1126). — Sow in frames
for late use.
Broccoli (p. 1116). — Finish planting out from
the seed beds.
Cabbages (p. 11 14). —In the south seeds for
spring crops may be sown up to about
the middle of the month. Red Cabbage
may be sown at same time.
Cauliflowers (p. 1117).— Sow seeds about the
second or third week of Early Erfurt,
Walcheren, and Autumn Giant varieties.
Celery (p. 1130). — Earth up and water as
required.
Endive (p. 1143).— Plant out.
Hoeing. — The hoe may be used constantly
to keep weeds down and to stir the soil
1112
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
Onions (p. 1148). — Early in the month, if not
the last week in July, make a sowing of
White Spanish, White Tripoli, or Lisbon
for use next spring and summer.
Peas (p. 1123). — Mulch and water late crops.
Potatoes (p. 1133). — The second early crops
will be ready for digging by the middle of
the month, and the ground occupied by
them may be planted with Cos Lettuce,
Green Curled Endive, Savoys, and
Turnips.
Radishes (p. 1120).— Seeds may be sown on
moist shady border or bed.
Spinach (p. 1152). — Sow for winter crop up
to about the third or fourth week.
Tomatoes (p. 1137). — Keep side shoots
pinched out, and thin the lower leaves
and any others preventing sunshine get-
ting to the fruits.
SEPTEMBER
Broccoli (p. 1116). — The soil may receive a
light dressing of nitrate of soda or sul-
phate of ammonia, preparatory to being
stirred with the hoe.
Cabbage (p. 1114).— Plant out kinds sown in
July and August on ground previously
occupied by Onions or Potatoes.
Corn Salad (p. 1161). — Sow seeds in warm
places.
Lettuce (p. 1142). — Seeds of Cos varieties
may be sown on a warm border during
the month to plant out in spring. Tie
up heads fit for blanching and plant out
seedlings.
Mint (p. 1164).— The tops of old plants may
be cut down.
Mushrooms (p. 1166). — Manure for beds
should be prepared and turned over.
Mustard and Cress (p. 1164).— Seeds may
be sown about twice a week in shady
spots.
Onions (p. 1148). — To assist bulbs to ripen
the leaves may be twisted.
Potatoes (p. 1133).— Dig all kinds when the
stalks and leaves begin to wither. Store
the tubers away carefully.
OCTOBER
Asparagus (p. 1145). — Cut down all brown
stalks and dress the bed with about 6 in.
of well-rotted manure.
Beetroot (p. 1151).— The roots may be lifted
and stored after twisting (not cutting) the
leaves off.
Cabbages (p. 1114).— Plant out Ellam's
Dwarf Early and Enfield Market for
spring and early summer crops. They
may occupy ground from which Potatoes,
Beans, or Onions have been taken.
Carrots (p. 1128).— The roots may be lifted
and stored in soil.
Cauliflowers (p. 1117).— Young plants may
be pricked into frames and the leaves tied
over the heads of those nearly ready for
use. Other plants may be lifted with a
good ball of soil and planted in deep
frames so as to be safe from frost.
Celery (p. 1130). — Earth up as required on
dry days.
Horse-radish (p. 1162).— The roots for use
may be lifted and stored in soil under a
north wall.
Leeks (p. 1150). — Earth up when necessary.
Lettuce (p. 1142).— Plant out in warm borders,
and also in frames.
Onions (p. 1148).— Lift in dry weather and
leave exposed to the air for a few days
Afterwards store.
Tomatoes (p. 1137). — By the end of the
month all the fruits will be finished and
the plants may be taken up and burned.
If allowed to rot they may generate
the dreaded Tomato disease for next
NOVEMBER
Beans, Broad (p. 1125).— Seeds of Early
Mazagan may be sown in warm sunny
positions, but it is questionable if there is
anything gained by doing so.
Broccoli (p. 1116). — Plants of the late crops
should be heeled in.
Peas (p. 1123).— The first sowing may be
made in light and well-drained soil on a
warm sunny border during this month.
It is, however, waste of time to sow on
cold heavy soils at this period.
Trenching (p. 65).— This should be done
where necessary.
DECEMBER
Cabbages (p. 1114). — The soil may be drawn
up to the plants as a little protection and
also for drainage.
Leeks (p. 1150). — Draw the earth up round
the stems.
Lettuces (p. 1142). — Vacant frames may be
filled with plants from the border.
Potatoes(p. 1133).— About the second or third
week a few ' sets ' of tubers may be placed
in shallow boxes to sprout, previousto
planting in frames.
VEGETABLE GARDEN
1113
Group I. — Cruciferous Crops
Diseases of Cruciferous Crops. — Mam
plants, both wild and cultivated, belonging
to the Crucifer Order (see p. 201) are sub-
ject to a virulent disease known as ' Club-
root ' or ' Fingers and Toes.' Turnips
especially, and Cabbages, suffer most
severely from this disease, but other kinds
suffer from it also. It is caused by a
fungus called Plasmod/iophora brassicce,
which penetrates the roots and causes
them to swell up abnormally into a
roundish or spindle-shaped mass, often
more or less spreading like fingers, hence
one of the common names. The root
cells arc very much swollen by the action
of the fungus, and when first attacked
their contents are of a slimy yellowish
colour. During the autumn and winter
months the fungus is maturing, and by
the spring its numerous spores' contents
are shed, and creep about the damp soil
by means of motile hairs. In due course
each one completely unites or fuses with
some other and forms a larger body. In
this state they are ripe for vegetating on
the roots of any Cruciferous plant, whether
weeds or not, and set up the disease in
them.
Bemedics. — It is often a good plan to
dig the green stems and leaves of plants
into the soil as a manure, especially plants
belonging to the Pea and Bean Order (Le-
guminosae, see p. 322). That practice, how-
ever, cannot be recommended with any
plants of the Cabbage family (Cruciferse,
see p. 201) owing to the above disease. It
is therefore a mistake to allow the stumps
and roots of Cabbages, Brussels Sprouts,
Broccoli and the other crops described
from p. 1114 to p. 1128 to lie rotting on the
soil, or to dig them in as manure, as they
may contain the germs of the disease.
They are best burned, and there will be
no danger in spreading the ashes over the
soil. This may be regarded more as a
preventive perhaps than as an actual
remedy, but burning will effectively de-
stroy any Clubroot fungus that may be in
the roots.
A second remedy or preventive con-
sists in the rotation of crops (p. 1104).
Never grow plants of the Cabbage family
on the same ground two years running
if it can possibly be avoided, even if Club-
root does not exist. Where Clubroot has
appeared once, Cruciferous crops should
not be grown for years, and all Cruciferous
weeds like Charlock or Wild Mustard,
Shepherd's Purse, Garlic Mustard &c.
should be stamped out, as their roots
serve as more or less welcome hosts for
the fungus. Treatment with lime, soot
Sec. is very little use against the dis-
ease, although they benefit the soil, but
boiling water would probably be highly
effective.
Anbury or Amburij is another disease
common to Cruciferous plants, especially
Turnips and Cabbages. It is brought
about by small Cabbage Gall Weevils
called CeutorrTvynch/us suUcolUs which
form galls on the roots. These galls
harbour the small white grubs of the
Weevil, and become as large as split peas.
Little mischief seems to result from their
attacks, but whenever galled roots are
noticeable they should be picked off and
burned so as to destroy the grubs. When
transplanting Cabbages, Brussels Sprouts
&c. some gardeners dip the roots into
a lather or puddle of clay and soot and
lime as a preventive. The remedies men-
tioned above under Clubroot are on the
whole the safest and best.
Other pests of Cruciferous crops, be-
sides those already mentioned under Tur-
nip (p. 1119), are the whitish ctylindrical
maggots of the Cabbage Fly (Anthomyia
brassicce). These attack both stem and
root and cause the leaves to ' flag ' or
wilt and turn yellow. The infested
plants are best removed and burned. At
the time of planting, a good dressing of
lime and soot around the young plants
will check their ravages.
The Large White Cabbage Caterpillar
{Pieris brassicce), and the Small White
one (P. rapec), and the caterpillars of the
Cabbage Moth (Mamestra brassicce) do
a good deal of mischief to the leaves and
heads of Cabbages &c, often spoiling a
whole crop when measures are not taken
to pre vent them.
Hand-picking and treading under foot
is an effective but tedious cure. A good
sprinkling with lime and soot early in the
morning when the plants are wet with
dew will be found useful. Soapy water is
also a good remedy. See also Enemies
&c. of the Turnip (p. 1120).
1114
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS cabbage
CABBAGE (Brassica oleracea
capitata). — The progenitor of the culti-
vated Cabbage is still found wild in many
parts of England near the seashore, but,
needless perhaps to say, it bears no resem-
blance to any of its descendants. As a
vegetable the Cabbage is very highly
esteemed, and by selection of good early
and late varieties may be had in use nearly
the whole year round.
Soil. — The soil for Cabbages should
be well dug or trenched, receiving at the
same time a good dressing of well-decom-
posed manure, which should, however, be
well buried in the trenches or furrows, so
as to be at least 9 inches beneath the
surface. Any good garden soil will suit
Cabbages, but they prefer a good rich and
deep loam on a chalky subsoil. Hot dry
soils are of little use for growing Cabbages,
and cool moist situations should be chosen
if possible. When the young plants have
become established they require little
attention beyond drawing the soil up to
the stems from each side, and keeping
the weeds down by hoeing occasionally.
In the event of dry weather at the time
of planting it is best to give each plant a
good watering.
Spring Cabbages.- — To obtain Cab-
bages in spring and early summer it is
necessary to sow the seeds front about the
middle to the end of August in the north,
and about a fortnight later in the south.
If sown out of doors earlier or later than
these periods, the plants are apt to ' bolt '
or run to seed in spring, and therefore
valueless as a crop. The seeds may be
sown thinly on specially prepared beds or
hi shallow drills or rows, afterwards raking
the soil over and gently patting it down
with the back of the spade. Two good
varieties for sowing at this period are
Ellam's Dwarf Early and Enfield Market.
As a rule it is a good plan to give the seed
bed a good watering. By the end of Sep-
tember or beginning of October the young
plants will be large enough to transplant
in rows or drills, allowing JU-2 ft. between
the plants every way. Some gardeners,
however, have the plants at first 15 in.
apart in the rows, which should be about
2 ft. apart, and in early spring every other
plant is cut and used as ' greens.' This is
an excellent practice, especially in severe
winters when the supply of ' greens ' in
early spring is likely to be scarce. By
cutting every other plant a distance of 11
ft. is then left between the plants in the
rows, and this allows plenty of space to
enable the remaining plants to develop for
the mam crop. Dull and mild showery
weather is the best for transplanting.
Autumn Cabbages. — For autumn and
winter use the seed should be sown in
March and April in shallow drills or rows,
as mentioned above. When the seedlings
are large enough to handle (with 3-4
leaves), that is, in June and July, they
are transplanted in the same way to their
permanent quarters, and will be ready for
use from August to October. This crop of
Cabbages may very fitly be grown on soil
that has already grown a crop of Onions or
early Potatoes.
Successional Sowings. — The above
are the two seasons of sowing seeds for
the two principal crops. But Cabbages
may be sown earlier and later than the
dates mentioned in each case, so as to
produce earlier or later crops. Thus in
February seeds may be sown in a warm
pit or frame, and the seedlings pricked
out into nice light soil in similar places,
giving them, however, as much ah- and
light as possible, so long as they are not
frosted. When they become rather thick,
and according to the mildness of the
weather, the young plants may be trans-
ferred to the open ground, the lifting and
planting being done as carefully as
possible so as not to give too great a check
to the roots. These plants will be ready
for cutting in summer, and may have a
crop of Lettuce taken off the ground
between the rows while growing.
Cutting Cabbages. — When fully
developed with a full round and hard
centre or ' heart ' Cabbages are fit for
cutting. To make the supply last as long
as possible the heads should be cut at the
top of the stem to which a few of the
lower leaves may be left attached. If the
stems are thus allowed to remain they
will develop numerous ' sprouts ' up the
stem in due course, and these are also
much appreciated. To secure the best
results the sprouts should be thinned out
somewhat, otherwise the stems will be
clustered with a mass of small heads of
inferior value.
VARIETIES OF CABBAGE
There are several kinds of Cab-
bages, but the best for general purposes
are Early Eainham. Ellam's Dwarf
CABBAGE
VEGETABLE GABDEN Brussels sprouts 1115
Early Sprint/, Enfield Market, and
Wheeler's Imperial. These are all excel-
lent Cabbages, but to obtain the best
results from Ellam's Dwarf Early, the
seeds must be sown in July or August.
A variety called Chou de Burghley, or
Gilbert's Cabbage Broccoli, produces
hearts like those of Broccoli if allowed to
remain on the ground long enough. It is
highly appreciated by some, but not by
others. It should be cut while in the
form of a Cabbage, before the Broccoli
head develops, and is very useful if sown
in May, when it will come into use the
following February.
Pickling Cabbage. — For pickling
purposes the variety known as Red Dutch
is the best. Seeds may be sown in either
March or July according to the time the
plants are wanted, but the July Bowing is
usually considered to yield the best results.
The seedlings should be about 3 ft. apart
in the rows. As Red Cabbages take about
14 months to produce large and solid
heads, they should be grown on rich soil.
To make the best use of the latter it may
be utilised in the meantime to mature a
crop of Potatoes, spring or autumn Cab-
bages, Lettuces, &c, but the rows should
then be correspondingly wide for the Red
Cabbage, say 3^-4 ft.
Coleworts or Collards. — These are
really small-headed and very useful Cab-
bages, known in gardens as ' Greens '
dming winter and early spring when they
have not formed proper heads. They are
most appreciated in winter, and to obtain
them at this period seeds are sown about
the middle of June. The seedlings are
treated in the same way as Cabbages, but
as they produce smaller heads, a foot or so
between the plants is quite sufficient
space to allow them. If seeds are sown
in April and May, afterwards transplanting
the seedlings in showery weather, the
plants will turn in by early autumn with
nice heads, and thus succeed the summer
Cabbages and when Peas are becoming
scarce. The variety known as the London
or Bosette Colewort is the one usually
grown. It forms small compact heads
and cooks tenderly.
For diseases &c. see p. 1113.
Couve Tronchuda or Portugal Cab-
bage.— This is a Portuguese variety, the
leaves of which have thick white fleshy
midribs, but they do not form very com-
pact heads. The leaves are very tender
when cooked, but require to be slightly
frosted like Savoys in order to develop
the flavour to its fullest extent. A variel v
known as the Dwarf Portugal Cabbage
forms denser and more compact heads than
the ordinary variety.
SAVOY CABBAGE (Brassica ole-
racea bullata). — Although resembling
the Cabbage in general appearance, the
Savoy is more nearly related botanically
to Brussels Sprouts. It is readily recog-
nised by the large leaves, which have a
very wrinkled or ' bullate ' surface. The
Savoy is very highly appreciated in
some gardens, as it grows so easily
and requires very little attention. Its
cultivation is the same as for the Cab-
bages described above, with the excep-
tion that as a rule seeds are only sown
out of doors in spring, at intervals from
March to May, to secure a good succession.
The young plants should be placed 1^-2
ft. apart, according to the variety grown.
The Drumhead Savoy, which is the
largest variety grown, and is excellent
for the general crop, though rather coarse,
should be 2 feet apart, while the Early
Dwarf Ulm and Tom Thumb may be
about 18 in. apart. All the kinds are very
hardy and stand frost well ; indeed they
are considered all the better for having
been frosted, and this fact renders Savoys
valuable, especially when ordinary Cab-
bages are scarce.
BRUSSELS SPROUTS (Brassica
OLERACEA BULLATA GEMMIFERA). — This
highly esteemed vegetable derives its
name from the fact that it was originally
introduced from the gardens round
Brussels, where it has been grown for five
or six centuries. Although the general
treatment is the same as for the Cabbage,
the soil need not be so rich or so heavily
manured. If too rich there is a tendency
on the part of the plants to produce rather
loose sprouts, instead of roundish compact
ones. The character of the plant is well
known, the stem being studded with
spiral rows of roundish heads or ' sprouts,'
and ending with a rosette of wrinkled
leaves forming a kind of spreading um-
brella.
Time of solving. — Seeds may be
sown in March in frames, afterwards in
the open air at the end of March and
early in April, and finally the first week
in May so as to secure a good succession.
For all ordinary purposes, however, one
1116
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS broccoli
large sowing at the end of March or early
in April is usually sufficient when a
succession is not of great importance.
The seedlings having made 3-4 leaves
are duly transferred to the open ground.
They may be l|-2 ft. apart in the rows,
the latter being 2-3 ft. apart. Or where
ground is scarce they may be inter-
cropped with Potatoes, allowing two rows
of the latter to every one of Brussels
Sprouts, unless the rows are particularly
wide apart. The general cultivation
afterwards is the same as for Cabbage
(see p. 1114). A week or two before
the sprouts are ready to be picked, some
of the spreading leaves from the top
may be removed and used as greens, but
it is scarcely advisable to cut off the
whole head as sometimes recommended.
The sap the detached leaves would other-
wise absorb is thus drafted into the
sprouts on the stem and enables them to
become plumper and better matured.
During dry seasons the plants will be
greatly benefited by copious waterings
towards evening. Frequent stirring of
the surface of the soil between the rows
with a hoe will also act as a mulching
and prevent a good deal of moisture being
evaporated. Among the most useful
varieties to grow are Aigburth (or Otters-
pool Improved), a fine form with large
sprouts; Dalkeith; Scrymger's Giant,
one of the best ; President Carnot; and
The Wroxton, the latter being very fine.
For diseases &c. see p. 1113.
BORECOLE or KALE (Brassica
OLERACEA ACEPHALA Or FIMBRIATA). — This
excellent vegetable is very hardy and is
often found most useful in severe winters
when Cabbages and other greenstuff are
utter failures. All Kales are improved in
flavour by the action of light frosts.
It succeeds in an ordinary good gar-
den soil, but enjoys a well dug and
manured loam as recommended for
Cabbages (p. 1114).
Time of solving. — As a rule seeds of
Borecoles may be sown for the main crop
in March and April, but an earlier sowing
may be made in a cold frame if required.
Seeds may also be sown as late as the
middle of May in the south, and the
beginning in the north, where a good suc-
cession of plants is required.
When the seedlings are strong and
sturdy without being allowed to grow long
and lanky in the seed beds, they may be
planted in drills at a distance of about
2 ft. apart every way. Cottager's Kale,
being a vigorous growing plant, may be
planted about 2k ft. apart each way.
The general cultivation after planting
is the same as for Cabbages (see p. 1114).
By keeping the hoe in frequent use between
the rows the soil is kept in good condition,
and the loosened surface acts as a mulch
during the summer months.
Among the best- varieties grown are
the Asparagus or Buda Kale. Cottager's
Kale is very hardy and well worth grow-
ing. The Dwarf Green Curled or Scotch
Kale is excellent for winter and spring
use, while the Hearting or Cabbaging
Kale produces close compact heads, but
is not so hardy as the other varieties. The
variegated forms are very handsome in
appearance and are much prized by some
for garnishing purposes.
Many varieties of Kale have flatfish
leaves, but others have beautifully crimped
and curled leaves resembling close-packed
Parsley or green moss. The famous
' Jersey walking-sticks ' are made from a
variety of Kale or Tree Cabbage called
Chou Cavalier, which often reaches a
height of 10 ft. and grows for two or three
seasons.
For diseases &c. see p. 1113.
BROCCOLI (Brassica oleracea
botrytis asparagoides). ■ — The Broccoli
resembles the Cauliflower in appearance,
and is often regarded as such by
the uninitiated ; but it is a distinct
variety and more hardy in constitu-
tion than the Cauliflower. Both vege-
tables, however, are remarkable for the
crisp succulent white or creamy white
mass in the centre of the leaves. This
mass really consists of the inflorescence,
that is, the flower stems and flowers,
which have become condensed and
abnormal by selection and cultivation for
many generations. In the Broccoli the
heads are smaller and yellowish-white, but
in the Cauliflower are usually larger and
more inclined to pure white. The leaves
of the Broccoli also are more numerous
and stiffer in texture.
Soil. — To grow Broccoli well the soil
cannot be too rich and well drained. A
rich and rather heavy loam, well dug and
heavily manured the previous autumn,
suits it best. The soil should be well set
or hardened before planting, as the roots
like to grow in firm surroundings.
BROCCOLI
VEGETABLE GARDEN oaulifloweb 1117
Time of sowing. — Seeds may be sown
very thinly in shallow drills about 6 in.
apart from the beginning to the middle of
April, and again two or three weeks later
to obtain a succession. When the seed-
lings have developed 3 or 4 leaves they
may be transplanted in dull showery
weather if possible to the ground which
"i prepared the previous autumn, and
ma v have produced a crop of early
Potatoes in the meantime. Although it
is possible to secure good crops by plant-
ing as late as the end of July, and even
early in August, as a rule the best results
are obtained by having all the plants in
their places by the middle of June. The
first seedlings above ground may be
pricked out about 6 in. apart into a warm
border about a month after sowing, and if
left here for another month to become
sturdy, they may then be transplanted
in showery weather to their permanent
quarters. The absence of showers, how-
ever, should not interfere with planting
Broccoli at the proper time, but a good
soaking with water should then be given
in lieu of rain. The plants should lie '2
to 3 ft. apart each way, the vigorous
varieties being given the greater amount
of space for development. The general
treatment in regard to hoeing, weeding,
watering &c. is afterwards the same as
for Cabbages (see p. 1114).
Protection. — In severe winters it may
be found advisable to protect the heads of
the late kinds — that is, those for use in
spring and early summer — by means of a
little clean straw or litter. Or the leaves
may be slightly cracked at the midrib or
stalk and bent inwards over the heads.
In some places an operation called
' heeling in ' is practised. It consists in
bending the stalks over until the heads
face the north or west. The object in
view is to prevent the heads being injured
by alternate frosting and thawing — the
latter really doing more damage than the
former. It is therefore considered better
to have the heads facing north or west, as
the sun will not then shine upon them, or
only so feebly as to be of no importance.
The operation of ' heeling in ' is usually
carried out during mild weather in Novem-
ber. If the plants are in rows running
east and west, a trench is opened before
the first row on the north side. All the
plants in the first row are then bent over
with the heads facing the north, and soil
from the second trench is placed over the
stems to keep them in the required posi-
tion. The plants in the second row are then
treated in the same way, and so on until
the work is finished. If the rows are
running north and south, it will be found
more convenient to bend the plants so
that the heads shall face westwards ; but
the work is precisely the same. Care,
however, should be taken not to expose
the roots more than is absolutely neces-
sary, otherwise they may be injured by
frost.
VARIETIES OF BROCCOLI
Among the Broccoli most useful for
the garden are Veitch's Autumn Self -pro-
tecting, which is valuable for autumn
and early winter use. Its firm whitish
and compact heads retain their crispness
and freshness a long fcimi , owing to the
protection they receive from the leaves
which curl inwards and protect them
a good deal.
Walcheren is a well-known variety
and still one of the best for autumn use.
Mammoth White is a compact-growing
late Broccoli with deep green leaves,
which curl over and protect the large
white heads well. It is of good quality
and continues in use for a long time.
Other varieties for autumn and winter
use are Purple Cape, White Cape, Back-
house's Winter White, Knight's Protect-
ing, Osborn's White, Snow's Superb,
White Sprottti/ng, and Purple Sprouti/ng.
The latter is a distinct variety, and is
often called the Asparagus Broccoli. It
has purplish curled leaves, and instead of
producing a compact head as in the ordi-
nary varieties, it throws up numerous thick
and fleshy purple shoots from the centre
and also from the axils of the leaves.
These shoots are produced in succession
for a long time, and should be gathered
before the flowers open. They are used
in the same way as green Asparagus.
For use in spring and early summer
may be mentioned Alexandra, an excel-
lent variety of first-rate quality ; Catteli' a
Eclipse, considered at one time to be the
best late Broccoli cultivated; Methvev's
June, a very hardy sort standing the
winter well, and remaining in use till
nearly the end of June ; WUcove's Superb
Tl kite, and Veitch's Model.
For diseases &c. see p. 1113.
CAULIFLOWER (Brassica olera-
cea botrytis cauliflora). — The Cauli-
1118
PBACTICAL GUIDE TO GABDEN PLANTS kohl-rabi
flower differs from the Broccoli chiefly in
being a less hardy plant and in having
heads of a more tender and finer flavour.
These heads consist of abortive flowers
placed on short and thickened flower-
stems, also aborted, the whole forming a
dense white fleecy-looking and succulent
mass.
Soil. — A good rich loamy well-drained
soil and a warm sunny and sheltered
position are required to grow Cauliflowers
to the highest perfection.
For the autumn crop of Cauliflowers
seeds of Walcheren, perhaps the only
satisfactory variety for this particular
purpose, may be sown out of doors the
first week of April. Veitch's Pearl,
Sutton's King, and Veitch's Autumn
Giant are also good varieties and will
give a succession until Veitch's Autumn
Self protecting Broccoli comes into use.
It will therefore be unnecessary to make
further sowings. The seedlings from
these will be fit for planting out 2 ft. apart
each way in well-prepared soil about
the middle or end of June according to
the season.
To have Cauliflowers in season about
May and June, seeds must be sown in
August in the north and not later than
the first week in September for the
south. When large enough 'the young
plants may be pricked out into rich soil
either in cold frames or in such
a position that they can be readily pro-
tected during the winter. Except in
frosty weather too much light and air can-
not be given the plants. A damp and stag-
nant atmosphere must be guarded against
if the plants are to come through the win-
ter safely. They should therefore always
be protected from cold drenching rains in
winter. From the beginning of March
onwards, if the weather is nice and mild,
the plants may be transferred from their
winter quarters to the open ground — a
south sunny border is best — a few at a
time, but they still require protection
during cold frosty nights. This protection
is best afforded by means of handlights.
The latter, however, should never cover
the plants in the daytime except
during severe frosts, and then a little
litter over them may also be needed.
Where handlights are not available for
shelter, any other receptacle will do at
night time, such as a large flower pot
with a little litter over it, or a wooden
box &c.
When Cauliflowers are required in
July and August seeds should be sown in
pans or boxes in gentle heat in a hotbed
or greenhouse in January or February.
The seedlings must be transplanted into
a cold frame in rich soil, and may be kept
close for a few days until established.
Afterwards on bright mild days they may
be given plenty of light and air. By the
first week in May and onwards they will
be ready for planting in the open ground.
There are thus three seasons at which
Cauliflowers may be sown, viz. : 1. In
April to produce heads in autumn. 2.
In August to produce heads in May and
June after winter protection. 3. In Janu-
ary or February on hotbeds, to be trans-
planted in May and produce heads in July
and August. This gives a fairly long
period for the Cauliflower to be in use.
General Treatment. — Little more can
be said than what has already appeared
for Cabbages. But the more tender
nature of Cauliflowers, and their inclina-
tion to produce heads prematurely, or
' button ' as gardeners say, especially in
dry summers, render it necessary to pay
particular attention to drawing the soil
up around the young plants, to keep the
surface well stirred, not only to destroy
weeds but to prevent evaporation. It is
also an excellent practice to give liberal
and frequent waterings in dry weather,
occasionally with liquid manure.
A disease called ' blindness ' sometimes
attacks Cauliflowers raised in spring.
This is caused by what is called the
' White Fly,' which cluster on the young
heads and destroy them. This danger
may be checked by sprinkling the crowns
and leaves with soot when damp early in
the morning.
Varieties. — There are comparatively
few distinct ones. The best are Early
London, Early Snowball, Dwarf Erfurt
or Mammoth Eclipse, Veitch's Autumn
Giant (for sowing in the open air in
April and May), Veitch's Pearl, Sutton's
King, and Walcheren. The latter is the
latest of all Cauliflowers, and is as often
as not grown as a Broccoli. It should be
sown in April.
For diseases &c. see p. 1113.
KOHL-RABI (Brassica oleracea
Caulo-rapa). — This distinct vegetable is
about midway between the Cabbage and
Turnip, and its swollen fleshy stem is
often used as a substitute for the latter.
TURNIP
VEGETABLE GARDEN
TURNIP 1119
The stem is almost round in shape, and
varies in size from 3 to 8 in. in diameter.
In seasons when the Turnip is fibrous
and hot to the taste, Kohl-Rabi retains
its delicate and agreeable flavour.
Culture d-c. — Kohl-Rabi is now becom-
ing better known in British gardens,
and owing to its great hardiness is a crop
worthy of attention. It likes a stiffish
moist soil and is suitable for damp but
well-drained situations. Seeds may be
sown from the beginning of April to the
middle or end of June in shallow drills
about a foot or eighteen inches apart.
When the seedlings are well developed —
which usually takes from 4 to 6 weeks — they
may be thinned out to about a foot apart
in the rows, and the plants will be fit for
use in three or four months from the date
of sowing the seed. The Turnip- like stems
should be left well above the surface of
the soil when growing. During the Bum-
mer months the soil between the rows of
plants should be kept stirred with the
hoe to keep the weeds down and also to
prevent excessive evaporation of moisture
from the soil during dry weather. The
swollen stems are ready for use before
they are quite fully grown.
Varieties. — There are several known,
but the best for general cultivation are the
Early White, which has roundish pale
green or whitish stems 6-8 in. through ;
Early Purple, which has purplish stems,
but is not so delicate or early as the
Early White ; and the Early Dwarf, a
dwarfer form than the others.
SWEDE TURNIP or TURNIP-
ROOTED CABBAGE.— This is closely
related to the Kohl-Rabi, but its swollen
stems, which are nearly as long as
broad, usually grow more deeply buried
in the soil. They are boiled and have a
flavour like the Kohl-Rabi, and are held
in greater esteem than Turnips by many.
Culture. — This is precisely the
same as recommended for Kohl-Rabi
above. There are two kinds usually
growrn — one with a yellow flesh, the other
with a white flesh. In hot dry seasons
they are more easily grown than Turnips,
and do not lose their flavour or become
stringy.
TURNIP (Brassica Rapa).— The
Turnip belongs to the genus Brassica,
like the Cabbage, Cauliflower, and other
vegetables mentioned in the preceding
pages. It is, however, not cultivated so
much for its leaves (although these are
often used as ' greens ' ) but for the round-
ish or flattish fleshy roots. Strictly
speaking the edible portion is not a root
at all, but a short much-swollen stem,
from the top of which leaves and flowers
are produced, and from the base the
slender tapering taproot and fibres.
Soil. — Turnips will succeed on any
good garden soil that is not too heavy or
too clayey, but prefer a good and rather
lighl loam not too heavily dressed with
i'.i i m v.i id manure, at least not immediately
prior to sowing the seeds. Turnip soil is
1>< sst prepared in autumn or early winter
li> digging or trenching and manuring as
i 1 1 ; i \ be required. A fairly moist situation
and cool positions are best for Turnips.
Sowing th< seed. — The seed may be
sown either broadcast or in rows or drills
but as thinly as possible. Where large
quantities are required it will be found
economic to use a small seed drill. This
useful instrument makes a shallow drill
and sows the seed at the same time. The
distance between the seeds can be regu-
lated, and the subsequent thinning out
will be a less tedious process. After sow-
ing the soil is raked over and made level
and firm, either by means of the feet or a
small roller.
As birds are very partial to the seeds,
the latter may be coated with sulphur
paste or red lead before sowing, and this
will prevent their depredations. A sprink-
ling of soot and lirne over the surface of
the soil after sowing will also be useful
in checking snails, slugs, and other verniin.
Time of solving. — For the main crop,
the best time for sowing seed is about the
middle of July, say St. Swithin's day. but
in warm southern localities a fortnight
later will be time enough. For succes-
sion seeds may also be sown as late as the
middle of August and beginning of Sep-
tember in the south on ground from
which a crop of Potatoes or other
plants has been cleared. The tops of
plants sown at this period are valuable for
cutting as greenstuff in spring. Earlier
sowings, however, may be made at
intervals of a fortnight from early March
to June when Turnips are required
in summer and early autumn, but the
plants are then inclined to run to seed,
especially in dry summers, or become
woody or stringy in flesh. As soon as
the seed-leaves are pushing their way
through the surface of the soil, it is ad-
1120
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
HADISH
visable to give them a good dusting with
a mixture of lime and soot early in the
morning, while the dew is still upon the
ground.
Thinning out Sc. — When the young
plants have made 4 or 5 leaves it is time
to go over the rows with a small hoe, not
only to destroy the weeds, but also to thin
the seedlings out pretty freely, leaving
4-6 in. space or even moi'e between the
plants. A second thinning out is fre-
quently necessary, in which case the
plants should be left about a foot apart.
By leaving the plants crowded they
become stilled with growth and pro-
bably infested with vermin, so that the
crop becomes a failure. In the event of
dry weather the plants will receive much
benefit from good soakings of water.
Storing. — When fit for use the roots
should be taken up as required. Surplus
quantities may be stored in cool dry and
airy sheds free from frost. If the weather
is not too severe, and the soil in which
the Turnips are growing is dry and warm,
the roots may be left in the soil, and
pulled as wanted. A good plan for stor-
ing is to make heaps on a raised piece of
ground, having a layer of litter or bracken
beneath and all round the Turnips. The
whole may then be covered with a layer
of dry soil. Where dry airy sheds exist,
however, it is scarcely worth while storing
Turnips out of doors. The leaves or tops
should be cut off, but not the roots at the
base.
Enemies dc — The Turnip is subject
to the attacks of many insects, beetles &c,
more so, perhaps, than any other Cruci-
ferous crop. One of the worst pests is
the Turnip Fly or Flea (Altica nemorwm),
a lively and voracious little beetle which
attacks the young leaves as soon as they
appear above the soil. The caterpillars
of the Turnip Sawfly (Athalia spina rum)
called ' Niggers ' or ' Black Palmers ' attack
the leaves at a more advanced stage, and
may be recognised by their dull yellow
colour, and dense whitish short hairs.
The caterpillars of the Turnip Moth
(Agrotis segetum) are also very destruc-
tive in autumn, the more so as they are
rarely seen. They live beneath the sur-
face of the soil and usually feed at night
time. They bore into the fleshy roots of
the Turnip in autumn and take refuge in
the holes they make. A closely related
pest is the caterpillar of the Heart-
and-Dart Moth {Agrotis exclamationis)
which destroys the plants in a similar
way.
Remedies.— Onca any of these pests
have taken a fair hold of a crop, it is a
somewhat difficult, matter to check them.
The attacks of the Turnip Flea and
Turnip Sawfly may be counteracted by
dusting the plants more or less heavily
with lime and soot early in the morning
when the dew is still on the foliage, or
late in the evening, when the pests will
probably be feeding. The same remedy
and hand-picking by candlelight seem
to be the best means of destroying the
caterpillars of the Turnip Moth and
the Heart-and-Dart Moth. Watering the
plants with briny water is also more or
less effectual. Where a Turnip crop
suffers a good deal from any of these
pests, it is unwise to grow a second crop
on the same piece of land, as similar
results are almost sure to follow — as it is
practically impossible to kill all the larvae
or chrysalides of the pest. While they
are fond of the Turnip, and other Cruci-
ferous crops, perhaps, and attack them
fiercely, they are, however, more or less
harmless to other crops, such for instance
as Peas and Beans.
For other diseases see p. 1113.
VARIETIES OF TURNIP
Among the best varieties may be
mentioned Extra Early Milan, a dis-
tinct strap-leaved variety which is fit
for use early ; Early Purple - topped
Munich, also a distinct and early variety ;
Early Snowball, a fine variety with a
white, sweet, and tender flesh ; Early
White Stone, keeps well ; and Ea rly Strap-
leaf White Stone, an early variety of fine
quality. For late use Veitch'sRed Globe
is an excellent variety.
RADISH (Raphanus sativus). As
far as structure is concerned the Radish
resembles the Turnip in that the swollen
fleshy portion is really a stem which
gradually passes downwards into the real
root.
The Radish is supposed to have come
originally from Southern Asia, but no
wild plant has yet been found that can
with any certainty be regarded as its
progenitor. The wild Radish or White
Charlock (R. Raphanistrtnn), which pro-
duces white or pale yellow flowers from
May to September, and is more or less
common in our cornfields, may possibly
11ADISH
VEGETABLE GARDE X
SEAKALE 1121
have had something to do with producing
the cultivated Radish, but it is now a
matter of mere speculation.
Soil. — Any light or fairly good garden
soil will grow Radishes well, but it should
be open and well exposed to the sun.
Early spring crops usually have sufficient
moisture, but if Radishes are required
during the summer months, it is well to
select a piece of soil which is naturally
moist and cool rather than drv and
hot.
Sowing. — Radishes are best sown in
beds not exceeding 5 feet wide. The beds
should have at least a good foot of space
between them to form an alley or path-
way, so that half the crop may be picked
easily from one side and half from the
other. The seed is usually sown broad-
cast and as thinly and evenly as possible.
The surface of the soil is afterwards raked
over, and may be made firm with the
back of the spade, or where large patches
are sown, with a light roller.
The first sowing out of doors may be
made on warm sunny south borders during
December and January. As the wei tin 1
at that period of the year is more or less
severe, according to locality, the seed beds
should be covered with clean straw or
litter. This need not be disturbed until
the seedlings are well through the soil,
and even then it should be removed only
on warm bright days, and replaced towards
night.
It is however a moot question whether
there is any particular advantage in
sowing Radishes so early as December or
January. One of the chief points with
Radishes is to grow them as quickly as
possible, and it is obvious that the period
mentioned is not one of rapid growth. If
the first sowing in the open air be made
not earlier than the middle of February,
it will be found that the plants are quite
as forward and better flavoured than
those raised from seeds sown a month or
two before.
As an alternative to this the seeds
may be sown in cold franies, where there
are sufficient for the purpose, but they
must be protected by the lights in frosty
weather. In fine weather these may be
removed altogether, or tilted so as to
allow an abundance of fresh air.
It is a good plan to sow seeds from the
middle of January to the end of February
on a gentle hotbed, which may be made
as described at p. 46. As the plants are
apt to be drawn in a frame, the seeds
should be sown thinly, and plenty of air
should be given on all favourable occasions.
Many good gardeners also sow a fair
quantity of Lettuce seeds with those of the
Radishes, afterwards lightly raking the
surface of the soil and gently patting it
down with the back of the spade. The
Radishes sprout first, and as they become
fit for use may be pulled, or ' drawn ' as
gardeners say. This will leave plenty of
space for the young Lettuce to develop.
From March onwards seeds may be
sown at intervals of about a fortnight, or
more rarely, according as Radishes are
wanted or not. In the summer months,
frequent waterings will be necessary,
unless, as mentioned above, the seeds have
been sown on naturally moist soil.
Maturity. — Radishes are best pulled
when they have produced about the third
or fourth rough leaf. If allowed to grow
too long they lose their tenderness and
flavour and become woolly or stringy.
The quicker they are grown the better,
and in this respect they resemble Turnips.
It is a good plan, especially in dry weather,
to water the beds thoroughly the day
before the Radishes are pulled.
Enemies. — The Turnip Fly sometimes
visits the Radish and treats it in the same
way as it does the Turnip. A sprinkling
of lime and soot when the leaves are wet
or damp will check its ravages.
Varieties. — There are many of these
so far as names go, but they may be
roughly divided into (i) The Turnip-
rooted varieties of which there are scarlet
red, and white forms ; (ii) The Olive-
shaped varieties which include the white,
scarlet, and French Breakfast forms ; and
(iii) The Long tapering varieties, like the
Long Red, and Lady's Finger forms.
The Java or Rat's Tail Radish (Bapha-
nus caudatus) is a peculiar variety, of
which the purple or violet seed pods only
are edible. They are 8-10 in. long, often
twisted, and not so thick as a lead pencil,
and should be used when about half-
grown. The seeds should be sown thinly
in the open ground in May, and about
August the seed pods will be fit for eating
in a raw state, like ordinary Radishes, or
they may be pickled in vinegar.
SEAKALE (Crambe maritima). —
The Seakale is a Cruciferous native peren
nial with large sinuated densely glaucous
or blue-green leaves. Of late years it has
4c
1122
P11 ACTIO AL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS seakajqb
become a great favourite in British gardens,
and is cultivated for the crisp and juicy
growths which, however, must be blanched
as described below before they are fit for
use. On some parts of the south coast it
grows luxuriantly just above high-water
mark, and whitened shoots are obtained
easily by covering the crowns in winter
with a heap of sand or shingle.
Soil. — A deep and well -manured Bandy
loam is the best for Seakale, but it may
be grown well in ordinary good garden
soil which has been well dug or trenched,
and manured in autumn or winter before
planting. An open sunny situation is
best.
Propagation. — Seakale is propagated
(i) by cuttings of the fleshy roots, called
' thongs ' by gardeners, and (ii) by means
of seeds. The latter may be sown thinly
in shallow drills H-2 ft. apart in March
or April, and the seedlings afterwards
thinned out so as to leave 9-12 in. between
the plants. Their after treatment is the
same as described for root cuttings.
Root Cuttings. — These are at once
the easiest and best way of raising Sea-
kale. Pieces 4-6 in. long are cut off the
ends of the roots with a sharp knife either
in December when the plants are lifted
for forcing in greenhouses or hotbeds, or
in March if they have been left in the
ground. If cut in December the cuttings
should be placed in sand or dry soil until
the planting time in March. They are
then planted in rows l'.-2 ft. apart, and
9-12 in. between the plants, the upper
end of the root cutting being 1-2 in.
beneath the surface of the soil. The
whole is then levelled over, and a mulch-
ing of well-rotted manure may be placed
between the rows at the time of planting,
or a few weeks afterwards when new roots
will be forming. All round the cut
surface buds will sprout forth, but they
should all be rubbed out except the
strongest one. Beyond keeping the
weeds down, little attention is necessary,
except watering in very dry hot weather,
and pinching out any flower stems that
appear, until the autumn.
When the plants are to be forced out
of doors it is a better plan to place the
' crowns,' not in straight rows, but about
9 in. apart in the form of a triangle. By
adopting this method it will be possible to
cover every 3 plants with one Seakale
pot.
Forcing. — When the leaves have
withered and decayed in autumn and
been removed, the crowns of the plant
should be protected from hard frosts by a
small heap of fine coal ashes, or short
litter. When it is desired to ' force ' the
shoots, each plant or crown may be
covered with a wooden box, large pot, or
handlight, after removing the leaves,
litter, or ashes from the top. A certain
amount of heat will be generated by heap-
ing leaves, litter, or manure around and
over the box, pot, or light. Where attacks
of slugs &c. are apprehended it is wise to
sprinkle the crowns and the surrounding
soil with lime and soot.
From the beginning of December to
the end of February more heat is naturally
required to force the plants out of doors,
and where Seakale is wanted during this
period, the pots or other coverings over the
plants should be covered with good thick
layers of hot manure. After the plants
have commenced to grow the temperature
should not exceed 60° Fahr.
It is essential to exclude light, other-
wise the stems will come greenish in the
usual way, and possess none of that crisp-
ness and succulence associated with
' blanched ' or whitened shoots. It takes
about 4 to 6 weeks from the time of cover-
ing to produce nicely blanched ' sticks ' of
Seakale. By covering only a few plants
at a time the supply may be kept up for a
long period. A little air and light may be
admitted when the stalks are almost fit for
cutting. This will give the tips a purplish
tinge, which is so much appreciated, and
sets off the white stalks by way of con-
trast.
Cutting. — When the shoots are about
6 in. or more long they may be cut and
prepared for use. When not required
immediately, each shoot should have a
small portion of the hard crown attached,
and may be stood in a glass vessel having
about 5 in. water at the bottom. This
will keep the stems fresh and cx-isp for
some time. The plants may be examined
on warm bright days, about once or twice
a week, according to the season and
rapidity of growth.
After Treatynent. — When the plants
have supplied their quantity of blanched
shoots for the season, they may be covered
with dry leaves or short litter until growth
has started again. A dressing of manure
forked into the soil around the plants will
then be beneficial, and the plants are then
allowed to grow without flowering until
PEA
VEGETABLE GARDEN
pea 1123
the following autumn or winter, when the
same process is repeated, and may be
continued for several years out of doors.
When forced in a high temperature indoors
the crowns are best thrown away, and
renewed by means of root cuttings.
It may be mentioned that there are
special pots on the market used for placing
over Seakale plants. They are bell-
shaped, with a movable cap or top.
Somewhat similar pots are used for forcing
Rhubarb out of doors.
Group II. — Leguminous Crops
PEA (Pisum sativum). — The Pea is a
hardy annual belonging to the Legumi-
nous order (p. 322). and as a garden crop
is held in the highest estimation for its
seeds, either in a green or dried state. The
plants have a climbing habit and usually
cling to stakes or other supports by means
of the tendrils, which are in reality
specially modified leaves, while the large
leaf-like bodies are more correctly described
as stipules (see Glossary, figs. 63, 95,108).
The flowers spring from the axils of the
leafy stipules and are white or coloured
according to variety. Their general form
is as shown in the Glossary, fig. 5, p. 2.
Soil. — Peas enjoy a rich loamy well-
drained soil, but will also produce good
crops on ordinary garden soil which has
been well manured and dug the previous
autumn or whiter. The ground for Peas
should not be manured immediately
preceding the sowing of seeds, or rank
heavy manures should at least be well
buried beneath the drills. In wet seasons
a light dry soil is generally best, and in
hot dry seasons a rather heavy and moist
one (see article on Soil, p. 61).
Time of solving. — Seeds of Peas may
be sown at intervals of two or three weeks
from the middle of November to the end
of June the following year, but not out of
doors between the middle of November
and the middle of January. Drills about
2-3 in. deep and 6 in. wide, preferably
north and south running, may be opened
with a hoe. In each drill two rows of
Peas may be sown, the seeds in one alter-
nating with those in the other. An ex-
cellent method of sowing Peas, especially
on dry and porous soils, is to open a trench
about 9-12 in. wide and 6-9 in. deep, for
the second early and following sowings,
covering the seeds as stated below. The
great advantage of having trenches in such
soils is that the plants will receive the full
benefit of the rain and water. When Peas
are sown on the level and the soil is drawn
to them when young, the water is drained
away, and during hot seasons this is a
serious disadvantage.
As a rule Peas are sown much too
thickly, with the natural consequence that
the plants choke each other later on, and
become a prey to mildew owing to the air
being unable to circulate freely among the
foliage. In the case of early sowings, how-
ever, the seeds may be sown rather thickly,
as some of the seedlings are likely to
perish by mice, slugs, or other misfortunes,
and nothing looks worse than to see great
gaps in the rows when the plants are
above the soil. Some writers recommend
sowing the seeds of maincrop varieties
2-3 in. apart in the rows, so as to give
individual plants more space for develop-
ment. This advice looks very well on
paper, but hi actual practice will lead to
disappointment in many cases, because
here again accidents will happen — mice,
birds, bad seasons, &c, each plays a part in
destroying the seeds, and it is therefore
safer to sow rather thickly so as to be
sure of securing full rows and a good crop.
Before covering the Peas with soil, a little
soot and lime may be sprinkled along the
drills as a prevention against snails, slugs
&c. The soil is trodden down firmly with
the feet, or levelled with a rake if in light
and fairly dry condition.
The first sowing of Peas in November
should be on a warm sunny border facing
south or south-west. When the plants
are 2-3 in. above ground, the soil should
be drawn up on each side to the stems
as a protection against frost, and a mulch-
ing of short well-rotted manure will now
be also useful. Where cold frames exist
and are not used for anything else, they
may well be utilised for the first sowings
of Peas. The lights should be kept off on
all favourable occasions, and should only
be used as a protection against severe
frosts.
Sticking Peas dec. — When the plants
have made a little more growth they
should have sticks put to them* The
4 c 2
1124
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
PEA
sticks should interlace or cross each other
at the top, and so that the Peas may climb
them properly, small twigs or brushwood
may be stuck to the plants at the base
leading them in the right direction. As
a rule the sticks should be long enough
according to the variety, say 3-5 ft. high,
although now there are dwarf varieties
that scarcely require staking at all — but
they are all the better for short stakes.
The distance between the rows may
vary from 4 to 6 ft. according to the height
of the variety, so that one row will not
shade another from the sun. The inter-
vening space between the rows need not
be wasted, and may be cropped with
Lettuce, Radishes, Cabbage. Spinach &c.
if desired.
Protection. — All sowings up to March
require more or less attention when the
seedlings are above the ground, according
to the severity of the weather. In the
event of hard frosts the young plants
should be protected with a layer of clean
straw, litter, or bracken fronds, which,
however, may be removed on bright
days.
Maincrop solving. — About the middle
of March, say St. Patrick's Day, March
17th, is a good time for sowing, and in
about 3 months from that date, say about
the middle to the end of June, the Peas
will be fit for use. The plants may be
mulched and staked as described above
in due course.
Late crops. — The seeds of these are
sown lip to the end of June, and they
are fit for use about 3 months from the
date of sowing. The end of September or
middle of October is therefore the latest
period to have Peas out of doors in most
parts of the kingdom, and in northern
localities scarcely so late as this.
General treatment. — Beyond mulch-
ing the young plants, staking, and keep-
ing the weeds down between the rows,
Peas require little attention. Hot dry
seasons, however, necessitate frequent
and abundant waterings, and an extra
mulching round the base of the plants
will keep the soil cool, and prevent exces-
sive evaporation.
Pea picking. — As soon as the pods
attain a fair size they should be picked.
This is a great boon to the plants, as their
strength is not exhausted in the process
of ripening seeds. Fresh flowers are also
developed as a result of frequent picking,
and the crop by this means can be ex-
tended over a longer period than if the pods
are allowed to remain until they approach
the seed-ripening stage.
When the plants are in bloom some
gardeners pinch out the points of the
shoots, with a view to having the sap
diverted to the quicker formation of pods.
The same practice applied to Dwarf,
Broad, and Runner Beans has the same
beneficial result.
Enemies d-c. — Among the worst of
these may be mentioned mice, milhpedes,
slugs, and snails, which eat the sprouting
seeds ; Pea and Bean Weevils destroy the
young plants by feeding on the leaves, as
do also the caterpillars of various moths.
Indeed there is no part of the Pea, from
the sprouting seed to the swelling pod, that
is not liable to attack from some foe or
another. Wireworms eat the roots, and
Green Fly (aphides) smother the young
shoots.
Remedies. — A good sprinkling of lime
and soot in the drills may be given before
and after covering the seeds, and in the
event of caterpillars, weevils &c. attacking
the stems and leaves, a dusting of lime and
soot when the dew is still on the plants
will prove a good remedy. "Where mice
exist, they must of course be trapped, and
birds must be checked by placing wire
guards or netting with narrow meshes
over the rows of young plants. Netting
may also be required when the pods
are swelling. Thin black — not white —
cotton stretched over the rows is an ex-
cellent preventive against birds. They do
not readily see the black cotton, and in
their hurry to devour the plants become
entangled in the threads, apparently much
to their astonishment. After one or two
attempts they generally desist.
Besides insect pests Peas are often
subject to attacks of Mildew (Oidium
Tucheri), brought about by dryness at the
root, or great variations in temperature,
and inclement weather. Syringing the
plants with a fine spray of hot water
(about 150° F.) will check if not kill the
mildew ; or the leaves may be dusted
with sulphur early in the morning when
the dew is on the leaves. "Watering,
mulching &c. should also be looked to if
they have been neglected.
VARIETIES OF PEAS
These are now becoming simply be-
wildering in number, and every year each
tradesman has his own list of new varie-
PEA
VEGETABLE GARDEN
BROAD BEAN 1125
ties. It is, however, much easier to
invent good names than to raise good
varieties, and many of the old and well-
known varieties are still the best. For
the sake of convenience those recom-
mended have been divided into Early,
Maincrop, and Late, and it should be
remembered that it is a mistake to grow
too many varieties, except for the sake of
experiment.
Peas are also classed as ' wrhrkled ' or
'round' and 'smooth,' according to the
skin of the seeds. What are called
Marrowfat ' Peas are those of a particu-
larly good rich quality and flavour.
Early Peas. — These may be sown at
intervals from November to February to
give the first crops about the end of May
and June.
American Wonder. - A dwarf wrinkled
Marrow Pea 9-12 in. high, with a com-
pact habit. The pods are about 2 in.
long, straight and well filled with highly
flavoured seeds. A heavy cropper.
Ringleader. — A fine Pea 2-3 ft. high,
rather slender in habit. The straight
pods are well filled with smooth round
seeds. This is still considered one of the
best early Peas. Sutton's Bountiful is a
good early Pea, and is fit for use 2 or 3
days before Binyleader when both varie-
ties are sown on the same day.
Sutton's Early Giant. — This is one of
the largest-podded early varieties re-
cently raised. It grows about '6k ft. high
and has well-filled pods of a dark green
colour covered with a dense bloom. It is
fit for use a day or two after Ringleader
and Bountiful.
William Hurst. — An excellent dwarf
blue wrinkled Marrow Pea, about 1 ft.
high. The seeds are of fine flavour, and
the straight pods are produced in great
abundance.
William the First. — This is one of the
best early Marrow Peas. It grows 4-5
ft. high, and has pods about 3 in. long,
filled with smooth green seeds of excellent
flavour.
Maincrop Peas. — These may be sown
from the beginning to the end of March,
and will be in season from June to July.
Champion of England. — A strong-
growing wrinkled blue Marrow Pea 5-6
ft. high. The long, slightly curved and
flattened pods are well filled with highly
flavoured seeds, and are borne in great
abundance.
Dr. Maclean. —A strong-growing blue
wrinkled Marrow Pea 3-4 ft. high, witli
large handsome pods filled with largo
and excellent seeds.
Stratagem. — A dwarf wrinkled
Marrow Pea 2 2 k ft. high, remarkable for
its very large pods, often 6 in. or more
long, and well filled.
Veitch's Perfection. — A highly es-
teemed wrinkled blue Marrow Pea about
3 ft. high. The large straight pods are
well filled and borne in great numbers.
Other good varieties in this section
are G. F. Wilson, a wrinkled blue Marrow,
4 ft.; Laxton's Supreme, 4-5 ft.; Sharpens
Queen, blue wrinkled, 3 ft. ; Telephone,
wrinkled, 3-5 ft. ; and Autocrat, blue
wrinkled, 4 ft.
Late Peas. — These may be sown
at intervals during April, May and June,
so as to yield in August and September.
The varieties already mentioned as Early
and Maincrop ma}* be used for late sow-
ing, and also the following : —
British Queen. — A vigorous wrinkled
white Marrow Pea, 5-6 ft. high. Pods
very long and straight, w7ell filled with
seeds of fine flavour.
Culverwell's Giant Marrow. — This is
a very prolific blue wrinkled Marrow
Pea 5-6 ft. high. The pods are among
the largest, often 7 in. long, well filled
with large seeds of fine flavour. The
plant is vigorous and branches freely, and
the seeds should not be sown too thickly.
Ne Plus Ultra. — This wrinkled Green
Marrow Pea is an old favourite, and
should be grown in preference to others in
small gardens, as it is certainly one of the
best and freest croppers. It grows 6-7
ft. high, and has dark glaucous-green
pods well filled with seeds of an excellent
flavour.
BROAD BEANS (Vicia Faba). —
The Broad Bean belongs to the genus
Vicia described at p. 347, and besides the
name given above is also known in
botanical circles as Faba vulgaris. It is
an annual plant and has been cultivated
almost from time immemorial for the
nutritious character of its seeds. It is a
native of the East.
Soil. — A good and rather stiffish
loam suits the Broad and other Beans
well, provided it is well drained and fully
exposed to the sun. All ordinary good
garden soils produce excellent Broad
Beans, and only require deep cultivation
1126 PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS French bean
and plenty of manure in autumn. They
are best grown in a different plot of
ground each year (see 'Rotation of Crops,'
p. 1104 ; and ' Soil,' p. 61).
Sowing. — About the middle of Novem-
ber in the south, and October in the
north, the first sowing of Broad Beans
may be made, in rows about 2-4 ft. apart.
Each row may have the seeds placed
alternately or zigzag 3-4 in. apart, and
about 3 in. beneath the surface of the soil
in the drills. The soil may be trodden
over them and raked level. A warm
sunny position should be chosen for this
late autumn or early winter sowing, and
the best variety for the purpose is that
known as Early Mazagan, which is very
hardy and early, and one of the best for
autumn sowing.
It is however questionable whether
there is anything gained by sowing seeds
at this particular period of the year. If
the winter is mild and not too wet or
frosty, a slight advantage may be gained,
perhaps a week or ten days, but I have
seen Broad Beans sown the first week in
March picked before those sown in
November. It seems therefore as if the
ground is occupied about 4 months to no
good purpose. It would be better to have
it dug or ridged up so that the action of
the weather would in the meantime bring
it into a better state of fertility for spring
planting.
About the end of January, and on-
wards to the end of June, seeds of the
following varieties may be sown at inter-
vals, and in the order given, namely
Seville Long Pod, a distinct and dwarf
variety with remarkably long pods ; Green
Mammoth Long Pod, Green Masterpiece,
Long Pod, a heavy -cropping variety ;
and the Broad Windsor varieties, such as
Taylor's and Harlington.
General treatment. — When the plants
are 2-3 in. above the soil they may have
earth drawn up to them on each side. A
mulching of short decomposed manure
will also be beneficial, especially to the
earlier crops, to protect the roots from
severe frosts. In hot weather a mulching
is also valuable in preventing rapid
evaporation, thus enabling the plants to
withstand drought better.
It is a common practice when the
sturdy stems have reached a height of
2-3 ft. to pinch out the tops with the
finger and thumb. This process is called
' topping,' and is performed with a view
to hastening the development and
maturity of the pods, by means of the
extra sap thus placed at their disposal.
It is also useful in getting rid of the black
aphides which often crowd the ends of
the young shoots and look very unsightly.
As a rule where the plants have been
grown sturdy and strong, and not too
close together, it is quite unnecessary to
support them in any way Where, how-
ever, they are likely to be blown about by
wind it may be found necessary to keep
the plants upright by running strings
along each side of the row, from stout
stakes driven into the soil at intervals.
Pests. — One of the worst pests which
attack the Broad Bean is the Black Fly
(Aphis Fahce or A. rumicis), also called
the Black Dolphin or Collier blight, which
clusters on the young and succulent
shoots, disfiguring them very much, and
often greatly interfering with the func-
tions of the plant. Fortunately, however,
they often appear after the pods are well
set, and if the infested tops are cut off
and burned inmiediately little harm is
done. Where this is not possible, how-
ever, a sprinkling of lime and soot early
in the morning when the plants are wet
with dew will get rid of them. Also a
spraying with very soapy water, or Paris
green, the latter at the rate of 1 lb. to 30
or 40 gallons of water. After using this
once or twice it is wise to syringe or
spray the plants afterwards with clean
water.
DWARF, FRENCH, or KIDNEY
BEAN (Phaseolus vulgaris). — This
is not nearly so hardy as the Broad Bean,
and consequently cannot be sown out of
doors so early. Like the Broad Bean it
is an annual, but is dwarf and bushy in
growth, and very suitable for a summer
edging in the kitchen garden as well as
for growing in rows in the usual way. It
is a native of S. America and is a quick
and vigorous grower. The leaves are
composed of 3 more or less triangular
leaflets, and the flowers are borne in
clusters from the axils.
Soil.- — This must be rather lighter and
richer than for Broad Beans, and also
well drained. Positions facing south or
west are the best, and the earlier crops
require sheltered situations. They flourish
on a south sunny border and soon come
to maturity in good soil.
Sowing. — Seeds may be sown out of
FKENCH BEAN
VEGETABLE GARDEN scarlet bunner 1127
doors from the middle of April to the end
of June or even July in the south, and the
beans are fit for picking in about 2 months
from the date of sowing.
Where an early crop is required seeds
may be sown in March in a cold frame or
in boxes in a greenhouse, and about the
end of April in southern parts, and in
favourable weather the young plants may
be transferred to the open ground. In
the event of late spring frosts in May a
light covering of clean straw or litter, or
even a flower pot or small box over each
plant at night, will afford ample protection.
The plants when transferred to the open
ground in this way should be 9-12 in.
apart, and the rows may be about 2-3 ft.
from each other.
When seeds are sown in the open
ground they should be about 3 in. apart,
as the chances are that a very fair per-
centage will not germinate. This is
often due to the attacks of a small white
grub which eats away the germ of the
seed. It is not a bad plan, especially where
ground is scarce, to sow rows of French
Beans between Cabbages, Lettuces, or
other crops which will give protection from
frost when the young plants come above
the surface. The plants are afterwards
thinned out to the proper distance apart
if too thick. Raising the plants in cold
frames as mentioned above, and planting
out, is perhaps on the whole preferable, as
very few plants are lost, and the labour
of thinning out is saved. The drills, how-
ever, may be dusted with lime and soot
before and after sowing, as recommended
for Peas (p. 1123) and other crops.
General treatment. — This is practi-
cally the same as for Peas and Broad
Beans, and consists in pulling the earth
up to the young plants, mulching with
manure, watering freely in hot dry
weather, and keeping the weeds down by
using the hoe between the rows.
Picking. — The Beans should be
picked before they become too tough and
leathery in texture. When fresh and
green the strings or fibres in the pods are
not so evident, but later on they have to
be detached from the Beans before cook-
ing. Great efforts are made to obtain a
Dwarf Bean which shall be ' stringless,'
and there are indications that this desir-
able result will be attained very shortly.
By frequent picking the plants remain
much longer in bearing, and are not
exhausted so quickly. A few of the finest
plants may be allowed to ripen their pods
for seeds the following season, but it is
wise to have a change of seed every two
or three seasons.
Varieties. — The best of these are
Canadian Wonder, a very heavy cropper ;
Negro Long Pod, very free and early ;
Ne Plus Ultra, very dwarf and compact,
early, and delicate in flavour. There are
many other varieties in catalogues, but
the above are the best for outdoor garden-
ing— others being more suitable for forcing
during the winter months in a high tem-
perature in greenhouses.
RUNNER or CLIMBING BEAN
(Phaseolus multiflorus). — This is prac-
tically a climbing variety of the Dwarf
French Bean, and having the same
nature and tenderness requires to be
grown in the same way. It is a native of
S. America, and although naturally a
perennial it is grown in our climate as a
tender annual under the popular name of
Scarlet Bunner.
Soil. — Although any ordinary good
garden soil will produce excellent scarlet
Runners, they prefer a light rich loam
which should have been deeply dug or
trenched and well manured some time
previous to planting or sowing.
Sowing. — The seeds of Scarlet Runners
may be sown out of doors at the same
time as those of the French Bean, that is,
from April till the beginning of July. The
first sowing should not be made before
the end of April or the first week in May
in bleak localities, as the young plants,
if above the soil too soon, may be cut
down by frost. They should have the
soil drawn up to them, and may be
also mulched and well watered during the
summer months to obtain the finest
results. It is an excellent plan to sow
the seeds in trenches 9-12 in. wide and
6 9 in. deep, as recommended for Peas,
especially in dry porous soils.
As the plants develop, however, they
must be provided with stakes 6 8 or 9 ft.
high, in the same way as Peas (p. 1123).
When grown in rows, the latter should be
4-6 ft. apart, so that the plants shall not
cast too much shade upon each other ; or
they may be grown as an ornamental as
well as a useful crop, to cover up the sides
of walls, railings, fences &c. Strings ar-
ranged horizontally and vertically may be
fixed for the plants to climb up, and during
the summer months when in full bloom
1128
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
CARROT
they are a remarkably pretty sight, quite
worthy of the flower garden. Scarlet
Bunners may also be grown without
supports of any kind if the tops of the
young plants are pinched out when
about 2 ft. high, afterwards repeating the
process when necessary.
By frequently picking the pods, the
plants continue to develop fresh blooms,
and from these pods may be picked
almost till the approach of frost.
Varieties. — The following are most
grown : — The Common Scarlet Runner,
Painted Lady (or York and Lancaster),
Ne Plus Ultra, and Scarlet Champion.
Group III. — Umbelliferous Crops
CARROT (Daucus Carota). — The
Carrot is a hardy biennial and found in
a wild state in the British Islands and
throughout the North temperate hemi-
sphere generally. It has been much
improved by good cultivation and is
highly valued for its fleshy taproots. The
leaves are very much divided as in many
other plants belonging to the Umbellifer
Order (see p. 464), and if the plants are
allowed to grow on for two seasons, small
white flowers will be produced the second
season and ripen seeds.
Soil. — A deep and well-dug or
trenched sandy loam is best for Carrots,
but any well - tilled garden soil will
produce excellent crops. The ground
should be prepared and manured in
autumn or winter, so as to be in a good
condition for sowing in spring. It is not
wise to manure the ground in spring, as
forked and unsightly roots often result
from the grossness of the manure (see
4 Soil,' p. 61). As a rule it is better to
sow Carrot seeds after some crop for
which the ground has been heavily
manured. In such a case no more
manure is needed, and it is only necessary
to deeply dig the soil early in winter.
Sowing. — Seeds may be sown at
intervals from February to the end of
June in fine weather when the soil is
loose and friable. Early crops are sown
in February, but must be protected with
litter for a time ; main crops are sown
in April, and late ones up to the end
of June or July in southern districts.
The shallow drills should be about 1 ft.
apart, running north and south if possible.
The seed should be sown very thinly, and,
to assist in this, may be mixed with sand
or ashes. A dressing of lime and soot
on the soil both before and after sowing
will prevent attacks of slugs, wireworms,
and other pests. As the seeds are small
they need not be covered heavily. An
extra early crop may be obtained by sow-
ing in cold frames in January and Febru-
ary. Plenty of light and air should always
be given when possible, only covering the
plants in times of severe frost or cold
chilling rains.
Some gardeners also make a sowing
of Carrots, such as French Forcing and
Scarlet Horn in August and September,
on warm sunny and sheltered borders, so
as to secure a crop the following spring.
When sown at this late period the roots
must remain in the ground during the
winter, and in the event of severe weather
must be protected with a layer of soil an
inch or so in thickness, or a layer of dried
leaves, litter &c.
Thinning out. — When the plants are
2-3 in. high they must be thinned out to
about 4 inches apart for the early
varieties, and 6-9 in. apart for the Main-
crop and later kinds. Weeds of course
are attended to at the same time, and
the space between the rows may be kept
clean by the use of a small hoe, and in
dry weather loosening the soil with a
hoe, or watering will be very beneficial.
In the event of any insect pest appearing,
a dressing of lime and soot, or fine ashes
mixed with paraffin may be strewn among
the plants.
Storing. — In autumn when the beauti-
fully cut and ornamental foliage has
been bronzed and purpled with maturity
the roots may be carefully lifted with a
fork, and having severed the leaves about
t in. from the crown, they may be stored
in soil either in heaps or side by side in
layers, with the tops pointing outwards,
with soil and Carrots alternating, so as
to prevent the generation of heat.
Heavy rains rnay be kept off by a thatch-
ing of litter, bracken, fern &c.
In the event of the tops starting into
growth after storing the roots should be
freshly arranged in the soil. When avail-
able, silver sand as used for potting pur-
poses is an excellent medium for storing
PARSNIP
VEGETABLE GARDEN
PARSNIP 1129
Carrots and Beet, as it does not hold the
moisture like soil, and consequently does
not start the crowns into fresh growth so
soon.
Insect pests dc. — If the ground is
dusted with soot as recommended before
and after sowing, insect pests are kept in
check. Should they, however, appear on
the plants, a dusting with similar material
early in the morning when the dew is on
the foliage will destroy them. The worst
enemies are a kind of Aphis (.4. Dauci),
and the Maggots or ' Leather Jackets ' of
the Crane Fly [Tipula oleracea), the
latter often attacking the roots under
ground. A watering with slightly salty
water is useful in driving them away.
Varieties. — For early crops Earl//
Nantes, an excellent ' stump ' rooted
variety, and Early Horn may be sown
in February. In March and April
Altrincham Selected, James Scarlet
Intermediate, and Lone/ Bed Surrey, all
fine varieties, may be sown for main
crop. For late crops sown in May and
June, the early and maincrop varieties
may be sown again.
PARSNIP (Peucedanum sativum).
In a wild state the Parsnip is found in
waste places throughout Britain and
Northern Europe. Like the Carrot it is
a biennial, and must be grown for two
seasons if it is required to-produce flowers
and seeds. The tap roots are longer than
those of the Carrot and are usually whitish
in colour. The leaves are also much
divided, but the leaflets or segments are
much larger and coarser than those of the
Carrot.
Culture dc. — The Parsnip requires to
be treated almost in the same way as the
Carrot. The soil, if anything, should be
rather deeper, richer, and moister, and
should not be manured immediately before
sowing the seeds. In autumn and winter
it should be well and deeply dug or
trenched and manured, so that the roots
may be induced to strike straight down-
wards. They will thus develop a good
and regular shape, and not become
' fanged ' and divided into finger-like
growths, as is often the case when grown
in poor shallow soil, heavily laden with
rank manure near the surface. If possible
Parsnips should always follow some other
crop of a quite different nature in accord-
ance with the principles outlined under
the ' Rotation of Crops,' p. 1104. Ground
that has produced a crop of Lettuce, Cab-
bage, or Onions will suit Parsnips.
Sowing. — Seeds for the main crop of
Parsnips may be sown from the beginning
to the end of March in shallow drills 15 to
18 inches apart. To check insect attacks
the soil may be sprinkled with lime and
soot before and after sowing.
After sowing the seeds are lightly
covered and the soil pressed down with
the feet and raked over.
For later crops, seeds may be sown
about the middle of May, and the roots
from them will be ready for use the
following spring. It is, however, rarely
that sowings so late as this are made.
One good sowing is made in March,
and sometimes in February by some
growers.
Tliiiininij dc. — When 2-3 in. high
the plants are thinned out in the same
way as Carrots, about 4 in. apart. Later
on when the plants have become larger
and stronger, the best may be left about
1 ft. apart, certainly not less than 9 in.,
all the others being hoed up. It is a
mistake to grow the plants too closely
together, as being rich feeders they take a
good deal of nourishment out of the soil.
When well established it is only neces-
sary to keep the weeds down with a hoe
between the rows and plants, and in dry
hot summers frequently stirring the sur-
face with a Dutch hoe acts as a mulch
and prevents excessive evaporation from
the soil. Indeed, it is on the whole better
to leave the roots in the soil if possible, as
they retain their plumpness and juicy
flavour instead of becoming spongy and
tasteless.
Storing. — About the end of October
or during November the roots may be
taken up and stored in the same way as
Carrots (p. 1128), or they maybe left in the
soil, if the latter is not wanted for another
crop, until early spring. A sufficient
number of roots however should be taken
up in mild weather for use during severe
frosts.
Insects. — These are pretty much the
same as attack the Carrot, although the
maggots of the Celery Fly {Tephritis
onopordinis) often attack and blister
the leaves. When these are noticed,
they are best taken off and burned.
If, however, the ground has been
dusted with lime and soot at the begin-
ning when seed sowing, and after-
wards when the leaves appear, or after
1130
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
CELERY
thinning has been done, the crop will be
kept free from pests.
The dusting is always best when done
early in the morning while the leaves are
wet with dew.
Varieties.— There are only a few of
these, the best for general cultivation
being the Hollow Crown or Student,
Jersey Marrow, Maltese, and Elcombe' s
Improved.
CELERY (Apium graveolens). — The
Celery belongs to the same family of
plants as the Carrot, Parsnip, Parsley &c.
(Umbelliferse, p. 464) and is found in a wild
state throughout the British Islands and
the temperate regions of the Old World.
It is biennial in character like the Carrot
and Parsnip, and has a rather fleshy
tibrous root. The deep green leaves are
pinnately divided into numerous tri-
angular and more or less coarsely toothed
segments.
Grown in a natural state the leaf
stems are far too bitter for consumption
as a salad, but when chopped up and
used for flavouring soups &c. they are
excellent. When, however, light (see
p. 40) has been excluded from them by
means of covering or ' earthing ' them
up with soil the formation of chlorophyll
(p. 40) is prevented, the stems assume a
whitish or blanched appearance, and have
a crisp and agreeable flavour, which ren-
ders them one of the best of salads.
Soil. — A deep rich loamy soil, of a
heavy and rather moist nature, produces
tine Celery. Thorough drainage, how-
ever, is essential, and also plentj' of rich
manure in a well-decomposed state. If
the soil has been well dug and trenched,
or ridged up during the winter months,
so much the better, as it will be cleaner,
sweeter, and more fertile by planting out
time.
liaising Celery. — Seeds may be sown
in gentle heat about February and March,
and in April for later crops. Shallow
boxes filled with light rich sandy loam
and leafsoil may be used for sowing the
seeds. The soil should be well watered,
and the seeds sprout freely in a very short
time.
Pricking out. — When large enough to
handle comfortably the earlier seedlings
should be pricked out (see p. 46) about
4 in. apart into somewhat deeper boxes
filled with rich soil, or into cold frames
protected from frost. They are kept well
watered and given plenty of light and air
when once established, so as to induce a
strong sturdy growth previous to trans-
planting in the open ground. The later
seedlings, however, may be transferred
direct from the seed boxes or pans to a
rich soil, preferably on a west border, as
a south one would be too hot and dry,
especially in southern parts.
Making the trenches. — The trenches
in which Celery is to be planted should
run north and south if possible, and be
not less than 1 ft. wide and 1 ft. deep. A
distance of at least 4 ft. should separate
one trench from another, and where
space will permit, 5 ft. may be the limit.
The soil taken from the trenches with a
spade is spread evenly over the inter-
vening spaces. The bottom of the trench
may have a dressing of short well -rotted
manure forked into it, at the same time
breaking the soil up finely. If the trenches
have been made in winter or early spring,
the intervening space, 4-5 ft. wide, may
be utilised for producing a crop of Lettuce,
French Beans, or early Peas, before the
soil is required for ' earthing up ' the
Celery plants.
Planting Celery. — By the first or
second week in June, according to the
weather, it will be generally safe to plant
Celery in the trenches which have been
prepared, but the plants from the earlier
sowings may be transferred to the open
air in May. Dull showery but mild
weather should be chosen for planting
out if possible, but failing this the work is
best done late in the afternoon or evening.
Each plant should be lifted carefully from
the box or frame in which it has been
grown, with a hollow trowel, retaining as
much soil around the roots as possible.
The soil around each plant should receive
a good dressing of lime and soot as a
preventive against slugs &c.
Although market gardeners sometimes
grow 3 or 4 rows of Celery in one trench,
which is correspondingly wide, one row
of plants in each trench is the usual prac-
tice in private gardens. The plants should
be 6-12 in. apart in the rows along the
centre of the trench. A hole for each
should be made with the trowel and the
soil carefully and firmly pressed round
the slender fibrous roots. As the plants
are sure to be checked, no matter how
carefully transplanted, the strain upon
the injured roots may be relieved by cut-
ting or pinching off some of the older
CKLEKY
VEGETABLE GA1WEN
CELERY 1131
leaves on the same principle as recom-
mended for planting young fruit trees
(see p. 1032). A good soaking of water
immediately after planting will be of
great benefit to the plants. In the event
of very hot weather following immediately
they may be shaded during the hotter
portions of the day with fern fronds or
sheets of newspaper until the new roots
have been developed and taken a good hold
of the soil.
Earthing up Celery. — This is a much
more important operation in the cultiva-
tion of Celery than with any other garden
crop. It consists in drawing the soil up
to the plants first on one side, then on the
other, with the object of keeping the
growing stems in perfect darkness, thus
checking the development of the green
colouring matter called Chlorophyll (sec
p. 33), and stimulating the formation of
starchy matters.
Earthing up should always be done in
fine weather, when the soil is in good con-
dition, and not when it is very wet and
sticky. The ridge is to be widest at the
base, gradually tapering upwards, se that
the rain readily drains away. On each
occasion before drawing the soil up to
the plants it is a good plan to give a
dressing of lime and soot so as to check
the attacks of verniin.
Some gardeners do not earth Celery
up until the plants are almost fully
developed, and there is nothing to be said
against the practice as good well-blanched
stalks are produced. The intervening
soil between the rows is also available for
a longer period for producing other crops
in the meantime.
As a rule, however, most gardeners
earth Celery up at intervals of three or
four weeks during the season until the
approach of frost. The first earthing up
should not take place until the plants
have grown at least a foot or more high,
and many failures with Celery arise from
being in too much of a hurry to begin this
operation.
The soil from the sides of the raised
beds is chopped down with a spade and
carefully placed against the plants. Great
care is taken not to cover the young and
tender centres or crowns of the plants
with the soil, as this causes blindness and
more or less effectually stops further
growth.
After the plants have had the soil
placed around them on each side by the
spade, it is well worth while to go over
each row afterwards, holding the leaves
of each plant in one hand and working
the fine soil all round them with the
other. This will keep the leaves close to
the crown, which is the only portion really
requiring abundance of light so that it
may grow freely and quickly. When the
last earthing up has taken place, only the
tips of the leaves should be seen jutting
out from the surface of the ridge.
Watering. — In hot weather and
especially in light dryish soils, Celery
plants should be frequently and liberally
watered until the final earthing up. If
neglected the plants become stunted in
growth, and in consequence perform the
very natural process of 'bolting,' that is,
tin \ develop flowers and seeds the first
season of growth instead of the required
stems and leaves. The addition of soot
to the water will prove highly beneficial
to the growth of the plants, and also be
effectual in keeping down the attacks of a
tiny white maggot which very often feeds
upon the blanched stems, making them
\< i \ unsightly and quite unpresentable at
table.
Pests. — Besides the small white maggot
just mentioned, one of the worst pests
attacking Celery is the maggot of the
Celery Fly {Tephritis onopordinis) already
referred to under Parsnips (p. 1129). This
maggot springs from eggs which have
been deposited beneath the surface of the
leaf, and spraying with insecticides is
therefore practically useless. Should an
insecticide be powerful enough to kill the
maggot thus protected by the cuticle of
the leaf, it will likewise destroy the
foliage.
The best and apparently only remedy
at present is the tedious one of picking
off the affected leaves and burning them
at once. They should not be thrown on
the rubbish heap. If, however, the soil
and plants are well dusted with lime and
soot at intervals after planting out, and if
soot is added when watering during the
season, Celery will suffer but little from
this pest. The maggot that attacks the
stems in the dark is on the whole a worse
pest, as its ravages are not apparent until
the plants are lifted for use.
Varieties of Celery. — There are
white-stemmed and red-stemmed varieties
of Celery, all more or less worthy of general
cultivation. Among the White may be
mentioned Cole's Crystal White, very
1132
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
PARSLEY
crisp and fine in flavour ; Henderson'' s
White Plume, an American variety which
requires very little earthing up, as it is
inclined to blanch naturally, and has
variegated foliage ; Sandringham Dwarf;
and Wright's Giant White, one of the
best grown, and of fine flavour. Among
the Red forms are Leicester Bed, Ivery's
Nonsuch Pink, Major Clark's Bed,
and Standard Bearer, the latter having a
sturdy compact habit, and a good heavy
cropper.
CELERIAC (Apium graveolens
rapaceum). — As may be seen from the
botanical name, this is a variety of the
ordinary Celery. Instead, however, of
producing long sturdy leaf-stalks and
leaves, the lower portion becomes very
much swollen and Turnip-like, and hence
is often called Turnip - rooted Celery.
These swollen stems are cut and sliced
and are used in salads, for flavouring soups
&c, especially on the Continent.
Culture d'-c. — This is practically the
same as detailed above for ordinary
Celery. The seeds are sown in March
and April in boxes, pricked out when
large enough, and transplanted to the
open ground in June, each plant being
about 1 ft. from its neighbour.
As the stems are not required, it is
unnecessary to blanch them, and the
plants therefore need not be grown in
trenches as with ordinary Celery. All
side shoots and side roots should be
removed during the season, and also some
of the outer leaves if necessary. The soil
also may be drawn away from the tuberous
stems occasionally during the above
operations, but when nearly mature in
autumn may be covered with soil so as
to blanch them.
The steins may be left in the ground
for the winter if not too wet, but should
be protected with a covering of litter or
leaves against the frost. Or they may
be lifted and stored in dryish soil like
Carrots and Parsnips (p. 1128).
PARSLEY (Carum Petroselinum).
The Parsley is a hardy biennial belonging
to the Umbellifer Order (p. 464) and is
said to be found in a truly wild state in
the Mediterranean region. In a cultivated
state it is very popular for garnishing,
flavouring soups &c, and is in great
demand practically from one year's end
to another.
Soil. — Any good garden soil, not too
light nor too heavy but well drained, is
suitable for the cultivation of Parsley.
It does not, however, always succeed even
with the best attention, and may be re-
garded as a fickle grower. It will flourish
for some seasons, but afterwards will make
only a miserable display of foliage. On
the whole a partially shaded but exposed
and well-ventilated position seems to suit
it best. As a rule, however, excellent
results may be obtained by making two
main sowings in the year — one the first
week in March, and the other in August
or September.
Solving. — To keep up a good supply of
plants seeds may be sown at intervals
from February to August, in drills about
half an inch deep, and afterwards covered
with fine soil. The seed beds should be
well watered and never allowed to become
parched. The earliest sowings should be
on a warm sunny border, and should be
protected with litter, fern &c. in case of
frost. Or the seeds may be sown in
shallow boxes on a hotbed or in a green-
house, and afterwards planted out.
Transplanting . — When two or three
inches high, the young plants may be
transplanted in showery weather from
the seed-beds, or thinned out from the
rows, leaving the remaining plants about
6 in. apart. If the soil is suitable the
seedlings may be dibbled in all round the
edges of the garden walks. They will
thus secure a variety of aspect, and at the
same time make a very ornamental
edging, besides which the leaves are easily
picked when required.
General treatment. — This consists
chiefly in keeping the weeds between the
plants down with the hoe, and liberal
waterings during the evening in dry hot
weather. Yellow or decaying leaves
should be removed and a little dusting of
lime and soot around and over the seedlings
when transplanted will serve as a check
to insect pests. One of the worst of these
is the Onion maggot (Anthomyia cepa-
rum) which sometimes plays great havoc
with roots. Mildew is brought about
chiefly by great heat and drought, and
may be remedied by watering. Some-
times, however, it is due to rapid changes
of temperature accompanied by moisture.
The mildewed leaves should be picked off
and burned, and a dusting of sulphur over
the foliage will check the disease.
Varieties. — There are several of these
POTATO
VEGETABLE GARDEN
POTATO 1133
but the curled and mossy leaved ones
should be grown in preference to the
plain leaved varieties. Fern -leaved,
Moss-Curled, Mitchell's Matchless, and
Covent Garden Garnishing are among
the best. There is a variety called Ham-
burg or Turnip-rooted Parsley, the roots
of which are cut up and used for flavour-
ing soups, stews &c.
Group IV. — Solanaceous Crops
POTATO (Solanum tuberosum). — It
is now upwards of 300 years since the
Potato was first introduced to Europe,
and although its introduction to England
is associated with Sir Walter Raleigh and
the State of Virginia in N. America, the
wild plant is really a native of Chili and
Peru in South America.
A glance at p. 687 will show that there
are several species of Solanum, some of
them very showy garden plants, but none
of them equals S. tuberosum, in value
and importance in qualities now recognised
throughout the whole civilised world.
There are other tuberous varieties of
Solanum, such as S. Maglia, S. Commer-
soni, and S. etuberosum, which are more
or less edible. Efforts have been made,
chiefly by Messrs. Sutton of Reading, to
hybridise some of these, especially S.
Maglia, with cultivated forms of the
Potato with a view to produce a disease -
resisting variety. So far, however, this
desirable object has not been attained,
and the tubers of S. Maglia in some
seasons have proved as much subject to
disease as those of the ordinary Potato.
Although belonging to a group of plants
which contains such poisonous members
as the Henbane and Deadly Nightshade,
the Potato ranks next to Wheat as an
article of human diet, and may be cooked
in a variety of ways. The great botanist
Linnaeus, however, is reputed to have
placed the whole order Solanaceae (p. 687)
under a ban for edible purposes, and he
never ate a Potato. The Scottish people
too are said to have resisted the introduc-
tion of the Potato as an article of diet
because it was not specifically mentioned
in the Bible, and they certainly undertook
its cultivation at a later period than the
people of England and Ireland.
Propagation. — The Potato is a tuber,
and is therefore a stem swollen and modi-
fied, primarily to serve as a storehouse for
nutriment which has been manufactured
by the leaves, and drafted down the stems
in the course of the season's growth.
The examination of any Potato-plant in
the growing season will clearly show that
all the roots spring from the stems, and
from these are given off the tubers. The
latter contain several ' eyes ' or buds when
mature, and from each of these eyes
springs a stem bearing leaves, flowers,
fruits, and seeds in due course when the
tuber is planted.
Cutting the tubers. — If the Potato-
tuber is cut into pieces and each piece
contains an eye, it is sufficient to produce
a perfect plant with tubers in the course
of the season. Some gardeners favour
cutting the tubers into pieces before
planting, while others do not, on the score
that the cut surface may more readily be
attacked by disease (seep. 1186). There is
little or nothing in support of this argu-
ment, especially if the cut portions of the
tubers, or ' sets ' as they are called, are
allowed to dry before planting. On the
other hand experiments have proved that
a portion of a tuber with a good strong
eye or bud will yield as many good
Potatoes as an uncut one. And there is
no reason why it should not, when it is
remembered that all the tubers are the
direct result of the action of the leaves as
detailed at p. 34, and not of the tuber
which has been planted. In fact the
latter soon loses its plumpness, and
becomes a sticky mass. The reserve food
it contains undergoes a chemical change
in the soil and is absorbed by the sprout-
ing stem until the latter can develop new
roots of its own, to supply nourishment
from the soil in the same way as other
roots.
The great ease with which the Potato
is increased by almost any portion of the
tuber with an eye is seen when even the
parings of the tubers have been planted
on suitable soil.
Preparing the ' sets.'' — The tubers
used for raising annual Potato crops are
usually the small but healthy ones unsuit-
able for cooking. They are commonly
known as ' seed ' Potatoes, but the real
seeds of course are contained only in the
green fruits, known in many parts as
1134
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
POTATO
' Potato Apples ' from their general resem-
blance to small green Apples. Whether
the skins are green or not is of no great
consequence, but any tubers showing
signs of rottenness or disease should be
burned or given to the pigs. Perhaps
it is not wise even to do the latter, as the
dormant spores of the Potato disease may
ultimately reach soil, and burning is
certainly safer always.
Early in the year it is a good practice
to select the best and healthiest tubers,
and stand them on end in shallow boxes.
They may then be placed in a cool, airy,
and lightsome place free from frost. In
a short time the eyes or buds will begin
to sprout. All sprouts, however, except
two of the strongest and best at the upper
end should be removed, on the principles
that govern pruning, disbudding and
thinning out, so that those left may be-
come stronger.
Raising Potatoes from seed. — The
berries or Potato Apples are the real fruits
of the Potato plant. They are very simi-
lar in structure to a Tomato, and each
berry may contain from 100 to 300 seeds.
To obtain tubers from these is a very slow
process, and one calculated to try the
patience of an amateur, especially as the
results may after all be valueless. Per-
haps one Potato out of 1000 seedlings
would be worth cultivation as a superior
variety. The seeds are sown thinly in
light rich sandy soil in spring, preferably
in frames, and the plants are attended to
in the usual way, in being pricked out,
watered &c. At the end of the first season
small tubers are formed. These are lifted
and carefully stored until planting time
the following season. About the third
or fourth season of cultivation in this
way the tubers assume their character-
istic shape, and may be seriously tested
for flavour and quality. Although
a tedious process, it is the only way to
obtain new varieties. The object raisers
always have in view is to produce a
Potato which will be not only richer in
flavour and superior in cropping qualities
to existing varieties, but also hardier
and capable of resisting disease.
Soil. — Ordinary good garden soils of
a light and rather dry nature and
thoroughly well drained will produce good
crops of Potatoes. The ideal soil, however,
is a rich light loam overlying limestone.
It should always be in a state of good
cultivation, and ma}7 be deeply dug or
trenched during the autumn or winter
months, but should not be heavily dressed
with farmyard manure. If not required
for other crops the soil will be
greatly improved by being ridged up
and exposed to the action of rain, frost,
and snow &c.
Planting in frames.— When an extra
crop of Potatoes is required, the ' sets '
prepared as described above may be
planted in frames in January, in light
rich soil, the tubers being at least 9-12 in.
apart in the rows, the latter being about
1-2 ft. from each other. Attention must
be given to ventilation and light, and the
coverings should always be removed in
mild and favourable weather.
Planting out of doors. — Early Pota-
toes may be planted out of doors from the
beginning of February according to the
state of the weather and the locality. A
warm sheltered position facing south is
best. When the leaves appear above the
soil, it would be advisable to have some
dry litter or bracken fern handy between
the rows in the event of frost. Potato-
leaves are very sensitive to frost, and
many an early crop has been spoiled
through the want of a slight protection
of the foliage. The mid-season and main-
crop varieties may be planted from the
middle to the end of March in the southern
counties, say from St. Patrick's Day,
March 17, to Lady Day, March 25, both
well-known dates and easily remembered.
North of the Thames Valley, except on the
milder parts of the western coasts, late
varieties may be planted up to the end
of April. Potatoes planted at a later
period than April have scarcely time to
become fully matured by the autumn,
except in the south, and early varieties
should only be planted then.
Winter Potatoes. — Where new Pota-
toes are required about Christmas time they
are obtained as follows. Tubers are kept
back in a cool, dry, airy place until about
the middle of July. They are then
planted in light rich soil in an old hot-
bed or cold frame in rows 12-15 in. apart,
each set being about 8 or 9 in. apart in the
rows. There is no need to cover the crop
until about September, but they should
have as much light and air as possible.
When the stalks are well above the soil.
they may be mulched or ridged up with
light rich soil, and if dry may receive
an occasional watering. Towards the
ripening stage water must be withheld,
POTATO
VEGETABLE GARDEN
POTATO 1135
and on tine bright days plenty of air may
be given during the daytime.
Distance of the rows Sc. — The rows
if possible should run north and south out
of doors, as both plants and soil thus
obtain the greatest amount of light and
heat during the day. For the early kinds
and those forming comparatively small
tops a distance of 20 inches between the
rows will be sufficient. But for larger
and more vigorous maincrop varieties
24 to 30 inches will not be too much, and
even 3 ft. may be allowed where soils are
known to produce exceptionally fine crops.
The ground having been properly
prepared, rows or drills about 6 in. deep
may be drawn to a line with a hoe, and
in these the cut or whole tubers or ' sets '
may be placed from 10 to 15 inches apart
according to the variety. The soil is then
drawn over the ' sets,' and if necessary
the rows may be marked with a stick or
large label bearing the name of the
variety, date of planting &c. at one end.
Nothing is gained by too close planting,
except a mass of small tubers and a pre-
disposition to disease among the matted
and ill-ventilated foliage.
At the time of planting the drills may
receive a fairly heavy dusting of lime and
soot as a preventive against slugs, wire-
worms &c.
Potatoes are usually grown in plots by
themselves, but occasionally the space
between the rows may be seen cropped
with other vegetables such as Savoj'S,
Brussels Sprouts, Kale, and other crops
that are not tit for use until after the
Potatoes are dug. It is by no means a bad
plan thus to intercrop Potatoes, but the
rows of the latter should certainly be not
less than 21 ft. apart, and if 3 ft. apart so
much the better. Carrots, Parsnips, Tur-
nips &c. might thus be grown in between
in very small gardens to save time.
A variety of crops like this on the soil
improves its texture, but the principles
of the rotation of crops (p. 1104) should
always be borne in mind, so that as great
a change of crop as possible is secured
each season. The great advantage to the
Potato crop by this system lies in the fact
that the rows are usually much farther
apart than they otherwise would be, and
the plants thus secure more light and air.
Manures. — Potato ground is usually
more or less heavily dressed with stable
manure, but many excellent gardeners
have come to the conclusion that better
and cleaner Potatoes are obtained from
soil which has been dressed with artificial
manures. Where stable manure is used
it should at least be applied to the ground
the preceding autumn or winter, and not
shortly before the Potatoes are planted.
When applied at the latter period and a
wet season follows, the Potato disease
(see p. 1136) is likely to be more or less in
evidence. Where artificial manures, how -
ever, are used in conjunction with good
cultivation generally, the Potatoes usually
are clean -skinned and free from disease.
The following manures have been
recommended as giving good results,
viz. : —
') parts superphosphate of lime
2 parts sulphate of ammonia
3 parts kainit
strewn over the ground at the rate of 3 or
4 ozs. per yard before the drills are drawn.
Guano or muriate of potash may be also
used instead of sulphate of ammonia and
kainit, but great care must be exercised
in using the muriate of potash, as an over-
dose is likely to be more injurious than
useful. Half a hundredweight of it is
quite sufficient to mix with 24 cwt. of
superphosphate.
General treatment. — In the case of
tin early crops, as soon as the tops are
well above the surface, the soil should be
drawn up on each side with the hoe.
This will protect the tops from the frost a
good deal and at the same time destroy
the weeds and ward off heavy rains from
the centre. As the tops become vigorous,
the maincrop varieties have the soil pulled
up to them in the same way, thus
leaving a distinct furrow between the
ridges. In this furrow the crops men-
tioned above may be planted if necessary.
Digging Potatoes. —When the stems
and leaves turn yellow and begin to wither
it is a sure sign that the tubers have
reached the mature stage. Digging may
commence at once, and the tubers be trans-
ferred to a dark dry cool and airy place
free from frost during the winter months.
They should be spread out as much as
possible and not piled in great heaps, as
they are likely to heat and become useless.
Small conical heaps resting on bracken,
dry litter &c. keep well. Any signs of
sprouting after the new year should be
promptly checked by rubbing out the
shoots, and it is wise to overhaul the
Potatoes occasionally for this very pur-
pose.
1136
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
POTATO
Diseases. — The most dangerous disease
of the Potato is that known as Phyto-
phthora infestans. This is a parasitic
fungus which finds a congenial home
on the Potato-plant and utterly ruins it.
"When a spore settles on a leaf, especially
if damp or wet, its root-like portion or
' mycelium ' pierces the skin and bran-
ches about among the cells beneath,
absorbing their contents. In due course
it sends up on the surface, usually through
the small pores or stomata (see p. 33),
slender branching stems each ending in
a roundish bag-like structure which is full
of new spores. When fully ripe these
little boxes or ' conidia,' as they are called,
burst, and their contents are scattered in
all directions by the wind. These spores
undergo various changes but are capable
of retaining their vitality for several years
until they fall upon a congenial spot. It
was through their agency that the great
famine was produced in Ireland in 1845,
although their nature and life history were
not understood till many years afterwards
when they were discovered by the well-
known mycologist Mr. "Worthington G.
Smith. The only evidences of this virulent
disease noticeable with the naked eye are
the brownish streaks and blotches on the
stems, leaves, and tubers. A microscope is
required to see the branches, spore cases
&c.
Once this disease takes a firm hold
upon a crop it is almost impossible to save
the plants, and the only thing that can be
done is to prevent the disease spreading.
Spraying the plants with Bordeaux mix-
ture (sulphate of copper) is a preventive
against spreading the disease, but seems
to be in no way capable of lessening it.
once it has taken hold. Indeed, according
to Mr. A. W. Sutton of Beading, who con-
ducted some experiments with spraying
there is very little difference between a
plot of sprayed and unsprayed Potatoes.
Two plots which had been experimented
upon produced the following results. The
one which had been sprayed 3 times in
the season bore 3 cwt. 1 qr. 25 lbs. of
Potatoes ; the other, which had not been
sprayed at all, 3 cwt. 1 qr. 4 lbs. — that is
21 lbs. less than the other. ' Strange to
say,' continues Mr. Sutton, ' the quantity
of diseased tubers was precisely the same
in both plots, viz. 4 lbs. It is therefore a
question whether the additional weight
per acre would compensate the grower for
the somewhat laborious task of spraying
his crop three times during the growing
period.'
Among other remedies or rather pre-
ventives against the Potato disease are the
Botation of Crops (p. 1104), not too thick
planting, light well-drained and well-tilled
soil, the application of artificial instead of
farmyard manures (p. 74), and the com-
plete burning of the decaying stems,
diseased tubers and leaves after the
Potatoes have been lifted.
Other enemies of the Potato are wire-
worms, aphides, and various caterpillars,
but these may be kept in check by dust-
ing the rows and plants with lime and
soot at the time of planting, and after-
wards when the tops are wet with dew.
VARIETIES OF POTATOES
Potatoes are usually classed as 'kidney'
or ' round,' according to shape, but there
are now so many intermediate forms
between those recognised as true ' kidneys '
and true ' rounds ' that the distinction is
practically worthless. Indeed forms of
the two groups often get hopelessly mixed
at exhibitions and are passed over by con-
noisseurs with a shrug of the shoulders.
The varieties also are extremely
numerous, and new names are added
each year, but it is very rarely one of
them proves of sufficient value to become
generally cultivated like some of the varie-
ties which experience has proved to be
worth a place in the garden.
In selecting ' seed ' Potatoes, it may
be advisable to state that a change of
seed is a good plan. Many gardeners
save their own seed, and produce crops
from their own stock for several years.
By-and-by, however, they do not bear so
well and become more or less subject to
disease, although the cultivation may be
perfect in every detail. It is then advis-
able to obtain new stock from a different
part of the country, and all the old vigour
will be re-established.
The following varieties are among the
best grown : —
Myatt's Prolific Ashleaf. — An excellent
kidney variety, very prolific, with good
quality and flavour.
Veitch's Improved Ashleaf. — A heavy
cropper, fine flavour, and good for frames
or early crops.
Beauty of Hebron. — An early and very
heavy cropper, with a tinge of pink round
the eves.
TOMAT.)
VEGETABLE GARDEN
TOMATO 1137
Early Puritan. — A fine American
variety considered superior to Early Rose
or Beauty of Hebron. It crops heavily,
and the tubers cook beautifully white and
floury.
English Beauty. — This has roundish
tubers, is a medium grower, and a good
cropper on most soils. It matures early
and keeps well.
Imperator. — This is a very vigorous
growing round variety, suitable for main
crops. It is very free and requires a little
more space between the rows than most
\ arieties.
Jeannie Deans. — This is a flattish-
round, second early Potato of very fine
flavour and quality. It crops heavily.
Sutton's A i. — A distinct round white -
fleshed Potato suitable for early crops in
frames. Good quality.
Magnum Bonum. — This is probably
the best known Potato in cultivation. It
is an excellent maincrop variety, and
very prolific.
Reading Hero. — This is a seedling
from Magnum Batumi and PatersovCs
Victoria. It has round tubers of excellent
flavour- and quality, and is a fine maincrop
Potato.
Ringleader. — An early kidney Potato
of good quality. The tubers arc oblong
and white-fleshed, and may be dug in
June from a south border.
Schoolmaster. — This is a very heavy
cropper, but has a very rough skin. Main-
crop.
Snowdrop. — A handsome Potato with
shallow eyes and clean skin. It has a fine
flavour, and cooks white and floury.
The Bruce. — -A first-class maincrop
variety, and a very heavy cropper.
Up-to-Date. — A choice maincrop
variety, producing heavy crops, and keeps
well. It is a good Potato for light soils,
but is rather soapy on heavy ones.
Vicar of Laleham. — A handsome and
distinct Potato with roundish purple-
skinned tubers, and a beautiful white
floury flesh when cooked. It is a very
heavy cropper suitable for main crops.
Windsor Castle. — A fine variety with
oblong tubers. It is a heavy cropper of
excellent flavour and quality.
TOMATO (Solanum Lycopeesicum).
Within the past ten or fifteen years the
cultivation of the Tomato has increased
b}- leaps and bounds, and there are now
acres and acres of ground covered with
glass throughout the country for its pro-
duction.
The Tomato is a somewhat tender
annual, native of S. America, and very
closely related to the Potato in structure,
the edible portion corresponding to the
Potato Apple. If allowed to grow naturally
it forms a straggling or prostrate bush
with herbaceous stems, but as a rule only
the main stem is allowed to develop in a
cultivated state.
Although essentially a fruit, the
Tomato is usually treated as a vegetable,
and is used for making salads, sauces &c.
Of late years, however, owing to the
beauty, size, flavour, and attractiveness of
many kinds, it is being regarded with
increasing favour as a dessert fruit. The
smaller round and perfectly smooth varie-
ties are most in favour, as are also the
miniature vaiueties known as the Currant,
Cherry, and Pear-shaped Tomatoes.
Outdoor culture. — Although mostly
grown under glass in the British Islands,
the Tomato will ripen well out of doors in
hot dry seasons like that of the past year
(1899). In cold wet seasons, however,
it is practically waste of time to grow
Tomatoes on a large scale in the open air,
except perhaps in the sunniest parts of
the south.
The seeds may be sown in gentle heat
in March, in shallow boxes in a compost
of light, sandy loam and a little leaf soil.
If the seeds are placed about an inch apart
and slightly covered with soil, the young
plants will have plenty of room to
develop and become sturdy before they
need be disturbed. If sown thickly, the
seedlings must be pricked out into other
boxes, or singly into small pots as soon as
ever the first pair of true leaves have
been developed after the oblong seed
leaves.
Soil. — On the whole a fairly rich and
sandy loam with good drainage is best for
Tomatoes. But any ordinary soil not
saturated with stable manure will grow
good Tomatoes. Indeed last season I had
excellent results from a soil consisting
chiefly of ashes and the old soil in which
Pelargoniums had been potted. The
trusses bore from 12 to 24 fruits each, but
this was in a great measure due to the
care taken in fertilising the flowers on
bright mornings. The only stimulant
the plants got was a dressing or mulching
of fresh soil when the roots began to
appear on the surface. Notwithstanding
4d
1138
PB ACTIO AL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
TOMATO
this expei-ience a fairly rich sandy loam
may be regarded as the best soil for
Tomatoes.
Watering dc. — - Tomatoes do not like
too much wet at the roots, but the soil
should never be allowed to get absolutely
dry. When watering, neither the foliage
nor stems should be wet, simply the soil,
and if this is in a fine powdery condition,
water is best applied with a rosed water-
pot, so as to avoid making holes in it, and
exposing the roots to the air unnecessarily.
Time to plant out, position, tying dtc.
It is scarcely safe to plant Tomatoes out
until the beginning of June, although in
mild seasons and in the south this may
be done somewhat earlier. If grown as
single stems or cordons, the plants should
be at least 1 ft. apart, but more space
may be given. A warm sunny and
sheltered position fachig south, away from
trees and shrubs, is best, as too much sun
and air cannot be given to bring the fruits
to maturity as quickly as possible. The
plants rnay be grown agamst south walls,
or in the open ground, but each one should
be secured to a stout stake with a piece of
raffia or string, several ties being necessary
before the end of the season.
For outdoor cultivation Tomatoes may
be grown with two stems to every plant,
but then they should be at least 15 in.
apart in the rows, and the latter should
be 2.T-3 ft. away from each other, so as
to allow space for tying, or for raising a
row of Lettuce, French Beans, or other
greenstuff between.
Pinching out side shoots. — As most
gardeners prefer the single stem system
as giving the best and quickest results,
it follows that all the side shoots, or
'laterals ' as they are generally termed,
should be pinched out as soon as they
appear. In fact this operation must be
performed frequently during the season,
at least once a week, so that all the
vigour of the plant is thrown into the
main stem for the earlier production of
flower trusses. If the side shoots are
allowed to remain, the plants soon become
a tangled mass of sappy growths, and very
few flowers and consequently few fruits
are developed.
Fertilising the flowers. — It may seem
paradoxical to state that the best time to
obtain a heavy crop of Tomatoes is when
the plants are in bloom. Such, however,
is the case. Bees and other insects are
not fond of Tomato flowers ; at least I have
never observed any searching them for
honey. The pistils or fruit carpels are
therefore more or less dependent on the
wind for having the pollen dust blown
on to their sticky surface or stigma,
to ripen the ovules in the ovary (see p. 24).
This is the reason why good growers like
to have a thorough circulation of air when
Tomatoes are grown in glass houses.
As one can never be sure, however,
that the pollen will find its proper resting
place by means of wind, it is far safer to
attend to the fertilisation of the flowers
personally. Many gardeners smartly slap
the stems, or trellises, or stakes, or what-
ever the plants are attached to, about the
middle of every day, so as to cause the
pollen to be distributed in the atmosphere
and thus blown on to the stigma. Bright
sunny mornings are always best for this
purpose.
A better and surer method of fertilising
the flowers is by means of a rabbit's tail
or any piece of soft down or fur, either in
the hand or attached to a stick. With
this each truss of flowers is gently dis-
turbed, rubbing the fur over the anthers
and thus securing the distribution of the
pollen, much in the same way as the silky
bodies of bees do when fertilising other
flowers. This method of fertilising Tomato
flowers may take a trifle longer than
tapping the plants, but it has a far
heavier crop of fruit ultimately to recom-
mend its adoption.
Trimming the leaves. — It is a very
common practice with many to not only
mutilate the leaves by cutting off the tops,
but sometimes remove them almost
entirely from the plants before the fruits
are anything like ripe. A reference to
p. 34 will show that the leaves have very
important functions to perform in regard
to manufacturing the food of plants, and
if these functions are interfered with
seriously the plant and its fruits suffer in
proportion. Detaching or severely cutting
the leaves of Tomato plants usually results
in a crop of laterals or shoots from the
axils of the old leaves. This is merely an
attempt on the part of the plant to develop
its natural food-producers, and until they
are formed the work of ripening is either
retarded or at a standstill.
Nothing can be said against cutting
out leaves here and there as needed to
admit light and air to the plants, and even
cutting the tips off occasionally may be
tolerated. But. on the whole, I do not
VEGETABLE GARDEN
TOMATO 1139
recommend the wholesale mutilation of
the foliage, leaving almost bare stems and
unripened fruits. It is a mistake to
assume that the leaves absorb nourish-
ment that would be better utilised in
ripening and producing the fruit. The
real fact is that once developed they grow
no larger, and their only function is to
produce nourishing food wholly and
solely for the production and ripening of
the fruit and seeds.
Culture under glass. — This is
exactly the same as detailed above, except
that earlier crops can be produced by
sowing seeds at an earlier date, and
later crops, right into winter, by sowing
seeds at a later period, or by rooting
cuttings of the side shoots in gentle heat
in summer or autumn as required. From
May to October, however, no artificial
heat whatever is required, but the plants
should always have abundance of air.
Diseases dc. — Except in wet and un-
favourable seasons, Tomatoes in the open
air are rarely affected with disease of any
sort. But in greenhouses they are fre-
quently attacked by a fungus called
Cladosporium fulvum. which is similar in
nature to the Potato-disease (see p. 1136)
and causes deep brown stripes on the
stems and blotches on the leaves. The
Potato-disease also attacks the Tomato
and produces similar results. In Guern-
sey a peculiar disease, locally known as
the ' Sleeping disease,' has of late years
become very prevalent. According to
Mr. Massee of Kew, ' the plants are
attacked while quite young, but the out-
ward evidence of the disease does not
usually manifest itself until the plant is
full grown, or even before the fruit is set.
The first indication that a plant is
diseased is shown by the drooping of the
leaves, which increases day by day, often
accompanied by discoloration.' The
disease is caused by a minute fungus
called Fusarium Lycojiersici, which in
the course of its life history passes into
various stages, producing numerous
microscopic spores, each one of which is
capable of infecting a plant and producing
thousands of others in a season.
Remedies. — For these fungoid diseases
spraying is practically of no use, and the
best and safest remedy is to carefully lift
the diseased plants and burn them. Do
not cut diseased plants with a knife that is
used for trimming the healthy plants, and
shake the diseased ones as little as
possible in removing, as the spores are
readily wafted from point to point by the
slightest current of air. As the spores
rest in the soil, it is a good plan to saturate
it with boiling water before planting
afresh. Lime and soot may also be
sprinkled over and thoroughly mixed
with it, especially if there have been any
attacks from wireworms or eel worms,
which sometimes cause much mischief.
The soil should never be mulched with
rank stable manure, as this is frequently
the cause of setting up a fungus disease
which attacks the fruit just as it is
ripening, causing a round blackish blotch
at the apex, or around the point where
the small pin-like pistil was attached.
The refuse of old mushroom beds however
makes a very good mulch and may be
used without much fear.
On the whole, abundance of air, clean
well-drained soil, and a dry atmosphere,
together with proper watering, tying, and
pinching out of side shoots, are the best
preventives against diseased Tomatoes.
Varieties of Tomatoes
There are some two or three hundred
if not more so-called varieties of Toma-
toes now known, and I have had oppor-
tunities of seeing most of them growing
and fruiting. Each year there are new
names added to the list, but sad to say
the varieties they represent seem to be
very similar to, if not identical with,
those already existing. The following
have been proved excellent for general
cultivation ; but there are others as yet
without names that appear to be quite as
good, if not indeed better.
Bed Varieties
Chemin Rouge. — A compact variety
with smooth bright red medium-sized
fruits of excellent flavour.
Chisivich Dessert. — Fruit small, round,
smooth, bright red, fine flavour, good for
dessert.
Challenger. — Fruit medium, round,
smooth, solid and heavy. A fine variety.
Comet. -Fruit medium, round, smooth,
deep red, good flavour.
Conference. — Fruit medium, bright
red, round and smooth, excellent flavour.
Duke of York. — Fruit large, brilliant
red, smooth, round, heavy, and well-
flavoured.
Frogmore Selected. — Fruit large,
4d 2
1140
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS artichoke
smooth, deep scarlet, solid, highly
flavoured.
Ham Green Favourite. — Fruit large,
smooth, deep red, solid, and well-
flavoured.
Laxton's Open Air. — This is an
improved form of the old red Tomato
with ribbed fruits. It is excellent for
growing in the open air.
Neild's Seedling. — Fruit medium,
round, smooth, deep red, good flavour.
Perfection. — This is a well-known and
popular variety. Fruit large, smooth,
round, bright red, finely flavoured.
Trophy. — This is a very large and
nearly smooth-fruited variety, and bears
heavy crops.
Young's Eclipse. — Fruit medium,
bright red, round, smooth, with a fine
flavour.
Yellow Varieties
Although an inexplicable prejudice
exists against yellow-fruited Tomatoes, it
is gradually giving way, and each year
the yellow varieties find their way into
fresh gardens. Messrs. Sutton and Sons
of Reading have devoted a good deal of
attention to raising yellow Tomatoes,
and the following are some of the best
varieties : —
Golden Nugget. — Fruit small, bright
golden-yellow, round, smooth, 8-12 in a
cluster, fine flavour.
Golden Queen. — Fruit large, slightly-
ribbed, yellow, very good cropper.
Golden Perfection. — Like the red
variety of the same name, but yellow in
colour.
Prince of Wales. — Fruit small, round,
weighing about a dozen to the pound,
golden-yellow, fine flavour.
Sunbeam. — Fruit roundish oblong,
smooth, rich transparent amber colour,
excellent flavour.
Small-fruited Varieties
These may be grown like the others
or as bushes. In pots 5-6 in. across they
are very effective and ornamental, when
the points of the shoots are pinched out
to make the plants bushy. They are
excellent for dessert. The following
varieties are best known : —
Currant Tomato (Solanum racemi-
florum). — A very ornamental variety with
drooping racemes or. clusters of bright red
Currant-like fruits. I saw a plant of this
last year which had been allowed to grow
wild. At the end of the season it&
branches covered 21 square yards, and the
main stem was rather thicker than a man's
wrist. There were thousands of fruits
borne on the plant.
Cherry Tomato. — This is a more
sturdy' growing plant, about 4 ft. high,
with stoutish much-branched stems and
scarlet fruits, each about 1 inch in dia-
meter.
Pear-shaped or Fig- Tomato. — This is
a vigorous variety with clusters of scarlet
Pear-shaped fruits about 2 in. long.
The above varieties are readily crossed,
and it is easy to obtain intermediate
forms from the seedlings. The Currant
Tomato being very prolific, usually having
from 12 to 20 fruits in a truss, may be well
worth crossing with the larger but less
prolific kinds.
Group V. — Composite Ceops
JERUSALEM ARTICHOKE
( Helianthus tuberosus) . — This well-
known plant belongs to the same genus
as the Common Sunflower, H. aim huh
(see p. 515), and very much resembles that
plant in appearance. It is a native of
N. America, with tall deciduous roughish
hairy stems, which die down every winter,
leaving numerous Potato-like white or
purplish tubers in the ground. The
flowers are very rarely produced in the
British Islands.
Soil. — The Jerusalem Artichoke grows
well in any ordinary garden soil, and in
any out-of-the-way place. It likes plenty
of sun, and the better the soil the richer
the yield of tubers every autumn.
Planting. — This is usually done
about February and March, the small tubers
saved from the previous season being
placed about 1 ft. apart. They require
no further attention until digging time,
usually about November, when the stems
and leaves have completely withered.
The tubers may be cooked like Potatoes
— boiled, baked, roasted &c, and are
much appreciated by some but not by
others.
As already mentioned above, there are
two varieties of the Jerusalem Artichoke,
ARTICHOKE
VEGETABLE GARDEN
CHABDS 1141
one with white tubers, the other with
purplish ones.
GLOBE ARTICHOKE (Cynara
Scolymus). — Although belonging to the
same natural order (Compositce, p. 492)
us the Jerusalem Artichoke, this differs
considerably in appearance from that
plant. It is a native of Barbary and S.
Europe, and really a perennial by nature.
It grows 3-4 ft. high, having straight
channelled stems, large pinnatifid leaves
about 3 ft. long, whitish-green above,
very downy or cottony beneath. The
heads of blue florets are covered with the
fleshy overlapping scales of the involucre,
and it is for these fleshy scales, and the
top of the receptacle to which they are
attached, that the plants are cultivated.
Soil. — The Globe Artichoke enjoys
a rich well-drained sandy loam in open
sunny and sheltered places. The ground
may be well manured and dug or trenched
as required in the winter months so as to
be in good condition by spring. During
the summer months the plants like plenty
of moisture at the roots, but the soil
should be kept dry during the winter
months.
Propagation. — Suckers are usually
employed to increase the stock. They
spring up all round the base of the old
plant, and are detached about March or
April, each sucker having as many good
roots as possible attached and also a
portion of the old plant called a ' heel.'
The better to obtain these the soil around
the suckers may be removed. A few of
the best are allowed to remain on the old
plant to produce flower-heads during the
early summer season — in May and June.
The suckers may be planted 2-3 ft.
apart, in rows or in triangular clumps,
the clumps being 3-4 ft. apart, the plants
in the clumps being 9-12 in. apai't, form-
ing the points of an equilateral triangle.
They should be planted firmly but not too
deep, say about 4 inches, and afterwards
well watered. Until well established the
transplanted suckers should be shaded
from the sun with pots, boxes, bracken
fronds, or anything handy. In the summer
or autumn they will produce edible heads.
As the plants are not so good or vigorous
after two or three years' growth, they
may be destroyed, fresh ones having
been of course prepared from suckers to
take their place.
Seed-sowing. — Globe Artichokes may
be raised from seeds, but there is a dan-
ger of obtaining inferior varieties in this
way. The seeds may be sown in gentle
heat in February or March, the seedlings
being pricked out and hardened off, so as
to be ready for planting out at the end of
May or beginning of June. Thus treated
they may produce edible heads in
autumn.
Seeds may also be sown out of doors
in April or May in light rich soil in warm
situations, but the plants will not produce
heads until the following summer.
Cutting. — The heads of the Globe
Artichoke if allowed to develop flowers
are useless for culinary purposes. They
should therefore be cut before the upper
scales of the involucre begin to separate
from each other, and while they are fresh
and tender. When cutting the heads,
the stems also may be cut down close to
the surface of the soil. This operation
will induce new suckers to spring up from
the base, and by thinning out all but a few
of the strongest, a later crop of edible
bracts will be produced.
General treatment, Protection £c. —
This consists in keeping the soil free of
weeds, giving water in very hot dry
weather, and cutting down the stems to
the ground after the heads have been
gathered for use. On the approach of
frost, in northern parts of the country
the plants should be protected all round
with litter, and the soil may also receive
a good coating of manure. The following
spring when growth commences the
manure may be dug into the soil. In the
milder southern parts, the plants will
stand an ordinary winter very well with-
out protection. In the event of severe
weather, however, it is safer to cover the
crowns with litter or dry leaves.
Varieties. — There are several of these,
but the following are among the best for
cultivation in the British Islands, viz.
the Green Globe and the Purple Globe.
CHARDS. — These are the whitened
hearts or centres of the Globe Artichoke
plants. Early in July the stems are cut
down to about 6 inches from the ground.
A few days afterwards they receive a
good watering, and this is repeated once
or twice a week until about September,
according to the state of the weather.
About the end of September, litter or hay
&c. is placed around the plants, and the
soil is drawn up about them so as to
1142
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GABDEX PLANTS lettuce
exclude light. In about 6 weeks' time the
growths will be sufficiently blanched for
use, and are by some preferred to blanched
Cardoons.
CARDOON (Cynaka Carduxcultjs).
The Cardoon belongs to the same genus
as the Globe Artichoke and is considered
by some to be a form of the same species.
It is a perennial plant, native of the
Mediterranean region, and in general
appearance resembles the Globe Artichoke.
Its stems are channelled and whitish, and
the leaves are large and pinnately divided,
grayish-green above, white beneath, often
furnished with brown or yellow spines
|— \ in. long at the angle of each division.
Cardoons are cultivated for the very
fleshy leaf stalks or ribs, which when
blanched and properly cooked are much
appreciated by many.
Culture and Propagation. — Cardoons
are always raised from seeds. These are
sown about the middle to the end of
April in northern parts of the kingdom,
and a month or so later in the southern
parts, in trenches about 1 ft. deep, 18 in.
wide, and about 4 feet apart, made as
in the case of Celery (see p. 1130). About
o seeds are sown together in a patch of
soil which has been broken up at the
bottom of the trench and well manured.
Each patch of seeds should be about a
yard apart, although some growers allow
only half this distance. The seeds are
covered with about an inch of soil, and
when the seedlings are well above the soil,
say 3 or 4 inches, the two weakest plants
in each patch may be pulled up, leaving
the strongest to grow.
When somewhat earlier crops of
Cardoons are required it is necessary to
sow seeds in gentle heat in a hotbed or
warm greenhouse in March. About 4 or
5 seeds may be sown in a 4-5 hi. pot, and
when the seedlings are well above the
soil, all except the strongest should be
thinned out. By keeping the selected
plants close to the glass to obtain plenty
of light, they become strong and sturdy,
and will be fit for planting out at the end
of May or early in June. Plenty of air
should always be given when under glass,
and also gradually cooler quarters as
planting-out time approaches. Watering
should also be attended to, so that the
plants shall be in no way checked in
then- growth.
During the summer months the plants
should be liberally watered according to
the weather, and the ground should be
kept clean and free from weeds. A
dusting with lime and soot when the seeds
are sown and when the young plants
appear will check any insect attacks.
Crops of Lettuce &c. may be grown on
the ground between the trenches during
the summer months, up to the end of
September.
Blanching and Tying. — About this
time (September and October) the plants
will be full grown, and quite ready for
blanching. The stems are tied together
and wrapped round with straw or hay
when the weather is fine and dry. The
soil may then be brought up on each side
as with Celery, leaving just the tops of
the leaves appearing In three or four
weeks or a little more the stalks will be
properly blanched and fit for use.
As the plants are tender, they must
be protected with a covering of fitter.
fern, dry leaves &c. on the approach of
frost.
Varieties. — The kind called Sjianish
Cardoon without spines is the one ehiefly
grown in this country, but there are
several others.
LETTUCE (Lactuca sativa) .— This
well-known and much-esteemed Salad
plant belongs to the Composite order (see
p. 492). It is a native of India or Central
Asia, and has been in cultivation about
350 years, and there are naturally a good
many varieties.
Soil. — Any good garden soil, well
manured and tilled, and not too heavy in
texture, will suit Lettuce. A rich deep
sandy loam, however, produces the finest
plants.
Time of sowing. — According to the
variety Lettuce seeds may be sown at
intervals from February to the end of July
or August, so as to obtain a succession
almost the whole year round. The early
sowings are best made in cold frames or
old hotbeds. The seed should be sown
very thinly either broadcast or in drills,
and lightly covered with fine soil, after-
wards gently patting it down with a
spade or piece of flat board.
It is an excellent and time-saving
plan to sow Lettuce with Radishes, either
in frames or the open border according to
the season, as already mentioned under
Radishes at p. 1121. As the latter will
be drawn first, the young Lettuces will bf
LETTUCE
VEGETABLE GARDEN
ENDIVE 1143
ready for planting out a week or two
later.
Pricking out dc. — The seedlings may
be thinned out about 9-12 in. apart in the
rows, which should have a similar dis-
tance, or a little more, between them.
The young plants thus pulled up may be
transplanted in frames if early in the
year, or into a prepared bed out of doors
in a warm, sunny, and sheltered corner,
if the weather permits.
About every 2 or 3 weeks from the
middle of March to the middle of August
a sowing may be made out of doors,
transplanting the seedlings when largo
enough, as recommended above, selecting
dull showery weather if possible for this
last operation. It may be stated as a
general rule that plants from early and
late sowings are best grown on light and
rather dry soils in sunny situations, while
those for summer use are best in cool and
rather damp and partially shaded situa-
tions, where they are not so likely to
' bolt,' that is, run to seed prematurely.
When ground is scarce an early crop of
Lettuce may be planted between rows of
Beetroot, and as the Lettuce will come
off the soil before the Beetroot, no harm
will be done to the latter, and the extra
space will be beneficial later on.
Watering. — During the hot and dry
summer months Lettuces require liberal
supplies of water, especially if they
happen to be grown on light soils in-
capable of retaining much moisture. If
not watered they are almost sure to 'bolt,'
and the entire crop may be lost. By
frequently stirring the soil between the
plants, or giving a mulching of short
manure, the soil is kept in a nice cool
condition round the roots and excessive
evaporation is checked.
Blanching. — When Lettuces are
nearly full grown and begin to ' heart,'
the inner leaves are whitened by having
a strand of raffia tied round the whole
plant about halfway up. Many of the
best i Cos ' varieties curl the tops of the
leaves inwards, thus shielding the centre
ones from the light, and naturally blanch-
ing them. With such it is scarcely
necessary to tie the plants at all.
Insect and other Pests. — Slugs are
very fond of Lettuces, and as a precaution
against their attacks the soil should be
well dusted with lime and soot. Where
the Lettuce beds are not too large they
may be watered with boiling water a day
or two before sowing or planting. This
will effectually destroy the slugs, wire-
worms, or other pests harboured in the
soil.
Birds, and especially sparrows, are
great marauders in some localities, and
the only way to save the young plants
from destruction is to cover them with
fine-meshed wire guards, or netting
stretched on stout stakes, but allowed to
droop at the edges to prevent entrance
and exit by that means. Thin black — not
white — cotton also stretched over the crop
will keep off birds. Not seeing the cotton
they get entangled in it and become
frightened off in consequence.
A good dusting with lime and soot
about the plants will also be effective, as
the birds do not like the bitter taste of
this dressing.
Varieties. — Broadly speaking Lettuces
are of two kinds, namely ' Cos ' and
' Cabbage.' The Cos varieties are oblong
and more or less cylindrical in shape,
and are considered to belong to Lactuca
sativa proper, while the Cabbage varieties,
as the name indicates, are low and flat
with a Cabbage-like appearance, and are
supposed to be a distinct species, L.
capitata. These are usually best for use
in winter.
The varieties useful for general cul-
tivation are : —
Cabbage Lettuces : All the Year
Bound, Brown Dutch, Commodore Nutt,
Hammersmith Hardy Green, Neapolitan,
and Tom Thumb.
Cos Lettuces : Paris White, Paris
Green, Giant Cos, Brown or Bath Cos,
London White, and Leviathan.
ENDIVE (Cichorium Endivia). —
This excellent salad plant belongs to the
order Composite (see p. 492), and is a
native of the East Indies. It has a
spreading rosette of smooth, lobed, deeply
cut and crisped leaves, which in a
blanched state are highly valued as a
salading.
Soil. — Endive flourishes in the same
soil and situations as Lettuce — that is, in
any good and fairly light and rich garden
soil, and an open situation. Endive,
however, is a more hardy plant than
Lettuce, and is valuable for late autumn
and winter use.
Sowing and Transplanting. — Seeds
may be sown thinly at intervals of a
month or six weeks from the middle of
1144
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS chicory
May to the middle of August, to keep up
a succession, in beds or drills, in the same
way as Lettuce. The seedling plants
when large enough are pricked out in dull
showery weather if possible about 1 ft.
apart each way for the Curled varieties,
and two or three inches more for the
Broad-leaved or Batavian kinds. After
firmly planting, the soil should be well
watered in dry weather, and a dusting of
lime and soot between the rows will be a
check to slugs &c. Birds must be kept
off by means of wire guards, black cotton,
or netting as with Lettuce.
General treatment. — It should also
be borne in mind that during the months
of June, July, and August, if the weather
is very hot and dry, the plants are apt to
run to seed prematurely, that is. ' bolt,'
unless they have been frequently and
liberally watered. The plants raised
from seeds sown in August, however, are
not so likely to suffer in this way, as the
weather gradually becomes cooler, and
showers are as a rule more frequent.
Beyond attention to these points Endive
requires little further care than keeping
the surface of the soil well stirred with
the hoe and clear of weeds.
Blanching etc. — Unless the leaves of
Endive are blanched they are too rank
and bitter to the taste to be of any
appreciable use as a salad. By blanch-
ing, however, the acrid flavour departs,
and the foliage then becomes sweet and
tender. As the plants do not last long in
a good state when blanched, only a small
number should be covered as required.
It takes from ten to twenty days to
properly blanch the foliage.
Blanching is done in various ways.
Some simply place a flower-pot over each
plant, and exclude the light by placing a
piece of slate over the hole in the bottom.
Others make a kind of roof over the
plants with two flat boards resting against
each other by the upper edges, the space
at each end being blocked by a slate or
piece of board. Endive may also be tied
up with a piece of raffia in the same way
as Lettuce, but this operation should only
be done when the leaves are quite dry.
Another good method of blanching is to
place a little clean hay or straw over the
plants as required, while some gardeners
simply place a piece of clean slate actually
down on the crowns of the plants when
they are in a dry condition.
Winter protection. — Plants that are
to stand out during the winter months
should be on a warm, dry, and well-
drained border facing south. Although
in mild winters Endive will live without
protection, it is wise to have some hay,
litter, or dry fern handy to place over the
plants in frosty weather. When required
the plants may be blanched as described
above.
Where spare frames exist, the plants
may be taken up carefully on the approach
of bad weather, having the leaves first of
all tied round with raffia, and planted
close together in light rich soil. They
will soon root into this if properly moved,
and may be blanched as required. It is
of time to treat injured plants in
this way.
Varieties. — There are many of these
known, but those most generally culti-
vated are: the Green-curled, Moss-cu vied.
White-curled, Imperial White Batavian.
and Improved Bound -leaved Batavian.
CHICORY (Cichorium Intybus). —
The wild Chicory is a native of Britain
and Europe generally. It is closely
related to Endive, and belongs to the
same order {Composites, see p. 492). The
name is well known in connection with
Coffee. The long fleshy roots of the
cultivated Chicory plant are cut into
pieces, roasted, and ground, and after-
wards mixed with Coffee. It is not very
largely cultivated in the British Islands,
but is attracting greater attention every
year.
Soil. — Owing to the deep rooting
properties of the plant Chicory likes a
deep rich but fairly light soil, well dug and
manured the autumn or winter previous
to sowing the seeds. It will, however,
flourish in any ordinary good garden soil,
and is very easily grown.
Solving dc. — ■ Seeds may be sown
thinly in shallow drills about April and
May. The rows should be 12-15 in.
apart, and when the plants are well above
the ground they may be thinned out to
about 9 in. to 1 ft. apart in the rows.
The summer treatment is almost precisely
the same as for Lettuce and Endive,
namely, attention to stirring the soil and
keeping the weeds down. Being a deep-
rooted plant Chicory is able to stand
drought better than Lettuce or Endive.
Still in exceptionally dry seasons the plants
should be well watered at intervals.
Blanching and Forcing. — Towards
SALSAFY
VEGETABLE GARDEN
ASPARAGUS 114")
the end of the year, when the foliage has
decayed, the roots may be lifted with a
fork as required for use. The old leaves
are trimmed and cleaned, but the crowns
and roots must not be injured. The roots
arc planted in light rich sandy soil in a
box, leaving the crowns and tops protru-
ding about 1 in. above the surface of the
soil. They are then placed in a dark
cellar, Mushroom house, or some other
place where they will lie in perfect dark-
ness and free from frost. They should
be well watered if the soil is rather dry,
and in about 3 weeks' time blanched leaves
!S-9 in. long will have been produced, and
will be ready for use. To keep up a
supply during the winter and spring
months, a number of roots may be lilted
about every 10 or 12 days and treated as
above. The blanched leaves are highly
appreciated in France, where the salad is
known as Barbe-de-Cajmcin.
As a green salad the leaves of Chicory
are appreciated by some during the
summer months. To obtain these the
seeds are best sown thickly in beds at
intervals of 3 or 4 weeks from April to the
end of September or October. The young
leaves are picked like Spinach, as they
are wanted, or they may be cut with a
sickle or knife.
Varieties. — The kinds mostly grown
in the British Islands are the Common
Chicory forming the Barbe-de-Caji/i cvn
as above ; and Witloef or La/rge-rooted
Brussels Chicory. The latter has broad
leaves and stout midribs, and when
blanched forms heads like a long and
narrow Cos Lettuce.
Other varieties of Chicory are the Bed
Italian ; Large-rooted (including the
B runstvick and Magdeburg) ; the Varie-
gated Chicory, and the Curled-leaved
Chicory.
SALSAFY (Teagqpogon pobri-
folius). — A European biennial closely re-
lated to Chicory, and like that plant having
long fleshy taproots with a rather smooth
and dull yellowish skin, and crowned with
long, narrow, glaucous - green leaves,
down the centre of which runs a whitish
line. The plant belongs to the Composite
Order (see p. 492), and is popularly known
as the ' Vegetable Oyster.'
Culture <6c.' — Salsafy may be raised
from seeds sown in May in light rich soil,
and in shallow drills about 1 ft. apart.
The seedlings, when large enough, are
thinned out to about 6 or 9 in. apart in
the rows. The general treatment is the
same as for Chicory, that is, attention
to weeding, watering, and stirring the
soil with the hoe during the summer
months.
Storing, Uses Sc. — Although Salsafy
is generally grown for the sake of its tap-
roots, which are cooked somewhat in the
same way as Parsnips, and served in a
variety of ways, the young and tender
leaves may be used as a salad like those
of Chicory.
About the end of October the roots
may be lifted with a fork, and stored in
dryish soil in the same way as Carrots
and Parsnips (see p. 1128).
SCORZONERA (Scorzonera His-
panic a). — A Spanish perennial closely
related to Salsafy, and resembling that
plant in having long fleshy taproots, the
skin of which, however, is blackish, and
not yellow in colour. The leaves also are
much broader, being lance-shaped oblong,
and pointed at the tips. The young
leaves may be used as a salad, and the
roots are cooked and served in the same
way as those of Salsafy.
Culture dc. — As this is precisely the
same as for Salsafy and Chicory it is
unnecessary to repeat here the details
given immediately preceding for those
two vegetables or salads.
Group VI — Liliaceous Ceops
ASPARAGUS (Asparagus offici-
nalis).— The Asparagus is a perennial
plant belonging to the Lily Order (see
p. 808) and in a wild state is found near the
sea coasts in various parts of Europe and
Asia, and also the British Islands. As
a garden plant it has, of course, been
greatly modified by cultivation, and is
highly esteemed for its young and fleshy
stems.
Soil, Manure d-c. — A deep rich sandy
loam is the best soil for growing good
Asparagus. It should be well dug ov
trenched, as the roots often penetrate to a
depth of 2 or 3 ft. below the surface.
Too much manure can scarcely be given
1146
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS asparagus
to the ground for Asparagus, and where -
ever the soil is of a stiffish nature it may
always be lightened with river sand, road
sweepings, old mortar rubbish, and plenty
of famryard manure. Thorough drainage
is essential, and wben trenching the soil
the bottom should thei'efore always be
well broken up. The drainage may be
improved if necessary by a layer of brick
rubbish, broken clinkers &c. at the bottom
of the trench.
Propagation. — Asparagus plants may
be raised from seed. The latter are black
in colour and triangular in shape, and
may be sown thinly — about i in. apart —
at the end of March or early in April out
of doors in chills about 2 in. deep and 1 ft.
or 18 in. apart, when the soil is in a dryish
and friable condition. The soil is closed
over the seeds, and made firm and level
by treading, or in the case of large patches
a light roller may be used with greater
advantage.
Preparing the beds. — If it is intended
to produce the crop on the seed-beds —
which may be level, or raised, and about
3 5 ft. wide with an alley 2 ft. wide
between the beds — the young plants
should be thinned out when large enough
to handle easily, leaving only the strongest
at a distance of about 18 in. between them
in the rows. "When the stems and
feathery foliage become yellow in autumn,
they may be cut down to within 2 in. of
the ground. The surface of the latter
should then be covered with a good layer
of well-rotted farmyard manure to serve
as a protection against frost, and also to
benefit the roots when growth begins
again in spring.
The following year the plants are
allowed to grow in the same way, keeping
the ground free from weeds, cutting the
stems down in autumn, and heavily
manuring. But it is not wise to begin
cutting the shoots until the third year,
when the plants will have become well
established. If cutting is deferred until
the fourth year from raising the seeds, so
much the better.
Instead of allowing the plants to come
into bearing from the bed in which the
seeds were sown, as described above, the
seedlings may be allowed to grow the
first year with little or no thinning out,
according to whether they have been
sown thickly or otherwise. After cutting
down in autumn and covering with
manure, they may rest until the end of
March or beginning of April. In the
meantime beds 3, 4, or 5 ft. wide, accord-
ing to taste, should be prepared during
the winter months. Where the soil is
light, deep, and rich, it is scarcely
necessary to make raised beds, although
that is the general rule, and a very good
one, where the soil is naturally poor and
shallow with a cold and sterile subsoil.
By having raised beds rich and well-
prepared soil may be used, but where
this cannot be secured, it is better to leave
the culture of Asparagus severely alone.
Planting. — The beds having been
prepared and allowed to settle during the
winter they will be ready for planting at
the end of March or early in April as
the crowns are starting into growth.
Trenches 4 or 6 in. deep may be cut with
a spade ready for the young plants. These
are carefully lifted from the seed-bed of
the previous year, and the plants are
placed in rows about 18 in. from each
other. Many excellent growers, however,
consider this too near, and recommend as
much as 2-2^, ft. between the plants,
while others recommend as much as 4 ft.
between the clumps every way. By
adopting the latter method it is possible
to secure other crops of vegetables off
the beds until the Asparagus is fit for
cutting. French Beans, Lettuce, and
Early Potatoes are crops that may with
advantage be grown on young Asparagus
beds ; but it is essential when adopting
this method of overcropping to know
exactly where the Asparagus plants are
located.
Another good way is to make the beds
at the lowest level at which the plants
are to be placed without the use of
trenches. Having placed the crowns at
the required distances from each other,
the soil may then be placed over them to
the proper depth.
During the actual process of planting,
the roots should be spread out carefully,
and the soil should be drawn over them
with the hand and made firm around them
until the crown of the plant is about 2 in.
beneath the surface of the bed.
It may be remarked that the first row
in the bed should be down the centre, the
others on each side being equal distances
from it. And the first plant in the row
should be at least 9 in. from the edge of
the bed. Dull showery but mild weather
is best for planting.
Mulch ing. — After planting and making
ASPAEAGUS
VEGETABLE GA11DEN
ASPARAGUS 1147
the soil firm and level, the beds may
receive a good mulching of short well-
rotted manure, such as the remains of an
old Mushroom bed. The plants will grow
during the season in the same way as the un-
transplanted seedlings already described,
and in autumn they are cut down and
mulched with manure as before recom-
mended. The plants however will not
be fit for cutting any sooner than those
left in the seed beds, that is about the
third, fourth, or even fifth year. After
this, with liberal dressings of manure and
intelligent treatment generally, the beds
may continue to yield good crops annually
for 8, 10, or 20 years.
Manure. — Besides the annual heavy
dressing of farmyard manure in autumn
after the stems and foliage (the latter,
by the way, is very useful for decorations)
have been cut down, a little chemical
manure added in early spring just before
growth begins will also be highly bene-
ficial. It is, however, quite unnecessary
to give this spring manuring except in the
case of old Asparagus beds which have
shown signs of having produced their best
crops. About 1 lb. of nitrate of soda or
sulphate of ammonia to 40 sq. yards will
produce good effects. About 6 lbs. of
superphosphate of lime mixed with
10-20 lbs. of kainit has also been recom-
mended as an excellent dressing in early
spring, lightly pricked into the soil with
a fork. In showery weather a slight
sprinkling of common salt on the beds is
recommended by some growers.
The soil from the alleys between the
beds is placed over the crowns every
spring, and this gives a good depth for
the shoots to push through. The farm-
yard manure, however, which was placed
over the surface in autumn should be
carefully forked over, and should there be
any hard or caked masses, as is often the
case, they should be removed before
covering the beds with the soil ; otherwise
they are apt to prevent the shoots coming
through the soil properly, either breaking
or bending them.
Cutting Asparagus. — This is an
operation requiring some little judgment
and care. When plants are first cut, say
the third or fourth year from the period
of sowing, only two or three shoots should
be cut from each stool, allowing the others
to develop and manufacture reserve
material for the roots during the season.
In after years the strongest shoots only
may be cut until about the middle or end
of Tune according to season and the
locality. But after June all cutting
should cease. It is a mistake to cut
too heavily, even when there is great
temptation to do so, as it is essential that
a certain number of stems and leaves
should be developed to carry out the
natural work of the plants (see article on
' Leaves,' p. 32). If there are no leaves,
or not a sufficient number, developed, the
roots which have been exhausted in pro-
ducing the edible stalks are unable to
recuperate, and the Asparagus beds are
often spoiled in consequence. From the
middle of April to the middle of June may
be regarded as the season for cutting
Asparagus, this time being a few days
earlier or later according to season and
locality.
The actual cutting requires care.
When the shoots are 1-2 in. above ground
a very common practice is to work the
Asparagus knife down to the base of the
stalks through the soil and sever them.
But this practice is often accompanied 1>.\
damage to the young shoots which may
be just starting from the roots. An expert
will cut the stems easily enough, as the
result of much experience, but the novice
is almost sure to do a good deal of
damage to the young shoots.
A better plan is to have a small heap
of rich soil placed over each clump of
Asparagus, or the soil may be drawn up
over the rows to make ridges. In this
way the stalks become longer, and are
also blanched the greater portion of their
length by being in darkness. When the
tops are bursting through the soil, the
latter may be carefully removed by the
hand exposing the stalks fit for use.
These may then be easily detached with
the fingers or by means of a sharp knife,
and there is no danger of damaging the
remaining shoots. The cut shoots vary
in length from 4 to 8 in., but it is only the
upper and younger fleshy portion that is
fit for use when cooked. To obtain the
best flavour from Asparagus it should be
eaten as soon as possible after cutting, as
it deteriorates in flavour by keeping.
Varieties. — There are several of these,
but the best for general cultivation are
Connover's Colossal, considered to be the
largest and best ; Batterseaov Giant, and
Argenteuil.
1148
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
ONION
ONION (Allium Cepa). — Notwith-
standing its pungency and odour, the
Onion is one of the most popular and use-
ful crops in the kitchen garden. It be-
longs to the same order as the Asparagus
(Liiiacece), and several of its near relatives
have already been described under the
genus Allium at p. 830 as beautiful flower
garden plants. The cultivated Onion,
however, is more highly appreciated for
its bulbs, which are cooked in various
ways and used for many purposes.
Soil, Manure dtc. — Onions prefer a
light rich and rather sandy well-drained
loam, but flourish in any good garden soil
which has been well dug or ridged up
and heavily manured during the autumn
or winter months.
About June and July, as the bulbs
are beginning to swell, they may be
assisted, in the process by dressing the
soil with soot. A fine sprinkling of
nitrate of soda (see p. 71) or sulphate of
ammonia (p. 72) is also useful. Com-
mon washing soda as sold by grocers is
also an excellent manure for Onions. It
may be sprinkled over the soil, after
crushing into a powdered state, and then
watered in. Where only hard water is
available the action of the washing soda
will soften it considerably and thus
render it more acceptable to the roots.
Liquid manure, such as the runnings from
stables &c., may be used diluted with
clear water during the same period, and
is on the whole superior to artificial
manure.
Seed-sowing in spring. — When
Onions are required for summer or autumn
use, seeds are generally sown about the
middle to the end of February. The soil
is previously forked over, levelled and
made firm by treading. Shallow drills,
about 1 in. deep and 1 ft. apart, are drawn
with the corner of the hoe to a line, and
in them the black and flatfish seeds are
sown as thinly as possible. Before sow-
ing, the soil may be well dusted with lime
and soot as a precaution against the mag-
gots of the Onion Fly and other pests, or
if not too much trouble the soil may be
watered a day or two before with boiling
water, which will not only kill the maggots
but also the seeds of weeds, which are
often a great nuisance to young Onions.
In any case seed-sowing is best done
when the soil is in a dry and friable
condition.
Tli in ui ng out dc. — When the young
plants are 2 or 3 in. high, they should be
thinned out from 4 to 6 in. apart in the
rows, any gaps being made good by means
of the uprooted plants. Those left may
be used for salads. Weeds of course are
destroyed at the same time and onwards
during the season, the soil between the
rows and enlarging bulbs may be stirred
from time to time with the small hoe
specially used for Onion hoeing. Care,
however, should be taken not to draw the
soil up round the bulbs.
Harvesting. — From the middle of
August to September, when the cylindri-
cal and hollow leaves are turning yellow,
the Onions may be pulled up and spread
out to dry with their roots facing south.
Every day or two it will be necessary to
turn them over so that the bulbs may be
equally and properly dried. This being
accomplished and the withered leaves
cut off within a few niches of the bulbs,
the latter may be stored in cool airy lofts
or cellars, or strung up in the bunches to
ceilings.
Seed-sowing in autumn. — From the
end of July to the middle of August seeds
of Onions may be sown in light dry soil
in shallow drills as recommended for the
spring sowing above. The seedlings may
be thinned out from 4 to 6 in. apart in
spring, or better still should be trans-
planted, as experience seems to prove that
not only are better and more shapely
bulbs eventually produced, but they also
keep in good condition for a longer period
than those of plants which have not been
transplanted. In the case of large
varieties like Ailsa Craig and Giant
Rocca every alternate bulb should be
pulled by May or June, so as to leave
about a foot between the plants, which
are left to mature as the maincrop. Mild
showery weather should be chosen for
transplanting, and the work should be
performed as early as possible so that the
plants become well established before the
approach of the hot weather. When
transplanting some good gardeners cut
2 or 3 in. off the fistular leaves for the
following reasons : the injured roots will
have less work to perform until established,
and perhaps a more important reason is
that the leaves when cut will not topple
over and tempt the worms to draw them
down into the soil, and thus uproot the
young plants. This practice, however,
is condemned by other good gardeners.
The bulbs will be ready for use about the
ONION
VEGETABLE GARDEN
ONION 1149
end of July or August, when they may be
harvested, dried, and stored in the same
way as those from spring-sown seeds.
VARIETIES OF ONIONS
The following are among the best at
present known : —
Ailsa Craig. Very large, pale straw-
yellow, mild flavour, keeps till March.
Banbury Improved. Large, bright
yellow, mild flavour.
Bedfordshire Champion. Brown-
skinned, globular, keeps well till May or
June.
Blood Bed. Bulbs very solid, medium,
skin dull or glossy red. Keeps till June.
Brown Globe. Medium, roundish, red-
skinned ; keeps well.
Brown Spanish (Strasburg Dept-
ford). Bulbs medium, flattish, dark red-
brown skin, good quality and keeps well.
Cranston's Excelsior. A handsome
globe-shaped Onion with yellow skin, good
quality, and keeps well till about the end
of February.
Danvers's Yellow. An excellent straw-
coloured variety ; keeps well till May.
One of the best for general use.
Giant Zittau. Bulbs large round,
with a bright yellow skin; keeps well,
often into May and June.
James's Keeping. Bulbs oblong or
Pear-shaped, large ; keeps well.
Magnum Bonum. Bulbs very large,
with a bright straw-yellow skin. Good
keeper till May or June.
Nuncham Park. An excellent Onion
for general use. It is a form of the White
Spanish. Keeps well till May.
Rousham Park Hero. A distinct form
of the White Spanish Onion. The bulbs
grow very large, with pale straw-yellow
skins. Mild flavour ; good keeper till
May.
Silver - skinned. A good pickling
Onion. The seeds should be sown thickly
in spring, and the young plants need not
be thinned out.
Sutton's A 1. Bulbs very large, flat-
tish, 6-8 in. in diameter, with brownish-
yellow skin, excellent quality and keeps
till May. Good for spring or autumn
sowing.
Sutton's Globe. A handsome round
Onion with a mild and delicate flavour.
Keeps till June.
Trebons. Bulbs very large, Pear-
shaped, yellow-skinned. One of the best
for autumn sowing. Keeps till March.
White Globe. Bulbs medium, round-
ish, remarkably firm and solid, with a
silvery skin. Keeps in good condition till
May.
White Lisbon. This variety is chiefly
useful for sowing in autumn, to produce
salading in spring. When full grown the
bulbs are large and roundish, but are not
much valued in that state.
White Spanish or Portugal. An
excellent all - round variety, good for
general use. Bulbs large flattened, with
pale straw-yellow skin. Keeps well till
May.
The Tripoli Onions mentioned below
are usually recommended for autumn
sowing. As a rule when sown in spring
the bulbs of most of the varieties do not
las! beyond Christmas, although some
gardeners can keep them until the end of
January and into February.
Tripoli, Giant Rocca. Bulb large
round, delicately flavoured ; skin brown.
Tripoli, Bed, Globe or Madeira. Bulb
very large, with a sweet and tender
flavour. Skin salmon-pink.
Tripoli, Large White Italian. Bulb
large, flattish, mild flavour.
Tripoli, Large Globe. Bulbs large,
with silvery skins ; mild flavoxu-.
Tripoli, Mammoth, or White Ele-
jiliaut. Bulbs 6-7 inches in diameter,
with silvery skin ; very mild flavour.
Tripoli, White Queen. Bulbs very
small roundish, with a silvery white skin.
This grows quickly, when sown in March
is fit for use in August, and when sown in
August is ready for use in March. Excel-
lent for pickling. The seedlings need not
be thinned out.
Trijjoli, Bassano. This is one of the
best of the Tripoli section, having a blood-
red colour and a mild flavour.
The following distinct kinds of Onion
are not generally cultivated, but are occa-
sionally met with.
Egyptian, Tree, or Bulb - bearing
Onion. — This produces a number of small
marble -like bulbs on the top of a stem
sent up from the bulb. They are excel-
lent for pickling. Offsets are also pro-
duced underground, and by these, and
those on the stem, the variety is in-
creased.
The Perennial, Tree, or Top Onion is
very similar to this, but produces no
underground offsets.
The Potato Onion. — This has irregu-
lar underground bulbs, which are planted
1150
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
LEEK
in early spring about 6 in. apart in the
rows. The bulb should be just covered
with soil. During the period of growth
offsets are produced and may be used for
increasing the stock the following year.
The bulbs are of good flavour, but are not
•extensively grown.
The Welsh Onion (Allium fistulosum).
This Onion has no bulbs but long fibrous
roots, and is cultivated sometimes for the
leaves. There is a red form and a green
one. Seeds may be sown in spring — from
March to April — as with ordinary Onions,
or the rootstocks may be divided at the
same period. The leaves are usually fit
for cutting about 3 months after the date
of sowing, and may be used for flavouring
soups &c.
LEEK (Allium Porrum). — Like the
Onion the Leek is a hardy biennial plant,
and is believed to be a native of Switzer-
land. It is chiefly valued for the lower
blanched portion of the bulb-like stem or
rather the leaves, the real stem being the
flatfish or slightly conical plate at the
base from the upper side of which the
leaves spring.
Culture and Propagation. — The Leek
requires to be grown in a rich and light
loamy soil deeply dug and well manured as
for an Onion crop. Seeds may be sown at
the beginning and also the end of March,
a few days earlier or later according to
the weather and locality, when the soil is
in a good friable condition.
To obtain the best results Leeks should
always be transplanted when 4-6 in. high
in mild showery weather. The plants
should be about 5 or 6 in. apart int-ows
12-18 in. apart, and may be planted
deeply, just leaving the tops of the leaves
above the soil. It is a good plan also to
plant them in trenches, afterwards drawing
the soil up to and around them on each side
when they have made good growth. In
this way the stems are blanched, and will
be ready for use from the autumn to
spring.
Another method is to make holes
4-6 in. deep and place a plant in the cen-
tre of each. During the season the action
of the rain and weather gradually breaks
down the fine soil left on the edge of the
holes and thus automatically assists in
blanching. The holes are also useful in
holding supplies of rain water, liquid
manure &c.
A modification of this plan is to make
trenches 9-12 in. wide, somewhat in the
same way as mentioned for Celery (p. 1 130) .
The bottom of tbe trenches may receive
a coating of good manure, and over this a
layer of rich soil, so as to leave the trenches
about 6-12 in. deep. The young Leeks
are then planted out in showery weather,
and as the season advances the soil is
from time to time drawn around the
stems. The trenches are valuable for
holding rain water, liquid manure &c.
During the summer months the plants
may be frequently and liberally watered,
especially if the weather is particularly
hot and dry. Liquid manure given about
once or twice a week will make a good
deal of difference in the size and succu-
lence of the ' stems.'
The soil between the rows should be
kept free from weeds. It is possible if
desired to take a crop of early Lettuce
from between the rows of Leeks, before
the latter have made their full growth.
Early Leeks. — Good Leeks are pro-
duced from start to finish out of doors.
Where, however, an extra early crop is
required it may be obtained as follows.
Seeds are sown rather thickly soon after
New Year's Day in light rich soil on a
gentle hotbed. The bed is well watered
and kept close until the young plants are
above the surface. After this the lights
are removed or tilted on all favourable
occasions to give the plants as much air
as possible. If too thick the seedlings
should be thinned out 1-2 in. apart, and
they should never lack for water. At the
end of March or early in April they will
be hard}' enough for transplanting to the
open ground. They are then carefully
lifted and planted in rows as described
above, and will be readj' for use about
July or August.
Varieties. — The following are usually
met with in cultivation, some of them,
like The Lyon, attaining a great size.
Ayton Castle Giant, Large Mussel-
burgh, Henry's Prize, London Flag,
Benton's Monarch, and The Lyon. Most
of these when well grown may be blanched
for about 1 ft. from the base. It should,
however, be remembered that what often
looks magnificent in size on the exhibi-
tion table is frequently deficient in cook-
ing qualities. And here a mild protest
may be appropriately entered against
prizing vegetables too much simply on
account of their great size and appear-
ance, and too little for their economic
SHALLOT
VEGETABLE GARDEN
BEETROOT 1151
value. Good flavour and quality should
always be considered before mere size.
SHALLOT (Allium ascalonicum). —
The true Shallot is a perennial plant,
native of Palestine. It has a greyish or
silvery skin, and is somewhat long and
Pear-shaped in outline. The false or
Jersey Shallot is the plant generally
grown, and is really a small roundish
tapering Onion with a deep red-brown
skin.
Although closely related to the- Onion,
the Shallot grows somewhat differently
and is usually increased by the offsets or
• cloves ' from the old bulbs, instead of
seeds. The latter, however, may be sown
in the same way as those of Onions (see
p. 1148).
Soil, cultivation, dc, — The Shallot
likes a light, rich soil, but will grow well
in ordinary good garden soil well dug and
manured as for Onions and Leeks. Early
in March, when the soil is not wet and
sticky, the cloves may be planted in
shallow drills about 9 to 12 in. apart,
allowing about 4 to 6 in. between them in
the rows. They should be almost entirely
covered with soil, but as a rule the tops
are left just sticking above the surface.
At the latter end of July the leaves begin
to wither. This being a sign that growth
is finished for the season, the bulbs may
be pulled up, and spread out to dry for a
few days, afterwards storing them in a dry
and cool airy place. They will keep in
good condition for several months and
are much valued for pickling and as
seasoning or flavouring by cooks, and are
considered to be superior to Onions for
these purposes.
GARLIC (Allium sativum). — The
Garlic is a S. European perennial having
irregular-shaped bulbs well known for
their strong and highly peculiar flavour.
In the warmer southern countries of
Europe, however, this flavour is not so
intensely developed as it seems to be in
cooler and more northern climes.
Culture and Propagation <fc. — The
Garlic is grown practically in the same
way as the Shallot, and is always increased
by means of the cloves or offsets from the
old bulbs. The cloves are planted in
drills or rows like those of the Shallot,
but are completely covered with soil to a
depth of one or two inches. At the end
of February or the beginning of March is
the usual time to plant, but when the
bulbs are lifted in late summer, another
planting may be made so as to produce
an earlier crop the following year. After
the leaves have withered the bulbs are
lifted, dried, and stored in a dry, cool, and
airy place like Shallots.
Group VII. — Miscellaneous Crops
BEETROOT (Beta vulgaris). —
Although the Beetroot produces tap-
roots somewhat resembling the Carrot,
Parsnip, and Turnip in shape, it belongs
to a different order of plants altogether,
namely Chenopodiacece, the characters of
which are briefly given at p. 765. It is
a native of Europe, and a biennial by
nature. It forms a thick fleshy root the
first year in the same way as the Carrot
and Turnip, and will produce flowers and
seeds the second year if allowed to
continue in growth.
Soil. — The Beetroot flourishes in a
deep light and fairly rich soil, but dislikes
its roots reaching strong manure of any
kind. Indeed it may be said that the
Parsnips (see p. 1129) and Beetroot
require the same soil and treatment.
Any manure for the soil on which Beet
is to be grown should be given the
previous year, and should have grown
another crop. The soil is brought into
a good condition for producing Beet by
digging or trenching the previous winter,
and should be in a well-drained state, so
that water shall readily pass away from
the roots.
To secure the best results Beetroot
should be grown in warm, open, and
sunny situations, and not under the shade
of trees, which interfere with the proper
colouring and ripening of the plants.
Seed-sowing. — To secure an early
crop the first sowing of Beet may take
place about the end of March ; the main
crop early in May in the south, or the
latter end of April in the north.
The seed is sown in shallow drills or
rows 1 ft. or 15 in. apart, when the soil
is in a good condition. By soaking the
seeds for about a day and a night, their
germinating powers will be quickened ;
but this is not an advantage in the case
1152
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS spinach
of the first sowing, the seedlings of which
are sometimes killed off by frost, although
it is in the case of the others.
Where ground is scarce Beetroot may
be intercropped between rows of Lettuce
and Spinach, and even on young Aspara-
gus beds when the clumps are not too
thick.
To check attacks of insects, slugs,
caterpillars &c, the drills should be well
dusted with lime and soot preparatory to
sowing the seed.
Thinning out. — When the young-
plants have made 3 or 4 leaves, they may
be thinned out to 6 or 9 inches apart in
the rows, leaving the strongest and
healthiest looking plants. Beetroot
should not be transplanted, as this injures
the main or tap root, and more or less
effectually spoils the shape and symmetry
of it afterwards. The same may be said
of Turnips, Carrots, and Parsnips, which
are always thinned out, but not trans-
planted, to avoid ' fangy ' or ' forked '
roots.
During the summer months the soil
between the plants should be stirred
occasionally with the hoe, to keep the
weeds down and also lessen evaporation.
Storing the roots. — Although fairly
hardy, Beetroot is not improved by being
severely frosted. About the end of
October, therefore, the roots should be
carefully lifted with a fork. If the roots
are broken or injured in any way they
' bleed ' or lose their coloured juice, and
are then useless for cooking. It is also
better not to cut the leaves off for the
same reason, until the roots are to be
cooked, although they may be twisted off
by the hand close to the crown. They
may be stored in a cool dry and airy
shed, packed in dry sand or soil. Or
they may be stored out of doors, being
arranged in layers between soil, and
covered with a little straw, litter, or
bracken to ward off heavy rains. The
main point in storing is to keep the roots
cool, but protected from frost, so that they
shall not heat and begin to grow in con-
sequence.
Varieties. — There are many varieties
of Beetroot, and not all of them are con-
fined to the kitchen garden. A few forms
are useful for the decoration of the flower
garden, as may be seen by reference to
p. 766. The following are some of the
best and most useful cooking varieties : —
DeWs Crimson ; Frisbi/s Excelsior ;
Nutting's Selected Dwarf Bed ; Pr<u/-
nelVs Exhibition ; Covent Garden Red;
Egyptian Turnip-rooted ; Veitch's Blood
Bed; Cheltenham Green-leaf ; and Pine-
Apple Short-top.
In the case of the Spinach Beet, the
leaf-stalks are served like Asparagus, and
the leaf -blades like Spinach. With the
Silver or Seakale Beet, the leaf-stalks
and midribs are cooked like Seakale.
SPINACH (Spinacia oleracea). —
The Spinach is a dioecious plant — that is,
the male and female flowers are borne on
different individuals— and belongs to the
same order (Chenopodiacege, p. 765) as the
Beetroot. In a wild state the leaves are
more or less arrow-shaped and pointed,
but cultivation has made them broader
and rounder, and more fleshy in texture.
When cooked they are remarkable for
retaining the green colouring in great
intensity, although they lose a good
deal of their flavour. The words ' round '
and 'prickly ' applied to Spinach in cata-
logues have reference not to the leaves,
as might be imagined, but to the seeds.
The latter, of course, are produced only
by the female or pistillate plants. Some
seeds are furnished with sharp prickles,
while others are round and free from
prickles. The Prickly-seeded varieties
are usually sown to produce crops in win-
ter and are very hardy ; while the Round-
seeded varieties are usually sown for
summer supplies.
Cultivation dc. — Spinach flourishes
in any good garden soil which has been
well dug or trenched and manured some
time previous to sowing the seed. Open
or partially shaded situations are equally
suitable in summer for Spinach. More
water, however, is required in open situa-
tions in hot weather to prevent the plants
' bolting ' or running to seed prematurely.
Summer Spinach. — To obtain a good
supply of fresh tender leaves during the
summer months, seeds of a round or
summer variety, such as the Flanders,
Victoria Bound, or Monstrous Viroflay,
may be sown at intervals of 2 or at the
most 3 weeks from the middle of Febru-
ary onwards till the middle of July. It is
necessary to sow seeds at intervals as
recommended during the spring and
summer, as the plants are very much
inclined to run to seed during that period,
and this seeding robs the foliage of its
juiciness and tenderness, and also imparts
SPINACH
VEGETABLE GARDEN good king henry 1153
to it a more or less acrid and unpalatable
flavour. For summer sowing a cool
moist and partially shaded position should
be selected if possible, such as between
rows of Peas, Gooseberries, Raspberries
&c, where they will obtain a little shade
from the sun. The last sowing of
Summer Spinach will be fit for use up to
about the end of October.
It may be mentioned that market
gardeners do not often sow Spinach seed
after April, chiefly on account of its
proclivity to bolt in summer, when so
many other things have to be attended to.
And in private gardens it is wise not to
make larger sowings from April till July
than are sufficient to produce the amount
required.
Winter Spinach. — From the middle
of August to the end of September seeds
of a prickly or winter variety, such as
Prickly Long Standing, may be sown for
winter use. In Scotland and the north
of England, according to the weather, the
earlier date may be taken for sowing
seed, but in the south of England and
Ireland the work may be deferred until
some time in September. One of the
points to remember in sowing Spinach
for a winter crop is, not to sow too soon,
as then the plants are likely to develop
too quickly and run to seed before they
are required for use. If sown at the
right periods, Winter Spinach will con-
tinue in use up to May or June, and may
then be replaced by the Summer Spinach
sown earlier in the year.
Solving the seed, dc. — The seeds for
summer and winter crops are sown in the
same way. Drills one or two inches deep
and about 1 ft. apart are opened to a line
with the corner of a hoe. For the earliest
and latest crops warm sheltered situa-
tions should be chosen, so that the plants
will not suffer so much in the case of
severe frosts. The seeds are sown thinly,
and when the young plants are well
above ground they may be thinned out.
During the season the hoe may be used
to keep the weeds down, and in the event
of very hot and dry weather frequent and
abundant waterings will be of the greatest
benefit.
In market gardens, where space is
often a great consideration, Spinach is
usually sown in beds 4 or 5 ft. wide in
the same way as Radishes. An alley or
pathway about a foot wide is left between
the beds, so that half the crop may be
picked from one side and half from
another.
Picking Spinach. — To make a crop
last a long time a little care must be
exercised in picking the leaves. Only the
largest and finest should be picked off
carefully, leaving the smaller ones for a
future picking. It is a good plan to begin
at one end of the row or bed and work to
the other in a systematic manner, and
not to pick a leaf here and there. Some
gardeners cut the leaves — -large and small
— off with a sharp knife, and then wait
for new growths. But this practice is
not to be recommended, not only because
it seems to be wasteful, but because one
has to wait longer for the next crop of
leaves.
ORACHE, ORAGE, or MOUNT-
AIN SPINACH (Atriplex hortensis).
This plant belongs to the same group as
the ordinary Spinach. It is a hardy
annual, native of Tartary, and is recog-
nised by its broad, arrow-shaped some-
what crimped leaves, which are occasion-
ally used as a substitute for those of the
ordinary Spinach.
Culture Sc. — Seeds may be sown
out of doors in rich and well-manured
garden soil about the middle of March
and again at intervals of a month or six
weeks up to September if a succession is
required. The seeds are usually sown in
drills about 1 in. deep and 2 ft. apart,
and when the seedlings are well above
the surface of the soil they are best
thinned out 12 to 18 inches apart. Little
further attention is necessary beyond
pinching out the flower-spikes, and a
good watering occasionally in hot dry
weather. Seeds are freely produced, but
should be collected before quite mature,
as they are apt to be scattered by the
wind when thoroughly ripe.
Varieties. — The best known are the
White, the Green, the Red, and Dark
Red. The latter is a handsome-looking
plant with deep velvety red or purple
stems and leaves, which have recom-
mended its use as a decorative plant in
the flower garden. The red colour dis-
appears when cooked.
GOOD KING HENRY (Cheno
podium Bonus-Henricus). — This is a
native perennial plant 2-2| ft. high, with
long-stalked arrow-shaped wavy deep
green leaves, rather thick and fleshy in
4 E
1154
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS rhubarb
texture, with a frosted appearance on the
under surface. It is occasionally culti-
vated as a pot-herb in lieu of Asparagus,
and is known in some parts of the
country as ' All-good ' and ' Mercury
Goosefoot.'
The young shoots should be cut under
the ground like Asparagus, and the bark
or skin if tough should be stripped off.
After washing and cleaning they require
to be well boiled, and may he served with
melted butter, gravy, meat &c. The
young leaves may be used in the same
way as Spinach and Orage, but the plants
should not be too heavily stripped.
Culture d-c. Good King Henry will
nourish in ordinary good garden soil, but
the deeper and richer the better for pro-
ducing juicy young shoots. Seeds may
be sown out of doors in April and May,
and when large enough the young plants
may be pricked out into their permanent
positions about 1 ft. or 8 in. apart every
way, in mild showery weather. Once the
plants are established they are easily
increased by dividing the stools or clumps
about the end of September, or early in
spring just as growth is about to begin.
From April to July is the period when
the plants may be cut from for cooking
purposes as a rule. In the autumn a
mulching of well -rotted manure may be
forked in between the plants, and during
the summer months the soil may be kept
in good order by hoeing, and a good
watering in dry weather.
NEW ZEALAND SPINACH (Te-
tragonia expansa). — From a botanical
point of view the plant known as New
Zealand Spinach, or the New Zealand
Ice plant, belongs to the natural order
Ficoideae (see p. 464), and is widely re-
moved in its structural details from the
ordinary Spinach. It is a fairly hardy
or half-hardy annual plant with a decum-
bent or trailing habit, the stems being
often 2-3 ft. long and clothed with
alternate thick fleshy leaves, 2-4 in. long,
and more or less ovate, triangular, or
broadly hastate, and peculiarly cold to
the touch, even on the hottest day. The
young leaves are valued as a substitute
for Spinach during the hottest months of
the year, when it is often difficult to
obtain supplies of the ordinary varieties.
Culture dc. — Seeds may be sown in
rather rich light soil in pans or boxes in
gentle heat during March, or in the open
ground in April and May. Seedlings
raised in heat will be ready for trans-
planting to the open ground about the
end of May or beginning of June. They
will flourish in ordinary good garden soil,
but prefer a rich and light sandy loam.
Owing to the trailing nature of the stems
a distance of 3 ft. between the plants
every way will not be too much, especially
in rich soils. The general treatment
afterwards consists in keeping the weeds
down, and liberal supplies of water during
hot and very dry seasons. The leaves
when young are pinched off with the
thumbnail, and may be cooked like
Spinach. A supply of young leaves from
the axils of the older ones is kept up
during the summer months.
RHUBARB (Rheum hybridum). —
There are several species of Rheum or
Rhubarb described at p. 770 of this work
as being ornamental foliage plants for
the flower garden. The form cultivated
in the kitchen garden is usually known
as Rheum hybridum, a native of China ;
but it is possible that other species have
also been concerned in producing this
well-known vegetable, or ' fruit ' as some
imagine it to be when under the appear-
ance of tarts, pies, jam &c. The leaf
stalks are the portions utilised for cook-
ing purposes.
Seed-sowing. — Although Rhubarb is
so easily increased by means of division,
some gardeners like to raise a fresh stock
of plants from seed. The plants thus
obtained are almost sure to vary some-
what from the original variety, upon
which they may or may not be an im-
provement so far as flavour is concerned.
The seed may be sown about September
when fully ripe in shallow drills about
a yard apart, or they may be sown in
March and April in the same way. The
seeds should be sown very thinly, and
the seedlings may afterwards be thinned
out 2-3 ft. apart, leaving only the best
to grow on. As the plants make long
thick and fleshy roots, it is better not to
transplant them, but to allow them to
grow where the seed has been sown. In
two years splendid plants will be pro-
duced by this means.
Culture and Propagation. — Rhubarb
will grow well in any fairly rich and
good garden soil, rather light in texture
and well exposed to the sun. The plants
are usually increased by dividing the root-
KHUHAKI!
VEGETABLE GARDES
MARROW 1 L55
stocks or old stools about the end of
September, or early in spring, and replant -
ing them 2-3 ft. apart each way. The
old rootstocks should be as carefully
divided as possible with a sharp strong
knife or keen spade, taking care that
each separated portion contains at least
one or two good buds. It is better not to
cut from plants fresh planted, but allow
them at least one season to become
properly established. They will then last
in a good condition for 5 or 10 years with-
out disturbance.
Manuring. — To keep up a good supply,
however, and to prevent the plants ex-
hausting themselves and the soil, a heavy
dressing of short ami well-decomposed
manure should be forked into the ground
every autumn or winter. This will
enable them to grow vigorously and pro-
duce good ' sticks ' each season.
Forcing. — Rhubarb may be forced
either out of doors or in greenhouses,
Mushroom houses &c, and is easily pro-
duced. For outdoor forcing it is only
necessary to cover the crowns of the
plants with pots or boxes as recommended
for Seakale (see p. 1121), afterwards heap-
ing leaves, litter, or hot manure over
them. In this way blanched Rhubarb
may be obtained for use very early in
spring. Even dry leaves or litter heaped
over the crowns of the plants without
boxes or pots will give good results. As
the leaves, however, are frequently blown
about by strong winds early in the year,
it is necessary to keep them constantly
raked up over the Rhubarb crowns.
Indoor forcing may begin about
November. The ' stools ' are lifted from
the open ground and transferred to a
temperature of 55°-60° F., but not more.
at least to begin with, otherwise decay is
likely to set in at that period. A little
tine rich soil may be sprinkled between
the clumps, which are placed close together,
and growth is greatly assisted by water-
ing with tepid water.
Picking Rhubarb. — Probably few
people give this matter any consideration
at all, and just pick whatever stalks come
first. A little consideration of the func-
tions performed by the leaves, however,
as explained at p. 34, will convince any
one that Rhubarb should be picked
judiciously. As a rule the leaves are fit
for picking when fully grown. The stalks
are then mature, and contain a full
supply of saccharine matter, and it is
only such leaves that should be pulled
with a sharp outward jerk and twist. A
sufficient number of leaves should be left
growing to each plant to assimilate food
and reserve materials for the crowns which
are to remain dormant in winter. By
pulling all the stalks from a plant no food
can be manufactured ; the rootstocks suffer
in consequence, and give feeble results
next season.
Varieties. — There are several forms
grown, among the best being Champagne,
an excellent all-round variety with deep
red stalks ; Early Bed Goliath or Mon-
arch, having very large and broad leaf-
stalks ; Linnteus, excellent for forcing;
Royal Albert, and Myatt's Victoria.
VEGETABLE MARROW (Cucur-
bita Pepo ovifera). — A highly esteemed
vegetable belonging to the Gourd Family
(see p. 460). It has long rambling rough
stems, and deeply lobed and cut le:
and although easily cultivated as a rule
requires a little care and attention at first,
as it is by no means a hardy plant.
Culture dtc. — Being an annual, and
also a tender one, the Vegetable Marrow
is raised from seeds sown in gentle
heat about April. It is scarcely worth
while sowing earlier, as the plants cannot
with safety be planted out of doors until
the end of May or beginning of June.
The flattish elliptic seeds may be sown
singly in small pots in rich light soil.
When the roughish lobed leaves have
been formed, the seedlings may be placed
in a larger pot, and grown on as quickly
as possible. They must, however, be
gradually hardened off in light and airy
positions so as not to be too tender
at planting out time. If soft and not
well 'hardened off,' they are almost
sure to suffer a severe check when planted
out, and from this they may never re-
cover. It is usually safer to protect the
plants with handlights at night time for
a week or a fortnight until they have
become fairly well established in their
new quarters. In the absence of hand-
lights old boxes or flower pots will do just
as v.ell, but all coverings should be re-
moved as early as possible in the morning,
and shoidd not be put on until late in the
evening.
Seeds of Marrows may also be sown
during May and June in the open ground
where they are to fruit. Except, however,
in warm southern localities, plants raised
4 e 2
1156
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS cucumber
from seed in this way generally come into
a fruitful condition rather too late in the
season, and may be destroyed by early
frosts before they have produced a suffi-
cient number of fruits to pay for the
trouble of growing them. But a small
hotbed of fresh horse-dung and leaves
covered with a few inches of soil may be
used for sowing the seeds out of doors
under handlights, which may be removed
altogether as soon as the weather permits.
Soil. — The soil for Marrows can
scarcely be too rich. It should be
thoroughly drained, yet never lacking in
moisture. Any waste part of the garden,
so long as it is well exposed to sun and
sheltered from the east and north winds,
will suit Marrows. Three plants may be
placed about a foot apart on a mound of
rich soil composed of loam, leaf soil, and
well-rotted manure. The main shoots are
turned so as to run in three different
directions. After running some distance
they may have the tops pinched out.
This will induce side shoots to spring from
the axils of the leaves. When the side
shoots have grown 2 or 3 ft. long, they
may also have the points pinched out so
as to develop side growths on them in the
same way. The plants may then be left
to ramble about for themselves, and only
require to have the leading shoots so
arranged that they run in different
directions, without becoming entangled.
I have seen excellent Marrows pro-
duced by allowing the shoots to ramble
over an old hedge, like Bryony (see p. 461),
and the leaves on the plants have been
quite uninjured by early frosts, while those
on the more or less level surface were
completely shrivelled and destroyed.
Mulching and Watering. — After plant-
ing, and once or twice during the season,
it will pay for the trouble to place a good
mulching of well-rotted manure or leaf
soil round the roots of the plants. When
the bed or little mound on which they are
placed is made, a hollow may be left in
the centre so that it will hold a good
supply of water and rain. Drought is one
of the great causes of failure in Marrow
growing, and when the plants are making
rampant growths they can hardly receive
too much water or liquid manure. Their
large leaves throw off immense quantities
of water in the shape of vapour on hot
summer days, and to enable them to do
this the roots must be kept well supplied.
The Marrow is a monoecious plant,
that is, its pistil-bearing flowers and its
stamen-bearing flowers are quite distinct
from each other although borne on the
same plant. The pistillate flowers are
the only ones which produce fruits. The
latter are usually fit for cooking when the
withered flower drops from the end, and
before they become full grown with a
hard, tough, and leathery rind.
Mildew sometimes attacks the foliage
in unfavourable seasons, but may be kept
in check by dusting the leaves when damp
with flowers of sulphur or liver of sulphur.
Aphis and other insects are destroyed and
kept at bay by spraying with soapy water
in the evening. The leaves should never
be wetted during hot sunshine.
Bush Marrows, as the name indicates,
are much more bushy in habit than the
trailing varieties. They are taller and
more sturdy in growth, but require ex-
actly the same treatment. If anything,
however, they like much more moisture
at the root than even the trailing varieties,
and they enjoy frequent waterings with
liquid manure during the summer months.
Varieties. — The best known Marrows
are the Large Wliite or Cream; the Large
Green ; Green Strijied ; HibbercV s Prolific ;
Moore's Vegetable Cream ; Pen-y-byd, a
round Marrow with an excellent flavour ;
Custard ; Muir's Hybrid ; and the Bush
or Cluster.
Gourds. — As these belong to the same
genus as the Marrow, and require pre-
cisely the same cultural treatment, it is
unnecessary to say more about them here,
more particularly as they have already
been referred at p. 460 as ornamental
plants for the flower garden when grown
on poles, trellises &c.
CUCUMBER (Cucumis sativus).—
The Cucumber is a native of the East
Indies and -a first cousin to the Marrow,
but is not so rank in growth, the stems
being more slender, and the leaves and
flowers smaller. Thousands of plants
are grown under glass annually, and the
fruits of some excellent varieties such as
Bollison's Telegraph, Tender and True,
Lockie's Perfection &c. are in great
demand.
Culture and Propagation. — Although
scarcely within the scope of a work
devoted to the cultivation of hardy plants,
the Cucumber is such a universal
favourite, and may be so easily grown
with the help of a hotbed and glass
CUCUMBEK
VEGETABLE GARDEN
CUCUMBER 1157
frame, that it may very well find a place
in the pages of this book.
Any time from the middle to the end
of February a hotbed may be made up
in the way described at p. 46 by means of
good rich stable manure, leaves &c. A
warm and sheltered position in the garden
should be chosen for this hotbed, so that
the temperature will not be reduced by
cold winds. The manure having sunk
down or settled, the bed should be again
made up to the proper depth of 3-4 ft.
All the rank steam and heat must be
allowed to escape from the hotbed before
it is safe to plant. The sides of the frame
should also be well sunk into the bed, so
as to retain the heat for as long a period
as possible.
Sowing the seed. — The best way to
raise Cucumbers is to sow the seeds singly
in rich sandy soil in small pots, from
the beginning to the middle of February,
and plunge in bottom heat, either in a
greenhouse or on a hotbed already in
working order. When the seedlings have
made one or two rough leaves beyond the
seedling ones they may be transferred to
larger pots and grown on so as to be
ready for planting in the hotbed about
the middle of March.
Soil and General Treatment. — -A rich
turfy loam gives excellent results with
Cucumbers, and with it may be mixed
a little well-decomposed stable manure.
Each plant should be placed in the centre
of a mound of soil 9-12 in. deep, and well
watered in with tepid water. The lights
should be kept close for two or three
weeks after planting, and only a small
crack of air is necessary afterwards when
the plants are in full growth. During
very hot or bright sunshine the plants
may be shaded lightly with a bit of
canvas or matting, which however should
be removed as early as possible, as
Cucumbers like plenty of light. The
plants like plenty of water when growing,
and the foliage should also be well sprinkled
or syringed two or three times a day, as, if
the atmosphere is allowed to become at
all dry, the leaves are almost sure to be
attacked by a pest known as Red Spider —
a tiny insect that collects in great
numbers usually on' the under surface
of the leaves, giving them a rusty
appearance.
Training and Storing. — Cucum-
bers grown in frames must be trained
in a somewhat different manner from
those grown in greenhouses. In the
latter the roughish climbing stems,
or ' vines ' as gardeners call them, may
be allowed to reach the full length of
the side of the house before they are
stopped. But in frames where space
is limited the main stems are usually
stopped — that is, the tops are pinched
off — when about 2 ft. long. This causes
the development of side shoots from the
axils of the leaves, and it is on these side
shoots that the Cucumber fruits must
be looked for. When the side shoots
have developed one or two fruits, they
may also be stopped at the joint beyond
the fruit, not immediately next to it. The
fruits will thus secure a greater amount
of sap and begin to increase in size more
quickly. It may be mentioned that the
' stopping ' or pinching out of shoots is
always best done with the finger and
thumb ; the end of the shoot is thus
squeezed together, and a clean flat
surface is not left as when cut with a
knife, and 'bleeding' (see p. 28), or an
exhausting overflow of sap, does not take
place to such an extent.
When the fruits are attaining a fair
size they may be inserted into cylindrical
glass tubes 12-15 in. long, placed on the
surface of the soil. They will thus be
kept nice and straight and look better
than when allowed to become more or
less crooked. Where glass cylinders are
not used, an excellent substitute may be
made by nailing 3 pieces of lath or batten
together in the form of a trough, a cross
section of which is represented by the
letter U- By placing the fruits in such
receptacles they are kept in a symmetrical
shape.
A reference to the natural order
Cucurbitaceae to which the Cucumber
belongs will show that it is a ' monoecious '
plant, that is, male and female flowers are
borne separately but on the same plant.
As it is. however, quite unnecessary
that the female flowers should be fertilised
with pollen from the male flowers to
produce fruit, the male flowers, which are
readily distinguished by not having an
ovary behind as in the female flowers,
may be pinched off as they appear. The
female flowers are readily recognised
even in the youngest state by means
of the small warty cylindrical ovary
which becomes the future Cucumber
without having been fertilised. Indeed,,
except when it is desired to save seeds.
1158
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
MELON
the female flowers should not be
fertilised.
When seeds are required one or more
female flowers should be selected and
marked with a piece of cotton &c. so as
to readily distinguish them. Pollen from
the male flowers should then be collected
on a piece of paper and applied to the
stigmas in the female flowers. If stigmas
and pollen are in a proper reciprocal
condition the fertilisation of the ovules in
the young Cucumber will take place, and
seeds are produced in due course in the
way described at p. 24.
Diseases dec. — Besides the attacks of
Red Spider, which are checked by means
of a moist atmosphere, Cucumbers often
suffer from ' Eel Worm,' tiny thread-like
maggots that bore into the roots and
lower portion of the stems and destroy
their tissues. They are difficult to get rid
of, if once fairly established. The best
remedies seem to be the use of clean
turfy loam and a good dressing of soot
and lime over the ground on which the
plants are to be grown.
Cold Draughts and variable tem-
peratures are often responsible for
several ills, such as producing ' curly '
fruits, or those which begin to decay
when about half grown. A warm,
equable, and moist atmosphere is always
best for Cucumbers, and will do more
than anything else to keep the plants in
good health.
RIDGE CUCUMBER (Cucumis
sativus). — Besides the varieties of Cucum-
bers which can be grown with any degree
of success only under glass there are
others suitable for cultivation in the open
air. These are usually called ' Ridge '
Cucumbers. Some of the best are King
of the Ridge, which has smooth fruits
12-16 in. long ; Long Green ; Wood's
Improved ; Stockwood ; Long Prickly,
and the Gherkin or Short Prickly, the
latter being much used for pickling.
Outdoor Cultivation. — The seeds of
any or all of the above varieties may be
sown in March in light rich soil in small
pots, and placed in gentle heat. When
well above the soil and making rough
leaves the young plants may be potted
and grown on as recommended for Mar-
rows, so that they may be sturdy and well
hardened for planting out in June.
A warm sheltered spot facing south
should be selected for outdoor Cucumbers.
A trench about 2 ft. deep, or large holes,
may be made and filled with hot dung
and leaves which have been well turned
over several times before the plants are
ready for placing out of doors. On this
hotbed a mound of rich sandy loam and
a little leaf soil may be placed. The
mounds or ridges should be 4-5 ft. apart,
each one having a plant in the centre.
Each plant should be well watered in,
and until fairly established it is better to
cover it with a handlight, and to keep it
shaded from bright sunshine. Afterwards
the lights may be removed altogether.
The leading shoots are trained in such
a way as to radiate from the main stem.
When about 18 in. or 2 ft. long the tips
may be pinched out to form side shoots
to develop early fruits. The side shoots
also may be stopped at the joint beyond
the fruit that has set, and so the process
may be repeated from time to time during
the growing period. The chief thing to
remember is not to allow the shoots to
become entangled and overcrowded, and
to keep the plants well supplied with
water at the roots. The fruits should not
be allowed to get too old before cutting.
They are best while still green and fresh
looking, and are all the better if they are
not fertilised for seed. When the latter
is required, a promising pistillate (female)
flower should be selected, and have the
pollen conveyed to it from one of the
staminate flowers, so that fertilisation of
the ovules (or rudimentary seeds) may be
assured.
MELON (Cucumis Melo). — The
Melon, like the Cucumber, is a monoecious
plant and a native of the East Indies. It
is not, however, so extensively grown as the
Cucumber, probably because many people
are under the impression that special
structures and treatment are necessary to
bring its rich and succulent fruits to
perfection.
It may, however, be stated that for all
practical purposes Melons are as easily
and almost as successfully grown in
frames as Cucumbers, but the choicest
fruits of course will always be obtained
from hothouses.
Soil dc. — This should be a rich turfy
loam placed in the hotbeds exactly in the
same way as recommended for Cucumbers.
Although stable manure is often added to
the soil it is better to dispense with it, as
it encourages a free sappy growth. To
MELON
VEGETABLE GARDEN
CROSNES 1159
the turfy loam, however, may be added
some old mortar rubble or plaster — about
2 barrowloads to a cartload — and half
the quantity of leafsoil, thoroughly mixing
the whole before placing in the frames.
The seeds should be sown in the same
way as recommended for Cucumbers, and
at the same time. All rank steam should
be allowed to escape from the frames
before planting, and every attention
should be given to training, pinching
out the tips of the shoots, watering,
syringing &c, as already detailed for
Cucumbers. A regular temperature,
plenty of light, and a moist atmosphere are
essential points in the culture of Melons
when they are growing vigorously.
Setting the Fruits. — Unlike Cucum-
bers, it is essential that the female flowers
of the Melon should be fertilised with the
pollen of the male flowers to induce the
development of the fruits. The ' setting '
or fertilising process is performed as
follows : — When a sufficient number of
female flowers (that is, those containing
pistils only) are fully open, an expanded
male flower (that is, one with stamens
only) has the corolla detached ; the pollen
is then applied to the pistils in the female
flowers by holding the male flower and
using it like a little brush or duster. If
the pollen and the surface of the pistils
are both in proper condition fertilisation
will be effected in the way described at
p. 24, and the fruits will in due course begin
to swell. To ensure success, the pollen
should be applied to the stigmas on
bright sunny days between 12 and 2
o'clock, and syringing the plants should
have ceased a day or two beforehand, so
as to secure a dry atmosphere.
After the fruits have ' set,' the plants
may be again syringed regularly, two or
three times a day, until they begin to
show signs of ripening — indicated by
the change of colour and the perfume.
Watering the roots and syringing the
foliage must then gradually cease, and
more air should be given in fine weather
so as to hasten the ripening of the fruits,
and prevent them cracking.
It is a good plan to fertilise more
flowers than the number of fruits actually
needed, so that after ' setting ' the most
likely ones can be retained to develop.
About 6 fruits to a plant is quite sufficient,
and the number should be decreased
rather than increased to secure the finest
examples. The fruit - bearing shoots
should have the tops pinched out to one
joint beyond the fruit in the same way as
for Cucumbers, so that the extra nourish-
ment will be absorbed by the fruit.
As the fruits begin to swell care
should be taken to prevent their contact
with the soil by means of a piece of board
3-4 in. square being placed beneath each
one, with a hole in the centre to allow
moisture to pass away. If the stems are
trained over a wire trellis, as is often done
when the plants are grown in deep
frames or ' pits,' the fruits should be
supported by matting or netting as they
increase in weight.
Varieties of Melons. — Of these
there are a large number, those gener-
ally grown being divided into scarlet-,
green-, and white-fleshed varieties accord-
ing to the colour of the flesh. The kind,
however, most suitable for growing in
frames is a white-fleshed one called Hero
of Lockinge, which bears freely, has a deep
golden colour when ripe, and an excellent
flavour. Sutton's A 1 is another good
Melon.
CROSNES (Stachys tuberifera).—
This is a Chinese and Japanese plant
which was introduced to cultivation about
1885, and was recommended as a vege-
table on account of its white conical and
necklace-like tubers. It grows 1-2 ft.
high and has ovate acute deeply veined
leaves which are more or less hairy and
rough in texture. The flowers are said
to be rosy and borne in a leafy spike,
like many other plants in the Labiate
Order (p. 742) to which it belongs. The
tubers are borne on creeping underground
stems very much in the same way as
Potatoes, but they are quite unlike the
latter in appearance. An entire tuber is
about the length of the little finger and
is composed of 4-6 or more roundish
or oblong divisions united to each other,
those in the middle being usually larger
than those at the ends. Each portion
bears a bud or ' eye ' and may be used for
increasing the plant.
Culture and Propagation. — This
plant grows freely in ordinary good
garden soil and in course of time may be
more extensively cultivated in the British
Islands than it is at present. It is grown
more largely in France, where the tubers
are known under the name of ' Crosnes '
du Japon. Each plant bears a very large
crop of the white constricted tubers,
1160
PBACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS chervil
which in a raw state somewhat resemble
those of the Jerusalem Artichoke in
taste. When the leaves wither in autumn
the tubers may be lifted, and eaten either
in a raw state or cooked and used with
sauces. The tubers for planting out in
spring may be stored in sand until the
proper time, when each portion with an
eye or bud will produce a plant in the
course of the season.
THE HERB GARDEN
Attached to every well-regulated Vegetable Garden is a piece of ground — large or
small — set apart for the cultivation, on a much smaller scale than the usual vegetable
crops, of other plants which are used for seasoning and flavouring. These plants are
popularly called ' herbs ' or ' sweet herbs ' owing to the sweet and aromatic scent of
many of them, and the agreeable flavour they impart to various cooked dishes. Accord-
ing to the size of the garden and the tastes of the owner, so herbs are more or less
properly grown. In some gardens there is a great variety of herbs, but in others only
one or two of the best known and most generally used are to be found. The kinds
described below have been arranged in alphabetical order, as it is scarcely worth while
grouping them according to their natural relationship. A reference, however, to the
latter is given so that the reader may be able to classify any particular herb.
AMERICAN CRESS (Barbarea
precox). — Notwithstanding the trans-
atlantic name, this is a native biennial
with rosettes of leaves somewhat resem-
bling those of the Watercress (see p. 1166),
to which it is closeiy related, and belongs
to the Cruciferous Order, p. 201.
Culture. — The American Cress will
grow in any light garden soil, and is
easily raised from seed sown during
August and up to the middle of Septem-
ber, according to the season, to keep up a
supply of leaves for use in winter and
spring. The seeds may be sown also in
spring in shallow drills about 9 in. apart,
and the seedlings may afterwards be
thinned out 3-6 in. apart in the rows.
BASIL (Ocymum basilicum).— This
is a tender annual native of India. Its
leaves are valued for flavouring. It grows
about 1 ft. high, and has a much-branched
habit. The leaves are ovate lance-
shaped and obscurely toothed, and the
small white flowers are produced in leafy
clusters from July to September. It
belongs to the Natural Order Labiatce
described at p. 742.
Culture and Propagation. — Seeds may
be sown in light rich soil under glass about
March and April. The seedlings are pricked
out into boxes, and after becoming esta-
blished should receive as much light and
air as possible to harden them off by
June when they may be planted out about
8 in. apart. The plants flourish in ordinary
good garden soil. Before the flowers ex-
pand the sterns may be cut down almost
to the ground, tied in bunches, and hung
up in a cool, dry, airy place so as to
gradually die off and be fit for winter use.
The ' Bush ' Basil {Ocymum mini-
mum) is dwarfer in growth than the
ordinary Sweet Basil, but may be grown
in the same way.
CHERVIL (Anthriscus cerefolium)
A hardy European annual 1-2 ft. high,
with much-divided leaves as in many
plants belonging to the order Umbelliferse
(see p. 464), and small white flowers pro-
duced in umbels. The young leaves are
used for salads, flavouring soups &c, and
are obtainable for use about 2 months
after the seed is sown.
Culture. — To keep up a good supply
of young and tender leaves, seeds may be
sown out of doors about every eight weeks
from March to the end of September.
Any good garden soil will suit Chervil.
The seeds may be sown in shallow drills,
8-9 in. apart, or broadcast in small beds,
in open sunny situations for the spring
and autumn crops, but in rather shaded
spots for the summer supplies. During
the warm weather good soakings of water
may be given frequently in the evening.
There are two kinds of the Common
Chervil grown, namely the Plain-leaved
which has a fine aromatic flavour; and
the Curled, which is equally aromatic,
but owing to the beautifully crisped
CHIVES
SWEET HEBBS
CKESS 1161
character, is more highly valued for gar-
nishing, flavouring &c. It should be
grown in preference to the Plain-leaved
variety if only one kind is required.
BULBOUS or TURNIP-ROOTED
CHERVIL (Cilerophyllum bulbosum).
Like the ordinary Chervil this also belongs
to the Umbellifer family (see p. 464). It
is a biennial plant native of S. Europe,
about 3 ft. high with stout sterns swollen
at the joints and flushed with violet, the
lower portion being clothed with whitish
hairs. The roots resemble those of a
short Carrot or small Parsnip, and when
cooked like Carrots they have a sweet and
pleasant flavour.
Culture. — The bulbous-rooted Chervil
may be grown in ordinary good and
well-drained garden soil, well dug and
manured some time previous to sowing
the seeds. As the latter do not retain
their vitality very long they should be
sown as soon as ripe about August and
September in shallow drills 9-12 in. apart.
This, however, can only be done with
safety in the mild southern parts of the
kingdom. In cold localities autumn-
sown seed is likely to perish during the
winter. In such places it is therefore
better to store the seeds in sand during
the winter. By placing a layer of sand
and a layer of seeds alternately, sowing
may be deferred until mild weather sets
in about March or April. The seeds will
be kept fresh by this process of stratifying
them, and may then be sown as stated
above.
The roots will be ready for use when
the foliage turns yellow and begins to
wither. They may then be lifted and
stored in the same way as Carrots.
CHIVES (Allium schcenoprasum).
This is a hardy native perennial, closely
related to the Onion (seep. 1148). It has
small oval bulbs smaller than a Filbert.
They grow in masses and send up tufts of
slender deep-green grass-like leaves, but
cylindrical and hollow. The flowers are
purple-red and borne in round heads just
above the foliage.
Culture. — Chives flourish in any
good and warm garden soil in an open
situation and may be allowed to remain
for several years in the same spot with-
out disturbance. It is better, however, to
take them up about every fourth year and
divide them. They are usually increased
by dividing the masses of underground
bulbs in spring, and replanting about 6 in.
apart, either in rows about 1 ft. apart in
beds, or to form an edging. The leaves
grow rapidly and should be cut for use
close to the ground while still young and
tender. They are chopped into small
pieces and used for soups &c. in the same
way as small Onions. The more often the
leaves are cut the better the new ones
grow. In winter the soil may be given
a dressing or mulching of manure which
may be forked in some time in spring.
CORN SALAD or LAMB'S LET-
TUCE (Valerianella olitoria). — This
is a native hardy annual belonging to
the Valerian order described at p. 488.
It has radical unstalked and more or less
spoon - shaped leaves, rather strongly
veined and forming dense tufts on the
surface of the soil. The flower stems are
6-12 in. high, angular, and several times
forked, with small pale lilac blooms.
Culture. — Seeds may be sown in
ordinary good garden soil, the richer the
better, in rows about 9 in. apart, or broad-
cast in beds. The seedlings are thinned
out to about 6 in. apart, and those taken up
may be transplanted at similar distances.
To keep up a succession seeds may be
sown in March and April, and again in
August and September. In severe win-
ters it is better to scatter a little dry
litter, bracken &c. over the plants, remov-
ing it on all favourable occasions. During
the summer months weeds must be kept
down, and if the plants are fully exposed
to the hot sun, frequent evening waterings
will be beneficial.
The leaves are valued by many for
salads. In early summer the entire
plant is used, being then in a fresh and
growing state.
Varieties. — Besides the Common Corn
Salad the others are the Round-leaved,
which has shorter leaves than the ordi-
nary ; the Cabbaging, a somewhat less
vigorous kind than the Round, but firmer
and more pleasant as a salad ; and the
Italian, which is recognised by the lighter
colour of its leaves and their greater
length. It is really a distinct species and
is known as Valerianella eriocarpa, but
its cultural requirements are the same as
the ordinary Corn Salad.
CRESS (Lepidium sativum). — The
garden Cress is a quick-growing Persian
annual, much cultivated for its young
1162 PBAGTIGAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS horse-radish
leaves, the pungent flavour of which is
highly valued as a salad. It belongs to
the Crucifer Order, and forms straggling
rosettes of much-divided leaves, and pro-
duces small white flowers when allowed
to fully develop.
Culture. — This is very simple.
Seeds may be sown out of doors in any
ordinary soil raked over and made fine and
level. From March to September seeds
may be sown thickly about once a fortnight
to keep up a good supply, and very slightly
or not at all covered. During the season the
early and late sowings should be in warm
sheltered spots, but the summer sowings
are best in a moist and shaded position.
The seeds may be sown in drills or broad-
cast, and to hasten germination a mat
may be placed over the beds, but must be
removed immediately the seedlings ap-
pear. This is often in less than 24 hours
if the temperature is between 50° and 60°
Fahr.
During the winter months the seeds
may be sown in shallow boxes of fine
rich sandy soil and placed in ' a hotbed.
It is an excellent plan to strain a piece of
porous canvas or sacking over the soil in
a shallow box, and then sow the seed upon
this. By this means the roots strike
downwards into the moist soil, and when
a crop of salad is produced it may be
cut off easily and without risk of getting
it mixed up with the gritty soil.
Varieties. — The Common Garden
Cress is the one most extensively grown,
especially in greenhouses. The leaves
are cut when the seed-leaves are formed,
and are neatly stacked upright in small
punnets for sale, just as if the plants had
been grown in them. The Curled Cress
is a hardier variety, and the leaves are
used for salads and garnishing. They
may be cut two or three times in succes-
sion, whereas the Plain-leaved Cress can
be cut only once. The Colden or Austra-
lian Cress is a yellowish-leaved form
always readily recognised.
Mustard and Rape (see p. 1164) are
grown in the same way as the Plain-
leaved Cress. If, however, the Mustard or
Rape is to be used at the same time as
the Cress, the seeds of the latter should
be sown about two or three days before
those of the former.
HOREHOUND (Maerubium vul-
gare). — A hardy European perennial
sometimes found wild in Britain in waste
places. It has stout branched stems
12-18 in. high, and broadly ovate crenate
much-wrinkled and leathery leaves about
1 in. or more in length. It belongs to
the order Labiatae (see p. 742) and is
sometimes cultivated for its leaves, which
are used for flavouring, and also as a
remedy for coughs.
Culture. — Horehound will grow in
any garden soil. Seeds may be sown
in March and April out of doors where
the plants are to grow, and they require
no attention beyond thinning out a little
at first if too thick. Established plants
may also be divided in spring to increase
the stock if necessary.
HORSE-RADISH (Cochlearia
Armoracia). — A British and European
perennial plant with long, stout, cylindrical
rootstocks, and oblong deeply crenate or
serrate shining green leaves 8-16 in. long,
on stalks about a foot in length. It
belongs to the Crucifer Order described at
p. 201.
Culture and Propagation. — Horse-
radish is grown for its roots, which are
scraped into slender shreds and used
as a condiment like mustard with roast
beef &c. It is often found growing in any
half-wild qr out-of-the-way part of the
garden in a more or less neglected state,
and its rootstocks are hence often stringy
and bitter in flavour. To obtain good
results, Horse-radish should be grown in
deep, rich, and well-drained soil in open
sunny situations. Manure may be
applied some time previous to planting,
but it is better to keep the roots away
from contact with it in a fresh state.
Horse-radish is usually increased by
cuttings of the roots. The thinner por-
tions are cut into pieces about a foot long,
and planted in a sloping or almost hori-
zontal position in the soil (which has
already been well prepared) in such a way
that the crown is about one or not more
than two inches beneath the surface.
If planted perpendicularly the roots often
branch a good deal, and are of very
little use in that condition. The pieces
may be planted in rows li-2 ft. apart,
each piece being 9-12 in. apart from
the next. This work is usually done in
January and February or March, when
the ground is in good condition. The
following autumn the roots may be fit
for use, but it is better to leave them
until the following vear.
NASTURTIUM
SWEET HE BBS
MARJORAM 1163
Another method of growing Horse-
radish is to take medium-sized roots 1-2
ft. long, and having rubbed off all the
rootlets, plant them in a slanting hole
made with a strong stick or crowbar,
leaving about a foot between them in the
rows.
Still another successful method of in-
creasing the stock. As each root often
has 2-3 buds or crowns, each one of these
may be cut off with a sharp knife. About
2 in. of the root should be attached, and
the ' crowns ' may then be planted at the
bottom of a hole about a foot deep made
with a crowbar. During growth the
crowns will be pushed up to the surface
of the soil to develop foliage, and the
following year good straight stems of
Horse-radish will have been produced.
A modification of this system is to plant
the crown-buds about 2 in. beneath the
surface at the seasons mentioned. They
may then be covered with a foot or more
of rich soil, and during the season tender
stems will be pushed up through the
mounds of soil thus made.
"Where large quantities of Horse-radish
are required, fresh cuttings should be put
in every spring. The plants will thus
always be fairly young, and will yield
more satisfactory and more highly
flavoured roots than those obtained from
old roots which have been left undisturbed
for years.
HYSSOP (Hyssopus officinalis). —
A South European evergreen undershrub
with oblong lance-shaped leaves and
usually blue or sometimes white or pink
flowers in whorled spikes, as in many
other plants belonging to the same order
(Labiatas, see p. 742).
Culture. — Hyssop is grown for its
leaves and shoots which are used as
pot herbs or as a condiment, on account
of their aromatic and rather hot and
bitter taste. Hyssop flourishes in a rich
and rather chalky soil, and is hardy in
ordinary winters in the British Islands,
but is likely to be killed in severe win-
ters. It may be increased by dividing
the tufts in early spring just as growth is
about to commence. Seeds may also be
sown in the open air in April and May in
warm spots, and the seedlings may be
transferred to their permanent quarters
in showery weather in June.
INDIAN CRESS or NASTUR-
TIUM.— The young leaves and shoots of
Tropccolum majus and T. minus are
sometimes eaten as salads, or between
bread and butter as sandwiches. The
young and quite green fruits are also
pickled and used as a substitute for Capers,
those of T. minus being preferred.
Particulars as to the culture, propa-
gation, and description of these two species
and others will be found at p. 290 under
the genus Tropasolum.
MARIGOLD (Calendula officina-
lis).— This S. European annual has already
been referred to as a plant for the flower
garden at p. 544. The cultural directions
given there may be carried out when the
Marigold is cultivated as a pot herb. For
this purpose the flowers are used. When
fully expanded between June and Sep-
tember they are gathered and hung up to
dry slowly, and are afterwards used for
flavouring soups, colouring butter &c.
MARJORAM. — There are a few
species of Marjoram cultivated as Sweet
Herbs, all belonging to the genus Origa-
num, which has been described at p. 744.
The Sweet or Knotted Marjoram (O.
Majorana) is a tender biennial, native of
Egypt, and grows 1-2 ft. high, having
downy oblong ovate leaves and purplish
or white flowers borne in spikes in early
summer.
Culture and Propagation. — It will
flourish in ordinary garden soil. Seeds
may be sown out of doors in a warm
sunny position in April and May, in
shallow drills. The seedlings if too thick
are thinned out to about 6 in. or more
apart. The flower spikes and tops of the
plants are cut and dried slowly in the
shade for use in flavouring and seasoning
the following winter and spring.
POT MARJORAM (O. Onites). —
This is a perennial midershrub, about a
foot high, native of the Mediterranean
region. It has somewhat ovate serrate
leaves, without stalks, and more or less
downy or hairy. The whitish flowers are
produced in summer and autumn, and
with tops of the plants may be slowly
dried and used in the same way as the
Sweet Marjoram.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Pot Marjoram rarely ripens seed in
the British Islands. It is therefore
usually increased by dividing the tufts
in early spring, as growth is beginning,
or by inserting cuttings of the shoots in
1164
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDE X PLANTS
SAGE
rich sandy soil under a bell-glass during
the summer months. The rooted cuttings
may be transplanted about a foot apart
the following spring, into ordinary good
garden soil.
MINT or SPEARMINT (Mentha
yiridis). — A well-known perennial herb,
of the Labiate order (see p. 742), with a
creeping rootstock, and nearly stalkless
lance-shaped, acute, shining green leaves
strongly veined. It is cultivated and
highty valued for the tender tops of the
shoots, which are used for sauces &c.
They may also be dried and stored away
in bags for use.
Culture and Propagation. — Mint
nourishes in the open air in light garden
soil inclining to be rather moist than dry.
In cool and partially shaded positions it
will last for many years spreading by
means of its squarish underground creep-
ing stems. The leafy stems should be
cut down to the ground every autumn, and
a layer of fresh soil and manure placed
over them.
Mint is readily increased by dividing
the rootstocks in spring during mild
weather when growth has commenced.
The divided portions may be planted in
rows about 6 to 9 inches from each other,
or in beds, and covered with a couple of
inches of good soil. It is necessary that
each divided portion should have as many
roots as possible, as otherwise they are
unable to become established quickly from
the risk of being killed by spring frosts.
Cuttings of the tops 3-6 in. long will
also root freely during the late summer if
inserted about half their length in cool
shaded borders or beds 6 to 9 inches apart.
If the weather is dry attention must be
given to watering, and a good soaking at
evening time or very early in the morn-
ing will benefit the cuttings and cause
them to root more quickly.
Forcing Mint. — Where hotbeds or
greenhouses exist and can maintain a
temperature of about 60° Fahr., Mint
may be readily forced from November to
May. The roots are lifted, placed in boxes,
and covered with fine soil. They are then
placed hi the heat required and kept
watered. The young and tender leafy
shoots when from 3 to 6 inches high may
be cut for immediate use.
MUSTARD (Sinapis alba).— This
native annual is often grown to be used
with Cress, and is quickly raised from
seeds in the same way, either indoors
or in the open air (see p. 1161), but should
be sown 2-3 days later than Cress to
come into use simultaneously. It may
be mentioned that Rape (Brassica Napus)
is frequently grown instead of Mustard,
but exactly in the same way. It is
rather milder in flavour and is more
appreciated by some.
PENNYROYAL (MenthaPulegium).
A hardy British and European perennial
with trailing stems which root freely at
the joints. The leaves are roundish oval,
slightly hairy, and greyish-green in colour,
and the pale purple flowers appear in late
summer and autumn. The plant belongs
to the Labiate Order (p. 742).
Culture dc. — Pennyroyal is cultivated
for its leaves, which are used for flavouring
and have a strong and agreeable scent.
The plant likes a rather heavier and
moister soil than Mint. It is easily
increased by dividing the plants in spring,
or by inserting rooted pieces of the stems
in the soil.
PEPPERMINT (Mentha piperita).
This is also a British and European per-
ennial with trailing branched and reddish
stems which root freely at the joints like
those of Pennyroyal, to which it is
closely related, and belongs to the same
order (Labiatae, p. 742). The leaves are
more or less ovate-oblong, and the purple
flowers are borne in loose blunt spikes in
late summer and autumn, but do not
ripen any seeds.
Culture dc. — Peppermint may be
grown hi the same soil and situation as
Pennyroyal, and may be increased in the
same way by division and cuttings of the
rooted stems.
SAGE (Salvia officinalis). — This
well-known herb is a hardy evergreen
tufted undershrub, 1 ft. or more high,
native of S. Europe. It has woolly white
stems, and oval toothed or wrinkled leaves
greyish or whitish-green in colour. These
are used for seasoning when dried. The
purple, blue, or white flowers appear in
summer and have the usual characters of
the Labiatse order (see p. 742). Other
Sages useful for the Flower Garden are
described at p. 746.
( 'k Un re and Propagation. — Being
found wild on dry chalky hills, the Sage
plant will thrive best in a similar soil
under cultivation, but flourishes in any
SAVORY
SWEET HERBS
THYME 1165
good and well-drained garden soil, and
seems to be almost perfectly hardy. It is
easily increased by sticking the leafy
stems — with a portion of the old wood at
the base if possible — in the soil any time
in March and April. So long as these
slips are kept fairly moist until rooted,
they require no further attention, and in
the course of a year or two each one will
make a dense little bush from which other
slips may be taken if necessary. Cuttings
may also be inserted in the same way
and require the same attention. Seeds
may also be sown in gentle heat in March
and April. The seedlings are pricked out
and hardened off so as to be ready for the
open ground in June. As a rule, however,
plants from seeds are of a somewhat
inferior strain, and often have smaller and
narrower leaves.
SAVORY.— There are two kinds of
Savory grown, namely the Sunnmr
Savory (Satureia hortensis) and the
Winter Savory (S. montana). They both
belong to the order Labiatae (see p. 742)
and their leaves and young shoots are
used for seasoning in the same w;i\ as
Sage and other herbs.
Summer Savory (S. hortensis). — This
is a South European annual, 6 to 9 inches
high, with branching stems, and downy
oblong linear leaves narrowed into a short
leaf-stalk. The pale lilac or whitish
flowers are borne in small clusters in
summer. The whole plant is very fragrant,
and the leaves and young shoots are used
for flavouring boiled Beans and other
dishes.
Culture dc. — Seeds may be sown
out of doors in light and good garden soil
in April and May. When large enough
to handle easily, the seedlings should be
thinned 6 to 9 inches apart in the rows,
which should have about a foot of space
between. The plants must be watered in
dry weather, and when the flower buds
appear, the stems may be cut off and
hung up to dry for future use. The cut
down plants will continue to produce
fresh shoots, and these also may be
gathered later on.
Winter Savory (S. itiontana). — This
is also a native of S. Europe, but is a
dwarf perennial 12 to 18 in. high, with
spreading branches and oblong linear
leaves, sharply pointed, and slightly chan-
nelled above. The pale purple, pinkish
or white flowers appear in summer in
spikes or racemes.
Culture. — Winter Savory may be
grown in similar soil and situations to
its relative, the Sage. It may also be
increased by means of seeds, cuttings, or
slips in the same way as recommended
for that herb (see p. 1164). In favourable
places it is practically hardy, and by
cutting down the old stems every spring
a good crop of young shoots is produced.
These are used for flavouring.
TARRAGON (Artemisia Dracuncu-
lus). — A South European per-ennial about
2 ft. high, with branching stems, and
entire lance-shaped leaves, which emit a
delicate aromatic scent, and are much
valued for seasoning. The small whitish
flowers appear in summer, but they never
or very rarely ripen seeds in cultivation.
The plant belongs to the Composite
Order, and other species of Flower Garden
value are described at p. 538 under the
genus Artemisia.
Culture, — Tarragon flourishes in
any dry and good garden soil, and once
established may be left to look after itself.
It is easily increased by dividing the
plants in spring, when growth has com-
menced. Cuttings of the young shoots
may also be rooted in cold frames in early
summer, and transplanted in dull showery
weather.
THYME (Thymus vulgaris). — A
hardy perennial undershrub about 6 in.
high, with slender wiry stems and more
or less oblong ovate small leaves, deep
green above, greyish beneath. The small
pale rosy-purple flowers appear in summer
in roundish or conical clusters, which
lengthen with age. Several species of
Thyme are valued as rock plants, and
are described at p. 745 under the genus
Thymus.
Culture and Propagation. — The
Garden Thyme is useful for the leaves
and young shoots, which are used for
seasoning. It will thrive in a good light
and rather dry garden soil, and loves a
sunny position. It may be increased by
dividing the plants in spring in mild
weather. Seeds may also be sown out of
doors in a warm sunny position in April
and May, either in rows, to form an
edging, or in a bed. The seedlings may be
transplanted in September or the following
April hi mild showery weather. Cuttings
of the young growths will root under a
1166
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS mushroom
handlight during the summer months.
The branches also, if bent down and
covered here and there with a little soil,
will root from the joints. The plants thus
formed may be severed in spring and
transplanted about 6 in. apart.
Besides the Common Thyme, the
Lemon Thyme (T. Serpyllum, see
p. 745) may also be used for flavouring
piirposes.
WATER-CRESS (Nasturtium
officinale). — This well-known British
plant is found wild near the banks of
rivers and streams, and is very common
on the banks of the Thames. It belongs
to the Crucifer order (see p. 201), and has
long rooting hollow stems, and pinnate
leaves with rather heart-shaped sinuate-
toothed leaflets. The small white cross-
shaped flowers are borne in short racemes
from May to October.
It is held in high estimation hy all
classes as a salad, and in some parts of
the country, as in Hertfordshire, for
example, it is cultivated on a very large
scale for the London and provincial
markets.
Culture, and Propagation. —
Water-Cress is best grown in shallow
streams or pools of clean and gently
running water. It is easily increased by
planting portions of the rooted stems in
the muddy banks on the edge of the
water, and leaving them to take care of
themselves. Constant picking will im-
prove the plants, and by preventing the
formation of the flowers, the leaves and
young stems will not lose their flavour.
Water-Cress may also be grown on
land, which, however, must always be
kept in a moist condition. Seeds may be
sown in March and April in the open
ground, or better still, rooted pieces of
stem may be stuck into the soil, and well
watered during the season, so that they
do not lose their freshness.
OTHER HERBS. — Many other
plants are sometimes used as herbs, but
are frequently to be found rather as orna-
mental plants in the flower garden.
Many of these have been already described
in the body of this work, and include the
following, particulars of which will be
found at the pages mentioned : —
Balm (Melissa officinalis), p. 746.
Borage (Borago officinalis), p. 674.
Chamomile (Anthemis), p. 530.
Clary (Salvia Sclarea), p. 749.
Fennel (Foeniculum vulgare), p. 468.
Kampion (Campanula Bapunculus),
p. 567.
Rosemary (Rosmarinus officinalis),
p. 750.
Rue (Buta graveolens), p. 295.
MUSHROOM (Agaricus campes-
tris).— Although the Mushroom occupies
the last place in this work, it is by no
means the least important of our garden
crops. Indeed it may be regarded as one
of the most important, considering the
great favour in which it is held by every-
one, and he is certainly a rara avis who
can sincerely say that he does not like
Mushrooms. On the Continent, however,
and especially in Italy, the Mushroom is
not regarded with the same favour as in
the British Islands.
The other plants described in the pre-
ceding pages — whether flowers, fruits, or
vegetables — are more or less intimately
related, and possess a general resemblance
as far as roots, sterns, leaves, flowers &c.
are concerned — the only important excep-
tion being the Ferns (see p. 1008).
« The Mushroom, however, has neither
roots, sterns, leaves, nor flowers in the
ordinary sense of such terms. It repre-
sents a very low order of plant life, and
it has thousands of relatives — all grouped
under the heading of 'Fungi.' Nearly all
Fungi are whitish, pale brown, orange,
and sometimes red, with various inter-
mediate shades, and a vast number of
them are extremely poisonous. As a rule
the highly coloured or those with a verdi-
gris tint should be avoided, unless the
reader is well acquainted with Fungi.
The Common Mushroom, is found
growing wild in pastures and meadows,
usually in great abundance about Septem-
ber, especially where horses, cows, and
sheep have been grazing. When picked
in a young and fresh state they are very
palatable — even raw — but when the 'gills'
on the under surface of the cap begin to
turn black they are best left alone. The
true Mushroom when in a fit state for
eating has pinkish or salmon-coloured
gills, and it is rather important to remem-
ber this point, as other species very
similar in appearance are poisonous, but
have not pinkish gills.
Structure. — The Mushroom springs
up from a whitish or cottony network of
delicate threads, which constitute what
MUSHROOM
FUNGI
MUSHROOM 1167
botanists call the 'mycelium,' and
gardeners ' spawn.' This network of
' mycelium ' may be roughly likened to
the roots of ordinary plants, but its func-
tions are absolutely and completely
different. The stalk or ' stipes ' is sur-
mounted by a circular umbrella-like mass
of whitish tissue called the cap or 'pileus,'
on the under surface of which are thin
delicate plates called ' lamellae ' or * gills '
radiating from the stalk to the circumfer-
ence. In a young state, when the Mush-
rooms are called 'buttons,' the edge of
the cap all round is united to the stalk by
a thin membrane or veil, and traces of
this membrane may often be seen forming
a ring or ' annulus ' round the stalk near
the top. On the surface of the thin plates
or gills thei'e are special cells protruding,
some of which bear stalked spores. It is
from these spores under favourable cir-
cumstances that the ' mycelium ' or
spawn is developed, but the mode in
which they germinate has not yet been
clearly defined. Nor has there been any
trace of sexual reproduction between two
kinds of organs from the spore;, as
explained under Ferns at p. 1008.
Culture. — From the preceding
remarks it will be at once obvious that
Mushrooms being quite unlike any other
plants described in this book, as regards
either structure, growth, or repro-
duction, a somewhat different method
of cultivation is required. Ordinary
flowering plants and Ferns as a rule derive
their nourishment by sending their roots
into the soil, from which they have been
able to absorb a good deal of mineral
matter. The Mushroom, however, is in-
capable of converting mineral or other-
wise inorganic matters into food. It can
exist only on dead or decaying vegetable
or organic matter like most other Fungi,
although some, such as the Potato-disease
fungus, referred to at p. 1136, will flour-
ish only on living vegetable tissues.
Fungi which live on dead or decaying
organic matter — whether animal or vege-
table— are called ' Saprophytes,' and in
this respect they resemble a few de-
generate forms of flowering plants.
The decaying matter most suitable
for the cultivation of Mushrooms is good
stable manure, especially that from
horses, of which it may be said, the better
the breed the better for Mushrooms. To
this may be added leaves of any kind,
but preferably those of the Oak and Sweet
Chestnut, as they give a more regular
and constant heat. The manure must be
turned over several times at intervals of a
day or two so as to allow the rank heat
and moisture to escape. If very hot and
dry, water must be thrown over the heap
to reduce the temperature and cause
quicker decomposition. All long, clean,
and undecayed litter is best placed on one
side with the fork. It will be useful
afterwards for covering the beds.
Making Mushroom Beds. — The
manure having been well turned over,
and consisting of short well -rotted and
equally mixed material, the formation of
beds for growing Mushrooms may be
commenced. No matter whether indoors
or outdoors, whether in barns, boxes,
flower pots, shelves, or any other position,
the principle of making a Mushroom bed
is the same. It may, however, be as well
to describe how an outdoor Mushroom
bed is made.
A situation sheltered from the north
and east shoidd, if possible, be chosen.
The ground on which the bed is to be
made should be rather higher than that
surrounding, so that water will not lodge
at the base or around the bed, and thus
deprive it of a certain amount of heat.
The prepared manure is placed evenly in
layers from one end of the bed to the
other, and is from time to time well
trodden down to make it equally firm all
over. The width of the bed at the base
may be about 3 ft. (a little more or less
does not signify), and the height may be
the same. The bed, however, becomes
gradually narrower towards the top where
it is rounded off. The manure, which
should not be dry, nor yet palpably wet,
but in an intermediate stage, should then
be allowed to cool until the heat in the
interior does not exceed 75°-80° Fahr.
Some growers say 90°, but the lower
figures are generally safer.
Experts at making Mushroom beds
know perfectly well whether the tempera-
ture is too high or not for ' spawning '
simply by pushing a long wooden stake
into the heart of the bed, and feeling the
buried end with the hand after it has been
inserted a day or so in the bed. If unable
to rely upon this method of testing the
temperature, a long-legged hotbed ther-
mometer may be inserted instead to obtain
a more accurate idea as to the heat. In
any case, the point to remember is that it
is not safe to insert spawn in the beds
1168
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS mushroom
until the heat has receded to 80° Fahr.,
and shows an inclination to decline some
degrees lower.
' Spawning ' Mushroom Beds. — The
Mushroom spawn or ' mycelium ' referred
to above could not be inserted conveniently
by itself. It is therefore obtained in a
state of suspended animation in ' cakes '
or ' bricks,' 16 of which are usually sold
to make a ' bushel.' These cakes or
bricks usually measure 6 in. by 4 in. and
are about 1 in. thick. Each one may be
broken into eight more or less equal
pieces, and these are inserted at regular
intervals — about 6 to 8 in. — all over the
bed. Each piece is pressed in firmly so
that it is flush with the outline of the bed
and will not fall out of the hole into which
it is pressed.
' Landing ' or ' Soiling ' Mushroom
Beds. — Having ascertained that there is
no inclination for the temperature to rise
above 75° or 80° the beds may be covered
with 1-2 in. of soil. Where the beds have
sloping sides some little skill is required
to cover them properly. Good garden
soil will do, but rich loam is best. It
should be fine and powdery and yet moist
enough to adhere well. It is placed on
the beds, beginning at the base and work-
ing upwards, and is beaten with the back
of the spade until it is smooth and level.
So that the upper layers of soil may not
fall off or scale down, the edge of the last
placed layer should always be kept ragged
and not patted close to the bed with the
spade. The ragged edges serve as a base
for the following layers of soil until the
top is reached.
Covering the Mushroom Beds. — After
the bed has been covered all over with
soil and the surface made smooth by
rubbing over with the back of the spade —
the latter may be frequently dipped in
water to facilitate the process of smooth-
ing— the bed is then covered with a layer
1-3 ft. thick of the long straw or litter
which had been forked out of the manure
when the latter was being prepared for
the bed. This is to keep the heat in the
bed, and during severe frosty weather the
covering should be thick and closely
packed.
Some growers before covering the beds
with litter place thin canvas over them
next the soil. This has the great advan-
tage of preventing the radiation of heat,
but it also keeps the Mushrooms much
cleaner than when they come in direct
contact with the litter. Also, when the
beds are being uncovered, the Mushrooms
are not torn off and lost among the litter,
as is likely to happen when removing the
latter.
Mushrooms in sheds, cellars, boxes
Sc. — Although the preceding remarks
apply to Mushrooms as cultivated out of
doors in market gardens, any cottager
may grow Mushrooms if he has only a
square yard of space to spare for the
purpose. The corner of a cellar, an old
washing-tub, or even a large flower-pot or
old egg box may be utilised for the pur-
pose. The fresh horse - droppings and
sweepings from the road may be collected
and mixed with leaves, straw &c. until the
whole has been thoroughly leavened and
brought to the proper state for inserting
the cakes of spawn. Wherever Mush-
rooms are grown even on a small scale, it
is essential that the temperature of the
surrounding atmosphere should not sink
below 55° Fahr. If it can be maintained
between 60° and 65° it will be much more
agreeable, and experience proves that this
is about the best temperature for securing
a heavy crop of Mushrooms — always
provided of course that the ' spawn ' used
is good.
In many large gardens special struc-
tures called Mushroom-houses are fitted
up more or less elaborately, and heated
with hot-water pipes. The beds are made
flat in tiers or shelves one above the other,
or arranged in any other convenient way,
but should be at least 1 ft. in depth.
The process of making them is the same
as described above for outdoor beds ex-
cept that it is not necessary to cover the
soil with litter or canvas. The surface of
the soil must be kept damp, but not sodden
however, by watering occasionally with a
fine-rosed water-pot, using tepid water.
The atmosphere also should be fairly
charged with moisture and kept at a
temperature of 60° to 65°, while as a rule
light is rigidly excluded. "Where light
cannot be excluded an old mat or a piece
of canvas may be placed over the beds.
Darkness, however, is not really essential,
and a perpetual night for Mushrooms
seems to be opposed to natural laws,
especially where the temperature can be
maintained at the proper point and where
cold draughts can be avoided.
Gathering Mushrooms. — In the case
of outdoor beds, about 6 to 10 weeks after
' spawning ' Mushrooms may be gathered.
MUSHROOM
FUNGI
MUSHROOM 1169
In ' stripping ' Mushroom beds the litter
is lightly forked down on each side, and if
canvas is also used, this is turned back
for a certain distance — one man being on
each side of the bed. All the fully
developed Mushrooms are then gently
pulled off with the fingers, leaving the
smaller ones until the next gathering —
which may take place every other day, or
twice a week, or even once a week only,
according to the season. At one time it
was thought that if the Mushrooms were
cut off at the base with a sharp knife
young ones would spring from the base of
the old stalks. Experience, however, has
proved that there is no gain in this
practice, but rather a loss, as the old
stump often became diseased and thus
affected the surrounding Mushrooms in-
juriously. It is therefore better to pull
the whole Mushroom than to cut it.
The beds should be re-covered immedi-
ately after each gathering, as the longer
they remain uncovered the more heat is
being lost. Where the beds are very long
they may be ' stripped ' or uncovered in
sections, so that the bed is exposed for as
short a time as possible.
Enemies. — ■ The worst of these are
slugs and woodlice. At every gathering
a keen eye should be on the watch for
these, and instant death should follow
their detection. In Mushroom houses a
peculiar fungus disease attacks the crop
and causes the Mushrooms to become
more or less distorted in shape, and worth-
less for edible purposes. The only remedy
for this appears to be to clear out the
affected portion of the bed and burn it at
once. If a whole house is attacked, the
contents must be removed, and to prevent
future trouble it should be made into a
heap and burned. The building should
then be cleansed by burning brimstone in
it after carefully blocking up all air chinks,
and a plentiful supply of lime and soot
may afterwards be sprinkled all over.
The new beds should consist of fresh and
clean material, and it may also be advis-
able to use spawn from a new source.
Mushroo?n Season. — Although Mush-
rooms may be had practically the whole
year round, they are nevertheless much
more plentiful some months than others.
During the summer months — June, July,
and August — the yield, however, is very
slight, the great difficulty being to keep
the outer temperature down to what has
been stated as the best for the production
of Mushrooms, namely 60°-65° Fahren-
heit.
Making Mushroom ' Spawn.' — Al-
though it is generally safer and better to
obtain cakes or bricks of Mushroom spawn
from or through nurserymen, the process
of making the cakes may be briefly de-
scribed here. It is dirty work and not very
likely to be undertaken by amateurs.
A quantity of fresh horse and cow
manure in about equal proportions is
mixed with a little rich adhesive loam.
The whole is well watered and mixed
until it becomes like good soft mortar. It
is allowed to dry gradually until it reaches
the consistency of wet clay. A flat frame
made of wood about an inch thick, with
one, two, or more spaces, the size of the
bricks required, is then filled with the
compost, the work being more easily done
on a flat board. Each space is well filled
and packed and made smooth on each
surface, and a brick of the required size
and thickness is thus formed. The bricks
are then spread out on their edges to dry,
leaving a space between each. When a
little more than half dry a hole about 1
in. across is made on one side of each
brick in the centre. This hole is then
filled with a piece of an old brick contain-
ing good spawn, and any crevices are filled
up with the mixture used for making the
bricks. Perhaps a better method is to
place 5 small pieces of spawn on each new
brick — one at each corner and one in the
centre — ■ and the mycelium will ' run '
much quicker. The bricks thus treated may
be placed face to face, the spawned side
inwards, and placed on a hotbed or in a
temperature of about 60° to 65° F. The
spawn will soon spread over the surface
of the new bricks. The latter must be
frequently examined, however, so as not
to allow the mycelium to advance beyond
a whitish clouded appearance. If it
reaches the netted or threadlike stage, it
has gone too far and is likely to be useless
if not used immediately. When properly
clouded, the cakes may be stacked in a
dry airy place with a temperature of 50°
to 55° F. so that growth of the mycelium
is held in suspense until the cakes are
broken and used for spawning the beds as
described above.
4 F
INDEX
Note. — As the species described usually follow in alphabetical order at the pages quoted
after each genus, it is unnecessary to repeat them here. Synonyms, however, are printed in
italics.
AARON'S Beard, 266,
425
Abele, 803
Abelia, 481
rupestris, 481
Abies, 1001
ajanensis, 996
alba, 997, 1004
albertiana, 999
alcockiana, 997
Apollinis, 1002
arctica, 997
atlantica, 995
baborensis, 1004
bifida, 1002
brunoniana, 999
ccerulea, 997
campylocarpa, 1003
canadensis, 999
Cedrus, 996
chiloensis, 1005
curvifolia, 999
denticulata, 998
Deodara, 995
Douglasi, 1000
Eichleri, 1005
Engelmanni, 997
excelsa, 997, 1004
GJehni, 997
hirtella, 1004
holophylla, 1002
Kcempferi, 1005
Ehutrow, 997
leptolepis, 1006
mariana, 998
Menziesii, 998
mertensiana, 999
nephrolepis, 1005
nigra, 998
orientalis, 998
panachaica, 1002
pattoniana, 1000
Picea, 997, 1004
Pichta, 1005
Pindrow, 1005
/w/Zto, 998
BegincE Amalice,
1002
Abies sitchensis, 998
smiihiana, 997
taxifolia, 1004
Torano, 998
venusta, 1002
vulgaris, 1004
Williamsoni, 1000
wittma nniana, 998
Abietineee, 990
Abobra, 462
Abronia, 760
Abutilon, 278
Acacia, False, 339
Rose, 339
Aciena, 381
Acanthaceae, 785
Acantholimon, 601
Acanthopanax, 470
Acanthus, 736
Acer, 313
cordifolium, 317
dissectum, S15
Douglasi, 314
eriocarpum, 314
glaucum, 314
Icevigatiim, 313
huirifolium, 315
Opalus, 315
polymorphum, 315
pulchrum, 314
sempervirens, 314
septemlobum, 315
spicatum, 315
striatum, 316
tomentosum, 314
Trautvetteri, 317
tripartitum, 314
Virginia tin in, 314
Achillea, 528
ageratifolia, 530
aurea, 535
filipendnla, 528
Achlamydeas, 126
Achyranthes Ver-
schaffelti, 764
Aciphylla, 468
.4cis auturnnalis, 908
hiemalis, 908
rosea, 908
tricophylla, 908
Aconite, 162
Winter, 154
Aconitum, 162
alpinum, 163
Fortunei, 162
hebegynum, 163
hipicidum, 163
Nnttalli, 163
pallidum, 163
plicatum, 163
squarrosum, 162
Acorus, 954
Acroclinium roseum,
508
Acttea, 164
racemosa, 164
Actinella, 528
Actinidia, 267
Actinomeris, 517
Adam's Needle, 820
Adamsia scilloides,
837
Adder's Tongue Fern,
1022
Adenocarpus, 327
Adenophora, 569
Adenostoma, 370
Adiantum, 1012
Adlumia, 199
Adonis, 144
jEsculus, 311
cocciwea, 311
macrostachya, 312
neglecta, 311
ohioensis, 312
pallida, 312
rubieunda, 311
iEthionema, 216
African Lily, 826
Marigold, 526
Agapanthus, 826
Agaricus campestris,
1166
Agave, 916
Ageratum, 493
Agraphis nutans, 839
'patula, 840
Agrimony, Hemp, 494
Agrostemma, ccsli-
rosa, 255
Agrostemma coro-
naria, 255
flos-Jovis, 256
Agrostis, 957
Ailanthus, 299
Aira, 957
Ajuga, 759
Akebia, 179
Albumen, 25
Alchemilla, 381
Alder, 796
Berry-bearing, 304
Cut-leaved, 796
Golden, 796
Green, 797
Grey, 796
Hoary, 796
Italian, 796
Japanese, 796
White, 796
Alexandrian Laurel,
810
Alisma, 805
Alismaceae, 805
Alkanet, 675
All Good, 1154
All Heal, 489
Allium, 830
Ascalonicum, 1151
Cepa, 1148
croceum, 830
fistulosum, 1150
fragrans, 830
Porrum, 1150
sativum, 1151
schmioprasum,
1161
Allosorus crispus,
1013
Allspice Tree, 172
Alme, 786
Almond, common, 357
Silver, 361
Alnus, 796
Alona, 686
Alonsoa, 705
compacta, 706
/»t;«.4 .T, 706
j4 loysia citrio dor a ,
739
4 F 2
1172
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
Alpine plants, from
seed, 99
list of, 102
on walls, 101
soil for, 98
Alpine Rose, 589
Alsike, 333
Alstrcemeria, 914
aurea, 915
banksiana, 915
bicolor, 915
Flos-Martini, 915
montana, 914
peruviana, 915
psittacina, 915
triftora, 914
Alternanthera, 763
Althaea, 271
frutex, 280
Altica nemorum, 1120
Alum, 674
Alum Eoot, 427
Alyssum, 210
Sweet, 210
utriculatum, 210
Amarantaceae, 761
Amarantus, 762
Arnaryllideae, 893
Amaryllis, 912
Atamasco, 909
Candida, 910
capensis, 911
carinata, 910
carnea, 910
formosissima, 910
longifolia, 911
lutea, 909
montana, 914
nivea, 910
pudica, 912
purpurea, 913
rosea, 910
speciosa, 913
tnbispatha, 910
Amber, Sweet, 266
Amberboa moschata,
551
odorata, 551
Ambury, 1113
Amelanchier, 413
American Azaleas, 596
Blight, 1046
Cowslip, 625
Cress. 1160
Laurel, 583
Great, 590
Yew, 986
Ammobium, 509
Ammodendron, 352
Ammyrsinebuxifolia,
584
Amorpha, 336
Ampelideae, 307
Ampelopsis hede-
racea, 309
lucida, 308
quinquefolia, 309
seria nice folia, 310
tricuspidata, 309
triloba, 308
Ampelopsis tripar-
tita, 308
tuberosa, 310
Veitchi, 309
Amsonia, 644
latifolia, 645
Amygdalopsis Lind-
leyi, 363
Amygdalus argentea,
361
besseriana, 361
Boissieri, 358
communis, 357
incana, 360
nana, 361
Anacardiaceae, 319
Anagallis, 631
MonelU, 631
Anagyris, 322
Anbury, 1113
Anchusa, 675
Andromeda, 578
acuminata, 577
arborea, 577
axillaris, 577
calyculata, 576
campanulata, 580
cassincefolia, 578
Catesbchi, 577
coriacea, 579
dealbata, 578
fastigiata, 577
fioribunda, 579
hypnoides, oil
japonica, 579
ligustrina, 578
mariana, 579
pulverulenta, 578
recurva, 577
speciosa, 578
spicata, 577
tetragona, 577
Androsace, 621
Aretia, 622
aretioides, 623
c or onopi folia, 624
glacialis, 621
imbricata, 621
Lachenali, 621
pauciflora, 623
penicillata, 624
puberula, 621
vitaliana, 624
Andryala, 554
Anemiopsis califor-
nica, 774
Anemone, 139
hortensis, 144
hudsoniana, 142
Japanese, 142
pavonina, 144
Peacock, 141
Poppy, 140
thalictroides, 138
Wood, 142
Anemonopsis, 158
Angelica Tree, 470
Angel's Tears, 906
Angiosperms, 20, 38,
121
Anisanthus Cunonia,
952
splendens, 952
Aniseed Tree, 173
Annuals, 78
list of, 79
Anomatheca cruenta,
944
Anonaceae, 177
Antennaria, 507
Candida, 507
Anthemis, 530
Anthericum, 825
grannnifolium, 826
Lilmstrum, 823
pomeridianum, 823
Antheridium, 1009
Antherozoids, 1009
Autholyza, 952
Meriana, 945
Anthomyia brassicce,
1113
ceparum, 1132
Anthonomus po-
morum, 1046
Anthoxanthum, 958
Anthriscus cerefolium,
1160
Anthyllis, 334
Antirrhinum, 710
Apera, 958
Aphanostephus, 497
Aphides, 1081
Aphis, Woolly, 1046
Z>a?<cz, 1129
.Fa&tf>, 1126
rumicis, 1126
Aphyllanthes, 826
Apios, 351
Aj>ium graveolens,
1130
„ rapaceum, 1132
Apocynaceae, 644
Apocynum, 646
Apogamy, 1010
Aponogeton, 805
Apospory, 1010
Apple, Kangaroo, 688
Rose, 404
Wild, 406
Apple, The, 1042
Soil for, 1043
Pruning*, 1043
Training, 1043
Protection, 1043
Thinning fruit, 1044
Propagation of, 1044
Packing, 1044
Gathering, 1044
List of sorts, 1049
Apple Blossom Wee-
vil, 1046
Mussel scale, 1047
Apricot, 358, 1083
varieties to grow,
1084
Aquilegia, 155
4rctaca, 156
bicolor, 157
californica, 156
Aquilegia eximia, 156
garnieriana, 157
leptoceras, 156
macrantha, 156
Beuteri, 156
speciosa, 157
Arabis, 205
caucasica, 205
Aralia, 469
cordata, 470
macrophylla, 470
Maximoiviczi, 470
papyrifera, 471
pentaphi/lla, 470
Sieboldi, ill
Araliacese, 469
Arar Tree, 975
Araucaria, 989
tribe, 988
Arbor Vitae, 976
American, 976
Chinese, 977
Weeping, 977
Arbutus, 574
alpina, 515
mucronata, 575
Uva-ursi, 575
Archegonium, 1009
Arctostaphylos, 575
Arctotideae, 544
Arctotis, 545
anthem oides, 544
Arenaria, 259
Argemone, 193
Aristolochia, 773
Aristolochiaceae, 772
Aristotelia, 282
Armeniaca Brigan-
tiaca, 358
dasycarpa, 359
vulgaris, 358
Armeria, 603
Arnebia, 679
^4r«ica, 539
CZwsi, 540
Aroideae, 953
Aromatic Winter
Green, 575
Aronicum scorpi-
oides, 540
Arrow Arum, 954
Head, 806
Wood, American,
479
Artemisia, 538
Dracunculus, 1165
Artichoke, Globe,
1141
Jerusalem, 1140
Arum, 953
Arrow, 954
Lily, 955
sanctum, 954
Arundinaria, 965
Jcurilensis panicu-
lata, 968
Arundo, 958
Asarabacca, 772
Asarum, 772
Asclepiadeae, 646
INDEX
1173
Asclepias, 647
Cornuti, 648
Ash, 640
Curl-leaved, 640
Flowering, 640
Manna, 640
Mountain, 405
Prickly, 296
Weeping, 640
White, 640
Asimina, 177
Asparagus, 1145
Broccoli, 1117
Aspen, 804
American, 804
Asperula, 487
azurea setosa, 487
Asphodel, 822
Bog, 877
Asphodeline, 823
Asphodelus, 822
luteus, 823
Aspidiotus conchi-
formis, 1047
Aspidium, 1018
alpestre, 1020
Filix-mas, 1019
rigid ton, 1019
Thelijpteris, 1020
Aspleniuin, 1014
Assimilation, 34
Aster, 500
China, 499
sinensis, 499
Stokes's, 493
Asteroidese, 495
Astilbe, 414
Astrantia, 466
maxima, 467
Astragalus, 342
danicus, 343
virescens, 343
Athalia spinarum,
1120
Athyrium alpestre,
1020
ftlix-fcemina, 1015
Atragene alpina, 132
americana, 136
austriaca, 132
sibirica, 132
Atriplex hortensis,
1153
Atropa Belladonna,
687
Aubrietia, 208
Aucuba, 475
Aume Tree, 786
Auricula, 606, 618
Alpine, 619
Autumn tints, 110
Avens, 374
Mountain, 374
Water, 375
Axe weed, 335
Azalea, 593
American, 596
amcena, 594
balsamincsflora, 594
Ghent, 596
Azalea, Honeysuckle,
596
liliifiora, 594
mollis, 595
obtusa, 594
procumbens, 582
Azara, 235
B
BABIANA, 945
Baboon Root, 945
Bachelor's Buttons,
146, 256
White, 146
Bseria, 524
Bahia, 524
Balbisia, 292
Balm, 746
Bastard, 754
Bee, 750
of Gilead, 753
Balsam, Common, 294
Balsamina hortensis,
294
Bamboos, Hardy, 964
Bambusa, 968
albo-marginata,
968
aurea, 969
Castillonis, 969
chrysantha, 966
erecta, 966
falcata, 966
fastuosa, 969
flexuosa, 969
Fortunci aurea, 966
Fortunei variegata,
966
Henonis, 970
Hermanni, 967
heterocycla, 970
Laydekeri, , 967
Marliacea, 970
Mazeli, 970
Metake, 967
mitis, 970
nana, 968
nigra, 970
nigro-punctata, 970
palmata, 967
pumila, 967
pijgmcea, 967
Quilioi, 970
Jtagamowski, 969
ruscifolia, 970
Simoni, 968
sulpliurea, 970
Veitchi, 968
Vilmorini, 968
viminalis, 970
violescens, 971
viridi-glaucescens,
971
Banana, 888
Band Plant, 645
Baneberry, 164
Baptisia, 323
Barbarea, 205, 1160
Barberry, 180
Barcelona Nut, 798
Barkhausiarubra,55S
Barrenwort, 183
Bartonia albescens,
458
aurea, 458
decapetala, 458
Basic slag, 73
Basil, 1160
Bush, 1160
Basswood, American,
281
Bastard Balm, 754
Box, 237
Indigo, 336
Batschia canescens,
678
Gmelini, 679
1 Bay Laurel, 775
Tree, Californian,
775
Willow, 803
I Bayonet Plant, 468
I Bead Plant, 488
Beam tree, White, 405
Himalayan, 407
Bean Tree, 354
\ Beans, Broad, 1125
Climbing, 1127
French, 1126
Kidney, 1126
Runner, 1127
Bearberry, 575
Bearbind, 684
Beard Tongue, 712
Bear's Breech, 736
Ear Sanicle, 624
Foot, 152
Bee Balm, 750
Orchis, 892
Beech, Common, 801
Copper, 801
Evergreen, 801
Fern, 1020
Purple, 801
Weeping, 802
Beef Suet Tree, 781
Beetroot, 766, 1151
Beet, Spinach, 1152
Begonia, 462
Begoniacese, 462
Bell Flower, 562
Chimney, 567
Chinese, 559
Belladonna Lily, 912
Bellidiastrum Mi-
chelli, 502
Bellis, 498
Bellium, 498
Bellwort, 879
Belvedere Cypress, 766
Bent Grass, 957
Benthamiafragifera,
474
japonica, 474
I Berberidese, 178
Berberidopsis, 180
Berberis, 180
Beali, 181
Berberis dulcis, 181
intermedia, 181
macrophylla, 180
Berchemia, 304
Bergamot, Wild, 750
Berkheya, 546
Beta, 766
vulgaris, 1151
Bethroot, 880
Betonica grandiflora,
755
Betula, 793
Bidens, 522
Biennials, 78
Bignonia, 731
grandiflora, 733
Pandorea, 733
radicans, 733
Bignoniaceoe, 731
Bilberry, 572
Bindweed, 685
Biota orientalis, 977
pendula, 977
Biotia cort/mbosa, 500
Birch, 793
Canoe, 795
Common, 794
Paper, 795
Red, 795
Silver, 794
Sweet Cherry, 795
White, 794
Canadian, 795
Yellow, 795
Bird Cherry, 361
Bird's-foot Trefoil, 335
Birthroot, 880
Birthwort, 773
Bistort, 768
Bitternut, 791
Bitter-Sweet, 303
Bitter Vetch, 350
Bivonsea, 216
Bixineae, 235
Blackberry, 372
Bryony, 884
Dogwood, 304
Dolphin, 1126
Fly, 1126
Gum, 477
Haw, 480
Palmer's, 1120
Raspberry, 373
Root, 673
Snakeroot, 164
Spruce, 998
Thorn, 359
Bladder Campion, 252
Fern, 1017
Ketmia, 280
Nut, 318
Pod, 209
Senna, 340
Blanket Flower, 527
; Blechnum boreale,
1013
Spicant, 1013
I Bleeding Heart, 198
; Bleeding, 28
! Blessed Thistle, 551
1174
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
Blight, Collier, 1126
Blitum capitatum,
765
Blood Boot, 195
Bloorneria, 880
Bluebell, 568, 838
Californian, 667
Common, 839
Italian, 840
Spanish, 840
Blueberry, 572
Blue Bottle, 550
Blue Daisy of Morocco,
498
Blue-eyed Crass, 943
Bluet, 550
Bluets, 487, 573
Blumenbachia, 459
Bobartia aurantiaca,
943
Bocconia, 195
iaponica, 195
Bienninghausenia
albiflora, 295
Bog Asphodel, 877
Bean, 657
Myrtle, 793
Pimpernel, 632
Plants, 112
Violet, 729
Boleum, 221
Boltonia, 499
Bombyx neustria,
1048
Bone manure, 73
Bongardia, 182
Boon Tree, 478
Borage, 674
Boraginese, 670
Borago, 674
Bordeaux mixture,
1136
Borecole, 1116
Botrychium, 1023
Box, 783
Bastard, 237
Elder, 315
Flowering, 573
Box-Thorn, 691
Brachycome, 497
Bracken, 1013
Brake, 1013
Bock, 1013
Bramble, 372
Brandy Bottle, 185
Brassica oleracea ace-
phala, 1116
Brassica oleracea bo-
try tis aspara-
goides, 1116
Brassica oleracea bo-
trytis cauliflora,
1117
Brassica oleracea
bullata, U15
Brassica oleracea
bullata gemmi-
fera, 1115
Brassica oleracea
capitata, 1114
Brassica oleracea
Caulo-rapa, 1118
Brassica Bapa, 1119
Bravoa, 916
Brawlins, 573
Breakstone, 415
Brevoortia, 827
Briar, Austrian, 402
Persian, 402
Sweet, Hybrid, 398
Bridgesia spicata, 767
Bristle Fern, 1022
Briza, 959
Broccoli, 1116
Asparagus, 1117
Brodiaja, 827
coccinea, 827
Brome Grass, 959
Brompton Stock, 202
Bromus, 959
Brook- weed, 632
Broom, 330
Common, 332
Purple, 332
Bock, 328
Spanish, 330
Brotherwort, 745
Broussonetia, 788
Browallia, 701
Brugmansia Candida,
693
sanguinea, 694
suaveolens, 694
Brunella, 754
Brussels Sprouts, 1115
Bryanthus, 582
Bryonia, 461
Bryonopsis erythro-
carpa, 461
Bryony, 461
Black, 884
Buck Bean, 657
Buck-eye, 311
Bed, 312
Sweet, 311
Buckler Fern, 1019
Broad, 1019
Hay-scented, 1019
Male, 1019
Marsh, 1020
Buckthorn, 304
Sea, 781
Budding, 58
Buddleia, 649
Buffalo Berry, 781
Bugbane, 164
Bugle, 759
Bugle Lily, 945
Bugloss, 680
Viper's, 681
Bugwort, 164
Bulbinella Hookeri,
826
Bulbocodium, 877
autmnnale, 877
trigynum, 877
Bulbous plants, 95
Bullace, 310, 1074
Bullock's Eye, 443
Bulrush, 972
Bunch Berry, 474
Grass, 959
Buphthalmum, 510
Bupleurum, 467
Bur Marigold, 522
Beed, 953
Tree, 478
Burgundy Pitch-tree,
997
Burning Bush, 296, 301
Bursaria, 237
Butcher's Broom, 810
Butomus, 806
Butter-bur, 539
Buttercup, 146
Butterfly Flower, 699
Weed, 648
Butternut, 791
Butter-root, 729
Butterwort, 728
Irish, 728
Scottish, 728
Buttonwood, 789
Buxus, 783
CABBAGE, 1114
Autumn, 1114
Caterpillar, 1113
Cutting, 1114
Fly. 1113
Gall Weevils, 1113
Moth, 1113
Pickling, 1115
Portugal, 1115
Savoy, 1115
Spring, 1114
Turnip-rooted, 1119
Varieties of, 1115
Cactese, 463
Cactus, Whip, 463
Ca?salpinea3, 353
Caasalpinia, 353
Caiophora coronata,
459
Caladium virgini-
cum, 954
Calamint, 746
Calaniintha, 746
Calampelis scabra,
734
Calandrinia, 261
Calceolaria, 703
Calendula officinalis,
544
pluvialis, 544
Calendulaceae, 543
Calico Bush, 583
Californian Fire
Cracker, 827
Hyacinth, 827
Nutmeg, 987
Bedwood, 984
Calla, 955
cethiopica, 955
Callichroa platy-
glossa, 524
Calliopsis, 518
Calliprora lutea, 829
Callirhoe, 275
spicata, 277
Callistephus, 499
Callitris, 975
Calluna, 580
Calochortus, 872
umbellatus, 874
Calophaca, 342
Calopogon, 891
Caltha, 150
Calycanthaceaj, 172
Calycanthus, 172
Calyciflorae, 124, 322
Calypso, 890
Calystegia, 684
Camassia, 841
Cambium-layer, 30, 55
Camellia, 269
Campanula, 562
Barrelieri, 564
Burghalti, 565
capensis, 558
capUlaris, 558
celtidifolia, 565
dahurica, 564
floribunda, 564
G. F. Wilson, 567
hederacea, 558
Loreyi, 567
modest a, 567
muralis, 567
nana, 563
planiflora, 566
pumila, 567
rhomboidea, 567
serpy Hi folia, 559
spathulata, 568
turbinata, 563
Van Houttei, 565
Wanneri, 570
Campanulaceae, 555
Campanuleae, 557
Campernelle Jonquil,
902
Campion, 250
Bladder, 252
Red, 256
Bose, 255
White, 257
Canada Tea, 576
Cancer wort, 724
Candleberry Myrtle,
793
Candytuft, 218
Evergreen, 219
Bock, 219
Bocket, 218
Canker, 1047
Carina, 885
Cannabis, 788
Canterbury Bell, 566
Cape Figwort, 711
Hyacinth, 831
Jessamine, 646
Marigold, 543
Caper Spurge, 783
Caprifoliaceae, 477
Caragana, 341
Altagana, 342
INDEX
1175
Carbenia, 551
Cardamine, 207
Cardinal Flower, 556
Cardoon, 1142
Carex, 971
Carlina, 547
Carnation, 240
diseases, 243
maggot, 243
Marguerite, 241
rust, 243
Carob Tree, 354
Carolina Allspice, 172
Carpenteria, 434
Carpet Juniper, 982
Carpinus, 797
Carpocapsa fune-
brana, 1071
pomonana, 1047
Carrion Flower, 809
Carrot, The, 1128
storing, 1128
Carthamus, 551
Carum Petroselinum,
1132
Carya, 790
Caryophylleie, 238
Caryopteris, 742
Cassandra, 576
Cassia, 354
Cassinia, 509
Cassiope, 576
Castanea, 800
Castor Oil Plant, 784
Catalpa, 732
Catananclie, 553
Catchfly, 250
German, 258
Nottingham, 253
Pigmy, 253
Royal, 254
Caterpillars, Social,
1048
Cat Mint, 750
Thyme, 758
Whin, 330
Cat's Tail, 453
Valerian, 489
Cathcartia, 194
Cauliflower, 1117
blindness, 1118
buttoning, 1118
Caulophyllum, 183
Ceanothus, 305
bicolor, 305
cceruleus, 305
elegans, 306
lobbianus, 305
ovalis, 306
verrucosus, 305
Cecidomyia nigra,
1062
Cedar, 995
Atlas, 995
of Goa, 978
Incense, 975
Indian or Deodar,
995
Japan, 982
of Lebanon, 996
Cedar —
Port Orford, 978
Red, 982
Silver, 982
Stinking, 987
White, 976
Cedronella, 752
Cedrus, 995
africana, 995
indica, 995
patula, 996
Celandine, 196
Lesser, 149
Celastrineae, 301
Celastrus, 302
Celeriac, 1132
Celery, 1130
Fly, 1129, 1131
Turnip-rooted, 1132
Celosia, 762
Celsia-, 702
Celtis, 787
cordata, 787
crassifolia, 787
Centaurea, 549
candidissima, 549
Centauridium Drum-
mondi, 496
Centaury, 549
Little, 651
Centranthus, 489
Cephalanthus, 486
Cephalaria, 491
Cephalotaxus, 985
coriacea, 985
filiformis, 985
fceminea, 985
mascula, 985
pendula, 985
tardiva, 985
umbraculifera, 987
Cerastium, 258
Cerasus, 357
acida, 357
Avium, 358
caproniana, 359
Chamcecerasus, 359
demissa, 359
depressa, 362
glauca, 362
ilicifolia, 360
Laurocerasus, 360
lusitanica, 360
Mahaleb, 360
mollis, 361
myrobalanos, 359
Padus, 361
pendula, 361
serrulata, 362
Sieboldi, 362
virginiana, 363
vulgaris, 359
Ceratocaulos datu-
roides, 693
Ceratonia, 354
Ceratostigma plum-
baginoides, 604
Cercis, 355
Cereus flagelliformis,
463
Cerinthe, 682
Ceterach officinarum,
1015
Ceutorrhynchus suli-
collis, 1113
Chsenostoma, 719
Chserophyllum bul-
bosum, 1161
Chain Fern, 1013
Chamtebatia, 373
Cham&batiaria mil-
lefolium, 367
Chamcecyparis nut-
kaensis, 979
obtusa, 979
pisifera, 979
sphcsroidea, 980
Chamselirium, 877'
Chamcepeuce, 548
Chamcerops excelsa,
956
Chamomile, 530
Ox-Eye, 530
Chards, 1141
Charieis, 498
Charity, 665
Charlemagne'sThistle,
547
Chaste-tree, 741
Cheimatobia bru-
mata, 1062
Cheiranthus, 204
alpinus, 214
capitatus, 204
ochroleucus, 215
Chelidonium, 196
japonicum, 195
Chelone, 712
barbata, 713
campanulata, 714
centrantliifoha, 714
Digitalis, 714
glabra, 712
major, 712
Pentstemon, 716
purpurea, 712
ruelloides, 713
Chenopodiaceae, 765
Chenopodium, 765
Bonus - Henricus,
1153
Cherokee Rose, 402
Cherry, 358, 1075
Bastard, 362
Bird, 361
Choke, 363
Crab, Siberian, 406
Double Chinese,
362
Ground, 359
Pie, 670
stocks, 1075
varieties to grow,
1076
Wild or Dwarf, 359
Winter, 690
Cherry-Laurel, 360
Chervil, 1160
Bulbous, 1161
Turnip-rooted, 1161
Chestnut, Horse, 312
Sweet, 800
Chickweed, Mouse-
Ear, 258
Chicory, 1144
Chimaphila, 598
Chimonanthus, 172
China Aster, 499
Fir, 988
Root, American, 808
Chinaman's Breeches,
199
Chinese Lanterns, 690
Pink, 243
Chionodoxa, 837
Chionographis, 878
Chiono-Scilla, 838
Chittam Wood, 319
Chives, 1161
Chlora, 651
Chlorogalum, 823
Leichtlini, 841
Chlorophyll, 33, 40
Choisya, 296
Chokeberry, 405
Choke Cherry, 363
Christ's Thorn, 303
Christmas Rose, 152
Tree, 997
Chrysanthemum, 531
decaisneanum, 536
marginatum, 536
tricolor, 531
Chrysobactron
Hooheri, 826
Bossi, 826
Chrysocoma Lino-
syris, 502
Chrysogonum, 511
Chrysurus cyno-
suroides, 961
Chymocarpus penta-
phyllus, 291
Cichoriaceae, 552
Cichorium Endivia,
1143
Intybus, 1144
Cigar Plant, 450
Cimicifuga, 164
serpentaria, 164
Cineraria maritima,
541
Cinquefoil, 376
Cirsium altissimum,
548
Cissus davidiana, 309
japonica, 309
platanifolia, 309
rubricaulis, 309
viticifolia, 310
Cistineas, 223
Cistus, 223
corbariensis, 225
cordifolius, 225
formosus, 226
Ground, 584
incanus, 225
tomentosus, 227
undulatus, 225
Citrus, 298
1176
PB ACTIO AL GUIDE TO GABDEN PLANTS
Cladosporium den-
driticum, 1048
fulvum, 1139
Cladrastis, 352
Clarkia, 452
Clary, 749
Claytonia, 262
Cleistogamous, 228
Clematis, 131
Addisoni, 136
anemonce flora, 134
azurea, 132
balearica, 132
coloradensis, 135
cylindrica, 133
davidiana, 133
Durandi, 134
erecta, 135
eriostemon, 133
graveolens, 134
Hooheri, 133
hybrid, 136
Jachmanni, 136
Pieroti, 132
Siwsi, 133
texensis, 132
tubulosa, 133
Clerodendron, 741
Clethra, 598
Clianthus, 340
Climbing Waxwork,
303
Clintonia, 879
pulcheila, 555
Cloudberry, 372
Cloud Grass, 957
Clove, 240
Clover, Bastard, 333
Brown, 334
Buffalo, 334
Crimson, 334
Owl-headed, 333
Prairie, 336
Clubmoss, 1024
Club Palm, 822
Root, 1113
Rush, 953
Cnicus, 548
benedictus, 551
Cob Nut, 797, 1099
Cobaea, 666
Coburgia Bella-
donna, 912
Cocculus, 178
Cochlearia, 1162
Cockscomb, 762
Cock's Foot Grass,
959
Coco-nut, 956
Double, 956
Cocos nucifera, 956
Codlin moth, 1047
Codlins and Cream,
452
Codonopsis, 559
Coffee Tree, Ken-
tucky, 353
Colchicum, 875
Agrippinum, 876
bulbocodioides, 876
Colchicum —
chionense, 876
Cold frames, 47, 100
Coleus, 743
Coleworts, 1115
Collards, 1115
Colletia, 306
serratifolia, 307
Collier Blight, 1126
Collinsia, 717
Collomia, 663
Cavanillesi, 663
Coltsfoot, 539
Columbine, 155
Feathered, 138
Colutea, 340
orientalis, 341
sanguinea, 341
Comfrey, 673
Prickly, 673
Comnielina, 807
Commelinaeeae, 807
Compass Plant, 511
Compositae, 492
Composite Crops,
1140
Comptonia aspleni-
folia, 793
Conandron, 730
Cone Flower, 514
Coniferse, 972
Convallaria, 813
bifolia, 813
multiflora, 811
opp o sit i folia, 812
Polygonatum, 812
racemosa, 813
stellata, 813
verticillata, 812
Convolvulaceas, 682
Convolvulus, 685
argenteus, 685
candicans, 683
major, 683
panduratus, 683
purpurea, 683
Coptis, 154
Coral-berry, 481
tree, 351
Corbularia Bulbo-
codium, 897
serotina, 897
Cordyline, 822
Corema, 805
Coreopsis, 518
angnsti folia, 515
bicolor, 519
maritima, 519
tenuifolia, 519
Coriaria, 321
Coriarieae, 321
Coris, 632
Corn Flag, 947
Marigold, 535
Poppy, 192
Salad, 1161
Violet, 569
Cornacese, 473
Cornel, 473
Dwarf, 474
Cornelian Cherry, 474
Cornflower, 550
Cornus, 473
Baileyi, 475
brachypoda, 474
mascula, 474
officinalis, 475
Coronilla, 344
Securidacea, 335
Cortaderia, 960
Cortusa, 624
Corydalis, 199
bullosa, 200
fungosa, 199
tuberosa, 199
Corylopsis, 444
Corylus, 797
Cosmanthus grandi-
plorus, 668
Cosmidium burridge-
anum, 522
Cosmos, 522
diversifolius, 522
Cossus ligniperda,
1062
Cotoneaster, 410
reflexa, 411
vulgaris, 410
Cotton Thistle, 548
Weed, 530
Cotyledon, 437
Cotyledons, 25
Countryman'sTreacle
295
Couve Tronchuda,
1115
Cow Bell, 252
Parsnip, 469
Cowberry, 573
Cowherb, 250
Cowslip, American,
625
Blue, 675
Common, 613
Royal, 610
Virginian, 676
Crab, 406
Cherry, 406
Siberian, 407
Stock, 1045
Sweet-scented, 406
Toringo, 406
' Cracking ' of Fruits,
1048
Crakeberry, 805
Crambe, 221
maritima, 1121
Cranberry, 573
American, 573
Tree, 480
Crane Fly, 1129
Cranesbill, 285
Craniolaria fra-
grans, 735
Crassulacese, 437
Crataegus, 408
arbutifolia, 412
Aronia, 409
caroliniana, 408
carpatica, 409
Crataegus —
Chavicemespilus,i06
glabra, 412
glandulosa, 408
lucida, 408
maroccana, 409
populifolia, 408
sanguinea, 409
Creeping Jenny, 629
Sailor, 425
Crepis, 553
Cress, 1161
American, 205,
1160
Indian, 290
Rock, 205
Rocket, 216
Violet, 216
Wall, 205
Water, 1166
Crimson Flag, 943
Crinum, 911
' Crocking ' pots, 26
Crocosma, 945
Crocus, 936
algeriensis, 940
atlanticus, 940
Autumn - flowering,
937
byzantinus, 939
Cloth of silver, 938
„ gold, 941
fimbriatus, 940
fragrans, 942
insularis, 939
lagenceflorus, 938
mo2siacus, 938
niultifidus, 940
nivalis, 941
pyrencens, 940
revolutus, 941
Saffron, 941
Scotch, 938
Spring, 942
Spring - flowering,
936
sublimis, 941
variegatus, 940
veluchensis, 938
Crops, Rotation of,
1104
Composite, 1140
Cruciferous, 1113
Leguminous, 1123
Liliaceous, 1145
Solanaceous, 1133
Umbelliferous, 1128
Crosnes, 1159
Crosses, 19
Cross-wort, 488
Crowberry, 805
Brown, 805
Crowfoot, 146
Anemone, 146
Snowy, 146
Crown Beard, 517
Daisy, 531
Imperial, 858
Crucianella, 488
Cruciferae, 201
INDEX
1177
Cruciferous crops,
1118
diseases of, 1113
Cryptogams, 121
Cryptogramiue, 1013
Cryptomeria, 982
Cuckoo Flower, 207,
256
Pint, 953
Cucumber, 1156
Ridge, 1158
Tree, 174
Cucumis Melo, 1158
sativus, 1156
Cucurbita Pepo, 1155
Cucurbitaceae, 460
Cudweed, 507
Culver's Physic, 727
Cunninghamia. 988
Cup Plant, 511
Cuphea, 450
cyanea, 450
jorullensis, 450
platycentra, 450
Cupressineaa, 975
Cupressus, 977
amoena, 978
californica, 978
cashmeriensis, 980
cor nut a, 978
Coulteri, 978
disticha, 983
fastigiata, 979
fra grans, 978
glandulosa, 978
glauca, 978
Hartwegi, 979
japonica, 982
karwinskiana, 978
knightiana, 978
lambertiana fasti-
giata, 979
nepalensis, 980
nivalis, 978
pendula, 978
pyramidalis, 979
Reinwardti, 979
tuhitleyana, 979
Cups and Saucers, 666
Cupuliferee, 793
Currant, The, 1095
Buffalo, 436
Flowering, 437
Fuchsia-flowered,
437
mite, 1096
varieties to grow,
1096
Custard Apple Order,
177
Cut Finger, 645
Cuttings, propagation
by, 48
of roots, 51
of leaves, 52
selecting, 49
soil for, 52
Cyananthus, 560
Cyclamen, 626
cestivum, 628
Cyclamen —
autumnale, 627
balearicum, 628
caucasicum, 627
cordifoliuni, 628
cyprinum, 628
elegans, 627
ficariifolium, 628
hedercefolium, 628
hybridum, 627
hyemale, 627
immacuhttum, 628
latifolium, 628
odoratum, 628
robust um, 627
romanwm, 628
vernale, 627
Cyclobothra pul-
chella, 875
Cydonia japonica,
406
Maulei, 407
vulgaris, 407
Cynara Scolymus,
1141
Cardunculus, 1142
Cynaroidese, 547
Cynoglossum, 672
longiflorum, 672
Omphalodes, 672
Cyperacese, 971
Cyperus, 971
Cyphomandra, 690
Cypress, 977
Alaska, 979
Belvedere, 766
Cedar, 996
Deciduous, 983
Embossed, 983
Funeral, 978
Lawson's, 978
Monterey, 979
Montezuma, 983
Spurge, 783
Tribe, 975
Cypripedium, 892
Cystopteris, 1017
Cytisus, 330
alpinus, 327
elongatus, 331
False, 216
grcecus, 334
Laburnum, 328
Weldeni, 328
Czackia Liliastrwm,
823
D
DABGECIA, 582
Dacrydium, 987
Dactylis, 959
Daffodil, 893
Ajax, 903
Butter and Eggs, 899
Codlins and Cream,
900
Cyclamen, 898
Eggs and Bacon, 900
Great Spanish, 901
Daffodil-
Hooped Petticoat,
897
Medusa Trumpet,
897
Orange Phoenix, 899
Primrose Peerless,
897
Star, 898
Tenby, 901
Trumpet, 903
Winter, 909
Dahlia, 519
bidentifolia, 521
Black, 522
crocata, 521
glabrata, 521
superflua, 521
Daisy, Common, 498
Crown, 531
Hen - and- Chickens,
498
Michaelmas, 500
of Morocco, Blue,
498
Ox Eye, 534
Great, 535
Paris, 532
Swan River, 497
Tree, 504
Dame's Violet, 213
Damson, The, 1075
Daneea, 810
Dane's Blood, 477
Daphne, 777
collina, 779
fioniana, 778
rupestris, 778
Daphniphyllum, 784
Date Palm, 956
Plum, 632
Virginian, 633
Datura, 692
flava, 693
humilis, 693
Wrighti, 693
Daucus Carota, 1128
David's Harp, 811
Dawson Rose, 403
Day Lily, 815
Deadly Nightshade,
687
Deadnettle, 756
Decumaria, 432
Deer Grass, 449
Deerberry, 573
Delphinium, 158
elatum, 160
pictum, 161
sulphureum, 162
Dendromecon, 196
Deodar, 995
Deschampsia ccespi-
tosa, 957
flexuosa, 957
Desfontainia, 650
Desmodium penduli-
florum, 346
Deutzia, 431
Fortunei, 431
Deutzia scabra, 431
Devil-in-a-Bush, 155
Devil's Fig, 193
Horns, 735
Dianthera, 737
Dianthus, 238
Atkinsoni, 243
Balbisi, 245
Heddeweggi, 243
Diapensia, 599
Diapensiacese, 599
Diascia, 706
Dicentra, 198
Dicotyledons, 30, 122
Dictamnus, 296
Didiscus cceruleus,
465
Dielijtra, 198
Dierama, 943
Diervilla, 485
amabilis, 485
canadensis, 486
Digging, 63
double, 65
Digitalis, 722
grandiflora, 722
ochroleuca, 722
Digraphis arundin-
acea, 963
Dimorphanthus
mandschuricus,
470
Dimorphotheca, 543
Dionsea, 444
Dioscoreaces, 884
Diospyros, 623
Diotis, 530
Diphylleia, 184
Diplacus cardinalis,
720
Diplopappus chryso-
phyllus, 509
leptophyllus, 509
Diplosis pyrivora,
1062
Dipsacese, 490
Dipsacus, 491
Dirca, 779
Disbudding, 1034
Discaria, 307
Disciflorae, 123, 284
Dittany, 296
Cretan, 745
Dockmackie, 478
Dodecatheon, 625
Dog's Bane, 646
Dogberry, 475
Dog Rowan Tree, 480
Dogstooth Violet, 869
Dogwood, Black, 304
Common, 475
Flowering, 474
Red Osier, 475
Round-leaved, 474
Swamp, 297
White-fruited, 473
Dondia Epipactis, 467
Donia squarrosa, 496
Doronicum, 540
Dorycnium, 335
1178
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
Double Tongue, 810
Doucin Stock, 1045
Douglas Fir, 1000
Douglasia, 624
Dovedale Moss, 422
Downingia, 555
Draba, 211
ciliaris, 212
Dracocephalum, 751
canariense, 753
cordatum, 753
speciosum, 754
variegatum, 754
virgiuiamim, 754
Dracopis amplexi-
caulis, 514
Dracwnculus vul-
garis, 954
Dragon's Head, 751
Mouth, 953
Plant, 954
Drainage, 45, 66
Drimys, 173
Dropwort, 364
Drosera, 444
Droseracese, 443
Drosophyllum, 444
Dryas, 374
Drypis, 247
Duke of Argyle's Tea
Plant, 692
Dusty Miller, 619
Dutchman's Pipe, 773
EBENACEjE, 632
Eccremocarpus, 734
Echeveria, 437
Echinacea angusti-
folia, 515
purpurea, 515
Echinops, 547
Echium, 680
Edelweiss, 507
Edraiantltus, 558
tenuifolius, 559
Edwardsia tetra-
ptera, 353
Eel-worm, 1158
Egg-cell, 6
Eglantine, 404
Eichornia, 883
Elasagnacese, 779
Elseagnus, 779
canadensis, 780
crispa, 780
e&uUs, 780
odorata edulis, 780
parvifolia, 780
reflexa, 780
rotundifolia, 780
Elder, 477
Common, 478
Dwarf, 477
Golden, 478
Hart's, 478
Parsley-leaved, 478
Scarlet-berried, 478
Elecampane, 510
Elm, 785
American, 786
Common, 786
Cornish, 786
Exeter, 786
Ford's, 786
Huntingdon, 786
Irish, 786
Red, 786
Scotch, 786
Slippery, 786
Variegated, 786
White, 786
Winged, 786
Wych, 786
Elymus, 959
Embothrium, 776
Embryo-sac, 6
Emmenanthe, 669
Empetraceae, 804
Empetrum, 805
Conradi, 805
lusitcmicum, 805
Endive, 1142
Endosmosis, 23
English Iris, 934
Enkianthus, 579
Eomecon, 195
Ephedra, 973
Epigeea, 578
Epilobium, 451
angustissimum, 452
Halleri, 452
Epimedium, 183
grandiflorum, 184
Equisetaeeae, 1023
Equisetum, 1023
Eranthis, 154
Ercilla, 767
Eremostachys, 757
Eremurus, 824
Caucasians, 825
Erianthus, 960
Erica, 580
codonodes, 581
hibemica, 581
maweana, 582
sicula, 580
vulgaris, 580
Ericaceae, 574
Erigeron, 505
Erinus, 723
lyclinidea, 718
selaginoides, 718
Eriobotrya japonica,
412
Eriocampa limacina,
1048
Eriogonum, 768
Eriophyllum ccespi-
tosum, 525
confertiflorum, 525
Eritri'chium, 673
Erodium, 287
glandulosum, 287
trilobatum, 287
Erpetion hedera-
ceum, 229
reniforme, 229
Eryngo, 465
Erysimum, 214
Erythraea, 651
Erythrina, 351
E rythrochcBte palma-
tifida, 542
Erythronium, 869
Escallonia, 434
affinis, 435
floribunda, 435
Eschscholtzia, 197
Eucalyptus, 447
Eucharidium, 455
Eucnide bartoni-
oides, 458
Eucomis, 838
Eucryphia, 371
Eugenia TJgni, 449
E alalia gracillinia,
962
japonica, 962
Eunomia, 217
Euonymus, 301
Eupatoriere, 493
Eupatorium, 494
Euphorbia, 782
Euphorbiaceae, 782
Eurybia gunniana,
505
ramulosa, 505
Traversi, 505
Euscaphis, 318
Euthamia gramini-
folia, 497
Eutoca divaricata,
668
multiflora, 668
sericea, 668
speciosa, 668
viscida, 669
wrangeliana, 668
Eve's Cushion, 422
Evening Primrose, 453
Everlasting Flowers,
507, 508, 510, 547
Pearl, 507
Yellow, 508
Exoascus deformans,
1080
Exochorda, 369
FAB A vulgaris, 1125
Fabiana, 695
Fagus, 801
Fair Maids of France,
146, 421
Kent, 146
Fairy Thimble, 722
Fallugia, 374
False Indigo, 323
Mitrewort, 426
Quince, 406
Spikenard, 813
Farfugium grande,
542
Farkleberry, 572
Farmyard manure, 74
Farsetia, 208
Fatsia, 471
Featherfoil, 604
Feather Grass, 963
Fedia, 490
Felwort, 652
Fen Rue, 138
Fennel, 468
Flower, 155
Giant, 468
Fenzlia diantliiflora ,
664
Fern, Adder's Tongue,
1022
Beech, 1020
Bladder, 1017
Brake, 1013
Bristle, 1022
Buckler, 1019
Chain, 1013
Filmy, 1021
Hard, 1013
Hart's Tongue, 1014
Holly, 1018
Killarney, 1022
Lady, 1015
Maidenhair, 1012
Male Buckler, 1019
Marsh Buckler, 1019
Mountain Bladder,
1017
Mountain Buckler,
1019
Oak, 1020
Ostrich, 1017
Parsley, 1013
Royal, 1022
Shield, 1018
Shield, Alpine, 1018
Spleenwort, 1014
Sweet, 793
Ferns, 1008
apogamy in, 1010
apospory in, 1010
Crested, 1011
cultivation of, 1011
Freaks, 1010
Hybrid, 1010
Plumose, 1011
propagation of, 1009
reproduction of,
1008
Tasselled, 1011
Ferraria, 936
Pavonia, 936
Tigridia,936
Fertilisation, 37
Ferula, 468
Fescue Grass, 960
Festuca, 960
Fetid Gladwin, 922
Feverfew, Common,
536
Ficoideae, 464
Ficus Carica, 1096
Fig Marigold, 464
Fig, the, 1096
Brown Turkey, 1097
Figwort, 149
Filbert, 798, 1099
INDEX
1179
Filices, 1008
Filmy Fern, 1021
Fingers and Toes,
1113
Fir, Balsam, 1001
Common Silver,
1004
Douglas, 1000
Fragrant, 999
Nordniann's, 1004
Bed, 1001
Scots, 995
Silver, 1001
Spanish Silver, 1004
Spruce, 996
Weeping, 991
Fire Bush, 776
First of May, 421
Fishbone Thistle, 548
Fish Guano, 76
Fitches, 155
Fitzroya, 975
Flacourtia japonica,
236
Flag, 917
Common, 923
Crimson, 943
German, 923
Sweet, 954
Water, 929
Yellow, 929
Flame Flower, 817
Nasturtium, 291
Flax, 284
New Zealand, 816
Fleabane, 505
Floating Heart, 658
Florentine Iris, 922
Floss Flower, 493
Flower border, ar-
rangement of, 84
Garden, 77
Calendar for, 1025
Flower of Love, 256
Flowering Ash, 640
Box, 573
Nutmeg, 485
Bush, 806
Flowers, 36
double, 36
forms of, 38
neuter, 38
Fly Orchis, 892
Flytrap, Venus's, 444
Foam Flower, 426
Fceniculum, 468
Fog Fruit, 740
Fontanesia, 641
Forbidden Fruit, 956
Forget-me-not, 677
Creeping, 672
New Zealand, 672
Forsythia, 637
Fortunei, 638
Sieboldi, 638
Fothergilla, 444
Foxbane, 163
Foxglove, 722
Fragaria, 376
Francoa, 428
Francoece, 428
Frankenia, 238
Frankeniaceoe, 238
Fraxinella, 296
Fraxinus, 640
acuminata, 640
alba, 640
argentea, 640
Curtisi,640
/•p/Jilrrtl, 6 lit
juglandifolia, 640
nigra, 640
pennsijl rained, 640
ml n ml ifiilia, 640
tomentosa, 640
Fremontia, 280
French Honeysuckle,
345
Lavender, 529
Marigold, 526
Willow, 452
Fringe Flower, 699
Tree, 642
Fritillaria, 857
macrophylla, 854
Fritillary, 857
Frog-bit, 883
Fruit borders, 1038
development, 39
gathering, 1044
kinds of, 39
kinds cultivated,
1042
ripeness of, 1044
room, 1039
storing, 1039
Fruit garden, 1028
calendar for, 1101
site for a, 1029
Fruit trees, nailing
up, 1034
planting, 1032
in pots, 1040
propagation of,
1042
pruning, 1031
renovating, 1040
selection of, 1035
training, 1035
Fuchsia, 455
Californian, 452
decussata, 456
magellanica, 456
Fuller's Herb, 249
Fumaria, 201
exirnia, 198
formosa, 198
Furnariacees, 198
Fumitory, 201
Funkia, 816
Furze, Common, 330
Irish, 330
Needle, 328
Tarn, 330
Fusanum Lycoper-
sici, 1139
GAGEA, 871
Gaillardia, 527
Galanthus, 906
Galax, 600
Gale, Sweet, 793
Galega, 337
Galingale, 971
Galinsoga trilobata,
Galtonia, 831
Gamopetahe, 125
Ganymede's Cup, 906
Gardener's Garters,
963
Gardoquia betonica-
folia, 753
Garidella Nigellas-
trurn, 155
Garland Lily, 904
Garlic, 1151
Garrya, 476
Gas Lime, 68
Liquor, 72
Gaultheria, 575
Gaura, 457
Gaylussaccia, 571
Gazania, 546
Gean, 358
Gelsemium, 649
Genista, 328
andreana, 332
candicans, 331
cinerea, 329
ju/ncea, 330
Eetama, 329
triangularis, 331
triquetra, 331
Gentiana, 652
arvernensis, 655
barbata, 655
Catesbai, 656
Charpentieri, 655
gaudiniana, 656
intermedia, 655
pseudo - pneumon-
itis lie, 654
trifiora, 655
Gentianese, 650
Gentianella, 652
Georgina Cervantesi,
521
Geraniaeese, 284
Geranium, 285
cristatum, 285
subcaulescens, 285
Gerbera, 552
German Flag, 933
Germander, 758
Germination of Seeds,
25
Geropogon glabrum,
554
Gesneracese, 729
Geum, 374
Ghent Azaleas, 596
Giant Fennel, 468
Gilead, Balm of, 753
Gillenia, 369
Ginger Order, 884
Ginkgo, 987
Gipsy Tree, 800
Gladiolus, 947
brenchleyensis, 949
Childsi, 949
Colvillei, 950
crocatus, 946
gandavensis, 950
Lemoinei, 951
nanceianus, 952
nanus, 952
natalensis, 948
pyramidatus, 945
ramosus, 952
Gladwin, Fetid, 922
Glaucium, 196
Glaux, 631
Glechoma hederacea,
751
Gleditschia, 354
Globe Amaranth, 764
Artichoke, 1141
Flower, 151
Thistle, 547
Globularia, 737
Glory Pea, 340
of the Snow, 837
Glossary, 1
Glossocomia clema-
tidea, 560
Gloxinia Order, 729
Glumifloras, 128
Glyceria aquatica,
963
Glycine Apios, 352
ckinensis, 338
frutescens, 338
Glyptostrobus hetero-
phyllus, 983
pendulus, 983
pensilis, 983
Gnaphalium, 507
dioicum, 507
Leontopodimn, 507
Gnetacese, 972
Goat's Beard, 364, 554
Bue, 337
Goat Thorn.Great, 344
Godetia, 453
grandifiora, 455
rubicunda, 453
vinosa, 455
Gold Knots, 146
Thread, 154
Golden Ball, 151
Bell, 637
Chain, 327
Club, 955
Drop, 681
Feather, 536
Heath, 509
Bain, 327
Bod, 496
Thistle, 553
Goldilocks, 502
Gomphrena, 764
Good King Henry, 1153
1180
PBACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
Gooseberry, the, 1092
Mite, 1094
Moth, 1094
varieties to grow,
1094
Goosefoot, 765
Mercury, 1154
Gordonia, 268
Gorse, 330
Gorteria acaulis, 545
Gourds, 460, 1156
Grafting, 52
advantages of, 57
Clay, 56
double, 57
time for, 56
Grafts, selecting, 55
Grarninese, 956
Grammanthes, 437
Grammatocarpus, 459
Grape, American
Plum, 309
Summer, 308
Chicken, 308
Fox, 309
Isabella, 309
Pear, 413
Vine, 310, 1097
Grape- Flower Vine,
337
Grass, Blue-eyed, 943
of Parnassus, 428
Sweet Vernal, 958
Grasses, 956
Greek Valerian, 665
Green Fly, 386
Greenweed, 329
Dyers, 329
Gregoria vitaliana,
'624
Grevillea, 776
Grindelia, 496
Griselinia, 476
Gromwell, 678
Ground Cistus, 584
Hemlock, 986
Ivy, 751
Laurel, 578
Nut, 351
Pine, 1024
Groundsel, 540
Growing Point, 27
Growth, 21
Guano, 75
Fish, 76
Guelder Rose, 480
Guimauve, 272
Gum Cistus, 223
Gum-tree, 447
Gunnera, 446
Gvinnocladus, 353
Gymnogramme, 1021
Gvnmolomia, 513
Gymnopsis, 513
Gymnosperms, 39,
122
Gymnotheca chi-
nensis, 774
Gijtiuiothrix latifolia,
962
Gynerium, 960
Gypsophila, 248
H
HABERLEA, 731
Hablitzia, 765
Habranthus Ancler-
soni, 909
pratensis, 911
speciosus, 911
Hackberry, 787
Hacquetia, 467
Haernodoracese, 889
Hagberry, 361
Hagweed, 469
Hair Grass, 957
Halesia, 634
Halimodendron, 341
Haloragese, 446
Hamamelidese, 444
Hamamelis, 445
Haplocarpha, 544
Hard Fern, 1013
Hardy Bamboos, 964
Harebell, 568
Australian, 558
Tufted, 558
Hare's Ear, 467
Hare's Tail Grass, 961
Harpalium, 515
Hartoghia capensis,
360
Hart's Tongue Fern,
1014
Hatchet Vetch, 335
Haw, Black, 480
Hawk's Beard, 553
Yellow, 553
Hawkweed, 553
Hawthorn, 409
Japanese, 412
Winter, 805
Hazel, 797
American, 798
Constantinople, 798
Nut, 1099
Purple, 798
Witch, 445
Heartsease, 233
Heat, and Cold, 25
Heath, 580
Cornish, 582
Cross-leaved, 582
Dorset, 581
Golden, 509
Irish, 582
Prickly, 575
St. Dabeoc's, 582
Heather, 580
Irish, 581
Scotch, 581
Hedera, 471
Hedge Nettle, 755
Hedysarum, 345
Heeling in Broccoli,
1117
Helenium, 526
grandicephalum
striatum, 527
Helenoidete, 524
Helianthemum, 226
algarvense, 227
candidum, 227
pulverulentum, 227
surreianum, 227
Helianthoidese, 511
Helianthus, 515
argophylhis, 515
cordatus, 512
lenticularis, 515
tuberosus, 1140
Helichrysum, 508
Helicodiceros crini-
tus, 953
Heliophila, 215
Heliopsis, 512
Heliotrope, 670
Winter, 539
Heliotropium, 670
grandiflorum, 671
Helipterum, 508
Sanfordi, 508
Hellebore, 152
False, 881
Manchester, 153
Oriental, 153
Scotch, 153
Stinking, 152
Sweet-scented, 153
White, 881
Helleborine, 892
Helleborus, 152
corsicus, 152
Helmet Flower, 753
Helonias, 878
asphodeloides, 878
bracteata, 882
viridis, 881
Heloniopsis, 878
Hemerocallis, 815
alba, 817
ccerulea, 817
cordata, 848
graminea, 816
plantaginea, 817
rutilans, 815
Sieboldi, 815
Hemimeris coccinea,
706
urticcefolia, 706
Hemlock, Ground, 986
Hemp Agrimony, 494
Common, 788
Tree, 741
Henbane, 687
Hepatica angidosa,
140
triloba, 141
Heracleum, 469
Herb Christopher, 164
Robert, 286
of Grace, 295
Paris, 880
Herb garden, the,
1160
Herbaceous borders,
80
planting, 82
site of, 81
Herbaceous plants,
list of, 86
blue-flowered, 92
climbers, 89
for shade, 88
red-flowered, 91
white-flowered, 90
yellow-flowered, 93
Hermodactylus tuber-
osus, 933
Herniaria, 761
Heron's Bill, 287
Hesperis, 213
tristis, 203
Hesperocordum hya-
cinthvnum, 828
Lewisi, 828
Heuchera, 427
Hibiscus, 279
africanus, 280
Hickory, 790
Brown, 791
Shell-bark, 790
Swamp, 791
White-heart, 791
Hieracium, 553
Hippeastrum, 910
Hippocrepis, 345
Hippophae, 781
Hobble Bush, 479
Hoeing, 68
Holbcellia, 179
Holcus, 960
Holly, Common, 299
Fern, 1018
Sea, 465
Hollyhock, 272
Antwerp, 272
Homeria aurantiaca,
943
Honesty, 207
Honey Flower, 317
Locust, 354
Wort, 682
Honeysuckle, 482
Azaleas, 596
Dutch, 484
Fly, 484
French, 345
Oak-leaved, 484
Swamp, 595
Trumpet, 484
Honhenya peploides,
260
Hookera coronaria,
828
Hop, 787
tree, 297
Hordeum, 961
Horehound, 1162
Horkelia congesta,
378
Horminum, 746
Hornbeam, 797
American, 797
Hop, 797
Horse Chestnut, 312
Mint, 750
Sugar, 634
Horse-radish, 1162
INDEX
1181
Horseshoe Geranium, I
289
Vetch, 345
Horsetail, 1023
Giant, 1023
Wood, 1024
Hortensia opuloides,
429
Hotbeds, 46
Hoteia japonica, 414
Hottonia, 604
House Leek, 441
Common, 443
Hen and Chickens,
443
Houstonia, 487
Houttuynia, 774
Huckleberry, 572
Squaw, 573
Hudsonia, 227
Humming Bird's
Trumpet, 452
Humulus, 787
Humus, 62
Hunnemannia, 197
Huntsman's Cup, 189
Huon Pine, 988
Hutchinsia, 220
Hyacinth, Californian,
827
Feather, 832
Grape, 832
Musk, 833
Roman, 835
Spanish, 836
Star, 839
Wild, 839
Wood, 839
Hyacinthus, 833
candicans, 832
comosus, 832
non-scriptus, 839
patulus, 840
racemosus, 833
romanus, 835
stellaris, 839
Hybridisation, 37
Hybrids, 37
Hydrangea, 429
Climbing, 431
nivea, 431
Hydrocharideae, 883
Hydrocharis, 883
Hydrocleis Commer-
soni, 806
Hydrophyllaeeae, 666
Hydrophyllum, 667
Hymenanthera, 234
Hymenathermn, 525
Hymenophyllese, 1021
Hymenophyllum, 1021
Hymenoxys califor-
nica, 524
Hyoscyamus niger,
687
orientalis, 695
scopolia, 695
Hypecoum, 198
Hypericinese, 265
Hypericum, 265
Hyssop, 1163
Hyssopus officinalis,
1163
I
IBERIDELLA, 220
Iberis, 218
Bubaiti, 218
jucwnda, 217
Ice Plant, Mil
Idesia, 236
Ilex, 299
canadensis, 301
Ilicme.e, 299
Blecebraceae, 761
Illicium, 173
a ni sat a in, 174
Immortelle, 508
Impatiens, 'i'.i l
Incarvillsea, 733
Incas, Lily of the, 91
Incense Tree, 975
Incomplete, 126
Indian Corn, 964
Cress, 290, 1163
Currant, 481
Mallow, 278
Pink, 649
Shot, 885
Indigo, 336
Bastard, 336
False, 323
Indigofera, 336
Inflorescence, 38
Inkberry, 300
Intercropping Vege-
tables, 1105
Inula, 510
Inuloidese, 507
Ionopsidium, 216
Ipomaaa, 683
Ipomopsis elegans,
664
Iresine, 764
Irideas, 917
Iris, 917
cegyptia, 931
amozna, 924
anglica, 934
Bearded, 917
Beardless, 917
bulbosapersica, 928
Bulbous, 917
Crimean, 929
Cushion, 918
decora, 927
English, 934
Florentine, 922
fragrans, 920
fugax, 931
German, 923
gigantea, 927
halophila, 923
Heldreichi, 932
hispanica, 935
imberbis, 925
Japanese, 925
juncifolia, 931
Iris —
Kcempferi, 925
liiirnta, 932
mauritanica, 925
microptera, 919
Mourning, 932
Netted, 929
nudicaulis, 920
Oncocyclus, 918
Orchid, 927
pyrenaica, 934
Regalia, 918
samaritana, 931
scorpioides, 919
Snake's Head, 933
Spanish, 985
stenogyne, 923
stylosa, 933
subbiflora, 920
tolmieana, 927
tomiolopha, 932
t rn iistagaiiii, 919
tria I at a, 919
vaga, 926
Wolf's Ear, 926
Irish Furze, 330
Heath, 582
Heather, 581
Iron Tree, 444
Weed, 493
Wood, 797
Isatis, 221
Isopyrum, 154
Itea, 435
spinosa, 237
Ivesia unguiculata,
380
Ivy, 471
Ground, 751
Irish, 472
Kenilworth, 708
Prickly, 808
Ixia, 944
crocata, 946
Ixiolirion, 913
JABOROSA, 691
' Jacks,' 241
Jacob's Ladder, 665
Jacobaea Lily, 910
Jalap Order, 759
Jamesia, 434
Jasione, 557
Jasmine, 636
Box, 641
Common White, 637
Winter, 636
Jasminum, 636
Jeffersonia, 184
Jerusalem Artichoke,
1140
Sage, 757
Willow, 780
Jessamine, 636
Cape, 646
Jew's Mallow, 370
Job's Tears, 318
Jonquil, Campernelle
902
Queen Anne's, 900,
902
Rush-leaved, 900
Sweet-scented, 900
Joss Flower, 905
Joy Weed, 763
Judas Tree, 355
Juglandeae, 790
Juglans, 791
Juncacese, 882
Juncus, 882
zebrinus, 972
June Berry, 413
Juniper, Carpet, 982
Common, 980
Frankincense, 982
Irish, 981
JuniperuB, 980
bacciformis, 981
ilumosa, 981
JtageUiformis, 980
Fortunei, 982
Japonica, 980
langoldiana, 981
procumbens, 982
prostrata, 982
reevesiana, 980
repens, 982
sabinioides, 982
tamariscifolia, 982
tetragona, 981
Jupiter's Beard, 334,
443
K
KADSURA, 177
Kaffir Lily, 943
Kainit, 74
Kale, 1116
Cottager's, 1116
Kalmia, 583
Kangaroo Apple, 688
Kaulfussia ainel-
loides, 498
Kenilworth Ivy, 708
Kerria, 370
Kidney Bean Tree, 338
Vetch, 334
Killarney Fern, 1022
King's Spear, 823
Kitaibelia, 271
Kitchen Garden, the,
1103
Calendar for, 1106
Kniphofia, 817
Tucki, 819
Knitback, 674
Kochia scoparia, 766
Kcelreuteria, 310
Knot Grass, 768
Weed, 768
Kohl-Rabi, 1118
Korolkoivia Sewer-
owi, 859
Kumquat, 298
1182
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
LABELLING, 47
Labiatse, 742
Labrador Tea, 584
Laburnum, 327
Common, 328
Purple, 327
ramentaceum, 328
Scotch, 327
Lackey Moth, 1048
Lacquer Tree, 321
Lactuca, 554
sativa, 1142
Lady Pern, 1015
Lady's Ear-drops, 455
Mantle, 381
Seal, 811
Slipper, 892
Smock, 207
Lagurus, 961
Lallemantia canes-
cens, 751
Lamarckia, 961
Lamb's Quarters, 880
Lettuce, 1161
Lamium, 756
Lantana, 738
Lantern, Chinese, 690
Lapageria, 810
Lapeyrousia, 944
Larch, Chinese, 1005
False, 1005
Golden, 1005
Lardizabala, 179
Larix, 1005
Cedrus, 996
Deodara, 995
Kmrvpferi, 1005
pabula, 996
Larkspur, 158
Eocket, 159
Scarlet, 159
Yellow, 290
Lasthenia, 524
Lastrea cemula, 1019
dilatata, 1019
Filix-Mas, 1019
rigida, 1019
Thelypteris, 1020
Lathyrus, 347
armitageanus, 348
Drummondi, 349
sylvestris platy-
phyllus, 348
Lam-el, Alexandrian,
810
American, 583
Bay, 775
Cherry, 360
Common, 360
Great American, 590
Ground, 578
Magnolia, 175
Portugal, 360
Sheep, 583
Spanish, 360
Spurge, 778
Laurel, Victor's, 775
Laureola fragrans,
298
Laurinese, 774
Laurus, 775
Sassafras, 775
Laurustinus, 480
Lavandula, 743
Lavatera, 274
Lavender, 743
Cotton, 529
French, 529
Sea, 601
Lawns, 113
manuring, 116
mossy, 116
plants for, 117
renovating old, 117
weeding, 116
Layering, 95
principle of, 60
Layia, 523
Lead Plant, 336
Wort, 604
Leaf-mould, 62
Leather Flower, 136
Jackets, 1129
Wood, 779
Leavenworthia, 207
Leaves, 32
arrangement of, 35
cuttings of, 52
evaporation from. 34
functions of, 34
structure of, 33
Lecanium persicce,
1081
Ledum, 584
Leek, 1150
Leguminosa}, 322
Leguminous Crops,
1123
Leiophyllum, 584
Lemon - scented
Verbena, 739
Lent Lily, 903
Lenten Rose, 153
Lentibularieffi, 728
Leonotis, 756
Leontice, 182
altaica, 182
Leontopodium, 507
Leopard Lily, 853
Leopard's Bane, 540
Lepachys columna-
ris, 514
pinnatifida, 515
Lepidium sativum,
1161
Lepidostemon pent-
stemonoides, 715
Leptandra virginica,
727
Leptosiphon densi-
florus, 664
parviflorus rosa-
ceus, 664
roseus, 665
Leptospermum, 447
Leptosyne, 519
Lespedeza, 346
Lesser Celandine, 148
Lettuce, 1142
Lamb's, 1161
Thistle, 554
Leucanthemum la-
castre, 534
Leucojum, 907
Leucothoe, 577
floribxmda, 579
Lobbi, 577
Lever-wood, 797
Lewisia, 263
Leycesteria, 485
Liatris, 495
propinqtia, 495
Libertia, 942
Libocedrus, 975
Light, influence of, 40
Ligularia japonica,
542
macrophylla, 542
sibirica, 543
Liguliflorese, 552
Ligu.strina amu-
rensis, 638
pekinensis, 639
Ligustrura, 642
a murense, 643
angustifolium, 643
calif or nianum, 643
glabrum, 643
Kellermanni, 643
ma gno licefo Hum,
643
myrtifolium, 643
nepalense, 644
rosmarinifolium,
643
Sieboldi, 643
spicatum, 643
strictum, 643
'syrinqceflorum, 643
villosum, 644
Lilac, 638
Common, 639
Persian, 639
Liliaceae, 808
Liliaceous Crops, 1145
Lilium, 842
autumnale, 856
Belladonna, 851
Biondi, 856
bloomerianum, 850
chinense, 856
Dalhansoni, 852
Elisabeths, 851
excelsum, 856
Isabellinum, 856
linifolium, 856
loddigesianum, 853
lucid um, 846
michauxianum, 856
nigrum, 858
nitidum, 854
odorum, 850
pumilum, 856
sinicum, 847
thomsonianum, 854
Uke-uri, 844
Lily, African, 826
Atamasco, 909
Belladonna, 912
Black, 858
Chinese Sacred, 905
Garland, 904
Jacobasa, 910
Japanese Toad, 879
Lent, 903
Leopard, 853
Madonna, 846
Mariposa, 872
Mount Etna, 908
New Zealand Water,
149
of the Field, 908
of the Incas, 915
of the Valley, 813
Orange, 848
Rockwood, 149
Saffron, 848
St. Bernard's, 826
St. Bruno's, 823
Swamp, 856, 910
Tiger, 857
Turk's Cap, 852
Lily-tree, 174
Lime, gas, 68
superphosphate of,
72
Lime-tree, 282
Ogeechee, 476
White or Silver, 281
Liming the soil, 67,
1030
Limnanthes, 292
Limnanthemum, 658
Limnocharis, 806
Limodorum tubero-
sum, 891
Linaria, 707
crassifolia, 709
elegans, 708
Lindelofia, 672
Linden, 280
Lindleya, 371
Lineee, 282
Ling, Common, 580
Linnsea, 482
Linosyris vulgaris,
502
Linum, 282
Chamissonis, 284
Lion's Ear, 756
Foot, 507
Leaf, 182
Lippia, 739
Liquidambar, 445
Liriodendron, 176
Liriope, 889
Listera ovata, 892
Lithospermum, 678
fruticosum, 679
petrceum, 679
rosmarinifolium,
679
Lizard's Tail, 774
Lloydia, 872
aurantiaca, 458
palmata, 459
INDEX
1183
Lloydia —
Placet, 458
tricolor, 458
Wallisi, 459
Loasa, 458
Loasese, 457
Lobelia, 556
littoralis, 555
Lobeliere, 555
Loblolly Bay, 268
Locust Tree, 338, 354
Clammy, 389
Lodewort, 147
Lodoicea sechellarum,
956
Logan Berry, 1087
Loganiacese, 648
Loiseleuria, 582
Lomaria, 1013
London Pride, 426
Lonicera, 482
balearica, 484
brachypoda, 483
bracteata, 488
chinensis, 484
diversifolia, 484
floribunda, 484
Fraseri, 483
halleana, 483
ivebbiana, 482
Loosestrife, 628
Purple, 451
Yellow, 680
Lopezia, 457
Loquat, 412
Loranthacea?, 781
Lords and Ladies, 953
Loropetalum, 445
Lotus, 335
Dorycnium, 335
rectus, 335
Love-in-a-Mist, 155
Love - lies - bleeding,
763
Love-tree, 355
Lubinia atropur-
purea, 629
Lucern, 333
Lunaria, 207
Lungwort, 675
Lupine, 324
Bastard, 334
Tree, 324
Lupinus, 324
albifrons, 324
arbustus, 325
hhiiiuuJatus, 326
Dunnetti, 826
grand ifolius, 326
hirsutus, 326
macrophyllus, 326
nootkatensis fruti-
cosus, 325
odoratus, 325
plumosus, 325
semiverticillatus,
326
subramosus, 326
■wlphureus, 325
texensis, 326
Luzuriaga, 810
Lychnis, 255
alba, 257
diurna, 256
Lycium, 691
Lycopodiacese, 1024
Lycopodium, 1024
Lycoris, 912
Lyme Grass, 959
Lyouia, 578
Lyre Flower, 198
Lysichitum, 955
Lysimachia, 628
capitata, 680
verticillata, 630
Lythrarieaa, 449
Lytlirum, 450
M
MAACKIA amur en-
sis, 352
Macleaya yedoensis,
195
Macrotomia, 680
Madagascar Peri-
winkle, 645
Madaria elegans, 523
Madia, 523
Madonna Lily, 846
Madwort, 213
Magnolia, 174
auriculata, 175
frondosa, 176
halleana, 176
precia, 174
soulangeana, 175
thompsoniana, 175
Thurberi, 175
tripetala, 176
Yulaii, 174
Magnoliacese, 173
Magpie Moth, 1094
Mahonia, 180
Maianthemum, 813
Maidenhair Fern,
1012
Meadow Rue, 139
Tree, 987
Maiden's Wreath, 428
Maize, 964
Malaehodendronova-
tn»i, >268
Malcolmia, 214
Male Fern, 1019
Mallow, 275
Indian, 278
Jew's, 370
Marsh, 272
Musk, 275
Poppy, 276
Tree. 274
White Jew's, 370
Malope, 271
Mains halleana, 406
Parkmaniri, 406
Malva, 275
campanulata, 276
involucrata, 276
lateritia, 277
Malvaceae, 270
Malvastrum, 277
Mamestrii brassicce,
1113
Mamillaria, 464
Mammoth Tree, 984
Mandrake, American,
185
Maim lea fastigiata,
719
multiftora, 719
Manures, 69
bone, 7:'>
farmyard, 74
for fruit trees, 1030
guano, 75
nitrogenous, 70
phosphatic, 72
potash, 73
poultry, 75
seaweed, 76
Maple, 313
Ash-leaved, 315
Bird's-eye, 317
Common, 313
Norway, 316
Scarlet, 317
Sugar, 317
Marguerite, 582
Carnations, 241
Margyricarpus, 381
Marigold, African, 526
Cape, 543
Common, 544, 1163
Corn, 535
Fig, 464
French, 526
Marsh, 150
Striped Mexican,
526
Mariposa Lily, 872
Marjoram, 744, 1163
Knotted, 1163
Pot, IKi::
Sweet, 1163
Marrow, Vegetable,
1155
Marrubium, 1162
Marsh Elder, 480
Fern, 1019
Mallow, 272
Marigold, 150
Trefoil, 658
Martynia, 735
Marvel of Peru, 760
Mask Flower, 705
Masterwort, 466
Mastich Tree, 321
Matricaria, 537
Matthiola, 201
May, 409
Apple, 185
First of, 421
Mayflower, 578
Maytenus, 303
Mazus, 721
Meadow Beauty, 449
Grass, 963
Rue, 137
Fetid, 138
Meadow Rue, Maiden-
hair, 139
Saffron, 875
Saxifrage, 421
Sweet, 363
Meconopsis, 193
Medicago, 333
Medick, 333
Medlar, 406, 1085
Japanese, 412
Medullary rays, 30
Megasea cordifolia,
419
crassifolia, 419
purpurascens, 425
Meisteria cemua, 580
Melastomaceee, 449
Melianthus, 317
Melica, 961
Melissa, 746
Melittis, 754
Melon, the, 1158
Menispermacese, 178
Menispermum, 178
Mentha, 744, 1164
Mentzelia, 458
Menyanthes, 657
Menziesia, 597
empetriformis, 582
poll folia, 582
Merendera, 877
Mertensia, 676
Mesembryanthemum,
464
Mespilus Amelan-
chier, 413
Cotoneaster, 410
germanira, 406
grandiflora, 406
Meum, 468
Mexican Marigold, 526
Mezereon, 778
Michaelmas Daisy, 500
Michauxia, 560
Micromeria, 745
Micropyle, 6
Microsj)erma bar-
tonioides, 458
Mignonette, 222
Mildew, 385
on Fruit, 1048
on Parsley, 1132
on Peaches, 1080
on Roses, 385
Milfoil, 528
Milk Thistle, Our
Lady's, 549
Vetch, 342
Milkseed, 237
Milkwort, 237
Sea, 631
Milla, 827
capitata, 828
grandiflora, 828
laxa, 829
Leichtlini, 829
peduncularis, 829
uniflora, 830
Millettia japonica,
338
1184
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
Mimulus, 719
guttatus, 720
punctatus, 720
roseus, 720
Mina lobata, 684
Mint, 744, 1162
Cat, 750
Horse, 750
Mirabelle Plum, 359
Mirabilis, 760
Miscanthus, 962
Mistletoe, 781, 1049
Mitchella, 488
Mitella, 426
Mitraria, 729
Mitre Flower, 729
Mitrewort, False, 426
Moccasin Flower, 893
Mock Orange, 432
Plane Tree, 317
Privet, 641
Mocker Nut, 791
Modiola geranioides,
in
Mohammed's Flower,
679
Molopospermum, 467
Moltkia, 679
graminifolia, 679
Molucella, 756
Monarda, 750
Moneses grandiflora,
598
Moneywort, 629, 721
Monkey Flower, 719
Monkshood, 162
Monk's Pepper Tree,
741
Monochlamydeee, 126,
759
Monocotyledons, 31,
127
Monopetalse, 125
Montanoa, 513
Montbretia aureo-
Pottsi, 946
Pottsi, 946
Moonwort, 625, 1023
Blue, 625
Moorwort, 579
Moosewood, 479
Morina, 490
Morisia, 222
Morning Glory, 683
Morphixia, 944
Morus, 789
Moth, Goat, 1052
Heart and Dart,
1120
Leopard, 1052
Magpie, 1094
Small Ermine, 1048
Winter, 1052
Mother -of • thousands,
708
Mound Lily, 893
Mountain Ash, 405
American, 405
Avens, 374
Tobacco, 540
Mountain Vine, 233
Mournful Widow, 491
Muehlenbeckia, 771
Mugwort, 538
Mulberry, Common,
789, 1100
Paper, 788
White, 789
Mulching, 69
Mulgedium, 554
Mullein, 701
Musa, 888
Muscadine, 310
Muscari, 832
Mushroom, 1166
Spawn, 1169
Musk, 720
Mallow, 275
Mustard, 1164
Mutisia, 551
Mutisiacese, 551
Mycelium, 1169
Myginda myrtifolia,
302
Myosotidium, 672
Myosotis, 677
cintra, 678
rupicola, 677
Myrica, 793
Myricacese, 792
Myricaria, 264
Myrobalan, 358
Myrrh, 467
Myrrhis, 467
Myrtacese, 447
Myrtle, 448
Bog, 793
Caudleberry, 793
Sand, 584
Myrtus, 448
N
NAIADACEJE, 805
Nailing fruit trees,
1034
Nailwort, 761
Nandina, 183
Narcissus, 893
Bunch, 905
candidissimus, 902
Gardenia, 903
hispcmicus, 901
Mogador, 897
montanus, 903
Paper White, 905
Pheasant's Eye, 903
Poet's, 903
Polyanthus, 905
Scilly White, 905
Nardosmia, fragrans,
539
Narthecium, 877
Nasturtium, 1166
Flame, 291
Golden, 290
Naumburgia thyrsi-
flora, 630
Navelwort, 437
I Navelwort, Venus's,
671
Nectarine, the, 1078
varieties to grow,
1082
Needle Furze, 328
Negundo aceroides,
315
cissifolium, 313
fraxinifoUuin, 315
nikoense, 315
Neillia, 368
Nemesia, 706
Nemophila, 667
atomaria, 667
Nepalese Laburnum,
322
Nepeta, 750
Nephrodium, 1019
monianum, 1019
Nertera, 488
Nettle Tree, 787
Neviusia, 370
New Jersey Tea, 305
New Zealand Flax,
816
Blue Bell, 558
Nicotiana, 695
angustifolia, 696
colossea, 697
gigantea, 696
havanensis, 697
latissima, 696
imdulata, 697
Nierembergia, 698
phwnicea, 697
Nigella, 155
' Niggers,' 1120
Nightshade, 687
Deadly, 687
Nine Bark, 368
Nitrate of Soda, 71
Nitrogen, 70
Uses of, 71
Nolana, 686
Nothoscordum, 830
aiireum. 830
Notospartfum, 340
Nuphar, 185
Nut, Barbary, 931
Barcelona, 798
Bitter, 791
Hazel, 1099
Hickory, 790
Mocker, 791
Pecan, 791
Spanish, 931
Nutmeg, Californian,
982
Flowering, 485
1 Nuttallia, 363
digitata, 276
Papaver, 276
: Nux vomica, 649
i Nyctagineae, 759
Nycterinia I uchnidea,
718
Nymphasa, 186
advena, 185
kalmiana, 186
Nymphasa —
semiaptera, 187
Nymphasaceae, 185
Nyssa, 476
multiflora, 477
OAK, 798
Bitter, 799
Black, 800
Champion, 800
Cork, 800
Enceno, 799
Fern, 1020
Holly, 800
Holm, 800
Hungarian, 800
Kermes, 799
Live, 799
Moss-cupped, 799
Red, 800
Scarlet, 799
Turkey, 799
Vallonea, 779
Obeliscaria pulcher-
riiua, 514
Ocimum, 1160
Ocotea californica,
775
Oenothera, 453
Lindleyi, 453
marginata, 454
Offsets', 31
Ogeechee Lime, 476
Oidium Tuckeri, 1099
Old Maid, 645
Old Man's Beard, 136,
425
Olea fragrans, 642
Oleacese, 636
Olearia, 504
Oleaster, 779
Olive, Wild, 779
Omphalodes, 671
Onagrarieas, 451
Onion, 1148
Bulb-bearing, 1149
Egyptian, 1149
maggot, 1132
Perennial, 1149
Potato, 1149
Top, 1149
Tree, 1149
Welsh, 1150
Onobrychis, 346
Onoclea, 1017
Ononis, 332
Onopordon, 548
Onosrna, 681
Onychium, 1013
Oosphere, 1009
Oospore, 1009
Ophelia alata, 657
angustifolia, 657
corymbosa, 657
paniculata, 657
Ophioglossese, 1022
Ophioglossum, 1022
INDEX
1185
Ophiopogon, 889
•plait us, 889
Ophrys apifera, 892
aranii'era, 892
museifera, 892
Opium, Poppy, 192
Orache, 1158
Orage, 1153
Orange, 298
Ball-tree, 649
Flower, Mexican ,290
Lily, 848
OrchidesB, 890
Orchids, Poor Man's,
917
Orchis, 891
Bee, 892
Fen, 892
Fly, 892
Green-winged, 892
Marsh, 891
Spider, 893
Spotted, 891
Oreodaphne call-
formica, 775
Origanum, 744, 1163
Orixa japoni.ca, 303
Ornithogalum, 842
diva ricu tit in, 823
ixioidcs, 829
liitciim, 872
Chiius europcea, 640
Orobus, 350
Orontium, 955
Orpine, 438
Osier, 803
Golden, 802
Purple, 803
Osmanthus, 641
Osmosis, 23
Osmunda, 1022
Osmundete, 1022
Osoberry, 363
Osteomeles, 413
Ostrow yskva, 559
Ostrya, 797
Oswego Tea, 750
Othonna cheiri folia ,
543
Othonnopsis, 543
Ourisia, 723
Our Lady's Milk
Thistle, 549
Ovary, 24
Ovule, 24
Oxalis, 292
Deppei, 294
rosea, 293
Ox Eye, 145
Daisy, 534
Great, 535
Oxlip, 608
Oxycoccus, 573
Oxydendron, 577
Oxytropis, 344
Oxyura chri/santhe-
moiiJrs, 523
Oyster Plant, 676
Spanish, 553
Ozothamnus, 507
PACHYSTIMA, 302
Paddock Pipes, 1023
Piiederota, 724
Pseonia, 165
al a lis, 165
Fischeri, 165
intermedia, 165
hiri uiuta, 167
lobata, 167
hi tea, 171
Mas, 166
Mo u tan, 171
Russi, 166
sessilifiora, 168
siblrica, 165
Paeony, Chinese, 168
Tree, 171
Pago la Tree, 352
Paigle, 613
Palafoxia, 525
Palava, 271
Paliurus, 303
Palm, 802
Lily, 820
Palma-Christi, 784
Palmese, 955
Palmers, Black, 1120
Pampas Grass, 960
Pancratium, 913
Panick Grass, 962
Panicum, 962
Pansy, 233
Papaver, 190
Musselli, 198
Papaveraceae, 189
Parjer Mulberry, 788
Papilionacese, 322
Paradise a, 823
Paradise Stock, 1045
Parasol Pine, 989
Parchment Bark, 236
Parenchyma, 33
Paris, 880
Green, 1126
Parnassia, 428
Parochetus, 333
Paronychia, 761
Parrot Beak, 340
Bill, 340
Parrotia, 444
Parry a, 203
Parsley, 1132
Fern, 1013
Turnip-rooted, 1133
Parsnip the, 1129
Cow, 469
Pas-ithoa, 826
Patque flower, 143
Passiiiora, 460
Passifloresa, 459
Passion Flower, 460
Paulownia, 712
Pa via discolor, 311
hybrida, 311
macros'taehya, 312
rubra, 312
Pea, the, 1123
Everlasting, 348
Lord Anson's, 348
Shamrock, 333
Sweet. :'.4.s
Tangier, 350
Tree, Siberian, 341
Peach, the, 362, 1078
borders, 1079
diseases of the, 1080
varieties to grow,
1081
Pear, the, 1059
Grape, 413
Sandy, 407
Snow, 107
varieties to grow,
1068
wild, 400
Pearl Bush, 869
Everlasting, 507
Weed, 260
Wort, 260
Pecan Nut, 791
I'eetis, 526
Pedalineae, 7:u
Pedlar's Basket, 425
Pegging down Hoses,
884
Pelargonium, 288
hedrrtrtnliii in. 288
lateripes, 288
scut at ii in, 288
Peltandra, 95 4
Peltaria, 221
Pennisetum, 962
Pennyroyal, 1164
1 'enl itemon, 712
aiiijustifuliiis, 714
at mpii r/iu reus, 714
ci/uiiaiitJtas, 714
elegans, 714
ran nthrra , 714
gentianoides, 715
Gnrdoni, 714
hirsutus, 716
mackaydnus, 716
pulchellus, 714
roseus, 714
Pepperidge, 477
Peppermint, 1164
Perilla, 744
Periploea, 647
Perisperm, 25
Periwinkle, 645
Madagascar, 645
Pernettya, 575
Persian Ranunculus,
147
Persica davidiana,
359
vulgaris, 362
Persimmon, 632
Peruvian Lily, 914
IVtaloiden?. 127
Pe'alostemon, 336
Peta sites, 589
Peter s Pence, 207
Pctroaillisjii/rriinica,
222
Pctrocoptis pgrena-
ira, -J57
Petteria, 328
Petty Whin, 328
Petunia, 097
intermedia, Too
PeucedanUm sativum,
1129
Phacelia, 668
Phut a ii qi ii in L ilia go,
826
p o m c r i d ianu m,
823
Phalari , 968
Phanerogams, 121
Pliarliitis hedcracea,
its::
li is pi i In, 683
Phaseolus multiflorus,
1127
vulgaris, 1126
Pheasant's Eye, 144
2 10
Philadelphia, 432
japonicus, 433
speciosus, 433
Philageria, 810
Philesia, 810
Phillyrea, 641
Phlomis, 757
ladniata, 758
Leonuriis, 756
Phlox, 658
canadensis, 660
card at a, 661
corymbosa, 661
crassifolia, 661
decussata, 668
Garden, 662
hit i folia, 661
longifiora, 661
pendalijiora, 661
pilosa amoena, 660
seal/ ra, 661
stolonifcra, 661
triflora, 661
undulata, 661
verna, 661
Phienix dactylifera,
956
Phormium, 816
Phosphatic manures
72
Photinia, 411
arguta, 412
Phragmidium mucro-
natum, 386
Phragmitis commu-
nis, 958
Phygelius, 711
Phyllostachys, 969
Kuinasaca, 970
Phylloxera vastatrix,
' 1099
Physalis, 690
Physochlaina, 695
Physostegia, 754
Phyteuma, 561
scorzoneriefol i u m,
562
4a
1186
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
Phytolacca. 766
Phytolaccacea?, 766
Phytophthora infes-
tans, 1136
Phijtoptus ribis, 1096
Pic'ea, 99fi
Abies, 100 t
balsa)) ca 1001
bicolor, 9 )1
bracteata, 1002
canadensis, 999
cephalonlca, 1002
concolor, 1002
Douglasi, 1000
Fraseri, 1002
grandis, 1001, 1003
lowiana, 1003
magnified,, 1033
nobilis, 1003
m o ?• <Z m a » niana,
1004
pectinata, 1004
Pichta, 1005
Pindrow, 1005
Pinsapo, 1004
religiosa, 1004
rubra, 998
smithiuna, 997
Veitchi, 1005
vulgaris, 997
ivebbiana, 1005
Pickerel Weed, 882
Picotee, 240
Pieris, 579
brassicce, 1113
rapa, 1113
Pigeon Berry 767
Pigmy Sunflower, 528
Pignut, 791
Pilewort, 149
Pilot Weed, 511
Pimpernel, 631
Bog, 632
Yellow, 629
Pincushion Flower,
491
Pine, 990
Austrian, 992
Barren Beauty, 599
Bhotan, 991
Black, 992
Calahrian, 994
Chili, 989
Cluster, 993
Corsican, 992
Huon, 988
Jerusalem, 991
Knee, 992
Lacebark, 990
Lord Aberdeen's,
993
Maritime, 993
Monterey, 991
Nut, 994
Parasol, 989, 994
Scotch, 995
Scrub, 990
Stone, 994
Strawberry, 376
Sugar, 992
Pine —
Swiss Stone, 990
Umbrella, 989
Weymouth, 994
White-bark, 990
Pinguicula, 728
Pink, 246
Amoor, 244
Bush, 246
Chinese, 243
Cushion, 251
Fire, 254
Fringed, 247
Glacier, 245
Ground, 662
Maiden, 244
Montpelier, 245
Moss, 662
Bock, 245
Boot, 649
Sweet, 247
Pinus, 990
Abies, 997
balsamea, 1001
Beardsleyi, 994
benthamianu, 994
Bolanderi, 991
Boursieri, 991
brackyptera, 994
bracteata, 1002
brv.nonia.na, 999
Brutia, 994
californica, 991
canadensis, 999
carica, 994
carpaticOi, 992
cedrus, 996
commutata, 997
concolor, 1002
deflexa, 992
Deodara, 995
devoniana, 993
Douglasi, 1000
dumoso, 999
edga riana, 993
ex'cclsa, 997
excorticata, 990
_/?■/•?««, 1002
Fraseri, 1002
grandis, 1001, 1003
hudsonica, 990
Kcempferi, 1005
Kit ut row, 997
lanceolata, 988
irtn'a;, 1005
macrocarpa, 991
maderensis, 994
maritima, 993
Menziesi, 998
Mugho, 992
?(/</;•«, 998
m^r7n., 993
nobilis, 1003
Nuttalli, 1006
occidentalis, 993
oocarpoides, 993
orient alis, 998
paroliniana, 994
parry ana, 994
pattoniana, 1000
Pinus —
Pindrow, 1005
Pumilio, 992
radiata, 991
rubra, 998
selenolcpis, 1005
sinclairiana, 994
sitchensis, 998
Skinneri, 993
s< cci ft Hi for in is, 990
taxifolia, 1000
tuberculata, 991
uncinata, 992
venusta, 1002
Pipe Tree, 638
Pipeiacere, 773
Piptanthus, 322
Pistachio Nut, 321
Pistacia, 321
Pisum sativum, 1123
Pitch-tree, Burgundy,
997
Pittosporeas, 236
Pittosporum, 236
chinense, 236
Plagianthus, 277
Plane, American, 789
Common, 790
London, 790
Mock, 317
P?« »em «cm w< inata,
787
crenata, 787
Plant-cells, 22
foods, 69
Plantain Lily, 816
Water, 805
Plants, classification
of, 120
life history of, 21
natural orders of,
121
Plasmodiophora
Brassica>, 1113
Platanacese, 789
Platanus, 789
Platycodon, 559
Platycrater, 433
Platystemon, 190
Platijstylis cyan us,
350
Pleurisy-root, 648
Plum, the, 1069
Ameiican wild, 357
Chickasaw, 358
Common, 359
diseases of the, 1071
Fir, 988
gumming, 1071
Mirabelle, 359
Sand, 363
Tortrix, 107
varieties to grow,
1071
weevil, 1071
Plumbaginea3, 600
Plumbago, 604
Plumule, 11
Pneumonanthe
Kurroo, 654
Poa, 963
Podali/ria Inpinoides,
323
Podocai'pese, 988
Podocnrpus andina,
988
coriacea, 985, 987
koraiana, 985
Podolepis, 509
chrysantha, 509
Podophyllum, 185
Poison Dogwood, 321
Elder, 321
Ivy, 320
Oak, 320
Sumach, 321
Poke Weed, 766
Polar Plant, 511
Polemoniacese, 658
Polemonium, 665
piilcherrinmm, 666
Bichardsoni, 666
villosum, 666
Polianthes, 915
Polyanthus, 620
Polygala, 237
Polygalese, 237
Polygonacese, 767
Polygonatum, 811
Polygonum, 768
adpressum, 772
Brunonis, 768
Sieboldi, 709
Polymnia grandis, 51
Polypetahe, 122
Polypodiaccse, 1012
Polypodium, 1020
Polypody, Common,
1021
„ Limestone,
1020
Pohjpteris hooker-
iana, 525
texana, 525
Polystichum aculea-
turn, 1018
angulare, 1018
Lonchitis, 1018
Pomes, 405
Pomegranate, 451
Pondweed, Capo, 805
Pontederia, 882
Pontederiacese, 882
Poor Man's Orchids,
917
Poplar, 803
Balm of Gilead, 804
Balsam, 804
Black, 804
Carolina, 804
Grey, 803
Lombardy, 804
Necklace, 804
Ontario, 804
Tacamahac, 804
White, 803
Poppy Anemone, 140
Bristly, 192
Calil'ornian, 190, 197
Carnation, 192
INDEX
1187
Poppy —
Celandine, 195
Corn, 192
Cyclamen, 195
Danebrog, 192
French, 192
German, 192
Horned, 196
Iceland, 191
Mallow, 276
Opium, 192
Oriental, 191
Pseony-flowered, 192
Picotee, 192
Plume, 195
Prickly, 193
Ranunculus, 192
Shirley, 192
Tree, 196
Tulip, 191
Welsh, 194
White Bush, 190
Populus, 803
canadensis, 801
grceca, 801
monilifera, 804
nivea, 803
PortOriord Cedar, 978
Portugal Cahbage,
1115
Laurel, 360
Quince, 408
Portulaca, 261
Portulaceae, 261
Potash manures, 73
Potato, the, 1133
disease, 1136
from seed, 1134
manures for, 135
spraying, 1136
Tree, 688
Potentilla, 376
Boccom, 377
formosa, 379
insignis, 378
minima, 379
pedata, 379
pedemontana, 378
Potentilleoe, 373
Poteriere, 381
Pourthise.i, 412
Prairie Clover, 336
Dock, 511
Pratia, 555
Pretty Betsy, 490
Pretty Face, 829
Prickly Ash, 296
Comfrey, 673
Heath, 575
Rhubarb, 446
Prickwood, 474
Pride of California, 349
Rochester, 431
Primrose, 604
Bird's-eye, 608
Common, 617
Fairy, 611
Japanese, 010
Primula, 604
acaulis, 617
Primula —
wncnsis, 607
amirna, 615
ca ndolleana, 610
cash mi nana, 607
Ohi n '■chilli, 605
Freyeri, 607
hum His, 614
jellenkiana, 607
luiiijifiiUa, 606
hdea, 606
viacrophylla, 606
■minima hybrida,
609
minima pnbescens,
616
Munroi, 610
pocuH/ormis, 612
pusilla, 612
ccris, 613
rillosa, 617
Primulacea>, 604
Primulina, 729
Prince's Feather, 763
Prvnoa glaber, 300
Privet, 642
Common, 644
Golden, 643
Mock, 641
Propagation, 41
by budding, 58
by cuttings, 48
by division, 60, 100
by grafting, 52
by layering, 59
by seeds, 24, 42
by suckers, 60
Prophet Flower, 679
Proteacese, 776
Prothallium, 1009
Prothallus, 1009
Protoplasm, 22
PrumnppityB, 988
Prunes), 356
Prunella, 754
Pruning —
Fruit trees, 1031
How to prune, 1033
Ornamental trees,
105
Roots, 1031
Roses, 384
Summer, 1034
When to prune, 1034
Prunopsis Lindleyi,
363
Prunus, 856
baldschuanica, 360
Bungci, 860
cornuta, 361
domcstica, 359
insititia, 359
?nirobalana, 359
nigra, 357
paniculata, 362
pattoniana, 861
Pissardi, 858
pruneauliana, 859
sinensis, 360
spinosa, 359
Pseudcegle sepiaria,
298
Pseudolarix, 1005
Pseudotsuga, 1000
taxifolia, 1000
Psoralea, 335
Ptelea, 297
Pteris, 1013
Pterocarya, 792
Pterostyrax corym-
bosum, 634
hispidum, 634
Puccoon, Red, 195
Pulmonaria, 675
da hurica, 676
maritima, 676
paniculata, 676
sibirica, 676
virginica, 676
Pulsatilla alpina, 140
Halleri,Ul
prate nsis, 143
vernalis, 144
vulgaris, 143
Punica, 451
Purple Loosestrife, 451
Scabious, 491
Purshia, 373
Purslane, 261
Rock, 261
Puschkinia, 837
Pyracanth, 409
Pyrethrum, 535
frutcsccns, 532
uliginosum, 535
Pyrola, 598
l'yius, 405
Botryapinm, 413
cratcegifulia, 407
Jcnnicu. 407
ftoribunda, 405
lanata, 407
nepalensis, 407
Pyxidanthera, 599
QUAKING GRASS,
959
Quamash, 841
Queen of the Meadows,
365
Queen of the Prairie,
364
Queen Stock, 203
Qucrcus, 798
Buergeri, 799
Gramuntia, 800
pamionica, 800
Ungeri, 799
Quick, 408
Quillajere, 871
Quince, 407, 1085
Apple-shaped, 1085
False, 406
Japanese, 406, 412
Pear-shaped, 1085
Portugal, 408, 1085
R
RABBIT BERRY,
781
Radish, the, 1120
Java, or Rat's Tail,
1121
Ragged Robin, 256
Ragweed, 540
Ramondia, 730
Rampion, 567
Homed, 561
Ram's Foot, 147
Ranunculaceee, 131
Ranunculus, 146
Persian, 147
Turban, 147
Turkey, 147
Raphanus caudatus,
1121
Raphanistrum, 1120
sativus, 1120
Raspberry, the, 1085
Black, 373, 1089
varieties to grow,
1087
Virginian, 373
Reaumur i a, 265
Red Bryony, 461
Buckeye, 312
Campion, 256
Hot Poker, 817
Ink Plant, 767
Morocco, 145
Puccoon, 195
Spider, 1157
Valerian, 490
Wood, Californian,
984
Reed, 958
Reedmace, 953
Relnnannia, 721
Reineckia, 814
Reseda, 222
Resedacete, 222
Respiration. 34
Rest Harrow, 332
Betinospora ericoides,
980
leptoclada, 980
obtusa, 979
pi si f era, 979
Rhamneae, 303
Rhamnus, 304
oleifolius, 304
scandens, 304
ntilis, 304
volubilis, 304
Rhaphiolepis, 412
Rhazya, 645
Rheum, 770, 1154
Rhexia, 449
Bhinopetalum Kare-
lini, 858
Rhodanthe Mangiest,
508
Bhodiola rosea, 440
1188
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
Ifhodocistus berfho-
letianus, 224
Rnododendron, 585
argenteum, 589
Chamceeistus, 584
C u n ningha m ' 8
White, 587
flavum, 594
Gibsoni, 589
Hybrids, 592
minus, 591
rhombicum, 595
Bhodora canadensis,
591
Rhodothamnus, 584
Rhodotypos, 370
Rhubarb, 770, 1154
False, 138
Rhus, 319
ca/roliniana, 320
coccinea, 320
elegans, 320
sanguinea, 320
suaveolens, 319
vernix, 321
Bhynchites cupreus,
1071
iJ/ty ncho sper m u m
jasminoides, 646
Ribbon Grass, 963
Ribes, 436
Beatoni, 436
floridum, 436
inebrians, 436
Loudoni, 436
missouriense, 436
Ricep.iper Plant, 471
Richardia, 955
athiopica, 955
Ricinus, 784
Ridge Cucumber, 1158
Ridging-up, 65
Roast Beef Plant, 922
Robinia, 338
ambigua, 338
bella-rosea, 339
echinat'a, 338 -
glutinosa, 339
Halodendron, 341
jubata, 342
Rock Broom, 328
Rockery, facing, 97
sunk, 98
Rocket, 213
Cress, 216
Double Yellow, 205
Rockfoil, 415
Rock garden, the, 9G
plants for, 102
Rock Rose, 223
Tobacco, 729
Rockwood Lily, 149
Rodgersia, 415
Rohdea, 814
Romanzoffta, 669
Romneya, 190
Root, the, 26
cap, 27
cuttings, 51
division of, 60
Root, functions of, 27
hairs, 27
kinds of, 28
pressure, 28
pruning, 1031
Rosa, 382
arvensis, 404
berbert '< folia, 404
Brunoni, 403
Ecce, 405
Eglanteria, 402
lutescens, 402
Lyelli, 402
pimpuiellifolia, 404
pisiformis, 403
pol yantha, 403
rubrifolia, 401
sulphurea, 402
Rosacea?, 355
Roscoea, 884
Rose, 382
Alpine, 589
Apple, 404
Ayrshire, 398
Banksian, 396
Bay, 452, 584
Bengal, 394
Bourbon, 394
Boursalt, 395
Burnet, 404
Button, 402
Cabbage, 395, 401
Campion, 255
Carolina Swamp,401
Cherokee, 402
China, 394, 402
Christmas, 152
Climbing, 400, 404
Damask, 397, 401.
Dawson, 403
Dog, 401
Evergreen, 398
French, 398
Green, 402
Hybrid Perpetual,
386
Japanese, 404
Lenten, 153
Macartney, 401
Monthly, 394
Moss, 395
Multiflora, 397, 403
Musk, 403
Noisette, 393
of Heaven, 255
of Sharon, 266
Polyantha, 397
Portland, 386
Prairie, 404
Provence, 395, 401
Ramanas, 404
Rock, 223
Root, 440
Scotch, 404
Sweet Briar, 398
Tea, 389
Hybrid, 392
Wild, 400
York and Lancaster,
397, 398
Rosemary, 750
Wild, 579
Roses, budding, 385
diseases of, 385
pegging down, 384
propagation of, 384
pruning, 384
rust on, 386
Rosin Plant, 511
Rosmarinus, 750
Rotation of crops, 1104
Rowan-tree, 405
Dog, 480
Royal Cowslip, 610
Fern, 1022
Rubese, 371
Rubiaceas, 486
Rubus, 371
Rudbcckia, 514
angustifolia, 515
Chrysomela, 514
Newmanni, 515
Rue, Anemone, 138
Common, 295
Fen, 138
Bum ex Hydrolopa-
thum, 768
Runners, 31 .
Rupture Wort, 761
Ruscus, 810
racemosus, 810
Rush, Flowering, 806
Rush Lily, 943
Rust on Roses, 386
Ruta, 295
Rutacees, 295
SAFFLOWER, 551
Saffron Thistle, 551
Sage, 746, 1164
Jerusalem, 757
of Bethlehem, 675
Sagina, 260
Sagittaria, 806
Salicineae, 802
Salisburia adianti-
folia, 987
Salix, 802
acutifolia, 802
pendula, 802
villarsiana, 803
Sallow, 802
Thorn, 781
Salmon Berry, 373
Salpiglossis, 700
integrifolia, 697
Salsafy, 1145
Salt Tree, 341
Salvia, 746, 1164
acuminata, 747
colorans, 749
colorata, 748
maerantha, 748
pat ula, 747
Pitcheri, 747
porphyrata, 749
spectabilis, 748
Sambucus, 477
californica, 478
Samolus, 632
Sand Myrtle, 584
Plum, 363
Verbena, 760
Sandwort, 259
Sanfoin, 346
Sanguinaria, 195
Sanicle, Bear's Ear,
624
Sautolina, 529
Sanvitalia, 512
Sapindacese, 310
Saponaria, 249
Sarcocapnos, 200
Sarmienta, 729
Sarracenia, 189
Sarraceniaceae, 188
Sassafras, 775
Satin Flower, 827, 943
Satureia, 1165
Saururus, 774
Savin, Common, 981
Savory, 1165
Savoy Cabbage, 1115
Saxegothasa, 988
Saxifraga, 415
afghanica, 425
bifiora, 424
ceratophylla, 426
granatensis, 421
intacta, 417
Koclii, 424
paradoxa, 425
retusa, 424
rudolphiana, 424
speciosa, 426
Wallacei, 419
Saxifrageae, 414
Scabiosa, 491
Scabious, Purple, 491
Sheep's, 557
Sweet, 491
Scammony, 686
Scarboro' Lily, 913
Scarlet Runner Beans
1127
Schizandra, 176
Schizanthus, 699
Schizocodon, 600
Schizoneura lani-
gera, 1046
Schizopetalon, 213
Schizophragma, 431
Schizostylis, 943
Schouwia, 217
Sciadopitys, 989
Scilla, 838
amama sibirica, 840
amcemda, 840
campanulata, 840
Clusi, 840
hemisphmrica, 840
pat ula, 840
pumila, 840
uniftora, 840
Scions, 55
Scirpus, 972
Scitaininese, 884
INDEX-
1189
Scolopendrium, 1014
Scolymus, 552
Scopolia, 694
Scorpion Senna, 345
Scorzonera, 1145
Scots Fir, 995
Scrophularinere, 701
Scutellaria, 753
Scyphanthits elegans,
459
Sea Buckthorn, 781
Heath, 238
Holly, 465
Kale, 221, 1121
Lavender, 601
Pink, 603
Weed Manure, 76
Seeurigera, 335
Sedge, 971
Sedum, 438
albescens, 440
altissimiun, 440
carneum varie-
gatum, 440
collinum, 440
dentatum, 441
denticulatum, 441
elegans, 440
Fabaria, 441
formosum, 439
involucratuni, 440
lividum, 439
neglectum, 439
selskyanum, 439
spurium, 441
virens, 440
Seed, 24
covering, 43
germination of, 25
how to sow, 45
leaves, 25
soil for, 43
sowing, 42, 45
vitality of, 26
Seed-beds, 44
Seedlings, thinning, 46
pricking out, 46
Selaginese, 737
Selenia, 208
Self-heal, 754
Sempervivum, 441
californicum, 442
Camollci, 442
cornutum, 441
globiferum, 442
italicum, 442
piliferum, 442
JRequieni, 443
Moyeni, 442
rusticaniuii, 442
Seguieri, 442
spinosum, 438
Senecio, 540
unifiorus, 542
Senecionoideae, 539
Senna Scorpion, 345
Wild, 354
Sequoia, 984
Setter Wort, 152
Shallot, 1151
Shamrock Pea, 333
Four-leaved, 334
Sheep Berry, 479
Laurel, 583
Sheep's Scabious, 557
Shepherdia, 781
Shield Fern, 1018
Alpine, 1018
Prickly, 1018
Shoes and Stockings,
337
Shooting Stars, 625
Shortia, 600
Siberian Cherry Crab,
406
Sibthorpia, 721
Sida, 278
Sidalcea, 276
Sicversia paradoxa,
374
trifiora, 376
Silene, 250
Cucubalus, 252
paradoxa, 253
Silk Grass, 821
Vine, 647
Silphium, 511
Silver Bell Tree, 634
Berry, 780
Fir, 1001
Low's, 1003
Grain, 30
Leaf, 1071
Tree, Missouri, 780
Weed, 377
Silybum, 549
Siniarubea?., 298
Sinapis, 1164
Sisyrinchium, 943
Sitka Water Leaf, 669
Skimmia, 297
Skull Cap, 753
Skunk Cabbage, 955
Sleeping Disease, 1139
Slipper Flower, 703
Sloe, 359
Slugworms, 1048
Small Ermine Moth,
1048
Smilacina, 812
bifolia, 813
canadensis, 813
Smilax, 808
Smoke Plant, 319
Snake-root, 495, 768
Black, 164
Canadian, 772
Seneca, 238
Snake's Beard, 889
Snake's Head, 859
Snapdragon, 710
Snowball-tree, 480
Snowberry-tree, 481
Snowdrop, 906
Tree, 634
Snowflake, Spring, 988
Summer, 908
Snow Wreath, 370
Soap Plant, 823
Tree, 353
Soapwort, 249
Social Caterpillars,
1048
Soft Grass, 96]
Sogalgina, 523
Soil, the, 61
improving the, 63
kinds of, 01
liming the, 67, 1030
Solanacece, 687
Solanaceous Crops,
1133
Solanura, 687
abyssinicum, 689
Balbisi, 690
Bird, 688
Commersoni, 1133
(/< rurrens, 690
etuberosum, 1133
fragrans, 690
lacmiatum, 688
Lycopersicum, 1137
macranthum, 689
Maglia, 1133
niveuni, 688
racemifioriim, 1140
sanguineum, 687
tuberosum, 1133
Soldanella, 625
Solidago, 496
altissima, 497
fragrans, 497
Solomon's Seal, 811
False, 812
Soot, 72
Sophora, 352
Sorbus americana,
405
chainicmespilus,iQ&
domestica,, 407
Sorrel Tree, 577
Wood, 292
Sour Gum, 477
Southernwood, 53<r<
Sowbread, 626
Spadiciflora?, 128, 952
Spanish Chestnut,800,
1100
Iris, 935
Oyster Plant, 553
Sparaxis, 946
pideherrima, 943
Sparganium, 953
Sparlianthus
junceus, 330
Spartium, 330
eetnenge, 328
rad iatum, 329
Spearmint, 1164
Spearwort, Greater,
149
Specularia, 569
Speedwell, 724
Great Virginian,
727
Hungarian, 727
Rock, 727
Spergula pilifera,
260
Spermatozoids, 1009
Sphan-otheca pan-
nosa, 385, 1080
Sphenogyne speciosa,
544
Spider Orchis, 892
Spiderwort, 807
Spigelia, 649
Spignel, 468
Spinach, 1152
Beet, 1152
Mountain, 1153
New Zealand, 1154
Spinaciaoleracea, 1152
Spindle Tree, 301
Spines, 32
S/ii nuoitisDavidi, 309
Spiraea, 363
a It, lira, 367
a in ii rensis, 368
Anthony Waterer,
367
aricejolia, 366
bcvrbata, 414
Boursieri, 366
Bumalda, 307
niUnsa, 367
cnpitattt, 369
ceanothifolia, 366
chinensis, 368
confttsa, 367
ruri/iiibosa, 366
crispifolia, 366
flagellata, 367
Fort line i, 367
grandiflura, 369
incisa, 369
jiipunica, 414
kumaonensis, 366
laxiflora, 368
in, ■Jul rotnniiifolia,
366
Menziesi, 366
monogyna, 369
niiiltiflora alba, 365
oblongifolia, 367
opulifolia, 368
reevcsiana, 366
riiaiiiiiifolia, 368
trifolia'ta, 370
Spleenwort, 1014
Black Maidenhair,
1014
Forked, 1016
Maidenhair, 1016
Scaly, 1015
Sea, 1016
Smooth Rock, 1015
Wall Rue, 1016
Spongiole, 27
Spraguea, 263
Spray Bush, 366
Sprekelia, 910
Spring Bell, 943
Spruce, American
Blue, 998
Black, 998
Fig, 996
Hemlock, 999
Himalayan, 997
Norway, 997
1190
Practical guide to garden plants
Spruce —
Prince Albert's, 999
Red, 998
Servian, 998
Tide-land, 998
Tiger-tail, 998
White, 997
Spur Valerian, 489
Spurge, Caper, 783
Cypress, 783
Laurel, 778
Squaw Huckleberry,
573
Squill, 838
Striped, 837
Squirrel-tail Grass,
961
St. Anthony's Nuts,
318
St. Bernard's Lily, 826
St. Bruno's Lily, 823
St. John's Staff, 770
St. John's Wort, 265,
426
St. Martin's Flower,
915
St. Patrick's Cabbage,
426
St. Peter's Wort, 481
Stachycarpus an-
dina, 988
Stachys, 755
tuberifera, 1159
Stachyurus, 268
Staff Vine, 302
Stanleya, 215
Staphvlea, 318
Starflower, 630
Spring, 830
Yellow, 909
Starwort, 500
Star of Bethlehem, 842
Yellow, 872
Statice, 601
agyptiaca, 603
Ararati, 601
Armeria, 603
Fortunei, 602
Stauntonia, 179
Stem, the, 29
kinds of, 31
structure of, 29
Stenactis speciosa,
506
Stephanandra, 369
Stephanotis Order, 646
Sterculiacese, 280
Stembergia, 908
latifolia, 909
Stipa, 963
Stobaa purpurea, 546
Stock, 52
Crab, 1045
de la Griff erae, 385
Dog Rose, 385
Doucin, 1045
influence of, 57
Manetti, 385
Paradise, 1045
polyaatha, 3cJ5
Stocks, Brompton, 202
East Lothian, 202
Intermediate, 202
Night-scented, 203
Queen, 203
Ten Week, 201
Virginian, 214
Wallflower - leaved,
203
Stokesia, 493
Stolons, 31
Stomata, 33
Stonecrop, 438
Storax, 635
Storing Fruit, 1039
Stork's Bill, 287, 288
Stranvsesia, 412
Stratiotes, 883
Strawberries in pots,
1090
Strawberry, 376, 1089
Barren, 376
Blight, 765
Bush, 301
Perpetual, 1091
Raspberrv, 1089
Tree, 574
varieties to grow,
1091
Strephanthus, 206
Stropholirion cali-
fornieum, 830
Struthiopteris ger-
manica, 1017
Strychnine Order, 648
Stuartia, 268
Stud Flower, 878
Stylophorum, 194
Styphnolobium japo-
nicum, 352
Styracese, 633
Styrax, 635
Suckers, 60
Sugar, Horse, 634
Amber, 266
Sulphate of Ammonia,
72
Sulphate of Copper,
1136
Sumach, 319
Fern-leaved, 320
Red Lac, 320
Stag's Horn, 320
Venetian, 319
Sunflower, 515
Pigmy, 518
Sun Plant, 261
Superphosphate, 72
Swallowwort, 196, 647,
653
Swamp Dogwood, 297
Lily, American, 774
Saxifrage, 424
Swan River Daisy, 497
Suede Turnip, 1119
Sweet Amber, 266
Bay, 775
Briar, 398, 404
Buckeye, 311
Chestnut, 800, 1100
Sweet Cicely, 467
Fern, 793
Flag, 954
Gale, 793
Gum, 446
Herbs, 1160
Leaf, 634
Maudlin, 528
Pea, 348
Scabious, 491
Sultan, 551
Yellow, 551
Vernal Grass, 958
Viburnum, 479
Violet, 230
William, 238
Swertia, 657
Sword Lily, 947
Sycamore, 317
Symphoricarpus, 481
Symphyandra, 570
Symphytum, 673
Symplocarpus foeti-
dus, 955
Symplocos, 633
Synthyris, 723
Syringa, 638
dubia, 638
rothomagensis, 638
TABEBNM-
MONTANA
amsonia, 645
Tagetes, 525
corymbosa, 526
Tamariscinese, 264
Tamarisk, 264
Tamarix, 264
Tamils communis, 884
Tanacetum, 537
Tansy, 537
Tarragon, 1165
Tassel Bush, 476
Taxacese, 985
Taxeae, 985
Taxodieae, 982
Taxodium, 983
adscendens, 983
japonicum, 982
mexicanum, 983
microphyllum, 983
Montezuma, 983
sempervirens, 984
sinense, 983
Taxus, 985
adpressa, 985
baeeata, canaden-
sis, 986
Boursieri, 986
Mj/rringtonia, 985
j iponica, 985
dndleyana, 986
sinensis, 985
tardiva, 985
Tcliihatchewia, 220
Tea Plant, Duke of
Argyle's, 692
Tea Tree, New Jersey,
305
Teasel, 491
Fuller's, 491
Tecoma, 732
Tecophiiasa, 889
Telekia speciosa, 511
Tellima, 426
Tenby Daffodil, 901
Tendrils, 31
Tephritis onopor-
dinis, 1129
Ternstrcemiaceee, 267
Tetraclinis articu-
lata, 975
Tetragonia expansa,
1154
Teucrium, 758
Thalamiflorse, 122
Thalia, 884
Thalictrum, 137
Thamnocalamus
Falconeri, 966
spathiflorus, 968
Thelesperma, 522
Thermopsis, 823
fabacea, 323
nepalensis, 322
Thimbleberry, 373
Thistle, Blessed, 551
Charlemagne's, 547
Cotton, 548
Fishbone, 548
Globe, 547
Golden, 553
Our Lady's Milk,
549
Saffron, 551
Thladiantha, 451
Thlaspiarabicum, 217
Thorn Apple, 692
Box, 691
Cockspur, 408
Common, 694
Egyptian, 693
Evergreen, 409
Glastonbury, 409
Haw, 409
Scarlet-fruited, 408
Tansv-leaved, 409
Washington, 408
Thorns, 32
Great Goat, 344
Thrift, 003
Prickly, 601
Throatwort, 564, 570
Thunbergia, 735
Thuya, 976
chilensis, 975
craigiana, 975,976
gigantea plicata
977
Lobbi, 976
Menziesi, 976
obtusa, 979
occiueutalis pli-
cata, 977
pisifera, 979
Standishi, 976
warreana, 977
INDEX
1191
Thuyopsis dolabrata,
976
Thyme, 745, 1165
Cat, 758
Thymelreacem, 777
Thymus, 745
Thyrna/nthua frutes-
eens, 338
Tiarella, 4'26
Tiger Flower, i)35
Peacock, 936
Lily, 857
Tigridia, 935
Tilia, 281
alba, 2*1
pendula, 281
americana pen-
dula, 281
argentea pendula,
281
europcea, 282
grandifolia, 281
intermedia, 282
laciniata, 282
microphylla, 281
parvifolia, 281
idmifolia, 281
Tiliacere, 280
Tinea corticella, 1087
Tipula oleracea, 1129
Toadflax, 707
Common, 710
Toad Lily, Japanese,
879
Tobacco, 695
Mountain, 540
Rock, 729
Tolmiea, 428
Tolpis barbata, 553
Tomato, The, 1137
Cherry, 1140
Currant, 1140
disease, 1139
Fig, 1140
Pear-shaped, 1140
Tree, 690
Toothache-tree, 296
Topiary work, 784
Torch Lily, 817
Torreya, 986
Tortoise-shell Bam-
boo, 970
Touch-me-not, 294
Toumefortia helio-
tropoides, 671
Tovaria oleracea, 812
Trachelium, 570
Trachelospermum, 646
Trachycarpus, 956
Trachymene, 465
Trachystemon, 674
Tradescantia, 807
Tragopogon, 554
porrifolius, 1145
Training Fruit Trees,
1035
Bush, 1036
Cordon, 1038
Espalier, 1037
Fan, 1037
TrainingFruit Trees —
Pyramid, 1035
Standard, 1036
Vase, L036
Transpiration, 34
Traveller's Joy, 131,
136
Treasure Flower, 546
Tree of Heaven, 299
Mallow, 274
Pa?ony, 171
Tomato, 690
Trees and Shrubs, 104
Evergreen, 111
List of, 107
Pruning, 105
Trefoil, 333
Marsh, 658
Trenching, 65
Trichomanes, 1022
Tricyrtis, 879
Tridax, 523
Trientalis, 630
Trifolium, 333
Trilisa odoratissima,
495
Trillium, 880
Triteleia Bridgesi,
828
gracilis, 828
grandiflora, 828
Howelli, 828
laxa, 820
peduncularis, 829
uuijlura, 830
Tritoma pumila, 819
Hooperi, 819
Uvaria, 818
Tritoma, 946
aurea, 945
Trollius, 151
americanus, 151
Tropseolum, 290, 1163
aduncum, 291
canariense, 291
Trottles, 673
Trumpet Creeper, 733
Flower, 692, 732
Leaf Order, 188
Weed, 495
Tsuga, 999
Douglasi, 1000
hookeriana, 1000
Tuberose, 915
Tulip, 860
Breeder, 861
Darwin, 865
Feathered, 861
Flamed, 861
Green, 869
Lady, 866
Parrot, 864
Tree, 176
Tulipa, 860
breyniana, 865
celsiana, 865
cornuta, 865
fransoniana, 866
Minerva, 868
turcica, 865
Tunica, 247
Tupa Feuillei, 557
Tupelo Tree, 476
Water, 476
Turban Ranunculus,
147
Turk's Cap Lily, 852
Turkey's Beard, 878
Turnip Flea, 1120
Moth, 1120
Sawfly, 1120
Turnip, 1119
-rooted Cabbage,
1119
-rooted Parsley,
1133
Swede, 1119
Turnsole, 670
Turpentine Tree, 321
Turtle Head, 712
Tussilago, 539
Tutsan, Common, 266
Twayblade, 892
Twin-flower, Scarlet,
916
Typha, 953
Typhacese, 952
u
ULEX, 830
Ulmus, 785
Umbelliferse, 464
Umbelliferous Crops,
1128
Umbellularia, 775
Umbilicus semper-
vivum, 438
Umbrella Leaf, 184
Pine, 989
Plant, 424
Tree, 176
Ungnadia, 312
Unicorn Plant, 735
Ursinia, 544
Urticaceae, 785
Utricularia, 728
Uvularia, 879
hirta, 879
VACCINIACE^E, 571
Vaccinium, 572
diffusum, 572
dumosum, 571
frondosum, 571
macrocarpum, 573
maderense, 573
Oxycoccus, 573
parviflorum, 571
resinosum, 571
Sprengeli, 572
Valerian, Cat's, 489
Greek, 665
Red, 490
Spur, 489
Valeriana, 488
Valerianeee, 488
Valerianella olitoria,
1161
eriocarpa, 1161
Vallota, 913
Vancouveria, 183
Vanilla Plant, 495
Varnish-tree, 321
Vegetable Garden,
the, 1103
Calendar for, 1106
Crops, Rotation of,
1104
Vegetable Marrow,
1155
Oyster, 1145
Vegetables, inter-
cropping, 1105
Vella, 216
Venetian Sumach, 319
Venidium, 545
Venus's Fly-trap, 444
Looking-glass, 569
Navelwort, 671
Veratrum, 881
Verbascum, 701
ferrugineum, 702
Verbena, 740
Auricula - flowered,
740
Lemon-scented, 73
Sand, 760
triphylla, 739
Verbenacese, 738
Verbesina, 517
Coreopsis, 517
Vernal Grass, Sweet,
958
Vernonia, 493
Vernonieee, 493
Veronica, 724
amethystina, 726
Candida, 726
canescens, 726
decussata, 725
lycopodioides, 725
neglecta, 726
taurica, 726
Vervain, 740
Vesicaria, 209
Vetch, Bitter, 350
Cow, 347
Hatchet, 335
Horseshoe, 345
Kidney, 334
Milk, 342
Tufted, 347
Viburnum, 478
alnifolium, 479
Awafuki, 480
cordifolium, 479
edule, 480
Fortunei, 479
Eeteleeri, 479
montanum, 479
nitidum, 479
Oxycoccus, 480
reticulatum, 480
Vicia, 347
1192
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS
Vicia Faba, 1125
oroboides, 350
Victoria Regia, 18G
Villarsia, 658
crista galli 657
nympha?oides, 658
Vinca, 645
actiUflora, 646
Vine, 307
Bower, 136
diseases of the, 1099
Grape, 1097
Hop-leaved, 309
Mountain, 233
Staff, 302
Wonga-Wonga, 733
Vinegar-tree, 320
Viola, 228
dentata, 232
flabdlata, 231
flabellifolia, 231
umbrosa, 232
Violarieas, 227
Violet, 228
Bird's Foot, 231
Bog, 729
Damask, 213
Dame's, 213
Dog, 229
Dog's-tooth, 869
Neapolitan, 230
Parma, 230
Russian, 232
Sweet, 230
Water, 604
Wood, 232
Viper's Bugloss, 681
Virgilia luted, 352
Virginian Cowslip, 676
Creeper, 309
Stock, 214
Virgin's Bower, 131
Viscariaoculata, 257
Viscum, 781
Vitex, 741
Vitis, 307
dissecta, 308
monticola, 308
Vittadinia triloba,
506
w
WAAHOO, 301
Wachendorfla, 889
Wahlenbergia, 558
dahnatica, 559
Waitzia, 507 .
acuminata, 508
Wake Robin, 880
Waldsteinia, 376
Walks, 117
asphalt, 119
drainage of, 118
grass, 119
Walks, weeding, 118
Wallflower, 204
Wall Pepper, 438
Rue Spleenwort,
1016
Walnut, 791, 1100
Wand Plant, 600
Wandering Jew, 425
WasMngtonia cali-
fornica, 984
Water and Bog Plants,
112
Water Cress, 1166
Elder, 480
Flag, 929
Leaf, Sitka, 669
Plantain, 805
Soldier, 883
Tupelo, 476
Violet, 604
Willow, 737
Water Lily, 186
Chameleon, 188
Hybrids, 187
New Zealand, 149
Yellow, 185
Watsonia, 945
Ardernei, 945
Liliago, 826
Waved Hair Grass,
957
Wayfaring Tree, 479
Indian, 479
IV< ir/rla, 485
Wellingtonia gi-
gantea, 984
Whin, 330
Petty, 328
White Bachelor's
Buttons, 146
Beam-tree, 405
Ben, 252
Bottle, 252
Campion, 257
Cedar, 976
Cup, 699
Fly, 1118
Hellebore, 881
Thorn, 408
Vine, 136
Water Lilv, 186
Whitewood, 176
Whitlavia grandi-
fiora, 669
Whitleya stramoni-
folia, 695
Whitlow Grass, 211,
761
Whortleberry, 572
Widow Wail, 299
Wigandia, 669
caracasana, 670
Wig-tree, 319
Wild Bergamot, 750
Rosemary, 579
Senna, 354
Willow, Almond-
leaved, 803
Bay-leaved, 803
Bedford, 803
Crack, 803
French, 452, 803
Goat, 802
Herb, 451
Kilmarnock Weep-
ing, 802
Palm, 802
Rose, 803
Sallow, 802
Tea-leaved, 803
Violet, 802
Water, 737
Weeping, 802
White, 802
Windflower, 139, 655
Scarlet, 141
Snowdrop, 144
Star, 144
Wind Herb, 757
Wineberrv, Japanese,
373
Winter Aconite, 154
Cherry, 690
Green, 598
Aromatic, 575
duckweed, 631
Creeping, 576
Hawthorn, 805
Heliotrope, 539
Moth, 1062
Sweet, 172
Wintera- aromatica,
173
Winter's Bark, 173
Wistaria, 337
consequana, 338
grandiflora, 338
sinensis, 338
Witch Hazel, 445
Withe Rod, American,
480
Withy, 803
Witloef, 1145
Woa Tree, 643
Wolf-berry, 481
Wolf's Bane, 162
Wonga-Wonga Vine,
733
Wood Anemone, 142
Lily, 880
American, 880
Painted, 880
Sorrel, 292
Woodbine, 484
Woodruff, Sweet, 487
Woodsia, 1017
Woodwardia, 1013
angustifolia, 1014
Worm Grass, 649
Wood, 538
Woundwort, 335, 755
Wulfenia, 723
X
XANTHISMA, 496
Xanthocephalum, 495
Xanthoceras, 312
Xanthorhiza, 164
Xanthoxylum, 296
Xeranthemum, 547
Xerophyllum, 878
Xiphion alatum, 919
Auchcri, 923
fill folium, 922
laiifolium, 934
persicum, 928
vulgare, 935
Xylosteum dume-
torum, 485
YAM Order, 884
Yarrow, 528
Egyptian, 528
Yellow Adder's
Tongue, 870
Archangel, 756
Bachelor's Buttons,
146
Flag, 929
Pimpernel, 629
Star of Bethlehem,
872
Water Lily, 185
Wood, 352
Yew, 985
American, 986
Californian, 986
Cluster - flowered,
985
Fetid, 986
Florence Court, 986
Irish, 986
Lord Harrington's,
985
Prince Albert's, 988
Weeping, 986
Western, 986
Yucca, 820
Yulau, The, 174
ZALUZIANSKIA,
718
Zanthoxylum, 296
Z-dpania nodiflora,
740
Zauschneria, 452
Zea, 964
Zelkova, 786
Zenobia, 578
Zephyr Flower, 909
Zephyranthes, 909
Zeuzara pyrina, 1062
Zinnia, 512
Zygadenus, 881
Spottiswoode & Co. Ltd., Printers, New-street Square, London
Date Due
&k
*^A ~)
\u ^ y\
f
2 6 <f ,
J j
L-
" " ' — '
L. 1. CAT.
10. IW
a.
o
■
1
1
...J
o
0
<•>
V'.1
i J
T'
<r
Ld
AGRICULTURE
FORESTRY
; LIBRARY
ThiE USIIVERS'TY OF
BRITJSH COLUMBIA
FORESTRY
AGRICULTURE
LI3RARY
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11